unitedTechPubs :: 1983 Electronic Engineers Master Vol 1

circuit components and
subassemblies

26th EDITION

1500

1800

2300

2350

2700

3130

3450

3470

3700

4300

Capacitors

Coils, Chokes, & Inductors
Crystals, Oscillators, & Crystal Filters
Delay Lines

Filters (Excluding Crystal Filters)
Integrated Circuits, Hybrid Circuits,

& Function Modules
Microwave Components
Military Components & QPLs
Electro-optical Equipment
(Excluding Fiber Optics)

Protective Components
(Fuses, Circuit Breakers, etc.)

4500

4550

4700

4750

4800

5100

5150

5300

5500

5600

5700

Relays

Solenoids

Resistors

Potentiometers, Trimmers,
Controls, & Rheostats
Discrete Semiconductors
Switches

Keyboards & Keypads
Thermal Components
Transducers & Encoders
Transformers
Electron Tubes
(Including CRT)

volume 2 Interconnections, packaging, and hardware
volume 3 Power supplies, instrumentation, and equipment

Vbpa

HEARST BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Electrostatic capacitors are typically described
by the type of dielectric used in their construction.
The conductors may be discrete as in “Film/Foil”
capacitors or may be metalized, deposited or
screened. One type of film capacitor has the plastic
film deposited onto the aluminum foil conductor.

While most electrostatic capacitors are con-
structed in a “dry” method, some paper types
employ an oil impregnant to improve performance
characteristics.

A variety of special combination film and film/
paper types are also available. Some are dry and
others use an impregnant. Details of these types
appear on the manufacturer’s data pages.

Ceramic capacitors are available in two distinct
styles. One employs a disc or rectangle of a spe-
cific ceramic material with the conductors screened
on both sides. Some have multiple discs. Mono-
lithic ceramic capacitors are often referred to as
“Multilayer.” As the name implies, they are made
of multilayers of ceramic with appropriate con-
ductors added and finally brought out to termina-
tions with the assembly merged into a “mono-
lithic” block. A variety of physical shapes are
available in this type of capacitor as shown in the
tables.

Here again the figures shown refer to the page
number where product data on this capacitor may
be found in EEM.

CAPACITORS, FIXED ELECTROSTATIC

CERAMIC (* MIL)

Manufacturer

General Purpose
(25U)

r- — ; — — r-1

Special Purpose
(COG, X7R, Etc.)

Monolithic

Feed

Thru

High

Power

Encapsulated

Disc

Axial

Disc

Axial

Chip

Dipped

Radial

Molded

Axial

Molded

Radial

DIP

American Tech. Ceramic

1*1007*, 1*1008*,
1-1009*

AVX

1*1010

1*1011

1*1010

1*1011

1*1014*

1*1012

Corning

1*1066*

1*1066*

1*1066*

International Components

1*1072

1*1072

§§U^|

ppm

ISKRA

1*1076

1*1076

1*1076

ISL

1*1185

1*1185

ITT Jennings

1*1086

Johanson

1*1088*

Kemet

1*1118*

1*1119

1*1125*

lipw

■

1*1125

Metuchen

1*1155

1*1154

1*1150

Multi-Products

1*1155

1*1155

Murata Erie

1*1156

NIC Components

1*1161

1*1 161

Nichicon

1*1166

Republic

1*1183*

1*1183*

1*1183*

1*1183*

1*1183*

TRW

1*1195

1*1195

Tusonix

1*1196

1*1200*

1*1196

U.S. Capacitor

■

1*1201*

1*1201*

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1003

CAPACITORS, FIXED, ELECTROSTATIC

FILM/FOIL (NONMETALIZED) * Indicates MIL Type

Manufacturer

Component Research

CSI

Electronic Concepts

Illinois Capacitor

Inti. Components

Inter-Tech Grp/WIMA

ISL

Kahgan

KOA-Speer

Matsuo

Mepco/Electra

NIC Components

Nichicon

Nytronics

PPD

Seacor

TRW

Wesco

FILM METALIZED * Indicates MIL Type

1*1004

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CAPACITORS, FIXED ELECTROSTATIC

GLASS, PORCELAIN, VACUUM, AIR, GAS-FILLED * Indicates MIL Type

Flat

1*1066

1*1066

Flat Axial Radial Flat Air Filled Vacuum

MICA * Indicates MIL Type

Manufacturer Dipped

CSI

Kahgan

Murata Erie

PAPER * Indicates MIL Type

Paper/Foil (Pry)

I Single I Herm

1*1084 1*1084

Stacked (Mica/Foil)

{ Button I Molded f Transmitting Reconstituted

Metallized Paper

Single Herm. Energy Motor

Manufacturer | Axial | End | Sealed | Axial | End | Sealed Storage Run

Nytronics 1*1177* 1*117 7* 1*1177*

CAPACITORS, VARIABLE * Indicates MIL Type

1*1067 1-1067 1*1067

1*1287

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1005

This Capacitor Selection Guide has been pre-
pared by EEM’s editorial staff using the data
pages which follow in Section 1500 as a base. Only
those products which actually appear on- the data
pages are listed in this Guide.

If, for example, you are searching for an
Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitor in a subminia-
ture case with axial leads and polarized, you will
find nine (9) manufacturers who can supply this
type. The page numbers shown below indicate
where data can be found.

The Guide is split into two basic categories:
Electrolytic and Electrostatic. Electrolytic capa-
citors employ a liquid or solid electrolyte as the
cathode. Electrostatic capacitors on the other hand
have discrete conductors separated by a dielectric
material and are generally designated by the spe-
cific type of dielectric material as in: Ceramic,
Film, Mica, and so forth.

CAPACITORS, FIXED, ELECTROLYTIC

ALUMINUM * Indicates MIL Type

im

Sub-miniature Tubular

Small Can

Large

Can

Energy

Storage

Computer

Grade

Plastic Case

Axial

Single End

Axial

Single End

Single

Section

Multi-

Section

Polar Non-Pol.

AC

Motor

Start

Polar

Non -Pol.

Polar

Non-Pot.

Polar

Non-Pol.

Polar

Non-Pol.

Illinois Capacitor

1*1070

1*1070

1*1070

1*1070

1*1070

1*1070

1*1070

1*1070

Inti. Components

1*1072

1*1072

1*1072

1*1072

1*1072

1*1072

1*1072

ISL

1*1078*

1*1078

1*1078

1*1078

1*1078*

1*1078

1*1078

1*1078

1*1078

ITT

1*1080

1*1080

1*1080

Kahgan

1*1091

1*1091

1*1091

Mepco/Electra

1*1143

1*1143

1*1143

1*1143

1*1143

1*1143

1*1143

1*1143

1*1143

1*1143

NIC Components

1*1161

1*1161

1*1161

Nichicon

1*1164

1*1164

1*1164

1*1164

1*1164

1*1164

1*1164

1*1164

1*1165

United Chemi-con

1*1202

1*1202

1*1202

1*1202

1*1202

1*1202

1*1202

1*1202

1*1202

1*1202

TANTALUM

■WWWMaSBW

Solid Electrolyte

Wet-Slug

Foil ! 1 |

Molded

Metal Case

Tabular Case

Large Case

Polar

Non Polar |

Dipped

Sill

BIS

Chip

Comm.

MIL

Comm.

MIL

Comm.

MIL

Comm.

MIL

Comm.

MIL

Corning

1*1066

1*1066

1*1066

Inti. Components

1*1072

ITT

1*1081

1*1082

1*1081

■

1*1092

1*1094

1*1098

1*1092

1*1094

1*1098

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Kemet

1*1103

1*1098

1*1100

1*1110

1*1096

1*1095

Mallory

1*1126

1*1131

1*1130

1*1131

1*1127

1*1131

Matsuo

1*1137

1*1140

1*1139

Mepco/Electra

1*1142

1*1142

1*1142

1*1142

1*1142

1*1142

1*1142

1*1142

1*1142

1*1142

NIC Components

1*1161

1*1161

1*1006

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

american technical ceramics

division of phase industries inc.

ATC UHF/MICROWAVE CHIP CAPACITORS

American Technical Ceramics, the recognized
leader in RF capacitor technology, offers a prod-
uct line of outstanding quality and reliability to
meet the most demanding requirements of the
design engineer.

Unique features of construction, enforced by the
highest quality control standards, are responsible
for the consistent quality and high performance
of ATC porcelain and ceramic capacitors. ATC
capacitors are available in a wide variety of sizes
and styles, and there is a capacitor to meet the
requirements of almost any design application.

The severe thermal shock to which capacitors are
subjected by direct soldering during circuit
assembly can destroy the integrity of conven-
tional capacitors, permitting flux and solvents to

penetrate the dielectric.
ATC porcelain capacitors
have outstanding
reliability and ultra-stable
performance due to
their hermetic,
self-encapsulated
porcelain construction.
Rare metal internal
electrodes are
molecularly bonded
and sealed in a
monolith of

non-porous porcelain, providing a rugged and
hermetic structure that is not degraded by the
circuit assembly process. ATC’s design of the
chip capacitor internal structure has resulted in
the most reliable porcelain capacitors available
proven by extensive testing programs of approxi-
mately 2 million component hours per month.

The ATC ^^/Cop® termination is now stand-
ard on all pellets (pre-tinned capacitors). The
terminations remain intact under the most se-
vere thermal shock, and are not dissolved away

even by the most careless soldering. They easily
withstand a 5 minute submersion in 260°C solder
pot without leaching, while retaining complete
solderability. Migration is virtually eliminated
and a bond strength greater than 30 lbs. is typ-
ical for “B” Case capacitors (110 mils square)
with nail head leads.

Laser Marking is available on ATC capacitors for
quick and complete identification of capacity
value and tolerance. This highly legible and per-
manent marking results in no degradation of
performance or reliability and is impervious to
all cleaning solvents.

The RF Capacitor Handbook presents over 190
pages of comprehensive detail design considera-
tions and uses for miniature chip and leaded RF
capacitors. You’ll find theoretical and empirical
high-frequency circuit design equations, espe-
cially at high RF power levels and frequencies,
actual test data at frequencies from 100 MHz to
3 GHz, and practical design methods for increas-
ing gain and power, DC to RF conversion effi-
ciency, bandwidth, transistor lifetime, circuit
MTBF, and low-noise performance. Request a
copy from your representative or direct from ATC.

MILITARY PRODUCTS

American Technical Ceramics is QPL Listed for
the latest established reliability Military Specifi-
cation for Ceramic Capacitors (MIL-C-55681/4
and / 5), and M I L-C-l 1272/ 16,/ 17, and /18, for
UHF/Microwave Capacitors.

For MIL-C-55681/4 and / 5, the QPL List includes
BG (90 ±20 PPM/°C) characteristic (ATC 100
Series), and BP (0 ±30 PPM/°C) characteristic

(ATC 700 Series) established reliability. CDR 11,
12, 13, 14, and 21 through 25 styles are avail-
able in both temperature characteristics.

For Ml L-C-l 1272/ 16, / 17 and /18, the QPL List
includes CY81 through CY89 (ATC 100 Series).

ATC has complete Government approved Hi-Rel
testing facilities as well as RF production test-
ing capability through 2.5 GHz.

ONE NORDEN LANE, HUNTINGTON STATION, NY 11746 (516) 271-9600 • TWX 510-226-6993

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1007

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

3b

american technical ceramics

division of phase industries inc-

ATC UHF/MICROWAVE CHIP CAPACITORS

ATC 100 HIGH Q SUPERCHIPS™

UHF/MICROWAVE PORCELAIN CAPACITORS

Ultra High Q even at high ambient temperatures and at extremely high
currents. High power operation through microwave frequencies. Extremely
low ESR and high dielectric strength.

High self-resonant frequencies.

Low noise figure in receiving systems due to low ESR.

Ultra stable performance assured by hermetic, self-encapsulating por-
celain construction.

Capacitance Range:

Case A-0.1 pF to 100 pF to 50 WVDC, standard values per RETMA
5% Table

Case B-0.1 pF to 1000 pF to 500 WVDC, standard values per RETMA
5% Table

IR: 10 6 Megohms Min. @ 25°C, 10 5 Megohms Min. @ 125°C up to and
including 470 pF;

10 5 Megohms Min. @ 25°C, 10 4 Megohms Min. @ 125°C, 510 to
1000 pF.

Available in Case A and B Chips, Pellets and Case B Leaded Styles.

QPL Approved, MIL-C-11272, MIL-C-55681.

ATC 175

ULTRA HIGH Q PORCELAIN CAPACITORS

Q is typically four times higher than ATC 100 at Microwave frequencies.
Capacitance Range:

1.0' pF to 100 pF to 500 WVDC, standard values per RETMA 5% Table.
IR: 10 6 Megohms Min. @ 25°C, 10 5 Megohms Min. @ 175°C at rated
voltage.

Available in Case B Pellets and Microstrip (MS) leaded.

Military Operating Temperature Range for all Series is -55°C to +125°C.

ATC 200

HIGH CAPACITY CERAMIC CAPACITORS

High packaging density, stable high K chip capacitors for coupling and
bypass applications.

Capacitance Range:

Case A, 510 pF to 0.01 MF, 50 WVDC, standard values per RETMA
10% Table.

Case B, 0.005 MF to 0.1 MF, 50 WVDC, standard values per RETMA
10% Table.

IR: 10 4 Megohms Min.

Available in Case A and B Chips, Pellets and Case B Leaded Styles.

DWV: 300% of working voltage.

ATC 700

TEMPERATURE STABLE CERAMIC CAPACITORS
Ultra-stable NPO’s with RF characterization.

Capacitance Range:

Case A, 0.1 pF to 1000 pF, 50 WVDC, standard values per RETMA
5% Table.

Case B, 0.1 pF to 5100 pF to 500 WVDC, standard values per RETMA
5 % Table.

IR: 10 6 Megohms Min. up to 470 pF;

10 5 Megohms Min. above 470 pF @ 25°C; one-tenth these values @
125°C.

Available in Case A and B Chips, Pellets and Case B Leaded Styles.

QPL Approved, MIL-C-55681

ATC 111 Millimeter Wavelength Microcaps™

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL STYLES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

OPERATING FREQUENCY: Up to 50 GHz.

CAPACITANCE VALUES: 0.1 to 1800 pF, 100 WVDC, standard values per
RETMA 10% Table.

STANDARD MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY: 1 MHz.

IR: 10" Ohms Min. at 25°C, 10 10 Ohms Min. at 125°C.

MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

HERMETICITY: The dielectric is virtually unaffected by moisture and
commonly used cleaning solvents.

BODY DIMENSIONS

Case

Size

S

T

U

X

Y

Z

W = L

.018

.025

.035

.050

.070

.090

(Norn.)

(.459)

(.637)

(.889)

(1.27)

(1.78)

(2.29)

1. H is .005 (.127) to .011 (.279); H depends upon actual capacity value.

2. All dimensions are in inches except those in parentheses, which are in mm.

TERMINATION STYLES

TERM. SUFFIX

MATERIAL

STANDARD

AP

Platinum Gold (Thick Film)

AC

Gold Over Chromium (Thin Film)

SPECIAL

SP

Platinum Silver (Thick Film)

AN

Gold Over Nickel (Thin Film)

HT

Gold Over Base Metals (Thin Film)

RUGGED CONSTRUCTION to minimize handling problems and circuit
assembly problems. Impervious to static discharge failures.

BOND STRENGTH: Exceeds MIL-STD-883B Method 2011.2 for wire bond-
ability of AC terminations.

ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -55°Cto +125°C.

SHOCK, VIBRATION AND ALTITUDE: Meets or exceeds the requirements of
MIL-C-55681. |

W = L (i.e., Width = Length)

RECOMMENDED BONDING TECHNIQUES

• Thermocompression, ultrasonic and thermosonic gold wire and alumi-
num silicon wire bonding are recommended for termination materials
AC, AN and HT.

• Soldering is recommended for AP and SP, and is applicable with special
processing for AC, AN and HT.

• Eutectic bonding is recommended for all termination materials except
SP; preforms are preferable.

• Conductive epoxy can be used with all termination materials.

• HT is recommended for high temperature soldering.

DWV for all ATC Fixed Capacitors except 100E Capacitors and 200 A and B: 250% of working voltage

1*1008

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MECHAI

IMICAL CONFIGURATIONS: CASE SIZES A & B

Case

Size & Type

ATC

Term.

Code

ATC

Series

QPL

Outlines

Body Dimensions

Lead and Termination

Dimensions and Materials

ruga

sTOSTh

■71TO

Length (L) j Width (W)

Thickness (T)

Lengthily] Width (W) | Thickness (T)

A © Chip

C

100

CY81

CDR11

BG

H L KH T h

W/T IS A

TERMINATION SURFACE

.055 ±.010
(1.4 ±.25)

.055 (1.4)
max.

Palladium Silver
Terminations

700

—

CDR11

BP

B Chip

C

100

CY83

CDR13

BG

.110 ±.015
(2.79 ±.38)

.100 (2.54)
max.

700

—

CDR13

BP

175

—

A © Pellet

P

100

CY82

CDR12

BG

Same as chip plus
twice solder build-up:

Solder build-up for size A is:

.003 (.076) typ.

Solder build-up for size B is:

.005 (.127) typ.

bonierfCop®

Pellets are solder-coated chips
with a nickel barrier over the
termination. Solder melting tem-
perature is 372°F, 179°C.

700

—

CDR12

BP

B Pellet

P

100

CY84

CDR14

BG

-N- i T F

W/TIS A

TERMINATION SURFACE

700

—

CDR14

BP

175

—

Microstrip

MS

100

CY85

CDR21

BG

dOd w H

.120 (3.05)
min.

.150 (3.81)
max.

.110 ±.015
(2.79 ±.38)

.100 (2.54)
max.

.250 (6.35)
min.

.093 ±.005
(2.36 ±.13)

.004 ±.001
(,il02±.025)

700

—

CDR21

BP

-H L k t-*|T|«-

175

—

Axial Ribbon

AR

100

CY86

CDR22

BG

1 Qo w n

700

—

CDR22

BP

-H L \*~ t-|Th-

Radial Ribbon

RR

100

CY88

CDR24

BG

O |c=z

-H L

700

—

CDR24

BP

ur

Narrow
Axial Ribbon

NAR

100

700

—

[=Q=] w §j

-H L k- T-wtk

.120 (3.05)
min.

.155 (3.94)
max.

.110 ±.015
(2.79 ±.38)

.100 (2.54)
max.

.250 (6.35)
min.

.050 ±.005
(1.27 ±.13)

.006 ±.003
(.15 ±.08)

Narrow

Microstrip

NMS

100

700

—

1 0=1 w |

-4 l k- Thtf*-

^^Vertical
Narrow MS

VNMS*

100

—

c=o=i %m

-*| L 1*- ^)W|«-

! <fi

Radial Wire

RW

100

CY87

CDR23

BG

-►1 L (◄- Wh-

.120 (3.05)
min.

.165 (4.19)
max.

.110 ±.015
(2.79 ±.38)

.100 (2.54)
max.

.500 (12.7)
min.

#26 AWG.,

.016 (.375) dia.
nominal.

700

—

CDR23

BP

B

Axial Wire

AW

100

CY89

CDR25

BG

-o-ii

-H L K- t-H t h*

700

—

CDR25

BP

Note: Mechanical configurations for the ATC200 Series are the same as those for ATC100 Series, except for VNMS which is not offered in the 200 Series.

All dimensions are in inches except those in parentheses which are in millimeters.

ATC PART NUMBER CODE:

* VNMS improves the resonant frequency performance over that of the standard
Microstrip. The first important parallel resonance is approximately twice as
high in frequency as with “flat” mounting (NMS). Note that in this configura-
tion, the marking is now on a vertical surface. For details, contact factory.

All leads are high purity silver and are attached with high temperature solder.

LASER MARKED CAPACITORS with manufacturer’s indentification, capacity and tol-
erance code are available for any case size (including chips and pellets). To order,
add suffix (X) to code.

ATC has made every effort to have this information as accurate as possible.
However, no responsibility is assumed by ATC for its use, nor for any infringe-
ments' of rights of third parties which may result from its use. ATC reserves the
right to revise the content or modify its product line without prior notice.

ATC 100 B 910 F AW 500 X

Series 1

Case Size

Capacitance

Indicates number of zeros following-
digits of capacitance in picofarads

-Laser Marking

WVDC

— Term. Code

-Capacitance Tolerances

borrlcr/Cop®

is a registered trademark of American Technical Ceramics

9

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1009

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

SkyCap

/a\W<

GENERAL INFORMATION

AVX SR Series

Conformally Coated Radial Leaded MLC
Temperature Coefficients: NPO. X7R, Z5U
50, 100 Volts (200V available on request)

Case Material: Epoxy (Flame retardant to UL Bulletin 492, Pra. 280)
Lead Material: Solderable

*Lead length tolerance = +.060 (1.5 mm) -0. Also available with lead length of 1.25" (31.75)minimum.

SIZE AND CAPACITANCE SPECIFICATIONS

EIA Characteristic Dimensions: Inches (Millimeters)

AVX Style

SR15

SR20

SR21

SR26

SR27

SR30

Width

.150

.200

.200

.260

.260

■

(W)

(3.81)

(5.08)

(5.08)

(6.604)

(6.604)

■

Height

.150

. .200

.200

.200

.250

.300

.400

.500

(H)

(3.81)

(5.08)

(5.08)

(5.08)

(6.35)

(7.62)

(10.16)

(12.70)

Thickness

.100

.125

.125

.150

.160

.150

.150

.200

(T)

(2.54)

(3.175)

(3.175)

(3.81)

(4.06)

(3.81)

(3.81)

(5.08)

Lead Spacing

.100

.100

.200

.250

.300

.200

.200

.400

(L.S.)

(2.54)

(2.54)

(5.08)

(6.35)

(7.62)

(5.08)

(5.08)

(10.16)

Lead diameter

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.025

(L.D.)

(.508)

(.508)

(.508) •

(.508)

(.508)

(.508)

(.508)

(.635)

EIA/TC WVDC

Capacitance Range (pf)

NPO (COG) 1 9?

50

10-330

390-2200

1000-2200

3300-15,000

15,000-39,000

10,000-68,000

10-470

470-4700

1000-4700

6800-22,000

33,000-68,000

10,000-100,000

Y7R 100

X7R 50

6800-47,000

10,000-47,000

10,000-47,000

68,000-150,000

220,000-470,000

330,000-470,000

10,000-100,000

10,000-100,000

150,000-470,000

l.Omfd

1.0mfd-2.2mfd

Z5U

10,000

47,000-100,000

10,000-100,000

10,000-100,000

10,000-100,000

150,000-470,000

680,000-1.0mfd

10,000

47,000-330,000

10,000-330,000

10,000-330,000

10,000-330,000

150, 000-1. Omfd

1.0mfd-2.2mfd

HOW TO ORDER AVX Style: SR15, SR20, SR21, SR26, SR27, SR30, SR40, SR50

For values, tolerances, voltages, sizes and configurations, not shown, contact
AVX facilities directly for information.

Part Number Example

SR20 5 E 10 4 M A T

AVX Style 1 1 T T T

Voltage — — . J

Temperature Coefficient • '

Sig. Figures of Capacitance

Multiplier (Additional no. of zeros)

Capacitance Tolerance

Failure Rate Not Applicable

Leads

Part Number Codes

Voltages: 50V =5, 100 V=l, 200 V= 6 (available on request)

Temp. Coefficient: NPO = A, X7R=C, Z5U=E

Sig. Fig. of Capacitance and Multiplier:

First two digits are the significant figures of capacitance. Third
digit indicates the additional number of zeros. For example,
order 560pf as 561.

Capacitance Tolerances:

NPO: F=±1.0%. J=±5%, K=±10%, M=±20%

X7R: J=±5%, K=±10%. M=±20%

Z5U: M=±20%, Z=+80% -20%

Tolerance Code F is not available in SR15.

Failure Rate: A = Not Applicable
Leads :

T = Trimmed Leads, .230" ±.060
A = Long Leads, 1.25" minimum

WHERE TO ORDER

AVX Corporation, Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 Tel: (803) 448-9411 TWX: 810-661-2252
AVX Corporation, Olean, NY 14760 Tel: (716) 372-6611 TWX: 510-245-2815
AVX Limited, Aldershot, England Tel: (0252) 312131 Telex :858473
AVX K.K., Tokyo, Japan Tel: 03-490-6501 Telex: AVXTYO 246 8091

1-1010

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

SpinGuanf

/aW<

GENERAL INFORMATION

AVX SA Series

NPO (COG), X7R, Z5U Temperature Coefficients
50, 100 Volts

Lead Material: Solderable
Case Material: Epoxy

Packaging: Lead Taped and Reeled per EIA RS-296D
SA10, 20 - 5,000 parts per reel
SA30, 40 - 4,000 parts per reel

MARKING (Example)

Marking is as size permits in descending order: for code information see How
to Order section.

A (AVX): Voltage Code, Temperature Coefficient Code
Capacitance Code
Tolerance Code

SA10, SA20

A5E

104

K

SA-10

ALTERNATE MARKING

Dimensions: Inches (Millimeters)

Example: SA105E473ZAA

SA30, SA40

A5C

104K

Cap Code & Multiplier

Dielectric/Voltage Rating Code

AVX

Cap Tolerance
(Standard Symbols)

50V

100V

200V

NPO

1

2

3

X7R

4

5

6

Z5U

7

8

9

SIZE AND CAPACITANCE SPECIFICATIONS

EIA Characteristic Dimensions: Inches (Millimeters)

AVX Style

SA10

SA20

SA30

SA40

Length

.170

.260

.290

.420

(L)

(4.32)

(6.60)

(7.37)

(10.66)

Diameter

.100

.100

.150

.150

(D)

(2.54)

(2.54)

(3.81)

(3.81)

EIA/TC

WVDC

Capacitance Range (pf)

NPO (COG)

100

50

10-820

1000

1000-1500

1800

1800-3900

4700

4700-8200

10,000

X7R

100

220-4700

5600-10,000

12,000-47,000

56,000-100,000

50

5600-15,000

18,000-47,000

56,000-100,000

120,000-220,000

Z5U

100

10,000

15.000-22,000

33,000-100,000

100,000

50

10,000-47,000

68,000-100.000

330,000

330.000-470,000

HOW TO ORDER AVX Style: SA10, SA20, SA30, SA40

Part Number Example

SA10 5 E 47 3 Z A

AVX Style
Voltage —

Temperature Coefficient ■ — J

Sig. Figures of Capacitance

Multiplier (Additional no. of zeros)

Capacitance Tolerance

Failure Rate (not applicable)

Leads standard — . .

A

Part Number Codes

Voltages: 50V=5, 100V=1, 200V=6
Temp. Coefficient: NPO=A, X7R=C, Z5U=E

Sig. Fig. of Capacitance and Multiplier:

First two digits are the significant figures of capacitance. Third
digit indicates the additional number of zeros. For example,
order 560pf as 561.

Capacitance Tolerances:

NPO: J=±5%, K=±10%

X7R: K=±10%, M=±20%

Z5U: M=±20%, Z=+80, -20%

Failure Rate: A = Not Applicable
Leads Standard: A = Standard Solderable

WHERE TO ORDER

AVX Corporation, Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 Tel: (803) 448-9411 TWX: 810-661-2252
AVX Corporation, Olean, NY 14760 Tel: (716) 372-6611 TWX: 510-245-2815
AVX Limited, Aldershot, England Tel: (0252) 312131 Telex:858473
AVX K.K., Tokyo, Japan Tel: 03-490-6501 Telex: AVXTYO 246 8091

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*101 1

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Molded/Axial Lead /aVA(

GENERAL INFORMATION

AVX MA Series

NPO (COG), X7R, Z5U Temperature Coefficients
50, 100 Volts

Case Material: Molded Epoxy
Lead Material: Solderable

Packaging: Lead Taped and Reeled per EIA RS-296D
MA-10, 20 - 4500 pcs/reel
MA-40 - 3000 pcs/reel
MA-50, 60 - 50 pcs/bag

MARKING (Example)

Line 1, A=AVX, 100V=100 Volts (V is optional)

Line 2, 103=Capacitance and Tolerance
C= Voltage Code Rating
102=Temperature Coefficient
Date Code (optional)

MA10, MA20 MA40, MA50, MA60

SIZE AND CAPACITANCE SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions: Inches (Millimeters)

AVX Style

MA10

MA20

MA60

Max.

Length

.170

(4.32)

mm

■

H

Diameter

.100
(2.54) ,

■

'tiSfl

.330

(8.39)

Lead

Diameter

.019±.002

(.483±.05)

.019±.002

(.4831.05)

.025 ±.002
(.635±.051)

.025±.002

(,635±.051)

.025±.002

(.6351.051)

EIA/TC WVDC Capacitance Range (pf)

NPO (COG) 1 ??

oil

10-680

1000

1000-1500

1500

2200-6800

10,000

10,000-33,000

47,000

47,000-100,000

150,000

X7R 100

X7R 50

470-4700

5600-15,000

5600-10,000

22,000-47,000

15.000- 100.000

100.000- 220,000

150.000- 330,000

470.000- 1.0 mfd

330,000-1.0 mfd

Z5U 1 9?

5U

10,000-47,000

15.000- 22,000

68.000- 100,000

33.000- 150,000

220.000- 470,000

220.000- 470,000

680.000- 2.2 mfd

680,000-2.2 mfd
3.3 mfd-6.8 mfd

HOW TO ORDER AVX Styles: MA10, MA20, MA40, MA50, MA60

Part Number Example

MA20 5 E 10 4 Z A A

AVX Style -J

Voltage -

Temperature Coefficient

Sig. Figures of Capacitance

Multiplier (Additional no. of zeros)

Capacitance Tolerance

Failure Rate (does not apply) . «

Leads standard

Part Number Codes

Voltages: 50V =5. 100V=1

Temp. Coefficient: NPO-A. X7R=C. Z5U = E

Sig. Fig. of Capacitance and Multiplier:

First two digits are the significant figures of capacitance. Third
digit indicates the additional number of zeros. For example,
order lOO.OOOpf as 104.

Capacitance Tolerances:

NPO: F=±l%, J=±5%. K=±10%

X7R: J=±5%, K=±10%. M=±20%

Z5U: M=±20%, Z=+80, -20%

Failure Rate: A = Not Applicable
Leads: A = Standard solderable

Note: Minimum tolerance for values lOpf to 220pf is ±5%.

WHERE TO ORDER

AVX Corporation, Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 Tel: (803) 448-9411 TWX: 810-661-2252
AVX Corporation, Olean, NY 14760 Tel: (716) 372-6611 TWX: 510-245-2815
AVX Limited, Aldershot, England Tel: (0252) 312131 Telex:858473
AVX K.K., Tokyo, Japan Tel: 03-490-6501 Telex: AVXTYO 246 8091

1-1012

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

DIPGuard'

/aW<

GENERAL INFORMATION

AVXMD Series

NPO (COG), X7R, Z5U Temperature Coefficients
50, 100 Volts

For established reliability DIPGuards see MIL-C-39014 section in the
AVX Military Ceramic Capacitor Catalog-.

Packaging: 200 pieces per slide pack

SIZE SPECIFICATIONS

AVX Style

MD01

MD02

Length

(L)

.260±.020

(6.60)

.260±.020

(6.60)

Height

(Hi)

.135 max.

(3.43)

.165 max.

(4.19)

Height

(H 2 )

.165 max.

(4.19)

.195 max.

(5.08)

Thickness

(T)

.098 max.

(2.49)

.098 max.

(2.49)

EIA/TC WVDC

Capacitance Range (pf)

NPO (COG) 1 ?9

50

10-150

220-3300

4700-6800

X7R ‘so

220-10,000

15,000-100,000

150,000-220,000

™ ‘S

10,000-220,000

330,000-470,000

MARKING

PART NUMBER EXAMPLE
MD015E104MAA

TOP OF UNIT:

A 5 E 104 M

Note 2: The angle shall be 95°, +10°, —5°

SLIDE PACKAGE DIMENSIONS:

±.002

HOW TO ORDER AVX Style: MD01

For values, tolerances, voltages, dielectrics and markings not shown, contact
AVX facilities directly for information.

Part Number Example

MD01 5 E 10 4 M A A

AVX Style

Voltage — —

Temperature Coefficient — __—J
Sig. Figures of Capacitance
Multiplier (Additional no. of zeros) .

Capacitance Tolerance .

Failure Rate Not Applicable

Molding Material

, CKR22*, MD02
Part Number Codes

Voltages: 50V=5, 100V=1**

Temp. Coefficient: NPO:=A, X7R=C, Z5U=E

Sig. Fig. of Capacitance and Multiplier:

First two digits are the significant figures of capacitance. Third digit
indicates the additional number of zeros. For example, order 1000 pf as 102.

Capacitance Tolerances:

NPO: F=±l%, J=±5%, K=±10%

X7R: J=±5%, K=±10%, M=±20%

Z5U: M=±20%, Z=+80, -20%

Failure Rate: A = Not Applicable

Molding Material: A = Epoxy thermal set,

B = Ryton thermal plastic

•Reference AVX Military Multilayer Ceramic Capacitor Catalog
**For 200V requirements consult factory.

WHERE TO ORDER

AVX Corporation, Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 Tel: (803) 448-9411 TWX: 810-661-2252
AVX Corporation, Olean, NY 14760 Tel: (716) 372-6611 TWX: 510-245-2815
AVX Limited, Aldershot, England Tel: (0252) 312131 Telex :858473
AVX K.K., Tokyo, Japan Tel: 03-490-6501 Telex: AVXTYO 246 8091

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1013

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MLC Chips

GENERAL INFORMATION

NPO (COG), X7R, Z5U Temperature Coefficients
25, 50, 100 Volts

MLC chips can be supplied with established reliability screening
per MIL-C-55681, or high reliability screening upon request.

Packaging

5000 pcs per vial or can be taped and reeled per EIA Specification RS 1460.

Tape and Reel packaging quantities:

Standard Carrier Tape (8mm) = 4000 pcs
Embossed Carrier Tape (8mm) = 2600 pcs

SIZE AND CAPACITANCE SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions : Inches (Millimeters)

AVX Style

0805

1005

1206

1505

1805

1210

1808

1812

1825

2225

Length

.080

.095

.125

.150

.180

.125

00

o

.175

.185

.225

(L)

(2.00)

(2.41)

(3.20)

(3.81)

(4.57)

(3.18)

(4.57)

(4.45)

(4.70)

(5.72)

Width

.050

.050

.062

.050

.050

.100

.080

.125

.250

.250

(W)

(1.27)

(1.27)

(1.60)

(1.27)

(1.27)

(2.54)

(2.00)

(3.18)

(6.35)

(6.35)

Thickness

.050

.060

.060

.060

.060

.060

.060

.060

.060

.060

(T)

(1.27)

(1.52)

(1.27)

(1.52)

(1.52)

(1.52)

(1.52)

(1.52)

(1.52)

(1.52)

Termination

.020

.020

.020

.025

.025

.025

.025

.025

.025

.025

Band

(.508)

(.508)

(.508)

(.635)

(.635)

(.635)

(.635)

(.635)

(.635)

(.635)

EIA/TC WVDC

Capacitance Range (pf)

10-680

10-1200

180-1200

220-1500

330-2700

330-3300

1000-4700

1800-8200

3300-10,000

100-1800

100-3300

180-2700

220-3300

330-5600

330-6800

1000-10,000

1800-27,000

3300-39.000

100

120-3900

120-3300

390-15,000

1200-12,000

3300-15.000

2700-22,000

2700-27,000

10,000-47,000

33,000-100,000

33,000-150.000

X7R 50

120-22,000

120-27,000

390-47,000

1200-56,000

3300-56,000

2700-100,000

2700-120.000

10,000-220,000

33,000-470,000

'33.000-470.000

25

i20-47,000

120-47,000

120-100,000

1200-68,000

3300-100.000

2700-150.000

2700-180,000

1000-330,000

33,000-680,000

33,000- l.Omfd

100

2700-6800

6800-18,000

5600-18.000

8200-18,000

18,000-39,000

1800-47,000

33,000-82,000

100.000-220,000

100,000-270,000

Z5U 50

2700-22,000

2700-27,000

6800-27,000

5600-68,000

8200-68,000

18,000-120,000

18,000-150,000

33,000-220,000

100,000-470.000

100,000-560,000

25

2700-4700

2700-47,000

6800-120,000

5600-100,000

8200-100.000

18.000-220,000

18,000-220,000

33,000-470.000

100.000-l.0mfd

100.000-l.0mfd

AVX Style: 0805, 1005, 1206, 1505, 1805, 1210, 1808, 1812, 1825, 2225

Note: 0504 style available upon special request.

HOW TO ORDER

For values, tolerances, voltages, sizes, configurations and dielectrics
not shown, contact AVX facilities directly for information.

Part Number Example

0805 5 A 56 1 K A 1 050

AVX Style —I

Voltage

Temperature Coefficient

Sig. Figures of Capacitance

Multiplier (Additional no. of zeros) ———I

Capacitance Tolerance

Failure Rate

Termination

Thickness

Part Number Codes

Voltages: 25V = 2, 50V = 5, 100V = 1

Temp. Coefficient: NPO: = A, X7R = C, Z5U = E

Sig. Fig. of Capacitance and Multiplier:

First two digits are the significant figures of capacitance. Third digit
indicates the additional number of zeros. For example, order 560pf as 561.
(For values below lOpf, use “R” in place of decimal point, e.g., 5R6 = 5.6pf.)

Capacitance Tolerances:

NPO: C =± .25pf, D = ±.5pf, F = ±1%, G = ±2%, H = ±3%, J = ±5%, K = ±10%
X7R: J = ±5%, K = ±10%, M = ±20%

Z5U: M = ±20%, Z = +80, -20%, P = GM V

Failure Rate: A=Not applicable

Terminations: standard (non-standard terminations available
upon request)

1 = Palladium Silver

2 = Palladium Silver Solder Alloy 62-36-2
Thickness: mils (inches/1000)

WHERE TO ORDER

AVX Corporation, Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 Tel: (803) 448-9411 TWX: 810-661-2252
AVX Corporation, Olean, NY 14760 Tel: (716) 372-6611 TWX: 510-245-2815
AVX Limited, Aldershot, England Tel: (0252) 312131 Telex :858473
AVX K.K., Tokyo, Japan Tel: 03-490-6501 Telex: AVXTYO 246 8091

1*1014

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Anode: One of two plates or conduc-
tors. In polarized capacitors, the anode
should be connected to the positive
conductor in the circuit.

Capacitive Reactance: The measure of
the opposition of a capacitor to accept-
ing a charge and expressed in ohms.
When direct current is applied under
stated conditions capacitive reactance
becomes a constant but, when alternat-
ing current is applied the capacitive re-
actance varies until an equilibrium is
achieved and the capacitor appears to
have only direct current present. This
condition is commonly used in filter ap-
plications or in coupling circuits.

Cathode: One of two plates or conduc-
tors. In electrostatic capacitors the
cathode is metallic. In electrolytic ca-
pacitors the cathode is a liquid, gel or
other conductive material which is in
intimate contact with a metallic ca-
thodic connection.

Dielectric Constant: The measure of
quality of the insulating materials in a
capacitor. Dry air has a dielectric con-
stant of one ( 1 ) . Aluminum oxide used
in aluminum electrolytic capacitors has
a nominal dielectric constant of ten
( 10 ).

Electrolytic: A capacitor with one
metallic conductor (generally the an-
ode) and with a liquid or semiconductor
cathode. Nonpolarized electrolytic ca-
pacitors generally have two equal an-
odes as well as the liquid cathode.
These anodes operate alternately as
anode and cathodic connection as alter-
nating current is applied.

Electrostatic: One of two general
classes of capacitors in which two or
more discrete metallic conductors are
present and separated by an insulating
dielectric material. Examples include:
mica, ceramic, film, and paper types.

Farad: The basic unit of measure in ca-
pacitors. A capacitor charged to one
volt with a charge of one coulomb (one
ampere flowing for one second) has a
capacitance of one farad. Capacitors
are generally rated at portions of a
farad (microfarads or picofarads).

1 farad (F) = 1,000,000 microfarads
(/xF) 1 microfarad (/xF) = 1,000,000
picofarads (pF)

MINIGLOSSARY

CAPACITORS

Impedance: All capacitors exhibit im-
pedance. It is a function of capacitor
type and internal construction. This
can be particularly important in cer-
tain applications such as filters for
switching power supplies. Capacitors
used in these applications often have
special multiple tab construction to
shorten current paths and to reduce
internal resistance.

Leakage Current: Expressed as del for
electrolytic capacitors, a measure of the
intrinsic losses in a charged capacitor.
Generally speaking, the lower the del,
the higher quality the capacitor.

Power Factor: A measure of the over-
all efficiency of a capacitor. Power fac-
tor ratings take all internal losses into
consideration in a complex formula.
This parameter of certain capacitors is
often very important in AC applica-
tions such as motor-start and/or motor-
run capacitors.

Rated Voltage : The rated working volt-
age of a capacitor. Generally expressed
in DC Volts (Vdcw). This is the voltage
at which a capacitor may be safely op-
erated at 25° C continuously within its
overall parameters.

Ripple Current: The total amount of

alternating and direct current that
may be applied to an electrolytic capac-
itor under stated conditions. In general,
the higher the ripple current applied,
the shorter the operating life of the ca-
pacitor will be. Application of signifi-
cantly higher than rated ripple
currents can shorten the capacitor life
dramatically and may even cause
catastrophic failure (explosion).

Surge Voltage: The momentary surge
voltage which may be applied for a
stated length of time without doing
permanent damage to the unit.

Temperature : Capacitors are generally
rated at 25° C at sea level under specific
humidity conditions. Operating tem-
perature ranges are also given, along
with derating (reliability) curves for
operation at temperatures other than
25 °C,

Temperature Coefficient: Expressed as
TC in ppm (parts per million) or in
percent (%) from the norm of 25 °C.
This is seldom a straight line and may
vary widely for certain types. Most
capacitors have positive TC in that the
capacitance increases as temperature
increases. Some types, however, have
negative TC in that the capacitance de-
creases as temperature increases.

Ceramic Capacitor Codes
(Capacitance Given In pF)

Color

Digit

Multi-

plier

Tolerance

Temperature

Coefficient

ppm°C

Signi-

ficant

Figure

Multi-

plier

Class 1

Class 2

lOpF or
less

Over

lOpF

Black

0

1

±2.0pF

±20%

±20%

0

0.0

-1

Brown

1

10

±0.1pF

±1%

-33

-10

Red

2

100

±2%

-75

1.0

-100

Orange

3

1000

±3%

-150

1.5

-1000

Yellow

4

10000

+ 100% — 0%

-220

2.0

-10000

Green

5

±0.5pF

±5%

±5%

-330

3.3 j

+1

Blue

6

-470

4.7 ;

+ 10

Violet

7

-750

7.5

+ 100

Gray

8

0.01

±0.25pF

+ 80% -20%

+ 150 to -1500

+ 1000

White

9

0.1

±1.0pF

±10%

±10%

+ 100 to -750

+ 10000

Silver

Gold

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CATALOG R

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

Table of Contents — Product Features ...1*

1016

1

1017

General Product & Ordering Information ..

.1

1018

Options Available For Standard Capacitors

.1

1019

High Peak Current Capacitor Information

.1

1020

Manufacturing & Inspection Flow Plan ....

.1

1021

Periodic Test Program For QPL

.1

1022

High Reliability Screening 1-

1023

1

1024

Reliability Questions & Answers 1 •

1025,

1

1026

Screening For Low Voltage Applications ..

.1

1027

Environmental & Life Test Data 1*

1028

1

1029

A12 & K12 Metallized Polycarbonate

.1

1030

G12 Sub-Miniature Metallized Polycarbonate ...

.1

1034

P14 Metallized Polysulfone

.1-

1038

J11&K11 Metallized Teflon

1042

A91 Foil Teflon

.1«

1046

K93 Foil Polystyrene

.1«

1050

A10 Double Layer Plastic

1054

A54 Foil Polysulfone

.1«

1056

B54 High Current Foil Polysulfone

.1*

1058

B14 High Current Metallized Polysulfone

.1«

1060

B55 High Current Foil Polypropylene

.1<

106*2

B15 High Current Metallized Polypropylene

.1-

1064

CRITICAL

PROGRAMS

QUALIFICATION

00 *

TRIDENT MARK 46

LANCE MISSILE MARK 48

F15 AIRCRAFT SPARROW

FI 8 AIRCRAFT NEARTIP

SPACE SHUTTLE NOMI 1

ROLAND HARPOON

AND MANY OTHERS

CRC hermetically sealed plastic
film capacitors are acknowl-
edged world wide as the highest
quality. Standard tubular metal-
lized polycarbonate capacitor,

AC rated to 40KHz and qualified
to MIL-C-83421/01 is shown
above.

| . ' ' ; »

! • ■

Type 55 foil polypropylene ca-
pacitors are used in power res-
onating applications up to
160KHz and with fast switching,
high peak current devices. A
typical lOuF capacitor measur-
ing 1.25" diameter x 3.375"
length can handle up to 50A
rms under continuous duty op-
eration. Its ESR at lOOKHz is
approximately 0.0016 ohms
which is typical of the low loss
inherent in these capacitors.

This 75uF, 50VDC, metallized
polycarbonate capacitor is 1"
square by 3W' long and is rated
at 10A rms at 25KHz at 100°C.
Each capacitor receives 168
hours of AC voltage at 25KHz to
produce 10A rms in combina-
tion with 50VDC applied during
burn-in at 100°C.

TYPE A12 & K12

DIELECTRIC: Metallized Polycarbonate

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 30-400 VDC

A.C. RATING: 22 to 240 VRMS @ 400 Hz, AC ratings to 40KHz

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -65°C to +125° (Derate 50%
from 100°C to 125°C)

CAPACITANCE RANGE: .001 to 27uF, .1% to 10% tolerances

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 300,000 meg-uF (100,000 meg-uF for
K12 @ 25°C)

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .15% max. @ lKHz

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION: .1% maximum

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection. Qualified
to Failure Rate “S” of MIL-C-83421/01.

APPLICATIONS: Timing, filter and feed-back circuits, pulse-
forming networks. A12 and K12 capacitors are used
extensively in the Space Shuttle Program.

TYPE G12

DIELECTRIC: Miniaturized Metallized Polycarbonate

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 30-200VDC

A.C. RATING: 22 to 120 VRMS @ 400Hz, AC ratings to 40KHz

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -65°C to +125°C (Derate 50%
from 100°C to 125°C)

CAPACITANCE RANGE: .001 to lOuF, .1% to 10% tolerances

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100,000 meg-uF @ 25°C

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .15% max. @ lKHz

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION: .1% maximum

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection per
applicable paragraphs of MIL-C-83421.

APPLICATIONS: Timing, filter, feed-back circuits, and pulse-
forming networks. Used where small size is critical. G12
capacitors are used in numerous Navy missile and torpedo
projects.

TYPE P 14

DIELECTRIC: Metallized Polysulfone

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 30-400VDC

A.C. RATING: 22 to 240 VRMS @ 400Hz, AC ratings to 40KHz

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -65°C to +150°C (Derate 50%
from 125°C to 150°C)

CAPACITANCE RANGE: .001 to 27uF, .25% to 10% tolerances

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 200,000 meg-uF @ 25°C

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .15% max. @ lKHz

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION: .1% maximum

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection with 96
hours AC burn-in @ 400Hz. Screening per applicable
paragraphs of MIL-C-83421.

APPLICATIONS: Timing, filter, feed-back circuits, motor start
and pulse-forming networks. Used in critical AC and DC
applications where high temperature and small size is
important. Used in numerous military and avionics
applications.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

COMPARISON OF
CAPACITOR TYPES

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

TYPE Jll & Kll

DIELECTRIC: Metallized Teflon

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 50-200VDC ~

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -65°Cto +125°C
CAPACITANCE RANGE: .001 to 2uF, .1% to 10% tolerances
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000,000 meg-uF
DISSIPATION FACTOR: .05% max. @ lKHz
DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION: .01% maximum

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection per
applicable paragraphs of MIL-C-83421. Will meet all
environmental requirements of MIL-C-83421 except vibration
at 20 g’s and shock at 50 g’s.

APPLICATIONS: Timing, sample and hold, integrating and
tuning circuits. Jll and Kll are used in critical space,
military applications which require lowest dielectric
absorption and highest insulation resistance and low
dielectric loss.

TYPE A91

DIELECTRIC: Foil Teflon

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 50-400VDC

A.C. RATING: 36 to 240 VRMS @ 400Hz, AC ratings to 40KHz

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -65°C to +150°C

CAPACITANCE RANGE: .001 to 1.2uF, 1% to 10% tolerances

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000,000 meg-UF

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .02% max. @ lKHz

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION: .01% maximum

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection per
applicable paragraphs of MIL-C-83421. Will meet all
environmental requirements of MIL-C-83421 except vibration
at 20 g’s and shock at 60 g’s.

APPLICATIONS: Pulse-forming networks, timing, sample and
hold, integration and tuning circuits. A91 is used in hi-rel
programs which require a rugged low loss capacitor with
high insulation resistance and low dielectric absorption.

TYPE K93

DIELECTRIC: Polystyrene

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 50-400VDC

A.C. RATING: 36 to 240 VRMS @ 400Hz, AC ratings to 40KHZ
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -65°C to +85°C
CAPACITANCE RANGE: .001 to 2.7uF, .1% to 10% tolerances
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1,000,000 meg-uF

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .02% max. @ lKHz

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION: .02% maximum

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection

APPLICATIONS: Qualified for the Trident Program. Used in
critical space and military applications that require stability,
high insulation resistance, low dielectric absorption and low
dissipation factor.

TYPE B54

DIELECTRIC: Foil Polysulfone

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed a

VOLTAGE RATING: 600 & 800VDC

A.C. RATING: 400 & 600 VRMS @ 400Hz, high current ratings to
40KHz, low E.S.R.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -55°C to +125°C

CAPACITANCE RANGE: .033 to .82uF

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100,000 meg-uF

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .2% max. @ lOKHz

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection with 400Hz
burn-in.

APPLICATIONS: Snubber circuits, switching power supplies and
where high RMS and peak current ratings are required.

TYPE B14

DIELECTRIC: Metallized Polysulfone

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 600 & 800VDC

A.C. RATING: 400 & 600 VRMS @ 400 Hz, high current AC rating
to 40KHz, low E.S.R.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -55°C to +125°C

CAPACITANCE RANGE: .01 to 1.2uF

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100,000 meg-uF

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .5% max. @ lOKHz

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection with 400Hz
burn-in.

APPLICATIONS: Snubber circuits, switching power supplies and
where high RMS and peak current ratings are required.

TYPE B55

DIELECTRIC: Foil Polypropylene

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 600 & 800VDC

A.C. RATING: 400 & 600 VRMS @ 400Hz, high current ratings to
40KHz, low E.S.R.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -55°C to +85°C

CAPACITANCE RANGE: .033 to .82uF

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100,000 meg-uF

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .05% @ lOKHz

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection with 400Hz
burn-in.

APPLICATIONS: Snubber circuits, switching power supplies and
where high RMS and peak current ratings are required.

TYPE A54

DIELECTRIC: Foil Polysulfone

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 100-400VDC

A.C. RATING: 60 to 240 VRMS @ 40KHz

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -65°C to +150°C (Derate 50%
from 125°C to 150°C)

CAPACITANCE RANGE: ,001 to ,47uF, 1% to 10% tolerances

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100,000 meg-uF

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .1% max. @ lOKHz

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION: .2% maximum

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection with 400Hz
burn-in.

APPLICATIONS: Snubber, high current pulse applications. A54
capacitors are used in the F18 aircraft.

TYPE B15

DIELECTRIC: Metallized Polypropylene

CONSTRUCTION: Metal case hermetically sealed

VOLTAGE RATING: 600 & 800 VDC

A.C. RATING: 400 & 600 VRMS @ 400Hz, high current ratings to
40KHz, low E.S.R.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: -55°C to +85°C

CAPACITANCE RANGE: .01 to 1.2uF

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100,000 meg-uF

DISSIPATION FACTOR: .05% max. @ lOKHz

SCREENING: 100% Quality conformance inspection with 400Hz
burn-in.

APPLICATIONS: Snubber circuits, switching power supplies and
where high RMS and peak current ratings are required.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1017

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

A VIEW OF CRC MANUFACTURING
GENERAL PRODUCT INFORMATION

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

CAPACITOR ASSEMBLY: Typical pro-
duction area located within our award win-
ning 50,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility.
Ideal assembly conditions enable CRC em-
ployees to produce high reliability pre-
cisely and efficiently.

| CALIBRATION EQUIP-
a MENT: Hundreds of pre-
cision instruments for par-

I ametric measurement are
maintained under constant
1 calibration. One out of ap-
l proximately four employ-
ees is dedicated to quality
control assurance, and
I inspection. CRC supplies
I capacitors for laboratory
standards use throughout
I the world.

BURN-IN AND TEMPERATURE CYCLING: Before
and after hermetic sealing, CRC capacitors receive 100%
burn-in.

The 12 foot high shock chamber above right, was used
in performing 500 thermal shock cycles (— 55°C to 4- 125°C)
on CRC metallized polycarbonate capacitors being qualified
for the space shuttle program.

Vibration, shock, salt spray, humidity, pressure, and
various other stress tests are conducted in our modern
laboratories. During these tests, capacitance parameters
are accurately monitored in order to study how our products
can be constantly improved. CRC has over 200 cubic feet
of thermal shock and aging work space available.

I! 5

ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING: Our qualified testing
laboratory contains equipment necessary to perform ran-
dom and sinusoidal vibration, shock, acceleration, moisture
resistance, salt spray, solderability, resistance to solvents,
barometric pressure, and many other tests. This laboratory
is used daily to qualify standard and special designs as well
as to prove out new designs. These capabilities ensure the
consistent quality of our established reliability capacitors.

ORDERING INFORMATION — Terms: Our terms are net 30 days to
customers approved by our credit department. All shipments are F.O.B.,
Santa Monica, Calif. Minimum Order: Minimum billing per order is
$50.00. Complete Part Number: Please make certain that you have
complete part number to avoid any errors or delays. Please check part
number instructions on individual specification pages.

PART NUMBER OBSOLESCENCE — Due to changes in military speci-
fications for which we are qualified, upgrading of our catalog specifica-
tions, or size reduction, part numbers formerly used may now be
obsolete. We urge our customers to change their existing drawings
to indicate the new part numbers for old and new design, wherever
possible. If you are unable to make this change, CRC will continue
to supply and mark parts indefinitely to the old specifications.

CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION — Unless otherwise specified all parts
listed are metal cased, tubular, with both wire terminals isolated from
the metal case.

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS — To prevent damage to the hermetic
seal joint, use a tweezer type heat sink between the soldering iron and
solder beads when soldering within W' of beads. Prior to lead bending
or twisting, protect glass seals and solder joints by gripping lead near
solder bead with a small plier.

Contaminating films on the glass seal surfaces may appear during
customer handling and installation of capacitors. To preserve the high
insulation resistance inherent in CRC capacitors, clean the glass seal
surfaces thoroughly with acetone or chlorinated hydrocarbon fluid.

CAPACITOR MEASUREMENT INFORMATION — The high quality of CRC
capacitors may be difficult to evaluate unless sufficiently sensitive and
accurate equipment is utilized in conjunction with proper measure-
ment techniques.

Capacitance bridges equal to the General Radio 1620A are rec-
ommended for best accuracy of capacitance. This bridge is satisfactory
for dissipation factor measurement of capacitors up to 1 uF. CRC has
developed a special bridge capable of accurately measuring dissipa-
tion factor of capacitors up to 100 uF or more at frequencies up to
1 KHz. For inspection of DF of larger than 1 uF capacitors it is sug-
gested that you use samples correlated by our measurement laboratory.

Insulation resistance measurement is performed by Component
Research Co. using leakage current methods which are repeatable to
1 picoamp for capacitors less than 0.1 uF. Larger values require
adequate charge time to minimize dielectric absorption effects. Guard
boxes are used to perform leakage current and dielectric absorption
measurements.

PATENT INFORMATION — CRC capacitors are exclusively manufac-
tured under one or more of the following patents: 3,238,428; 3,260,906;
3,292,063; 3,506,895; 3,539,886; 3,603,849; 3,626,362. Additional patents
pending.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. • 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1018

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

OPTIONS AVAILABLE FOR
STANDARD CAPACITORS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

Following is a list of some options and char-
acteristics available when you are required
to meet special design or operating condi-
tions.

SPECIAL CAPACITOR VALUES

If your application requires odd values such as
0.10015uF ±0.1% or 0.9999uF ±0.25%, such re-
quirements are readily met from our large stock
of standard and non-standard values. Individual ca-
pacitors can be permanently marked or tagged with
discrete values accurate to six places if required.

SPECIAL VOLTAGE RATINGS

Problems of size may occur when replacement
of a poor quality capacitor is required. Under certain
conditions such as restricting the operating tempera-
ture, or limiting DC hipot to 150% of rated volts, a
substantial size reduction is possible. Check with our
applications engineering department for our recom-
mendations in such cases.

LINEAR TC SLOPE for RESISTOR MATCHING

CRC Series A93 Polystyrene Capacitors provide
the closest approximation to a straight line plot for
capacitance vs temperature over the range of -50°C
to +85°C, with less than 150PPM/°C in negative
slope. Larger capacitor values appear to have lower
TC than smaller capacitor values. Typically, values
ranging O.OluF average — 100PPM/°C and l.OuF
range -40PPM/°C. The normal worst case limits in
non-linearity of TC slopes are ±50PPM/°C for all
A93 polystyrene capacitors. Slopes are available as
low as ±10PPM/°C for the full temperature range
of — 50°C to +85°C. This slope is a permanent char-
acteristic and will remain constant with temperature
cycling and time.

±10PPM/°C TRACKING
MATCHED CAPACITORS

In some applications it is desirable to have sev-
eral capacitors of the same value track together over
a specified temperature range.

Frequently good linearity is not mandatory, pro-
vided all capacitors although non-linear, follow the
same pattern of varying in capacitance with tempera-
ture. In other applications a set of different capaci-
tors must track within a defined ratio limit of each
other as temperature changes.

From its large stock of 100% screened and
batch controlled high reliability capacitors, CRC can
furnish many combinations of desired matched ca-
pacitors in a minimum of time.

MATCHED SETS TO ±0.05% ACCURACY

CRC can provide matched sets of two or more
capacitors with readings of ±0.05% of each other
although the purchase tolerance is as high as ±1%.
This is more economical than purchasing individual
capacitors to ±0.1% or ±0.25% tolerances.

ZERO TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT
BY TC MATCHED PAIRS

It is difficult to obtain zero TC over a wide
temperature range. But over a more limited range CRC
can provide a TC as low as zero ±5PPM/°C by pair-
ing two capacitors with opposing slopes. Typically an
A93 polystyrene capacitor matched with the same
value A12 polycarbonate capacitor will match to zero
±30PPM/°C from -10°C to +85°C, as off the shelf
purchased items.

If lower TC than this is required, we can 100%
measure and match for closer temperature coefficient.

“PIGGYBACK” PERMANENTLY CONNECTED
MATCHED CAPACITORS

Customers sometimes prefer the matched ca-
pacitors connected together as one to prevent their
separation prior to installation. CRC standards are
made by "piggyback" connection of trimmers which
can provide accuracies to ±0.05%. Shown below is a
figure of a "piggyback" connected matched capacitor.

50,000,000 MEGOHMS
INSULATION RESISTANCE

This may seem incredible but CRC is supplying
special luF teflon capacitors which measure up to
5,000,000 megohms at 100°C, and up to 50,000,000
megohms at temperature from 25°C to — 40°C.

CRC is developing new methods of measuring to
higher levels of insulation resistance and believes
it will be able to verify that specially selected smaller
values such as O.luF can be supplied to meet a
specification of 500,000,000 megohms. When you use
capacitors in such sensitive applications certain
errors and disturbances not normally observed be-
come visible. Some of these are described below.

LOW “PIEZO ELECTRIC LIKE”
VOLTAGE GENERATION CAPACITORS

When subjected to a temperature change, ca-
pacitors generate a voltage which may vary from one
to another within the lot. Voltage up to ten millivolts
per °C have been observed. While voltage outputs
generally do not increase linearly with temperature,
in some cases there has actually been voltage re-
versal during a temperature run in a given direction.

CRC supplies specially selected 0.5uF, 50VDC
teflon capacitors similar to the J11B504 styles to
meet requirement of 0.5 millivolts maximum/°C
voltage generation, for a critical application.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

HIGH PULSE CURRENT
METALLIZED CAPACITORS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

CRC PLASTIC FILM CAPACITORS have low loss elec-
trode terminations that are unsurpassed for current
handling after exposure to the extremes of thermal
shock and operational life.

CRC FOIL CAPACITORS utilizing low loss plastic films
such as polypropylene, teflon, polystyrene, and poly-
sulfone are recommended for use with fast switching
rates at very high peak currents.

CRC METALLIZED FILM CAPACITORS with lower
repetition rates and relatively high currents, can be
used to conserve space and weight.

As an example a lOuF, 30VDC, metallized poly-
carbonate capacitor type G12A106 was charged at
30VDC and discharged into a 0.02 ohm vacuum
switch at a 1 PPS rate for days to determine if it
would open up. There was no noticeable effect on
ESR or dissipation factor as a result of this test.

During this test the first Vz sine discharge current
pulse was approximately 180 amperes and decayed to
zero current after several 100 KHz resonant cycles.

We attempted to open this miniature lOuF ca-
pacitor by charging it with 100VDC which resulted in
a first Vz sine pulse current of 500 amperes peak at a
1 PPS rate for several hours. Despite the voltage over-
stress applied and the extremely high peak capacitor
current developed, we could not degrade the termi-
nation quality of the G12A106 capacitor.

We can conclude that CRC miniature metallized
polycarbonate capacitors are capable of handling
enormous discharge current provided the repetition
rate is slow.

A study is now being conducted by CRC to de-
termine the optimum AC operating conditions with
maximum energy density under high current pulse
conditions for metallized vs. metal foil capacitors.

These tests will determine what repetition rate
conditions require a larger foil capacitor instead of
a smaller metallized film capacitor for failure-free
operation.

IF YOUR APPLICATION REQUIRES MAXIMUM
RELIABILITY , SMALLEST SIZE , AND OPERA-
TION IN CRITICAL AEROSPACE OR INDUS-
TRIAL ENVIRONMENTS , CRC APPLICATION
ENGINEERS WILL BE PLEASED TO REVIEW
YOUR SPECIFICATIONS FOR CORRECT CA-
PACITOR USAGE.

Actual size of the luF, 400VDC capacitor tested at developed
pulse currents up to 2600 amperes peak to peak at 1 PPS rate.

Actual size of the lOuF, 30VDC capacitor tested at developed
pulse currents up to 900 amperes peak to peak at 1 PPS rate.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 • (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

MIL-C-83421/1 - M1L-C-39022/9
MANUFACTURING & INSPECTION FLOW PLAN

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

100% INSPECTION PER
MIL-C-83421 & MIL-C-39022

The high reliability capacitor screening plans developed by
Component Research Co. have been adopted by space and
military contractors throughout the world for critical programs.
The new general specification MIL-C-83421 incorporates much
of the screening features shown below at an attempt to pro-
vide a “state of the art” capacitor specification for general
industrial and aerospace use.

Our flow plan for manufacturing and inspection shown
below covers the steps used to process and screen all of our

polycarbonate, teflon, polystyrene and polysulfone film capac-
itors. The individual specifications shown in the catalog list
the actual screening performed for each style. A choice of
three quality levels provides different degrees of intensive
screening to assure the highest possible quality at lowest cost.
Special screening plans are available which include tests
such as 100% corona inception inspection, 40KHz AC burn-in
at 100°C, high impedance monitoring for intermittent condi-
tions at low voltage during temperature cycling, ESR inspec-
tion at lOOKHz, dielectric absorption effects with rapid
switching rates and varying temperature, and many other
sensitive measurement phenomena.

100% PROCESSED AND SCREENED

Steps 1-9 show the 100% processing (up to and includ-
ing hermetic sealing), of MIL-C-39022/9 and MIL-C-
83421/1 qualified polycarbonate and CRC standard
capacitors — Polycarbonate, Teflon, Polystyrene and
Polysulfone. The quality level selected will be deter-
mined by the individual capacitor specification.

PROCESSING STEPS

A. CAPACITOR MATERIAL INSPECTION

B. IDENTIFY PROCESS PAPERWORK WITH MATERIAL LOT NUMBERS

C. CAPACITOR SUB-ASSEMBLY INSPECTION

D. SPECIAL VACUUM PROCESSING

E. HERMETIC SEAL AFTER NITROGEN BACK-FILL

F. INITIAL INSPECTION OF COMPLETED CAPACITOR (7X POWER)

QUALITY LEVEL 1
MIL-C-83421/1 & MIL-C-39022/9

QUALITY LEVEL 2
MIL-C-39022/9

QUALITY LEVEL 3
MIL-C-83421/1 &
MIL-C-39022/9

2. TEMPERATURE CYCLING

3. HELIUM LEAK TEST
AND GROSS LEAK TEST

4. AC-DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

5. DC-DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

6. INSULATION RESISTANCE

7. % CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

8. % DISSIPATION FACTOR

9. SELECTION FOR

PERFORMANCE GRADES

10. REPEAT ELECTRICAL
MEASUREMENT AND
RECORD DATA AS REQUIRED

11. CONDUCT SPECIAL
MEASUREMENT WHEN
REQUIRED BY CUSTOMER

12. FINAL VISUAL INSPECTION
OF WORKMANSHIP,
MARKING, PAPERWORK
AND PACKAGING

13. SHIP CERTIFICATE OF
COMPLIANCE WITH PARTS

Highest reliability capacitors with standard or special screening
for Apollo, Viking, and other space programs. Also used in military
and ultra high quality industrial applications.

Qualified for space, critical applications, F15 aircraft, Trident,
space shuttle and other programs.

1. BURN-IN

2. TEMPERATURE CYCLING

3. HELIUM LEAK TEST
AND GROSS LEAK TEST

4. AC-DIELECTRIC
STRENGTH

5. DC-DIELECTRIC
STRENGTH

6. INSULATION RESISTANCE

7. % CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

8. % DISSIPATION FACTOR

9. FINAL VISUAL
INSPECTION OF
WORKMANSHIP,
MARKING, PAPERWORK,
AND PACKAGING

10. SHIP C OF C WITH PARTS
High reliability capacitors
screened for space, missile
and industrial applications.
Qualified for many programs
such as The Tow Missile, The
Lance Missile and F15 air-
craft.

1. TEMPERATURE CYCLING

2. HELIUM LEAK TEST AND
GROSS LEAK TEST

3. AC-DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

4. DC-DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

5. INSULATION RESISTANCE

6. % CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

7. % DISSIPATION FACTOR

8. FINALVISUAL INSPECTION
OF WORKMANSHIP,
MARKING, PAPERWORK
AND PACKAGING

9. SHIP C OF C WITH PARTS

High reliability capacitors
with reduced screening and
performance levels for lower
cost high volume programs,
such as missiles, aircraft
and telephone equipment
applications.

Random samples from completed production lots of all quality levels are periodically tested.

These tests may consist of Insulation Resistance at high temperature, Dielectric Absorption,
Temperature Coefficient and AC stress analysis tests.

In addition, samples are life tested for retention of qualification.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1021

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

RETENTION OF QPL - MIL-C-83421/1
FAILURE RATE “S”

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

PERIODIC TESTING PROGRAM

GROUP “B” INSPECTION
PER MIL-C-83421, TABLE IV

GROUP B, SUBGROUPS 1, 2 and 3: In order to main-
tain qualification, CRC performs periodic testing. Capac-
itors from current production lots of CRH01 through
CRH00 which have successfully completed “Group A"
Inspection (see “A12 and K12 Quality Conformance In-
spection”) are selected.

SUBGROUP 1 TESTS

10 Each CRH Style Monthly

• Barometric Pressure

• Insulation Resistance at
Max. Rated Temperature

• Temperature Coefficient

• Life (2,000 Hours)

SUBGROUP 2 TESTS

CRH01 Parts Jan., July
CRH02 Parts Feb., Aug.

100 Volt Parts March, Sept.
200 Volt Parts April, Oct.
400 Volt Parts May, Nov.

• AC Conditioning
250 Hours

• Dissipation Factor

• Insulation Resistance

• A Capacitance

SUBGROUP 3 TESTS

18 Parts Every 6 Months, Consisting of
CRH01, CRH02, CRH03, CRH04 and CRH05

Vibration
Salt Spray
Immersion
Solderability

• Shock

• Moisture Resistance

• Terminal Strength

• Resistance to Solvents

POST TEST LIMITS

DC LIFE TEST
PERFORMED
MONTHLY

GROUP B, SUBGROUP 1
FOR ALL CRH STYLES
COVERING ALL
FAILURE RATE LEVELS

Capacitors are DC-Life
tested at 100°C and at
140% of the rated D.C.
voltage for 2,000 hours.
(This is an acceleration
factor of 5:1, approxi-
mately).

AC-SINUSOIDAL
LIFE TEST
PERFORMED
MONTHLY

Capacitors are AC life
tested for 250 hours at
100°C and at 140% of
the rated RMS voltage at
the applicable test fre-
quency as shown in
Table V. This test is per-
formed monthly in order
to verify the AC RMS
voltage and current
ratings.

EXAMINATION
OR TEST

CONDITIONS

CRHQ1, CRH02, CRH03,
CRH04, and CRH05

CRH06, CRH07, CRH08,
CRH09, and CRH00

Barometric

Pressure

Per MIL-C-83421

No breakdowns

No breakdowns

Insulation

Resistance

@ Rated voltage
@ 125°C

2,000 Megs-uF need not
exceed 20,000 Megs

1,000 Megs-uF need not
exceed 10,000 Megs

Temperature

Coefficient

A Cap. at -55°C

Retrace at 25°C

A Cap. at + 125°C

-1.5% to 0.5% max.
±0.1% max.

+ 0.8% to -0.5% max.

— 2\0% to -0.5% max.
±0.25% max.

±2.0% max.

POST LIFE TEST LIMITS AFTER 2,000 HOURS LIFE

Insulation Sleeves

10,000 Megs min.

10,00 Megs min.

Insulation Resistance
at Rated Voltage
and 25°C

Terminal to Terminal

100,000 Meg-uF need not
exceed 1,000,000 Megs

33,333 Megs-uF need not
exceed 333,333 Megs

Terminals to Case

10,000 Megs min.

10,000 Megs min.

A Capacitance %
change with life

At lKHz and 25°C

±2% max. of
initial value

±4% max. of
initial value

% Dissipation Factor

At lKHz and 25°C

0.25% max.

0.35% max.

POST AC TEST LIMITS

Insulation Resistance at Rated Voltage and 25°C 100,000 Megs-uF, need not exceed 1,000,000 Megs

Capacitance % Change at lKHz and 25°C 2% max. Of initial value

% Dissipation Factor at 25°C 0.25% max.

TABLE V AC-LIFE TEST PARAMETERS PER MIL-C-83421/1

Equiv. CRC Type DC Volts Rating

400 Hz AC RMS 250 Hours at 100°C Life Test Conditions
Volts Rating AC RMS Volts I Frequency In Hertz

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

HIGHEST RELIABILITY
SCREENING

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

CRC SCREENS AND TESTS MANY
ORDERS TO SPECIFIC CUSTO-
MER REQUIREMENTS FOR HIGH-
ER RELIABILITY. IN ADDITION,
CRC PERFORMS MANY IN-HOUSE
TESTS THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED
BY THE CUSTOMER, BUT WHICH
CRC FEELS WILL IMPROVE
QUALITY AND RELIABILITY . BE-
LOW IS CRC f S MANUFACTURING
AND INSPECTION FLOW PLAN
FOR METALLIZED POLYCARBO-
NATE CAPACITORS SUPPLIED
TO TRIDENT SPECIFICATION
2864019 .

MANUFACTURING

INSPECTION
FLOW PLAN

1. CAPACITOR MATERIAL INSPECTION

2. IDENTIFY PROCESS PAPERWORK WITH
MATERIAL LOT NUMBERS

3. CAPACITOR SUB-ASSEMBLY

4. CAPACITOR SUB-ASSEMBLY INSPECTION

5. SPECIAL VACUUM PROCESSING

6. IN-PROCESS ELECTRICAL TESTING

7. VACUUM PROCESSING

8. NITROGEN BACKFILL

9. HERMETIC SEAL

10. INITIAL INSPECTION OF COMPLETED
CAPACITOR AT 7X MAGNIFICATION

COMPONENT RESEARCH 1 00% PRE-SCREENING

1. 100% Screen and test per MIL-C-83421,
table 4.

2 . Select parts for Trident order.

3. Sample test capacitance, I.R. % D.F. &.
ESR at 25°C. Record readings on five sam-
ples.

4 . Burn-in for 16 hours at 100°C at 40KHz at
rated RMS voltage (100% test).

5 . Thermal aging, 5 cycles -65°C to + 125°C
(100% test).

6. Seal test, fine leak (100% test).

7. I.R. at 125°C terminal to terminal (100%
test, record samples).

8. I.R. at 25°C terminal to terminal (100% test,
record samples).

9 . Tolerance assort at 25°C at lOKHz (100%
test).

10. Record capitance drift for 5 samples.

11. % dissipation factor at 25°C at lOKHz
(10O% test, record samples).

12 . ESR at 25°C at lOOKHz (record 5 sam-
ples only).

13. Select 2 random samples and dissect for
product conformance.

14 . Quality control manager review of data
for lot acceptance.

QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION PER 2864019

% CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

THERMAL AGING

SEAL TEST (FINE LEAK)

SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK)

AC SQUARE WAVE
TERMINAL TO TERMINAL

INSULATION RESISTANCE
TERMINAL TO TERMINAL

INSULATION RESISTANCE
TERMINAL TO TERMINAL

% CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

% CAPACITANCE
DRIFT FROM STEP 1 TO 10

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

RADIOGRAPHIC

INSPECTION

VISUAL MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

TEST CONDITIONS

At 25°C at lOKHz

168 hrs. @ 100°C @ 40KHz @
maximum rated RMS voltage

10 cycles from -65°C to + 125°C

Helium bomb and check for
helium leak

Per MIL-STD-202

Meth. 112B, Cond. D .

Apply 100Hz square wave at a peak to
peak voltage of 3 times DC rated voltage

Apply 200% of rated DC voltage from
terminal to terminal and terminals to
case for 60 seconds minimum

At +125°C at rated DC voltage

At 25°C at rated DC voltage

At 25°C at lOKHz

At 25°C at lOKHz
referenced to initial reading

At 25°C at lOKHz

Two views at 90° per OD 48491

Per 2864019

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

TEST LIMIT

There shall be no
evidence of physical
damage

There shall be no
evidence of physical
damage

lxlO- 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

max. leak rate
No bubble stream

1.000 meg’s-uF, need
not exceed 10,000
megohms

100.000 meg’s-uF,
need not exceed
1,000,000 megohms

QUALITY

LEVEL

Per OD 48491

Per 2864019

NOTE: 5% PDA (percent defective allowable) or 1 device, whichever is greater for each test step 7, 8, 9, 11, 12 and 13.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1023

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

CRITICAL APPLICATIONS
SCREENING

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

Component Research capacitors are used in
critical applications where their reliability and
performance can affect the success of an entire
program involving years of preparation and bil-
lions of dollars of program cost. For over a
decade, aerospace programs from Apollo to
Space Shuttle have used CRC capacitors for
timing circuits and other control circuits, es-
sential for controlling spacecraft millions of
miles from earth, after years of space travel.

DC burn-in, thermal aging (temperature
cycling), and Group “A” testing generally is suf-
ficient to assure that the capacitors will be reli-
able for aerospace applications. The standard
CRC capacitors listed in this catalog are offered
with screening options most commonly re-
quired. Special screening can also be provided
for critical requirements.

You can depend upon CRC to provide the
most reliable capacitor and screening plan for
your critical applications. Following are typical
screening plans for standard and special
applications.

AC BURN-IN AT 400Hz TO 40KHz

400Hz burn-in at 140Vrms at 125°C is generally a stan-
dard screen for metallized polysulfone capacitors sup-
plied for aircraft programs. Typically low-loss filter,
shunt, and feed-thru capacitors ranging from 1 F to
240 yuF in value receive from 16 hours to 96 hours of
400Hz burn-in at 125°C to provide high reliability per-
formance in programs such as the F18 fighter aircraft,
space shuttle, and commercial aircraft equipment.

40KHz burn-in is used in screening small valued
metallized polycarbonate capacitors at 100°C for 168
hours for the Trident Program. CRC capacitors used for
this program are the A12 Series which undergo rigorous
burn-in and special screening for elimination of any pos-
sible defects or unusual behavior modes. With incorpora-
tion of such severe inspection and surveillance re-
straints, CRC production standards are maintained at a
very high caliber of performance suited to the most
critical programs.

AC AND DC COMBINED BURN-IN SCREENING

Several customers specify that the AC and DC voltages
be simultaneously applied during burn-in to assure that
the capacitor will operate reliably in this mode. Typi-
cally we have applied 100VDC together with approxi-
mately 2Vrms at 40KHz at 100°C to 22^F, 100VDC
metallized polycarbonate capacitors for 168 hours of
burn-in time as a Group “A” screen. In this application
the 1" diameter x 1.875" long capacitor handles approxi-
mately 8 AMPS RMS during burn-in. Following 100%
Group “A” screening, a lot sample is tested for 2000
hours as above without DC voltage applied.

CORONA INCEPTION INSPECTION
PREVENTS OPERATIONAL FAILURES

In AC applications at 240Vrms levels and higher or
where peak voltages exceed 320 volts approximately,
capacitors may fail short or long term due to corona
attack.

For such applications, CRC recommends capacitors
which are uniformly free from corona inception for at
least 20% higher than operational voltage conditions.

100% Group “A" corona inspection for no indication
of inception is an excellent substitute for dielectric
withstanding voltage tests and is a better monitor of
possible shorting problems.

RECORDED READINGS BEFORE AND AFTER BURN-IN

Some programs must have recorded data for each capa-
citor taken prior to and after completion of burn-in and
thermal aging. The capacitors are serialized and read-
ings of capacitance, insulation resistance at 25°C and
sometimes at elevated temperature are recorded. In
addition, readings of capacitance vs. temperature for
purposes of determining temperature coefficient and
drift can be recorded.

On occasion dissipation factor is recorded at lKHz
and lOKHz and ESR at lOOKHz for determination of re-
liable electrode connections.

40KHz BURN-IN AND CORONA SCREENING

Type BF51 teflon foil capacitors are being used in a high
frequency switching application with a rise time of less
than 1 microsecond, in a limited space. Typically a 0.025
fi F, 400VDC rated teflon foil, oil impregnated capacitor
operates with; 200 volt peak to peak, lOKHz square wave
voltage conditions, a rise and fall time of 100 nanosec-
onds, in a 0.312 x 1.063 case. Under these conditions
this teflon capacitor is relatively cool with peak current
of 30 amps developed at a 20KHz repetition rate.

Following is the 100% screening used for this AC
application.

1. Burn-in for 48 hours at 125°C. Apply 180Vrms at
40KHz ±5%.

2. Thermal aging temperature cycle 5 times — 65°C to
+ 125°C. Per MIL-C-83421.

3. Seal Test Bake for 4 hours at 125°C. Check for oil
leakage or visual damage.

4. Corona Test Apply 400Vrms at 60Hz and check for
evidence of corona inception.

5. AC Stress Test Apply 100Hz square wave voltage,
terminal to terminal, for 1 minute, per MIL-C-
83421/ 1, at 1000 volts peak to peak.

6. DC Hipot Apply 800VDC terminal to terminal and to
case at 25°C for 1 minute, per MIL-C-83421.

7. Insulation Resistance when measured with 400VDC
at 25°C, 1,000,000 megohms minimum.

8. % Capacitance at 1 KHz

9. % Dissipation factor at lOKHz, 0.01% maximum.

10. Final visual and mechanical inspection.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 • (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

FAILURE ANTICIPATION
& IMPROVED RELIABILITY

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

Plastic film dielectric type capacitors can
provide remarkably good electrical charac-
teristics and high reliability but it takes a
combination of sound construction, suit-
able film quality, exacting process control,
and 100% testing to achieve this.

Because we are concerned with a pro-
liferation of marginal quality capacitors
frequently used in high reliability level
aerospace and industrial applications, we
are listing below some pitfalls to avoid.

MIS-APPLICATION OF CAPACITORS
IN AC CIRCUITS

The highest quality capacitor will fail if its rat-
ings are exceeded by subjecting it to excessive
voltage and current stresses. In sinusoidal ap-
plications metallized capacitors that warm up
over 20°C after several hours of operation are
considered a borderline case. You may be ap-
plying too high an RMS voltage or frequency.

If the capacitors you are using have higher
than normal dissipation factor readings, this
may be a sign of high series resistance caused
by poor termination on the capacitor section.
The square wave AC screening for one minute
covered in MIL-C-83421/1 is a good way of
eliminating capacitors with gross dissipation
factor quality.

If dissipation factor limits are set too high
as post test requirements, suspect capacitors
will pass the square wave test. In fact termina-
tions may have been damaged by this test, but
are permitted to pass what we consider are ab-
normally high DF limits. A termination that is
poor at room temperature generally should be
worse at higher temperature and increased
heating caused by power loss at the termina-
tions may cause ultimate degeneration and pos-
sible failure. We consider 100% AC burn-in at
elevated temperature an excellent method of
checking for good terminations. Burn-in should
be followed in 100% dissipation factor
examination.

In SCR commutation and transistor switch-
ing type applications heat rise measurements
by themselves are not a sufficient means of de-
termining capacitor reliability. In these cases

the capacitor is subjected to relatively high
peak currents at a low duty cycle. A capacitor
not designed for high peak current use while
never exhibiting more than a few degrees of
heat rise during operation, may open after hours
or possibly months of operation.

We recommend that you forward copies
of your oscilloscope current and voltage wave-
forms for analysis of your non-sinusoidal appli-
cations.

CAPACITOR OPENS & INTERMITTENTS

AFTER ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING
OR LONG TERM STORAGE

CRC is frequently requested to replace “Brand
X” metallized capacitors (which may have cost
50% less) that fail after being qualified for the
application and after passing initial breadboard
and preproduction test.

Unfortunately many specifications and
programs do not take the effects of tempera-
ture cycling into consideration. Capacitor ter-
mination may withstand DC burn-in, DC life
and even AC life.

Dimensional changes between plastic and
metal materials as a result of temperature cy-
cling may result in microscopic ruptures of ter-
mination joints, possible electrode oxidation
and generally unstable termination series re-
sistance. This is the reason we recommend
100% temperature cycling or thermal aging
followed by the screening as described above.
Component Research Company patented stress-
free termination designs and precise quality
control eliminates the above problems.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1025

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC — -

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

AC RATED CAPACITORS
RELIABILITY QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

What are the limiting factors restricting the use of
metallized polycarbonate capacitors for AC applications?

A properly manufactured and screened capacitor
can handle considerable RMS and peak currents from
— 55°C to +125°C without significant heat rise. The
dissipation factor of capacitors to be used in AC appli-
cations must be uniformly low to limit watt loss.

We recommend a maximum dissipation factor of
0.15% at lKHz as the acceptance test limit. All capaci-
tors should be subjected to temperature cycling prior
to final measurement of DF to insure that they remain
less than 0.15%. This test eliminates failures which
may occur after storage at extreme temperatures.

CRC specifications contain the maximum RMS
current and voltage ratings for sinusoidal conditions,
continuous duty cycle, at 400Hz and 40KHz. For con-
ditions other than shown, send a sketch of the current
and voltage waveforms under worst case and normal
operating conditions to our sales office. Include all other
information necessary for quotation purposes.

Is polycarbonate better than other dielectrics for AC
applications?

If size, weight, cost, or operating temperatures
were not important considerations, then other dielectric
style capacitors would be superior to polycarbonate.

As an example, CRC can supply polystyrene, teflon,
or polypropylene AC capacitors with approximately ten
times lower loss than the series 12 polycarbonate
capacitors.

Polysulfone is slightly better than polycarbonate for
AC applications below 100° C, and can be used above
125°C (the limit for polycarbonate), to 150°C with
proper voltage derating.

CRC considers mylar and paper dielectric styles
too lossy for AC applications and therefore does not
recommend this type for such requirements. Additional
information on AC capacitors appears on other pages
of this catalog.

What type of screening test will assure that the poly-
carbonate capacitors are reliable for AC applications?

Once it has been determined that your application
requirements can be met by CRC standard poly-
carbonate series 12 capacitors, the screening test used
by CRC and incorporated into MIL-C-83421/1 will be
sufficient to provide the quality assurance needed.

As an example, 100% of the capacitors are tem-
perature cycled then subjected to a square wave volt-
age at 100Hz at 300% of rated DC voltage for peak to
peak amplitude.

During this test the capacitors must handle ap-
proximately 35 microsecond wide current pulses for
one minute at a rate of 200 per second.

A routine examination of the current and voltage
waveforms during square wave hipot of 10 uF, 50VDC
type CRH capacitors, shows that with 150 volts peak to
peak voltage at 100Hz applied, the peak current is
85 amps. This is equivalent to operation with a half
sine wave peak current pulse of 8.5 amps/uF at a
200 PPS rate. SEE WAVEFORMS AT RIGHT.

Following the square wave voltage stress test the
capacitors must meet 0.15% max. dissipation factor
limits.

Life testing of CRC metallized polycarbonate capac-
itors at 400 Hz and 4000 Hz is performed continuously
as retention of qualification to MIL-C-83421/1.

Why are CRC low dissipation factor polycarbonate
capacitors replacing commonly manufactured capacitors
in AC applications?

There is a risk that the dissipation factor of such
capacitors will increase with use and result in hot spots
at the terminations. Field failures of such capacitors
have been reported where the capacitors have exploded
and caused fire damage.

It may be possible to use ordinary higher DF capac-
itors without noticeable problems at 400Hz, provided
that RMS voltage is sufficiently low such that the RMS
current is limited. Heat sinking will also help prevent
excess heat rise due to poor quality terminations.

Interestingly enough CRC polycarbonate capaci-
tors have a lower dissipation factor at temperatures
from 75°C to 125°C than at 25°C which lowers their
effective heat rise at higher temperatures. Where the cur-
rent source is limited, higher DF capacitors may not heat
sufficiently to short, but may gradually suffer from in-
creasing DF to the point where they are effectively open.

What is the maximum current that can be applied to
MIL-C-83421/1 capacitors?

The 40 KHz current and voltage ratings listed in
Table 1 of the Mil-Spec and CRC's specifications shown in
this catalog, are based upon continuous operation under
sinusoidal conditions. In order to eliminate failures it
is essential that any use under conditions exceeding
these limits be discussed further with our applications
engineers. Under certain conditions, the capacitors can
be used at higher frequencies and in square wave filter-
ing applications. For good reliability it is best to study
these special applications on an individual basis. CRC
plans to provide data tables showing allowable working
conditions during higher frequency sinusoidal, pulsed,
and non-sinusoidal conditions.

TYPICAL VOLTAGE AND PEAK CURRENT WAVEFORMS SHOWN FOR A12B106,
10 uF, 50 V, METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE CAPACITOR DURING THE ONE
MINUTE AC SQUARE WAVE SCREENING AT 100 Hz.

1

85 AMPS
PEAK CURRENT

LJ

40 P SECONDS
TYPICAL PULSE
WIDTH

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1026

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

This General Radio model 2230 Component
Test System is used in conjunction with CRC
specially designed ramp generators, cycling
chambers, and interface equipment for voltage/
temperature capacitor fault-scanning.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1027

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE SCANNING
FOR CARACITOR FAULTS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

SCREENING FOR HIGH IMPEDANCE FAULTS

All types of capacitors whether metallized or foil, single
or dual dielectric construction, can behave intermit-
tently when operated under certain combined conditions
of temperature, and high impedance or low power.

As a result of testing thousands of capacitors using
computer scanning techniques and analysis of discrep-
ant parts, the following has been concluded:

1) Low resistance faults such as clearings are not
visible in CRC capacitors when they are operated
under specified conditions. The CRC method of
inspection, processing, and grading all film used
in a capacitor prior to winding, assures that low
resistance faults will not occur. A low resistance
fault can arbitrarily be called a conductive path of
less than 10,000 ohms.

2) Electro-chemical effects of contamination within
the capacitor enclosure can cause spurious, ran-
dom conduction when the capacitor is operated at
elevated temperature in current limited applica-
tions such as in the feedback loop of an opera-
tional amplifier. Under some conditions the effect
is polar resulting in low leakage current with volt-
age applied in one direction and increased leak-
age current in the other direction.

The resistance levels for faulty metallized poly-
carbonate capacitors at 125°C may vary from
10,000 megohms to as low as 1 megohm for capa-
citors 1 yuF and less.

3) High resistance faults of this type are not readily
detectable with conventional equipment and will
not usually affect performance of most circuits
particularly if kept in operation below 100°C.

4) Non-hermetically sealed capacitors or hermeti-
cally sealed types with fine or gross leak condi-
tions which have ingested water or other contam-
inates tend to develop electro-chemical activity
within the capacitor enclosure. This type of fault
may be accelerated by condensation or pressure
changes when the equipment sees temperature
differences such as in aircraft or varying humidity
conditions.

5) CRC eliminates contamination from its product
before sealing and can screen for low or high re-
sistance faults under worst case operating con-
ditions.

Contact CRC for special fault screening if your require-
ment must have freedom from clearings, intermittent
conduction at high temperature and if it must in every
way be noise-free electrically.

TYPICAL VOLTAGE/ TEMPERATURE RAMP
SCREENING CYCLE

30 VDC

0

+I25°C

+ 25°C

HOURS

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

THERMAL SHOCK TEST
500 CYCLES

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

DATA COVERS A12A 30VDC METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE CAPACITORS

Applications such as the space shuttle require ca-
pacitors which can withstand many thermal shock
cycles without deterioration of terminations.

In 1976 George C. Marshall Space Flight Center con-
tracted Component Research to manufacture and test
MIL-C-83421/1 style parts to withstand 500 thermal
shock cycles, while maintaining electrical integrity with-
out becoming intermittent.

One hundred and fifty capacitors incorporating de-
sign improvements (which have been implemented in

all standard parts since completion of the test) were
manufactured and subsequently underwent 500 thermal
shock cycles.

One hundred and forty nine (149) capacitors sur-
vived the tests. Failure analysis of the failed part was
due to a poor solder joint, initially detected during
acceptance tests as having poor dissipation factor and
equivalent series resistance measurements. Operator
error precluded the capacitor being eliminated from the
test program.

HIGHLIGHTS OF 500 THERMAL SHOCK CYCLE TEST

■ 60 capacitors were subjected to 500 thermal shock
cycles for accelerated test in liquid to liquid, at the rate
of fifty (50) cycles per day. The capacitors were immersed
into each liquid for sixty (60) seconds and transferred
from one bath to another within fifteen (15) seconds.
The temperature extremes were — 55°C and 125°C.

TEST RESULTS: {60 CAPACITORS)

4-0.84% MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE DRIFT

0.11% MAXIMUM DISSIPATION FACTOR @ lKHz

0.22% MAXIMUM DISSIPATION FACTOR @ lOKHz

0.19 OHMS MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT SERIES RESISTANCE @

lOOKHz .

1.6x10* MEG’S-UF MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE
■ ALL PARTS PASSED 1X10 «ATM/CM 3 /SEC MAX LEAK RATE

■ 90 capacitors were subjected to 500 thermal shock
cycles in air to air, at the rate of one (1) cycle per hour.
The dwell time at each temperature extreme was a
minimum of thirty (30) minutes. The maximum transfer
time from one chamber to another was sixty (60) seconds.
The temperature extremes were — 55°C to -F125°C.

TEST RESULTS: (90 CAPACITORS)

• 4-6.3% MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE DRIFT
! 0.095% MAXIMUM DISSIPATION FACTOR @ lKHz
0.46% MAXIMUM DISSIPATION FACTOR @ lOKHz
0.53 OHMS MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT SERIES RESISTANCE
lOOKHz

9.7x10 s MEG’S-uF MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE

500 THERMAL SHOCKS AIR TO AIR -55 C C TO + 125°C

NUMBER

CYCLES

OF

0

20

1 4 O

260

380

50 0

“/.CAPACITANCE DRIFT WITH THERMAL SHOCK

% D.F WITH
THERMAL SHOCK

500 THERMAL SHOCKS LIQUID TO LIQUID -55°C TO +125°C

mmmm m in

HHilliH I 111

■mHHIlK

mi

itn

M

I

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 • (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1028

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

LIFE TEST - 40,000 HOURS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

PURPOSE OF 40,000

In 1972 CRC decided to conduct long term life
tests on 50VDC metallized polycarbonate capa-
citors to study the effects of operation at 100°C
and rated voltage on capacitance drift, insula-
tion resistance, and dissipation factor.

After five years of test (including approximately
10 months of overstress at 125°C and 280% of
rated DC), CRC is pleased to report that our

HIGHLIGHTS OF 40,000

Test conditions were 50VDC at 100°C for 12,000 hours
for 45 capacitors resulting in 0.27% max. capacitance
drift, 0.17% max. dissipation factor, and 750,000 megs-
uF minimum insulation resistance.

5000 additional hours (in error) were at 125°C and
70VDC which is actually at 280% of rated voltage con-
sidering that 50% derating is required from 100°C to
125°C.

As a result one capacitor shorted, capacitance drift
was —1.5% worst case. Dissipation factor remained

HOUR LIFE TEST

capacitors are highly recommended for long
life requirements.

In 1970 thousands of CRC metallized polycar-
bonate capacitors were used in an underwater
cable application requiring a minimum of 20
years operation without failure. There have been
no reported failures to date in this critical ap-
plication or in others, such as long term space
probes.

HOUR LIFE TESTING

0.17% max. and insulation resistance was 1,000,000
Megs-uF minimum.

Life testing was continued from 17,000 to 40,000 hours
at 50VDC and 100°C with 1.25% max. capacitance drift,
0.19% max. dissipation factor, and 35,000 megs-uF
minimum insulation resistance at end of test.

It is obvious that considerably reduced drift and para-
metric change would have resulted if the 5000 hr.
overstress period had not occurred.

LONG TERM DC LIFE TEST DATA AT 100°C AT 140% OF RATED VOLTAGE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.. INC. ■ 1655 26TH STRFFT • SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1029

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE

A12 & K12

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

PRODUCT FEATURES 1.0 30VDG ACTUAL SIZE CAPACITOR

' 1

QUALIFIED TO M1L-C-83421/01 FAILURE RATE S.

HERMETICALLY SEALED, HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENED FOR CRITICAL AEROSPACE APPLICATIONS.

AC RATED FROM 22VRMS TO 240VRMS AT FREQUENCIES FROM 0 TO 400Hz. RATINGS TO 40KHz AT
LOWER VOLTAGE RATINGS, -65°C TO +100°C WITH DERATED OPERATION AT 125°C, DC RATED 30VDC
TO 400VDC.

100% RELIABILITY SCREENING, INCLUDES BURN-IN, TEMPERATURE CYCLING, FINE LEAK TESTS, AND AC
SQUARE WAVE TESTS.

LOW LOSS, RUGGED INTERNAL TERMINATIONS QUALIFIED FOR ALL HI-REL PROGRAMS (CRC PATENTED
CONSTRUCTION).

CAPACITORS HAVE BEEN THERMAL SHOCK TESTED FOR 1000 CYCLES FROM -65°C to +125°C, AIR TO
AIR AND LIQUID TO LIQUID, SEE 1 THERMAL SHOCK TEST PAGE.

CAPACITORS OF SAME DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION HAVE BEEN LIFE TESTED TO 40,000 HOURS, SEE
40,000 HOUR LIFE TEST DATA PAGE.

AVAILABLE IN STANDARD TOLERANCES: 0.25%, 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 5%, 10%. OTHER TOLERANCES AVAILABLE
ON REQUEST.

TYPICAL CURVES

INSULATION

RESISTANCE

WITH

TEMPERATURE
IN MEGOHMS
<0.1 *iF OR LESS)

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE
WITH

TEMPERATURE

% DISSIPATION
FACTOR
WITH

TEMPERATURE

TYPICAL

APPLICATIONS

CRITICAL TIMING CIRCUITS
FIXED TUNING CIRCUITS
FILTERING

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
COUPLING AND DECOUPLING

FEEDBACK CIRCUITS
POWER SUPPLY FILTERING
GYRO CIRCUITS
PULSE FORMING NETWORKS
INTEGRATING CIRCUITS

LIFE TEST DATA CRC TEST REPORT #77TR116

TEST RESULTS FOR
SERIES A12 CAPACI-
TORS LIFE TESTED
FOR 2000 HOURS AT
100°C AT 140% OF
RATED DC VOLTAGE.

THERE WERE NO
FAILURES FOR THIS
TEST.

LIST OF CAPACITORS INSULATION RESISTANCE
SUBMITTED TO LIFE TEST IN MEGOHMS AT25®C

P °l1mItS T | TEST RESULTS

3xl0 6

4xl0 6

lxlO 7

30xl0 6

8xl0 5

lxlO 6

1.1x10 s

5x10 s

1.4X10 7

2xl0 7

1.6x10 s

1.8x10 s

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE WITH LIFE

% DISSIPATION FACTOR
AT 25°C WITH LIFE

TEST RESULTS

' Esaassa

±2.0

-.03

+ .18

.25

.04

.05

±2.0

-.33

-.16

.25

.07

.08

±2.0

-.13

-.06

.25

.04

.05

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC.

1-1030

1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 • (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE

A12 & K12

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

A12 AND K12 SPECIFICATIONS

CONSTRUCTION

ENVIRONMENTAL

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

DISSIPATION FACTOR

AC SQUARE WAVE

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

(IN % CAPACITANCE)

CAPACITANCE STABILITY
(IN % CAPACITANCE)

HERMETIC SEAL

INSULATION RESISTANCE

Metallized polycarbonate dielectric, hermetically sealed, extended metal film electrodes,
axial leads isolated from case.

Capacitors meet all environmental requirements and are qualified to MIL-C-83421/ 1.

— 65°C to + 100°C

At full rated voltage, derate linearly to 50% of rated
voltage at 125°C.

0.1% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

0.15% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

100Hz, 60 seconds minimum

At 25°C at a peak to peak voltage of 3 times rated DC
voltage, terminal to terminal per MIL-C-83421.

200% rated DC voltage

At 25°C from terminal to terminal and terminal to case
for 60 seconds minimum.

A12 -0.5% to +0.8%

K12 ±2%

From +25°C to +125°C

0.5% to -1.5%

See Insulation Resistance
Table

From — 55°C to 25°C

When measured at any two corresponding temperature
points taken in five successive temperature cycles from
— 65°C to + 125°C.

Maximum leak rate.

Measured from terminal to terminal at rated DC voltage
and 5 minutes charge time. Values greater than luF,
allow an additional minute/uF charge time.

MINIMUM INSULATION
RESISTANCE AT RATED
DC VOLTAGE

FOR VALUES OVER O.luF DIVIDE LIMIT SHOWN
BY uF TO OBTAIN MINIMUM I.R.

EXAMPLE: A 0.5uF, SERIES A12 CAPACITOR AT
25°C IS 300,000 0.5 = 600,000 MEGOHMS.

2,000

Megohms-uF

1,000

Megohms-uF

A12 AND K12 QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

TEST

TEST CONDITIONS

BURN-IN

48 hrs. minimum at 125°C,
at 140% rated DC voltage

THERMAL AGING

10 cycles minimum from — 65°C to
+ 125°C (5 cycles min. for K12)

SEAL TEST (FINE LEAK)

Helium bomb 45 PSI for 1 hr.
minimum, check for helium leak

SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK)

Per MIL-C-83421

AC SQUARE WAVE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

Apply 100Hz at a peak to peak
voltage of 3 times DC rated voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

DC HI-POT

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL

AND TERMINALS TO CASE)

Apply 200% of rated DC voltage
for 60 seconds minimum. Do not
exceed 800 volts peak to peak.

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

At 25°C at rated DC voltage

% CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

At 25°C at lKHz

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

At 25°C at lKHz, values above
luF measure at O.lKHz

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

For marking, dimensions, and
workmanship

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

TEST LIMIT

No physical damage

No physical damage

lxlO- 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

max.

No continuous
bubble stream

QUALITY LEVEL
A12 I K12

100% 100%
Test Test

1. Capacitors are packaged and shipped with Certifica-
tion of Conformance. 2. Traceability to production and
test records by permanent marking of parts with date

Per I.R. Table

Per part number

0.15% max.

Per specification

code lot. 3. Process and inspection data is maintained
on file per NHB 5300.4 (1C), MIL-Q-9858 and MIL-STD-790.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *1 031

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC.

1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers* sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE
A12 & K12 AC RATINGS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

8.2

10.0

12.0

15.0

18.0

20.0

22.0

25.0

27.0

36.0

36.0

.0243

36.0

36.0

.0297

36.0

36.0

.0351

36.0

36.0

.0423

36*0

36.0

.0450

36.0

36.0

.0504

36.0

36.0

.0612

36.0

36.0

.0675

36.0

36.0

.0738

36.0

36.0

.090

36.0

36.0

.108

36.0

36.0

.135

36.0

36.0

.162

36.0

36.0

.180

36.0

36.0

.198

36.0

36.0

.243

36.0

36.0

.297

36.0

36.0

.351

36.0

36.0

.423

36.0

36.0

.450

36.0

36.0

.504

36.0

36.0

.612

36.0

36.0

.675

36.0

36.0

.738

36.0

36.0

.85

36.0

36.0

1.08

36.0

36.0

1.35

36.0

36.0

1.62

36.0

34.4

1.72

36.0

31.27

1.72

36.0

30.37

2.05

36.0

24.84

2.05

36.0

22.05

2.15

36.0

18.29 ‘

2.15

36.0

17.20

2.15

36.0

17.85

2.50

' 36.0

14.70

2.50

36.0

16.00

3.00

36.0

14.63

3.00

36.0

12.00

3.00

36.0

9.99

3.00

36.0

8.00

3.00

36.0

6.66

3.00

36.0

6.60

3.30

36.0

6.00

3.30

36.0

5.60

3.50

36.0

5.18

3.50

36.0

4.66

3.50

36.0

4.24

3.50

36.0

4.41

4.30

36.0

4.25

5.00

36.0

4.00

5.00

36.0

3.57

5.00

36.0

3.11

5.30

36.0

2.82

5.30

36.0

2.58

5.30

36.0

2.12

5.30

36.0

2.00

6.00

36.0

1.60

6.00

36.0

1.42

6.40

TYPE 12C
100VDC

AC RATINGS
RMS (RMS Max.
Volts Volts RMS
400Hz 40KHz Amps

TYPE 12D
200VDC

AC RATINGS

TYPE 12E
400VDC

AC RATINGS
RMS j“ RMS Max. I RMS RMS Max.

Volts Volts RMS I Volts Volts RMS

400Hz 40KHZ Amps I 400Hz 40KHz Amps

120.0

120.0

.030

120.0

120.0

.036

120.0

120.0

.045

120.0

120.0

.054

120.0

120.0

.060

120.0

120.0

.066

120.0

120.0

.081

120.0

120.0

.099

120.0

120.0

.117

120.0

120.0

.141

120.0

120.0

.150

120.0

120.0

.168

120.0

120.0

.204

120.0

120.0

.225

120.0

120.0

.246

120.0

120.0

.30

120.0

120.0

.36

120.0

120.0

.45

120.0

120.0

.54

120.0

120.0

.60

120.0

120.0

.66

120.0

120.0

.81

120.0

120.0

.99

120.0

120.0

1.17

120.0

120.0

1.41

120.0

120.0

1.50

120.0

120.0

1.68

120.0

120.0

2.04

120.0

114.66

2.15

120.0

104.87

2.15

120.0

86.00

2.15

120.0

71.66

2.15

120.0

80.00

3.00

120.0

73.33

3.30

120.0

66.00

3.30

120.0

60.00

3.30

120.0

51.85

3.50

120.0

42.42

3.50

120.0

35.89

2.50

120.0

29.78

3.50

120.0

28.00

3.50

120.0

25.00

3.50

120.0

25.29

4.30

120.0

24.00

4.50

120.0

21.95

4.50

120.0

18.00

4.50

120.0

15.00

4.50

120.0

14.13

5.30

120.0

13.33

6.00'

120.0

12.00

6.00

120.0

10.09

6.00

120.0

9.60

6.00

120.0

8.88

6.00

120.0

8.53

6.40

120.0

7.75

6.40

120.0

7.17

7.00

120.0

5.95

7.00

120.0

5.60

7.00

120.0

5.00

7.00

240.0

iziD&H

.492

240.0

240.0

240.0

240.0

240.0

240.0

.60

.72

.90

240.0

240.0

240.0

240.0

240.0

240.0

1.08

1.20

1.32

240.0

240.0

240.0

240.0

240.0

220.51

1.62

1.98

2.15

240.0

240.0

240.0

212.76

200.00

178.57

2.50

2.50

2.50

240.0

240.0

240.0

147.05

160.00

146.34

2.50

3.00

3.00

240.0

240.0

240.0

120.00

99.99

88.00

3.00

3.00

3.30

240.0

240.0

240.0

77.77

70.00

63.63

3.50

3.50

3.50

240.0

240.0

240.0

63.70

52.12

46.15

4.30

4.30

4.50

240.0

240.0

240.0

38.29

36.00

32.14

4.50

4.50

4.50

240.0

240.0

240.0

35.29

32.00

29.26

6.00

6.00

6.00

240.0

240.0

240.0

24.00

21.33

18.66

6.00

6.40

7.00

240.0

240.0

240.0

15.55

14.00

12.72

7.00

7.00

7.00

1. THE COMBINED DC AND AC VOLTAGES SHOULD NOT EXCEED
THE DC RATINGS, SEE FIGURE.

2. CAPACITORS MAY BE OPERATED AT HIGHER FREQUENCIES,
AT REDUCED RMS VOLTAGE SUCH THAT MAX. AC CURRENT
RATINGS ARE NOT EXCEEDED.

3. CAPACITORS CAN HANDLE PULSE CURRENTS UP TO 100
TIMES GREATER THAN THE PEAK CURRENTS CALCULATED
FROM THE RATED RMS RATING (PROVIDED SLOW REPETITION
RATES ARE USED). IF THERE IS ANY DOUBT, A SKETCH OF
THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT WAVE FORMS WITH TIME BASE
SHOULD BE SENT TO CRC FOR ANALYSIS.

\A£

DC RATING t \J

OF I

CAPACITOR CIRCUIT

I DC WORKING

I VOLTAGE

DERATE ABOVE 100°C

i

UPPER PEAK

PEAK TO PEAK — 1
RIPPLE VOLTAGE

100 125°C

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

PRODUCT FEATURES 2.5 mF 30VDC ACTUAL SIZE CAPACITOR

MINIATURE SIZE TO REPLACE NON-HERMETIC WRAP AND FILL, AND MOLDED CAPACITORS.

HERMETICALLY SEALED, HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENED FOR CRITICAL AEROSPACE APPLICATIONS.

AC RATED FROM 22VRMS TO 120VRMS AT FREQUENCIES UP TO 20KHz, -65°C to 100°C, WITH DERATED
OPERATION AT 125°C. DC RATED 30VDC TO 200VDC.

100% RELIABILITY SCREENING, INCLUDES BURN-IN, TEMPERATURE CYCLING, FINE LEAK TESTS, AC
SQUARE WAVE TESTS.

G12 CAPACITORS ARE PRESENTLY DESIGNED INTO MANY NAVY AND AIRFORCE PROGRAMS.

LOW LOSS, RUGGED INTERNAL TERMINATIONS QUALIFIED FOR ALL HI-REL PROGRAMS (CRC PATENTED
CONSTRUCTION).

LOWEST PRICED, HIGH RELIABILITY, METALLIZED FILM CAPACITORS FOR HIGH VOLUME PROGRAM USE.

AVAILABLE IN STANDARD CAPACITANCE TOLERANCES, ±1%, ±2%, ±5%, ±10%. OTHER TOLERANCES
AVAILABLE ON REQUEST.

TYPICAL C URVES

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE
WITH

TEMPERATURE

% DISSIPATION
FACTOR
WITH

TEMPERATURE

TYPICAL

APPLICATIONS

■ CRITICAL TIMING CIRCUITS

■ FIXED TUNING CIRCUITS

■ FILTERING

■ TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION

■ COUPLING AND DECOUPLING

FEEDBACK CIRCUITS
, POWER SUPPLY FILTERING
GYRO CIRCUITS
PULSE FORMING NETWORKS
INTEGRATING CIRCUITS

TEST RESULTS FOR 180
SERIES G 1 2 CAPACI-
TORS LIFE TESTED FOR
2000 HOURS AT 100°C
AT 140% OF RATED DC
VOLTAGE. THERE WERE
NO FAILURES FOR THIS
TEST.

LIST OF CAPACITORS
LIFE TESTED

CRC I UF Q’TY
TYPE VALUE TESTED

G12A102 I .001

G12A153 I .015

G12B102 1 .001

G12C305

G12D333

G12D564 .56

INSULATION RESISTANCE
IN MEGOHMS AT 25°C

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE WITH LIFE

% DISSIPATION FACTOR
AT 25«C WITH LIFE

POST TEST
LIMITS

TEST RESULTS

(MAX. D.F.)

HIGH

.25

.035

.055

.25

.06

.08

.25

.045

.055

5xl0 6

±2

lxlO 8

±2

8.3x10 s

±2

2.8X10 7

±2

3.4xl0 6

±2

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1034 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

G12 SPECIFICATIONS

CONSTRUCTION

ENVIRONMENTAL

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

DISSIPATION FACTOR

AC SQUARE WAVE

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

CAPACITANCE STABILITY

HERMETIC SEAL

INSULATION RESISTANCE

Metallized polycarbonate dielectric, hermetically sealed, extended metal film electrodes,
axial leads isolated from case.

Capacitors meet all environmental requirements of MIL-C-83421.

— 65°C to + 100°C

0.1% maximum

0.15% maximum

100Hz, 60 seconds minimum

200% DC volts

± 2 %

0% to -2%

±0.25%

1 X 10‘ 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

See I.R. Table

MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE
AT RATED DC VOLTAGE

FOR VALUES OVER O.luF DIVIDE LIMIT SHOWN BY uF
TO OBTAIN MINIMUM J.R. EXAMPLE: A 0.18uF CAPACI-
TOR AT 25°C IS 100,000 + 0.18 = 555,555 MEGOHMS.

GREATER

THAN

O.luF

At full rated voltage, derate linearly to 50% of rated
voltage at 125°C.

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C at a peak to peak voltage of 2 times rated DC
voltage, terminal to terminal per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C from terminal to terminal and terminal to case
for 60 seconds minimum.

From 25°C to +125°C.
From 25°C to -55°C.

When measured at any two corresponding temperature
points taken in five successive temperature cycles from
-65°C to + 125°C.

Maximum leak rate.

Measured from terminal to terminal at rated DC voltage
and 5 minutes charge time. Values greater than luF,
allow an additional minute/uF charge time.

10,000

Megohms

1,000

Megohms-uF

3,000

Megohms-uF

G12 QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

TEST

TEST CONDITIONS

BURN-fN

48 hrs. minimum at 125°C,
at 140% rated DC voltage

THERMAL AGING

10 cycles minimum from — 65°C to
+ 125°C

SEAL TEST (FINE LEAK)

Helium bomb 45 PSI for 1 hr.
minimum, check for helium leak

SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK)

Per MIL-C-83421

AC SQUARE WAVE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

Apply 100Hz at a peak to peak
voltage of 2 times DC rated voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

DC HI-POT

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL

AND TERMINALS TO CASE)

Apply 200% of rated DC voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

At 25°C at rated DC voltage

% CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

At 25°C at lKHz

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

At 25°C at lKHz, values above
luF measure at O.lKHz

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

For marking, dimensions, and
workmanship

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

TEST LIMIT

QUALITY

LEVEL

No physical damage

100%

Test

No physical damage

100%

Test

lxlO- 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

100%

max.

Test

No continuous

' 100%

bubble stream

Test

No shorts

100%

Test

No shorts

100%

Test

100,000 megohm-uF,

100%

need not exceed
1,000,000 megohms

Test

Per part number

100%

Test

0.15% max.

100%

Test

Per specification

1.0%

AQL

1. Capacitors are packaged and shipped with Certifica- code lot.

tion of Conformance. 2. Traceability to production and on file per

test records by permanent marking of parts with date

3. Process and inspection data is maintained
NHB 5300.4 (1C), MIL-Q-9858 and MIL-STD-790.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.. INC. • 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 • (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *1 035

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE
G12 CASE DIMENSIONS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

VOLTAGE

A=30VDC
B = 50VDC
C=100VDC
D=200VDC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1036

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE
G12 AC RATINGS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

1. THE COMBINED DC AND AC VOLTAGES SHOULD NOT EXCEED
THE DC RATINGS, SEE FIGURE.

2. CAPACITORS MAY BE OPERATED AT HIGHER FREQUENCIES,
AT REDUCED RMS VOLTAGE SUCH THAT MAX. AC CURRENT
RATINGS ARE NOT EXCEEDED.

3. CAPACITORS CAN HANDLE PULSE CURRENTS UP TO 100
TIMES GREATER THAN THE PEAK CURRENTS CALCULATED
FROM THE RATED RMS RATING (PROVIDED SLOW REPETITION
RATES ARE USED). IF THERE IS ANY DOUBT, A SKETCH OF
THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT WAVE FORMS WITH TIME BASE
SHOULD BE SENT TO CRC FOR ANALYSIS.

DC RATING t \J

OF I

CAPACITOR CIRCUIT

I DC WORKING

I VOLTAGE

1 i

DERATE ABOVE 100°C

t

UPPER PEAK

PEAK TO PEAK — 1
RIPPLE VOLTAGE

100 125°C

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ Sa„ A MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYSULFONE

P 14

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

PRODUCT FEATURES

1

1.0 50VDC ACTUAL SIZE CAPACITOR

MINIATURE SIZE -RATED TO 150°C OPERATION.

HERMETICALLY SEALED, HIGH RELIABILITY AC SCREENED FOR AEROSPACE APPLICATIONS.

AC RATED FROM 36VRMS TO 240VRMS AT FREQUENCIES UP TO 20KHz, -65°C TO 125°C WITH 50% DERATED
OPERATION AT 150°C.

DC RATED FROM 50VDC TO 400VDC, -65°C TO 125°C WITH 50% DERATED OPERATION AT 150°C.

P14 CAPACITORS ARE SCREENED PER MIL-C-83421, AND ARE PRESENTLY DESIGNED INTO
MANY MILITARY PROGRAMS.

LOW LOSS, RUGGED INTERNAL TERMINATIONS, QUALIFIED FOR ALL HIGH RELIABILITY PROGRAMS (CRC
PATENTED CONSTRUCTION).

LOW CAPACITANCE DRIFT AND TC, HIGH INSULATION RESISTANCE.

AVAILABLE IN STANDARD CAPACITANCE TOLERANCES ±1%, ±2%, ±5%, ±10%. OTHER TOLERANCES
AVAILABLE ON REQUEST.

TYPICAL CURVES

INSULATION

RESISTANCE

WITH

TEMPERATURE
IN MEGOHMS
(0.1 pF OR LESS)

% CAPACITANCE
1 CHANGE
WITH

TEMPERATURE

% DISSIPATION
FACTOR
WITH

TEMPERATURE

% VOLTAGE
RATING
WITH

TEMPERATURE

TYPICAL

APPLICATIONS

■ CRITICAL TIMING CIRCUITS

■ FIXED TUNING CIRCUITS

■ FILTERING

■ TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION

■ COUPLING AND DECOUPLING

■ FEEDBACK CIRCUITS

■ POWER SUPPLY FILTERING

■ GYRO CIRCUITS

■ PULSE FORMING NETWORKS

■ INTEGRATING CIRCUITS

TEST RESULTS FOR 180
SERIES H 1 4 CAPACI-
TORS LIFE TESTED FOR
2000 HOURS AT 125°C
AT 140% OF RATED DC
VOLTAGE. THERE WERE
NO FAILURES FOR THIS
TEST. H14 CAPACITORS
ARE THE SAME CON-
STRUCTION AND DE-
SIGN AS P14.

LIFE TEST DATA CRC TEST REPORT #78TR129

LIST OF CAPACITORS I INSULATION RESISTANCE
SUBMITTED TO LIFE TEST IN MEGOHMS AT 25°C

CRC

TYPE

uF |
VALUE

Q’TY

TESTED

POST TEST
LIMITS
(MIN.I.R.)

1.3x10 s

8x10 s

1.6X10 7

H14B

.015

15

1.3x10 s

1.6X10 7

5xl0 7

H14B

.0022

20

1.3x10 s

H14A

CM

o

1.3x10 s

lxlO 7

1.5x3 0 7

H14A

.005

20

1.3x10 s

esee

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE WITH LIFE

POST TEST
LIMITS
(MAX. AC)

% DISSIPATION FACTOR
AT 2S°C WITH LIFE

-.25

.25

.07

.08

.25

.04

.06

.25

.05

.09

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1038 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYSULFONE

P14

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

P 14 SPECIFICATIONS

CONSTRUCTION

Metallized polysulfone dielectric, hermetically sealed, extended metal film electrodes,
axial leads isolated from case.

ENVIRONMENTAL

Capacitors meet all environmental requirements of MIL-C-83421.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

— 65°C to +125°C

At full rated voltage, derated linearly to 50% of rated
voltage at 150°C.

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

0.1% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

0.15% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

AC SQUARE WAVE

100Hz, 60 seconds minimum

At 25°C at a peak to peak voltage of 2 times rated DC
voltage, terminal to terminal per MIL-C-83421.

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

150% rated DC voltage

At 25°C from terminal to terminal and terminals to case
for 60 seconds minimum.

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

+ 1.5% to -1.0%

+0.5% to -0.5%

From 25°C to -f- 150°C.

From 25°C to -55°C.

CAPACITANCE STABILITY

±0.25%

When measured at any two corresponding temperature
points taken in five successive temperature cycles from
— 65°C to +150°C.

HERMETIC SEAL

1 X 10 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

Maximum leak rate.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

See I.R. Table

Measured from terminal to terminal at rated DC voltage
and 5 minutes charge time. Values greater than luF,
allow an additional minute/uF charge time.

MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE
AT RATED DC VOLTAGE

FOR VALUES OVER 0.5uF DIVIDE LIMIT SHOWN BY uF
TO OBTAIN MINIMUM I.R. EXAMPLE: A 0.68uF CAPACI-
TOR AT 25°C IS 200,000 -s- 0.68 = 294,117 MEGOHMS.

RANGE

• 25°C t!

V ; + 85°C .

125°C

150°C

GREATER

THAN

400.000
Megohms

200.000
Megohms-uF

200,000

Megohms

100,000

Megohms-uF

30.000
Megohms

15.000

Megohms-uF

2,500

Megohms

1,250

Megohms-uF

P14

QUALITY CONFORMANCE

TEST

TEST CONDITIONS

BURN-IN

48 hrs. minimum at 125°C,
at 120% rated AC voltage at 400Hz

THERMAL AGING

10 cycles minimum from — 65°C to
+ 125°C

SEAL TEST (FINE LEAK)

Helium bomb 45 PSI for 1 hr.
minimum, check for helium leak

SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK)

Per MIL-C-83421

AC SQUARE WAVE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

Apply 100Hz at a peak to peak
voltage of 2 times DC rated voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

DC HI-POT

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL

AND TERMINALS TO CASE)

Apply 150% of rated DC voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

At 25°C at rated DC voltage

% CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

At 25°C at lKHz

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

At 25°C at lKHz, values above
luF measure at O.lKHz

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

For marking, dimensions, and
workmanship

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

TEST LIMIT

QUALITY

LEVEL

1. Capacitors are packaged and shipped with Certifica-
tion of Conformance. 2. Traceability to production and
test records by permanent marking of parts with date

200.000 megohm-uF,
need not exceed

400.000 megohms

Per part number

0.15% max.

Per specification

code lot. 3. Process and inspection data is maintained
on file per NHB 5300.4 (1C), MIL-Q-9858 and MIL-STD-790.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1039

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

TYPE P14B
50VDC
(36Vrms AC)

METALLIZED POLYSULFONE
P14 CASE DIMENSIONS

TYPE P14C
100VDC
(60Vrms AC)

m. I Length 1 Leri

TYPE P14D
200VDC
(120Vrms AC)

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

TYPE P14E
400VDC
(240Vrms AC)

.193

.687

.787

.193

.687

.787

.235

.687

.787

.235

.687

.787

.235

.687

.787

.235

.687

.787

.235

.687

.787

.235

.687

.787

.312

.687

.787

.312

.687

.787

.312

.687

.787

.312

.687

.787

.312

.813

.913

.312

.813

.913

.312

.813

.913

.312

.813

.913

.312

.813

.913

.400

.813

.913

.400

.813

.913

.400

.813

.913

.400

1.063

1.163

.400

1.063

1.163

.400

1.063

1.163

FOR SPECIAL VALUES AND
TOLERANCES, PLEASE CON-
TACT OUR APPLICATION
DEPARTMENT.

VOLTAGE

B=50VDC

C=100VDC

Y=150VDC

D = 200VDC

V=300VDC

E=400VDC

SLEEVING CODE

S = Mylar sleeve
X=No sleeve

LEAD CODE

W=Tinned copper clad steel:
#22 (.025") for .312" case
dia. & smaller; #20 (.032")
for .400" & .500" case dia.

C =Tinned oxygen-free
copper: #18 (.040") for
.562" case dia. & larger.

CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

K = 10%

J =5%

G = 2%

F = 1%

CD D

II II

PICOFARAD CODE: First two digits represent significant figures.
Last digit represents number of zeros to follow. Example: 104 =
100,000 picofarads.

CASE DIMENSIONS

TOLERANCE LIMITS (INCHES)

“A” Diameter

±0.010 Without Sleeving

+0.02

—0.00 With Mylar Sleeving

“B” Case Length

±0.03 With or Without Sleeving

“C” Bead to Bead
Max. Length

The lengths shown in table are
maximum and include solder beads

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYSULFONE
P14 AC RATINGS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

TYPE P14B
50VDC

MAXIMUM RATING
Volts I In KHz I Amps
RMS Freq. RMS

.40

.40

.40

.40

.42

.50

.53

.58

.70

.70

.78

.94

1.10

1.40

1.40

1.40

1.40

1.60

1.60

1.60

1.80

TYPE P14E
400VDC

MAXIMUM RATING
Volts | In KHz Amps

RMS Freq. RMS

1. THE COMBINED DC AND AC VOLTAGES SHOULD NOT EXCEED
THE DC RATINGS, SEE FIGURE.

2. CAPACITORS MAY BE OPERATED AT HIGHER FREQUENCIES,
AT REDUCED RMS VOLTAGE SUCH THAT MAX. AC CURRENT
RATINGS ARE NOT EXCEEDED.

3. CAPACITORS CAN HANDLE PULSE CURRENTS UP TO 100
TIMES GREATER THAN THE PEAK CURRENTS CALCULATED
FROM THE RATED RMS RATING (PROVIDED SLOW REPETITION
RATES ARE USED). IF THERE IS ANY DOUBT, A SKETCH OF
THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT WAVE FORMS WITH TIME BASE
SHOULD BE SENT TO CRC FOR ANALYSIS.

240.0

40.0

.4

240.0

40.0

.4-

240.0

40.0

.4

240.0

40.0

.4

240.0

40.0

.4

240.0

40.0

.4

240.0

40.0

.6

240.0

40.0

.6

240.0

40.0

.6

240.0

40.0

.6

240.0

40.0

.6

240.0

40.0

.6

240.0

40.0

1.0

240.0

40.0

1.0

240.0

40.0

1.0

240.0

40.0

1.4

240.0

40.0

1.4

240.0

40.0

1.4

240.0

40.0

1.6

240,0

40.0

1.6

240.0

40.0

1.6

240.0

40.0

1.6

240.0

32.3

1.6

240.0

27.4

1.6

240.0

25.5

1.8

240.0

24.0

1.8

240.0

21.4

1.8

240.0

17.0

1.8

240.0

17.0

2.0

240.0

16.3

2.0

240.0

13.3

2.0

240.0

11.1

2.0

240.0

11.0

2.4

240.0

11.0

3.0

240.0

10.0

3.0

240.0

10.0

3.0

240.0

10.0

4.2

240.0

8.7

4.3

240.0

7.3

4.3

240.0

6.4

4.5

240.0

6.0

4.5

240.0

5.4

4.5

240.0

5.0

5.0

240.0

4.4

5.0

240.0

4.1

5.0

240.0

3.3

5.0

240.0

3.3

6.0

240.0

2.7

6.0

240.0

2.4

6.4

240.0

2.1

6.4

240.0

2.0

6.4

240.0

1.9

7.0

240.0

1.7

7.0

240.0

1.6

7.0

240.0

1.4

7.0

1 A A UPPER PEAK

DC RATING 1 \TK J f

CAPACITOR CIRCUIT PEAK TO PEAK — ^

I vo C ltage KING ripple voltage

DERATE ABOVE 125°C

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 • (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1041

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED TEFLON

Jill & K11

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

PRODUCT FEATURES

HIGH INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10,000,000 MEGOHMS MINIMUM. (FOR Jll SERIES, ALL VALUES UP TO
O.luF).

LOW DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION: 0.01% MAXIMUM VOLTAGE RECOVERY.

LONG TERM STABILITY: LESS THAN 0.5% CAPACITANCE DRIFT AFTER 2000 HRS. AT 125°C AT RATED VOLTS.

SERIES 11 CAPACITORS HAVE BEEN QUALIFIED FOR USE IN SPACE AND MISSILE SYSTEMS WHERE MAX-
IMUM RELIABILITY AND LOW DIELECTRIC LOSS ARE ESSENTIAL.

TYPICAL. CURVES

INSULATION

RESISTANCE

WITH

TEMPERATURE
IN MEGOHMS
(0-1 yF OR LESS)

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE
WITH

TEMPERATURE

% DISSIPATION
FACTOR
WITH

TEMPERATURE

% VOLTAGE
RATING
WITH

TEMPERATURE

TYPICAL

APPLICATIONS

■ CRITICAL TIMING CIRCUITS

■ FIXED TUNING CIRCUITS

■ TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION

■ COUPLING AND DECOUPLING

FEEDBACK CIRCUITS
GYRO CIRCUITS
INTEGRATING CIRCUITS

TEST RESULTS FOR 80
SERIES D11B CAPACI-
TORS LIFE TESTED FOR
2000 HOURS AT 125°C
AT 140% OF RATED DC
VOLTAGE. THERE WERE
NO FAILURES FOR THIS
TEST. D11B CAPACI-
TORS ARE THE SAME
CONSTRUCTION AND
DESIGN AS Jll-Kll
SERIES.

LIFE TEST DATA CRC TEST REPORT #XT1303

LIST OF CAPACITORS
LIFE TESTED

CRC uF
TYPE VALUE

INSULATION RESISTANCE
IN MEGOHMS AT 25°C

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE WITH LIFE

% DISSIPATION FACTOR
AT 25°C WITH LIFE

TEST RESULTS I P< yXn^ T TEST RESULTS 1 P °umTt| T 1 TEST RESULTS

(MAX. AC)

(MAX. D.F.)

D11B

0.1

12

5x10 s

3.9x10 s

5x1 0 7

±1

-.035

-.35

. D11B

0.22

32

±1

-.01

+ .85

11

5x10 s

lxlO 6

1x10 s

±1

-.005

+ .58

D11B

1.0

6

2.5x10 s

±1

-.005

+.24

D11B

0.5

20

5x10 s

EBBS

±1

+ .02

+.48

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1042 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED TEFLON

J11

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

CONSTRUCTION

Metallized teflon dielectric, hermetically sealed, extended metal film electrodes, axial
leads isolated from case.

Capacitors meet all environmetal requirements of MIL-C-83421, except vibration at 20g

ENVIRONMENTAL

and shock at 50g.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

— 65°C to +125°C

At full rated voltage.

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

0.01% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

0.05% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

200% rated voltage

At 25°C from terminal to terminal and terminals to case
for 60 seconds minimum.

Referenced to 25°C

— 55°C

From -0.5% to +1.0%

— 25°C

From -0.35% to +0.75%

TEMPERATURE

0°C

From -0.1% to +0.45%

COEFFICIENT

50°C

From —0.2% to +0.2%

85°C

From -0.45% to +0.4%

100°C

From -0.65% to +.0.45%

125°C

From -1.0% to +0.5%

When measured at any two corresponding temperature

CAPACITANCE STABILITY

±0.10%

points taken in five successive temperature cycles from
— 65°C to +125°C.

HERMETIC SEAL

1 X 10 6 atm/cm 1 * 3 /sec.

Maximum leak rate.

Measured from terminal to terminal at rated DC voltage

INSULATION RESISTANCE

See I.R. Table

and 5 minutes charge time. Values greater than luF,
allow an additional minute/uF charge time.

MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE
AT RATED DC VOLTAGE

FOR VALUES OVER O.luF DIVIDE LIMIT SHOWN BY uF
TO OBTAIN MINIMUM I.R. EXAMPLE: A 0.68uF CAPACI-
TOR AT 25°C IS 1,000,000-^-0.68 = 1,475,000 MEGOHMS.

10,000,000

Megohms

5,000,000

Megohms

2,000,000

Megohms

1,000,000

Megohms

250,000

Megohms

1,000,000

Megohms-uF

500,000

Megohms-uF

200,000

Megohms-uF

100,000

Megohms-uF

25,000

Megohms-uF

Jll QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

THERMAL AGING

SEAL TEST (FINE LEAK)

SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK)

DC HI-POT

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL
AND TERMINALS TO CASE)

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

% CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

TEST CONDITIONS

48 hrs. minimum at 125°C,
at 140% rated DC voltage

10 cycles minimum from — 65°C to
+ 125°C

Helium bomb 45 PSI for 1 hr.
minimum, check for helium leak

Per MIL-C-83421

Apply 200% of rated DC voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

At 25°C at rated DC voltage

At 25°C at lKHz

At 25°C at lKHz, values above
luF measure atO.lKHz

For marking, dimensions, and
workmanship

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

TEST LIMIT

No physical damage

Per I.R. Table

Per part number

0.05% max.

Per specification

QUALITY

LEVEL

1. Capacitors are packaged and shipped with Certifica-

tion of Conformance. 2. Traceability to production and

test records by permanent marking of parts with date

code lot. 3. Process and inspection data is maintained
on file per NHB 5300.4 (1C), MIL-Q-9858 and MIL-STD-790.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED TEFLON

K11

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

Kll SPECIFICATIONS

CONSTRUCTION

ENVIRONMENTAL

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

DISSIPATION FACTOR

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

TEMPERAT

COEFFICIEI

CAPACITANCE STABILITY

HERMETIC SEAL

MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE
AT RATED DC VOLTAGE

FOR VALUES OVER O.luF DIVIDE LIMIT SHOWN BY uF
TO OBTAIN MINIMUM I.R. EXAMPLE: A 0.18uF CAPACI-
TOR AT 25°C IS 200,000 -*■ 0.18 = 1,111,000 MEGOHMS.

Metallized teflon dielectric, hermetically sealed, extended metal film electrodes, leads
isolated from case.

Capacitors meet all environmental requirements of MIL-C-83421, except vibration at 20g
and shock at 50g.

— 65°C to + 125°C

At full rated voltage.

0.01% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

0.1% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

200% rated voltage

At 25°C from terminal to terminal and terminals to case
for 60 seconds minimum.

Referenced to 25°C
— 55°C
— 25°C

0°C

50°C

85°C

100°C

125°C

From -0.5% to +1.0%

From -0.35% to +0.75%

From -0.1% to +0.45%

From —0.2% to +0.2%

From -0.45% to +0.4%

From -0.65% to +0.45%

From —1.0% to +0.5%

±0.10%

When measured at any two corresponding temperature
points taken in five successive temperature cycles from
— 65°C to +125°C.

1 X 10 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

Maximum leak rate.

See I.R. Table

Measured from terminal to terminal at rated DC voltage
and 5 minutes charge time. Values greater than luF,
allow an additional minute/uF charge time.

2,000,000 2,000,000 1,000,000 500,000 150,000

Megohms Megohms Megohms Megohms Megohms

GREATER

THAN

O.luF

200,000 200,000
Megohms-uF Megohms-uF

15,000

Megohms-uF

Kll QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

TEST

TEST CONDITIONS

THERMAL AGING

5 cycles minimum from — 65°C to
+ 125°C

SEAL TEST (FINE LEAK)

Helium bomb 45 PSI for 1 hr.
minimum, check for helium leak

SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK)

Per MIL-C-83421

DC HI-POT

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL

AND TERMINALS TO CASE)

Apply 200% of rated DC voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

At 25°C at rated DC voltage

% CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

At 25°C at lKHz

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

At 25°C at lKHz, values above
luF measure at O.lKHz

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

For marking, dimensions, and
workmanship

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

TEST LIMIT

QUALITY

LEVEL

1. Capacitors are packaged and shipped with Certifica- code lot.

tion of Conformance. 2. Traceability to production and on file per

test records by permanent marking of parts with date

Per I.R. Table

4.7.8 Per part number

0.1% max.

Per specification

3. Process and inspection data is maintained
NHB 5300.4 (1C), MIL-Q-9858 and MIL-STD-790.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (2X3) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1044 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED TEFLON
J11 & K11 CASE DIMENSIONS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

100VDC

200VDC

J11B224

J11B274

J11B334

K11B224

K11B274

K11B334

J11B394

K11B394

J11B474

K11B474

J11B504

K11B504

J11B564

K11B564

J11B684

K11B684

J11B824

K11B824

J11B105

K11B105

J11B155

K11B155

J11B205 J

K11B205

|b I

104 1

J11C102

J 11C 122
J11C152

K11C102

K11C122

K11C152

J11C182

J11C202

J11C222

K11C182

K11C202

K11C222

J11C272

J11C332

J11C392

K11C272

K11C332

K11C392

J11C203

K11C203

.312

.687

.887

J11C223

K11C223

.312

.687

.887

J11C273

K11C273

.312

.813

1.013

J11C333

K11C333

.312

.813

1.013

J11C393

K11C393

.400

.813

1.013

J11C473

K11C473

.400

.813

1.013

J11C503

K11C503

.400

.813

1.013

J11C563

K11C563

.400

.813

1.013

J11C683

K11C683

.400

.813

1.013

K11C823

K11C104

K11C124

1.063

1.263

1.063

1.263

1.063

1.263

J11D272

K11D272

.235

.687

.887

J11D332

K11D332

.235

.687

.887

J11D392

K11D392

.235

.687

.887

J11D472

K11D472

.235

.687

.887

J11D502

K11D502

.235

.687

.887

J11D562

K11D562

.235

.687

.887

J11D682

K11D682

.235

.687

.887

J11D822

K11D822

.235

.687

.887

J 1 1 D 103

K11D103

.235

.687

.887

J11D123

K11D123

.235

.687

.887

J11D153

K11D153

.312

.687

.887

J11D183

K11D183

.312

.813

1.013

J11D203

K11D203

.312

.813

1.013

J11D223

K11D223

.312

.813

1.013

J11D273

K11D273

.312

.813

1.013

J11D333

K11D333

.400

.813

1.013

J11D393

K11D393

.400

1.063

1.263

J11D473

K11D473

.400

1.063

1.263

J11D503

K11D503

.400

1.063

1.263

J11D563

K11D563

.400

1.063

1.263

J11D683

K11D683

.400

1.063

1.263

J11D823

K11D823

.500

1.125

1.325

J11D104

K11D104

.500

1.125

1.325

J11D124

K11D124

.500

1.375

1.575

J11D154

K11D154

.562

1.375

1.575

J11D184

K11D184

.562

1.375

1.575

J11D204

K11D204

.562

1.375

1.575

K11D224 .56
K11D274 .67
K11D334 .67'

K11D394 .56
K11D474 .67
K11D504 .67

K11D564 .67
K11D684 .75
K11D824 .75

K11D105 .75
K11D155 1.00
K11D205 1.00

SLEEVING CODE

S = Mylar sleeve
X = No sleeve

LEAD CODE

A=Solderable leads: #22
(.025") for .312" case dia.
& smaller; #20 (.032") for
.400" case dia. & smaller.

VOLTAGE

B = 50VDC
C=100VDC
D = 200VDC

CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

K = 10%

J =5%

G = 2%

F = l%

D = i/ 2 %

> m

II II

CASE DIMENSIONS

TOLERANCE LIMITS (INCHES)

“A” Diameter

±0.010 Without Sleeving

+0.02

—0.00 With Mylar Sleeving

1

“B” Case Length

±0.03 With or Without Sleeving

“C” Bead to Bead
Max. Length

The lengths shown in table are
maximum and include solder beads

1.625 MINIMUM TYP

PICOFARAD CODE: First two digits represent significant figures.
Last digit represents number of zeros to follow. Example: 104 =
100,000 picofarads.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. • 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1045

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

FOIL TEFLON

A91

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

AC AND DC RATED TO 150°C AT FULL RATED VOLTAGE.

HERMETICALLY SEALED, HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENED FOR CRITICAL AEROSPACE APPLICATIONS.

AC RATED FROM 36VRMS TO 240VRMS AT FREQUENCIES FROM 0 TO 400 Hz. RATINGS AT 40KHz AT LOWER
VOLTAGE RATINGS.

HIGH INSULATION RESISTANCE, 10,000,000 MEGOHMS MINIMUM. ALL VALUES UP TO O.luF.

LOW DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION, 0.01% MAXIMUM VOLTAGE RECOVERY.

LOW LOSS, RUGGED INTERNAL TERMINATIONS FOR ALL HI-REL PROGRAMS (CRC PATENTED CONSTRUC-
TION).

0.1% MAXIMUM SHELF DRIFT FOR 10 YEARS (OR IN NORMAL USE).

AVAILABLE IN 1%, 2%, 5% AND 10%, CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE FROM 50VDC TO 400VDC. OTHER TOLER-
ANCES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST.

TYPICAL CURVES

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE
WITH

TEMPERATURE

TYPICAL

APPLICATIONS

CRITICAL TIMING CIRCUITS
FIXED TUNING CIRCUITS
FILTERING

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
COUPLING AND DECOUPLING

FEEDBACK CIRCUITS
POWER SUPPLY FILTERING
GYRO CIRCUITS
PULSE FORMING NETWORKS
INTEGRATING CIRCUITS

la

LIFE TEST DATA CRC TEST REPORT #XT-1306

TEST RESULTS FOR D51
SERIES CAPACITORS
LIFE TESTED FOR 2000
HOURS AT 125°C AT
140% OF RATED DC
VOLTAGE. THERE WERE
NO FAILURES FOR THIS
TEST. D51 CAPACITORS
ARE THE SAME CON-
STRUCTION AND DE-
SIGN AS A91.

LIST OF CAPACITORS INSULATION RESISTANCE
SUBMITTED TO LIFE TEST IN MEGOHMS AT 25°C

crc uf <rrY PO uMrrs T i TESTR£SULTS

TYPE VALUE TESTED (MJN.I.R.)

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE WITH LIFE

% DISSIPATION FACTOR
AT 25*C WITH LIFE

5xl0 7

3.3xl0 6 2.5xl0 7 5xl0 7 ±2 -.15 -.64

TEST RESULTS! F °uJJff f TEST RESULTS
(MAX. D.F.)

lBS33l2Bil

D51C .02

5

3.3x10*

10

3.3X10*

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1046

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

FOIL TEFLON

A91

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

CONSTRUCTION

ENVIRONMENTAL

OPERATING TEMPERATURE
DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

DISSIPATION FACTOR

AC SQUARE WAVE
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

CAPACITANCE STABILITY

HERMETIC SEAL

INSULATION RESISTANCE

Foil teflon, hermetically sealed, extended metallized film electrodes, foil axial leads
isolated from case.

Capacitors meet all environmetal
and shock at 50g.

— 65°C to -f- 150°C

0.01% maximum
0.02% maximum

100Hz, 60 seconds minimum

200% rated DC voltage

Referenced to 25°C

— 55°C

— 25°C

0°C

50°C

85°C

100°C

125°C

150°C

1 X 10 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

See I.R. Table

I requirements of MIL-C-83421, except vibration at 20g

At full rated voltage.

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C at a peak to peak voltage of 3 times rated DC
voltage, terminal to terminal per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C from terminal to terminal and terminals to case
for 60 seconds minimum.

+ 1.5% to -0.8%
+ 1.0% to -0.5%
+ 0.5% to -0.3%
+ 0.3% to -0.3%
+ 0.5% to -0.5%
+ 0.5% to -0.8%
+ 0.6% to -1.0%
+ 1.0% to -1.5%

When measured at any two corresponding temperature
points taken in five successive temperature cycles from
— 65°C to + 125°C.

Maximum leak rate.

Measured from terminal to terminal at rated DC voltage
and 5 minutes charge time. Values greater than luF,
allow an additional minute/uF charge time.

MINIMUM INSULATION
RESISTANCE AT
RATED DC VOLTAGE

GREATER

THAN

0.2uF

10.000,000

Megohms

1 , 000,000

Megohms

2 , 000,000

Megohms

200,000

Megohms

1.000,000

Megohms

100,000

Megohms

250.000
Megohms

25.000
Megohms

20.000

Megohms

2,000

Megohms

A91 QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

TEST

TEST CONDITIONS

BURN-IN

16 hrs. minimum at 125°C at 140%

AC rated voltage, at 400Hz or
240VRMS, whichever is less

THERMAL AGING

5 cycles minimum from — 65°C to
+ 125°C

SEAL TEST (FINE LEAK)

Helium bomb for 45 PSI for 1 hr.
minimum, check for helium leak

SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK)

Per MIL-C-83421

AC SQUARE WAVE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

Apply 100Hz at a peak to peak
voltage of 3 times DC rated voltage
for 60 seconds minimum. Do not
exceed 800 volts peak to peak.

DC HI-POT

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL

AND TERMINALS TO CASE)

Apply 200% of rated DC voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

At 25°C at rated DC voltage

% CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

At 25°C at lKHz

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

At 25°C at lKHz, values above
luF measure at O.lKHz

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

For marking, dimensions, and
workmanship

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

TEST LIMIT

QUALITY

LEVEL

1. Capacitors are packaged and shipped with Certifica- code lot.

tion of Conformance. 2. Traceability to production and on file per

test records by permanent marking of parts with date

3. Process and inspection data is maintained
NHB 5300.4(10, Ml L-Q-9858 and MIL-STD-790.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 * 1 047

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

FOIL TEFLON
A91 CASE DIMENSIONS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

TYPE A91B
50VDC RATED

Basic Diam. Length Length
P/N ABC

TYPE A91C
100VDC RATED

Basic Diam. Length Length

P/N A B C

A91C102 .235
A91C122 .235
A91C152 .235

A91C182 .235 .562 .662

A91C202 .235 .562 .662

A91C222 .235 .562 .662

TYPE A91D
200VDC RATED

Basic Diam. Length Length

P/N A B | C

A91D102

.235

.687

A91E102

.235

.687

A91D122

.235

.687

A91E122

.235

.687

A91D152

.235

.687

mm

A91E152

.235

.687

A91D182

.235

.687

.787

A91E182

.235

.687

A91D202

.235

.687

.787

A91E202

.235

.687

A91D222

.235

.687

.787

A91E222

.235

.687

.687 .787

.687 .787

.687 .787

.687 .787

.687 .787

.687 .787

TYPE A91E
400VDC RATED

Basic Diam. I Length! Length

P/N A B I C

A91E272 .312 .687
A91E332 .312 .687
A91E392 .312 .687

.235

.687

.787

A91D682

.312

.687

.787

A91E582

.312

.813

.235

.687

.787

A91D752

.312

.687

.787

A91E752

.312

.813

.235

.687

.787

A91D822

.312

.687

.787

A91E822

.312

.813

A91B683 .400 .813
A91B753 .400 .813
A91B823 .400 .813

A91C473

.400

A91C503

.400

A91C563

.400

A91C683

.400

A91C753

.400

A91C823

.400

A91D104 .500
A91D124 .500
A91D154 .500

A91D473

A91D503

A91D563

.400

.400

.400

1.063

1.063

1.063

1.163
1.163
i .163

A91D683

.500

1.125

1.225

A91D753

.500

1.125

1.225

A91D823

.500

1.125

1.225

A91E273

A91E333

A91E393

.400

.400

.500

A91E473

A91E503

A91E563

.500

.500

.500

1.375 1.475 A91E184

1.375 1.475 A91E204

1.375 1.475 A91E224

.670 1.875 1.975

.670 1.875 1.975

.670 1.875 1.975

.750

1.875

1.975

.750

1.875

1.975

raise

FOR SPECIAL VALUES AND
TOLERANCES, PLEASE CON*
TACT OUR APPLICATION

DEPARTMENT.

TOLERANCE LIMITS (INCHES)

LEAD CODE

W=Tinned copper clad steel:
#22 (.025") for .312" case
dia. & smaller; #20 (.032")
for .400" & .500" case dia.

C =Tinned oxygen-free
copper: #18 (.040") for
.562" case dia. & larger.

VOLTAGE

B = 50VDC
C=100VDC
D = 200VDC
E= 400V DC

CAPACITANCE

K = 10%

F = 1%

B = 1/4°/o

TOLERANCE

J =5%

G = 2%

D = l/2%

“A” Diameter

±0.010 Without Sleeving

+ 0.02

-0.00 With Mylar Sleeving

“B” Case Length

±0.03 With or Without Sleeving

“C” Bead to Bead

The lengths shown in table are

Max. Length

maximum and include solder beads

p p — 1.625 MINIMUM TYP

PICOFARAD CODE: First two digits represent significant figures.
Last digit represents number of zeros to follow. Example: 104 =
100,000 picofarads.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. « 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 • (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1048

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

FOIL TEFLON
A91 AC RATINGS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

TYPE A91D 200VDC I TYPE A91E 400VDC

______ T AC RATINGS

1. THE COMBINED DC AND AC VOLTAGES SHOULD NOT EXCEED
THE DC RATINGS, SEE FIGURE.

2. CAPACITORS MAY BE OPERATED AT HIGHER FREQUENCIES,
AT REDUCED RMS VOLTAGE SUCH THAT MAX. AC CURRENT
RATINGS ARE NOT EXCEEDED.

3. CAPACITORS CAN HANDLE PULSE CURRENTS UP TO 100
TIMES GREATER THAN THE PEAK CURRENTS CALCULATED
FROM THE RATED RMS RATING (PROVIDED SLOW REPETITION
RATES ARE USED). IF THERE IS ANY DOUBT, A SKETCH OF
THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT WAVE FORMS WITH TIME BASE
SHOULD BE SENT TO CRC FOR ANALYSIS.

1 1

t

, /

\ f\ UPPER PEAK

DC RATING
OF

CAPACITOR

CIRCUIT

DC WORKING
VOLTAGE

l

V " T j

PEAK TO PEAK — 1

RIPPLE VOLTAGE

FULL RATING TO

150°C

IUU/0 — — 7

50% £§

-------

0 L

-65

150°C

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 • (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1049

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

POLYSTYRENE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

PRODUCT FEATURES

.056 50V0C ACTUAL SIZE CAPACITOR

5,000,000 MEGOHMS MIN. INSULATION RESISTANCE FOR VALUES 0.2uF AND LESS.

0.02% MAXIMUM DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION.

0.1% MAXIMUM SHELF DRIFT FOR 10 YEARS (OR IN NORMAL USE).

UTILIZES CRC UNIQUE PATENTED, RUGGED, LOW LOSS LEAD TERMINATIONS, QUALIFIED FOR ALL HI-REL
PROGRAMS.

HERMETICALLY SEALED, HIGH RELIABILITY SCREENED FOR CRITICAL AEROSPACE PROGRAMS.

100% RELIABILITY SCREENING, INCLUDES TEMPERATURE CYCLING, FINE LEAK TEST, AC SQUARE
WAVE TEST.

SIMILAR GENERIC PARTS HAVE BEEN QUALIFIED FOR TRIDENT PROGRAM.

AVAILABLE IN ±0.1% TO ±10% CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE FROM 50VDC TO 400VDC.

AC AND DC RATED.

TYPICAL CURVES

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE
WITH

TEMPERATURE

TYPICAL

APPLICATIONS

CRITICAL TIMING CIRCUITS
FIXED TUNING CIRCUITS
FILTERING

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
COUPLING AND DECOUPLING

FEEDBACK CIRCUITS
POWER SUPPLY FILTERING
GYRO CIRCUITS
PULSE FORMING NETWORKS
INTEGRATING CIRCUITS

TEST RESULTS FOR 75
SERIES N53 CAPACI-
TORS LIFE TESTED FOR
2000 HOURS AT +85°C
AT 140% OF RATED DC
VOLTAGE. THERE WERE
NO FAILURES FOR THIS
TEST. N53 CAPACITORS
ARE THE SAME CON-
STRUCTION AND DE-
SIGN AS K93 SERIES
CAPACITORS.

LIFE TEST DATA CRC TEST REPORT #XT1304

LIST OF CAPACITORS
LIFE TESTED

-

■33

wm

C

*E

uF

VALUE

CITY

TESTED

N53B

.012

20

N53B

.1

20

N53B

.82

15

N53C

.02

5

N53C

5

N53C

.068

20

% CAPACITANCE
CHANGE WITH LIFE

- l [ )

POST TEST
LIMITS I
(MAX. AC)

lESjgEgfg

0.5

ll£IS

1

.05

lxlO 7

5xl0 7

0.5

iaa

EH

.05

.01

5x10*

4x1 0 7

0.5

i m

.05

.01

lEESilBBS

.05

5.5X10 6

lxlO 8

0.5

.05

.01

lxlO 7

2xl0 7

0.5

.05

.01

% DISSIPATION FACTOR
AT 25°C WITH LIFE

TEST RESULTS

HIGH

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1050 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

POLYSTYRENE

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

DISSIPATION FACTOR

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

CAPACITANCE STABILITY

HERMETIC SEAL

INSULATION RESISTANCE

K93 SPECIFICATIONS

-65°Cto 85°C

0.02% maximum

0.02% maximum

200% rated voltage

-80 ±50 PPM/°C
“60 ±50 PPM/°C

0.03% maximum Drift

1 X 10 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

See I.R. Table

MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE
AT RATED DC VOLTAGE

FOR VALUES OVER l.OuF DIVIDE LIMIT SHOWN BY uF
TO OBTAIN MINIMUM I.R. EXAMPLE: A 2.0uF CAPACI-
TOR AT 25°C IS 1,000,000 r2= 500,000 MEGOHMS.

At full rated voltage.

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C from terminal to terminal and terminals to case
for 60 seconds minimum.

For values O.OOluF to 0.0082uF
For values O.OluF to 2.7uF

Special polystyrene capacitors can be supplied with a
temperature coefficient of “20 to —100 PPM/°C that
is linear to ±30 PPM/°C and ±10 PPM/°C. A wide
selection is available of large uF values in bathtub and
custom cases.

With five cycles from “25°C to +85°C

Maximum leak rate.

Measured from terminal to terminal at rated DC voltage
and 5 minutes charge time. Values greater than luF,
allow an additional minute/uF charge time.

5S°C

0.001 TO
O.luF

GREATER
THAN O.luF

10,000,000

Megohms

1,000,000

Megohms-uF

5,000,000

Megohms

500,000

Megohms-uF

1,000,000

Megohms

100,000

Megohms-uF

K93 QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

THERMAL AGING

SEAL TEST (FINE LEAK)

TEST CONDITIONS

From —65°C to +85°C, 5 cycles min.

Helium bomb 45 PSI for 1 hr.
minimum, check for helium leak

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK) Place in 85°C hot water for 60 seconds

minimum and observe for bubbles

AC SQUARE WAVE Apply 100Hz square wave at a peak to

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL) peak voltage of 3 times DC rated

voltage for 60 seconds minimum.

Do not exceed 800 volts peak to peak.

DC HI-POT

Apply 200% of rated DC voltage

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL for 60 seconds minimum

AND TERMINALS TO CASE)

INSULATION RESISTANCE At 25°C at rated DC voltage

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

% CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

At 25°C at lKHz

At 25°C at lKHz, values above
luF measured at O.lKHz

TEST LIMIT

QUALITY

LEVEL

There shall be
no physical damage

| 100%
Test

lxlQ 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

max.

100%

Test

No continuous
bubble stream

100%

Test

No shorts

100%

Test

No shorts

100%

Test

Per I.R. Table

100%

Test

Per part number

100%

Test

0.02% max.

100%

Test

Per specification j

1.0%

AQL

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL For marking, dimensions, and

INSPECTION workmanship as required.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1 051

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

POLYSTYRENE
K93 CASE DIMENSIONS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

LEAD CODE

W=Tinned copper clad steel:
#22 (.025") for .312" case
dia.& smaller; #20 (.032")
for .400" & .500" case dia.

C = Tinned oxygen-free
copper: #18 (.040") for
.562" case dia. & larger.

“B” Case Length

“C” Bead to Bead
Max. Length

93E102

.312

93E122

.312

93E152

.312

93E272 .3
93E332 .3
93E392 .3

93E183

.400

93E203

.400

93E223

.400

.687

.787

.687

.787

.687

.787

.687

.787

.687

.787

.687

.787

.813

.913

.813

.913

.813

.913

93E473

.500

93E503

.500

93E563

.500

93E583

.500

93E753

.500

93E823

.500

93E104

.500

93E124

.500

93E154

.562

93E184

.562

93E204

.562

93E224

.562

1.375

1.475

1.375

1.475

1.875

1.975

1.875

1.975

1.875

1.975

1.875

1.975

1.875

1.975

2.375

2.475

2.375

2.475

FOR SPECIAL VALUES AND
TOLERANCES, PLEASE CON-
TACT OUR APPLICATION
DEPARTMENT.

TOLERANCE LIMITS (INCHES)

±0.010 Without Sleeving

+0.02

—0.00 With Mylar Sleeving

±0.03 With or Without Sleeving

The lengths shown in table are
maximum and include solder beads

K=10% F = 1%

J=5% D=i/2%

G=2%

B=Va%
A = .l%

-1.625 MINIMUM TYP

VOLTAGE

B = 50VDC
C=100VDC
D=200VDC
E=400VDC

PICOFARAD CODE: First two digits represent significant figures.
Last digit represents number of zeros to follow. Example: 104 =
100,000 picofarads.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1052

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

POLYSTYRENE
K93 AC RATINGS

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

TYPE K93
50VDC

MAXIMUM AC RATINGS
RMS Freq. RMS

Volts In KHz Amps

TYPE K93
100VDC

MAXIMUM AC RATINGS

IMS Freq. RMS
olts In KHz Amps

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

60.0

40.0

4.0

1 35.4

4.0

4.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

60.0

TYPE K93
200VDC

60.0

14.6

60.0

13.2

60.0

10.6

TYPE K93
400VDC

maximum a c Ratings
rms

Amirs

240.0

40.0

.06

240.0

40.0

.072

240.0

40.0

.088

120.0

40.0

.054

120.0

40.0

.06

120.0

40.0

.066

120.0

40.0

.082

120.0

40.0

.09

120.0

40.0

.12

240.0

40.0

1.1

240.0

40.0

1.2

240.0

40.0

1.3

1. THE COMBINED DC AND AC VOLTAGES SHOULD NOT EXCEED
THE DC RATINGS, SEE FIGURE.

2. CAPACITORS MAY BE OPERATED AT HIGHER FREQUENCIES,
AT REDUCED RMS VOLTAGE SUCH THAT MAX. AC CURRENT
RATINGS ARE NOT EXCEEDED.

3. CAPACITORS CAN HANDLE PULSE CURRENTS UP TO 100
TIMES GREATER THAN THE PEAK CURRENTS CALCULATED
FROM THE RATED RMS RATING (PROVIDED SLOW REPETITION
RATES ARE USED). IF THERE IS ANY DOUBT, A SKETCH OF
THE VOLTAGE AND CURRENT WAVE FORMS WITH TIME BASE
SHOULD BE SENT TO CRC FOR ANALYSIS.

re

DC RATING f

OF I V

CAPACITOR CIRCUIT

I DC WORKING

| VOLTAGE

FULL RATING TO 85°C

UPPER PEAK

LIT

PEAK TO PEAK — 1
RIPPLE VOLTAGE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO . , INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1053

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

DOUBLE LAYER

AIO

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

CONSTRUCTION

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

DISSIPATION FACTOR

AC SQUARE WAVE

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

CAPACITANCE STABILITY

HERMETIC SEAL

INSULATION RESISTANCE

MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE
AT RATED DC VOLTAGE

FOR VALUES OVER O.luF DIVIDE LIMIT SHOWN BY uF
TO OBTAIN MINIMUM I.R. EXAMPLE :A 0.18uF CAPACI-
TOR AT 25°C IS 300,000 + 0.18 = 1,666,666 MEGOHMS.

Type AIO capacitors utilize a dual layer construction as extra assurance clearings that
low resistance faults will not occur. See Index for Capacitor Fault Scanning.

-65°Cto+100°C

At full rated voltage, derate linearly to 50% of rated
voltage at 125°C.

0.1% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

0.15% maximum

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

100Hz, 60 seconds minimum

At 25°C at a peak to peak voltage of 3 times rated DC
voltage, terminal to terminal per MIL-C-83421.

200% DC volts

At 25°C from terminal to terminal and terminals to case
for 60 seconds minimum.

±1%

0% to -2%

From 25°C to +125°C.

From 25°C to -55°C.

±0.2%

When measured at any two corresponding temperature
points taken in five successive temperature cycles from
— 65°C to + 125°C.

1 X 10 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

Maximum leak rate.

See I.R. Table

Measured from terminal to terminal at rated DC voltage
and 5 minutes charge time. Values greater than luF,
allow an additional minute/uF charge time.

RANGE

25°C

85°C

.001 TO
O.luF

3,000,000

Megohms

500,000

Megohms

GREATER

THAN

O.luF

300,000

Megohms-uF

50,000

Megohms-uF

AIO QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

SEAL TEST (FINE LEAK)

SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK)

AC SQUARE WAVE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

DC HI-POT

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL
AND TERMINALS TO CASE)

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

% CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

>/o DISSIPATION FACTOR

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

TEST CONDITIONS

48 hrs. minimum at 125°C,
at 140% rated DC voltage

10 cycles minimum from — 65°C to
+ 125°C

Helium bomb 45 PSI for 1 hr.
minimum, check for helium leak

Per MIL-C-83421

Apply 100Hz at a peak to peak
voltage of 3 times DC rated voltage
for' 60 seconds minimum

Apply 200% of rated DC voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

At 25°C at rated DC voltage

At 25°C at lKHz

At 25°C at lKHz, values above
luF measure at O.lKHz

For marking, dimensions, and
workmanship

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

TEST LIMIT

No physical damage

QUALITY

LEVEL

300,000 megohm-uF
need not exceed
3,000,000 megohms

Per part number

0.15% max.

Per specification

1. Capacitors are packaged and shipped with Certifica-
tion of Conformance. 2. Traceability to production and
test records by permanent marking of parts with date

code lot. 3. Process and inspection data is maintained
on file per NHB 5300.4 (1C), MIL-Q-9858 and MIL-STD-790.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1054 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

DOUBLE LAYER
A10 CASE DIMENSIONS

TYPE AlOC
100VDC RATED

asic Diam.l Length! Length
P/N A B C

A10C182 .170 .500

A10C202 .170 .500

A10C222 . .170 .500

.600

.600

.600

A10C272 .170 .500
A10C332 .170 .500
A10C392 .170 .500

.600

.600

.600

A10C472 .170 .500
A10C502 .170 .500
A10C562 .170 .500

.600

.600

.600

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

A10E102

A10E122

A10E152

.193

.193

.193

.562

.562

.562

.662

.662

.662

A10E182

A10E202

A10E222

.193

.193

.193

.562

.562

.562

.662

.662

.662

A10E272

A10E332

A10E392

.235

.235

.235

.562

.562

.562

.662

.662

.662

A10D103

A10D123

A10D153

.193

.193

.235

.562

.562

.562

.662

.662

.662

A10D183

A10D203

A10D223

.235

.235

.235

.687

.687

.687

.787
.787
.787 .

A10D273

A10D333

A10D393

.312

.312

.312

.687

.687

.687

.787

.787

.787

A10D473

A10D503

A10D563

.312

.312

.312

.687

.687

.813

.787

.787

.913

A10D683

A10D753

A10D823

.312

.312

.312

.813

.813

.813

.913

.913

.913

A10D104

A10D124

A10D154

.312

.312

.400

.813

.813

1.063

.913

.913

1.163

A10D184

A10D204

A10D224

.400

.400

.400

1.375

1.375

1.375

1.475

1.475

1.475

A10D274

A10D334

A10D394

.500

.500

.500

1.375

1.375

1.375

1.475

1.475

1.475

A10E183

A10E203

A10E223

.312

.312

.312

.813

.813

.813

.913

.913

.913

A10E273

A10E333

A10E393

.312

.312

.312

.813

.813

.813

.913

.913

.913

A10E473

A10E503

A10E563

.400

.400

.400

.813

.813

.813

.913

.913

.913

A10E683

A10E753

A10E823

.400

.400

.400

.813

1.063

1.063

.913

1.163

1.163

A10E104

A10E124

A10E154

.400

.400

.400

1.063

1.063

1.375

1.163

1.163

1.475

A10E474

A10E504

A10E564

.562

.562

.562

1.875

1.875

1.875

1.975

1.975

1.975

A10E684

A10E754

A10E824

.750

.750

.750

1.875

1.875

1.875

1.975

1.975

1.975

A10E105

A10E125

A10E155

.750

1.000

1.000

1.875

1.875

2.375

1.975

1.975

2.475

A10E185

A10E205

1.000

1.000

2.375

2.375

2.475

2.475

FOR SPECIAL VALUES AND
TOLERANCES, PLEASE CON-
TACT OUR APPLICATION
DEPARTMENT.

CASE DIMENSIONS

TOLERANCE LIMITS (INCHES)

“A” Diameter

±.010 Without Sleeving

+ 0.02

— 0.00 With Mylar Sleeving

“B” Case Length

±0.03 With or Without Sleeving

“C” Bead to Bead
Max. Length

The lengths shown in table are
maximum and include solder beads.

PICOFARAD CODE: First two digits represent significant figures.
Last digit represents number of zeros to follow. Example: 104 =
100,000 picofarads.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1055

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

FOIL POLYSULFONE

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

wsmmm

IBiill

AS4 SPECIFICATIONS

ill

CONSTRUCTION

ENVIRONMENTAL

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

DISSIPATION FACTOR

AC SQUARE WAVE

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

CAPACITANCE STABILITY

HERMETIC SEAL

INSULATION RESISTANCE

Polysulfone dielectric, extended foil electrodes, hermetically sealed, leads isolated
from case.

Capacitors meet all environmental requirements of MIL-C-83421 except vibration and
shock. Vibration is at 20g’s and shock at 50g*s. __

At full rated voltage, derate linearly to 50% of rated
voltage at 150°C.

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C when measured per MIL-C-83421.

— 65°Cto +125°C

0.1% maximum

0.1% maximum

100Hz, 60 seconds minimum

200% DC volts

±2% maximum capacitance
change

±0.25%

1 X 10 6 atm/cm 3 /sec.

See I.R. Table

At 25° C at a peak to peak voltage of 3 times rated DC
voltage, terminal to terminal per MIL-C-83421.

At 25°C from terminal to terminal and terminals to case
for 60 seconds minimum.

From — 55°C to +150°C.

When measured at any two corresponding temperature
points taken in five successive temperature cycles from
-65°Cto + 125°C.

Maximum leak rate.

Measured from terminal to terminal at rated DC voltage
and 5 minutes charge time. Values greater than luF,
allow an additional minute/uF charge time.

MINIMUM INSULATION RESISTANCE
AT RATED DC VOLTAGE

FOR VALUES OVER O.luF DIVIDE LIMIT SHOWN BY uF
TO OBTAIN MINIMUM I.R. EXAMPLE: A0.18uF CAPACI-
TOR AT 25°C is 100,000 + 0.18 = 555,000 MEGOHMS.

GREATER

THAN

O.luF

A54 QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

TEST

NO.

TEST

TEST CONDITIONS

1

BURN-IN

48 hours minimum at 125°C, at

120% rated AC voltage at 400Hz
not to exceed 240VRMS

2

THERMAL AGING

10 cycles minimum from
— 65°C to +125°C

| SEAL TEST (GROSS LEAK)

Per MIL-C-83421

AC SQUARE WAVE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

Apply lOOHzata peak to peak voltage of
3 times DC rated voltage for 60 sec. min.
Do not exceed 800 volts peak to peak.

5

DC HI-POT

(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)
AND TERMINALS TO CASE)

Apply 200% of rated DC voltage
for 60 seconds minimum

6

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

At 25°C at rated DC voltage

7

% CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

At 25°C at lKHz

i '•

8

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

At 25°C at lOKHz

9

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

For marking, dimensions, and
workmanship as reauired.

TEST METH.
MIL-C-83421

TEST LIMIT

QUALITY

LEVEL

No physical damage

100% Test

No physical damage

100% Test

No continuous
bubble stream

100% Test

No shorts

100% Test

No shorts

100% Test

100,000 megohms-
uF, need not exceed
1,000,000 megohms

100% Test

Per part number

100% Test

.15 maximum

100% Test

Per specification

1.0% AQL

1. THE COMBINED DC AND AC VOLTAGES SHOULD NOT EXCEED
THE DC RATINGS, SEE FIGURE.

2. CAPACITORS MAY BE OPERATED AT HIGHER FREQUENCIES,
AT REDUCED RMS VOLTAGE SUCH THAT MAX. AC CURRENT
RATINGS ARE NOT EXCEEDED.

3. TYPE A54 CAPACITORS CAN HANDLE MUCH HIGHER PULSE
REPETITION RATES THAN METALLIZED CAPACITORS.

DC RATING f \j

OF I V

CAPACITOR CIRCUIT

I DC WORKING

VOLTAGE

re

UPPER PEAK

"~'T ■

PEAK TO PEAK — 1
RIPPLE VOLTAGE

DERATE ABOVE 125°C

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26 th street ■ santa monica, calif. 90404 - ( 213 ) 829 - 3615 , twx : 010 ) 343-6864

1*1056 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

FOIL POLYSULFONE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

CASE DIMENSIONS • AC RATINGS

TYPE A54C 100VDC I TYPE A54D 200VDC I TYPE A54V 300VDC I TYPE A54E 300VDC

Max. Max.

RMS RMS

Volts Volts Max.

Ola. Length 20 too RMS

A B KHz KHZ Amps

.193 .562 60 60 .038

.193 .562 60 60 .045

.193 .562 60 60 .056

.193 .562

.193 .562

.193 .562

.193 .562

.193 .687

.193 .687

.235 .687

.235 .687

.312 .687

.312 .687

.400 .813 60 53 2.2

.400 .813 60 50 2.4

.400 .813 60 49 2.5

.400 1.063 60 4

.400 1.063 60 3

.400 1.063 60 3

.400 1.063

.500 1.125

.500 1.125

Max. Max.

RMS RMS

Volts Volts Max.

20 100 RMS

KHz KHz Amps

.193 .562 120 120 .075

.193 .562 120 120 .090

.193 .562 120 120 .112

60 .101

60 .124

60 .146

60 .176

60 .188

60 .210

.687 120
.687 120

.687 120
.687 120

.687 120

.687 120

.687 120
.687 120

.400 1.063 120 65

.400 1.063 120 61

.400 1.063 120 59 I 3.0

.500 1.125 120

.500 1.125 120

.500 1.125 120

.500 1.375

.500 1.375

.500 1.375

AC RATINGS

55 3.4 .500 1.125

48 3.6 .500 1.125

43 4.00 .500 1.375

Max.

RMS

Volts

Max.

100

RMS

KHz

Amps

AC RATINGS

Max.

RMS

Volts Max.
100 RMS
KHz Amps

.193 • .562 180 180 .113 .193 .687 240 240 .15

.193 .562 180 180 .135 .193 .687 240 240 .18

.193 .562 180 180 .169 .193 .687 240 240 .22

.202 .193 .687 240 240 .27

.225 .193 .687 240 240 .30

.248 .193 .687 240 240 .33

.193 .687 180

.193 .687 180

.193 .687 180

.304 .193 .687

.371 .193 .687

.439 .193 .687

.193 .687 180 180 .529 .235 .687

.193 .687 180 180 .562 .235 .687

.193 .687 180 180 .623 .235 .687

.235 .687 180

.235 .687 180

.235 .687 180

.312 .687 180 180 1.13

.312 .687 180 172 1.3

.312 .687 180 150 1.4

.312 .687 180 134
.312 .813 180 132
.312 .813 180 130

.312 .813 180 118
.400 .813 180 108
.400 .813 180 98

.400 .813 180 85

.400 1.063 180 83.2

.400 1.063 180 78

.400 1.063 180

.400 1.063 180

.500 1.125 180

180 56 3.50

180 53 4.00

180 48 4.50

.500 1.375 180 45

.562 1.375 180 45

.562 1.375 180 45

.687

240

.687

240

.687

240

.687

240

.687

240

.813

240

.813

240

.813

240

.813

240

.813

240

1.063

240

1.063

240

1.063

240

1.125

240

1.125

240

1.125

240

1.375

240

1.375

240

1.375

240

1.375

240

1.375

240

A54

VOLTAGE

C=100VDC
D=200VDC
V=300VDC
E= 400V DC

SLEEVING CODE

S = Mylar sleeve
X=No sleeve

CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

LEAD CODE

W=Tinned copper clad steel:
#22 (.025") for .312" case
dia.& smaller; #20 (.032")
for. 400" &. 500" casedia.

C =Tlnned oxygen-free
copper: #18 (.040") for
.562" case dia. & larger.

PICOFARAD CODE: First two digits represent significant figures.
Last digit represents number of zeros to follow. Example: 104 =
100,000 picofarads.

CASE

DIMENSIONS

TOLERANCE LIMITS (INCHES)

±.010 Without Sleeving

+ 0.02

-0.00 With Mylar Sleeving

“B” Case Length ±0.03 With or Without Sleeving

“C” Bead to Bead
Max. Length

“C” Dimension is 0.2" maximum
more than "B" dimension in table

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1057

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

FOIL POLYSULFONE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

SPECIFICATIONS & QUALITY CONFORMANCE

400VRMS, 600VRMS, RATED FROM -65°C TO +125°C

Series B54 capacitors are designed for continuous duty
operation over the full temperature range from -65°C
to +125°C at rated voltage, current and frequency.

The maximum RMS current or peak current can be
exceeded with reduced duty cycle or tone burst opera-
tion, provided the peak rated voltages are not exceeded,
and provided the heat rise measured at the terminals

and within of the hermetic seals does not exceed
20°C.

Heat rise is measured with the capacitor located in a
room temperature environment allowing for non-cooled
normal convection. Lead size and distance to the power
source must be adequate to prevent undue heat sinking
or heat generation during measurement.

HIGH CURRENT HANDLING WITH LOW LOSS

Series B54 capacitors have very low series resistance
terminations, measuring in the range of several milli-
ohms at lOOKHz, and can handle very high peak current
discharge currents. Typically it is estimated that a luF
capacitor can handle over 3000 amperes of peak current

at repetition rates up to 10 pulses per second. Testing
is now in process to develop meaningful pulse current
limits to be added to future specifications for B54
capacitors.

FREEDOM FROM CORONA INCEPTION AND INTERNAL HOT SPOTS

CRC capacitors use a patented low loss termination
which remains reliable after years of operation under
severe environmental conditions. Whereas commercial
type AC rated capacitors may be adequate for 60Hz and

possibly 400Hz long term life, the use of CRC termina-
tions enables these capacitors to operate up to 40KHz
without abnormal hot spot conditions or corona in-
ception.

40KHz RATED FOR HIGH CURRENT HANDLING UP TO 125°C

CRC capacitors will operate efficiently up to approxi-
mately 400KHz at their maximum current rated condi-
tions. Typically a capacitor that is luF and is rated at
10 amps at 40KHz will be handling 40VRMS at 40KHz.
This capacitor when operated at 400KHz at 4VRMS will

handle approximately 10ARMS current.

CRC has higher frequency, lower loss, higher power
capacitors in the planning stage for future applications
that seek for higher frequency power sources.

HERMETICALLY SEALED, RUGGED AEROSPACE, MILITARY CONSTRUCTION

CRC true hermetic sealing preserves the high quality strength and life. It has been found that attack by vapor

performance of Series B54 foil polysulfone capacitors
and protects the dielectric materials from chemical
attack. Merely potting non-hermetic type capacitors is
poor insurance against long term loss of dielectric

ingestion of chemicals of non-hermetic polysulfone ca-
pacitors has resulted in failure in life or long term
operation.

AVAILABLE WITH 400Hz OR 40KHz BURN-IN OPTIONS

AC burn-in options at additional cost are available for
critical applications. The most economical AC burn-in
is at rated RMS voltage @ 400Hz at 125°C. Burn-in @
400KHz at maximum rated current is also available for
those applications where long term use at high current
is anticipated. Group “A” testing is performed 100%.

This testing consists of vital capacitor parameters per-
formed after burn-in to tight specification limits. This
ensures the high reliability required to assure our cus-
tomers of fault free operation under harsh operating
conditions.

TYPE B54 QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

j'V

mmwm

TEST

TEST CONDITIONS

—n ms mm

TEST LIMIT

i

BURN-IN

16 hrs. minimum at 120% rated

AC voltage at 400Hz at 125°C

4.7.2

MIL-C-83421

No physical damage

100%

Test

2

THERMAL AGING

5 cycles minimum — 65°C to

125°C

m

.3

No physical damage

100%

Test

3

SEAL TEST

Gross leak Meth. 112 MIL-STD-202 Cond. B

No continuous bubble stream
or oil leaks as required

100%

Test

4

!

At 25°C at rated DC voltage,
or at 600V DC, whichever is less

4.7.7

100,000 megohm-uF, need not
exceed 1,000,000 megohms

100%

Test

5

% CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

At 25°C at lKHz

4.7.8

Per part number

6

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

At 25°C at lOKHz

.9

0.15% maximum

100%

Test

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

For marking, dimensions and
workmanship

Per specification

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC.

1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910)

1*1058

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

FOIL POLYSULFONE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

DIMENSIONS & AC RATINGS

TYPE B54F 400VRMS RATED

TYPE B54P 600 VRMS RATED

600VDC RATED
OR

600 VOLTS PEAK
(AC PLUS DC VOLTS)

Part No. I Fig.

MAX. AC RATING
— 65°C TO 125°C

RMS RMS
Volts Volts Max.

at at RMS

Leng. 1400Hz 4KHz 40KHZ

B54F333KXD

BH

.400

1.083

400

400

B54F393KXD

BH

.400

1.083

400

400

B54F473KXD

BJ

.500

1.145

400

400

B54F563KXD

BJ

.500

1.145

400

400

B54F683KXD

BJ

.500

1.145

400

400

B54F753KXD

BK

.500

1.395

400

400

B54F823KXD

BK

.500

1.395

400

400

B54F923KXD

BL

.562

1.395

400

400

B54F104KXD

BL

.562

1.395

400

400

B54F124KXD

BL

.562

1.395

400

400

B54F154KXD

BL

.562

1.395

400

400

B54F184KXD

BM

.670

1.395

400

400

B54F224KXD

BM

.670

1.395

400

400

B54F274KXD

BN

.670

1.895

400

400

B54F334KXD

BN

.670

1.895

400

400

B54F394KXD

BN

.670

1.895

400

400

B54F474KXD

BP

.750

1.895

400

400

B54F564KXD

BP

.750

1.895

400

400

B54F684KXD

BQ

.750

2.480

400

400

B54F754KXD

BQ

.750

2.480

400

400

B54F824KXD

BQ

.750

2.480

400

400

B54P333KXD

BK

B54P393KXD

BK

B54P473KXD

BK

B54P563KXD

BK

B54P683KXD

BL

B54P753KXD

BL

B54P823KXD

BL

B54P923KXD

BM

B54P104KXD

BM

B54P124KXD

BM

B54P154KXD

BN

B54P184KXD

BN

B54P224KXD

BN

B54P274KXD

BP

B54P334KXD

BP

B54P394KXD

BQ

B54P474KXD

BQ

800VDC RATED
OR

840 VOLTS PEAK
(AC PLUS DC VOLTS)

Part No. Fig. I Dia. Leng.

.500
.500
.500 I 1.395

.500 1.395

.562 1.395

.562 1.395

.562
.670
.670 I 1.395

MAX. AC RATING
—6S°C TO 12S°C

RMS RMS
Volts Volts Max.

at at RMS

4KHz 40 KHz Amps

600 600 600 5.0

600 600 513 5.0

600 600 426 5.0

600 600 357
600 600 353
600 600 320

600 600 293
600 600 305
600 60 0 280

600 600 233
600 600 214
600 600 178

600 600 103 10.0

600 600 85.1 10.0

PART DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES

1.625 MINh B

TYP. |

ORDERING INFORMATION: All part numbers
listed in tables have a capacitance tolerance of
±10% and are supplied with bare metal (un-
sleeved) cases.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION: These capacitors
can be damaged when you solder to the lead
wires due to possible overheating that can
occur. Place a suitable heat sink on the lead
wire between the solder beads on the hermetic
seal and the area of wire lead to be soldered.

For initial design, when operating the capa-
citors at high current levels it is suggested that
you monitor the capacitor heat rise on the
leads adjacent to the solder beads to verify
that it does not exceed 20°C above ambient.

All maximum current ratings shown should
result in less than 20°C heat rise with con-
tinuous duty operation under normal convec-
tion conditions.

Avoid tearing of solder beads when bending
wire leads by using a suitable clamping fixture
for lead bending.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

EEM1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1059

10 MAX

irt

CRC

METALLIZED POLYSULFONE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

SPECIFICATIONS & QUALITY CONFORMANCE

400VRMS, 600VRMS, RATED FROM -65°C TO +125°C

Series B14 capacitors are designed for continuous duty
operation over the full temperature range from — 65°C
to +125°C at the ratings for voltage, current and fre-
quency listed in the specifications.

The maximum RMS current or peak current can be ex-
ceeded with reduced duty cycle or tone burst operation,
provided the peak rated voltages are not exceeded, and

provided the heat rise measured at the terminals and
within W' of the hermetic seals does not exceed 20°C.

Heat rise is measured with the capacitor located in a
room temperature environment allowing for non-cooled
normal convection. Lead size and distance to the power
source must be adequate to prevent undue heat sinking
or heat generation during measurement.

HIGH CURRENT HANDLING WITH LOW LOSS

Series B14 capacitors have terminations slightly higher
in resistance than Series B54 capacitors and can be
used in pulse applications where the peak currents gen-
erally do not exceed 100 times B14 RMS current ratings
and where the repetition rate is less than 10 pulses per
second.

Testing is now in process to develop pulse current
limits to be added to future specifications for B14 capa-
citors. Series B14 capacitors are smaller in size and
lighter in weight than Series B54 foil polysulfone
capacitors.

FREEDOM FROM CORONA INCEPTION AND INTERNAL HOT SPOTS

CRC capacitors use a patented low loss termination
which remains reliable after years of operation under
severe environmental conditions. Whereas commercial
type AC rated capacitors may be adequate for 60Hz and

possibly 400Hz long term life, the use of CRC termina-
tions enables these capacitors to operate up to 40KHz
without abnormal hot spot conditions or corona in-
ception.

40KHz RATED FOR HIGH CURRENT HANDLING UP TO 125°C

will operate efficiently up to approxi- handle approximately 10ARMS current.

at their maximum current rated condi- CRC has higher frequency, lower loss, higher power

r* rononfAK fhof I r IiiET onrl !r r\r\ ■. • . i ! x x_ .1. I Z i*

CRC capacitors will operate efficiently up to approxi-
mately 400KHz at their maximum current rated condi-
tions. Typically a capacitor that is luF and is rated at
10 amps at 40KHz will be handling 40VRMS at 40KHz.
This capacitor when operated at 400KHz at 4VRMS will

capacitors in the planning stage for future applications
that seek for higher frequency power sources.

HERMETICALLY SEALED, RUGGED AEROSPACE, MILITARY CONSTRUCTION

CRC true hermetic sealing preserves the high quality
performance of Series B14 foil polysulfone capacitors
and protects the dielectric materials from chemical
attack. Merely potting non-hermetic type capacitors is
poor insurance against long term loss of dielectric

strength and life. It has been found that attack by vapor
ingestion of chemicals of non-hermetic polysulfone ca-
pacitors has resulted in failure in life or long term
operation.

AVAILABLE WITH 400Hz OR 40KHz BURN-IN OPTIONS

AC burn-in options at additional cost are available for
critical applications. The most economical AC burn-in
is at rated RMS voltage @ 400Hz at 125°C. Burn-in @
400KHz at maximum rated current is also available for
those applications where long term use at high current
is anticipated. Group “A” testing is performed 100%.

This testing consists of vital capacitor parameters per-
formed after burn-in to tight specification limits. This
ensures the high reliability required to assure our cus-
tomers of fault free operation under harsh operating
conditions.

TYPE B14 QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

Bfjg

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

TEST CONDITIONS

16 hrs. minimum at 120% rated
AC voltage at 400Hz at 125°C

5 cycles minimum — 65°C to
125°C

Gross leak Meth. 112 MIL-STD-202*

At 25°C at rated DC voltage,
or at 600VDC, whichever is less

At 25°C at lKHz

At 25°C at lOKHz

For marking, dimensions and
workmanship

TEST LIMIT

No physical damage

No physical damage

No continuous bubble stream
or oil leaks as required

100,000 megohm-uF, need not
exceed 1,000,000 megohms

Per part number

0.5% maximum

Per specification

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ 1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA, CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615, TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

METALLIZED POLYSULFONE

B14

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

DIMENSIONS & AC RATINGS

TYPE B14F 400VRMS RATED

TYPE B14P 600VRMS RATED

MAX. AC RATING
•— 65°C TO 125°C

800VDC RATED
OR

840 VOLTS PEAK
(AC PLUS DC VOLTS)

B14P103KXD BH
B14P123KXD BH
B14P153KXD BH
B14P183KXD BH
B14P223KXD BH
B14P273KXD BH
B14P333KXD BH
B14P393KXD BH
B14P473KXD BJ
B14P563KXD BJ
B14P683KXD BJ
B14P753KXD BK
B14P823KXD BK
B14P923KXD BL
B14P104KXD BL

B14P124KXD BL
B14P154KXD | BL
B14P184KXD

B14P224KXD

B14P274KXD

B14P334KXD

B14P394KXD

B14P474KXD

B14P564KXD

B14P684KXD

B14P754KXD

B14P824KXD

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

535

600

470

600

533

600

488

ORDERING INFORMATION: All part numbers
listed in tables have a capacitance tolerance of
±10% and are supplied with bare metal (un-
sleeved) cases.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION: These capacitors
can be damaged when you solder to the lead
wires due to possible overheating that can
occur. Place a suitable heat sink on the lead
wire between the solder beads on the hermetic
seal and the area of wire lead to be soldered.

For initial design, when operating the capa-
citors at high current levels it is suggested that
you monitor the capacitor heat rise on the
leads adjacent to the solder beads to verify
that it does not exceed 20°C above ambient.

All maximum current ratings shown should
result in less than 20°C heat rise with con-
tinuous duty operation under normal convec-
tion conditions.

Avoid tearing of solder beads when bending
wire leads by using a suitable clamping fixture
for lead bending.

Approx.
Wt. Grams

7

.032

20

.332

2.5

7

.041 ,

18

.420

4

7

.041

18

.420

6

3

.041

18

.530

10

3

.041

18

.530

11

3

.041

18

.592

13

3

.051

16

.700

14

3

.051

16

.700

22

3

.051

16

.780

27

3

.051

16

.780

31

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.. INC.

1655 26TH STREET - SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

SPECIFICATIONS & QUALITY CONFORMANT

400VRMS, 600VRMS, RATED FROM -55°C TO +85°C
(HIGHER RATINGS AVAILABLE)

Series B55 capacitors are designed for continuous duty and within Va" of the hermetic seals does not exceed
operation over the full temperature range from — 55°C 20°C.

to +85°c at the rating for voltage, current and fre- Heat rise is generally measured with the capacitor

quency listed in the specifications. located in a room temperature environment allowing for

The maximum RMS current or peak current can be non-cooled normal convection. Lead size and distance
exceeded with reduced duty cycle or tone burst opera- to the power source must be adequate to prevent undue

tion, provided that peak rated voltages are not exceeded, heat sinking or generation during measurement,

and provided the heat rise measured at the terminals

HIGH CURRENT HANDLING WITH LOW LOSS

Series B55 capacitors have very low series resistance at repetition rates up to 10 pulses per second. Testing is
terminations, in the range of several milliohms at now in process to develop meaningful pulse current

lOOKHz, and can handle very high peak current dis- limits to be added to future specifications for B55 ca-

charge currents. Typically it is estimated that a luF pacitors.
capacitor can handle over 3000 amperes of peak current

FREEDOM FROM CORONA INCEPTION AND INTERNAL HOT SPOTS

Commercial type AC rated capacitors may be adequate with constant controlled low loss terminations which

for 60Hz and possibly 400Hz long term life. CRC capa- remain reliable after years of use, after operation during

citors are designed to operate up to 40KHz without ab- severe environmental conditions,
normal hot spot conditions, without corona inception,

40KHz RATED FOR HIGH CURRENT HANDLING UP TO 85°C

CRC capacitors use a patented low loss termination possibly 400Hz long term life, the use of CRC termina-

which remains reliable after years of operation under tions enables these capacitors to operate up to 40KHz

severe environmental conditions. Whereas commercial without abnormal hot spot conditions or corona in-
type AC rated capacitors may be adequate for 60Hz and ception.

HERMETICALLY SEALED, RUGGED AEROSPACE, MILITARY CONSTRUCTION

CRC true hermetic sealing preserves the high quality strength and life. It has been found that attack by

performance of Series B55 foil polypropylene capacitors vapor ingestion of chemicals of non : hermetic polypropy-

and protects the dielectric materials from chemical lene capacitors has resulted in failure in life or long
attack. Merely potting non-hermetic type capacitors is term operation,
poor insurance against long term loss of dielectric

AVAILABLE WITH 400Hz OR 40KHz BURN-IN OPTIONS

AC burn-in options at additional cost are available for This testing consists of vital capacitor parameters per-

critical applications. The most economical AC burn-in formed after burn-in to tight specification limits. This

is at rated RMS voltage @ 400Hz at 85°C. Burn-in @ ensures the high reliability required to assure our cus-

40KHz at maximum rated current is also available for tomers of fault free operation under harsh operating

those applications where long term use at high current conditions,

is anticipated. Group “A” testing is performed 100%.

CRC

FOIL POLYPROPYLENE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

TYPE B55 QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

mm

TEST

TEST CONDITIONS

TEST

METHOD

TEST LIMIT

iKil

i

BURN-IN

16 hrs. minimum at 120% rated

AC voltage at 400Hz at 85°C

4.7.2

MIL-C-83421

No physical damage

100% 1
Test

2

THERMAL AGING

5 cycles minimum — 55°C to

85°C

mam

No physical damage

100%

Test

3

SEAL TEST

Gross leak Meth. 112 MIL-STD-202 Cond. B

No continuous bubble stream
or oil leaks as required

100%

Test

KM

—11

At 25°C at rated DC voltage,
or at 600VDC. whichever is less

4.7.7

100,000 megohm-uF, need not
exceed 1,000,000 megohms

100%

Test

5

% CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

At 25°C at lKHz

4.7.8

Per part number

100%

Test

6

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

At 25°C at lOKHz

■HI

.05% maximum

100%

Test

mm

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL
INSPECTION

For marking, dimensions and
workmanship

4.7.1

*Per specification

, 1.0%

AQL

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. • 1655 26TH STREET • SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1062 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

FOIL POLYPROPYLENE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

DIMENSIONS & AC RATINGS

TYPE B55F 400VRMS RATED

TYPE B55P 600VR MS RATED

6O0VDC RATED
OR

600 VOLTS PEAK
(AC PLUS DC VOLTS)

Part No.

B55F333KXD BH
B55F393KXD BH
B55F473KXD BJ

B55F563KXD BJ
B55F683KXD BJ
B55F753KXD BK

B55F823KXD BK
B55F923KXD BL
B55F104KXD BL

B55F124KXD BL
B55F154KXO BL
B55F184KXD BM

B55F224KXD BM
B55F274KXD BN
B55F334KXD BN

B55F394KXD BN
B55F474KXD BP
B55F564KXD BP

B55F684KXD BP
B55F754KXD BQ
B55F824KXD BQ

MAX. AC RATING
~55°C TO 85°C

RMS

Volts

at

400Hz

RMS

Volts

at

4KHz

RMS

Volts

at

40KHZ

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

357

400

400

294

400

400

320

400

400

293

400

400

305

400

400

280

400

400

233

400

400

187

400

400

178

400

400

146

400

400

133

400

400

109

400

400

92.7

400

400

102

400

400

85.7

400

400

70.6

400

400

74.6

400

400

68.3

800VDC RATED
OR

840 VOLTS PEAK
(AC PLUS DC VOLTS)

Part NO.

B55P333KXD

BK

.500

B55P393KXD

BK

.500

B55P473KXD

BK

.500

B55P563KXD

BK

.500

B55P683KXD

BL

.562

B55P753KXD

BL

.562

B55P823KXD

BL

.562

B55P923KXD

BM

.670

B55P104KXD

BM

.670

B55P124KXD

BM

.670

B55P154KXD

BN

.670

B55P184KXD

BN

.670

B55P224KXD

BN

.670

B55P274KXD

BP

.750

B55P334KXD

BP

.750

B55P394KXD

BQ

.750

B55P474KXD

BQ

.750

MAX. AC RATING
— 55°C TO 85°C

RMS RMS RMS

Volts Volts Volts Max.

at at at RMS

400Hz 4KHz 40KHz Amps

600

600

600

600

600

511

600

428

600

412

600

373

600

342

600

348

600

360

600

266

600

214

600

200

600 144
600 119

ORDERING INFORMATION: All part numbers
listed in tables have a capacitance tolerance of
±10% and are supplied with bare metal (un-
sleeved) cases.

PART DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES

1.625 MINH
TYP. |

10MAX

Jrl

TECHNICAL INFORMATION: These capacitors
can be damaged when you solder to the lead
wires due to possible oyerheating that can
occur. Place a suitable heat sink on the lead
wire between the solder beads on the hermetic
seal and the area of wire lead to be soldered.

For initial design, when operating the capa-
citors at high current levels it is suggested that
you monitor the capacitor heat rise on the
leads adjacent to the solder beads to verify
that it does not exceed 20°C above ambient.

All maximum current ratings shown should
result in less than 20°C heat rise with con-
tinuous duty operation under normal convec-
tion conditions.

Avoid tearing of solder beads when bending
wire leads by using a suitable clamping fixture
for lead bending.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. • 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 ■ (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

D

B

Maximum

MBi

s

Case

Diameter

Case

Length

B9I

AWG

O

Max,

Approx.
Wt. Grams

.041

18 . 5 :

.041

18 .5!

.051

16 .71

.051

16 .71

.051

16 .71

.051

16 .71

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1063

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

METALLIZED POLYPROPYLENE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

SPECIFICATIONS & QUALITY CONFORMANCE

400VRMS, 600VRMS, RATED -55° C TO +85°C

Series B15 metallized polypropylene capacitors have
lower loss than Series B14 metallized polysulfone ca-
pacitors and therefore are superior for power resonating
applications requiring minimum loss. The B15 capaci-
tors are however limited for use in 85°C or lower tem-
perature applications. CRC can supply special high

temperature low loss teflon capacitors for 200°C power
resonating applications if required.

When Series B15 specifications are completed, RMS
ratings above 600VRMS will be available together with
information covering this product line.

LOW LOSS, HIGH Q, LIGHT WEIGHT, HIGH POWER RATED,
HERMETICALLY SEALED

The B15 capacitors are lighter in weight than any other
hermetically sealed capacitor with equivalent current
and voltage ratings at 40KHz. Typically a 5.6uF,
400VRMS, capacitor in a 1.25" x 3.440" case weighs
approximately 110 grams and is rated to handle 35 amps
at 40KHz.

Polypropylene film like many other dielectrics is af-
fected by chemical attack of solvents, epoxies and con-
tamination. True hermetic sealing of CRC's capacitors
protects them from outside chemical attack and assures
that long term high quality performance can be main-
tained.

RUGGED LOW LOSS TERMINATIONS FOR 100% DUTY CYCLE OPERATING LIFE

The large amount of power that B15 capacitors can
handle is a result of years of development searching for
all possible means of reducing capacitor losses and
preserving the integrity of CRC’s rugged capacitor ter-
minations. When CRC's metallized polypropylene capa-
citors are subjected to temperature extremes, they

surpass commercial type products in their ability to
maintain a constant low loss equivalent series resist-
ance and can maintain their low power factor for critical
aerospace applications. Where extremely high pulse cur-
rents may be encountered Series B55 should be con-
sidered.

AC RATED TO 40KHz UP TO 85°C

Series B15 capacitors are rated up to 40KHz and are crease approximately 0.2%.

ideal for power resonating circuits. Due to a negative CRC’s polysulfone capacitors increase a maximum of

te T£?J? ture co ®ff ,c,e . nt of approximately 200 PPM/°C on |y o.05% in capacitance for 10°C increase when oper-
a 10°C temperature increase due to applied power or ated above 25°C.
applied temperature will cause the capacitance to de-

AVAILABLE WITH AC BURN-IN AND OTHER SCREENING OPTIONS

CRC manufactures larger capacitors of similar construc-
tion to the B15 series in rectangular cases for power
inverter applications requiring low loss filtering of sev-
eral hundreds of amperes of ripple at frequencies 20KHz
and higher.

Further developments in lowering capacitor losses are
currently being completed at CRC and will result in
further improved ratings for B15 and other new model
capacitors.

TYPE B15 QUALITY CONFORMANCE INSPECTION

Elxu1

TEST

TEST CONDITIONS

TEST

METHOD

TEST LIMIT

mm Mm mm

1

BURN-IN

16 hrs. minimum at 120% rated

AC voltage at 400Hz at 85°C

4.7.2

M 1 L-C-83421

No physical damage

100%

Test

2

THERMAL AGING

5 cycles minimum — 55°C to

85°C

wssm

No physical damage

100%

Test

INSULATION RESISTANCE
(TERMINAL TO TERMINAL)

% CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

% DISSIPATION FACTOR

mmasasm

Gross leak Meth. 112 MIL-STD-202 Cond. B

At 25°C at rated DC voltage,
or at 600VDC, whichever is less

At 25°C at IK Hz

At 25°C at lOKHz

For marking, dimensions and
workmanship

No continuous bubble stream
or oil leaks as required

100,000 megohm-uF, need not
exceed 1,000,000 megohms

Per part number

0.05% maximum

Per specification

NOW AVAILABLE: TYPE A15 METALLIZED POLYPROPYLENE LOW LOSS CAPACITORS. 100 VDC RATED .1 TO 22 M F.
A.C. RATED TO 40 kHZ. CONTACT OUR APPLICATIONS DEPARTMENT FOR MORE INFORMATION.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. • 1655 26TH STREET ■ SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 • (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

1*1064

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CRC

METALLIZED POLYPROPYLENE

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO.

ESTABLISHED

RELIABILITY

CAPACITORS

DIMENSIONS & AC RATINGS

TYPE B15F 400VRMS RATED

TYPE B15P 600VRMS RATED

600VDC RATED
OR

600 VOLTS PEAK
(AC PLUS DC VOLTS)

Part No.

I ■arHM M»T"M I

B15F103KXD BF
B15F123KXD BF
B15F153KXD BF

B15F183KXD BF
B15F223KXD | BG
B15F273KXD

B15F333KXD BG
B15F393KXD BG
B15F473KXD BH

B15F563KXD BH
B15F683KXD BH
B15F753KXD BH

B15F823KXD BJ
B15F923KXD BJ
B15F104KXD BJ

B15F124KXD BK
B15F154KXD BK
B15F184KXD BL

B15F224KXD BL
B15F274KXD BL
B15F334KXD BM

B15F394KXD BM
B15F474KXD BN
B15F564KXD BN

B15F684KXD

B15F754KXD

B15F824KXD

B15F924KXD

B15F105KXD

B15F125KXD

MAX. AC RATING
— 55°C TO B5°C

RMS

Volts Max.

at RMS

40 KHz Amps

.070

1.895

.750

1.980

.750

1.980

.750

2.480

.750

2.480

.750

2.480

B15P103KXD

B15P123KXD

B15P153KXD

800V DC RATED
OR

840 VOLTS PEAK
(AC PLUS DC VOLTS)

MAX. AC RATING
— 55°C TO 85°C

BH

.400

BH

.400

BH

.400

BH

.400

BH

.400

BH

.400

BH

.400

BH

.400

BJ

.500

BJ

.500

BJ

.500

BK

.500

BK

.500

BL

.562

BL

.562

BL

.562

BL

.562

BM

.670

BM

.670

BN

.670

BN

.670

BN

.670

BP

.750

BP

.750

BP

.750

BQ

.750

BS

1.0

RMS
Volts Max.

at RMS
40KHz Amps

ORDERING INFORMATION: All part numbers
listed in tables have a capacitance tolerance of
±10% and are supplied with bare metal (un-
sleeved) cases.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION: These capacitors
can be damaged when you solder to the lead
wires due to possible overheating that can
occur. Place a suitable heat sink on the lead
wire between the solder beads on the hermetic
seal and the area of wire lead to be soldered.

For initial design, when operating the capa-
citors at high current levels it is suggested that
you monitor the capacitor heat rise on the
leads adjacent to the solder beads to verify
that it does not exceed 20°C above ambient.

All maximum current ratings shown should
result in less than 20°C heat rise with con-
tinuous duty operation under normal convec-
tion conditions.

Avoid tearing of solder beads when bending
wire leads by using a suitable clamping fixture
for lead bending.

COMPONENT RESEARCH CO., INC. ■ less 26 th street

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to

PART DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES

1.625 MINh B

TYP. I

B

D Maximum
Case Case

Diameter Length

10MAX

JfL

7 .032

20

.332

2.5

7 .041

18

.420

3.5

7 .041

18

.420

5

0 .041

18

.530

8

0 .041

18

.530

9

0 .041

18

.592

12

0 .051

16

.700

13

O .051

16

.700

21

O .051

16

.780

25

O .051

16

.780

30

0 .051

16

50

SANTA MONICA. CALIF. 90404 - (213) 829-3615. TWX: (910) 343-6864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1065

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CAPACITORS

Ceramic Capacitors

CK12, CK13, CK14 . MIL-C-1 1015/20

CKR11, CKR12, CKR14 MIL-C-39014/15

CK31.CK32 MIL-C-1 1015/25

CKR31, CKR32 MIL-C-39014/21

CAC02, CAC03, CAC04, CAC05 . . . .Spinseal™ Z5U,
_ .. X7R, COG

Glass Capacitors

CY10, 15, 20, 30 . MIL-C-1 1272

CY06, 07, 08 MIL-C-1 1272

CYFR10, 15, 20, 30 ... Corning Hi-Rel

CYR10, 15, 20, 30, 51, 52, 53 MIL-C-23269

Tantalum Capacitors

Minitan® Modular . . . Microminiature, rectangular case
Minitan Cordwood . . . Microminiature, cylindrical case
Minitan Nonpolar .... Microminiature, nonpolar series

Minidip Microminiature, dipped radials

Minichip MK ...... . Microminiature, tantalum chips

CORNING FRANCHISED DISTRIBUTORS AND REPRESENTATIVES

REPRESENTATIVES:

AL Huntsville, Electronic Mfg. Agents 205-533-6640

GA Atlanta, Electronic Mfg. Agents 404-449-9430

OR Portland, Jas. J. Backer Co. 503-297-3776

OR Salem, Jas. J. Backer Co. 503-362-0717

PA Pittsburgh, Covert & Newman 412-531-2002

PA Broomall, L.D. Lowery Assocs. 215-356-5300

WA Seattle, Jas. J. Backer Co. 206-285-1300

DISTRIBUTORS:

AL Huntsville, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 205-882-2730

AL Huntsville, Schweber Electronics 205-882-2200

AZ Tempe, Bell Industries 602-966-7800

AZ Tempe, Shelley Electronics. Inc. 602-894-2058

AZ Phoenix, Sterling Electronics 602-258-4531

AZ Phoenix, Wyle Distribution Group 602-249-2232

CA Newport Beach, Arrow Electronics Inc. 714-851-8961

CA Chatsworth, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 213-701-7500

CA Pomona, Arrow Electronics. Inc. 714-622-1271

CA San Diego, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 714-565-4800

CA Sunnyvale, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 408-745-6600

CA San Diego, Bell Industries 714-279-9750

CA Roseville, Beil Industries 916-969-3100

CA Gardena, Bell Industries 213-515-1800

CA Sunnyvale, Bell Industries 408-734-8570

CA Canoga Park, Schweber Electronics 213-999-4702

CA Irvine, Schweber Electronics 714-556-3880

CA Sacramento, Schweber Electronics 916-929-9732

CA Santa Clara, Schweber Electronics 408-496-0200

CA Chatsworth, Shelley Electronics, Inc. 213-998-3333

CA Mountain View, Shelley Electronics 415-969-1820

CA San Diego, Shelley Electronics. Inc. 714-453-7133

CA El Segundo, Wyle Distribution Group 213-322-8100

CA Irvine, Wyle Distribution Group 714-641-1600

CA San Diego, Wyle Distribution Group 714-565-9171

CA Santa Clara, Wyle Distribution Group 408-727-2500

CAN Downsview, Ont., Cesco Electronics 416-661-0220

CAN Ottawa, Ont., Cesco Electronics 613-226-6903

CAN Montreal, Que., Cesco Electronics 514-735-5511

CAN Calgary, Alb., Future Electronics 403-259-6408

CAN Vancouver, BC, Future Electronics 604-438-5545

CAN Downsview, Ont., Future Electronics 416-663-5563

CAN Ottawa, Ont., Future Electronics 613-820-8313

CAN Pointe Claire, Que., Future Electronics 514-694-7710

CO Denver, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 303-758-2100

CO Wheatridge, Bell Industries 303-424-1985

CO Denver, Ragon Electronics 303-744-1992

CO Boulder, Shelley Electronics. Inc.. 303-442-2718

CO Thornton, Wyle Distribution Group 303-457-9953

CT Hamden, Almo Electronics Corp. 203-288-6556

CT Wallingford, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 203-265-7741

CT Wallingford, Cronin Electronics. Inc. 203-265-3134

CT Orange, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 203-795-0711

CT Danbury, Schweber Electronics 203-792-3500

CT Wallingford, Sterling Electronics 203-265-9535

FL Ft. Lauderdale, Arrow Electronics 305-776-7790

FL Palm Bay, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 305-725-1480

FL Ft. Lauderdale, Dielco 305-973-8700

FL Orlando, Hammond Electronics 305-849-6060

FL Ft. Lauderdale, Hammond Electronics 305-973-7103

FL Winter Park, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 305-647-5747

FL Altamonte Springs, Schweber 'Electr. 305-331-7555

FL Hollywood, Schweber Electronics 305-927-051 1

GA Norcross, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 404-449-8252

GA Norcross, Marshall Electronics 404-923-5750

GA Atlanta, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 404-393-9669

GA Norcross, Schweber Electronics 404-449-9170

IL Schaumburg, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 312-893-9420

IL Chicago, Bell Industries 312-982-9210

IL Elk Grove Village, Pioneer Standard 312-437-9680

IL Elk Grove Village, Schweber Electr. 312-364-3778

IN Indianapolis, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 317-243-9353

IN Indianapolis, Pioneer Standard Electr. 317-849-7300

IA Cedar Rapids, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 319-395-7230

IA Cedar Rapids, Schweber Electronics 319-373-1417

KS Overland Park, Milgray Electronibs 913-236-8800

KS Overland Park, Schweber Electronics 913-492-2921

MD Hanover, Almo Electronics Corp. 301-796-5711

MD Baltimore, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 301-247-5200

MD Rockville, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 301-468-6400

MD Towson, Philadelphia Electronics 301-296-9333

MD Baltimore, RESCO 301-823-0070

MD Beltsville, RESCO 301-937-9100

MD Gaithersburg, Schweber Electronics 301-840-5900

MA Woburn, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 617-933-8130

MA Needham, Cronin Electronics, Inc. 617-449-0500

MA Burlington, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 617-272-6800

MA Bedford- Schweber Electronics 617-275-5100

MA Waltham, Sterling Electronics 617-894-6200

Ml Ann Arbor, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 313-971-8220

Ml Livonia, Pioneer Standard Electronics 313-525-1800

Ml Livonia. Schweber Electronics 313-528-8100

MN Endina, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 612-830-1800

MN Minnetonka, Pioneer Standard Electr. 612-935-5444

MN St. Paul, Ragon Electronics, Inc. 612-488-0201

MN Eden Prairie, Schweber Electronics 612-941-5280

MO St. Louis, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 314-567-6888

MO Independence, Ragon Electronics, Inc. 816-254-3410

MO Earth City, Schweber Electronics 314-739-0526

NH Manchester, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 603-668-6968

NH Manchester, Schweber Electronics 603-625-2250

NJ Moorestown, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 215-928-1800

NJ Saddle Brook, Arrow Electronics 201-797-5800

NJ Marlton, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 609-983-5010

NJ Fairfield, Schweber Electronics 201-227-7880

NJ Hanover, State Electronics Corp. 201-887-2550

NJ Perth Amboy, Sterling Electronics 201-442-8000

NM Albuquerque, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 505-243-4566

NM Albuquerque, Bell Industries 505-292-2700

NV Hauppauge, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 516-231-1030

NY Farmingdale, Arrow Electronics 516-694-6800

NY Liverpool, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 315-652-1000

NY Rochester, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 716-275-0300

NY Freeport, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 516-546-6000

NY‘ Rochester, Schweber Electronics 716-424-2222

NY Westbury, Schweber Electronics 516-334-7474,

NC Raleigh, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 919-876-3132

NC Winston Salem, Arrow Electronics 919-725-8711

NC Greensboro, Hammond Electronics 919-275-639,1

NC Raleigh, RESCO 919-781-5700

NC Raleigh, Schweber Electronics 919-976-0000

OH Centerville, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 513-435-5563

OH Columbus, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 614-885-8362

OH Solon, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 216-248-3990

OH Dayton, Bell Industries, Inc. 513-434-8231

OH Cincinnati. Hughes-Peters, Inc. 513-351-2000

OH Columbus, Hughes-Peters, Inc. 614-294-5351

OH Cleveland. Milgray Electronics, Inc. 216-447-1520

OH Cleveland. Pioneer Standard Electr. 216-587-3600

OH Dayton. Pioneer Standard Electronics 513-236-9900

OH Beachwood, Schweber Electronics 216-464-2970

OH Dayton, Schweber Electronics 513-439-1800

OK Tulsa, Schweber Electronics 918-622-8000

OR Lake Oswego, Bell Industries 503-241-4115

OR Hillsboro, Wyle Distribution Group 503-640-6000

PA Enola, Almo Electronics Corporation 717-732-3681

PA Philadelphia, Almo Electronics Corp. 215-698-4000

PA Pittsburgh, Almo Electronics Corp. 412-931-5990

PA Monroeville, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 412-856-7000

PA Philadelphia, Phila. Electronics, Inc. 215-568-7400

PA Pittsburgh, Pioneer Standard Electr. 412-782-2300

PA Horsham, Schweber Electronics 215-441-0600

PA Pittsburgh, Schweber Electronics 412-782-1600

TX Austin, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 51 2-835-4 1 80

TX Dallas, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 214-386-7500

TX Stafford, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 713-491-4100

TX Houston, Hamilton /Avnet Electronics 713-780-1771

TX Austin, Pioneer Standard Electronics 512-835-4000

TX Dallas, Pioneer Standard Electronics 214-386-7300

TX Houston, Pioneer Standard Electr. 713-988-5555

TX Austin, Schweber Electronics 512-458-8253

TX Dallas, Schweber Electronics 214-661-5010

TX Houston, Schweber Electronics 713-784-3600

TX Dallas, Solid State Electronics 214-438-5700

TX Houston, Solid State Electronics 713-881-6289

TX Houston, Sterling Electronics 713-623-6600

UT Salt Lake City, Arrow Electronics 801-539-1135

UT Salt Lake City, Bell Industries 801-972-6969

UT Salt Lake City, Wyle Distribution 801-974-9953

VA Richmond, Sterling Electronics 804-226-2190

VA Charlottesville, Virginia Radio Supply 804-296-4184

WA Bellevue, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 206-643-4800

WA Tukwila, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 206-575-0907

WA Bellevue, Bell Industries 206-747-1515

WA Bellevue, Wyle Distribution Group 206-453-8300

Wl ' Madison, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 608-273-4977

Wl Oak Creek. Arrow Electronics, Inc. 414-764-6600

Wl Waukesha, Bell Industries 414-784-0235

Wl Brookfield, Schweber Electronics 414-784-9020

Corning Electronics...Ali Systems “Go”!

1*1066

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

@]capacitors

A DIVISION OF CSI TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

POST OFFICE BOX 2052, ESCONDIDO, CALIFORNIA 92025 / TLX 697832 / (619) 747-4000

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1067

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

AVIONICAPS The smallest film

capacitor in the world

METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE

A new innovation pioneered by Electronic
Concepts leads the way to a new era of
smaller metallized film capacitors. Now a
combination of excellent electrical char-
acteristics and compactness is offered
the equipment designer in a size equal
to a ceramic CK05 capacitor.

Besides the superior electrical charac-
teristics Type ECR are self-healing, as is
the case with all metallized capacitors.

Additionally, these capacitors do not
exhibit any of the drawbacks inherent in
all ceramic capacitors.

DIMENSIONAL DATA

Type ECR

Operating Temperature Range: — 55°C to
+125°C without derating.

Dissipation Factor: When measured at
the frequency specified for capacitance
measurements, the dissipation factor
shall not exceed 0.3%.

Insulation Resistance: When measured at
the applicable test temperature, and rated
voltage, the insulation resistance shall
equal or exceed the following values:

25°C 85°C 125°C

Megohm x

Microfarads 100,000 7,000 700

Except the

insulation

resistance 200,000 70,000 7,000

in megohms
need not
exceed

Capacitance Change: The Capacitance
change vs. temperature for these capaci-
tors shall not exceed the following:
Temperature

Degrees C. -55 +25 +85 +125
Percent Change ±1.5 0 ±0.3 ±0.8

The measurement at each temperature
shall be recorded when two successive
readings taken at 5-minute intervals indi-
cate no change in capacitance.

Capacitance Tolerance: Standard Toler-
ance is ±10%. Tolerances of ±20%,
±5%, ±2% and ±1% are available.
Note: Capacitance shall be measured at
25°C, and at or referred to a frequency of
IKHz.

Capacitance Range

30V

50V

75V

100V

150 V

200V

250V

.0010

.0010

.0010

.0010

.0012

.0012

.0012

.0012

.0012

.0012

.0012

.0010

.0010

.0010

.0018

.0018

.0018

.0018

.0018

.0018

.0018

.0022

.0022

.0022

.0022

.0022

. 0022 .

.0022

.0027

.0027

.0027

.0027

.0027

.0027

.0027

.0033

.0033

.0033

.0033

.0033

.0033

.0033

.0039

.0039

.0039

.0039

.0039

.0039

.0047

.0047

.0047

.0047

.0047

.0047

.0056

.0056

.0056

.0056

.0056

.0056

.0068

.0068

.0068

.0068

.0068

.0082

.0082

.0082

.0082

.0082

.010

.010

.010

.010

.012

.012

.012

.012

.015

.015

.015

.015

.018

.018

.018

.018

.022

.022

.022

.027

.027

.027

.033

.033

.039

.039

.047

.047

.056

.056

.068

.082

.10

Also available hermetically sealed (D = .195 L =
.25) and in other dielectrics on request.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS VS TEMPERATURE

INSULATION

RESISTANCE VS. TEMPERATURE

+25° +85° +125°

TEMPERATURE IN DEGREES CENTIGRADE

x TYPICAL DISSIPATION FACTOR CHANGE WITH TEMPERATURE

| 2 . 1 1 1

£ r^^VPEECR

o 0 I- ■ ..I.... i I — -

£ -55° +25° +85° +125'

1 TYPE ECR

CAPACITANCE CHANGE ENVELOPE FOR 95% CONFIDENCE LEVEL

-55° +25° +85° +125°

TEMPERATURE IN DEGREES CENTIGRADE

I * — . 190 — ►

-.090

1

.190

l

( \

T

T

.045 MAX.

k .200 ±.015

#22 AWG
1.25 MIN.

Part Marking

ECR

104AK

8205

DATE-CODE

The first two digits represent the year, the
second two digits represent the week,
ie: 7952 is the 52nd week of 1979, 8012 is
the 12th week of 1980.

Type AECR

ELECTRONIC
CONCEPTS INC.

P.O. BOX 627E EATONTOWN, NEW JERSEY 07724 • (201) 542-7880

1*1068

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY CAPACITORS

FIXED, PLASTIC DIELECTRIC, DC, IN NON-METAL CASES

PER MIL-C-55514

STYLE

CFR12

190

♦

190

045 MAX ,

.025 DIA

-.090

.200 ±.015

World’s smallest film capacitor (CKO size)
now available as CFR12.

Dielectric: metallized polycarbonate film.
Construction: molded rectangular case,
radial leaded. See previous page AVIONICAPS®
Capacitance values in MFD:

.001 0 thru .1 0 30V .001 2 thru .0082 1 50V

.0010 thru .056 50V .0012 thru .0056 200V

.0010 thru .027 75V .0012 thru .0033 250V

.0010 thru .018 100V

Capacitance tolerance: ±1%, ±2%, ±5%, ±10%

Refer to MIL-C-55514 for additional specifics or call
Electronic Concepts, Inc.

STYLE

CFR06

L I

AXIAL

— I

(41.28)
1.625 —
MIN

ffi-

RADIAL

T I

^n 0<25 - 4)

i ; 1

Dielectric: metallized plastic film
Characteristic R: metallized polycarbonate
N: metallized polyester
Construction: oval configuration, axial
or radial leaded
Capacitance values in MFD:

Characteristic “R” Characteristic “N”

.0010 thru 50.0 50V .010 thru 10.0 200V

.0010 thru 20.0 100V .010 thru 3.3 400V

Capacitance tolerance:

“R” ±1%, ±2%, ±5%, ±10%

“N” ±2%, ±5%, ±10%

STYLE

CFR05

(41.28)

- 1.625 -4
MIN

Dielectric: metallized polycarbonate plastic film.
Characteristic R.

Construction: round configuration, axial leaded.
Capacitance values in MFD:

.0010 thru 50.0 50V .010 thru 10.0200V

.0010 thru 20.0 100V .010 thru 5.0 400V

Capacitance tolerance: ±1%, ±2%, ±5%, ±10%

Refer to MIL-C-55514 for additional specifics or call
Electronic Concepts, Inc.

STYLE

CFR02

(41.28)

- 1.625 -H
MIN

Dielectric: plastic film
Characteristic M: polyester film and foil

Q: polycarbonate film and foil
Construction: Round configuration, axial leaded
Capacitance values in MFD:

Characteristic “M” Characteristic “Q”
.0068 thru 1 .0 1 00V .001 0 thru 1 .0 1 00V

.001 0 thru 1 .0 200V .001 0 thru 1 .0 200V

.0018 thru 1.0 400V
.0010 thru 0.1 600V
Capacitance tolerance:

"M” ±2%, ±5%, ±10%

“Q” ±1%, ±2%, ± 5 %, ±10%

Refer to MIL-C-55514 for additional specifics or call
Electronic Concepts, Inc.

ELECTRONIC
CONCEPTS INC.

P.O. BOX 627E, EATONTOWN, NEW JERSEY 07724 • (201) 542-7880.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1069

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

VfircNlMBIIilTI 3

TYPE TTA COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
0.47 Mfd. To 33,000 Mfd.

6.3 WVDC To 500 WVDC
-40°C To +85°C Min.

2000 HOUR +85 °C Rating
EPOXY END SEAL Optional (TTA-PX)
TAPE & REEL Avail.

TYPE RAR COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
0.47 Mfd. To 4,700 Mfd.

6.3 WVDC To 450 WVDC
- 40 °C To +85 °C Min.

2000 HOUR, + 85 °C Rating
EPOXY END SEAL Optional (RAR-PX)
TAPE & REEL Avail.

TYPE RLR LOW-LEAKAGE
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

0.1 Mfd. To 2,200 Mfd.

6.3 WVDC To 50 WVDC
-40°CTo +85°C Min.

Leakage Current: <0.002CV or 0.4 uA min.
EPOXY END SEAL Optional (RLR-PX)
TAPE & REEL Avail.

TYPE RSS SUB-SUBMINIATURE
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

0.1 Mfd. To 100 Mfd.

6.3 WVDC To 50 WVDC
Min. Dia. 0.15 in./4.0mm
Max. Length .28 in./7.0mm
-40° C To +85° C Min.

TAPE & REEL Avail.

TYPE BPA NON POLARIZED
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
0.47 Mfd. To 1,000 Mfd.

10 WVDC To 200 WVDC
-40°CTo +85°C Min.

1000 HOUR +85° Rating

EPOXY END SEAL Optional (BPA-PX)

TYPE RMR SUBMINIATURE, +105°C
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

0.47 Mfd. To 10,000 Mfd.

6.3 WVDC To 250 WVDC
- 40 °C To + 105 °C Min.

2000 HOUR + 105 °C Rating
EPOXY END SEAL Optional (RMR-PX)
TAPE & REEL Avail.

TYPE BPR NON POLARIZED
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

0.47 Mfd. To 1,000 Mfd.

10 WVDC To 50 WVDC
- 40 °C To + 85 °C Min.

1000 HOUR +85 °C Rating
EPOXY END SEAL Optional (BPR-PX)

TYPE TLA LOW LEAKAGE
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

0.1 Mfd. To 100 Mfd.

6.3 WVDC To 50 WVDC
-40° C To +85° C Min.

Leakage Current: <0.002 CV or 0.4 /iA min.
EPOXY END SEAL Optional (TLA-PX)
TAPE & REEL Avail. ^

TYPE THA + 125°C OPERATION
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
0.47 Mfd. To 1,000 Mfd.

10 WVDC To 100 WVDC
-40°CTo +125°CMin.

EPOXY END SEAL Optional (THA-PX)

The source for Quality,
Performance and Delivery

IE

iimisummm.

3757 West Touhy Avenue, Lincolnwood, IL 60645
(312) 675-1760 /Telex: 72-4361 /Cable: lllcon Lewd

1-1070

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

IVAILASILlTf

TYPE MWR METALLIZED MYLAR®
POLYESTER FILM CAPACITORS
WRAP & FILLED CONSTRUCTION
NON-INDUCTIVE WINDING, + 125 °C
100 WVDC To 1,000 WVDC
0.01 Mfd. To 22 Mfd.

TOLERANCE: ± 10% (±5% Opt.)

TYPE MSR METALLIZED MYLAR®
POLYESTER FILM CAPACITORS

NON-INDUCTIVE WINDING, + 125°C
250 WVDC To 1,000 WVDC
0.01 Mfd. To 10 Mfd.

TOLERANCE: ± 10% (±5%, Opt.)

TAPE & REEL CONFIGURATIONS
FOR AUTOMATIC INSERTION OF
AXIAL AND RADIAL LEAD PARTS
AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER

TYPE SHR POLYESTER
FILM CAPACITORS
NON-INDUCTIVE WINDING, + 125 °C
100 WVDC

0.001 Mfd. To .47 Mfd.

TOLERANCE: ± 10% (±5% Opt.)

TYPE BCR TEMPERATURE STABLE
CERAMIC DISC CAPACITORS

50 WVDC
1 pf to 680 pf
TEMP. CHAR.: Y5F
TOLERANCE: ±10%

TYPE UMR POLYESTER
FILM CAPACITORS
INDUCTIVE WINDING
100 WVDC

.001 Mfd. To .47 Mfd.

TOLERANCE: ±10% (±5%, Opt.)

GENERAL PURPOSE CERAMIC DISC

Tolerances: -20% +80%, ±20%

TYPE GCR: 50 WVDC

0.001 Mfd. To 0.1 Mfd. (Y5V, Y5S)
TYPE GMR: 12 WVDC
0.047 Mfd. To .47 Mfd. (Y5S)

TYPE GQR: 500 WVDC
.001 Mfd. To .01 Mfd. (Z5V)

CUT & FORMED LEADS
AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER

EPOXY END SEALS
AVAILABLE OPTION ON ALL
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
FOR USE WITH CHLORINATED OR
HALOGENATED CLEANING SOLVENTS

The source for Quality,
Performance and Delivery

IB

Please Call for your specialized capacitor requirements.

minus ummiM.

3757 West Touhy Avenue, Lincolnwood, IL 60645
(312) 675-1 760 /Telex: 72-4361 /Cable: lllcon Lewd

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1071

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

INTERCAP capacitors

by Incemotionnl q

COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS — AXIAL & RADIAL LEADS

Dipped Tantalum

DP (Straight & Snap-In Leads)

General Purpose

TDA & PDA, PDS

Low Leakage

TDA-L, PDA-L, PDS L

IIP

Temp. Range -40°C to + 85°C

Cap. Range 0.47p/F — 22,000 /l/F Axial

0.47/uF — 10,000^F Radial
Cap. Tol. -10% +75%, -10% +50%,

±20%

Volt. Range 6.3VDC-450VDC

Leakage (Max.) 6.3V- 80V .02CxV + 4^A

100V- 450V .02CxV +100 mA

Volt. Range

Extended Temperature

TDB & PDB (Close Tolerance)

.'in'- 1 "

....

Temp. Range
Cap. Range
Cap. Tol.
Volt. Range

— 40°C to +1 05°C
0.47/uF— 10,000 /liF
±20%

6.3VDC— 250VDC

Leakage (Max.) .OICxV +3^A
Life Test 2,000 hrs. @ 1

Temp. Range -40°C to +85°C

Cap. Range 0.1 ^F - 2200^F

Cap. Tol. ±20%, ±10%

Volt. Range 6.3VDC-63VDC

Leakage (Max.) 0.002CxV or 0.4/iA
whichever is greater

Non-Polar

NTD (General Purpose)
NTA (Superior Characteristics)

Temp. Range -25°Cto+85°C

Cap. Range 0.47/^F — 470/^F

Cap. Tol. -10% +50%, ±30%, ±20%,

±10%

Volt. Range 16WV-50WV

Leakage (Max.) 0.06CxV +10 M A, O.ICxV

+ 10ptA

Radial Lead — Mechanical Support Third Lead

*%***. PDA ' T

Temp. Range -40°C to +85°C Volt. Range 6.3VDC-250VDC

Cap. Range 100mF-33000mF Leakage (Max.) -0.02CxV

Cap. Tol. ±20%

Low Impedance Radial Lead for Switching
Power Supply Output & Regulator Circuits

PZL

Temp. Range -55°C to +105°C Volt. Range 7.5VDC-100V0C
Cap. Range 2.2^F-8200^F Leakage (Max.) <40V = 0.5iICxVmA

Cap.Toi. - 10 % +75% >40V = 4cxV m a

Series Features Low Impedance, High E.S.R. & Ripple Current Specifications

Snap-In Capacitors —

Switching Power Supply Input Circuit

Jfegsw PST — Standard Height
|B | PSL — Low Profile Construction

wQff- PXT — Extra High Ripple — Standard Height

Sir PXL — High Ripple Low Profile

Specifications PST | PSL [ PXT |

Temp. Range -40°Cto+85°C

Cap. Range 220mF-22000mF 220mF-22000mF lOO^F— 820 mF

Cap. Tol. - ±20% ±20% ±20%

Volt. Range 10VDC-250VDC 10VDC-250VDC 200VDC-250VDC

Leakage (Max.) .02CxV or 20(%A .02CxV

! ■ whichever is smaller whic'

IOOmF— 390mF

&

Temp. Range -55°C to +85°C

Cap. Range 0.1 iuF - 330/liF

Cap. Tol. ±20%, ±10%

Volt. Range 3.15VDC- 50VDC

Leakage (Max.) .007CxV or .05/uA

whichever is greater

Various lead forms are
available in both bulk
and tape & reel
packaging.

Ceramic Disc

CD

Temperature Compensating

NPO-N750
100V-1000V
General Purpose

lOOpF — lOO.OOOpF
I forms are 50V-1000V
both bufk Semiconductor
eel 10, OOOpF — 100,000pF

12V — 50V

FILM CAPACITORS

Polyester Film

EM (Radial Leads, Welded Construction)

n Temp.Range -55°Cto+85°C
Cap. Range .001 f«F — 0.47^F

Cap.Toi. ±5%, ±10%, ±20%

Volt. Range 100V, 200V, 400V

Metalized Polyester Film

PMG

■H Polyester FilmIFoil

Uh FM

X / (Radial Leads,

{ \ Welded Construction)

Temp. Range
Cap. Range
Cap. Tol
Volt. Range

PMG

-55°C to +155°C
.OljuF— 4.7ptF
±10% STD
250V— 630V

FM

-40°C to +85°C
.001 /uF — 0.47/^F
±10% STD
100 V

Metalized Polyester Film

YM

icc Polyester FilmIFoil

&a? k zm YPT

*■ - . a . ir i .

(Axial Leads, Welded Construction)

YM YFT

Temp.Range -40°Cto+85°C -40°Cto+85°C
Cap. Range .01 ptF — 10p<F .001^F-1.0^F

Cap. Tol. ±10%, ±20% ±10%, ±20%

Volt. Range 250V-630V 100V-1000V

Polypropylene Film

PP (Radial Leads, Welded Construction)

Temp. Range -40 °C to +85 °C
Cap. Range .001^F-0.47^F
— B Cap. Tol. ± 5%, ±10%, ± 20%
Volt. Range 250V-630V

CALL TOLL FREE

800-645-9154

IN N.Y. STATE

International ©

105 Maxess Road

Melville, New York 11747
(516)293-1500

516-293-1500

International Components Corporation

TELEX #143130

1*1072

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

P.O. Box 23 — Irvington, NY 10533 • Telephone (914) 591-8822 • TWX: 710-564-0802

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1073

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

llu liteHectaical Groip lic.^¥^

WIMfl DiwisiBH < H# >

P.O. Box 23 — Irvington, NY 10533 • Telephone (914) 591-8822 • TWX: 710-564-0802

Capacitor

electrodes

Temperature

ranges

Insulation
resistance
at +20°C

Power factor
tan 5 at 1 kHz
and +20°C

Voltage ranges

Metallized capacitors
for stringent requirements

CECC approved IFrequ

Frequency
limit
21 kHz

Film capacitors
with metal foil
electrodes

0,1

400

IS

55

0,47

< ^
50

100 -

— 'JC

■■■kdia

1 I

WIMA

MKC 4

« 1

WIMA
MKC 4
SV 21

WIMA
FKS 3

II

WIMA
FKC 3

Polycarbonate film

Polycarbonate
film flame-
retardent

Polyester film

Polycarbonate film

Vacuum deposited
aluminium

Vacuum

deposited

aluminium

Metal foil

Metal foil

— 55°C to + 100°C

— 55°C to
+ 100°C

-55°Cto+100°C

.

— 55°C to + 100°C

1.5 to 3 x 1CH Mfi
>0.33:5,000 to

10,000 sec.

5,000 to
10,000 sec.

5x103 UQ
>0.02:10,000 sec.

5x105 m
>0.02:10,000 sec.

1 to 3 x 10-3

1 to 3 • 10-3

5 to 8x10-3

1 to 2 x 10-3

WIMA

MKS4

Polyester film

Vacuum deposited aluminium

— 55°C to +100°C

1.5 to 3* 104 m
>0.33:5,000 to 10,000 sec.

5 to 8x10-3 ~

63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 63 100 250 400 100 250 100 160 400 160 400 630 1000

VDC VOC VDC V0C VOC VDC VDC V0C VDC VDC VDC VDC VDC VOC VDC VDC VOC V0C VDC VDC

Capacitance

tolerances

i=20% ±10%
±5%

± 20 % ± 10 %
±5%

±20% ±10%
±5%

±20%
t10% ±5%

± 20 %
±10% ±5%

■HUIBbu

Important dielectric characteristics
of plastic films:

— — .. i -polyester = high dielectric strength

Polycarbonate = linear temperature curve
15 22 5 Polypropylene = extremely low losses (tan fi)

mmmmm The figures in the f

||p tables of capacitances

' — --refer to the

12.5 PCM = Printed Circuit Module

27.5 (lead spacing) j |

; — — . -- at the lead exit points 4^ mbt

In-J lead f |

~eZ ApcmV

> Is a Registered Trademark of: Wilhelm Westermann, Mannheim, West Germany.

1 # 1074 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

WIMA Division ' '

P.O. Box 23 — Irvington, NY 10533 • Telephone (914) 591-8822 • TWX: 710-564-0802

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1075

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ISKRA

■ Ceramic Caps, Discs, Feed Thru • Ferrites • Meters • Motors, fractional H.P. * Semiconductors • Switches • Speakers • Trimmer Pots

CERAMIC CAPACITORS —

DISC — WAFER — TRAPEZOIDAL — TUBULAR — FEED-THROUGH

A Exceptionally High Quality Control on Ceramic Materials A Longer Shelf Life

A Complete (100%) Testing

DISC CAPACITORS HIGH VOLTAGE TYPES / KV1

From 1 kV to 8 kV — EIA Types (Y5P/25P) (Y5U/25U)

BUTTON DISC CAPACITORS
500V / K2P

EIA Types (Y5P/Z5P) (Y5U/Z5U)

D+l 0,6 3,6

WAFER CAPACITORS 50V / PI

Range 4700 to 4700 pF

TUBULAR CAPACITORS, HIGH VOLTAGE
PULSE TYPE / CIM

1 .5 kV to 4 kV

TUBULAR CAPACITORS 500V / Cl

0,1 pF to 30,000 pF

SAFETY TYPE DISC CAPACITORS / KZ

For AC Applications

REDUCED TITANATE DISC/KR1

.001 mFd to .18 mFd 50 V for bypass application

SUBMINIATURE DISC CAPACITORS 500V / K1

0 max.

K

D (mm)

C(pF)

5,5

7

10

14

18

a/

0,5 3

>3 ....

* 4,7

” >4,7

9,1

>9,1

18

K 7

4 '

NP0

1,0 7,5

>55 ....

.15

>15.

27

>27

.51

nr

N 150

1,0 8,2

>75 ....

. 16

>16

33

>33

.62

N 750

2,2 22

>22 ....

.33

>33

62

>62

120

■

mwm

Tolerance

s Available:

N 1500

4,7 24

>24 ....

.56

>56

100

>100

.220

>220

.300

±1% to -

-20 and

M 2000

47 330

>330 ....

.510

>510.....

1200

>1200

.2200

+80%

M 3000

150 360

>360....

.. 510

>820

.1800

>1800

.3600

A Engineering Note: Type
No.’s (I.E. D10) also spe-

M 6000

270 680

>680 ....

.. 1200

>1200

. 3300

>3300

. 7500

>7500 ......

10000

cities nominal diameter

of the part.

R (mm)

2,5

5

5

7,5

7,5

NICKEL PLATED *

TRAPEZOIDAL CAPACITORS 500V / T7 / T12

1 56 pF

P100 N 1500

150 3600 pF

M 2000 M 6000

(Y5P/Z5P) (Y5U/Z5U) EIA
(2B4/2A5) (2E4/2D5) IEC

4,7 91 pF

330 560 pF

A All dimensions given in millimeters — tolerances ±0.5.

TUBULAR TRIMMERS / CT

2,0 62 pF

8 16
470"!.... 1200 pF

0,7/3, 7 pF 4/13 pF

0,4/2 pF 1/9 pF

FEED-THROUGH CAPACITORS 500V

SI

S2

1 68 pF

P100 N 1500 i

180 2400 pF L

M 2000 M 3000 M 6000 f“

(Y5P/Z5P) (Y5T/Z5T) (Y5U/Z5U) EIA
(2B4/2A5) (2D4/2C5) (2E4/2D5) IEC

1,5 270 pF

220 8200 pF

P100 N 1500

M 2000 M 6000

(Y5P/Z5P) (Y5U/Z5U) EIA
(2B4/2A5) (2E4/2D5) IEC

S5

1,5 100 pF

220 2700 pF

P 100 N 1500

M 2000 M 6000

(Y5P/Z5P) (Y5U/Z5U) EIA
(2B4/2A5) (2E4/2D5) IEC

S21

P100 N 1500

M 2000 M 6000

(Y5P/Z5P) (Y5U/Z5U) EIA
(2B4/2A5) (2E4/2D5) IEC

ISKRA ELECTRONICS INC.

8 GREENFIELD RD„ SYOSSET, NY 11791 • (516) 364-2616

1*1076

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ISKRA

• Ceramic Caps, Discs, Feed Thru • Ferrites • Meters • Motors, fractional H.P.

METALLIZED POLYESTER
FILM CAPACITORS

Semiconductors • Switches • Speakers • Trimmer Pots

Configurations Available

FEATURES

A High insulation resistance

A Low dielectric loss

A Wide temperature range

A High humidity resistance

A Very small dimensions

A Self-healing properties

CONSTRUCTION

A Metallized polyester foil with excellent electrical
characteristics.

A Plastic coating permits operation under exceptionally humid
climatic conditions.

A Contact surface applied by high pressure spraying and
connecting wires are soldered reducing possibility of
failures or unsatisfactory contact during operation.

A Self-healing properties guarantee greater than usual
operating efficiency.

A Flammability per UL 492.

AlSelf-extinguishing plastic case and sealed with
[self-extinguishing epoxy resin.

TECHNICAL DATA

Temperature Range: -40°C to + 85°C.

Humidity test: Per EIA specifications RS 376
Capacitance tolerance: ±5%, ±10%, ±20%.

Rated voltage Vn: 100V-, 250V-, 400V-, 630V-, 1000V-.
Allowable a.c. voltage to 60 Hz: 63V^, 160V^, 200V,-',
220V/—', 250V/-'.

Dielectric loss tg at 20°C: ^80x10 4 at 1 kHz

<^200 XI 0‘ 4 at 10 kHz.

Inductance: <20nH measured at terminal length of 6mm.
Test voltage (2s): 1.6xVn.

Insulation resistance at 20°C and 100V-:

C ^0.33;uF
Vn :^100V-
R = 15X10 3 m
Vn >100V-
R = 30X10 3 m

C >0.33/aF
Vn ^100V-
RXC = 5X1 0 3 s
Vn >100V-
RRxC = 10 4 s

The capacitors can be used to a temperature of 100°C, by
which the working voltage at a temperature above 85°C is
less than the rated voltage by 1.25% for every °C.

CAPACITANCE

VALUES

AVAILABLE HOUSING SIZES

hum*!

IkL-Wi

mg

0.01

i

i

1

4

0.015

i

1

1

5

0.022

i

1

1

MtB

IEI

0.033

i

1

2

4

X

0.047

i

1

3

5

n

0.068

i

2

4

6

B

0.1

i

HI

5

8

0.15

2

5

9

0.22

3

5

7

9

0.33

4

6

8

mm

0.47

4

7

10

■

0.68

5

8

11

1

1

I

1

1

6

HI

mm

1.5

8

mm

2.2

9

mm

■1

■

:

3.3

mm

■

4.7

mm

6.8

mm

SIZE OF
HOUSING

(LENGTH)

a

(HEIGHT)

b

(WIDTH)

Lead

Spacing

±0.5

±0.02

Lead

Dia.

±0.5

±0.002

IMi

Ml

mm

DM!

Em

EHT1

■mi

ma

m

1

□

fTIEl

0.177

m

i^l»l

mm

m

2

B

rms

0.217

M'l

m

ESI

3

m

pyi 1

kb

m

4

na

m

6

mi

KB

m

5

□

I2H

HIM

KB

ES

6

EH

nm

KB

m

7

».I*1

m

m

7

PH

m

8

m

[J21

Q

UK

9

m

no

10

heei

m

||00Q|

m

11

0@

m

m

gjyi

ES3

12

1.260

32

0.925

23.5

0.551

14

1.10

27.5

0.031

0.8

ISKRA ELECTRONICS INC.

8 GREENFIELD RD., SYOSSET, NY 11791 • (516) 364-2616

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1077

ISL PRODUCTS
INTERNATIONAL LTD.

Dept. EM, 235-P Robbins Lane / Syosset, NY 11791 / (516) 822-9601 / TWX 510-221-2109 / ISL-SYST

CERAMIC CAPS, DISCS, FEED THRUS / FERRITES / METERS / MOTORS, FRACTIONAL H.P. / SILICON
DIODES / CARBON FILM RESISTORS / TRIMMER POTENTIOMETERS / THICK FILM SIP AND DIP

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

Leakage Current @ 25°C
iL / 4 a, C mf, V volts (Rated)

Standard

Tolerances

General Uses • Filter • By Pass • Radio
• TV • Industrial

RS

TS

Sub Miniature Size Low Leakage

SMR

• Timing Circuits • Pulse Circuits

SMT

• Substitutes for Tantalums

Epoxy Sealed

LMR

• Same applications as SM Series, but

LMT

impervious to chlorinated solvents

Non Polar

NPR

•General Use • Small Size

NPT

Non Polar • Cross Over Networks

BPR

• High Circulating Currents

BTT

Computer Grade • Low ESR values to

CXR

550,000 mf • ESR .009 0 @ 6V &

CXT

2500 mf @ 350V ESR .091 S 2

Computer Grade • Very Low ESR with

high ripple current typically: .009 n,

CXR

22 Amps, 6V; 550,000 mf • Extended

CXT

shelf life • 35,000 mf at 6V axial in

less than 3 cu. in.

Military and Telecommunication

MTT

• Hi Reliability

Horizontal Deflection • For “S” Correction

HD

in Transistor Circuits • Low Cost

Substitutes for Film Capacitors

Under 100V:

— 40°C +85°C
Over 100V:

— 25°C +85°C

6.3V -500V

i L <.03 CVor4jaa
whichever is greater

-10 +75% <4.7 mf <-10 +50%

— 40°C +85°C

6.3V - 50V

i L <.002 CVor.3
whichever is greater

±20%

— 40°C + 85°C

16V -50V

i L <.002 CVor.3)ua
whichever is greater

±20%

-40°C+85°C

6.3V -100V

L <.01 CV +3jua

±30% -20% & 10% available

— 25°C + 85°C

16V -63V

i L <.03 CV +4/*a

±20%

— 40°C +85°C

3.5V -450V

iL<.005VC\Ti L inma

-10 +100% <50V< — 10 +75%
-10 +75% <50V< — 10 +50%

-40°C+85°C

3.5V -450V

6V - 450V

i L <.005VCV) L inma

-10 +100% <50V< — 10 +75%
-10 +75% <75V < — 10 +50%

— 55°C+125°C

3.5 — 250 VDC

II <.01 V\/C +2|ua

-10 +75% <75V< — 10 +50%

— 25°C + 85°C

25 VAC

30 /ua max

±20% j

SEE OUR PAGES ON DIODES & BRIDGES SECTION 4800 PAGE 1-2197 & RESISTORS SECTION 4700 PAGE 1-1988

1*1078

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CAPACITORS

1500

MANUFACTURERS OF QUALITY
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
WORLD WIDE

ISL PRODUCTS
INTERNATIONAL LTD.

Dept. EM, 235-P Robbins Lane
Syosset, NY 11791
(516) 822-9601 TWX 510-221-2109
ISL-SYST

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ISL PRODUCTS
INTERNATIONAL LTD.

Dept. EM, 235-P Robbins Lane / Syosset, NY 11791 / (516) 822-96017 TWX 510-221-2109 / ISL-SYST

FERRITES / METERS / MOTORS, FRACTIONAL H.P. / SILICON DIODES / CARBON FILM RESISTORS /
TRIMMER POTENTIOMETERS / THICK FILM SIP AND DIP

CERAMIC CAPACITORS AND MONOLYTHICS

_ 6 _

‘ — 1

M

7 i

4,6

S5 — WITH PIN
S21 — WITHOUT PIN

1 .... 56 pF, P 100 .... N 1500, 150 .... 3600 pF, 1 .... 68 pF, P 100 .... N 1500, 180 .... 2400 pF, 1.5 .... 100 pF, 220 .... 2700 pF, P 100 .... N 1500,

M 2000 .... M 6000, (Y5P/Z5P) (Y5U/Z5U) EIA, M 2000 .... M 3000 .... M 6000, (Y5P/Z5P) (Y5T/ M 2000 .... M 6000, (Y5P/Z5P) (Y5U/Z5U) EIA,

(2B4/2A5) (2E4/2D5) IEC, 4,7 .... 91 .... pF, 330.... Z5T) (Y5U/Z5U) EIA, (2B4/2A5) (2D4/2C5) (2E4/ (2B4/2A5) (2E4/2D5) IEC.

560 pF. 2D5) IEC.

A All dimensions given in millimeters - tolerances ±0.5. TRAPEZOIDAL CAPACITORS 500V/T7/T12

DISC CAPACITORS HIGH VOLTAGE TYPES/KV1 REDUCED TITANATE D1SC/KR1

From 1 kV to 8 kV — EIA Types (Y5P/25P) (Y5U/25U) .001 mFd to .18 mFd 50V for bypass application

BUTTON DISC CAPACITORS 500V/K2P

EIA Types (Y5P/Z5P) (Y5U/Z5U)

SAFETY TYPE DISC CAPACITORS/KZ

For AC Applications

SUBMINIATURE DISC CAPACITORS 500V/K1

All TC’s starting at 4mm

PI 00 N56000

HIK Y5P Z5V

FEED-THROUGH CAPACITORS 500V

FOIL CAPACITORS

MPE104

Capacitor

KSC

KFU

KKU

Type

Polystyrene

Polyester

Polycarbonate

Cap Range
Avail. Tol. ±%

VDC

AC Vrms

Pdn Test Voltage
Dielectric Loss
@ 1 kHz, 20°C

Insulation Res.

33 pf to .82 /it
10,5,2.5
63V to 1000V
.4 x Rated DC
3 x Rated
<2 x 10 4
<5 x 10- 4
Cn <10 /xf <Cn

Ri >10' 5 Meg
Cn <.1 /xf

.001 to 1 /xf

20,10,5
100 to 1000
63 to 250
2 x Rated
Tan 5 <60 x 10 4

Ri <30,000 Meg
Cn <.33 /xf

Ri Cn > 1 0' 4 Sec Ri Cn = 1 0,000 Sec

Cn >.1 /xf
-40 to +70

Operating °C -40 to +70

Temp, Range

Temp. -(125 ±60) x

Coefficient 1Q- 6 /°C

Pulse Loading 10Q0V//xsec ;

Inductance at lOnH/Cm
Term Length Length of cap

6 MM

* Varies with Case Size and Voltage Rating

Cn >.33 /xf
-40 to +100

1000 v//xsec
20 nH

470 pf to .1 /xf
20,10,5
160,400
100,200
2 x Rated
Tan 8 <10* 4

Ri >30,000
Meg

.0022 to .1 /xf

20,10,5
630,1000,1500
300, 350, 400
2 x Rated
Tan 5 @ 10 kHz
<5 X 10- 4

Ri >30,000
Meg

-40 to +100 -40 to +85

Less than
5 x 10- 5 /°C
1000V//xsec
15 nH

.01 /xf to 10 /xf
20,10,5
100 to 1000
63 to 250
1.6 x Rated
Tan 8 <10 &

Ri <3750 Meg
Cn < .33 /xf
Ri Cn >1250
Cn > .33 /xf
-40 to +85

-200 x 10 7°C

750V//xsec
10 nH

1.5 to 24V//xsec*
20 nH

.01 to 1 0 /xf

20,10,5
100 to 630
63 to 220
1 .6 x Rated
Tan 8 50 x 10' 4
Cn <1 /xf
Tan 8 80 x 10* 4

Cn > 1 /xf

Ri <3750 Meg
Cn . < 33 /if
Ri Cn >1250
Cn > .33 /xf
-40 to +85

Less than
5 x 10- 5 /°C

1 .5 to 24V//xsec*
20 nH

.002 to 1.8 /xf

20,10,5
400 to 1500
^.4 VDC
1.6V Rated
<25 x 10- 4
C>//xf

>20,000 Meg
C <.33 /xf
Ri x Cn >6000 Sec
C >.33
-25 to +85

-200 x 10 Y°C

4to125V//xsect
20 nH

t Depending on Value and Voltage Rating.

MANUFACTURERS OF QUALITY
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS WORLD WIDE

ISL PRODUCTS
INTERNATIONAL LTD.

Dept. EM, 235-P Robbins Lane
Syosset, NY 11791
(516) 822-9601 TWX 510-221-2109
ISL-SYST

SEE OUR PAGES ON DIODES & BRIDGES SECTION 4800 PAGE 1*2197 & RESISTORS SECTION 4700 PAGE 1*1988

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1079

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ITT

Components

A Unit of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

Aluminum Electrolytic
Capacitors

Miniature Radial
Miniature Axial

ORDERING INFORMATION:

SM 3.3 M 50 S

Series Designation — i

(SM-Subminiature Radial)

Nominal Capacitance (Micro Farads) —

Tolerance Designation (as specified) - — —

Rated Voltage (DC) —

Lead Style Designation

(AX-Miniature Axial) (CE04-W-Miniature Radial)

(SSM-Super Subminiature)

NOTE: For tape and reel packaging, use a T for the lead style designation.
Available for case diameters through .315 (8.00).

For epoxy end sealing, use an E next to the lead style designation. Avail-
able for case diameters through .709 (18.00)

Standard Capacitance Range
(Case Diameters and Lengths in mm)

"\wv

6.3

10

16

25

35

50

63

100

0.1

5x11

0.22

5x11

0.33

5x11

0.47

5x11

1

5x11

2.2

5x11

3.3

5x11

4.7

5x11

6.3x11

10 *

5x11

6.3x11

8x11.5

22

5x11

6.3x11

6.3x11

8x11.5

10x12.5

33

5x11

6.3x11

6.3x11

8x11.5

8x11.5

10x16

47

5x11

6.3x11

6.3x11

8x11.5

8x11.5

10x12.5

10x20

100

6.3x11

8x11.5

8x11.5

10x12.5

10x16

10x20

13x20

220

8x11.5

10x12.5

10x16

10x20

13x20

13x20

16x25

330

10x12.5

10x16

10x20

13x20

13x20

13x25

16x31.5

470

10x12.5

10x16

10x20

13x20

13x25

16x25

16x25

18x35.5

1000

10x20

13x20

13x20

13x25

16x25

16x31.5

18x35.5

2200

13x25

16x20

16x25

16x35.5

18x35.5

3300

16x25

16x31.5

16x35.5

18x40

4700

16x31.5

16x35.5

18x35.5

10000

18x40

Case Sizes and Dimensions: All dimensions shown in inches (millimeters)

SM Series

D

.197(5.00)

.248(6.30)

.315(8.00)

.394(10.00) | .512(13.00)

.630(16.00) | .709(18.00)

A

.079(2.00)

.099(2.50)

.140(3.50)

.197(5.00)

.295(7.50)

d

.020(0.50)

.024(0.60)

.026(0.65) | .032(0.80)

D' = [0 +.020(0.50)] Max.

L' = [L +.039(1.00)] Max. at D < .315(8.00)
L' = [L +.079(2.00)] Max. at D > .394(10.00)

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS:

Operating Temperature Range: -40°C to +85°C (-40°F to +185°F)

Leakage Current: Less than 3/ia +.01 CV (measured after 3 minutes of
applied voltage).

C = Nominal capacitance (/if)

V = Rated voltage

Capacitance Tolerance: ±20% (M) or 10% (K)

(measured at 20°C (68°F), 120Hz)

Dissipation Factor: (measured at 20°C (68°F), 120Hz)

Rated Voltage

6.3

10

16

25

35

50 to 100

0.1/ctf to 1000/if

0.24

0.20

0.17

0.15

0.12

0.10

1000/if to 10,000/if

Values above plus 0.02 for each 1000/if

Impedance Ratio at Low Temperature: 120Hz

Rated Voltage

6.3

10

16

25

35

50 to 100

Z — 25°C (— 13°F)/Z @

X 20°C (68°F)

4

3

2

2

2

2

Z — 40°C (— 40°F)/Z @

20°C (68°F)

8

6

4

4

4

4

Surge Voltage:

DC Rated Voltage

6.3

10 16 25

35

50 63 100

Surge Voltage

8

13 20 32

44

63 79 125

Load Life: 1000 ±12 hrs @ +85°C (+185°F) and rated voltage.
Leakage Current: Within values specified above
Dissipation Factor: With ±150% of specified value

Shelf Life: 1000 hrs. @ +85°C (+185°F), No voltage applied
Leakage Current: Within ±200% of values specified above
Dissipation Factor*. Within ±150% of specified value
Capacitance Change Max.: ±20% from initial value

AX Series

D

d

f

.248 - .315 (6.30 - 8.00)

.024 (0.60)

1.500 (38.00)

.394 - .512 (10.00 ~ 13.00)

.024 (0.60)

1.500 (38.00)

.630 - .870 (16.00 - 22.00)

.032 (0.80)

1.500 (38.00)

.984 (25.00)

.039 (1.00)

1.500 (38.00)

D' = [D +.020(0.50)] Max.

L' = [L +.039(1.00)] Max. at D < .315(8.00)
L' = [L +.079(2.00)] Max. at D > .394(10.00)

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California 92705 • Phone: (714)751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389

1*1080

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales OfficesDirectory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ITT

Components

Epoxy Dipped Solid
Tantalum Capacitors

TAP

A Unit of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

• Extremely Low Leakage Current

• High Surge Capability

• Small Size

• High Component Density

Catalog Ordering Information

Packed in the following quantities:
Case Size Quantity (units per bag)

1—8 500

9—12 100

13—15 50

1—5 1500 pcs/reel

6—8 1000 pcs/reel

» Rugged Construction

• Reliability-Long Term Stability

» Outstanding Performance Over Wide Frequency Range

• Wide Temperature Range

General Specifications

■ Voltage

■ Tolerance

M ±20%, K ±10%

■ Capacity in /*F

■ Lead Execution

S = 0.100" Lead Spacing
C = 0.200" with Shoulder
D = 0.125" Lead Spacing
B = 0.250" Lead Spacing
F = Lock-In Leads 0.200"
Spacing
Y = Special
E = Tape and Reel

Ratings

Capacitance: 0.1 to 330 ^F (values up to 680 /iF available
on request)

Tolerance Range: ±20% (±10%)

Voltage: 3 to 50 volts

Temperature Range: Continuous operation between
— 55°C to +85°C

Standard Ratings *lnsert Lead Execution Letter & Tolerance Letter in the 2nd and 4th space to complete Ordering Code.

Cap

Code*

aF

TAP_150_10 150

TAP_220_10 220

TAP_47_25

TAP_68_25

f Branded with voltage value in bracket.

For intermediate capacitance and voltage values, con-
sult your local ITT representative.

Outline Dimensions (Maximum)

Case Size

Diameter-D

Inches

Length-L

Inches

1

0.157

0.275

2

0.177

0.275

3

0.196

0.314

4

0.196

0.334

5

0.216

0.354

6

0.236

0.374

7

0.255

0.393

8

0.334

0.452

9

0.374

0.531

10

0.374

0.551

11

0.393

0.551

12

0.413

0.591

13

0.413

0.630

14

0.433

0.650

15

0.433

0.669

TAP-B

(TAP-C)

if*

n

n

0.60

I

15.24

I

i\

u

0.100 ±0.030

0.250±0.050
6.35± 1 .27
0.200 ±0.05
5.08 ±1.27

TAP-C

0.043±0.002 ; *-| —
1 J ±0.05 ‘ [

0.200±0.020
5.08±0.51

0.018 •
0.457 ;

All dimensions in -

KEi S c t * an i ard ^ aSe %'? e VS* 0.457 ± 0.051 DIA V TAP r / All dimensions in —

TAP-B Standard Case Size 1-15 \ TAr-b /

TAP-F Standard Case Size 1-15

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street ♦ Santa Ana, California 92705 • Phone: (714) 751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1081

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ITT

Subminiature Epoxy Molded Solid
Components Tantalum Capacitors

A Unit of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

TAR

• Axial Leads For Automatic Insertion

• Subminiature Size For High Component Density

• Rugged Precision Molded Construction

• Polarity Positively Identified By Tapered Nose

Catalog Ordering Information

TAR A 1.0 M 35

Standard Packaging is Tape and Reel

• Extremely Low Leakage Current

• High Surge Capability

• Reliability-Long Term Stability

• Outstanding Performance Over Wide Temperature Range

Ratings

Capacitance: 0.1 to 68 #F

General Specifications Tolerance Range: ±20%, ±10%, ±5%

Voltage: 6.3 to 35 volts DC
Temperature Range: Continuous operation
between -55°C to +85°C

Voltage

Tolerance

M ±20%, K±10%,
J ±5%

Capacity in n F
Case Size

Impedance @ 100 kHz:

Case Size

Impedance maximum

A

B, C

< 06.8 fi F = 26 ohms
> 0.68 [l F = 10 ohms

5 ohms

Temperature

— 55°C

+85°C

% Change

-8

+ 12

Capacitance Change With
Temperature: The change in
capacitance from +25°C to
a given temperature.

Case A 3000 pcs/reel
Case B 2000 pcs/reel
Case C 1000 pcs/reel

Standard Ratings # Insert Tolerance Letter in the space to complete Ordering Code.

wm

Maximum
Leakage
a A @ 25°C

Maximum

Dissipation

Factor

%

6.3 Volts — DC;

8 volts — DC Surge @ 85°C

TARA8.2_J3.3

8.2

A

1

m

TARA10_6.3

10.0

A

1

6

TARA12_6.3

12.0

A

1

TARB22_6.3

22.0

B

1 .

TARB27_6.3

27.0

B

2

B

C

C

n

10 Volts — DC;

13 volts — DC Surge @ 85°C

TARA4.7_10

4.7

A

i

6

TARA5.6__10

5.6

A

i

6

TARA6.8_10

6.8

A

i

6

TARA8.2_10

8.2

A

i

6

TARB18_10

18.0

B

i

6

TARB22_10

22.0

HK H

TARC39_10

39.0

H

TARC47__1 0

47.0

16 Volts — DC;

20 Volts — DC Surge @ 85°C

TARA3.3_16

3.3

A

■

6

TARA3.9_16

3.9

A

6

TARA4.7_16

4.7

A

TARB12_16

12.0

B

Bfl

TARB15_16

15.0

B

TARC27_16

27.0

C

4

TARC33_16

33.0

C

4

20 Volts — DC;

26 Volts — DC Surge @ 85°C

TARA2.7_20

2.7

A

1

6

TARA3.3—20

3.3

A

1

6

TARA3.9—20

3.9

A

1

6

TARB8.2_20

8.2

B

2

6

TARB10_20

10.0

B

2

6

o

CM

J

o

cr

?

18.0

C

4

6

TARC22_20

22.0

C

4

6

Maximum

Maximum

Dissipation

Code #

Capacitance

Case

Leakage

Factor

mF

Size

mA @ 25°C

%

25 Volts — DC; 33 Volts — DC Surge @ 85°C

1.5

1.8

2.2

2.7

3.3

A

A

A

A

A

1

6

TARB3.9 25

3.9

B

TARB4.7 25

4.7

B

TARB5.6 25

5.6

B

6

TARB6.8 25

6.8

B

TARC8.2_25

8.2

B

3

mmTmm

B

3

C

4

6

1 TARC1 5_25

IHiSi

4

35 Volts — DC; 46 Volts — DC Surge @ 85°C

TARA0.1_35
TAR0.12_35
TARA0.15 35
TARA0.18 35
TARA0.22_35

0.1

0.12

0.15

0.18

0.22

A

1

6

TAR A0. 2 7 35

0.27

TARA0.33 35

0.33

TARA0.39 35

0.39

A

1

6

TARA0.47 35

0.47

TARA0.56_35

0.56

TARA0.68 35

0.68

A

TARA0.82 35

0.82

A

TARA1.0 35

1.0

A

1

6

TARA1.2 35

1.2

A

TARB1.5_35

1.5

A

TARB1.8_35

1.8

BBBIHB

TARB2.7 35

>/ . • hBTJB ;

BLB

TARB3.3 35

TARB3.9__35

TARB4.7_35
TARC5.6_35
TARC6.8 35
TARC8.2 35
TARC10_35

4.7

5.6

6.8

8.2

10.0

B

C

C

C

C

2

3

3

4

4

6

All capacitors are supplied in the highest voltage available at a given capaci-
tance value arid case size.

BOLDFACE items shown are preferred value (E6 range) readily available for
delivery.

Outline Dimensions

Case Size

Diameter — D

Length — L

Lead Wire
Diameter — W

inches

±0.010

inches

±0.010

inches

±.0.002

A

0.10

0.29

0.02

B

0.17

0.34

0.02

C

0.19

0.53

0.02

0.98

D

25 T

MIN

L

25

w

inches

%

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California 92705 • Phone:(714)751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389

1-1082

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ITT

Components

A Unit of international Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

Aluminum Electrolytic
Capacitors

PC Mount
Power Filtering

ORDERING INFORMATION

Series Designation

(FHW- Low Profile)

Nominal Capacitance (Micro Farads) —

Tolerance Designation (as specified) —

Rated Voltage (DC)

(FTW- small diameter)

FHW 470 M

X T T

200

Standard Capacitance Range: FHW Series
(Case Diameters and Lengths in mm)

\wv

16

25

35

50

63

80

100

160

180

200

250

100

25x25

25x25

220

25x25

30x25

30x25

30x30

330

30x25

30x30

30x30

35x30

470

30x30

35x30

35x30

40x30

680

35x30

40x30

35x40

40x40

1000

25x25

25x25

30x25

30x30

40x30

40x40

51x40

2200

25x25

30x25

30x30

30x30

40x30

3300

25x25

30x25

30x30

35x30

40x30

51x40

4700

25x25

30x25

30x30

35x30

40x30

51x40

51x40

i

6800

30x25

30x30

35x30

40x40

51x40

51x40

63.5x40

10000

30x30

35x30

40x40

51x40

63.5x40

63.5x40

63.5x40

15000

35x30

40x40

51x40

63.5x40

63.5x40

63.5x50

40x40

51x40

63.5x40

63.5x50

Standard Capacitance Range: FTW Series

(Case Diameters and Length in mm)

v

#r\

16

25

35

50

63

80

100

160

180

200

250

mm

■M

WM

^0

H0

25x50

30x50

m

*20

30x50

0]

00|

■

Q

0jjo|

,

EE3

2E2

0

0

50]

EM)

HQ

6800

22.4x40

00

HE

0^

0

PCB

Patterns

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California 92705

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS:

Operating Temperature Range: -40°C to +85°C (-40°F to +185°F)

Leakage Current: 0.02 CV or 2 mA whichever is less
(measured after 3 minutes of rated voltage)

C = Nominal Capacitance
V = Rated Voltage

Capacitance Tolerance: ±20% (M)

(measured at 20°C (68°F), 120 Hz)

Dissipation Factor: (measured at 20°C (68°F), 120 Hz)

FHW Series:

Rated Voltage

16

25

35

50

63-100

160-250

Up to 2200/iF

—

—

0.13

0.10

0.08

0.10

3300mF to 6800 /aF

0.20

0.18

0.15

0.13

0.15

—

10,000/ttF

0.25

0.20

0.18

0.18

0.18

—

15,000/tiF to 22,000/iF

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.20

0.20

—

FTW Series:

Rated Voltage

16-25

36-63

80-100

160-250

Up to 2200/iF

0.20

0.18

0.15

0.10

3300/iF to 6800/iF

0.25

0.20

0.20

—

10,000/aF to 15,000 /aF

0.35

0.30

—

—

Impedance Ratio at Low Temperature: 120 Hz

wv

Ratio Z

16

25-35

50-100

160-250

Z@ — 25°C( — 68°F)/Z@ +20°C( + 68°F)

3

2

1.5

2

Z@ — 40°C (— 40°F)/Z @ +20°C ( + 68°F)

12

4

3

8

Surge Voltage:

DC Rated Voltage

16

25

35

50

63

80

100

160

180

200

250

Surge Voltage

20

32

44

63

79

100

125

200

225

250

300

Load Life: 1000 hrs @ +85°C (185°F), rated voltage
Capacitance Change Max.: Within ±20% of initial value
Leakage Current: Within specified value
Dissipation Factor: Within ±150% of specified value

Shelf Life: 1000 hrs @ +85°C (+185°F), no voltage applied
Capacitance Change Max.: Within ±20% of initial value
Leakage Current: Within ±200% of specified value
Dissipation Factor: Within ±150% of specified value

2.088 ~2.500
(51 ~63.5)

Phone:(714)751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1083

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

vacuum capacitors

ITT Jennings offers the broadest available line of high
voltage capacitors for radio frequency applications. Units are
available in glass and ceramic envelopes with working
voltage ratings of 2 kv to 36 kv, at capacitance values to 5000
pfd, with current ranges to 420 Amps RMS (air-cooled) and
1,000 Amps RMS (water-cooled), depending upon capacity,
frequency, and working voltage. The design of ITT Jennings
Vacuum and Gas capacitors allows a number of electrical,
mechanical and environmental advantages which include:

1) HIGH VOLTAGE — The 'high dielectric strength allows
maximum voltage levels for a given capacitance rating.

2) HIGH CURRENT— Extremely low losses occur because
of the dielectric, low loss glass and ceramic envelopes,

and heavy copper construction. ITT Jennings capacitors
are able to handle large currents at high RF frequencies
that would destroy other types of capacitors.

3) COMPACT DESIGN — Units are quite small for their
power handling capabilities.

4) HIGH Maximum to Minimum CAPACITY RATIO—
Capacity change ratios are available to 140:1, making
them desirable for wide tuning ranges.

5) SELF-HEALING — The design construction permits
moderate overloads that would damage other materials.

6) HIGH ALTITUDE OPERATION — Vacuum capacitors
are free from internal degradation due to extreme
environmental conditions.

VACUUM FIXED CAPACITORS

Peak Voltage
Kilovolts

Type*

Capacity

PF

Continuous

RMS

Amperes 2

(Max.)

Nominal Dimensions 3
(Inches)

Test 60 Hz

RF Working 1
(Peak)

Length

Diameter

5

3

■

JCSL

1000, 1500, 2000

75

4.0

2.9

15

9

JCSF

25, 40, 50, 80, 120, 150

40

1.7

1.7

15

9

JCS

250, 400, 500

90

4.0

3.1

15

9

MCI

500, 750, 1000

120

4.1

4.1

15

9

MMC

1500, 2000, 5000

220

13.0

9.3

15

9

MMCI

2000

200

4.9

6.1

15

9

c

CFDP

K 1500, 2000

200

3.3

5.6

12

7

CFDS

1000

95

4.6

3.6

20

12

G

MC

500, 750, 1000

150

8.4

5.0

30

18

MLC

500, 750, 1000

200

9.3

4.5

30

18

C

CY

1, 2,3, 5

12

3.3

0.8

35

25

CLF1

6, 12, 25, 50, 75, 100

85

6.5

2.3

30

20

CLF1

150, 200, 250

90

6.5

2.6

25

15

CFED

500, 750, 1000

160

3.8

4.6

35

21

CFFP

2000, 2500

400

5.8

8.2

55

33

G

MMHC

450

210

9.3

6.1

60

36

C

CFHD

12, 25, 50, 100, 200

145

5.2

3.4

55

33

CFHP

450

300

5.5

5.6

50

30

CFHP

1000, 2000

425

6.2

8.2

GAS FIXED CAPACITORS

Peak Voltage

Kilovolts

* Capacity

PF

Continuous

RMS

Amperes 2

(Max.)

Test 60 Hz

RF+DC

RF Working

Type*

20

18

12

C CGF1-1000

1000

215

3.5

4.8

35

30

21

CGF2-1000

1000

270

4.0

6.0

50

40

25

CGF2-500

500

290

5.5

5.7

VACUUM CAPACITORS, TRIMMABLE

Peak Voltage

Kilovolts

Type

Capacity

Range (pF)

Continuous

RMS

Amps, Max.

Nominal Dimensions
(Inches)

Test 60 Hz

RF Working
(Peak)

Length

Diameter

10

6

CTV3

(10 models) 4

338-1377

150

5.3

4.5

20

12

CTV1

(5 models) 4

76-346

125

5.3

4.5

50

35

CTV2

(6 models) 4

18-137

85

5.3

4.5

* G = Glass; C = Ceramic

1 The maximum RF working voltage that can be applied over the 2-32 MHz frequency range while not exceeding the RF current rating.

2 RF current rating is dependent upon capacity, frequency and working voltage. Write for complete applications data.

3 Dimensions of largest unit in a series.

4 Number of models required to cover capacity range.

SEND FOR CATALOG NO. C103A.

ITTjennings

Dept. EM, 970 McLaughlin Ave.

San Jose, CA 95122 • (408)292-4025

DIVISION OF INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION

EEM 1983

1*1084

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

vacuum variable capacitors

GAS VARIABLE CAPACITORS

3.000 VOIpT$

■ H'/n i %

irnsmi

RF Working 1

Continuous

RMS

Amperes 2

(Max.)

Nominal Dimensions 3

* G = Glass; C = Ceramic

1 RF working voltage is the maximum RF voltage that can be applied to the capacitor over the 2-32 MHz frequency range,
provided the RF current rating is not exceeded.

2 RF current rating is dependent upon capacity, frequency and working voltage. Write for complete applications data.

3 Dimensions of largest unit in a series.

IHjennings

Dept. EM, 970 McLaughlin Ave. • San Jose, CA 95122 • (408)292-4025

DIVISION OF INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1085

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

rf capacitors

ITT Jennings titanate capacitors offer the highest kVA
ratings for use in applications where life and reliability
are a prime requisite. A variety of dielectric materials
are available to allow flexibility of design for applica-
tion requirements in transmitter, radar, induction or
dielectric heating, lasar, electronic welding or X-ray
equipments.

A complete high power RF testing laboratory is
used to verify capacitor ratings under actual operate
conditions. Power testing is available to 100 KW. A

MIL approved environmental test laboratory guaran-
tees full compliance for both military or commercial
requirements.

Humidity resistant coatings on external surfaces of
capacitors allow operation in open air without external
flashovers. ITT Jennings application engineers are
available to assist the equipment design engineer in
the most cost effective approach for a variety of
applications.

See note below.

J1WC01UJ (WATER COOLED)

J4SC01UJ

J4SC01TJ

J1HT57 J1 HT50, 58

Temp.

ITT JENNINGS

Capacitance

Cap.

Tol.

Operate

Volts

O-l
O CD

2.3

=*T3

Coeff.

Tol.

1 MHz

10 MHz

30 MHz

Model Number

(PF)

(± %)

(kVDC)

(ppm/°C)

(ppm/°C)

RF amps

KVAR

RF amps

KVAR

RF amps

KVAR

J1HT50CG250K752*

25

10

7.5

NPO

30

.84

4.4

3.1

6.1

5.6

6.6

J1HT50CG500K752*

50

10

7.5

NPO

30

' 1.7

8.8

4.2

5.6

7.6

6.0

J1HT50UJ620K752*

62

10

7.5

N750

. 120

2.1

9.0

5.6

5.9

10.1

5.4

J1HT50UJ750K752*

75

10

7.5

N750

120

2.5

13.2

6.2

8.1

9.0

5.6

J1HT50UJ101K752*

100

10

7.5

N750

120

3.4

19.0

7.3

8.7

9.2

4.6

J 1 HT57CG250K153*

25

10

15

NPO

30

1.7

18.5

6.2

22.0

6.7

8.6

J1HT57CG500K153*

50

10

15

NPO

30

3.3.

35.0

7.4

18.0

8.1

7.1

J1HT57UJ101K153*

100

10

15

N750

120

4.6

35.0

12.0

22.0

15.0

11.1

J1HT57UJ201K752*

200

10

7.5

N750

120

5.1

23.0

8.5

6.2

15.0

6.0

J1HT58UJ500K752*

50

10

7.5

N750

120

1.7

8.9

5.0

5.6

8.5

6.0

J1HT58XX501M502

500

20

5.0

X5U

(Hi K)

1.1

0.4

2.5

0.2

3.0

0.1

J2HT60XX682N352

6800

30

3.5

X5U

(Hi K)

30

Available upon request

J1FT40UJ202J852

2000

5

8.5

N750

120

50

Available upon request

J1FT40UJ602M852

6000

20

8.5

N750

120

50

Available upon request

J1FT40UJ122K852

1200

10

8.5

N750

120

50

Available upon request

J1WC01UJ252M143

2500

20

14.0

N750

120

150

Available upon request

J1WC01UJ502M123

5000

.

20

12.0

N750

120

150

Available upon request

J1WC01UJ762M143

7600

20

14.0

N750

120

300

Available upon request

J4SC01UJ402M323

4000

20

32.0

N750

120

72

Available upon request

J4SC01TJ502K253

5000

10

25.0

N750

120

72

Available upon request

* NOTE: Other capacities and models are available to this line of RF capacitors. If you have a special application please check with our
applications department for capacitors with ratings other than those listed.

ITIjennings

DIVISION OF INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION

Dept. EM, 970 McLaughlin Ave. • San Jose, CA 951 22 • (408)292-4025

1*1086

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

WONDERFILE !

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed:

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

Ceramic Capacitor
Wafers (Single Layer)

m If II® I ®

>33p&>

Ideally suited for micromodule and
miniature hybrid integrated circuits
where low profile requirements
preclude the use of conventional
multilayer chip capacitors. These units
are used as bypass, shifter, blocking
and filtering elements, (to 18 GHz in
microwave applications). Custom
configurations are also available for
high voltage applications to 15 KV.

Chip Kit

Designer kits contain standard size
chips in popular capacitance values
and dielectric characteristics with
palladium silver terminations. Kits are
supplied in a special vinyl cover for
convenient shelf storage with each
chip value individually packaged for
easy access. Available with NPO/COG
dielectric No. S-900, BX/X7R and
Y5V dielectric No. S-905 and ceramic
capacitor wafers (single layer)

No. S-910.

JOHANSON

2220 Screenland Drive
Burbank, California 91505

(213) 848-4465
TWX 910-498-2735

1*1088

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Variable

Capacitors

Standard
Air Capacitors

□ Capacitance ranges: .8-10pf
to1-30pf

□ Q’s to >10,000

□ Excellent tuning stability and low
dynamic noise

□ Patented* self- locking constant
torque adjustment mechanism

□ Qualified to MIL-C-14409D,

QPL approved

□ Engineering prototype kit JK-500

*U. S. Patent No. 3,469,160

Giga-Trim®

Capacitors

Microwave
Tuning Elements

□ Capacitance ranges: ,3-1.2pf
to .8-8pf

□ Q’s over 4000 at 250 MHz

□ Ideal for microwave oscillators
and filters

□ Qualified to MIL-C-14409D,

QPL approved

□ New Zero TC versions

□ Engineering prototype kit JK-272

*U.S. Patent No. 3,469,160

□ Provide a unique money-saving
means of introducing a variable
reactance into waveguides,
cavities, and other microwave
structures

□ High resolution

□ Patented* self- locking constant
torque adjustment mechanism

*U.S. Patent No. 3,469,160

Miniature
Air Capacitors

Thin -Trim®/ Seal -Trim®
Ceramic Capacitors

Variable

Ceramic Capacitors

tO.8-10pf

□ Q’S to >10,000

□ Patented* self- locking constant
torque adjustment mechanism

□ Ideal for miniature microwave,
VHF and UHF applications

□ Engineering prototype kit JK-500

*U.S. Patent No. 3,469,160

Manufacturing Corporation

400 Rockaway Valley Road
Boonton, New Jersey 07005

(201) 334-2676
TWX 710-987-8367

□ Capacitance ranges: ,2-.6pf
to 20-100pf

□ Q’s to > 3000 at 100 MHz

□ Ideal for sub- miniature hybrid
circuit applications

□ Seal-Trims impervious to all
standard PCB cleaning solvents

□ Conform to MIL- C- 81
requirements

□ Engineering prototype kits
available

U. S. Patent No. 4,179,722

□ Low cost

□ Broad tuning ranges: 1.7-6pf
to 6.0-70pf

□ Top, side and bottom tuning styles
available

□ Ideal for crystal oscillators, CATV
amplifiers and all varieties of test
and communication equipment

□ Engineering prototype kit JK-930

Call or write
for our

complete catalog.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1089

Metalized Polyester |MPC| WPP | PP [Polystyrene] Metalized Polyester | Polyester

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

0.006

0.006

RVx.15

RVxyJ

-40°C~+ 85° C

CQP92MC

30KMQ

WVx2.5

0/-5%

RVxyJ

-40°C— + 85° C

WVx2.5

10KMQ

0 /- 8 %

-55°C— + 85° C

Rv*y z

RVxyJ

-40°C~+ 85° C
-45°C— +105°C
-45° C — + 85° C
-45°C— +105°C
-40°C— + 85° C
-10°C~+ 70°C
-10°C~+ 70°C

CF93MMA

WVxl.75

30KMO

10KMQ

0 /- 8 %

RVxO.I

RVxy 3

RVXI/3

C7NEV

WVxl.75

9KMO

3KMQ

0.008

0 /- 8 %

RVxy 75

C7NE

WVxl.75

9KMO

3KMQ

0.008

0 /- 8 %

RVxy 20

RVxyJ

C7NEH

WVxl.75

30KMQ

10KMQ

0.008

0 /- 8 %

RVxy 20

RVxy 2

CF91TMMA

WVxl.75

30KMQ

10KMQ

0.008

0 /- 8 %

RVxO.I

RVxyJ

100KMQ

o.ooi

-150ppm/°

RVx0.5

CQ08,

09SC

100KMQ

0.001

-150ppm/°

RVx0.5

CQ92PP

WVx2.5

0.001-0.0015

+3/0%

Rv*y 3

^vxi/ 3

-40°C— + 85° C

C3NP

WVxl.75

WVxl.75

WVx2.5

+3/0%

CF78MPP

+3/0%

CF91TMPC

0/-1.25%

lOKMfi

RVxyJ

HFC-II

WVxl.75

30KMO

10KMQ

0.008

0 /- 8 %

RVxyJ

HFV-I
HFV-li, III

WVxl.75

WVxl.75

30KMO

RVxyJ

Audio

30KMO

RVxO.I

RVxy 2

CS1, CS2

WVx2.5

Audio

1*1090

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

(Ww m I Ut Ri fm Kli 556 Peninsula Boulevard
WSi I Ml 1 IffiH 1 lul / JMl III P.0. Box 459, Hempstead, New York 11550

Phone: (516) 538-2300

Electronics Corp. twx : 510-222-4347

MICA CAPACITORS

STANDARD MICA CAPACITORS

Maximum Capacitance (pf)

LOW COST SERIES

Style

100V

300V

DM04

330

200

DM05

430

330

DM10

470

360

DM12

1200

1000

DM15

1500

1200

DM19

8200

6200

DM20

18,000

12,300

DM30

40,000

30,000

DM42

100,000

69,000

1500V 2000V 2500V

270 —

1000 — — —

5600 3000 — —

DM SERIES — Entire Range, Fully Professional.

KZ SERIES — Low Cost/Replace NPO ceramic CK-06/7.

KZDM SERIES — Low Cost DM10 and DM15 direct, plug-in
replacements for high volume applications.

KSAX — Axial Mica — Available to 680pf/100V — Available
tape and reel.

Taping and Reeling available on DM12 and DM15 sizes. Radial
per Panasert type.

High voltage available to 2500VDC.

Tolerances ±V 2 %, 1%, 2%, and 5% available in any value.

Cap (pf)

L

w

T

s

1-43

0.195

0.235

0.140

0.100

KZ5

0.235

0.275

0.140

0.100

KZ8

83-220

0.355

0.395

0.160

0.200

KZ10

221-330

0.435

0.475

0.160

0.236

KZ1 2

331-510

0.515

0.550

0.180

0.315

KZ15

511-800

0.630

0.670

0.180

0.394

KZDM10

1-100

0.275

0.230

0.140

0.157

KZDM15

1-220

0.420

0.275

0.160

0.236

nr

jiifi

fir

■ Hi

K^.mHHHHh

L : r .V\

.* H

f

ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

MINIATURE RADIAL & AXIAL; LARGE CV; SWITCHER TYPES

Style

Capacitance

(mfd)

Voltage

Description

KAET/KSET

0.47 to 3300

6.3-100

Axial/Radial for general purpose applications.

KSET-LN

0.1 to 47

6.3-50

Low Leakage Radials. Tantalum Replacements.

KGPF/KGPK

1000 to 22,000

10-100

High Capacity Radials. 3 Lead wires for extra support.

KSMM

0.47 to 10,000

6.3-100

Miniaturized version of KSET radial type.

KTSMB

0.47 to 47

6.3-50

Ultra miniature radial. All units have 0.295" diameter.

KLC120

100 to 10,000

6.3-100

Axial long life — high reliability.

KLC121

2.2 to 470

160-450

Axial high voltage extension of the KLC120 series.

KLC033

15 to 22,000

6.3-350

Axial — 55°C to -F85°C. Extra long life and reliability.

1

FILM CAPACITORS

Style

Capacitance

(mfd)

Voltage

Description

KMMR

0.022-2.20

250

Radial Metallized Polyester with epoxy coating.

KMDDE

0.022-1.00

100-250

Radial Metallized Polyester.

KMTBE

0.022-1.00

100-250

Axial Version of KMDDE Metallized Polyester.

KMRA

0.001-0.47

50

Radial Polyester with epoxy coating. Tape and Reel available.

KPXH

0.0001-0.01

50 and 100

Axial Polypropylene. Low Cost. Tape and Reel available.

KPRH

0.0001-0.01

50 and 100

Radial Polypropylene. Low Cost.

KPRA

0.001-0.10

100

Radial Polypropylene with epoxy coating. Tape and Reel available.

KSXA

0.0001-0.01

50

Axial polystyrene. Low Cost. Tape and Reel available.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1091

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

UNION CARBIDE - ELECTRONICS DIVISION

KEMET TANTALUM, CERAMIC & FILM CAPACITORS

T340 Series
.1—330 uF

T120, T222
(CSR09) A
T220 Series

f W '

.0047-22 fiF

T370— T382 Micron Series

. 0022-220 fiF

Tantalum Chip Capacitors

■ • ■ jg

T411, T412 (CWROt) .1 ™8 fiF W

4 i I i

T421, T422(CWR02) aWoO

Ceramic Chip Capacitors 1 pF— 1.2 /jlF
1 M * Popular Styles ■

*1206 *1210 $ m M

*0805 1005 1805 1808 *1812 *1825 2225

CDR01) (CDR02)(CDR03)(CDR04)(CDR05)(CDR06

Golden Max

B ' fl

1 pF-3.3^

m)

m h % ■ »:

C312

C315

C320

C321

l fxfih

n

' ■ ft

j 4T4M

1 0 mm r

&

C322

C323

C33^

[ K5U j
| $05M |

B l

\ ; kzw l

KX7R I

J04Z | • v .

zms "1 : 1

C331

C333

C340

C350

Molded Ceramic 1.0 pF— 3.3 ptF
(Also Available to MIL-C-20 Specification)

(CK05)

(CK06)

(CK12)

(CK13)

(CK14) (CK15)

(CK16)

(CKR05)

(CKR06)

(CKR11)

(CKR12)

(CKR14) (CKR15)

(CKR16)

Metallized Polycarbonate Film .001—22 fiF

ase Size! Available 8 Case Sizes Available

F141

F24KCRH01-5)
F242(CRH06-0)
F245(CHR01A,D,G,K A N)
F246(CHROlB,E,H,L AP)
F247(CHR01C,F,J,M A R)
F248(CHR10)

NOTICE

Any capacitor misapplied may fail and thereby damage other circuit components. Please refer to specific KEMET
Application Notes, available free of charge from the address below, for a more complete description of capacitor
characteristics.

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division

P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1 *1 092 kemet pg. 1 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET * CAPACITOR REFERENCE & INDEX l^gl

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS*

KEMET STYLE

Page

Hermetic seal, standard 4

Hermetic seal, miniature 5

Hermetic seal, extended

range 6

Hermetic seal, GR500 High

Reliability 6

Molded, axial lead 7

Molded, miniature

axial lead 8

Molded, radial lead 9

Dipped, radial lead . 12

Plastic encapsulated,

subminiature, Micron 15

Chips 20

KEMET SERIES

Page

Page

T110

4

T362

13

T210

6

T363

13

T211

6

T368

13

T212

4

T369

13

T220

6

T370 .....

15

T240

6

T371

20

T310

7

T372

16

T322

.. 8

T373

20

T323

8

T374

17

T330

9

T376

17

T340

10

T380

17

T350

12

T382

17

T351

12

T384

18

T352

12

T386

18

T353

12

T41 1

19

T354

12

T412

19

T355

12

T421

19

T361

13

T422

19

MILITARY STYLE

Page

CSR13 4

CWR01 19

CWR02 19

CX02 13

CX05 8

CXI 2 . 13

MILITARY SPECIFICATION

MIL-C-39003 3

MIL-C-49137/2 13

MIL-C-49137/5 8

MIL-C-55365 19

MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS

KEMET STYLE

Page

Molded, radial lead 22

Molded, Mighty Max 22

Molded, axial lead 22

Molded, COG (NP0), radial

lead 22

Molded, COG, (NP0), axial

lead 22

Molded, GR900 High

Reliability 25

Chips, GR900 High

Reliability 27

Dipped, Golden Max 30

Chips, solder guard 30

KEMET SERIES

Page

Page

C052

22

C333

28

C062

22

C340

28

Cl 14

22

C350

28

Cl 24

22

C512

22

Cl 92

22

C522

22

C202

22

C630

24

C222

22

C0805 ....

30

C312

22

Cl 005 ....

30

C315

28

Cl 206 ....

30

C320

28

C1210 ....

30

C321

28

Cl 805 ....

30

C322

28

C1808

30

C323

28

C1812 ....

30

C330

28

Cl 825

30

C331

28

C2225 ....

30

MILITARY STYLE

CC05 ...

22

CC07

22

CC06 ...

22

CC08 ....

22

MILITARY STYLE (Contd.)

CC75 ....

Page

23

CK05

Page

22

CC76 ....

23

CK06

22

CC77 ....

23

CK12

22

CC78 ....

23

CK13

22

CC79 ....

23

CK14

22

CCR05 ..

23

CK15

22

CCR06 ..

23

CK16

22

CCR07 ..

23

CKR05

22

CCR08 ..

23

CKR06

22

CCR75 ..

23

CKR11

22

CCR76 ..

23

CKR12

22

CCR77 ..

23

CKR14

22

CCR78 ..

23

CKR15

22

CCR79 ..

:..23

CKR16

22

MILITARY SPECIFICATION

MIL-C-20 23

MIL-C-11015 23

MIL-C-39014 i 23

FILM CAPACITORS

KEMET STYLE

KEMET SERIES (Contd.)

MILITARY STYLE (Contd.)

Parylene Film Flat Kap,
molded

Metallized Polycarbonate

Metallized Polycarbonate,
military

KEMET SERIES

F241 32 F246

F242 32 F247

F245 32 F248

Page

Page

Page

F310

31

F321

31

• 31

F31 1

31

F330

31

F320

31

F331

31

. 32

MILITARY STYLE

. 32

CFR04A .;

32

CHR01F ..

32

CFR04R ..

32

CHR01G ..

32

CHR01A ..

32

CHR01H ..

32

CHR01B ..

32

CHR01J ..

........32

32

CHR01C ..

32

CHR01K ..

32

32

CHR01D ..

32

CHR01L ..

32

32

CHR01E ..

32

CHR01M

32

Page

Page

CHR01N ..

32

CRH04 ..

32

CHR01P .

32

CRH05 ..

32

CHR01R .

32

CRH06 ..

32

CHR10 ...

32

CRH07 ..

32

CRH01 ...

32

CRH08 ..

32

CRH02 ...

32

CRH09 ..

32

CRH03 ...

32

CRH00 ..

32

MILITARY SPECIFICATION

MIL-C-39022/9 32

MIL-C-39022/10 32

MIL-C-55514/3 32

MIL-C-83421 /I 31

* KEMET® CAPACITOR OEM SALES REPRESENTATIVES

33

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 2 1*1 093

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

kemet" solid tantalum capacitors

M1L-C-39003*

ORDERING INFORMATION

FOR CSR09 (T222), CSR1 3 (T212), CSR21 (T262),
CSR23 (T242), CSR33 (T252), &

CSR91 (T213) CAPACITORS

CSR XX B 565 K M

TYPE 1

Capacitors, Fixed, Solid
Electrolyte, Tantalum
Established Reliability

STYLE — — -

Tubular Case— Always Sleeved
09 — Miniature — T222
13 — Standard — T21 2
21 — Standard, low ESR — T262
23 — Extended Range — T242
33 — Extended Range

Low Leakage — T252
91 — Non-Polar — - T213

VOLTAGE

Symbol

VDC Working

VDC Surge |

85°C

125°C

85°C

125°C

B

6

4

8

5

c

10

7

13

9

D

15

10

20

12

E

20

13

26

16

F

35

23

46

28

G

50

33

65

40

■j

75

50

64

100

67

86

CAPACITANCE

Expressed in picofarads (1 microfarad =
1,000,000 picofarads). First two digits
represent significant figures. Last digit
specifies the number of zeros to follow.

Examples

565 — 5,600,000 = 5.60
564 — 560,000 = .56 /xF
563 — 56,000 = .056 fiF

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

J — ±5%

K — ±10%

M — ±20%

FAILURE RATE LEVEL IN % PER 1000 HOURS

M — 1%

P —0.1%

R— 0.01%

S— 0.001%

* This Military Part Numbering System is obsolete in accor-
dance with the current specifications. The correct current
designation for a CSR part number is the MIL Specification
Number, followed by the Specification (slash) Sheet Number
and Dash Number (i.e. — MIL-C-39003/01-2270). However,
the part number breakdown shown above is still widely used
and is shown for reference.

KEMET APPROVED
FAILURE RATE LEVELS
MIL-C-39003E

STYLE

DESCRIPTION

KEMET

SERIES

APPROVED FAILURE
RATE LEVEL

CSR09

Polar-Subminiature

T222

S (0.001 %/Khrs.)

CSR13

Polar-Standard MIL Case

T212

S (0.001 %/Khrs.)

CSR21

Polar-Standard,
low ESR, MIL Case

T262

S (0.001 %/Khrs.):

CSR23

Polar-Extended Range

T242

R (0.01% /K hrs.)

CSR33

Polar-Extended Range
Low Leakage

T252

R (0.01% /K hrs.)

CSR91

Non-Polar

T213

S (0.001 %/Khrs.)

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division

P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1 *1094 kemet PG. 3 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET " SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T110 SERIES
POLAR TYPE &

T212 (CSR13)

KEMET standard MIL case hermetic sealed T110 Series are
the leading solid tantalum capacitors in use today. They are
compact, ruggedly built, designed for minaiturized circuitry,
and are especially suited for coupling, by-pass, filtering and
R-C timing circuits. They exhibit excellent stability, extremely
low DC leakage current, dissipation factor, and impedance
over a wide temperature and frequency range.

Available in standard EIA capacitance values from .0047-330 ixF
in ±20%, ±10%, and ±5% tolerances and working voltages
from 6-125 VDC.

Higher CV values in comparable case sizes are available in
KEMET T140 Series.

Included in the following T110 Series table is a complete listing
of T212 Series, qualified as MIL-C-39003 CSR13 capacitors.
KEMET is approved to manufacture to the S (0.001 %/K hrs.)
failure rate level. For additional information refer to KEMET
Cat. F-1851.

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

T110 ORDERING INFORMATION*

T 110 A 105 K 050 A S-C

OCDICO 1

T110, T212 (CSR13),

T262 (CSR21)

CASE SIZE

A/B/C/D

PICOFARAD CODE

First two digits represent
significant figures. Third digit
specifies number of zeros to follow.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

M — ±20%

K— ±10%

J — ±5%

VOLTAGE

At 85°C

FAILURE RATEt

A -—Not Applicable P —0.1 %/K hrs.

L — Obsolete per MIL-C-39003 R — 0.01% /K hrs.

M — 1 % / K hrs. S — 0.001%/K hrs.

t L, M, P, R & S Failure Rates available for T212 capacitors only.

LEAD MATERIAL

S — Standard

Available on special order at additional cost:

(Contact your sales representative.)

F — Bare Nickel
G — Gold Plated Nickel
I — Alloy 180 (Bare)

SPECIFICATION

(when necessary)

C100 — Uninsulated Capacitors
C7000 — Reeling Per EIA Specification RS-296C
C7200 — Reeling Per EIA Specification RS-296D
Other — As Applicable

(All capacitors are sleeved unless specified as above.)

DIMENSIONS — INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

Case

Size

INSULATED

A Nominal

B ±0.001 (0.03)

C Maximum

Max. Wt.
Grams

A

0.125 (3.18)

0.250 (6.35)

0.135 (3.43)

0.286 (7.26)

0.5(12.7)

0.020 (0.51)

0.422 (10.72)

0.57

B

0.175 (4.45)

0.438 (11.13)

0.185 (4.70)

0.474(12.04)

0.7(17.78)

0.020 (0.51)

1.41

C

0.279 (7.09)

0.650 (16.51)

0.289 (7.34)

0.686 (17.42)

1.0 (25.4)

0.822 (20.88)

5.0

D

0.341 (8.66)

0.750 (19.05)

0.351 (8.92)

0.786 (19.96)

1.1 (27.94)

0.025 (0.64)

0.922 (23.42)

8.5

* For Military Ordering Information, see page 3. For further details consult T110 Series Catalog F-1851

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 4 1*1095

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET " SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T1 10 SERIES
PRODUCT RANGE

Capacitance

H F

0.0047 472
0.0056 562
0.0068 682
0.0082 822
0.010 103

0.012 123

0.015 153

0.018 183

0.022 223

0.027 273

0.033 333

0.039 393
0.047 473

0.056 563

0.068 683
0.082 823
0.10 104

0.12 124

0.15 154

0.18 184

0.22 224

0.27 274

0.33 334

0.39 394

0.47 474

0.56 564

0.68 684

0.82 824

8.2 825

10.0 106

12.0 126

15.0 156

18.0 186

22.0 226

27.0 276

33.0 336

39.0 396

47.0 476

56.0 666

68.0 686

82.0 826

100.0 107

120.0 127

150.0 157

180.0 187

220.0 227

270.0 277

330.0 1 337

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1096 KEMET pg. 5 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET

@

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T210, T211, T220, T240
GR500 SERIES
GRADED RELIABILITY

For the ultimate in high reliability and design in KEMET’s
GR500 Capacitors with failure rates as low as .001% per 1,000
hours. These Capacitors are manufactured to KEMET’s Specifi-
cation GR500 and meet or exceed all requirements of MIL-C-
39003. Capacitance ranges are shown below in ordering infor-
mation.

GR500 Capacitors offer a demonstrated failure rate calculated
from the most sophisticated and accurate reliability measure-
ment method in the capacitor industry. Each production lot of
these capacitors is subjected to accelerated life testing on a
100 % basis under low impedance circuit conditions. The sub-
sequent accumulated data are applied to Weibull Analysis for
establishing the demonstrated failure rate. These test results,
including the Weibull plot and a summary of failure rate calcu-
lations, are supplied with each shipment of capacitors.

In addition, all KEMET GR500 Capaciotrs are temperature
cycled 5 times from -65°C to +125°C and receive seal test,
leakage current, capacitance, dissipation factor, X-Ray, and
visual and mechanical inspection on a 100 % basis.

For a copy of Graded Reliability Specification GR500 and addi-
tional information on these capacitors, contact your KEMET
Sales Representative.

KEMET

GRADED RELIABILITY

GR500

ORDERING INFORMATION

T 210 A 125 K 020 P S

TANTALUM -

Type: T210B106K020RS

j i/o pei i,uuu SERIES* I

MET’s Specifi- Solid electrolyte, graded high
snts of MIL-C- reliability, hermetically sealed.

ordering infer- CASE ?IZE

A/B/C/D

ate calculated CAPACITANCE PICOFARAD CODE

>i I ity measure- First two digits represent significant

Auction lot of figures. Third digit specifies
auction lot or numbe r of zeros to follow,

e testing on a

ions. The sub- CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

II Analysis for ' J? “ q%

ie test results, j ± 5 %

jre rate calcu-

citors VOLTAGE

mtors. At 85°C

3 temperature GRADED FAILURE RATE

eive seal test, % Per 1000 Hours

r, X-Ray, and M — 1 R — 0.01
asis. P - 0 - 1 S- 0.001

, cnn . ... LEAD MATERIAL

1500 and addi- S — Standard (Solder-coated nickel)

your KEMET Available on special order at additional cost:

(Contact your sales representative.)

F — Bare Nickel
G — Gold Plated Nickel

SERIES*

21 0 — GR500/J — Axial lead, polar (0.0047-330.0 0 F)

211 — GR500/N — Axial lead, non-polar (0.0023-160.0 a F)
220 — GR500/Z — Axial lead, subminiature,

polar (0.0047-27.0 n F)

240 — GR500/A — Axial lead, super capacitance,
polar (0.82-1000.0 aF)

KEMET GRADED RELIABILITY

Lot No.: 8202 Lot Size: 3127 pcs. Voltage: 29 Volt Ratio: 1.45 Vr
In (FAILURE AGE)

— ^

n

"

h

]

FAII IIRF RAFF -

i

10 s

_

0089 %/k HOURS

*’ A

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

END OF

-P

TEST

12C

HOUR

&

S

_

—

—

—

-

-

—

-

-(

—

E

1

*

=

—

—

—

—

-

-

. — — <

r- 5

2=

—

—

~

-

—

— 1

-

-

-

-

—

—

—

-

-

-

-

"

—

-

j

_

FAILURE AGE - HOURS

For further details consult GR500/J & N (F-2697) & GR500/A (F-2792) & GR500/Z (F-2837) Specification Catalogs .

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

KEMET PG. 8 1*1097

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET®

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

i

T310 SERIES
POLAR MOLDED

Plastic molded, self-insulating, using the same State-of-the-Art
process techniques employed in the production of KEMET
popular T110 capacitors. Designed for lead wire pre-forming
and use in automatic insertion equipment. Exhibit low leakage
current, good capacitance stability and low dissipation factor
characteristics. C.V. range .10 to 330 nF, 6 to 50 VDC. Will
operate continuously from -55°C to + 85°C at full rated voltage
and with 2 h voltage to 125°C. Solderable and weldable, high
purity solder coated lead wires. Ideal for application in com-
mercial and industrial electronic equipment. For additional
information refer to KEMET T310 Series Product Catalog.

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

NOTE:

T3IO SERIES CAPACITORS ARE
SUPPLIED WITH BEVELED OR
ROUNDED ENDS.

DIMENSIONS

INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

Case

Size

D

±0.010(0.25)

L

±0.010(0.25)

Lead Wire
Diameter - W
±0.001 (0.03)

For PC Board
Layout - A

A

.138 (3.51)

.390 (9.91)

0.6 (15.24)

B

.190 (4.83)

.562 (14.27)

0.8 (20.32)

C

.300 (7.62)

.710(18.03)

1.0 (25.40)

D

.365 (9.27)

.875 (22.23)

1.1 (27.94)

For further details consult T310 Series Catalog F-2622

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

T310

ORDERING INFORMATION

T 310 A 104 M 050 A S

TANTALUM T

SERIES 1

Molded Polar, Solid Tantalum

CASE SIZE

A/B/C/D

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are significant figures.

Third digit is the number of zeros following.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

M — ±20% K— ±10% J — ±5%

VOLTAGE RATING

At 85°C

FAILURE RATE LEVEL

A — Not Applicable

LEAD MATERIAL

S — Standard

T310 SERIES
PRODUCT RANGE

Case

Rated Voltage (V) !

Case

Size

6

10

15

20

35

50

Size

0.1

104

IHSM

■n

■i A

1-4

1-4

1 “4

1-4

■i O A

1-4

1-4

U. 1 d.

0.15

1

154

A -A

1-4

1-4

l“4

1-4

0.18

184

1-4

1-4

0.22

224

1-4

1-4

1-4

0.27

274

1-4

1-4

1-4

0.33

334

1-4

1-4

1-4

1-4

A

0.39

394

1-4

1-4

1-4

1-4

1-4

0.47

474

1-4

1-4

1-4

■

0.56

1-4

1-4

1-4

1-4

004

684

0.68

1-4

1-4

1-4

1-4

0.82

824

1-4

1-4

1-4

1-4

ra

1.0

105

1-4

1-4

1-4

1-4

■

35 1

1.2

125

1-6

1-6

1-6

SH

■

■

1.5

155

KEm

1-6

1-6

1-6

it!

■

1.8

185

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

2.2

225

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

B

2.7

275

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

3.3

335

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

3.9

395

1-6

1-6

1-6

1,6

1-6

1133

4.7

475

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

5.6

565

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

6.8

685

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

2-6

5-6

8.2

825

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

5-6

10.0

106

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

5-6

C

12.0

126

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

5-6

15.0

156

1-6 |

1-6

2-6

2-6

5-6

10-6

18.0

186

1-6

2-6

5-6

10-6

10-6

22.0

226

B

1-6

IsSl

3-6

5-6

10-6

mm

27.0

276

1-6

Ills

5-6

5-6

10-6

33.0

336

1-6

2-6

5-6

5-6

10-6 !

■

39.0

396

1-6

5-6

5-6

10-6

10-6

47^0

476 !

2-6

5-6

5-6

10-6

10-6

56.0 1

566

5-6

5-6

10-6

10-6

ABB;

68.0

686

5-6

5-6

10-6

10-6

'■

82.0

826

5-6

5-6

10-6

10-6

100.0

107

C

5-10

10-10

10-10

10-10

■tgV'V-

120.0

127

5-10

10-10

10-101

'r- .

150.0

157

5-10

10-10

iq-io;

■

180.0

187

10-10

10-10

1 u

220.0

227

10-10

10-10

-Dissipation Factor (%)

270.0

277

D

10-10

1

r i

330.0

337

10-10

i

I i 1

1*1098 KEMET PG. 7

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET"

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T322 & T323 (CX01 & CX05)
SERIES (MINIATURE) —
EXTENDED RANGE —
PRECISION MOLDED

Extended range molded solid tantalum ca-
pacitors designed specifically for high speed
automatic insertion applications. These ca-
pacitors offer an extremely high capacitance
to volume ratio while still maintaining excel-
lent performance characteristics. Supplied
in four axial-lead tubular case sizes, these
capacitors are ideally suited for use in
printed wiring boards and all applications
requiring a high degree of packaging den-
sity. The low impedance at high frequencies
offered by this capacitor is especially suit-
able for decoupling required by high speed
computers. T322 Series dimensions and
tight lead wire-to-body concentricity permit
installation by same automatic insertion
equipment used for diodes and resistors.
Available in working voltages of 2 (68 fiF
maximum), 4, 6, 10, 15, 20, 25, 35, and 50
(4.7 ii F maximum) volts. Operating tempera-
ture range -55°C to +85°C at full rated
voltage and with % voltage to 125°C with no
voltage derating required. For additional in-
formation refer to KEMET T322 Product Cat-
alog Form Number F-2875. These capacitors
are also available in certain values per
MIL-C-49137/1 & 5.

T322 & T323 (CX01 & CX05)
ORDERING INFORMATION

T 32X A 474

iT

M 035 A S

TANTALUM

SERIES

Subminiature,

Molded, Polar,

Solid Tantalum.

Insert appropriate
number to replace
letter “X” —

322 or 323
(CX01 & CX05).

CASE SIZE

A, B, C or D

CAPACITANCE IN
PICOFARADS

First two digits are significant
figures. Third digit is number
of zeros following.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE -

M — 20% *

K — ±10%*

J — ±5%

VOLTAGE RATING

FAILURE RATE LEVEL

A — Not Applicable

LEAD MATERIAL

S — Standard

M and K Tolerances available
only for T323 Capacitors.

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

\.50±.\25

(38.1+3.18)

J. 50 ±.125
(38. It 3.1 8f

D

kN

I

w

DIMENSIONS — INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

Case Size

D (Max.)

L (Max.)

w

A

0.095 (2.41)

0.260 (6.6)

0.020 (0.51)

B

0.110(2.79)

0.290 (7.37)

0.020 (0.51)

C

0.180 (4.57)

0.345 (8.76)

0.020 (0.51)

D

0.180 (4.57)

0.420 (10.67)

0.020 (0.51)

T322 SERIES
PRODUCT RANGE

Capacitance |

fiF

Code

0.1

104

0.12

124

0.15

154

0.18

184

0.22

224

0.27

274

0.33

334

0.39

394

0.47

474

0.56

564

0.68

684

0.82

824

1.0

105

1.2

125

1.5

155

1.8

185

2.2

225

2.7

275

3.3

335

3.9

395

4.7

475

5.6

565

6.8

685

8.2

825

10.0

106

12.0

126

15.0

156

18.0

186

22.0

226

27.0

276

33.0

336

39.0

396

47.0

476

56.0

566

68.0

686

Case

Size

Rated Voltage (V)

2 .1

L— L.J

6 1

10

15

20

■ 2S 1

35 1

50

B

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0,7-10

0.7-10

1.0-10

1.0-10

1.4-10

0.5-8

0.5-8

0.5-8

0.5-8

0.5-8

0.5-8

0 . 6-8

0.6-8

0.9-8

0.9-8

1.4-8

1.4-8

1.9-8

1.9-8

2.8-8

D

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-6

0.5-6

0.6-6

0.9-6

0.9-6

0.9-6

1.4-6

1.4- 6

1.5- 6
2.0-6
2.8-6
2.8-6
4.1-6

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.7-6

0.7-6

1 . 0-6

1 . 0-6

1.5-6

1.5-6

1.5-6

2 . 2-6

3.0-6

3.0-6

3.0-6

3.3-6

4.7-6

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.7-4

0.7-4

1 . 0-6

1.1-6

1.5-6

1.5-6

1.5-6

2.3- 6

3.0- 6

3.3- 6

5.0- 6

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.5-4

0.7-4

0.7-4

1.0-4

1.0- 4
1.4-6

1.4- 6

2 . 0 - 6
2 . 0-6
3.0-6
3.0-6

4.4- 6

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.6-3

0.6-3

0.9-3

0.9-3

1.2-4

1.5-4

1.5-4

1.5-4

1.5- 4

2.5- 4
3.8-4

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.6-3

0.6-3

0.8-3

0.8-3

1.2-4

1.2-4

1.5-4

1.7-4

2.4-4

2.4- 4

3.5- 4

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.5-3

0.8-4

0.8-4

1.1-4

1.1-4

1.7-4

1.7-4

2.4-4

Case

Size

B

^Dissipation
Factor (%)

I I

-DC Leakage ( fiA )

For further details consult T322 Series Catalog F-2875

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

KEMET PG. 8 1*1099

1500 CAPACITORS 1500

KEMET R

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T330 SERIES

PRECISION MOLDED — RADIAL LEAD

KEMET T330 Series, polar-type, radial lead rectangular Pre-
cision Molded Tantalum (PMT) capacitors are primarily de-
signed for applications that demand full use of the premium
space available in printed circuitry and high density packaging.
Compact, space saving T330 Series capacitors provide superior
packing factor and space utilization compared with tubular
units of the same microcoulomb (CV) rating.

T330 Series capacitors employ a rectangular sintered, dry
tantalum anode, transfer molded in precision dies with a high
impact resistant plastic having excellent electrical, physical,
and moisture resistant properties. The A Case is printed with
polarity marking whereas B, C, and D Cases have the polarity
symbol permanently molded on top of the plastic case. The
radius on the two vertical edges at the positive end of B, C, and
D Cases can also be used as a sensing dimension for automatic
insertion processes. The location of the standoffs may serve a
similar sensing function for the A Case. These standoffs, located
in the base of all case sizes, provide vents for air circulation
and also allow easy removal of flux residues from leadwire and
circuit board solder joints.

T330 Series capacitors are highly reliable and exhibit perfor-
mance characteristics typical of military test standards. They are
available in capacitance values ranging from 0.1 to 220 micro-
farads in ±20, ±10, and ±5% tolerance levels, and in working
voltages from 6 to 50 volts. At 85°C the capacitors will operate
continuously at full rated voltage. They are rated to 125°C when
operated at % of nameplate voltage. In addition, they feature
exceptionally low DC leakage and Dissipation Factor charac-
teristics. These capacitors meet or exceed the environmental
requirements (except hermeticity tests) of MIL-C-39003.

They are ideal for by-pass, coupling, and timing applications
in computers, military ordnance, industrial, entertainment, and
consumer electronic equipment.

T330

ORDERING INFORMATION

T 330 A 104 M 035 A S

SERIES

Radial Lead

Precision Molded Polar
Solid Tantalum

CASE SIZE

A/B/C/D

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS 1

First two digits are significant figures.

Third digit is the number of zeros following.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

M — ±20% — Standard
K — ±10% — Available on request
J — ±5% — Available on request

VOLTAGE RATING

FAILURE RATE LEVEL

A — Not Applicable

LEAD MATERIAL

S — Standard (Solder-Coated Nickel)

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

DIMENSIONS — INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

Case

Size

H

Case Height

w

Case Width

T

Case Thickness

E

Case To Wire

s

Lead Spacing

A

0.345 ±0.008
(8.76 ±0.203)

0.230 ±0.005
(5.84 ±0.127)

0.105 ±0.005
(2.67 ±0.127)

0.050 ±0.010

(1.27 ±0.25)

0.125 ±0.005

(3.18 ±0.127)

B

0.225 ±0.015
(5.71 ±0.38)

0.285 ±0.015
(7.24 ±0.38)

0.170 ±0.015
(4.32 ±0.38)

0.042 ±0.010

(1.07 ±0.25)

0.200 ±0.005

(5.08 ±0.127)

C

0.325 ±0.015
(8.26 ±0.38)

0.325 ±0.015
(8.26 ±0.38)

0.170 ±0.015

(4.32 ±0.38)

0.062 ±0.010
(1.57 ±0.25)

0.200 ±0.005
(5.08 ±0.127)

D

0.375 ±0.015
(9.53 ±0.38)

0.600 ±0.015
(15.24 ±0.38)

0.195 ±0.015

(4.95 ±0.38)

0.200 ±0.010

(5.08 ±0.25)

0.200 ±0.005

(5.08 ±0.127)

For further details consult T330 Series Catalog F-1B85

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1100 KEMET PG. 9

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET

@

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T330 SERIES PRODUCT RANGE

T330A

| Capacitance |

fiF

Code

0.1

104

0.12

124

0.15

154

0.18

184

0.22

224

0.27

274

0.33

334

0.39

394

0.47

474

0.56

564

0.68

684

0.82

824

1.0

105

1.2

125

1.5

155

1.8

185

2.2

225

2.7

275

3.3

335

3.9

395

4.7

475

5.6

565

6.8

685

8.2

825

10.0

106

12.0

126

15.0

156

18.0

186

22.0

226

T330B, C & D

Rated Voltage (V)

6

10

15

20

25

1-4

1-4

i

1-4

1-6

1-6

|

1-6

Ld

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

Fi

1

L DC

25 35 50 Size

Capacitance

Rated Voltage (V)

tiF

Code

Size

6

10

15

25

35

50

0.1

104

1-6

1-6

0.12

124

1-6

1-6

0.15

154

1-6

1-6

0.18

184

1-6

1-6

0.22

224

1-6

1-6

0.27

274

1-6

1-6

0.33

334

1-6

1-6

0.39

394

1-6

1-6

0.47

474

1-6

1-6

0.56

564

1-6

1-6

0.68

684

1-6

1-6

0.82

824

1-6

1-6

1.0

105

1-6

1-6

1.2

125

1-6

1-6

1.5

155

1-6

1-6

1.8

185

1-6

1-6

2.2

225

1-6

1-6

2.7

275

1-6

1-6

1-6

3.3

335

1-6

1-6

2-6

3.9

375

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

4.7

475

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

5.6

565

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

6.8

685

1-6

1-6

1-6

2-6

5-6

8.2

825

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

5-6

10.0

106

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

5-6

12.0

126

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

5-6

5-6

15.0

156

B

1-6

1-6

2-6

2-6

5-6

10-6

18.0

186

1-6

1-6

5-6

5-6

10-6

10-6

22.0

226

1 1-6

2-6

5-6

5-6

10-6

27.0

276

1-6

2-6

5-6

5-6

10-6

33.0

1 336

1-6

2-6

5-6

5-6

10-6

39.0

396

1-6

5-6

10-6

10-6

47.0

476

C

2-6

5-6

10-6

10-6

56.0

566

5-6

5-6

10-6

68.0

686

5-6

5-6

10-6

82.0

826

5-6

5-6

10-6

100.0

107

5-6

10-6

120.0

127

n

5-6

10-6

150.0

157

u

5-6

10-6

180.0

187

10-6

220.0

227

10-6

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928. Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to

T340 SERIES

PRECISION MOLDED — RADIAL LEAD

The compact space saving T340 Series is transfer molded in
precision dies with a high impact resistant plastic having excel-
lent electrical, physical, and moisture resistant properties.

Marking is provided on the top of the case to allow visual
inspection for proper polarity and placement after insertion.
In addition, positive polarity identification is achieved by an
easily recognized molded radius on the positive end of the
case. This physical polarity identification is readily observed
after capacitor placement as a further aid to the top marking
in prevention of possible reverse insertion.

Standoffs, located in the base of all case sizes, provide vents
for air circulation and also allow easy removal of flux residues
from leadwire and circuit board solder joints. With very low
impedance and ESR values, the T340 Series features excep-
tionally low DC leakage and DF characteristics.

T340 Series capacitors are highly reliable and exhibit perfor-
mance characteristics typical of military test standards.

T340

ORDERING INFORMATION

T 340 A 105 M 035 A S

TANTALUM 1

SERIES

Radial Lead,

Precision Molded Polar,

Solid Tantalum

CASE SIZE

A/B/C/D/E/F

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are significant
figures. Third digit is the
number of zeros following.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

M — ±20% — Standard
K — ±10% — Available on request
J — ±5% — Available on request

VOLTAGE RATING

FAILURE RATE LEVEL

A — Not Applicable

LEAD MATERIAL

S — Standard (solder-coated copperweld)

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

G. 10 1*1101

KEMET

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T340 SERIES

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

T340 SERIES
PRODUCT RANGE

Rated Voltage (V)

I 15 I 25 I 35

Includes Standoff Height of 0.015 rt.005" (0.38 ±0.13mm) for All Case Sizes.

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1 # 1 1 02 kemet pg. ti For manufacturers’ sales offices refer tc

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET ^ SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T350, T351, T352, T353, T354 &

T355 SERIES

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS

The new KEMET ‘UltraDip’ Capacitors offers the designer of
quality instruments and entertainment systems the widely
recognized advantages inherent in solid tantalum capacitors
at competitive prices.

The T350, T351, T352, T353, T354 and T355 Series are minia-
ture dipped solid tantalum capacitors which provide the de-
signer with the advantage of compactness plus low leakage
and low DF performance characteristics for filtering, bypass-
ing, coupling, blocking and RC timing circuits. This series
features a capacitance range from 0.1 to 680 microfarads at
voltages from 3 to 50 VDC. ‘UltraDip’ capacitors utilize the
same sophisticated materials and processes which have ad-
vanced Union Carbide to the leadership position in solid
tantalum capacitors.

The plastic case provides a tough barrier coating and main-
tains precision of lead wire spacing within ±0.015 inch. The
new gold color epoxy utilized permits Laser marking with
outstanding permanency and legibility. These Laser marked
gold color epoxy products meet all visual requirements of
MIL-l-46058. All case sizes are printed with capacitance,
voltage, polarity and vendor identification.

Solid tantalum devices exhibit no degradation failure mode
during shelf storage and show a constantly decreasing failure
rate (i.e., absence of wearout mechanism) during life tests.

The ‘UltraDip’ Series provides self-insulating cases which
are resistant to shock and vibration. These capacitors exhibit
low DCL, ESR and Impedance and have excellent temperature
stability.

T350, T351, T352, T353, T354 & T355 SERIES
ORDERING INFORMATION

T 35X A 105 M 035 A S

TANTALUM 7 ” T

SERIES 1

Insert appropriate
number to replace
letter “X” — 350,

351,352, 353, 354 or 355.

CASE SIZE

A, B, C, D, E, F, & G

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are significant figures.

Third digit is the number of zeros following.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

M — ±20%

K — ±10%

VOLTAGE RATING

For 6.4 Volts Use 006

FAILURE RATE LEVEL

A — Not Applicable

LEAD MATERIAL

S — Standard

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

DIMENSIONS — INCHES (MILLIMETERS)

Case

Size

All

I - T350

T351

T352

T353

T354

T355

H*

Length

H*

Length

H*

Length

H*

Length

H*

Length

H*

Length

A

.175(4.5)

.280 (7.1)

.380 (9.6)

.400 (10.2)

.340(8.6)

.340 (8.6)

B

.175 (4.5)

.300 (7.6)

.390 (9.9)

.410(10.4)

.350 (8.9)

.350 (8.9)

C

.330 (8.4)

.420 (10.7)

.440 (11.2)

.380 (9.6)

.380 (9.6)

D

.340 (8.6)

.430 (10.9)

.450 (11.4)

.450 (11.4)

.390 (9.9)

.390 (9.9)

E

.216 (5.5)

.350 (8.9)

.440 (11.2)

.460 (11.7)

.460 (11.7)

.400 (10.2)

.400 (10.2)

F

.236 (6.0)

.390 (9.9)

.480 (12.2)

.500(12.7)

.500 (12.7)

.440 (11.2)

.440 (11.2)

G

.250 (6.3)

.400 (10.2)

.490 (12.4)

.510(13.0)

.510 (13.0)

.450 (11.4)

.450 (11.4)

H

.300 (7.6)

.400(10.2)

.500 (12.7)

.520(13.2)

.520 (13.2)

.470 (11.9)

.470 (11.9)

J

.330 (8.4)

.500(12.7)

use

T353

use

T353

.580 (14.7)

.550 (14.0)

use

T354

K

.350 (8.9)

.530 (13.5)

.630 (16.0)

.610 (15.5)

L

.350 (8.9)

.730 (18.5)

.710 (18.1)

.400 (10.2)

.670 (17.0)

.740 (18.8)

' Note: All “H” Dimensions are from Capacitor seating plane to top of Capacitor.

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 12 1*1103

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T350, T351 , T352, T353, T354 & T355
PRODUCT RANGE

Capacitance
fi F I Code

0.10 104 -
0.12 124 -
0.15 154 -
0.18 184 -
0.22 224 -
0.27 274 -
0.33 334 -
0.39 394 -
0.47 474 -
0.56 564 -
0.68 684 -
0.82 824 -
1.0 105 -

1.2 125 -

1.5 155 -

1.8 185 -

2.2 225 -

2.7 275 -

3.3 335 -

3.9 395 t

4.7 475

5.6 565

6.8 685
8.2 825

10.0 106 !
12.0 126

15.0 156

18.0 186
22.0 226

27.0 276

33.0 336

39.0 396

47.0 476

56.0 566

68.0 686
82.0 826

100.0 107 I

120.0 127

150.0 157

180.0 187

220.0 227

270.0 277

330.0 337

390.0 397

470.0 477

560.0 567

680.0 687

RATED VOLTAGE (V)

I 161 20 f

A0.5-5
AO.5-5
AG.5-5
AO.5-5
AO.5-5
B0. 5-5
BO.6-5
CO.7-5
CO.8-5
El. 0-6
El .2-6
El .4-6
El. 8-6
F2.2-6
F2.6-6
H3.2-6
H4.0-6
J4.8-6
J5.6-6
K6.8-6
K8.2-6
L9.8-8

G2.4-8

H4.8-8 J8.0-8

LI 0-8

M10-8

I i

H2.8-8 1

J5.8-8 K9.6-8

Ml 0-8

i

•Dissipation Factor (%

H3.6-8 !

47.2-8. K10-8

M10-8

| |

J4.3-8

K8.6-8 LI 0-8

•DC Leakage (uA)

m *8

K10-8 LI 0-8

K6.4-8

LI 0-8

K7.9-9

LI 0-8

L9.3-9

1 — — Case Size

LI 0-9

Ml 0-9

Ml 0-9

T361, T362, T363 (CX02),

T368 & T369 (CXI 2) SERIES

DIPPED — ECONOMICAL/

.1-330 6-50 V DC/

LOW DC LEAKAGE

KEMET dipped solid tantalum capacitors
offer the designer of quality instruments
and entertainment systems the widely-
recognized advantages inherent in solid
tantalum capacitors at prices competitive
to conventional electrolytic capacitors.
Their concept is the result of the applica-
tion of KEMET’s superior know-how in
the production of Military and High Re-
liability tantalum capacitors coupled with
the unique automated assembly methods
developed for computer-part production.
These capacitors are dipped in a new
gold color resin with easy-to-read laser
markings.

These capacitors are also available in
certain values per MIL-C-49137/2: T363
(GX02) and T369 (CXI 2). T369 capacitors
are available in A & B cases only.

T361, T362, T363 (CX02), T368
& T369 (CXI 2)

ORDERING INFORMATION

T 36X B 155 M 050 A S

TANTALUmT" T ~1 I I T T

SERIES - 1

Insert appro-
priate number
to replace
letter “X”

361, 362, 363
(CX02), 368
or 369 (CXI 2)

CASE SIZE

A, B, C or D. T361
& T369 capacitors
available only in
A & B cases.

CAPACITANCE IN

PICOFARADS

First two digits are
significant figures.

Third digit is the
number of zeros
following.

CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

M — ±20%*

K— ±10%*

J — ±5%

VOLTAGE RATING

FAILURE RATE LEVEL

A — Not Applicable

LEAD MATERIAL

S — Standard

* T363 & T369 capacitors available only
at M & K tolerances.

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1104 KEMET PB. 13 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

CAPACITOR T361, T362, T363, T368 & T369 SERIES

OUTLINE DRAWINGS PRODUCT RANGE

Capacitance

Case

Size

Rated Voltage (V) !

Case

Size

aF

Code

6

10

15

20

25

35

50

0.1

104

1-4

1-4

0.12

124

1-4

1-4

0.15

154

1-4

1-4

0.18

184

1-4

1-4

0.22

224

1-4

1-4

0.27

274

1-4

1-4

0.33

334

1-4

1-4

0.39

394

1-4

1-4

0.47

474

A

1-4

1-4

A

0.56

564

1-4

1-4

0.68

684

1-4

1-4

0.82

824

1-4

1-4

1-4

1.0

105

1-4

1-6

1-4

1-4

1.2

125

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1.5

155

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1.8

185

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

2.2

225

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

B

2.7

275

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

2-6

3.3

335

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

2-6

2-6

3.9

395

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

1-6

2-6

2-6

4.7

475

1-6

1-6

1-6

2-6

2-6

2-6

2-6

5.6

565

1-6

1-6

1-6

2-6

2-6

2-6

3-6

6.8

685

1-6

1-6

1-6

2-6

2-6

2-6

3-6

8.2

825

1-8

1-8

1-8

2-8

2-8

3-8

4-8

c

10.0

106

1-8

1-8 1

2-8

3-8

2*8

5-8

5-8

12.0

126

1-8

1-8

2-8

3-8

4-8

5-8

6-8

15.0

156

1-8

2-8

3-8

3-8

5-8

5-8

6-8

18.0

186

D

1-8

2-8

3-8

4-8

5-8

5-8

6-8

D

22.0

226

D

2-8

3-8

3-8

5-8

9-8

8-8

10-8

27.0

276

2-8

3-8

5-8

5-8

9-8

10-8

33.0

336

3-8

3-8

5-8

10-8

9-8

10-8

39.0

396

3-8

5-6

5-8

10-8

10-8

10-8

47.0

476

3-8

5-8

10-8

10-8

15-8

10-8

56.0

566

4-8

5-8

10-8

15-8

15-8

68.0

686

4-8

10-8

10-8

15-8

15-8

82.0

826

5-10

10-10

15-10

15-101

100.0

107

10-10

10-10

20-10

20-10

120.0

127

c

10-10

15-10

20-10

150.0

157

10-10

20-10

20-10

180.0

187

15-10

20-10

IT

220.0

227

D

20-10

20-10:

L

Dissipation Factor (%)

270,0

277

•..I#..;-

20-10

1

DC Leakage CaA)

330.0

337

20-10

DIMENSIONS

INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

T361

T362/T363

T368/T369 |

Case

D

H

D

H

D

T

w

H

Size

Diameter

Height

Diameter

Height

Diameter

Thickness

Width

Height

A

0.175 (4.45)

0.434 (11.02)

0.175 (4.45)

0.350 (8.89)

0.175 (4.45)

—

B

0.250 (6.35)

0.552 (14.02)

0.250 (6.35)

0.250 (6.35)

—

C

—

—

0.650 (16.51)

—

0.250 (6.35)

D

—

—

0.400 (10.16)

—

0.275 (6.99)

* T361 style is electrically identical to T362 style, except for lead spacing and lead diameter (available in A & B cases only).
For further details consult T361, 7362, 7363, 7368 & 7369 Catalog F-2638

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 14 1*1105

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

MICRON SERIES

The KEMET Micron Series is a complete line of microminiature
solid tantalum capacitors designed to provide maximum elec-
trical performance and capacitance-to-volume ratio for micro-
miniaturized, high density, and integrated circuits. The capaci-
tors consist of ultra-small anode assemblies encapsulated in
epoxy. The CV range is 0.0022-220 /xF, 2-50 volts. Capacitance
values are identified by color codes. For additional information,
including non-polar styles, refer to KEMET Micron Series Pro-
duct Catalog (Form F-2710).

CAPACITANCE
COLOR CODING

T370, T371, T372, T373, T374, T376, T380, T382,
T384, T386

Color

Code for Capacitance in Picofarads I

1st & 2nd Dot

3rd Dot Decimal Multiplier

Black*

0

1

Brown

1

10

Red

2

100

Orange

3

1,000

Yellow

4

10,000

Green

5

100,000

Blue

6

1,000,000

Violet

7

10,000,000

Grey

8

—

White

9

—

* Black Dot is not marked on black case.

MICRON

ORDERING INFORMATION

TANTALUM
SERIES* -
CASE SIZE

T 3XX B

J T T

472

M

035 A S

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are significant
figures. Third digit is the number
of zeros following.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

M — ±20% J — ±5% . .

K— ±10% L —+40%, -20%

VOLTAGE RATING

FAILURE RATE LEVEL

A — Not Applicable

LEAD MATERIAL

S — Standard (solder-coated nickel)

G — Gold-plated nickel (optional for T380 & T382 Series.
Consult your sales representative.)

* Insert appropriate numbers to replace XX’s for Series desired.
T370, T371, T372, T373, T374, T376, T380, T382, T384 or T386.

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS
T370 & T372

T370 RADIAL LEADS

T372 AXIAL LEADS

TOLERANCE DOT-
(IF REQUIRED)

POLARITY INDICATOR(RED)
3RD. CAPACITANCE DOT

2ND. CAPACITANCE DOT

1ST. CAFACITANCE DOT

NOTE:

MINOR MARKING VARIATIONS MAY- BE
APPLIED AT MANUFACTURER'S OPTION.
CONSULT MICRON CATALOG F-27IO FOR
FURTHER DETAILS.

DIMENSIONS
INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

Case

Size

H

Maximum

w

Maximum

T

Maximum

s

LEAD SPACING

Lead Diameter
±0.001 (0.03)

A

0.125 (3.18)

0.070 (1.78)

0.040 (1.02)

0.050 ±0.015 (1.27 ±0.38)

0.010 (0.25)

B

0.165 (4.19)

0.120 (3.05)

0.070 (1.78)

0.100 ±0.020 (2.54 ±0.51)

0.010 (0.25)

C

0.225 (5.72)

0.185 (4.70)

0.075 (1.91)

0.150 ±0.020 (3.81 ±0.51)

0.010 (0.25)

D

0.290 (7.37)

0.220 (5.59)

0.110 (2.79)

0.180 ±0.025 (4.57 ±0.64)

0.016 (0.41)

E

. 0.310(7.87)

0.230 (5.84)

0.130 (3.30)

0.200 ±0.025 (5.08 ±0.64)

0.016(0.41)

F

0.375 (9.53)

0.150 (3.81)

0.300 ±0.025 (7.62 ±0.64)

0.016 (0.41)

For further details consult 7370 (Micron) Catalog F-2710

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1106 KEMET PG. 15

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

MICRON SERIES
T370 & T372
PRODUCT RANGE

T374 & T376

CAPACITOR OUTLINE DRAWINGS

TOLERANCE DOT-
(IF REQUIRED)

T374 RADIAL LEADS

n

3RD. DOT a POLARITY INDICATOR
END. CAPACITANCE DOT
— — — 1ST. CAPACITANCE DOT

hr
U

T376 AXIAL LEADS

LEAD LENGTH: P0S.-I.625±.I25
(41.28 + 3.18)
NEG— I.375±.I25
(34.93±3.I8)

TOLERANCE DOT
(IF REQUIRED)

LEAD DIAMETER: .OIO±.OOI
(.25±.03)

3RD. DOT a POLARITY INDICATOR
2ND. CAPACITANCE DOT
1ST. CAPACITANCE DOT

DIMENSIONS
INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

Case

Size

L

Maximum

D

Maximum

s

Lead Spacing

Lead Diameter
±0.001 (0.03)

A

B

C

0.080 (2.03)

D

0.100 (2.54)

E

0.150 (3.81)

For further details consult T370 (Micron) Catalog F-2710

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 16 1*1 107

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET "

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS £11

MICRON SERIES
T374 & T376
PRODUCT RANGE

1 Capacitance

Case

| Rated Voltage (V)

Case

it*

Code

Size

1 2

[4

m

10

15

20

| 35

50

Size

0.0022

lEEEl

\wmm

1— i

■1

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.0033

332

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.0047

472

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.0068

682

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.01

103

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.015

153

0.5-10

1.0-8

B

0.022

223

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.033

333

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.047

473

A

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.068

683

S

!■

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.1

104

"Ms

“®§|

■

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.15

154

0.5-10

1.0-8

0.22

224

0.5-6

1.0-8

0.33

334

0.5-6

1.0-6

1.0-8

0.47

474

0.5-6

1.0-6

1.0-8

u

0.68

684

0.5-6

1.0-6

1.0-6

1.0-8

n

1.0

1 105

0.5-10

1.0-6

1.0-6

1.0-8

1.5

155

0.5-10

1.0-6

1.0-6

1.0-6

1.5-8

E

2.2

225

HEBBI

1.0-6

1.0-6

1.5-8

3.3

335

HEIIl

1.0-6

1.0-6

1.5-6

4.7

475

B

1.0-15

1.0-10

1.0-6

1.5-6

6.8

685

1.0-10

1.0-6

1.5-6

10.0

106

C

1.0-15

1.0-10

1.5-6

15.0

156

mmm\

1.5-6

22.0

226

D

1.0-15

1.5-6

33.0

1.5-10

DC Leakage (^A)

Dissipation Factor (%)

.

47.0

—

1

!

1

_

MICRON SERIES

T380 T382

(SMALLEST LEADED ENCAPSULATED SOLID
TANTALUM CAPACITORS AVAILABLE)
POLAR-EPOXY ENCAPSULATED — RECTANGU-
LAR SHAPE — RADIAL OR AXIAL LEADS

• 0.0047 to 0.47/xF • 130% Surge Voltage Rating

• 2to20VDC • ±20%, ±10%, and ±5%

• — 55°C to +125°C Tolerances also Available

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

For further details consult T370 (Micron) Catalog F-2710

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

T380 & T382 MICRON
PRODUCT RANGE

Capacitance

Case

Size

Rated Voltage (V) !

Case

Size

H*

Code

2

4

6

10

15

20

0.0047

0.0068

0.010

0.015

0.022

0.033

0.047

0.068

0.10

0.15

0.22

0.33

0.47

472
682

103

153

223

333

473
683

104

154

224

334

474

A

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

n c ^ n

A

0.5-10

j - 1

/ o ) -

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

0.5-10

DC Leakage (fiA) —
Dissipation Factor (°

1*1108 KEMET PG. 17

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

MICRON SERIES
T384, T386

POLAR/EPOXY ENCAPSULATED/HIGH
EFFICIENCY/CYLINDRICAL SHAPE

• 0.0010-22 fiF • — 55°C to +125°C

• 2 to 20 VDC • Solder-Coated Nickel Leads

• High Charge (CV) Efficiency

• ±20%, ±10%, and ±5% Tolerances also Available

ACTUAL SIZE
RADIAL

A CASE

B CASE

C CASE

D CASE

E CASE

F CASE

G CASE

T384 & T386
PRODUCT RANGE

Rated Voltage (V)

4 I 6 I 10“

0.0022

222

0.0033

332

0.0047

472

0.0068

682

For further details consult T370 (Micron) Catalog F-2710

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

I

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

T384 RADIAL LEADS T386 AXIAL LEADS

n fi

^ ^-3RD. DOT a — jU n L_

— 3RD. DOT a
POLARITY INDICATOR-

—2ND. CAPACITANCE DOT—

TOLERANCE DOT ^ s

(IF REQUIRED)

'—1ST. CAPACITANCE DOT

LEAD LENGTH: T

P0S.-I.625+.I25 NEG.-I.375+I25 >
(4I.28± 3.18) (34.93 3.18) [

LEAD DIAMETER : .OlOi.OOl f
(.25±.03)

DIMENSIONS

INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

Case

Size

Case Length
Maximum

Case Diameter
Maximum

Lead Spacing
±0.015 (±0.38)

A

0.110 (2.79)

0.067 (1.70)

0.050 (1.27)

B

0.125 (3.18)

0.067 (1.70)

0.050 (1.27)

C

0.145 (3.68)

0.067 (1.70)

0.050 (1.27)

D

0.160 (4.06)

0.077 (1.96)

0.050 (1.27)

E

0.190 (4.83)

0.077 (1.96)

0.050 (1.27)

F

0.200 (5.08)

0.080 (2.03)

0.050 (1.27)

G

0.215(5.46)

0.098 (2.49)

0.070 (1.78)

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 18 1*1109

1500 CAPACITORS 1500

KEMET

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

MICRON SERIES
T371 & T373

THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL MICRON SERIES
ARE ALSO AVAILABLE: NON-POLAR, AXIAL OR
RADIAL LEADS, RECTANGULAR SHAPE,

EPOXY ENCAPSULATED

• .001 to 33 • 2 to 50 VDC • -55°C to +125°C

CAPACITOR OUTLINE DRAWINGS

Case

Size

H

Case

Height

Maximum

Radial

H

Case

Height

Maximum

Axial

w

Case

Width

Maximum

T

Thick-

ness

Maximum

s

*Lead

Spacing

Lead

Diameter

±0.001

(±0.03)

A

0.135

(3.43)

0.175

(4.45)

0.120

(3.05)

0.070

(1.78)

0.100

(2.54)

0.010

(0.25)

B

0.160

(4.06)

0.210

(5.33)

0.120

(3.05)

0.070

(1-78)

0.100

(2.54)

0.010

(0.25)

c

0.200

(5.08)

0.240

(6.10)

0.140

(3.56)

0.080

(2.03)

0.100

(2.54)

0.010

(0.25)

D

0.180

(4.57)

0.220

(5.59)

0.125

(3.18)

0.125

(3.18)

0.100

(2.54)

0.010

(0.25)

E

0.235

(5.97)

0.275

(6.99)

0.190

(4.83)

0.105

(2.67)

0.125

(3.18)

0.010

(0.25)

F

0.240

(6.10)

0.280

(7.11)

0.140

(3.56)

0.180

(4.57)

0.100

(2.54)

0.010

(0.25)

G

0.270

(6.86)

0.310

(7.87)

0.290

(7.37)

0.155

(3.94)

0.200

(5.08)

0.016

(0.41)

H

0.315

(8.00)

0.370

(9.40)

0.180

(4,57)

0.220

(5.59)

0.150

(3.81)

0.016

(0.41)

J

0.335

(8.51)

0.390

(9.91)

0.230

(5.84)

0.230

(5.84)

0.200

(5.08)

0.016

(0.41)

* A, B, C, D, E, F Cases: ±0.020 (±0.51). G, H, J Cases: ±0.025 (±0.64).

T411, T412 (CWR01), T421 & T422
(CWR02) SERIES — TANTALUM CHIP
CAPACITORS

KEMET Tantalum Chip Capacitors present, at an economical
price, maximum volumetric efficiency and high temperature
capability. They are manufactured using a Union Carbide devel-
oped copper coating process that permits assembly tem-
peratures up to 300°C for a short duration and continuous
operating temperatures to 175°C when derated linearly to 25%
of the 85°C voltage rating. T412 (CWR01) and T422 (CWR02)
per MIL-C-55365 are KEMET’s military equivalent capacitors
of the 411 and 421. They are specially designed for use in
hybrid circuit and PC board applications using solder reflow
bonding techniques. The anode connection consists of a solder
coated nickel tab. Cathode connection is made to the solder
coating surrounding the body of the chip. Standard capaci-
tance values are from 0.1 to 100 /zF with unlisted values avail-
able on special order. Voltage range is 4 to 50 VDC. For
information on chips that are suitable for other bonding tech-
niques (including epoxy), contact your KEMET representative.

For further details consult T411, 7412, 7421 & 7422 Catalog F-2715

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1110 KEMET PG. 19

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

•

KEMET @

SOLID TANTALUM CAPACITORS

T411, T412 (CWR01), T421 & T422 (CWR02) SERIES —
TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS
CAPACITOR OUTLINE DRAWINGS

T411 SERIES — STANDARD RECTANGULAR CHIP CAPACITORS

DIMENSIONS

INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

m

G

Min.

Wt.

Max.

Grams

A

0.080 (2.03)

0.055 (1.40)

0.045 (1.14)

0.050 (1.27)

0.100 (2.54)

0.070 (1.78)

.06

B

0.125 (3.18)

40%

0.040 (1.02)

0.055 (1.40)

0.150 (3.81)

0.070 (1.78)

.11

c

0.165 (4.19)

40%

0.040 (1.02)

0.150 (3.81)

0.070 (1.78)

.18

D

0.215(5.46)

40%

0.040 (1.02)

0.150 (3.81)

0.100 (2.54)

.28

E

0.220 (5.59)

0.040 (1.02)

0.150 (3.81)

0.150 (3.81)

.35

* S — Solderable area expressed as percentage of Dimension A.

T421 SERIES MINIATURE RECTANGULAR CHIP CAPACITORS

TOP VIEW

« 0

hr

— M

rr

w

II

<— G->

—

1

T

(

; 1

s

A *

DIMENSIONS

INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

SIDE VIEW END VIEW

Solder-Coated Cathode

w

Max.

A

Max.

1

G

Min.

T

Max.

c

Max.

Wt.

Max.

Grams

A

0.190 (4.83)

0.070 (1.78)

0.100 (2.54)

0.025 (0.64)

0.055 (1 .40)

0.065(1.65)

0.070 (1.78)

0.060 (1.52)

.05

B

0.205 (5.21)

0.120 (3.05)

0.120 (3.05)

0.025 (0.64)

0.050(1.27)

0.060(1.52)

.09

C

0.250 (6.35)

0.160 (4.06)

0.165 (4.19)

0.025 (0.64)

0.050 (1.27)

0.060 (1.52)

0.090 (2.29)

0.080 (2.03)

.18

D

0.305 (7.75)

0.170 (4.32)

0.025 (0.64)

0.055 (1.40)

0.065 (1.65)

0.090 (2.29)

0.110 (2.79)

.35

E

0.315 (8.00)

0.175 (4.45)

0.025 (0.64)

0.060 (1.52)

0.070 (1.78)

0.090 (2.29)

.51

* S — Solderable area expressed as percentage of Dimension A.

For further details consult T411, T412, T421 & T422 Catalog F-2715

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division

P.O. Box 5928, Gree nville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 20 1*1111

EEM 1983

T412 (CWR01) & T422 (CWR02)

0.1

104

0.15

154

0.22

224

0.33

334

0.47

474

0.68

684

1.0

105

1.5

155

2.2

225

3.3

335

4.7

475

6.8

685

10.0

106

15.0

156

20.0

206

22.0

226

33.0

336

47.0

476

68.0

686

100.0

107

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1112 KEIylET PG - 21 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET* MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS Gj$9

The basic capacitor element is called a chip and consists of
formulated ceramic dielectric materials in layers interspersed
with metal electrode layers. The entire structure is fired to-
gether at high temperature, after which conductive terminations
are applied on opposite ends to contact protruding electrode
edges. Chips may be terminated with materials suitable for
hybrid-circuit substrate assembly. More usually, chips are
furnished with protecting encapsulation and leadwires.

KEMET multilayer ceramic capacitors are produced in a plant
designed specifically for capacitor manufacture. The process
features a high degree of mechanization as well as precise
controls over raw materials and process conditions. Manu-
facturing is supplemented by extensive Technology, Engineer-

ing, and Quality Assurance programs. Extensive application in
aerospace and military programs attests to the reliability of
KEMET capacitors. No capacitors exceed the failure rate qualifi-
cations held by KEMET capacitors under military specifications.

KEMET ceramic capacitors are offered in the three most popu-
lar temperature characteristics. These are designated by the
Electronics Industry Association (EIA) as the ultra-stable COG
(known in the vernacular as NPO), the stable X7R (military BX
or BR), and the general purpose Z5U. A wide range of sizes
and lead arrangements are available to provide capacitance
from 1 picofarad through 6.8 microfarads in 50, 100, and 200
volt ratings.

MOLDED CASES WITH RADIAL LEADS
CAPACITOR OUTLINE D RAWING S

C052

C062, C512 & C522

FIGURE A

FIGURE

DIMENSIONS
INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

| KEMET

Military Styles

Figure

Case

Size

MIL-C-11015*

MIL-C-39014*

MIL-C-20*

s

Lead Spacing

B

CKR05

CCR05/CC05

0.190 ±0.010
(4.83 ±0.25)

0.190 ±0.010
(4.83 ±0.25)

0.090 ±0.010
(2.29 ±0.25)

0.200 ±0.015
(5.08 ±0.38)

D

CKR06

ccro6/cco6

0.290 ±0.010
(7.73 ±0.25)

0.290 ±0.010
(7.73 ±0.25)

0.090 ±0.010
(2.29 ±0.25)

0.200 ±0.015
(5.08 ±0.38)

D

C512

—

—

CCR07/CC07

0.480 ±0.020
(12.19 ±0.51)

0.480 ±0.020
(12.19 ±0.51)

0.140 ±0.010
(3.56 ±0.25)

0.400 ±0.020
(10.16 ±0.51)

1

C522

—

WB3M

CCR08/CC08

0.480 ±0.020
(12.19 ±0.51)

0.480 ±0.020
(12.19 ±0.51)

0.240 ±0.010
(6.10 ±0.25)

0.400 ±0.020
(10.16 ±0.51)

* Note: Per MIL-C-11015 and C-39014, BX/BR only. — Per MIL-C-20, CG/CH only.

MOLDED CASES WITH AXIAL LEADS

Cl 14 to C222

DIMENSIONS

INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

Case

Size

L

D

C

CKR11

0.160 ±0.010 (4.06 ±0.25)

0.019 ±0.002 (0.48 ±0.05)

CK13

CKR12

0.019 ±0.002 (0.48 ±0.05)

Cl 92

CK14

CKR14

0.025 ±0.002 (0.64 ±0.05)

C202

CK15

CKR15

0.025 ±0.002 (0.64 ±0.05)

C222

CK16

CKR16

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division

P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 22 1*1113

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMEJ® MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS £§!i9

MOLDED RADIAL AND AXIAL CERAMIC MIL-C-11015, MIL-C-39014, MIL-C-20

CAPACITOR ORDERING INFORMATION PRODUCT RANGE

CERAMIC

052

K

102 K 2 X 5

*CASE SIZE 1

(See table below)

SPECIFICATION 1

Standard & Military

A — GR900 High Reliability
(Chips)

B — GR900 High Reliability
(Leaded Devices)

C — Standard

E — KEMET Military Equivalent
T — MIL-C-39014C

Slash Sheets 1, 2 & 5
K — MIL-C-11015D
G — MIL-C-20

CAPACITANCE — 1

In picofarad code: First two digits
are significant figures and third is
number of zeros following (except
9 indicates division by 10).
Examples: 0.1 /jlF = 100,000 pF =
104 and 9.1 pF = 919.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE
Standard Others

M — ±20%

K —±10%

J — ±5%

Z — +80%

- 20 %

P — GMV(Guar.

Min. Value)

X — Special

Standard tolerances for each Series
are shown in the repetitive parts lists.
See catalog F-2644Q

H — ±3%

G — ±2%

F — ±1%

B — ±0.1 pF
C — ±0.25 pF
D — ±0.5 pF

WORKING VOLTAGE

1 —100 5 — 50

2 — 200 0 — Other

TTEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC

INTERNAL CONSTRUCTION

1 — High Temperature Solder. For Z5U
Temperature Characteristic only.

5 — Ultra-High Temperature Solder.

For all other Temperature Characteristics.

LEAD MATERIAL

C — Standard 7

Available on special order at additional cost:
(Contact your sales representative.)

D — Gold Dumet

G — Gold Plated Nickel

E — Copperweld (Solder Coated)

R — Copper (Solder Coated)

FAILURE RATE

A — Not Applicable (Standard)

L — Obsolete (inactive for new design)

M — 1.0% R— 0.01%

P — 0.1% S— 0.001%

C

A

*CASE SIZE

Radial

Axial

C052

Cl 14

C062

Cl 24

C512

Cl 92

C522

C202

C222

MOLDED RADIAL SERIES

KEMET
Case Size

Style

Voltages

Capacitance

Range

CK05

200V

10-1000 pF

C052

CKR05

100 V
50V

1200-10,000 pF
12,000-100,000 pF

CK06

200V

1200-10,000 pF

C062

CKR06

100 V
50V

12.000- 100,000 pF

120.000- 1,000,000 pF

CC05

200V

1-330 pF

C052

CCR05

100 V
50V

360-1800 pF

2000-3300 pF

CC06

200V

360-1800 pF

C062

CCR06

100V

50V

2000-4700 pF

5100-18,000 pF

CC07

200V

2200-4700 pF

C512

CCR07

100V

50V

5600-12,000 pF
15,000-100,000 pF

CC08

200V

3900-4700 pF

C522

CCR08

100V

50V

15.000- 18,000 pF

56.000- 68,000 pF

MOLDED AXIAL SERIES

KEMET
Case Size

Style

Voltages

Capacitance

Range

Cl 14

CK12

100V

10-4700 pF

CKR11

50V

5600-10,000 pF

Cl 24

CK13

100V

5600-10,000 pF

CKR12

50V

12,000-47,000 pF

Cl 92

CK14

100V

12,000-100,000 pF

CKR14

50V

56,000-270,000 pF

C202

CK15

100V

56,000-330,000 pF

CKR15

50V

470,000-1,000,000 pF

C222

CK16

100V

470,000-1,000.000 pF

CKR16

50V

2,200,000-3,300,000 pF

CC75

200V

0.10-75 pF

C114

CCR75

100V

50V

82-240 pF

270-680 pF

CC76

200V

82-130 pF

Cl 24

CCR76

100V

270-680 pF

CCR77

50V

750-1000 pF

CC77

200V

150-680 pF

Cl 92

CCR77

100V

50V

750-2200 pF

2400-5600 pF

CC78

200V

820-3300 pF

C202

CCR78

100V

50V

3900-12,000 pF
15,000-27,000 pF

CC79

200V

3900-8200 pF

C222

CCR79

100V

50V

10.000- 39,000 pF

47.000- 82,000 pF

fTEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC

KEMET

Designator

Military

Equivalent

EIA

Equivalent

Capacitance Change With Temp.

Temp.

Range

°C

Measured
Without
DC Bias
Voltage

Measured
With Bias
(Rated
Voltage)

G

(Ultra Stable)

NPO.CG,

BP

COG

-55 to
+ 125

±30

ppm/°C

±30

ppm/°C

X

(Stable)

BX

X7R

-55 to
+ 125

±15%

+ 15%
-25%

R

(Stable)

BR

X7R

-55 to
+ 125

±15%

+ 15%
-40%

U

(General Purpose)

—

Z5U

+ 10 to
+ 85

+ 22%
-56%

N/A

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1114 KEMET PG. 23

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

I (R)

KEMET MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS

MIGHTY MAX C630 SERIES MOLDED
MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS

Dimensional stability, electrical integrity, printed circuit board
compatibility, and economical price — these are the charac-
teristics of KEMET’s C630 Series Mighty Max molded multilayer
ceramic capacitors.

The Mighty Max features ease of insertion into printed circuit
boards which utilize automatic insertion machines, common to
the electronic packaging industry. C630’s exhibit the same
cross sectional dimensions and pin-to-pin registrations found
in a typical 14 pin (or more) D.I.P. integrated circuit (0.300" x
0.100"). This compact design makes the Mighty Max physically
compatible with standard configurations, where component
height is critical. Coming to you in a single case size, the
KEMET C630 Mighty Max is available in a capacitance range
from 10 pF to 220,000 pF, in 50 to 100 volt ratings. Their reliable
performance is assured through automated manufacture and
precision process control techniques that provide uniform
dielectric thickness, excellent electrode integrity, and elec-
trode-to-termination continuity. Internal construction consists
of the same superior multilayer body used in KEMET’s other
molded and dipped ceramic capacitor products. Encapsulation
consists of a moisture and shock resistant plastic molding that
exceeds flame test requirements of Underwriters Laboratory
Standard 94V-0.

C630

ORDERING INFORMATION

C 630 C 104 K 5 X 5 C A

CERAMIC -

SIZE CODE 1

SPECIFICATION

C — Standard

CAPACITANCE CODE

Expressed in picofarads (pF)

First two digits — significant figures.
Third digit — number of zeros.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

J — ±5% Z — +80%, -20%
K— ±10% P — GMV
M — ±20%

WORKING VOLTAGE

1 — 100 5 — 50

DIELECTRIC

G — COG
X — X7R
U — Z5U

SOLDER

5 — Ultra-High temperature

LEAD MATERIAL

C — Standard

FAILURE RATE

A — Not Applicable

Dielectric

Voltage

Capacitance Range

COG

100V

10 pF — 560 pF

50V

10 pF — 3900 pF

X7R

100V

150 pF — 0.027 n F

50V

150 pF — 0.1 n F

Z5U

100V

0.01 m F — 0.047 mF

50V

0.01 fi F — 0.22 fx F

Dielectric

Capacitance Tolerance

COG

J — ±5%

K— ±10%

X7R

K —±10%

M — ±20%

M — ±20%

Z5U

Z — +80% -20%

P — GMV

For further details on C630 Mighty Max Capacitors consult catalog F-2886

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division

P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 24 1*1115

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS 809

GR900 SERIES

CERAMIC HIGH RELIABILITY
CAPACITORS

GR900 capacitors are intended for use in any application where
the chance of failure must be reduced to the lowest possible
level. While any well-made multilayer ceramic capacitor is an
inherently reliable device, GR900 capacitors receive special
attention in all phases of manufacture including raw materials
selection, special designs, Class 100 Clean Room production,
individual batch testing (not group sample per mil spec), ultra-
sonic scanning, and destructive physical analysis. These ca-
pacitors are built to the highest known standards in the industry
today and exceed new EIA specification RS 469 for Destructive
Physical Analyses. These parts are well worth the added invest-
ment in comparison to the cost of a device or system failure.

Typical applications include:

1. Medical: heart pacemakers, pain control devices, life signs

monitoring, eye sight improvement and electroencephalo-
graphic equipment.

2. Aerospace: space exploration (Viking, Apollo, Venus Lander,
etc.); Communications Satellites; SpaceShuttle/IUS; Sky Lab.

3. Military: F-15 Radar, Trident Submarine, Patriot, Hawk Missile
and Captor Programs.

4. Consumer: transportation failsafe (elevators and rail), air-
line navigation systems, smoke alarms and undersea cable
amplifiers.

A data package is sent with each shipment which contains a
destructive physical analysis (DPA) photograph representing
each batch used in manufacture of the parts. Also, a certificate
of compliance is included, stating that the parts meet all appli-
cable requirements of the appropriate military specification to
the best failure level to which KEMET is approved.

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

RADIAL LEAD

Case

Size

Military

Equivalent Styles

H

Height

L

Length

w

Width

s

Lead Spacing

C052

CC05, CCR05
CK05, CKR05

0.190 ±0.010
(4.83 ±0.25)

0.190 ±0.010
(4.83 ±0.25)

0.090 ±0.010
(2.29 ±0.25)

0.200 ±0.015
(5.08 ±0.38)

C062

CC06, CCR06
CK06, CKR06

0.290 ±0.010
(7.37 ±0.25)

0.290 ±0.010
(7.37 ±0.25)

0.090 ±0.010
(2.29 ±0.25)

0.200 ±0.015
(5.08 ±0.38)

C512

CC07, CCR07

0.480 ±0.020
(12.19 ±0.51)

0.480 ±0.020
(12.19 ±0.51)

0.140 ±0.010
(3.56 ±0.25)

0.400 ±0.020
(10.16 ±0.51)

C522

CC08, CCR08

0.480 ±0.020
(12.19 ±0.51)

0.480 ±0.020
(12.19 ±0.51)

0.240 ±0.010
(6.10 ±0.25)

AXIAL LEAD

Case

Size

L

D

c

Cl 14

0.160 ±0.010 (4.06 ±0.25)

0.090 ±0.010 (2.29 ±0.25)

0.020, +0.000, -0.003 (0.51, +0.00, -0.08)

CK12

CKR11

Cl 24

0.250 ±0.01 0(6.35 ±0.25)

0.090 ±0.01 0(2.29 ±0.25)

0.020, +0.000, -0.003 (0.51, +0.00, -0.08)

CK1 3

CKR12

C192

0.390 ±0.01 0(9.91 ±0.25)

0.140 ±0.010 (3.56 ±0.25)

0.025, +0.004, -0.002 (0.64, +0.10, -0.05)

CK14

CKR14

C202

0.500 ±0.020 (12.70 ±0.51)

0.250 ±0.015 (6.35 ±0.38)

0.025, +0.004, -0.002 (0.64, +0.10, -0.05)

CK15

CKR15

C222

0.690 ±0.030 (17.35 ±0.76)

0.350 ±0.020 (8.89 ±0.51)

0.025, +0.004, -0.002 (0.64, +0.10, -0.05)

CK16

CKR16

For further information consult GR900 Specification Bulletins F-2872 & F-2873

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1116 KEMET PG. 25

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET " MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS

GR900 SERIES

CERAMIC HIGH RELIABILITY CAPACITORS

RADIAL & AXIAL CAPACITANCE RANGES

KEMET NPO CAPACITORS (TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC G)

KEMET BX CAPACITORS (TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC X) |

CAPACITANCE

KEMET

CAPACITANCE

KEMET

VOLTAGE

RANGE-pF

PART NUMBER

VOLTAGE

RANGE-pF

PART NUMBER

MOLDED RADIAL 1

200

1-2,200

C052B(l)2G5CA

200

10-10,000

C052B(1)2X5CA

C052

100

360-3,900

C052B(1)1G5CA

100

1,200-47,000

C052B(1)1X5CA

50

2,200-3,900

C052B(1)5G5CA

50

12,000-150,000

C052B(1)5X5CA

200

390-10,000

C062B(1)2G5CA

200

1,200-47,000

C062B(1)2X5CA

C062

100

2,200-18,000

C062B(1)1 G5CA

100

12,000-180,000

C062B(1)1X5CA

50

5,100-18,000

C062B(1)5G5CA

50

120,000-1,000,000*

C062B(l)5X5CA

200

2,200-47,000

C512BID2G5CA

200

2,000-270,000

C512B(1)2X5CA

C512

100

5,600-100,000

C512BID1G5CA

100

2,000-1,000,000

C512B(D1X5CA

50

15,000-100,000

C512BU15G5CA

50

2,000-2,200,000

C512B(1)5X5CA

200

3,900-100,000

C522B(1)2G5CA

200

2,000-330,000

C522B(1)2X5CA

C522

100

15,000-180,000

C522B(l)1 G5CA

100

2,000-2,200,000

C522B(1)1X5CA

50

56,000-180,000

C522B(1)5G5CA

50

2,000-3,300,000

C522B(1)5X5CA

1 MOLDED AXIAL |

200

1-330

C114B(D2G5CA

200

10-1,000

Cl 14B(1)2X5CA

Cl 14

100

82-680

Cl 14B(l)1 G5CA

100

1,200-4,700

Cl 14B(1)1X5CA

50

270-1,000

C114B(l)5G5CA

50

4,700-18,000

C114B<1)5X5CA

200

82-560

C124B(l)2G5CA

200

1 ,200-2,200

C124B(1)2X5CA

Cl 24

100

270-1,000

C124B(l)1 G5CA

100

2,700-10,000

C124B(1)1X5CA

50

820-1,800 -

C124B(1)5G5CA

50

10,000-47,000

C124B(1)5X5CA

200

150-4,700

C192B(1)2G5CA

200

2,700-18,000

C192B(1)2X5CA

Cl 92

100

470-6,800

C192B(1)1G5CA

100

22,000-47,000

C192BUI1X5CA

50

2,700-8,200

C192B(1)5G5CA

50

47,000-100,000

C192B(l)5X5CA

200

820-22,000

C202B(l)2G5CA

200

22,000-68,000

C202B(l)2X5CA

C202

100

3,900-22,000

C202B(1) 1 G5CA

100

56,000-220,000

C202B(1)1X5CA

50

15,000-22,000

C202B1D5G5CA

50

180,000-820,000

C202BU15X5CA

200

3,900-33,000

C222B(1)2G5CA

200

68,000-330,000

C222B(1)2X5CA

C222

100

15,000-82,000

C222B(l)1G5CA

100

330,000-1,000,000

C222B(1)1X5CA

50

47,000-82,000

C222B(1)5G5CA

50

1,000,000-3,300,000

C222B(1)5X5CA

(1) Complete KEMET Part Number by inserting capacitance and capacitance tolerance, as applicable as shown in ordering information on this page.
* 680,000 and 820,00*0 pF’values not yet available to full GR900 requirements. NPO CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE: ±1 %, ±2%, ±5%, ±10%, ±20%

(±0.5 pF is the tightest tolerance available, 1 thru 10 pF) TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC “G”

BX CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE: ±5%, ±10%, ±20% TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC "X”

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS GR900/R & GR900/A ORDERING INFORMATION

C 124 B 223 K 1

MULTILAYER CERAMIC 1

CAPACITORS

PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS

(See page 26)

HI REL SPECIFICATIONS APPLY:

B — Leaded devices

CAPACITANCE PICOFARAD CODE

First two digits are significant figures of capacitance value
and third digit is the number of zeros to follow in stating
capacitance in picofarads. For example, “223” is 22,000 pF.
The third- digit number “9” indicates a divisor of 10;
for example, “229” is 2.2 pF.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

M — ±20% J — ±5% F — ±1 %

K — ±10% G — ±2% D — ±0.5 pF

RATED VOLTAGE —

1 —100 2 — 200 5 — 50

X 5 C A

1 FAILURE RATE

A — Standard — Meets or exceeds MIL-C-20,
level R or MIL-C- 39014, level S

LEAD MATERIAL

C — Standard — Radial: Tinned Copper

Axial: Tinned Copperweld

INTERNAL CONSTRUCTION

5 — Ultra-High Temperature Solder

TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTICS

(See table below)

TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTICS CAPACITANCE CHANGE
WITH TEMPERATURE -55°C to + 125°C

Part

Number

Letter

Without

D.C. Bias

With Rated D.C.
Voltage Applied

Other Nomenclature

EIA

Military

Common

G

±30 ppm/°C

±30 ppm/°C

COG

CG, BP

NPO

X

±15%

+ 15%, -25%

X7R

BX

—

For further information consult GR900 Specification Bulletins F-2872 & F2873

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 26 1*1117

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMEI® MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS GS£B

GR900 SERIES

HYBRID CERAMIC CHIP CAPACITORS

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWING

DIMENSIONS — MILLIMETERS & (INCHES)

Size

Code

L

Length

w

Width

T

Thickness

Max.

0805

2.0 ±0.2
(0.78 ±.008)

1.25 ±0.2
(.049 ±.008)

1.4

(.055)

1005

2.5 ±0.2
(.098 ±.008)

1.25 ±0.2
(.049 ±.008)

1.5

(.059)

1210

3.2 ±0.2
(.126 ±.008)

2.5 ±0.2
(.098 ±.008)

1.5

(.059)

1805

4.5 ±0.3
(.177 ±.012)

1.25 ±0.3
(.049 ±.012)

1.5

(.059)

1808

4.5 ±0.3
(.177 ±.012)

2.0 ±0.3
(.078 ±.012)

2.0

(.079)

1812

4.5 ±0.3
(.177 ±.012)

3.2 ±0.3
(.126 ±.012)

2.0

(.079)

1825

4.5 ±0.3
(.177 ±.012)

6.4 ±0.3
(.252 ±.012)

2.0

(.079)

2225

5.6 ±0.4
(.220 ±.016)

.64 ±0.4
(.252 ±.016)

2.0

(.079)

GR900 CERAMIC CHIP
ORDERING INFORMATION

C 0805 A 103 K 5 X A H

CERAMIC -T

SIZE CODE 1

See table below

SPECIFICATION

A — KEMET GR900 (CHIPS)

CAPACITANCE CODE

Expressed in Picofarads (pF)

First two digits — significant figures.
Third digit — number of zeros.

(Use 9 for 1 .0 thru 9.9 pF.

Example: 2.2 pF — 229).

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

K —±10%

M — ±20%

P — (GMV)

C — ±0.25 pF
D — ±0.5 pF

F — ±1%

G — ±2%

J — ±5%

Z — +80%, -20%
X — Other

VOLTAGE

1 — 100 2 — 200 5 — 50 0 — Other

TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC — -

Designated by Capacitance Change over
Temperature Range
G — NPO (±30 ppm/°C)

X — BX (±15%; +15%, -25% with bias)

FAILURE RATE LEVEL (%/1,000 HOURS)

A — Standard — Meets or exceeds MIL-C-55681 , level R

END METALLIZATION

H — SolderGuard I (Standard-Tinned)

T — Silver
G — Gold Plated

V — Palladium Silver (Standard-Untinned)

Z — Other

Voltage

Capacitance pF

Voltage

Capacitance pF

Capacitance pF

Temperature
Characteristic G
COG

Temperature
Characteristic X
X7R

Temperature
Characteristic G
COG

Temperature
Characteristic X
X7R

Temperature
Characteristic X
X7R

0805 SIZE

1805 SIZE

1825 SIZE

W&m

180-560

220-1000

1200-2700

200V

2700-8200

6800-33,000

180-3300

■Ml

220-1500

1200-12,000

100V

2700-12,000

6800-150,000

mEin

sms

180-15,000

m

220-2200

1200-47,000

2700-18,000

6800-470,000

1005 SIZE

1808 SIZE

2225 SIZE

200V

1-330

330-1200

200V

330-2200

2200-8200

200V

18,000-47,000

100V

1-680

330-5600

100V

330-5600

2200-33,000

100V

18,000-180,000

50V

1-1000

330-22,000

50V

330-4700

2200-100,000

50V

18,000-1,000,000*

1210 SIZE

1812 SIZE

200V

1-1500

470-4700

330-3900

100V

1-2200

470-18,000

330-6800

50V

1-3300

470-100,000

m

330-10,000

* 680,000 and 820,000 pF values not yet available to full GR900 requirements.

For further information consult GR900 Specification Bulletins F-2872 & F-2873

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1118 KEMET PG. 27

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET * MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS 63EB

GOLDEN MAX

DIPPED CERAMIC CAPACITORS

DIPPED CASES WITH RADIAL LEADS

The KEMET “Golden Max” product line provides maximum
range conformally-coated capacitors in three dielectrics —
COG Ultra-Stable; X7R Stable and Z5U General Purpose. The
six case sizes include over 300 CV values in a capacitance
range of 1 .0 pF to 3.3 1 ± F in 50, 1 00, and 200 volts. Their reliable
performance is built-in through automated manufacture and
precision process control techniques that assure uniform di-
electric thickness, excellent electrode-integrity, and electrode-
to-termination continuity. Internal construction consists of the
same superior multilayer body used in KEMET’s molded capaci-
tors. Encapsulation consists of a multi-layer moisture and
shock resistant coating that meets the flame test requirements
of Underwriter’s Laboratory Standard 94V-0.

This new plastic resin is gold color with easy-to-read laser
markings.

Additional CV values, sizes and lead configurations are avail-
able on special order.

CAPACITOR OUTLINE DRAWINGS

GOLDEN MAX
ORDERING INFORMATION

CERAMIC

C 320

C

102 M 1 G 5 C A

CASE SIZE 1

(See Table Below)

SPECIFICATION

C — Standard

CAPACITANCE CODE

Expressed in Picofarads (pF)

First two digits - significant figures
Third digit- number of zeros (use9for
1 .0 thru 9.9 pF. Example: 2.2 pF - 229)

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

D — ±0.5 pF K— ±10%

F— ±1% M — ±20%

G — ±2% P — 0, +100% (GMV)
J — ±5% Z 20%, +80%

VOLTAGE 1

2 — 200
1 —100
5 — 50

DIELECTRIC

EIA Designation

G — COG (NPO) — Ultra-stable
R—X7R — Stable
U — Z5U — General Purpose

INTERNAL CONSTRUCTION

1 . High Temperature Solder — Standard for Z5U
5. Ultra-High Temperature Solder —

Standard for X7R and COG

LEAD MATERIAL

C — Standard

FAILURE RATE

A — Not Applicable

MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS — INCHES & (MILLIMETERS)

Case

Size

L

Max.

H

Max.

T

Max.

D

+ .004 -.001

H

Max.

T

Max.

s**

±.030

D

+ .004 -.001

C312

0.120 (3.05)

0.160 (4.06)

0.100 (2.54)

0.100 (2.54)

0.016(0.41)

C323*

0.200 (5.08)

'0.320 (8.13)

0.125 (3.18)

0.200 (5.08)

0.020 (0.51)

C315

0.150 (3.81)

0.210(5.33)

0.100 (2.54)

0.100 (2.54)

0.016(0.41)

C330*

0.300 (7.62)

0.360 (9.14)

0.150 (3.81)

0.200 (5.08)

0.020 (0.51)

C320*

0.200 (5.08)

0.260 (6.60)

0.125 (3.18)

0.100 (2.54)

0.020 (0.51)

C331*

0.300 (7.62)

0.360 (9.14)

0.150 (3.81)

0.250 (6.35)

0.020 (0.51)

C321 *

0.200 (5.08)

0.260 (6.60)

0.125 (3.18)

0.250 (6.35)

0.020 (0.51)

C333*

0.300 (7.62)

0.390 (9.91)

0.150 (3.81)

0.200 (5.08)

0.020 (0.51)

C322*

0.200 (5.08)

0.260 (6.60)

0.125 (3.18)

0.200 (5.08)

0.020 (0.51)

C340

0.400 (10.16)

0.460 (11.68)

0.150 (3.81)

0.200 (5.08)

0.020 (0.51)

Note* 1 inch = 25.4mm.

C350

0.500 (12.70)

0.560 (14.22)

0.200 (5.08)

0.400 (10.16)

0.025 (.064)

Note: * Case Sizes C320/C321/C322/C323, and C330/C331/C333 are identical electrically but differ in lead spacing.
** Measured at seating plane.

For further details on Golden Max Ceramic Capacitors consult Catalog F-2795

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division

P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

KEMET PC. 28 1*1119

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS l£§ji9

GOLDEN MAX

DIPPED CERAMIC CAPACITORS

DIPPED CASES WITH RADIAL LEADS

PRODUCT RANGE

Case

Size

Capacitance Range |

Voltage

COG Dielectric

X7R Dielectric

Z5U Dielectric

200V

1 .0 pF-100 pF

180 pF-680 pF

100V

120 pF-220 pF

820 pF-2700 pF

1500 pF-2700 pF

50V

3300 pF-0.01 fxF

4700 pF-0.01 fiF

200V

10 pF-220 pF

270pF-1500 pF

100V

270 pF-560 pF

1000 pF-5600 pF

1500 pF-5600 pF

50V

5600 pF-0.01 5 fiF

6800 pF-0.022 fiF

200V

1.0 pF-2200 pF

1000 pF-0.01 2 fiF

100V

680 pF-5600 pF

4700 pF-0.068 /xF

6800 pF-0.068 n F

50V

0.012 /tF-0. 12 /iF

0.027 AfcF-0.22 /iF

200V

2700 pF-0.01 fi F

0.015 /xF-0.068 fxF

0.082 AtF-0.33 /xF

100V

6800 pF-0.022 fi F

0.082 /xF-0.27 fxF

50V

0.15 aiF-1 .0 fiF

0.27 /xF-I.O/zF

200V

0.012 /^F-0.033 alF

0.082 /aF-0.18 fiF

100V

0.027 AtF-0.047

0.33 /zF-0.68 /xF

0.39 AtF-1 .0 /iF

50V

1 .2 fiF-2.2 jjlF

1 .2 fiF-2.2 /xF

200V

0.039 uF-0.056 uF

0.22 /xF-0.33 fx F

100V

0.82 /ttF-1 .5 fxF

1.2 a'F-1 .5 acF

50V

2.7 /ttF-0.33 fiF

AVAILABLE CAPACITANCE TOLERANCES

Dielectric

Capacitance Ratings

Available Capacitance Tolerances

1.0 pF-9.1 pF

O — ±0.5 pF

COG

10 pF-24 pF

J —±5%, K — ±10%

27 pF-51 pF

G — ±2% , J — ±5%,K— ±10%

56 pF-up

F — ±1%,G — ±2%, J — ±5%, K — ±10%

X7R

All

K — ±10%, M — ±20%

Z5U

All

M — ±20%, Z 20% +80%, P 0%, +100%

For further details on Golden Max Ceramic Capacitors, consult Catalog F-2795

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1120 KEMET PG. 29

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET * MULTILAYER CERAMIC CAPACITORS

CHIP CAPACITORS
FOR HYBRID CIRCUITS

Standard Solderguard (I & It) chips feature a unique barrier
layer of copper or nickel in the end metallization that prevents
silver leaching or scavenging and subsequent open circuits
during assembly. The “Solderguard” chips will withstand
solder reflow temperatures with little or no degradation of elec-
trical continuity or performance. Silver palladium end termina-
tion is also available as standard. Other terminations available
on special order include silver, gold and gold-palladium.
KEMET chips are available in COG, X7R and Z5U temperature
characteristics in 50, 100 and 200 volt ratings.

DIMENSIONS —
MILLIMETERS & (INCHES)

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

“SOLDERGUARD I & II”

FOR SOLDER
REFLOW ASSEMBLY

Solder (Solderguard!)
Tinned (Solderguard II)

Copper (Solderguard D
Nickel (Solderguard ID

Silver

Metallization
Electrodes

Size

L

w

T

Code

Length

Width

Thickness Max.

0805

2.0 ±0.2 (.078 ±.008)

1.25 ±0.2 (.049 ±.008)

1.4 (.055)

1005

2.5 ±0.2 (.098 ±.008)

1.25 ±0.2 (.049 ±.008)

1.5 (.059)

1206

3.2 ±0.2 (.126 ±.008)

1.6 ±0.2 (.063 ±.008)

1.5 (.059)

1210

3.2 ±0.2 (.126 ±.008)

2.5 ±0.2 (.098 ±.008)

1.5 (.059)

1805

4.5 ±0.3 (.177 ±.012)

1.5 (.059)

1808

4.5 ±0.3 (.177 ±.012)

2.0 ±0.3 (.078 ±.012)

2.0 (.079)

1812

4.5 ±0.3 (.177 ±.012)

3.2 ±0.3 (.126 ±.012)

2.0 (.079)

1825

4.5 ±0.3 (.177 ±.012)

6.4 ±0.3 (.252 ±.012)

2.0 (.079)

2225

5.6 ±0.4 (.220 ±.016)

6.4 ±0.4 (.252 ±.016)

2.0 (.079)

RATINGS & PART NUMBER REFERENCE

MIL-C-55681

Capacitance (pF)

Capacitance (pF)

COG

X7R

zsu

BP(NPO)

BX

■ ■

200V

100 or 50 V

100V

50V

100 V

50V

100V

100 V

ph

Min.*

Min.-

Min.-

Min *

Min.-

Min.-

Min.*

Min.-

Min.-

Min.-

Min.-

Cap.

Max.

Max.

Cap.

Max.

Max.

Cap.

Max.

Max.

Max.

Max.

0805

1

1-

180-

300

330-

4700-

CDR01I

150

330

3900

12,000

■

him

6800-

6800

6800-

12,000-

N/A

eh

18,000

10,000

47,000

Km

12,000-

12,000

12,000-

27,000-

470

1000

10,000

47,000

22,000

100,000

1210

560

560-

2200-

12,000

12,000-

33,000-

27,000

27,000-

68,000-

N/A

—

1800

3300

27,000

100,000

220,000

1805

470

470-

1200-

2700

2700-

15,000-

15,000

15,000-

33,000-

220-

3900-

12,000-

CDR02

1000

2200

12,000

47,000

27,000

100,000

270

22,000

1808

470

470-

2700-

4700

4700-

39,000-

39,000-

68,000-

330-

12,000-

39,000-

CDR03

2200

4700

33,000

100,000

56,000

220,000

1000

33,000

68,000

1812

470

470-

4700-

10,000

10,000-

82,000-

82,000

82,000-

180,000-

1200-

39,000-

82,000-

CDR04

3900

10,000

68,000

220,000

150,000

560,000

3300

180,000

1825

4700

4700-

10,000-

82,000

82,000-

180,000-

180,000

180,000-

390,000-

3900-

68,000-

220,000-

CDR05

8200

22,000

150,000

470,000

330,000

1,200,000

5600

150,000

330,000

2225

3300

3300-

12, GOO-

100,000

100,000-

330,000-

330,000

330,000-

560,000-

6800-

N/A

390,000-

CDR06

10,000

27, 000

270,000

1,000,000

1,500,000

10,000

470,000

* Add 0.3mm to L, W & T dimensions for Solderguard I and Palladium-Silver chips.

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 30 1*11 21

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET* FILM CAPACITORS

FLAT KAP
FILM CAPACITORS

Flat Kaps are small ultra stable film capacitors ideally suited for
filters, A/D converters, integrators, multivibrator timing capac-
itors, and other applications where capacitance stability is
essential. This stability is obtained by locking the capacitor
body in place with a solid impregnant. Outstanding electrical
characteristics and volumetric efficiencies, up to 20 times
greater than mica, glass, and porcelain are derived from the
unique vacuum deposited dielectric, parylene.

Available in three different temperature coefficient of capac-
itance characteristics: -200 ±30, 0 ±50, and 0 ±100 ppm/°C
over the operating range -55°C to +125°C. Capacitors are
tested in accordance with MIL-C-55514 and are stocked in all
standard values down to ±1% tolerance. Tighter tolerances
and non-standard values are available from 0.001 jxF to 1 fiF
on special order. For additional information refer to KEMET
Film Capacitor Catalog.

F1 10, FI 20 & F130 Hermetically Sealed Radial Lead Flat Kaps
also available.

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWINGS

FLAT KAP

ORDERING INFORMATION

F 331 A 1201 G 050 A

‘SERIES !

(Listed Below)

CASE SIZE

PICOFARAD CODE

First three digits represent significant
figures. Fourth digit specifies
number of zeros to follow.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

K — ±10%

J — ±5%

G — ±2%

F — ±1%

D — ±0.5%

VOLTAGE

FAILURE RATE LEVEL —

In Percent/1000 hr.

A — Non-Applicable
M — 1.0% P — 0.1%

R— 0.01% S — 0.001%

‘SERIES

300 Plastic Encapsulation, Flat Kaps

310 (CFR04R Per MIL-C-55514/3) A Temp. Coef.,

(-200 ±30 ppm) Molded, Radial Leads

311 (CFR04A Per MIL-C-5514/3) A Temp. Coef.,

(-200 ±30 ppm) Molded, Axial Leads

320 fB Temp. Coef., (0 ±100 ppm) Molded, Radial Leads

321 |B Temp. Coef., (0 ±100 ppm) Molded, Axial Leads

330 fC Temp. Coef., (0 ±50 ppm) Molded, Radial Leads

331 tC Temp. Coef., (0 ±50 ppm) Molded, Axial Leads

t A Temperature coefficient available through all ratings. B &
C temperature coefficient available all ratings to 0.1 ^ F and to
0.22 /xF on special order.

Flat Kap film capacitors are also available in hermetically
sealed cases.

F320, F321, F330 & F331 capacitors are available from 0.001 ixF
through 0.22 (xF only.

DIMENSIONS

INCHES & <

MILLIMETERS)

Case

H

L

T

s

D

Size

±0.030 (±0.76)

±0.015 (±0.38)

±0.015 (±0.38)

±0.005 (±0.13)

±0.001 (±0.03)

0.280 (7.11)

0.500 (12.70)

MMMIIIIHM

0.020 (0.51)

0.375 (9.53)

0.500(12.70)

— HIIIH II ■

0.375 (9.53)

0.600 (15.24)

0.500(12.70)

0.375 (9.53)

0.600(15.24) .

HKSffiDQQSBHI

■

0.375 (9.53)

0.750 (19.05)

S

1.000 (25.40)

0.032 (0.81)

■

0.375 (9.53)

1.500 (38.10)

M EfEE

0.032 (0.81)

1.500 (38.10)

0.032 (0.81)

■

I 0.375 (9.53)

0.600 (15.24)

0.225 (5.72)

— minimi—

0.025 (0.64)

For further details consult Flat Kap Film Capacitors Catalog F-2274

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

1*1122 KEMET PG. 31

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

KEMET

FILM CAPACITORS

METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE
FILM CAPACITORS

(MIL-C-83421/1A, MIL-C-39022/9 AND MIL-C-39022/10)

KEMET Metallized Polycarbonate Film Capacitors are designed
for circuits requiring stable performance characteristics over
a wide temperature range, small size, and operational relia-
bility. They meet the same excellent quality standards associ-
ated with all other Union Carbide products. Electrical features
include high insulation resistance, low dielectric absorption,
low dissipation factor, and full voltage rating to 100°C. In
addition, they are AC rated and have the self-healing proper-
ties that are inherent in a metallized dielectric. Typical appli-
cations include filtering, by-pass, timing, SCR commutating,
and 400 cycle AC power circuits. Construction consists of high-
purity metallized polycarbonate film with sprayed metal end
terminations, hermetically sealed in ultra-small solder-coated
tubular metal cases. The capacitance range is 0.001 to 22 ^F
with a DC voltage rating range of 30 to 600 volts. The 400 Hz AC
voltage ratings range is 22 to 240 VRMS. The appropriate series
are capable of meeting MIL-C-83421 CRH and MIL-C-39022
CHR requirements (see table below). For additional informa-
tion refer to the KEMET Film Catalog Form F-2871.

F24

PART NUMBER IDENTIFICATION

F 241 A 1002 G 100 A

FILM CAPACITOR

SERIES 1

KEMET Metallized Polycarbonate

* KEMET REFERENCE NUMBER

(See Table Below)

PICOFARAD CODE

First three digits represent significant figures.
Fourth digit specifies number of zeros to follow.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

K — ±10% G — ±2% D — ±0.5%

J— ±5% F— ±1% C — ±0.25%

Note: C — 0.25% and D — 0.5% tolerances
are available upon request.

VOLTAGE

Direct Reading

FAILURE RATE

A —Not Applicable R — 0.01%/1,000 hr.

M — 1 .0% /1 ,000 hr. S — 0.001 % /1 ,000 hr.

P —0.1% /1, 000 hr.

CAPACITOR
OUTLINE DRAWING

' ;

e 5 — j

m Mn ' i

t

* Max. is nominal length
(L) plus .200 (5.08)

-INSULATING SLEEVE

Shall extend beyond
the capacitor body.
Thickness shall not
exceed .005 (.13)

-END SEAL

LEAD DIA. FOR F241 THRU F247
CAPACITORS

Case diameters .312 (7.92) and less-.
.025 (.64), 22 AWG

Case diameters .400 (10.16) and .500
(12.70): .032 (.81) 20 AWG
Case diameters .562 (14.27) and over:
.040 (1.02), 18 AWG

LEAD DIA. FOR F248 CAPACITORS

Case diameters of .175 (4.45) and
.195 (4.95): .020 (.51) 24 AWG
Case diameters of .235 (5.97) and
.312 (7.92): .025 (.64) 22 AWG
Case diameters of .400 (10.16) and
over: .032 (.81) 20 AWG

Millimeters are in parenthesis — 1 inch = 25.4mm

TYPICAL HERMETICALLY SEALED
METALLIZED CAPACITOR

‘KEMET REFERENCE NUMBERS

KEMET

Series

n

100 VDC

200 VDC

400 VDC

F241

MIL-C-83421 /I

i

CRH01

CRH02

CRH03

CRH04

CRH05

F242

MIL-C-83421 /I

2

CRH06

CRH07

CRH08

CRH09

CRH00

F245

MIL-C-39022/9

1

CHR01A

CHR01D

CHR01G

CHR01K

CHR01N

F246

MIL-C-39022/9

2

CHR01B

CHR01 E

CHR01H

CHR01L

CHR01P

rasa

MIL-C-39022/9

CHR01C

CHRQ1F

CHR01J

CHR01M

CHR01R

KEMET

Series

400 VDC

600 VDC

F248

MIL-C-39022/10

CHR10

CHR10

CHR10

* Quality Level

For further details consult Metallized Polycarbonate Film Capacitors Catalog F-2867

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division
P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, SC 29606 / (803) 963-6300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory kemet pg. 32 1*1 123

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

UNION CARBIDE CORPORATION
ELECTRONIC DIVISION — U.S. HEADQUARTERS

HEMET® CAPACITOR OEM SALES REPRESENTATIVES

1. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

400 Unicorn Park Drive
Woburn, MA 01801
Phone: (617) 938-5400

2. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

300 Tulip Street
Liverpool, NY 13088
Phone: (315) 451-0720

3. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

150 White Plains Road, Room 207
Tarrytown, NY 10591
Phone: (914) 332-4000
TWX: 710-567-1222

4. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

347 North Pottstown Pike
Exton, PA 19341
Phone: (215) 363-8310

5. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

Grosvenor Century Plaza, Suite 126
10630 Little Patuxent Parkway
Columbia, MD 21044
Phone: (301) 992-5600

6. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

3101 Poplarwood Court, Suite 120
Box 95100
Raleigh, NC 27625
Phone: (919) 872-2877

7. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

Piedmont Center, Suite 406
33 Villa Road
Greenville, SC 29615
Phone: (803) 242-5789
TWX: 810-281-2235

8. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

500 Wynn Drive, Suite 301 E
Huntsville, AL 35803
Phone: (205) 830-1090

9. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

4950 West Kennedy Blvd., Suite 400
Tampa, FL 33609
Phone: (813) 872-1861
TWX: 810-876-1568

10. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

1620 South Federal Highway, Suite 801 A
Pompano Beach, FL 33062
Phone: (305) 785-1990

11. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

250 East Wilson Bridge Road, Suite 165
Worthington, OH 43085
Phone: (614) 436-1510

12. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

Fidelity Bank Plaza, Suite 260
11550 North Meridian St.

Carmel, IN 46032
Phone: (317) 844-7756
TWX: 810-260-2639

13. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

39201 Seven Mile Road, Suite 300
Livonia, Ml 48152
Phone: (313) 591-0555 .

14. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

Woodfield Office Plaza
1111 Plaza Drive, Suite 414
Schaumburg, IL 60195
Phone: (312) 843-1030
TWX: 910-291-2493

15. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

6600 France Avenue, Suite 420
Edina, MN 55435
Phone: (612) 929-4642

16. SELTEC SALES CORPORATION
1930 St. Andrews Drive, N.E.

P.O. Box 2172

Cedar Rapids, IA 52406
Phone: (319) 393-1114
TWX: 910-525-1329

17. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

Exchange Bank Tower, Suite 914
4500 South Garnett Road
Tulsa, OK 74145
Phone: (918) 664-8592

18. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

Waterway Office Tower, Suite 700
433 East Las Colinas Blvd.

Irving, TX 75039
Phone: (214) 556-0009
TWX: 910-860-5750

19. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

111 West Anderson Lane, Suite 205
Austin, TX 78752
Phone: (512) 458-3181

20. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

10 Inverness Drive, East
Suite 232

Englewood, CO 80112
Phone: (303) 773-0494

21. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

4651 South Lakeshore Dr., Suite 3
Tempe, AZ 85282
Phone: (602) 831-2151
TWX: 910-951-0125

22. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

8840 Complex Dr., Suite 125
San Diego, CA 92123
Phone: (714) 560-0768

23. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

4676 Admiralty Way, Suite 302
Marina del Rey, CA 90291
Phone: (213) 821-8824
TWX: 910-343-6244

24. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

2680 Bayshore Frontage Road, Suite 106
Mountain View, CA 94043
Phone: (415) 969-9390

25. UNION CARBIDE-ELECTRONICS DIVISION

301 116th Ave., S.E., Suite 240
Bellevue, WA 98004
Phone: (206) 455-4009

26. DESKIN SALES CORPORATION

290 Benjamin Hudon Street
Vide St. Laurent, Quebec
H4N 1J4

Phone: (514) 331-2860
TWX: 610-421-3793
Telex: 05-827584

27. DESKIN SALES CORPORATION

130 Slater Street, Suite 225
Ottawa, Ontario
KIP 5H6

Phone: (613) 238-4542
Telex: 053-4516

28. DESKIN SALES CORPORATION

77D Steelcase Road, West
Markham, Ontario
L3R 2M4

Phone: (416) 475-1412
TWX: 610-492-5113

29. DESKIN SALES CORPORATION

102-12604 126 Street
Edmonton, Alberta
T5L 0X6

Phone: (403) 451-4805
TWX: 610-831-1660

30. DESKIN SALES CORPORATION

105-3930 Jacombs Road
Richmond, B.C.

V6V 1Y6

Phone: (604) 273-4963
TWX: 610-922-5036

31. CARIBBEAN AREA INQUIRIES —

ISLA CARIBE ELECTRO SALES

Ponce de Leon #1057
Santurce, Puero Rico 00907
Phone: (809) 722-5140
(809) 724-1572
(809) 724-091 7

Union Carbide Corporation, Electronics Division, P.O. Box 5928, Greenville, S.C. 29606, (803) 963-6300

1*1124 KEMET PG. 33

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

CERAMIC CAPACITORS MAIDA DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

"DOMESTIC CAPACITOR MANUFACTURERS SINCE 1947”

HIGH VOLTAGE DISCS

CAPACITORS — UL/CSA

VARISTORS — UL

CLOSE TOLERANCE DISCS

LEADLESS DISCS CLASS 1

500 VOLT TRAPEZOIDS

500 VOLT BUTTON FEEDTHRUS

500 VOLT TRIMMER

MULTILAYER CHIP
CAPACITORS

Applications: Voltage multipliers, high
voltage power supplies.

Applications: High voltage operation
such as TV deflection circuits where
corona is a problem.

Applications: Hi Q capacitance sta-
bility. General purpose, by-pass,
coupling, etc.

Applications: High capacitance den-
sity where D.F. and T.C. are not
critical.

Applications: Line-by-pass, antenna
coupling, across-the-line. Double
protection for above.

Applications: Across-the-line, tran-
sient overvoltage protection, energy
absorption to 80 joules.

Applications: ±0.5%, ±1.0%, ±2.0%
tolerances.

Applications: UHF circuits with very
low inductance.

Applications: Solder into slot for mini-
mum lead inductance.

Applications: High frequency by-pass,
integral mounting surface, low induc-
tance. Hollow pins available.

Applications: Variable capacitive cir-
cuit elements of the screw adjustment
type.

Applications: Hybrid circuits.

Applications: High volumetric effi-
ciency in printed circuit boards.

X5R HIGH VOLTAGE DISCS — 10, 15, 20 KV

Voltage

Capacitance Range

10 KV

500pF — 2000pF

15 KV

500pF — 1500pF

20 KV

500pF — lOOOpF

ANTI-CORONA DISCS — 1 thru 6 KV

Class

T.C.

Max. Capacitance |

1 KV

6 KV

1

N750

680pF

180pF

N1500

IIOOpF

300pF

N2200

1600pF

430pF

N3300

2700pF

750pF

2

Z5P

1 lOOOpF

3000pF

X7R

14000pF

3900pF

Z5U

27000pF

5100pF

500 VOLT DISCS — CLASS 1 and 2

Class

T.C. Capacitance Range |

1

P100 — N5600

3pF — 5100pF

2

Z5P/X7R

Z5U

Z5V

470pF — 12000pF
lOOOpF — 27000pF
1600pF — 47000pF

LOW* VOLTAGE DISCS — CLASS 3 —
16, 25, 50 VOLTS

Voltage

T.C.

Capacitance Range

16VDC

Y5S

.OlrnF — .15mF

25VDC

Y5S

.OlmF — .15mF

50VDC

Y5S

.01mF — .ImF

CAPACITORS

Type

Approval

T.C.

Max. Cap.

UWAUW

DP

UL/CSA

UL/CSA

Z5U

Z5U |

lOOOOpF

5000pF

VARISTORS (UL APPROVED)

Series

Voltage

VDC @
1mA

V Clamp
@ 10A

VAC

VDC

Z121

120

160

170 min.

310 max.

Z131

130

175

184 min.

330 max.

Z151

150

200

210 min.

380 max.

NPO (COG) CLOSE TOLERANCE DISCS

Voltage

T.C.

Capacitance Range

500VDC

NPO

16pF — 470pF

LEADLESS DISCS — CLASS

1

Voltage

T.C.

Capacitance Range

500VDC

NPO-N1500

1.8pF — 39pF

500 VOLT TRAPEZOIDS — CLASS 1 and 2

Class

T.C.

Capacitance Range

1

P100-N1500

1 .5pF — 51pF

2

Z5P-Z5U

1 50pF — lOOOpF

500 VOLT BUTTON FEEDTHRUS

Class

T.C.

Capacitance Range

1

S2L-S3N

3.0pF — 39pF

2

Z5P-Z5U

470pF — lOOOpF

500 VOLT TRIMMERS

Material

Style

Capacitance Range

Steatite

61 0A

0.8pF — 4.0pF

Steatite

900A

0.5pF — 2.4pF

N220

655C

2.5pF — 9.5pF

N400

720C

3.0pF — 15.0pF

MULTILAYER CHIP CAPACITORS —
NPO, X7R, Z5U

Voltage

Max. Capacitance Value |

NPO

X7R

Z5U

50VDC

.012mF

.27m F

.6mF

100VDC

9100pF

.22mF

.51mF

200VDC

5600pF

.ImF

.27mF

MULTILAYER RADIAL LEAD DIP CHIPS —
NPO, X7R, Z5U

Voltage

Max. Capacitance Value |

NPO

X7R

Z5U

50VDC

.062mF

1.2mF

3.3mF

100VDC

.042mF

I.OmF

2.2mF

200VDC

.027mF

.56mF

I.OmF

20 SOUTH LIBBY- STREET / P.O. BOX 3529 — HAMPTON, VIRGINIA 23663 / (804) 723-0785 / TELEX 82-3443

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1125

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MallorY

TANTALUM WET SLUG CAPACITORS

TLS-TLH EXTENDED CAPACITANCE
MINIATURE POLAR

HIGH CAPACITANCE - LOW DC LEAKAGE

STANDARD AND EXTENDED RANGE RATINGS

tls capacitor Mallory TLS wet slug tantalum capacitors are available in 4 miniature case

(Tantalum^ sizes with high capacitance at dual voltage ratings for 85°C and 125°C opera-

bottom cup tantalum / tion. The TLH is a higher capacitance version of the TLS with the same high

7 anode 7 gasket performance and reliability. TLS-TLH capacitors exhibit very low DCL, low ESR,

/ / V 4- I miu 7 with electrical stability over a broad temperature range from — 55°C to

fivkl / / +125°C.

J / The low DCL characteristic of TLS-TLH capacitors is ideally suited for critical

^ ^ timing circuits. The miniature size and rugged construction of the TLS-TLH

\ / is intended for applications where space is a premium and resistance to

\ tinned nickel shock and vibration is a requirement.

1 1 1 \ POSITIVE LEAD

\ SE ) AL \ High reliability and long life is assured by the rugged mechanical construc-

S V-silvercase \ tion of the TLS-TLH. A combination elastomer-teflon seal assembly is firmly

' Lej R0LVTt elastomer sealA seated in a silver case by a precision groove and roll-over crimp that virtually

eliminates electrolyte leakage. The tantalum anode is firmly seated in the
— — case by teflon shock pads.

The TLS is in accord with EIA Specifications RS-228 and meets all require-
ments of MIL-C-3965 and can be used as a replacement for applications
where Type CL64, CL65 are used.

As a cost savings Mallory offers the CTL silver-plated, copper-alloy case ca-
pacitor in the same ratings, case sizes, end seal construction as the TLS.
Refer to CTL TIB 4-610A for complete details. Refer to TIB 4-604 for TLS data.

_ TINNED COPPER \ e„ v/cb rice

NEGATIVE LEAD I '—SILVER CASE
ELECTROLYTE

SPECIFICATIONS

• CAPACITANCE:

To 2200 /iF

• VOLTAGE:

6 to 125 VDC @ 85°C
4 to 85 VDC @ 125°C

• TOLERANCE:

± 20 : ± 10 :

±5: on special order

• CASE SIZES:

4 sizes, .188" x .453"
to .375" x 1.062"

• TEMPERATURE:

— 55°C to 125°C

KEY FEATURES

• High capacitance per case size

• Extremely low DCL

• Long operating life

• Wide operating temperature range

• Rugged mechanical construction

APPLICATIONS

• Filter, coupling, bypass circuits

• Critical timing circuits

• Low source impedance circuits

• High charging current circuits

SIZE AND CONFIGURATIONS

.094 (2.38)-
max

\ \ 025±.002

TERMINAL (,64±05)
WELDED TO CASE

CASE

SIZE

UNINSULATED

INSULATED

E

DIAMETER D
±.016 IN.
(±.40mm)

LENGTH L
+ .031 -.016 IN.
(+.80 —.40mm)

DIAMETER D
MAXIMUM IN.
(mm)

LENGTH L
MAX. IN.

(mm)

LEAD LENGTH
±.25 IN.
(±6.35mm)

A

.188 (4.78)

.453(11.51)

.219(5.56)

.608

1.50 (38.10)

B

.281 (7.14)

.641 (16.28)

.312 (7.94)

.796

2.25 (57.15)

C

.375 (9.53)

.766(19.46)

.406 (10.32)

.921

2.25 (57.15)

F

.375 (9.53)

1.062 (26.99)

.406(10.32)

1.217

2.25 (57.15)

Note: The case insulation shall extend .016 inch minimum, .062 maximum beyond each end.
However, when a shrink-fitted insulation is used, it shall lap over the ends of the capacitor body.

MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE — VOLTAGE PER CASE SIZE

WORKING VOLTAGE (WVDC)

CASE MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE IN n F

6

8

10

15

25

30

50

60

75

100

125

220

180

150

100

68

56

33

27

22

4.7

36

820

680

560

390

270

220

120

100

82

22

14

1500

1500

1200

820

560

470

270

220

180

43

25

2200

1800

1500

1000

680

560 1

330

270

220

86

56

MallorY

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EMHART ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

1 • 1 1 26 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1 983

Mallory I

TANTALUM SOLID ELECTROLYTE CAPS

TDC TYPE - LOW COST DIPPED EPOXY

HIGH CAPACITANCE/VOLTAGE PER CASE SIZE

The TDC is a Solid Electrolyte Tantalum Capacitor which features a self in-
sulating, hard, dip coated epoxy protective covering.

This capacitor exhibits an extremely high volumetric efficiency (CV product
per unit volume) and is supplied in four (4) case sizes to cover a wide range
of ratings.

TDC’s are supplied with space saving, solderable, radial leads which are
formed to provide a mounting standoff for easy assembly and soldering
operations.

The TDC is ideally suited for commercial and industrial applications where
low cost and the inherent features of a Solid Electrolyte Tantalum Capacitor
are required. These features include excellent stability at high and low tem-
peratures, low DC leakage and equivalent series resistance, wide operating
temperature range, long storage and shelf life and excellent impedance verses
frequency and temperature characteristics.

For additional information send for 4-810B.

SPECIFICATIONS

• CAPACITANCE:

.10 to 330 ^

• VOLTAGE:

6 to 50 VDC

• TOLERANCE:

±20% Standard
±10% Optional

• Temperature:

— 55°C to 85°C, 125°C with
voltage derating

• CASE SIZES:

4 sizes from .175" to .350"
to .400" to .750"

KEY FEATURES

• Low cost

• Flame retardant case

• High capacitance per case size

• Long life

APPLICATIONS

• Bypass, coupling, timing

• Filtering in consumer and
industrial equipment

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

DIMENSIONS FOR LONG
“L” LEADS ONLY

U_ MAX.
I .250

• 1 07 +- 031

• 137 -.015

FIG. I

E & F CASE SIZE
.125 LEAD SPACING

DIMENSIONS FOR LONG
“L” LEADS ONLY

i r +00 °

1 -. 5 -.250

FIG. II

E, F, G & H CASE SIZE
.250 LEAD SPACING

DIAMETE

R HEIGHT

LEADS j

D

H

SPACE

DIA.

CASE

In. (mm)

In. (mm)

In. (mm)

CODE In. (mm)

AWG

E

.175 (4.45)

.350 (8.89)

.125 (3.17)

N .020 (.51)

#24

.250 (6.35)

W .025 (.64)

#22

F

.250 (6.35)

.500 (12.7)

.125 (3.17)

N .020 (.51)

#24

.250 (6.35)

W .025 (.64)

#22

G

.350 (8.89)

.650 (16.51)

.250 (6.35)

W .025 (.64)

#22

H

..400 (10.16)

.750 (19.05)

.250 (6.35)

W .025 (.64)

#22

MallorY

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EM HART ELECTRICAL/ ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1127

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MallorY

TANTALUM WET SLUG CAPACITORS

CTL TYPE -LOW COST, MINIATURE, HIGH
CAPACITANCE, POLAR

LOWER COST— LOW DC LEAKAGE
STANDARD AND EXTENDED RANGE RATINGS

The CTL wet slug tantalum capacitor is now available in a new improved pro-
prietary silver plated copper alloy case. The CTL offers at lower cost the same
ratings, case sizes, and electrical performance as silver case wet slug
capacitors.

The miniature size and rugged construction of the CTL is identical to the
Mallory TLS wet slug capacitor. The sintered tantalum anode is firmly seated
in the case on a teflon shock pad. The anode riser extends through a combina-
tion elastomer-teflon seal assembly which is seated in the case by a precision
groove and roll-over crimp. The double seal construction virtually eliminates
electrolyte leakage.

The CTL offers a cost savings as an exact replacement for silver case wet slug
tantalum capacitors.

Refer to TIB 4-6 10A.

HIGHLIGHTS

• CAPACITANCE:

To 2200 W F

• VOLTAGE:

6 to 125 VDC @ 85°C
4 to 85 VDC @ 125°C

• TOLERANCE:

± 20 %, ± 10 %

±5% on special order

• CASE SIZES:

4 sizes, .188" x .453" to
.375" x 1.062"

• TEMPERATURE:

— 55°C to 125°C

KEY FEATURES

• High capacitance per case size

• Extremely low DCL

• Long operating life

• Wide operating temperature range

• Rugged mechanical construction

APPLICATIONS

• Filter, coupling, bypass circuits

• Critical timing circuits

• Low source impedance circuits

• High charging current circuits

SIZE AND CONFIGURATIONS

.250

MAX.

”_A+

L * * E *

a

n

■jy L3 ,

WELD.^

u

□

u

J yt t, 02

094 (2.38) — j WELDED TO CASE

max.

CASE

SIZE

UNINSULATED

INSULATED

E

LEAD LENGTH
±.25 IN.
(±6.35mm)

DIAMETER D
±.016 IN.
(±.40mm)

LENGTH L
+ .031 -.016 IN.
(+.80 -.40mm)

DIAMETER D
MAXIMUM IN.
(mm)

LENGTH L ,
MAX. IN.

(mm)

A

.188 (4.78)

.453(11.51)

.219 (5.56)

.608

1.50 (38.10)

B

.281 (7.14)

.641 (16.28)

.312 (7.94)

.796

2.25 (57.15)

C

.375 (9.53)

.766 (19.46)

.406 (10.32)

.921

2.25 (57.15)

F

.375 (9.53)

1.062 (26.99)

.406 (10.32)

1.217

2.25 (57.15)

Note: The case insulation shall extend .016 inch minimum, .062 maximum beyond each end.
However, when a shrink-fitted insulation is used, it shall lap over the ends of the capacitor body.

MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE — VOLTAGE PER CASE SIZE

CASE

SIZE

WORKING VOLTAGE (WVDC)

MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE IN

6

8

10

15

25

30

^ 50

60

75

100

125

A

220

180

150

100

68

56

33

27

22

4.7

3.6

B

820

680

560

390

270

220

120

100

82

22

14

C

1500

1500

1200

820

560

470

270

220

180

43

25

F

2200

1800

1500

1000

680

560

330

270

220

86

56

For high-volume applications any capacitance value from 1.7 OF to the maximum capacitance of this
table may be ordered.

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EM HART ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353

MallorY

ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

1*1128

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MallorY

TANTALUM WET SLUG CAPACITORS

1

CMT TYPE -LOW COST, SUBMINIATURE

LOWER COST, SUBMINIATURE
TUBULAR WET SLUG — POLAR

The CMT copper alloy case wet slug tantalum capacitor offers highest capaci-
tance in subminiature size at lowest cost. The proprietary copper alloy case
provides a significant cost savings over similar miniature capacitors in silver
cases. The size and rugged construction of the CMT is intended for applica-
tions where space is a premium and resistance to shock and vibration is a
requirement. The low and stable DCL characteristic of the CMT is ideally
suited for application in timing circuits. Excellent high frequency performance
and stable operation over a wide temperature range allow use in a variety of
applications.

The rugged construction of the CMT includes mounting the tantalum anode
on a shock pad positioned in a copper alloy case. A nickel lead wire is welded
to the anode. The use of sulphuric acid electrolyte assures good low tempera-
ture impedance and capacitance characteristics. Special treatment of the
copper alloy case prevents attack by the sulphuric acid. The capacitor is
sealed by roll-crimping onto a special elastomer seal. An insulating sleeve
covers the case and red epoxy encapsulant that protects the seal and en-
closes the positive lead wire weld. The CMT is suitable for use in automatic
insertion equipment and can be furnished lead-tape and reel packaged.

For additional information send for TIB-4-609A.

HIGHLIGHTS

• CAPACITANCE:

To 470 W F

• VOLTAGE:

6 to 60 VDC

• TOLERANCE:

± 10 %, ± 20 %

• CASE SIZES:

4 sizes .115" x .300" to
.225" x .778"

• TEMPERATURE:

-55°C to +85°C

KEY FEATURES

• Highest CV per given volume

• Low, stable DCL

• Excellent shelf and operating life

• Rugged mechanical construction

APPLICATIONS

• Timing circuits, filter coupling,
bypass circuits

SIZE AND CONFIGURATIONS

1 Yz'±Yi -pH L Max. H— 1 W+ y 4 - 0— j

1

+

1

♦

D Max

A

4

CASE INSULATED

Red epoxy to indicate Positive
Lead End

Lead Size: .020" ±.001 Diameter

Lead Material: Positive, Tinned Nickel; Negative, Tinned Copper
Polarity Marking: Plus Signs Around the Anode End

CASE

SIZE

LENGTH

DIAMETER

APPROXIMATE WEIGHT
(PER UNIT IN GRAMS)

D

.300

.115

0.40

A

.403

.115

0.50

B

.600

.145

1.00

C

.778

.225

2.60

MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE — VOLTAGE PER CASE SIZE

CASE

CODE

WORKING VOLTAGE (WVDC)

MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE IN

6

10

15

20

30

50

60

D

15

10

8

6.8

6

4.0

3.3

A

47

30

20

15

10

6.8

5.6

B

180

120

80

60

45

30

22

C

470

330

220

150

120

78

68

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EMHART ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353

MallorY

ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1129

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MallorY

TANTALUM SOLID ELECTROLYTE CAPACITORS

THF TYPE -HIGH RIPPLE PERFORMANCE

ONE THF CAPACITOR CAN REPLACE UP TO FOUR
CSR TYPES

The THF is designed to provide stable capacitance, low impedance, and higher
ripple current capability at high frequency. A patented special configuration
anode offers lower ESR and impedance at frequencies above 1 kHz through
100 kHz. The lower power loss characteristics of the THF makes it suitable
for output filtering in switching regulator power supplies.

The inherent electrical stability and lower power loss of the THF allows it to
carry the same ripple current that would require up to four conventional solid
tantalum capacitors. Savings in cost, space, and weight can be realized by
use of the THF in high frequency ripple current applications.

The military version of the THF is approved to meet all the requirements of
military specification MIL-C-39003/9 Style CSR21. Refer to Bulletin 4-819
for specifications and MIL part numbers. Refer to TIB 4-805B for complete
details.

FOR SWITCHING REGULATOR
POWER SUPPLY APPLICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

SIZE AND CONFIGURATIONS

• Capacitance
5.6 to 330 juF

• Voltage

6 to 50 VDC

• Tolerance

Standard ±20% — ±10% optional

• Temperature
-80°C to +125°C

• Case Size

2 sizes, .29 x .69 & .35 x .79 inches

KEY FEATURES

• High Ripple Current

• Low ESR

• Lower Impedance at High Frequencies

• Small Size

• Extremely Stable Capacitance

• Hermetic Seal

• Long Life

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

UNINSULATED

CASE DIMENSIONS

INSULATED

CASE DIMENSIONS

OVERALL

DIMENSIONS

LEAD

DIAMETER

D

L

D

L

C MAX.

A

CASE

CODE

+ .016
-.010 IN.

(+.41
— .25mm)

±.031 IN.
(±.79mm)

+ .016
-.010 IN.

(+.41
— .25mm)

±.031 IN.
(±.79mm)

IN. (mm)

+ .005
-.001 IN.

(+.127
— .025mm)

F

.279 (7.08)

.650 (16.5)

.289 (7.34)

.686 (17.4)

.822 (20.9)

.025 (.635)

G

.341 (8.66)

.750(19.1)

.351 (8.91)

i

.786(19.9)

.622 (23.4)

.025 (.635)

MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE — VOLTAGE PER CASE SIZE

WORKING VOLTAGE (WVDC)

CASE CODE

6

10

15 20

35

50

F

180

120

MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE IN fiT

68 47

22

18

G

330

220

150 100

47

22

APPLICATIONS

• Switching Regulators

• High Frequency Power Supplies

• By-pass Filtering

MAXIMUM RIPPLE CURRENT @ 100 kHz PER
RATED WORKING VOLTAGE @ 25°C

WVDC

6

10

15

20

35

50

MAXIMUM RMS RIPPLE IN mA

4300

3900

3600

3300

2700

2300

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EMHART ELECTRICAL/ ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353

MallorY

ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

1*1130

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MallorY

TANTALUM SOLID ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

1

TERMINALS

TEMP. RANGE
(°C)

Volt. Range
(WVDC)

CAP. RANGE

m

STD. TOL.

(% IL F)

HM

TAS

TXA

✓

Metal Tubular,
Axial Lead
Hermetic Seal

Wire Leads
22 AWG
24AWG

-80 to
+ 125

6 to 100

.0047 to
1000

±5

±10

±20

.125X.250

.175X.438

.279X.650

.341x750

Standard

Capacitance - TAS
Extended

Capacitance - TXA
Low DC Leakage
Temperature Stable
High Capacity,
Long Shelf Life

4-801A

TFR

/

Metal Case,
Tubular, Axial Lead
Hermetic Seal

Wire Leads
22 AWG

-55 to
+ 125

6 to 50

22 to

330

±5

±10

±20

.289X.686

.351x786

MIL-C-39003

CSR21

High Frequency,
High Ripple
Capability,

High Reliability

4-819

TAE

/

Metal Tubular,
Epoxy Fill

Axial Lead

Wire Leads
22 AWG

24 AWG

-55 to
+ 85

6 to 100

.0047 to
1000

±10

±20

.126X.265

.175X.325

.175X.452

.279x.650

.341x750

High Shock &
Vibration
Capability

4-85

TER

TXE

TXR

/

Mylar Sleeved,
Metal Tubular,
Axial Lead
Hermetic Seal

Wire Leads
22 AWG

24 AWG

-55 to
+ 125

6 to 100

.0047 to
1000

±5

±10

±20

.135X.286

.185X.474

.289X.686

.351x786

MIL-C-39003D
CSR13, 23, 33

High Reliability

4-813A

TNR

X

Metal Tubular,
Axial Lead

Non Polar

Wire Leads
22 AWG

24 AWG

-55 to
+ 125

6 to 100

.0023 to
160

±5

±10

±20

.161X.575

.207X.955

.314x1.35

.376x1.55

MIL-C-39003D

CSR91

High Reliability,
Non-Polar
Application

4-815

THF /

p

Mylar Sleeved,
Metal Tubular,

Axial Lead
Hermetic Seal

Wire Leads
22 AWG

-80 to
+ 125

6 to 50

5.6 to

330

±10

±20

.289x.686

.351x786

4.5 Amps Ripple
Capability, Low

ESR at High Freq.
from 1 kHz-100 kHz

4-805B

TAN

TXN /

/

Metal Case
Tubular
Hermetic Seal

Wire Leads
22 AWG

24 AWG

-55 to
+ 125

6 to 50

VNP

2.8 to

500

±5

±10

±20

.161x .575
.207x .955
.314x1.350
.376x1.550

Non-Polar,
Standard and
Extended

Range Capacity

4-817

TIM

0

Rectangular,
Molded Epoxy
Radial Lead

Wire Leads
Single Ended
22 AWG

24 AWG

-55 to
+ 125

3 to 50

.082 to

220

±10

±20

.340x.228x.105

.225x.285x.170

.335x.360x.170

.375x.600x.195

High Density
Mounting,

Automatic Insertion
Capability

4-806B

TA V

&

Molded Epoxy,
Tubular,

Axial Lead

Wire Leads
22 AWG

24 AWG

-55 to
+ 125

3 to 50

.082 to

68

±10

±20

.105X.300

.148x.350

.180X.350

.200X.540

Automatic Insertion
Capability,

High Shock &
Vibration Capability

4-807C

TDM

Epoxy Dipped,
Rectangular
Radial Lead

Wire Leads
Single Ended
24 AWG

-55 to
+ 85

6 to 50

.10 to

330

±10

±20

.27x.27x.18

.33x.32x.21

.37x.40x.22

.40x.40x.25

.46x.48x.32

.56x.58x.32

Low Profile,

Low Cost,

High Volumetric
Efficiency

4-810B

TDC

ft

Plastic Dipped,
Radial Lead

Wire Leads
LD Spacing
.125 & .250

-55 to
+ 85

6 to 50

.10 to

330

±10

±20

.17X.35

.25X.50

.35X.65

.40x75

Low Cost, Extended
Capacitance,
Temp. Stable,

Long Storage Life

4-810B

TDL

R

Plastic Dipped,
Radial Lead

Wire Leads
LD Spacing
.10 & .20

-55 to
+ 85

3 to 50

1 j

'

.10 to

330

±10

±20

,18x.28

.20x.30

.26X.36

.34x.40

,40x.56

.44X.68

Low Cost,

Low Profile,

Long Storage Life

4-810B

TDR 1

ft

Plastic Dipped,
Radial Lead

Wire Leads
Lead Space
.125 & .250

— 55 to
+ 85

6 to 50

.10 to

330

±10

±20

■

■ T jnE i

■

MIL-C-49137/2

CX02

CX12

■

* Technical Information Bulletin

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EM HART ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353

MallorY

ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1131

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MallorY

TANTALUM WET SLUG CAPACITORS

TERMINALS

TEMP. RANGE
(°C)

Wire Leads
22 AWG

-55 to
+ 125

Volt. Range
(WVDC)

.219x .608

M IL-C-39006

.312x .796

CLR65 & CLR69

.406x .921

High CV,

.406x1.217

Long Life,

High Reliability

.219x .608
.312x .796
.406x .921
.406x1.217

MIL-C-3965
CL66, CL67
Rugged Construction
Long Life

6 to 100

2.5 to

±5

.312x .796

M IL-C-39006

1200

±10

.406x .921

CLR79

±20

.406x1.217

High CV

Reverse Voltage

Capability,
High Reliability

.219x .608

MIL-C-3965

.312x .796

Styles CL64 &

.406x .921

CL65,

.406x1.217

Low DCL,

Wide Temp. Range

.115X.300

.115X.403

.145X.600

.225x778

Low Cost,
High Cap,
Miniature Size

Silver Tubular,
Red Plastic,
Axial Lead
Case Insulated

Silver Tubular,
Red Plastic,
Axial Lead
Case Insulated

Silver Tubular,
Black Plastic,
Axial Lead
Case Insulated

Silver Tubular,
Yellow Plastic,
Axial Lead
Case Insulated

Wire Leads
. 24AWG

Wire Leads
24 AWG

Wire Leads
24 AWG

Wire Leads
24 AWG

6 to 60

3.3 to

470

±20

.115X.300

.115X.403

.145X.600

.225x778

High Cap,
Miniature Size

4-606A

6 to 60

4.7 to

470

±10

±20

.115X.403

.145X.600

.225x778

High Reliability,
Miniature Size

4-614

6 to 90

2 to

330

-15 +75
-15 +50
-15 +20
-10 +20
±10

.226X.504

.226X.560

.226X.847

Low ESR,
Miniature Size

4-602

3 to 50

2 to

80

-15 +75

.163X.347

.163X.472

Low DCL,
Miniature Size

4-601

r Technical Information Bulletin

MallorY

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EMHART ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

1*1132

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

•Technical Information Bulletin

MallorY

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EMHART ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1133

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MallorY

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

DESCRIPTION

i

TERMINALS

TEMP.

RANGE

(°C)

VOLTAGE

RANGE

(WVDC)

CAP.

RANGE

CaF)

STANDARD

TOLERANCE

(% #F)

CASE SIZES
DIA.XLGTH. (INCHES)
HxWxD (INCHES)

Aluminum Can,
Bracket Mount

Low or High .
Post Screw
Inserts

-55 to
+85 1

3 to 150

i

! :

i

I

!

140 to
320,000

-10+75 j
-10+50 |

; 1.37x1.75 to 5.62
1.75x2.12 to 5.62
2.00x2.12 to 5.62
2.50x3.12 to 5.62
3.00x3.62 to 5.62

Aluminum Can
Bracket Mount

Low or High
Post Screw
Inserts

-55° to
+ 85

5 to 55

2800 to
67000

-20 +20 '

1.37x2.12 to 5.62

Aluminum Can,
Bracket or
Buss-Bar Mount

Bakelite Case,
Single Ended

Buss-Bar -40 to 6 to 50 6800 to

Screw +85 100,000

3.00x4.12

3.00x5.62

Computer Grade
Low DCL,

Extremely Low ESR
High Ripple Current

Low, Controlled
ESR ±30%
Symmetrical
Capacitance
Tolerance
High Ripple

Computer Grade
Low DCL,
Ultra-Low ESR,
Ultra-High Ripple
Capability
Low ESL

3 to 450

65 to

-10+150

1.44x2.75 to

Rugged Hi-Pot

3 to

40,000

-10+100

2.06x4.37

Case, Versatile

450NP

30 to

-10 +50

Mounting

32,000

±25%

NP— Non-Polar

MOTOR START & MOTOR RUN CAPACITORS

Bakelite Case,
Round

Single Ended

Terne Plate
Steel Can,
Round, Oval &
Rectangular,
Single Ended

Terne Plate
Steel Can,
Round & Flat
Oval

Single Ended

‘Technical Information Bulletin

Screw,
Solder Lugs,
Quick Connect

-40 to
+ 65

AC Volts
110 to
330

21 to
1326

-0+20

1.44x2.75 to 4.37
1.81x3.37 to 4.37
2.06x3.37 to 4.37
2.56x4.37

Quick Connect,

-55 to

AC Volts

1 to 60

±10%

1.69x2.16x1.31

Solder Lugs

+70

170 to

±6%

to

(PCB

660

9.50x3.66x1.97

Quick Connect
Solder Lugs

(PCB Free)

Motor Start,
Intermittent
AC Duty
EIA Type 1 & 2

3 to 70
«F

±10%

±6%

1 %" Dia., 2" Dia.

2W' Dia.

25/a" — 5%" HT.
plus

Flat Ovals

Motor Run
Continuous

AC Duty
Non-PCB
Metallized Film

4-404

MallorY

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EMHART ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

1*1134

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

AC-METALLIZED POLYPROPYLENE FILM CAPACITORS

NON-PCB TYPE CAPACITORS

1

i;

n> n ;rs>

m ■ t a

$ 7 ? ’ ' i

i , 1J j§|

* 0' V «S

SPECIFICATIONS

• Capacitance

2 to 70 W F

• Voltage

180 VAC to 240 VAC-Dry
330 VAC to 440 VAC-Oil Filled

• Operating Frequency
50 to 60 Hertz

• Capacitance Tolerance

±10% Standard and ±6% Special

• Dissipation Factor
0.1% Max.

• Case Temperature

— 40°C to +70°C (Std.)

— 40°C to +90°C (Optional)

• Case Styles

Round, Flat Ovals, Rectangular

• Double Rolled Seams

• Steel Cases i

Case Sizes

Round 13/ 4 ", 2", 21 / 2 " dia.

Flat Oval lW', IV 2 ", 1 2"

industry types
Height 2W' up to 5%"

KEY FEATURES

• Internal Protector

• Environmentally Acceptable with
Biodegradable Dielectric Fluid

• Wide Range of Case Styles and
Sizes

• Long Life and High Reliability

SUGGESTED

APPLICATIONS

• Air Conditioning

• Business Machines
® Fan Motors

• Power Supplies

• Refrigeration

• Industrial Control

• Phase Shifting

• H.I.D. Lighting

NON-PCB WITH U.L. RECOGNIZED PROTECTOR

Mallory Non-PCB capacitors contain Metallized Polypropylene Dielectric and a bio-
degradable fluid for environmental compatibility. They also incorporate a U.L. recog-
nized internal protective device to minimize the hazard of case rupture in the event
of capacitor failure. These capacitors are useful in a variety of applications where
continuous operation is required on the normal AC Power source available in home
and industry.

They offer good reliability and long life and are designed to meet the intent of
EIA Standard RS-456 — characteristic “E” or “F.” For additional information send
for Technical Information Bulletin 4-404B.

FOR COMPLETE DETAILS

WRITE FOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION BULLETIN 4-404B

MallorY

MALLORY CAPACITOR COMPANY, EM HART ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP
DEPT. EM, P.O. BOX 372, INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206, U.S.A.

PHONE: (317) 636-5353 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC GROUP

EMHART

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1135

Ml NIG LOSS ARY
BASIC

CAPACITOR FORMULAS

I. Capacitance (farads)

.224 K A

English : C =
Metric: C =

to

.0884 K A
tD

II. Energy stored in capacitors (Joules, watt-sec)

E = y 2 CV 2

III. Linear charge of a capacitor (Amperes)

I = C dV

dt

IV. Total Impedance of a capacitor (ohms)

z = VR. 2 + (Xc — Xl)-
Where Rs = ESR

V. Capacitive Reactance (ohms)

1

Xc =

2 7T f C

VI. Inductive Reactance (ohms)

Xl = 2 7T f L

VII. Phase Angles:

Ideal Capacitors: Current leads voltage 90°
Ideal Inductors : Current lags voltage 90°

Ideal Resistors: Current in phase with voltage

ESR

VIII. Dissipation Factor

DF = tanS (loss angle) =

(2 7T fC) (ESR)

IX. Power Factor

PF = Sine 8 (loss angle) = Cos <p (phase angle)
PF = DF(when less than 10% )

X. Quality Factor (dimensionless)
Q = Cotan 8 (loss angle) =

XI. Equivalent Series Resistance (ohms)
ESR = (DF) (Xc) = (DF) CVz^fC)

XII. Power Loss (watts)

Power loss = (2 tt fCV 2 ) (DF)

XIII. KVA (Kilowatts)

KVA = 2 7rfCV 2 xlO-3

XIV. Temperature Characteristic (ppm/°C)

TC = Ct — C 2 5 1 no

TC C 2 5(T t -25) XlU

XV. Cap Drift (%)

C.D. - -^1 ~- C2 x 100
Cl

XVI. Reliability of Ceramic Capacitors

Lo _ fVO X (TT\ r

Lt iVoJ ItoJ

XVII. Capacitors in Series (current the same)
Any number:

— — — — 1 — [_

Ct Ci C 2 Cn

Two: Ct =

Ci C 2
Ci 4- C 2

XVIII. Capacitors in Parallel (voltage the same)
Ct — Ci -{- C 2 b Cn

XIX. Aging Rate

A.R. = % A C/ decade of time

XX. Decibels

db = 20 log

DF

Zl

V 2

Metric prefixes :

Symbols :

Pico

X IO -12

K

= Dielectric Constant

L = Inductance

L t = Test life

Nano

X 10-9

A

= Area

5 = Loss angle

Vt = Test voltage

Micro

X 10-9

tn

= Dielectric thickness

0 = Phase angle

Vo = Operating voltage

Milli

X 10-3

V

= Voltage

x + y = Exponent effect of volt-

T t 1 = Test temperature

Deci

X 10-1

t

= time

age and temp

To = Operating

Deca

X 10

Rs

= Series Resistance

Lo = Operating life

temperature

Kilo

X 103

f

= frequency

Mega

X 103

Giga

X 109

Tera

X 1012

CAPACITORS

1500

1500

Designed to take advantage of high purity tantalum
powder resulting in. smaller size units and minimum
cost, with very low leakage current and excellent
stability over both temperature and time, with a very
limited distribution. Ideal for by-passing, coupling
gpgQIpjQ^YIQI^g and timing applications.

Capacitance Range: 0.1 to 330 /xF
Rated Working Voltage: 3.15 to 35 VDC
Capacitance Tolerance: ±20%; ±10%

Operating Temperature Range: -55°C to +85°C

DC Leakage Current (Rated Voltage, 5 min., 25°C): 0.01 CV (^A or 0.5 /xA)

Conform to the test method of Capacitor Flame Test in UL 1414.

ALLOWABLE REVERSE VOLTAGE

10% of rated voltage or 0.5 V, whichever is greater, at 25°C; 3% of rated
voltage or 0.5 V, whichever is greater, at 85°C.

TANTALUM

DIMENSIONS: Inch (mm)

Lead Style 4 & 7

(Straight)
h-o-

Lead Style 2

(Crimp)

Lead Style 3 & 6

(Hockey Stick)
M-

. . .177 ±.003

.100 ± .020(2.5 ± 0.5) v|°2 znPIP (4,5 ±0 - 7)
7: .125 ± .020 (3.2 ±0.5) (5-0 z±0.5)

.200 ± .020>6: .250 ±.020
(5.4 ±0.5) (6.4 ± 0.5)

Case

Size

D Max.

.142 (3.6)
.150 (3.8)
.157 (4.0)
,189 (4.8)
.197 (5.0)

H Max.

.236 (6.0)
.256 (6.5)
.276 (7.0)
.295 (7.5)
.315 (8.0)

HA Max.

.374 (9.5)
.394 (10)
.414 (10.5)
.433 (11)
.453 (11.5)1

Case

Size

6

7

8
9

ill

D Max.

.217 (5.5)
.217 (5. 5) 1 1
.256 (6.5)
.295 (7.5)
.394 (8.0)

H Max.

.335 (8.5)
.374 (9.5)
.453 (11.5)1
.512 (13.0)1
.551 (14.0)

HA Max.

.473 (12)
.512 (13)
.591 (15.0)
.650 (16.5)
.689 (17.5)

ORDERING INFORMATION

202 L 3151

106 M 4

TYPE

FAILURE RATE

L: 2%/1000 Hrs.

VOLTAGE RATING -

BHE1

iffTira

wain

ETEn

■ IrtlKA

EEg

mm

BUI

CHh

£9

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are significant figures.

Third digit is the number of zeros following.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

M = ±20%, K = ±10%

LEAD STYLE

NOTE: Intermediate non-standard values available. 1000 Pcs. Minimum.

Lead

Style

Lead

Style

Code

un

Will'll

mmm

Ini i'll

Straight

.100"

1

4

Hockey Stick

.250"

rfi

6

■emighh

.125

mn

■

C (Reel)

A (Roll)
W/O Core

m

2

Tape & Reel
.100"

gj

H

Hockey Stick
.200"

.200

5,

3

Tape & Ammo
Pack .200"

gj

B

TYRE 203 Miniature Microdip

SPECIFICATIONS

Combines the efficiency and smaller size of tantalums
with the best electrical parameters available.

Operating Temperature Range: -55°Cto +85°C
Rated Working Voltage: 3.15, 6.3, 10, 16, 20, 25, 35 VDC
Capacitance Range: 0.01 to 10 MFD
Capacitance Tolerance: ±20% (M)

DC Leakage Current: 0.01 x CV or 0.5 /xA, whichever is greater
Conform to the test method of Capacitor Flame Test in UL 1414.

LEAD MATERIAL

Solder plated, nickel-silver alloy.

STANDAR

ID RATINGS, SHO

WING CASE SIZES

JjMif

m

3.15

6.3

10

16

20

25

35

0.01

0.015

0.022

0.033

|HvnrYfH|

I

■■■■

0.068

5535

HSUS

3

*' ' -mmm

imm

0.1

i

0.15

0.22

1

0.33

1

2

0.47

l

2

0.68

1

2

3

1.0

1

2

3

1.5

2

3

2.2

1

2 -

—

3

3.3

mi\

3

4.7

2

3

6.8

3

10.0

3

ALLOWABLE REVERSE VOLTAGE

10% of rated voltage or 0.5 V, whichever is greater, at 25°C; 3% of
rated voltage or 0.5 V, whichever is greater, at 85°C.

ORDERING INFORMATION

203

MATSUO TYPE NUMBER

FAILURE RATE LEVEL -

L: 2%/lQ00 Hrs.

JT

L 6301

155

M 1

T T

LEAD STYLE

L CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

M: ±20%

DC RATED VOLTAGE (in millivolts)

First three digits are significant figures.
Fourth digit is the number of zeros following.

CAPACITANCE
IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are
significant figures.

Third digit is the number
of zeros following.

MATSUO ELECTRONICS Dept. EM, 12831 Western Avenue / Garden Grove, CA 92641 / (714) 898-0707 / (213) 594-6659 / TWX= 910-596-1828

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1137

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Wlf'TYPE 221

MATOIO DIPPED TANTALUM CAPACITORS

SEVEN CASE SIZES; 188 STANDARD RATINGS

SPECIFICATIONS

Capacitance Range: 0.1 to 470

Rated Working Voltage-. 3.15, 6.3, 10, 16, 20, 25, 35 & 50 VDC
•Capacitance Tolerance.- ±20% (M); ±10% (K); ±5% (J)

Operating Temperature Range: -55°C to +125°C
DC Leakage Current (Rated Voltage, 5 min., 20°C): 0.01 CV (aA) or 0.5 ^A,
whichever is greater,- special order low leakage: 0.001 CV (/* A) or 0.05 iih

SURGE VOLTAGE

Maximum change in capacitance after rated surge voltage is applied in
series with a 1000 ohm resistor at the rate of Vz minute on, 4 x /2 minutes
off, for 1000 successive test cycles at 85°C: within ±5% of initial value.
Dissipation factor and DC leakage: within initial specifications.

CAPACITANCE STABILITY

Maximum change in capacitance after temperature cycling from 25°C;
-55°C, within ±12% of initial value; 85°C, within 12% of initial
value. DC leakage at 85°C, within ten times the initial value at 25°C.

Dissipation Factor (at 120 Hz)

Max. Dissipation Factor in percent.

Capacitance (MFD)

-55®C

+85°C

+20°C

0.1 to 1.0

5

4

4

1.2 to 5.6

8

6

6

6.8 to 68.0

11

8

8

82.0 to 330.0

12

10

10

470.0

12

10

10

DC Rated Voltage at 85°C

3.15

6.3

10

16

20

25

35

50

DC Surge Voltage at 85°C

4.0

8.0

13

20

25

32

44

63

Capacitors shall withstand the surge voltage applied in series with
a 100 ohm resistor at the rate of Vz minute on, Wz minutes off, for
1000 successive test cycles at 85°C. After test, capacitors shall meet
the requirements in Table 1.

Table 1

Capacitance Change

Within 5% of initial value

Dissipation Factor

Within initial requirement specified

DC Leakage Current

Within initial requirement specified

MOISTURE RESISTANCE

Maximum change in capacitance after 500 hours at 40°C, 90/95% R.H.:
within ±5% of initial value; dissipation factor and DC-leakage current,
within initial requirements.

LIFE TEST

Maximum change in capacitance after 1000 hours at 85°C with rated DC
voltage applied: within ±10% of initial value. Dissipation factor, within
initial requirements; DC leakage, 125% max. of initial specifications.

DIMENSIONS: Inch (mm)

B 7

.020

.125

±.015-

.200
|Min.
[.276
- Min

.021

.230 Min

Lead Style 3

Lead Style 7

MARKING

Capacitance tolerance color code
None = ±20%

Silver = ±10%

Pink = ±5%

Manufacturer’s , Identification
Capacitance (MFD)

Rated Voltage
Date Code

Case Size

D. Max.

H Max.

HA Max.

1

0.315 (8.0)

0.335 (8.5)

2

0.335 (8.5)

0.374 (9.5)

.3

0.374 (9.5)

0.413 (10.5)

4

0.453 (11.5)

0.472 (12.0)

5

0.540 (13.7)

0.571 (14.5)

6

0.630 (16.0)

0.640(16.1)

7

—

0.790 (20.0)

ORDERING INFORMATION

221 M

TYPE-

FAILURE RATE -

M: l%/1000Hr.

31

51

106 M

VOLTAGE RATING

Code

Voi

Code

Voi

Code

Voi

Code

Voi

3151

3.15

1602

16

3502

35

1002

10.

6301

6.3

2002

20

5002,|

50

2502

25

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are significant figures.

Third digit is the number of zeros following.

CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

M = ±20%

K = ±10%

J = ±5%

I- LEAP STYLE

Code

Space

*1

0.100

3

0.125

*5

0.200

7

0.250

* Non Standard.
Available upon
Request.

MATSUO ELECTRONICS Dept. EM, 12831 Western Avenue / Garden Grove, CA 92641 / (714) 898-0707 / (213) 594-6659 / TWX: 910-596-1828

1*1138

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

CAPACITORS

1500

1500

jfffTYRE 265/268

TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS

TYRE 265

For PCB and Hybrid Applications
Precision Molded Construction

SPECIFICATIONS

Capacitance Range: 0.1 to 100 yuF

Rated Working Voltage: 3.15, 6.3, 10, 16, 20, 25 & 35 VDC

Capacitance Tolerance.- ±20% (M); ±10% (K)

Operating Temperature Range: -55°Cto + 125°C (-55°C to +150°C
special order).

DC Leakage Current (Rated Voltage, 5 min. 25°C): 0.01 CV (/* A) or 0.5 /*A f
whichever is greater.

Conforms to UL 1414.

STAN DA

RD RATINGS, SHO

WING CASE SIZES

\ R.V.

^v(VDC)
CAP. x.
LttF) \

3.15

6.3

10

16

20

25

r

33

.1

■■■■■Ml

A, B

.15

m

.22

WMim

.33

A

mrwm

.47

A

—

A

B

A

B

c

mbeh

A

B

c

mmsam

A

B

C

D

3.3

B

C

nai

4.7

e

C

D

m

6.8

C

E

10

C

D

— — ■

■■

E

15

c

0

22

D

E

33

D

47

D

E

68

E

100

E

DIMENSIONS: Inch (rnrnL

A

CASE

CAS

L il |, w

+{

[

1 1

1

r

L Z

EE

LZ

LL

n

-

-t

-T b==

:i

+■

Lf

N L

\j c B, c, D &

J_iL E CASE

E

SIZE (

Inch

mm)

Case

Code

L ±.008
(0.2)

W ±.012
(0.3)

H ±.008
(0.2)

b ±.012
(0.3)

C ±.012
(0.3)

t

A

.180 (4.6)

.100 (2.5)

.070 (1.7)

.030 (0.8)

.100 (2.5)

.006 (0.15)

B

.180 (4.6)

.100 (2.5)

.100 (2.5)

.030 (0.8)

.063 (1.6)

.004 (0.10)

C

.315 (8.0)

.180 (4.6)

.070 (1.7)

.050 (1.3)

.118 (3.0)

.004 (0.10)

D

.315 (8.0)

.180 (4.6)

.100 (2.5)

.050 (1.3)

E2ESB)

E

.315 (8.0)

1^33011

wmwfwm

BH-EEEII

MARKING

Capacitance in fi F
Capacitance tolerance

Manufacturer's identification
Ij — (Eliminated on A & B Case Sizes)

Data Code
D.C. Rated Voltage
Anode notation

ORDERING INFORMATION
265 L 3502

MATSUO
Type Number
FAILURE RATE LEVEL-
L: 2%/1000 h
RATED VOLTAGE

U

Code

VDC

Code

VDC

3151

3.15

2002

20

6301

6.3

2502

25

1002

10

3502

35

1602

16

106 M JL

~T~ LEAD STYLE

CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

M = ±20%

K = ±10%

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are
significant figures.

Third digit is the number
of zeros following.

TYPE 268

Subminiature Rectangular

For Automatic Insertion, PCB or Hybrid

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Temperature Range: -55 ^ +125°C
Maximum Operating Temperature for DC Rated Voltage: +85°C
Rated Working Voltage: 4, 6.3, 10, 16, 20, 25, 35 VDC
Capacitance Range: 0.1 to 100 /*F
Capacitance Tolerance: ±20%

Failure Rate Level: 2%/ 1000 Hrs.

DC Leakage Current (Rated Voltage, 5 min. 25°C): 0.01 CV (pA) or 0.5 pA,
whichever is greater.

STANDARD RATINGS, SHOWING CASE SIZES

■

6.3

10

16

20

25

35

o.t

■■■■HU

hh

■^■■HHH

■HHHi

——

■HHHH!

■^■■■Hl

mmmmm

HHHHHMfl

WmMjm

A

A

Son

A

0.47

A

B

0.68

A

B

1.0

A

B

1.5

• ■’! '.-hb'k-o

B

C

2.2

A

B

C

3.3

A : ■:

B

c

4.7

B

C

6.8

B

C

10

B

15

C

22

C : :

33

D

47

D

68

D

100

D

i

DIMENSIONS

Construction

Welded point-
Positive terminal

Upper sheet
f or vacuum chucking

Negative terminal

-Heat-resistant resin

Tantalum

Heat resistant sheet
'Anode connecting bar

Case

Code

L ±0.3
(. 012 )

W ±0.3
(. 012 )

T ±0.3
(■ 012 )

P, ±0.1
(.004)

P 2 ±0.1
(.004)

3.4 (0.134)

1.6 (0.063)

1.5 (0.063)

0.85 (0.034)

1.7 (0.067)1

3.4 (0.134)

2.8(0.110)

1.8 (0.071)

0.85 (0.034)

1.7 (0.067)

5.6 (0.221)

3.2 (0.126)

2.1 (0.083)

1.3 (0.051)

3.0 (0.118)

5.6 (0.221) | 4.5 (0.177) | 3.1 (0.122) | 1.3 (0.051)13.0 (0.118)

ORDERING INFORMATION

mm (inch)

268 L 3502 105 M

MATSUO

Type Number

FAILURE RATE -

L: 2%/1000 Hrs.

RATED VOLTAGE.

J

Code

VDC

Code

VDC

4001

4

2002

20

6301

6.3

2502

25

1002

10

3502

35

1602

16

CAPACITANCE -»

IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are
significant figures. Third
digit is the number of
zeros following.

CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

M = ±20%

PACKAGING

8mm & 12mm
tape and reel

MATSUO ELECTRONICS Dept. EM, 12831 Western Avenue / Garden Grove, CA 92641 / (714) 898-0707 / (213) 594-6659 / TWX= 910-596-1828

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1139

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

nffTYPE 242/245

■5S2L MOLDED TANTALUM CAPACITORS

TYPE 242

For High Density Packaging

SPECIFICATIONS

Capacitance Range: 0.1 to 47

Rated Working Voltage: 6.3, 10, 16, 20, 25, 35 & 50 VDC

Capacitance Tolerance: ±20% (M); ±10% (K)

Operating Temperature Range: -55°C to +125°C
DC Leakage Current (Rated Voltage, 5 min.): (20°C): 0.01 CV or 0.5 juA,
whichever is greater; (85°C): 0.5 CV or 5.0 ft A, whichever is greater.
Conforms to UL 1414.

Impact resistant rectangular molded case. Uniform lead location for
automatic insertion. Low impedance at high frequencies. Ideal for noise
bypassing in high speed logic circuits. High capacitance in miniature case.

DIMENSIONS: Inch (mm)

ORDERING INFORMATION

TYPE

FAILURE RATE LEYEL-

M: 1%/1000 Hrs.

VOLTAGE RATING -

242 M 1602 106 M

~ j

Code

Volts

Code

Volts

6301

6.3

2502

25

1002

10

3502

35

1602

16

5002

50

2002

20

I CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

M = ±20%

K = ±10%

'CAPACITANCE
IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are
significant figures.

Third digit is the number
of zeros following.

TYPE 245

Hybrid Capacitor — Fuse

Eliminates the noise generated at rise time in ultra-high speed logical
circuits such as TTL and ECL. Built-in fuse functions either as thermal
fuse under small current or as electric fuse under larger currents.

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Temperature Range: -55°C to +125°C (For temperature
above 85°C, derate voltage to 67% of R.V.)

Rated Voltage: 10 VDC to 50 VDC
Capacitance Range: 1.0 to 33 MFD
Capacitance Tolerance: ±20% (M)

DC Leakage Current: 1 (Rated voltage, 5 minutes, 25°C) 0.01 CV or
0.5 /uA whichever is greater.

Conforms to UL 1414.

Circuit Breaking Performance

Built-in fuse functions as a thermal fuse at current of less than 5 amperes.
At current of more than 5 amperes, built-in fuse functions by the current
flowing through fuse.

Available on tape in ammo-pack or reel.

DIMENSIONS: Inch (mm)

ORDERING INFORMATION

245

TYPE 1

FAILURE RATE LEVEL -

M: 1%/1000 Hrs.

VOLTAGE RATING -

M

J

1602 335 M

Code

Volts

1002

10

1602

16

2002

20

2502

25

3502

35

5002

50

-CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

M = ±20%

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS

First two digits are
significant figures.

Third digit is the number
of zeros following.

MATSUO ELECTRONICS Dept. EM, 12831 Western Avenue / Garden Grove, CA 92641 / (714) 898-0707 / (213) 594-6659 / TWX: 910-596-1828

1-1140

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

nffTYPE 501 / 553/602

"Sl FILM CAPACITORS

TYPE 501

Highly stable resin dipped film capacitor with
superior performance.

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Temperature: -40°C ^ +125°C

Maximum Operating Temperature for DC Rated Voltage: +85°C.

DC Rated Voltage: 50, 100, 200 VDC. (For operation at 125°C the voltage
is 50% of 85°C ratings).

Capacitance Range: 0.001 ^ 0.22
Capacitance Tolerance: ±5%, ±10%

Failure Rate Levels: P: 0.1%/1000 h. N: 0.5%/1000 h.

Available on tape and reel.

STANDARD RATINGS

50 VOLT

100 VOLT

200 VOLT

.001 to. 22 MFD

.001 to .22 MFD

.001 to .1 MFD

DIMENSIONS: Inch (mm)

ORDERING INFORMATION
501 N 5002

TYPE 1

FAILURE RATE

N: 0.5%/1000 Hrs.
P: 0.1%/1000 Hrs.

RATED VOLTAGE —

Code

Volts

5002

50

1003

100

2003

200

104 K 2

^-Iead style

1: Straight
2: Hockey stick
(50 volt only)

-CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE
K: = ±10%

J: = 5%
CAPACITANCE
"IN PICOFARADS

Super Miniature metallized polyester film ca-
pacitor with high ratio of capacitance/voltage
in a small package. Low impedance and high
stability. Molded body.

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Temperature: -40°C ^ +105°C

DC Rated Voltage Range: 50 VDC*, 63 VDC*

Nominal Capacitance Range: .01 to 1.0
Capacitance Tolerance: ±5%, ±10%

* For operation at 105°C the voltage shall be derated to 50% of R.V.

Available on tape and reel.

MFD

r VOLTS

DIMENSIONS 1

50

63

H

T

0.1

•

.276 (7.0)

.102 (2.6)

0.15

•

.335 (8.5)

.142 (3.6)

0.22

•

.335 (8.5)

.142 (3.6)

0.33

•

.374 (9.5)

.181 (4.6)

0.47

_ •

.413 (10.5)

.205 (5.2)

0.68

.413 (10.5)

.205 (5.2)

1.0

•

.453 (11.5)

.244 (6.2)

DIMENSIONS: Inch (mm)

ORDERING INFORMATION

553 A 63

92

TYPE

FAILURE RATE —
A: Not Applicable

RATED VOLTAGE -

Code

VDC

6302

63

5002

50

104

K

Tcapacitance

TOLERANCE

L_ CAPACITANCE
IN PICOFARADS

TYPE 602

602 capacitors were designed for applications
requiring high accuracy, excellent stability,
low dielectric absorption, very high insulation
resistance and low temperature coefficient.
Available on tape and reel.

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature Range: -40°C to +85°C
D.C. Rated Voltage: 100 VDC
Capacitance Range: 0.001 to 0.22 MFD, E-12 series
Capacitance Tolerance: ±2% (G), ±1% (F), ±5% available
on special order

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 2 times D.C. rated voltage for 1 minute
Insulation Resistance: 100,000 at 20°C

10,000 Mfl min. at 85°C
Dissipation Factor: <0.15 MFD 0.1% max.

>0.15 MFD 0.2% max.
at 20°C, 1000 Hz

DIMENSIONS: Inch (mm)

602

TYPE 1

FAILURE RATE

M: 1%/1000 Hrs.

RATED VOLTAGE

M

j

1003

103

G 1

Ulead style or

PACKAGING

1: Straight
4: Crimp
C: Tape & reel

CAPACITANCE IN PICOFARADS

L_ CAPACITANCE
TOLERANCE

MATSUO ELECTRONICS Dept. EM, 12831 Western Avenue / Garden Grove, CA 92641 / (714) 898-0707 / (213) 594-6659 / TWX: 910-596-1828

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1141

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Mepco//Electra

Your resistor/capacitor company with
tomorrow’s technology today.

A NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS COMPANY

TANTALUM SOLID, WET AND CHIP CAPACITORS

5900 Australian Avenue, West Palm Beach, FL 33407 (305) 842-3201

TWX: 510-952-7618

MIL SLASH
NO.

DESIGNATION

M/E

STYLE

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITANCE

RANGE

VOLTAGE

RANGE

WET SLUG MIL-C-3965

Hermetic Seal, Screw Mount, Cylindrical Case

3.5- 200 fif

Hermetic Seal, Stud Mount, Cylindrical Case

12-1300 fif

Hermetic Seal, Rectangular Module

70-2400 nf

Elastomer Seal, Axial Lead, Tubular Case

1.7-560 fif

Hermetic Seal, Axial Lead, Tubular Case

1.7- 560 (if

Established Reliabilit

Extended Range, Axial Lead; Tubular Case
Extended Range, Cylindrical Case, Solder Lug Terminal
Extended Range, Cylindrical Case, Solder Lug Terminal
Glass-to-Tantalum Hermetic Seal, Axial Lead, Tubular Case
Hermetic Seal, Non-Silver Case, Axial Lead, Tubular Case

Hermetic Seal, Axial Lead, Tubular Case

Established Re

mam

Established Reliability

Polar Hybrid Tantalum Chip

Hermetic, Non-Silver Case, Axial Lead, Tubular Case
Miniature, Polar, Non-Hermetic, Tubular, Axial Lead
Extended Range, Polar, Non-Hermetic, Tubular, Axial
Hermetic, Rectangular Module, Spade Lugs
Polar, Non-Hermetic, Tubular, Axial Lead
Polar, Non-Hermetic, Tubular, Axial Lead
Hermetic, Polar, Glass to Tantalum Seal, Tubular, Axial
Hermetic, Non-Silver Case, Tubular, Axial, High Temp.
Hermetic, Cylindrical Case, Stud or Screw Mount
Miniature, Non-Acid Electrolyte, Polar, Tubular, Non-Hermetic

Polar, Hybrid Chip Tantalum Capacitor

Polar, Miniature Non-Hermetic, Tubular Meta! Case, Axial Lead

Polar, Dipped, Non-Hermetic, Radial Lead

Polar, Non-Hermetic, Tubular Metal Case, Axial Lead

Polar, Hermetic, Feed-Thru, Screw Mount

Polar, Dipped, Non-Hermetic, Miniature, Radial Lead

Polar, Dipped, Low Profile, Non-Hermetic, Radial Lead

Non-Polar, Hermetic, Tubular Case, Axial Lead

Polar, Non-Hermetic, Rectangular Plastic Case, Radial Lead

Polar, Standard Hermetic, Tubular Case, Axial Lead

Polar, Miniature Hermetic, Tubular Case, Axial Lead

Polar, Extended Range, Hermetic Tubular, Axial, Lead

Polar, Extended Range, Hermetic, For Low Impedance Applications

TANTALUM WET FOIL CAPACITORS

6071 St. Andrews Road, Columbia, SC 29210 (803) 772-2500 TWX: 810-666-2622

MIL SLASH
NO.

DESIGNATION

WET FOIL MIL-C-3965

7

Cl

8

C'

5

C

DESCRIPTION

Polar, Etched Foil, Tubular Case, Axial Lead
Non-Polar, Etched Foil, Tubular Case, Axial Lead
Polar, Plain Foil, Tubular Case, Axial Lead
Non-Polar, Plain Foil, Tubular Case, Axial Lead
Polar, Plain Foil, KSR, Hermetic Rectangular Module
Non-Polar, Plain Foil, KSR, Hermetic Rectangular Module
Polar, Etched Foil, KSR, Hermetic Rectangular Module
Non-Polar, Etched Foil, KSR, Hermetic Rectangular Module
Polar, High Etched Foil, Tubular Case, Axial Lead
Non-Polar, High Etched Foil, Tubular Case, Axial Lead

Established Reliability

.0047- 330 fit

. 1 - 100 fit

1.7- 1200 nf
3.3- 450 fii

6.8- 1800 nf
35-22,000 /if

1.7-1100 nf

1.7- 1100 /if

1.7- 1200 fif
1.7-1200 nf
3.5-1300 fif
0.1- 320 /if

0.1- 100 M f

.0047- 68 >af
0.1- 330 fif
.0047- 330 fif
3.9- 60 fif

0.1- 680 fif

0.1- 270 /if
.0023- 160 fif

0.1- 220 fif

.0047- 330 nf
.0047- 39 fif

0.82-1000 /if
1.2-1000 fif

CAPACITANCE

RANGE

1- 580 fif
0.5- 350 /if
0.27- 300 fif
0.12- 400 fif
40- 960 fif

20- 600 fif

70-3500 fif
35-21 00 fif
16- 920 fif
0.75- 590 nf

VOLTAGE

RANGE

Polar, Etched Foil, Hermetic and Non-Hermetic, Axial Lead

1.0-

580

fif

15-150V

' Non-Polar, Etched Foil, Hermetic and Non-Hermetic, Axial Lead

0.5-

350

fif

14-150V

Polar, Plain Foil, Hermetic and Non-Hermetic, Axial Lead

0.15-

160

fif

15-450V

Non-Polar, Plain Foil, Hermetic and Non-Hermetic, Axial Lead

0.1-

100

fif

15-375V

Polar, High Etched Foil, Hermetic and Non-Hermetic, Axial Lead

1.6-

920

tif

15-150V

Non-Polar, High Etched Foil, Hermetic and Non-Hermetic, Axial Lead

0.75-

590

fif

15-150V

1*1142

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Mepcoy/Electra

A NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS COMPANY

Your resistor/capacitor company with
tomorrow’s technology today.

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

6071 St. Andrews Road, Columbia, SC 29210 (803) 772-2500 TWX: 810-666-2622

Mepco/Electra

Series

Operating

Temp.

Capacitance
Range (^f)

Standard

Cap.

Tolerance

Min. Case
Size In
Inches

Max. Case
Size In
inches

Min. Case
Size In

MM

Max. Case
Size In

MM

Life*

3050

-40 to + 85°C

6V to

3 to

-10 +50%

.5X

1.0X

12.7X

25.4X

2000

Axial

450V

28,000

-10 +75%

1.125

3.625

28.57

92.07

Hrs.

3052

-55 to + 105°C

5V to

17 to

-10 +50%

.625X

1.0X

15.9X

25.4X

2000

Axial

250V

38,000

-10 +75%

1.125

3.625

28.57

92.07

Hrs.

3070

-40 to + 85°C

6.3V to

.33 to

-10 +50%

.177X

.827X

4.5X

21 .OX

2000

Miniature Axial

385V

10,000

±20

.394

1.575

10.0

40.0

Hrs.**

3120

-55 to + 105°C

6V to

110 to

-10 +50%

1.375X

3.0X

34.92X

76.2X

2000

Large Can
Computer Grade

300V

700,000

-10 +75%

2.125

8.625

53.97

219.07

Hrs.

3126

Per

5V to

220 to

-10 +50%

1.375X

3.0X

34.92X

76.2X

Per

Large Can

Mil-C-

150V

220,000

2.125

5.625

53.97

142.88

M39018/

Computer Grade

39018/04

04

3186

-40 to + 85°C

5 V to

75 to

-10 +50%

1.375X

3.0X

34.92X

76.2X

1000

Large Can
Computer Grade

450V

650,000

-10 +75%

2.125

8.625

53.97

219.07

Hrs.

3188

-40 to + 85°C

5V to

170 to

-10 +50%

1.375X

3. OX

34.92X

76.2X

2000

Large Can
Computer Grade

400V

590,000

-10 +75%

2.125

8.625

53.97

219.07

Hrs.

3191

-55 to + 85°C

5V to

2800 to

+ 20%

1.375X

2.0X

34.92X

50.8X

2000

Large Can
Computer Grade

55V

200,000

2.125

5.625

53.97

142.87

Hrs.

3427

-40 to + 85°C

6.3V to

12 to

-10 +50%

.750X

1.0X

19.1X

25.4X

2000

Single Ended/

450V

35,000

-10 +75%

1.125

3.625

28.6

92.1

Hrs.

Radial

3428

-55 to + 105°C

6.3V to

19 to

-10 +50%

.750X

1.0X

19.1X

25.4X

2000

Single-Ended/

250V

17,000

-10 +75%

1.125

3.625

28.6

92.1

Hrs.

Radial

3475

-40 to + 85°C

6.3V to

.22 to

±20%

.197X

.630

5.0X

16.0X

1000

Miniature Radial

100 V

4700

.433

1.221

11.0 |

31.07

Hrs.

3476

-40 to + 85°C

6.3V to

0.47 to

±20%

.1 97X

.709X

5X

18X

1000

Miniature Radial

for 100V or less
-25 to + 85°C
for 160V or greater

450V

10,000

.433

1.399

11

40

Hrs.

3477

-40 to + 85°C

6.3V to

0.1 to

±20%

.197X

.709X

5X

18X

1000

Miniature Radial

100V

4,700

.433

1.399

11

40

Hrs.

3478

— 40 to + 80°C

6.3V to

0.1 to

±20%

.197X

.394X

5X

lOx

1000

Miniature Radial

50V

100

.551

.591

14

15

Hrs.

3479

-40 to + 85°C

10V to

470 to

±20%

.866X

1.181X

22X

30X

1000

Miniature Radial

100V

22,000

1.181

2.008

30

51

Hrs.

3480

-55 to + 105°C

6.3V to

0.47 to

±20%

.197X

.709X

5X

18X

1000

Miniature Radial

100 V

10,000

.433

1.399

11

40

Hrs.

3481

-55 to + 105°C

10V to

2.2 to

-10 +100%

.31 5X

.492X

8X

12.5X

2000

Miniature Radial

100 V

1000

.453

1.673

11.5

42.5

Hrs.

3482

-55 to + 105°C

7.5V to

82 to

-10 +75%

.752X

1.000X

1 9.1 X

25.4X

2000

Miniature Radial

100V

16,500

1.252

3.626

31.8

92.1

Hrs.

3487

-40 to + 85°C

6.3 V to

22 to

±20%

.866X

1.575X

22X

40X

. 1000

Snap-In

250V

100,000

1.0

3.15

25

80

Hrs.

3500

-20 to + 65°C

110V to

21-25

±3%

1.44X

2.56X

3.66X

6.50X

40K

A.C. Motor Start

330V

Through

2.75

4.38

6.99

17.75

to

1000-1200

75K Starts

* Life: If capacitors are operated properly, life should exceed 10 yrs. Measured at max. temp, with full applied voltage.
** 3073 Series — 1000 Hrs.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1143

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Mepcoy/Electra

Your resistor/capacitor company with
tomorrow’s technology today.

A NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS COMPANY

FILM CAPACITORS

6071 St. Andrews Road, Columbia, SC 29210 (803) 772-2500 TWX: 810-666-2622

VOLTAGE

VDC/VAC

CONSTRUCTION

ENCLOSURE

FILM/FOIL

WRAP & POT

FILM/FOIL

WRAP & POT

FILM/FOIL

MOLDED

FILM/FOIL

POTTED

METALIZED

MOLDED

METALIZED

WRAP & POT

METALIZED

CONFORMAL

METALIZED

EPOXY

METALIZED

POTTED

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

RANGE (/zF) ±%

80-200 VDC

AVAILABLE TO 600

.001 THRU 1.0
AVAILABLE TO 2.0

50-300 VDC (1 25 °C)

.001 THRU 1.0

50-600 VDC

.001 THRU 1.0

50 VDC

.001 THRU 1.0

VDC 100, 250, 400

VAC 63, 160, 220

.01 THRU 4.7

100-200 VDC

.10 THRU 10.0

VDC 100, 250, 400, 630

VAC 63, 160, 220, 220

.001 THRU 6.8

VDC 100, 250, 400

VAC 63, 160, 220

.001 THRU 5.6

VDC 63, 100, 250, 400

VAC 40, 63, 160, 220

.01 THRU 6.8

POLYCARBONATE

WRAP & POT

'Hi

MOLDED

■

C 10
AC 6

WRAP & POT

AXIAL

POTTED

RADIAL

-

HH-

u

1

WRAPPED
WRAP & POT
POTTED

POLYPROPYLENE

FILM/FOIL

WRAPPED

AXIAL

FILM/FOIL

POTTED

RADIAL

METALIZED

POTTED

RADIAL

METALIZED

MOLDED (CAN)

TERMINAL

2.5
5,10
5, 10
GMV 1 0%

POLYESTER & PAPER - CLASS X V0E APPROVED

701J1

330

METALIZED

MOLDED

AXIAL

250 VAC

.01 THRU .47

10, 20

330

METALIZED

POTTED

RADIAL

250 VAC

.01 THRU 1.0

10, 20

VARIABLE CAPACITORS

Columbia Road, Morristown, NJ 07960 (201) 539-2000 TWX: 710-986-7437

FILM DIELECTRIC

TUBULAR CERAMIC DIELECTRIC

2800C

(808/HT 10/C010)

1-5 PTFE Teflon®

Polypropylene

Polycarbonate

PTFE Teflon®
or

Polyimide/FEP

Operating

Temperature

Range

-40°C to +85°C
or

-4Q°C to +7Q°C
-40°C to +125°C

For information on Mepco/Electra’s RESISTORS/POTENTIOMETERS/ MILITARY COMPONENTS, see pages 1*1998, 1*2141 and 1*1674.

1*11 44 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

National Capacitor carries
every type capacitor with the_
largest inventory in the USA

But don’t take our word for it,
Just check the capacitor lines
and types we carry listed below.

If it’s a capacitor, we stock it!
So if you are looking for
capacitors, call “The Buyer’s
Best Friend.”

National Capacitor

11731 Markon Drive,
Garden Grove, CA 92641.

• (714) 892-7749

• (213) 598-9611

• Outside California

(800) 854-2451

• TWX International

(910) 596-1316

CAPACITOR TYPES

ercial/Industrial

AC Motor Start/Run •
Alumi num Electrolytic
Bathtub • Button Mica
• Chip • Ceramic Disc
• Ceramic Monolithic •
Clamps/Brackets • Computer
Grade • Dipped Mica • Dipped
Tantalum • Feed-Thru/Filters
Film • Glass • High Voltage •
Metallized Film • Mica Trimmers
• Mylar • Nonpolar • Oil Filled •
Paper • Piston • Polycarbonate
Polyester • Polypropylene
• Polysulfone • Tantalum
Wet-Slug • Tantalum-Solid

• Tantalum-Foil • Trimmers

• Transmitting Mica • Variables

®

CAPACITOR

CAPACITOR LINES

• ACUSHNET

• ARCO

• CORNELL-DUBILIER

• EMCON

• MALLORY

• MATSUO

• MURATA-ERIE

• PLASTIC-CAP

• SAN FERNANDO

• SEACOR

• SPRAGUE-*

• UNITED CHEMICON

• WEST-CAP

• WESTLAKE

Military/Established Reliability

CA • CB • CC • CCR • CDR

• CE • CFR • CG • CH • CHR

• CJ • CK • CKR • CL • CLR

• CM • CMR • CP • CPV • CQ

• CQR • CRH • CRL • CS •
CSR • CT • CTM • CU • CUR

• CV • CWR • CY • CYR •
CZ • CZR • PC

NATIONAL

SERVING HIGH TECHNOLOGY

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1-1145

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

METUCHEN CAPACITORS INC.

Glass Sealed Axial-Leaded
Ceramic Capacitors

RUGGED, RELIABLE, AND IDEAL FOR AUTOMATIC INSERTION

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

BODY CONSTRUCTION: Glass to metal seal

LEAD MATERIAL: .020 Dia. — Solderable tinned copper

MARKING:

Parts will be marked with the following:

Trademark — Capacitance — Tolerance Letter Designation
Voltage (size permitting)

EIA specifications apply regarding Q, TC tol and CAP tol
on all units of 10 pF or less

TYPICAL TEMPERATURE

CHARACTERISTIC CURVES

Z5U typical temperature NPO

CHARACTERISTIC CURVE s TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

CAPACITANCE CHANGE IN

o oo O) L ro i

o o o o o o

Q_ ow

— 200
LU

o

Z 100

<

X

« 0
LU

Z 100

2

O 200

2

55 300

— — 1

IT

X

d

d

: : ■

n

s

}

-55 -25 0 +25 +50 +75+85 -55 -25 0 +25 +50 +75+100 +125

TEMPERATURE C TEMPERATURE C

NOTE: IPPM equals 0.0001%

TYPICAL TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC CURVE

-55 -25 0 +25 +50 +75 +100+125

TEMPERATURE C

HOW TO ORDER

GT07 B CG 101 J

SIZE:-

WVDC: (B = 50V)( 1 )

(D = 100V)

(F = 200V)

DIELECTRIC: (CG = NPO)
(BM = X7R)
(BN = Z5U)

CAPACITANCE CODE:! 3 ) —

TOLERANCE:! 3 )

1. WVDC AVAILABLE: 50 VDC, 100 VDC, 200 VDC

2. 101 = 100 pFi.e., the third digit signifies number of zeroes

3. MINIMUM AVAILABLE CAPACITANCE TOLERANCES:

B = ±.1 pF (10 pF and below) j = ±5% (10 pF and above)

C = ±.25 pF (10 pF and below) K = 10% (5.6 pF and above)

D = ±.5 pF (10 pF and below) M = 20% (2.7 pF and above)

F = ±1% (10 pF and above) Z = +80%, —20% (all values)

G = 2% (10 pF and above) P = +100%, —0% (GMV — all values)

NPO (COG) CHARACTERISTICS

WORKING VOLTAGE: 50/100/200 VDC
Higher voltages available on request

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 0 ±30 PPM/°C, -55°C to
+ 125°C (EIA Characteristic COG)

DISSIPATION FACTOR: Min. Q of 1000 at 1 MHz. Meets pro-
visions of EIA standard for capacitance less than 30 pF and
greater than 1000 pF

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 K megohms or 1000 megohm-
microfarads, whichever is less at 25°C, at rated voltage
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250% rated voltage with 50 mA max-
imum charging current

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCES AVAILABLE: ±1%, ±2%,
±5%, ±10%, ±20%

Meets or exceeds requirements of MIL-C-20

MCI

PART NO.

GT07

GT10

GT14

Capacitance

Characteristic

EIA

L MAX

In. mm

.170 4.32

In. mm

.260 6.60

In. mm

.400 10.16

D MAX

.100 2.54

.100 2.54

.150 3.81

Capacitance
in pF

WVDC

200 100 50

WVDC

200 100 50

WVDC

200 100 50

1.0

109

1.2

129

1.5

159

1.8

189

2.2

229

2.7

279

3.3

339

3.9

399

4.7

479

5.6

569

6.8

689

8.2

829

10

100

12

120

15

150

18

180

22

220

27

270

33

330

39

390

47

470

56

560

68

680

82

820

100

101

120

121

150

151

180

181

220

221

270

271

330

331

390

Bill

391

470

|

471

560

561

680

681

820

821

1000

102

1200

122

1500

152

1800

182

2200

222

2700

272

3300

332

3900

392

4700

472

5600

562

6800

682

8200

822

10,000

103

Metuchen Capacitors Inc. / 420 Park Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

1*1146

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

METUCHEN CAPACITORS INC.

Glass Sealed Axial-Leaded
Ceramic Capacitors

RUGGED, RELIABLE, AND IDEAL FOR AUTOMATIC INSERTION

1500

X7R CHARACTERISTICS

WORKING VOLTAGE: 50/100/200 VDC
Higher voltages available on request

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: ±15% from -55°C to + 125°C
(EIA Characteristic X7R)

DISSIPATION FACTOR: 2.5% maximum at 1 kHz, 25°C
INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 K megohms or 1000 megohm-
microfarad whichever is less at 25°C, at rated voltage
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250% rated voltage with 50 mA max-
imum charging current

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCES AVAILABLE: ±5%, ±10%,

±20%, +80% -20%, or +100% -0%

Meets or exceeds requirements of MIL-C-39014

Z5U CHARACTERISTICS

WORKING VOLTAGE: 50/100 VDC
DISSIPATION FACTOR: 3% maximum at 1 kHz, 25°C
Meets or exceeds requirements of MIL-C-11015
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: +22%, -56% from +10°C
to +85°C (EIA Characteristic Z5U)

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 K megohms or 500 megohm-
microfarad, whichever is less at 25°C, at rated voltage
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250% rated voltage with 50 mA
maximum charging current

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCES AVAILABLE: ±20%, +80%
-20%, or +100% -0%

Meets or exceeds requirements of MIL-C-11015

Metuchen Capacitors Inc. / 420 Park Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1147

CAPACITORS

8200

10,000

12,000

15.000

18.000

22,000

27.000

33.000

39.000

47.000

56.000

68.000

82,000

100,000^

120,000

150.000

180.000

220,000

270.000

330.000

390.000

470.000

560.000

680.000

820,000

1,000,000

1,200,000

1 . 500.000

1 . 800.000

2,200,000

2 . 700.000

3 . 300.000

3 . 900.000

4 . 700.000

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

METUCHEN CAPACITORS INC.

Epoxy Coated Sub-Miniature
Radial-Leaded Ceramic Capacitors

NPO (COG) CHARACTERISTICS
WORKING VOLTAGE: 50/100/200 VDC
Higher voltages available on request

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 0 ±30 PPM/°C, -55° to 125°C
(EIA Characteristic COG)

DISSIPATION FACTOR: Min. Q of 1000 at 1 MHz. Meets pro-
visions of EIA standard for capacitance less than 30 pF and
greater than 1000 pF

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 100 K megohms or 1000 megohm-
microfarads, whichever is less at 25°C, at rated voltage
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250% rated voltage with 50 mA
maximum charging current

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCES AVAILABLE: ±1%, ±2%,
±5%, ±10%, ±20%

Meets or exceeds requirements of MIL-C-20

DR20 DR3Q PR40 PB50 Cap

WVDC WVDC WVDC WVDC Char.

50 100 200 50 100 200 50 100 200 50 100 200 EIA

X7R CHARACTERISTICS

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: ±15% from -55°C to + 125°C
(EIA Characteristic X7R)

DISSIPATION FACTOR: 2.5% maximum at 1 kHz, 25°C
CAPACITANCE TOLERANCES AVAILABLE: ±5%, ±10%,
±20%, +80% -20%, or +100% -0%

Meets or exceeds requirements of MIL-C-39014

Working Voltage, Insulation Resistance and Dielectric Strength

same as NPO Radial

MCI

| PART NO.

DR1S DR20 DR30 PR40 QR50

WVDC WVDC WVDC WVDC WVDC

50 100 200 50 100 200 50 100 200 50 100 200 50 100 200

Metuchen Capacitors Inc. /

1 1ILn!i)Pri7H

IHISiS

I

IggHjEHig

I EE:- +'»Til

420 Park Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

METUCHEN CAPACITORS INC.

Feed-Thru Ceramic Capacitors resin seal

54 - 779 -

54 - 713 -

Working

Voltage

C pf‘

Ordering

Number

•F85*C

+ 125°C

200

100

10

54-790-001 -100M

200

100

100

54-790-001-1 01 M

200

100

500

54-790-001 -501 Z

200

100

1000

54-790-001-1 02P

200

100

22,000

54-790-001 -223Z

200

100

10

54-779-001 -100M

200

100

100

54-779-001-1 01 M

200

100

500

54-779-001-501 P

200

100

1000

54-779-001-1 02P

200

100

22,000

54-779-001 -223Z

200

100

10

54-71 3-001 -100M

200

100

100

54-713-001-101 M

200

100

1000

54-71 3-001 -102Z

200

100

5000

54-71 3-001 -502P

SERIES SCI 91 OX/91 1X/912X

* For 24 gauge tinned copper leads, replace “X” with “0’'; for
26 gauge tinned steel leads (.016 Dia.) replace “X” with “2.”
When steel lead is used, maximum DC current is 5 amps.
24 AWG (.020) leads are available, contact factory for part
numbers.

.154 -.159
(191 -4.04)

■030

(075T MAX -

.240
(6.10 ±0.51)

:.Q20

.220 ±.005 ,
(5.59 ±0.13)

4-40 UNC-2A
.020 *
(0.51)

.360 ±.020
(9 .14 ±0.5l)

Series

SCI 91 OX

SCI 911X

SCI 912X

VOLTAGE

50 WVDC

100 WVDC

200 WVDC

115 VAC 60 Hz

DC AMPS.
MAX.

10

10

10

CAPACITANCE

(GMV)

100 pF
1000

5000

100 pF

1000

5000

100 pF

1000

5000

.01 fiF

.027

.05

.01 n F

.027

.05

.01 mF

HIGH CAPACITY MULTI-LAYER FEED-THRU CAPACITORS

Working Voltage
@ 125°C

Cap. tiF

Ordering

Number

100

.05

54-785-005-503P

100

.3

54-786-01 3-304Z

50

.5

54-786-021 -504Z

50

1.0

54-786-014-1 05Z

FEED-THROUGH CAPACITORS —
TYPICAL INSERTION LOSS

All Feed-thru Capacitors and RFI Filters stocked by MCI are manufactured in the U.S.A. by Spectrum Control Inc. . .
The world's leading manufacturer of Electro-Magnetic Components. Distributed for Spectrum Control, Inc.

Metuchen Capacitors Inc. / 420 Park Avenue, Perth Ambov. NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

1-1150

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

METUCHEN CAPACITORS INC.

Feed-Thru Ceramic Capacitors

Ordering

Number

Type

Tolerance

%

Capacitance

PF

Type

Tolerance
' %

Capacitance

pF

54-794-002-1 01 M

FA5C-1012

20

100

54-803-004-1 01 M

SS5D-1012

20

100

54-794-002-471 M

FA5C-4712

20

470

54-803-004-471 M

SS5D-4712

20

470

54-794-002-1 02P

FA5C-102W

GMV

1000

54-803-004-1 02P

SS5D-102W

GMV

1000

54-804-002-1 01 M

FB2B-1012

20

100

54-807-002-1 01 M

SB3A-1012

20

100

54-804-002-471 M

FB2B-4712

20

470

54-807-002-471 M

SB3A-4712

20

470

54-804-002-1 02P

FB2B-102W

GMV

1000

54-807-002-1 02P

SB3A-102W

GMV

1000

SERIES SCI 9900/9910/9920

All units are hermetically sealed (glass to metal) on one end,
while the other end is epoxy sealed. These units are also avail-
able reversed with the hermetic seal at the opposite end. To
order, add “R” to the end of the part number; e.g. 9900-502R.
Installation: Series 9900 units are designed to be soldered in
place. Maximum soldering temperature is +200°C (400°F).

Series

SCI 9900

SCI 9910

SCI 9920

VOLTAGE

50WVDC

100 WVDC

200 WVDC

115 VAC 60 Hz

DC AMPS.

MAX.

5

5

5

CAPACITANCE

(GMV)

100 pF

500

1000

1200

2700

5000
.015 AtF

100 pF

500

1000

1200

2700

5000

100 pF

500

1000

1200

All Feed-thru Capacitors and RFI Filters stocked by MCI are manufactured in the U.S.A. by Spectrum Control Inc. . .
The world’s leading manufacturer of Electro-Magnetic Components. Distributed for Spectrum Control, Inc.

Metuchen Capacitors Inc. / 420 Park Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1151

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

METUCHEN CAPACITORS INC.

NPO Ceramic Capacitors qualified to mil-c-2o

• 0 ±30 ppm/°C Per MIL-C-20 • Low Dissipation Factor

• .1 to 100,000 Pf -55°C +125°C • Tight Tolerances

RADIAL LEAD CAPACITORS

AXIAL LEAD CAPACITORS

CCR05

CCR06, 07, 08 & 09

r

1.25 MIN.
(31.78)

_L

.048

MAX.

CCR75, 76, 77, 78 & 79

Mil. Equiv.

H&L

W

S

CCR05

.190 ±.010

.090 ±.010

CCR09

.190 ±.010

CCR06

.290 ±.010

CCR07

.480 ±.020 .

.400 ±.020

CCR08

.480 ±.020

ER

Slash

Sheet

Volt

Cap. Range

PF

CCR05

1-330

CCR09

35

360-1800

2200-3300

CCR06

360-1800

36

2000-4700

mu

5100-18,000

2200-4700

CCR07

37

5600-12,000

15,000-100,000

CCR08

■

3900-4700

15,000-18,000

56,000-68,000

All dimensions shown in inches.

Mil. Equiv.

L

D

Lead Size

CCR75

.160 ±.010

Mill Nil —

.016

CCR76

.250 ±.010

.090 ±.010

.016

.390 ±.010

.025

MHESISSHMi

.250 ±.015

.025

WKM33SEKKH

ER

Slash

Sheet

Volt

Cap. Range
pF

200

.1-75

CCR75

27

100

82-240

50

270-680

^ " 82-130

CCR76

28

270-680

750-1000

150-680 j

CCR77

29

750-2200

2400-5600

820-3300

CCR78

30

3900-12,000

15,000-27,000

iMil lilinrilaTiTTHI

CCR79

31

Iff

mmmmm

■H

FIXED CAPACITORS, CERAMIC DIELECTRIC (TEMPERATURE COMPENSATING),
ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY

ER CCR05

r

STYLE

05 = Radial .190x.190 75 = Axial .160x.090
09 = Radial .190X.190 76 = Axial .250x.090

06 = Radial .290X.290 77 = Axial .390X.140

07 = Radial .480x.480 78 = Axial .500x.250

08 = Radial .480x.480 79 = Axial ,690x.350

CG 102

0 ±30 ppm/°C

CAPACITANCE 1

Nominal capacitance expressed in picofarads
(pF) by three-digit number, first two digits
represent significant figures, last digit speci-
fies number of zeroes to follow. When the
nominal value is less than 10 pF, the letter
‘R’ indicates the decimal point and the suc-
ceeding digit(s) represent significant figure(s).
For example: IRO indicates 1.0 pF; R75 indi-
cates 0.75 pF and 0R5 indicates 0.5 pF.

G R

T X

1 -CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

C = ±.25 pF
D =±.5pF
F = ±1 %

G = ±2%

J = ±5%

K = ±10%

FAILURE RATE
LEVEL

Expressed in % per
1000 hours
M = 1.0%

P = 0.1%

CERAMIC CAPACITORS AND FILTERS FOR MILITARY, AIRCRAFT, COMMUNICATIONS
AND COMPUTER INDUSTRY ...

ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS IN STOCK Feed-Thru Capacitors (Spectrum Control and USCC)

RFI/EMI Filters (Spectrum Control)

MIL-F-15733/23 Thru/61

Ceramic Capacitors

Glass Encapsulated (MCI)

Temperature Compensating (NPO Thru N 5600)
MIL-C-1 1015

CK05BX100K Thru CK06BX105K
CK12BX100K Thru CK16BR335K
MIL-C-39014

CKR05BX100KS Thru CKR06BX105KS
CKR11BX100KS Thru CKR16BX335KS
MIL-C-20

CCR05 CCR08 CCR75 CCR78

CCR06 CCR09 CCR76 CCR79

CCR07 CCR77

All Tolerances as close as 1% available

Close Tolerance NFO Capacitors

Radial and axial leads
Capacitance values from .5 PF to .1 MF
Tolerance as close as 1%

Miniature dipped ceramic capacitors

NPO (Values to .1 MF)

X7R (Values to 1 MF)

Z5U (Values to 4.7 MF)

Special Testing Available

Burn-In

Temperature Cycling
Thermal Shock
Insertion Loss
Environmental Testing

Metuchen Capacitors Inc. /

420 Park Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

1*1152

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Ultra-Q Miniature Microwave
Ceramic Capacitors qualified to mil-c- 5568 ib

A state of the art ceramic capacitor designed for use at micro-
wave frequencies. The superior dielectric properties of the
ceramic material furnish extremely high Q and lowest loss of
any type capacitor available. A minimum Q of 10,000 is guar-

anteed at 1 MHz. Units are available in either chip form or
various leaded configurations. Typical applications include low
noise FET circuits, high frequency, low noise receiver front
ends and UHF microwave hybrids.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

CAPACITANCE RANGE: .1 pF through 1000 pF
WORKING VOLTAGE: 50 through 500 VDC (see tables)

Q @ 1 MHz: 10,000 minimum

DISSIPATION FACTOR @ 1 MHz: less than .0001

INSULATION RESISTANCE: more than 100,000 megohms @

25°C, 10,000 meg @ 125°C

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 4-90 ±20 ppm/°C

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -55°C to + 125°C
CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE: B = ±.1 pF, C = ±.25 pF, D =
±.5 pF (values <5 pF), F = ±1%, G = ±2%, J = ±5%,
K = ±10% (values >5 pF)

CHIP TERMINATION: Palladium silver
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 250% of WVDC rating
CAPACITANCE DRIFT: ±.1% or .1 pF, whatever is greater

®p ;

' V;l!

SIZE

MIL

STYLE

L + W

T. max.

01

CDR11

.050" ±.015

.050"

013

CDR13

.110" ±.015

.100"

MIL-STYLE

WVDC

CAP. RANGE
pF

CDR11 & CDR12

50

.1-1000

CDR13

500

.1-100

thru

300

110-200

CDR25

200

220-470

100

510-620

50

680-1000

LEAD STYLES AVAILABLE

Add .020" to “L” dim.

Add following suffix to part number

MIL STYLE
MICRO
STRIP

RR

CDR24

Leads size: 013 .093"x.004" silver

RADIAL

WIRE

RW

CDR23

AW

CDR25

Leads: #26 AWG tinned copper

SIZE 01

SIZE 01

SIZE 013

SIZE 013

: :

SIZE 013

1

.050 x .050 X

.050

.050 X . 050 x .050

.110 x .110 x

100

.110 x . 110 x. 100

. 110 x. 110 x. 100 1

Part

Part

Part

Part

Part

Cap. pF

Number

WVDC

Cap. pF

Number

WVDC

Cap. pF

Number

WVDC

Cap. pF

Number

WVDC

Cap. pF

Number

WVDC

0.1

01Q108B

50V

6.2

01Q629J

50V

0.1

013Q108B

500V

5.6

013Q569J

500V

110

013Q111J

300V

0.2

01Q208B

50V

6.8

01Q689J

50V

0.2

013Q208B

500V

6.2

013Q629J

500V

120

013Q121J

300V

0.3

01Q308B

50V

7.5

01Q759J

50V

0.3

013Q308B

500V

6.8

013Q689J

500V

130

013Q131J

300V

0.4

01Q408B

50V

8.2

01Q829J

50V

0.4

013Q408B

500V

7.5

013Q759J

500V

150

013Q151J

300V

0.5

01Q508B

50V

9.1

01Q919J

50V

0.5

013Q508B

500V

8.2

013Q829J

500V

160

013Q161J

300V

0.6

01Q608B

50V

10

01Q100J

50V

0.6

013Q608B

500V

9.1

013Q919J

500V

180

013Q181J

300V

0.7

0.8

0.9

01Q708B

01Q808B

01Q908B

50V

50V

50V

11

12

13

01Q110J

01Q120J

01Q130J

50V

50V

50V

0.7

0.8

0.9

013Q708B

013Q808B

013Q908B

500V

500V

500V

10

11

12

013Q100J

013Q110J

013Q120J

500V

500V

500V

200

013Q201 J

300V

1.0

01Q109C

50V

15

01Q150J

50V

1.0

013Q109C

500V

13

013Q130J

500V

1.1

01Q119C

50V

16

01Q160J

50V

1.1

013Q119C

500V

15

013Q150J

500V

220

013Q221J

200V

1.2

01Q129C

50V

18

01Q180J

50V

1.2

0T3Q129C

500V

16

013Q160J

500V

240

013Q241 J

200V

1.3

01Q139C

50V

20

01Q200J

50V

1.3

013Q139C

500V

18

013Q180J

500V

270

013Q271 J

200V

1.4

01Q149C

50V

22

01Q220J

50V

1.4

013Q149C

500V

20

013Q200J

500V

300

013Q301J

200V

1.5

01Q159C

50V

24

01Q240J

50V

1.5

0130159C

500V

22

013Q220J

500V

330

013Q331 J

200V

1.6

01Q169C

50V

27

01Q270J

50V

1.6

013Q169C

500V

24

013Q240J

500V

360

013Q361 J

200V

1.7

01Q179C

50V

30

01Q300J

50V

1.7

013Q179C

500V

27

013Q270J

500V

390

013Q391J

200V

1.8

01Q189C

50V

33

01Q330J

50V

1.8

013Q189C

500V

30

013Q300J

500V

430

013Q431J

200V

1.9

2.0

2.1

01Q199C

01Q209C

01Q219C

50V

50V

50V

36

39

43

01Q360J

01Q390J

01Q430J

50V

50V

50V

1.9

2.0

2.1

013Q199C

013Q209C

013Q219C

500V

500V

500V

33

36

39

013Q330J

013Q360J

013Q390J

500V

500V

500V

470

013Q471 J

200V

2.2

01Q229C

50V

47

01Q470J

50V

2.2

013Q229C

500V

43

013Q430J

500V

2.7

01Q279C

50V

51

01Q510J

50V

2.7

013Q279C

500V

47

013Q470J

500V

510

013Q511J

100V

3.0

01Q309C

50V

56

01Q560J

50V

3.0

013Q309C

500V

51

013Q510J

500V

560

013Q561J

100V

3.3

01Q339C

50V

62

01Q620J

50V

3.3

013Q339C

500V

56

01 3Q560J

500V

620

013Q621 J

100 V

3.6

3.9

01Q369C

01Q399C

50V

50V

68

01Q680J

50V

3.6

013Q369C

500V

62

68

013Q620J

013Q680J

500V

500V

680

750

013Q681J

013Q751J

100V
100 V

4.3

01Q439C

50V

75

01Q750J

50V

3.9

013Q399C

500V

75

013Q750J

500V

820

013Q821 J

100 V

4.7

01Q479C

50V

82

01Q820J

50V

4.3

013Q439C

500V

82

013Q820J

' 500V

910

013Q911J

100V

5.1

01Q519J

50V

91

01Q910J

50V

4.7

013Q479C

500V

91

013Q910J

500V

1000

013Q102J

100V

5.6

01Q559J

50V

100

01Q101J

50V

5.1

013Q519J

500V

100

013Q101J

500V

HOW TO ORDER

I

STYLE

CDR11 - Chip .055" x .055"

CDR12 - Tinned Chip .055" x .055"
CDR13 - Chip .110" x .110"

CDR14 - Tinned Chip .110" x .110"
CDR21 - Micro Strip .135" x .110"
CDR22 - Axial Ribbon .135" x .110"
CDR23 - Radial Wire .135" x .110"
CDR24 - Radial Ribbon .135" x .110"
CDR25 - Axial Wire .135" x .110"

CDR13 BG 101

CAPACITANCE

Nominal capacitance expressed in picofarads
(pF) by three-digit number, first two digits
represent significant figures, last digit speci-
fies number of zeros to follow. When the
nominal value is less than 10 pF, the letter
‘R’ indicates the decimal point and the suc-
ceeding digit(s) represent significant figure(s).
For example: IR0 indicates 1.0 pF; R75 indi-
cates 0.75 pF and 0R5 indicates 0.5 pF.

E G M M

T T± I I

WVDC

A = 50
B = 100
C = 200
D = 300
E - 500

CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

B = ±.1 pF
C = ±.25 pF
D = ±.5 pF
F = ±1%

G = ±2%

J = ±5%

K = ±10%

M = ±20%

FINISH

CDR11 = M
CDR12 - S
CDR13 = M
CDR14 = S
CDR21 = T
CDR22 = T
CDR23 = S
CDR24 = T
CDR25 = S

FAILURE

RATE

LEVEL

Expressed in %
per 1000 hours
M = 1.0%

P = .1%

R = .01%

Metuchen Capacitors Inc. / 420 Park Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1153

1500 CAPACITORS 1500

METUCHEN CAPACITORS INC.

Molded Precision Radial- Leaded

NPO Capacitors TIGHT TOLERANCES (AS CLOSE AS ±0.5%)

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -55°C to + 125°C

DISSIPATION FACTOR: For 30 pF to and including 1000 pF
.1% Max. at 1 MHz. Less than 30 pF per MIL-C-20. Above
1000 pF. 15% Max. at 1 kHz. All measurements at 1 VAC

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 megohms — microfarads but
need not exceed 100,000 megohms at ±25°C

FLASH TEST: 3 times WVDC
LIFE TEST: 2 times WVDC

LEADS: #22 AWG (.025 Dia.) except CR04 #24 AWG (.020 Dia.)
Tinned Copper

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE AVAILABLE: Greater than 10 pF,
±0.5%, ±1%, ±2%, ±5%, ±10% and ±20%; Less than or
equal to 10 pF, ±.25 pF and ±.5 pF

Will meet or exceed latest revision of MIL-C-20

H , +.000 I — J L t +* 000

L -.oio r \ i -.010

DIMENSIONS

mm are in parentheses

HOW TO ORDER

CR04 B CG 101 K

SIZE: 1

WVDC:

B = 50, D = 100, F = 200

DIELECTRIC TYPE:

CG = NPO ±30 ppm/°C

CAPACITANCE:

TOLERANCE: —

C = ±.25 pF. D = ±.5 pF(10 pF and below)

E = 0.5%, F = ±1%, G = ±2% (10 pF and above)
J = ±5%, K = ±10%, M= ±20%

Metuchen Capacitors Inc. / 420 Park Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

Style

CR04

CR05

CR06

CR08

CR20

L

W

.150

(3.81)

.200

(5.08)

.300

(7.62)

.300

(7.62)

T

.150

(3.81)

.100

(2.54)

.200

(5.08)

.400

(10.16)

Style

CR04

CR05

CR06

CR0B

CR20

Cap.

Cap.

: WVDC

WVDC

WVDC

WVDC

WVDC

Char.

value

50

100 200

50 100 200

50 100 200

50

100 200

50

100

ElA

1.0PF

109

1.2

129

1.5

159

1.8

189

2.2

229

2.7

279

3.3

339

3.9

399

4.7

479

5.6

569

6.8

689

8.2

829

9.1

919

10

100

12

:

120

15

150

18

180

20

200

22

220

24

240

27

270

30

300

33

330

36

360

39

390

43

430

47

470

51

510

56

560

62

620

68

680

75

750

82

L_

820

91

910

100

101

110

111

120

IKEB

130

HE9

150

151

160

161

180

181

200

201

220

221

240

241

270

wmm

300

301 |

330

■EE9

360

■Emi

390

391 I

HEEEHB

M .

K3B

511 |

tz

m

BE 1 !

620

621 1

680

681 |

750'

■

820

Hi

mmsM

HEII9H

m

Hi ■

mEsmm

m

m

mu,vm

mm

m

■Q23

m

■033

■E 2 M

■

IKES

■SB

wmm

■ms

m

■

222 1

■ns

m

m

242 |

EM

m

■

■99

3000

3300

m

m

■EES

3600

m.

1EEEI

3900

:

■EH

HCESSlHi

■EEEI

JKQ3H1

;

■EES

■5EZSH

m

HEmUiBH

mi

562

6200

m

■EEEI

6800

1

7500

8200

_

■EEE3

9100

■EXE1

■EQiEai

i sa

■ESEHH

■EE 1

.015

.018

■KEI

.020

BaEKSH

.022

■EEE 1

.024

■BEI

.027

273 |

.030

■esei

.033

warn

.036

■EEEl

.039

■eeei

.043

.047

■EEE1

.051

■eus

.056

563 |

.062

■EES

.068

■EEEI

.075

.082

■ESI

.091

.100

1*1154

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

International

MULTI PRODUCTS INTERNATIONAL

Dept. EM, 218 Little Falls Road, P.O. Box 238, Cedar Grove, New Jersey 07009
(201) 239-8183 • Telex 130430 • Cable Address MUPRINUSA — CEDG

SPECIALISTS IN CERAMIC CAPACITORS

DISC CERAMIC CAPACITORS

SPECIFICATIONS

Temperature Characteristics: Available in characteristics shown in
table (below-right) as standard.

Operating Temperature: — 55°C to +85°C.

Test Voltage: 2.5 times working voltage for 1 second.

Insulation Resistance:

7500 Megohms or an RC product of 75-ohms F, whichever is less.
RC product of .04-ohms F for 12 VDCW Y5T.

RC product of .1-ohm F for 16 VDCW Y5T.

10,000 Megohms for NPO.

Q (Ratio of Reactance to Equivalent Series Resistance):

Capacitance < 30 pf Q > 400 + 20 x Cpf
Capacitance > 30 pf Q > 1000

Dissipation Factor:

For Z5F, X5R, Z5U, Z5P (@ 1 KC and 25°C) 2.5%

For Z4V, Z5V 5% For Y5U 8.0%

For S2L, S3N 0.6% For NPO, N750, N1500: 0.2%

Encapsulation: Phenolic coated, wax impregnated.

Marking: MP, Value, Tolerance, Voltage.

HOW TO ORDER

TypeCF-104Z4

Voltage Rating 1

Temperature Characteristic

Capacitance

(In picofarads.) The 1st two digits indicate significant digits. The 3rd
digit indicates the number of zeroes following. R denotes decimal.

Tolerance — —

Lead Variation

Note: The digit “4" representing lead variation may be 1, 2, 3 or 6 as shown in the diagrams below.
The letter "C” and a blank space may also represent lead variations as shown in the diagrams.

*LEAD VARIATIONS

| TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC |

A = Y5U

F = Z5V

M

= P100 • S = N470

B = Z5F

G = S2L

N

= NPO T = N750

C = Z5R

H = S3N

P

= N150 V = N1500

D = Z5P

J = Z4V

Q

= N220 W = N2200

E = Z5U

K = Z5T

R

= N330 X = N3300

Other temp. char, available. [

| VOLTAGE RATING (WDC) |

TOLERANCE

A = 12V

m

II

o

o

<

C = ±.25 PF

B = 16V

F = 500V

D = ±.50 PF

C = 25V

G = 600V or

J = 5%

D = 50V

1000V

K = 10%

H2

-2KV

M = 20%

H3

3KV

Z = 80%, -20%

H5

-5KV

G = Guaranteed

Minimum Value

**Tape & Reel

5

*For other lead variations, consult factory.

**Disc Ceramic Capacitors can be mounted on continuous tape for automatic board insertion. These may be supplied for use in machines such as Matsushita, “Panasert",
TDK “Avisert", or Universal 6341. Check the specifications of the particular capacitor(s) required by your application. To order tape and reel packaging, add numeral
“5" to part number. Consult factory for details.

MULTILAYER CHIPS

SPECIFICATIONS

Temperaure Characteristics: NPO/COG — 0 ±30ppm/°C, -55°C to
+ 125°C; BX/X7R — AC 0 ± 15% Max. over -55°C to + 125°C; Z5U
— AC +22, -56% Max. over +10°C to +85°C
Capacitance: NPO/COG — Measured at 1 Vrms Max., 1MHz ±50KHz,
25°C, below 100PF — 1 Vrms Max., lKHz ±50Hz, 25°C, above 100PF;
BX/X7R — Measured at lKHz ±50Hz, 1.0 ±0.2V, 25°C; Z5U — Mea-
sured at lKHz ±50 Hz, 0.5V Max., 25°C

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: NPO/COG, BX/X7R, Z5U — 200%
rated voltage for 5 seconds, 50mA Max. charging current, 25°C

• Insulation Resistance: — NPO/COG — Greater than 100 G £2 below
.01 UF, 25°C, VDCW — Greater than 1000 £2 F above .01 UF, 25°C,
VDCW: BX/X7R — Greater than 100 G £2 for capacitance below .01
UF, 25°C, VDCW; Z5U — ■ Greater than 10,000M £2 for capacitance
below .05 UF,25°C, VDCW k — Greater than 500 £2 F for capacitance
above .05 UF, 25°C, VDCW

• Dissipation Factor (D.F.): NPO/COG — 0.1% Max., at 1 Vrms Max.,
lKHz, 25°Cf BX/X7R — .025 (2.5%) Max. at lKHz ±50Hz, 1.0 ±0.2V,
25°C; Z5U — .025 (2.5%) Max., at lKHz ±50Hz, 0.5V Max., 25°C

ORDERING TERMINOLOGY:

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1155

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

monolithic
ceramic capacitors

muftata

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

Chips

Capacitance Range:

IpF to .47mF

Voltage Ratings:

50 and 100 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

NPO, X7F, X7R, Z5U

Dimensions:

.060" x .030" to .220" x .200"

Chips for Tape and Reel

Capacitance Range:

IpF to .ImF

Voltage Ratings:

25 and 50 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

NPO, X7R, Y5V

Dimensions:

.080" x .050", .125" x .060" and .125" x .100"

Carrier Tape:

Standard 8MM

Axial Leaded
Conformal Epoxy Coated

Capacitance Range:

IpF to ImF

Voltage Ratings:

50 and 100 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

NPO, X7R, Z5U

Dimensions:

.170" x .100" to .400" x .150"

Available in standard packaging for auto-insertion

Radial Leaded
Conformal Epoxy Coated

Capacitance Range:

IpF to 4.7mF

Voltage Ratings:

50 and 100 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

NPO, X7F, X7R, Z5U

Dimensions:

.138" x .100" to .500" x .500"

Available taped and reeled for auto-insertion

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd„ S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

1*1156

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

disc

ceramic capacitors

muRata

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

Low Voltage

Capacitance Range:

1 pF to .5mF

Voltage Ratings:

12 VDC to 100 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

Y5R, Y5P, Y5U, Y5V, Z5U

NPO thru N750

Dimensions:

.157" to .690" Dia.

Available in standard packaging for auto-insertion

Medium Voltage

Capacitance Range:

IpFto .02mF

Voltage Ratings:

500; 1,000; 2,000; 3,000, 6,000 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

Y5F, Y5P, Y5U, Z5U

NPO, N220, N750, N1500

Dimensions:

.197" to .708" Dia.

Available in standard packaging for auto-insertion

High Voltage

Capacitance Range:

lOOpFto 2,200pF

Voltage Ratings:

7,500; 10,000; 15,000 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

Y5P, Z5U, N4700

Dimensions:

.354" to .788" Dia.

Safety Recognized
UL, CSA, etc.

Capacitance Range:

100pF to .01 mF

. Voltage Ratings:

400 VAC

Temperature Characteristics:

B, F, FZ

Dimensions:

.394" to .669" Dia.

Approval Types:

UL, CSA, VDE, SEMKO, BS, SEV

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd„ S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1157

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

high voltage
ceramic capacitors

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

10 to 40 KVDC, DHS Series

For AC and DC Pulse Applications

Capacitance Ranges:

190pF to 8000pF

Voltage Ratings:

10, 15, 20, 30, 40 KVDC

Temperature Characteristics:

N4700

Size:

.63" x .79" Dia. to 1.42" x 2.36" Dia.

For General Purpose Applications

Capacitance Ranges:

180pF to 9300pF

Voltage Ratings:

10,15, 20, 30, 40 KVDC

Temperature Characteristics:

Z5U

Size:

.75" x .79" Dia. to 1 .61 " x 2.36" Dia.

10 and 15 KVDC— DHL Series

Capacitance Ranges:

750pF and lOOOpF

Voltage Ratings:

10 and 15 KVDC

Temperature Characteristics:

Y5P

Size:

.39" x .79" Dia. to .47" x .79" Dia.

10 and 15 KVDC— DHD Series

Capacitance Ranges:

500pF and 2000pF

Voltage Ratings:

10 and 15 KVDC

Temperature Characteristics:

Y5P

Size:

.295" x .630" Dia. to .295" x .945" Dia.

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd., S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

1*1158

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

fixed and variable capacitors
for microwave applications

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

Monolithic Chips — MA Series

Capacitance Ranges:

0.3pF to lOOOpF

Voltage Ratings:

50,100, 200, 300, 500 VDC

Tolerances:

B, ±0.1 pF thru M, ±20%

Q:

10,000 @ 1 MHz

Temperature Characteristics:

P90, ±20ppm/°C

Size:

.055" x .055" and .135" x .110"

Glass Encapsulated Monolithic RF Power —
UFP Series

Capacitance Ranges:

lOpFto 3000pF

Voltage Ratings:

300 to 3600 VDC

Q:

5000 @ 1 MHz

RF Current Ratings:

8 Amperes

Temperature Characteristics:

P90, ±20ppm/°C

Size:

%"x,%"toW'xW

Button Mica

Capacitance Ranges:

15pF to lOOOpF

Voltage Ratings:

500 VDC

Q:

Per MIL-C-1 0950

Configurations:

Stand-off and Feed-thru

Size:

.457" Dia. x .730" and .515" Dia x .815"

Ceramic Trimmers

TZ03

Capacitance Ranges:

1.25pF — 2.3pF to lOpF to 120pF

Voltage Ratings:

50 and 100 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

NPO thru N1200

Size:

.236 Dia.

DVS3

Capacitance Ranges:

1.5pF — 6pF to 5pF to 35pF

Voltage Ratings:

25 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

NPO and N750

Size:

.126" Dia.

DV11

Capacitance Ranges:

2pF — 8pF to 1 5pF — 60pF

Voltage Ratings:

200 and 350 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

NPO thru N1500

Size:

3 /s" Dia.

Air Trimmers

MVM

Capacitance Ranges:

0.8pF — - 1 0pF to 1 pF — 20pF

Voltage Ratings:

250 VDC

Temperature Characteristics:

0, ±15 and 0, ±25ppm/°C

Size:

.281" Dia. x .484" to .281" Dia. x .900"

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd., S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

EEM1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1159

COMMONLY USED

ELECTRICAL./ ELECTRONIC

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating 1 current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP duaHn-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/ output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

j

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
fxF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
YAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
YDC volts (of) direct current
YHF very high frequency
YHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
YU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

He NIC COMPONENTS CORPORATION

CAPACITORS FOR HIGH TECHNOLOGY

B

H

T

w

ALUMINUM

ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

from 0.1 mfd through 22,000mfd
6.3wv to 450wv

1 . Axial and radial general purpose/industrial

2. Low leakage, close tolerance

3. Switching power applications

4. Lug types — high cv applications

5. Non-polarized

6. Epoxy end-seals, anti-solvent end seals

7. Extended temperature range

Radial and axial taping available for automatic insertion

EPOXY DIPPED TANTALUMS

from 0.1 mfd through 330mfd
3.1 5wv to 50wv

CERAMIC DISC
AND MONOLYTHIC
(Multi-layer Types)

Ipfd through 4.7 mfd

1 . Hl-K disc types (Y5F, Z5u etc.)

2. Temperature compensating
types (NPO, N750, N075,
N1500, etc....)

3. Semi-conductor types
(Y5u, Y5T)

4. Radial epoxy-dipped multi-layer
(COG/NPO, X7R, Z5u)

Taping, cut and forming available

^1

FILM CAPACITORS

from Ipfd through 22mfd
50wv to 2000wv

1 . Polyester — inductive

2. Axial and radial polyester —
non- inductive

3. Metallized polyester

4. Wrap and fill

5. Polypropylene

6. Polycarbonate

7. Polystyrene

Taping and reeling, cut and formed
leads available

He

Also ask for our resistor products

CALL OR WRITE FOR CATALOG AND SAMPLES

NIC COMPONENTS CORPORATION

NORTH AMERICAN OPERATIONS — NIPPON INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
238 Route 109, Farmingdale, NY 11735 (516) 694-0060; 800-645-9333

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1161

927 EAST STATE PARKWAY
SCHAUMBURG, ILLINOIS 60195

PHONE • (312) 843-7500 TELEX • 20-6577

CAPACITORS

At Nichicon, we re capacitor specialists. So we have
to go to extremes for you. To answer your engineering
questions. To help you solve design problems. To
match the right capacitor to the application . . .at the
right price, when you need them.

Nichicon is one of the world s largest manufacturers
of miniature and can type aluminum electrolytic,

semi-conductive ceramic disc, polyester film and
metallized polyester film capacitors.

For catalogs and pricing contact your local Nichicon
representative or distributor. You can also call or
write Nichicon (America) Corporation, 927 E. State
Parkway, Schaumburg, Illinois 60195. (312)843-7500.
We re Nichicon. The capacitor choice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION IN THE APPLICATION OF ALUMINUM
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS

1. DC electrolytic capacitors have polarity. The polarity is marked on the body of the capacitors. This
type of capacitor must not be used with polarity reversed.

2. Voltage in excess of the rated voltage and/or the rated surge voltage must not be applied.

3. The capacitors should not be used at temperatures exceeding the range of the specified operating
temperature.

4. In general, capacitance values decrease as the frequency increases.

5. If the capacitors are stored or left unused for more than three (3) years at normal storage temperature
(— 40°C - +40°C), aging should be conducted at the rated working voltage before application.

6. Soldering irons should not come in contact with the vinyl insulating sleeves of the capacitors.

7. Dip-soldering of the capacitors should not exceed ten (10) seconds at 260°C.

8. The capacitors may be damaged with some cleaning solvents such as Chlorothine, Triclene, Methyl
Chloride, etc.

When requesting more information or data sheets, reference the series type number.

niclticpn

The capacitor choice.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE CERAMIC CAPACITORS
POLYESTER FILM CAPACITORS

nichicon

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS GROUP CHART:

MINIATURE, RADIAL-TYPE ‘U’ AND AXIAL-TYPE T

GROUP CHART: CAN TYPE -TYPE «L’

PRONG

COMPUTER GRADE LUG TERMINAL TERMINAL SNAP-IN TERMINAL

GENERAL PURPOSE FOR SWITCHING REGULATOR

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1163

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MINIATURE ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTICS-
RADIAL LEAD-TYPE ‘U’ AND AXIAL LEAD-TYPE T

item

No.

Series

Type

Features

Operating
Temp f°C)

Construction

Rated Voltage
Range (VDC)

Capacitance
Range (fiF)

Capacitance

Tol. (%)

D.C. Leakage
Current (mA)

i

LB

• Smaller Standard Size

• Greater CV Density

—40 -+85

Radial (U)

6.3-100

0.1-10,000

±20(M)

0.03 CV
(4uA Min.)

After 1 Minute

Axial (T)

6.3-100

0.47-33,000

±20(M)

0.03CV
(3aA Min.)

After 5 Minutes

2

VS/VH

• Low Profile Design (VS)

• Small Diameter (VH)

— 40 — 1-85

Radial (U)

6.3-50

0.1-3,300

±20(M)

0.01 CV
(2uA Min.)

After 2 Minutes

3

BU

• Large Capacitance in

Compact Size

• 3-Lead Construction or
Conventional 2 Lead Type

— 40 — 1-85

Radial (U)

6.3-100

680-33,000

±20(M)

0.03CV

After 5 Minutes

4

HU

• High Voltage

—25 -+85

Radial (U)

160-450

1-100

—10 ~+50(T)

0.06CV +10

After 5 Minutes

Axial (T)

160-450

1-470

-10-+50(T)

5

KB

• Low Leakage

• Good for

Tantalum Replacement

—40- +85

Radial (U)

6.3-100

0.1-4,700

±20(M)

— 10(K)

0.002CV
(0.4*xA Min.)

After 2 Minutes

Axial (T)

6.3-100

0.47-3,300

±20(M)

±10(K)

0.002CV
(1uA Min.)

After 2 Minutes

6

ZA

• Low Noise

• Epoxy End Seal

-40- +85

Radial (U)

6.3-100

0.47-47

±20(M)

0.004CV
(0.2/n A Min.)

After 30 Sec.

7

SA

• Super Miniature, Body Height
(7mm for full line)

• For Tantalum Replacement

-40 -+85

Radial (U)

6.3-63

0.1-100

±20(M)

0.01 CV
(3u A Min.)

After 2 Minutes

8

SL

• Super Miniature, Body Height
(7mm for full line)

• Low Leakage

• For Tantalum Replacement

-40- +85

Radial (U)

6.3-63

0.1-100

±20(M)

0.002CV
(0.4/u A Min.}

After 2 Minutes

9

MA

• Ultra Miniature, Body Height
(5mm for full line)

• For Tantalum Replacement

—40- +85

Radial (U)

4-50

0.1-100

±20(M)

0.01 CV
(3 ju A Min.)

After 2 Minutes

10

PC

• Similar Case Size as

LB Series

• Plus Extended

Temperature Range

-55- +105

Radial (U)

6.3-100

0.1-10,000

±20(M)

0.03CV
[Au A Min.)

After 1 Minute

—40- +105

Axial (T)

6.3-100

0.47-4,700

±20(M)

11

BB

• High Temp.

• High Reliability
(+105°C, 3,000 hours)

—40 - + 105

Radial (U)

10-100

0.47-1,000

±20(M)

0.002CV
(2u A Min.)

After 5 Minutes

Axial (T)

10-100

0.47-1,000

±20(M)

12

BE

• High Temp.

• High Reliability
(+125°C, 2,000 hours)

—40 -+125

Radial (U)

10-50

0.47-470

±20(M)

0.002CV
(2u A Min.)

After 5 Minutes

Axial (T)

10-50

0.47-470

±20(M)

13

TM

• For Timing Circuits

• Very Stable at High Temp.

-40- +85

Radial (U)

10-50

1-470

±20(M)

. ±10(K|

0.001 CV +1

After 2 Minutes

14

EB

• Non-Polarized

-40- +85

Radial (U)

6.3-100

0.47-6,800

±20(M)

0.03CV
(3juA Min.)

After 5 Minutes

Axial (T)

6.3-100

0.47-10,000

±20(M)

15

DB

• Bi-Polar For Audio

Crossover

• Standard of Bi-Polar Series

-40- +85

Radial (U)

50

1-68

±20(M)

0.03 A
(3u A Min.) .

After 5 Minutes

Axial (T)

50

1-68

±20(M)

16

FB

• Bi-Polar For Audio

Crossover

• Small Case and Wider
Capacitance Range

-40- +85

Radial (U)

50

1-100

±20(M)

0.03CV
(3/i A Min.)

After 5 Minutes

17

GB

• Bi-Polar For Audio

Crossover

• Highest Performance of
Bi-Polar Series'

-40- +85

Radial (U)

50

1-39

±10(K)

0.03CV
(3u A Min.)

After 5 Minutes

1*1164

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE CERAMIC CAPACITORS
POLYESTER FILM CAPACITORS

MINIATURE ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTICS —
FOR SWITCHING REGULATORS

Item

No.

Series

Type

Features

Operating
Temp (°C)

Construction

Rated Voltage
Range (V. DC)

Capacitance
Range (mF)

Capacitance

Tol. (%}

D.C. {leakage
Current (^A)

18

PA

® Low-ESR For

Switching Regulators
• High Ripple at

High Frequency

—55 — M05

Radial (U)

6.3-200

1-1,000

±20(M)

0.002CV
(3u A Min.)

After 5 Minutes

19

PX

• Low-ESR For

Switching Regulators

• Compact Case Size

—55 - +105

Radial (U)

6.3-63

22-2,200

±20(M)

0.03CV

After 5 Minutes

nichicon

CAN-TYPE ELECTROLYTICS-TYPE L

Item

No.

Senes

Type

Features

Operating
Temp. (°C)

Rated Voltage
Range (V. DC)

Capacitance
Range (*iF)

Capacitance

M(%)

D.C. Leakage
Current (mA)

20

KD

• Lug Terminal (LA)

-40- +85
(16 -100V)
-25- +85
(160 -500V)

16-500

22-68,000

— 10-+50(T)

3\/CV

After 5 Minutes

21

HH

• Prong Terminal (HH)
for P.C.B. Mount

-40-+85
(16 -100V)
-25- +85
(160 -500V)

16-500

150-47,000

— 10 -+50(T)

aVcv

After 5 Minutes

22

HL

• Snap-in Terminal (HS)

• for P.C.B Mount

-40 — F85
(16 -100V)
—25 -+85
(160 -500V)

16-500

22-22,000

— 10-+30(Q)

3VCV

After 5 Minutes

23

LL

• Snap-in Terminal (HS)
for P.C.B. Mount

• Low Profile of HL Series

-40- +85
(16 -100V)
—25- +85
(160 -200V)

16-200

220-15,000

-10 -+30(0)

3VCV

After 5 Minutes

24

GH

• Snap-in Terminal (HS)

• Higher Temp. (105°C)

— 40 - + 105

10-100

470-15,000

±20(M)

3VW~

After 5 Minutes

25

GL

• Snap-in Terminal (HS)

• Higher Temp. (105°C)

• Low Profile of GH Series

—40 - + 105

10-100

1,000-10,000

±20(M)

3V^V

After 5 Minutes

26

LZ

• PC. Mount Terminal (LM)

• Low Impedance

• Low Profile

-40- +85

16-100

2,200-22,000

-10 -+30(Q)

3\/CV

After 5 Minutes

27

NW

• Computer Grade-
Screw Terminal (SM)

• Smallest Size of

Computer Grade

— 25 — {-85

6.3-450

1 20 ~ 1,000,000
(IF)

— 1 0 — +50(T)

3\/CV

After 5 Minutes

28

NK

• Computer Grade—

Screw Terminal (SM)

• Smaller Case Size Than ‘NS’
and Higher Ripple than ‘NW’

-25- +85

6.3-450

150-470,000

— 10 -+50(T)

3VW~

After 5 Minutes

29

NS

• Computer Grade-
Screw Terminal (SM)

• Standard Size and Ripple

—25 -+85

6.3-450

220-470,000

— 10 -+50(T)

3VCV

After 5 Minutes

30

NH

• Computer Grade-
Screw Terminal (SM)

• For High Ripple Current
Applications

-25- +85

6.3-450

220 ~ 220,000

-10- + 100(W)
(63 -80V)

— 10 -+75(U)
(100 -350V)

— 10 - +50(1)
(400 -450V)

3V/CV -
After 5 Minutes

31

MK

• For Motor Starting

• Lug Terminal (LA)

-25- +65

110-250

V.AC

20-400

— 0 - +20(A)

—

nichicon

The capacitor choice.

The capacitor choice.

NICHICON (AMERICA) CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1165

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
SEMI-CONDUCTIVE CERAMIC CAPACITORS
POLYESTER FILM CAPACITORS

nxckicon

CAN TYPE ELECTROLYTICS-TYPE ‘L’
FOR SWITCHING REGULATORS

Item

No.

Series

Type

Features

Operating
Temp. (°C)

Rated Voltage
Range (V. DC)

Capacitance
Range (m F)

Capacitance

Tol.(%)

D.C Leakage
Current 0*A)

32

PS

• Snap-in Terminal (HS)

• Provides Several Case Size for
Each Rating

—40 ~+85
(160 -250V)
-25-+85
(350 -450V)

160-450

47 1,000

±20(M)

3xW~

After 5 Minutes

33

FL

• Snap-in Terminal (HS)

• Low Profile

—40 — h85

160-250

82 270

±20(M)

3'/CV

After 5 Minutes

34

GM

• Snap-in Terminal (HS)

• Higher Temp. (105°C)

• Provides Several Case Size for
Each Rating

— 40 — h105
(160 -250V)
—25 — 1-105
(400V)

160-400

47 1,000

±20(M)

3VCV -
After 5 Minutes

35

PK

• Snap-in Terminal (HS)

• Higher Temp (105°C)

• Highest Ripple Current
Capability

-40-105

200,250

150 1,000

±20(M)

3VC\r~

After 5 Minutes

SEMI-CONDUCTIVE CERAMIC CAPACITOR

Item

No.

Series

Type

Rated
Voltage
(V. DC)

T.C.

Capacitance

W

Capacitance Tolerance

Insulation Resistance (Mn)

36

RSB

12

Y5S

0.022-0.47

±20% (M), +80-20% (Z)

0.022-0.1 uF—1 Min. at 12V 0.33 M F— 0.33 Min. at 12 V
0.22^F— 0.5 Min. at 12V 0.47^F-0.25 Min. at 12 V

37

RSB

25

Y5T

0.01-0.1

±20% (M), +80-20% (Z)

1,000 Min. at 25V

38

RSB

50

Y5V

Y5T

0.01-0.1

Y5V: +80-20% [Z]

Y5T ±20% (M), +80-20% (Z)

1,000 Min. at 50V

POLYESTER FILM CAPACITOR

Item

No.

Series Type

Rated

Voltage (V. DC)

Capacitance

W

Capacitance Tolerance

Insulation Resistance

D.F.

39

TDY

100

0.001-0.47

±5% (J), ±10% (K), ±20% (M)

9,000 Mn Min.

1.0% Max.
at 1kHz

METALLIZED POLYESTER FILM CAPACITOR

Item

No.

Series Type

Rated

Voltage (V. DC)

Capacitance

W

Capacitance Tolerance

Insulation Resistance

D.F.

40

TDXM (Radial)

250, 400, 630

0.01-2.2

±5% (J), ±10% (K), ±20% (M)

<0.33juF- 9,000 Mn Min.

1.0% Max.

41

TTAM (Axial)

250, 400, 630

0.15-10

±5% (J), ±1 0% (K), ±20% (M)

>0.33juF-3,000 Mn Min.

at 1kHz

UL LISTED METALLIZED FILM CAPACITOR -RADI AL-
MOLDED RESIN CASE

Item

No.

Series Type

Rated

Voltage

Capacitance

(mF)

Capacitance Tolerance

Insulation Resistance

D.F.

42

AL

125 V.AC

0.0047-0.22

±10% (K), ±20% (M)

9,000 Mn Min.
at 100 V. DC 1 Min.

1.0% Max.
at 1kHz

Note: The following features for ceramic disc and film capacitors are available upon your request:

1. Radial lead taping is available in 11mm diameter and less products for all ceramic series and TDY film capacitors

2. Axial lead taping is available in 11mm diameter and less products for all ceramic series

3. Lead cut and forming are available for all series

Nichicon also manufactures:

Oil filled paper capacitors (without P.C.B.’s)

Paper tublar and metallized paper tublar capacitors
Hybrid I.C.’s

PTC Thermistors “POSI-R”

1-1166

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

nichicon

TAPED CAPACITORS FOR AUTOMATIC INSERTION

Taped Nichicon aluminum electrolytic capacitors of Axial Lead type
and Radial Lead type designs are available in a choice of two packag-
ing methods: reel packaging and ammunition box.

TAPED RADIAL LEADS

Available for capacitors with diameters of 4 (.157"); 5 (.196''); 6 (.236");
and 8mm (.314"). In conformity with EIAJ-RC1008

Units of up to 010 (01Ox16L)
can be supplied in taped
form on request.

Code

Nominal Value
Tolerance

12.7 12.7 3.85 6.35 5.0 H+A<H, 16.0 $ A 2 * 5 4.0 18.0
|±0.05|±1.0 ±0.2 ±0.7 ±1.3 +0.8— |±o.5| - |±0.2| ±0.5

* For capacitors of 04, units with F dimension of 3.5 are also available.

* "0d" depends on capacitor specification.

TAPED AXIAL LEADS

Available for capacitors with diameters of 5 (.196"); 6 (.236"); 8 (.314");
10 (.394") and 13mm (.511"). In conformity with EIAJ-RC1008
and lEC-Pub 286 , ,

1 •• s \\ 0 l

White tape for positive polarity rj rj JV H — * '

Blue or yellow tape for (
negative polarity

Code

W

R

P

Z

L

T

Nominal Value

52.4, 63.5, 73

2 MAX.

*

1.2 MAX.

W

2

6.0

Tolerance

±1.5

-

±0.5

-

±1.2

±1

* P = 10 for </>5. 6 and 8 capacitors P = 15 for 010 and 13 capacitors

LEAD FORMING (Capacitors with trimmed or formed
leads— radial lead type)

Capacitors with their leads formed or trimmed allow for easier
insertion of the units into PC boards. Thus, higher mounting effi-
ciency can be gained.

Formed leads and trimmed leads

Shape (1) Shape (2)

( 04 . 5 . 6 . 8 ) ( 010 . 13 , 16 , 18 )

M hf

Tf ti n=-rs

Formed lead code: FA ■©■

Snap-in type lead

Shape (3)

( 04 , 5 , 6 , 8 )

Formed lead code: CA

Shape (4)

( 010 , 13 , 16 , 18 )

Formed lead code: AA

Forming method
Code

Shape

No.

c

0 D

imensions

TT1

nr

4

5

1.5

—

Forming and cutting

5

5

2.0

-

FA

6(6.3)

5

2.5

—

8

5

3.5

—

10

5

—

-

13

5

—

-

CA

16

7.5

—

—

18

7.5

—

4

5

1.5

1.1

6)

5

5

2.0

1.1

Snap-in type

6(6.3)

5

2.5

1.1

forming

8

5

3.5

1.3

A A

10

5

—

1.3

MM

13

5

-

1.3

V*/

16

7.5

—

1.3

18

7.5

-

1.3

Formed lead code: AA

*For 04 capacitors with formed or trimmed
leads, they can also be supplied with
F dimension of 3.5 mm.

*Lead diameter0d depends on capacitor
specification.

SAFETY VENT (Miniature Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitors)

Diameters > 10mm

Safety Vent Standard

Diameters < 8mm

Safety Vent Optional
(Except SA, SL, and MA Series,)

ANTI-SOLVENT FEATURE

Clean and simple. Nichicon anti-solvent aluminum electro-
lytic capacitors withstand unfriendly cleaning agents for

up to 5 minutes. And even though they perform better
than epoxy end-sealed capacitors, their maximum seated
height and cost have been reduced.

Series

Cleaning Agent

Cleaning Condition

Cleaning Time

LBf

Freon®

0 ultrasonic

(28kHz, 10W/L

Max. output)

5 minutes

TE, TES

SA

• vapor

TMS

• immersion

SL

1. 1. 1. Trichloroethane

• vapor

EB

Triclene

5 minutes

VS/VH

Freon®

• immersion

BU

TF&TMC

fLB Series capacitors with capacitance
ratings > 1/iF, except: 100 volt "T” type
axials and 100 volt/470/iF radial types.

The capacitor choice.

NICHICON (AMERICA) CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1167

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

(803) 393-5421 — TWX 8 10-665-2 182

POLYESTER FILM CAPACITORS

EXTENDED FOIL/FILM WRAP/EPOXY END FILL

STYLE 107 — 55°C TO +125°C

ELECTRICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS
CAPACITANCE MEASUREMENTS

Capacitors of 1.0 fiF or less shall be measured at a frequency of 1000 Hz. Capacitors greater
than 1.0 fiF shall be measured at 60 Hz. The standard capacitance tolerance is 20%. Other
tolerances are available upon request.

Reference: MIL-STD-202, Method 305.

TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTICS

The maximum change in capacitance from the measured value at + 25°C shall be —6% at
— 55°C, and +15% at +125°C.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

When measured as specified in Paragraph 1, the dissipation factor at +25°C shall not exceed
0.6% for values up to 1.0 fiF and shall not exceed 1.0% for greater capacitance values.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

When measured at +25°C f and rated voltage (or 500 VDC, whichever is less), the insulation
resistance shall be a minimum of 50,000 megohm-microfarads, but need not exceed 100,000
megohms. The period of electrification shall not exceed two minutes.

Reference: MIL-STD-202, Method 302.

VOLTAGE DERATING

The capacitors may be operated at full rated voltage from — 55°C to +85°C, or with linear
derating to 50% of rated voltage above +85°C with a maximum temperature of +125°C.

VOLTAGE TEST

When tested at +25°C, the capacitors shall withstand the indicated DC test voltages for a
period of one minute:

Terminal to terminal 200% of DC rating

Terminal to case (less than .235 diameter) 200% of DC rating

Terminal to case (greater than .235 diameter) 400% of DC rating or 2,000 VDC, whichever is less
Reference: MIL-STD-202, Method 301.

LIFE TESTING

When tested for 1000 hours at 150% of the appropriate rated voltage for the test temperature,
the capacitors shall exhibit no more than one failure in twelve pieces tested. Alternatively, an
accelerated +125°C test may be performed at the +85°C voltage rating for a period of 250
hours. A failure is defined as:

a) A capacitance change of more than 10% of its initial value;

b) A dissipation factor greater than that specified in Paragraph 3;

c) An insulation resistance less than 1/3 that specified in Paragraph 4; or

d) A permanent open or short.

VIBRATION

The capacitors will meet or exceed in the vibration requirements of MIL-STD-202, Method 201.

NYTR0NICS CATALOG NUMBERING SYSTEM

Nytronics
Style

C = 200V the significant figures/the third F = ±1%

E = 400V is the number of zeros. P = ±2%

F = 600V J = ±5%

K = ±10%
M = ±20%

Note: Special capacitance values, voltage ratings and sizes available to customer requirements.

PHYSICAL SIZE TOLERANCES

100 Volts DC & 200 Volts DC

400 Volts DC

Up to .158

+ .032
-.000

Up to .218

±.032 /

DIAMETER

.159 to .200

+ .040
-.000

.219 to .500

±.046

Over .200

+ .050
- .000

Over .500

±.062

LENGTH

+X«

-0

+ X 2

~V\b

107

D.C. Voltage Rating
B = 100V

103

Capacitance
In tiuf. The first two digits are

TINNED C0PPERWELD LEADS

No. 22 AWG. (.025) for cases up to .325 Uia.

No. 20 AWG. (.032) for cases .326 thru 1.0 Dia.

No. 18 AWG. (.040) for cases above 1.0 Dia.

Lead Length: 1W' Min.

Also available are the following styles with characteristics similar to Type 107.

STYLE 103

Flat Press with Axial Leads
Extended Foil Construction
Polyester Film Dielectric
Film Wrap-Epoxy Endfill
— 55°C to +125°C Operation

STYLE 118

Round Body with Axial Leads
Extended Foil Construction
Polyester Film Dielectric
Polyethylene Case-Epoxy Endfill
— 55°C to +100°C Operation

POLYESTER FILM
CAPACITORS

STANDARD RATINGS

[Capacitance //.f | Dia. x Length |

Cat. No. |

100 VOLTS DC WORKING

.001

.138

3/8

107B102M

.0015

.138

3/8

107B152M

.0022

.138

3/8

107B222M

.0033

.138

3/8

107B332M

.0047

.138

3/8

107B472M

.0068

.138

3/8

107B682M

.0082

.138

3/8

107B822M

.01

.158

3/8

107B103M

.015

.158

%

107B153M

.022

.158

%

107B223M

.027

.158

%

107B273M

.033

.158

%

107B333M

.047

.190

%

107B473M

.068

.220

%

107B683M

.082

.265

%

107B823M

.1

.265

%

107B104M

.12

.300

3/4

107B124M

.15

.330

3/4

107B154M

.22

.350

%

107B224M

.27

.350

1 X6

107B274M

.33

.385

1 X6

107B334M

.39

.415

1 X6

107B394M

.47

.450

1X6

107B474M

.56

.490

1X6

107B564M

.68

.540

1 X6

107B684M

.82

.570

1X6

107B824M

1.

.590

1 X6

107B105M

1.5

.670

1 X6

107B155M

1.8

.730

1 X6

107B185M

2.0

.700

11/2

107B205M

200 VOLTS

DC WO

RKING

.001

.138

3/8

107C102M

.0015

.138

3/8

107C152M

.0022

.138

3/8

107C222M

.0033

.138

3/8

107C332M

.0047

.138

3/8

107C472M

.0068

.138

3/8

107C682M

.0082

.138

3/8

107C822M

.01

.158

3/8

107C103M

.015

.158

%

107C153M

.022

.158

%

107C223M

.027

.158

%

107C273M

.033

.158

%

107C333M

.047

.190

%

107C473M

.068

.220

%

107C683M

.082

.265

%

107C823M

.1

.265

%

107C104M

.12

.285

%

107C124M

.15

.315

%

107C154

.22

.325

1X6

107C224M

.27

.330

1X6

107C274M

.33

.360

1X6

107C334M

.39

.395

1X6

107C394M

.47

.430

1X6

107C474M

.56

.465

1X6

107C564M

.68

.510

1X6

107C684M

.82

.580

1X6

107C824M

1.

.590

1X6

107C105M

1.5

.680

1X6

107C155M

1.8

.740

1X6

107C185M

2.0

.750

1X6

107C205M

400 VOLTS DC WORKING

.001

.156

5/8

107E102M

.0015

.156

5/8

107E152M

.0022

.156

5/8

107E222M

.0033

.156

5/8

107E332M

.0047

.187

5/s

107E472M

.0068

.218

5/8

107E682M

.0082

.234

5/8

107E822M

.01

.250

5/8

107E103M

.015

.296

5/8

107E153M

.022

.312

3/4

107E223M

.027

.281

7/8

107E273M

.033

.312

7/s

107E333M

.047

.343

7/8

107E473M

.068

.375

1

107E683M

.082

.406

1

107E823M

.1

.421

1

107E104M

.12

.468

1

107E124M

.15

.468

1V4

107E154M

.22

.546

13/8

107E224M

.27

.609

13/8

107E274M

.33

.593

15/8

107E334M

.39

.625

15/8

107E394M

.47

.671

15/8

107E474M

.56

.718

13/4

107E564M

.68

.796

13/4

107E684M

.82

.812

17/8

107E824M

1 .

.812

2

107E105M

1.5

.921

21/4

107E155M

1.8

1.015

21/4

107E185M

2.0

1.093

21/4

107E205M

Special capacitance values, tolerances and sizes are
available on request.

1*1168

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

vru>:

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393*5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

MOLDED MYLAR
CAPACITORS

TYPE 111
MOLDED MYLAR*
CAPACITORS

MOLDED IN RUGGED FLAME- —

RETARDANT MOLDING COMPOUND

Nytronics Type 111 Capacitors were developed for applications
requiring excellent capacitance stability, superior humidity
resistance and high insulation resistance. The capacitor ele-
ment is non-inductively wound with mylar dielectric and
extended foil.

ELECTRICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS
CAPACITANCE

Shall be within the specified limits when measured at a frequency
of 1 KHz at -f 25°C.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed 1% when measured as above.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

When measured at +25°C and with rated voltage applied for 2 min-
utes, shall be a minimum of 50,000 megohms.

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

Shall withstand 2.5X rated voltage for one minute.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

— 55°C to + 85°C at full rated voltage; derated linearly to 50% of rated
voltage at 125°C.

LIFE TEST

250 hours, at +85°C and 150% of rated voltage or, at +125°C with
85°C rated voltage applied. One failure in twelve allowed.

MOISTURE RESISTANCE

Capacitors shall meet the humidity requirements of MIL-STD-202E,
Method 106D, 5 cycles.

Size

D, Max

L, Max

A

.188

.440

B

.188

.697

C

.219

.697

A-B

.219

.572 "

Capacity MFD

100 VDC

Case Size

200 VDC

Case Size

o

o

111B102K

A

111C102K

A

.0012

111B122K

A

111C122K

A

.0015

111B152K

A

111C152K

A

.0018

111B182K

A

111C182K

A

.0022

111 B222K

A

111C222K

A

.0027

111B272K

A

111C272K

A

.0033

111B332K

A

111C332K

A

.0039

111B392K

A

111C392K

A

.0047

111B472K

A

111C472K

A

.0056

111B562K

A

111C562K

A

.0068

111B682K

A

111C682K

A

.0082

111B822K

A

111C822K

A

.01

111B103K

A

111C103K

B

.012**

111B123K

B

111C123K

B

.015**

111B153K

B

111C153K

B

.018**

111B183K

B

111C183K

B

022**

111B223K

B

111C223K

B

.027**

111B273K

C

111C273K

C

.033**

111B333K

C

111C333K

C

.039

111B393K

C

.047

111B473K

C

** Available in alternate A-B size. To order prefix number with AB — Example
AB111B123, 100 VDC only.

NYTRONICS CATALOG NUMBERING SYSTEM

111 B

B =. 100 V
C = 200 V

103 K

Capacitance

In Picofarads. The 1st 2 digits
are the significant figures. The
3rd is the number of zeroes.

Capacitance Tolerance
J = ±5%

K = ±10%

M = ±20%

Other tolerances avai lable
on request.

Intermediate capacitance values available
* Dupont Trade Name

f Other values and sizes available soon; inquiries invited

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1169

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

^y/witA/, J&ux

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C 29532

(803)393-5421 — -TWX 810-665-2182

POLYSTYRENE

POLYSTYRENE CAPACITORS

CAPACITORS

ELECTRICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

CAPACITANCE MEASUREMENTS

Capacitors of 1.0 mF or less shall be measured at a frequency of
1000 Hz.

Capacitors greater than 1.0 mF shall be measured at 60 Hz.

The standard capacitance tolerance is 20%. Other tolerances
are available upon request.

Reference: MIL-STD-202. Method 305.

TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTICS AND STABILITY
When measured over the full operating range, the Temperature
Coefficient shall be — 120ppm/°C ±30ppm/°C.

There shall be less than 0.1% change per year in capacitance
when operated between + 20°C and -f 50°C.

After cycling from — 55°C to + 75°C, the capacitance shall not
vary more than 0.2% from its initial measurement at +25°C.
DISSIPATION FACTOR

When measured as specified in Paragraph 1, the dissipation factor
at -f 25°C shall not exceed 0.1% .

INSULATION RESISTANCE

When measured at -f 25°C, and rated voltage (or 500 VDC,
whichever is less), the insulation resistance shall be a minimum of
200,000 megohm-microfarads, but need not exceed 500,000
megohms. The period of electrification shall not exceed
two minutes.

Reference: MIL-STD-202, Method 302.

VOLTAGE DERATING

The capacitors may be operated at full rated voltage from
— 55°C to +65°C, or with linear derating to 60% of rated voltage
above -f 65°C to the maximum operating temperature of +85°C.

VOLTAGE TEST

When tested at -f 25°C, the capacitors shall withstand the
indicated DC test voltages for a period of one minute:

Terminal to terminal 200% of DC rating

Terminal to case (less 200% of DC rating

than .235 diameter)

Terminal to case (greater 400% of DC rating or
than .235 diameter) 2.000 VDC, whichever
is less

Reference: MIL-STD-202, Method 301.

EXTENDED FOIL
FILM WRAP/EPOXY END-FILL

LIFE TESTING

When tested at 85°C for 250 hours at full 65°C rated voltage, the
capacitors shall exhibit no more than one failure in twelve pieces
tested. A failure is defined as:

a) A capacitance change of more than 6% of its initial value;

b) A dissipation factor greater than that specified in
Paragraph 3;

c) An insulation resistance less than 60% that specified in
Paragraph 4; or

d) A permanent open or short.

VIBRATION

The capacitors will meet or exceed the vibration requirements of
MIL-STD-202, Method 201.

NYTR0NICS CATALOG NUMBERING SYSTEM

103

Capacitance Tolerance

Capacitance
In /ifii. The first
two digits are
the significant
figures, the third
is the number of
zeroes.

F

P

J

K

M

± 1 %
± 2 %
± 5%
± 10 %
± 20 %

Note: Special capacitance values, voltage ratings and sizes available to
customer requirement.

Intermediate value available.

STANDARD RATINGS AT 85°C

50 VOLTS DC WORKING

Capaci-

tance

MFD

Diameter

Length

Cat. No.

.001

.218

.625

133A102M

.0015

.218

.625

133A152M

.0022

.218

.625

133A222M

.0033

.218

.625

133A332M

.0039

.218

.625

133A392M

.0047

.218

.625

133A472M

.0068

.218

.625

133A682M

.0082

.218

.625

133A822M

.01

.218

.625

133A103M

.015

.260

.625

133A153M

.022

.260

.750

133A223M

.027

.290

.750

133A273M

.033

.325

.750

133A333M

.039

.350

.812

133A393M

.047

.375

.812

133A473M

.068

.390

.937

133A683M

.082

.420

.937

133A823M

.1

.420

.937

133A104M

.12

.460

1.000

133A124M

.15

.460

1.125

133A154M

.18

.500

1.125

133A184M

.22

.600

1.125

133A224M

.27

.655

1.437

133A274M

.39

.703

1.437

133A394M

.47

.734

1.562

133A474M

100 VOLTS DC WORKING

Capaci-
tance
n f

Diameter

Length

Cat. No.

.001

.218

.750

133B102M

.0015

.218

.750

133B152M

.0022

.218

.750

133B222M

.0033

.218

.750

133B332M

.0039

.218

.750

133B392M

.0047

.218

.750

133B472M

.0068

.234

.750

133B682M

.0082

.234

.750

133B822M

.01

.296

.750

133B103M

.012

.296

.750

133B123M

.015

.296

.750

133B153M

.022

.318

.875

133B223M

.027

.328

.875

133B273M

.033

.343

.875

133B333M

.039

.359

.875

133B393M

.047

.375

.875

133B473M

.068

.406

1.000

133B683M

.082

.460

1.000

133B823M

.1

.460

1.000

133B104M

.15

.460

1.125

133B154M

.18

.500

1.125

133B184M

.22

.600

1.125

133B224M

.27

.655

1.437

133B274M

.39

.703

1.437

133B394M

.47

.734

1.562

133B474M

200 VOLTS DC WORKING

Capaci-

tance

/if

Diameter

Length

Cat. No.

.001

.218

.750

133C102M

.0015

.218

.750

133C152M

.0022

.218

.750

133C222M

.0033

.218

.750

133C332M

.0039

.218

.750

133C392M

.0047

.218

.750

133C472M

.0068

.234

.750

133C682M

.0082

.234

.750

133C822M

.01

.296

1.000

133C103M

.012

.296

1.000

133C123M

.015

.296

1.000

133C153M

.022

.318

1.000

133C223M

.027

.375

1.000

133C273M

.033

.375

1.000

133C333M

.039

.437

1.125

133C393M

.047

.437

1.125

133C473M

.068

.500

1.125

133C683M

.082

.562

1.375

133C823M

.1

.500

1.375

133C104M

.15

.625

1.375

133C154M

.18

.687

1.375

133C184M

.22

.687

1.812

133C224M

.27

.687

1.812

133C274M

.39

.875

1.812

133C394M

.47

• 1.000

1.812

133C474M

400 VOLTS DC WORKING

Capaci-

tance

at

Diameter

Length

Cat. No.

.001

.218

.750

133E102M

.0015

.218

.750

133E152M

.0022

.218

.750

133E222M

.0033

.218

.750

133E332M

.0039

.218

.750

133E392M

.0047

.218

.750

133E472M

.0068

.234

.750

133E682M

.0082

.234

.750

133E822M

.01

.320

1.000

133E103M

.012

.320

1.000

133E123M

.015

.400

1.000

133E153M

.022

.400

1.000

133E223M

.027

.450

1.125

133E273M

.033

.450

1.125

133E333M

.039

.515 |

1.125

133E393M

.047

.515

1.125

133E473M

.068

.562

1.125

133E683M

.082

.562

1.375

133E823M

.1

.640

1.375

133E104M

.15

.640

1.812

133E154M

.18

.700

1.812

133E184M

.22

.750

1.812

133E224M

.27

.750

1.812

133E274M

.39

1.000

1.812

133E474M

.47

1.000

1.812

133E474M

CONFIGURATIONS

| ~~f Dia. Max.

1 1/„ II : r, J

| | '

* L Max *•

* i */2 Min. *1

LEAD WIRE SIZE

No. 22 AWG (.025) for cases up to .325 Dia.
No. 20 AWG. (.032) for cases .326 thru 1.0 Dia.
No. 18- AWG. (.040) for cases above 1.0 Dia.

1*1170

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

POLYPROPLYENE

CAPACITORS

TYPE 187

POLYPROPYLENE

CAPACITORS

EXTENDED FOIL/FILM WRAP/
EPOXY ENDFILl

Min. Max. Min.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CAPACITANCE

Shall be within the specified limits when measured at 1 kHz at +25°C.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed .1% when measured as above.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

When measured at + 25°C and with rated voltage applied for 2 minutes,
shall be a minimum 250,000 megohms/mfd; need not exceed 500,000
megohms.

LEAD WIRE SIZE

CAPACITY TOLERANCE SUFFIX

AWG

DIAMETER MAX.

#22

.40 & Under

#20

.401 Thru 1.0

#18

Above 1.0

F = ± 1%
P = ± 2%
J = ± 5%
K = ±10%
M = ±20%

TYPICAL CAPACITANCE CHANGE
WITH TEMPERATURE IN PERCENT

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

Shall withstand 200% of rated voltage for 1 minute.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

— 55°C to + 105°C at full rated voltage.

LIFE TEST

250 hours, at 105°C with 140% of rated voltage applied. One failure in
twelve shall be permitted.

HUMIDITY RESISTANCE

Meets the requirements of MIL-STD-202, Method 103B, Test Condition
B. After test the I.R. will be equal to or greater than 1/3 of the initial
requirement.

LEAD PULL & BEND TEST

Capacitors will withstand a 5 pound pull test and bend test as de-
scribed in RS-164.

-50 -25 0 +25 +50 +85 +100 +120

TEMPERATURE IN DEGREES CENTIGRADE
Other capacitance values and voltage ratings available upon request.

CAPACITY

MFD.

100 VDC
CATALOG NO.

D MAX.

L MAX.

200 VDC
CATALOG NO.

D MAX.

L MAX.

400 VDC
CATALOG NO.

D MAX.

L MAX.

.001

187B102

.218

.625

187C102

.218

.625

187E102 .

.218

.625

.0012

187B122

.218

.625

187C122

218

.625

187E122

218

625

.0015

187B152

.218

.625

187C152

.218

.625

187E152

.218

.625

.0018

187B182

.218

.625

187C182

.218

.625

187E182

.218

.625

.0022

187B222

.218

.625

187C22-2

.218

.625

187E222

.218

.625

.0027

187B272

.218

.625

187C272

.218

.625

187E272

.218

625

.0033

187B332

.218

.625

187C332

.218

.625

187E332

.218

.625

.0039

187B392

.218

.625

187C392

.218

.625

187E392

.218

.625

.0047

187B472

.218

.625

187C472

.218

.625

187E472

.218

.625

.0056

187B562

.218

.625

187C562

.218

.625

187E562

.240

.625

.0068

187B682

.218

.625

187C682

.218

.625

187E682

.255

.625

.0082

187B822

.218

.625

187C822

.218

, .625

187E822

.235

.687

.01

187B103

.218

.625

187C103

.232

625

187E103

.255

.687

.012

187B123

.218

.625

187C123

.245

.625

187E123

.280

.687

.015

187B153

.235

.625

187 C 153

.242

.687

187E153

.310

.687

.018

187B183

.250

.625

187C183

.255

.687

187E183

.340

.687

.022

187B223

.265

.625

187C223

.265

.687

187E223

.360

.687

.027

187B273

.285

.625

187C273

.316

.687

187E273

.395

.687

.033

187B333

.320

.625

187C333

.320

.687

187E333

.370

.812

.039

187B393

.345

.625

187C393

.358

.687

187E393

.395

.812

.047

187B473

.300

.750

187C473

.330

.812

187E473

.435

.812

.056

187B563

.325

.750

187C563

.354

.812

187E563

.465

.812

.068

187B683

.345

.812

187C683

.385

.812

187E683

.450

.937

.082

187B823

.345

.812

187C823

.415

.812

187E823

.480

.937

.1

187B104

.410

.812

187C104

.415

.937

187E104

.530

.937

.12

187B124

.425

.812.

187C124

.450

.937

187E124

.495

1.250

.15

187B154

.425

.937

187C154

.495

.937

187E154 "

.545

1.250

.18

187B184

.425

.937

187C184

.530

.937

187C184

.605

1.250

.22

187B224

.450

.937

187C224

.520

1.125

187E224

.655

1.250

.27

187B274

.460

1.125

187C274

.575

1.125

187E274

.630

1.500

.33

187B334

.490

1.125

187C334

.635

1.125

187E334

.690

1.500

.39

187B394

.490

1.250

187C394

.635

1.250

187E394

.740

1.500

.47

187B474

.540

1.250

187C474

.690

1.250

187E474

.810

1.500

.56

187B564

.585

1.250

187C564

.660

1.500

187E564

.870

1.500

.68

187B684

.635

1.250

187C684

.720

1.500

187E684

.860

1.750

.82

187B824

.685

1.250

187C824

.720

1.750

187E824

.950

1.750

1.

187B105

.760

1.250

187C105

.770

1.750

187E105

1.040

1.750

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1171

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

POLYESTER TAPE WRAP CASE/EPOXY ENDFILL

Type 192 Capacitors feature small size, excellent stability, high insulation resis-
tance, low dissipation factor and good humidity resistance. These properties make
them ideal for use in timing and integrating circuitry.

CAPACITANCE

Shall be within specified tolerance when measured at 1 KHz for values thru 1 MFD and at 60 Hz
for values above 1 MFD.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Less than .1% when measured as above at 25°C.

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

1.5 X rated voltage for one minute through a limiting resistance of 100 ohms/volt.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

Minimum values.

Temperature

+ 25°C

+ 85°C

+ 105°C

Megohms

X Microfarads

100,000

5,000

500

Need Not Exceed
(Megohms)

200,000

10,000

1000

Measured After Two Minutes Electrification
At Rated Voltage

TEMPERATURE RANGE

— 55°C to + 85°C at rated voltage to 105°C with 50% voltage derating.

HUMIDITY

Will meet the test requirements of MIL-STD-202, Method 103B, Test Condition B. After testing
the I.R. will be equal to or greater than Vz of the initial requirements. One failure in 12
permitted.

LIFE TEST

250 hours at 85°C with 140% of rated voltage applied. A resistance of one ohm per volt shall
be inserted in series with each capacitor. One failure in 12 shall be permitted.

MIN +.062 MIN

D TOLERANCE

.249 and Under
.250 thru .500 .
.501 thru 1.000

+ .032
+ .046
+ .062

LEAD GAUGE CAPACITY TOLERANCE SUFFIX

Body Length

AWG

F

= ± 1%

.530 and Less

24

P

= ± 2%

.650 thru 1.062

22

J

= ± 5%

1.187 thru 2.00

20

K

= ±10%

Greater Than 2.00

18

M

- ±20%

TYPICAL CAPACITANCE CHANGE
WITH TEMPERATURE IN PERCENT

METALLIZED
POLYPROPYLENE
CAPACITOR TYPE 192

| CAP MFD | CAT. No. [ DIA.

| LENGTH |

150 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

192V103

.160

.400

.012

192V123

.170

.400

.015

192V153

.190

.400

.018

192V183

.165

.470

.022

192V223

.180

.470

.027

192V273

.188

.470

.033

192V333

.178

.470

.039

192V393

.188

.470

.047

192V473

.203

.470

.056

192V563

.190

.530

.068

192V683

.205

.530

.082

192V823

.225

.530

.10

192V104

.245

.530

.12

192V124

.265

.530

.15

192V154

.240

.650

.18

192V184

.260

.650

.22

192V224

.285

.650

.27

192V274

.315

.650

.33

192V334

.315

.780

.39

192V394

.325

.780

.47

192V474

.355

.780

.56

192V564

.385

.780

.68

192V684

.380

.900

.82

192V824

.380

1.062

1.0

192V105

.415

1.062

1.2

192V125 j

.450

1.062

1.5

192V155

.500

1.062

2.0

192V205

.535

1.187

3.0

192V305

.575

1.437

4.0

192V405

.660

1.437

5.0

192V505

.665

1.750

6.0

192V605

.725

1.750

8.0

192V805

.770

2.000

10.0

192V106

.860

2.000

200 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

192C103

.160

.400

.012

192C123

.170

.400

.015

192C153

.190

.400

.018

192C183

.165

.470

.022

192C223

.180

.470

.027

192C273

.195

.470

.033

192C333

.210

.470

.039

192C393

.195

.530

.047

192C473

.215

.530

.056

192C563

.230

.530

.068

192C683

.250

.530

.082

192C823

.225

.650

.10

192C104

.245

.650

.12

192C124

.265

.650

.15

192C154

.295

.650

.18

192C184

.285

.780

.22

192C224

.310

.780

.27

192C274

.340

.780

.33

192C334

.370

.780

.39

192C394

.360

.900

.47

192C474

.395

.900

.56

192C564

.425

.900

.68

192C684

.465

.900

.82

192C824

.440

1.187

1.0

192C105

.480

1.187

1.2

192C125

.525

1.187

1.5

192C155

.580

1.187

2.0

192C205

.670

1.187

3.0

192C305

.720

1.500

4.0

192C405

.825

1.500

5.0

192C505

.830

1.750

6.0

192C605

1.000

1.750

8.0

192C805

.960

2.000

10.0

192C106

1.070

2.000

400 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

192E103

.205

.400

.012

192E123

.220

.400

.015

192E153

.195

.470

.018

192E183

.210

.470

.022

192E223

.230

.470

.027

192E273

.220

.530

.033

192E333

.240

.530

.039

192E393

.255

.530

.047

192E473

.230

.650

.056

192E563

.245

.650

.068

192E683

.270

.650

.082

192E823

.290

.650

.10

192E104

.285

.780

.12

192E124

.305

.780

.15

192E154

.340

.780

.18

192E184

.370

.780

.22

192E224

.365

.900

.27

192E274

.400

.900

.33

192E334

.440

.900

.39

192E394

.475

.900

.47

192E474

.440

1.187

.56

192E564

.475

1.187

.68

192E684

.525

1.187

.82

192E824

.570

1.187

1.0

192E105

.560

1.500

1.2

192E125

.610

1.500

1.5

192E155

.680

1.500

2.0

192E205

.710

1.750

3.0

192E305

.860

1.750

4.0

192E405

.860

2.250

5.0

192E505

.950

2.250

1-1172

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

POLYESTER

CAPACITORS

METALLIZED POLYESTER CAPACITORS TYPE 188 FILM WRAP/
EPOXY END FILL -55°C TO +125°C

Type 188 Capacitors features extremely small size, light weight and self clearing
metallized construction which virtually eliminates catastrophic failures. Well suited
for Voltage Multiplier Circuits in TV power supplies and Electrostatic copiers. Also
ideal for Potting or encapsulating in Electronic Sub assemblies, Power supplies, etc.

CAPACITANCE

Measurements shall be made at 1000 cycles per second for capacitance values thru 1. MFD
and at 60 cycles per second for values over 1. MFD.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

Standard capacitance tolerance is ±20% (M). Closer tolerances available upon request.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

The dissipation factor shall not exceed 1% when measured at 25°C. Measurements shall be
made at 1000 Hz for capacitance values thru 1. MF and at 60 Hz for higher values.

TEST VOLTAGE

Capacitors shall withstand 200% of rated DC voltage for one minute at 25°, with the charging
and discharge current limited to a maximum of 1. Ampere.

OPERATING TEMPERATURES

— 55°C to +125°C.

LIFE TEST

Capacitors shall withstand a life test of 250 hours at 125°C, with 140% of the 125°C rated
DC voltage applied. A resistance of one ohm per volt of applied voltage shall be inserted in
series with the capacitor.

VOLTAGE DERATING

These capacitors will operate as full DC voltage ratings at 85°C. For operation at temperatures
above 85°C, see Figure 4.

VIBRATION

Capacitors shall withstand a vibration test per Method 204, Test condition B of MIL-STD-202B
as modified by MIL-C-27287. After test, the I.R. will be equal to or greater than 1/3 of the initial
requirement.

HUMIDITY TEST

These capacitors shall meet the humidity test requirements of MIL-STD-202 Method 103B, test
condition B. After testing the I.R. will be equal to or greater than 1/3 of the initial requirement.

15/8 ±0

L L±K* J

Lead Sizes

.160 dia. — .250 = .020
.251 dia. — .500 = .025
.501 dia. &over = .032

Capacitance] Diameter | Length | Cat. No.

600 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

.20

.53

188F103M

.012

.18

.65

188F123M

.015

.20

.65

188F153M

.018

.22

.65

188F183M

.022

.23

.65

188F223M

.027

.25

.65

188F273M

.033

.28

.65

188F333M

.039

.26

.78

188F393M

.047

.28

.78

188F473M

.056

.30

.78

188F563M

.068

.32

.78

188F683M

.082

.35

.78

188F823M

.10

.33

.97

188F104M

.12

.35

.97

188F124M

.15

.39

.97

188F154M

.18

.44

.97

188F184M

.22

.42

1.17

188F224M

.27

.45

1.17

188F274M

.33

.50

1.17

188F334M

.39

.55

1.17

188F394M

.47

.54

1.45

188F474M

.56

.58

1.45

188F564M

.68

.63

1.45

188F684M

.82

.63

1.68

188F824M

1.0

.69

1.68

188F105M

1.2

.75

1.68

188F125M

1.5

.84

1.68

188F155M

2.0

.83

2.25

188F205M

2.5

.92

2.25

. 188F255M

3.0

1.00

2.25

188F305M

| Capacitance | Diameter | Length 1

| Cat. No. |

100 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

.16

.40

188B103M

.012

.16

.40

188B123M

.015

.16

.40

188B153M

.018

.16

.40

188B183M

.022

.16

.40

188B223M

.027

.16

.40

188B273M

.033

.16

.40

188B333M

.039

.18

.40

188B393M

.047

.20

.40

188B473M

.056

.16

.53

188B563M

.068

.16

.53

188B683M

.082

.17

.53

188B823M

.10

.19

.53

188B104M

.12

.20

.53

188B124M

.15

.19

.65

188B154M

.18

.21

.65

188B184M

.22

.23

.65

188B224M

.27

.25

.65

188B274M

.33

.27

.65

188B334M

.39

.29

.65

188B394M

.47

.26

.78

188B474M

.56

.28

.78

188B564M

.68

.30

.78

188B684M

.82

.33

.78

188B824M

1.0

.36

.78

188B105M

1.2

.34

.97

188B125M

1.5

.37

.97

188B155M

2.0

.42

.97

188B205M

2.5

.42

1.17

188B255M

3.0

.45

1.17

188B305M

3.5

.49

1.17

188B355M

4.0

.52

1.17

188B405M

4.5

.49

1.45

188B455M

5.0

.52

1.45

188B505M

200 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

.16

.40

188C103M

.012

.17

.40

188B123M

.015

.19

.40

188C153M

.018

.21

.40

188C183M

.022

.16

.53

188C223M

.027

.17

.53

188C273M

.033

.19

.53

188C333M

.039

.20

.53

188C393M

.047

.18

.65

188C473M

.056

.20

.65

188C563M

.068

.21

.65

188C683M

.082

.23

.65

188C823M

.10

.25

.65

188C104M

.12

.27

.65

188C124M

.15

.30

.65

188C154M

.18

.27

.78

188C184M

.22

.30

.78

188C224M

.27

.32

.78

188C274M

.33

.35

.78

188C334M

.39

.33

.97

188C394M

.47

.35

.97

188C474M

.56

.38

.97

188C564M

.68

.42

.97

188C684M

.82

.46

.97

188C824M

1.0

.45

1.17

188C105M

1.2

.49

1.17

188C125M

1.5

.54

1.17

188C155M

2.0

.56

1.45

188C205M

2.5

.61

1.45

188C255M

3.0

.67

1.45

188C305M

3.5

.65

1.68

188C355M

4.0

.69

1.68

188C405M

4.5

.73

1.68

188C455M

5.0

.77

1.68

188C505M

400 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

.20

.40

188E103M

.012 j

.16

.53

188E123M

.015

.17

.53

188E153M

.018

.19

.53

188E183M

.022

.20

.53

188E223M

.027

.18

.65

188E273M

.033

.20

.65

188E333M

.039

.21

.65

188E393M

.047

.23

.65

188E473M

.056

.25

.65

188E563M

.068

.27

.65

188E683M

.082

.25

.78

188E823M

.10

.27

.78

188E104M

.12

.29

.78

188E124M

.15

.32

.78

188E154M

.18

.35

.78

188E184M

.22

.33

.97

188E224M

.27

.36

.97

188E274M

.33

.39

.97

188E334M

.39

.42

.97

188E394M

.47

.46

.97

188E474M

.56

.44

1.17

188E564M

.68

.48

1.17

188E684M

.82

.54

1.17

188E824M

1.0

.53

1.45

188E105M

1.2

.57

1.45

188E125M

1.5

.63

1.45

188E155M

2.0

.65

1.68

188E205M

2.5

.73

1.68

188E255M

3.0

.79

1.68

188E305M

3.5

.85

1.68

188E355M

4.0

.78

2.25

188E405M

4.5

.83

2.25

188E455M

5.0

.87

2.25

188E505M

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1173

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, $. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-21 82

POLYESTER

CAPACITORS

METALLIZED POLYESTER CAPACITORS TYPE 189 FILM WRAP/
EPOXY END FILL -55°C TO +125°C

Type 189 Capacitors features extremely small size, light weight and self clearing
metallized construction which virtually eliminates catastrophic failures. Well suited
for Voltage Multiplier Circuits in TV power supplies and Electrostatic copiers. Also
ideal for Potting or encapsulating in Electronic Sub assemblies, Power supplies, etc.

CAPACITANCE

Measurements shall be made at 1000 cycles per second for capacitance values thru 1. MFD
and at 60 cycles per second for values over 1. MFD.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

Standard capacitance tolerance is ±20% (M). Closer tolerances available upon request.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

The dissipation factor shall not exceed 1% when measured at 25°C. Measurements shall be
made at 1000 Hz for capacitance values thru 1. MF and at 60 Hz for higher values.

TEST VOLTAGE

Capacitors shall withstand 200% of rated DC voltage for one minute at 25°, with the charging
and discharge current limited to a maximum of 1. Ampere.

OPERATING TEMPERATURES

— 55°C to +125°C.

LIFE TEST

Capacitors shall withstand a life test of 250 hours at 125°C, with 140% of the 125°C rated
DC voltage applied. A resistance of one ohm per volt of applied voltage shall be inserted in
series with the capacitor.

VOLTAGE DERATING

These capacitors will operate as full DC voltage ratings at 85°C. For operation at temperatures
above 85°C, see Figure 4.

VIBRATION

Capacitors shall withstand a vibration test per Method 204, Test condition B of MIL-STD-202B
as modified by MIL-C-27287.

HUMIDITY TEST

These capacitors shall meet the humidity test requirements of MIL-STD-202 Method 103B, test
condition B. After testing the I.R. will be equal to or greater than Vz of the initial requirement.

M L (±X 6 ") W

Lead Sizes
Nom. Body Length
Thru .530
.650 thru .970
Above .970

Lead bia.

.020

.025

.032

Capaci-

tance

Thickness

Width

Length

Cat. No.

600 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

.12

.25

.53

189F103M

.012

.13

.26

.53

189F123M

.015

.15

.28

.53

189F153M

.018

.17

.30

.53

189F183M

.022

.19

.32

.53

189F223M

.027

.21

.34

.53

189F273M

.033

.24

.37

.53

189F333M

.039

.21

.34

.65

189F393M

.047

.24

.37

.65

189F473M

.056

.22

.35

.78

189F563M

.068

.25

.38

.78

189F683M

.082

.27

.40

.78

189F823M

.10

.30

.43

.78

189F104M

.12

.32

.48

.78

189F124M

.15

.36

.52

.78

189F154M

.18

.33

.49

.97

189F184M

.22

.37

.53

.97

189F224M

.27

.36

.52

1.17

189F274M

.33

.40

.56

1.17

189F334M

.39

.44

.60

1.17

189F394M

.47

.49

.65

1.17

189F474M

.56

.41

.57

1.68

189F564M

.68

.45

.61

1.68

189F684M

.82

.51

.67

1.68

189F824M

1.0

.58

.74

1.68

189F105M

1.2

.64

.80

1.68

189F125M

1.5

.73

.89

1.68

189F155M

2.0

.69

.89

2.25

189F205M

2.5

.80

1.00

2.25

189F225M

3.0

.87

1.07

2.25

189F305M

INTERMEDIATE VALUES AVAILABLE.

Capaci-

tancc

Thickness

Width

Length

Cat. No.

100 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

.10

.20

.40

189B103M

.012

.10

.20

.40

189B123M

.015

.10

.20

.40

189B153M

.018

.10

.20

.40

189B183M

.022

.10

.20

.40

189B223M

.027

.10

.20

.40

189B273M

.033

.10

.20

.40

189B333M

.039

.10

.20

.40

189B393M

.047

.10

.22

.40

189B473M

.056

.11

.24

.40

189B563M

.068

.10

.20

.53

189B683M

.082

.10

.20

.53

189B823M

.10

.10

.20

.53

189B104M

.12

.10

.23

.53

189B124M

.15

.12

.25

.53

189B154M

.18

.14

.27

.53

189B184M

.22

.17

.30

.53

189B224M

.27

.19

.32

.53

189B274M

.33

.21

.34

.53

189B334M

.39

.24

.37

.53

189B394M

.47

.21

.34

.65

189B474M

.56

.23

.36

.65

189B564M

.68

.27

.40

.65

189B684M

.82

.24

.37

.78

189B824M

1.0

.26

.42

.78

189B105M

1.2

.29

.45

.78

189B125M

1.5

.33

.49

.78

189B155M

2.0

.32

.48

.97

189B205M

2.5

.36

.52

.97

189B255M

3.0

.35

.51

1.17

189B305M

3.5

.38

.54

1.17

189B355M

4.0

.41

.57

1.17

189B405M

4.5

.44

.60

1.17

189B455M

5.0

.47

.63

1.17

189B505M

6.0

.52

.68

1.17

189B605M

8.0

.46

.62

1.68

189B805M

10.0

.53

.69

1.68

189B106M

200 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

.10

.20

.40

189C103M

.012

.10

.20

.40

189C123M

.012

.10

.20

.40

189C153M

.018

.13

.23

.40

189B183M

.022

.13

.26

.40

189C223M

.027

.10

.20

.53

189C273M

.033

.12

.22

.53

189C333M

.039

.12

.25

.53

189C393M

.047

.13

.26

.53

189C473M

.056

.14

.27

.53

189C563M

.068

.16

.29

.53

189C683M

.082

.18

.31

.53

189C823M

.10

.20

.33

.53

189C104M

.12

.22

.35

.53

189C124M

.15

.26

.39

.53

189C154M

.18

.24

.37

.65

189C184M

.22

.26

.39

.65

189C224M

.27

.24

.37

.78

189C274M

.33

.27

.40

.78

189C334M

.39

.30

.43

.78

189C394M

.47

.33

.46

.78

189C474M

.56

• .37

.50

.78

189C564M

.68

.32

.48

.97

189C684M

.82

.35

.51

.97

189C824M

1.0

.35

.51

1.17

189C105M

1.2

.38

.54

1.17

189C125M

1.5

.43

.59

1.17

189C155M

2.0

.52

.68

1.17

189C205M

2.5

.46

.62

1.68

189C255M

3.0

.49

.65

1.68

189C305M

3.5

.54

.70

1.68

189C355M

4.0

.58 !

-.74

1.68

189C405M

4.5

.62

.78

1.68

189C455M

5.0

.64

.84

1.68

189C505M

6.0

.70

.90

1.68

189C605M

8.0

.84

1.04

1.68

189C805M

10.0

.75

.95

2.25

189C106M

400 VOLTS DC WORKING

.010

.14

.24

.40

189E103M

.012

.10

.23

.53

189E123M

.015

.11

.21

.53

189E153M

.018

.12

.22

.53

189E183M

.022

.12

.25

.53

189E223M

.027

.13

.26

.53

189E273M

.033

.15

.28

.53

189E333M

.039

.17

.30

.53

189E393M

.047

.19

.32

.53

189E473M

.056

.21

.34

.53

189E563M

.068

.23

.36

.53

189E683M

.082

.26

.39

.53

189E823M

.10

.23

.36

.65

189E104M

.12

.25

.38

.65

189E124M

.15

.24

.37

.78

189E154M

.18

.26

.39

.78

189E184M

.22

.30

.43

.78

189E224M

.27

.33

.46

.78

189E274M

.33

.36

.52

.78

189E334M

.39

.33

.49

.97

189E394M

.47

.33

.53

.97

189E474M

.56

.34

.50

1.17

189E564M

.68

.38

.54

1.17

189E684M

.82

.43

.59

1.17

189E824M

1.0

.48

.64

1.17

189E105M

1.2

.54

.70

1.17

189E125M

1.5

.46

.62

1.68

189E155M

2.0

.54

.70

1.68

189E205M

2.5

.60

.80

1.68

189E255M

3.0

.67

.87

1.68

189E305M

3.5

.73

.93

1.68

189E355M

4.0

.78

.98

1.68

189E405M

4.5

.69

.89

2.25

189E455M

5.0

.75

.95

2.25

189E505M

1*1174

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393*5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

TUBULAR

CAPACITORS

HIGH VOLTAGE TUBULAR CAPACITORS
DUAL DIELECTRIC/OIL IMPREGNATED
PHENOLIC CASED/EPOXY END FILL /TYPE 161

RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS

Nytronics Type 161 Capacitors are well-suited for use in Os-
cilloscopes, Electronic Air Cleaners, Power Supplies of indus-
trial devices, and related equipment. The design of these
capacitors employs a Paper/ Polyester Film Section, oil impreg-
nated, incased in a phenolic tube designed specifically for high
voltage application. A unique epoxy endfill process precludes
oil seepage which occasionally occurs in similar designs.

TYPICAL RATINGS

CAP/MFD

3000 VDC

5000 VDC

8000 VDC

10,000 VDC

.005

V2 X 1V2

X 6 x 17/8

3/4X2

3/4 X 2V2

.01

^6 X 17/8

3/4 X 17/a

3/4 X 21/4

7/8 X 21/2

.05

3/4 X 2X6

1 X21/2

1 X4V4

U/2 X 31/8

NOTE: Other Ratings can be designed to your specifications.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE

— 55°C to +85°C at full rated voltage.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Will not exceed 1% at 25°C.

MEASUREMENTS

Capacitance up to 1 microfarad are measured at a frequency of 1000
cycles per second and capacitances over 1 microfarad at 60 cps.

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH TEST

Units will withstand a potential of 150% of rated voltage applied for
one minute at 25°C.

STANDARD TOLERANCE

±20%. Other tolerances available on request.

STANDARD MARKING

Nytronics, Part No., Capacitance, Voltage, and Date Code.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

When measured at the applicable test temperature with an electrifi-
cation time of two minutes at 500 volts shall be equal to or greater
than the values listed below:

Test Temperature

25°C

85°C

Megohms X Microfarads

except that the insulation resistance

in megohms need not exceed

2000

25000

10

250

MOISTURE RESISTANCE

These capacitors will meet the moisture resistance requirements of
EIA Specification RS-164, which requires units to withstand a 95%
Relative Humidity at 40°C, except time of exposure may be increased
to 500 hours. After exposure and subsequent drying periods, the insu-
lation resistance will not be less than 1/3 of the initial requirement.

Tinned Copperweld Leads #20 AWG (.032) for sizes to W' Dia.

#18 AWG (.040) for sizes %" Dia. and over.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1175

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

i/ryuJr<??vicA/ Ty/r&aA/, tJ&vo.

^ ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532

(803)393-5421 —TWX 810-665-2182

POLYSTYRENE FILM CAPACITORS
HERMETICALLY SEALED TYPE 231 -65°C to +85°C

ELECTRICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

1. CAPACITANCE MEASUREMENTS

Capacitors of 1.0 /i F or less shall be measured at a frequency of 1000 Hz. Capacitors greater than 1.0 mF
measured at 60 Hz.

Tolerances of ±20%, ±10%, ±5%, ±2%, ±1% are standard. Tolerances closer than ±1% are available
upon request.

Reference: MIL-STD-202, Method 305.

2. TEMPERATURE/CHARACTERISTICS AND STABILITY

When measured over the full operating range, the Temperature Coefficient shall be —120 ppm/°C
±30 ppm/°C.

There shall be less than 0.1% change per year in capacitance when operated between +20°C and +50°C.
When cycled from — 55°C to +75°C, the capacitance shall not vary more than 0.2% from its initial
measurement.

3. DISSIPATION FACTOR

When measured as specified in Paragraph 1, the dissipation factor at +25°C shall not exceed 0.1%.

4. INSULATION RESISTANCE

When measured at +25°C, and rated voltage (or 500 VDC, whichever is less), the insulation resistance
shall be a minimum of 200,000 megohm-microfarads, but need not exceed 500,000 megohms. The period
of electrification shall not exceed two minutes.

Reference: MIL-STD-202, Method 302.

5. VOLTAGE DERATING

The capacitors may be operated at full rated voltage from — 55°C to +85°C.

6. VOLTAGE TEST

When tested at +25°C, the capacitors shall withstand the indicated DC test voltages for a period of
one minute:

Terminal to terminal 200% of DC rating

Terminal to case 200% of DC rating

Reference: MIL-STD-202, Method 301.

7. LIFE TESTING

When tested at 85°C for 250 hours at 140% of the rated voltage, the capacitors shall exhibit no more
than one failure in twelve pieces tested. A failure is defined as:

a) A capacitance change of more than 6% of its initial value;

b) A dissipation factor greater than that specified in Paragraph 3;

c) An insulation resistance less than 60% that specified in Paragraph 4; or

d) A permanent open or short.

8. VIBRATION

The capacitors will meet or exceed the vibration requirements of MIL-STD-202, METHOD 201.

NYTRONICS CATALOG NUMBERING SYSTEM

231 A 3 E 104 M 2

NYTRONICS TYPE
231 Polystyrene

TERMINALS

Wire Leads

No. 22 AWG. (.025)

for case Dia. .312 and under

No. 20 AWG. (.032)

for case Dia. over .312

CIRCUIT

Circuit 1 Circuit 3

STYLE

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

M = ±20%
K = ±10%
J = ±5%

G = ±2%

F = ±1%

I I CAPACITANCE _____

DC RATED VOLTAGE In uuf. The first two digits are the

B = ioo significant figures, the third is

C = 200 the number of zeroes.

E = 400
F = 600

CONFIGURATIONS

Circuit 1

STYLE 3

Circuit 3

-’i "^*** — l

i ri o:o "

IT-/

D S

.400 .020

.562 .031

and up

Minimum D=.400"

Deduct Vi 4 l»om L

■TH

■ft

- LI * — t

f D -0-0*6 01 A. — if— S

fin

LOOWASHER-V \_W-24 7HD.
NUT '

FOR OTHER STYLES SEE PAGE 44

POLYSTYRENE
FILM CAPACITORS

STANDARD RATINGS

| Nytronics Part No, ) Capacitance n f | Dia. ±.016 | Length ±'/ 6 \

100 VOLTS DC WORKING

231A1B822K

.0082

.235

%

231A1B103K

.01

.235

%

231A1B123K

:oi2

.235

’K*

231A1B153K

.015

.235

%

231A1B183K

.018

.312

’K*

231A1B223K

.022

.312

>K*

231A1B273K

.027

.312

%

231A1B333K

.033

.312

’K*

231A1B393K

.039

.312

%

231A1B473K

.047

.400

%

231A1B563K

.056

.400

%

231A1B683K

.068

.400

’K*

231A1B823K

.082

.562

%

231A1B104K

.10

.562

%

231A1B124K

.12

.562

%

231A1B154K

.15

.562

’5(6

231A1B184K

.18

.562

IK*

231A1B224K

.22

.562

IK*

231A1B274K

.27

.670

IK*

231A1B334K

.33

.670

IK*

231A1B394K

.39

.670

1%

231A1B474K

.47

.670

1%

231A1B564K

.56

.670

1%

231A1B684K

.68

.750

1%

231A1B824K

.82

1.000

1%

231A1B105K

1.0

1.000

1 %

231A1B125K

1.2

1.000

1%

200 VOLTS DC

WORKING

231A1C472K

.0047

.235

%

231A1C562K

.0056

.235

%

231 A1C682K

.0068

.235

%

231A1C822K

.0082

.312

%

231A1C103K

.01

.312

%

231A1C123K

.012

.312

%

231A1C153K

.015

.312

%

231A1C183K

.018

.312

’K*

231A1C223K

.022

.400

%

231A1C273K

.027

.400

’K*

231A1C333K

.033

.400

’K*

231A1C393K

.039

.400

%

231A1C473K

.047

.562

%

231A1C563K

.056

.562

%

231A1C683K

.068

.562

%

23iAlC823K

.082

.562

’K*

231A1C104K

.10

.562

IK*

231A1C124K

.12

.562

IK*

231A1C154K

.15

.670

IK*

231A1C184K

.18

.670

IK*

231A1C224K

.22

.670

1%

231A1C274K

.27

.670

l %

231A1C334K

.33

.750

1%

231A1C394K

.39

1.000

1%

231A1C474K

.47

1.000

1%

231A1C564K

.56

1.000

1 %

400 VOLTS DC

WORKING

231A1E222K

.0022

.235

%

231A1E272K

.0027

.235

%

231A1E332K

.0033

.235

’K*

231A1E392K

.0039

.235

’K*

231A1E472K

.0047

.312

%

231A1E562K

.0056

.312

%

231A1E682K

.0068

.312

%

231A1E822K

.0082

.312

%

231A1E103K

.01

.312

%

231A1E123K

.012

.312

%

231A1E153K

.015

.400

%

231A1E183K

.018

.400

%

231A1E223K

.022

.400

’K*

231A1E273K

.027

.562

’K*

231A1E333K

.033

.562

. ’K*

231A1E393K

.039

.562

’K*

231A1E473K

.047

.562

%

231A1E563K

.056

.562

%

231A1E683K

.068

.562

IK*

231A1E823K

.082

.670

IK*

231A1E104K

.10

.670

IK*

231A1E124K

.12

.562

1%

231A1E154K

.15

.670

1%

231A1E184K

.18

.670

1%

231A1E224K

.22

.75b

1%

231A1E274K

.27

.750

1%

231A1E334K

.33

1.000

1%

231A1E394K

.39

1.000

1%

231A1E474K

.47

1.000

1%

600 VOLTS DC WORKING

231A1F102K

.001

.235

%

231A1F122K

.0012

.235

%

231A1F152K

.0015

.235

%

231A1F182K

.0018

.235

’K*

231A1F222K

.0022

.312

%

231A1F272K

.0027

.312

’K*

231A1F332K

.0033

.312

%

231A1F392K

.0039

.312

’K*

231A1F472K

.0047

.312

’K.

231A1F562K

.0056

.312’

, K*

231A1F682K

.0068

.312

%

231A1F822K

.0082

.312

’K*

231A1F103K

.01

.400

%

231A1F123K

.012

.400

%

231A1F153K

.015

.562

%

231A1F183K

.018

.562

’K*

231A1F223K

.022

.562

%

231A1F273K

.027

.562

%

231A1F333K

.033

.562

IK*

231A1F393K

.039

.562

IK*

231A1F473K

.047

.670

IK*

231A1F563K

.056

.670

IK*

231A1F683K

.068

.562

1%

231A1F823K

.082

.670

1%

231A1F104K

.10

.670

1%

231A1F124K

.12

.750

1%

231A1F154K

.15

1.000

1%

231A1F184K

.18

1.000

1%

231A1F224K

.22

1.000

1%

1-1176

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

vruy.

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-21 82

HERMETICALLY SEALED
CAPACITORS

HERMETICALLY SEALED CAPACITORS CP04 THRU CP09 TO MIL-C-25

wF

CP08A1 _ CP09A1
(Uninsulated) (Insulated)

WVDC

Char. K

— 55°C to +125°C

Size*

D. x L.

600

CP08A1KF102K3

.235 x 3/4

■HTSTSTHHi

600

CP08A1KF152K3

.235 x 3/4

■

600

CP08A1KF222K3

.235 x 3/ 4

400

CP08A1KE332K3

.235 X 3/4

600

CP08A1KF332K3

.312 X 7/8

200

CP08A1KC472K3

.235 x 3/4

600

CP08A1KF472K3

.312 X 7/a

.0068

200

CP08A1KC682K3

.235 x 3/4

CP08A1KF682K3

.312 x 7 / a

100

CP08A1KB103K3

.235 x 3/4

600

CP08A1KF103K3

.312 x 7 / a

100

CP08A1KB153K3

400

CP08A1KE153K3

600

CP08A1KF153K3

iSIHH

200

CP08A1KC223K3

600

CP08A1KF223K3

200

CP08A1KC333K3

400

CP08A1KE333K3

600

CP08A1KF333K3

100

CP08A1KB473K3

200

CP08A1KC473K3

400

CP08A1KE473K3

.400 x lVa

600

CP08A1KF473K3

.400 X 13/8

200

CP08A1KC683K3

.400 x 7 /q

.068

400

CP08A1KE683K3

.400 X l 3 /8

600

CP08A1KF683K3

.562 x Vb

100

CP08A7KB104K3

.1

200

1 CP08A1KC104K3

.400 x lVa |

400

CP08A1KE104K3

.562 x lVa

600

CP08A1KF104K3

100

CP08A1KB154K3

.15

200

CP08A1KC154K3

.400 X 13/8

400

CP08A1KE154K3

600

CP08A1KF154K3

100

CP08A1KB224K3

200

CP08A1KC224K3

.562 x lVa

CP08A1KE224K3

.562 x 1%

600

CP08A1KF224K3

100

CP08A1KB334K3

200

CP08A1KC334K3

.562 x 13/s

400

CP08A1KE334K3

.670 X 15/8

600

CP08A1KF334K3

100

CP08A1KB474K3

CP08A1KC474K3

CP08A1KE474K3

CP08A1KF474K3

CP08A1KB684K3

■m

CP08A1KC684K3

ii

CP08A1KB105K3

.670 X 15/8

i—

CP08A1KC105K3

■KcuESsSSMi

li F

WVDC

CP04A1 — CP05A1
(Uninsulated) (Insulated)

Char. K

— 55°C to +125°C

Size*

D. x L.

600

CP04A1KF102K3

.235 x 3/ 4

600

CP04A1KF152K3

.235 x 3/4

.0022

600

CP04A1KF222K3

.235 x 3/4

.0033

600

CP04A1KF332K3

.235 X 3/4

.0047

600

CP04A1KF472K3

.235 x 3/4

.0068

600

CP04A1KF682K3

.235 x 3/ 4

.01

CP04A1KE103K3

.235 x 34

CP04A1KF103K3

.312 x 7 /a

.015

CP04A1KC153K3

.235 x 3/4

CP04A1KF153K3

.312 x 7 /a

.022

CP04A1KF223K3

.235 x 3/4

CP04A1KF223K3

.312 x 7 /g

CP04A1KB333K3

.235 x 3/4

.033

CP04A1KE333K3

.312 x 7 /a

CP04A1KF333K3

.400 x 7 /g

CP04A1KC473K3

.312 x 7 /g

.047

CP04A1KE473K3

.400 x 7 /a

CP04A1KF473K3

.400 x lVa

CP04A1KC683K3

.312 x 7 /q

.068

CP04A1KE683K3

.400 x lVa

CP04A1KF683K3

.400 x 13/a

100

CP04A1KB104K3

.1

200

CP04A1KC104K3

400

CP04A1KE104K3

600

CP04A1KF104K3

100

CP04A1KB154K3

.15

200

CP04A1KC154K3

400

CP04A1KE154K3

600

CP04A1KF154K3

CP04A1KB224K3

.22

CP04A1KC224K3

.400 X 13/8

CP04A1KE224K3

CP04A1KF224K3

CP04A1KB334K3

.33

CP04A1KC334K3

CP04A1KE334K3

CP04A1KF334K3

CP04A1KB474K3

.47

CP04A1KC474K3

.562 x 13/s

CP04A1KE474K3

CP04A1KF474K3

100

CP04A1KB684K3

.68

200

CP04A1KC684K3

400

CP04A1KE684K3

600

CP04A1KF684K3

100

CP04A1KB105K3

.562 x 17/s

1.0

200

CP04A1KC105K3

.670 X 17/a

I

400

CP04A1KE105K3

1.0 X 17/8

NOTE: The capacitors listed in this table have a capacitance tolerance of ±10%. . .

* For case grounded reduce L dimension by Hi". Above listing are ratings listed in MN-C-25C. Other values are available in Nytromcs Commercial Equivalents.
** For CP05 and CP09 add .0625 to Diameter and Hi" to Length.

NYTRONICS CATALOG NUMBERING SYSTEM

(DC working at 40°C, except for characteristic K which is 85°C)
B = 100 C = 200 E = 400 F = 600 G = 1000

BASIC STYLE

CPQ4A1/CP08A1
CIRCUIT 1 — Case Floating

CP04A3/CP08A3

CIRCUIT 3 — Case Grounded

STYLE 3

'^ICHCZ ZmlJ

CP1 1 A1/CP13A1

CIRCUIT 1 — Case Floating

CP11A3/CP13A3

CIRCUIT 3 — Case Grounded

STYLE V (Insulated)

CP05M/CP09A1

CIRCUIT 1 — Case Floating

CP05A3/CP09A3

CIRCUIT 3 — Case Grounded

STYLE 7

CP10A1/CP12A1

CIRCUIT 1 — Case Floating

CP10A3/CP12A3
CIRCUIT 3 — Case Grounded

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1177

1500

CAPACITORS

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

MIL-C-25 (LATEST REVISION)
CP25 TO CP29

Available in capacitances from .003 thru 0.1 mf and voltages
of 1500 VDC.

1500

MIL TYPE CP25 - CP29
MIL-C-25

CP25 — UNINSULATED BODY
CP26— INSULATED BODY

Type Designation 1

Rated Voltage

Capacitance pi

CP2-A-EC104-

200

.1

CP2-A-EC254-

200

.25

CP2-A-EC504-

200

.5

CP2-A-EF302-

600

.003

CP2-A-EF602-

600

.006

CP2-A-EF103-

600

.01

CP2-A-EF203-

600

.02

CP2-A-EF503-

600

.05

CP2-A-EF104-

600

.1

CP2-A-EF254-

600

.25

CP2-A-EF504-

600

.5

CP2-A-EG302-

1,000

.003

CP2-A-EG602-

1,000

.006

CP2-A-EG103-

1,000

.01

CP2-A-EG203-

1,000

.02

CP2-A-EG503-

1,000

.05

CP2-A-EG104-

1,000

.1

CP2-A-EG254-

1,000

.25

CP2-A-EH302-

1,500

.003

CP2-A-EH602-

1,500

.006

CP2-A-EH103-

1,500

.01

CP2-A-EH203-

1,500

.02

CP2-A-EH503-

1,500

.05

CP2-A-EH 104-

1,500

.1

1 Complete type designation will include additional symbols to complete style
designation and to indicate circuit and capacitance tolerance.

TYPE -DESIGNATION EXAMPLE (CP25A1 EC104K)

CP25 A 1 EC 104 K 3

1 1

JL 1

1 1

I 1

STYLE

CIRCUIT
(1, 2 or 3)

VOLTAGE

C = 200 V

F = 600 V

H = 1500 V

CAPACITANCE

TOLERANCE

K = 10%

TERMINAL CHARACTERISTIC CAPACITANCE VIBRATION

GRADE

CP40, CP41 (TYPES PCM, PCIM)

Available in capacitances from .25 mf thru 4.0 mf and voltages
of 600 VDC thru 1500 VDC.

Type Designation 1/

DC Voltage Rating
(see fig. 2)

Volts

Capacitance

iif

CP4 F105K1

600

1

CP4 F205K1

600

2

CP4 F405K1

600

4

CP4 - - - - G105K1

1,000

1

CP4 G205K1

1,000

2

CP4 H254K1

1,500 3/

0.25

CP4 H504K1

1,500

0.5

CP4 H105K1

1,500

1

TYPE -DESIGNATION EXAMPLE (CP40B1EF105K)

CP40

STYLE
(40 or 41)

105 K

CAPACITANCE

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM — CP40

Available with (C) or (B) Terminals

TERMINAL

(B or C)

CHARACTERISTIC

CIRCUIT

voltage

(1 or 2)

(F, G or H)

F = 600V
G = 1000 V
H = 1500 V

TOLERANCE

VIBRATION

GRADE

1 * 11 78

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

Vrto.

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

1500

MIL TYPE
CP53, CP54, CP55
MIL-C-25

CAPACITORS MIL TYPE CP53, CP54, CP55

Section assembled in hermetically sealed tin-coated drawn-
shell container. Mineral-oil impregnated and filled. Lug-type
terminal seals. Meets requirements of MIL-C-25;

Temperature Rating: — 55°C to +85°C.

Standard Tolerance: —10% to +20%.

PDM VARIATIONS

MIL Type CP53, with terminals on side.

PDMT (CP54) With terminals on top.

PDMB (CP55) With terminals on the bottom.

Type Designation

DC Voltage Rating

Volts

Capacitance

itS

CP5-B- - B105K1

100

1

CP5-B-EB205K1

100

2

CP5-B- - B405K1

100

4

CP5-B-FC504K1

200 .

0.5

CP5-B-EC105K1

200

1

CP5-B-EC205K1

200

2

CP5-B-EF254K1

600

0.25

CP5-B- - F504K1

600

0.5

CP5-B- - F105K1

600

1

CP5-B-EF205K1

600

2

CP5-B-EG503K1

1,000

0.05

CP5-B-EG104K1

1,000

0.1

CP5-B- - G254K1

1,000

0.25

CP5-B-EG504K1

1,000

0.5

CP5-B-EG105K1

1,000

1

CP5-B-EF503V1

600

0.05-0.05

CP5-B-EF104V1

600

0.1 -0.1

CP5-B- - F254V1

600

0.25-0.25

CP5-B- - F504V1

600

0.5 -0.5

CP5-B-EF105V1

600

1 -1

CP5-B-EG503V1

1,000

0.05-0.05

CP5-B--G104V1

1,000

0.1 -0.1

CP5-B-EG254V1

1,000

0.25-0.25

CP5-B-EG504V1

1,000

0.5 -0.5

CP5-B5-E504V1

400

0.5 -0.5 -0.5

CP5-B5-F104V1

600

0.1 -0.1 -0.1

CP5-B5EF254V1

600

0.25-0.25-0.25

CP5-B5EF504V1

600

0.5 -0.5 -0.5

CP5-B5EG503V1

1,000

0.05-0.05-0.05

CP5-B5EG104V1

1,000

0.1 -0.1 -0.1

CP5-B5EG254V1

1,000

0.25-0.25-0.25

TYPE -DESIGNATION EXAMPLE (CP53B1EB105K)

C = 200 V
E = 400 V
F = 600 V
G = 1000 V

VIBRATION

GRADE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1179

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532

(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

MIL TYPE
CP69, CP67, CP91
MIL-C-25

CAPACITORS MIL TYPE CP67, CP69

Type Designation

DC Voltage Rating
Volts

Capacitance

/if

CP6-B-EF503K1

600

0.05

CP6-B-EF104K1

600

0.1

CP6-B-EF254K1

600

0.25

CP6-B-EF504K1

600

0.5

CP6-B-- F105K1

600

1

CP6-B-EG103K1

1,000

0.01

CP6-B-EG203K1

1,000

0.02

CP6-B-EG503K1

1,000

0.05

CP6-B-- G104K1

1,000

0.1

. CP6-B-EG254K1

1,000

0.25

CP6-B- - G504K1

1,000

0.5

CP6-B-EF503V1

600

0.05-0.05

CP6-B-EF104V1

600

0.1 -0.1

CP6-B-EF254V1

600

0.25-0.25

CP6-B- - F504K1

600

0.5 -0.5

CP6-B-EG103V1

1,000

0.01-0.01

CP6-B-EG203V1

1,000

0.02-0.02

CP6-B- - G503V1

1,000

0.05-0.05

CP6-B-- G104V1

1,000

0.1 -0.1

CP6-B- - G254V1

1,000

0.25-0.25

CP6-B-5-F503V1

600

0.05-0.05-0.05

CP6-B5EFP04V1

600

0.1 -0.1 -0.1

CP6-B5-F254V1

600

0.25-0.25-0.25

CP6-B5EG103V1

1,000

0.01-0.01-0.01

CP6-B5EG203V1

1,000

■ 0.02-0.02-0.02

CP6-B5EG503V1

1,000

0.05-0.05-0.05

CP6-B5EG104V1

1,000

0.1 -0.1 -0.1

CAPACITORS MIL TYPE CP91 SERIES

Type Designation

DC Voltage Rating
Volts

Capacitance

/^f

Capacitance

Tolerance

CP91B-E105K1

400

1

K

CP91B-EF503K1

600

0.05

K

CP91B-EF254K1

600

0.25

K

CP91B-EF504K1

600

0.5

K

CP91B-F105K1

600

1

K

CP91B-EG103K1

1,000

0.01

K

CP91B-EG203K1

1,000

0.02

K

CP91B-EG503K1

1,000

0.05

K

CP91B-EG104K1

1,000

0.1

K

CP91B-EG254K1

1,000

0.25

K

CP91B-G504K1

1,000

0.5

K

CP91B6EE503V1

400

0.05-0.05

V

CP91B6EE104V1

400

0.1 -0.1

V

CP91B6EE504V1

400

0.5 -0.5

V

CP91B6EF503V1

600

0.05-0.05

V

CP91B6-F104V1

600

0.1 -01

V

CP91B6EF254V1

600

0.25-0.25

V

CP91B6-F504V1

600

0.5 -0.5

V

CP91 B6EG103V1

1,000

0.01-0.01

V

CP91B6EG203V1

1,000

0.02-0.02

V

CP91 B6EG503V1

1,000

0.05-0.05

V

CP91B6-G104V1

1,000

0.1 -0.1

V

CP91B6-G254V1

1,000

0.25-0.25

V

CP91 B6EH103V1

1,500

0.01-0.01

V

CP91B6EH503V1

1,500

0.05-0.05

V

CP69

TYPE DESIGNATION EXAMPLE

CP B

E F 105 K 1

NOTE: AVAILABLE WITH SPADE-LUG
OR FOOTED BRACKET

1*1180

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CAPACITORS

?•> wf; _ & -

lillllililii

I

• • -.’ •■■•••• - .

' % -

fggjgg; . 1

llliillill

' 0*\<. :

I

llilllil s

iiiawii** 1

I wyr-:

llyi

* J

'i -

iiff

iiiiilK

ilB«*l!SSS!»i

X v . r .

^ ^ \<v' > j
■ V ^N 1

™iili»Piii

.. . ' o,:'^ ‘ v

:|i;lllll$il!l;I

.'X,

I

[HIH I

fl

BfefJl

iill

i!A* .

.A

ing assures you of consistent
quality every time. And quality I

is just one thing we don’t
I charge extra for.

Look at our quality for yourself.

letterhead, and we’ll send you a

jr b ; sample of qurpraduct. gfT : ' "

■■llllll

IfillSl

h

fek.

/

» ; . Ra^e^h, N^27622 : I

r >>: ■ !•<•?::: >$&•••(;• I

\ , , .. '" Sa - , ■; , ' ■ - ' - >. : V' v : V s - :: , V * AH* ^6 1

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1181

M

BASIC

CAPACITOR FORMULAS

I. Capacitance (farads)

.224 K A

English: C =
Metric: C =

to

.0884 K A
to

II. Energy stored in capacitors (Joules, watt-sec)

e = y 2 cv 2

III. Linear charge of a capacitor (Amperes)

,dV

I =

dt

IV. Total Impedance of a capacitor (ohms)

Z = V R s 2 + (X c — Xl) 2
Where Rs = ESR

V. Capacitive Reactance (ohms)

1

Xc =

2 7T f C

VI. Inductive Reactance (ohms)

Xr. = 2 7r f L

VII. Phase Angles:

Ideal Capacitors: Current leads voltage 90°
Ideal Inductors: Current lags voltage 90°

Ideal Resistors : Current in phase with voltage

VIII. Dissipation Factor

DF = tan 8 (loss angle) =
(2 7r fC) (ESR)

ESR

Xe

IX. Power Factor

PF = Sine 8 (loss angle) = Cos <p (phase angle)
PF = DF( when less than 10%)

X. Quality Factor (dimensionless)

Q = Cotan 8 (loss angle) =

XI. Equivalent Series Resistance (ohms)
ESR = (DF) (Xc) = (DF) (V 2 ^fC)

XII. Power Loss (watts)

Power loss = (2 tt fCV 2 ) (DF)

XIII. KVA (Kilowatts)

KVA = 2 7rfCV 2 xlO-3

XIV. Temperature Characteristic (ppm/°C)

— Ct TT - C 25 — xl0 „

TC

XV. Cap Drift (%)

C 2 r, (T, - 25)

C.D. = - gi ~ C ~ x 100
Cl

XVI. Reliability of Ceramic Capacitors

Lo _ r v o x r to r
Lt IVoJ IToJ

XVII. Capacitors in Series (current the same)

Any number:

Ct Cl ^ Co ■ C.V

Two: Ct = - C -l ° 2 -

Ci + C2

XVIII. Capacitors in Parallel (voltage the same)

Ct — Ci 4“ C 2 b Cx

XIX. Aging Rate

A.R. = % A C/ decade of time

XX. Decibels

DF

db — 20 log

V 2

Metric prefixes :

Symbols:

Pico

X IO- 1 2

K

= Dielectric Constant

L = Inductance

L t = Test life

Nano

X 10-9

A

= Area

8 = Loss angle

V t = Test voltage

Micro

X 10-9

tn

= Dielectric thickness

0 = Phase angle

Vo = Operating voltage

Milli

X 10-3

V

= Voltage

x + y = Exponent effect of volt-

Tt = Test temperature

Deci

x 10-1

t

— time

age and temp

To = Operating

Deca

X 10

Rs

= Series Resistance

Lo = Operating life

temperature

Kilo

X 103

f

= frequency

Mega

X 106

Giga

X 109

Tera

X 1012

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

MIL-C-55681B

(M -LEVEL)
ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY
CDR11 thru CDR14
CDR21 thru CDR25

CY81 thru CY89

ULTRA-STABLE

NPO MU-CAPS

MOST STABLE MINIATURE
CAPACITOR AVAILABLE

T.C.--ZERO ±30 PPM/°C

SQUARE from 1 PF. to .22 MF.

TUBULAR from 1 PF.to.22MF.

REPUBLIC

■subminiature ceramic capacitors!

ULTRA'Q microwave frequencies

Pd SILVER
or TINNED

r SPECIFICATIONS

Capac. Range: .1 Pf thru 1000 Pf
WVDC: 50 thru 500 VDC
Q @ 1 MHZ: 10,000 minimum
Temp. Coeff.: — f— 90 ±20ppm/°C

ruiPQ

SINGLE LAYER

Sizes: .030" Sq. and up 1

Capacitance: SUPER-K Ceramic 150 PF. to!0,000 PF.

HIGH-K " 100 PF. to 5,000 PF.

STABLE-K " 50 PF. to 2,700 PF.

LOW-VAR - 20 PF. to 1 ,000 PF.

TEMP. COMP. » 1 PF. to 330 PF.

Electrodes: Normally silver. Other precious metals on request
Voltage: 50 WVDC

puipc

MONOLITHIC

MULTILAYER

Sizes: From .050" x .050" x .050" to .610" x .310" x .080"
Capacitance: STABLE-K Ceramic 10 PF. to 2 MF.

NPO " 1 PF. to .027 MF.

Electrodes: Normally silver. Other precious metals on request
Voltage: 50 WVDC

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATING NPO thru N5600

s ., ' ^ and

GENERAL PURPOSE

M-CAPS h —

NPO ULTRA-STABLE

are monolithic capacitors with maximum capacitance/volume
ratio in a choice of 3 dielectrics to cover all requirements.
From .100" square to .300" square.

NPO STABLE-K HIGH-K

2.2-33,000 PF. 120 PF.- IMF. 470 PF. -IMF.

Size and specifications same as "Thinline"
capacitors shown above, except radial
and axial tinned copper ribbon leads,
approximately .006" thick x 3/32"
wide for units with max. size of .150"
and up; .045" wide for smaller units.

SEND
FOR
FREE

CATALOG

REPUBLIC ELECTRONICS C0RP.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1183

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

FILM and METALLIZED

MOLDED BOX

EPOXY DIPPED

AXIAL WRAP
and FILL

OVAL AXIAL WRAP
and FILL

POLYESTER WRAP
OFFSET LEADS

Configuration Dielectric

Standard

Approximate

Insulation

Dissipation

Seacor

Film-Foil or

Taped & Reeled

Capacitance

Voltage

Tolerance

Temperature

Temperature

Resistance

Factor at

Series#

Metallized

Available

Range

Range VDC

Range

Range

Coefficient

Minimum

IK Hz. 25°C

Molded

Box

Polyester

MMKO

Metallized

_

.0027-6.8 Mfd

63-630 Vdc

5% -20%

- 40°C to +100°C

+ 400 PPM/°C

15Km/ohm

.8 /

SMMKO

Metallized

T&R Available

.001-1.0 Mfd

i 63-400

5% -20%

— 40°C to +100°C

+ 400 PPM/ °C

15Km/ohm

.8

MMK-5

Metallized

T&R Available

.001 - .47 Mfd

63-100 Vdc

5% -20%

- 55°C to +100°C

+ 400 PPM/°C

15Khn/ohm

.8

Polycarbonate

CMK

Metallized

—

.0027-6.8 Mfd

100-400 Vdc

1%-20%

- 55°C to + 125°C

+ 150 PPM/°C

30.000

.4

CMK-7.5

Metallized

T&R Available

.001 -.33 Mfd

100-400 Vdc

r/o- 20 %

— 55°C to + 125°C

+ 150 PPM/°C

, 30.000

.4

CMK- 5

Metallized

T&R Available

.001 - .47 Mfd

63-100 Vdc

r/o- 20 %

- 55°C to +125°C

+ 150 PPM/°C

30.000

.4

Polypropylene

PMR

Metallized

— .

.001-2.2 Mfd

250-630 Vdc

i%-io%

- 55°C to + 85°C

- 300 PPM/°C

100.000

.1

PMR-7.5

Metallized

T&R Available

.001 -.047 Mfd

250-400 Vdc

i%-io%

- 55°C to +85°C

-300 PPM/°C

100.000

.1

Polystyrene

SFR

Film -Foil

—

47-100,000 Pfd

100-500 Vdc

i%-io%

- 40°C to + 85°C

+ 150 PPM/°C

100.000

.05

Epoxy

Dipped

Polyester

MFDR

Film -Foil

—

.001 - .47 Mfd

100-600 Vdc

5% - 20%

- 40°C to + 85°C

+ 400 PPM/°C

50.000

.75

MMDR

Metallized

—

.01-2.2 Mfd

250-630 Vdc

5% - 20%

- 40°C to +85°C

+ 400 PPM/°C

30.000

1.0

MFDS

Film -Foil

T&R Available

.001 - .47 Mfd

100 Vdc

5% -20%

- 40° C to +85°C

+ 500 PPM/°C

30.000

1.0

Polypropylene

PFDS/R

Film - Foil

—

.001 -.18 Mfd

160-630 Vdc

i%-20%

- 40° C to +85°C

-300 PPM/°C

100.000

.1

Axial

Wrap

Polyester

MFWA

Film -Foil

T&R Available

.001-1.0 Mfd

100-630 Vdc

5% -20%

- 55°C to +85°C

+ 400 PPM/°C

50.000

.75

& Fill

MMWA

Metallized

T&R Available

.01-10.0 Mfd

100-630 Vdc

5% -20%

— 40°C to + 85°C

+ 400 PPM/°C

15.000

.75

Polycarbonate

CMWA

Metallized

T&R Available

.01-10.0 Mfd

100-630 Vdc

r/o- 20 %

- 40°C to + 85°C

+ 150 PPM/°C

30.000

.2

Polypropylene

PMWA

Metallized

T&R Available

.01-10.0 Mfd

250-1000 Vdc

r/o- 20 %

— 40°C to +70°C

-100 PPM/°C

100.000

.1

PFWA

Film -Foil

T&R Available

.001 -.12 Mfd

63-250 Vdc

r/o- 20 %

— 40°C to + 85°C

-290 PPM/ °C

10.000

.2

Polystyrene

SFWA

Film -Foil

T&R Available

100-603,000 Pfd

63-1000 Vdc

i%- 5%

— 10°C to +70°C

-100 PPM/°C

50.000

.05

Oval

Wrap

& Fill

Polycarbonate

CMWF

Metallized

—

.001 -22.0 Mfd

100-630 Vdc

5% - 20%

- 55°C to + 85°C

+ 150 PPM/°C

30.000

.2

Polyester

Wrap

Offset

Leads

Polystyrene

SF

Film -Foil

—

47-100,000 Pfd

25-630 Vdc

i%'20%

-10°Cto +70°C

— 150 PPM/°C

100.000

.05

1*1184

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

FILM CAPACITORS

SEACOR

APPROVALS:

VDE (Germany)
(D SEMKO (Sweden)

(§) SEV (Switzerland)

® N EM KO (Norway)

(6) DEMKO (Denmark)

MOTOR RUN CAPACITORS

Seacor announces a new series
of miniature, self-healing, dry,
metallized polypropylene
capacitors for motor run or other
AC or DC applications. The PNP
capacitor series is encapsulated
in flame retardant epoxy filled
plastic cases. The polypropylene
design features excellent electrical
life expectancy, normally 40,000
hours and 500 hours during
accelerated testing at 125% of
rated voltage at 80 °C. End
terminations are available as
insulated leads or AMP push on
terminals. The capacitance
variation over temperature is
uniquely low, less than 3% from
-25°C to 80°C.

Electrical Characteristics Include:

- Capacitance Valves: 1 MFD to 65 MFD

- Tolerances: 10%, 5%

- Working Voltages: AC 115,

250, 400, 450 @ 60 Hz.

- Dissipation Factor: .1% Max

- Insulation Resistance:

10,000 Megohms X MFD

- Operating Temperature:

-50°C to + 90°C

SUPPRESSOR CAPACITORS

The NEW SEACOR
SPECIAL PRODUCTS

This two pole noise suppressor
and X capacitor series is
constructed of metallized
polypropylene foil. The outer case
is of flame retardant plastic with
moisture proof epoxy and seals.
This molded case allows for
uniformity and space savings.
Noise suppressor capacitors have
been developed for the inter-
ference elimination of any tool,
machinery, and minor equipment
supplied by 2-phase a.c. mains.
Electrical Characteristics
include:

- Capacitance Values:

.015 MFD to 2.2 MFD

-Tolerances: 20% ^.1 MFD,
10% > .1 MFD

- Working Voltage: 250 Vac f

- Dissipation Factor: .05% @

1 KHz @ 20 °C

- Insulation Resistance:

100.000 Megohms ^.33 MFD

33.000 SEC >.33 MFD

- Operating Temperature
Range: -25°Cto +85°C

APPROVALS:

'j&SVDE
1 — 1 (Germany)

<D SEMKO
(Sweden)

(D SB/

w (Switzerland)
IEC (European)

SPECIAL PRODUCTS

If you can’t meet your much needed requirements in a
standard capacitor, contact Seacor’s Special Products
Division, Non-standard
capacitances, tolerances, and
voltages, are just a few of our
capabilities. Special lead
configurations, sub-miniature
sizes, special designs, as well as
unique marking requirements are
also features of our newly
developed department. Our
capabilities also include special
capacitance sorting and matching
abilities and MANY, MANY
OTHERS. A good place to start or
before giving up, check Seacor’s
Special Products Division!

123 Woodland Avenue
P.O. Box 541
Westwood, NJ 07675
(201) 666-5600
TLX 135354

SEACOR INC.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

SPRAGUE

Gooomfln

CAPACITORS

The trimmer

When your application calls for high-
quality trimmer capacitors, you can count
on Sprague-Goodman for exactly what
you need.

That's because we offer the world's
largest selection of dielectrics models and
styles: sub-miniature glass and sapphire
Pistoncaps®, plastic Filmtrims® or ceramic
single turn, Mica compression, Airfrim®
air-dielectric, and multi-turn plastic.

So the next time standard or custom
trimmer capacitors are called for, call for
the name you can count on. Sprague-
Goodman.

ifWi M tjllJ Sprague-Goodman
■■ Electronics, Inc.

(An affiliate of the Sprague Electric Company)

134 Fulton Ave., Garden City, NY 1 1040
516-746-1385 • TLX: 14-4533

con count on
come in more
varieties than
you con count

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

% Capacitance change

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Metallized Polyester DIP

Type TRW-81

• High IR

• Low DF

• Self-Healing

• Low ESR

• Flame Retardant
Molded Epoxy Case

• 2-pin DIP Leads

The TRW-80 series embodies the
latest in thin gauge technology.
The use of ultra-thin gauge met-
allized polyester packaged in a
small molded case with short 2
pin-dip leads provides near-ideal
performance. The reliability of
self-healing gives long cata-
strophic failure-free operation

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance: Measured after 60
seconds at 25°C and rated voltage. See
Table below.

Dissipation Factor: Shall be less than
1.0% when measured at 1000 ±20 Hz
and at 25°C for values up to and includ-
ing .12 MFD.

Dielectric Strength: Shall withstand a test
of 1 .6 times rated voltage for two seconds
at 25°C without catastrophic failure.

Capacitance: Shall be within specified
tolerance when measured at 1000 ±20 Hz
at 25°C for values up to and including
.12 MFD.

Equivalent Series Resistance (ESR): Less
than the value shown in ESR graph when
measured at 100 KHz using a Clark Hess
Model 273A ESR bridge or equivalent.

Noise Factor: The pulsed ESR shall be
measured with a pulse having a rise time
of 5 nanoseconds to a steady state cur-
rent of 100 milliamps. Typical values are

while the small package affords
the low-inductance and low ESR
so vital in future designs. The con-
sistant size, low weight, precise
lead placement and radial lead
packaging make the TRW-80
series ideal for low cost high
speed manufacturing.

shown in ESR graph. The measurement
is taken after the inductive spike.

Construction: Non inductive metallized
polyester winding.

Encasement: Red molded epoxy.

Lead Material: .010 Copper-Olin Cl 94, %
to full hard with 50/150 microinches
60/40 of tin. 2 pin DIP configuration.

Standard Capacitance Values 50 VDC
Capacitance in MFD

.001

.01

.1

.0012

.012

.12

.0015

.015

—

.0018

.018

—

.0022

.022

—

.0027

.027

—

.0033

.033

—

.0039

.039

—

.0047

.047

—

.0056

.056

—

.0068

.068

—

.0082

.082

—

Capacitance change vs. temp.

DEGREES CENTIGRADE

Dissipation factor vs. temp.

DEGREES CENTIGRADE

o

o

TVPI

F

„

' —

— '

-50 -25 0 +25 +50 +75 +100

ESR vs. Capacitance

.001 . 005.01 .05 .1 .5 1.0

CAP (MFD)

TRW CAPACITOR DIVISION • 301 West O Street « Ogallala, Nebraska 69153 • Phone:(308) 284-3611 • TWX: 910-620-0321

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1187

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Metallized Polypropylene
Dielectric

777 rV

Type X363UW

Subminiature . . . Instrument Grade

• Long stable life

• Very high insulation resistance

• Lowest dissipation factor

• Humidity resistant

• Saves on size and weight

• Capacitance tolerance to 1%

CUT-AWAY SHOWS CONSTRUCTION

Used for a number of years in the
non-precision power capacitor
field, polypropylene has now been
developed by TRW Capacitors as
a dielectric for miniaturized preci-
sion capacitors exhibiting unique
and outstanding electrical and
environmental characteristics.
Particularly worthy of note is its

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance: Minimum values.

Temperature

+ 25°C

+85°C

+ 105°C

Megohms X
Microfarads

300,000

30,000

3,000

Need Not

Exceed

(Megohms)

500,000

50,000

5,000

Measured after two minutes electrification at
200 volts.

Capacitance Range: 0.010 thru 15.0 mfd.
Voltage Range: 100, 200, 400 VDC.
Dielectric Strength: Twice rated voltage
for one minute through a limiting
resistance of 100 ohms/volt.

stability. The X363UW exhibits
negligible shift in capacitance un-
der long term exposure to humid-
ity, operating life, and tempera-
ture cycling. Insulation resistance,
dielectric absorption and dissipa-
tion factor properties are all the
equivalent of or superior to those
of polystyrene.

Dissipation Factor: Less than 0.1% at
25°C when measured at or referred to
1000 ±20 Hz for capacitance values
up to and including 10.0 mfd.

Dielectric Absorption: When tested per
MIL-C-19978 the dielectric absorption
shall not exceed 0.05%. Shorter test
methods produce lower results. For
further information, consult TRW
Engineering.

Capacitance: Shall be within specified
tolerance when measured at or re-
ferred to 1000 ±20 Hz for values up
to and including 15.0 mfd at 25° ±5°C.

Temperature Range: -55°C to +105°C
with no voltage derating.

Metallized Polyester

Type X601 PE-X601 CPE

Dipped Epoxy Coating

• Ultra miniature, lightweight

• Tough, Rugged Case

• Styled for maximum packaging
efficiency

• Capacitance values to 10 mfd

• Tolerances to ±5%

METALLIZED

EPOXY

COATING

a /

POLYESTER i

wJB5

SECTION i

J

CUT-AWAY SHOWS CONSTRUCTION

The X601PE was designed for
quality capacitor applications
utilizing the advance technology
of TRW. It is ideally designed for
“Space Age’’ applications requir-
ing the best the industry has to
offer in minimum size and weight,

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance: Table 1, minimum
values.

Temperature

+ 25°C

+ 85°C

+ 125°C

Megohms X
Microfarads

20,000

2,000

20

Need Not

Exceed

(Megohms)

30,000

5,000

50

Measured after 2 minutes electrification at rated
voltage

Dissipation Factor: Less than 1.0% when
measured at or referred to 1000 ±20
Hz for capacitance values up to and
including 1.0 mfd at 25°C ±5°C.

consistent with maximum relia-
bility. The X601PE line is now
available in a full range of value
from 0.01 to 10.0 mfd in 100 and
200 VDC. The unit is excellent in
electrical and environmental per-
formance throughout this range.

Capacitance values greater than 1.0
mfd measured at 60 ±6 Hz.

Dielectric Strength: Twice rated voltage
for 1 minute through 100 ohms per volt
limiting resistance.

Humidity Resistance: Tested as outlined
in MIL-STD-202, Method 103, Condition
B, no voltage applied. After final con-
ditioning, !R no less than Vz minimum
values listed in Table 1.

Life Test: 500 hours at +100°C and
125% of rated volts.

Temperature Range: -55°C to +100°C,
to 125°C with 50% derating.

Construction: Metallized Polyester,
non-inductive winding.

TRW CAPACITOR DIVISION • 301 West O Street • Ogallala, Nebraska 69153 • Phone:(308) 284-3611 • TWX: 910-620-0321
For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1188

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Polyester Dielectric

Type 663UW

• For maximum space saving

• “Instrument” quality

• Tough, moisture resisting case

• Conservatively rated

• Tolerances to ±1%

• Capacitance Range 0.001 thru
2.0 mfd

CUT-AWAY SHOWS CONSTRUCTION

Type 663UW capacitors are com-
patible in size with other submini-
ature transistor components. In
addition, they are conservatively
designed and rated for long life
and reliable service in high qual-
ity equipment and instrument ap-
plications. The Polyester winding

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance: Greater than
70,000 megohms-microfarads at 25°C,
but the IR need not exceed 140,000
megohms.

Dissipation Factor: Less than 1.0% when
measured at or referred to 1000 ±20
Hz for capacitance values up to and
including 1.0 mfd at 25°C ±5°C.
Capacitance values greater than 1.0
mfd measured at 60 ±6 Hz.

Life Test: 250 hours at 85° C and 125%
of Rated Voltage. No more than one
failure allowed of 18 units tested.

Dielectric Strength: 2 times rated voltage
for one minute through a limiting re-
sistance of 100 ohms/volt.

is covered with a thin, tough plas-
tic case adding less than YU 1 to the
body diameter. The dense thermo-
setting epoxy endfill bonds se-
curely to the lead and case. This
line is designed and rated for long
life and reliable service.

Lead Pull Test: Steady force of 4 lbs.
applied axially for 60 sec. on diameters
up to 0.359 — 8 lbs. on diameters over
0.359.

Humidity Resistance: Will meet or exceed
requirements of MIL-C-27287, Para-
graph 3.12, when tested in accordance
with MIL-STD-202, Method 103, Condi-
tion B. One failure allowed of 18 units
tested.

Temperature Range: May be operated at
rated voltage from -55°C to +85°C
and to + 1 25°C with 50% derating.

Voltage Range: 100 thru 1000 VDC.

Winding Design: Extended foil construc-
tion.

Polyester Dielectric

Type 601 PE-601 CPE

Dipped Epoxy Coating

• Styled for “High Density”
packaging

• Extremely stable

• Ideal replacement for ceramic
discs

• High insulation resistance

• Full range of values

• Tolerances to ±5%

POLYESTER SECTION

/

__ EPOXY
COATING

Now available in the full range
from 35 V to 600V and 0.001 to
1.0 mfd, the “slim” 601 series is
even more valuable in high den-
sity applications. Thin, modular

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance: Minimum values
according to Table 1. (Refer to graph
for IR at other temperatures.)

Temperature

+ 25°C

+ 85°C

+ 1 25°C

Megohms X
Microfarads

50,000

2,000

20

Need Not

Exceed

(Megohms)

100,000

5,000

100

Measured after 2 minutes electrification at 100
VDC or rated voltage, whichever is greater.

Dissipation Factor: Less than 1 .0% when
measured at or referred to 1000 ±20
Hz for capacitance values up to and
including 1.0 mfd at 25°C ±5°C. Ca-
pacitance values greater than 1.0 mfd
measured at 60 ±6 Hz.

Dielectric Strength: Twice rated voltage
for 1 minute through 100 ohms per volt
limiting resistance.

packaging provides maximum ca-
pacitance for minimum chassis
area. It is engineered to replace
ceramic discs where stability with
temperature change is important.

Humidity Resistance: These designs
comply with test requirements per MIL-
STD-202, Method 103, Condition B,
no voltage applied. Minimum resist-
ance after test, 15,000 megohms.

Life Test: 1000 hrs. @ +85°C and 125%
of rated voltage. No more than one fail-
ure allowed of 24 units tested.

Temperature Cycling: MIL-STD-202,
Method 102, Condition D, no voltage
applied. Minimum insulation resistance
after test 25,000 megohms. Less than
1% change in capacitance.

Capacitance Tolerance: Within specified
tolerance when measured at 1000 ±20
Hz, 25°C ±5°C (standard is 20%).

Temperature Range: May be operated at
rated voltage from -55°C to +85°C.
Derate to 50% when operating at
125°C.

TRW CAPACITOR DIVISION • 301 West O Street • Ogallala, Nebraska 69153 • Phone:(308) 284-3611 • TWX: 910-620-0321
EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1189

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Metallized Polycarbonate

Type X463UW

• Small size — Lightweight

• Very low temperature
coefficient

• Fully rated from — 55°C to
+125°C

• High insulation resistance

• Excellent retrace

• Tolerances to ±1%

• Capacitance range from 0.001

The increasing demand for reduc-
tion in size and weight coupled
with requirements for enhanced
circuit performance, requires ca-
pacitors which incorporate the
latest developments in compo-
nent technology. TRW has now

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance: Table 1, minimum
values.

Temperature

+ 25°C

+ 85°C

+ 1 25°C

Megohms X
Microfarads

60,000

6,000

600

Need Not

Exceed

(Megohms)

200,000

50,000

5,000

Measured after 2 minutes electrification at rated
voltage

Dissipation Factor: Less than 0.3% at
25°C when measured at or referred to
1000 ±20 Hz for capacitance values
up to and including 10 mfd.

introduced a capacitor which
combines the improved electrical
performance of polycarbonate
and the size and weight reduc-
tions associated with a metallized
dielectric.

Dielectric Strength: Twice rated voltage
for one minute through a limiting re-
sistance of 100 ohms/volt.

Life Test: 250 hours at 125°C and 140%
rated voltage with no more than one
failure out of 12 units tested.

Temperature Range: — 55°C to +125°C
with no voltage derating.

Humidity Resistance: No more than one
failure allowed of 12 units tested when
tested as outlined jn MIL-STD-202,
Method 103, Condition B, with 100 volts
or rated voltage applied, whichever is
less.

Voltage Ranges: 50, 100, 200, 400 VDC.

Metallized Dielectric

Type X440

• Minimum possible size —
Lightweight

• Very low temperature
coefficient

• Fully rated from — 55°C to
+125°C

• High insulation resistance

• Tolerances to ±1%

• Capacitance Range 0.001 thru
0.10 mfd

The X440 has been specifically
designed to be a real help in the
ever increasing problem of fitting
components in today’s miniatur-
ized designs. Its absolute mini-
mum size, precision dimensions,
and the close tolerance lead
spacing permit space savings im-
possible before. Additionally, the
highly impressive electrical prop-

SPECIFICATIONS

Voltage Rating: 50 VDC from -55°C to
+125°C.

Insulation Resistance: Greater than
500,000 megohms @ 25°C.

Dissipation Factor: Less than 0.3% at
1 K Hz @ 25°C.

Capacitance Change with Temperature:

a. Between 0°C and 125°C, as refer-
enced to 25°C, capacitance change
will not exceed +V 2 - 1 V 2 % .

b. TC of capacitance characteristic is
0 +50 -150 PPM/°C between 0°C and
125°C.

Dielectric Strength: 200% of rated volt-
age applied for 2 minutes through
limiting resistance of 100 ohm/volt. .

erties of polycarbonate are of
immense value in modern high
performance circuitry.

Standoffs on the bottom of the
premolded case provide for rigid,
secure mounting and facilitate
cleaning of the printed circuit
boards. Leads are uniformly and
accurately spaced on 0.0200" cen-
ters.

Life Test: Tested in accordance with
MIL-C-27287, 250 hrs., 125°C @ 1.4
RV. IR greater than 70% of original
requirement, DF less than 0.3%, cap.
change less than 1%.

Humidity Resistance: Tested in accord-
ance with MIL-C-27287, 40°C, 95% RH,
240 hours. IR greater than 10 giga-
ohms @ 25°C. DF less than 0.3%.

Lead Pull Test: 5 lbs. in any direction.

Construction: Metallized polycarbonate
dielectric, non-inductive winding.
Epoxy case with standoffs.

Leads: 24 gauge tinned solid wire on
0.2" centers.

TRW CAPACITOR DIVISION • 301 West O Street • Ogallala, Nebraska 69153 • Phone:(308) 284-3611 • TWX: 910-620-0321

1*1190

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Metallized Polyester
Flattened

Type X659F

• Smallest possible size

• High insulation resistance

• Self-healing — Long stable life

• Full voltage range — 50 thru
400W VDC

• Capacitance values to 20.0 mfd

TRW Type X659F adds a complete
new dimension to circuit board
layout by providing a metallized
polyester, wound flattened capac-
itor, in sizes never before avail-
able. This advance design which
utilizes the very thin gauges of
metallized polyester, coupled with
TRW’s advanced manufacturing
technology and in-house metalliz-

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance: Minimum values.

Temperature

+ 25°C

+ 85°C

+ 1 25°C

Megohms X
Microfarads

30,000

3,000

50

Need Not

Exceed

(Megohms)

30,000

3,000

50

Measured after 2 minutes electrification at rated
voltage.

Dissipation Factor: Less than 1.0% when
measured at or referred to 1000 ±20
cps for capacitance values up to and
including 1.0 mfd at 25°C ±5°C except
for units having a thickness dimension

ing capability and control, offers
the same rugged durability and
reliability as all TRW Capacitors.

This basic reliability and the
proven performance record of
metallized polyester makes the
X659F the ideal choice where
freedom in equipment design and
durability is required.

of 0.1 70 or less, the DF shall not exceed
1 .5% . Capacitance values greater than
1.0 mfd measured at 60 ±6 cps.

Temperature Range: -55°C to 100°C;
to + 1 25°C with 50% derating.

Humidity Resistance: Tested as outlined
in MIL-STD-202C, Method 103B, Con-
dition A. After final conditioning IR, no
less than Vz minimum values listed in
Table 1. Dielectric strength to with-
stand test as outlined in Para. 3.4. One
failure allowed of 18 units tested.

Dielectric Strength: 200% rated voltage
for one minute through a limiting re-
sistance of 100 ohms/volts.

Metallized Polyester Dielectric

Types TRW-40, -41 and -42

• AC voltage ratings from 330 to
460 volts, 50/60 Hz

• Capacitance values to 2.0 mfd

• Flame-retardant tape wrap case

PERFORMANCE

Type TRW-40, -41 and -42 capacitors are
constructed from metallized polyester
film and offer small size, less weight and
long reliable life without the use of im-
pregnants. The flame retardant tape wrap
and end fill provides both physical and
environmental protection.

The full range of capacitance values avail-
able gives these capacitors broad usa'ge"
in the electrical and electronic fields.

APPLICATIONS

Type TRW-40, -41 and -42 capacitors can
be utilized for applications such as motor
run, motor speed control, and noise filter-
ing, as found in computer peripherals
such as terminals, printers and disc
drives; in large and small cooling fans

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance:

Temperature

+ 25°C

+ 85°C

Megohms x Micorfarads

30,000

3,000

Need Not Exceed
(Megohms)

30,000

3,000

Measured after two minutes electrification at
400 VDC

Dissipation Factor: Less than 1.0% when
measured or referred to 1000 ±20 Hz
for capacitance values up to and in-
cluding 1.0 mfd at 25 ±5°C. Capaci-
tance values larger than 1.0 mfd shall
be measured at 60 ±6 Hz.

Capacitance: Shall be within specified
tolerance when measured at or re-
ferred to 1000 ±20 Hz for capacitance
values up to and including 1.0 mfd.
Capacitance values larger than 1 .0 mfd
shall be measured at 60 ±6 Hz.

and small motors of all types. Special
terminals such as stranded insulated
leads or quick disconnects are available
on a customized basis. Consult the fac-
tory for details.

Humidity Resistance: When tested as in
MIL-STD-202E, Method 103B, Condi-
tion B no more than one failure
allowed of eighteen units tested.

Life Test: 1000 hours at +85°C and
125% of rated AC voltage (50-60 cps).

Temperature Range: -55°C to +85°C.

Construction: Metallized construction.

Case: Flame retardant polyester tape
wrap with flame retardant epoxy endfill.

Lead Material: Tinned copperweld wire.

Lead Pull Test: Will withstand for one
minute a steady force of the follow-
ing magnitude:

4 lbs. — Diameters up to and including
0.465 dia.

8 lbs. — Diameters over 0.466

Type

TRW-40

TRW-41

TRW-42

Capacitance Range

0.047 to 2.0 mfd

0.047 to 2.0 mfd

0.01 to 2.0 mfd

Dielectric Strength*

900 VDC

1500 VDC

2100 VDC

AC Voltage Rating

330 Vrms, 50/60 Hz

370 Vrms, 50/60 Hz

460 Vrms, 50/60 Hz

Corona Onset (min.)

480 Vrms, 60 Hz

460 Vrms, 60 Hz

600 Vrms, 60 Hz

* For one minute through a limiting resistance of 100 ohms/volt

TRW CAPACITOR DIVISION • 301 West O Street • Ogallala, Nebraska 69153 • Phone:(308)284-3611 • TWX: 910-620-0321

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1191

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Metallized Polypropylene
Dielectric

Type TRW-35

• Designed for switching power supply
applications

• Rated for 20 KHz usage

• High current — up to 9A rms

• Capacitance to 30 mfd

PERFORMANCE

The TRW-35 is designed specifically for switch-
ing power supply applications where high cur-
rent, high capacitance range and low ESR values
are important.

The Metallized polypropylene TRW-35 shows
negligible shift in capacitance under long term
exposure to humidity, operating life and temper-
ature cycling. Insulation resistance, dielectric

absorption and dissipation factor properties are
all superior to those of electrolytic capacitors
presently used by switching power supply man-
ufacturers. Added to these features are size and
weight savings.

APPLICATIONS

The TRW-35 is used for input filtering, hi-
frequency transformer D.C. blocking, and output
filtering. As an input filter it provides EMI pro-
tection back into the line (generated by the
switch) and serves as a quasi-constant current
source (turn on for the switch). As a D.C. block-
ing capacitor it prevents D.C. saturation of the
hi-frequency transformer caused by switch un-
balance while passing the AC square wave with
little loss. As an output filter it provides a low
impedance path for high frequency ripple
filtering.

Unlike the electrolytic capacitor often used for
such applications, the TRW-35 exhibits little or
no capacitance roll-off with increasing frequency.
The TRW-35 features ESR typically an order of
magnitude or more under the ESR of equivalent
electrolytic capacitance values.

In filter designs where capacitance values of 30
mfd or smaller are adequate for system perform-

7f?lfv

ance, the TRW-35 offers impedance character-
istics that can significantly enhance the overall

system design.

SPECIFICATIONS

Dissipation Factor: Shall be less than 0.1%
when measured at or referred to 1000 Hz
±20 Hz. Typical value is 0.05%.

Capacitance: Shall be within specified tolerance
when measured at or referred to 1000 Hz
±20 Hz.

Insulation Resistance: Shall be greater than
100,000 megohms -Micro Farads but need
not exceed 500,000 megohms when tested at
25° C and electrified at 100 VDC for 2 minutes.

ESR: The 100 KHz ESR values shall not exceed
the values shown.

Construction: Non-inductive winding, polypropy-
lene dielectric, metallized electrodes with
special high current termination.

Case: Polyester tape wrap with epoxy endseals.

Lead Material: Tinned copper wire.

Temperature Rating: 55°C to 105°C with no
voltage derating.

Voltage: 100 thru 400 VDC.

Metallized Polyester

Type TRW-61

• Rated for 60 KHz usage

• High current — up to 4A rms

• Capacitance to 4.7 mfd

• White polyester tape wrap case

• Special high current termination

• Low ESR values

TRIM!

2-2 MB tm
406 vac

PERFORMANCE

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance: Table 1, minimum values.

Insulation Resistance

+ 25°C

+ 85°C

Megohms & Microfarads

30,000

3,000

Need not Exceed (Megohms)

30,000

3,000

Measured after 2 minutes electrification at rated
voltage.

Dissipation Factor: Less than 1.0% when meas-
ured at or referred to 1000 ±20 Hz at 25°C.
Temperature Range: -55°C to +100°C.
Humidity Resistance: Tested as outlined in MIL-
STD-202C, Method 103B, Condition A. After

final conditioning IR, no less than Vz mini-
mum values listed in Table 1. Dielectric
strength to withstand test as outlined in Para.
3.4. One failure allowed of 18 units tested.

Capacitance: Shall be within specified tolerance
when measured at or referred to 1000 ±20
Hz at 25°C.

Capacitor Tolerance: Standard Tolerance ±20% ;
also available in ±10% and ±5%.

Equivalent Series Resistance (ESR): Shall be
less than shown when measured at 100 KHz.

Case: Polyester tape wrap with epoxy end seals.

Lead Material: Tinned solid copper wire.

The TRW-61 is designed specifically for switch-
ing power supply applications where current
and low ESR Values are important. The metal-
lized polyester TRW-61 shows negligible shift in
capacitance under long exposure to humidity,
operating life and temperature cycling. Insula-
tion resistance, dielectric absorption and dissi-
pation factor properties are all superior to those
of electrolytic capacitors presently used by
switching power supply manufacturers.

These features, plus size and weight savings in
SPS designs, make the TRW-61 the logical
capacitor for performance and design of switch-
ing power supplies requiring medium current
ratings.

DIMENSIONS

Capacitance

In

Mfds.

250 VDC

Lead

Gauge

I RMS

I Peak
amps

100 KHz
ESR Max
Milliohms

T Max

W Max

L Max

1

0.360

0.560

1.125

20

2

7

41

1.5

0.450

0.650

1.125

20

2

11

34

2.2

0.500

0.800

1.125

20

3

16

28

3.3

0.550

0.840

1.250

20

4

19

23

4.7

0.620

1.010

1.250

18

4

26

19

| 400 VDC |

1

0.550

0.850

1.200

20

2

10

41

1.5

0.690

0.990

1.200

18

3

14

34

2.2

0.630

1.020

1.560

18

4

16

28

3.3

0.790

1.180

1.560

18

4

23

23

4.7

0.960

1.350

1.560

18

4

33

19

RC Snubber Network

Type TRW-39A

• Resistor: 3.9 ohm V 2 watt ±10%
carbon composition

• Capacitor: 0.1 mfd ±20%, 50 VDC

• White polyester tape wrap case

• Low inductance, extended foil
construction

• Rugged polyester-foil design

• RC = 0.39 micro second nominal

PERFORMANCE

This rugged RC network is designed for snubber
applications across Schottky diodes operating
in 20 KHz switching power supplies and pro-
vides critical damping of the ringing encountered
in many circuits.

APPLICATIONS

Specifically designed for applications in 20 KHz
switching power supplies, the TRW-39A provides
critical damping and reverse voltage protection
for the Schottky diode. The leakage inductance
of the high frequency power transformer causes
ringing of the reverse voltage when diode con-
duction abruptly ceases. This can cause Schottky
diode failure. Figure 1 shows the snubber used

across each diode. For other RC values contact
TRW Capacitors, Application Engineering.

Figure 1 : Snubber Circuit

Up

1

SPECIFICATIONS

Insulation Resistance: Greater than 140K meg-
ohms when measured at 25°C after 2 minute
electrification at 50 VDC.

Dissipation Factor: Less than 1.8% at 1000 Hz.
Dielectric Strength: Greater than 150 VDC.
Leads: Tin plated solid wire. 0.025/0.035 dia.

TRW CAPACITOR DIVISION • 301 West O Street • Ogallala, Nebraska 69153 • Phone:(308) 284-3611 • . TWX: 910-620-0321

1-1192

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Wound Film-Foil
Capacitors

GENERAL-PURPOSE, WELDED TAB CONSTRUCTION
Polystyrene Film-Foil

TRW

Designation

Capacitance

Range

Standard
Tolerances (±%)

Rated

Voltage (VDC)

Temperature
Range (°C)

Lead

Configuration

Type 611

20-100,000 pF

1 through 20

33-630

— 40 to +70

Axial Offset Leads

Tubular, Heat Shrunk

Type 616

20-100,000 pF

1 through 20

33-630

-40 to +70

Axial Centered Leads

Tubular, Heat Shrunk

Type 619

20-30,000 pF

1 through 20

33-630

-40 to +70

Preformed

Tubular, Heat Shrunk

Polyprop;

ylene Film-Foil

TRW

Capacitance

Standard

Rated

Temperature

Lead

Designation

Range

Tolerances (±%)

Voltage (VDC)

Range (°C)

Configuration

Case Style

Type 636

220-27,000 pF

1 through 20

160 and 630

-40 to +85

Axial Centered Leads

Tubular, Heat Shrunk

Type 639

220-27,000 pF

1 through 20

160 and 630

— 40 to +85

Preformed

Tubular, Heat Shrunk

Polyester Film-Foil

TRW

Designation

Capacitance

Range

Standard
Tolerances (±%)

Rated

Voltage (VDC)

Temperature
Range (°C)

Lead

Configuration

Case Style

Type 641

0.001-0.1 mF

10, 20

160, 400 and 630

-40 to +85

Axial Offset Leads

Tubular, Heat Shrunk

PROFESSIONAL STYLE, EXTENDED FOIL CONSTRUCTION
Polystyrene Film-Foil

TRW

Designation

Capacitance

Range

Standard
Tolerances (±%)

Rated

Voltage (VDC)

Temperature
Range (°C)

Lead

Configuration

Case Style

Type 602

100pFto600 nF

0.625 through 5.0

63-1000

— 40 to +70

Radial

Epoxy-filled Tubular Plastic

Type 604

47 to 250, 000 pF

1.0, 2.5, 5.0

100,200, 500

-40 to +85

Radial

Epoxy-filled Rect. Plastic

Type 605

100pFto30nF

0.625 through 5.0

63

-40 to +70

Radial

Epoxy-filled Square Plastic

Type 607

1 100 pFto 680 nF

0.625 through 5.0

63-750

— 40tO +70

Radial

Tubular Tape Wrap

TRW CAPACITOR DIVISION • 301 West O Street • Ogallala, Nebraska 69153 •

Phone:(308) 284-3611 • TWX: 910-620-0321

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1193

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Wound Capacitors

Metallized Polycarbonate

TRW Designation

Capacitance Range

Standard

Tolerances

(+%)

Voltage Range
(V dc)

Temperature Range
(°C)

Lead

Configuration

Case Style

Series H

.01-15.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

50-600

-55 to +125

axial

oval tape wrap

Series HE

.01- 5.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

rect. epoxy case

Series H2E

.01- 5.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

radial

rect. epoxy case

Series HL

.01-15.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

hermetically sealed
tubular metal case

Series HG

.01-10.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

hermetically sealed
rect. metal case

Metallized Polyester

TRW Designation

Capacitance Range

Standard

Tolerances

(±%)

Voltage Range
(V dc)

Temperature Range
(°C)

Lead

Configuration

Case Style

Series D

.01-15.0 nF

5, 10, 20

50-600

-55 to +125

axial

oval tape wrap

Series DE

.01-10.0 nF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

rect. epoxy case

Series D2E

.01- 8.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

radial

rect. epoxy case

Series DL

.01-15.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

hermetically sealed
tubular metal case

Series DG

.01-15.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

hermetically sealed
rect. metal case

Polyester-Foil

TRW Designation

Capacitance Range

Standard

Tolerances

(±%)

Voltage Range
(V dc)

Temperature Range
(°C)

Lead

Configuration

Case Style

Series E

.001-5.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to. + 125

axial

oval tape wrap

Series EE

.001-2.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

rect. epoxy case

Series EL

.001-5.0 aF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

hermetically sealed
tubular metal case

Series EG

.001-3.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

hermetically sealed
rect. metal case

Series EBC

.001-1.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

tubular tape wrap
meets MIL-C-27287

Polystyrene-Foil

TRW Designation

Capacitance Range

Standard

Tolerances

(+%)

Voltage Range
(V dc)

Temperature Range
<°C)

Lead

Configuration

Case Style

Type 602

100 pF-.60 fiF

0.625-5.0

63-1000

-40 to +70

radial

tubular epoxy case

Type 605

100 pF-.03 fiF

0.625-5.0

63

-40 to +70

radial

rect. epoxy case

Type 607

100 pF-.68 fiF

0.625-5.0

63-750

-40 to +70

axial

tubular tape wrap

Series X

.001-2.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

50-400

-55 to +85

axial

oval tape wrap

Series XL

.001-2.0 nF

5, 10, 20

50-400

-55 to +85

axial

hermetically sealed
tubular metal case

Series XG

.001 -.82 fiF

5, 10, 20

50-400

-55 to +85

axial

hermetically sealed
rect. metal case

Metallized Polypropylene

TRW Designation

Capacitance Range

Standard

Tolerances

(±%)

Voltage Range
(V dc)

Temperature Range
(°C)

Lead

Configuration

Case Style

Style EPYC4

.01-15.0 fiF

1.0-20

100-400

-55 to +105

axial

tubular tape wrap

Paper/ Polyester Dielectric

TRW Designation

Capacitance Range

Standard

Tolerances

(±%)

Voltage Range
(V dc)

Temperature Range
(°C)

Lead

Configuration

Case Style

Series BW

5, 10, 20

2000-30,000

-55 to +125

axial

oval tape wrap

Series BWE

■KEimZSHi

5,10,20

2000-30,000

-55 to +125

axial

rect. epoxy case

Metallized Paper, Epoxy Impregnated

TRW Designation

Capacitance Range

Standard

Tolerances

(±%)

Voltage Range
(V dc)

Temperature Range
(°C)

Lead

Configuration

Case Style

Series M

.01-10.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

oval tape wrap

Series ME

.01- 8.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

rect. epoxy case

Series M2E

.01- 8.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

radial

rect. epoxy case

Series ML

.01-15.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

hermetically sealed
tubular metal case

Series MG

.01-15.0 fiF

5, 10, 20

100-600

-55 to +125

axial

hermetically sealed
rect. metal case

Note: These metallized paper capacitors are also available with wax impregnation instead of epoxy. Specifications are similar, but maximum operating
temperature is limited to +85°C. To order, substitute “W” for “M” in series number (e.g., Series WL).

TRW CAPACITOR DIVISION • 301 West 0 Street • Ogallala, Nebraska 69153 • Phone:(308) 284-3611 • TWX: 910-620-0321

1*1194

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Ceramic Disc
Capacitors

mn

Type 501 Class 1

Medium Voltage

• Suitable for use in high-frequency,
high-Q, and temperature-compensated
circuits

• Recommended for both UHF and VHF
applications

• High capacitance stability coupled
with long life

• Capacitance range of .82 to 470 pF

• Voltage ratings of 250 and 500 VDC

• Temperature characteristics of NPO to
N5250

Type 502 Class 1

High Voltage

• Ideal for temperature compensation in
high-power circuits

• Controlled temperature coefficient,
low dissipation factor, high dielectric
strength and large dissipation area

• Capacitance range of 2.2 to 620 pF

• Voltage ratings of 1000 to 6000 VDC

• Temperature characteristics of NPO to
N5250

Type 506 Class 2

Medium Voltage

• Suitable for radio frequency coupling
circuits and other printed circuit board
applications

• Extended frequency range of 100 MHz,
extreme temperature stability, long life
and small size

• Capacitance range of 100 to 4700 pF

• Voltage ratings of 250 and 500 volts

• Temperature characteristics of X5D
to X5S

Electrical Specifications

Type 507 Class 2

High Voltage

• Recommended for high-power circuits
in TV applications

• Stable at high frequency, extremely
resistant to high humidity conditions

• Capacitance range of 56 to 6200 pF

• Voltage ratings of 1000 to 6000 VDC

® Temperature characteristics of X5D

to X5T

Type 509 Class 2

Medium Voltage

• Designed for coupling and bypass
circuits where supply voltage is 500
VDC or less

• Offers small size in a medium voltage
rating

• Capacitance range of 250 to 10,000 pF

• Voltage ratings of 250 and 500 VDC

• Temperature characteristics of X5U,
Y5U

Type 511 Class 2

Medium Voltage

• Exhibits excellent electrical character-
istics in transistorized circuits in
bypass networks

• Ideal where space is at a premium and
high capacitance value is required

• Capacitance range of 47p to 15,000 pF

• Voltage ratings of 250 and 500 VDC

• Temperature characteristics of X5V
and Z5U

Type 512 Class 2

High Voltage

• Well-suited for TV and computer
deflection systems

• Used also in bypass and decoupling
circuits where high voltage capacitors
are required

• Features high voltage performance,
small size, high K, and excellent
resistance to humidity

• Capacitance range of 470 to 10,000 pF

• Voltage ratings of 1000 and 2000 VDC

• Temperature characteristics of Y5V
and Z5U

Type 516 Class 2

Low Voltage

• Designed for radio frequency bypass
circuits in auto and home radios, TVs
and computers

• Combines small size with superior
performance characteristics

• Capacitance range of .0033 to .047
mfd

• Voltage ratings of 50 and 100 VDC

• Temperature characteristic of Z5U

NOTE: The listed ceramic disc capacitors are standard catalog devices. However,
variations in electrical characteristics are available in most cases. Please
contact TRW Universal Capacitors for assistance in your design applications.

TRW Part No.

Dissipation Factor

Min. Insulation Resistance

Dielectric Strength

Type 501

0.1% max. for C = 50 pF and above,
0.8% max. for others; at 5 V rms

10x10’ ohms at 100 VDC

250% of rated voltage, max. 1 = 50 mA

Type 502

0.2% max. for C = 50 pF and above,
0.8% max. for others; at 5 V rms

10 x 10’ ohms at 100 VDC

170% of rated voltage, max. 1 = 50 mA

Type 506

2.5% max. at 1 V rms

10 xio 9 ohms at 100 VDC

250% of rated voltage, max. 1 = 50 m A

Type 507

2.5% max. at 1 V™*

1 0 x 1 0 9 ohms at 1 00 VDC

170% of rated voltage, max. 1 = 50 mA

Type 509

2.5% max. at 1 V™ s

1 0 x 1 0 9 ohms at 1 00 VDC

250% of rated voltage, max. 1 = 50 m A

Type 511

3.0% max. at 1 V™

10 x 10 9 ohms at 100 VDC

250% of rated voltage, max. 1 = 50 mA

Type 512

3.0% max. at 1 V rms

1 0 x 1 0 9 ohms at 1 00 VDC

200% of rated voltage, max. 1 = 50 mA

Type 516

3.0% max. at 0.1 Vrms

5 x10 9 ohms at 10 VDC

250% of rated voltage, max. 1 = 50 mA

Reference Conditions: T=25° ± 1°C, F=1.0 ± 0.2 kHz, RH = 63 to 67%.

Lead Configurations:

Straight Short ‘Inside Crimp Outside Crimp

Phenolic Dipped Encapsulation:

Style A Style B

TRW CAPACITOR DIVISION • 301 West O Street • Ogallala, Nebraska 69153 • Phone:(308) 284-3611 • TWX: 910-620-0321

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1195

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

General Electrical
Specifications

Ceramic Disc Capacitors are available in a broad range
of dielectric constants. This allows a wide selection of
capacitance values.

Temperature Compensating

Ceramic Capacitors (NPO thru N750) are ideal for
applications requiring very precisely controlled
capacitance change with temperature, high Q and very
small capacitance tolerance.

Extended Temperature Compensating

Disc Capacitors (1500 thru N5600) are capacity
sensitive to temperature in varying degrees, and are
useful as temperature compensating elements for
stabilization over a wide temperature range.

General Purpose or Hi-K
Specials

Special disc products are available from TUSONIX
upon request, including detailson TUSONIX’s approval
for U.L. line by-pass capacitors and approval to
Mil-C-20 and Mil-C-1 1 01 5.

TUSONIX slc™

Ceramic Capacitors — Disc

Applications and Features

TUSONIX Ceramic Disc Capacitors offer high performance in a complete range of ratings, values,
and sizes. The complete line of voltage ratings offers the designer the convenience of selecting the
exact capacitor rating required for his application. TUSONIX Discs are available in 1 00-200-500
VDC; 1 -2-3-4-5 and 6 KV. Capacity increases per size for voltages less than 500 volts and decreases
per size for voltages greater than 500 volts. Where voltage rating is not critical, we recommend our
standard 500 volt line. (For complete details, consult our Ceramic Disc Capacitor catalog.)

Standard

Leads

TUSONIX STYLE NUMBER

831

801

851

871

811

841

821

3841

3851

3871

3881

MAXIMUM DIAMETER (D)

.290/7.37

.360/9.14

.437/11.10

.490/12.45

.593/15.06

.675/17.15

.750/19.05

.800/20.32

.675/22.23

.937/23.80

1.100/27.94

LEAD SPACING (S)

.250/6.35

.250/6.35

250/6.35

250/6.35

.375/9.52

.375/9.52

375/9.52

.375/9.52

.375/9.52

.375/9.52

.375/9.52

WIRE GAUGE (AWG)

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

Physical Characteristics

Leads — All values up to and including 2 KV are available with 20, 22 and 24 AWG leads, except body
sizes. 655" max. and larger available with 20 or 22 AWG only. All values up to and including 6 kV are
available with 20 or 22 AWG leads.

Body insulation — conformal coating.

Standard max. coating on leads is .125"; closer control is optional at extra cost.

Marking — Trademark, Cap, Tol., T.C., and Voltage (Voltage omitted on 500V).

TUSONIX also offers inside kink leads, outside kink leads and short pin leads to the electronic
industry for use in printed wiring board applications.

Special physical requirements are also available. Special lead spacing requirements are optional
upon request, in addition to standard nominal lead spacings.

1

1

MIN

CAP

TOL

<%)

MIN

TC

TOL

MAX

DF

<%)

R

w MAXIMUM NOMINAL CAPACITANCE (pF)
500 V

THICKNESS .156" MAX.

831 801 851 871 811 841 821 3841 3851 3871 3881

GENERAL PURPOSE
(Hi-K)

Z50 Y5E X5F X7F

EB

mm

200

350

500

720

1000

1300

1400

1450

1500

1600

1700

Z50 Y5E X5F X7R

El

2

680

1100

1800

2400

3400

4600

4700

4800

5300

5400

5600

Z5F Y5F X5F X7F

BQI

mm

900

1500

2500

3500

5000

6500

7000

7400

8000

8200

8500

Z5F Y5F X5R X7S

BQ

1300

2300

3500

4700

7000

9000

10000

10300

11000

11500

Z5U YSU X5U X7V

KHil

W

KiMil

5400

wmih

irriTiTii

IFMlii

imimi

HIMI

mmni

Z5U Y5V X5W X7W

ESI

mm

3300

5600

8600

11000

ililitilii

25000

30000

32000

12 m

GP7

1E3

mm

4400

7500

11000

15000

25000

35000

43000

55000

IMifilil

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATING
EXTENDED TEMPERATURE COMPENSATING

NPO

COG

El

±30

1000

1-30

60

90

120

150

210

240

250

270

280

290

K3I

S1G

El

Klil

1000

1 . 6-18

31

48

64

80

110

120

130

135

140

150

U1G

El

±30

1000

1 . 8-21

36

55

75

95

120

135

150

155

160

180

N150

P2G

Li!

KSTiM

KhfiM

1 . 9-24

40

60

85

100

140

155

170

175

BI:M

jUjijiEI

N220

R2G

El

±30

1000

2-26

45

65

90

110

160

175

190

195

200

220

N330

S2H

El

±60

1000

2 . 2-29

50

75

100

130

170

185

200

220

230

240

N470

T2H

El

E9

1000

2 . 6-35

60

90

125

150

210

230

250

260

270

290

N750

U2J

El

±120

1000

3 . 5-60

110

170

230

340

450

470

480

520

540

560

N1500

P3K

El

KEEfil

1000

6-82

140

210

290

360

490

550

580

600

640

690

N2200

R3A

El

jjjjjjj

500

7-90

160

240

330

410

560

630

670

700

730

790

N3300

S3B

±5

±650

500

12-160

280

430

580

720

990

1050

1100

1200

1300

1400

N4200

G3C

mm

500

23-170

300

460

620

1000

1400

1600

Kl!i!il

2200

B&Mii

Bylina

N4700

T3D

±5

±900

200

25-210

360

550

750

1200

1600

2000

2500

2700

imi

MtMil

M3M

EDI

200

40-310

540

830

1100

1800

IMlil

BcliliU

3700

3900

EE3

4500 |

For complete ordering information, write or call
TUSONIX, Inc., 2155N. Forbes Boulevard, Tucson,

Arizona 85745. (602) 624-8231. TLX 666-470. *SLC stands for Single-layer Ceramic Capacitors.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1*1196

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

TUSONIX slc™*

Ceramic Capacitors — WEECON® Plate

Applications and Features

TUSONIX WEECON Plate Ceramic Capacitors offer the broadest selection of ceramic formulations
and package sizes available. Capacitance values range from 1 pF through .082 uF; a variety of TC
materials and tolerances is available. The range of temperature characteristics adapts these
capacitors from the ultra stable requirements of tuned circuits to the general purpose needs for
coupling and by-pass applications. Voltages are from 25V to 500V. (For complete details, consult our
WEECON® Ceramic Capacitor catalog.)

Physical Characteristics

Weecon Temperature Compensating Ceramic Capacitors are ideal for applications demanding
precisely controlled capacitance changes with temperature variation. They are well suited for high Q
circuits requiring optimum frequency stability and have excellent retrace characteristics. Extended
Temperature Compensating Weecons are indicated where large controlled capacitance change
with temperature variation is a factor. For applications where volumetric efficiency is of prime
importance, Stable Weecons will provide higher capacitance values, in smaller packages with better
reliability. TUSONIX General Purpose Weecons are ideal for circuits requiring the utmost in
volumetric efficiency at rated temperatures.

.100/2.54 MAX
.100/2.54 -1 .

MAX i -*

THICK

.062/1.57 MAxT I I j
26 AWG . , n

.150/3.81 MAX

54*1 Hi
<

.100/2.54 £ .031/. 79 ®

8101

.200/5.08 MAX
.100/2.54 — | f».

MAX 1

THICK < ^■.200/5.08

26 AWG 15/38 - 10
I MIN

.100/2.54 = .031/79®

8121

.300/7.62 MAX
.100/2.54 p ~ |

MAX ^Hj|~
THICK , r

,300/7.62 ■

■-1 U,X OK/,.57

MAX J

8111

MAXIMUM CAPACITANCE

.200/5.08 £ .031/79®

8131

i j_.j

200/5.08 r .031/79®

1.5/38.10 I 24 AWG

r~ ' ~~ i

n

L JM

.400/10.16 = .031/79®

GENERAL

PURPOSE

TYPES

•Tolerances shown in table are minimum for 10 pF and above.

±0.1 pF is closest tolerance available for 10 pF and less.

TUSONIX

For complete ordering information, write or call
TUSONIX, Inc., 21 55 N. Forbes Boulevard, Tucson,
Arizona 85745. (602) 624-8231 . TLX 666-470.

NOTES: ® When ordering 500 Volt parts, allow additional .050" thickness.
® Other lead spacings and wire diameter available upon request.

TO ORDER — Specify Tusonix Style, Voltage, T.C. Code, Capacitance
and Tolerance. Example: B101-200-Z5U-620, ± 20%*
For more data, call 602-624-8231.

'LX 666-470. *SLC stands for Single-layer Ceramic Capacitors.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*11 97

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

TUSONIX slc™*

Ceramic Capacitors — High Voltage

Applications and Features

High Voltage Ceramic Capacitors have been one of TUSONIX outstanding component capabilities
for many years. These high quality components are used in a broad variety of applications: electric
utility transformers, power supplies and. voltage multipliers for CRT displays, navigation equipment,
electro-optic equipment, and image intensifies for night vision apparatus.

This page details only a few of our high voltage capabilities. The styles shown can be adapted to
specific mechanical and electrical requirements of our customers . . . certainly one of the inherent
advantages of ceramic capacitors. Custom designs are our specialty.

Disc, Cylindrical, Rectangular Ceramic Capacitors

RM

■JM

4|j||

||||

Radial wire leads, 20 ga.,
1.25" (31.75) min. length

Available in:

3, 5, 1 0kV
in both disc and
rectangular

Offset wire leads,

20 ga., 1.25" (31.75)
min. length

Available in:

3, 5, 10KV

Radial formed leads
attached axially, 20 ga.,

2.0" (50.80) min. length
Available in:

3, 5, 10,

15kV

1” min. lead spacing
required for 15kV

Axial wire leads, 20 ga.,

2.0" (50.80) min. length

Available in:

3, 5, 10, 15,

20, 25, 30kV

1.250" max. dia. for
over lOkV

Opposed radial wire
leads, 20 ga.,

2.0" (50.80) min. length

Available in:

3, 5, 10kV
. In both disc
and rectangular

yA

\-*\

SPECIALS

Nonstandard or
special design part

6 US

Electrode with no terminals
(single pattern), or specify
if tinning is required.

Available in:

Rectangular: 3,5,
lOkV and limited
capacitance values for

15, 20, 25, 30kV

Disc: 3, 5, 10, 15,

20, 25, 30kV

Available in:

Potted female
threaded,, stud
terminals, 8-32 threads

Available in:

3, 5, 10, 15

20, 25, 30kV

Female threaded stud
terminals, 8-32 threads

Available in:

3, 5, 10, 15,

20, 25, 30kV

Male stud terminals,
no threads, varnish
coating standard.

Available in:

3, 5, 10, 15,

20, 25, 30kV

3, 5, 10, 15,

20, 25, 30kV

Note: Can be manufactured
with virtually any special
■ terminal to meet specific
needs.

Feed-thru Ceramic Capacitors

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

Finish — Silver Plated except 2416 (tinned)
Marking — EIA Color Code except 320

(Capacitance Value-Stamped)

Dimension tolerance ±.015" unless
otherwise specified

inches

mm

inches/mm

TUSONIX

4 AV BUSHING MOUNT

For complete ordering information, write or call part no. 2432-002

TUSONIX, Inc., 2155 N. Forbes Boulevard, Tucson,

Arizona 85745. (602) 624-8231 . TLX 666-470.

PART NO. 320-005 PART NO. 2416-000

*SLC stands for Single-layer Ceramic Capacitors.

1*1198

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

TUSONIX slc™*

Ceramic Capacitors — T rimmers

Applications and Features

TUSONIX leads the way in the miniaturization of trimmers, or variable ceramic capacitors.
Developments such as those illustrated below have established TUSONIX as a leader in the state of
the art. More than 30 years of experience in Trimmer design and technology have enabled TUSONIX
to offer engineers the world’s most complete line of ceramic trimmer capacitors.

During the past 1 0 years the ceramic trimmer capacitor has become the most popular trimmer in
the electronics industry. The inherent reliability, small size, low cost and wide selection of available
electrical characteristics are major factors in the ceramic capacitor’s continuing popularity among
design engineers.

TUSONIX produces a broad rangeof fixed and variable (trimmer) ceramic capacitors. Complete
research, development and manufacturing of the ceramic dielectric itself and the finished capacitor
is performed by TUSONIX. Today TUSONIX is recognized as one of the world’s leading suppliers of
quality ceramic capacitors.

(For complete details consult Trimmer catalog.)

Series 51 3 —

First T rue Ultraminiature Quality T rimmer

Working Voltage A: 100 WVdcto85°C.

G: 25 WVdc to 85° C.

Dielectric Strength 2 times WVDC for 1 to 5 seconds

Operating Temperature Range -55° C. to +85° C.

Q Factor @ 1MHz 500 Min. (Dielectric Code A)

200 Min. (Dielectric Code G)

Torque 0.3 to 2.0 oz. in.

Qualification Specification TUSONIX Spec. 513

Dimensions in inches For dimensions < .125" tol. is ±.005

Fordimensions> .126" tol. is±.015

Series 51 8 —

First Small Size Quality T rimmer

Working Voltage A: 100 WVdc to 85° C.; 50 WVdc to 125° C.

G: 25 WVdc to 85° C.

Dielectric Strength 2 times WVdc for 1 -5 sec.

Operating Temperature Range -55° C. to 125° C.

Torque 3-3 oz. in.

Q Factor @ 1 MHz 500 Minimum (Dielectric Code A)

200 Minimum (Dielectric Code F)

Series 538 —

First %" Dia. T rimmer in the Industry

Working Voltage A, B, C: 350 WVdc @ 85° C.; 200 WVdc @ 125° C.

D & F: 200 WVdc @ 85° C.; 100 WVdc @ 125° C.

Dielectric Strength 500 Vdc for 1 -5 sec.

Operating Temperature Range -55° C. to +125° C.

O Factor @ 1 MHz 500 Minimum

Torque 1-6oz. in.

Qualification Specification TUSONIX Spec. 500

For dimensions C.125", tolerance is ±.005

For dimensions Ss.126", tolerance is ± 015

Except where noted.

TUSONIX Part No.

513-010 A 1-5
513-010 A 2-10
513-010 A 3.5-20
513-010 A 5-30
51 3-01 0G 7-40

TUSONIX Part No.

513-011 A 1-5
513-011 A 2-10
513-011 A 3.5-20
513-011 A 5-30
513 011 G 7-40

TUSONIX Part No.

513-012 A 1-5
513-012 A2-10
513-012 A 3.5-20
513-012 A 5-30
513-012 G 7-40

518-000 A 1-3
51 8-000 A 2-5
518-000 A 2.5-9
518-000 A 3.5-20
518-000 A 5-15
51 8-000 A 5-25
518-000 G 7-40

CV35 A 030
CV35 A 050
CV35 A 090
CV35 A 200
CV35A 150
CV35 A 250
CV35 G 400

TUSONIX Part No.

518-002 A 1.25-3
518-002 A 2-5
51 8-002 A 2.5-9
51 8-002 A 3.5-20
518-002 A 5-15
518-002 A 5-25
51 8-002 G 7-40

CV36 A 030
CV36 A 050
CV36 A 090
CV36 A 200
CV36A 150
CV36 A 250
CV36 G 400

TUSONIX Part No. TUSONIX Part No. TUSONIX Part No. TUSONIX Part No.

538-000 A 2-8
538-000 A 5.5-18
538-000 B 2.5-11
538-000 B 7-25
538-000 C 3-10
538-000 C 8-25
538-000 D 3-1 5
538-000 D 9-35
538-000 FI 5-60

538-002 A 2-8
538-002 A 5.5-1 8
538-002 B 2.5-11
538-002 B 7-25
538-002 C 3-10
538-002 C 8-25
538-002 D 3-15
538-002 D 9-35
538-002 F 15-60

538-006 A 2-8
538-006 A 5.5-18
538-006 B 2.5-1 1
538-006 B 7-25
538-006 C 3-10
538-006 C 8-25
538-006 D 3-15
538-006 D 9-35
538-006 F 15-60

538-01 1 A 2-8
538-011 A 5.5-18
538-011 B 2.5-11
538-01 1 B 7-25
538-011 C 3-10
538-01 1 C 8-25
538-011 D 3-15
538-01 1 D 9-35
538-011 FI 5-60

MIL-C-81 Desig.
538-054

CV31 A 080
CV31 A 180
CV31 B 110
CV31 B 250
CV31 C 100
CV31 C 250
CV31 D 150
CV31 D 350
CV31 E 600

Series 503 —

First Ceramic T rimmer in the United States

Working Voltage A, C: 500 WVdc @ 125°C

... D and F: 500 WVdc @ 85°C; 250 WVdc @ 125°C

Dielectric Strength 1250 Vdc for 1-5 sec.

Operating Temperature Range -55°C to +125°C

Q Factor @ 1 MHz 500 Minimum; A, C. D

400 Minimum: F

Torque 4-20 oz. in.

Qualification Specification TUSONIX Spec. 500

Marking: All units will be marked with TUSONIX trademark,
capacitance range and dielectric type code.

Example: T 2-6 D

TUSONIX

For complete ordering information, write or call
TUSONIX, Inc., 2155 N. Forbes Boulevard, Tucson,
Arizona 85745. (602) 624-8231 . TLX 666-470

TUSONIX Part No.

503-000 A 1 .5-7
503-000 A 3-1 2
503-000 A 4.5-25
503-000 C 7-45
503-000 D 4-30
503-000 D 7-45
503-000 D 5-50
503-000 F1 1-1 10

TUSONIX Part No.

503-001 A 1.5-7
503-001 A 3-12
503-001 A 4.5-25
503-001 C 7-45
503-001 D 4-30
503-001 D 7-45
503-001 D 5-50
503-001 F 11-110

MIL-C-81 Desig.
503-041

CV1 1 C 300
CV11 C 450
CV1 1 D 060
CV1 1 D 300
CV1 1 D 450
CV1 1 A 070
CV11 A 120
CV1 1 A 250

*SLC stands for Single-layer Ceramic Capacitors.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1199

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

-

liiili

\ x £ m

TUSONIX slc™‘

Ceramic Capacitors— Tubular, Feed-thru,
Stand-off

Applications and Features

TUSONiXoffers a complete line of ceramic tubular, feed-thru, and stand-off capacitors for general
purpose, temperature compensation, and high stability applications. All forms feature compact
package sizes, many different lead and mounting options, rugged construction, and proven high
reliability in a variety of demanding applications such as RF by-passing and filtering. MIL types are
also available in each form. (For complete details, consult our Ceramic T ubular, Feed-thru, and
Stand-off Capacitor Catalog.)

Qualified Products List (QPL)

Approved on TUSON IX Tubular Products

MIL

Specification

321-000 X5U0 102M
(000 Nut Only)

(010 Nut and Washer)
(Straight Leads)

357-000 X5U0 102M
357-000 X5U0 152M
(000 Nut Only)

(001 Nut and Washer)
(Curved Leads)

327-000 X5U0 102M
327-000 X5U0 152M
(000 No Hardware)
(005 Nut Only)

362-000 X5U0 102M
362-000 X5U0 152M
(000 Nut Only)

(013 Nut and Washer)

2404-000 U2M0 500M
2404-000 X5U0 101M
2404-000 X5U0 102P

2404-014 X5U0 501 M
2404-014 X5U0 102P

2443-000 X5S0 102M
2443-000 X5S0 152M
(000 No Hardware)

(008 Nut and Washer)
(Straight Leads)

2443-001 X5S0 102M
2443-001 X5S0 152M
(001 Nut Only)

(007 Nut and Washer)
(Curved Leads)

2499-003 X5S0 102M
2499-003 X5S0 152M
(Nut and Washer)

CC20

301-651

CC21

315-051

CC22

331-051

CC25

302-651

CC27

332-051

CC30

308-651

CC31

338-051

CKR75

2499-032

CKR82

2499-035

CKR76

2425-049

CKR83

2425-074

MIL

Specification

T ubular Ceramic Capacitors

I B «

Style D

200 WVdc (Derate

-.267-4- 631—

h -4— .216

M*.093|

Stand-Off Ceramic Capacitors

2425-001 X5U0 101AA

X5U

100

GMV

2425-001 X5U0 102AA

X5U

1000

GMV

2425-001 X5U0 152AA

X5U

1500

GMV

2425-001 X5U0 202AA

X5U

2000

GMV

2425-001 X5U0 501 AA

X5U

500

GMV

2425-001 X5W0 502AA
(001 Nut Only)

X5V

5000

GMV

2425-003 W5U0 101AA

W5U

100

GMV

2425-003 W5U0 102AA

W5U

1000

GMV

2425-003 W5U0 152AA

W5U

1500

GMV

2425-003 W5U0 202AA

W5U

2000

GMV

2425-003 W5U0 501 AA

W5U

500

GMV

2425-003 W5W0 502AA
(003 Nut Only)

W5W

5000

GMV

I T

T0S0MIS

For complete information, write or call TUSON IX,
Inc., 2155 N. Forbes Boulevard, Tucson, Arizona
85745. (602) 624-8231 . TLX 666-470.

*SLC stands for Single-layer Ceramic Capacitors.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

US CAPACITOR CORPORATION
the source for hi-rel
monolithic ceramic

High reliability is our business . . . our only business. USCC monolithic ceramic
chip and leaded capacitors have exceeded demanding specifications in hun-
dreds of military, aerospace, and medical applications where hi-rel was man-
datory. we have dedicated our resources to becoming the major supplier of
hi-rel products to this market

When your specifications call for high reliability monolithic ceramic capaci-
tors, depend on US Capacitor Corporation.

Write for the US Capacitor corporation catalog, High Reliability Monolithic Ceramic capacitors, it's FREE,
and contains complete specifications on radial and axial leaded and chip styles.

I ■ f \ I capacitor

mmJJ I corporation ceramic capacitors and EMI Filters for High Reliability Applications

US CAPACITOR CORPORATION • 11144 PENROSE STREET, UNIT #7 • SUN VALLEY, CA 91352 • (213) 767-6770

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1201

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

UNITED Iche/v^-conI

CHEMI-CON.

Your first choice among
the world’s leading
suppliers of aluminum
electrolytic capacitors.

Your first choice for.

A wide range
of products

□ Reduced case sizes

□ Low leakage current

□ Extended operating temperature range

□ Extended voltage and
capacitance values

Service

SM Series

Very high quality
general purpose

□ Local representation and inventory

See Directory Section

□ Large distribution network

See Directory Section

□ Design engineering support

Quality

□ All products are 100% tested

□ All products are date coded

□ All products are lot traceable

RX Series

Low leakage, high ripple
current, ideal for power
supply output use

SR A Series

Ultra -miniature case size
(4 x 7 mm) general purpose

KM Series

Low leakage current,
extended temperature range,
reduced case size

NMHR Series

Long life, reduced case size,
high ripple current, ideal for
power supply input use

1*1202

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

United Chemi-Con Series of Capacitors

United Chemi-Con manufactures capacitors in a wide variety of materials, sizes and termination styles.
The table below provides a quick cross reference of the various types and their characteristics. Complete
technical data is available. United Chemi-Con . . . since 1931 , known the world over for capacitor leadership.

Series

Capacitance
Range in pF

Voltage
Range in Volts

Temperature

Range

Leakage
Current in \iA

Standard

Capacitance

Tolerance

Minimum
Case Size
(mm)

Lead

Configuration

SL

.47 to 3300
.47 to 10,000

6.3 to 450

6.3 to 500

-40 to +85°C

.03 CV

-10 to +50%

Radial

Axial

SM

.47 to 10,000
.47 to 10,000

6.3 to 450

— 40 to +85°C

.01 CV or
.03 CV+ 15pA

±20%

5x11

5x12.5

Radial

Axial

KM

.47 to 10,000

6.3 to 250

-55 to + 105°C

.002 CV or
.03 CV+ 15 pA

±20%

5x11

5x12.5

Radial

Axial

KX

.47 to 3300
.47 to 2200

10 to 400

— 55 to +110°C

— 25 to + 105°C

.002 CV or
.02 CV + 10 pA

±20%

8x11.5

6.3x13

Radial

Axial

RX

2.2 to 1000

10 to 100

-55 to + 105°C

.002 CV

-10 to + 100%

8x11.5

Radial

RZ

150 to 16,500

7.5 to 100

-55 to + 105°C

Vcv"

-10 to +75%

19.05x31.75

Radial

VP

220 to 10,000

10 to 100

-25 to +85°C

.03 CV

-10 to +50%

22x30

Radial

BP“$”

(Bipolar)

2.2 to 10

25

-25 to +70°C

100 jiA Max.

±20%

16x25.5

Radial

SMBP “D”

(Bipolar)

.47 to 2200
.47 to 2200

6.3 to 100

-40 to +85°C

.03 CV

±20%

5x11

6.3x16

Radial

Axial

SMBP “P”

(Bipolar)

1 to 100

25 to 63

— 25 to +85°C

.03 CV

±20%

10x12.5

8x20

Radial

Axial

SX

.1 to 2200

6.3 to 63

-40 to +85°C

.002 CV

±20%

El

Radial

Axial

LL

.1 to 4700

6.3 to 100

-40 to +85°C

.002 CV

5x11

Radial

LR

.1 to 100

6.3 to 50

-40 to +85°C

.002 CV

±20%

Radial

BK

220 to 22,000

16 to 200

— 40 to +85°C

.02 CV or
.03 CV

±20% or
-10 to +30%

25.4 x 25

P.C. Mount

NM

47 to 22,000

10 to 400

-40 to +85°C
— 25 to +85°C

.02 CV or
.06 CV + 200 M A

±20% or
-10 to +30%

22x26

P. C. Mount

SXA

22 to 2200

6.3 to 63

— 55 to + 105°C

.01 CV

±20%

10x12.5

Radial

GX

.47 to 1000

10 to 63

-40 to + 130°C

.002 CV

-10 to +50%

8x11.5

6.3x13

Radial

Axial

SHA/SHB

— 55 to +95°C

.01/. 005 CV

±20%

4 x 7/4 x 9

Radial

SRA

.1 to 100

6.3 to 63

— 40 to +85°C

.01 CV

±20%

4x7

Radial

NMHR

— 25 to +85°C

0.02 CV

±20%

25.4 x 25

P. C. Mount

Note: These listed values are typical specifications for each series.
Please refer to the series catalog for the details.

\ UNITED l
| CHEMI-CON |

UNITED CHEMI-CON INC.

9801 West Higgins Road, Rosemont, Illinois 60018 Phone (312) 696-2000 TWX 910-253-2964 TELEX 28-3557

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1203

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Wescpi

MYLAR FILM-FOIL CAPACITORS

(~ T\

32M [J

wcggsn

, 33M

SPECIFICATIONS

DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE

200% of rated voltage applied through a minimum limiting
resistance of 100 Ohms/Volt. Duration of voltage stress shall
be 15 seconds minimum and 1 minute maximum at 25°C.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

— 55°C to +85°C with full rated voltage applied. To + 125°C
with 50% of rated voltage.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

At 25°C after 2 minutes of electrification at rated voltage or
500 VDC, whichever is less, the minimum product of Insulation
Resistance and Capacitance shall be 100,000 rnegohms-micro-
farads, but need not exceed 100,000 megohms.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed 0.75% when measured at 25°C and 1000 Hz,
±20 Hz. See characteristic curves for D.F. ratings at other tem-
peratures.

CAPACITANCE AND TOLERANCE

Shall be measured within the tolerance limits specified. Meas-
urements will be made at 25°C and 1000 Hz ±20 Hz.

LIFE TEST

Shall withstand 140% of rated voltage at 85°C for 250 hours.
One failure in twelve shall be permitted.

CAPACITANCE STABILITY (DRIFT)

Less than 0.50% when measured in the following manner: three
capacitance readings at 25°C, each made prior to and after tem-
perature cycling from room to 80°C, and room to — 55°C. The
mathematical difference between the two extremes, divided by
the intermediate value, and then multiplied by 100, yields the
stability expressed in percent.

HUMIDITY RESISTANCE

Meets requirements of Mil-C-27287,, Para. 3.12 when tested in
accordance with Mil-STD.-202C, Method 103 B, Condition B.

LEAD PULL AND BEND TEST

Steady pull of 5 pounds applied axially to leads for one minute.
Bend test shall consist of one bend from the point of egress,
first 90° in one direction, back to the original axial position, and
then 90° in the opposite direction with no evidence of breakage.

FEATURES

Wrap and fill construction.

Tubular or oval configuration for optimum space savings.

Extended foil design.

Quality control procedures per Mil-Q-9858.

Will meet or exceed Mil-C-27287.

APPLICATIONS

Computers

Data Processing Equipment

Peripheral Equipment

Aircraft and Missile Systems

Industrial Instrumentation

Navigation and Distance Measuring Equipment

TYPE 32M RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS

Capacity

in

Mfds.

D

iso mis

Cit.NO.

L — K*1

0

200 VOLTS

Cat No.
3211

l — K*2

D

400 VOLTS

CatNa.

32m

L — K-4

0

600 VOLTS

Cat. NO.
32M

l — !*•

.001

.187

.40

1001

.187

.40

1001

.187

.53

1001

.187

.53

1001

.0012

.187

.40

1201

.187

.40

1201

.187

.53

1201

.187

.53

1201

.0015

.187

.40

1501

.187

.40

1501

.187

.53

1501

.187

.53

1501

.0018

.187

.40

1801

.187

.40

1801

.187

.53

1801

.187

.53

1801

.0022

.187

.40

2201

.187

.40

2201

.187

.53

2201

.187

.53

2201

.0027

.187

.40

2701

.187

.40

2701

.187

.53

2701

.203

.53

2701

.0033

.187

.40

3301

.187

.40

3301

.187

.53

3301

.218

.53

3301

.0039

.187

.40

3901

.187

.40

3901

.187

.53

3901

.218

.53

3901

.0047

.187

.40

4701

.187

.40

4701

.187

.53

4701

.187

.65

4701

.0056

.187

.40

5601

.187

.40

5601

.187

.53

5601

.203

.65

5601

.0068

.187

.40

6801

.187

.40

6801

.187

.53

6801

.203

.65

6801

.0082

.187

.40

8201

.187

.40

8201

.203

.53

8201

.218

.65

8201

.01

.187

.40

1002

.203

.40

1002

.218

.53

1002

.234

.65

1002

.012

.187

.40

1202

.234

.40

1202

.234

.53

1202

.265

.65

1202

.015

.203,

.40

1502

.250

.40

1502

.265

.53

1502

.281

.65

1502

.018

.218

.40

1802

.203

.53

1802

.218

.65

1802

.265

.78

1802

.022

.234

.40

2202

.218

.53

2202

.250

.65

2202

.281

.78

2202

.027

.265

.40

2702

.234

.53

2702

.234

.78

2702

.312

.78

2702

.033

.218

.53

3302

.218

.65

3302

.265

.78

3302

.296

.90

3302

.039

.187

.65

3902

.234

.65

3902

.281

.78

3902

.328

.90

3902

.047

.203

.65

4702

.250

.65

4702

.312

.78

4702

.359

.90

4702

.056

.218

.65

5602

.281

.65

5602

.296

.90

5602

.375

.90

5602

.068

.250

.65

6802

.312

.65

6802

.328

.90

6802

.421

.90

6802

.082

.265

.65

8202

.296

.78

8202

.343

.90

8202

.375

1.18

8202

.1

.265

.78

1003

.328

.78

1003

.390

.90

1003

.421

1.18

1003

.12

.281

.78

1203

.328

.90

1203

.359

1.18

1203

.453

1.18

1203

.15

.312

.78

1503

.359

.90

1503

.390

1.18

1503

.500

1.18

1503

.18

.312

.90

1803

.359

1.03

1803

.437

1.32

1803

.515

1.32

1803

.22

.343

.90

2203

.390

1.03

2203

.484

1.32

2203

.562

1.32

2203

.27

.343

1.03

2703

.406

1.18

2703

.468

1.56

2703

.562

1.56

2703

.33

.375

1.03

3303

.437

1.18

3303

.515

1.56

3303

.578

1.70

3303

.39

.375

1.18

3903

.468

1.18

3903

.562

1.56

3903

.625

1.70

3903

.47

.406

1.18

4703

.515

1.18

4703

.609

1.56

4703

.687

1.70

4703

.56

.437

1.18

5603

.531

1.32

5603

.640

1.70

5603

.750

1.70

5603

.68

.484

. 1.18

6803

.515

1.56

6803

.703

1.70

6803

.796

1.82

6803

.82

.531

1.18

8203

.578

1.56

8203

.734

1.82

8203

.828

1.94

8203

1.0

.546

1.32

1004

.593

1.70

1004

.781

1.94

1004

.921

1.94

1004

1.25

.578

1.45

1254

.671

1.70

1254

—

—

—

1.50

.625

1.45

1504

.734

1.70

1504

—

—

—

2.0

.687

1.56

2004

.812

1.82

2004

—

—

—

—

—

TYPE 33M RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS

Capacity

is

MW*.

T

100 VOLTS

W L

CatNa.
33M
— Kt

T

200 VOLTS

W L

Cat. No.
33M
— K2

T

400 VOLTS

W L

Cat. No.
33M
— K4

T

600 VOLTS

W L

c mS *'

— K6

.001

.125

.234

.40

1001

.125

.234

.40

1001

.109

.203

.53

1001

.109

.203

.53

1001

.0012

.125

.234

.40

1201

.125

.234

.40

1201

.109

.203

.53

1201

.109

.203

.53

1201

.0015

.125

.234

.40

1501

.125

.234

.40

1501

.125

.234

.53

1501

.125

.234

.53

1501

.0018

.125

.234

.40

1801

.125

.234

.40

1801

.125

.234

.53

1801

.125

.234

.53

1801

.0022

.125

.234

.40

2201

.125

.234

.40

2201

.125

.234

.53

2201

.125

.234

.53

2201

.0027

.125

.234

.40

2701

.125

.234

.40

2701

.125

.234

.53

2701

.125

.234

.53

2701

.0033

.125

.234

.40

3301

.125

.234

.40

3301

.125

.234

.53

3301

.140

.281

.53

3301

.0039

.125

.234

.40

3901

.125

.234

.40

3901

.125

.234

.53

3901

.140

.265

.53

3901

.0047

.125

.234

.40

4701

.125

.234

.40

4701

.125

.234

.53

4701

.125

.265

.65

4701

.0056

.125

.234

.40

5601

.125

.234

.40

5601

.125

.234

.53

5601

.125

.250

.65

5601

.0068

.125

.234

.40

6801

.125

.234

.40

6801

.125

.234

.53

6801

.125

.250

.65

6801

.0082

.125

.234

.40

8201

.125

.234

.40

8201

.140

.234

.53

8201

.140

.265

.65

8201

.01

.125

.234

.40

1002

.140

.250

.40

1002

.156

.250

.53

1002

.156

.281

.65

1002

.012

.125

.234

.40

1202

.171

.265

.40

1202

.171

.265

.53

1202

.171

.312

.65

1202

.015

.140

.234

.40

1502

.187

.281

.40

1502

.187

.312

.53

1502

.203

.328

.65

1502

.018

.156

.250

.40

1802

.140

.234

.53

1802

.140

.281

.65

1802

.171

.312

.78

1802

.022

.171

.281

.40

2202

.156

.250

.53

2202

.171

.296

.65

2202

.203

.343

.78

2202

.027

.203

.296

.40

2702

.171

.281

.53

2702

.156

.281

.78

2702

.234

.359

.78

2702

.033

.140

.250

.53

3302

.156

.250

.65

3302

.171

.312

.78

3302

.218

.343

.90

3302

.039

.125

.234

.65

3902

.171

.265

.65

3902

.203

.328

.78

3902

.250

.375

.90

3902

.047

.140

.250

.65

4702

.171

.312

.65

4702

.203

.375

.78

4702

.281

.406

.90

4702

.056

.156

.265

.65

5602

.203

.328

.65

5602

.187

.359

.90

5602

.281

.453

.90

5602

.068

.187

.281

.65

6802

.218

.359

.65

6802

.218

.390

.90

6802

.312

.500

.90

6802

.082

.187

.312

.65

8202

.218

.343

.78

8202

.250

.421

.90

8202

.281

.453

1.18

8202

.1

.187

.312

.78

1003

.234

.375

.78

1003

.281

.453

.90

1003

.312

.500

1.18

1003

.12

.203

.328

.78

1203

.218

.390

.90

1203

.250

.421

1.18

1203

.343

.515

1.18

1203

.15

.234

.359

.78

1503

.250

.421

.90

1503

.281

.484

1.18

1503

.390

.578

1.18

1503

.18

.218

.328

.90

1803

.234

.437

1.03

1803

.312

.515

1.32

1803

.406

.578

1.32

1803

.22

.250

.359

.90

2203

.265

.468

1.03

2203

.359

.562

1.32

2203

.468

.640

1.32

2203

.27

.234

.406

1.03

2703

.281

'.484

1.18

2703

.343

.546

1.56

2703

.437

.640

1.56

2703

.33

.265

.437

1.03

3303

.328

.515

1.18

3303

.390

.593

1.56

3303

.468

.671

1.70

3309

.39

.265

.453

1.18

3903

.359

.562

1.18

3903

.437

.640

1.56

3903

.500

.703

1.70

3903

.47

.296

.500

1.18

4703

.406

593

1.18

4703

.484

.687

1.56

4703

.562

.765

1.70

4703

.56

.328

.531

1.18

5603

.406

609

1.32

5603

.515

.718

1.70

5603

.625

.828

1.70

5603

.68

.375

.562

1.18

6803

.406

.609

1.56

6803

.578

.781

1.70

6803

.656

.875

1.82

6803

.82

.421

.609

1.18

8203

.453

.656

1.56

8203

.609

.812

1.82

8203

.703

.906

1.94

8203

1.0

.437

.625

1.32

1004

.484

.687

1.70

1004

.656

.859

1.94

1004

.781

.984

1.94

1004

1.25

.453

.656

1.45

1254

.453

.859

1.70

1254

_

_

1.50

.515

.718

1.45

1504

.515

.906

1.70

1504

—

—

■

_

2.0

.468

.875

1.56

2004

.578

.984

1.82

2004

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

STANDARD LEAD SIZES: #24 AWG TCW: up to and including .203" Dia., #?? AWG T^w. from .204" thru .312" Dia.. #20 AWG
TCW : /313" Dia. and over. CAPACITY TOLERANCE: STANDARD . . . ±10% / OTHER . . . from ±20% to ±1%. Other
values as well as voltage ratings are available on request.

Communications Equipment

Filters *DuPONT REGISTERED TRADEMARK

WESCO® ELECTRICAL COMPANY

DEPT. EM, 201C MUNSON ST. • GREENFIELD, MASS. 01301 • PHONE: (413) 774-4358

1*1204

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

We5CQ|

METALIZED MYLAR* CAPACITORS

( yyrro ,

a _ _

V *3MM

& -

Wcitfol
33 MM

SPECIFICATIONS

DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE

200% of rated voltage applied through a minimum limiting resistance of
100 Ohms/Volt. Duration of voltage stress shall be 15 seconds minimum
and 1 minute maximum at 25°C.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

— 55°C to +85°C with full rated voltage applied. To + 125°C with 50% of
rated volatge.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

At 25°C after 2 minutes of electrification at rated voltage or 500 VDC,
whichever is less, the minimum product of Insulation Resistance and Capac-
itance shall be 30,000 megohms-microfarads, but need not exceed 30,000.
megohms.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed 1.0% when measured at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ±20 Hz. See
characteristic curves for D.F. ratings at other temperatures.

CAPACITANCE AND TOLERANCE

Shall be measured within the tolerance limits specified. Measurements will
be made at 25°C and 1000 Hz ±20 Hz.

LIFE TEST

Shall withstand 140% of rated voltage at 85°C for 250 hours. One failure in
twelve shall be permitted.

CAPACITANCE STABILITY (DRIFT)

Less than 0.3% when measured in the following manner: three capacitance
readings at 25°C, each made prior to and after temperature cycling from
room to 85°C, and room to — 55°C. The mathematical difference between
the two extremes, divided by the intermediate value, and then multiplied by
100. yields the stability expressed in percent.

HUMIDITY RESISTANCE

Meets requirements of Mil-C-27287, Para. 3.12 when tested in accordance
with Mil-STD-202, Method 103 B, Condition B.

LEAD PULL AND BEND TEST

Steady pull of 5 pounds applied axially to leads for one minute. Bend test
shall consist of one bend from the point of egress, first 90° in one direction,
back to the original axial position, and then 90° in the opposite direction
with no evidence of breakage.

FEATURES

Wrap and fill construction

Tubular and oval configuration for optimum space savings

Extended foil design

Miniature size — lightweight

Low dissipation factor

Excellent stability

Quality control procedures per Mil-Q-9858

APPLICATIONS

Data Processing Equipment

Aircraft and Missile Systems

Industrial Instrumentation

Navigation and Distance Measuring Equipment

Communications Equipment

Tachometers

Filters

Peripheral Equipment

ULTRA MINIATURE

35 VDC AND 50 VDC RATINGS

TYPE 32MM RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS

Capacity
In Mfds.

35 VOLTS

50 VOLTS

D

L

Cat. No.
32MM
— K03.5

D

L

Cat. No.
33MM
-K05

.18

1803

.187

.40

1803

.22

—

— '

2203

.203

.40

2203

.27

.171

.40

2703

.218

.40

2703

.33

.187

.40

3303

.234

.40

3303

.39

.203

.40

3903

.250

.40

3903

.47

.218

.40

4703

.187

.53

4703

.56

.250

.40

5603

.203

.53

5603

.68

.171

.53

6803

.218

.53

6803

.82

.187

.53

8203

.250

.53

8203

1.00

.203

.53

1004

.218

.65

1004

1.25

.234

.53

1254

.234

.65

1254

1.50

.250

.53

1504

.265

.65

1504

1.80

.218

.65

1804

.281

.65

1804

2.00

.234

.65

2004

.312

.65

2004

3.00

.281

.65

3004

.312

.78

3004

4.00

.343

.65

4004

.375

.78

4004

5.00

.375

.65

5004

.421

.78

5004

8.00

.390

.78

8004

.453

.90

8004

10.00

.390

.90

1005

.453

1.03

1005

15.00

.468

.90

1505

.546

1.03

1505

20.00

.546

.90

2005

.593

1.18

2005

25.00

.500

1.18

2505

.656

1.18

2505

30.00

.562

1.18

3005

.718

1.18

3005

TYPE 33MM RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS

35 VOLTS

50 VOLTS

Cat. No.

Cat No.

Capacity

33MM

32MM

In Mfds.

T

W

L

-K03.5

T

W

t

-KQ5

.18

1803

.125

.218

.40

1803

.22

—

—

—

2203

.140

.234

.40

2203

.27

.109

.203

.40

2703

.156

.250

.40

2703

.33

.125

.218

.40

3303

.187

.265

.40

3303

.39

.140

.234

.40

3903

.218

.296

.40

3903

.47

.156

.250

.40

4703

.125

.218

.53

4703

.56

.187

.265

.40

5603

.156

.250

.53

5603

.68

.218

.296

.53

6803

.187

.265

.53

6803

.82

.140

.234

.53

8203

.187

.296

.53

8203

1.00

.156

.250

.53

1004

.156

.250

.65

1004

1.25

.187

.265

.53

1254

.187

.281

.65

1254

1.50

.187

.281

.53

1504

.203

.296

.65

1504

1.80

.187

.250

.65

1804

.218

.312

.65

1804

2.00

.187

.265

.65

2004

.234

.343

.65

2004

3.00

.218

.312

.65

3004

.234

.359

.78

3004

4.00

.265

.359

.65

4004

.281

.406

.78

4004

5.00

.296

.406

.65

5004

.328

.453

.78

5004

8.00

.312

.437

.78

8004

.375

.500

.90

8004

10.00

.312

.437

.90

1005

.375

.500

1.03

1005

15.00

.390

.515

.90

1505

.468

.593

1.03

1505

20.00

.453

.578

.90

2005

.500

.640

1.18

2005

25.00

.437

.562

1.18

2505

.578

.703

1.18

2505

30.00

.468

.593

1.18

3005

.656

.781

1.18

3005

STANDARD LEAD SIZES FOR 32MM: #24 AWG TCW: up to and including .203" Dia.

#22 AWG TCW: From .204" thru .312" Dia.
#20 AWG TCW: .313" Dia. and over

STANDARD LEAD SIZES FOR 33MM: Refer to equivalent rating in Type 32MM

CAPACITY TOLERANCE: STANDARD ±10%/0THER . . . FROM ±20% TO ±2%.
OTHER VALUES AS WELL AS VOLTAGE RATINGS ARE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST.

* DuPont Registered Trademark.

WESCO® ELECTRICAL COMPANY

DEPT. EM, 201C MUNSON ST. • GREENFIELD, MASS. 01301 • PHONE: (413) 774-4358

WescbI

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1205

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

METALIZED MYLAR CAPACITORS

y -=- -■ •••taMM; -Vj

J SaraT'tX;

1 - 33 MM . 1

SPECIFICATIONS

DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE

200% of rated voltage applied through a minimum limiting
resistance of 100 Ohms/Volt. Duration of voltage stress shall be
15 seconds minimum and 1 minute maximum at 25°C.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

— 55°C to +85°C with full rated voltage applied. To +125°C
with 50% of rated voltage.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

At 25°C after 2 minutes of electrification at rated voltage or 500
VDC, whichever is less, the minimum product of Insulation
Resistance and Capacitance shall be 30,000 megohms-micro-
farads, but need not exceed 30,000 megohms.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed 1.0% when measured at 25°C and 1000 Hz,
±20 Hz. See characteristic curves for D.F. ratings at other tem-
peratures.

CAPACITANCE AND TOLERANCE

Shall be measured within the tolerance limits specified. Meas-
urements will be made at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ±20 Hz.

LIFE TEST

Shall withstand 140% of rated voltage at 85°C for 250 hours.
One failure in twelve shall be permitted.

CAPACITANCE STABILITY (DRIFT)

Less than 0.3% when measured in the following manner: three
capacitance readings at 25°C, each made prior to and after tem-
perature cycling from room to 85°C, and room to -55°C. The
mathematical difference between the two extremes, divided by
the intermediate value, and then multiplied by 100, yields the
stability expressed in percent.

HUMIDITY RESISTANCE

Meets requirements of Mil-C-27287, Para. 3.12 when tested in
accordance with MH-STD.-202C, Method 103 B, Condition B.

LEAD PULL AND BEND TEST

Steady pull of 5 pounds applied axially to leads for one minute.
Bend test shall consist of one bend from the point of egress,
first 90° in one direction, back to the original axial position, and
then 90° in the opposite direction with no evidence of breakage.

FEATURES

Wrap and fill construction

Tubular and oval configuration for optimum space savings

Extended foil design

Miniature size — lightweight

Low dissipation factor

Excellent stability

Quality control procedures per Mil-Q-9858

APPLICATIONS

Data Processing Equipment

Aircraft and Missile Systems

Industrial Instrumentation

Navigation and Distance Measuring Equipment

Communications Equipment

Tachometers

Filters

TYPE 32MM RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS

Capacity

in

Mfds.

D

100 VOLTS

Cat. Ha.
32MM

L — K-1

0

200 VOLTS

Cat. No.
32MM

L — K*2

0

400 VOLTS

Cat. No.
32MM

L — K-4

o ; :

$00 VOLTS

Cat. NO.
32MM
t — K*S

.0068

.218

.53

6801

.312

.53

6801

.0082

—

' —

—

—

—

—

.234

.53

8201

.171

.65

8201

.01

—

—

—

—

—

• —

.265

.53

1002

.250

.65

1002

.012

—

—

—

—

—

• —

.203

.65

1202

.265

.65

1202

.015

—

—

—

—

—

—

.218

.65

1502

.296

.65

1502

.018

.203

.40

1802

.234

.65

1802

.328

.65

1802

.022

■ —

—

—

.218

.40

2202

.250

.65

2202

.375

.65

2202

.027

.171

.40

2702

.234

.40

2702

.265

.65

2702

.390

.65

2702

.033

.187

.40

3302

.265

.40

3302

.296

.65

3$02

.437

.65

3302

.039

.187

.40

3902

.203

.53

3902

.234

.90

3902

.328

.90

3902

.047

.203

.40

4702

.218

.53

4702

.265

.90

4702

.375

.90

4702

.056

.218

.40

5602

.234

.53

5602

.265

.90

5602

.390

.90

5602

.068

.250

.40

6802

.250

.53

6802

.296

.90

6802

.437

.90

6802

.082

.187

.53

8202

.265

.53

8202

.328

.90

8202

.468

.90

8202

.1

.203

.53

1003

.281

.53

1003

.343

.90

1003

.515

.90

1003

.12

.218

.53

1203

.312

.53

1203

.328

1.18

1203

.453

1.18

1203

.15

.234

.53

1503

.343

.53

1503

.343

1.18

1503

.515

1.18

1503

.18

.250

.53

1803

.296

.65

1803

.375

1.18

1803

.562

1.18

1803

.22

.234

.65

2203

.328

.65

2203

.406

1.18

2203

.625

1.18

2203

.27

.250

.65

2703

.359

.65

2703

.453

1.18

2703

.687

1.18

2703

.33

.265

.65

3303

.406

.65

3303

.437

1.45

3303

.656

1.45

3303

.39

.281

.65

3903

.437

.65

3903

.468

1.45

3903

.703

1.45

3903

.47

.312

.65

4703

.468

.65

4703

.515

1.45

4703

.781

1.45

4703

.56

.343

.65

5603

.406

.90

5603

.546

1.45

5603

.843

1.45

5603

.68

.375

.65

6803

.437

.90

6803

.609

1.45

6803

.921

1.45

6803

.82

.359

.78

8203

.406

1.18

8203

.593

1.70

8203

.906

1.70

8203

1.0

.390

.78

1004

.437

1.18

1004

.656

1.70

1004

1.000

1.70

1004

1.25

.421

.78

1254

.500

1.18

1254

.734

1.70

1254

1.171

1.70

1254

1.50

.421

.90

1504 •

.531

1.18

1504

.796

1.70

1504

1.265

1.70

1504

1.80

.453

.90

1804

.593

1.18

1804

.875

1.70

1804

1.375

1.70

1804

2.0

.484

.90

2004

.625

1.18

2004

.921

1.70

2004

1.406

1.70

2004

3.0

.484

1.18

3004

.656

1.45

3004

—

—

—

—

—

—

4.0

.562

1.18

4004

.750

1.45

4004

—

—

—

—

—

—

5.0

.625

1.18

5004

.765

1.70

5004

—

8.0

.703

1.45

8004

.828

2.06

8004

10.0

.781

1.45

1005

.921

2.06

1005

—

—

—

—

—

TYPE 33MM RATINGS & DIMENSIONS

Capacity

in

Mfds.

T

100 VOLTS

w L

Cat. No.
33MM
— K1

T

200 VOLTS

W L

Cat No.
33MM
— K2

T

400 VOLTS

W L

Cat NO.
33MM
— K4

T

600 VOLTS

Cat. NO.
33MM
W L — K6

.0068

_

,

.140

.281

.53

6801

.234

.359

.53

6801

.0082

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

.156

.296

.53

8201

.078

.218

.65

8201

.01

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

.187

.312

.53

1002

.171

.296

.65

1002

.012

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

..125

.250

.65

1202

.140

.281

.65

1202

.015

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

.140

.265

.65

1502

.203

.343

.65

1502

.018

_

_

_

_

_

_

.156

.281

.65

1802

.218

.421

.65

1802

.022

—

—

—

—

.140

.281

.40

2202

.171

.312

.65

2202

.250

.437

.65

2202

.027

.109

.203

.40

2702

.156

.296

.40

2702

.203

.328

.65_

2702

.281

.484

.65

2702

.033

.125

.218

.40

3302

.187

.312

.40

3302

.218

.359

.65

3302

.312

.531

.65

3302

.039

.125

.234

.40

3902

.125

.250

.53

3902

.156

.296

.90

3902

.218

.421

.90

3902

.047

.140

.250

.40

4702

.140

.265

.53

4702

.171

.312

.90

4702

.250

.437

.90

4702

.056

.156

.265

.40

5602

.156

.281

.53

5602

.187

.328

.90

5602

.265

.468

.90

5602

.068

.187

.281

.40

6802

.171

.296

.53

6802

.218

.343

.90

6802

.312

.515

.90

6802

.082

.109

.234

.53

8202

.187

.312

.53

8202

.218

.390

.90

8202

.343

.562

.90

8202

.1

.125

.250

.53

1003

.203

.343

.53

1003

.250

.421

.90

1003

.390

.593

.90

1003

.12

.140

.265

.53

1203

.234

.359

.53

1203

.218

.390

1.18

1203

.343

.546

1.18

1203

.15

.156

.281

.53

1503

.265

.390

.53

1503

.250

.421

1.18

1503

.390

.596

1.18

1503

.18

.187

.312

.53

1803

.234

.359

.65

1803

.281

.453 1.18

1803

.437

.640

1.18

1803

.22

.156

.281

.65

2203

.250

.390

.65

2203

.296

.500

1.18

2203

.500

.687

1.18

2203

.27

.171

.296

.65

2703

.281

.406

.65

2703

.343

.531

1.18

2703

.562

.765

1.18

2703

.33

.187

.312

.65

3303

.281

.484

.65

3303

.312

.515 1.45

3303

.531

.734

1.45

3303

.39

.218

.343

.65

3903

.312

.515

.65

3903

.343

.546 1.45

3903

.578

.781

1.45

3903

.47

.234

.359

.65

4703

.359

.562

.65

4703

.390

.578 1.45

4703

.640

.843 ,1.45

4703

.56

.250

.406

.65

5603

.281

.484

.90

5603

.437

.625

1.45

5603

.718

.921

1.45

5603

.68

.281

.437

.65

6803

.328

,515

.90

6803

.484

.687

1.45'

6803

.796

1.000

1.45

6803

.82

.250

.421

.78

8203

.296

.484

1.18

8203

.468

.671

1.70

8203

.781

.984

1.70

8203

1.0

.281

.453

.78

1004

.328

.531

1.18

1004

.531

.734

1.70

1004

.857

1.078

1.70

1004

1.25

.312

.515

.78

1254

.375

.578

1.18

1254

.609

.812

1.70

1254

1.062

1.265

1.70

1254

1.50

.296

.500

.90 *

1504

.421

.625

1.18

1504

.671

.875 1.70

1504

1.156

1.359

1.70

1504

1.80

.328

.515

.90

1804

.406

.687

1.18

1804

.750

.953

1.70

1804

1.265

1.484

1.70

1804

2.0

.359

.562

.90

2004

.421

.718

1.18

2004

.796 1.000

1.70

2004

1.281

1.484

1.70

2004

3.0

.375

.578

1.18

3004

.406

.812

1.45

3004

—

—

—

—

_

—

—

4.0

.406

.703

1.18

4004

.625

.828

1.45

4004

—

—

—

—

—

5.0

.453

.750-

1.18

5004

.640

.828

1.70

5004

8.0

.531

.828

1.45

8004

.656

.953

2.06

8004

—

— ■

10.0

.609

.906

1.45

1005

.750

1.046

2,06

1005

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

STANDARD LEAD SIZES: #24 AWG TCW: up to and including, 203" Dia., #22 AWG TCW: from .204" thru .312" Dia., #20 AWG
TCW: .313" Dia. and over. CAPACITY TOLERANCE: STANDARD . . . ±10% / OTHER . . . from ±20% to ±2%. Other
values as well as voltage ratings are available on request.

Peripheral Equipment

*DuP0NT REGISTERED TRADEMARK

WESCO® ELECTRICAL COMPANY

DEPT. EM, 201C MUNSON ST. • GREENFIELD, MASS. 01301 • PHONE: (413) 774-4358

1*1206

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

METALIZED POLYESTER CAPACITORS
“BOX” CAPACITORS

M* ) I'l'iMPl n> M’ il

miMm

m

63 VDC

100 VDC

250 VDC

400 VDC

630 VDC

Capacity

40 VAC

63 VAC

160 VAC

200 VAC

220 VAC

in MFD.

Case Code

Case Code

Case Code

Case Code

Case Code

SPECIFICATIONS

TEMPERATURE RANGE

-55°C to +85°C. To +100°C with 50% voltage derating.

DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE

160% of rated voltage for 2 seconds at 25°C.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed 1.0% when measured at 25°C at IKHz ±20Hz.

CAPACITANCE TOLERANCE

Standard ±20%. ±10% and ±5% available upon request. Measure-
ments will be made at 25°C and IKHz ±20Hz.

LIFE TEST

Shall withstand 125% of rated voltage at 85°C for 1000 hours.

HUMIDITY RESISTANCE

Meets requirements of MIL-STD-202, Method 103B, condition B.

TERMINALS

Tinned solid copper wire.

MARKING ^

Capacitance, tolerance, voltage (VDC), WESC0 trademark ( 7 ).

(Exception-. Certain values due to size limitation, will display capacitance,
tolerance and ( 7 ) only.)

Tolerance Codings: M = ±20%, K = ±10%, J = ±5%.

RESISTANCE TO SOLDERING HEAT

During soldering operation, maximum heat of +260°C may be applied to
leads for no longer than 6 seconds.

. . .005"

L ± .127mm*

i r

T . .005"

' T ± .127mm

u - 005 "
H± . 127mm

.236" 6 *

• .039" - 1

.015"“*
b — 0.4mm

* Except for type 68MM
which is: 0.157" ± .04"
4mm + 1

TYPE 67MM

63 VDC

100 VDC

250 VDC

400 VDC

630 VDC

Capacity

40 VAC

63 VAC

160 VAC

200 VAC

250 VAC

in MFD.

Case code

Case Code

Case Code

Case Code

Case Code

.001-

.0033

—

—

—

—

c

.0047

—

—

—

c

F

.01

—

—

c

F

J

.047

—

c

F

—

.1

c

F

J

—

—

.22

.47

1.0

F

J

—

—

—

J

N

—

—

—

TYPE 68MM

50 VDC

63 VOC

100 VDC

Capacity

30 VAC

40 VAC

63 VAC

in MFO.

Case Code

Case Code

Case Code

.001-. 022

—

A

.033-. 068

—

A

—

.1

A

B

.22

D

E

— '

.47

H

1

1.0

M

—

—

DIMENSIONS

Case

t :

«

*

«

code

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

A

2.5

.098

6.5

.256

7.2

.284

5

.197

0.6

.02

5

B

3

.118

6.5

.256

7.2

.284

5

.197

0.6

.02

5

C

3.5

.138

6.5

.256

10.5

.414

7.5

.295

0.6

.02

5

D

3.5

.138

7.5

.295

7.2

.284

5

.197

0.6

.02

5

E

3.5

.138

8.5

.335

7.2

.284

5

.197

0.6

.02

5

F

4

.158

9

.355

10.5

.414

7.5

.295

0.6

.02

5

G

4

.158

9

.355

13

.512

10

.394

0.8

.03

2

H

4.5

.177

9.5

.374

7.2

.284

5

.197

0.6

.02

5

1

5

.197

10

.394

7.2

.284

5

.197

0.6

.02

5

J

5

.197

11

.433

10.5

.414

7.5

295

0.8

.03

2

K

5

.197

11

.433

13

.512

10

.394

0.8

.03

2

L

5

.197

11

.433

18

.709

15

.591

0.8

.03

2

M

6

.236

11

.433

7.2

.284

5

.197

0.6

.02

5

N

6

.236

12

.473

10.5

.414

7.5

.295

0.8

.03

2

0

6

.236

12

.473

13

.512

10

.394

0.8

.03!

2

P

6

.236

12

' .473

18

.709

15

.591

0.8

.03:

2

Q

6

.236

15

.591

26.5

1.044

20

.788

0.8

.03:

2

R

6

.236

15

.591

26.5

1.044

22.5

.886

0.8

.03

2

S

7

.276

16

.630

26.5

1.044

20

.788

0.8

.03:

2

T

7

.276

16

.630

26.5

1.044

22.5

.886

0.8

.03:

2

U

7.5

.295

13.5

.532

18

.709

15

.591

0.8

.03:

2

V

8.5

.335

14.5

.571

18

.709

15

.591

0.8

.03:

2

w

8.5

.335

17

.670

26.5

1.044

22.5

.886

0.8

.03:

2

x

9

.355

17

.670

32

1.26

27.5

1.083

0.8

.03:

2

Y

10

.394

18.5

.729

26.5

1.044

22.5

.886

0.8

.03:

2

z

11

.433

20

.788

32

1.26

27.5

1.083

0.8

.03:

2

WESCO® ELECTRICAL COMPANY

DEPT. EM, 201C MUNSON ST. • GREENFIELD, MASS. 01301 • PHONE: (413) 774-4358

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1207

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Webcqi

POLYSTYRENE CAPACITORS

SPECIFICATIONS

DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE

200% of rated voltage applied through a minimum limiting resistance of 100
Ohms/Volt. Duration of voltage stress shall be 15 seconds minimum and 1 minute
maximum at 25°C.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

At 25°C after 2 minutes of electrification at rated voltage or 500 VDC, whichever
is less, the minimum product of Insulation Resistance and Capacitance shall be
500,000 megohms-microfarads, but need not exceed 500,000 megohms.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed .05% when measured at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ± Hz. See
characteristic curves for D.F. ratings at other temperatures.

CAPACITANCE AND TOLERANCE

Shall be measured within the tolerance limits specified. Measurements will be
made at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ±20 Hz.

LIFE TEST

Shall withstand 140% of rated voltage at 85°C for 250 hours. One failure in
twelve shall be permitted.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

Capacitance shall change linearly over operating temperature range at rate of
— 105, ±30 parts per million/°C.

CAPACITANCE STABILITY (DRIFT)

Less than .05% when measured in the following manner: three capacitance read-
ings at 25°C, each made prior to and after temperature cycling from room to
85°C, and room to — 55°C. The mathematical difference between the two ex-
tremes, divided by the intermediate value, and then multiplied by 100, yields
the stability expressed in percent.

HUMIDITY RESISTANCE

Meets requirements of Mil-C-27287, Para. 3.12 when tested in accordance with
Mil-STD.-202C, Method 103 B, Condition B.

LEAD PULL AND BEND TEST

Steady pull of 5 pounds applied axially to leads for one minute. Bend test shall
consist of one bend from the point of egress, first 90° in one direction, back to
the original axial position, and then 90° in the opposite direction with no evi-
dence of breakage.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

TYPE 32P (""mRI

RATINGS & DIMENSIONS ***' ^ SSHA ’ ?

Capacity

In

Mfds.

100 VOLTS

Cat. No.
32P

0 L — M

200 VOLTS

32P

Cat. No.

D L — 1-2

400 VOLTS

Cat NO.
32P

D L — J*4 |

.001

.187

.53

1001

.187

.53

1001

.187

.53

1001

.0012

.187

.53

1201

.187

.53

1201

.187

.53

1201

.0015

.187

.53

1501

.187

.53

1501

.187

.53

1501

.0018

.187

.65

1801

.187

.65

1801

.187

.65

1801

.0022

.187

.65

2201

.187

.65

2201

.187

.65

2201

.0027

.187

.65

2701

.187

.65

2701

.187

.65

2701

.0033

.187

.65

3301

.187

.65

3301

.187

.65

3301

.0039

.187

.65

3901

.187

.65

3901

.187

.65

3901

.0047

.187

.65

4701

.187

.65

4701

.234

.65

4701

.0056

.187

.65

5601

.187

.65

5601

.250

.65

5601

.0068

.187

.65

6801

✓187

.65

6801

.234

.78

6801

.0082

.187

.65

8201

.203

.65

8201

.250

.78

8201

.01

.203

.65

1002

.234

.65

1002

.265

.78

1002

.012

.218

.65

1202

.218

.78

1202

.296

.78

1202

.015

.234

.65

1502

.250

.78

1502

.328

.78

1502

.018

.234

.78

1802

.265

.78

1802

.359

.78

1802

.022

.250

.78

2202

.281

.78

2202

.343

.90

2202

.027

.265

.78

2702

.312

.78

2702

.375

.90

2702

.033

.296

.78

3302

.343

.78

3302

.406

.90

3302

.039

.328

.78

3902

.375

.78

3902

.453

.90

3902

.047

.343

.78

4702

.359

.90

4702

437

1.03

4702

.056

.375

.78

5602

.390

.90

5602

.484

1.03

5602

.068

.375

.90

6802

.421

.90

6802

.484

1.18

6802

.082

.406

.90

8202

.421

1.03

8202

.531

1.18

8202

.1

.453

.90

1003

.468

1.03

1003

.578

1.18

1003

.12

.484

.90

1203

.515

1.03

1203

.625

1.18

1203

.15

.500

1.03

1503

.531

1.18

1503

.656

1.32

1503

.18

.531

1.03

1803

.578

1.18

1803

.671

1.45

1803

.22

.546

1.18

2203

.640

1.18

2203

.671

1.70

2203

.27

.609

1.18

2703

.656

1.32

2703

.734

1.70

2703

.33

.625

1.32

3303

.687

1.45

3303

.812

1.70

3303

.39

.671

1.32

3903

.750

1.45

3903

.47

.703

1.45

4703

.734

1.70

4703

—

—

—

STANDARD LEAD SIZES: #24 AWG TCW: up to and including .203" Dia.

#22 AWG TCW: from .204" thru .312" Dia.
#20 AWG TCW: .313" Dia.and over

— 55°C to +85°C with full rated voltage applied.

CAPACITY TOLERANCE: STANDARD . . . ±5% / OTHER . . . from ±20% to ±1%
Other values as well as voltage ratings are available upon request.

METALIZED POLYCARBONATE CAPACITORS

SPECIFICATIONS

DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE

200% of rated voltage applied through a minimum limiting resistance of 100
Ohms/Volt. Duration of voltage stress shall be 15 seconds minimum and 1 minute
maximum at 25°C.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

— 55°C to +85°C with full rated voltage applied. To +125°C with 50% of
rated voltage.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

At 25°C after 2 minutes of electrification at rated voltage or 500 VDC, whichever
is less, the minimum product of Insulation Resistance and Capacitance shall be
50,000 megohms-microfarads, but need not exceed 50,000 megohms.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed 0.3% when measured at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ±20 Hz. See char-
acteristic curves for D.F. ratings at other temperatures.

CAPACITANCE AND TOLERANCE

Shall be measured within the tolerance limits specified. Measurements will be
made at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ±20 Hz.

LIFE TEST

Shall withstand 140% of rated voltage at 85°C for 250 hours. One failure
in twelve shall be permitted.

CAPACITANCE STABILITY (DRIFT)

Less than 0.3% when measured in the following manner: three capacitance read-
ings at 25°C, each made prior to and after temperature cycling from room to
85°C, and room to — 55°C. The mathematical difference between the two ex-
tremes, divided by the intermediate value, and then multiplied by 100, yields
the stability expressed in percent.

HUMIDITY RESISTANCE

Meets requirements of Mil-C-27.287, Para. 3.12 when tested in accordance with
Mil-STD.-202C, Method 103B, Condition B.

LEAD PULL AND BEND TEST

Steady pull of 5 pounds applied axially to leads for one minute. Bend test shall
consist of one bend from the point of egress, first 90° in one direction, back to
the original axial position, and then 90 0 in the opposite direction with no evi-
dence of breakage.

TYPE 32MPC
RATINGS & DIMENSIONS

Capacity

in

Mfds.

50 VOLTS

Cat. No.
32MPC

D L — K05

100 VOLTS

Cat. No.
32MPC

0 L — K*1

200 VOLTS

Cat. No.
S2MPC

D L — K-2

.012

■

.171

.40

1202

.015

—

—

—

—

—

—

.187

.40

1502

.018

—

—

—

—

—

—

.203

.40

1802

.022

—

—

—

.156

.40

2202

.218

.40

2202

.027

—

—

—

.171

.40

2702

.234

.40

2702

.033

.171

.40

3302

.250

.40

3302

.039

—

—

—

.187

.40

3902

.187

.53

3902

.047

—

—

—

.203

.40

4702

.203

.53

4702

.056

—

—

—

.218

.40

5602

.218

.53

5602

.068

—

—

—

.234

.40

6802

.234

.53

6802

.082

.156

.40

8202

.187

.53

8202

.265

.53

8202

.1

.171

.40

1003

.203

.53

1003

.234

.65

1003

.12

.187

.40

1203

.218

.53

1203

.250 .

.65

1203

.15

.203

.40

1503

.234

.53

1503

281

.65

1503

.18

.218

.40

1803

.250

.53

1803

.296

.65

1803

.22

.171

.53

2203

.265

.53

2203

.328

.65

2203

.27

.187

.53

2703

.250

.65

2703

.312

.78

2703

.33

.203

.53

3303

.265

.65

3303

.343

.78

3303

.39

.203

.53

3903

.281

.65

3903

.359

.78

3903

.47

.218

.53

4703

.312

.65

4703

.406

.78

4703

.56

.250

.53

5603

.328

.65

5603

.390

.90

5603

.68

.218

.65

6803

.328

.78

6803

.421

.90

6803

.82

.234

.65

8203

.343

.78

8203

.468

.90

8203

1.0

.265

.65

1004

.375

.78

1004

.515

.90

1004

1.25

.296

.65

1254

.421

.78

1254

.484

1.18

1254

1.50

.312

.65

1504

.453

.78

1504

.531

1.18

1504

1.80

.328

.78

1804

.453

.90

1804

.578

1.18

1804

2.0

.343

.78

2004

.468

.90

2004

.609

1.18

2004

3.0

.390

.78

3004

.484

1.18

3004

.656

1.45

3004

4.0

.437

.78

4004

.546

1.18

4004

.750

1.45

4004

5.0

.437

.90

5004

.531

1.45

5004

.734

1.78

5004

8.0

.468

1.18

8004

.593

1.78

8004

.859

2.06

8004

10.0

.515

1.18

1005

.656

1.78

1005

.953

2.06

1005

STANDARD LEAD SIZES: #24 AWG TCW: up to and including .203" Dia.

#22 AWG TCW: from .204" thru .312" Dia.
#20 AWG TCW: .313" Dia.and over

CAPACITY TOLERANCE: STANDARD . . . ±10% / OTHER . . . from ±20% to ±2%
Other values as well as voltage ratings are available upon request.

WESCO® ELECTRICAL COMPANY

DEPT. EM, 2010 MUNSON ST. • GREENFIELD, MASS. 01301 • PHONE: (413) 774-4358

We 5 ca l

1*1208

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

Webcdi

METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITORS

SPECIFICATIONS

DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE

200% of rated voltage applied through a minimum limiting resistance of
100 Ohms/Volt. Duration of voltage stress shall be 15 seconds minimum and
1 minute maximum at 25°C.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

At 25°C after 2 minutes of electrification at rated voltage or 500 VDC,
whichever is less, the minimum product of Insulation Resistance and Capac-
itance shall be 100,000 megohms-microfarads, but need not exceed 100,000
megohms.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed 0.1% when measured at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ±20 Hz. See
characteristic curves for D.F. ratings at other temperatures.

CAPACITANCE AND TOLERANCE

Shall be measured within the tolerance limits specified. Measurements will
be made at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ±20 Hz.

LIFE TEST

Shall withstand 140% of rated voltage at 105°C for 250 hours. One failure
in twelve shall be permitted.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

Capacitance shall change linearly over operating temperature range of
— 55°C to -f 85°C at rate of —290, ±75 parts per million/°C.

CAPACITANCE STABILITY (DRIFT)

Less than .2% when measured in the following manner: three capacitance
readings at 25°C, each made prior to and after temperature cycling from
room to 105°C, and room to — 55°C. The mathematical difference between
the two extremes, divided by the intermediate value, and then multiplied by
100, yields the stability expressed in precent.

HUMIDITY RESISTANCE

Meets requirements of Mil-C-27287, Para. 3.12 when tested in accordance
with MM-STD.-202C, Method 103 B, Condition B.

LEAD PULL AND BEND TEST

Steady pull of 5 pounds applied axially to leads for one minute. Bend test
shall consist of one bend from the point of egress, first 90° in one direction,
back to the original axial position, and then 90° in the opposite direction with
no evidence of breakage.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

— 55°C to +105°C with full rated voltage applied.

DIELECTRIC ABSORPTION

Shall not exceed .05% when tested in accordance with Mil-C-19978.

TYPE 32MPL RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS

100 VDC

200 VDC

400 VDC

Capacity

In

Mfds.

Q

l

Cat No.
32MPL
— K-1

D

L

Cat No.
32MPL
— K-2

D

L

Cat No.
32NIPL
— K*4

.01

.171

.406

1002

.171

.406

1002

.187

.531

1002

.012

.171

.406

1202

.171

.406

1202

.203

.531

1202

.015

.171

.406

1502

.187

.406

1502

.234

.531

1502

.018

.171

.406

1802

.203

.406

1802

.250

.531

1802

.022

.171

.406

2202

.171

.531

2202

.265

.531

2202

.027

.171

.406

2702

.171

.531

2702

.296

.531

2702

.033

.187

.406

3302

.187

.531

3302

.312

.531

3302

.039

.203

.406

3902

.203

.531

3902

.343

.531

3902

.047

.218

.406

4702

.218

.531

4702

.281

.656

4702

.056

.234

.406

5602

.234

.531

5602

.312

.65£

5602

.068

.187

.531

6802

.250

.531

6802

.343

.636

6802

.082

.187

.531

8202

.275

.531

8202

.375

.656

8202

.1

.218

.531

1003

.250

.656

1003

.343

.781

1003

.12

.234

.531

1203

.265

.656

1203

.375

.781

1203

.15

.250

.531

1503

.296

.656

1503

.421

.781

1503

.18

.275

.531

1803

.328

.656

1803

.453

.781

1803

.22

.312

.531

2203

.359

.656

2203

.437

.906

2203

.27

.328

.531

2703

.359

.781

2703

.484

.906

2703

.33

.281

.656

3303

.375

.781

3303

.546

.906

3303

.39

.312

.656

3903

.406

.781

3903

.578

.906

3903

.47

.343

.656

4703

.390

.906

4703

.531

1.187

4703

.56

.375

.656

5603

.437

.906

5603

.578

1.187

5603

.68

.375

.781

6803

.484

.906

6803

.625

1.187

6803

.82

.390

.781

8203

.515

.906

8203

.687

1.187

8203

1.0

.421

.781

1004

.484

1.187

1004

.671

1.437

1004

1.25

.421

.906

1254

.531

1.187

1254

.750

1.437

1254

1.50

.453

.906

1504

.578

1.187

1504

.812

1.437

1504

1.80

.500

.906

1804

.640

1.187

1804

.796

1.687

1804

2.00

.515

.906

2004

.671

1.187

2004

.843

1.687

2004

3.00

.531

1.187

3004

.718

1.437

3004

1.03

1.687

3004

4.00

.609

1.187

4004

.828

1.437

4004

—

—

—

5.00

.671

1.187

5004

.828

1.687

5004

—

—

—

8.00

.750

1.437

8004

.937

2.062

8004

—

, —

—

10.00

.843

1.437

1005

1.03

2.062

1005

—

—

—

12.00

.828

1.687

1205

—

—

—

—

—

—

15.00

.921

1.687

1505

—

—

—

—

—

“

STANDARD LEAD SIZES: #24 AWG: up to and including .203" Dia.

#22 AWG: from .204" thru .312" Dia.

#20 AWG: .313" Dia. and over

STANDARD LEAD MATERIAL: SOLID TINNED COPPER WIRE.

CAPACITY STANDARD: STANDARD . . . ±5% /OTHER . . . FROM ±20% TO ±1%.
OTHER VALUES AS WELL AS VOLTAGE RATINGS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.

LIMITED WARRANTY

Seller warrants the products sold shall conform to specifications and be
free from defects in material and workmanship furnished by Seller, which
develop under normal and intended use. The sole liability of Seller, whether
based upon breach of warranty or contract or negligence, shall be limited to
repair or replacement, at Seller's election, of all such defective or nonconforming
products, upon return f.o.b. to Seller’s factory, provided Buyer has given Seller
notice in writing of such defect or nonconformity within ninety days after de-
livery by Seller of such items to Buyer.

Seller assumes no liability for 1) incidental, collateral or consequential
damages; 2) applications in combination with any electrical or electronic com-
ponents other than as intended by Seller; 3) damages of any kind incurred by
Buyer from modifications made to the products without written consent of Seller.

The foregoing constitutes the sole and exclusive remedy of Buyer and the
exclusive liability of Seller and IS IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, DESCRIPTION, QUALITY OR PRODUCTIVENESS.

WESCO® ELECTRICAL COMPANY

DEPT. EM, 201C MUNSON ST. • GREENFIELD, MASS. 01301 • PHONE: (413) 774-4358

Webcdi

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1209

1500

CAPACITORS

1500

|| POLYPROPYLENE CAPACITORS

SPECIFICATIONS

DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING VOLTAGE

200% of rated voltage applied through a minimum limiting resistance of 100
Ohms/Volt. Duration of voltage stress shall be 15 seconds minimum and 1 minute
maximum at 25°C.

INSULATION RESISTANCE

At 25°C after 2 minutes of electrification at rated voltage or 500 VDC, whichever
is less, the minimum product of Insulation Resistance and Capacitance shall be
250,000 megohms-microfarads, but need not exceed 250,000 megohms.

DISSIPATION FACTOR

Shall not exceed .05% when measured at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ±20 Hz. See char-
acteristic curves for D.F. ratings at other temperatures.

CAPACITANCE AND TOLERANCE

Shall be measured within the tolerance limits specified. Measurements will be
made at 25°C and 1000 Hz, ±20 Hz.

LIFE TEST

Shall withstand 140% of rated voltage at 105°C for 250 hours. One failure in
twelve shall be permitted.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

Capacitance shall change linearly over operating temperature range of -55°C
to +85°C at rate of —290, ±75 parts per million/°C.

CAPACITANCE STABILITY (DRIFT)

Less than .2% when measured in the following manner: three capacitance read-
ings at 25°C, each made prior to and after temperature cycling from room to
105°C, and room to — 55°C. The mathematical difference between the two ex-
tremes, divided by the intermediate value, and then multiplied by 100, yields the
stability expressed in percent.

HUMIDITY RESISTANCE

Meets requirements of Mil-C-27287, Para 3.12 when tested in accordance with
Mil-STD.-202C, Method 103 B, Condition B.

LEAD PULL AND BEND TEST

Steady pull of 5 pounds ipplied axially to leads for one minute. Bend test shall
consist of one bend from the point of egress, first 90° in one direction, back to
the original axial position, and then 90° in the opposite direction with no evi-
dence of breakage.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

— 55°C to + 105°C with full rated voltage applied.

TYPE 32PL

Wes col

RATINGS & DIMENSIONS

Capacity

in

Mfds.

100 VOLTS

Cat. No.
32PL

D L — K-1

200 VOLTS

Cat. No.
32PL

D l — K*2

400 VOLTS

Cat. No.
32PL

0 L — K*4

.0010

.187

.406

1001

.187

.406

1001

.187

.406

1001

.0015

.187

.406

1501

.187

.406

1501

.203

.406

1501

.0022

.187

.406

2201

.187

.406

2201

.234

.406

2201

.0033

.187

.406

3301

.187

.406

3301

.187

.531

3301

.0039

.187

.406

3901

.203

.406

3901

.187

.531

3901

.0047

.187

.406

4701

.187

.531

4701

.203

.531

4701

.0056

.187

.406

5601

.187

.531

5601

.218

.531

5601

.0068

.187

.406

6801

.187

.531

6801

.234

.531

6801

.0082

.187

.406

8201

.187

.531

8201

.203

.656

8201

.0100

.203

.406

1002

.203

.531

1002

.218

.656

1002

.015

.219

.531

1502

.203

.656

1502

.265

.656

1502

.022

.250

.531

2202

.234

.656

2202

.312

.656

2202

.027

.265

.531

2702

.265

.656

2702

.328

.656

2702

.033

.234

.656

3302

.281

.656

3302

.328

.781

3302

.039

.250

.656

3902

.312

.656

3902

.359

.781

3902

.047

.281

.656

4702

.296

.781

4702

.390

.781

4702

.056

.281

.656

5602

.312

.781

5602

.421

.781

5602

.068

.296

.656

6802

.343

.781

6802

.406

.906

6802

.082

.312

.781

8202

.375

.781

8202

.437

.906

8202

.10

.344

.781

1003

.375

.906

1003

.484

.906

1003

.12

.375

.781

1203

.406

.906

1203

.453

1.156

1203

.15

.375

.906

1503

.453

.906

1503

.500

1.156

1503

.18

.406

.906

1803

.484

.906

1803

.546

1.156

1803

.22

.437

.906

2203

.484

1.031

2203

.687

1.156

2203

.27

.437

1.031

2703

.531

1.031

2703

.578

1.406

2703

.33

.500

1.031

3303

.593

1.031

3303

.640

1.406

3303

.39

.531

1.031

3903

.593

1.156

3903

.687

1.406

3903

.47

.531

1.156

4703

.656

1.156

4703

.750

1.406

4703

.56

.578

1.156

5603

.625

1.406

5603

.825

1.406

5603

.68

.625

1.156

6803

.687

1.406

6803

.825

1.656

6803

.82

.625

1.406

8203

.687

1.656

8203

.906

1.656

8203

1.0

.687

1.406

1004

.734

1.656

1004

1.000

1.656

1004

STANDARD LEAD SIZES: #24 AWG TCW: up to and including .203" Dia.

#22 AWG TCW: from .204" thru .312" Dia.

#20 AWG TCW: .313" Dia.and over

CAPACITY TOLERANCE: STANDARD . . . ±10% / OTHER . . . from 20% to ±1%
Other values as well as voltage ratings are available upon request.

Wrap and fill construction

Excellent long-term stability

Superior “Q” for tuned circuits

High insulation resistance

Linear temperature coefficient

Quality control procedures per Mil-Q-9858

Extended foil design

FEATURES

32MPC

Wrap and fill construction
Micro-miniature — lightweight
Low dissipation factor

Zero TC ±50 ppm/°C from +25°C to + 55°C
Extended foil design
Excellent stability

Quality control procedures per Mil-Q-9858

32PL & 32MPL

Wrap and fill construction

Excellent long-term stability

Superior “Q" for tuned circuits

High insulation resistance

Linear temperature coefficient ( — 55°C to +85°C)

Quality control procedures per Mil-Q-9858

Extended foil design

32P, 32PL & 32MPL

Computers

Data Processing Equipment
Aircraft and Missile Systems
Industrial Instrumentation

APPLICATIONS

32MPC

Data Processing Equipment

Aircraft and Missile Systems

Industrial Instrumentation

Navigation and Distance Measuring Equipment

Navigation and Distance Measuring Equipment Communications Equipment

Communications Equipment Tachometers

Timing and Retrace Circuits Filters

Integrating Networks Peripheral Equipment

High “Q” Low Loss Filters

Peripheral Equipment

WESCO® ELECTRICAL COMPANY

DEPT. EM, 201C MUNSON ST. • GREENFIELD, MASS. 01301 • PHONE: (413) 774-4358

EXPLANATION OF CATALOG NUMBER

32 M 1002 K-1

Round, Wrap and Fill, with epoxy seals.

Mylar-Foil, Axial Leads*

In Picofarads — first three digits are signifi-
cant. Last digit specifies number of zeros,
i.e., 1002 - 10,000 pfd. or 0.01 mfd.

Capacity Tolerance:

K — ±10% H = ±3% F = ±1%

M = ±20% J = ±5% G = ±2%

DC Voltage Rating:

05 = 50 VDC 2 = 200 VDC 6 = 600 VDC
1 = 100 VDC 4 = 400 VDC etc.

For Radial Leads, add letter “R” at end of
part number.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

MINIGLOSSARY

CAPACITORS

Anode: One of two plates or conduc-
tors. In polarized capacitors, the anode
should be connected to the positive
conductor in the circuit.

Capacitive Reactance: The measure of
the opposition of a capacitor to accept-
ing a charge and expressed in ohms.
When direct current is applied under
stated conditions capacitive reactance
becomes a constant but, when alternat-
ing current is applied the capacitive re-
actance varies until an equilibrium is
achieved and the capacitor appears to
have only direct current present. This
condition is commonly used in filter ap-
plications or in coupling circuits.

Cathode: One of two plates or conduc-
tors. In electrostatic capacitors the
cathode is metallic. In electrolytic ca-
pacitors the cathode is a liquid, gel or
other conductive material which is in
intimate contact with a metallic ca-
thodic connection.

Dielectric Constant: The measure of
quality of the insulating materials in a
capacitor. Dry air has a dielectric con-
stant of one (1). Aluminum oxide used
in aluminum electrolytic capacitors has
a nominal dielectric constant of ten
( 10 ).

Electrolytic: A capacitor with one
metallic conductor (generally the an-
ode) and with a liquid or semiconductor
cathode. Nonpolarized electrolytic ca-
pacitors generally have two equal an-
odes as well as the liquid cathode.
These anodes operate alternately as
anode and cathodic connection as alter-
nating current is applied.

Electrostatic: One of two general
classes of capacitors in which two or
more discrete metallic conductors are
present and separated by an insulating
dielectric material. Examples include:
mica, ceramic, film, and paper types.

Farad : The basic unit of measure in ca-
pacitors. A capacitor charged to one
volt with a charge of one coulomb (one
ampere flowing for one second) has a
capacitance of one farad. Capacitors
are generally rated at portions of a
farad (microfarads or picofarads).

1 farad (F) = 1,000,000 microfarads
(fx F) 1 microfarad (/ xF ) = 1,000,000
picofarads (pF)

Impedance: All capacitors exhibit im-
pedance. It is a function of capacitor
type and internal construction. This
can be particularly important in cer-
tain applications such as filters for
switching power supplies. Capacitors
used in these applications often have
special multiple tab construction to
shorten current paths and to reduce
internal resistance.

Leakage Current: Expressed as del for
electrolytic capacitors, a measure of the
intrinsic losses in a charged capacitor.
Generally speaking, the lower the del,
the higher quality the capacitor.

Power Factor: A measure of the over-
all efficiency of a capacitor. Power fac-
tor ratings take all internal losses into
consideration in a complex formula.
This parameter of certain capacitors is
often very important in AC applica-
tions such as motor-start and/or motor-
run capacitors.

Rated Voltage : The rated working volt-
age of a capacitor. Generally expressed
in DC Volts (Vdcw). This is the voltage
at which a capacitor may be safely op-
erated at 25° C continuously within its
overall parameters.

Ripple Current: The total amount of

alternating and direct current that
may be applied to an electrolytic capac-
itor under stated conditions. In general,
the higher the ripple current applied,
the shorter the operating life of the ca-
pacitor will be. Application of signifi-
cantly higher than rated ripple
currents can shorten the capacitor life
dramatically and may even cause
catastrophic failure (explosion).

Surge Voltage: The momentary surge
voltage which may be applied for a
stated length of time without doing
permanent damage to the unit.

Temperature : Capacitors are generally
rated at 25 °C at sea level under specific
humidity conditions. Operating tem-
perature ranges are also given, along
with derating (reliability) curves for
operation at temperatures other than
25°C.

Temperature Coefficient: Expressed as
TC in ppm (parts per million) or in
percent (%) from the norm of 25 °C.
This is seldom a straight line and may
vary widely for certain types. Most
capacitors have positive TC in that the
capacitance increases as temperature
increases. Some types, however, have
negative TC in that the capacitance de-
creases as temperature increases.

Ceramic Capacitor Codes
(Capacitance Given In pF)

Color

Digit

Multi-

plier

Tolerance

Temperature

Coefficient

ppm°C

Signi-

ficant

Figure

Multi-

plier

Class 1

Class 2

lOpF or
less

Over

lOpF

Black

0

1

±2.0pF

±20%

±20%

0

0.0

-1

Brown

1

10

±0.1pF

±1%

-33

-10

Red

2

100

±2%

-75

1.0

-100

Orange

3

1000

±3%

-150

1.5

-1000

Yellow

4

10000

+ 100% — 0%

-220

2.0

-10000

Green

5

±0.5pF

±5%

±5%

-330

3.3

+1

Blue

6

-470

4.7

+ 10

Violet

7

-750

7.5

+ 100

Gray

8

0.01

±0.25pF

+80% —20%

+ 150 to -1500

+ 1000

White

9

0.1

±1.0pF

±10%

±10%

+ 100 to -750

+ 10000

Silver

Gold

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

1*1212

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803)393-5421 — TWX 8 1 0-665-2 1 82

“Go With The Champs”

Go with the Champs,
we deliver the
“knockout” punch
“QUALITY
and

SERVICE”

Jake La Motta (Raging Bull), one of the worlds
top Middleweight Champs, is “raging” over the
excellent QUALITY and SERVICE
of Nytronics components.

Jake La Motta and Nytronics
are truly Champions . . .

Inductors
page 1*1228-1244

Capacitors
page 1*1168-1180
Delay Lines
page 1*1464-1466

Resistors
page 1*2012-2014

COILS & CHOKES * Indicates MIL Part

Shielded

Variable

(Adjustable)

Filter

(Choke)

1*1221

1*1221

1*1221

1*1222, 1*1223

ibobi

1*1225

1*1225

1*1225

1*1216, 1*1218

1*1218, 1*1219

1*1219, 1*1220

DEFLECTION & FOCUSING COILS * Indicates MIL Part

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1213

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS 1800

J. W. MILLER DIVISION, BELL INDUSTRIES / DEPT. EM, 19070 Reyes Ave., Rancho Dominguez, CA 90221 / (213) 537-5200

J.W.MILLER

Since 1924

• RF Coils

• Inductors

• Molded Chokes

• From Stock (or)

Your Specs

BELL INDUSTRIES

J. W. Miller Division

19070 REYES AVE. • BOX 5825
RANCHO DOMINGUEZ,
CALIFORNIA 90224

Closer inductance tolerances
* available on request.

ENCAPSULATED SUBMINIATURE
AND MINIATURE TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

Features

■ Applications: printed circuits and modules

■ Environmental: designed to meet MIL-C-15305, Grade 1,
Class B (— 55°C to +125°C)

■ Moisture and shock resistant, immersion proof

■ Powdered iron toroidal core, low external magnetic field

■ Identification: part number and inductance value printed in
contrasting color

General Specifications (All Series)

Maximum operating temperature: 125 °C
Rated temperature rise (at 90°C): 35 °C
Dielectric withstanding voltage: 700 v rms
Terminal pull: 5 pounds
Altitude rating: 70,000 feet
Overload current: 1.4 times the rated current

T1 SERIES

T2 SERIES

T3 SERIES

Part

Number

Apparent

Indue.,

uH

Max. DC
Resist.,
Ohms

Rated DC
Current
mA

Part

Number

Apparent

Indue.,

uH

Max. DC
Resist.,
Ohms

Rated DC
Current
mA

Part

Number

Apparent

Indue.,

uH

Max. DC
Resist.,
Ohms

Rated DC
Current
, mA

100066

■on

■E9

■EEEB

100092

0.10

0.04

2200

550

100067

BIBB

100093

0.12

0.05

2000

500

100068

■EI9B

100094

0.15

0.06

1800

450

100069

■eb

^BUB

■$HB

100095

0.18

0.07

1600

410

100070

100096

0.22

0.08

1500

380

100071

■

■I EB :

100097

0.27

0.10

1400

100122

27

2.7

350

100072

llBX ■!

B3EHB

BIBB

100098

0.33

0.11

1300

100123

33

3.3

320

100073

-Bs&B

beeb

100099

0.39

0.14

1200

100124

39

3.9

290

100074

BIBB

100100

0.47

0.17

1100

100125

47

4.7

260

100075

BEB3Bi

H*BB

bibb

100101

0.56

0.22

1000

100126

56

5.6

240

100076

0.068

2500

0.68

0.27

900

100127

68

6.8

220

100077

0.082

■B

2200

0.82

0.30

800

100128

82

8.1

200

100078

0.10

*■ w

2200

1 100104

1.0

0.35

750

100129

100

9.7

180

100079

0.12

IBBB

2000

1 100105

1.2

0.40

700

100130

120

12

160

100080

0.15

■EBB

1800

1.5

0.50

630

100131

150

14

150

100081

0.18

■EEB

KRiS

0.70

530 ‘

Kgs

17

140

100082

0.22

B22B

100108

0.90

470

20

130

100083

0.27

B2QB

100109

1.1

420

24

120

100084

0.33

wrfrB

100110

1.3

390

19

130

100085

0.39

■OBI

|^R] ; t^l

1.5

360

22

120

100086

0.47

1000

100112

1.8

330

100137

470

27

110

100087

0.56

900

100113

5.6

2.0

310

100138

560

32

100

100088

0.68

ibibsb

800

100114

6.8

2.2

300

100139

680

19

130

100089

0.82

T*!; V

750

100115

8.2

2.4

290

100140

820

23

120

100090

1.0

■ebb

700

100116

. 10

2.6

280

100141

1000

27

110

a

b

c

d

e

f

a

b

c

d

e

■a—

mmm

b

c

d

e

f

.2

.2

.1

.1

1.0

#24

.2

.2

.1

.1

1.0

mm

.27

.2

.15

1.0

#22

Inductance Tolerances: 0.01 to 0.082 uH, Inductance Tolerances: 0.10 to 0.82 uH, Inductance Tolerance: ±5%.

±20%; 0.10 to 1.0 uH, ±10%. ±10%; 1.0 to 10 uH, ±5%.

T4 SERIES

Apparent

Max. DC

Rated DC

Part

Indue.,

Resist.,

Current

Number

uH

Ohms

mA

100142

100

6

280

100143

120

7

260

100144

150

8

240

100145

180

10

220

100146

220

12

200

100147

270

14

180

100148

330

17

160

100149

390

20

150

100150

470

24

140

100151

560

28

130

100152

680

33

120

100153

820

39

110

100154

1000

45

100

100155

1200

31

120

100156

1500

37

110

100157

1800

44

100

100158

2200

52

90

100159

2700

61

85

100160

3300

71

80

100161

3900

82

75

100162

4700

93

70

100163

5600

105

65

100164

6800

140

60

100165

8200

160

55

mm

Ml

wm

mm

■■

■■

■1

EB 3

n

IliB

ESI

iSm

Inductance Tolerance: ±5%.

-SERIES S, M, L MOLDED R.F. CHOKES-

Series

Lengths

Diameter

Lead Size

Lead Length

S

.44 max.

.188 max.

#22 AWG

1.3 min.

M

.60 max.

.25 max.

#21 AWG

1.3 min.

L

.90 max.

.31 max.

#21 AWG

1.3 min.

Physical and Environmental Characteristics

Operating temperature —55° to -f 125°C
terminal strength — meets five pound pull
test per MIL-C-15305
All Series meet requirements of
MIL-C-15305, Grade 1, Class B

Inductance Tolerance: 0.1 to 22 uH, ±10% on Q-meter / 27 uH to 10,000, ±5% 1 kHz bridge

SERIES S SERIES M SERIES L

Part

Hl'llHffl

wwmm

Max DC

Max 1

Maxi

Number

ItnfTffB

■mnEEH

Res, Ohms

mA

■3ESI

mA

100170

100207

1.0

0.04

2700

■EggEM

BC£B

HESSflH

1800

100171

3500

100208

1.2

0.04

2700

100245

100172

3000

100209

1.5

0.04

2700

100246

■ fcltlll

100173

3000

100210

1.8

0.05

2500

100247

BYJ ? r iS

100174

3000

100211

2.2

0.05

2500

100248

Ibx&bI

B£BI

100175

0.27

0.04

2700

100212

fg^BpInBB|

BHffiEBB|

2500

100249

bbesbbi

HH

KU

100176

0.33

0.05

2500

100213

BjZrtSTSB

100250

100177

0.39

0.08

2000

100214

■TfstjB

100251

720

100378

0.47

0.08

2000

100215

100252

^■m^H

.620

100179

0.56

0.10

1700

100216

WLtmi

BliwJ

100253

540

100180

0.68

0.12

1500

100217

6.8

1002 S 4

68.0

2.4

450

100181

0.82

0.18

1300

100218

8.2

1150

100255

82.0

2.8

425

100182

1.0

0.24

1100

100219

10.0

1000

100256

100.0

3.2

400

100183

1.2

0.35

1000

100220

12.0

870

100257

120.0

4.8

360

100184

1.5

0.43

850

100221

15.0

730

100258

150.0

6.4

280

100185

<■!■

^■KjT33^K|i

720

100222

b 60

100259

180.0

■cm

240

100186

610

100223

B2B

600

100260

220.0

wmJ

200

100187

pv^BdK^B

1600

100224

520

100261

270.0

195

100188

1400

100225

SB

450

100262

330.0

190

100189

1200

100226

380

100263

390.0

180

100190

4.7

0.30

1000

100227

47.0

3.0

300

100264

470.0

170

100191

5.6

0.45

900

100228

56.0

4.2

270

100265

560.0

100192

6.8

0.55

800

100229

68.0

5.2

250

100266

680.0

100193

8.2

0.65

720

100230

82.0

6.2

220

100267

820.0

100194

10.0

0.73

650

100231

100.0

7.0

200

100268

1000.0

100195

12.0

590

100232

■EX1H

200

100269

1200.0

■k 2Z '■■B

HEfl

100196

15.0

500

100233

■ESCB

190

100270

1500.0

■,‘^131 -

■ - " 1

100197

18.0

460

100234

■SB

-■a*

185

100271

1800.0

100198

22.0

430

100235

180

100272

2200.0

100199

27.0

■ \ B

360

100236

WEEEmM

172

100273

2700.0

■E&iDjKSPy?

■■I

100200

33.0

3.5

300

100237

330.0

165

100274

3300.0

45.0

105

100201

39.0

3.8

290

100238

390.0

157

100275

3900.0

49.0

100

100202

47.0

4.0

275

100239

470.0

^Br22^H||P§

150

100276

4700.0

53.0

95

100203

56.0

4.4

265

100240

560.0

145

100277

5600.0

60.0

90

100204

68.0

4.7

250

100241

680.0

■j^B

140

100278

6800.0

67.0

85

100205

5.3

HEEEH

■ hTlUn

■KETiVi^B

■EEEHH

■ESI

■('ItMfrS

K^TjKI||

82

100206

6.0

■EES

■EBB

■91

80

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1215

1800 COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS 1800

J. W. MILLER DIVISION, BELL INDUSTRIES / DEPT. EM, 19070 Reyes Ave., Rancho Dominguez, CA 90221 / (213) 537-5200

MOLDED SHIELDED MINIATURE
RF CHOKES

Part

Number

MS

Type

Induct.

Micro-

henries

±10%

D.C.

Resist.

Max.

Milli-

amp

Rating

Max.

9250-101

75087-1

0.10

.025

1790

9250-121

75087-2

.12

.034

1530

9250-151

75087-3

.15

.037

1470

9250-181

75087-4

.18

.047

1300

9250-221

75087-5

.22

.067

1100

9250-271

75087-6

.27

.11

855

9250-331

75087-7

.33

.13

780

9250-391

75087-8

.39

.18

670

9250-471

75087-9

.47

.25

565

9250-561

75087-10

.56

.33

490

9250-681

75087-11

.68

.45

420

9250-821

75087-12

.82

.59

370

9250-102

75088-1

1.00

.07

1070

9250-122

75088-2

1.20

.10

895

9250-152

75088-3

1.50

.12

815

9250-182

75088-4

1.80

.14

775

9250-222

75088-5

2.20

.19

650

9250-272

75088-6

2.70

.28

535

9250-332

75088-7

3.30

.35

480

9250-392

75088-8

3.90

.40

450

9250-472

75088-9

4.70

.55

380

9250-562

75088-10

5.60

.72

335

9250-682

75088-11

6.80

1.02

280

9250-822

75088-12

8.20

1.32

250

9250-103

75088-13

10.0

1.62

220

9250-123

75088-14

12.0

2.00

200

9250-153

75089-1

15.0

.80

315

9250-183

75089-2

18.0

.89

300

9250-223

75089-3

22.0

.96

290

9250-273

75089-4

27.0

1.19

260

9250-333

75089-5

33.0

1.37

240

9250-393

75089-6

39.0

1.93

205

9250-473

75089-7

47.0

2.11

195

9250-563

75089-8

56.0

2.23

190

9250-683

75089-9

68.0

2.70

170

9250-823

75089-10

82.0

2.44

180

9250-104

75089-11

100.0

3.12

160

9250-124

75089-12

120.0

3.60

150

9250-154

75089-13

150.0

4.10

140

9250-184

75089-14

180.0

4.40

135

9250-224

75089-15

220.0

5.00

125

9250-274

75089-16

270.0

5.80

115

9250-334

75089-17

330.0

6.40

110

9250-394

75089-18

390.0

7.40

105

9250-474

75089-19

470.0

9.50

92

9250-564

75089-20

560.0

10.5

90

9250-684

75089-21

680.0

11.8

80

9250-824

75089-22

820.0

13.0

80

9250-105

75089-23

1,000.0

17.5

70

9250-125

75089-24

1,200.0

22.1

60

9250-155

75089-25

1,500.0

26.5

55

9250-185

75089-26

1,800.0

29.9

50

9250-225

75089-27

2,200.0

33.8

50

9250-275

75089-28

2,700.0

47.3

40

9250-335

75089-29

3,300.0

53.0

40

9250-395

75089-30

3,900.0

73.8

35

9250-475

75089-31

4,700.0

81.6

31

9250-565

75089-32

5,600.0

98.9

28

9250-685

| 75089-33

6,800.0

111.0

27

9250-825

75089-34

8,200.0

119.0

26

9250-106

75089-35

10,000.0

137.0

24

9250-126

75089-36

12,000.0

143.0

23

9250-156

75089-37

15,000.0

157.0

22

9250-186

75089-38

18,000.0

175.0

21

9250-226

75089-39

22,000.0

274.0

17

9250-276

75089-40

27,000.0

308.0

16

9250-336

75089-41

33,000.0

343.0

15

9250-396

75089-42

39,000.0

376.0

15

9250-476

75089-43

47,000.0

473.0

13

9250-566

75089-44

56,000.0

512.0

13

9250-686

75089-45

68,000.0

580.0

12

9250-826

75089-46

82,000.0

618.0

11

9250-107

75089-47

100,000.0

678.0

11

0.10 thru 0.82 uh — Phenolic Core.

1.00 thru 12 uh — Iron Core.

15 + uh — Ferrite Core.

Mold Size: .162 ±.010 Diameter; .410 ±.020 length.
Leads: AWG #22TCW ; 1.438±.188 Length.

See General Catalog for Complete
Off The Shelf Coverage

Custom Windings A Specialty —

Let Us Quote On Your Requirements

MICRO MITE MOLDED RF

CHOKES

Miller

Part

Number

MS

Type

Induct.

Micro-

henries

±5%

D.C.

Resist.

Max.

Milli-

amp

Rating

Max.

Mold

Size

9210-54

90538-01

36

2.50

180

D

9210-56

90538-02

39

2.60

176

D

9210-58

90538-03

43

2.70

172

D

9210-60

90538-04

47

2.75

170

D

9210-62

90538-05

51

2.85

167

D

9210-64

90538-06

56

3.00

164

D

9210-66

90538-07

62

3.15

160

D

9210-68

90538-08

68

3.30

156

D

9210-70

90538-09

75

3.70

147

D

9210-72

90538-10

82

3.90

143

D

9210-74

90538-11

91

4.30

136

D

9210-76

90538-12

100

4.50

133

D

9210-78

90538-13

110

4.90

128

D

9210-80

90538-14

120

5.20

124

D

9210-82

90538-15

130

5.45

121

D

9210-84

90538-16

150

6.05

114

D

9210-86

90538-17

160

6.40

111

D

9210-88

90538-18

180

6.75

108

D

9210-90

90538-19

200

7.10

106

D

9210-92

90538-20

220

7.45

103

D

9210-94

90538-21

240

7.80

101

D

9220-00

90539-01

270

8.2

110

A

9220-02

90539-02

300

8.7

107

A

9220-04

90539-03

330

9.1

105

A

9220-06

90539-04

360

9.6

102

A

9220-08

90539-05

390

10.0

100

A

9220-10

90539-06

430

10.6

97

A

9220-12

90539-07

470

11.1

95

A

9220-14

—

500

11.6

93

A

9220-15

90539-08

510

11.6

92

A

9220-16

90539-09

560

12.3

91

A

9220-18

90539-10

620

13.0

88

A.

9220-20

90539-11

680

13.7

85

A

9220-22

90539-12

750

14.4

83

A

9220-24

90539-13

820

15.1

81

A

9220-26

90539-14

910

15.8

79

A

9220-28

90539-15

1000

16.5

78

A

9220-30

90540-01

1100

21.0

78

B

9220-32

90540-02

1200

22.0

76

B

9220-34

90540-03

1300

23.0

75

B

9220-36

90540-04

1500

25.0

72

B '

9220-38

90540-05

1600

26.0

70

B

9220-40

90540-06

1800

28.0

68

B

9220-42

90540-07

2000

29.0

67

B

9220-44

90540-08

2200

30.0

66

B

9220-46

90540-09

2400

31.0

64

B

9220-48

90540-10

2700

33.0

62

B

9220-50

90540-11

3000

35.0

61

B

9220-52

90540-12

3300

38.0

58

B

9220-54

90540-13

3600

40.0

57

B

9220-56

90541-01

3900

44.0

61

C

9220-58

90541-02

4300

46.0

59

C

9220-60

90541-03

4700

48.0

58

C

9220-62

90541-04

5000

50.0

57

C

9220-64

90541-05

5600

53.0

56

C

9220-66

90541-06

6200

56.0

54

C

9220-68

90541-07

6800

59.0

52

c

9220-70

90541-08

7500

62.0

51

C

9220-72

90541-09

8200

65.0

50

c

9220-74

90541-10

9100

68.0

49

c

9220-76

90541-11

10000

72.0

47

c

Mold

Size

Mold

Diameter

Mold

Length

Lead

Size

Lead

Length

A

.190±.010

.440±.010

AWG #22

1.44±.188

B

.215±.010

.560±.010

AWG #21

1.44±.188

c

.240±.010

.740±.010

AWG #20

1.44±.188

D

.155±.010

.375±.010

AWG #22

1.44±.188

MOLDED RF CHOKES

Part

No.

MS

Type

L

uH

Res.

Max.

mA

Max.

9360-01

91189-1

1.1 ±20%

0.09

2800

9360-02

91189-2

2.2±20%

.20

1800

9360-03

91189-3

3.3±10%

.32

1500

9360-04

91189-4

4.7±10%

.60

1100

9360-05

91189-5

6.8±10%

1.10

800

9360-06

91189-6

10.0±10%

1.80

600

9360-07

91189-7

15.0±10%

3.00

500

9360-08

91189-8

22.0±10%

.30

1500

9360-09

91189-9

33.0±10%

.60

1100

9360-10

91189-10

47.0±10%

1.20

700

9360-11

91189-11

82.0±10%

2.20

600

9360-12

91189-12

100.0±10%

2.80

500

9360-13

91189-13

120.0±10%

4.00

400

Mold Size: .281±.031 Diameter; .937±.0625 Length.
Leads: 1.500±.125.

MOLDED RF CHOKES

Miller

Part

Number

MS

Type

Induct.

Micro*

henries*

D.C.

Re-

sist.

Max.

Milli-

amp

Rating

Max.

9310-00

18130-1

.15*

.03

2450

9310-02

18130-2

.22*

.055

1900

9310-04

18130-3

.33*

.09

1400

9310-06

18130-4

.47*

.12

1225

9310-07

18130-5

.56

.135

1220

9310-08

18130-6

.68

.15

1100

9310-10

18130-7

.82

.22

900

9310-12

18130-8

1.00

.29

830

9310-14

18130-9

1.20

.42

650

9310-16

18130-10

1.50

.50

600

9310-18

18130-11

1.80

.65

525

9310-20

18130-12

2.20

.95

435

9310-22

18130-13

2.70

1.20

385

9310-24

18130-14

3.30

2.00

300

9310-26

18130-15

3.90

2.30

280

9310-28

18130-16

4.70

2.60

260

9310-30

18130-17

5.60

.32

750

9310-32

18130-18

6.80

.50

600

9310-34

18130-19

8.20

.60

545

9310-36

18130-20

10.0

.90

445

9310-38

18130-21

12.0

1.10

404

9310-40

18130-22

15.0

1.40

370

9310-42

18130-23

18.0

2.25

280

9310-44

18130-24

22.0

2.50

265

9310-46

—

24.0

2.50

265

9310-48

18130-25

27.0

2.60

260

9310-50

—

30.0

2.80

255

9310-52

18130-26

33.0

3.00

250

Mold Size: ,156±.010 Diameter; .375±.010
Lgth. Leads: AWG #22 TCW; 1.437±.188 Lgth.

9320-00

75008-21

.15*

.030

3000

9320-02

75008-22

.22*

.035

2800

9320-04

75008-23

.33*

.065

2000

9320-06

75008-24

.47*

.085

1700

9320-07

75008-25

.56

.125

1450

9320-08

75008-26

.68

.150

1300

9320-09

75008-27

.82

.205

1100

9320-10

75.008-28

1.00

.290

930

9320-11

75008-29

1.20

.400

785

9320-12

75008-30

1.50

.485

700

9320-13

75008-31

1.80

.740

580

9320-14

75008-32

2.20

.970

505

9320-16

75008-33

2.70

1.20

460

9320-18

75008-34

3.30

.140

1350

9320-20

75008-35

3.90

.155

1250

9320-22

75008-36

4.70

.210

1100

9320-24

75008-37

5.60

.280

935

9320-26

75008-38

6.80

.375

810

9320-28

75008-39

8.20

.440

750

9320-30

75008-40

10.0

.605

640

9320-32

75008-41

12.0

1.05

490

9320-34

75008-42

15.0

1.20

460

9320-35

75008-43

18.0

1.95

360

9320-36

75008-44

22.0

2.20

335

9320-38

75008-45

27.0

2.75

300

Mold Size: .188±.031 Diameter; 0.437±.031
Lgth. Leads: AWG #22 TCW; 1.437±.188 Lgth.

9330-00

90542-01

.47

.06

1970

9330-01

90542-02

.56

.08

1850

9330-02

90542-03

.68

.08

1700

9330-03’

90542-04

.82

.11

1520

9330-04

90542-05

1.00

.14

1290

9330-05

90542-06

1.20

.19

1120

9330-06

90542-07

1.50

.28

925

9330-07

90542-08

1.80

.37

790

9330-08

90542-09

2.20

.50

680

9330-10

90542-10

2.70

.65

600

9330-12

90542-11

3.30

1.00

480

9330-14

90542-12

3.90

1.20

440

9330-16

90542-13

4.70

1.80

360

9330-18

90542-14

5.60

.13

1340

9330-20

90542-15

6.80

.20

1080

9330-22

90542-16

8.20

.22

1030

9330-24

90542-17

10.0

.26

950

9330-26

90542-18

12.0

.45

720

9330-28

90542-19

15.0

.52

670

9330-30

90542-20

18.0

.70

580

9330-32

90542-21

22.0

1.00

480

9330-34

90542-22

27.0

1.30

420

9330-36

• 90542-23

33.0

1.50

390~

9330-38

90542-24

39.0

2.00

340

Mold Size: .22±.03 Diameter; 0.560±.010
Length. Leads: AWG #22 TCW; 1.437±.19
Length.

inductance Tolerance: ±20%.

All Others 10%.

1-1216

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS 1800

J. W. MILLER DIVISION, BELL INDUSTRIES / DEPT. EM, 19070 Reyes Ave. f Rancho Dominguez, CA 90221 / (213) 537-5200

R.F. CHOKES

SUB-MINIATURE RF CHOKES

An extremely versatile series of iron core R.F. chokes designed to meet the industries’ demand for high reliability, ultra-
miniature components. The coils are ideally suited to network and filter design, delay lines and computer applications.
The coils are impregnated with a moisture resistant lacquer and on special order they can be fungus-proofed per JAN-
T-152 using varnish per MIL-V-173A. They can also be encapsulated in epoxy resin to conform to Grade 1, Class B of
MIL-C-15305. Note: L measured on 260A Q Meter except 120 thru 500 mH which are measured on 1 kHz Bridge.

Miller

Part No.

Inductance

Nominal*

D.C.

Resistance

Max.

Milliamp

Rating

Max.

Max.

Winding

Diam.

Form

Length

±y 3 2

Miller

Part No.

Inductance

Nominal*

D.C.

Resistance

Max.

Milliamp

Rating

Max.

70F107AP

.10

uh*

.013

3922

.156

70F474AI

470

uh

16.3

95

.185

1/4

70F157AP

.15

uh*

.025

2828

.141

1 %6

70F504AI

500

uh

18.0

91

.195

1/4

70F227AP

.22

uh*

.038

2294

.141

y u

70F564AI

560

uh

19.2

88

.195

1/4

70F337AP

.33

uh*

.070

1690

.125

y u

70F684AI

680

uh

19.8

87

.200

1/4

70F477AP

.47

uh*

.125

1264

.125

y 6

70F754AI

750

uh

22.9

80

.210

1/4

70F687AP

.68

uh*

.200

1000

.125

S / U

70F824AI

820

uh

22.9

80

.210

1/4

70F757AP

.75

uh*

.264

870

.125

s / u

70F914AI

910

uh

24.0

79

.220

1/4

70F827AP

.82

uh*

.290

830

.125

y u

70F103AI

1.00

mh

24.0

79

.225

1/4

70F106AI

1.0

uh

.048

2041

.165

1/4

70F123AI

1.20

mh

33.6

66

.220

1/4

70F126AI

1.2

uh

.072

1666

.160

1/4

70F153AI

1.50

mh

37.2

63

.225

1/4

70F156AI

1.5

uh

.096

1443

.160

1/4

70F183AI

1.80

mh

42.0

59

.235

1/4

70F186AI

1.8

uh

.096

1443

.160

1/4

70F223AI

2.20

mh

45.6

57

.240

1/4

70F226AI

2.2

uh

.156

1132

.160

1/4

70F253AI

2.50

mh

45.6

57

.260

3/8

70F276AI

2.7

uh

.168

1091

.160

1/4

70F273AI

2.70

mh

45.6

57

.260

3/8

70F336AI

3.3

uh

.240

912

.150

1/4

70F333AI

3.30

mh

51.6

53

.260

3/8

70F396AI

3.9

uh

.264

870

.150

V4

70F393AI

3.90

mh

57.6

51

.275

3/8

70F476AI

4.7

uh

.457

661

.150

1/4

70F473AI

4.70

mh

64.8

48

.285

3/fe

70F566AI

5.6

uh

.492

637

.150

1/4

70F563AI

5.60

mh

69.6

46

.300

3/8

70F686AI

6.8

uh

.624

566

.150

1/4

70F683AI

6.80

mh

78.0

43

.310

3/8

70F756AI

7.5

uh

.624

566

.150

1/4

70F753AI

7.50

mh

85.2

41

.310

3/8

70F826AI

8.2

uh

.744

518

.150

1/4

70F823AI

8.20

mh

92.4

40

.330

3/8

70F916AI

9.1

uh

1.44

288

.160

1/4

70F913AI

9.10

mh

98.4

39

.330

3/8

70F105AI

10

uh

1.56

277

.160

1/4

70F102AI

10.0

mh

101

38

.335

3/8

70F125AI

12

uh

1.68

267

.160

1/4

70F122AI

12

mh

100

50

.300

1/2

70F155AI

15

uh

1.92

250

.165

1/4

70F152AI

15

mh

113

47

.300

1/2

70F185AI

18

uh

2.28

229

.165

1/4

70F182AI

18

mh

128

44

.325

1/2

70F225AI

22

uh

2.28

229

.165

1/4

70F222AI

22

mh

144

41

.330

1/2

70F255AI

25

uh

2.64

213

.170

1/4

70F252AF

25

mh

115

46

.340

5/8

70F275AI

27

uh

2.64

213

.170

1/4

70F272AF

27

mh

120

45

.353

5/fe

70F335AI

33

uh

2.76

208

.170

1/4

70F332AF

33

mh

134

43

.353

5/8

70F395AI

39

uh

3.36

188

.175

1/4

70F392AF

39

mh

147

41

.370

5/8

70F475AI

47

uh

3.36

188

.175

1/4

70F472AF

47

mh

168

38

.384

5/8

70F565AI

56

uh

3.84

176

.180

V4

70F502AF

50

mh

175

37

.400

5/8

70F685AI

68

uh

4.20

169

.180

1/4

70F562AF

56

mh

189

36

.400

5/8

70F755AI

75

uh

4.56

162

.185

1/4

70F682AF

68

mh

215

34

.415

5/8

70F825AI

82

uh

4.80

158

.185

1/4

70F752AF

75

mh

222

33

.430

5/8

70F915AI

91

uh

4.92

156

.185

1/4

70F822AF

82

mh

238

32

.430

5/8

70F104AI

100

uh

7.68

139

.165

1/4

70F912AF

91

mh

250

31

.430

5/8

70F124AI

120

uh

8.16

135

.165

1/4

70F101AF

100

mh

278

29

.446

5/8

70F154AI

150

uh

8.16

135

.165

1/4

70F121AF

120

mh

288

48

.485

7/8

70F184AI

180

uh

8.16

135

.170

1/4

70F151AF

150

mh

328

44

.505

7/8

70F204AI

200

uh

10.3

120

.170

1/4

70F181AF

180

mh

374

41

.525

7/8

70F224AI

220

uh

11.5

114

.170

1/4

70F221AF

220

mh

424

39

.540

7/8

70F254AI

250

uh

12.1

111

.170

1/4

70F251AF

250

mh

468

37

.555

7/8

70F274AI

270

uh

13.2

106

.175

1/4

70F271AF

270

mh

490

36

.570

7/8

70F304AI

300

uh

13.2

106

.175

1/4

70F331AF

330

mh

540

34

.580

7/8

70F334AI

330

uh

13.9

103

.175

1/4

70F391AF

390

mh

617

33

.600

7/8

70F354AI

350

uh

14.4

102

.180

1/4

70F471AF

470

mh

704

30

.615

7/8

70F394AI

390

uh

15.8

97

.180

1/4

70F501AF

500

mh

736

30

.635

7/8

* Tolerance 0.1 to 1.0 uh ±20%, 1.1 to 15 uh ±10%, over 15 uh ±5%. * Measured with leads W long from Q Meter binding posts.

PHENOLIC CORE

SINGLE LAYER WINDINGS ^'* <sa * aSi ~

Dimensions of core: 3 16 " diameter x 3 / 4 " long. Leads are IV 2 " long.

Miller

Part

Number

Inductance

Nominal*

D. C.

Resistance

Maximum

Milliamp

Rating

Maximum

Diameter

over

Winding

4602

1.0 uh

.050

2000

.270

4604

1.5 uh

.093

1800

.270

4606

2.4 uh

.190

1500

.270

4608

3.9 uh

.450

1000

.270

4609

5 5 uh

.670

850

.270

4610

6.2 uh

.830

700

.270

4611

8.2 uh

1.20

600

.270

4612

10.0 uh

1.50

500

.270

*Tolerance 1.0 uh ±20%, 1.1 to 10 uh ±10%

IRON CORE SINGLE LAYER WINDINGS

Dimensions of core: V' diameter x W long. Leads are 11 / 2 " long.

4622

10 uh ±5%

.11

1500

.29

4624

15 uh ±5%

.17

1000

.29

4626

24 uh ±5%

.34

800

.29

4628

39 uh ±5%

.65

600

.29

4629

55 uh ±5%

1.0

500'

.29

4630

62 uh ±5%

1.2

475

.29

4631

82 uh ±5%

1.9

450

.29

4632

100 uh ±5%

3.0

400

.29

PHENOLIC CORE
3-SECTION WINDINGS

Dimensions of core: 3 16 " diameter x 3/ 4 " long. Leads are 1V2" long.

4642

.10 mh ±5%

5.4

160

.406

4644

.15 mh ±5%

6.5

160

.406

4646

.24 mh ±5%

8.5

160

.438

4648

.39 mh ±5%

11

160

.500

4649

.55 mh ±5%

13

160

.500

4650

.62 mh ±5%

15

160

.531

4651

.75 mh ±5%

16

160

.531

4652

1.0 mh ±5%

19

160

.563

IRON CORE 3-SECTION WINDINGS l£WW m

Dimensions of core: 7 32 " diameter x W long. Leads are 1 1 / 2 " long.

Miller

Part

Number

Inductance @

1000 Hertz

D. C.

Resistance

Maximum

Milliamp

Rating

Maximum

Diameter

over

Winding

4662

1.0 mh ±5%

8.6

160

.469

4664

1.5 mh ±5%

11

160

.469

4666

2.4 mh ±5%

. 15

160

.531

4668

3.9 mh ±5%

20

160

.563

4669

5.5 mh ±5%

25

160

.594

4670

6.2 mh ±5%

37

100

.531

4671

8.2 mh ±5%

46

100

.563

4672

10 mh ±5%

50

100

.594

FERRITE CORE JW

3-SECTION WINDINGS Tn

Dimensions of core: Va" diameter x Ve' 1 long. Leads are IV 2 "

long.

6302

2.5 mh ±5%

9.0

160

.469

6304

5.0 mh ±5%

14

160

.531

6306

10 mh ±5%

31

100

.531

6308

25 mh ±5%

82

65

.531

6310

50 mh ±5%

127

65

.625

SINGLE LAYER COLOR CODED RF CHOKES

The following solenoid wound R.F. Chokes are im-
pregnated with a thermosetting varnish and are color
coded to EIA standards. Form Dimensions .156 x^".

Part No.

L*

R Ohms
Max.

1 Ma.
Max.

74F106AP

1.0

uh

.20

1000

74F126AP

1.2

uh

.22

950

74F156AP

1.5

uh

.25

900

74F186AP

1.8

uh

.28

850

74F226AP

2.2

uh

.30

800

74F276AP

2.7

uh

.50

700

74F336AP

3.3

uh

.70

600

74F396AP

3.9

uh

.80

500

74F476AP

4.7

uh

1.00

400

74F566AP

5.6

uh

1.80

350

74F686AP

6.8

uh

1.85

300

74F826AP

8.2

uh

1.90

275

74F105AP

10

uh

3.00

250

Part No.

.*■

R Ohms
Max.

1 Ma.
Max.

74F125AP

12

uh

3.60

200

74F155AP

15

uh

6.00

150

74F185AP

18

uh

7.50

100

74F225AI

22

uh

2.00

500

74F275AI

27

uh

1.85

450

74F335AI

33

uh

2.00

450

74F395AI

39

uh

2.60

400

74F475AI

47

uh

3.50

350

74F565AI

56

uh

3.75

300

74F685AI

68

uh

4.00

250

74F825AI

82

uh

5.10

200

74F104AI

100

uh

6.00

150

* Tolerance 1.0 to 2.2 uh, ±20%, 2.7 to 100 uh, ±10%

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1217

1800

COILS, CHOKES. & INDUCTORS

1800

J. W. MILLER DIVISION, BELL INDUSTRIES / DEPT. EM, 19070 Reyes Ave., Rancho Dominguez, CA 90221 / (213) 537-5200

SEE OUR INDUSTRIAL CATALOG FOR COMPLETE COVERAGE
Custom Windings — May We Quote On Your Requirements?

I.F. COMPONENTS SUB MINIATURE

VLS SERIES VARIABLE INDUCTORS (SHIELDED)

May be mounted either Vertically or Horizontally
Printed Circuit: Mil-C-15305

Tunable Range: .10 uH .12 uH ±5% — All others ±10%

Operating Temperature: -55°C to +125°C
Leads: No. 24 TCW

+ .030"

--o;m

HORIZONTAL STYLE

‘~T

.400

+.03o"

. L

1

f

+ .010”
H.200"

f

.375”

+ .062" j

\

No. 24 ( 020 +.002)
TCW

VERTICAL STYLE

Part No.

Nom.

L

DCR

25°C,

Max.

Ohms

Max.

mA

VLSR10

.10

0.030

2500

VLS121

120.00

2.38

316

VLSR12

.12

0.030

2500

VLS151

150.00

2.52

306

VLSR15

.15

0.030

2500

VLS181

180.00

2.88

288

VLSR18

.18

0.035

2400

VLS221

220.00

3.18

273

VLSR22

.22

0.038

2300

VLS271

270.00

3.50

260

VLSR27

.27

0.040

2200

VLS331

330.00

4.80

222

VLSR33

.33

0.040

2200

VLS391

390.00

5.44

209

VLSR39

.39

0.045

2100

VLS471

470.00

5.90

201

VLSR47

.47

0.045

2100

VLS561

560.00

6.30

194

VLSR56

.56

0.050

2000

VLS681

680.00

7.20

181

VLSR68

.68

0.055

1900

VLS821

820.00

8.00

172

VLSR82

.82

0.060

1800

VLS102

1,000.00

12.00

141

VLS1R0

1.00

0.070

1700

VLS122

1,200.00

13.50

132

VLS1R2

1.20

0.085

1670

VLS152

1,500.00

16.50

119

VLS1R5

1.50

0.100

1540

VLS182

1,800.00

18.00

114

VLS1R8

1.80

0.110

1470

VLS222

2,200.00

20.50

107

VLS2R2

2.20

0.120

1410

VLS272

2,700.00

22.50

102

VLS2R7

2.70

0.125

1380

VLS332

3,300.00

42.00

76

VLS3R3

3.30

0.165

1200

VLS392

3,900.00

47.50

71

VLS3R9

3.90

0.180

1135

VLS472

4,700.00

53.00

67

VLS4R7

4.70

0.245

985

VLS562

5,600.00

62.50

65

VLS5R6

5.60

0.265

950

VLS682

6,800.00

69.50

58

VLS6R8

6.80

0.330

853

VLS822

8,200.00

75.00

56

VLS8R2

8.20

0.460

720

VLS103

10,000.00

100.00

49

VLS100

10.00

0.640

620

VLS123

12,000.00

64.00

60

VLS120

12.00

0.800

545

VLS153

15,000.00

84.00

52

VLS150

15.00

0.865

520

VLS183

18,000.00

93.00

50

VLS180

18.00

0.940

504

VLS223

22,000.00

104.00

45

VLS220

22.00

1.03

460

VLS273

27,000.00

173.00

35

VLS270

27.00

1.18

418

VLS333

33,000.00

187.00

32

VLS330

33.00

1.30

398

VLS393

39,000.00

220.00

30

VLS390

39.00

1.41

385

VLS473

47,000.00

253.00

28

VLS470

47.00

1.61

350

VLS563

56,000.00

285.00

26

VLS560

56.00

2.08

330

VLS683

68,000.00

311.00

24

VLS680

68.00

2.20

320

VLS823

82,000.00

385.00

22

VLS820

VLS101

82.00

100.00

2.42

2.15

300

333

VLS104

100,000.00

420.00

20

FIXED COILS

The 75F series are of Polypropylene moulded
around an accurately positioned winding. Un-
surpassed stability and uniformity is obtained.

Frequency range: 50 MHz to 450 MHz
Lead length: ±%"

Maximum length: .38 inches
Maximum width: .23 inches

Miller

Part Number

Inductance

Q

Minimum

DC

Current

Wire Size

75F238MPC

.023 uH

110

1A

22 AWG

75F328MPC

.032 uH

110

1A

22 AWG

75F518MPC

.051 uH

110

1A

22 AWG

75F117MPC

.110 UH

110

1A

22 AWG

75F157MPC

.150 uH

110

1A

22 AWG

75F227MPC

.270 uH

110

.5A

26 AWG

75F397MPC

.390 uH

110

.5A

26 AWG

75F477MPC

.470 uH

110

.5 A

26 AWG

75F597MPC

.590 uH

110

.5A

26 AWG

The transformers in this series represents the state of
the art, as it relates to a commercial product. In both
the 455 kc. and 10.7 Me. groups there are a complete
set of I.F. transformers as well as Ratio Detector and
Discriminator transformers.

Dimensions: 8849, 8850, 8851, 8805, 8806, 8807
— X Vn" X 1 / 2 " high • 8852, 8853 & 8854 —
%" sq. x s/a" high • 8810, 8811, 8812 & 8813 —
% 2 " sq. x %" high

Cat. No.

Specs

Description

8849

8850
8851-A

8852

8853

8854

10.7 Me. Transist
500 kc. P P

300 kc. P P

6db 300 kc.
100 K-300

20 K-500

25 K-500

Dr Transformers

10.7 Me. Ratio Detector

10.7 Me. Discriminator

10.7 Me. Double Tuned IF
10.7 Me. Single Tuned IF
10.7 Me. Single Tuned IF
10.7 Me. Single Tuned IF

8805

8806
8807
8810
8811
8812
8813

455 Kc. Transisto
20 kc. P P

20 kc. P P

6 db 15 kc.

50 K-500

30 K-500

20 K-5 K
Oscillator (455
(Tuning Cai

r Transformers

455 kc. Ratio Detector

455 kc. Discriminator

455 kc. Double Tuned IF

455 kc. Single Tuned IF

455 kc. Single Tuned IF

455 kc. Single Tuned IF
kc. IF).

p. 78 to 110 pf. Max.)

ADJUSTABLE R.F. COILS 9100 SERIES SHIELDED

These ultra compact adjustable coils offer a good
inductance range with relatively small changes in
Q. Tuning is accessible from either top or bottom
of the assembly. Magnetic shielding is achieved
by the use of cup cores while the copper shield
offers effective electro static shielding. Printed
circuit terminals on base and shield.

Applications between 10 kHz and 200 MHz
Dimensions: .440" Sq. x .550" High.

Part No.

L Min.

L Max.

Max. DC Ohms

Max. Current

9101

.099

.134

0.01

4.85 A

9102

.129

.192

0.01

4.43 A

9103

.165

.258

0.02

3.97 A

9104

.246

.418

0.02

3.83 A

9105

.366

.627

0.02

3.43 A

9106

.588

.950

0.90

516.00 mA

9107

.830

1.54

1.02

485.00 mA

9108

1.44

2.94

1.38

417.00 mA

9109

2.52

5.70

1.76

368.00 mA

9110

5.35

13.49

2.92

286.00 mA

9111

12.50

29.45

4.72

225.00 mA

9112

26.25

71.25

6.97

185.00 mA

9113

64.57

163.00

9.98

155.00 mA

9114

147.00

430.00

16.32

121.00 mA

9115

422.00

1.10

27.84

92.00 mA

9116

1.05

3.74

41.06

76.00 mA

9117

3.36

11.12

78.92

55.00 mA

ECONOMY ADJUSTABLE R.F. CHOKES

Through the use of a recently developed
Nylon molding process we are able to
offer an inexpensive line of adjustable
chokes. These items feature a wide in-
ductance range which has been achieved
through the' use of a threaded ferrite
core. They can be adjusted from either
the top or bottom. This lends a degree
of flexibility to your design. Mounting is
achieved by means of a metal clip in a
%" round hole or a special keyed hole.

Instructions supplied with each coil.

Dimensions:
3/8" x 13/8" long.

Miller

Part

Number

Inductance

Minimum

Inductance

Maximum

R

Ohms

Max.

Max.

Current

Ma.

4201

.300-uh

.580 uh

.04

636

4201 -A

.550 uh

1.10

uh

.05

636

4202

1.00

uh

2.50

uh

.15

400

4203

2.00

uh

5.50

uh

.19

400

4204

5.00

uh

12.0

uh

1.1

126

4205

10.0

uh

25.

uh

1.6

100

4206

20.0

uh

55.

uh

2.3

100

4207

50.0

uh

140.

uh

4.0

100

4208

120.

uh

330.

uh

6.6

100

4209

310.

uh

860.

uh

12.

100

1-1218

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

J. W. MILLER DIVISION, BELL INDUSTRIES / DEPT. EM, 19070 Reyes Ave., Rancho Dominguez, CA 90221 / (213) 537-5200

VERTICAL MOUNTED PRINTED
CIRCUIT VELVETORK ADJUSTABLE
RF COILS

Dimensions (form only) Over Collar W Dia. x %"
long.

The coil form is Polyester impregnated Alpha
Cellulose tubing with internally bonded resilient
ribs which provide both thread and torque control.
Coils may be adjusted from either end of form.

SHIELDED SUBMINIATURE ADJUSTABLE RF COILS

Dimensions: W' sq., x 5 /a" high.

These compact adjustable coils offer a minimum two-to-
one inductance range with relatively small changes in Q.
The tuning adjustment is accessible from either the top
or bottom of the coil assembly. Magnetic shielding is
achieved through the use of cup cores while the metal
shield offers effective electrostatic shielding. Printed
circuit terminals on base and shield.

Miller

Part No.

Inductance

Min.

IHBuESHMI

I ■30220

Max.

Current Ma

Dia. over
Winding

23A107RPC

■KEnnn

ijgHBRga

4100

.40

23A157RPC

.130 uH

.170 uH

.02

1600

.37

23A227RPC

.185 uH

.265 uH

.02

1600

.37

23A337RPC

.285 uH

.410 uH

.03

1000

.37

23A477RPC

.420 uH

.580 uH

.03

2500

.37

.540 uH

.850 uH

.03

1600

.37

.640 uH

uH

.03

1600

.37

23A106RPC

.760 uH

1.25

uH

.04

1600

.37

23A156RPC

1.20

uH

1.87

uH

.06

1000

.37

23A226RPC

1.65

uH

2.75

uH

.14

400

.37

23A336RPC

2.40

uH

4:10

uH

.17

400

.37

23A476RPC

3.40

uH

5.80

uH

.24

400

.37

23A686RPC

4.60

uH

8.50

uH

.39

250

.37

23A826RPC

5.60

uH

uH

.64

160

.37

23A105RPC

7.10

uH

12.50

uH

.77

160

.37

23A155RPC

10.00

uH

18.70

uH

1.68

100

.37

IBtfcFiVJtfclrJsril

14.80

uH

27.50

uH

1.91

100

.37

23A335RPC

22.00

uH

41.00

uH

2.34

100

.37

23A475RPC

31.00

uH

uH

2.72

100

.40

23A685RPC

43.50

uH

85.00

uH

3.30

100

.40

23A825RPC

61.00

uH

■wntfil

uH

3.89

100

.40

23A104RPC

76.00

uH

125.00

uH

4.39

100

.40

23A154RPC

105.00

uH

187.00

uH

5.46

100

.40

23A224RPC

160.00

uH

275.00

uH

6.70

100

.44

23A334RPC

240.00

uH

410.00

uH

8.30

100

.44

23A474RPC

360.00

uH

10.50

100

.48

23A684RPC

530.00

uH

itwijtWl

r K

12.90

100

.48

23A824RPC

700.00

uH

1.00

mH

14.90

100

.53

23A103RPC

910.00

uH

1.25

mH

17" 10

100

.58

23A153RPC

990.00

uH

1.87

mH

28.20

65

.45

1.60

mH

2.75

mH

34.80

65

.45

23A333RPC

2.40

mH

4.10

mH

42.90

65

.48

23A473RPC

3.40

mH

5.80

mH

51.60

65

.48

23A683RPC

5.15

mH

8.50

mH

63.60

65

.55

23A823RPC

7.40

mH

■(ililil

mH

75.60

65

.55

23A102RPC

~ 9.80

mH

12.50

mH

" 87.30

" 65

"'".55

23A152RPC

12.00

mH

18.70

mH

111.00

65

.60

23A222RPC

12.10

mH

27.50

mH

197.00

33

.60

23A332RPC

18.20

mH

mH

244.00

33

.60

23A472RPC

27.50

mH

mH

302.00

33

.60

23A682RPC

40.00

mH

mH

378.00

33

.58

23A822RPC

50.00

mH

mH

423.00

33

.58

62.00

mH

ESI

33

.60

Miller
Part No.

Inductance

Min.

Inductance

Max.

R Ohms
Max.

Max.

Current Ma.

9050

1.5 uH

3.0 uH

.66

80

9051

3.0 uH

7.0 uH

.85

125

9052

7.0 uH

14.0 uH

1.38

80

9053

14.0 uH

28.0 uH

2.10

80

9054

28.0 uH

60.0 uH

3.00

100

9055

60.0 uH

120.0 uH

4.00

100

9056

120.0 uH

280.0 uH

5.75

80

9057

280.0 uH

650.0 uH

12.00

80

9058

650.0 uH

1.3 mH

15.00

100

9059

1.3 mH

3.0 mH

23.00

100

9059-1

1.8 mH

2.2 mH

10.00

141

9060

3.0 mH

10.0 mH

76.00

30

9061

8.0 mH

20.0 mH

110.00

30

9062

15.0 mH

40.0 mH

150.00

30

9063

20.0 mH

60.0 mH

175.00

25

HIGH Q MOLDED ADJUSTABLE COILS

The 48A Series of coils listed below may easily be tapped at Ve, V4,
3/8, s/e, 3 /4, % turn if desired.

Frequency Range: 30 MHz to 250 MHz
Wire Size: 20 AWG tinned copper
Form Length: .73 inches
Coil OD: .310 inches
Lead Spacing: .408 inches
Core: 10-32 x 3/ a " Carbonyl J

Miller

Minimum

Maximum

D.C.

Part No.

Inductance

Inductance

Current

48A518mpc

.046 uH

.055 uH

.071 uH

.082 uH

.099 uH

.122 uH

48A147mpc

.118 uH

.157 uH

.150 uH

.207 uH

48A227mpc

.181 uH

.278 uH

48A257mpc

.209 uH

.283 uH

48A287mpc

.241 uH

.316 uH

mzmm

48A317mpc

.270 uH

.351 uH

MEDIUM DUTY
DUO-LATERAL LINE
FILTER CHOKES

Cat.

No.

Amps.

Ohms

Indue.

Dimensions

7826

5

.28

570 uH

21 / 2 '/ x 4"

7827

10

.15

370 uH

2 1/2" x 4"

7828

15

.085

200 uH

21/2" X 4"

7829

20

.05

135 uH

21/2" x 4"

LIGHT DUTY
DUO-LATERAL LINE
FILTER CHOKES

Single Line Filter Chokes
Dimensions: 1%" x 13/ 4 ".

Cat. No.

Amps.

Ohms

uH

7825

2

.7

600

7825-3

3

.25

250

7825-5

5

.1

100

7825-8

8

.05

50

DUAL LINE FILTER CHOKES

Dimensions: 31V' x 2Ve".

DUAL LINE
FILTER CHOKES

Miller Dual Duo-Lateral Line Filter Chokes are
wound with two coils on one form, giving the
advantage of small physical size in cases
where space requirements are stringent and
two single coils would occupy too much area.
Identical in specifications, except for dimen-
sions. to our single type DuOrLateral chokes.
They are wound on white ceramic forms 2" in
diameter by 4Vz" long.

Cat. No.

Amps.

Ohms

uH

Dimensions

D-7826

5

.28

570

41/2" x 4"

D-7827

10

.15

370

41/2" X 4"

D-7828

15

.085

200

41/2" X 4"

D-7829

20

.05

135

41/2" X 4"

SINGLE PI FERRITE CORE
RF CHOKES

This series of single pi RF Chokes affords
maximum Q with minimum resistance through
the use of ferrite core material. The coils are
impregnated in a fungus resistant lacquer.
Form Dimensions .187" x 5/ a ".

Cat. No.

Amps.

Ohms

uH

D-7825

2

.7

600

D-7825-3

3

.25

250

D-7825-5

5

.1

100

D-7825-8

8

.05

50

HEAVY DUTY
HASH CHOKES

Part

UH

Ohms

Dimen-

No.

±20%

Max.

Amps.

slons

5218

3.35

.010

20

%" x W

5219

4.90

.016

15

1 / 2 " X 1V4"

5220

8.80

.021

10

1 / 2 " x 1W'

5230

4.00

.012

8

Xs" x %"

5240

40.00

.082

3

X 4 " x 11 / 4 "

5248

68.00

.054

5

%" X 11/4"

5250

100.00

.216

2

X 4 " x 11/4"

5252

125.00

.080

3.5

1 / 2 " X 11 / 4 "

5254

250.00

.170

2.5

X 4 " x 1V4"

5256

500.00

.260 |

2.0

X 4 " x 1V4"

5258

1000.00

.550

1.0

1 / 2 " X 11/4"

*5300

100.00

.087 |

2.5

3/4" x IK,"

*Dual Choke:

Electrical measurements per section

Part No.

L ±5%

Max. R
Ohms

Max.

Ma.

73F104AF

100.0 uH

2.0

250

73F124AF

120.0 uH

2.2

250

73F154AF

150.0 uH

2.5

250

73F184AF

180.0 uH

2.9

250

73F224AF

220.0 uH

3.2

250

73F274AF

270.0 uH

3.6

250

73F334AF

330.0 uH

3.8

250

73F394AF

390.0 uH

4.2

225

73F474AF

470.0 uH

4.8

200

73F564AF

560.0 uH

5.3

200

73F684AF

680.0 uH

6.0

200

73F824AF

820.0 uH

6.8

200

73F103AF

1.0 mH

7.5

150

73F123AF

1.2 mH

7.8

150

73F153AF

1.5 mH

8.8

1.50

73F183AF

1.8 mH

11.0

150’

73F223AF

2.2 mH

12.0

150

73F273AF

2.7 mH

13.5

125

73F333AF

3.3 mH

15.1

125

73F393AF

3.9 mH

18.0

125

73F473AF

4.7 mH

21.5

100

73F563AF

5.6 mH

25.0

80

73F683AF

6.8 mH

29.0

80

73F823AF

8.2 mH

30.0

80

73F102AF

10.0 mH

34.0

80

MICRO MINIATURE MOLDED
RF CHOKES

We are pleased to offer the following series of
molded RF chokes. They represent what we
believe to be the smallest package for the
current rating specified. Color Coding is per
MIL-C-15305.

Miller
Part No.

MS

Type

Inductance

Micro-

henries

±10%

Max.

D.C.

Resis-

tance

Mill'i-

amp

Rating

Max.

9230-94

75083-1

.10

.07

1100

9230-96

75083-2

.12

.08

1100

9230-00

75083-3

.15

.10

1100

9230-02

75083-4

.18

.12

1010

9230-04

75083-5

.22

.14

935

9230-06

75083-6

.27

.16

875

9230-08

75083-7

.33

.20

780

9230-10

75083-8

.39

.30

640

9230-12

75083-9

.47

.35

590

9230-14

75083-10

.56

.50

495

9230-16

75083-11

.68

.60

450

9230-18

75083-12

.82

.85

380

9230-20

75083-13

1.00

1.00

350

9230-22

75084-1

1.20

.18

825

9230-24

75084-2

1.50

.22

745

9230-26

75084-3

1.80

.30

640

9230-28

75084-4

2.20

.40

550

9230-30

75084-5

2.70

.50

495

9230-32

75084-6

3.30

.85

380

9230-34

75084-7

3.90

1.00

350

9230-36

75084-8

4.70

1.20

320

9230-38

75084-9

5.60

1.80

260

9230-40

75084-10

6.80

2.00

245

9230-42

75084-11

8.20

2.70

210

9230-44

75084-12

10.00

3.70

180

9230-46

75084-13

12.00

2.70

210

9230-48

75084-14

15.00

2.80

205

9230-50

75084-15

18.00

3.10

195

9230-52

75084-16

22.00

3.30

190

9230-54

75084-17

27.00

3.50

185

9230-56

75085-1

33.00

3.40

187

9230-58

75085-2

39.00

3.60

180

9230-60

75085-3

47.00

4.50

165

9230-62

75085-4

56.00

5.70

145

9230-64

75085-5

68.00

6.70

135

"9230-66

75085-6

82.00

7.30

130

9230-68

75085-7

100.00

8.00

125

9230-70

75085-8

120.00

13.00

97

9230-72

75085-9

150.00

15.00

85

9230-74

75085-10

180.00

17.00

79,

9230-76

75085-1 1

220.00

21.00'

73

9230-78

75085-12

270.00

25.00

65

9230-80

75085-13

330.00

28.00

62

9230-82

75085-14

390.00

35.00

55

9230-84

75085-15

470.00

42.00

50

9230-86

75085-16

560.00

46.00"

48

9230-88

75085-17

680.00

60.00

42

9230-90

75085-18

820.00

65.00

40

9230-92

75085-19

1000.00

72.00

38

Mold Size: .095 ±.010 Diameter; .250 ±.010
Length.

Leads: AWG #24 TCW; 1.500 ±.188 Length.

1800

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1219

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS 1800

J. W. MILLER DIVISION, BELL INDUSTRIES / DEPT. EM, 19070 Reyes Ave., Rancho Dominguez, CA 90221 / (213) 537-5200

5500 SERIES

J.W. Miller 5500 & 5600
HIGH CURRENT FILTER CHOKES

Chokes are ideal for all EMI/RFI filtering applications. They are also
suitable for energy storage inductors in switching power supplies.
Covered with shrink tubing and varnish impregnated.

Printed Circuit mounting.

High saturation flux density ferrite rods.

* Inductance measured @ 1 kHz with 0 Amps D.C. current.

Typical inductance change is less than 5% @ maximum rated current.
Leads: 1" long. Tinned within 1/8" of body.

*

R,dc

l,dc

Dim.

Dim.

Miller

LuH

Max.

Max.

A

B

Number

± 10%

Ohms

Amps

Max.

Max.

5501

5

.013

10

.88

.63

5502

10

.017

9

1.12

.63

5503

27

.030

7

.88

.81

5504

50

.045

5.6

1.12

.81

5505

100

.061

4.9

1.12

.81

5506

150

.069

4.6

1.38

.81

5507

250

.089

4

1.62

.81

5508

5

.009

14

.88

.64

5509

10

.012

12

1.12

.64

5510

27

.022

9

.88

.88

551 1

50

.028

8

1.12

.88

5512

68

.034

7.3

1.12

.88

5513

100

.038

6.8

1.38

.88

5514

150

.046

6.3

1.62

.88

5515

5

.006

19

1.12

.69

5516

10

.008

16

1.38

.69

5517

27

.014

12.5

1.12

.94

5518

50

.020

10.5

1.38

.94

5519

68

.023

10

1.38

.94

5520

100

.027

10

1.62

.94

5521

5

.004

23

1.38

.72

5522

10

.006

20

1.69

.72

5523

27

.010

15

1.38

1

5524

50

.013

15

1.62

1

5600 SERIES

High saturation flux density ferrite bobbins.

Inductance measured @ 1 kHz with 0 Amps D.C. current.
Typical inductance change is less than 5% @ twice rated current.

1*1220

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

QUALITY COILS SINCE 1946

CADDELL-!

SUBMINIATURE SHIELDED
VARIABLE INDUCTORS

.08 //H - 12 mH

TYPE 6740

■ 11 B I

•SHH LaJ

MAX I

MINIATURE SHIELDED
VARIABLE INDUCTORS

.25 /iH - 70 fj H

TYPE 435

k -I H h* -

MINIATURE SHIELDED
VARIABLE INDUCTORS

.55 fjH - 64 yti

I u I 2 «=

® 66 Max

,1 ^ ^ IJ 3 j c

U 560 J 2 lH

' Sq ' I

HIGH CURRENT CHOKES

TYPE 434

10 uH — 10H

TYPE 6950

M .25 Min. | 1.20 J -1 thru - 7 . .93 Max. ,1 L

Typ. Max.~ -8 thru - 73 , .83 MaxH r

HIGH CURRENT CHOKES

10 //H - 1.0 mH

TYPE 6490

OVER 37 YEARS
OF DEPENDABILITY

in the design and manufacture of coils
and transformers lor industry and
defense We specialize in the manufac
ture of coils and electronic assemblies
to the most rigid military specifications

FERRITE POT CORE ASSEMBLIES
IF TRANSFORMERS

EPOXY ENCAPSULATED COIL ASSEMBLIES
BROADBAND MATCHING TRANSFORMERS
ANTENNA COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
OSCILLATOR COILS
BFO TRANSFORMERS
INVERTER CONVERTER TRANSFORMERS
DELAY LINES

DIFFERENTIAL TRANSFORMERS
FILTER (HIGH. LOW. BAND PASS: TRAPS)
PHOTO FLASH TRIGGER TRANSFORMERS
PULSE TRANSFORMERS
Toroidal Power Inductors
D.C. to D C. Converter Transformers
Saturable Reactors

PARTS

COIL FORMS AND BUSHINGS
SHIELD CANS

SPADE BOLTS AND MOUNTING HARDWARF
TUNING CORES

CUP CORES. POT CORES. TOROIDS
TERMINALS AND TERMINAL BOARDS
RF VARNISH AND OTHER PARTS

FOR MORE INFORMATION,
WRITE OR PHONE FOR
COMPLETE CATALOG.
CADDELL-BURNS
DOES NOT SELL
THRU DISTRIBUTORS.
ALL SALES ARE DIRECT.

HIGH CURRENT CHOKES

h’60M.«4 ,2 TypN HiiS.h I 10 mH-

40G East Second Street
Mineola, New York 11501

Area Code 516 746-2310

SHIELDED HIGH
CURRENT CHOKES

MINIATURE HIGH CURRENT
CHOKES

1.0 uH — 100 mH

TYPE 7070

1.25 _J .26 J
Min. TypT 1 Max . 1

MINIATURE CHOKES

250 fj\\ — 10.0 mH

TYPE 659

MINIATURE CHOKES

1.0 uH - 100 //H

TYPE 620

PRINTED CIRCUIT CHOKES

1 >uH — 10 mH

TYPE 6550

TYPE 7000

HIGH CURRENT/

HIGH VOLTAGE CHOKES

80 a/H - 2.0 mH

8-32
UNC- 2 A
.25 Mln.

TYPE 6400 Length

-3 25 Max *\ V2 ^' n \

SHIELDED CHOKES

5.0 mH - 1.0 H

TYPE 1662

L 1.52 J
1 Max. 1

HIGH CURRENT CHOKES

10//H — 1.0H

TYPE 6860

SHIELDED CHOKES

250 //H — 100 mH

.50 L J*— 1-25 -A
Mln. Max.

TYPE 1870

’ Typ in H *«• i h

MINIATURE SHIELDED CHOKES

1.0 //H — 5.0 mH TYPES 6375/6376

a — ©

L_ 78 J_125Mm J J 53 L

fMax y Typ ^ ^Max [

L 78 1 25 Min J J 42 I

pMaxy Typ “" | yMax ^

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1221

1800

COILS, CHOKES. & INDUCTORS

1800

RF CHOKES

Epoxy Conformal Coated Inductors

FEATURES

• Equivalent in quality to molded chokes—
at a lower price.

• Excellent for automatic insertion.

MODEL NO. IR-2

Model No.

A

B

c

D

IR-2

MAX.

.300

[7.62]

.120

[3.05]

—

.0215

[.534]

MIN.

.270

[6.86]

.100

[2.54]

2.9202

[74.17]

.0185

[.458]

IR-4

MAX.

.440

[11.18]

.180

[4.57]

—

.027

[.686]

MIN.

.410

[10.41]

.150

[3.81]

2.985

[75.82]

.023

[-584]

MODEL NO. IR-4

Ind.

0*h)

Tol.

Q.

Min.

Test Freq.
L&Q (Mhz)

Ind.

(Ah)

Tol.

Q.

Min.

Test Freq.
L&Q (Mhz)

Ind.

(Ah)

Tol.

Q.

Min.

Test Freq.
L&Q (Mhz)

Ind.

tAh)

Tol.

Q.

Min.

Test Freq.
L&Q (Mhz)

.10

±10%

40

25.0

12.0

±10%

45

2.5

.15

±20%

50

25.0

27.0

±10%

60

2.5

.12

±10%

40

25.0

15.0

±10%

40

2.5

.22

±20%

50

25.0

33.0

±10%

65

2.5

.15

±10%

38

25.0

18.0

±10%

50

2.5

.33

±20%

45

25.0

36.0

± 5%

60

2.5

.18

±10%

35

25.0

22.0

±10%

50

2.5

.47

±20%

45

25.0

39.0

± 5%

60

2.5

.22

±10%

33

25.0

27.0

±10%

50

2.5

.56

±10%

50

25.0

43.0

± 5%

60

2.5

.27

±10%

33

25.0

33.0

±10%

45

2.5

.68

±10%

50

25.0

47.0

± 5%

55

2.5

.33

±10%

30

25.0

39.0

±10%

45

2.5

.82

±10%

50

25.0

51.0

± 5%

55

2.5

.39

±10%

30

25.0

47.0

±10%

45

2.5

1.00

±10%

50

25.0

56.0

± 5%

55

2.5

.47

±10%

30

25.0

56.0

±10%

45

2.5

1.20

±10%

33

7.9

62.0

± 5%

55

2.5

.56

±10%

30

25.0

68.0

±10%

50

2.5

1.50

±10%

33

7.9

68.0

± 5%

55

2.5

.68

±10%

28

25.0

82.0

±10%

50

2.5

1.80

±10%

33

7.9

75.0

± 5%

55

2.5

.82

±10%

28

25.0

100.

±10%

50

2.5

2.20

±10%

33

7.9

82.0

± 5%

50

2.5

1.00

±10%

25

25.0

120.

±10%

30

.79

2.70

±10%

33

7.9

91.0

± 5%

50

2.5

1.20

±10%

25

7.9

150.

±10%

30

.79

3.30

±10%

33

7.9

100.0

± 5%

50

2.5

1.50

±10%

28

7.9

180.

±10%

30

.79

3.90

±10%

33

7.9

110.0

± 5%

60

.79

1.80

±10%

30

7.9

220.

±10%

30

.79

4.70

±10%

33

7.9

120.0

± 5%

65

.79

2.20

±10%

30

7.9

270.

±10%

30

79

5.60

±10%

45

7.9

130.0

± 5%

65

.79

2.70

±10%

37

7.9

330.

±10%

30

.79

6.80

±10%

50

7.9

150.0

± 5%

65

.79

3.30

±10%

45 .

7.9

390.

±10%

30

.79

8.20

±10%

50

7.9

160.0

± 5%

65

.79

3.90

±10%

45

7.9

470.

±10%

30

.79

10.0

±10%

55

7.9

180.0

± 5%

65

.79

4.70

±10%

45

7.9

560.

±10%

30

.79

12.0

±10%

65

2.5

200.0

± 5%

65

.79

5.60

±10%

50

7.9

680.

±10%

30

.79

15.0

±10%

65

2.5

220.0

± 5%

65

.79

6.80

±10%

50

7.9

820.

±10%

30

.79

18.0

±10%

75

2.5

240.0

± 5%

65

.79

8.20

±10%

55

7.9

1000.

±10%

30

.79

22.0

±10%

75

2.5

10.0

±10%

55

7.9

TYPE IH, IHA & IHV SERIES

High Current Filter Chokes

FEATURES

• Axial or radial leads for printed circuit mounting

• Pre-tinned leads

• Designed for noise filtering for switching regulators, power
amplifiers, power supplies and SCR or Triac control circuits.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Model

Ind.

@ 1 KHz

*±10%

Current

(Max.)

DC

Resistance

(Max.)

Self-Resonant

Frequency

(Min.)

IH-3

5 fxh

3 amps

.01 5ft

40 MHz

IH-3

10 /xh

3 amps

.018ft

25 MHz

IH-3

27 ix h

3 amps

,035ft

8 MHz

IH-3

50 fx h

3 amps

.050ft

5 MHz

IH-3

100 ix h

3 amps

.065 ft

2.5 MHz

IH-3

150 fx h

3 amps

.075ft

2.0 MHz

IH-3

250 jx h

3 amps

.090 ft

1.0 MHz

IH-5

5 /xh

5 amps

.012ft

30 MHz

IH-5

10 /xh

5 amps

,015ft

20 MHz

IH-5

27 /xh

5 amps

.025ft

7 MHz

IH-5

50 ix h

5 amps

,030ft

4 MHz

IH-5

68 /xh

5 amps

.035ft

3.5 MHz

IH-5

100 /xh

5 amps

.050ft

2.5 MHz

IH-5

150 /xh

5 amps

,060ft

2.0 MHz

IH-10

5 /xh

1 0 amps

.010ft

30 MHz

IH-10

10 /xh

10 amps

,012ft

20 MHz

IH-10

27 /xh

10 amps

.018ft

7 MHz

IH-10

50 /xh

10 amps

,025ft

4 MHz

IH-10

68 /xh

10 amps

.027ft

3.5 MHz

IH-10

100 fx h

1 0 amps

.030ft

2.5 MHz

IH-15

5 ix h

15 amps

,008ft

30 MHz

IH-15

10 /xh

1 5 amps

.010ft

20 MHz

IH-15

27 ix h

15 amps

.015ft

7 MHz

IH-15

50 /xh

15 amps

.020ft

4 MHz

Ind.

DC

Self-Resonant

@ 1 KHz

Current

Resistance

Frequency

Model

*±10%

(Max.)

(Max.)

(Min.)

IHA-101

50 /xh

1 amp

.12ft

4.0 MHz

IHA-102

100 ix h

1 amp

,18ft

2.0 MHz

IHA-103

250 ix h

1 amp

,30ft

1.0 MHz

IHA- 104

500 fx h

1 amp

.50ft

.8 MHz

1 HA-1 05

1000 fx h

1 amp

.60ft

.5 MHz

1 HA-201

27 /xh

2 amps

.085ft

5.5 MHz

1 HA-202

50 /xh

2 amps

,10ft

4.0 MHz

1 HA-203

100 /xh

2 amps

.15ft

2.0 MHz

1 HA-204

250 /xh

2 amps

.25ft

1.0 MHz

IHA-205

500 /xh

2 amps

.45ft

.5 MHz

IHA-301

5 /xh

3 amps

.025ft

25.0 MHz

IHA-302

10 /xh

3 amps

.035ft

20.0 MHz

1 HA-303

27 ix h

3 amps

.05ft

6.0 MHz

1 HA-304

50 /xh

3 amps

.065ft

4.0 MHz

1 HA-305

100 /xh

3 amps

.075ft

2.0 MHz

1 HA-501

5 /xh

5 amps

.015ft

50.0 MHz

1 HA-502

10 /xh

5 amps

.025ft

40.0 MHz

1 HA-503

27 /xh

5 amps

.035ft

7.0 MHz

1 HA-504

50 /xh

5 amps

.05ft

2.0 MHz

1 HA-50 5

100 ix h

5 amps

.065ft

1.0 MHz

IHV- 15-500

500 ix h

15 amps

.050ft

0.8 MHz

IHV-20-200

200 fx h

20 amps

,021ft

1.2 MHz

IHV-28-60

60 ix h

28 amps

.0085ft

1.9 MHz

IHV-30-150

150 ix h

30 amps

.013ft

2.1 MHz

IHV-40-39

39 ix h

40 amps

.0048ft

2.5 MHz

IHV-45-92

92 /xh

45 amps

.0075ft

2.9 MHz

IHV-50-50

50 /xh

50 amps

.0045ft

3.1 MHz

IHV-60-24

24 /xh

60 amps

.0025ft

5.7 MHz

* Inductance measured with zero D.C. current.

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., East Highway 50, Yankton, South Dakota 57078. Phone 605-665-9301

1*1222

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

RF CHOKES, MIL-C-15305D

Epoxy Molded, Flame Retardant,
Standard and Shielded Types

DIA.

_L

TYP.

D

DIA.

INDUCTANCE RANGE & MIL STANDARD

Model No.

INDUCTANCE RANGE

CLASSIFICATION

Military

From

To

Grade

Class

Standard

.10 /xH

1.00 ,xH

1

B

MS-75083

IM-2

1.2 fjL H

27 /xH

1

A

MS-75084

33 /xH

1000 /xH

1

A

MS-75085

.15 aiH

4.7 fiH

1

B

MS-18130

IM-4

5.6 /xH

33 fi H

1

A

MS-14046

36 /xH

240 jxH

1

A

MS-90538

IM-6

270 /xH

1000 /xH

_

—

—

IM-8

1100 /xH

3600 ii H

_

—

—

IM-10

3900 /xH

10,000 /xH

—

—

—

IMS-5

.1 fJL H

100,000 /xH

1

A

-

DIMENSIONS

Model No.

A

B

C

D

IM-2

Max.

.105 [2.67]

.260 [6.60]

1.626 [41.30]

.0215 [.546]

Min.

.085 [2.16]

.240 [6.10]

1.250 [31.75]

.0185 [.470]

IM-4

Max.

.165 [4.19]

.385 [9.78]

1.625 [41.28]

.027 [.686]

Min.

.145 [3.68]

.365 [9.27]

1.250 [31.75]

.023 [.584]

IM-6

Max.

.200 [5.08]

.450 [11.43]

1.625 [41.28]

.027 [.686]

Min.

.180 [4.57]

.430 [10.92]

1.250 [31.75]

.023 [.584]

IM-8

Max.

.225 [5.72]

.570 [14.48]

1.625 [41.28]

.030 [.762]

Min.

.205 [5.21]

.550 [13.97]

1.250 [31.75]

.026 [.660]

IM-10

Max.

.250 [6.35]

.750 [19.05]

1.625 [41.28]

.034 [.864]

Min.

.230 [5.84]

.730 [18.54]

1.250 [31.75]

.030 [.762]

IMS-5

Max.

.172 [4.37]

.430 [10.92]

1.625 [41.28]

.027 [.686]

Min.

.152 [3.86]

.390 [9.91]

1.250 [31.75]

.023 [.584]

MODEL NO. IM-2

Test

Test

Test

Test

MODEL NO.

IM-8

Test

Freq.

Freq.

Freq.

Freq.

Freq.

IND.

Q

L&Q

IND.

Q

L&Q

IND.

Q

L& Q

IND.

Q

L&Q

IND.

Q

L&Q

(juh)

TOL.

MIN.

(Mhz)

(Ath)

TOL.

MIN.

(Mhz)

(^h)

TOL.

MIN.

(Mhz)

(nh)

TOL.

MIN.

(Mhz)

(/xh) TOL.

MIN.

(Mhz)

.10

±10%

40

25.0

22.0

±10%

50

2.5

1.00

±10%

50

25.0

75.0

± 5%

55

2.5

1100.0 ± 5%

60

.25

.12

±10%

40

25.0

27.0

±10%

50

2.5

1.20

±10%

33

7.9

82.0

± 5%

50

2.5

1200.0 ± 5%

60

.25

.15

±10%

38

25.0

33.0

±10%

45

2.5

1.50

±10%

33

7.9

91.0

± 5%

50

2.5

1300.0 ± 5%

60

.25

.18

±10%

35

25.0

39.0

±10%

45

2.5

1.80

±10%

33

7.9

100.0

± 5%

50

2.5

1500.0 ± 5%

65

.25

.22

±10%

33

25.0

47.0

±10%

45

2.5

2.20

±10%

33

7.9

110.0

± 5%

60

.79

1600.0 ± 5%

65

.25

.27

±10%

33

25.0

56.0

±10%

45

2.5

2.70

±10%

33

7.9

120.0

± 5%

65

.79

1800.0 ± 5%

65

.25

.33

±10%

30

25.0

68.0

±10%

50

2.5

3.30

±10%

33

7.9

130.0

± 5%

65

.79

2000.0 ± 5%

65

.25

.39

±10%

30

25.0

82.0

±10%

50

2.5

3.90

±10%

33

7.9

150.0

± 5%

65

.79

2200.0 ± 5%

70

.25

.47

±10%

30

25.0

100.0

±10%

50

2.5

4.70

±10%

33

7.9

160.0

± 5%

65

.79

2400.0 ± 5%

70

.25

.56

±10%

30

25.0

120.0

±10%

30

.79

5.60

±10%

45

7.9

180.0

± 5%

65

.79

2700.0 ± 5%

70

.25

.68

±10%

28

25.0

150.0

±10%

30

.79

6.80

±10%

50

7.9

200.0

± 5%

65

.79

3000.0 ± 5%

70

.25

.82

±10%

28

25.0

180.0

±10%

30

.79

8.20

±10%

50

7.9

220.0

± 5%

65

.79

3300.0 ± 5%

70

.25

1.00

±10%

25

25.0

220.0

±10%

30

.79

10.0

±10%

55

7.9

240.0

± 5%

65

.79

3600.0 ± 5%

70

.25

1.20

±10%

25

7.9

270.0

±10%

30

.79

12.0

±10%

65

2.5

MODEL NO.

IM-6

MODEL NO.

IM-10

1.50

±10%

28

7.9

330.0

±10%

30

.79

15.0

±10%

65

2.5

270.0

± 5%

65

.79

3900.0 ± 5%

80

.25

1.80

±10%

30

7.9

390.0

±10%

30

.79

18.0

±10%

75

2.5

300.0

± 5%

65

.79

4300.0 ± 5%

80

.25

2.20

±10%

30

7.9

470.0

±10%

30

.79

22.0

±10%

75

2.5

330.0

± 5%

65

.79

4700.0 ± 5%

80

.25

2.70

±10%

37

7.9

560.0

±10%

30

.79

27.0

±10%

60

2.5

360.0

± 5%

65

.79

5000.0 ± 5%

80

.25

3.30

±10%

45

7.9

680.0

±10%

30

.79

33.0

±10%

65

2.5

390.0

± 5%

65

.79

5600.0 ± 5%

80

.25

3.90

±10%

45

7.9

820.0

±10%

30

.79

36.0

± 5%

60

2.5

430.0

± 5%

65

.79

6200.0 ± 5%

80

.25

4.70

±10%

45

7.9

1000.0

±10%

30

.79

39.0

± 5%

60

2.5

470.0

± 5%

65

.79

6800.0 ± 5%

80

.25

5.60

±10%

50

7.9

MODEL NO.

IM-4

43.0

± 5%

60

2.5

510.0

± 5%

65

.79

7500.0 ± 5%

80

.25

6.80

±10%

50

7.9

.15

±20%

50

25.0

47.0

± 5%

55

2.5

560.0

± 5%

65

.79

8200.0 ± 5%

80

.25

8.20

±10%

55

7.9

.22

±20%

50

25.0

51.0

± 5%

55

2,5

620.0

± 5%

60

.79

9100.0 ± 5%

80

.25

10.0

±10%

55

7.9

.33

±20%

45

25.0

56.0

± 5%

55

2.5

680.0

± 5%

60

.79

10,000.0 ± 5%

80

.25

12.0

±10%

45

2.5

.47

±20%

45

25.0

62.0

± 5%

55

2.5

750.0

± 5%

60

.79

15.0

±10%

40

2.5

.56

±10%

50

25.0

68.0

± 5%

55

2.5

820.0

± 5%

60

.79

18.0

±10%

50

2.5

.68

±10%

50

25.0

910.0

± 5%

60

.79

.82

±10%

50

25.0

1000.0

± 5%

60

.79

MODEL NO. IMS-5 Shielded Inductor

IND.

Q

TEST FREQ.

IND.

Q

TEST FREQ.

IND.

Q

TEST FREQ.

IND.

Q

TEST FREQ.

±10% (/xH)

MIN.

(MHz)

±10% (/xH)

MIN.

(MHz)

±10% (/xH)

MIN.

(MHz)

±10% (/uH)

MIN.

(MHz)

.10

50

25

3.90

44

7.9

120.0

55

.79

3,900.0

45

.25

.12

51

25

4.70

44

7.9

150.0

55

.79

4,700.0

45

.25

.15

51

25

5.60

44

7.9

180.0

55

.79

5,600.0

44

.25

.18

50

25

6.80

50

7.9

220.0

55

.79

6,800.0

40

.25

.22

49

25

8.20

50

7.9

270.0

55

.79

8,200.0

40

.25

.27

47

25

10.0

50

7.9

330.0

55

.79

10,000.0

40

.25

.33

46

25

12.0

55

2.5

390.0

60

.79

12,000.0

30

.079

.39

44

25

15.0

45

2.5

470.0

60

.79

15,000.0

30

.079

.47

44

25

18.0

45

2.5

560.0

60

.79

18,000.0

30

.079

.56

43

25

22.0

45

2.5

680.0

60

.79

22,000.0

27

.079

.68

42

25

27.0

45

2.5

820.0

60

.79

27,000.0

27

.079

.82

40

25

33.0

45

2.5

1,000.0

60

.79

33,000.0

27

.079

1.00

44

25

39.0

50

2.5

1 ,200.0

45

.25

39,000.0

27

.079

1.20

44

7.9

47.0

50

2.5

1,500.0

45

.25

47,000.0

23

.079

1.50

44

7.9

56.0

50

2.5

1 ,800.0

45

.25

56,000.0

23

.079

1.80

44

7.9

68.0

50

2.5

2,200.0

45

.25

68,000.0

23

.079

2.20

44

7.9

82.0

50

2.5

2,700.0

45

.25

82,000.0

21

.079

2.70

44

7.9

100.0

50

2.5

3,300.0

45

.25

100,000.0

18

.079

3.30

44

7.9

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., East Highway 50, Yankton, South Dakota 57078. Phone 605-665-9301

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1223

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

FILTER INDUCTORS, MIL-T-27

Toroidal, Encapsulated or Dipped

FEATURES

• Choice of encapsulated (TE) or dipped (TD) styles

• TE style designed to meet the requirements of MIL-T-27, Type TF5SX20ZZ.

TD style combines low cost with excellent performance in commercial applications.

TE SERIES

r

IT

" T

1

U.

G

, l

i

r-B—

F *.

Model

No.

A

Max.

B

Max.

C

D

E

F

Min.

G

Ind.

Range

Model

No.

A

Max.

B

Max.

C

Min.

D

Min.

, E

Ind.

Range

TE-2

.437

[11.10]

.270

[6.86]

.300

[7.62]

—

—

1.0

[25.40]

.020

[-51]

50 /aH to

250 mH

TD-2

.437

[11.10]

.25

[6.35]

—

2.0

[50.80]

3/8 ±1/8
[9.53±3.18]

50 n H to

250 mH

TE-3

.685

[17.40]

.385

[9.78]

.500

[12.70]

.250

[6.35]

.093

[2.36]

1.0

[25.40]

.025

[-64]

50 uH to

4 H

TD-3

.685

[17.40]

.32

[8.13]

.125

[3:18]

3.0

[76.20]

3/8±1/8

[9.53±3.18]

50 iiH to

4 H

TE-4

1.062

.500

.900

.450

.120

1.0

.032

150 fiH to

TD-4

1.062

.437

.22

4.0

3/8±1/8

150 (jlH to

[26.97]

[12.70]

[22.86]

[11.43]

[3.05]

[25.40]

[-81]

7.5 H

[26.97]

[11.10]

[5.59]

[101.60]

[9.53±3.18]

7.5 H

TE-5

1.32

[33.53]

.725

[18.42]

1.00

[25.40]

.500

[12.70]

1.44

[3.66]

1.0

[25.40]

.032

[-81]

1000 fi H to

20 H

TD-5

1.32

[33.53]

.688

[17.48]

.22

[5.59]

6.0

[152.40]

3/8 ±1/8
[9.53±3.18]

1000 /xH to

20 H

TOROIDS

• Potted with case sizes to fit your specific designs • Open wound using
Dale-formulated coatings for extra protection • Hermetically-sealed cans

• Pulse Transformers, Inverters, RF Inductors and Transformers with or
without terminal boards. Unusual shapes and sizes a specialty.

BOBBINS

• Statistical control on high volume production items • Low initial tooling cost.

Whether you need a hundred pieces or
a million, we offer: • Complete facil-
ities to design, engineer and produce
prototype quantities • Faster turn-
around on custom samples and short
run production quantities • Close pro-
duction coordination including cost-
saving statistical control on high
volume items.

AIR CORE CHOKES,

INDUCTORS

Produced to your specifications for a wide range of high
frequency applications including: • Television • Radio
(2-way, scanners, AM/FM) • Cable TV Systems • Satellite
Communication • Microwave • Test Equipment

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Frequency: To 500 MHz
Current: 1 amp. max.
Temperature: To 130°C

MECHANICAL

Winding: 1 to 32 turns, clockwise or
counter-clockwise with variable pitch.
Wire Gauge: #18 to #32.

Leads: Automatically tinned. Various configurations available.
Coil Inside Diameter: .079" to .354".

Coil Length: Up to 1.26".

PT-IO, 20 & 50

Pulse Transformers

• TRIGGER-TYPE PULSE TRANSFORMERS designed for low-cost trigger
source isolation in half and full wave SCR power control circuits. P.C. and
bobbin styles. • PRIMARY INDUCTANCE RANGE: 200 n H to 5,000 /xH.

For complete information write or phone
DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., East Highway 50, Yankton, SD 57078

Phone 605-665-9301

1*1224

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Delevan

COILS & INDUCTIVE COMPONENTS

SETTING THE STANDARDS FOR OVER 30 YEARS

For over three decades, Delevan has manufactured a
wide variety of inductive devices to Military and Aero-
space standards of quality. This brief overview describes
the basic lineup of many standard catalog items meeting
rigid military or other commercial standards.

In addition to our over 800 catalog designs, Delevan

manufactures a wide variety of custom magnetic com-
ponents to customer specifications. Send us your
requirements for a prompt quotation.

For further information call your Delevan Representative
or contact the factory direct.

MOLDED RF COILS

-WBt 0819

1025

■IB- 1537

Series

Inductance Range
Microhenries

Oia.

Length

0819

.10- 1,000

.078"

X

.200"

1025

.10- 1,000

.095"

X

.250"

1537

.15- 240

.156"

X

.375"

2500

270-10,000

a .190"
b .215"
c .240"

X

X

X

.440"

.560"

.740"

VARIABLE RF COILS

Inductance values to 70,000 /iH

MOLDED SHIELDED RF COILS

0925

Series

Inductance Range
Microhenries

Dia.

Length

0925

.10- 560

.095"

x .250"

1537-700

.10-10.000

.156”

x .375"

1641

.162"

x .410"

MICRO-i® CHIP INDUCTORS

• Low profile

• Ribbon leads or chip

• Gold plated or Solder coated

• Wire bondable versions

• from .01 0 juH to 1 ,000 juH

POT CORES

Coils & transformers
in a wide range of sizes

POWER CHOKES

• for high current applications

• standard values—

1.0 to 15, 000 /iH

for a wide
range
of special
inductive
applications

SPECIAL

SERVICES

• Reel Taping

• Cut or Formed Leads

• Color Coding or Custom Marking

• Q Meter Repair or Calibration

• Environmental Testing

Write or call for application assistance.

Delevan

Division

AMERICAN

PRECISION

INDUSTRIES INC.

270 QUAKER RD./EAST AURORA, N.Y. 14052
TELEPHONE 716/652-3600 TELEX 91-293

Other Divisions and Subsidiaries
include: Air Quality, Basco, Deltran, A.P.I. of
Florida, American Precision Industries (U.K.)
Ltd., Dustex of Canada Inc.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1225

1800

COILS, CHOKES. & INDUCTORS

1800

If you are designing a new part,
modifying an existing one, making
changes brought about by industry
standards, or just looking for a new
supplier .... ENDICOTT COIL should
be your Source.

For over 30 years, we have
successfully met the component
specifications of companies marketing
a diverse range of products including:
Data Processing Equipment, Time

Keeping Devices, Relays, Switches,
Motors, Clutches, Brakes, Office
Equipment, Keyboards, Control Systems
and Printing Equipment - just to
mention a few.

Whether you have short run or high
volume needs, Endicott Coil's modern
facility and experienced personnel can
deliver your parts, on time and to your
specifications.

Endicott Coil

Endicott Coil Co., Inc.

2 2 Charlotte Street,
Binghamton, New York
Phone (607) 797-1263
Telex 93241 1

13905

MAGNETIC COMPONENTS
TO YOUR SPECIFICATIONS

1*1226

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

NORTH HILLS • HIGH-PERFORMANCE COILS, ADJUSTABLE & FIXED

TO COVER ALL FREQUENCY RANGES FROM AUDIO TO 2QQ MHZ

COILS ON CERAMIC FORMS PER MIL-l-10

WIDE ADJUSTMENT RANGE 120 SERIES

Hi Q 801, 802 Series, Adjustable ±10%

1010

1300

120 Series PCS-120 Series

Mica-filled form Phenolic form

.75" O.D. x 1.3" H.

.196" dia. mtg. hole

PC-120 Series
Phenolic form
.5" O.D. x 1.25" L.
.05" Pins,
.70" Apart

801, 802 Series
1.18" O.D. x .93" H

Series Dimensions (Inches) Mtg. Hole
No. Dia. Length Dia. (Inches)

1000

.50 .88

.196

1020

.50 .63

.050, .500 Apart

1100

.33 .63

.166

1300

.70 1.80

.252

1010

.43 .88

.196

Miniature

1000 Series

Part No.

Range

Microhenries

Average Q

1000-A

1.0- 1.6

70 @ 7.9 MHz

1000-B

1.6- 2.7

80 @ 7.9 MHz

1000-C

2.7- 4.5

85 @ 7.9 MHz

1000-D

4.5- 8.5

85 @ 7.9 MHz

1000-E

8.5-14.5

75 @ 2.5 MHz

1000-F

14.5-22

65 @ 2.5 MHz

1000-G

22-29

65 @ 2.5 MHz

1000-H

29-55

85 @ 2.5 MHz

1000-1

55-110

80 @ 2.5 MHz

1000-J

110-185

85 @ .79 MHz

1000-K

185-305

85 @ .79 MHz

1000-L

305-515

85 @ .79 MHz

1000-M

515-820

85 @ .79 MHz

1000-N

820-1100

75 @ .79 MHz

RF Printed

1 Circuit Coils

1020- A

0.41- 0.53

75 @ 25 MHz

1020-B

• 0.85- 1.15

65 @ 7.9 MHz

1020-C

1.87- 2.50

65 @ 7.9 MHz

1020-D

4.0 - 5.4

70 @ 7.9 MHz

1020-E

7.5-12.5

70 @ 2.5 MHz

1020-F

20 -29

80 @ 2.5 MHz

1020-G

33 -61

80 @ 2.5 MHz

1020-H

80 -120

60 @ 0.79 MHz"

1020-1

170 -260

70 @ 0.79 MHz

Subminiature 1100 Series

1100-A

0.9- 1.4

60 @ 7.9 MHz

1100-B

. 1.4- 1.9

70 @ 7.9 MHz

1100-C

1.9- 2.6

65 @ 7.9 MHz

1100-D

2.6- 3.7

65 @ 7.9 MHz

1100-E

3.7- 5.5

65 @ 7.9 MHz

1100-F

5.5- 7.4

60 @ 7.9 MHz

1100-G

7.4-12.5

70 @ 7.9 MHz

1100-H

12.5-18.0

65 @ 2.5 MHz

1100-1

18.0-28.0

70 @ 2.5 MHz

1100-J

28.0-38.0

70 @ 2.5 MHz

1100-K

38.0-55.0

70 @ 2.5 MHz

Transmitter 1300 Series

1300-A

For use from 90-200 MHz

1300-B

For use from 40-90 MHz

1300-C

For use from 20-40 MHz

1300-D

0.7- 1.0

170 @ 25 MHz

1300-E

1.1- 1.6

130 @ 7.9 MHz

1300-F

1.7- 2.5

140 @ 7.9 MHz

1300-G

2.7- 4.1

140 @ 7.9 MHz

1300-H

4.4- 6.5

140 @ 7.9 MHz

1300-1

6.8-10.0

140 @ 7.9 MHz

1 300- J

11.5-17.0

110 @ 2.5 MHz

1300-K

19.0-29.0

95 @ 2.5 MHz

1300-L

31.0-45.0

100 @ 2.5 MHz

1300-M

49.0-75.0

100 @ 2.5 MHz

HF Coils,

Variable Approx.

±15%

1010- A

0.118

115 @ 50 MHz

1010-B

0.225

125 @ 25 MHz

1010-C

0.315

130 @ 25 MHz

Range

Part No. Microhenries Average Q

120- A
120-B
120-C
120-D
120-E
120-F
120-G
120-H
120-1
120-J
120-K

2- 3

3- 5
5-9
9-18

18-36

36-64

64-105

105-200

200-500

500-1000

1000-2000

70 @ 7.9 MHz
80 @ 7.9 MHz
85 @ 7.9 MHz
65 @ 2.5 MHz
70 @ 2.5 MHz
65 @ 2.5 MHz
85 @ 2.5 MHz
80 @ .79 MHz
75 @ .79 MHz
85 @ .79 MHz
50 @ .25 MHz

Subminiature 600 Series

• Variable ±10%

• Shielded

• 0.3" O.D. x 0.4" H

• .020" Leads .20" Apart
Nominal

Microhenries Average Q

600U1XO

1.0

120 @ 7.9

MHz

600U1X5

1.5

120 @ 7.9

MHz

600U2X2

2.2

120 @ 7.9

MHz

600U3X3

3.3

130 @ 7.9

MHz

600U4X7

4.7

125 @ 7.9

MHz

600U6X8

6.8

140 @ 7.9

MHz

600U10X

10

135 @ 7.9

MHz

600U15X

15

130 @ 2.5

MHz

600U22X

22

135 @ 2.5

MHz

600U33X

33

130 @ 2.5

MHz

600U47X

47

130 @ 2.5

MHz

600U68X

68

120 @ 2.5

MHz

600MX10

100

100 @ 2.5

MHz

600MX15

150

125 @ .79 MHz

600MX22

220

130 @ .79 MHz

600MX33

330

125 @ .79 MHz

600MX47

470

120 @ .79 MHz

600MX68

680

100 @ .79 MHz

600M1X0

1000

100 @ .79 MHz

Part No.

High Q RF Coils, Fixed

• .75" O.D. x .63" H

• Hermetically sealed

• Complete shielding

• For printed circuitry

• For standard circuitry

Nominal

Part No. Microhenries Average Q

121 9-A

0.47±

1219-B

1.0 ±

1219-C

2.2 ±

1219-D

4.7 ±

1219-E

10 ±

1219-F

22 ±

1219-G

47 ±

1219-H

100 ±

1219-1

220 ±

1219-J

470 ±

1219-K

1000 dt

1219-L

2200 ±

5% 90 @20 MHz

5% 100 @ 10 MHz

5% 130 @ 8 MHz

5% 130 @ 5 MHz

5% 130 @ 3 MHz

3% 185 @ 1.7 MHz

3%' 185 @ 1 MHz

3% 200 @ 0.8 MHZ

3% 225 @ 0.7 MHz

3% 250 @ 0.6 MHz

3% 300 @ 0.5 MHz

3/c 300 @0.25 MHz

Nominal

Part No. Millihenries Peak Q

801M1X0

1.0

100

@

10

kHz

801M1X5

1.5

100

@

10

kHz

801M2X2

2.2

100

@

10

kHz

801M3X3

3.3

100

@

10

kHz

801M4X7

4.7

100

@

10

kHz

801M6X8

6.8

100

@

10

kHz

801 Ml OX

10

200

@

20

kHz

801M15X

15

200

@

20

kHz

801M22X

22

200

@

20

kHz

801M33X

33

200

@

20

kHz

801M47X

47

200

@

20

kHz

801M68X

68

200

@

20

kHz

801HX10

100

300

@

30

kHz

801HX15

150

300

@

30

kHz

801HX22

220

300

@

30

kHz

801HX33

330

250

@

20

kHz

801HX47

470

250

@

20

kHz

801HX68

680

250

@

20

kHz

801H1XO

1000

150

@

15

kHz

802M1XO

1.0

400

@

100

kHz

802M1X5

1.5

400

@

100

kHz

802M2X2

2.2

400

@

100

kHz

802M3X3

3.3

400

@

100

kHz

802M4X7

4.7

400

@

100

kHz

802M6X8

6.8

400

@

100

kHz

802M10X

10

400

@

70

kHz

802M15X

15

400

@

70

kHz

802M22X

22

400

@

70

kHz

802M33X

33

400

@

70

kHz

802M47X

47

400

@

40

kHz

SHIELDED COILS

• .44" Diameter 900 Series

Range

Part No. Microhenries Average Q

900-A

0.5- 0.8

80 @25 MHz

900- B

0.8- 1.3

70 @18 MHz

900-C

1.3- 2.0

60 @ 15 MHz

900- D

2.0- 4.0

70 @ 8 MHz

900- E

4.0- 7.0

70 @ 5 MHz

900- F

7.0-12.0

70 @ 4 MHz

900-G

12.0-20.0

70 @ 3 MHz

900- H

20.0-35.0

70 @ 2.5 MHz

900-1

35.0-60.0

70 @ 2.0 MHz

900-J

60.0-100.0

70 @ 1.0 MHz

• .63" Diameter 1500

Series

Part No.

Range

Millihenries

Average Q

1500-A

.100- .175

80 @ 790 kHz

1500-B

.175- .300

80 @ 790 kHz

1500-C

.300- .500

80 @ 790 kHz

1500-D

.500- .800

75 @ 790 kHz

1500-E

.800-1.15

55 @ 500 kHz

1500-F

1.15-1.50

55 @ 250 kHz

1500-G

1.50-2.30

55 @ 250 kHz

1500-H

2.30-3.50

50 @ 250 kHz

1500-1

3.50-7.50

40 @ 250 kHz

For North Hills Wideband Transformers See Section 5600.

GNofth Hills c Electronics , inc.

GLEN COVE, N.Y. 11542 • 516 - 671-5700

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1227

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

zMiaz

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

Inductors

APPROVED
■rC -30010

LATEST REVISION

MIL-C-39010/1 - /2 - /3 FAILURE RATE “R” .01%/1000 HRS.
MIL-C-39010/4- /5 - /6 - /7 FAILURE “R” .01%/1000 HRS.
MIL-C-39010/8- /9 - /10 FAILURE RATE “R” ,01%/1000 HRS.

Nytronics’ history of technical leadership in induc-
tors has a new chapter. The first company to extend
the standard line concept to variable inductors has
remained ahead in every subsequent step of refine-
ment and miniaturization.

Today, there’s a new place for a familiar group of
inductors under highest reliability military specifi-
cations — MIL-C-39010 (latest revision). The unique
“T” lead construction eliminates fine wire con-

sideration that has previously concerned design
engineers on critical circuitry.

With sizes ranging from the world’s smallest
shielded inductor to the most complex variable
inductor . . . shielded, unshielded and variable, in
hundreds of off-the-shelf values ... it makes good
sense to check first with Nytronics or your local
distributor.

Now tested and approved to highest reliability military specifications.

Nytronics

Standard Inductor
Part Number

Standard

Military

Series

New High Reliability
Qualification

SWD

MS75087

MIL-C-39010-1

SWD

MS75088

MIL-C-39010-2

SWD

MS75089

MIL-C-39010-3

RFC-S

MS75008

MIL-C-39010-4

RFC-S

MS75101

MIL-C-39010-5

RFC-SS

MS18130

MIL-C-39010-6

RFC-SS

MS14046

MIL-C-39010-7

MD

MS75083

MIL-C-39010-8

MD

MS75084

MIL-C-39010-9

MD

MS75085

MIL-C-39010-10

M228

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Inductors

MS-INDUCTOR SERIES
75087 , 75088 , 75089
MOLDED SHIELDED INDUCTOR

Ultra-Reliable Molded Shielded
Miniature Inductor.

Inductance Range: 0.1 uH to 100,000uH.

GRADE 1 CLASS A

The MS-INDUCTOR SERIES are R.F. Inductors specifically
designed to meet the demanding requirements of MIL-C-
15305 (latest revision). The MS-INDUCTOR Series epoxy
molded envelope and shielding offers the design engineer
reliability, electrical performance, and minimum coupling in
high density packaging.

<— 1%" ±%" -J

\ 0.162" ±.010"

#22 (.025 ±.002) TCW

0.410" ±.020"

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance Tolerance: ±10% over the entire inductance range.
Dielectric Strength: 1000 volts RMS at sea level.

Self-Resonant Frequency: Measured per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
Q: Measured on a Q-Meter.

Maximum Current: Based on temperature rise not to exceed 15°C
at 90°C ambient.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume: 0.0076 cubic inches Weight: 0.75 grams maximum

Shielding: At 1000 cycles two units assembled side by side exhibit
less than 3% coupling.

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Temperature: — 55°C to +105°C.

Terminal Strength: Meets five pound pull test; five 360° rotations in
alternate directions per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Moisture, Vibration, and Shock Resistance: Meets requirements of
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision), Grade 1, Class B. High frequency 10
cps to 2000 cps @ 20G ±10% maximum for 12 logarithmic swings
each of 20 minute duration repeated for each of three mutually
perpendicular planes. Shock: 100G, 6 MS.

Marking: Color coded per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

All values available in Established Reliability, Level R, to MIL-C-39010.

Material

MS No.

NCG

P/N

L

Q min

Min.

SRF

Max.

OCR

Incr.f

NCG

P/N

—

Max.

DCR

mu

Incr.f

mi

■!IM

■wlira

E

MB

mm

■7,1

SKIflB

■HI

MS75087-1

SWD

M

im

BBBSl

Em

MS75089-11

SWD

2.5

10.0

3.12

160

120

P

MS75087-2

SWD

0.12

51

25

250

1530

>2800

MS75089-12

SWD

120

55

0.79

9.7

3.60

150

95

H

MS75087-3

SWD

0.15

51

25

250

1470

>2750

MS75089-13

SWD

150

55

0.79

8.5

4.10

140

90

MS75087-4

SWD

0.18

50

25

250

1300

>2200

MS75089-14

SWD

180

55

0.79

8.0

4.40

135

85

t

MS75087-5

SWD

0.22

49

25

250

1100

>1700

MS75089-15

SWD

55

0.79

7.5

125

80

N

MS75087-6

SWD

0.27

47

25

250

0.11

855

>1500

MS75089-16

SWD

55

0.79

7.0

5.80

115

70

mu

MS75087-7

SWD

0.33

46

25

250

0.13

780

>1300

MS75089-17

SWD

55

0.79

6.5

6.40

110

65

H

MS75087-8

SWD

0.39

44

25

250

0.18

670

>1100

MS75089-18

SWD

390

60

0.79

6.2

7.40

105

60

H

MS75087-9

SWD

0.47

44

25

235

565

>1000

MS75089-19

SWD

470

60

0.79

5.7

9.50

92

58

MS75087-10

SWD

0.56

43

25

210

490

> 900

MS75089-20

SWD

560

60

0.79

4.7

10.5

90

55

n

MS75087-11

SWD

0.68

42

25

190

420

> 750

MS75089-21

SWD

680

60

0.79

4.5

11.8

80

50

M

MS75087-12

SWD

0.82

40

25

180

370

> 600

r

F

MS75089-22

SWD

■imm jW

60

0.79

4.2

80

45

_

MS75089-23

SWD

$ i | 1

0.79

3.8

l/.O

70

40

MS75088-1

SWD

1.0

44

25

140

>1900

R

MS75089-24

SWD

,-K 1 1 ,

0.25

1.5

22.1

60

35

MS75088-2

SWD

1.2

44

7.9

130

0.093

ol

>1600

D

MS75089-25

SWD

45

0.25

1.2

26.5

55

33

MS75088-3

SWD

1.5

44

7.9

115

0.12

815

>1300

K

MS75089-26

SWD

mr. i r§

45

0.25

1.0

29.9

50

30

1

MS75088-4

SWD

1.8

44

7.9

105

0.14

775

>1200

1

MS75089-27

SWD

2200

45

0.25

0.97

33.8

50

27

R

MS75088-5

SWD

2.2

44

7.9

y.

0.19

650

>1100

T

MS75089-28

SWD

45

0.25

0.92

47.3

40

25

n

MS75088-6

SWD

2.7

44

7.9

92

0.28

535

> 950

E

MS75089-29

SWD

3300

45

0.84

53.0

40

22

MS75088-7

SWD

3.3

44

7.9

85

0.35

480

> 800

MS75089-30

SWD

SmI

45

0.25

0.80

73.8

35

20

N

MS75088-8

SWD

3.9

44

7.9

75

0.40

450

> 750

MS75089-31

SWD

4700

45

0.25

0.74

81.6

31

19

MS75088-9

SWD

4.7

44

7.9

70

0.55

380

> 650

MS75089-32

SWD

1 44

0.25

0.73

98.9

28

17

MS75088-10

SWD

5.6

44

7.9

65

0.72

335

> 550

MS75089-33

SWD

40

0.25

0.66

111.0

27

16

MS75088-11

SWD

6.8

50

7.9

55

1.02

280

> 500

MS75089-34

SWD

40

0.25

0.54

119.0

26

15

MS75088-12

SWD

8.2

50

7.9

1.32

250

> 475

MS75089-35

SWD

10,000

40

0.25

0.47

137.0

24

14

MS75088-13

SWD

10

50

7.9

46

1.62

220

> 450

MS75089-36

SWD

12,000 '

30

0.079

0.33

143.0

23

13

MS75088-14

SWD

12

Kfia

2.5

44

200

> 400

MS75089-37

SWD

15.000

30

0.079

0.29

157.0

22

12

MS75089-1

SWD

15

45

2.5

■a

mm

315

MS75089-38

SWD

30

0.079

. 0.28

175.0

21

10

p

MS75089-2

SWD

18

45

2.5

■a

BUR

300

MS75089-39

SWD

27

0.079

0.25

274.0

17

9

E

MS75089-3

SWD

22

45

2.5

Bfl

EH

290

MS 75089-40

SWD

27,000

27

0.079

0.21

308.0

16

8

R

MS75089-4

SWD

27

45

2.5

WM

1.19

260

MS75089-41

SWD

27

0.079

0.19

343.0

15

7.5

R

MS75089-5

SWD

33

JgH

2.5

Hfl

1.37

240

190

MS75089-42

SWD

39,000

27

0.079

0.17

376.0

15

6.0

MS75089-6

SWD

39

; SB

2.5

29

1.93

205

180

MS75089-43

SWD

;■ EM

23

0.079

0.16

473.0

13

5.5

1

MS75089-7

SWD

47

50

2.5

27

2.11

195

175

MS75089-44

SWD

23

0.079

0.14

512.0

13

5.0

■yK:

MS75089-8

SWD

56

50

2.5

25

190

160

MS75089-45

SWD

68,000

23

0.079

0.13

12

4.0

■

MS75089-9

SWD

68

EM

2.5

21

170

150

MS75089-46

SWD

21

0.079

0.12

618.0

11

wm

MS75089-10

SWD

82

2.5

10.5

2.44

180

140

MS75089-47

SWD|

BBSS

li*

0.079

0.11{

678.0

11;

t INCREMENTAL CURRENT: The D.C. current required to cause a 5% reduction in the nominal inductance value.
MS No. Electricals as shown.

NCG Part No. is reference only, see page 7 for SWD electricals.

1*1229

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

vrux

ORANQE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 81 0-665-21 82

MS -INDUCTOR SERIES

90537

MOLDED SHIELDED INDUCTOR

(Manufactured per MS-90537)

Inductors

Ultra-Reliable Molded Shielded
Miniature Inductor.

Inductance Range: 0.1 uH to lOO.OOOuH.

The MS-INDUCTOR SERIES are R.F. Inductors specifically
designed to meet the demanding requirements of MIL-C-
15305 (latest revision). The MS-INDUCTOR Series epoxy
molded envelope and shielding offers the design engineer
reliability, electrical performance, and minimum coupling in
high density packaging.

GRADE 1 CLASS B

0.157" ± .010"

TT ■

0.395" ±.020"

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance Tolerance: ±10% over the entire inductance range.
Dielectric Strength: 700 volts RMS at sea level.

Self-Resonant Frequency: Measured per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
Q: Measured on Q-Meter.

Maximum Current: Based on temperature rise not to exceed 35°C
at 90°C ambient.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume: 0.0076 cubic inches Weight: 0.75 grams maximum

Shielding: At 1000 cycles -two units assembled side by side exhibit
less than 3% coupling.

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Temperature: — 55°C to +125°C.

Terminal Strength: Meets five pound pull test; five 360° rotations in
alternate directions per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Moisture, Vibration, and Shock Resistance: Meets requirements of
MIL-C-15305D, Grade 1, Class B. High frequency 10 cps to 2000 cps
@ 20G ±10% maximum for 12 logarithmic swings each of 20 minute
duration repeated for each of three mutually perpendicular planes.
Shock: 100G, 6 MS.

Marking: Color coded per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Ma-

terial

MS

Catalog

No.

NCG

P/N

n

hlECh

ijnn

ggjjj

KM

■■HKEli

mb

WEHM

90537-1

mm

inin

El!

EMM

ISM

90537-2

m

mm

ESB

90537-3

B

m

wm

E

WSWERi

O

90537-4

nm

mm

■

EHQ

Zj

90537-5

BE1

m

mm

250

o

90537-6

o

ES

0.11

em

Z!

LU

90537-7

Bi 1

use

0.13

X

90537-8

SWD

1^1

ESI

0.18

HEH

Q.

90537-9

SWD

ESI

mm

0.25

Almi

90537-10

Wmm

m

b

0.33

SSI

B

90537-11

EH

m

a

rim

0.45

eh

90537-12

T»I:H

m

25

180

0.59

eh

EH

90537-13

mm m

l- 1 - 0

o

tm

140

HEE1

EEKM1

90537-14

ezei

mem

O

MEM

130

esbi

BEBI»1

BSTflM

90537-15

1.5

m

mu

115

1300

E&ldiM

90537-16

1.8

EM

MEM

105

1200

90537-17

ESB

E3

mi

11'fH

EES

Z

90537-18

131

2.7

H

MEM

EH

Esai

o

90537-19

mwirn

MSM

E9

85

S2EH

ZXL

90537-20

E32t

O

mem

mm

EE3I

EMM

90537-21

mm

E9

WM

90537-22

m

E£1

mm

BE i

ESS

90537-23

mm

MEM

mwm

Hill

El

90537-24

mm

km

EDI

EH

HB

EH

90537-25

SWD

JEM

MEM

mm

S5EH

90537-26

EH

m

El

Hi

mm

KPH

EH

EEEB

90537-27

n

Ea

mm

KEEK

90537-28

18

i a

mm

ElSX

LU

90537-29

22

e m

41

El

eh

H

90537-30

El

Em

E9

mm

EH

E

OS

90537-31

WAVbW

E9H

■a

EO

EH

MM

■E9

OC

90537-32

UH

MM

Mm

BHI

—

UJ

90537-33

m

mm

eeh

u.

90537-34

S

\EM

mm

160

90537-35

El ? M

EH

m

iHi

EH

w&hm

\Mmm

150

90537-36

MEM

EBH

IO

eh

eh

EH

140

Ma-

terial

MS

Catalog

No.

NCG

P/N

— 1

BuifflU

EM

Max.

DCR

Max.

1

HH

KU

bech

■Mira

0

mA

mm

90537-37

KWiW

eeh

m

HH

E3H

E

B E

90537-38

B

□

ma

mm

90537-39

mm

m

■9

KOI

90

90537-40

s

HQSI

ESI

8.0

4.40

260

85

90537-41

Efil

El

mm

80

90537-42

El

70

90537-43

w

jeleei

EM

EH

MEM

65

90537-44

eeh

EM

■

mm

60

90537-45

470

E3

eh

Ei

B9

90537-46

{Bin

B

-m-kW

MEM

KEQI

Bli

90537-47

680

E3

El

KU

■

90537-48

□

MEa

mm

MEM

90537-49

m

KIK

Ea

40

90537-50

m

35

90537-51

m

.25

eh

am

90537-52

m

.25

30 1

UJ

90537-53

Kin

EM

mm

mm

90537-54

EH

E

m

WM

25

tr

90537-55

SWD

EH

0.84

53.0

B|

be

Q£

90537-56

SWD

EEHil

43

ma

0.80

73.8

67

ebi

UL

90537-57

ES5I

o

MB 1

BI

19

90537-58

eh

m

Km

KTfH

El

17

90537-59

6800

o

gn

BI

16

90537-60

8200

m

mm

kki

BUM

mM

15

90537-61

EH

wmm

EB

fPIH

BI

14

90537-62

EM

KBcBI

SHI

■a

13

90537-63

m

ill

iEHMI

■a

12

90537-64

WMM

El

KP1

ma

10

90537-65

WHIM

m

eh

274.0

Mtl

9

90537-66

EM

0.21

308.0

BI

8

90537-67

EM

0.19

343.0

Mil

wmm

90537-68

JEM

eh

0.17

Bi

mM

mm

90537-69

MP7 : f

Km

Mil

5.5

90537-70

El

BO

K!

EMI

MEM

5.0

90537-71

Ef3

EH

Ell

Km

mem

beei

90537-72

EM

eh

mm

■

90537-73

eh

.fmr.i

m

EH

USD

Itfidi

**INCREMENTAL CURRENT — The D.C. current required to cause a 5% reduction in the nominal inductance value.
NCG and MS Part No. electricals as shown.

1*1230

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

Inductors

SUPER WEE-WEE-DUCTOR

The SUPER WEE-WEE-DUCTOR, a shielded miniaturized
inductor, provides a greater inductance-to-size ratio in a
molded epoxy envelope. Use of unique “T” lead construction
on all values from 15 uH to 10,000 uH assures exceptional
reliability in ranges where fine wire sizes are used. This MS
inductor series is designed to meet the stringent requirements
of MIL-C-15305 (latest revision). This provides the design
engineer with utmost reliability, electrical performance, and
minimum coupling in high density packaging.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance Tolerance: ±10% (Q-Meter).

Dielectric Strength: 700 volts RMS at sea level.

Self-Resonant Frequency: Measured with full length leads on Q-Meter.
Q: Measured on Q-Meter.

Rating: maximum based on Vz watt dissipation.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume: 0.0041 cubic inches.

Weight: 0.50 grams maximum.

Shielding: Less than 3% coupling with two units mounted side by
side at 1000 cycles.

An Ultra-Reliable molded shielded inductor. Subminiature
size for high density circuits. Great Inductance-to-size ratio.
.10 uH to 10,000 uH. 0.136" diameter x 0.335" length. 61
stock values.

#24 (.020 ± .002) TCW

/

~r

0.136

max.

GRADE 1 CLASS A

til-}

I* 1 1.3 TYP. MIN. *

I 0.335 I

*.010

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Temperature: -55°C to + 105°C.

Terminal Strength: Meets five pounds pull test; five 360° rotations in
alternate directions per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Moisture, Vibration and Shock Resistance: Meets requirements of
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision). High Frequency: 10 cps to 2000 cps
@ 20G ±10% maximum for 12 logarithmic swings each of 20 minute
duration repeated for each of three mutually perpendicular planes.
Shock: 100G, 6 MS.

Marking: Color coded per MM.-C-15305 (latest revision).

SUPER WEE-WEE-DUCTOR STANDARD VALUES

Material

MS No.

NCG

Part No.

L

Q min.

min.

Fo

approx.

Cd

Max. DCR

Max.

Incr.*

Uti

MHz

MHz

Pf

ft

mA

mA

MS21399-1

sw-w-

0.10

0.10

42

25

480

.70

.087

1650

>1650

MS21399-2

sw-w-

0.12

0.12

42

25

460

.63

.090

1630

>1630

MS21399-3

sw-w-

0.15

0.15

42

25

400

.66

.098

1550

>1550

MS21399-4

sw-w-

0.18

0.18

42

25

360

.62

.117

1420

>1420

MS21399-5

sw-w-

0.22

0.22

42

25

340

.63

.141

1330

>1330

o

MS21399-6

sw-w-

0.27

0.27

42

25

320

.59

.157

1230

>1230

MS21399-7

sw-w-

0.33

0.33

42

25

295

.55

.178

1140

>1140

MS21399-8

sw-w-

0.39

0.39

42

25

275

.55

.208

1060

>1060

a.

MS21399-9

sw-w-

0.47

0.47

41

25

250

.56

.257

960

> 960

MS21399-10

sw-w-

0.56

0.56

39

25

238

.52

.283

915

> 915

MS21399-11

sw-w-

0.68

0.68

36

25

224

.50

.337

840

> 840

MS21399-12

sw-w-

0.82

0.82

35

25

205

.50

.470

720

> 720

MS21400-1

sw-w-

1.0

1.0

38

25

135

.87

.170

1180

>1180

MS21400-2

sw-w-

1.2

1.2

38

7.9

124

.87

.190

1150

>1150

MS21400-3

sw-w-

1.5

1.5

38

7.9

114

.87

.212

1050

>1050

MS21400-4

sw-w-

1.8

1.8

38

7.9

:

.89

.242

990

> 990

MS21400-5

sw-w-

2.2

2.2

38

7.9

95

.88

.263

950

> 950

MS21400-6

sw-w-

2.7

2.7

38

7.9

85

.83

.320

> 880

CD

MS21400-7

sw-w-

3.3

3.3

38

7.9

78

.81

.345

> 820

a s

MS21400-8

sw-w-

3.9

3.9

42

7.9

74

.76

.411

755

> 755

MS21400-9

sw-w-

4.7

4.7

42

7.9

68

.75

.562

650

> 650

MS21400-10

sw-w-

5.6

5.6

42

7.9

62

.77

.742

> 565

MS21400-11

sw-w-

6.8

6.8

45

7.9

55

1.00

485

> 485

MS21400-12

sw-w-

8.2

8.2

47

7.9

51

.78

1.20

440

> 440

MS21400-13

sw-w-

10

10

51

7.9

45

.78

1.84

355

> 335

MS21400-14

sw-w-

12

12

51

2.5

41

.85

2.60

300

> 300

MS21401-1

sw-w-

15

15

45

2.5

48

.55

.635

610

200

MS21401-2

sw-w-

18

18

45

2.5

44

.55

.728

570

175

MS21401-3

sw-w-

22

22

45

2.5

37

.60

.825

530

160

MS21401-4

sw-w-

27

27

45

2.5

32

.65

.950

500

155

MS21401-5

sw-w-

33

33

46

2.5

30

.65

1.26

430

150

MS21401-6

sw-w-

39

39

46

2.5

27

.66

1.42

405

145

MS21401-7

sw-w-

47

47

46

2.5

23

.66

1.72

370

140

MS21401-8

sw-w-

56

56

48

2.5

21

.75

2.03

340

130

MS21401-9

sw-w-

68

68

48

2.5

18.5

.75

2.29

320

120

MS21401-10

sw-w-

82

82

46

2.5

17.0

.75

2.55

305

115

MS21401-11

sw-w -

100

100

46

2.5

15.5

.78

2.92

280

100

MS21401-12

sw-w-

120

120

53

0.79

14.5

.72

3.30

235

80

MS21401-13

sw-w-

150

150

53

0.79

13.0

.70

4.30

215

68

a

MS21401-14

sw-w-

180

180

53

0.79

11.5

.70

5.40

200

64

MS21401-15

sw-w-

220

220

55

0.79

10.0

.84

6.65

150

60

_j

MS21401-16

sw-w-

270

270

57

0.79

9.50

.74

7.60

140

58

P—

MS21401-17

sw-w-

330

330

57

0.79

8.50

.75

8.50

130

56

MS21401-18

sw-w-

390

390

57

0.79

8.00

.74

10.0

120

54

U-l

MS21401-19

sw-w-

470

470

57

0.79

7.20

.70

13.5

100

52

MS21401-20

SW-W-

560

560

61

0.79

6.40

.70

14.5

95

50

cz

MS21401-21

SW-W-

680

680

61

0.79

5.80

.78

16.0

90

48

Ll_

MS21401-22

SW-W-

820

820

58

0.79

5.30

.78

19.0

85

47

MS21401-23

SW-W-

1000

1000

58

0.79

4.80

.78

21.5

80

45

MS21401-24

SW-W-

1200

1200

55

0.25

2.90

1.9

23

100

40

MS21401-25

SW-W-

1500

1500

55

0.25

2.80

1.6

30

90

35

MS21401-26

SW-W-

1800

1800

55

0.25

2.60

1.5

33

86

32

MS21401-27

sw-w-

2200

2200

55

0.25

2.55

1.3

40

78

30

MS21401-28

sw-w-

2700

2700

55

0.25

2.40

1.2

43

74

28

MS21401-29

sw-w-

3300

3300

55

0.25

2.00

1.1

58

65

26

MS21401-30

sw-w-

3900

3900

55

0.25

1.95

1.1

76

56

23

MS21401-31

sw-w-

4700

4700

55

0.25

1.85

1.1

85

53

20

MS21401-32

sw-w-

5600

5600

55

0.25

1.75

1.0

100

48

18

MS21401-33

sw-w-

6800

6800

50

0.25

1.58

1.0

127

43

15

MS21401-34

sw-w-

8200

8200

50

0.25

1.55

1.0

150

40

12

MS21401-35

sw-w-

10,000

10,000

50

0.25

1.45

1.0

190

37

10

INCREMENTAL CURRENT — The D.C. current to cause a 5% reduction in the nominal inductance value.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1231

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, $. C. 29532
(803) 393*5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

Inductors

WEE-DUCTOR

Miniature Shielded Inductor with high inductance-to-size ratio.
O.IOuHto 180 f 000uH in 76 values
Designed to meet MIL-C-15305B.

The WEE-DUCTOR was the first miniature shielded inductor

that Nytronics standardized for stock delivery. This encap- #24 (.020 :

sulated non-flammable shielded unit in a 0.164" diameter by _

0.450" long envelope offers the design engineer extremely

high inductance for density packaging. The WEE-DUCTOR is

designed to meet the environmental requirements of MIL-C-

15305 Rev. B. GRADE 2 CLASS B

.002) TCW I

JL

T

0.164

MAX.

0.450

MAX.

ACTUAL SIZE

1.3 TYP. MIN

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance Tolerance: 0.1 to 22uH ±10% (Q-Meter); 27uH to 1,000
±5% (1KC Bridge); l,200uH to 56,000uH ±10% (1KC Bridge) 68,-
OOOuH to 180,000uH ±20% (1KC Bridge) measured at point on leads
V4 inch from body.

Dielectric Strength: 700 volts RMS at sea level.

Self-Resonant Frequency: Minimum f 0 to be not less than 80% of
published data, and measured with full length leads on Q-Meter.

Q: Measured on Q-Meter.

Maximum Current: Based on temperature rise not to exceed 40°C
at 85°C ambient.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume: 0.0087 cubic inches Weight: 0.75 grams maximum

Shielding: Less than 3% coupling with two units measured side by
side at 1000 cycles.

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Temperature: — 55°C to +125°C.

Terminal Strength: Meets five pound pull test; five 360° rotations in
alternate directions per MIL-C-15305B.

Marking: Printed with pertinent data.

Note: L & Q are not always tested at the same frequency.

♦INCREMENTAL CURRENT — The D.C. current to cause a 5% reduction in the nominal inductance value.

1*1232

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Inductors

WEE-WEE-
DUCTOR SERIES

The smallest shielded inductor for high density circuits 0.10 to 1,000 uh
0.133" diameter x 0.335" length. We have 49 stock values.

GRADE 2 CLASS B WEE-WEE-DUCTOR STANDARD VALUES

The WEE-WEE-DUCTOR offers the Design Engi-
neer a subminiature shielded inductor to solve
special problems in density circuit application.
This shielded inductor has great inductance-to-
size ratio and is designed to meet the stringent
requirements of MIL-C-15305 Rev. B.

0.10 to 10,000uH

0.133" diameter x 0.335" length

49 stock values

#24 (.020 ± .002) TCW

max.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance

Tolerance:

Dielectric

Strength:

±10% (Q-Meter).

700 volts RMS at sea level.

Self-Resonant

Frequency:

Rating:

Minimum f 0 to be not less than
80% of published data, and
measured with full length leads
on Q-Meter.

I maximum based on l / 3 watt
dissipation.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume:

0.0041 cubic inches.

Weight:

0.50 grams maximum.

Shielding:

Less than 3% coupling with
two units mounted side by side
at 1000 cycles.

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CHARACTERISTICS

Operating

Temperature:

— 55°C to +125°C.

Terminal Meets five pound pull test;

Strength: five 360° rotations in alternate

directions per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

NCG

PART

NO.

■

approx.

SRF

Max.

OCR

rai

El

1

■a

H

ITTTM

031

wm

Dl

o

WEE-WEE-

0.10

TTl

o

K|

mm

1720

>1720

WEE-WEE-

0.12

o

a

IEETT'1

1630

>1630

WEE-WEE-

0.15

□

m

MM

.138

1550

>1550

WEE-WEE-

0.18

■ip

Q

■

MM

.165

1420

>1420

WEE-WEE-

0.22

mWl'm

O

ESB

.198

1330

>1330

WEE-WEE-

0.27

E3

em

.220

1230

>1230

o

WEE-WEE-

0.33

o

mm

360

.258

1140

>1140

z

WEE-WEE-

0.39

□

mm

339

1060

>1060

Ui

WEE-WEE-

O

m

309

960

>960

D

WEE-WEE-

EEE3I

■

m

25

dai 1

ES;

^915

MEM

Kill

m

25

270

mmssm

dl

l7T^VI7a

mem

■El

o

25

250

m$MM

720

■

WEE-WEE.

1.0

1.0

42

25

170

.208

aTTTl

WEE-WEE-

1.2

1.2

Ell

7.9

150

.225

1210

^w(ik

WEE-WEE-

1.5

1.5

Elfl

7.9

MEM

1120

anm

1.8

38

7.9

■n

ESI

am

Ejgggj

KEi

■be

36

■m

msm

.330

ESI

aTTRil

KJpTjfii

mm

mmm

.381

ESJ

as

z

WEE-WEE-

ES

7.9

98

.432

875

mm

o

WEE-WEE-

KIM

3.9

E3

7.9

91

■EZ1

755

>755

EC

WEE-WEE-

4.7

4.7

MM

7.9

83

.787

da

ad

mm

WEE-WEE-

5.6

■El

MM

7.9

77

1.04

Ski - i-i

■

WEE-WEE-

6.8

O

mm

67

1.40

mm

ses

■

WEE-WEE-

8.2

8.2

EH

m&m

62

1.68

Mm

■na

WEE-WEE-

10

10

El

7.9

55

■EE

aEsa

WEE-WEE-

12

12

El

2.5

49

EEEE

■

WEE-WEE-

15

15

d

2.5

55

MEM

WEE-WEE-

18

18

d

2.5

50

wm

mm

WEE-WEE-

22

mm

MM

2.5

45

1.12

B233

T 7 !!

WEE-WEE-

27

27

El

2.5

41

1.28

BE1

33

EH

2.5

37

egbde

wmm

■

WEm

E3

2.5

33

sa

!EEE3

■i!H

gT-r-^i

mm

K3

2.5

29

Tf

mm

^M

WEM32M

56

Id

2.5

27

2.85

■I'l

ITOVrai

Oi

68

Id

2.5

23

mmeem

■El

mi

EBfli

82

Id

2.5

21

eei

EEE3

HU

irrrr;

EEM

BEiH

Id

2.5

19

4.10

Ida

Ui

1 23333

mm

Mrrmm

Id

16

KBI

Ida

mm

MfiM

rTrrr-v^

Mwam

Id

Mil'll

KOI

KEI

IdS

Ed

o

cm

EEM

Id

■SOI

IHES

8.12

ida

mm

Mm

1 2222231

nsm

WEm

Id

M'TTl

IEEE M

14.8

Ida

mm

d

C222S3

mm

wzm

Id

mhJM

Id

IKS

Ida

MM

eb

330

57

i 0.79

| 10.5

| 18.6

Ida

■a

m

| WEE-WEE-

390

390

Id

Tia

■cxi

1 KOI

Ida

mm

d

Em

cm

Id

mmmu

\wEsm

Ida

wm

d

E29K

560

Id

MEEM

■ES

IKXB

IKS

da

Em

MEM

Id

mn:m

| 41.1

Ida

B

wmxm i

cm

MEM

Id

E3EE

BBS

■H

id

MSI

'-■

MMWSSEMM

fEm

IJd

i msm

1 6.0

1 52.0

1 80

IKS

MMM

♦INCREMENTAL CURRENT — The D.C. current to cause a 5%
reduction in the nominal inductance value.

Marking:

Color coded per MIL-C-15305l(latest revision).

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1233

1800

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

PEE-WEE SERIES

Inductors

The amazing PEE-WEE DUCTOR represents a 66% size
reduction from the smallest magnetically shielded axial
leaded inductor series heretofore available anywhere.
Furthermore, this size reduction was obtained with neg-
ligible loss of electrical performance by employing several
unique concepts in RF coil design.

‘ .085 ±.005

ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS:

Inductance Tolerance:
L,Q,F, values:
Incremental Current:

Dielectric Strength:

± 10% (Std).

Measurements per MIL-C-15305.
(latest revision).

Incremental current in table is for
5% reduction in inductance value.

300 Volts RMS @ Sea Levek

*SRF minimum not less than 80% of specified values.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS:

Volume:

.0007 Cubic Inches

Weight:

0.12 Grams

Shielding:

5% maximum coupling for two
units side by side.

Marking:

EIA color coded

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS:

Terminal pull: 3 lbs. minimum.

Environmental: Grade 2 Class A

PEE-WEE DUCTOR STANDARD VALUES

NCG

*SRP

MHz

Max. DCR

Max.

Incr.

PART

L fiH

Q min. @

MHz

1

1

NO.

0

mA

mA

PW-

0.10

.10

40

25

500

.060

1500

*

PW-

0.12

.12

40

25

480

.070

1400

*

PW-

0.15

.15

40

25

450

.080

1300

*

PW-

0.18

.18

40

25

430

.090

1200

*

PW-

0.22

.22

40

25

390

.11

1100

★

PW-

0.27

.27

40

25

340

.12

1000

* ,

PW-

0.33

.33

40

25

310

.14

950

*

PW-

0.39

.39

40

25

280

.16

900

*

PW-

0.47

.47

40

25

250

.20

800

PW-

' 0.56

.56

40

25

220

.25

750

*

PW-

0.68

.68

35

25

200

.27

700

*

PW-

0.82

.82

35

25

180

.36

600

*

PW-

1.0

1.0

35

25

165

.40

525

*

PW-

1.2

1.2

35

7.9

150

.70

425

*

PW-

1.5

1.5

35

7.9

130

.80

400

*

PW-

1.8

1.8

35

7.9

120

.90

350

*

PW-

2.2

2.2

35

7.9

110

1.3

320

*

PW-

2.7

2.7

35

7.9

100

1.8

275

★

PW-

3.3

3.3

35

7.9

70

1.7

290

*

PW-

3.9

3.9

35

7.9

65

1.8

275

*

PW-

4.7

4.7

35

7.9

58

2.6

225

*

PW-

5.6

5.6

35

7.9

54

2.9

210

*

PW-

6.8

6.8

35

7.9

50

3.3

200

*

PW-

8.2

8.2

35

7.9

48

4.5

170

*

PW-

10

10

35

7.9

45

4.8

165

*

PW-

12

12

35

2.5

40

2.0

250

O

CO

CM

PW-

15

15

35

2.5

36

2.5

230

180

PW-

18

18

35

2.5

31

3.5

195

150

PW-

22

22

35

2.5

28

4.5

170

135

PW-

27

27

35

2.5

25

5.0

160

115

PW-

33

33

35

2.5

23

5.5

150

105

PW-

39

39

35

2.5

22

7.0

140

100

PW-

47

47

35

2.5

21

7.5

135

95

PW-

56

56

35

2.5

19

8.0

130

90

PW-

68

68

35

2.5

18

9.0

120

83

PW-

82

82

35

2.5

16

14

95

65

PW-

100

100

35

2.5

14

16

90

70

PW-

120

o

CM

35

.79

9.5

10

115

40

PW-

150

150

35

.79

8.8

12

105

35

PW-

180

o

oo

r- 1

35

.79

8.1

15

90

32

PW-

220

220

35

.79

7.8

20

80

30

1 PW- 270

270

35

.79

7.3

23

75

27

PW-

330

330

35

.79

6.8

26

70

25

PW-

390

390

35

.79

6.0

35

65

23

PW-

470

470

35

.79

5.6

37

60

21 '

PW-

560

560

35

.79

5.0

40

58

20

PW-

<T>

OO

O

680

35

J9~

4.3

48

54

18

PW-

820

820

35

.79

3.8

54

47

17 .

( PW-1000

1000

35

.79

3.5

65

43

15

* GREATER THAN MAX I

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1234

EEM 1983

1800

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803)393-5421 — TWX 810*665-2182

Inductors

DECI-DUCTOR

New Subminiature Inductor O.IOuH to IOOOuH Range
0.100" diameter by 0.250" length 49 STANDARD VALUES

The DECI-DUCTOR offers the design engineer epoxy-molded
reliability and uniformity in a subminiature R.F. Inductor. This
Nytronics R.F. Inductor line is designed to meet all the en-
vironmental specifications of MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

GRADE 2 CLASS B

|* 1 W Min.

.095 ±.010

\

#24 (.020 ±.002) TCW

0.250" ±.010

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance Tolerance: ±10% over entire range.

Dielectric Strength: 700 volts RMS at sea level.

Self-Resonant Frequency: Measured per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
Rating: Maximum Current based on 35°C rise in 90°C ambient.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume: 0.002 cubic inches Weight: 0.35 grams

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Temperature: — 55°C to -j-125°C

Terminal Strength: Meets three pound pull test; five 360° rotations in
alternate directions per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Moisture, Vibration, and Shock Resistance: Meets requirements of
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision), 10 cps to 2000 cps @ 15 G ±10% maxi-
mum for 12 logarithmic swings each of 20 minute duration repeated
for each of three mutually perpendicular planes. Shock: 50G, 11 MS
(body mounted).

Marking: Color coded per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

NC6
Part No.

L

Q Min. <

Min.

SRF

Max.

OCR

Max 1.

uH

MHz

MHz

Ohms

mA

p

DD-0.10

0.10

40

25

690

0.07

2000

H

DD-0.12

0.12

40

25

650

0.08

1900

DD-0.15

0.15

38

25

600

0.09

1750

E

DD-0.18

0.18

38

25

550

0.10

1600

DD-0.22

0.22

35

25

510

0.11

1550

N

DD-0.27

0.27

35

25

470

0.15

1350

DD-0.33

0.33

32

25

410

0.21

1150

U

DD-0.39

0.39

32

25 I

370

0.29

970

L

DD-0.47

0.47

32

25

340

0.35

820

DD-0.56

0.56

32

25

310

0.48

700

1

DD-0.68

0.68

33

25

280

0.65

600

DD-0.82

0.82

30

25

255

0.82

500

u

DD-1.00

1.00

30

25

240

1.10

475

DIFETCT

1.2U

3U

7.9

155

07T5

1200""'

DD-1.50

1.50

32

7.9

140

0.20

1100

i

DD-1.80

1.80

35

7.9

130

0.32

900

DD-2.20

2.20

35

7.9

120

0.37

760

R

DD-2.70

2.70

37

7.9

105

0.49

700

DD-3.30

3.30

45

7.9

95

0.67

575

0

DD-3.90

3.90

45

7.9

87

0.95

500

N

DD-4.70

4.70

45

7.9

80

1.10

475

DD-5.60

5.60

52 ,

7.9

75

1.60

380

DD-6.80

6.80

52

7.9

65

1.80

350

DD-8.20

8.20

60

7.9

62

2.40

300

DD-10.0

10.0

60

7.9

52

3.40

265

DD-12.0

12.0

45

2.5

42

2.40

300

DD-15.0

15.0

47

2.5

36

2.70

275

DD-18.0

18.0

50

2.5

32

3.00

260

DD-22.0

22.0

50

2.5

28

3.30

250

DD-27.0

27.0

50

2.5

25

3.80

240

UD-33.U

33. U

5U

2.b

3U

’ 3TH0

260

DD-39.0

39.0

50

2.5

26

4.10

240

r*

DD-47.0

47.0

50

2.5

24

4.40

210

F

DD-56.0

56.0

50

2.5

22

5.70

205

E

DD-68.0

68.0

52

2.5

19

6.50

180

DD-82.0

82.0

52

2.5

17

7.30

175

R

DD-100

100

50

2.5

15

8.20

165

D

DD-120

120

28

0.79

14

14

110

K

DD-150

150

28

0.79

13

16

105

|

DD-180

180

28

0.79

12

18

100

DD-220

220

26

0.79

11

25

90

T

DD-270

270

26

0.79

10

33

75

c

DD-330

330

26

0.79

9.0

37 .

70

EL

DD-390

390

25

0.79

8.0

51

60

DD-470

470

27

0.79

7.0

56

58

DD-560

560

27

0.79

6.5

61

55

DD-680

680

28

0.79

6.0

70

50

DD-820

820

28

0.79

5.5

91

45

■

DD-1000

1000

28

0.79

5.2

102

40

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1235

1800

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

Inductors

ALL VALUES AVAILABLE IN ESTABLISHED
RELIABILITY, LEVEL R, TO MIL-C-39010

-MS INDUCTOR SERIES
75083, 75084, 75085
MOLDED INDUCTOR/ 0.100 uh
to 1000 uh

MUi-Ductor

(* VA” Min.-— *| .095 ±.oio

■ ' II 0 250"

#24 (.020 ±.002) TCW ^ — -»j ±.010

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Inductance Tolerance: ±10% over entire range.

Dielectric Strength: 1000 volts RMS at sea level.

Self-Resonant Frequency: Measured per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
Rating: Maximum current based on; 35°C rise in 90° ambient for
phenolic, 15°C rise in 90° ambient for iron, 35°C rise in 70° ambient
for ferrite core inductors.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume: 0.002 cubic inches; Weight: 0.30 grams.

Markings: Color coded per MIL-C-15305 (Latest Rev.)

The MS Inductor Series are RF Inductors specifically designed
to meet the demanding requirements of MIL-C-15305 (latest
revision). This MS Series is Epoxy Molded enveloped features
reliability and uniformity in a Subminiature Inductor.

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Temperature: — 55°C to +125°C phenolic core, — 55°C to

4-105 c C iron andferrite core.

Terminal Strength: Meets five pound pull test; five 360° rotations in
alternate directions per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Moisture, Vibration, and Shock Resistance: Meets requirements of
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision), 10 cps to 2000 cps @ 20G ±10% maxi-
mum for 12 logarithmic swings each of 20 minute duration repeated
for each of three mutually perpendicular planes. Shock: 100G, 6 MS
(body mounted).

MS No.

NCG

Part No.

±10%

Inductance

Q

Min.

Test Frequency
(L&O)

Self-resonant
Frequency, Min.

DC Resistance

Max.

Rated DC

Current

'

Ma-

terial

uh

MHz

MHz

Ohms

MA

MS75083-01

MD

.10

40

25.0

680

.08

1350

PHENOLIC

MS75083-02

MD

.12

40

25.0

640

.09

1270

MS75083-03

MD

.15

38

25.0

600

.10

1200

MS75083-04

MD

.18

35

25.0

550

.12

1105

MS75083-05

MD

.22

33

25.0

510

.14

1025

MS75083-06

MD

.27

33

25.0

430

.16

960

MS75083-07

MD

.33

30

25.0

410

.22

815

MS75083-08

MD

.39

30

25.0

365

.30

700

MS75083-09

MD

.47

30

25.0

330

.35

650

MD

.56

30

25.0

300

.50

545

msm

.68

28

25.0

275

.60

495

.82

28

25.0

250

.85

415

HBEH

1.00

25

25.0

230

1.00

385

1.2

25

7.9

150

.18

590

IRON

1.5

28

7.9

140

.22

535

MS75084-03

1.8

30

7.9

125

.30

455

MS75084-04

MD

2.2

30

7.9

115

.40

395

MS75084-05

MD

2.7

37

7.9

100

.55

355

MS75084-06

MD

3.3

45

7.9

90

.85

270

■MIMES

MD

3.9

45

7.9

80

1.00

250

MS75084-08

MD

4.7

45

7.9

75

1.20

230

MS75084-09

MD

5.6

50

7.9

65

1.80

185

MS75084-10

BPS

6.8

50

7.9

60

2.00

175

MS75084-11

mmm

8.2

55

7.9

55

2.70

155

MS75084-12

10

55

7.9

50

3.70

130

MS75084-13

12

45

2.5

40

2.70

155

MS75084-14

15

40

2.5

35

2.80

150

MS75084-15

18

50

2.5

30

3.10

145

MS75084-16

22

50

2.5

25

3.30

140

MS75084-17

27

50

2.5

20

3.50

135

MS75085-01

■bqshi

33

45

2.5

24

3.4

130

FERRITE

MS75085-02

MD

39

45

2.5

22

3.6

125

MS75085-03

MD

47

45

2.5

20

4.5

110

MS75085-04

MD

56

45

2.5

18

5.7

100

MS75085-05

MD

68

50

2.5

15

6.7

92

MS75085-06

MD

82

50

2.5

14

7.3

88

MS75085-07

MD

100

50

2.5

13

8

84

MS75085-08

MD

120

30

.79

12

13

66

MS75085-09

MD

150

30

.79

11

15

61

MS75085-10

MD

180

30

.79

10

17

57

MS75085-11

MD

220

30

.79

9

21

52

MS75085-12

MD

270

30

.79

8

25

47

MS75085-13

MD

330

30

.79

7

28

45

MS75085-14

MD

390

30

.79

6.5

35

40

MS75085-15

MD

470

30

.79

6

42

36

MS75085-16

MD

560

30

.79

5

46

35

MS75085-17

MD

680

30

•79

4

60

30

MS75085-18

MD

820

30

.79

3.8

65

29

MS75085-19

MD

1000

30

.79

3.4

72

28

1*1236

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-542 1 — TWX 8 1 0-665-2 1 82

Inductors

RFC-SS SERIES

Molded inductors specifically designed to
meet MIL-C-15305 (latest revision). Induc-
tance from 0.15 to 240uH.

GRADE 1 CLASS A (0.15-4.7)

CLASS B (5.6-240)

VALUES 0.15 juH THRU 33 AVAILABLE IN
ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY, LEVEL R, TO MIL-C-39010

± .188

.375

A- 1.438 *

TYP

* ± .010 '

.1C

.155 ± .010 DIA.

T

#22 AWG TINNED COPPER WIRE

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance Tolerance: 0.15 to 33 uH ±10%

36 to 240 uH ±5%

Measured on Q meter per
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Dielectric Strength: 1000 volts RMS @ sea level

Rated Current: Based on max. temp, rise of
35°C (ambient 90°C) for
RFC-SS-0.15 to 4.7
15°C (ambient 90°C) for
RFG-SS-5.6 to -240

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL

CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Temperature: Max. 125°Cfor

RFC-SS-0.15 to -4.7
Max. 105°Cfor

RFC-SS-5.6 to -240

Terminal Strength: Meets five pound pull test per
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Moisture, Vibration, and Meets requirements of
Shock Resistance: MIL-C-15305

(latest revision),
high frequency 10 cps

Marking: Color banded.

MS NO.

NCG*

PART

NO.

L

Q Min.

@

Min.

SRF

Max.

DCR

Rated

DC Cur.

uH

MHz

MS18130-1

0.15

■aM

25

. 525

Efiiffl

■%EI«

MS18130-2

RFC-SS- .22

0.22

—

0.33

mm

25

■

ran

RFC-SS- .47

HES

—

25

310

0.12

MMM

MSB

mm

1220

BBIi

flEm

«!■

25

0.15

1100

■on

«!■

25

WEEMM

0.22

900

1 MS18130-8

RFC-SS- 1.00

1.00

50

25

200

■nw

830

m

—

7.9

180

■IBM

650

1 MS18130-10

RFC-SS- 1.50

1.5

em

7.9

160

BUI

1.8

KM

7.9

150

0.65

525

MS18130-12

H9I

EBB

7.9

135

EEM

435.

MS18130-13

EM

7.9

120

1.20

385

MS18130-14

KEE

7.9

110

2.00

300

MS18130-15

3.9

■EE

7.9

MS18130-16

RFC-SS- 4.7

4.7

BE

7.9

260 |

emot

KM

EM

7.9

60

0.32

MS14046-2

RFC-SS- 6.8

6.8

jSp

7.9

55

Mtiaili

MS14046-3

RFC-SS- 8.2

EBB

7.9

50

545 |

BHSI

■Oil

7.9

45

■E9

mm

■EE

2.5

42

M

15

lif

2.5

40

— fcWiB

MS14046-7

RFC-SS- 18

18

um

2.5

34

MS14046-8

RFC-SS- 22

22

mm

2.5

27

—

25

33

KM

19

3.00

250

36

ETilB

KEH

15.5

MdiM

180

EMI

14.5

2.60

176

43

—

13.7

2.70

172

MS90538-4

RFC-SS- 47

47

55

13.0

fBm

170

MS90538-5

51

EM

2.5

12.7

^E^E

167

MS90538-6

RFC-SS- 56

o

55

2.5

KWHM

164

MS90538-7

RFC-SS- 62

62

EM

2.5

11.5

hm

160

MS90538-8

■m

EEM

2.5

11.0

EMI

156

MS90538-9

RFC-SS- 75

75

EEM

2.5

10.5

EEM

147

MS90538-10

RFC-SS- 82

82

■

2.5

10.3

3.9

143

MS90538-11

RFC-SS- 91

91

Utl

10.0

4.3

HE

MS90538-12

BiB

■Efl

9.5

EMI

133 |

MS90538-13

Eil

■SHE

8.9

EEfli

■EE

MS90538-14

0.79

8.7

■

124

MS90538-15

RFC-SS-130

130

tm

0.79

8.5

EE

121

■n

FT?S83sSE?ilH

mm

8.0

6.05

114

■a

■mi

■BE

7.5

w

■IBB

MS90538-18

RFC-SS-180

m

EMI

■BE

l»M

f

MS90538-19

RFC-SS-200

mm

0.79

6.5

HOE

106

MS90538-20

RFC-SS-220

EH

mm

0.79

6.2

EE

103

MS90538-21

RFC-SS-240

240

EM

5.9

EE

101

o

z

111

X

Q.

z

o

Od

k NCG Part No. electricals and tolerances as shown,

MS No. electricals and tolerances per actual MS sheet.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1237

1800

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393 542! — - TWX 810-665-2182

Inductors

Proven reliability molded inductors^specffically
designed to meet MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
Inductance 0.1 to IOOOuH.

RFC-S SERIES

GRADE 1 CLASS B

ACTUAL SIZE

#22 (.025 ± .002) TCW

/ 1

1 ...

1 . 13 ,

- ^ I

.188 DIA.

.44

MAX.

TYP. MIN.

MAX.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance

Tolerance:

Dielectric

Strength:

Self-Resonant

Frequency:

Q:

Rating:

0.1 to 22uH ±10% on Q-Meter
27uH to 100 ±5%

1,000 cps bridge

120uH to IOOOuH ±5% on Q-Meter
700 volts RMS at sea level.

Minimum f D to be not less than
80% of published data and
measured with full length leads
on Grid-Dip Meter.

Measured on Q-Meter.

Vz watt dissipation for series S

Note: L & Q are not always
tested at the same frequency.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS
Volume: 0.012 cu. in.

Weight: 0.90 grams

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CHARACTERISTICS

Operating

Temperature:

— 55°C to +125°C.

Terminal Meets five pound pull test

Strength: per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Moisture,
Vibration, and
Shock
Resistance:

Meets requirements of
MIL-C-15305 Grade 1, Class B.
High frequency 10 cps to 2000
cps @ 30G ±10% maximum
for 12 logarithmic swings, each
of 20 minute duration repeated
for each of three mutually
perpendicular planes.

(body mounted)

MS NO.

■

Max.

OCR

max. |

MATERIAL

uH

■

MHz |

|Q|

wm

inn iimia

RiltWHW

d

Mm

m

TfM

M

IMF&M

m

EH

■EEM

liUBH

MS21389-3

m

EMI

beeb

■Eli

MS21389-4 ;

k ii

■tMMI

m

mm

m

■a

MS21389-5

wmtim

Q

50

■EM

n

MS21389-6

BTl'ilf i1~M

WWUzM

HI

45

mm

MS21389-7

■dSl

HI

Ed

440 |

i

MS21389-8

■El

H

Ed

■keebi

■a

MS21389-9

MEM

HI

Ed

■BUB

■a

eeem

MS21389-10

■ IliP'BiflB

■'■UTl

id

■ESS

HU

M HtliB

MS21389-11

■Em

KH

da

■EEM

Bd

HfcW

MS21389-12

KT3»533BjX3B

— ■ seu

Eil

wmt.

■a

mmm

MS21389-13

1.0

El

Ed

HES

d

EEM

msiggi

EHWB

■Hi

H

Ed

m&m

■ee»

EEM

MS21389-15 1

1.5

O

Id

■Hi

E9

mm

MS21389-16

1.8

m

15

■HI

tmm

mm

MS21389-17

KIH9

WESM

d

Ed

WSMM

HI

■|M

—

■ iH rM H im

2.7

Hi

Hd

msm

El

z

o

DC

MS21390-2

■m

KM

Ed

■EM

mm

EEM

MS21390-3

»*-■

Kii

10

95

MBil

MS21390-4

mi

4.7

HI

■rXM

■EH

■a

ebb

MS21390-5

5.6

d

7.9

mm

■a

Miim

. MS21390-6

■3ISMDH1

6.8

d

■M

dEB

mzm

■EM

MS21390-7

RFC-S- 8.2

8.2

El

d

65

mhm

MS21390-8

■gSMEmi

■ME

El

5

60

d

EM

mmmm

■SHEMHI

■HU

d

5

53

mu

EM

MS21390-10

RFC-S- 15

15

El

■9

47

na

El

MS21390-11

RFC-S- 18

18

H

43

Ed

460

MS21390-12

■EssEmi

22

Q

40

1EB

maim

MS21390-13 1

Kd

ca

36

jam

M

MS21390-14

33

o

■XU

32

eb

■W

MS21390-15

■d

El

26

m

ms

MS21390-16

RFC-S- 47

47

El

mm

22

Ed

■>«

MS21390-17

Hi

19

mm

19

Ed

EM

MS21390-18

■ISSEKHi

68

m

■XM

16

Km

EM

MS21390-19

82

m

mm

13

Em

■ai

MS21390-20 '

mm

wm

warn

10

Em

mm

MS21390-21

WHSSSESMM

mm

m

■mi

7.2

Em

bhsb

MS21390-22

KS3EBS3HI

EEHI

m

■Mi

6.7

mm

■fttli

MS21390-23

SSLrriStTim

■

o

6.3

mm

BIB

MS21390-24

■nsissmH

ehm ■

H

■El

5.9

■m

■m

MS21390-25

EMi

Eh

■Mi

5.6

m

wm

BMEMI

KSdiSEd

EH

H

■El

5.3

mm

EEM

MS21390-27

ill ill M

EH

ill

5.0

Em

El

|

MS21390-28

■3SES9B

E

H

Hd

4.7

EB

■

MS21390-29

UH

iO

Hd

4.5

eeh

. MS21390-30

E3SEXEEHI

mm

d

4.3

IBM

■btb

■

MS21390-31

HnESEEBI

■MB

H

■El

■■EE!

WM

EEM

MS2 1390-32

mSSBSMM

EH

Hi

■E m

■

m

mum

MS21390-33

■SEEHiMM

mm

d

■

UEM

ebb

MS21390-34

■sag—

mm

IEI

■MM

■

am

MS21390-35

RFC-S- 680

n

Id

■>MM

■HES

EIM

MS21390-36

RFC-S- 750

Id

■El

■■s

HI

El

MS21390-37

EH

Id

■■El

mm

■ilifl

MS21390-38

KMIMM

imm

Id

■30

mmn

iEm

■iM

■

MS21390-39

im

EBB

Id

■nrita

wmffl

IIMEM

■EM

d

* NCG Fart No. electricals and tolerances as shown,

MS No. electricals and tolerances per actual MS sheet.

1 • 1 238 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

Inductors

MS-INDUCTOR SERIES
75008 - 75101-90539
MOLDED INDUCTOR

Proven, reliability molded inductors designed to meet
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Inductance 0.15 to 1000 uh.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance Tolerance: 0.15 to 0.47 uh ±20%;
0.56-27 uh ±10%; 270-1000 uH ±5%.
Dielectric Strength: 1000 Volts RMS at sea level
Max. Temp. Rise: 35°C

VALUES 0.15 ,uH THRU 27 AVAILABLE IN
ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY, LEVEL R, TO MIL-C-39010

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Temperature: — 55°C to -j-125°C.
Terminal Strength: Meets five pound pull test
per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Moisture, Vibration, and Shock Resistance:
Meets requirements of MIL-C-15305 (latest
revision). High frequency 10 cps to 2000 cps
@ 20G ±10% maximum for 12 logarithmic
swings, each of 20 minute duration repeated
for each of three mutually perpendicular
planes, (body mounted)

Volume: 3 Type — 0.012 cu. in.

Weight: S Type — 0.90 grams

Marking: Color banded per MIL-C-15305 (latest

revision).

MS No.

NCG

Part No.*

Inductance

±5%

uh

Q

Min.

Self-Resonant

Frequency, Min.

MHz

DC Resistance
Maximum
Ohms

Rated DC
Current
mA

Material

MS75008-21

RFC-S

0.15 ±20%

55

25.0

510

MS75008-22

RFC-S

0.22 ±20%

50

25.0

415

MS75008-23

RFC-S

0.33 ±20%

50

25.0

350

B I

O

MS75008-24

RFC-S

0.47 ±20%

50

25.0

300

0.085

MS75008-25

RFC-S

0.56 ±10%

50

25.0

270

0.125

1.450

Q

CO

MS75008-26

RFC-S

0.68 ±10%

45

25.0

250

0.150

1IEHM

Z

MS75008-27

RFC-S

0.82 ±10%

40

25.0

210

0.205

nnsK

LU

CO

MS75008-28

- RFC-S

1.00 ±10%

25.0

200

0.290

930

X

CO

MS75008-29

RFC-S

1.20 ±19%

30

7.9

180

0.400

785

Q.

<

MS75008-30

RFC-S

1.50 ±10%

30

7.9

170

0.485

o

MS75008-31

RFC-S

1.80 ±10%

7.9

150

0.740

580

MS75008-32

RFC-S

2.20 ±10%

30

7.9

140

0.970

505

T—

MS75008-33

RFC-S

2.70 ±10%

30

7.9

120

1.20

460

LU

MS75101-1

RFC-S

3.30 ±10%

—

7.9

70

0.140

1.350

Q

MS75101-2

RFC-S

3.90 ±10%

30

7.9

65

0.155

<

MS75101-3

RFC-S

4.70 ±10%

7.9

60

0.210

QC

MS75101-4

RFC-S

5.60 ±10%

30

7.9

50

0.280

935

CD

MS751Q1-5

RFC-S

6.80 ±10%

30

7.9

50

0.375

810

Z

MS75101-6

RFC-S

8.20 ±10%

7.9

48

0.440

750

o

MS75101-7

RFC-S

10.00 ±10% •

30

7.9

42

0.605

640

Q £

MS75101-8

RFC-S

12.00 ±10%

50

2.5

36

1.05

490

MS75101-9

RFC-S

15.00 ±10%

55

2.5

1.20

460

MS75101-10

RFC-S

18.00 ±10%

60

2.5

30

1.95

360

MS75101-11

RFC-S

22.00 ±10%

60

2.5

24

2.20

335

MS75101-12

RFC-S

27.00 ±10%

65

2.5

22

2.75

MS90539-01

RFC-S

270 ±5%

65

.79

5.6

8.2

110

<

MS90539-02

RFC-S

300 ±5%

65

.79

5.3

8.7

107

/a

MS90539-03

RFC-S

330 ±5%

65

.79

5.0

9.1

105

1 w

C/5

MS90539-04

RFC-S

360 ±5%

65

.79

4.7

9.6

102

MS90539-05

RFC-S

390 ±5%

65

.79

4.5

10.0

MS90539-06

RFC-S

430 ±5%

65

.79

4.3

10.6

97

O

MS90539-07

RFC-S

470 ±5%

65

.79

4.0

11.1

95

Z

MS90539-08

RFC-S

510 ±5%

65

.79

3.8

11.6

93

o

T—

MS90539-09

RFC-S

560 ±5%

65

.79

3.6

12.3

91

cu

MS90539-10

RFC-S

620 ±5%

60

.79

3.5

13.0

88

Ul

MS90539-11

RFC-S

680 ±5%

60

.79

3.4

13.7

85

Q

MS90539-12

RFC-S

750 ±5%

60

.79

3.3

14.4

83

nr

MS90539-13

RFC-S

820 ±5%

60

.79

3.1

15.1

81

CD

MS90539-14

RFC-S

910 ±5%

60

.79

2.9

15.8

79

MS90539-15

RFC-S

1000 ±5%

60

.79

2.8

16.5

78

MS No. electricals as shown,

NCG Part No. is reference only, see page 16 for RFC--S electricals.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1239

1800

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

<L^bo.

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

RFC-M SERIES

Proven reliability molded inductors specifically
designed to meet MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
Inductance 1.0 to 2200uH.

Inductors

GRADE 1 CLASS B

ACTUAL SIZE

#21 (.0285 ± .002) TCW

jL

_L...

~r-

.25 DIA.
MAX.

h .60

MAX.

. 1.3 _

TYP. MIN.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance

Tolerance:

1.0 to 22uH ± 10% on Q-Meter
27uH to 2200 ± 5%

1.000 cps bridge

Dielectric

Strength:

700 volts RMS at sea level.

Self-Resonant

Frequency:

Minimum f 0 to be not less than
80% of published data and
measured with full length leads
on Grid-Dip Meter.

Q: Measured on Q-Meter.

Rating: i/ 3 watt dissipation for series M

Note: L&Q are not always tested
at the same frequency.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume: I 0.029 cu. in.
Weight: 2.00 grams

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CHARACTERISTICS

Operating

Temperature:

— 55°C to +125°C.

Terminal

Strength:

Meets five pound pull test
per MIL-C-15305.

Moisture,
Vibration, and
Shock
Resistance:

Meets requirements of
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
High frequency 10 cps to 2000
cps @ 30G ±10% maximum
for 12 logarithmic swings, each
of 20 minute duration repeated
for each of three mutually
perpendicular planes.

(body mounted)

MS NO.

NCG

PART

NO.*

L

Q Min.

approx.

SRF

Max.

OCR

Max.

1

MATERIAL

uH

MHz

MHz

SI

mA

MS21388-1

RFC-M-

1.0

1.0

100

15

170

.04

2700

MS21388-2

RFC-M-

1.2

1.2

100

15

155

.04

2700

MS21388-3

RFC-M-

1.5

1.5

100

10

140

.04

2700

MS21388-4

RFC-M-

1.8

1.8

95

10

125

.05

2500

MS21388-5

RFC-M-

2.2

2.2

95

10

110

.05

2500

MS21388-6

RFC-M-

2.7

2.7

68

7.9

95

.05

2500

MS21388-7

RFC-M-

3.3

3.3

60

. 7.9

90

.05

2500

MS21388-8

RFC-M-

3.9

3.9

60

7.9

87

.07

2100

MS21388-9

RFC-M-

4.7

4.7

60

7.9

75

.09

1800

MS21388-10

RFC-M-

5.6

5.6

65

7.9

70

.14

1550

MS21388-11

RFC-M-

6.8

6.8

70

7.9

65

.17

1300

MS21388-12

RFC-M-

8.2

8.2

65

7.9

57

.25

1150

MS21388-13

RFC-M-

10

10

65

5

50

.32

1000

MS21388-14

RFC-M-

12

12

65

5

45

.47

870

MS21388-15

RFC-M-

15

15

75

4

40

.62

730

MS21388-16

RFC-M-

18

18

65

4

37

.72

660

MS21388-17

RFC-M-

22

22

65

2.5

35

.8

600

MS21388-18

RFC-M-

27

27

65

2.5

31

1.2

520

MS21388-19

RFC-M-

33

33

80

2.5

27

1.5

450

MS21388-20

RFC-M-

39

39

80

2.5

25

2.3

380

z

MS21388-21

RFC-M-

47

47

100

2.5

24

3.0

300

o

ac

MS21388-22

RFC-M-

56

56

100

2.5

22

4.2

270

MS21388-23

RFC-M-

68

68

100

2.5

20

5.2

250

MS21388-24

RFC-M-

82

82

100

2.5

18

6.2

220 |

MS21388-25

RFC-M-

100

100

100

1.5

17

7

200

MS21388-26

RFC-M-

120

120

95

1.5

14

7.5

200

MS21388-27

RFC-M-

150

150

90

L0 1

11

8

190

MS21388-28

RFC-M-

180

180

85

1.0

9

9

185

1 MS21388-29

RFC-M-

220

220

85

1.0

7

10

180

MS21388-30

RFC-M-

270

270

80

1.0

5.5

11

172

MS21388-31

RFC-M-

330

330

80

.8

4.5

12

165

MS21388-32

RFC-M-

390

390

75

.8

4.0

13

157

MS21388-33

RFC-M-

470

470

75

.8

3.5

1 14

150

MS21388-34

RFC-M-

560

560

65

.8

3.1

16

145

MS21388-35

RFC-M-

680

680

65

.8

2.7

17

140

MS21388-36

RFC-M-

820

820

65

.8

2.5

19

132

MS21388-37

RFC-M-1000

1000

70

.5

2.3

i 21

125

MS21388-38

RFC-M-1200

1200

60

.25

2.7

22

120

MS21388-39

RFC-M-2200

2200

70

.25

2.0

30

100

* NCG Part No. electricals and tolerances as shown.

MS No. electricals and tolerances per actual MS sheet.

1*1240

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Inductors

RFC-L SERIES

Proven reliability molded inductors specifically
designed to meet MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
Inductance 1.0 to 10,000uH.

GRADE 1 CLASS B

#21 (.0285
± .002) TCW {

ACTUAL SIZE

_ /

?

.31 DIA.
MAX.

j .90

^ 1.3 J

MAX.

TYP. MIN^ \

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance

Tolerance:

0.1 to 22uH ±10% on Q-Meter
27uH to 10,000 ±5%

1,000 cps bridge

Dielectric

Strength:

700 volts RMS at sea level.

Self-Resonant

Frequency:

Minimum f 0 to be not less than
80% of published data and
measured with full length leads
on Grid-Dip Meter.

Q:

Measured on Q-Meter.

Rating:

Vz watt dissipation for L series.

Note: L & Q are not always
tested at the same frequency.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume:

0.068 cu. in.

Weight:

4.10 grams

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CHARACTERISTICS

Operating

Temperature:

— 55°C to +125°C.

Terminal

Strength:

Meets five pound pull test per
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).

Moisture,
Vibration, and
Shock
Resistance:

Meets requirements of
MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
High frequency 10 cps to

2000 cps @ 30G ±10%
maximum for 12 logarithmic
swings, each of 20 minute
duration repeated for each of
three mutually perpendicular
planes, (body mounted)

MS NO.

NCG

PART

NO.*

L

Q

min

approx.

SRF

Max.

OCR

max.

Si

MHz

MHz

mA

£

MS21380-1

RFC-L- 1.0

1.0

130

15

170

.03

TOOT

MS21380-2

RFC-L- 1.2

1.2

130

15

155

.03

4000

MS21380-3

RFC-L- 1.5

1.5

130

10

140

.03

4000

MS21380-4

RFC-L- 1.8

1.8

130

10

125

.03

4000

MS21380-5

RFC-L- 2.2

2.2

130

10

115

.04

3500

MS21380-6

RFC-L- 2.7

2.7

100

10

102

.04

3500

MS21380-7

RFC-L- 3.3

3.3

100

7.9

90

.04

3500

MS21380-8

RFC-L- 3.9

3.9

80

7.9

85

.05

3100

MS21380-9

RFC-L- 4.7

4.7

75

7.9

80

.05

3100

MS21380-10

RFC-L- 5.6

5.6

65

7.9

72

.06

3000

MS21380-11

RFC-L- 6.8

6.8

65

7.9

65

.06

3000

MS21380-12

RFC-L- 8.2

8.2

65

7.9

57

.11

2400

MS21380-13

RFC-L- 10

10

75

5

50

.15

1800

MS21380-14

RFC-L- 12

12

75

5

45

.23

1600

MS2138Q-15

RFC-L- 15

15

75

5

40

.3

1300

MS21380-16

RFC-L- 18

18

75

5

36

.4

1150

MS21380-17

RFC-L- 22

22

75

2.5

32

.5

1000

MS21380-18

RFC-L- 27

27

70

2.5

30

.6

900

MS21380-19

RFC-L- 33

33

70

2.5

28

.7

850

MS21380-20

RFC-L- 39

39

70

2.5

26

1.1

720

MS21380-21

RFC-L- 47

47

75

2.5

25

1.3

620

MS21380-22

RFC-L- 56

56

80

2.5

22

1.8

540

IRON

MS21380-23

RFC-L- 68

68

o

o

2.5

20

2.4

450

MS21380-24

RFC-L- 82

82

100

2.5

18

2.8

425

MS21380-25

RFC-L- 100

100

100

1.5

17

3.2

400

MS21380-26

RFC-L- 120

120

100

1.5

15

4.8

360

MS21380-27

RFC-L- 150

150

o

o

1.0

14

6.4

280

MS21380-28

RFC-L- 180

180

95

1.0

12

! 9.5

240

MS21380-29

RFC-L- 220

220

95

1.0

11

12

200

MS21380-30

RFC-L- 270

270

70

1.0

9

13

. 195

MS21380-31

RFC-L- 330

330

65

.79

7.5

14

190

MS21380-32

RFC-L- 390

390

65

.79

6.5

15.5

180

MS21380-33

RFC-L- 470

470

60

.79

5.5

17

170

MS21380-34

RFC-L- 560

560

75

.5

4

18.5

165

MS21380-35

RFC-L- 680

680

75

.5

3.2

20

155

MS21380-36

RFC-L- 820

820

75

.5

2.8

22

150

MS21380-37

RFC-L- 1000

1000

75

.5

2.4

24

145

MS21380-38

RFC-L- 1200

1200

75

.5

2.1

27

137

MS21380-39

RFC-L- 1500

1500

75

.4

1.9

29

130

MS21380-40

RFC-L- 1800

1800

65

.4

1.7

32

125

MS21380-41

RFC-L- 2200

2200

65

.25

1.5

35

120

MS21380-42

RFC-L- 2700

2700

65

.25

1.3

40

112

MS21380-43

RFC-L- 3300

3300

65

.25

1.2

•45

105

MS21380-44

RFC-L- 3900

3900

65

.25

1.05

49

100

MS21380-45

RFC-L- 4700

4700

65

.25

.95

53

95

MS21380-46

RFC-L- 5600

5600

65

.25

.85

60

90

MS21380-47

RFC-L- C800

6800

65

.25

.75

67

85

MS21380-48

RFC-L- 8200

8200

65

.25

.65

75

82

MS21380-49

RFC-L-1 0000

10000

65

.15

.58

80

80

MS91 189-14 THRU -28, VALUES 1.2 THRU 18uH
(ON PHENOLIC CORES) ARE AVAILABLE.
MS75103-1 THRU -10, VALUES 22 THRU 120uH
ARE ALSO AVAILABLE.

* NCG Part No. electricals and tolerances as shown.

MS No. electricals and tolerances per actual MS sheet.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1241

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532

(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

Inductors

Pee Dee Dutter Series

Marking: EIA color coded

The Pee Dee Ductor is a new, micro-
miniature, axial-leaded RF inductor for
hybrid circuit applications. It is signifi-
cantly smaller than any unshielded in-
ductor available anywhere. Designed to
meet the requirements of MIL-C-15305 B,
this reliable, high performance inductor
has a standard inductance tolerance of
± 10 %.

GRADE 2 CLASS A

ELECTRICAL DATA

NCG

L

Q

Test

*F 0

DCR

Rated

Part No.

uH

(Min.)

Freq. MHz

MHz

Max. Ohms

Current mA

PD-0.10

0.10

40

25

500

0.2

600

PD-0.12

0.12

40

25

450

0.2

600

PD-0.15

0.15

40

25

400

0.25

575

PD-0.18

0.18

40

25

380

0.25

575

PD-0.22

0.22

40

25

360

0.30

565

PD-0.27

0.27

40

25

300

0.30

565

PD-0.33

0.33

40

25

280

0.35

560

PD-0.39

0.39

40

25

260

0.37

550

PD-0.47

0.47

40

25

250

0.39

535

PD-0.56

0.56

40

25

240

0.40

525

PD-0.68

0.68

35

25

220

0.45

500

PD-0.82

0.82

35

25

180

0.50

480-

PD-1.0

1.0

35

25

170

0.60

450

PD-1.2

1.2

35

7.9

150

0.70

425

PD-1.5

1.5

35

7.9

130

0.80

400

PD-1.8

1.8

35

7.9

120

0.90

350

PD-2.2

2.2

35

7.9

110

1.3

320

PD-2.7

2.7

35

7.9

105

1.8

275

PD-3.3

3.3

35

7.9

100

1.1

340

PD-3.9

3.9

35

7.9

90

1.4

310

PD-4.7

4.7

35

7.9

85

1.6

290

PD-5.6

5.6

35

7.9

70

1.8

275

PD-6.8

6.8

35

7.9

65

2.0

250

PD-8.2

8.2

35

7.9

62

2.2

245

PD-10

10

35

7.9

60

3.0

210

PD-12

12

35

2.5

35

2.0

250

PD-15

15

35

2.5

30

2.2

245

PD-18

18

35

2.5

25

2.5

230

PD-22

22

35

2.5

23

2.7

220

PD-27

27

35

2.5

21

3.8

195

PD-33

33

35

2.5

20

4.5

170 i

PD-39

39

35

2.5

16

6.0

150

PD-47

47

35

2.5

14

6.5

145

PD-56

56

35

2.5

12

7.8

135

PD-68

68

35

2.5

10

8.6

130

PD-82

82

35

2.5

9.0

9.8

120

PD-100

100

35

2.5

8.0

11.5

110

PD-120

120

28

.79

7.0

15.0

90

PD-150

150

28

.79

6.0

16.5

88

PD-180

180

25

.79

5.5

22

75

PD-220

220

24

.79

5.2

31

62

PD-270

270

24

.79

5.0

38

56

PD-330

330

24

.79

4.8

42

53

PD-390

390

24

.79

3.6

58

47

PD-470

470

24

.79

3.4

60

45

PD-560

560

24

.79

3.2

65

43

PD-680

680

22

.79

3.0

90

36

PD-820

820

23

.79

2.5

95

34

PD-1000

1000

21

.79

2.0

130

30

* Fo (self resonant frequency) minimum not less than 80% of specified value.

. 075 " ±.005
DIA.

1*1242

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

VARIABLE INDUCTORS

NOW MIL APPROVED MIL-C-15305
(latest revision) — MS21381 & MS21402
Subminiature Shielded Adjustable Inductor
High Q Values

Vertical or Horizontal* Mounting
Unitized Epoxy-Molded Construction
0.400" by 0.300"

0.10 to 100,000uH

HORIZONTAL STYLE

VERTICAL STYLE

'Nytronics Part No. ACS 57
(one required per unit)

ACTUAL SIZE

The WEE V-L is designed to accommodate close inductance
adjustments in high-density circuits that demand exceptional
stability and hieh “Q” in the smallest size available.

The WEE V-L is qualified MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
Printed board mounting is facilitated by 0.200 grid spacing
and unit has shield construction to allow maximum density
packaging. Standardized in 73 stock values.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Adjustable
Inductance Range:
Q and f 0 Values:

Dielectric
Strength:
Working Voltage:
Maximum Current:

Incremental

Current:

±10%t over entire range as measured
per MIL-C-15305 (latest revision).
Minimum not less than 80% of spe-
cified value at L nominal.

840 Volts R.M.S. at sea level.

300 Volts D.C.

Based on temperature rise not to ex-
ceed 15°C at 90°C ambient.

Defined as the DC current required to
cause a five percent reduction in the
nominal inductance value.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Weight:

Volume:

Shielding:

1.5 grams maximum

.0346 cubic inches

3% coupling maximum

when two units are tested side by side.

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CHARACTERISTICS

Use Nytronics Tuning Tool No. B-469 or equal.

Torque:

Operating

Temperature:

Moisture,
Vibration, and
Shock Resistance:

0.75 to 6.0 inch-oz.

— 55°C to +105°C.

Meet requirements of MIL-C-15305
(latest revision).

Marking:
Terminal Pull:

Manufacturer data printed.
Three pounds.

200 il

i

r T4

|

1

sl

Nytronics Part No. B-469

.024

Insert (Stainless Steel)

MS GRADE 1 CLASS A
WVL GRADE 3 CLASS A

MS No.

NCG Part No.**

L nom.

f

Q

nom.

SRF

Nom.

Max.

BCR

Max.

Incr.

1

uH

MHz

MHz

ohms

m.a.

m.a.

•MS21381-1

WEE V-Lt

0.10

.10

25

70

>250

0.030

1510

NA

•MS21381-2

WEE V-L+

0.12

.12

25

70

>250

0.030

1450

NA

‘ MS21381-3

WEE V-L

0.15

.15

25

70

>250

0.030

1400

NA

'MS21381-4

WEE V-L

0.18

.18

25

70

>250

0.035

1370

NA

’ MS21381-5

WEE V-L

0.22

.22

25

70

>250

0.038

1340

NA

•MS21381-6

WEE V-L

0.27

.27

25

80

>250

0.040

1300

NA

•MS21381-7

WEE V-L

0.33

.33

25

80

>250

0.040

1260

NA

'MS21381-8

WEE V-L

0.39

.39

25

80

250

0.045

1240

NA

* MS21381-9

WEE V-L

0.47

.47

25

80

230

0.045

1200

NA

‘MS21381-10

WEE V-L

0.56

.56

25

80

220

0.050

1160

NA

'MS21381-11

WEE V-L

0.68

.68

25

80

190

0.055

1100

NA

* MS21381-12

WEE V-L

0.82

.82

25

85

180

0.060

1040

NA

*MS21381-13

WEE V-L

1.00

1.00

25

85

160

0.070

986

NA

MS21381-14

WEE V-L

1.2

1.2

7.9

90

170

0.085

968

NA

MS21381-15

WEE V-L

1.5

1.5

7.9

100

155

0.100

893

NA

MS21381-16

WEE V-L

1.8

1.8

7.9

115

135

0.110

853

NA

MS21381-1 7

WEE V-L

2.2

2.2

7.9

110

120

0.120

817

NA

MS21381-18

WEE V-L

2.7

2.7

7.9

no

104

0.125

800

NA

MS21381-19

WEE V-L

3.3

3.3

7.9

90

93.0

0.165

696

NA

MS21381-20

WEE V-L

3.9

3.9

7.9

90

87.0

0.180

659

NA

MS21381-21

WEE V-L

4.7

4.7

7.9

95

79.0

0.245

571

NA

MS21381-22

WEE V-L

5.6

5.6

7.9

95

72.0

0.265

550

NA

MS21381-23

WEE V-L

6.8

6.8

7.9

85

63.0

0.330

493

NA

MS21381-24

WEE V-L

8.2

8.2

7.9

95

60.0

0.460

417

NA

MS21381-25

WEE V-L

10

10

7.9

90

54.0

0.640

359

NA

MS21381-26

WEE V-L

12

12

2.5

120

37.0

0.800

316i

NA

MS21381-27

WEE V-L

15

15

2.5

120

28.8

0.865

301

NA

MS21381-28

WEE V-L

18

18

2.5

115

23.8

0.940

292’

NA

MS21381-29

WEE V-L

22

22

2.5

125

21.3

1.03

267;

NA

MS21381-30

WEE V-L

27

27

2.5

115

20.6

1.18

243,

NA

MS21381-31

WEE V-L

33

33

2.5

120

18.6

1.30

231

NA

MS21381-32

WEE V-L

39

39

2.5

120

17.7

1.41

223

NA

MS21381-33

WEE V-L

47

47

2.5

110

14.9

1.61

203

NA

MS21381-34

WEE V-L

56

56

2.5

115

13.9

2.08

191

NA

MS21381-35

WEE V-L

68

68

2.5

105

12.9

2.20

185

NA

MS21381-36

WEE V-L

82

82

2.5

105

11.7

2.42

174

NA

MS21402-1

WEE V-L

100 •

100

2.5

95

10.5

2.15

333

333

MS21402-2

WEE V-L

120

120

0.790

95

5.60

2.38

316

190

MS21402-3

WEE V-L

150

150

0.790

90

5.20

2.52

306

175

MS21402-4

WEE V-L

180

180

0.790

95

4.90

2.88

288

150

MS21402-5

WEE V-L

220

220

0.790

95

4.60

3.18

273

125

MS21402-6

WEE V-L

270

270

0.790

100

4.20

3.50

260

120

MS21402-7

WEE V-L

330

330

0.790

100

3.55

4.30

222

110

MS21402-8

WEE V-L

390

390

0.790

100

3.45

5.44

209

105

MS21402-9

WEE V-L

470

470

0.790

100

3.20

5.90

201

100

MS21402 10

WEE V-L

560

560

0.790

95

2.90

6.30

194

90

MS21402-11

WEE V-L

680

680

0.790

100

2.70

7.20

181

80

MS21402-12

WEE V-L

820

820

0.790

90

2.50

8.00

172

70

MS21402-13

WEE V-L

1,000

1,000

0.790

100

2.35

12.0

141

65

MS21402-14

WEE V-L

1,200

1,200

0.250

95

2.20

13.5

132

60

MS21402-15

WEE V-L

1,500

1,500

0.250

90

1.90

16.5

119

55

MS21402-16

WEE V-L

1,800

1,800

0.250

100

1.80

18.0

114

47

MS21402-17

WEE V-L

2,200

2,200

0.250

100

1.70

20.5

107

43

MS21402-18

WEE V-L

2,700

2,700

0.250

95

1.50

22.5

102

39

MS21402-19

WEE V-L

3,300

3,300

0.250

90

1.40

42.0

76

36

MS21402-20

WEE V-L

3,900

3,900

0.250

85

1.27

47.5

71

35

MS2 1402-21

WEE V-L

4,700

4,700

0.250

85

1.24

53.0

67

34

MS21402-22

WEE V-L

5,600

5,600

0.250

85

0.93

62.5

65

31

MS21402-23

WEE V-L

6,800

6,800

0.250

75

0.79

69.5

58

27

MS21402-24

WEE V-L

8,200

8,200

0.250

80

0.75

75.0

56

26

MS21402-25

WEE V-L

10,000

10,000

0.250

70

0.70

100.0

49

24

MS21402-26

WEE V-L

12,000

12,000

0.079

70

0.50

64

60

40

MS21402-27

WEE V-L

15,000

15,000

0.079

70

0.38

84

52

34

MS21402-28

WEE V-L

18,000

18,000

0.079

70

0.36

93

50

30

MS21402-29

WEE V-L

22,000

22,000

0.079

70

0.32

104

45

28

MS21402-30

WEE V-L

27,000

27,000

0.079

70

0.30

173

35

26

MS21402-31

WEE V-L

33,000

33,000

0.079

70

0.27

187

32

24

MS21402-32

WEE V-L

39,000

39,000

0.079

70

0.26

220

30

22

MS21402-33

WEE V-L

47,000

47,000

0.079

70

0.25

253

28

20

MS21402-34

WEE V-L

56,000

56,000

0.079

70

0.24

285

26

19

MS21402-35

WEE V-L

68,000

68,000

0.079

60

0.20

311

24

18

MS21402-36

WEE V-L

82,000

82,000

0.079

60

0.19

385

22

16

MS21402-37

WEE V-L

100,000

100,000

0.079

60

0.17

420

L 2 ^

15

*Turntable range on MS2138-1 thru -13 and -74 thru -85 is ±5%.

*For horizontal mounting use Nytronics mounting clip No. ACS-57 or order
with prefix H (i.e. H WEE V-L 0.10).
fTunable range ±5.0% on O.lOuH thru l.OuH.

**NCG Part No. cannot be used as the MS number.

NOTE: Min. Q on MIL version not less than 80% of Q min. of commercial version.
NOTE: MS 21381 -74 thru -85 are available.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1243

Miniature with inductance range of 0.10 to
4700uH in 29 values.

Encapsulated in epoxy resin for reliability.
Designed to meet MIL-C-15305B

Terminal Leads #22 (.025 ± .002) VCW

VERTICAL STYLE HORIZONTAL STYLE

The VARIABLE INDUCTOR offers high reliability and
exceptional stability over extreme temperature vari-
ations. This small lightweight unit is furnished in
vertical and horizontal styles to facilitate mounting
on printed circuit boards. The unit is designed to
meet the requirements of MIL-C-15305B.

GRADE 2 CLASS B
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Inductance Range: 0.33 to 4700uH Tunable Range ±20%

0.15 to 0.22uH Tunable Range ±15%
0.1 Tunable Range ±10%

All measurements at 25°C on Q-Meter
using miniature alligator clips mounted
Vyl’ from body.

Q values min. not less than 80% of
specified value.

Self-Resonant

Frequency: Minimum f Q to be not less than 80% of

published data as measured with Grid-
Dip Meter.

DENSITY CHARACTERISTICS

Volume: I 0.063 cubic inches
Weight: I 2.6 grams

PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
CHARACTERISTICS

Torque: 0.75 to 5.0 inch-ounces

Use Nytronics Tuning Tool No. B-305
or equal.

Operating

Temperature: — 55°C to +125°C

Terminal Strength: Meets five pound pull tests.

Core Material: Iron

Marking: Manufactured data printed.

NCG PART NOS.

L nom.

01 at L Nom.

Approx.

SRF,

L nom.

Max.

OCR

Max.

1

VIV

VIH

nH

MHz

MHz

fi

mA

VIV-0.10

VIH-0.10

0.10

85

25.

>500.

0.02

3500

VIV-0.15

VIH-0.15

0.15

100

25.

>500.

0.035

2600

VIV-0.22

VIH-0.22

0.22

100

25.

>500.

0.04

2500

VIV-0.33

VIH-0.33

0.33

100

25.

334.

0.04

2500

VIV-0.47

VIH-0.47

0.47

100

25.

285.

0.05

2200

VIV-0.68

VIH-0.68

0.68

100

25.

237.

0.07

1850

VIV-1.00

VIH-1.00

1.00

90

25.

205.

0.13

1350

VIV-1.50

VIH-1.50

1.50

70

7.9

168.

0.24

1000

VIV-2.20

VIH-2.20

2.20

73

7.9

135.

0.30

890

VIV-3.30

VIH-3.30

3.30

80

7.9

112.

0.45

730

VIV-4.70

VIH-4.70

4.70

75

7.9

100.0

0.80

550

VIV-6.80

VIH-6.80

6.80

80

7.9

80.0

1.1

460

VIV-10.0

VIH-10.0

10.0

82

7.9

67.0

1.9

355

VIV-15.0

VIH-15.0

15.0

65

2.5

54.2

3.2

270

VIV-22.0

VIH-22.0

22.0

55

2.5

17.5

3.4

265

VIV-33.0

VIH-33.0

33.0

54

2.5

15.0

3.6

255

VIV-47.0

VIH-47.0

47.0

51

2.5

13.2

4.5

230

VIV-68.0

VIH-68.0

68.0

55

2.5

12.0

5.5

210

VIV-100

VIH-100

100.0

50

2.5

10.5

6.7

190

VIV-150

VIH-150

150.

50

.79

3.0

11.0

150

VIV-220

VIH-220

220.

50

.79

2.70

13.0

135

VIV-330

VIH-330

330.

48

.79

2.24

16.0

120

VIV-470

VIH-470

470.

45

.79

1.90

18.0

115

VIV-680

VIH-680

680.

42

.79

1.70

21.0

105

VIV-1000

VIH-1000

1000.

40

.79

1.40

38.0

80

VIV-1500

VIH-1500

1500.

40

.25

1.14

54.0

65

VIV-2200

VIH-2200

2200.

44

.25

0.96

66.0

60

VIV-3300

VIH-3300

3300.

46

.25

0.86

85.0

54

VIV-4700

VIH-4700

4700.

48

.25

0.76

99.0

49

* All dimensions ±Y n inch.

5 / 16 "

. 095 "

1*1244

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

j 1800

PICO’s ultra-miniature

• ± 2% inductance stability vs temperature

• Smallest possible size

• Extreme resistance to thermal shock

M,:

\\^ r ' ^

■ Wih

inductance values available at 10%
standard inductor.

SllllSt

.250" (6.35) MAX.

_1

.012" (0.305) DIA.

BC.200" (5.08)^DIA.

“62000” SERIES

PART

NUMBER

INDUCTANCE

(MICRO—

HENRYS)

D.C.

RESISTANCE

(OHMS)

APPROXIMATE
SELF RESONANT
FREQUENCY
(MHz)

MAXIMUM

DC

CURRENT

(mA)

MINIMUM

Q

PRICE

(1-9)

62112

2500

18

1.15

80

180 at (400 kHz)

14.25

62132

1500

10

1.5

100

180 at (400 kHz)

14.25

62152

992

7

1.8

125

200 at (400 kHz)

14.25

62172

900

6.5

1.9

130

200 at (400 kHz)

14.25

62192

800

6.0

2.1

140

200 at (400 kHz)

14.25

62212

742

5.7

2.3

150

200 at (500 kHz)

14.25

62232

702

5.5

2.5

155

200 at (500 kHz)

14.25

62252

600

5.0

2.7

160

200 at (500 kHz)

14.25

62272

495

4.5

3

170

200 at (500 kHz)

14.25

62292

400

3.7

3.3

185

180 at (500 kHz)

14.25

62312

298

2.8

3.8

215

170 at (500 kHz)

14.25

62332

248

2.3

4.2

235

170 at (500 kHz)

14.25

62352

1%

1.8

4.75

265

160 at (500 kHz)

14.25

62372

150

1.4

5.5

300

160 at (500 kHz)

14.25

62392

| 100

1.2

6.8

330

150 at (500 kHz)

14.25

WHITE DOT AT PIN #1
TERMINALS ARE CLOCKWISE
FROM PIN #1. NO CONNECTION
'TO PINS 1 and 3 (MECHANICAL SUPPORT)

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES ( MM )

1

I

TYP

ICAL

6

Q

2000

/s

SE

FR

R

E

IE

Q

s

UE

NCY

■

a

a

1

A

!

||

■

1000

i !

n

i

i

1

1

Vi

J

I

I

tt

t

fi

H

\

H

I

HI

1

r~

J

L

IHi

I

n |

J

i

I

I

m

f

H9H

■

WA

\

V

A

/

y m

n

5

V

7

✓

“

i

a

_

10 kHz 20 30 40 60 80 100 kHz 200 kHz 400 600 8001 mHz 2 mHz 3 mHz

► KREQl ENCY

SPECIFICATIONS:

• INDUCTANCE TOLERANCE

±3% AT 0.1V-100KHZ

• INDUCTANCE STABILITY VS
TEMPERATURE

±2% -55°C TO 105°C

• MEETS MIL-T-27D TF5R20ZZ

• WEIGHT 1 GRAM

• THERMAL SHOCK

100 CYCLES, METHOD 107D
MIL-STD 202E
TEST CONDITION A3

• UNIT HAS MAGNETIC SHIELD

For immediate engineering assistance or to place an order—

Cali Toll Free 800-431-1064

„ Pico

Electronics, Inc.

453 North MacQuesten Pkwy., Mt. Vernon, N.Y. 10552
Telephone 914-699-5514

ALL INDUCTORS ARE MEAS-
URED AT 0 DC. THE MAXIMUM
DC LISTINGS ARE FOR AP-
PROXIMATELY 30°C HEAT RISE
AND APPROXIMATELY 2%

DROP IN INDUCTANCE. THE
CHANGE OF INDUCTANCE
WITH AC OR DC CURRENTS IS
ILLUSTRATED BY THE CURVES. THE EXCITATION IS PLOTTED IN mA
xVmHy. FOR EXAMPLE THE 0.495 mH INDUCTOR (62272) WITH 170 mA DC
FLOWING WILL HAVE AN EXCITATION OF mA xVmHy = 120, AND THE
INDUCTANCE WILL DROP FROM 495 uH to 485 uH. IF THE 170 mA WAS AC,
THE INDUCTANCE WOULD BE 510 uH.

30 40 50 60 80 100
7u yu

mA X /mil

200 300 400

EEM1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1245

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

PICO's miniature

HIGH “C r
INDUCTORS

• ±1% inductance stability vs temperature

• Smallest possible size

• Extreme resistance to thermal shock

• Meets MH-T-27D (TF5R20ZZ)

• All units are magnetically shielded

• Non-standard inductance values available at 10%
higher cost than nearest standard inductor.

BY THE CURVES SHOWN FOR
EACH INDUCTOR TYPE. THE

EXCITATION IS PLOTTED IN mA X VmHy. FOR EXAMPLE THE 10 mH IN-

DUCTOR (64314) WITH 79 mA DC FLOWING WILL HAVE AN EXCITATION OF
mA X VmH = 79 X VlO = 250 AND THE INDUCTANCE WILL DROP FROM 10
mH TO 9mH. IF THE 79 mA WAS AC THE INDUCTANCE WOULD BE 9.65 mH.

For immediate engineering assistance or to order—

Call Toll Free 800-431-1064

PICO ElectronicSf In c.

453 N. MacQuesten Pkwy. Mt. Vernon, N.Y. 10552 • 914-699-5514

“63000” SERIES

PART

NUMBER

INDUCTANCE

D.C.

RESISTANCE

(OHMS)

APPROXIMATE
SELF RESONANT
FREQUENCY
(KHz)

MAXIMUM
DC CURRENT
(mA)

MINIMUM

Q

***

PRICE

(1-9)

63120

1 Hy

1840

47

5.7

30 at (10 kHz)

14. 99

63140

750 mH

1380

54

6.6

30 at (10 kHz)

14.46

63160

500 mH

920

66

8

30 at (10 kHz)

13.62

63180

200 mH

368

105

12.5

60 at (20 kHz)

13.62

63200

100 mH

185

148

18

60 at (20 kHz)

13.62

63220

75 mH

140

172

20.8

100 at (40 kHz)

13.62

63240

50 mH

90

210

25.5

100 at (40 kHz)

13.62

63260

30 mH

55

270

33

100 at (40 kHz)

13.62

63280

20 mH

37

332

40

100 at (40 kHz)

13.62

63300

15 mH

28

383

46

100 at (40 kHz)

13.62

63320

10 mH

18. 5

470

57

100 at (40 kHz)

13.62

63340

5 mH

10

665

80

100 at (40 kHz)

13.62

63360

1 mH

2

1480

180

100 at (40 kHz)

14.99

“64000” SERIES

PART

NUMBER

INDUCTANCE

D.C.

RESISTANCE

(OHMS)

APPROXIMATE
SELF RESONANT
FREQUENCY
(KHz)

MAXIMUM
DC CURRENT
(mA)

MINIMUM

Q

***

PRICE

(1-9)

64114

5 Hy

3000

17

2.8

15 at (2 kHz)

16.30

64134

3 Hy

1800

22

3.6

30 at (4 kHz)

15.72

64154

2 Hy

1200

27

4.4

30 at (4 kHz)

14.99

64174

1 Hy

600

38

6.3

30 at (4 kHz)

13.62

64194

750 mH

450

44

7.3

30 at (4 kHz)

13.62

64214

500 mH

300

54

9

30 at (4 kHz)

13.62

64234

250 mH

150

76

13

65 at (10 kHz)

13.62

64254

100 mH

60

120

20

65 at (10 kHz)

13.62

64274

75 mH

45

139

23

120 at (20 kHz)

13.62

64294

50 mH

30

170

28

120 at (20 kHz)

13.62

64314

10 mH

6

380

63

200 at (40 kHz)

13.62

64334

5 mH

3

537

89

200 at (40 kHz)

13.62

64354

1 mH

.6

1200

200

200 at (40 kHz)

14.99

“65000” SERIES

PART

NUMBER

INDUCTANCE

D.C.

RESISTANCE

(OHMS)

APPROXIMATE
SELF RESONANT
FREQUENCY
(kHz)

MAXIMUM

DC CURRENT
(mA)

MINIMUM

Q

***

PRICE

(1-9)

65413

10 Hy

3800

11.7

2.8

28 at (2 kHz)

16.30

65433

5 Hy

1900

16.5

3.9

28 at (2 kHz)

15.72

65453

3 Hy

11*40

21

5.1

28 at (2 kHz)

14.99

65473

2 Hy

760

26

6.3

56 at (4 kHz)

14.99

65493

1 Hy

380

37

8.8

56 at (4 kHz)

13.62

65513

500 mH

190

52

12.5

56 at (4 kHz)

13.62

65533

250 mH

95

74

17.7

140 at (10 kHz)

13.62

65553

100 mH

38

117

28

140 at (10 kHz)

13.62

65573

50 mH

19

165

39.6

240 at (20 kHz)

13.62

65593

10 mH

3.8

370

88.5

240 at (20 kHz)

13.62

“66000” SERIES

PART

NUMBER

INDUCTANCE

D.C.

RESISTANCE

(OHMS)

APPROXIMATE
SELF RESONANT
FREQUENCY
(kHz)

MAXIMUM
DC CURRENT
(mA)

MINIMUM

Q

PRICE

(1-9)

66218

10 Hy

2200

11

4.2

50 at (2 kHz)

16.30

66238

5 Hy

1100

15.7

6

50 at (2 kHz)

15.72

66258

3 Hy

660

20

7.7

100 at (4 kHz)

15.72

66278

2 Hy

440

25

9.4

100 at (4 kHz)

13.62

66298

1 Hy

220

35

13

100 at (4 kHz)

13.62

66318

500 mH

110

49

18.8

100 at (4 kHz)

13.62

66338

250 mH

55

70

26.6

200 at (10 kHz)

13.62

66358

100 mH

22

110

42

200 at (10 kHz)

13.62

66378

50 mH

11

156

59

200 at (10 kHz)

13.62

66398

10 mH

2.2

350

133

200 at (10 kHz)

13.62

* * ’Discount Prices: 1-9 Net; 10-24 less 107^; 25-49 less 167o: 50-99 less 23%; 100-499 less 30%
Ordering Instructions: JR) minimum. Net 30 days F.O.B. Mt. Vernon, New York. P.O. Box 1206

1*1246

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

SPECIFICATIONS: “63000” SERIES

• INDUCTANCE TOLERANCE

+ 2% AT . IV - 4 kHz.

• INDUCTANCE STABILITY VS TEMP.

+ 1% - 30°C TO + 105°C
* - 55°C TO + 105°C

• MEETS MIL -T-27D (MIL TYPE TF5R20ZZ)

• WEIGHT 2.2 GRAMS

• THERMAL SHOCK:

100 CYCLES, METHOD 107D, MIL-STD
202E, TEST CONDITION A-3

• UNIT HAS MAGNETIC SHIELD

► mAXrtnH

FREQUENCY IN kHz

SPECIFICATIONS: “64000” SERIES

• INDUCTANCE TOLERANCE

+ 2% AT . IV - 2 kHz

• INDUCTANCE STABILITY VS TEMP.

+ 1% - 30°C TO + 105°C

* 2!" 55°C TO + 105°C

• MEETS MIL -T-27D (MIL TYPE TF5R20ZZ)

• WEIGHT 3 GRAMS

• THERMAL SHOCK:

100 CYCLES, METHOD 107D, MIL-STD
202E, TEST CONDITION A-3

• UNIT HAS MAGNETIC SHIELD

64000 SERIES

INDUCTANCE CHANGE VS TEMP.

TEMPERATURE CHANGE °C

SPECIFICATIONS: “65000” SERIES

• INDUCTANCE TOLERANCE

+ 2% AT . IV - 1 kHz

• INDUCTANCE STABILITY VS TEMP.

+ 1% - 30°C TO + 105°C

- 2% " 55 ° C T ° + 105 ° C

• MEETS MIL -T-27D (MIL TYPE TF5R20ZZ)

• WEIGHT 6 GRAMS

• THERMAL SHOCK:

100 CYCLES, METHOD 107D, MIL-STD
202E, TEST CONDITION A-3

• UNIT HAS MAGNETIC SHIELD

65000 SERIES

INDUCTANCE CHANGE VS TEMP.

40°

60° 80° 100°

TEMPERATURE CHANGE °C

SPECIFICATIONS: “66000” SERIES

• INDUCTANCE TOLERANCE

+ 2% AT . IV - 1 kHz

• INDUCTANCE STABILITY VS TEMP.

+ 1% - 30°C TO + 105°C

- 2% ' 55 ° C T ° + 105 ° C

• MEETS MIL -T-27D (MIL TYPE TF5R20ZZ)

• WEIGHT 13 GRAMS

• THERMAL SHOCK:

100 CYCLES, METHOD 107D, MIL-STD
202E, TEST CONDITION A-3

• UNIT HAS MAGNETIC SHIELD

66000 SERIES

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1247

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

PICO’s Miniaturized Power Inductors

MAX. MAX. BOLT STAND- 1 These Inductors are ideal for Noise, Spike

SIZE HEIGHT DIA, CIRCLE OFF "

A. & and Power Filtering Applications in Power

il) _ gu pW Bj fc Supplies, DC-DC Converters
[ | (i^, | ( ,a 1 1 aii^ and Switching Regulators

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES. ( ) = MM

L WHITE DOT AT PIN # 1
TERMINALS ARE CLOCK-
WISE FROM PIN # 1.

BOLT STAND-
CIRCLE OFF

(14.22) (11.68)

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, ( ) = MM

LWHITE DOT AT PIN #1
TERMINALS ARE CLOCK-
WISE FROM PIN # 1.

SPECIFICATIONS:

T m r m • Minimum possible size

| ' MRHR^OI (U • Meets MIL-T-27D (TF5S04ZZ)

• Special high frequency core
material to insure low losses

• All units have split windings

• Large selection of sizes available

• All units are magnetically shielded

All inductors have split windings — ratings shown in table are for series connection. Parallel
connection will have Va inductance at twice the DC current and Va the DC resistance, ie. parallel
connection of PICO-41 020 will have 5 millihenry at .12 Amps DC with DC resistance of 13.5 Ohms

All units meet MIL-T-27D
and are type TF5S04ZZ

Inductance measured
at 0.1 VRMS-10 kHz

Temperature rise
at rated D.C. current
is less than 30°C
Maximum ambient is 100°C
Unit has magnetic shield

TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT
SERIES CONNECTION

INDUCT-

r DC

r dc

MODEL

***

PRICE

ANCE

(AMPS)

(OHMS)

SIZE

NUMBER

1-9

2

. 19

5.4

1

41140

11.24

MILLI-

HENRY

.33

2.9

2

42225

11.24

.47

2

3

43223

11.24

.74

1.3

4

44640

13.45

.95

1

5

45227

13.45

1

.27

2.7

1

41160

11.24

MILLI-

HENRY

.47

1.5

2

42245

11.24

.66

1

3

43243

11.24

1

.62

4

44660

13.45

1.3

.5

5

45247

13.45

750

.31

2

1

41180

11.24

MICRO-

HENRY

. 54

1

2

42265

11.24

.76

.75

3

43263

11.24

1.2

.47

4

44680

13.45

1.6

.38

5

45267

13.45

500

.38

1.3

1

41200

11.24

MICRO-

HENRY

.66

.66

2

42285

11.24

.93

.5

3

43283

11.24

1.47

.31

4

44700

13.45

1.9

.25

5

45287

13.45

250

. 53

.66

1

41220

11.24

MICRO-

HENRY

.93

.33

2

42305

11.24

1.3

.25

3

43303

11.24

2.08

.16

4

44720

13.45

2.7

.13

5

45307

13.45

100

.84

.26

1

41240

11.24

MICRO-

HENRY

1.47

.13

2

42325

11.24

2.07

.1

3

43323

11.24

3.28

.062

4

44740

13.45

4.25

.05

5

45327

13.45

40

1.33

.11

1

41260

11.24

MICRO-

HENRY

2.33

.053

2

42345

11.24

3.28

.04

3

43343

11.24

PARALLEL

CONNECTION

l P §jnrvrvYY>n

3 1 , r>r>rv->r>rv>r\ | ,

* * 'Discount Prices: 1-9 Net; 10-24 less 107^; MICRO- ^ 33 053 2 42345 11.24

25-49 less 16%; 50-99 less 23%; HENRY

100-499 less 30% fL 33 l 34 3 43343 11,24

Ordering Instructions: No minimum. Net 30 days F.O.B. Mt. Vernon, New York.

For immediate engineering assistance or to place an order—

Call Toll Free 800-431-1064

PICO Electronics , Inc.

453 N. MacQuesten Pkwy. Mt. Vernon, N.Y. 10552- 914-699-5514

J Delivery—

I stock to one week

1*1248

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices! Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

G3 ^

mmon Mode
Induct

• Minimum possible size

® 130°C operation
(Ambient + Temp. Rise)

• Windings Balance ± 1%

• Dielectric Strength ....
1500 Volts RMS

q All units are
magnetically shielded

These Inductors are well suited for use in Switching Regulators, DC to DC
Power Supplies and all types of Electrical Equipment where the elimination of
line transmitted Electromagnetic Interference is important. Electrical equipment
will generate noise due to switching operations of transistors, SCR’s, relays,
triacs, etc. By using these Inductors, noise being fed back to the power line is
minimized to an acceptable level and this noise will not interfere with other
equipment operating on the same power line.

A

B

. C

MAX.

MAX

BOLT

STAND-

SIZE

HEIGHT

DIA

CIRCLE

OFF

1

. 280

. 410

. 260

. 160

(7.11)

(10.41)

(6.6)

(4.06)

2

.340

.500

.350

.250

(8.63)

(12.7)

(8.89)

(6.35)

3

.415

.630 '

.440

.340

(10. 54)

(16.0)

(11.17)

(8.64)

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES ( )= MM

WISE FROM PIN #1.

.635

(16.12)

.950
(24. 13)

1. 125
(28. 57) I (20. 32)

.460

( 11 . 68 )

. 140
(3. 55)

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES ( )= MM

WISE FROM PIN #1.

SPECIFICATIONS

o All units meet MIL-T-27D
and are type TF5S04ZZ

o Inductance measured ai
0.1 VRMS-IOkHz

® Unit has
magnetic shield

• Dielectric Strength ....
1500 Volts RMS

o Windings Balanced
± 1 %

o Maximum ambient plus
temp, rise limited to 130°C
(ie maximum ambient
of part no. 46282 would
be 105°C if Irms
is 1.47 AMPS)

TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT

TYPICAL APPLICATION CIRCUIT

SUPPRESSION INDUCTOR

NPUT L

V/220 V 3

— *— ■ c

r

x

i

_r^_

SOURCE

OF

NOISE

A TYPICAL CIRCUIT FOR THE ELIMINATION OF NOISE IS
SHOWN ABOVE. THE FILTER CONTAINS TWO
STAGES, ONE FOR COMMON MODE NOISE ( L„, C C„ ) AND
ONE FOR CONDUCTED NOISE ( Lj , L 2 , AND Cg ).

For immediate engineering assistance or to place an Order-

Call Toll Free 800-431-1064

PICO Electronics/ Inc.

453 N. MacQuesten Pkwy. Mt. Vernon, N.Y.10552- 914-699-5514

IRMS (AMPS)

RDC.

APPROX.

LEAKAGE

INDUCT-

TEMP.

TEMP.

TEMP.

(OHMS)

INDUCTANCE

RISE

RISE

RISE

EACH

(MICRO-

HENRY)

MODEL

PRICE

ANCE

60°C

40°C

25 # C

WDG.

SIZE

NUMBER

1-9

2.22

1. 78

1.47

.041

3.5

1

46282

12. 57

100

MICRO-

2.92

2.50

2.16

.026

3. 5

2

47290

12.57

HENRY

5.03

4.31

3.67

.012

4

3

48380

12.57

1.42

1.14

1.09

. 10

5

1

46262

12.57

1.83

1.57

1.35

.066

5

2

47270

12.57

250

MICRO-

HENRY

3.18

2.72

2.32

.03

4. 5

3

48360

12.57

5.20

4.35

3.48

.015

4.5

4

49460

15.09

.980

.785

.650

.21

9

1

46242

12.57

1.30

1.12

.967

. 13

8

2

47250

12.57

500

MICRO-

HENRY

2.25

1.93 '

1.64

.06

8

3

48340

12.57

3.67

3.07

2.46

.03

7.5

4

49440

15.09

5.34

4 . 75

3.45

.017

6.5

5

50240

15.09

.808

.646

.536

. 31

10.3

1

46222

12.57

1.05

.900

.779

.20

8.9

2

47230

12.57

750

MICRO-

HENRY

1.84

1.57

1.34

.09

8.4

3

48320

12.57

3.00

2.50

2.01

.045

7.7

4

49420

15.09

4.32

3.85

2.79

.026

7.5

5

50220

15.09

.703

.562

.466

.41

13.8

1

46202

12.57

.925

.789

.683

.26

11.9

2

47210

12.57

1.59

1.36

1.16

.12

11.3

3

48300

12.57

1

2.60

2.17

1.74

.06

10.3

4

49400

15.09

MILLI-

HENRY

3.78

3.36

2.44

.034

10. 0

5

50200

15.09

5.80

4.81

4.29

.022

9.4

6

51302

16.56

.497

.397

.330

.82

27. 5

1

46182

12.57

.654

.558

.483

.52

23.8

2

47190

12.57

1.12

.963

.821

.24

22. 5

3

48280

12.57

2

MILLI-

1.83

1.54

1.23

.12

20.6

4

49380

15.09

HENRY

2.63

2.34

1.70

.07

20

5

50180

15. 09

4.30

3.57

3.18

.04

18.8

6

51282

16.56

.350

.280

.232

1.65

55

1

46162

12.57

.460

.392

.340

1.05

47.5

2

47170

12.57

4

.804

.688

.587

.47

45.0

3

48260

12.57

MILLI-

HENRY

1.30

1.09

.871

.24

41.3

4

49360

15.09

1.86

1.65

1.20

.14

40.0

5

50160

15.09

2.87

2.38

2.12

.09

37. 5

6

51262

16.56

.233

.187

.154

3. 71

123.8

1

46142

12.57

.307

.262

.227

2.36

106.9

2

47150

12.57

9

.532

.456

.389

1.07

101.3

3

48240

12.57

MILLI-

HENRY

.874

.731

.586

.53

92.8

4

49340

15.09

1.25

1.11

.808

.31

90.0

5

50140

15.09

1.92

1. 60

1.42

.20

84.4

6

51242

16.56

.175

. 140

.115

6.6

220

1

46122

12.57

.230

.195

.170

4.2

190

2

47130

12.57

.40

.340

.290

1.9

180

3

48220

12.57

16

MILLI-

HENRY

.650

.546

.430

.95

165

4

49320

15.09

.940

.830

.600

.55

160

5

50120

15.09

1.45

1.20

1.07

.35

150

6

51222

16.56

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1249

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

Renco's catalog of products and services is so extensive that it's impossible
to reproduce them effectively on a few pages in EEM. Therefore, we urge
you to contact us with your requirements. Our technical staff is eager to
discuss your needs, and if we don't have a standard, off-the-shelf item to
solve your problem, our independent prototype department will have a
CUSTOM sample in your hands in ten days or less. All samples are abso-
lutely FREE , of course. That's been our policy for over twenty-five years.

So, give me a call, Edward Rensing, at (516) 586-5566 and let me help
you with your coil wound needs. I think you'll discover no one will
service your requirements better!

RENCO ELECTRONICS, INC.
60 Jefryn Boulevard East,
Deer Park, New York 11729
(516) 586-5566

TOLL-FREE

800 * 645*5828

ENGINEERING ?n°New York, call (51 6) 586-5566

1*1250

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

MILITARY/AIRBORNE/SHIP- COMMERCIAL YOKES SPECIAL YOKES

BOARD YOKES Extensively tooled for volume Designed to solve unusual

Compact, lightweight, ruggedized production reflecting excellent problems in unique displays such

yokes designed to withstand the cost effectiveness. Ideal for all as phototypesetting, random

rigors of environmental stresses. variations of CRT terminals graphics, vectors, line scan,

Typical applications include TV including alphanumeric computer monochrome or color projection

raster scans, HUD, HDD, alpha- output displays, medical wave- simulators, and applications

numeric, cockpit displays as well form and video. Can be supplied demanding accurate beam

as military ground support and with built-in geometry correction positioning, superior focus, and

shipboard displays. and beam centering provisions. zero astigmatism.

Y3802 YOKE
CHARACTER WRITING
Stator Ferrite Core. High frequency
yoke provides effective way to
produce display characters and
symbols independent of main yoke.
Mounts directly behind Y38 series
of yokes. Low inductances as
required.

F50/55 FOCUS COILS
Static/Dynamic shielded units
designed for electromagnetically
focused precision displays where
high resolution is required
anywhere on the screen. Fits 38
mm ( 1 V 2 ") neck diameter CRTs.

FIBER OPTIC
CRT YOKES

Precision yokes developed for
phototypesetter applipations
provide excellent linearity and
minimum spot growth center to
edge of fiber optic CRT. Ten years
engineering experience with
phototypesetter applications.

When the electronics industry needed high quality
precision components for CRT display systems,
Syntronic Instruments was able to provide the
technology. As a manufacturer of precision yokes, coils
and related components, Syntronic enjoys a substantial
share of the deflection component market and has
acquired an industry-wide reputation for its quality
engineering and ability to manufacture these devices in
any quantity.

Quality control with such components is imperative.

Syntronic engineers have designed and built much of
the test equipment for these precision instruments and
consistently lead in the development of new test
equipment.

Today’s requirements for high resolution, solid-state
driven, high-speed displays require continuing effort
to advance the design of deflection components.
Syntronic Instruments’ experienced engineering group
provides such present-day technology to every
application.

SYNTRONIC INSTRUMENTS, INC., 100 INDUSTRIAL ROAD, ADDISON, IL 60101 U.S.A.

Phone (312) 543-6444
TWX: 910-651-2191

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1251

COMMONLY USED

mm i Al /■?■ *-

BliBW I rCI WMbl EbE %# I rmw 1^1 1

J| M| ML TB^MIg

MDDif B W k I IWI

AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binary-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATY cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

j

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATY master antenna television
/iF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

VAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Tcp

CTEL

PRODUCTS

INC.

INDUCTORS

13402 South 71 Highway/Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

MINI-L

ENCAPSULATED RF INDUCTORS

_ A 1

MAX.

L. 1-000 J

MIN.

1

c

MAX.

1

E D

: ±.010

— 'H= 1 —

— <

— -i

►

j—

1

B

MAX.

L

Type

A

B

C

D

E

Wt.

TA-TF

.225

.210

.110

.100

.020

.01 oz.

TB

.300

.280

.160

.200

.025

.02 oz.

TD

.390

.390

.197

.200

.025

.04 oz.

Designed to meet the requirements of MIL-C-15305,
Grade 1, Class B ( — 55°C to + 125°C). The rated
temperature rise is 35°C above an ambient of
90°C. Overload current should not exceed 1.4
times the rated current. Dielectric withstanding
voltage is 700 volts rms. The powdered iron cores
used in these items possess excellent temperature
stability and result in an inductor with low external
magnetic field. This allows mounting in close prox-
imity to each other and to other circuit compon-
ents without ill effects.

TA

TF

TB

TD

TYPICAL "Q” VS FREQUENCY

TA SERIES

Frequency Range: 1 to 50 MHz.

Inductance Tolerances: Less than 1.0 uH, ±10%.
Greater than or equal to 1.0 uH, ±5%. Closer tol-
erances available by special request.

Inductance TC: +50 PPM/°C maximum.

Maximum Power Dissipation: 0.2 watt.

Leads: 1 inch minimum AWG 24 tinned copper wire.
Weldable gold plated Dumet leads are available.

Method of Measurement: Apparent inductance meas-
ured on HP4342A “Q” meter with leads con-
nected V 4 inch from inductor body directly to “Q”
meter terminals. Residual “Q” meter inductance
of 0.01 uH should be subtracted from reading.

MIL-C-15305, Grade 1, Class B.

Part

No.

Apparent

Induc-

tance

(uH)

Mini-

mum

“Q”

Test

Fre-

quency

(MHz)

Mini-

mum

SRF

(MHz)

Maxi-

mum

DCR

(ohms)

DC

Cur-

rent

(mA)

TA-1

0.10

60

25

450

0.04

2230

TA-2

0.12

60

25

410

0.05

2000

TA-3

0.15

65

25

350

0.06

1825

TA-4

0.18

65

25

325

0.07

1675

TA-5

0.22

65

25

300

0.08

1550

TA-6

0.27

65

25

280

0.09

1475

TA-7

0.33

65

25

260

0.10

1400

TA-8

0.39

70

25

240

0.11

1325

TA-9

0.47

70

25

220

0.15

1125

TA-10

0.56 .

70

25

200

0.20

1000

TA-11

0.68

70

25

180

0.25

900

TA-12

0.82

70

25

165

0.30

810

TA-13

1.0

70

25

150

0.35

750

TA-14

1.2

65

7.9

130

0.25

875

TA-15

1.5

65

7.9

120

0.30

800

TA-16

1.8

65

7.9

110

0.50

600

iTA-17

2.2

65

7.9

100

0.75

500

TA-18

2.7

65

7.9

90

0.90

450

TA-19

3.3

65

7.9

70

1.0

425

TA-20

3.9

65

7.9

60

1.2

400

TA-21

4.7

60

7.9

50

1.5

350

TA-22

5.6

60

7.9

45

1.7

325

TA-23

6.8

60

7.9

40

2.0

300

TA-24

8.2

60

7.9

37

2.4

290

TA-25

10.0

60

7.9

35

2.6

280

TB SERIES

Recommended Frequency Range: 50 KHz to 35 MHz.

Inductance Tolerance: ±5%. Closer tolerances avail-
able by special request.

Inductance TC: From +60 PPM/°C maximum to +300
PPM/°C maximum, depending upon inductance value.

Maximum Power Dissipation: .33 watt.

Leads: 1 inch minimum AWG 22 tinned copper wire.
Weldable gold plated Dumet leads are available.

Method of Measurement: Apparent inductance meas-
ured on HP4342A “Q” meter with leads con-
nected 1/4 inch from inductor body directly to “Q”
meter terminals. Residual “Q” meter inductance
of 0.01 uH should be subtracted from reading.

Part

No.

Apparent

Induc-

tance

(uH)

Mini-

mum

“Q”

Test

Fre-

quency

(MHz)

Mini-

mum

SRF

(MHz)

Maxi-

mum

DCR

(ohms)

DC

Cur-

rent

(mA)

TB-1

10

75

2.5

35

1.1

550

TB-2

12

75

2.5

31

1.3

500

TB-3

15

75

2.5

27

1.5

460

TB-4

18

80

2.5

25

1.9

410

TB-5

22

80

2.5

22

2.2

380

TB-6

27

80

2.5

20

2.6

350

TB-7

33

80

2.5

18

3.3

320

TB-8

39

80

2.5

16

3.8

290

TB-9

47

80

2.5

14

4.6

260

TB-10

56

80

2.5

12

5.6

240

TB-11

68

80

2.5

11

6.7

220

TB-12

82

80

2.5

10

8.1

200

TB-13

100

80

2.5

9.1

9.6

180

TB-14

120

50

0.79

8.2

10.0

175

TB-15

150

50

0.79

7.5

11.0

160

TB-16

180

50

0.79

6.5

12.0

155

TB-17

220

50

0.79

5.6

13.0

150

TB-18

270

55

0.79

5.0

17.0

125

TB-19

330

55

0.79

4.5

19.0

130

TB-20

390

55

0.79

4.0

21.0

120

TB-21

470

55

0.79

3.5

22.0

115

TB-22

560

55

0.79

3.0

24.0

110

TB-23

680

55

0.79

2.8

19.0

130

TB-24

820

50

0.79

2.5

23.0

120

TB-25

1000

50

0.79

2.2

26.0

110

TF SERIES

Frequency Range: 15 to 300 MHz.

Inductance Tolerances: Less than 0.1 uH, ±20%.
Greater than or equal to 0.1 uH, ±10%. Closer
tolerances available by special request.

Inductance TC: +200 PPM/°C maximum.

Maximum Power Dissipation: 0.2 watt.

Leads: 1 inch minimum AWG 24 tinned copper wire.
Weldable gold plated Dumet leads are available.

Method of Measurement: Apparent inductance meas-
ured on Boonton 190-A “Q” meter with leads con-
nected 1/4 inch from inductor body directly to “Q"
meter terminals. Residual “Q” meter inductance of
0.0026 uH should be subtracted from value calcu-
lated from C and F readings.

MIL-C-15305, Grade 1, Class B.

Part

No.

Apparent

Induc-

tance

(uH)

Mini-

mum

“Q”

Test

Fre-

quency

(MHz)

Mini-

mum

SRF

(MHz)

Maxi-

mum

DCR

(ohms)

DC

Cur-

rent

(mA)

TF-1

0.01

60

150

1000

0.02

3100

TF-2

0.012

60

150

1000

0.02

3100

TF-3

0.015

60

150

1000

0.02

3100

TF-4

0.018

60

150

1000

0.02

3100

TF-5

0.022

60

100

900

0.02

3100

TF-6

0.027

60

100

800

0.02

3100

jTF-7

0.033

60

100

750

0.02

3100

TF-8

0.039

60

100

700

0.02

3100

TF-9

0.047

60

100

650

0.02

3100

TF-10

0.056

60

100

600

0.02

3100

TF-11

0.068

60

100

550

0.03

2500

TF-12

0.082

60

100

500

0.03

2500

TF-13

0.10

70

50

450

0.04

2200

TF-14

0.12

70

50

400

0.05

2000

TF-15

0.15

70

50

350

0.06

1800

TF-16

0.18

70

50

320

0.07

1650

TF-17

0.22

70

50

300

0.08

1500

TF-18

0.27

70

50

280

0.10

1400

TF-19

0.33

70

50.

260

0.12

1300

TF-20

0.39

60

50

240

0.15

1150

TF-21

0.47

60

50

220

0.20

1000

TF-22

0.56

60

50

200

0.25

900

TF-23

0.68

60

50

180

0.30

800

TF-2 4

0.82

60

50

160

0.35

750

TF-2 5 ,

1.0

60

50

150

0.40

700

TD SERIES

Recommended Frequency Range: 50 KHz to 10 MHz.

Inductance Tolerance: ±5%. Closer tolerances avail-
able by special request.

Inductance TC: From +60 PPM/°C maximum to +300
PPM/°C maximum, depending upon inductance value.

Maximum Power Dissipation: .50 watt.

Leads: 1 inch minimum AWG 22 tinned copper wire.
Weldable gold plated Dumet leads are available.

Method of Measurement: Apparent inductance meas-
ured on HP4342A “Q” meter with leads con-
nected 1/4 inch from inductor body directly to “Q”
meter terminals.

Part

No.

Apparent

Induc-

tance

(uH)

Mini-

mum

“Q”

Test

Fre-

quency

(KHz)

Mini-

mum

SRF

(MHz)

Maxi-

mum

DCR

(ohms)

DC

Cur-

rent

(mA)

TD-1

100

75

790

8.4

6

280

TD-2

120

75

790

7.5

7

260

TD-3

150

75

790

6.8

8

240

TD-4

180

75

790

6.1

10

220

TD-5

220

80

790

5.4

12

200

TD-6

270

80

790

4.7

14

180

TD-7

330

80

790

4.2

17

165

TD-8

390

80

790

3.8

20

150

TD-9

470

75

790

3.4

24

140

TD-10

560

75

790

3.1

28

130

TD-11

680

75

790

2.8

33

120

TD-12

820

75

790

2.5

40

110

TD-13

1000

75

790

2.2

46

100

TD-14

1200

45

250

1.9

30

120

TD-15

1500

45

250

1.6

35

110

TD-16

1800

50

250

1.4

40

105

TD-17

2200

50

250

1.3

50

95

TD-18

2700

50

250

1.2

60

85

TD-19

3300

50

250

1.1

70

80

TD-20

3900

50

250

1.0

80

75

TD-21

4700

50

. 250

0.9

90

70

TD-22

5600

45

250

0.8

100

65

TD-23

6800

40

250

0.7

140

60

TD-2 4

8200

40

250

0.6

160

55

TD-25

10,000

40

250

0.6

175

50

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1253

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

To*

CTEL

PRODUCTS

INC.

INDUCTORS

13402 South 71 Highway/ Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

MINI-L ENCAPSULATED INDUCTORS
TE/TJ SERIES

Series

A

WT.

TE

.200

.03 oz.

TJ

.100

.03 oz.

Recommended Frequency Range: 25 KHz to 2.5 MHz.

Inductance Tolerances: ±10% @ 1 KHz.

Maximum Power Dissipation: .33 watt.

Leads: 1.625 ±.125 AWG #24 tinned copper leads. Add suffix "D” to Part
Number for Weldable Gold Plated Dumet leads.

Method of Measurement: Inductance at 1 KHz measured on General Radio
inductance bridge Type 1632A with leads connected directly to bridge.
“Q” at test frequency, measured on HP4342A “Q” meter with leads con-
nected directly to meter terminals.

MIL-C-15305, Grade 1, Class B.

TYPICAL "Q” VS FREQUENCY

IHH

IS

SI

II!

HH

IK

a

■

311

II VA

□

a

III

m

II

M

\m

■

i

SH

mmm

H

Mi

■

W9B$\

!!■

■

II

s

n

¥

IRS

itfS

■

II

Si

■

III

rn~

■

II

IM

II

10 50 100 500 1000 5000

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

Part

Number

Inductance
Ref. @ 1 KHz
(mH)

Minimum

“GT

“Q” Test
Frequency
(KHz)

Minimum

SRF

(MHz)

Maximum

DCR

(ohms)

DC

Current

(mA)

TJ-1

TE-1

0.10

80

790

4.5

1.8

450

TJ-2

TE-2

0.12

80

790

3.9

2.1

425

TJ-3

TE-3

0.15

75

790

3.6

2.3

400

TJ-4

TE-4

0.18

75

790

3.3

2.7

380

TJ-5

TE-5

0.22

75

790

3.0

2.9

360

TJ-6

TE-6

0.27

75

790

2.7

3.2

320

TJ-7

TE-7

0.33

70

790

2.5

3.6

300

TJ-8

TE-8

0.39

70

790

2.3

4.0

275

TJ -9

TE-9

0.47

65

790

2.1

4.4

265

TJ-10

TE-10

0.56

60

790

2.0

4.7

250

TJ-1 1

TE-U

0.68

55

790

1.8

5.4

240

TJ-1 2

TE-12

0.82

50

790

1.6

5.8

225

TJ-1 3

TE-13

1.00

80

250

1.5

8.7

190

TJ-14

TE-14

1.20

75

250

1.4

9.5

180

TJ-15

TE-15

1.50

75

250

1.2

11.6

160

TJ-1 6

TE-16

1.80

75

250

1.1

15.8

140

TJ-1 7

TE-17

2.20

75

250

0.95

17.3

130

TJ-18

TE-18

2.70

70

250

0.87

18.9

125

TJ-19

TE-19

3.30

70

250

0.80

25.2

110

TJ-20

TE-20

3.90

70

250

0.75

27.2

105

TJ-21

TE-21

4.70

65

250

0.70

31.5

100

TJ-22

TE-22

5.60

65

250

0.60

42.0

85

TJ-23

TE-23

6.80

60

250

0.55

52.5

75

TJ-24

TE-24

8.20

55

250

0.50

63.0

65

TJ-25

TE-25

10.0

45

250

0.45

89.2

55

TJ-26

TE-26

12.0

40

79

0.40

105.0

50

TJ-27

TE-27

15.0

40

79

0.35

121.0

45

TJ-28

TE-28

18.0

40

79

0.33

136.0

40

TJ-29

TE-29

22.0

40

79

0.30

147.0

35

TJ-30

TE-30

27.0

40

79

0.26

241.0

30

TJ-31

TE-31

33.0

35

79

0.24

325.0

28

TJ-32

TE-32

39.0

35

79

0.22

367.0

25

TJ-33

TE-33

47.0

35

79

0.20

420.0

23

TJ-34

TE-34

56.0

30

79

0.18

483.0

20

TJ-35

TE-35

68.0

25

79

0.16

630.0

18

TJ-36

TE-36

82.0

20

79

0.14

893.0

16

TJ-37

TE-37

100.0

20

79

0.12

1100

15

TJ -38

TE-38

120.0

10

50

0.10

1200

14

TJ-39

TE-39

150.0

10

50

0.095

1360

13

TJ-40

TE-40

180.0

10

40

0.080

1520

11

TJ-41

TE-41

220.0

10

40

0.070

1890

10

P/PA 65

WT. .07 OZ.

~ i— .025 DIA. .+. |

■L

TYPE P TYPE PA

Frequency Range: 1 to 50 KHz MIL-T-27 Grade 5, Class S.

WHEN ORDERING, ADD CASE PREFIX (TYPE) TO PART NUMBER.

EXAMPLE: PA65 — XX

_T L_

CASE TYPE -

PART NUMBER

MILLIAMPS x \~m

0 20 50 100

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

CORE NO. 65

Inductance ±2% (mH)

Part Number

Typical i

DCR (ohms)

Distributed Capacity (pf)

(■HKItTSSHIH

.934

*■ ; . HI s.

1.310

^Br^H

•v-v'-

1.430

Hi r£^H „ ■

1.550

2.020

2.40

65-6

2.200

14

2.50

65-7

2.250

14

65-8

3.010

16

3.60

65-9

3.300

16

4.30

65-10

3.600

16

5.00

65-11

4.260

18

65-12

4.680

18

7.20

65-13

5.120

18

7.50

65-14

7.000

20

65-15

7.700

22

8.60

65-16

22

10.00

65-17

10.300

24

12.00

65-18

11.300

24

12.50

65-19

11.600

24

15.00

65-20

16.500

26

17.50

65-21

17.800

26

20.00

65-22

19.000

28

24.00

65-23

28.500

28

25.00

65-24

29.100

30

30.00

65-25

31.900

30

36.00

65-26

34.900

43.00

65-27

42.100

50.00

65-28

48.000

60.00

65-29

52.600

72.00

65-30

61.500

36

liiH7!V7ST!Vi

36

36

- : -HTiTiTiTiV

HSH

38

HIHHU^AUJHHHI

40

1*1254

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

t4

7

CTEL

PRODUCTS

INDUCTORS

INC. 13402 South 71 Highway/Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

MINI-L HERMETICALLY SEALED RF INDUCTORS
TG, TH SERIES

TG SERIES

Recommended Frequency Range: 10 KHz to 500 KHz.

Inductance Tolerance: ±5%.

Inductance Stability: Less than ±2% from -20°C to + 130°C.

Method of Test: Inductance is measured on a General Radio inductance bridge,
Type 1632A with leads connected directly to bridge. “Q” is measured on
HP4342A “Q” meter with leads connected directly to the "Q” meter
terminals.

MIL-T-27, Grade 4, Class S.

Temperature Range: -55°C to +130°C.

Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms minimum at 100 volts DC.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 100 volts rms.

The TG and TH series offer high “Q” inductors in a TO-5 transistor can con-
figuration. High density packaging can be accomplished with little regard to
coupling between adjacent circuitry since construction of these units results
in a low external magnetic and electrostatic field.

TH SERIES

Recommended Frequency Range: 100 KHz to 10 MHz.

Inductance Tolerances: 10 uH through 33 uH, ±10%, 39 uH through 130 uH,
±5%, greater than and including 150 uH, ±3%.

Inductance Stability: Less than or equal to ±2% from — 20°C to + 85°C.
Method of Test: Inductance and “Q” are measured on HP4342A “Q” meter
with leads connected directly to the “Q” meter terminals.

MIL-C-15305, Grade 1, Class C.

Temperature Range: — 55°C to + 130°C.

Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms minimum at 100 volts DC.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 100 volts rms.

COILS, CHOKES. & INDUCTORS

"JlbFCTEL

PRODUCTS

INDUCTORS

13402 South 71 Highway/Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

MINIATURE TOROIDS

TYPE P/PF TYPICAL TYPE PA TYPE M

Epoxy Encapsulated Axial Lead Epoxy Encapsulated Metal Cased

MIL-T-27 Grade 5, Glass S MIL-T-27 Grade 4, Class R

I NO FOOT 1 WITH FOOT 1

CORE NO. 03 CORE NO. 13 CORE NO. 29

Recommended Frequency: Up to 100 KHz. Recommended Frequency: 10 KHz to 200 KHz. Recommended Frequency: 50 KHz to 5 MHz.

Maximum Inductence: 250 mH. Maximum Inductance: 100 mH. Maximum Inductance: 15 mH.

Special Core Stabilization Available: D, W, M, L. Special Core Stabilization Available: D, W, M, L. Only Core Stabilization Available: ±90 PPM/°C

When ordering add the prefix P, PA, PF, or M to the Part Number for the case type desired.

MILLIAMPS x V~infr

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

FREQUENCY IN MEGAHERTZ

1*1256

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

INDUCTORS

TOROTEL PRODUCTS INC./ 13402 South 71 Highway/ Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

MINIATURE TOROIDS

WHEN ORDERING, ADD CASE PREFIX (TYPE) TO
PART NUMBER.

EXAMPLE P 03-1

CASE TYPE-

-PART NUMBER

CORE NO. 82

Recommended Frequency: Up to 50 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 250 mH.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

CORE NO. 72

Recommended Frequency: Up to 30 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 360 mH.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

CORE NO. 52

Recommended Frequency: Up to 15 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 500 mH.

Special Core Stabilization: L.

When ordering add the prefix P, PA, PF, or M, to the part number for the case type desired.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1257

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

TIcrctel

J[VR VI LL INDUCTORS

PRODUCTS

MO. 13402 South 71 Highway/ Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

MINIATURE INDUCTORS pa H rt N n°u“ G ’ add case pref,x (TYPE) to

Mechanical Tolerance: ±.015 unless otherwise
indicated.

TYPE P — Compression Molded

3-48 UNC-2B OR
CLEARANCE HOLE .104
1.693 1 r (4-40 UNC-2B ALSO AVAILABLE)

rafp

N 60° — > .045 X .080 SLOT WT. .35 OZ.

CORE NO. 50

Recommended Frequency: Up to 50 KHz.

Maximum Inductance: 4.5 H.

Special Core Stabilization Available: D, L, M, W.

Typical

I Distributed

Inductance Part DCR Capacity

±1%(mH) Number (ohms) (pf)

1.0 50-1 .6 30

2.5 50-2 1.4 31

5.0 50-3 2.8 31

6.0 50-40 3.3 32

7.2 !

7.5

8.6
If
1

EXAMPLE:
CASE TYPE -

U 55-1

-PART NUMBER

TYPE M — Metal Cased

t Add “C” to part number of molded inductor if
clearance hole is desired.

TYPE MC — Metal Cased

.031 ±.003 .094.^—^ r . 150 ±.005

TYPE MG — Metal Cased -Grid Spacing

i ~ h ”“7

7

^filL

Pi

.775 MAX.-

1.500

r~ ±.032 '

r 3 iyiha-i ±.032 -1 MAX. WT. .45 OZ.

TYPE PT — Printed Circuit

-390 h-

^ MA iTi.o 0 o i— t~
I min. \

CORE NO. 51

Recommended Frequency: 10 KHz to 200 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 1 H.

Special Core Stabilization Available: D, M, W, L.

CORE NO. 53

Recommended Frequency: 50 KHz to 2 MHz.
Maximum Inductance: 20 mH.

Only Core Stabilization Available: ±90 PPM/°C

~ T jca|

I Distributed

Inductance Part DCR Capacity

±1 % (mH) Number (ohms) (pf)

0.050 53-1 ” ” ~ '

‘.060 53-

1*1258

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

INDUCTORS

T0R0TEL PRODUCTS INC./13402 South 71 Highway/ Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

MINIATURE INDUCTORS

TYPE U — Uncased

CORE NO. 55

Recommended Frequency: Up to 50 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 5 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

—

Part

Number

Typical

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

1.20

55-1

0.50

30

1.50

55-2

0.71

30

1.75

55-3

0.77

32

2.00

55-4

0.82

32

2.40

55-5

1.13

32

3.00

55-6

1.26

34

3.60

55-7

1.38

34

4.30

55-8

1.51

34

5.00

55-9

1.63

34

6.00

55-10

2.32

34

7.20

55-11

3.20

36

8.60

55-12

3.51

36

10.00

55-13

4.68

36

12.00

55-14

5.11

36

15.00

55-15

5.72

36

17.50

55-16

7.60

38

20.00

55-17

8.12

38

24.00

55-18

8.89

38

30.00

55-19

12.30

38

36.00

55-20

13.40

40

43.00

55-21

18.20

40

50.00

55-22

19.60

40

60.00

55-23

27.00

42

72.00

55-24

29.60

42

86.00

55-25

40.70

42

100.00

55-26

43.90

42

120.00

55-27

48.10

44

150.00

55-28

71.50

44

175.00

55-29

77.30

44

200.00

55-30

82.60

46

240.00

55-31

117.00

46

300.00

55-32

131.00

46

360.00

55-33

143.00

48

430.00

55-34

196.00

48

500.00

55-35

211.00

48

600.00

55-36

292.00

50

720.00

55-37

320.00

50

860.00

55-38

350.00

52

1.00 H

55-39

475.00

52

1.20 H

55-40

520.00

54

1.50 H

55-41

735.00

54

1.75 H

55-42

794.00

54

2.00 H

55-43

1080.00

56

2.40 H

55-44

1180.00

56

3.00 H

55-45

1320.00

56

MILLIAMPS X V~mH

1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

TYPE PS/ PST/ PW/PWT — Printed Circuit

CORE NO. 56

Recommended Frequency: Up to 40 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 7 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

1.50

56-1

0.50

36

1.75

56-2

0.54

36

2.00

56-3

0.58

36

2.40

56-4

0.80

36

3.00

56-5

0.90

38

3.60

56-6

1.23

38

4.30

56-7

1.35

38

5.00

56-8

1.46

38

6.00

56-9

1.60

38

7.20

56-10

2.27

40

8.60

56-11

3.13

40

10.00

56-12

3.38

40

12.00

56-13

3.70

42

15.00

56-14

5.11

42

17.50

56-15

5.53

42

20.00

56-16

5.90

44

24.00

56-17

7.95

44

30.00

56-18

8.89

44

36.00

56-19

12.00

46

43.00

56-20

13.10

46

50.00

56-21

14.10

46

60.00

56-22

19.20

46

72.00

56-23

26.40

48

86.00

56-24

28.90

48

100.00

56-25

31.20

48

120.00

56-26

43.00

50

150.00

56-27

48.10

50

175.00

56-28

51.90

52

200.00

56-29

73.90

52

240.00

56-30

80.90

54

300.00

56-31

117.00

54

360.00

56-32

128.00

54

430.00

56-33

140.00

56

500.00

56-34

189.00

56

600.00

56-35

207.00

58

720.00

56-36

286.00

58

860.00

56-37

313.00

60

1.00 H

56-38

337.00

60

1.20 H

56-39

369.00

62

1.50 H

56-40

520.00

62

1.75 H

56-41

710.00

64

2.00 H

56-42

759.00

64

2.40 H

56-43

832.00

66

3.00 H

56-44

1180.00

66

3.60 H

56-45

1290.00

66

TYPE S — Printed Circuit

TYPE PC — Printed Circuit

WT. .35 oz.

CORE NO. 57

Recommended Frequency: Up to 20 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 10 H.

Special Core Stabilization: L.

Inductance
±1 % (mH)

Part

Number

Typical |

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

2.0

57-1

0.48

40

2.4

57-2

0.52

40

3.0

57-3

0.74

42

3.6

57-4

0.81

42

4.3

57-5

1.11

42

5.0

57-6

1.19

44

6.0

57-7

1.31

44

7.2

57-8

1.43

44

8.6

57-9

1.56

46

10.0

57-10

2.19

46

12.0

57-11

2.40

46

15.0

57-12

3.40

46

17.5

57-13

3.66

48

20.0

57-14

4.84

48

24.0

57-15

5.30

50

30.0

57-16

7.29

50

36.0

57-17

7.99

52

43.0

57-18

8.73

52

50.0

57-19

11.60

54

60.0

57-20

12.70

54

72.0

57-21

13.90

56

86.0

57-22

18.80

56

100.0

57-23

20.30

56

120.0

57-24

28.00

58

150.0

57-25

31.30

58

175.0

57-26

42.60

60

200.0

57-27

45.50

62

240.0

57-28

49.80

62

300.0

57-29

74.10

64

360.0

57-30

81.20

64

430.0

57-31

115.00

64

500.0

57-32

124.00

66

600.0

57-33

136.00

66

720.0

57-34

186.00

66

860.0

57-35

203.00

68

1.00 H

57-36

219.00

68

1.20 H

57-37

303.00

70

1.50 H

57-38

338.00

72

1.75 H

57-39

366.00

72

2.00 H

57-40

492.00

74

2.40 H

57-41

682.00

74

3.00 H

57-42

762.00

74

3.60 H

57-43

835.00

76

4.30 H

57-44

1160.00

76

5.00 H

57-45

1250.00

76

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

MILLIAMPS x VmH

.1 .2 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

102 N
101 }
100 I

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1259

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Tor

T

CTEL

PRODUCTS

INDUCTORS

13402 South 71 Highway/ Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

Studs are available on the “M” Series on special
request.

Mechanical Tolerance: ±.015 unless otherwise
indicated.

CORE NO. 90

Recommended Frequency: Up to 50 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 9 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, L, M, W.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical |

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

3.0

90-1

1.10

34

3.6

90-2

1.20

35

4.0

90-3

1.61

35

4.3

90-4

1.67

36

5.0

90-5

1.80

36

6.0

90-6

1.97

36

7.2

90-7

2.70

37

7.5

90-8

2.75

37

8.6

90-9

2.95

37

10.0

90-10

3.82

38

12.0

90-11

4.19

38

12.5

90-12

4.28

38

15.0

90-13

4.68

38

17.5

90-14

6.15

39

20.0

90-15

6.57

39

24.0

90-16

9.18

39

25.0

90-17

9.36

39

30.0

90-18

10.30

40

36.0

90-19

11.30

40

40.0

90-20

15.10

40

43.0

90-21

15.70

41

50.0

90-22

16.90

41

60.0

90-23

18.50

42

72.0

90-24

25.40

42

75.0

90-25

25.90

43

86.0

90-26

27.70

43

100.0

90-27

29.90

44

120.0

90-28

42.30

45

125.0

90-29

43.10

45

150.0

90-30

47.20

46

175.0

90-31

63.00

46

200.0

90-32

67.50

47

240.0

90-33

74.00

47

250.0

90-34

75.50-

48

300.0

90-35

104.00

48

360.0

90-36

114.00

49

400.0

90-37

120.00

49

430.0

90-38

165.00

50

500.0

90-39

178.00

50

600.0

90-40

195.00

50

720.0

90-41

264.00

51

750.0

90-42

270.00

51

860.0

90-43

288.00

52

1.00 H

90-44

312.00

52

1.20 H

90-45

480.00

53

1.25 H

90-46

490.00

53

1.50 H

90-47

610.00

54

1.75 H

90-48

659.00

54

2.00 H

90-49

705.00

55

2.40 H

90-50

772.00

55

2.50 H

90-51

788.00

56

3.00 H,

90-52

1090.00

56

3.60 Hi

90-53

1190.00

57

4.00 Hi

90-54

1522.00

57

5.00 H|

90-55

1705.00

58

6.00 H

90-56

2420.00

58

CORE NO. 89

Recommended Frequency: Up to 200 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 1.5 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, L, M, W

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical 1

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

1.50

89-1

1.12

27

1:75

89-2

1.20

27

2.00

89-3

1.63

28

2.40

89-4

1.89

28

3.00

89-5

2.00

29

3.60

89-6

2.74

29

4.30

89-7

2.98

30

5.00

89-8

3.87

31

6.00

89-9

4.24

31

7.20

89-10

4.65

32

8.60

89-11

6.18

32

10.00

89-12

6.67

33

12.00

89-13

9.30

33

15.00

89-14

10.40

34

17.50

89-15

11.20

34

20.00

89-16

15.20

35

24.00

89-17

16.70

35

30.00

89-18

18.70

36

36.00

89-19

25.80

36

43.00

89-20

28.20

37

50.00

89-21

30.40

37

60.00

89-22

42.80

38

72.00

89-23

46.80

38

86.00

89-24

62.50

39

100.00

89-25

68.50

39

120.00

89-26

74.90

40

150.00

89-27

105.00

41

175.00

89-28

114.00

42

200.00

89-29

122.00

43

240.00

89-30

177.00

44

300.00

89-31

197.00

45

360.00

89-32

268.00

46

430.00

89-33

292.00

47

500.00

89-34

315.00

48

600.00

89-35

422.00

49

MILLIAMPS x \Tmfl

MILLIAMPS x V~fnH

50 100 200

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

10 20 50 100 200 500 1000

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

WHEN ORDERING,
PART NUMBER.
EXAMPLE: £S

CASE TYPE J

ADD CASE PREFIX (TYPE) TO

PART NUMBER

CORE NO. 68

Recommended Frequency: 50 KHz to 2 MHz.
Maximum Inductance: 30 mH.

Only Core Stabilization Available: ±90 PPM/°C.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical |

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

0.075

68-1

0.40

9

0.086

68-2

0.54

9

0.100

68-3

0.59

9

0.120

68-4

0.64

9

0.125

68-5

0.65

10

0.150

68-6

0.83

10

0.175

68-7

0.90

10

0.200

68-8

0.96

10

0.240

68-9

1.31

10

0.250

68-10

1.34

10

0.300

68-11

1.47

10

0.360

68-12

1.95

10

0.400

68-13

2.06

10

0.430

68-14

2.14

10

0.500

68-15

2.30

10

0.600

68-16

3.25

11

0.720

68-17

3.56

11

0.750

68-18

3.64

11

0.860

68-19

3.90

11

1.000

68-20

5.02

11

1.200

68-21

5.50

11

1.250

68-22

5.62

11

1.500

68-23

6.15

11

1.750

68-24

8.53

11

2.000

68-25

9.10

11

2.400

68-26

9.98

12

2.500

68-27

10.20

12

3.000

68-28

14.10

12

3.600

68-29

15.50

12

4.000

68-30

16.30

12

4.300

68-31

16.90

12

5.000

68-32

23.40

12

6.000

68-33

25.60

13

7.200

68-34

33.40

13

7.500

68-35

34.00

13

8.600

68-36

36.40

13

10.000

68-37

39.30

13

12.000

68-38

55.50

14

12.500

68-39

56.70

14

15.000

68-40

75.80

15

17.500-

68-41

81.80

15

MILLIAMPS x V mH

10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

1*1260

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

INDUCTORS

T0R0TEL PRODUCTS INC./13402 South 71 Highway/ Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

TYPE U — Uncased

WT. .45 OZ.

CORE NO. 91

Recommended Frequency: Up to 30 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 11 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

3.0

91-1

0.96

36

3.6

91-2

1.05

36

4.3

91-3

1.14

36

5.0

91-4

1.23

36

6.0

91-5

1.73

38

7.2

91-6

1.90

38

8.6

91-7

2.60

38

10.0

91-8

2.80

38

12.0

91-9

3.07

38

15.0

91-10

4.02

40

17.5

91-11

4.34

40

20.0

91-12

4.64

40

24.0

91-13

6.50

42

30.0

91-14

7.26

42

36.0

91-15

10.00

42

43.0

91-16

10.90

44

50.0

91-17

11.80

44

60.0

91-18

16.30

46

72.0

91-19

17.90

46

86.0

91-20

19.50

46

100.0

91-21

26.60

46

120.0

91-22

29.10

48

150.0

91-23

41.30

48

175.0

91-24

44.60

48

200.0

91-25

47.70

50

240.0

91-26

52.20

50

300.0

91-27

73.10

52

360.0

91-28

80.10

52

430.0

91-29

110.00

54

500.0

91-30

119.00

54

600.0

91-31

170.00

54

720.0

91-32

186.00

56

860.0

91-33

204.00

56

1.00 H

91-34

278.00

58

1.20 H

91-35

305.00

58

1.50 H

91-36

423.00

58

1.75 H

91-37

457.00

60

2.00 H

91-38

489.00

60

2.40 H

91-39

680.00

62

3.00 H

91-40

760.00

62

3.60 H

91-41

833.00

62

4.30 H

91-42

1130.00

64

5.00 H

91-43

1570.00

64

6.00 H

91-44

1720.00

1

TYPE PS/PF/PFC/PSC — Printed Circuit

WT. .8 OZ.

Recommended Frequency: Up to 20 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 14 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical |

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

3.6

92-1

0.93

40

4.3

92-2

1.02

42

5.0

92-3

1.10

42

6.0

92-4

1.20

44

7.2

92-5

1.70

44

8.6

92-6

1.85

44

10.0

92-7

2.51

46

12.0

92-8

2.74

46

15.0

92-9

3.07

46

17.5

92-10

3.88

48

20.0

92-11

4.15

48

24.0

92-12

4.55

50

30.0

92-13

6.50

50

36.0

92-14

7.12

52

43.0

92-15

9.76

52

50.0

92-16

10.50

54

60.0

92-17

11.50

54

72.0

92-18

16.00

54

86.0

92-19

17.50

56

100.0

92-20

18.80

56

120.0

92-21

26.10

56

150.0

92-22

29.10

58

175.0

92-23

39.90

58

200.0

92-24

42.70

60

240.0

92-25

46.70

60

300.0

92-26

52.20

62

360.0

92-27

71.60

62

430.0

92-28

78.30

64

500.0

92-29

106.00

64

600.0

92-30

116.00

64

720.0

92-31

167.00

66

860.0

92-32

182.00

66

1.00 H

92-33

196.00

68

1.20 H

92-34

273.00

68

1.50 H

92-35

305.00

70

1.75 H

92-36

409.00

72

2.00 H

92-37

437.00

72

2.40 H

92-38

479.00

74

3.00 H

92-39

680.00

74

3.60 H

92-40

745.00

74

4.30 H

92-41

814.00

76

5.00 H

92-42

1090.00

76

6.00 H

92-43

1540.00

78

7.20 H

92-44

1690.00

80

TYPE M — Metal Cased

CORE NO. 93

Recommended Frequency: Up to 10 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 20 H.

Special Core Stabilization: L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical |

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

5.0

93-1

0.90

46

6.0

93-2

0.98

46

7.2

93-3

1.08

46

8.6

93-4

1.18

48

10.0

93-5

1.63

48

12.0

93-6

1.78

50

15.0

93-7

2.50

52

17.5

93-8

2.70

52

20.0

93-9

2.89

54

24.0

93-10

3.70

54

30.0

93-11

4.14

54

36.0

93-12

4.54

56

43.0

93-13

6.35

56

50.0

93-14

6.84

58

60.0

93-15

9.41

58

72.0

93-16

10.30

60

86.0

93-17

11.30

62

100.0

93-18

15.40

62

120.0

93-19

16.80

62

150.0

93-20

18.80

64

175.0

93-21

25.70

64

200.0

93-22

27.40

66

240.0

93-23

30.00

66

300.0

93-24

42.60

68

360.0

93-25

46.70

68

430.0

93-26

51.00

68

500.0

93-27

68.80

70

600.0

93-28

75.40

70

720.0

93-29

104.00

72

860.0

93-30

114.00

72

1.00 H

93-31

160.00

74

1.20 H

93-32

175.00

74

1.50 H

93-33

196.00

76

1.75 H

93-34

269.00

76

2.00 H

93-35

287.00

76

2.40 H

93-36

315.00

78

3.00 H

93-37

436.00

80

3.60 H

93-38

478.00

82

4.30 H

93-39

664.00

82

5.00 H

93-40

716.00

84

6.00 H

93-41

784.00

86

7.20 H

93-42

1070.00

86

8.60 H

93-43

1170.00

88

10.00 H

93-44

1620.00

90

MILLIAMPS xVmH

1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500

104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90

.1 .2 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

%

N

T

I

A

L

MILLIAMPS x VmH

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

MILLIAMPS x VmTi

.1 .2 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50

■104 %
103 |

102 N

101 T

100 A
99 L

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1261

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

1800

Tor

CTEL

PRODUCTS

INC.

INDUCTORS

13402 South 71 Highway/Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

Studs are available on the “M” Series on special
request.

Mechanical Tolerance: ±.015 unless otherwise
indicated.

CORE NO. 06

Recommended Frequency: Up to 30 KHz
Maximum Inductance: 7.2 H.

Special Core Stabilization Available:
B, D, L, M, W.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

5.0

06-1

1.05

40

6.0

06-40

1.26

42

7.2

06-41

1.51

43

7.5

06-2

1.58

43

8.6

06-42

1.80

43

10.0

06-3

2.10

44

12.0

06-43

2.52

44

12.5

06-4

2.63

44

15.0

06-5

3.15

44

17.5

06-44

3.67

45

20.0

06-6

4.20

45

24.0

06-45

5.04

45

25.0

06-7

5.25

46

30.0

06-8

6.30

46

36.0

06-46

7.56

47

40.0

06-9

8.40

48

43.0

06-47

9.03

48

50.0

06-10

10.50

48

60.0

06-48

12.60

49

72.0

06-49

15.10

49

75.0

06-11

15.80

49

86.0

06-50

18.00

49

100.0

06-12

21.00

50

120.0

06-51

25.20

50

125.0

06-13

26.30

51

150.0

06-14

31.50

51

175.0

06-53

36.80

51

200.0

06-15

42.00

52

240.0

06-54

50.40

52

250.0

06-52

52.50

52

300.0

06-16

63.00

53

360.0

06-55

75.60

53

400.0

06-17

84.00

54

430.0

06-56

90.30

54

500.0

06-18

105.00

55

600.0

06-57

126.00

55

720.0

06-58

151.00

55

750.0

06-19

158.00

56

860.0

06-59

180.00

56

1.00 H

06-20

210.00

57

1.20 H

06-60

252.00

57

1.25 H

06-21

263.00

57

1.50 H

06-22

315.00

58

1.75 H

06-61

368.00

58

2.00 H

06-23

420.00

58

2.40 H

06-62

504.00

59

2.50 H

06-69

525.00

59

3.00 H

06-24

630.00

59

3.60 H

06-70

756.00

60

4.30 H

06-71

840.00

60

5.00 H

06-72

903.00

61

6.00 H

06-73

1260.00

62

7.20 H

06-74

1512.00

62

MILLIAMPSx V“mR
10 20 50 100 200

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

WHEN ORDERING, ADD CASE PREFIX (TYPE) TO
PART NUMBER.!

EXAMPLE: U 24-1

CASE TYPE T H — part NUMBER

t Add “C” to Part Number of molded inductor if
clearance hole is desired.

TYPE PS/PF/PFC/PSC — P.C. Mount

CORE NO. 48

Recommended Frequency: Up to 100 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 1 H.

Special Core Stabilization Available: B, D, M, W, L.

Inductance
±1 % (mH)

Part

Number

Typical 1

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

2.0

48-1

0.84

30

2.4

48-2

1.01

31

3.0

48-3

1.26

31

3.6

48-4

1.51

32

4.3

48-5

1.80

32

5.0

48-6

2.10

33

6.0

48-7

2.50

33

7.2

48-8

3.02

34

8.6

48-9

3.61

34

10.0

48-10

4.20

35

12.0

48-11

5.05

35

15.0

48-12

6.30

36

17.5

48-13

7.35

36

20.0

48-14

8.40

37

24.0

48-15

10.10

37

30.0

48-16

12.60

38

36.0

48-17

15.10

39

43.0

48-18

18.00

39

50.0

48-19

21.00

40

60.0

48-20

25.20

41

72.0

48-21

30.20

42

86.0

48-22

36.10

43

100.0

48-23

42.00

44

120.0

48-24

50.40

45

150.0

48-25

63.00

46

175.0

48-26

73.50

47

200.0

48-27

84.00

48

240.0

48-28

101.00

49

300.0

48-29

126.00

50

360.0

48-30

151.00 |

51

430.0 .

48-31

180.00

52

500.0

48-32

210.00

53

600.0

48-33

252.00

54

TYPE PC — P.C. Mount

CORE NO. 74

Recommended Frequency: 25 KHz to 1 MHz.
Maximum Inductance.- 30 mH.

Only Core Stabilization Available: H.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical |

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

0.100

74-1

0.31

18

0.120

74-2

0.36

18

0.125

74-3

0.39

19

0.150

74-4

0.46

19

0.175

74-5

0.55

20

0.200

74-6

0.62

20

0.240

74-7

0.74

20

0.250

74-8

0.77

21

0.300

74-9

0.92

21

0.360

74-10

1.11

21

0.400

74-11

1.23

21

0.430

74-12

1.33

22

0.500

74-13

1.54

22

0.600

74-14

1.85

22

0.720

74-15

2.21

23

0.750

74-16

2.31

23

0.860

74-17

2.65

23

1.000

74-18

3.08

23

1.200

74-19

3.60

24

1.250

74-20

3.80

24

1.500

74-21

4.60

24

1.750

74-22

5.50

25

2.000

74-23

6.20

25

2.400

74-24

7.40

25

2.500

74-25

7.70

26

3.000

74-26

9.20

26

3.600

74-27

11.10

.27

4.000

74-28

12.30

27

4.300

74-29

13.30

28

5.000

74-30

15.40

28

6.000

74-31

18.50

29

7.200

74-32

22.10

29

7.500

74-33

23.10

30

8.600

74-34

26.50

30

10.000

74-35

30.80

31

12.000

74-36

36.90

32

12.250

74-37

38.50

33

15.000

74-38

46.20

33

17.500

74-39

53.90

34

20.000

74-40

61.60

35

MILLIAMPS x \TmPr

MILUAMPS x V"mH

%

N

I

1*1262

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

INDUCTORS

TOROTEL PRODUCTS INC./ 13402 South 71 Highway/Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS TYPE M- Metal Cased

CORE NO. 24 CORE NO. 23 CORE NO. 21

Recommended Frequency: Up to 20 KHz
Maximum Inductance: 12 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Recommended Frequency Up to 15 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 15 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Recommended Frequency-. Up to 5 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 20 H.

Special Core Stabilization: L.

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1 263

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

*][crctel

PRODUCTS

INC.

INDUCTORS

13402 South 71 Highway/Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

TYPE PS/PF/PFC/PSC

TYPE U

WT. .82 oz.

Mech. Tol. = ±.010 unless indicated.

WHEN ORDERING, ADD CASE PREFIX (TYPE) TO
PART NUMBER.

EXAMPLE: U 59-1

CASE TYPE J ~T_ p A R T NUMBER

CORE NO. 59

Recommended Frequency: Up to 50 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 5 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Inductance
±1 % (mH)

Part

Number

Typical 1

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

3.0

59-1

0.85

50

3.6

59-2

1.17

54

4.3

59-3

1.27

56

5.0

59-4

1.67

60

6.0

59-5

1.83

64

7.2

59-6

2.00

66

8.6

59-7

2.75

68

10.0

59-8

2.97

70

12.0

59-9

3.25

74

15.0

59-10

4.45

76

17.5

59-11

4.80

78

20.0

59-12

6.64

80

24.0

59-13

7.27

82

30.0

59-14

8.13

84

36.0

59-15

11.30

84

43.0 ,

59-16

12.30

86

50.0

59-17

13.30

88

60.0

59-18

18.50

90

72.0

59-19

20.30

92

86.0

59-20

22.20

94

100.0

59-21

30.70

96

120.0

59-22

33.60

98

150.0

59-23

48.30

100

175.0

59-24

52.10

102

200.0

59-25

55.70

104

240.0

59-26

76.90

104

300.0

59-27

86.00

106

360.0

59-28

119.00

106

430.0

59-29

130.00

108

500.0

59-30

140.00

110

600.0

59-31

188.00

112

720.0

59-32

205,00

114

860.0

59-33

225.00

116

1.00 H

59-34

306.00

118

1.20 H

59-35

335.00

120

1.50 H

59-36

472.00

124

1.75 H

59-37

510.00

126

2.00 H

59-38

709.00

130

2.40 H

59-39

777.00

136

3.00 H

59-40

868.00

140

3.60 H

59-41

1200.00

150

MILLI AMPS X V - n'H

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

CORE NO. 10

Recommended Frequency: Up to 25 KHz.
Maximum Inductance.- 12 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical 1

DClt

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

5.0

10-1

0.76

50

6.0

10-2

0.83

54

7.2

10-3

1.14

56

8.6

10-4

1.25

60

10.0

10-5

1.34

64

12.0

10-6

1.79

66

15.0

10-7

2.00

68

17.5

10-8

2.71

70

20.0

10-9

2.90

74

24.0

10-10

3.17

76

30.0

10-11

4.34

78

36.0

10-12

4.75

80

43.0

10-13

6.72

82

50.0

10-14

7.25

84

60.0

10-15

7.94

84

72.0

10-16

11.00

86

86.0

10-17

12.00

88

100.0

10-18

13.00

90

120.0

10-19

18.10

92

150.0

10-20

20.20

94

175.0

10-21

21.80

96

200.0

10-22

30.00

98

240.0

10-23

32.90

100

300.0

10-24

47.20

102

360.0

10-25

51.70

104

430.0

10-26

56.50

104

500.0

10-27

76.70

106

600.0

10-28

84.10

106

720.0

10-29

116.00

108

860.0

10-30

127.00

110

1.00 H

10-31

137.00

112

1.20 H

10-32

183.00

114

1.50 H

10-33

205.00

116

1.75 H

10-34

221.00

118

2.00 H

10-35

299.00

120

2.40 H

10-36

328.00

124

3.00 H

10-37

366.00

126

3.60 H

10-38

506.00

130

4.30 H

10-39

719.00

136

5.00 H

10-40

775.00

140

6.00 H

10-41

849.00

150

7.20 H

10-42

1170.00

156

8.60 H

10-43

1610.00

160

MILLIAMPS x

1 2 5 10 20 50 100

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

1*1264

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

INDUCTORS

T0R0TEL PRODUCTS INC./ 13402 South 71 Highway/ Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

CORE NO. 08 CORE NO. 07 CORE NO. 05

Recommended Frequency: Up to 20 KHz. Recommended Frequency: Up to 15 KHz. Recommended Frequency: Up to 5 KHz.

Maximum Inductance: 16 H. Maximum Inductance: 18 H. Maximum Inductance: 25 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L. Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L. Special Core Stabilization: L.

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Tc* TEL

PRODUCTS

INC.

INDUCTORS

13402 South 71 Highway/ Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

TYPE PS/ PF/PSC/PFC — Printed Circuit

TYPE U — Uncased

TYPE P — Compression Molded

6-32 UNC-28-or
Clearance Hole 0.144

TYPE M— Metal Cased

Mechanical Tolerance: ±.015 unless otherwise
Indicated.

Studs are available on the “M” Series on special
request.

CORE NO. 30

Recommended Frequency: Up to 20 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 17.5 H.

Special Core Stabilization Available:
B, D, L, M, W.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical |

dcr\

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(pf)

5.0

30-1

0.53

63

6.0

30-40

0.63

64

7.2

30-41

0.76

65

7.5

30-2

0.79

66

8.6

30-42

0.90

67

10.0

30-3

1.05

68

12.0

30-43

1.26

69

12.5

30-4

1.31

69

15.0

30-5

1.58

70

17.5

30-44

1.84

71

20.0

30-6

2.10

72

24.0

30-45

2.52

73

25.0

30-7

2.63

73

30.0

30-8

3.15

75

36.0

30-46

3.78

76

40.0

30-9

4.20

77

43.0

30-47

4.52

78

50.0

30-10

5.25

79

60.0

30-48

6.30

80

72.0

30-49

7.56

81

75.0

30-11

7.86

81

86.0

30-50

9.03

82

100.0

30-12

10.50

83

120.0

30-51

12.60

84

125.0

30-13

13.10

84

150.0

30-14

15.80

85

175.0

30-53

18.40

86

200.0

30-15

21.00

87

240.0

30-54

25.20

88

250.0

30-52

26.30

88

300.0

30-16

31.50

89

360.0

30-55

37.80

90

400.0

30-17

42.00

91

430.0

30-56

45.20

91

500.0

30-18

52.50

92

600.0

30-57

63.00

93

720.0

30-58

75.60

94

750.0

30-19

78.70

96

860.0

30-59

90.30

97

1.00 H

30-20

105.00

98

1.20 H

30-60

126.00

99

1.25 H

30-21

131.30

99

1.50 H

30-22

157.50

100

1.75 H

30-61

183.80

101

2.00 H

30-23

210.00

102

2.40 H

30 62

252.00

103

2.50 H

30-69

262.50

103

3.00 H

30-24

315.00

104

3.60 H

30-63

378.00

106

4.00 H

30-25

420.00

107

4.30 H

30-64

451.50

108

5.00 H

30-26

525.00

109

6.00 H

30-65

630.00

110

7.20 H

30-66

756.00

111

7.50 H

30-27

787.50

112

8.60 H

30-67

903.00

113

10.00 H

30-28

1050.00

114

12.00 H

30-68

1260.00

115

12.50 H

30-29

1312.50

116

15.00 H

30-30

1575.00

117

17.50 H

30-31

1837.50

118

MILLIAMPS x VmH"

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

CORE NO. 94

Recommended Frequency: Up to 75 KHz.

Maximum Inductance: 1 H.

Special Core Stabilization Available: B, D, M, W, L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical |

DCf^

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

5.0

94-1

1.05

32

6.0

94-2

1.26

32

7.2

94-3

1.51

33

7.5

94-4

1.58

34

8.6

94-5

1.80

35

10.0

94-6

2.10

35

12.0

94-7

2.52

36

12.5

94-8

2.63

37

15.0

94-9

3.15

38

17.5

94-10

3.67

39

20.0

94-11

4.20

40

24.0

94-12

5.04

41

25.0

94-13

5.25

41

30.0

94-14

6.30

42

36.0

94-15

7.56

43

40.0

94-16

8.40

44

43.0

94-17

9.03

44

50.0

94-18

10.50

45

60.0

94-19

12.60

46

72.0

94-20

15.10

46

75.0

94-21

15.80

47

86.0

94-22

18.00

47

100.0

94-23

21.00

48

120.0

94-24

25.20

49

125.0

94-25

26.30

49

150.0

94-26

31.50

50

175.0

94-27

36.80

51

200.0

94-28

42.00

52

240.0

94-29

50.40

53

250.0

94-30

52.50

54

300.0

94-31

63.00

54

360.0

94-32

75.60

56

400.0

94-33

84.00

57

430.0

94-34

90.00

57

500.0

94-35

105.00

57

600.0

94-36

126.00

58

720.0

94-37

151.00

58

750.0

94-38

158.00

59

860.0

94-39

181.00

59

MILLIAMPS x V"mTT

1*1266

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

INDUCTORS

T0R0TEL PRODUCTS INC./ 13402 South 71 Highway/Grandview, MO 64030/(816) 761-6314 TWX 910-777-7037

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

CORE NO. 28

Recommended Frequency: Up to 35 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 25 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical [

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

7.2

28-1

0.64

60

8.6

28-2

0.70

64

10.0

28-3

0.97

66

12.0

28-4

1.06

68

15.0

28-5

1.19

70

17.5

28-6

1.66

74

20.0

28-7

1.78

76

24.0

28-8

1.95

78

30.0

28-9

2.57

80

36.0

28-10

2.82

84

43.0

28-11

3.86

86

50.0

28-12

4.16

88

60.0

28-13

4.55

90

72.0

28-14

6.33

94

86.0

28-15

6.91

96

100.0

28-16

9.36

98

120.0

28-17

10.30

100

150.0

28-18

11.50

102

175.0

28-19

16.20

104

200.0

28-20

17.30

106

240.0

28-21

18.90

108

300.0

28-22

26.50

110

360.0

28-23

29.00

114

430.0

28-24

31.70

116

500.0

28-25

42.10

118

600.0

28-26

46.20

120

720.0

28-27

64.50

124

860.0

28-28

70.50

126

1.00 H

28-29

93.90

128

1.20 H

28-30

103.00

130

1.50 H

28-31

115.00

134

1.75 H

28-32

154.00

136

2.00 H

28-33

164.00

140

2.40 H

28-34

229.00

144

3.00 H

28-35

256.00

146

3.60 H

28-36

281.00

148

4.30 H

28-37

388.00

150

5.00 H

28-38

419.00

152

6.00 H

28-39

510.00

154

7.20 H

28-40

624.00

156

8.60 H

28-41

682.00

158

10.00 H

28-42

930.00

160

12.00 H

28-43

1020.00

164

15.00 H

28-44

1440.00

166

17.50 H

28-45

1550.00

168

20.00 H

28-46

1660.00

170

.2 .5 1 2 5 10 20 ' 50 100

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

CORE NO. 27

Recommended Frequency: Up to 20 KHz.
Maximum Inductance:! 30 H.

Special Core Stabilization: D, W, M, L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical !

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

8.6

27-1

0.63

60

10.0

27-2

0.68

64

12.0

27-3

0.95

66

15.0

27-4

1.06

68

17.5

27-5

1.15

70

20.0

27-6

1.59

74

24.0

27-7

1.74

76

30.0

27-8

1.95

78

36.0

27-9

2.52

80

43.0

27-10

2.76

84

50.0

27-11

2.97

86

60.0

27-12

4.07

88

72.0

27-13

4.46

90

86.0

27-14

6.18

94

100.0

27-15

6.67

96

120.0

27-16

7.30

98

150.0

27-17

10.30

100

175.0

27-18

11.10

102

200.0

27-19

15.50

104

240.0

27-20

16.90

106

300.0

27-21

18.90

108

360.0

27-22

26.00

110

430.0

27-23

28.40

114

500.0

27-24

37.70

116

600.0

27-25

41.30

118

720.0

27-26

45.30

120

860.0

27-27

63.10

124

1.00 H

27-28

68.00

126

1.20 H

27-29

74.50

128

1.50 H

27-30

103.00

130

1.75 H

27-31

111.00

134

2.00 H

27-32

147.00

136

2.40 H

27-33

161.00

140

3.00 H

27-34

229.00

144

3.60 H

27-35

251.00

146

4.30 H

27-36

274.00

148

5.00 H

27-37

374.00

150

6.00 H

27-38

410.00

152

7.20 H

27-39

559.00

154

8.60 H

27-40

611.00

156

10.00 H

27-41

659.00

158

12.00 H

27-42

912.00

160

15.00 H

27-43

1020.00

164

17.50 H

27-44

1390.00

166

20.00 H

27-45

1490.00

168

24.00 H

27-46

1630.00 !

170

MIlllAMPS x

2 .5 1 2 5 10 , 20 50 100

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

CORE NO. 25

Recommended Frequency: Up to 5 KHz.
Maximum Inductance: 40 H.

Special Core Stabilization: L.

Inductance
±1% (mH)

Part

Number

Typical 1

DCR

(ohms)

Distributed

Capacity

(Pf)

12.0

25-1

0.60

80

15.0

25-2

0.67

84

17.5

25-3

0.94

86

20.0

25-4

1.00

88

24.0

25-5

1.10

90

30.0

25-6

1.59

94

36.0

25-7

1.74

96

43.0

25-8

1.91

98

50.0

25-9

2.42

100

60.0

25-10

2.66

104

72.0

25-11

2.91

106

86.0

25-12

3.98

108

100.0

25-13

4.29

110

120.0

25-14

5.96

112

150.0

25-15

6.67

114

175.0

25-16

7.20

116

200.0

25-17

9.67

118

240.0

25-18

10.60

120

300.0

25-19

15.50

124

360.0

25-20

16.90

126

430.0

25-21

18.50

128

500.0

25-22

25.00

130

600.0

25-23

27.40

132

720.0

25-24

30.00

134

860.0

25-25

40.40

136

1.00 H

25-26

43.50

138

1.20 H

25-27

60.80

140

1.50 H

25-28

68.00

144

1.75 H

25-29

73.40

146

2.00 H

25-30

97.00

150

2.40 H

25-31

106.00

154

3.00 H

25-32

147.00

156

3.60 H

25-33

161.00

158

4.30 H

25-34

224.00

160

5.00 H

25-35

241.00

166

6.00 H

25-36

264.00

168

7.20 H

25-37

367.00

170

8.60 H

25-38

401.00

174

10.00 H

25-39

432.00

176

12.00 H

25-40

589.00

178

15.00 Hi

25-41

658.00

180

17.50 HI

25-42

900.00

184

20.00 H'

25-43

970.00

186

24.00 H

25-44

1060.00

190

30.00 H;

25-45

1490.00

196

36.00 Hi

25-46

1630.00

200

MILLIAMPSxVmfl

FREQUENCY IN KILOHERTZ

WHEN ORDERING, ADD CASE PREFIX (TYPE) TO
PART NUMBER.!

EXAMPLE: U 30-1

CASE TYPE J" ~ — PART NUMBER

t Add “C” to part number of molded inductor if
clearance hole is desired.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1267

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Selection Guide for

TRW High Q Coils and Chokes

Over 40 years of specialization in High Q
Inductors are reflected in the superior Q
and temperature stability of the molyb-
denum permalloy dust toroid, ferrites,
and laminated structures produced by
TRW Inductive Products today. Range of
application is from DC to 30 MHz.

This catalog lists many different types of
stock inductors, but special custom de-
signs produced to customers’ specifica-
tions are available on special order.
Characteristics such as taps, additional
windings, special adjustments such as
in a resonant circuit, higher voltage capa-
bility, inductance adjusted with DC, spe-
cial mechanical configurations, and even
better temperature stability than our stock
• items are available to customers’ require-
ments.

WHILE THE TOROIDAL COIL is superior
for frequencies above 1 kHz, the lam-
inated structure is superior for lower
frequencies. The ML, MO, and MQM
uses a hum-reducing lamination struc-
ture and, in addition, the ML, and MQM
are in hipermalloy shield cases.

The toroidal coils MS, MP, MM, MH, MW,
FE, MQE have extremely low hum pickup
due to the symmetrical winding on the
toroidal core.

ALL STOCK INDUCTORS are measured
at 0 DC. The maximum DC listings are for
approximately 5% drop in inductance,
and negligible heat rise. The typical
curves of inductance variation with AC
or DC currents, illustrated on the follow-
ing pages, best show the range of oper-
ation for a particular inductor. The exci-
tation is plotted in milliamperes x V mHy.
For example, the 100 mHy MS toroid
(MS-100) with 10 ma of DC flo wing has
an excitation factor of 10 ma x V 100 mHy
= 100, and the curve shows that approx-
imately 90 mHy will be measured with
10 ma DC.

Since these high Q coils will saturate be-
fore any appreciable temperature rises
occur, heating is usually not a problem.
A general rule would be that four times the
DC listings may be applied without any
detrimental heating due to copper loss.

FOR VARIABLE INDUCTORS such as
HVC, TVC and VIC, the DC values listed
apply at the mean to minimum inductance
settings only. The maximum inductance
cannot be obtained with that amount of
DC current flowing.

Temperature stability of all TRW/UTC
inductors is excellent. Guaranteed limits
and typical curves of inductance varia-
tion with temperature are shown for most
types;

Engineering, laboratory, and production
facilities are available for fullengineer-
ing discussion, sampling, and large quan-
tity production to meet special require-
ments.

Intermediate inductance values in an ex-
isting stock toroidal series are available,
priced as the next higher inductance unit.

HIGH Q INDUCTORS — FIXED

Type No.

Stock Line
Inductance
Range

Approx.

DCR

Ohm/Hy

Approximate

Inductance

Tolerance

Adjustment

Temp.

Stability

MIL

Gr.

Peak

Q

@

Freq.

CH-100

thru

CH-200

IOO/^Hy-200 fi Hy

51,000

85

1500 kHz

±5% @ IV, 500 kHz

±2%

4

CH-300

thru

CH-1000

300 /.Hy-1 000 /.Hy

42,000

85

790 kHz

±5% @ TV, 250 kHz

±2%

4

CM

0.25 MHy-50 MHy

3300

120

200 kHz

±5% @ IV, 10 kHz

±3%

4

FE

.01 Hy-2 Hy

200

125

8 kHz

±1% @ IV, 1 kHz

±1.5%

5

LL

30 /.Hy-5000 /. Hy

1000

—

—

min.

—

5

MH

.6 MHy-40 MHy

2700

80

100 kHz

±2% @. IV, 1kHz

±1%

5

ML-0 thru
ML-4

.15 Hy-1.4 Hy

150

22

1.5 kHz

±3% @ IV, 1 kHz

within 2%

5

ML-5 thru
ML-10

2.5 Hy-60 Hy

85

22

800 Hz

±3% @1V, 400 Hz

±2%

5

MM

3 MHy-120 MHy

1300

60

30 kHz

±2% @. IV, 1kHz

±2%

5

M0-.1 thru
M0-1

.1 Hy-1 Hy

130

27

1.5 kHz

±2% @ IV, 1 kHz

+1%

-2%

5

MO-2 thru
M0-100

2 Hy-100 Hy

65

25

600 Hz

±2% @ IV, 400 Hz

+1%

-3%

5

MP

100 MHy-750 MHy

600

45

10 kHz

±2% @.1V, 1 kHz

±2%

5

MQE

4 MHy-2 Hy

170

140

8 kHz

±1% @ IV, 1 kHz

±1%

4

MQL

.25 Hy-2500 Hy

5

45

100 Hz

±2%

series @ IV, 60 Hz
parallel @ .5 V, 60 Hz

<3%

4

MQM

.5 Hy-600 Hy

10

40

200 Hz

±2%

series @ IV, 60 Hz
parallel @.5V, 60 Hz

±2%

4

MS

1 MHy-IOOMHy

1300

40

20 kHz

±2% @. IV, 1kHz

±2%

5

MW

.05 Hy-5 Hy

500

80

10 kHz

±1% @1V, 1 kHz

±1%

5

HIGH Q INDUCTORS — VARIABLE

Type No.

Mean Inductance
Range

Variable Inductance

Range

Temp.

Stability

MIL Gr

HVC

.006 Hy-1 50 Hy

+ 200% -70% (10 to 1)

±1.5%

4

TVC*

.006 Hy-1 50 Hy

+ 200% -70% (1 0 to 1 )

±1.5%

4

VIC

.0085 Hy-1 30 Hy

+ 85% -45% (3 to 1)

±3%

comml.

* Same as HVC but with taps @ 30, +50%

SR INDUCTORS — FIXED

Type

Stock Line

DC Current

Approx. DCR

Inductance Tolerance

MIL

No

Inductance Range

Range

Ohm/Hy

Adjustment

Gr

SRA

8 /xHy-1 250 /.Hy

up to 15A

510

+15%, -5% @ IV, 10 kHz

5

SRB

20 /xHy-3000 /.Hy

up to 15A

360

+15%, -5% @ IV, 10 kHz

5

SRC

60 /.Hy-1 0, 000 /.Hy

up to 13.6A

190

+15%, -5% @ IV, 10 kHz

5

SRD

500 /.Hy-5.6 Hy

Up to 13A

63

+15%, -5% @ IV, 10 kHz

5

TRW INDUCTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, 150 Varick Street, New York, NY 10013, Telephone: (212) 255-3500, TWX: 710-581-2722

1*1268

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

High-Frequency
High-Q Inductors

PACKAGING Temperature stable induc-
tors in a TO-5 metal case.

MIL SPECS CM to complete MIL-T-27D
Specs. Type number TF4S20YY. CH to
complete MIL-C-15305E Specs. Type:
LT10K.

APPLICATION CM Series shielded induc-
tors have Qs over 120, and cover a fre-
quency range from 10 to 800 kHz. Peak Q
is centered at approximately 150 kHz.
CH Series shielded inductors have Qs
over 100, and cover a frequency range
from 0.2 to 3.0 MHz. Peak Q is centered
at approximately 1.5 MHz.

CURRENT RATINGS CM Series DC rating
is for approximately 10% drop in induct-
ance, with negligible heat rise. CH Series
DC rating is for a 40°C maximum heat
rise, with negligible drop in inductance.

Type No.

Inductance
Tolerance at25°C

Test

Frequency, kHz

Test Level,
RMS V

Max. L Variation,

— 55°C to +105°C

CIV!

±5%

10

1.0

±3%

CH-100 thru CH-200

±5%

500

1.0

±2%

CH-300 thru CH-1000

±5%

250

1.0

±2%

CM and CH
Series

CM SERIES

Type No.

Inductance at

0 DC, mHy

Max. DC

Resistance, Ohms

Min. Q

Min. SRF,
kHz

Max. DC
Current, mA

CM-. 25

0.25

0.9

120 @200 kHz

3000

260

CM-. 50

0.50

1.8

120 @200 kHz

2100

180

CM-1.0

1.0

3.3

120 @200 kHz

1500

130

CM-1.5

1.5

4.8

120 @200 kHz

1160

105

CM-2.5

2.5

8.2

1 20 @150 kHz

900

83

CM-3.6

3.6

10

1 20 @ 1 50 kHz

730

70

CM-5.0

5.0

15

120 @150 kHz

600

59

CM-7.5

7.5

22

120 @100 kHz

470

48

CM-8.6

8.6

24

120 @100 kHz

430

45

CM-1Q

10

33

100 @100 kHz

400

41

CM-15

15

40

100 @100 kHz

320

34

CM-20

20

60

85 @ 70 kHz

280

29

CM-30

30

90

85 @ 70 kHz

220

24

CM-50

50

150

85 @ 70 kHz

165

18

CH SERIES

Type No.

MIL Part No.

Inductance
at 0 DC,
/*Hy

Max. DC
Resistance,
Ohms

Min. Q

Min. SRF,
MHz

Max. DC
Current,
mA

CH-100

MS2/358-44

100

5.1

85 @ 1500 kHz

7.5

191

CH-150

MS2/358-45

150

6.6

85 @ 1500 kHz

5.5

168

CH-200

MS2/358-46

200

9.5

85 @ 790 kHz

4.5

'140

CH-300

MS2/358-47

300

14

85 @ 790 kHz

3.4

115

CH-390

MS2/358-48

390

16

85 @ 790 kHz

2.9

108

CH-500

MS2/358-49

500

21

85 @ 790 kHz

2.6

94

CH-560

MS2/358-50

560

23

85 @ 790 kHz

2.5

88

CH-680

MS2/358-51

680

26

85 @ 790 kHz

2.1

85

CH-1000

MS2/358-52

1000

43

60 @ 790 kHz

1.6

65

TRW/

UTC CM

TYPE

unit s__ac

EFFEC

T

X

—

—

DC

FFECT

Y

Y

t

6 _ -

1 2 5 10 20 50 I 100 200

MILLIAMPERESx\'MH

200
180
160
140
120
Q

.100
80
60
40
20

10 20 50 100 200 300 500 800

FREQUENCY — KILOHERTZ

TRW INDUCTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, 150 Varick Street, New York, NY 10013, Telephone: (212) 255-3500, TWX: 710-581-2722

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1269

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Miniductor™ Series

PACKAGING Hermetically sealed, MS,
MM, MH, MP, MW, epoxy molded sym-
metrical toroids. ML hipermalloy shield
cased, hum reducing laminated inductor.
MO, epoxy molded hum reducing lam-
inated inductor. All have straight pin
terminals for printed circuit applications.

TERMINALS Per MIL-STD-1276.

MIL SPECS To complete MIL-T-27D
Specs. MIL Type No. TF5R20ZZ.

Type No.

Inductance Tolerance
at 25°C

Test

Frequency

Test Level
RMS V

Max L Variation
■— 55°C to +105°C

ML-0 thru 4

±3%

1 kHz

1.0

Within 2%

ML-5 thru 10

±3%

400 Hz

1.0

±2%

MO-.1 thru 1

±2%

1 kHz

1.0

+ 1% -2%

MO-2 thru 100

±2%

400 Hz

1.0

+ 1% -3%

MS

±2%

1 kHz

0.1

±2%

MP

±2%

1 kHz

0.1

±2%

MM

±2%

1 kHz

0.1

±2%

MH

±2%

1 kHz

0.1

±1%

MW

±1%

1 kHz

1.0

±1%

Laminated Types
ML Series

TERMINAL LAYOUT

ML CASE

%" x %" x high
Weight: .2 oz.

TERMINALS: Type D — Tinned Dumet
.025" Dia. x 1" long

% — *|

0

1
i

! ?'
!-%-!
high

100 200 400 IK 2K 5K

FREQUENCY — HERTZ

TYPICAL Q OF

ML-5 THRU

ML-10

>

^

Q

Z_

V

2

ML-7 ■
(6.0 HY) '

s

1

=□

100 200 400 lodo 2K 5K

FREQUENCY — HERTZ

MIL Part No.

HPi!M

ma DC
Max.

DCRf?

±20%

M27/1 64*01

.15

12

33

M27/164-02

: .25

9

M27/1 64-03

i m :

7 : ;■

M27/ 164-04

5

allal

M27/1 64-05

1.4

3

’ |

M27/1 64-06

2.5

MMSm

M27/1 64-07

4.0

ail mm

M27/1 64-08 :

6.0

.6

M27/164-09

10

.5

pMiprip

25

.3

j|||Pj|

■man

.2

E

MILLIAMPERES x \ MH

MILLIAMPERES x \’ MH

UTC ML UNITS

INDUCTANCE CHANGE VS TEMPERATURE

~TJ.J

m

r

Ml-S THRU ML-10

/

£

w*

*5?

-i.l

7

J

-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

DEGREES — CENTIGRADE

MO Series

TERMINAL LAYOUT
f 1*6 1

MO CASE

%" x 1X 6 " x %" high
Weight: 1 oz.

TERMINALS: Tinned Dumet
.040" Dia. x % 2 " long

100 200 500 IK 2K 5K 10K 20K 50K 100K
FREQUENCY — HERTZ

10

20 50 100 200

500 IK 2K

5K 10K

FREQUENCY -

- HERTZ

Type No.

MIL fart Ns.

ML Ji®

ma DC
Max.

ocfia

±20%

M27/1 68-01

.1

jpi

gsjjgi

.15

mm

.3

! M27/1 68-04 |

.5 :

HUSH

mm

i

M

IliMlI

mmumm

2

mm

m am

5 =r.; : -

m*m

Mil™

MO-7.5 !

■WISH

7.5

mm

517

M27/1 68-09

20

mm

1310

M27/168-10

50

mm\

M27/1 68-11

100

lllllli

5 10 20 50 100 200 500

MILLIAMPERES x \ MH

<2

S=[tE — 1

T

YPIC

AL

*0. , „

—

I

-7

□

_

L_S

r- r

-60-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

DEGREES — CENTIGRADE

TRW INDUCTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, 150 Varick Street, New York, NY 10013, Telephone: (212) 255-3500, TWX: 710-581-2722

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1270

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Miniductor™ Series

Toroidal Types
MS Series

MS CASE

.35" Dia. x .23" high
Weight: 1.3 Gm.

TERMINALS: Type D — Tinned Dumet
.025" Dia. x iy 4 " long
MIL Type No. TF5R20Z2

MILLIAMPERES x \ MH

MIL Part No.

Ind. mHy
(0 DC)

ma DC
Max.

M27/146-01

1

60

Sral

pnsinyi

M27/146-Q2

5

28

EzZJ

K|2l5

M27/1 46-03

10

20

M27/ 146*04

25

13

M27/146-05

50

D

M27/1 46-06

100

mm

- M

—

3^

y

0 I I I I I I l

1 2 5 10 20 50 100

FREQUENCY — KILOHERTZ

FREQUENCY — KILOHERTZ

MP Series

MP CASE

%" Dia. x 1 / 4 " high
Weight: .07 oz.

TERMINALS: Type D — Tinned Dumet
.025" Dia. x iy 4 " long
MIL Type No. TF5R20ZZ

Type No.

MIL Part No.

Ind. mHy
{0 DC)

ma DC
Max.*

DCRO

Max.

MMOO

M27/285-01

100

7.0

70

MP-150

M27/285-02

150

6.0

100

MP-250

M27/285-03

250

4.5

180

MP-350

M27/285-04

350

3.7

265

M P-500

M27/285-05

500

3.0

360

MP-750

M27/285-06

750

2.5

540

Q CHARACTERISTICS

— -

s

TY

IN

VS

OF

1

PICA
TIAL
AC 8
MP 1
1

LCH

IND

DC

rYPE

ANC
UCT
EXC
: un

3E

ANC
;itat
1 IT

V

&

E H
ION

%

n

■rt

-rv.

£

—

J

_

_

1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 300 500

MILLIAMPERES xVMH

MM Series

MM CASE

%" Dia. x i/ 4 " high
Weight: .07 oz.

TERMINALS: Type D — Tinned Dumet
.025" Dia. x 1 14 " long
MIL Type No. TF5R20ZZ

MILLIAMPERES x MH

MIL

Part No.

Ind. mHy
(0 DC)

ma DC
Max.

DCRtt

Max.

M 27/240-01

3

50

M 27/ 240-02

5

mxm

fey*

M27/240-03

8

mm

mmm

M27/240-04

12.5

IKiwI

M27/240-05

20

gEQHBl

M27/240-06

makkwm

M27/240-07

M27/240-08

1 8 |

x

\

/

\

Q

IZ

\

>

y

M.M-3 >

0 I 1 1 1 1 1 —

3 5 10 20 50 100

FREQUENCY — KILOHERTZ

TRW INDUCTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, 150 Varick Street, New York, NY 10013, Telephone: (212) 255-3500, TWX: 710-581-2722

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1271

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

Miniductor™ Series

Toroidal Types
MH Series

MH CASE

%" Dia. x V*" high
Weight: .07 oz.

TERMINALS: Type D — Tinned Dumet
.025" Dia. x 1 Va " long
MIL Type No. TF5R20ZZ

1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000

MILLIAMPERES x \ MH

M 27/241 -01

.6

m

Mill

M27/241-02

1.5

57

4.9

2.5

KOS

8.2

6

—

19

M27/241-05

10

M27/241-06

15

M27/241-07

25

jureum

M 27/241 -08

40

jUjiiil

10 30 50 100 200 500

FREQUENCY — KILOHERTZ

MW Series

MW CASE

%" Dia. x %" high
Weight: .25 oz.

TERMINALS: Type N-2 — Tinned Nickel
.040" Dia. x %" long
MIL Type No. TF5R20ZZ

5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000

MILLIAMPERES x v' MH

Type No.

nil

OCRS)

±20%

bh

.05

mm

27

MW-.10

.10

18

51

MW .25

M27/161-03

.25

m

136

MW-.5

M27/161-04

.5

8

243

MW-.75

M27/161-05

.75

355

MW-1

M27/161-06

6

MW-1.2

M27/161-07

1.2

5

560

MW*2

M 27/ 161 -08

2

4

870

MW-3

M27/161-09

3

mm i

1340

MW-5

M27/161-10

5

—

HP

sss

HH

PH

n

flH

.

HKS

PJSHI

H

HI

8SBM

■

HI

HI

■ ■

2 5 10 20 50

FREQUENCY — KILOHERTZ

H

HI

HH

HI

■

HH

1

HH!

SH

■

n

HH

BHH

m

HI

HSi

HHMH

u

[H 1

■HI

■

.6 1 2 5 10 15

ol

DEGREES — CENTIGRADE

LL Series
Power Inductor

Max. Weight 4.5 g

.365 IN. (9.27mm)
MAX DIA.

• Mountable through PC board or to posts

• Inductance from 30 to 5000 /uH

• Rated current range: 1.6 to 0.25 A

• Low inductance drop at rated current

• Less than % inch in diameter

• Suitable for reel-mounted assembly

• Manufactured to meet MIL-T-27

• MIL Type No. TF5R04ZZ

Induc-
tance
at I V,
20 KHz
UH)

Max.

OCR

(ohms)

Rated

Current

(amps)

1

IBEI3!

ksb

M27/286-07

^ ■ s \‘

■HI

leas

M27/286-08

K0B

M27/286-01

HSH

HEM

M27/286-02

LL-500

0.56

MEM

M27/286-03

mrnrn

mmm

MMM

M27/286-04

pWPHSTTjt

gia

wmm i

M27/286-05

aa

M27/286-06

Typical Inductance Chang#

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

10 20 50 100 200 500 1000

LI 2 (L IN jkH AT 0 DC, I IN AMPERES)

Typical Temperature Rise

TRW INDUCTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, 150 Varick Street, New York, NY 10013, Telephone: (212) 255-3500, TWX: 710-581-2722

1-1272

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Low Frequency
High Q Laminated
inductors MQM Series

MQM CASE

1%" Dia. x 1%" high
Weight: 5 oz.

Mounting Holes: 1 Va "
x IVa"

Screws: 4-40
Cutout: 1" Dia.

MIL Type No. TF4R20YY

CONNECTIONS Two identical windings
brought out to four terminals permit
series, parallel, center tapped, or trans-
former type connections.

TOLERANCE ±2% @ 60 Hz, 1 V series,
0.5 V parallel.

MIL SPECS To complete MIL-T-27D
Specs.

TEMPERATURE STABILITY MQM, -55°
to +130°C, ±2%.

Type No.

MIL Part No.

Series
Henries
(0 DC)

Parallel
Henries
(0 DC)

Series

DCRft

±20%

M0M-2

M27/1 62-01

2

.5

21

MQM-16

M27/162-02

16

4

143

MQM-40

M27/ 162-03

40

10

368

MQM-300

M27/162-04

300

75

3700

MQM-600

M27/1 62-05

600

150

5720

FREQUENCY — HERTZ

DEGREES — CENTIGRADE

MILLIAMPERES x /MH

IQE Series

MQE CASE

1}{ 6 " long x %" wide
x 1 high
Unit Weight: 1.5 oz.
Mounting Holes: %"
Screws: 4-40
Cutout: x Vz"

ADJUSTMENT MQE, ±1% @ 1 V, 1 kHz.

MIL SPECS To complete MIL-T-27D
Specs.

TEMPERATURE STABILITY From -55°C
to +105°C. MQE, ±1%.

MILLIAMPERES x /MH

uj UTC MQE UNITS

O INDUCTANCE CHANGE VS TEMPERATURE

DEGREES — CENTIGRADE

TRW INDUCTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, 150 Varick Street, New York, NY 10013, Telephone: (212) 255-3500, TWX: 710-581-2722

EEM 1983 For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1273

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

SR Power Inductors

PACKAGING Hermetically sealed,
molded case.

MIL SPECS To complete MIL-T-27D
specs. Type number TF5S042Z.

APPLICATION These inductors have low
losses in the 3 to 100 kHz frequency
range, making them ideal for switching
regulator and AC filter choke applica-
tions.

INDUCTANCE Type numbers correspond
to inductance values in microhenries,
which are measured at 1 V, 10 kHz, 0 DC
with an inductance tolerance of +15%,

SINGLE

WINDING

— 5 %. Values of inductance other than
listed in an existing size are available.
Part Number would be: SR(A, B or C) —
(inductance in microhy at 0 DC).

CURRENT RATINGS Listing h is for ap-
proximately 10% drop in inductance with
a typical 20°C temperature rise, and List-
ing h is for approximately 20% drop in
inductance with a typical 40°C tempera-
ture rise.

DOUBLE

WINDING

SCHEMS.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

Type

Winding

A

dia.

±.030

B

±.063

c

±.030

E

dia.

±.005

F

dia.

±.015

G

±.010

H

±.010

J

±.010

f K

I C’bore
±.015

L

±.010

wt.

Oz.

SRA

Single

.875

KH9

■

|||g|

—

—

.6

Double

■

SRB

Single

1.188

■

I

BEH

1.5

—

■

SRC

HUGHES

1.375

■Em

■

.156

.073

1

3

■OSH

Tff»

i .500

SRA

1

■

1

II

II

M

:

■

1

mnm

-

—

—

r

~

II

!l

M

■

1

i

in

m

■

m

■

1

II

II

IS

■

1

11

III

!■

_

L_

7

L

/

- ^

5

TEMP. RISE

"imr:

100 200 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

LI 2 (L AT ODC IN MICROHY, I IN AMPERES)

■

1

1

■

■

1

1

IUUM

>

i

■

■

SB

1

m

w

■

■

D

M

1

1

■

B

S

1

III

n

■

■

/

~

71

TEMP. RISE |

200

2 (L AT

500
ODC IN

1000 2000 5000 10000

MICROHY, I IN AMPERES)

100

90

80

Type

No. of
Windings

Inductance
at ODC

W0

It, at 10%
drop in L
(amps)

l 2 , at 20%
drop in L
(amps)

Max. OCR
(ohms)

MIL

Part No.

70

SRA-1250

1

.8

1.2

.7

M27/287-01

60 P

SRA-800

1

1

1.5

.45

M27/287-02

50 ^
40 g

SRA-500

1

1.2

1.8

.3

M27/287-03

30 tu

SRA-350

1

350

1.5

2.2

.2

M27/287-04

20 uj

SRA-200*

2

200 (SER)

2

3

.12

M27/287-05

10

_

50 (PAR)

4

6

.03

0

^RA-88*)

2

■KMipl

3

4.5

.052

M27/287-06

6

9

.013

SRA-32*

2

5

7.5

.02

M27/287-07

mmmm

10

15

.005

SRB

Inductance

l l5 at 10%

90

No. of

at ODC

drop in L

drop in L

Max. OCR

MIL

80

Type

Windings

(mH)

(amps)

(amps)

(ohms)

Part No.

70

SRB-3000

1

.8

1.2

1.2

M27/288-01

60 0

5Q__UJ

SRB-2000

1

1

1.5

.8

M27/288-02

40 cr

SRB-1200

1

1.25

1.88

.5

M27/288-03

30 |

SRB-780

1

780

1.6

2.4

.3

M27/288-04

20 £!

SRB-520

1

2

3

.2

M27/288-05

0

SRB-320

1

2.5

3.75

.13

M27/288-06

SRB-220*

2

220 (SER)

3

4.5

.08

M27/288-07

55 (PAR)

6

9

.02

SRB-120*

2

4

6

.05

M27/288-08

■iffii

8

12

.013

SRB-80*

2

5

7.5

.032

M27/288-09

■HBI

10

15

.008

TRW INDUCTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, 150 Varick Street, New York, NY 10013, Telephone: (212) 255-3500, TWX: 710-581-2722

1*1274

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

SR Power Inductors

100

g 90
| 80

0 70
Q 60

z

“ 50
3 40

1 30
* 20

10

0

TTTT"

cd .r .

-

>

—

—

—

.....

z

-

1

TEMP. RISE

100

90

80

70

60 «

50 w

40 c
a!

30 2
20
10
0

100 200 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

LI 2 (L AT ODC IN MICROHY, I IN AMPERES)

SRC

Type

No. of
Windings

Inductance
at ODC

WO

h, at 10%
drop in L
(amps)

l 2 , at 20%
drop in L
(amps)

Max.

DCR

(ohms)

MIL

Part No.

SRC-10000

1

10,000

.84

1.1

2.1

M27/289-01

SRC-6400

1

6400

1

1.35

1.4

M27/289-02

SRC-2500

1

2500

1.6

2.2

.55

M27/289-03

SRC-1600

1

1600

2.1

2.8

.34

M27/289-04

SRC-1000

1

1000

2.6

3.5

.21

M27/289-05

SRC-640*

2

640 (SER)

3.3

4.5

.13

M27/289-06

160 (PAR)

6.6

9

.033

SRC-400*

2

400 (SER)

4

5.4

.088

M27/289-07

100 (PAR)

8

10.8

.022

SRC-240*

2

240 (SER)

5

6.8

.056

M27/289-08

60 (PAR)

10

13.6

.014

* Two identical windings brought out to four terminals permit series, parallel, center tapped or transformer connections.

SRD

LI 2 (L AT ODC IN MICROHY, I IN AMPERES)

Type

No. of
Windings

Inductance
at ODC

UH)

li, at 10%
drop in L
(amps)

l 2 , at 20%
drop in L
(amps)

Max.

DCR

(ohms)

MIL

Part No.

SRD-500

1

500

9.5

13

.033

-

SRD-9Q0

1

900

7.3

10

.057

-

SRD-2500

1

2500

4.4

6

.15

-

SRD-5000

1

5000

3.1

4.2

.33

-

SRD-1 0000

1

10,000

2.2

3

.60

-

SRD-22000

1

22,000

1.4

2

1.4

—

SRD-40000

1

40,000

1.1

1.5

2.4

-

SRD-90000

1

90,000

.73

1

5.4

-

SRD-360000

1

360,000

.36

.50

22

—

SRD-1.4

1

1.4 Hy

.18

.25

88

—

SRD-5.6

1

5.6 Hy

.09

.125

352

-

TRW INDUCTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, 150 Varick Street, New York, NY 10013, Telephone: (212) 255-3500, TWX: 710-581-2722

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1275

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

THE WILCO

After 30 years of successful electronic component manufacturing, we at Wilco have
learned that we can’t be everything to everyone. What perhaps we have become best
known and respected for is our responsive engineering and prompt shipments. What and
when we say we’ll deliver, will be delivered!

Special services include reel taping, cut & formed leads, custom prototypes, and
engineering sample kits.

Custom inductive products include: high current filter chokes, hash chokes, shielded
inductors and 3-section pi type windings.

For additional information on custom requirements at competitive pricing, contact Wilco
Corporation.

Vi/

Wilco corporation

/+\

4030 W. TENTH STREET
INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46222
(317) 241-2516

1*1276

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

1800

COILS, CHOKES, & INDUCTORS

1800

COMMITMENT

V4"

“ML” SERIES

WILCO

L

Q

S.R.F.

R.D.C.

1

DIA.

PART#

uh

NOM.

NOM.

OHMs

(MA)

NOM.

ML SERIES

(MHz)

NOM.

MAX

ML 10S

.10

45

750 +

.04

1824

.107

ML 15S

.15

48

712

.04

1824

.111

ML22S

.22

46

541

.06

1490

.111

ML33S

.33

44

428

.12

1054

.107

ML47S

.47

43

387

.16

912

.107

ML68S

.68

46.9

308

.15

942

.109

ML 10G

1.0

30.3

253

.33

635

.106

ML 15G

1.5

31.3

208

.58

479

.104

ML22G

2.2

32.1

169

1.17

337

.102

ML33G

3.3

33.3

137

2.68

223

.100

ML47G

4.7

33.5

114

3.44

197

ML68G

6.8

42.7

54.0

.43

557

.104

ML 100

10

39.1

48.6

.72

430

ML 150

15

64.5

36.5

1.43

300

.102

ML 270

27

64.8

27.0

3.54

194

.100

Intermediate Values Available

All choke coils in this series are the same size as the unit illustrated.
Leads are of No. 21 tinned wire. Tolerances are ± 15% for ML10S
through ML82S: ± 10% from ML10G through ML270. All units are
impregnated with thermosetting varnish. Color coding available.

WILCO

L

Q

S.R.F.

R.D.C.

1

DIA.

PART#

uh

NOM.

NOM.

OHMs

(MA)

NOM.

(MHz)

NOM.

MAX

MU 390

39

20.0

11.2

5.8

185

.156

MU 470

47

18.2

10.9

6.5

175

MU 560

56

17.7

10.6

7.1

162

MU 680

68

17.0

10.5

7.8

165

MU 820

82

16.0

10.4

8.6

163

.187

MU 101

100

15.5

10.3

9.3

159

MU 121

120

22.4

9.6

10.8

150

MU 151

150

22.8

9.0

12.2

143

MU 181

180

23.4

7.6

13.7

140

MU 271

270

23.9

5.7

16.9

130

.218

MU 331

330

24.4

5.2

18.9

126

MU 471

470

23.1

4.3

22.6

117

”

MU 681

680

49.0

2.9

12.7

141

.187

MU 102

1000

43.6

2.1

15.5

131

MU 152

1500

56.7

1.9

23.9

117

.218

Intermediate Values Available

All choke coils in this series are the same size as the unit illustrated.
Leads are of No. 21 tinned wire. Tolerances are ± 10%. All units are
impregnated with thermosetting varnish. Color coding available.

WILCO

PART#

L

uh

Q

NOM.

S.R.F.

NOM.

(MHz)

R.D.C.

OHMs

NOM.

1

(MA)

MAX

DIA.

NOM.

U 150

15

24.9

20.00

1.7

480

.218

U 350

35

20.5

14.00

2.6

420

.250

U 550

55

18.1

11.40

3.4

380

.281

U 101

100

15.6

8.80

4.4

350

.312

U 141

140

24.7

7.21

5.5

330

.343

U 181

180

24.4

6.52

6.3

320

.375

U 301

300

24.2

5.11

8.5

290

.437

U 501

500

23.6

4.02

11.0

270

.500

U 701

700

38.4

3.33

27.0

160

.562

U 901

900

36.4

2.87

31.0

150

.562

U 252

2.5 MH

70.8

1.02

32.0

150

.500

U 752

7.5 MH

64.6

.62

65.0

130

.500

U 153

15.0 MH

72

.44

64.8

110

.418

U 253

25.0 MH

70

.34

88

95

.512

Intermediate Values Available

All choke coils in this series are Durez covered and EIA color coded.
They have an inductance tolerance of ± 10% and leads are No. 20 AWG
tinned copper IV 2 " long. Parts U150 through U501 are wound on .156"
dia. phenolic forms with “A” dimensions 7 /i 6 ". Parts U601 through
U102 are wound on the same form with “A” dimensions Vz". Parts
U252 through U752 use .156" dia. powdered iron forms, “A”
dimension Vz" . Parts U103 through U253 use .187" dia. iron forms,
“A” dimension 5 /a". Diameters of coils vary from Va” to 5 /a" depending
on inductance value.

Vz"

“W” SERIES

WILCO L Q S.R.F. R.D.C. I DIA.

PART# uh NOM. NOM. OHMs (MA) NOM.

(MHz) NOM. MAX

W 1 0 G 1.0 45 238 .11 1965 .179

W 1 2 G 1.2 45 218 .12 1882 .179

W 1 5 G 1.5 45 200 .14 1742 .179

W 22 G 2.2 45 165 .26 1278 .175

W 27 G 2.7 45 149 .34 1118 .175

W 39 G 3.9 45 127 .61 835 .172

W 47 G 4.7 50 114 .80 729 .170

W 68 G 6.8 50 94.8 1.35 561 .169

W100 10 50 78.5 2.50 412 .167

W 150 15 30 63.9 5.10 288 .165

W 220 22 85 36.1 1.10 622 .170

W 330 33 80 30.6 1.38 555 .169

W 470 47 90 24.9 2.32 428 .167

W 680 68 90 21.6 3.00 376 .166

W 101 100 100 17.8 5.40 280 .165

Intermediate Values Available

All choke coils in this series are the same size as the unit illustrated.
Leads are of No. 20 tinned wire. Tolerances are ± 20% for W10G
through W22G: ± 10% from W27G through W101 . All units are
impregnated with thermosetting varnish and are EIA color coded.

Our more popular, cataloged stock units are available in quantity for immediate delivery.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1277

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

liiilli

•WWl

A lot of components and inter- ^gp requiring filtering from 5 to

connections, that is. The ^ 300 MHz.

basic PTI monolithic filter Choose from over 100

consists of two electrode standard models from 10.7 to

pairs deposited on the ^ 200 MHz in a wide range of mini-
faces of a quartz wafer to ature, ultraminiature, upright, flat-

form a two-resonator structure. pack and tandem configurations.

Acoustical coupling between electrode Custom designs from below 5 MHz to
pairs creates a two-pole response. 300 MHz are available with guarante-

Simply by designing two-pole filters in ed IM, phase noise, linear phase or
cascade, using modern network theory, controlled group delay specifications,
we can develop four to ten-pole tandem For more information contact:
monolithic crystal filters offering max- Piezo Technology, Inc., P.O. Box 785$

imum reliability, economy, mode sup- Orlando, Florida 32854. (305) 298-2000.

pression, attenuation and minimum size. TWX: 810-850-4136.

We gave up a
lot to improve
crystal filter
reliability
size and cost.

There’s nothing else. It’s that simple.
Piezo Technology is the USA’s leading
supplier of monolithic and tandem
monolithic filters, designed specifically
for use in communications equipment

Piezo Technology, Inc.

1*1278

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CRYSTALS

Crystal

Frequency

Manufacturer

Blanks

Control

Bliley Electric

Colorado Crystal

Croven Crystals

1*1300

1 1*1300

Quartz

1*1284

FILTERS

Notch

(Band

Manufacturer Active AF Elimination) Bandpass Ceramic Comb Crystal Equalizer High Pass Hybrid

FILTERS

Manufacturer

IF

Comstron

1*1295

Damon

1*1316

Frequency Electronics

FSN

Hughes Solid State

McCoy

Microsonics

Monitor Products

Murata Erie

Opt Industries

Piezo Technology

Reeves Hoffman

Sokol

EEM 1983

Linear

Phase Low Pass Microwave RF

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

M279

1*1280 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

OSCILLATORS

Manufacturer

u.

: <

Clock

Crystal Controlled
(Module)

3

Low Frequency

i

0

1

Oven

Pulse (Module)

RC Module

| Austron

1*1282

1*1282

1*1282

Bliley

1*1291

1*1290

bit'll

1*1290

warn

Comstron

1*1293

1*1293

■H

Conner-Winfield

1*1296

1*1296

CTS Knights

1*1312

1*1308

1*1309

1*1310

1*1308

Dale Electronics

1*1314

1*1314

1*1314

Damon/Electronic Div.

1*1316

Electronic Research

1*1318

1*1318

Fox Electronics

1*1320

1*1320

1*1320

Frequency Control

1*1322

1*1322

1*1322

Frequency Electronics

1*1327

1*1327

Greenray

1*1329

Hughes Solid State

1*1330

Isotemp

1*1334

1*1334

ITT Compononets

1*1333

1*1333

Leach

1*1336

1*1336

1*1336

| McCoy Electronics

1*1342

1*1342

1*1342

1*1342'

1*1342

1*1342

M. F. Electronics Corp.

1*1337

Microsonics

1*1344

1*1344

Midland-Ross

1*1350

1*1350

1*1350

Monitor Products

1*1345

1*1345

1*1345

■■

Motorola/Component Prod.

1*1347

1*1347

1*1347

1 M-Tron

1*1338

1*1338

1*1338

Murata/Erie

1*1348

1*1348

1*1348

Oscillatek

1*1353

1*1353

Ovenaire

1*1355

1*1354

1*1354

Piezo Technology

1*1358

.

Q-Tech

1*1362

1*1362

Reeves-Hoffman

1*1365

1*1365

1*1365

1*1365

1*1365

Saronix

1*1368

1*1368

1*1368

Seiko Instruments

1*1371

1*1371

1*1371

Sokol Crystal Prod.

1*1373

1*1373

Spectrum

1*1374

1*1374

Statek

1*1377

1*1377

1*1377

Tech-Trol

1*1380

1*1380

1*1380

Vectron

1*1382

1*1386

1*1382

1*1385

1*1382

XSIS Electronics

1*1387

1*1387

Power (Module)

CROSS REFERENCE CARDS (61)

PRODUCT

INDEX

WONDERFILE!

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Austron k.

P.O. BOX 74766, EXIT 248, N. IH3 5, AUSTIN, TEXAS 78761 • (512) 251 -231 3S

AUSTRON OFFERS A COMPLETE LINE OF HIGH
PRECISION OVENIZED CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

• Up to 5 X 1 0 _1 724 hours aging

• Frequencies from 1 to 120 MHz

• MIL-SPEC, JANTX, Radiation hardened

• Custom engineering

SMALL LIGHTWEIGHT

The Austron Model 1100 Crystal Oscillator combines high stability
with low power drain in a small, lightweight, plug-in package. This
hermetically sealed crystal oscillator finds application whenever
space is at a premium and performance cannot be compromised.

DIGITAL APPLICATIONS

The Austron Model 1 105 is a low profile solid-state crystal oscilla-
tor designed to provide a highly stable 1 MHz logic output for 1C
applications. The Model 1105 operates from a 5 volt power sup-
ply. The size, weight, and stability performance have been pack-
aged in a configuration for the 1C instrument designer.

EXTREMELY LOW POWER

The Austron Model 1115 5 MHz Oscillator was specifically de-
signed for undersea applications where high stability and minimal
power drain are of prime importance.

VERSATILITY

The Austron Model 1120 is a compact, rugged crystal oscillator
designed for a wide range of applications. This unit is available at
many different frequencies, input voltages, and mechanical con-
figurations.

LOW PHASE NOISE

The Austron 1 120L features extremely low phase noise perform-
ance.

ULTRA HIGH STABILITY

The Austron Model 1150 is a very rugged,# high precision crystal
oscillator which was specifically developed for use in satellite
navigation systems. The Model 1150 has application whenever
system requirements demand a precise time base or frequency
reference. Technical features include an ultimate aging of 5 X
10* n /day, low phase noise, and a standard frequency of 5 MHz.

HIGHER FREQUENCY

Austron's latest addition to the Austron family of oscillators, the
Austron Model 1170 Series VHF Oscillator, includes several units
in the range of 35 MHz to 120 MHz.

OUTPUT FREQUENCY: 5 MHz Standard
AGING RATE: 5, 2 OR 1 X 10 9 /24 Hrs.

after 72 hours continuous operation.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

STABILITY: Less than 2.5 X 1 0’ 8 from -20° to + 65°C

MECHANICAL: Size: 1.25 X 1.75 X 3.25 inches

OUTPUT FREQUENCY: 1 MHz; TTL Logic
AGING RATE: 10, 5, 2 or 1 X 10 9 /24 hours after 72

hours operation

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

STABILITY: Less than 5 X 10~ 9 from 0°C to 55°C

MECHANICAL: Size 1.25 X 1.75 X 3.25 inches

OUTPUT FREQUENCY: 5 MHz

AGING: 3 X 10' 9 /24 hrs after 72 hours operation

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 1 X 10‘ 9 /24 hrs after 30 days operation

STABILITY: Less than 5 X 10 9 from -2°C to 25°C

NOTE: Higher temperature models available
MECHANICAL: Size: Cylinder 2" diameter, 5.5" long.

OUTPUT FREQUENCY: 1 MHZ THRU 10 MHZ
AGING RATE: 5, 2 or 1 X 10 9 /24 Hrs.

after 72 hours continuous operation.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

STABILITY: Less than 2 X 10 9 from -20° to + 65°

MECHANICAL: Size: 2.27 X 2.14 X 4 inches

OUTPUT FREQUENCY: 5MHz OR 10 MHz
PHASE NOISE: 135 dB, Ten Hz

(1 Hz BW) 155 dB, One Hundred Hz

160 dB, One kHz

OUTPUT FREQUENCY: 5 MHz Standard

AGING RATE: 5 X 10' 10 /24 hrs after operation.

1 X 10' 10 /24 hrs after 30 days operation.
Ultimate drift is typically 5 X 10 11 after 90
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE days operation.

STABILITY: Less than 2X1 Q -9 from -55°C to +60°C

Less than 5 X 10J° from 0°C to 50°C.
MECHANICAL: Size: 2.37 X 3.1 8 *X 5.0 inches.

CALL FOR DETAILS

1*1282

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Time/frequency instruments

The Austron Time Code Instrumentation — a complete line of instru-
ments from basic generators and readers to full complement tape
search and control units. Available for bench, panel, rack, or portable;
all standard IRIG, XR3, and NASA codes are available to give these
instruments the flexibility to meet any system requirement.

AUSTRON 8154

The Austron Loran-C receivers are microprocessor based automatic
acquisition and tracking receivers that utilize the Loran-C groundwave
to provide a traceable'reference for time epoch determination, frequency
management, calibration, and control. These' receivers provide time
accuracy to one microsecond and frequency accuracy to parts in
10 - 12 .

The Austron Model 1250A Crystal Frequency Standard generates highly
stable output frequencies at 5 MHz, 1 MHz, and 100 kHz. Each of these
outputs has excellent waveform and spectral purity. Containing its own
internal battery back-up, it also may be used with an external standby
austron 1250A power supply such as the Austron Model 1290A Standby Power Supply.

The Austron Model 1210D series of Portable Crystal Clocks are compact,
self-contained, self-powered time references providing stable time out-
puts at several pulse and sinusoidal frequencies, as well as a digital
time-of-day display.

AUSTRON 1210D

The Austron Model 1295C Distribution Amplifier provides the necessary
noise immunity and drive capability to interface a localized frequency
standard to other equipment at distances up to 1,000 feet. Four standard
frequencies, 10 MHz, 5 MHz, 1 MHz and 0.1 MHz can be accommodated
(for other frequencies consult factory). Input frequencies and number
of outputs for each frequency are customer specified to provide a more
cost effective system. Single frequency units can have up to 40 indi-
vidual outputs, while units with 2 to 4 frequency inputs will have four
austron 1295C or more outputs for each input.

SYSTEMS —complete systems for generation, management, and distribution of precise time
and frequency. Austron’s engineering has led to such sophistication as the secure communi-
cations frequency control sets AN/GSQ-174 and AN/GSQ-183. Time and Frequency Receivers,
Disciplined Frequency Standards, Distribution Amplifiers, Time Code Generators and Readers,
and all ancillary equipment along with Austron Engineering ... put it to work, for you!

Austron me

P.O. BOX 14766, EXIT 248, N. IH35, AUSTIN, TEXAS 78761 • (512) 251-2313

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1283

2300 CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

For further information call C814) 838-3571 or TWX 510-696-6886

BLILEY ELECTRIC COMPANY

2545 W. GRANDVIEW BOULEVARD
P. O. BOX 3428
ERIE/PENNSYLVANIA 16508

CRYSTALS

Coldweld Vacuum Sealed first name in frequency | control

Transistor Case Styles

Unmatched performance during extreme shock and vibration combined with superior aging and high

RELIABILITY HAVE FIRMLY ESTABLISHED THIS STYLE AS FIRST CHOICE IN ADVANCED MILITARY AND SPACE SYSTEMS.

Ease of mounting, form compatibility and moderate cost also attract quality commercial usage.

SPECIFY BK5 FOR
.030 (0.76) DIA. PLUG-IN
PINS APPROX. .281 (7.14)
LONG.

— »j.326(8.28)|—

I - CRYSTAL

3- NC

4 - GROUND

3 -CRYSTAL
7- NC

SPECIFY BK3-IB FOR
GROUNDING CASE TO
LEAD 2.

300(12.70) MIN.

BLILEY

TYPE

FREQUENCY

RANGE

(MHz)

FREQ. TOL. (%) vs TEMP. RANGE (°C)
(INCLUDES CALIBRATION AT +25°C)

MAX.
SERIES
RES. (Q)

CRYSTAL

CUT-AT

(MODE)

TYPICAL

DRIVE

LEVEL

0 TO 50

0 TO 70

—40 TO +70

BOi

ImWl

.86

- .99

300

BK2W

1

- 1.9

150

2

- 2.9

40

3

- 6.0

25

_j

2

- 2.9

250

H

7

1.0

3

- 3.9

120

111

BK5W

4

- 4.9

60

<

5

rr 5.9

±.0015

±.002

±.0025

±.003

30

o

z

6

- 7.9

22

-J

LL

8

- 15

15

7

- 9.9

40

10

- 25

25

BK3

25

- 75

40

3RD

0.5

75

- 125

60

5TH

125

-150

100

7TH

BLILEY TYPE

BK2W

BK3-1B

BK5W

Ml L-H-10056 HOLDER
DESIGNATION

HC-40/U

HC-35/U

HC-37/U

AGING GUIDELINES:

1ST MONTH
FOLLOWING YEAR

2 PPM
1.5 PPM

2 PPM

3 PPM

2 PPM

2 PPM

VIBRATION

20G FROM 10 -2000 Hz

SHOCK

150G FOR 7 ms

QUARTZ CRYSTALS • CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

2300

1*1284

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

For further information call (814) 838-3571 or TWX 510-696-6886

BLILEY ELECTRIC COMPANY

2545 W. GRANDVIEW BOULEVARD
P. O. BOX 3428
ERIE/PENNSYLVANIA 16508

1

CRYSTALS

Stress Compensated

Double Angle Rotation • SC Cut

first name in frequency | control

• Improved Frequency Stability During

• High Drive Capability — Several Times

• Low Phase Noise

• Low Aging Rate

• Fast Warm-up

SC CUT

GENERALIZED TEMP./FREQ. CHARACTERISTICS

Acceleration and Vibration
Typical AT Cut Levels

-80 -40 0 40 80 120 160

temperature degrees c

— 1 326 <8 28) H-
Imax. dia.|

.263
(6 * 3 )
MAX

BK3

|(T0-5)|

.275

(6 98)
MAX.

BK5W

(TO-8)

BLILEY

TYPE

FREQUENCY

RANGE

(MHz)

MODE

BK5/BK5W

5-15

FUND.

BK3/BK3-1B

15-33

BA6/BA6W

5-45

3RD

BK5/BK5W

33-45

BK3/BK3-1B

45-100

75-140

5TH

TEMPERATURE

FREQUENCY

RANGE <°C)

TOLERANCE*

0 TO +50

±.0018%

-10 TO +60

±.0023%

-40 TO +85

±.0048%

-55 TO +85

±.006%

-55 TO +105

±.007%

-55 TO +125

±.0075%

-55 TO +200

±.01%

+20 TO +85

±.0023%

+60 TO +90

±.001%

"INCLUDES STABILITY OVER TEMP.
RANGE & CALIBRATION TOLERANCE.

For PC Board Mount • Cold weld Sealed • DT-SL-AT Cuts

765 ,
09.43)]
MAX.

1 _.

— j.375 }— — J

1 ( 9 . 53 )

0 20 (.51) DIA.

,, i° q - - _

<odi4-=j

— .765 — ■
(19.43)
MAX.

HB2

(HC-39/U)

BLILEY

FREQUENCY

FREQ. TOL. (%) vs TEMP. RANGE (°C)

MAX. SERIES
RES. in.)

CUT

TYPE

RANGE

(kHz)

0 TO 50

OTO 75

-40 TO +70

-55 TO +90

200-299

4000

300-399

±.007

±.008

±.01

±.015

5500

DT

400-450

6000

450-599

±.003

±.004

±.007

±.011

2000

SL

600-800

2500

HB2

1 -2 MHz

400

2-3

MHz

200

3-4

MHz

100

Af

4-7

MHz

±.002

±.0025

+.003

±.004

60

7-10 MHz

30

10-20 MHz

25

20-50 MHz

40

a 3

ALL FREQUENCY TOLERANCES INCLUDE INITIAL CALIBRATION AT +25°C.

A f AND A 3 DENOTE AT CUT-FUNDAMENTAL MODE AND 3RD OVERTONE MODE.

2300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1285

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

For further information call (814) 838-3571 or TWX 510-696-6886

BLILEY ELECTRIC COMPANY

2545 W. GRANDVIEW BOULEVARD
P. O. BOX 3428
ERIE/PENNSYLVANIA 16508

CRYSTALS

1

Cold weld Vacuum Sealed

first name in frequency | control

Although similar in appearance and configuration to a commonly used solder-sealed counterpart

BLILEY'S BA SERIES FEATURES UNEXCELLED PROCESS CLEANLINESS AND FLUX-FREE SEALING IN VACUUM TO
MINIMIZE CONTAMINATION. IMPROVED AGING AND RELIABILITY RESULT AT A MODEST COST PREMIUM. THE DATA
FOLLOWING IS SUGGESTED FOR GENERAL GUIDANCE. SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE IN TEMPERATURE STABILITY AND
AGING CAN BE PROVIDED IF REQUIRED.

Y

SPECIFY BA2W FOR
.017(0.43) DIA. WIRE

LENGTH OR SPECIFY.

BLILEY

TYPE

FREQUENCY

RANGE

FREQ. TOL. <%) vs TEMP. RANGE (°C)

MAX.

DRIVE

LEVEL

(mW)

(INCLUDES CALIBRATION AT +25°C)

MAX.
SERIES
RES. (i4

CRYSTAL

CUT

1ST

MONTH

OTO 50

OTO 75

—40 TO +70

-55 TO +90

200-299 kHz

3000

300-399 kHz

±.007

±.008

±.01

±.015

4000

DT

400-500 kHz

5000

325-499 kHz

±.0025

±.003

±.005

±.007

1500

GT

20

40

500-600 kHz

2000

2

300-500 kHz

1000

BA6

&

BA2

500-599 kHz

±.003

±.004

±.007

± 011

1500

SL

600-800 kHz

2000

BA6

1-2 MHz

-55 to+105

350

2

BA6

&

BA4

2-3 MHz

175

3-4 MHz

75

A f

1

BA6,

BA4,

4-7 MHz

50

5

7-10 MHz

±.0015

±.002

± .0025

±.004

30

&

BA2

10-20 MHz

25

3

3

20-60 MHz

40

A 3

■

2

60-87 MHz

50

a 5

1

BA2

87 -100 MHz

60

■

1

IHHi

100- 150MHz

90

a 7

AGING VALUES ARE BASED UPON CONTINUOUS OPERATION AT +85°C AND DRIVE LEVELS AS INDICATED
Af, A 3 , A 5 , A 7 DENOTE AT CUT-FUNDAMENTAL MODE, 3RD OVERTONE MODE, ETC.

BLILEY TYPE

BA2

Ml L-H-10056 HOLDER
DESIGNATION

HC-36/U

HC-47/U

HC-46/U

HC-42/U

HC-43/U

VIBRATION

10G FROM 10-2000 Hz

SHOCK

100G FOR 11 ms

INTERNALLY RUGGEDIZED DESIGNS ARE AVAILABLE FOR HIGHER LEVEL SHOCK AND VIBRATION.

QUARTZ CRYSTALS • CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

2300

1-1286

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300 CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS 2300

For further information call (814) 838-3571 or TWX 510-696-6886

BLILEY ELECTRIC COMPANY

2545 W. GRANDVIEW BOULEVARD

P. O. BOX 3428 *

ERIE/PENNSYLVANIA 16508 I

CRYSTALS

General Purpose and Mil-Spec. first name in frequency | control

Good performance and reliability plus versatility in mounting and economy pinpoint this group as the

LOGICAL CHOICE FOR MOST COMPUTER, DATA PROCESSING AND GENERAL PURPOSE APPLICATIONS. A VARIETY OF
HOLDER STYLES IS AVAILABLE WITH THE FAMILIAR MlL-SPEC SOLDER SEAL OR OUR "RESISTANCE-WELD" SEAL, A
NEWER PROCESS IDEALLY ADAPTED TO VOLUME PRODUCTION AT LOWEST COST WITH A REDUCED POSSIBILITY OF
CONTAMINATION.

TEMPERATURE RANGE <°C)

_j

0 TO 50 0 TO 75 -40 TO +70 -55 TO +90 <

BLILEY FREQUENCY ttz

TYPE RANGE FREQ. MAX. FREQ. MAX. FREQ. MAX. FREQ. MAX. > g
(kHz) TOL. SERIES TOL. SERIES TOL. SERIES TOL. SERIES $C
(%) RES. in) (%) RES. {a) (%) RES. (A.) (%) RES. (A) °

ALL FREQUENCY TOLERANCES INCLUDE INITIAL CALIBRATION AT +25°C.

AGING VALUES ARE BASED UPON CONTINUOUS OPERATION AT +85°C AND DRIVE LEVELS AS INDICATED.
A f . A 3 , A 5i A 7 DENOTE AT CUT-FUNDAMENTAL MODE, 3RD OVERTONE MODE, ETC.

EEM 1983

QUARTZ CRYSTALS • CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1287

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

For further information call (814) 838-35T1 or TWX 510-696-6886

BLILEY ELECTRIC COMPANY

2545 W. GRANDVIEW BOULEVARD
P. O. BOX 3428
ERIE/PENNSYLVANIA 16508

CRYSTAL HOLDERS

1

BH & BX Series • solder sealed first name in frequency | control

BR Series • resistance- weld sealed

BLILEY TYPE

BH6A

BH6W

BR6

BR6W

BXP

BXW

BR2

BR2W

BH9A

BH9W

BH4

Ml L-H- 10056

HOLDER

DESIGNATION

HC-6/U

HC-33/U

HC-48/U

HC-51/U

HC-25/U

HC18/U

HC-50/U

HC49/U

HC-13/U

HC-34/U

HC-32/U

VIBRATION

10 G FROM 10 TO 500 Hz

lllllllHliK Ifllfll

; : T ; ; ; : 100 G FOR 1 1 ms ;

INTERNALLY RUGGEDIZED DESIGNS ARE AVAILABLE FOR HIGHER LEVEL SHOCK AND VIBRATION.

QUARTZ CRYSTALS • CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

1*1288 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS. OSCILLATORS. & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

For further information call (814) 838-3571 or TWX 510-696-6886

BLILEY ELECTRIC COMPANY

2545 W. GRANDVIEW BOULEVARD I

P. O. BOX 3428 I

ERIE/PENNSYLVANIA 16508 A

CRYSTALS

Vacuum Sealed first name in frequency [ control

Ultra High Stability

Designed for optimum performance with temperature control

This outstanding group incorporates the technology and craftsmanship that has made Bliley famous

FOR QUALITY WITHOUT COMPROMISE. EXCEPTIONALLY LOW AGING AND HIGH Q CHARACTERISTICS PROVIDE PRECISION
REFERENCE FOR FREQUENCY STANDARDS, SYNTHESIZERS AND ULTRA STABLE SYSTEM CLOCKS.

LtAua .ouu uz.ruj min.
LENGTH OR SPECIFY.

BG6IAH-5S/3S or BG6ISCH-5S/3S BA6/BA6W

(GLASS ENCLOSURES)

(C0LDWELD SEALED METAL ENCLOSURES)

5TH OVERTONE {AT CUT)

3RD OVERTONE (AT CUT) \

BLILEY TYPE

BG61 AH-5S

BG61 AH-3S

BA6/BA6W

BK2/BK2W j

FREQ.MHz

5

3.8 -6.0

3.8 - 7.9

8-12

3.8 - 6.0

6.1 -10.9

11-15

AVERAGE Q (106)

2.5

1.5 .

0.6

1.0

0.6

0.4

MAX SERIES
RESISTANCE (Cl)

140

50

35

50

40

35

FREQ. TOL. AT
TURNING POINT

± 1 PPM

±4 PPM

± 5 PPM

TURNING POINT

AVAILABLE AT ANY TEMPERATURE (± 5°C) FROM +45° TO +90°C
(TOLERANCE OF ± 3° OR ±40 AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST)

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

<1 x 10— 7 /°C FOR 1° EACH SIDE OF TURNING POINT

AGING AT +75°C

5 X 10-^/DAY AFTER 3 DAYS

7 X IQ— 1 9/ W E £ K AFTER 1 MONTH

2 X 10~ 9 /DAY AFTER 3 DAYS

2 x 10— 9 /WEEK AFTER 1 MONTH

2 x 10“ 8 /WEEK AFTER 1 WEEK

DRIVE LEVEL

70jjA ± 20%

1 5>jW MAX.

25uW MAX.

FREQ. CHANGE

50G SHOCK

OR :

10G VIBRATION

< ±1 x 10~ ®

< ±2x 10- 8

10 -200 Hz

10- 1500 Hz

10 - 2000 Hz j

SC CUT

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

TEMPERATURE DEGREES C

STRESS COMPENSATED - DOUBLE ANGLE ROTATION |

5TH OVERTONE
(SC CUT)

3RD OVERTONE (SC CUT)

BLILEY TYPE

BG61SCH-5S

BG61SCH-3S

BA6/BA6W AND BK2/BK2W

FREQ. (MHz)

5

5

10

5

10

AVERAGE Q(x 10«)

2.5

2.2

1.2

2.0

MAX SERIES
RESISTANCE (-Hl)

350

110

65

120

70

FREQ.TOL. (PPM)AT
TURNING POINT

±0.5

±1.5

±1.5

±1.5

±1.5

TURNING POINT

WITHIN ±5°C OF ANY TEMP.

IN THE RANGE OF 50°C TO
75°C

WITHIN ±5°C OF ANY TEMP.

IN THE RANGE OF 30°C TO
75°C

AGING AT +75°C

7 xlO-10/WEEK
AFTER 1 MO.

2 x 10-9/WEEK
AFTER 1 MO.

2x10'® /WEEK AFTER 1 WEEK

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1289

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS 2300

For further information call (814) 838-3571 or TWX 510-696-6886

BLILEY ELECTRIC COMPANY

2545 W. GRANDVIEW BOULEVARD
P. O. BOX 3428
ERIE/PENNSYLVANIA 16508

CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

General Purpose-Clock Oscillators first name in frequency | control

.200

— M I (5.08)

— JI*-.0I8(0.46) MAX.

DIA. L 03S
(0.89)

REF.

.815 (20.70))*

MAX.

_L_1

*-1.200(30.48) —

1 - NEG. 0SC. 8 RF GND.

2 - N.C.

3 - +5 VDC

4 - OUTPUT

I - N.C.

7- GROUND
8 - OUTPUT
14 — +5 VDC

(lottl-L

REF II

Cl

.370(9.40)
MAX.

“ rn

.025 (0.84) DIA.

t

.820 (20.83))*-

MAX.

1 II

(12.19)
MAX. -

1' I* 1

0 i4 yo;

|7 .300

[a (7.62)

r

-

- .400 L-
(10.16)

—.600 —
(15.24)

T

200 tjl .018(0.48)

(5 08 ) DIA.

RFF

*—.028

(0.71)

REF.

±1

.810(20.57)1
MAX. |

Li

r ,3oo
[_i?62)

.510 4

(12.95)

MAX - 4

titt

.@15

1

l— .600 j

(15.24)

T

1,5,10- N.C.

7 - GROUND

8 - OUTPUT
14- +5 VDC

I - N.C.

7 - GROUND
8 - OUTPUT
14- + 5 VDC

(14 PIN DIP
COMPA TABLE)

BLILEY

TYPE

FREQUENCY

RANGE

FREQ. TOL. (%) vs TEMP. RANGE (»C)
(INCLUDES CALIBRATION AT +25*0

OUTPUT

0 TO 50

0 TO 70

-20 TO +70

BEE B3&9

C26A

1 Hz -2 MHz

±001

±.0015

± .002

± .0025

TTL LOGIC

50 kHz - 100 MHz

±001

± .0012

±.0015

± .002

800 kHz - 150 MHz

SINE WAVE

C3A

20 kHz - 25 MHz

± .001

± .0012

± .0015

±002

TTL LOGIC

25 MHz - 50 MHz

±001

±.0012

± .002

H

3 MHz - 100 MHz

±.001

± .0012

* .0015

±.002

SINE WAVE

C76A

1 MHz - 25 MHz

—

§ .01

—

— ■

TTL LOGIC

25 MHz - 40 MHz

-

± .02

-

-

4 MHz - 60 MHz

±.004

± .01

' - ■

C79A*

1 MHz - 25 MHz

-

±.01

-

-

25 MHz - 40 MHz

-

±.02

: — ;

-

*(CASE DESIGN INCORPORATES AN ALL METAL RESISTANCE - WELD HERMETIC SEAL ENCLOSURE.)

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

SUPPLY: +5 VDC

OUTPUT: TTL LOGIC '*1" + 2.4 V MIN., LOGIC "0" + 0.4 V MAX.

SYMMETRY: 60/40 DUTY CYCLE WORST CASE
LOAD: 10 TTL GATES

SlNE WAVE: Q.7 VRMS(1000ft LOAD), 800kHz - 25 MHz
0.2 VRMS (50 ft LOAD), 1 — 150 MHz

CUSTOM OPTIONS AVAILABLE: CMOS LOGIC, COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUTS, DUAL-FREQUENCY OUTPUTS

Frequency Adjustment: Electrical or mechanical available on C26A as a custom option
Hermetic Enclosures: C26A, C3A and C79A

QUARTZ CRYSTALS • CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

1*1290

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

For further information call (814) 838-3571 or TWX 510-696-6886

BLILEY ELECTRIC COMPANY

2545 W. GRANDVIEW BOULEVARD I

P. O. BOX 3428 I

ERIE/PENNSYLVANIA 1 6508 1

CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

Temperature Compensated first name in frequency | control

(TCXO) Crystal Oscillators

BLILEY TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS ARE DESIGNED TO INTEGRATE THE CHARACTER-
ISTICS OF HIGH QUALITY COLDWELD SEALED CRYSTALS WITH TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED CIRCUITRY TO ACHIEVE
IMPROVED FREQUENCY STABI LITY WITHOUT TEMPERATURE CONTROL AND LOW AGING TO ASSURE LONG TERM RELIABI LITY.

j STOCK OSCILLATORS - FAST DELIVERY |

BLILEY
TYPE NO.

FREQ.

(MHz)

FREQ,

STABILITY

SUPPLY (DC)

TTL LOGIC
OUTPUT

VOLTS

REG.

mA

T26A411

1

±1 x 10 -6

OVER

0— 50°C

+ 5

± 1%

35

"0"; +0.4V MAX.

"1”: +2.4V MIN.

T r & T f : 12 NS MAX.

SYMMETRY: 60/40
LOAD: 10 TTL GATES

T26A412

+ 12

±10%

30

T26A4 13/440*

5/10*

+ 5

± 1%

25

T26A4 14/441*

+ 12

±10%

35

FREQ. ADJUST. RANGE: ±5X10"6MIN. AGING RATE: 1X10~6/YR.

[ CUSTOM OSCILLATORS / BLILEY TYPE T26A SERIES |

FREQUENCY RANGE/
OUTPUT WAVEFORM

FREQUENCY STABILITY
vs

TEMPERATURE RANGE

1 MHz -20 MHz
SINEWAVE

OR

50 kHz -20 MHz
TTL LOGIC

±1 x 10-6

0 to +60°C

±5 x 10-7

±1 x 10-6

—20 to +7Q°C

±5 x 10-7

+1 x 10-6

-40 to +70°C

±2 x 10-6

-55 to +70° C

±1 x 10-7

+20 to +40°C

SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS:

+ 12 VDC ±10% REG. AGING RATE: IXIO'6/YR.
Options available:

• CMOS logic output from 1 Hz - 20 MHz

• Sine Wave & TTL logic output from 20 MHz — 100 MHz

• Other Supply Voltages

T26A

Voltage Controlled (VCXO) Crystal Oscillators

Bliley voltage controlled crystal oscillators combine inherent crystal stability and voltage

CONTROLLED FREQUENCY DEVIATION IN A SINGLE SOLID STATE DEVICE. CENTER FREQUENCY
RANGE FROM 1-100 MHz WITH PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS TABULATED BELOW:

FREQUENCY

DEVIATION

FREQUENCY

STABILITY

TEMPERATURE

RANGE

±.01%

±.001%

±.002%

Oto 50° C
-20 to +70°C

± ,05%

± .002%

± .005%

Oto 50° C
-20 to +70°C

± .1%

'' . ; . :

±.004%

±.008%

Oto 50°C
-20 to +70°C

± .2%

± .005%

± .01%

Oto 50°C
-20 to +70°C

Standard design parameters are based on operation
with —12 Vdc; 25 mA supply. Other voltages may
be specified as a custom option.

Standard output is sine wave, typical IV rms into
1000 ohms or .25V rms into 50 ohms.

Mechanical trim is provided for center frequency
adjustment.

Typical modulation voltage is±5V with a modulat-
ing input impedance of 10K ohms and modulation
rate from DC to 20 kHz

TYPICAL

LINEARTY CHART
(C.F. 45 MHz &

± 14 kHz DEVIATION)

_T_

2

1

z

7^

a

-1 0 +1 +2 +3 +4

A VOLTS

.250 ce.35) REF.
.312 (7.92) REF.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1291

mMtmrnwmmmi;

that's a cut
i above.

sion crystals, offers AT, SC and A<
in a variety of holders ranging froi
HC 27/U glass to the HC 40/U cold

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

Glass Holders Coldweld Holders Solder Seal Holders

Resistance Weld
Holders

Whatever your crystal needs, go with the
leader and place your confidence in
Colorado Crystal Technology.

Colorado Crystal Corporation

(303)667-9248

2303 West 8th St. / Loveland, Colo. 80537

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

comstron corporation

TECHNOLOGY “ + " FILTERS

The Extra Edge in Systems Performance DC to 1 GHz

Comstron has developed optimum frequency
or time domain filters to produce near
theoretical system performance. These
technology + filters are available as catalog
items or custom tailored to your needs.

comstron

Laadw In High Technology FHten

l comstron

Design

Comstron has implemented modern network syn-
thesis and physical realization techniques to the point
where highly reliable, compact LC and crystal filters
are available - quickly and economically. Proprietary
computer analysis, modeling, and optimization pro-
grams efficiently arrive at near-optium solutions to
spectral, time domain, and stochastic problems. The
Company's Enhanced Synthesis Program (ESP), Filter
Optimization Program (FOP) and Parameter Op-
timization Program (POP) provide design parameters
for systems oriented functions. Requirements for group
delay equalization, wide band arithmetic symmetry,
x/sin x amplitude correction, corrected Nyquist filters,
phase compensation, and time domain response
designs are routinely and efficiently handled.

Test

The Company's commitment to excellence is evi-
dent in its extensive test facilities. Automatic com-
puter based network analyzers cover the frequency
range from dc to-1.3 GHz with full plotting and printer
output capability. Parameters which are
automatically measured include amplitude
response, phase response, group delay, and return
loss. Time domain testing can also be performed to
verify impulse response or response to complex
waveforms.

Computer directed environmental testing allows
unattended measurements of performance over
temperature on a production basis. Comstron's pro-
prietary Automatic Filter Test (AFT) programs permits
rapid and accurate generation of acceptance test
procedures as well as full documentation and data
files when required.

Quality Control

Comstron maintains a Quality Control Department
that ensures compliance with MIL-I-45208A and MIL-
Q-9858A when applicable. Microscopic inspection,
controlled environment, material control and
traceability, solder training programs, and strict con-
figuration management all contribute to producing
an exceptionally reliable product.

The quality control program is continuously
monitored. Over the years since its inception, Com-
stron has assembled a dedicated, conscientious
staff whose pride of workmanship and customer
loyalty is the keynote of the Company.

Send for our complete Data Sheets.

i comstron

i comstron

| LC sumA Crystal

~E= h comstron

LC FMters

Standard Filter Catagories

• FDM Channel

• Quad Phase Matched

• Miniature LC.

• USB/LSB

• Fiber Optic Repeater

• Group Delay Equalizer

• NPR Optimized

• Pulse Response Optimized

• Nyquist

• Video

• Speech Plus

• Group/Super Group/Master
Group/Pilot Notch

• 70/140 MHz Satellite IF Filters

• 70 MHz Switchable Equalizer
(Delay or Amplitude)

Call Comstron for applications assistance for your LC and Crystal Filter requirements.

comstron corporation

200 East Sunrise Highway. Freeport. New York 1 1520
(51 6)546-9700 TWX 5 1 0-225-3699

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1293

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CRYSTAL
OSCILLATORS

VCXO’s To 1 GHz
TCXO’sTo 1 GHz

Comstron, the technology leader in
oscillators for military, commercial, and deep-
space applications, welcomes the opportuni-
ty to assist you with your crystal oscillator re-
quirements. Through proprietary computer-
generated design, testing and production
techniques, Comstron delivers state-of-the-
art low noise performance on VCXO's,
TCXO's, Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillators
and phase locked sources to 1 GHz. The Com-
pany's Design for Optimum Performance
(DOP) programs provide optimization of per-
formance attributes as well as sensitivity
analysis. Our design and high reliability
resources can make the difference in your
system. Listed are typical standard designs
from our Oscillator product library. However,
modifications to suit your specific needs are
easily accommodated.

Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillators

Frequency

1 - 25 MHz

25-150 MHz

150 MHz to 1 GHz

Mod Range

±.i% ±.oi% ±.oi%

Wider or Narrower Mod Range Available

Output

Sine OdBm/

50 ohm

ECL

CMOS to lO MHz
TTL

OdBrri/50ohm

ECL

N/A .

STTL to lOO MHz

OdBm/50 ohm

N/A

N/A

N/A

Mod Voltage

±5V ±5V ±5V

Variation in Sensitivity Available

Linearity

±1%

±2%

.±5%

Temperature

Range

O - 55 °C O - 55°C O - 55°C

Wider Temperature Range Available

Stability

1 ppm

1 ppm

2 ppm

Size

2 x 2 x .75"

2 x 2 x .75"

3 x 1.5 x .75"

Connector

PC Mount

PC Mount

PC Mount

Special Connectors Available

Ovenized Crystal Oscillators

Frequency

.1 to 25 MHz

25 MHz to 500 MHz

Aging

Rate

1 x 10 -9 /day 1 x 10 -8 /day

Improved Stability Available

Output

Sine OdBm/50 ohm

OdBm /50 ohm

Temperature

Range

-20 to + 60 °C

- 20 to + 60 °C

Temperature

Stability

3 x lO “ 8

5 x 10~ 8

Supply

Voltage

28 V

28 V

Adjustment

Range

± 1 ppm min.

± 1 ppm min.

Size

2" x 2" x 4"

2" x 2" x 4"

See our ads in Sections 2700 & 2900

comstron corporation

200 East Sunrise Highway, Freeport, New York 11520
(516)546-9700 TWX 510-225-3699

1*1294

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

Temperature Compensated
Crystal Oscillators

Frequency

,1 to 25 MHz

25 MHz 150 MHz

150 MHz to 1 GHz

Temperature

Range

0°C - 60°C 0°C - 60°C 0°C - 60°C

Wider Temperature Ranges Available

Stability

5 x lO- 7

5 x lO “ 7

1 x lO" 6

Output

Sine OdBm/

50 ohm

ECL

CMOS to lO MHz
TTL

OdBm/50 ohm

ECL

N/A

STTL to lOO MHz

OdBm/50 ohm

N/A

N/A

N/A

Aging

Rate

1 x 10 _6 /year

2 x 10 -6 /year

2 x 10 -6 /year

Supply

Voltage

12 V

12 V

12 V

Current

lO ma

lO ma

lO ma

Size

2" x 2" x .75"

2" x 2" x .75"

3" x 1.5" x. 75"

Connectors

PC Mount

PC Mount

PC Mount

Special Connectors Available

Phase Locked Crystal Oscillators

Comstron's preeminant technology in frequency syn-
thesizers and locked sources can be put to use in your
system. Modular building blocks are configurable to
cover frequencies from low audio to 1 GHz. When system
requirements dictate superior short term stability (phase
noise), long term stability and reliability, Comstron's OEM
line fills the need.

Ordering Information

How to Specify Part Number:

O for Oscillator;
plus one letter for type.

P = Oven controlled Crystal Oscillator
V = VCXO
T = TCXO

plus one letter for output

S = Sine
E = ECL
C = CMOS
T = TTL

plus four digits for frequency

XXXX in .1 MHz

Example:

0VS-02I4

Oscillator VCXO Sine 21.4 MHz

Where requirements differ from listed
models, choose the closest model and
provide details regarding your specific
needs.

See our ads in Sections 2700 & 2900.

comstron corporation

200 East Sunrise Highway, Freeport, New York 11520
(516) 546-9700 TWX 510-225-3699

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1295

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

-1C*-

THE CONNOR-WINFIELD CORPORATION

WEST CHICAGO, IL 60185 PHONE (312) 231-5270
CABLE CONWINWCGO TWX NO. 910-230-3231

OSCILLATORS

For over twenty years, the CONNOR WINFIELD Corporation has
been producing high frequency control products for both military and
commercial applications. CONNOR WINFIELD has built an excellent
reputation as a source of custom designed oscillators. We are also able
to provide attractive discounts on large volume orders, but if you are in
a hurry, our low volume'lead times are consistently short on all
standard models.

What follows is only a partial listing of the extensive oscillator
capabilities we have available. We invite you to write or call us with your
special oscillator requirements; or if you would like to know more about
our new models, our engineers and sales staff are available to assist you.

CONNOR WINFIELD spotlights these new models:

★ ECL-A.B : ECL logic in a DIP metal package— up to 200 MHz (pg. 1)

★ PL14R1.2.3 : phase lock oscillator in a 14 pin DIP package, (pg. 3)

★ SW1.SW2 : High frequency sine wave— upto200MHzina.2"

high DIP package, (pg. 1)

★ TC10A,B : HighfrequencyTCXOinal" x 1" x .62" package (pg. 3)

★ C13R1.2 : rugged solid state oscillator in a .2" high DIP metal

package, (pg. 2)

★ C14R5L : low current CMOS logic — <1mA(pg. 1)

★ S15R8 : Low cost, fast delivery of TTL DIP oscillators— stock

frequencies only. (pg. 2)

★ FULL MILITARY SCREENING AVAILABLE ON MOST OSCILLATOR MODELS!

DIP CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

Package Outline 1 Packaae Outline 2

Pin Connections f - 796 1

1 N/C i 1 loo

7 Common I -L. — J. t

®° utput .250 If PIA. .018 — '

14Vcc r I » max':

' glass standoffs

All dimensions in inches

TTL SERIES*

Model Package Frequency Range

I 1 — GLAS5 STANDOFFS

All dimensions in inches

i Pin Connections
j — * 1 Output
.188 .300 7 Ground
— r 8 Osc. Monitor

MF 14 Vcc

Temperature Range

Output load 1-10 TTL

Duty Cycle 50/50 ±10%

Supply Voltage + 5Vdc ± 5%

Supply Current 85mamax.

Available Options:

Gating-Pin 1 -Logic Oenables-Logic 1 disables
Other Temperature Ranges and
Frequency Tolerances Available

Low cost on large volume orders

LSTTL SERIES

Output Load 1 -1 0 LSTTL 1 -3 TTL

Duty Cycle 50/50 ±10%

Supply Voltage + 5Vdc Supply Current - 50ma max.

CMOS SERIES**

Output Load CMOS
Duty Cycle 50/50 ± 1 0%

Supply Voltage -f5to+15Vdc Supply Current 3-20ma

100K ECL SERIES

Output 100KECL

Duty Cycle 50/50 ±10%

Supply Voltage -4.5Vdcor -5.2

Current 50ma

Please specify

No load

SINEWAVE SERIES

DPS1 -

Supply Voltage
Output Voltage

+ 5Vdc
IVrms

10k Load

DPS2-

Supply Voltage
Output Voltage

+ 8Vdcto + 15Vdc

1 ,5Vrms to 3Vrms

SW1-

Supply Voltage
Output Voltage

+ 5Vdc
OdBm

50S2 Load

SW2- ,

Supply Voltage
Output Voltage

+12Vdc

10dBm

50Q Load

-25°C to + 75°C

0°Cto + 70°C

-25°C to +75°C

0°C to +70°C

0°Cto + 75°C

0°Cto + 70*C

-40°C to +85°C

-25°C to + 75 °C

0°Cto +70°C

-25°C to +75°C

0°Cto +70°C

- 25 °C to +75°C

0°Cto + 70 °C

-25°Cto -f 75°C

0°C to +70°C .

-25°Cto +75°C

-25°Ct0 +75°C

0°C to +70°C

-25«CtO+75°C

0°Cto ±70°C

Total Harmonic Distortion <5%

* See Page 2 for Fast Delivery TTL Clocks

** New Product: Cl 4R5L Low Current CMOSOscillator<lmAat5Vdc,<5maat15Vdc
Engineer Note: CW Hybrid Facilities are capable of producing custom Hybrid Oscillators to meet
your special requirements.

Specifications subject to change without notice

1*1296 cw PG.ri

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS. & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

THE CONNOR-WINFIELD CORPORATION

WEST CHICAGO, IL 60185 PHONE (312) 231-5270

CABLE CONWINWCGO

TWX NO. 910-230-3231

OSCILLATORS

TTL DIP CRYSTAL CLOCKS

Fast Delivery on Stock TTL Frequencies

20Mhz-16Mhz-12Mhz-10Mhz-8Mhz-6Mhz-4Mhz-2.048Mhz-2Mhz-1Mhz

■GLASS STANDOFFS

Pin Connections Frfflblerance

1-NC 8-Output Temp. Range
7-Ground 14-Vcc Supply Voltage

Load

0°CtO +70°C

+ 5Vdc ± 1 0%

EPOXY ENCAPSULATED DIP CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

SOLDER REFLOW _

Pin Connections
14 Vcc

7 Ground

Output:

513, D13, Pin 8 Output

51 4, D14 Pin 1 Output
Si 1, Dll Reflow Pads

Pads 1&8 Output

Model

Number

3MHz to 25MHz

-25°C to 0°Cto
+ 75°C + 70°C

15kHz to 20MHz _

'5% I ± .0075°/o) ± 01%

-25°Cto
+ 75°C

OUtpUt ;

Symmetry |

Supply Voltag

f 5Vdc ± 1 0%

50/50 ±10%

<20mA -f 5Vdc

NON CRYSTAL SOLID STATE OSCILLATORS

L13-L14 SERIES

Connections L13-Square Pins
Vcc .017" x .017"

Output L14-Flat Pins

Ground 0.16" x .023"

NEW MODELS

Model

L13LT

lWlt

L13LC

L14LC

L13SW

L14SW

L13Q

L14Q

L13QC

L14QC

L13B

L14B

Frequency Range

<1Hzto

4MHz

<1HZto

10MHz

500kHz to

10MHz

<1Hzto

4MHz

<1Hzto

10MHz

1kHz to

4MHz

Output

TTL

10TTL

CMOS

Sinewave

1 Vrms 10k
OdBmSOQ

TTL

10TTL

CMOS

Sinewave
3Vrms 10k
OdBm 50Q

Supply Voltage

5Vdc

+ 5 to + 15Vdc

+ 5 to +i5Vd<

5Vdc

+ 5 to + 15Vd<

5Vdc

Frequency Stability

y: ±o t °/o :

±1.0%

Ground 0.16" x .023" Temperature Range o°cto+so°c

NEW MODELS Frequency Trimmer Internal +2% min External Resistor ±2% min.

*^*1 Heiqht 0.17"to0.57" Depending on Frequency

—0.2" High— 1 ^

C13R1 & C13R2 All Metal DIP Package C13R1 is equivalent to L13QC, C13R2 is equivalent to L13LC

H — .815 — h 1 h .600 MICROPROCESSOR OSCILLATORS

GLASS STANDOFFS

L— .M88 — *J

Pin 1-N.C. 7-Ground —

Connections 8-Output 14-Vcc 12®®

All Metal Packages Hermetically Sealed

** All dimensions in inches Specifications subject to change without notice

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices r

Model

S1160AA

S1160AB S1160AC

Frequency

4MHz '

6MHz 2.5MHz

Frequency Tolerance

+ 0% to - .02%

0°C to + 70°C

Supply

+ 5Vdc +10%

85mA max.

Load Capacitance

1 50 pf max.

Designed to Drive Z80* Z80A*, Z80B*

Microprocessors

Trademark of Zilog, Inc.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory cw pg. 2 1*1297

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

THE CONNOR-WINFIELD CORPORATION

WEST CHICAGO, IL 60185 PHONE (312) 231-5270
CABLE CONWINWCGO TWX NO. 910-230-3231

OSCILLATORS

^-0.7-^0.6-> | : -j < .025^0.5

VOLTAGE CONTROL
5UPPLY f GROUND

Model

Frequency

Tolerance

Frequency

Output

Supply

Load

Voltage Control

V175A

±.001%

20 °C to + 40°C

TTL

+ 5Vdc ±1%
10 to 75mA
1-10 TTL

V175B

± .0025%
0°Cto + 5G°C

V175C

± .005%
0°C to65°C

<1Hzto 30MHz
CMOS

+ 5 to +15Vdc ±1%
25 to 50mA
CMOS

V175D

±.0075%
~25 o Ct0 + 65°C

Sine

+ 5 to + 30Vdc ± 1%
25 to 50mA
50Q or 10kQ

@12Vdc supply: 0 to +10Vor±5V
@5Vdc supply: 0 to + 4V or ± 2V

20ppm/V ±1ppm
Wider deviations available

VCO Models also available New Product: Phase Lock VCO-TTL DIP 20 to 60MHz

DCXO SERIES

PL14R1 - ± 1%
PL14R2- +10%

5TOQ5

MODEL D5000

Mill

i i T i

fnTTTT[

Digitally Compensated Crystal Oscillator

The DCXO provides the high stability of

4,

an ovenized crystal oscillator while con-

suming much less power and requiring no

l

warm up time.

(Q) <£) (§)-

EHilt

The memory in the DCXO is also re-

— i N

J

— 1.00 J

programable should the crystal age or drift

— 1.W 4.17?

i—

out of tolerance over time.

0.«j,

f-j+o.7 f^-o.2*; 1

T 0

f OUT 1.7*5

I Model I

’Y Cl 2 4—1

[<-.600 -*j

(Tin u

! Model J
«« I ;

- 44° -*| HI K-
x .06

MODELS

C12J!

AND
C24 1

TCXO SERIES

Outputs

Frequency Range
Output Load

Supply Voltage
Supply Current
Frequency Tolerance

* Add Suffix A, B, or C to
Model Number

Frequency Range

1MHz to 20MHz

Output

LSTTL or CMOS

Frequency Tolerance

A ±1x10-6 -55°Cto + 125°C

B ±5x 10- 7 - 40 °C to + 85 °C

C ±2.5x10- 7 0°Cto +70°C

Aping Rate

ippm/year

Supplies

±12Vdc+5Vdc 500mW

TTL CMOS SINE ECL

(Cl 2)

:<1Hz to 30MHz <1Hz to 12MHZ 1Hzio30MHz <1Hzto30MHz

+ 5Vdc ±1% +5to + 15Vdc +5 to +30Vdc
<60mA <20mA <60mA

A ± .00005%, + 20 °C to + 40 °C

B ±.00015%, 0°Cto +50°C

C ±.00025% -25°Cto +65 Q C

-4.5 or - 5.2Vdc
<50mA

— ~F PIN CONNECTIONS
= m 5 OUTPUT
- 12 GROUND

U..19 24 POSITIVE +

N EW! Model TC10A or B, VHF TCXO, 30 to 200MHz + 12Vdc
Supply, <0 dBm Output, Package 1 "xl "x.5"

Also Available: 1st Quarter 84-14 Pin DIP TCXO Series

EPOXY ENCAPSULATED DIP OSCILLATORS

pinconn .

p* .780

1

7GROUND t |

14+ H .490

PEROUTPUT 1 1

CHART Tni L

1

.300

J

mill u »

— .G00 >J

TTL or Sinewave Series

Tight Tolerance Crystal Oscillators

L11* through L14* Series-Discrete Oscillators
F11* through F14* Series-Thick Film Oscillators

Frequency Range

Output Logic

Freq. Tolerance
*add suffix to
model number

Output Pins

Pin Sizes

Output Load

Supply Voltage

TTL- Suffix C,D,E,

± . 001 %,

D-G ±.0025%,

E-l ±.005%,

8 8 12

1 - 10TTL 50/50 ± 10%

+ 5Vdc ±5%

0.44"

Sinewave - Suffix F, G, I

0°C to +50°C

0°C to +65°C
-25°Cto +75°C

12

3Vrms ± IVrms 10kQ

20mA to 100mA

0.57"

** All dimensions in inches

All specifications subject to change without notice

1*1298 cwpg.3

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

THE CONNOR-WINFIELD CORPORATION

WEST CHICAGO, IL 60185 PHONE (312) 231-5270
CABLE CONWINWCGO TWX NO. 910-230-3231

OSCILLATORS

SERIES 76

Fill in Blanks to Construct Your Model Number.

Example: X F 3

Parameter

When ordering Please
Specify; Series No., Model
No., Frequency & Supply
Voltage.

Parameter

Frequency Range

Supply Voltage

Supply Current

Output

Tr/Tf

Symmetry

Distortion

' Load

Termination*

1

FREQ. STAB.
W.XorZ

OUTPUT
A, B, D,
E.ForG

PACKAGE
1, 2, 3, 4 or 5

E Temperature Range -«

,r 5

Frequency Stability

Output Specifications

| Ordering Guide

W

X

^ z

-55°C to +75°C

0°Cto +60°C

+ 15°Cto +35°C

± .005%

V 1 .±.001%

±.0005%

| Ordering Guide

A

B

D

■ E

F

G

1 Hz to5MHz

100Hz to 100MHz

10MHz to 300MHz

60Hzto 1MHz

1MHz to 400MHz

30MHz to 300MHz

+ 5 to + 1 5Vdc

+ 5Vdc ±5%

-5.2!Vdc ± 5% '

+ l2Vdc ±5%

+ 12Vdc

- 4.5Vdc ±5%

3 to 20 mA

<50mA

<50mA

<15ma

<50ma

50ma@ No load

CMOS

TTL

10K EC L compatible

Sine 1 Vrms ± 10%

Sine + lOdBm ± 3dbm

100KECL

<100ns

50/50 ± 10%

<1

50/50 ±10%

1-10 TTL

1-4-5

<5%

-25dBm

1QKQ

5 0Q

1-4-5

CO

1

CM

OSM CONNECTOR BNCCC

HEIGHT ^ HEIGHT
1.9 MIN. L J — r POMIN.

-P~® ttl -i,

-W.MB U- I
he— - l.tO-H

BNC CONNECTOR

E i.fi — *

i r
! — L

3.0 MAX. r-f® OIOJ

HfpjSfP [

us + — ».so

| I I -H2I I

L ro rfhsi i

SOLDER TERMINALS

HEIGHT v(H)6-32*.5 STUDS
1.9 MIN. \ r* — i-i5 — >1

Osc Supply

Oven Supply

Output, Load

Output Voltage

Harmonic Content

PIN CONNECTIONS

#1 OSCVDC
#2 OSCGND
#30VN GND
#4 OVN VDC
BNC OUTPUT

s

1MHz to 20MHz

+ l2Vdc, 35mA

+ 28Vdc, 6W Avg.

Sine. 5052

OdBm ± 1.5dBm

-30dBm

SERIES 79

Frequency Stabilit

Parampfpr

Ordering Guide

1 dl wl 1 Iwlwf

A

B

c

Frequency Range

1MHz to 20MHz

20MHz to 60 MHz

60MHz to 150MHz

Temperature Range

0°Cto + 60°C

0°Cto + 60°C

0°Cto + 60 °C

Frequency Stability

±5x 10- 8

±1 xIO- 7

±5x10 - 7

PIN CONNECTIONS

#1 OSCGND
#2 OSC VDC
#5 OVN VDC

Output Specifications

Ordering Guide

4J.HO U- I U :

.HO Le— k— - 1.6

20MHz to 60MHz

+ 12Vdc, 50mA

+ 28Vdc, 6W Avg.

Sine, 50Q

OdBm ± 1.5dBm

-30dBm

Model

Frequency Range

Frequency Tolerance

mSm

60MHz to 100MHz

+ 12Vdc, 50mA

+ 28Vdc, 6W Avg.

OdBm ± 1.5dBm

- 30dBm

w

100MHz to 150MHz

+ 12Vdc, 50mA

Sine, 50Q

OdBm ± 1.5dBm

-30dBm

X

Y

1MHz to 20MHz

20MHz to 60MHz

+ 12Vdc> 30mA

* l2Vdc, 50mA

+ 28Vdc, 6W Avg.

+ 28Vdc, 6W Avg.

TTL, 1-10TTL

TTL, 1-10 TTL

TTL

TTL

PC BOARD MOUNT OSC
IC5TTL Series

1Hz to 10MHz

± .001%, + 20°C to + 40°C

±.005%, -25°C to +75°C

+ 5Vdc, 15 to 100mA

C123 CMOS Series

0.1Hz to 8MHz

± .0025%, 0°C to +50°C J

±.01%, -55°Cto + 125 °C

- +5 tp + 15Vdc

*AII dimensions in inches

Specifications subject to change without notice

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ -sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

cwpg.4 1*1299

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CROVEN CRYSTALS

Division of Kidde Canada Limited

500 Beech Street
Whitby, Ontario
Canada LIN 5S5
416 668-3324

TWX: 610-384-2750

MILITARY CRYSTAL UNITS

We are on the Qualified Products List (QPL) for the types below.

Croven Crystals perform with proven reliability and
frequency stability in the toughest environments faced
by men and machines. ‘

Croven Crystals were the ultimate choice for the
sophisticated radar system used in the F-16 Fighter
Aircraft, as well as other high reliability requirements
around the world.

If your system requires superior component performance
call us or write for our free catalogue.

All U.S. shipments are quoted in U.S. dollars •

f.o.b. BUFFALO, N.Y. We clear customs and pay all duties.

CROVEN

Division of Kidde Canada Limited

KIDDE

500 Beech Street, Whitby, Ontario, Canada
Telephone (416) 668-3324 TWX 610-384-2750

MILITARY

CR-TYPE

MILITARY
SPEC. NO.

FREQUENCY RANGE
IN MHZ

CROVEN

CODE

CR-5A/U *

3098/77

2.000- 10.000

A170 FWM-25

CR-6A/U *

3098/78

2.000- 10.000

A 170 FWJ-13

CR-8A/U *

3098/111

1.000- 10.000

A170 FWJ-00

CR-18A/U *

3098/3

0.800- 20.000

A061 FWM-32

CR-19A/U *

3098/4

0.800- 20.000

A061 FWM-00

CR-52A/U*

3098/30

10.000- 61.000

B061 FWM-00

CR-55A/U*

3098/33

17.000- 62.000

B180 FWM-00

CR-56A/U*

3098/34

50.000-125.000

Cl 80 FWM-00

CR-58A/U*

3098/36

0.800- 20.000

A170 FWM-32

CR-59A/U*

3098/37

50.000-125.000

Cl 80 EBS-00

CR-60A/U*

3098/38

5.000- 20.000

A180 FWM-00

CR-61/U*

3098/39

17.000- 61.000

B180 EBS-00

CR-64/U*

3098/42

2.900- 20.000

A180 FWM-30

CR-65/U*

3098/43

10.000- 61.000

B061 CXP-00

CR-67A/U*

3098/45

17.000- 62.000

B180 CUM-00

CR-69A/U*

3098/47

2.900- 25.000

A180 CSM-30

CR-72/U*

3098/50

17.000- 61.000

B259 FWM-00

CR-76A/U*

3098/53

16.000- 61.000

B180 CSM-00

CR-77/U*

3098/55

17.000- 62.000

B251 CSM-00

CR-78A/U*

3098/62

2.200- 20.000

A251 FWM-30

CR-79/U*

3098/63

2.200- 20.000

A251 FWM-00

CR-80/U*

3098/57

50.000-125.000

Cl 80 CSM-00

CR-81/U*

3098/58

17.000- 61.000

B251 FWM-00

CR-82/U*

3098/59

50.000-125.000

C251 FWM-00

CR-83/U*

3098/60

50.000-125.000

C251 CSM-00

CR-84/U*

3098/61

17.000- 61.000

B251 EBS-00

CR-89/U*

3098/67

2.120- 6.200

A321 FWM-30

CR-97/U*

3098/72

8.000- 10.000

A180 FWJ-32

CR-106A/U*

3098/82

10.500- 11.500

A180 FWM-32

CR-117/U*

3098/93

30.000- 63.000

B251 DEJ-00

CR-139/U*

3098/118

20.000- 22.000

A180 FWM-30

CR-140/U*

3098/119

3.500- 12.500

A061 FWM-60

CR-157/U*

3098/137

0.800- 20.000

A330 FWM-00

HOW TO SPECIFY A QUARTZ CRYSTAL

If the parameters for the crystal in question are not already covered by a MIL-SPECIFICATION or by a formal SPECIFICATION CONTROL DRAWING, then Items 1
through 6 are essential.

(1) MODE OF OPERATION i.e. fundamental, third, fifth, seventh, ninth or eleventh overtone.

(2) HOLDER STYLE i.e. HC-6/u, HC-18/u, HC-35/u, etc, depending on your individual application and the frequency.

(3) CALIBRATION TOLERANCE AT REFERENCE TEMPERATURE i.e. ± 20 ppm @ + 25°C, ± 5 ppm @ + 75°C, etc.

(4) TEMPERATURE STABILITY the allowable frequency deviation over a specified temperature range, with reference to the actual frequency measured at the cali-
bration temperature, (i.e. ± 15 ppm, ± 2.0 ppm, etc.)

OR TOTAL TOLERANCE the total allowable deviation over a specified temperature range, with reference to the nominal frequency (i.e. calibration tolerance
and temperature stability combined), (i.e. ± 50 ppm, ± 30 ppm, etc.)

(5) OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE the temperature range over which the temperature stability or the total tolerance is to be effective.

(6) CIRCUIT CONDITION will be either PARALLEL or SERIES resonance. If PARALLEL resonance, please state the load capacitance.

SPECIFICATION CODING

We use a system whereby we code the major parameters of a crystal specification using a combination of 9 digits. A typical code would be A251DFE-32 and
would be interpreted as follows. A = fundamental mode, 25 = HC-25/U holder, 1 = undercut pins per MIL-H-10056, D = calibration tolerance of ± 10 ppm @
+ 25°C, F = temperature stability of ± 20 ppm with reference to the actual frequency measured @ -f 25°C, E = temperature range of — 15°C to 4- 65 C over
which the temperature stability is effective, -32 = a circuit condition of parallel resonance and with a load capacitance of 32 pF.

HOLDER

CALIBRATION
TOLERANCE
AT REFERENCE
TEMPERATURE

TEMPERATURE
STABILITY OR
TOTAL TOLERANCE

OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
RANGE ( C)

CIRCUIT

CONDITION

CODE I DESC.

DESCRIPTION

CODE! DESCRIPTION *

CODE! DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION

CODE I DESCRIPTION

DESCRIPTION

Fund
3rd ot.
5th ot.
7th ot.
9th ot.

■ 6 standard
-13 standard
■17 standard
■18 standard
•25 standard

32 standard

33 (HC-6 wires)
■34 (HC-13 wires)
•35 (TO 5 - type)
■37 (TO 8 - type)
39 (Flat-Pack)

■45 (micro-min.)

Standard
Undercut pins
Modified can
height
Slimline
3rd wire
Modified can
height

Modified can
height
Coldweld

Resistance

Weld

= 5 PPM
= 7 PPM
= 10PPM
= 15PPM
= 20PPM
it 25PPM
= 30PPM

= 50PPM

Available at series resonance only

Standard types for all codes as per MIL-H-10056

Not all holders available with modifications

When using a Croven code only to describe your requirement,

you must choose from one of the following standard load

capacitance values, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 27, 30,

32, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 pf.

Total tolerance (measured from nominal frequency)

=: 2PPM stability
r 3PPM stability
- 4PPM stability

n 5PPM stability
it 7PPM stability
= 10PPM stability
= 15PPM stability
n: 20PPM stability
=t 25PPM stability
m 30PPM stability
it 40PPM stability
it 50PPM stability
it 75PPM stability
itlOOPPM stability
ti150PPM stability
Specific curve
= 20PPM j: (B)t
tr 25PPMI (C)t
ti 30PPM 1: (D)t
=r 50PPM t (F)t
it IOOPPMt (H)t
it200PPMt (M)t
Not Specified
t We use these . .
calibration codes with
corresponding total
tolerances

|+ 15 to + 35
10 to 4 - 40
4- 5 to + 45

I-+- 0 to -f- 50

5 to 4- 55

10 to -4 60
15 to + 65
20 to -f 70
|— 25 to 4- 75
30 to 4- 80
40 to 4- 90
|— 55 to' 4- 105
4- 55/ 4- 65 Oven
4- 60/4- 70 Oven
65/4- 75 Oven
4- 70/4- 80 Oven
4- 75/4- 85 Oven
4- 80/4- 90 Oven

Reference 01
Calibration
temperature is the
mid-point of the
above ranges

Not Specified

Series

resonance

Parallel resonance
load capacity
lOOpf or more.

Parallel resonance
load capacity
in pf as indicated
by code. > > * >

Calibration
at reference
temperature
in customer’s
oscillator.

1*1300

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CTS KNIGHTS 1.0-175.0 MHz

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT CRYSTALS

STANDARD DESIGNS

CTS Knights offers standard crystals, available in
Resistance Weld, Solder Seal and Coldweld pack-
ages. All three are available in the two basic holder
sizes (HC-18 and HC-6), with pin or wire lead ter-
minations.

CHART A shows standard part numbers which can
be purchased by specifying only part number and
frequency. The type of seal is indicated by the part
number prefix.

R = Resistance Weld
S = Solder Seal
K = Coldweld

In chart A all part numbers have the R prefix. If you
wish Solder Seal or Coldweld, change the prefix letter.
When ordering standard crystals by part number, you
will receive the following electrical specifications:

CALIBRATION TOLERANCE:

Solder Seal ±.003% @ 25°C
Resistance Weld ±.002% @ 25°C
Coldweld ±.002% @ 25°C

LOAD CAPACITY: Last letter specifies load:

A = 20 PF
B = 32 PF

C = series resonance

RESISTANCE: Specified on chart A

SHUNT CAPACITY: 7 PF Max.

STABILITY: ±.003% of 25°C frequency from
-40 to +70°C

AGING:

Solder Seal — <10 PPM/YR

Resistance Weld — < 5 PPM/YR
Coldweld — <3 PPM/YR

To orderstandard crystals, specify P/N and frequency.
EXAMPLE: To order the basic HC-49 package size
with wire leads, Resistance Weld, at 4.00 MHz, 20 PF
load capacity, specify: “R1335-2-BA @ 4.00 MHz."

CRYSTAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

FIG. 2

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS
For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory cts knights pg. 4 1*1301

EEM 1983

SERIES RESISTANCE OHMS PULLABILITY (PPM/pf CHANGE)

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CTS KNIGHTS 1.0-175.0 MHz

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT CRYSTALS

CRYSTAL PERFORMANCE CURVES CUSTOM DESIGNS

Custom crystals include any which cannot be ordered
by Specific CTS Knights part number. It does not
automatically mean increased cost. Tighter specifi-
cations, detailed parameter testing, etc., involve addi-
tional cost factors.

Design limits are stated below. Your own specifi-
cation can be written within these limits. This is
intended as a practical window and does not exclude
other designs. Query us first on State-of-the-Art needs.

HOLDER: Resistance Weld, Solder Seal and Coldweld

holders are available.See outline drawings section.
Note availability of hold-down top wires.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 1 MHz to 175 MHz (see chart A
for holder vs frequency).

CALIBRATION: ±.0005 to ±0.1% @ 25°C

TEMP. STABILITY: ±.0002% to ±.01% of 25°C Fre-
quency depending on temperature range.

TEMPERATURE RANGE: Common ranges are:

0 to 70°C
-30 to + 85°C
-55 to + 105°C

FIG. 3 PULLABILITY: If required (see Fig. 3)

LOAD CAPACITY: When designing your circuit, keep
in mind that 20 PF, 32 PF and series resonance
are common load capacities. Spec the load of your
circuit. Loads between 15 PF and series can be
specified without cost impact.

SERIES RESISTANCE (Rs): See performance curve

DRIVE LEVEL: 1-10 MHz 0.1 to 5.0 MW
Above 10 MHz 0.1 to 2.0 MW

SPURIOUS FREQUENCY: 6 db min. separation (2:1
for Resistance) is practical for any crystal fre-
quency. Better attenuation is available in many
areas.

To order custom crystals, describe the crystal in full,
using the parameter format shown. Consult the fac-
tory if necessary.

FIG. 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 20 3040506080100 150

FREQUENCY MHZ

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS
1 *1302 cts knights pg. 5 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to, Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT

HIGH STABILITY PRECISION CRYSTALS 1 MHz -40 MHz

PRECISION

CRYSTALS

Precision crystals are used in applications where
long term aging of better than 2 PPM/YR is required.
Two groups are available; those calibrated at room
temperature and those calibrated at an elevated
temperature, usually between 70° - 100°C, for oven-
ized oscillator use.

Frequency stability over temperature is tailored to
customer's specific need. Frequency deviation over
temperature may be held within ± 5 x 10 7 of the
characteristic AT curve.

CRYSTAL

TYPE

HOLdIr*

FREQUENCY

RANGE

MODE

CALIBRATION

TOLERANCE

AGING

DRIVE

Q

For Room

K3/K3W

8-25 MHz

Fund.

±10xl0' 6 @ 25°C

lxlOVday

.1 MW

100K-400K

Temperature

K3/K3W

25-40 MHz

3rd

±10xl0' 6 @ 25°C

lxlOVday

.1 MW

100K-400K

Oscillator

K5/K5W

3-10 MHz

Fund.

± lOxlO 6 @ 25°C

lxl0 8 /day

.1 MW

100K-400K

use

K17/K17W

1- 5 MHz

Fund.

±10x10 6 @ 25°C

lxl0 8 /day

.1 MW

100K-400K

For Ovenized

K17/K17W

1- 5 MHz

Fund.

±5xl0 6 @ Temp.

lxlO-’/day

.1 MW

100K-500K

Oscillator

K17/K17W

4- 7 MHz

3rd

±5xl0‘ 6 @ Temp.

lxlO-’/day*

.1 MW

800K-1.5KK

use

K17/K17W

7-30 MHz

3rd

±5xl0' 6 @ Temp.

lxlO' 9 /day

.1 MW

800K-1.5KK

* 5xlO' 10 /day available.

$ T05 and T08 holders are available at many frequencies, consult factory for details.

PERFORMANCE CURVES

STABILITY VS. TEMPERATURE

Slope = (6ppb/°C)xAT

-5 +70°C

-y- = (10ppb/°C 2 )xAT 2
Slope = (20ppb/°C)xAT

4* 5 6 7 8 9 10
FREQUENCY (MHZ)

LEGEND

A K17 1-10 MHZ (FUND.)

B K17 4-30 MHZ 3 rd O.T.)

C K3 8-25 MHZ (FUND.)

D K5 3-10 MHZ (FUND.)

-5 +100°C +5

-j- = (20ppb/°C 2 )xAT 2
Slope = (40ppb/°C)xAT

NOTE: Curves assume no thermal
shock due to oven cycling.

CTS KNIGHTS o 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 © Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory cts knights pg. e 1*1303

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CTS KNIGHTS MILITARY

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT CRYSTALS

MILITARY CRYSTALS

CTS KNIGHT’S test lab is government approved for
qualification testing to military specification MIL-C-
3098G, and includes equipment for environmental
testing such as humidity, shock, vibration and aging.

Production test equipment conforms to maintenance
and periodic re-calibration required by US Govern-
ment calibration system requirements in MIL-C-
45662A.

CTS KNIGHTS is QPL Approved On
CR-18A/U (1-5, 10-20 MHz)

The Following Military Types:
CR-72/U

CR-106/U

CR-19A/U (1-5, 10-20 MHz)

CR-75/U (50-110 MHz)

CR-lll/U ’

CR-52A/U (19-61 MHz)

CR76A/U (17-61 MHz)

CR-114/U

CR-54A/U (50-110 MHz)

CR-78A/U (4.2-20 MHz)

CR-117/U (30-62 MHz)

CR-55A/U

CR-79/U (4.2-20 MHz)

CR-124/U

CR-56A/U (50-110 MHz)

CR-81/U (17-62 MHz)

CR-128/U

CR-58A/U (1-20 MHz)

CR-82/U (50-110 MHz)

CR-139/U (20 MHz)

CR-60A/U

CR-83/U (50-110 MHz)

CR-140/U

CR-64/U (4.2-20 MHz)

CR-89/U

CR-141/U (50-90 MHz)

CR-67A/U

CR-97/U

CR-157/U (1-20 MHz)

MIL-EQUIVALENT CRYSTALS

MIL-C-3098G requires special testing to ensure com-
pliance with the entire specification. Any crystal
marked with the “CR” number must receive this
testing.

If your required crystal details match those of a mil
spec in general parameters, but your commercial ap-

plication does not demand the exhaustive testing, you
can order a mil equivalent crystal. The design will be
the same. The crystal will not receive the detailed
testing. Marking will be standard commercial mark-
ing. The “CR” number will not appear on the crystal.

A mil vs commercial cross reference is shown below:

SPEC SHEET
MIL-C-3098

MIL

TYPE

MIL

HOLDER

CTS

HOLDER

FREQUENCY
RANGE -MHz

VIBRATION

MODE

OPERATING TEMPERATURE
RANGE (°C)

FREQ. TOL. VS.
TEMP. (%)

/3

CR-18A/U

HC-6/U

R17

1.0-20.0

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

32 pf

/4

CR-19A/U

HC-6/U

R17

1.0-20.0

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 30

CR-52A/U

HC-6/U

R17

20.0-61.0

3rd O.T.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 32

CR-54A/U

HC-6/U

R17

50.0-100.0

5th O.T.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

133

CR-55A/U

HC-18/U

R3W

20.0-62.0

3rd O.T.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

1 34

CR-56A/U

HC-18/U

R3W

50.0-110.0

5th O.T.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 36

CR-58A/U

HC-17/U

R17 Mod.

1.0-20.0

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

32 pf

/ 38

CR-60A/U

HC-18/U

R3W

5.0-20.0

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 42

CR-64/U

HC-18/U

R3W

4.2-20.0

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

30 pf

/ 45

CR-67A/U

HC-18/U

R3W

20.0-61.0

3rd O.T.

-55 to +105

±.0025

Series

/ 50

CR-72/U

HC-25/U Mod.

R3 Mod.

20.0-61.0

3rd O.T.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 53

CR-76A/U

HC-18/U

R3W

20.0-61.0

3rd O.T.

-40 to +90

±.002

Series

/ 55

CR-77/U

HC-25/U

R3

17.0-62.0

3rd O.T.

-(55 to 40) & +(90 to 105)

±.003

Series

/ 62

CR-78A/U

HC-25/U

R3

4.2-20.0

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

30 pf

/ 63

CR-79/U

HC-25/U

R3

4.2-20.0

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 58

CR-81/U

HC-25/U

R3

20.0-62.0

3rd O.T.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 59

CR-82/U

HC-25/U

R3

50.0-110.0

5th O.T.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 60

CR-83/U

HC-25/U

R3

50.0-110.0

5th O.T.

-40 to +90

- (55 to 40) & +(90 to 105)

±.002

±.003

Series

/ 67

CR-89/U

HC-32/U

R5

2.12-6.2

Fund. -

-55 to +90

±.005

30 pf

/ 72

CR-97/U

HC-18/U

R3W

8.0-10.0

Fund.

-40 to +85

±.005

32 pf

/ 82

CR-106/U

HC-18/U

R3W

10.5-11.5

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

32 pf

/ 87

CR-lll/U

HC-18/U

R3W

20.0-62.0

3rd O.T.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 90

CR-114/U

HC-25/U Mod.

R3 Mod.

2.9-3.85

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

32 pf

/ 93

CR-117/U

HC-25/U

R3

30.0-63.0

3rd O.T.

Ref. 25°C
-40 to +65

±.001

±.0015

Series

/ 101

CR-124/U

HC-18/U

R3W

2. 9-3. 8

Fund.

-55 to +100

±.005

32 pf

/ 108

CR-128/U

HC-18/U

R3W

20.0-62.0

3rd O.T.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

/ 1 18

CR-139/U

HC-18/U

R3W

20.0-22.0

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

30 pf

/ 1 19

CR-140/U

HC-6/U

R17

9.5-12.5

Fund.

-55 to +90

±.005

60 pf

/ 122

CR-141/U

HC-18/U Mod.

R3W Mod.

50.0-90.0

5th O.T.

— 30 to +55

-(55 to 30) & +(55 to 65)

±.0025

±.0045

Series

/ 137

CR-157/U

HC-33/U

R17W

1.0-20.0

Fund.

-55 to +105

±.005

Series

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS
1*1304 cts knights PG. 7 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CTS KNIGHTS MICROPROCESSOR

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT CRYSTALS

CTS Knights microprocessor crystals offer a low cost crystal
for microprocessor clock applications. Reliability is assured
by the use of a mil-approved quality control process. These
are solder seal and resistance weld crystals with 0.5" min.
lead length.

Microprocessor crystals are available as “off the shelf” items
from CTS authorized distributors.

Frequency

MHz

CTS P/N

Microprocessor or Clock ICN

Specifications

Load

Capacity

1.0

MP010

6800 Series, 6500 Series, INS8060 SCMPII,
MC14500, 6809, 6860, 2150(AMI), 2650

±.020% 0-70°C H17W

13pf

1.8432

MP018

MC14411 Baud Rate Generator

±.020% 0-70°C H17W

13pf

2.0

MP020

6800 Series, 6500 Series, INS8060 SCMPII, 2650,
INS8090, F8(3850CPU), IM6102, 68B09

±.015% 0-70°C H17W

20pf

2.097152

MP021

MM5378, MM5379 — NSC Auto Clock

±.015% 0-70°C H17W

20pf

2.4576

MP024

34702 Baud Rate Generator

±.015% 0-70 °C H17W

32pf

3.0

MP030

MCS-48, 8021, 8022, 8035, 8041, 8048, 8741,
8748, IM8048, IM8748

±.015% 0-70°C H17W

18pf

3.2768

MP032

IM6100C, ICM7205

±.015% 0-70°C H17W

15pf

3.579545

MP036

1 M5369, Color tv burst, 1 M6102, PPS-8, 6801, 6803

±.015% 0-70°C H17W

18pf

3.579545

MP036S

1 M5369, Color tv burst, 1 M6102, PPS-8, 6801, 6803

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

18pf

4.0

MP040

MCS-40, 4004, 4040, 4201, 6802, 6808, MK3870,
3872, 3873, 3876, INS8060 SCMPII

±.015% 0-70 °C H3W

20pf

4.0

MP04A

PACE-NSC, MC6875, Z80, Z80A

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

4.194304

MP041

ICM7038, 7213, 7049

±.007% 0-50°C H3W

12pf

4.91520

MP042

Standard Clock Frequency

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

20pf

5.0

MP05A

Special Frequency

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

20pf

5.00

MP05B

CDP1802, 1803, TMS9985, TMS9940, IM6100A

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

5.0688

MP050

C0M5016, 5016T, Dual BRG

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

5.185

MP051

MCS-40, 4004, 4040, 4201

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

20pf

5.7143

MP057

PACE-NSC

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

5.7143

MP057A

IM6100A

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

20pf

6.0

MP060

MCS-48, 8035, 8041, 8048, 8741, 8748, IM8048,
IM8748

±.015% 0-70 °C H3W

20pf

6.144

MP061

MCS-85, 8085

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

20pf

6.250

MP062

MCS-85, 8085

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

30pf

6.5536

MP065

ICM7045, Timer Crystal

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

20pf

8.0

MP080

8X30, MC6875

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

8.00

MP080A

IM6100A, MC68000, Z8000, Z8, CDP1804
9940-8-Fair

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

20pf

10.0

MP100

Special Frequency

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

10.0

MP101

MCS-85, 8085A-2, 9940-10-Fair

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

30pf

11.0

MP110

MCS-48, 8039, 8049

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

18pf

12.00

MP120

MCS-86, 8086/8284, 9940-12-Fair, 8202 Ram
Controller

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

15.00

MP150

MCS-86, 8086/8284, 8202 Ram Controller

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

18.00

MP180

MCS-80, 8080A/8224

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

18.432

MP184

MCS-80, 8080A/8224

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

20.0

MP200

MCS-80, 8080A/8224

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

22.1184

MP221

MCS-80, 8080A/8224

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

24.0

MP240

MCS-86, 8086/8284

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

25.0

MP250

8202 Ram Controller

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

27.0

MP270

MCS-80, 8080A/8224

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

36.0

MP360

9080A/ 8224-2AM D

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

48.0

MP480

TMS9900 Series/TIM9904(LS362)-TI

±.015% 0-70°C H3W

Series

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory cts knights pg. 9 1*1305

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CTS KNIGHTS OUTLINE DRAWINGS

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT CRYSTALS

OUTLINE DRAWINGS

CTS Knights supplies crystals in four package sizes,
(groups) of holders. Physical size and configuration
distinguish each group. These are:

HC-18 GROUP HC-32 GROUP HC-6 GROUP SPECIAL GROUP

H3 (HC-25/U)
H3W (HC-18/U)
R3 (HC-50/U)
R3W (HC-49/U)
K3 (HC-42/U)
K3W (HC-43/U)

H5 (HC-32/ U)

H5W

R5

R5W

K5

K5W (HC-46/U)

H17 (HC-6/U) T05 (HC-35/U)

H17W (HC-33/U) T08 (HC-37/U)

R17 (HC-48/U) R2W (Similar to HC44/U)

R17W (HC-51/U) HC-40/U

K17 (HC-36/U)

K17W (HC-47/U)

Three sealing methods are used. “H” holders are
solder sealed. “R” holders are resistance welded.
“K” and “T” holders are coldwelded. These sealing
techniques ensure long term isolation from external
environments. Solder sealing, resistance welding and

coldwelding are designed to meet the military leak
rate specification. Pin-type leads are normally used
in sockets; wire-type leads are common for circuit
board use. Resistance and coldweld are intrinsically
cleaner packages and thus have better reliability.

HC-18 GROUP

SOLDER SEAL

H3 (HC-25/U)

4, 87:. 203
(.192:. 008) _

RESISTANCE WELD
R3 (HC-50/U)

11,04
434) MAX*

COLDWELD

K3 (HC-42/U)

(.183) MAX..

L_ 10,33 — J
|(7407)maT! (|1

4,64

(,183)MAX.

burfl

(.445) ^1

4,77

(.188) MAX.

H3W (HC 18/U)

12,70 0,48

(.500) (.019)

LEADS DIA.

FIG. 7

1016:. 050 _
(.040:. 002)
4, 87:. 203
(.192:. 008)

6,29

(.248) MAX.

h- 4,87
L (.192

(•192) NOM.

R3W (HC-49/U)

12,70 0,48

(.500) (.019)

LEADS DIA.

FIG. 8

K3W (HC-43/U)

12,7 0,48

(.500) (.019)

LEAD LENGTH MAX. DIA.

FIG. 9

HC-32 GROUP

; N m . SOLDER SEAL

H5 (HC-32/U)

38,1 0,76

(1.5) (.030)

LEAD DIA.

H5W

12,70 0,51

(.500) (.020)

LEADS DIA.

FIG. 10

RESISTANCE WELD

R5

H5W R5W
12,7 0,51

(.500) (.020)

LEADS DIA.

COLDWELD

K5

U_ 6,98 NOM.
I (.275)

K5W (HC-46/U)
25,4 0,51

( 1 . 0 ) (. 020 )
LEADS DIA.

FIG. 11

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS

1*1306 cts knights pc. io For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CTS KNIGHTS OUTLINE

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT

HC-6 GROUP

SOLDER SEAL
H17 (HC-6/U)

pi 2 ’.! 4 -,*! NOM.

; (.486)1 I

I 19 ' 05 , J

i (.750) 1 — 4

H17W (HC-33/U)

38,1 LEADS 0,762 DIA.
(1.5) LEADS (.030) DIA.

FIG. 12

RESISTANCE WELD
R17 (HC-48/U)

19,15 ,762 ±,051

LEADS .750 (.030 ±.002)

FIG. 13

COLDWELD
K17 (HC-36/U)

7,16

INOM.

K17W (HC-47/U)

19,15 0.76

.750 (-030)

MIN. LEAD DIA -
LENGTH

FIG. 14

SPECIAL GROUP

COLDWELD or R-2W (Similar to HC-44/U)

RESISTANCE WELD RESISTANCE WELD

T05 (HC-35/U) R-2W

FIG. 15 FIG. 16

TO-8 (HC-37/U)
COLDWELD

FIG. 17

Wire lead versions of Solder Seal, Resistance Weld and Cold-
weld Holders are available with a hold-down wire for circuit

board mounting.

HC-32 GROUP

HC-18 GROUP

WITHIN .050" OE
CENTER LINE

WITHIN .050" OF
CENTER LINE

HC-6 GROUP

WITHIN .050" OF
CENTER LINE

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS
EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory cts knights pg. ii 1*1307

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS. & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

TCXO-TCVCXO

CTS KNIGHTS CRYSTAL

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT OSCILLATORS

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS (TCXO’s)
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED -TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED

CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS (TCVCXO’s)

Low power consumption, high stability over wide
temperature extremes, and small physical size char-
acterize CTS Knights’ TCXO and TCVCXO crystal
oscillators. Add excellent environmental character-
istics including immunity to humidity, vibration and
shock, satisfying the requirements of the instru-
ments and communications industries.

High reliability and stringent long term qualities
common in military applications are available in a
variety of designs. Note the options and modifica-
tions, the flexibility of design which offers the user
choices to fulfill specific needs.

JKXO-14 (TCXO)

FEATURES:

Top access hex drive trim adjustment
Sine or TTL output

JKXO-16 (TCXO)
JKVXO-16 (TCVCXO)

FEATURES:

Solder seal

Wide frequency range
Specialized outputs
available

Standard Pkg.

Optional Pkg.

4 Places
4-40 INSERTS
OR 4-40 STUDS
OPTIONAL

[ 19,050 ]
50,80 ' 7 750)

(.200) 38,10 •- - l
i‘ (1.500)

* 4 Pins for TCVCXO

0 '

16,875

(.625)

^UL^-r -

U 38,10^1

(1.500

50,80 "

(2.00)

FIG. 23

( 2 . 00 )

*VC0 INPUT ON
TCVCXO MODELS

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS

1*1 308 CTS knights pg. 12 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

TCXO-TCVCXO

CTS K SLIGHTS CRYSTAL

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT OSCILLATORS

J KVXO-22

FEATURES:

Available as VCXO or TCVCXO.
Temperature stability and
deviation are customized per
application. 5 volt supply, Mod
voltage range 0 to +5 VDC.

41,40* 12,70* MAX.

ALSO AVAILABLE IN
1.5" SQ. PKG. AND
HEIGHT AS LOW AS
.433" (11 mm)

KEY:

mm

(IN.)

TOLERANCES

±.254/(±.010)

FIG. 24

JKXO-24 (TCXQ)

FEATURES:

FIG.

MODEL

FREQUENCY

RANGE

SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
OPTIONS (VDC)

STABILITY WITH
TEMPERATURE

VCXO

DEVIATION OPTIONS

TYPICAL
AGING
PER YEAR

OUTPUT OPTIONS

21

±2 PPM, -55 to +85°C

NONE

22

9-28

NONE

nan

TTL or Sine

1 PPM

23

1 PPM

NONE

JKX0-16C

NONE

JKX0-16D

±2 PPM, -20 to +70°C

NONE

1 PPM

JKX0-16E

±2 PPM, -20 to +70°C

NONE

nan

25

JKX0-24A

NONE

u

JKX0-24B

NONE

21

JKVX0-12A

JKVX0-12B

±15 PPM, ±3V Input

JKVX0-12C

8 to 35 MHz

5

1 PPM

23

1 PPM

JKVX0-16B

■

W33BI

JKVX0-16C

5

±30 PPM, —55 to +85°C

±100 PPM, ±5V Input

±15 PPM, ±5V Input

Sine, ECL

24

JKVX0-22A

±40 PPM, 0 to +5 VDC

TTL, CMOS

±15 PPM, 0 to +5 VDC

HI

TTL

ECL (-5V Supply Req.)

2 PPM

CTS KNIGHTS o 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS
For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory ct knights pg. 13 1*1 309

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CTS knights CRYSTAL

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT OSCILLATORS

HIGH STABILITY OVENIZED CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

CTS Knights ovenized oscillators are available in thermo- including very high stability, low power, small size and sine

statically controlled models as well as proportional control wave or square wave (TTS or CMOS) output. Contact CTS

models. A variety of design options are available to the user, Knights for your special requirements.

FREQUENCY

DIMENSIONS

OSCILLATOR

OVEN

TEMPERATURE

STABILITY

STABILITY VS.

MODEL

RANGE

INCHES

mm

INPUT*

INPUT*

CONTROL

VS. TIME

JKXQ-23

60 Hz-
4 MHz

1.578x1.875
X4.442 HT

40,081x47,625
xl 12,32

+ 12 VDC

+ 28 VDC/ AC ,
115 VAC 11 W.

Thermostat

±2.5xl0 7 / day
±lxl0-‘/yr

-40 to +70°C
±7.5xl0’ 7

JKX0-30

1-4 MHz

2.0x2.0x4.0

50,8x50,8

xl01,6

+ 28 VDC

+ 28 VDC or 115
VAC 10W. Max.

Proportional

±lxl0 8 /day

±lxl0* 6 /yr

-10 to +55°C
±5xl0* 8

JKXO-30

4-10 MHz

2.0x2.0x4.0

50,8x50,8

xl01,6

+ 12 to
+ 28 VDC

+ 28 VDC or 115
VAC 10 W. Max.

Proportional

±lxl0 8 /day

±ixl0' 6 /yr

-10 to +55°C
±=5xl0- 8

JKX0-41

1-10 MHz

2.0x2.0x4.25

50,8x50,8

xl07,95

+ 28 VDC

+ 28 VDC

10 W. Max.

Proportional

±lxl0‘ 9 /day

±lxl0- 7 /yr

-40 to +70°C
±3xl0' 8

JKXO-41

10-100 MHz

2.0x2.0x4.25

50,8x50,8

X107.95

+ 28 VDC

+28 VDC

10 W. Max.

Proportional

±5xl0‘ 8 /day

±lxl0 6 /yr

-25 to +65°C
±5x1 0' 8

JKX0-51

1-2 MHz

1.844x2.0

X3.436

46,838x50,8

x87,274

+ 28 VDC

+ 28 VDC

10 W. Max.

Proportional

±lxl0 8 /day

±3xl0‘ 7 /yr

-55 to +75°C
±5xl0‘ 8

JKXO-88-1

1-10 MHz

2.0x2.25

x.800

50,8x57,15

x20,32

5 & 12 VDC

+28 VDC

10 W. Max.

Proportional

±5xl0' 9 /day

±3xl0* 7 /yr

-25 to +65°C
±lxl0' 7

JKSC-1 27

10 MHz

4.5x2.5x2.5

114,3x63,5

x63,5

±15 VDC

+ 28 VDC

32 W. Max.

Double Oven
Proportional

±5xl0 18 /day

±3xl0‘ 8 /yr

-55 to +71°C
±5xl0' 9

JKXO-1 30

256 KHz-
10 MHz

4.5x1.6x2.11

114,3x40,6

x53,6

+ 15 VDC

+ 15 VDC

10 W. Max.

Proportional

±5xl0- 18 /day

±3xl0 8 /yr

Oto +60°C

±=1x10-8

* Other voltages available

VOLTAGE CONTROLLED CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

Voltage controlled oscillators can be supplied by CTS Knights for various stability
versus temperature requirements by adding oven control or temperature compensating
circuitry. Contact CTS Knights for special requirements.

FREQUENCY

RANGE

DIMENSIONS

OSCILLATOR

INPUT

MODULATION

STABILITY VS.
TEMPERATURE

DIMEN.

OUTLINE

INCHES

mm

INPUT

DEVIATION

LINEARITY

JKVXO-86

5-30 MHz

2.0x

2.00x750

50, 8x

50,8x19,05

12 VDC
±1

None

±3 VP.P.,

DC to 20 KHz

±1000

PPM

±10%

Oto +50°C
=±100x10-®

Fig. 26

JKVXO-87

10-27 MHz

2. Ox

2.25X.800

50, 8x

57,2x20,32

+ 12 & +28

+ 5 VDC VDC

±3 VP.P.,

DC to 20 KHz

±1000

PPM

±5%

-40 to +70°C
±10xl0 6

Fig. 27

JKVXQ-87

10-27 MHz

Vibration and shock, satisfying the requirements of the
instrument and communications industries.

Oto +55°C
±5x1 O’ 6

Fig. 27

JKVX0-100
Hybrid Design

10-25 MHz

.860x

.830X.350

21,844x

21,082x8,89

+ 12 &

+ 5 VDC

■

None

±5 VP.P.,

DC to 10 KHz

±200

PPM

±10%

0 to +60°C
±4xl0* 5

Fig. 28

All dimensions are maximum unless otherwise noted.

KEY:

MM

INCH

FIG. 26 FIG. 27

JKVX0-86 JKVXO-87

JKVXO-IOO
HYBRID DESIGN

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS

1*1310 cts knights pg. 14 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

JKSC-127

CTS KNIGHTS FAST WARM-UP

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT SC CUT OCXO

The JKSC-127 offers ultra fast warm-up with excel-
lent long term, short term and phase noise charac-
teristics. The design utilizes a 10 MHz Coldweld
Sealed SC cut overtone crystal along with a uniquely
designed proportionally controlled double oven which

minimizes stabilized power consumption. The JKSC-
127 is available fully militarized with an MTBF of
greater than 100,000 hours in ground mobile and
airborne environments.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY: 10.0 MHz or 10.230 MHz

INPUT VOLTAGE: Oven +28 VDC ±5%

Oscillator +15 VDC ±5%

INPUT CURRENT: Oven @ turn-on 1.2 Amps Maximum
Oven @ 25°C 125 mA Typical

Oven @ — 55°C 240 mA Typical

Oscillator 20 mA Maximum

FREQUENCY STABILITY VS. TEMPERATURE: ±2x10*
from — 55°C to +71°C

LEGEND: AT CUT j a = -55°C

TIME (MIN)

FREQUENCY STABILITY VS. TIME:

±5x10 12 RMS/SEC
±5x10-’°/ DAY AT SHIPMENT
±3xlO-«/YEAR

FREQUENCY STABILITY VS. VOLTAGE: ±5x10-’° for
±5% Change

WARM-UP: Referenced to 30 minutes

@ — 55°C <5x10* in 7 minutes

@ — 32°C <5x10* in 5 minutes

@ +25°C <5x10* in 3 minutes

RETRACE: 48 hours off Ta = +25°C < 5x10* in 15
minutes referenced to the turn off frequency.

(.375) MAX

PHASE NOISE (1 HzBW): @ 10 Hz offset - 120 dbc

@ 100 Hz offset - 140 dbc
@ 1 KHz offset —150 dbc

@ 100 KHz offset -150 dbc

RF OUTPUT: +5 dbm Minimum into 50 Ohms

HARMONICS: -25 dbc

FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT:

Coarse (Mechanical) ±5xl0 7 Minimum
Fine (Electrical) ±5x10° Minimum for ±5 VDC

MODIFICATIONS OF THE JKSC-127 AVAILABLE — CONSULT FACTORY

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS
EEM 1983 For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory cts knights pg. 151 * 131 1

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CTS KNIGHTS HYBRID CLOCK

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT OSCILLATORS

MXO-55 SERIES FREQUENCY STABILITY

Fully Hermetic Resistance Weld Package ±.0025% to ±.1%, inclusive of calibration tolerance

TTL Compatible @ 25°C, oper. temperature range, environmental

Available with MIL-STD-883B Screening conditions, input voltage, aging and load change

(See Ordering Table).

PIN CONNECTIONS

Pin 1 N/C, Enable or Output
Pin 7 Ground and/or Case Ground
Pin 8 Output
Pin 14 +5VDC

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATION

MODEL

FREQUENCY RANGE

TEMPERATURE RANGE

SYMBOL

U11M2UI

vm\:m

UNITS |

Operating Voltage

A, B, C

20 KHz to 110 MHz

— 55°C to +125°C

Vcc

4.75

5.00

5.25

B

— 40°C to +85°C

4.50

5.50

Maximum Supply Voltage

— 55°C to + 125°C

Vcc Max.

7.00

Input Current

A

— 55°C to +125°C

Icc

20

30

>25 to 110 MHz

33

55

B

2.4576 to <4.9152 MHz

30

50

45

75

20 KHz to <310 KHz

70

C

>12 to 24 MHz |

22

2.4576 to 12 MHz

30

50

Output Voltage - High

A, B, C

20 KHz to 110 MHz

-55°C to +125°C

Voh

2.40

3.80

V

Output Voltage - Low

Vol

30

40

Rise & Fall Time
(Measured Between

0.5V and 2.4V)

A

4.9152 to 25 MHz

— 55°C to +125°C

tR &tF

5

>25 to 110 MHz

4

B

2.4576 to <4.9152 MHz

■Bi

20 KHz to <2.4576 MHz

8

mmsm

C

2.4576 to 24 MHz

3

5

Start-Up Time

A, B, C

20 KHz to 25 MHz

— 55°C to +125°C

2

5

A

>25 to 110 MHz

5

15

Duty Cycle (Uptime)
(Measured @ 1.5V)

A

4.9152 to 25 MHz

0°C to -F70°C

45

50

55

— 55°C to +125°C

40

50

60

>25 to 110 MHz

— 55°C to +125°C

40

50

60

B

20 KHz to <4.9152 MHz

45

55

C

2.4576 to 12 MHz

45

55

>12 to 24 MHz

0°C to +70°C

45

55

— 55°C to +125°C

40

50

60

Phase Delay
(Measured @ 1.5V)

■

>12 to 24 MHz

0°C to +70°C

*51 & t 62

6

10

nS

2.4576 to 12 MHz

3

5

>12 to 24 MHz

— 55°C to +125°C

6

12

2.4576 to 12 MHz

Enable Input Load Factor

4.9152 to 70 MHz

— 55°C to +125°C

Fi

mi

S-TTL

Gates

Fanout (per output)

muBi

2.4576 to 110 MHz

Fo

■0B

A

20 KHz to <2.4576 MHz

mm

mm

MIL-0-55310 PRODUCTS

A wide variety of clock oscillators manufactured per MIL-0-55310 are now available in TO-5, TO-8 and Dual-ln-Line packages. (See MIL-O-55310).

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS
1*1 31 2 cts knights pg. 16 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300 CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS 2300

CTS KNIGHTS

HYBRID CLOCK

SPECIALISTS IN FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT

OSCILLATORS

MXO-65 SERIES

CXO-55 SERIES

EXO-55 SERIES

MX0-35 SERIES

Microprocessor Driver

MOS Levels

High Capacitance Load
Capability (Up to 500 pf)
Compatible with Motorola
K1160 Series*

Frequency Range:

2.45 MHz to 12 MHz

Supply Voltage:

5.0V ±10%

CMOS Compatible

Low Supply Current

Pin Connections:

Pin 1 Internal Connection

Pin 7 Ground

Pin 8 Output

Pin 14 + Supply Voltage

Frequency Range:

200 Hz to 12 MHz

Supply Voltage:

4.5 VDC to 15 VDC

10K ECL Compatible
Pin Connections:

Pin 1 N/C

Pin 7 B—

Pin 8 Output

Pin 14 Ground
Frequency Range:

8 MHz to 115 MHz
Supply Voltage:

-5.2V ±10% or
-5.0V ±10%

Programmable Baud Rate
Generator

Resistance Weld Package
Compatible With Motorola
K1135 Series*

Military Screening Available

* Motorola, K1160, K1135 are
trademarks of Motorola, Inc.

JKTO-79 SERIES

ORDERING INFORMATION

Electrically Similar to MXO-55
Fully Hermetic Welded TO-8
Style Package
Sine Wave Output Option

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS
& PIN ASSIGNMENTS

(.300 for
< 25 MHz)

CCX0-140 SERIES

TTL oscillators in surface
mount, hermetic chip carrier
package

Frequency Range: 1.0 MHz to
30.0 MHz (CMOS and High
Frequency TTL under
development)

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

& PIN ASSIGNMENTS

mm

(IN.)

ORDERING INFORMATION

NOTES:

1. NC — internally connected. No
external electrical connections.

2. All other pins may have external
electrical connections. These
pins may also be used as optional
connections. Consult factory for
possible pin connection options.

All part types are available with
M I L-STD-883 screening. Consult
factory or sales representatives for
detailed data sheets and custom
requirements.

STANDARD PIN CONNECTIONS

PIN

FUNCTION FOR FREQUENCY |

1-7 MHz

7-14 MHz

14-30 MHz

1

OUTPUT

4

+ 5 VDC

+ 5 VDC

+5 VDC

5

NC

NC

NC

10

+ 5 VDC

+ 5 VDC

+ 5 VDC

15

NC

NC

NC

25

NC

NC

NC

31

GND

GND

GND

35

NC

NC

NC

37

GND

GND

GND

39

OUTPUT

NC

NC

40

OUTPUT

NC

CTS KNIGHTS • 400E Reimann Ave., Sandwich, Illinois 60548 • Telephone (815) 786-8411 • TWX 910-642-0860 Cable CTS

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory cts knights pg. 17 1*1313

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CLOCK OSCILLATORS

XO-33

250 KHz to 60 MHz

Hybrid, low profile. Standard frequencies: 1.0,
1.2288, 2.0, 2.4576, 4.0, 4.9152, 5.0, 5.0688, 6.0,

8.0, 10.0, 12.0, 16.0, 16.384, 18.432, 19.6608,

20.0, 24.0, 25.0, 30.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0 MHz.

XO-43

250 KHz to 60 MHz

RESISTANCE WELDED METAL PACKAGE

XO-35

4.0 MHz to 12.0 MHz
DUAL COMPLEMENTARY OUTPUTS*

Hybrid, low profile. Standard frequencies: 1.0, Hybrid, low profile. Standard

1.2288, 2.0, 2.4576, 4.0, 4.9152, 5.0, 5.0688, 6.0, frequencies: 4.0, 4.9152, 5.0,

8.0, 10.0, 12.0, 16.0, 16.384, 18.432, 19.6608, 5.0688, 8.0, 10.0 MHz.

20.0, 24.0, 25.0, 30.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0 MHz.

DIMENSIONS

Symbol
denotes
Pin #1

.20 [5.08] Max.

.015 [.381]
^.005 [.1271

.140 ± .010
[3.55 ±. .254]

K . 01 9 [.483]
.017[.432]

.600 m .005
[15.24 ± .127]

Pin #1 is identified by square corner

Symbol
denotes
Pin #1

.815 Max.

[20.701 *-

O

>

I

.515 Max.
[13.08]

X

.015 [.381]
pb.005I .127]

.140 n= .010
[3.55 it .254]

_ 018 i .003 (4 Pins)
" [ 457 it .076]

I

.108 ref.-*-
[2.74]

1 .600d=.005

p— [15.24±.127]-*^

! #7

CS /H

Pin #1 /

XV v

V

- T

.300 m.(
| [7.62 it:.

t *

S3

[2.74]

SPECIFICATIONS

Model XO-33

Model XO-43

Model XO-35

Output Freq. as Specified

From 250 KHz to 60 MHz

From 250 KHz to 60 MHz

From 4.0 MHz to 12.0 MHz

Frequency Accuracy and
Stability all Conditions

XO-33A ±.005%

XO-33B ±.01%

XO-33C ± 05%

XO-33 D ±.1%

XO-33 H ± 1%

XO-43A ±.005%

XO-43B ±.01%

XO-43C ±.05%

XO-43 D ±.1%

XO-43 H ± 1%

XO-35 A ±.005%
XO-35B ±.01%

XO-35C ±.05%

XO-35D ±.1%

Operating Temperature

0°C to +70°C

0°C to +70°C

0°C to +70°C

Supply Voltage

+5Vdc ± 0.5V

+5Vdc ± 0.5V

+5Vdc ± 0.5V

Input Current

Below 4.0 MHz: 65 mA max.

4.0 MHz to 15.9 MHz: 40 mA max.

16 MHz to 25.0 MHz: 70 mA max.
25.1 MHz to 60.0 MHz: 50 mA max.

Below 4.0 MHz: 65 mA max.

4.0 MHz to 24.99 MHz: 40 mA max.

25.0 MHz to 60.0 MHz: 50 mA max.

All Frequencies: 70 mA max.

Symmetry at 1 .4 VDC Level

60/40 or better

**1

60/40 or better

Rise and Fall Time

Below 16 MHz: 15 nS max.

16 MHz and above: 10 nS max.

Below 4.0 MHz: 15 nS max.

4.0 MHz to 24.99 MHz: 10 nS max.

25.0 MHz to 60.0 MHz: 6 nS max.

All Frequencies:

3 nS Typ./IO nS max.

“Zero” Level Sinking 16 mA

Below 16 MHz: 0.4V max.

16 MHz and above: 0.5V max.

0.4V max.

All Frequencies: 0.5V max.

“One” Level Sourcing 0.4 mA

2.4V min.

2.4V min.

2.4V min.

*Outputs are complementary within ±10 nSec phase difference at +1.4V level
**1 250 KHz to 3.99 MHz: 55/45 or better, 4.0 MHz to 60,0 MHz: 60/40 or better

For additional information, contact

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 1155 West 23rd Street, Tempe, AZ 85282 • Phone 602-967-7874

1*1314

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED, CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

Stock frequencies include: 4.0, 5.0 and 10.0 MHz

TCXO-22 TCXO-24 TCXO-26 TCXO-30 TCXO-32

Model TCXO-30 and Model TCXO-32

SPECIFICATIONS

Model TCXO-22 and Model TCXO-24
(A, B or C)

Model TCXO-26

Model TCXO-30 and Model TCXO-32

Frequency Range

4 to 15.0 MHz

4 to 15.0 MHz

3 to 15.0 MHz

Accuracy at +25°C

±1 PPM (Adjustable)

±1 PPM Adjustable with Trimmer

±1 PPM Adjustable with Trimmer

Stability vs. Input Voltage

±0.2 PPM for ±10% Volt. Change

±0.25 PPM for ±5% Volt. Change

±0.10 PPM for ±5% Volt. Change

Stability vs. Temp.

TCXO-22A, TCXO-24A ±1 PPM 0 to +55°C
TCXO-22B, TCXO-24B ±1 PPM +15 to +50°C
TCXO-22C, TCXO-24C ±5 PPM 0 to +55°C

±1 PPM 0 to 70°C

±1 PPM -40°Cto +85°C for TCXO-32
±3 PPM -40°Cto +85°C for TCXO-30

Stability vs. Time

1 PPM/Year Max.

1 PPM/Year Max.

1 PPM/Year Max.

Stability vs. Loading

±0.1 PPM for ±20% Load Change

±0.1 PPM for ±20% Load Change

±0.1 PPM for ±20% Load Change

Input Power

V = 5VDC ±1 0%/Current 16 mA Max.

1 2VDC ±5%/Current 26 mA Max.

12VDC ±5%/Current 15 mATyp.

Output Signal

TTL Compatible, Drives 10 Loads

TTL Compatible, Drives 1 0 Loads

TTL Compatible, Drives 10 Loads

Rise and Fall Time

20 nS Max.

20 nS Max.

20 nS Max.

Symmetry

60/40 or Better at 1 .4V Level

60/40 or Better at 1 .4V Level

60/40 or Better at 1 .4V Level

For additional information, contact

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 1155 West 23rd Street, Tempe, AZ 85282 • Phone 602-967-7874

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1315

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

eg) DAMON THE FORM FACTOR SPECIALISTS

VCXOs — 1 KHz to 500 MHz

Damon VCXOs provide high stability
over a broad range of center frequen-
cies. An optional square wave or pulse
output signal compatible with I. C.
logic circuits is available.

VCXO CHARACTERISTICS:

Center Frequency .. 1 KHz to 500 MHz

Deviation 01% to 0.5% of

Center Frequency
Linearity 1% to 5% of Peak Deviation
Frequency Stability .... Determined by
Peak Deviation and Operating Temp.
Modulation Rates DC to 2 MHz

Low Noise VCXOs

Damon low noise miniaturized VCXOs
are all solid state quartz crystal stable
oscillators whose frequencies can be
varied linearly by an external DC or
AC modulating signal. Only a source
of power and control signal are re-
quired ... no auxiliary compensating
circuitry.

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS:

Center Frequency 10.000 MHz ±1 KHz

Deviation ±10 KHz

Linearity ±1%

Modulation Rate Flat to 4 KHz

Output Power >1 MW

Gaussian Crystal Filters

Gaussian Crystal Filters of either con-
ventional or monolithic design. Useful
in FM communications or radar sys-
tems where flat time delay is required.
In a coherent pulsed radar, it can
minimize return-pulse overshoot. Elim-
inates ringing problems in swept spec-
trum analysis. Available in 2 to 8 pole
designs.

Center Frequency

Conventional 10 KHz - 35 MHz

Monolithic 3-30 MHz

3 dB Bandwidth 100 Hz - 30 KHz

Shape Factor, 30 dB to 3 dB 3:1 to 7:1
Ringing, Pulse or Impulse

25 - 50 dB d own

Phase Linearity ±2%

No. of Poles

Conventional 2-8

Monolithic 2-4

Volume

Conventional 1 - 6 cu. in.

Monolithic 0.016 - 0.4 cu. in.

Band-Pass/Reject Crystal Filters

A wide variety of conventional crystal
filters are produced at Damon. Stand-
ards designs such as Butterworth,
Chebyshev, Gaussian, Bessel, and Le-
gendre, as well as custom tailored
designs are available.

RANGE OF PARAMETERS:

Center Frequency .... 10 KHz - 75 MHz
Bandwidth 01% - 3% of C.F.

Shape Factor Down to 1.2:1

Differential Phase Shift ±2°

Group Delay Uniformity ±5%

Surface-Wave Delay Lines

With signal transfer across the sur-
face instead of through the body (a
state-of-the-art development), the new
Surface-Wave concept results in sub-
stantially smaller packages, lower cost
in production quantities and superior
performance over a 20 MHz to 300
MHz range.

RANGE OF PARAMETERS:
Frequency Range .. 20 MHz - 300 MHz
Time Delay Range 0.5 - 20 Microsecs.

Bandwidth at -3 dB 3% - 30%

of Center Frequency

Insertion Loss 10 - 20 dB

Spurious Responses 25 - 30 dB below
Desired Response

Environment Full Military Temp.,

Shock, Vibration Available
Typical Size < 1 cu. in.

Monolithic Crystal Filters

Damon Monolithic Filters utilize a
single quartz plate for multiple reso-
nators and the coupling medium be-
tween them. Advantages over con-
ventional crystal filters include smaller
size, superior stability, and lower cost.
Available in a wide variety of compu-
ter-assisted designs from Chebyshev
to Gaussian characteristics and from
2 to 8 poles.

MONOLITHIC CHARACTERISTICS:

Center Frequency 2.5 - 30 MHz

3 dB Bandwidth 0.3 - 30 KHz

No. of Coupled Resonators 2 - 6

Insertion Loss 1 - 6 dB

Ripple 0.5 dB Max.

Terminations .. 50 Ohms to 20 Kohms
Size TO-5, TO-8, or Flat-Pack

Write for technical bulletins.

DAMON/ELECTRONICS DIVISION

DEPT. EM, 80 WILSON WAY, WESTWOOD, MASS. 02090, TEL: (617) 449-0800, TWX (710) 348-6222

1*1316 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

time and

frequency systems

EFRATOM

A DIVISION OF

CORP

MODEL TS-105A
ATOMIC OSCILLATOR TEST SET

EFRATOM is the recognized world leader in precision
time and frequency systems for military/aerospace
and commercial applications. Utilizing state-of-the-art
atomic oscillator technology, EFRATOM has con-
ceived and developed a family of time and frequency
references that find valuable application in navigation,
communications and laboratory environments. The
ever increasing demands for precision time base
hardware to perform in the harsh environments of
space, military theatres and mobile communication
platforms, have provided the impetus for the develop-
ment of EFRATOM’s range of atomic oscillators and
time base generators.

EFRATOM’s Model M-1000 is the world’s smallest atomic
oscillator measuring just 3.25in x 3.25in x 4.5in (83mm x
83mm x 114mm), yet this instrument provides long term
stability performance of better than 1 x 10- l1 /month.
Developed specificallyfor military use, the Model M-100

MODEL PNT-1000
PHASE NOISE TEST SET

and M-1000 rubidium oscillators offer unparalleled per-
formance in the toughest of airborne and ground envi-
ronment including radiation, EMI, and high G conditions.

Complimentary to its range of precision oscillators
EFRATOM offers the Model FRT ultra-stable atomic
frequency standard for laboratory and field calibra-
tion of time and frequency references. More recently,
EFRATOM introduced its’ Atomic Oscillator Test Set
Model TS-105A which provides for fast and accurate
determination of frequency stability (Allan Variance),
frequency offset and phase measurement of atomic
and high performance crystal oscillators.

EFRATOM’s scientists are currently working in con-
junction with NBS in the development of a Compact
Passive Flydrogen Maser for commercial production.
They are also actively engaged in research and devel-
opment of a future generation of laboratory and
mobile time and frequency standards.

MODEL

Output Frequency

Long Term Drift/mo

Short Term (100s)

Phase Noise
(1 HzBW)

Warm-up

Temperature

Operation

Power

Dimensions

Weight

FRK-L FRK-H FRT— L

Low Noise Option 155dB (100 Hz)

<10 minutes for 2x10- 10

-40°C to -25°C to -10°C to +50°C
+65°C +65°C

22 VDC to 32 VDC/13W 110/220 VAC/50W

~4x4x4.5 inches 6x9x16 inches

2.9 lbs 27 lbs

M-100

M-1000

CPHM

10 MHz

10 MHz

5 MHz

6x10-' 1 IxlO- 11

3x10- n IxlO- 11

<1x10- 15

4x10- 12

4x10- 12

IxlO- 13

>120 dB @ 100 Hz

>140 dB @ 100 Hz

-113 dB (1Hz)

>135 dB @ 1 KHz

>150 dB @ 1 KHz

-155 dB (>100 Hz)

<10 min to 2x10- 10

<2.5 min to 5x10- 10

— 24 Hrs

-55°C to +55°C Amb

-55°C to 71°C Amb

10°C to 35°C

(+68°C Base Plate)

(+80°C Base Plate)

22.5 to 32 VDC/18W

22.5 to 32 VDC/15W

< 70W

~ 4x4x4.8 inches

3.25x3.25x4.5 inches

19x14x24 inches

4 lbs

2.5 lbs

~70 lbs

nnn A TOM USA/18851 Bardeen Ave./lrvine, CA 92715/Telephone (714) 752-2891 /Telex 685-635

ImE nA 1 UDlE Europe & W. Germany/8000 Muechen 90/ Langobardenstr 7 /Phone (089) 647-138/Telex 529701

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1317

ere

GENERAL

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS. & CRYSTAL FILTERS

electronic research company

7618 Wedd, Overland Park, Kansas 66204
TWX: (910) 749-6477
Telephone: (913) 631-6700

Electronic Research Company Model ER8001 is a Precision Ovenized Crystal
Oscillator utilizing a 5MHz third overtone crystal manufactured by E.R.C. Model
ER8002 uses the same crystal except the output frequency is multiplied to 10MHz.
These oscillators are ideal for applications where a precision time base is to be
multiplied or synthesized requiring a low phase noise source.

SPECIFICATIONS

Output Frequency: Model ER8001, 5MHz; Model ER8002, 10MHz
Output Level: IVrms Minimum into a 50 ohm load
Waveform: Sine-Wave

Harmonic Distortion: 40dB below rated output

Frequency Adjustment: ±2.5PPM Min. course mechanical; ±2.0 x 10' 7 Min. fine
mechanical; ±1.0PPM Min. electrical option 3 only; By D.C. Voltage
(—10 to +10V)

Input Voltage: +12VDC ±10%, Current at Turn-on 340MA Max. Note input
terminals No. 2 & 4 may be connected together externally.

Frequency Stability vs. Input: ±3 x 10 9 for a ±10% change in input
Frequency Stability vs. Load: ±1 x 1 0 9 for a ±10% change in load
Frequency Stability vs. Temperature: ±5 x 10 9 from -20°C to +65°C ambient
Warm-up Time: 1 x 10‘ 7 in 15 Min.; ±1 x 10' 8 in 20 Min.

Aging Rate: 1 x 10‘ 9 /24 hours, after 72 hours on time

Short Term: 3 x 10 11 RMS for one second averaging time

Retrace: ±1 x 10~ 8 after 60 Min. warm-up following a 24 hour off time

Input Power: At turn-on 340MA — After warm-up operating at +25°C 135MA,

After warm-up operating at -20°C 225MA
Frequency Stability vs. Orientation: 1.5 x 10 9 worst case
Size: Model ER8001 and Model ER8003 2" x 2" x 4" H
Model ER8005 2.25" x 2.25" X 4.25" H

PHASE NOISE S.S.B. 1Hz BW

Offset From Carrier S/N

10Hz 124dB

100Hz 135dB

1000Hz 145dB

5000Hz 150dB

OPTIONS AVAILABLE

Output Voltage: T.T.L.

Input Voltage: ±12VDC, +15VDC, +24VDC, +30VDC
Mechanical: Various please specify
Long Term Stability: 5 x 10 10 /24 hours
Output Frequencies: 1 MHz to 1 5MHz
Tuning: Electrical fine tune options

Technical specifications are subject to change without notice.

0-32 <

SEAL SCREW — v. I

FREQ. ADJ. HOLE \ ' ;

(i 4 5 i 2 , _j 1— -(5o°e°o) —

.56 — j r

(14.22) j | |

r -hi r

:

.31

(7.87)

.31

(7.87)

;

,<B)

— L-

-M-

— 1—

.<D JS>

— - ■+• ~~~

i-r

— — —

V

—— — 1 — ~r~

2 0 3<5> 4 ®

1

] —
.31

Lu

2 0 3 (D 4 0

1 —

■ .31

hi (7.87hJ

2 ® 3 ® 4 ®

PRECISION

CRYSTAL

OSCILLATORS

SERIES 8000

Standard Frequency: 5.0MHz
Aging Rate: Model ER8001 1 x 10'Vday
Model ER8003 1 x 10 10 /day
Model ER8005 SxIO^/day
Phase Noise: SSB 1 Hz BW at 1 0Hz
offset

Model ER8001, 124dB
Model ER8003, 135dB
Input Voltage: 12VDC ±10% standard
Output: Sine-wave IVRMS into 50
ohm load

Size: Model ER8001 and Model ER8003
2" x 2" x 4" H
Model ER8005
2.25" x 2.25" x 4.25" H
Options: Many options are available to
interface with your require-
ments

Electronic Research Company Series
8000 precision ovenized crystal oscilla-
tors are the ultimate choice where
proven reliability and frequency stabil-
ity is required. These oscillators are
ideal for applications where a precision
time base is to be multiplied or synthe-
sized requiring a low phase noise
source. All Electronic Research Com-
pany’s oscillators utilize quartz crys-
tals manufactured by ERC for maximum
control on all parameters to insure per-
formance specifications. If your appli-
cation requires superior oscillator per-
formance call us or write for our
complimentary catalogue.

OPTION 1

PIN CONNECTIONS

1. OUTPUT RF

2. OSC. INPUT

3. GROUND 4- CASE

4. OVEN INPUT

OPTION 2

PIN CONNECTIONS

1. OUTPUT RF

2. OSC. INPUT

3. GROUND + CASE

4. OVEN INPUT

PINS 2 and 4

ERIE# 2499-0 08-502Z
PINS 1 and 3
104 - LOOP

PINS 2 and 4

ERIE# 2499-008-502Z
PIN 1

SELECTRO
P/N 51-043-4300
PIN 3

104- LOOP

OPTION 3
PIN CONNECTIONS

1. OUTPUT RF

2. OSC. INPUT

3. GROUND + CASE

4. OVEN INPUT

5. VCO INPUT

PINS 2 and 4

ERIE# 2499-0 08-502Z
PINS 1, 3 and 5
104 - LOOP

For information and prices,
send your specifications to:

7618 Wedd, Overland Park,
Kansas 66204
TWX: (910) 749-6477
Telephone: (913) 631-6700

1*1318

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

QUARTZ CRYSTALS/TCXO / VCXO / OVENIZED OSCILLATORS

FREQUENCY CONTROL PRODUCTS

MODEL ER6001

GENERAL

Temperature Compensated Crystal Oscillator, Model ER-
6001 is used in applications requiring low power and mini-
mum seated height for printed circuit board mounting.
Improved long term aging is achieved by using a 10MHz
cold-weld crystal manufactured by E.R.C. A wide variety of
options are available for applications requiring different
specifications.

SPECIFICATIONS

Output Frequency: 10.00 MHz
Output Level: TTL, 10 Loads
Output Waveform: Square Wave
Duty Cycle: 50% ±10%

Rise Time-Fall Time: 15 ns Maximum
“0” Level: .5V Maximum
“1” Level: 3V Minimum
Input Voltage: +5VDC ±10%

Input Current: 18mA @ +5.5V
Frequency Stability vs. Input Voltage: ±1 x 10‘ 7
Frequency Stability vs. Load: ±1 x 10 7
Frequency Stability vs.

Temperature: ±1 x 10' 6 from 0°C to +60°C Ambient
Aging: Long Term 1 x 1 0 VYear

Short Term 1 x 10 8 /24 Hours
Frequency Adjustment: Sufficient for 10 years of aging

OPTIONS AVAILABLE

Output Waveform: Sine-Wave

Input Voltage: ±12VDC, +12VDC, +15VDC, +27VDC

Frequency Stability vs. Temperature:

Ambient Frequency

Temperature Stability

0°C to +55°C ± 3PPM

0°C to +70°C ± 1PPM

0°C to +70°C ±.5PPM

— 30°C to +75°C ± 1PPM

- 55°C to + 1 05°C ± 1 PPM

Frequency Range: 1Hz to 150MHz
Technical specifications are subject to change
without notice.

MODEL ER6002

GENERAL

Model ER6002 is a Temperature Compensated Crystal Oscil-
lator which is available at any frequency from 1 Hz to 15MHz.
By using a precision cold-weld crystal manufactured by
ERC, improved long-term aging is realized. Applications are
where reliable performance is required over a wide tem-
perature range.

SPECIFICATIONS

Output Frequency: Data applicable for frequencies from
3.2MHz to 15MHz

Output Level: Square wave, TTL compatible
Duty Cycle: 50% ±f0%

Amplitude: Logic “0” 0.5V Max., Logic “1” 2.5V Min.
Rise-Time/Fall-Time: 15NS Maximum, Typical IONS
@6MHz

Load: 10 TTL Loads

Input Voltage: +15VDC ±5%, +5VDC ±5%

Current: +15VDC Supply 10MA, +5VDC Supply 20MA
Adjustment: Sufficient for 10 years of aging

Stability as a Function of

Temperature: ±1PPM over a ambient temperature
range -40°Cto +70°C
Stability as a Function of

Input: ±0.5PPM for ±5% voltage change
Stability as a Function of Time: 1PPM per year

ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS

Operating Temperature: -40° to +70°C
Storage Temperature: -55°C to + 125°C
Altitude: To 70,000 feet

Shock: MIL-STD-202E, Method 213, Test Condition G
Vibration: MIL-STD-202F, Method 211, Test Condition A
Terminal Strength: MIL-STD-202F, Method 211,

Test Condition A

OPTIONS AVAILABLE

Output Waveform: Sine-Wave

Input Voltage: ±15VDC, +12VDC, +27VDC, +5VDC

Frequency Range: 1Hz to 15MHz

Temperature: -55°C to + 105°C

Technical specifications are subject to change

without notice.

MODEL ER6004

SPECIFICATIONS

Temperature Stability: ±1.0PPM 0°C to +55°C
Frequency: 5MHz or 10MHz are standard. Any frequency
50Hz to 20MHz available.

Output Level: TTL Standard, CMOS and Sine optional
Supply Voltage: +5VDC ±5% at 15mA typical
Aging Rate: 1 PPM per year typical
Stability vs. Supply: ±0.2PPM typical
Rise/Fall Time: Less than 20 nsec.

Frequency Adjustment: ±5PPM Min.

electronic research company

7618 Wedd, Overland Park, Kansas 66204

TWX: (910) 749-6477

Telephone: (913) 631-6700

ere

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1319

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

Quartz Crystals

Fox offers the broadest line of crystal products in the
industry: from standard products to volume automatic
insertion to miniature crystals.

We carry a large stock of standard and special frequencies
and feature fast delivery for large or small quantity orders.
Our Distributors in your area also carry stock.

Fox also offers standard and custom holders in solder seal,
resistance weld and cold weld. Send your
drawings/specifications or call our Customer Service
Department for assistance.

We are committed to give our customers a quality product
at a competitive price, backed by excellent service.

WITH FOX, YOU GET THE BEST IN QUARTZ.

Standard Microprocessor

Automatic Insertion

Flat Pack

(Available from stock)

Frequency Holder

Mhz Type

Fox

P/N

Circuit

Calibration

Condition

1.0000

HC-43

FOX010S

series

1.0000

HC-33

FOX010

13pF

1.8432

HC-33

FOX018

13pF

1.8432

HC-18

FOX018S

13pF

2.0000

HC-33

FOX020

20pF

2.0000

HC-18

FOX020S

20pF

2.097152

HC-33

FOX021

20pF

2.097152

HC-18

FOX021S

20pF

2.4576

• HC-33

FOX024

32pF

2.4576

HC-18

FOX024S

32pF

3.0000

HC-33

FOX030

32pF

3.0000

HC-18

FOX030S

32pF

3.2768

HC-33

FOX032

18pF

3.2768

HC-18

FOX032S

18pF

3.579545

HC-33

FOX036

18pF

3.579545

HC-18

FOX036S

18pF

3.6864

HC-18

FOX0368S

series

4.0000

HC-18

FOX040A

series

4.0000

HC-18

FOX040

20pF

4.0320

HC-18

FOX0432

22pF

4.194304

HC-18

FOX041

12pF

4.433619

HC-18

FOX0443

20pF

4.91520

HC-18

FOX049

series

4.9562

HC-18

FOX0495

series

5.0000

HC-18

FOX05A

20pF

5.0688

HC-18

FOX050

series

5.1850

HC-18

FOX051

20pF

6.0000

HC-18

FOX060

series

6.1440

HC-18

FOX061

30pF

6.4000

HC-18

FOX064

20pF

6.5536

HC-18

FOX065

20pF

7.3728

HC-18

FOX073

series

8.0000

HC-18

FOX080

series

10.0000

HC-18

FOX 100

series

10.738635

HC-18

FOX 107

series

11.0000

HC-18

FOX111

series

12.0000

HC-18

FOX 120

series

13.5168

HC-18

FOX 135

series

14.31818

HC-18

FOX 143

series

15.0000

HC-18

FOX 150

series

16.0000

HC-18

FOX 160

series

18.0000

HC-18

FOX180

series

18.4320

HC-18

FOX 184

series

19.6608

HC-18

FOX 196

series

20.0000

HC-18

FOX200

series

22.1184

HC-18

FOX221

series

24.0000

HC-18

FOX240

series

27.0000

* HC-18

FOX270

series

32.0000

HC-18

FOX320

series

36.0000

HC-18

FOX360

series

48.0000

HC-T8

FOX480

series

100.0000

HC-18

FOX 1000

series

The FX-1 series line of low cost crystals feature a molded
plastic package with dual in-line pin spacing for automatic
insertion. The FX-1 utilizes a special crystal technology in
crystal packaging while maintaining the FOX quality.

The standard plastic tube houses 25 crystals ready
for insertion.

Frequency range ± 3.5 MHz to 15 MHz

Frequency tolerance ± 7QQppm @ 25°C

Standard load capacitance 16pf

Operating temperature range - 10 to +60@C

Package Dimensions

Tape and Reel

The Fox Tape and Reel crystals are the industry's First line of
automatically insertable HC18 crystals for large volume
applications.

Available in standard 12 inch reels with .200" pin spacing
and up to 1500 crystals per reel of frequencies from 1MHz to
175MHz.

Miniatures

The Fox line of miniature crystals provides the designer with
the ultimate in size, performance and economic trade offs.
Featured are tuning fork and “AT" cut crystals packaged in
a tubular cold weld metal design that features low power,
long term stability, tight tolerances and low resistance.

Dimensions 03

Dimensions in mm

Electrical Specifications

; FOX ELECTRONICS ■ Sales Departm^t^p,:Pi||a^!lQ7| ilf ; ■ TWX 510-951-7386

1*1320 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

HC-33

Crystal Clock Oscillators

Fox Oscillators feature a high quality metal welded
package that offers a hermetic seal to provide excellent
resistance to extremes of heat/humidity. With pin 7 case
ground, the metal package also includes shielding to
minimize RF radiation, helping to meet FCC emit EMI
specifications. The Fox Oscillators can be soldered in

Output Wave Form

standard wave line operations without damage. High
insulated stand-offs permit good de-fluxing.

The Fox Oscillators include state of the art thick film hybrid
devices for generating TTL, CMOS and special output
characteristics.

L , .025

Package Dimensions 2 ,?°:^ a A f 1

~40%j MIN.~
60% MAX.

(TTL) FllOO Series

L_ .815" MAX,_J
r (20.7 mm) A

(20.7 mm) I

r/N V .515" MAX.

rVJA (13.08 mm)

(.43 mm) I

INSULATED STAND-OFFS
I 1 — '.Pin 7

(CMOS) FI 152 Series

Fox TTL Oscillators use standard +5V dc input and drives up
to 10 TTL loads. Fox offers product line of stabilities, tailored
for your specific needs and designed to be cost effective.

The F1 100 series is interchangeable with Motorola K1 100 AM
and similar models.

Electrical Specifications

Fox CMOS Oscillators generate a compatible output at any
frequency specified from 25KHz to 12 MHz. The extremely
low power consumption makes it perfect for driving CMOS
MPlTs or where battery backup is required. As with all
CMOS circuits, power consumption and frequency range
are dependent upon the selected input voltage.

The CMOS compatible output uses +5Vdc to + 15Vdc.

Freq. Range:

Freq. Stability:

Optg. Temp. Range:

Input Voltage:

TTL Output:

Symmetry:

Rise & Fall Times:

"O" Level:

"\" Level:

Output Load:

250 KHz -80 MHz

± 0 . 001 - 1 . 00 %

over optg. temp. & voltage

0 to +70°C

+5 VDC ± 0.5 V

60/40 to 40/60 @ 1 .4 VDC Level
15 ns Max. for 250 kHz to 25 MHz,
7 ns Max. for 25 MHz to 60 MHz

+ 0.4 Volts

+ 2.4 Volts

1 to 10 TTL gates

Standard Product Line

Model

Stability

Frequency

Remarks

F1 100

± .01%

.250-80 MHz

TTL Clock

F1 114

± .05%

.250-80 MHz

TTL Clock

F1 1 15

± .10%

.250-80 MHz

TTL Clock

F1 1 16

±1.0 %

.250-80 MHz

Economy Clock

F1 142

± .001%

.250-80 MHz

Precision Clock

F1 144

± .0025%

.250-80 MHz

Precision Clock

F1 145

± .005%

.250-80 MHz

Precision Clock

F1 158

± .01%

.250-80 MHz

Extended Temp.

Specifications

Frequency Range: 25 KHz -12.000 MHz

Frequency Stability: +0.01% (Inclusive of calibration tolerance at
25°C, operating temperature range, input voltage change, load
change, aging, shock, and vibration.)

Temperature Range: Operating: 0°C to 70°C *

Storage: -55°Cto +125°C

Input Voltage: +5V to + 15V dc ,

Input Current:

+5V

+ 10V

+ 15V

25kHz— 3.199 MHz

2.5 mA

6 mA

14 mA

3.200-6.499 MHz

2 mA

6 mA

14 mA

6.500-8.999 MHz

9 mA

17 mA

9.000-12.000 MHz

18 mA

Output:

Symmetry:

40/60% to 60/40%

(CL = 15 pF @ VO =

Vi Vdd)

”1" Source Current:

120 mA

”0" Sink Current:

360 mA

+5V

+ 10V

+ 15V

VOH (Logic "1”] min.

4.5

9.0

13.5

VOL (Logic "0") max.

.5

1.0

1.5

RISE & FALL TIMES

100 ns

55 ns

35 ns

(10% to 90% VOD CL =

Standard TTL Frequencies (Available from stock) Mil Equivalent F-550 Series

Fox offers a commercial equivalent to mil. 0-55310. If your
oscillator needs match those of a mil spec in general
parameters, but your application does not demand the
exhaustive testing and administration, you can order a mil
equivalent Fox oscillator. The Fox mil equivalent oscillator is
designed to meet the mil spec. Marking will be standard
commercial marking.

Contact the Fox Customer Service Department
for assistance.

FOX ®6fl}|enV*^.0 (: Box 1078 ■ Cape Coral; Florida- 339 10# 813/482-7212 ■ Wx:6l0-95l-7386

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1321

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

^products! inc ntrol Crystals/ 1 kHz to 185 MHz

Resistance

Welded

Subminiature

TO Cans

Coldweld

Solder Sealed

Flatpacks

Clock Oscillators,

1 kHzto 1.5MHz

THERMAL COMPRESSION
BONDED LEADS
Model 110 H. 700 to 1.5MHz
(mini only 0.215" high)

Model 128 250 to 700 kHz

(high O mini, superior temp, tracking)

Model 200 .900 to 1.5 MHz
(submin. resistance welded
only 0.039 in. 2 )

STANDARD HOLDERS

Frequency

Range,

Bulova

Mil

Cuts

kHz

No.

*No.

JT

1-15

71

HC-13/U

3-15

73

HC-13/U

4-15

124

HC-37/U(1 .5"!

4-15

118

HC-35/U(1 .5''

4-15

131

HC-41/U

10-15

122

HC-37/U(.6")

10-15

117

HC-35/LH.6”)

H

10-90

71

HC-13/Ud")

+5° Flex-

15-90

73

HC-13/U

ure Mode

15-90

124

HC-37/UO .5":

15-90

118

HC-35/U(1 .5"

15-90

131

HC-41/U

45-90

117

HC-35/U{1")

45-90

122

HC-37/IM.6")

NT

8-200

71

HC-13/U

15-200

73

HC-13/U

20-200

124

HC-37/U(iy 2 '']

20-200

118

HC-35/U(1 Vi''!

20-200

131

HC-41/U

45-200

117

HC-35/U(1”)

45-200

122

HC-37/U(.6”)

85-200

70

HC-6/U

85-200

78

HC-33/U

85-200

113

HC-36/U

SOME FCP SPECIALS

Microprocessor Crystals. Over 50 standard
models for the frequencies from 1 to 48 MHz cover the
most widely used microprocessors, clocks and ICs. All
available in Coldweld HC-1 8 cans, some also in HC-33.

Crystals for Filters and Oscillators. Matched
sets and high stability.

High Qs. Better than 1 xIO 6 in some ranges, also
spurious mode suppressions from 20 to 65dB.

Special Environments. High shock and radiation
hardened.

Small Packages. 10 MHz in TO-5 (HC-35/U) can,
.700 to 1.5 MHz in .215" high HC-18 coldweld.

Clock Oscillators. Feature crystal stability,
printed circuit board on dual in-line mounting and out-
puts directly compatible with DTL or TTL loads. Full
line — Military and Industrial Clock Oscillators.

For more than 25 years FCP has been a major sup-
plier Of crystals for MIL Spec, general industrial and
special applications. A wide variety of packages are
available in coldweld and solder seal. Strong on
engineering as well as production, Frequency
Control Products can often be of assistance to the
circuit designer.

Cuts: JT • H (+5° Flexural) • NT

E (+5° Extensional) D • DT Bar

Typical Performance

_ E DT DT Bar JT H NT

Temp.

Range -40° +85° C (MIL) ±.015% ±.01% ±.01% ±.02% ±.1% ±.01%
-10° +60 C (Com.) ±.008% ±.005% ±.005% ±.01% ±.05% ±.005%
Drive Level in Milliwatts 11 1 .1 .1 .1

Freq. Stability P.P.M./mo.
Coldweld
Solder Seal

E

+5° Exten-
sional
Mode

Frequency

Range,

Bulova

Mil

kHz

No.

No.

50-300

71

HC-13/U

85-300

73

(1.75 to 3.50)
HC-13/U

100-300

118

HC-35/U(r/2)

100-300

131

HC-41/U

162-300

117

HC-35(1 ")

185-300

70

HC-6/U - ■

185-300

78

HC-33/U

235-300

113

HC-36/U

240-300

130

HC-39/U

80-400

90

HC-21/U

150-400

70

HC-6/U

150-400

78

HC-33/U

200-400

113

HC-36/U

200-400

130

HC-39/U

325-400

116

HC-35/IM.6”)

150-1000

73

HC-13/U

180-1000

131

HC-41/U

250-1000

122

HC-37/UL6")

285-1000

70

HC-6/U

285-1000

78

HC-33/U

300-1000

113

HC-36/U

300-1000

130

HC-39/U

440-1000

75

HC-32/U

450-1000

116

HC-35/U (.6”)

800-1050

115

HC-35/U

700-1300

110

HC-1 8(. 21 5”)

1 MHz to 185 MHz

AT Cuts

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE

Frequency tolerance: as tight as ± .002% from -55°C
to +105°C, .0003% from -10°C to +60°C with refer-
ence to +25°C

Frequency Stability: Aging, 5 parts in 10 6 /30 days to
4 parts 10 8 /30 depending upon package, frequency
and temperature
Drive Level: 0.01 mW to lOmW

AT CUT, AF vs. To FOR OVEN UNITS
To = Zero Temperature Coefficient Point

-30° -20° -10° To 10° 20°

◄ ATo — °C ►

AT CUT, AF IN PPM vs..A°C
Coefficients, Non-ovenized Applications

20 -HIGH ANGLES

OPTIMUM -
V ANGLE

-60° -40° -20° 0° 20° 40° 60° 80° 100°

^ TEMPERATURE - °C ►

STANDARD HOLDERS

FCP

No.

Mil

No.

Seal 2

70

HC-6/U

S

75 '

HC-32/U

S

78

HC-33/U

S

79

HC-17/U

S

80

HC-18/U

S

83

HC-25/U

S

91

HC-1 1 A/U

S

92

—

S

95

—

S

110

HC-43/U

C

111

HC-24/U

C

1 12

HC-47/U

C

113

HC-36/U

C

115

, HC-35/U

C

120

HC-37/U

C

121

—

C

130

HC-39/U

C

77

HC-27/U

G

Notes 1. Numbers in parentheses after MIL type num-
ber indicates height or height range of modified
can. For configuration and dimensions see
illustrations.

2. Seals. "S" = solder sealed, ”C” = coldweld.

FREQUENCY CONTROL PRODUCTS, INC.

61-20 Woodside Avenue, Woodside, New York 11377
Tel: (212) 458-5811 TWX 710-5822637

(Formerly Butova Electronics Division)

NEED MORE INFO?

Call or Write
for Full Spec Bulletin

1*1322

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

vww

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

FREQUENCY CONTROL
PRODUCTS, INC.

Oscillators/

CRYSTAL and
FORK

FCP is unique among oscillator suppliers in that it has complete in-house capability for the production of all
types of oscillator packages, TCXOs, PCOXOs and XOs. We make our own crystals and tuning forks. We have a
large foundation of standard models to draw on and can respond speedily with custom units to fit precise specifi-
cations. NOTE! FOR CLOCK OSCILLATORS, SEE OUR AD UNDER CRYSTALS.

XOs— Crystal and Fork Oscillators,

Overall

Stability Temperature
Percent Range, °C

±0.0005 +25

±0.001 +25

+ 15 to +35

1 Hz to 1 MHz
4 kHz to 20 kHz
4 kHz to 1 MHz
50 Hz to 1 MHz

TCXOs— Temperature Compensated Crystal Oscillators

W

1 Model No. (Letter

Supply Model No. (Letter

Stability vs.

Temperature

suffix indicates

Frequency

Voltage suffix indicates phys-
d.c. 2 sical configuration)

Temperature

Range, °C

Frequency

d.c. 2

physical configuration)

Range

-40 to +75

3 to 5 MHz

12

TCXO-2-475-020-A

±0.2 pp 10®

50 Hz to 1 kHz

5 to 40 FS32-25-005-H

50 Hz to 1kHz

5 to 40 FS32-25-010-H

±0.25 pp 10®

Oto +70

10 MHz

12

TCXO-70-070-025-E or F

1 Hz to 1 MHz

5 to 40 FS32-1535-020-H

-40 to +70

3to 12 MHz

18

TCXO-1 A-470-050-B

4 kHz to 20 kHz

5 to 28 FS1 1-1 535-020-1

-40 to +70

3 to 12 MHz

12

TCXO-1 B-470-050-B

360 Hz to 1200 Hz

10 to 28 FS27-1 535-020- J

-40 to +75

3to 5 MHz

12

TCXO-5-475-050-A

4 kHz to 1MHz

5 to 28 FS1 1-1 -1535-020-1

±0.5 pp 10 s

- 40 to + 70

3 to 5 MHz

18

TCXO-6-470-050-A

50 Hz to 1 MHz

5 to 28 FS1 1-2-1 535-020-1

-40 to +75

3 to 5 MHz

12

TCXO-54-475-050-D

50 Hz to 1 MHz

5 to 40 FSOA-1535-020-L

Oto +70

10 MHz

12

TCXO-70-070-050-E or F

4 kHz to 20 kHz

5 to 28 FS23-1535-020-K

-55 to +105

3 to 5 MHz

18

TCXO-1 8-505-1 00- A

5 to 40 FS32-050-050-H
5 to 28 FS1 1-050 0501
5 to 28 FS1 1-1 -050-050-1
5 to 28 FS1 1-2-050-050-1

-55 to +85 3 to 5 MHz 12

1 1.0 pp 10'

-55 to +85
-40 to +70
-40 to +75

3 to 5 MHz
3 to 12 MHz
3 to 5 MHz

TCXO-7-585-100-A
TCXO-8-585-1QO-A
TCXO-1 -470-1 00-B
TCXO-1 B-475-1 00-B

360 Hz to 1200 Hz

10 to 28

FS27-050050-J

-40 to +75

3 to 10 MHz

12

T CXO-4-47 5-1 00- A

50 Hz to 1 MHz

5 to 40

FSOA-050-050-L

-40 to *f-75

3 to 10 MHz

18

T CXO-4-47 5-1 00-A

4 kHz to 20 kHz

5 to 28

FS23-050-050-K

-40 to +75

3 to 13 MHz

12

T CXO-54-475-1 00-D

Oto +70

10 MHz

12

TCXO-70-070-100-E or F

IHztol MHz

5 to 40

FS32-060-100-H

400 to 20 kHz

5 to 28

FS1 1-060-1 00-1

-55 to +105

3 to 5 MHz

18

TCXO-1 8-505-200-A

400 to 1 MHz

5 to 28

FS1 1-1 -060-1 00-1

— 55 to +85

3 to 5 MHz

12

TCXO-7-585-200-A

1 Hz to 1 MHz

5 to 28

FS1 1-2-060-1 00-1

- 55 to + 85

3 to 5 MHz

18

TCXO-8-585-200-A

360 Hz to 1200 Hz

10 to 28

FS27-060-100-J

-40 to +75

3 to 12 MHz

18

TCXO-1 -475-200-B

50 Hz to 1 MHz

5 to 40

FSQA-060-100-L

±2.0 pp 10® -40 to +75

3to 12 MHz

12

TCXO-1 B-475-200-B

400 Hz to 1 MHz 5 to 28 FS23-060-100-K

1 Hz to 1 MHz 5 to 40 FS32-5585-200-H
4 kHz to 20 kHz 5 to 28 FS1 1-5585-200-1

4 kHz to 1 MHz 5 to 28 FS1 1-1 -5585-200-1

50 Hz to 1 MHz 5 to 28 FS1 1-2-5585-200-1

360 Hz to 1200 Hz 10 to 28 FS27-5585-200-I
50 Hz to 1MHz 5 to 40 FSOA-5585-200-L

4 kHz to 1 MHz 5 to 28 FS23-5585-200-K

1Hz to 1MHz 5 to 40 FS32-5585-500-H
400 Hz to 20 kHz 5 to 28 FS1 1-5585-500-1

400 Hz to 1 MHz 5 to 28 FS1 1-1 -5585-500-1

50 Hz to 1 MHz 5 to 28 FS1 1-2-5585-500-1

360 Hz to 1200 Hz 10 to 28 FS27-5585-500-J

50 Hz to 1 MHz 5 to 40 FSOA-5585-500-L

4 kHz to 1MHz 5 to 28 FS23-5585-500-K

— 40 to + 75 3 to 10 MHz 12

-40 to +75 3 to 10 MHz 18

— 40 to +75 3 to 13 MHz 12

Oto +70 10 MHz 12

1. Other frequencies available as special units

2. Other voltages available as special units

TCXO-3-475-200-A
T CXO-4-475-200-A
T CXO-54-475-200-D
TCXO-70-070-200-E or F

— 55 to +85 400 Hz to 1 MHz 5to28 FS23-5585-1 000-K
1 Hz to 1 MHz 5 to 40 FS32-551 25-1 000-K

4 kHz to 1 MHz 5 to 28 FS1 1-551 25-1 000-K

-55 to +125 4 kHz to 1 MHz 5to28 FS1 1-1 -551 25-1 000-K

50 Hz to 1 MHz 5 to 28 FS11-2-55125-1000-K

360 Hz to 1200 Hz 10 to 28 FS27-551 25-1 000-K
50 Hz to 1 MHz 5 to 40 FSOA-55125-1000-K

4 kHz to 1 MHz 5 to 28 FS23-551 25-1 000-K

Representative
Physical Configurations

A B&D

Package Dimensions

A. 2" x 2" x 1" fi

PCOXOs— -Highly Accurate Ovenized Units

±1pp10 8

Temp Range

±3 x 10 9 /day -55 to +70 1 to 10 MHz +28 PCOXO-102-G
Aging

±2.5 ppIO 8
Temp Range

±5ppm10 9 /day -55 to +70 1 to 10 MHz +28 PCOXO-103-G
Aging

±4pp10 10 /°C
Temp Range

±5pp10 9 /day Oto +60 ItolOMHz +28 PCOXO-3-G
Aging

±4pp10 10 /°C

Temp Range Oto +60 ItolOMHz +28 PCOXO-4-G
±10pp10 9 /day ■

A9in9

E. 1.8" x 1.35" x 0.75"

H. 1.5" x 1.5" x 1.2"

B. 2" x 2" x 0.5"

D. 1.5" X 1.5" x 0.5"

F. (Horizontal version of E) I. 1.5" x 1.5" x n*

G. 2 " x 2 " x 4 "

J. 3" x 0.72 "dia.

FREQUENCY CONTROL PRODUCTS, INC.

61-20 Woodside Avenue, Woodside, New York 11377
Tel: (212) 458-5811 TWX 71 0-5822637

(Formerly Butova Electronics Division)

K. 1.875" x 1.5 "dia.

L. 1.5" x 1.5" x n*

*n = 0.375" x the number of pc
boards required, 0.375 "minimum.

NEED MORE INFO?

Call or Write
for Full Spec Bulletin

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1323

p

.£EM s

PRODUCT

Selection

guides

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3 # 2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

WONDERFILE !

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 $ach for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

[% Frequency Electronics capability is from the basic >
quartz crystal to complete time and frequency systems.

Timekeeper for Outer Space... Ask anyone who knows anything about this nation’s deep
space probe and satellite programs to mention any 10. Our instruments or equipment are

aboard at least 8.

Cesium Beam

Primary Frequency Standards.

Models FE-5450A (TD-1335/V)
FE-5440A (TD-1251/U)

High Reliability, Militarized Cesium Beam
Frequency Standards for aerospace, shipboard,
laboratory and mobile applications.

Frequency Distribution
Systems

Models FE-798A/FE-799A

A militarized, high reliability RFdistribution system
for satellite ground stations and shipboard,
mobile, and laboratory applications.

FL . , ^

* 0 r • * « ",

m

1 IH » v ;

1* ' ' •• ’ __ - i ‘

i

* * l t: * i •

W§m J - i:f t-B>.

* mf m ' ' |Hb :

%■’ *- U' ■ ? r

1 : di ■: j' : - % ;

TT iC>. ...T ’Tf ~ * *T l I

9

jT Jt*

INSTRUMENTS

Model FE-1000Q

(AN/URQ-10A)
High Stability
Frequency Standards

SYSTEM

CAPABILITY

Model FE-5054A

(CTFS)

Communication
Time and Frequency
Standards

INSTRUMENTS

Disciplined Time Frequency Standards
High Stability Frequency Standards
Frequency Standard Carrying Cases
Digital Phase Comparators
Frequency Error Analyzers
Distribution Amplifiers
RF Switchovers
Passive Combiners
Digital Clocks

Microwave Frequency Multipliers
High Frequency Amplifiers
UHF Down-Converters
UHF Up-Converters

SYSTEMS

Time & Frequency Control Systems
UHF Synthesizers
. Frequency Generators
Coherent Microwave Synthesizers
RF Switching Systems

ps*e«;

Model FE-70Q

(AM-2123A(V)/U)

Distribution

Amplifier

ii§ [iUtr i

;? |;

Model AN/FRQ-16

Frequency - Time
Standard Set

I ;

FREQUENCY
ELECTRONICS, INC.

55 Charles Lindbergh Blvd.,

Mitchel Field, N.Y. 11553 W

TEL: (51 6) 794-4500 ¥($ t

TWX: 510-223-0418

1-1326

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

SATELLITE FREQUENCY
GENERATION AND
DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT

Solid-State

Matrices

FE-7650A
8 x 50 Matrix

State-of-the-art techniques pioneered by FEI for frequency syn-
thesis, processing, and distribution of low noise reference
signals have been applied to the development of high reliabili-
ty hardware for satellite applications. FEI systems consisting
of precision oscillators and distribution equipment configured
as redundant assemblies are presently being used on a wide
variety of space programs resulting in performance capabilities
previously unrealizable. The equipment incorporates FEI’s high
reliability hybrid techniques and results in light weight and low
power consumption-, considerations of primary importance in
satellite applications.

FREQUENCY
ELECTRONICS, INC.

55 Charles Lindbergh Blvd.,
Mitchel Field, N.Y. 11553
TEL: (516) 794-4500
TWX: 510-223-0418

CRYSTAL FILTERS
AND DISCRIMINATORS

Narrow Band Crystal Filters
Intermediate Wide Band Crystal Filters
Band Reject Crystal Filters
Single Side Band Crystal Filters
Discriminators

OSCILLATORS

Ovenized Crystal Oscillators
Ovenized Voltage Controlled
Crystal Oscillators

Temperature Compensated Voltage
Controlled Crystal Oscillators
Temperature Compensated
Crystal Oscillators
Non-Ovenized Crystal Oscillators
LC Voltage Controlled Oscillators
Precision Low Power Oscillators
High Stability Proportional Ovens
Custom Engineered Oscillators

Low Phase-Noise Frequency
Sources To 10 GHz

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1327

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

LC Filters • Crystal Filters '
Delay Lines • Discriminators

FSN is a filter and network house.
We are strong in engineering. We
are able and willing to work with
system designers to apply state-
of-the-art filter technology to opti-
mize not just the filter but the
application of filters to help our
customers optimize their systems.

Use us as your filter specialist.
We are knowledgeable in and have
experience with all classes of fil-
ters, whether crystal or LC. We

FREQUENCY SELECTIVE NETWORKS, INC.

can select the proper type for best
performance while optimizing the
cost-vs-performance trade-off. We
design and manufacture all the
families such as: Butterworth,
Chebyshev, Legendre, Cauer
(elliptical), General Parameter,
Gaussian, Bessel, Transitional
Butterworth-Thompson (TBT),
Bode, Lerner and others.

We also design and manufac-
ture such other networks as delay
lines, attenuators, phase and
delay equalizers, discriminators,
matching networks, etc.

. Low Pass

1 _ J

Frequency F ' *

1 F2

Shape Factor = — As Low as 1.03

Frequency— Fz 1 1 Fl

Shape Factor = — As Low as 1.03

LC Filters

pDelay Line 111

Representative

Network

Packages

Discriminator

Linear Phase

Crystal Filters

Band

Rejection

Lower Side-Band

Phase Linearity better than 1 0

Shape Factor = Fo As Low as 1.05
Fi - Fo

Shape Factor = — — — As Low as 1.05

Fi - Fo

Delay Equalized

Shape Factors better than 1.10
Delay Variation better than 2%

Shape Factor = Fl F - As Low as 1.20
F2 - Fo

Discriminator

'■K

i

/

i

A

Linear Bandwidth**]

r ;

4~i

Frequency

/

vr

Center Frequency J

1

1

1

L ‘1

Wide and Narrow Band Linearity ± 1 %

69-20 Garfield Avenue Ptvl

Woodside, N.Y. 11377

(212)424-7500 ■ %^P|| P^l

FREQUENCY SELECTIVE NETWORKS, INC.

dw as 1.05

LC Filters • Crystal Filters • Delay Lines • Discriminators

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

s-™ - J c'-m imm

i\ h %!

Crystal Oscillators

Voltage Controlled Oscillators

Frequency Standards

Temperature Compensated

Oscillators

.01 Hz to 2000 Hz

At Greenray we’re ready for action - ready and abh

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

Industries, Inc.

to solve all of your oscillator problems. ..and we ll go to
any length to prove it. Whatever your program - military,
industrial or commercial - our Application and
Engineering Design Teams will develop and build
custom oscillators to meet your specialized needs...
we’ve been doing just that for over 20 years.

But there’s more to Greenray i

than custom designs; we also have
the broadest line of standard, high II m f> ip C
quality oscillators with guaranteed

'REENRA1

specifications and significant major
program involvement, eg., GRC-144,
WSC-3, ALQ-99, ALQ-1 1 9, F-1 1 1 ,
AWG-10, Patriot, Pershing, Apollo,
Space Shuttle; Sparrow, Cutty-Sark,
Trident, Landsat D, AYK-14, B-1B,
Terrier-M, USM-464, TRC-97, MK-86,

F-1 5, F-1 6.

Plus, our comprehensive quality program per
MIL-I-45208A and MIL-STD-45662 yields reliable perfor-
mance . And we assist you both before and after delivery.

We’re here to meet your specific needs.. .call or write
for our new catalog or send us your requirements and re-
quest a quotation. 840 W. Church
. . . Rd., Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055

Telephone 717-766-0223

HIGH TECHNOLOGY OSCILLATORS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1329

2300

2300

CRYSTALS, dsCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

Hughes Custom Hybrid Oscillators

For portable or remote equipment requiring low power and high stability, the
Hughes Digitally Compensated Crystal Oscillator (DCXO) provides the following

advantages over conventional ovenized oscillators: - ... ,

• tower power (less than 250 mW) : 7 ./ : ...

• faster warm-up time (less than 250m sea). ^ ' . ;

* smaller size (1 cubic inch) • ±

* remote synchronization capability

In addition the compensation data is stored in an Electrically Erasable Pro-
grammable Read-Only-Memory (EEPROM) which allows the DCXO to be
recompensated or programmed a number at times.

Features

Frequencies available: 1 to 30 MHz. Power supply +5 and — 5Vdc
Frequency stability: Small package. 1 cubic inch -

± 0.20 ppm —-45 to + S5°C Low aging rate

±0.08 ppm O to ± 70°C ■ Thin-film hybrid construction

Custom Design Options

Output logic options: TTL, CMOS, ECL
Package Options: Various
Supply voltage: Single 5 volt supply
Other voltage levels
Digital Frequency Adjustment for
aging correction, or for system
synchronization.

Temperate range. —55 to ±125°C
Stability. Optimized for specified
temperature range

For other design variations

contact Hughes Solid State Products,

PAKAMKTER

CONDITIONS

MIN

TYPICAL

MAX

UNITS

Temperature Stability

HXO-356-OOl

-45 to 85°C

0.16

0.20

ppm

HX0-356-002

O to + 70°C

0.05

0.08 •

ppm

Short-Term Stability

1 sec average

.01

ppm

Long-Term Stability

1 year average

1.00

ppm

Frequency Shift due

both supplies

to voltage variation

+ /-10 6 /o

,io

ppm

Frequency Shift due
to load variation

MO LSTTL loads

JO

ppm

Waveform Symmetry

45

.50

.55

%

Rise/Fall Time

JO

20

nsec

Fanout

1

.10

LSTTL

loads

Warm-up Time

1.00

msec

Power Consumption

2.50

mW

Hybrid OscUlators

Hughes Hybrid Oscillators are available in a variety of packaging options
including. TO-8, DIP, Hatpack and leadless, chip carriers, MIL STD 883B screening is
available on all hybrid oscillators.

OUTPUT

TTL

CMOS

ECL

Frequency Range.

1Hz to lOOMHz

O.lHz to lOMHz

1MHz to lOOMHz

Temperature Range.

-55 to +125°C

-55 to +125°

-55 to +125°C

Frequency Stability.

±005%

±.005%

+ .005%

Input Voltage.

+ 5Vdc±5%

5Vdc to 15 Vdc

— 5.2Vdc ± 5%

Frequency Accuracy

@ 25 °C

±0.001%

±0.001%

±0.001%

i HUGHES j SOLID STATE PRODUCTS

i i

HUGHES AIRCRAFT COMPANY

Contact.

HUGHES SOLID STATE PRODUCTS

FREQUENCY CONTROL DEVICES
500 Superior Avenue
Newport Beach, California 92663
Telephone (714) 759-2430 Telex. 910-596-1374

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1330

EEM 1983

VCXOs

Hughes Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillators (VCXOs) are noted for their excep-
tionally low frequency drift characteristics. Frequency deviations ol up to ±0.3% of
the nominal oscillator frequency are available.

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

HUGHES

SOLID STATE PRODUCTS

OUTPUT

SINE/TTL

Hughes Custom Oscillators & Filters

OUTPUT

SINE

TO.

1Hz to lOOMHz 0.1 Hz to lOMHz 1 MHz to lOOMHz
-55 to +125°C
± lppl0 8 /sec
± lppl0 6 /year
± 5pplO ? /(— 40 to + 85°C)

± lppl0 6 (— 55 to + 85 °C)

± 5ppl0 6 (— 55 to + 125°C)

Any supply voltage 5-27 Vdc available
As small as l"xl"x0.5"

Smaller hybrid versions available

Frequency Range:
Temperature Range:
Deviation
Linearity.-

Modulation Frequency:
Spurious:

Supply voltage:

Size:

Contact:

HUGHES SOLID STATE PRODUCTS

FREQUENCY CONTROL DEVICES
500 Superior Avenue
Newport Beach, California 92663
Telephone (714) 759-2430 Telex-. 910-596-1374

Crystal Filters

Hughes has over 20 years of experience with all standard types of bandpass
filters, including Butterworth, Chebychev, Elliptical, Gaussian and Bessel types, as
well as band reject filters and crystal discriminators.

Characteristics

Hughes filters are designed using advanced computer-aided network synthesis
and analysis techniques resulting in filters with sharp selectivity, controlled group
delay or phase response, non-ringing pulse response and low insertion loss over
broad temperature ranges. Hughes has also developed proprietary designs
which permit tight control of phase and group delay characteristics or time do-
main response characteristics such as peak overshoot and ringing in response to
pulsed RF signals. Hughes Frequency Control Devices meet the most stringent
military standards, when required.

Applications

Hughes Frequency Control Devices are in use in satellites, radar systems, missiles,
military and commercial communications and avionics systems.

CMOS

ECL

Frequency Range: lOOHz to 60MHz
Temperature Range:

Short Term Stability:

Long Term Stability:

Frequency Stability:

Supply Voltage:
Size:

lOO Hz to lOO MHz
O to +70°C
± .3%

± 1% of max deviation
DC to 0.2 MHz
—80 dbc

10-27Vdc available
As small as 2"x 2"x .5"

Smaller hybrid versions available

TCXOs

Hughes Temperature Compensated Crystal Oscillators (TCXOs) are designed us-
ing computer-aided techniques. Performance is insured with automated compo-
nent test and selection and fully automated testing of the finished product.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1331

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

International

CUSTOM

CRYSTALS

IE— II LOW FREQUENCY CRYSTALS 70 KHz 999 .9 KHz

Frequency Range/Mode of Vibration

70-200 KHz Length Shear Fund.

200-599 KHz Edge Shear Fund.

600-999 KHz Shear Fund. AT Cut

Holders

F-605, F-609, F-700 specify lead length. F-13 fq. below 150 KHz in F-13 holder only. Note: Solder Seal
or Cold Weld Sealing Method. Crystals can be supplied for oven or nonoven use.

Shunt Capacitance (Co) 7 pf Max.

Resistance (Measured at Series Resonance)

70-200 KHz
200-500 KHz
500-999 KHz

10,000 to 7,000 Ohms Max.
7,000 to 1,100 Ohms Max.
1,100 to 550 Ohms Max.

Drive Level

70-499 KHz 2 Milliwatts Max.

500-999 KHz 10 Milliwatts Max.

FREQUENCY

General Purpose

Commercial Standard

Calibration Tolerance

Calibration Tolerance

70-99.9 KHz

within ± .02%

*within ± .01%

100-499.9 KHz

within ± .02%

within ± .01%

500-599.9 KHz

within ± .02%

within ± .01%

600-849.9 KHz

within ± .02%

**within ± .0025%

850-999.9 KHz

within ± .02%

within ± .0025%

‘Below 600 KHz within ± .01% “ Above 600 KHz within ± .0025%

MEDIUM FREQUENCY CRYSTALS i MHz 30 MHz

Frequency Range/Mode of Vibration

1-30.0 MHz Shear Fundamental AT Cut

Resistance (Measured at Series
Resonance)

1.0-1.49 MHz
1.5-1.99 MHz

2.0- 2.99 MHz

3.0- 3.99 MHz

4.0- 5.09 MHz

5.1- 30.0 MHz

Drive Level

1.0- 9.99 MHz

10.0- 22.00 MHz

22.0- 30.00 MHz

490 Ohms Max.
375 Ohms Max.
270 Ohms Max.
150 Ohms Max.
75 to 33 Ohms Max.
22 to 16 Ohms Max.

10 Milliwatts Max.
5 Milliwatts Max.
1 Milliwatt Max.

Shunt Capacitance (Co) 9 pf Max.

Holders

F-605, F-605-SL available 2.0 MHz and above only. F-609, F-700 specify lead length. FI-4 available 4.0 MHz
and above only. FM-1, FM-2 supplied standard above 6.0 MHz. 4.0 to 6.0 MHz can be supplied at additional
cost. HA available 2.0 MHz and above only. Ground leads can be supplied at additional cost. Note: Solder
Seal or Cold Weld Sealing Method. Crystals can be supplied for oven or nonoven use.

FREQUENCY

General Purpose

Commercial Standard

High Accuracy

Calibration Tolerance

Calibration Tolerance

Calibration Tolerance

CS

CS-1

HA

HA-5*

1.0-1.49

MHz Fund.

within ±.01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

NA

NA

1.5-2.99

MHz Fund.

within ±.01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

NA

3.0-10.99 MHz Fund.

within ±.01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

11.0-19.9

MHz Fund.

within ±.01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

20.0-24.9

MHz Fund.

within ±.01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

25.0-30.0

MHz Fund.

within ±.01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

‘ HA-5 will maintain within .0005% of 25°C measured frequency, from -10°C to +60°C

HIGH FREQUENCY

CRYSTALS 15 MHz - 200 MHz

Frequency Range/Mode of Vibration

15-75 MHz Shear 3rd Mechanical Overtone AT
50-119 MHz Shear 5th Mechanical Overtone AT
111-139 MHz Shear 7th Mechanical Overtone AT
140-200 MHz Shear 9th Mechanical Overtone AT

Shunt Capacitance (Co) 9 pf Max.

Resistance (Measured at Series Resonance)
15- 75.0 MHz 3rd 0/T 40 Ohms Max.

50-119.9 MHz 5th 0/T 60 Ohms Max.

111-139.9 MHz 7th 0/T 80 Ohms Max.

140-200.0 MHz 9th 0/T 100 Ohms Max.

Drive Level

15-65 MHz 2 Milliwatt Max.

65-200 MHz 1 Milliwatt Max.

Holders

F-605, F-605, SL, F-609, F-700 (specify lead length), FI-4, FM-1 (specify lead length), FM-2. Note: Solder Seal
or Cold Weld Sealing Method. Crystals can be supplied for oven or nonoven use.

FREQUENCY MHz

General Purpose

Commercial Standard

High Accuracy *

Calibration Tolerance

Calibration Tolerance

CS CS-1

Calibration Tolerance

15-64.9

(3rd)

within ± .01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

65-75

(3rd)

within ± .01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

50-79.9

(3rd)

within ± .01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

80-119.9

(5th)

within ± .01%

within ±-.0025%

within ±.001%

within ±.001%

111-139.9

(7th)

within ± .01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

NA

140-159.9

(9th)

within ± .01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

NA

160-200

(9th)

within ± .01%

within ±.0025%

within ±.001%

NA

* HA-5 will maintain within .0005% of 25°C measured frequency, from -10°C to + 60°C

WHEN ORDERING — Specify the Following for

Each Crystal

A. Crystal frequency

B. Type — GP, CS, or HA

C. Calibration tolerance —. .0025% or .001% as
specified for (CS) and (CS-1). Not required for GP
as this type is supplied only in .01%

D. Calibration temperature — Calibration temperature to
be specified by customer.

E. Holder (see above)

F. Circuit load and correlation data — Customer to give
oscillator load and correlation data. Do not specify
equipment types for GP crystals.

INTERNATIONAL CRYSTAL MFG. CO., INC.

10 North Lee, P.O. Box 26330, Oklahoma City, OK 73126

GENERAL

Contact ICM Sales Department for copy of custom
crystal catalog and pricing information. All International
crystals are made to order and are not stock items. If
crystals are needed for commercially manufactured
equipment, land mobile, amateur, marine, etc., ICM
may have specific catalog numbers already assigned. All
International crystals are guaranteed against defective
materials and workmanship for an unlimited time when
used in correct equipment or oscillator load.

Mail: International Crystal Mfg. Co., Inc., 10 N. Lee,
P.O. Box 26330, Oklahoma City, Ok. 73126, Phone
(405) 236-3741, TELEX 747-147, Cable Incrystal, Bell
System TWX: 91 0-831 -31 77

1*1332

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

ITT .

ksJIw oni&zan COfTipOlICntS

A Unit of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

Crystals and
Oscillators

Oft nooc

2? <* OOO

ITHTT
fc h

si4fiT)

I OIL ISOGC ||
| 3*5?964S ||

4

Quartz Crystal Units

° Microprocessor clock type crystals covering a frequency
spectrum from 1MHz to 200MHz.

° HC18 and HC33 type holders, resistance welded or solder
cold weld or solder sealed.

• Frequency tolerance from .002% to .35%.

ITT TF3 AND TF6

Tuning Fork Crystals

Used for microprocessors and micro computer
real-time clock applications.

M

Type

L

M

H

W

D

TF3

.327 Max.
(8.30 Max.)

.354

(9.00)

.012 ±;002
(0.30 ±0.05)

.043 ±.002
(1.10 ±0.05)

.118 ± .008
(3.00 ±0.08)

TF6

.260 ±.002
(6.70 ±0.05)

.295

(7.50)

.010 ±.001
(0.25 ±0.03)

.023 ±.004
(0.70 ±0.10)

.081 ±.002
(2.05 ±0.05)

Dimensions are in inches (millimeters)

Quartz Crystal Oscillators

The ITT DIL oscillator series are miniature, low-profile, dual-in-
line quartz crystal oscillators in a hermetic package. They are
designed primarily, to meet the needs of the fast growing
minicomputer and microprocessor markets, but are suitable for
many other applications where a reliable, accurate clock input
is required.

Frequency tolerances ranging from lOOOppm to 25ppm are
available.

FEATURES

TTL compatible
Dual-in-Line pin spacing

Low profile — 5.8mm maximum seated height including

insulating stand-offs

Hermetic welded metal package

Wide frequency range

.480 ±.008

Pin Connections
1 NC

7 Ground

8 Output
14 +5V

FREQUENCY RANGE: 250KHz — 90MHz

Family

Frequency Tolerance

DIL 1000C

lOOOppm

0.1%

DIL 1500C

500ppm

0.05%

DIL 1100C

SH1100

lOOppm

0.01%

DIL 1050C

SH1050

50ppm

0.005%

DIL 1025C

25ppm

0.0025°/

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California 92705 • Phone: (714) 751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex.- 69-1389

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1333

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

r SOTEMP

ml RESEARCH, INC .

Telephone (804)295-3101
P. 0. Box 3389 Charlottesville , Virginia 22901

Isotemp specializes in custom design crystal oscillators for all applications. High stability, low power
ovenized oscillators are our specialty. Wide temperature range, tight tolerance TCXOs are standard
fare. Sinusoid and square wave (TTL and/or C/MOS) are available in most models. Call us for help
in determining your oscillator needs.

- PRODUCT DIRECTORY -

TCXO'S

Frequency

Range

TCX030 Series

2 to 12 MHz

TCX039 Series

.125 to 20 MHz

TCXO40 Series

2 to 10 MHz

TCX041 Series

10 to 30 MHz

NCXO'S

NCX037 Series

2 to 60 MHz

NCX046 Series

5 to 20 MHz

OCXO'S

0CX031 Series

10 MHz

0CX033 Series

10 MHz

0CX036 Series

8 to 15 MHz

Major Feature

Low Cost

Precision Parts, High Performance
Precision Parts, High Performance
3rd Overtone TCXO

Low Cost, High Performance
Lowest Cost

Low Power
Low Power
High Stability

Stability Class

1 ppm

5 x 10-7 to 2 ppm
1 ppm to 5 ppm
1 ppm to 5 ppm

5 ppm to 30 ppm
.01% to .05%

1 x 10-7 to 5 x 10-7
1 x 10-7 to 5 x 10-7
1 x 10*7 to 5 x 10'7 /year

+5 VDC
+5 VDC
+20 & +5 VDC

Typical

Current Figure No.

TTL 10to30ma Sim. to 1

MARKING THIS
SURFACE— ^

-MARKING THIS SURFACE

€—4

Figure 1

•03° L. ©SO DIA. TERM.
(4 REQ'D)

r 1.400 -A
CENT. j

| ^

1.400

CENT.

J

l— 1.200 -j

Figure 2

jr^o 10050 ^

2-||-*- ; ll^. — .030 DIA.

II TOROUND I iJjr

1 QROUNOrj

4— t-ff

i 400

4 +» ! "» 1 -L-

Figure 3

H ,—.125 Dl

/ 4 HOU

H /« .23

Note: Measurements are in inches.

-FOR EDGE CONN'
PC B0AR0 TO FIT
MOLEX P/N 09 -
01-1061 OR EQUIV.

Figure 4

Figure 5

inches

mm

inches

mm

.025

.635

.660

16.764

.030

.762

.750

19.050

.040

1.016

.800

20.320

.062

1.587

.840

21.336

.100

2.540

.950

24.130

.120

3.048

1.000

25.400

.125

3.175

1.060

26.924

.156

3.962

1.200

30.480

.250

6.350

1.220

30.988

.260

6.604

1.400

35.560

.281

7.143

1.720

43.688

.300

7.620

1.750

44.450

.315

8.001

2.000

50.800

.370

9.398

2.060

52.324

.400

10.160

2.500

63.500

.440

11.176

2.750

69.850

.500

12.700

3.000

76.200

1*1334

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

— Oscillators

TCX030 SERIES

Frequency (MHz)

10

10

2 to 12

2 to 12

Temperature range

0° to 50°C

0° to 55°C

0° to +50°C

0° to 55°C

Voltage stability (+5% change)

+2 x 10 * 7

+2 x 10 * 7

±2.5 x 10* 7

+2.5 x 10- 7

MODEL NUMBERS

Ambient stability

±1 ppm

TCX030T-1

TCX030T-3

TCX030T-5

TCXO30T-7

Reference to +25°C

+2 ppm

TCXO30T-2

TCX030T-4

TCXO30T-6

TCXO30T-8

TCX039 SERIES

Frequency range (MHz)

.125 to 2

2 to 12

12 to 20

2 to 6

Aging (after 60 days operation)

+1 ppm/year

+1 ppm/year

+1 ppm/year

±ix10‘ 7 /year

Short term stability OOsecrms)

2 x 10‘ 9

2 x 10-9

CO

o

cb

1 x 10*9

Voltage stability (per 5% change)

3 x 10- 7 typical

2 x 10* 7 typical

3 x 10‘ 7 typical

1.5 x 10'7 typical

Trim range

±4 ppm min.

+4 ppm min.

+6 ppm min.

+3.5 ppm min.

Typical current drain

30 ma

20 ma

20 ma

20 ma

MODEL NUMBERS

Ambient stability

+5 x 10- 7

TCX039-1

TCX039-2

N.A.

TCX039-3

0°C to +55°C

+1 ppm

TCX0394

TCX039-5

N.A.

TCX039-6

Reference to +25°C

+2 ppm

TCX039-7

TCX039-8

TCX039-9

TCXO39-10

X- »

NCX046 SERIES

Frequency range (MHz)

10 MHz

5 to 8

8 to 12

12 to 17

17 to 25

Current drain (typical)

17 ma

15 ma

17 ma

20 ma

30 ma

llll'lillllllllll

Model Numbers |

Stability

+0.01%

NCX046-1

NCX046-2

NCX046-3

NCX046-4

NCX046-5

All effects

+0.05%

NCX046-6

NCX046-7

NCX046-8

NCX046-9

NCXO46-10

0CX031 SERIES

Model number

0CX031-1

0CX031-2

0CX031-3

0CX031-4

Temperature stability (0°C to 65°C) *

±5 x 10- 8

±1 x 10' 7

±2 x IQ' 7

±3 x lO 7

Aging (per year after 60 days)

±5 x 10-7

± 1 ppm

+1.5 ppm

±2 ppm

Short term stability (per 10 second count)

2 x 10- 10 rms

5 x 10' 10 rms

1 x 10" 9 rms

2x10- 9 rms

Voltage stability (+5 VDC +10 %)

±3x 10- 8

±5 x 10- 8

±1 x 10-7

±1.5 x 10* 7

Trim range (at time of shipping)

±3 ppm

±4 ppm

+5 ppm

±6 ppm

‘Reference to +25° C

0CX036 SERIES

Model number

0CX036-1

0CX036-2

0CX036-3

OCX0364

Frequency (MHz)

10

10

8 to 15

8 to 15

Aging (per week at time of shipping)

+3 x 10-9

±5 x lO' 9

±.1 x 10- 8

±15x 10- 8

Aging (per year after 21 days)

±.1 x 10-7

± 2 x lO' 7

±.3 x 10-7

±5 x lO" 7

Retrace (4 hours on after 24 hours off)

2 x 1 0*9 typ.

5x10-9 typ.

1 x lO- 8 typ.

1.5 x lO" 8 typ.

Ambient stability (0°C to +65°C)

1 x 10-10/oc

2 x 10-10/oc

5 x 10-10/oc

1 x 10-9/oc

Voltage stability (per 5% change)

7 x 10-10

2 x 10*9

2 x 10*9

4 x 10-9

Phase noise (100 Hz offset 1 Hz BW)

-143 db min.

•140 db min.

-130 db min.

-125 db min.

Shortterm (10 second counts)

2 x 10*1 1 rms

3 x 10-H rms

1 x 10*10 rms

5 x 10*1° rms

Trim range (minimum)

ifi x lO' 7

±1 .5 ppm

±2.5 ppm

±3 ppm

To order: Specify model number and frequency or contact factory for options.
Phone (804)295-3101 P. O. Box 3389 Charlottesville, Virginia 22901

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1335

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

LEACIT CORP.

CONTROL PRODUCTS DIVISION

6900 Orangethorpe Avenue, Buena Park, California 90620
Telephone: (714) 739-0770 TWX 910-596-2867

LEACH HYBRID FREQUENCY PRODUCTS

MILITARY • AEROSPACE • CUSTOM

ALL PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED IN THE U.S.A.

HYBRID OSCILLATORS

MIL-O-5531 0 PROCESSING

Output Waveform: C-MOS, TTL/LSTTL, ECL, Sine Wave
Frequency Range: .1 Hz-300 MHz

Packaging: 14 Pin D.I.P., Flat Packs, Leadiess Carriers, T05 and T08

Typical Tolerance: ±10 ppm at R.T., ±50 ppm of R.T. from -55°C to +125°C

Typical Symmetry: 50/50% 1-30 MHz, 60/40% 31-300 MHz
Typical Processing: 883B, 38510, Burn In, Lot Traceable

Typical Testing: Programmable Auto-Test Over Full Temperature Range With Data.

All Units Serialized.

Environmental: Gross/Fine Leak Detection, Centrifuge, Shock, Vibration, Accel-

eration and Radiation Exposure Available.

CRYSTAL CONTROLLED DUAL BAUD RATE GENERATOR

C5035 SERIES

This Device Can Transmit and Receive Simultaneously on 2 Standard
Baud Rates Which Are Manually or Soft Ware Selectable From 50 to
19,200 Baud. Fully Processed to MIL-O-55310, 38510 and 883B With Burn
In Available. Packaged in 18 Pin D.I.P. or Flat Pack.

DCXO

DIGITALLY COMPENSATED XTAL OSCILLATOR

v z

1.370

1 Hz to 60 MHz
±.3 ppm 0 to +70°C
±.5 ppm — 40°C to +85°C
±1 ppm -55° to +125°C
±1 ppm/Year Aging
5 Volts ±10%

C-MOS, TTL, LSTTL

Flat Packs, Leadless Carriers and

D.I.P. Packages

PRECISION TIMERS

CRYSTAL CONTROLLED GATE ARRAY TIMERS

Custom Gate Array Technology
Full MIL Temperature Range
±.01% to ±1% Accuracy
Crystal Controlled
Programmable Outputs
Hermetically Sealed

Flat Packs, Leadless Carriers and D.I.P. Packages

1*1336

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

DIP CRYSTAL
OSCILLATORS

The Broadest line in the industry.

• Units use overtone crystals from 20 MHz to 65 MHz, very
stable electrically and more reliable mechanically.

• All units guaranteed for one year to operate within
specifications.

Units specified at temperatures exceeding 0 to 70°C are
individually recorded 100% for frequency vs temperature-
insuring compliance.

• 250 KHz-50 MHz

HYBRID TTL GUARANTEED
CRYSTAL CLOCK OSCILLATORS
SERIES Mil 00

Frequency: Any specified frequency from 250 KHz to 50MHz
Frequency Stability: Including calibration at 25°C, operating temper-
ature, change of input voltage, change of load, shock and vibration.
Series Stability

M1100 ± .01%

M1114 ± .05%

M1115 ± .10%

M1116 ±1.0 %

M1144 ± .0025% (25 ppm)

M1145 ± .0050% (50 ppm)

M1148 ± .05% (economy)

Temperature: Operating 0 to 70°C

Storage -55 to + 125° C
Input voltage: + 5 ± .5 VDC

Input current: 60 ma., maximum, under all conditions
TTL output: All units, 0 to 70°C

.178' MAX
(4.52 mm)

Symmetry
Rise and Fall time

“O” Level
“I” Level
Loads

60/40 @ 1.4 VDC
6 ns. maximum
from 0.5 to 2.4V
+ 0.5V, maximum
24V minimum
10 TTL Loads, standard
or Shottky

:.010

.018'±.001
(.43 mm)

115" max

(20.7 mm)

.175’ ±.010
r (4.4 mm)

.515' MAX
(13.08 mm)

1

4

Logo & Symbol
indicate Pin 1

HOW TO ORDER:

For Part Number. . . Add frequency to the Series Ml 100 thru

M1145

For example:

Series Ml 100, 01% 10 MHz frequency

CRYSTAL CLOCK OSCILLATORS FOR MOS MICROPROCESSORS SERIES M1160, M1159

Same dimensions as Ml 100 Series above

• 4 MHz drives Z80A and Z8000, Mostek MK 3880-4, • MOS output drives 200 pf.

Sharp LH0080A, AMD AMz8000, NEC 780C-1 • Other frequencies available from 2 MHz thru 10 MHz

• 2 times TTL frequency on Ml 159-4 M

RESISTANCE-WELD CRYSTAL CLOCK OSCILLATORS • 250 KHz to 50 MHz IN ALL METAL CASE

Series Stability

Ml 200 ± .01%

Ml 244 ± .0025% (25 ppm)
Ml 245 ± .0050% (50 ppm)

O ©

’“L 1

1 i

G{ ©

fin

X L

• All metal welded package with standoff insulator

• Area on PC board is one true TTL space— 0.500" x 0.800" max.

• Seated height less than 0.215, including insulator

• Frequency from 250 KHz to 50 MHz

• TTL Compatible

• Stability options from .01% to .0025%

• Units at 4 MHz and higher are simple and reliable using
the exclusive MF Clock-chip ™

Metal Package— Unit is hermetically sealed by resistance weld,
with glass-to- metal seal connector which may be soldered or
plugged into socket.

HIGH REL MILITARY CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS • IN HERMETICALLY SEALED CASE SERIES M5500 • 250 KHz-50 MHz

• Hermetically sealed resistance welded package

• Crystal specifically manufactured for oscillator with
angle of cut controlled within ± 1 minute

• 168 hour Class B burn-in

• Simplified design with proprietary 1C

• Capacitors to MIL-C-55681

• Extensive environment testing

10 Renewal Place, New Rochelle, N.Y. • 10801 • (914) 576-6570

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1337

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

M "troll-more than just a responsible
source for quality quartz crystals
and oscillators!

In addition to provid-
ing you with products produced under superb quality control-with in-house test
instrumentation including state-of-the-art TC equipment -we can offer you addi-
tional advantages: (1) provide engineering assistance with specifications to

circuit applications ... (2) make excellent delivery ... (3) serve you any-
where in the world.

For OEMs we utilize computer design for efficient turnaround on prototypes.
And, we can custom-produce clocks and AT-Cut Crystals to your specifications.

V CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

We utilize high-quality crystals to provide highly
stable TTL and CMOS compatible logic signal
sources in true hermetic, all-metal resistance
welded modules. Custom-design capability.

Ir MICROPROCESSOR CRYSTALS

Frequencies listed are standard and available from
stock in holders shown. Any frequency from 1 MHz to
100 MHz may be provided. Std. stability specifi-
cations are ± .0025% @ 25°C and ± .0035% of
the 25°C reading from -20°C to +70°C.

Frequency range
Frequency stability
Temperature range
Input voltage

250 Hz to 60 MHz
± . 01 %

0 to 70°C
+5V ± 0.5 VDC

600 Hz to 12 MHz
± .01%

0 to 70°C
+4Vto +12 VDC

n

Z80/Z8000 compatible and dual phase also available.

0.815x0.515x0.20
(20.7 x 13x5 mm),

Lead length 0.25" (6.3 mm). J

Frequencies (MHz)
MP-2 (HC-33U)

MP-1 (HC-18U)

1.000000

1.843200

2.000000

2.097152

2.457600

3.276800

3.579545

4.000000

4.194304

3.276800

3.579545

4.000000

4.194304

4.915200

5.000000

5.017600

5.068800

5.120000

5.185000

5.714300

5.990400

6.000000

6.144000

6.400000

6.553600

8.000000

10.000000

10.240000

11.000000

14.318180

16.000000

18.000000

18.432000

20.000000

20.480000

22.118400

24.576000

28.356900

48.000000

r STANDARD HOLDERS inches (mm)

HOLDER

31

| Dl

HC-18/U

3-170 MHz

HC-49/U

3-170 MHz

HC-33/U

1-170 MHz

HC-51/U

1.5-170 MHz

HC-6/U

1-170 MHz

HC-48/U
1.5-170 MHz

HC-25/U

3-170 MHz

HC-50/U

3-170 MHz

A

.435(11. 05)max.

.424(10.77)

. 757(19. 23)max.

.743(18.87)

.435(11. 05)max.

.424(10.77)

B

C

.530(13.46)max.

. 520(13. 20)max.

. 775(19. 69)max.

.530(13.46)max.

. 520(13. 20)max.

. 183(4. 65)max.

.338(8.59)

. 352(8. 94)max.

. 172(6. 05)min.

D

. 500(12. 70)min.

. 500(12. 70)min.

. 500(12. 70)min.

. 500(12. 70)min.

.238(6.05)

.238(6.05)

.238(6.05)

■ ■

OEM CRYSTALS

M-tron has the high quality, high volume production capability to produce
for annual customer requirements. This can result in cost savings to you.
Also, you are assured of delivery consistent with your production require-
ments. Initial deliveries can begin 6 to 8 weeks after receipt of your order.

Standard units, in quantities up to 200 units, are delivered from stock.
Samples for new product applications can be delivered in just 4-5 weeks.

Frequency 1 MHz-170 MHz
Accuracy ±20 PPM @ 25°C

Stability ±25 PPM~20°C to +70°C

Load capacity 18pf
Resistance: 500- @ 1 MHz
25-@ 15 MHz
120— @ 170 MHz

Holder type As specified in preceding

SCANNER/CB/WALKIE TALKIE CRYSTALS A

M-tron is one of the country’s largest suppliers of these crystals. We have
13,000 different types of units in stock.

M-tron has maintained its military qualification and offers many QPL listed
products. Write the factory for lists.

Holder type

Ir M-TRON ADVANTAGES

COMPUTER DESIGN, with programs for both crystals and oscillators, assures
consistent, reliable designs. QUALITY CONTROL insures that we meet your
specific requirements. ENGINEERING ASSISTANCE- Our engineering

department is ready to assist in specifications of circuit analysis. WORLD-WIDE
DISTRIBUTION adds up to on-time delivery-everywhere!

ASK ABOUT OUR “HILO” PRODUCT LINE -WATCH FOR “UNICEN-1”

Mtron

a recognized leader in Quality Clock Oscillators and Quartz Crystals.

M-TRON INDUSTRIES, INC., P.O. Box 630, Yankton, S.D. 57078 • Phone 800/843-6842 • TWX 910-668-3603

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

MCCOY CRYSTALS

McCoy Electronics designs and manufactures the broadest frequency product devices offered to the market
place. All items are custom, and are supported by the following critically important in-house operations: Photo
fabrication facility, PC board manufacture, coil product, fabricated enclosure, thick film hybrid manufacture,
complete environmental testing, including: Shock, Vibration (Sline and Random), X-ray, Humidity, Salt Spray,
PIND, Gross and Fine Leaks, Precision Aging, and Acceleration.

Pride in product performance and quality has assured a prominent image for MCCoy Electronics in today’s
market. For tomorrow, diligent effort in state-of-the-art technology, process optimization, and work ethic,
comprise the solid foundation for which we will grow.

Products illustrated represent examples of our capability through past efforts, and are by no means a limit of
our overall line. You are invited to discuss new applications with our design Engineering and Marketing staff.

PRECISION
GLASS CRYSTALS

HOLDER SERIES G-20 (HC-26/U)
G-21 (HC-29/U)

SOLDER SEAL CRYSTALS

HOLDER SERIES M-20(HC-18/U)
.402-1 (HC-25/U)

HOLDER SERIES M-1 (HC-6/U)
M-4 (HC-33/U)

.435 Frequency Range:
"" ^^MAX. 2.5 MHz to 250 MHz

M-20 Wire Leads
Dia. = .017
Length = 1.5

M-21 Pins
Dia. = .040
Length = .238

(1) Also available with short cans
“A" Height = .460 (5 MHz to 250 MHz)

“B” Height = .425 (5 MHz to 250 MHz)

“C” Height = .360 (10 MHz to 250 MHz)

“D" Height = .312 (10 MHz to 250 MHz)

“E” Height = .250 (15 MHz to 250 MHz)

"F" Height = .400 (10 MHz to 250 MHz)

Frequency Range:
5 MHz to 100 MHz

G-20 Wire Leads
Dia. = .017
Length = 1.5

G-21 Pins
Dia. = .040
Length = .238

Frequency Range:
0.7 MHz to 250 MHz

M-1 Pins
Dia. = .050
Length = .248

M-4 Wire Leads
Dia. = .030
Length = 1.5

HOLDER SERIES G-1 (HC-27/U)
G-4

COLD WELD CRYSTALS

HOLDER SERIES W-6 (HC-35/U) HOLDER SERIES W-7 (HC-37/U)

.515 MAX.

Frequency Range:

10 MHz to 250 MHz
Wire Lead Dia. = .018

HOLDER SERIES W-8

...

Frequency Range:
2 MHz to 100 MHz

G-1 Pins
Dia. = .050
Length = .238

G-4 Wire Leads
Dia. = .030
Length = 1.5

Frequency Range:

3 MHz to 250 MHz

Wire Lead Dia. = .018
Note: Pin version also available

HOLDER SERIES W-1 (HC-36/U)
j W-4 (HC-47/U)

HOLDER SERIES W-60 (HC-45/U)

.775 %

MAX. fl|:

Frequency Range:

0.8 MHz to 250 MHz
Wire Lead Dia. = .018
Note: Pin version also available

Frequency Range:
12.5 MHz to 250 MHz

W-1 Pins
Dia. = .050
Length = .238

Frequency Range:

1 MHz to 250 MHz

W-4 Wire Leads’
l Dia. = .030

Length = 1.5

100 WATTS STREET, P.O. BOX B, MT. HOLLY SPRINGS, PA. 17065

717-486-3411 - TWX: 510-650-3548

MCCOY

ELECTRONICS COMPANY

a subsidiary of HAK Technology Inc.

Inis*

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1339

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

MCCOY LOW FREQUENCY CRYSTAL FILTERS

CENTRAL

FREQUENCY

BANDWIDTH

db

I.L.

db

RIPPLE

n

IMPED.

SIZE

40 db

1 KHz

7

1

1 K

3 X 1.56 X .922

60 db

1500 Hz

5

3

20 K

2.605 X .595 X .955

60 db
— 1 .96 KHz

4.5

0.5

2 K

3.031 X 1.438 X 1

Only a few units are shown, write or call for complete catalog.

MCCOY

ELECTRONICS COMPANY

a subsidiary of 0AK Technology Inc.

100 WATTS STREET, P.O. BOX B, MT. HOLLY SPRINGS, PA. 17065 !
717-486-3411 - TWX: 510-650-3548

1*1340

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

MCCOY HIGH FREQUENCY CRYSTAL FILTERS

Only a few units are shown, write or call for complete catalog.

100 WATTS STREET, P.O. BOX B, MT. HOLLY SPRINGS, PA. 17065

717-486-3411 - TWX: 510-650-3548

MCCOY

ELECTRONICS COMPANY

a subsidiary of HAC Technology Inc.

nn&

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1341

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

MCCOY CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

McCoy’s line of custom designed Crystal Controlled Oscillators is unexcelled in the industry.
From clocks, TCXO’s, VCXO’s, TCVCXO’s thru oven controlled units, we have a unit to meet your
requirements. A complete in-house thick film facility coupled with the industries best crystal facility
gives you miniaturization capabilities and quality controls unavailable elsewhere. Our QPL approv-
als on MIL-0-55310 allows the use of military approved unit where the requirement exists.

MIL-0-55310 OSCILLATORS
OFFERED BY MCCOY ELECTRONICS

MIL-O-5531 0 CLASS #

SLASH SHEET OF UNIT

NO.

FREQUENCY RANGE
COVERED

750 KHz - 10 MHz

1 MHz - 10 MHz

15.7 KHz - 10 MHz

OUTPUT

WAVEFORM

MCCOY

CORRESPONDING
MODEL NUMBER

MC128A2-( )
MC180X2-O
MC219A1-( )
MCI 78X2-()
MC765A1-( )

MC708A1-( )

MC751 A1-( )

MC726A1-()

PACKAGE SIZE
AND
STYLE

1.5 X 1.5 X .5
PC MOUNT
2.0 X 2.0 X .7
PC MOUNT OR CHASSIS
1.55 X 1.015 X .7
PC MOUNT
2.0 X 2.0 X .7

PC MOUNT

.887 X .54 X .4
14 PIN DIP
.565 dia. X .35(7
TO-8 PACKAGE
.887 X .54 X .4
14 PIN DIP
.565 dia. X .35(7
TO-8 PACKAGE

.887 X .54 X .2
14 PIN DIP

.887 X .54 X .2
14 PIN DIP

.887 X .54 X .2
14 PIN DIP

‘MIL-O-55310 OCILLATOR CLASSIFICATIONS
CLASS 1: CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR (XO)

CLASS 3: TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR (TCXO)

Only a few units are shown, write or call for complete catalog.

MODEL MC731A1

Standard Oscillator

018 DIA. .250

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

14 13 12 11 10 9

Frequency Range: 250 KHz to 50 MHz

Stability (Options):

± 50 PPM

Temperature Range:

0°C to +70°C
-40°C to + 85°C
-55°C to +105°C
-55° C to +125° C

Input: +5V DC ±10%

Output:

TTL: Fan out to 10 TTL Loads (250 KHz to 25 MHz)
TTL: Fan out to 6 TTL Loads (25 MHz to 50 MHz)

Pin Connections

1,2,3,5,6,9,10,12, & 13 N/C Internally

7. Common

8. R.F Output
14. Oscillator B +

4 & 11 Connected Internally

MCCOY

ELECTRONICS COMPANY

a subsidiary of 0AC Technology Inc.

100 WATTS STREET, P.O. BOX B, MT. HOLLY SPRINGS, PA. 17065
717-486-3411 - TWX: 510-650-3548

1‘1342

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

MCCOY CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

MODEL MC708

Standard Oscillator

Ife,-

Hi

8 y ,-031

MODEL MC741A1

Standard Oscillator

Frequency Range: 250 KHz to 50 MHz

Stability (Options): Temperature Range:

±50 PPM 0°C to +70°C

±50 PPM -40°C to 4-85°C

±50 PPM -55°C to + 105°C

Input: + 5VDC -10%

Output: TTL: Fan out 10 TTL Loads (156 KHz to 25 MHz)
TTL: Fan out 6 TTL Loads (25 MHz to 50 MHz)

Pin Connections
1 ,3,& 7 N/C Internally
2 & 6 Connected Internally

4. Common

5. R.F. Output
8. Oscillator B 4

Frequency Range: 250.0 KHz to 50 MHz

p 402

L — 300 __

Pin Connections

1.2, 3.4. 5.6. 9, .10, 11.12. & 13 N/C Internally

7. Common

8. R.F. Output
14. Oscillator B +

14 13 12 11 10 9 8

Stability (Options):

±50 PPM
±50 PPM
±50 PPM
- 70 PPM

Temperature Range:

0°C to + 70°C
-40°C to + 85°C
-55°C to + 105°C
-55° C to +125° C

Input: + 5V DC ±10%

Output:

TTL: Fan out to 10 TTL Loads (250 KHz to 25 MHz)
TTL: Fan out to 6 TTL Loads (25 MHz to 50 MHz)

MODEL MCI 37X7

TCVCXO

L 2.000—

1.500 *-

yu>,

Pin Connections

1. Modulation Input

2. Logic B +

3. Oscillator B +

4. Common and Case
5 R.F. Output

Frequency Range: 180 KHz to 25 MHz

! Stability Temperature Range

±1 PPM -10°C to + 70°C

j ±5 PPM -30°C to + 70°C
±10 PPM -40°Cto+75°C

Linearity: 5%

Output: TTL Compatible
Modulation Input Impedance: 10k Minimurr
Control Voltage: ±2 Volts to ±10 Volts
Negative Slope:

Input Voltage: +12 to +24V DC

MODEL MCI 63X2

TCXO

lllllf#

2.000

Pin Connections

1. Oscillator B +

2. N.C.

3. R.F. Output

4- Common and Case
5. Common and Case

Pin Connections

1 . Oscillator B±

2. Common and Case

3. R.F. Output

4. Logic B +

5. Common and Case

Pin Connections

1. Oscillator B±

2. N.C.

3 R.F. Output (CMOS)

4. Common and Case

5. Common and Case

Pin Connections

1. OSC B+ or B-

2. GND

3. R.F. Output

4. Logic -5.2 VDC

5. GND

Frequency Range: 180 Hz to 150 MHz (depending upon output)
Stability Tr: ±0.5 PPM -20°C to +60°C
±1.0 PPM -55°C. to + 70°C
±5.0 PPM -55°C to + 105°C
(Shown are typical specifications -
this is a cost determining requirement
and only actual needs should be specified)

Input Voltage Range: +12 VDC to +24V DC ±3% and

+ 5V DC ±5% (TTL/DTL units only)-
External Trim: 5 PPM Minimum
Aging: 1 PPM/Year Maximum

Output: | —7 — — 1

Sine Wave

Freq Range 3-150 MHz

Output 1-10 MW

ohms

Harmonics/
Sub-Harmonics -

20 dB Minimum

TTL/DTL

CMOS

187.5 KHz-25 MHz

180 Hz-10 MHz

TTL/DTL Compatible

CMOS Compatible

Frequency Range: 50 to 100 MHz
Input Voltage: ± 12 to 24 DC ±3%

and -5.2 VDC ±5%
Output: ECL Compatible

100 WATTS STREET, P.O. BOX B, MT. HOLLY SPRINGS, PA. 17065

717-486-3411 - TWX: 510-650-3548

MCCOY

ELECTRONICS COMPANY

a subsidiary of NAK Technology Inc.

unst

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

D

MICROSONICS

Go with a company that does it all.

In-house crystal manufacturing, producing up to 41 MHz Engineering assistance and liaison. Special packaging
fundamental frequencies. Computer optimized designs. Customized and state-of-the-art devices. Quality
Automatic testing and modern manufacturing facilities. assurance to MIL-I-45208A or MIL-Q-9858A if required.

CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

Ovenized (OC), clock (XO), temperature compensated
(TCXO), and temperature compensated voltage con-
trolled (TC/ VCXO), crystal oscillators with sine wave, TTL,
CMOS, and ECL compatibility. Many standard options

available to insure fast delivery of quality oscillators to
meet your large or small quantity needs. Plus, our ability to
customize military and commercial designs provides you
with the flexibility necessary to satisfy all your requirements.

LTERS

Solving problems in the space, military, commercial
and CAT V fields. Filters available with center frequencies
from 10 KHz to 200 MHz. Featuring wide bandwidths,
phase matching, tracking and equalization. Call us
for bandpass, band reject, comb, phase tracking and
compensated Filters or Discriminators. Designs are
available in L.C., or Crystal technologies.

We're available...

Microsonics' Sales and Engineering staff is available
to assist you in your Delay Line, Filter and Oscillator
requirements, covering the spectrum from high volume
commercial production to high reliability space and
military. We have the personnel, equipment and com-
mitment to provide our customers with the products they
need. Write or call now for bulletins and Engineering or
Sales assistance.

, DELAY LINES

We have nearly 25 years experience in delay lines,
providing the military and television broadcast equip-
ment markets with quality, high technology delay lines.
Delay lines with delays of .5 to 5000 usee with center
frequencies from 5 MHz to 200 MHz depending on
application. Designs are available utilizing bulkwave
in quartz or Zero Temperature Coefficient glass. We
can help you solve your delay line problems.

MICROSONICS

INCORPORATED

60 WINTER ST., WEYMOUTH, MA 02188
(617) 337-4200 TWX 710-388-6833

1*1344

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

QUARTZ CRYSTAL
CRYSTALS OSCILLATORS

SPECIAL

PRODUCTS

.48 HOUR DELIVERY
• U.S. MANUFACTURER
AT OFFSHORE PRICING

MICROPROCESSOR

Check our low prices
and stock frequencies

TTL, CMOS, ECL

TTL .2 - 60 MHz
CMOS 600 Hz — 9.0 MHz
ECL 40 MHz — 90.0 MHz
Economical DIP T0116 compatible

FILTERS

Crystal & LC

STANDARD CRYSTALS

to MIL C-3098
16 KHz - 125 MHz

* f \

HI-REL MILITARY

MIL-STD 5531 0/883/N H B5300.4

f M

S i! I

HI-ENVIRONMENTAL

Units to 20,000 G’s

TCXO/ VCXO’s

.2 — 70.0 MHz
Deviation to ±2000 PPM
Stabilities to .5 PPM

LOW FREQUENCY OSCILLATORS

Frequency to 1 Hz

FREQUENCY STANDARDS

Stabilities to ± 1 x 10 9 /day

These catalogs contain complete specifications. . . may we send them to you? ^Designed to Customer Specifications

Crystals

Microprocessor

Oscillator

CRYSTALS

MONITOR PRODUCTS

PRODUCTS twx'A 322 1381 FIFTY SIX YEARS IN FREQUENCY CONTROL

COMPANY, INC.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1345

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binary-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
IO input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATY master antenna television
juF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTY room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt- ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
YDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

(M) MOTOROLA INC.

Component Products

Crystal Clock
Oscillators

SPECIFICATION MODEL:

K1152A (1)

K1161A (2)

K1163 (2)

K1160AA (3) DRIVES

Z80A, Z80B, Z8000-TYPE
MICROPROCESSORS

Frequency Range

.825 kHz-10 MHz

K1161A:

2.5 MHz-10 MHz
K1163A:

10 MHz-15 MHz

2.5-6 MHz (MOS)

TTL at 2X MOS

Frequency Stability:

(Inclusive of calibration
tolerance at 25° C. operating
temperature, input voltage
change, load change, aging,
shock, and vibration.)

±.01%

±.01%

+ 0%, -0.020%

Temperature Range
Operating:

. Storage:

0°Cto+70°C
-55°Cto + 125°C

0°Cto+70°C
— 55°Cto+125°C

0°C to +70°C
-55°C to ±125°C

Input Voltage:

Input Current/Power:

+5 to 15V dc

3-11 mA (typical)

+ 5V dc ±0.5V dc

66 mA max.; 70 mA

+ 5V dc, ±0.5V dc

357 mW max.

Output:

Square Wave:

Levels:

Symmetry:

Output Load:

CMOS compatible

"0”=Vss+.05V dc typ
“1”=Vdd-.05V dc typ
60/40% @50% "1”
15pf

TTL compatible

See descrip-
tion (2)

“0’’=0.5V dc max.
“1’’=2.4V dc min.

15 pf

Dual; MOS & TTL

MOS: “0”= 0.4V max.
“T’=Vcc-0.4V min,

Vcc max.

TTL: “0’’=-0.3V min,

0.5V max.

"1” -2.5V min.

MOS: 150 pf TTL: 15 pf

Environmental Shock

1.000 G’s for 0.35 ms. 1/2 sine wave. 3 shocks each plane.

Vibration: ,

10-55 Hz. 0.060" double amplitude; 55 Hz-2 kHz, 35 G’s 12 hours duration

".820"

(20,8mm)^^l

Xmit/Rcve Theor.

Address Baud Freq. 16X
D C B A Rate Clock (kHz)

K1135A, B (4)

K1135C (4) “j

Actual Duty

Freq. 16X % Cycle

Clock (kHz) Error %

Divisor

Actual Duty

Freq. 16X % Cycle

Clock (kHz) Error %

Divisor

0

0

0

0 50

0.8

0.8

- 50/50

6336

0.8

- 50/50

6144

0

0

0

1 75

1.2

1.2

- 50/50

4224

1.2

- 50/50

4096

0

0

1

0 110

1.76

1.76

- 50/50

2880

1.7589

-0.01 *

2793

0

0

1

1 134.5

2.152

2.1523

0.016 50/50

2355

2.152

- 50/50

2284

0

1

0

0 150

2.4

2.4

- 50/50

2112

2.4

- 50/50

2048

0

1

0

1 300

4.8

4.8

- 50/50

1056

4.8

- 50/50

1024

0

1

1

0 600

9.6

9.6

- 50/50

528

9.6

- 50/50

512

0

1

1

1 1200

19.2

19.2

- 50/50

264

19.2

- 50/50

256

1

0

0

0 1800

28.8

28.8

- 50/50

176

28.7438

-0.19 *

171

1

0

0

1 2000

32.0

32.081

0.253 50/50

158

31.9168

-0.26 50/50

154

1

0

1

0 2400

38.4

38.4

- 50/50

132

38.4

- 50/50

128

1

0

1

1 3600

57.6

57.6

- 50/50

88

57.8258

0.39 *

85

1

1

0

0 4800

76.8

76.8

- 50/50

66

76.8

- 50/50

64

1

1

0

1 7200

115.2

115.2

- 50/50

44

114.306

-0.77 *

43

1

1

1

0 9600

153.6

153.6

- *48/52

33

153.6

- 50/50

32

1

1

1

1 19,200

307.2

316.8

3.125 50/50

16

307.2

- 50/50

16

•When duty cycle is not exactly 50%, it is 50% ±10%.

SPECIFICATION MODEL:

K1158AM (7) K1 145AM (5) K1100AM(5)
K1114AM (5) K1 115AM (5) K1116AM(5)

LOCO 1C. (6)

Frequency Range:

250 kHz to 70 MHz

K1158A 1 MHz to 30 MHz

14.318 MHz; 16.000 MHz;

18.432 MHz; 19.6608 MHz.

Frequency Stability:

(Inclusive of calibration
tolerance at 25°C, operating
temperature, input voltage
change, load change, aging,
shock, and vibration.)

K1145AM ±.005% K1 1 14AM ±0.05%
K1100AM ±0.01% K1 115AM ±.1%
K1158AM ±0.01% K1 1 16AM ±1.0%

±.05%

Temperature Range

Operating:

Storage:

K1158A ~40°C to +85°C

0°C to +70°C
— 55 °C to +125°C

0°C to +70°C
— 55 °C to -f-125°C

Input Voltage:

Input Current, max. at 25°C:

+5V dc ±0.5V

105 mA (250-1,000 kHz)

90 mA (1-4 MHz)

40 mA (4-9 MHz)

60 mA (9-30 MHz)

70 mA (30-70 MHz)

+5V dc ±0.5V

60 mA

Output:

Square Wave:

Rise & Fall Time:

Levels:

Symmetry: (Worst Case)

Fan Out:

TTL Compatible

15 nsec Maximum (.25 to 9 MHz)

10 nsec Maximum (9 to 30 MHz)

5 nsec Maximum (30 to 70 MHz)

“O’ -0.4V max., T-2.4V min.

60/40% at 1.4V dc level

1 to 10 gates, 1 .6 mA/gate,

5 gates <20 MHz

TTL Compatible

10 nsec Maximum

“0” = 0.4V max., “1” = 2.4V min.

60/40% at 1.4V dc level

1 to gates, 1.6 mA/gate

Environmental Shock:

1,000 G’s for 0.35ms, Vz
sine wave, 3 shocks each
plane

LOCO II Ultra-Low Cost
oscillator available only

14.318 MHz, 16.000 MHz,

18.432 MHz, 19.6608 MHz

Vibration:

10-55 Hz, 0.060" double
amplitude; 55 Hz-2 kHz, 35 G’s

12 hours duration

The K1152A Low Power CMOS Crystal
Clock Oscillators— Perfect for driving
CMOS Microprocessors or in applications
where low power consumption is critical.

K1 161 A and K1163A (2

are TTL compatible.

The K1 161 A provides dual
complementary outputs,
while the K1163Ahasa
second output at half the
clock frequency.

K1 160AA provides 2.5 to 6
MHz MOS output to drive
Zi log or equivalent /uPs,
and TTL output at twice
the processor frequency
for systems timing.

Baud Rate Generator
K1135A, B, C

The K1 135 is a com-
plete functional baud
rate generator which
provides the stable
reference frequencies
needed by serial inter-
face devices such as
UARTs, Modems, Tele-
type, cassettes, etc. Features 5

• Choice of 2 x 16 output frequencies • Direct UART/USRT
compatibility • Full duplex communications* Pincompatible
with SMC 5036 • Zero error available at 19,200 baud.

TTL Compatible
Crystal Clock Oscillators

250 kHz to 70 MHz. All-metal welded package provides
resistance to temperature/humidity extremes. Case ground
minimizes E.M.I. Model K1 100AM has ±0.01% all-inclusive
stability— other models offer differing stabilities to suit
application or budget requirements. K1 158AM (1 to 30
MHz) offers extended temperature range capability^ ^

„ (13,2mm)

.520'' I

x ( 1 3 ,2 mrrO^x'

( 6 )

.270"
(6,86mm)

®, Motorola, K1 100AM, K1 114AM,
K1 1 1 5AM, Kill 6AM, K1 1 58AM,
K1160AA, K1161A, K1163A and
LOCO II are trademarks of Motorola

MOTOROLA INC .

Component Products

Inc. © 1981 by Motorola Inc.

2553 N. Edgington, Franklin Park, Illinois 60131
Phone: (312) 451-1000
TWX: 910-227-0799 Telex: 4330067

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1347

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

crystals, crystal oscillators, crystal
filters & ceramic resonators

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

Crystals

Murata Erie North America, Inc. manu-
factures crystal cuts capable of han-
dling the entire frequency spectrum
from 1 KHz to 150 MHz. Specifications
for crystals vary widely with regard to
the equipment in which they are being
used. Murata Erie manufactures to Mili-
tary CR types and is qualified on the
QPL list for most frequencies. It also
manufactures crystals specifically to
the customer’s own specifications. Mu-
rata Erie welcomes the opportunity to
quote on any type of crystal in solder
seal, cold weld, and resistance weld
holders.

• Frequency Range: 1 KHz to 150 MHz

• Holders: HC-6, HC-13, HC-18, HC-25, HC-32, HC-35

(TO-5), HC-36, HC-39, HC-43, HC-44

• Seal: Cold Weld, Solder, Resistance Weld

• Microprocessor Types: 1 MHz to 100 MHz

Ceramic Resonators

Murata Erie’s ceramic resonators de-
rive their frequency selective capability
from mechanical vibration resulting
from a piezoelectric effect in the ce-
ramic material. They are particularly
useful in applications where extremely
tight frequency tolerances are not re-
quired such as clock oscillators and
audio tone generators. They are ex-
tremely reliable and low cost.

TYPE

CSA TYPE

CSB TYPE

Frequency Range

2.5 to 30 MHz

190 to 800 KHz

Vibration Mode

Thickness

Vibration

Fundamental

Area

Vibration

Fundamental

Frequency Tolerance

±0.3%

±0.3%

Temperature Stability
(— 20°C to + 180°C)

±0.3%

±0.3%

Time Stability (10 years)

+0.5%

+0.5%

Equivalent Resistance

20 ohms max.

20 ohms max.

Crystal Oscillators

Murata Erie North America, Inc. manu-
factures a complete line of oscillators
ranging from digital DIP clock oscil-
lators to high stability, high reliability
frequency sources. As a majority of our
oscillators are custom designed, we
welcome your inquiries and specifica-
tions. Write for our complete catalog.

• Frequency Range: 200 Hz to 600 MHz

• Size: .5" x .8" x .25" to 2" x 4" x 1"

• Types: Clock (TTL, ECL, C/MOS or SINE).

Integral Oven, Temperature Compensated,
Voltage Controlled (VCO)

• Stability: From ±100ppm to ±3pp 10 8

Crystal Filters

Murata Erie North America, Inc. offers
a complete line of sophisticated, dis-
crete crystal filters ranging in frequency
from 1 KHz to 100 MHz. In addition, we
specialize in handling custom design
specifications to fit your demanding ap-
plications. These high reliability units
are rugged and compact, and can be
designed to meet the environmental re-
quirements of Mil-F-1 8327 in most
cases.

We invite your questions and encourage
you to contact Murata Erie for your spe-
cial design requirements.

• Center Frequency: 1 KHz to 100 MHz

• Bandwidth: .005% to 10% of F e

• Shape Factor: As low as 1.25 to 1

• Ripple: Generally less than 1 dB

• Insertion Loss: Usually less than 3.0 dB

• Ultimate Attenuation: Up to 100 dB max

• Maximum Operating Temperature:

— 55°C to +1.05°C

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd., S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

1*1348

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS. OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

ceramic

filters

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

MM

4 L

EM

455 KHz Emitter Bypass

Model

Center

Freq.

(Fo)

3 dB
Band
Width

Resist-
ance
at Fo

Capaci-

tance

Temperature

Characteristics

Aging

Stability

With-

standing

Voltage

BFU455K

455 KHz
±2 KHz

8 KHz
±2 KHz

30 ohms
Max.

550 pF
±20%

±0.4% Max.
(-20°C~+80°C)

Within ±0.5%
for 10 years

50 VDC

®(D

0= Input
@= Ground
@= Output

.787 ►

CFM 455

t

.413

j

11 U 11-

.157

V -*\ [-*-.047
M4-.031 Dia.

t

,- 4 —

\ 1

St® m

Pr

|~ — .661 ►]

0= Input ®= Ground

0= Ground @= Output

455 KHz Multielement Filters for Communications

Model

Center

Frequency

(KHz)

6 dB
Band
Width
(KHz) min.

40 dB
Band
Width
(KHz) Max.

50 dB
Band
Width
(KHz) Max.

Attn,
within
455 KHz
±100 Hz

Insertion

Loss

(dB) Max.

In, Output
Impedance

(tt)

CFU455B2

455 ±2

±15

±30

—

27

4

1500

CFU455C2

455 ±2

±12.5

±24

—

27

4

1500

CFU455D2

455 ±1.5

±10

±20

—

27

4

1500

CFU455E2

455 ±1.5

± 7.5

±15

—

27

6

1500

CFU455F2

455 ±1.5

± 6

±12.5

—

27

6

' 2000

CFU455G2

455 ±1

± 4.5

±10

—

27

6

2000

CFU455H2

455 ±1

± 3

± 9

—

27

6

2000

CFU455I2

455 ±1

± 2

± 7.5

—

27

6

2000

CFW455B

455

±15

±30

35

4

1500

CFW455C

455

±12.5

—

±24

35

4

1500

CFW455D

455

±10

— •

±20

35

4

1500

CFW455E

455

± 7.5

—

±15

35

6

1500

CFW455F

455

± 6

—

±12.5

35

6

2000

CFW455G

455

± 4.5

—

±10

35

6

2000

CFW455H

455

± 3

—

± 9

35

6

2000

CFW455I

455

± 2

—

± 7.5

35

7

2000

Model

Center

Fre-

quency

(KHz)

3 dB
Band
Width
(KHz) Min.

6 dB
Band
Width
(KHz) Min.

Ripple

(dB)

Max.

50 dB (CFM)
60 dB (CFR)
BandWidth
(KHz) Max.

70 dB

Band Width
(KHz) Max.

Attn,
within
455 KHz
±100 Hz

Insertion

Loss.

(dB)

Max.

In,

Output
Imped-
ance (Q)

CFM455A

455

±13

±17.5

±30

—

50

3

1000

CFM455B

455

±10

±15

*

±25

—

50

3

1000

CFM455C

455

± 9

±13

*

±23

—

50

3

1000

CFM455D

455

± 7

±10

*

±20

—

50

3

1500

CFM455E

455

± 5.5

± 8

*

±16

—

45

5

1500

CFM455F

455

± 4.2

± 6

★

±12

—

45

5

2000

CFM455G

455

—

± 4

3

±10

—

45

5

2000

CFM455H

455

—

± 3

3

± 7.5

—

45

6

2000

CFR455A

455

±13

±17.5

±30

—

60

4

1000

CFR455B

455

±10

±15

*

±25

—

60

4

1000

CFR455C

455

± 9

±13

*

±23

—

60

4

1000

CFR455D

455

± 7

±10

*

±20

—

60

4

1500

CFR455E

455

± 5.5

± 8

*

±16

—

55

6

1500

CFR455F

455

± 4.2

± 6

*

±12

—

55

6

2000

CFR455G

455

—

± 4

3

±10

—

55

6

2000

CFR455H

455

—

± 3

3

± 7.5

—

55

7

2000

CFR455I

455

—

± 2

3

± 5

—

55

8

2000

CFS455A

455

±13

±17.5

*

±30

70

4

1500

CFS455B

455

±10

±15

*

—

±25

70

4

1500

CFS455C

455

± 9

±13

*

—

±23

70

4

1500

CFS455D

455

± 7

±10

*

—

±20

70

4

1500

CFS455E

455

± 5.5

± 8

*

—

±15

70

6

1500

CFS455F

455

± 4.2

± 6

*

—

±12

70

6

2000

CFS455G

455

—

± 4

3

—

± 9

70

6

2000

CFS455H

455

—

± 3

3

—

± 7.5

70

7

2000

CFS455I

455

—

± 2

3

—

± 5

70

8

2000 ;

CFS455J

455

—

± 1.5

3

—

±4.5 j

60

8

2000

10.7 MHz Ceramic Filters for FM-Stereo

Model

Specification

SFE

10.7MA5-Z

SFE

10.7MS2-Z

SFE

10.7MS3-Z

SFE

10.7MJ-Z

SFJ |
10.7MA-Z

SFJ

10.7MA2-Z

Center Frequency

A:10.700 MHz ±30 KHz (Red) D:10.640 MHz ±30 KHz (Black)

B:10.670 MHz ±30 KHz (Blue) E:10.760 MHz ±30 KHz (White)

C:10.730 MHz ±30 KHz (Orange)

3 dB BandWidth KHz

280 ±50

230 ±50

180 ±50

150 ±50

280 ±50 1

230 ±50

20 dB Band Width KHz Max.

650

570

520

500

—

—

50 dB Band Width KHz Max.

—

—

—

—

750

700

Insertion Loss

6 dB Max.

6 dB Max.

7 dB Max.

10 dB Max.

7 ±2 dB

7 ±3 dB

Spurious Response
(8—12 MHz)

30 dB Min.

40 dB Min.

40 dB Min.

30 dB Min.

:

55 dB Min.

60 dB Min.

Input/Output Impedance

330 ohms

330 ohms

330 ohms

330 ohms

330 ohms

330 ohms

Temperature Range

-20— + 80°C

Withstanding Voltage

50 VDC

Dimensions

| < Fig. 1 > < Fig. 2 > j

4.5 MHz Ceramic Filters for TV Sound

Specifications — SFE4.5MB

Nominal Center Frequency: 4.5 MHz. 3 dB Band Width: ±60 KHz Min. 20 dB Band Width: 530
KHz Max. Insertion Loss: 8.0 dB Max. Spurious Response: 20 dB Min. (within ±1 MHz). Imped-
ance: 1000 ohms. Temperature Range: -20°C~ + 80°C. Withstanding Voltage: 50 VDC.

© = InDut
0 = Ground
0 = Ground
®= Ground
©= Output

-4

— 4 —.031 Dia.--

fRiT

4D-

_©^

0 = Input
@ = Ground
® = Output
©'= Ground

Fig. 4 ®='" P u.

@= Ground
@= Ground
@= Ouptut

00®

®= Input
0= Ground
®= Output

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd., S.E., Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1349

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CRYSTALS

LOW & HIGH FREQUENCY CRYSTALS

Low Frequency Crystals
800 Hz — 900 KHz
High Frequency Crystals

1.0 MHz — 60 MHz

Full spectrum coverage from 1 KHz to 60
MHz in all popular metal MIL spec enclo-
sures, including solder seal, resistance weld,
and cold weld packaging. Controlled param-
eters for filter applications available in both
glass and metal enclosures.

MICROPROCESSOR CRYSTALS

NEL offers complete in depth stocks of all
popular microprocessor crystals in frequen-
cy range 1 .0 MHz to 48 MHz. The popular
microprocessors have been characterized to
insure crystals supplied meet specifications.
When ordering, please specify MPU device
being used. All crystals are hermetically
sealed in metal HC - 33/HC - 1 8 packages to
insure product integrity.

AVAILABLE WITH P.C. HOLDDOWN PIN

OSCILLATORS

TTL

Frequency Range:

HS-100 - 3.5 MHz to 30 MHz
HS-200 - 225 KHz to 4.0 MHz
HS-500 - 25 MHz to 60 MHz

Frequency Tolerance:

± .01% Overall 0-70°C

CMOS

Frequency Range:

HS-300 - 3.5 MHz to 8.0 MHz
HS-400 - 600 Hz to 3.5 MHz

Frequency Tolerance:

±.01% Overall 0-70°C

Z80/8000

Frequency Range:

HS-180 - 3.5 MHz to 6.0 MHz
HS-280 - 500 KHz to 3.5 MHz

Frequency Tolerance:

(0 - 70°C)

+ 0.0%, - .02% at 2.5 MHz,
4.0 MHz, 6.0 MHz
+ .02%, - 0.0% at 500 KHz
±.01% All other frequencies

DUAL OUTPUT (MOS/TTL)

The HS-1820, HS-2820, and HS-2840 series
of crystal clock oscillators, utilizing hybrid
technology and DIP hermetic packaging, are
now available to fill the need of the digital
systems or microcomputer designer for a
dual output clock that is both TTL and MOS
compatible. They are particularly suited for
Z80, Z80 A/B, and Z8000 microprocessors in
system designs. Standard products are
available.

Resistance weld, all-
metal, hermetically
sealed package. DIP
compatible.

HS-1820 — frequency range of 3.5 MHz to
12 MHz MOS/TTL, with the same frequency
at each output.

HS-2820 — frequency range of .5 MHz to 3.5
MHz MOS/TTL, with the same frequency at
each output.

HS-2840 — frequency range of 4 MHz to 1 2
MHz TTL and .5 MHz to 6 MHz MOS with the
TTL output frequency at 2n times the MOS
output frequency (n = 1, 2, or 3).

REAL TIME CLOCK

The HS-306 low power clock oscillator, utiliz-
ing hybrid technology and DIP hermetic
packaging, is intended to fill the need of the
digital systems designer that requires both
low power consumption for battery back-up
and precise frequency control. . The output
frequency of 32.768 KHz is CMOS compati-
ble with a tolerance at room temperature
(25°C) of ±10ppm (±25 seconds per
month).

.815" MAX.

t

(20.40 mm.)

f )l

(20.40 mm.) ^

i r ~

^T_I

.204" MIN.
(5.18 mm.)
.25"

(6.3 mm)

PIN # 1 #7

y

#14

^ .480" NOM

#8

(12.20 mm.)

DESIGN ASSISTANCE

For design assistance; samples and quotes;
or your FREE copies of NEL’s product cata-
log/design manual, Microprocessor Crystals
Stock Catalog 8109-C, Microprocessor Os-
cillators Stock Catalog 8109-H, VALU I™
Clock Oscillator 8207A Data Sheet, and Dual
Output Oscillator Catalog 8305, contact:

Midland-Ross Corporation
NEL Unit
357 Beloit Street
Burlington, Wl 53105
414/763-3591 TWX 910-278-2450

1*1350

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CUSTOM FILTERS ENGINEERING AND MANUFACTURING

MONOLITHIC CRYSTAL FILTERS

Ranging from 4.0 MHz to 30 MHz with relative
bandwidth from .04% to .3% of center frequency.
Component stabilization procedures permit guar-
anteeing maximum stability with operating life.
Areas of specialization include delay correction,
phase matching and time domain synthesis.

DISCRETE CRYSTAL FILTERS

Ranging from 1 KHz to 70 MHz with relative band-
widths from .005% frequency and upwards.

OPT has all engineering drawings and
manufacturing rights from the following
companies:

BULOVA FILTER CO.
BURNELL & CO.

FILTECH
NYTRONICS
OMNITEC
ORTHO FILTER

LC FILTERS AND NETWORKS

Low pass, band pass, high pass, band reject, am-
plitude and delay correcting, impedance matching
ranging from DC to 400 MHz with relative band-
widths higher than .2% of center frequency where
design permits. Computer synthesis, analysis and
optimization, along with broad application experi-
ence, continued company sponsored research and
development are reflected by our strong participa-
tion in many advanced military programs as well
as high quality communication systems.

MILITARY COMPLIANCE TO MIL-F-18327

ofdtL

m INDUSTRIES INC .

300E Red School Lane, Phillipsburg, NJ 08865
(201) 454-2600 TWX 510-235-2920
Call or Write For Our Facilities
and Capabilities Brochure

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1351

PRODUCT

l IfJjN

g^\ f TfTVll

IdHW lllflifK^:' ■

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.
There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM,
See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CRYSTAL CLOCK
OSCILLATORS

OSCILLATEK

CORPORATION

5755 FOXRIDGE DR., MISSION, KANSAS 66202
TEL: (913) 384-2710 TELEX: 437045

TCXO’s

Crystal controlled thick film hybrid oscillators (XO’s).

Baud rate generators and microprocessor drivers.
Screening per MIL-0-55310 and MIL-STD-883B is available.
QPL’d to M IL-O-5531 0/09/ 1 6

• Temperature compensated crystal oscillators (TCXO’s).

• Custom designed oscillators to meet your specifications.

• Standard frequencies are available from stock.

T05

T08

DIP

M87/M80/M76

BAUD RATE
GENERATORS

TCXO

PIN 4 = GND
PIN 5 = OUT
PIN 8 = VCC
REST = NC/ITP

NOTE:

QPL’d to MIL-O-5531 0/09

QPL’d to MIL-O-55310/16

.100" Non-Accum.
(2.54 mm)

PIN 14 = VCC
PIN 8 = OUT
PIN 7 = GND
REST = NC/ITP
Military Pinouts are
Available
Note: M87 = .87",
M80 = .80". M76 = .76"

^©3

A

) 2 * 4

’©

J

1

W— .500 — ►
750 ►

-1.500 ►

PIN FOR PIN
COMPATIBLE TO THE
STD. PARTS AVAIL-
ABLE IN THE MARKET
Request Brochure for
Details

PIN 1 =GND
PIN 2 = VCC
PIN 3 = OUT
PIN 4 = N-C
Non Std. Pinouts and
Custom Designing is
Available

NOTE:

(1) Very low current CMOS output at low frequency and at high frequency
of up to 12 MHz is available specially at 5 Volts.

(2) Non-standard custom designing with multiple outputs, gated outputs,

ECL outputs, very low frequency or very high frequency outputs is

available. Consult factory.

TCXO’s

VCXO’s

XO’s

STABILITY:

1. ±1 x 10' 7 (0°C to 50°C)

2. ±2 x 10' 7 ( — 20°C to 70°C)

3. ±5 x 10‘ 7 ( — 40°C to 85°C)

4. ±1 x 10' 6 ( — 55°C to 125°C)

STABILITY:

LINEARITY:

DEVIATION

±.0001% to ±.01%
±1% to ±10%
±.001% to ±.1%

STABILITY:

1. ±5 x 10' 6 (0°C to 50°C)

2. ±10 x 10' 6 ( — 20°C to 70°C)

3. ±20 x 10- 6 (— 40°C to 85°C)

4. ±45 x 10 ‘ ( — 55°C to 125°C)

FREQUENCY RANGE: TTL = 1 Hz to 100 MHz; CMOS = .01 Hz to 30 MHz

ECL = 1 MHz to 100 MHz; SINEWAVE = 100 KHz to 100 MHz
SUPPLY: 5V to 30V (Current as low as 1 .5 mA available)

STANDARD SIZES: 1" x 1" x .26", 1.5" x 1.5" x .5", 2" x 1" x .5", 2" x 2" x .5"

IN ADDITION TO OUR STANDARD PRODUCT LINE WE OFFER CUSTOM DESIGN CAPABILITY.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1353

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

Ovenaire has the capabilities, experience and production tech-
niques to meet the most exacting crystal oscillator require-
ments — from State-Of-The-Art Precision Crystal Oscillators
to high volume, low cost TCXO’s.

The following tables list condensed specifications on regular
production models. For additional information on these and
other crystal oscillators, call the Ovenaire factory.

PRECISION AND OVENIZED
CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

Liwaw,

FKQ. &l0Cl

0SC94 SERIES

0SC85-1 SERIES

0SC49 SERIES

2 X 10 - 8 /WK

7X10-VWK

0.6 Watts
1.8 Watts

65x75x114

54x54x97

OVENIZED CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

Frequency MHz

3.5 Watts

+ 12 or + 24VDC

115VAC

1.9 Watts

+ 12 or, + 24VDC

+ 12 or +24VDC 1

4.0 Watts

+ 12 or +24VDC

115VAC

4.0 Watts

+ 12 or +24VDC

115VAC

2.5 Watts

+ 24VDC

+ 24VDC

2.2 Watts

+ 22.5VDC

+ 28VDC

2.7 Watts

+ 22.5VDC

+ 28VDC

.54 Watts

+ 12VDC

+ 24VDC

1.6 Watts

+ 9, +12 or
+ 15VDC

+ 15, +20, +24
or +28VDC

1.6 Watts

+ 12 or +15VDC

+ 15, +20, +24
or +28VDC

1.1 Watts

+ 9, +12 or

+ 15, +20, +24

+ 15VDC

or +28VDC

1.1 Watts

+ 12 or +15VDC

+ 15, +20, +24
or +28VDC

1.8 Watts

+ 9 to +28VDC

+ 9 to + 28V DC

1.4 Watts

+ 28VDC

+ 28VDC

2.2 Watts

+ 28VDC

+ 28VDC

2.0 Watts

+ 15VDC

+ 15VDC

2.0 Watts

+ 15VDC

+ 15VDC

+ 20VDC

+ 20VDC

+ 28VDC

+ 28VDC

1.8 Watts |

+ 5VDC :

' +24VDC I

1.1 Watts

+ 12.6VDC

+ 12.6VDC

Ambient Range

5xlO-io/°C

±7xl0- 9

Ambient Stability

Choice of
3 Compact
Packages,
Octal or
Solder Pin
Mounting

(A) 43x64x33

(B) 32x44x70

33x67x19

37x48x90

33x79x54

47x68x35

36x75x41

37x48x84

0°C to +55°C

— 20°C to +60°C

-10°C to +60°C

— 20°C to +55°C

— 20°C to +55°C
0°C to + 55°C

2.5xl0v°C

±2x10-8

±4x10-7

-10°C to +55°C

±1x10-6

±5x10-8

±7.5x10-8

±5x10-8

±1x10-7

±2x10-7

PCB MOUNT CRYSTAL OSOILLATORS

Model Series

Frequency MHz

1 Aging |

Power

Supply Voltage

Output

Max. Size mm

;£T!TT^^BI

Ambient Stability

0SC51

1 to 60

huzih

300MW

+ 12VDC

Optional

38x38x13

0°C to +60°C

±1x10-5

0SC52

10 to 150

HHCS9BH

300MW

+ 12VDC

Sine

38x38x25

0°C to +60°C

±1x10-5

OSC69-2

5 to 20

HEZHE&jQHI

75MW

+ 5VDC

TTL

25x38x13

— 30°C to +85°C

±5x10-5

0SC69-3

6 to 22

■ESEE&mH

75MW

+ 5VDC

TTL

25x38x13

— 30°C to +85°C

±3.5x10-5

OVENAIRE-AUDIO-CARPENTER

Division of Kidde, Inc. 706 forrest street - Charlottesville. Virginia 22901

TELEPHONE804-977-8050TWX 510-587 5461 CABLE "OVENS"

1-1354

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Saies Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

ovenaire

oscillators

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED
CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

SERIES

0SC88 SERIES

" ■* .

0SC27 SERIES

0SC61

0SC34 SERIES

TCXO’S

Model Series

Frequency MHz

Aging

Power

Supply Voltage

Output

Ambient Range

Ambient Stability

OSC20-1

10 to 15

3xlO- 6 /YR

135MW

5 or 9VDC

Sine

26x15x54

— 30°C to +75°C

±5x10-6

0SC20-2

10 to 15

3xlO- 4 /YR

135MW

5 or 9VDC

Sine

26x15x54

0°C to +50°C

±2xl0-«

0SC27-5-1

2 to 12

lxlO-VYR

300MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

51x51x15

0°C to +55°C

±lxl0- 6

0SC27-5-2

2 to 12

lxlOVYR

300MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

51x51x15

0°C to +55°C

±5xl0- 7 .

0SC27-5-3

2 to 5

5X10VYR

300MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

51x51x15

0°C to +55°C

±3xl0- 7

0SC27-6-1

2 to 12

lxlOVYR

360MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

51x51x15

— 40°C to +85°C

±1.5x-10- 6

0SC27-6-2

2 to 12

lxlOVYR

360MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

51x51x15

— 30°C to +75°C

±lxlO-«

0SC27-6-3

2 to 6

5xlO- 7 /YR

360MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

51x51x15

— 15°C to +70°C

±5xl0- 7

0SC34-2

10 to 20

7.5xlO- 7 /YR

240MW

+ 12VDC

Sine

45x45x15

0°C to +50°C

±lxl0- 6

0SC35-1-1

2.5 to 12

lxlOVYR

300MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

51x51x13

— 5°C to +60°C

±lxl0 6

0SC35-1-2

2.5 to 12

lxlOVYR

300MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

51x51x13

— 5°C to +60°C

±5xl0- 7

0SC35-1-3

2.5 to 6

5xlO- 7 /YR

300MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

51x51x13

0°C to +55°C

±3xl0- 7

0SC37-1-1

1 to 5

lxlOVYR

180MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

44x44x19

0°C to +55°C

±2xl0- 6

0SC37-2-1

5.01 to 10

2.5X10VYR

180MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

44x44x19

0°C to +55°C

±2xl0- 6

0SC37-3-1

1 to 5

lxlOVYR

216MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

44x44x19

— 5°C to +60°C

±lxl0- 6

0SC37-1-2

1 to 5

lxlOVYR

180MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

44x44x19

-10°C to +65°C

±1.5x-10- 6

0SC37-2-2

5.01 to 10

2.5X10-VYR

180MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

44x44x19

-10°C to +65°C

±1.5x-10- 6

0SC39-1

2.5 to 12

lxlOVYR

125MW

+ 5VDC

TTL

48x31x17

0°C to +60°C

±lxl0- 6

0SC40-1

4KHz to 1MHz

lxlOVYR

504MW

— 18VDC

AC Square

57x51x21

0°C to +55°C

±8xl0- 4

0SC61-2-2

6 to 16

lxlOVYR

180MW

+ 12VDC

Clipped Sine

37x28x19

— 20°C to +70°C

±2xl0- 6

0SC67-1-1

2 to 8

lxlOVYR

275MW

+ 12 & +5VDC

TTL

51x41x17

0°C to +55°C

±2xl0- 6

0SC67-1-2

2 to 8

lxlOVYR

275MW

+ 12 & +5VDC

TTL

51x41x17

0°C to +55°C

±lxl0* 6

0SC88-1-1

10

.75xlO- 6 /YR

230MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

38x38x14

0°C to +55°C

±3xl0 6

0SC88-1-2

10

.75X10-VYR

230MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

38x38x14

0°C to +55°C

dzlxlO- 6

0SC88-1-3

10

.75X10VYR

230MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

38x38x14

0°C to +55°C

±5xl0- 6

0SC88-1-4

10

.75xlO- 6 /YR

230MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

38x38x14

— 5°C to +70°C

±3xl0- 6

0SC88-1-5

10

.75X10-VYR

230MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

38x38x14

— 5°C to +70°C

±lxl0* 6

0SC88-1-6

10

.75X10VYR

230MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

38x38x14

— 5°C to +70°C

±5xl0- 7

0SC88-2-1

10

.75X10-VYR

230MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

38x38x14

— 40°C to +75°C

±2x10-6

0SC88-2-2

10

.75X10VYR

230MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

38x38x14

— 40°C to +75°C

±1x10-6

0SC88-2-3

10

.75X10-VYR

230MW

+ 12VDC

TTL

38x38x14

— 55°C to + 105°C

±5x10-6

TCX0101

.0075Hz to 10MHz

±2xlO- 8 /DAY

Freq Dep

+ 12VDC

12V Square

Pkg B

0°C to +50°C

±1x10-6

TCX0101A

.0075Hz to 10MHz

±2xlOVDAY

Freq Dep

+ 12VDC

12V Square

Pkg B

— 55°C to +75°C

±5x10-6

TCX034

.0005Hz to 40MHz

±2xlO- 8 /DAY

Freq Dep

+ 5VDC

4V Square

Pkg B

0°C to +50°C

±1x10-6

TCX056

lOOKHz to 30MHz

±2xlO- 8 /DAY

Freq Dep

+ 5VDC

4V Square

Pkg A

0°C to +50°C

±1x10-6

TCX0152

200Hz to 10MHz

±lxlO- 8 /DAY

Freq Dep

+ 15VDC

10V Square

Pkg OA

0°C to +50°C

±lxl0- 7

TCX0152A

200Hz to 10MHz

lxlOVYR

Freq Dep

+ 15VDC

10V Square

Pkg OA

— 40°C to +70°C

±1x10-6

OVENAIRE-AUDIO-CARPENTER

Division of Kidde, Inc.

706 FORREST STREET - CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA 22901
TELEPHONE 804-977-8050 TWX 510-587 5461 CABLE "OVENS"

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1355

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

PKG STYLE A

Printed ckt mount
Encapsulated
1.5" x 2.0" x .56"

(AX: Without mtg. hole)

(AC: 7 pin plug-in; stud mt.)
PKG STYLE B
Printed ckt mount
Encapsulated
1 9" x 2 5" x 5"

(BY: 1.9" x 2.5" x 1.0")

(BZ: 1.9" x 2.5" x .375")
PKG STYLE F & Q
Printed ckt mount
Encapsulated
F: 1.0" x 1.25" X .5"

Q: 2" x 2" X .6"

PKG STYLE G
I.C. plug-in
Encapsulated
.78" x 1.125" x .5"

(GX: .75" X 1.5" X .5")

PKG STYLE H
Printed ckt mount
Encapsulated
.875" x .875" x .5"

PKG STYLE J
Printed ckt mount
Encapsulated
1.25" x 1.25" x .5"

(JX: 1.25" x 1.25" X .32")

PKG STYLE L

Octal plug-in
Stud mount
Metal can
2" x 2" x .75"

PKG STYLE P
Special plug-in
Encapsulated metal can
.7" x 1.3" x 1.7"

PKG STYLE M, N, & 0
Printed ckt mount
Encapsulated metal can
M: 2.5" x 2.5" X .625"
N: 2" x 2" x .75"

0: 2" X 2.5" x .75"
(stud mount)

OA: 2" X 2.5" X .65"

Model I

Series Frequency Range I Stability

CRYSTAL CONTROLLED OSCILLATORS — NO OVEN REQUIRED

LC AND RC OSCILLATORS

\imm\

70KHZ to 5MHz
733KHZ to 5MHz
10Hz to 40 KHz
1Hz to 1MHz
1Hz to 1MHz
,1Hz to 100Hz
1Hz to 1MHz

1.5Hz to 30KHz

±.5%

± 1 %

±l%/±2% 4

± 2 %

± 1 %

± 2 %

± 1 %

o°c

to

+ 85°C

0

0

0
in

1

to

+ 100°C

s

to

+ 50°C

0

0

0

CM

1

to

0

0

in

00

+

O

O

O

to

+ 75°C

O

O

O

to

-f 50°C

O

O

O

to

+ 50°C

o°c

to

+ 75°C

IMUMfllffl

ipxjma*

4V Square 3

SINE WAVE OPTIONS — ADD “S” VERSION TO MODEL NUMBER (MAY REQUIRE LARGER PACKAGE 4 )

0°C to + 75°C
55°C to +75°C
5 5°C to -f 125°C
6° C to + 50°C

— 55°C to +75°C

Model

Series

Center

Frequency Range

Minimum

Deviation

VC0114

300Hz to lOKHz

±60%

VC0137

1Hz to 30MHz

±10%

VC047

1Hz to 75MHz

±10%

VC068

5Hz to 15KHz

±10%

VC01019

.5MHz to 5MHz

±2%

VC01160

lOOKHz to 30MHz

±1.25%

VCX01095B

35MHz to 85MHz

±0.03%

VCX0103

1Hz to 20MHz

±.01% to
±10%

VCX0255

1Hz to 40MHz

BMfljH

VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATORS — CRYSTAL AND NON-CRYSTAL TYPES

i Input 8

+ 1.5V to -f 9V

— 5V to +5V

QV to — 7V
OV to - 7V
+ 5V to — 5V

— 5V to +5V

— 5V to -f 5V

±3V or
OV to + 6V

CRYSTAL AND RC CONTROLLED TIMERS — CYCLE TYPE WITH PUSH BUTTON RESET

2For ±.01% over -55°C to +125°C add “A”
to Model Number.

3 Sine wave options listed above. Sll/12/19/20
not available for voltage control ranges greater
than ±1%.

4 Depending on frequency.

5 TTL option available.

7 Includes time display.

8 For minimum frequency to maximum frequency.

OVENAIRE-AUDIO-CARPENTER

Division of Kidde, Inc. 706 forrest street- Charlottesville, Virginia 22901.

■ mrnmT TELEPHONE 804-977-8050 TWX 510587-5461 CABLE "OVENS"

1*1356

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

Ovenaire's Circuit Design Technology is providing State-Of-
The-Art Electronic Proportional Control Miniature Crystal and
Component Ovens. Space-saving packages for PCB mount, low
power consumption, low cost. A representative few of many

available designs are shown. Most models are available with
temperature setting from 4-35°C to +95°C, voltage from 5VDC
to 36VDC. Ovenaire also offers a complete range of other ovens
for commercial and military applications.

MODEL PC LI -43

For HC-18/U, HC-25/U, HC-42/U or
HC-43/U crystals. 0.750" dia., 0.562"
high. Temperature stability ±3°C over
— 30°C to -P60°C typical. Also available
with temperature adjustability of ±5°C
of nominal.

MODEL T05P

For T05 crystal, transistor or 1C. 0.750"
dia., 0.500" high. Temperature stability
z±3°C over -30°C to +60°C ambient
typical. Available with temperature ad-
justability of ±5°C nominal.

MODEL T05C

For crystal, transistor or 1C with T05
case. Access to cavity by removing top
cover. .750" dia., .550" high. Tempera-
ture stability ±3.0°C over — 30°C to
+ 60°C ambient typical.

High stability proportional control com-
ponent oven. Temperature stability
±1°C over 0 to + 60°C ambient. Cavity
area 2.75" x 3.93" x .78" high. Feed-
thru pins for internal connections. O.D.
3.94" x 4.63" x 1.25" high. 24VDC.

MODEL PCI-34

For 1 or 2 DIP’S. Component area 1.45"
Sq. x .250" tall. Overall dimensions 1.5"
Sq. x .50" tall. Temperature stability is
±3°C over an ambient range of — 30°C
to within 10°C of the set-point. Various
combinations of set-point temperature
and DC operating voltage are available.

. 41 ^

ISi§

MODEL C02106

Component oven, with customer-adjust-
able set-point from 50°C to 90°C. Nomi-
nal operating voltage is 19-24 VDC.
Heated cavity sizes available from 2"
Sq. x .75" tall to 6" Sq. x 1.75" tall.
Control is solid-state, proportional.

OVENAIRE-AUDIO-CARPENTER

Division of Kidde, Inc 706 forrest street - Charlottesville. Virginia 22901

TELEPHONE 804-977-8050 TWX 510587 5461 CABLE "OVENS"

KIDDE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1357

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Piezo Technology, Inc. II*

The standard in monolithic crystal filters ZMM.

As the technology leader since 1965, Piezo
Technology has set the standard in monolithic
and discrete crystal filters. The standard in
performance. The standard in size. The
standard in cost. The standard in quality.

From raw quartz processing through auto-
mated testing, our unmatched, fully-integrated
manufacturing facility gives us total control
over every process step and assures you of on-
time delivery.

If you’ve got crystal filter production require-
ments, find out why the world’s foremost
commercial and military equipment producers
— those who set the standards — depend on
PTI for leading-edge filter performances.

And now we offer the latest technology in
ovenized and temperature-compensated

Standard Monolithic Filters

PTI offers a complete line of over 100 standard
models from 5 to 200 MHz, including our new
ultraminiature “A” series. These off-the-shelf

Custom Crystal Filters

PTI can supply custom monolithic and
discrete crystal filters for your commercial and
military production requirements from below
5 MHz to over 300 MHz. We are experienced

Crystal Oscillators

PTI can supply custom ovenized oscillators
and temperature-compensated crystal oscilla-
tors for high-performance applications from

State-of-the-art Technology

Once again, PTI is advancing the state-of-the-
art in quartz products. Radically new wafer
processing techniques allow us to make
quartz resonators at fundamental frequencies
to 100 MHz — 300 MHz on third overtone.
These are available in oscillator crystals and

crystal oscillators. Contact your local PTI
representative for this new standard in perfor-
mance and value.

filters are designed to meet the most popular
requirements and give you maximum perfor-
mance per dollar as well as quick delivery.

with a wide range of special requirements,
including: tough environmental specs, high
reliability, controlled group delay, low IM, low
phase noise and amplitude linearity.

2 MHz to 500 MHz. Conventional AT-cut, SC-
cut, low power, fast warm-up, and low phase
noise are just some of the features available.

in custom oscillators, where their low impe-
dance leads to simple circuitry. They are also
available in crystal filters, where higher fund-
amental frequencies allow wider bandwidths
and greater selectivity than previously
possible.

For fast and knowledgeable applications assistance, contact Piezo Technology, or your local PTI
representative.

Piezo Technology, Inc.

RO. Box 7859 • Orlando, Florida 32854
(305) 298-2000 • TWX 810-850-4136

1*1358

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Piezo Technology, Inc. II*

The standard in monolithic crystal filters MUL

SPECIFICATION SUMMARY: 10.7 MHz FILTERS

MODEL NUMBER/CASE STYLE

No.

Poles

Channel

Spacing

(kHz)

Attenuation Boundaries

Spurious
Response
(dB Min)

Ultimate
Attenuation
(dB Min)

Termination

Ohms//pF b

Unpackaged
Tandem Sets 8

Upright

Type

Flatpack

Type

dB

kHz

dB

kHz

dB

kHz

2194/F. . .

2

20

3

+ 6.5

20

+ 30.0

15

50

2700//0

2195/F. . .

2

25

3

+ 75

20

+ 35.0

15

50

3000//0

2196/F. . .

2

50

3

±15.0

20

±70.0

—

—

10

35

5000//0

5580/ F

1463/UMB

1466/FPA

4

20

3

± 6.5

30

±15.0

_

_

35

75

3100//0

5581/F

1464/UMB

1467/FPA

4

25

3

± 7.5

30

±17.5

—

—

35

75

3500//0

5582/F

1465/UMB

1468/FPA

4

50

3

±15.0

30

±35.0

—

—

30

60

5000//0

5583/F

1469/UMB

1472/FPB

6

20

6

± 6.5

60

±19.5

—

—

60

90

3100//0

5584/F

1470/UMB

1473/FPB

6

25

6

± 7.5

60

±22.5

—

—

60

90

3500//0

5585/F

1471/UMB

1474/FPB

6

50

6

±15.0

60

±45.0

—

—

60

90

5000//0

5586/ F

1475/UMC

1478/FPC

8

20

6

± 6.5

60

±13.0

80

±17.5

80

100

3100//0

5587/ F

1476/UMC

1479/FPC

8

25

6

± 7.5

60

±15.0

80

±20.0

80

100

3500//0

5588/F

1477/UMC

1480/FPC

8

50

6

±15.0

60

±30.0

80

±40.0

80

100

5000//0

1433/SCR

8

20

6

± 6.5

60

±12.5

100

±21.0

100

100

850//2

1434/SCR

8

25

6

± 7.5

60

±15.0

100

±25.0

100

100

1000//2

1435/SCR

8

50

6

±15.0

60

±28.0

100

±50.0

100

100

2000//2

SPECIFICATION SUMMARY: 21.4 MHz HIGH-PERFORMANCE “A” SERIES FILTERS

MODEL NUMBER/CASE STYLE

No.

Poles

Channel

Spacing

(kHz)

Attenuation Boundaries

Spurious
Response
(dB Min)

Ultimate
Attenuation
(dB Min)

Termination

Ohms//pF

Unpackaged
Tandem Sets 8

Upright

Type

Flatpack

Type

dB

kHz

dB

kHz

dB

kHz

6602/A

6600/A MB

6601/APA

4

12.5

3

±3.75

40

± 14.0

—

—

40

75

850//5.0

6622/A

6620/A MB

6621 /APA

4

20.0

3

±6.0

40

±20.0

_

—

40

75

1200//2.5

6642/A

6640/A MB

6641 /APA

4

25.0

3

±7.5

40

±25.0

—

—

40

75

1 500//2.0

6605/A

6603/A MB

6604/APB

6

12.5

3

±3.75

45

±8.75

—

—

70

90

850//5.0

6625/A

6623/A MB

6624/APB

6

20.0

3

±6.0

45

±14.0

—

—

70

90

1 200//2.9

6645/A

6643/A MB

6644/APB

6

25.0

3

±7.5

45

±17.5

65

±25.0

70

90

1 500//2.0

6608/A

6606/A MC

6607/ A PC

8

12.5°

3

±3.75

65

± 9.0

90

±12.5

90

100

850//5.0

6609/A MB

8

12.5 C

3

±3.75

65

± 9.0

90

±12.5

90

100

850//5.0

6610/CSE

8

12.5 C

3

±3.75

65

± 9.0

90

±12.5

90

100

470//15

6628/A

6626/A MC

6627/APC

8

20.0

3

±6.0

65

±14.0

90

±20.0

90

100

1200//2.5

6629/A MB

8

20.0

3

±6.0

65

±14.0

90

±20.0

90

100

1200//2.5

6630/CSE

8

20.0

3

±6.0

65

±14.0

90

±20.0

90

100

470//15

6648/A

6646/A MC

6647/ A PC

8

25.0

3

±7.5

65

±17.5

90

±25.0

90

100

1 500//2.0

6649/A MB

8

25.0

3

±7.5

65

±17.5

90

±•25.0

90

100

1500//2.0

6650/CSE

8

25.0

3

±7.5

65

±17.5

90

±25.0

90

100

470//15

SPECIFICATION SUMMARY: 21.4 MHz STANDARD “F” AND “A” SERIES FILTERS

MODEL NUMBER/CASE STYLE

No.

Poles

Channel

Spacing

(kHz)

Attenuation Boundaries

Spurious
Response
(dB Min)

Ultimate
Attenuation
(dB Min)

Termination

Ohms//pF b

Unpackaged
Tandem Sets 8

Upright Type

Flatpack Type

dB

kHz

dB

kHz

dB

kHz

F Series

A Series

F Series

A Series

F Series

A Series

2879/A

2

12.5

3

+ 3.75

20

+ 18.0

15

50

850//6.0

2880/A

2

20.0

3

+ 6.0

20

+ 25.0

15

50

1200//3.0

2249/F

2

20.0

3

+ 6.5

20

+ 30.0

15

45

1400//0

2881 /A

2

25.0

3

+ 7.5

18

+ 28.0

15

50

1 500//2.5

2250/F

2

25.0

3

+ 7.5

20

+ 35.0

15

45

1600//0

2882/A

2

50.0

3

+ 15.0

15

+ 45.0

15

45

1 500//1 .0

2251 IF

2

50.0

3

±15.0

20

±90.0

—

—

10

40

3000//0

6000/A

601 2/AM B

6024/APA

4

12.5

3

± 3.75

30

±12.5

—

—

40

75

850//5.0

5589/F

6001 /A

1617/UMB

601 3/AM B

1620/FPA

6025/APA

4

20.0

3

± 6.5

30

±22.5

—

—

40

75

1400//0

5590/F

6002/A

1618/UMB

601 4/AM B

1621/FPA

6026/A PA

4

25.0

3

± 7.5

30

±25.0

—

—

40

75

1600//0

5591 /F

6003/A

1619/UMB

601 5/AM B

1622/FPA

6027/APA

4

50.0

3

±15.0

30

± 45.0

—

—

25

60

3000//0

6004/A

601 6/AM B

6028/APB

6

12.5

6

± 3.75

60

±12.5

—

—

70

90

850//5.0

5592/F

6005/A

1623/UMB

601 7/AM B

1626/FPB

6029/APB

6

20.0

6

± 6.5

60

±22.5

—

—

70

90

1400//0

5593/F

6006/A

1624/UMB

601 8/AM B

1627/FPB

6030/APB

6

25.0

6

± 7.5

60

±25.0

—

—

70

90

1600//0

5594/F

6007/A

1625/UMB

601 9/AM B

1628/FPB

6031/APB

6

50.0

6

±15.0

60

±45.0

—

—

50

90

3000//0

6008/A

6020/A MC

6032/APC

8

12.5°

6

± 3.75

60

±10.0

80

±12.5

100 3

100

850//5.0

5595/F

6009/A

1629/UMC

6021/AMC

1632/FPC

6033/APC

8

20.0

6

± 6.5

60

±17.5

80

±22.5

100 d

100

1400//0

5596/ F

6010/A

1630/UMC

6022/AMC

1633/FPC

6034/A PC

8

25.0

6

± 7.5

60

±20.0

80

±25.0

100 d

100

1 600110

5597/F

6011 /A

1631/UMC

6023/A MC

1634/FPC

6035/APC

8

50.0

6

±15.0

60

±33.0

80

±43.0

80

100

3000//0

_

_

6036/CSE

_

_

8

12.5

6

± 3.75

60

±10.0

80

±12.5

90

90

470//15

_

_

6037/CSE

_

_

8

20.0

6

± 6.5

60

±17.5

80

±22.5

90

90

470//15

_

_

_

6038/CSE

—

—

8

25.0

6

± 7.5

60

±20.0

80

±25.0

90

90

470//15

-

—

-

6039/CSE

—

—

8

50.0

6

±15.0

60

±33.0

80

± 43.0 j

80

90

470//15

8 A tandem set consists of two 2-pole units for 4-pole response, three 2-pole c Flat loss is 4.5 dB Max.

units for 6-pole response, and four 2-pole units for 8-pole response. d For ho|der fjlterSf spuri ous responses are 90 dB min.

^Parallel termination capacitance is adjusted for optimum filter response
(nominal value ±2.0 pF)

General Specifications AH specifications subject to change without notice.

Operating Temperature Range: -30°Cto + 80 °C for“F” Series, - 20°Cto + 70 °C for “A” Series

2 pole 4 pole 6, 8 Pole Piezo Technology, Inc.

Maximum Ripple Over Temperature (dB): 12 2 P.O. BOX 7859 • Orlando, Florida 32854

Maximum Insertion Flat Loss Over Temperature (dB): 2 2.0 3.0 (305) 298-2000 • TWX 810-850-4136

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1359

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Piezo Technology, Inc. II*

The standard in monolithic crystal filters MU.

VHF Filters

The models listed below consist of 2-pole
monolithic and 4-pole tandem monolithic
filters designed for use as front-end filters in
low-band and high-band VHF custom applica-
tions. They are also suitable for HF up-
conversion, first IF filtering and spectrum
clean-up in frequency systhesis. Nominal
operating frequency is specified by the
customer in the 25 MHz to 200 MHz range.

Model

No.

No.

Poles

Center
Frequency
Range (MHz)

Attenuation Boundaries

Passband
Ripple
(dB Max)

Ultimate

Atten.

(dB Min)

Flat Loss
(dB Max)

Termination

(Ohms)

Case

Style

3 dB Max
kHz

20 dB Min
kHz

2

25-35.99

±6.5

1

3

50

2

36-50

±6.5

1

30

3

50

■

2133

2

138-170

±6.75

1

30

4

50

2133A a

2

140-170

±6.75

mmm

1

30 b

3

note 0

■m

4131

4

25-35.99

±6.5

note d

1

—

5

50

VB*

4132

4

36-50

±6.5

note d

1

—

5

50

VB*

4133

4

138-170

±6.75

±30 e

1

—

6

50

VB*

a Unwanted Response from f on to f on + 200 kHz: 15 dB (Min) d ± 20 kHz at 15 dB (Min): ± 40 kHz at dB (Min)

b Attenuation from f on - 100 kHz to f on - 5000 kHz to f on + 200 kHz to f on + 5000 kHz. e ± 60 kHz at 45 dB (Min)

C R 0 = 3100 ohms (depends on f on ) *See connector chart, next page.

All models (except 2133A) operate over a
temperature range of -20° to + 70 °C. Filters
are matched to 50 ohms with convenient
phono-jack, BNC, or a variety of other connec-
tors. Model 2133A operates from-30° to
+ 80°C and is supplied in the ultraminiature
“A” package. See table below for detailed
specifications.

Special Four-pole Monolithic

Piezo Technology, Inc., manufactures high-
performance, four-pole monolithic crystal
filters at standard 30, 45, and 75 MHz frequen-
cies. All are housed in a single “F” style
holder. Custom frequencies are also available.

Filters

The filter design utilizes four resonators on
a single quartz wafer to provide four-pole
response. These models offer wider passband
values than two-pole inductorless tandem-set
units. Their reduced size makes them ideal for
high-density packaging requirements.

Models

4102F

6570

4371 F

5889

4171F

5786

Nominal Center Frequency (F on )

30 MHz

45 MHz

75 MHz

Attenuation Boundaries: 3 dB

35 dB

50 dB

60 dB

F on ±50 kHz Min.

F on +800 kHz to +10 MHz

F on -400 kHz to -10 MHz

F on ±7.5 kHz Min.

F on ±25 kHz Max.

F on ±50 kHz Max.

F on ±13 kHz Min.

F on ± 300 kHz Max.

Ripple (dB Max.)

2.0

1.0

2.0

Operating Temperature (°C)

- 20 to + 60

- 30 to + 60

- 55 to + 85

Flat Loss (dB Max.)

4

5

3

4

6

7

Termination Impedance: Ohms

7000

50

7000

50

4000

50

Parallel Capacitance* (pF)

-1

0

-1

0

-1

0

Package

F

MVB

F

MVB

F

MVB

% On models without 50-ohm terminations, the parallel capacitance should be adjustable ± 2 pF for best passband response.

1*1360

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS 2300

Piezo Technology, Inc. II*

The standard in monolithic crystal filters

Special Two-pole Monolithic Filters

Models 2843A and 2844A. Ultra-miniature center frequency of 45 MHz and offer high

2-pole monolithic crystal filters designed rejection at the second IF image frequency,

for use as first IF filters in 800 MHz land- They are supplied in case style “A’.’ Contact

mobile radios. Both models have a nominal Piezo Technology, Inc. for a data sheet.

Monolithic Crystal Discriminators

Models 2283F and 2378F. 2-pole monolithic narrow-band FM applications at 10.7 MHz

crystal filters designed for use as frequency (2283F) and 21.4 MHz (2378F). For data

discriminators in conjunction with a suit- sheets and information concerning other

able quadrature detector such as the CA frequencies, contact Piezo Technology, Inc.

3089E (RCA). These models are designed for

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1361

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

H l h

0-Tech
i Corporation

PIONEERS IN HYBRID TECHNOLOGY
STATE OF THE ART DEVELOPMENT

MINIATURE CRYSTAL

CLOCK OSCILLATORS
QPL-MIL-O-55310

Request Bulletin MD-3

BAUD RATE GENERATORS

Request Bulletin BR-1

Q-Tech crystal controlled clock oscillators integrate crystal andi
semiconductor technology to produce a completely hybrid device.
This results in a product of the highest reliability at attractive
prices. Oscillators produced to MIL-O-5531 0 requirements, MIL-M-
38510 procedures and screened to MIL-STD-883B, Level S or B,
meet the highest high reliability requirements of military and space
use.

SPECIAL PACKAGING: Q-Tech oscillators can also be obtained in
special package configurations. Examples of this include leadless
carrier packages; a miniature package capable of operating in
an environment of 10,000 P.S.I., and other unusual configurations.

Q-TECH clock oscillators are available in 4 types: TO-5 (8 lead), TO-8
(8 or 12 lead), DIP (14 or 16 lead), and FLATPACK (QT21 and QT22).
The T05 and flatpack units cover limited frequency ranges, while
the TO-8 and DIP both have an extremely wide output frequency
range for an extensive variety of applications. The tables below
provide full details.

STANDARD STABILITIES

TYPICAL TOLERANCES

2 x 1 0‘ 6

For 10% change of Vcc

1 x10-‘

For 20% change of Load

5 x 1 0' 6

Aging — 30 days

1 x10' 5

Aging — 1 year

±■005% 0 to 50°C

*±.0005%

*External Trimmer Required

±.005%

±.01%

0 to 70°C

±.0025%

-20 to +70°C

±.005%

-55 to +105°C

±.005%

±.01%

-55 to + 1 25°C

OPTIONS AVAILABLE

' GATED OUTPUT • MULTIPHASE OUTPUTS • MULTIPLE OUTPUTS • PRECISE PROGRAMMED OUTPUTS
• VCXO’s • FINE FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT • SPECIAL PACKAGING • ECL OUTPUTS
• HIGHER FREQUENCIES WITH MORE OPEN TOLERANCES • UHF OUTPUTS

UPPER DIMENSIONS IN INCHES, LOWER DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS.

QT1

QT2

QT3

QT4 & QT6

.520 Max
13.21 Ma

JL

5

ITP

GND

OUT

VCC/VDD

3,9 410 ITP

5 OUT

6 GND

12 VCC/VDD

ITP 3,11,12 ITP 4,10,11 ITP

GND 4 VCC/VDD 7 GND

OUT 5 OUT 8 OUT

VCC/VDD 7 GND 14 VCC

QT5&QT7

.520 Max.
13.21 Max.

.980 Max .
24.89 Max.

200 Ref. I ♦ .200 Max.

i 08 Ref. r i ■ L, » 5.08 Max.

Illlllll .I'SK:

* QT5 QT7

,TP 3,13,14 ITP 4 OUT

GND 4 VCC/VDD 5,6,11 ITP

0UT 5 OUT 8 GND

VCC/VDD 8 GND 16 VCC/VDD

2201 CARMELINA AVE. • LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90064 • PHONE (213) 820-4921 • TELEX 69-6140

1 • 1 362 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1 983

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Q-Tech

Corporation

PIONEERS IN HYBRID TECHNOLOGY
STATE OF THE ART DEVELOPMENT

MINIATURE CRYSTAL

CLOCK

OSCILLATORS

C-MOS CLOCK OSCILLATORS

Frequencies available in the C-MOS line of oscillators are related to input voltage. It is essential, there-
fore, when ordering a C-MOS unit to specify the input voltage.

Power requirements of C-MOS units are related to both frequency and input voltage. Most of the power
is dissipated within the crystal oscillator portion of the device, and buffering, division, or other logic
requirements within the unit contribute little to the total power consumption.

ECL/VHF/UHF CLOCKS AND SOURCES

ECL and sine wave clocks and sources are available to 400 MHz.

Q-Tech can work with you to hybridize high stability and synthesized sources up to 3gHz.

Phase noise and G-Sensitivity data are taken when required. Full temperature range, — 55°C to +125 0 C,
available for these clocks and sources.

FREQUENCY RANGES AVAILABLE

Package Type

Package Size

C-MOS Frequency Range

TTL Frequency Range

TO-5

QT1

50KHz to 15MHz

20KHz to 30MHz

TO-8

QT2 or QT3

300Hz to 15MHz

100Hz to 25MHz

14 Pin DIP

QT4 or QT6

.1Hz to 15MHz

.1Hz to 75MHz

16 Pin DIP

QT8

.1Hz to 6MHz

.1Hz to 75MHz

EC-7

QT9

.1Hz to 3MHz

—

20 Lead Flat Pack

QT21

1.0Hz to 15MHz

1Hz to 75MHz

16 Lead Flat Pack

QT22

50KHz to 15MHz

25KHz to 75 MHz

QUALITY CONFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY ASSURANCE

Q-Tech’s facilities are qualified to MIL-l-45208 and are well equipped to perform the screening, quality
conformance and reliability assurance requirements of MIL-M-38510A and MIL-STD-833. Q-Tech is a
QPL source for all hybrid MIL-O-55310 oscillators.

SPECIAL PACKAGES AND ENCLOSURES

Q-TECH can provide units to unusual package requirements including miniature units withstanding
10,000 PSI and Flat Packs with less than .100 inch thickness. Ultra-thin (.065) ceramic packages avail-
able with frequencies to 60 MHz.

UPPER DIMENSIONS IN INCHES, LOWER DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS.

QT8 QUO QT21 QT22

2201 CARMELINA AVE. • LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90064 • PHONE (213) 820-4921 • TELEX 69-6140

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1363

COMMONLY USED

— ■ ai lei

BkB w I xVlwMki E&l»ESi%0 r I ^ rmUnHw
A0Ef NBai VIM I lUNd

AND ACRONYMS H

Q

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binary-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

j

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
/xF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsicrnegative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
YAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

REEVESHOFFMAN

DIVISION, DYNAMICS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
400 W. North St., Carlisle, PA 1 701 3 U.S.A.

Phone 71 7-243-5929 TWX: 510-650-3510

Crystal Oscillators

Custom oscillators from the leaders
in frequency control

Forty years of superior performance— design, manufacture, and
delivery of outstanding quartz crystal products— stand behind Reeves-
Hoffman’s new line of crystal oscillators.

Accustomed to high-volume production of out-of-the-ordinary
orders, we take your custom requirements in stride— starting from a
blank drawing board where necessary— and put our immense fund of
experience, imagination, and manufacturing resources into each
custom oscillator assignment.

The oscillator types described on this page are only represen-
tative of a capability which can give you just the right product
(including RC and LC networks) for your application.

Complete control of our manufacturing is in-house, from the
raw crystal to the hermetic seal. This freedom from outside suppliers
lets us promise delivery without fear of someone else’s production
problems. Call us to discuss your oscillator needs: (717) 243-5929.

Coldweld-Packaged
TTL Hybrid Crystal

The superiority of coldweld sealing is well
known: A good coldweld gives a better vacuum,
and therefore a higher Q, and also leaves no
microsplashes of metal inside the package.
Reeves-Hoffman’s many years of experience
and volume production capability in coldweld
sealing are important considerations in the
choice of a supplier of quality hybrid crystal
clocks. Request Data Sheet 02-020-0001 .

Specifications

Frequency range

16.0 kHz through

60.00 MHz

Output

(0 to 10 TTL loads)

Square-wave TTL

Symmetry

40/60 to 60/40

Input voltage

+ 5.0 VDC±5%

Input current

15 to 75 mA

Stability

+ 0.01% to ±0.01%

Temperature range

0°Cto+70°C

\_4_r

^ 7 ?

Crystal Clocks

Request Data Sheet 02-001-0001

Stability

Af/ATemp Standard

±0.01% (0°Cto +70°C)

Option 1

±0.005% (0°C to +70°C)

Option 2

± 0.001 % (0° C to + 70° C)

LOGIC

FAMILY

TTL

CMOS

ECL

Option 3

±0.01%(— 55°Cto +125°C)

Option 4

± 0.005% ( - 55° C to + 1 25° C)

FREQUENCY

RANGE

3.0 to
60.0 MHz

3.0 to
10 MHz

3.0 to
150 MHz

Option 5

± 0.001 % ( - 55° C to + 50° C)

Option 6

±0.0005% (0°C to + 50° C)

Crystal TCXO’s

Stability |

Option 1

±0.5 ppm (+10 to + 40° C)

Request Data Sheet 02-005-0001

Option 2

± 1 ppm (0° C to + 50° C)

LOGIC

FAMILY

TTL

CMOS

ECL

Option 3

±2 ppm (— 10°Cto +60°C)

Option 4

±3 ppm ( — 15° Cto +65°C)

FREQUENCY

RANGE

3.0 to
30.0 MHz

3.0 to
10 MHz

3.0 to

30 MHz

Option 5

±4 ppm (— 20°Cto +70°C)

Option 6

±5 ppm ( — 25° Cto +75°C)

Crystal VCXO’s

r \ o nno nrtrn

Stability |

ntfqutJoi l— /diet 01 itsei ua-uuc-uuu i

Af/ATemp

±10 ppm (0° C to +70°C)

LOGIC

FAMILY

TTL

CMOS

ECL

Af/Alnput Voltage

±1 ppm ±5%

A f /A Load

±1 ppm ±5%

FREQUENCY

RANGE

3 to

20 MHz

3 to

10 MHz

3 to

30 MHz

Af/ATime

±3 ppm/yr

Crystal OCXO’s

LOGIC

FAMILY

TTL

CMOS

ECL

FREQUENCY

RANGE

3.0 to
60.0 MHz

3.0 to
20 MHz

3.0 to
150 MHz

Output

Sine wave available

Po up to +13dBm

Stability

To ±1 x 10 H1 /°C

Frequency Range

Up to 500MHz
for sine wave output

VCXO capability can be included

Multiple case and base arrangements are available

on all models.

7710

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1365

2300

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

REEVES-HOFFMAN

DIVISION, DYNAMICS CORPORATION OF AMERICA

400 W. North St., Carlisle, PA 1 701 3 U.S.A.

Phone 71 7-243-5929 TWX: 510-650-3510

Crystals of proven reliability for military
and industrial applications

For 40 years, Reeves-Hoffman has been a leader in the design and
manufacture of quartz crystals for government and industry. We are
the only company offering the improved stability of coldweld sealing
at a lower cost than conventional solder-sealed units.

All Reeves-Hoffman crystals are cut, ground, polished, plated, and
mounted at the factory to exacting specifications. Shock, vibration,
and hermeticity characteristics all exceed Mil-Spec C-3098. Crystals
for oscillator and filter applications are available from 1 kHz to 200
MHz, with varying temperature coefficients, effective resistance,
electrical equivalents, and Q values dependent on physical
limitations and circuit requirements.

The staff of crystal engineers at Reeves-Hoffman welcomes the
opportunity to quote on and discuss your particular application.

Ask for our free booklet, “A Specifier’s Guide to Quartz Crystals,”
written to reduce your design problems.

Low-Frequency Crystals

1 .0 to 1200 kHz in standard and miniature holders

Throughout our long history as a quality supplier of low-frequency
crystals, Reeves-Hoffman has dedicated our efforts towards responding
to the changing needs of the electronics industry. As miniaturization
reduced the size of electronic equipment, the traditionally large low-
frequency crystal became one of the largest components in the system.

To respond to this, Reeves-Hoffman worked closely with the crystal
users. As a result, miniature crystal holders such as the RH135, RH170,
RH605, and RH3X8 were developed. This is just one example of Reeves-
Hoffman’s ingenuity and responsiveness to the needs of our most
important asset... our customers.

Recommended Element for
Frequency Range

Holder Style vs. Frequency

Frequency

Range

Element

Frequency

Holder

1-10 kHz

J

1-1.4 kHz

RH13

1 .4-1 .8 kHz

RH13, El, E2

10-100 kHz

NT, XY

1.8-20 kHz

RH13, El, E2, B2

100-250 kHz

5° X

20-86 kHz

RH13, El, E2, B2,
RH170, RH135, A2, A3

250-500 kHz

DT

86-150 kHz

RH36, RH47, El, E2,
RH13, B2, A2, A3, RH6,

500-1000 kHz

SL

150-300 kHz

RH33, RH170

RH36, RH47, A3, E2,
RH13, A2, RH6, RH33,
B2, El, E3

300-450 kHz

RH36, RH47, RH6,

The choice of element will vary.

RH33, RH512, E3

However, Reeves-Hoffman will

450-900 kHz

RH42, RH43, RH18,

choose the best element for

RH25, RH36, RH47,

your specific requirements
based on cost and performance

RH512, RH6, RH33,’ E3

considerations.

900 kHz-

RH42, RH43, A5, RH18,

1.2 MHz

RH25, RH36, RH47,
RH512, RH6, RH33. E3,
RH605

When specifying crystals,
please supply the following:

Crystal Categories

Oscillator Crystals

• Industrial

Aging: 5 to 25 x 10- 6
per year

• Precision

Aging: Less than 5 x 10- 6
per year or less than 5 x 10— 8
per day after first 30 days.

• Military

(per Mil C-3098)

Filter Crystals

See facing page

High-Frequency Crystals

1.0 to 200.0 MHz

The use of high-frequency crystals has grown continually over the years
as timing rates, tranmission frequencies, and data-processing speeds
increased. Fortunately, Reeves-Hoffman is continually involved in this
evolution to the extent that we possess the capabilities to respond to
just about any requirement for high-frequency AT-cut crystals. In the
past, many challenges have been presented to our engineering and
manufacturing personnel. We are extremely proud of their response
record, and look forward to working with you to continue this trend.

Frequency

Recommended

overtone

Holder Style vs. Frequency

1-30 MHz

AT,

fundamental

AT,

third overtone

AT,

fifth overtone

Frequency

Holder

20-60 MHz

60-125 MHz

1. 0-2.5 MHz

2.5-10 MHz

RH36, RH47, E3, RH6,
RH33, RH512, C

RH36, RH47, RH42*.
RH43*, RH18*, RH25*.
A5*, RH6, RH33, E3,
RH512, B5, C

125-160 MHz

AT,

seventh overtone

10-100 MHz

RH42, RH43, RH18,
RH25, A5, B5, E3,
RH512

160-200 MHz

AT.

ninth overtone

100-200 MHz

RH42, RH43, RH18,
RH25, A5, E3, RH512

*Contact factory

Holder Specifications for detai,s -

Holder

Type

Seal*

Max.

Height

Max.
Length _

Max.

Width

Pin Dimensions

Dia.

Spacing

A-2

CW

1 .550

.400 dia.

.0185

.200

A-3

cw

1.000

.400 dia.

.0185

.200

A-5

cw

.260

.400 dia.

.0185

.200

B-2

cw

1 .550

.600 dia.

.0185

.282

B-5

cw

.260

.600 dia.

.0185

.282

C

cw

.350

.830 dia.

.0185

.375

RH3X8

.327

.1 18 dia.

.012

.043

E-1

cw

.360

2.100

..730

.020

1.000

E-2

cw

.360

1 .595

.730

.020

1.000

E-3

cw

.360

.770

.770

.020

.375

RH-6

ss

.775

.757

.352

.050

.486

RH-13

ss

1.526

.757

.352

.050

.486

RH-18

ss

.530

.435

.183

.0185

.192

RH-25

ss

.530

.435

.183

.040

.192

RH-33

ss

.775

.757

.352

.030

.486

RH-36

cw

.775

.757

.352

.050

.486

RH-42

cw

.530

.435

.183

.040

.192

RH-43

cw

.530

.435

.183

.017

.192

RH-47

cw

.775

.757

.352

.030

.486

RH-135

cw

.135

.500

.135

.010

.080

RH-170

cw

.1 70

.500

.135

.010

.080

RH-512

ss

.650

.564

.234

.030

.275

RH-605

cw

.261

.435

.183

.017

.192

*CW^coldweld Alternate pin configurations and locations are available.
SS=solder seal 77n 0

1 . Frequency required

2. Holder style

3. Calibration temperature/
tolerance

4. Oscillator load capacitance

5. Temperature range

6. Maximum series resistance

7. Stability over temperature

1*1366

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

REEVES-HOFFMAN

DIVISION, DYNAMICS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
400 W. North St., Carlisle, PA 1 701 3 U.S.A.
Phone 7 1 7-243-5929 TWX: 5 1 0-650-351 0

DISCRETE OR MONOLITHIC
CRYSTAL FILTERS

• CUSTOM computer-aided design to your specifications saves develop-
ment time and assures optimum performance during production.

• Experience in supplying devices for military radar and communications
applications.

• All crystals designed and built in Reeves-Hoff man ’sown plant, pre-aged
and temperature-tested for improved stability.

• Packaged to meet your most exacting requirements.

• Modern equipment automatically measures critical parameters over the
specified temperature range to assure top performance.

• Complete environmental testing facilities: MIL-F-18327, MIL-STD-202.

To order filters, please specify:

1 . Center frequency and
tolerance.

2. 3 or 6 dB bandwidth.

3. 40 or 60 dB bandwidth
and frequencies at these
points if asymmetric.

4. Minimum attenuation in
stopband.

5. Passband ripple.

6. Insertion loss.

7. Phase or delay
requirements.

8. Input and output
impedance (tolerance).

9. Operating temperature
range.

10. Packaging details.

11. Additional electrical and
environmental
specifications as
required.

TYPICAL FILTERS

EQUALIZED

DELAY FILTERS

frequency range:

100 kHz-30 MHz
typical delay distortion
<200 j us

typical shape factors <1.2:1
impedance level to

specifications. Meets Mil. Std.
188.

SINGLE

SIDEBAND FILTERS

frequency range:

10 kHz-30 MHz
symmetrical— use for either
sideband

regular— specify upper or
lower

shape factor: from 1.1:1
typical carrier attenuation
>30 dB

VERY NARROW
BANDWIDTH FILTERS

designs: Bessel, Butterworth,
Gaussian, Chebyshev
frequency range:

10 kHz-30 MHz
typical shape factor <6:1 I

impedance level to j

specifications

COMB

FILTERS

frequency range:

10kHz— 30 MHz
typical bandwidth <0.2%
typical shape factor <6:1

NORMALIZED CHARACTERISTICS

Many designs over the 10 kHz-80 M Hz frequency range have already been constructed. Call to determine whether one of these will satisfy your requirements,
or to receive a custom design and quotation to your particular specifications.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1367

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

..Sstionix.

TiYMPHJ

Quartz Crystal Units

•Microprocessors

• Communications
•Telecommunications

• Toys & games

• Computers & peripherals

• Instruments

Tuning Fork Crystals

• Clocks & watches

• Computer circuits

• Timers

• Pacemakers

Quartz Crystals

SaRonix offers a broad line of crystal products with the
best combination of price, quality, delivery, and service
available. We carry a large stock of commonly used
crystals, and feature rapid turnaround time on special
units and large production runs.

In addition to the industry standard holders, many

Standard Microprocessor

The accompanying selection chart lists NYMPH AT- cut
quartz crystals for most common microprocessor
applications. Frequencies, configurations, and circuit
calibration conditions shown are those in general
industry usage or are as recommended by the various
microprocessor manufacturers.

special configurations and a wide range of miniature
units are available. We provide back-up stock for all
scheduled orders.

Send your drawings and specifications, or call our
Customer Service Department for ordering assistance
and availability. Toll free (800) 227-8974

! Tuning Forks 1

FREQUENCY

MHZ

NYMPH

PART NUMBER

FREQUENCY

MHZ

NYMPH

PART NUMBER

HC-33/U

HC-18/U

1.000000

NYP010-13

8.000000

NMP080

1.000000

NMP010

9.216000

NMP092

1.843200

NYP018-13

9.830400

NMP098

1.843200

NMP018

10.000000

NMP100

2.000000

NYP020-20

10.738635

NYP107-32

2.000000

NMP020

10.738635

NMP107

2.097152

NYP021-20

11.000000

NMP110

2.457600

NYP024-32

11.059200

NMP111

2.457600

NMP024

12.000000

NMP120

3.579545

NYP035-18

12.288000

NMP122

3.579545

HC-18/U

NYP035-18S*

13.516800

14.318180

NMP135

NMP143

1.000000

NMP010A

14.745600

NMP147

1.843200

NMP018A

15.000000

NMP150

2.000000

NYP020A-20

16.000000

NMP160

2.000000

NMP020A

16.384000

NMP163

2.097152

NYP021A-20

17.360000

NMP173

2.457600

NYP024A-20

18.000000

NMP180

2.457600

NMP024A

18.432000

NMP184

3.000000

NYP030A-30

19.354000

NMP193

3.000000

NMP030A

19.660800

NMP196

3.276800

NYP032A-15

20.000000

NMP200

3.276800

NMP032A

22.118400

NMP221

3.330000

NMP033A

23.400000

NMP234

3.579545

NYP035A-18

24.000000

NMP240

3.579545

NMP035A

24.576000

NYP245-18

3.600000

NYP036-30

25.000000

NMP250

3.600000

NMP036

27.000000

NMP270

3.686400

NYP037-20

30.000000

NMP300

3.686400

NMP037

32.000000

NMP320

3.932160

NYP039-12

36.000000

NMP360

3.932160

NMP039

40.000000

NMP400

4.000000

4.000000

NYP040-20

NMP040

48.000000

HC-44/U

NMP480

4.194303

NYP041-12

6.000000

44N060

4.433619

NYP044-20

8.000000

44N080

4.915200

NMP049

10.000000

44N100

5.000000

NYP050-20

12.000000

44N120

5.068800

NMP051

12.500000

44N125

5.185000

NYP052-20

14.318180

44N143

5.714300

NMP057

14.400000

44N144

5.990400

NMP059

15.000000

44N150

6.000000

NMP060

16.000000

44N160

6.144000

NYP061-30

18.000000

44N180

6.400000

NYP064-20

18.432000

44N184

6.553600

NMP065

19.354000

44N193

7.000000

NMP070

19.660800

44N196

7.159090

NYP071-20

20.000000

44N200

7.372800

NMP073

22.118400

44N221

8.000000

NYP080-18

24.000000

44N240

^Special .375" lead

spacing

25.000000

44N250

The NYMPH tuning fork type quartz crystal provides the
circuit designer with the ultimate in size, performance,
and economic trade-offs. This highly reliable, stable, and
accurate device is available in two micro-miniature sizes
for time base applications operating from a 32.768 KHz
reference frequency.

Dimensions

Part Number

NTF3238

NTF3226

A

1.1 ±0.2

0.8±0.1

B

0.3±0.07

0.2±0.05

C

3.1 max

2.1 max

L

8.3 max

7.0 max

D

9.0 min

5.0 min

Dimensions in mm

Electrical Specifications

Part Number

NTF3238 NTF3226

Freq. @ 25°C

32.768 KHz ± 20 ppm

Turnover Temp.

25°C±5°C

Temperature

Characteristic-K

-0.038 ppm/°C 2 Typical
(Af/f=K(T 0 — T) 2 where T=pt.
of temperature comparison)

Quality Factor

100,000, Typical 90,000 Typical

Load Cap.

9.5 to 15pF, Typical

Series Resist.

30 K ohms max. 40 K ohms max.

Drive Level

10 fiW Max

Aging

First 30 Days: 3.0 ppm

First Year: 5.0 ppm

Optg. Temp.

-10 to +60°C

..Ssftotiix.

4010 Transport at San Antonio • Palo Alto, California 94303 • (415) 856-6900 • (800) 227-8974

1*1368

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Sationix...

T1YMPHJ

Crystal Clock Oscillators

• TTL

• CMOS

• Baud Rate Generator

• MPU Clock Driver

• Special Output Characteristics

• Selectable Frequency Outputs

Physically and function-
ally interchangeable
with all major manufac-
turers' devices.

Crystal Clock Oscillators

Fixed Frequency

The SaRonix NYMPH crystal clock oscillator family
includes a wide variety of state-of-the-art thick film
hybrid devices for generating TTL, CMOS, Baud Rates,
and special output characteristics.

These devices are packaged in a 14 pin DIP compatible,
all metal, resistance welaed, hermetic unit. They are
physically and functionally interchangeable with all
major manufacturer's devices.

p .600 ± .005 1

Dm i r-\ — r

SARONIX

No © © O+j -p

CRYSTAL OSC.

| .300 ± .005

<@> frequency

- MODEL NO.

J

.495 ±

n . „ © © \ ^ 1
Pin 14 — l \ y— Pin 8 1

1 \

| Glass insulators (4)

[• .795 - .005

NCT Series (TTL)

Freq. Range:

Freq. Stability:

Optg. Temp. Range:
Input Voltage:

TTL Output:
Symmetry:

Rise & Fall Times:

"O" Level:

"I" Level:

Output Load:

250 kHz- 60 MHz
±0.0025 to ±1.00%
over optg. temp. & voltage

0 to +70°C

+5 VDC ± 0.5 V

60/40 to 40/60 @1.4 VDC Level
15 ns Max. for 250 kHz to 25 MHz,
7 ns Max. for 25 MHz to 60 MHz
+0.4 Volts
+2.4 Volts

1 to 10 TTL gates

NCC Series (CMOS)

Freq. Range:

Freq. Stability:

Optg. Temp. Range:
Input Voltage:
CMOS Output:
Symmetry:

Fall:

"O" Level:

"I" Level:

..Sationix

600 Hz- 8 MHz
±0.0025 to ±1.00%
over optg. temp. & voltage

0 to +70°C

(V DD ) +4.5 VDC to +12 VDC

60/40 to 40/60 @ VzVcc
140 ns max. @ V DD = +5 VDCl R L +200 KD
50 ns max. @V DD = +12 VDCjC L +50pf
+0.2 V 50 Kfl load to V DD
(V dd - 0.2)V 50 Kfl load to com.

:ri Selectable Frequency

The 8600 Series is a unique family of hybrid
oscillators which combines a quartz crystal unit with
CMOS circuitry in a 16 pin DIP package. By appro-
priate selection of six leads, 57 different output tre-

priate selection of six leads,
quencies may be generated from the base frequency
of the crystal.

8640 Series

Standard TTL Frequencies (Available from stock)

Part No.

Freq. (MHz)

Part No.

Freq. (MHz)

NCT040C

1.0000

NCT050C

10.0000

NCT040C

1.8432

NCT050C

12.0000

NCT040C

2.0000

NCT050C

16.0000

NCT040C

2.4576

NCT050C

18.4320

NCT050C

4.0000

NCT050C

19.6608

NCT050C

5.0000

NCT050C

20.0000

NCT050C

5.0688

NCT070C

22.1184

NCT050C

6.0000

NCT070C

24.0000

NCT050C

6.1440

NCT070C

32.0000

NCT050C

8.0000

NCT070C

40.0000

Frequency Characteristics

Output Freq. Range: 1 MHz ~ 0.0042 Hz

Freq. Tolerance:

± 100 ppm

Aging:

± 10 ppm/year

Volt. Coefficient:

Typical 10, max. 40 ppm/V

Turnover Temp.:

Min. 15, typical 30, max. 45°C

Temp. Coefficient:

Typical 0.03, max. 0.05 ppm/°C

Maximum Ratings

Supply Voltage:

-0.3 to +10 V

Operating Temp.:

-10 to +70°C

Storage Temp.:

-30 to +85°C

8650/8651 Series

Frequency Characteristics

Output Freq. Range’.

130 KHz ~ 0.00025 Hz

Freq. Tolerance:

8650: ± 50 ppm

8651: ± 5 ppm

Aging:

± 3 ppm/year

Volt. Coefficient:

Typical 2 ppm/V

Turnover Temp.:

8650: Typical 25°C

8651: Min. 20, typical 25, max. 30°C

Temp. Coefficient:

Min. 0.03, typical 0.035, max. 0.04
ppm/°C 2

Maximum Ratings

Supply Voltage :
Operating Temp.:

-0.3 to +8 V

8650: -10 to +70°C

8651: -10 to +60°C

8650: -30 to +80°C

8651: -10 to +70°C

Storage Temp. :

Selection Chart

Frequency

Model Output Frequency Range Tolerance

8640 -A
8640 -B
8640-C
8640-0
8640 -P
8650-A

8650- B

8651 - A
8651 -B

600 KHz -0.005 Hz
1 MHz -0.0083 Hz
768 KHz -0.0064 Hz
Dividing IC Only
50,60 Hz Only
60 KHz -0.0005 Hz
100 KHz -0.00083 Hz
60KHz -0.0005 Hz
100 KHz -0.00083 Hz

± 100 ppm
± 100 ppm
± 100 ppm

4010 Transport at San Antonio • Palo Alto, California 94303 • (415) 856-6900 • (800) 227-8974

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1369

CROSS REFERENCE CARDS (61)

FILE

LABELS (308)

PRODUCT

INDEX

INDEX

m

Etl IxItIm

Ht! iYiTIM
FitS |¥ 183

LABELS FIT
THIRD-CUT
FILE FOLDERS
(NOT SUPPLIED)

.COMPLETE INSTRUCTIONS Jh«
ET UP AND KEEP UP yOUR ELECTRONS
TS DATA INFORMATION FILING SYSTEM

WONDERFILE

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can' save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

. Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

STANDARD CRYSTALS/OSCILLATORS

QUARTZ CRYSTALS

Seiko Instruments offers a wide range of
high quality, competitively priced quartz
crystals. These units are particularly well
suited for microprocessors, peripherals,
clocks, and other time-based applications
where small size, temperature stability, and
high reliability are required.

.750 —

f- 800— | |

350 1

[ — .515 — P .800 — | ,-| [-.183 -rf

030 OIA. .486

H

31

0 TL

| 246-

060 H P' 008 X 010

- 200— )r 036 k084 -| i 2(

r-, _L f ~ -Lf

U -rCZ

- j — .200 —

Irl H 060

HC-33U

1.0-10.0 MHz

HC-18U

1.2-120.0 MHz

DS-VT-200

32.768 KHz

DS-VT-150

32.768 KHz

QUARTZ CRYSTAL SPECIFICATIONS

HC-33U

HC-18U

DS-VT-150

DS-VT-200 1

Frequency

Range

1—3 MHz

3—120 MHz

32.768 KHz

Frequency

Tolerance

± .002% at 25°C

Temp. Stability

± .005%

Temp. Range

0°C to 70°C

-10°C to +60°C |

ES Resistance

1 MHz Range

3 MHz Range

30 KO

50KO

5000

2 MHz Range

2500

4 MHz & above.

3000

1000

Drive Level

50/iW to 5mW

1.0/tW Max.

0.4/xW Max.

Shunt-

Capacitance

7 pF Max.

0.86 pF Max.

Storage Temp.

-55°C to 105°C

-30°C to +70°C

STANDARD FREQUENCY LIST

FREQ. PART#

CASE

LOAD

CAP.

1.000 MHz

DS-100

HC-33/U

16 pF

1.73

DS-173

IC-33/U

Series

1.8432

DS-184

HC-33/U

16 pF

2.00

DS-200

HC-33/U

16 pF

2.097152

DS-209

HC-33/U

16 pF

2.4576

DS-245

HC-33/U

32 pF

2.50

DS-250

HC-33/U

Series

3.00

DS-300

HC-18/U

16 pF

3.072

DS-307

HC-18/U

18 pF

3.12

DS-312

HC-18/U

12 pF

3.2768

DS-327

HC-18/U

16 pF

3.330

DS-333

HC-18/U

Series

3.330

DS-333A

HC-18/U

20 pF

3.579545

DS-357

HC-18/U

16 pF

4.00

DS-400

HC-18/U

Series

4.00

DS-400A

HC-18/U

16 pF

4.032*

DS-403

HC-18/U

22 pF

4.194304

DS-419

HC-18/U

16 pF

4.440

DS-444

HC-18/U

20 pF

4.550

DS-455

HC-18/U

20 pF

4.750

DS-475

HC-18/U

20 pF

4.9152

DS-491

HC-18/U

4 Series

4.9562

DS-495

HC-18/U

Series

5.000

DS-500

HC-18/U

20 pF

5.0688

DS-506

HC-18/U

Series

5.120

DS-512

HC-18/U

Series

5.1850

DS-518

HC-18/U

20 pF

5.5850

DS-558

HC-18/U

Series

5.5870

DS-558A

HC-18/U

20 pF

*Special Spec.

FREQ.

PART#

CASE

LOAD

CAP.

6.00 MHz

DS-600

HC-18/U

Series

6.144

DS-614

HC-18/U

30 pF

6.250

DS-625

HC-18/U

16 pF

6.400

DS-640

HC-18/U

16 pF

6.5536

DS-655

HC-18/U

16 pF

8.00

DS-800

HC-18/U

Series

8.00

DS-800A

HC-18/U

18pF

8.33

DS-833

HC-18/U

Series

10.00

DS-1000

HC-18/U

Series

10.92

DS-1092

HC-18/U

10 pF

11.00

DS-1100

HC-18/U

10 pF

12.00

DS-1200

HC-18/U

10 pF

15.00

DS-1500

HC-18/U

10 pF

16.00

DS-1600

HC-18/U

Series

18.00

DS-1800

HC-18/U

Series

18.432

DS-1843

HC-18/U

Series

20.00

DS-2000

HC-18/U

Series

22.00

DS-2200

HC-18/U

Series

22.1184

DS-2218

HC-18/U

Series

23.40

DS-2340

HC-18/U

Series

24.00

DS-2400

HC-18/U

Series

25.00

DS-2500

HC-18/U

Series

27.00

DS-2700

HC-18/U

Series

32.00

DS-3200

HC-18/U

Series

36.00

DS-3600

HC-18/U

Series

48.00

DS-4800

HC-18/U

Series

32.768 KHz

DS-VT-200

6.2x 2.0 mm

6 pF

(cylindrical)

32.768 KHz

DS-VT-150

5.1 x 1.5 mm

6 pF

(cylindrical)

CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

Seiko Instruments clock oscillators provide
all metal, hermetically sealed cases; notably
low power consumption; and tight frequency
stability for the most demanding applications
and reliability. Units are TTL or CMOS com-
patible.

| .792 ±011 |

(20.12 ±0.3)

.196 max.
JL (5.0)

1

.019 ± .004 J|""Toi9 ± .008 |

(0.47 ± 0.1) "T - (0.5 ±0.2) 1

Pin #1 *

L

17

— ‘.248 ±.040
(6 3 ± 1.0)

00^.008
r .62|± 0 2)

r <

.492 ± 011
(12.50 ±0.3)

.3

0

#14

.400 ± .008
(10.16 ±02)'
.600 ± 008

#8

SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD

DS-C304A

Frequency Range

250 KHz to 50 MHz

Frequency Stability

± .007% @ 25°C

Temperature Stability

±.001%

Temperature Range

0°C to 70°C

Storage Temperature

- 55°C to +125°C

Input Voltage

+ 5.0 ± 0.5V dc

Input Current

90mA over temp, range

Symmetry

60/40% @ 1.4V dc

Rise and fall time

15 ns maximum
(250 KHz-8.999 MHz)

10 ns maximum
(9.0 MHz-31.999 MHz)

6 ns maximum
(32 MHz-50 MHz)

Output Load

1 to 10 TTL gates

STANDARD FREQUENCY LIST

FREQ.

* STOCK#

FREQ.

¥ STOCK#

1.0

DSC100

10.000

DSC1000

1.2288

DSC122

12.000

DSC1200

1.8432

DSC184

16.000

DSC1600

2.0

DSC200

16.384

DSC1638

2.4576

DSC245

18.432

DSC1843

4.0

DSC400

19.6608

DSC1966

4.9152

DSC491

20.000

DSC2000

5.000

DSC500

22.1184

DSC221 1

5.0688

DSC506

24.000

DSC2400

6.00

DSC600

25.000

DSC2500

6.144

DSC614

32.000

DSC3200

7.3728

DSC737

40.000

DSC4000

8.000

DSC800

* Part No. DS-C304A.

CUSTOM CRYSTALS/OSCILLATORS

QUARTZ CRYSTALS

Seiko Instruments also offers the following
custom cases for your special quartz crystal
engineering needs. Plus, the smallest

MHz quartz crystal units in the world... the
DS-MGQ series with a frequency range of
1 to 3 MHz, and a temperature stability of
±5 ppm from -30 to +70°C.

DS-MGQ

1. 0-3.0 MHz

38C/39C
3.0-10.0 MHz 43U

3.0-20.0 MHz

CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

Seiko Instruments also offers tight tolerance
oscillators in the cases shown below. Call for
complete details.

DS-C308 DS-C304

0.5 -64.0 Hz 250KHZ- 50.0 MHz
3.0-16.0 MHz

DS-C303
3.0 -24.0 MHz

SEIKO INSTRUMENTS U.S.A., INC., 2990 W. Lomita Blvd., Torrance, CA 90505 • (213) 530-8777

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1371

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Sokol

Crystal Products, Inc.

The Talk of the Universe

Our crystals and crystal filters are
making talk wherever talk is being made
— from space/com to computerized auto
ignition systems. We pride ourselves on
producing high reliability filters
(withstanding high frequency vibrations
to 3,000 HZ, and shock specs to 2,000
G’s) with competitive' pricing and
performance that far surpasses imports
in all parameters. We make it imperative
to buy American.

Today’s engineering challenges become
tomorrow’s product line at Sokol.
Although our specialties are monolithics,
discretes, L-C’s, time delays and crystals
(in a fundamental frequency range of
1-45 MHZ, with 3rd, 5th, and 7th
overtones to 200 MHZ,) we are pleased to
supply engineering assistance with
crystals and crystal filter design in any
problematic circuit application or
specification requirement you may
encounter.

Technically we’re good. For instance, we
presently supply the smallest matched
set of filters available in the industry.

Our MIL qualifications include:

• Equipment calibration maintained
according to MIL-C-45662

• Inspection procedures approved
according to MIL-l-45208

• Quality approved according to
MIL-Q-9858A

• Soldering approved according to
WS 6536.

Our in-house test equipment is capable
of testing to any MIL spec, and our
production facilities handle both high
volume commercial and high reliability
space and military projects.

Why are we the talk of the universe?
Because we make it possible.

1*1372

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Sokol

Crystal Products, Inc.

“Where the Impossible Becomes the Ordinary.”

121 Water Street, Mineral Point, Wisconsin 53565, Phone 608-987-3363, Telex 467581

L

I f f ill

F

2 POLE MONOLITHIC FILTERS

3.0 MHz to 200 MHz

Monolithics as fundamentals to 45 MHz and
overtones to 200 MHz.

Center
Freq
in MHZ

3 db
B.W.
in KHZ

20 db
B.W.
in KHZ

Nominal
Impedance
in ohms

5.20

150

900

120

5.26

13

70

6000

9.00

15

80

4300

10.70

13

70

1800

10.70

30

165

4300

11.40

10.6

50

2000

15.1875

36

200

4700

16.90

13

70

390

17.90

15

80

2000

21.40

15

80

1400

25.50

70

400

5000

30.00

30

170

1000

43.50

13

85

3000

70.00

30

170

5000

156.00

13

70

3600

MULTIPOLE MONOLITHIC

FILTERS 3.0 MHz to 200 MHz

Multipole Monolithics over a wide frequency range
with varying bandwidths; up to 16 pole filters.

Center
Freq
in MHZ

3 db
B.W.
in KHZ

60 db
B.W.
in KHZ

Nominal
Impedance
in ohms

5.20

13.0

25

6000

5.26

13.0

25

6000

6.46

13.0

25

5000

9.00

15.0

. 40

4300

10.70

13.0

25

3300

10.70

30.0

60

5000

11.40

2.7

6

470

12.428

3.0

12

390

15.1875

36.0

150

6000

16.90

13.0

30

600

18.05

46.0

120

6000

21.40

15.0

30

1500

25.50

22.0

44

1800

29.00

30.0

75

1400

30.00

50.0

100

2100

45.00

15.0

70

2700

75.00

13.0

60

3000

PACKAGED MONOLITHIC
FILTERS

Multiple Monolithics in standard and non-standard
packages; 50 and 75 ohms as well as the filter
characteristic impedances available.

Center
Freq
in MHZ

3 db
B.W.
in KHZ

60 db
B.W.
in KHZ

Nominal
Impedance
in ohms

5.201

3.4

5.5

1000

5.201

3.4

6.0

1500

5.26

13.0

25.0

50

9.00

2.7

5.2

1000

9.00

13.0

25.0

50

10.00

30.0

60.0

5000

10.70

22.0

40.0

4300

10.70

13.0

25.0

3300

10.70

14.0

20.0

3300

11.10

34.8

70.0

5000

11.50

36.0

90.0

50

15.1875

36.0

70.0

6000

16.025

36.0

70.0

6000

16.90

13.0

25.0

1000

21.40

22.0

42.0

2200

25.00

19.0

28.0

1300

30.112

25.0

50.0

50

75.00

26.0

90.0

50

WIDE BAND CRYSTAL and L-C Filters

Center

Frequency

3 dB
B.W.

60 dB
B.W.

Insertion

Loss

Characteristic

Impedance

Size

3.0 MHz

3 KHz

3.4 KHz

6dB

50 ohms

2. 9x1x1

10.607 MHz

186 KHz

260 KHz

8 dB

50 ohms

2.4x1x.9

10.700 MHz

210 KHz

400 KHz

8dB

50 ohms

2.4x1x.9

10.700 MHz

500 KHz

1000 KHz

8 dB

50 ohms

2.4x1x.9

21.400 MHz

250 KHz

450 KHz

7 dB

50 ohms

2.0x.9x.5

21.400 MHz

500 KHz

900 KHz

9 dB

50 ohms

2.4x1x.9

21.400 MHz

150 KHz

350 KHz

6 dB

50 ohms

2.0x.8x.5

30.000 MHz

500 KHz

1000 KHz

6dB

50 ohms

2.4x1x.9

FOUR POLE ON ONE BLANK (Miniature Filters)

HC-18/u package with spurious greater than 40 dB below passband

response.

Center

Frequency

3 dB

B.W.

60 dB

B.W.

Insertion

Loss

Characteristic

Impedance

45.0 MHz

15 KHz

70 KHz

3 dB

4000 ohms

72.2 MHz

25 KHz

120 KHz

3 dB

3600 ohms

75.0 MHz

26 KHz

110 KHz

3 dB

4000 ohms

82.8 MHz

30 KHz

130 KHz

2 dB

3500 ohms

99.0 MHz

40 KHz

180 KHz

2 dB

3000 ohms

121.0 MHz

50 KHz

225 KHz

2 dB

3000 ohms

PACKAGED TIME DELAY MATCHED FILTER SETS

FILTERS 3.0 MHz to 200 MHz

Time Delay Filters as narrowband monolithics and
wideband uniwafers to minimize size and weight.

Differential

Center
Freq
in MHZ

3 db
B.W.
in KHZ

60 db
B.W.
in KHZ

Delay

over 3 db BW
(in micro-
seconds)

5.120

3.7

10

165

10.700

13.0

55

25

12.500

19.0

125

10

13.500

20.0

95

35

21.400

26.0

130

25

25.000

30.0

140

20

30.000

100.0

700

40

DISCRIMINATORS

Commerical and Military Discriminators from 1
MHz to 250 MHz to solve any demodulation
problem.

C.F.

Distortion

B.W. in KHZ

Size

5.26

1.0%

28

HC-6

10.7

1.0%

28

HC-6

10.7

0.8%

34

HC-18

11.5

3.5%

50

1 3 /4Xl Wk

16.9

1.2%

32

HC-18

21.4

0.8%

34

HC-18

25.0

1.5%

60

HC-18

30.0

1.2%

28

HC-18

34.9

1.5%

70

HC-18

45.0

1.5%

28

HC-18

Phase and Amplitude matched sets along with minimized size and weight.

Center No. of Filters 3 dB 60 dB Nominal Amplitude Phase

Frequency in matched set B.W. B.W. Impedance Match Match Size

5.0 MHz 4 3.0 KHz 10 KHz

5.6 MHz 3 4.5 KHz 13 KHz

10.7 MHz 2 25 KHz 100 KHz

21.4 MHz 2 10 KHz 20 KHz

21.4 MHz 2 25 KHz 50 KHz

21.4 MHz 2 50 KHz 100 KHz

28.0 MHz 3 5 KHz 15 KHz

MILITARY and AIRCRAFT
RADIO CRYSTALS i mhz to 250 mhz

Solder seal, resistance weld and cold weld crystals
to meet all military and aircraft radio requirements.
Rugged versions for high shock and vibration
requirements. Miniatures to meet all size
requirements.

Freq
in MHZ

Calibration

Tolerance

Temp

Range

Stability
Over Temp

1.000

±.002%

-55 to + 105°C

±.005%

3.200

±.002%

- 55 to +

85°C

±.0025%

4.096

±.002%

-40 to +100°C

±.003%

5.600

±.002%

-55 to + 105°C

±.005%

11.45

±.002%

-55 to + 105°C

±.005%

20.958

±.003%

-20 to +

55°C

±.002%

46.850

± .002%

- 55 to +

90°C

± .005%

64.300

±.002%

-40 to +

71 °C

±.003%

64.998

±.002%

-20 to +

55 °C

±.003%

70.000

±.001%

+ 80 to +

90°C

±.002%

92.500

±.001%

+ 80 to +

90°C

±.002%

121.500

±.002%

- 40 to +

71 °C

±.003%

160.500

±.0015%

-55 to +

85°C

±.005%

161.670

±0025%

-55 to +

85°C

±.005%

1000 ohms

0.2 dB

±1°

2.4x1x.9

50 ohms

0.2 dB

±1°

2.4x1x.9

50 ohms

0.1 dB

±2°

1.06x.5x.6

1000 ohms

0.2 dB

±2°

1.75x.6x.2

2500 ohms

0.2 dB

±2°

1.75x.6x.2

3000 ohms

0.5 dB

±3°

1.75x.6x.2

50 ohms

0.2 dB

±2°

1.06x.5x.5

MICROPROCESSOR and
SCANNER CRYSTAL iMHz to

250 MHz

Some standards are as follows:

Freq
in MHZ

Clock 1C

Case

1.0000

2650; 6800; 56860

HC-33

1.8432

MC14411

HC-33

2.0000

F8/CPU3850

HC-33

2.4576

34702

HC-18

3.5795

TV or GAME

HC-18

4.0000

4040/4201; 6800; 3870

HC-18

4.9152

COM 5026/5046

HC-18

5.0688

COM 5016/5036

HC-18

6.1440

8085

HC-18

8.0000

CP 1600; IM 6100

HC-18

10.0000

TTL Macrologic

HC-18

14.3188

Hughes-Toys

HC-18

18.4320

8080A/8224

HC-18

20.0000

AM 2900

HC-18

22.1184

8080A/8224

HC-18

48.0000

Special

HC-18

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1373

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Spectrum Technology

P.O. BOX 948 TEL (805) 964-7791

GOLETA, CA 93116 TWX 910-334-1163

14 PIN DIP PACKAGE, Resistance Weld Hermetically Sealed Crystal Oscillators/IC Logic Clocks
(Mfd. IAW MIL- STD-883)

Stabilities to ±.005%, Temperature Range -55 to + 125°C Pins: .018" dia.; .28" min. length

TTL — 71 16/71 14*/71 17t —1 Hz to 65 MHz, 5 Vdc

CMOS — 4116/4114V4117t — . 015 Hz to 15 MHz (Specify Vdc,
+ 5 to +15)

Package, 14 pin DIP pattern: .87"x.50"x.20"

Std. Pin Conn.: 7, Com; 8, Output; 14, +Supply
MIL-STD-883 Screening available. (Class “B” typical)

* 4-pin package f 7-pin package

.20 MAX HT

SQUARE CORNER DESIGNATES PIN 1

.10 TYP.

.880 MAX.

(.810 MAX available)

.30

.510 MAX.

TO-5/TO-8 PACKAGE, Resistance Weld Hermetically Sealed
(Mfd. IAW MIL-STD-883)

Stabilities to ±.005%, Temperature Range -55 to +125°C

TTL — 7181/7180(TO-8) — 28 Hz to 65 MHz

7150(TO-5) — 625 KHz to 65 MHz

CMOS — 41 81/41 80(TO-8) — 3.5 Hz to 15 MHz (Specify Vdc)
4150(TO-5) — 80 KHz to 15 MHz (Specify Vdc)

Std. Pin Conn.:

7150/4150, 7181/4181 —4, Com; 5, Output; 8, +Supply
7180/4180 — 6, Com; 5, Output; 12, +Supply
MIL-STD-883 Screening available. (Class “B” typical)

(All pins .018" dia.; .480 min. length)

7150/4150 7180/4180 7181/4181

.20 MAX HT

.20 MAX HT .300 MAX HT

LEADLESS CHIP CARRIER (LCC) CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/LOGIC
CLOCK (Mfd. IAW MIL-STD-883)

Stabilities to ±.005%, Temperature Range -55 to +125°C
TTL —7110, 39 Hz to 65 Hz

CMOS — 4110, 600 Hz to 15 MHz (Specify Vdc, +5 to +15)

.480" sq. — Pin 37 Com; 39 Output; 4 Supply
.560" sq. — Pin 44 Com; 47 Output; 5 Supply
MIL-STD-883 Screening Available (Class “B” typical)

FLAT PACK CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
(Mfd. IAW MIL-STD-883)

Stabilities to ±.005%, Temperature Range -55 to +125°C
TTL —7111, 28 Hz to 65 MHz

CMOS — 4111,3.5 Hz to 15 MHz (Specify Vdc, +5 to +15)

16 Lead — Pin 8 Com; 9 Output; 16 Supply
20 Lead — Pin 1 0 Com; 1 1 Output; 20 Supply
MIL-STD-883 Screening Available (Class “B” typical)

QPL to MIL-O-5531 0: Spectrum Technology is a Qualified Supplier of crystal oscillators to MIL-O-55310/4 through /1 7 per QPL-
55310. The /4 through 17 are TCXO types; /8 through /1 9 are hybrid units with general specifications as shown. Hybrid oscillators
are available with Class S, Class B, or Class C screening.

M55310/XX

Package Type (7)

Frequency Type

Stability, PPM

Output

Type

Pin Numbers |

QPL

Out

Case

B-

B +

■m

7116-

5008-

14-pin DIP, .2" H

50 Hz, 50 MHz

(3)

TTL

1

2

8

14

mSm:

7150-

5009-

TO-5

400 KHz, 30 MHz

(3)

TTL

5

4

4

8

/10

7181-

5010-

TO-8

1 KHz, 30 MHz

(3)

TTL

5

4

4

8

/ii

4116/4400

5011-

14-pin DIP, .4" H.

.05 MHz, 10 MHz

(3)

CMOS

1

2

8

14

/1 2

4150-

5012-

TO-5

.05 MHz, 10 MHz

(4)

CMOS

5

4

4

8

/1 3

4181-

5013-

TO-8

300 Hz, 10 MHz

(4)

CMOS

5

4

4

8

/14

7116-

5014-

14-pin DIP, .2" H.

.1 Hz, 25 MHz

(3)

TTL

5

7

7

4

/1 5

4116-

5015-

14-pin DIP, .2" H.

.01Hz, 10 MHz

(3)

CMOS

1

2

8

14

/ 1 6

7116-

5016-

14-pin DIP, .2" H.

.1 Hz, 50 MHz

(1)

TTL

8

7

7

14

■ ill

7116-

5017-

14-pin DIP, .2" H.

250 KHz, 50 MHz

(1)

TTL

8

7

7

14(5)

4116-

5018-

14-pin DIP, .2" H.

.01 Hz, 15 MHz

(1)

CMOS

8

7

7

14

■ 1:1

7110-

5019-

40-pin LCC, .085" H.

1.0 MHz, 60 MHz

(2)

TTL

39

—

31/37

4/10

NOTES: STABILITY OPTIONS: d) (2 ) (3) (4)

A: —55 to +125°C; ±50 or 100 ppm ±100 or 200 ppm ±50 ppm ±100 ppm (5) Gated Oscillator, Gate Input on pin 9.

B: —55 to +105°C; ±40 or 80 ppm ±75 or 150 ppm ±40 ppm ±70 ppm (6) Pending approval.

C: — 20 to +70°C; ±25 or 50 ppm ±50 or 100 ppm ±25 ppm ±55 ppm (7) All package heights max.

1*1374

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Spectrum Technology

LOW COST DIP PKG. CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/LOGIC CLOCK

Stabilities to ±.005%, Temperature Range -55 to + 105°C
7401/4401—14 pin DIP, .8"x.5"x .375", Epoxy Case
21 00/31 00 — 4 pin DIP, .8"x.5"x.2", Resistance Weld Sealed

TTL —2100/7401—1 Hz to 65 MHz

CMOS — 3100/4401— .015 Hz to 15 MHz (Specify Vdc, +5 to +15)

Std. Pin Conn.: 7, Com; 8, Output; 14, +Supply iotyp

Pins: .018 dia.; 7401/4401 : .15" min. length ‘ f ‘

2100/3100: .23" min. length

7401/4401

2100/3100
SQUARE CORNER DESIGNATES PIN 1

.815

MAX.

. 30 ^. 515 MAX.

/ '

• 0-

0 o-

jj-.eo-i’

.510 MAX.

.810

MAX.

Temperature Compensated
Crystal Oscillators

For applications requiring high stability, low power and zero
warm-up time. Designed for P.C. Board mounting.

Input Voltage: +10 to +20 volt range -
regulation to ±10%

Output Signal: TTL standard; CMOS,
SINE-WAVE or ECL
available

Temp Stability: ±2 x 10*7, 0 to +50°C;

±5 X 10+ -20 to +65°C;
±1 x 10+ -55 to +85°C;
±5 X 10+ -55 to +125°C.
Other ranges available

Freq Range:
7002:

7006:

Trim Adjust:

10 KHz to 20 MHz;

1 Hz to 100 MHz available
special

500 KHz to 20 MHz;

1'0 KHz to 100 MHz available
special

5 to 10 years aging range

SPECIAL PACKAGES: Many special configurations are avail-
able including smaller packages, units with mounting studs,
brackets, inserts, and special electrical characteristics. Con-
tact Spectrum Technology for further information.

"s

T..»

I

A

— #.oa—

PIN CONNECTIONS
Series 7002

Series 7006

adj, .075 Iwx

m +±

| S>

h°

-r-4 • .

.oao dl«.— |—

lOmox.J

,i a

I|

; |*~ *.OD— | i
— rj

PIN CONNECTIONS
Series 7006

QPL TCXO’s:

Spectrum is an approved QPL Supplier to M55310/4, /5, /6
&/7.

1 — Pos. Supply

2 — Com. and Case

3 — N/C

4 — Output

1 — Pos. Supply

2 — Com. and Case
3 — N/C

4 — Output

Spectrum Technology utilizes conventional P.C. Board or
proven reliability Hybrid Circuits as required to supply most of
the alternate oscillator packages previously designed into
many commercial and military programs. Most packages can
provide CMOS, TTL, Sinewave or ECL outputs from 1 Hz to
100 MHz.

Standard (Alternate)
Package Configurations

PIN CONNECTIONS
Series 7003, 7042

1— Pos. Supply

2— Com. and Case

3 — N/C

4— Output

Series 7004, 7600,
7231,5430
1 — N/C

7— Com.

8— Output
14— Pos. Supply

Series 7003

Series 7004

Series 7600

Series 7231

Series 5430

1 .323

- n ^

.020 did.- — -j[— f*

T

•<§>,■• ;,D :

ei r

1 1

r

Jl.

r

w<s m

T

*(D-

+ U V : : [

T

^ fw£ 4r '

. : :a© ®r

2

‘ UJ

— 4.30 r —

if mi

r i .aomax.

Hr — *V t

Odto.— |b~

J-*— 1*00—

r

® r cl* ® 3

- :■ i .

T

1.50

■;n

rb:

i:

,T~

— — uo— -

r

.80

f I f

1A IE IO S

©.€>■© @

.80—

e t

© 4

HIGH RELIABILITY oscillators use proven conservative de-
signs and “ER” components. MIL-S-19500 transistors, JTX
or JTXV; MIL-M-38510 I.C.’s or screened to MIL-STD-883.
Soledring per N.H.B. 5300.4(3A) as specified.

QUALITY CONTROL exceeds! requirements of MIL-I-45208A
and MIL-C-45662A. Workmanship and soldering per Re-
quirements 5 and 9 of MIL-STD-454F. Design and testing
to MIL-O-5531 0. MIL-STD-883 or MIL-O-55310 screening.

fSpecrruwt
T fjrochpofo0y

Dept. EM 300 Frederick Lopez Tel. (805) 964-7791

P. O. Box948,Goleta, CA 93116 TWX 910-334-1 163

Federal Supplier Code No. 32464

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1375

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginner all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HY high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
M F microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

VAC volts (of) alternating current
YAR volt-ampere reactive
YCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
YHF very high frequency
YHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
YRM voice recognition module
YTVM vacuum tube volt meter
YU volume unit

YSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Statek has the
most complete
line of miniature,
low-frequency
quartz crystals and
crystal oscillators
in the world!

0.0006 Hz to 1.5 MHz

Quartz Crystals: 10kHz to 1.5MHz • High
accuracy • Produced in volume by photo-
lithography • Low aging • High Q • Rugged,
hermetically sealed ceramic package •
Designed for hybrid or PC board packaging.

Quartz Crystal Oscillators: Miniature
(TO-5) series • Low power series • Program-
mable, multi-frequency series • CMOS/TTL
compatible series • Very low frequency
series.

Statek miniature CX
crystal with proprietary
tuning fork resonator
in hermetic package.
Magnified 3 times.

MICROPROCESSOR
CRYSTAL
This Statek 1 MHz
microprocessor
crystal (bottom) is 48
times smaller in vol-
ume than the HC-33
industry-standard
case (top).

Miniature Quartz Crystals
CX Series

10 kHz to 1.5 MHz

Statek’s CX Series crystals consist of a miniature
quartz resonator, hermetically sealed in a rugged,
ceramic package.

Types Available (See Table 1)

The CX Series is available in two case sizes: CX-1
and CX-2. The CX-1 is available from 10 kHz to

1 .5 MHz and the CX-2 is available from 16 kHz to
1.:5 MHz.

"H” models are designed for series (two cascaded
inverters) oscillators. “V” models are designed for
Pierce (single inverter) oscillator applications. See
Table 1 for case size and configuration options and
other special features.

TABLE 1 : Miniature Low-Frequency Crystal Selection Chart: CX Series

SERIES

CX-1H SERIES

CX-2H SERIES

CX-1V SERIES

CX-2V SERIES

BgH end

&***& leads

side leads

\ f

wssl ... ■ end

leads

HUMi side leads

s *

SI teads

ra ? ,d H

py "".I leads

PACKAGE AND LEAD

CONFIGURATIONS

AVAILABLE.

side leads

|3gg| side leads

(Photos are
actual size)

Leadless version for
direct surface
mounting

Leadless version for
direct surface
mounting

Leadless version for
direct surface
mounting.

Leadless verson for
direct surface
mounting

rtm g"§ |

;|

mm 2*5?!

top bottom

top bottom

top bottom

top bottom

FREQUENCY RANGE

10kHz-1.5 MHz

16kHz-1.5 MHz

10kHz-1.5 MHz

16kHz-1.5 MHz

PRINCIPAL

FEATURES

Standard 1C lead
spacing: 0.300 in.
(7.62mm)

Smallest possible
size for dense

PC board or hybrid
packaging

Standard 1C
lead spacing:

0.300 in.

(7.62mm)

Smallest possible
size for dense

PC board or
hybrid packaging.

OTHER

SPECIAL

FEATURES

• H Series designed for long service/
storage life

• High reliability

• V Series designed for lowest possible
power consumption

• High stability

• Ideal for battery-operated applications

OSCILLATOR

CIRCUIT

FIG 1 A: Series oscillator

with CX-1H or CX-2H

FIG IB: Pierce oscillator

with CX-1V or CX-2 V

TABLE 2: Low Frequency Crystal Oscillator Selection Chart

SERIES

PRINCIPAL

FEATURES

PACKAGE
STYLE
(Photos are
actual size )

FRECUENCY

RANGE

PXO

SERIES

Generates
57 discrete,
programmable
frequencies
from one crystal

16-pin DIP

0.002 Hz to
1.5 MHz

LXO

SERIES

• High accuracy

• Low aging

• Low power

4-pin metal case-
pins on 14-pin DIP
centers

10 kHz to
1.5 MHz

SQXO-2

SERIES

• TTL and CMOS
compatible

• TO-5 package

TO-5

10 kHz to
1.5 MHz

LQXO-4

SERIES

» Low power

• CMOS
compatible

• TO-5 package

TO-5

10 kHz to
1.5 MHz

DQXO-3

SERIES

• Low frequency
oscillator/timer

• TO-5 package

0.0006 Hz to
10 kHz

STATEK

STATEK CORPORATION 512 N. Main, Orange, CA 92668 Telephone (714) 639-7810 Telex 67 8394 TWX 910-593-1355

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1377

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Miniature Low-Frequency Quartz Crystals

TABLE 3A: CX Series Specifications: 10 kHz to
600 kHz. (For specifications for 1.0
MHz, see Table 3B)

Specifications are typical at 25°C unless otherwise noted.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Frequency (see Table 4) 1 10 kHz to 600 kHz*

Frequency Calibration 2

(see Table 5) A, B, or C Tolerance

Motional Resistance, Ri Figure 4

(Maximum: 10-169 kHz,

2x typical;* 170-600 kHz,

2.5x typical)

Motional Capacitance, Ci Figure 5

Quality Factor, Q Figure 6

(Minimum is 0.25 x typical)

Shunt Capacitance, Co 1.4 pf typical

Drive Level . . .10-25 kHz* 0.5 /iw maximum

25-600 kHz 1.0 /aw maximum

Turning Point, To Figure 7

Temperature Coefficient, k -0.035 ppm/°C 2

Aging, first year 5 ,ppm maximum

Shock, survival 1,000 g, 1 ms,

Vz sine

Vibration, survival 20 g rms,

^ 10-2,000 Hz

Operating Temperature

Industrial -40 to +85°C

Military -55to+125°C

Storage Temperature -55 to +125°C

Maximum Temperature

Leads 150°C

Seal Rim 210°C

1. Flexure Mode

10-169 kHz* Fundamental

1 70-600 kHz First Overtone

2. Frequency specified for standard oscillator circuit.
Tighter frequency calibration available.

*10-15.9 kHz not available in CX-2 case size.

TABLE 3B: CX Series Specifications, 1.0 MHz

Specifications are typical at 25°C unless otherwise noted.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Frequency Calibration

Calibration A ±0.05%

Calibration B ±0.1%

NOTES

A

0.330

8.38

Max

B

0.155

3.94

Max

C

0.080

2.03

Max

D

O'. 300 ± 0.01

7.62 ± 0.25

E

0.125

3.23

Min

F

0.040

1.02

Max

G

0.045

1.14

Nom

H

0.105

2.67

Nom

J

0.060

1.52

Nom

Leads 0.010" x 0.018” (0.25 x 0.46 mm) nom.

FIG 2B: Dimensions and case styles—
CX-2 Series
-01 No Lead

.275

as

as 1 lux’

m

m

azL

110 <381
<2 79) I

i-L

L- 045(1 14)
.064(1 63)

—02 End Lead

0045 (

-03 Side Lead

140) JL- 05 UIL013+ 001.(33+ o:

777) ^ ,“L1 TVP- 002,05,

—04 Side Lead

Calibration C

Motional Resistance, Ri

. . . . ±1.0%

TABLE 4:

Standard frequencies, CX Series

H Series

. . . . 2 kO typical, 5 kfi

FREQUENCY COMMON

max.

(kHz) '

DIVISION

APPLICATION

V Series

. . . . 750H typical, 1 .5 k Cl

10*

10

1 kHz audio

max.

12.8*

2 8

50 Hz time base

Motional Capacitance, Ci . .

. . . . 1.8ff typical

15.26*

2 8

60 Hz time base

Quality Factor, Q

16

2 4

1 kHz audio

H Series

. . . . 35,000

16.384

214

1 Hz time base

V Series

. . . . 100,000

18.641

226

1 cycle per hour

Shunt Capacitance, Co ....

. . . . 0.85 pf

19.2

26-5-4

300, 600, 1 200 baud modem

Drive Level

. . . . 3 /xw maximum

20.48

2 12

5 Hz clock motor

Frequency Stability*

25

—

Ultrasonic alarm transducer

0 to 70°C

. . . . -0.008%

30.72

2 9

60 Hz time base

-40 to +85°C

. . . . - 0 : 025 %

31.5

—

T.V. raster

-55 to + 1 25°C

. . . . -0.045%

32.768

2 is

1 second time base

Aging, first year

. ... 10 ppm maximum

38.4

26,5,4

600, 1 200, 2400 baud modem

Shock, survival

. . . . 1,000 g, 1 ms,

40

-

Ultrasonic alarm transducer

V 2 sine

40.96

212

10 Hz clock motor

Vibration, survival

. . . . 10 g rms,

60

-

WWVB PLL

10-2000 Hz

76.8

26.5.4

1 200, 2400, 4800 baud modem

*Does not include calibration tolerance. Positive variations

100

—

Calibrator

small compared to negative variations.

153.6

26,5,4

2400, 4800, 9600 baud modem

240

2 7

Motor control

307.2

27,6,5

2400, 4800, 9600 baud modem

FIG 2A: Dimensions and case styles—

500

-

Microprocessor

CX-1 Series

1000

-

Microprocessor

*CX-1 only

TABLE 5: Calibration tolerances at 25°C,
CX Series

CALI-

10- ,

75-

170-

250-

1.00-

BRATION

74.9 kHz

169 kHz

249 kHz

600 kHz

1.5 MHz

A

±0.003%

±0.005%

±0.01%

±0.02%

±0.05%

B

±0.01%

±0.01%

±0.02%

±0.05%

±0.1%

C

±0.1%

±0.1%

±0.2%

±0.5%

±1.0%

FIG 3: Equivalent circuit, CX Series

Ri Motional Resistance Li Motional Inductance
Ci Motional Capacitance C 0 Shunt Capacitance

FREQUENCY (kHz)

FIG. 5: Typical Motional Capacitance Ci, CX

10 20 50 100 200

FREQUENCY (kHz)

FIG. 6: Typical Quality Factor Q, CX Series

FREQUENCY (kHz)

FIG. 7: Typical Turning Point Temperature, CX
Series. (For 1.0 MHz, see Table 3B
“Frequency Stability”)

FREQUENCY (kHz)

STATEK CORPORATION 512 N. Main, Orange, CA 92668 Telephone (714) 639-7810 Telex 67 8394 TWX 910-593-1355

1*1378

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

and Quartz Crystal Oscillators

Low-Frequency Quartz Crystal Oscillators

Programmable Crystal Oscillators
PXO Series

0.002 Hz to 1.5 MHz

Generates 57 discrete, programmable frequencies
from a single crystal • Packaged in standard 16-pin
DIP • Low power • Low aging • TTL compatible.

All frequencies generated are derived from a single
built-in quartz crystal oscillator and exhibit the same
high levels of accuracy and stability as those of the
base frequency.

Standard calibration tolerance: ±100 ppm. Tighter
tolerances available • Frequency stability: ±0.015%*,
-10 to +70°C • Supply voltage: 4-6V • Supply current:
1 mA max • Rise time: 70 nsec typ • Fall time: 30 nsec
typ • Aging: 10 ppm max first year.

*Does not include calibration tolerance

Standard Frequency Ranges, PXO Series*

BASE

MODEL FREQUENCY
PXO-32768 327.68 kHz
PXO-600 600 kHz

PXO-768 768 kHz

PXO-1000 1 MHz

OUTPUT

FREQUENCY RANGE
0.00273 Hz to 327.68 kHz
0.005 Hz to 600 kHz
0.0064 Hz to 768 kHz
0.0083 Hz to 1 MHz

‘Other frequencies available. Consult factory.

Block Diagram, PXO Series

Pin Functions, PXO Series

Prog 1 through Prog 6 control divide ratio of base frequency.

p 1

P 2

p 3

DIVIDING

RATIO

P 4

P 5

P 6

DIVIDING

RATIO

0

0

0

1/1

0

0

0

1/1

0

0

1

1/10

0

0

1

1/10

0

1

0

1/2

0

1

0

1/10 2

0

1

1

1/3

0

1

1

1/10 3

1

0

0

1/4

1

0

0

1/10 4

1

0

1

1/5

1

0

1

1/10 5

1

1

0

1/6

1

1

0

1/10 6

1

T

1

1/12

1

1

1

1/10 7

Supplies programmed output frequency with
rectangular fDulse shape (50% duty cycle).

Setting this terminal Hi multiplies programmed
output frequency by 1,000, except when
programmed divide ratio is less than 1/1000.

Supplies base frequency of internal crystal
oscillator.

Input for counting external clock instead of
internal clock.

CSEL: Clock select. Setting this terminal Hi causes the

divider to count the frequency of an external
clock instead of the internal clock.

RESET: Setting this terminal Lo resets all counters and
sets output switches to Lo.

(All inputs except EXC and RESET have internal pull-down
resistor. RESET has pull-up resistor.)

Output Frequencies, PXO Series

Example— Model PXO-1000
UNIT: Hz

PROGRAM P4 0 0 0 0 11

PIN

SETTINGS P5 0 0 110 0

\P6 0 10 10 1

PI P2 P3\

0 0 0 1M 100K 10K IK 100 10

6 0 1 100K 10K IK 100 10 1

0 1 0 500 K 50K 5K 500 50 5

0 1 1 333.3K 33.3K 3.3K 333.3 33.3 3.3

1 0 0 250K 25K 2.5K 250 25 2.5

1 0 1 200K 20K 2K 200 20 2

1 1 0 166.6K 16.6K 1.6K 166.6 16.6 1.66

1 1 1 83.3K 8.3K 833.3 83.3 8.3 0.83

*33% duty cycle ”40% duty cycle

High Accuracy Crystal Oscillators
LXO Series

10 kHz to 1.5 MHz

.060 typ +\ f«| #c
f— .600 ± fiOir -^r*L

200 MAX
^ J.215MAX

,008/4)25 .15 MIN.

| —A 1-*— 098 .

Keoo^s -— l

P' n 1 I _ Pin 7 -098

0 Q j p

| I *300 t*005l

5 —

^ — GLASS INSULATORS (4)

Miniature Quartz Crystal Oscillators

Statek manufactures three series of oscillators in TO-5
packages: SQXO-2 Series, LQXO-4 Series and
DQXO-3 Series. They all have these features in
common:

Laser tuning for high accuracy • hybrid construction •
low aging • operating temperature: industrial: -40 to
+ 85°C; military: -55 to + 125°C • Shock (survival):
lOOOg. 1msec., Vz sine • vibration (survival): lOg rms,
10-2000 Hz.

TO-5 Dimensions

A F
MAX REF
DIA. DIA.

PIN CONNECTION

1 V DD

2 Output

3 Gnd.

.□0 0

INCHES

MILLIMETERS

9.19

4.70

12.70

0.74

8.28

5.08

Laser tuned for high accuracy • Low aging • Low
power • CMOS compatible • Low profile,
hermetically-sealed package.

The LXO Series has the highest accuracy and stability
of all Statek oscillators.

Specifications and characteristics of the LXO Series
vary with frequency. Characteristics of the
LXO-32.768 kHz model are presented below as an
example. Contact factory for other frequencies.

Standard calibration tolerances: A: ±10 ppm; B: ±25
ppm; C: ±200 ppm. Tighter tolerances available •
Frequency stability: -0.012%, -20 to +70°C* •

Supply voltage: 3-6 V • Rise time: 1.0 /xsec max • Fall
time: 1.0 /usee max • Supply current: 50 fxA typical at
5V, 20 fx A typical at 3 V • Aging: 1 ppm/yrtypical,

3 ppm max.

*Does not include calibration tolerance.

Package Dimensions (inches), LXO Series

1 . All metal parts are gold plated.

2. Leads are 0.019" (0.48mm) dia. max.

Miniature Quartz Crystal Oscillators
SQXO-2 Series

10 kHz to 1.5 MHz

TTL and CMOS compatible • Standard calibration
tolerances: A: ±0.01%, B: ±0.03%, • Frequency stability:
±0.02% typ., -40 to +85°C* • Supply voltage: 4-6V •
Supply current: 200 /xA-3mA • Standard frequencies:
same as CX-1 crystal.

*Does not include calibration tolerance.

Miniature Quartz Crystal Oscillators:
Low Power
LQXO-4 Series

10 kHz to 1.5 MHz

Low power • CMOS compatible • Standard calibration
tolerance: A: ±0.01%, B: ±0.03%, • Frequency stability:
±0.02% typ., -40 to +85°C* • Supply voltage: 4-6V •
Supply current: 25-350 fiA • Standard frequencies: same
as CX-1 crystal.

*Does not include calibration tolerance

Miniature Quartz Crystal Oscillators/Timers:
Low Frequency
DQXO-3 Series

2 pulses/hr to 10 kHz*

CMOS compatible • Low power • Standard calibration
tolerances:' A: ±0.01%; B: 0.03% • Frequency
stability: ±0.02% typ., -40 to +85°C** • Supply
voltage: 4-6V • Supply current: 50 /xASmA.

‘Lower frequencies available
“Does not include calibration tolerance.

STATEK CORPORATION 512 N. Main, Orange, CA 92668 Telephone (714) 639-7810 Telex 67 8394 TWX 910-593-1355

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1379

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

815 MARKET STREET

NEW CUMBERLAND , PENNSYLVANIA 17070
(717) 774-2746

MICROWAVE FREQUENCY SOURCE

CRYSTAL CONTROLLED (±.001%) UP TO 8 GHz

Fixed Frequency Output: Manufactured to your exact
requirements.

Stability: ±.001% over temperature range.

Temperature Range: — 20°C to +55°C.

Power Output: 100 mW, 20 mW, or, 5 mW min. as
specified.

Harmonics and Subharmonics: —40 dBc for all sources
with output frequency in range of 1 GHz to 8 GHz.
Harmonics and Subharmonics: —30 dBc for all sources
with output frequency in range of .5 GHz to 1 GHz.

DC Input: 12 to 28 VDC Case ground plus or minus
(as required).

Output Connectors: SMA.

All units have mechanical frequency adjustment to
compensate for aging.

Spurious Levels: —60 dBc.

OPTIONS AVAILABLE

1. Secondary Standard (Oven Controlled)

±.001% frequency stability over temperature
range of — 20°C to + 60°C.

Utilizes a small solid state oven enclosing the
crystal only.

Phase noise same as standard unit.

Additional Requirements:

+ 24 VDC to +28 VDC oven power (may be
unregulated).

Add 1.0" to length.

Model number becomes MK.

2. Frequency Standard (Oven Controlled)

High Stability

±2 x 10- 8 frequency stability over temperature
range of — 20°C to +55°C.

Utilizes a tight tolerance proportional type oven
and AGC, crystal is designed for long term aging
characteristics.

Additional Requirements:

+ 24 VDC to +28 VDC oven power (maybe
unregulated).

Add 1.5" to length.

Model number becomes MH.

3. Low Phase Noise

±.003% over temperature range of -20°C to
+ 60°C.

Add 1.0" to length.

Model number becomes MN.

4. Low Phase Noise/High Stability

±2 x 10 8 over temperature range of -20°C
to +55°C.

Additional Requirements:

+ 24 VDC to +28 VDC oven voltage (may be
unregulated).

Add 1.5" to length.

Model number becomes MHN.

5. Voltage Control Crystal Oscillator

± 3 options are available.

Tuning voltage ±3.

Modulation rate 100 KHz.

Linearity 5% best straight line.

Model MVA.

±.003% frequency swing.

±.002% frequency stability 0° to +50°C.

Add 1.0" to length.

COMPACT MICROWAVE SOURCE/MODEL M4000

111 ,

SPECIFICATIONS:

Frequency Range: 500 MHz to 3 GHz
±.003% — 20°C to +65°C.

+ 15 VDC supply voltage.

pip

60 dB spurious + harmonic rejection.
Excellent phase noise.

SMA output connector.

Filter-Con for DC supply input.

Design for high shock + vibration.
Size: 1" x 1.5" x 3".

CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/ MULTIPLIER SOURCE/MODEL 111

SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Range: 300 MHz to 1 GHz.

±.001%, 0°C to +50°C; ±.003%, -20°C to +65°C.
12 VDC to 28 VDC operating voltage range (minus
operating voltage available). Specify exact operating
voltage.

30 dB spurious rejection.

SMA output connector standard (BNC, TNC, N, UHF
connectors available).

Filter-con DC input solder pin).

Over voltage — reverse polarity protected.

Size (Approx): 4"L x 2"W x 1.375"H.

LOW COST CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR / MODEL 107

SPECIFICATIONS

Any discrete frequency between 1 GHz and 2.5 GHz.
±.001%, 0°C to +50°C; ±.003%, -20°C to +65°C.
50 ohms output impedance.

12 VDC to 28 VDC operating voltage range (minus
operating voltage available). Specify exact operating
voltage.

45 dB spurious rejection.

SMA output connector.

Filter-con DC input (solder pin)

Over voltage — reverse polarity protected.

Size (Approx): 4"L x 2"W x 2"H.

1 year warranty.

20 mW — 1 to 2.5 GHz, 15 mW — 2.5 to 3.5 GHz,

Model MVB.

±.01% frequency swing.

±.002% frequency stability 0°C to +50°C.
Add 1.5" to length.

Model MVC.

±.1% frequency swing.

±.005% frequency stability 0°C to +50°C.
Add 2.0" to length.

6. Multi-Channel Crystal Source

Up to 7 independent frequencies available.
TTL compatible frequency selection.
±.005% frequency stability.

Temperature range of -20°C to +50°C.
Add 2.6" to length.

Model number becomes MM.

MODEL

NUMBER

FREQUENCY

MIN. POWER
OUTPUT

SIZE (IN.)
L-W-H

M401

M402

M403

.5-1 GHz
.5-1 GHz
.5-1 GHz

5 mW

20 mW
100 mW

2. 2-3. 4-2

2. 2-3. 4-2
2.2-3.4-2

M404

M405

406

1.01-2 GHz
1.01-2 GHz
1.01-2 GHz

5 mW

20 mW
100 mW

3.2-3.4-2

3. 2-3. 4-2
3.2-3.4-2

407

M408

M409

2.01-4 GHz

2.01- 4 GHz

2.01- 3 GHz

5 mW

20 mW
100 mW

3. 2-3. 4-2

3. 2-3. 4-2
3.2-3. 4-2

M410

M411

M412

3.01- 4 GHz

4.01- 8 GHz
4.01-8 GHz

100 mW

5 mW

20 mW

3. 2-3. 4-2
3.2-3. 4-2

3. 2-3. 4-2

M413

M414

M415

4.01-8 GHz
8.01-12 GHz
8.01-12 GHz

100 mW

5 mW

20 mW

4.3-3. 4-2

3. 2- 3. 4-2

4. 3- 3. 2-2

M416

8.01-12 GHz

50 mW

4. 3-3. 2-2

WIDE BAND PHASE LOCK
SOURCE/MODEL PLC-140A

SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Range: 400 MHz to 1500 MHz (Any 200
MHz Band).

Power Output: 20 mW.

Frequency Stability: ±.003%.

Temperature Range: 0°C to +50°C.

Subharmonic Rejection: —50 dBc.

Harmonic Rejection: —26 dBc.

Operating Voltage: +15 VDC.

Connector: SMA.

Size: 4" x 3.375" x 2".

LOW COST MICROWAVE
SOURCE/MODEL 112

SPECIFICATIONS:

Frequency Range: 3 GHz to 6 GHz.
Frequency Stability: ±.005%.
Temperature Range: 0°C to +50°C.
Power Output: 5 mW min., 10 mW typ.
Operating Voltage: +15 VDC.
Subharmonic Rejection: —35 dBc.
Harmonic Rejection: -50 dBc.

Size: 4" x 2.1" x 2".

1*1380

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS

HIGH STABILITY/HXO-143

SPECIFICATIONS:

Frequency Range: 1 MHz to 600 MHz.

Power Output: -^-10 dBm, 50 ohms.

Frequency Stability: ±5 x 10- 8 , 0°C to + 55°C.
Aging Rate-. ±1 x 10- 7 /Day.

FM Noise: -105 dB, 100 Hz
-110 dB, 1 KHz
-140 dB, 10 KHz
-140 db, 100 KHz.

Harmonics: Less than 40 dBc.

Voltage: +15 VDC and +28 VDC.

Size: 2" x 2" x 4".

Connector: SMA.

MODEL XO-170

SPECIFICATIONS:

Frequency Range: 1 MHz to 600 MHz.

Power Output: +10 dBm.

Frequency Stability: ±.003%, — 20°C to +60°C
±.005%, -40°C to +70°C.
Harmonics: —40 dBc min.

Voltage: +5 VDC to +28 VDC (specify).

Size: 2"W x 2"L x 1.75"H.

Connector: BNC or SMA.

LOW PHASE NOISE

MODEL HXO-178

SPECIFICATIONS:

Frequency Range: 1 MHz to 600 MHz.

Power Output: +10 dBm.

Frequency Stability: ±5 x IQ- 8 , 0°C to +55°C.
Aging Rate: ±1 x 10- 7 /Day.

FM Noise: -114 dB, 100 Hz
-135 dB, 1 KHz
-160 dB, 10 KHz
-169 dB, 100 KHz.

Harmonics: Less than -40 dBc.

Voltage: +15 VDC and +28 VDC.

Size: 2" x 2" x 4".

Connector: SMA.

MODEL XO-147

SPECIFICATIONS:

Frequency Range: 1 MHz to 600 MHz.

Power Output: +10 dBm min.

Frequency Stability: ±.003%, -20°Cto +60°C
±.005%, — 40°C to +70°C.
Harmonics: —20 dBc min.

Voltage: +5 VDC to +28 VDC (specify).

Size: 2"W x 2"L x 1.75"H.

Connector: BNC or SMA.

IF YOU HAVE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
CALL US.

MULTIPLIERS

FREQUENCY MULTIPLIER USING
DIRECT MULTIPLICATION
MODEL FXA-217-1

SPECIFICATIONS

Input Frequency: 10 MHz @ 0 dBm.

Output Frequency Range-. X2 through X25.
Output Power: +10 dBm.

Power Stability: ±.5 dB, -20°C to +70°C.
Spurious Rejection: 60 dBc or greater.
Operating Voltage: +15 VDC @ 40 mA.
Size: 4"L x 2"W x 1.375"H.

DIGITAL PHASE LOCKED
MULTIPLIERS
MODEL FXA-151

Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 750 MHz.

Input Level: —20 dBc to +10 dBc, 50 ohms, 100 kHz to
10 MHz.

Power Output: +10 dBm min.

Lock Time: Approx. 50 ms.

Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to 50°C (— 20°C to
+75°C, optional).

Subharmonics: Less than —50 dBc (—70 dBc optional).
Harmonics: Less than —26 dBc (-60 dBc optional).
Output Impedance: 50 ohms.

VSWR: 1.5:1 max.

Output Connector: SMA.

Input Connector: SMA.

Operating Voltage-. +15 VDC and +5 VDC.

DC Connector: Filter con.

Size: 4"L x 2"W x 1.375"H.

Mounting: Flange.

FREQUENCY MULTIPLIERS
USING DIRECT MULTIPLICATION
MODEL 117

SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency Range: 1 MHz to 8.0 GHz.

Band Width: Typically 1%, 1 dB; 3%, 3 dB.

Up to 10% available.

Power Input: 0 dBm ±3 dB. (Inputs from —10 dBm to
+20 dBm ranges available).

Power Output: 0 dBm to +20 dBm.

Spurious Rejection: —60 dBc.

Harmonic Rejection: —40 dBc (Higher rejection
available).

Subharmonic Rejection: —40 dBc (Higher rejection
available).

Operating Voltage: +12 VDC to +28 VDC range
(AC option available).

Header: Filter con — SMA.

Size: 4"L x 2"W x 1.375"H. Length depends on
requirement. .

Mounting: Flange

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1381

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Clock Oscillators

TTL

;

PCB MOUNT

j DIP COMPATIBLE 1

Features:

Broadest range of
frequencies & options

14 pin DIP

0.35 " high

14 pin DIP

0.28" high

Larger DIP but with
freq. as low as 50 Hz

Model:

CO-231

CO-238A (B or T)

CO -234 A (or B)

CO-235

Frequency:

CO-231: 1 Hz-75 MHz
C0-231H: 75.01-100 MHz

16 KHz thru 100 MHz

16 KHz thru 30 MHz

50 Hz thru 25 MHz

Output Level:

Drives 10 TTL loads (above 50 MHz drives 2 Schottky TTL loads) j

Supply:

5 VDC ±5%

5 VDC ±5%

5 VDC ±5%

5 VDC ±5%

Tuning Option
Available:

'YES

Models with

1 *YES (to 30 MHz)

“T” suffix include tuning

NO 'YES

adjustment with setability <.0001%

Accuracy:
(at 25°C)

CO-231: ± .001%
'C0-231T: ±.0001%

C0-238A

C0-238B

'C0-238T

± .005%

± .001%
±.0001%

C0-234A: ±.005%
CO-2348: ±.001%

CO-235: ± .001%
'C0-235T: ±.0001%

Stability:

Standard: 0°C to -f 70°C

Option 1: -55°Cto + 85°C
Option 2: -55°C to +125°C
Option 3: 0°C to + 50°C

Option 4: 0°C to + 50°C

Option 5: 0°C to + 50°C

Option 6: 0°C to + 50°C

Option 8: 0°C to + 70°C

Option Y: Aging improved frorr

±.0025%

±.005% (—40/ + 85°C for CO-231-1 <60 Hz)

±.005% (70 MHz max for C0-238-2)

±.0003% (24 KHz min for CO-238, CO-234)

±.0001% (only for CO-231 in 12 KHz-20 MHz range)

±.0005% (100 Hz min for CO-235)

±.001%

±.01% (includes initial accuracy; A, B & T are N/A)

5 to 1 ppm/year typical

Size:

IV 2 " x IV 2 " x 1 / 2 "

38 x 38 x 12.7 mm

.5" x .8" x .35"

12.7 x 20.3 x 8.9 mm

.5" x .8" x .28"
12.7x20.3x7.1 mm

IV 2 " x iy 2 " x 1 / 2 "

38 x 38 x 12.7 mm

Option C:

Fully sealed metal can for 100% r.h. requirements — results in slight height increase.

Not available in CO-235. Not available with tuning option in CO-238.

1 1

CMOS

PCB MOUNT

DIP COMPATIBLE j

Features:

Broadest range
of frequencies
and options

14 pin DIP

Larger DIP package
but freq. as low
as 60 Hz

Model:

CO-236

CO-636A (or B)

CO-536

Frequency:

.01 Hz thru 15 MHz

3 MHz thru 15 MHz

60 Hz thru 15 MHz

Output

Level:

Output derived from CMOS gate or divider with p-p
>80% of Vcc (can furnish >95% of Vcc if required)

Supply:

5-15 VDC for frequencies below 6 MHz; 10-15 VDC above 6 MHz

1-2 ma typical below 2 MHz

Tuning Option
Available:

'YES | NO | ‘YES

'Models with “T” suffix Include tuning with setability <.0001%

Accuracy
(at 25°C):

CO-236: ± .001%
'C0-236T: ±.0001%

C0-636A: ±.005%
C0-636B: ±.001%

CO-536: ± .001%
'C0-536T: ±.0001%

Stability:

Standard: 0/ + 70°C: ±.0025%

Option 1: -40/ + 85°C: ±.005%

Option 2: -55/ + 125°C: ±.005%

Option 3: 0/+ 50°C: ±.0003% (6 MHz min for CO-636)

Option 4: 0/ + 50°C: ±.0001% (only CO-236 >200 Hz)

Option 5: 0/+ 50°C: ±.0005% (4 MHz min for CO-636)

Option 6: 0/+ 50°C: ±.001%

Option 8: 0/+ 70°C: ±.01% (includes accuracy)

Option Y: Aging improved from 5 to 1 ppm/year typical

Size:

IV 2 " x 11 / 2 " x y 2 "
38 x 38 x 12.7 mm

.5" x .8" x .42"
12.7x20.3x10.7 mm

U/ 2 " x IV 2 " x 1 / 2 "

38 x 38 x 12.7 mm

Option €:

Fully sealed metal can; results in slight height increase.

Not available in CO-536.

Sealed DIP
(Option “C”)

PCB Mount

ECL

PCB MOUNT

DIP COMPATIBLE

Features:

To 200 MHz

To 500 MHz
Sub-nanosecond

14 pin DIP

Model:

CO-233ME
CO-233MEHA(or B)

CO-533KE

CO-533ME

CO-633A (or B)

Frequency:

ME: 5-149 MHz
MEH: 150-200 MHz

150 MHz thru

500 MHz

5 MHz thru

200 MHz

Output

Level:

ECL compatible

100K sub-nanosecond
Complementary ECL

ECL compatible,

Supply:

-5.2 VDC ±5%

C0-533KE: -4.5V
C0-533ME: -5.2V

-5.2 VDC ±5%

Tuning Option
Available:

'YES (to 150 MHz)

'Tuning se

'YES

table to .0001% with

NO

‘T” suffix

Accuracy:
(at 25°C)

C0-233ME:

±.001%

'C0-233MET:

±.0001%

C0-233MEHA:

±.005%

C0-233MEHB:

±.001%

C0-533KE/ME:

±.001%

'C0-533KET/MET:

±.0001%

C0-633A: ± .005%
C0-633B: ±.001%

Stability:

Standard: 0/ + 70°C: ±.0025%

"Option 1: -55/+ 85°C: ±.005%

"Option 2: -55/ + 125°C: ±.005%

'"Option 3: 0/+ 50°C: ±.0003%

Option 5: 0/+ 50°C: ±.0005%

Option 6: 0/+ 50°C: ±.001%

Options: 0/+ 70°C: ±.01% (includes accuracy)

Option Y: Aging improved from 5 to ppm/year typical
"-30/ + 85°C limit for C0-233ME(MEH) or CO-633 >125 MHz
" 0/ + 85°C limit for C0-533KE/ME
'"Not available 150 MHz and above in C0-233MEH or CO-633

Size:

IV 2 " x IV 2 " x s/a"

(38 x 38 x 16 mm)

2"x3"x%" I
(51 x 77 x 19 mm) |

.5" x .8" x .42"
(12.7x20.3x10.7 mm)

Option C:

Fully sealed metal can

HOW TO SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER . . .

co-no

Basic Model!

Accuracy or tuning option
(leave out if not applicable)

□ a.

l — “C” if metal sealed
for 100% rh
(leave out if not
applicable)

Frequency

1 Stability option

(leave out if
“Standard”)

If one of these standard models, with listed
options, does not meet your requirements,
please detail the differences from the closest
standard model (e.g. CO-231 except
for temperature stability of ±.002% over
— 10°C/ + 60°C). A unique part number will
be assigned at time of order.

VECTRON

Screen Tested Clock Oscillators

Each of the Clock Oscillators described above (except for CO-235 and CO-536) are available in a full sealed metal can; simply add “C” to the Model No.
(e.g. CO-238B-1C).

For those high reliability applications requiring Screen Tested components,

Vectron offers the same oscillators:

if' '

• 100% Screen Tested as follows:

(A) Thermal Shock per MIL-STD-202
Method 107D, Test Condition A

(B) Seal Test per MIL-STD-202,
Method 112B, Test Condition D

(C) Burn-in for 168 hours at maximum
specified operating temperature

• Packaged in fully solder sealed metal
housing

• Ruggedized for shock and vibration

HOW TO SPECIFY MODEL NUMBER

U

: Model -I

Accuracy at 25°C-
Stability option'

'Code Shock (MIL-STD-202, Meth 213B)

□

I

•-Frequency
-'Shock and vibration

" 0 “

T

‘‘ 2 ”

30g, 11 msec per Test Cond J
lOOg, 6 msec per Test Cond C
lOOg, 6 msec per Test Cond C

Indicates sealed, screened model

Vibration (MIL-STD-202)

10-55 Hz, .06" DA per Meth 201 and 5g to 500 Hz
lOg to 500 Hz per Meth 204C, Cond A
20g to 2 KHz per Meth 204C, Cond D and 20 grms
overall random to 2 KHz per meth 214, Cond l-F

1*1382

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

Clock Oscillators nki^Mik-9-55310/16

CMOS per MIL-0-55310/18

CMOS

1 Hz - 15 MHz

| 8-15 VDC

5 VDC

4 pin

4 pin

14 pin

4 pin

14 pin

J-402A

CO-411 A

C0-412A

C0-421A

C0-422A

-402C

C0-41 1C

C0-412C

C0-421C

C0-422C

-4020

CO-41 ID

C0-412D

CO-421 D

C0-422D

-402E

C0-41 IE

C0-412E

CO-421 E

C0-422E

litor «20 MHz only)

idard: ± 25 ppm over 0°C to + 70°C

'on 1: ± 50 ppm over — 55°C to + 85°C

on 2: ± 50 ppm over — 55°C to -f 125°C

on 5: ± 5 ppm over 0°C to + 50°C

on 6: ±10 ppm over 0°C to + 50°C

Dn 7: ±100 ppm over — 55°C to -f 125°C

ans 2 and 7 not available over 70 MHz

netlc per MIL-STD-883, 10-8 atm cc/second
to 2 KHz per MIL-STD-202, Method 204D, Cond. D
rms overall to 2 KHz per MIL-STD-202, Method 214

SCREEN TEST

MIL-STD-883
METHOD ,

Standard

LEVEL

X

LEVEL

C

LEVEL

D

LEVEL

B

Internal Visual

2017

X

X

X

X

Stabilization Bake
(24 Hours @150°C)

1008, Cond C

X

X

X

X

Seal Test
(Gross and Fine)

1014

X

X

X

X

Temperature Cycling
(Thermal Shock)

1010, Cond B

X

X

X

Burn-In, operating
168 hours @ 125°C

X

X

Acceleration
■ (5000g In Y, axis)

2001, Cond A

X

Complies with Complies with

Class C Screen Class B Screen

Test requirements Test requirements

of MIL-0-5531 0/1 6 of MIL-O-5531 0/1 6

& MIL-0-55310/18 & MIL-0-5531 0/1 8

HOW TO SPECIFY MODEL NO

00-4 □ □ □ at

m base. Vectron TTL Type CO-401 is identical to the
base; similarly Vectron CMOS Type CO-411 is
‘ it has a 4 pin base. All of these types meet
’ requirements.

TTL out/5 VDC in = 0 1 —

CMOS out/8-1 5V in = 1

CMOS out/5 VDC in = 2|

4 pin base = 1|

14 pin base = 2|
Initial Accuracy @ 25°C-
(A. C. D or El

1 Frequency

Screen Test Option (X, B, C or D)

•Temperature Stability

(0 for Standard, or option 1, 2, 5, 6, or 7)

VECTRON

Sinewave Oscillators

(for higher stability see TCXO and Oven Sections)

Operating Temperature: per temperature stability speci-
fication (from 0/50°C to -55/ + 125°C depending upon
model/option selected)

Storage Temperature: ~55°C to + 85°C (to 125°C avail-
able)

Altitude: sea level to space

Orientation: any

Humidity: 100% for fully sealed models. 90% for non-
sealed models, but these can either have internal boards
conformally coated for 95% r.h., or be repackaged in fully
solder sealed housings for 100% r.h.

Shock: 30g, 11 msec per MIL-STD-202, Method 213, Test
Condition J, is standard. (lOOg shock optionally available
in all models, and capability to withstand even more
severe shock available in some models.)

Vibration: 10-55 Hz, .06" DA per MIL-STD-202, Method
201 A, and 5g to 500 Hz is standard. (Vibration to 20g thru
2 KHz per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition A,
B, C or D optionally available in all models, and capa-
bility to withstand even more severe vibration, sinusoidal
or random, available in some models.)

NOTE: Vectron has produced oscillators for airborne, shipboard, manpack, mobile, spacecraft, rocket and missile
applications.

VECTRON

VECTRON LABORATORIES, INC. The CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR COMPANY

166 Glover Avenue, Norwalk, CT 06850 • Telephone: 203/853-4433 • TWX: 710/468-3796

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1383

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

TCXOs

Temperature Compensated Crystal Oscillators

1 50 Hz to 20 MHz

20+ MHz to 140 MHz

140 MHz to 400 MHz

Temperature Stability:

(Temp. Range A) + 15°C to + 35°C:

CO-251 SERIES

Moderate Stability
Lower Cost

CO-252 SERIES

High Stability

CO-254 SERIES

CO-255 SERIES

CO-251 A57: ±5 x 10-7
C0-251A27: ±2x10-7

C0-252A17: ±1 x10-7
C0-252A58: ±5 x 10-8

C0-254A57: ±5x10-7
C0-254A17: ±1 x 10-7

C0-255A57: ±5 x 10-7
C0-255A17: ±1x1 0-7

(Temp. Range B) 0°C to + 50°C:

CO-251 B1 6: ±1 x 10-6

C0-252B57: ±5x10-7
C0-252B27: ±2x1 0-7
C0-252B17: ±1 x 10-7

C0-254B16: ±1 x 10-6
C0-254B57: ±5 x 10-7
C0-254B27: ±2x10-7

C0-255B16: ±1 x 10-6
C0-255B57: ±5x10-7
C0-255B27: ±2x10-7

(Temp. Range C) 0°C to + 70°C:

CO-251 C36: ±3x10-6

C0-252C16: ±1 x 10-6
C0-252C57: ±5x10-7
C0-252C37: ±3 x 10-7

C0-254C36: ±3 x 10-6
C0-254C16: ±1 x 10-6
C0-254C37: ±3 X 10-7

C0-255C36: ±3x10-6
C0-255C16: ±1 x 10-6
C0-255C37: ±3x10-7

(Temp. Range D) — 20°C to + 70°C:

CO-251 D56: ±5x10-6

C0-252D16: ±1 x 10-6
C0-252D57: ±5x10-7

C0-254D56: ±5x10-6
C0-254D16: ±1 x 10-6
C0-254D57: ±5x10-7

C0-255D5B: ±5x10-6
C0-255D16: ±1x10-6
C0-255D57: ±5x10-7

(Temp. Range E) -40°Cto + 75°C:

CO-251 E15: ±1 x 10-5

C0-252E56: ±5x10-6
C0-252E26: ±2x10-6
C0-252E16: ±1x10-6

C0-254E56: ±5x10-6
C0-254E26: ±2x10-6
C0-254E16: ±1x10-6

C0-255E56: ±5x10-6
C0-255E26: ±2x10-6
C0-255E16: ±1 x 10-6

(Temp. Range F) — 55°C to + 85°C:
(Higher temperature
operation available)

CO-251 F25: ±2x10-5

C0-252F56: ±5x10-6
C0-252F26: ±2x10-6
C0-252F16: ±1 x 10-6

C0-254F56: ±5x10-6
C0-254F26: ±2x10-6
C0-254F16: ±1x10-6

C0-255F56: ±5x10-6
C0-255F26: ±2x10-6
C0-255F16: ±1 x 10-6

Output Level
& Frequency:

TTL: 50 Hz -20 MHz

CMOS: 50 Hz -15 MHz

SINE: 1 MHz-20 MHz

SINE: 20 MHz-140 MHz
TTL: 20 MHz-100 MHz
ECL: 20 MHz-140 MHz

SINE: 140 MHz-400 MHz
ECL: 140 MHz-280 MHz

Supply:

Any supply voltage in 5-28 VDC range; current as low as 3 ma for some models j

12-28 VDC

Frequency Adjustment:

Screwdriver adjustment, setable to 1 x 10-7. Electronic tuning (TC/VCX0) capability optional.

Aging Rate:

5 x 10-7 to 1 x 10-6 per year

1 to 2 x 10-6/year

1 to 2 x 10-6/year

Size:

2" x 2" x 3 A" (51 x 51 x 19 mm)
smaller size available

2" x 2" x %"

(51 x 51 x 19 mm)

2" x 3" x 3 / 4 "

(51 x 76 x 19 mm)

Selecting 1. Determine appropriate column by frequency desired.

Basic Model: 2. Determine appropriate row by operating temperature range desired.

3. Select a basic model from those available at the desired frequency and temperature range.

4. Specify supply voltage, output level and whether pcb mount or chassis mount with rf connector.

Frequency

v Standards it

Replacement
for Hewlett
Packard
Model 10811 B

Model:

| FS-321B |

FS-323A

Aging Rate:

3 x 10-' 0 per day at time of shipment

1 x 10-i 0 per day typical within 60
days

1” OPTION

1x10-’o per day at time of shipment

Frequencies:

5, 1 & 0.1 MHz

Output Level:

1 vrms/50 ohms

Temperature:

±5x10-io over 0-50°C

Nelse Floor:

>150 db below 5 MHz output

Oven Control:

Double proportional

Supply:

115/230 VAC
or 22-30 VDC

115/230 VAC
or 22-30 VDC

Battery Life:

24 hours
rechargeable

None

Size:

5V4" x 19" x 14"
(13.4 x48.3 x35.6
cm)

3V2" x 19" x 14"
(8.9x48.3 x35.6
cm)

h

*'*■*»“ ii

Vectron type CO-81 IB offers
mechanical and
electrical-interface
interchangeability with
discontinued HP10811B

Aging: 1

5x10-io/day

1x10- 7 /year

0/ + 71°C:

2.5x10-9 p.p

— 55/ +71°C: 1

4.5x10-9 p.p

Noise:

100 Hz: — 140dBc/Hz

10 KHz: — 160dBc/Hz

Crystal:

SC-cut for fast

stabilization

m MW Hybrid Oven
v ectro n Low Profile
Oscillator

• PCB Mounting

• Small (1" high)

• Low power drain

CO-311 SERIES

Stability:

Same aging and temperature sta-
bility specs as CO-211 Series (see
top of next page)

Output:

TTL

CMOS

SINE

Frequency Range

250 KHz - 17 MHz

4-6 & 8-15 MHz

4-6 & 8-17 MHz

Supply:

15 VDC for oscillator

5 VDC also, if TTL out
(5-28 VDC optional)

Input Power:

3 watts at turn-on

1.3 watts stabilized (25°C)

Frequency

Adjust:

Mechanical; electronic optional

Size:

21 / 4 " x 21/4" x 1" (58 x 58 x 26mm)

1*1384

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CRYSTALS. OSCILLATORS. & CRYSTAL FILTERS

Owen Controlled Oscillators

(with Ultra-Low Noise Options ^ )

High Frequency (to 25 mhz)

Temperature:

(Temp. Range A) + 15/ + 35°C:

(Temp. Range B) 0/ + 50°C:
(Temp. Range D) — 20/ + 70°C:
(Temp. Range 6) — 55/ + 75°C:

Aplaa:

Supply Voltage:
Inpat Power:

Freqaency Adjustment:

Size:

Phase nolle (typical):

with sine output in
• 4-12 MHz range for

"High Stability" Series and
in 4-6 MHz range for
"Ultra-Stable" Series

Most •coniMical

Higher stability and output

Superior temp, stability

CO-211 SERIES

CO-200 SERIES

CO-244 SERIES

| 1, 2, 4. 5 or 10 MHz standard (broad range of frequencies available) |

CO-21 nA38: ±3 x 10-®

C0-20 □ A39: ±3 x 10-’

CO-24 □ A510: ±5 x 10-'°

C0-21 DA59: ±5x10-’

C0-20 □ A19: ±1 x 10-’

CO-21 □ B58: ±5 x 10-®

CO-20 □ B59. ±5 x 10-’

CO-24 □ B19: ±1x10*’

CO-21 □ BIB: ±1 x 10-®

C0-20 □ B39: ±3 x 10-«

CO-21 □ 017: ±1 x 10~ 7

C0-20 □ DIB: ±1 x 10-®

CO-24 □ 039: ±3 x 10-’

CO-21 □ D3B: ±3 x 10-®

C0-20 □ D59: ±5 x 10*’

CO-21 □ G27: ±:2 x 10- 7
C0-21 QG5B: ±5 x 10-®

C0-20 q 638: ±3 x 10-®

CO-24 0 618: ±1 x J0-®

U:H x 10-«/day

1: 1 x 10-8/day

4: 1 x lO-’/day

: 5:;5 x 10-’/ day

2: 5 x lO-’/day

fl;<5 x 10-> ’/day

: 6:3 x lO-’/day

3: 3 x lO-’/day

; T: 1 x lO-’/day

< 4:*1 x lO-’/day

;*6v5 x 10 _,o /day

*6: 5 x 10-> ’/day

| *5 x lO-'o/day average aging rate models are only available ;

It 1. 2. 4. 5 or 10 MHz

Standard: >1 vrms into 50012

Standard: >1 vrms into 5012

Standard: >1 vrms into 50012

Optional: 0 or +7 dBm/5012;

Optional: TTL, CMOS, or ECL

Optional: 0. 7 or + 13 dBm/5012

TTL or CMOS

TTL. CMOS or ECL

24 VOC standard

(Operation from any voltage in 5-28 VDC range optional) I

<6 watts at turn-on ( — 20/ + 70°C): <3 watts stabilized (25°C) 1

reduced power drain available

| Screwdriver adjustment settable to 1 x 10-® nominal. Electronic tuning (VCXO) option “V" |

l" x 2" x 3" (51 x 51 x 76 mm)

2" x 2" x 4" (51 x 51 x 104 mm)

21/4" x 2 »/4" x 4»/4" (57 x 57 x 1 1 0 mm)

Offset from

Low Noise

‘Ultra Low Noise

Carrier

Standard Option (LI)

Option (L2)

10 Hz

-110 db/Hz — 115 dB/Hz

-125 dB/Hz

100 Hz

— 130 dB/Hz — 135 dB/Hz

-145 dB/Hz

1 KHz

— 140 dB/Hz — 145 dB/Hz

-155 dB/Hz

10 KHz

— 143 dB/Hz — 148 dB/Hz

-160 db/Hz

50 KHz

— 145 dB/Hz — 150 dB/Hz

-163 dB/Hz

I option restricted to C0-200 Series with sine output of + 10 dBm or less |

ULTRA-STABLE (to 1 x 1(M°/day)-

Beit aging: single oven
CO-206 SERIES

Best aging; double oven
CO-246 SERIES

,5 MHz standard (other frequencies available)

C0-20 □ A39-V: r!z3 x 10~» CO-24 □ A210-V: ±2 x 10 -to

CO-20 □ A510-V: ±5 x 10-'O

-V: ±5x10-’ CO-24 □ B510-V: ±5 x 10-’o

C0-20 □ B59-V: ±5x10-’
CO-20 □ B19-V: ±1x10-’

C0-20 □DIB-V: ±1 x 10-®
C0-2Q □ 039-V: ±3x10-’

CO-20 □ S38-V: +3 x 10*®
C0-20 □618-V: ±1x10-®

6: 3 x 10- ,o /day
5 x 10-8/year
*7: 1 x 10-«o/day
3 x 10-®/year

CO-24 DDIB-V: ±1x10*’

( — 207+60°C)

6: 3 x 10~ ,o /day
5 x 10-«/year
*7: 1 x 10-'o/day
3 x 10-«/year

‘1 x 10- ,o /day models available only at 1, 5 and 10 MHz

Standard: >1 vrms into SOL'

Optional: TTL or CMOS

24 VDC standard

(Operation from any voltage in 15-28 VDC range optional)

<6 watts at turn-on ( — 20/ 4- 70°C)
<3 watts stabilized (25°C)

<11 watts at turn-on (0-50°C)
<5 watts stabilized (25°C)

Screwdriver adjustment and electronic tuning
1 / 4 " (57 x 57 x 110 mm) I 3" x 3” x 5 V 2 " (76 x 76 x 140 mm)

SELECTING
BASIC MODEL: I

Standard
-115 dB/Hz
-135 dB/Hz
-145 dB/Hz
-148 dB/Hz
-150 dB/Hz

*Ultra-Low Noise
Option (L2)
-140 dB/Hz
-150 dB/Hz
-155 dB/Hz
-160 dB/Hz
-163 dB/Hz

1 restricted to C0-200 Series with sine output of +10 dBm or less I ‘L2 option restricted to +10 dBm or less output

1. Select ‘‘Ultra Stable" if 3 x 10-’ o/day aging or better is required; otherwise select "High Stability"

2. Select operating temperature range required (A, B, 0 or G from left column under "Temperature"). ££££□&&££&$

3. Select frequency stability desired over temperature, this determines the oscillator. (Temperature stability improves from left to right). iPyip

4 Select desired aging rate within Series to complete basic model number. jMEp

5. Determine whether you desired a low-noise option or any characteristic

which is not standard (e.g , supply voltage, output level, etc ).

VHF (25-400MHZ)

(Temp. Range A); +15°C to + 35°C:
(Temp. Range B): 0°C to +50°C:

(Temp. Range D): -20°C to +70°C:

(Temp. Range G): -55°Cto +75°C:

Output Level:

Supply Voltage:
Input Power:
Frequency Adjustment:

Size:

* f Phase noise:

typical, with
sine output
• in 75-125 MHz
range

Most economical
CO-228/CO-229 SERIES

Higher level and frequency
CO-223/CO-224 SERIES

25 MHz to 200 MHz ]

! 25 MHz to 400 MHz f

3 x 10-®/day

5 x 10 _6 /year

1 x 10-8/day

3 x 10-6/year

3 x 10-8/day

5 x 10- 6 /year

1 x 10-8/day

3 x 10- 6 /year

±3 x 10-8.

±5 x 10-’:

C0-228A38

C0-228A59

C0-229A38

C0-229A59

±3x10-8; C0-223A38

±5 x 10-’: C0-223A59

C0-224A38

C0-224A59

±5 x 10-®:

±1 x 10-®:

C0-228B5B

C0-228B18

C0-229B58

C0-229B18

±5x10-8; C0-223B58

±1 x 10-8; C0-223B18

C0-224B58

C0-224B18

±1 x 10- 7 :

±3 x 10-®:

C0-228D17

C0-228D38

C0-229D17

C0-229D38

±1 x 10- 7 : C0-223D17

±3 x 10-8; CO-223038

C0-224D17

C0-224D38

±2 x 10- 7 :

±5 x 10-®:

C0-228G27

C0-228G58

C0-229G27

C0-229G58

±2 x 10~ 7 : C0-223G27

±5 x 10-8; C0-223G58

C0-224G27

C0-224G58

Standard: >0.5 vrms into 5012 (4-7 dBm)
Optional: TTL to 100 MHz

Standard: >1 vrms into 5012 ( + 13 dBm) 1

Optional: ECL, higher sinewave level |

Superior aging and stability
CO-220/CO-225 SERIES

25 MHz to 200 MHz

3 x 10- 9 /day
1 x 10~ 6 /year

1 x lO-’/day
3 x 10" 7 /year

CO-220B58 C0-225B58

C0-220B18 C0-225B18

C0-220B29 C0-225B29

CO-220D38 C0-225D38

C0-220D18 C0-225D18

C0-220D59 C0-225D59

l (+7 dBm) I Standard: >1 vrms into 50ft ( + 13 dBm) I Standard: >0.5 vrms into 5012 ( + 7 dBm)

| Optional: ECL, higher sinewave level I Optional: +13 dBm (“R”), TTL, ECL

24 VDC standard. Operation from any specified voltage in 12-28 VDC range optional.

<6 watts at turn-on (-20/ + 70°C); <3 watts stabilized (25°C)

Screwdriver adjust, settable to <1 x10-» nominal. Electronic tuning (VCX0) option “V”.

mm) I 2" x 2" x 4" (51 x 51 x 104 mm) I 2" x 2" x 4" (51 x 51 x 104 mm)

2" x 2" x 3" (51 x 51 x 77 mm)

2" x 2" x 4" (51 x 51 x 104 mm)

Offset from

Carrier Standard

Offset from ‘Ultra Low Noise

Carrier Standard Option (L2)

10 Hz - 90 dB/Hz Ultra-low

100 Hz —120 flB/Hz noise

1 KHz —135 dB/Hz option

10 KHz —140 dB/Hz not

50 KHz — 145 dB/Hz available

10 Hz - 90 dB/Hz -100 db/Hz

100 Hz —120 dB/Hz —130 dB/Hz

1 KHz —135 dB/Hz — 145 dB/Hz

10 KHz —140 dB/Hz —150 dB/Hz

50 KHz — 145 dB/Hz — 155 dB/Hz

*L2 option is restricted to 300 MHz
with sine output of +10 dBm or less

Offset from
Carrier

- 85 dB/Hz
-105 dB/Hz
-115 dB/Hz
-120 dB/Hz
-125 dB/Hz

*Ultra Low Noise
Option (L2)

-100 db/Hz
-120 db/Hz
-130 dB/Hz
-135 dB/Hz
-140 dB/Hz

*L2 option is available to 125 MHz

FOR PRICE OR TECHNICAL INFORMATION. ..CALL (203) 853-4433

VECTRoTT VECTRON LABORATORIES, INC. The Crystal Oscillator Company

166 Glover Avenue, Norwalk, CT 06850 • Telephone: 203/853-4433 • TWX: 710/468-3796

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1385

2300

CRYSTALS, OSCILLATORS, & CRYSTAL FILTERS

2300

VECTRON

VGXOs

Voltage Controlled Crystal Oscillators

WIDE DEVIATION AND/OR LINEAR APPLICATIONS

BASIC MODELS
1271V I CO-275V

Range of
Available
Center
Frequencies:

OVEN

CONTROLLED

a) CO-272V

b) CO-276V

a) 2-20 MHz

b) 20-400 MHz

EXTRA WIDE
DEVIATION

c) CO-273V

d) C 0-274 V

c) 0.5-8 MHz

d) 8-80 MHz

For P.C. Board For P.C. Board

mounting mounting

(rf connector (rf connector

optional) optional)

Octal plug-in or For P.C. Board

solder header and mounting
rf connector (rf connector
optional)

NARROW DEVIATION PHASE LOCK APPLICATIONS

SINEWAVE

OUTPUT

(higher and tower frequencies available)

1 vrms into IK 1 0.5 vrms into 5012J a) 1 vrms into IK c) 1 vrms into IK
I lb) 0.5 vrms/5012 I d) 0.5 vrms/5012

(Option ‘‘R’’: 1 vrms into 5012; TTL, CMOS or ECL logic compatible output
available on some models)

(wider and narrower deviation available)

±5 Volts, negative transfer function (either higher or lower
sensitivity available)

±1% (For ±5% linearity, resulting in reduced cost, add '‘N" to
Model No.)

Negative; frequency decreases with increasing modulation voltage.

CO-271 VA: C0-275VA:

± .01% ± .01% l

CO-271 VB: C0-275VB: | ± 0001% ±.025%

±.001% ±.001% I

(higher stability and wider temperature range optional)

+24 VDC standard (operation from any specified voltage in
+12 VDC to +32 VDC range optional)

2" x 2" x 3 / 4 " 2" x 3" x %" I 2" x 2" x 4" c) 2" x 3" x %"

(51 x 51 x 19 mm) (51 x 77 x 19 mm) (51 x 51 x 102 mm) d) 3" x 3y 2 " x W'

e) CO-231V

f) CO-231 VH

e) 16 KHz-

25 MHz

f) 25.1 MHz-

70 MHz

*C0-233V:

5-149 MHz
*C0-233VH:

150-200 MHz
“C0-233VFW:

5-400 MHz
•••C0-283VW:
401-600 MHz

0.5 vrms into 5012
Option “R”:

1 Vrms into 5012

>±.003%. This allows correcting to specified center frequency over
0-50°C for 5-10 years. Wider deviation optional; for significantly wider
deviation, see models on left side of page).

0 to + 6 V
(±3V to ±1 0V
optional)

0 to — 5V
(±3 to ±10V
optional)

±20% ±20% ±20% ±20%
(± 10 % with (± 10 % with

bipolar input) I 1 1 bipolar input)

Smooth monotonic characteristic. For improved linearity see models
on left side of page.

Positive (frequency increases with increasing control
voltage) (units with bipolar input have negative Negative

transfer function)

(wider temperature range optional)

+ 15 VDC standard

+ 12 VDC standard

*iy 2 "xiy 2 "x5/8" e) iy 2 "xiy 2 "xy 2 " iy 2 "xiy 2 "xy 2 "
**2"x2"x3/ 4 " f) 15/ 8 "x15/ 8 "xy 2 "

***2"x3"x3/ 4 "

•For P.C. Board For P.C. Board
mounting mounting

•JfSMA output
connector, studs
for chassis mount

For P.C. Board
mounting

-5.2 VDC
2"x3"xy 2 "

for P.C. Board
mounting

VECTRON

VC Os

Voltage Controlled Oscillators (Non-crystal)

BASIC MODEL
VC-371

OVEN CONTROLLED
VC-372

500 KHz to 500 MHz

>0.5 vrms into 5012 (+7 dBm)

Option “R”: +13 dBm. TTL, CMOS and ECL also optional

LOW FREQUENCY

VC-381

50 Hz to 500 KHz

>1 vrms into 100012
TTL and CMOS optional

± 10 % 1 ± 10 %
(Wider and narrower deviation optional; deviation as large as an octave).

For deviation less than ±1%, consider a crystal controlled VCX0 rather than a VC0.

(both higher and lower sensitivity optional)

Standard: ±10% |

Option "A": ± 3% (only for deviation ^±20%)

Option ”B”: ± 1% (only for deviation ^±10%) |

(smooth monotonic characteristics with no discontinuities)

Transfer Function:

| negative |

positive

Accuracy: Standard:

±0.5% at 25°C for units with deviation
up to ±10%. For wider deviation units,
accuracy is 10 % of deviation.

Tuning adjustment setable to 0.1%.

±0.5% at 25°C for units with deviation
up to ±10%. For wider deviation units,
accuracy is 10 % of deviation.

Optional:

“T”: Tuning adjustment setable to 0.1%.

“T”: Tuning adjustment setable to 0.1%.

Standard: 0/ + 50°C: ±1%

Option 1: — 20/ + 70°C: ±2%
Option 2: -55/ + 85°C: ±4%
•Option 3: 0/ + 50°C: ±0.3%

•Option 4: -20/ + 70°C: ±0.5%
•Only for deviation ±10%

Standard: 0/ + 50°C: ±0.1%
Option 1: -20/+70°C: ±0.2%
Option 2: -55/ + 85°C: ±0.5%

Standard: 0/ + 50°C

Option 1: -20/ + 70°C
Option 2: -55/ + 85°C

other temperature ranges available

+ 15 VDC I

(Operation from any supply in 12 to 28 VDC range is optional.)

2" x 2" x 3/ 4 " (51 x 51 x 19 mm)

2" x 2" x 4" (51 x 51 x 104 mm)

Pins for p.c. board mounting,

RF connector optional.

Chassis mount with SMA output
connector. SMC or BNC optional

2" x 2" x 3 / 4 // (51 x 51 x 19 mm)
Pins for p.c. board mounting.

VECTRON VECTRON LABORATORIES, INC. The CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR COMPANY

166 Glover Avenue, Norwalk, CT 06850 • Telephone: 203/853-4433 • TWX: 710/468-3796

1*1386

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

QPL To MIL-0-55310

VARIETY OF STABILITIES

:.001 5% CALIBRATION
ACCURACY

HERMETICALLY SEALED
METAL PACKAGE

XSIS microcircuit crystal oscillators are not
“JUST ANOTHER CLOCK OSCILLATOR” but
are hi-rel devices using a premier design that
is documented to be virtually without failure.
Customers call it EXPERIENCED RELIABILITY.

MULTIPLE TEMPERATURE
RANGE SELECTION

TTL-CMOS-GATED

SCHOTTKY-ECL

.200 SEATED HEIGHT

LOW POWER
CONSUMPTION

XSIS microcircuit oscillators are manu-
factured to the electrical parameters of MIL-
0-55310, workmanship standards are in
accordance with MIL-M-38510, the quality
system is as required by MIL-l-45208.

CUSTOM PACKAGE
CONSIDERATIONS

DUAL-IN-LINE SPACING

WIDE FREQUENCY RANGE

CUSTOM ELECTRICAL
PARAMETERS

XSIS IS A QPL SOURCE FOR MICROCIRCUIT CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS TO MIL-0-55310/8, /11,/14,/15,/16/17.

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS AVAILABLE

100 Series-TTL

100Hz to 70MHz
±.0015%

Frequency Range
Frequency @ +25°c

200 Series-CMOS**

250Hz to 10MHZ
±.0015%

* ‘Specify supply voltage when ordering

X143- 20.0 MHz

Ljjl- 14 PIN with Option ‘X’ PINOUT
L-f — TTL Compatible
1 — ± .005% Stability

-55° to + 125° c Temperature Range

NOTE: T100 SERIES (4 PIN) HAS
THE SAME DIMENSIONS.

12620 W. 63rd St.
Shawnee, Kansas 66216
913-631-0448
Telex: 437227

EEM1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1387

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

Technitrol’s three and one half decades
of experience in designing and
manufacturing delay line modules is
recognized and appreciated
throughout the world. This experience
ranges from supplying the simplest
commercial unit to the most rugged
military chip carrier module.
Manufactured in numerous compact
configurations, these units provide
timing applications with minimum or
no interface requirements whatsoever.

When you order from Technitrol you
will receive quality products from the
pioneer and worldwide manufacturer
of TTL and ECL chip carrier delay
modules, as well as digital, slim pac,
dual-in-line, single-in-lirie and low

profile delay modules. All modules are
designed to be used directly with
Schottsky TTL, TTL, and low power
Schottsky TTL logic circuits. All
modules are designed to meet or
exceed MIL-D-23859 as a minimum
specification and all can be cascaded
to get any combination of delay
without degrading output rise time.

At Technitrol, reliability is built into all
our delay line modules— not “screened
in”— as is the case of many of our
competitors. So remember, you can’t
go wrong if you specify Technitrol for
your next commercial or military
application requirement . . . you can’t
miss if you order from the #1 company
m delay Ime technology.

Time to order from
the leader and pioneer in
Delay Line Technology

TexJviilnirLJnxi.

1952 East Allegheny Avenue •Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19134
(215) 426-9105

1*1388

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

delay lines

Manufacturer

Allen Avionics

Anderson Labs

Belfuse

Computer Devices

Control Electronics

Data Delay Devices

Passive

Distributive Constant

Fixed Variable

Other Types

Program

Variable I Tapped mable Video Quartz Trimmer strict

1*1391 1*1392, 1*1393

1*1393

1*1396-

1*1404,

1*1407

Engineered Components

m

1*1419-

ESC Electronics
Hytek

JBM Electronics

Kappa Networks

1*1459-

1*1463

Nytronics

Technitrol

Valor Electronics

1*1447-

1*1450

1*1454,

1*1455

1*1462, 1*1463 1*1456-

1*1463 1*1463

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1389

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

i

ALLEN ^V-XOmCS, INC.

224 EAST SECOND STREET • MINEOLA, NEW YORK 11501 • PHONES: 516-248-8080 OR 516-747-5450

SPIRADEL** THE MOST COMPACT

Highest Time Delay to Rise Time Ratio DISTRIBUTED DELAY LINE

SEE OUR PAGES UNDER

FILTERS

SECTION 2700

WRITE FOR CATALOG

FOR IMMEDIATE DELIVERY!

SPIRADEL is a small diameter, distributed constant
fixed delay line, featuring higher delay to rise time ratio
and excellent pulse fidelity. Its new shape offers greater
package design versatility than most other delay lines
available, and the entire unit is encapsulated for maxi-
mum environmental protection.

SPIRADEL covers a delay range of 20 to 6000 nano-
seconds. Any delay within this range may be selected.

Time delay to rise time ratios range up to 30 to 1.
Any impedance from 50 to 1000 ohms is available.
Standard delay tolerance is 5%, although tighter tol-
erances can be held.

SPIRADEL is designed for operation from
— 55°C up to +105°C. Temperature coefficient
over this range is 150 parts/million/°C. Band-
width is from DC to frequency f = .35/rise time.

TO ORDER SPECIFY PART NUMBER STANDARD HEIGHT OF ALL UNITS: %"

Band-

width

Minimum Diatn.
(MHz) Inches

IMPEDANCE 150 OHMS

Rise Time Band-
(Nano- width
seconds) Minimum
Maximum (MHz)

IMPEDANCE 500 OHMS

SP0020Z150

SP0030Z150

SP0040Z150

SP0050Z150

SP0060Z150

SP0070Z150

SP0080Z150

SP0090Z150

SP0100Z150

SP0150Z15 0

SP0200Z150

SP0250Z150

SP0300Z150

SP0350Z150

SP0400Z150

SP0450Z150

SP0500Z150

SP0300Z075

SP0400Z075
SP0450Z075
SP0500Z075_
5_

SP0600Z075

SP0650Z075

SP0700Z075

70.0

1.20

53.8

1.20

46.6

1.20

45.4

1.20

44.3

1.20

43.7

1.20

42.6

1.20

41.1

1.20

38.8

1.20

29.1

1.60

25.0

1.60

23.3

2.00

20.0

2.00

18.4

2.00

17.5

2.00

15.9

2.50

14.5

2.50

SP0300Z500 300

SPQ400Z500 400

SP0500Z500 500

SP0600Z500 600

SP0700Z500 700

SP0800Z500 800

SP0900Z500 900

SP1000Z500 1000

SP1500Z500 1500
"SP2000Z500 2000
SP2500Z5Q0 2500
SP3000Z500 3000
SP3500Z500 3500
SP4000Z500 4000

IMPEDANCE 600

IMPEDANCE 100 OHMS

SP0050Z100

SP0060Z100

SP0070Z100

SP6O8OZIOO

SP0090Z100

SP0100Z100

SP0150Z1C0

SP0200Z100

SP0250Z100

SP0300Z100

SP0350Z100

SP0400Z100

SP0450Z10d

SP0500Z100

SP0550Z100

SP0600Z10 0

SP0650Z100

SP0700Z100

SP0750Z100

SP0800Z100

SP0850Z100

SP0900Z100

SP0950Z100

SP1000Z100

TAPPED UNITS AVAILABLE IN IMPEDANCES
FROM 50 TO 325 OHMS INCLUSIVE.

CALL OR WRITE FOR COMPLETE CATALOG.

v v7j s' Tl l T'

v ft- y 9o° r

;typ.) / — l — L

^3 PINS .040 Dl A.
Patented and patents applied for.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

ALLEN AVIONICS, I3STC.

224 EAST SECOND STREET • MINEOLA, NEW YORK 11501 • PHONES: 516-248-8080 OR 516-747-5450

THE MOST COMPLETE LINE OF

VIDEO DELAY LINES

SEE OUR PAGES UNDER

FILTERS

SECTION 2700

WRITE FOR CATALOG

AVAILABLE FROM STOCK!

Allen Avionics, an established leader in the design and manufacture of Electromagnetic Delay Lines
and L-C Filters has now developed a specialized group of products for the video market.

In color television broadcasting, accurate timing of signals is essential. This was initially achieved by
the use of 75 ohm coaxial cable. The cost in time and materials to accomplish precise trimming and
the lack of a rapid and convenient method of changing delays is currently responsible for the decline in
cable usage. Television studios, studio equipment manufacturers and others engaged in the video in-
dustry are changing from 75 ohm cable to a more suitable method of achieving precise short delays.
Allen Avionics now offers a line of Video Units for this purpose. Their use will result in a reduction of
size, weight, installation cost and an overwhelming saving in time and effort to make delay changes.

RACK MOUNTABLE UNITS

RACK MOUNT
showing delay units
with switches and
terminals available
for delay changes.
Up to 10 delay units
can be housed. Note
hinged front panel.

This rack mountable series of video and pulse
delay lines has the capability of replacing up to
1450 feet of cable.

Four variable slide switch units

are being offered with total de-
lays of 255, 637.5, 1275 and
2270 nanoseconds. Each unit
contains 8 individual delay
units. Four strappable units are
also manufactured with total
delays of 317.5, 635, 1270 and
2260 nanoseconds. The strap- showings
pable units consist of 7 separ- ^^“for Vapid
ate delay lines each having their delay changes,
own input and output terminals.

The slide switches or terminal strapping provide
methods for adding the individual lines together
so that the output is always the summation of the
individual lines. This eliminates most video distor-
tions and assures good chrominance to luminance
delay. Precision delay changes of as small as one
nanosecond are easily accomplished. Low insertion
loss, amplitude and delay flatness, alongwith excel-
lent pulse fidelity, are characteristic of this series.

Units are rack
mounted by
attaching a
durable plastic
card to the
large surface.

All units are manufactured to fit
standard 19 inch racks and are
provided with additional inserts to
satisfy almost any mounting re-
quirement. Delay units and racks
can be purchased separately. The
rack is manufactured with a hinged
panel so that fast delay adjust-
ments can be made. However, once
adjustments are made, the front
panel prevents further tampering
with the slide switches or ter-
minals.

Models VP0635, VP1270 and VP2075 are padded to provide a flat loss at any
setting. As a result of this padding, these units will exhibit a maximum variation
of ±.2db at any delay setting.

Model VP0010 was designed specifically to be used as a delay trimmer in con-
junction with our other delay units or any 75 ohm system. It offers .5 nanosec-
ond switching resolution with excellent amplitude flatness up to 5.5 MHz.

These new delay units feature extremely flat amplitude
response to 5.5 MHz, small increments of delay variation,
low signal distortion and tight delay tolerance. The delay
networks are ideal for pulse applications because of their
fast rise times and low distortion. Amplitude equalization
is employed to achieve excellent flatness over the video frequency range. The
delayed output of any model in this group is the summation of individual lines.
It is not the result of a tapped line. This feature insures that output pulse dis-
tortions are minimized. Units will match to any 75 ohm system and can be
directly connected into the video signal path by means of BNC connectors.

Part No.

Delay

Range

(Nano-

Sec.)

Delay

Steps

(Nano-

Sec.)

Method
of Variation

Maximum
Insertion
Loss®
tOO KHZ
(db)

Amplitude
Flatness At Any
Delay Setting
100 KHz to

5,5 MHz (db)

Max.

Rise

Time

(Nano-

Sec.)

Package

Size

(Inches)

VAR005

3-7

Continuous

Trimmer

.20

.2 Max.

N.A.

35/8 X 11/2 X U/4

VAR011

0-11

Continuous

Trimmer -
& Toggle

.20

.25

N.A.

43/8 X 23/a X IK*

VP0010

0-10.5

.5

Toggle

.15

.2

3

43/s X 23/a X IK*

VP0127

0-127

1.0

Toggle

.15

.3

14

43/8 X 23/s X V/u

VP0255

0-255

1.0

Toggle

.15

.3

16

43/8 X 23/e X IK*

VP0317

0-317.5

2.5

Toggle

.15

.3

20.

43/s X 23/s X IK*

VP0635

0-635

5.0

Toggle

* .50

.4

25

4%x3%x2Ki

VP1100

0-1100

10.0

Rotary

1.25

.4

30

4%x3%x2K fi

VP1270

0-1270

10.0

Toggle

*3.00

.4

30

4%x3%x2K«

VP2075

0-2075

25.0

Toggle

*3.00

.5

40

73/ 8 x4%x2K6

VS0315

0-315

5.0

Strap

.25

.4

28

4 X 2 x 11/4

VS0635

0-635

5.0

Strap

.60

.5

33

5 x 2 X 11/4

VS1275

0-1275

5.0

Strap

1.25

.5

33

5 x 3 X U/4

VS2075

0-2075

25.0

Strap

2.50

.5

40

61/2 X 33/2 X 2

JSSSM

VRM0255

0-255

1.0

Slide Switch

.40

.4 Max.

20

11/8 x 41/8 X 4

VRM0637

0-637.5

2.5

Slide Switch

*1.00

.4

28

11/8 x 41/8 X 6

VRM1275

0-1275

5.0

Slide Switch

*3.00

.4

33

11/8 X 41/8 X 9

VRM2270

0-2270

10.0

Slide Switch

*3.00

.5

40

11/8 X 41/8 X 9

VRS0317

0-317.5

2.5

Strap

.40

.5

26

11/8 x 41/8 X 4

VRS0635

0-635

5.0

Strap

.75

.5

35

11/8 x 41/8 X 6

VRS1270

0-1270

10.0

Strap

1.50

.5

37

11/8 x 41/8 X 9

VRS2260

0-2260

20.0

Strap

3.00

.5

40

11/8 X 41/8 X 9

Impedance: 75 ohms. * ±2 db variation at any delay setting.

Pulse Distortion: Less than 4% with an input pulse rise time of 20 nanoseconds.

Working Voltage: 50 volts maximum.

Return Loss: 20 db minimum.

Delay Tolerance: 5% or 1 nanosecond, whichever is greater.

iSfBl

ALLEN AYiONCS
hum EUM^ATOR

HUM ELIMINATOR HEC1000

Eliminates Hum & other interference in Video
Lines caused by differences in ground potential.

• FLAT-DC to 10 MHz.

• For Color and Black & White.

• No Low Frequency or
High Frequency Roll-Off.

• No Differential Gain or
Phase Distortion.

• Totally Passive Device
— Failure Free.

• Reversible

• Compact Rugged
Package.

• Low Price.

INFIELD:

Between Remote Truck & Telco
& between Truck & Microwave.
For Intertruck Hookup.

For VTR Units & Monitoring Lines.

IN STUDIO:

Between Buildings & Studios
& Studios & Transmitter.

On incoming & outgoing Telco
Circuits.

SPECIFICATIONS

Impedance: 75 ohms, unbalanced
Connectors: Type BNC
Bandwidth: DC to 10 MHz (0:6 dB @ 10 MHz)
Hum Reduction: to 50 dB depending on
system

Dimensions: 5.3" x 4.0" x 2.0" (135 x 102
x 51 mm)

Weight: Approx. 3 lbs. (1.36 kg)

Insertion Loss: <0.2 dB

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1391

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

ALLEN .A-V IONICS, I3STC.

224 EAST SECOND STREET • MINEOLA, NEW YORK 11501 • PHONES: 516-248-8080 OR 516-747-5450

DUAL-IN-LINE “MIDI” SPIRADEL®*

These LOW COST units offer the same excellent pulse fidelity and phase linearity
as Standard Spiradel. Low silhouette and dual-in-line mounting permit packaging
with semiconductor and comparable components.

PART NO.

Time

Delay

(Nano-

seconds)

Rise Time
(Nine-
seconds)
Maximum

Bandwidth

Minimum

(MHz)

impedance

(Ohms)

5

2.0

100

RD005Z125

5

■ESS

eOUxs

125

MDOIOZIOO

10

100

10

2.5

WEBGM

125

MD015Z100

15

3.0

100

MD020Z100

4.0

90.0

100

4.0

90.0

200

25

5.0

72.0

100

30

6.0

60.0

100

RD030Z250

30

6.0

60.0

250

MD040Z100

40

7.5

48.0

100

iriH’ImT'M

wmm

8.0

45.0

300

IMD050Z100

HI

9.0

40.0

100

EMMSMM

50

350

MD060Z175

HI

175

RD060Z400

HI

12.0

30.0

400

MD070Z175

70

12.0

30.0

175

RD070Z400

70

14.0

400

MD080Z175

80

13.0

mm m

175

RD080Z475

80

16.0

WKBM

475

PART NO.

Time

Delay

(Nano-

seconds)

Rise Time
(Nano-
seconds)
Maximum

Bandwidth

Minimum

(MHz)

Impedance

(Ohms)

MD090Z175

90

14

25.7

175

RD090Z500

90

18

20.0

500

MD100Z175

100

15

24.0

175

RD100Z500

100

20

18.0

500

MD125Z500

125

25

14.4

500

MD150Z500

150

29

12.1

500

RD150Z01K

150

30

12.0

1000

MD175Z500

175

32

11.3

500

RD175Z01K

175

35

10.3

1000

MD200Z500

200

35

10.3

500

RD200Z01K

200

40

9.0

1000

MD250Z500

250

40

9.0

500

MD300Z01K

300

60

6.0

1000

MD350Z01K

350

67

5.4

1000

MD400Z01K

400

74

4.9

1000

MD450Z01K

450

78

4.6

1000

MD500Z01K

500

81

4.4

1000

MD550Z01K

550

83

4.3

1000

MD600Z01K

600

85

4.2

1000

TO ORDER SPECIFY PART NUMBER

Epoxy Encapsulated.
Temperature
Coefficient:

Less than
200 PPM/°C
from -55°C to +105°C.

DUAL-IN-LINE “MINI” SPIRADEL®* F0R immediate DELIVERY! ^JI|l|y a ~

EXCELLENT PULSE FIDELITY • FLAT DELAY OVER WIDE FREQUENCY RANGE applied for!

Operation from -55°C up to + 105°C. Units exhibit a change of less than 175 parts/million/°C over this temperature
range. Dual-in-line mounting. Compatible with integrated circuits. Maximum attenuation for all delays: 7%.

TO ORDER SPECIFY PART NUMBER

PART NO.

Time Delay
(Nano-
seconds)

Rise Time
(Nano-
seconds)

impedance

(Ohms)

MN005Z125

5

2.0

125

10

aHjjSSH

125

MN020Z200

20

200

MN030Z250

6.0

250

MN040Z300

iwrwi

8.0

300

MN050Z350

10.0

350

MN060Z400

60

12.0

400

MN070Z400

70

14.0

400

PART NO.

Time Delay
(Nano-
seconds)

Rise Time
(Nano-
seconds)

Impedance

(Ohms)

MN080Z475

80

16.0

475

MN090Z500

90

18.0

500

MN100Z500

100

20.0

500

MN125Z500

125

25.0

500

MN150Z01K

150

30.0

1000

MN175Z01K

175

35.0

1000

MN200Z01K

200

40.0

1000

MN250Z01K

250

50.0 j

1000

STANDARD DELAY TOLERANCE 10% (5% ON SPECIAL ORDERS)

“LC DIP 20” DUAL-IN-LINE 24 PIN TAPPED
LUMPED CONSTANT DELAY LINE

IMPEDANCE 100 OHMS

Part No.

Time Delay
(Nanoseconds)

Rise Time
(Nanoseconds)

Bandwidth
Minimum (MHz)

LCB010Z100

10

2.0

180.0

5

LCB020Z100

20

2.5

144.0

5

LCB030Z100

30

3.0

120.0

5

LCB040Z100

40

4.0

90.0

5

LCB050Z100

50

o

in

5

LCB060Z100

60

6.0

10

LCB070Z100

70

7.0

10

LCB080Z100

80

8.0

45.0

10

LCB090Z100

90

9.0

40.0

10

LCB100Z100

100

10.0

36.0

10

LCB150Z100

150

15.0

24.0

5

LCB200Z100

200

. 20.0

18.0

5

LCB250Z100

250

25.0

14.4

10

LCB500Z100

500

50.0

7.2

10

LCB750Z100

750

75.0

4.8

10

LCB01KZ100

1000

100.0

1 3.6

10

TO ORDER SPECIFY PART NUMBER

Time delay to rise time ratios — 10 to 1.
Temperature Coefficient — less than
100PPM/°C from 0°C to 80°C.

Total delay tolerance 5% or
1 nanosecond, whichever is greater.

20 equal delay increments.

TTL & DTL compatible.

Low attenuation.

Excellent pulse fidelity.

Exceeds applicable portions of
MIL-D-23859.

Voltage rating 50 WVDC.

Where high bandwidths and low rise times
are required in a small package, the
“LC DIP 20” excels. It offers excellent
pulse fidelity and low attenuation. Its
compatibility with TTL & DTL along with
its low profile makes for an extremely
popular and adaptable unit for semicon-
ductor and other related applications.
Other delays and impedances are avail-
able on special order.

(IN) I (OUT)

A 12 *24
(CNO)

FOR DELAYS FROM 20 ~ 1000 NANOSECONDS

23 2 22 3 21 4 20 5 19 6 1* 7 17 8 16 9 IS 10 14

(IN) J“ ’ ' (OUT)

612*24
(CND)

FOR 10 NANOSECONDS OELAY ONLY

THE ULTIMATE IN
MINIATURIZATION

T05 SERIES LUMPED CONSTANT DELAY LINE

Lumped Constant, completely passive, delay lines housed in a com-
mercial T05 package (.385 dia. x .330 high). Designed for compati-
bility with semiconductor and logic assemblies where space and
good performance are prime considerations. Stocked in delays from
10 to 100 nanoseconds.

Delay Tolerance: ±5%.

Working Voltage: 50 volts DC.

Temp. Coefficient Over 0 to 80°C: 100 parts/million/°C.

Part

No.

Time Delay
(Nano-
seconds)

[Rise Time j
Max. (Nano* 1
seconds) J

Band-

width

(MHz)

Impe-
dance ;
(Ohms)i

Atten-

uation

(%)

iMfil

10

3

d3H

4

mi

20

4

BH

EE9

5

30

6

KEH

6

40

8

eus

wsm

7

50

10

HUH

100

8

60

12

ESI

8

70

14

EM

9

BEBa

80

16

EBEB

E£H

10

beeei

90

18

E

11

mmm

100

20

50

12

OUT

'.200

1*1392

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

-A.LL.E3rT AVIONICS, I3STC.

224 EAST SECOND STREET • MINEOLA, NEW YORK 11501 • PHONES: 516-248-8080 OR 516-747-5450

“LC DIP” THE WORLD’S SMALLEST (f fS

DUAL-IN-LINE 14 PIN TAPPED LUMPED CONSTANT DELAY LINE \l

SEE OUR PAGES UNDER

FILTERS

SECTION 2700

WRITE FOR CATALOG

The “LC DIP” represents the smallest delay line currently
available. It is a lumped constant delay line offering the ulti-
mate in high density packaging and tapping capabilities.

These units are excellent for high frequency applications. The
availability of 10 equal delay increments and the dual-in-line

Time Rise Max.

Delay Time Band- Atten-

(Nano- {Nano- width uation

Part Number seconds) seconds) (MHz) (%) Part Number

LCOIOZIOOB*
LC020Z100 A or B
LC025Z100 A or B
LC030Z100 A or B
LC040Z100 A or B
LC050Z100 A or B
LC060Z100 A or B
LC070Z100 A or B
LC080Z100 A or B
LC090Z100 A or B
LC100Z100 A or B
LC150Z100 A or B
LC200Z100 A or B
LC250Z100 A or B

LC025Z200 A or B
LC050Z200 A or B
LC075Z200 A or B
LC100Z200 A or B
LC150Z200 A or B
LC200Z200 A or B

packaging along with its low silhouette make for compatibility
with semiconductor and other assemblies where circuit board
height must be held to a minimum. The foregoing makes the
“LC DIP” extremely adaptable for the computer and allied
industries.

LC010Z050B*

10

3.0

LC020Z050B*

20

4.5

LC025Z050B*

25

5.0

LC030Z050 A or B

30

6.0

LC040Z050 A or B

40

8.0

LC050Z050 A or B

50

10.0

LC060Z050 A or B

60

12.0

LC070Z050 A or B

70

14.0

LC080Z050 A or B

80

16.0

LC090Z050 A or B

90

18.0

LC100Z050 A or B

100

20.0

LC150Z050 A or B

150

30.0

LC200Z050 A or B

200

40.0

LC250Z050 A or B

250

50.0

LC300Z050 A or B

300

60.0

LC400Z050 A or B

400

80.0

LC500Z050 A or B

500

100.0

To order specify Part No. followed by the letter “A” or
“B”.

* Units with asterisk available in “B” Lead Configura-
tion only.

For Lead Configuration “A” or “B”, call factory and
request catalog.

Time

Delay

(Nano-

seconds)

Rise

Time

(Nano-

seconds)

Band-

width

(MHz)

10

2.5

144.0

20

4.0

90.0

25

5.0

72.0

30

6.0

60.0

40

8.0

45.0

50

10.0

36.0

60

12.0

30.0

70

14.0

25.7

80

16.0

22.5

90

18.0

20.0

100

20.0

18.0

150

30.0

12.0

200

40.0

9.0

250

50.0

7.2

■

■

25

5.0

72.0

50

10.0

36.0

75

15.0

24.0

100

20.0

18.0

150

30.0

12.0

200

40.0

9.0

-INDEX (DENOTES INPUT)

CALL FACTORY

ATTN. COMMUNICATION FIELD: VARIABLE DELAY for RADIO PAGING

In recent years, the communication industries have directed a good
deal of attention to the development of devices suitable for delay
correction of signals sent to remote transmitters. Paging systems use
this form of delay correction and are one of the popular fields to
employ these delay units.

Total Delay
Tolerance 5%.

Fixed Delay Fixed Delay Impedance 600 ohms unbalanced.

Micro- Micro* Bandwidth — greater than 3.2

Part No. seconds Part No. seconds |^ z

Units are supplied in metal can
2 x 3V2 x 5 inches.

Four 8/32 inserts and the switch
are located on one of the 2 x
3V2 inch surfaces.

Four turret terminals (input, out-
put and 2 grounds) are located
on the opposite 2 x 3Vi inch

i , , surface.

AV400-5Q-50 I

AV400-100-50

AV400-150-50

10 steps x 10 plus
Fixed Delay

Fixed Delay
Micro-
seconds

■MfiMffleriiMI

AV400-300-50
AV400-350-50 I

AV400-450-50

S P 6 SPACES J

& .100 -.010
.600 " .010
(Noncumulative)

l Delay Tolerance:

i For delays less than 50 nanoseconds:

j — ±10% or 1 nanosecond (whichever is

j— greater).

[ — For delays of 50 nanoseconds or more:

; — ±5% or 4 nanoseconds (whichever is

; greater).

PART NO. AV-1 03 1-0-1 100

Total Delay Tolerances 5% —

Insertion Loss 6db

This unit has two rotary switches. One rotary
adjusts the delay in steps of one hundred micro-
seconds for a total of 1000 microseconds. The
second switch steps the delay up in 10 micro-
second increments to 100 microseconds.

All delay outputs are the summation of in-
dividual lines. Impedance is 600 ohms un-
balanced. Bandwidth for total delay of 1100
microseconds is greater than 3.2 KHz. Units are
supplied in a metal can 2" x 11" x 4". Four
inserts and 2 switches are located on one of the
11" x 2" surfaces. Four turret terminals (input,
output and 2 grounds) are located on the oppo-
site 11" x 2" surface.

PART NO. AV-1 031 R-O-1 100
Same as above except designed for 2 adjacent
units to be rack mounted. Size: 3" x 8" x 8".

SERIES “HF”, “HR” & “VHR” LUMPED CONSTANT DELAY LINES

HIGHEST RATIO EVER BUILT!

These Delay Lines have the highest ratio of time delay to rise ;

time that has ever been built in a Lumped Constant Line. Unlike <

other types of high ratio lines, the Lumped Constant Delay Line 1
has a passband from D.C. to its cutoff frequency and maintains
a constant delay over these frequencies. These lines are also <
unique in that they offer relatively low insertion loss. The units i

“HF” “HR”

50/1 RATIO

Delay Range .25 to 10 microseconds.

are characterized by tight time delay tolerances, low pulse
distortion, excellent phase linearity and good temperature
stability.

To calculate rise time in microseconds, divide the ratio into the
delay. To calcuhte bandwidth, divide rise time in microseconds
into .36. Answer will be in MHz. Attenuation range 9 to 20db.

75/1 RATIO

Delay Range .5 to 10 microseconds.
100/1 RATIO

Delay Range 1 to 10 microseconds.

“VHR”

150/1 RATIO

Delay Range 5 to 500 microseconds.

200/1 RATIO

Delay Range 10 to 75 microseconds.

250/1 RATIO

Delay Range 20 to 100 microseconds.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1393

EEM

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

® ANDERSEN LABORAIDRES

Andersen Laboratories, Inc., 1280 Blue Hills Avenue, Bloomfield, CT 06002 Telephone (203) 242-0761/TWX 710-425-2390

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

defining a degree of excellence

Bel Fuse Digital Delay Lines Series 0447 features
five equally tapped delay lines with total delays of 25
to 500 nanoseconds. The lines are compatible with
TTL and DTL circuits. Either Logic "1" or Logic "0”
inputs are accepted. Cascading of units causes no
undesirable reflections. The reduced dimensions,
with standard Dip Pin-Out permits dense packaging
on your circuit board.

Special designs upon request.

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS

Pulse Voltage
Rise Time
Supply Current
Pulse Width

3.2 Volts
3.0 Nsec.

60 ma TYP
Min. of 40% delay

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Supply Voltage vcc
Logic 1 1nput Current
Logic 0 Input Current
Logic 1 Output voltage
Logic 0 Output voltage

4.75 to 5.25 volts
50 Microamps Max.
-2Milliamps Max.
2.6 Volts Min.

.5 Volts Max.

All Measurements Made at vcc = 5.0 Volts <& 25°c

DRIVE CAPABILITIES

Logic 0 Output
Logic 1 Output

10 TTL Loads/Tap Max.

(20 TTL) Loads/Unit Max.)
10 TTL Loads/Unit Max.

COMPATIBLE WITH TTL AND DTL CIRCUITS
DELAY TOLERANCE ± 2Nsec or 5% WHICH-
EVER IS GREATER OFF NOMINAL DELAY
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE 0°C TO
70°C

OTHER DELAYS UPON REQUEST

[<.018

-.30 -4*t20-*I klO

12 4 10 6 8

VCC 1 4*^4* AX AffA*

1 TIT IJ

!N —

.30±.01 .40 max.

3 SPACES

,20± .of

Part Number

0447-0025-02

0447-0050-02

0447-0100-02

0447-0150-02

0447-0200-02

0447-0250-02

0447-0300-02

0447-0350-02

0447-0400-02

0447-0450-02

0447-0500-02

TD (1) (3)

TDTap (1) (3)

Tr (2) (3)

25NS

5NS

4NS

50NS

IONS

4NS

100NS

20 NS

4NS

150NS

30NS

4NS

200NS

40NS

4NS

250NS

50NS

4NS

300NS

60NS

4NS

350NS

70NS

4NS

400NS

80NS

4NS

450NS

90NS

4NS

500NS

100NS

4NS

(1) delays measured AT 1.5 Volt level on leading edge only.

(2) Rise times measured from .75 Volts to 2.4 volts

(3) Measured with no loads on taps.

(4) Measured at 1.5 volts L-H and H-L.

bel

BEL FUSE INC. i 98

Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N. J. 07302 • (201) 432 0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

1*1396

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

DELAY LINES

16 PIN - 5 TAP

14 4 12 6 10

■AUU.

FIXED DELAY

jsomia. n ; c . i |

.015 Mm. ! I I I

—

1 T

.400 Mu. .300

f j j ( T i | ®

I'

© 1 1 II II 0
-©-©-0 ©-©-©-©-©-

Part Number TD (1) (3) TDTap(l)(3) Tr(2)(3)
0447-0025-01 25NS 5NS 4NS

0447-0050-01 50NS IONS 4NS

0447-0100-01 100NS 20NS 4NS

0447-0150-01 150NS 30NS 4NS

0447-0200-01 200NS 40NS 4NS

0447-0250-01 250NS 50NS 4NS

0447-0300-01 300NS 60NS 4NS

0447-0350-01 350NS 70NS 4NS

0447-0400-01 400NS 80NS 4NS

0447-0450-01 450NS 90NS 4NS

0447-0500-01 500NS 100NS 4NS

bel

BEL FUSE INC. 198 Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N. J. 07302 • (201) 432-0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1397

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

bel

defining a degree of excellence

DIGITAL DELAY LINE SERIES 0447

10 TAP

• Compatible with TTL and DTL circuits • Other delays upon request

• Delay tolerance ± 2NS or 5% whichever is greater • Operating temperature range 0°C to 70°C
off nominal delay

13 3 12 4 11 5 10 6 9 8 OUT

FIG. 1

n n n n n n a n

1 8

1T~T J ~P~P-D U L T TT

159 MAX.

'+040

J -010

“1 280 MAX.

_L

wmrr-r

SPACING

16 3 15 4 14 5 12 6 11 7QUT

FIG. 2

FIG. 1

(D (3)

(1) (3)

(2) (3)

FIG. 2

Part Number

Total Delay

Delay /Tap

Rise Time

Part Number

0447-0050-10

50NS

5NS

4NS

0447-0050-05

0447-0100-10

100NS

IONS

4NS

0447-0100-05

0447-0150-10

150NS

15NS

4NS

0447-0150-05

0447-0200-10

200NS

20NS

4NS

0447-0200-05

0447-0250-10

250NS

25NS

4NS

0447-0250-05

0447-0300-10

300NS

30NS

4NS

0447-0300-05

0447-0350-10

350NS

35NS

4NS

0447-0350-05

0447-0400-10

400NS

40NS

4NS

0447-0400-05

0447-0500-10

500NS

50NS

5NS

0447-0500-05

0447-0750-10

750NS

75NS

5NS

0447-0750-05

0447-1000-10

1000NS

100NS

5NS

0447-1000-05

(1 ) Measured at 1 .5 Volt level Leading edge (3) Measured with no loads on taps.

(2) Measured from ,75V to 2.4 Volt

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS

Pulse Voltage

3.2 Volts

Rise Time

3.0 Nsec.

Supply Current

1 20 ma TYP

Pulse Width

Min. of 40% Delay

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Supply Voltage Vcc

4.75 to 5.25 Volts

Logic 1 Input Current

100 Microamps Max.

Logic 0 Input Current

-4 Milliamps Max.

Logic 1 Output Voltage

2.6 Volts Min.

Logic 0 Output Voltage

.5 Volts Max

| All Measurements Made at VCC = 5.0 Volts@ 25°C j

DRIVE CAPABILITIES

Logic 0 Output

1 0 TTL Loads/Tap Max. (20 TTL

loads/Unit Max.)

Logic 1 Output

10 TTL Loads/Unit Max.

bel

BEL FUSE INC. in

Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N. J 07302 • (201) 432 0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

1*1398

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

bel

defining a degree of excellence

SINGLE-IN-LINE

DIGITAL DELAY LINE SERIES 0447

10 TAP

• Compatible with TTL and DTL circuits

• Delay tolerance ± 2NS or 5% whichever is greater off nominal delay

• Operating temperature range 0°C to 70°C

• Other delays upon request

i

125

T

13 Spaces (a .100 = 1.30 t .01

Pins .012 x .020 flat lead

or 24 awg tinned copper

7K (1 ) Measured at 1 .5 Volt level Leading edge
) Max (2) Measured from .75V to 2.4 Volt

. (3) Measured with no loads on taps.

(11(3)

(11(3)

(2) (3)

Rise Time

0447-0050-07

50NS

5NS

4NS

0447-0100-07

IONS

0447-0150-07

|

15NS

0447-0200-07

200NS

20NS

4NS

0447-0250-07

250NS

25NS

4NS

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS

Pulse Voltage

3.2 Volts

Rise Time

3.0 Nsec.

Supply Current

120 maTYP

Pulse Width

Min. of 40% Delay

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Supply Voltage Vcc

4.75 to 5.25 Volts

Logic 1 Input Current

100 Microamps Max.

Logic 0 Input Current

- 4 Milliamps Max.

Logic 1 Output Voltage

2.6 Volts Min.

Logic 0 Output Voltage

.5 Volts Max.

All Measurements Made at VCC - 5.0 Volts @ 25° C

DRIVE CAPABILITIES

Logic 0 Output

10 TTL Loads/Tap Max. (20 TTL

loads/Unit Max.)

Logic 1 Output

1 0 TTL Loads/Unit Max.

bel

BEL FUSE INC.

198 Van Vorst Street • Jersey City. N. J. 07302 • (201) 432 0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & , Sales Offices Directory

1*1399

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

bel

defining a degree of excellence

DIGITAL DELAY LINE SERIES 0447

DYNAMIC RAM TIMING DEVICE

VCCl4°-t-x

GND

12 4 10 6 8

'Hiii

‘i

i T T T T T

7°-i 1 J

3 SPACES

ft ,20± .Of

(1) DELAYS MEASURED AT 1 .5 Volt level on leading edge.

(2) Rise times measured from .75 Volts to 2.4 Volts.

(3) Measured with no loads on taps.

part

Norn. Delay at ea. tap In Nsec (1 ), (3)

Rise Time

Number

P 12

P 4

P 10

P 6

P 8

(2) (3)

0447-0339-99

25 ± 5

45 ± 5

160 ± 8

185 ± 9

340 ± 17

4

0447-0399-99

30 ± 5

80 ± 5

220 ± 11

250 ± 12

400 ± 20

4

0447-0439-99

40 ± 5

100 ± 5

265 ± 13

290 ± 14

440 ± 22

4

0477-0499-99

85 ± 5

140 ± 7

320 ± 16

345 ± 17

515 ± 25

5

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS

Pulse Voltage

3.2 Volts

Rise Time

3.0 Nsec.

Supply Current

60 ma TYP

PulseWidth

Min. of 20% Delay

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Supply Voltage Vcc

4.75 to 5.25 Volts

Logic 1 Input Current

50 Microamps Max.

Logic 0 Input Current

-2 Milliamps Max.

Logic 1 Output Voltage

2.6 Volts Min.

Logic 0 Output Voltage

.5 Volts Max.

All Measurements Made at VCC =

5.0 Volts @ 25°C

DRIVE CAPABILITIES

Logic 0 Output

10 TTL LoadsfTap Max. (20TTL

loads/Unit Max.)

Logic 1 Output

10 TTL Loads/Unit Max.

bel

BEL FUSE INC. in

Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N. J. 07302 • (201) 432 0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

1*1400

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

bel

defining a degree of excellence

DIGITAL DELAY LINE SERIES 0447

TRIPLE OUTPUT MODULE

.20 ±.01

.010

_L

T

.60 ±.01

L_

A IIIU

1

r .OU MM A

1

.275 MAX

' \

/

T

t

.12 MIN

1

—

I* -| I*- .018

C3

13

13

13

13

13

(3

12 OUT

-4-10 OUT

8 OUT

(1) DELAYS MEASURED ATI. 5 VOLT LEADING EDGE ONLY

(2) RISETIME MEASURED FROM .75 VOLTS T02.4VOLTS

(3) MEASURED WITH 1 TTL LOAD (15PF) ON EACH OUTPUT

Part Number

Delay Time

Rise Time

0447-00 10-A3

10 NS ±1.5 NS

3 NS

0447-0020-A3

20 NS ±1.5 NS

3 NS

0447-0030-A3

30 NS ±2.0 NS

3 NS

0447-0040-A3

40 NS ±2.0 NS

3 NS

0447-0050-A3

50 NS ±2.5 NS

3 NS

0447-0060-A3

60 NS ±3.0 NS

4 NS

0447-0070-A3

70 NS ±3.5 NS

4 NS

0447-0080-A3

80 NS ±4.0 NS

4 NS

0447-0090-A3

90 NS ±4.0 NS

4 NS

0447-01 00-A3

100 NS ±5.0 NS

4 NS

0447-01 25-A3

125 NS ±6.0 NS

4 NS

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS

Pulse Voltage

3.2 Volts

Rise Time

3 Nsec

Pulse Width

Min 100% of Total Delay

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Supply Voltage
Supply Current

Logic 1 Input Current
Logic 0 Input Current
Logic 1 Output Voltage
Logic 0 Output Voltage
Temperature Range
Temperature Coefficient

5 Volts ±.25 Volts
Constant “0” in 115 ma max
Constant “1” in 90 ma max
50 fi a max
-2 ma max
2.6 Volts min
.5 Volts max
0°C to +70°C

1.5 Nsec +100 ppm/°C max

1

ie

1

BEL FUSE INC- 198 Van Vorst Street • Jersey City. N. J. 07302 • (201) 432-0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1401

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

defining a degree of excellence

DELAY UNES

14 PIN DIP

BEL FUSE INC. 198 Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N, J. 07302 • (201) 432 0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

1*1402

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

bel

defining a degree of excellence

I

SINGLE-IN-LINE DELAY LINES

compatible with ECL and TTL circuits
temperature coefficient of delay - 100 PPM C max

DIST = 7.5% max
Operating temp, range

55 Cto f 125 C

(OUT) (IN)

3 T It

f 2 (GND)

■ Rise time 20-80%

■ Pins 24 AWG tinned copper

.10 ± .02 I 6 Spaces <n

\ f .100 = .600

IN pppppppp OUT

2 1 6

• GND

24 AWG T inned Copper
or .100 x .20 Flat Lead

• Rise time = 10 to 90%
■ DWV = 50VDC

• DIST. = 10% max

- Taps available upon request
• Other delay increments available
’ Other PIN OUTS Available

bel

TIME DELAY

RISE TIME

D.C.R. MAX

PART NUMBER

IN NS

MAX IN NS

IN OHMS

55 OHMS ±10%

93 OHMS ± 10°

1 ±.2

1.6

.20

0402-0001-55

0402-0001-93

2 ±.2

1.6

.25

0402-0002-55

0402-0002-93

3 ±.2

1.7

.37

0402-0003-55

0402-0003-93

4 ±.2

1.7

.50

0402-0004-55

0402-0004-93

5 ±.25

1.8 .

.62

0402-0005-55

0402-0005-93

6 ±.3

2.0

.75

0402-0006-55

0402-0006-93

7 ±.3

2.2

.80

0402-0007-55

0402-0007-93

8 ±3

2.4

.85

0402-0008-55

0402-0008-93

9 ±.3

2.6

.90

0402-0009-55

0402-0009-93

10 ±.3

2.8

.95

0402-0010-55

0402-0010-93

BEL FUSE INC. m

TIME DELAY

RISE TIME

ATTEN. MAX

PART NUMBERS

INNS

MAX IN NS

IN %

55 OHMS ± 10%

100 OHMS ±10%

200 OHMS ± 10

1 ± .3

2.6

3

0403-0001-55

0403-0001-01

0403-0001-02

2 ±.3

2.75

3

0403-0002-55

0403-0002-01

0403-0002-02

3 ±.3

2.9

3

0403-0003-55

0403-0003-01

0403-0003-02

4 ±.3

3.05

3

0403-0004-55

0403-0004-01

0403-0004-02

5 ±.3

3.2

5

0403-0005-55

0403-0005-01

0403-0005-02

10 ±.5

4

5

0403-0010-55

0403-0010-01

0403-0010-02

15 ±.7

5.25

5

0403-0015-55

0403-0015-01

0403-0015-02

20 ±1

6.1

5

0403-0020-55

0403-0020-01

0403-0020-02

25 ±1.2

7.5

5

0403-0025-55

0403-0025-01

0403-0025-02

30 ± 1.5

9.0

6

0403-0030-55

0403-0030-01

0403-0030-02

35 ± 1.7

10.5

6

0403-0035-55

0403-0035-01

0403-0035-02

40 ±2

12.5

6

0403-0040-55

0403-0040-01

0403-0040-02

45 ± 2.7

13.5

6

0403-0045-55

0403-0045-01

, 0403-0045-02

50 ± 2.5

15.0

6

0403-0050-55

0403-0050-01

0403-0050-02

Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N. J. 07302 • (201) 432-0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1403

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

bel defining a degree of excellence

DUAL-IN-LINE

• Delays from 1-1000 nanoseconds.

. Banri UUirith tr\ RH mh7

— 76 •

r

.23 1.014

4 L -m nr 1 -* —

• Impedance 50 to 1000 ohms.

• Resistive Terminations if desired.

• Tapped Delay Lines available.

• Several separate lines in one case.

• Contact Bel Engineering for special apt

21

plications ]

_L

I 1 1

|*-.2

IN 0

_2

°GND °

u T

2-

I

h~~

Time Delay
nsec ±5%*

Impedance ±10% |

50(1

75(1

100(1

200(1

500(1

looon

5

0440-0005-50

Tr=5

0440-0005-75

Tr-5

0440-0005-01

Tr-5

0440-0005-02

Tr = 6

0440-0005-05

Tr = 6

0440-0005-10

Tr=6

10

0440-0010-50

Tr=5

0440-0010-75

Tr = 6

0440-0010-01

Tr-6

0440-0010-02

Tr = 7

0440-0010-05

Tr = 7

0440-0010-10

Tr=7

15

0440-0015-50

Tr-8

0440-0015-75

Tr = 8

0440-0015-01

Tr = 8

0440-0015-02

Tr-8

0440-0015-05

Tr = 8

0440-0015-10

Tr=8

20

0444-0020-50

Tr=10

0440-0020-75

Tr = 10

0440-0020-01

Tr = 10

0440-0020-02

Tr = 10

0440-0020-05

Tr = 10

0440-0020-10 j
Tr=10

30

0444-0030-50

Tr = 12

0440-0030-75

Tr = 10

0440-0030-01

Tr = 10

0440-0030-02

Tr = 10

0440-0030-05

Tr = 10

0440-0030-10

Tr=15

40

0444-0040-50

Tr=17

0444-0040-75

TT = 20

0440-0040-01

Tr = 13

0440-0040-02

Tr = 13

0440-0040-05

Tr = 15

0440-0040-10

Tr-20

50

0444-0050-50

Tr-18

0444-0050-75

Tr = 20

0440-0050-01

Tr = 15

0440-0050-02

Tr = 15

0440-0050-05

Tr = 18

0440-0050-10

Tr=30

60

0444-0060-50

Tr=23

0444-0060-75

Tr-20

0444-0060-01

Tr = 18

0440-0060-02

Tr = 20

0440-0060-05

Tr = 22

0440-0060-10 1

Tr = 35 |

70

0444-0070-50

Tr=23

0444-0070-75

Tr-22

0444-0070-01

Tr = 19

0440-0070-02

Tr=22

0440-0070-05

Tr = 25

0440-0070-10

Tr=35

80

0444-0080-50

Tr=28

0444-0080-75

Tr = 22

0444-0080-01

Tr = 19

0440-0080-02

Tr = 25

0440-0080-05

Tr = 30

0440-0080-10

Tr=40

90

0444-0090-50

Tr=30

0444-0090-75

Tr = 23

0444-0090-01

Tr = 20

0444-0090-02

Tr = 26

0440-0090-05

Tr = 33

0440-0090-10

Tr-45

100

0444-0100-50

Tr=35

0444-0100-75

Tr = 23

0444-0100-01

Tr = 20

0444-0100-02

Tr = 28

0440-0100-05

Tr = 35

0440-0100-10

Tr=50

125

0444-0125-50

Tr=45

0444-0125-75

Tr = 30

0444-0125-01

Tr-22

0444-0125-02

Tr = 30

0440-0125-05

Tr = 37

0440-0125-10

Tr=55

150

0444-0150-50

Tr=50

0444-0150-75

Tr = 35

0444-0150-01

Tr-27

0444-0150-02

Tr = 30

0440-0150-05

1 Tr=40

0444-0150-10

Tr=60

200

0444-0200-50

Tr=55

0444-0200-75

Tr = 50

0444-0200-01

Tr = 37

0444-0200-02

Tr = 40

0444-0200-05

Tr=40

0444-0200-10

Tr = 60

300

0444-0300-01

Tr = 57

0444-0300-02

Tr = 60

0444-0300-05

Tr = 55

0444-0300-10

Tr=60

400

0444-0400-02

Tr = 60

0444-0400-05

Tr = 65

0444-0400-10

Tr = 70

500

0444-0500-02

Tr=l10

0444-0500-05

Tr = 95

0444-0500-10
Tr=95 !

600

0444-0600-02

Tr = 110

0444-0600-05

Tr = 100

700

0444-0700-02

Tr = 1 20

0444-0700-05

Tr = 1l0

0444-0700-10
Tr=120 j

800

0444-0800-05

Tr-120

0444-0800-10

Tr = 125

900

0444-0900-05

Tr-135

0444-0900-10

Tr=l35

1000

0444-1000-05

Tr = 150 |

0444-1000-10

Tr=150

[ *or 1 nsec (whichever is greater)

bel

BEL FUSE INC. in

Van Vorst Street - Jersey City, N. J. 07302 • (201) 432-0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

1*1404

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

bel

defining a degree of excellence

TAPPED DELAY LINES

Part No.

Delay nsec

Tr nsec

NO. of Taps

Delay/Tap nsec

Impedance

Width "

Style

0414-0155-01

15

5

15

1

100(2

y 2

A

0414-0155-02

15

5

15

1

y 2

A

0414-0155-03

15

5

15

1

■

y 2

A

0414-0131-01

100

15

20

5

50012

.8

B

0414-0447-01

200

25

20

10

50012

.8

B

0414-0448-01

300

35

20

15

50012

.8

B

0414-0449-01

400

45

20

20

50012

.8

B

0414-0131-02

500

55

20

25

50012

.8

B

0414-0450-01

600

60

20

30

50012

.8

B

0414-0451-01

700

70

20

35

50012

.8

B

0414-0452-01

800

80

20

40

50012

.8

B

0414-0453-01

900

90

20

45

50012

.8

B

0414-0131-03

1000

100

20

50

50012

.8

B

0404-0454-01

1000

30

100

10

10012

2.0

D

0414-0455-01

2000

200

20

100

50012

.8

B

0404-0456-01

3000

300

20

150

50012

.8

B

0404-0457-01

4000

400

20

200

50012

.8

B

0404-0458-01

5000

20

250

50012

.8

B

0404-0459-01

7500

750

20

375

50012

1.2

B

0404-0460-01

10,000

1000

20

500

50012

1.2

B

0404-0461-01

12,500

750

25

500

50012

3

C

0404-0462-01

15,000

900

30

500

50012

3

C

0404-0463-01

17,500

1100

35

500

50012

3

C

0404-0464-01

1200

40

500

50012

3

C

bel

BEL FUSE INC. in

Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N. 1 . 07302 • (201) 432 0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1405

DISTRIBUTIVE

1*1406

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1-0055*93

1-0060-93

1-0065-93

1-0070-93

1-0075-93

1-0080-93

(-0085-93

(-0090-93

(-0095-93

1-0100-93

1-0125-93

0420-0150-93

0420-0175-93

0420-0200-93

0420-0250-93

0420-0300-93

0420-0400-93

0420-0500-93

0420-0010-02

0420-0015-02

0420-0020-02

0420-0025-02

0420-0030-02

0420-0035-02

0420-0040-02

0420-0045-02

0420-0050-02

0420-0055-02

0420-0060-02

0420-0065-02

0420-0070-02

0420-0075-02

0420-0080-02

0420-0085-02

0420-0090-02

0420-0095-02

0420-0100-02

0420-0125-02

0420-0150-02

0420-0175-02

0420-0200-02

0420-0250-02

0420-0300-02

0420-0400-02

0420-0500-02

0420-0600-02

0420-0700-02

0420-0800-02

0420-0900-02

0420-1000-02

0420-1500-02

0420-2000-02

0420-2500-02

0420-3000-02

0420-3500-02

0420-4000-02

0420-4500-02

0420-5000-02

0420-0001-05

0420-0002-05

0420-0003-05

0420-0004-05

0420-0005-05

0420-0010-05

0420-0015-05

0420-0020-05

0420-0025-05

0420-0030-05

0420-0035-05

0420-0040-05

0420-0045-05

0420-0050-05

0420-0055-05

0420-0060-05

0420-0065-05

0420-0070-05

0420-0075-05

0420-0080-05

0420-0085-05

0420-0090-05

0420-0095-05

0420-0100-05

0420-0001-10

0420-0002-10

0420-0003-10

0420-0004-10

0420-0005-10

0420-0010-10

0420-0015-10

0420-0020-10

0420-0025-10

0420-0030-10

0420-0035-10

0420-0040-10

0420-0045-10

0420-0050-10

0420-0055-10

0420-0060-10

0420-0065-10

0420-0070-10

0420-0075-10

0420-0080-10

0420-0085-10

0420-0090-10

0420-0095-10

0420-0100-10

0420-0125-05 0420-0125-10

0420-0150-05 0420-0150-10

0420-0175-05 0420-0175-10

0420-0200-05 0420-0200-10

0420-0250-05 0420-0250-10

0420-0300-05 0420-0300-10

0420-0400-05 I 0420-0400-10

0420-0500-05 0420-0500-10

0420-0600-05 0420-0600-10

0420-0700-05 0420-0700-10

0420-0800-05 0420-0800-10

0420-0900-05 0420-0900-10

0420-1000-05 0420-1000-10

0420-1500-05 0420-1500-10

0420-2000-05 0420-2000-10

0420-2500-05 0420-2500-10

0420-3000-05 0420-3000-10

0420-3500-05 0420-3500-10

0420-4000-05 0420-4000-10

0420-4500-05 0420-4500-10

0420-5000-05 0420-5000-10

150.0

F

150.0

F

200.0

F

200.0

F

250.0

F

250.0

F

300.0

F

300.0

F

350.0

F

350.0

F

400.0

F

400.0

F

450.0

F

450.0

F

500.0

F

500.0

F

bel

BEL FUSE INC. 198 Van Vorst Street • Jersey City. N. J 07302 • (201) 432 0463 • TWX 710-730 5301

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1407

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

FIXED AND TAPPED I

DELAY LINES

MODEL

DELAY

RANGE

RISE TIME
OR

FREQ. RESP.

IMPED-

ANCE

OHMS

SIZE

INCHES

SUB-MINIATURE DUAL-IN-LINE

TAPPED LUMPED CONSTANT LINES

Each line has 10 tap delays spaced - —

at equal intervals. Attenuation less
than 1 dB. Temp. Coeff. less than 50

PPM/°C. DIP configuration com-
patible with automatic inserting

D1 900-10

D1 900-20

D1 900-40

D1 900-60

D1 900-80

D1 900-1 00
D8001

D8004

D8005

D8007

10 Nsec

20

40

60

80

100

5

10

25

30

2 Nsec

3

6

9

10

20

1

2

5

6

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

100

100

100

.21 x .30 x .78
.21 x .30 x .78
.21 x .30 x .78
.21 x .30 x .78
.21 x .30 x .78
.21 x .30 x .78
.21 x .30 x .78
.21 x .30 x .78
.21 x .30 x .78
.21 x .30 x .78

equipment. Commercial and MIL
Spec, models available.

TAPPED DELAYS

Each line provides 10 tap delays

spaced at equal intervals. ITfWP

i j

D1511-1

D1511-2

D1511-4

D1511-6

D1511-8

D1511-10

II

100

Dual-In-Line

Pin Spacing
.21 x .39 x .7

MINIATURE LUMPED CONSTANT^gg — »

Hermetically sealed in a metal con-
tainer. Delay tolerance ±5%.

Temperature stability less than 50 nflSB

PPM/°C, P.C. Mounting.

D647-110
D647-21 1
D647-312
D647-323
D647-334
D647-115
D647-236
D647-327
D647-338

50 Nsec

100

250

500

750

1,000

1,450

2,900

4,350

12 Nsec
12.5

21

42

63

250

180

240

360

50

50

50

150

500

50

500

150

500

.30x1.0x1.25
.30 x 1.0 x 2.45
.30 x 1.0 x 3.45
.30x1.0x3.45
.30 x 1 .0 x 3.45
.30 x 1.0 x 1.25
.30x1.0x2.45
.30 x 1.0x3.45
.30 x 1.0 x 3.45

ATC TRANSPONDER AND

BEACON CODING DELAY LINES

Standard 1.45 ^ sec tap spacings
plus other special delay points are
provided. Hermetically sealed steel ^1

cased, plastic encapsulated and P.C.
mounted units are offered.

D1560

D1365

D1000

D120

D298A

D637

D1190

Dll 91

D1210

.33 /isec
.5
.5
.55
.6
.3
.4
.5
.5

400

180

330

180

500

180

400

500

500

.55 x 2.25 x 3.62
.87 x 3.5 x 3.5
.35 x 2 x 4
.75 x 5 x 4.37

1.62 x 2.87 x4.25
2.37x2.75 x 3.18
.63 x 4 x 5
.63 x 4 x 5

5x1x4

VARIABLE 1

DELAY LINES

DUAL-IN-LINE COMPATIBLE ^

VARIABLE DELAY LINES

Sealed in plastic case. Temp, coeff.

less than 50 PPM/°C. .020" P.C. PP

mounting pins. ■

VI 570-1

VI 570-2

VI 570-3

VI 570-4

VI 570-5

VI 570-6

0-10 Nsec
0-20

0-40

0-80

0-160

0-320

2 Nsec

4

8

16

32

64

100

100

100

100

200

200

.25 x. 75 x 1. 5
.25 x . 75 x 1. 5
.25 x .75 x 1.5
.25 x. 75 x 1. 5
.25 x. 75 x 1. 5
.25 x. 75 x 1. 5

MIL VERSION

Hermetically sealed in a metal case.

VI 768-1

VI 768-2

VI 768-3

0-10 Nsec

0 - 20

0-40

2 Nsec

4

8

100

100

100

.25 x. 87 x 1. 6
.25 x. 87 x 1. 6
.25 x. 87 x 1. 6

MINIATURE LUMPED VARIABLE *
Nanosecond Range

Hermetically sealed in a metal case.

Lumped constant parameter. Tern- Hi '

V447-1

V447-2

V447-3

V447-4

V447-5

V447-6

0-55 Nsec
0-100
0-150
0-250

0 - 300
0-500

15 Nsec

30

25

30

30

60

150

50

150

50

150

50

.31 Xl xl.25
.31 x 1 x 1.25
.31 x 1 x 2.45
.31 x 1 x 2.45
.31 xl x 3.45
.31 x 1 x 3.45

i-umpwu uvi iolqiii pai amc/ici , iciii"

perature coefficient less than 50
PPM/°C. .030" P.C. mounting pins.

NOVEL INFINITE RESOLUTION v ji !

With input and output impedance of *

equal value. Voltage standing wave 1 , . *

ratio less than Vi db to 45 MHz.

DV575-1

DV575-2

DV575-3

DV575-4

DV575-5

DV575-6

2 - 25 Nsec
2-50

2 - 50

2 - 50

2-25

2-50

70 MHz

70

70

70

70

70

200

100

200

93

50

93

1 x 1.25x5.37

1 x 1.25x5.37

1 x 1.25x5.37

1 x 1.25x5.37

1 x 1.25x5.37

1 x 1.25 x 5.37

COMPUTEfT MEMORIES DELCOMS

THE DELAY LINE COMPUTER MEMORY (DELCOM) offers the Lowest Price

Per Bit of any high speed memory device. Computer Devices Corp. offers con-
venient standard packages for all practical storage capacities from 10 bits to
20,000 bits in single delay line units as well as multi delay line units with mas-
sive storage capacities. All Delcoms are compatible with DTL and T 2 L logic.
Normal power requirements are +12 and —12 VDC and +5 VDC. However,
Delcoms are tailored to your bit rate, delay, input-output logic and power
requirements.

MANY OTHER MODELS AND SPECIALTY Delay Lines are available.
If exactly what you want is not listed, please call.

COMPUTER DEVICES CORP

63 AUSTIN BOULEVARD COMMACK, N.Y. 11725
(516) 543-4220

1*1408

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

military Sc commercial

DELAY LINES

WITH OR WITHOUT CIRCUITRY

MAGNETOSTRICTIVE ★ LUMPED CONSTANT* ULTRASONIC
★ DISTRIBUTED CONSTANT* DISPERS IVE STRIP

MAGNETOSTRICTIVE DELAY LINES - Fixed and variable delays to
10,000 microseconds. Fixed — FMS Series; Variable — VM Series.

VARIABLE MAGLINE

Delays up to 4000 ^sec variable.
Infinite resolution. Excellent tem-
perature stability. Typical use —
Radar range calibration.

ULTRASONIC DELAY LINES - Replaces
most quartz or glass lines. Offers
superior performance, lower attenuation
and smaller size at less cost. Fre-
quencies to 30 MHz. Delays to 200 usee
and greater.

SUBMINIATURE DELAY LINES

F-TO-5

TO-5 and micrologic packaged delay lines
from 0.01 to 0.64 and longer delays. Ideal for
timing transistors and other circuit com-
ponents.

LUMPED CONSTANT DELAY LINES — Many shapes available including miniature types with pin connectors for PC Boards, connector
fingers for plug-in units... multi-tapped units... terminal-ended units, etc. Delays from 0.05 usee to 500 usee for standard units.
Delay to risetime ratios up to 100:1. Temperature stability to 50 ppm/C°.

COMPACT FIXED DELAY
LINES FOR PC BOARDS -

Extremely high density
packaging. Typical Unit:
25:1 delay-to-rise-time ra-
tio in a volume of 2 cubic
inches.

VARIABLE DELAY LINE

Resolution of 1 part in
120. Delay up to 10 usee.
1" x 3".

UNIQUE BINARY CODED
SECTIONAL DELAY LINE

— Uses miniature
transfer switches. Also
available with term-
inals for remote
switching.

IFF MULTI-TAP DELAY LINES

Standard IFF delay lines with
taps every 1.45 usee. High
density packaging available
for airborne transponder use.

AUDIO, HIGH FREQUENCY & DISTRIBUTED CONSTANT DELAY
LINES — With unusual circuits, extreme delays, high fre-
quency application, rapid rise times, conforming waveform
circuits and corrective circuits. Write for complete details.

AUDIO DELAY CABINET — Relay rack mounted cabinet
houses 25 millisecond delay with taps at every ms. Units
can be cascaded for longer delays.

DISPERSIVE STRIP DELAY LINES — Delay varies with fre-
quency. A prime application is in Pulse Compression Radar
Systems, eliminating large, expensive filter components.
Compression ratios of 150:1, typical.

AD • At = COMPRESSION RATIO OR
DISPERSION FACTOR

T* = BANDWIDTH %
f o

fo = MIDBAND FREQUENCY
Do = MIDBAND DELAY

For all your Delay Line C CONTROL ELECTRONICS COMPANY, INC.

requirements, contact: 107-B Allen Blvd. Farmingdale, NY 11735 Tel. (516) 694-0125

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1409

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

SHORT FORM CATALOG NO. 82

Call or write for a complete catalog of our products.

data Y^V®
delay
devices? inc.

DIGITALLY PROGRAMMABLE DELAY UNES

SERIES PDU-108
(ECL Interfaced)
3 BIT

Specifications

■ Operating temperature: -0°C to 70°C.

■ Storage temperature; -55° to +125°C.

■ Power dissipation: -290 MW typ. (no load).

■ 16 pin DIP.

■ Delay variation: Monotonic in one direction.

■ Inherent delay: 5NS typ.

■ Tolerance: 5% or V 2 NS, whichever is greater.

h .820 MAX. H

♦

1

.320

1

MAX

J

TT If ~ i II II l j

i_

o-| | 4-01

1

.010 _
TYP

□ ana

2 6 7 e

16 15 + 10 9

a a | a a-

— rt

300 .410 MAX

=kl

(—.350 —
J00

Vee~

IN-

GRD—

r ADDRESS-.
1 ? 3 1

j15_

OUT

TRUTH TABLE

Enable

Address (Bit No.)

Delay

Out

3

2 \

1

0

0

0

0

: To

0

0

0

1

T,

0

0

1

0

Tz

0

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

T 4

0

1

0

11!

t 5

0

V

1

0

SK8®M

0

1

1

1

h

' 1

1

r ;

0

0

1 = High
0-Low

I - Don't care
- Reference or
inherent delay
of circuit

T, to T 7 ~ Multiplier of

incremental delay.

Part No.**

PDU-108-1
PDU-108-2
PDU-1 08-3
PDU-108-5

Min. Delay
Increment

1 NS ±.4 NS

2 NS± .4 NS

3 NS± .5 NS
5 NS- .6 NS

Total

Delay*

7 NS
14 NS
21 NS
35 NS

PDU-108-1 0
PDU-108-20
PDU-108-40
PDU-1 08-50

Min. Delay
Increment

10 NS± 1.0 NS
20 NS ±1.5 NS
40 NS± 2.0 NS
50 NS± 2.5 NS

Total

Delay*

Change

70 NS
140 NS
280 NS
350 NS

SERIES PDU‘138
(TTL Interfaced)
3 BIT

Specifications

■ Inherent delay: 7 NS ±1 NS.

■ Temperature coefficient: 100 PPM/°C.

■ 16 pin DIP.

■ Delay variation: Monotonic in one direction.

■ Tolerance: 5% or V 2 NS.

■ Operating temperature: 0-70°C.

(-55 to +125°C on request) *

*Add "M” after PART NO. Example PDU-138-2M
**.320 Max. for "M” Units

(- .820 MAX 4

.281**

MAX

_i

r

FT

.010

' .025

r . 150? .030
—41— — .018 TYP

—.012 050 .

Ttyp typ j

h-' 250 -t

TYP j

r- .150 TYP

h

o a d

5 7 8

F t

_ 300 -410 MAX

16

a

1 11 10 9

□ a a

l— .350 TYP-

,15of— -

ADDRESS
r 1 2 3l

Vcc

IN

6RD

TRUTH TABLE

7

. i«r j

11

JO

9 _

4

8

!

1

!

1 Address (Bit No.) 1

Delay

Out

Enable

3

2

i .

0

0

0

0

; T 0

0

0

0

i

T,

0

D

1

0

Tz

0

0

1

1

t 3

0

1

0

0

t 4

0

1

0

1

T$

T,

0

1

1

0

: : Tf

0

1

1

1

t;

1

4>

•

1

0

H>-

1 = High
0 - Low
0 - Don't care
To - Reference or
Inherent delay
of circuit.

> T t - Multiplier of

incremental delay.

Part **
Number

PDU-1 38-1
PDU-138-2

PDU-1 38-3
PDU-1 38-5
PDU-1 38-10

Incremental
Delay
Per Step

1 NS- .4 NS

2 NS± .4 NS

3 NS± .5 NS
5 NS- .6 NS
IONS- 1.0 NS

Total

Delay*

Change

7 NS
14 NS

21 N$
35 NS
70 NS

Part **
Number

PDU-1 38-1 5
PDU-1 38-20

PDU-138-40

PDU-138-50

Incremental
Delay
Per Step

15 NS- 1.3 NS
20 NS- 1.5 NS

40 NS- 2.0 NS
50 NS ±2.5 NS

Total

Delay*

Change

105 NS
140 NS

280 NS
350 NS

*This delay value does not include the T 0 delay.

**0ther delay increments available on request.

*This delay value does not include the T 0 delay.
'* Other delay increments available on request.

DATA DELAY DEVICES Inc. ■ 385 Lakeview Avenue, Clifton, New Jersey 07011 ■ (201) 772-1106 ■ TWX 710-989-7008

1*1410

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

DIGITALLY PROGRAMMABLE DELAY UNES

SERIES PDU-1016
(ECL Interfaced)
4-BIT

Specifications *

■ Input signal requirement: ECL logic.

■ Output fan-out: ECL loads.

■ Delay variation: Monotonic in one direction.

■ Delay tolerance: ±5% or INS whichever is greater.

■ Inherent delay: 11 NS ±1 NS for PDU-1016 -1 thru -5.
Greater for rest of Part Numbers.

■ Temperature range: 0-70°C.

■ Temperature coefficient: 100 PPM/°C.

■ Supply voltage: -5 Vdc.

■ Power dissipation: 615 MW typ.

SERIES PDU-1316

(TTL Interfaced) ^SaMi

4 BIT

Specifications

■ Input signal requirements: TTL logic.

■ Output fan-out: TTL Schottky load.

■ Delay variation: Monotonic in one direction.

■ Delay tolerance: ±5% or 1 NS whichever is greater.

■ Inherent delay: 19 NS ± 1 NS on pin 51 . _

15NS±1NSonpin6} ,orPDU - 1!
Greater for rest of Part Numbers

■ Temperature range: 0-70°C.

■ Temperature coefficient: 100 PPM/°C.

■ Supply voltage: 4.75 to 5.25 Vdc.

■ Power dissipation: 740 MW Max.

for PDU-1316 -1 thru -10

t-H??

•400 .300 3231

r— ADDRESS— ,
*1 2 3 4 1

TRUTH TABLE

Address (Bit No.)

< I 3 1 2 1

0 a* Logic 0

1 « Logic 1

$ « Don’t care
T 0 ~ Reference or
Inherent delay
of circuit.

T, to T u ~ Multiplier of
incremental
delay.

PDU-1 01 6-1
PDU-101 6-2
PDU-1016-3
PDU-101 6-4
PDU-1 01 6-5

PD U-1 01 6-6
PDU-101 6-8
PDU-1 01 6-10
PDU-1 01 6-1 2
PDU-1 01 6-1 5

hicreme*tal

Total

Delay Per

Programmed

Part No.

Step NS

Delay NS

PDU-1 01 6-20

20

300

PDU-1 01 6-25

25

375

PDU-101 6-30

30

450

PDU-101 6-35

35

525

PDU-1 01 6-40

40

600

PDU-1 01 6-45

45

675

PDU-101 6-50

50

750

PDU-1 01 6-60

60

900

PDU-1 01 6-80

80

1,200

PDU-1 01 6-1 00

100

1,500 :

_ | ADDRESS 1

r, 1 1 2 3 4 1

7

,_24, 32j 7 "

;o 1 — x

r 27 26 25 22

i- 11 ! n

lo U

i 8,161

TRUTH TABLE

Address (Bit Ha.)

TTTTTTT

0 * Logic 0

1 “Logic 1

$ * Don't care
To * Reference or
inherent delay
of circuit.

T, to T, s * Multiplier of
incremental

DATA DELAY DEVICES Inc. ■ 385 Lakeview Avenue, Clifton, New Jersey 07011 ■ (201) 772-1106 ■ TWX 710-989-7008

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1411

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

DIGITALLY PROGRAMMABLE DELAY LINES

SERIES PDU-10256
(ECL Interfaced)

Specifications || i

Same as PDU-1016 except: \ *

■ Inherent delay: 16 NS typ.

■ Power dissipation: 925 MW typ.

i

.320

yt? m m

L 2.300

2.200

1.800

a

.075 TYP. —

* 1.600

1 .500 A

— 1.400 *

* -.800 — *1

.700 A

- .600 *

JH-ioo

1 T

.400 .300

1 -L

1

DO □ □ □ □ □□

1 2 7 8 9 15 16 17

48 47 42 41 40 34 33 32

□□ □ □ □ □ □□

h 2.450

a □ a

19 23 24

25

a

j

I ADDRESS

IT, h 2 3 4 5 6 7 1

SERIES rDU-13256
(TTL Interfaced)
8-BIT

Specifications wn

Same as PDU-1316 except:

■ Inherent delay: 44 NS on pin 6

45 NS on pin 5

■ Power dissipation: 1.1 W Max.

ifiiir— i

.700-

075 TYP- — ^^00— H

-.400— ——Hi

a a

CU

5 6 7 8

16

18 19

24

48

43 42 41 40

3534 3332

30

□

a □ a a

□ □ CD CD

a

L 2.450 *1

vcco 32 - 40 -j- 8 r'

, ADDRESS

E, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 f

. Zi. 43| 4 2l4l]35l34|33|3p|ia|

TRUTH TABLE

Address (Bit No.)

0 0 1 0 0
0 0 111
0 1 0 0 0
0 1111

0 0 1 0 0
0 0 111
0 10 0 0
_0 1 111

1 0 0 0 0
11111
0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1

I TRUTH TABLE

Address (Bit No.)

8 | 7 ( 6 I 5 | 4 P

0 0
1 0
0 0
1 0

0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 1 1

0 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 1 1 1
0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 1 1 1

0 1 0 0 0 0
0 1 1 1 1 1
1 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1

0 = Logic 0 1 = Logic 1 0 = Don’t care

T 0 = Reference or inherent delay of circuit.

Ti to T 255 = Multiplier of incremental delay.

Incremental Total
Delay Per Programmed

Part No. Step NS Delay NS Part No.

PDU-1 0256-1 1

PDU-1 0256-2 2

PDU-1 0256-3 3

PDU-1 0256-4 4

PDU-1 0256-5 5

Incremental Total
Delay Per Programmed
Step NS Delay NS

PDU-1 0256-6 6

PDU-1 0256-7 7

PDU-1 0256-8 8

PDU-1 0256-9 9

1,275 I PDU-1 0256-10

MOTE: For the sake of simplicity all 256 programmable steps are not shown in this truth table.

0 = Logic 0 1 = Logic 1 0 = Don’t care

T 0 = Reference or inherent delay of circuit.

Ti to T 255 — Multiplier of incremental delay.

incremental Total
Delay Per Programmed

Part No. Step NS Delay NS Part No.

1,530 ■ PDU-1 3256- 1 1

1,785 ■ PDU-1 3256-2 2

2,040 ■ PDU-1 3256-3 3

2,295 ■ PDU-1 3256-4 4

2,550 ■ PDU-1 3256-5 5

Incremental Total
Delay Per Programmed
Step NS Delay NS

255 PDU-1 3256-6 6

510 PDU-13256-7 7

765 PDU-13256-8 8

1,020 PDU-1 3256-9 9

1,275 PDU-1 3256-1 0 10

NOTE: For the sake of simplicity all 256 programmable steps are not shown in this truth table.

DATA DELAY DEVICES Inc. ■ 385 Lakeview Avenue, Clifton, New Jersey 07011 ■ (201) 772-1106 ■ TWX 710-989-7008

1*1412

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1413

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

DIP-TAPPED DELAY LINES

CONTINUOUSLY VARIADLE DELAY LINES

DATA DELAY DEVICES Inc. ■ 385 Lakeview Avenue, Clifton, New Jersey 07011 ■ (201) 772-1106 ■ TWX 710-989-7008

1*1414

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

DIGITAL DELAY LINES

DATA DELAY DEVICES Inc. ■ 385 Lakeview Avenue, Clifton, New Jersey 07011 ■ (201) 772-1106 ■ TWX 710-989-7008

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1415

DIGITAL DELAY UNES

SERIES DDU-5J I SERIES DDU-7

(TTL Interfaced) I (TTL Interfaced)

Specifications

■ Delay tolerance: ±5% or better;
or 2NS whichever is greater.

■ Rise-time: 4 NS typically.

■ Temperature coefficient: 100 PPM/°C.

■ Temperature range: -0°C to 70°C standard
(— 55°C to +125°C on request).*

♦Add "M" after PART NO. Example DDU-5J-10100M
*♦.320 Max. for "M” units.

Specifications

■ Input & output completely buffered.

■ Delay tolerance: ±5%, or 2 NS whichever is greater.

■ Rise-time: 4 NS typ.

■ Temperature coefficient: 100 PPM/°C.

■ Temperature range: -55°C to 125°C.

■ Supply voltage: 4.5 to 5.5. Vdc.

■ Power dissipation: 240 MW.

DATA DELAY DEVICES Inc. ■ 385 Lakeview Avenue, Clifton, New Jersey 07011 ■ (201) 772-1106 ■ TWX 710-989-7008

1-1416

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

EEM 1983

DIGITAL DELAY LINES

SERIES DDU-11
(ECL Interfaced)
5 Taps,

16 pins DIP

Specifications

■ Input & output completely buffered.

■ Delay tolerance: ±5% or 2 NS whichever is greater.

■ Rise-time: 2 NS typ.

■ Temperature coefficient: 100 PPM/°C.

■ Temperature range: -30°C to 85°C.

■ Supply voltage: -5.2 Vdc.

■ Power dissipation: 200 MW typ. (no load).

.800-

-

T~

.320 MAX

_L_.

1

I

mvi/ if

.150 d

.100-.

Ih ! 4

r

.018 TYP

a □ □ □ a

1 3 4 ; 5 8

r 1

16 15 14 13'

□ a aai

-- .300 .400

—

-

Tap #1 2 34 5

Pin 115 3 14 i 13

Pull-down resistor on output taps not provided Inside unit.

SERIES DDU-12
(ECL Interfaced)

10 Taps,

32 pins DIP

Specifications

Same as DDU-11 except:

■ Power dissipation: 400 MW typ (no load)

Part No.

Total

Delay

(NS)

Delay

Per Tap
(NS)

Part No.

Total

Delay

(NSf

Delay

Per Tap
(NSf

•DDU-12-10

10

1

DDU-1 2-200

200

20

* DDU-1 2-20

20

2

DDU-12-250

250

25

* DDU-1 2-25

25

2.5

DDU-12-300

300

30

•DDU-1 2-40

40

4

DDU-1 2-400

400

40

* DDU-1 2-50

50

5

DDU-12-500

500

50

DDU-1 2-75

75

7.5

DDU-12-750

750

75

DDU-1 2-1 00

100

10

DDU-12-1000

1000

100

DDU-1 2-150

150

15

DDU-12-1500

1500

150

•Time delay measurements referenced to 1st tap.

SERIES DDU-39
(TTL Interfaced)

16 pin DIP.

Specifications

■ Temperature coefficient
-200PPM/°C.

■ Rise-time — 4 NS typically.

■ Temperature range
-0°C to 70°C standard
(-55°C to +125°C on request).

Part No.

Total

Delay

(NS)

Delay
Per Tap
(NS)

Part No.

Total

Delay

(NS)

Delay

Per Tap
(NS)

* DDU-1 1 -5

6

1

DDU-1 1 -1 50

150

30

•DDU-11-10

10

2

DDU-1 1 -200

200

40

* DDU-1 1 -20

20

4 |

DDU-1 1-250

250 ,

50

* DDU-1 1 -25

25

5 '

DDU-1 1 -300

300

60

DDU-1 1 -50

50

10

DDU-1 1-400

400

80

DDU-11-75

75

15 i

DDU-1 1-500

•500

100

DDU-1 1-1 00

100

20

•Time delay measurements referenced to 1st tap

Continuously adjustable from IONS to 30NS

DATA DELAY DEVICES Inc. ■ 385 Lakeview Avenue, Clifton, New Jersey 07011 ■ (201) 772-1106 ■ TWX 710-989-7008

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1417

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

Engineered Components Company is pleased to intro-
duce several new product lines and expanded capa-
bility in active digital modules. The succeeding 15
pages contain abbreviated data sheets covering 29
product lines of both passive-analog and active-digital
delay lines

In addition to the delay lines shown, pages 1*1434
through 1*1441 in this section provide data on the
following additional active digital products utilizing LC
delay line technology:

Noise Filter Modules

Pulse Generator Modules

Square Wave Generator Modules

Digital Clock Modules

Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules

These modules are designed specifically for mounting
on printed circuit boards in system applications
where critical timing functions are required. These
products find wide industrial applications in micro-
computer, computer interface, radar timing, commu-
nication, instrumentation, dynamic and static mem-
ory timing and high speed RAM, PROM and 1C test
equipment.

The following active delay line modules are covered
in this listing:

Five (5) output Logic Delay Modules
Ten (10) output Logic Delay Modules
Fixed Logic Delay Lines
Multiple Logic Delay Lines
Programmable Logic Delay Lines

These products are offered in modules compatible
with t2l Schottky, T^L low power Schottky, ECL
10,000 and ECL 100K logic families.

CONSTRUCTION: The active digital modules shown
in the following pages are of hybrid construction
utilizing the proven technologies of active integrated
circuitry and of passive networks utilizing capacitive,
inductive and resistive elements. All integrated
circuits used in these modules are pre-packaged
by the manufacturer and burned-in to Level B of
MIL-STD-883 to ensure a high MTBF. The passive
elements utilized in the construction have been
selected to provide adequate derating to preclude pre-
mature failures, thus contributing additionally to a
high MTBF. On the detailed product pages, you will
find MTBFs that are obtained by calculations per
Ml L-HDBK-21 7B for a 50°C ground fixed environ-
ment. In the case of the T^L modules, the operating
temperature is 0° to +70°C, for ECL 1 0,000 it is - 30°
to +85°C and for ECL 100K it is 0° to +85° C.

PACKAGING: The modules shown in the following

pages are packaged in dual-in-line configuration. All
modules are epoxy encapsulated in housings molded
of flame-proof Dial ly I Phthalate. Leads meet the
so Iderabi I ity requirements of MIL-STD-202, Method
208. Standoffs are provided, either on the leads or
on the housing, to provide positive standoff of the
modules from the printed circuit boards to permit
solder-fillet formation and flush cleaning of solder-
flux residues for improved reliability.

MARKING: Marking of all modules consists of

manufacturer's name, logo (EC^), part number, ter-
minal identification and date code of manufacture.
All marking is applied by silk screen process using
white epoxy paint in accordance with MIL-STD-130,
to meet the permanency of identification required by
MIL-STD-202, Method 215.

EXTENDED TEMPERATURE RANGE: Manyof the
products shown in the following pages are also avail-
able as standard products in an extended temperature
range of -55° to +125°C. These standard product
lines are the TTLDL, TTLDM and the MTTLDL.
Most products, however, can be supplied in the
extended temperature range, based upon specific
customer requirements, even though no standard
product line exists.

SPECIALS: In addition to the items offered as stan-
dard products, we continually develop "made to
order" parts where differences in tolerances, delays,
silhouette, etc., are required. Engineered Components
Company has the technical staff and capability, the
modern equipment and extensive component inven-
tory to support development and production of
special variations of our standard product lines.
Because of our experience and expertise in the unique
products which we presently produce, in many
instances we are able to develop entirely new special
modules. Lead time for special versions is often only
a matter of a few weeks and, in some cases, even
days. We invite your inquiries.

Engineered Components Company is dedicated to
customer service which includes on-time delivery,
development of special products required to satisfy
a particular need, customer satisfaction and a response
to advanced state-of-the-art developments in active
module products required by industry applications.
We shall always strive to be progressive, innovative and
responsible. Because of the extensive standard pro-
ducts available from our company, it is impossible to
have all items in inventory at all times. We will make
the commitment, however, to satisfy the customer's
requirement for delivery and continually strive to
"put out the fires" and to provide the product in
sufficient numbers to prevent customer production
problems whenever possible.

1*1418

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

DIP LUMPED CONSTANT Low Profile

PASSIVE DELAY LINE

% Analog input and outputs
9 Delays stable and precise
% 14-pin DIP package
% Available in delays from 10 to 150ns

# Available in impedances of 50,100 and 200 ohms

• Dimensions: .290 wide X .725 long X .225 high
0 MTBF in excess of 2 million hours

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

T2L COMPATIBLE Low Profile

LOGIC DELAY MODULE

# T^L input and outputs

% Delays stable and precise 1

% Available in delays from 25 to 1000ns
0 20% taps — each isolated and with 10 T^L fan-out
capacity

0 Rise time 4ns maximum

# Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high

# ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883

# MTBF in excess of 3 million hours

# Operating temperature range of 0°to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc 20% 60% OUTPUT

1- — 1
X x

x 1

X

1

. INPUT .
y DRIVER

DELAY LINE WITH _|

T 2 L PICKOFF

C

C

l — I

Part

Number

Delay

Time

(ns)

Rise'-'

Time

(ns)

<£*Tap

Delay

(ns)

Impedance

(ohms)

DCR

(ohms)

DIP-510

10

3.0

1.0

50

1.0

DIP-515

15

4.0

1.5

1.0

DIP 520

20

5.0

2.0

1.0

DIP-525

25

5.5

2.5

1.5

DIP- 530

30

7.0

3.0

1.5

DIP- 540

40

8.5

4.0

1.8

DIP- 550

50

10

5.0

2.0

DIP- 560

60

11.5

6.0

2.5

DIP- 570

70

13.0

7.0

2.8

DIP- 580

80

14.5

8.0

3.0

DIP- 590

90

16

9.0

3.3

DIP-5100

100

18.0

10.0

3.5

DIP-5150

150

25.0

15.0

50

4.2

DIP- 1010

10

3.0

1.0

100

1.3

DIP- 1015

15

4.0

1.5

1.5

DIP- 1020

20

4.5

2.0

2.0

DIP- 1025

25

5.0

2.5

2.2

DIP- 1030

30

6.0

3.0

2.5

DIP- 1040

40

7.5

4.0

2.8

DIP- 1050

50

9.5

5.0

•3.0

DIP- 1060

60

11

6.0

3.2

DIP- 1070

70

12.5

7.0

3.5

DIP- 1080

80

14

8.0

3.7

DIP- 1090

90

15

9.0

4.0

DIP- 10100

100

16.0

10.0

100

4.2

DIP- 2010

10

3.7

1.0

200

2.0

DIP- 2015

15

4.5

1.5

2.5

DIP- 2020

20

5.5

2.0

2.8

DIP- 2025

25

6.2

2.5

3.0

DIP- 2030

30

7.8

3.0

3.5

DIP- 2040

40

8.8

4.0

4.0

DIP- 2050

50

10.6

5.0

200

4.5

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/1 1 28 8 0

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES I

PART NO.

Tap 1

Tap 2

Tap 3

Tap 4

OUTPUT

TTLDM-25

5 ±1

10 ± 1

15 ±1

20 ±1

25 ±1

TTLDM-30

6 ±1

12 ±1

18 ±1

24 ±1

30 ±1

TTLDM-35

7 ±1

14 ±1 ”

21 ±1

28 ±1.5

35 ±1.5

TTLDM-40

8 ±1

16 ±1

24+1.5

32 ±1 .5

40 ±1 .5

TTLDM-45

9 ±1

18 ±1

27 ±1.5

36 ±1.5

45 ±2

TTLDM-50

10 ±1

20 ±1

30+1.5

40 ±2

50 ±2

TTLDM-75

15 ±1

30 ±1.5

45 ±2

60 ±2.5

75 ±2.5

TTLDM- 100

20 ±1

40 ±1.5

60 ±2

80 ±3

100 ±3

TTLDM- 125

25 ±1

50 ±2

75 ±2.5

100 ±3

125 ±4

TTLDM- 150

30 ±1.5

60 ±2

90 ±3

120 ±4

1 50 ±5

TTLDM- 175

35 ±1.5

70 ±2.5

105 ±4

140 ±5

175 ±5

TTLDM- 200

40 ±1.5

80 ±2.5

120 ±4

160 ±5

200 ±6

TTLDM- 225

45 ±2

90 ±3

135 ±4

180 ±6

225 ±7

TTLDM- 250

50 ±2

100 ±3

150 ±4.5

200 ±6

250 ±8

TTLDM- 300

60 ±2

120 ±4

180 ±5

240 ±7

300 ±9

TTLDM- 350

70 ±2

140 ±4.5

210 ±7

280 ±9

350 ±11

TTLDM- 400

80 ±3

160 ±5

240 ±7

320 ±10

400 ± 1 2

TTLDM- 450

90 ±3

180 ±6

270 ±8

360 ±11

450 ±14

TTLDM- 500

100 ±3

200 ±6

300 ±9

400 ±12

500 ±15

TTLDM- 600

120 ±4

240 ±7

360 ±11

480 ±15

600 ± 1 8

TTLDM- 700

140 ±4

280 ±9

420 ±13

560 ±17

700 ±20

TTLDM- 800

160 ±5

320 ±10

480+15

640 ±19

800 ±20

TTLDM- 900

180 ±6

360 ±11

520+16

720 ±20

900+22

TTLDM- 1000

200 ±6

400 ±12

600 ±18

800 ±20

1000 ±22

6 7

80% GROUND

Note: For other active digital modules, l.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/91579

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1419

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

T 2 L COMPATIBLE "Mini DIP" Low Profile

LOGIC DELAY MODULE (Schottky)

9 T 2 L input and outputs
H Delays stable and precise
% 8-pin DIP package
® Available in delays from 25 to 500ns
® 20% taps - each isolated and with 10 Schottky
T2L fan-out capacity
0 Fast rise time on all outputs
O Dimensions: .400 wide X .500 long X .250 high
® ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
ft MTBF in excess of 3 million hours.

9 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

OUTPUT

5

INPUT I
DRIVER!

DELAY LINE WITH
T 2 LPICKOFF

0DELAYS AND TOLERANCES I

Part Number

Tap 1

Tap 2

Tap 3

Tap 4

Output

MDLDM-TTL-25

5 ±1

10 ±1

15 ±1

20 ±1

25 ±1

MDLDM-TTL-30

6 ±1

12 ±1

18 ±1

24 ±1

30 ±1

MDLDM-TTL-35

7 ±1

14 ±1

21 ±1

28 ±1.5

35 ±1.5

MDLDM-TTL-40

8 ±1 .

16 ±1

24 ±1.5

32 ±1.5

40 ±1.5

MDLDM-TTL-45

9 ±1

18 ±1

27 ±1.5

36 ±1.5

45 ±2

MDLDM-TTL-50

10±1

20 ±1

30 ±1.5

40 ±2

50 ±2

MDLDM-TTL-75

15 ±1

30 ±1.5

45 ±2

60 ±2.5

75 ±2.5

MDLDM-TTL- 100

20 ±1

40 ±1.5

60 ±2

80 ±3

100 ±3

MDLDM-TTL- 125

25 ±1

50 ±2

75 ±2.5

100 ±3

125 ±4

MDLDM-TTL- 150

30 ±1.5

60 ±2

90 ±3

120 ±4

150 ±5

MDLDM-TTL- 175

35 ±1.5

70 ±2.5

105 ±4

140 ±5

175 ±5

MDLDM-TTL- 200

40 ±1.5

80 ±2.5

120 ±4

160 ±5

200 ±6

MDLDM-TTL- 225

45 ±2

90 ±3

135 ±4

180 ±6

225 ±7

MDLDM-TTL- 250

50 ±2

100 ±3

150 ±4.5

200 ±6

250 ±8

MDLDM-TTL- 300

60 ±2

120 ±4

180 ±5

240 ±7

300 ±9

MDLDM-TTL- 350

70 ±2

140 ±4.5

210 ±7

280 ±9

350 ±11

MDLDM-TTL- 400

80 ±3

160 ±5

240 ±7

320 ±10

400 ±12

MDLDM- TTL-450

90 ±3

180 ±6

270 ±8

360 ±11

450 ±14

MDLDM-TTL- 500

100 ±3

200 ±6

300 ±9

CM

+1

o

o

500 ±15

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1 • 1 434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/01 2982

T2L COMPATIBLE "Thinny DIP" Super Low Profile

LOGIC DELAY MODULE (Schottky) fi

# Full military temperature range ^

# T2L input and outputs

# Delays stable and precise

# 14-pin DIP package

# Available in delays from 25 to 500ns

® 20% taps - each isolated and with 10 T2 l
fan-out capacity

# Fast rise time on all outputs

® Dimensions: .500 wide X .800 long X .165 high

# ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
® MTBF in excess of 3 million hours

® Operating temperature range of - 55° to +1 25°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc 20% 60% OUTPUT

14 12 10 8

DELAY LINE WITH
T’L PICKOFF

- — I

6 7

80% GROUND

m-t

DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

Part Number

Tap 1

Tap 2

Tap 3

Tap 4

Output

TTLDM-25MT

5 ±1

10 ±1

15 ±1

20 ±1

25 ±1

TTLDM-30MT

6 ±1

12 ±1

18 ±1

24 ±1

30 ±1

TTLDM-35MT

7 ±1

14 ±1

21 ±1

28 ±1.5

35 ±1.5

TTLDM-40MT

8 ±1

16 ±1

24 ±1.5

32 ±1.5

40 ±1 .5

TTLDM-45MT

9 ±1

18 ±1

27 ±1.5

36 ±1.5

45 ±2

TTLDM-50MT

10 ±1

20 ±1

30 ±1.5

40 ±2

50 ±2

TTLDM-75MT

15 ±1

30 ±1.5

45 ±2

60 ±2.5

75 ±2.5

TTLDM- 100MT

20 ±1

40 ±1.5

60 ±2

80 ±3

100 ±3

TTLDM- 125MT

25 ±1

50 ±2

75 ±2.5

100 ±3

125 ±4

TTLDM- 150MT

30 ±1.5

60 ±2

90 ±3

120 ±4

150 ±5

TTLDM- 175MT

35 ±1.5

70 ±2.5

105 ±4

140 ±5

175 ±5

TTLDM- 200MT

40 ±1.5

80 ±2.5

120 ±4

160 ±5

200 ±6

TTLDM- 225MT

45 ±2

90 ±3

135 ±4

180 ±6

225 ±7

TTLDM- 250MT

50 ±2

100 ±3

150 ±4.5

200 ±6

250 ±8

TTLDM- 300MT

60 ±2

120 ±4

180 ±5

240 ±7

300 ±9

TTLDM- 350MT

70 ±2

140 ±4.5

210 ±7

280 ±9

350 ±11

TTLDM- 400MT

80 ±3

160 ±5

240 ±7

320 ±10

CM

+1

o

o

TTLDM- 450MT

90 ±3

180 ±6

270 ±8

360 ±11

450 ±14

TTLDM- 500MT

100 ±3

200 ±6

300 ±9

400 ±12

500 ±15

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/060280R

1*1420

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside Calilornia , Toll Free (800) 235-4144

T2l COMPATIBLE Low Profile

DOUBLE LOGIC DELAY
MODULE (Schottky)

T^L input and outputs
Delays stable and precise
30-pin DIP package

Available in delays from 50ns to 1000ns

10% taps - each isolated and with 10 T^L fan-out

capacity

Fast rise time on all outputs

Dimensions: .400 wide X 1.600 long X .250 high

ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883

MTBF in excess of 1.5 million hours

Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

10% 30% 50% Vcc
28 26 24 22

60% 80% OUTPUT

20 18 16

INPUT

DRIVER

DELAY LINE
WITH

T 2 LPICKOFF

UJJ LJL . U

6 7

40% GROUND

12 14 15

70% 90% GROUND

^DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

Part Number

Tap 1

Tap 2

Tap 3

Tap 4

Tap 5

Tap 6

Tap 7

Tap 8

Tap 9

Output

DTTLDM-50

5 ± 1

1011

15 ±1

2011

25 ±1.5

3011.5

35 ±1.5

4012

45 ±2

50 ±2

DTTLDM- 60

6 ±1

1211

18 ±1

24 ±1.5

3011.5

36 ±1.5

42 ±2

48 ±2

54 ±2

6012.5

DTTLDM- 70

7 ±1

14 ±1

21 ±1

2811.5

3511.5

4212

49 ±2

5612

63 ±2.5

7012.5

DTTLDM- 80

8 ±1

1611

24 ±1.5

3211.5

40±2

48±2

5612

64 ±2.5

72 ±2.5

8013

DTTLDM- 90

9±1

1811

27 ±1.5

3611.5

4512

54±2

63 ±2.5

7212.5

81 ±3

90±3

DTTLDM- 100

10 ± 1

2011

3011.5

4012

5012

60 12.5

70 ±2.5 !

80 ±3

90 ±3

100±3

DTTLDM- 150

15 ±1

3011.5

45±2

6012.5

7512.5

9013

10514

120 ±4

135 ±4

15015

DTTLDM- 200

20±1

40±2

6012.5

8013

10013

12014

14015

16015

180 16

20016

DTTLDM- 250

2511.5

5012

75 ±2.5

10013

125 ±4

15015

175 15

200 ±6

225 17

25018

DTTLDM- 300

3011.5

60 ±2.5

9013

120 ±4

150 ±5

18016

21017

24017

270 ±8

300 ±9

DTTLDM- 350

3511.5

75 ±2.5

105 ±4

14015

175 15

21017

245 ±8

28019

315 ±10

350111

DTTLDM- 400

40 12

80±3

120 ±4

16015

200±6

24017

280 ±9

320110

360 ±11

400 112

DTTLDM- 450

4512

9013

135 ±4

18016

22517

27018

315110

360111

405 ±12

450114

DTTLDM- 500

5012

100±3

15015

20016

250 ±8

300 ±9

350111

400112

450114

500115

DTTLDM- 600

6012.5

120 14

18015

24017

300 ±9

360H1

420113

480115

540116

600118

DTTLDM- 700

70 12.5

14015

210+7

280 ±9

350111

420113

490115

560117

630119

700 ±20

DTTLDM- 800

8013

16015

24017

320110

400112

480H5

560H7

640119

720 120

800 ±20

DTTLDM- 900

90±3

18016

270 ±8

360111

450114

540116

630119

720 ±20

810120

900122

DTTLDM- 1000

10013

200+6

30019

400112

500115

600118

700120

800 ±20

900 ±22

1000 z22

Note: For other active digital modules, I.e., Noise Filter Modules, see page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator
Modules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks,
see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/010380

T2L COMPATIBLE Low Profile
LOGIC DELAY MODULE
(Low Power Schottky)

9 T^L input and outputs
9 Delays stable and precise
9 14-pin DIP package |

9 Available in delays from 50 to 500ns
9 20% taps — each isolated and 20 low power Schottky
T^L fan-out capacity
9 Rise time 8ns maximum

9 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high

9 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883

9 MTBF in excess of 3 million hours

9 Operating temperature range of 0°to 70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc 20% 60% OUTPUT

14 12 10 8

0 DELAYS;

> TOLERANCES (in ns)

DELAY LINE WITH
T ? L PICKOFF

PART NO.

Tap 1

Tap 2

Tap 3

Tap 4

OUTPUT

LPSLDM-50

10 ±1

2011

3011.5

40 12

5012

LPSLDM-55

11 ±1

2211

33 11.5

44 12

55 12

LPSLDM-60

12 ±1

24 11.5

36 11.5

4812

6012

LPSLDM-65

13 ±1

26 11.5

3911.5

5212

6512

LPSLDM-70

14 ±1

2811.5

4212

5612

70 12.5

LPSLDM-75

15 ±1

3011.5

4512

6012

7512.5

LPSLDM-80

16 ±1

3211.5

4812

64 12

8012.5

LPSLDM-85

17 ±1

3411.5

51 12

6812

8512.5

LPSLDM-90

18 ±1

36 11.5

54 12

7212.5

9013

LPSLDM-95

19 ±1

3811.5

57 12

76 12.5

9513

LPSLDM-100

20 ±1

4011.5

60 +2

8013

10013

LPSLDM-125

25 ±1

5012

75 12.5

10013

12514

LPSLDM-150

30±1.5

6012

9013

12014

15015

LPSLDM-175

35 11.5

7012.5

105 14

14015

175 15

LPSLDM-200

4011.5

8012.5

12014

16015

200+6

LPSLDM-225

45 12

9013

13514

18016

225 17

LPSLDM-250

5012

10013

150 14.5

200 16

25018

LPSLDM-300

60 12

120 14

18015

24017

300 19

LPSLDM-350

7012

14014.5

21017

28019

350111

LPSLDM-400

8013

16015

240+7

320110

400112

LPSLDM-450

9013

18016

27018

360111

450114

LPSLDM-500

10013

20016

300 19

400112

500115

I — J

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

6 7

80% GROUND

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/1 1 1 579

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1421

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

10% 30% 50% Vcc
28 26 24 22

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. 0. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

T2l COMPATIBLE Low Profile

DOUBLE LOGIC DELAY
MODULE (Low Power Schottky)

t2l inputs and outputs
Delays stable and precise
30-pin DIP package

Available in delays from 100ns to 1000ns
10% taps - each isolated and with 20 low power
Schottky t2l fan-out capacity
Rise time 8ns maximum

Dimensions: .400 wide X 1.600 long X .250 high
ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883
MTBF in excess of 1 .5 million hours
Operating temperature range of 0° to +70° C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

4 — J — f — f — I — -

60% 80% OUTPUT

20 18 16

INPUT

DRIVER

DELAY LINE
WITH

T 2 LPICKOFF

L-X-U

4 6 7

20% 40% GROUND

12 14 15

70% 90% GROUND

^DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns) |

Part Number

Tap 1

Tap 2

Tap 3

Tap 4

Tap 5

Tap 6

Tap 7

Tap 8

Tap 9

Output

DLPSLDM - 100

10 + 1

20 ±1

30 ±1.5

40+2

50+2

60 +2.5

70 +2.5

80+3

90+3

100+3

DLPSLDM- 150

15 ±1

30 ±1.5

45 ±2

60 +2.5

75+2.5

90 +3

105+4

120 +4

135 +4

150+5

DLPSLDM- 200

20 4 . 1

40 ±2

60+2.5

80 ±3

100+3

120+4

140+5

160+5

180 ±6

200 ±6

DLPSLDM- 250

25 ±1.5

50 ±2

75 ±2.5

100+3

125 ±4

150+5

175 ±5

200+6

225 ±7

250 +8

DLPSLDM- 300

30 ±1.5

60 ±2.5

90 ±3

120 ±4

150+5

180 ±6

210 +7

240+7

270 +8

300 +9

DLPSLDM- 350

35 * 1.5

75 +2.5

105 ±4

140+5

175+5

210+7

245 +8

280 +9

315+10

350 +11

DLPSLDM- 400

40 ±2

80 ±3

120+4

160+5

200+6

240+7

280 +9

320 + 10

360 + 11

400 +12

DLPSLDM -450

45 + 2

90 ±3

135 +4

180+6

225 +7

270+8

315 ±10

360 + 11

405 + 12

450 +14

DLPSLDM- 500

50 ±2

100+3

150+5

200+6

250 +8

300 +9

350 +11

400+12

450 + 14

500 +15

DLPSLDM- 600

60 ±2.5

120 ±4

180+5

240+7

300+9

360 + 11

420+13

480+15

540 + 16

600+18

DLPSLDM- 700

70 *2.5

140 ±5

210 +7

280 +9

350+11

420 +13

490+15

560+17

630 + 19

700 ±20

DLPSLDM -800

80 ±3

160+5

240+7

320+10

400 + 12

480+15

560+17

640+19

720+20

800 +20

DLPSLDM- 900

90 ±3

180+6

270+8

360+11

450 + 14

540+16

630+19

720+20

810+20

900+22

DLPSLDM- 1000

100 ±3

200 +6

300 ±9

400+12

500+15

600+18

700 +20

800 ±20

900+22

1000+22

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator
Modules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks,
see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

idules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/021 280

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile

LOGIC DELAY MODULE

) ECL input and outputs
9 Delays stable and precise
) 16-pin DIP package ®

9 Available in delays from 25ns to 1000ns
9 20% taps - each isolated and with 70 ECL DC
fan-out capacity

9 Fast rise times on all outputs
9 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
9 ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883
9 MTBF in excess of 3 million hours
9 Operating temperature range of - 30° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc 20% 60% OUTPUT

16 15 14 13

0 RISE TIME/DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

f. PART
| NUMBER

RISE

TIME

MAX.

Tap 1

Tap 2

Tap 3

Tap 4

OUTPUT

ECLDM-6

4

2 ±.2

3 +.2

4 +.2

5 +.2

6 +.2

ECLDM- 10

4

2 ±.5

4 +.5

6 +.5

8 +.5

10+.5

ECLDM-15

4

3 ±.5

6 +.5

9 +.5

12 +.5

15+.5

ECLDM- 20

4

4 +.5

8 +.5

12+.5

16 +.5

20 +.5

ECLDM- 25

4

5 ±1

10+1

15+1

20+1

25 ±1

ECLDM- 30

4

6 ±1

12+1

18 ±1

24+1

30+1

ECLDM- 35

4

7 ±1

14 ±1

21 ±1

28+1.5

35 ±1.5

ECLDM- 40

4

8 ±1

16+1

25+1.5

32+1.5

40+1.5

ECLDM-45

5

9+1

18+1

27 ±1.5

36+1.5

45+2

ECLDM- 50

5

10±1

20+1

30+1.5

40+2

50+2

ECLDM- 75

8

15+1

30+1.5

45+2

60+2.5

75+2.5

ECLDM- 100

10

20+1

40+1.5

60+2

80+3

100 ±3

ECLDM- 125

15

25 ±1

50+2

75 ±2.5

100+3

125+4

ECLDM- 150

15

30+1.5

60+2

90+3

120+4

150+5

ECLDM- 175

20

35+1.5

70+2.5

105 ±4

140+5

175 ±5

ECLDM- 200

20

40+1.5

80+2.5

120+4

160+5

200 +6

ECLDM- 225

25

45+2

90+3

135 ±4

180+6

225 +7

ECLDM- 250

25

50+2

100+3

150+4.5

200 ±6

250 ±8

ECLDM- 300

30

60+2

120 ±4

180+5

240+7

300+9

ECLDM- 350

35

70+2

140+4.5

210+7

280+9

350+11

ECLDM- 400

40

80+3

160+5

240+7

320+10

400+12

ECLDM- 450

45

90+3 v

180+6

270+8

360+11

450+14

ECLDM- 500

50

100 ±3

200+6

300+9

400+12

500+15

ECLDM- 600

30

120+4

240+7

360 + 11

480+15

600+18

ECLDM- 700

35

140+4

280+9

420+13

560+17

700 ±20

ECLDM- 800

40

160+5

320+10

480+15

640 + 19

800+20

ECLDM- 900

45 .

180+6

360+11

520+16

720 +20

900+22

ECLDM- 1000

50

200 ±6

400 + 12

600+18

800 ±20

1000+22

3 4 5

40% 80% INPUT

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/021580

1*1422

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

2T engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile

DOUBLE LOGIC DELAY MODULE

0 ECL input and outputs
0 Delays stable and precise
0 32-pin DIP package
0 Available in delays from 1 1ns to 1000ns
0 10% taps - each isolated and with 70 ECL DC fan-
out capacity

0 Fast rise time on all outputs
0 Dimensions: .400 wide X 1.600 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 1.5 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of -30° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc 1 0% 30% 50% Vcc 60% 80% OUT

32 31 30 29 24 23 22 21

P T-

ECL DRIVER

1 3 4 5

Vcc 20% 40% IN

DELAY LINE WITH
ECL 10,000 PICK OFF

8 9 11 12

Vee Vcc 70% 90°X

o DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns) j

Part Number

Tap 1

Tap 2

Tap 3

Tap 4

Tap 5

Tap 6

Tap 7

Tap 8

Tap 9

Output

DECLDM- 11

2 ±.5

3 +.5

4 ±.5

5 ±1

6 ± 1

7+1

8 ±1

9 ±1

10 ±1

1 1 +1

DECLDM-20

2 +.5

4 ±.5

6 +1

8 ± 1

10 ± 1

12+1

14 ±1

16 ±1

18+1

20 ±1

DECLDM- 30

3 i.5

6 ±1

9 ±1

12 ±1

15 ±1

18 ± 1

21 +1

24 ±1.5

27 ±1.5

30 ±1 .5

DECLDM- 40

4 i.5

8 ±1

12 ±1

16 ±1

20 ±1

24 ±1.5

28 ±1.5

32 ±1.5

36 ±1.5

40 ±2

DECLDM- 50

5 ± 1

10 ±1

15 ±1

20 ±1

25 ± 1.5

30 ±1.5

35 ±1.5

40 ±2

45 ±2

50 ±2

DECLDM- 60

6 ±1

12 ±1

18 ±1

24 ±1.5

30 + 1.5

36 +1.5

42 ±2

48 ±2

54 ±2

60 ±2.5

DECLDM- 70

7 i 1

14 ±1

21 ±1

28 ±1.5

35 ±1.5

42 ±2

49 ±2

56 ±2

63 ±2

70 ±2.5

DECLDM- 80

8 ±1

16 ±1

24 ±1.5

32 ±1.5

40 ±2

48+2

56 +2

64 ±2.5

72 ±2.5

80 ±3

DECLDM- 90

9 ±1

18 ±1

27 ±1.5

36 ±1.5

45 ±2

54 ±2

63 ±2

72 ±2.5

81 ±3

90 ±3

DECLDM- 100

10 ±1

20 ±1

30 ±1.5

40 ±2

50 ±2

60*2.5

70 ±2.5

80 ±3

90 ±3

100 ±3

DECLDM- 150

15 ±1

30 ±1.5

45 +2

60 ±2.5

75 ±2.5

90 ±3

105 ±4

120 ±4

135 +4

150+5

DECLDM- 200

20 ±1

40 ±2

60 ±2.5

80 ±3

100+3

120 +4

140 ±5

160 ±5

180 ±6

200 ±6

DECLDM- 250

25 ±1.5

50 ±2

75 ±2.5

100+3

125 ±4

150 ±5

175 ±5

200 ±6

225 ±7

250 ±8

DECLDM- 300

30 + 1.5

60 ±2.5

90 ±3

120 ±4

150 ±5

180+6

210 ±7

240 ±7

270 +8

300+9

DECLDM- 350

35 + 1.5

75 ±2.5

.105 +4

140 ±5

175+5

210 ±7

245 ±8

280 ±9

315 ±10

350 ±11

DECLDM- 400

40+2

80 ±3

120 ±4

160 ±5

200 ±6

240 ±7

280 ±9

320 ±10

360 ±11

400 ±12

DECLDM- 450

45+2

90 ±3

135 +4

180 ±6

225 +7

270 ±8

315 ±10

360 ±11

405 ±12

450 ±14

DECLDM- 500

50+2

100 ±3

150 ±5

200 ±6

250 ±8

300 ±9

350 ±11

400 ±12

450 ±14

500 ±15

DECLDM- 600

60 ±2.5

120 ±4

180 ±6

240 ±7

300 ±9

360 +11

420+13

480 ±15

540 ±16

600 ±18

DECLDM- 700

70 ±2.5

140 ±5

210+7

280 ±9

350 ±11

420 ±13

490 ±15

560 ±17

630 ±19

700 ±20

DECLDM- 800

80 ±3

160 ±5

240 ±7

320 ±10

400 ±12

480 ±15

560 ±17

640 ±19

720 ±20

800 ±20

DECLDM- 900

90 ±3

180 ±6

270 ±8

360 ± 1 1

450 ±14

540 ±16

630 ±19

720 ±20

810 ±20

900 ±22

DECLDM - 1000

100 ±3

200 ±6

300+9

400 ±12

500 ±15

600+18

700 ±20

800 ±20

900 ±22

1000 ±22

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see page 1 • 1 434; for Pulse Generator
Modules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks,
see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/010480

T2L COMPATIBLE Low Profile I

LOGIC DELAY LINE (Schottky) (

0 T^L input and output
0 Delay stable and precise
0 14-pin DIP package
0 Available in delays from 5ns to 1000ns
0 Output isolated and with 10 T^L fan-out capacity
0 Rise time 4ns maximum

0 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 3 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc OUTPUT

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

TTLDL-5

5 ±1

TTLDL- 60

60 ±2

TTLDL-6

6 ±1

TTLDL- 65

65 ±2.5

TTLDL-7

7’±1

TTLDL- 70

70 ±2.5

TTLDL-8

8 ±1

TTLDL- 75

75 ±2.5

TTLDL-9

9 ±1

TTLDL- 80

80 ±2.5

TTLDL- 10

10 ±1

TTLDL- 85

85 ±3

TTLDL- 11

11 ±1

TTLDL- 90

90 ±3

TTLDL- 12

12 ±1

TTLDL- 95

95 ±3

TTLDL- 13

13 ±1

TTLDL- 100

100 ±3

TTLDL- 14

14 ±1

TTLDL- 125

125 ±4

TTLDL- 15

15 ±1

TTLDL- 150

150 ±4.5

TTLDL- 16

16 ±1

TTLDL- 175

175 ±5

TTLDL- 17

17 ±1

TTLDL- 200

200 ±6

TTLDL- 18

18 ±1

TTLDL- 225

225 ±7

TTLDL- 19

19 ±1

TTLDL- 250

250 ±8

TTLDL- 20

20 ±1

TTLDL- 275

275 ±9

TTLDL- 21

21 ±1

TTLDL- 300

300 ±10 .

TTLDL- 22

22 ±1

TTLDL- 350

350 ±11

TTLDL- 23

23 ±1

TTLDL- 400

400 ±12

TTLDL- 24

24 ±1

TTLDL- 450

450 ±14

TTLDL- 25

25 ±1

TTLDL- 500

500 ±15

TTLDL- 30

30 ±1.5

TTLDL- 600

600 ±18

TTLDL- 35

35 ±1.5

TTLDL- 700

700 ±20

TTLDL- 40

40 ±1.5

TTLDL- 800

800 ±22

TTLDL-45

45 ±2

TTLDL- 900

900 ±24

TTLDL- 50

50 ±2

TTLDL- 1000

1000 ±26

TTLDL- 55

55 ±2

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/1 1 2279

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1423

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^"engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toil Free (800) 235-4144

T2l COMPATIBLE “Mini DIP" Low Profile

LOGIC DELAY LINE (Schottky)

S T^L input and output i

Z p. , „ . . . . 0DEL/

P Delay stable and precise

) 8-pin DIP package PART NO.

P Available in delays from 5 to 500ns mdldl-ttl-

P Output isolated and with 10 Schottky T^L fan-out mdldl-ttl-

capacity mdldl-ttl-

P Rise time 4ns maximum mdldl-ttl-

P Dimensions: .400 wide X .500 long X .250 high mdldl- ra-
ft ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883 IlmSf''"™"

_ MDLDL-TTL-

P MTBF in excess of 3 million hours mdldl-ttl-

P Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C mdldl-ttl-

* MDLDL- TTL-

MDLDL-TTL-

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW MDLDL- TTL-

Vcc OUTPUT MDLDL- TTL-

8 5 MDLDL- TTL-

^DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

r-

i

X

1

X

1 ,

1

INPUT

DELAY

OUTPUT

1

1

DRIVER ““

LINE ”

BUFFER

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

MDLDL- TTL-5

5 ±1

MDLDL- TTL-45

45 ±2

MDLDL- TTL-6

6 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 50

50 ±2

MDLDL- TTL-7

7 ±1

MDLDL- TTL-55

55 ±2

MDLDL- TTL-8

8 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 60

60 ±2

MDLDL- TTL-9

9 ±1

MDLDL- TTL-65

65 ±2.5

MDLDL- TTL- 10

10 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 70

70 ±2.5

MDLDL- TTL- 11

11 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 75

75 ±2.5

MDLDL- TTL-12

12 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 80

80 ±2.5

MDLDL- TTL- 13

13 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 85

85 ±3

MDLDL- TTL- 14

14 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 90

90 ±3

MDLDL- TTL- 15

15 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 95

95 ±3

MDLDL- TTL- 16

16 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 100

100 ±3

MDLDL- TTL- 17

17 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 125

125 ±4

MDLDL- TTL- 18

18+1

MDLDL- TTL- 150

150 ±4.5

MDLDL- TTL- 19

19 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 175

175 ±5

MDLDL- TTL- 20

20 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 200

200 ±6

MDLDL- TTL-21

21 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 225

225 ±7

MDLDL- TTL- 22

22 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 250

250 ±8

MDLDL- TTL- 23

23 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 275

275 ±9

MDLDL- TTL- 24

24 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 300

300 ±10

MDLDL- TTL- 25

25 ±1

MDLDL- TTL- 350

350 ±11

MDLDL- TTL- 30

30 ±1.5

MDLDL- TTL- 400

400 ±12

MDLDL- TTL- 35

35+1.5

MDLDL- TTL-450

450 ±14

MDLDL- TTL-40

40 ±1.5

MDLDL- TTL- 500

500 ±15

4

GROUND

T2L COMPATIBLE "Thinny DIP" Super Low Profile

LOGIC DELAY LINE (Schottky) Rfl

Full military temperature range

T2l input and output '

Delay stable and precise

14-pin DIP package

Available in delays from 5 to 500ns

Output isolated and with 10 t2l fan-out capacity

Rise time 4ns maximum

Dimensions: .500 wide X .800 long X .165 high
ICs burned in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883
MTBF in excess of 3 million hours
Operating temperature range of -55° to +1 25°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc OUTPUT

14 8

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/123081

• DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

X

1

X

1

X

1

INPUT

DELAY

OUTPUT

DRIVER

* LINE ""

BUFFER

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

TTLDL-5MT

5 ±1

TTLDL- 45MT

45 ±2

TTLDL-6MT

6 ±1

TTLDL- 50MT

50 ±2

TTLDL-7MT

7 ±1

TTLDL- 55MT

55 +2

TTLDL-8MT

8 ±1

TTLDL- 60MT

60 ±2

TTLDL-9MT

9 ±1

TTLDL- 65MT

65 ±2.5

TTLDL-10MT

10 ±1

TTLDL- 70MT

70 ±2.5

TTLDL-11MT

11 ±1

TTLDL- 75MT

75 ±2.5

TTLDL-12MT

12 ±1

TTLDL- 80MT

80 ±2.5

TTLDL- 13MT

13 ±1

TTLDL- 85MT

85 ±3

TTLDL- 14MT

14 ±1

TTLDL- 90MT

90 ±3

TTLDL- 15MT

15 ±1

TTLDL- 95MT

95 ±3

TTLDL- 16MT

16 ±1

TTLDL- 100MT

100 ±3

TTLDL- 17MT

17 ±1

TTLDL- 125MT

125 ±4

TTLDL- 18MT

18 ±1

TTLDL- 150MT

150 ±4.5

TTLDL- 19MT

19 ±1

TTLDL- 175MT

175 ±5

TTLDL- 20MT

20 ±1

TTLDL- 200MT

200 ±6

TTLDL- 21MT

21 ±1

TTLDL- 225MT

225 ±7

TTLDL- 22MT

22 ±1

TTLDL- 250MT

250 ±8

TTLDL- 23MT

23 ±1

TTLDL- 275MT

275 ±9

TTLDL- 24 MT

24 ±1

TTLDL- 300MT

300 ±10

TTLDL- 25MT

25 ±1

TTLDL- 350MT 1

350 ±11

TTLDL- 30MT

30 ±1.5

TTLDL- 400MT

400 ±12

TTLDL- 35MT

35 ±1.5

TTLDL- 450MT

450 ±14

TTLDL- 40MT

40 ±1.5

TTLDL- 500MT

500 ±15

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/092280

1*1424

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. 0. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toil Free (800) 235-4144

t2[_ COMPATIBLE Low Profile

MULTI-LOGIC DELAY LINE
(Schottky)

T^L inputs and outputs ^ DE

Delays stable and precise PART NO.

14-pin DIP package mttldl-5

Available in delays from 5ns to 250ns each isolated mttldl-7
and with 10 T^L fan-out capacity mttldl-8

Rise time 4ns maximum mttldl- io

Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high mttldl- ii

ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883 ”II [-°|-" \l

MTTLDL- 13

MTBF in excess of 1.5 million hours mttldl- 14

Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C. mttldl- 1 5

MTTLDL- 16

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW MTTLDL- 17

Vcc OUTPUT”! OUTPUT2 OUTPUT^ MTTLDL- 18

I “ I c. IU u

1-4-4- 4 4

BUFFERED

DELAY

BUFFERED

DELAY

BUFFERED

DELAY

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

MTTLDL-5

5 ±1

MTTLDL- 30

30 + 1.5

MTTLDL - 6

6 ±1

MTTLDL- 35

35 ±1.5

MTTLDL-7

7 ±1

MTTLDL- 40

40 ±1.5

MTTLDL -8

8 ±1

MTTLDL- 45

45 ±2

MTTLDL-9

9 ±1

MTTLDL- 50

50 ±2

MTTLDL- 10

1 0 ±1

MTTLDL- 55

55 ±2

MTTLDL- 11

11 ±1

MTTLDL- 60

60 ±2

MTTLDL- 12

12 ±1

MTTLDL- 65

65 ±2.5

MTTLDL- 13

13 ±1

MTTLDL- 70

70 ±2.5

MTTLDL- 14

14 ±1

MTTLDL- 75

75 ±2.5

MTTLDL- 15

15 ±1

MTTLDL- 80

80 ±2.5

MTTLDL- 16

16 ±1

MTTLDL- 85

85 ±3

MTTLDL- 17

17 ±1

MTTLDL- 90

90 ±3

MTTLDL- 18

18 ±1

MTTLDL- 95

95 ±3

MTTLDL- 19

19 ±1

MTTLDL- 100

100 ±3

MTTLDL- 20

20 ±1

MTTLDL- 125

125 ±4

MTTLDL- 21

21 ±1

MTTLDL- 150

150 ±4.5

MTTLDL- 22

22 ± 1

MTTLDL- 175

175 ±5

MTTLDL- 23

23 ±1

MTTLDL- 200

200 ±6

MTTLDL- 24

24 ±1

MTTLDL- 225

225 ±7

MTTLDL- 25

25 ±1

MTTLDL- 250

250 ±8

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1 • 1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

5 7

INPUT 3 GROUND

t2l COMPATIBLE "Thinny DIP" Super Low Profile

MULTI-LOGIC DELAY LINE (Schottky)

P Full military temperature range \j

P T2|_ inputs and outputs
P Delays stable and precise
P 14-pin DIP package

p Available in delays from 5 to 250ns - each isolated
and with 10 T2|_ fan-out capacity
P Rise time 4ns maximum

P Dimensions: .500 wide X .800 long X .165 high
p ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
P MTBF in excess of 1.5 million hours
P Operating temperature range of - 55° to +1 25°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc OUTPUT! OUTPUT 2

14 12 8

! — ! — 4- 4 — 1

BUFFERED

DELAY

BUFFERED

DELAY

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/01 1080

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

MTTLDL- 5MT

5 ±1

MTTLDL- 30MT

30+1.5

MTTLDL- 6 MT

6 ±i

MTTLDL- 35MT

35 ±1.5

MTTLDL-7MT

7 ±1

MTTLDL-40MT

40 ±1.5

MTTLDL- 8 MT

8 ±1

MTTLDL-45MT

45 ±2

MTTLDL-9MT

9 ±1

MTTLDL- 50MT

50 ±2

MTTLDL- 10MT

10 ±1

MTTLDL- 55MT

55 ±2

MTTLDL- 11MT

11 ±1

MTTLDL-60MT

60 ±2

MTTLDL- 12MT

12 ±1

MTTLDL- 65MT

65 ±2.5

MTTLDL- 13MT

13 ±1

MTTLDL- 70MT

70 ±2.5

MTTLDL- 14MT

14 ±1

MTTLDL- 75MT

75 ±2.5

MTTLDL- 15MT

1 5 ±1

MTTLDL- 80MT

80 ±2.5

MTTLDL- 16MT

16 ±1

MTTLDL-85MT

85 ±3

MTTLDL- 17MT

17 ±1

MTTLDL- 90MT

90 ±3

MTTLDL- 18MT

18 ±1

MTTLDL- 95MT

95 ±3

MTTLDL- 19MT

19 ±1

MTTLDL- 100MT

100 ±3

MTJLDL- 20MT

20 ±1

MTTLDL- 125MT

125 ±4

MTTLDL- 21 MT

21 ±1

MTTLDL- 150MT

150 ±4.5

MTTLDL- 22MT

22 ±1

MTTLDL- 175MT

175 ±5

MTTLDL- 23MT

23 ±1

MTTLDL- 200MT

200 ±6

MTTLDL- 24MT

24 ±1

MTTLDL- 225MT

225 ±7

MTTLDL- 25MT

25 ±1

MTTLDL- 250MT

250 ±8

5 7

INPUT 2 GROUND

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noice Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/100680

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1425

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. 0. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

M

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile

LOGIC DELAY LINE

0 ECL input and output
0 Delays stable and precise
0 16-pin DIP package
0 Available in delays from 2ns to 1000ns
0 Output isolated and with 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity
0 Fast rise times on all outputs
0 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 3 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of -30°C to +85° C
BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

» DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

ECLDL-2

±.3

ECLDL- 50

50 ±2

ECLDL-3

±.4

ECLDL- 55

55 ±2

ECLDL-4

±.5

ECLDL- 60

60 ±2

ECLDL-5

5 ±1

ECLDL- 65

65 ±2.5

ECLDL -6

6 ±1

ECLDL- 70

70 ±2.5

ECLDL-7

7 ±1

ECLDL- 75

75 ±2.5

ECLDL -8

8 ±1

ECLDL- 80

80 ±2.5

ECLDL-9

9 ±1

ECLDL- 85

85 ±3

ECLDL- 10

10±1

ECLDL-90

90 ±3

ECLDL- 11

11 ±1

ECLDL-95

95 ±3

ECLDL- 12

12 ±1

ECLDL- 100

100 ±3

ECLDL- 13

13 ±1

ECLDL- 125

125 ±4

ECLDL- 14

14 ±1

ECLDL- 150

150 ±4.5

ECLDL- 15

15 ±1

ECLDL- 175

175 ±5

ECLDL- 16

16 ±1

ECLDL- 200

200 ±6

ECLDL- 17

1 7 ±1

ECLDL- 225

225 ±7

ECLDL- 18

18 ±1

ECLDL- 250

250 ±8

ECLDL- 19

19 ±1

ECLDL- 275

275 ±9

ECLDL- 20

20 ±1

ECLDL-300

300 ±10

ECLDL- 21

21 ±1

ECLDL- 350

350 ±11

ECLDL- 22

22 ±1

ECLDL- 400

400 ±12

ECLDL- 23

23 ±1

ECLDL- 450

450 ±14

ECLDL- 24

24 ±1

ECLDL- 500

500 ±15

ECLDL- 25

25 ±1

ECLDL- 600

600 ±18

ECLDL- 30

30 ±1.5

ECLDL- 700

700 ±20

ECLDL- 35

35 ±1.5

ECLDL- 800

800 ±22

ECLDL-40

40 ±1.5

ECLDL- 900

900 ±24

ECLDL-45

45 ±2

ECLDL- 1000

1000 ±26

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Pulse Generator Mod-
ules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator
Modules and Digital Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for
Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442 and for Noise
Filter Modules, see page 1*1434.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/Ol 1 1 80

ECL 1 0K COMPATIBLE Low Profile

MULTI-LOGIC DELAY LINE

0 ECL inputs and outputs
0 Delays stable and precise II

0 16-pin DIP package
0 Available in delays from 5ns to 1 00ns
0 Each output isolated and with 70 ECL DC fan-«
capacity

0 Fast rise times on all outputs
0 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 1.5 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of - 30° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc OUTt OUT 2 OUT 3
16 15 14 13

rH-f-L

I DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

BUFFERED BUFFERED BUFFERED

DELAY DELAY DELAY

1 5 6 7 8

Vcc IN! IN 2 IN 3 Vee

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

MECLDL-5

5 ±1

MECLDL- 23

23 ±1

MECLDL -6

6 ±1

MECLDL- 24

24 ±1

MECLDL-7

7 ±1

MECLDL- 25

25 ±1

MECLDL -8

8 ±1

MECLDL-30

30 ±1 .5

MECLDL-9

9 ±1

MECLDL- 35

35 ±1.5

MECLDL- 10

10 ±1

MECLDL-40

40 ±1 .5

MECLDL- 1 1

11 ±1

MECLDL-45

45 ±2

MECLDL- 12

12 ±1

MECLDL-50

50 ±2

MECLDL- 13

13 ±1

MECLDL- 55

55 ±2

MECLDL- 14

14 ±1

MECLDL-60

60 ±2

MECLDL- 15

15 ±1

MECLDL- 65

65 ±2.5

MECLDL- 16

16 ±1

MECLDL- 70

70 ±2.5

MECLDL- 17

1 7 ±1

MECLDL-75

75 ±2.5

MECLDL- 18

18 ±1

MECLDL-80

80 ±2.5

MECLDL- 19

19 ±1

MECLDL-85

85 ±3

MECLDL- 20

20 ±1

MECLDL- 90

90 ±3

MECLDL- 21

21 ±1

MECLDL- 95

95 ±3

MECLDL- 22

22 ±1 .

MECLDL- 100

100 ±3

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Pulse Generator Mod-
ules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator
Modules and Digital Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for
Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442 and for Noise
Filter Modules, see page 1*1434.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/Ol 1 880

1*1426

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

T2L COMPATIBLE Low Profile

LOGIC DELAY LINE
(Low Power Schottky)

# T^L input and output
% Delay stable and precise

# 14-pin DIP package

9 Available in delays from 10ns to 500ns

# Output isolated and with 20 T^L fan-out capacity
9 Rise time 8ns maximum

9 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
9 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
9 MTBF in excess of 3 million hours
9 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70° C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

OUTPUT

8

X

1

X

1

X

1

INPUT

DELAY

OUTPUT

DRIVER

+ LINE "

BUFFER

► DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

LPSLDL- 10

10 ±1

LPSLDL- 60

60 ±2

LPSLDL- 11

11 ±1

LPSLDL- 65

65 ±2.5

LPSLDL- 12

12 ±1

LPSLDL- 70

70 ±2.5

LPSLDL- 13

13 ±1

LPSLDL- 75

75 ±2.5

LPSLDL- 14

14 ±1

LPSLDL- 80

80 ±2.5

LPSLDL- 15

15 ±1

LPSLDL- 85

85 ±3

LPSLDL- 16

16 ±1

LPSLDL- 90

90 ±3

LPSLDL- 17

17 ±1

LPSLDL- 95

95 ±3

LPSLDL- 18

18 ±1

LPSLDL- 100

100 ±3

LPSLDL- 19

19 ±1

LPSLDL- 125

125 ±4

LPSLDL- 20

20 ±1

LPSLDL- 150

150 ±4.5

LPSLDL- 21

21 ±1

LPSLDL- 175

175 ±5

LPSLDL- 22

22 ±1

LPSLDL- 200

200 ±6

LPSLDL- 23

23 ±1

LPSLDL- 225

225 ±7

LPSLDL- 24

24 ±1

LPSLDL- 250

250 ±8

LPSLDL- 25

25 ±1

LPSLDL- 275

275 ±9

LPSLDL- 30

30 ±1.5

LPSLDL- 300

300 ±10

LPSLDL- 35

35 ±1 .5

LPSLDL- 350

350 ±11

LPSLDL- 40

40 ±1.5

LPSLDL- 400

400 ±12

LPSLDL- 45

45 ±2

LPSLDL- 450

450 ±14

LPSLDL- 50

50 ±2

LPSLDL- 500

500 ±15

LPSLDL- 55

55 ±2

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1 • 1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435.
through 1 • 1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/021980

T2l COMPATIBLE Low Profile
MULTI-LOGIC DELAY LINE
( Low Power Schottky)

9 t2l inputs and outputs
9 Delays stable and precise
9 14-pin DIP package

9 Available in delays from 10ns to 100ns - each
isolated and with 20 low power Schottky t2l fan-
out capacity

9 Rise time 8ns maximum

9 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
9 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
9 MTBF in excess of 1.5 million hours
9 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc OUTPUTl
14 12

i — 1 — 4 —

i x .. I

BUFFERED
| DELAY

OUTPUT2

10

BUFFERED

DELAY

OUTPUTS

8

BUFFERED

DELAY

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

MLPSLDL- 10

10 ±1

MLPSLDL- 30

30 ±1.5

MLPSLDL- 1 1

11 ±1

MLPSLDL- 35

35 ±1 .5

MLPSLDL- 12

12 ±1

MLPSLDL- 40

40 ±1.5

MLPSLDL- 13

13 ±1

MLPSLDL- 45

45 ±2

MLPSLDL- 14

14 ±1

MLPSLDL- 50

50 ±2

MLPSLDL- 15

15 ±1

MLPSLDL- 55

55 ±2

MLPSLDL- 16

16 ±1

MLPSLDL- 60

60 ±2

MLPSLDL- 17

17 ±1

MLPSLDL- 65

65 ±2.5

MLPSLDL- 18

18 ±1

MLPSLDL- 70

70 ±2.5

MLPSLDL- 19

19 ±1

MLPSLDL- 75

75 ±2.5

MLPSLDL- 20

20 ±1

MLPSLDL- 80

80 ±2.5

MLPSLDL- 21

21 ±1

MLPSLDL- 85

85 ±3

MLPSLDL- 22

22 ±1

MLPSLDL- 90

90 ±3

MLPSLDL- 23

23 ±1

MLPSLDL- 95

95 ±3

MLPSLDL- 24

24 ±1

MLPSLDL- 100

100 ±3

MLPSLDL- 25

25 ±1

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

5 7

INPUT3 ground

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/022680

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1427

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. 0. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

T 2 L COMPATIBLE Low Profile

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DELAY LINE (3-Bit) (Schottky)

0 T 2 L input and output

0 Delays stable and precise bloci

0 16-pin DIP package ^

0 Available in delays up to 77ns ? _

0 Available in 10 delay steps with resolution from ^ j
Ins to 10ns I x

0 Propagation delays fully compensated ' r-

0 All delays digitally programmable * J

0 10 T2L fan-out capacity ■ L

0 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high I

0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883 I

0 MTBF in excess of 2 million hours.

0 Operating temperature range of 0° to + 70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

DIGITALLY
PROGRAMMABLE
DELAY LINE

OUTPUT

BUFFER

4 5

INPUT OUTPUT

Z 8
E GROUND

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

Part Number

*Step Zero
Delay Time

Maximum Delay
Time (Nom)

Delay Change
Per Step

* * Maximum
Deviation From
Programmed Delay

PTTLDL- 7- 1

7 ±.3

14

1 ±.3

±.4

PTTLDL- 7- 2

7 ±.3

21

2 ±.4

±.6

PTTLDL- 7-3

7 ±.3

28

3 +.5

±.8

PTTLDL- 7- 4

7 ±.3

35

4 ±.5

±.9

PTTLDL- 7- 5

7 ±.3

42

5 ±.5

±1

PTTLDL- 7- 6

7 ±.3

49

6 ±.6

±1.2

PTTLDL- 7- 7

7 ±.3

56

7 ±.7

±1.4

PTTLDL- 7- 8

7 ±.3

63

8 ±.8

±1.6

PTTLDL- 7- 9

7 ±.3

70

9 ±.9

±1.8

PTTLDL- 7- 10 !

7 ±.3

77

10±1

±2

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e.. Noise Filter Modules, s
Modules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Gei
see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multipliei

1*1434; for Pulse Generatoi
odules and Digital Clocks,
i, see page 1*1442.

T2l COMPATIBLE Low Profile
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
DELAY LINE (4-Bit) (Schottky)

0 t2l input and output
0 Delays stable and precise
0 32-pin DIP package 1

0 Available in delays up to 765ns
0 Available in 18 delay steps with resolution from Ins
to 50ns

0 Propagation delays fully compensated
0 All delays digitally programmable
0 10 T2L fan-out capacity

0 Dimensions: .400 wide X 1 .650 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 1 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc PI Vcc P2 P3 P4

32 26 24 19 18 17

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/01 1 7 80

0DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

Part

Number

*Step

Zero

Delay

Time

Maximum

Delay

Time

(Nom)

Delay

Change

Per

Step

♦♦Maximum

Deviation

From

Programmed

Delay

PTTLDL- 15-1

15 ±.6

30

1 ±.4

±.8

PTTLDL- 15-2

15 ±.6

45

2 ±.5

±1.2

PTTLDL- 15-3

15 ±.6

60

3 ±.5

±1.6

PTTLDL- 15-4

15 ±.6

75

4 ±.6

±1.8

PTTLDL- 15-5

15 ±.6

90

5 ±.6

±2.0

PTTLDL- 15-6

15 ±.6

105

6 ±.8

±2.4

PTTLDL- 15-7

15 ±.6

120

7 ±.8

±2.8

PTTLDL- 15-8

15 ±.6

135

8 ±1

±3.2

PTTLDL- 15- 9

15 ±.6

150

9 ±1

±3.6

PTTLDL- 15- 10

15 ±.6

165

10 ±1

±4

PTTLDL- 15- 15

15 ±.6

240

15 ±1.5

±6

PTTLDL- 15-20

15 ±.6

315

20 ±2

±8

PTTLDL- 15-25

15 ±.6

390

25 ±2

±10

PTTLDL- 15-30

15 ±.6

465

30 ±2.5

±12

PTTLDL- 15- 35

15 ±.6

540

35 ±2.5

±14

PTTLDL- 15-40

15 ±.6

615

40 ±3

±16

PTTLDL- 15-45

15 ±.6

690

45 ±3

±18

PTTLDL- 15- 50

15 ±.6

765

50 ±3

±20

13 16

OUTPUT GROUND

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/012480

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

T2L COMPATIBLE Low Profile

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
DELAY LINE (6-Bit) (Schottky)

0 T2|_ input and output bloc

0 Delays stable and precise vcc

0 48-pin DIP package 4 o

0 Available in delays up to 329ns pj~— —

0 5 delay steps available with resolution from Ins to 5ns |*

0 Propagation delays fully compensated j

0 All delays digitally programmable i | NPUT

0 10 T2L fan-out capacity | * buffer

0 Dimensions: .400 wide X 2.450 long X .250 high C

0 I Cs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883 “j

0 MTBF in excess of 500,000 hours i

0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C IN

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc P 4 P 5 P 6 VCC Pi P 2

40 35 34 33 32 27 26

DIGITALLY

programmable! -

DELAY LINE

OUTPUT

BUFFER

16

GROUND

-F^ J

21 24

OUT GROUND

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

Part Number

*Step Zero
Delay Time

Maximum Delay
Time (Norn)

Delay Change
Per Step (Nom)

* * Maximum
Deviation From
Programmed Delay

PTTLDL- 14- 1

14 ±.3

77

1

±1.5

PTTLDL- 14- 2

14 ±.3

140

2

±2

PTTLDL- 14-3

14 ±.3

203

3

±3

PTTLDL- 14-4

14 ±.3

266

4

±4

PTTLDL- 14-5

14 ±.3

329

5

±5

Note: For other active digital modules,
Modules, see pages 1*1435 through 1
see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; (or

.e.. Noise Fitter Modules, see page 1*1434; (or Pulse Generator
1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks,
Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, sec page 1*1442.

T2L COMPATIBLE Low Profile

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC ^O!

DELAY LINE (8-Bit) (Schottky)^^^^gSg|

0 T2l input and output levels
0 Delays stable and precise
0 64-pin DIP package
0 Available in delays up to 1295ns
0 5 delay steps available with resolution from 1 ns to 5ns
0 Propagation delays fully compensated
0 All delays digitally programmable
0 1 0 T2 L fan-out capacity

0 Dimensions: .400 wide X 3.250 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 300,000 hours
0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/01 3180

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc P 7 P 8 Vcc P 4 P 5 P 6 Vcc Pi P

56 5150 48 43 42 41 40 35 3

16

GROUND

GROUND OUT GROUND

Note: For other a
Modules, see par
see pages 1*1431

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

Part Number

*Step Zero
Delay Time

Maximum Delay
Time (Nom)

Delay Change
Per Step (Nom)

* * Maximum
Deviation From
Programmed Delay

PTTLDL- 20- 1

20 ±.5

275

1

±6

PTTLDL- 20- 2

20 ±.5

530

2

±8

PTTLDL- 20- 3

20 ±.5

785

3

±12

PTTLDL- 20- 4

20 ±.5

1040

4

±16

PTTLDL- 20- 5

20 ±.5

1295

5

±20

3 digital modules, i.e.. Noise Filter Modules, see page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator
1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks,
rough 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/020580

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1429

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DELAY LINE (3-Bit)

0 ECL input and output levels
0 Delays stable and precise
0 16-pin DIP package
0 Available in delays up to 353ns
0 Available in 18 delay steps with resolution from
Ins to 50ns

0 Propagation delays fully compensated
0 All delays digitally programmable
0 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity
0 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 3 million hours

0 Operating temperature range of - 30° to +85° C
BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW
Vcc OUTPUT P2 P3

16 15 10 9

DIGITALLY
PROGRAMMABLE
DELAY LINE

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

OUTPUT

BUFFER

Part

Number

♦Step

Zero

Delay

Time

Maximum

Delay

Time

(Norn)

Delay
Change
Per Step

** Maximum
Deviation
From

Programmed

Delay

PECLDL- 3-1

2.8 ±.3

10

1 +.3

±.4

PECLDL- 3-2

2.8 ±.3

17

2 ±.4

±.6

PECLDL- 3- 3

2.8 ±.3

24

3 ±.5

±.8

PECLDL- 3-4

2.8 ±.3

31

4 ±.5

±.9

PECLDL- 3-5

2.8 ±.3

38

5 ±.5

±1

PECLDL- 3- 6

2.8 ±.3

45

6 ±.6

±1.2

PECLDL- 3-7

2.8 ±.3

52

7 ±.7

±1.4

PECLDL- 3-8

2.8 ±.3

59

8 ±.8

±1.6

PECLDL- 3-9

2.8 ±.3

66

9 ±.9

±1.8

PECLDL- 3-10

2.8 ±.3

73

10 ±1

±2

PECLDL- 3-15

2.8 ±.3

108

15 ±1

±3

PECLDL- 3- 20

2.8 ±.3

143

20 ±1.5

±4

PECLDL- 3- 25

2.8 ±.3

178

25 ±1.5

±5

PECLDL- 3- 30

2.8 ±.3

213

30 ±2

±6

PECLDL- 3- 35

2.8 ±.3

248

35 ±2

±7

PECLDL- 3- 40

2.8 ±.3

283

40 ±2.5

±8

PECLDL- 3-45

2.8 ±.3

318

45 ±2.5

±9

PECLDL- 3- 50

2.8 ±.3

353

50 ±2.5

±10

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital , Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/1 23079

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
DELAY LINE (4-Bit)

) ECL input and output levels

P Delays stable and precise [

9 32-pin DIP package
P Available in delays up to 760ns

) Available in 18 delay steps with resolution from
Ins to 50ns

) Propagation delays fully compensated
P All delays digitally programmable
) 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity
) Dimensions: .400 wide X 1 .600 long X .250 high
) ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
) MTBF in excess of 800,000 hours
) Operating temperature range of -30° to +85°C
BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW
Vcc OUTPUT p 3 p 4

32 31 26 25

rt f W-r-z zzzri

I DIGITALLY I

Part

Number

♦Step

Zero

Delay

Time

Maximum

Delay

Time

(Norn)

Delay
Change
Per Step

^♦Maximum

Deviation

From

Programmed

Delay

PECLDL-10-1

10 ±.6

25

1 ±.4

±.8

PECLDL-10-2

10 ±.6

40

2 ±.5

±1.2

PECLDL-10-3

10 ±.6

55

3 ±.5

±1.6

PECLDL-10-4

10 ±.6

70

4 ±.6

±1.8

PECLDL-10-5

10 ±.6

85

5 ±.6

±2.0

PECLDL-10-6

10 ±.6

100

6 ±.8

±2.4

PECLDL-10-7

10 ±.6

115

7 ±.8

±2.8

PECLDL-10-8

10 ±.6

130

8 ±1

±3.2

PECLDL-10-9

10 ±.6

145

9 ±1

±3.6

PECLDL-10-10

10 ±.6

160

10 ±1

±4

PECLDL-10-15

10 ±.6

235

15 ±1.5

±6

PECLDL-10-20

10 ±.6

310

20 ±2

±8

PECLDL-10-25

10 ±.6

385

25 ±2

±10

PECLDL-10-30

10 ±.6

460

30 ±2.5

±12

PECLDL-10-35

10 ±.6

535

35 ±2.5

±14

PECLDL-10-40

10 ±.6

610

40 ±3

±16

PECLDL-10-45

10 ±.6

685

45 ±3

±18

PECLDL- 10-50

10 ±.6

760

50 ±3

±20

q -1--

12 14

INPUT P,

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/0301 80

1*1430

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. 0. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

ECL 1 0K COMPATIBLE Low Profile

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DELAY LINE (6-Bit)

) ECL input and output levels
9 Delays stable and precise
P 48-pin DIP package
0 Available in delays up to 323ns

9 Available in 5 delay steps with resolution from
Ins to 5ns

9 Propagation delays fully compensated
0 All delays digitally programmable
9 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity
9 Dimensions: .400 wide X 2.400 long X .250 high
9 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
9 MTBF in excess of 500,000 hours
9 Operating temperature range of - 30° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc OUT P2P3VCC P5P6VCC IN
48 47 42 41 40 34 33 32 28

iHH

H-f-

DIGITALLY
►IPROGRAMMABLEp
| DELAY LINE I

H — i"H i

15 16 17
P4 Vee Vcc

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

Part Number

*Step Zero
Delay Time

Maximum Delay
Time (Norn)

Delay Change
Per Step (Nom)

* * Maximum
Deviation From
Programmed Delay

PECLDL-8 1

8 ±.3

71

1

±1.5

PECLDL-8-2

8 ±.3

134

2

+2

PECLDL-8-3

8±.3

197

3

±3

PECLDL-8-4

8+.3

260

4

±4

PECLDL-8-5

8±.3

323

5

±5

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e.. Noise Filter Modules, see page 1*1434; lor Pulse Generator
Modules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks,
see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/031580

ECL 1 0K COMPATIBLE Low Profile
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
DELAY LINE (8-Bit)

9 ECL input and output levels
9 Delays stable and precise

# 64-pin DIP package

9 Available in delays up to 1287ns

# Available in 5 delay steps with resolution from
Ins to 5ns

9 Propagation delays fully compensated
9 All delays digitally programmable
9 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity

# Dimensions: .400 wide X 3.200 long X .250 high
9 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883

9 MTBF in excess of 300,000 hours
9 Operating temperature range of - 30° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc OUT P2P3VCC P5P6VCC P8 Vru IN
64 63 58 57 56 50 49 48 42 40 35

ff-m-ffi-H-h

J INPUT Up R S^MA V BL E U° U J F PU 4
iBUFFERr] DELAY LINE rT UFFE T

1 — lit“ ili — i

1 7 8 9 15 16 17 23 24 25 3

Vcc Pi Vee Vcc P4 Vee Vcc P7 Vee Vcc V<

> DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

Part Number

*Step Zero
Delay Time

Maximum Delay
Time (Nom)

Delay Change
Per Step (Nom)

* * Maximum
Deviation From
Programmed Delay

PECLDL-12-1

12 ±.5

267

1

±6

PECLDL-12-2

12 ±.5

522

2

±8

PECLDL-12-3

12 ±.5

777

3

±12

PECLDL-12-4

12 ±.5

1032

4

!t16

PECLDL-12-5

12 ±.5

1287

5

±20

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see page 1*1434; lor Pulse Generator
Modules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks,
see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/0331 80

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1431

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

'« gi „eered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

ECL 1 00K COMPATIBLE

LOGIC DELAY MODULE

0 ECL 100K input and outputs
9 Delays stable and precise
9 24-pin DIP package
9 Available in delays from 16ns to 80ns
9 12.5% taps - each isolated and with 70 ECL DC
fan-out capacity

9 Dimensions: .500 wide X 1.300 long X .375 high
9 Rise time Ins nominal on all outputs
9 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
9 MTBF in excess of 1 million hours
9 Operating temperature range of 0° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

ECL 1 00K
DRIVER

DELAY LINE WITH
ECL 1 00K
PICK-OFF BUFFER

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

0i O 2 O 3 Vcc Vcc O 4 O 5 0g O 7 0g

^ RISE TIME, DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in i

is)

Part Number

Rise

Time

Max.

Tap 1

Tap 2

Tap 3

Tap 4

Tap 5

Tap 6

Tap 7

Output

ECL- 100K- LDM- 16

2.0

2 ±.2

4 ±.4

6 ±.6

8 ±.8

10 ±1

12 ±1

14 ±1

16 ±1

ECL- 100K- LDM- 20

2.0

2.5 ±.25

5 ±.5

7.5 ±.75

10 ±1

12.5 ±1

15 ±1

17.5 ±1

20 ±1

ECL- 100K- LDM- 24

2.0

3 ±.3

6 ±.6

9 ±.9

12 ±1

15 ±1

18 ±1

21 ±1

24 ±1

ECL- 100K- LDM- 28

2.0

3.5 ±.35

7 ±.7

10.5 ±1

14 ±1

17.5 ±1

21 ±1

24.5 ±1

28 ±1

ECL- 100K- LDM- 32

2.5

4 ±.4

8 ±.8

12 ±1

16 ±1

20 ±1

24 ±1

28 ±1

32 ±1

ECL- 100K- LDM- 36

2.5

4.5 ±.45

9 ±.9

13.5 ±1

18 ±1

22.5 ±1

27 ±1

31.5 ±1

36 ±1

ECL- 100K- LDM- 40

2.5

5 ±.5

10 ± 1

15 ±1

20 ±1

25 ±1

30 ±1

35 ±1

40+1.5

ECL-100K- LDM- 44

3.0

5.5 ±.55

11 ±1

16.5 ±1

22 ±1

27.5 ±1

33 ±1

38.5 ±1

44 ±1.5

ECL- 100K- LDM- 48

3.0

6 ±.6

12 ±1

18 ±1

24 ±1

30 ±1

36 ±1

42 ±1.5

48 ±2

ECL- 100K- LDM- 52

3.0

6.5 ±.65

13 ±1

19.5 ±1

26 ±1

32.5 ±1

39 ±1.5

45.5 ±2

52 ±2

ECL- 100K- LDM- 56

3.0

7 ±.7

14 ±1

21 ±1

28 ±1

35 ±1

42 ±1.5

49 ±2

56 ±2

ECL- 100K- LDM- 60

4.0

7.5 ±.7b

15 ±1

22.5 ±1

30 ±1

37.5 ±1

45 ±1.5

52.5 ±2

60 ±2

ECL- 100K- LDM- 64

4.0

8 ±.8

16 ±1

24 ±1

32 ±1

40 ±1 .5

48 ±2

56 ±2

64 ±2

ECL- 100K- LDM- 68

4.0

8.5 ±.85

17 ±1

25.5 ±1

34 ±1

42.5 ±1.5

51 ±2

59.5 ±2

68 ±2

ECL- 100K- LDM- 72

4.5

9 ±.9

18 ±1

27 ±1

36 ±1

45 ±1.5

54 ±2

63 ±2

72 ±2.5

ECL- 100K- LDM- 76

4.5

9.5 ±.95

19 ±1

28.5 ±1

38 ±1

47.5 ±2

57 ±2

66.5 ±2

76 ±2.5

ECL- 100K- LDM- 80

4.5

10 ±1

20 ±1

30 ±1

40+1.5

50 ±2

60 ±2

70 ±2

80+2.5

tote: For other active digital modules, i.
Modules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1
see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for D

e., Noise Filter Modules, see page 1*1434; for Pulse
437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digits
igital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*144

Senerator

1 Clocks,

2.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/040480R2

ECL 1 00 K COMPATIBLE

DUAL LOGIC DELAY LINE

9 ECL 1 00K input and output levels
9 Delays stable and precise

9 1 2-pi n DIP package I

9 Available in delays from 2nsto 20ns
9 Outputs isolated and with 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity
9 Rise time Ins nominal

9 Dimensions: .700 wide X .875 long X .325 high
9 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
9 MTBF in excess of 1 million hours
9 Operating temperature range of 0° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vee OUTi OUTT

9 8 7

? |_-£,

X Y X X Y j

ECL 100K nP1 AV ECL 100K L]

INPUT -+ 1 imp OUTPUT

BUFFER Lmt BUFFER . |

X Y X Y

ECL100K df , ay ECL 100K L I

INPUT -► 1 imp OUTPUT H ■

BUFFER L,Nt BUFFER T I

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

PART NO.

OUTPUT

PART NO.

OUTPUT

DECLDL- 2- 2

2±.2

DECLDL- 2-10

10±1

DECLDL- 2- 2.5

2.5±.2

DECLDL- 2- 10.5

10.5+1

DECLDL- 2-3

3±.3

DECLDL- 2- 11

11±1

DECLDL- 2- 3.5

3.5±.3

DECLDL- 2-11.5

11.5+1

DECLDL- 2-4

4±,4

DECLDL- 2-12

1 2± 1

DECLDL- 2-4.5

4.5±.4

DECLDL- 2-12.5

12.5+1

DECLDL- 2-5

5±.5

DECLDL- 2- 13

1 3± 1

DECLDL- 2-5.5

5.5±.5

DECLDL- 2-13.5

13.5±1

DECLDL- 2-6

6±.6

DECLDL- 2-14

1 4± 1

DECLDL- 2-6.5

6.5±.6

DECLDL- 2-14.5

14.5+1

DECLDL- 2-7

7±.7

DECLDL- 2-15

1 5± 1

DECLDL- 2-7.5

7.5±.7

DECLDL- 2- 16

1 6± 1

DECLDL- 2-8

8±.8

DECLDL- 2- 17

1 7± 1

DECLDL- 2-8.5

8.5±.8

DECLDL- 2- 18

18+1

DECLDL- 2-9

9±.9

DECLDL- 2- 19

1 9± 1

DECLDL- 2-9.5

9.5±.9

DECLDL- 2- 20

20±1

4 5 6

Vcc OUT 2 OUT 2

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Noise Filter Modules, see
page 1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435
through 1 *1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital
Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1442; for Digital Frequency
Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/01 2580

1*1432

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^"engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

ECL 1 00K COMPATIBLE

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
DELAY LINE (4-Bit)

0 ECL 100K input and output levels

0 Delays stable and precise 0 DEL

# 24-pin DIP package '

Q Available in delays up to 77.8ns Part Number

Available in 18 delay steps with resolution from
0.1ns to 5.0ns pecldl-2.8- 0.1

Q Propagation delays fully compensated pecldl-2.8-0.2

% All delays digitally programmable pecldl-2.8- 0.3

% 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity pecldl- 2 . 8 - 0.4

Q Dimensions: .650 wide X 1 .350 long X .375 high pecldl-2.8- 0.5

9 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883 pecldl-2.8- 0.6

0 MTBF in excess of 750,000 hours pecldl-2.8- 0.7

Q Operating temperature range of 0° to +85°C pecldl-2.8- 0.8

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW PECLDL- 2.8- 0.9

IN Vee Vee Pi ?2 ?3 p 4 PECLDL- 2.8- 1.0

24 19 18 16 15 14 13 nroi ^ n 0 „ c

DIGITALLY
PROGRAMMABLE
DELAY LINE

0 DELAYS AND TOLERANCES (

in ns)

Part Number

*Step Zero
Delay Time

Maximum

Delay

Time (Nom)

* * Maximum
Deviation From
Programmed
Delay

PECLDL-2.8- 0.1

2.8 ±.2

4.3

±.l

PECLDL-2.8- 0.2

2.8 ±.2

5.8

±.2

PECLDL-2.8- 0.3

2.8 ±.2

7.3

±.25

PECLDL-2.8- 0.4

2.8 ±.2

8.8

±.3

PECLDL-2.8- 0.5

2.8 ±.2

10.3

±.35

PECLDL-2.8- 0.6

2.8 ±.2

11.8

±.4

PECLDL-2.8- 0.7

2.8 ±.2

13.3

±.45

PECLDL-2.8- 0.8

2.8 ±.2

14.8

±.5

PECLDL- 2.8- 0.9

2.8 ±.2

16.3

±.5

PECLDL- 2.8- 1.0

2.8 +.2

17.8

±.5

PECLDL-2.8- 1.5

2.8 ±.2

25.3

±.8

PECLDL- 2.8- 2.0

2.8 ±.2

32.8

±1.0

PECLDL-2.8- 2.5

2.8 ±.2

40.3

±1.3

PECLDL-2.8- 3.0

2.8 ±.2

47.8

±1.5

PECLDL- 2.8- 3.5

2.8 ±.2

55.3

±1.8

PECLDL- 2.8- 4.0

2.8 ±.2

62.8

±2.0

PECLDL- 2.8- 4.5

2.8 ±.2

70.3

±2.3

PECLDL- 2.8- 5.0

2.8 ±.2

77.8

±2.5

6 7

Vcc Vcc

GROUND GROUND

ECL 100K COMPATIBLE
SPECIAL PROGRAMMABLE
LOGIC DELAY LINE

0 ECL 100K Input and output levels
0 Delays stable and precise
0 34-pin DIP package
0 100 steps of BCD programming
0 lOOps per step resolution
0 Propagation delays fully compensated
0 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity
0 Dimensions: .700 wide X 1.750 long X .500 high
0 Rise time Ins nominal
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 500,000 hours
0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +85°C

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Pulse Generator Mod-
ules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator
Modules and Digital Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for
Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442 and for Noise
Filter Modules, see page 1*1434.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/0401 80R

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW
P6 P5 P3 P4

33 32 26 25

BCD

CONTROLLED

DELAY

Course Decade

BCD

CONTROLLED
DELAY
Fine Decade

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Pulse Generator Mod-
ules, see pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator
Modules and Digital Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for
Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442 and for Noise
Filter Modules, see page 1*1434.

9 10
INPUT V cc

16 17
OUTPUT V ee

ABOVE DATA FROM SPECLDL-121 BROCHURE PAGE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1433

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

T2l COMPATIBLE Low Profile

LOGIC NOISE FILTER MODULE (Schottky)

0 t2l input and output
0 Pulse width detection stable and precise
0 14-pin DIP package

# Available in pulse widths from 5ns to 500ns

# 8 T2l fan-out capacity

# Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high

# ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
% MTBF in excess of 3.5 million hours

0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc INPUT

1 — 1

1 ;

Cl”” :

X

1

_

OUTPUT

PULSE WIDTH

1

1

r

BUFFER

DETECTOR

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile

LOGIC NOISE Kjgjp!.

FILTER MODULE

# ECL input and output

# Pulse width detection stable and precise

# 16-pin DIP package

% Available in pulse widths from 5ns to 500ns
0 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity

# Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high

# ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883

# MTBF in excess of 3.5 million hours

# Operating temperature range of - 30° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

==3 4J

; AND TOLERANCES (in ns)

DADT MO

i 0 Pulse Widths

Nominal

Suppress

Pass

TTLNFM-5

5

<4

>6

TTLNFM-10

10

<9

>11

TTLNFM- 15

15

<14

>16

TTLNFM- 20

20

<19

>21

TTLNFM- 25

25

<24

>26

TTLNFM- 30

30

<29

£31

TTLNFM- 35

35

<34

>36

TTLNFM- 40

40

<39

>41

TTLNFM-45

45

<43.5

>46.5

TTLNFM- 50

50

<48.5

£51.5

TTLNFM- 60

60

<58

>62

TTLNFM- 70

70

<68

>72

TTLNFM-75

75

<73

>77

TTLNFM-80

80

<78

>82

TTLNFM-90

90

<88

>92

TTLNFM- 100

100

<98

>102

TTLNFM- 125

125

<123

>127

TTLNFM- 150

150

<147

>153

TTLNFM- 175

175

<172

>178

TTLNFM- 200

200

<196

£204

TTLNFM- 250

250

<245

£255

TTLNFM- 300

300

<294

£306

TTLNFM-400

400

<392

>408

TTLNFM- 500

500

<490

>510

The output of the module will remain at state "0" for
any transient input pulses shorter than suppress times and
will change to state "1" for pulses longer than pass times.
Input pulse width is measured at the +1.5 level.

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Pulse Generator Modules, see
pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules
and Digital Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital
Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/013080

. TIMES AND TOLERANCES (in ns) |

DADT Mfl

0 Pulse Widths I

Nominal

Suppress

Pass

ECLNFM-5

5

<4

>6

ECLNFM- 10

10

<9

>11

ECLNFM- 15

15

<14

>16

ECLNFM- 20

20

<19

>21

ECLNFM- 25

25

<24

>26

ECLNFM-30

30

<29

>31

ECLNFM- 35

35

<.34

>36

ECLNFM- 40

40

<39

>41

ECLNFM- 45

45

<43.5

>46.5

ECLNFM- 50

50

<48.5

>51.5

ECLNFM- 60

60

<58

>62

ECLNFM- 70

70

<68

>72

ECLNFM- 75

75

* 73

>77

ECLNFM- 80

80

‘78

'82

ECLNFM- 90

90

88

>92

ECLNFM- 100

100

‘-98

>102

ECLNFM- 125

125

■ 123

>127

ECLNFM- 150

150

< 147

•153

ECLNFM- 175

175

<172

>178

ECLNFM- 200

200

-196

•204

ECLNFM- 250

250

<245

•255

ECLNFM- 300

300

< 294

>306

ECLNFM- 400

400

< 392

>408

ECLNFM- 500

500

< 490

>510

The output of the module will remain at state "0" for
any transient input pulses shorter than suppress times and
will change to state "1" for pulses longer than pass times.
Input pulse width is measured at the - 1.3V level.

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Pulse Generator Modules, see
pages 1*1435 through 1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules
and Digital Clocks, see pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital
Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/02048

1*1434

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

1L engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. CX Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toil Free (800) 235-4144

T2l COMPATIBLE Low Profile

PULSE GENERATOR MODULE
(Schottky)

% T^L inputs and outputs
% Pulse widths stable and precise
0 14-pin DIP package

$ Available in pulse widths from 5ns to 100ns
# Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
% ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883
Q MTBF in excess of 4 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70° C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc -OUT INPUT

14 13 8

PULSE

GENERATOR

Part Number

Pulse Width
(in ns)

TTLPGM-5

5 ±1

TTLPGM-6

6 ±1

TTLPGM-7

7 ±1

TTLPGM-8

8 ±1

TTLPGM-9

9 ±1

TTLPGM- 10

10 ±1

TTLPGM- 1 5

15 ±1

TTLPGM- 20

20 ±1

TTLPGM- 25

25 ±1

TTLPGM- 30

30 ±1

TTLPGM- 35

35 ±1.5

TTLPGM-40

40 ±1.5

TTLPGM- 45

45 ±1.5

TTLPGM- 50

50 ±1.5

TTLPGM- 60

60 ±1.5

TTLPGM- 70

70 ±2

TTLPGM- 75

75 ±2

TTLPGM- 80

80 ±2

TTLPGM- 90

90 ±3

TTLPGM- 100

100 ±3

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see pages
1*1434; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks, see
pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Mod-
ules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/021180

T2l COMPATIBLE “Mini DIP" Low Profile

PULSE GENERATOR MODULE
(Schottky)

9 T2l input and output
O Pulse widths stable and precise
4) 8-pin DIP package

% Available in pulse widths from 5 to 500ns

# 8 Schottky T2 l fan-out capacity

# Dimensions: .400 wide X .500 long X .250 hi

# ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883
9 MTBF in excess of 4 million hours

9 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70° C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

r

Part Number

Pulse Width
(in ns)

Maximum
Pulse Rate
(in Mhz)

MDPGM-TTL- 5

. 5 ±1

98

MDPGM-TTL- 6

6 ±1

80

MDPGM-TTL- 7

7 ±1

70

MDPGM-TTL- 8

8 ±1

55

MDPGM-TTL- 9

9 ±1

50

MDPGM-TTL- 10

10 ±1

45

MDPGM-TTL- 15

15 ±1

30

MDPGM-TTL- 20

20 ±1

20

MDPGM-TTL- 25

25 ±1

17

MDPGM-TTL- 30

30 ±1

15

MDPGM-TTL- 35

35 ±1.5

13

MDPGM-TTL- 40

40 ±1.5

11

MDPGM-TTL-45

45 ±1.5

10

MDPGM-TTL-50

50 ±1.5

9

MDPGM-TTL- 60

60 ±1.5

8

MDPGM-TTL- 70

70 ±2

7

MDPGM-TTL- 75

75 ±2

6

MDPGM-TTL-80

80 ±2

6

MDPGM-TTL- 90

90 ±3

5

MDPGM-TTL- 100

100 ±3

4

MDPGM-TTL- 150

150 ±4

3

MDPGM-TTL- 200

200 ±6

2

MDPGM-TTL- 250

250 ±7

2

MDPGM-TTL- 300

300 ±9

1.5

MDPGM-TTL- 400

400 ±10

1.0

MDPGM-TTL- 500

500 ±10

0.9

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see pages
1*1434; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks, see
pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Mod-
ules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/1 201 81

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1435

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^"engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

t 2|_ COMPATIBLE “Mini DIP" Low Profile

DELAYED PULSE GENERATOR MODULE
(Schottky)

^ T2|_ input and output
£ Pulse widths stable and precise
£ 8-pin DIP package

% Available in pulse widths from 5 to 1 00ns
0 10 Schottky t2l fan-out capacity
% Dimensions: .400 wide X .500 long X .250 high
^ ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883
% MTBF in excess of 4 million hours
% Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Part Number

Pulse Width
(in ns)

MDDPGM-TTL- -5

5 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL- -6

6 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL- — 7

7 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL- -8

8 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL-- — -9

9 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL- -10

10 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL- -15

15 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL- - 20

20 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL- -25

25 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL- -30

30 ±1

MDDPGM-TTL- -35

35 ±1.5

MDDPGM-TTL- -40

40 ±1.5

MDDPGM-TTL- -45

45 ±1.5

MDDPGM-TTL- -50

50 ±1.5

MDDPGM-TTL- -60

60 ±1.5

MDDPGM-TTL- -70

70 ±2

MDDPGM-TTL- -75

75 ±2

MDDPGM-TTL- -80

80 ±2

MDDPGM-TTL- -90

90 ±3

MDDPGM-TTL- -100

100 ±3

4

GROUND

T 2 L COMPATIBLE "Thinny DIP' 7 Super Low Profile

PULSE GENERATOR MODULE (Schottky)

Q Full military temperature range
% T2L input and output
% Pulse widths stable and precise
% 14-pin DIP package
0 Available in pulse widths from 5 to 100ns

# Dimensions: .500 wide X .800 long X .165 high

# ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883

# MTBF in excess of 4 million hours

# Operating temperature range of -55° to +125°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see pages
1*1434; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks, see
pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Mod-
ules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/011582

Vcc -OUT
14 13

rM-

pulse L ■ I

GENERATOR H !

Part Number

Pulse Width
(in ns)

Maximum
Pulse Rate
(in Mhz)

TTLPGM-5MT

5 ±1

98

TTLPGM-6MT

6 ±1

80

TTLPGM-7MT

7 ±1

70

TTLPGM- 8MT

8 ±1

60

TTLPGM-9MT

9 ±1

54

TTLPGM- 10MT

10 ±1

49

TTLPGM- 15MT

15 ±1

32

TTLPGM- 20MT

20 ±1

24

TTLPGM- 25MT

25 ±1

19

TTLPGM- 30MT

30 ±1

15

TTLPGM- 35MT

35 ±1.5

13

TTLPGM- 40MT

40 ±1.5

11

TTLPGM-45MT

45 ±1.5

10

TTLPGM-50MT

50 ±1.5

9

TTLPGM- 60MT

60 ±1.5

8

TTLPGM- 70MT

70 ±2

7

TTLPGM- 75MT

75 ±2

6

TTLPGM- 80MT

80 ±2

6

TTLPGM- 90MT

90 ±3

5

TTLPGM- 100MT

100 ±3

4

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see pages
1*1434; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks, see
pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Mod-
ules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/101080

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. 0. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile

PULSE GENERATOR MODULE

0 ECL input and outputs
0 Pulse widths stable and precise
0 1 6-pin DIP package

0 Available in pulse widths from 5ns to 100ns
0 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 1 .5 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of -30° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc +OUT
16 15

rH

PULSE

GENERATOR

OUTPUT

BUFFER

Part Number

Pulse Width
(in ns)

Maximum

Pulse Rate
(in Mhz)

ECLPGM-5

5 ±1

98

ECLPGM-6

6 ±1

80

ECLPGM-7

7 ±1

70

ECLPGM-8

8 ±1

60

ECLPGM-9

9 ±1

54

ECLPGM-10

1 0 ±1

49

ECLPGM-15

1 5 ±1

32

ECLPGM-20

20 ±1

24

ECLPGM-25

25 ±1

19

ECLPGM-30

30 ±1

15

ECLPGM-35

35 ±1.5

13

ECLPGM-40

40 ±1.5

11

ECLPGM-45

45 ±1.5

10

ECLPGM-50

50 ±1.5

9

ECLPGM-60

60 ±1 .5

8

ECLPGM-70

70 ±2

7

ECLPGM-75

75 ±2

6

ECLPGM-80

80 ±2

6

ECLPGM-90

90 ±3

5

ECLPGM-100

100 ±3

4

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1 • 1 41 9 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see pages
1*1434; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks, see
pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Mod-
ules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/021 880

ECL 1 00K COMPATIBLE \V

DUAL PULSE GENERATOR MODULE 1

0 ECL 1 00K input and output levels
0 Dual units with separate trigger inputs and outputs
0 Pulse widths stable and precise
0 12-pin DIP package

0 Available in pulse widths from 2ns to 50ns
0 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity
0 Dimensions: .700 wide X .875 long X .325 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 1 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

TRIGGER INPUT __

CH -| Vee OU^ OUTi

12 9 8 7

x v

i i

x 1 —

ECL 100K

ECL100K .

► PULSE

-► OUTPUT

GENERATOR

BUFFER ‘

X Y

ECL 1 00K

ECL 100K .

► PULSE

“► OUTPUT

GENERATOR

. BUFFER ’

U

't P^T J

4 5 6

Vcc OUT 2 ,OUT 2

TRIGGER INPUT
CH 2

ll 11

Part Number

Pulse Width
(in ns)

Maximum
Pulse Rate
(in Mhz)

DECLPGM- 2- 2

2 ±.2

200

DECLPGM- 2- 3

3 ±.3

133

DECLPGM- 2- 4

4 ±.4

100

DECLPGM- 2-5

5 ±.5

80

DECLPGM- 2- 6

6 ±.6

66

DECLPGM- 2- 7

7 ±.7

57

DECLPGM- 2- 8

8 ±.8

50

DECLPGM- 2-9

9 ±.9

44

DECLPGM- 2-10

10 ±1

40

DECLPGM- 2- 12

12 ±1

33

DECLPGM- 2- 14

14 ±1

28

DECLPGM- 2- 16

16 ±1

25

DECLPGM- 2- 18

18 ±1

22

DECLPGM- 2- 20

20 ±1

20

DECLPGM- 2- 25

25 ±1

16

DECLPGM- 2- 30

30 ±1

13

DECLPGM- 2- 35

35 ±1

11

DECLPGM- 2-40

40 ±1

10

DECLPGM- 2-45

45 ±1

9

DECLPGM- 2- 50

50 ±1

8

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see pages
1*1434; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks, see
pages 1*1438 through 1*1441; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Mod-
ules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/022080

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1437

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 285-4144

T2L COMPATIBLE Low Profile

SQUARE WAVE GENERATOR MODULE (Schottky)

0 T2|_ input and output

% Output wavetrain can be started in sync with random
events

# 14-pin DIP package

0 Available in frequencies from 2 Mhz to 100 Mhz

# Output frequencies controlled to within ±2%

0 10 t2l fan-out capacity

6 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 3imill ion hours
0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Part Number

Output

Frequency

Part Number

Output

Frequency

TTLSWGM- 2

2 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 35

35 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 3

3 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 40

40 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 4

4 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 45

45 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 5

5 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 50 '

50 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 10

10 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 60

60 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 15

15 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 70

70 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 20

20 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 80

80 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 25

25 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 90

90 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 30

30 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 100

100 Mhz

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/030580

T2l COMPATIBLE "Mini DIP" Low Profile

SQUARE WAVE GENERATOR MODULE
(Schottky)

0 T2L input and output

0 Output wavetrain can be started in sync with
random events
0 8-pin DIP package

Q Available in frequencies from 2 Mhz to 100 Mhz
£ Output frequencies controlled to within ±2%

# 10 Schottky t2l fan-out capacity
9 Dimensions: .400 wide X .500 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of Ml L-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 3 million hours
% Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc ENABLE

OUTPUT

BUFFER

SQUARE WAVE
OSCILLATOR

1 r

Part Number

Output

Frequency

Part Number

Output

Frequency

MDSWGM- TTL- 2

2 Mhz

MDSWGM-TTL- 13

13 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 2.5

2.5 Mhz

MDSWGM-TTL- 14

14 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 3

3 Mhz

MDSWGM-TTL- 15

15 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 3.5

3.5 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 20

20 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 4

4 Mhz

MDSWGM-TTL- 25

25 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 4.5

4.5 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 30

30 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 5

5 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 35

35 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 5.5

5.5 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 40

40 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 6

6 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 45

45 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 7

7 Mhz

MDSWGM-TTL- 50

50 Mhz

MDSWGM-TTL- 8

8 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 60

60 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 9

9 Mhz

MDSWGM-TTL- 70

70 Mhz

MDSWGM-TTL- 10

10 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 80

80 Mhz

MDSWGM-TTL- 11

11 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 90

90 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL- 12

12 Mhz

MDSWGM- TTL-1 00

100 Mhz

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/121581

1-1438

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toil Free (800) 235-4144

t2l COMPATIBLE "Mini DIP" Low Profile

MICRO PROCESSOR CLOCK MODULE
(Schottky)

0 t2l input and output (NMOS compatible)

0 Output wavetrain can be delayed by enable (wait) line
0 8-pin DIP package

0 Available in frequencies from 2 Mhz to 50 Mhz
0 Output frequencies controlled to within ±2%

0 10 Schottky T2L fan-out capacity
0 Dimensions: .400 wide X .500 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 3 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of 0° to +70° C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

ENABLE

5

OUTPUT

BUFFER

SQUARE WAVE
OSCILLATOR

Part Number

Output

Frequency

Part Number

Output

Frequency

MDMPCM- TTL- 2

2 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 11

11 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL- 2.5

2.5 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 12

12 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL-3

3 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 13

13 Mhz

MDMPCM*- TTL- 3.5

3.5 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 14

14 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL-4

4 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 15

15 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL- 4.5

4.5 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 20

20 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL- 5

5 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL- 25

25 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL- 5.5

5.5 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 30

30 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 6

6 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 35

35 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL- 7

7 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL-40

40 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL-8

8 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL- 45

45 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL-9

9 Mhz

MDMPCM- TTL- 50

50 Mhz

MDMPCM-TTL- 10

10 Mhz

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/021582

T2l COMPATIBLE "Thinny DIP" Super Low Profile

SQUARE WAVE GENERATOR MODULE (Schottky)

0 Full military temperature range

0 T2L input and output

0 Output wavetrain can be started in sync with

random events Pi

0 1 4? -pin DIP package : —

0 Available in frequencies from 2 Mhz to 100 Mhz
0 Output frequencies controlled to within ±2%

0 10 T2L fan-out capacity

0 Dimensions: .500 wide X .800 long X .1 65 high ^

0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883 T

0 MTBF in excess of 3 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of -55° to +125°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW TTL

Vcc ENABLE TTL

14 8

w

Part Number

Output

Frequency

7

Part Number

Output

Frequency

TTLSWGM- 2MT

2 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 13MT

13 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 2.5MT

2.5 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 14MT

14 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 3MT

3 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 15MT

15 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 3.5MT

3.5 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 20MT

20 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 4MT

4 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 25MT

25 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 4.5MT

4.5 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 30MT

30 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 5MT

5 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 35MT

35 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 5.5MT

5.5 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 40MT

40 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 6MT

6 Mhz

TTLSWGM-45MT

45 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 7 MT

7 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 50MT |

50 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 8MT

8 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 60MT

60 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 9MT

9 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 70MT

70 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 10MT

10 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 80MT

80 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 11MT

11 Mhz

TTLSWGM- 90MT

90 Mhz

TTLSWGM— 1 2MT

12 Mhz

TTLSWGM— 100MT.

lOOMhz

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/101680

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1439

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P.O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

T2L COMPATIBLE Low Profile

FOUR-PHASE CLOCK MODULE (Schottky)

9 T^L input and outputs

£ Output wavetrain synchronized with input square
wave

£ 32-pin DIP package

0 Available in frequencies from 200 Khz to 12 Mhz
Q- 10 T^L fan-out capacity per phase
% Dimensions: .400 wide X 1.650 long X .250 high
% ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
9 MTBF in excess of 1.5 million hours
% Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

V cc v cc°1 °2 O3 O4

32 24 23 22 21 20

.4 — _ — jmt...

SYNC

AMPLIFIER
AND SHAPER

FOUR-PHASE

OSCILLATOR

Part Number

Operating

Frequency

Part Number

Operating

Frequency

TTLFPCM-0.2

200 Khz

TTLFPCM-3.0

3.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-0.3

300 Khz

TTLFPCM-3.5

3.5 Mhz

TTLFPCM-0.4

400 Khz

TTLFPCM-4.0

4.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-0.5

500 Khz

TTLFPCM-4.5

4.5 Mhz

TTLFPCM-0.6

600 Khz

TTLFPCM-5.0

5.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-0.7

700 Khz

TTLFPCM-6.0

6.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-0.8

800 Khz

TTLFPCM-7.0

7.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-0.9

900 Khz

TTLFPCM-8.0

8.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-1.0

1.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-9.0

9.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-1 .5

1.5 Mhz

TTLFPCM-10.0

10.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-2.0

2.0 Mhz

’ TTLFPCM-1 1.0

11.0 Mhz

TTLFPCM-2.5

2.5 Mhz

TTLFPCM-1 2.0

12.0 Mhz

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

16

GROUND

ABO VE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/1215 79

MOS COMPATIBLE Low Profile

FOUR-PHASE CLOCK MODULE

T2l input and 12V MOS output
20% time slots result in non-overlapping phases
30-pin DIP package

Available in frequencies from 500 Khz to 1 5 Mhz
Dimensions: .400 wide X .1 .600 long X .300 high
ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
MTBF in excess of 750,000 hours
Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

+5V +5V O2 O3 O4

30 22 20 18 16

rf- -frtfch

SQUARE WAVE
OSCILLATOR

FOUR-PHASE

PULSE

GENERATOR

Part

Number

Operating

Frequency

Part

Number

Operating

Frequency

MOSFPCM-0.5

500 Khz

MOSFPCM-4.5

4.5 Mhz

MOSFPCM-0.6

600 Khz

MOSFPCM-5.0

5.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-0.7

700 Khz

MOSFPCM-6.0

6.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-0.8

800 Khz

MOSFPCM-7.0

7.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-0.9

900 Khz

M OS F PCM -8.0

8.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-1 .0

1.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-9.0

9.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-1 .5

1.5 Mhz

MOSFPCM-IO.O

10.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-2.0

2.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-1 1.0

11.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-2.5

2.5 Mhz

MOSFPCM-1 2.0

12.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-3.0

3.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-1 3.0

13.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-3.5

3.5 Mhz

MOSFPCM-14.0

14.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-4.0

4.0 Mhz

MOSFPCM-1 5.0

15.0 Mhz

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

7 10 12 15

GROUND Oi +12V GROUND

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/032481

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California, Toll Free (800) 235-4144

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile

FOUR-PHASE CLOCK MODULE

% ECL input and outputs

0 Output wavetrain synchronized with input square wave
£ 32-pin DIP package

0 Available in frequencies .from 200 Khz to 20 Mhz
0 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity per phase
% Dimensions: .400 wide X 1 .600 long X .250 high
O ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
% MTBF in excess of 1 .5 million hours
0 Operating temperature range of -30° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc C >2 0l
24 23 22

SYNC

AMPLIFIER
AND SHAPER

■"H —

1 3

Vcc INPUT \

FOUR-PHASE

OSCILLATOR

Part Number

Operating

Frequency

Part Number

Operating

Frequency

ECLFPCM-0.2

200 Khz

ECLFPCM-4.0

4.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-0.3

300 Khz

ECLFPCM-4.5

4.5 Mhz

ECLFPCM-0.4

400 Khz

ECLFPCM-5.0

5.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-0.5

500 Khz

ECLFPCM-6.0

6.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-0.6

600 Khz

ECLFPCM-7.0

7.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-0.7

700 Khz

ECLFPCM-8.0

8.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-0.8

800 Khz

ECLFPCM-9.0

9.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-0.9

900 Khz

ECLFPCM-10.0

10.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-1 .0

1.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-1 2.0

12.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-1.5

1.5 Mhz

ECLFPCM-14.0

14.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-2.0

2.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-16.0

16.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-2.5

2.5 Mhz

ECLFPCM-18.0

18.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-3.0

3.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-20.0

20.0 Mhz

ECLFPCM-3.5

3.5 Mhz

8 9 10 11
Vee Vcc O 3 O 4

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/022580

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile 1

SQUARE WAVE GENERATOR MODULE I

% ECL input and output

9 Output wavetrain can be started in sync with random
events

£ 16-pin DIP package

% Available in frequencies from 2 Mhz to 100 Mhz
9 Output frequencies controlled to within ±2%

£ 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity
% Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
Q ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
£ MTBF in excess of 1 .5 million hours
9 Operating temperature range of - 30° to +85° C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc OUT
16 15

rf±

OUTPUT

BUFFER

SQUARE

WAVE

OSCILLATOR

Part Number

Output

Frequency

Part Number

Output

Frequency

ECLSWGM-2

2 Mhz

ECLSWGM-1 5

15 Mhz

ECLSWGM-3

3 Mhz

ECLSWGM-20

20 Mhz

ECLSWGM-4

4 Mhz

ECLSWGM-25

25 Mhz

ECLSWGM-5

5 Mhz

ECLSWGM-30

30 Mhz

ECLSWGM -6

6 Mhz

ECLSWGM-35

35 Mhz

ECLSWGM-7

7 Mhz

ECLSWGM-40

40 Mhz

ECLSWGM -8

8 Mhz

ECLSWGM-45

45 Mhz

ECLSWGM-9

9 Mhz

ECLSWGM-50

50 Mhz

ECLSWGM-10

10 Mhz

ECLSWGM-60

60 Mhz

ECLSWGM -1 1

11 Mhz

ECLSWGM-70

70 Mhz

ECLSWGM-1 2

12 Mhz

ECLSWGM-80

80 Mhz

ECLSWGM-1 3

13 Mhz

ECLSWGM-90

90 Mhz

ECLSWGM-14

14 Mhz

ECLSWGM-100 |

100 Mhz

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Digital Frequency Multiplier Modules, see page 1*1442.

4

ENABLE

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/031280

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1441

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

^"engineered components company

3580 Sacramento Drive, P. O. Box Y, San Luis Obispo, California 93406
Phone (805) 544-3800 — For Calls Outside California , Toll Free (800) 235-4144

T2l COMPATIBLE Low Profile

DIGITAL FREQUENCY MULTIPLIER MODULE
(Schottky)

0 T^L input and output

# Output wavetrain synchronized with input square wave
0 14-pin DIP package

0 Available in frequencies from 2 Mhz to 100 Mhz
0 10 T^L fan-out capacity

# Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high

# ICs burned in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 2 million hours

% Operating temperature range of 0° to +70°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

SQUARE

WAVE

OSCILLATOR

SYNC. AMPLIFIER
AND SHAPER

Part Number

Output

Frequency

Part Number

Output

Frequency

TTLDFMM-2

2 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 15

15 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 3

3 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 20

20 Mhz

TTLDFMM-4

4 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 25

25 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 5

5 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 30

30 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 6

6 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 35

35 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 7

7 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 40

40 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 8

8 Mhz

TTLDFMM-45

45 Mhz

TTLDFMM-9

9 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 50

50 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 10

10 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 60

60 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 11

11 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 70

70 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 12

12 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 80

80 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 13

13 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 90

90 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 14

!

14 Mhz

TTLDFMM- 100

100 Mhz

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks, see
pages 1*1438 through 1*1441.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/031980

ECL 10K COMPATIBLE Low Profile
DIGITAL FREQUENCY
MULTIPLIER MODULE

# ECL input and output
0 Output wavetrain synchronized with input square
wave

0 16-pin DIP package

0 Available in frequencies from 2 Mhz to 100 Mhz
0 70 ECL DC fan-out capacity
0 Dimensions: .400 wide X .800 long X .250 high
0 ICs burned-in to Level B of MIL-STD-883
0 MTBF in excess of 1 millipn hours
0 Operating temperature range of - 30° to +85°C

BLOCK DIAGRAM IS SHOWN BELOW

Vcc OUTPUT OUT

16 15 9

SYNC. AMP.
AND SHAPER

SQUARE WAVE
OSCILLATOR

Part Number

Output

Frequency

Part Number

Output

Frequency

ECLDFMM- 2

2 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 15

15 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 3

3 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 20

20 Mhz

ECLDFMM-4

4 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 25

25 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 5

5 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 30

30 Mhz

ECLDFMM-6

6 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 35

35 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 7

7 Mhz

ECLDFMM-40

40 Mhz

ECLDFMM-8

8 Mhz

ECLDFMM-45

45 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 9

9 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 50

50 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 10

1 0 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 60

60 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 1 1

11 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 70

70 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 12

12 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 80

80 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 13

13 Mhz

ECLDFMM-90

90 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 14

14 Mhz

ECLDFMM- 100

100 Mhz

Note: For other active digital modules, i.e., Logic Delay Lines, see
pages 1*1419 through 1*1433; for Noise Filter Modules, see page
1*1434; for Pulse Generator Modules, see pages 1*1435 through
1*1437; for Square Wave Generator Modules and Digital Clocks, see
pages 1*1438 through 1*1441.

ABOVE DATA FROM CATALOG NO. C/022880

1*1442

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

WONDERFILE !

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
youTl know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION

534 BERGEN BOULEVARD • PALISADES PARK, N.J. 07650
PHONE: (201) 947-0400 • TWX 710-991-9780

TOLL FREE
800 - 631-0853
(except N.J.)

□ ELAY LINES

OVER 30 YEARS OF SUPERIOR QUALITY AND RELIABILITY!

30 /ears of experience and expertise in delay line design
and manufacture. The following pages list a large sampl-
ing of the industry's current demand for short delay lines
both analog and digital types, but ESC is still the most
chosen source for delay lines ranging up to several hun-

dred milliseconds and with delay-to-rise time ratios up
to 250:1. In addition to lumped constant types, also
manufactured are distributed constant, voltage variables
and mechanically variable devices.

ESC ALSO DESIGNS AND
MANUFACTURES TYPICALLY:

Equalized, Precision tapped, low distortion, beam forming
delay lines for sonars, scanners, transponders, sorters,
Tacan and DME, etc.

Programmable and mechanically variable Delay lines for
the TV Broadcast industry, including video cable simulators
and voltage variable Delay Lines.

Proven design, manufacturing capabilities, and facilities
encompassing all quality levels dictated by MIL-l-45208
and MIL-Q-9858A.

HIGH RELIABILITY:

The proven design and manufacturing techniques are employed
by ESC for all levels of reliability required for the military,
satellite or space probes and encompass quality levels dictated
by MIL-l-45208 & MIL-Q-9858A as applicable.

ESC has participated in many hi-rel programs over the years
starting with Appolo, Minuteman and the Viking Probe and
currently in such programs as Trident, FI 5, F16,B— 1 , Space
Shuttle and Peacekeeper.

ESC maintains an extensive continuous program of life testing
on the new generation of military TTL compatible hybrid delay
lines. This program has accumulated in excess of 12.8 million
unit hours of test,yielding a failure rate of ,0234%/per 1000 hrs.

ESC has expanded its testing capabilities for the new generation
of TTL,DTL & ECL Compatible hybrid delay lines. Testing is
accomplished by computer controlled, state-of-the-art equip-
ment, which is capable of recording leading and trailing edge
delay time, rise and fall time, all within seconds. In addition
and at comparable speeds, the hybrid delay line DC parameters
such as Icc,Vi,Vol,Voh,li,lil and lin are swiftly measured and
recorded if necessary.

The highly accurate and high speed testing system allows all
parameters to be tested on a 100% basis guaranteeing the
highest quality product to our customers.

At the side is a sample computer read-out exhibiting the lead-
ing and trailing delay and rise and fall times at three operating
levels for a TTL hybrid delay line.

Se *1*L

VCCa

wu #

*Ut »

5.

1' 12

Tcf L/

1 '4

5.2*

l-'lQ

10.22

*5.0?

1"8

VCCa

* 0.?4

25. 34

1 '12

1,4

T d L-'h,
c . ” f n s
«9

> T d H

1 1 0

*9.24

6. Si

4 '6

15. is

10.36

1'8

20. ?e

15.62

VCCs

25 .41

21.09

26-0.6

P *N #

5,

■ 50V$ C

1-12

T d L,

Hf n ~ >

1-4

1 10

4-6
i' e

4.33
1 0 . 22
15. 0 S

20. SJ
25. 35

b - 44
9.50
14.69

20 . 06

0. 93
0. 96
0.9?

25. eg

1.02

0. 99

Write or call for catalog!

DELAY LINES

1*1444

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

DELAY LINES

SERIES

SIL-7

SINGLE-IN-LINE
5 TAPS

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Output Time Delay Tolerance:

± 5% for 20ns and above
± 10% for 10ns and below

• Distortion:

± 10% at output

• Attenuation:

0.5 db max

• Temperature Coefficient:

100 ppm/°C C

O Operating Temperature Range:
-55°C to + 125°C

• Dielectric Strength:

50VDC

• Conforms to applicable portions

of MIL-D-23859

• Size: . 800 Ig X .200 w X .250 h

Time Delay
(ns)

Consult Factory for Longer Delay Times

50 ohms ± 10%
SLA-1
SLA-2
SLA-3
SLA -4
SLA -5
SLA-1 0
SLA -20
SLA -30
SLA -40
SLA -50

MODEL NO.

10% 100 ohms ± 10%

SLB-1

SLB-2

SLB-3

SLB-4

SLB-5

SLB-10

SLB-20

SLB-30

SLB-40

SLB-50

u U U U U

IMPEDANCE ± 10% -

14 PIN DIP

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Operating Temperature:

- 55°C to + 125°C

• Temperature Coefficient:

100ppm/°C max

• Attenuation: 1 db max

©Distortion: 10% max

• Dielectric Strength: 50VDC

• Conforms to applicable

portions of MIL-D-23859

• Size: .785 Ig X .320 w X .300 h.

Ti me Delay
(nsec)± 5%

Rise Time
(nsec)

No. of
Taps

Delay per Tap
(nsec)

non -cumulative

MODEL NO.

10 ± 1 ns

1.7

10

1.0± .5

5P10

7P10

1P10

-

20

3.3

10

2.0 ± .5

5P20

7P20

1P20

2P20

30

5.0

10

3.0 ± 1

5P30

7P30

1P30

2P30

40

6.5

10

4.0 ± 1

5P40

7P40

1P40

2P40

50

8.0

10

5.0 ± 1

5P50

7P50

1P50

2P50

100

16

10

10 ±1.5

5P100

' 7P100

1P100

2P100

150

25

10

15 ± 1.5

—

—

1 P 1 50

2P150

200

35

10

20 ±2

-

-

IP 200

2.P200

in 3_OXLLLLUJ^ (

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1445

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION TOLL FREE

800 - 631-0853
(except N.J.)

534 BERGEN BOULEVARD • PALISADES PARK, N.J. 07650
PHONE: (201) 947-0400 • TWX 710-991-9780

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Operating Temperature:

-55°C to + 125°C

• Temperature Coefficient:

100ppm/°C

• Attenuation: 1 db max

• Distortion: 10% max

• Dielectric Strength: 50 VDC

• Size: 1.3 Ig X .580 w X .300 h.

IMPEDANCE 10% (OHMS) ► |

100 | 200

Time Delay
±5%(ns)

Rise Time
(ns)Max

No. of
Taps

Delay per Tap

MODEL NO.

500

42

20

25

124-5

224-5

600

50

20

30

124-6

224-6

800

67

20

40

124-8

224-8

1000

84

20

50

124-10

224-10

1200

no

20

60

124-12

224-12

1500

125

20

75

124-15

224-15

2000

170

20

100

—

224-20

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22

24 PIN DIP

SERIES

MIL-23

LOW PROFILE
TO

MIL-D-23859/23

14 PIN DIP

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Total Time Delay Tolerance:

• No. of Taps:

• Temperature Coefficient:

• Operating Temp. Range:

• Distortion at max delay:

• Attenuation:

• Dielectric Strength:

• Environmental Conditions:

• Size: 14 Pin, .750L X .300W X . 187H

13 12 10 9

2 3 4 5 6

- 2 ns Below 40 ns Delay

- 5% Above 40 ns Delay
10

100 ppm/°C max.

- 55° C to + 125°C

- 10% max.

1 0% max .

50 VDC

per MIL-D-23859/23

SERIES

ST

MINIATURE

SINGLES

Miniature trimming delay lines in increments of
0.5 ns for your fine "iweeking."

Impedance ± 10%

Td (ns)

50 Q

100 Q

1.0

SAT-10

SBT-10

1.5

SAT-15

SBT-15

2.0

SAT-20

SBT-20

2.5

SAT-25

SBT-25

3.0

SAT-30

SBT-30

3.5

SAT-35

SBT-35

4.0

SAT-40

SBT-40

4.5

SAT-45

SBT-45

5.0

SAT-50

SBT-50

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Delay tolerance:

• Operating Temp:

• Attenuation:

• Dielectric Strength:

• Temp, coefficient:

± .25 ns

-55° C to + 125°C
0.25db max
50VDC
100ppm/°C

© Conforms to applicable portion of MIL-D-23859

• Band width 200 Mhz (-3db)

• Size: .56L X .20W X .25H

□ELAY LINES

1*1446

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

□ELAY LINES

DIGITAL DELAY LINES

SERIES

14T

DIGITAL
TTL/DTL
5 TAPS

TTL.DTL

Model No.

Delay

(ns)

Dele

Tap

14T25

25

5

14T30

30

6

14T35

35

7

14T40

40

8

14T45

45

9

14T50

50

10

14T75

75

15

14T100

100

20

14T150

150

30

14T200

200

40

14T250

250

50

14T300

300

60

14T500

500

100

LOW POWER
SCHOTTKY

Delay Delay
Model No. (ns) Tap (ns)

14LT50 " 50 10~

14LT75 75 15

I 14LT100 100 20_

I 14LT150 150 30_

| 14LT200 200 40_

| 14LT250 250 50_

j 14LT300 300 60

14LT500 500 100

SERIES

14LT

LOW POWER
SCHOTTKY
5 TAPS

SERIES

14P

DIGITAL

TTL/DTL

TRIPLETS

Model No.

per line

14P5

5

14P10

10

14P15

15

14P20

20

14P25

25

14P50

50

14P75

75

14P100

100

14 12 10 8

vcc^_ _ ?out _ ?out Jtoui .

5 7

Model No. Delay (ns)

14LP10 10

14LP15 15

14LP20 20

14LP25 25

14LP50 50

14LP75 75

14LP100 100

SERIES

14LP

LOW POWER
SCHOTTKY
TRIPLETS

SERIES

14G

DIGITAL

TTL/DTL

SINGLE

OUTPUT

Model No.

Delay (ns)

14G5

5

14G10

10

14G20

20

14G25

25

14G50

50

14G75

75

14G100

100

14G150

150

14G200

200

14G500

500

Model No. Delay (ns)
OUT 14LG10

14LG100

100

14LG150

150

14LG200

200

14LG300

300

SERIES

14LG

LOW POWER
SCHOTTKY
SINGLE
OUTPUT

SPECIFICATIONS:

TTL Senes

Supply Voltage 5V - 5% 5V - 5%

Supply Current 70 Ma Max 25 Ma Max

Rise & Fall Time 4 ns Max 6 ns Max

Operating Temp. 0 to 70'"’C 0 to 70 u C ~

Size ,8 X .4 X .3 .8 X .4 X .3

Delay tolerance: ± 5% or 2 ns whichever is greater

5V - 5%

25 Ma Max
6 ns Max
0 to 70 W C
.8 X .4 X .3

ESC can also supply these devices with ceramic IC*s that
have been screened to MIL-STD-883 for -55° C to + 125°C
operation. Case size will be .8L X .4W X .36H. When
ordering add Letter "C" after fourth digit in part number.
Example: 14LP10 convert to 14LPC10.

14T100 convert to 14TC100

Looking for LC Filters? See our page in Section 2700

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1447

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION TOLL FREE

534 BERGEN BOULEVARD • PALISADES PARK, N.J. 07650
PHONE: (201) 947-0400«TWX 710-991-9780

800 - 631-0853
(except N.J.)

SERIES

9P

TTL/DTL

COMPATIBLE

TRIPLETS

SERIES

9G

TTL/DTL

COMPATIBLE

SINGLE

OUTPUT

Model No.

Delay (ns)

9G5

5

9G10

10

9G20

20

25

9G50

50

100

200

SPECIFICATIONS:

TTL Series

Supply Voltage 5 o 0VDG ± 5%

5,0 VDC ± 5 %

25 Ma Max

Rise & Fall Time 4.0 ns Max I 6.0 ns Max

Operating Temp. | -55°C to + 125 C

Size

Delay Tolerance . ± 5 % or 2 ns whichever is greater

□ELAY LINES

M448

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

DELAY LINES

SERIES

30T

DIGITAL
TTL/DTL
COMPATIBLE
10 TAPS
30 PIN
PACKAGE

Looking for
LC Filters?
See our
page in
Section 2700

SPECIFICATIONS:

5vi 5%

• Fan-out capabilities

(max): 10 TTL loads/tap, 20 TTL loads/unit

• Supply voltage:

• Delay tolerances:

- 2 ns or - 5% whichever is greater

• Logic 1 input current:

50 pA max.

• Rise Time:

4 ns max

• Logic 0 input current:

2 MA max.

• Series 8T and 30T available for -55 C to + 125 C operation.

• Logic 1 voltage out:

2.4V min.

Add letter "C" after

"T" when specifying. Series 30T height

• Logic 0 voltage out:

0.5V max.

will increase to .36.

• Operating temperature:

0 to + 70°C

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1449

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION JOll free

800 - 631-0853
(except N.J.)

534 BERGEN BOULEVARD • PALISADES PARK, N.J. 07650
PHONE: (201 ) 947-0400 • TWX 71 0-991 -9780

ECL “10,000” DIGITAL DELAY LINES

These ECL Hybrid Delay Lines are contained in a 16 Pin DIP Package
using ECL "10,000" Series Circuits

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Logic 1 (output):

• Logic 0 (output):

• Delay tolerances:

• Operating temp:

• Storage temp, range:

• Size:

-.96 V min.

-1.65 V max.

- 1 ns belpw 20 ns delay

- 1 ns or - 5% whichever is
greater above 20 ns delay.
-0°C to + 70°C

-55° C to + 125°C
• 8L X .4W X .36H

SERIES

16EC

ECL

COMPATIBLE
5 TAPS

Model No.

16EC10

16EC15

16EC20

16EC25

16EC30

16EC40

16EC50

16EC60

16EC80

16EC100

Delay/
Tap (ns)

15 3 14 4 13

sX

VEE ° — |-
.5 |

VCCi o — J— C

DELAY NETWORK

SERIES

16EP

ECL

COMPATIBLE

TRIPLETS

I Model No.

Delay

per line (ns)

16 15 14 13

vcc2^_ ?gy it _ ?qut 2 Jtou rn

T1 T2 T3

VOCii' £lNi JIN 2 JiNa ^VEE

1 5 6 7 8

SERIES

16EG

ECL

COMPATIBLE

SINGLE

OUTPUT

DELAY LINES

1*1450

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

SERIES

PTT3

TTL COMPATIBLE
3 BIT

PROGRAMMABLE
DELAY LINE

SERIES

PTT4

COMPATIBLE
4 BIT

PROGRAMMABLE
DELAY LINE

SERIES

PTT6

TTL

COMPATIBLE
6 BIT

PROGRAMMABLE
DELAY LINE

DELAY LINES

TTL DIGITAL PROGRAMMABLE DELAY LINES

This series of programmable hybrid delay lines utilize TTL Schottky circuits.

The PTT's are offered in 3, 4 & 6 Bit Series.

Model No.

PTT3-1

PTT3-2

PTT3-3

PTT3-4

PTT3-5

PTT3-6

PTT3-7

PTT3-8

PTT3-9

PTT3-10

Zero Step
Delay (ns)

Maximum
Delay (ns)
(nom)

Delay
per step
(ns)

14

1 ± .5

21

2 ± .5

28

3 ± .6

35

4 ± .8

42

5 ± 1

49

6 ± 1

56

7 ± 1

63

8 ± 1

70

9 ± 1

77

10 ± 1

Programmable
Delay Line

4 5 7 8

,r iuT EGND

Size: .80LX .40WX.28H

PTT4-1

PTT4-2

PTT4-3

PTT4-4

PTT4-5

PTT4-6

PTT4-7

PTT4-8

PTT4-9

PTT4-10

Vcc

32 Pin DIL

Pi Vcc

P2 P3 P4

32

26 24

19 18 17

1

LJ

m

105

6 ± 1

120

7 ± 1

135

8 ± 1

150

9 ± 1

165

10 ± 1

Digital Programmable

Delay Line

LT~ * .

3 7 13

IN GND OUT

Size: 1.75LX .40WX.28H

T

16

GND

Model No.

Zero Step
Delay (ns)

Delay (ns) per step

t \ / \

48 Pin DIL

„ P5 n Vcc
P4 34 P 832
35^33

P2

Pi 26 p 3
27 25

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Logic 1 (output): 2.4 min

• Logic 0 (output): .50 VDC max

• Operating Temp. Range: 0°C to + 70°C *

• Storage Temp. Range: -55°C to + 125°C

*For -55° C to + 125°C operation - Contact Plant

TEST CONDITIONS:

• Vcc = 5 VDC ± 5% Temp. 25°C

• Td measured at the 1 ,5V level
outputs loaded with 15pf.

Looking for LC Filters? See our page in Section 2700

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1451

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION tollfree

534 BERGEN BOULEVARD • PALISADES PARK, N.J. 07650 800-631 -0853

PHONE: (201) 947-0400«TWX 710-991-9780 (except INI. J.)

ECL DIGITAL PROGRAMMABLE DELAY LINES

3 BIT

PROGRAMMABLE
DELAY LINES

4 BIT

PROGRAMMABLE
DELAY LINES

6 BIT

PROGRAMMABLE
DELAY LINES

This series of programmable hybrid delay lines utilize ECL 10/000 Series IC's.
The PEC’s are offered in 3/ 4 & 6 Bit Series*

_ Maximum

Model No. * e !° / P x Delay (ns)
Delay (ns) / ' \

Delay
per step
(ns)

16 Pin D1L

Digital

Programmable
Delay Line

12 6 7 8

Vcc £ IN Pi Vee

Size: .825LX .40WX .36H

No. |

32 Pin DIL

Vcc OUT

P3 P4

32 31

26 25

??

_n

<5

Model No.

Zero Step
Delay (ns)

Maximum
Delay (ns)
(nom)

Delay
per step
(ns)

PEC6-1

71

1 ± .5

PEC6-2

134

2 ± .5

PEC6-3

8 ± 2

19 7

3 ± .6

PEC6-4

260

4 ± .8

PEC6-5

323

5 ± 1

48 Pin DIL

P2 P3 VCC VCC

42 4140 34 33 32

7 8 9
Pi VeeVcc

P4.. Vcc
Vee

Size: 2. SOL X .40W X .36H

TEST CONDITIONS:

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Input Pulse Width: 1 .2 X max delay time

• Input Pulse Spacing: 5 X max delay time

• Logic 1 (output):

-.96V min

• Input Rise Time: 2 ns max

• Logic 0 (output):

-1.65V max

• Input Pulse Voltage: 1 .0V (-.75V to -1 .75V)

• Operating Temp. Range:

-0°C to + 70°C

• Vee: -5.2VDC

• Storage Temp. Range:

-55°C to + 125°C

• Output connected to -2VDC through 100 ohms.

• Time delays measured at -1.3 Volt Level.

OVER 30 YEARS OF SUPERIOR QUALITY AND RELIABILITY!

□ELAY LINES

1*1452

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

lYVlffclz' microsystems
AAV A'V/XV incorporated

2350

• Digital Delay Lines
Mfrs * Crystal Clock Oscillators

n r.‘ • Custom Hybrid Circuits

• Thick Film Substrates

• Custom Resistor Networks

MULTI-TAPPED DIGITAL DELAY LINES HY-5001

(25- to 250-ns models) HY-5010

Ideal for Dynamic RAM Timing in Commercial and Military Memory Circuits

• ±5% total delay accuracy

• Schottky buffered inputs and outputs

• Pin-for-pin compatibility with other lead
manufacturers

• Off-the-shelf delivery of standard ranges

5 TAP

Part No.

Total

Delay

Time*

Delay

Increment

at

Each Tap

HY-5001-025

25ns

5ns

HY-5001-030

30ns

6ns

HY-5001-035

35ns

7ns

HY-500 1-040

40ns

8ns

HY-5001-045

45ns

9ns

HY-5001-050

50ns

10ns

HY-5001-075

75ns

15ns

HY-5001-100

100ns

20ns

HY-5001-150

150ns

30ns

HY-5001-200

200ns

40ns

HY-5001-250

250ns

50ns

• Fast rise time (4ns max.)

• 14 pin, low profile, hermetic, metal dip package

• Inherent hybrid accuracy and reliability

5 TAP

10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
13 3 12 4 11 5 10 6 9 8

7 o£OMMON X 1 1 I I I I I 1 1

10 TAP

Part No.

Total

Delay

Time*

Delay

Increment

at

Each Tap

HY-5010-050

50ns

5nst

HY-5010-100

100ns

10ns

HY-5010-150

150ns

15ns

HY-5010-200

200ns

20ns

HY-5010-250

250ns

25ns

fDelay from input to first tap is 7 ns min.
*Measured at 1.5V point on leading edge.

DESCRIPTION

Hytek's Model HY5001 Multi-Tapped Delay Lines
are Schottky TTL buffered to provide precise timing
delays without additional components. Users can se-
lect models with total delays of 25 to 250ns with
taps in 10% or 20% increments.

Maximum delay line reliability is assured by the
use of a hybrid circuit enclosed in a hermetic metal
package, the thick film design provides for most
efficient internal integration and guarantees manu-
facturing repeatability.

These units can be used directly with TTL, high-
speed TTL, and DTL circuits. The outputs have a fast
rise time independent of the delay and have standard
TTL fanout capabilities.

The delay lines are packaged in a low-profile, 14
lead DIP configuration. The units are manufactured
and tested to meet the best commercial standards.

Custom multiple- and single-tapped delay lines are
offered in ranges of 5 to 1000ns with tap values as
required.

~ . j

hytek

microsystems

incorporated

zzzzz u

16780 LARK AVENUE, LOS GATOS, CALIFORNIA 95030

PHONE (408) 358-1991

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1453

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

Active & Passive Delay Lines

JBM produces one of the Industry’s broadest lines of active (digital) and passive magnetic delay lines for use in com-
puters, communications equipment, military instrumentation, etc. In addition to hundreds of standard models, we offer
extensive capabilities for the design and production of custom units for special applications.

ACTIVE DELAY LINES

TOTAL

DELAY

(nsec)

RISE TIME
(ns MAX)

(.8 to 2.0V)

JBM P/N

L-35-XX

5 ±lns

2.0

L-35-00

7

L-35-01

10

L-35-02

15

L-35-03

20 ± 1 ns

L-35-04

25 ±5%

L-35-05

30 i

L-35-06

40

L-35-07

50

L-35-08

70

L-35-09

100

L-35- 10

150

L-35-1 1

200

3.0

L-35-12

300

3.5

L-35-1 3

400

4.0

L-35-1 4

500

4.0

L-35-1 5

600

4.5

L-35-25

700

4.5

L-35-26

750

4.5

L-35-27

800

5.0

L-35-28

900 i

5.0

L-35-29

1 1000 ±5%

5.0

L-35-30

STYLE L-35 Untapped (14 Pin Outline)

Consult factory for other parameters and
tolerances and low power (LS) version
(L-57-XX).

14

L-35-XX

Date Code .

/

/ ^0.800 (20.32) Max

> White Dot Pin #1

0.400 Max 1
(io.i6)

1 1

also

(5.35)

M^ax

i i

V v-

~r

0.020

(0.51)

i r

0.100 Min H a600 (15.24) ►)

(2.54)

U_0.300_J
‘ (7.62)^

TOTAL
DELAY
(nsec ± 5%)

TAP

INTERVALS
(nsec ±3 ns*)

RISE TIME
(ns MAX)
(0.8 to 2.0V)

JBM PART NUMBER L-

L*13 (14) PIN

L-45 (16) PIN

25

5

2.0

L- 13-50

L-45-50

30

6

2.0

L- 13-51

L-45-51

35

7

2.0

L- 13-52

L-45-52

40

8

2.0

L- 13-53

L-45-53

45

9

2.0

L- 13-54

L-45-54

50

10

2.0

L-13-55

L-45-55

75

15

2.0

L- 13-56

L-45-56

100

20

2.0

L- 13-57

L-45-57

150

30

2.5

L- 13-58

L-45-58

200

40

3.0

L- 13-59

L-45-59

250

50

3.0

L- 13-60

L-45-60

300

60

3.5

L-1 3-250

L-45-250

350

70

3.5

L-1 3-251

L-45-251

400

80

4.0

L-1 3-252

L-45-252

450

90

4.0

L-1 3-253

L-45-253

500

100

4.0

L-1 3-254

L-45-254

600

120

4.5

L-1 3-255

L-45-255

700

140

4.5

L-1 3-256

L-45-256

750

150

4.5

L-1 3-257

L-45-257

800

160

5.0

L-1 3-258

L-45-258

900

180

5.0

L-1 3-259

L-45-259

1000

200

5.0

L-1 3-260

L-45-260

STYLE L-13

5 Equally Spaced Taps (14 Pin Outline)

0.800 (20.32) max.^

1 14 12 10 8

0.400 max. |
(10.16)

L-13XX

Date Code
1 4 6 7

- White Dot, Pin #1

4 6 7

U^OJM 1*0.1(2.54)

( 7 . 62 )

14 12 10 8

0.250 max.
(6.25) ,

r

0.020

1 1 !

i 1 1 1 II

(Of!)

1 1 -i 1 1 1

1

(2.54)

STYLE L-45

5 Equally Spaced Taps (16 Pins)

0.300 L_
\ (7.62) r

*or ±5% whichever is greater.

Consult factory for other parameters and tolerances and low power (LS)
versions.

ABOVE RATINGS & PACKAGES TYPICAL. SEND FOR COMPLETE CATALOG

JBM Electronics, Inc. • 531 Front Street • Manchester, NH 03102 • 603-623-0222

Telex No. 953134 TWX No. 710-220-8978

1*1454

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

Active & Passive Delay Lines

ACTIVE DELAY LINES.

TOTAL
DELAY
(nsec ± 5%)

TAP

INTERVALS
(nsec ±3 ns*)

RISE TIME
(ns MAX)
(0.8 to 2.0V)

JBM P/N

L-31 XX

50

5.0

2.0

L-31 -50

75

7.5

2.0

L-31 -51

100

10.0

2.0

L-31 -52

125

12.5

2.5

L-31 -53

150

15.0

2.5

L-31 -54

175

17.5

3.0

L-31 -55

200

20.0

3.0

L-31 -56

250

25.0

3.0

L-31 -57

300

30.0

3.5

L-31 -58

350

35.0

3.5

L-31 -59

400

40.0

4.0

L-31 -60

450

45.0

4.0

L-31 -61

500

.50.0

4.0

L-31 -62

600

60.0

4.5

L-31 -63

700

70.0

4.5

L-31 -64

750

75.0

4.5

L-31 -65

800

80.0

5.0

L-31 -66

900

90.0

5.0

L-31 -67

1000

100.0

5.0

L-31 -68

STYLE L-31 10 Equally Spaced Taps (14 Pins)

TTL and DTL Compatible

-0.800 (20.32) Max.—

t

0.400 Max.
(10.16)

1

Date Code

L-31 -XX

•

V

-^White Dot Pin #1

.275*Max.

(6.35)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

t o iCX

0.020

(0^51)

100 Min. 010TYP

( 2 -S4) U 6 pL

I Dh

Kt&M 05 TYP

*or ±5% whichever is greater.

Consult factory for other parameters and tolerances.

TOTAL
DELAY
(nsec ±5%)

TAP

INTERVALS
(nsec ±3 ns*)

RISE TIME
(ns MAX)
(0.8 to 2.0V)

25

5.0

2.0

■JKIII

30

6.0

2.0

35

7.0

2.0

wsma

40

8.0

2.0

L-51 -53

45

9.0

2.0

L-51 -54

50

10.0

2.0

75

15.0

2.0

WPUPfai

100

20.0

2.0

150

30.0

2.5

■53MI

200

40.0

3.0

L-51 -59

250

50.0

3.0

L-51 -60

300

60.0

3.5

L-51 -61

350

70.0

3.5

L-51 -62

400

80.0

' 4.0

L-51 -63

450

90.0

4.0

L-51 -64

500

100.0

4.0

L-51 -65

STYLE L-51 5 Equally Spaced Taps (8 Pins)

V 1 3

0

T

.400"

1

L-51-XX D.C.

I

/

• /

, 1 2 4

°i

1

y p v.sMJ rvicLX. 1

White dot Pin #1

1

1 1 1 1

.250"

Max.

♦

i n

-~1 .1 Typ

i

h-r300'-|

*or ±5% whichever is greater.

Consult factory for other parameters and tolerances.

PASSIVE DELAY LINES.

STYLE L-21 (14 Pin DIP) &
STYLE L-22 (16 Pin DIP)

10 Equally Spaced Taps

STYLE L-23

(20 Equally Spaced Taps)

STYLE L-26 (14 Pin SIP)

10 Equally Spaced Taps

STYLE L-33 (14 Pin DIP) &
STYLE L-34 (16 Pin DIP)

10 Equally Spaced Taps

ABOVE RATINGS & PACKAGES TYPICAL. SEND FOR COMPLETE CATALOG

JBM Electronics, Inc. • 531 Front Street • Manchester, NH 03102 • 603-623-0222

Telex No. 953134 TWX No. 710-220-8978

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1455

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

SERIES DL14 COMPUTER GRADE

5-TAP DIGITAL DELAY MODULE

FEATURES

• TTL and DTL compatible

• 14-pin package

• 5 equally spaced taps

• Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to +70°C'

• Risetime: 4ns max. (See Notes 2 and 3)

12 4 10 6 8

1 I

INTERNALLY

TERMINATED

PART

NUMBER

D,| T ay(n») (1K3)

±5%

Tap Delay (ns) (1>{3)
±5% or, j*: 2ns,
WIG ^

CB250

25

5

CB500

50

10

CB101

100

20

CB151

150

30

CB201

200

40

CB251

250

50

CB301

300

60

CB351

350

70

CB401

400

80

CB451

450

90

CB501

500

100

CB601

600

120

CB701

700

140

CB801

800

160

CB901

900

180

CB102

1000

200

Notes:

(1) Delays measured at 1.5V level on leading edge only.

(2) Risetime measured from 0.75V to 2.4V.

(3) Measured with no loads on taps.

(4) Tap tolerances referenced from input.

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS

Pulse Voltage: 3.2V
Rise time: 2ns

Supply Current: (typical) 60mA

Pulse Width: 40% minimum of total delay

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Supply voltage (Vcc): 5.0V (±0.25 V)

Logic 1 Input Current: 50uA max.

Logic 0 Input Current: -2mA max.

Logic 1 Voltage Output: 2.4V min.

Logic 0 Voltage Output: 0.4V max.

DRIVE CAPABILITIES

Logic 0 Output:

10 TTL Loads/Tap max.

20 TTL Loads/Unit max.

Logic 1 Output: 20 TTL Loads/Unit max.

MARKING & DIMENSIONS in Inches and (mm)

For Ref. Only

vcc

1 3 OUT

O

DL14XXXXX

KAPPA
(DATE CODE)

.400 MAX.

(10.16)

IN

2 4 G

__L

.800 MAX. ^

(20.32)

SERIES DL15 COMPUTER GRADE

10-TAP DIGITAL DELAY

FEATURES

• TTL and DTL compatible

• 14-pin package

• 10 equally spaced taps

• Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to +70°C

• Risetime: 4ns max. (See Notes 2 and 3)

13 3 12 4 11 5 10 6 9 8

PART

NUMBER

Delay'ns)' 1 ” 3 '

±5%

Tap Delay (ns) (1 )(3)
±5% or £ 2ns,
WIG ( ^

CC500

50

5

CC101

100

10

CC151

150

15

CC201

200

20

CC251

250

25

Notes:

(1) Delays measured at 1.5V level on leading edge only.

(2) Risetime measured from 0.75V to 2.4V.

(3) Measured with no loads on taps.

(4) Tap tolerances referenced from input.

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS

Pulse Voltage: 3.2V
Rise time: 2ns

Supply Current: (typical) 60mA

Pulse Width: 40% minimum of total delay

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Supply voltage (Vcc): 5.0V (± 0.25V)

Logic 1 Input Current: 50uA max.

Logic 0 Input Current: - 2mA max.

Logic 1 Voltage Output: 2.4V min.

Logic 0 Voltage Output: 0.4V max.

DRIVE CAPABILITIES

Logic 0 Output:

10 TTL Loads/Tap max.

20 TTL Loads/Unit max.

Logic 1 Output: 20 TTL Loads/Unit max.

MARKING & DIMENSIONS in inches and (mm)

O

DL15XXXXX
KAPPA
(DATE CODE)

.400 MAX.
(10.16)

.800 MAX.
(20.32)

U.S.A. Factory Direct: 165 Roosevelt Ave., Carteret, NJ 07008, Phone (201) 541-1600, Toll Free 800-223-0603, Telex 139408, KAPPA CRET
West Coast Office: 300 Cypress Ave., Alhambra, CA 91801, Phone (213) 283-2048. West Coast Distributor: Phone (213) 283-2058.

1-1456

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

SERIES DL13 COMPUTER/MILITARY GRADE (14-PIN)

DIGITAL DELAY MODULE

FEATURES

• TTL and DTL compatibility

• STANDARD 14-pin Package

• 3 ns typ. Risetime (4 ns max.).

• Operating Temperature Range:

0 °C to + 70 °C (Computer-Grade)

-55 °C to +125°C (Military-Grade)

SERIES DL13 SPECIFICATIONS

Delay Tolerance: ±5% or ± 2ns, whichever
is greater (tighter tolerances upon request).

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS:

Pulse Voltage: 3.2 V
Risetime: <2.0 ns

Supply Current: 60 mA typ.

Pulse Width: 40% minimum of total delay

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS:

Computer-Grade (Military-Grade)

Supply Voltage: 5.0V ± 0.25V ( ± 0.50V)

Logic 1:

Input Voltage: 2.0V min.

Input Current: 50^A max.

Output Voltage: 2.7V min. (2.5V min.)
Output Current: 2.5mA typ., 4.0mA max.
Logic 0:

Input Voltage: 0.8V max.

Input Current: -2.0 mA max.

Output Voltage: 0.5V max.

Output Current: 5 mA typ., 9 mA max.

Delay Times (ns): 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250,
300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900,
1000 (other values available upon request).

DRIVE CAPABILITIES

Logic 1 Output: 10 TTL Loads/Unit max.
Logic 0 Output: 10 TTL Loads/Unit max.

SERIES DL16 COMPUTER/MILITARY GRADE (16-PIN)

5-TAP DIGITAL DELAY MODULE

FEATURES

• TTL and DTL compatibility

• STANDARD 16-pin Package

• 3 ns typ. Risetime (4ns max.).

• Operating Temperature Range:

0°C to +70°C (Computer-Grade)
-55°Cto + 125 °C (Military-Grade)

• 5 equally spaced Taps

14 4 12 6 10

VCC16 O—

INTERNALLY

TERMINATED

SERIES DL16 SPECIFICATIONS

Total Delay Times(ns): 25, 50, 100, 150, 200,

250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800,

900, 1000 (other values available upon request).
Total Delay Tolerance: ±5% or ±2ns,
whichever is greater (tighter tolerances
available upon request).

Tap Delay: 20% of nominal Total Delay Time.

Tap Tolerance: ±5% or ± 2ns, whichever
is greater; referenced from input.

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS:

Pulse Voltage: 3.2V
Risetime: <2.0 ns

Supply Current: 60 mA typ.

Pulse Width: 40% minimum of total delay

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS:

Computer-Grade (Military-Grade)

Supply Voltage: 5.0V ± 0.25V ( ± 0.50V)

Logic 1:

Input Voltage: 2.0V min.

Input Current: 50/iA max.

Output Voltage: 2.7 V min. (2.5V min.)

Output Current: 2.5mA typ., 4.0mA max.

Logic 0:

Input Voltage: 0.8V max.

Input Current: -2.0 mA max.

Output Voltage: 0.5V max.

Output Current: 5 mA typ., 9 mA max.

DRIVE CAPABILITIES

Logic 0 Output: 10 TTL Loads/Tap max.

20 TTL Loads/Unit max.

Logic 1 Output: 20 TTL Loads/Unit max.

PART NUMBER EXAMPLE

DL13(16) M C 250 *

i I

BASIC SERIES # |

"C" = Computer-grade
"M" = Military-grade

MOUNTING HEIGHT

"B" = 0.275" (6.98mm) max.*

"C" = 0.325" (8.26mm) max.

* Computer -grade only. ■

DELAY TIME: Expressed in nanoseconds (ns).

First two digits are significant figures.

Last digit specified number of zeroes to follow.

OPTIONS: -X" = 1C ONLY screened to MIL-STD-883
method 1015 and MIL-M-38510. part no. JM38510/07003
"Z" = Final Product screened to MIL-STD-883. Method 1011
also includes "X" OPTION SCREENING.

U.S.A. Factory Direct: 165 Roosevelt Ave., Carteret, NJ 07008, Phone (201) 541-1600, Toll Free 800-223-0603, Telex 139408, KAPPA CRET
West Coast Office: 300 Cypress Ave., Alhambra, CA 91801, Phone (213) 283-2048. West Coast Distributor: Phone (213) 283-2058.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1457

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

SERIES DL34 COMPUTER GRADE

TRIPLE-IN-LINE

TTL LOGIC DELAY MODULE

,«a i •

'ft:ft ; ft/;ftft :

HI. %|l® ?

Wm

p

< ' V . ■' ■ ■/ ' A

t' : ' Al- > V; gf

FEATURES

• 14-Pin DIP Package

• Risetime 4ns Maximum

• Three Independent Equal Delays

• Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to
+ 70 °C

• TTL and DTL Compatible

INPUT TEST CONDITIONS

V C : 5.0 ± 0.25V

Supply Current: Iqqh = 90mA max.

ICCL = 115mA max.
Pulse Voltage: 3.2V
Risetime: 2.0 ns

Pulse Width: 100% min. of Delay
Duty Cycle: 33% or less

tit 'litiilil

KAPPA PART #

DELAY

XXXXXXXXX

TIME (ns)

DL34CB050

5 ±1.5

DL34CB100

10 ±1.5

DL34CB150

15 ±2.0

DL34CB250 1

DL34CB350

DL34CB400

DL34CB450

DL34CB500

50 ±2.5

DL34CB600

60 ±4.0

DL34CB700

70 ±3.0

DL34CB800

80 ±4.0

DL34CB900

90 ±7.0

DL34CB101

100 ±5.0

DL34CB125

125 ±6.0

DL34CB151

150 ±11.0

DL34CB175

175 ±8.5

DL34CB201

200 ± 10.0

DL34CB225

225 ±1.5

DL34CB251

250 ± 12.5

SCHEMATIC

12

ELECTRICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Logic 1: 50/iA max., 2.0V min.
Logic 0: -2.0mA max., 0.8V max.
Logic 1 Voltage Output: 2.4V min.
Logic 0 Voltage Output: 0.4V max.

DRIVE CAPABILITIES

10 TTL loads per line

10

0) Delays measured at 1.5V level on leading
edge only with no loads on taps.

( 2 ) Risetime measured from 0.75V to 2.4V level.

MARKING & DIMENSIONS in inches & (mm)

Vcc

OUT! OUT 2

out 3

O

DL34CBxxx

KAPPA

(DATE CODE)

INi

in 2 in 3

GND

.800 (20.32) _
MAX

.400 (10.16)
MAX

.120 (3.04)
MIN

■nu - _

14 0-

vcc

.018 (.45)
TYP

.275 (6.98)
MAX

-.200 (5.08)
TYP

.050 (1.27) TYP

.600 _
"(15.24)

H

.300 ±.010
(7.62 ±.25)

NETWORKS, INC.

U.S.A. Factory Direct: 165 Roosevelt Ave., Carteret, NJ 07008, Phone (201) 541-1600, Toll Free 800-223-0603, Telex 139408, KAPPA CRET
West Coast Office: 300 Cypress Ave., Alhambra, CA 91801, Phone (213) 283-2048. West Coast Distributor: Phone (213) 283-2058.

1*1458

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1S83

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

SERIES DP14C COMPUTER GRADE

14-PIN DIP DELAY LINE

(available in full-MIL conformance as Series DP14M)

FEATURES

• TTL and DTL compatible

• Meets applicable requirements of
MIL-D-23859

• 5/1 Delay-to-Risetime Ratio

• 10 Equally Spaced Taps

• Wide Operating Temperature Range

• Low cost

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Total Delay: 10 to 1000 ns
Tap Delays: 10% increments standard
(other increments available upon request)
Risetime: 20% maximum of total delay
(see Table 1)

Characteristic Impedance: 50 to 500 ohms (±10%)
Attenuation: 2dB maximum (see Table 1)

Distortion: ±10% maximum
Temperature Coefficient of Delay: 100ppm/°C max.
Operating Temperature Range: -55°Cto +125°C
Storage Temperature Range: -65°Cto +130°C
Insulation Resistance: 1000 megohms min.

@ 50VDC @ 25 °C
Dielectric Strength: 50VDC

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Case Configuration: See FIGURE 2
Case Material: Molded Epoxy
Terminals: Flat, DIP-type (See FIGURE 2)

Terminal Material: Kovar or equivalent, tin-plated
Pin Connections: See TABLE II

TABLE I

Td (ns) (1)
(±5%)

Td/tap (ns/ 2 ) ^
(±10%)

Tr (ns)
MAX.

ATTENUATION (%) TYPICAL per IMPEDANCE (Q) |

50

100

200

300

500 |

10

1

■KH|

5

Wk WM

20

2

5

30

3

5

40

4

HIHbH.

ijlHEiB

H

50

5

10

3

Hn|

5

5

an

60

6

12

3

5

5

7

75

IVi

15

3

5

5

5

7

100

10

20

3

5

5

7

7

\20

12

24

3

5

6

7

8

150

15

30

3

5

6

7

8

180

18

36

4

5

6

7

8

200

20

40

4

5

6

7

8

220

22

44

4

5

6

7

8

250

25

50

4

5

6

7

8

300

30

60

5

8

10

10

375

37 y 2

75

7

8

10

10

500

50

100

8

10

12

12

600

60

120

15

15

750

75

150

15

20

1000

100

200

20

W Or ±2ns, whichever is greater. (2) Or ± Ins, whichever is greater. ^)p or io-tap lines only.

TABLE II. PIN-NUMBER SEQUENCE*

CODE

IN

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

OUT

GND

Standard

14

2

12

3

11

4

5

10

6

9

7

1, 8

A

1

2

13

3

12

4

10

5

9

3

7

14

B

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

13

1, 14

C

7

9

6

10

5

11

12

3

13

2

14

1, 8

D

1

13

2

12

3

11

4

10

5

9

6

7. 8. 14

E

2

3

4

5

6

7,8

9

10

11

12

13

1, 14

F

1

13

2

12

3

11

4

10

5

9

6

7

G

2

13

3

12

4

11

5

10

6

9

7

8, 14

1

H

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

13

1

1

13

2

12

3

11

5

10

6

9

7

8, 14

J

1

2

13

3

12

4

10

5

9

6

7

8, 14

K

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7

14

L

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

13

1, 14

1, 8

M

7

■ —

—

—

—

—

— '

—

—

—

14

N

1

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

6

7, 8, 14

P

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6

7

Q

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7

8, 14

R

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

13

1

T

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7

8, 14

U

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

10

11

12

13

1, 7

V

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

10

11

12

13

1

w

1

13 1

2

12

3

11

4

10

5

9

6

7, 14

•Other pin sequences available upon request.

Potting: 100% filled with a two-component epoxy
Marking: Includes manufacturer’s name, part
number, and date code (See FIGURE 2)

PART NUMBER EXAMPLE

Typical part number is a combination of the Basic Series
Number, Mounting Height Code, Delay Time, Impedance,
and Pin Sequence Code.

EXAMPLE: DP14CA10112A

(100ns, 100 ohm, 0.200" (5.08mm) Max. Height, using
the code “A” Pin Sequence).

DP14C A 101 12 A

BASIC SERIES

NUMBER |

MOUNTING HEIGHT CODE

(See TABLE III)

DELAY TIME: Expressed in nanoseconds (ns).

First two digits are significant figures. Last
digit specifies number of zeros
to follow.

IMPEDANCE: Expressed in ohms (Q). First digit
is significant. Last digit specifies number of zeros
’ to follow.

PIN SEQUENCE CODE (See TABLE II) STANDARD"
Pm Sequence it omitted.

FIGURE 2 -

MARKING & DIMENSIONS
in inches and (mm)

TABLE III.

MOUNTING HEIGHT

INDEX MARK
IDENTIFICATION
PIN NO. 1

CODE

DIMENSION (MAX.)

A'

.200 (5. OH)

B

.2 r >0 (B.llii

C

.TOO (7.02)

.300 MAX.
(7.62)
.320(6.13)
.290 (7.36)

L .350 (8.89) J
K .310 (7.87)1

Notes:

(1) A notch may be substituted (or PIN #1 Dot Index.

(2) Each terminal is located with ± .010 ot its nominal multiple ol .100 along this
longitudinal dimension relative to terminals 7 and 8.

(15.24 * .254)

6 EQUAL SPACES
EACH .100 ±.010(2.54 ± .254)
NON- ACCUMULATIVE
(NOTE 2)

NETWORKS, INC.

U.S.A. Factory Direct: 165 Roosevelt Ave., Carteret, NJ 07008, Phone (201) 541-1600, Toll Free 800-223-0603, Telex 139408, KAPPA CRET
West Coast Office: 300 Cypress Ave., Alhambra, CA 91801, Phone (213) 283-2048. West Coast Distributor: Phone (213) 283-2058.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1459

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

SERIES DP16C COMPUTER GRADE

16-PIN DIP DELAY LINE

(available in full-MIL conformance as Series DP16M )

Q p\60t x '' 0 '’'^' ,X

Td/tap (ns)^

ATTENUATION (%) TYPICAL per IMPEDANCE (13)

FEATURES

• TTL and DTL compatible

• Meets applicable requirements of
MJL-D-23859

• 5/1 Delay-to-Risetime Ratio

• 10 Equally Spaced Taps

• Wide Operating Temperature Range

• Low cost

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Total Delay: 10 to 1000 ns
Tap Delays: 10% increments standard
(other increments available upon request)
Risetime: 20% maximum of total delay
(see Table 1)

Characteristic Impedance: 50 to 500 ohms (±10%)
Attenuation: 2dB maximum (see Table 1)

Distortion: ± 10% maximum
Temperature Coefficient of Delay: 100ppm/°C max.
Operating Temperature Range: -55°C to +125°C
Storage Temperature Range: -65°C to + 130°C
Insulation Resistance: 1000 megohms min.

@ 50V DC @ 25 °C
Dielectric Strength: 50VDC

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Case Configuration: See FIGURE 2
Case Material: Molded Epoxy
Terminals: Flat, DIP-type (See FIGURE 2)

Terminal Material: Kovar or equivalent, tin-plated
Pin Connections: See TABLE II
Potting: 100% filled with a two-component epoxy
Marking: Includes manufacturer’s name, part
number, and date code (See FIGURE 2)

PART NUMBER EXAMPLE

Typical part number is a combination of the Basic Series
Number, Mounting Height Code, Delay Time, Impedance,
and Pin Sequence Code.

EXAMPLE: DP16CA10112A
(100ns, 100 ohm, 0.200" (5.08mm) Max. Height, using
the code “A” Pin Sequence).

DP16C A 101 12 A

BASIC SERIES

NUMBER I

MOUNTING HEIGHT CODE I

(See TABLE III)

DELAY TIME: Expressed in nanoseconds (ns).

First two digits are significant figures. Last
digit specifies number of zeros
to follow.

IMPEDANCE: Expressed in ohms (Q). First digit
is significant. Last digit specifies number of zeros
i to follow.

PIN SEQUENCE CODE (See TABLE II).

Or ±2ns, whichever is greater. ( 2 ) Or ± Ins, whichever is greater. (^)For 10-tap lines only.

TABLE II. PIN-NUMBER SEQUENCE*

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

2

14

3

13

4

5

11

6

10

15

2

14

3

13

4

12

5

11

15

3

14

4

13

5

12

6

11

*Other pin sequences available upon request.

FIGURE 1 - SCHEMATIC

50Q

PULSE

GENERATOR

20% 40% 60% 80%

c

10%

c

j> <j

30%

O

c

50%

o

c

70%

O

)

90%

O

1

—

—

—

1

Note:

(1) Extra GND Pin(s) optional (See Table II).

NOMINAL

TERMINATING

IMPEDANCE

FIGURE 2 - MARKING & DIMENSIONS
in inches and (mm)

TABLE III.

MOUNTING HEIGHT

INDEX MARK
IDENTIFICATION
PIN NO. 1-

CODE

DIMENSION (MAX.)

A

.200 (5.08)

B

.250 (6.35)

C

.300 (7.62)

DP16CXXXXXXX
KAPPA
(DATE CODE)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

.885 MAX.

J l -w J

8 -

r“ (22.48)

— PIN NUMBERS
(for reference only)

1.350 <8.89) I
r. 310(7.87)^1

K

Notes:

(1) A notch may be substituled for PIN #1 Dot Index.

(2) Each terminal is located with ±.010 of its nominal multiple of .100 along this
longitudinal dimension relative to terminals 7 and 8.

KitSH -h

L .700 ±.010

(17.78 ± .254) 1

7 EQUAL SPACES
EACH .100 ±.010(2.54 ± .254)
NONACCUMULATIVE
(NOTE 2)

NETWORKS, INC.

U.S.A. Factory Direct: 165 Roosevelt Ave., Carteret, NJ 07008, Phone (201) 541-1600, Toll Free 800-223-0603, Telex 139408 KAPPA CRET
West Coast Office: 300 Cypress Ave., Alhambra, CA 91801, Phone (213) 283-2048. West Coast Distributor: Phone (213) 283-2058.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

SERIES DP24C COMPUTER GRADE

24-PIN DIP DELAY LINE

(available in full-MIL conformance as Series DP24M)

OP2ACCAO'®®'

iii*| l \

..jAAllldl

PART NUMBER

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Total Delay: 20 to 2000 ns
Tap Delays: 5% increments standard
(other increments available upon request)
Risetime: 10% maximum of total delay
(see Table 1)

Characteristic Impedance: 50 to 200 ohms (±10%)
Attenuation: 2dB maximum (see Table 1)

Distortion: ±10% maximum
Temperature Coefficient of Delay: 100ppm/°C max.
Operating Temperature Range: -55°Cto +125°C
Storage Temperature Range: -65°Cto + 130°C
Insulation Resistance: 1000 megohms min.

@ 50V DC @ 25 °C
Dielectric Strength: 50VDC

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Case Configuration: See FIGURE 2
Case Material: Molded Epoxy
Terminals: Flat, DIP-type (See FIGURE 2)

Terminal Material: Kovar or equivalent, tin-plated
Pin Connections: See TABLE II

Potting: 100% filled with

a two-component epoxy CODE tap # IN 5%

Marking: Includes manu-

facturer’s name, part J \ \

number, and date code ° 2 l

(See FIGURE 2) [_i 1 2

Td (ns)* 1 )
(±5%)

Td/tap (ns)* 2 )
(± 10 %)

Notes: (1) Or ±2ns, whichever is greater. (2). Or ± Ins, whichever is greater.

TABLE II. PIN-NUMBER SEQUENCE*

Zo (ohms)
(± 10 %)

CODE TAP#

IN

5%

10% 15%

20% 25% 30%

35% 40%

45%

50%

55%

60%

65%

70%

75%

80% 85%

90%

95%

OUT

GND

A

2

3

4

5

6 7 8

9

10

11

12

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

1, 24

B

2

3

4

5

6 7 8

9

10

11

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

12

C

1

2

3

4

5 6 7

8 9

10

11

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

12, 24

*0ther pin sequences available upon request.

FIGURE 1 — SCHEMATIC

10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90%

5% 15% 25% 35% 45% 55% 65% 75% 85% 95%

FIGURE 2 -

MARKING & DIMENSIONS
in inches and (mm)

TABLE III.

MOUNTING HEIGHT

INDICATES
LOCATION OF
PIN NO. 1 -«

DP24CXXXXXXX
KAPPA
(DATE CODE)

CODE

DIMENSION (MAX.)

B

.250 (6.35)

C

.300 (7.62)

h .570 _l

(14.48m

HOW TO ORDER

1. Select MOUNTING HEIGHT CODE from Table III.

2. Select PART NUMBER CODE from Table I.

3. Select PIN-NUMBER SEQUENCE CODE from Table II.

4. Construct the MODEL NUMBER.

(See example below.)

This example, Model DP24CB-40112B, identifies a 400ns,
100-ohm line with 0.300" mounting height and the “B” pin-
number sequence.

DP24C C 40112 B

Notes: (I

(1) A notch may be substituted tor PIN #1 Dot Index.

(2) Each terminal is located with ±.010 of its nominal multiple of .100 along thh
longitudinal dimension relative to terminals 12 and 13.

iuuuuuuuuiii
J [— .100 TYP. (2.54) I

K — i-ioo ± 010 J

11 EQUAL SPACES
EACH .100 ±.010(2.54 ±.254)
NON-ACCUMULATIVE
(NOTE 2)

K

NETWORKS, INC.

MOUNTING

HEIGHT

CODE

(Table III)

PART NUMBER PIN-NUMBER

(Table I) SEQUENCE

(Table II)

U.S.A. Factory Direct: 165 Roosevelt Ave., Carteret, NJ 07008, Phone (201) 541-1600, Toll Free 800-223-0603, Telex 139408, KAPPA CRET
West Coast Office: 300 Cypress Ave., Alhambra, CA 91801, Phone (213) 283-2048. West Coast Distributor: Phone (213) 283-2058.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

SERIES SP07 COMPUTER GRADE

7-PIN SIP DELAY LINE

* * »

FEATURES

TABLE I

Distortion: ± 10% maximum
Temperature Coefficient of Delay: 100ppm/°C max.

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Case Configuration: See Dimension Drawing
Case Material: Molded Epoxy
Terminals: Flat, DIP-type (See Dimension Drawing)
Terminal Material: Kovar or equivalent, tin-plated
Potting: 100% filled with a two-component epoxy
Marking: Includes manufacturer’s name, part
number, and date code (See Dimension Drawing)

SCHEMATIC * « 3 ;

6

IN

I0 T =

LJ

^nr>nr\_|_nrv-v^

= T =

1

-rrvY\_|_o OUT

= t

GROUND

• 7- Pin SIP Package

• Five (5) Equally-Spaced Delay Taps

TOTAL

DELAY

TAP

DELAY

RISETIME

DC RESISTANCE (Q) MAX. PER IMPEDANCE (Q) |

(ns)

(ns)

(ns) MAX

50

100

• Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to + 70 °C

5

±0.5

1

±0.3

2.0

0.3

0.5

• Low Output Distortion — ±10% Max.

10

±1.0

2

±0.4

3.3

0.5

1.0

• 5 ns to 100 ns Delay Range

20

±1.5

4

±0.6

6.0

0.8

1.5

(other values available upon request)

30

±2.0

6

±1.0

9.0

1.2

2.5

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

40

50

±2.5

±3.0

8

10

±1.5

±1.8

12.0

15.0

1.8

2.3

4.0

5.0

Total Delay: 5 to 100 ns

60

±3.5

12

±2.0

18.0

2.5

Tap Delays: 20% increments

70

±4.0

14

±2.0

22.0

3.5

Risetime: See Table 1

80

±4.5

16

±2.0

24.0

4.2

Characteristic Impedance: 50 to 100 ohms (±10%)

90

±5.0

18

±3.0

27.0

4.5

Attenuation: 5% maximum

100

±5.0

20

±3.0

28.0

5.2

MARKING & DIMENSIONS
In inches and (mm)

INDEX MARK
IDENTIFICATION
PIN NO. 1

.800 (20.3)

MAX

1_

X

O

IT 1 1 l f 1 1 1 f~t"T t ITT U

o JL •* * sssJ L

ITT

PART NUMBER EXAMPLE

Typical part number is a combination of the
Basic Series Number, Mounting Height Code, Delay
Time, and Impedance

EXAMPLE: SP07CB10051

SP07C B

E J

100 51

BASIC SERIES
NUMBER

MOUNTING HEIGHT CODE

DELAY TIME: Expressed in nanoseconds (ns)

First two digits are significant figures.

Last digit specifies number of zeros to follow — I

IMPEDANCE: Expressed in ohms (Q) .

First digit is significant

Last digit specifies number of zeros to follow. .

SERIES SP14 COMPUTER GRADE

14-PIN SIP DELAY LINE

:: * liffMs : :

FEATURES

• 14- Pin SIP Package

• Ten (10) Equally-Spaced Delay Taps

• Low Attenuation — 5% Maximum

• Optional Internal Termination

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Total Delay: 10 to 200 ns
Tap Delays: 10% increments
Risetime: 20% maximum of total delay
(see Table II)

Characteristic Impedance: 50 to 100 ohms (±10%)
Distortion: 10% maximum

Temperature Coefficient of Delay: 100ppm/°C max.
Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to + 70°C
Storage Temperature Range: -55°Cto +125°C

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Same as Series SP07 above.

TABLE II

TOTAL DELAY

TAP DELAY

RISETIME

DC RESISTANCE (Q) MAX. PER IMPEDANCE (Q) |

(ns) ±5%

(ns) ±10%

(ns) MAX

50

100

100

1.0

2.0

1.0

20

2.0

4.0

' 1.0

4.0

30

3.0

6.0

1.0

40

4.0

8.0

1.0

4.0

50

5.0

10.0

1.0

60

6.0

12.0

2.0

4.0

70

7.0

14.0

2.0

80

8.0

16.0

2.0

4.0

90

9.0

18.0

2.0

100

10.0

20.0

2.0

4.0

120

12.0

24.0

6.0

140

14.0

28.0

6.0

160

16.0

32.0

6.0

180

18.0

36.0

6.0

200

20.0

40.0

6.0

MARKING & DIMENSIONS in inches and (mm)

PART NUMBER EXAMPLE

Typical part number is a combination of the
Basic Series Number, Mounting Height Code, Deray
Time, and Impedance

EXAMPLE: SP14CD10051T

SP14C D 100 51 T

BASIC SERIES
NUMBER

J

MOUNTING HEIGHT CODE

I

DELAY TIME: Expressed in nanoseconds (ns)

First two digits are significant figures.

Last digit specifies number of zeros to follow

IMPEDANCE: Expressed in ohms (Q).

First digit is significant.

Last digit specifies number of zeros to follow. — ■*

INTERNAL TERMINATION: (OPTIONAL) -*

NETWORKS, INC.

U.S.A. Factory Direct: 165 Roosevelt Ave., Carteret, NJ 07008, Phone (201) 541-1600, Toll Free 800-223-0603, Telex 139408, KAPPA CRET
West Coast Office: 300 Cypress Ave., Alhambra, CA 91801, Phone (213) 283-2048. West Coast Distributor: Phone (213) 283-2058.

1*1462

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

CUSTOM MINIATURE &
PRECISION DELAY LINES

Optimization of Most Critical Parameters as Required.

Over the past two decades, Kappa has ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
optimized, packaged, and critically
tested literally thousands of specific
variations of several hundred different
passive and hybrid delay lines: fixed
tapped, continuously adjustable, and
electrically trimmable (varactor-tuned)
lines; over virtually the complete
signal spectrum from control (subaudio),
through audio, sonar, RF, HF, and a
wide variety of pulse rates widths and
duty cycles.

Typical design families include:

PRECISION SONAR DELAY LINES
(Series A) 500 pisec to 10 6 fisec ± 1 %;
linear to ±0.05%

LOW-DISTORTION LINES (Series D)
Delay-to-Rise-time Ratio: 50 max.;
Bandwidth: 50 MHz max.

MINIATURE CONTINUOUSLY
VARIABLE DELAY TRIMMERS
(Series TT) Size: 1 A Cubic Inch;
up to 120 ns; resolution <0.25 ns.
SUPER-n™ DELAY LINES (Series H)
Embody New Design Principle
Providing the Highest Efficiency
Yet Obtainable in Lumped-Constant
Delay lines.

MINITRIM DELAY LINE (Series MT)
Resolution Less Than .5 ns and Delay
Ranges Up to 300 ns.

VIDEO BROADCASTING DELAY
LINES (Series BC) Widely Used
in the Most Demanding Color TV
Applications in American and
European Systems
TRANSPONDER/TACAN/DME
(Series C) Designed to Meet the
Requirements of MIL-D-23859 and
to Withstand the Most Rigorous
Military Environments.

DESCRIPTION / /& /\ 4? ®

/ v / <?> / / <r / / -v / Co /

/ ©

/#

SERIES NUMBER

A

BC

D

DC

H

K

LC

MT

TT

DELAY RANGE
(in microseconds)

500 to

10 6

.05 to

10

up to

100

up to

3

.5 to

500

up to
.5

.05 to

10 6

up to
.25

up to
.12

STANDARD DELAY
TOLERANCES ( ± %)

1

2

1

5

5

+ 10
-0

5

+ 10
-0

+ 10
-0

IMPEDANCE RANGE
(in ohms)

500 to

10K

75

100 to

IK

300 to

2K

50 to

2K

100 to

IK

100 to

20K

50 to

IK

300 to .
500

STANDARD IMPEDANCE
TOLERANCES ( ± %)

5

2

5

10

5

10

5

10

10

DELAY RESOLUTION

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

> of .1%
or 1 ns

N/A

,25ns

,25 ns

DELAY-to-RlSETlME

RATIO (max.)

N/A

N/A

50

11

150

8

200

7

4

DELAY LINEARITY
(±%)

.05 to .25

.025 to 1

.25

N/A

1

N/A

.5

N/A

N/A

BANDWIDTH (max.)

70 KHz

20 MHz

50 MHz

30 MHz

10 MHz

25 MHz

250 MHz

100 MHz

70 MHz

ATTENUATION (in dB)

A.S.

A.S.

A.S.

*

A.S.

*

A.S.

<.5 dB

<25 dB

DISTORTION ( ± %)

N/A

A.S.

.1 to 2

*

10

15

10

15

15

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH
(VDC)

100

100

100

100 or
A.S.

100 or
A.S.

100 or
A.S.

A.S.

100

100

OPERATING TEMP.

RANGE (°C)

- 55/ + 85
A.S.

-55/ + 125

-55/ + 125

-55/ + 125

-55/ + 125

-55/ + 125

-55/ + 125

-55/ + 125

- 55/ I 12!)

DELAY STABILITY vs.
TEMPERATURE (ppm/°C)

50

50

50

1

200

50

50 or 200

Bil

200

NETWORKS, INC.

USA Factory Direct: 165 Roosevelt Ave., Carteret, NJ 07008, Phone (201) 541-1600, Toll Free 800-223-0603, Telex 139408, KAPPA CRET
West Coast Office: 300 Cypress Ave., Alhambra, CA 91801, Phone (213) 283-2048. West Coast Distributor: Phone (213) 283-2058.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1463

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

cJfLv

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 -—TWX 810-665-2182

ACTIVE DIGITAL
DELAY LINE

Nytronics Components Group,
Inc. Digital Delay Lines provide a
solution to terminating, driving
and loading problems traditionally
associated with delay line
applications.

Eighteen (18) standard delay lines are offered rang-
ing from 25ns to 500ns. Other combinations avail-
able include:

• Intermediate total delay values

• Non-symmetrical tapping points

• 2 or 3 delay lines per unit

• Closer tap and total delay tolerances

• Specified fall times and trailing edge delay times

Nytronics Components Group, Inc. Delay Line Engi-
neering stands ready to help solve your delay line
applications problems.

w - 800 m

max m

14 12 10 8

T~

.390

max

V 1 3 5

DDL- - . .

IN 2 4 G

1 4 6 7

.240 max

N YT

-Lzrcp — u \J\T\)

. 130
±.03

U U U U L

•018(typ)

■012(typ)

-•J

.20 K|

— ^

.30 h-

— »

.40

.50 1

-•*

|.6° |

DIGITAL DELAY LINES FEATURE:

1) TTL Driven Inputs

2) TTL Buttered Outputs

3) Internal Terminations

4) Low Profile Packages (.240")

5) 14-Pin, DIP-IC Compatible

6) Output Rise Time 4.0ns max. (0.75v to 2.40v)

14 12 10 8

1 4 6 7

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

PART

NUMBER

TOTAL DELAY
(NS) |

(1) (2)

TAP DELAY
(NS)

(1) (2)

INPUT PULSE
WIDTH

(NS MINIMUM)

DDL-25

25

5

10

DDL-30

30

6

12

DDL-35

35

7

14

DDL-40

40

8

16

DDL-45

45

9

18

DDL-50

50

10

20

DDL-75

75

15

30

DDL-100

100

20 1

40

DDL-125

125

25

50

DDL-150

150

30

60

DDL-175

175

35

70

DDL-200

200

40

80

DDL-250

250

50

100

DDL-300

300

60

120

DDL-350

350

70

140

DDL-400

400

80

160

DDL-450

450

90

180

DDL-500

500

100

200

(1) Measured at 1.5V level leading edge; Vcc = 5.00VDC;
No loads; at +25°C.

(2) Nominal delay, ±2NS or ±5%, whichever is greater;
reference to input.

(VIH) High-Level Input Voltage ...

(IIH) High-Level Input Current

(VIL) Low-Level Input Voltage

(IIL) Low-Level Input Current

(VOH) High-Level Output Voltage
(VOL) Low-Level Output Voltage

High-Level Output Drives

Low-Level Output Drives

2.0 to 5.0V

50ua Max.

0.8V Max.

— 2ma Max.

2.4V Min.

0.4V Max.

20 TTL Loads/Unit Max.

10 TTL Loads/Tap Max.
20 TTL Loads/Unit Max.

RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS

(Vcc) Supply Voltage 5.00 ±0.25VDC

(Icc) Supply Current 60ma (typ.)

(TRin) Input Rise Time 3ns.

(TWin) Input Pulse Width 40% of Delay

(Ein) Input Pulse Voltage 3.20VDC

Operating Temperature 0°C to 70°C

Storage Temperature — 55°C to +125

°C

1-1464

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

vnc<

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

SERIES

DL-8000

Pari Identification numbers — '

E I A date code - J
ix Mark identification Pin No 1

FEATURES

• Low Profile

• 14-Lead, DIP-IC Compatible Packages

• Standard Delay Times from 5 nsec to
500 nsec

• Standard Impedances of 50, 100, 200,
360 and 500 ohms

o Standard and Special Attenuations

• Easy to Order Special Models

• Drift Elimination by Lumped Constant
Design

• Meets or Exceeds Applicable
Requirements of MIL-STD-202 and
MIL-STD-833

• Epoxy Transfer Molding for
Cost/Delivery Time Savings

600 - 010-
6 equal spaces
100 ; 010
accumulative

o Economy and Prompt Delivery on
Standard Models
® High Reliability, Precision

Performance, Broad Temperature
Range Stability, Long Storage and
Operational Life

OUT IN

GRD GRD

c

14 GRD

G

H

2 13 3 12 4 10 5 9 6

IN | OUT IN j | OUT

GRD GRD

L

Rt = Terminating Resistor (value of Z 0 )
±5%, Va watt, carbon.

Taps in equal increments of total delay.

BUILT TO MEET MILITARY SPECIFICATION MIL-D-23859/23C

HOW TO ORDER

To allow the greatest possible range of
parameters, the following ordering sys-
tem should be followed on both standard
and special orders.

DL-8000 045 09

place i 1

Base No. DL-8000 =

14-pin, Lumped Constant
Dual In-Linq Delay Lines
(6 characters and dash)

PLACE 2

Delay Time (Td)

Standard Models:

005 = 5 nsec, 050 = 50 nsec.
150 = 150 nsec, etc., from
above table (3 digits)

Special Orders:

Enter full 3-digit nsec value
(e.g., 075)

PLACE 3-i

Rise Time (T r )

Standard Models:

Enter nsec digit
Value from table
(e.g., 2.0, 6.5, 40)

Special Orders:

Enter desired rise time in
nsec (2 or more digits)

Example: DL-8000-045-09-1 00-05 A
14-Pin Lumped Constant Dual
In-Line Delay

Line, 45 nsec Td, 9 nsec T r , 100 ohm
impedance, 5% (Max.) attenuation,
internal configuration “A.”

100 05 A

PLACE 6

Internal Configuration
Enter Schematic reference
Letters
(1 letter)

PLACE 5

Attenuation
Standard Models:

Enter 2-digit percent value from
table (e.g., 05, 10)

Special Orders:

Enter Max. allowable percent
attenuation (2 digits)

PLACE 4

Impedance (Z 0 )

Standard Models:

050 = 50 ohms, 200 = 200 ohms
100 = 100 ohms, 360 = 360 ohms
(3 digits)

Special Orders:

Enter full 3-digit
Ohm value (e.g., 075)

Formerly Manufactured By McGraw-Edison Comp.: Edison Electronics Division
DAVEN DESIGN

LUMPED CONSTANT
DELAY LINE

Insulation Resistance: 100,000 megohms
at 25°C.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 250VDC
@ 50 milliamps, 5 sec Min.

Temperature Coefficient (Typ.):
100ppm/°C.

STANDARD DL-8000 MODELS

Delay

Time

(Td),

nsec*

Rise
Time
(T r ), Max
nsec

% Attenuation Max Per
Impedance!

50

ohms

100

ohms

200

ohms

360

ohms

500

ohms

5

02

3

5

5

5

7

10

03

3

5

5

5

7

15

04

3

5

5

5

7

20

05.5

3

5

5

5

7

25

05

3

5

5

5

7

30

06.5

3

5

5

5

7

35

07

3

5

5

5

7

40

08

3

5

5

5

7

45

09

3

5

5

5

7

50

10

3

5

5

5

7

55

11

3

5

5

5

7

60

12

3

5

5

5

7

65

13

3

5

5

5

7

70

14

3

5

5

5

7

75

15

3

5

„ 5

5

7

80

16

3

5

5

5

7

85

17

3

5

5

5

7

90

18

3

5

5

5

7

95

19

3

5

5

5

7

100

20

3

5

5

5

7

110

22

3

5

6

7

8

120

24

3

5

6

7

8

130

26

3

5

6

7

8

140

28

3

5

6

7

8

150

30

3

5

6

7

8

160

32

3

5

6

7

8

170

34

3

5

6

7

*8

180

36

3

5

6

7

8

190

38

3

5

6

7

8

200

40

3

5

6

7

8

210

45

5

5

6

7

8

220

45

5

5

6

7

8

230

50

5

5

6

7

8

240

50

5

5

6

7

8

250

50

5

5

6

7

8

260

55

5

5

6

7

8

270

55

5

5

6

7

8

280

60

5

5

6

7

8

290

60

5

5

6

7

8

300

60

5

5

6

7

8

310

65

5

7

8

10

10

320

65

5

7

8

10

10

330

70

5

7

8

10

10

340

70

5

7

8

10

10

350

70

5

7

8

10

10

360

75

5

7

8

10

10

370

75

5

7

8

10

10

380

80

5

7

8

10

10

390

80

5

7

8

10

10

400

80

5

7

8

10

10

410

85

5

8

10

10

10

420

85

5

8

10

10

10

430

90

5

8

10

10

10

440

90

5

8

10

10

10

450

90

5

8

10

10

10

460

95

5

8

10

10

10

470

95

5

8

10

10

10

480

100

5

8

10

10

10

490

100

5

8

10

10

10

500

100

5

8

10

10

10

* ±5% Tolerance for 40 through 500 nsec Td.

2 nsec for 5 through 40 nsec Td.
t ±10% Impedance Tolerance.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1465

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

DELAYS TO 7000 ns
FAST RISE TIMES

DL-2400 SERIES

FEATURES

• Standard 24 Pin Dip

• Epoxy Encapsulated

• Operating Temp. — 55°C to +125°C

• Hi-Pot = 100VDC

• Up to 20 Outputs

• Temp. Coeff. of Delay

Up to 1000ns = 100ppm/°C
Above 1000ns = 200ppm/°C

• Easy to Order Specials

• 1%, 2%, and Other Tolerances Available

• Many Other Delays, impedances, and Rise Times
Available

• Many Other Schematics Available

K

1.300 MAX

24 13

-*| |^— .100

~r

.300 MAX

A.

.120 MIN

T

1 12 13 24

GRD GRD GRD GRD

3,4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1113141516 171819 202122
IN OUT

12

GRD

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011141516171819202122

c 1 > WvMtWXWvWvVyV

IN

23

OUT

12

GRD

24

GRD

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111214151617181920 2122

d 2 j^VyVvWMyVyVyV^ 23

IN OUT

r~

1

GRD

13

GRD

24

GRD

HOW TO ORDER

To allow the greatest possible range of parameters, the follow-
ing ordering system should be followed on both standard and
special orders.

Delay

Time

(Td),

nsec*

Rise
Time
(Tr), Max
nsec

% Attenuation Max. per Impedancef

50

ohms

100

ohms

200

ohms

360

ohms

500

ohms

50

5

6

6

8

—

—

100

10

6

8

8

8

8

150

15

8

8

8

8

8

200

20

8

8

8

8

10

250

25

8

8

8

10

10

300

30

8

8

8

10

10

400

40

8

8

10

10

10

500

50

8

8

10

10

10

600

60

8

8

10

10

10

700

70

8

8

10

10

10

800

80

8

10

10

10

15

900

90

8

10

10

10

15

1000

100

8

10

10

10

15

1500

150

—

10

10

15

15

2000

200

—

10

15

15

15

3000

300

—

—

15

15

15

4000

400

—

—

15

15

15

5000

500

__

—

—

15

15

6000

600

—

—

—

15

—

7000

700

—

—

15

—

* ±5% Tolerance

t±10% Impedance Tolerance.

Taps in equal increments of total delay.

EXAMPLE : DL-2400-1 000-1 00-1 00-1 0A

2'4-Pin Lumped Constant Dual In-Line Delay Line, 1000 nsec
Td, 100 nsec Tr, 100 ohm impedance, 10% (Max.) attenuation,
internal configuration “A".

DL-2400 — 1000 — 100 — 100 — 10

PLACE 1-

- A

T

PLACE 6

Base No. DL-2400 24-Pin,
Lumped Constant Dual
In-Line Delay Lines
(6 Characters and dash)

Internal Configuration
Enter Schematic reference

I ptf^rc

A, B, C or D (1 letter)

PLACE 2

Delay Time (Td)

Standard Models:

005 = 5 nsec, 050 = 50 nsec,

150 = 150 nsec, 1500 = 1500 nsec,
etc., from above table (3 digits
or more)

PLACE 3

Rise Time (Tr)

Standard Models:

Enter nsec digit Value from table
(e.g. 05, 50, 500, etc.)

Special Orders:

Enter desired rise time in nsec
(2 or more digits)

1 PLACE 5

Attenuation
Standard Models:

Enter 2-digit percent value from table
(e.g., 06, 10)

Special Orders:

Enter Max. allowable percent attenuation
(2 digits)

PLACE 4

Impedance (Z Q )

Standard Models:

050 = 50 ohms, 200 = 200 ohms,

100 = 100 ohms, 360 = 360 ohms
(3 digits)

Special Orders:

Enter full 3-digit Ohm value (e.g. 075)

1*1466

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

j ! ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binary-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATY master antenna television
fiF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
YHF very high frequency
YHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

PASSIVE DELAY LINES
DUAL-IN-LINE

Part No.

Delay*

(MS)

Rise

Time

(NS-Max)

Impedance

(Ohms)

±10%

DCR

(Ohms

Max.)

Tap

Delay

(MS)

LF10D1

10

2.2

100

1.0

1.0

LF10E1

12.5

2.5

100

1.0

1.25

LF10F1

20

4.0

100

1.5

2.0

LF10G1

25

5.0

100

1.5

2.5

LF10K1

50

10.0

100

2.5

5.0

LF10M1

100

20.0

100

5.0

10.0

LF10P1

200

40.0

100

11.5

20.0

* Tolerance: ±5%, or ±2 NS W.I.G.

Also available in 50 ohm, 200 ohm impedance.

Other values of delay, taps on application.

DISTORTION: Pre-Pulse ±10% Max.

Pulse ±10% Max.

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10K megohms at 100 VDC
HIPOT: 100 VDC

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 100 PPM/°C
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -55°C to +125°C

SINGLE-IN-LINE DELAY LINE __

N .260 H

3 4 5 6 1 ® 9 10 11 12

Lead material Kovar tintillate plated

Part No.

Delay*

(NS)

Rise

Time

(NS-Max)

Impedance

(Ohms)

±10%

DCR

(Ohms

Max.)

Tap

Delay

(NS)

SF10D1

10

2.0

100

1.0

1.0

SF10F1

20

4.0

100

1.0

2.0

SF10G1

25

5.0

100

1.0

2.5

SF10K1

50

10.0

100

1.5

5.0

SF10M1

100

20.0

100

3.2

10.0

SF10J1

200

40.0

100

4.1

20.0

SF10Q1

250

50.0

100

5.0

25.0

SF10R1

500

100.0

100

7.5

50.0

SF10S1

1000

200.0

100

10.0

100.0

* Tolerance: ±5%, or ±2 NS W.I.G.

Also available in 50, 75, 200 ohm characteristic impedance,
typical distortion ±10% max.

INSULATION RESISTANCE: 10K megohms at 100 VDC
HIPOT: 100 VDC

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 100 PPM/°C
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -55° to +125°C

-JL-- oc

f . 0 ]

.125 r* —

4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12

v ~r

'T'l

—

„ TTTT1

::r

-ol3
~o 14

Lead material Kovar tintillate plated
Standoff configuration may vary.

SLIM PAC DELAY LINE

Part No.

Delay

(NS)

±.5 NS

Rise Time
(NS)

Max.

LE04DC-05

.5

2.0

LE04DC-10

1.0

2.0

LE04DC-15

1.5

2.0

LE04DC-20

2.0

3.0

LE04DC-25

2.5

3.0

LE04DC-30

3.0

3.0

LE04DC-35

3.5

3.0

LE04DC-40

4.0

3.0

LE04DC-45

4.5

3.0

LE04DC-50

5.0

3.5

LE04DC-55

5.5

3.5

LE04DC-60

6.0

3.5

LE04DC-65

6.5

3.5

LE04DC-70

7.0

3.5

LE04DC-75

7.5

4.0

LE04DC-80

8.0

4.0

LE04DC-1 00

10.0

4.0

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

• Impedance (Zo): 93 ohms ± 10%

• Input Rise Time: 1 NS max.

• RDC: 1 ohm max.

• Hi Pot: 50 VDC max.

• Temperature Coefficent: 100 PPM/°C max.

• Insulation Resistance: 10 KMft min.

• Also available (Zo): 50, 100, 1500

DEPT. EM, 1952 E. Allegheny Avenue (800) 523-3816
Philadelphia, Pa. 19134 • (215) 426-9105 • TELEX 834245

Specialists in transformers and completely transfer molded, welded DIP delay lines under high

1*1468

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

CHIP CARRIER DELAY LINE

Part No.

Total Delay

To (NS)

Rise Time

T r (NS)

RDC

(ohms)

CF10D1

10.0

2.2

1.0

CF10F1

20.0

4.0

. 2.0

CF10G1

25.0

5.0

3.0

CF10K1

50.0

10.0

5.0

CF10M1

100.0

20.0

8.0

CF10N1

125.0

25.0

9.0

CF10P1

150.0

30.0

10.0

CF10Q1

200.0

40.0

12.0

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

• Impedance (Zo): 100 ohms ±10%

• Tap Delay: Every 10% of total delay

• Distortion: ±10%

• Temperature Coefficient (Td): 100 PPM/°C

• Delay Tolerance: ±1.0 NS or 5% W.I.G.

© Input Pulse Width: Minimum 3 times output rise time

• Input Rise Time: 2 NS maximum

• Also available: 50 ohm and 200 ohm impedance

CHIP CARRIER TTL DELAY MODULE

FEATURES

• Compact module .10" high

• Ten tap line provides delays from 10 NS to 200 NS

• Designed to use with TTL logic

• Can be mounted in standard chip carrier socket

• Designed for surface mounting using reflow soldering

• Military temperature range -55°C to +125°C

3 5 9 11

2 14 1.6 I 10 | 12

in o — TT tmTtmTtttTtT^ — o 0UT

! I 8 N.C.

Also available in

3/4 sq. x .100 for 0° to +70°C

3/4 sq. x .175 for -55°C to +125°C

CHIP CARRIER TTL DELAY MODULE CHARACTERISTICS

Part No.

NANOSECONDS

All Taps (Max.)

TdI

Td2

Td3

Td4

Td5

Tr +

Tr-

BTTLDL020

10.0

12.5

15.0

17.5

20.0

2.0

2.0

BTTLDL025

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

2.0

2.0

BTTLDL050

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

2.0

2.0

BTTLDL075

15.0

30.0

45.0

60.0

75.0

2.0

2.0

BTTLDL100

20.0

40.0

60.0

80.0

100.0

2.0

2.0

BTTLDL125

25.0

50.0

75.0

100.0

125.0

2.0

2.0

BTTLDL150

30.0

60.0

90.0

120.0

150.0

2.0

5.0

BTTLDL200

40.0

80.0

120.0

160.0

200.0

2.0

5.0

Delay Characteristics @ V cc = 5.0V, 25°C no load
Delay Tolerance ±2 NS or 5% whichever is greater

Recommended Operating Conditions

Min.

Typ.

Max.

Unit

Supply Voltage Vcc 4.5

5.0

5.5

Volts

Operating Free Air

Temperature Range 0

25

70

°C

OTHER AVAILABLE MODULES

• Standard commercial — (listed) Com-
mercial grade IC’s (plastic package),
temperature range 0° to + 70°C.

• Commercial with additional testing —

Per customer specification; add suffix
“MY” to part number.

• Military — Temperature range -55°C
to +125°C, ceramic package 1C to meet
MIL-STD-883 but not screened to that
specification. Add suffix “M” to part
number.

• Military Hi-Rel — Temperature range

-55°C to +125°C, ceramic package 1C
meeting MIL-STD-883 and 38510/Mach
IV program screened and burned in; add
suffix “MX” to part number.

• Low power Schottky — LS hex in-
verters used.

• Single output versions — No taps.

• Multiple (up to 3) individual lines per
module — Can be same or different
delays.

• Unequal taps — Within a single line.

• Programmable delay modules

.040R

•020R (3X)

VCC Td5 TD4 Td3

(14) (12) (10) (8)

DEPT. EM, 1952 E. Allegheny Avenue (800) 523-3816
Philadelphia, Pa. 19134 • (215) 426-9105 ' • TELEX 834245

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1469

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

HIGH PERFORMANCE TTL DELAY MODULE
STANDARD 5 TAP

DELAY CHARACTERISTICS

NANOSECONDS

All Taps

Part No.

TdI

Td2

Td3

Td4

Td5

Tr + & Tr —

TTLDL020

10.0 ±1.5

12.5 ±1.5

15.0 ±1.5

17.5 ±1.5

20.0 ±1.5

<2.0 <2.0 nsec.

TTLDL025

5.0 ±1.5

10.0 ±1.5

15.0 ±1.5

20.0 ±1.5

25.0 ±1.5

<2.0 <2.0 nsec.

TTLDL050

10.0 ±1.5

20.0 ±1.5

30.0 ±1.5

40.0 ±2.0

50.0 ±2.5

<2.0 <2.0 nsec.

TTLDL075

15.0 ±1.5

30.0 ±1.5

4.50 ±2.25

60.0 ±3.0

75.0 ±3.75

<2.0 <2.0 nsec.

TTLDL100

20.0 ±1.5

40.0 ±2.0

60.0 ±3.0

80.0 ±4.0

100.0 ±5.0

<2.0 <2.0 nsec.

TTLDL125

25.0 ±1.5

50.0 ±2.5

75.0 ±3.75

100.0 ±5.0

125.0 ±6.25

<2.0 <2.0 nsec.

TTLDL150

30.0 ±1.5

60.0 ±3.0

90.0 ±4.5

120.0 ±6.0

150.0 ±9.0

<2.0 <5.0 nsec.

TTLDL200

40.0 ±2.0

80.0 ±4.0

120.0 ±6.0

160.0 ±8.0

200.0 ±10.0

<2.0 <5.0 nsec.

TTLDL250

50.0 ±2.5

100.0 ±5.0

150.0 ±7.5

200.0 ±10.0

250.0 ±12.5

<2.0 <5.0 nsec.

TTLDL500

100.0 ±5.0

200.0 ±10.0

200.0 ±15.0

400.0 ±20.0

500.0 ±25.0

<2.0 <9.0 nsec.

Delay Characteristics @ V cc = 5.0V, 25°C no load

Recommended Operating Conditions

Min. Typ.

Max.

Unit

Supply Voltage V cc 4.5

5.0

5.5

Volts

Operating Free Air

Temp. Range 0

25

75

°C

-I

r

400

MAX

1

i®.

i

W \l/ W W W W

_A

I Tint

r too

1 MIN.

CONNECTION DIAGRAM
5 TAP VERSION

STANDARD TTL DELAY MODULE

LOW PROFILE TTL

DELAY MODULE CHARACTERISTICS

Part No.

NANOSECONDS

All Taps (Max.)

TdI

Td2

Td3

Td4

Td5

Tr +

Tr-

LTTLDL025

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

2.0

2.0

LTTLDL050

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

2.0

2.0

LTTLDL075

15.0

30.0

45.0

60.0

75.0

2.0

2.0

LTTLDL100

20.0

40.0

60.0

80.0

100.0

2.0

2.0

LTTLDL125

25.0

50.0

75.0

100.0

125.0

2.0

2.0

LTTLDL150

30.0

60.0

90.0

120.0

150.0

2.0

5.0

LTTLDL200

40.0

80.0

120.0

160.0

200.0

2.0

5.0

LTTLDL250

50.0

100.0

150.0

200.0

250.0

2.0

5.0

LTTLDL500

100.0

200.0

200.0

400.0

500.0

2.0

9.0

Delay Characteristics @ Vcc = 5.0V, 25°C no load
Delay Tolerance ±2 NS or 5% whichever is greater

Recommended Operating Conditions

Min. Typ.

Max.

Unit

Supply Voltage V cc

4.5

5.0

5.5

Volts

Operating Free Air
Temp. Range

0

25

70

°C

TTL DELAY MODULES

TTL Delay Modules are designed to be used directly with
super high speed TTL, standard TTL, and DTL logic circuits.
They provide many timing applications without any or with
minimum interface.

TTL Delay Modules can be cascaded to get any combination
of delay without degrading output rise time (T R + or T R -). The
delay to rise time ratio (T D /T R ) of individual modules is

very high (approximately 50:1) and improves with cascading
modules.

Output rise times of each module are independent of input
rise times up to 50 nsec. TTL Delay Modules are encapsulated
by transfer molding. They are pin compatible with 74/54
Series TTL/SSI 14 Lead DIP Circuits.

DEPT. EM, 1952 E. Allegheny Avenue (800) 523-3816
Philadelphia, Pa. 19134 • (215) 426-9105 • TELEX 834245

Specialists in transformers and completely transfer molde'd, welded DIP delay lines under high

1-1470

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

ECL DELAY MODULE .

DELAY CHARACTERISTICS

ECLDL025

NANOSECONDS j

All Taps (Max.) |

TdI

Td2

Td3

Td4

Td5

Tr +

Tr-*

5 ±1

10 ±1

15 ±1

20 ±1

25 ±1

4

4

10 ±1

20 ±1

30 ±1.5

40 ±2

50 ±2.5

4

4

15 ±1

30 ±1.5

45 ±2

60 ±3

75 ±3.75

5

5

20 ±1

40 ±2

60 ±3

80 ±4

100 ±5

6

6

25 ±1

50 ±2.5

75 ±3.75

100 ±5

125 ±6.0

7

7

30 ±1.5

60 ±3.0

90 ±4.5

120 ±6

150 ±7.5

7

7

40 ±2

80 ±4

120 ±6

160 ±8

200 ±10

8

8

50 ±2.5

100 ±5

150 ±7.5

200 ±10

250 ±12.5

10

10

60 ±3

120 ±6

180 ±9

240 ±12

300 ±15

15

15

70 ±3.5

140 ±7

210 ±10.5

280 ±14

350 ±17.5

15

15

80 ±4

160 ±8

240 ±12

320 ±16

400 ±20

15

15

90 ±4.5

180 ±9

270 ±13.5

350 ±18

450 ±22.5

20

20

100 ±5

200 ±10

300 ±15

400 ±20

500 ±25

20

20

* Tr = Measured from 20% to 80%

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Over operating temperature range and Vee = -5.2 ±0.01 V
with 500 liner FPM air flow and all output terminals with 50 to
-2.0 VDC.

Symbol

Parameter

—

Min.

Max.

Unit

Test

Conditions

Iee

Supply Current

75

MA

IlH

Input Current
HIGH

425

MA

VlH =

-.810V

Ilh

Input Current
LOW

.5

MA

!<

§ii

<

VoH

Logic “1”
Output Voltage

-1.060

-0.700

VDC

V,H =
-0.810

VoL

Logic “O”
Output Voltage

-1.890

-1.615

VDC

V,L =
-1.850

r

.400

MAX.

1

TECHNITROL

•

PART NO.

DATE CODE

J__

.900 MAX. J

-Ep pa- -Ep pa-

L- ] p3 £p- -Ep- &

( 16 ) ( 15 ) ( 14 ) ( 13 )

(3) (4) (5)

Recommended Operating Conditions

Min.

Typ.

Max.

Vee

-5.72

-5.2

-4.68

Operating Temp Range
With Airflow 500 LFPM

— 30°C

25°C

80°C

Fan Out

85 ECL Loads

All specifications are subject to change without notice.

SINGLE OUTPUT vcc

TRIPLE OUTPUT

Buffered delay lines available from 5 NS to 500 NS only pins
used brought out specification similar to standard 5 tap units.
Part Number TTLISXXX XXX = Delay, 025 etc.

l

□

P

H

y

l

2

$

3

x

/x,

INPUT TD1 TD3 T D5 TOT TD9 GND
CONNECTION DIAGRAM 10 TAP VERSION

TTL buffered delay lines available with 3 individual inputs and
outputs in delays from 5 NS to 250 NS (each delay).

Part Number TTLDDXXX, XXX = Delay each section.

/eiihj~Lil/Lcrl,J^njD.

t At

Delay Modules are now available in 10 tap versions from 50
to 500 NS total delay. Specifications are comparable to the
standard 5 tap units. The physical outline is the same as
the 5 tap with the exception of 5 additional pins as noted in
the connection diagram.

Part Number TTL3SXXX, = Delay.

SQUARE WAVE
OSCILLATOR

TTL Square Wave Oscillators are available in the range of
2 MHz to 100 MHz. Frequency tolerance ±2%. Physical out-
line same as 5 tap standard TTL delay line.

Part Number TTLOSXXX, XXX = Frequency.

DEPT. EM, 1952 E. Allegheny Avenue (800) 523-3816
Philadelphia, Pa. 19134 • (215) 426-9105 • TELEX 834245

Specialists in transformers and completely transfer molded, welded DIP delay lines under high

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Safes Offices Directory

M471

EEM i )
PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

2350

DELAY LINES

2350

DOLOR 30 YEAR ANNIVERSARY (1953-1983) DELAY LINES
ELECTRONICS, INC.

TAP# 1
PIN# 15

ECL DIGITAL DELAY LINES 16 PIN DIP PACKAGE
(.400 WIDE x. 800 LONG x .300 HIGH)

• ECL 10K compatible, input and
output buffered

• Delay tolerance ±5% or ±2 Ns
whichever is greater

• Typical delays shown — other
delays available

• 20% taps; 70 ECL fan-out
capacity

• Fast rise time on all outputs —

4 Ns typ.

• Operating temperature range
— 30°C to +85°C

• Supply voltage -5.2 VDC

5

13

Part

Number

Total

Delay (Ns)

Delay Per

Tap (Ns)

DE-0010

10

2

DE-0025

25

5

DE-0050

50

10

DE-0100

100

20

DE-0150

150

30

DE-0200

200

40

DE-0250

250

50

DE-0500

500

100

DE-1000

1000

200

TTL DIGITAL DELAY LINES 10 TAP AND 5 TAP

SPECIFICATIONS

Supply Voltage: 4.75 to 5.25V

Supply Current: 120 mA max.
(10 Tap), 65 mA max. (5 Tap)

Input Pulse: +3.2V
Input Rise Time: 3 Ns

Pulse width: Min. 25% of total
delay (10 Tap); 80% (5 Tap)

Schottky TTL buffered

Output Rise Time: 4 Ns Typ.

Operating Temp. Range: 0°C/70°C
standard (-55°C/125°C
available)

Logic 0 loading: 10 TTL loads/

Tap max.

Logic 1 loading: 20 TTL loads/

Tap max.

PIN

CONNECTIONS

14 PIN DIP
(10 TAP)

1 Input

13 10% Delay

3 20% Delay
12 30% Delay

4 40% Delay
11 50% Delay

5 60% Delay
10 70% Delay

6 80% Delay
9 90% Delay
8 Output

7 Ground

14 Vcc

10 Tap Digital Delay Lines in 14 Pin Package

Valor P/N

Total Delay
Nsec ±5%

Delay/Tap
Nsec (1)(2)

DL-2181

50

5

DL-2182

100

10

DL-2183

150

15

DL-2184

200

20

DL-2185

250

25

DL-2186

300

30

DL-2187

350

35

DL-2188

400

40

DL-2189

500

50

PIN

CONNECTIONS

16 PIN DIP
1 Input
14 20% Delay
4 40% Delay
12 60% Delay
6 80% Delay
10 Output
8 Ground
16 Vcc

5 Tap TTL/DTL Digital Delay Lines 16 Pin DIP

Valor P/N

Total Delay

Nsec ±5%

Delay /Tap
Nsec (1)(2)

DL-1803

25

5

DL-1804

50

10

DL-1805

100

20

DL-1806

150

30

DL-1807

200

40

DL-1808

250

50

DL-1809

500

100

PIN

CONNECTIONS

14 PIN DIP
(5 TAP)

1 Input
12 20% Delay
4 40% Delay
10 60% Delay

6 80% Delay
8 Output

7 Ground
14 Vcc

5 Tap TTL Digital Delay Lines 14 Pin DIP

Valor P/N

Total Delay
Nsec ±5%

Delay/Tap
Nsec (1)(2)

DL-1883

25

5

DL-1884

50

10

DL-1885

100

20

DL-1886

150

30

DL-1887

200

40

DL-1888

250

50

DL-1889

500

100

PACKAGE DIMENSIONS FOR TTL LINES .400 WIDE x .800 LONG x .300-.325 HIGH

PASSIVE DELAY LINES 14 PIN DIP

• PRECISION DELAYS • 14 PIN DIP PACKAGE

• 10 TAPS • TTL, ECL COMPATIBLE

SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature: — 55°C to +125°C
Voltage: Test

Working

— 100 volts dc max.

— 50 volts dc max.

Delay Time: Td ±5%

Impedance Zo: ±10%

Temp. Coefficient of Delay: 50 ppm typ.

PACKAGE OUTLINE

14 8

r

0.29®

VALOR OL-XXXX

I— .*00 Max.

TERMINATIONS

21

Z2

13 2 12 3 11 5 10 6 9

IN 1 o-* ■ j ■ ■■■ j ■■■■» 7 OUT

GND 8 o 1 — I — I — L-pI — I — I — I — I o 14 GND

Agnd

13 3 12 4 ll 5 10 6 9

..in — T TTTTTTTTT

-^7 OUT
— X»14 GND

13 2 12 3 11 4 10 5 9

Z3 IN 1 O jf i — | J • l| i J i m ^ 1 1 1 1 1 1 ■ I ^ r i J 1 1 1 ' u

GND i* -T T T T T T T T T T J 0

8 OUT
7 GND

U IN
GND

JR 3 6 B 9 1U 11 II

i,T T T T T T T ,T T T .T 0 i4

Lumped Constant Delay Lines 14 Pin DIP

Part No.

Total

Delay

Nsec

Tap to Tap
Nsec

Imped-

ance

Zo

ohms

Rise

Time

Nsec

Max.

Dist.

%

Max.

Attn.

%

Max.

Termi-

nation

DL-1717

10

1.0 ± .25

50

3.0

10

1

Z1

DL-1721

20

2.0 dr .5

50

4.5

10

2

Z2

DL-1619

50

5.0 ±1.0

50

8.5

10

4

U

DL-1706

10

1.0 ± .25

100

3.5

10

1

Z2

DL-1715

20

2.0 ± .5

100

4.5

10

2

Z2

DL-1707

25

2.5 ± .5

100

5.0

10

2

Z2

DL-1708

50

5.0 ±1.0

100

7.5

10

2

Z2

DL-1598

50

5.0 ±1.0

100

8.5

10

2

U

DL-1720

75

7.5 ±1.5

100

12.5

10

4

U

DL-1586

80

8.0 ±2

100

13.0

10

4

Z3

DL-1595

100

10.0 ±2

100

14.0

10

10

Z3

DL-1597

100

10.0 ±2

100

17.0

10

5

U

DL-1716

100

10.0 ±2

100

15.0

10

5

Z2

DL-1709

125

12.5 ±2

100

21.0

10

5

U

DL-1704

150

15.0 ±2

100

25.0

10

5

U

DL-1848

150

15.0 ±2

100

25.0

10

5

Z2

DL-1893

200

20.0 ±3

100

34.0

10

10

U

DL-1601

250

25.0 ±3

100

42.0

10

12

U

2950 AIRWAY AVENUE, BLDG. C-5 / COSTA MESA, CA 92626

PHONE (714) 540-9261 / TWX: 910-595-2480

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1473

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

EMI FILTER

CAPITAL OF THE WORLD

FROM CERAMIC POWDER TO MIL-APPROVED TEST LABS . . .
MURATA ERIE HAS IT ALL- 100% IN-HOUSE

Only one company can deliver your total EMI Ceramic Filter needs . . .Murata Erie.

We've been applying sophisticated ceramic and related technologies to developing
superior filters for more than 40 years. Today, Murata Erie has, by far, the broadest
line of subminiature EMI Filters in the world.

The scope of our product line extends from tiny high frequency filters through AC
power line filters specifically designed to meet FCC requirements-filtered connectors
and custom filter assemblies ... all offering the ultimate in quality. With this ex-
perience, you receive a unique responsibility, for only Murata Erie builds the com-
plete filter in a plant devoted exclusively to the design and manufacture of EMI Filters.

Whatever your application, we can help you achieve EMC (electromagnetic com-
patibility).

Write for our complete catalog EMI Filters . . . Murata Erie North America, Inc.,

5 Fraser Avenue, Trenton, Ontario, Canada K8V5S1.

For technical assktancp call 61 ^61

1*1474 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

Manufacturer

Allen Avionics

A.P. Circuit

Chesterfield Products

Comstron

Data Delay Devices

Electronic Precision
Comp.

ESC Electronics

Hertz Filters

Hisonic

KR Electronics

Precision Filters

Sawtek Inc.

Spectrum Control
TRW Inductive Prods.
TTE, Inc.

Vernitron Piezoelectric

■■

521

532 1-1532

485* 1-1485*

1-1487

485* 1-1490*

Manufacturer

Variable

Allen Avionics

AMP

A.P. Circuit

1-1483

Chesterfield Products

Comstron

Corcom

Delta Electronic USA

Electronic Precision
Comp.

ESC Electronics

Fil-Coil

Filter Concepts

Hertz Filters

Hisonic

JMK Inc.

KR Electronics

MCI Inc.

Murata Erie

Panel Components

Potter Co.

Precision Filters

1-1516

RFI Corp.

Spectrum Control

Vernitron Piezoelectric

Crystal

Digital

Linear Phase

EMI/RFI

1-1477-

1-1481

1-1479

1-1482

1-1483

1-1485*

1-1486

1-1488,

1-1489

'

1*1490*

1-1491*

1-1492*,

1-1493*

1-1494,

1-1495

1-1496*

1-1496*

1-1497*

1-1498

1-1499

1-1499

1-1500,

1-1501

1-1502,

1-1503

1-1504-

1-1512

1*1514-

1*1515

1-1516

1-1517

1-1523

1*1521*-

1-1529*

Video

Equalizer

1-1477

1-1477

* Indicates MIL

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1475

WONDERFILE!

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

ALLEN AVIONICS, I3STO.

224 EAST SECOND STREET • MINEOLA, NEW YORK 11501 • PHONES: 516-248-8080 OR 516-747-5450

VIDEO FILTERS

DELAY EQUALIZED NTSC LOWPASS FILTERS — VFL SERIES

For the video field, we have built many lowpass filters having sharp roll-offs and good passband delay linearity
with cut-off frequencies from .1 MHz to 10 MHz. The most popular of these are used to attenuate the harmonics
of the NTSC color sub-carrier frequency 3.58 MHz. The most commonly used filters in this group are tabulated
beiow: VFL SERIES

ALIEN AVIONICS VFL 5 P 2 i

DELAY. EQUALIZED' " ' ■

l °WPAS$ FILTER OUT
PC '5.2 mi i 75 \

Size: 4" x 2 " x VA" in metal can with BNC Connectors.

Impedance = 75 ohms.

Maximum Insertion Loss @ 100 KHz = Idb.
Maximum Passband Ripple = ±.25db.
Maximum Delay Variation = ±3% to
— ,25db frequency.

Part No.

Maximum .25db
Attanuatlon @
Frequancy (MHz)

Maximum 3db
Attenuation @
Frtquancy (MHz)

Minimum 45db
Attenuation @
Frequency (MHz)

Approximate
Passband Delay
(Nanoseconds)

VFL1P7

1.75

1.92

2.41

1691

VFL2P2

2.25

2.45

3.10

1325

VFL2P7

2.75

3.00

3.77

1082

VFL3P2

3.20

3.50

4.40

928

VFL3P5

3.50

3.84

4.82

846

VFL3P8

3.80

4.16

5.22

781

VFL4P5

4.50

4.93

6.19

659

VFL5P2

5.20

5.70

7.16

570

VFL6P0

6.00

6.58

8.27

494

VFL6P5

6.50

7.12

8.95

457

NOW AVAILABLE:

Complete family of Delay Equalized Lowpass Filters with amplitude and
delay characteristics similar to the above tabulated filters. These filters
are offered at any cut-off frequency from 1 KHz to 10 MHz. Impedance
(depending on cut-off frequency) ranges from 50 to 5000 ohms. Complete
specifications are available in our extensive filters catalog.

A complete Video Delay Lines & Filters Catalog also available.

ALSO AVAILABLE NTSC FILTERS:

• “VCL” Series Sharpest Lowpass Delay Equalized Filters.

• "VFB3P6" Bandpass Filters to isolate chrominance information.

• “VFR” Series Reject Filters for rejection of color information to pro-
vide isolation from luminance signal.

SUB-MINIATURE FILTERS

FROM 5 MHz TO 500 MHz • PASSIVE L-C FILTER DESIGN

LOW PASS FILTERS

50 OHMS — V 2 db MAX. RIPPLE-

Shape Factor
(See Graph)

20db

40db

Size

B

1.60

2.30

SA

C

1.25

1.60

SA

D

1.15

1.40

SB

E

fMSM

HEH

■a

F

Hf

1.20

w

Vhdb MAX. INSERTION LOSS

ORDERING PROCEDURE

Filter

Cut-Off

Type

Frequency

Shape Factor
B, C, D, E, F
(See Graph)

(for SMA Connectors)
*P

(for Printed Circuit Mtg.)

EXAMPLES: ML
ML

FEATURING:

• Small size, lightweight.

• Low insertion loss — y 2 db Max.

• .5db Maximum Ripple.

• SMA Connectors standard.

• Order any cut-off frequency from
5 to 500 MHz.

• Good temperature stability.

500P — B — S
5P55 — D — P

Cut-off frequency can be any 3
500 MHz. “P” represents decimal
in 2nd, 3rd or 4th location.
Examples: 5P55 = 5.55 MHz
58P7 = 58.7 MHz
500P = 500 MHz

* PC Mounting optional for cut-off
frequencies of 100 MHz or less.

digit number from 5 to
point and must be used

HIGH PASS FILTERS

50 OHMS— Idb MAX. RIPPLE— Idb MAX. INSERTION LOSS

SIZE (INCHES)

Units normally

supplied

in metal cans

with

SMA

Connectors on

each

end

(.5"

K .5")

SA

— .80 x

.50 x

.50

SB

— 1.00 x

.50 x

.50

SC -

— 1.25 x

.50 x

.50

.4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1Fc ^

Shape Factor
(See Graph)

20db

40db

Size

B

.625

.435

SA

C

.800

.625

SA

D

.870

.714

SB

E

.877

.769

SB

F

.909

.833

SC

FEATURING:

• Small size, lightweight.

• Low insertion loss — Idb Max.

• Idb Maximum Ripple.

• SMA Connectors standard.

• Order any cut-off frequency from
5 to 500 MHz.

• Good temperature stability.

ORDERING PROCEDURE:

Filter

Cut-Off

Shape Factor

S

(for SMA Connectors)

Type

Frequency

B, C, D, E, F
(See Graph)

*P

(for Printed Circuit Mtg.)

N I

EXAMPLES: MH — 500P— E — P
MH — 58P7— F — S

*

Cut-off frequency can be any 3 digit number from 5 to
500 MHz. "P” represents decimal point and must be used
in 2nd, 3rd or 4th location.

Examples: 5P55 = 5.55 MHz
58P7 = 58.7 MHz
500P = 500 MHz

* PC Mounting optional for cut-off frequencies of 50 MHz or less.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1477

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

AL.L.BN AVIONICS, INC.

224 EAST SECOND STREET * MINEOLA, NEW YORK 11501 * PHONES: 516-248-8080 OR 516-747-5450

SUB-MINIATURE BANDPASS FILTERS

FROM 10MHz to 500MHz
PASSIVE L-C FILTER DESIGN

50 Ohms — 1 db Maximum Ripple

All of our filters are specified as having a minimum bandwidth at the
— 3db points and a maximum bandwidth at the —20 and — 40db points.
These filters are no exception. Most of the bandpass filters on this page
do not exhibit arithmetic or geometric symmetry. However, to insure our
customers of a simple method of determining their requirements, we are
specifying the — 3db, — 20db and — 40db bandwidths as if all had arith-
metic symmetry. This will guarantee that at least V 2 of the 3db passband
will exist on each side of the center frequency. The — 20db and — 40db
points will be no greater than ± V 2 of their respective bandwidth away from
the center frequency.

ORDERING PROCEDURE

Filter

Center Frequency (Fo)

3db Bandwidth (Fc)=E?

Shape

s

Type

Q

Factor

(for SMA

Can be any 3 digit number
from 10 to 500MHz. "P"
represents decimal point
and must be used in 2nd,
3rd or 4th location.

Can be any 3 digit number up
to 125MHz (a center frequency
of 500MHz with a Q of 4). "P"
represents decimal point & must
be used in one of the 4 locations.
The specified bandwidth must be
within the limits of the tabulated

Q. (See examples below.)
'

(See

Table)

Connectors)

*P

(for Printed
Circuit Mtg.)

EXAMPLE: ^MB - 99P5 - 4P50 -

Fi to F 0 and F 0 to F 2 >Vz 3db bandwidth
F 3 to F 0 and F 0 to F 4 < 'A 20db bandwidth
F 5 to F 0 and F 0 to F 6 < Zz 40db bandwidth

Shape

Factor

20db

3db

EH

A

B9

8.0

B

4.8

C

2.3

3.4

D

2.0

2.6

This Part No. describes a bandpass filter having its center frequency at 99.5MHz and
having a 3db bandwidth of 4.50MHz with an “A" shape factor and SMA Connectors.
Note in tabulation below that for a center frequency of 100MHz, and a shape factor of
"A", a Q of up to 30 is realizable.

EXAMPLE: MB - 10P0 - P200 - A - S

This Part No. describes a bandpass filter having its center frequency at 10.0MHz and
having a 3db bandwidth of .200MHz with an “A” shape factor and SMA Connectors.
Note in tabulation below that for a center frequency of 10MHz, and a shape factor of
"A", a Q of 50 is realizable.

*PC Mounting optional for center frequencies of 100MHz or less.

SIZE (INCHES)
Units normally supplied
in metal cans with SMA
Connectors on each end
(.5” x .5").

SA - .80 x .50 x .50
SB - 1.00 x. 50 x .50
SC- 1.25x.50x .50

Center

Freq-

uency

(Fo)

Q Range
Fo

Inser-

tion

Loss

(db)

Size

3db BW

10MHz

mumm

A

mm

BBSS!

A

mnsm

mm

B

Hi

BBIOB

mmam

B

mm

C

mzwm

mam

C

Kifel

mam

4-10

D

fEl

BEEH

D

MzkM

mam

25MHz

: : . i

wbsem

A

mm

mam

WEMSM

A

MrEm

B

mm

mm

'WB£3M

B

warn

mm

C

mmm

mm

C

mmm

mm

D

masm

wms

HfilM

D

msm

mm

50MHz

!

: i

'm-A ; -m-

4-8

mm

25-45

A

7-15

SA

8-25

B

5-9

SB

25-30

B

8-15

SB

6-15

i

3-7

SB

15-25

6-13

SB

4-10

D

3-8

SC

10-15

6-12

SC

Q Range
Fo

Shape

Factor

Inser-

tion

Loss

(db)

3db BW

75MHz

wmm

A

Kza

MM

A

■fflftll

tsx

WK3BM

B

mwm

EDI

mmm

B

EH

mmm

C

mtz&rnm

C

asm

WBSEM

D

asm

wnmm

D

JSSEk

M

100MHz

mm

msgai

A

mamm

A !

mm

WESMM

B

KEM

mm

B

msg$

mm

6-10

C

BsOSl

c

BtliS

mm

4-10

D

BEES

mm

O

BMMI

mm

150MHz

maxim

A

asm

mm

15-25

A

7-13

SA

8-15

B

5-9

SB

15-20

B

8-13

SB

6-10

C

4-6

SB

10-15

C

5-10

SC

4-10

D

4-8

SC

10-15

D

6-12

SC

Q Range
Fo

Shape

Factor

Inser-

tion

Loss

(db)

Size

3db BW

REB9

A

ran

SA

■BEBi

A

B

SA

8-12

B

5-9

SB

B

Fsilci

SB

ME5EM

C

asm

SB

Wilkli

C

SOSES

SB

4-10

D

KIM

SC

HfctWkWR

D

ubi

mm

■ranai

A

KEW

A

mm

8-12

B

Kl

iHi

B

msm

SB

6-10

c

msm

SB

maun

mmm

SB

HEfEl!

D

KOMI

SC

BESOM

D

mm

300MHz

to

500MHz

■BIB—

A

msm

SA

8-12

B

5-9

SB

12-15

B

8-13

SB

6-10

C

4-6

SB

10-12

C

5-10

SB

4-10

D

48

SC

10-12

D

6-12

SC

1*1478

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

ALLEN A.-V'XOnSTXCS, I3STC.

224 EAST SECOND STREET * MINE0LA, NEW YORK 11501 • PHONES: 516-248-8080 OR 516-747-5450

SEE OUR PAGES UNDER

DELAY LINES

SECTION 2350

WRITE FOR CATALOG

CUSTOM-BUILT L-C FILTERS

LINEAR PHASE LOWPASS

LINEAR PHASE
LOWPASS FILTERS

Types:

Bessel, Gaussian, Equal
Phase Ripple and Transi-
tional (Gaussian to 6 db).

Frequency Range:

400Hz to 50MHz.
Impedance Range:

50 ohms to 20K ohms.

Low Delay and Phase
Distortion in Passband.

Very Low Pulse Distortion
(Low Overshoot).

Construction:

Epoxy encapsulated
or sealed in metal can.

DELIVERY:

PROTOTYPES CAN
OFTEN BE DELIVERED
IN LESS THAN 7 DAYS

The lowpass filters listed
below are typical units that
we build. We do manufacture
linear phase lowpass filters
with any cut-off frequency
between IKHz and 50MHz.

SIZE (INCHES)

Sealed in Metal Can.
Printed Circuit Termin-
als, End Terminals or
Connectors available
where applicable:

K — 1.50 x 1.000 x .800
L — 2.00 x 1.625 x 1.125
M -3.00xl.625xl.125
N —4.00x1.500x1.250
Encapsulated in Epoxy
Container:

U —2.00 x 1.125 x .750
W — 2.50x1.125 x .750
X -3.00xl.500xl.000
Y — 4.00x1.500x1.125
Z —4.50x2.500x1.375

The graph at right illus-
trates ideal delay char-
acteristics.

Consult table below for
typical realizable values.

Shape

Factor

Max.

Phase

Distor-

tion

Maxi-

mum

Over-

shoot

Typical

Delay

Varia-

tion

A

-±. 2 °

1.5%

3%

B

± 2 °

1.5%

3%

C

±2°

1.5%

3%

D

±3°

3%

8%

E

±7°

6%

13%

F

±12°

9%

17%

1.0 F c — ► 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

< 1

cc

o

z

.c

-D

-B

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 F c

NORMALIZED (GROUP DELAY)

GROUP DELAY = '

27TF C (Hz)

1/2 db MAXIMUM RIPPLE— 1 db MAXIMUM INSERTION LOSS

Cut-Off (Fc)
Frequency

3 db Max.

Impedance

Range

(Ohms)

Shape

Factor

(See

Graph)

Size

Range

IKHz

500-10K

A

X

500-10K

B

Y, Z

■KfiTiSTiM

C

Z

500-10K

D

Y

500-10K

E

Y, Z

F

Z

5KHz

A

X

B

Y, Z

50-15K

C

Y, Z

50-20 K

D

Y

50-20K

E

Y, Z

50-10K

F

Z

lOKHz

A

B

X, Y

WKSSBEESM

C

X, Y

D

w,x

E

X, Y

mzsEm

■ F

Y, Z

50KHz

50-10K

A

HU

50-10K

B

X

50-5 K

C

X, Y

50-10K

D

WESM

50-10K

E

X, Y

50-10K

F

X, Y

lOOKHz

50-10K

A

50-5 K

B

50-5 K

C

X, Y

50-10K

D

w,x

50-10K

E

X

50-10K

F

X, Y

Cut-Off (Fc)
Frequency

3 db Max.

Impedance

Range

(Ohms)

Shape

Factor

(See

Graph)

Size

Range

7.5MHz

50-500

A

K

50-250

B

L

50-100

C

M

50-500

D

L

50-500

E

M

50-500

F

M

10MHz

50-100

A

K

50-100

B

L

50-100

C

M

50-100

D

L

50-100

E

M

50-100

F

M

20 MHz

50-100

A

K

50-100

B

L

50-100

D

L

50-100

E

M

50-100

F

N

30MHz

50-100

A

K

50-100

B

L

50-100

D

L

50-100

E

M

50-100

F

N

40 MHz

50

A

K

50

B

L

50

D

L

50

E

M

50

F

M

50MHz

50

A

K

50

D

L

50

E

M

50

F

M

Cut-Off (Fc)

Frequency

3 db Max.

Impedance

Range

(Ohms)

Shape

Factor

(See

Graph)

Size

Range

500KHZ

50-3K

A

U, W

50-3 K

B

W

50-1 K

C

W, X

50-5K

D

w

50-5K

E

w, x

■EZ23H

F

X, Y

750KHZ

50-2.5K

A

u, w

EZsESnSI

B

W, X

C

X, Y

50-5K

u, w

50-5K

w, x

50-5 K

F

X

1MHz

50-500

A

L

50-500

B

M

50-500

C

M

50-500

D

W

50-500

E

W, X

50-500

F

X

2MHz

50-500

A

L

50-500

B

M

50-500

C

M

50-500

D

W

50-500

E

w,x

50-500

F

W, X

5MHz

50-500

A

torn

50-500

B

50-200

C

M

50-500

D

L

50-500

E

M

50-500

F

M

SHARP DELAY EQUALIZED LOWPASS FILTERS

By the utilization of delay equalization techniques, Allen Avionics now designs and manufactures a complete line of
sharper cut-off, flat delay lowpass filters than shown above. We offer these with 40db to 3db ratios as small as 1.22
and delay distortion of less than 10%.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1479

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

ALLE3N AVIONICS, INC.

224 EAST SECOND STREET

MINEOLA, NEW YORK 11501

PHONES: (516) 248-8080 OR (516) 747-5450

CUSTOM-BUILT LOWPASS & HIGHPASS L-C FILTERS

SEE OUR PAGES UNDER

DELAY LINES

SECTION 2350

WRITE FOR CATALOG

FAST DELIVERY ON PROTOTYPES

Types.* Butterworth, Tchebycheff, Gaussian, Bessel and Elliptic Function.

Frequency Range: 200 Hz to 200 MHz.

Construction: Epoxy encapsulated or sealed in metal can.

The Lowpass and Highpass Filters listed below are typical units that we build. We do manufacture units
with shape factors and cut-off frequencies in-between those listed.

LOW PASS FILTERS

SIZE (INCHES)

Sealed in Metal Can with
B.N.C. Connectors:

L — 2.00 x 1.625 x 1.125
M —3.00 x 1.625 x 1.125
N -4.00xl.500 xl.250
0 — 5.00 x 1.500 x 1.250

Encapsulated in
Epoxy Container:

S — 1.25 x .875 x .625
U — 2.00 x 1. 125 x .750
W — 2.50 x 1. 125 x .750
X —3.00 x 1.500 x 1.000
Y —4.00 x 1.500x 1.125
Z — 4.50 x 2.500 x 1.375

HIGH PASS FILTERS

0

wra

m

□

.435Fc

.870F C

.714Fc

a

■bliEia

m

EH3

1 db MAXIMUM RIPPLE — 2 db MAXIMUM INSERTION LOSS

Cut-Off (Fc)
Frequency

3 db Max.

Impedance

Range

(Ohms)

Shape

Factor

(See

Graph)

Size

200 Hz

500-1500

B

z

D

z

400 Hz

500-3K

B

Y

D

Z

1 kHz

500-10K

B

Y

D

Z

F

z

2.5 kHz

500-20K

B

Y

D

Z

F

Z

5 kHz

50-20K

B

Y

D

Z

150-20K

F

z

7.5 kHz

50-20K

B

Y

D

Z

150-20K

F

z

10 kHz

50-10K

B

X

D

z

150-10K

F

z

25 kHz

50-10K

B

X

D

z

150-10K

F

z

50 kHz

50-10K

B

X

D

z

150-10K

F

Y

H

z

75 kHz

50-10K

B

w

D

Y

150-10K

F

Y

H

Z

100 kHz

50-10K

B

w

D

Y

F

Y

H

Z

200 kHz

50-10K

B

u

D

w

50-5K

F

Y

H

Z

300 kHz

50-5K

B

u

D

w

50-5K

F

Y

H

z

Cut-Off (Fc)
Frequency

3 db Max.

Impedance

Range

(Ohms)

Shape

Factor

(See

Graph)

Size

400 kHz

50-5K

B

U

D

w

F

Y

H

Z

500 kHz

50-5K

B

U

D

w

F

Y

H

Z

600 kHz

50-2. 5K

B

U

D

w

50-2K

F

Y

H

Z

700 kHz

50-2.5K

B

U

D

w

50-2. OK

F

Y

H

Z

800 kHz

50-1.5K

B

u

D

w

50-1. OK

F

X

H

z

900 kHz

50-1.5K

B

u

D

w

50-1.0K

F

X

H

Y

1 MHz

50-1.5K

B

u

D

w

50-1. OK

F

X

H

0

2 MHz

50-250

B

u

D

w

50-200

F

X

H

0

3 MHz

50-250

B

u

D

w

50-200

F __

X

H

0

4 MHz

50-250

B

u ■■

D

w

50-200

F

X

H

0

5 MHz

50-250

B

s

D

w

50-100

F

X

H

0

6 MHz

50-100

B

s

D

u

F

. X

H

0

REQUEST THE MOST COMPREHENSIVE L-C FILTERS CATALOG

.4 .5 .6

.7 .8 .9

1.0F C ►-

Cut-Off (Fc)
Frequency

3 db Max.

Impedance

Range

(Ohms)

Shape

Factor

(See

Graph)

Size

7 MHz

50-100

B

s

D

u

F

M

H

0

8 MHz

50-100

B

S

D

U

F

M

H

0

9 MHz

50-100

B

s

D

u

F

M

H

N

10 MHz

50-100

B

S

D

S

F

M

H

N

15 MHz

50-100

B

S

D

S

F

M

H

N

20 MHz

50-100

B

S

D

S

50

F

M

H

N

25 MHz

50

B

S

D

S

F

M

H

N

30 MHz

50

B

S

D

S

F

M

35 MHz

50

B

L

D

M

F

M

40 MHz

50

B

L

D

M

F

M

50 MHz

50

B

L

D

M

F

50

B

M |

D

hdhi

50

B

l

M

' Lowpass only.

1*1480

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

BANDPASS

FAST DELIVERY ON PROTOTYPES

Types: Butterworth, Tchebycheff, and Elliptic
Function.

Frequency Range: 400 Hz to 30 MHz.

Impedance Range: 50 ohms to 10K ohms.
Construction: Epoxy encapsulated or sealed in
metal can.

Order any center frequency required. Interpolation
between frequencies listed below is valid.

Shape

20 db BW

40 db BW

Factor

3 db BW

3 db BW

Ao

3.65

7.85

B

1.60

2.50

C

1.45

1.85

E

1.20

1.45

Fq = VF! f 2 = Vf 3 f 4 = Vf 5 f 6

db MAXIMUM RIPPLE

Center ® Range impedance

f0 Range Shape Insertion

SIZE (INCHES)

Sealed in Metal Can. Printed Circuit
Terminals, End Terminals or Con-
nectors available where applicable:

M — 3.00 X 1.625 x 1.125

N -4.00xl.500 xl.250
0 — 5.00 x 1.500 x 1.250

P — 6.00 x 1.500 x 1.250

Q — 7.00 x 1.500 x 1.250

NN — 4.00 x 4.000 x 1.250

00 — 5.00 x 4.000 x 1.250

Encapsulated in Epoxy Container:

V — 1.75 x 1.750 x .875

W — 2.50 x 1.125 x .750

X — 3.00 X 1.500 X 1.000

Y — 4.00 X 1.500 x 1.125

Y, — 4.00 x 2.000 x 1.250

Z — 4.50 x 2.500 x 1.375

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1481

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS!

2700

AMP Makes the Difference in Filters

* ValL

for most commercial applications. Generally, Premium series filters offer
higher operating voltage maximums, withstand higher operating
temperatures and provide higher dielectric withstanding voltage and
insulation resistance. Also, Premium series filters are subjected to
environmental testing typical of components for military applications.

Standard and Premium filter groups are divided as follows: Within the
Standard group there are three series having normal capacitance (20, 30
and 50 series having 1000, 2000 and 3000 picofarads min., respectively).
Within the Premium group there are three series having normal
capacitance (20P, 30P and 50P series having 1500, 3000 and 4000
picofarads min., respectively).

Standard low capacitance filters are divided into two series: The 60
series having 175 picofarads max., and 70 series having 400 picofarads
max.

Quiet-Line Series -Comparison of Minimum No-Load Insertion Loss.

■■■■

■ 1111112 ?!!

IIIIIIIIISi

mummuui

iiiiimui

, To 18 GHz

lllllll

m

111

lill

wwwm

111

Nil

min

m

uilH

■■hi

£5111

To 18 GHz

wim

11

|

» To 18 GHz

mm

111 \m

i

p

mm

ill

1

lii

1MHz 10 MHz lOOMHz 1 GHz 10 GHz

Filter Pins

All the above connectors are available in filtered version.

Proven, Inexpensive Filtering. AMP Quiet Line Filters provide proven,
inexpensive filtering of conducted electro-magnetic interference (EMI)
and general system noise. Available as loose pieces or as components
of preassembled connectors, AMP Quiet Line Filters are divided into
Standard and Premium groups. Standard series filters are appropriate

“30” Series Filters

(Shown as typical)

Style

“20”
Series
Part No.

“30”
Series
Part No.

"50”
Series
Part No.

“60”
Series
Part No.

“70”

Series

Part No.

Bolt

(8-32)

859619-1

859618-1

859617-1

859659-1

859658-1

Bolt

(12-32)

—

859645-1

859646-1

—

859681-1

Eyelet

859616-1

859615-1

859614-1

859656-1

859655-1

Pin/Sleeve

859613-1

859612-1

859611-1

859653-1

859652-1

Eyelet Style

Bolt Style
(8-32 Thread Size)

—►I .0

Request Catalog No. 78-487 and 80-565 for complete listing

Pin/Sleeve Style

y *-M_i L_P

.280 — ►! (-*- .195 J-*

Need more details? Call AMP Customer Service at (717) 780-4400,
or write AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, PA 17105.

Specifications subject to change. Consult AMP Incorporated for latest design specifications.
AMP - Trademark of AMP Incorporated

1-1482

porated INCORPORATED

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

A. P. CIRCUIT CORPORATION

513 EAST 86th STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10028

TEL: 212 / 737-1348

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1 *1483

LOW PASS, HIGH PASS, BAND PASS.

BAND STOP, EQUALIZERS, WEIGHTING,

ROOFING, C-NOTCH, MB ■ , , . ,

OMESSAGE AND w S wBj Chesterfield
JUNCTION FILTERS. L2Qi Products/inc.

THE LEADER IN LC FILTERS

37 Midland Avenue, Elmwood Park, NJ 07407
Telephone: 201/797-9655

1*1484

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS]

2700

comstron corporation

TECHNOLOGY “ + ” FILTERS

The Extra Edge in Systems Performance DC to 1 GHz

Comstron has developed optimum frequency
or time domain filters to produce near
theoretical system performance. These
technology + filters are available as catalog
items or custom tailored to your needs.

comstron

Th» Lu<Hr In High Technology Flllen

i comstron

Design

Comstron has implemented modern network syn-
thesis and physical realization techniques to the point
where highly reliable, compact, LC and crystal filters
are available - quickly and economically. Proprietary
computer analysis, modeling, and optimization pro-
grams efficiently arrive at near-optium solutions to
spectral, time domain, and stochastic problems. The
Company's Enhanced Synthesis Program (ESP), Filter
Optimization Program (FOP) and Parameter Op-
timization Program (POP) provide design parameters
for systems oriented functions. Requirements for group
delay equalization, wide band arithmetic symmetry,
x/sin x amplitude correction, corrected Nyquist filters,
phase compensation, and time domain response
designs are routinely and efficiently handled.

Test

The Company's commitment to excellence is evi-
dent in its extensive test facilities. Automatic com-
puter based network analyzers cover the frequency
range from dc to 1.3 GHz with full plotting and printer
output capability. Parameters which are
automatically measured include amplitude
response, phase response, group delay, and return
loss. Time domain testing can also be performed to
verify impulse response or response to complex
waveforms.

Computer directed environmental testing allows
unattended measurements of performance over
temperature on a production basis. Comstron's pro-
prietary Automatic Filter Test (AFT) programs permits
rapid and accurate generation of acceptance test
procedures as well as full documentation and data
files when required.

Quality Control

Comstron maintains a Quality Control Department
that ensures compliance with MIL-I-45208A and MIL-
Q-9858A when applicable. Microscopic inspection,
controlled environment, material control and
traceability, solder training programs, and strict con-
figuration management all contribute to producing
an exceptionally reliable product.

The quality control program is continuously
monitored. Over the years since its inception, Com-
stron has assembled a dedicated, conscientious
staff whose pride of workmanship and customer
loyalty is the keynote of the Company.

Send for our complete Data Sheets.

comstron

l comstron

MP® ©pMsmlsed HP Filters

comstron

MimaJhair® HBglh Fterfffiam&inc®
IDC filters MOT® MSfe

Standard Filter Catagories

• FDM Channel

• Quad Phase Matched

• Miniature LC.

• USB/LSB

• Fiber Optic Repeater

• Group Delay Equalizer

• NPR Optimized

• Pulse Response Optimized

• Nyquist

• Video

• Speech Plus

• Group/Super Group/Master
Group/Pilot Notch

• 70/140 MHz Satellite IF Filters

• 70 MHz Switchable Equalizer
(Delay or Amplitude)

Call Comstron for applications assistance for your LC and Crystal Filter requirements.

comstron corporation

200 East Sunrise Highway, Freeport. New York 1 1 520
(51 6)546-9700 TWX 51 0-225-3699

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

World Leader In
RFI Technology

1600 Winchester Road
Libertyville, IL 60048 USA
312-680-7400
TWX 910-687-1058

CASE STYLES

RFI Power Line Filters

CORCOM S FAMILY OF PRODUCTS

B Series

General purpose common mode filters.
Available in case styles E, F, and G.

Current ratings: 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30 amps.

EF Series

Attenuation performance similar to B series,
small package with I EC connector. Available
in case styles A and B.

Current ratings: 1, 3, 6 amps.

ED Series TO

Enhanced common mode plus differential
mode performance in the EF package.
Available in case styles A and B.

Current ratings: 1, 3, 6 amps.

K Series

General purpose common mode performance
(similar to B and EF) plus differential mode
performance. Available in case styles C, E,

F, andG.

Current ratings: 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30 amps.

R Series

Dual section filter for high common and
differential mode performance in low
impedance equipment such as synchronous
motors. Available in case styles C, E, F, and G.
Current ratings: 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20 amps.

SK Series

Enhanced common mode performance from
high inductance; enhanced differential
mode performance from high capacitance;
peak current capability; best suited to high
impedance loads. Available in case styles
C, E, and F.

Current ratings: 3, 6, 10 amps.

EH Series TO<§<^@

Special purpose filters for medical equipment
that must comply with the extremely low
leakage current requirements of UL544,
Patient Care category. Available in case styles
A, B, and E.

Current rating: 6 amps.

S,V,W Series TOd

In addition to common mode attenuation,
these units provide significantly higher
differential mode inductance. Available in
case style E.

Current ratings: 3, 6, 10, 20 amps.

S — Differential mode performance with
common mode attenuation optimized for
150kHz to 30MHz.

V— Additional differential mode element
over the S series for use with low impedance
equipment.

W— Differential mode performance of V
series with common mode enhancement
in the mid and high frequency ranges,
for use with high impedance equipment.

EP Series ^M@^®

Dual section filter for low impedance loads
with high performance common and
differential mode attenuation from 150kHz
to 30MHz for switching power supplies.
Available in case styles C, E, and F.

Current ratings: 3, 6, 10 amps.

Q Series

High performance unit with peak current
capability, common/differential mode
attenuation and impedance optimized for
VDE emission control of switching
power supplies from 10kHz to 30MHz.
Available in case styles D, E, and F.

Current rating: 3 amps.

SP Series TO

Dual section filter with enhanced common
mode attenuation compared to the EP
through application of additional line-to-
ground capacitance. Available in case style E.
Current ratings: 3, 6, 10 amps.

J SERIES AND M SERIES/POWER ENTRY MODULE

J Series /Voltage Selecting and Fused Connector

Developed for the manufacturer who markets products worldwide,
the VS & F Connector eliminates the need for internal wiring changes,
special power supplies or the need for stocking different line cords.
Designed with an internationally approved line cord connector, a
fuse holder and a unique voltage selector card. Available unfiltered
or filtered.

M Series/ Power Entry Module

Corcom’s Power Entry Module is the new generation of Corcom’s
VS & F Connector. Incorporated into one unit are the following:

• I EC Line Cord Connector

• Fuseholder, capable of using one U. S. or two European fuses

• Optional DPST Power On /Off Rocker Switch

• Optional 2-Voltage or 4-Voltage Card Selection ©Corcom Inc.

1*1486

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

data delay devices,

385 Lakeview Ave., Clifton, N.J. 0701 1
Tel: (201) 772-1106

me.

\o7

SHORT

FORM

CATALOG

DIP-ACTIVE FILTERS series 5151-5353

SPECIFICATIONS

• Transfer characteristics — Butterworth

• Gain In pass-band — 0 db ± .2 db.

• Cut-off frequency accuracy — ± 2% @ -3 db.

• Maximum Input voltage — 10 volts peak.

• Skirt Attenuation — 24 db / octave.

• DC drift — 20uV / °C typical.

• Supply Voltage — ± 15V typical ( ±9V to ± 18V operational).

•Temperature range — 0° to +70°C (standard); -55°C to + 125°C (on request).

• Temperature Coefficient — .03% / °C. Better on request.

• Power Consumption — 200MW Maximum.

LOW-PASS FILTERS

HIGH-PASS FILTERS

3 db

3 db

3 db

3 db

PART NO.

FREQUENCY

PART NO.

FREQUENCY

PART NO.

FREQUENCY

PART NO.

FREQUENCY

(HZ)

(HZ)

(HZ)

(HZ)

5151-1

1

5151-400

400

5353-10

10

5353-2,500

2,500

5151-10

10

5151-1,000

1,000

5353-100

100

5353-3,250

3,250

T

w

•

P/N 5151
-1000

450

MAX

_L

8

tO Mi. -

5151-20

5151-40

5151-50

5151-100

5151-200

5353-160
5353-400
5353-500
5353-1 ,000
5353-1 .800

NOTE: The above table gives only a small number of designs available. Many other designs are availabe on
request. Any frequency from 1HZ to 25 KHZ can be selected. To make a part number, simply use the
basic series number and the cut-off frequency.

BAND-PASS FILTER series 5555

PART NO.

fc(Hz)

PART NO.

fc(Hz)

PART NO.

fc(Hz)

5555-360

360

5555-1260

1260

5555-2280

2280

5555-420

420

5555-1320

1320

5555-2340

2340

5555-480

480

5555-1336

1336

5555-2400

2400

5555-540

540

5555-1380

1380

5555-2460

2460

5555-600

600

5555-1440

1440

5555-2520

2520

5555-560

660

5555-1477

1477

5555-2580

2580

5555-697

697

5555-1500

1500

5555-2640

2640

5555-720

720

5555-1560

1560

5555-2700

2700

5555-770

770

5555-1620

1620

5555-2760

2760

5555-780

780

5555-1633

1633

5555-2820

2820

5555-840

840

5555-1680

1680

5555-2280

2880

5555-852

852

5555-1740

1740

5555-2940

2940

5555-900

900

5555-1800

1800

5555-3000

3000

5555-941

941

5555-1860

1860

5555-3060

3060

5555-960

960

5555-1920

1920

5555-3120

3120

5555-1020

1020

5555-1980

1980

5555-3180

3180

5555-1080

1080

5555-2040

2040

5555-3240

3240

5555-1140

1140

5555-2100

2100

5555-3300

3300

5555-1200

1200

5555-2160

2160

5555-3360

3360

5555-1209

1209

5555-2220

2220

SPECIFICATIONS

• Response: See graph.

• Gain @ fc: 10 db typical.

• Center Frequency Accuracy: ±1%.

• Input Voltage: 1v rms Max.

• Supply Voltage: 15Vdc.

• Temperature Range: 0° to 70°C.

• Temperature Coefficient: .03%/°C.

• Power Consumption: 625 MW <&' 25°C.

• Output Load: 600 Min.

* .800 MAX -| |^ m 3 a ° x °

h 6 Equal Spaces J

@ .100 = .600 I

LOW PROFILE FILTERS series 1100

CASE Metal flat case to reduce hum pick-up.

PINS Straight pins for PC mounting

PART

Imp.

PASS-BAND

STOP-BAND

CASE

NO.

IN/OUT

(Idb)

(3db)

NO.

1101-1

10K

DC to 460Hz

600Hz

40db above 750Hz

1

1101-2

600

DC to 3KHz

3.4KHz

40db above 4.2KHz

1

1101-3

10K

DCto 4.4KHz

5KHz

43db above 6.3 KHz

1

1101-4

IK

DC to 9KHz

lOKHz

43db above 12.8KHz

1

1101-5

600

DCto 15KHz

18KHz

43 db above 23KHz

1

1101-6

600

DCto 43KHz

50KHz

43db above 64KHz

2

BROAD BAND-PASS

OAT A QUAY DEVICES
P/ft /JW-2

PART

NO.

Imp.

IN/OUT

PASS-BAND

STOP-BAND (36db)
BELOW | ABOVE

CASE

NO.

1103-1

10K

1 KHz to 2KHz

0.5KHz

4KHz

3

1103-2

10K

2KHz to 4KHz

IKHz

8KHz

3

1103-3

10K

4KHz to 8KHz

2KHz

16KHz

3

1103-4

10K

lOKHz to 20KHz

5KHz

40KHz

4

PART

Imp.

PASS-BAND

STOP-BAND

CASE

NO.

IN/OUT

(Idb)

(3db)

NO.

1102-1

10K

300Hz & above

200Hz

40db below 140Hz

1

1102-2

10K

600Hz & above

400Hz

40db below 280Hz

1

1102-3

10K

1.2KHz& above

800Hz

40db below 560Hz

1

1102-4

10K

3KHz & above

2KHz

40db below 1.4KHz

2

1102-5

10K

6KHz & above

4KHz

40db below 2.8KHz

2

CASE DIMENSIONS

CASE

A

B

D

F

H 1

NO.

IN.

M.M.

IN.

M.M.

IN.

M.M.

IN.

M.M.

M.M

1

1.4

35.56

1.875

47.63

1.4

35.56

2.0

50.8

0.5

12.70

2

1.4

35.56

2.0

50.8

0.8

20.32

1.5

38.1

0.375

9.53

3

1.4

35.56

2.0

50.8

0.8

20.32

1.5

38.1

0.5

12.70

4

0.8

20.32

1.25

31.75

1.0

25.4

1.75

44.45

0.375

9.53

DATA DELAY DEVICES INC. • 385 Lakeview Avenue, Clifton, N.J. 07011 • (201) 772-1106

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1487

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

DELTA EMI POWER LINE FILTERS

DB Series

These filters are designed as general purpose
filters which can be used in a wide variety of
electrical and electronic equipment. DB series
filters effectively provide EMI suppression of
line-to-ground noise in a small size at lowest
cost.

DC Series, SC Series

DC series and SC series filters are designed to
reduce conducted noise to acceptable limits for
switching power supplies that have to comply
with VDE and FCC requirements, and are suit-
able for custom designs. Both filters provide
ground-lead inductors to attenuate high fre-
quency line-to-ground noise. DC series filters
are designed for high impedance loads and SC
series filters for low impedance loads.

DD Series, SD Series

These filters are also designed to reduce con-
ducted noise to acceptable limits for switching
power supplies that have to comply with VDE
and FCC requirements. Besides being suitable
for custom designs, DD series are designed for
high impedance loads while SD series are de-
signed for low impedance loads.

DE Series

DE Series filters are compact and reliable at
lowest cost. With an IEC power line connector,
they are designed as general purpose filters
providing effective EMI suppression of line-to-
ground noise.

SE Series

SE series filters are designed to reduce con-
ducted noise to acceptable limits for switching
power supplies that have to comply with VDE
and FCC requirements. These filters are suit-
able for custom design. IEC power line connec-
tor used.

DK Series

DK series filters are very effective in suppress-
ing line-to-line and line-to-ground EMI noise.
They are used in computers, peripheral equip-
ment and industrial applications where pulsed,
continuous and/or intermittent noise is present.

DP Series

DP series filters are designed to reduce con-
ducted noise to acceptable limits for switching
power supplies that have to comply with VDE
and FCC requirements. They are designed to pro-
vide high insertion loss for line-to-line and line-
to ground emission throughout the frequency
range.

DR Series

DR Series filters provide premium performance
in suppressing line-to-line and line-to-ground
noise at moderate cost. They are very suitable
for low impedance load equipment where EMI
noisy environments are present and can be used
in many kinds of industrial equipment and
computers where pulsed, continuous and/or in-
termittent EMI noise is present.

A DELTA

ELECTRONIC INDUSTRY USA

1355 Yosemite Way
Hayward, CA 94545
TEL: (415) 785-5231
TLX: 4992342 DELTAITTHY

Specifications For All Series
Rated voltage: 115/250 VAC
Operating frequency: 50-60 Hz
Maximum leakage current: each line to ground:
115V 60 Hz — 0.5 mA
250V 50 Hz — 0.5 mA
measured according to UL 1283 PAR. 24

High pot test, 1 minute line to ground: 2250 VDC
line to line: 1450 VDC

Minimum insertion loss (dB)
Common mode, 50 ohms system

Frequency MHz

.15

.20

.50

10

30

DB series

25

28

30

50

50

DC, SC series

30

30

35

50

50

DD, SD series

30

35

40

55

50

DE series

20

23

30

55

55

SE series

25

35

45

60

50

DK series

25

28

30

50

50

DP series

60

60

75

50

40

DR series

45

45

60

50

50

Differential mode,

50 i

ohms

system

Frequency MHz

.15

.50

1.0

10

30

DC, SC series

20

40

45

50

50

DD, SD series

20

40

45

55

50

SE series

10

20

25

55

55

DK series

20

45

60

55

50

DP series

50

70

70

60

50

DR series

30

50

70

65

50

Main Features of Delta
EMI Filters

DELTA EMI filters are designed and built in full
conformance with UL Standard 1283, CSA Stand-
dard C22.2 No. 0.4 and VDE 0565 parts 1, 2 and
3. All EMI filters are UL recognized ( *i), most
have CSA ( <f ) approval, and VDE approval is in
process for the entire line. Latest agency ap-
provals are detailed in our complete catalog,
available upon request.

All filters are built with a specially designed

core cover that automatically maintains suffi-
cient creepage distance between compensation
choke windings. All terminals have an anti-rota-
tion feature and are designed to maintain suf-
ficient creepage distance between terminal and
ground.

All electrical connections are soldered and
mechanically secured. Every filter must pass
100% hipot, current leakage and insertion loss
tests before shipment.

Custom Designs

Contained herein is Delta’s complete line of
standard filters. If our standard products can-
not solve your particular EMI problems, our
engineers will work with you to design and
fabricate custom filters that are tailored to
your specific requirements.

Service and Support

Delta filters are stocked at selected distributors
nationwide, and our local sales representatives
in your area are ready to help you select the
right Delta filter for your requirements. Please
contact our Customer Service Department at
(415) 785-5231 for further information.

Delta’s Part Numbering System
Delta’s part numbering system is made up of
three elements which, when properly sequenced,
fully and easily identify the required filter.

For example:

05 DB AG3W2

CURRENT SERIES MECHANICAL

RATING CONSTRUCTION

Current Rating: AC RMS
e.g.: 05 = 5 Amps AC RMS

Series: Electrical Circuits — see adjacent table
Mechanical Construction:

A = Case Style — see examples on
adjacent page
G = Lug
W = PVC Wire
S = Screw

e.g.: G3W2 = 3 lugs + 2 lead wires

Electrical Schematics
DB, DE Series

tph^-x —
A T C ^

o

o- — |

DD Series

O —

DK Series

SE Series

TT £

I L_ non

■mT£tr\ I r—

Jht

U — [— QOO' — T—

\ i ^ T_ h

?T v Pw 5

0—1 — — T- vMj — O

0 IL _C °

DC Series

O — 'TftTET'—

O — \SSSr~

O — — f

SC Series

O — 75Z52T~i — t-

" W T
O— Uigg/ I - I

O — 'IfgZP — [

SD Series

o- l 7fl)V x -

.CfhC:

11 Mir-

° — W 1 -- ]_

DR Series

q- - j—

DP Series

rfcTKS

o — ■ — iSISSb — \SSSL/ ~~
°T.

•OTP — ' iffiP —o

C Z I

t OOQj — i CjQfl j — O

l — o

1*1488

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

DELTA EMI POWER LINE FILTERS

DELTA

ELECTRONIC INDUSTRY USA

1355 Yosemite Way
Hayward, CA 94545
TEL: (415) 785-5231
TLX: 4992342 DELTAITTHY

DB Series

CURRENT

RATING

P/N

SIZE (INCH) |

L

W

H

01DB AG5

2.13

2.05

0.63

01DB AG3W2

1.51

2.50

0.63

1A

01DB AW5

0.94

2.50

0.63

01DB DG3

3.20

2.20

1.25

01DB DW3

2.16

2.20

1.25

02DB AG5

2.13

2.50

0.63

02DB AG3W2

1.15

2.50

0.63

2A

02DB AW5

0.94

2.50

0.63

02DB DG3

3.20

2.20

1.25

02DB DW3

2.61

2.20

1.25

03DB AG5

2.52

2.50

0.75

03DB AG3W2

1.94

2.50

0.75

3A

03DB AW5

1.31

2.50

0.75

03DB DG3

3.20

2.20

1.25

03DB DW3

2.61

2.20

1.25

05DB AG5

2.52

2.50

0.75

05DB AG3W2

1.94

2.50

0.75

5A

05DB AW5

1.31

2.50

0.75

05DB DG3

3.20

2.20

1.25

05DB DW3

2.61

2.20

1.25

05DB AS5A

3.35

2.75

1.13

10DB AG5

2.52

2.50

1.16

10A

10DB AG3W2

1.94

2.50

1.16

10DB AW5

1.31

2.50

1.16

10DB AS5

2.64

2.50

1.16

20A

20DB AG5

3.23

2.75

1.13

20DB AS5

3.35

2.75

1.13

DC & SC Series

CURRENT

RATING

P/N

SIZE (INCH) |

L

W

H

03DC CG5

3.73

2.00

1.50

3A

03SC CG5

3.73

2.00

1.50

03 DC CW5

3.32

2.00

1.50

03SC CW5

3.32

2.00

1.50

06DC CG5

3.73

2.00

1.50

6A

06SC CG5

3.73

2.00

1.50

06DC CW5

3.32

2.00

1.50

06SC CW5

3.32

2.00

1.50

10DC CG5

3.73

2.00

1.75

10A

10SC CG5

3.73

2.00

1.75

10DC CW5

3.32

2.00

1.75

10SC CW5

3.32

2.00

1.75

DD & SD Series

CURRENT

RATING

P/N

SIZE (INCH)

L

W

H

03DD CG5

3.73

2.00

1.50

3A

03SD CG5

3.73

2.00

1.50

03DD CW5

3.32

2.00

1.50

03 SD CW5

3.32

2.00

1.50

06DD CG5

3.73

2.00

1.50

6A

06SD CG5

3.73

2.00

1.50

06DD CW5

3.32

2.00

1.50

06SD .CW5

3.32

2.00

1.50

10DD CG5

3.73

2.00

1.75

10A

10SD CG5

3.73

2.00

1.75

10DD CW5

3.32

2.00

1.75

10SD CW5

3.32

2.00

1.75

DE Series

CURRENT

RATING

P/N

SIZE (INCH) |

L

W

H

1A

01DE

EG3H

2.08

1.97

0.88

01DE

EG3V

1.53

1.97

0.88

3A

03DE

EG3H

2.08

1.97

0.88

03DE

EG3V

1.53

1.97

0.88

6A

06DE

EG3H

2.08

1.97

0.88

06DE

EG3V

1.53

1.97

0.88

SE Series

CURRENT

RATING

P/N

SIZE (INCH) |

L

W

H

1A

OISE EG3H

3.65

1.97

0.88

OISE EG3V

3.04

1.97

0.88

3A

03SE EG3H

3.65

1.97

0.88

03SE :EG3V

3.04

1.97

0.88

6A

06SE EG3H

3.65

1.97

0.88

06SE EG3V

3.04

1.97

0.88

DK Series

CURRENT

SIZE (INCH) |

RATING

P/N

L

W

01DK AG5

2.97

2.75

0.88

01DK AG3W2

2.36

2.75

0.88

1A

01 DK AW5

1.81

2.75

0.88

01DK DG3

3.20

2.20

1.25

01DK DW3

2.61

2.20

1.25

02DK AG5

2.97

2.75

0.88

02DK AG3W2

2.36

2.75

0.88

2A

02DK AW5

1.81

2.75

0.88

02DK DG3

3.20

2.20

1.25

02DK DW3

2.61

2.20

1.25

03DK AG5

2.97

2.75

1.13

03DK AG3W2

2.36

2.75

1.13

3A

03DK AW5

1.81

2.75

1.13

03DK DG3

3.20

2.20

1.25

03DK DW3

2.61

2.20

1.25

05DK AG5

2.97

2.75

1.13

05DK AG3W2

2.36

2.75

1.13

5A

05DK AW5

1.81

2.75

1.13

05DK AS5

3.35

2.75

1.13

05DK DG3

3.20

2.20

1.25

05DK DW3

2.61

2.20

1.25

10DK AG5

3.23

2.75

1.13

10DK AG3W2

2.62

2.75

1.13

10DK AW5

2.06

2.75

1.13

10A

10DK AS5

3.35

2.75

1.13

10DK DG3

3.64

2.20

1.25

10DK DW3

3.10

2.20

1.25

10DK DG3S

3.20

2.20

1.25

10DK DW3S

2.61

2.20

1.25

20A

20DK BG5

3.23

3.32

1.50

20 DK BS5

3.35

3.32

1.50

DP Series

CURRENT

RATING

P/N

SIZE (INCH)

L

W

H

03DP CG5

6.48

2.00

1.75

03DP CW5

6.00

2.00

1.75

3A

03DP CG5S

3.73

2.00

1.75

03DP CW5S

3.32

2.00

1.75

03DP DG3

3.20

2.20

1.75

03DP DW3

2.61

2.20

1.75

6A

06DP CG5

6.48

2.00

2.25

06DP CW5

6.00

2.00

2.25

10A

10DP CG5

6.48

2.00

2.75

10DP CW5

6.00

2.00

2.75

DR Series

CURRENT

RATING

P/N

SIZE (INCH) |

L

W

H

01DR CG5

3.23

1.75

1.13

01DR CG3W2

2.99

1.75

1.13

1A

01DR CW3

2.75

1.75

1.13

01DR DG3

4.33

2.17

1.25

01DR DW3

3.75

2.17

1.25

02DR CG5

3.23

1.75

1.13

02DR CG3W2

2.99

1.75

1.13

2A

02DR CW5

2.75

1.75

1.13

02DR DG3

4.33

2.17

1.25

02DR DW3

3.75

2.17

1.25

03DR CG5

3.73

2.00

1.13

03DR CG3W2

3.52

2.00

1.13

3A

03DR CW5

3.32

2.00

1.13

03DR DG3

4.33

2.17

1.25

03DR DW3

3.75

2.17

1.25

05DR CG5

3.73

2.00

1.13

05DR CG3W2

3.52

2.00

1.13

5A

05DR CW5

3.32

2.00

1.13

05DR DG3

4.33

2.17

1.25

05DR DW3

3.75

2.17

1.25

10DR CG5

3.73

2.00

1.50

10DR CG3W2

3.52

2.00

1.50

10A

10DR CW5

3.32

2.00

1.50

10DR CS5

3.85

2.00

1.50

10DR DG3

4.33

2.17

1.25

10DR DW3

3.75

2.17

1.25

20A

20DR GG5

5.12

4.12

1.50

20DR GS5

5.23

4.12

1.50

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1489

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

e

CORPORATION

MANUFACTURERS OF ACTIVE AND PASSIVE FILTERS— DC TO 50MHz.
LOWPASS, HIGHPASS, BANDPASS, BANDREJECT CUSTOM OR STANDARD DESIGNS.

[Components manufactured to rigid MIL-STD specifications with
operating temperature range from -55°C to + 125°C.

FILTER TYPES

•Elliptic

• Chebychev

• Butte rworth

• Bessel
•Gaussian

• Legendre

• Inverted Chebychev

• Audio Frequency

• Equalizers

• Harmonic
•IF

• Video

• Telemetering
•Tone, Telegraph

• Constant group delay

• Wideband Band Pass

• Phase matched

• Attenuation matched

CUSTOM BUILT FILTERS
PROMPT DELIVERY

The filters listed here are some of the typical units we build.
We can design filters to your exact specifications. Call for
more information.

ACTIVE NOTCH FILTER

LC BAND REJECT FILTER

XFo

LC LOW PASS SERIl

s

STOPBAND

MAX. CASE
DIMENSIONS

LP3

>45db @ 4.1 Fc & above

lxlx.6"

LP5

>60db @ 2 Fc & above

1 .25x1 .25x.6”

LP7

>60db @ 1 .35 Fc & above

1 .5x1 .5x.6"

LP9

>60db @ 1 .1 5 Fc & above

2x1 .75x.6"

LC HIGH PASS SERI

<ES

SERIES

TYPE

STOPBAND

HP3

>45db @ .24 Fc & below

lxlx.6" !

HP5

>60db @ .5 Fc & below

HP7

>60db @ .74 Fc & below

1 .5x1 .5x. 6"

HP9

>60db@ .87 Fc & below

2x1 .75x.6"

uaSESniEML

mrm

■noH

Brawl

±2

.98 Fo & 1 .02 Fo

.85 Fo & below

1 . 1 7 Fo & above

±3

.97 Fo & 1 .03 Fo

.80 Fo & below

1 .25 Fo & above

±4

.96 Fo & 1 .04 Fo

.74 Fo & below

1 .35 Fo & above

mmnm

PERCENT

BANDWIDTH (3DB)

PASSBAND
3DB. MAX. @

STOPBAND
>60 DB.@

25

.87 Fo & 1 .14 Fo

.58 Fo & below

1 .70 Fo & above

50

.78 Fo & 1 .28 Fo.

.38 Fo & below
2.60 Fo & above

100

,62Fo & 1.62 Fo

.21 Fo & below
4.65 Fo & above

CASE DIMENSIONS: 2"x1.75"x.6" MAX

ELECTRONIC PRECISION COMPONENTS CORPORATION

11 SANDFORD BLVD., MT. VERNON, N.Y. 10550 •TELEPHONE (914) 664-2333

1*1490

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS]

2700

ESC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION TOLL FREE

534 BERGEN BOULEVARD* PALISADES PARK, N.J. 07650 800-631-0853

PHONE: (201) 947-0400*TWX 710-991-9780 (except N.J.)

Covering a range of DC to 500 Mhz, ESC designs and manufactures a wide variety of LC filters for commercial and
military high reliability applications. Starting with computer aided design through final test on ESC's computer controlled
Network Analyzer, ESC's long history of quality and experience assures maximum component efficiency and reliability.
ESC has established controlled manufacturing facilities with certified operators to produce components to all levels of
reliability from missile applications to space probe environments. Conformance to MIL-F-18327 is normal and to MIL-Q-
9858A as required.

Dual-in-Line (14 Pin) LC Filters-Miniature

Size: .76L X .46W X .28H, From 1 Khz to 10 Mhz.
Series DIFL20 - Low Pass, 20db Stopband at 1.4f c
Series DIFL39 - Low Pass, 39db Stopband at 2.5f c
Series DIFLP - Linear Phase, 30db at 5.0f c
Series DIFH20 - High Pass, 20db at .715f c
Series DIFH39 - High Pass, 39db at .4f c

Flatpack LC Filter Series-2Khz at 50 Khz

Epoxy molded for P.C. Board mounting, maximum height
of .350 and volume of .35 to .55 cubic inches.

Series FL - Low Pass, 130db/octave roll-off

Series MFL - Low Pass, lOOdb/octave roll-off

Series MFH - High Pass, lOOdb/octave roll-off
Series CF - 15% Band Pass

Series DF - 20% Band Pass

Series LF - 60% Band Pass

FILTER TYPES

• LOW PASS -HIGH PASS • BAND PASS

• BAND REJECT • CONSTANT DELAY

• HIGH ATTENUATION • LINEAR PHASE

• PHASE & AMPLITUDE MATCHED

• DELAY & AMPLITUDE MATCHED

• BUTTERWORTH • CHEBYSCHEV • BESSEL

• CAUER (ELLIPTICAL) • GAUSSIAN AND OTHERS;

• AUDIO • VIDEO • RF • MINIATURE. . .

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS

• DATA MODEM • SONOBUOY • ASW ~

• COMMUNICATIONS • MEDICAL

• MILITARY • TELEPHONE INDUSTRY

• HIGH REL • TO MIL-F-18327

High Frequency Filter Series-Reduced Sizes
Series HFLD - Low Pass 50 to 500 Mhz
60db Stopband 1.4fc and above
Size: 2.1 X .65 X .30
Series HFLB - Low Pass 50 to 500 Mhz
60db Stopband 1 .2f c and above
Size: 2.5 X 1.0 X .30
Series HF - Band Pass 50 to 200 Mhz
Size: 2.1 X .65 X .30

Write or call
for catalog!

Looking for Delay Lines? See our pages in Section 2350

co*p 0/t . r

°" E ,10 '>^70^*^D ES PAflTlr T, °H

LC FILTERS DC to 500 Mhz

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1491

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

FIL-COIL RFI/EMC EXCELLENCE

^ELECTRONIC FILTERS FOR MILITARY, INDUSTRIAL

AND COMMERCIAL USERS

• FILTERS FOR POWER LINE

• SECURE COMMUNICATIONS

• SCREEN ROOM

• RFI/EMC FILTERS

• FIL-COIL COMMUNICATION &
SIGNAL LINE FILTERS

• TELEPHONE LINE FILTERS

• RF FILTERED & SHIELDED
CIRCUIT BREAKER
PANEL BOXES

Frequency Range — 0 Hz to over
50 GHz

Current Range — 0 Amps to over
1500 Amps

Voltage Ratings — Up to 2400 V.A.C.:
10,000 V.D.C.

Quality 1. Complies with
MIL-F-15733E

2. Where required, manufac-
tured to UL, QPL, CSA,
VDE and other inter-
national testing standards

UL APPROVED

EMP Power and Signal Filters for government and NATO communi-
cation centers. Designed for EMP protection per DCPA and
NICSMA guidelines. Two classes of filters are available:

Class A — Power Line and Control Cables
Class B — Signal Line and Communication Cable
Dimension: (unit shown) 5' x 4' x 2'

DESCRIPTION: Current carrying conductors protected by MOV,
GAS-GAP and ZENER DIODES selected i/a/w electrical ratings.
Elements are factory mounted and wired in filter cabinets.

FIL-COIL COMPANY, INC.

800 AXINN AVENUE, GARDEN CITY, NY 11530 • (516) 294-5445

1*1492

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

LOW PRICE — ON SHELF — STANDARDS CERTIFICATION

toFIL-COIL rfi/emi power line filters™

Electrical Specifications

LEAKAGE CURRENT:

Line to Ground
@115 VAC 60 Hz — .65 mA
@ 250 VAC 50 Hz — 1.25 mA

TEST VOLTAGE:

Line to Ground — 2250 VDC
Line to Line— 1450 VDC

OPERATING FREQUENCY: 50-400 Hz
RATED VOLTAGE: 115-250 VAC

Usage

FCEIA SERIES (Econo-Universal)

Line to Ground Protection

FCEIJ Series (Econo-Super)

Line to Line and

Line to Ground Protection

FCEIG SERIES (Econo-Med)

Patient Care Equipment

Customers Inquiry Should Specify:

Rated Voltage, Current, Line Freq., Max.
Operating Ambient Temp. @ Rated Cur-
rent, Max. Leakage Current (Line to
Ground), Humidity Range, Current Over-
load, Dimensions, HiPot (Line to Ground
and Line to Line), Insulation Resistance,
Insertion Loss.

T

i_L

:

FCEIA SERIES

Ir-i

FCEIJ SERIES

_prrr\

re

i

/YYT\_

~T —
JlL 'T

.fi T

r

FCEIG SERIES

c

jTYT^

T

X

Fil-Coil Numbering Code
FCEIA - 2 - 5

I.

-Amperes

Configuration
(Line & Load
Termination)

-Series

Fil-Coil Series will carry U.L., CSA, VDE, SEV,
SEMCO, ASA, CISPR approvals as required and
will meet FCC Rules, Part 15, subpart “J”.

QUICK

^^^CJDNNEC

FCEIA-4

FCEIJ-4

(1,2,3, 5, 10 Amp)

3

CONNECTOR

6-32THD.

APPLIANCE

WIRE

FCEIA-5

FCEIJ-5

(1,2, 3, 5, 10 Amp)

CONNECTOR

6-32 THD. |

FCEIA-6

(10, 20 Amp)

6-35

THD.

/

FCEIJ-6

(10 Amp only)

MIL-STD-220 Insertion Loss (db)

Amp

.15

Frequency

.2

.5

1

10

MHz

20

1,3 (A)

20

25

35

55

55

2, 5, (B)
10, 20

15

20

30

55

55

30 (B)

15

20

30

55

55

6(C)

12

15

25

28

28

Typical Insertion Loss Curve

50

S 40

° 30]

<

Z 20
= -

TYPICAL INSERTION LOSS CURVE

>

f

/

'b

Ij

t

c

t

r

0 5 10 20

f (MZ)

Recognized Components, Electromag-
netic Noise Filter (UL 1283), for use in:
Data Processing (UL-478)

Medical & Dental (UL-544)

Office Appliance (UL-114)

Graphic Arts (UL-775)

Teaching & Instruction (UL-960)

Configurations

FCEIG-l
(6 Amp only)

FCEIA-1

FCEIJ-1

(1,2, 3, 5, 10, 20 Amp)

FCEIA-2
FCEIJ-2

(1,2, 3, 5, 10 Amp)

QUICK-CONNECT

FCEIA-3

FCEIJ-3

(1,2, 3, 5, 10 Amp)

QUICK-CONNECT

y

FCEIJ-7

(20 Amp only)

APPLIANCE
| WIRE

FCEIA-8

(30 Amp only)

FCEIJ-8

(30 Amp)

QUICK CONNECT

J

FCEIG-4

(6 Amp only)

CONNECTOR

FCEIG-9

(6 Amp only)

CONNECTOR

Jil<oil

ECONOMY INTERNATIONAL, INC.

800 AXINN AVE., GARDEN CITY, NY 11530

TELEPHONE (516) 333-8444

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1493

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

HIGH-PERFORMANCE APPLICATION ENGINEERED EMI FILTERS

• PERFORMANCE. PROVEN & TESTED with OEM & custom design switching and linear power supplies

• INDUSTRY’S WIDEST SELECTION OF EMI filters for switchers requiring single or multiple phase AC power

SE SERIES

SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY FILTER

Our most compact and economical T
section filter for applications using
switching power supplies,and required
to meet FCC conducted EMI specifica-
tions.

SE Series EMI filters are designed to
provide balanced differential and com-
mon mode insertion loss for reliable per-
formance at 450KHz and above with the
typical off line type switcher.

Available as a standard product in 3
Amp to 50 Amp versions, the SE is also a
proven problem solver in applications
where EMI susceptability is the prime
concern.

SF SERIES

HIGH PERFORMANCE SWITCHING SUPPLY
FILTER

Designed for applications required to
meet the VDE conducted EMI spectrum,
the SF Series filter offers extended low
frequency performance.

SF Series T section filters are design-
ed to effectively attenuate differential
and common mode noise from switching
supplies down to the 150KHz enforced
limit of VDE 0871 and 0875 spectrums.

SF filters, with their extra perfor-
mance, can also provide the added
margin needed to meet FCC require-
ments when working with unusually
noisy equipment.

TF SERIES

HIGH PERFORMANCE LOW LEAKAGE
SWITCHING SUPPLY FILTER

High performance low leakage T
section filter provides extended low fre-
quency attenuation for applications re-
quired to meet enforced VDE conducted
EMI spectrums.

TF Series filters provide the balanced
differential and common mode perfor-
mance plus the low leakage current
often required for products using off line
switching, power supplies.

The extra performance of the TF filter
can also provide the additional margin
needed to meet FCC specs when work-
ing with unusually noisy equipment.

SX SERIES

PREMIUM SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY
FILTER

With an extra 15 db to 20 db of perfor-
mance at 150KHz, our SX Series filters
solve severe conducted EMI problems in
equipment required to meet the en-
forced spectrum of VDE 0871 and 0875
(150KHz to 30MHz).

SX Series T section filters are design-
ed to remain effective independent of
wide variations in line and load im-
pedance and noise characteristics.

Available in load current ratings from
3 Amps to 60 Amps, the SX Series main-
tains its high level of performance in-
dependent of current ratings.

DF SERIES

SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT
FILTER

Differential and common mode filter
for the regulated DC outputs of
switchers allows error free operation of
low level analog circuitry.

DF Series filters are designed to work
with the logic and drive voltages of
typical peripheral devices such as disc
drives or to. isolate the power for these
devices from other noisy system com-
ponents.

Part No.

Current

Case

Leakage

SE3

3A

2.75x1. 75X.87

0.8 mA

SE7

7.5A

2.75x2.0x1.25

0.8mA

SE15

15A

3.31x2.0x1.5

0.8mA

SE30

30A

4. 0x2. 8x2.0

1.6mA

SE50

50A

5.5x3.0x27

1.6mA

Rated Voltage: 250VAC 47-63Hz

Test Voltages: Line To Line: 1.5 KVDC

Line To Gnd: 2.2 KVDC
Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

Part No. Current Case

SF3 3A 2.75x2.0x1.25

SF7 7.5A 3.56x2.0x1.5

SF15' 15A 4x2.87x2.0

SF30 30A 5.5x3.0x2.75

Rated Voltage: 250VAC, 47-63Hz
Test Voltages: Line To Line: 1.5KVDC
Line To Gnd: 2.2KVDC
Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

Leakage*

0.8mA

0.8mA

0.8mA

1.6mA

■05MHz

l / g 8db
L / l 15db

■15MHz

45db

45db

,50MHz

65db

60db

1.5MHz 5.0MHz

65db 65db

60db

65db

20MHz

60db

60db

Part No. Current

TF1 1A

TF2

TF3

TF5

TF10

5A

10A

Case

2.75x1. 75X.87
2.75x1.75x1.12
2.75x2.0x1.25
3.31x2.0x1.5
6. 0x2. 0x1. 5

Rated Voltage: 250VAC, 47-63Hz
Test Voltages: Line To Line: 1.5KVDC
Line To Gnd: 2.2KVDC
Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

Leakage

,45mA

,45mA

.45mA

.45mA

.45mA

.05MHz

.15MHz

.50MHz

1.5MHz

5.0MHz

20MHz

lOdb

48db

>65db

>65db

>65db

60db

12db

40db

55db

60db

60db

60db

Part No. Current

SX3 3A

SX7

SX15

SX30

SX60

7.5A

15A

30A

60A

Case

3.31x2.0x1.5
5.0x2. 0x2.0
5.5x3.0x2.75
8.25x3.0x2.75
12.0x6.5x4.5

Rated Voltage: 250VAC, 47-63Hz
Test Voltages: Line To Line: 1.5KVDC
Line To Gnd: 2.2KVDC
Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

Leakage

0.8mA

0.8mA

1.6mA

1.6mA

2.4mA

.05MHz

.15MHz

l / g 20db
L / l 30db

•50MHz

>65db

>65db

1.5MHz

>65db

>65db

5.0MHz

60db

20MHz

55db

50db

Part No. Current Case Leakage*

DF104 10 Amps 2.75x2.0x1.25 N/A

DF106 10 Amps 3.31x2.0x1.50 N/A

Rated Voltage: 50VDC

Test Voltage: Line To Gnd: ioovdc

Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

■05MHz 1 .15MHz 1.50MHz 1 1.5MHz | 5.0MHz

Includes a minimum of lOmfds at the load.
•Each line to Gnd @ 250 VAC/50 Hz

20MHz

50db

50db

FCI reserves the right to make specification changes without notice.
Consult the factory tor current information.

2008-D South Yale, Santa Ana, CA 92704 (7 * 1 4 ) 545-7003

1*1494

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

HIGH-PERFORMANCE APPLICATION ENGINEERED EMI FILTERS

• PERFORMANCE PROVEN & TESTED with OEM & custom design switching and linear power supplies

• INDUSTRY’S WIDEST SELECTION OF EMI filters for switchers requiring single or multiple phase AC power

LF SERIES

LOW LEAKAGE PI SECTION FILTER FOR
SWITCHERS

High performance low leakage Pi sec-
tion filter offers enhanced differential in-
sertion loss in an inexpensive compact
package.

The LF Series is designed to work with
the existing input filter of an off line
switcher or the input power transformer
of a switching regulator. The LF filter im-
proves common mode performance and
provides the extra differential insertion
loss often required in these applications
to meet FCC or VDE specifications.

LX SERIES

PREMIUM LOW LEAKAGE PI SECTION
FILTER FOR SWITCHERS

Providing significant performance
from lOKHz to 30 MHz, the LX Series
filter is designed for applications re-
quired to meet the proposed lOKHz to
150KHz extension of VDE 0871 and 0875
spectrums and FCC electrical equip-
ment and appliance specs.

The LX Series EMI filter is designed to
work with the existing filter in a
switching supply or as a stand alone
unit. It provides the extra differential and
common mode low frequency insertion
loss required while maintaining good
high frequency characteristics.

3E SERIES

3 PHASE T SECTION FILTER

High performance with switching
power supplies in 3 phase Wye or Delta
configurations is offered by this Series.

3E Series T section filters are proven
performers with single or multiple
switching supplies in balanced or un-
balanced load configurations. An alter-
nate AC power cord ground termination
isolates high frequency ground noise via
a low reactance series inductor. Avail-
able in current ratings up to 60 Amps per
phase (180 Amps total), 3E filters are
also very effective in solving EMI
susceptability problems in numerical
control and other types of machinery.

3F SERIES

HIGH PERFORMANCE 3 PHASE FILTER

Extended low frequency performance
is offered for 3 phase applications re-
quired to meet VDE conducted EMI spec-
trums with switch mode power supplies.

3F Series T section filters effectively
attenuate differential and common
mode noise from switching power sup-
plies down to the 150 KHz enforced limit
of VDE 0871 and 0875 spectrums.

3F filters, with their extra perfor-
mance, can also provide the added
margin needed to meet FCC require-
ments when working with unusually
noisy equipment.

GF SERIES

L SECTION FILTER WITH SYSTEM GROUND
ISOLATOR

A system filter with good general pur-
pose performance, the GF Series was
designed for AC input and distribution
applications.

GF filters include an alternate ground
termination for the AC power cord. This
termination isolates high frequency
noise from the AC mains via a low react-
ance series inductor. This high frequen-
cy ground isolator is very effective in
inter-connected systems where AC
power is derived from multiple outlets.

Part No. Current Case

LF2 2A 2.75x1. 75x.87

LF3 3A 2.75x2.0x1.25

LF7 7 A 3.31x2.0x1.5

LF15 15A 4.0x2.87x2.0

Rated Voltage: 250VAC, 47-63Hz
Test Voltages: Line To Line. 1.5KVDC
Line To Gnd: 2.2KVDC
Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

Leakage*

,45mA

,45mA

,45mA

,45mA

■05MHz
l / G 18db
l / L 6db

,15MHz

30db

30db

■50MHz
I 42db
60db

1.5MHz

50db

60db

5.0MHz

50db

60db

20MHz

50db

60db

Part No. Current

Case

LX1 1.5A

LX3 3A

LX7 7.5A

LX15 15A

Rated Voltage:
Test Voltages:

Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

2.75x2.0x1.25
3.31x2.0x1.5
4.0x2.87x2.0
6.0x3.0x2.75
250 VAC 4763Hz
Line To Line: 1.5KVDC
Line To Gnd: 2.2KVDC

Leakage-

0.45mA

0.45mA

0.8mA

1.2mA

■05MHz

% 30db

l / L 40db

■15MHz

40db

>65db

■50MHz

50db

>65db

1.5MHz

50db

>65db

5.0MHz

50db

>65db

20MHz

50db

60db

Part No. Current Case

3E20 20A/PH 4.81x4.0x4.0

3E30 30A/PH 4.81x4.0x4.0

3E60 60A/PH 9.12x5.0x4.5

Rated Voltage: 250VAC, 47-63Hz

Test Voltages: Line To Line: 1.5KVDC

Line To Gnd: 2.2KVOC
Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

Leakage*

2.0mA

2.0mA

3.0mA

,05MHz
% 3db.
l / l 12db

■15MHz

25db

22db

,50MHz

55db

50db

1.5MHz 5.0MHz
60db 50db

20MHz

50db

55db

50db

50db

Part No. Current Case

3F15 15A/PH 6. 5x4. 0x4.0

3F30 30A/PH 9.12x5.0x4.5

3F60 60A/PH 13.25x6.0x5.0

Rated Voltage: 250VAC, 47-63Hz
Test Voltages: Line To Line: 1.5KVDC
Line To Gnd: 2.2KVDC
Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

Leakage*

2.0mA

2.5mA

3.0mA

■05MHz

lOdb

15db

■15MHz

50db

50db

■50MHz
I >65db
60db

1.5MHz

>65db

60db

5.0MHz

->65db

60db

20MHz

60db

55db

Part No.

Current

Case

Leakage'

GF10

10A

3.31x2.0x1.5

1.0mA

GF20

20A

4.0x2.87x2.0

1.0mA

GF30

30A

4.0x2.87x2.0

1.5mA

Rated Voltage: 250VAC, 47-63Hz

Test Voltages: Line To Line: 1.5KVDC
Line To Gnd: 2.2KVDC
Insertion Loss: (50 ohms)

■05MHz

l / q lOdb
L / l 15db

■15MHz

22db

25db

,50MHz

[ 32db

35db

1.5MHz

45db

35db

5.0MHz

50db

30db

20MHz

40db

40db

•Each line to Gnd & 250 VAC/50 Hz

FCI reserves the right to make specification changes without notice
Consult the factory for current information.

C7-14) 545-7003

FCI

2008-D South Yale, Santa Ana, CA 92704

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1495

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

FILTERS

BAND PASS FILTERS CUSTOM
DESIGNED TO FILL YOUR NEEDS

Hertz Filter Corporations' engineering
department is made up entirely of spe-
cialists in the field of custom design of
band pass filters. They are all fully ex-
perienced and prepared to help you solve
your filter problems. Call or write Hertz
for reliable service and prompt delivery.

FEATURES

1. Filters, Band Pass, Passive

2. Center Frequencies — 50 Hz to 50 Meg Hz

3. Shape factors — better than 2.0 for ratios of
60 db to 3 db

4. Bandwidth to center frequency ratio — up
to 10%

5. Phase linearity — within 10° through
passband

6. Low passband insertion loss

7. Better than 80 db attenuation 50%. above
and below center frequency

8. Input and output impedances as required

9. Low input and output impedances in stop
band

10. Low passband ripple

11. L, C, and R elements only

I 19KC 21KP

18KC 22 KC

PARTIAL LIST OF HERTZ FILTERS

(all filters in

accordance with

MIL-F-

18327)

BANDPASS

PART NO.

PASS BAND

STOP BAND

z o

I.L.@CF

SIZE

BP-7907-1

3db(150-300)Hz

60db(50-850)Hz

600

ldb

2 x 21/4 X 4

BP-7907-2

3db(300-600)Hz

60db(110-1700)Hz

600

ldb

2 x 21/4 X 4

BP-7907-3

3db(600-1200)Hz

60db(210-3400)Hz

600

ldb

2 X 21/4 X 4

BP-7907-4

3db(1.2-2.4)KHz

60db(.43-6.8)KHz

600

ldb

2 x 21/4 X 4

BP-7907-5

3db(2.4-4.8)KHz

60db(.85-13.5)KHz

600

ldb

2 x 21/4 X 4

BP-7907-6

3db(4.8-9.6)KHz

60db(1.7-27)KHz

600

ldb

2 x 21/4 X 4

BP-7907-7

3db(8.9-11.2)KHz

60db(3.1-32)KHz

600

ldb

2x2x3

BP-7996-1

3db(825-l,175)Hz

40db(650-l,350)Hz

30K

3db

1 X 21/4 X 4V2

BP-8004-10

3db(8-26)KHz

30db(4-30)KHz

10K/2K

2db

13/s X 1% X 23/4

BP-8004-11

3db(19.5-33.5)KHz

30db(16.5-36.5)KHz

10K/2K

2db

13/a X 15/8 X 23/4

BP-8004-12

3db(26. 25-40. 25)KHz

30db(23. 25-43. 25)KHz

10K/2K

2db

13/8 X 15/8 X 23/4

BP-8004-13

3db(32.6-52.6)KHz

30db(27.6-57.6)KHz

10K/2K

2db

13/8 X 15/fi X 23/4

BP-7897-1

3db(37.5-40.5)KHz

30db(34.5-43.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-2

3db(40.5-43.5)KHz

30db(37.5-46.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-3

3db(43.5-46.5)KHz

30db(40.5-49.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-4

3db(46.5-49.5)KHz

30db(43.5-52.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

U/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-5

3db(49.5-52.5)KHz

30db(46.5-55.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-6

3db(52.5-55.5)KHz

30db(49.5-58.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

H/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-7

3db(55.5-58.5)KHz

30db(52.5-61.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X U/4 X 2

BP-7897-8

3db(58.5-61.5)KHz

30db(55.5-64.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-9

3db(61.5-64.5)KHz

30db(58.5-67.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 1V4 X 2

BP-7897-10

3db(64.5-67.5)KHz

30db(61.5-70.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-11

3db(67.5-70.5)KHz

30db(64.5-73.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-12

3db(70.5-73.5)KHz

30db(67.5-76.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-13

3db(73.5-76.5)KHz

30db(70.5-79.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-14

3db(76.5-79.5)KHz

30db(73.5-82.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

U/4 X 11/4 X 2

BP-7897-15

3db(79.5-82.5)KHz

30db(76.5-85.5)KHz

10K/1K

4db

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

PART NO.

PASS BAND

STOP BAND

Z c

SIZE

LP-7907-1

4db@300Hz, ldb@225Hz

60db@850Hz

600

2x2x3

LP-7907-2

4db@600Hz, ldb@450Hz

60db@1700Hz

600

2x2x3

LP-7907-3

4db@1.2KHz, ldb@.9KHz

60db@3.4KHz

600

2x2x3

LP-7907-4

4db@2.4KHz, ldb@1.8KHz

60db@6.8KHz

600

2x2x3

LP-7907-5

4db@4.8KHz, ldb@3.6KHz

60db@13.5KHz

600

2x2x3

LP-7907-6

4'db@9.6KHz, ldb@7.2KHz

60db@27KHz

600

2x2x3

LP-7907-7

4db@ll.2Hz, ldb@10KHz

60db@32KHz

600

13/s X 15/s X 23/4

LP-7996-1

5db@l, 175Hz, 2db@l,OOOHz

40db@650Hz

30K

13/s X 15/8 X 23/4

LP-8004 10

5db@26KHz, ldb@17KHz

30db@30KHz

10K/2K

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

LP-8004-11

5db@33.5KHz, ldb@26.5KHz

30db@36.5KHz

10K/2K

11/4 X U/4 X 2

LP-8004-12

5db@40.25KHz, ldb@33.25KHz

30db@43.25KHz

10K/2K

H/4 X 11/4 X 2

LP-8004-13

5db@52.6KHz, ldb@42.6KHz

30db@57.6KHz

10K/2K

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

PART NO.

PASS BAND

HIGH PASS

STOP BAND

Z G

SIZE

HP-7907-1

4db@150Hz, ldb@225Hz

60db@50Hz

600

2x2x3

HP-7907-2

4db@300Hz, ldb@450Hz

60db@110Hz

600

2x2x3

HP-7907-3

4db@600Hz, ldb@900Hz

60db@210Hz

600

2x2x3

HP-7907-4

4db@1.2KHz, ldb@1.8KHz

60db@.43KHz

600

2x2x3

HP-7907-5

4db@2.4Hz, ldb@3.6KHz

60db@.85KHz

600

2x2x3

HP-7907-6

4db@4.8Hz, ldb@7.2KHz

60db@1.7KHz

600

2x2x3

HP-7907-7

4db@8.9KHz, ldb@10KHz

60db@3.1KHz

600

13/s X 15/s X 23/4

HP-7996-1

5db@825Hz, 2db@l,000Hz

40db@l, 350Hz

30 K

13/s X 15/s X 23/4

HP-8004-10

5db@8KHz, ldb@17KHz

30db@4KHz

10K/2K

11/4 X U/4 X 2

HP-8004-11

5db@19.5KHz, ldb@26.5KHz

30db@16.5KHz

10K/2K

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

HP-8004-12

5db@26.25KHz, ldb@33.25KHz

30db@23.25KHz

10K/2K

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

HP-8004-13

5db@32.6KHz, ldb@42.6KHz

30db@27.6KHz

10K/2K

11/4 X 11/4 X 2

LjrnT7 r-ii Ten

HERTZ FILTER corporation

3 AERIAL WAY • SY08SET, NEW YORK 11791

3 AERIAL WAY • SY08SET, NEW YORK 11791
TELEPHONE (516) 822-4770

1*1496

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

HISONIC...

pioneers
in filter
network
design.

Communications are
dependable only with
quality components.

The staff at Hisonic, Inc. includes pioneer
specialists with over 31 years experience in filter
network design. It also includes mathematicians
whose backgrounds of program development
enable them to achieve design excellence in
producing filters for your “out of this world’’
requirements . . . They use late generation
computers, programmed to pre-test any design
network. All types of packaging are available.

CUSTOM FILTERS

Modern Filters for Satellite Communication:

Special Attenuation shapes and controlled delay can be furnished
to provide optimum transmission characteristics for TDMA Signals.

Telephone Interconnect Filters:

Base Group Interconnect 60-108 KHZ
P/N 20-0999-00

Super Group Interconnect 312-552 KHZ
P/N 20-0651-02

Base Band Separation Filters:

Supergroup 1-2 Supergroup 2-3

0-300 KHZ LP 0-552 KHZ LP

312-12000 KHZ HP 564-12000 KHZ HP

P/N 20-0998-00 P/N 20-0688-02

Many others available or we’ll custom design.

Let us know your needs.

Hisonic, Inc.

249 N. Troost
Dept. EM-83
P.O. Box 1130
Olathe, Kansas 66061
PHONE: 913-782-0012
TELEX: 4-2562

Many other Specialized Applications:

• Ultra-sharp transition characteristics (quartz crystals)

• Controlled Delay • Controlled Phase

• Special Attenuation Shapes

We Also Make:

• Conventional Filters

• Filters to MIL-F-18327

OTHER PRODUCTS: (Mil Spec & Commercial) Power
& Precision Inductors • Transformers • Tuned Circuits
• Amp/phase Equalizers • Lurriped Constant Delay Lines

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1497

2700 - FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

JMK has the filter just right for your power applica-
tion, Whether it has to do with audio systems, lab
test equipment, medical equipment, printers, power
T||T||rC converters, video displays, modems, processors, cash
llllvl w registers, pinball machines, televisions, aircraft
power supplies, or whatever your specific applica-
tion may be, we have the filter.

220 Series

The 220 series is designed to give
excellent filtering of “common
mode,” line-to-ground interference
on computer-peripheral and other
electronic hardware. Line-to-ground
interference is the most common
interference experienced and is
generally the major source of “in-
terference caused” malfunctions.

Typical Common Mode Insertion Loss for 220 Series

221 Series

The 221 series has the same “com-
mon mode” performance as the
220 series but the circuit has been
modified to give substantial “dif-
ferential mode” rejection of noise
caused by switching transistors
and power supply diodes.

223 Series

The 223 series in intended as an
economical compromise between
the 220 and 221 series. This filter
has the same “common mode” per-
formance as the 220 model with
approximately one-half the dif-
ferential attenuation of the 221
series.

233 Series

The 233 series filter is a compact
filter with an integral IEC connec-
tor. This filter gives effective line-
to-ground insertion loss and has
low leakage current to meet VDE,
SEV and other safety organization
requirements. If you want an in-
tegral filter and connector ask your
representative or contact the fac-
tory. Many of our other filters can
be made available with the IEC
connector.

237 Series

This series is a high performance
package where filtering require-
ments are more stringent than
those associated with the 220 or
221 series. This package incorpo-
rates very high attenuation of both
“common mode” and “differential
mode” interference yet the cost
for such attenuation is moderate.

283 Series

The 283 series is a compact single
phase high current filter. This filter
is rated for 20 and 30 amps and
has god common mode and differ-
ential mode insertion loss. This
filter has a ground coil for high
frequency ground isolation which
may be included or omitted as
desired.

JMK INCORPORATED • 11 CALDWELL DRIVE •

Typical Common Mode Insertion Loss for 221 Series Typical Differential Insertion Loss for 221 Series

Typical Differential Insertion Loss for 223 Series Typical Differential Insertion Loss for 223 Series

Typical Common Mode Insertion Loss for 237 Series

Typical Differential Insertion Loss for 237 Series

AMHERST NH 03031 • (603) 883-6496

1*1498

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

KR ELECTRONICS, INC. 91 Avenel Street, Avenel, New Jersey 07001 * (201) 636-1900

LOW PASS
FILTERS

BAND PASS
FILTERS

Frequency Range: OC to 50MHz
Impedance Range: 1 ohm tooo
Stop Bands: 10 to 80db

HIGH PASS
FILTERS

Frequency Range: DC to 50MHz
Band Width: 1% to >100%
Stopband: 10 to 80db
Impedance Range: 1 ohm to oo

BAND REJECT
FILTERS

Frequency Range: DC to 50MHz
Impedance Range: 1 ohm to oo
Stop Bands: 10 to 80db

Frequency Range: DC to 50MHz
Band Width: 1% to >100%
Stop Band: 10 to 80db
Impedance Range: 1 to oo

Custom LC Filters

□ Filters □ Attenuation Equalizers □ Group Delay Equalizers

□ Cable Equalizers □ Phase Equalizers □ Phase and
Attenuation Matched □ Delay Lines

Computer-Assisted Design

Shown here are some typical examples of our LC filter design capabilities. Through
the use of in-house computers, plus computer time-sharing, we can quickly generate
and evaluate such output data as frequency vs. impedance, attenuation, phase, group
delay and phase delay in order to provide an immediate quotation.

KR Electronics has computer programs for:

1. Analysis of network behavior to determine attenuation, phase, group delay, transi-
ent response and response to a step function and a tone burst.

2. Predistortion of a network and synthesis of a network directly from the poles and
zeros.

3. Designing equal ripple group delay networks from your error curve.

4. Determining a network’s tolerance sensitivity and reliability.

5. Determining degree of success that can be achieved in production of matched
networks.

Some of the specialized test equipment used:

1. Computer controlled HP 3042A automatic test set can supply tabular or graphic
data with each unit.

2. Programmable synthesizer, phase, gain test sets.

3. Swept low frequency group delay and attenuation test set.

4. Spectrum analyzer.

5. Swept high frequency test set.

DIP Filters Wm

For information on our complete line of 1 1

DIP filters, send for comprehensive catalog.

Constant Group Delay Filters

Computer-designed and checked to give equal
ripple delay over the pass band insuring
exact delay and attenuation characteristics.
Frequency Range: DC to 50 MHz
Impedance Range*. 1 ohm to oo
Temperature Range: — 55°C to +125°C.

Complete Encapsulation
Hermetic Seal
P.C. Board Construction
Case Configuration:

Stock or Custom Designed
P.C. Card
Dual In-Line

Standard Hardware Program
All filters conform to applicable mil specifications.

Phase & Attenuation Matching

Differential phase and attenuation matched to eliminate the need
for adjustments in multi-channeled systems.

Linear Phase Filters

To reduce distortions and lower transient response in modulated
systems.

Equalizers

Phase/Delay/Attenuation
Computer-designed cor-
rection networks de-
rived from system error
curves.

3

■:

Attenuation JT\

1 L_L i ILL

1

Printed in USA

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1499

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

METUCHEN CAPACITORS INC.

2700

EMI/RFI Suppression Filters

RESIN SEAL THREAD BUSHING

Specifications

SMFB-A4

Type Type

SMF0-1 SMFB-A1

Type Type

SMFB-A2 SMF0-2

Attenuation

100 MHz -10 GHz

25 dB @ 25°C

20 dB @ 85°C

50 dB @ 25°C

45 dB @ 125°C

35 dB @ 25°C

35 dB @ 125°C

60 dB @ 25°C

50 dB @ 85°C

Operating Temperature Range

-55°C to +85°C

— 55°C to +125°C

— 55°C to +125°C

— 55°C to +85°C

DC Working Voltage

500 Volts

500 Volts

200 Volts

200 Volts

Feed-Thru Current

25 Amperes

10 Amperes

10 Amperes

10 Amperes

Capacitance (pF)

1000

2500

1300

5500

Feed-Thru Terminal Resistance

0.01 Ohm Maximum |

TYPE FCS-C

RECOMMENDED MTG. HOLE .191 MIN. DIA.

(4.85)

TYPES SMFO-1, SMFO-2

§F^.156 MAX. DIA.
|[fjP(3.97)

i .055 ±.015 DIA.
| (1.40 ±0.38)

.020 ±.002 j

(0.51 ±0.05) .468 ±.030
1 (11.91 ±0.76)

SOLDER COATING

NOT TO SCALI

^.085 DIA MAX.
(2.16)

RECOMMENDED MTG. HOLE .093 DIA.

(2.38)

TYPES SMFB-A1,
SMFB-A2, SMFB-A4

.250 ±.015
(6.35 ±0.38)

.359 ±.030
(9.13 ±0.76) -

u_ .044 ±.005
^(1.12 ±0.13)

.187 ±.015
(4.76 ±0.38)

, .218 ±0.15 £
'(5.56 ±03.8)?

, .281 ±.030 i $

(7.14 ±0.76) l|

.453 ±.030~1
(11.51 ±0.76)'

-MTG. SURFACE

NOT TO SCALE

(.,216.1 MAX. DIA.
(5.50)

RECOMMENDED MTG. HOLE .228 DIA.

(5.79)

mm are in parentheses

ORDERING INFORMATION

Previous

Type Number

Ordering Number

FCS-C

51-722-001

51-722-002 with solder mounting washer

SMFB-A1

51-719-022 with nut and lockwasher

SMFB-A2

51-719-021 with nut and lockwasher

SMFB-A4

51-719-011 with nut and lockwasher

Previous

Type Number

Ordering Number

SMF0-1

51-723-303

51-723-304 with solder mounting washer

SMF0-2

51-723-301

51-723-302 with solder mounting washer

TYPES 51-729

51-712

51-726

19

Bated
Idc in
Amps

Working
Volts, DC

#iin

Capacitance

Insertion toss dB

Spectrum

Baled
Idc in
Amps

Working
Volts, DC

OCR

Max.

Capacitance
Beference
Only #F

Insertion Loss dB

EH

W

Beference
Only (tF

Ill

K!7lil

lil

MM

m

m

Control

No.

m

B3

BS

m

3 t; i

i • 2 §

Hi

H

51-729-303

10

200

100

.01

.0015

-

5

42

60

65

65

51-726-002

10

200

100

.01

.022

7

27

43

50

60

60

51-729-304

10

200

100

.01

.022

7

27

43

50

60

60

51-712-001

10

200

100

.01

.0015

-

5

43 1

50

70

70

51-726-001

3

200

100

.01

.0015

-

3

42

50

70

70

51-712-003

10

200

100

.01

.022

10

28

45

50

70

70

All Feed-thru Capacitors and RFI Filters stocked by MCI are manufactured in the U.S.A. by Spectrum Control Inc. . .
The world's leading manufacturer of Electro-Magnetic Components. Distributed for Spectrum Control, Inc.

Metuchen Capacitors Inc. / 420 Park Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

1*1500

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

METUCHEN CAPACITORS INC.

2700

EMI/RFI Suppression

Filters

HERMETIC SEAL

50 VDC +85°C L SECTION 28 VDC +125°C

A

'

Insertion Loss dB

Spectrum

Thread

Inductor

Rated

WUHil

wm

150

in

10

HOI

Control No.

Length

Location

Current

Max.

KHz

KHz

ran

rrirfi

MHz

El

51-353-086

End

44

70

70

70

70

51-353-094

Top

51-353-102

_

.187 (4.75)

naBoi

.312 (7.92)

I !■

.187 (4.75)

KZ9H

hbshL

.312 (7.92)

mm

.187 (4.75)

EnraasEEi

QSSH

250 ma.

4

18

42

56

70

70

E3EEm

.187 (4.75)

BUM

BESSEl

■SimEEl

BEgffiEa

EHEEa

1391

300 ma.

2.3

16

35

44

62

70

EOEIEI

mm are in parentheses

Fig #1

50 VDC +85°C L SECTION 28 VDC +125°C

■■■■

A

Spectrum

Thread

inductor

Rated

EE3

PI

KPTil

PfiTil

m

KJ9

1

Control No.

Length

Location

Current

Max.

Ea

m

ran

ml

rrfl

GHz

.187 (4.75)

.312 (7.92)

450 ma.

1.2

15

31

37

55

70

70

.187 (4.75)

.312 (7.92)

.187 (4.75)

Thread

.312 (7.92)

End

.25

44

70

70

RKIHcBlilfl

.187 (4.75)

Top

End

Thread

End

5 amps

.015

15

28

33

46

70

70

Top

End

MBeMcHilifi

10 amps

.01

15

28

33

44

64

70

KBS

HMfrBI'M

oim

( 1 . 02 )

100 VDC +85°C L SECTIONS 125VAC+125°C

Capacitance

Reference

Insertion Loss dB

F

Rated

working volts

OCR

30

150

EM

1

m

1

1

Idc

Max.

Only

KHz

m

ESI

MHz

Ea

G.

1.4 MFD

■a

28

33

R|I

n

51-717-007

15 amps

.01 5 ±20%

—

—

n

15 amps

■a

28

33

m

-

—

—

10

cm

El

B

Spectrum

Control

Number

Rated

DC

Current

WVOC
@ 125°C

; ;

OCR

CKT

CAP.

Minimum Insertion Loss dB

1 MHz

10 MHz

100 MHZ

200 MHz

1 GHz

10 GHz

51-732-002

10A

100

.01

L

.1 fiF

18

65

70

70

70

70

All Feed-thru Capacitors and RFI Filters stocked by MCI are manufactured in the U.S.A. by Spectrum Control Inc. . .
The world’s leading manufacturer of Electro-Magnetic Components. Distributed for Spectrum Control, Inc.

Nletuchen Capacitors Inc. / 420 Park Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08861 / (201) 442-0500 / TWX 710-998-0892

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1501

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

EMI/RFI

filter connectors

Cylindrical Connectors

Murata Erie cylindrical filter connectors
can be found in numerous military, aero-
space and commercial programs and
have to be of the highest reliability. Be-
cause of the large variations in require-
ments for specific applications, Murata
Erie has a competent staff of applications
engineers available to aid in custom de-
signs. Shown are some typical examples
of Murata Erie cylindrical filter connec-
tors and the appropriate MIL specifica-
tions which they meet.

1255-070 Series to MiL-C-5015

Power connector with #12 or #16 contacts

1255-080 Series to MIL-C-83723

Hermetically sealed, 2-61 line
insert arrangements

1255-090 Series to MIL-C-38999

Low profile. 3-128 lines with from
#1 2 to #22 contacts

miiRala

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

1255-100 Series to MIL-C-26482

Wide capacitance range. Directly replaces
ITT “PVJ” and Bendix “FPT”

1240-010 Series — UG/U Types

For audio lines. TNC/BNC compatible

“D” Connectors

1255-030 Series to MIL-C-24308

A complete line of high quality subminiature filtered connectors is available in 9, 15,
25, 37, and 50 contact arrangements, per MIL-C-24308. Capable of withstanding MIL-
F-15733 testing including vibration and moisture resistance, these rugged assemblies
are of a complete solder construction, thereby delivering the highest possible insertion
loss at frequencies up to 10 GHz. The rear termination is available in solder-cup, .025"
square wire wrap or .030" round PC board variations.

CUSTOM DESIGNS

Murata Erie specializes in developing sophisticated circuit de-
signs and creating high component density packaged networks
in-house. Our engineering design teams analyze individual
customer problems, design specific components or networks to
solve the problem, build prototypes and test the complete sys-
tem. To support the high technological content of these custom
networks, the engineering and test capabilities at our facility
have become one of the most advanced in the industry today.
The reliability of every component and network is assured by
a comprehensive battery of tests performed under carefully

controlled conditions. Then in-line prototype techniques further
validate component performance prior to volume production.
These technical support activities permit Murata Erie to re-
spond to customer needs promptly and efficiently with positive
performance engineered into the customer’s system. If your
requirements are unique, if you have a critical space, weight,
or environmental problem, Murata Erie can help solve your
specific requirements for you with a custom designed filter
network.

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA. INC. 1148 Franklin Rd. f S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

1-1502

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

EMI/RFI

filters

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

Murata Erie manufactures a complete line
of EMI/RFI suppression, low pass filters
in Pi, C, L, LT and LB configurations.
These units, as well as a complete line of
Power Line filters, are offered in both co-
axial and bushing mount styles and to
MIL-F-15733.

Long term reliability is assured through a
quality assurance system meeting or ex-
ceeding the requirements of MIL-Q-9859
and DND-1015.

To complement this line of filters, Murata
Erie has a complete Customer Service
and Customer Engineering staff to pro-
vide specific application assistance and
custom designs.

Illustrated are typical EMI/RFI filter con-
figurations and their frequency/voltage
capabilities.

Typical

Filter

Configurations

vs

Frequency

WORKING

VOLTAGE

0-1 00 V

100-250 yfll»

250-500

500-2500V BB

10 KHZ 100|KHZ 1 MHZ 10 MHZ 100MHZ 1 GHZ 10 GHZ

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd„ S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

Low Pass
and Power
Line

Coaxial/

Filters

C, LT, LB, Pi,
2 Pi, T and 2T
Configura-
tions Hermeti-
cally Sealed.

Low Pass
and Power
Line

Coaxial/

Filters

C, LT, LB, Pi,
2 Pi, T and 2T
Configura-
tions Hermeti-
cally Sealed.

Low Pass,
FEED THRU
FILTERS

LB&C Con-
figurations
Epoxy and
Hermetic
Seals.

JL

FILTER-
CONS FOR
HIGH FRE-
QUENCIES
BUSHING
MOUNT

Pi and C Con-
figurations.

FILTER-
CONS FOR
HIGH FRE-
QUENCIES
SOLDER
MOUNT

Pi and C Con-
figurations.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1503

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

INTERNATIONAL RFI Power Line Filters

RFI filter with integral AC connector

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications

Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz

Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF

Operating temperature range -25°Cto + 85°C

Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C

Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approvals, recognition, certification: UL, CSA, VDE,

SEMKO, SEV

Housing: Rust-protected metal
Connector: CEE 22, molded from black thermoplastic
Contacts: .250 inch solderable quick disconnects
Available with 1 meg ohm, Vt watt discharge resistor on
special order

All dimensions in mm.

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage
Current
(mA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

(mF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

Insertion Loss -

dB

100kHz 400kHz IMz 4mHz

lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

45

58

62

60

62

37

8843.N1. 20.60

1

0.5

0.047

2200

11

70

Differential Mode

10

32

50

72

70

47

Common Mode

36

48

53

53

53

37

8843. N2. 20. 60

2

0.5

0.047

2200

4

70

Differential Mode

15

24

40

70

80

45

Common Mode

27

38

50

58

62

42

8843. N4. 20. 60

4

0.5

0.047

2200

1.6

70

Differential Mode

10

18

30

60

76

48

Common Mode

19

28

38

50

60

55

8843. N6. 20. 60

6

0.5

0.047

2200

0.4

70

Differential Mode

11

19

28

46

55

45

RFI filter with integral AC connector &
5 X 20 mm f useholder

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications

Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz

Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF

Operating temperature range -25°Cto +85°C

Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C

Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approvals, recognition, certification: UL, CSA, VDE,

SEMKO, SEV

Housing: Rust-protected metal

Connector: CEE 22 with integral 5 X 20 mm fuseholder,
molded from black thermoplastic
Contacts: .250 inch solderable quick disconnects
Available with 1 meg ohm, V 2 watt discharge resistor on
special order

All dimensions in mm.

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage
Current
(mA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

(fF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

inductor

(mH)

Weight

(0)

Insertion Loss -

dB

100kHz 400kHz IMz 4mHz

lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

32

52

58

56

58

37

8843.N1. 30.60

1

0.5

0.1

2200

11

95

Differential Mode

10

30

56

61

67

41

Common Mode

32

48

55

57

59

46

8843. N2. 30. 60

2

0.5

0.1

2200

4

95

Differential Mode

10

20

42

62

64

52

Common Mode

27

36

45

55

61

45

8843. N4. 30. 60

4

0.5

0.1

2200

1.6

95

Differential Mode

11

18

30

57

64

39

PANEL

COMPONENTS

CORPORATION

P.O. Box 6626 M, Santa Rosa, CA 95406 • (707) 523-0600

1-1504

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

INTERNATIONAL RFI Power Line Filters

RFI filter with integral AC connector &
dual 5 X 20 mm f useholder

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications

Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz

Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF

Operating temperature range -25°Cto + 85°C

Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C

Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approvals, recognition: UL*, VDE, SEMKO, SEV
Housing: Rust-protected metal

Connector: CEE 22 with dual 5 X 20 mm fuseholders, molded
from black thermoplastic
Contacts: .250 inch solderable quick disconnects
Available with 1 meg ohm, Vz watt discharge resistor on
special order

All dimensions in mm.

*UL recognized only for 240 VAC two phase applications

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage
Current
(mA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

(hF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

Insertion Loss -

dB

100kHz 400kHz IMz 4mHz

tOmHz

lOOmHz

8843. N 1.40. 60

1

0.5

0.1

2200

11

90

Common Mode

43

57

60

55

57

37

Differential Mode

10

32

60

62

63

50

Common Mode

33

46

50

50

53

42

8843. N2. 40. 60

2

0.5

0.1

2200

4

90

Differential Mode

8

24

45

57

61

47

Common Mode

20

32

40

52

60

45

8843. N4. 40. 60

4

0.5

0.1

2200

1.6

90

Differential Mode

9

20

29

42

52

40

RFI filter with integral AC connector &
50 X 20mm fuseholder

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications

Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz

Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF

Operating temperature range -25°Cto +85°C

Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C

Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approvals, recognition, certification: UL, QSA, VDE,

SEMKO, SEV

Housing: Rust-protected metal

Connector: CEE 22 with integral 5 X 20 mm fuseholder,
molded from black thermoplastic
Contacts: .250 inch solderable quick disconnects
Available with 1 meg ohm, Vz watt discharge resistor on
special order

All dimensions in mm.

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage
Current
(mA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

(mF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

nsertion Loss -

dB

100kHz

400kHz IMz 4mHz

lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

42

.58

59

56

58

40

8843.N1. 50.60

1

0.5

0.1

2200

11

90

Differential Mode

12

30

60

60

61

50

Common Mode

32

48

56

59

60

46

8843. N2. 50. 60

2

0.5

0.1

2200

4

90

Differential Mode

10

22

38

47

60

46

Common Mode

19

30

38

51

60

44

8843.N4. 50.60

4

0.5

0.1

2200

1.6

90

Differential Mode

10

20

30

45

51

40

PANEL

COMPONENTS

CORPORATION

P.O. Box 6626M, Santa Rosa, CA 95406 • (707) 523-0600

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1505

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

INTERNATIONAL RFI Power Line Filters

RFI filter for internal mounting

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications

Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz

Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF

Operating temperature range -25°Cto + 85°C

Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C

Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approval: SEV; pending at UL & VDE
Housing: Rust-protected metal
Contacts: .250 inch universal quick disconnects

All dimensions in mm.

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage
Current
(mA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

(mF)

Y

Capacitors

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

Insertion Loss -

dB

100kHz

400kHz IMz 4mHz

lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

-

26

40 43

45

40

3710-55-10-05

10

0.5

0.068

2200 pF

1

150

Differential Mode

-

-

17 37

50

50

Common Mode

-

28

36 42

46

46

3710-55-10-5

10

5

0.068

0.022 ^

1

150

Differential Mode

-

-

10 35

50

50

Common Mode

-

26

40 42

45

40

3710-55-20-5

20

5

0.068

0.022 ^F

0.15

150

Differential Mode

-

-

16 40

50

50

/C= PANEL
|C COMPONENTS

corporation P.O. Box 6626M, Santa Rosa, CA 95406 • (707) 523-0600

1*1506

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

INTERNATIONAL RFI Power Line Filters

RFI filter for internal mounting

SCHEMATIC: 3710-41 (-1, -3, -6, -10)

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications with or without 10 joule, 0.5 watt
varistor for surge protection
Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz
Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF
Operating temperature range -25°Cto + 85°C
Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C
Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approval: SEV; pending at UL & VDE
Housing: Rust-protected metal
Contacts: .250 inch universal quick disconnects

All dimensions in mm.

SCHEMATIC: 3710-41 (-1, -3, -6)-Z

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage
Current
(mA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

(mF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

Insertion Loss -

dB

100kHz 400kHz IMz 4mHz

lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

-

43

50

50

50

50

3710-41-1

1

0.5

0.015

2200

10

50

Differential Mode

-

-

17

35

46

46

Common Mode

-

30

40

47

51

49

3710-41-3

3

0.5

0.015

2200

2

50

Differential Mode

-

-

10

31

45

45

Common Mode

-

24

31

40

45

45

3710-41-6

6

0.5

0.015

2200

0.8

50

Differential Mode

-

-

10

32

48

48

Common Mode

-

17

26

38

46

46

3710-41-10

10

0.5

0.015

2200

0.4

50

Differential Mode

-

-

5

26

40

42

Common Mode

-

43

51

51

50

50

3710-41-1-z*

1

0.5

0.015

2200

10

50

Differential Mode

-

-

26

39

47

47

Common Mode

-

30

41

46

50

48

3710-41-3-z*

3

0.5

0.015

2200

2

50

Differential Mode

-

-

10

30

42

42

Common Mode

-

24

32

40

45

45

371 0-41-6-z*

6

0.5

0.015

2200

0.8

50

Differential Mode

-

-

10

32

48

48

‘with 10 joule, 0.5 watt varistor

PANEL

COMPONENTS

CORPORATION

P.O. Box 6626 M, Santa Rosa, CA 95406 • (707) 523-0600

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1507

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

INTERNATIONAL R FI Power Line Filters

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications
Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz
Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF
Operating temperature range -25°Cto + 85°C
Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C
Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approval: SEV; pending at UL, VDE
Housing: Rust-protected metal
Contacts: .250 inch universal quick disconnects
Two-stage filter with increased common mode insertion loss
for switching power supply applications

All dimensions in mm.

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage
Current
(mA max)

X

Capacitors

(mF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

Insertion Loss -

dB

(@ 250 VAC)

C Y 1 & C Y2

C Y 3 & Cy4

100kHz

400kHz IMz 4mHz

lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

-

53

66

66

66

66

3711-65-3-05

3

0.5

0.1

1500

1000

2

170

Differential Mode

-

46

60

60

60

60

Common Mode

-

60

68

68

68

68

3711-65-3-5

3

5

0.1

22

1000

2

170

Differential Mode

-

45

60

60

60

60

Common Mode

-

49

67

67

67

67

3711-65-6-05

6

0.5

0.1

1500

1000

0.8

170

Differential Mode

-

43

60

60

60

60

Common Mode

-

58

70

70

70

70

3711-65-6-5

6

5

0.1

22

1000

0.8

170

Differential Mode

-

43

60

60

60

60

Common Mode

-

50

70

70

70

70

3711-65-10-05

10

0.5

0.1

1500

1000

0.4

170

Differential Mode

—

40

60

60

60

60

Common Mode

-

55

70

70

70

70

3711-65-10-5

10

5

0.1

22

1000

0.4

170

Differential Mode

-

40

60

60

60

60

PANEL

COMPONENTS

CORPORATION

P.O. Box 6626 M, Santa Rosa, CA 95406 • (707) 523-0600

1*1508

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

INTERNATIONAL RFI Power Line Filters

RFI filter for internal mounting

, P

’ ^

h— 3i — \

T~^t

20

SCxi Cy 2 “

O cy,=

= C Y 1

L ' -f

-55

3712 55

J

_]

[_ 1 1

_l

-©-

r If

— 1— 25-—
-76.6

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications
Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz
Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF
Operating temperature range -25°Cto +85°C
Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40°
Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approval: SEV; pending at UL & VDE
Housing: Rust-protected metal
Contacts: .250 inch universal quick disconnects
Two-stage filter with increased common and differential
mode insertion loss for switching power supply
applications

All dimensions in mm.

—

— ■ -

i

r:

e~-
1

fT)

i

1

Part Number

Current

Bating

(Amps)

Leakage
Current
(mA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

(mF)

Y

Capacitors

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

Insertion Loss

-dB

Cxi

Cx 2

C Y 1 & C Y 2

C Y 3 & C Y 4

Li

L 2 l 3

100kHz 400kHz IMz 4mHz lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

-

52

60

60

60

60

3712-55-1-05

1

0.5

0.1

0.47

1500 pF

1500

15

1.0 -

100

Differential Mode

57

67

67

67

67

67

Common Mode

-

50

70

70

70

70

3712-55-2-05

2

0.5

0.1

0.47

1500 pF

1500

10

0.4 0.4

100

Differential Mode

58

66

66

66

66

66

Common Mode

-

52

60

60

60

60

3712-65-3-05

3

0.5

0.1

0.47

1500 pF

1500

12

1.0 -

210

Differential Mode

70

74

74

74

74

74

Common Mode

-

56

66

66

66

66

3712-65-4-3

4

3

0.1

0.6

.010mF

4700

10

0.8 -

210

Differential Mode

70

75

75

75

75

75

Common Mode

-

52

65

65

65

65

3712-65-6-3

6

3

0.1

0.6

.OIO^F

4700

7

0.3 0.3

210

Differential Mode

60

70

70

70

70

70

PANEL

COMPONENTS

CORPORATION

P.O. Box 6626 M, Santa Rosa, CA 95406 • (707) 523-0600

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1509

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

INTERNATIONAL R FI Power Line Filters

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications
Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz
Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF
Operating temperature range -25°Cto + 85°C
Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C
Test voltage: Mne-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approvals, recognition, certification: UL, CSA, VDE,

SEMKO, SEV

Housing: Rust-protected metal
Connector: CEE 22, molded from black thermoplastic
Contacts: .250 inch solderable quick disconnects
Low leakage RFI filter for medical applications

All dimensions in mm.

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage
Current
(^A max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

(mF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

Insertion Loss -

dB

100kHz

400kHz

IMz 4mHz

lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

34

38

38

42

41

42

8843. N2. 23. 60

2

80

0.047

470

4

70

Differential Mode

8

15

28

60

67

53

Common Mode

15

32

31

38

43

50

8843. N6. 23. 60

6

80

0.047

470

0.8

70

Differential Mode

7

12

20

48

68

66

Common Mode

23

38

53

47

42

22

8843. N2. 24.60

2

5

0.047

-

4

70

Differential Mode

7

18

32

65

72

38

Common Mode

18

26

32

35

36

24

8843. N6. 24. 60

6

5

0.047

-

0.8

70

Differential Mode

7

14

23

50

64

38

Low leakage RFI filter with integral AC connector

Low leakage RFI filter with integral AC connector &
50 X 20 mm fuseholder

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications

Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz

Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF

Operating temperature range -25°Cto +85°C

Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C

Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approvals, recognition, certification: UL, CSA, VDE,

SEMKO, SEV

Housing: Rust-protected metal
Connector: CEE 22, molded from black thermoplastic
Contacts: .250 inch solderable quick disconnects
Low leakage RFI filter for medical applications

All dimensions in mm.

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage

Current

OiA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

(mF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

Insertion Loss -

dB

100kHz 400kHz IMz 4mHz

lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

30

43

51

48

48

38

8843. N2. 33. 60

2

80

0.047

470

4

95

Differential Mode

7

17

39

57

54

45

Common Mode

24

48

52

47

38

13

8843. N2. 34. 60

2

5

0.047

-

4

95

Differential Mode

7

18

30

50

57

38

PANEL

COMPONENTS

CORPORATION

P.O. Box 6626 M, Santa Rosa, CA 95406 • (707) 523-0600

1*1510

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

INTERNATIONAL RFI Power Line Filters

Low leakage RFI filter with integral AC connector &
5 X 20 mm fuseholder

DESCRIPTION:

For Class I applications

Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz

Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF

Operating temperature range -25°Cto + 85°C

Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C

Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approvals, recognition, certification: UL, CSA, VDE,

SEMKO, SEV

Housing: Rust-protected metal
Connector: CEE 22, molded from black thermoplastic
Contacts: .250 inch solderable quick disconnects
Low leakage RFI filter for medical applications

All dimensions in mm.

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage

Current

OiA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

CmF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(9)

Insertion Loss -

dB

100kHz 400kHz IMz 4mHz

IQmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

32

50

54

47

45

41

8843.N2.43.60

2

80

0.047

470

4

90

Differential Mode

10

17

30

52

62

60

Common Mode

30

46

49

40

35

13

8843. N2. 44. 60

2

5

0.047

-

4

90

Differential Mode

8

16

30

49

57

42

Low leakage RFI filter for internal mounting

DESCRIPTION:

-O =

Z C Y2

t

For Class I applications

Operating voltages up to 250 VAC, 50-60 Hz

Temperature class in accordance with DIN 40040: HPF

Operating temperature range -25°Cto +85°C

Ambient temperature for operation at full rated current: 40° C

Test voltage: line-ground & neutral-ground, 2000 VAC,

50 Hz, 1 min.; line-neutral, 1075 VDC, 1 min.
Approval: SEV; pending at UL & VDE
Housing: Rust-protected metal
Contacts: .250 inch universal quick disconnects
Low leakage RFI filter for medical applications

All dimensions in mm.

K24-H

■ 64-

Part Number

Current

Rating

(Amps)

Leakage

Current

OiA max)
(@ 250 VAC)

X

Capacitors

OiF)

Y

Capacitors

(PF)

Inductor

(mH)

Weight

(g)

Insertion Loss -

dB

100kHz 400kHz IMz 4mHz

lOmHz

lOOmHz

Common Mode

-

- 20

29

30

29

371 0-41 -3-M 5

3

5

0.015

-

0.12

45

Differential Mode

-

20

40

55

56

Common Mode

-

29 37

38

38

39

371 0-41 -3-M 80

3

80

0.015

470 ■

2

45

Differential Mode

-

- 10

25

26

26

PANEL

COMPONENTS

CORPORATION

P.O. Box 6626 M, Santa Rosa, CA 95406 • (707) 523-0600

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1511

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

INTERNATIONAL Power Module

This INTERNATIONAL Power Module combines in one
package four basic primary circuit components:

• rocker power switch (push button switch is available as
an option)

• fuseholder that accepts either a 5 x 20 mm or
Va X 1 Va inch fuse

• IEC-320/CEE-22 primary circuit connector

• high performance single-stage RFI power filter

The entire power module is designed from the beginning to
satisfy the test requirements of UL, CSA, VDE & SEV. Use
of this component can simplify the foreign approval
process because it will eliminate the delays and extra costs
associated with having unrecognized components tested
or in sourcing approved primary circuit components.

The filter itself is designed to provide high attenuation in the
range under 500 KHz. This makes it especially effective for
use with switching power supplies. Its low leakage allows
its use in portable equipment in accordance with VDE and
SEV requirements.

Performance

Specifications

Common & Differential Mode Insertion Loss

as measured in a 50Q/50Q system

Part number: 8843.N4.9005.A

Working voltage: 110-250 Volts AC

Frequency: 50-60 Hz

Current (at all voltages
in above range) 4 amps

Operating temperature

range: -25 to + 85 °C (VDE class HPF)

Leakage current:
Power dissipation:
Weight:

Method of connection:

less than 0.5 mA at 250 VAC
less than 8 Watts at 4A
approximately 490 grams (17 oz.)

wire leads: color-coded brown,
blue, green/yellow; 20 cm (approx.
7.9 inches) long; wire size is 1 .0
mm 2 (approximately 16 AWG, which
is .963 mm 2 ); wire leads are termi-
nated by two Amp connectors, P/N
350536-0005, and one terminal lug
on the ground, Amp P/N 2-31890-1.

Test agency approvals: SEV and VDE approved; UL
recognized; CSA certified

Schematic

Line

Phase O —
Ground O— |h
Neutral O —

FILTER

— O
'll - O

— o

Load

brown

green/yellow

blue

Common mode
Differential Mode

Dimensions

PANEL

COMPONENTS

CORPORATION

P.O. Box 6626 M, Santa Rosa, CA 95406 • (707) 523-0600

1*1512

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating' current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

C

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

j

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
fj . F microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
YAR volt-ampere reactive
YCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
YHF very high frequency
YHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

YLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

YSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

POTTER

COMPANY

A VARIAN DIVISION

varian

EMI Power Line Filters

SERIES P PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD FILTERS

The P Series of EMI filters is designed for use specifically on printed circuit
boards. They are housed in a IX x IK x .6 high plastic case, equipped with
five .030 diameter tinned copper pins located on a 1 " grid. Four stand-off feet
are provided to maintain the filter away from the printed circuit board during
wave soldering operations. They are available in the 600, 605, 610 and 615
circuit diagrams, in current ratings up to and including 6 amperes. The series
is UL recognized and under evaluation at VDE and SEV. Rated Voltage: 115-250
VAC, 50-60 Hz. Max. Leakage Current (Line to Ground): See individual series
for their leakage. Test Voltage: Line to ground, 2250 VDC; line to line 1500 VDC.

SERIES 610 INTERNATIONAL FILTERS

The 610 Series was designed specifically to meet the requirements of VDE and
features the special IEC international power line connector. The compact con-
struction also complies with IEC, BSI standards. All units are U.L. recognized,
CSA certified, SEV, VDE approved. Rated Voltage: 115/250 VAC, 50-60 Hz.
Max. Leakage Current: (Line to Ground): 0.5 mA at 250 VAC. Test Voltage:
Line to ground, 2250 VDC; line to line, 1500 VDC.

Potter

Number

Fig.

Max. Line
Current Amps

Size, Inches

L. x W. x H.

61 0G

L

1

1.97x2.06x0.81

610GA1

L

1

1.97x2.06x0.81

610G3

L

3

1.97x2.06x0.81

610GA3

L

3

1.97x2.06x0.81

610G6

L

6

1.97x2.06x0.81

610GA6

L

6

1.97x2.06x0.81

61 OH

M

1

1.97x2.06x0.81

610HA1

M

1

1.97x2.06x0.81

610H3

M

3

1.97x2.06x0.81

610HA3

M

3

1.97x2.06x0.81

610H6

M

6

1.97x2.06x0.81

610HA6

M

6

1.97x2.06x0.81

SERIES 605 GENERAL PURPOSE FILTERS

The Series 605 is similar to Series 600, except that it has additional line-to-line
components to provide superior attenuation in the differential (line-to-line)
mode. The entire series is U.L. recognized. Most models are CSA approved:
Styles A, B, and C in 2.5 and 10 Amp versions are VDE approved. Rated Voltage:
115/250 VAC, 50-60 Hz. Max. Leakage Current (Line to Ground): 0.5 mA at 1 15
VAC, 60 Hz: 1 .0 mA at 250 VAC, 50 Hz.Test Voltage: Line to ground, 2250 VDC;
line to line, 1500 VDC.

Potter

Number

Fig.

Max Line
Current Amps

Size, Inches

L. x W. x H.

605A2

N

2

2.00x1.75x0.88

605B2

O

2

2.00x1.75x0.88

605C2

P

2

2.00x1.75x0.88

605D2

Q

2

2.00x2.06x0.88

605E2

R

2

2.00x2.06x0.88

605A5

N

5

2.00x1.75x1.13

605B5

O

5

2.00x1.75x1.13

605C5

P

5

2.00x1.75x1.13

605D5

Q

5

2.00x2.06x1.13

605E5

R

5

2.00x2.06x1.13

605A10

N

10

2.00x2.00x1.13

605B10

O

1.0

2.00x2.00x1.13

605C10

P

10

2.00x2.00x1.13

605D10

Q

10

2.00x2.06x1.25

605E10

R

10

2.00x2.06x1.25

605F10

S

10

2.00x2.00x1.13

605A20

N

20

2.50x2.00x1.50

605F20

S

20

2.50x2.00x1.50

SERIES 600 GENERAL PURPOSE FILTERS

Designed to provide low cost, effective interference control in many varied
applications. The entire series is U.L. recognized. Most models are CSA ap-
proved. Styles A, B, and C in 2, 5, and 10 Amp versions are VDE approved.
Rated Voltage: 11 5/250 VAC, 50-60 Hz. Max. Leakage Current (Line to Ground):
0.5 mA at 115 VAC, 60 Hz: 1.0 mA at 250 VAC, 50 Hz. Test Voltage: Line to
ground, 2250 VDC; line to line, 1500 VDC.

Potter

Number

Fig.

Max. Line
Current Amps

Size, Inches

L. x W. x H.

600A2

N

2

1.75x0.88x0.63

600B2

O

2

1.75x0.88x0.63

600C2

P

2

1.75x0.88x0.63

600D2

Q

2

2.00x1.81x0.75

600E2

R

2

2.00x1.81x0.75

600A5

N

5

1.75x1.25x0.75

600B5

O

5

1.75x1.25x0.75

600C5

P

5

1.75x1.25x0.75

600D5

Q

5

2.00x2.06x0.75

600E5

R

5

2.00x2.06x0.75

600A10

N

10

1.75x1.25x1.13

600B10

O

10

1.75x1.25x1.13

600C10

P

10

1.75x1.25x1.13

■600D10

Q

10

2.00x2.06x1.13

600E10

R

10

2.00x2.06x1.13

600F10

S

10

1.75x1.25x1.13

600A20

N

20

2.00x2.00x1.13

600F20

S

20

2.00x2.00x1.13

Available at Authorized Distributors.

2700

1-1514

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

POTTER

COMFANY

A VARIAN DIVISION

varian

EMI Power Line Filters

SERIES 7100 POWER LINE MODULES

A wide variety of power line voltages is in use around the world. The Power
Line Module has been designed to overcome this problem. It provides an AC
power receptacle, a fuse holder and ejector, and a line voltage selector. For
safety, the power cord must be disconnected before access to the fuse is pos-
sible. Then, the transparent cover can be moved to the left, the fuse removed,
and the PC selector board removed. The board is then rotated until the desired
line voltage is shown on the left, the board and fuse replaced, and the cover
closed. The module is then ready for use. All models are U.L. and CSA recog-
nized. Model 7100-0001 is VDE approved. Rated Current: 6 Amps. Operating
Voltages: 100, 115/1 20, 220, 230/240. Operating Frequencies: 48-440 Hz. Max.
Leakage Current at 240 VAC: Model 7100-0001, 1 microampere: Model
. 7100-0002, 500 microamperes: Model 7100-0003, 2 microamperes. Test
Voltage: 2250 VDC.

Potter

Number

Fig.

Description

7100-0001

A1

Unfiltered

**7100-0002

A2

Filtered for data processing use

7100-0003

A3

Filtered for medical and dental use

*7100-0005

A4

Unfiltered-unswitched

*7100-0010

A1

Unfiltered - 10 Amps

*NOT CSA
**VDE PENDING

SERIES 622 SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY FILTERS

The Series 622 filters are high performance units developed to reduce con-
ducted noise emissions to a level compatible with the requirements of VDE
0875 and proposed FCC standards. High insertion loss is provided for both
common mode and differential mode noise from 0.1 MHz through 20 MHz.
Recognized by U.L, VDE, SEV, and CSA. Rated Voltage: 115/250 VAC, 50-60 Hz.
Max. Leakage Current: 0.35 MA at 1 15 VAC, 60 Hz; 0.5 MA at 250 VAC, 50 Hz.
Test Voltage: Line to ground, 2500 VAC; line to line, 1500 VDC.

Potter

Number

Fig.

Max. Line
Current Amps

Size, Inches

L. x W. x H

622A3

B

3

2.50x2.00x1.50

622C3

C

3

2.50x2.00x1.50

622A6

B

6

5.25x2.00x2.25

622C6

C

6

5.25x2.00x2.25

622A10

B

10

5.25x2.00x2.75

622C10

C

10

5.25x2.00x2.75

SERIES 620 HIGH PERFORMANCE FILTERS

The Series 620 offers superior performance in line-to-line filtering character-
istics. It is recommended for low impedance loads and will handle both pulsed
or intermittent interference and continuous noise. Rated Voltage: 115/250
VAC, 50-400 Hz. Max. Leakage Current (Line to Ground): 0.65 mA at 115 VAC,
60 Hz; 1 .25 mA at 250 VAC, 50 Hz. Test Voltage: Line to ground. 2250 VDC; line
to line, 1500 VDC, U.L. recognized.

Potter

Number

Fig.

Max. Line
Current Amps

Size, Inches
LxW.x H.

620A1

D

1

2.00x1.75x1.13

620A2

D

2

2.00x1.75x1.13

620B1

E

1

2.00x1.75x1.13

620B2

E

2

2.00x1.75x1.13

620C1

F

1

2.00x1.75x1.13

620C2

F

2

2.00x1.75x1.13

620 A3

D

3

2.50x2.00x1.13

620A5

D

5

2.50x2.00x1.13

620B3

E

3

2.50x2.00x1.13

620B5

E

5

2.50x2.00x1.13

620C3

F

3

2.50x2.00x1.13

620C5

F

5

2.50x2.00x1.13

620A10

D

10

2.50x2.00x1.50

620B10

E

10

2.50x2.00x1.50

620C10

F

10

2.50x2.00x1.50

620F10

G

10

2.50x2.00x1.50

620A20

D

20

3.88x3.32x1.50

620F20

G

20

3.88x3.32x1.50

SERIES 618 PLUG-IN FILTERS

A unique and invaluable aid to system installers and end users who find equip-
ment incompatibility at the site. Plug the equipment into the 618 and the 618
into the wall outlet to filter offending noise from such equipment as small
motors, light dimmers, switching power supplies, and electromechanical relays.
Recognized by U.L. Rated Voltage: 125 VAC, 60 Hz. Max. Leakage Current:
1.25 mA at 125 VAC. Test Voltage: Line to ground, 1500 VDC; line to line,
1500 VDC.

Potter

Number

Fig.

Max. Line
Current Amps

Size, Inches

L. x W. x H.

618M2

T

2

3.00x1.50x1.50

618M5

T

5

3.00x1.50x1.50

618M10

T

10

3.00x1.50x1.50

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

o CftRT' — | r t — °

z' < t female

MAte< n Z_ t I r°

o CRftP — 1 — L~x — o

T " W

SERIES 618 J

Potter Company P. O. Box 337

A Varian Division North Highway 51 Wesson, MS 39191
(601) 643-2215 TWX: 510-981-4072

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1515

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS]

2700

Precision 616 provides IV 2
digit resolution with 124 pro-
grammable cut-off frequen-
cies. Freguency range .01 Hz
to 150 kHz. Gain 1, 2, 5 and
10. Linear phase response
available. 16 programmable
filter channels.

Precision 636 offers 3-digit
resolution as standard with
4092 cut-off frequency selec-
tions. Optional 3 ¥2 digit instru-
ment provides 6141 cut-off
freguencies. Convenient key-
board entry and LED displays.

16 programmable filter channels.

16 Channel Filter- Amplifier

Precision 416 lets you save
35% by buying one instru-
ment instead of a separate
filter and amplifier. 62
programmable cut-off fre-
guencies. DC differential input
stage with 100 dB CMRR. ,
Programmable pre-filter and

post-filter gain of 1-1000.
Overload detectors built in.

You want analog data to
come clean before digital
conversion.

We keep extending your
choice of Precision ways to
do it. All programmable. All
can interface with mini,
micro or GPIB.

16 Channel Anti- Alias
Filters All come with time
delay filters superior to
Bessel. All have elliptics
with 80 dB /octave attenua-
tion. Typical phase match is
¥ 2 ° always within 2°.

Dual Channel Anti- Alias
Filter Precision 602 offers all
the performance characteris-
tics of the Precision 616 in a
two channel instrument. 124
programmable cut-off fre-
guencies. Freguency range
.01 Hz to 150 kHz.

16 Channel Amplifier

Precision 216 provides pro-
grammable gain and program-
mable calibration over a 300
kHz bandwidth. Plug-in low
pass filter. Programmable 6
dB/ octave rolloff. Differential
input 100 dB CMRR. Less
than 1 0 phase change with
gain. Four models: DC and AC,
with and without gain ranging.

16 Channel Signal Condi-
tioning Precision 316 provides
programmable, computer-
controlled conditioning for a
variety of transducer inputs.
1% bandwidth DC, 80 kHz.
Calibration and conditioning
for charge, voltage and strain
inputs. Isolated excitation
supply.

Call Don Chandler

607-277-3550. Or write for complete specs and a demonstration.

PRECISION FILTERS, INC.

240 Cherry Street Ithaca, New York 14850 Telex: 646846

1*1516

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS!

2700

THE WORLD’S LEADING SUPPLIER OFFERS A COMPLETE RANGE
OF STANDARD AND CUSTOM ENGINEERED RFI/EMC FILTERS.

A

B

C

D

E

F

Our

powerful

HP9845T

Custom
designed
filter for
installation
in critical
volume
configu-
ration.

150 AMP,

3300 VAC filter
providing 100 DB
from 14 KHZ to 10 GHZ at
full load.

Multi-circuit filter assembly
with input power connectors.

1100 circuit signal line filter
cabinet.

156 circuit, high reliability
filter package tor aerospace
application.

1300 AMP. 3 phase 380 VAC
filter assembly.

engineering
computer is
programmed
to provide con-
siderable data
to the customer
engineer relative
to the performance
of our filters under
varying conditions of
load, line impedance,
circuit tolerances and
transient voltage inputs
over the entire radio frequency
spectrum.

RH Corporation

A KOI. COMPANY

100-E-PINE AIRE DRIVE; BAY SHORE, LONG ISLAND. N Y. 11706
(516) 231-6400 TWX 510 227 6233

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1517

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

S/W Bandpass Filters

Surface Acoustic Wave Technology provides performance advantages and design Sawtek produces hundreds of standard SAW products for both low and high volume

flexibility that has proven to be invaluable to engineers in need of reliable, reproducible programs in Cable Television, Satellite Communications, Modems, Radar, EW, and many

components featuring linear phase, temperature stability, small size, low shape factor and other signal processing applications. In addition, Sawtek’s custom design capability can
excellent rejection. Increasingly, SAW technology is meeting the exacting requirements of provide technical assistance and rapid response to new design and production
modern systems with high performance bandpass filters and other state-of-the-art signal requirements at frequencies from 10 MHz to more than 1 GHz. Sawtek also designs and

processing components such as pulse compressors, delay lines, and resonator products, produces custom subsystems which incorporate SAW components. These include filter
In addition to this broad product line, Sawtek provides the total engineering support banks comprised of cascaded filters packaged in a single assembly, amplifier-filter

needed to make the proper design trade-offs among key parameters in order to achieve modules with adjustable gain, and SAW resonator-controlled oscillators. Some of the

the optimum performance available from SAW technology. common SAW bandpass filter products produced by Sawtek and their characteristics are

summarized below.

WIDE BANDWIDTH

TVRO and other receiver applications
often require wide bandwidth filters designed
to provide superior rejection and group delay
performance. SAW bidirectional bandpass
filters are available with fractional band-
widths as large as 60% at frequencies
approaching 1000 MHz. The high coupling
materials used to achieve these bandwidths
exhibit temperature coefficients of 72 to 94
PPM/°C. Insertion loss from 25 dB to 30 dB
is typical of this class of filters in order to
optimize group delay and time spurious
performance. Shape factors (45 dB:1 dB)
normally vary from 1.4:1 to 1.8:1.

Among a family of 70 MHz IF filters that is
available off-the-shelf with bandwidths of 10
MHz to more than 36 MHz is the represen-
tative filter shown in the photograph below.
This device provides a 24 MHz 3-dB band-
width, 1.35:1 shape factor, and ±10 nsec
maximum group delay variation. The
packaged filter dimensions are either
0.87" x0.5” x0.2" or 0.6" diameter. Similar
products are available at many other 1st or
2nd IF frequencies.

70 MHz
6 MHz/DIV

LOW SHAPE FACTOR

CATV modulator requirements and many
similar applications require very low shape
factor (45 dB:1 dB) to eliminate adjacent
channel interference while preserving linear
phase. Sawtek manufactures numerous VSB
filters for both U.S. and European CATV
requirements. This class of filters exhibits
shape factors between 1.15:1 and 1.3:1 with
an insertion loss of 20 dB to 30 dB
depending on the bandwidth and center
frequency. Such low shape factors are
offered for fractional bandwidths from
approximately 10% to 20%. These perfor-
mance features are achieved in a
1.5" x 1.0" x0.2" dual in-line package and
clearly demonstrate the size advantages of
SAW technology.

A representative filter shown below
delivers 5.5 MHz bandwidth at 43.75 MHz
center frequency and a shape factor of 1.2:1
with +1° phase linearity and greater than 60
dB rejection. Other products offered in this
bandwidth range include Nyquist filters for
CATV demodulators as well as various
inexpensive components for modem,
translator, and convertor applications with
slightly higher shape factor requirements.

TEMPERATURE STABILITY

Quartz materials are frequently used in
narrower band applications where increased
stability is necessary. Filters with bandwidths*
from a few tenths percent to more than 5%
are designed for quartz and exhibit total
frequency shifts that are smaller than 50
PPM for a 0°C to 60°C commercial
temperature range and nominally 200 PPM
for most -55°C to +85°C military
requirements. Shape factors from 1.5:1 to
3.6:1 are typical for these designs without
sacrificing the high rejection expected of
SAW devices. Insertion loss is normally 20-25
dB in order to maintain time spurious
suppression of 45-50 dB. Bandwidths as
large as 30% 'are implemented using quartz
where higher insertion loss is tolerable and
quartz performance is necessary. Both band-
width and shape factor influence filter size,
with larger sizes required for narrow band-
widths and low shape factors.

The performance shown below is a 60
MHz center frequency device with a 1.0 MHz
bandwidth, 60 dB near-in rejection, and
phase linearity of ±2°. The shape factor (55
dB:1 dB) is less than 1.8:1. Sawtek has many
existing quartz filter designs at other IF
frequencies.

LOW LOSS

Sawtek offers low-loss SAW filters with
insertion loss from 4 dB to 10 dB. The
achievable insertion loss depends on many
interrelated factors including the substrate
material chosen, fractional bandwidth, the Q
of matching components, the center
frequency, and other design and fabrication
parameters. This class of filters can also
achieve triple transit suppression of 45 to 55
dB without the added insertion loss required
for bidirectional filters. Rejection is typically
40 dB to 50 dB with shape factors greater
than 1.6:1. These capabilities enable low-loss
SAW filters to be used for front-end filters and
in other applications where noise figure or
dynamic range are limited by filter insertion
loss.

The filter example below achieves 5 dB
insertion loss on quartz at 261 MHz with a
0.5 MHz bandwidth. Passband ripple is less
than 0.04 dB and triple transit suppression
exceeds 50 dB. Some standard products are
available and Sawtek offers rapid custom
design for those applications that require this
technique.

261 MHz
1 MHz/DIV

Sawtek maintains a leadership role in SAW technology through the development
and production of superior SAW components and a proven track record of
delivering these reliable, high performance products on time and at a very compet-
itive price in production quantities. Product reliability for Sawtek’s broad range of
military and commercial parts is insured by a watchful quality control program that
meets even the exacting requirements of military and space applications.

When your system demands the advantages of
SAW Technology. . . Demand Sawtek.

JS INCORPORATED

P.O. Box 18000, Dept. EM, Orlando, FL 32860, (305) 886-8860

1-1518

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

S/W ResonatjcrProducts

Surface Acoustic Wave Technology provides performance advantages and design Sawtek produces hundreds of standard SAW products for both low and high volume

flexibility that has proven to be invaluable to engineers in need of reliable, reproducible programs in Cable Television, Satellite Communications, Modems, Radar, EW, and many

components featuring linear phase, temperature stability, small size, low shape factor and other signal processing applications. In addition, Sawtek’s custom design capability can
excellent rejection. Increasingly, SAW technology is meeting the exacting requirements of provide technical assistance and rapid response to new design and production
modern systems with high performance resonators, resonator filters, oscillators, and other requirements at frequencies from 10 MHz to more than 1 GHz. Sawtek also designs and
state-of-the-art signal processing components such as pulse compressors, delay lines, produces custom subsystems which incorporate SAW components. These include filter

and bandpass filter products. In addition to this broad product line, Sawtek provides the banks comprised of cascaded filters packaged in a single assembly, amplifier-filter

total engineering support needed to make the proper design trade-offs among key modules with adjustable gain, and SAW resonator-controlled oscillators. Some of the

parameters in order to achieve the optimum performance available from SAW technology, common SAW resonator products produced by Sawtek and their characteristics are

summarized below.

SAW RESONATOR FILTERS

SAW RESONATORS

Sawtek offers SAW resonators at
fundamental frequencies from 100 MHz to
more than 1000 MHz. These are high Q
components which are primarily intended to
be used in oscillators and are also used for
both bandpass and notch filters. Sawtek
resonators are inherently spur free in
oscillator applications, exhibit low motional
resistance, and have a pulling range
comparable to a 3rd overtone bulk wave
crystal. Typical values of R s range from
15 to 150 and capacitance ratios are
nominally 2000:1. Incorporation of
special metalization improves oscillator
noise performance by permitting drive
levels up to +20 dBm. These quartz
devices can achieve temperature stabili-
ty of less than 50 PPM from 0°C to 60°C.
Both one-port and two-port configura-
tions are available.

Sawtek maintains a large inventory of
pre-tooled SAW resonator crystals
including many frequencies for CATV
convertor applications. New designs can
also be tooled rapidly to meet custom
requirements. The 668 MHz resonator
shown below is representative of
Sawtek’s low-cost standard products.

668 MHz
85 KHz/DIV

SAW OSCILLATORS

SAW resonator-controlled oscillators
are currently produced by Sawtek for
military and aerospace systems.
Because they are able to operate at
fundamentals of over 1000 MHz, SAW
oscillators simplify design, reduce cost,
and improve noise performance through
the elimination of multiplier stages. In
many applications it is also possible to
achieve adequate power in one stage to
directly drive a mixer and thereby
eliminate the need for a buffer/amplifier
stage.

Typical of the company’s oscillator
products is a fixed frequency, oven
stabilized SAW resonator oscillator at
740 MHz. All spurious and harmonics
are down 60 dB; the short-term stability
is +2.5x10- 10 for 1.0 to 25 second
averaging times and the phase noise is
120 dBc/Hz for a 2.5 kHz offset. The
frequency versus temperature stability of
this miniature ovenized unit is +2 PPM
from -15° to +60°C. A maximum power
consumption of only 1.75 watts at -15°C
ambient is achieved. Sawtek also offers
assistance in oscillator design for low-
cost consumer and commercial applica-
tions and is prepared to help evaluate
the suitability of SAW oscillators for each
new application.

1 KHz/DIV

SAW resonator filters provide high
rejection and low loss for narrowband
applications requiring 0.01% to 0.25%
fractional bandwidths. This family of
Sawtek’s resonator filters is charac-
terized by a “new shape” in narrowband
filter technology. The unique shape
demonstrated in the performance
photographs below arises from the
combination of transversal filter and
resonator characteristics: the narrow-
band response produced by the
resonant cavity emerges from the
broader passband of the input and
output transducers.

Two pole versions typically exhibit
from 2 dB to 5 dB insertion loss with 15
dB to 20 dB near-in rejection and 55 dB
to 75 dB ultimate rejection. The two-pole
537 MHz resonator filter shown on the
left below has a matched insertion loss
of only 4.5 dB, 18 dB close-in rejection,
and 60 dB ultimate rejection.

Rejection which is beyond the
measurable range of most test
instruments can be achieved by
cascading these two-pole units into
multipole configurations. Depending on

537.5 MHz
5 MHz/DIV

the number of poles, this technique
provides from 20 dB to 60 dB of near-in
rejection, improved shape factor and
reduced flyback. Insertion loss generally
increases at a rate of less than 1 dB per
pole for these filters. The six pole 149.3
MHz filter on the bottom right has an
insertion loss of only 5.7 dB and an
ultimate rejection of over 100 dB.

Sawtek’s resonator filters are provided in
individual two-pole stages in TO-8 and TO-5
packages and in custom modules when
several of these 2 pole units are cascaded.
Sawtek offers standard resonator filters and
also rapid custom design.

149.3 MHz
1.5 MHz/DIV

Sawtek maintains a leadership role in SAW technology through the development
and production of superior SAW components and a proven track record of
delivering these reliable, high performance products on time and at a very compet-
itive price in production quantities. Product reliability for Sawtek’s broad range of
military and commercial parts is insured by a watchful quality control program that
meets even the exacting requirements of military and space applications.

When your system demands the advantages of
SAW Technology. . . Demand Sawtek.

INCORPORATED

P.O. Box 18000, Dept. EM, Orlando, FL 32860, (305) 886-8860

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1519

EEM

PH0BWCT

cn rrTiA\T

-JL.

g?w TIlYirCL ll#fi

\J U IL#1ji3

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2 # 2, 3 # 2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

SPECTRUM CONTROL

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY TESTING,
CONSULTING & EMI/RFI CONTROL

Spectrum Control designs,
manufactures and markets a broad
line of electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) products. Products designed to
protect electronic equipment against

interference from random electro-
magnetic waves. In addition, Spectrum
Control offers customers complete
consulting services and a broad range
of diagnostic testing options.

NEW filtered-shielded subminiature D connectors
are a cost effective way to comply with FCC, VDE, MIL-STD-461,
See EEM pages 2*1476 and 2*1477 Section 2100.

EMC TESTING
AND CONSULTING.

FCC-VDE-CISPFt-MIL 461

Bulletin: 27-0027-22

POWER LINE 125 VAC. JSk

EMI/RFI filters

EEM page 1*1528

Bulletin: 27-0027-51

A ilJB*

THREADED-MOUNT
EMI/RFI HERMETICALLY-SEALED
FILTERS AND CAPACITORS.

| EEM pages 1*1522, 1*1523

y „ Bulletins: 27-0027-42

27-0027-43

FILTER PLATE

ASSEMBLIES.

EEM page 1 • 1 529 ' ''

Bulletin: 27-0027-55

BUSHING STYLE, RESIN-SEALED
| EMI/RFI FILTERS AND

JL CAPACITORS.

V, f ; EEM pages 1*1524, 1*1525

If Bulletins: 27-0027-43

| 27-0027-46

.4

EMI/RFI SHIELDING |

AND GASKETING. V

EEM page 1*1530 |

Bulletins: 27-0027-26, 27-0027-27, §
27-0027-28, 27-0027-29, 27-0027-32, f
27-0027-37, 27-0027-38 REV.O |

ijjjjH - • ■* ^

SOLDER-IN
EMI/RFI FILTERS AND
CAPACITORS.

' * -JT EEM pages 1*1526, 1 *1527

Bulletin: 27-0027-47

EMI/RFI SHIELDED

VIEWING WINDOWS.y^Sn^

Bulletin: 27-0027-41 .mT

COAXIAL SIGNAL
|| LINE FILTERS.

jg®^jL EEM page 1*1523

wjr Bulletin: 27-0027-52

EMI/RFI AIR

VENT PANELS. *

Bulletins: 27-0027-39

27-0027-40 REV.O ' /

Since 1968 . . . making technology compatible with technology.

spectrum control INC. 2185 West Eighth St., Erie, PA 16505 • Phone (814) 455-0966 • TWX 510-699-6871

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1521

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

EMI/RFI FILTERS

100 VDC @ 125°C

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

WVDC

RATED

CURRENT

(AMPS)

FILTER

CIRCUIT

LENGTH

L

±.030 (.76)

DCR

OHMS

MAX.

INSERTION LOSS DB (FULL LOAD)

85°C

125°C

75kHz

150kHz

300kHz

1MHz

1GHz '

54-367-005

150

100

15

C .45 uF

.372 (9.45)

.005

12

19

25

36

70

51-353-119

150

100

.5

L TOP

.728(18.49)

.6

24

35

47

65

70

51-353-121

150

100

1

L TOP

/?28Yl8.49).

.25

15

27

36

57

70

1

51-353-123

150

100

3 .

L TOP

( .728 (18.49)

.06

6

22

29

44

70

51-353-125

150

100

5

L TOP

.728 (18.49)

.015

12

20

26

37

70

51-311-319

150

100

.5

Pi

.778(19.76)

.3

33

51

69

80

80

51-311-320

150

100

1

Pi

.778(19.76)

.25

19

41

60

80

80

51-311-321

150

100

3

Pi

.778 (19.76)

.06

_

16

41

75

80

51-311-322

150

100

5

Pi

.778(19.76)

.015

_

6

28

65

80

51-351-605

150

100

2

T

1.164 (29.57)

.1

6

25

34

57

80

t

• .375 DIAMETER

• 100 VDC @ 125° C

• Filters are supplied with lockwasher
and hex nut.

• Recommended Mounting Torque
48 IN.-OZ. Maximum.

• Silver Plated Cases

• Solder Coated Terminals

Va - 28 UNF - 2A

(1.27 x 1.78)
.050 x .070 SLOT
BOTH ENDS

EMI/RFI FILTERS

125 VAC 0-400 Hz @ 125°C

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

RATED

CURRENT

(AMPS)

FILTER

CIRCUIT

LENGTH

L

±.030 (.76)

DCR

OHMS

MAX.

INSERTION LOSS DB (FULL LOAD)

75kHz

150kHz

300kHz

1MHz

1GHz

51-353-110

1

LTOP

.728(18.49)

.25

8

17

29

50

70

51-353-112

3

LTOP

.728(18.49)

.05

8

13

20

35

70

51-353-114

5

LTOP

.728(18.49)

.015

8

12

20

30

70

51-353-116

10

LTOP

.728(18.49)

.01

5

15

20

30

70

51-311-306

.25

Pi

.778(19.76)

1.5

15

31

48

70

80

51-311-315

.5

Pi

.778 (19.76)

.6

15

33

50

80

80

51-311-316

1

Pi

.778 (19.76)

.25

_

20

40

70

80

51-311-317

3

Pi

.778(19.76)

.05

_

_

20

55

80

51-311-318

5

Pi

.778(19.76)

.02

-

-

-

44

80

51-351-601

4

T

1.164 (29.57)

.063

5

11

18

33

70

51-351-602

2

T

1.164 (29.57)

.10

8

13

21

43

70

54-367-006

15

C .25 uF

.372 (9.45)

.005

10

17

23

33

70

54-367-007

15

C .015 uF

.372 (9.45)

.005

_

_

_

6

60

54-370-006

15

C .50 uF

.561 (14.25)

.005

16

23

28

39

70

• .375 DIAMETER

• 125 VAC 0-400 Hertz @ 125° C

• Filters are supplied with lockwasher
and hex nut.

• Recommended Mounting Torque
48 IN.-OZ. Maximum.

• Silver Plated Cases

• Solder Coated Terminals

TOP

EMI/RFI FILTERS 240 VAC 0-60 Hz @ 125°C

SPECTRUM
■ CONTROL
NUMBER

RATED

CURRENT

(amps)

FILTER

CIRCUIT

LENGTH

L

±.030 (.76)

DCR

OHMS

MAX.

INSERTION LOSS DB (FULL LOAD)

75kHz

150kHz

300kHz

1MHz

1GHz

51-320-022

.5

LTOP

.875 (22.23)

.3

25

38

48

70

70

51-320-024

1

LTOP

.875 (22.23)

.21

15

30

38

60

70

51-320-026

3

LTOP

.875 (22.23)

.03

6

19

25

45

70

51-320-028

5

LTOP

.875 (22.23)

.007

6

19

24

37

70

51-323-001

10

LTOP

1.006 (25.55)

.0075

5

14

19

30

70

51-322-011

15

LTOP

1.530 (38.86)

.005

6

19

25

35

70

51-321-316

.5

Pi

1.170 (29.72)

.3

44

61

75

80

80

51-321-317

1

Pi

1.170 (29.72)

.40

35

53

70

80

80

51-321-318

3

Pi

1.170 (29.72)

.03

6

31

55

80

80

51-321-319

5

Pi

1.170 (29.72)

.02

-

17

40

75

80

51-321-306

10

Pi

1.170 (29.72)

.0045

-

6

15

56

80

51-321-610

1

T

1.170 (29.72)

.6

25

49

60

70

70

51-321-611

2

T

1.170 (29.72)

.08

10

28

40

' 70

70

51-321-617

10

T

1.170 (29.72)

.0075

14

18

24

36

70

54-310-009

15

C .25 uF

.483 (12.27)

.005

12

17

23

34

70

• .687 DIAMETER

• 240 VAC @ 125° C 0-60 Hertz

• Filters are supplied with lockwasher
and hex nut.

• Recommended Mounting Torque
60 IN.-OZ. Maximum.

• Silver Plated Cases

• Solder Coated Terminals

5/16 - 24 UNF - 2A
BOTTOM END

.530 -
(13.46)

(1.57x3.18)
.062 x .125 SLOT
BOTH ENDS

-(7.92) .312
L

MIL-STD-461 FILTERS

MULTI -SECTION

.0600

(1.52)

’4-28 UNF-2A

1-1522

SPECTRUM CONTROL INC

Since 1968 . . . making technology compatible with technology.

2185 West Eighth St., Erie, PA 16505 • Phone (814) 455-0966

TWX 510-699-6871

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

RATED

DC

CURRENT

WORKING VOLTS

DCR

MAX.

REFER

CAP.

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS dB

+85°C

+ 125°

30KHz

150KHz

300KHZ

1MHz

10MHz

1GHz

51-717-001

15 amps

lOOVdc

50Vdc

.01

1 .4 juF

15

28

33

44

60

70

51-717-007

15 amps

125 Vac

125Vac

.01

.015juF ±20%

—

—

—

6

25

60

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

RATED

DC

CURRENT

WORKING VOLTS

DCR

MAX.

REFER

CAP.

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS dB

+85°C

+ 125°

30KHz

150KHZ

300KHz

1MHz

10MHz

1GHz

51-359-001

15 amps

lOOVdc

50Vdc

.01

1.4 uF

15

28

33

44

60

70

51-359-007

15 amps

125 Vac

125 Vac

.01

.015juF ±20%

—

—

—

6

25

60

L-SECTION

THREADED END

I

200 = 010
(5 00 =0 25)

SCI PART NO.

MIN. CAP.

WORKING VOLTAGE

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS(dB) PER MIL-STD-220A. FULL LOAD. 25°C

A = .187

A = .312

-55 to +85°C

-55 to + 1 25°C

30KHz

300KHz

1MHz

10MHz

1GHz

SCI-2350-000

SCI-2350-001

.3)UF

—

115VAC

300Vdc

B

15

21

31

50

70

THREADED END

I

I ( MAX 3) ~H

p

1 I

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

RATED

DC

CURRENT

WORKING VOLTS

DCR

MAX.

REFER

CAR

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS dB

+85°C

+ 125°

30KHz

150KHz

30QKHz

1MHz

10MHz

1GHz

51-344-006

15 amps

lOOVdc

50Vdc

.01

1 .4 /jF

15

28

33

44

60

70

COAXIAL SIGNAL LINE FILTERS

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

RATED

DC

CURRENT

WORKING VOLTS

DCR

MAX.

n

PASS BAND

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS dB

FIG.

+85°C

+ 1 25°C

20MHz

50MHz

100MHz

1GHz

52-706-304

30 ma.

—

lOOVdc

—

DC-30 MHz<4dB

—

10

30

60

2

52-706-306

30 ma.

—

lOOVdc

—

DC-1 MHz<2dB

70

70

70

70

1

52-706-307

30 ma.

—

lOOVdc

—

DC-2.5 MHz<2dB

50

70

70

70

2

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

RATED

DC

WORKING VOLTS

DCR

MAX.

CL

PASS BAND

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS dB

FIG.

+85°C

+ 1 25°C

40MHz

60MHz

80MHz

1GHz

52-706-802

10 ma.

—

lOOVdc

.5

<2dB DC to 13 MHz

40

70

80

80

3

SPECTRUM CONTROL INC.

Since 1968 . . . making technology compatible with technology.

2185 West Eighth St., Erie, PA 16505 • Phone (814) 455-0966

TWX 510-699-6871

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1523

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

EMI/RFI FEED THROUGH CAPACITORS AND FILTERS

SCI PART
NUMBER

CAPACITANCE

AND

TOLERANCE

RATED
, CURRENT

ELECTRICAL

CIRCUIT

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS(dB)

PER MIL- STD 220 (NOTE 1)

@125°C

FIG.

1

MHz

3

MHz

10

MHz

30

MHz

100

MHz

300

MHz

1-10

GHz

54-790-018

1000pF

f 80%
-20%

100 V

10A

1

c

-

-

-

11

20

28

28

54-790-019

2700pF

+80%

-20%

100V

10A

1

c

-

-

9

18

27

33

35

54-790-020

5600pF

+ 80%
-20%

100V

10A

1

c

-

-

15

24

33

37

40

54-790-021

.OIuF

o o

OO CM

+ 1

100 V

10A

1

c

9

20

29

38

45

50

54-790-022

,027uF

+ 80%
-20%

100 V

10A

1

c

10

20

30

37

45

50

55

54-790-023

.056uF

+ 100%

-0%

50V

10A

1

c

17

26

36

41

45

50

60

51-729-003

,027uF

REF.

100 V

10A

II

L

10

20

30

37

45

50

60

51-729-303

1500pF

REF.

100 V

10A

II

7T

—

-

5

15

42

65

70

51-729-305

5500pF

REF.

50V

10A

II

7T

"n

7-

14

30

55

70

70

51-729-312

.01 uF

+ 80%
-20%

50V

10A

1

7T

-

8

15.

40

65

70

70

CAPACITANCE

RATED

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS(dB) PER MIL-STD 220 (NOTE 1) j

AND

DC

RATED

ELECTRICAL

1

3

10

30

100

300

1-10

SCI PART NUMBER

TOLERANCE

VOLTAGE

CURRENT

FIG.

CIRCUIT

MHz

MHz

MHz

MHz

MHz

MHz

GHz

54-779-013

lOOOpF

' o
o o

100 V

10A

1

C

-

-

5

14

24

28

28

54-779-014

2700pF

-80%

-20%

100 V

10A

1

C

-

-

9

18

,

27

33

35

54-779-015

5600pF

- 80%
-20%

100 V

1 0A

i

c

-

-

15

24

33

37

40

54-779-016

.OIuF

-80%

-20%

100 V

10A

1

c

-

9

20

29

38

45

50

54-779-017

.027uF

-100%

-0%

100 V

10A

1

C

10

20

30

37

45

50

55

54-779-018

,056uF

-100%

-0%

50V

10A

1

c

17

26

36

41

45

50

60

54-779-019

,10uF

+ 100%
-0%

50V

10A

1

C

22

31

40

44

47

55

65

51-726-002

,022uF

REF.

100 V

10A

1

L

7

17

27

34

43

50 ;

60

51-726-001

1500pF

REF.

100 V

3A

II

7 r

-

-

5

15

42

65

70

51-726-008

5500pF

REF.

50V

3A

II

7T

-

7

14

30

55

70

70

51-726-017

9000uF

REF.

50 V'

10A

II .

7T

-

8

18

45

65

70

70

4-40 THREAD s / 32 HEX
RESIN SEALED
50, 100 WVDC @ 125°C

6-32 THREAD 5 / 32 HEX
RESIN SEALED
50, 100 WVDC @ 125°C

8-32 THREAD 3 /i 6 HEX
RESIN SEALED
50, 100, 150, 200 WVDC @ 125°C

SCI PART
NUMBER

■ CAPACITANCE

AND

TOLERANCE

RATED

DC

VOLTAGE

RATED

CURRENT

FIG.

ELECTRICAL

CIRCUIT

MINIMUM INSE
PER MIL-STC

RTION LOSS(dB)

220 (NOTE 1 1

A

B

C

E

100

kHz

MHz

3

MHz

10

MHz

30

MHz

100

MHz

300

MHz

1-10

GHz

54-785-011

2000pF

150 V

10A

1

C

-

—

-

8

17

26

32

34

.421

(10.7)

.328

(8.33)

-

-

54-785-012

5000pF ^0%

150 V

10A

1

c

-

-

6

15

24

33

37

40

.421

(10.7)

.328

(8.33)

-

54-785-013

■° ,uF 1o%

100 V

10A

1

c

-

-

9

20

29

38

45

50

.421

(10.7)

.328

(8.33)

54-785-014

• 027uF

100 V

10A

1

c

—

8

18

28

37

45

50

55

.421

(10.7)

.328

(8.33)

-

-

'54-785-015

• 056uF

100 V

10A

1

c

-

15

24

34

41

45

50

60

.421

(10.7)

.328

(8.33)

54-785-016

•’* :££

100 V

10A

1

c

-

20

29

38

44

47

55

65

.421

(10.7)

.328

(8.33)

-

-

54-785-017

■ 2 - f •£:

50V

10A

1

c

10

28

37

45

50

55

60

70

.421

(10.7)

.328

(8.33)

-

-

51-712-003

.022uF REF.

100 V

10A

"

L

-

7

17

27

34

43

50

60

.850

(21.6)

.280

(7.11)

.266

(6.76)

.040

(1-02)

51-712-001

1500pF REF.

100 V

10A

II

77

-

-

-

5

15

42

65

70

890

(22.6)

.312

(7.92)

.266

(6.76)

.032
( .81)

51-744-002

5500pF REF.

200V

10A

III

77

-

7

14

30

55

70

70

.413

(10.5)

.265

(6.73)

.242
(6.15) i

.040

(1.02)

51-712-069

.012uF REF.

50V

10A

III

77

-

5

9

18

45

65

70

70

.413

(10.5)

.265

(6.73)

.266

(6.76)

.032
( -81)

1: I.L. WITH RATED CURRENT FOR “C” CIRCUITS
AND WITHOUT CURRENT FOR “ic” CIRCUITS.

Since 1968 . . . making technology compatible with technology.

SPECTRUM CONTROL INC. 21 85 West Eighth St. , Erie, PA 1 6505 • Phone (81 4) 455-0966 • TWX 51 0-699-6871

1*1524

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

EMI/RFI FEED THROUGH CAPACITORS

CAPACITANCE

RATED

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS (dB) PER MIL-STD 220 (NOTE 1)

AND

DC

RATED

100

1

3

10

30

100

300

1-10

SCI PART NUMBER

TOLERANCE

VOLTAGE

CURRENT

FIG.

kHz

MHz

MHz

MHz

MHz

MHz

MHz

GHz

54-804-002-101M

lOOpF

±20%

250V

10A

1

-

-

-

-

-

10

20

54-804-002-4 71 M

470pF

±20%

250V

10A

1

-

-

-

-

12

22

30

54-804-002-102P

lOOOpF +10 ^“

250V

10A

1

-

-

12

22

30

35

54-833-001

2700pF

250V

10A

1

-

-

-

10

19

27

33

40

54-833-002

6800pF

200V

10A

1

-

-

7

18

28

35

40

45

54-833-003

_ +100%
°' uF -0%

200V

10A

1

-

-

12

22

30

38

45

50

54-833-004

oi5uF ♦>»*

200V

10A

1

-

-

15

25

33

40

45

50

54-833-005

-033uF

100V

10A

1

-

-

20

30

40

48

50

55

54-833-006

068uF ♦«*

100 V

10A

1

-

18

27

37 1

44

48

55

60

54-833-007

, _ +100%

,uF -0%

50V

10A

1

-

22

30

40

46

50

55

65

54-766-003

, . +80%

,uF -20%

200V

10A

II

-

20

29

38

44

47

55

65

54-766-004

-F .*"5

100V

10A

II

8

28

37

45

50

55

60

70

54-766-005

100 V

10A

II

17

37

44

50

52

60

65

70

54-817-005

50V

10A

III

25

44

52

55

65

70

70

70

12-32 THREAD RESIN SEALED
50, 100, 200, 250 WVDC @ 125°C

EMI/RFI FILTERS

CAPACITANCE

RATED

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS (dB)

PER MIL-STD 220 (NOTE 1)

NUMBER

TOLERANCE

VOLTAGE

currInt

FIG.

100

kHz

MHz

3

MHz

10

MHz

30

MHz

100

MHz

300

MHz

1-10

GHz

E

F

51-719-022

1300pF

REF.

200V

10A

1

-

-

5

10

35

60

70

.040

(1-02)

51-714-001

1500pF

REF.

250V

10A

II

-

-

5

15

43

60

70

.032

(.81)

.250 ±.01 5
(6.35 ±.38)

51-714-003

1500pF

REF.

250V

10A

II

-

-

5

15

43

60

70

.032

(.81)

235±.015

(5.96±.38)

51-719-011

2500pF

REF.

500V

10A

1

-

-

-

12

20

45

60

70

.040

(1.02)

-

51-714-002

5000pF

REF.

100V

10A

II

-

7

12

35

60

70

70

.032

(.81)

.250±.015
(6.35 ±.38)

51-714-004

5000pF

REF.

100 V

10A

II

-

-

7

12

35

60

70

70

.032

(81)

.235±.015
(5. 96 ±.38)

51-719-021

5500pF

REF.

200V

10A

1

-

-

7

12

25

50

70

70

.040

(1.02)

-

51-719-042

OluF

REF.

200V

10A

1

-

10

18

35

60

70

70

.040

(1.02)

-

51-714-058

,025uF

REF.

100V

10A

II

-

10

15

40

60

70

70

70

.032

(81)

.250±.015

(6.35±.38)

51-709-005

.04uF

REF.

100 V

10A

III

-

15

20

50

65

70

70

70

.032

(81)

.250±.015

(6.35±.38)

51-709-013

.1uF

REF.

50V

10A

III

5

18

40

65

70

70

70

70

.040

(102)

.250±.015

(6.35±.38)

EMI/RFI FILTERS

SCI PART
NUMBER

CAPACITANCE

AND

TOLERANCE

RATED

DC

VOLTAGE

RATED

CURRENT

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS (dB) PER MIL -STD 220 (NOTE 1) |

100

kHz

1

MHz

3

MHz

10

MHz

30

MHz

100

MHz

300

MHz

1-10

GHz

51-732-009

.05uF REF.

100 V

10A

-

15

25

55

70

70

70

70

51-732-001

,1uF REF.

100 V

10A

5

18

40

65

70

70

70

70

51-732-008

.18uF REF.

50V

10A

8

20

45

70

70

70

70

70

NOTE 1: I.L. WITH RATED CURRENT FOR “C” CIRCUITS
AND WITHOUT CURRENT FOR “7T" CIRCUITS.

12-32 THREAD RESIN SEALED
50, 100, 200, 500 WVDC @ 125°C

V4-32 THREAD 5 / i6 HEX
RESIN SEALED
50, 100 WVDC @ 125°C

Since 1968 . . . making technology compatible with technology.

SPECTRUM CONTROL INC 2185 West Eighth St., Erie, PA 16505 • Phone (814) 455-0966 • TWX 51 0-699-6871

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1525

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

SOLDER-IN EMI/RFI FILTERS EYELET MOUNT
Pi — SECTION

1.00- 015

- 005 1 00 - 015 125 4 - 38)

OPTIONAL SPLIT

110- 015

Figure I 279 381

r

©3)--

— 237~— l

"■ 20 AWG — «

r r i

Figure II

- 315- 031 —
(8 0 -0 79)

M.)

SPECTRUM

DC

WVDC

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS PER MIL-STD-220

NUMBER

FIGURE

RENT

85°C

125°C

CAP.

10MHz

' 30MHz

100MHz

300MHz

1-IOGHz

51-713-002

1

10A

200

100

1500pF

5

12

40

60

60

51-708-001

II

10A

350

200

3000pF

10

25

50

65

65

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

DC

WVDC

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS PER MIL-STD-220

FIGURE

RENT

85°C

125°C

CAP.

3MHz

10MHz

30MHz

100MHz

300MHz

1-IOGHz

51-703-001

1

10A

350

200

1500pF

-

8

17

45

65

65

51-707-002

II

10A

250

125

Minimum

1750pF

-

8

17

45

65

65

51-750-301

II

10A

100

70

12000pF

10

25

50

70

70

70

51-750-302

III

10A

100 (

70

22000pF

12

35

60

70

70

70

060 (1.52) I

125 • 015
(3 18 • 38)

r

€0

L'_l

Figure II

zN*-

L I !_ ’56 • 02

#20 AWG 2ig . 02 (3 96-51)

(5 56 • 51)

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

DC

WVDC

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS PER MIL-STD-220

FIGURE

RENT

85°C

125°C

CAP.

10MHz

30MHz

100MHz

300MHz

1-IOGHz

51-704-001

1

25A

750

500

3000pF

8

25-

50

70

70

-teNE

i

218
• 03)

V- 1554 4-

“»■«" ™1 "27,

"45 0 '9 ) I 050

^ TYPICAL BO

tt 4 T

J Figure I

SOLDER-IN EMI/RFI FILTER
Pi — SECTION

T

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

DC

CUR-

RENT

WVDC

CAR

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS PER MIL-STD-220

85°C

125°C

10MHz

30MHz

100MHz

300MHz

1-IOGHz

51-723-301

10A

200

100

5500pF

14

30

55

65

65

51-723-303

10A

300

200

1300pF

5

15

30

45

55

LEADLESS FILTERS SOLDER-IN
EMI/RFI FILTERS
Pi — SECTION

Figure I

034 TYP * 001

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

FIG.

WVDC

CAP.

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS PER MIL-STD 220

85°C

125°C

10MHz

30MHz

100MHz

300MHz

1-IOGHz

51-707-004

1

250

125

1750pF

7

18 ,

44

65

65

51-758-301

II

100

70

1750pF

7

18

44

65

65

51-758-302

II

100

70

12,000pF

20

42

60

70

70

51-740-001

III

150

100

2500pF
+ 100% -0%

11

20

45

60

70

51-740-003

IV

300

200

2500pF
+85% -0%

11

20

45

60

70

1 125 -s .01 |-

(0.86 1.025)

Figure II “h ^ 01

Figure III

Figure IV

.450 =: .015

(11.43 * 0.38)

I .281 * .01 2 I 085 t

f - (7.14 r0.31) — J — (216 il

.085 - 01C
(2.16 r0.2S

Since 1968 . . . making technology compatible with technology.

SPBCTROM CONTROL INC 2185 West Eighth St., Erie, PA 16505 • Phone (814) 455*0966 • TWX 510-699-6871

1*1526

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

HARD-

WARE

WVDC

INSERTION LOSS PER MIL- STD 220

FIG

CKt

85°C

125°C

CAP.

1MHz

3MHz

10MHz

30MHz

100MHz

300MHz

1 GHz

NOTE

51-722-001

1

FILTER

NONE

500

250

1000pF(REF)

-

-

4

12

25

35

50

51-756-004

1

FILTER

NONE

300

200

.015uF(REF)

7

15

27

35

45

50

50

1

51-756-007

1

FILTER

NONE

75

50

.luF(REF)

22

30

42

45

50

55 .

55

1

54-794-001

II

FEED

THRU

NONE

500

250

100pF±20%

_

_

_

_

5

13

24

2

54-794-002

II

FEED

THRU

SOLDER

PREFORM

500

250

220pF±20%

_

_

_

_

11

20

30

2

54-803-003

III

STAND*

OFF

NONE

500

250

330pF±20%

—

—

__

5

14

23

31

2

54-803-004

III

STAND*

OFF

SOLDER

PREFORM

500

250

470pF±20%

—

—

—

8

17 :

25

33

2

54-802-001

IV

FEED

THRU

NONE

500

250

1000pF(GMV)

—

—

7

16

27

35

35

2

54-802-002

IV

FEED

THRU

SOLDER

PREFORM

500

250

1500pF(GMV)

—

4

9

22

28

35

38

2

54-825-004

II

FEED

THRU

NONE

300

200

.015uF(MIN.)

9

20

28

38

43

54

63

2

54-825-007

II

FEED

THRU

NONE

75

50

.1uF(MIN.)

25

35

45

52

58

70

70

2

*I.L. VALUES NOT APPLICABLE TO STAND OFF CAPACITORS 1 — Minimum Insertion Loss Refer to Page 2

2 — Typical Insertion Loss Refer to P^ge 2

SOLDER-IN EMI/RFI CAPACITOR

390

—t~ ’ (#.91

Figure I

Figure II

Figure III

4 ~ 4

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

FIG.

DC

CUR-

RENT

WVDC
@ 125°C

CAP.

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS PER MIL-STD-220

PAGE 2 FOR
TYPICAL

I.L. CURVE

30KHz

lOOKHz

1MHz

10MHz

30MHz

100MHz

300MHz

1 -10GHz

54-785-002

1

10A

100

.05uFGMV

-

-

16

33

41

45

48

50

FIG. 3

54-786-003

II

10A

50

.3uF

-

13

32

47

54

60

66

70

FIG. 3

54-786-019

III

10A

50

.5uF

-

16

35

50

58

65

68

70

FIG. 3

54-786-004

III

10A

50

luF

10

20

40

52

60

70

70

70

FIG. 3

SERIES SCI 9900/9910/9920

All units are hermetically sealed (glass to metal) on one end,
while the other end is epoxy sealed. These units are also avail-
able reversed with the hermetic seal at the opposite end. To or-

der, add “R” to the end of the part number; e.g.sci 9900-502R.
Installation: Series 9900 units are designed to be soldered in
place. Maximum soldering temperature is + 200°C (392°F).

SERIES

SCI 9900

SCI 9910

SCI 9920

VOLTAGE

50 WVDC

100 WVDC

200 WVDC

115 VAC 60 Hz

DC AMPS.

5

5

MAX.

CAPACITANCE

100 pF

100 pF

100 pF

(GMV)

500

500

500

1000

1000

1000

1200

1200

1200

2700

2700

5000
.015 jUF

5000

Since 1968 . . . making technology compatible with technology.

2185 West Eighth St„ Erie, PA 16505 • Phone (814) 455-0966

TWX 51 0-699-6871

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1527

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

Figure 1 L 12 5 <63 60> 1

; (31.75)

— 1.75 — *j

(44.45)

1

111

* ■
1 * /

(g§,

' 1 T

| 1.500

,50 f 38 ' 10 )

(£)

f 6350 ) I .750
l (19.05)

0

i

/

POWER LINE FILTERS FOR SECURE COMMUNICATIONS

#8-32 UNC THD. INSETS
.350 DEEP, 2 PLACES
(8.89)

CONNECTOR #8001-14S-7P-A3
MATES WITH MS-3106-1 4S-7P

.062 ± .003

(8.89)

#8-32 UNC STUD

(8.89)

LINE

LOAD LINE

LOAD

SCHEMATIC A SCHEMATIC B SCHEMATIC C SCHEMATIC D

SPECTRUM

PART

NUMBER

CURRENT

RATING

VOLTAGE

RATING

TEMPERATURE

RANGE

DCR

MAX.

(ohms)

—

FIG-

URE

SCHE-

MATIC

MINIMUM INSERTION LOSS (dB)

50

kHz

150

kHz

300

kHz

1

MHz

10

MHz

100

MHz

1

GHz

52-378-001

3 amps

240 VAC 60 Hz

Line to Line

-55°C to 85°C

.3

1

A

40

70

80

80

80

70

70

52-378-002

5 amps

240 VAC 60 Hz

Line to Line

-55°C to 85°C

.2

1

C

34

64

70

80

80

70

70

52-378-004

240 VAC 60 Hz

Line to Line

.2

■

B

34

64

70

80

1

H

52-378-005

3 amps

240 VAC 60 Hz

Line to Line

-55°C to 85°C

.3

■

B

40

70

80

80

1

H

52-387-001

10 amps

240 VAC 60 Hz

Line to Line

-55°C to 85°C

.2

H

C

34

64

H

80

70

H

52-387-003

10 amps

240 VAC 60 Hz

Line to Line

-55°C to 85°C

H

B

B

34

64

H

80

H

H

52-402-001

240 VAC 60 Hz

Line to Line

B

B

B

H

64

70

H

H

52-402-002

240 VAC 60 Hz

Line to Line

.2

B

B

H

64

70

H

H

52-409-001

14 amps

240 VAC 60 Hz

Line to Line

-55°C to 85°C

.04

IV

B

14

30

45

80

80

70

60

SPECTRUM CX)NTRaiNC

Since 1968 , . . making technology compatible with technology.

2185 West Eighth St., Erie, PA 16505 • Phone (814) 455-0966 • TWX 51 0-699-6871

1*1528

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

TYPICAL FILTER PLATE ASSEMBLIES

CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM

0 X

NOTE:

1. TERMINAL STRIP FILTER PLATES ARE COMPATIBLE
WITH BEAU SERIES 7200 TERMINAL STRIPS.

FIG

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

PLATING

CAP

GMV.

WORKING VOLTS

D.C.

+ 85°C +125°C

DCR

DIM

A

DIM

B

NO. OF
CIRCUITS

"S”

NO. OF
SPCS.

TYPICAL INSERTION LOSS

1

MHZ

10

MHZ

100

MHZ

200

MHZ

500

MHZ

1

52-753-001

TIN

1,000 pf

300

200

.01

1.575

1.125

2

1

_

5

26

31

32

1

52-753-002

TIN

1,000 pf

300

200

.01

1.950

1.500

3

2

—

5

26

31

32

1

52-753-003

TIN

1,000 pf

300

200

.01

2.325

1.875

4

3

—

5

26

31

32

1

52-753-004

TIN

1,000 pf

300

200

.01

2.700

2.250

5

4

—

5

26

31

32

II

52-730-001

SILVER

10,000 pf

200

100

.01

-

-

38

-

5

23

40

45

50

2.500 MAX. *i

.104 DIA. .

3 HOLES \

T*

.375

MAX. 1

1 • i y

O 00(|)(|x®)(®) (

) 00(®)(®)(|)(‘

s>6

.093 |

- .181 L «-l .156 TYP NON-
ACCUMULATIVE
(5 PLCS.)

.156 TYP NON-
ACCUMULATIVE
(5 PI CS.) J

, 1.156

.187 .

L 2.312

CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM

NOTE:

1. MATERIAL: MTG. PLATE: TIN PLATED STEEL.

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

PLATING

CAP.

GMV.

MAX.

CURR.

AMPS.

WORKING VOLTS

D.C.

+ 125°C

DCR

TYPICAL INSERTION LOSS

1

MHZ

10

MHZ

100

MHZ

200

MHZ

500

MHZ

52-743-001

TIN

1,000 pf

3

100

.01

—

5

25

30

33

52-743-002

TIN

.022 uf :

3

100

.01

12

30

45

49

58

52-743-003

TIN

.050 uf :

3

100

.01

35

50

70

70

70

# 16 GA. _
(.050) 1_

1 L

_2.000 _
±.015

zr

-I3HL

L"T

nrir:

_i .320 MAX.
* .080 MIN.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

T

114 *-.

Pff

T

SPECTRUM

CONTROL

NUMBER

PLATING

CAP.

GMV.

MAX.

CURR.

AMPS.

WORKING VOLTS

D.C.

+ 125°C

OCR

TYPICAL INSERTION LOSS

1

MHZ

10

MHZ

100

MHZ

200

MHZ

500

MHZ

52-726-001

TIN

1,250 pf

5

50

.01

-

6

46

60

70

Custom assemblies available upon request. Contact your Spectrum field engineer or factory for more information.

SPECTRUM CONTROL INC

Since 1968 . . . making technology compatible with technology.

2185 West Eighth St, Erie, PA 16505 • Phone (814) 455-0966 • TWX 51 0-699-6871

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1529

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

EMI/RFI SHIELDING GASKETS

EMI/RFI SHIELD-SEAL STRIP GASKETING

ELASTOMER KNIT WIRE SHIELDING

FOR SOLID ELASTOMERS
ADO .032 TO THIS DIMENSION

| Dimensions in inches and (millimeters) |

Neo. Sponge & Monel

A

B

C

D

.062 (1.57)

.250 (6.35)

.062 (1.57)

.125 (3.18)

57-1516-06038-02

.062 (1.57)

.500 (12.70)

.062 (1.57)

.125 (3.18)

57-1516-06063-02

.125 (3.18)

.625 (15.88)

.125 (3.18)

.125 (3.18)

57-1516-12075-02

.125 (3.18)

.500 (12.70)

.125 (3.18)

.125 (3.18)

57-1516-12063-02

.125 (3.18)

.250 (6.35)

.125 (3.18)

.125 (3.18)

57-1516-12038-02

EMI KNITTED WIRE MESH GASKETING
ALL MES>H DOUBLE ROUND WITH FIN STRIP

ROUND

HEIGHT

CONNECTING

WIDTH

MONEL

FERROUS

( Copper & Tin Plated)

.125 (3.18)

.500 (12.70)

57-1514-12050-31-000

57-1514-12050-34-000

.125 (3.18)

.625 (15.88)

57-1514-12063-31-000

57-1514-12063-34-000

.125 (3.18)

.750 (19.05)

57-1514-12075-31-000

57-1514-12075-34-000

.125 (3.18)

.875 (22.23)

57-1514-12087-31-000

57-1514-12087-34-000

.125 (3.18)

1 .000(25.40)

57-1514-12100-31-000

57-1514-12100-34-000

ALL MESH — RECTANGULAR STRIP

EMI SHIELDING STRIP ELASTOMER CORE
RECTANGULAR SHAPED GASKET

HEIGHT

H

WIDTH

W

MONEL

FERROUS

( Copper & Tin Plated)

.062 (1.57)

.250 (6.35) %

57-1510-06025-31-000

57-1510-06025-34-000

.098 (2.36)

.125 (3.18)

57-1510-09012-31-000

57-1510-09012-34-000

.125 (3.18)

.125 (3.18)

57-1510-12012-31-000

57-1510-12012-34-000

.125 (3.18)

.250 (6.35)

57-1510-12025-31-000

57-1510-12025-34-000

.125 (3.18)

.500 (12.70)

57-1510-12050-31-000

57-1510-12050-34-000

.125 (3.18)

.750 (19.05)

57-1510-12075-31-000

57-1510-12075-34-000

MONEL WIRE

I L- woth -| I ;

TOTAL WtOTH-*|

ELASTOMER

HEIGHT

TOTAL

HEIGHT

ELASTOMER

WIDTH

TOTAL

WIDTH

SILICONE

SPONGE

.125 (3.18)

.160 (4.06)

.250 (6.35)

.285 (7.24)

57-1510-12025-04-000

.250 (6.35)

.285 (7.24)

.250 (6.35)

.285 (7.24)

57-1510-25025-04-000

.250 (6.35)

.285 (7.24)

.500 (12.70)

.535 (13.59)

57-1510-25050-04-000

.500 (12.70)

.535 (13.59)

.500 (12.70)

.535 (13.59)

57-1510-50050-04-000

SINGLE FIN SECTION — ELASTOMER CORE

MONEL WIRE

ELASTOMER

DIAMETER

TOTAL

HEIGHT

OVERALL

WIDTH

SILICONE

SPONGE

.125 (3.18)

.160 (4.06)

.500 (12.70)

57-1512-12050-04-000

.250 (6.35)

.285 (7.24)

.750 (19.05)

57-1512-25075-04-000

.250 (6.35)

.285 (7.24)

1.000 (25.40)

57-1512-25100-04-000

.500 (12.70)

.535 (13.59)

1.000 (25.40)

57-1512-50100-04-000

MULTICON STRIP EMI SHIELDING GASKET

HEIGHT

H

WIDTH

W

SILICONE AND MONEL ]

SOLID

SPONGE

.062 (1.57)

.250 (6.35)

57-1547-06025-03-000

— ;

.062 (1.57)

.500 (12.70)

57-1547-06050-03-000

—

.093 (2.36)

.250 (6.35)

57-1547-09025-03-000

57-1547-09025-04-000

.093 (2.36)

.500 (12.70)

57-1547-09050-03-000

57-1547-09050-04-000

.125 (3.18)

.125 (3.18)

57-1547-12012-03-000

•57-1547-12012-04-000

.125 (3.18)

.250 (6.35)

57-1547-12025-03-000

57-1547-12025-04-000

.125 (3.18)

.500 (12.70)

57-1547-12050-03-000

57-1547-12050-04-000

MULTICON SHEET EMI SHIELDING GASKETS

1

wnrnTTTL^'

l

■ — w — J

SHEET

HEIGHT

H

WIDTH

W

SILICONE AND MONEL ]

SOLID

SPONGE

.062 (1.57)

3.000 (76.2)

57-1547-06300-03-000

—

.093 (2.36)

3.000 (76.2)

57-1547-09300-03-000

57-1547-09300-04-000

.125 (3.18)

3.000 (76.2)

57-1547-12300-03-000

57-1547-12300-04-000

Spectrum’s Shield-Seal pro-
vides protection against
weather conditions as well as
EMI/RFI leakage. The strip is
supplied with pressure sensi-
tive adhesive for ease of mount-
ing.

Spectrum’s Double-Round
Mesh is for use on flat surfaces
where EMI/RFI shielding is the
only requirement. Surfaces
should be free of oil, grease or
paint.

The rectangular strip is rec-
ommended for groove mount-
'ing. The spring-like nature of
knitted mesh assures consis-
tent contact and long life.

Spectrum’s Elastomer Core
Shielding Strip is recom-
mended where low pressure
compressibility is required with
a high degree of resiliency.

Spectrum’s Single Fin Shield-
ing Strip is designed to be
bolted or cemented in place.
The Elastomer Core provides
continuous pressure over the
entire length of strip.

Spectrums’ Multicon offers the
best possible shield against
environment and EMI/RFI con-
tamination. The hundreds of
wire ends provide electrical
contact while the silicone forms
a moisture barrier.

Multicon sheet material can be
used as a single gasket or cut to
size by the design engineer for
prototype efforts.

EMI-RFI SHIELDING CONNECTOR GASKET

Spectrum’s Connector Gaskets are offered
for use with standard connector sizes in
either the multicon material or the radthin.
These gaskets insure the EMI/RFI integrity
of the enclosure on which they are used.

AN CONNECTOR GASKETS j

SHELL

SIZE

DIMENSIONS

MATERIAL P

ART NUMBER

A

B

C

D

MULTICON

RADTHIN

8

.594(15.09)

.500(12.07)

.875(22.23)

.172(4.37)

57-2047-40213-03

57-2040-20381-05

10

.719(18.26)

.625(15.88)

1.000(25.40)

.172(4.37)

57-2047-40214-03

57-2040-20382-05

12

.813(20.65)

.750(19.05)

1.094(27.79)

.172(4.37)

57-2047-40215-03

57-2040-20383-05

14

.906(23.01)

’.875(22.23)

1.188(30.16)

.172(4.37)

57-2047-40216-03

57-2040-20384-05

16

.969(24,61)

1.000(25.40)

1.281(32.54)

.172(4.37)

57-2047-40217-03

57-2040-20385-05

18

1 .063(27.00)

1.125(28.56)

1.375(34.93)

.203(5.15)

57-2047-40218-03

57-2040-20386-05

20

1.156(29.36)

1.250(31.75)

1.500(38.10)

.203(5.15)

57-2047-40219-03

57-2040-20387-05

22

1.250(31.75)

1.375(34.93)

1.625(41.28)

.203(5.15)

57-2047-40220-03

57-2040-20388-05

24

1.375(34.93)

1.500(33.10)

1.750(44.45)

.203(5.15)

57-2047-40221-03

57-2040-20389-05

28

1.563(39.70)

1.750(44.45)

2.000(50.80)

.203(5.15)

57-2047-40222-03

57-2040-20390-05

32

1 .750(44.45)

2.000(50.80)

2.250(57.15)

.219(5.56)

57-2047-40223-03

57-2040-20391-05

36

1.938(49.23)

2.188(55.58) .

2.500(63,50)

.219(5.56)

57-2047-40224-03

57-2040-20392-05

40

2.188(55.58)

2.438(61.93)

2.750(69.85)

.219(5.56)

57-2047-40225-03

57-2040-20393-05

44

2.375(60.33)

2.781(70.64)

3.000(76.20)

.219(5.56)

57-2047-40226-03

57-2040-20394-05

48

2.625(66.68)

3.031(76.99)

3.250(82.55)

.219(5.56)

57-2047-40227-03

57-2040-20395-05

Since 1968 . . . making technology compatible with technology.

spectrum CONTROL INC 2185 West Eighth St., Erie, PA 16505 • Phone (814) 455-0966 • TWX 51 0-699-6871

1*1530

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

• FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

Selection Guide for
TRW Filters

7 #?rV

BAND PASS

Type

Center Frequency

Band

Source

Load

MIL

No.

Range

Width

(Ohms)

(Ohms)

Grade

MNF

400 Hz to 5.4 kHz

±7.5%

10K

10K

7

MNF

7.35 kHz to 70 kHz

±7.5%

10K

10K

7

MNF

93 kHz to 165 kHz

±7.5%

10K

10K

7

MWF

22 kHz to 70 kHz

±15%

10K

10K

7

MWF

93 kHz to 165 kHz

±15%

10K

7

BPM

400 Hz to 20 kHz

±3%

1 0K or Grid

6

BMI

30 Hz to 50 Hz

±3%

Grid

6

BMI

60 to 400 Hz

±3%

Grid

6

TGT

425 Hz to 3315 Hz

±42.5 Hz

600

6

TGR

425 Hz to 331 5 Hz

±42.5 Hz

6

BAND REJECT

Type No.

Frequency Range

Source & Load (Ohms)

MIL Grade

BPM

400 Hz to 20 kHz

10K

6

LOW PASS

Type No.

Cutoff Frequency Range

Source & Load (Ohms)

MIL Grade

LPM

200 Hz to 5 kHz

10K

6

LPM

6 kHz to 15 kHz

10K

6

FLH

600 Hz to 5 kHz

10K

6

FLL

3.5 kHz to 50 kHz

600

6

LMI

50 Hz to 150 Hz

10K

6

LML

500 Hz to 12 kHz

600

6

HIGH PASS

Type No.

Cutoff Frequency Range

Source & Load (Ohms)

MIL Grade

FHH

200 Hz to 10 kHz

10K

6

HMI

50 Hz to 400 Hz

10K

6

Almost 40 years of specialization in se-
lective networks, from image parameter
design to modern network synthesis are
reflected in the superior performance,
miniaturization, stability, and reliability
of the electric wave filters produced by
TRW/UTC today.

Because of the tremendous variation in
requirements of frequency, band width,
impedance, shape factor, size configura-
tion, and other special characteristics
such as envelope delay distortion, and
return loss, TRW Inductive Products’ cat-
alog items are only a portion of the filters
made. Special “custom” designs to cus-
tomers’ specifications range from DC to
30 MHz, from a volume of less than 0.1
cubic inches to more than 250 cubic
inches. They cover applications such as
telephone, telegraph, telemetering, mul-
tiplexing, carrier elimination and restora-
tion, etc.

FOR SPECIAL DESIGNS the following in-
formation must be known: source and
load impedances, insertion loss, pass
band, stop band, operating level, oper-
ating temperature range, and size restric-
tions, plus any other special require-
ments such as phase matching, insertion
loss matching, or attenuation matching,
between units, envelope delay distortion,
return loss limits, etc.

Since filters usually contain many pre-
cisely adjusted elements and are used in
critical applications where continued re-
liable performance is a necessity, all
TRW/UTC filters, both stock and spe-
cials, are manufactured and guaranteed
to MIL-F-18327.

Units with identical electrical and me-
chanical characteristics as stock items,
except for center frequency on band pass
filters, or cutoff frequency on low and
high pass filters, are known as stock
specials. For example, a band pass filter
identical to the BPM series with a center
frequency of 2700 Hz would be identified
as BPM-2700, a 2700 Hz center frequency
band pass filter identical to the MNF
series would be identified as MNF-2.7, a
low pass similar to LPM series with a
2700 Hz cutoff frequency would be iden-
tified as LPM-2700.

FOR WIDE BAND PASS applications
(more than an octave wide) low pass and
high pass filters may be connected in
tandem. For instance, the FLH-5000 in
tandem with the FHH-200 will result in
an attenuation characteristic flat within
1 dB from 300 to 4200 Hz, approximately
3 dB at 200 and 5000 Hz, 40 dB below
140 Hz, and 43 dB above 6400 Hz.

FOR BAND REJECT applications, the
BPM band pass minifilters may be used by
connecting as shown on page 47, Fig. A.
Generally, on stock filters, variations of

±20% in the source and load imped-
ances will have negligible effect on the
attenuation response. FHH, FLH, FLL,
BPM, and BMI filters may be used with
a much lower source impedance and still
give satisfactory results.

The nominal test level, E g is 2.0 Volts
RMS for all stock filters except 0.5 Volt
on the BPM and 1.0 Volt on the LPM.

TRW INDUCTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, 150 Varick Street. New York, NY 10013, Telephone: (212) 255-3500, TWX: 710-581-2722

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1531

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

TTE'

minmiWisL

FILTERS

THESE PAGES CATALOG OVER 1,000,000 STANDARD FILTER TYPES —

SPECIFY ANY COMBINATION OF FREQUENCY,

SOURCE AND LOAD OHMS WITHIN THE MIN-MAX RANGES.

MANY TYPES AVAILABLE FROM STOCK — REQUEST STOCK LIST

BANDPASS — MINIATURE— ANY FREQUENCY FROM 30Hz TO 20MHz

Fc Center

Freq. Range

Bandwidth

Source,

Ohms

Load,

Ohms

Case

Type/No.

Series

Min.

Max.

@ — 3db

Stopband Attenuation

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Chassis

PCB

K10B

500Hz

lOKHz

±l%Fc

[30db at .92Fc & l.lFc &

IK

500K

IK

500K

4

17

K10C

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±l%Fc

I40db at .86Fc & 1.2Fc

500

10K

500

10K

3

11

K10D

lOOKHz

1MHz

±l%Fc

500

IK

500

IK

11

K10E

1MHz

20MHz

±l%Fc

50

75

50

75

11

K11H

500Hz

lOKHz

±l%Fc

f30db at .94Fc & 1.06Fc &

IK

500K

IK

500K

4

17

K11J

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±l%Fc

]40db at .93Fc & l.lFc

500

10K

500

10K

3

13

K11K

lOOKHz

1MHz

±l%Fc

500

IK

500

IK

12/19

K11L

1MHz

20MHz

±l%Fc

50

75

50

75

12/19

K12D

500Hz

lOKHz

±2%Fc

30db at .92Fc& l.lFc

IK

10K

IK

10K

4

17

K12E

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±2%Fc

30db at .92Fc& l.lFc

500

10K

500

10K

12/19

K12F

lOOKHz

1MHz

±2%Fc

30db at .92Fc& l.lFc

500

IK

500

IK

12/19

K12G

1MHz

20MHz

±2%Fc

30db at .92Fc& l.lFc

50

75

50

75

12/19

K13A

30Hz

100Hz

±5%Fc

55db at .5Fc & 2Fc

IK

500K

IK

500K

5

K17A

100Hz

lOKHz

±5%Fc

60db at .5Fc & 2Fc

500

10K

500

10K

4

17

K17B

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±5%Fc

60db at .5Fc & 2Fc

100

100K

100

100K

3

19

K17D

300Hz

3 KHz

±5%Fc

50db at .5Fc & 2Fc

500

15K

500

15K

3

12

K17E

3KHz

lOKHz

±5%Fc

50db at .5Fc & 2Fc

100

50K

100

50K

3

11

K17F

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±5%Fc

60db at .5Fc & 2Fc

500

10K

500

10K

11/19

K17G

lOOKHz

1MHz

±5%Fc

60db at .5Fc & 2Fc

500

IK

500

IK

11/19

K17H

1MHz

20MHz

±5%Fc

60db at .5Fc & 2Fc

50

75

50

75

11/19

K20E

100Hz

lKHz

±7.5%Fc

40db at .57Fc & 1.75Fc

500

10K

500

10K

4

17

K20F

lKHz

lOKHz

±7.5%Fc

40db at .6Fc & 1.67Fc

500

10K

500

10K

3

13

K20G

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±7.5%Fc

40db at .6Fc & 1.67Fc

500

10K

500

10K

3

11

K20H

lOOKHz

1MHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .6Fc & 1.67Fc

500

IK

500

IK

11

K20J

1MHz

20MHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .6Fc & 1.67Fc

50

75

50

75

11

Q20

lKHz

lOKHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .7Fc & 1.4Fc

IK

10K

IK

10K

5

14

Q22

lKHz

lOKHz

±7.5 %Fc

60db at .75Fc & 1.3Fc

IK

10K

IK

10K

6

17

Q23

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .7Fc & 1.4Fc

600

10K

600

10K

4

13

Q24

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±7.5 %Fc

60db at .75Fc & 1.3Fc

600

10K

600

10K

5

16

Q25

lOOKHz

1MHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .7Fc & 1.4Fc

500

IK

500

IK

12

Q26

lOOKHz

1MHz

±7.5% Fc

60db at .75Fc & 1.3Fc

500

IK

500

IK

15/22

Q27

1MHz

20MHz

±7.5%Fc

40db at .7Fc & 1.4Fc

50

75

50

75

12/19

Q28

1MHz

20MHz

±7.5%Fc

60db at .75Fc & 1.3Fc

50

75

50

75

15/22

K30E

100Hz

lKHz

±15% Fc

40db at .4Fc & 2.5Fc

500

10K

500

10K

4

17

K30F

lKHz

lOKHz

±15%Fc

40db at .45Fc & 2.2Fc

500

10K

500

10K

3

13

K30G

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±15%Fc

40db at .45Fc & 2.2Fc

500

10K

500

10K

3

11

K30H

lOOKHz

1MHz

±15%Fc

40db at .45Fc & 2.2Fc

500

IK

500

IK

11

K30J

1MHz

20MHz

±15% Fc

40db at .45Fc & 2.2Fc

50

75

50

75

11

Q30

lKHz

lOKHz

±15%Fc

30db at .67Fc & 1.37Fc

IK

10K

IK

10K

5

14

Q32

lKHz

lOKHz

±15%Fc

50db at .73Fc & 1.31Fc

IK

10K

IK

10K

6

17

Q33

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±15% Fc

30db at .67Fc & 1.37Fc

600

10K

600

10K

4

13

Q34

lOKHz

lOOKHz

±15% Fc

50db at .73Fc & 1.31Fc

600

10K

600

10K

5

16

Q35

lOOKHz

1MHz

±15%Fc

30db at .67Fc & 1.37Fc

500

IK

500

IK

12/19

Q36

lOOKHz

1MHz

±15%Fc

50db at .73Fc & 1.31Fc

500

IK

500

IK

15/22

Q37

1MHz

20MHz

±15%Fc

30db at .67Fc & 1.37Fc

50

75

50

75

12/19

Q38

1MHz

20MHz

±15%Fc

50db at .73Fc & 1.31Fc

50

75

50

75

15/22

TYPICAL RESPONSE CURVES
FOR TYPE K BANDPASS FILTERS

.3 .4 .6 .8 1 1.5 2 3

FREQUENCY RATIO, F/Fc

TYPICAL RESPONSE CURVES
FOR TYPE Q BANDPASS FILTERS

WIDE BAND FILTERS: TTE has designed and manufactured Filters since 1956. During
that time Bandpass Filters with 3dB Bandwidths as great as 3100% have been sup-
plied. A Bandwidth of ±20% or greater can be obtained by ordering TTE standard
Highpass and Lowpass filter sections as a composite network. Select numbers from
the Series H and J listings on page 3 which give the desired attenuation slopes and
combine these numbers. For example to obtain a slope of 40db at 0.65 of the lower
frequency cut-off, Fcl, (Highpass section) and 40db at 1.6 of the upper frequency
cut-off, Fc2, (Lowpass section) use Highpass model H69 plus Lowpass model J59.
The resulting Bandpass number is K6959.THE HIGHPASS SERIES NUMBER IS FIRST,
FOLLOWED BY THE LOWPASS NUMBER. Types with dissymmetrical attenuation
slopes can be combined. Also specify the 3db down cut-off frequencies Fcl and Fc2,
the impedance and PCB case or chassis mount case.

# INSERTION LOSSES for bandpass types between equal terminations are from 0.5 to
6db depending upon bandwidth, frequency and size. K10 and Kll types have about
lOdb insertion loss and K12 types about 6db flat loss. SPECIALS are available for
center frequencies from 10Hz upward and 60db to 3db bandwidth ratios as sharp as
2.0:1. TO ORDER Specials, also specify (5) bandwidth and (6) stop band attenuation
required.

TO ORDER BANDPASS FILTERS — Specify (1) TTE Series No., (2) minus 3db frequen-
cies, (3) source impedance, (4) load impedance. PRICES: $63 to $200 each.

CASE DIMENSIONS AND MOUNTING INFORMATION ARE ON PAGE M535. \

mm™

-L 1X5 TTE, INC. 2214 So. Barry Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90064, (213) 478-8224

.6 .7 .8 .9 1 1.1 1.3 1.5

FREQUENCY RATIO, F/Fc

1*1532

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS)

2700

1

n

□

Tv M 1

li mmiatwisL \

[]

U\

□

3

RS

BANDPASS - SUBMINIATURE FOR FREQUENCIES OF 300Hz TO 20MHz

Series

Fc Center
Min.

Freq. Range
Max.

Bandwidth
@ — 3db
. Max.

Stopband Attenuation

Source.

Ohms

Load.

Ohms

Case

No.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

S10D

300Hz

lKHz

±7.5%Fc

35db at .55Fc & 1.8Fc

10K

10K

10K

10K

231

S11D

lKHz

5KHz

±7.5%Fc

40db at .55Fc & 1.8Fc

IK

10K

IK

10K

231

S12D

5KHz

50KHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .58Fc & 1.75Fc

IK

10K

IK

10K

231

S12E

5KHZ

50KHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .58Fc & 1.75Fc

IK

IK

IK

IK

230

S13D

50KHz

1MHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .58Fc & 1.75Fc

500

IK

500

IK

231

S13E

50KHZ

1MHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .58Fc & 1.75Fc

500

IK

500

IK

230

S14D

1MHz

20MHz

±7.5 %Fc

40db at .58Fc & 1.75Fc

50

500

50

500

231

S20D

300Hz>

lKHz

±15%Fc

40db at .4Fc & 2.5Fc

10K

10K

10 K

10K

231

S21D

lKHz

5KHz

±15% Fc

40db at .4Fc & 2.5Fc

IK

10K

IK

10K

231

S22D

5KHz

50KHz

±15% Fc

40db at .4Fc & 2.5Fc

IK

10K

IK

10K

231

S22E

5KHz

50KHz

±15%Fc

40db at .4Fc & 2.5Fc

IK

10K

IK

10K

230

S23D

50KHz

1MHz

±15% Fc

40db at .4Fc & 2.5Fc

500

IK

500

IK

231

S23E

50KHZ

1MHz

±15%Fc

40db at .4Fc & 2.5Fc

500

IK

500

IK

230

S24D

1MHz

20MHz

±15% Fc

40db at .4Fc & 2.5Fc

50

500

50

500

231

TYPICAL RESPONSE CURVES
FOR BANDPASS FILTERS

.3 .4 .6 .8 1 1.5 2 2.5 3

FREQUENCY RATIO F.'F,

OTHER BANDPASS FILTERS: Any of the above Bandpass Filters may be
specified for the following:

TELEMETERING: Any IRIG Channel.

HIGHPOWER: Any level up to 100 watts; frequencies from 10MHz.

DIFFERENTIAL INPUT/OUTPUTS: Any frequency from 300Hz; any series number.
PHASE MATCHED SETS: Any frequency up to 2MHz; any series number.

PLEASE CONTACT US WITH YOUR SPECIFICATION.

TO ORDER: Specify the channel, power level or other modification needed.

REMEMBER TO REQUEST THE STOCK LIST.

TO ORDER BANDPASS FILTERS — Specify (1) TTE series number, (2) the center
frequency, (3) source impedance and (4) load impedance. TO ORDER SPECIAL

BANDWIDTHS also specify (5) the minus 3db frequencies and (6) the stopband
frequencies.

BAND REJECTION

Series

Fc Center

Min.

Freq. Range
Max.

Type/No.

PCB

MnT

Max.

B83A

10Hz

100Hz

.67Fc & 1.5Fc

50db

600

50K

■

B83B

10Hz

100Hz

,77Fc & 1.3Fc

40db

600

50K

4

B83C

50Hz

10KHZ

.77Fc& 1.3Fc

50db

50

IMeg

4

■

B83D

lOKHz

lOOKHz

.77Fc & 1.3Fc

50db

50

IMeg

3

B83E

lOOKHz

1MHz

.77Fc& 1.3Fc

50db

50

50K

D

10Hz

lOOKHz

.25Fc & 4Fc

IMeg

2

■■

F

10Hz

lOOKHz

•25Fc & 4Fc

IMeg

2

■ ■

R20

100Hz

3999Hz

[BW 3db/BW 40db < 5

50K

4 or 13

R30

4KHz

10MHz

t For BW 40db> 10%Fc

10K

4 or 13

ACTIVE FILTERS

BANDPASS

CENTER FREQ. RANGE: 1Hz to lOOKHz
IMPEDANCE RANGE: 0 to 1 Megohm
OPERATING VOLTAGE RANGE: ±5VDC to ±12VDC
GAIN: Unity ±.3dB (other gains may be specified)

DESIGNS: Chebyshev, Butterworth, ETliptic-f unction and Bessel
(3 to 10 poles available for most designs)

CASE: Hermetically sealed steel

Prices are from $35.00 each. The output is non-inverting; However,
inverting output may be specified.

BAND REJECTION

NOTCH FREQ. RANGE: 1Hz to lOOKHz
IMPEDANCE RANGE: 0 to 1 Megohm
OPERATING VOLTAGE RANGE: ±5VDC to ±12VDC
GAIN: Unity ±.3dB (other gains may be specified)

DESIGNS: Twin-T and wide-band notch filters
CASE: Hermetically sealed steel

Prices are from $35.00 each. The output is non-inverting, inverting
output may be specified.

GENERAL FILTER NOTES: TTE Filters are epoxy encased with-
in hermetically sealed steel cases. The case finish is copper
plate per MIL-C-14550 under fused tin per MIL-T-10727A. The
maximum power output without K12 types are tested at lOOmv

and B83 types at .77v output for all impedance levels. Termi-
nations are understood to be resistive unless otherwise speci-
fied. Mount clear of transformers or other strong magnetic
fields. BNC and SMA connectors are available.

rnnpxp tm

1 IHj TTE, INC. 2214 So. Barry Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90064, (213) 478-8224

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1533

2700 FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS) 2700

1

□

TV M 1

li miniaiuhSL J

G

LG

□

2

RS

LOWPASS - MINIATURE

75Hz to 20MHz (*And from 2Hz to 74Hz)

Series

No.

J57E

J59E

J61E

J63E

J71E

J73E

J75E

J77E

J81E

J83E

J85E

J87E

J91E

J93E

J95E

J97E

*J80E

Min.

Attn.

db

30

40

50

60

30

40

50

60

30

40

50

60

30

40

50

60

40

Cut-Off

Ratio

F/Fc

1.4

1.6

1.9
2.2

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.15

1.20

1.27

1.35

1.10
1.13
1.17
1.20
2.0

TYPICAL RESPONSE CURVE

LOWPASS - SUBMINIATURE

IKHz to 20MHz typical response for standard lowpass filters

TO ORDER specify (1) TTE Series No., (2) minus 3db freq., (3) im-
pedance, (4) Case No. SPECIALS are available for cut-off frequencies
down to 3Hz and above 100MHz. PRICES: $32 to $135.

IMPEDANCE GUIDE FOR MINIATURE
HIGHPASS AND LOWPASS TYPES

10Hz

50Hz

100Hz

500Hz

5KHz lOKHz lOOKHz 500KHZ 1MHz

5MHz

3db 50Hz

100Hz

500Hz

5KHz

lOKHz lOOKHz 500KHZ 1MHz

5MHz

20MHz

. il' 10K

N loT

5K

IK '

500

100 50 50

'"stT

il 15K

39K

39K

39K

20 K

3K 3K IK

300

75

IMPEDANCE GUIDE

FOR

SUBMINIATURE

HIGHPASS

AND

LOWPASS TYPES

IKHz

5KHz

20KHZ

lOOKHz 500KHZ

1MHz

10MHz

Fc — 3db

5KHz

20KHZ

lOOKHz

500KHZ 1MHz

10MHz

20MHz

. — A — N

, A s,

, — A — ^

f r A N

Min.

<>

10K

IK

300

50 50

50

50

Max.

{>

10K

10K

IK

IK 300

75

50

ACTIVE LOWPASS

— 3dB FREQ. RANGE: 1Hz to lOOKHz
IMPEDANCE RANGE: O to 1 Megohm
OPERATING VOLTAGE: ±5VDC to ±12VDC
GAIN: Unity ±.3dB (other gains may be specified)

DESIGNS: Chebyshev, Butterworth, Elliptic-function and Bessel
(3 to 10 poles available for most designs)

CASE: Hermetically sealed steel

Prices are from $35.00 each. The output is non-inverting; However,
inverting outputs may be specified.

CASE GUIDE FOR ALL HP & LP FILTERS

SERIES NUMBER

Case

Type/No.

Chs.*

Mtg.f

H60-66

H67-73

H81-87

H91-97

J50-56

J57-63

J71-77

J81-87

J91-97

S60-63

180

500Hz

50KHz

2

to

to

lOOKHz

lOOKHz

3

100Hz

IKHz

5KHz

5KHz

to

to

to

to

200KHZ

50KHz

lOOKHz

lOOKHz

4

75Hz

75Hz

IKHz

IKHz

5KHz

to

to

to

to

to

100Hz

IKHz

5KHz

5KHz

lOOKHz

5

100Hz

100Hz

200Hz

10Hz

to

to

to

to

IKHz

IKHz

5KHz

75Hz

6

100Hz

to

HS

200Hz

19

PCBt

200Hz

Mtg.

to

■

9

500Hz

10

500Hz

to

100MHz

■

■

11

2KHz

2.5KHZ

to

to

■

|

100MHz

100MHz

|

12

200Hz

500Hz

||

to

to

floi

2KHz

2.5KHz

|

13

100Hz

to

|

200Hz

|

15

500Hz

to

2.5KHZ

■

16

200Hz

to

500Hz

17

100Hz

200Hz

to

to

200Hz

500Hz

20

IKHz

to

lOKHz

22

133

142

144

229

IKHz

to

lOKHz

230

lOKHz

to

1MHz

231

IKHz

to

100MHz

* Chs. = Chassis f Mgt. = Mounting $ PCB = Printed Circuit Board

SOURCE AND LOAD impedances are equal and resistive for standard
HP and LP filters. The insertion loss is less than 0.5db for ±10%
matching. Typical passband flatness within ±0.2db. Phase linearity is
reasonable. Some types are used for pulse transmission. SPECIALS for
other impedances and unequal terminations are available. Units with
cut-off ratios as sharp as 1.06 (0.94 Highpass) are available.

m TT? ™

I llL TTE, INC. 2214 So. Barry Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90064, (213) 478-8224

1-1534

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

2700

FILTERS (EXCLUDING CRYSTAL FILTERS!

2700

TTE'

minmiuhSL

FILTERS

n

HIGHPASS - MINIATURE HIGHRASS- SUBMINI ATURE

75Hz to 20MHz 1KHzto20MHz

Series

Min.

Attn.

db

Cut-Off

Ratio

F/Fc

H60E

30

.45

H62E

40

.35

H64E

50

.25

H66E

60

.15

H67E

30

.70

H69E

40

.60

H71E

50

.52

H73E

60

.45

H81E

30

.81

H83E

40

.75

H85E

50

.70

H87E

60

.65

H91E

30

.85

H93E

40

.80

H95E

50

.75

H97E

60

.70

Min. Cut-Off
Attn. Ratio

Series

db

F/Fc

S40C

30

.7

S41C

40

.59

S42C

50

.51

S43C

60

.40

TYPICAL RESPONSE FOR STANDARD HIGHPASS FILTERS

FREQUENCY RATIO F/Fc

TO ORDER: Specify (1) TTE Series Number, (2) cut-off frequency, (3) IMPEDANCE GUIDE — PLEASE SEE PAGE 1-1534.

source and load impedance. Prices are from $35 to $115.

rnmTTi™

1 lUi TTE, INC. 2214 So. Barry Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90064, (213) 478-8224

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1535

from Vernitron (the ceramic filters people)

nc o 11 and 17^,

....Mature ceramic a nd com deV ices o«

^ Vernitron v

code 216

L 232-8600 J

0 ESCRlP' rl0N ate available 3t

Minis' 018 c-t ^ aty and .«£* ^ f-

fi" e,s a " ®g, e precise cents ed . 2 kHz to

V'° ns vN n ban d re\ e c^ ot l 3 „ ban dNW' dths « re quencV-

I 1

M ^ppUCAT'°^ S ^ ^ ior --rstfz

K \ ladder F'Uers a >s tn AM b rejection

| ■

Ift held transceiver- — - " 1

y\}:$ :** j** d

features 0 dB

. stopband Reiect'° ns

m SmaN S' ze

. ughtw«'9 ht

. Shape factor -*' 1

. Hermetically Sealed

nd Shock Resistant

. Vibration and

. Excellent Stab'MV

. Fixed-Tuned

_ B/W ,60K"t

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Center Frequency 455 or 500 kHz
(capability from 100-700 kHz)

Stopband Rejection 9-disc — 50 dB;
11-disc — 60 dB; 17-disc — 80 dB

Stability -fO.2%/5 yrs; within
±0.2%/ —40° to +85° C.

Ripple Bandwidth Dependent, 1 to 3dB

Operating Range —40° to +85° C.
Environmental Meets MIL Std. 202B

“ A \ *S>H. \

1 ^-J d

values shown ' DW'S 10 *!

axon Plezoetecwc O, 23 ,seoo

TYPICAL

MODELS

BANDWIDTH/6dB
@27°C /60dB

SHAPE

FACTOR

INSERTION
LOSS (dB)

IN/OUT
IMPEDANCE (OHMS)

17-DISC — 80 dB STOPBAND

TL-2D TL-16D TL-30D

5A 25A 45A

mmm

mm

Vernitron Piezoelectric Division

232 Forbes Road / Bedford, Ohio 44146 / (216) 232-8600

1*1536

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

Let Us Be Your
Manufacturing Facilitv

Do You Need Help To Get The End Product You Want?

After you have your design to meet your circuit performance
requirements, ACC’s Engineering Staff can assist you to package
your circuit. We have a complete staff of electrical, mechanical,
industrial, and chemical engineers to develop the most cost-effec-
tive assembly to compliment your product

Custom Thick Film Hybrid?

If space is a problem, thick
film hybrids are the answer to
reduced manufacturing cost
and component inventories.
ACC can design and deliver a
custom thick film hybrid to
meet your performance, space,
and cost requirements. For
less stringent space require-
ments, formed discrete com-
ponents or SOT packages are
quite adequate. If space is
tight or you have your own cus-
tom chip, a chip and wire hy-
brid may be the best approach.

The results to you are smaller
size, improved reliability, and
in most cases, better circuit
performance due to the fact
that thick film allows you to
choose the exact resistor val-
ues and tolerances you want.

We have the capability to build
your product to any stage of
completion you desire. From a
thick film print, fire, and trim,
only, to a finished encased
product, or any stage in be-
tween, by using custom thick
film hybrids or printed circuit
assemblies.

We will work with you during
your development stage. We
possess the capability to de-
liver into the millions, if nec-
essary.

Automotive Controls Corpora-
tion (ACC) has over 200,000
square feet of production
space. This facility, located in
Southeast Kansas is staffed
with a quality-conscious, de-
pendable, rural and small-
town work force. Our employ-
ees, to whom we owe our suc-
cess, will build your product.

Printed Circuit Assembly?

If space is not a problem, then
an automatically inserted
printed circuit assembly is the
most cost effective approach.
ACC’s printed circuit assembly
area is equipped to insert
components and wave solder
boards up to 16 inches wide.
Water washing is standard.
Chlorinated cleaning solvents
are available. The ACC facility
is equipped and the personnel
are trained to handle electro-
static sensitive components at
all stages of production.

Packaging Support

In support of the electronic as-
sembly, ACC can offer single-
sided printed circuit boards,
coil winding, transfer and in-
jection molding, potting metal
and lead frame stampings,
metal plating, and painting, if
required.

Total Design Capability through manufacture , test and delivery

ELECTRONICS

AN ECHLIN COMPANY 1 300 West Oak Independence, Kansas 67301 [31 6] 331 -1 QOQ

Manufacturers of custom circuits for Industry.

Call us on our Inward Wats Line 800-835-0362 and ask for ACC Electronics Application Engineering, Extension 422.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1537

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

Hybrid m

Integrated Circuits "
for Military and Industrial
Applications

Aeroflex designs, develops and manufactures
custom hybrids for both military and industrial
customers. We are qualified for use on B1, B52,
F15, F16and LAMPS MK 111, plus numerous other
ground and airborne systems and medical and
communications equipment.

Will a custom hybrid do your job? Hybrid
technology combines the quick-response design
and manufacturing economies of the printed
circuit assembly with the reliability and small
size of the monolithic 1C. To help you determine
when the method will be cost effective, Aeroflex’s

In our complete manufacturing facility, Aeroflex
has the skilled personnel and production equip-
ment to meet every hybrid design and manufac-
turing requirement. For most designs, we use
thick film deposition for its great flexibility. On
occasion, however, we will utilize thin film chip
components in conjunction with thick film resis-
tors and conductors. Gold conductors and various
silver alloys are often employed, as well as a
variety of resistor inks to cover the full range of
resistor values. We have and use both laser, for
active trimming, and airbrasive trimming systems.

experienced engineers will consider the circuit
itself, manufacturing lead time, and the quanti-
ties involved.

Once the decision has been made, Aeroflex has
the technical and manufacturing support to meet
your most exacting requirements. Our circuit
designers will put your parameters together into
the smallest, lightest package consistent with
effective performance.

We excel in designing active filters, sample and
hold networks, low noise pre-amps, voltage
regulators, drivers and receivers and digital inter-
face circuits to meet Ml L-STD-1 553. Electrical
performance is guaranteed by our automatic test
systems.

a

Packaging for all environments. Aeroflex com-
mercial hybrids are often epoxy sealed in ceramic
for industrial applications. Heavy duty packaging
options include welded hermetically sealed all-
metal cases including flat packs, dips, plug-ins
and “TO” cans for military requirements.

Product Assurance, in and out. Our Product
Assurance Department meets the requirements
of MIL-Q-9858A. Quality Assurance, Quality
Control, Qualification Testing and Equipment
Calibration are its responsibilities. Incoming
inspection is performed on semiconductors in
accordance with MIL-STD-883, Method 2010.1
Level B. Similar criteria are applied to hybrid in-
spection. Screening and qualification testing to
MIL-STD-883B, Method 5008 and MIL-M-38510
are also available.

Microelectronics Division

AEROFLEX LABORATORIES INC.

1 35 South Service Road

Plainview, New York 11803

Tel. 516-694-6700 TWX 510-224-6417

1*1538

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

QUICK REACTION CAPABILITY

CUSTOM THICK HIM NETWORKS

p mmm

!i 1

B 3

f'1

I 1

1 1

vj —

j — V

rt

i

ri|

• Resistor Networks SIP & DIP

• Capacitor Networks

• Diode Networks

• RC Networks

• Resistor Chips

• Jumper DIPS

• High Volume Capacity

DESIGN GUIDELINES FOR A.S.I. CUSTOM THICK FILM PRODUCTS

STANDARD

PREMIUM

Resistance Range

5 ohms to 20M ohms

N/A

Tolerance 5 ohms to 30 ohms

— 1 ohm

— .5 ohm

30 ohms to 1 M

± 2%

1+

CJ1

58

1+

1M to 20M

±5%

i 1%, ± 2*%

Ratio Match

i 1%

— .5%

TCR

5 ohms to 30 ohms; 200 ppm

5 ohms to 30 ohms; N/A

(-55° C to 125° C)

30 ohms to 1M; 100 ppm

30 ohms to 200K; 50 ppm

> 1M; 300 ppm

200K to 1M; 100 ppm
> 1M; 200 ppm

TCR Tracking

R's same geometry and inks

10 ppm/°C

N/A

R's same inks

50 ppm/°C

N/A

R's different inks

100 ppm/°C

N/A

5 ohms to 250K; 100 W/in2

N/A

Power Loading at 25° C

250 K to 750K; 50 W/in2

N/A

> 750K; 25W/in 2

N/A

CUSTOM

HYBRIDS

THICK FILM SCREENING & FIRING
OF CONDUCTOR & RESISTOR
MATERIALS

Down to 5 mil lines and 5 mil spaces,
Ag and Au based conductors, 1 0
ohms/square to 1 Meg/square resistor
inks, down to 50PPM/°C TCR
RESISTOR TRIMMING TO .5%
TOLERANCES

Abrasive or laser; active or passive;
negligible post-trim drift

DIE BONDING OF IC S , TRANSISTORS
DIODES, CHIP CAPACITORS &
INDUCTORS

Typical component density: 60 compo-
nents/sq. inch of substrate

GOLD WIRE BONDING:

I'MIL WIRE DIAMETER TYP.

HERMETIC OR EPOXY SEALING OR
DIP COATING
Packaging Options:

Sealed metal case
Glass-to-metal flat pac
Dual-in-line plug-in, 14
and 16 pin

Coated substrate SIP or DIP
Chip Carrier

FUNCTIONAL AND QUALIFICATION
TESTING, COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATIONS

CONTRACT LASER TRIMMING

• E.S.I. Automatic System
®Step-and- Repeat Handling

• Prototype to High Volume Trimming
© Precision Trimming; Accuracy as high as .1%,

ASSEMBLY SPECIALISTS INC

DEPT. EM, BOX 965, ACTON, MASS. 01720 • (617) 263-9100

Other product areas include Machine Wire Wrapping, Printed Circuit Board Assembly and Electro-Mechanical
Systems Assembly— Contact for further information & literature.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1539

WONDERFILE!

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

microsystems

XXV 1/VlV incorporated

Mfrs.

Of:

• Digital Delay Lines

• Crystal Clock Oscillators

• Custom Hybrid Circuits

• Thick Film Substrates

• Custom Resistor Networks

; - -5- '

„

CUSTOM HYBRID CIRCUITS
MILITARY-COMMERCIAL-POWER-RF

• Analog and Digital Circuit Design

• Laser Trimming-Active and Passive

• Welded and Epoxy Sealed Packages

• Automatic Wire Bonding

• Power Packaging and Assembly

• Chip Carrier Processing

• Computer Aided Design C.A.D.

• MIL Qualified Facility

• High Volume Capacity

• 883B Screening

• Computer Testing

• Molding Capability

• Multilayer Thick Film

• BeO Processing

|/« M* ; i *

; « * * s * m

& Iftf if**!*

9 : HYmt. ! ' : :\ p = :m

*■

hytek

microsystems 16780 lark avenue, los gatos, California 95030
incorporated phone mos) 358-1991 twx 910-597-5393

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1541

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

iksii Integrated Circuits Incorporated
CUSTOM HYBRID CIRCUITS

imn

10 30- SC
105 * 7-002

mmmmtm

Producing high quality also in program management

custom hybrid circuits is an art and customer coordination,
no one learns overnight. And We can design a circuit to

producing circuitry consistently your specification, or convert
recognized as the finest in the your circuit to a miniature

industry takes years. hybrid design. Either way, it

That’s the secret behind the must pass the rigid quality
success of Integrated Circuits assurance requirements basic

Incorporated. Building custom at ICI - MIL-l-45208, MIL- 1 1 ^— | i Integrated

thick-film hybrid circuits has STD-883, Ml L-M-38510, and MIL- |lfGZ|| < -'’ rcu ' ts

been our specialty since 1969. Q-9858 as applicable. • I Incorporated

And we’ve used all of that For military, airborne or -13256 Northup Way

experience to perfect our industrial requirements, you’ll Bellevue, Washington 98005

expertise in not only technical find ICI to be responsive, (206) 747-8556

capabilities and quality, but capable and reliable. TWX: 910-443-2302

1*1542

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

INTERNATIONAL SENSOR SYSTEMS INC.

P.0. Box 345 - Industrial Park - Aurora, NE 68818 - Telephone (402) 694-6111

HYBRID THICK FILM TECHNOLOGY

FEATURES

■ one time insertion costs
a functional modularity
H high quality components

fl compact
h low profile
□ low mass

B high performance B small
a extreme temperature operating range
□ military specification capabilities

METALIZED SUBSTRATES — Simple or complex, single or
multi-layer conductor patterns with Pd. Ag (Palladium Silver),
Pt. Ag. (Platinum Silver), Au, (Gold), Pt. Au. (Platinum Gold)
inks. Insulation with high temperature glass dielectric or low
temperature glaze. Film Resistors -from 1 ohm to 150 meg-
ohm, tolerances to ±0.1%, T.C.R. to 50 ppm, 1/10 w to 10
watt power dissipation, laser or abrasive trimming.

CHIP AND WIRE TECHNOLOGY — Microcircuit assembly of
functional thin film integrated circuit or component chips into
operational devices. All available 1C & component chips as-
sembled to a thick film circuit by solder or epoxy bonding.
Chips wired into circuit with either gold or aluminum wire.
(Thermocompression or thermosonic wire bonding). Special
handling for static control. Components actively or passively
trimmed to guarantee functional specifications.

SOLDER REFLOW TECHNOLOGY — Compact networks with
thick film resistors, 1C packages, chip capacitors, inductors,
discrete components, SOT package, diode bridge assembly,
high and low temperature solder, standard or custom pin-
outs. Special devices with photo-transistors, LED's and func-
tional sub-assemblies.

CUSTOM PACKAGES — Single-in-line or Dual-in-line pinout
packages, conformally coated, metal can, plastic or ceramic
covered and sealed. Customer markings as well as manu-
facturer's identification for traceability. Leak tested, tempera-
ture cycling and burn-in before final test to insure reliability.
Heat sink attached to either alumina or beryllium oxide to
obtain maximum power dissipation.

TECHNICAL SERVICES

• Circuit design • layout (including conversion of existing circuitry to thick film technology) • material selection • rubylith
production • screen fabrication • product tooling • product testing • and building to print. Testing includes functional electrical
and mechanical parameters • burn-in • leak testing • and temperature cycling.

APPLICATIONS

• Memory • logic • linear circuits • A-D • D-A • timing • filters • isolation • pulse shaping • impedance matching • signal
generation • switching • sequencing • and many other medium range energy dissipation functions or a combination thereof.

ISSI MILITARY SPECIFICATION CAPABILITIES

MIL-1 -45208 Inspection System Requirements MIL-STD-883 Test Methods & Procedures for Microelectronics

MIL-C-45662 Calibration System Requirements Certificate of Compliance furnished upon request.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1543

ii mil util!
Si 111 ill

A

AC alternating’ current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners' all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binary-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
IO input/ output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
gF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
YRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
YU volume unit

YSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

HERMETIC PACKAGES FOR
HYBRID MICROCIRCUITS

MINI-SYSTEMS, INC.

Electronic Package Division, 168 East Bacon St., P.O. Box 1597, Plainville, MA 02762
Telephone: (617) 695-2000 • Telex: 710-348-0564

GLASS FLATPACKS

° Most economical means of hermetically enclosing
small hybrids

0 Easily and economically customized to your needs
o Meet MIL-M-38510 requirements
° Sealed by reflow soldering with combination lids

SELECTION GUIDE

Case Size: Flatpack — case sizes Va" x Va" to 1"
x 1"; Dual-In-Line — case size Va" x Va"

Glass Free Area: Flatpack — .040" x .070" to .810" x
.810"

Number of Leads: 1 to 84, depending on case size

Lead Centers: .050", .040", .030", or as specified

Configuration: Leads and pads on 2 sides; Leads on
2 sides; Pads on 4 sides; Leads and pads on 4
sides

Base Material: Metal, ceramic, or beryllia

Plating: Gold or Nickel, all over or selective

AVAILABILITY

Popular Packages — 2 weeks
Custom Packages — 8 weeks

WRITE FOR OUR DETAILED CATALOG

METAL PLUG-INS
AND FLATPACKS

Strongest and most reliable means of enclosing all
size hybrids

Package variations available built to your
requirements

Meet MIL-M-38510 Class S and all highest
reliability requirements

Sealed by seam welding with stepped lids or
reflow combination lids

SELECTION GUIDE

Case Size: Plug-In and Flatpack case sizes
ranging from .380" x .625" to 1.970" x 2.970"

Number Pins/Leads: 1 to 188, depending on case
size

Pin/Lead Centers: .100" Plug-In; .050" Flatpack
Configuration: Pins/Leads on 1 , 2, 3, or 4 sides
Plating: Gold or Nickel, all over or selective

AVAILABILITY

Tooled Packages — 4 weeks
Custom Packages — 10 weeks

WRITE FOR OUR DETAILED CATALOG

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1545

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

8-Bit MPUs
8-Bit MCUs
8- Bit Peripherals

THE M6800 FAMILY

The MC6800 microprocessor was the Device I F^i Device I Function

first MPU of the M6800 Family and still ■ rr^r f — —

. . , , . rr .. MC6800 MPU MC6845 CRT Controller

remains a highly cost-effective pro- MC6802 MPU (with Clock, RAM) MC6846 ROM-I/O-Timer

cessor for a great many process-control MC6808 MPU (with Clock) MC6847, Y Video Display Geners

and data-commumcations applications. MCM6810 128x8 Static RAM MC6850 Asynchronous Interf*

After years of field experience, the MC6821 Peripheral Interface Adapter Adapter

MC6800 has earned an enviable reputa- MC6822 Industrial Interface Adapter MC6852 Synchronous Serial [

tion as one of the easiest-to-use pro- MC68281 Priority Interrupt Controller Adapter

cessors available. MC6829 Memory Management Unit MC6854 Advanced Data Link

The table to the right lists devices in MC6835 CRT Controller with ROM Controller

the M6800 Family. The following micro- MCM6836 ROM/EEPROM Combination MC6859 Data Security Device

processor and microcomputer families MC6839 Floating Point ROM (IEEE. MC6860 2 Digital Modem

are derivations and enhancements of the Standard Draft 6.0) MC6862 2 Digital Modulation

MC6800 architecture to provide easy MC6840 Programmable Timer, MC68488 General-Purpose Inte

migration within the M6800 Family as MC6843 Floppy-Disk Controller Adapter

processing-power requirements change. MC6844 Direct Memory Access

Controller

1 Motorola Digital Bipolar 2 Motorola Logic and Special Functions

THE M6801 FAMILY PROCESSORS: HIGH-PERFORMANCE MCUs

Frequency

1.25 MHz 1.5 MHz

2.0 MHz

MC68B01

Memory

| 2K ROM, 128 Bytes RAM, Expansion Bus
2K EPROM, 128 Bytes RAM, Expansion Bus

No ROM, 128 Bytes RAM, Expansion Bus

No ROM, 128 Bytes RAM, External Clock, Expansion Bus

4K ROM, 192 Bytes RAM, Expansion Bus

No ROM, 192 Bytes RAM, Expansion Bus

2K ROM, 128 Bytes Dual-Port RAM, Expansion Bus

No ROM, 128 Bytes Dual-Port RAM, Expansion Bus

THE HMOS M6805 FAMILY PROCESSORS: MEDIUM-PERFORMANCE MCUs

Device

MC6804P2

MC6805P2

MC6805P4

MC6805P6

MC6805R2

MC6805U2

MC6805U3

MC68705P3

MC68705R3

MC68705U3

32

64

I/O Lines

20 Programmable Bidirectional

20 Programmable Bidirectional

20 Programmable Bidirectional

2 to 5 Inputs, 24 Programmable
Bidirectional

2 to 5 Inputs, 24 Programmable
Bidirectional

2 Special Function, 19 Programmable
Bidirectional

8 Inputs, 24 Programmable Bidirectional

8 Inputs, 24 Programmable Bidirectional

20 Programmable Bidirectional

2 to 5 Inputs, 24 Programmable
Bidirectional

8 Inputs, 24 Programmable Bidirectional

Special

Features

Self-Check, Low Cost MCU

Self-Check

Self-Check, Standby RAM

Self-Check

1 to 4 Channel 8-Bit A/D, Self Check

1 to 4 Channel 8-Bit A/D, Self Check

PLL, Self-Check

Self-Check

Self- Check

Self-Programming Bootstrap

1 to 4 Channel 8-Bit A/D,
Self-Programming Bootstrap

Self-Programming Bootstrap

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1547

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

8-BIT MPUs/MGUs/ PERIPHERALS (Continued)

THE CMOS Ml 46805 FAMILY PROCESSORS: MEDIUM-PERFORMANCE MCUs

Device

MCI 46805 E2

MC146805F2

MC146805G2

MC1468705F2

MC1468705G2

Memory (Bytes)

RAM EPROM

I/O Lines

Special

Features

16 Programmable Bidirectional

External Bus

16 Programmable Bidirectional

Self- Check

32 Programmable Bidirectional

Self-Check

16 Programmable Bidirectional

Self-Prog.

Bootstrap

32 Programmable Bidirectional

Self-Prog.

Bootstrap

SPECIAL PERIPHERALS

Device

Function

MC146818

CMOS Real-Time Clock

MCI 46823

CMOS Peripheral Interface Adapter (Similar to MC6821)

THE M6809 FAMILY PROCESSORS: HIGH-PERFORMANCE MPUs

PROCESSORS

Device

MC6809

MC6809E

Features

On-Chip Oscillator

External Clocking for Synchronization of
Multiprocessor Systems

THE M68000 FAMILY -
AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUTURE

16 - Bit

Microprocessor

Family

Led by the MC68000 Microprocessing Unit (MPU) and followed by a host of
peripherals, the M68000 Family offers the engineer a set of building blocks to
construct cost-effective solutions to an ever-widening range of complex 16/32
bit applications. The tremendous popularity of the M68000 Family is not
without warrant. HMOS technology, performance, and support are but a few
of the many reasons why the M68000 Family continues to be the 16 bit industry
leader.

It should be noted that the M68000 Family is a not-so-distant relative of the
MC6800. All M6800 Family peripherals interface directly with the MC68000, so
upward compatibility is built in. Where low cost and medium performance are
required, they present a very attractive alternative. The plan for the M68000
Family is a simple one. Provide the marketplace with the best 16-bit family and
back it up with support that is second to none. And it's happening now.

What about expandability? The M68000 Family is designed with this in mind.
All the way from an internally microcoded 32-bit architecture to the third-
generation EXORmacs development system. Efficient high level language sup-
port provided by Pascal allows upward compatibility of software from 8-bit to
16-bit to 32-bit machines.

The majority of today's 16-bit microprocessor applications are quite complex,
with long design times. Clearly, the required investment in design resources re-
quires finished products to have increased longevity. Motorola understands
this, and is committed to offering a family which will allow these products to re-
main state-of-the-art for years to come. Thus, the M68000 Family is an invest-
ment in the future.

EXORmacs is a trademark of Motorola Inc.

68000 FAMILY DEVICES

16-Bit MPU Now

8- Bit 68000 Now

VM Processor ' Now

32- Bit 68000 1 Q 1984

I PC Now

IPC-NR Now

MCU 3 Q 1983

Pl/T Now

DDMA 4 Q 1983

DMAC Now

MMU Now

BAM Now

IMDC 3 Q 1983

DPLL 3 Q 1983

MPCC-II 3 Q 1983

DUSCC 2 Q 1984

SIO Now

LANCE 3 Q 1983

MPCC Now

PGC Now

EPCI Now

DUART Now

FPCP 2 Q 1984

MFP Now

< 8 >

MOTOROLA Semiconductor Products Inc.

3501 ED BLUESTEIN BLVD., AUSTIN, TEXAS 78721 • A SUBSIDIARY OF MOTOROLA INC.

1*1548

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

(M) MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

3501 ED BLUESTEIN BLVD., AUSTIN, TEXAS 78721

MEMORIES
Selector Guide
RAMs

Motorola has developed a very broad range of reliable
MOS and bipolar memories for virtually any digital data pro-
cessing system application. And for those whose require-
ments go beyond individual components, Motorola also sup-
plies Memory Systems and Micromodules.

New Motorola memories are being introduced continually.
This selector guide lists all those available as of April 1983.
For later releases, additional technical information or pricing,
contact your nearest authorized Motorola distributor or

Motorola sales office.

Data sheets may be obtained from your in-plant VSMF
Data Center, distributors, Motorola sales office or by writing
to:

Literature Distribution Center
Motorola Semiconductor Products Inc.

P.O. Box 20912
Phoenix, AZ 85036

RAMs

MOS DYNAMIC RAMs

Organization

Part Number

Access Time
(ns Max)

Power

Supplies

No. of
Pins

16384x1

MCM41 16BP15

150

+ 12, ±5 V

16

16384x1

MCM41 16BP20

200

+ 12, ±5 V

16

16384x1

MCM41 16BP25

250

+ 12, ±5 V

16

16384x1

MCM4517P10

100

+ 5 V

16

16384x1

MCM4517P12

120

+ 5 V

16

16384x1

MCM4517P15

150

+ 5 V

16

16384x1

MCM4517P20

200

+ 5 V

16

65536x1

MCM6664AP15 1

150

+ 5 V

16

65536x1

MCM6664AP20 1

200

+ 5 V

16

65536x1

MCM6665AP15

150

+ 5 V

16

65536x1

MCM6665AP20

200

+ 5 V

16

MOS STATIC RAMs ( + 5 Volts)

Organization

Part Number

Access Time
(ns max)

No. of
Pins

MCM6810

450

24

MCM68A10

360

24

MCM68B10

250

24

MCM21 14P20

200

18

MCM21 14P25

250

18

MCM21 14P30

300

18

MCM21 14P45

450

18

MCM21 L14P20

200

18

MCM21 L14P25

250

18

1024x4

MCM21 L14P30

300

18

1024x4

MCM21 L14P45

450

18

2048 x8

MCM2016HP55*

55

24

2048 x8

MCM2016HP70*

70

24

CMOS STATIC RAMs ( + 5 Volts)

Organization

Part Number

Access Time
(ns max)

No. of
Pins

2048 x8

MCM651 16P12*

120

24

2048 x8

MCM651 16P15*

150

24

2048x8

MCM651 16P20*

200

24

4096x1

MCM65147P55

55

18

4096x1

MCM65147P70

70

18

ECL RAMs

Organization

Part Number

Access Time
(ns max)

No. of
Pins

8x2

MCM10143

15

24

16x4

MCM10145

15

27

16x4

MCM10H145

6

16

64x1

MCM1014 8

15

27

128x2

MCM10147

15

16

256x1

MCM10144

26

16

256x1

MCM10152 ‘

15

16

256x4

MCM10422A*

10

24

1024x1

MCM10146

29

16

1024 x 1

MCM10415

20

16

1024x1

MCM10415A

15

16

1024x1

MCM10415B

10

16

1024x4

MCM10474*

25

24

4096x1

MCM10470A*

15

18

TTL RAMs

Organization

Part Number

Access Time
(ns max)

Output

No. of
Pins

256x4

MCM93422

45

3- State

22

256x4

MCM93L422

60

3- State

22

1024x1

MCM93415

45

Open

Collector

16

1024x1

MCM93425

45

3- State

16

*To be introduced.

(Not all speed selections shown)

1 Motorola's innovative pin #1 refresh

Operating temperature ranges:

MOS - 0°C to 70°C

ECL — Consult individual data sheets

TTL — Military -55°C to + 125°C, Commercial 0°C to 70°C

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1549

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

(M) MOTOROLA

MEMORIES

SEMICONDUCTORS

I

Selector Guide

ROMs PROMs EPROMs

3501 ED BLUESTEIN BLVD., AUSTIN. TEXAS 78721

1

ROMs

MOS STATIC ROMs ( + 5 Volts)

Character Generator^

Organization

Part Number

Access Time
(ns max)

No. of
Pins

128x (7x 5)

MCM6670P

350

18

128 x (7x5)

MCM6674P

350

18

128 x (9x7)

MCM66700P

350

24

128 x (9x7)

MCM66710P

350

24

128x (9x 7)

MCM66714P

350

24

128x (9x 7)

MCM66720P

350

24

128x(9x7)

MCM66730P

350

24

128 x (9x7)

MCM66734P

350

24

128 x (9x7)

MCM66740P

350

24

128 x (9x7)

MCM66750P

350

24

128 x (9x7)

MCM66760P

350

24

128 x (9x7)

MCM66770P

350

24

128x (9x 7)

MCM66780P

350

24

128 x (9x7)

MCM66790P

350

24

Binary ROMs ( + 5 Volts)

Organization

Part Number

Access Time
(ns max)

No. of
Pins

2048 x8

MCM68A316EP

350

24

2048 x8

MCM68A316EP91 3

350

24

4096x8

MCM68A332P

350

24

4096x8

MCM68A332P2 3

350

24

8192x8

MCM68364P35

350

24

8192x8

MCM68364P35-3 3

350

24

8192x8.

MCM68364P25

250

24

•8192 x 8

MCM68364P20

200

24

8192x8

MCM68365P25

250

24

8192x8

MCM68365P35

350

24

8192x8

MCM68366P25

250

24

8192x8

MCM68366P35

350

24

32768x8

MCM63256P15*

150

28

32768 x8

MCM63256P20*

200

28

CMOS ROMs ( + 5 Volts)

Organization

Part Number

Access Time
(ns max)

No. of
Pins

256 x4

MCM14524

1200

16

2048 x8

MCM65516P43

430

18

2048 x8

MCM65516P43M 3

430

18

2048x8

MCM65516P55

550

18

Operating temperature ranges:

MOS - 0°C to 70°C

ECL — Consult individual data sheets

TTL — Military -55°C to + 125°C, Commercial 0°C to 70°C

EPROMs

MOS EPROMs

iiiil

Part Number

Access Time
(ns max)

Power

Supplies

No. of
Pins

8192x8

MCM68764C

450

24 .

8192x8

MCM68766C

450

24

8192x8

MCM68766C35

350

24

PROMs

ECL PROMs

Organization

Part Number

Access Tim6
(ns max)

No. of
Pins

32x8

MCM10139

20

16

256 x4

MCM10149

25

16

256x4

MCM10149A*

15

16

TTL PROMs

Organization

Part Number

Access Time
(ns max)

Output

No. of
Pins

512x4

MCM7621

70

3- State

16

512x4

MCM7621 A

60

3-State

16

512x8

MCM7641

70

3- State

24

512x8

MCM7641 A

60

3- State

24

512x8

MCM7649*

70

3- State

20

512x8

MCM7649A*

50

3- State

20

1024x4

MCM7643

70

3- State

18

1024x4

MCM7643A

50

3- State

18

1024 x8

MCM7681

70

3-State

24

1024x8

MCM7681 A

60

3- State

24

2048x4

MCM7685

70

3- State

18

2048 x4

MCM7685A

50

3- State

18

2048 x8

MCM76161

70

3-State

24

2048 x8

MCM76161 A

60

3-State

24

4096x4

MCM76165*

35

3-State

20

*To be introduced.

(Not all speed selections shown)

2Character generators include shifted and unshifted characters,
ASCII alphanumeric control, math, Japanese British, German,
European and French symbols.

^Standard Patterns for MOS ROMs:

MCM68A316EP91 — Universal Code Converter and Character
Generator

MCM68A332P2 — Sine/Cosine Look-Up Table
MCM68364P35-3 — Log/Antilog Look-Up Table
MC.M65516P43M — MC146805 Monitor Program

1*1550

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

DIGITAL LOGIC

FAMILIES

P;0. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

A “Supermarket” For Standard Logic

Motorola carries a comprehensive inventory of standard
components encompassing almost all major digital logic fami-
lies and technologies.

MECL (very high-speed) Logic Circuit

Motorola manufactures three lines of Emitter-Coupled-
Logic (ECL). The new high-speed MECL10KH, the industry
standard MECL10K and MECL III.

MECL10KH Series

Much of the MECL1 OKH Family of high-speed logic circuits
will be pin-compatible with the existing MECL10K Family, but
double the performance standards. System clock rates are
increased as much as 40%, parasitic capacitance drops by
50%, and propagation delay is reduced by 50% with no cor-
responding increase in power dissipation. Pin compatibility
permits upgrading of existing designs without major modifi-
cations. More complex logic functions will be available in the
10KH family than were possible in MECL10K. The MECL1 OKH
Family is performance compatible with the MECL Macrocell
Array.

*Vee = 5.2 V, Temp = 25°C.

MECL/OKH and Macrocell are trademarks of Motorola Inc.

MECL 10KH DC Specifications

V E E = -5.2 V + -5.0%

R Load = 50 11 to -2.0 Vdc

Parameter

o°c

Min Max

25°C

Min Max

75°C

Min Max

Vqh Max

— -0.840

— -0.810

— -0.735

Vqh Min

- 1 .020 —

-0.980 —

-0.920 —

Vql Min

- 1 .950 —

- 1 .950 —

- 1 .950 —

Vql Max

— -1.630

— - 1 .630

— - 1 .600

V|HA

-1.170

— -1.130

— - 1 .070

Vila

- 1 .480 —

- 1 .480 —

-1.450 —

MECL 10KH AC Specifications
and Tracking

Parameter

o°c

Min Typ Max

25°C

Min Typ Max

75°C

Min Typ Max

Units

tPD

0.7 1.1 1.6

0.7 1.0 1.5

0.7 1.1 1.7

ns

t r (20-80%)

Min Max

Min Max

Min Max

ns

0.8 2.2

0.7 2.0

0.8 2.2

tf (20-80%)

0.8 2.2

0.7 2.0

0.8 2.2

ns

V E E = -5.2 V ±5.0%.

Parameter

Propagation
delay (ns)*

Delay variation
vs temp (ps/°C)

Delay variation
vs supply (ps/V)

Typ Max

Typ Max

Typ Max

tpD 10KH

1.0 1.5

0.5 4.0

0 0

SCH0TTKY TTL • ECL • TTL
MDTL © MHTL © MCA © PLL

MECL 10KH Products Available

Function

Part No.

Sample

Date

Binary Counter

MC10H016

NOW

Quad 2-Input Nor Gate w/Strobe

MC10H100

1Q83

Quad Or/Nor Gate

MC10H101

NOW

Quad Nor Gate

MC10H102

NOW

Quad 2-Input Or Gate

MC10H103

2Q82

Quad And Gate

MC10H104

NOW

Triple 2-3-2 Or/Nor Gate

MC10H105

NOW

Triple 4-3-3 Nor Gate

MC10H106

2Q82

Triple Exclusive Or/Nor Gate

MC10H107

NOW

Dual 4-5 Input Or/Nor Gate

MC10H109

NOW

Quad Exclusive Or Gate

MC10H1 13

3Q83

Quad Line Receiver

MC10H1 15

2Q83

Triple Line Receiver

Dual 2-Wide Or-And/Or-And/Invert

MC10H1 16

NOW

Gate

MC10H1 17

NOW

Dual 2-Wide 3-Input Or-And

MC10H1 18

NOW

4 Wide 4-3-3-3 Input Or-And

MC10H1 19

NOW

4 Wide Or-And/Or-And-Invert Gate
Triple 4-3-3 Input Bus Driver (25

MC10H121

NOW

Ohm)

MC10H123

3Q83

Quad TTL-To-MECL Translator

MC10H124!

2Q83

Quad MECL-To-TTL Translator

MC10H125

2Q83

Dual D Latch

MC10H130

NOW

Dual D Flip-Flop

MC10H131

NOW

Dual J-K Master-Slave Flip Flop

MC10H135

3Q83

Universal Binary Counter

MC10H136

2Q82

4-Bit Universal Shift Register

MC10H141

2Q82

16 x 4 Bit Register File

8 x 2 Bit Content Addressable

MC10H145

2Q82

Memory

MC10H155

3Q83

Quad 2-Input MUX

MC10H158

NOW

Quad 2-Input MUX

MC10H159

NOW

12-Bit Parity Generator/Checker

MC10H160

1Q82

Binary To 1-8 Decoder (Low)

MC10H161

NOW

Binary To 1-8 Line Decoder (High)

MC10H162

NOW

8-line Multiplex

MC10H164

NOW

8-Input Priority Encoder

MC10H165

2Q83

5-Bit Magnitude Comparitor

MC10H166

2Q83

Dual 4-Line Decoder (Low)

MC10H171

3Q83

Dual 4-Line Decoder (High)

MC10H172

3Q83

Quad 2 Input Mux with Latch

MC10H173

NOW

Dual 4 to 1 Multiplexer

MC10H174

NOW

Quint Latch

MC10H175

NOW

Hex D Flip Flop

MC10H176

NOW

Look Ahead Carry Block

MC10H179

NOW

Dual High-Speed Adder/Subtracter

MC10H180

NOW

4-Bit ALU

MC10H181

2Q83

Hex D Flip Flop w/Common Reset

MC10H186A

2Q83

Hex Buffer w/Enable

MC10H188

2Q83

Hex Inverter w/Enable

MC10H189

2Q83

Dual 4-5-Input Or/Nor Gate

MC10H209

NOW

Dual 3-Input Or Gate

MC10H210

NOW

Dual 3-Input Nor Gate

MC10H21 1

NOW

Quad Bus Transceiver w/2-1 MUX

MC10H330

2Q83

Dual Bus Transceiver w/4-1 MUX

MC10H332

2Q83

Quad Transceiver w/Latches

Quad MECL to TTL Translator
(Single Power Supply +5.0 V or

MC10H334

2Q83

-5.2 V)

Triple 3-Input Bus Driver w/Enable

MC10H350

3Q83

(25 Ohm)

Quad TTL to MECL Translator

MC10H423

3Q83

(ECL Strobe)

MC10H424

1Q83

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1551

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES 3130

(M) MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

DIGITAL LOGIC
FAMILIES

MECL 10,000 Series — A complement of more than 80
circuits, ranging from simple gates to complex functions, such
as arithmetic units and memories, populates this family of
high-speed logic circuits. Devices are available in two tem-
perature ranges - 30 to 85°C and - 55 to 1 25°C to meet the
highest standards of performance.

Typical family characteristics

for 1 0K and 10KH circuits

10K

10KH

Speed (ns)

2.0

1.0

Power (mW)

25

22/25*

Power-speed product (pJ)

50

22/25

Rise/fall times (ns)

2.0

1.5

(20-80%)

Temperature range (°C)

-30 to +85

0 to + 75

Voltage regulated

No

Yes

Technology

Junction

Oxide

isolated

isolated

♦Vee = 4.5 V/5.2 V

MECL III series — Basic logic circuits designed for high-
speed requirements, as in test and communications equip-
ment, and in high-speed sections of larger systems. MECL
III circuits are compatible with MECL 1 0,000/1 0KH devices.

MECL Family Comparisons

Feature

MECL 10,000

MECL III

10,100 Series
10,500 Series

10,200 Series
10,600 Series

1 . Gate Propagation Delay

2. Output Edge Speed

3. Flip-Flop Toggle Speed

4. Gate Power

5. Speed Power Product

2.0 ns

3.5 ns

160 MHz

25 mW

50 pJ

1.5 ns

2.5 ns

250 MHz

25 mW

37 pJ

1.0 ns

1.0 ns

300-500 MHz
60 mW

60 pJ

•Average for Equivalent LSI Gate.

TTL Circuits

Motorola manufactures several different families of TTL
circits:

The SN54LS/74LS, The MC4000/4300 Series

SN54ALS/74ALS,

MC54F/MC74F
Schottky Series

The newest families to be announced, 54/74ALS Advanced
Low power Schottky and 54/74F FAST TTL, offer superior
speed/power performance over their 54/74LS and 54/74S
counterparts. Several design enhancements have also been
incorporated in these new families to improve performance

and minimize potential applications difficulties. Both families
are fully specified over temperature as well as a 10% power
supply voltage range. These families offer a wide selection
of SSI, MSI, and LSI components to simplify system design.

Motorola’s 54/74LS Low power Schottky TTL line offers a
selection of over 180 devices and is 100% compatible with
ALS and FAST TTL.

An impressive line of standard TTL complex functions in
the MC4000/4300 series, provides significant reduction in
package count over systems implemented with simpler fam-
ilies. Phase Locked Loop functions are also available in this
series.

Macrocell Array

The Macrocell Array Concept combines a pre-diffused ar-
ray of components with computer-aided design techniques
to offer system designers a rapid, cost-effective means for
implementing semi-custom, high-speed digital logic systems
with VLSI circuitry.

Compared with equivalent systems developed with discrete
logic (separately packed SSI/MSI logic functions) the high
packing density of the Macrocell array chip offers up to 50-
to-1 reduction in system component count, with a power dis-
sipation improvement (reduction) of as much as 10 to 1.

MCA 600 ECL

MCA 1200 ECL

MCA 2500 ECL

MCA 500 ALS

MCA 1300 ALS

MCA 2800 ALS

Technology

ECL

ALS

Max. gate equiv.

652

1192

2472

533

1280

2800

Major Macrocells

24

48

110

24

60

130

Input ports

42

6°

120 1/0

26

40

120 I/O

Output ports

18

26

68

27

40

Max. gate delay (ns)

1.2

1.2

0.5

3.0

3.0

1.4

Max. toggle freq. (MHz)

160

160

300

50

50

125

Power diss. (w) max. @ 10 MHz

2.2

4.0

6.0

1.1

1.6

2.5

Other Logic Families

MHTL Seriis MC660 — for use in equipment designed for
high-noise environments.

MDTL Series MC830/930 — An early logic family manu-
factured primarily for replacement purposes.

PLL Series — Motorola offers the designer an array of
devices to perform phase-locked loop functions, such as
phase detectors, dividers, and oscillators. These devices in-
clude both TTL and MECL (MCI 2000/1 2500) technologies.

1*1552

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

(M) MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

OPERATIONAL

AMPLIFIERS

TRIMFET Family of JFET Input
Operational Amplifiers

This new family of low-cost TRIMFET operational ampli-
fiers combines two state-of-the-art linear technologies on a
single monolithic integrated circuit. Each internally compen-
sated operational amplifier has well matched high voltage
JFET input devices with a laser trimmed input offset voltage.
The BIFET technology provides wide bandwidths and fast
slew rates with low input bias currents, input offset currents,
and supply currents. The laser trimming technology provides
input offset voltage specification options which range from
2.0 to 10 millivolts maximum.

The Motorola TRIMFET family offers single, dual and quad
operational amplifiers which are pin-compatible with the in-
dustry standard MCI 741, MCI 458, and the MC3403/LM324
bipolar devices. The MC35001/35002/35004 series are spec-
ified over the military operating temperature range of - 55°C
to + 125°C and the MC34001/34002/34004 series are spec-
ified from 0°C to + 70°C.

TRIMFET is a trademark of Motorola Inc.

MC34001, MC35001
MC34002, MC35002
MC34004, MC35004

Features

• Laser Trimmed Input Offset Voltage Options of 2.0, 5.0,

and 10 mV Maximum

• Low Input Bias Current — 40 pA

• Low Input Offset Current — 10 pA

• Low Input Noise Voltage — 16 nV/VHz

• Wide Gain Bandwidth — 4 MHz

• High Slew Rate — 13 V/jxs

• Low Supply Current — 1.8 mA per Amplifier

• High Input Impedance — 10 12 ft

• High Common-Mode and Supply Voltage Rejection Ratios

— 100 dB

• Industry Standard Pinouts

GENERAL OP-AMP SELECTOR GUIDE

General Purpose Op-Amps

Single

Dual

Quad

Compensated LF351

LF353

LF347

LF355

LM358

LM324

LF356

MCI 458

MC3403

LF357

MCI 747

MC4741

MCI 741

MC3458

MC34004

MC34001

MC4558

TL084

TL081

MC34002

TL082

Uncompensated LM301A

MCI 709

MCI 748

MCI 437

JFET (BIFET) INPUT — High Impedance |

Single

Dual

Quad

LF351

LF355

LF356

LF357

MC34001

TL071

TL081

LF353

MC34002

TL072

TL082

LF347

MC34004

TL074

TL084

High Slew Rate

Slew Rate (V//ns)

LF347

MC34001

LF351

MC34002

LF353

MC34004

LF356

TL071

MC1458S

TL072

MCI 741 S

TL074

MC34074

TL081

TL082

TL084

Programmable

Adjustable bias current varies noise bandwidth, power '
consumption, etc.

Single

MCI 776
MC3476

Low Noise

Single

Dual

Quad

MC1741N

OP-24

OP-27

TL071

MCI 458 N
TL072

TL074

Wide Bandwidth

Bandwidth (MHz)

3.0

4.0

5.0

20

100

MC4558S

MC34001

MC34002

MC34004

MC3401

LF356

MC34074

LF357

NE592

MCI 733

Low Offset Voltage

V| 0 Max (fiV) |

200

500

2000

OP-24

OP-27

LM11C

LM308A

MC34001 A
MC34002A
MC34074A

MC1709A

LM301A

LM308

Low Drift Over Temperature (TCV|q)

TCV|p < 5.0 (iVI ° C Max*

LM1 1

LM308A

OP-27

‘Input offset voltage temperature coefficient

Single-Supply

Dual

Quad

LM358

LM324

LM2904

LM2902

MC3458

MC3301

MC3405

MC3401

MC3403

MC34074

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1553

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

(M) MOTOROLA

VOLTAGE

SEMICONDUCTORS

REGULATORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

VOLTAGE REGULATOR SELECTOR GUIDE

Fixed Voltage, 3-Terminal Regulators for Positive or Negative Polarity Power Supplies

*Tj = -55 to + 1 50°C

fOutput Voltage Tolerance for Worst Case

v out

Volts

Tol.f

Volts

'0

mA

Max

Device Type
Positive Output

Device Type
Negative Output

12

±1.2

100

MC78L12C

MC79L12C

±0.6

MC78L12AC

MC79L12AC

500

MC78M12C

—

1500

MC7812*

—

MC7812C

MC7912C

±0.5

MC7812A*

—

MC7812AC

MC7912AC

±0.6

LM140-12*

—

LM340-12

—

±0.6

3000

MC78T12*

—

MC78T12C

—

±0.5

MC78T12A*

—

MC78T12AC

—

15

±1.5

100

MC78L15C

MC79L15C

±0.75

MC78L15AC

MC79L15A

500

MC78M15C

—

1500

MC7815*

—

MC7815C

MC7915C

±0.6

MC7815A*

—

MC7815AC

MC7915AC

±0.75

LM140-15*

—

LM340-15

—

±0.75

3000

MC78T15*

—

MC78T15C

—

±0.6

MC78T15A*

—

MC78T15AC

—

18

±1.8

100

MC78L18C

MC79L18C

±0.9

MC78L18AC

MC79L18AC

500

MC78M18C

_

1500

MC7818*

—

MC7818C

MC7918C

±0.7

MC7818A*

—

MC7818AC

—

±0.9

LM140-18*

—

LM340-1 8

—

±0.9

3000

MC78T18*

—

MC78T18C

—

20

±1.0

500

MC78M20C

—

24

±2.4

100

MC78L24C

MC79L24C

±1.2

MC78L24AC

MC79L24AC

500

MC78M24C

—

1500

MC7824*

—

MC7824C

MC7924C

±1.0

MC7824A*

MC7824AC

—

±1.2

LM 140-24*

—

LM 340-24

—

±1.2

3000

MC78T24*

—

MC78T24C

-

v out

Volts

Tol.f

Volts

•o

mA

Max

Device Type
Positive Output

Device Type
Negative Output

2

±0.1

1500

—

MC7902C

3

±0.15

100

MC79L03AC

±0.3

MC79L03C

5

±0.5

100

MC78L05C

MC79L05C

±0.25

MC78L05AC

MC79L05AC

500

MC78M05C

_

±0.4

1500

LM109*

—

LM209

—

±0.25

LM309

—

±0.35

MC7805*

—

±0.25

MC7805C

MC7905C

±0.2

MC7805A*

—

MC7805AC

MC7905AC

±0.25

LM 140-5*

—

LM340-5

—

±0.25

3000

MC78T05*

—

MC78T05C

—

±0.2

MC78T05A*

—

MC78T05AC

_

±0.6

LM123

—

LM223

—

1+

o

LM323

—

CM

o

+1

LM123A

—

LM223A

—

LM323A

_

5.2

±0.26

1500

—

MC7905.2C

6

±0.3

500

MC78M06C

—

±0.35

1500

MC7806*

—

±0.3

MC7806C

—

±0.24

MC7806A*

MC7906C

MC7806AC

—

±0.3

LM 140-6*

—

LM340-6

—

—

±0.3

3000

MC78T06*

—

MC78T06C

_

8

±0.8

100

MC78L08C

—

MC78L08AC

—

±0.4

500

MC78M08C

—

1500

MC7808*

-

+ 0.3

MC7808C

MC7908C

MC7808A*

—

+ 0.4

MC7808AC

—

LM 140-8*

—

LM340-8

—

±0.4

3000

MC78T08*

—

MC78T08C

-

1*1554

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

(M) MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

Positive Output Regulators

VOLTAGE

REGULATORS

250 MCI 469
MCI 569*

500 LM317M
LM317M
LM217M
LM117M*

600 MCI 469
MCI 569*

1500 LM317

LM317
LM217
LM117*

3000 LM350

LM350
LM250

LM150*

*Tj = -55°C to + 150°C.

Negative Output Regulators

V in -

v out

Differ-

ential

PD

Watts

Max

Regulation

% V ou t @

TA = 25°C
Typ

Volts

Min

TC =
25°C

T C =

25°C

Line

Load

3.0

0.04

0.5

miernaiiy

Limited

0.02

0.3

3.0

0.65

—

0.1

0.3

0.8

2.1

0.1

0.2

1.0

—

0.1

—

0.2

3.0

0.68

1.8

0.03

0.13

2.7

0.015

TC V out Tj =
Typ °C

Internally

Limited

0.0056 125

0.004 150

0.0036

CO

o

o

o

■O'

o

CO

0.05

0.002

150 614

| 0.015

0.07

1.5

0.006

125 221 A

Internally

79,1

0.004 150

0.05 1.0 0.003

0.02 0.1 0.008 125

0.0057 150

0.0051

Vin —

Regulation

* in

V ou t

Pd

% V out @

Differ-

Watts

t a =

25°C

ential

Max

Typ

Volts

T C =

T C =

Min

25°C

25°C

Line

Load

3.0

0.68

1.8

0.03

0.05

TCV 0Ut Tj

0.015 0.13

l MCI 463
MCI 563*

0 LM337

LM337
LM237
LM137

- 55°C to + 1 50°C.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1555

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTI ON MODULES

(M) MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

VOLTAGE

REGULATORS

Switching Regulators

These cost-effective ICs are designed to improve reliability
and performance by providing all necessary circuit functions

lo cc

(m°A) ( Volts >

Max Min Max

40 10 30

f o

(kHz)

Min Max

. 2.0 100

to control various configurations of off-line and dc to dc
switching regulators through pulse-width modulation (PWM).

Device

Number

Oto +70
-55 to +125

Oto +70
-55 to +125

Oto +70

MC3520

MC34060

MC35060

TL494

250 7.0 >40 1.0 300

t400 8.0 40 0.1 400

±200 8.0 40 0.001 400

1500 5.0 40 1.0 40

1500 2.5

‘Single output device

“Internal 39 V zener for <40 volt operation

SG3527A

SG3527A

SG2527A

SG2527A

SG1527A

SG3526
SG3526
SG2526
SG2526
SGI 526

^A78S40

A*A78S40

AiA78S40

MC34063

MC34063

MC33063

MC33063

MC35063

-25 to +85
-55 to +125

0 to +70

-25 to +85
-25 to +85

SG3525A

N

0° to +70

648

SG3525A

J

0° to +70

' 620

SG2525A

N

ACi _L QC

648

SG2525A

J

LO +oo

620

SG1525A

J

-55 to +125

620

-40 to +85
-55 to +125

0 to +70

-40 to +85
-55 to +125

Oto +70
-55 to +125

Oto +70

-40 to +85
-55 to +125

1*1556

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.
There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.
See page 2 (1*2, 2 # 2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

3130

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

3130

Technology Leadership
In Synchro Converters

Natel offers the widest selection of synchro-to-digital and
digital-to-synchro converters. ..as well as synchro instrumentation.

And. ..Natel means more than technological superiority in
standard products. It also stands for the best in Custom
Hybrids. Our new, expanded, automated, class 10,000 hybrid
facility is at your disposal. ..fully MIL qualified, and ready for

volume production.

Call or write for our product line, 3-ring binder and/or our facilities brochure.

NATEL Engineering Co., Inc.

4550 Runway Street, Simi Valley, CA 93063 (USA)
Phone: (805) 581-3950 TWX: 910-494-1959

1*1558

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID CIRCUITS, & FUNCTION MODULES

NATEL

matel

NATEL

fk. HOf?2fQg

NATEL

jtt itm •••

NATEL

OSC5O01/OR

***z*c^« mi

* s< H, < 4s

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

111

74 fei

ill

mmS :;
^aasl

-Wiim*

m:
1

s i ags

fiSlS*
„ s*. .' •
%■:•••■'•■■

-life

Generate

Amplify

Multiply

Isolate

upspmvpiipj

H8p^si«HU

R&rlllgUSSl

^ »*/r# ** *»

Ssv#;..,;'’- -

O — [xn] 6

Convert

Mil

'liniii

■ : : i ;:

... Your Signals.

IRAK AIICROM5CVE CORPORATION

4726 Eisenliower Boulevard • Tampa, Florida 3361 4-639 1 * (8 1 3) 884-1411* TLX: 52-827 • TWX: 8 1 0-876-9 140
WESTERN DIVISION (YIG Components) 735 Palomar Avenue • Sunnyvale, California 94086*(408) 735-9660 • TWX: 910-339-9309

1*1560

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1561

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3 # 2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides

. i j ' ; : i : ; n

that pertain to your needs.

CROSS REFERENCE CARDS (61)

file

file

FILE

FILE

FILE

file

FILE

SYSTEM

ivifp

svstIw!

IyItIm

INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO
. SET Up AN » RSER UP YOUR EUJCTROfSO
PRODUCTS DATA INFORMATION FILING SYST6M

WONDERFILE!

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

APPLIED RESEARCH Inc , .

DEPT. EM, 160 DUPONT STREET, PLAINVIEW, NEW YORK 11803, (516) 349-9200

Over 30 Years as a Supplier to the
Military/Industrial RF Markets.

RF FILTERS, MULTIPLEXERS, CONVERTERS,
POWER AMPLIFIERS, MULTIPLIERS,

SIGNAL SOURCES, MULTICOUPLERS
and COMPLETE RF SYSTEMS.

MULTIPLIERS

MULTICOUPLERS

FREQUENCY GENERATION THROUGH MULTIPLICATION OR
PHASE-LOCK TECHNIQUES/VHF to Ku-Band (10 MHz to
1.5 GHz)

Applied Research offers many proven designs using either technique or
combinations. And we’re capable of meeting your exact requirements,
precisely.

Our Phase-lock loops, comprised of I.C. components, together with RF
devices, yield outputs of up to 10 watts at microwave frequencies. And
our multipliers, are available as passive devices or in combination with
amplifiers having multiplication factors of from 2 to 2000. In combina-
tion with varactor multiplier devices output in Ku-band can be obtained.
What's more, we can supply crystal oscillators or internal drivers to pro-
vide a self-contained source.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(TYPICAL)

• Input Frequency: 100 MHz
±10 MHz

• Output Frequency:

Type-1, 6400 MHz (X64)

Type 2, 5800 MHz (X58)

• RF Power

Input Power: +5 dBm,

±3dB

Output Power: +5 dBm,

±2 dBm over temperature

• Discrete spurious outputs:
Harmonics below —60 dBc,
others at a maximum of —60
dBc.

• Temperature: — 54°C to + 85°C

Frequency sources with mutiplica-
tion up to 29 and multiples thereof
are available deriving signals in the
L, S, and C-bands.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
C-BAND PASSIVE BROADBAND HIGH
POWER MULTIPLIERS

Input Power: +40 dBm
Output Power: +32.6 dBm
±0.5 dB

Spurious Response: > — 70 dBc
inband

Bandwidth: 5.9 to 6.4 GHz

Multicoupler Model HFM-2 (TX)-230-8-40 is one of a series of multi-
couplers designed and manufactured by Applied Research Inc. This model,
operating over a frequency range of 2 to 32 MHz, has 8 to 32 independent
outputs for inputs of up to +20 dBm.

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency Range: 0.5 to 32 MHz
Number of Outputs: Up to 32

Isolation Between Outputs: To be specified by customer — Up to 70 db.
Overall Gain (Input to Output): 0 dB
Connectors: To be specified by customer.

The HFM Series covers the frequency range of 0.5 MHz to the Telemetery
Bands, and has been designed for applications where weight and space are
critical such as submarine, shipboard, or mobile installations.

MODEL

NO. OF OUTPUTS

| FREQUENCY RANGE

HFM-2(TX)0532

8/40

6

to

32

500

KHz-32 MHz

HFM-2(TX)232

8/40

6

to

32

2

MHz-32 MHz

HFM-2(TX)140

12/40

6

to

32

10

MHz-400 MHz

HFM-2(TX)2410

8/40

6

to

32

20

MHz-1100 MHz

HFM-2(TX)1415

6/50

6

to

32

1400

MHz-1600 MHz

HFM-2(TX)2223

8/50

6

to

32

2200

MHz-2300 MHz

HFM-2(TX)1423

8/50

6

to

32

1400

MHz-2300 MHz

1*1564

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

SOLID STATE TRANSMITTERS and POWER
AMPLIFIERS in P, L, S and C BANDS.

TRANSMITTERS

POWER AMPLIFIERS

200 Watt RF Power Amplifier (P/N 504495)
Frequency Range: 400 to 550 MHz

* »

Transmitter (P/N 504488) ""

RF OUTPUT
Range: 400-550 MHz

Control: Field Tuneable in 0.5 MHz increments

Stability: ±0.005%

Power: 30 watts, minimum
MODULATION: Frequency Modulation

DC/AC Power: 24-30 volts at 9 amperes/115/230 VAC 5/2 Amps

AEROSPACE COMPONENTS

L-BAND TRANSMITTER

Frequency: Tunable, 1650-1670 MHz
Power Output: +28 dBm min.

Modulation: FM; 1-35 KHz

Stability: ±3 MHz

Power Input: +22 to +34 VDC,

.75A max.

Weight: 1 kg max.

G-BAND RECEIVER

Frequency: 4.4 to 5.0 GHz*

Stability: ±.005%

Sensitivity: —90 dBm for 10 dB S/N
and ±250 KHz deviation
IF Bandwidth: 1 MHz nominal
Power Input: +21 to 30 volts,

.75A max.

Weight: 3.5 lbs. max.

* Factory set

FIXED PAD
ATTENTUATORS &
TERMINATIONS

(DC-2GHz) {K» SB " C '

AND OSM
CONNECTORS

^ S i § i a | |

Integrated line of fixed pad attenuators, termina-
tions, and impedance-matching transformers pro-
vides means for rapid and accurate division of
voltages over the frequency range of DC-2 GHz, and
for the matching of different impedances with
minimum loss over a broad frequency band. The
unit cost is within the practical price range of the
large and small equipment user, as well as the
research and experimental user.

GENERAL CHARACTERISES
Frequency Range: DC-2 GHz
VSWR: 1.25:1
Attenuation Accuracy:

— 0.1 dB +0.3 dB for values of 1 to 12 dB

-0.2 dB +0.5 dB for values of 15 to 20 dB
Impedances (Nominal): 50, 75 90 ohms
Attenuation Values:

1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20 dB (standard).

Other values up to 30 dB Special

TELEMETRY

CONVERTERS

Down converters for military and commercial ap-
plication are available throughout the frequency
range from VHF to K-band. Applied Research manu-
facturers the ; filters, oscillator sources, the IF
amplifiers, and complete packages that are asso-
ciated with down converters.

These units permit the ready adapting of existing
UHF telemetry receiving equipment for use in the
1435 to 1540 and 2200 to 2300 MHz telemetry
band with high conversion gain.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
Long Term Stability: Better than ±.l PPM over
temperature range
Image Rejection: >50 dB

Noise Figure: Better than 5 dB for 100 me band-
width (2.2 to 2.3 GHz)

Converters meeting special requirements which
include group delay or phase and amplitude char-
acteristics can be designed to meet special needs.

MULTIPLEXERS

State of the Art Multiplexers, applying Applied
Research Inc.’s experience in the design and manu-
facture of NOTCH FILTERS, BANDPASS FILTERS, and
BAND REJECT FILTERS allows for the ultimate in
performance.

TYPICAL TRIPLEXER CHARACTERISTICS
Frequency Range: 5 kHz to 500 MHz
Frequency Breaks: 500 kHz and 32 MHz
Passband Attenuation: 1.5 dB maximum
Crossover Losses-. 4.5 dB maximum
Reject Characteristics: 42 dB minimum, other
bands

Ripple: 0.5 dB peak to peak maximum
Impedance: All ports shall be 50 ohms unbalanced
VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum, 2:1 through crossover

APPLIED RESEARCH Inc.

DEPT. EM, 160 DUPONT STREET, PLAINVIEW, NEW YORK 11803, (516) 349-9200

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1565

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

Abbreviations

AND ACRONYMS

A : , 'o'-

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing ■

AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

I

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency .

IO input /output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer . -

M

MATV master antenna television
/jlF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/ write ‘

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

VAC volts (of) alternating current
YAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
YHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
YRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

r J\RR^\. ix,.

I ANTENNA 4 RADOME RESEARCH ASSOCIATES j

Coaxial • Waveguide • Solid State

microwave

Components • Assemblies • Sub-Systems

VARIABLE ATTENUATORS DC THRU 18000 MHz

Direct Reading Miniature

Low Ins. Loss • 1.5 Max. VSWR • 10 Watts Aver. Power 0.5 dB Max. Ins. Loss • 5 Watts Aver. 3 KW Peak • 2 Ounces

5.4-11.0

5.4-11.0
7.0-11.0

7.0-11.0 20 1.0

8.0-12.4 10 0.5 0-701-2 6684-

8.0-12.4 20 1.0 0-701-2 6684-

12.4-18.0 10 0.5 0-701-2 9684-

12.4-18.0 20 1.0 0-701-2 9684-

12.4-18.0 30 1.0 0-701-2 9684-

*See catalog for VSWR, Ins. Loss and Power,
**0nly less than octave — consult factory,
fl Watt Average Power.

6684-20F

6684-10X

6684-20X

9684-10F

9684-20F

9684-30F

Form 0-701: 3" Dia.
Form 0-51: 5" Dia.

BROADBAND DIODE DEVICES

SPST & SPNT Switches

• High Isolation • Low Insertion Loss

• Integrated Drivers Available

Model Number

Model 8752-300

COAXIAL COMPONENTS

Phase Shifters Microwave Filters

DC-18GHZ

Models

Broadband Fixed
Attenuators

DC-18GHZ
A' fm High Power

Couplers & Hybrids

.03-18GHZ
Bandpass & Reject

Broadband Terminations

DC-18GHZ
High Power

Attenuators & Modulators

• Absorptive for all Values ; y;:

• Each Model 200-18000 MHz : y-

• Low Insertion Loss

• Integrated Linearized Driver (Attenuators)

• TTL Compatible Driver (Modulators)

Configuration

Cont. Variable
Cont. Variable
On/Off
On/Off

WAVEGUIDE

COMPONENTS & ASSEMBLIES

. ; ARRA will fabricate

Mpfefr. your special waveguide

assemblies in any ma-
terial and finish . . . from
pr VIP W the simplest straight
™ section and single bend

Broadband Variable to complex combinations

Diode Switches Attenuators of bends, miters, twists,

etc.

Variable

Attenuators

Power Dividers

^ .25-1 8GHZ

Bands from
.5-18GHZ

Cross Guide Couplers Dummy
Loads

Motorized Variable Attenuators
500 Watt Variable Attenuators . . . Lots More

Fixed Attenuators Filters

Send for Complete New Catalog

15 Harold Court • Bay Shore. L.I., N.Y. 11706 • Phone:(516) 231-8400 • TWX: 510-227-6231

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1567

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

FAC

DEPT. EM, 279 SKIDMORE RD. / DEER PARK, NY 11 729 /TEL: (516) 667-3933 /TWX 510-227-1064

COAXIAL ATTENUATORS Additional products which do not appear on this page

can be designed to meet your requirements.

BNC / DC TO 2.0 GHz

h 1.4 REF —

0.58 1
REF I

BNG

PLUG

BNC

JACK

PART NO.

ATTENUATION VALUE

130-1001

1 dB

130-1002

2 dB

130-1003

3 dB

130-1006

6 dB

130-1010

10 dB

130-1020

20 dB

130-1030

30 dB

Operating Temperature Range: —55 to +125°C
Total Input Power: 1 watt average
Impedance: 50 ohms

VSWR: DC to 1 GHz 1.2 to 1
1 GHz to 2 GHz 1.4 to 1

Accuracy: DC to 1 GHz ±.5 dB
1 GHz to 2 GHz ±.8 dB

TNC / DC TO 2.0 GHz

2,0 REF

T”

0.58

REF;

TNC

PLUG

TNC

JACK

PART NO.

ATTENUATION VALUE

130-2001

1 dB

130-2002

2 dB

130-2003

3 dB

130-2006

6 dB

130-2010

10 dB

130-2020

20 dB

130-2030

30 dB

Operating Temperature Range: —55 to +125°C
Total Input Power: 1 watt average
Impedance: 50 ohms

VSWR: DC to 1 GHz 1.2 to 1
1 GHz to 2 GHz 1.4 to 1

SMA / DC TO 2.5 GHz

f"* 1.45 MAX, — M

“MSS ~HH (fi

SMA

PLUG

SMA

JACK

PART NO.

ATTENUATION VALUE

130-3001

1 dB

130-3002

2 dB

130-3003

3 dB

130-3006

6 dB

130-3010

10 dB

130-3020

20 dB

130-3030

30 dB

Operating Temperature Range: —20 to +125°C
Total Input Power: 1 watt average
Finish: Passivated Stainless

Accuracy: DC to 1 GHz ±.5 dB
1 GHz to 2.5 GHz ±1 dB

Impedance: 50 ohms

VSWR: DC to 1 GHz 1.2 to 1 Max
1 GHz to 2.5 GHz 1.4 to 1 Max

IMPEDANCE
MATCHING PADS

- 1.4 REF —

0,58
REF .

u

2.0 REF

BNC

PLUG

BNC

JACK

0.58
REF ,

JJ

TNC

PLUG

TNC

JACK

SPECIFICATION

MODEL 130-1050

MODEL 130-2050

MODEL 130-1075

MODEL 130-2075

Frequency Range

DC to 1 GHz

DC to 1 GHz

DC to 1 GHz

DC to 1 GHz

Impedance

50 ohm male

75 ohm female

75 ohm male

50 ohm female

50 ohm male

75 ohm female

75 ohm male

50 ohm female

Attenuation (Loss)

5.7 dB

5.7 dB

5.7 dB

5.7 dB

VSWR (Max)

1.2 to 1

1.2 to 1

1.2 to 1

1.2 to 1

Connections

BNC

BNC

TNC

TNC

Accuracy

±.5 dB

dr. 5 dB

±.5dB

±.5dB

COAXIAL TERMINATIONS

SMA / DC TO 2.5 GHz

MALE - 120-1001

— .98 REF

FEMALE - 120*1002

-0.83 REF-

*1

0.41

REF

SPECIFICATIONS
120-1001 / 120-1002

Power: 1 watt average
Material: Passivated stainless steel
Impedance: 50 ohm nominal
Temperature Range: —20 to +125°C
VSWR: DC to 2.5 GHz 1.2 to 1 maximum

BNC

1.05 REF 5 — j

0.58
J REF

IJ

[—1.10 REF

0.56

REF

J

SPECIFICATIONS

Power: 1 watt average
VSWR: 1.1 to 1 maximum
DC to 2 GHz — 50 ohms
Male: 120-1003
Female: 120-1004
DC to 1 GHz — 75 ohms
Male: 120-1005
Female: 120-1006

FEED-THRU

TERMINATIONS

MODEL

120-1007

MODEL

120-1008

Power

1 watt average

1 watt
average

Ohms

50

75

Frequency

DC to 1000 MHz

DC to

500 MHz

VSWR

DC to 500 MHz 1.1 to 1
500 to 1000 MHz 1.2 to 1

1.2 to 1

ADAPTERS

in + 1

All Dimensions in Inches.

SIMPLIFIED ADAPTER PART NUMBERS
SELECT CONNECTOR TYPE

N = N SMA = S FEMALE = F

TNC = T SMB = SMB MALE = M

BNC = B SMC = SMC

BULKHEAD = Prefix with B
RIGHT ANGLE = Prefix with R
PANEL = Prefix with P

EXAMPLES: PART NO.

N (male) to SMA (female) NM-SF

TNC (female) to SMA (female) TF-SM

BNC (male) to BNC (female) BM-BF

SMB (male) to SMC (female) SMBM-SMCF

1*1568

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

DEPT. EM, 279 SKIDMORE RD. / DEER PARK, NY 11 729 /TEL: (516) 667-3933 / TWX 510-227-1064

RF TRANSFER SWITCHES

SCHEMATIC DPDT

SCHEMATIC SPDT

1.12" H.

o

+ .375
FILTER

< J3
+ J2

WARRANTY

This unit is warranteed fully against manufactur-
ing defects for one year as long as case seals are
not broken.

OPTIONS

Internal Protection Diode
Coil voltages
Extended flanges
Other connectors

Special switch circuit configurations on request.

GENERAL

These RF Switches for use in RF Communications
equipment are a DPDT, SPDT type or Transfer
with BNC standard connectors (other connectors
optional). The relay coil is available in a latching
or non-latching type with internal protection
diodes as an option. Other configurations thru
SP16T are currently available.

OPERATION

Hook up the terminals El (ground) and E2 to the
appropriate voltage to cause the coil to pull in.
Be sure to observe polarity if protection diodes
are used. The low current of the coil can be
driven by transistor or I.C. Logic.

SPECIFICATIONS

Non-Latching (standard), Latching (optional)

DPDT & SPDT

BNC Standard Connectors (others optional)
Frequency: DC-500 MHz
Impedance: 50 ohms
Isolation: Port-to-Port 40 dB typ. min.

Coil Voltage: 24/28V (others optional)

VSWR: 1.2

Insertion Loss: 0.3 dB

HOW TO ORDER:

TS D — 28 0 0 —

I

SWITCH CONFIGURATION

D - DPDT
S - SPDT

COIL VOLTAGE

05

06
12
18
28

CONNECTOR TYPE

0 - BNC

1 - SMA

2- TNC

3- N

0- Flush

1- Extended Flange

Suffix - PD = Protection Diode

Example — TSD-1211-PD is a DPDT Transfer
Switch with SMA Connectors, Extended Flange
and a Protection Diode in the 12 volt version.

RF POWEB RELAY

o 0 to 500 Mhz* Operation
o 200 Watts Power Handling
® 75 Watts Power Switching

• 2 to 16 Position
® 1.2:1 Max VSWR

• 50 dB Typ. Isolation

® .3 dB Typ. Insertion Loss

• Derated Characteristics to 1 GHz

X

jin

XX

XX

1

i

[-

u

J

©

o

x^

n

XX

X

TO ORDER:

PRF200 — XX — X

NO. POSITIONS 1 I CONNECTOR TYPE

POWER ATTENUATORS

• 50W, 100W, 200W

« 1 through 30 dB Attenuation

• Flange Mounted
® DC to 500 MHz*

*50W to 1 GHz

TO ORDER:

POWER

ATTENUATION

ATN XX — XX — X

I L CONNECTOR TYPE

POWER TERMINATIONS

• 50W, 150W, 250W, 800W

• 50 Ohm Terminations

• Flange Mounted

• DC to 1 GHz*

• 800W to 500 MHz

TO ORDER:

TRM XX — X

POWER 1 I CONNECTOR TYPE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1569

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

- 50 ohmiransmission Lines- Maintains Constant Impedance
-Ceramic Chip Capacitors

-Thin-Film Metalization

-High Speed Internal I.C. Drivers -TTL or CMOS

-Gold Plated Case, Pins, and Lid -Per MIL-G-45204
-Hermetic Metal Enclosure- ASTM F15 Alloy
- Redundant Critical Wire Bonds

PIN Switching Diodes

Temperature Stable Nichrome Resistors

Alumina Substrate -
Expansion Coefficient
Matched to Header

f Glass to Metal Seals -

A r P f Using Matched

‘ ' - X I Borosilicate Glass

High

Reliability RF MICs

DAICO High Reliability RF Microwave Integrated Circuit Components

are products of state-of-the-art thin-film
technology. Quality screened components,
manufactured and tested to rigid Daico
standards and numerous in-process quality
tests, assures each device meets applicable
MIL STD Specifications. Quantitative 100%

final electrical tests are made with HP8505
Analyzers and HP9825 Computer controlled
automatic systems. These data assure Daico
High Reliability RF MIC components meet all
critical design parameters, thus saving costly
incoming testing.

MIC SWITCHES

• Thin-film MIC
construction.

• DC-4GHZ

• SPST-SP24T

• Speeds <5nS
(10-90% RF)

• Internal TTL or
CMOS drivers

• Internal 50 ohm
terminations

• PC Board
mount,

Stripline or
Connectorized

MIC VOLTAGE

CONTROLLED

ATTENUATORS

• Thin-film MIC
construction

• Linear attenu-
ation to 60dB

• Linearity to
±0.75dB

• internal drivers

• Constant 50 ohm
impedance

• PC Board mount,
Stripline or
Connectorized

jg§ MIC STEP
1 ATTENUATORS

■ •Thin-film MIC
j§ construction
H • Steps -1
m through 7
fig • Attenuation
fj to 63.5dB
• Speeds < 5nS
8f (1Q-90%RF)
r j • Internal TTL or
H CMOS drivers
j • PC Board
mount or
Connectorized

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC.

2351 East Del Amo Blvd., Compton, Calif. 90220
Telephone: (213) 631-1143 • TWX 910-346-6741

1982 Daico Industries, Inc. mp 82411

1*1570

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

INTRODUCTION

Daico Industries, Inc., founded in
1967, is a leader in the DC-4GHz field
of MlC's, Connectorized Solid State
Switches, RF relays and both Digital
and Voltage Controlled Attenuators.

Daico engineering, inspection,
production, sales and service people
are highly experienced and under-
stand your requirements as well
as the capabilities of Daico Industries.
You can talk to us and get realistic
answers. Our production and com-
puter test equipment combined with
our quality assurance procedures
provide the necessary base to meet
your most stringent requirements.

We offer quality products at com-
petitive prices. For a prompt response
to your needs contact our local
representative or the factory directly.

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS

Daico quality is built into every unit
through each manufacturing opera-
tion. Each new design is thoroughly
tested in the engineering prototype
state prior to being released to pro-
duction. Only top quality components
are used which must first go through
extensive testing.

Workmanship Quality Manuals
along with in-process inspection
stations assure the product is built
right, the first time.

The use of an Automatic Computer/
Analyzer, complete with printer and
plotter, provides a reliable, accurate
and time-saving method for testing.

ADDITIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL
TESTING AVAILABLE

Vibration: MIL STD 202 Method 204

64g RMS, 1.5 hrs. each axis

Mechanical

Shock: MIL STD 883 Method 2002

Condition C, 3000g Y axis

Moisture

Resistance: MIL STD 883 Method 1004
Salt

Atmosphere-. MIL STD 883 Method 1009
Thermal

Shock: MIL STD 883 Method 1011

Condition B, 15 cycles

Lead

Integrity: MIL STD 883, Method 2004

Condition B 2

Solderability: MIL STD 883 Method 2003
260°C ±10°C

Resistance

to Solvents: MIL STD 883, Method 2015

DAICO

QUALITY ASSURANCE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1571

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

gj DAICO MIC SWITCHES

The M.I.C. (Microwave Integrated Circuits) Switches are built utilizing
Daico’s inhouse Hi-Rel Thin Film Technology, which provides excel-
lent stability over temperature extremes. AN switches are encased in
shielded hermetic enclosures providing maximum protection to the
circuitry with minimum RF leakage. The switches include drivers com-
patible with TTL or CMOS. Frequency ranges from DC-2000 MHz with
isolation over 75 dB are available.

Spec.

Frequency

MHz

Usable

Frequency

MHz

Part

Switching

Speed

Microsec.

Isolation

Insertion

Loss

RF

Power

VSWR

DC Power

Termination

Number

dB Min.

dB Max.

dBm

Max.

Volts | mA

Control

Ohms

Package

SPST

3-150 |

3-150

|' DS0111 , .

.025

40

o

o

+ 6

D91

m

TTL

50

14 Pin DIP .

. 5-400

.025

50

L5

1 +10

+5

1 100

TTL

50

14 Pin DIP

. 1 0-200

10-300

.025

60

2.5

! +16

+5

TTL

50 or 93

.750 Sq. 14 Pin

100-500

70-700

| DS0141 |

-.025

50

3.0

+ 17

1 1.4 j

+5

mm

TTL

Open

14 Pin DIP

DUAL SPST

45-75

10-1000

1

60

1.5

+ 10

1.4

mm

TTL

50

. .800 Sq. 14 Pin

460-500

70-700

!■ 1

60

1.5

50

.800" SQ 14 Pin

3-SPST

10-500 |

10-700 |

DS0031 |

run

| 50 |

1 10

1 + 13 1

1 125 1

+ 5 [ 90 |

ItilJ

| Open |

,380x.655 22 Lead Planar

S.P2T

1-100

1-150

DS0042-10

.04

60

1.0

+ 6

■

+ 5

TTL

Open

| 14 Pin DIP

3-300

1-500

DS0252

.015

45

1.5 ,

+ 10

1KBI

+ 5

BEQI

TTL

50

14 Pin D DIP •

5-500

5-500

DS0086

20

30

1.0

BB

1™

mi ih

1 10 1

50

’ 14 Pin DIP

5-1500

5-1500

DS0074

5

35

1.5

+5 .

+12

m3

Open

' 14 Pin DIP

8-180

8-500

DS0175

100

45

1.4

+0

+ 15

5

CMOS

50

14 Pin DIP

10-150

10-500

DS0082

.3

50

1.0

+0

. 1.3

+ 5

70

TTL

50

14 Pin DIP

10-200

10-300

DS0042-1 00

.04

60

1.5

+ 6

1:4

+ 5

TTL

Open

14 Pin DIP

10-350

10-500

DS0108

.03

25

1.5

+ 15

1.25

+ 5

H

TTL

14 Pin DIP

20-500 1

10-500

DS0047

1

40

1.0

+ 10

1.18

+ 5
-5

TTL

50

14 Pin DIP

20-500 '

10-500

DSO062

1

40

1.0

+ 10

1.18

+ 5
-5

H

TTL

50

,380x.655 22 Lead Planar

20-80

10-500

DS0112

5

55

.8

+ 20

1.25

+ 15

TTL

50

14 Pin DIP

20-180

10-500

DS0152

100.

40

.7

+ 15 .

1.25

+ 15

8

Open

TO-8

20-200

1 5-300

DS0049

1

40

1.0 •

+10 !

1.25

+ 5

120

Open

16 Pin DIP

20-300

DS0158

25

1.25 |

+ 15 *

. T5

TTL

50 or Ground

14 Pin DIP

20-1000

mu

1

30

’ TTL

50

14 Pin DIP

20-2000

1

[

25

15

TTL

50

14 Pin DIP

30-85

| 30-85 ‘|

DS0024

15

75

1.5

+ 10

1.2

+ 12

4 ,

CMOS

Open

14 Pin DIP

40-80

DS0114

30

1.1

+ 10

1.3

+ 5

3

TTL

Open

.375 Sq. 14 Lead Planar

40-200

.2

45

1.0

+ 10

- +5

40

TTL

Open

14 Pin DIP

50-90

1 10-100 |

1 DS0083 :

5

60

1.2

+ 15>

EMM 1

+15

5

75

14 Pin DIP

50-140

HH

45

.7

+ 16

H

TTL

50

.375X.655 22 Lead Planar

50-300

DS0075

KHHI

50

1.2

+ 20

mBi

5

50

14 Pin DIP

60-1500

m^2il

DS0068

40

1.3

+ 10 •

iim

+ 12

8

Open

14 Pin DIP

70-1000

BESsEEl

.2

40

3

+ 10

1.5

+ 5

TTL

Ground

18 Pin D Dip

100-500

01

.025

45

2.5

+ 17

1.5

+ 5

TTL.

Open

16 Pin D DIP

160-500

u

1

50

1.2

+ 10

1.25

H

50

14 Pin DIP .400 Pin Row

225-400

225-400

DS0332

.1

40

1.5

+ 10

1.3

+5

100

1TL

50

■EBEEtasma

225-590

225-400

DS0342

10

.5

+5

-10

100

15

TTL

Ground

14 Pin DIP

250-450

10-500

2

60

1.0

+ 10 1

Hi

—

TTL

Open

14 Pin DIP .400 Pin Row

345-425

300-700

DS0189

10

40

1.0

+ 15

1.2 1

| +15 |

8

Hnn

Open

TO-8

490-590

70-700

DS0322

1 .

60

1.5

+ 15

1.4

n

50

.800" SQ 14 Pin

500-2000

400-2000

DS0257

.4 .

35

1.5

+ 10

1.4

Hi

TTL

50 :

14 Pin DIP .400 Pin Rowsj

1197-1605

2

60

2

mm

H

50

18 Pin D DIP

2580-3700

2000-4000

.4

35

1 .6

m

TTL

Ground

.65 x 1.06 Planar

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. / 2351 E. DEL AMO BLVD. / COMPTON, CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / TWX 910-346-6741

1*1572

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

MIC SWITCHES DAICO fs

645-795

10-800

DS0347

20-300

10-700

DS0028

130-180

30-300

DS0018

| +10

1.25

1.4

IBH

1.4

+ 10

1.6

+ 10

+ 10

SP6T

400-450

SP7T

38 Pin DIP .800 Pin Row

24 Pin D DIP
24 Pin D DIP

38 Pin DIP .800 Pin Row

SP8T

20-1200 20-1200

+ 10 1.35 +5 ' 40 CMOS Ground

-15 ' 15

38 Pin DIP .800 Pin Row

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. / 2351 E. DEL AMO BLVD. / COMPTON, CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / TWX 910-346-6741

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1 573

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

sH DAICO CONNECTORIZED SOLID STATE RF SWITCHES

The Solid State Connectorized Switches are available with SMA con-
nectors. Units with BNC, TNC or N type connectors are offered on
special order. Frequency ranges from DC-2000 MHz with switching
speeds from 15 nanoseconds are obtainable. Switches with RF peak
power to 3000 watts with reduced switching speed are also available.
See page 1*1576 for High Speed and High Power Switches.

Spec.

Usable

Switching

Isola-

Insertion

RF

Termina-

Freq.

Freq.

Part

Speed

tion

Loss-

Power

VSWR

tion

MHz

MHz

Number

Microsec.

dB Min.

dB Max.

dBm

Max.

beep

Control

Ohms

Connector

Size

SPST

30-300

5-400

100D0581

2

50

.5

+ 10

1.25

+ 5
-5

45

15

TTL

50

SMA

1x1.5x.675

10-200

5-300

100C1041

.025

50)

1.5

+ 10

1.25

+ 5

100

TTL

50

SMA

2x1 .5x.5

10-500

10-500

100D0801

.8

60

1.2

+ 10

1.5

+ 5
-5

75

45

TTL

50 or
open

SMA

1 .5x1 .5x.69

15-1000

15-1000

100C1291

20

60

1.5

cm

1.5

+ 10

3

CMOS

50

SMA

1x1 .5x.9

20-300

20-800

100D0591

4

50

.7

earn

1.25

+ 15
-15

60

50

TTL

50

SMA

1x1.5x.675

20-300

10-200

100C1051

.035

55

2.0

+ 10

1.4

+ 5

200

TTL

50

SMA

2x2x.48

20-600

10-600

100C1281

.5

70

1.3

+ 13

1.25

+ 5

75

TTL

50

SMA

1x1.5x.72

SP2T

DC-50

DC-50

100C1562

2

2.5

1.35

iB9

1 10
l 20_

TTL

50

SMA

2x3x1

1-100

1-100

100C1042

.015

60

.8

+ 8

1.2

+5

130~

TTL

SMA

1.5x1.5

1-100

1-200

100C1273*

.03 ,

60

1

+ 10

1.2

mm

TTL

1.5X+5X.5

2-500

2-600

100C1052

40

1.5

+ 10

1.4

+ 5

wm

TTL

50

SMA

2x2x.48

30-300

10-300

100D0582

50 1

1.0

+ 10

B

+ 5
-5

m

50

1x+5x.675

10-300'

' 10-700'

100C1471 ^

10

1.0

+ 10

■Hi

+ 5

mm

SMA

1.5x1.69x75 '

1 0-500 ‘

5-600 '

100D0802 1

.8

■a

1.0

+ 10

tat

+ 5
-5

m

BB

50

K9

2x1.5x.68

10-700

10-1000

100C1172

5

m

wm

+ 20 Over'
100 MHz

m

+ 15

m

B

50

2x2x.48

20-2000

20-2000

1 00C1 558 *

2

m

■

+ 10

a

+ 5
-5

Bi

50

■

1.5x2x.44

10-1000

10-1000

100C1182

10

35

1.0

+ 15

+ 15

5

■SSE9

50

SMA

2x2x.48

15-1000

15-1000

100C1292 '

20

1.5

+22 Oven
80 MHz

H

+ 15

50

SMA

1 .5x1. 5x. 6

20-300

20-800

100D0592

4

.7

+ 15

-15.

■

50

1.5x1.5x78

20-600

10-700

100C1282

.5

70

1.2

+ 10

+ 5

Bi

TTL

50

SMA

1.5x1.5x.6

40-1000

30-1000

100C1 102-HF

5

1.2

+ 10

+ 12

mm

50

SMA

2x2x.48

10-500

10-700

100C1 102-LF

10

50

1.0

+ 10

+ 12 !

10

50

SMA

2x2x.48

100-1400

10

m

.5

B

wm

2.75x1.75x1

150-1500

1

.5

■Ql

BB

2.75x1.75x1

500-2000

.4

1.5

+ 10

1.4

'Bi

TTL

50

SMA

1 .5x1 .5x. 625

SP3T

1-30

1-30

1 0OCO624

5

65

.5

+ 10

1.25

+ 5
-15

60

30

TTL

50

SMA

1 .5x1 .5x. 675

30-300

5-800

1 0ODO583

2

50

.5

+ 10

1.25

+ 5
-5

65

40

TTL

50

SMA

1.5x1 .5X.675

10-500

10-700

100D0803

,.8

70

1.2

+ 10

1.5

+ 5
-5

100

100

TTL

50

SMA

2.5x1 .3x.67

10-1000

10-1000

1 OOC1293

20

60

1.5

+ 22 Over
80 MHz

1.5

+ 15

3

CMOS

50

SMA

2x1.5x.72

20-300

20-800

100D0593

4

55

.7

+ 27

1.25

+ 15
-15

75

50

TTL

50

SMA

2x1.5x.68

20-600

10-700

100C1283

.5

70

1.3

+ 10

1.25

+ 5

100

TTL

50

SMA

2x1.5x.72

250-1150

200-1500

100C1204

10

65

1.0

+ 10

1.25

+ 5
-5

40

45

TTL

50

SMA

3x3x1

SP4T

.1-32

100C1684

m

m

H

H

TTL

50

umi

3.75 x 2 x 1 .34

1-10

1-10

30

+.0

+ 25

mi

+ 12
-12

B

wm

50

6x3x1

1-100

1-200

10

■a

.6

+ 5

m

+ 5
-5

B

50

msHi

3x3x1.03

30-300

5-500

100D0584

2

50

.5

+ 10

+ 5
-5

75

75

S3

SMA

2x1.5x.68

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. / 2351 E. DEL AMO BLVD. / COMPTON. CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / TWX 910-346-6741

1*1574

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

COMMECTORIZED SOLID STATE RF SWITCHES

DAICO Js|

Spec. 1
Freq.

Usable

Freq.

Part

Switching

Speed

Microsec.

Isola-

tion

Insertion

Loss-

RF

Power

VSWR

DC Power

Termina-

tion

MHz

I MHz

Number

dB Min.

dB Max.

dBm

Max.

Volts | mA

Control

Ohms

Connector

Size

SP4T (Continued)

10-300

10-700

100C1451

10

60

1.2

+ 15

+ 5
-5

100

100

TTL

50

SMA

3x3x1.125

10-500

10-700

100D0804

.8

70

1.6

+ 10

+ 5
-5

80

150

TTL

50

SMA

3x1.75x.67

10-1000

10-1000

100C1449

10

50

15

+ 15

+ 5
-5

100

100

TTL

50

SMA

3x3x1.125

10-1000

10-1000

100C1294

20

55

1.5

+ 22 Over
80 MHz

1.5

+ 10

3

CMOS

50

SMA

3x1 .75x.6

20-80

10-700

100D1304

4

90

1.5

+ 20

1.3

+ 5
+ 15

25

30

TTL

50

SMA

3x1.79x.95

20-600

10-600

100C1284

.5

70

1.4

+ 10

1.25

+ 5

130

TTL

50

SMA

3x1 .75x.6

20-300

20-300

100D0594

4

60

.7

+ 27

1.25

+ 12
-12

130

100

TTL

50

SMA

2.5x1 .5x. 69

30-1000

1 30-1000

100C1413

5

1 60

1.6

+ 10

1.3

+ 15

20

CMOS

50

SMA

3 X 1.75 x .6

500-2000

300-2000

' 100C1514

.4

1.5

+ 10

1.4

+ 5
-5

45

25

TTL

50

SMA

2x1.5x.625

DP4T . i

20-200 I 10-200 I 100C1024 | .05 [ 55 | .5 1 +10 | 1.25 | +5 | 150 | TTL | Open [ SMA | 3x1.5x.67

SP5T

2-32

1-200

100C1215

110

45

.7

+ 17

TTL

BNC

5x3x1.375

30-300

5-400

1 00D0585

2

50

.5

+ 10

TTL

SMA

2.5x1. 5x. 675

10-1000

10-1500

100C1295

20

50

1.5

+22 Over
80 MHz

+ 15

3

CMOS

3.5x1 .75x.6

20-500

15-500

1 00D0805

1

80

1.3

+ 10

3.5x1 .75X.67

20-500

20-500

100D0970

2

40

1.0

+ 20

SMA

2.5x1 .5X.675

20-600

10-700

100C1285

.5

60

1.8

+ 10

SMA

3.5x1 .75x.6

SP6T

30-300

5-500

100D0586

2

.8

+ 10

+ 5
-5

150

90

TTL

50

SMA

3x1.5x.675

10-500

10-500

100D0826

4

+ 15
-15

85

260

TTL

50

SMA

4. 5x2. 5x. 95

10-1000

10-1000

100C1448

10

+ 5
-5

200

150

TTL

50

SMA

5x4x1 .3

15-1000

10-1000

100C1296

20

+ 22 Over
100 MHz

1.4

+ 15

20

CMOS

50

SMA

4x1 .75x.6

20-600

20-600

100C1286

.5

r^~i

+ 10

1.25

+ 5

175 |

TTL

50

SMA

4x1 .75x.6

SP7T

1500-2700

1500-2700

100D0696

10

40

mzmm

+ 10

1.6

TTL

50

N

6x3.5x2.16

■ ■

SP8T

4-6

1-40

100C1348

.9

60

1.5

+ 3

1.25

+ 5

400

TTL

50

SMA

5x2. 5x1

10-350

10-500

100C1188

5

70

1.3

0

1.5

+ 5
-5

200

300

TTL

50

SMA

6x3x.63

SP12T

15-500

10-700

10

2.0

+ 15

+ 5
-5

300

150

TTL

50

SMA

5x3x3.75

SP14T

2-32

r

1-40

! 20

i 40

1 1.2

1 +10

■nsn

1 +5

1 1.5A

pnv

i 50

| BNC

| 12x6x1.12

SP16T

10-1000

10-1000

100D1447

10

45

3.0

+ 15

1.3

+ 8
-8

300

150

TTL

50

SMA

5x3x3.75

TRANSFE

R

30-300

1-600

100C0587

2

50

.8

+ 10

1.3

EH

SMA

2x1.5x.94

15-1000

10-1000

100C1297

20

70

1.2

+ 15 Over
70 MHz

1.25

HB

SMA

2x1.5x.69

20-600

20-1000 -

100C1287

1

70

.8

+ 10

KE9

SMA

2x1.5x.69

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. / 2351 E. DEL AMO BLVD. / COMPTON, CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / TWX 910-346-6741

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1575

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

DAICO HIGH SPEED RF SWITCHES

Diaco’s High Speed Switches are available in both M.I.C. (Microwave
Integrated Circuit) as well as connectorized form. Switching speeds
as low as 15 nanoseconds are available. The M.I.C. units are packaged
in hermetic DIP configurations, while the connectorized units have
SMA connectors for convenient cable attachment.

DUAL SP2T

DS0241

CONNECTORIZED HIGH SPEED SWITCHES

s

m DAICO HIGH POWER RF SWITCHES

The Daico High Power RF Switches handle peak power to 3000 watts
with CW power to 1000 watts. Frequency ranges from 1-2000 MHz are
available. These High Power Diode Switches have been used success-
fully in numerous CW and pulse systems.

CONNECTORIZED HIGH POWER SWITCHES

20-80

15-150

100C1142

20-100

10-200

100D1078

20-500

20-500

100C1592

100-500

50-500

100C1492

100-1400

70-1500

100C1032

950-1225

925-1250

100C0932

1060-1100

1060-1100

100C1246

SP4T

1700-2000 1700-2000

TTL

Ground

N

4x5x2.75

TTL

Open

N

6x3x2. 5

TTL

Ground

SMA

2.75x3x1.4

TTL

Ground

N

4x4.75x1.3

TTL

Open

SMA,
NC, TNC

2.75x1.75x1

TTL

Grounc

N

3x4x1.38

TTL

50

SMA

3x3x1.12

225-400 225-400

TRANSMIT/RECEIVE

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. / 2351 E. DEL AMO ELVD. / COMPTON, CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / TWX 910-346-6741

1*1576 For manufacturers* sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

RF RELAYS

DAICO fsg

lit

* s is h

l00 C060A

LEGEND

Isolation

— Insertion Loss

— VSWR

Daico Industries RF relays employ hermetically sealed
switching elements which provide extreme resistance to
the severe environments encountered in military aircraft
and communications systems, including 20 g’s vibration
to 3 kHz, 80 g’s shock and altitude in excess of 100,000 ft.
A continual test and evaluation program assures switch
performance in excess of 20 million operations. These
units are operable at extremely low current levels and may
be ordered with 6-, 12-, 18- or 24-volt coils.

STANDARD

HIGH ISOLATION

cc

V)

>

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

l.l

1.0

FREQUENCY (MHz)

CC

5

CO

>

I .5

I . 4

I .3
I .2

I . I
1.0

FREQUENCY (MHz)

RF RELAYS

DC-500 MHz

50 watts cw

SMA Connections

|

|

w

m

H

SIZE MATRIX

SPST

SP2T

SP3T

SP4T

SP5T

SP6T

TRANS,

STANDARD

100C0073

1x1 V2X.56

100C0254
11/2X1 1/2 x.63

100C0259

2x1 1/2 x.63

100C0604

21/2x1 1/2 x.69

1 00C0605

3x1 1/2 x.69

' 100C0347

2x1 1/2 x. 87

HIGH ISOLATION

100C0109
11 / 2 Xl y 2 X.63

100C0630

11/2X13/4X1.5

100C0104

11/2X13/4X1.5

1 00C0608
11/4X11/4X1.3

STANDARD 50 OHM
TERMINATION

100C0610

1x1V 2 x.55

1 00C061 1

11/2X1 1/2 x.63

100C0612

2x1 1/2 x.63

100C0613
21/2X1 1/2 X.63

100C0614

3x1 1/2 x.63

100C0615
31 / 2 X 1 3/4 x.63

HIGH ISOLATON &

50 OHM TERMINATION

100C0609

1x1 1/2X.50

100C0350

1 1/2X1 1/2 X. 75

100C0285

2x1 1/2X.75

100C0485
21/2X1 1/2 X.75

Switching Speed: 5 millisec. max
RF Power: 50W CW, 50W Peak
Drive Current: 24 mills nom. at 24
VDC. Other coils available in-
clude 6, 12, 18 VDC.

Units can be provided with Fail
Safe (no power) to a through path.

Can be operated directly from TTL
with integrated circuit 75450 Dual
Driver, 54 45 Decoder or equivalent.

ALSO AVAILABLE

Type

Part Number

Frequency

Isolation

Connector

SP2T

1 Q0C0878

DC-1250 MHz

45 dB

SMA

SP2T

100C0076

DC-400 MHz

45 dB

BNC or TNC

SP2T

100C0942

DC-100 MHz

70 dB

75 Ohm SMC

SP2T

100C1003

DC-1250 MHz

45 dB

SMA or BNC or TNC

SP3T

100C1015

DC-450 MHz

50 dB

BNC or TNC

SP4T

100C0954

DC-100 MHz

55 dB

75 Ohm TNC

SP4T

100C1423

DC-500 MHz

45 dB

BNC or TNC

SP6T

100C1026

DC-450 MHz

45 dB

BNC or TNC or SMA

SP7T

100C1094

DC-200 MHz

50 dB

SMA

SP8T

100C1159

DC-200 MHz

50 dB

SMA

2P4T

100C0368

DC-250 MHz

100 dB

SMA

14P2T

100D0872

DC-200 MHz

60 dB

SMA

14P4T

100D0873

DC-500 MHz

40 dB

SMA

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. / 2351 E. DEL AMO BLVD. / COMPTON, CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / TWX 910-346-6741

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1577

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

DAICO

STEP ATTENUATORS

Daico’s complete line of Programmable Step Attenuators
include Thin Film M.I.C. (Microwave Integrated Circuits),
Solid State Connectorized, as well as RF Relay Control.
Binary steps from 1 through 10 are available with total
attenuation values to 127 dB. Frequency ranges from DC
to 2350 MHz are covered with switching speeds as low
as 25 nanoseconds.

SOLID STATE CONNECTORIZED

MIC STEP ATTENUATORS

Usable

Switching^

Insertion

RF

Freq.

Part

Speed

Loss

Power

MHz

Number

Microsec. ^

dB Max.

dBm

24

24.

4 or 8 or 16
20

20 [

.25/40 j

8-16 f

8-24 I

2-30

1-1.5

1 .6-24 f

.5-32.6

1- 15
1.5-22,5

2- 24

.5-7.5
8-32
.5-15.5
1-31 ■

1-63

1-63

.5-63.5

.5-63.5

24

Pin

D DIP

24

Pin

D DIP

24

Pin

D DIP

38

Pin

Plug In .998x1.988

38

Pin

Plug in .998x1.988

38

Pin

Plug In .998x1.988

38

Pin

Plug In .988x1.988

RF RELAY STEP ATTENUATORS >

Number Standard Spec. Usable Switching Insertion RF

of Range* Freq. Freq. Part Speed Loss Power VSWR

Steps dB MHz MHz Number Millisec. dB Max. dBm Max. Connector Size

SOLID STATE CONNECTORIZED STEP ATTENUATORS

Standard

Range*

dB

Spec.

Freq.

MHz

Usable

Freq.

MHz

Part

Number

Switching

Speed

Microsec.

Insertion
Loss
dB Max.

RF

Power

dBm

VSWR

Max.

DC Power

Control

Connector ,

Size

Volts

mA

2

3-9

20-300

20-500

100D0589-2

1

1

+ 13

1.35

1 +5

70

TTL

SMA

1.75x2.5x.5

4

-2-24

25-35

10-300

100C1418

.05

6

+ .17

1.2

+ 5

250

TTL

SMA

2x1.5x.53

4

1-15

20-300

20-500

100D0589-4

1

2

+ 13

1/35

+ 5

140

TTL

SMA

1.75x3.75x.5

6

1-63

20-300

20-500

100D0589-6

1

3

+ 13

1.35

+ 5

210

TTL

SMA

1.75x5.25x.5

6

1-63

200-400

200-400

100C1513

1

10

+ 20 ■

1.35

+ 5

60

TTL

SMA

10x3.25x1.06

6

i 1-63

1128-2350

1128-2350

100D1071

.5

10

+ 10

1.5 |

+ 5

1 Amp

TTL

SMA

” 7x6.5x2.19

7

.5-63.5

30

10-300

100D1350

.025

12

+ 16

1.2

+ 5

500

TTL

SMA

1.75x3.5x.4

7

.5-63.5

30-500

20-1000

100C1585

20:

6

+ 13

’ 1.35

+ 5 to
+ 15

25

CMOS

SMA

1.75x3x.54

7

.5-63.5

30-500 '

20-1000

, 100C1595

20

6

+ 13

1.35

■ +5

50

TTL

SMA

1 .75x3x.54

8 '

i .5-63.5

20-300

20-300

100D1438

1

3.5

+ 13

1.3

+ 5

300

TTL

SMA, BNC,
TNC, N

6x3x1.18

* In addition to the standard ra nges listed, most attenuators available with the following pad values: .1, .2, .4, .5, .8, 1, 1.6, 2, 3.2, 4, 6.4, 8, 12.8, 16, 32.

. DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. /' 2351 E. DEL AMO BLVD. / COMPTON, CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / TWX 910-346-6741

1*1578

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

VOLTAGE CONTROLLED ATTENUATORS DAICO Psl

The Daico Voltage Controlled Attenuators are available both as M.I.C.
(Microwave Integrated Circuits) as well as in Solid State Connector-
ized form. Linearity of ±.75 dB from best straight line is achieved with
frequency ranging from 10 to 1300 MHz. Constant impedance of
50 ohms is maintained at input and output ports over full attenuation
range. VSWR over band is 1.25 typical.

Atten.

Range

dB

Spec.

Freq.

MHz

Usable

Freq. Part

MHz Number/

Atten.

Slew

Insertion

RF

Control

Slope

Rate dB/

Loss

Power

VSWR

Volts DC

dB/Volt

Microsec.

dB Max.

dBm

Max.

Linearity

dB

DC Power Con _
Volts 1 mA nector

Size

MIC VOLTAGE CONTROLLED ATTENUATORS

20

20-700

20-700

DA0035

0 to +5

mm

6

1.5

±.8

i

-

14 Pin DIP

30

558-568

30-1300

DA0260

0 to +5

7

3

5

±2

+ 15
-15

60

80

—

1x1 Planar

13 Leads

35

25-37

20-300

DA0308

0 to +5

tm

9

±.5

mwm

1E1

■if

-

14 Pin DIP
.400 Pin Rows

40

20-300

20-500

DA0098

0 to +5

■

6

2

±2

m

—

14 Pin DIP
.400 Pin Rows

40

50-1300

50-1300

DA0243

0 to +5

■

3

3.5

m

±2

m

60

80

__

1x1 Planar

13 Leads

Dual Section
20/Section

80-120

80-120

DA0138

0 to +5

6.5

6

1

±1

40

60

—

28 Pin Plug In
.58x1.18

Dual Section
20/Section

80-120

80-120

DA0244

Oto +5

6.8

6

1

m

±.75

EH

60

80

—

28 Pin Plug In
.58x1.18

SOLID STATE CONNECTORIZED VOLTAGE CONTROLLED ATTENUATORS

20

6

±1

B

HH

1.5x1 .5x.69

40

20-300

20-700

100C0912

0 to +5

6

2

±2

B!

m

2x1.5x.75

40

3

3.5

+ 10

1.5

±2

HS

m

1.5x2x.43

Dual Section
20/Section

100C1522

0 to +5

■3

6

1

m

m

1.5x2x.54

60

60

10-200

100C1463

0 to +5

6

3

BPS!

B9

m

3x2.38x.75

m DAICO PHASE SHIFTERS

Daico's Phase Shifters utilize either solid state or RF relay switching.
Steps from 1 through 9 are available, allowing from 1.41° to a full 360°
phase shift. Switching speed as low as 50 nanoseconds are obtainable.

Number

of

Available

Center

Freq.

MHz

Usable

Freq.

MHz

Part

Switching

Speed

Microsec.

Insertion

Loss

RF

Power

VSWR

DC Power

Steps

Range

Number

dB Max.

dBm

Max.

Volts ] mA

Control

Connector

Size

SOLID STATE CONNECTORIZED

1

180°

60

40-80

5

1.3

+ 7

1.2

+ 5

BOB

TTL

SMA

2x1.5x.94

1

180°

100C1157

10

.8

+ 5
-15

200

5

TTL

SMA

2. 5x2. 5x1

6

5.63-354.8

660

640-680

5

4

+ 5

250

TTL

SMA

3x3x.72

6

5.63-354.8

to

20-300

100D0896

4

4

SMA, TNC,
BNC

11.5x3x1.13

7

1080

960-1215

.5

4

SMA

9x6x1 .5

8

1.41-358.61

fo

4

5

TTL

SMA

3x14.5x1.13

8

1.41-358.61

60

.05

14.4

+ 10

TTL

SMA

3x14.5x1.13

RF RELAY

Millisec

8

1.41-358.61

fo

1 30-300 |

| 100D0888

5

3

1 +20

1.3

RF Relay Phase Shifters
Available With 6. 12. 18.
or 24 Volt Coils

SMA

14.5x3x1.13

9 "

1.41-360

70

5

3

1.2

SMA

14.5x3x1.13

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. / 2351 E. DEL AMO BLVD. / COMPTON, CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / TWX 910-346-6741

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1579

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

5U DAICO QUALITY ASSURANCE

INTRODUCTION

Daico Industries, Inc., founded in 1967, is a leader in
the DC-2 GHz field of M.I.C.’s, Connectorized Solid
State Switches, RF relays and both Digital and Voltage
Controlled Attenuators.

Daico engineers, inspection, production, sales and
service people are highly experienced and understand
your requirements as well as the capabilities of Daico
Industries. You can talk to us and get realistic answers.
Our production and computer test equipment combined
with our quality assurance procedures provide the nec-
essary base to meet your most stringent requirements.
We offer quality products at competitive prices. For a
prompt response to your needs contact our local repre-
sentative or the factory directly.

ENGINEERING

Daico Industries, Inc. places major emphasis on our
engineering department. The talents of our RF design
engineers are not only supported by qualified techni-
cians with the full-time use of a Hewlett Packard Auto-
matic Test and Evaluation System, but desk top com-
puters as well. .

Our three Hewlett Packard desk top computers allow
the optimum design to be realized at a fraction of the
time it would take to obtain the same results manually.
The ATE (Automatic Test and Evaluation System) com-
bined with Daico software allows the production tests
to be run accurately and quickly, with minimal chance
of operator error.

Prior to any job going into production, breadboard units
are built and evaluated by engineering. All changes are
thoroughly evaluated before being released to produc-
tion.

The emphasis and care Daico Industries, Inc. places on
the engineering aspects of your job results in the best
and most economical approach to meet your require-
ments.

ELECTRICAL PRECAUTIONS

For a device to operate properly, the body must be con-
nected to RF ground and with a M.I.C. device, the body
and unused pins must both be grounded.

All unused ports of a switch should be terminated in
50 ohms to obtain optimum characteristics of the unit.

If a control line is to be at logic “0”, it must be grounded.

The low current CMOS device drivers are static sensi-
tive and precautions must be exercised to prevent driver
damage.

Excess voltage, wrong polarity, or spikes on the DC
supply or control lines may damage the device.

Only devices specified as having an all OFF or center
position off condition may have all ports OFF. Most
devices require one port to be ON at all times for proper
operation.

Specifications are applicable from 0°C to +71 °C. Some
derating of performance may occur when operated over
the MIL temperature range of -55°C to +125°C.

RF RELAY DRIVERS

To drive Daico’s RF relay switches, attenuators, or
phase shifters, using TTL logic, the above is suggested.
The driver is a dual section which allows one device to
control two relays.

TTL TO CMOS INTERFACE

To switch CMOS Switch control lines with open col-
lector TTL, the above is suggested to avoid damaging
the CMOS Driver.

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. / 2351 E. DEL AMO BLVD. / COMPTON, CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / TWX 910-346-6741

1*1580

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

PERFORMANCE NOTES DAICO Js|

SPECIFICATION FREQUENCY vs.

USABLE FREQUENCY

Although a device is designed for optimum character-
istics over a specified frequency, the part is functional
with slight performance reduction over a broader fre-
quency range. This broader band is the Usable Fre-
quency.

SWITCHING SPEED

A review of the adjacent figure will reveal that the
switching time Ton is measured from the 50% point of
the leading edge of the square wave control (TTL,
CMOS or ECL) to the 90% point of the leading edge
of the resultant RF envelope. Similarly, To ff is measured
from the 50% point of the trailing edge of the square
wave control pulse to the 10% point of the trailing edge
of the resultant RF envelope. Switching speed is defined
as the greater of these two values.

Of specific interest is the RF switching envelope which
is defined as T rf from 10-90% of the RF envelope. Sys-
tems requiring excessively high speed operation occa-
sionally program the switch operation with a delay or
anticipatory circuit to be able to accommodate only
the Trf. Values of five nanoseconds are readily available.

TRANSIENTS

During the switching of one part to another, video
transients are incurred with characteristics that are
occasionally disturbing to RF components following
the switch. Daico Industries has over the years devel-
oped balanced designs which will provide less than
10-15 millivolts of in-band transients at switching speeds
(Trf) of 5-10 nanoseconds. Where lower transients are
required during the switching period, it is recommended
that slow switching speeds be tolerated or discussed
with the manufacturer.

ISOLATION

The minimum isolation in dB is the worst case condi-
tion over the specification frequency between any two
ports, with all other ports terminated in 50 ohms.

INSERTION LOSS

Insertion loss is defined as the worst case path loss
between the input port and any output port in the “ON”
state with all other ports “OFF” and terminated in 50
ohms. Insertion loss for attenuators is measured with
zero or minimum attenuation level from the input to
output and is as the reference level for all attenuation
values.

NOISE FIGURE

Experience has shown that the Noise Figure (N.F.) of a
switch may be assumed to be equal to the Insertion
Loss. This assumption can be made without introducing
substantial error.

DAICO INDUSTRIES, INC. / 2351 E. DEL AMO BLVD. /

RF Power

The RF power level (measured in dBm) is the level of
CW input power that results in not more than 0.1 dB
compression at the output. The maximum RF power
level is also the maximum signal level at which the
device will meet all RF specifications.

VSWR

The maximum VSWR in a 50 ohm system applies only
to the thru condition, unless otherwise specified. De-
vices with open or short to ground terminations exhibit
total refection.

DC POWER

The typical current for the maximum regulated DC
supply voltage is listed. Exceeding the DC voltage may
damage the device.

CONTROL

The driver control circuitry is listed as either TTL or
CMOS. TTL devices may be driven directly from system
TTL outputs. 5 volt CMOS devices may be driven di-
rectly from system TTL outputs with a pull up resistor
to +5 volts. Hi-voltage CMOS devices (8 to 15 volts)
may be driven with TTL using a pull up resistor to VCC
with an open collector transistor, or the 5400 series of
Hi-voltage TTL compatible buffers, CMOS control lines
should be pulled up to VCC to prevent possible damage
to internal drivers.

RF relays may be made TTL compatible using the
SN55450 series of relay drivers.

TERMINATION

Internally terminated switches are so defined.
PACKAGE OR SIZE

The outline configuration is given in inches or standard
DIP configurations. The DIP package has .100" pin
spacings with .300" pin rows. A DDIP has .600" pin rows.

CUSTOM/OPTIMIZED DESIGNS
Daico Industries’ engineering department welcomes
your inquiry regarding special applications or optimized
designs. An approximate guide regarding trade-offs are
presented in the attached figure, i.e., high power means
lower switching speed: high isolation suggests higher
insertion loss.

RF power A

HIGH f

INSERTION

LOSS

ISOLATION

HIGH

X SWITCHING
T SPEED FAST

COMPTON, CA 90220 / (213) 631-1143 / ' TWX 910-346-6741

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1581

EEM si m

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3 # 2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

PIN DIODE CONTROL DEVICES
FROM GENERAL MICROWAVE

General Microwave’s complete line of high perfor-
mance broadband switches, with and without in-
tegral drivers, are available in three basic series.

• Ultra Broadband Series: 0.2 to 18 GHz, SPST to
SP5T

• Multi Octave Band - Miniature Series: 0.2 to 4
GHz (Series 92) 2-18 GHz (Series 91); SPST TO
SP7T

• Octave Band - High Speed Series: 10 nsec
switching speed, 2-18 GHz; SP2T

Many models of each type are available to satisfy
most requirements. Non-reflective switches, space
qualified units and other special designs are also
available.

PIN Diode Modulators/
Attenuators

“Ha*****.

F51

General Microwave MIC assemblies can combine:

• Frequency Translators • High Speed Digitally
Controlled Attenuators • Power Combiners and
Dividers • High Speed Switches • Mixers

• Amplifiers • Isolators • Directional Couplers

• Phase Modulators* Filters and other signal condi-
tioning and processing devices.

Digitally Progr ammable
PIN Diode (fpSKL,
Attenuators 4

General Microwave’s Series of PIN diode
modulators/attenuators provide octave-band and
greater than octave-band performance from 0.5 to 1 8
GHz. All at low cost.

General Microwave’s Series of Digitally Program-
mable PIN Diode Attenuators provide octave-band
and greater than octave-band performance from 0.2
to 18 GHz with wide programming flexibility. All at
low cost. Their compact, rugged packages are well
suited to military applications. They are available in
drop-in module type configurations and hermetical-
ly sealed packages. Nanosecond switching speed
modules are also available.

Atten.
Range (dB)

Control

60

Li near Voltage

60

Linear Voltage

60

Current

60

Linear Voltage

Bandwidth

Atten.

I LSB

Range (dB)

liH

Octave

80&120

0.1

Octave

60

0.25

Multi-octave

60

0,25

Ultra-broadband

120

1.0

GENERAL MICROWAVE

1 55 Marine Street, Farmingdale, L.I., New York 1 1 735, Tel: 516-694-3600 ______

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1583

CROSS REFERENCE CARDS (61)

FILE

LABELS (308)

mmm,

PRODUCT

INDEX

index

LABELS FIT
THIRD-CUT
FILE FOLDERS
(NOT SUPPLIED)

COMPLETE instructions ON tfoWTO

SET UP AND KEEP UP YOUR EU»CTROf»a<3
PRODUCTS DATA INFORMATION FILING SYSTEM

WONDERFILE!

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

HIGH QUALITY ATTENUATORS!

Kay switch attenuators are constructed with patended
switches using teflon housings and gold plated silver
contacts. These high quality switches have been field
proven for over 10 years. All Kay attenuators are
equipped with precision resistors.

Kay rotary switch attenuators are gold plated printed
circuit contact with dual contacts at each connector.

This design provides superior electrical contact.

Kay has designed over 200 special attenuators for
OEM applications using our extensive design capabili-
ties. We can adapt our current line to fit specific require-
ments.

Please call or write for our complete attenuator
catalog.

OEM PROGRAMMABLE ATTENUATORS

• LOGIC ADAPTORS AVAILABLE

4000 SERIES

OEM STEP ATTENUATORS

• HIGH RELIABILITY

• DUAL CONTACT

5400 SERIES

# #

500 SERIES

BENCH STEP ATTENUATORS

• HIGH ACCURACY

• POSITIVE REPEATABILITY

• COMPACT DESIGN

400 SERIES

. Uh'Hiiuh'i ~ ’ ''*”'**

fe te % <£ 4 I 8 ®*

ftfskosip .sgf "If "4« z

Miowithv

i £ i JLE.I r

5000, 5100 SERIES

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
ATTENUATORS

0/400, 0/410 SERIES

0/400 DC-500MHz 1-1 3dB
0/410 DC-400MHz 2-14dB

IMP. Q MODEL

FREQ. RANGE

ATTEN. RANGE

50

4440

DC-1.5GHz

0-130dB in lOdB steps

75

4447

DC-

1GHz

0-130dB in lOdB steps

50

4450

DC-l.SGHz

0-127dB in ldB steps

75

4457

DC-

1GHz

0-127dB in ldB steps

50

4460

DC-1.5GHz

0- 3 ldB in ldB steps

75

4467

DC-

1GHz

0- 3 ldB in ldB steps

50

1/4450

DC-

1GHz

0-16.5dB in .ldB steps

75

1/4457

DC-750MHz

0-16. 5dB in .ldB steps

IMP. Q

MODEL

FREQ. RANGE

ATTEN. RANGE

50

500

DC-

2GHz

0-lOdB in ldB steps

50

1/500

DC-

1GHz

0- ldB in .ldB steps

75

510

DC-1.5GHz

0-lOdB in ldB steps

75

1/510

DC-500MHz

0- ldB in .ldB steps

50

520

DC-

2GHz

0-70dB in lOdB steps

75

530

DC-1.5GHz

0-70dB in lOdB steps

50

5435

DC-

1GHz

0-81 dB in .ldB steps

75

5445

DC-

1GHz

0-81 dB in .ldB steps

50

5436

DC-

2GHz

0-80dB in ldB steps

75

5446

DC-1.5GHz

0-80dB in ldB steps

IMP. Q

MODEL

FREQ. RANGE

ATTEN. RANGE

50

5050

DC- 1GHz

0- 81 dB in .ldB steps

75

5075

DC- 1GHz

0- 81 dB in .ldB steps

50

5150

DC- 2GHz

0- 80dB in ldB steps

75

5175

DC-1.5GHz

0- 80dB in ldB steps

50

430

DC- 1GHz

10- 51 dB in ldB steps

50

431

DC- 1GHz

0- 41dB in ldB steps

50

432

DC- 1GHz

0-101 dB in ldB steps

50

1/432

DC-500MHz

0-22. ldB in .ldB steps

50

437M

DC- 1GHz

0-102. 5dB in .5dB steps

50

438M

DC- 1GHz

0- 41 dB in ldB steps

50

439M

DC- 1GHz

0-lOldB in ldB steps

50

1/439M

DC- 1GHz

0-22. ldB in .ldB steps

75

441

DC- 1GHz

0- 41dB in ldB steps

75

442

DC- 1GHz

0-lOldB in ldB steps

75

1/442

DC-500MHz

0-22. ldB in .ldB steps

75

447

DC- 1GHz

0-102. 5dB in .5dB steps

75

449M

DC- 1GHz

0-lOldB in ldB steps

75

1/449M

DC-500MHz

0-22. ldB in .ldB steps

50

460M

DC- 1GHz

0-132dB in ldB steps

75

470M

DC- 1GHz

0-132dB in ldB steps

90 Q ALSO AVAILABLE

*M - MINIATURE

R.F. MEGA SWITCHES

• DC-1000 MHz

• LOW INDUCTANCE.
CAPACITANCE & RESISTANCE

Kay Elemetrics Corp
13 Maple Avenue
Pine Brook, N.J. 07058
(201) 227-2000

254 SERIES

0.1 5pf Between switch arms

0.1 pf Between open contacts and switch arm

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1585

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

MATRIX

SYSTEMS CORPORATION

5177 NORTH DOUGLAS FIR ROAD
CALABASAS. CALIFORNIA 91302
(213) 992-6776 *TWX 910-494-4975

PORTABLE PROGRAMMABLE
COAXIAL SWITCHING
SYSTEM

Model 2450 is a unique switching system incorporating provi-
sions for controlling up to ten 7000 Series Coaxial/Twinaxial
relays from the IEEE-488 Bus, or from RS-232C Serial, or from
8 and 16 bit parallel inputs. Front panel manual control is
standard.

Up to 200 coaxial switchpoints located on the top of the unit
offer the user easy accessibility. These can be configured into
a 10 x 20 matrix, for instance, using ten matrix model 9410
push-on cross straps.

Switchpoints can also be configured as a 1 x 200 scanner/multipler or a variety of multiple multithrow configurations
by merely changing the positions of the push-on cross straps.

The user may purchase a few relay modules to start with and easily add additional modules in the field any time in
the future.

The 2450 will accept all eight 7000 series relay styles and all options listed shown on the matrix 7000 series data
sheet. Note that the number of matrix positions is standardized at twenty. On special order the 20 positions can be
electrically divided into several sub-sections (ie: three separate six throw relays, etc.)

The front panel manual thumbwheel controll allows the operator to switch from remote to local control and set or
reset any switchpoint manually without disturbing any other point settings. The “SWITCHPOINT SET” indicator on the
front panel verifies that the unit is receiving commands and that one or more points is set.

If more that two hundred switchpoints are required, the system can be expanded by adding another Model 2450 and
specifying expander option on the relays, cross straps, or both. For instance, two Model 2150’s, each configured as
a 10 x 20 matrix can be expanded to either a 20 x 40 or a 10 x 40 configuration.

When ordering a system, specify the quantity and model number of the relays and cross straps desired. One Model
2194 control card and cable assembly is required for each relay. Choose the 2450 for your portable and test switch-
ing needs.

CG/IXI/IL

SWITCHING

SYSTEMS

J

V J

V

SPECIFICATIONS

CAPACITY:

One to ten 7000 Series 20-Throw Coaxial relays. (User must specify type and quantity.)

REMOTE CONTROL:

IEEE-488 GP-IB is standard. Specify -R for RS-323C or -M for 8/16 bit microprocessor control.

MANUAL CONTROL:

Front panel BCD Thumbwheel switches are standard.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE:

0°-70°C

LINE VOLTAGE:

105-125 VAC

LINE FREQUENCY:

47 to 63 Hz

SIZE:

7"H x 19.2"W x 18.6"D

V J

Matrix Systems Corporation manufactures a variety of Switching Devices. Whether you are Switching VHF, Video, Pulse or Audio or your
control requirements are programmable or manual. Give us a call. We specialize in specials. (213) 992-6776

1*1586

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

MATRIX

WTj SYSTEMS CORPORATION

Ilf I J 5177 NORTH DOUGLAS FIR ROAD
CALABASAS, CALIFORNIA 91302
(213) 992-6776 -TWX 910-494-4975

CO/IXI/IL

RELAY

MODULE

FEATURES

• Two to twenty throws

• Continuous shield continuity
o Rugged machined aluminum

housing

• Crosstalk always less than isolation

• Switchpoints individually field
replaceable

• Extremely low EMI

• Low VSWR

o Maitrix configuration easily
assembled using 9000 series
cross straps

• Signal circuits isolated from
control circuitry

MATRIX 7000 Series Switch Modules are designed to maintain
coaxial switching continuity over a wide range of critical and
high environmental applications. The switch housings are con-
structed on precision machined aluminum alloy for structural in-
tegrity and hard anodized for durability.AII signal shield paths are silver
plated with covers gasketed for maximum EMI protection. The basic reed switch elements
are hermetically sealed in nitrogen filled gas envelopes and employ rhodium plated
contacts to insure non-stick operation. Applications for MATRIX 7000 Series include:

— R.F. and I.F. switching where a low VSWR is required .

— CCTV, base band video and pulse switching where low phase distortion and high
pulse fidelity are required.

— Applications requiring a high degree of shielding integrity and low contact and
induced noise such as pre amp input switching or the switching of high impedance
operational amplifier inputs.

Matrix and hybrid switching systems are easily constructed by using Series 9000 (no
output), 9100 (one output) or 9200 (two output) push-on cross straps which mate with the
BNC connectors on the switch modules. The cross strap output connectors are BNC
female type UG 1094/U. The model number of the cross strap is assigned by replacing the
two zeros of the series number with the number of inputs desired. For example, a Model
9108 has eight inputs and one output.

SERIES 7000

7100 — Standard
7200— Self-terminating
7300 — High isolation
7400 — Highest isolation
7500 — High power
7600— Highest isolation
self-terminating
7700 — Mercury wetted
contacts
7800— Twinax

MODEL NUMBER ASSIGNMENT
7 X XX -X

Number / c . oil suppression

of throws^ $L?~ es — D , x
TNC connectors — T

Self-terminating
resistance — ohms
Insulated shield — I
Insulated and
switched shield — IS
Expander output — E
Many of the above options may
be combined J

FREQUENCY RANGE:
CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE:
SWITCHING CONFIGURATION:
SWITCHING SPEED:

SPECIFICATIONS

0 - 300MHz

ISOLATION: See graph

CONTROL - CONNECTOR: 28 VDC, 30 M

SIGNAL CONNECTOR: BNC - UG10S

OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RANGE:

-30°F to + 150°F, 0 to 98 percent R.H.

OPERATING SHOCK AND VIBRATION: 50 G’s -1MS,2G’s p-p 20-2000 Hz

DIMENSIONS: .625" W x 3.25" H x 1.44" + .625" x

Number of throws

Three 6-32 tapped holes in base

7100 7200 7300 7400 7500 7600 7700 7800

100 vdc 28 vdc 100 vdc 28 vdc 400 vdc 28 vdc 100 vdc 100 vdc

.250 amp .250 amp .250 amp .250 amp 1 amp .250 amp 20 amp .250 amp

10W 3 W 10W 3 W 15 W 3 W 50 W 10 W

.150ohm .300ohm .300ohm .300ohm .060ohm .300ohm .050ohm .300ohm

50 ohms - 75 ohm optional

Single or double pole, two thru twenty throws

Less than one millisecond

See graph

28 VDC, 30 MA D type - subminiature connector
BNC - UG 1094/U, TNC and SMA optional

MOUNTING:

CONTACT

RATING:

CONTACT

RESIST-

ANCE:

Matrix Systems Corporation manufactures a variety of Switching Devices. Whether you are Switching VHF, Video, Pulse or Audio or your
control requirements are programmable or manual. Give us a call. We specialize in specials. (213) 992-6776

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1587

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating’ current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binary-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HY high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/ output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
fiF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
YAR volt-ampere reactive
YCR video cassette recorder
YDC volts (of) direct current
YHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTYM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

iRF signal

*t^jprocessing
components

DOUBLE BALANCED MIXERS,
ELECTRONIC ATTENUATORS
RF TRANSFORMERS

MICROWAVE MIXERS, MICROWAVE POWER DIVIDERS, POWER SPLITTER/COMBINERS,
ATTENUATORS, BROADBAND AMPLIFIERS, FREQUENCY DOUBLERS
LIMITERS, DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS, ELECTRONIC SWITCHES

just contact the closest of over 40 Mini-Circuits'
sales offices/distributors throughout the world;
ready to provide off-the-shelf delivery. . .
and strong technical support as well.

UNITED STATES

INTERNATIONAL

REPRESENTATIVES

DISTRIBUTORS

REPRESENTATIVES AND DISTRIBUTORS

ALABAMA, MISSISSIPPI,

FLORIDA— WEST COAST

NEW JERSEY— SOUTHERN

CALIFORNIA— NORTHERN

SOUTH AFRICA

WEST GERMANY, AUSTRIA,

WESTERN FLORIDA

Beacon Electronics

EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA,

Pen Stock, Inc.

Afitra (Pty) Ltd.

SWITZERLAND, DENMARK

Beacon Electronics

Clearwater, FI. 33515

DELAWARE

Los Altos, Ca. 94022

Johannesburg 2000

Industrial Electronics GMBH

Huntsville, Ala. 35803
(205) 881-5031

(813) 796-2378

GEORGIA

M. Lader & Company
Lafayette Hill, Pa. 19444
(215) 825-3177

(415) 948-6552

CALIFORNIA— SOUTHERN,

643-7041/7

AUSTRALIA

6000 Frankfurt/Main

0611 724752

ARIZONA

Beacon Electronics

ARIZONA, CLARK CTY, NV.

General Electronics Svc. Pty.

INDIA

Crown Electronics, Inc.

Atlanta, Ga. 30328

NEW YORK— Metropolitan Area,

Crown Electronics

New South Wales 2065

Gaekwar Enterprise

Phoenix, Az. 85021

(404) 256-9640

LONG ISLAND,

N. Hollywood, Ca. 91601

439-2488

Bombay 400 026

(602) 944-3721

MARYLAND, WASHINGTON, D.C.

NORTHERN NEW JERSEY,
ROCKLAND COUNTY, N.Y.,

(213) 877-3550

D.C. Electronics Pty, Ltd.

364 459

ARKANSAS, LOUISIANA

M. Lader & Company

FAIRFIELD COUNTY, CT.

MIDWEST:

Adelaide, S.A., 5000

ISRAEL

Beacon Electronics

Columbia, Md. 21045

Spectrum Sales, Inc.

CFC Distributors, INC.

(08) 223-6946

Aviv Electronics Ltd.

Little Rock, Ar. 7221 1

(202) 296-2497

Hartsdale, N.Y. 10530

Mt. Prospect, II. 60056

BENELUX: BELGIUM,
LUXEMBOURG,

Tel Aviv

(501) 224-5449

MIDWEST:

(914) 997-1166

(312) 253-3578

(03) 289211-2-3

CALIFORNIA— NORTHERN

INDIANA, KENTUCKY,

NEW YORK— UPSTATE

DELAWARE, EA. PENNSYLVANIA,

NETHERLANDS

ITALY

Cain White & Company

MICHIGAN, OHIO,

Robtron, Inc.

SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY

“Coimex" B.V.

Sistrel Electtronica

Los Altos, Ca. 94022

WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA

Skaneateles, N.Y. 13152

MLC Distributors, Ltd.

8050 AA Hattem, Holland

00137 Rome

(415) 948-6533

Cain Forlaw Co., Inc.
Lancaster, Oh. 43130

(315) 685-5731

Lafayette Hill, Pa. 19444
(215) 825-3177

(0) 5206-41214/41217

(06) 82-78-551

CALIFORNIA— SOUTHERN,

(614) 654-4800

NORTH CAROLINA, VIRGINIA,

CANADA: OTTAWA,

JAPAN

CLARK CTY, NV.

WEST VIRGINIA

MID-ATLANTIC

MONTREAL, TORONTO

Densho Kaisha, Ltd.

Crown Electronics, Inc.

MIDWEST:

M. Lader & -Company

MLC Distributors, Ltd.

R.F. Specialists*

Tokyo

N. Hollywood, Ca. 91601

IOWA, ILLINOIS, KANSAS,

Conowingo, Md. 21918

Washington, D.C. 20006

Brockville, Ontario

(03) 436-0041

(213) 877-3550

MISSOURI, MINNESOTA,
NEBRASKA, WISCONSIN,

(202) 296-2497

(202) 296-2497

(613) 345-2343

NORWAY

FLORIDA— CENTRAL

NORTH & SOUTH DAKOTA

SOUTH CAROLINA

SOUTHEAST

CANADA

Datamatik AS

Beacon Electronics

Cain Forlaw Co., Inc.

Beacon Electronics

Component Distributors, Inc.

R.D. Associates

Oslo 10

Maitland, FI. 32751

Mt. Prospect, II. 60056

Greensboro, N.C. 27408

Huntsville, Ala. 35803

Don Mills, Ontario

(02) 301730

(305) 647-3498

(312) 253-3578

(919) 275-9997

(205) 883-7501

(416) 444-0959

SPAIN

FLORIDA— EAST COAST

NEW ENGLAND

TENNESSEE— EASTERN

Component Distributors, Inc.

R.D. Associates

Amitron S.A.

Beacon Electronics

Scientific Devices

Beacon Electronics

Ft. Lauderdale, FI. 33309

Candiac, Quebec

Madrid 8

Melbourne, FI. 32901

Waltham, Ma. 02154

Johnson City, Tn. 37601

(305) 971-4950

(514) 659-6482

248-58-63, 247-93-13

(305) 724-8010

FLORIDA — SOUTH

(617) 890-2252

(615) 282-2421

TEXAS

Component Distributors, Inc.
Little Rock, Ar. 7221 1

FINLAND

Oy SW Instruments AB

SWEDEN

Satt Electronics AB

Beacon Electronics

Cain & Company

(501) 227-6278

SF-0071 1 , Helsinki 71

S-1 26 1 1 , Stockholm

Ft. Lauderdale, FI. 33309

Dallas, Tx. 75234

Component Distributors, Inc.

(90) 372-366

(08) 81-01-00

(305) 491-1054

(214) 233-6809

Raleigh, N.C. 27609

FRANCE

UNITED KINGDOM

finding new ways . . .

(919) 781-0262

S.C.I.E. — D.I.M.E.S.

Dale Electronics Ltd.

setting higher standards

91430, Igny
(6) 941 .82.82

Camberley, Surrey

025 16 5094

C3 Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)934-4500
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

distributor only

For complete specifications and performance curves refer to
the Microwaves Product Data Directory, the Goldbook, EEM or EBG.
Contact our sales offices for complete catalog.

C-75 REV C

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1589

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

frequency

doublers

1 to 1000 MHZ

only $21 95 (5-24)

AVAILABLE IN STOCK FOR
IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• micro-miniature, 0.5 x 0.23 in.
pc board area

• flat pack or plug-in mounting

• high rejection of

odd order harmonics, 40 dB

• low conversion loss, 13 dB

• hermetically sealed

• ruggedly constructed
MIL-M-28837 performance*

*Units are not QPL listed

SK-2 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE, (MHz)

INPUT 1-500

OUTPUT 2-1000

CONVERSION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX.

1-100 MHZ

13

15

100-300 MHz

13.5

15.5

300-500 MHz

14.0

16.5

Spurious Harmonic Output, dB

TYP.

MIN.

2-200 MHz FI

-40

-30

F3

-50

-40

200-600 MHz FI

-25

-20

F3

-40

-30

600-1000 MHz FI

-20

-15

F3

-30

-25

For complete specifications and performance
curves refer to the 1980-1981 Microwaves Product
Data Directory, the Goldbook or EEM.

tough

attenuators

DC to 1500 MHz

only $11 95 <i- 4 9 )

IN STOCK. . . IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• rugged one-piece construction

• available with BNC, N, SMA, TNC

• male/female connectors standard

• available with
connector series intermixed

• 2W maximum power
(0.5W for SMA)

• VSWR DC tolOOO MHz <1.3:1
VSWR 1000 to 1500 MHz <1.5:1

• excellent temperature stability
(0.002dB/°C)

• exclusive 1 year guarantee

SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL

ATTEN.

ATTEN. TOL.

-AT- 3

3 dB

±0.2 dB

-AT-6

6 dB

±0.3 dB

-AT-10

10 dB

±0.2 dB

, -AT-20

20 dB

±0.3 dB

Add prefix C for BNC ($1 1 .95)

T for TNC ($12.95)

N for Type N ($15.95)
Sfor SMA ($14.95)

electronic

attenuator/

switches

1 to 200 MHz

only S28 95 (5 24>

AVAILABLE IN STOCK FOR
IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• miniature 0.4 x 0.8 x 0.4 in.

• hi on/off ratio, 50 dB

• low insertion loss, 1 .5 dB

• hi-reliability, HTRB diodes

• low distortion, +40 dBm
intercept point

• NSN 5985-01-067-3035

PAS-3 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE, (MHz)

INPUT 1-200

CONTROL DC-0.05

INSERTION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX.

one octave from band edge

1.4

2.0

total range

1.6

2.5

ISOLATION, dB

TYP.

MIN.

1-10 MHz IN-OUT

65

50

IN-CON

35

25

10-100 MHz IN-OUT

45

35

IN-CON

25

15

100-200 MHz IN-OUT

35

25

IN-CON

20

10

IMPEDANCE

50 ohms

For complete specifications and performance
curves refer to the 1980-1981 Microwaves Product
Data Directory, the Goldbook or EEM.

finding new ways ...
setting higher standards

OMini-Circuits

A Division ot Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B’klyn, N.Y. 11235(212) 769-0200

78-3 REV. A

finding new ways. . .
setting higher standards

G?Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World’s largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B’klyn, N.Y. 11235(212)769-0200

C92-3 REV. ORIG.

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

OMini-Cireuits

4 A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B’klyn, N.Y. 11235(212)769-0200

76-3 REV. ORIG.

1-1590

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

power

splitter/

combiners

4 way 0°

piug-in

attenuators

high

performance

mixers

standard level (+7 dBm LO)

1 to 1000 MHz

only $43“ (1-24)

10 to 500 MHz

only $74 95 (m,

AVAILABLE IN STOCK FOR
IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

DC to 1500 MHz

only $1 95 (1,000 qty.)

$3.95(10-49)

INSTOCK. ..IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• low conversion loss, 6dB

• hi-isolation,40dB

• flat frequency response

IN STOCK. . . IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• rugged IV 4 in. sq. case

• BNC, TNC, or SMA connectors

• low insertion loss, 0.6 dB

• hi isolation, 23 dB

ZFSC 4-1 W SPECIFICATIONS

• rugged... meets MIL-STD-202

• hi-stability, thick-film construction

• miniature 0.4 x 0.8 x 0.4 in.

• flat frequency response...
±0.3dB (typ.)

FREQUENCY (MHz) 10-500

INSERTION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX,

(above 6 dB)

10-500 MHz

0.6

1.5

AMPLITUDE UNBAL., dB

0.1

0.2

PHASE UNBAL.

(degrees)

1.0

4.0

ISOLATION, dB

TYP.

MIN.

(adjacent ports)

23

20

ISOLATION, db
(opposite ports)

23

20

IMPEDANCE 50 ohms.

• VSWR less than 1 .2:1 (typ.)

• 1 W maximum power

• designer’s kit available,

4 of each type (12 units) $39.95

SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL

ATTEN.

ATTEN. TOL.

AT-3

3dB

±0.2 dB

AT-6

6dB

±0.3 dB

AT-10

10 dB

±0.3 dB

AT-20

20 dB

±0.3 dB

For complete specifications and performance
curves refer to tne 1 980-1 981 Microwaves Product
Data Directory, the Goldbook or EEM.

For complete specifications and performance
curves refer to the Microwaves Product
Data Director, the Goldbook, EEM,
or Mini-Circuits catalog

• rugged VA in. sq. case

• 3 Mounting Options — thru hole,
tapped hole or flange

• 4 Connector Choices
BNC, TNC, SMA and Type N
intermixing available

• male BNC, SMA,
and Type N available

• 1 year guarantee

ZFM-2 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE, (MHz)
LO, RF 1-1000

IF DC-1000

CONVERSION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX.

One octave band edge

6.0

7.5

Total range

7.0

8.5

ISOLATION, dB

TYP.

MIN.

1-10 MHz LO-RF

50

45

LO-IF

45

40

10-500 MHz LO-RF

40

25

LO-IF

35

25

500-1000 MHz LO-RF

30

25

LO-IF

25

20

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

CJMini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B’klyn.N.Y. 11235(212)769-0200

83-3 REV. ORIG.

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

OMini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E . 1 4th St . B’klyn , N . Y. 1 1 235 (21 2) 769-0200

C94-3 REV. ORIG.

finding new ways. . .
setting higher standards

C3Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B’klyn, N.Y. 11235(212)769-0200

C71-3 REV. A

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1591

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

reliability and

All Mini-Circuitsf RF signal-processing components
are subjected to rigid quality control procedures
starting from raw material procurement through
product production and final inspection; the objec-
tive — to supply our customers with the finest RF sig-
nal-processing components available. Here's a list
of some of the procedures taken to insure high-
quality performance and product reliability;

A. 100% testing of each diode.

B. 100% testing of each unit.

C. 100% inspection of every solder connection.

D. All transformers bonded to the header for pro-
tection against severe shock and vibration.

E. All diodes, resistors and capacitors bonded to
the header for protection against severe shock
and vibration conditions.

F. Diode and resistor power dissipation derated
greater than 50%.

G. All components rated for greater than + 125°C.

H. All transformer leads double wrapped.

I. Heavy coated wire insulation for HiPot/altitude.

J. Completely encapsulated for protection
against mechanical shock and vibration as well
as temperature shock.

K. Permanent case marking of model number can-
not be removed by cleaning agents,

L. Cupro-Nickel case for long-lasting finish es-
pecially under salt atmosphere conditions.

Every unit shipped from Mini-Circuits carries
a full-year guarantee; in fact, our industry-
standard SRA-1 mixer offers an exclusive
three-year guarantee.

hi-rel components

High-temperature, Reverse-bias (HTRB) testing is an
accelerated-life screening test generally reserved
for space applications. Here the Schottky and PIN
diodes are subjected to a one-volt negative bias at
150°C for 168 hours. The objective of this acceler-
ated aging stress is to force time/temperature-
related failures and thus screen out potentially unre-
liable devices; in conventional "baking" processes,
the diode does not experience anywhere near the
stress imposed by the HTRB program. The result:
highly-reliable Schottky and PIN diodes ready for
wiring into assemblies.

Next, the assembled units are subjected to addi-
tional testing procedures including

(1 ) burn-in for 96 hours at 1 00°C with 8 ma at 1 KHz

(2) thermal shock per MIL-STD 202, Method 107

(3) Gross and fine leak tests according to MIL-STD
202, Test Method 112B, Conditions A and C

As a consequence of the above HTRB, final seal, and
burn-in testing, Mini-Circuits components offer an
unprecedented high level of reliability. In fact, Mini-
Circuitsf industry-standard SRA-1 is the only double-
balanced mixer in the world to be offered with an
exclusive three-year guarantee.

TX mixers

For the most critical space, military or industrial ap-
plications in hostile environments, Mini-Circuits of-
fers TX mixers. Stringent screening and stressing are
applied to the TX mixers which employ TX hermet-
ically-sealed diodes that have passed the following
tests per MIL-STD-750:

(1) high-temperature storage for 340 hours at 1 50°C,
Method 1032; (2) thermal shock, Method 1051, Test
Condition C (- 65°Cto +150°C, 10 cycles); (3) con-
stant acceleration. Method 2006, Y1 orientation,
20,000 G's; (4) fine leak, Method 1071, Condition H; (5)
gross leak. Method 1071, Condition C; (6) burn-in for
96 hours at 25°C, 75mW/junction at 60 Hz, Method
1038, Condition B.

Those diodes that pass these rigid tests are then
electrically tested to ensure that they meet specifi-
cations. They are then assembled into TX mixers
which are then further exposed to these stress tests:
(l)thermal shock, MIL-STD 202, Method 107; (2) burn-
in for 96 hours at 100°C, with 8 ma atl KHz; (3) gross
and fine leak, MIL-STD 202, Method 1 1 2B, Conditions
A and C

The SRA-1TX is the first off-the-shelf TX mixer in the
industry available for immediate delivery. All other
Mini-Circuitsf mixers are available with TX screening
and testing,

C^Mini-Circuits P.O. BOX 166, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212) 934-4500

1*1592

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

quality control

how Mini-Circuits achieves high reliability

environmental specifications

All MCL components are manufactured under ex-
acting quality assurance and control standards.
They will meet or exceed published specifications
over the operating temperature range of - 54° to
+ 100°C, and after being subjected to any or all of
the following physical or environmental tests of MIL-
STD 202E which are applicable.

TEMPERATURE CYCLING:

— 65° to +125°C 102 C

ALTITUDE: 656,000 feet 105 G

(2) HUMIDITY: 90% RH, 65°C 106

THERMAL SHOCK:

- 65°C to + 1 25°C 107 B

(1) (2) SEAL: Less than 10 5 Atm. cc/sec 1 12 A

DROP: Random, 45 min. 203

VIBRATION:

2 to 2,000 cps, 20g, 12 hrs. 204 D

SOLDER HEAT: 260°C, 10 sec. 210 B

(1) SOLDERABILITY: 95% coverage 208

TERMINAL TENSILE STRENGTH:

416 lbs., 10 sec. 211 A

(1) TERMINAL FATIGUE: 2 lbs., 3 cycles 21 1 C

MECHANICAL SHOCK: lOOg, 6ms 213 I

SOLVENT RESISTANCE:

Alcohol, Trichloroethan, Freon 215

NOTE:

(1) These specifications do not apply to coaxial connector models.

(2) Exceptions are non-hermetic case styles 6, 38, 46.

absolute maximum ratings

OPERATING AND STORAGE TEMPERATURE - 55°C to + 1 00°C
PIN TEMPERATURE (1 0 sec) + 260°C

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1593

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

eliminating guesswork in systems design

CAPD (computer-automated performance data)

Today, RF and Microwave subsystem and system de-
signs must be more precisely detailed as perform-
ance demands become more stringent. Radars must
be more accurate, communications systems must be
more noise-free, and guidance systems must be
more rigorous, and all are required to meet quality
and reliability levels considered unattainable a dec-
ade ago. These new demands place a heavy bur-
den on the design engineer, the project manager,
the quality assurance group...and the suppliers of the
components to be assembled into these systems, In
addition to the stricter performance and reliability
specs, the designer faces escalating costs if, at the
last stages before system delivery, unexpected sur-
prises occur in the form of spurious signals, high VSWR
or other pitfalls not anticipated.

Until now, the designer selected his RF/Microwave
components, such as mixers, power splitters, and ampli-
fiers, using manufacturers' data sheets to provide de-
tailed specs, performance curves, and environmental
ratings. Indeed, the design engineer did receive a work-
able package of information to see how his design
might proceed...but it was not a detailed, close-up look
The reason is simple— it has just been too expensive to
take an enormous number of test points, at a consider-
able number of specific frequencies, tabulate the re-
sults and then repeat at other input levels.

As an example, a two-tone intermodulation distor-
tion chart for mixer performance would require at
least 100 measurement points plus 10 additional cal-
ibration points and would take an experienced tech-
nician at least a half-day to complete.

For those customers who required their data at
specific frequencies or under conditions other than is
offered on the manufacturers' data sheets, extra
charges were justifiably added to offset the addi-
tional labor costs.

Now, a new computer-automated performance
data (CAPD) service offered exclusively by Mini-
Circuits to its customers at no additional charge. Based
on over 20 years of RF test experience and six years of
engineering manpower-hours, the CAPD service pro-
vides detailed specs never available previously on
mixer conversion loss, isolation, VSWR and intermod; for
directional couplers and power splitters, details on in-
sertion loss, isolation, phase unbalance and VSWR vs.
frequency; for amplifiers, VSWR, gain changes and
compression point vs frequency. In fact, all Mini-
Circuits' products are available with CAPD specs.

test setup is self checking

The heavy investment in CAPD, using a Hewlett-
Packard Model 85 computer and HP8566A spectrum
analyzer as key elements, allows the previously-men-
tioned, two-tone IM test to be completed in less than
ten minutes compared with the manually performed
sequence requiring 4-5 hours. Here's how stringent
the computer-automated set up dictates each mea-
surement; each point is measured three times, with a
maximum allowable deviation of less than 0.05 dB
between the three; otherwise the test is repeated. Be-
fore each measurement is taken, the computer
checks the reference voltage level for any variation
due to line voltage, temperature, etc., changes and
compensates as required. Similarly, frequency is
monitored before each test and any drift is automati-
cally corrected. Such continuous and rapid inspec-
tion and correction ensure highly-reliable CAPD
data. And, by using a large number of closely-spaced
frequency points for component measurement, ef-
fects of narrow-band suck-outs or resonances (often
missed with manual test procedures) are immedi-
ately identified.

C^Mini-Circuits

P.O. BOX 166, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212) 934-4500

1*1594

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

□ Mini-Circuits

a close-up view of performance

Whorl's the significance of CAPD to the designer? Is it a
sales "gimmick" or is it truly a design tool? Review
these points and judge for yourself.

A competent RF/Microwave design engineer,
drawing on his experience and expertise over years
of varied projects, still must be concerned with un-
foreseen problems when the prototype is first turned
on. Generation of spurious signals, changes in dc
offset level, affects of LO drive variafions and other
vexing problems often become evident to extend
delivery time and escalate costs. In many instance, a
more precise definition of the component specs
could have pinpointed the potential problem areas;
with CAPD, ifs now possible.

Lefs assume you are specifying a double-bal-
anced mixer for a wideband front-end design, Here
are a number of profound questions you face:

• In a wideband design, the local oscillator (LO) out-
put might vary over the band and could fall below

level requried by the mixer spec. Should you
spend additional money to flatten LO output or do
you boost LO output if it is not sufficient?.., Wouldn't it
be valuable to know exactly how performance will
be affected since you might find performance ac-
ceptable without any additional investment? with
CAPD, a close point-by-point printout of key param-
eters as a function of LO level is available (fig. 1) —
now you can make your decision based on a close-
up, view of LO drive effects on mixer performance.

• How about VSWR over the full range of receiver
specs? Generally mixer VSWR specs are given at one
particular frequency. With manual-test procedures,
ifs a time-consuming task for the components manu-
facturer or systems house; with CAPD ifs available at
no extra charge (fig. 2).

• How does the filter in the design match the mixer IF
output and what is the impedance match in-band as
well as out-of-band where spurious responses be-
come a threat? CAPD VSWR data tells it all. How will
the mixer conversion loss affect receiver sensitivity
over the full frequency range? And, how will flatness
of conversion loss affect the degree of image rejec-
tion in an image-reject mixer? CAPD data (fig. 1) will
pinpoint these details.

If the mixer is being used as a phase detector, it may
be critical to know how dc offset voltage varies with
frequency. Most mixer specs list dc offset at only one
frequency; with CAPD, this parameter is given over
the full range of frequency (fig 4).

• Harmonic and intermod signals invariably plague
your final design. The effects of, for example, a 4th

harmonic of the LO mixing with the 5th harmonic of
the RF is given on many spec sheets, but at a specific
LO and RF level. The effects of LO level changes might
be crucial to your design; with manual point-by-point
testing, extensive and costly technician test time
would be demanded or, more likely, such tests just
won't be performed. With CAPD capabilities, such
intricate interactions are quickly run, and made avail-
able to the designer (fig. 3).

If you are specifying directional couplers and/or
power splitter/combiners in your systems, you can
now closely examine how VSWR, insertion loss, isola-
tion and amplitude/phase unbalance vary at closely-
spaced points over the frequency range of interest,
(fig. 5), You can now evaluate the effects of the VSWR
of the termination at the S-port and, another industry-
first, inspect intermod data of a power splitter caused
by saturation of the cores within the unit.

Amplifier performance is clearly shown with CAPD
data as a function of dc power supply changes,
(fig. 6). You'll be able to closely examine how VSWR,
compression point and gain are influenced by dc
supply fluctuations; this could reduce your power-
supply costs, since it will conveniently point to the
degree of voltage regulation required to meet the
amplifier performance needed. Also, ifs common to
furnish amplifier specs over the frequency band of
interest, but CAPD testing offers an opportunity to
examine the amplifier characteristics, outside the
band to foresee the effects of harmonic and spurious
signals; for example, an amplifier that is flat to 1200
MHz offers what gain and what VSWR for second-
harmonic 2400 MHz signals? Knowing these details
can thwart potential systems problems.

Even a relatively common component such as an
RF transformer is now available with CAPD data,
(fig. 7). The significance...previously insertion loss vs
frequency was considered flat over a specified fre-
quency range. With closely spaced CAPD test prints,
even slight variations which could affect systems per-
formance become apparent.

CAPD is your microscope

Look at CAPD as a microscope, revealing the "real
world" details affecting your design decisions. Most
important, CAPD was involved with one uppermost
objective — to assist you, the design engineer, in pro-
ducing a more effective end product. To accomplish
this, you may require CAPD data at very specific
frequency points not provided by our programmed
steps. Not to worry...just furnish us with precise needs
for your specific application. Be assured we'll do our
best to comply.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1595

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

eliminating guesswork in systems design

CAPD (computer-automated performance data)

mixer conversion loss and isolation

RF

RF-Level

LO

LO

C-LOSS(dB)

LO LO

LO

LO

L-R (dB)

LO LO

LO

LO

L-l (dB)

LO LO

LO

(MHz)

(dBm)

(MHz)

+ 1dBm

+4dBm

+7dBm +10dBm

+ 1dBm

+ 4dBm

+7dBm +10dBm

+1dBm

+4dBm

+7dBm -MOdBm

10.00

- 14.97

40.00

6.84

6.21

5.48

5.73

48.83

51.66

5657

56.14

48.48

51.72

56.14

55.84

35.78

- 14.92

65.78

7.32

6.68

5.71

5.91

49.28

51.47

54.93

54.83

48.04

50.90

54.75

53.93

61.56

- 14.97

91.56

6.96

6.30

5.82

5.76

49.31

50.86

53.42

51.81

48.16

49.62

52.86

51.92

87.34

- 14.96

57.34

6.99

6.38

5.77

5.86

49.40

51.62

54.58

55.74

48.70

50.97

54.02

54.69

113.12

- 14.96

83.12

6.65

673

5.66

6.01

49.23

51.39

54.09

52.15

48.11

50.40

53.81

52.37

138.90

- 14.95

108.90

6.10

5.52

5.81

5.05

49,03

50.58

52.04

50.35

48.10

48.84

51.56

50.73

164.68

- 14.96

134.68

6.49

5.56

5.77

5.16

48.24

49.50

48.19

48.13

47.47

48.08

48.20

48.64

190.46

- 15.02

160.46

6.14

5.41

5.62

5.01

47.61

48.20

46.85

46.44

46.51

47.18

46.27

46.53

216.24

- 14.96

186.24

6.03

5.49

5.85

5.11

47.27

45.80

44.88

45.34

44.96

46.25

44.72

45.78

242.02

- 14.99

212.02

7.11

6.53

5.91

6.05

46.49

44.25

43.74

43.47

44.64

44.80

43.20

43.56

26780

- 14.92

237.80

6.88

6.33

5.79

5.87

45.17

43.44

42.49

42.93

44.18

44.21

42.27

43.21

293.58

- 14.96

263.58

7.08

6.61

6.01

6.17

42.69

4229

40.93

40.87

42.63

42.74

40.33

4079

319.36

- 15.00

289.36

6.97

6.41

6.03

6.04

41.59

4077

38.59

39.64

4175

41.10

39.70

39.51

345.14

- 14.97

315.14

7.41

6.71

5.99

6.26

39.60

39.02

37.93

37.84

41.39

40.74

38.97

38.82

370.92

- 14.95

340.92

7.58

6.91

6.62

6.17

40.15

38.78

37.22

37.21

41.67

39.80

39.26

37.44

396.70

- 15.00

366.70

8.22

7.42

6.93

6.39

39.81

38.10

36.79

35.84

40.85

38.81

37.86

37.46

422.48

- 14.97

392.48

8.46

6.99

7.27

5.57

39.50

38.16

36.76

3579

38.93

36.27

34.74

36.69

448.26

- 14.96

418.26

9.44

7.80

7.76

6.22

39.02

37.60

36.14

36.29

38.29

36.00

34.76

33.54

474.04

- 15.02

444.04

10.04

8.03

8.13

649

39.39

38.03

37.53

3673

36.78

34.93

35.30

33.84

500.00

- 14.92

470.00

10.31

8.43

8.10

6.84

41.24

40.71

40.19

40.14

36.15

34.30

33.89

33.63

FIG.1

mixer VSWR

Freq. VSWR, RF port VSWR, LO port VSWR, IF port

Freq.

LO

LO

LO

LO

LO

LO

LO

LO

LO

(MHz)

+4dBm

+ 7dBm

+10dBm

+ 4dBm

+ 7dBm

+10dBm

+ 4dBm

+7dBm

+10dBm

.500

257

2.52

3.57

3.82

1.37

1.07

5.000

1.16

228

1.16

26789

1.06

1.08

1.25

1.41

2.28

3.09

1.43

1.19

1.09

53.079

1.12

1.13

1.24

1.33

2.10

2.99

1.41

1.24

1.14

79.368

1.18

1.18

1.27

1.37

2.08

3.24

1.46

1.29

1.21

105.658

1.30

1.23

1.43

1.37

2.13

2.82

1.73

1.37

1.37

131.947

1.35

1.29

1.46

1.42

2.16

3.01

1.77

1.47

1.45

158.237

1.41

1.35

1.49

1.47

2.12

3.07

1.82

1.54

1.47

184.526

1.48

1.42

1.53

1.46

2.12

2.73

1.96

1.67

1.59

210.816

1.53

1.47

1.57

1.53

2.16

2,83

2.09

1.74

1.67

237.105

1.78

1.53

1.80

1.53

2.19

2.77

2.67

1.82

1.99

263.395

1.81

1.62

1.84

1.57

2.19

2.61

2.60

1.95

2.00

289.684

1.65

1.70

1.66

1.64

2.19

2.72

2.23

2.07

1.83

315.974

1.82

1.76

1.78

1.67

2.22

2.52

2.74

2.16

2.08

342.263

1.88

1.83

1.84

1.79

2.32

2.55

2.94

225

2.21

368.553

1.96

1.87

1.90

1.77

2.40

2.56

3.15

2.29

2.35

394.842

2.00

1.92

1.91

1.70

2.43

2.44

3.11

236

2.31

421.132

1.75

2.02

1.71

1.66

243

2.54

247

2.48

2.00

447421

1.91

2.04

1.85

1.61

2.40

2.44

3.15

2.41

2.35

473.710

2.06

2.03

1.94

1.57

2.35

2.39

3.56

235

247

500.000

1.94

2.07

1.85

1.47

2.32

2,37

3.12

2.37

2.30

FIG. 2

OMini-Circuits P.O. BOX 166, Brooklyn, New York 1 1 235 (212) 934-4500

1*1596

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Harmonic RF Order

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

□ Mini-Circuits

mixer harmonic intermodulation

(Relative to desired I

RF

CAL

LO at + 4dBm

I IF Output)

LO at +7dBm

RF

CAL

0

0

—

36

17

24

24

29

33

45

49

49

65

57

59

60

65

58

0

0

—

31

17

27

22

28

30

39

49

46

58

57

58

59

66

53

1

0

18

—

33

18

35

31

45

40

52

50

55

58

49

63

54

65

<5 1

0

17

—

37

11

33

37

47

36

50

53

60

58

59

62

61

67

2

74

42

49

41

63

45

57

57

58

55

67

69

72

72

71

70

70

■g 2
2 3

74

48

47

50

52

49

60

56

58

50

69

65

72

73

72

73

71

3

78

66

40

51

35

54

38

57

57

69

63

70

70

72

72

71

71

78

66

56

58

46

57

44

68

60

64

58

72

69

72

74

72

74

4

79

68

72

66

69

63

69

63

69

71

72

67

71

70

70

71

72

Of

O 4

79

71

71

72

70

73

69

70

72

73

73

71

72

71

73

72

73

5

78

72

71

72

65

68

59

60

59

71

70

70

70

71

71

72

72

O 5

78

73

73

72

73

73

71

72

68

72

73

72

72

71

73

72

73

6

77

70

71

71

72

73

72

73

72

71

71

72

71

70

71

70

72

i 6

77

73

71

72

71

73

73

73

73

72

73

72

74

73

73

71

72

7

78

71

69

71

71

71

72

71

71

71

71

71

72

71

72

70

70

u

X 7

78

73

71

72

71

73

73

73

73

72

73

72

74

73

73

71

72

8

78

72

71

71

70

71

71

70

71

72

71

72

71

71

70

72

70

8

78

74

72

72

71

74

74

73

71

72

73

72

72

73

73

72

72

9

80

72

72

68

70

71

71

72

72

71

71

72

71

71

71

72

70

9

80

74

72

73

72

72

72

73

73

73

72

73

72

74

73

72

73

10

80

71

72

71

70

72

71

71

72

73

71

70

72

72

71

72

72

10

80

73

74

73

71

73

73

73

73

72

73

73

74

72

73

74

72

11

79

71

72

72

72

71

70

70

71

72

72

71

73

72

72

72

71

11

79

71

73

73

72

72

72

71

73

72

74

73

73

73

75

72

73

12

79

71

71

72

71

72

71

71

71

71

71

72

71

71

71

70

72

12

79

73

73

72

74

72

73

72

72

73

74

72

71

72

73

73

71

13

78

71

71

71

70

72

71

71

71

70

71

70

72

71

71

71

72

13

78

73

73

73

73

72

73

73

71

72

72

72

73

72

73

73

71

14

80

72

71

72

71

71

71

71

71

70

71

71

71

72

71

72

72

14

80

73

72

73

73

73

73

73

71

72

72

71

72

73

73

72

73

15

73

66

73

71

71

71

71

72

72

72

72

70

70

71

71

73

71

15

73

66

73

72

73

73

73

73

73

73

72

71

71

73

73

72

73

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

0

~T

2

~F

4

~ 5~

6

7

~T

~~9~

10

11

"IF

13

14

15

Harmonic LO Order

Harmonic LO Order

RF

CAL

LOat

+ 10dBm

0

0

—

26

13

25

16

21

21

34

43

38

61

48

54

50

54

47

1

0

19

—

42

10

30

30

39

34

49

50

52

58

57

59

60

64

2

74

63

53

71

59

58

62

58

59

54

71

66

71

73

73

73

74

3

78 •

69

63

70

69

73

64

72

72

70

63

71

71

73

74

74

73

4

79

72

73

74

72

73

73

74

73

72

72

71

72

73

72

73

73

5

78

72

72

74

74

74

72

73

73

72

72

72

73

73

73

72

73

6

77

71

72

73

72

73

73

72

73

74

73

72

72

72

72

73

72

7

78

72

72

71

73

72

73

73

74

73

73

74

72

71

73

72

72

8

78

72

71

72

72

72

74

73

73

73

73

73

71

72

73

73

73

9

80

74

71

71

71

72

73

73

71

73

73

71

73

73

72

73

73

10

80

73

73

72

72

74

72

73

71

74

74

73

74

71

74

73

71

11

79

73

73

72

73

73

73

71

70

74

73

72

72

74

74

73

72

12

79

73

73

73

73

73

73

72

71

73

74

73

73

72

72

71

73

13

78

73

73-

74

72

73

72

73

72

72

71

73

74

72

73

73

73

14

80

72

73

72

74

74

74

73

71

72

73

71

72

72

74

73

72

15

73

66

73

73

73

72

73

73

73

72

73

73

72

72

73

72

73

0

1

~2

3

4

5

6

~T

~8~

~T

15"

11

IT

IF

14

15

Harmonic LO Order

FIG. 3

test conditions

RF = 400.1 MHz at -10dBm

LO = 370.01 MHz at + 7dBm

For other test frequencies, contact factory.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1597

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

eliminating guesswork in systems design

JgtlCAPD (computer-automated performance data)

3RA-1A mixer

mixer phase detection (+7 dBm)

max. output/DC offset Vs, freq.

Freq.

max. DC output

DC offset

(MHz)

mV

mV

10.00

-262.53

- .57

30.42

-263.46

- .54

50.83

-260.71

- .54

71.25

-260.38

- .51

91.67

-264.70

- .46

112.08

-265.05

- .42

132.50

-266.23

- .38

152.92

-263.79

- .34

173.33

-263.92

- .34

193.75

-268.92

- .37

214.17

-274.08

- .32

234.58

-276.75

- .33

255.00

-275.81

- .53

275.42

-270.65

- .63

295.83

-266.67

- .35

316.25

-256.71

- .52

336.67

-251.84

- .82

357.08

-236.17

- .63

377.50

-228.06

-1.01

397.92

-217.55

-1.38

418.33

-214.55

-1.88

438.75

-214.43

-1.58

459.17

-210.65

-1.86

479.58

-206.27

-2,74

500.00

-204.64

-2.69

output voltage Vs. phase, 1 0 MHz

Phase,

output.

degrees

mV

Odeg.

- 262 mVOLT

10 deg.

- 258 mVOLT

20 deg.

-246 mVOLT

30 deg.

-227 mVOLT

40 deg.

-200 mVOLT

50 deg.

-168 mVOLT

60 deg.

-131 mVOLT

70 deg.

-89 mVOLT

80 deg.

-45 mVOLT

90 deg.

0.6 mVOLT

100 deg.

46 mVOLT

110 deg.

90 mVOLT

120 deg.

132 mVOLT

130 deg.

169 mVOLT

140 deg.

202 mVOLT

150 deg.

228 mVOLT

160 deg.

247 mVOLT

170 deg.

259 mVOLT

180 deg.

263 mVOLT

190 deg.

259 mVOLT

200 deg,

247 mVOLT

210 deg.

228 mVOLT

220 deg.

292 mVOLT

230 deg.

169 mVOLT

240 deg,

132 mVOLT

250 deg.

90 mVOLT

260 deg.

46 mVOLT

270 deg.

0.6 mVOLT

280 deg,

-45 mVOLT

290 deg.

-89 mVOLT

300 deg.

-131 mVOLT

310 deg.

-168 mVOLT

320 deg.

- 200 mVOLT

330 deg.

-227 mVOLT

340 deg.

- 246 mVOLT

350 deg.

-258 mVOLT

360 deg,

-262 mVOLT

FIG. 4

OMini-Circuits

P.O. BOX 166, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212) 934-4500

1*1598

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

*****

TSC-2-1 ^14-1

□ Mini-Circuits

ZHL-1A

power splilter/combiners

model TSC-2-1

RF transformers

model T4-1

Insertion loss.

Amplitude Unbalance, Islolation

VSWR

Insertion loss

MHz

REF.

(dBm)

S-1

(dB)

S-2

(dB)

Unbal.

(dB)

ISO

(dB)

MHz

S

1

2

MHz

REF. (dBm)

I.L. (dB)

1.00

- 4.99

3.25

3.21

-.04

36.02

5.00

1.12

1.12

1.12

.200

- 14.95

3.29

22.00

- 4.95

3.20

3.20

0.00

46.30

25.78

1.13

1.11

1.11

.350

- 14.92

2.34

43.00

- 4.97

3.24

3.21

-.03

40.42

46.56

1.13

1.10

1.10

2.001

- 15.03

1.58

64.00

- 4.99

3.25

3.25

0.00

36.77

67.34

1.12

1.09

1.09

18.612

- 14.97

1.21

85.00

- 4.92

3.30

3.29

-.01

34.79

88.12

1.12

1.09

1.09

37.021

- 14.99

1.30

106.00

- 4.99

3.28

3.28

0.00

33.30

108.90

1.12

1.09

1.09

55.433

- 15.03

1.37

127.00

- 5.06

3.29

3.32

.03

32.27

129.68

1.11

1.08

1.10

73.843

- 14.99

1.39

148.00

- 5.02

3.31

3.33

.02

31.51

150.46

1.11

1.08

1.10

92.253

- 15.02

1.49

169.00

- 5.02

3.31

3.36

.05

30.95

171.24

1.10

1.08

1.11

100.001

- 14.99

1.50

190.00

- 5.08

3.30

3.40

.10

30.64

192.02

1.10

1.08

1.12

110.661

- 14.96

1.67

211.00

- 4.91

3.30

3.44

.14

30.51

212.80

1,09

1.08

1.14

129.070

- 15.06

1.71

232.00

- 4.91

3.30

3.47

.17

30.62

233.58

1.10

1.09

1.16

147.480

- 14.98

1.73

253.00

- 4.99

3.33

3.49

.16

31.06

254.36

1.11

1.11

1.16

165.890

- 15.09

1.85

274.00

- 4.96

3.34

3.52

.18

31.94

275.14

1.12

1.13

1.18

184.310

- 14.93

2.04

295.00

- 5.03

3.32

3.57

.25

33.35

295.92

1.15

1.15

1.21

202.720

- 15.00

2.07

316.00

- 4.95

3.39

3.62

.23

35.36

316.70

1.18

1.18

1.24

221.131

- 15.09

2.12

337.00

- 5.02

3.39

3.67

.28

39.90

337.48

1.22

1.21

1.28

239.540

- 14.94

2.29

358.00

- 4.95

3.40

3.78

.38

45.13

358.26

1.27

1.24

1.31

257.850

- 15.06

2.43

379.00

- 5.00

3.44

3.83

.39

40.23

379.04

1.32

1.28

1.35

276.359

- 14.93

2.49

400.00

- 4.00

3.49

3.97

.48

32.15

400.00

1.39

1.33

1.40

294.770

- 15.03

2.54

FIG. 5

299.999

313.180

331.590

- 15.03

- 15.03

- 15.09

2.59

2.71

2.79

350.000

- 14.96

2.81

REMARK ; 2 units connected back to back

power amplifiers

model ZHL-1A

FIG, 7

FREO

(MHz)

12V

GAIN (dB)
15V 20V

24V

12V

REVERSE GAIN (dB)
15V 20V

24V

12V

VSWR (IN)
15V 20V

24V

12V

VSWR (OUT)
15V 20V

24V

2.00

17.90

18.27

18.46

18.52

29.03

29.07

28.96

28.88

1.09

1.13

1.14

1.14

1.10

1.16

1.15

1.15

28.21

17.88

18.27

18.48

18.52

29.53

29.72

29.54

2924

1.09

1.11

1.13

1.14

1.20

1.19

1.19

1.18

54.42

17.88

18.33

18.54

18.59

29.57

29.62

29.58

29.39

1.12

1.12

1.13

1.14

1.24

1.24

1.24

1.24

80.63

17.94

18.41

18.65

18.70

29.91

29.78

29.64

29.56

1.19

1.17

1.16

1.16

1.30

1.29

1.30

1.30

106.84

17.90

18.41

18.69

18.78

29.85

30.12

29.97

29.75

1.31

1.24

1.21

1.21

1.36

1.36

1.37

1.37

133.05

17.91

18.42

18.75

18.83

30.02

30.06

30.15

29.87

1.42

1.32

1.28

1.27

1.41

1.41

1.42

1.44

159.26

17.68

18.34

18.71

18.81

30.25

30.32

30.03

30.00

1.56

1.42

1.36

1.34

1.46

1.48

1.50

1.52

185.47

17.64

18.34

18.78

18.84

30.50

30.36

30.12

29.99

1.71

1.553

1.45

1.43

1.50

1.53

1.57

1.60

211.68

17.52

18.25

18.74

18.82

30.50

30,64

30.19

30.05

1.83

1.63

1.52

1.50

1.51

1.56

1.63

1.67

237.89

17.46

18.20

18.73

18.81

30.85

30.64

30.35

30,32

1.96

1.72

1.59

1.57

1.52

1.58

1.67

1.73

264.10

17.34

18.09

18.66

18.74

30.99

30.75

30.40

30.43

2.04

1.79

1.64

1.62

1.48

1.56

1.66

1.75

290.31

17.28

18.03

18.58

18.69

31.08

30.89

30.66

30.58

2.14

1.86

1.69

1.66

1.44

1.53

1.66

1.76

316.52

17.33

18.08

18.69

18.79

30.64

30.77

30.51

30.49

2.16

1.88

1.70

1.67

1.40

1.50

1.64

1.75

342.73

17.32

18.06

18.69

18.79

30.50

30.44

30.41

30.44

2.17

1.87

1.69

1.65

1.33

1.43

1.59

1.71

368.94

17.30

18.04

18.71

18.79

30.09

3023

30.24

3027

2.09

1.81

1.63

1.59

1.27

1.35

1.49

1.62

395.15

17.23

18.02

18.67

18.82

29.81

29.95

29.91

30.18

2.03

1.75

1.57

1.53

1.24

1.28

1.41

1.55

421.36

17.32

18.13

18.83

18.98

29.19

29.36

29.52

29.85

1.96

1.68

1.49

1.44

1.32

1.29

1.36

1.50

447.57

17.37

18.23

18.96

19.08

. 28.50

28.79

29.05

29.22

1.90

1.61

1.41

1.36

1.47

1.36

1.34

1.43

473.78

17.17

18.10

18.90

19.08

27.94

28.28

28.64

28.82

1.93

1.64

1.42

1.37

1.68

1.51

1.39

1.42

500.00

17.07

18.14

19.06

19.26

27.68

27.17

28.22

28.50

2.07

1.79

1.57

1.54

1.01

1.79

1.61

1.58

FIG. 6

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1599

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

i

No.l Mixer

SRA-1 , the world’s only mixer 3-year guaranteed and

screened for HTRB, thermal shock, burn-in, andhermetidty.

MIL-M-28837 performance* at only $ 11 95 ( i-49)

Our 3-year guarantee is still unique today...
even though we have been offering it for the past five years.
Here is how we achieve it. The diodes are the most critical component
in the mixer. So to start, we use an accelerated life screening test generally
reserved only for space applications. The HTRB-screened Schottky diodes are
subjected to a one-volt negative bias at 150° C for 168 hours, a stress
designed to accelerate ageing and force time-related failures —
thus screening out potentially unreliable diodes.

In addition, further stressing and testing are performed on the assembled unit.

Each completed SRA-1 experiences:
1. Bum-in for 96 hours at 100° C with 8 mA at 1 KHz.
2. Thermal shock. 3. Gross and fine leak tests (per MIL-STD 202).

Don’t settle for an imitation.
Specify Mini-Circuits’ SRA-1, the only double-
balanced mixers with a three-year guarantee. Immediate delivery, of course.

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

^Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)769-0200
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

SRA-1 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE (MHz)

LO 0.5-500

RF 0.5-500

IF DC-500
CONVERSION LOSS (dB)

TYR

MAX

1-250 MHz

5.5

7.0

0.5-500 MHz

6.5

8.5

ISOLATION (dB)

TYP

MIN.

0.5-5 MHz

LO-RF

50

45

LO-IF

45

35

5-250 MHz

LO-RF

45

30

LO-IF

40

25

250-500 MHz

LO-RF

35

' 25

LO-IF

30

20

MIN. ELECTRONIC ATTENUATION (20 mA) 3 dB Typ.
SIGNAL 1 dB COMPRESSION LEVEL +1 dBm
IMPEDANCE All Ports, 50 Ohms
LO POWER +7 dBm

'Units are not QPL listed

55 REV C

1*1600

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

tough

flat pack mixers

. . . innovated by Mini-Circuits for rugged applications

Rugged Pins ^

heavier 25 mil. ■
dia. leads resists
wire breakage

Guaranteed

for hermeticity

every unit must
pass MIL-STD 202
test method 112B
condition A and C

withstands

wave soldering^x^
punishment

reliable pc board
assembly eliminates
open circuits common
with conventional
flat packs. Every
unit subjected to
thermal shock testing
MIL-STD 202 method

stronger/
glass seals

prevents
cracking
when leads
are bent and
handled.

tough \
competitive pricing

only $ 14 95 (6-24)
y 2 to Vs
the cost of
conventional
flat packs

Model LMX-1 13
Superior Electrical
''Characteristics

FREQUENCY RANGE, (MHz)

LO, RF 5-1000

IF DC-1000

CONVERSION LOSS, dB TYP. MAX.
one octave from band edge 6.2 7.0

total range 7.0 8.0

ISOLATION, dB TYP. MIN.

5-50 MHz LO-RF 50 45

LO-IF 45 40

50-500 MHz LO-RF 40 30

LO-IF 35 25

500-1000 MHz LO-RF 30 20

LO-IF 25 17

SIGNAL ldB Compression Level
OdBm min

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

OMini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)769-0200
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1601

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

mastering the mixer maze...

or selecting the right model for your application.

Mixers are abundant in electronic systems ranging
from inexpensive consumer products to sophisti-
cated military hardware. You'll find them in video
games, TV sets and video cassette recorders as well
as communications gear, test instruments, radar
units and countermeasure systems. Mini-circuits of-
fers well over a hundred different off-the-shelf mod-
els with thousands of variations. Different connector
configurations, tighter specs, Hi-Rel options are
available on request. Improper mixer selection
bears a penalty — underspecify and face marginal
performance; overspecify and pay extra for unnec-
essary performance characteristics.

making the right choice

Simply stated, there are three basic steps —

(1) deciding on a printed-circuit (PC) or connector
version, (2) selecting the mixer level required in the
applications, and (3) picking a model that extends
over the frequency range involved, Sounds simple
enough so lei's examine some of the details.

The first step involves the decision on whether the
mixer will be mounted to a PC board or be con-
nected by cable to other subsystem components,
The next two steps require understanding your spe-
cific needs; so it is strongly recommended that you
organize the requirements for your application and
put it in writing. Decide what frequency range is in-
volved, the LO drive available, the level of harmonic
and two-tone, third-order intermodulation (IM) dis-
tortion you can tolerate and other dynamic range
factors, see Fig. 1.

1 dB compression point
key to mixer level

What does the 1 dB compression point signify? As RF
input level is increased, IF output should follow in a
linear manner. However, after a certain point, IF out-
put increases at a lower rate until mixer output be-
comes fairly constant. The point at which IF output
deviates from linearity with RF input 1 dB is termed
the 1 dB compression point. This figure is useful in
comparing dynamic range, maximum output and
Iwo-tone performance of various mixers. It is a basis
on which mixer level is established.

The 1 dB compression point, which defines the lin-
earity of a mixer at high RF input levels, is relatively
simple to test and thus this parameter is included on
data sheets supplied by all mixer manufacturers. But,

in real life, mixer linearity may be specified in accor-
dance with the intended application. For example,
in a receiver application, two-tone, third-order inter-
mod may be the critical parameter; for TV applica-
tions, percent distortion or intercept point may be
specified; and in an attenuator measurement sys-
tem, compression point may be important for a
given RF input level. With this in mind, the engineer
needs a convenient means to relate the particular
parameter for his application with the published
spec, the 1 dB compression point.

Fig. 1 lists the various ways mixer linearity might be
specified.

FIG. 1

Dynamic range parameters
affecting mixer selection

1. maximum RF input level anticipated

2. percent distortion acceptable

3. intercept point

4. Two-ton, 3rd order IM dB

at dBm, RF input

5. 1 dB RF input compression level

6. LO power available

7. none of the above specified

Lefs convert every parameter with the published
1 dB compression point and then show how simple
it is to select the proper mixer level, see Fig. 2
for Mini-Circuits f mixer level/1 dB compression point
chart.

LEVEL OF MIXER

FIG. 2

THE I dB COMPRESSION POINT AS A
FUNCTION OF THE LEVEL OF MIXER.

OMini-Circuits

P.O. BOX 166, Brooklyn, New York 11235

(212) 934-4500

1*1602

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

1. Maximum RF input level anticipated. If you know
this parameter, simply select the lowest level mixer
whose maximum RF input level exceeds your re-
quirement. For example, if the maximum encoun-
tered RF level is +5 dBm, select a Level 13 mixer,
rated at +7 dBm maximum RF input for 1 dB com-
pression point.

2. Percent distortion. The percent distortion is usually
specified in voltage, Thus, a 0.1% distortion figure
means 0.999 of the input voltage appears at the
mixer output. Next, convert this voltage ratio to a
power ratio in dB by squaring and taking ten times
the log. The resultant figure is the amount cf com-
pression for the specified RF input level. Now this
must be extrapolated to 1 dB compression for a
corresponding RF input level. As a rule of thumb, ex-
trapolation may be achieved by assuming a linear
relationship in dB, between compression and RF in-
put level. So a ten-times increase in compression
corresponds to a ten-times increase in RF input
level.

Let's illustrate with an example using a 0.1 percent
distortion spec at -10 dBm RF input level. The 0,1
percent corresponds to a 0.999 voltage output;
squaring this yields 0.998 power ratio or 0.009 dB.
We, therefore, know that 0.1% distortion at - 1 0 dBm
input means the maximum allowable compression
is 0.009 dB. Extrapolating, using the rule-of-thumb re-
lationship, states that 0.09 dB compression corres-
ponds to an allowable RF of 0 dBm, and further
extrapolating results in 0.9 dB compression at a
maximum allowable RF input level of 10 dBm. So
which mixer level is appropriate? A Level 17S, with
+ 13 dBm RF Input level at the 1 dB compression
point, see Fig. 2.

3. Intercept point.

This parameter is a figure of merit corresponding to
the amount of intermodulation products generated
relative to the desired IF output. An intercept point
can be defined for a second order, third order, fifth
order, product, etc. As a rule-of-thumb, two-tone
third order intercept point is approximately 15 dB
above the 1 dB compression point. So, if the inter-
cept point figure is given, merely subtract 1 5 dB from
this figure and pick a mixer which meets the 1 dB
compression point spec, see Fig. 2.

4. Two-tone, third-order intermodulation (IM).
When a Iwo-tone, third-order IM spec is given, the
intercept point can be calculated. Remember that
for each 10 dB increase in signal level, there is a 20
dB degradation in two-tone, third-order product.
Once the intercept point is calculated, simply sub-
tract 15 dB from the figure to find the 1 dB compres-
sion point and select the appropriate mixer.

5. IdB Rf input compression level.

This key parameter is listed on mixer spec sheets so
merely choose the lowest level mixer that will meet
the requirement.

6. LO drive.

The LO dirve is critical since the function of the LO
drive is to switch the mixer diodes fully on and off for

lowest distortion. So, for optimum performance, se-
lect the mixer level to match the LO drive. Mini-Cir-
cuits conveniently identifies its mixer levels by the LO
drive requirement; thus a Level 7 mixer refers to a LO
drive level of + 7 dBm. If there are constraints on the
LO power available, select the lowest level mixer
closest to the available LO power. For example, if
+ 12 dBm LO drive is available, select a Level 10
mixer.

7. No particular spec to meet.

Choose a Level 7 mixer. Why? Because it is the most
popular and it offers the widest choice of models at
lowest cost.

Freq. range last deciding factor

Once the mixer level has been decided, you may
find a wide variety of models to exercise your deci-
sion making. You may notice models within a series
with overlapping frequency ranges. Why? So you
can choose the optimum mixer for your require-
ment. Each model within a series has a different low-
frequency limit. Select a mixer with the highest low
frequency limit and whose mid-band range best
covers your application.

Specs on the data sheets are given in three ranges.
The lower frequency range, L, covers the lowest
specified frequency to one decade higher; the up-
per frequency range, U, covers the highest fre-
quency to one octave lower and mid-range, M,
covers the frequency between L and U. Thus, a mixer
specified from 0.5 to 500 MHz could offer a low-fre-
quency range of 0.5 to 5 MHz, an upper frequency
range of 250 to 500 MHz, and a mid-range of 5 MHz
to 250 MHz.

What about “Specials"?

Although most Mini-Circuits mixers are 50 ohm de-
vices, models are available in 75 ohms. Need con-
nector types different than those listed for standard
models? No problem. Some applications require
matched mixer pairs that must be amplitude (con-
version loss) and phase matched. Most Mini-Circuits
mixers are tested to within 0.2 dB for the entire pro-
duction run, Not tight enough? Let us know your ex-
act requirement and we'll screen and test to meet it.

In summary, contact us about "special^' and we'll
do our best to satisfy your needs without excessive
cost or delivery date extensions. Sometimes, "spe-
cial" means shipping a quantity of mixers within a
very short time span; since Mini-Circuits is the largest
manufacturer of mixers in the world, this may hardly
be considered "special" and you may be pleasantly
surprised. Try us.

order Mini-Circuits Q&A No. 4 Now...

There’s lots more to mixer specs, applications
and testing. Phone or write for Mini-Circuits’
Q&A #4 for a provocative question-and-an-
swer exchange on these topics.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1603

3450 MICROWAVE COMPONENTS 3450

the lowest priced mixers in the world

for demanding industrial applications

the SBL-1 from Mini-Circuits only $ 3 95

Don’t let the low price mislead you. As the world’s number one manufacturer of
double-balanced mixers, Mini-Circuits has accumulated extensive experience in
high-volume production and testing, a key factor in achieving a successful low
cost/high performance line of products.

The tough SBL-1 covers the broad frequency range of 1-500 MHz with 6 dB
conversion loss and isolation greater than 40 dB. The SBL-1X covers 10-1000
MHz. Only well-matched, hot-carrier diodes and ruggedly constructed
transmission-line transformers are used. Internally, every component is bonded
to the header for excellent protection against shock, vibration and acceleration.

Here are some of the steps taken to ensure quality: Every SBL is RF tested two
times, every solder connection is 100 per cent inspected under a high power
microscope, all transformer leads are double-wrapped, and all components are
rated for more than +100° C operation.

Of course, our one-year guarantee fjndjng new ways

applies to these units. setting higher standards

dMini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World’s largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)769-0200
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

SPECIFICATIONS

SBL-1 *

SBL-1X

FREQUENCY, MHz

LO, RF

1-500

10-1000

IF

DC-500

0.5-500

CONVERSION LOSS

, dB

Top. Max.

Typ. Max.

One Octave from Band Edqe

5.5

7.5

6.0 7.0

Total Range

6.5

8.5

7.0 9.0

ISOLATION, dB

Typ.

Min.

Typ. Min.

Lower Band Edge to

LO-RF

50

40

50 35

Ope Decade Higher

LO-IF

45

35

45 30

Mid Range

LO-RF

45

30

40 25

LO-IF

40

25

35 20

Upper Band Edge to

LO-RF

35

25

30 20

One Octave Lower

LO-IF

30

20

25 20

PRICE

10-49

4.50

5.95

100

3.95

5.50

SIGNAL ldB COMPRESSION LEVEL +ldBM
IMPEDANCE, ALL PORTS 50 ohms
ELECTRONIC ATTENUATION (20mA) 3dB
METAL CASE Non hermetic-seal

53 REV. C

1*1604

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

the world’s smallest hermetically-sealed mixers

40 KHz to 3 GHz, MIL-M-28837 performance

The TFM Series from Mird-Circuits from $ 11 95

Increase your packaging density, and lower your costs., .specify Mini-Circuits
miniature TFM Series. These tiny units 0.5" x 0.21" x 0.25" are the smallest,
off-the-shelf Double Balanced Mixers available today.

Requiring less PC board area than a flat-pack or TO-5 case, the TFM Series offer
greater than 45 dB isolation, and only 6 dB conversion loss.

Manufactured to meet the requirements of MIL-M-28837*, the tiny but rugged
TFM units have become the preferred unit in new designs for military equipment.

MODEL I FREQUENCY, MHz

TFM-2
TFM-3
TFM-4
••TFM- 11
••TFM-12
•■TFM- 15
•■TFM- 150

LO/RF

IF

1-1000

04- 400

5- 1250
1-2000
800-1250
10-3000
10-2000

DC-1000

DC-400

DC-1250

5-600

50-90

10-800

DC-1000

CONVERSION
LOSS dB,
TYPICAL

1 Octave
from Total
Band Edge Range

6.0

5.3
6.0

7.0

6.3

6.0

7.0

6.0
7.5

7.5
6.0

6.5
6.5

ISOLATION dB, TYPICAL

Lower Band Upper Band

Edge Mid Range Edge

LO-RF LO-IF LO-RF LO-IF LO-RF LO-IF

50

60

50

50

35

35

45

55

45

45

30

30

32 33

40 35

50 45

40 35

35 27

35 30

35 30

35 30

30

35

30

25

35

35

35

25

35

25

25

30

30

30

PLUG-IN

FLAT MOUNT

EDGE MOUNT

PRICE

EA. QTY.

11.95 (1-49)

19.95 (5-49)

21.95 (5-49)

39.95 (1-24)
39. 95 (1-24)

49.95 (1-9)

39.95 (1-9)

E-Z Mounting for circuit layouts

Use the TFM series to solve your tight space
problems. Take advantage of the mounting
versatility — plug it upright on a PC board or
mount it sideways as a flatpack.

•••If Port is not DC coupled
■■+10 dBm LO, +5 dBm RF at ldB compression

*Units are not QPL listed

For complete specifications and performance curves refer to the
Microwaves Product Data Directory, the Goldbook, EEM
or Mini-Circuits catalog

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

C3 Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)769-0200
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

68 REV B

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1605

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Double Balanced Mixers

LEVEL 1 Standard Level ( + 7 dBm LO) PC Board Mounting

;::V';L*w»f : Baarfl49ali!

Upper Band Edge

0** Octave

to One

to One

ADOL

’J

RANGE

IttHB

Total

Decade Higher

Mid* Range

:H: Octave lower

DATA

Fin,

PRICE

Model

Nfo* ■£ \

Hand Edge

Rang*

inm

L0IIF

LOIRE

LO/IF

10/RF

{Net* 2) Uywif

$

N*.

mm

I; IF';': ;•••:

Typ. Max.

Typ* Max.

Typ. Min*

Typ. Min.

Typ* Min,

Typ. Min*

Typ, Min.

Typ, Min*

■i mh

Ea. Oty.

SRA SERIES

SRA-1

.5-500

DC-500

5.5 7.0

6.5 8.5

50 45"

45 35

45 30

40 25

35 25

30 20

A

11.95 (1-49)

case outline Fig. 1
(SRA-5, -11.-12

SRA-1TX

.5-500

DC-500

5.5 7.0

6.5 8.5

50 45

45 35

45 30

40 25

35 25

30 20

A

39.95 (1-49)

-Fig. 6)

SRA-1 W

1-750

DC-750

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

50 45

45 30

45 30

40 25

35 25

30 20

B

14.95 (5-24)

SRA11

.1-500

DC-500

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

50 45

45 30

45 30

40 25

35 25

30 20

C

13.95 (5-24)

•SRA-2

1-1000

.5-500

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

45 30

45 30

35 20

35 20

30 20

30 20

D

14.95 (5-24)

SRA-2CM

5-1000

DC-1000

6.0 7.0

6.5 8.5

60 50

50 45

35 30

30 25

30 25

25 20

E

14.95 (1-49)

SRA-3

.025-200

DC-200

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

60 50

45 35

45 35

40 30

35 25

30 20

F

14.95 (5-24)

•SRA-4

5-1250

.5-500

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

50 40

50 40

40 20

40 20

30 20

30 20

D

16.95 (5-24)

•SRA-5

5-1500

10-600

7.0 8.0

7.5 8.5

50 45

45 40

35 30

30 25

30 20

25 15

D

21.95 (5-24)

SRA-6

.003-100

DC-100

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

60 50

60 45

45 30

40 25

35 25

30 20

G

21.95 (5-24)

SRA-8

.0005-10

DC-10

6.5 7.5

7.0 8.5

60 50

60 50

50 40

50 40

45 35

45 35

G

26.95 (5-24)

•SRA-1 1

5-2000

10-600

7.0 8.5

7.5 9.0

50 45

45 40

35 25

30 20

30 20

25 15

D

26.95 (5-24)

•SRA 12

800-1250

50-90

—

6.0 7.5

32 25

30 20

35 25

30 20

35 25

30 20

D

24.95 (5-24)

★SRA-215

.05-1500

.05-500

6.0 7.5

7.0 9.0

25 20

25 20

35 25

35 25

30 20

25 15

—

23.95(5-24)

★SRA-220

.05-2000 .05-500

6.0 7.5

7.0 9.0

25 20

25 20

40 30

40 30

30 20

25 15

—

26.95(5-24)

SBL SERIES

SBL-1

1-500

DC-500

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

50 35

45 30

45 30

40 25

35 25

30 20

H

4.50 (10-49)

case outline Fig. 6

•SBL IX

10-1000

5-500

6.0 7.5

7.0 .9.0

50 35

45 30

40 25

35 20

30 20

25 20

D

5.95 (10-49)

TAK SERIES

TAK5

.01-250

DC-250

5.5 7.0

6.5 8.5

60 50

55 45

50 35

45 30

40 30

35 25

F

18.95 (1-4)

case outline Fig. 4

TAK-5R

.05-200

DC-200

5.5 6.5

6.5 8.0

55 50

50 45

45 35

40 30

45 35

40 30

J

15.95 (5-24)

TAK-6

.5-600

DC-600

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

60 50

55 45

50 30

45 30

40 25

30 20

B

18.95 (1-4)

TAK-6R

5-500

DC-500

6.0 7.0

6.5 8.0

55 50

45 40

45 30

40 25

35 30

30 25

B

15.95 (5-24)

•TAK-7

2-1000

.5-500

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

45 30

45 30

35 20

35 20

30 20

30 20

D

20.95 (1-4)

GRA SERIES

GRA-1

.5-500

DC-500

5.5 7.0

6.5 8.5

50 45

45 35

45 30

40 25

35 25

30 20

P

12.95 (6-49)

case outline Fig. 9

GRA-3

.025-200

DC-200

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

60 50

45 35

45 35

40 30

35 25

30 20

Q

15.95 (6-49)

GRA-6

.003-100

DC-100

5.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

60 50

60 45

45 30

40 25

35 25

30 20

R

22.95 (5-24)

GRA-8

.0005-10.

DC-10

6.5 7.5

7.0 8.5

60 50

60 50

50 40

50 40

45 35

45 35

R

25.95 (5-24)

SAM SERIES

SAM-1

1-600

DC-600

5.5 7.0

6.5 8.5

55 45

50 40

45 30

40 25

35 20

30 20

B

15.95 (1-24)

case outline Fig. 3

SAM-2

1-1000

DC-1000

6.0 7.5

7,0 9.5

55 45

50 40

40 25

40 25

35 20

30 20

B

17.95 (1-24)

SAM-3

.1-500

DC-500

5.5 7.0

6.5 8.5

60 50

50 40

50 35

45 30

35 30

30 20

C

17.95 (1-24)

•SAM-4

5-1250

.5-1000

6.5 8.5

6.5 8.5

55 40

50 40

35 25

35 25

30 20

30 20

D

19.95 (1-24)

•SAM-5

5-1500

.5-1000

6.5 7.5

6.5 8.5

55 40

50 40

35 25

35 25

30 20

30 20

D

24.95 (1-24)

★ LO LEVEL +10 dBm

• IF port is not DC coupled

NOTE 2: Additional specifications for compression level, phase detection, and attenuation are listed on page 7. Environmental specifications
rafej to page 1. SBL series not hermetically sealed.

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice. f Consult factory

•circuits

2625 E. 14th St.. Brooklyn. NY 11235 1212) 769 0200/Dom. Telex 1 25460/lnt'l. Telex 620156

1*1606

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Q Mini-Circuits

TSM

SERIES

TFM

SERIES

m

ASK

SERIES

See page 7 for dimensions

iiiiP

Hq

mmmtv

BANGS

Mi

10/ftF If

CONVERSION
LOSS dB

One Octave

from Total
Band Edge Range
Typ. Max, Typ, Max.

lower Band Edge
to One

Decade Higher
LOIRE 10, 'IF

Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

ISOLATION dB

Mid. Range
LOIRE LD/IF
Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

Upper Band Edge
to One

Octave Lower
LOIRE LOJlf
Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

ADD't t

DATA Pin. PRI C£

(Note 2) Layout $

Fig. Ea. Qty.

TSM SERIES

TSM-1

1-500

DC-500

6.0 7.5

6.5 8.5

60 45

55 45

45 35

40 30

35 25

35 25

N

17.95 (5-24)

case outline Fig. 11

TSM-3

.1-400

DC-400

5.3 7.5

6.5 8.5

60 50

55 45

50 35

45 30

35 25

35 25

0

19.95 (5-24)

TFM SERIES

TFM-2

1-1000

DC-1000

6.0 7.5

7.0 8.5

50 45

45 40

40 25

35 25

30 25

25 20

K

11.95 (1-49)

case outline Fig. 2

TFM-3

.04-400

DC-400

5.3 7.0

6.0 8.0

60 50

55 40

50 35

45 30

35 25

35 25

L

19.95 (5-49)

TFM-4

5-1250

DC-1250

6.0 7.5

7.5 8.5

50 45

45 40

40 30

35 25

30 25

25 20

K

21.95 (5-49)

•TFM-11

1-2000

5-600

7.0 8.5

7.5 9.0

50 45

45 40

35 25

27 20

25 20

25 20

D

39.95 (1-24)

•TFM-12

800-1250

50-90

—

6.0 7.5

35 25

30 20

35 25

30 20

35 25

30 20

D

39.95 (1-24)

*TFM-15

10-3000

10-800

6.3 8.0

6.5 8.5

35 25

30 20

35 25

30 20

35 25

30 20

M

49.95 (1-9)

★TFM-150

10-2000

DC-1000

6.0 8.0

6.5 8.0

32 25

33 20

35 25

30 20

35 25.

30 20

M

39.95 (1-9)

ASK SERIES

ASK-1

1-600

DC-600

5.5 7.0

6.0 8.5

50 40

45 35

35 25

30 20

30 20

25 15

A

5.95 (10-49)

case outline Fig. 12

t Consult factory

MIL— M-28837/1 A SELECTION GUIDE

MIL-M*
28837/1 A-

MCL MODEL NO.

NATIONAL STOCK NO.

01 N

TAK-5R

01S

TAK-5R Hi-Rel

02 N

TAK-6R

02S

TAK-6R Hi-Rel

03 N

SRA-1

NSN 6625-00-008-8272

03S

SRA-1 Hi-Rel

07N

GRA-1

07S

GRA-1 Hi-Rel

09N

SRA-1 W

09S

SRA-1 W Hi-Rel

12N

SRA-8

NSN 5985-01-081-0977

12S

SRA-8 Hi-Rel

TFM-2-408

NSN 5821-01-076-2497

SRA-3

NSN 5895-01-021-5914

SAM-3

NSN 5895-01-062-9973

SAM-5

NSN 5895-01-036-9507

SBL-1

NSN 9058-00-256-6818

v Designer’s
Check List

SRA - Hi-Rel MIL— M-28837
TAK - Low Profile, Hi-Rel MIL — M-28837
SBL - Rugged, Commercial Style
GRA - Compact, Hi-Rel, MIL — M-28837
SAM - Miniature, Hi-Rel, MIL — M-28837
TSM - Low Profile, Miniature, High Rel
MIL— M-28837

TFM - Low Profile, Miniature, Flat Pack or Plug In
Hi-Rel, MIL— M-28837

ASK - Micro Miniature, Flat-Pack, Plastic Case
Commercial Type

at models available for immediate delivery

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1607

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Double Balanced Mixers

LEVEL 1 Standard Level ( + 7 dBm LO) Connector Styles

bmi

from

Total

: Decade HigWr

M<d

Hi Octave

y*er

DATA

Conn,

PRICE'':

HHI

..; m

t-

llBiil

IIP

Range

m

nm

mmmm

UMF :

LDfflF

low v:

Note E)

Layout

h*.

LOfftF

if

*¥P

Max

TVP-

Max

Typ-

Mm

Typ-

Mut

Typ.

Min

ill

Mm.

Typ.

Miiu

Mi«.

Hi

%

6a.

Sty,

ZAD SERIES

ZAD-1

.5-500

DC-500

5.5

7.0

6.5

8.5

50

45

45

35

45

30

40

25

35

25

30

20

A

29

95

(4-24)

case outline Fig. 22

ZAD-1 W

1-750

DC-750

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

50

45

45

30

45

30

40

25

35

25

30

20

N

34

95

(4-24)

ZAD-1 1

.1-500

DC-500

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

50

45

45

30

45

30

40

25

35

25

30

20

0

31

95

(4-24)

•ZAD-2

1-1000

.5-500

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

45

30

45

30

35

20

35

20

30

20

30

20

D

39

95

(4-24)

ZAD-3

.025-200

DC-200

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

60

50

45

35

45

35

40

30

35

25

30

20

S

31

95

(4-24)

•ZAD-4

5-1250

.5-500

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

50

40

50

40

40

20

40

20

30

20

30

20

D

41

95

(4-24)

ZAD 6

.003-100

DC-100

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

60

50

60

45

45

30

40

25

35

25

30

20

T

39

95

(4-24)

ZAD-8

.0005-10

DC-10

6.5

7.5

7.0

8.5

60

50

60

50

50

40

50

40

45

35

45

35

T

44

95

(4-24)

•ZAD 11

5-2000

10-600

7.0

8.5

7.5

9.0

50

45

45

40

35

25

30

20

30

20

25

15

D

51

95

(4-24)

•ZAD 12

800-1250

50-90

6.0

7.5

6.0

7.5

35

25

30

20

35

25

30

20

35

25

30

20

D

51

95

(4-24)

ZLW SERIES

ZLW-1

.5-500

DC-500

5.5

7.0

6.5

8.5

50

45

45

35

45

30

40

25

35

25

30

20

A

39

95

(4-24)

case outline Fig. 21

*ZLW-1W

1-750

DC-750

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

50

45

45

30

45

30

40

25

35

25

30

20

B

44

.95

(4-24)

ZLW-1 1

.1-500

DC-500

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

50

45

45

30

45

30

40

25

35

25

30

20

C

41

.95

(4-24)

ZLW-2

1-1000

DC-1000

6.0

7.5

7.0

9.5

55

45

50

40

40

25

40

25

35

20

30

20

B

44

.95

(4-24)

ZLW-3

.025-200

DC-200

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

60

50

45

35

45

35

40

30

35

25

30

20

F

41

.95

(4-24)

•ZLW-5

5-1500

.5-1000

6.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

55

40

50

40

35

25

35

25

30

20

30

20

D

51

.95

(4-24)

ZLW-6

.003-100

DC-100

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

60

50

60

45

45

30

40

25

35

25

30

20

G

49

.95

(4-24)

ZLW-8

.0005-10

DC-10

6.5

7.5

7.0

8.5

60

50

60

50

50

40

50

40

45

35

45

35

G

54

.95

(4-24)

•ZLW-1 1

5-2000

10-600

7.0

8.5

7.5

9.0

50

45

45

40

35

25

30

20

30

20

25

15

D

61

.95

(4-24)

•ZLW 12

800-1250

50-90

—

—

6.0

7.5

35

25

30

20

35

25

30

20

35

25

30

20

D

61

.95

(4-24)

• IF Port is not DC coupled.

NOTE 2: Additional specifications for compression level, phase detection, and attenuation are listed on page 7. Environmental specifications
.rejer to page 1.

■ Lower Band 1. 5-2.0 GHz, Mid Band 2-3,7 GHz, Upper Band 3.7-4.2 GHz
☆ +10 dBm LO, +5 dBm RF.

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

f Consult factory

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

0 1

l 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

.1

1 10 100

1000

Frequency, MHz

L0 Power, dBm

Frequency, MHz

SjlHHircuitS:

2628 E. 14th $t;, Snjoljfyh, MY 1 1235 (212) ?69 j9280j|)6m.

1*1608

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

MIL-M-28837/1A SELECTION GUIDE TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1609

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Double Balanced Mixers

LEVEL 2 High Level ( + 17 dBm LO) PC Board Mounting

SAM-H

SERIES

GRA-H

SERIES

SRA-H

SERIES

See page 7 for dimensions

No.

FREQUENCY

RANGE

M*fc

1118111

111

CONVERSION
iOSS dB

from Total
Band Edge Range !
Typ. Max, Typ, Max.

lower Band Edge
to One

hi;: Decade Higher
10 RF LO/IF
Typ, Min. Typ. Min.

ISOLATION dB

Mid. Range
LOIRE 10/IF
Typ. Min. Typ, Min.

:• Upper Band Edge
to One

Octave tower
LOIRE LOAF
Typ. Min. Typ. Min

Pm.

ADDL

: 0ATA: Pin. prici
(Note 2 ) layout $

■■ Fig. Ea. Qty

SRA-H

SRA-1 H

.5-500

DC-500

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

55

45

45

35

45

30

40

30

35

25

30

20

AA

$17.95 (5-24)

outline

SRA-1 WH

1-750

DC-750

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

50

40

45

35

45

25

40

20

35

25

30

20

AA

21.95 (5-24)

Fig. 1

SRA-1 HA

2-400

DC-400

6.0

7.5

7.0

8.5

50

40

45

35

40

30

35

25

30

25

25

20

BB

19.95 (5-24)

SRA-2H

2-1000

DC-1000

6.0

7.5

8.5

10

50

40

45

35

35

25

30

20

35

25

25

20

CC

29.95 (5-24)

SRA-3H

.05-200

DC-200

5.5

7.0

5.5

7.5

55

45

45

35

45

30

40

30

35

25

30

20

DD

19.95 (5-24)

SRA-3HA

.1-100

DC-100

5.0

7.0

6.0

8.5

55

45

50

40

40

30

35

25

30

25

25

20

EE

17.95 (5-24)

•SRA11H

10-3000

10-1000

8.0

10

10

12

27

20

27

20

25

18

25

18

23

16

23

16

. FF

39.95 (1-24)

GRA-H

■GRA-1 H

.5-500

DC-500

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

55

45

45

35

45

30

40

30

35

25

30

20

KK

18.95 (5-24)

case

outline

■GRA-3H

.05-200

DC-200

5.5

7.0

5.5

7.5

55

45

45

35

45

30

40

30

35

25

30

20

LL

20.95 (5-24)

Fig. 8

GRA-6H

.01-50

DC-50

5.5

6.0

5.5

7.0

50

45

50

40

47

40

47

35

35

30

32

25

MM

26.95 (5-24)

SAM-H

SAM-1 H

1-600

DC-600

6.0

7.5

6.5

8.5

55

45

50

40

40

25

35

25

35

20

30

20

GG

20.95 (1-24)

case

outline

SAM-2H

5-1000

DC-1000

6.7

8.0

7.5

9.5

55

45

50

40

40

25

35

20

35

20

25

15

HH

35.95 (1-24)

Fig. 3

SAM-3H

.1-500

DC-500

5.5

7.0

6.5

8.0

55

45

50

40

40

25

35

20

30

20

20

15

JJ

20.95 (1-24)

• IF port is not DC coupled.

■ GRA-1 H; exact electrical and mechanical replacement for M9B, M93. GRA-3H; exact electrical and mechanical replacement for M9A, M9AC.

NOTE 2: Additional specifications for compression level, phase detection, and attenuation are listed on page 7. Environmental specifications
rerer to pdQG 1 .

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice. ^ Q 0nsu || factory

MIL-M-28837/1 A SELECTION GUIDE

MIL-M-
28837/1 A-

MCL MODEL NO.

NATIONAL STOCK NO.

05N

GRA-3H

05S

GRA-3H Hi-Rel

06 N

GRA-1 H

06S

GRA-1 H Hi-Rel

08 N

SRA-1 H

6625-00-594-0223

08S

SRA-1 H Hi-Rel

ION

GRA-1 H

10S

GRA-1 H Hi-Rel

SRA-1 WH

5840-00-576-0716

SRA-2H

5895-01-063-1078

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

CONVERSION LOSS vs FREQUENCY

Frequency. MHz

CONVERSION LOSS vs LO POWER

N

X.

.

Zj

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

--1H

—

—

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

L0 Power, dBm

G3 Mini-Circuits

2625fj<f4tt)$t., BrQoklyn.NYI 1235 (212|769 0200)Dom. Telex t25460/»nt'l. Telex 620156 :

1*1610

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

□ Mini-Circuits

mm

No,

ZAD-H

ZAD 1H

.5-500

DC-500

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

55

45

45

35

45

30

40

30

35

25

30

20

AA

$35.95

(4-24)

case

outline

ZAD-1WH

1-750

DC-750

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

50

40

45

35

45

25

40

25

35

25

30

20

AA

39.95

(4-24)

Fig. 22

ZAD-2H

2-1000

DC-1000

6.0

7.5

8.5

10

50

40

45

35

35

25

30

20

35

25

25

20

CC

49.95

(4-24)

ZAD-3H

.05-200

DC-200

5.5.

7.0

5.5

7.5

55

45

45

35

45

30

40

30

35

25

30

20

DD

37.95

(4-24)

•ZAD 11H

10-3000

10-1000

8.0

10

10

12

27

20

27

20

25

18

25

18

23

16

23

16

FF

81.95

(4-24)

ZLW-H

ZLW-1 H

.5-500

DC-500

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

55

45

45

35

45

30

40

30

35

25

30

20

AA

45.95

(4-24)

case

outline

ZLW-1WH

1-750

DC-750

5.5

7.5

6.5

8.5

50

40

45

35

45

25

40

25

35

25

30

20

AA

49.95

(4-24)

Fig. 21

ZLW-2H

2-1000

DC-1000

6.0

7.5

8.5

10

50

40

45

35

35

25

30

20

35

25

25

20

CC

59.95

(4-24)

ZLW-3H

.05-200

DC-200

5.5

7.0

5.5

7.5

55

45

45

35

45

30

40

30

35

25

30

20

DD

47.95

(4-24)

•ZLW-1 1H

10-3000

10-1000

8.0

10

10

12

27

20

27

20

25

18

25

18

23

16

23

16

FF

91.95

(4-24)

frequency

RANGE
MH i

LQJBF

lif:;!

CONVERSION
LOSS dB

One Octave

from Total
Band Edge Range
Typ. Max. Typ. Max.

Lower Band Edge
to One

Decade Higher
10/RF 10/IF

Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

ISOLATION dB

Upper Band Edge
to One

Mid. Range Octave Lower

LQ/BF LO/IF 10/RF LO/IF
Typ. Min. Typ Min. Typ. Min Typ. Min;

ADD! T

DATA -Conn. PRICE
(Note 2| Layout $

Ml Kg. fa. Qty.

t Consult factory

MIL-M-28837/1 A SELECTION GUIDE

MCL MODEL NO.

NATIONAL STOCK NO.

ZAD-1WH

ZLW-1 H

ZLW-1 H-B

5895-01-045-4647

5985-01-080-7637

5962-01-045-7500

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

CONVERSION LOSS vs L0 POWER

>

\

> —

p

k —

— —

— —

--1H

1

;

!

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

RF Input Level, dBm Frequency, MHz

all models avaihble for immediate delivery

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1611

Conversion Loss, dB Conversion Loss, dB

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Double Balanced Mixers

LEVEL 3 Very High Level ( + 17 dBm LO) PC Board Mounting

* %

TFM-H TAK-H

SERIES SERIES See page 7 for dimensions

Model

No.

i Frequency

mm

MHz

mm if

mmmmm

LOSS dB

OneRctave
1 from n-"; ; Total
Band Edge Ratine
Typ. Max. Typ. Max.

Lower Band Edge
to One

: l Decade Higher
Typ. Min, Typ. Min;

ISOLATION dB

Mid. Range
10IRF LOAF
lyp. Min Typ. Min.

Upper Band Edge
to One

Octave tower
IQJRF LO/IF

Typ. Min Typ. Min.

ADD! 1

DATA Wn PRICE
(Note 2 1 Layout $

■Ml fig. In oty*

TFM-H

TFM-1H

2-500

DC-500

6.0 7.5

7.0 8.5

50 45

case

outline

TFM-2H

5-1000

DC-1000

6.2 7.0

7.0 10

50 45

Fig. 2

TFM-3H

.1-250

DC-250

5.0 7.0

6.0 8.5

50 45

TAK-H

TAK-1H

2-500

DC-500

6.0 7,5

7.0 8.5

50 40

case

outline

TAK-1WH

5-750

DC-750

6.2 7.5

7.0 9.0

50 40

Fig. 5

TAK-3H

.05-300

DC-300

5.0 7.0

6.0 8.5

55 45

45 40

40 30

35 25

30 20

25 20

1

23.95 (5-24)

45 40

40 30

35 25

30 20

25 17

2

31.95 (5-24)

45 40

40 30

35 25

28 23

26 20

3

23.95 (5-24)

45 35

40 30

35 25

30 25

25 20

4

19.95 (5-24)

45 35

40 30

35 25

30 25

30 20

5

23.95 (5-24)

50 40

40 30

35 25

30 25

25 20

6

21.95 (5-24)

NOTE: 2: Additional specifications for dynamic range and VSWR are listed on page 7. Environmental specifications refer to page 1.
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

t Consult factory

CONVERSION LOSS w FREQUENCY

fi

: n

! ■ .

-L -

-

•ih' i

— 1 j —

—

—

—r — t-

i 1

l —

! !

i

m

: ,i

j ;

_J L_

Frequency, MHz

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

CONVERSION LOSS «s RF INPUT LEVEL

RF at 275 MHz. LO at 300 MHz, +17 dBm

Ml-

— i —

■ 1 . j !

M - i

—

: * i : ;

— i

• i

! ! .^j-lH ;

—

—

t=

— i —

-i—

Lt+=

!-!—

6 8 10 12 14 16 18

RF Input Level, dBm

Frequency, MHz

CONVERSION LOSS vs RF INPUT LEVEL

RF at 490 MHz, L0 at 500 MHz, +17 dBm

L

i

—

E

— -j

1

fcr

E

—

6 8 10 12 14 16 18

RF Input Level, dBm

: vrw ■wiini"^ircuiio

2625 1 14th St., Brooklyn, NY 1 1235 {2121 769 0200IDom. Telex 1 25460llnt'l. Telex 620156

1*1612

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Conversion Loss, dB Conversion Loss, dB

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Mini-Circuits

Connector Styles

ZFM-H

SERIES

ZLW-SH
SERIES

ZAD-SH

SERIES

FREQUENCY

RANGE

MHz

LOfRF IF

CONVERSION
LOSS dB

One Octave

from Total
Band Edge Range
Typ. Max. Typ. Max.

Lower Band Edge
to One

Decade Higher
LOiRF LOIIF
Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

ISOLATION dB

Upper Band Edge
toOae

Mid.Range Octave lower

10/RF LOflF LOIRF LORE

Typ, Min, Typ, Min. Typ, Min. Typ. Min,

ADD! 1
DATA Conn. pfi
(Note 2) layout $

■a % t*.

t Consult factory

CONVERSION LOSS vs FREQUENCY

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

ISOLATION vs FREQUENCY

LO +17 dBm

CONVERSION LOSS vs RF INPUT LEVEL 1

BF at 200 KHz. LO at 307 MHz. +17 dBm

—

-

-

—

—

h—

—

—

—

—

—

—

h

—

F

—

—

F

—

—

WK31

—

SI

HI

Hi

Hi

Hi

Hi

.

y

Hi

HI

Hi

HI

IH

Hi

Hi

H

HI

Hi

Hi

Hi

Hi

IH

55

_

_

_

_

_

IVSWR vs FREQUENCY

Frequency MHz

CONVERSION LOSS vs RF INPUT LEVEL

RF at 200 MHz, LO at 175 MHz, +17 dBm

mz

Hil

H

Hi

’Hi

Hi

Hi

Ua

Hi!

H

Hi

Hi

HP

Hi

HI

Hil

HI

Hii

Hi

Hi

iHI

HK

_

_

zd

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1613

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Double Balanced Mixers

LEVEL 4 Very High Level ( + 23 dBm LO)

No.

FREQUENCY

RANGE

liiiiHlll

LOIRE

IF

Conversion

Total

Range

lower Band Edge
to One

Decade Higher

^ IDfRF LOAF

Typ. Max. Typ. Max. Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

One Octave
from

Isolation dB

i N : ! S Upper Band ; Edge ; ' ;

to One

Mid. Range Octave lower

■ LO/RF L0/1F ; 10IRF tO/lf ■

Typ. Min. Typ. Min. Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

f

ADD‘1 Rtnl
OAT A Conn. PRICE
TNpteffi lay oat $

Wm ~ Ea. Gty.

RAY SERIES

RAY-1

5-500

DC-500

b.l)

7.5

7.5

8.5

55

45

55

45

40

30

40

30

30

25

30

20

00

34.95

(4-9)

case outline Fig. 1

RAY-2

10-1000

DC-1000

7.0

8.5

8.5

10

50

35

50

35

40

30

35

25

35

25

25

20

PP

54.95

(4-9)

RAY-3

.07-200

DC-200

6.0

7.5

6.5

8.0

55

45

55

45

40

30

40

30

30

25

30

20

QQ

34.95

(4-9)

ZAY SERIES

ZAY-1

5-500

DC-500

6.0

7.5

7.5

8.5

55

45

55

45

40

30

40

30

30

25

30

20

00

47.95

(1-9)

case outline Fig. 22

ZAY -2

10-1000

DC- 1000

7.0

8.5

8.5

10

50

35

50

35

40

30

35

25

35

25

25

20

PP

67.95

(1-9)

ZAY-3

.07-200

DC-200

6.0

7.5

6.5

8.0

55

45

55

45

40

30

40

30

30

25

30

20

QQ

47.95

(1-9)

ZMY SERIES

ZMY-1

5-500

DC-500

6.0

7.5

7.5

8.5

55

45

55

45

40

30

40

30

30

25

30

20

00

57.95

(1-9)

case outline Fig. 21

ZMY-2

10-1000

DC- 1000

7.0

8.5

8.5

10

50

35

50

35

40

30

35

25

35

25

30

20

PP

77.95

(1-9)

ZMY-3

.07-200

DC-200

6.0

7.5

6.5

8.0

55

45

55

45

40

30

40

30

30

25

30

20

QQ

57.95

(1-9)

NOTE 3: Additional specifications for compression level, phase detection, and attenuation are listed on page 7. Environmental specifications
page 1.

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

t consult factory MIL-M-28837/1 A SELECTION GUIDE

MIL-M-

28837/1 A-

MCL MODEL NO.

NATIONAL STOCK NO.

04 N

RAY-1

04S

RAY-1 Hi-Rel

RAY-3

5895-01-064-5082

ZMY-2

4935-01-080-7636

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

I 1 1 1 I U_l I I I l i

-2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

RF Input Level. dBm

2625 E. 14th St.. Brooklyn, NY 11235 (212! 769 0200!Dom. Telex 125460flnt'l. Telex 620156

1*1614

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450 MICROWAVE COMPONENTS 3450

Mini-Circuits

LEVEL 5 Super High Level ( + 23 dBm LO)

See page 7 for dimensions

SAY ZFY

SERIES SERIES

FREQUENCY

RANGE

Model mi

No, 10/RF If

SAY SERIES

SAY-1

0.1-500

.01-500

5.3

6.0

5.3

7.5

47

40

47

40

46

35

46

35

40

30

40

30

16

54.95

(1-9)

case outline Fig. 1

SAY-2

0.1-1000

.01-500

5.3

7.5

7.5

9.5

47

40

47

40

40

30

40

25

30

25

25

20

17

59.95

(1-9)

SAY-11

10-2400

5-1000

7.0

8.5

8.0

10

28

20

28

20

26

20

26

20

25

20

25

20

18

64.95

(1-9)

ZFY SERIES

ZFY 1

0.1-500

.01-500

5.3

6.0

5.3

7.5

47

40

47

40

46

35

46

35

40

30

40

30

19

74.95

(1-9)

case outline Fig. 18

ZFY-2

0.1-1000

.01-500

5.3

7.5

7.5

9.5

47

40

47

40

40

30

40

25

30

25

25

20

20

79.95

(1-9)

ZFY 11

10-2400

5-1000

7.0

8.5

8.0

10

28

20

28

20

26

20

26

20

25

20

25

20

21

84.95

(1-9)

LEVEL 6 Ultra High Level ( + 27 dBm LO)

See page 7 for dimensions

VAY-1

SERIES

Model

No,

VAY-1 VAY-1 .05-500 .02-500 6.0 7.5 7.5 8.5 47 40 47 40 46 35 46 35 35 25 35 25 22 5 74.95(1-9)

case outline
Fig. 1

NOTE: 2: Additional specifications for dynamic range and VSWR are listed on page 7. Environmental specifications refer to oaae 1.

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

t Consult factory

all models available for immediate delivery

FREQUENCY

RANGE

MHz

iOiRFr IF

Conversion
Loss riB

One Octave

from Total

Band Edge Range

Isolation dB

lower Band Edge

Decade Higher
10IRF imt

Mid. Range
10/RF LOAF

Upper Band Edge
to Oiie

Octave Lower

Loire Lii?

Typ. Mas. Typ. Max, Typ, Min. Typ, Min. Typ. Mini Typ. Min. Typ. Min. Typ. Mm.

Ami

+0|TA. : :. <. in. : PRICE: I
(Note 2 i layout $

■■ Fig. Ea. Qty.

Conversion
toss dB

One Octave

from Total

Band Edge Range

Isolation dB

Louver Band Edge
to One

Decade Higher
lOiRF lO'IF

Mid. Range
L0/RF 10/IF

Typ. Max. Typ. Max. Typ. Min, Typ. Min. Typ. Min Typ Min. Typ. Min. Typ, Min.

Upper Band Edge

to One ADD'l Pin/

Octave Lower DATA Conn. PRICE

LOIRF IOIIF (Note 2) Layout $

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1615

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Microwave Mixers

Standard Level ( + 7 dBm LO)

MODEL FREQUENCY Z(0hms) COST
ZAM-42 1500 MHz -4.2 GHz 50 $74.95 (1-9)

ZAM-4212 2000 MHz -4.2 GHz 50 $79.95 (1-9)

DESCRIPTION — This series is housed in an extremely
rugged package, and is designed to withstand extreme
environmental and outdoor weather conditions.

Offered with SMA connectors, the size of these units are 2
inches square by 0.75" high.

Designed for use in satellite communication systems, the ZAM
series has optimum performance over the frequency range of
3.7 to 4.2 GHz. Isolation is greater than 20 dB, conversion loss
is typically 7 dB, and an LO power level of only +4 dBm to +7
dBm is required.

Utilizing a new microstrip design the ZAM series is offered at
y 3 to y 2 the price of competitive units. The ZAM units are
available for off-the-shelf delivery.

The breakthrough in price/ performance is a natural extension
of our extensive experience in high-volume manufacturing,
exacting quality-control and computer testing. This expertise
assures you highly reliable mixers with guaranteed
repeatability of performance at lowest cost.

FEATURES

• Broadband: 1.5 GHz to 4.2 GHz

• IF Output: DC to 500 MHz

• Low Conversion Loss: typically 7 dB

• Isolation: typically 25 dB

• Rugged Construction: microstrip circuit in a
milled aluminum structure

• Low Profile: only 0.75" high

• High Reliability: 100% tested, 1 year
guarantee

• Low Cost: only $74.95 in small quantity

APPLICATIONS

• Satellite communications

• Frequency mixing

• Pulse and amplitude modulation

• Phase detection

• Current controlled attenuation

• Bi-phase modulation

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS

• Input Power:

• Operating and Storage Temp.

• Peak IF Input Current:

• Environmental Specifications:

DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTIONS

CONNECTORS: SMA (3mm) standard

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

P

IN

.750

2.00

2.00

1.00

.375

.500

1.00

1.500

1.00

.250

.125

MM

19.05

50.80

50.80

25.40

9.53

12.70

25.40

38.10

25.40

6.35

3.18

-55° C to +100°C
20 mA

See page 1

SPECIFICATIONS

Consult factory for case outlines and schematics.

Frequency Range, GHz

Conversion Loss, dB

Isolation, dB !

L0-RF

L0-IF

Model No.

L0

RF

IF

Over Frequency Band

Typ.

Max.

Over Frequency Band

Typ. Min.

Typ. Min.

ZAM-42

1. 5-4.2

1.5-4.2

DC-0.5

1500-200 MHz

7.0

8.5

1500-2000 MHz

25 20

18 10

2000-3700 MHz

7.0

8.5

2000-3700 MHz

25 17

18 10

ZAM 4212

2.0-4. 2

2. 0-4. 2

DC-1.3

3700-4200 MHz

7.0

8.5

3700-4200 MHz

25 20

18 10

WEIGHT 116grams 4.09ounces

ZMA SERIES

MODEL

NO.

FREQUENCY

RANGE

GHz

L0/RF IF

CONVERSION
LOSS dB

OVER FREQUENCY BAND

Typ.

Max. OVER

ISOLATION dB

L0/RF

FREQUENCY BAND Typ. Min.

LO/IF
Typ. Min.

PRICE

$

EA. QTY.

ZMA-2

1-2.5 DC-. 15

1.4-2 GHz

7.0

8.5

' 1.0-1 .5 GHz

25

20

50 35

63.95

(1-9)

1.0:2.5 GHz

8.0

9.0

1. 5-2.0 GHz

22

17

40 30

2.0-2. 5 GHz

20

15

35 25

ZMA-3

1.4-3.0 DC-. 5

1 .6-2.5 GHz

6.5

8.0

1.4-2.0 GHz

25

20

50 35

67.95

(1-9)

1.4-3. 0 GHz

7.0

9.0

2.0-2.5 GHz

28

18

50 30

2. 5-3.0 GHz

23

15

50 30

WEIGHT

74 grams

2.6 ounces

(m3 Milli-CirCUltS 2625 E. 14tl. St, Brooklyn. NY 11235 1212) 769-0200iDom. Telex 125460/lnt’l. Telex 620156

1*1616

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450 MICROWAVE COMPONENTS 3450

the world’s first 10-3000 MHz mixer

with only 6.5 dB conversion loss

The ZFM-15 from Mini -Circuits $ 79 95 d9)

Specify the ZFM-15 for such applications as wideband ECM re-
ceivers where wide dynamic range is essential; the 1 dB compression
point for the ZFM-15 is +5 dBm. The price/performance of the
ZFM-15 even makes it ideal for narrowband applications including
TACAN and S-Band telemetry.

The miniature ZFM-15 is available in 4 connector versions and 3
mounting configurations. Of course, super mixers come with Mini-
Circuits’ one-year guarantee and are available for immediate delivery.

C3 Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corp.

World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)769-0200
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

ZFM-15 SPECIFICATIONS
FREQUENCY RANGE, MHz
LO 10-3000 RF 10-3000 IF 10-800
LO Power -I- 10 dBm

CONVERSION LOSS, dB

Typ.

Max.

20-1500 MHz

6.3

7.5

10-3000 MHz

6.5

8.5

ISOLATION, dB
(10-3000 MHz)

T $

Min.

LO-RF

20

LO-IF

30

20

SIGNAL 1 dB Compression Level
IMPEDANCE all ports 50 ohms

+5 dBm

VSWR (at ports)

LO

RF

2.1

IF

1.8

CONNECTORS BNC STD, TNC on request
Type N and SMA $5 additional
MOUNTING Thru-hole, Threaded insert. Flange
SIZE 1.25" x 1.25" sq. x 0.75" high

54 REV. C

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1617

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

POWER SPLITTER/COMBINER
SERIES SELECTOR GUIDE

L. PSC-6, PSC-8

Pi*'.;*

ft

ft >

FREQUENCY

SIZE (INCHES)

PRICE FROM

RANGE

CONNECTORS

HxWxL

(QTY.)

2 KHz • 1000 MHz
100 KHz - 650 MHz
2 KHz - 650 MHz
2 KHz • 650 MHz
2 KHz ■ 1500 MHz
0.5 GHz • 4.2 GHz
25 MHz ■ 180 MHz
25 MHz - 180 MHz
25 MHz - 180 MHz
.5 GHz-4.2 GHz
10 KHz - 200 MHz
10 KHz - 200 MHz
10 KHz - 200 MHz
1 MHz -500 MHz
10 KHz - 500 MHz
10 KHz - 200 MHz
10 KHz . 200 MHz

1 MHz - 750 MHz
10 KHz - 1000 MHz

2 KHz - 250 MHz
2 KHz - 250 MHz
1 MHz • 1000 MHz

2. 0-4. 2 GHz

n.i.mmm.wa

I EM I

1.4 x 1.15 x 2.25
1.15 x 0.88 x 1.5

mmsnxEmmt

Hll

m

giU

I— n

itm.-ui.gMl

BNC STD., TNC, SMA

16 Pin

BNC STD., TNC, SMA OPT.
BNC STD., TNC, SMA OPT.

MMm

FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS SEE FOLLOWING PAGES

Q Mini-Circuits 2625 E. 14th St., Brooklyn, NY 11235 (212) 769-0200/Dom. Tolox 125460/Inn. Tolox 620156

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

flat pack splitters

• . . innovated by Mini-Circuits for rugged applications

Rugged Pins

heavier 25 mil.
dia. leads resists
wire breakage

Guaranteed
for hermeticity

every unit must
pass MIL-STD 202
test method 112B
condition A and C

withstands
wave soldering
punishment

conventional pc board
assembly improves
reliability. Every
unit subjected to
thermal shock testing
MIL-STD 202 method 107

Model LPS-109
Superior Electrical
Characteristics

FREQUENCY RANGE, (MHz) 10-500

INSERTION LOSS, dB
(above 3 dB)

TYP.

10-200 MHz

0.4

200-500 MHz

0.6

ISOLATION, dB

25

AMPLITUDE UNBAL.

0.2

PHASE UNBAL.

2°

IMPEDANCE

50 ohms

stronger
glass seals

prevents
cracking
when leads
are bent and
handled

tough

competitive pricing

only $iy 95(5.24)

l/o tr'i 1/tr'r^c^

OMini-Circuits

V 2 to Vscost of

competitive

units

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World’s largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)934-4500
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

C-95 REV A

1*1619

Insertion Loss, dB

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

2 WAY-0 0 PC Board Mounting

For dimensions see
Mixer dimensions
Page 7

PSC-2

SERIES

MSC-2

SERIES

TSC-2

SERIES

ISOLATION dB

INSERTION LOSS tIB

PHASE

AMPLITUDE

Above 3dB

UNBALANCE

h i UNBALANCE

Degree;

m

FREQ.

RANGE

II L =

Low range (f|_to10fL)

M = Mid range (10fi_tof U p/2)

U =

Upper range (f U p/2

to fu

j| t..

•Pint h

MODEL

MHz

' i

M

U

L

M

U

L

M

iiill

iiill

M

■II

2

layout $ .

m

Mu

Typ. Min, Typ. Min.

Typ. Min.

Typ. Max.

Typ, Max.

Typ. Max.

i

i;

Max,

Max. Max. Max,

0

% EA. DTY.

PSC-2

PSC-2- 1

0.1-400

20 15

25 20

25

20

0.2 0.6

0.4 0.75

0.6 1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

.15

0.2

0.3

■ 50

9.95 (6-49)

case

outline

PSC-2 1W

1-650

25 20

35 25

25

20

0.3 0.6

0.5 0.9

0.7 1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

.15

0.2

0.3

50

14.95 (6-49)

Fig. 1

PSC-2-2

0.002-60

27 20

30 20

27

20

0.3 0.6

0.3 0.6

0.6 1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

.15

.25

0.3

50

19.95 (6-49)

PSC-2-4

10-1000

30 25

25 20

25

20

0.6 1.0

0.6 1.2

0.7 1.2

2.0

8.0

20

.15

0.2

0.4

50

19.95 (6-49)

PSC-2375

55-85

—

35 25

—

—

—

0.3 0.5

—

—

1.0

-

-

0.1

-

75

19.95 (6-24)

PSC2-1 75

0.25-300

20 15

30 20

20

15

0.4 0.75

0.4 0.75

0.4 1.0

2.0

3.0

5.0

.15

0.2

0.3

75

11.95 (6-49)

MSC-2

MSC-2-1

0.1-450

20 15

30 20

30

20

0.3 0.5

0.4 0.75

0.6 1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

.15

0.2

0.3

50

16.95 (5-24)

case

outline

MSC-2-1W

2-650

22 18

30 25

22

18

0.3 0.5

0.5 0.8

0.8 1.2

1.0

2.0

4.0

.15

0.2

0.3

50

17.95 (5-24)

Fig. 3

TSC-2

TSC-2-1

1-400

30 25

30 20

25

20

0.25 0.5

0.4 0.75

0.8 1.1

2.0

3.0

4.0

.15

.2

.8

50

13.95 (5-24)

For environmental specifications refer to page 1.
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

f Consult factory

MIL-P-23971/15 SELECTION GUIDE

MIL-P-

NATIONAL

23971/15

MCL MODEL NO.

STOCK NO.

01

PSC-2-1

5820-00-548-0739

02

MSC-2-1

PSC-2-2

5825-01-044-8944

INSERTION LOSS vs FREOUENCY

5 ;

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

I ISOLATION vs FREOUENCY

Frequency, MHz

VSWR vs FREQUENCY

L3 — - ;

njn:::!:

OUTPUT PORT

Frequency, MHz

G3 Mini-Circuits

2625 1. (212) 7690200/Doh*. Telex 25460flnt'l. Telex 620156

1*1620

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Connector Styles

Q Mini-Circuits

ZFSC-2

SERIES

SERIES

ZMSC-2

SERIES

ZSC-2

SERIES

ISOLATION dB

INSERTION LOSS dB
Above 3d8

PHASE

UNBALANCE

Degrees

AMPLITUDE :
UNBALANCE
dB

FRED.

RANGE

MODEL

NO.

MHz

*L*U

ZSC-2

ZSC-2- 1

0.1-400

case

outline

ZSC-2- 1W

1-650

Fig. 22

ZSC-2-2

0.002-60

ZSC-2-4

10-1000

ZSC-2375

55-85

ZSC-2-1-75

0.25-300

ZMSC-2

ZMSC-21

0.1-400

case

outline

ZMSC-2-1W

1-650

Fig. 21

ZMSC-2-2

0.002-60

ZFSC-2

ZFSC-2- 1

5-500

case
outline
Fig. 18

ZFSC-2- 1-75

0.25-300

ZFSC-2- 1W

1-750

ZFSC-2-2

10-1000

ZFSC-2 4

0.2-1000

ZFSC-2-5

10-1500

ZFSC-2-6

0.002-60

ZFSC-2-6-75 0.004-60

GHz

ZAPD-2

ZAPD-1

0.5-1 .0

+case

outline

ZAPD-2

1. 0-2.0

ZAPD-21

0. 5-2.0

ZAPD-4

2.0-4. 2

|L = Low range (f|_to 10fi_) M = Mid range (10fL to f up /2) U = Upper range (f up /2 to f up )

L M U

Typ. Min. Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

20 15
25 20
25 20
25 20

20 15
20 15
25 20
27 20

30 25
20 15
30 20
30 20
20 15
25 15
27 20
30 20

25 19
25 19
25 19
25 19

25 20
35 25
30 20
35 20
35 25
30 20
25 20
35 25
30 20

28 20
30 20
28 20
25 20
25 20
30 20
30 20
35 20

25 19
25 19
25 19
25 19

25 20
25 20
27 20
25 20

20 15
25 20
25 20
27 20

25 20
20 15
25 20
23 18
23 18
25 18
27 20
25 20

25 19
25 19
25 19
25 19

0.2 0.5
0.2 0.5
0.3 0.6
0.2 0.5

0.4 0.75
0.2 0.5
0.3 0.5
0.3 0.6

0.2 0.5
0.4 0.75
0.2 0.5
0.2 0.5
0.2 0.5
0.25 0.6
0.3 0.6
0.5 0.8

0.25 0.6
0.25 0.6
0.25 0.6
0.4 0.8

0.4 0.75
0.5 0.8
0.3 0.6
0.5 0.8
0.3 0.5
0.4 0.75
0.4 0.75
0.5 0.8
0.3 0.6

0.3 0.6
0.4 0.75
0.4 0.8
0.5 1.0
0.5 1.0
0.5 1.0
0.3 0.6
0.4 0.8

0.25 0.6
0.25 0.6
0.25 0.6
0.4 0.8

0.6 1.0
0.7 1.0
0.6 1.0
0.7 1.3

0.4 1.0
0.6 1.0
0.7 1.0
0.6 1.0

0.6 0.8
0.4 1.0
0.8 1.0
0.9 1.2
0.9 1.2
0.8 1.5
0.6 1.0
0.7 1.0

0.25 0.6
0.25 0.6
0.25 0.6
0.4 0.8

2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
— I 1.0
2.0 3.0

3.0 4.0
3.0 4.0

3.0 4.0

4.0 6.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

5.0

2.0
1.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

5.0

4.0
4.0
4.0

4.0 4.0

3.0 5.0

4.0 4.0

4.0 4.0

4.0 4.0

8.0 10.0

3.0 4.0

2.0 3.0

1 —

2 —

2 —

6 —

For environmental specifications refer to page 1. Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

(fup/2

tOf u

ip)

t

Coon,

PRICE

L

M

U

Z

Layout

$

Max, Max,

Max.

Wi

Fig,

EA. QTV.

.15

0.2

0.3

50

—

27.95 (4-24)

.15

0.2

0.3

50

—

32.95 (4-24)

.15

.25

0.3

50

—

37.95 (4-24)

.15

0.2

0.3

50

-

37.95 (4-24)

—

0.1

-

75

—

37.95 (4-24)

.15

0.2

0.3

75

-

29.95 (4-24)

.15

0.2

0.3

50

—

37.95 (4-24)

.15

0.2

0.3

50

—

42.95 (4-24)

.15

.25

0.3

50

—

47.95 (4-24)

.15

.15

.03

50

—

31.95 (4-24)

.15

0.2

0.3

75

—

32.95 (4-24)

.15

.15

0.3

50

—

35.95 (4-24)

.15

.15

0.3

50

—

39.95 (4-24)

.15

.15

0.3

50

—

44.95 (4-24)

.15

0.2

0.5

50

—

49.95 (4-24)

.15

0.2

0.3

50

—

36.95 (4-24)

.15

0.2

0.3

75

—

38.95 (4-24)

0.2

0.2

0.2

50

—

39.95 (1-9)

0.2

0.2

0.2

50

—

39.95 (1-9)

0.2

0.2

0.2

50

—

49.95 (1-9)

0.4

0.4

0.4

50

—

39.95 (1-9)

t

Consult factory

MIL-P-23971 TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

SELECTION GUIDE

MCL

NATIONAL

MODEL NO.

STOCK NO.

ZSC-2-1

5895-01-036-6254

ZSC-2-1 B

5820-00-270-3055

ZSC-2-2-75B

5915-01-012-8162

ZFSC2-2A

6625-01-079-7021

all models available for immediate delivery

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1621

the world’s largest variety of off-the-shelf models

1.5-450 MHz 3°phase unbalance

The 90° Series from Mini-Circuits from $12 95

90° SERIES SPECIFICATIONS

Choose from more than 20 models of 2-way, 90°
power splitters, spanning 1.4-450 MHz, with typically
better than 25 dB isolation and insertion loss less than
0.3 dB. Models are available in hermetically-sealed pin
packages as well as connector versions.

Of course, if you need a “special” for a specific appli-
cation, contact us for a prompt, informative response.
We can supply your needs... at regular catalog prices!

For complete specs, performance curves and appli-
cation information, refer to 1980-1981 MicroWaves
Product Data Directory (pgs. 179-216) or EEM (pgs.
2923-3142).

C3 Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corp.

World’s largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)769-0200
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

Model

No.

Freq.

Range

MHz

Isolation

dB

Typ. Min.

Insertion
Loss dB*
Typ. Max.

Phase

Unbalance

Degrees

Max.

Amplitude

Unbalance

dB

Max.

Price

$

Each Qty.

PSCQ-2-1.5 ■

1.4-1. 7

29

25

0.4

0.7

3.0

1.2

12.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-3.4

3.0-3.8

30

25

0.4

0.7

3.0

1.2

16.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-6.4

5.8-7.0

30

25

0.4

0.7

3.0

1.2

12.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-7.5

7.0-8.0

35

25

0.4

0.7

3.0

1.2

12.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-10.5

9.0-11.0

25

20

0.4

0.7

3.0

1.2

12.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-13

12-14

29

25

0.4

0.7

3.0

1.2

12.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-14

12-16

30

25

0.3

0.6

3.0

1.8

16.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-21.4

20-23

30

25

0.4

0.7

3.0

1.2

12.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-50

25-50

30

20

0.3

0.7

3.0

1.5

19.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-70

40-70

25

20

0.3

0.7

3.0

1.2

19.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-90

55-90

30

20

0.3

0.7

3.0

1.2

19.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-120

80-120

25

18

0.3

0.7

3.0

1.5

19.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-180

120-180

23

15 .

0.3

0.7

4.0

1.2

19.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-250

150-250

23

18

0.4

0.8

4.0

1.5

19.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-400

250-400

22

16

0.4

0.9

4.0

1.5

19.95 (5-49)

PSCQ-2-450

350-450

22

16

0.4

0.9

4.0

1.5

19.95 (5-49)

ZSCQ-2-50

25-50

30

20

0.3

0.7

3.0

1.5

39.95 (4-24)

ZSCQ-2-90

55-90

30

20

0.3

0.7

3.0

1.2

39.95 (4-24)

ZSCQ 2-180

120-180

23

15

0.3

0.7

4.0

1.2

39.95 (4-24)

ZMSCQ-2-50

25-50

30

20

0.3

0.7

3.0

1.5

49.95 (4-24)

ZMSCQ-2-90

55-90

30

20

0.3

0.7

3.0

1.2

49.95 (4-24)

ZMSCQ-2-180

120-180

23

15

0.3

0.7

4.0

1.2

49.95 (4-24)

* Average of coupled outputs less 3 dB

Impedance 50 ohms all models

62 REV. A

1*1622

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

, power
dividers

0.5 to 4.2 GHz, to 10W (matched output) cto/-\Qc
2, 3, 4, and 8 way models... from »39<5»

Now. . . a wide variety of microstrip power-dividers at V3 to V2 the
price of competitive units, with immediate delivery.

These rugged RFI-shielded units meet MIL-202 E standards and
are available with BNC, TNC, SMA and Type N connectors. They are
also useful as power combiners at signal levels up to +100 mW.

For complete specifications and performance curves refer to

the Microwaves Product Data Directory, the Goldbook, EEM or EBG.

Contact our sales offices for complete catalog.

POWER DIVIDER SPECIFICATIONS Max

Frequency Insertion Isolation Amplitude

Model

N Way

Range.

GHz

Loss, dB

Typ. Max.

Typ.

dB

Min.

Unbalance

dB

Price*

(1-9)

ZAPD-1

2

0.5-1. 0

0.3

0.6

25

19

0.3

39.95

ZAPD-2

2

1. 0-2.0

0.3

0.6

25

19

0.3

39.95

ZAPD-21

2

0.5-2.0

0.4

0.7

25

18

0.4

49.95

ZAPD-4

2

2.0-4.2

0.4

0.8

25

18

0.4

39.95

ZA3PD-1

3

0.5-1. 0

0.3

0.6

20

18

0.4

79.95

ZA3PD-1.5

3

0.75-1.5

0.3

0.7

20

17

0.3

84.95

ZA3PD-2

3

1. 0-2.0

0.3

0.6

20

18

0.3

79.95

ZA3PD-4

3

2.0-4.2

0.7

1.0

18

14

0.8

79.95

ZA4PD-2

4

1. 0-2.0

0.3

0.8

25

19

0.7

79.95

ZA4PD-4

4

2. 0-4. 2

0.5

1.0

25

18

0.8

79.95

ZB4PD-42

4

1. 7-4.2

0.5

1.1

23

18

0.8

99.95

ZB4PD-4

4

3. 7-4. 2

0.6

1.1

24

20

0.8

89.95

ZB8PD-2

8

1. 0-2.0

0.8

1.3

24

20

0.7

149.00

ZB8PD-4

8

2.0-4.2

0.8

1.4

30

20

0.9

149.00

*add $5.00 for SMA. N (ZAFD models only)

DIMENSIONS. CONNECTORS:

ZA L2.0" x W 2.0" xH0.75" BNC (not available — 4 models) TNC,

ZB4 L 3.5" x W 2. 13" x H 0.88" SMA, N

ZB8 L 7.06" x W 3. 13" x H 0.88" VSWR: al , ports 12: i Typ.

POWER RATING: as Divider: 10W as Combiner: 100 mW

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

OMini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)934-4500
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

64 REV C

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1623

we

2 WAY-90

For dimensions see
Mixer dimensions page 7

PSCQ-2

SERIES

iV'

SERIES

ZMSCQ-2

SERIES

ZAPDG

SERIES

ION LOS
of Coupli
ts loss 3
p. Max.

i: PHASE

AMPLITUDE

t

UNBALANCE
Degrees :

UNBALANCE

dB

PirW

n iVlEA. !

Max.

■ Max.

16.95 (5-49)

19.95 (5-49)

INSERTION LOSS vs FREQUENCY

ABOVE 3 dB THEORETICAL LOSS

ISOLATION vs FREQUENCY

teSiGSHM

O Mini-Circuits

PHASE DEVIATION vs

FREQUENCY

Frequency, MHz

1*1624

#11 1*MV*92625 E* 14& $t, Brooklyn, m 11235 1212* 7638250100!*, Telex timmilntl Telex IftMl

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

Insertion Loss, dB

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Mini-Circuits

ZMSCJ-2 ZFSCJ-2

SERIES SERIES

ISOLATION dB INSERTION LOSS dB PHASE AMPLITUDE

Above 3dB UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

Degrees dB

L = Low range (f(_ to 10f|_) M = Mid range ( 1 0f l to f up /2) U = Upper range (f UD /2 to f up )

MODEL f M f L M U t M U L M U L M U

NO. H HI Typ. Min. Typ. Mia Typ. Mia Typ. Max. Typ, Max. Typ. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max

PSCJ-2 PSCJ-2-1 1-200 35 30 35 25 30 23 .75 1.0 0.6 0.8 .75 1.2 2.0 2.5 4.0 .15 .15 0.3 50 19.95 ( 5 - 49 )

case

outline PSCJ-2-2 0 . 01-20 35 25 30 25 25 18 0.3 0.8 0.2 0.5 0.3 0.6 1.0 2.0 2.5 0.1 0.1 0.2 50 29.95 ( 5 - 49 )

Fig . 1

ZSCJ-2 ZSCJ-2-1 1-200 35 30 35 25 30 23

oume ZSCJ-2-2 0 . 01-20 35 25 30 25 25 18

Fig. 22

ZMSCJ-2 ZMSCJ-2- 1 1-200 35 30 35 25 30 23

outline ZMSCJ-2-2 0 . 01-20 35 25 30 25 25 18

Fig . 21

ZFSCJ-2 ZFSCJ-2-1 1-500 30 20 33 25 30 18

0 ^l ZFSCJ-2-3 5-300 30 20 33 25 30 18

Fig. 18

For environmental specifications refer to page 1.

Prices and specifications subject to change

t Consult factory

For dimensions see
Mixer dimensions page 7

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

.75

1.0

0.6

CO

o

.75

1.2

2.0

2.5

4.0

.15

.15

0.3

50

37.95

( 4 - 24 )

CO

o

0.8

0.2

0.5

0.3

0.6

1.0

2.0

2.5

0.1

0.1

0.2

50

47.95

( 4 - 24 )

.75

1.0

0.6

0.8

.75

1.2

2.0

2.5

4.0

.15

.15

0.3

50

47.95

( 4 - 24 )

0.3

0.8

0.2

0.5

0.3

0.6

1.0

2.0

2.5

0.1

0.1

0.2

50

57.95

( 4 - 24 )

1.0

1.5

1.0

1.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

4 .

6.0

.15

0.2

0.5

50

49.95

( 4 - 24 )

1.0

1.5

1.0

1.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

4.0

6.0

.15

0.2

0.5

50

39.95

( 4 - 24 )

t

Pin i

Conn. PRICE
Z layout $

a Fin. EA. OTY.

PSCJ-2 ZSCJ-2

SERIES SERIES

Frequency, MHz Frequency, MHz Frequency, MHz

Frequency, MHz Frequency, MHz Frequency, MHz

all models availabb for immediate delivery

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1625

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Power Splitter/Combiners

3WAY-0 0

PSC-3

SERIES

ZSC-3

SERIES

ZMSC-3

SERIES

ZFSC-3

SERIES

tSOUTlDHd*

iPIM jNsamoxiossiB

PHASE

Urn trm

JUmmAMB

* UNBALANCE

UNBALANCE

Decrees

dB

FIRED.

11 L =

Low range (t| to 1 0f |_)

M = Mid range (10fj_ to f up /2)

U = Upper range (f up /2

- tO fy P )

t

Pmf

RANGE

Cowl

M0H

1

m

U

i

M

D

1

M :

I)

t

M

0

Z

layout

: ’ '

HO.

*1*0

?yp> Mftt Typ. JUtm.

fyp. Min,

typ. m*.

Nsx,

Typ. Max.

Ml w. Mai,

Max.

Max

Max. Max.

Q

PSC-3 • psc-3-1

1-200

45 30

40 30

40 25

0.6 1.0

0.4 0.7

0.6 1.0

1.0

2.0

4.0

.15

0.2

0.3

50

19.95 (5-49)

case

outline

PSC-3-1 W

5-500

25 20

31 15

25 15

0.4 0.8

0.4 1.4

0.8 1.4

6.0

14.

20.

0.1

0.3

0.6

50

29.95 (5-49)

Fig. 1

PSC-3-2

0.01-30

35 30

40 35

30 25

.25 .45

.15 0.3

45 .75

1.0

2.0

4.0

0.2

0.3

0.4

50

29.95 (5-49)

PSC-3 1-75

1-200

35 30

35 25

35 25

0.6 1.0

0.4 0.7

0.6 1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

.15

0.2

0.3

75

20.9S- (5-49)

PSC 3 13

1-200

45 35

45 35

37 30

.25 0.5

.35 0.6

.35 0.6

1.0

3.0

4.0

0.1

0.2

0.2

50

24.95 (5-49)

ZSC-3

ZSC-3-1

1-200

45 30

40 30

40 25

0.6 1.0

0.4 0.7

0.6 1.0

1.0

2.0

4.0

.15

0.2

0.3

50

37.95 (4-24)

tease

outline

ZSC-3-2

0.01-30

35 30

40 35

30 25

.25 .45

.15 0.3

.45 .75

1.0

2.0

4.0

0.2

0.3

0.4

50

47.95 (4-24)

ZSC-3-1 -75

1-200

35 30

35 25

35 25

0.6 1.0

0.4 0.7

0.6 1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

.15

0.2

0.3

75

38.95 (4-24)

ZSC-3-2-75 0.02-20

35 30

35 25

30 20

0.2 0.5

.25 0.6

.45 .75

2.0

3.0

4.0

0.2

0.3

0.3

75

48.95 (4-24)

ZMSC-3

ZMSC31

1-200

45 30

40 30

40 25

0.6 1.0

0.4 0.7

0.6 1.0

1.0

2.0

4.0

.15

0.2

0.3

50

47.95 (4-24)

| case
outline

ZMSC-3-2

0.01-30

35 30

40 35

30 25

.25 .45

.15 0.3

.45 .75

1.0

2.0

4.0

0.2

0.3

0.4

50

57.95 (4-24)

ZFSC-3

ZFSC3-1

1-500

30 20

30 20

25 18

0.4 .75

0.5 0.9

0.8 1.2

2.0

3.0

4.0

0.2

0.3

0.4

50

39.95 (4-24)

♦ case
outline

ZFSC31W

2-750

30 20

30 20

25 18

0.4 .75

0.5 1.0

1.0 1.6

3.0

5.0

7.0

0.2

0.3

0.5

50

41.95 (4-24)

ZFSC-3-13

1-200

45 30

48 35

37 30

.25 0.5

.35 0.6

.35 0.6

1.0

3.0

5.0

0.1

0.2

0.2

50

39.95 (4-24)

For environmental specifications refer to page 1.

• Model No. PSC 3-1 Manufactured under license Protected by Patent 3,428,920

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

t Consult factory

MIL-P-23971
SELECTION GUIDE

See Mixer dimensions for PSC-3, PSC-4
dimensions, page 7. Other models, con-
sult factory

MCL NATIONAL

MODEL NO. STOCK NO.

PSC-3-1 5820-01-015-6027

ZSC-3-1 B 5820-01-008-9566

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

£|Mlii*#l|iCuits

2625 E Mth St., Brooklyn, NY f 1235 (2121 769-Q200l0o.il. Telex 12546011m l. Telex 620158

1*1626

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

4 WAY-0 (

O Mini-Circuits

PSC-4

SERIES

PSC-4A

SERIES

litem

ZMSC-4

SERIES

(shown with bracket option)

ISOLATION dB

ZSC-4

SERIES

INSERTION LOSS dB
Above 6dB

ZFSC-4

SERIES

PHASE

UNBALANCE

8HH

SERIES

AMPLITUDE

UNBALANCE

dB

= Low range (t(_ to M=Mid range (10fL to l U p/2) U = Upper range (f U p/2 to f U p)

PSC-4

case
outline
Fig. 1
PSC-4A
— Fig. 7

ZSC-4

tease

outline

ZMSC-4

tease

outline

ZFSC-4

tease

outline

ZA4PD

tease

outline

MODEL

NO.

llAiiOil!

mi

Vu

11111

Typ

L M U

Min. Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

l

Typ. Max.

M

Typ. Max.

0

Typ. Max.

Sill

Max.

fill

"»r: .

u

Max.

1

Max.

M U
Max. Max.

Z

Q

Conn.

tipi!

PRICE

$

EA. OTY.

PSC-4- 1

0.1-200

33

20

30

20

27

20

0.4 0.6

0.5 .75

0.7

1.0

—

—

—

.15

.20

.25

50

28.95 (6-49)

PSC-4-1-75

1-200

30

20

25

20

25

20

0.4 0.7

0.5 0.9

0.7

1.2

—

—

—

.15

.02

0.3

75

24.95 (6-49)

PSC-4-3

0.25-250

33

20

30

20

27

20

0.4 0.7

0.5 .75

0.7

1.2

—

—

-

.15

.20

.25

50

23.95 (6-49)

PSC-4A-4

10-1000

25

20

21

15

18

15

0.5 0.8

0.8 1.1

1.5

2.5

—

—

—

0.2

0.3

0.7

50

49.95 (6-49)

PSC-4-6

0.01-40

35

29

32

25

25

18

0.4 0.8

0.3 0.5

0.5

1.0

—

—

—

0.1

.15

0.2

50

29.95 (6-49)

ZSC-4- 1

0.1-200

33

20

30

20

27

20

0.4 0.6

0.5 .75

0.7

1.0

—

—

—

.15

.20

.25

50

46.95 (4-24)

ZSC4175

1-200

30

20

25

20

25

20

0.4 0.7

0.5 0.8

0.7

1.2

—

-

-

.15

.02

0.3

75

46.95 (4-24)

ZSC-4-2

0.002-20

30

20

33

25

33

25

.45 .75

0.3 0.5

0.7

1.0

—

—

-

.15

.20

.25

50

69.95 (4-24)

ZSC-4-3

0.25-250

33

20

30

20

27

20

0.4 0.7

0.5 .75

0.7

1.2

—

—

—

.15

.20

.25

50

43.95 (4-24)

ZMSC4-1

0.1-200

33

20

30

20

27

20

0.4 0.6

0.5 .75

0.7

1.0

—

_

—

.15

.20

.25

50

56.95 (4-24)

ZMSC-4-2

0.002-20

30

20

33

25

33

25

.45 .75

0.3 0.5

0.7

1.0

—

—

-

.15

.20

.25

50

79.95 (4-24)

ZMSC-4-3

0.25-250

33

20

30

20

27

20

0.4 0.7

0.5 .75

0.7

1.2

—

—

—

.15

.20

.25

50

53.95 (4-24)

ZFSC-4- 1

1-1000

25

20

23

18

20

15

0.4 0.8

0.6 1.5

1.6

2.5

—

—

—

0.2

0.4

0.7

50

89.95 (1-4)

ZFSC41-W

10-500

23

20

23

20

23

20

0.6 1.5

0.6 1.5

0.6

1.5

—

-

-

0.2

0.3

0.4

50

74.95 (1-4)

ZFSC-4375

50-90

34

30

34

30

34

30

0.8 1.2

0.8 1.2

0.8

1.2

—

-

-

0.15

0.15

0.15

75

89.95 (1-4)

GHz

ZA4PD-2

1-2

25

19

25

19

25

19

0.3 0.8

0.3 0.8

0.3

0.8

—

—

-

0.7

0.7

0.7

50

$79.95 (1-9)

ZA4PD-4

2-4.2

25

18

25

18

25

18

0.5 1.0

0.5 1.0

0.5

1.0

—

—

—

0.8

0.8

0.8

50

$79.95 (1-9)

t Consult factory

MIL-P-23971
SELECTION GUIDE

MCL

NATIONAL

MODEL NO.

STOCK NO.

PSC-4- 1

5821-01-065-0106

PSC-4-2

5825-01-044-8945

ZSC-4- 1 B

5820-00-270-3056

ZSC-4-3 B

6920-01-038-8553

PSC-4-3

5825-01-105-6189

o// models available for immediate delivery

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *1 627

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Power Splitter/Combiners

6 WAY-0°

PSC-6

SERIES

ZFSC-6

SERIES

See Mixer dimensions page 7
for PSC-6 dimensions

ISOLATION dB

INSERTION LOSS dS
Above 7.B dB

PHASE

UNBALANCE

AMPLITUDE

UNBALANCE

tOCft

rntU.

RANGE

L = Low range (fi_to 10fj_)

M = Mid range ( 1 0f |_ to f U p/2)

U = Upper range (f up /2tof up )

t

P inj

MODEL

NO.

MHz

II

L M U

Typ. Min. Typ. Min. Typ. Min.

l

Typ. Max.

M

Typ. Max,

U

Typ. Max.

lllj

L M U
Max. Max. Max.

Z

0

Conn.

layout

PRICE

1

EA. QTY.

PSC-6

case outline

PSC-6-1

1-175

30 24 26 18 26 18

0.5 0:8

0.7 1.0

1.0 1.5

4.0 6.0 12.0

0.2 0.4

0.8

50

68.95 (1-5)

Fig. 7

ZFSC-6 zfsc 6-i

t case

1-175

27 22 26 20 26 20

0.75 1.0

0.75 1.2

0.8 1.2

2.0 6.0 6.0

0.2 0.4

0.4

50

89.95 (1-4)

outline

8 WAY-0 1

PSC-8

SERIES

PSC-8A

SERIES

ZFSC-8

SERIES

See Mixer dimensions page 7
for PSC-8 dimensions

ISOLATION dB

INSERTION LOSS dB
Above 9dB

PHASE

UNBALANCE

Degrees

AMPLITUDE

UNBALANCE

dB

outline
Fig. 7

outline

■j-case

outline

FREQ.

RANGE

MHz

Mu

L = Low range (fj_ to 10fj_)

M= Mid range ( 1 0f [_ to f up /2)

U =

Upper range (f up /2 to f

up)

T

Pin/

Conn.

PRICE

MODEL

NQ.

L

Typ. Min.

M

Typ. Min.

U

Typ. Min.

L

Typ. Max.

M

Typ. Max.

U

Typ. Max.

t

Max

M

Max.

U

Max.

L M U
Max. Max. Max.

Z

a

layotii

Fig-

mm

EA.

an

PSC-8-1

0.5-175

30 20

30 20

23 18

0.8 1.2

0.7 1.1

1.0 1.6

1.0

3.0

6.0

0.2

.35

0.5

50

68.95

(1-5)

PSC-8-1 -75

0.5-175

25 20

30 25

25 20

0.5 1.0

0.5 0.8

0.8 1.3

1.0

2.5

5.0

0.2

.35

0.5

75

69.95

(1-5)

PSC-8-6

0.01-10

40 30

35 23

35 23

0.3 0.7

0.6 1.1

0.6 1.1

1.0

3.0

3.0

0.1

0.2

0.2

50

79.95

d-5)

PSC-8A-4

5-500

25 20

23 18

20 15

0.7 1.2

1.0 1.8

1.4 2.0

3

8

16

0.2

0.3

0.5

50

89.95

(1-5)

PSC8A-1W

10-750

25 20

23 18

20 15

0.7 1.2

1.0 1.8

1.4 2.5

3

8

16

0.2

0.3

0.5

50

89.95

(1-5)

ZFSC-8-1

0.5-175

30 20

30 20

23 18

0.8 1.2

0.7 1.1

1.0 1.6

1.0

3.0

6.0

0.2

.35

0.5

50

89.95

(1-4)

ZFSC-8- 1-75

0.5-175

25 20

30 25

25 20

0.5 1.0

0.5 0.8

0.8 1.3

1.0

2.5

5.0

0.2

.35

0.5

75

90.95

(1-4)

ZFSC-8375

50-90

30 25

30 25

30 25

1.0 1.3

1.0 1.3

1.0 1.3

3

4

5

0.3

0.3

0.3

75

119.95

(1-4)

ZFSC-8-4

5-700

35 25

25 20

20 17

0.75 1.2

1.0 1.5

1.5 2.5

2.0

5.0

15

0.2

0.4

0.7

50

129.95

(1-4)

ZFSC-8-6

0.01-10

40 30

35 23

35 23

0.3 0.7

0.6 1.1

0.6 1.1

1.0

3.0

3.0

0.1

0.2

0.2

50

109.95

(1-4)

For environmental specifications refer to page 1.

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice. f consult factory

O Mini-Circuits

2825 E. 14th St., Brooklyn, NY 11235 (212) ?69 02fl0/0om. Telex 125480jlnt'l. Telex 620156

1*1628

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

16 WAY-0'

•Circuits

ISOLATION dB

Degrees

AMPLITUDE

UNBALANCE

dB

MODEL

NO.

FRE0.

RANGE

MHz

♦ l-*u

ZFSC-16 ZFSC-1 6-1 0 . 5-125

tease outline ffSW6 _ B 004 _ 20

ZFSC - 1 6 - 6 - 75 . 004-20

L=Low range (f|_ to 10f|_)

M = Mid range (10f|_ to f U p/2)

U = Upper range (f U p/2 to f U p) f

t

L M U

L L

M

u

L M U

L M U

l

Conn.

layout

PRICE

$

Typ. Min. Typ. Min. Typ, Min,

Typ, Max.

Typ. Max.

typ. Max.

Max. Max. Max.

Max. Max. Max.

n

Fig.

EA. QTY.

30 24 25 18 20 15

1.0 1.6

1.0 1.5

1.0 1.6

2.0 3.0 6.0

0.2 .35 0.5

50

174.95 ( 1 - 4 )

30 20 35 30 30 20

1.0 2.2

0.4 1.0

1.0 1.6

2.0 3.0 6.0

0.2 0.2 0.2

50

—

174.95 ( 1 - 4 )

30 20 35 30 30 20

1.0 2.2

0.4 1.0

1.0 1.6

2.0 3.0 6.0

0.2 0.2 0.2

75

—

174.95 ( 1 - 4 )

24 WAY-0 ‘

;- £fcK - '■

" ■ 9%

ri*!3P^

¥ '
V

Jaft

flk

ZFSC-24^ IfalUff
SERIES ¥

:i ; ISOLATION dB

INSERTION LOSS dB

13.3 dS

amplitude :

UNBALANCE

FRED, L= Low range (f|_ to 10fi_) M = Mid range (10f[_ to f UD /2) U = Upper range (f UD /2 to f UD ) v

R ^f cl. PRICE

MODEL f"* l M U l M U l M U t M U Z Layout $

M, I- I! Typ Min. Typ. Min. Typ. Min. Typ. Max. Typ. Max. Typ. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Max. Q Fig. EA. QTV.

ZFSC -24 ZFSC - 24-1 0 . 2-100 25 20 25 20 25 20 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 0.3 0.4 0.5 50 — 264.95 ( 1 - 4 )

f case outline

For environmental specifications refer to page 1 .

t Consult factory

all models available for immediate delivery

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1629

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS

10-30 dB

For dimensions see Mixer dimensions page 7
Case styles are as follows:

TDC: Fig. 2 ZMDC: Fig. 21

PDC: Fig. 1 ZDC:Fig.22

ZFDC: Fig. 18

W.:

J. §&l

(BNC, TNC, SMA. N]

MODEL

NO.

FREQ.

MHz

COUPLING

VSWR

DIRECTIVITY, dB

MAIN LINE LOSS, dB
(INCLUDES THEORETICAL
(POWER SPLIT LOSS)

INPUT

POWER

(W)

3

no

m

o

PRICE

fLfU

Ll

= Low range (f|_ to 10f|_)

M =

Mid range (10f|_

ofup/2) U

= Upper range (f up /2 to f up ) |

3>

Z

o

$

EA. QTY.

(INPUT TO
COUPLED
PORT) dB

FLAT-

NESS

dB

(Typ.)

Typ.

L

Min.

M

Typ. Min.

u

Typ. Min.

L

Typ. Max.

M

Typ. Max.

u

Typ. Max.

L

, M, U

m

0

TDC-10-1

1-400

10.0±0.5

±0.5

1.5

35

25

30

20

20

15

1.2

1.5

1.0

1.3

1.2 1.5

l

2

50

15.95 (5-49)

PDC-10-1

0.5-500

11.5±0.5

±0.6

1.2

32

25

32

25

22

15

0.85

1.3

0.65

1.0

0.85 1.3

1.5

3

50

11.95 (5-49)

PDC-10-2

250-1000

10.5±0.5

±1.0

1.5

40

30

30

20

20

15

1.1

1.4

-

—

1.6 1.9

—

5

50

27.95 (5-49)

H PDC-10-21

1-1000

11 ±0.5

±0.5

1.2

40

30

25

20

25

20

1.2

1.7

1.2

1.7

1.6 2

1

2

50

24.95 (5-49)

PDC-10-22

5-750

11±0.5

±0.5

1.25

35

30

25

20

25

20

1.1

1.6

1.2

1.7

1.6 1.9

1

2

50

19.95 (5-49)

PDC-15-6

0.01-35

15±0.5

±0.5

1.15

38

30

35

25

28

20

0.3

0.6

0.2

•0.4

0.3 0.6

2

4

50

19.95 (5-49)

PDC-20-1

25-400

21±0.75

±0.5

1.25

25

20

35

25

25

20

0.2

0.5

0.1

0.2

0.15 0.3

3

5

'50

19.95 (5-49)

PDC-20-3

0.2-250

19.5±0.5

±0.5

1.2

36

30

33

25

25

20

0.35

0.6

0.25

0.5

0.35 0.6

1.5

4

50

13.95 (5-49)

PDC-10-1-75

1-250

10.5±0.5

±0.75

2

30

20

30

20

30

20

1.1

1.5

1.1

1.5

1.1 1.5

2

4

75

12.95 (5-49)

PDC-15-6-75

0.02-35

14.5±0.5

±0.5

1.3

35

20

35

20

. 35

20

0.3

0.7

0.3

0.7

0.3 0.7

1.5

4

75

20.95 (5-49)

PDC-20-3-75

1-150

19.5±0.5

±0.75

2

25

20

25

20

25

20

0.35 0.8

0.35

0.8

0.35 0.8

2

4

75

12.95 (5-49)

VSWR DIRECTIVITY. dB

MAIN LINE LOSS, dB

(INCLUDES THEORETICAL
(POWER SPLIT LOSS)

Typ.

Min.

Typ.

Min.

Typ.

Min.

Typ. Max.

Typ. Max.

Typ. Max.

32

25

32

25

22

15

0.85

1.3

0.65

1.0

0.85

1.3

40

30

30

20

20

15

1.1

1.4

-

—

1.6

1.9

38

30

35

25

28

20

0.3

0.6

0.2

0.4

0.3

0.6

25

20

35

25

25

20

0.2

0.5

-

-

0.15

0.6

36

30

33

25

25

20

0.35

0.6

0.25

0.5

0.35

0.6

30

20

30

20

30

20

1.1

1.5

1.1

1.5

1.1

1.5

35

30

35

25

28

20

0.3

0.6

0.2

0.4

0.3

0.6

25

20

25

20

25

20

0.35

0.8

0.35

0.8

0.35

0.8

35

30

35

30

35

30

1.6

2.1

1.6

2.1

1.6

2.1

32

25

32

25

22

15

0.85

1.3

0.65

1.0

0.85

1.3

40

30

30

20

20

15

1.1

1.4

-

-

1.6

1.9

38

30

35

25

28

20

0.4

0.6

0.2

0.4

0.'4

0.6

25

20

35

25

25

20

0.2

0.5

-

-

0.15

0.6

36

30

33

25

25

20

0.35 0.5

0.25 0.5

0.35

0.6

23

18

20

15

17

10

0.4

0.6

0.5

0.8

0.55 0.85

32

25

33

25

22

15

1.0

1.3

0.8

1;1

1.0

1.3

35

28

30

25

27

20

1.5

2.0

1.2

1.6

1.5

2.0

40

30

25

20

25

20

1.2

1.7

1.2

1.7

1.6

2.0

35

30

25

20

25

20

1.1

1.6

1.2

.1.7

1.4

1.9

38

30

35

25

28

20

0.3

0.6

0.2

0.4

0.3

0.6

36

25

33

25

25

20

0.35

0.6

0.25 0.5

0.35

0.6

36

28

27

20

23

18

1.2

1.5

0.6

0.8

1.2

1.5

30

20

27

20

22

10

0.3

1

0.7

1.4

1.5

2.3

35

20

35

20

35

20

0.3

0.7

0.3

0.7

0.3

0.7

EA. QTY.

50 29.95 (4-24)
50 37.95 (4-24)
50 37.95 (4-24)
50 37.95 (4-24)
50 29.95 (4-24)
75 29.95 (4-24)
75 38.95 (4-24)
75 30.95 (4-24)
75 38.95 (4-24)

50 ; 39.95 (4-24)
50 47.95 (4-24)
50 47.95 (4-24)
50 47.95 (4-24)
50 39.95 (4-24)
50 j 39.95 (4-24)

50 | 29.95 (4-24)
50 j 39.95 (4-24)
50 44.95 (4-24)
50 34.95 (4-24)
50 34.95 (4-24)
50 29.95 (4-24)
50 59.95 (1-4)
50 79.95 (1-4)
75 35.95 (4-24)

'k Above 1000 MHz, coupling flatness ±2.0 dB. I

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

H: Upper range coupling ± .75 dB

□□Mini-Circuits

2625 E. 14th St., Brooklyn, NY 11235 (212) 769-0200/Dom. Telex 125460/lntT. Telex 620156

1*1630

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

11.5dB

drectiond

couplers

0.5 to 500 MHz

only $11 95 (549)

INSTOCK.. . . IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• MIL-C-1 5370/1 8-002

performance*

• low insertion loss, 0.85dB

• high directivity, 25dB

• flat coupling, ±0.5dB

• miniature, 0.4 x 0.8 x 0.4 in.

• hermetically-sealed

• 1 year guarantee

*Units are not QPL listed

PDC 10-1 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY (MHz) 0.5-500
COUPLING, dB 11.5

INSERTION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX.

one octave band edge

0.65

1.0

total range

0.85

1.3

DIRECTIVITY, dB

TYP.

MIN.

low range

32

25

mid range

32

25

upper range

22

15

IMPEDANCE

50 ohms.

For complete specifications and performance
curves refer to the Microwaves Product
Data Director, the Goldbook, EEM,
or Mini-Circuits catalog

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

CJMini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625E. 14th St. B’klyn, N.Y 11235 (212) 769-0200

C 79-3 REV. B

directional

couplers

19.5 dB

0.1 to 2000 MHz

only $79 *(m>

AVAILABLE IN STOCK FOR
IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• rugged 114 in. sq. case

• 4 connector choices

BNC, TNC, SMA and Type N

• connector intermixing male
BNC, and Type N available

• low insertion loss, 1 .5 dB

• flat coupling, ±1.0 dB

ZFDC 20-5 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY (MHz) 0.1-2000
COUPLING, db 19.5

INSERTION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX.

one octave band edge

0.8

1.4

total range

1.5

2.3

DIRECTIVITY dB

TYP.

MIN.

low range

30

20

mid range

27

20

upper range

22

10

IMPEDANCE

50 ohms

For complete specifications and performance
curves refer to the 1980-1981 Microwaves Product
Data Directory, the Goldbook or EEM

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

OMini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World’s largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B’klyn, N.Y. 11235(212)769-0200

C 87-3 REV. ORIG.

10.5dB

directional

couplers

1 to 500 MHz

only $29* (4 24)

IN STOCK . . . IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• low insertion loss, IdB

• high directivity, 25 dB

•flat coupling, ±0.6dB

• rugged 114 inch square case

• 3 mounting options — thru hole,
tapped hole, or flange

• 4 female connector choices —
BNC, TNC, SMA and Type N

• 3 male connector choices —
BNC, SMA and Type N

• connector intermixing available,
please specify

• 1 year guarantee

ZFDC 10-1 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY (MHz) 1-500
COUPLING, db 10.75

INSERTION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX.

one octave band edge

0.8

1.1

total range

1.0

1.3

DIRECTIVITY dB

TYP.

MIN.

low range

32

25

mid range

33

25

upper range

22

15

IMPEDANCE

50 ohms

finding new ways. . .
setting higher standards

n Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B'klyn, N.Y. 11235(212) 769-0200

C 81-3 REV. B

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1631

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Wideband (10 KHz to 800 MHz)

RF TRANSFORMERS

• T SERIES

FEATURES

• Miniature Size: 0.27" Long, x 0.3" Wide x 0.23" High

• Economically Priced: From $2.95 in small quantity

• Very Wide Bandwidth: 10 KHz to 800 MHz

DESIGNERS KITS

TK-1: 2 transformers of each Type T1-1, T2-1, T4-1, T9-1,
T16-1 $32.00

DESCRIPTION —These microminiature wideband RF
Transformers cover the frequency range from 10 KHz to
800 MHz. They operate with impedance levels from 12.5
ohms to 800 ohms and provide very low insertion loss,
typically less than 0.5 dB.

These microminiature series are available in three basic
configurations: (1) the primary and secondary windings
are DC isolated (Fig. A), (2) primary and secondary
windings are DC isolated and the secondary is center-
tapped (Fig. B) and (3) the primary and secondary windings
are unbalanced (i.e. they both have one end grounded)
(Fig. C).

Although specified for a 50 ohm primary impedance they
may be operated with a primary impedance as low as 12.5
ohms. The impedance matching ratio is essentially the
same over this primary impedance range. However the
frequency response may change somewhat.

T SERIES PLASTIC CASE

Very economically priced, the T-series units have a volume
of less than 0.2 cu. inches. These tiny units have their
adjacent pins spaced 0.1 inches; between rows the pin
spacing is 0.3 inches. The T-series transformers can be
inserted into a standard DIP socket.

TMO SERIES METAL CASE

The TMO units are hermetically sealed and require less PC
area than a flat-pack or TO-5 can. Packaged within an EMI
shielded metal enclosure (enclosure is 0.5 by 0.2 by
0.25 in.). Its pins are oriented on a 0.1 inch grid for printed
circuit board mounting.

T-H SERIES

This new series allows high DC currents, up to 100 mA, to
pass through the transformer primary without causing any
appreciable saturation or change in its RF characteristics.
Using this new technology, models are offered having
impedance ratios of 1, 4, 9, and 16. Packaged in a plastic
case, these models have their pins inserted into a standard
DIP socket.

DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTIONS

• T SERIES / T-H SERIES

FIG. A I FIG. B | FIG. C

4 3 I 4 3

501H

[Nx

Fsoo

N = Impedance ratio

0.230
TYP.

PIN

0.100

TYP.

MS

0.365

|TYP.

0.?70|

TYP.

-i_

J

123

ILL

MCL

*

0.300
TOP VIEW

0.010

0.036-H

SIDE VIEW

INDEX

TOP PIN

0.042
± 0.002
- Hf - 0.020
± 0.002

WEIGHT

.35 grams

6 5 ^

NOTE: Numbers are for
reference only. Use index
for determining orientation.

B Mini-Circuits

.01 ounces

250 mw
— 20°C to +85°C
(10 sec.) + 260°C

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS

• Input Power:

• Operating and Storage Temp.:

• Pin Temperature:

•TMO SERIES

FEATURES

• Hermetically Sealed

• High Reliability: Manufactured to meet MILSTD202E

• Very Wide Bandwidth: 10 KHz to 800 MHz

DESIGNERS KITS

TMK-2: 2 transformers of each

TM04-1, TM09-1, TM016-1 $49.50

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS

• Input Power:

• Operating and Storage Temp.:

• Pin Temperature:

• Environmental Specifications:

Type TM01-1, TM02-1,

250 mW
— 55°C to + 100°C
(10 sec.) +260°C
See page 1

•T-H SERIES

FEATURES

• Large Dynamic Range: Up to 100 mA DC current

• Miniature Size: 0.27" Long, x 0.3" Wide, x 0.23" High

• Economically Priced: From $4.95 in small quantity

DESIGNERS KITS

THK-1: 3 each of T1-1H, T4-1H, 2 each of T9-1H, T16-1H

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS

• Maximum DC Current In Primary

• Input Power:

• Operating and Storage Temp.:

• Pin Temperature:

•TMO SERIES
FIG. A

1 2

100 mA
500 mW
— 20°C to +85°C
(10 sec.) +260°C

501M

^N x
► 50fi

Case ground
7,8

500'

5 6

Case ground
7,8

N = Impedance ratio

500

Pin 6 must
* be grounded
Case ground
7,8

LETTER M OVER PIN 2

MCL

BLUE

TOP VIEW

BEAD

* T *

~r

E

^ i 5 9

F

O Q o O

,2 4 6 8

0.020" ±0.002" dia. by
0.200" long on 0.1" grid.
0.170"

NOTE: Numbers are for
reference only. Use blue
bead or letter M for
determining orientation.

A

B

C*

D*

E

F

IN

.500

.480

.255

.240

.230

.210

MM

12.7

12.2]

6.4

6.0

5.8

5.3

BOTTOM VIEW

WEIGHT

1.5 grams

■ For models TMO-4-6, TM0-2.5-6,
TM0-3-1T, TM0-2.5-6T, C dimension
= .385, D dimension = .400.

.07 ounces

2625 E.14th St., Brooklyn, NY 11235 (212) 769-0200/Dom. Telex 125460/lnt’l. Telex 620156

1*1632

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

T Series
TMO Series

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

C3 Mini-Circuits

ALL MODELS FIG. A

.15-400

.35-200

.1-300

.2-150

.01-100

.02-50

.02-200

.05-150

.15-200

.3-150

.3-120

.7-80

ALL MODELS FIG. B

Z

Ratio

Frequency

MHz

1

.05-200

2

.07-200

■

.01-100

I

.05-250

.2-350

.3-300

13

.3-120

Insertion Losss

rii

I MODEL MT

)1 .1 1 2 5 10

Frequency, MHz

I MODEL J-1T MODEL 5-1T

3BSSS£iB5B95BS r /iB

1 2 5 10

Frequency, MHz

Maximum

Amplitude Unbalance

Maximum

Phase Unbalance Degrees

assagai

1 2 5 10

Frequency, MHz

MODEL 4-1

i ill i

■■■!■

mmmm

M 11 V 111 111 1

mmmm

■■■TJH

V

1 2 5 10

Frequency, MHz

■ INSERTION LOSS VS FREQUENCY-
I MODEL 2-1T

IFJI

MODEL 2.5-6T

mm

LW

mm

mm

■■

■

■

■

■

■

mm

m

■■

SB

1=

—

s

■

■

■

—

mm

■FJ

■ki

mm

~

□

—

I]

11

rjm

■■

□H

=t

_

mmm

mmm

mm

1 2 5 10

Frequency, MHz

I MODEL 13-1T

sSissSssBsSiSi

BESSSSSSSSSSSi

1 2 5 10

Frequency, MHz

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1633

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

RF TRANSFORMERS (io khz to 800 MHz)

MODELS FIG. C INSERTION LOSS VS FREQUENCY

T Series
TMO Series

Impedance

Frequency

Insertion Loss

Cost

Ratio

MHz

3 dB MHz

2 dB MHz

1 dB MHz

Quantity

Price

Model No.

2

.025-600

.025-600

.05-400

.05-200

10-49

10-49

$3.45

$5.95

T2-1

TM02-1

3

.5-800

.5-800

2-400

—

10-49

10-49

$4.25

$6.95

T3-1

TM03-1

4

.2-600

.2-600

.5-500

2-250

10-49

10-49

$3.45

$5.95

T4-2

TM04-2

8

.15-250

.15-250

.25-200

2-100

10-49

10-49

$3.45

$5.95

T8-1

TM08-1

14

.2-150

.2-150

.5-100

2-50

10-49

10-49

$4.25

$6.75

T14-1

TM014-1

a

1 2 5 10 100

Frequency, MHz

l 2 5 10 100

Frequency, MHz

MODEL 2-1

T

1

V

/

\

\

£

/

__

ZJ

i

t

s

LJ

□

.

□

l 2 5 10

Frequency, MHz

4

GO

3

h

'n

» 1

12 5 10 .

Frequency, MHz

MODEL 3-1

L

1

\

r

_

—

. —

\

—

—

_

_

—

—

—

—

—

....

—

—

—

—

— ■

T-H Series SPECIFICATIONS

Impedance

Ratio

Primary

Impedance

Ohms

Insertion Loss

Configuration

Quantity

Price

Model No.

3 dB MHz

2 dB MHz

1 dB MHz

1

8-300

25-100

A .

10-49

$4.95

T1-1H

4

15-300

25-200

A

10-49

$4.95

T4-1H

9

3-75

6-50

A

10-49

$5.45

T9-1H

16

10-65

15-40

A

10-49

$5.95

T16-1H

MODEL T1-1H

MODEL T4-1H-

1 2
0

INSERTION LOSS vs FREQUENCY

I

1

T

i

\ i

1 1

1 \

In

/

v

i

/ ;

Sj

Zj

z/

i

!

—

i 1 —

5 10

Frequency, MHz

VSWR vs FREQUENCY

zzz

i

zrz^

i r

r

1 i

~ i i ■

r~

I

j

j

■■

zm

m

i — * —

■

S

S

_j” _j

-

■

9

g

- -i - 1

~ r, il

tz

Bi

zL_L

10 20 50' 100

Frequency, MHz

MODEL T9-1H

MODEL T16-1H

VSWR vs FREQUENCY

a

B

B

8

|

s

S

8

8

■

■

B

9

a

■

■

a

■

■

a

a

a

B 5

.1 1 2 5 10 100

Frequency, MHz

Mini-Circuits

2625 E. 14th St., Brooklyn, NY 11235 (212) 769-0200
Dom. Telex 125460 Int’l. Telex 620156

1*1634

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

(lO KHz to 500 MHz)

i rcu its

FT SERIES FTB SERIES

MODEL

m

COST

FT 1.5-1

$29.95 (1-4)

muni

«!■

$29.95 (1-4)

igsm

0.01 MHz -200 MHz

mmsm

FTB 1-1-75

0.5 MHz - 500 MHz

75

rnmarnm

DESCRIPTION — These wideband RF transformers cover
the frequency range from 10 KHz to 500 MHz. They operate
with impedances of 50 ohms and 75 ohms. The FTB models
offer a balanced input and an unbalanced output. This feature
helps to eliminate ground loop problems, especially when
long cable lines are utilized. The FT 1.5-1 is especially useful
when matching between 50 and 75 ohm systems is required.

These units provide low insertion loss, and are manufactured
in an extremely rugged iy 4 inch square metal case. Utilizing
technology developed over a 1 0 year span, these transformers
offer exceptional unit-to-unit matched performance.

BNC female connectors are standard. The unbalanced side is
available with a male BNC or Type N connector. This option is
available at a cost of $2 per unit.

The case finish is nickel plate over a copper flash. Internally,
the transformers are ponded with silicone rubber to provide
protection against shock, vibration, and acceleration.

Three case mounting configurations are available; (1)
standard - 2 thru holes, (2) option A - 2 tapped holes, 4-40, (3)
option B - a flange bracket.

FEATURES

o Broadband: 10 KHz to 500 MHz
o Compact Size: iy 4 in. square by 0.75 in. high
o Balanced/Unbalanced Ports: High isolation
between balanced output to case.

° Connectors: Available with female BNC and male
BNC or Type N.

o High Reliability: 100% tested, one year guarantee
o Low Cost: as little as $29.95 in small quantity.

APPLICATIONS

o Isolate ground loops in systems.

o Match 50 ohm to 75 ohm port connections.

° DC isolate high voltage common ground.

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
® Input Power: 250 mW

® Operating and Storage Temp.: -55°C to +100°C

DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTIONS

BODY

t 1

b-B-l

yd

El

TYPES OF MOUNTING

a -Hi

T

P

h b -|

PDIA.

STANDARD
(THRU HOLE)

y

OPTION “A”
(TAPPED HOLE)

^ H k-

J

G

oU

; 6 '<

: Ol

JL 4-40
-THREAD

OPTION "B” (BRACKET)

Type N not
available with
this option

1 £

pr

M N

O Q-

— i

i— J — i ♦ .

For mounting option A or B add Letter to P/N

BNC female (STD). On unbalanced side for male BN Cor N please specify and add
$2 to unit cost.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

IN

.75

1.25

1.25

.625

.375

1.00

1.00

0.8

MMl

19.1

31.8

31.8

15.9

9.5

25.4

25.4

120.3

1

1 L

J

K

I

L _J

L

M I

L

LI

P

IN

0.8

2.188

1.688

.060

.75

1.25

.125

MM

20.3

55.6

42.9

1.5

19.1

31.8

3.18

WEIGHT 54.5 grams 1.92 ounces

FT

FTB

SPECIFICATIONS

0

Ratio

Frequency

MHz

Insertion Loss

Model No.

3 dB

MHz

2 dB

MHz

1 dB

MHz

1.5

0.1-400

0.1-400

0.5-200

1-100

FT1.5-1

1

0.2-500

0.2-500

0.5-300

10-100

FTB1-1

1

0.01-200

0.01-200

0.05-100

0.1-50 /

FTB1-6

1

0.5-500

0.5-500

5-300

10-100

FTB1-1-75

□ Mini-Circuits

2625 E.14tb St, Brooklyn, NY 11235 (212) 7694208/Bem. Telex 125460/lnfl. Telex 620156

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1635

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

broadband linear

Power Amplifiers

up to 2 Watts (+33 dBm)

50 KHz to 4.2 GHz

Up to 1 watt linear output at 4.2 GHz, 2 watts at 800 MHz
are now available at exceptionally low prices with
Mini-Circuits' line of broadband amplifiers. Ultra-linear
Class A design provides unconditional stability so any
load impedance may be connected without concern
for damage or oscilation. These amplifiers are ideally
suited for TACAN, mobile radio, telemetry, anti-collision
and satellite communications systems. Use these
amplifiers to boost signal/sweep generator output to
achieve broadband isolation, and to provide four test
setups, using only one generator with a 4-way split-
ter...to name just a few applications.

OMini-Circuits

RO. BOX 1 66, Brooklyn, New York 1 1 235 (2 1 2) 934-4500

1*1636

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

ZHL-A

case S 32
BNC, N
SMA, TNC

50 ohms □ Mini-Circuits

up to 1 Watt (+30 dBm)
50 KHz to 500 MHz

case style selection

outline drawings pages 58-62

FREQUENCY

MHz

GAIN, dB

MAXIMUM POWER, dBm

DYNAMIC RANGE

VSWR

DC POWER

PRICE $

MODEL

NO.

Min.

ZHL-1A

ZHL-3A

ZHL-32A

2-500
0.4-150
0.05 -130

16

24

25

Flatness Output (IdB)
Max. Compression

±1.0. +28

±1.0 +29.5

±1.0 +29

Input

(no damage)

NF, dB

Typ-

+ 20 11

+ 10 11

+ 10 10

Intercept
pt., dBm
3rd order
Typ-

In

+ 38 2:1

+ 38 2:1

+ 38 2:1

Out

Volt.

2:1 +24V

2:1 +24V

2:1 +24V

Current

Ea.

0.6A

0.6A

0.6A

199

199

199

Qty.

1-9

1-9

1-9

NOTES:

1. Operating temperature -20°Cto +65°C.

Storage temperature -55°Cto +100°C.

2. With no lead on output derate maximum input power (no damage) by 10dB.

3. Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

MIL-M-28837/1A, NSN GUIDE

MCL NO. NSN

ZHL-1A 6130-01-088-2322

ZHL-1A

computer-automated performance data

typical production unit / for data of other models consult factory

FREQ.

GAIN

1 (dB)

REVERSE

GAIN (dB)

VSWR

(IN)

VSWR

(OUT)

(MHz)

12V

15V

20V

24V

12V

15V

20V

24V

12V

15V

20V

24V

12V

15V

20V

24V

2.00

17.90

18.27

18.46

18.52

29.03

29.07

28.96

28.88

1.09

1.13

1,14

1.14

1.10

1.16

1.15

1.15

28.21

17.88

18.27

18.48

18.52

29.53

29 72

29.54

29.24

1.09

1.11

1.13

1.14

1.20

1.19

1.19

1.18

54.42

17.88

18.33

18.54

18.59

29.57

29.62

29.58

29.39

1.12

1.12

1.13

1.14

1.24

1.24

1.24

1.24

80.63

17.94

18.41

18.65

18.70

29.91

29.78

29.64

29.56

1.19

1.17

1.16

1.16

1.30

1.29

1.30

1.30

106.84

17.90

18.41

18.69

18.78

29.85

30.12

29.97

29.75

1.31

1.24

1.21

1.21

1.36

1.36

1.37

1.37

133.05

17.91

18.42

18.75

18.83

30.02

30.06

30.15

29.87

1.42

1.32

1.28

1.27

1.41

1.41

1.42

1.44

159.26

17.68

18.34

18.71

18.81

30.25

30.32

30.03

30.00

1.56

1.42

1.36

1.34

1.46

1.48

1.50

1.52

185.47

17.64

18.34

18.78

18.84

30.50

30.36

30.12

29.99

1.71

1.553

1.45

1.43

1.50

1.53

1.57

1.60

211.68

17.52

18.25

18.74

18.82

30.50

30.64

30.19

30.05

1.83

1.63

1.52

1.50

1.51

1.56

1.63

1.67

237.89

17.46

18.20

18.73

18.81

30.85

30.64

30.35

30.32

1.96

1.72

1.59

1.57

1.52

1.58

1.67

1.73

264.10

17.34

18.09

18.66

18.74

30.99

30.75

30.40

30.43

2.04

1.79

1.64

1.62

1.48

1.56

1.66

1.75

290.31

17.28

18.03

18.58

18.69

31.08

30.89

30.66

30.58

2.14

1.86

1.69

1.66

1.44

1.53

1.66

1.76

316.52

17.33

18.08

18.69

18.79

30.64

30.77

30.51

30.49

2.16

1.88

1.70

1.67

1.40

1.50

1.64

1.75

342.73

17.32

18.06

18.69

18.79

30.50

30.44

30.41

30.44

2.17

1.87

1.69

1.65

1.33

1.43

1.59

1.71

368.94

17.30

18.04

18.71

18.79

30.09

30.23

30.24

30.27

2.09

1.81

1.63

1.59

1.27

1.35

1.49

1.62

395.15

17.23

18.02

18.67

18.82

29.81

29.95

29.91

30.18

2.03

1.75

1.57

1.53

1.24

1.28

1.41

1.55

421.36

17.32

18.13

18.83

18.98

29.19

29.36

29.52

29.85

1.96

1.68

1.49

1.44

1.32

1.29

1.36

1.50

447.57

17.37

18.23

18.96

19.08

28.50

28.79

29.05

29.22

1.90

1.61

1.41

1.36

1.47

1.36

1.34

1.43

473.78

17.17

18.10

18.90

19.08

27.94

28.28

28.64

28,82

1.93.

1.64

1.42

1.37

1.68

1.51

1.39

1.42

500.00

17.07

18.14

19.06

19.26

27.68

27.17

28.22

28.50

2.07

1.79

1.57

1.54

1.01

1.79

1.61

1.58

In Stock... Immediate Delivery

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1637

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

broadband linear

Power Amplifiers

up to 2 Watts (+33 dBm)
5 MHz to 800 MHz

case style selection

outline drawings pages 58-62

ZHL-2W

case T 35
BNC.N
SMA TNC

FREQUENCY

GAIN, dB

! MAXIMUM POWER. dBm 1

1 DYNAMIC range!

VSWR

DC POWER 1

PRICE $

MODEL

NO.

MHz

Flatness
Min. Max.

Output (IdB)
Compression

Input

(no damage)

NF, dB
Typ.

Intercept
pt., dBm
3rd order
Typ.

In Out

Volt.

Current

Ea.

Qty.

ZHL-1-2W
ZHL-7-2W N

^ 5-500

^ 600-800

29

±1.0

+ 33

+ 10

12

+ 44

2:1 2:1

+ 24V

0.9A

495

1-9

28

±1.0

+ 33

+ 10

12

+ 43

2:1 2:1

+ 24V

0.9A

525

1-9

NOTES:

1. Operating temperature -20°Cto +65°C.

Storage temperature -£>5°Cto +100°C.

2. With no lead on output derate maximum input power (no damage) by 10dB.

3. Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

ZHL-1-2W

FREQ.

GAIN

REVERSE GAIN

VSWR

LINEARITY

(MHz)

(dB)

(dB)

in

out

p out

(dBm)

Comp.

(dB)

5.00

32.25

16.59

1.46

1.65

32.86

0.25

031.05

31.64

17.55

1.39

1.67

32.74

0.26

057.10

31.58

16.46

1.38

1.70

32.70

0.36

083.15

31.59

17.70

1.36

1.74

32.58

0.42

109.20

31.51

16.92

1.33

1.80

32.56

0.39

135.25

31.43

17.30

1.28

1.85

32.48

0.51

161.30

31.49

17.02

1.22

1.91

32.49

0.52

187.35

31.46

16.61

1.15

1.99

32.39

0.61

213.40

31.39

16.91

1.08

2.05

32.38

0.60

239.45

31.39

17.63

1.03

2.07

32.38

0.62

265.50

31.32

16.44

1.12

2.03

32.34

0.66

291.55

31.25

17.19

1.24

1.89

32.31

0.64

317.60

31.22

18.48

1.36

1.67

32.38

0.64

343.65

31.11

20.85

1.49

1.43

32.33

0.70

369.70

30.89

21.35

1.59

1.20

32.35

0.58

395.75

30.74

15.87

1.67

1.04

32.43

0.66

421.80

30.70

15.95

1.73

1.24

32.41

0.67

447.85

30.73

15.78

1.78

1.49

32.38

0.64

473.90

31.07

15.83

1.83

1.76

32.31

0.77

500.00

31.95

15.87

1.90

1.99

32.02

1.00

C3Mini-Circuits

P.O. BOX 1 66, Brooklyn, New York 1 1 235 (2 1 2) 934-4500

1*1638

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

50 ohms

up to 1 Watt (+30 dBm)
10 MHz to 1200 MHz

□ Mini-Circuits

ZHL

MODEL

NO.

FREQUENCY

MHz

GAIN, dB

Flatness
Min. Max.

MAXIMUM POWER, dBm

Output (IdB)
Compression

Input
(no damage)|

DYNAMIC RANGE

Intercept
pt„ dBm
NF, dB 3rd order
Typ- Typ.

VSWR

In Out

DC POWER

Volt. Current

PRICE $

Ea. Qty.

ZHL zhl-2

case T 34 ZHL-2-8*

BNC, N ZHL-2-12
SMA, TNC

10-1000

10-1000

10-1200

16

27

24

±10

± 1.0

± 1.0

+ 29
+ 29
+ 29*

+ 20
+ 10
+ 10

18

10

10

+ 38
+ 38
+ 38

± 24V 0.6A

I- 24V 0.6A

t- 24V 0.75A

349 1-9

474 1-9

599 1-9

* + 28.5 dBm maximum output 1000 to 1200 MHz; available only with SMA

ZHL-2

computer-automated performance data

typical production unit / for data of other models consult factory

ZHL-2-8

FREQ.

GAIN REVERSE GAIN

VSWR

LINEARITY

GAIN REVERSE GAIN

VSWR

LINEARITY

(MHz)

(dB)

(dB)

in

out

p out Comp
(dBm) (dB)

(dB)

(dB)

in

out

p out Comp
(dBm) (dB)

10.00

16.85

39.91

1.12

1.88

29.81

0.24

39.33

50.00

2.48

2.74

39.73

0.40

62.05

17.06

39.66

1.19

1.80

29.77

0.27

29.38

40.00

1.41

1.66

29.51

0.45

114.10

17.19

39.40

1.28

1.70

29.66

0.32

29.22

40.00

1.36

1.60

29.46

0.54

166.15

12.18

39.08

1.38

1.61

29.50

0.42

29.13

40.00

1.31

1.59

29.40

0.63

218.20

17.17

39.18

1.49

1.54

29.46

0.48

29.08

40.00

1.26

1.61

29.37

0.67

270.25

17.23

38.58

1.57

1.48

29.51

0.40

29.03

40.00

1.23

1.66

29.27

0.71

322.30

17.29

37.81

1.64

1.44

29.45

0.58

28.97

40.00

1.27

1.74

29.29

0.72

374.35

17.15

37,43

1.68

1.42

29.41

0.53

29.00

40.00

1.36

1.81

29.37

0.64

426.40

17,10

36.70

1.70

1.36

29.42

0.59

28.82

40.00

1.45

1.80

29.40

0.64

478.45

17.11

36.23

1.72

1.28

29.39

0.55

28.58

40.00

1.53

1.68

29.41

0.52

530.50

17.09

35.35

1.75

1.19

29.37

0.59

28.39

40.00

1.58

1.50

29.51

0.59

582.55

17.15

35.20

1.77

1.14

29.37

0.63

28.30

40.00

1.59

1.29

29.45

0.60

634.60

17.38

34.64

1.74

1.29

29.41

0.59

28.47

40.00

1.55

1.08

29.36

0.61

686.65

17.28

33.51

1.69

1.53

29.39

0.52

28.73

40.00

1.47

1.13

29.43

0.53

738.70

17.14

32.25

1.67

1.71

29.39

0.57

28.94

40.00

1.42

1.34

29.52

0.49

790.75

17.25

30.98

1.71

1.76

29.37

■ :

0.56

29.04

40.00

1.48

1.50

29.45

0.48

842.80

17.32

29.64

1.80

1.61

29.27

0.72

28.99

40.00

1.62

1.51

29.42

0.60

894.85

17.44

28.71

1.90

1.31

29.25

0.66

28.86

40.00

1.76

1.41

29.38

0.62

946.90

17.49 •

28.01

1.88

1.12

29.22

0.75

28.61

40.00

1.82

1.36

29.24

0.73

999.00

16.89

28.24

1.63

1.48

29,06

0.96

28.11

40.00

1.83

1.53

29.14

0.81

In Stock... Immediate Delivery

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1639

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

broadband linear

Power Amplifiers

up to 50mW (+17 dBm)

10 MHz to 2000 MHz

case style selection

outline drawings pages 58-62

NEW!

FREQUENCY

GAIN, dB

MAXIMUM POWER, dBm

DYNAMIC RANGE!

VSWR

1 DC POWER i

PRICE $

MODEL

NO.

MHz

Flatness
Min. Max

Output (IdB) Input

Compression (no damage)

NF, dB
Typ.

Intercept
pt., dBm
3rd order
Typ.

in Out

Volt.

Current

Ea. Qty.

ZFL-2000

10-2000

20 ± 1.5

+ 17 * +5

7.0

+ 30

2:1 2:1

+ 15 V

100 mA

179 ( 1 - 9 )

NOTES:

* + 1 6dBm at 1 000 MHz.

1. Operating temperature -55°Cto +100°C
Storage temperature - 55°C to +100°C

2. With no load output, derate maximum input power (no damage) by 10 dB.

3. Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

ZFL-2000

FREQUENCY

GAIN

REVERSE GAIN

VSWR

LINEARITY

(MHz)

(dB)

(dB)

in

out

pout

(dBm)

Comp.

(dB)

10.00

22.68

33.41

1.44

1.28

15.44

1.26

105.42

22.58

33.31

1.46

1.21

15.35

1.26

200.83

22.60

33.35

1.44

1.13

15.32

1.30

296.25

22.48

33.37

1.35

1.09

15.24

1.28

391.67

22.32

33.45

1.24

1.13

15.19

1.05

487.08

21.96

33.60

1.18

1.14

15.11

0.92

582.50

21.63

34.05

1.21

1.18

14.74

0.80

677.92

21.60

34.33

1.37

1.24

14.86

0.82

773.33

22.03

34.03

1.48

1.30

15:28

0.74

868.75

22.42

33.59

1.53

1.36

15.74

0.71

964.17

22.64

33.12

1.49

1.45

15.98

0.62

1059.40

22.89

32.74

1.39

1.59

16.25

0.68

1154.70

23.14

32.22

v 1.25

1.71

16.42

0.79

1250.20

23.44

31.64

1.05

1.76

16.54

0.88

1345.80

23.34

31.15

1.19

1.67

16.57

0.73

1441.00

23.18

30.81

1.44

1.52

16.55

0.63

1535.90

22.96

30.64

1.64

1.31

16.45

0.49

1631.50

22.64

30.73

1.77

1.10

16.22

0.38

1726.90

22.32

30.57

1.78

1.11

15.97

0.33

1822.20

22.08

30.05

1.67

1.28

15.80

0.26

1917.60

21.70

29.21

1.54

1.43

15.67

0.03

2014.80

21.03

29.26

. 1.55

1.53

15.58

- 0.46

2108.20

20.24

28.70

1.97

1.57

15.20

- 0.89

2204.00

19.23

28.44

2.93

1.48

14.47

- 1.17

2299.70

18.26

28.28

4.15

1.29

13.35

- 1.11

E3Mini-Gircuits

P.O. BOX 166, Brooklyn, New York 11235

(212) 934-4500

1*1640

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

50 ohms □ Mini-Circuits

up to 1 Watt (+30 dBm)
700 MHz to 4.2 GHz

ZHL-42

MODEL

NO.

FREQUENCY

GHz

GAIN, dB

Flatness
Min. Max

MAXIMUM POWER, dBm

Output (IdB) Input

Compression (no damage)

DYNAMIC RANGE

Intercept
pt., dBm
NF, dB 3rd order
Typ. Typ.

VSWR

In Out

DC POWER

Volt. Current

PRICE $

Ea. Qty.

ZHL-42 ZHL-42

0 . 7 - 4. 2

30 ± 1.0

+ 29 +10

10 +38

2 . 5:1 2 . 5:1

15 0 . 69A

895 ( 1 - 9 )

case U 36

SMA

NOTES:

1. Operating temperature - 20°C to + 65°C
Storage temperature - 55°C to +100°C

2. With no load output, derate maximum input power (no damage) by 10 dB.

3. Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

computer-automated performance data

typical production unit / for data of other models consult factory

FREQUENCY

GAIN

REVERSE GAIN

VSWR

LINEARITY

(MHz)

(dB)

(dB)

in

out

POUt

(dBm)

Comp.

(dB)

700.25

33.56

47.42

1.57

1.98

28.91

1.18

845.84

33.44

47.61

1.54

1.67

28.82

1.05

991.85

33.61

47.66

1.51

1.42

29.29

0.86

1137.60

34.37

47.97

1.46

1.37

29.98

0.93

1283.50

34.54

47.96

1.43

1.36

30.42

0.61

1429.70

34.09

48.08

1.60

1.33

30.65

0.07

1575.50

34.06

48.00

1.67

1.47

30.53

0.16

1720.90

34.65

48.03

1.72

1.43

30.65 •

0.80

1866.60

35,05

48.15

1.62

1.32

30.46

1.41

2013.10

35.42

48.30

1.57

1.20

30.57

1.75

2158.00

35.21

48.36

1.47

1.21

30.53

1.40

2304.20

34.72

48.35

1.48

1.16

30.13

1.30

2448.60

34.42

48.27

1.49

1.15

29.77

1.22

2595.20

34.55

48.36

1.51

1.18

29.91

1.05

2741.40

33.78

48.26

1.37

1.24

30.01

0.31

2887.60

34.03

48.29

1.34

1.52

30.35

0.32

2999.40

34.25

48.39

1.28

1.94

30.38

0.49

3033.30

34.05

48.50

1.24

1.99

30.50

0.29

3179.70

33.85

48.35

1.24

1.74

30.27

0.36

3324.30

34.01

48.62

1.30

1.56

30.04

0.77

3470.30

34.34

48.51

1.39

1.43

30.19

0.79

3616.70

34.49

48.76

1.58

1.28

29.91

1.07

3763.00

34.65

48.61

1.67

1.11

29.73

0.72

3909.00

32.36

48.49

1.54

1.21

29.69

0.33

4053.50

33.32

48.74

1.39

1.39

30.30

0.05

4199.90

34.60

48.69

1.44

1.84

30.04

0.08

In Stock... Immediate Delivery

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1641

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

detectors

the world’s highest performance

1000 mV output, 1 mV DC offset. . • only + 7 dBm input

from $15.95

These new high efficiency phase detectors are the only units in the world
offering a figure-of-merit greater than 125 for only $15.95.

The figure-of-merit M or efficiency of a phase detector can be defined as the
ratio of maximum DC output voltage (in mV) divided by the RF power (in dBm).
The maximum DC output from these units is 1000 mV with + 7 dBm applied to
the LO and RF ports, and DC offset is typically 400 micro-volts. Thus, its figure-of-
merit M is 143, which indicates a highly efficient phase detector. For comparison, a
double-balanced mixer used as a phase detector offers 350 mV DC output with
the same LO and RF inputs for a figure-of-merit M of 50.

Both the RPD-1 and MPD-1 are packaged in a hermetically-sealed EMI-
shielded metal case. The miniature RPD-1 measures 0.4 x 0.8 x 0.4 in. and the
micromin MPD-1 is only 0.2 x 0.5 x 0.25 in.

So when your system requires a high output phase detector, specify the new
RPD or MPD series.

MPD-1

RPD-1, MPD-1 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE:

L and R ports

1-100 MHz

Output ports

DC-50 MHz

SCALE FACTOR

8 mV/Degree

IMPEDANCE

L and R ports

50 ohms

I port

500 ohms

L and R SIGNAL LEVELS

+ 7 dBm

ISOLATION, L-R

40 dB min

MAXIMUM DC OUTPUT, mV

1000 mV typ

750 mV min

DC OUTPUT POLARITY

(L and R in-phase)

Negative

DC OUTPUT OFFSET

0.2 mV typ

1 mV max

FIGURE-OF-MERIT, M

143 Typical

SIZE

PRICE

RPD-1 0.4 X 0.8 X 0.4

$15.95 (5-24)

MPD-1 0.2 X 0.5 X 0.25

$18.95 (5-24)

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

For complete specs and CAPD data, refer to

EEM or Gold Book and request technical bulletin Q&A no. 3

OMini-Circuits

■■ A Division of Scientific Components Corporation

World’s largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
P.O. Box 166, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212) 934-4500
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 6201 56

63 REV B

1*1642

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Phase Detectors

High-Figure-Of-Merit

RPD SERIES

MODEL FREQUENCY Z(Ohms) COST

RPD-1 1-100 MHz 50 $15.95(5-24)

DESCRIPTION — These new high efficiency phase
detectors offer state-of-the-art performance while still
economically priced. These are the only units in the world
offering a figure-of-merit greater than 125— at only $15.95.

The figure-of-merit M or efficiency of a phase detector can be
defined as the ratio of maximum DC output voltage (in mV)
divided by the RF power (in dBm). The maximum DC output of
the RPD-1 is 1000 mV with + 7 dBm applied to the LO and RF
ports. Thus, its figure-of-merit M is 143, which represents a
highly efficient phase detector. For comparison, a standard
phase detector offers 350 mV DC output with the same LO
and RF inputs for a figure-of-merit M of 50.

Only 0.40 inches high, the low profile RPD series of phase
detectors covers a very broad frequency range from 1 to 100
MHz. Exhibiting a flat frequency response, these units are
designed to operate with a 50 ohm impedance at the L & R
ports, and 500 ohms at the I port. Output is 1000 mV (typ) and
isolation is greater than 50 dB (typ).

Packaged within an RFI shielded metal enclosure and
hermetically sealed header, these high performance units
have their 8 pins located on a 0.2 inch grid.

High reliability is a characteristic of the RPD series. Each unit
carries a one-year guarantee by Mini-Circuits.

DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTIONS

Letter M over pin 2
Blue bead pin 1

BOTTOM VIEW

A

B

C

D

E

F

IN.

.770

.800

.385

.400

.370

.400

MM

19.5

20.3

9.7

10.1

9.3

10.1

hH

.030 Dia x Ks Lg
on 0.2 Grid

PIN LAYOUT

Model No.

-1

LO

8

RF

1

IF

3,4

Ground

2, 5, 6, 7

Case Ground

2

NOTE: PINS 3 AND 4 MUST BE
CONNECTED TOGETHER

WEIGHT

5.2 grams

.18 ounces

C3 Mini-Circuits

FEATURES

Broadband, 1 -1 00 MHz

High Output, 1 000 mV

High Figure-Of-Merit, M, 143 typical

High Isolation, typically greater than 50 dB

Low DC Offset, 0.2 mV typical

Miniature, 0.1 28 in. cu., 0.4 in x 0.8 PC area,

0.4 in. high

High Reliability, 100% tested
Low Cost, $15.95(5-24)

APPLICATIONS

• Radar • Test instruments

• ECM Systems • Phase-lock loops

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS

o Input Power 50 mW

° Peak IF Input Current: 40 mA

• Operating and Storage

Temp.: — 55°C to + 1 00°C

• Pin Temperature: (10 sec.) +260°C

RPD-1 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE:

L and R ports
Output ports

1-100 MHz
DC-50 MHz

SCALE FACTOR

8 mV/Degree

IMPEDANCE

Land R ports

1 port

50 ohms

500 ohms

L and R SIGNAL LEVELS

+ 7 dBm

ISOLATION, L-R

40 dB min

MAXIMUM DC OUTPUT, mV

1 000 mV typ

750 mV min

DC OUTPUT POLARITY
(L and R in-phase)

Negative

DC OUTPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE

0.2 mV typ

1 mV max

FIGURE-OF-MERIT, M

143 Typical

MODEL RPD-1

PHASE DETECTION MAX

OUTPUT vs FREQ.

E

a iooo

CtJ

? 800
> 600
i. 400
1 200

L,R = +7dBm

12 5 10 20 50 100

Frequency, MHz

EEM 1983

WWW WWI192625 E. 14th St,, Brooklyn, NY 11235 (212) 769 0200/Dom Telex 125460/lnt'l. Telex 620156

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1 643

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

the world’s lowest-priced coax attenuators
3, 6, 10 or 20 dB ... from DC to 1500 MHz
one-piece design defies rough handling

Check these features:

V Solid one-piece
tubular construction

V Available with BNC, N, SMA, TNC
connectors

V Male/female connectors standard

V Connector series intermixing available

V 2 watts max. power (except 0.5W for SMA)

V Excellent temperature stability, .002 dB/°C

V Low-cost, only $11.95 BNC (1-49 qty.)

attenuation values may be combined

V Delivery, from stock

V Exclusive one-year guarantee

Attention Change VSWR

Attenuation, Attenuation Frequency over Frequency Range, Max.

Model dB Tolerance MHz MHz (50 ohms)

DC- 1000-
DC-1000 1000-1500 1000 1500

—AT— 3

3

±0.2dB

DC-1500

0.6dB

l.OdB

1.3:1

1.5:1

—AT— 6

6

±0.3dB

DC-1500

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

—AT— 10

10

±0.3dB

DC-1500

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

—AT— 20

20

±0.3dB

DC-1500

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

Add prefix C for BNC ($1 1. 95), T for TNC ($12.95),

N for Type N ($15.95), S for SMA ($14.95)

finding new ways ...
setting higher standards

C^Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)769-0200
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

1*1644

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3 to 40 dB. . . from DC to 1500 MHz

from

AT SERIES
1,000 Qty.

Check these features:

V High stability; thick-film construction
in a hermetically-sealed case

V Rugged construction meets MIL STD 202

V Miniature size:

AT-Series: 0.4" x 0.8" x 0.2" h
MAT-Series: 0.5" x 0.21" x 0.25" h

V Flat frequency response, ± 0.3dB(typ.)

V Excellent VS WR, less than 1.2:1 (typ. )

AT- MAT- Attenuation, dB Attenuation Variation VSWR Max
SERIES SERIES Nominal Tolerance With Frequency DC- 1000-
DC-1000 1000-1500 1000 1500

AT-3

MAT-3

3

±0.2dB

0.6dB

l.OdB

1.3:1

1.5:1

AT-6

MAT-6

6

±0.3dB

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

—

MAT-9

9

±0.3dB

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

AT-10

MAT-10

10

±0.3dB

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

—

MAT-12

12

±0.3dB

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

—

MAT-15

15

±0.3dB

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

AT-20

MAT-20

20

±0.3dB

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

AT-40*

40

±0.3dB

0.6dB

0.8dB

1.3:1

1.5:1

*AT-40 Frequency Range DC-500 MHz

Frequency Range: DC- 1500 MHz, power (max.) MAT = 0.5W, AT = 1W

V Low cost: Models may be combined for group pricing
AT-Series: $1.95 (1,000 qty.), $3.95 (10-49)
MAT-Series: $2.95 (1,000 qty.) $4.95 (10-49)

Delivery from stock

DESIGNERS KIT AVAILABLE:

KAT-1 ... 4 of each (3, 6, 10, 20 dB), only $39.95
KMAT-1 ... 2 of each (3, 6, 9, 10, 12, 15, 20), only $39.95

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

□□Mini-Circuits

■ • u ■ A Division of Scientific Components Corporation

World’s largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)934-4500
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

C96 REV. A

1*1645

insertion Loss, dB Insertion Loss, dB

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Electronic Attenuators

Broadband

PAS

SERIES

ZFAS

SERIES

ZMAS N
SERIES
(SMA)

SERIES

INSERTION 10$$, c$B ISOLATION d8 t

MODEL FBEOlUEItCY ONE OCTAVE LOWER BANO EDGE TO UPPER BAND EDGE TO m '

M. mt FROM BAND total mmtrnHmn ci mm

Pote l] EDGE RANGE ... mm WM lit JN-KB*; INTUIT INCON tayeat $

(Note 2) INPUT CONTROL Typ. Max. Typ. Max. Typ. Mia. Typ. Min. Typ. Min. Typ. Mia. Typ, Mia. Typ. Min. % Ea. Ql

PAS SERIES

PAS-1

5-450

DC-0.05

3.5 4.0

3.5 4.7

65 50

35 25

45 35

25 15

35 25

20

10

case outline Fig. 1

PAS-2

10-1000

DC-0.05

4.0 6.0

6.5 8.5

50 40

30 20

40 30

17 10

35 25

17

10

PAS-3

1-200

DC-0.05

1.4 2.0

1.6 2.5

65 50

35 25

50 40

20 15

50 35

15

10

ZAS SERIES

ZAS-1

5-450

DC-0.05

3.5 4.0

3.5 4.7

65 50

35 25

55 45

25 15

35 25

20

10

case outline Fig. 22

ZAS-3

1-200

DC-0.05

1.4 2.0

1.6 2.5

65 50

35 25

50 40

20 15

50 35

15

10

ZMAS SERIES

ZMAS-1

5-450

DC-0.05

3.5 4.0

3.5 4.7

65 50

35 25

55 45

25 15

35 25

20

10

case outline Fig. 21

ZMAS-3

1-200

DC-0.05

1.4 2.0

1.6 2.5

65 50

35 25

50 40

20 15

50 35

15

10

ZFAS SERIES

case outline Fig. 18

ZFAS-15 10-2500 DC-200 3.5 4.0 3.5 5.0 20 18

For environmental specifications refer to page 1.

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

19 15

35 25

28 20

30 20

20

15

27.95 (5-24)

37.95 (5-24)

28.95 (5-24)

45.95 (4-24)

46.95 (4-24)

55.95 (4-24)

56.95 (4-24)

89.95 (1-4)

t Consult factory

See Mixer dimensions page 7
for dimensions

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER

MCL MODEL

NSN NO.

PAS-3

5985-01-067-3035

INSERTION LOSS vs FREQUENCY

—

— M

—

—

i

—

—

—

— r —

[

■

1 I

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

ATTENUATION vs FREQUENCY

COKTROL CURRENT, 0 mA

2 5 10 100

Frequency, MHz

I INSERTION LOSS vs FREQUENCY

1 2 5 10 100

Frequency, MHz

ATTENUATION vs FREQUENCY

COKTROL CURRENT, 0 mA

ATTENUATION vs CONTROL CURRENT

f = 270 MHz

» TTfrrrTr. ,i.i

i'j "j'j'"! 1 1 ;TT r

.0001 .001 .01 .1 1 2 5 10 100

Current, mA

100

Frequency, MHz

12 5 10

100 1000
Frequency, MHz

.0001 .001 .01 .1 1 2 5 10 100

Current, mA

2825 E. 14th St., Brooklyn, XY 11235 1212) 769Q2B0f0om, Tote* 12546B«ntl. Telex 820156

1*1646

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Limiters q Mini-Circuits

Broadband

For dimensions see
PLS Mixer dimensions

SERIES Page 7

OUTPUT

LEVEL

INPUT

(TYP.)

TYP.

t

MODEL

LEVEL

{CONTROL

LIMITING

RELATIVE PHASE VARIATION

CONTROL

Pin/

PRICE

NO,

FREQ,

RANGE

CURRENT

(OVER RF INPUT LEVEL dBm)

(OVER RF INPUT LEVEL, dBm)

CURRENT

Layout

I1I1I11

{Note 1}

MHz

dBm

3mA)

A OUT/AtdB IN

A D / A IdB IN

mA

Z

Fig.

Ea.

Oty.

PLS SERIES

PLS 1

0.1-150

6 to 20

—1.6 dBm

(6 to 10) (10 to 16) (16 to 20)

(6 to 10) (10 to 16) (16 to 20)

3

50

18.95

(5-49)

case

outline

0.1 0.1 0.2

0.5° 0.5° 1.0°

Fig. 1

PLS-2

100-900

3 to 15

—5 dBm

(3 to 8) (8 to 12) (12 to 15)

(3 to 15)

10

50

18.95

(5-49)

0.2 0.2 0.4

2.0°

PLS 6

0.003-1

6 to 20

—3 dBm

(6 to 10) (10 to 16) (16 to 20)

(6 to 20)

5

50

29.95

(5-49)

0.2 0.1 0.15 1.0°

NOTE 1: For environmental specifications refer to page 1.
Prices and specifications subject to change without notice.

t Consult factory

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES

+4 +8 +12 +16 +20
Input Level, dBm

+4 +8 +12 +16 +20

Input Level, dBm

OUTPUT LEVEL vs FREQUENCY

1 1 1

1

\

INPUT LEVEL +14 dB

m

**

V

T]

VSWR vs FREQUENCY

j ;

| !

j

|' !

>

i i

\

— fr — ■*“

U-f—

~ ] out :

T

i

i

1 ;

! r

_LL

1 !

j

□

L__

,

[CONTROL CURRENT, 15 mA

1 1

i i

i

L_

l_i_

Frequency, MHz

Frequency, MHz

+4 +8 +12 +16 +20

Input Level, dBm

OUTPUT LEVEL «$ CONTROL CURRENT

— , — *

-

■

lZ

FREQUENCY: 1 MHz

INPUT LEVEL +14

dBm

J

-6

ZJ

_

_

0 2 4 6 8 10
Control Current, mA

all modeb available for immediate delivery

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1*1647

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

FREQUENCY DOUBLERS

ARE ONLY A
PHONE CALL AWAY

34&0

O Mini-Circuits

( 212 ) 769-0200

For dimensions see

Mixer dimensions

page 7

AK: Fig. 3

RK: Fig. 1

SK: Fig. 2

MK: Fig. 21

for GK and FK
consult factory

CHOOSE FROM A WIDE SELECTION....

50 KHz-2000 MHz O dBm to + 20 dBm

Check these specifications.

FREQUENCY

MHz

RF INPUT
POWER

CONVERSION
LOSS, dB

HARMONIC OUTPUT

Spurious Harmonic Output, dB Relative to F2

PRICE

(NOTE 1)

INPUT

OUTPUT

FULL RANGE
dBm

OVER FREQ.
BAND MHz

Typ .

Max.

OVER FREQ.
BAND MHz

FI

Typ. Max.

F3

Typ. Max.

F4

Typ. Max.

$

EA.

QTY.

AK-2

1-500

2-1000

+1 to +15

1-100

100-300

300-500

13

13.5

14.0

15

15.5

16.5

2-200

200-600

600-1000

-40 -30
-25 -20
-20 -15

-50

-40

-30

-40

-30

-25

-16

-16

-16

-12

-12

19.95

( 5 - 24 )

RK-2

1-500

2-1000

+1 to +15

1-100

100-300

300-500

13

13.5

14.0

15

15.5

16.5

2-200

200-600

600-1000

-40 -30
-25 -20
-20 -15

-50

-40

-30

-40

-30

-25

-16

-16

-16

-12

-12

15.95

( 5 - 24 )

RK-3

. 05-150

. 1-300

+0 to +13

. 05-50

50-150

11

11.5

13

15

. 1-100

100-300

-40 -30
-35 -20

-45

-40

-30

-20

-16

-16

-12

-12

14.95

( 5 - 24 )

| RK-6

. 005-25

. 01-50

+0 to +10

. 005-1

1-25

11

11.5

13

15

.01-2

2-50

-40 -30
-35 -20

-45

-40

-30

-20

-16

-16

-12

-12

21.95

( 5 - 24 )

SK-2

1-500

2-1000

+1 to +15

1-100

100-300

300-500

13

13.5

14.0

15

15.5

16.5

2-200

200-600

600-1000

-40 -30
-25 -20
-20 -15

-50

-40

-30

-40
— r30
-25

-16

-16

-16

-12

-12

21.95

( 5 - 24 )

GK-2

1-500

2-1000

+ 1 to +15

1-100

100-300

300-500

13

13.5

14.0

15

15.5

16.5

2*200

200-600

600-1000

-40 -30
-25 -20
-20 -15

-50

-40

-30

-40

-30

-25

-16

-16

-16

-12

-12

32.95

d - 4 )

GK-3

. 05-150

. 1-300

+0 to +13

. 05-50

50-150

11

11.5

13

15

■ . 1-100
100-300

-40 -30
-35 -20

-45

-40

-30

-20

-16

-16

-12

-12

30.95

( 1 - 4 )

★GK-5

10-1000

20-2000

+10 to + 20 ^

10-600

600-1000

13

14

15

17

- 10-1000

-20 -15

-25

-20

-

-

57.95

d - 4 )

MK-2

1-500

2-1000

+1 to +15

1-100

100-300

300-500

13

13.5

14.0

15

15.5

16.5

2-200
200-600
- . 600-1000

-40 -30
-25 -20
-20 -15

-50

-40

-30

-40

-30

-25

-16

-16

-16

-12

-12

42.95

( 1 - 4 )

MK-3

. 05-150

. 1-300

+0 to +13

. 05-50

50-150

11

11.5

13 .

15

. 1-100

100-300

-40 -30
-35 -20

-45

-40

-30

-20

-16

-16

-12

-12

37.95

d - 4 )

★MK-5

10-1000

20-2000

+10 to + 20 ^

10-600

600-1000

13

14

15

17

10-1000

-20 -15

-25

-20

-

-

67.95

d - 4 )

★FK-5

10-1000

20-2000

+ 10 to + 20 ^

10-600

600-1000

13

14

15

17

10-1000

-20 -15

-25

-20

-

-

59.95

d - 4 )

^ For Models GK - 5 ; MK - 5 ; FK-5 full range is +13 dBm to +15 dBm above 700 MHz

^Mini-Circuits

MINI-CIRCUITS LABORATORY A DIVISION OF SCIENTIFIC COMPONENTS CORPORATION
2625 E. 14th St.. Brooklyn, NY 11235 (212) 769-0200 Dom. Telex 125460 Int i. Telex 620156

1-1648

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

the world’s widest selection of matching ratios

10KHz - 800MHz. • o balanced, DC isolated, center°tapped
46 off-the-shelf models from Mini-Circuits from $ 2 95

Bent Lead version,
please specify

Select from the economical, microminiature T-series (plastic case) or TMO
series (hermetically-sealed metal case) covering 10 KHz to 800 MHz. These
models operate from 12.5 to 800 ohms with insertion loss typically less than 0.5 dB.

Fqr large dynamic range applications, specify the T-H series which can handle
up to 100 mA primary current without saturation or distortion.

Need a connector version? Select from the FT or FTB series, available with
unbalanced or balanced outputs. Connector choices are female (BNC, Isolated
BNC, and Type N) and male (BNC and Type N). These units operate from 10 KHz
to 500 MHz with impedances of 50 and 75 ohms.

Of course, Mini-Circuits’ one-year guarantee is included.

DC ISOLATED
PRIMARY &
SECONDARY

Model No.

Jmped. Ratio
Freq. (MHz)

T Model (10-49)

TMO model (10-49) $4.95

Tl-1 T1-1H Tl.5-1 T2.5-6 T4-6

TMOl-1 TMOl.5-1 TM02.5-6 TM04-6

1 1 1.5 2.5 4

8-300 .1-300 .01-100 .02-200

$4.95 $3.95 $3.95 $3.95

$6.75 $6.45 $6.45

.15-400

$2.95

T9-1

TM09-1

9

.15-200

$3.45

$6.45

T9-1H

T16-1 T16-1H

TM016-1

9 16 16

2-90 .3-120 7-85

$5.45 $3.95 $5.95

$6.45

CENTER-TAPPED
DC ISOLATED
PRIMARY &
SECONDARY

Model No.

Imped. Ratio
Freq. (MHz)

T Model (1049)
TMO model (1049)

T1-1T T2-1T T2.5-6T T3-1T T4-1

TMOl-lT TM02-1T TM02.5-6T TM03-1T TM04-1

1 2 2.5 3 4

.05-200 -07-200 .01-100 .05-250 .2-350

$3.95 ' $4.25 $4.25 $3.95 $2.95

$6.45 $6.75 $6.75 $6.45 $4.95

4

8-350

$4.95

T5-1T T13-1T

TM05-1T TM013-1T

5 13

.3-300 .3-120

$4.25 $4.25

$6.75 $6.75

UNBALANCED
PRIMARY &
SECONDARY

T2-1

T3-1

Model No.
Imped. Ratio
Freq. (MHz)

T model (1049)

TM02-1 TM03-1

2 3

.025-600 .5800

$3.45 $4.25

TMO Model (1049) $5.95

$6.95

TM04-2 TM08-1 TM014-1

4 8 14

.2-600 .15-250 .2-150

$3.45 $3.45 $4.25

$5.95 $5.95 $6.75

Model No. FT1.5-1 FTB1-1 FTB1-6 FTB1-1-75

Imped. Ratio 1.5 1 1 1

Freq. (MHz) .1400 .2-500 .01*125 5-500

(1-4) $29.95 $29.95 $29.95 $29.95

CP Mini- Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corp.

World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)769-0200
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

C59 REV. B

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1649

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

;:he worlds smallest and
lowest priced flatpack mixer

shrinks size ana cost.

The ASK-1 from Mini-Circuits $ 5 95 (,<m»>

Mini-circuits

Model ASK-l/Plastic Case

Until now, the smallest mixer flatpack available
was 0.510 by 0.385 inches or 0.196 sq. inches.

Now, Mini-Circuits introduces the ultra-com-
pact ASK series, measuring only 0.300 by 0.270
inches or 0.081 sq. inches, more than doubling
packaging density on a PC board layout.

Utilizing high production techniques devel-
oped by Mini-Circuits, the world’s largest manu-
facturer of double-balanced mixers, the ASK-1 is
offered at the surprisingly low price of only $5.95
(in 10 quantity).

Production quantities are available now for
immediate delivery. And, of course, each unit is
manufactured under the high quality standards
of Mini-Circuits and is covered by a one-year
guarantee.

ASK-1 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE:

RE LO: 1-600 MHz;

IF; DC-600 MHz

CONVERSION LOSS:

One Octave from Bandedge: 8.5 dB Max.
Mid-Range; 7.0 dB Max.

ISOLATION:

L-R; 45 dB Typ.; L-I. 30 dB Typ.

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS:

Total Input Power: 50 mW
Total Input Current, peak: 20 mA
Operating Temperature: -55°C, + 100°C
Storage Temperature: -55°to +100°C
Pin Temperature (10 sec): + 260°C

WEIGHT: .35 grams CASE: Plastic

(.01 ounces)

C3 Mini-Circuits

ococ r- ..... r? a s largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
2625 East 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)769-0200
Domestic and International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156

52 REV A

1*1650

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

M I CROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Fully detailed specs on mixer conversion loss, isolation,
VSWR, and intermod characteristics. No more guesswork on
how your selected mixer will interact with filters, see how
critical parameters vary with frequency, spot in-band
spurious responses, observe how LO drive variations affect
VSWR and intermod... with precise data points generated
from a computer controlled HP 8566A spectrum analyzer.

2625 Ec
Domestic ar

Need data at frequencies other than those supplied?

No problem. . . just contact us and we’ll comply promptly.
CAPD — exclusive with Mini-Circuits.

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers
: 14th Street, Brooklyn, New York 11235 (212)934-4500

International Telex 125460 International Telex 620156 C77REV.A

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1651

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

double

balanced

mixers

standard level (+10 dBm LO)

50 KHz to 2000 MHz

only $26 95 (5-24)

AVAILABLE IN STOCK FOR
IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• miniature 0.4 x 0.8 x 0.4 in.

• MIL-M-28837/1A performance*

• low conversion loss 6.0 dB

• high isolation 25 dB

SRA-220 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE, (MHz)

LO, RF

.05-2000

IF

.05-500

CONVERSION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX.

One octave from band edge

6.0

7.5

Total range

7.0

9.0

ISOLATION, dB

TYP.

MIN.

.05-. 5

LO-RF

25

20

LO-IF

25

20

.5-1000

LO-RF

40

30

LO-IF

40

30

1000-2000

LO-RF

30

20

LO-IF

25

15

Signal 1 dB Compression level +3dBm

For complete specifications and performance
curves refer to the 1980-1981 Microwaves Product
Data Directory, the Goldbook or EEM.

'units are not QPL listed

finding new ways. . .
setting higher standards

(^Mini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B’klyn, N.Y. 11235(212)769-0200

85-3 REV. ORIG.

0.5 to 500 MHz

only $17 95 ( 5 - 24 )

INSTOCK. ..IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• RF input upto +10dBm

• MIL-28837/1 A-08N
performance*

for-08S specify SRA-1H HI-REL

• NSN 6625-00-594-0223

• low conversion loss, 6dB

• hi isolation, 40dB

• hermetically-sealed

• hi reliability, diode burn-in
1 volt, 168hrs., 150°C

• 1 year guarantee

*Units are not QPL listed

SRA-1H SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE, (MHz)
LO, RF 0.5-500

IF DC-500

CONVERSION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX.

One octave band edge

5.5

7.5

Total range

6.5

8.5

ISOLATION, dB

TYP.

MIN.

low range

LO-RF

55

45

LO-IF

45

35

mid range

LO-RF

45

30

LO-IF

40

30

upper range

LO-RF

35

25

LO-IF

30

20

SIGNAL 1 dB Compression level

+ 10 dBm

For complete specifications and performance
curves refer to the Microwaves Product
Data Director, the Goldbook, EEM,
or Mini-Circuits catalog

finding new ways . . .
setting higher standards

GSMini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World’s largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B’klyn, N.Y. 11235(212) 769-0200

, C 72-3 REV. B

.05 to 500 MHz

only $74*09)

INSTOCK. ..IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

• low distortion, +38 dBm
intercept point, (two-tone,
3rd order)

• up to +24 dBm RF input

• low conversion loss, 6 dB

• hi isolation, 40 dB

• miniature 0.4 x 0.8 x 0.4 in.

• hermetically-sealed

• MIL-M-28837/1 A
performance*

• one year guarantee

*Units are not QPL listed

VAY-1 SPECIFICATIONS

FREQUENCY RANGE, (MHz)
LO-RF 0.05-500

IF 0.02-500

CONVERSION LOSS, dB

TYP.

MAX.

One octave from band edge

6.0

7.5

Total range

7.5

8.5

ISOLATION, dB

TYP.

MIN.

low range LO-RF

47

40

LO-IF

47

40

mid range LO-RF

46

35

LO-IF

46

35

upper range LO-RF

35

25

LO-IF

35

25

SIGNAL 1 dB Compression level +24

dBm Typ.

finding new ways ...
setting higher standards

OMini-Circuits

A Division of Scientific Components Corporation
World's largest manufacturer of Double Balanced Mixers

2625 E. 14th St. B’klyn, N.Y. 11235(212)769-0200

C74-3 REV. B

hi-level

mixers

ultra

hi-level

mixers

(+27dBmL0)

1-1652

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

WIDEBAND POWER DIVIDERS/COMBINERS,
HYBRID TRANSFORMERS, & TERMINATIONS

Worth Hills

POWER DIVIDERS/COMBINERS

0.2-110 and 30-225 MHz
2, 4, and 8-way
50 and 75 ohms

Series 01 and 10 Power Dividers are designed for low power applications
in the 0.2 to 110 and 30 to 225 MHz frequency ranges.

Hybrid Junction Techniques are employed to assure superior isolation and
minimal insertion loss. VSWR is optimized at all ports.

50 and 75 ohm impedances are standard. Other impedances available on
special order.

2-WAY

4-WAY

8-WAY

Model

50-

201 RA

75-

201RA

50-

21 ORA

75-
21 ORA

50-

401 RB

75-

401RB

50-

41 ORB

75-

410RB

50-

801SA

75-

80 ISA

50-

810SA

75-

810SA

Impedance (n)

50

75

50

75

50

75

50

75

50

75

50

75

Frequency Range (MHz)

0.2

110

30 -

225

0.2

110

30-

225

0.2

110

30

225

Insertion Loss (dB)

0.5

1.0

0.5

1.0

1.0

1.5

Isolation (dB min)

30

30

30

30

30

30

Amplitude Balance
(± dB)

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

1.0

0.5

Phase Balance (± °)

0.5

2.0

1.0

2.0

0.5

2.0

Input VSWR

1.1

1.25

1.1

1.25

1.1

1.25

Input Power. (watts)

3

5

5

Case Style

RA

RA

RB

RB

SA

SA

Weight (gm)

50

50

65

65

160

160

HYBRID TRANSFORMERS

SUM & DIFFERENCE
(4-port)

A

DIFFERENCE DIVIDER
(3-port)

Port Impedance

Type

500 750

50-212RE 75-212RE

Frequency Range
Insertion Loss
Isolation

Amplitude Balance
Phase Balance

VSWR

Power

0.2 - 110 MHz

1 dB max

30 dB min
±.3 dB

1° max

1.20 max

0.5 watt max

Port Impedance

500

750

Type

50-221 RA

75-221 RA

Frequency Range
Insertion Loss

.2-110 MHz

1 dB max

Isolation

30 dB

min

Null

40 dB

min

VSWR

1.20 max

Power

0.5 watt max

TERMINATIONS

Model

Impedance

Frequency Range

VSWR

Connector

R50-101

50 fl

DC - 1 GHz

1.06 max.

BNC Male

R75-101

75 Q

DC - 1 GHz

1.06 max.

BNC Male

CASE STYLES

q P j

.93

RA

-1.33-

1.92 cj

M

r \

©

TTTJ

lo — — -

N3

q p .93

| — 1.33'

£L

R 1.92

IT

p .93

RE

BNC Connectors are standard. Other connectors available on special order.
Stud mounting standard. \\

Different case styles, including printed circuit types with solder termi-
nals, available on special order.

SPECIAL UNITS — 10 Hz to 1 GHz

In addition to our standard lines, North Hills custom designs to
specific requirements. Examples of these include:

• Active unity - or high-gain power splitters, adders and com-
biners.

® High power dividers.

• Resistive dividers from dc to 500 MHz

• Power dividers for video applications with response down to
1 kHz.

• Non-standard impedances.

Worth Hills Electronics, inc.

GLEN COVE, N.Y. 11542 • 516-671-5700

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1653

WONDERFILE!

4^11-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Microwave Filters and RF Attenuators

TUBULAR

LOWPASS

FILTERS

Cutoff frequency range:
30 to 2,750 MHz.
Available with 2 thru 12
sections and virtually
any RF connector.

SERIES TLP

100 to 2,750 MHz
V 2 " diam.
low cost
small size

SERIES TLA

50 to 1,500 MHz
%" diam.
intermediate loss
size power

SERIES TLC

30 to 1,000 MHz
1%" diam.
low loss
highest power

TUBULAR

BANDPASS

FILTERS

Featuring 0.1 dB
Chebyschev design, these
cover 30 to 2,400 MHz,

2 to 30% bandwidth, 2 to
12 sections.

SERIES TBP

100 to 2,400 MHz
l / 2 " inch diam.
lowest cost
most popular

SERIES TBA

50 to 1,000 MHz
%" inch diam.
medium loss
and power

SERIES TBC

30 to 900 MHz
1%" inch diam.

lowest loss
highest power

TUNABLE BAND-
PASS FILTERS

MANUAL VERSION

Iris-coupled, 0.05 dB
Chebyschev design.
Frequency-Reading Dials,
Full Octave Coverage 48
MHz to 4 GHz Range, Indi-
vidually Calibrated, Vernier
Tuning, 3 or 5 sections.

SPECIFICATIONS

TTA 3% & 5 % SERIES

TTF 5% SERIES

VSWR

1.5:1 Maximum

1.5:1 Maximum

Impedance

50 Ohms

50 Ohms

Maximum Input Power

20 Watts

50 Watts

Dial Accuracy —

± 1%

± 1%

COMPUTER-CONTROLLED VERSION

New, digitally-addressable tunable
rf filters also available with IEEE 488,
RS232 and BCD addressing.

SUBMINIATURE

AND MINIATURE

aJV^

ROTARY STEP

ATTENUATORS

Available in nine

Accuracy to

models with ranges 1* jA

Wmk

0.5%

from 1 to 100 dB l

available

WmB

in custom

isjjj

ppp •

units.

TANDEM MOUNTED
ROTARY STEP
ATTENTUATORS

Combinations of
step units (described
above) in one assembly

•)

0

BENCH TYPE
ROTARY STEP
ATTENUATORS

Discrete instruments
for electonics lab,
production, testing,
or quality assurance

Model

dB

dB

Frequency

Impedance

VSWR

Accuracy*

No.

Range

Steps

Range

(ohms)

8051

0-60

10

2 GHz

50

1.3:1 max.

3%.

8052

0-10

1

2 GHz

50

1.3:1 max. *

±0.2 dB or 3%

8120

0-100

10

2 GHz

50

1.3:1 max.

3%

8121

0-60

10

2 GHz

50

1.3:1 max.

3%

8122

0-10

1

2 GHz

50

1.3:1 max.

±0.2 dB or 3%

8123

0-1

0.1

500 MHz

50

1.3:1 max.

±02 dB

8131

0-70

10

1 GHz

75

1.3:1 max.

396

8132

0-10

1

1 GHz

75

1.3:1 max.

±0.2 dB or 3%

8133

0-1

0.1

500 MHz

75

1.3:1 max.

±0.02 dB

Model

dB

dB

Frequency

Impedance

VSWR

Accuracy

No.

Range

Steps

Range

(ohms)

8107

0-69

1

2 GHz

50

1.3:1 to 1 GHz

±0.2 dB or 3%

8140

0-109

1

2 GHz

50

1.4:1 to 2 GHz

±0.2 dB or 3%.

8142

0-69

1

2 GHz

50

±0.2 dB or 3%

8149

0-10.9

0.1

500 MHz

50

dc to 500 MU/

1 :i 1 in.i\

±0.2 dB or 3%

Model

No.

dB

Range

dB

Steps

Frequency

Range

Impedance

(ohms)

VSWR

Accuracy

8128

0-100

10

.2 GHz

50

00

8129

0-10

1

2 GHz

50

1.3:1 to 1 GHz

±0.2 dB or 3%

8143

0-110

1

2 GHz

50

1.4:1 to 2 GHz

[ ±0.2 dB or 3%

8145

0-80

1

1 GHz

75

1.4:1 max.

±0.2 dB or 3%

8148

0-11

0.1

500 MHz

50

1.3:1 max.

Since 1960, Telonic has been a leading name in precision electronic
components. Telonic’s approach is to offer an exceptional /y wide choice
of standard filter types that can be delivered promptly — and which meet
your specification requirements. Electrical test design data accompanies
each order on request — and is your guarantee of quality assurance.

In the early 1960’s when Telonic needed a precision step attenuator
for one of their newly designed sweep generators, they had to revert to
the ultimate supplier— themselves— to get the performance and depend-
ability the instrument engineer demanded. Today, the product line has
expanded into a complete series of rotary step, toggle, fixed, program-
mable, and custom units.

■ Technical assistance ■ Custom designs ■ Competitive prices ■ Out-
standing product quality — backed by full warranty ■ Prompt delivery of
stock items.

Call toll free for specs, prices and delivery
on standard or special orders.

2825 Laguna Canyon Road, Laguna Beach, CA 92652
Tel: 800/854-2436, (714/494-9401 in CA),

Telex: 18-2720 Domestic, 47-20277 Foreign

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1655

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

$ HMK AHCROUKVE CORPORATION

CIRCULATORS AND ISOLATORS

Drop-In Type

ISOLATORS

POWER RATING

FREQ.

RANGE (GHz)

MODEL #
ISOLATORS

BANDWIDTH

%

ISOLATION
dB min.

INSERTION
LOSS
dB max.

VSWR

max.

OPERATING

TEMP.

C

PEAK

POWER

KW

AVERAGE

POWER

WATTS

HEATSINK

TEMP.

C

SIZE

(INCHES NOMINAL)

L W H

0 . 5 - 0. 7

29*0401

5

20

0.7

1.25

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

1.00

X

1.00

X

0.30

0 . 7 - 1. 0

29*0501

7

20

0.6

1.25

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

1.00

X

1.00

X

0.30

1 . 0 - 1. 3

29*1401

10

20

0.5

1.25

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

1.00

X

1.00

X

0.30

1 . 3 - 1.65

29*1501

... .10

20

0.5

1.25

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

1.00

X

1.00

X

0.30

1 . 65 - 2.0

29*1601

5

20

0.5

1.25

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

.075

X

.075

X

0.25

2 . 0 - 2. 5

29*3401

10

20

0.5

1.25

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.75

X

0.75

X

0.75

2 . 5 - 3. 7

29*3501

10

20

0.6

1.25

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.75

X

0.75

X

0.75

2 . 5 - 3. 7

29*3601

5

18

0.6

1.30

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.25

3 . 7 - 4. 6

29*6401

5

18

0.6

1.30

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.25

4 . 6 - 6. 2

29*6501

10

18

0.6

1.30

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.25

6 . 2 - 8. 0

29*6601

10

18

0.6

1.35

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.25

8 . 0 - 10.0

29*9401

10

18

0.6

1.35

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.25

10 . 0 - 12.0

29*9501

10

18

0.6

1.35

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.25

12 . 0 - 15.0

29*2401

10

17

0.6

1.45

-54 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.25

15 . 0 - 18.0

29*2501

10

17

0.6

1.45

.- 54 . tg .+ 95 .,

0.1

1.0

+ 50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.25

NOTE: Circulators are also available.

Ultraminiature, shielded drop-in isolators and circulators.

CIRCULATORS

MODEL #

FREQUENCY

(GHz)

BANDWIDTH

%

ISOLATION
dB min.

INSERTION
LOSS
dB max.

VSWR

OPERATING
TEMP. C

PEAK

PWR

(W)

AVG.

PWR

(W)

HEAT

SINK

TEMP.

SIZE

DIA.

INCH.

SIZE

HEIGHT

INCH.

79*6101

4-8

10

18

.5

1.3

-54 to +95

500

25

50

.375

.200

79*9001

8-12

10

18

.4

1.3

-54 to +95

50

20

50

.250

.156

79*2001

12-18

10

17

. -5

1.35

-54 to +95

50

20

50

.250

.156

79A9101

8-12

FULL

BAND

16

17

1.45

-54 to +95

50

20

50

.375

|

.200

ISOLATORS

89*6101

4-8

10

20

.5

1.25

-54 to +95

50

.7

50

.375

.200

89*9001

8-12

10

20

.4

1.25

-54 to +95

50

.5

50

.250

.156

89*2001

12-18

10

17

.5

1.35

-54 to +95

50

.5

50

.250

.156

89A2201

12-18

FULL

BAND

17

.7

1.50

-55 to +100

50

.7

50

.250

.156

. 89A9101

8-12

FULL

BAND

16

.7

1.45

j -54 to +95

50

.5

50

.375

.200

4726 Eisenhower Boulevard • Tampa, Florida 33614 • (813)884-1411 • TLX: 52-827 • TWX: 81 0-876-91 40

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1656

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

trak micRowmm

jo

fS>m

CIRCULATORS AND ISOLATORS

OCTAVE AND BROAD BANDWIDTH COAXIAL TYPE

ISOLATORS

POWER RATING

FREQ.

RANGE (GHz)

MODEL #

ISOLATION
dB min.

INSERTION
LOSS
dB max.

VSWR

max.

OPERATING

TEMP..

C

PEAK

POWER

KW

AVERAGE
POWER
WATTS .

HEATSINK

TEMP.

C

SIZE

(Inches Nominal)

L W

H

1. 0-2.0

60A1101

15

0.6

1.40

0 to +50

0.2

1.0

+35

1.60

X

1.60

X

0.75

2. 0-4.0

60A3001

18

0.5

1.30

-10 to +70

0.6

1.0

+40

1.00

X

1.00

X

0.50

2.6-5. 2

60A3011

18

0.5

1.30

-25 to +80

1.0

1.0

+45

1.00

X

1.00

X

0.50

3.0-6. 0

60A6301

18

0.5

1.40

-45 to +85

0.1

1.0

+50

0.75

X

0.75

X

0.50

4.0-8. 0

60A6001

18

0.5

1.30

-45 to +95

2.0

1.0

+50

0.75

X

0.75

X

0.50

5.0-10.0

60A6071

18

0.5

1.30

-55 to +95

0.5

2.0

+50

0.75

X

0.75

X

0.50

6.0-12.0

60A9201

16

0.7

1.35

-55 to +95

0.1

1.0

+50

0.75

X

0.75

X

0.50

8.0-12.4

20B9201

20

0.5

1.30

-55 to +110

0.5

3.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X ■

0.50

8.0-16.0

60A2001

17

0.5

1.35

-40 to +95

0.5

3.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.50

7.5-18.0

60C2051

14

0.9

1.50

-54 to +95

0.5

3.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.50

12.0-18.0

20B2201

18

0.5

1.30

-55 to +110

2.0

3.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.50

8.0-18.0

60A2051

14

0.6

1.50

-54 to +95

0.5

3.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.50

18.0-22.0

20A8101

18

0.7

1.30

-54 to +95

0.5

3.0

+50

0.50

X

0.50

X

0.50

NOTE: Circulators are also available.

FREQUENCY

GHz

MODEL

#

ISOLATION
dB min.

INSERTION
LOSS
dB max.

VSWR

BILATERAL

max.

POWER

KW

PEAK

MAX.

W.

AVE.

LENGTH

INCHES

WEIGHT

OUNCES

NOMINAL

WAVEGUIDE

TYPE

FLANGE

TYPE

5.85-8.2

XB951LI

30

1.0

1.15

20

20

5.00

32

RG-50/U

UG-344/U

5.85-8.2

XB103LI

30

1.0

1.15

20

20

6.13

56

RG-50/U

.UG-344/U

7.05-10.0

XL103LIA

30

1.0

1.15

5

20

6.13

36

RD-51/U

UG-51/U

8.2-12.4

X956LI

30

1.0

1.10

10

40

4.50

24

RG-52/U

UG-39/U

8.2-12.4

X110LIA*

30

1.0

1.10

5

20

5.00

28

RG-52/U

UG-39U

10.0-15.0

Ml 11 LI

30

1.0

1.15

10

10

5.00

32

WR-75

WR-75

12.4-18.0

Ku91 5LI

30

1.0

1.10

10

20

4.00

24

RG-91/U

UG-419/U

12.4-18.0

Kul 10LI*

30

1.0

1.15

10

10

5.00

28

RG-91/U

UG-419/U

18.0-26.5

2561-1810*

25

1.0

1.25

3

3

4.50

6.0

WR-42

UG-595/U

26.5-40.0

2571-1810*

23

1.5

1.15

3

3

4.125

5.5

WR-28

UG-599/U

Specifications subject to change without notice.

* These units are normally available from stock.

4726 Eisenhower Boulevard* Tampa, Florida 33614 * (813)884-1411 « TLX: 52-827 « TWX: 810-876-9140

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1657

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

# HMK MICROHMVE CORPORATION

GaAs FET AMPLIFIERS

Drop-In Wide Band
Temperature Compensated Type

MODEL

FREQUENCY

GHz

MINIMUM

GAIN (dB)’ 2

NOMINAL

MAXIMUM

NO

-54°C

MAXIMUM
SE FIGURE
+25T

dB)

+85°C

MINIMUM
POWER OUT
(dBm) 4

3rd ORDER
INTERCEPT
dBm

min

VSWR 2

mA max

9

+15 VDC 2 ’ 3

PACKAGE

OUTLINE

8081-1601

2.0 - 8.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

5.5

6.0

7.0

+12

+22

2.0:1

40

FI

8081-1602

2.0 - 8.0

17.0

18.0

19.0

5.5

6.0

7.0

+12

+22

2.0:1

80

F2

8081-1603

2.0 - 8.0

25.0

27.0

29.0

5.5

6.0

7.0

+12

+22

2.0:1

180

F8

8081-1604

2.0 - 8.0

34.0

36.0

38.0

5.5

6.0

7.0

+12

+22

2.0:1

220

F3

8081-1605

2.0 - 8.0

43.0

45.0

47.0

5.5

6.0

7.0

+12

+22

2.0:1

260

F4

8081-1610

2.0 - 6.0

15.0

16.0

17.0

4.0

4.5

5.5

+14

+24

2.0:1

100

G1

8081-1611

2.0 - 6.0

24.0

25.0

26.0

4.0

4.5

5.5

+14

+24

2.0:1

140

G2

8081-1612

2.0 - 6.0

32.5

34.0

35.5

4.0

4.5

5.5

+14

+24

2.0:1

180

63

8081-1301

2.0 - 4.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

3.0

3.5

4.5

+9

+19

2.0:1

60

FI

8081-1302

2.0 -4.0

24.0

25.0

26.0

3.0

3.5

4.5

+10

+20

2.0:1

100

F8

8081-1303

2.0 - 4.0

39.0

40.0

41.0

3.0

3.5

4.5

+10

+20

2.0:1

140

F3

8081-1620

4.0 - 8.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

5.0

5.5

6.5

+10

+20

2.0:1

100

F7

8081-1621

4.0 - 8.0

21.0

22.0

23.0

5.0

5.5

6.5

+10

+20

2.0:1

140

F8

8081-1622

4.0 - 8.0

28.5

30.0

31.5

5.0

5.5

6.5

+10

+20

2.0:1

180

F3

8081-1201

6.0 • 18.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

7.5

8.0

9.0

+9

+19

2.0:1

180

H3

8081-1202

6.0 - 18.0

16.5

18.0

19.5

7.5

8.0

9.0

+9

+19

2.0:1

220

H4

8081-1203

6.0 - 18.0

21.0

23.0

25.0

7.5

8.0

9.0

49

+19

2.0:1

260

H5

8081-1210

8.0 - 18.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.5

8.0

9.0

+10

+20

2.0:1

40

HI

8081-1211

8.0 - 18.0

8.0

10.0

12.0

7.5

8.0

9.0

+10

+20

2.0:1

80

H2

8081-1212

8.0 - 18.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

7.5

8.0

9.0

+10

+20

2.0:1

180

H3

8081-1213

8.0 - 18.0

16.5

18.0

19.5

7.5

8.0

9.0

+10

+20

2.0:1

220

H4

8081-1214

8.0 - 18.0

20.0

22.0

24.0

7.5

8.0

9.0

+10

+20

2.0:1

260

H5

8081-1901

8.0 - 12.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

4.5

5.0

6.0

+9

+19

2.0:1

140

H6

8081-1902

8.0 - 12.0

16.5

18.0

19.5

4.5

5.0

6.0

+9

+19

2.0:1

180

H3

8081-1903

8.0 - 12.0

21.0

23.0

25.0

4.5

5.0

6.0

+9

+19

2.0:1

220

H4

8081-1904

8.0 - 12.0

26.0

28.0

30.0

4.5

5.0

6.0

+9

+19

2.0:1

260

H5

8081-1220

12.0-18.0

12.5

14.0

15.5

6.5

7.0

8.0

+10

+20

2.0:1

180

H3

8081-1221

12.0-18.0

16.0

18.0

20.0

6.5

7.0

8.0

+10

+20

2.0:1

220

H4

8081-1222

12.0-18.0

19.5

22.0

24.5

6.5

7.0

8.0

+10

+20

2.0:1

260

H5

8081-1223

12.0-18.0

23.5

26.0

28.5

6.5

7.0

8.0

+10

+20

2.0:1

300

H7

'Gain over temperature and frequency.

2 -54°C to +85°C.

3 Supply voltage may be any value between + 1 2 and + 1 8 VDC.
4 Power output at 1 dB compression.

r v

Length in/mm
FI .659/16.7
F2 1.186/30.1
F3 2.497/63.4
F4 3.024/76.8
l ie F5 3.551/90.2

r F6 .916/23.3
F7 1.443/36.7
F8 1.970/50.0

^32 ^

G1 2.443/62.1
G2 3.470/88.1
G3 4.497/114.2

Typical ^ -250

093 DvJ thru

J-

-z s

1 8 =

§-

L

Length in/mm
HI .659/16.7
H2 1.186/30.1
H3 2.497/63.4
H4 3.024/76.8
H5 3.551/90.2
H6 1.970/50.0
H7 4.078/103.6

* Refer to photographs on top of next page.

Amplifier is shipped with con- After test, screws are removed,
nectorin place tosimplifytesting.

Connector is removed. Unit re- Amplifier is ready to drop into
mains hermetically sealed. microstrip circuit.

TRAK PAK™ impedance remains
50 ohms.

4726 Eisenhower Boulevard • Tampa, Florida 33614 • (813)884-1411 • TLX: 52-827 • TWX: 810-876-9140 9140

1*1658

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1659

/

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

$ IRAK MIGROUSfVE CORPORATION

OSCILLATORS, COMB GENERATORS, IF AMPLIFIERS
AND POWER AMPLIFIERS

12-18 GHz GaAs FET
Dielectrically Stabilized
Oscillators (DSO’s)

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Factory set between 8 and 18 GHz
±1 MHz

+12 dBm minimum
None

5ppm/°C maximum

1 MHz peak to peak into 3:1 load VSWR

2 KHz/volt, typical
±1 dB

+15 VDC @ 70 mA, nominal
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS

-54 to +115°C
-54 to +125°C
1 00g, 1 1 ms
20g, 20-2000cps

2.28 x 1 .0 x 1 .0 inches (60 x 25.5 x 25.5 mm)
nominal, excluding projections
100 grams, nominal
SMA Female
Solder Terminal

Options: The following components can be added to tailor the oscillator to meet
specific system requirements and to obtain the optimum cost-performance
tradeoff.

• PIN switch for dual frequency mode.

• Amplifier stages for increased output power.

• RF coupler for RF power monitoring or other functions.

• Power dividers for driving multiple mixers.

• PIN attenuator for external amplitude modulation.

• Varactors for external frequency modulation.

• Heater for increased frequency stability.

In addition to adding otherfunctions, TRAKcan provide special models to provide
minimal FM under 50g operating vibration. Models with mechanical tuning
capability are also available.

Operating Temperature Range:
Storage Temperature:

Shock:

Vibration:

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Size:

Weight:

RF connector
DC connections:

Frequency:

Frequency Set Accuracy:
Power Output:

Inband Spurious:

Stability:

Frequency vs temperature
Frequency pulling:
Frequency pushing:
Power vs temperature:
Power Supply:

b

6700 Series

DIELECTRICALLY STABILIZED OSCILLATORS (DSO’s)

Model

Frequency

Range

Output

Power

Second

Harmonic (Ounces Size, inches

Number

(GHz)

(mw Minimum) (dBc min.) Nominal)

i Nominal,

6600-1300

3.65 - 4.05

30

30

3.0

2.7 x 1.7x1

6600-1610

4.25 - 4.75

30

30

2.5

2.5x 1.5x.9

6600-1611

4.75 - 5.25

30

30

2.5

2.5x 1.5x.9

6600-1612

5.10-5.60

30

30

2.5

2.5x 1.5x.9

6600-1613

5.40 - 5.90

30

30

2.5

2.5x 1.5x.9

6600-1614

5.60-6.10

30

30

2.5

2.5x 1.5x.9

6600-1615

5.70 • 6.20

30

30

2.5

2.5x 1.5x.9

6600-1616

5.90 - 6.40

30

30

2.5

2.5x 1.5x.9

6600-1617

6.40 - 6.90

30

30

2.5

2.5x 1.5x.9

6600-1618

7.00 - 7.45

15

35

2.0

2.2x 1.3x.9

6600-1910

8.00 - 8.40

15

35

2.0

2.2 x 1.3x.9

6600-1911

8.60 - 9.00

15

35

2.0

2.2x 1.3x.9

6600-1912

9.00 - 9.50

15

35

2.0

2.2x1.3x.9

Power Supply:

Frequency Stability:

-1 5 VDC @ 30 mA nom.
lOppm/ C max. 5 ppm/ C, typical

Temperature Range: *54 to +95 C

NOTE: Contact factory regarding improved stability requirements.

TACAN BAND DUAL CHANNEL
POWER AMPLIFIER

Frequency Range: 960- 1215 MHz
Power Output: 165 watts peak per channel
Gain: 42 dB
Duty Factor: 20%

Bandwidth: 255 MHz

Also Available:

• Other Oscillators-Cavity Stabilized, Crystal-Controlled,
Pulsed-Up To Ka Band

• Frequency Multipliers

• Microwave Subsystems and Receivers

• YIG Components

• Custom Designs

Send Today For Complete Catalog

TACAN BAND DUAL CHANNEL POWER AMPLIFIER

4726 Eisenhower Boulevard • Tampa, Florida 33614 • <813) 884-141 1 • TLX: 52-827 • TWX: 810-876-9140

1*1660

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

& IRAK MICROWAVE CORPORATION

OSCILLATORS, COMB GENERATORS, IF AMPLIFIERS
AND POWER AMPLIFIERS

OVENIZED Ku BAND CRYSTAL CONTROLLED OSCILLATORS

Frequency:

Power Output:

Frequency Stability:
Frequency Set Accuracy:
Harmonics and Spurs:

Load VSWR:

Power Supply:

Warm-up Time to meet 5 ppm
frequency stability:

Size:

Temperature Range:

12. 13. or 14 GHz
+ 10 dBm minimum
±5 ppm (-20 C to +71 C)

±2 ppm (at +25 C)

>40 dBc
1.5:1 maximum

+ 1 5 V @ 430 mA steady state
(800 mA max. at turn-on)

1 20 sec. max.

5 x 1.5 x 1.25 inches nominal,
excluding projections
-55 to +85 C

OVENIZED KU BAND CRYSTAL CONTROLLED OSCILLATORS

WIDE DYNAMIC RANGE LOW NOISE IF AMPLIFIER
Model 8400-1080

Center Frequency:

3 dB Bandwidth:

Bandpass Ripple:

Skirt Selectivity:

Gain:

Noise Figure:

Input Impedance:

1 dB Compression Point:

3rd Order Intercept Point:

Input Dynamic Range (with AGC):
AGC Range:

AGC Voltage:

Size:

Temperature Range:

Customer specified 20 to 1 50 MHz
10 MHz, nominal
1 dB, typical
1 2 dB/octave, typical
70 ± 3 dB
3 dB max.

50 ohms nominal
0 dBm min.

+ 10 dBm nominal
80 dB min.-
60 dB min.

0 to + 5 volts

1.28 x .71 x 0.5 inches, nominal
excluding projections
0 to +50°C (see note)

NOTE: Temperature compensation circuits are optionally available for
higher stability and/or wider temperature ranges.

2.5 - 1 8 GHz MINIATURE CRYSTALCONTROLLEDOSCILLATORS

ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS (general)

Frequency set accuracy at room temperature: ±0.001%
Frequency stability: ±0.003%

Aging rate: ±0.005% per year

Power variation with temperature: ±2 dB

Power supply: +15 VDC (other voltages optional)

OUTPUT

MODEL

NUMBER

FREQUENCY

(GHz)

POWER
OUTPUT AT
+25 C
(dBm min.)

HARMONICS

AND

SPURIOUS

(dBc)

CURRENT
(mA nom.)

5044-131 1

2.5 - 4.0

+ 10

>40

100

5044-161 1

4.0 - 8.0

+ 10

>40

1 10

5045-1911

8.0 - 10.0

+ 10

>40

120

5045-1913

10.0 - 12.0

+ 10

>40

140

5045-1240

12.0 • 18.0

+ 10

>40

150

CONTACT FACTORY FOR OTHER FREQUENCIES
AND/OR POWER LEVELS

Temperature Range: -55 to +85 C

(to + 125 C with degradation)

2.5-18 GHz MINIATURE CRYSTAL CONTROLLED OSCILLATORS

CUSTOM DESIGNED SWITCHED
MULTIPLE OUTPUT OSCILLATOR

This custom designed unit provides several
electronically selectable output frequen-
cies. Output signals can be in various bands
and with various power levels. Thin-film
hybrid techniques minimize size. Contact
TRAK with your needs.

COMB GENERATORS

Model Number 3900-1210 3900-1900 3900-1203 3900-1200

Frequency Range .5 -18 GHz 0.5 - 1 2 GHz .95- 13.3 GHzO.I - 1 8GHz

Comb Spacing (MHz)

500

500

Freq Stability (ppm)

30

30

Power Output (dBm)

-40 min.

+6 max.
-22 min.

Load VSWR (max.)
In-band Spurious

1.5:1

1.5:1

(dBc max.)

Power Supply

>24

>30

+ 15 VDC @ (mA max.)
Size (inches, nominal
excluding projections)

200

200

Length

1.9

1.33

Width

1.33

1.33

Weight

0.5

0.15

Temperature Range:

-54 to +85 C

950 100

30 30

-20 min. 0 max.

-40 min.

1.5:1 1.5:1

COMB GENERATOR

4726 Eisenhower Boulevard • Tampa, Florida 33614 • (813)884-1411 • TLX: 52-827 • TWX: 810-876-9140

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1661

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Wavetek

P.O. Box 190, Beech Grove, IN 46107. Phone (317) 787-3332

UHramin Series RFand Microwave Filters

Filters in TO-5 size packages are only 0.36 inches
in diameter and weigh less than 0.046 oz.
Standard Models cover 10 to 1000 MHz frequency
range. 1000 to 2000 MHz frequency range
available on special order.

Bandpass, lowpass, highpass, and bandstop
filters are available.

Models are available that meet MIL-E-5400R,
MIL-STD-202E, MIL-E-8189H, MIL-F-18327D and
MIL-STD-883A. A glass-to-hermetic seal is
standard with most configurations.

Frequency Range: 25 to 500 MHz.

Filter Sections: 3, bandpass; 3 to 4,

lowpass.

Package: TO-5 metal case.

Glass/metal hermetic
seal.

Connectors: Pin.

* Standard height; shorter package available
on request.

Frequency Range: 10 to 1000 MHz.

Filter Sections: 3 to 6, bandpass; 3 to 6,

lowpass.

Package: TO-8 metal case.

Glass/metal hermetic
seal.

Connectors: Pin.

*Standard heights are 0.250, 0.300 and 0.350
inches.

Frequency Range:
Filter Sections:

Package:

Connectors:

10 to 1000 MHz.

3 to 5, bandpass; 3 to 6,
lowpass.

TO-8 metal case. #2-56
threaded mounting stud
and glass/metal hermetic
seal. Recommended
above 100 MHz for
improved grounding.

Pin.

Frequency Range: 10 to 1500 MHz.

Filter Sections: 3 to 8, bandpass; 3 to 10;

lowpass.

Package: Rectangular metal case.

Glass/metal hermetic seal
is optional.

Connectors: Pin or coaxial.

.06 t .020 +

4 625 ^

>1 15

r^GROUND 1

I 4 "

4 -156
.313 *

k

1 J

IN /OUT

1

—

t

- .44

GROUND

1 ~ r ~ ===: P

t M

.018 ±.002

4- .31 *

TYP.

Frequency Range: 10 to 2000 MHz.

Filter Sections: 3 to 10, bandpass; 3 to 12,

lowpass.

Package: Rectangular metal case.

Glass/metal hermetic
seal.

Connectors: Pin or coaxial.

1

J-' 31

.16

1 [

.020 -*■

1

t

.iso— ►]

4 - .650— ►

+ .800

J

-J

Standard

Special

Order

Average 3 dB Percentage

Power VSWR Impedance Bandwidths Shock Vibration Temperature Humidity

1 w

Less than
. 1.5:1

50£2

5% to 100%

50 G's

11 ms

20 G's
0-500 Hz

0° to + 50°C

100%

(Pin Connectors)

Consult

Factory

Less than
1.2:1

Consult

Factory

1% to 200%

200 G's
20 ms

50 G's
0-3000 Hz

-55° to + 125°C

100%

(All Connectors)

Note: All Ultramin® Series Filters are passive, bidirectional devices. Filter characteristics are the same for power flow in
either direction. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Write or call for our new 1983 RF and Microwave Components catalog.

Toll Free: (800) 428-4424

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1662

EEM 1983

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

P.O. Box 190, Beech Grove, IN 46107. Phone (317) 787-3332

• World's Smallest Design

• Ideal for OEM Systems
Applications

• High Volume Delivery

0 Custom Design Capability

• Optional TTL Interface

Model Attenuation Frequency

5P70

0 to 70 dB

DC to 2000 MHz

5P127

0 to 127 dB

DC to 1500 MHz

5P130

0 to 130 dB

DC to 1500 MHz

LDC Readout Accuracy of
±0.15%

2000 Discrete Calibration

Frequencies Available

2.2 Typical Form Factor

30 to 2000 MHz

60 Watt Power Rating

Custom Bandwidths and Tuning

Ranges Available

Micropad Series MA5

Stripline/Microstrip Fixed Attenuators 4

• DC to 3 GHz

• ±0.2 dB Accuracy to 1 GHz

• 5 Standard Attenuation Values

• Ultraminiature Packaging

• Hermetically Sealed

• Custom Values Available

Write or call for our new 1983 RF and Microwave Components catalog.

Toll Free: (800) 428-4424

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1663

3450

MICROWAVE COMPONENTS

3450

Weinschel RF components . .

DC-40 GHz

Weinschel Engineering offers the in-
dustry’s most comprehensive line of
high quality microwave components.
Covering the frequency spectrum from
DC to 40 GHz, these components in-
clude fixed, continuously variable, and
step attenuators as well as precision ter-
minations, connectors, adapters and
power dividers. Consistent performance
and virtually flat attenuation versus fre-
quency characteristics are well-known
qualitites of Weinschel components.
Power ratings from 1 watt to 250 watts
are available.

Conservatively rated, Weinschel’s
high power attenuators handle at least
24% more power than specified. Due to
innovative engineering and state-of-the-
art manufacturing techniques, our high-
power line is continually being improved
and expanded. Mot only do we offer a
250 watt attenuator but high power at-
tenuators with broadband capabilities
are also now available. For example,
Weinschel’s model 48, rated for 100
watts average, 1 KW peak, operates from
DC to 18 GHz. Proprietary film pro-
cesses produce resistive elements with
features such as low temperature coeffi-
cients, low aging rates and immunity to
overload. By eliminating the need for
heat conducting ‘liquids, size can be
reduced while reliability is improved.

For more information about our com-
ponent line contact your nearest
Weinschel representative or call us toll
free, /j)

a long line of excellence.

Weinschel Engineering

One Weinschel Lane
Gaithersburg, MD 20877
Telephone: (301) 948-3434
Telex: ITT440702 or WU89-8352

1*1664

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

llM

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

3470

MILITARY COMPONENTS

3470

Buy by the numbers.

Buy

Today multilayer
ceramic capacitors
(MLC’s) are being sold
in greater numbers than
ever before. In fact, they
make up over 60% of all the
capacitor units sold in the in-
dustry. And, out of all these,
AVX Ceramics is the leading
manufacturer worldwide.

Here’s some other
impressive numbers.
Follow them to link up with

AVX MLC chips (p 1*1014),
SpinGuards (p 1*1011),
DipGuard (p 1*1013), molded
axials (p 1*1012) and SkyCaps
(p 1*1010) listed in this cata-
log. For military radials and
axials (p 1*1672) and for mili-
tary DipGuards and chips
(p 1*1673). ■

To locate the right MLC
for your application, just fol-
low the numbers. They’ll lead
you straight to number one.

1*1666

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

“Qualified Products Lists” are issued
periodically by the U.S. Government
as a guide for the procurement of elec-
tronic components by government con-
tractors. Each list contains every
separately designated part that has
qualified under the lated Mil. Specifica-
tion for its class and the name(s) of

QPL-20-87

MIL-C-20 FSC 5910

Capacitors, Fixed, Ceramic-Dielectric
(Temperature Compensating)

*AVX Ceramics Corporation
19th Avenue South
Mvrtle Fe?.ch ; SC 29-577

Cera-Mite Corporation
1327 Sixth Avenue
Grafton, WI 53024

■"Republic Electronics Corporation
176 East Seventh Street
Paterson, NJ 07524

San Fernando Electric
1501 First Street
San Fernando, CA 91341

*Tusonix, Incorporated
2155 North Forbes Boulevard
Tucson, AZ 85705

Union Carbide Corporation
Route 276 Southeast
Greenville, SC 29606

QPL-27-82

MIL-T-27 FSC 5950

Transformers and Inductors
(Audio, Power, and High-Power Pulse)

ADC Products

4900 West 78th Street

Minneapolis, MN 55435

Adec, Incorporated
12 Kulick Road
Fairfield, NJ 07006

AEL-EMTECH Corporation
P.O. Box 552
Lansdale, PA 19446

AMI/Coast Magnetics
AMI Division

1207 North La Brea Avenue
Inglewood, CA 90302

Berkshire Transformer Corporation
Route 341
Kent, CT 06757

* See data pages in this EEM.

the Manufacturer(s) of each.

EEM is publishing the names of
those companies that are qualified pro-
ducers of one or more products in each
of the lists that apply to a selected
group of electronic products normally
cataloged in these pages.

Beta Transformer Technology Corp.
One Comae Loop
Ronkonkoma, NY 11779

B. G. Laboratories, Incorporated
75 Travis Avenue
Binghampton, NY 13904

Bourns, Incorporated
1200 Columbia Avenue
Riverside, CA 92507

"Dale Electronics, Incorporated
P.O. Box 609
Columbus, NE 68601

DB Products, Incorporated
253 North Vinedo Avenue
Pasadena, CA 91107

Dytek Laboratories, Inc.

110 Wilbur Place
Bohemia, NY 11716

Electro Networks, Incorporated
Maple Street
Caledonia, NY 14423

Electronic Transformer Corporation
460 Totowa Avenue
Paterson, NJ 07509

Espey Manufacturing and
Electronics Corporation
223-239 Ballston Avenue
Saratoga Springs, NY 12866

*EWC, Incorporated
725 Federal Avenue
Kenilworth, NJ 07033

Fernwood Transformer Company
580 Marshall Street
Phillipsburg, NJ 08865

*Freed Transformer Company, Inc.
1718 Weirfield Street
Ridgewood, Brooklyn, NY 11227

Grimes Division
Midland-Ross Corporation
515 North Russell Street
Urbana, OH 43078

Robert M. Hadley Company, Inc.

750 West 51st Street
Los Angeles, CA 90037

For complete OPLs and update in-
formation write or call:

Naval Publications and
Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19120
(215) 697-3321 ‘

Kenyon Magnetics, Incorporated
1057 Summit Avenue
Jersey City, NJ 07307

Keytronics, Incorporated
707 North Street
Endicott, NY 13760

^lVTn emptinn.

182 Morris Avenue
Holtsville, NY 11742

*Microtran Company, Incorporated
145 Mineola Avenue
Valley Stream, NY 11582

*OPT Industries, Incorporated
300 Red School Lane
Phillipsburg, NJ 08865 •

:!; Pico Electronics, Incorporated
50 South MacQuestion Parkway
Mount Vernon, NY 10551

Raytheon Company
Foundry Avenue
Waltham, MA 02154

Sigmapower, Incorporated
20790 Leapwood Avenue
Carson, CA 90746

Titan Transformer Company
134 Coolidge Avenue
Watertown, MA 02172

*Torwico Electronics, Incorporated
Route 70 and New Hampshire Avenue
Lakewood, NJ 08701

Transformer Design, Incorporated
7377 North 76th Street
Milwaukee, WI 53223

*TRW/UTC Transformers
150 Varick Street
New York, NY 10013

Worner Electronic Devices
121 North Main Street
Rankin, IL 60960

Zenith Transformer Company, Inc.
1728 West 130th Street
Gardena, CA 90249

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1667

QPL-11015-83

MIL-C-11015 FSC 5910

Capacitors, Fixed, Ceramic-Dielectric
(General Purpose)

*AVX Ceramics Corporation
19th Avenue, South
Myrtle Beach, SC 19577

CAL-R, Inc.

1601 Olympic Boulevard
Santa Monica, CA 90404

Centralab

4561 Colorado Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90039

Cera-Mite Corporation
1327 Sixth Avenue
Grafton, WI 53024

* Corning Glass Works
3900 Electronics Drive
Raleigh, NC 27602

*Murata Erie North America, Inc.
1900 West College Avenue
State College, PA 16801

*Republic Electronics Corporation
176 East Seventh Street
Patterson, NJ 07524

San Fernando Electric
Manufacturing Company
1501 First Street
San Fernando, CA 91341

Sprague Electric Company

Marshall Street

North Adams, MA 02147

*Tusonix, Incorporated
2155 North Forbes Boulevard
Tucson, AZ 85705

Union Carbide Corporation
Route 287 S.E.

Greenville, SC 29605

U SCcIv Centralab
4561 Colorado Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90039

Vitramon, Incorporated
P.O. Box 544
Bridgeport, CT 06601

QPL-19500-82

MIL-S-19500 FSC 5961

Semiconductor Devices

Aertech Industries
825 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94086

* See data pages in this EEM.

Alpha Industries, Incorporated
20 Sylvan Road
Woburn, MA 01801

Ampower Semiconductor Corporation
375 Kings Highway
Smithtown, NY 11787

CODI Semiconductor
350 Hurst Street
Linden, NJ 07036

Compensated Devices, Incorporated
166 Tremont Street
Melrose, MA 02176

Crystalonics

147 Sherman Street

Cambridge, MA 02140

Fairchild Semiconductor
4300 Redwood Highway
San Rafael, CA 94902

Fairchild Semiconductor
313 Fairchild Drive
Mountain View, CA 94040

^General Electric Company
P.O. Box 339
Liverpool, NY 13088

^'General Instrument Corporation
600 West John Street
Hicksville, NY 11802

General Semiconductor
Industries, Inc.

2001 West 10th Place
Tempe, AZ 85281

Germanium Power Devices
Corporation
P.O. Box 65

Shawsheen Village Station
Andover, MA 01810

Hewlett-Packard
350 West Trimble Road
San Jose, CA 95131

Hewlett-Packard
Optoelectronics Division
640 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304

International Rectifier Corporation
233 Kansas Street
El Segundo, CA 90245

Intersil, Incorporated
10710 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014

ITT Semiconductors
500 Broadway
Lawrence, MA 01841

Lansdale Transistor and Electronics
Corporation

3600 West Osborn Road
Phoenix, AZ 85019

MicroSemiconductor Corporation
2830 South Fairview Street
Santa Ana, CA 92704

Microwave Associates, Incorporated
Northwest Industrial Park
Burlington, MA 01803

^Motorola, Incorporated
5005 East McDowell Road
Phoenix, AZ 85008

NAE, Incorporated
69 Bennett Street
Lynn, MA 01905
Optron, Incorporated
1201 Tappan Circle
Carrolltoxx, TX 75006

Parametric Industries, Incorporated
742 Main Street
Winchester, MA 01890

Power Tech, Incorporated
0-02 Fairlawn Avenue
Fairlawn, NJ 07011

Raytheon Company
350 Ellis Street
Mountain View, CA 94040

RCA Corporation
Route 202

Somerville, NJ 08876

Semicon, Incorporated
10 North Avenue
Burlington, MA 01803

Samtech Corporation
652 Mitchell Road
Newbury Park, CA 91320

Sensitron Semiconductor
221 West Industry Court
Deer Park, NY 11729

Siemens Corporation
Components Group
8700 East Thomas Road
Scottsdale, AZ 85252

Silicon Transistor Corporation
Division of BBF, Inc.

Katrina Road
Chelmsford, MA 01824

Siliconix, Incorporated
2201 Laurelwood Road
Santa Clara, CA 95054

Solid Power Corporation
440 Eastern Parkway
Farmingdale, NY 11735

Solid State Devices, Incorporated
14830 Valley View Avenue
La Mirada, CA 90638

1-1668

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Solitron Devices, Incorporated
1177 Blue Heron Boulevard
Riviera Beach, FL 33404

Solitron Devices, Incorporated
8808 Balboa Avenue
San Diego, CA 92123

Sprague Electric Company
87 Marshall Street
North Adams, MA 01247

Teledyne Semiconductor
1300 Terra Bella Avenue
Mountain View, CA 94040

Texas Instruments, Incorporated
P.O. Box 225012, MS 2
Dallas, TX 75265

Unitrode Computer Products Corp.

4 Gleason Street

Methuen, MA 01844

Unitrode Corporation
580 Pleasant Street
Watertown, MA 02172

Westinghouse Electric Corporation
Semiconductor Division
Armbrust Road
Youngwood, PA 15697

QPL-28787-21

MIL-M-28787 FSC 5963

Modules, Standard Electronic

C-Tech Incorporated
Proctor Avenue
Commerce Park
Ogdensburg, NY 13669

Circuit Technology Incorporated
160 Smith Street
Farmingdale, NY 11735

Electro Networlis Incorporated
Maple Street
Caledonia, NY 14423

General Electric Company
Farrell Road Plant #1
P.O. Box 4840
Syracuse, NY 13221

General Electric Company
French Road
Utica, NY 13503

^General Electric Company
Relay Production Facility
Waynesboro, VA 22980

General Electric Ordnance Systems
100 Plastics Avenue
Pittsfield, MA 01201

GTE Products Corporation
2333 Reach Road
Williamsport, PA 17701

* See data pages in this EEM.

GTE Products Corporation (Sales)
2401 Reach Road
Williamsport, PA 17701

:!: ILC Data Device Corporation
105 Wilbur Place
Bohemia, L. I., NY 11716

*Perkin-Elmer Corporation
Main Avenue
Norwalk, CT 06856

Polyphase Instrument Corporation

175 Commerce Drive

Fort Washington, PA 19304

Raytheon Company
ASW Center
P.O. Box 360
Portsmouth, RI 02871

QPL-38510-52

MIL-M-38510 FSC 5962

Microcircuits

Advanced Micro Devices,

Incorporated
901 Thompson Place
Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Fairchild Semiconductor
464 Ellis Street
Mountain View, CA 94040

Harris Semiconductor
P.O. Box 883
Melbourne, FL 32901

Intel Corporation
3065 Bowers Avenue
Santa Clara, CA 95051

Intersil, Incorporated
10900 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014

Mostek
P.O. Box 169
1215 West Crosby Road
Carrollton, TX 75006

*Motorola, Incorporated
P.O. Box 20906
Phoenix, AZ 83506

Precision Monolithics, Incorporated
1500 Space Park Drive
Santa Clara, CA 95050

Raytheon Company
350 Ellis Street
Mountain View, CA 94040

RCA Corporation
Route 202

Somerville, NJ 08876

Signetics Corporation
811 East Arques Avenue
Sunnyvale, CA 94086

Siliconix, Incorporated
2201 Laurelwood Road
Santa Clara, CA 95054

Solid State Scientific, Incorporated
Commerce Drive
Montgomeryville, PA 18936

Texas Instruments, Incorporated
P.O. Box 225012
Dallas, TX 75265

QPL-39012-43

MIL-C-39012 FSC 5935

Connectors, Coaxial, Radio Frequency

*AMP, Inc.

P.O. Box 3608
Harrisburg, PA 17105

Amphenol R F Division
33 East Franklin Street
Danbury, CT 06810

Automatic Connector, Incorporated
400 Moreland Road
Commack, L.I., NY 11725

*Bendix Corporation
Sherman Avenue
Sidney, NY 13838

Cablewave Systems, Incorporated
60 Dodge Avenue
North Haven, CT 06473

Delta Electronics Mfg. Corp.

93 Park Street
Beverly, MA 01915

*ITT Cannon Electric
2801 Air Lane
Phoenix, AZ 85034

Kings Electronics Company, Inc.

40 Marbledale Road
Tuckahoe, NY 10707 . j

OMNI Spectra, Incorporated
140 Fourth Avenue
Waltham, MA 02154

*Sealectro Corporation
225 Hoyt Street
Mamaroneck, NY 01543

Socapex

6660 Variel Avenue
Canoga Park, CA 91303

Solitron / Microwave
P.O. Box 287
Cove Road

Port Salerno, FL 33492

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1669

QPL-39014-62

MIL-C-39014 FSC 5910

Capacitors, Fixed, Ceramic, Dielectric
(General Purpose)

*AVX Ceramics Corporation
19th Avenue South
Myrtle Beach, SC 29577

Centralab

4561 Colorado Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90039

Centre Engineering
2820 East College Avenue
State College, PA 16801

"Corning Glass Works
3900 Electronics Drive
Raleigh, NC 27602

Murata-Erie North America, Inc.
1900 West College Avenue
State College, PA 16801

San Fernando Electric
Manufacturing Company
1501 First Street
San Fernando, CA 91341

Sprague Electric Company

Marshall Street

North Adams, MA 01247

Union Carbide Corporation
P.O. Box 5928
Greenville, SC 29606

Vitramon, Incorporated
P.O. Box 544
Bridgeport, CT 06601

QPL-39029-12

MIL-C-39029 FSC 5935

Contacts, Electrical Connector

*AMP, Incorporated
P.O. Box 3608
Harrisburg, PA 17105

Amphenol Connector Division
2801 South 25th Avenue
Broadview, IL 60153

* Appleton Electric Company
1701 Wellington Avenue
Chicago, IL 60657

* Appleton Electric Company
2205 12th Avenue

South Milwaukee, WI 53172

*Bendix Corporation
Sherman Avenue
Sidney, NY 13838

Burndy Corporation
Richards Avenue
Norwalk, CT 06856

* See data pages in this EEM.

* Continental Connector Corporation
34-63 56th Street
Woodside, NY 11377

Deutsch Company
Municipal Airport
Banning, CA 92220

G & H Technology, Incorporated

1649 17th Street

Santa Monica, CA 90404

General Connector Corporation
80 Bridge Street
Newton, MA 02158

Flight Connector Corporation
14128 Lemoli Avenue
Hawthorne, CA 90250
*Hughes Aircraft Company
17150 Von Karman Avenue
Irvine, CA 92705
*ITT Cannon Electric
666 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92702

Matrix Science Corporation
435 Maple Avenue
Torrance, CA 90503

Positronic Industries, Incorporated
208 West Center Street
Rogersville, MO 65742

Pyle-National Company
1334 North Kostner Avenue
Chicago, IL 60651

Raychem Corporation
300 Constitution Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025

SAE, Incorporated
3080 Airway Drive
Costa Mesa, CA 92626

Souriau, Incorporated
7765 Kester Avenue
Van Nuys, CA 91405

T. J. Electronics, Incorporated
1900 Holt Road

P.O. Box 5427
Arlington, TX 76011

TRI-STAR Electronics, Incorporated
362 Main Street
Venice, CA 90291

*TRW Cinch Connectors
1015 South Sixth Street
Minneapolis, MN 55415
*TRW Cinch Connectors
1501 Morse Avenue
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007

U. S. Components, Incorporated
34 Carlough Road
Bohemia, NY 11716

VEAM

Division of Litton Systems, Inc.
56 New Wood Road
Watertown, CT 06795

*Viking Industries, Incorporated
2100 Nordhoff Street
Chatsworth, CA 91311

Winchester Electronics

Main Street and Hillside Avenue

Oakville, CT 06779

QPL-55681-31

MIL-C-55681 FSC 5910

Capacitors, Chip, Multiple Layer,
Fixed, Unencapsulated, Ceramic
Dielectric

'"American Technical Ceramics
One Norden Lane
Huntington Station, NY 11746

*AVX Ceramics Corporation
19th Avenue South
Myrtle Beach, SC 29577

* Republic Electronics Corporation
176 East Seventh Street
Paterson, NJ 07524

San Fernando Electric
Manufacturing Company
1501 First Street
San Fernando, CA 91341

Sprague Electric Company
87 Marshall Street
North Adams, MA 01247
Union Carbide Corporation
Route 276 Southeast
Greenville, SC 29606

Unitrode Corporation
11494 Sorrento Valley Road
San Diego, CA 92121
Vitramon, Incorporated
P.O. Box 544
Bridgeport, CT 06601

QPL-81714-1

MIL-T-81714 FSC 5940

Terminal Junction System
Matrix Science Corporation
435 Maple Avenue
Torrance, CA 90503

* Appleton Electronics, Inc.

2205 12th Avenue

South Milwaukee, WI 53172

T. J. Electronics, Inc.

1900 Holt Road
P.O. Box 5427
Arlington, TX 76011

1*1670

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3470

MILITARY COMPONENTS

3470

Make better connections
with Appleton's wide
line of 6106 type

relay sockets. . .
M81714 TJS modules.,
low-cost terminal blocks,
plus specials.

RELAY SOCKETS FOR MIL-R-6106 RELAYS — A wide range of sockets
for your systems needs. Includes standard styles with fixed or removable
closed entry socket contacts. Low profile designs, for top panel or bottom
panel mounting, and designs for use with M39029/5 socket contacts.

MIL-R-6106 TRACK MOUNT — The track system allows the relay socket
and relav to be locked into a mounted track, with significant reduction in
size over a panel mounted relay system. Appleton manufactures the relay
sockets and tracks as well as the insertion/removal tools.

MIL-T-81 71 4 TERMINAL JUNCTION SYSTEM MODULES—

QPL APPROVED — Pin contacts per MIL-C-39029. Feedback and
feedthru styles in sizes 12, 16, 20 and 22, with a full selection of bussing
arrangements. Exclusive total peripheral pin-to-socket surface contact
and one-piece contact-bus design provides electrical continuity. Appleton
supplies complete systems including mounting tracks and wire splices.

LOW-COST PROGRAMMING TERMINAL BLOCKS— Let our individus
terminal blocks and plate mounted groups meet your needs for
interconnection, bussing and signal distribution. Unique one-piece contact
design provides an uninterrupted circuit through all bussed positions for
consistent electrical performance. Feedback and feedthru designs are
available, color-coded for AWG wire sizes 16 through 24.

CUSTOM DESIGNS — Appleton is interested in your special connector
needs. Let us help you meet those needs. Call (414) 764-7200, or write,
APPLETON ELECTRONICS, INC., 2205 12th Ave., South Milwaukee, Wl
53172.

(In California call (805) 529-0276, or write, APPLETON ELECTRONICS, INC,
PO. Box 1025, Thousand Oaks, CA 91360.) 31212

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1671

3470

MILITARY COMPONENTS

3470

Military Multilayer Ceramic Capacitors

MILITARY CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE DIMENSIONS

RADIAL

FIG. 1

r c

L.S.

J- r

L.D.I

T

-w-

u

-w-

|L.D .

FIG. 2

L.S.

a

Per Mil-Spec

Case Size

Figure

AVX

Style

MIL-C-11015

MIL-C-39014

MIL-C-20

Length (L)

Width (W)

Thickness (T)

Lead

Spacing (LS)

Lead

Diameter (LD)

1

MR05

CK05

CKR05

CCR05/CC05

.190 ±.010
(4.83 ± .25)

.190 ±.010
(4.83 ±.25)

.090 ±.010
(2.29 ± .25)

.200 ±.015
(5.08 ±.38)

.025 ± .002
(.64 ±.05)

2

MR06

CK06

CKR06

CCR06/CC06

.290 ± .010
(7.37 ± .25)

.290 ±.010
(.37 ± .25)

.090 ±.010
(2.29 ±.25)

.200 ±.015
(5.08 ±.38)

.025 ±.002
(.64 ±.05)

2

CR08

—

CKR08

—

.290 ± .010
(7.37 ±.25)

.290 ±.010
(7.37 ± .25)

.145 ±.015
(3.68 ± .38)

.200 ±.015
(5.08 ±.38)

.025 ± .002
(.64 ± .05)

2

—

—

CCR07/CC07

.480 ± .020
(12.19 ± .51)

.480 ±.020
( 12.19 ± .51)

.140 ± .010
(3.56 ±.25)

.400 ± .020
(10.16 ±.51)

2

MR08

—

—

CCR08/CC08

.480 ± .020
(12.19 ±.51)

.480 ±.020
(12.19 ±.51)

.240 ±.010
(6.1 ±.25)

.400 ±.020
(10.16 ±.51)

.025 ± .002
(.64 ± .051)

Dimensions: Inches (Millimeters)

AXIAL

Per Mil-Spec

Case Size

AVX

Style

MIL-C-11015

MIL-C-39014

MIL-C-20

Length (L)

Diameter (D)

Lead

Diameter (LD)

MA10

CK12

CKRll

CCR75/CC75

.160 ±.010
(4.07 ± .25)

.090 ±.010
(2.29 ± .25)

.019 ± .002
(.48 ±.05)

MA20

CK13

CKR12

CCR76/CC76

.250 ±.010
(6.35 ± .25)

.090 ±.010
(2.29 ± .25)

.019 ± 002
(.48 ± .05)

MA40

CK14

CKR14

CCR77/CC77

.390 ±.010
(9.91 ± .25)

.140 ±.010
(3.36 ± .25)

.025 ± .002
(.63 ± .05)

'*/ MA50

CK15

CKR15

CCR78/CC78

.500 ± .020
(12.7 ±.51)

.250 ±.015
(6.35 ± .38)

.025 ± .002
(.63 ±.05)

CK16

CKR16

CCR79/CC79

.690 ± .020
(17.53 ±.51)

.350 ±.015
(8.89 ±.51)

.025 ± .002
(.63 ±.05)

Dimensions: Inches (Millimeters)

RADIAL PART NUMBER EXAMPLE

CKR05 BX 104 K S

Style 1

Volt/Temp. Limits

Capacitance Code

Capacitance Tolerance

Military Failure Rate

AXIAL PART NUMBER EXAMPLE

CKRll BX 103 K S

Style I

Volt/Temp. Limits

Capacitance Code

Capacitance Tolerance

Military Failure Rate

WHERE TO ORDER

AVX Corporation, Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 Tel: (803) 448-9411 TWX: 810-661-2252
AVX Corporation, Olean, NY 14760 Tel: (716) 372-6611 TWX: 510-245-2815
AVX Limited, Aldershot, England Tel: (0252) 312131 Telex :858473
AVX K.K., Tokyo, Japan Tel: 03-490-6501 Telex: AVXTYO 246 8091

1-1672

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3470

MILITARY COMPONENTS

3470

/aW<

Note 2: The angle shall be 95°, +10°, —5°

AVX Style

MIL-C-39014

Length (L)

Height (H,)

Height (H 2 )

Thickness

MD01

CKR22

.260 ±.020
(6.60)

.128 max.

(3.25)

.165 max.

(4.19)

.098 max.

±.006

MD02

CKR23*

.260 ±.020
(6.60)

.155 max.

(3.94)

.185 max.

(4.70)

.098 max.

±.006

■“Contact factory for CKR23 availability Dimensions: Inches (Millimeters)

CHIPS

MIL-C-55681

Length (L)

Width (W)

Thickness (T)

D

Termination Band (TB)

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

0805

CDR01

.080±.015

.050±.015

.055

.020

—

.030

—

.010

1805

CDR02

,180±.015

.050±.015

.055

.020

—

—

.030

.010

1808

CDR03

.180±.015

.080±.015

.080

.020

—

—

.030

.010

1812

CDR04

.180±.015

.125±.015

.080

.020

—

—

.030

.010

1825

CDR05

+.° 2 °

180 -.015

250 +020
’ -.015

.080

.020

-

'

.030

.010

2225

CDR06

+.020

-.015

250 +020

-.015

.080

.020

-

.030

.010

Dimensions: Inches (Milimeters)

DIPGUARD PART NUMBER EXAMPLE

CKR22 BX 104 K S

Style 1

Volt/Temp. Limits

Capacitance Code

Capacitance Tolerance

Military Failure Rate

CHIPS PART NUMBER EXAMPLE

CDR01 BX 101 A K S M

Military Style — 1

Volt/Temp. Limits-. , .1

Capacitance Code-. -J

Rated Voltage

Capacitance Tolerance

Termination Finish

Military Failure Rate .• „ -

WHERE TO ORDER

AVX Corporation, Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 Tel: (803) 448-9411 TWX: 810-661-2252
AVX Corporation, Olean, NY 14760 Tel: (716) 372-6611 TWX: 510-245-2815
AVX Limited, Aldershot, England Tel: (0252) 312131 Telex :858473
AVX K.K., Tokyo, Japan Tel: 03-490-6501 Telex: AVXTYO 246 8091

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1673

RESISTORS: RL standard military: 2% and 5% metal film resistor

— RL07 (V4 watt) and RL20 (% watt)

— temperature coefficient: ±100 ppm/°C

RN standard military: 0.1% to 1% metal film resistor

—RN50, RN55, RN60, RN65 styles

RLR established reliability: 1% and 2% metal film resistor
- — RLR05, RLR07 and RLR20
— -temperature coefficient: ±100 ppm/°C
— failure rate S (.001 %)

RNC established reliability: 0.1% to 1% metal film resistor
• — RNC50, RNC55, RNC60, RNC65
— resistance tolerance: ±0.1%, 0.5%, 1.0%

— failure rate: S (.001%)

— temperature coefficient: K (±100 ppm/°C), H (±50 ppm/°C), J (±25 ppm/°C)

— non-hermetic seal

RNR established reliability: 0.1% to 1% metal film resistor
— RNR55, RNR60, RNR65, RNR70
— resistance tolerance: ±0.1%, 0.5%, 1.0%

— failure rate: S (.001%)

— temperature coefficient: C (±50 ppm/°C), E (±25 ppm/°C)

— hermetic seal

NETWORKS: Single-ln-Line (S.I.P.’s)

— RZ040 and RZ050

—resistance tolerance: ±1.0%, 2.0%, 5.0%

— temperature coefficient: ±100 ppm and ±300 ppm/°C
— resistance range: 47.5 ohm — 1M

— 6 pin and 8 pin

Flat Packs
— RZ030

— resistance tolerance: ±1.0%, 2.0%, 5.0%

— temperature coefficient: ±100 ppm and ±300 ppm/°C
— resistance range: v 100 ohm — 100K
— 14 pin

SMD™ established reliability (chip) resistor MIL-R-55342

— RM0505, RM1005, RM1505, RM0705
— resistance tolerance: ±1%, 5%, 10%

— temperature coefficient: K (±100 ppm/°C), M (±300 ppm/°C)

— resistance range: 1 ohm — 1M

RJ24/RJR24 cermet trimmer MIL-R-22097/MIL-R-39035

— multiturn, 3 /e" square
— resistance range: 10 ohm — 5M
— resistance tolerance: ±10%

— temperature coefficient: ±100 ppm/°C (standard) ±50 ppm/°C (RJR) available

RJ26/RJR26 cermet trimmer MIL-R-22097/MIL-R-39035

— multiturn, 14" square
— resistance range: 10 ohm — 5M
— resistance tolerance: ±10%

— temperature coefficient: ±100 ppm/°C (standard) ±50 ppm/°C (RJR) available

RJ50/RJR50 cermet trimmer MIL-R-22097/MIL-R-39035

— single turn, 14" diameter round
— resistance range: 10 ohm — 5M
— resistance tolerance: ±10% (5% available)

— temperature coefficient: ±100 ppm/°C (standard)

TRIMMER

RESISTORS:

MIL-R-83401 /04/05

MIL-R-83401/03

MIL-R-22684

MIL-R-10509

MIL-R-39017

MIL-R-55182

MIL-R-55182

1*1674

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

TANTALUM: Wet Slug MIL-C-3965

CL14/CL16 hermetic seal, screw mount, cylindrical case
CL17/CL18 hermetic seal, stud mount, cylindrical case
CL55 hermetic seal, rectangular module

CL64/CL65 elastomer seal, axial lead, tubular case
CL66/CL67 hermetic seal, axial lead, tubular case

Wet Slug, established reliability MIL-C-39006

CLR10 extended range, axial lead, tubular case

CLR14 extended range, cylindrical case, solder lug terminal

CLR17 extended range, cylindrical case, solder lug terminal

CLR65-8UUU — '

Series glass-to-tantalum hermetic seal, axial lead, tubular case

CLR79 hermetic seal, non-silver case, axial lead, tubular case

Wet Foil MIL-C-3965

CL20/CL21 polar, etched foil, tubular case, axial lead

CL22/CL23 non-polar, etched foil, tubular case, axial lead

CL30/CL31 polar, plain foil, tubular case, axial lead

CL32/CL33 non-polar, plain foil, tubular case, axial lead

CL51 polar, plain foil, KSR, hermetic rectangular module

CL52 non-polar, plain foil, KSR, hermetic rectangular module

CL53 polar, etched foil, KSR, hermetic rectangular module

CL54 non-polar, etched foil, KSR, hermetic rectangular module

CL70/CL71 polar, high etched foil, tubular case, axial lead

CL72/CL73 non-polar, high etched foil, tubular case, axial lead

YVet Foil, established reliability MIL-C-39006

CLR25 polar, etched foil, hermetic and non-hermetic, axial lead

CLR27 non-polar, etched foil, hermetic and non-hermetic, axial lead

CLR35 polar, plain foil, hermetic and non-hermetic, axial lead

CLR37 non-polar, plain foil, hermetic and non-hermetic, axial lead

CLR71 polar, high etched foil, hermetic and non-hermetic, axial lead

CLR73 non-polar, high etched foil, hermetic and non-hermetic, axial lead

Solid Slug MIL-C-26655

CS12/CS13 hermetic seal, axial lead, tubular case

Solid Slug, established reliability MIL-C-39003

CSR09 polar, miniature, hermetic seal, axial lead, tubular case

CSR13 polar, hermetic seal, axial lead, tubular case

CSR23 polar, extended range, hermetic seal, axial lead, tubular case

CSR33 polar, extended range, hermetic seal, for low impedance application

CSR91 non-polar, hermetic seal, axial lead, tubular case

Solid Chip, established reliability MIL-C-55365

CWR06 polar hybrid tantalum chip

For information on Mepco/Electra’s RESISTORS/CAPACITORS/POTENTIOMETERS, see pages 1*1998, 1*1142 and 1*2141.

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1675

3470

MILITARY COMPONENTS

3470

SEMICON QUALIFIED PRODUCTS
PER MIL-S-19500 REVISION "F"

. 4

TYPE NUMBER

DETAIL SPECIFICATION NUMBER

QUALIFICATION REFERENCE

JAN 1 N538

MIL-S- 19500/202 A

19500-1257-70

JAN 1N540

Ml L-S-1 9500/202 A

19500-1257-70

JAN 1N547

MILS- 19500/202 A

19500-1257-70

Canadian #S1 1 968

JAN 1N560

M 1 L-S-1 9500/1 67B

19500-140-71

JAN 1N561

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 67B

19500-140-71

Canadian #S1 1 967

JAN IN1 124 A & RA

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 04C

19500-658-75

JAN 1N1126A& RA

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 04C

19500-658-75

JAN IN1 128 A & RA

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 04C

19500-658-75

JAN 1N3649& R

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 04C

19500-658-75

JAN 1N3650& R

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 04C

19500-658-75

* * JAN IN1 184

Ml L-S-1 9500/297 A

* *JAN IN1 186

Ml L-S-1 9500/297A

* * JAN IN1 188

Ml L-S-1 9500/297 A

* * JAN IN1 190

Ml L-S-1 9500/297 A

19500-466-78

* * JAN 1N3766

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 97A

* * JAN 1N3768

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 97A

* * JAN 1 N1 202A,RA

Ml L-S-1 9500/260

19500-705-77

* * JAN 1 N1 204A,RA

Ml L-S-1 9500/260

19500-705-77

* * JAN 1 N1 206A,RA

Ml L-S-1 9500/260

19500-705-77

* * JAN 1 N3671 A,RA

Ml L-S-1 9500/260

19500-705-77

* * JAN 1 N3673A,RA

Ml L-S-1 9500/260

19500-705-77

JAN 1N1614

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 62B

19500-704-77

JAN 1N1615

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 62B

19500-704-77

JAN 1N1616

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 62B

19500-704-77

JAN 1N4458

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 62B

19500-704-77

JAN 1 N4459

Ml L-S-1 9500/162B

19500-704-77

*JAN 1N2153

Ml L-S-1 9500/91 (SigC)

7781

JAN 1N2361

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 87 A (EL)

CDKF7765

*JAN 1N3189

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 55E

19500-490-73/Canadian #11792

*JAN 1N3190

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 55E

19500-490-73/Canadian #11792

*JAN 1N3191

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 55E

19500-490-73/Canadian #’ 1 792

**JAN 1 N3016B

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 15F

19500-217-75

thru

Canadian #S11940

**JAN 1N3032B

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 15F

** JAN 1N3033B

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 15F

19500-218-75

thru

Canadian #1 1940

**JAN 1N3043B

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 15F

**JAN 1N3044B

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 1 5F

19500-219-75

thru

Canadian #S1 1940

**JAN 1N3051B

Ml L-S-1 9500/1 1 5F

**JAN 1N3885

M 1 L-S- 1 9500/304 A

19500-67-76

**JAN 1N3886

**JAN 1N3888

**JAN 1 N3890,R

Ml L-S-1 9500/304 F

19500-67-76

* # JAN 1 N3891 ,R

* # JAN 1 N3893,R

**JAN 1 N3909

Ml L-S-1 9500/308

19500-970-78

**JAN 1N3910

. **JAN 1 N391 1

**JAN 1 N3912

**JAN 1N3913

•JAN 1 N5555

Ml L-S- 19500/434

19500-8-76

thru

JAN 1N5558

••JAN 1 N5629A

Ml L-S-1 9500/500

19500-8-76

thru

• * J AN 1 N5665 A

JAN 1 N58 1 2, R

Ml L-S-19500/478A

19500-930-80

JAN 1 N58 1 4, R

JAN 1 N58 1 6, R

• * J AN 1 N5907

Ml L-S-1 9500/ 500

19500-8-76

••JAN 1 N6036A

Ml L-S-1 9500/507

19500-684 80

thru

• * J AN 1 N6072 A

Note: Semicon can supply devices for which no foi

rmal JAN, JAN TX, or JAN TXV military specificat-

ions exist to in-house developed high reliability processing specifications of an equivalent nature.

.-U r-N L J

*TX versions available **TX and TXV versions available

Complete facilities for qualification and
high reliability processing of zeners, transient
suppressors and rectifiers.

a Semicon

0 ,NC -
a 10 North Ave., Burlington, MA 01803
• Phone: 617-272-9015 • TWX: 710-332-1919

V i O

1*1676

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3470

MILITARY COMPONENTS

3470

1 a

TECHNICAL RESEARCH and MANUFACTURING, INC.

Grenier Field RFD. #10, Manchester, N.H. 03103

Tel. 603-668-0120 Cable: TRAM Manchester, N.H., USA
TWX 710-220-6765

FERRITE

POWER DIVIDER/COMBINER

COAXIAL

DM SERIES

2, 3, 4,6 & 8 Ways
F Center 100 to 1,500 MHz
Bandwidths = ±20%, ±30%
INPUT POWER
DM = 60w CW
1 Kw Peak

TYP. SPEC.I

Loss 0.3dB
I so 1 . 30dB
VSWR 1.3:1

MICROWAVE

COMPONENTS

1.8KHZ to 26GHz

STRIPLINE

DMS SERIES

2,4 & 8 Ways

FREQ. BANDS

OCTAVE
.125- 12.4 GHz

DMS 285 (2 way)

Freq. 1-20 GHz

Low end

•W^Sa.

1 - — 7

High end

i Loss
! Isolation
! VSWR
i Phase

Loss(TYP') 0.2dB
Iso. (TYP.) 25dB

0.6dB

19dB

,

i

i

Impedance
J Avail. 50 or 75 ft

RROAHR AKin n QD 1 RO.°__ UVPDI nc OCTAVE:. MULTI-OCTAVE 0. 90. 180°

FERRITE

HS 150 SERIES 0/180°

MODEL FREQ. (MHz

0 . 1-100

20-200

100-400

Isolation

Phase Bal.

3°

Amp. Bal.

0.3d B

InDut Power

2.5w

COAXIAL

HS 100 SERIES 0/180°

Center Frequency 100 - 1,500 MHz
Bandwidth ± 10,20,30%

TYP. SPEC, i

Loss

.3dB

Isolation

30dB

VSWR

1.3:1

Phase Bal.

2°

Amp. Bal.

.2dB

In Power

60 w

STRIPLINE

HQ 500 SERIES HS 500 SERIES
90° 180°

FREQ. BAND

.125 - 18 GHz OCTAVE .5 - 12 GHz

Loss 0.2dl

Isolation 20dE
VSWR 1.2:1

Phase Bal. 1.5°

Loss 0.5dB

Isolation 20dB
VWSR 1.5:1
Phase Bal. 5.0°

0° ^s-AT 180°
OUT i Schematic

AMPLIFIERS

AD SERIES HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE
FREQ. BANDS

Avail. Gain 10, 20, 30dB
IdB Comp. Point + 20dBM
Noise Fig. 5dB Typical

Freq. 5-400 MHz
Avail. Gain 6, 9, 13dB
1 dB Comp. Point + 20dBM
Noise Fig. 7dB typ.

POWER SUPPLIES

For AD Series Amplifiers
Input 115 or 220 VAC
Ripple & Noise 20 mv P-P

MIXERS

STRIPLINE

COUPLERS

FERRITE

DOUBLE BALANCED-SINGLE BALANCED WIDE BAND DIRECTIONAL

MD SERIES

FREQ. BANDS

.2 - 200
5-500
10 - 1,000

TYP. SPEC.

Conv. Loss 7dB
Isolations 25dB

FREQUENCY DOUBLERS

Freq. 0.1 -2100 MHz

Input power 10 to 20 mw Oper .

ImpedancefsiO ohms

BI-DIRECTIONAL - DIRECTIONAL
AVAILABLE COUPLING
6, 10, 20, 30dB

Tvp QPFP

& OC L TAV°E C B T AND S Loss 0 25dB
& OCTAVE BANDS Direct j v j ty 2 5dB

.125 • 18 GHz |VSWR 1.3:1

TRANSFORMERS

Freq. 0.02 - 1000 MHz
Input Power 2.5 watts cw
VSWR 1.3 max.

i DB Series
• Coupling
1 20.5 ± 0.5dB
i Freq. 1-2000MHz
i VSWR 1.2 Max.

[ Input 1.5 watts
max.

All TRM products are designed to meet
the applicable specifications of:
MIL-E-16400 Class 1
MIL-E- 5400 Class 3
MIL-C-15370
MIL-C-39012

and manufactured in accordance with:
MIL-1- 45208 and MIL-C-45662

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1677

MINIGLOSSARY

OPTO

SEM ICON DOCTORS

Avalanche Photodiode: A photodiode
that takes advantage of avalanche mul-
tiplication of photocurrent. It is par-
ticularly suited to low noise and/or
high speed applications.

Contrast: A noticeable difference in
color, brightness, or other characteris-
tics in a side-by-side comparison.

Chrominance Contrast: The color con-
trast between two adjacent surfaces of
identical area, shape, texture, and lu-
minance. The human eye is more sensi-
tive to differences in color than it is to
differences in brightness.

Current Transfer Ratio: The ratio of
an optocoupler’s output current to in-
put current at a specified bias.

Dark Current: The leakage current of
a photodetector with no incident light.

Dominant Wavelength: The wave-
length that is a quantitative measure
of apparent color of light as perceived
by the human eye.

Infrared Radiation: The electromag-
netic wavelength region between ap-
proximately 0.75 and 100 micrometers
longer than the wavelength of visible
light.

Interrupter (module) : A device that
produces an electrical output signal
when an object breaks the light (visi-
ble or invisible) between a light source
and a photodetector.

IRED: An infrared-emitting diode. See
light-emitting diode.

Light Current: The current that flows
through a photodetector when it is ex-
posed to radiant energy.

Light-Emitting Diode (LED) : A semi-
conductor diode that emits incoherent
light at its PN junction when forward
biased. The light can be in the visible or
invisible (infrared) wavelength region.

Luminance Contrast: The observed
brightness of a light-emitting element
compared to the brightness of the “sur-
round,” an integral part of the device
and inseparable from it.

Optocoupler: A device that transmits
electrical signals, without electrical
connection, between a light source (in-
put) and the receiver (output). The in-
put is generally an LED; the output
might be a photodiode, phototransis-
tor, a photo-Darlington, etc. Some-
times referred to as optoisolator.

Peak Wavelength: The wavelength at
the peak of the radiated spectrum of an
emitter.

Photo-Darlington: A light-sensitive
Darlington - connected transistor pair.
The photo-Darlington has a very high
sensitivity to illumination or radiation.

Photodetector: A device that provides
an electrical output signal when sub-
jected to radiation in the visible, infra-
red, or ultraviolet regions of the elec-
tromagnetic spectrum. Photodiodes,
phototransistors, and photo-Darling-
tons are the most common type of
photodetectors.

Photodiode : A junction diode that is re-
sponsive to radiant energy. Photodi-
odes have a high degree of linearity
between the input radiation and the
output current, and faster switching
speeds than phototransistors.

Photothyristor: A thyristor whose
switching action is controlled by light
applied to the thyristor gate.

Phototransistor : A light-sensitive tran-
sister that delivers an electrical output
proportional to the light intensity at its
input. The low-level photocurrent that
is generated is amplified by the current
gain of the transistor. The base region
(or gate in a FET) may or may not be
brought out as an external terminal.

Point Source: A source with a maxi-
mum dimension less than one-tenth the
distance between sources and detector.

Reflector (module) : A device contain-
ing a light source and a photodetector
that detects any object that reflects
light produced by the source back to
the detector.

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

3700

The Photosensor Division of Applied Solar
Energy Corporation is a leading manufacturer of
high technology silicon photodiode detectors.
Select from a variety of standard devices in
stock or develop custom arrays including:

• High Speed Silicon Photodiodes

• Stable UV-Enhanced Photodiodes

• Custom Low Energy Detecting Arrays

and much more. Write for your FREE copy of the
Photosensor Selector Guide. Photosensor Division,
Applied Solar Energy Corporation, P.O. Box 1212,
City of Industry, California 91749,

(213) 968-6581, TWX 910-584-4890.

w

Applied Solar Energy Corporation

PHOTOSENSOR DEVICES
& ASSEMBLIES

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1679

3700

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

Ifciimionic] Optoelectronic Devices

The Centronic line of optoelectronic components is one of the
most complete — if not the most complete — in the industry
today.

Whatever your requirements are . . . high performance or
economy . . . single or. multiple element . . . quadrant or dual
. . LED’s . . . photo interrupters . . . photo transistors . . . opto-
couplers . . . solar cells . . . etc., you can depend on Centronic
for performance-rated products, quick delivery and very
competitive pricing.

Ask your local Centronic representative to quote your next

requirement, or CALL (201) 233~7200 and

ask for an applications engineer.

SINGLE ELEMENT HIGH PERFORMANCE
PHOTODIODES

HIGH SPEED, HIGH PERFORMANCE
PHOTODIODES

Type Ns.

pF@ Vap
Max.

Vap Max.
Halts

Typical

Dark Canrait

aA

Rlsetima as

Typical
Rasp. @
Optimtzad

Wavalaagth

Optlmfead

Wsvaliaitli

jtxffl

OSDtl-3 HSA

8.5

80

5

1

0.40 A/W

0.9

OSD f 1-4 HSA*

3.0

100

10

10

0.25

1.06

OSDtWHSA**

Z5

180

10

15

0.38

1)06

BPX65

3.5

50

1 (<5)

i(<5)

0.55

0.85

BPX66

3.5

50

0.15 (<0.3

0.5 <1

0.55

0.85

t Isolated version available (suffix R2) *35% Q.E. at 1064 m m **50% Q.E. at 1064 /xm

HYBRIDS

(Detector & Amplifier Combinations)

Typ«Ha

Acthra

Ana

M 2

Rita*

Una

Typical NEP
(Naha Eqiit Pawn)

Mlalmum Raspenshrity
biV/mW/cw 2

@ Wavakagth fim

@ Wm-
laaffli

W. Hz J/i

0.43

0.63

0.9

1.06

| 6ENERAL PURPOSE j

0SI-5J

0SI-5K

0SI-5L

5

5

5

30

30

30

0.25

0.9

1.06

4 x lO’jJ
2x10*2

4 x 10* 12

15

60

30

160

250

220

130

I HI6H SPEED |

OSM J HSA

1

.05

0.25'

6.3 x 10*H

0.06

0.24

_

_

_

OSMKHSA

1

.05

0.9

3.8 x 10-]2

-

0.1

0.6

1.0

-

OSI-1LHSA

1

.05

1.06

5.4 x 10* 12

-

-

-

1.0

0.7

Spectral Responses J — UV and Blue optimized L — 106 m optimized

K — General Purpose 350 — 1 150 nm

HIGH PERFORMANCE PHOTOVOLTAIC
DETECTORS (High Blue Sensitivity)

PHOTOVOLTAIC

DETECTORS (Hi

I

a

|

Mk. Rsspoa-

Max.

Mk

Typical

Typical

p Typical

shrtty @

Raspeasa

Dyaimic

Capad*

Mk Break-

In®

NEP (Nelsi

0.45 xx?

Una

Reals-

taaca

dewa Vella

(Equhr. Powai)

Type Hit

m

(@ 0V)#xa

taaca Mm

(@ 0V)pF

110 mAI

OVrA

@ 0.45 Mm

OSD 1-5

0.15

1

100

40

10

0.2

6 x 10-Jj.

OSD 5-5

0.15

1

40

150

10

0.5

7 x 10*]5

OSD 50-5

0.15

1

1.5

1500

10

1

2 x 10-J5

OSD 100-5

0.15

1

1

2500

10

2

2x10' 13

QUADRANTS & BI-CELLS

Type Ha

Han

Acthra

Ana

W

Ok.

Acthri

Ana

am

Matah

kiyical

Sap. of
Ekanafstt

am

Typical Dark

Cur. per
Eknaat
aA@

Vap 30 V

Typical NEP
(Maks Etjifc
Paver]

W

QD 7-0

7

3

0.2

10

i.o x io"35

QD 50-0

50

8

0.2

100

3.3 x 10-35

QD 100-0

100

11

0.2

300

5.0 x 10-32

QD 320-0

320

20

0.3

1000

1.0 x 10*12

-0 is General Purpose Response Also available in -1, -2, -3, -4 and -5 (photovoltaic) responses

1 1 Optical separation is typically 50% of metallurgical for A 1.06 jum

Type Nl

*

Typ.

lac

EV

(Lax.)

H

A/W

u

Ni ef
Elemevts

Total
Active Are?

H PI-081 4

0.35

1.000

0.4

780

4

1.2x1.2

HPI-0750

0.35

1.000

0.4

780

8

—

HPI-0114

0.35

1.000

0.4

780

1

1.20

PN-4-150

0.4

1.000

0.35

850

4

15 x 1.5

PN-4-23

0.4

1.000

0.35

850

4

4.1 x8.1

CD-33 H-4D

0.4

14

1000

—

930

4

2.5 x 2.5

CD-33 H-2D

0.4

30

1.000

—

930

2

6x3

(Ta = 25°C)

EYE RESPONSE DETECTOR*
HYBRID & PHOTODIODES

A =500 - 600 nm, p = 560 nm, Ta — 25°C.

PARALLEL & SCANNED ARRAYS

High Performance Multi-Element)

PARALLEL I

Type No.

Acthra Elemaats

Typical
Dark Car.

Pmr Element
@> Vop
10V nA

Typical NEP
(Nobe Equhr.
Power)

@ 0.9 Mm

Guard

Rina

No.

Format

Uth.

mm

Width

mm

Sep.

(Meg

mm

LD 2-5

2

2x1

2

0.5

0.05

5

7 x 10']4

LD 20-5

20

20x1

4

0.9

0.05

20

1.4 x 10* 3

v/

MD 25-5

25

5x5 I

3

3

0.1

70

2.6 x 10' 3

v/

MD 100-5

100

10x10

14

14

0.1

20

14 x 10*13

v/

-5 is Photovoltaic Responses Also available in -0, -1, -2, -3, -4 responses

SELF SCANNED ARRAYS I

Type Ni,

Ni of Elements

Spacing Mm

Notes

4000 Series

50 to 256

100

Voltage or recharge

7000 Series

50 to 256

100

OCR Type

8000 Series

256, 512

13 Mm x 3.3 mm

Spectroscopic uses

M Series

256 to 1024

25

recharge only

2D1 Series

64x64

75

recharge only

All are in 16 or 24 pin DIP packages

GERMANIUM IR PHOTODETECTORS

Type Ni

Active

Breakdown

Voltage

V

Id

mA

a

QE

%

Peak

Response

nm

Response

Range

nm

PkR

CG P-0.3

.3

15

<4

3

60

1.55

11 -18

TO-8

CGP-1.0

1

25

<6

18

60

1.55

1.1 - 1.8

TO-8

CG P-3.0

3

25

<10

65

60

1.55

11 - 1.8

TO-8

Add the following suffix to Type No. for selected optimized
wavelength response

Safftx

Oatkatnd

Wave

Laagtb

ma.

TnU

R

Max

Yalta

Hist

Tkw

Yarn

-0

General Purpose

0.9

0.52

30

15ns

-1

UV/Blue

0.25

0.08

10

20ns

-2

Red

0.63

0.38

60

10ns

-3

IR

0.9

0.62

100

10ns

—4

1.06

106

0.55

180

20ns

TypsNl

Acthra
Ana am 2
(drcakt)

Dark
Caimt
@ 30VaA

OSD 1

1

5

OSD 5

5

30

OSD 50

50

350

OSD 100

100

800

1*1680

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS'

3700

Clairex

Photoconductive Cells

■

CL709L

CL909L

Diam. X
Length
(inches)

Resist-
ance @

2 ftc ±
33-1/3%

.55 X .18

1 IK

I1<THKW51

28 K

Minimum
resistance
ratio from
2 ftc to Dark
within 5 sec.

Minimum
resistance
ratio from
2 ftc to Dark
within 5 sec.

Type 9 CdS, peak spectral response 5500 angstroms combines high
speed with extreme temperature stability and high linearity.

CL707H

CL707HM

CL907H

CL907 HN
CL907HL

.21 X ,15
.21 X .15
.21 X .15 I

.55 X .18
.25 X .5

250 2000-500 1

300 75

5M3
CL603

CL603A

CL603A L

CL703

CL703A

CL703L

Type 3 CdSe, peak spectral response 7350 angstroms, fast response, and
very high light-to-dark resistance ratio. Can be used for high speed
switching or counting. Sensitive to near infra red. For use with incan-
descent or neon lamps.

Type 7 H CdS peak Spectral response 6200 angstroms. Very fast decay
time coupled vvtth low resistance and high linearity. Ideal for beam
b.reaking applications.

Type 7 CdS, peak spectral response 6 150 angstroms, moderate speed
and ratio. Can be used in general bearrr breaking applications. For use
with incandescent, neon or fluorescent lamps.

Minimum

resistance Power

ImiiikiiWaiilitefeiJMMi

Type 5H CdS, peak spectral response 5500 angstroms (closely matches
the human eye). Combines high speed, stability, linearity, and uniform
color temperature response. Footnote 1 . with and without heat sink.

EgCEgfi

CLAIREX ELECTRONICS

A DIVISION OF CLAIREX® CORPORATION

560 South Third Avenue, Mount Vernon, N.Y. 10550 (914)664-6602

WRITE FOR NAME OF YOUR NEAREST CLAIREX REPRESENTATIVE OR DISTRIBUTOR

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

3700

Clairex

Phototransistors • Darlingtons • Diodes • Infrared Emitters

TO 18 FLAT WINDOW

II (ma)

Vc E = 5V H (Note 1 ) BV CEO
Min Max mw/cm 2 Volts

TO 18 LENS.

Ice o l na l
V CE = 10V

50

Py (mw)
25°C

CLT 2 164

CLT 2 160

CLT 2 150

CLT 2 140

CLT 2130

CLR 2 180

WINDOW LENS .115 LENGTH X .077 DIAMETER

Part

No.

Lens

l L (ma)
V CE =5V
Min Max

H (Note 1)
mw/cm 2

bv ceo

Volts

1 C E O ( na )
V CE = 10V

Pj (mw)
25°C

CLT 5170

L

1 .4 —

6.0 —

5

20

40

25

50

CLT 5160 !

L

0.5 —

2 0 7.0

5

20

40

25

50

CLR 5101

L

2 0 —

20.0 —

0 2

2.0

40

1

100

50

-2 Designation is with second lead welded to the header

PLASTIC ENCAPSULATED SIDE VIEW

H (Note 1) BV CE0 ICEO(na) PT(mw)
mw/cm 2 Volta VCE=10V 25°C

PHOTO DIODES

Note 1: The light source is a frosted tungsten incandescent lamp at 2854°K.

Part
[ No.

Active Area
Inches

Package

ISC (ua)
Min.

H

mw/cm 2

>D(na)

V=-.1V

CLD31

. 222 x. 122

Plastic

120

5

100

CLD41

.051 x .051

To 18

6

5

50

CLD42

.051 x .051

To 18

35

5

50

CLD56

.222 x. 122

To 5

100

5

100

CLD 71

.125 x .125

Plastic

70

5

100

CLD 72

.051 x .051

Plastic

17

5

10 ,

INFRARED EMITTERS

Part No.

Package

Material

Power Out (mw)

Vf (Volts)

Pt 25°C

Peak Wave Length nm

CLED-1

T046 lens

GaAs

1.0 @ 50 ma

1 .8 (a 60 ma

200 mw

930

CLED-1F

T046 Window

GaAs

1 .0 @ 50 ma

1 .8 (a 60 ma

200 mw

930

CLED-3

Pill-lens

GaAs

0.75 (5 50 ma

1 .6 (5 50 ma

75 mw

930

CLED-5

Post lens

GaAs

0.80 @ 50 ma

1.6 (a 50 ma

75 mw

930

CLED-400

Plastic

GaAs

0.50 (at 50 ma

1 .6 @ 50 ma

100 mw

930

CLED-1 55

T046 lens

GaAIAs

3.0 @ 50 ma

1.8 @ 50 ma

200 mw

880

CLED-1 55F

T046 Window

GaAIAs

3.0 @ 50 ma

1 .8 @ 50 ma

200 mw

880

CLED-305

Pill-lens

GaAIAs

2.0 @ 50 ma

1 .7 @ 40 ma

75 mw

880

CLED-405

Plastic

GaAIAs

2.0 @ 50 ma

1 .7 (a 40 ma

100 mw

880

CLED-505

Post-lens

GaAIAs

2.0 @ 50 ma

1 .7 @ 40 ma

75 mw

880

CLAIREX ELECTRONICS

A DIVISION OF CLAIREX® CORPORATION

560 South Third Avenue, Mount Vernon, N.Y. 10550 (914)664-6602

WRITE FOR NAME OF YOUR NEAREST CLAIREX REPRESENTATIVE OR DISTRIBUTOR

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1683

K

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

Clairex

Opto-lsolators

LED PHOTOCONDUCTIVE CELL ISOLATORS

Part No. Package

CLM6000 ~ Axial

CLM6200 Axial

CLM6500 Axial

CLM8000 Axial

CLM8200^i Axial

CLM8200/2 Axial

CLM8500 Axial

CLM8500/2 Axial

R “ON”
Ohms Max

10 SEC

R “OFF”
Ohms Min

Cell

Volts

PAC

■

500@20ma

500K

60

10K@10ma

lOMeg

400@20ma

lOMeg

BEHEESi

400@40ma

500K

Eamm

2.8K@16ma

lOMeg

EEEIBslud

5.0K@16ma

lOMeg

HS3HE31

2.0K@16ma

lOMeg

E3E3

1.0K@16ma

IMeg

Part No.

Package

R “ON”
Ohms Max

10 SEC

R “OFF”
Ohms Min

CLM8500HV

Axial

5K@ 1 6ma

lOMeg

CLM86005M

Axial

2K@16ma

lOMeg

CLM9000

Axial

1.2Meg@16ma

lOOOMeg

CLM50 M

DIP

2.5K@16ma

IMeg

CLM51 Wi

DIP

4.5K@1ma

IMeg

CLM60 M

DIP

4K@± 16ma

IMeg

CLM61 ^

DIP

7K@± Ima

IMeg

fVI IRED - PHOTOTRANSISTOR AXIAL ISOLATOR

1

C.T.R.
V C e= 10V
% Min

If Isolation
ma Volts PAC

BVceo

lc=1ma

Volts

ICEO

@V CE =10V

na

EQU

20

40

50

10

OKES

40

100

IRED - PHOTODARLINGTON AXIAL ISOLATOR

Part

No.

C.T.R.
Vce=10V
% Min

CLA7D

400

CLA7DA

200

I CEO

@ V C e= 10V
na

*Kk THE SURVIVOR ® - HERMETICALLY SEALED COMPONENTS - AXIAL ISOLATOR

C.T.R.
Vce=10V
% Min

CLA6Q 40

CLA60AA 20~

CLA60AB ~ 10

CLA65 400

CLA65AA 200@Vce=5V
CLA90 3.5 volts

CLA90AA 3.5 volts

PHOTOMOD® PHOTOCONDUCTIVE CELL - LAMP ISOLATORS

Part No.

CLM3006A

CLM4006A

^CLM3012A

CLM4012A

CLM5H10A

CLM7H16A~

CLM3120A

CLM4120A

CLM3000

CLM3500

CLM3500/2

CLM3700

1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
.420 X .445 X .620
.420 X .445 X .620
.420 X .445 X..620
.420 X .445 X .620

U.L. RECOGNIZED COMPONENT

R “ON”

Ohms Max

@ Lamp

Rated Voltage
Volts

10 SEC

R “OFF”
Ohms Min

Cell

Volts

PAC

160

6

10 Meg

200

55

6

1 Meg

200

160

12

100 Meg

200

30

12

1 Meg

200

3000

10

10 Meg

200

550

16

10 Meg

200

1150

120 *

100 Meg

200

160

120 *

1 Meg

200

500

14

1 Meg

200

160

120*

1 Meg

250

500

120*

1 Meg

120

1000

120*

1 Meg

250

‘Series resistor required.

Isolation

Voltage

PAC

CLAIREX ELECTRONICS

A DIVISION OF CLAIREX® CORPORATION

560South Third Avenue, Mount Vernon, N.Y. 10550 (914)664-6602

WRITE FOR NAME OF YOUR NEAREST CLAIREX REPRESENTATIVE OR DISTRIBUTOR

1*1684

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

Clairex

OPTICAL SWITCHES

HERMETICALLY SEALED EMITTERS AND SENSORS

ID max l na l

Vqe = 10V

50

50

100

100

4.7V Min.

100

100

100

.4V @ .5V

100

L-CC.PC.-AMn QFMQQRg

Part Numbers

CLI

811

CLI

821

CLI

831

CLI

836

CLI

840

CLI

850

CLI

860

CLI

870

CLI

841

CLI

851

CLI

861

CLI

871

CLI 82 1M

CLI 83 1M

CLI 836M

CLI 840M

CLI 850M

CLI 860M

CLI 870M

CLI 84 1M

CLI 85 1M

CLI 86 1M

CLI 87 1M

* The respective CLI 800 types
** .005 inch aperture available -

h .970 H

CLI 850W

CLI 860W

CLI 870W

CLI 841 W

CLI 85 1W

CLI 86 1W

CLI 87 1W

are available with lead spacing of .220 inches. Add the suffix A, ie. CLI 800A
- consult factory.

.020 SoSaR A fcjjy

recommend \ central

O

Ui

o

>

CD

! D max (na)

Volts

VCE= 10V

30

100

30

100

30

100

30

100

30

100

50

50

50

50

'50

50

50

50

30

250

30

250

30

250

30

250

55 .

100

55

100

55

100

55

100

BOTTOM VIEW
TYP. ALL CLI 800 TYPES
ALL DIMENSIONS ±.005

TYP. h -j}-

ntkpr .«

J.250 PT"' CL | 8Q0W T

CLAIREX ELECTRONICS

A DIVISION OF CLAIREX ® CORPORATION

560 South Third Avenue, Mount Vernon, N.Y. 10550 (914)664-6602

WRITE FOR NAME OF YOUR NEAREST CLAIREX REPRESENTATIVE OR DISTRIBUTOR

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1685

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

■El HEI BEB ■ ■ EL ■ MEE f B^HI BMB ^EBB ^SI^F ■ ■ Ml ^BB^F ■ EBI ■ EQBF

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input /output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
fiF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
YAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

3700 ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS) 3700

HEI OPTOELECTRONIC PRODUCTS

OPTICAL SWITCHES

HEI optical switches consist of an LED/photo-transistor
pair operating across an air gap. Light beam interruption
causes a change in output. Switches are contactless,
highly reliable, and extremely long-lived. The LEDs
operate in the infrared range.

Choose from 32 models, including some with integral
hybrid amplifiers and Schmitt triggers. Both analog and
digital models.

Two small packages available with either DIP pins or
12-in. leads. Most styles compatible with TTL/DTL/MOS
circuits. 0S-591S series have TTL/DTL square wave out-
put. Switches are normally closed when uninterrupted.
Precise alignment gives maximum output, and lens sys-
tem reduces ambient light. HEI offers custom packaging,
and can meet special performance requirements. Contact
factory representative for specific information.

0S-521S-XXX Contains LED and high-gain photo transistor. Medium speed,
analog output.

OS-581 -XXX Contains LED and photo Darlington transistor. High gain,
medium speed. Ideal for limit switching, presence detection. Analog output.

0S-561A-XXX LED/photo transistor with integral hybrid amplifier for high
speed, high output current. Used with TTL/DTL gates, analog output.

0S-591S-XXXL Ultimate optical switch with hybrid amplifier and Schmitt
trigger. Square wave output at TTL levels. Positive switching at all speeds.

Absolute Maximum Ratings (25°C free air)

PART NUMBER EXAMPLE:

Optical Switch -
LED Series

OS -

JT

5 6 2 A - 200 L W

Sensor Series

No. of LED/Sensor Pairs

Optional Circuitry: Amplifier (A) 1

Schmitt Trigger (S)

Gap Dimension in mils: 060 “I

200 J

racxage oize : omau nousing (oiaiiKj
Large Housing (L)

Wire Added Optional (W)-

Single Channel — Part Number
Dual Channel —Part Number

OS-521-XXX

0S-522-XXXL

OS-581-XXX

0S-582-XXXL

0S-561A-XXX

0S-562A-XXXL

0S-591S-XXXL

0S-592S-XXXL

LED Side:

Forward Current (mA) 1 f/led

50

50

50

50

Reverse Voltage (V) Vr

3

3

3

3

Power Dissipation (mW)

P/led

75

75

75

75

Sensor Side:

Voltage Collector to Emitter (V)
VcEO

20

20

25

5

Voltage Emitter to Collector (V)
Veco

5

5

5

5

Light Current (mA) II

5

5

10

50

Power Dissipation (mW)

P/Sensor

100

100

100

200

Electrical Characteristics (Typ.)

Light Current (lF=35mA,

Vcc=5V, Rl= 1K) (mA)

II

1.0

2.0

4.7

4.9

Dark Current (If=0,

Vce=5V, H=0) (/ik) Id

0.1

0.1

10

0.1

LED Forward Voltage

(lF=40mA)(V) Vf

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

Sensor Saturation Voltage

(lF=3DmA, KL = iUI\,"

Vcc=5V) (V) Vce(sat)

.35

.8

0.2

0.1

Switching Speeds (For .060 Gap)
Rise Time (/tsec) t r

Fall Time (jisec) tf

25

30

150

170

15

20

.05

.1

Frequency (KHz) f

10

2.5

10

15

MULT8-GHANNEL READER

The 125-1 assembly contains infra-red LEDs which are
spectrally matched with silicon photo transistors. Hybrid
circuitry is included for TTL compatibility. Primarily
designed as an 8 or 12 channel vertical format unit for
line printers.

Number of channels and centerline spacing may be varied

to suit assorted applications. Air gap may be specified,
along with analog or digital output.

Using a data hole width of .030", an obstruction of <15%
transmissivity will result in a low output. Obstruction of
>40% transmissivity causes a high output. A glass wear
plate provides self cleaning and dust elimination.

Each channel has a fanout capacity of 10 TTL gates, with CMOS compatibility
optionally available.

Source and sensor sides electrically isolated to avoid ground loop.
Non-stanaard data holes (less than .030" or greater than .073") available on
request.

Standard sensor spacing is .1094" for 12 channel unit, .100" for 8 channel
unit (except for channels 6 and 7 which are .250").

Supply voltage 4.5 to 5.5V. Output current 800 fik high, 16 mA low.

Slot depth 1.725" standard, width 1.5", gap .020".

CHARACTERISTICS

MIN.

TYP.

MAX.

High Level Output Voltage (Vcc=4.75V, Ioh=-800 fik)

VoH

4.5V

4.75V

Low level Output Voltage (Vcc=4.75V, Iol==16 mA)

VOL

0.2V

0.4V

*Short Circuit Output Current (Vcc=5.25V)

Supply Current (Per Channel)

los

-1.8 mA

-2.5 mA

Source Side (Vcc=5.25V)

Icc

21 mA

25 mA

Detector Side (Vcc=5.25V)

Icc

3.6 mA

5.0 mA

*Not more than one output should be shorted at one time.

WIGHT PENS (New Color-Sensitive Light Pen Available in 1983)

« . ... ^v ; |

CARD READERS

| , „ '.i*

g*

The Optoelectronic Specialists

ED HEI ino.

HEI light pens for CRT terminals are solid state assem-
blies which utilize opto-electronics and hybrid circuitry
to provide two TTL-compatible outputs: “Light Pen Hit”
and “Light Pen Switch”. The latter is generated when
tip of pen is pressed against CRT face. A “Hit” is gen-
erated when an unblanked spot on the CRT face is under
the pen tip. Signals are transmitted to control logic of
the terminal for fast data manipulation.

Two models available: 120-3 has black plastic barrel,
120-2 has slimmer stainless steel barrel. Both available
with optional coiled cord, and adjustable sensitivity.
Resolution is excellent, along with high ambient light
rejection. Both models light weight, meet Mil Stds. for
radiation susceptibility and vibration.

ELECTRICAL

Input Power 5V @ 125 mA

Sensitivity 7 FL Spot Brightness (Minimum Pickup)

HEI offers several card reader models as well as OEM

HEI’s hand-fed card reader offers capability to interpret
either marked or punched cards. High reliability hybrid
circuitry provides TTL-compatible output. Designed to
read standard 80-column cards with clock marks. Can
handle other cards of reasonable length.

This reader has superior mark detection capability, and
will read a wide variety of pencil and ink colors. Tolera-
tion of worn or mutilated cards is good.

Specifications

Input Power 115VAC, 60 Hz, .35A
+5VDC, 2k
-12VDC, .1A

Output TTL Compatible 12 rows paralleled up to

80 rows serial

Ambient Rejection 100 FL

Response Time <.5us @ 20 FL

Field of View <.075 inches

Light Pen Switch .... TTL compatible (Normally high, low
while nose cone is actuated)

Light Pen Hit TTL compatible (Normally high, low

during pulse period)

MECHANICAL

120-3 120-2

Length <6.2 inches 5.96 inches

Diameter <.625 inches .495 inches

Weight <2 ounces <2 ounces

Nose Cone Travel <.100 inches .090 inches

Cable Length 4 feet 4 feet

Cable Diameter <.150 inches .150 inches

Color Black Silver

read heads. Call or write for details.

The reader head is self cleaning, and no lubrication is
required. Cards are fed by hand, internal mechanism
transports cards through at 6"/second.

Either parallel or RS-232 interface format available. The
unit may be ordered with or without internal power supply.
For mark/sense applications, cards must have printed
strobe marks on either margin.

Physical Size 4.75" (120.6mm) W

9.75" (247.6mm) D
4.25" (108mm) H
Weight 4.5 lbs. (2 kg)

DEPT. EM • VICTORIA, MN 55386 • (612) 443-2500

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1687

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

3700

Introduction

Honeywell

Honeywell offers industry's broadest range of
optoelectronic products. They include:

• LEDs

• Silicon photodetectors (Transistor, SCR and 1C)

• Optically coupled isolators

• Transmissive switches

• Reflective switches

• V/LED and I/LED displays

• Encoders

• Emitter/Detector arrays

• Discrete chips

• Custom components and assemblies

• Laser diodes

• Pin diodes

• InSb photodiodes

• Mercury cadmium tel I u ride photoconductors

• Fiber optic components

• Fiber optic systems (analog and digital)

• Fiber optic radial couplers

Honeywell strives for continuing leadership in high-technology
optoelectronic products — today and tomorrow. That's why we're
committing substantial resources to research and development efforts
for the next generation of optoelectronics.

In addition to its standard products, Honeywell can develop custom
components, assemblies and systems to meet exact customer requirements.

For more information
or the name of your local
distributor or representative,
contact Honeywell
today at (214) 234-4271.

Optical switches

• LED and photodetector in the same package.

• Reflective and transmissive (interrupter) types.

• Plastic and hermetic components.

• Transistor, Darlington and Schmitt trigger outputs.

• Variety of package designs.

Optoschmitt switches

Characteristic?

Components

Output voltage

Low High

Forward

voltage

Propagation delay

Low-high High-low

Rise

time

Fall

time

Required
LED current

Slot

width

Test condition

If = 20 rnA

Symbol

Vf

Tdlh

Tdhl

t,

tf

Ift

Units

V

V

V

flS

jUS

ns

ns

mA

mm j

max.

typ.

max.

typ. max.

typ. max.

typ-

typ.

typ. max.

jgilMI

ilil hoa2o °i

n 111

plastic

0.4

Vcc

1.5

1 5

2.5 5

60

6

4 10

Mm HOA 2002(a)

plastic

0.4

<

o

o

1.5

1 5

2.5 5

60

6

■

m

wlHsHtai'

11 l' ! i

■

■

(a) Features .010 x .040 aperture (b) V cc operating range = 4.5 to 16 Volts

1*1688

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS]

Honeywell

Transmissive switches

Characteristics

On-state

collector

current

Off-state

collector

current

Saturation

voltage

V ce = 5V

If as shown

V CE = 10V
If = 0

l c and l F
as shown

A

HOA 1870-21 plastic
HOA 1870-23 plastic
HOA 1870-31 plastic
HOA 1870-33 plastic

m A

min.max.l F (mA)

.012x.040 0.4 2.8 20 100

.012x.040 2.5 18.0 20 250

.006x.040.30 2.1 20 100

.006x.040 2.0 14.0 20 250

HOA 1872-1 hermetic
HOA 1872-2 hermetic
HOA 1872-3 hermetic
HOA 1872-11 plastic
HOA 1872-12 plastic
HOA 1872-13 plastic

max. lc(mA) MmA) max. Ip(mA) rise fall

(typ.) (typ.)

.30 2.0 20 100 0.4 .04 20 1.6 50 10 12 .100 transistor

1.8 10.0 20 100 0.4 .23 20 1.6 50 10 12 .100 transistor

4.0 25.0 20 250 1.1 .50 20 1.6 50 500 750 .100 darlington

.30 2.0 20 100 0.4 .04 20 1.5 20 10 12 .100 transistor

1.8 10.0 20 100 0.4 .23 20 1.5 20 10 12 .100 transistor

4.0 25.0 20 250 1.1 .50 20 1.5 20 500 750 .100 darlington

♦

4L

HOA 1873-1 hermetic
HOA 1873-2 hermetic
HOA 1873-3 hermetic
HOA 1873-11 plastic
HOA 1873-12 plastic
HOA 1873-13 plastic

HOA 1874-1 hermetic
HOA 1874-2 hermetic
HOA 1874-3 hermetic
HOA 1874-11 plastic
HOA 1874-12 plastic
HOA 1874-13 plastic

i HOA 1875-1

p HOA 1875-2

1 HOA 1875-3

i

1

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

j HOA 1876-1
HOA 1876-2
y HOA 1876-3

i

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

EEM 1983

HOA 1877-1 hermetic
HOA 1877-2 hermetic
HOA 1877-3 hermetic

HOA 1878-11
HOA 1878-12
HOA 1878-13

.30 2.0 20

1.8 10.0 20
4.0 25.0 20
.30 2.0 20

1.8 10.0 20
4.0 25.0 20

.30 2.0 20

1.8 10.0 20
4.0 25.0 20
.30 2.0 20

1.8 10.0 20
4.0 25.0 20

0.4 .04 20

0.4 .23 20

1.1 .50 20

0.4 .04 20

0.4 .23 20

1.1 .50 20

.100 transistor
.100 transistor
.100 darlington
.100 transistor
.100 transistor
.100 darlington

0.4

.04

20

1.6

50

10

12

.120

transistor

0.4

.23

20

1.6

50

10

12

.120

transistor

1.1

.50

20

1.6

50

500

750

.120

darlington

0.4

.04

20

1.5

20

10

12

.120

transistor

0.4

.23

20

1.5

20 |

10

12

.120

transistor

1.1

.50

20

1.5

20

500

750

.120

darlington

0.4

.02

20

1.6

50

10

12

.200

transistor

0.4

.08

20

1.6

50

10

12

.200

transistor

1.1

.23

20

1.6

50

500

750

.200

darlington

.20

2.0

20

100

0.4

.03

20

1.8

10.0

20

100

0.4

.23

20

4.0

25.0

20

250

1.1

.50

20

.125

.125

.125

transistor

transistor

darlington

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1689

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS:

3700

Honeywell

Transmissive switches

Characteristics

Test condition

Com- Sensor
portents aperture

On-state

collector

current

V C e=5V Vce = 10 V

If as shown If = 0

lc and If
as shown

LED

forward

voltage

If as shown

Response Slot
time width

•d Vceisat! Vf

/iS inches

min max If(mA) max. max lc(mA) MmA) max. MmA) rise fall nom

(typ ) (typ )

HOA 1881-11
HOA 1881-12
HOA 1881-13

plastic
plastic /
plastic

.30 2.0 20

1.8 10.0 20
4.0 25.0 20

HOA 2762-1
HOA 2762-2
HOA 2762-3

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

[007x.040

007x.040

.007x.040

0.1 1.1 20

1.0 5.0 20

2.0 15.0 20

100

0.4

0.010

20

1.6

50

10

12

100

0.4

0.025

20

1.6

50

10

12

250

1.1

0.250

20

1.6

50

500

750

20 100
20 100
20 250

.025 20 1.6

.075 20 1.6

.500 20 1.6

I

50 10 12

50 10 12

50 500 750

Notes:

(1 ) Storage temperature -65°C to +100°C (hermetic)

— 40°C to +85°C (plastic)

(2) Operating temperature -65°C to +100°C (hermetic)

— 40°C to +80°C (plastic)

(3) BVc E q@ lc = 100 mA, 30V min (transistor), 15V min (darlington)

(4) BV EC0 @ l c - 100 m A, 5V min

(5) I r = 10mA max @ Vp = 3V

.125 transistor
.125 transistor
.125 darlington

.100 transistor
.100 transistor
.100 darlington

Reflective switches

Characteristics

Components

Light current

Dark current

LED forward
voltage

Light
current
rise time

Collector-

emitter

breakdown

Output

Test condition

V C e

= 5 V

o

II

X

o

II

If as shown

<

n

n

II

cn

<

If as shown

Vce as shown

lc = 1 mA

R l = 1000 U

Symbol

II

•d

V F

t,

BVceo

Units

m A

nA

V

MS

V

mm

max

It ImA) d Inch (a)

max. V C e(V)

max.

Ip(mA)

typ.

min.

hermetic

0.5

2.5

30

.075

100 10

1.6

50

8

30

transistor

1 HOA 1 160-2

hermetic

2.0

10.0

30

.075

100 10

1.6

50

10

30

transistor

wm

hermetic

b.o

35.0

30

.075

250 10

1.6

50

50(c)

15

darlington

^gte^HOA 1180-1

hermetic

.04

.20

30

.50

100 10

1.6

50

6

30

transistor

HOA 1180-2

hermetic

.16

.80

30

.50

100 10

1.6

50

6

30

transistor

HOA 1180-3

hermetic

2.0

14.0

30

.50

250 10

1.6

50

50(c)

15

darlington

1*1 690 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1 983

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPME NT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

HOA 1397-1
HOA 1397-2
HOA 1397-31
HOA 1397-32

A

Mm

§

HOA 1404-1 hermetic
HOA 1404-2 hermetic
HOA 1404-3 hermetic

HOA 1405-1 plastic
HOA 1405-2 plastic

.20 .80 20

.70 2.8 20

2.0 8.0 20

7.0 28.0 20

.20 1.0 30

.80 4.0 30

2.0 14.0 30

.050(b) 100

.050(b) 100

.050(b) 250

.050(b) 250

30 .20(b)

30 .20(b)

transistor

transistor

darlington

darlington

transistor

transistor

darlington

transistor

transistor

HOA 2498-1 hermetic
HOA 2498-2 hermetic
HOA 2498-3 hermetic

transistor

transistor

darlington

(a) d is the distance to the reflective object (a mirror), see test circuit below.

(b) Reflective surface is an Eastman Kodak®neutral white test card having 90% diffuse reflectance.

(c) R[_ = 100H

© hermetic and plastic packages
© long operating life
© high conversion efficiency

Test condition

Symbol

Units

SE 1450-1
SE 1450-2
SE 1450-3
SE 1450-4

SE 1450-1 L
SE 1450-2L
SE 1450-3 L
SE 1 450-4 L

SE 2460-1

hermetic

Tf SE 2460-2

hermetic

13 SE 2460-3

hermetic

SE 3453-1
SE 3453-2
SE 3453-3
SE 3453-4

SE 3455-1
SE 3455-2
SE 3455-3
SE 3455-4

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

SE 3470-1

SE 3470-2

SE 3470-3

SE 3470-4

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1691

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

Honeywell

Characteristics

Forward

Peak

continuous

wave-

current

length

r l SEP 8703-1

n SEP 8703-2
f SEP 8703-3
I I SEP 8703-4

Notes:

(1 ) Storage temperature

Storage temperature —65 C to +150 C (hermetic)

— 40°C to +85°C (plastic)

(2) Operating temperature -65°C to +125°C (hermetic)

-40°C to +80°C (plastic)

O

Specifications indicated are for 25 C ambient temperature.

See individual data sheets tor temperature derating information.

(3) Beam angle is defined to be the total included angle between half intensity points.

(a) Output power is in mW/crn^. The on-axis power is measured using a

.081 (2.06mm) diameter ape rtu red sensor placed .400 (10.16mm) from lens tip.

(b) Output power is in mW/cm2. The on-axis power is measured using a

.104 (2.65mm) diameter apertured sensor placed .535 (13.6mm) from lens tip.

1*1692

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

3700

Honeywell

Photodetectors

• Choice of diode, transistor, darlington and Schmitt outputs.

© Photodiodes for fast speed of response.

© Phototransistors offer medium response and high stability.

© Photodarlingtons for applications requiring extremely
high sensitivity.

• Optoschmitt devices have voltage regulator, differential
amplifier and Schmitt trigger on the same chip, eliminating
additional signal processing circuitry.

• Plastic and hermetic packages available.

Photodiodes

Characteristics

Package

Light current

Dark current

Reverse

breakdown voltage

Light current
rise time

Angular

response

Test condition

V R = 20 V

H as shown

V R = 20 V

H = 0

Ir — 10 m A

3

Symbol

It

Ip

BVr

t r

0

Units

mA

nA

V

ns

degrees

min. H*

max.

min.

typ.

typ.

1420-2

hermetic

5 5

5

50

50

24

Y\^SD 1420-2L

hermetic

5 5

5

50

50

24

^ SD 2420-2

hermetic

7 20

5

50

50

48

SD 3421-2

hermetic

10 5

20

75

5(max.)

90

SD 5421-2

hermetic

40 5

20

75

5(max.)

18

Notos:

( 1 ) Storage temperature — 65°C to + 150°C
12' Operating temperature -65°C to +125°C

Specifications indicated are for 25 C ambient temperature.

See individual data sheets for temperature derating information.
(3) Angular response is defined to be the total included angle between
half sensitivity points.

*The value of H is measured in mW/cm^ from a tungsten source
@ a color temperature of 2870°K.

phototransistors

Light current

Dark current

Collector

breakdown

Emitter

breakdown

Saturation

voltage

Light
current
rise time

Angular

response

■

Test condition

>

in

II

UJ

u

>

H = 0

l c = 100 mA

I c =100mA

lc = 0.4 mA

R L = 100011

H. ‘

H as shown

V ce as shown

V CC = 5V,

3

II = 1 mA

Symbol

II

Id

BVceo

tr

0

Units

m A

nA

V

V

V

MS

min. max.

H*

max.

Vce

min.

min.

typ.

typ.

C

j

SD 1440-1

hermetic

0.7

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

4

SD 1440-2

hermetic

1.5

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

4

SD 1440-3

hermetic

3.0

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

8

SD 1440-4

hermetic

6.0

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

16

EEM1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1693

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

3700

Honeywell

4 SD 1440-1 L
SD 1 440-2 L
SD 1440-3L
SD 1440-4 L

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

0.7

1.5

3.0

6.0

5

5

5

5

1

■

■

■

10

10

10

10

30

30

30

30

7

7

7

7

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

4

4

8

16

24

24

24

24

I SD 2440-1

hermetic

0.5

20

100

10

30

n

4

t

j SD 2440-2

hermetic

2.0

20

100

10

30

' : : ■

4

1 SD 2440-3

hermetic

4.0

20

100

10

30

■ .. /

8

SD 2440-4

hermetic

7.0

20

100

10

30

■1

14

SD 3440-1

hermetic

0.5

1.1

2.5(a)

100

10

30

7

0.3

4

SD 3440-2

hermetic

0.9

1.5

2.5(a)

100

10

30

7

4

SD 3440-3

hermetic

1.3

2.2

2.5(a)

100

10

30

7

0.3

4

SD 3440-4

hermetic

2.0

2.8

2.5(a)

100

10

30

7

0.3

8

gj SD 3440-5

hermetic

2.6

2.5(a)

100

10

30

7

0.3

8

1

SD 3443-1

hermetic

0.5

5

100

10

30

7

0.2

6(b)

90

1 SD 3443-2

hermetic

1.0

5

100

10

30

7

0.2

6(b)

90

SD 3443-3

hermetic

2.0

5

100

10

30

7

0.2

8(b)

90

fj

J] SD 5443-1

hermetic

1.0

5

100

10

■■

■9

I SD 5443-2

hermetic

4.0

5

100

10

■

T

T SD 5443-3

hermetic

8:0

5

100

10

0.2

■l

ii

SD 5443-4

hermetic

16.0

5

100

10

■

0.2

HI

r

J SDR 8403-1

plastic

0.7

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

8

80

i

, SDP 8403-2

plastic

1.5

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

10

80

SDP 8403-3

plastic

3.0

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

14

80

SDP 8403-4

plastic

4.5

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

16

80

Notes:

(1 ) Storage temperature -65°C to +150°C (hermetic)

-40°C to +85°C (plastic)

(2) Operating temperature -65°C to +125°C (hermetic)

— 40°C to +80°C (plastic)

Specifications indicated are for 25°C ambient temperature.

See individual data sheets for temperature derating information.

(3) Angular response is defined to be the total included angle between
half sensitivity points.

(a) Light source is 940nm LED.

(b) R l = ioon

*The value of H is measured in mW/cm^ from a tungsten source @ a color temperature of 2870° K.

1*1694

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

3700

Honeywell

Phototransistors

Characteristics

Package

Light current

Dark current

Collector

breakdown

Emitter

breakdown

Saturation

voltage

Light
current
rise time

Angular

response

1KW

Test condition

>

in

II

£

>

H = 0

lc = 100 ^iA

l c = 100 mA

l c = 0.4 mA

R t = 1000 0

H as shown

V ce as shown

Vcc = 5 V.

3

■ ■

I L = 1 mA

Symbol

II

Id

BVeco

t,

0

Units

m A

nA

V

V

V

M s

degrees

min.

max.

H*

max.

VcE

min.

min.

typ.

typ.

typ.

/ "

SDP 8405-1

plastic

1.0

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

8

40

,4%

SDP 8405-2

plastic

7.0

14.0

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

10

40

1

SDP 8405-3

plastic

12.0

24.0

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

12

.40

[

SDP 8405-4

plastic

20.0

5

100

10

30

7

0.3

16

40

I*?

SDP 8406-1

plastic

.15

1.9

1(a)

100

10

30

7

0.4(c)

8

50

r I

SDP 8406-2

plastic

1.8

3.6

1(a)

100

10

30

7

0.4(c)

8

50

il

( -

SDP 8406-3

plastic

3.4

6.5

1(a)

100

10

30

7

0.4(c)

8

50

ii

1 !

SDP 8406-4

plastic

6.4

12.0

Ka)

100

10

30

7

0.4(c)

8

50

!j

Optoschmrtts

• TTL, LSTTL, CMOS compatible.

• Fan out of 10.

• Operate over 4.5 to 16 Vcc supply.

Characteristics

Package

Output

voltage

(low)

Output

voltage

(high)

Operate

point

Release

point

Rise

time

Fall

time

Propagation
delay (low)

Propagation
delay (high)*

Clock

freq.

LZ

Symbol

Voi

Von

Op

Rp

t f

tf

Tdlh

Tdhl

HI

y

F

ftl

V

V

mW/cm 2

ns

ns

MS

MS-

kHz

1

B

i3 ■

max.

max. (a)

typ. m^x.

typ. max.

typ. max.

typ. max.

max.

i SD 3600

Q

0.5

0.47

60 150

m

1 5

2.5

5

100

■

r

n

jsD 5600

hermetic

0.4

H

05

60 150

m

1 5

2.5

5

100

&

!

I

‘ SDP 8600*

plastic

0.4

Vcc

2.5

2.35

60 150

6 15

1 5

2.5

5

100

a

SDP 8601*

plastic

0.4

Vcc

2.5

2.35

60 150

6 15

1 5

2.5

5

100

1

SDP 8602*

plastic

0.4

Vcc

2.5

2.35

60 150

6 15

1 5

2.5

5

100

_ i

*See Fig. 17 FOR MECHANICAL DIFFERENCES

Notes:

(1 ) Storage temperature -65°C to +150°C (hermetic)

— 40°C to +85°C (plastic)

(2) Operating temperature -65°C to +125°C (hermetic)

-40°C to +80°C (plastic)

(3) Angular response is defined to be the total included angle between half sensitivity points.

(a) Light source is 940nm LED.

(b) R L = lOOfi

(c) l c = 25/iA

(d) An internal load resistor of 10k SI is tied between V cc and V 0 .

Specifications indicated are for 25°C ambient temperature.

See individual data sheets for temperature derating information.

*The value of H is measured in mW/cm^ from a tungsten source
@ a color temperature of 2870 K.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1695

3700 ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS) 3700

Honeywell

Photodariingtons

Characteristics

Package

Light current

Dark current

Collector

breakdown

Emitter

breakdown

Saturation

voltage

Light
current
rise time

Angular

response

Test condition

1 Vce

= 5 V

H as shown

1'

m

Symbol

II

Id

BVceo

BV E co

t,

0

Units

m A

nA

V

V

V

ns

degrees

min.

H *

max.

min.

min.

max.

typ.

typ.

i

11 SD 1410-1

hermetic

0.6

0.2

m

15

15

SD 1410-2

hermetic

2.0

0.2

15

■

25

SD 1410-3

hermetic

4.0

0.2

■ ■

15

-

75

SD 1410-4

"

hermetic

8.0

0.2

■

15

125

j

SD 1410-1 L

hermetic

0.6

0.2

15

j

| SD 1410-2L

hermetic

2.0

0.2

250

15

i

i SD 1410-3L

hermetic

4.0

0.2

15

■

!

SD 1410-4L

hermetic

8.0

0.2

250

15

Sr SD 2410-1

hermetic

1.0

1.0

250

15

1.1

0

I) SD 2410-2

hermetic

3.0

1.0

250

15

1.1

SD 2410-3

hermetic

6.0

1.0

250

15

mm

1.1

la

SD 3410-1

hermetic

0.6

2.0

250

15

7

1.1

15

90

K SD 3410-2

hermetic

2.0

2.0

250

15

7

1.1

25

90

1 SD 3410-3

hermetic

4.0

2.0

250

15

7

1.1

75

MM

II

i SD 3410-4

hermetic

2.0

250

15

7

1.1

125

90

fi

1S9

hermetic

2.0

0.2

1

15

7

1.1

15

6

J

hermetic

4.0

0.2

15

7

1.1

25

6

1

SD 5410-3

hermetic

8.0

0.2

■

15

7

1.1

75

6

!

1

!

i

"j, SDP 8106-1

!

plastic

1.0

1.0(a)

250

15

1.1(b)

75

50

Notts:

( 1 ) Storage temperature — 65°C to +1 50°C (hermetic)

— 4C°C to +85°C (plastic)

(2) Operating temperature — 65°C to +125°C (hermetic)

-40°C to +80°C (plastic)

(3) Angular response is defined to be the total included angle between
half sensitivity points.

(a) Light source is a 940nm LED.

(b) l c = 250pA

*The value of H is measured in mW/cm^ from a tungsten source
@ a color temperature of 2870° K.

Specifications indicated are for 25°C ambient temperature.

See individual data sheets for temperature derating information.

1-1696

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

3700

345 Industrial Blvd.

McKinney, Texas 75069
(214) 542-9461

A DIVISION OF CROWN SEMICONDUCTOR

K-8105

K-8102

K-8170

T

Coupled Electrical Characteristics

Device

On State Output Current

l F = 20mA V CE = 10.0V

MIN

TYPICAL UNIT

K-8105

500

Co

o

o

K-8102

500

1400 fiA

K-8170

200

1500 /xA

Available with wires attached and various apertures on sensor.

K-8710

Coupled Electrical Characteristics

Device

On State Output Current

l F = 40mA Vqe = 5.0V, d = 0.15"

MIN

TYPICAL UNIT

K-8710

200

500 juA

K-8720

100

350 /iA

Available with wires attached.

K-5250

K-6250

1. EMITTER 2. COLLECTOR K-6500 K-5500

1. EMITTER 2. COLLECTOR K-6550 K-5550

Phototransistors

Device

Light

Current

@V C e = 5.0V

MIN

H = mW/cm 2

K-5100

1.5mA

5

K-5250

4.0 mA

5

K-5500

0.5 mA

20

K-5550

1.0 mA

20

Infrared Light Emitting Diodes

Device

Output

Power

Forward

Current

MIN

if

K-6100

0.35mW

50mA

K-6250

3.00 mW

100 mA

K-6500

0.5 mW

20 mA

K-6550

0.5 mW

40 mA

Other electrical and mechanical devices available as standard
products from Optek. Write for the Optek catalog for other standard products.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1697

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

er

es

363 RANTOUL STREET
BEVERLY, MASSACHUSETTS 01915
(617) 922-5961

FIBER OPTIC PHOTOELECTRIC
SENSOR CABLES

New line of fiber optic sensor cables allow photoelectric sensing in con-
fined areas where space prohibits conventional emitters and detectors.
Electrical isolation is provided for access into explosive or wet
environments. Fiber optic sensor cables are compatible to standard PC
board active device mounts and bulkhead receptacles allowing all elec-
tronic components to be mounted on the PC board. Proximity type sen-
sors combine emitter and detector into a homogenous .032" or .062"
active diameter.

TRANSMISSION VS WAVELENGTH

Specifications:

Transmission: 600 to 700 dB/Km
Numerical Aperture: 0.56NA
Acceptance Angle: 68°

Operating Temperature:

-40° F to + 225° F
Outside Diameter of Cable: .125”
Minimum Bend Radius: .25"

REFLECTIVE TYPE

Jlllllllllll

WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)

Common

Bundle

Diameter

Part Number

(length)

.032

P032-XX-'PSC

.062

P062-XX- PSC

.032

S032-XX- SASC

.062

S062-XX- SASC

HM032-XX- PSC

HM062-XX- PSC

HM032-XX- SASC

HM062-XX- SASC

H LM 032-XX- PSC

HLM062-XX- PSC

HLM032-XX- SASC

HLM062-XX- SASC

HM032-XX-P

HM062-XX-P

HLM032-XX-P

HLM062-XX-P

S032-XX- SA

S062-XX-SA

HLM032-XX- SA

HLM062-XX-SA

EEM 1983

1*1698

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

3700

sTlonex ?

I FORMERLY NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTORS LTD.

PHOTOCELLS • PHOTODIODES • PHOTOVOLTAIC CELLS, PANELS
AND POWER SYSTEMS • OPTICALLY COUPLED ISOLATORS •
OPTOELECTRONIC ARRAYS • UV SENSITIVE LDRs

CdS & CdSe PHOTOCELLS

Cell

Typical

Min.

Max.

Max.

Type

1.0 Ftc

Dark

Peak 1

Power

No.

Res. Kft Res. Mft

Volt.

MW.

Description

NSL-312

75

100

70

50

CdSe Photoconductive Cell

NSL-313

30

100

70

50

in Hermetic Glass and

NSL-314

14

100

70

50

Metal TO-18. Plastic coated

NSL-315

550

1000

250

50

"Open pill" versions also

NSL-316

260

1000

250

50

available.

NSL-317

110

1000

250

50

NSL-318

50

500

120

50

NSL-4122

75

1

80

50

TO-18 CdS Photoconductive

NSL-4132

30

0.2

80

50

Cell in plastic coated "open

NSL-4142

14

0.1

80

50

pill" package. Hermetic

NSL-4152

550

10

320

50

Package also available.

NSL-4162

260

10

320

50

NSL-4172

110

5

320

50

NSL-4182

50

1

160

50

NSL-444

120

50

1000

1000

1" CdS Photoconductive

NSL-445

26.0

15

1000

1000

Cell in Hermetic Glass and

NSL-446

11.4

5

1000

1000

Metal case 1.25" diameter.

NSL-447

5.5

0.5

1000

1000

NSL-4442

120

10

1000

500

1" CdS Photoconductive

NSL-4452

26

1.5

1000

500

Cell in plastic coated

NSL-4462

11.4

0.5

1000

500

“open pill" package.

NSL-4472

5.5

0.2

1000

500

NSL-461

65

80

80

100

CdS Photoconductive Cell

NSL-462

28

20

80

100

in Hermetic Glass and

NSL-463

12

2.7

80

100

Metal W' dia. case.

NSL-464

5.2

0.7

80

100

Hermetic CdSe versions

NSL-465

550

160

250

100

also available.

NSL-466

230

20

250

100

NSL-467

100

4

250

100

NSL-481

43.0

65

120

200

CdS Photoconductive Cell

NSL-482

18.6

15

120

200

in Hermetic Glass and

imsL-hoj

o

1.0

' i2u

<:uu

IVICLUI . wo. .

NSL-484

3.5

0.25

120

200

"open pill” versions also

NSL-485

330

200

250

200

available.

NSL-486

155

130

250

200

NSL-487

66

20

250

200

NSL-293

1.7

0.4

80

500

TO-8 Hermetic CdS/Se

NSL-294

.75

50

80

500

Photoconductive Cell.

NSL-297

7.5

1.0

250

500

NSL-3921

4.0

2

80

200

TO-8 CdSe Photoconductive

NSL-3931

1.7

2

80

200

Cell in Plastic Case. Glass

NSL-3941

0.75

2

80

200

Lens and Plastic Coated

NSL-3951

40.0

5

320

200

"open pill” and CdS

NSL-3961

17.0

5

320

200

versions also available.

NSL-3971

7.5

5

320

200

NSL-492

4.0

2.0

80

500

CdS Photoconductive Cell

NSL-493

1.7

0.4

80

500

in Hermetic Glass and

NSL-494

0.75

0.05

80

500

Metal TO-8. Hermetic CdSe

NSL-495

40

30

320

500

version also available.

NSL-496

17

4.0

320

500

NSL-497

7.5

0.5

320

500

NORP-11

20

2.5

320

250

CdS Photocell in 0.5"

NORP-12

9

1

320

250

lensed Plastic case.

NORP-13

4

0.5

320

250

UV SENSITIVE LDRs

Typical

Min.

Max.

Max

Cell

1.0 Ftc

Dark

Peak

Power

Type No.

Res. Kft

Res. Mft Volt

MW

Description

NSL-2129/3

1.7

0.2

80

200

0.5" Plastic Case

NSL-2129/6

17.0

1

320

200

with Phosphor-Coated

Quartz Window

PIN PHOTODIODES

NSL

Light

Dark

Rise

Fall

Type

Current*

Current Time Time

No.

MA

nA

nS

nS Description

NSL-530

0.3

10

3

6 TO-18 Package

NSL-580

1.5

30

5

8 TO-5

* At 500 Ftc (25 MW/cm 2 ) 2870°K Source

PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES

Typical

Typical

NSL

Short Ct.

Open Ct.

Peak Mechanical

Type No.

Current

Voltage

Power Description

NSL-5925

2.2A

20.5V

32 W 40.2" X 15.8" x 1.74"

NSL-5950

1.25 A

19.5 V

18W 21.2" x 17.6" x 1.74"

NSL-5978

680mA

19.5V

9W 17.56" x 12.32" X 1.74"

PHOTODETECTOR LAMP/LED ASSEMBLIES

CdSe Photodetector

Emitter

Detector

Module
Type No.

Volts

Cur-

rent

MA

Max.

ON

Res. ft

Min.
OFF
Res. Mft

Max.

Volts

Max.

Power

Description

PL-1033-1

10

15

100

10

80

250

Phenolic .75"

PL-1036-1

10

15

400

50

320

250

x .75" X 625"

PL-2H33-1

200

2

100

10

80

250

Pin Leads for

PL-2H36-1

200

2

400

50

320

250

P.C. Board

PL-5S33-1

25

250

10

80

250

Mounting,

PL-5S36-1

25

2000

50

320

250

(Matched,

Multi-Detector

Configurations

available.)

PLT-10384

PLT-10387

PLT-2H384

PLT-2H387

10

10

200

200

15

15

2

2

250

3000

500

10000

10

100

10

100

80

320

80

320

100

100

100

100

Standard tube:
Axial leads.

PLS-5S380

25

250

10

80

100

Small tube;

PLS-5S387

25

4000

100

320

100

Axial leads.

PLM-5S310

25

500

10

80

50

Miniature

PLM-5S317

25

5000

100

320

50

Tube; Axial
leads.

SILICON PHOTODIODES

Cell

Type No.

Min.

Short

Ct.*

Curr. MA

Min.

Open

Ct.*

Volt.

Dark

Curr.

/jlA @ IV

@ 25°C

Reverse

Voltage

Recom.

Max.

Description

NSL-701-1

0.30

0.35

3

5

.1" x .2" Chip.

NSL-801-1

0.325

0.275

1.5

10

Wire Leads

NSL-701-9

0.30

0.35

3

5

9 Element Cell,

0.1" Spacing

'V'.r

C

r

,

NSL-802

0.65

0.275

2.5

10

Wire Leads

NSL-703

1.4

0.35

15

5

.2" x .4" Chip.

NSL-803

1.5

0.275

7.5

10

Wire Leads

NSL-705

4.5

0.35

25

5

.76" x .354"

NSL-805

4.77

0.275

12.5

10

Chip.

Wire Leads

NSL-706

2.9

0.35

20

5

.4" x .4" Chip.

NSL-806

3.0

0.275

10

10

Wire Leads

NSL-707

3.3

0.35

25

5

.2" x 1" Chip.

NSL-807

3.5

0.275

12.5

10

Wire Leads

NSL-708

1.3

0.35

15

5

.1" x 1" Chip.

NSL-808

1.4

0.275

7.5

10

Wire Leads

NSL-710

0.125

0.4

1

5

TO-18 Package

NSL-810

0.150

0.275

0.5

10

NSL-751

1.4

0.35

2.0

5

0.5" dia.

NSL-851

1.5

0.275

10

10

Epoxy Package

NSL-781

0.28

0.35

5

5

Hermetic TO-5

NSL-881

0.3

0.275

2.5

10

Case

NSL-782

0.42

0.35

5

5

NSL-791

0.60

0.35

5

5

Hermetic TO-8

NSL-792

1.1

0.35

15

5

Case

NSL-8932

0.65

0.275

0.5

10

0.5" dia.

Ceramic

* At 500 Ftc (25 MW/cm 2 ) 2870°K Source

SILICON PLANAR PHOTODETECTORS

Min.

Min.

Dark Break-

Short

Open

Curr. down

Cell

Ct.*

Ct.*

NA @ 5V Voltage

Type No.

Curr. n A

Volt.

@ 25°C

(V)

Description

NSL-811

100

0.4

5

40

TO-18, Flat Window

NSL-812

310

0.4

5

40

TO-18, Low Lens

NSL-813

220

0.4

5

40

TO-18, High Lens

NSL-814

90

0.4

5

40

TO-52, Flat Window

NSL-815

240

0.4

5

40

TO-52, Low Lens

NSL-883

360

0.4

10

20

TO-5, Flat Window

NSL-893

800

0.4

20

10

TO-8, Ffat Window

* At 500 Ftc,

2870°K Source

SILICON BLUE SENSITIVE PHOTODIODES

Sensi-

Min.

Dark

tivity

Short

Curr.

Break-

Cell

@ 500 nM

Ct.*

nk @ IV

down

Type No.

(A/W)

Curr. nA

@ 25°C

Voltage

Description

NSL-710BG

0.17

18

1.0

5

TO-18, BG Filter

NSL-810BG

0.17

18

0.5

10

TO-18, BG Filter

NSL-811BG

0.20

18

0.005

40

TO-18, BG Filter

NSL-780BG

0.17

35

5.0

5

TO-5, BG Filter

NSL-880BG

0.17

35

2.5

10

TO-5, BG Filter

NSL-883BG

0.20

40

0.01

20

TO-5, BG Filter

* At 500 Ftc, 2870°K Source

S'lLONEX S

TWX 610-421-3362
TLX 51 669 663

331 CORNELIA ST., PLATTSBURGH, NY 12901
2150 WARD STREET, MONTREAL, QUE. H4M 1T7
ALTRINCHAM, CHESHIRE, WA14 4NX

TEL: (518) 561-3160
TEL: (514) 744-5507
TEL: (061) 928-3417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1699

MINIGLOSSARY

OPTO

SEMICONDUCTORS

Avalanche Photodiode: A photodiode
that takes advantage of avalanche mul-
tiplication of photocurrent. It is par-
ticularly suited to low noise and/or
high speed applications.

Contrast: A noticeable difference in
color, brightness, or other characteris-
tics in a side-by-side comparison.

Chrominance Contrast: The color con-
trast between two adjacent surfaces of
identical area, shape, texture, and lu-
minance. The human eye is more sensi-
tive to differences in color than it is to
differences in brightness.

Current Transfer Ratio: The ratio of
an optocoupler’s output current to in-
put current at a specified bias.

Dark Current: The leakage current of
a photodetector with no incident light.

Dominant Wavelength: The wave-
length that is a quantitative measure
of apparent color of light as perceived
by the human eye.

Infrared Radiation: The electromag-
netic wavelength region between ap-
proximately 0.75 and 100 micrometers
longer than the wavelength of visible
light.

Interrupter (module) : A device that
produces an electrical output signal
when an object breaks the light (visi-
ble or invisible) between a light source
and a photodetector.

IRED : An infrared-emitting diode. See
light-emitting diode.

Light Current: The current that flows
through a photodetector when it is ex-
posed to radiant energy.

Light-Emitting Diode (LED) : A semi-
conductor diode that emits incoherent
light at its PN junction when forward
biased. The light can be in the visible or
invisible (infrared) wavelength region.

Luminance Contrast: The observed
brightness of a light-emitting element
compared to the brightness of the “sur-
round,” an integral part of the device
and inseparable from it.

Optocoupler: A device that transmits
electrical signals, without electrical
connection, between a light source (in-
put) and the receiver (output). The in-
put is generally an LED; the output
might be a photodiode, phototransis-
tor, a photo-Darlington, etc. Some-
times referred to as optoisolator.

Peak Wavelength: The wavelength at
the peak of the radiated spectrum of an
emitter.

Photo-Darlington: A light-sensitive
Darlington -connected transistor pair.
The photo-Darlington has a very high
sensitivity to illumination or radiation.

Photodet'ector : A device that provides
an electrical output signal when sub-
jected to radiation in the visible, infra-
red, or ultraviolet regions of the elec-
tromagnetic spectrum. Photodiodes,
phototransistors, and photo-Darling-
tons are the most common type of
photodetectors.

Photodiode : A junction diode that is re-
sponsive to radiant energy. Photodi-
odes have a high degree of linearity
between the input radiation and the
output current, and faster switching
speeds than phototransistors.

Photothyristor: A thyristor whose
switching action is controlled by light
applied to the thyristor gate.

Phototransistor : A light-sensitive tran-
sister that delivers an electrical output
proportional to the light intensity at its
input. The low-level photocurrent that
is generated is amplified by the current
gain of the transistor. The base region
(or gate in a FET) may or may not be
brought out as an external terminal.

Point Source: A source with a maxi-
mum dimension less than one-tenth the
distance between sources and detector.

Reflector (module) : A device contain-
ing a light source and a photodetector
that detects any object that reflects
light produced by the source back to
the detector.

3700

ELECTRO-OPTICAL EQUIPMENT (EXCLUDING FIBER OPTICS)

3700

VACTEC

• Photoconductive Cells

• Interrupter Switches

• Phototransistors and
Photodarlingtons

• Retroreflective Switches

• Light Activated Switches

• Standard Silicon and Blue-Enhanced Photovoltaic Cells, Blue-Enhanced Photodiodes, and PIN Photodiodes

Selenium Photovoltaic Cells
Vactrols (Opto-lsolators)

INDUSTRY’S BROADEST OPTOELECTRONIC LINE * lnfrared Emil,ers

RETROREFLECTIVE & INTERRUPTER SWITCHES (Slotted)

Standard and custom optical switches— infrared GaAs LED and silicon photo-
transistor in an l-R transmitting housing. No openings or seams to collect dirt
—available completely sealed for submersion during board cleaning— inter-
changeable with industry standard sizes. Request bulletins RPS-1 and SPS-1.
New slotted switch with Schmitt Trigger output, bulletin SPS-2.

PHOTOCONDUCTIVE CELLS

Vactec light dependent resistors (LDR's) are available in three hermetic enclo-
sures (TO-18, TO-5, TO-8) and 4 ceramic types. Ceramic types have automati-
cally inserted wires which insure perfect contact integrity. Six materials of CdS,
CdSe and CdSeS-CdS mixtures with spectral response peaks from 565-735 nm.
Each material has a variety of sensitivities to satisfy all requirements. Request
bulletin PCD-6.

Actual Size

SILICON PHOTOVOLTAIC CELLS

Three processes: BLUE ENHANCED, LOW CAPACITANCE. STANDARD SOLAR.
All available in a variety of hermetic, ceramic, as chips, or with fjvina leads. The
BLUE ENHANCED cells are unique large area detectors with high U-V sensitivity
to as low as 200 nm. Almost non-existent U-V enhancement effect with stability
equivalent to high quality photodiodes. Request bulletin VTS3A. LOW
CAPACITANCE cells have fast response less than 15^S with 10KQ load. The
high shunt impedance is desirable for driving amplifiers. Request bulletin
VTS-2. SOLAR cells have high V oc at low illumination (typ 200mV at
.05mW/cm 2 ). Linear over wide illumination range— request bulletin VTD-1.

PHOTOTRANSISTORS - LED’S - PHOTODARLINGTONS -
LIGHT ACTIVATED SWITCHES (LAS)

Phototransistors and photodarlingtons are NPN passivated— 4 chip sizes of 25,
40, 50, and 60, mil square in TO-18, ceramic, coaxial, and lateral (side look-
ing) packages. High light current at very low drive current ideal for instrumen-
tation applications. Request bulletin VTTA-3A. GaAs l-R LED’s with excellent
stability in TO-18, T-1, T-1%, lateral packages. Bulletin VTE-1. LAS (light
activated switches) have high sensitivity with Schmitt Trigger output. Bulletin
LAS-1, LAS-2.

Actual Size

Actual Size

PHOTODIODES

BLUE ENHANCED photodiodes are extremely low dark current devices with
excellent response in the U-V. Less than 1 0pA (l D ) for small chips. Large
area diodes (VTB5051) 14.8mm 2 active area with 1.2A/(W/cm 2 ) at 365nm
and l D of 250pAmax. Request bulletin VTB-1B. FAST photodiodes have low
capacitance. Use with reverse bias for fast response time and excellent
linearity. Ideal for remote l-R sensor digital controls. Request bulletin
VTD-1.

VACTROLS

Optical couplers using LED’s, neons, or incandescent lamps as the emitter and
Vactec photoconductive cells (LDR’s) as the detector. For. noiseless switching
and signal monitors for audio. Neon types to sense telephone ring. LED types for
triac gate control. Incandescent types for low cost true RMS sensor as voltage
regulator or control of constant wattage heater. Five package types include 2
hermetic. Request bulletins VTL1, VTL2C, VTL3, VTL5CA, VTL5C8 and VTL9.

SELENIUM PHOTOVOLTAIC CELLS

Large area detectors for direct meter drive or in conjunction with amplifier.
Spectral response peaks at 575 nm and is close to visible response.
Available with integral #102 filter to match standard observer curve (CIE).
Available in many flat or round cells with or without leads— also in 9
package styles including 2 hermetic. Request bulletin SPV-5A.

WRITE FOR CUSTOM DETECTORS OR ASSEMBLIES ALL PRODUCTS

VACTEC, INC. 10900 Page Blvd. • St. Louis, Mo. 63132 • (314) 423-4900 • TWX 910-764-0811 ^

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1701

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.'

N EW FROM UITELFU SE ~~

4300

The right industrial fuse
for the right place.

dimension fuses 1

At the right price. reliability and se

At tne right price
Right ontime.

We’ve been manufacturing- small
dimension fuses for over half a century,
giving you state-of-the-art performance,
reliability and service.

Now we can offer the same advantages
in our new line of top quality industrial
fuses: midget, semi-conductor rectifier,
general purpose, hi-interrupting, one-time
and renewable fuses. All backed by
Littelfuse. And all available at

competitive prices and ready for quick delivery. So

when the time comes to replace your industrial
fuses, we hope you’ll save this handy guide and
think of Littelfuse . . . the company
that can meet all of your fuse
. requirements... big or small.

General

Fuse Applications

When

Replacing

These

Series

Replace

With

Littelfuse

Series

Fuse

Symbol

Interrupting

Rating

Ampere

Rating

Electronic devices
Control circuit transformers
Motor controls
Switchboards
Panels

250

250

600

250/125
250
i 500

"Micro

miniature

miscellaneous

fuses"

A2D-R

A4BT

A6D-R

A6Y TYPE 2

A13X

A13Z

A25X

A25Z

A50P

A60C

BAF

BAN = '•

BBS

CLL ■

CM

CMF

CNM

CRNR :

CRSR

CTK

EBS

ECNR

ECSR

EON

ERN

FNA

FNM

FNQ

FRNR

FRSR

KAA

KAB

KAC

KAW

KBH

KRP-C

KTK

LCL :’t

LENR

LESR

LOSR

LOWR

LPNR

LPSR

MCL

MEN

MEQ

MID

MOF

MOL

MRL

NON

OTM

OTN

REN

RF

RFA

RFC

RFN

RFV

TR-R

TR-SR

LLNRK

KLP-C

LLSRK

KLK

KLA

KLA

KLB

KLB

KLH

KLC

BLF

BLN

BLS

KLP-C

BLF

BLN

FLM

FLNR

FLSR

KLK

BLS

FLNR

FLSR

NLN

RLN

FLA

FLM

FLO

FLNR

FLSR

KLA

KLB

KLC

KLW

KLH

KLP-C

KLK

KLP-C

LLNRK

LLSRK

LLSRK

LLNRK

LLNRK

LLSRK

KLK

FLM

FLQ

FLA

BLN

BLF

KLW

NLN

BLF

NLN

RLN

RLN

KLA

KLC

KLB

KLH

FLNR

FLSR

FLM

Pilot circuit wiring or switchboards
Electronic devices
Control circuitry
CT applications

Miscellaneous

Variable speed drives

Motor controllers for conveyers &

rotative machines

U.P.S. systems

D.C. drives

AC or DC semiconductor rectifiers

S.C;R. drives

inverters

Mine power supplies

"Special

purpose

fuses"

Motor branch circuits
C/B back-up protection
Branch feeders
Transformers
Protection distribution

LLNRK

LLSRK

1/10-600

1/10-600

Motor controllers & overcurrent
protection
Motor protection
Coordinated systems & thermal
sensitivity

Protect mains & feeders
Heating & air conditioning coils
& transformers
Thermal protection in panels
& switches

FLNR

FLSR

601-6000

Switchgear

Air circuit breakers

Safety switches

Bolted pressure switches

Service entrance equipment

Service entrance equipment
Low cost circuit protection
Fusible equipment
Lighting & heating loads

© Littelfuse, Inc. 1983

Industrial or Small Dimension Fuses . . .

800 E. Northwest Highway, Des Plaines, IL 60016 • (312) 824-1188

We’re ready to deliver

Just give your Littelfuse
distributor a call ana discover how nice
it is to do business the Littelfuse Way

1*1702

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Protective Components . . . Most electronic equipment
needs some sort of protection against catastrophic over-
loads from either external or internal sources. Fuses
and circuit breakers are widely used to provide this
protection, but there are other electronic products
which can provide certain kinds of circuit protection.

That’s the purpose of this EEM Product Selection
Guide. It is designed to help you find the kinds of
products you need for your specific design problem.
Use this Guide as a quick directory to a specific page.

After you’ve found a product which seems to be the
best answer to your problem, you’ll probably want to
talk to a local sales office or distributor. You’ll find these
listed in EEM’s “Yellow Pages” in the front of this
Volume. Or, you may wish to call the manufacturer
direct!^ Pefore ^ r OU xrmiv fVinno*V>t« prirl mips-,

tions organized. Be prepared to talk to a telephone
operator at the other end who may (or may not) have

any technical knowledge. If you need technical assist-
ance, state that as clearly as possible.

After you’ve reached the knowledgeable person, ask
your questions in a realistic and rational manner. After
all, you’ve had hours or days to come up with the
questions, the other person needs to be brought up to
your speed. It’s helpful if you can tell the person you
are looking at a specific page in EEM. Chances are the
other person will have a copy of EEM nearby and can
refer to the same page. This will help in your com-
munications.

Remember, the overwhelming majority of manufac-
turers want to help you. That’s why they put the
data pages in EEM. They want you to see the pages,
decide what you need and make that call for additional
information, quotations or other data. Helping them to
answer your questions helps you.

Aatlee of
Delaware

Atlantic

Scientific

Control

Concepts

FIC

Corp.

Heinemann

Lfttelfuse/

Tracor

MCG

Electronics

Belfuse

llttelfuse

Circuit Breakers

1*1712

| |

Fuses

Fault Indicating Fuses

Rectifier Fuses

1-1702

on

Limiters, Current

1-1704

1*1722

Limiters, Surge

1-1704

1*1722

Suppresors, Transient Voltage

1-1704

1*1709

1*1722

Protectors, Surge

1*1709

1*1722

Fuse Clips & Holders

1-1705

1*1711

1*1708

1*1717

Fuses, UL, CSA Listed

1*1706

Fuses, Slow-Blowing

1*1706

Fuses, Fast-Acting

1*1707

1*1714

Fuses, Miniature & Subminiature

1*1707

1*1714

Page numbers Indicate the first EEM page on which each manufacturer lists this product. Additional references may follow on succeeding pages.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1703

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

STATE-OF-THE-ART PROTECTION
FOR POWER LINES AND DATA LINES

ELECTRONIC
EQUIPMENT
AGAINSTALL
HAZARDS —
FROM RAND OM
TRANSIENTS
TO LIGHTNING
INDUCEDSURGES

FIBER OPTIC TECHNOLOGY

FEATURES:

Protection from surges

Response time

Holdover current
Failure indicator light

Solid state

For protection of:

Models available (VAC)

Recovery time
Life of unit

Fail safe
Other features

M B SERIES

Up to 65, 000 A

50 nanoseconds

None

Yes

100 %

-power lines at service en-
trance and circuit breaker
panels, against high cur-
rent line surges and light-

ning induced effects

120, 240, 277, 350, 480,
600 split-phase or 3-phase

Instant

500A>5000 times

Short

Wall or knockout mount-
ing, metal enclosures

RB SERIES H P B SERIES

Up to 25, 000 A Up to 250 A

<10 nanoseconds <10 nanoseconds

None None

Yes Yes

100 % 100 %

-solid state equipment con- -secondary power insertion
trol systems, and com- applications to semicon-

puters, where high energy ductor equipment, such

powerline surge protection as computer, CATV, and

is required control systems

120,240,277 120,240

1 -phase or split-phase 1 -phase, split-phase or

3-phase

Instant Instant

50QA>5000 times 250A>1500 times

Short Short

Completely self contained in phenolic enclosure with line
cord and connectors as specified

p

FIBER OPTIC MULTIPLEXER

APPLICATION:

Computer to computer links

Secure communication links

Error free operation in high electrical noise

environment

MULTIPLEXER FEATURES

• Synchronous or Asynchronous operation

• 32 channel modular construction expandable
to 128 channels/chassis

• Selectable channel/data rate configuration
from 128 channels at 9.6 KBPS to 8 channels
at 153.6 KBPS

• RS232-C electrical interface standard

• High density modular packaging and local/re-
mote loop back provides easy maintenance and
fault isolation

• Synchronous clocks provided at all standard
rates at or below 9.6 KBPS

ATLANTIC

SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION

v ' i

FEATURES:

RS 232 SERIES

DL SERIES

DL(E) SERIES

Protection from surges
Response time

Up to 6500A surges

5 nanoseconds

Up to 6500A surges

5 nanoseconds

Up to 6500A surges

5 nanoseconds

Holdover current

None

None

None

Recovery time

Instant

Instant

Instant

For protection of:

-the EIA (RS-232-C) digital
interface of computers, ter-
minals, and modems from
surge and transient volt-
ages caused by lightning,
inductive load switching and
static electricity

-low energy, low voltage DC data, telephone, or signal li
from surge and' transient voltages caused by lightning,
ductive load switching and static electricity

Solid state

100%

100%

100%

Number of wires
protected

1, 2, 3 and 7 standard
additional wires available

2 to 8

4 to 20 each card

Other features

Plug-in protection for RS-
232

Protection for RS-232, RS-422, 20 ma loop, etc.

AS USED BY THE WORLD’S LARGEST COMPUTER MANUFACTURERS

Call (305) 725-8000 or write:

Atlantic Scientific Corporation

2711 South Harbor City Blvd. Melbourne, Florida 32901

LIGHTNING WARNING • LOCATION • PROTECTION

1*1704

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS. ETC.)

ATLEE COMPONENT HOLDERS

Atlee component clips are made of spring steel and
beryllium copper because they afford the most generally
desirable combination of properties. Specific selection
of material will depend on conditions of the application.

FEATURES

■ The design of our component holders, from raw ma-
terial through the finished product, ensures maximum
performance and reliability under extreme usage, in-
sertion, withdrawal force, and shock and vibration.

■ Holding power increases as shock and vibration in-
crease, measured by force required to remove com-
ponent.

■ Special contour design acquires closer set to com-
ponent during shock and vibration, increasing secur-
ity without localized pressure.

Beryllium Copper,
QQ-C-533a

PLATING: cadmium CQ-P-416a; silver,
QQ-S-365a; zinc, QQ-Z-325; tin, QQ-T-
425; nickel, QQ-U-290; black matte, MIL-
F-495A.

Various finishes available.

Designed to hold resistors, capacitors

or>rl emoll yMfl i nrjr!/’''i I

by means of rivets, eyelets, screws or
similar fasteners.

Spring Steel,
QQ-S-777a

PLATING: cadmium CQ-P-416a; silver,
QQ-S-365a; zinc, QQ-Z-325; tin, QQ-T-
425; nickel, QQ-N-290; black matte, MIL-
F-495A.

Various finishes available.

Designed to hold resistors, capacitors
and small cylindrical devices. Fastened
by means of rivets, eyelets, screws or
similar fasteners.

Tab Mounted Clips

MATERIAL: beryllium copper, QQ-C-
533a.

PLATING: cadmium, QQ-P-416a; silver,
QQ-S-365a; zinc, QQ-Z-325; tin, QQ-M-
151; nickel, QQ-N-290; black matte,
MIL-F-495A.

Various finishes available.

Designed to hold resistors, capacitors,
relays and similar cylindrical compo-
nents. Fastened to a circuit board by
tabs.

Industrial Component
Holders

MATERIAL: spring steel S.A.E. 1065, .020
thick.

PLATING: commercial nickel, commer-
cial nickel and vinyl coating
Designed for use in industrial and com-
mercial applications.

No-Twist Clips

MATERIAL: spring steel, QQ-S-777a.
PLATING: cadmium, QQ-P-416a; silver,
QQ-S-365a; zinc, QQ-Z-325; tin, QQ-M-
151; nickel, QQ-N-290; black matte, MIL-
F-495A.

Various finishes available.

Designed for holding capacitors and simi-
lar cylindrical components, without twist-
ing.

r| 3tlGG

M M — 1 GILL S

Atlee offers a complete line of MS and NAS component
clips. In addition clips can be manufactured to your spe-
cification for a variety of uses. Please contact the factory
with your questions and special requirements.

Slotted design assures firm retention for fragile com-
ponents without risk of injury.

As an indication of the spring characteristics of At-
lee’s component holders, all of which are heat treated
after forming, the following data is supplied; beryllium
copper will withstand over 500 and spring steel 100
insertion-withdrawals of a slug 1/32" larger than nom-
inal diameter, without metal fatigue.

Fuse and Resistor
Holders

MATERIAL: phosphor bronze, QQ-B-750;
beryllium copper, QQ-C-533a.

PLATING: silver, QQ-S-365a.

Finishes available silver plate.

Designed to hold fuses and ferrule-type
resistors plus,, reduce, heating bv provide
ing high contact pressure.

Crystal Clips

MATERIAL: spring steel, QQ-S-777a,
spring steel S.A.E. 1065.

PLATING: cadmium, QQ-P-416a; sil-
ver, QQ-S-365a; zinc QQ-Z-325; tin,
QQ-M-151 ; nickel, QQ-N-290; black
matte, MIL-F-495A.

Various finishes available.

Designed to provide secure mounting
for flattened elliptical components.

Transistor Clips

MATERIAL: beryllium copper, QQ-C-533a.

PLATING: cadmium, QQ-P-416a; silver,
QQ-S-365a; tin, QQ-M-151; nickel, QQ-N-
290; black matte, MIL-F-495A.

Various finishes available.

Designed to hold transistors without de-
pending on soldered leads and at the
same time act as a heat sink.

- m

Locking Clips

MATERIAL: spring temper phosphor
bronze, QQ-B-750.

PLATING: silver, QQ-S-365a; cadmium,
QQ-P-416a; nickel, QQ-N-290; Class II,
Type VI.

Various finishes available.

Designed to hold a fuse, ferrule-type re-
sistor or similar component against the
most severe shock and vibration.

Heat Dissipating Liners

MATERIAL: beryllium copper, .002 thick
per QQ-C-533a, heat treated.

FINISH: black matte

Designed to cool many types of compo-
nents combined with different types of
cooling methods.

EEM 1983

*, INC.

STREET, WOBURN, MA 01801 • (617) 933-3510 • TELEX 949407

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1705

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

4300

FUSES/ul , CSA 1-1/4" x 1/4" & 1" x 1/4"

TYPE 3AG NORMAL BLOW
GLASS TUBE FUSE SERIES ^ (ft)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ^

Rating Blow Time

110% 4 hours, minimum

135% 1 hour, maximum

200% 5 seconds, maximum

MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS

Dimensions Inches (mm)

Diameter 250(6.35)

Length 1.250(31.75)

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

3AG010

1/100

250

3AG1

1

250

3AG031

1/32

250

3AG1.25

1-1/4

250

3AG062

1/16

250

3AG1.5

1-1/2

250

3AG100

1/10

250

3AG1.6

1-6/10

250

3AG125

1/8

250

3AG1.75

1-3/4

250

3AG150

15/100

250

3AG2

2

250

3 AG 175

.175

250

3AG2.3

2-3/10

250

3AG187

3/16

250

3AG2.5

2-1/2

250

3AG200

2/10

250

3AG3

3

250

3AG250

1/4

250

3AG3.5

3-1/2

250

3AG300

3/10

250

3AG4

4

250

3AG375

3/8

250

3AG4.5

4-1/2

250

3AG400

4/10

250

3AG5

5

250

3AG500

1/2

250

3AG6

6

125

3AG600

6/10

250

3AG7

7

125

3AG750

3/4

250

3AG8

8

125

3AG800

8/10

250

3AG10

10

125

Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories through 8 am-
peres. Certified by Canadian Standards Association
through 8 amperes.

Type 3AG fuses, described as normal blow, are
medium to quick acting protectors for use in general
circuit applications. Suitable for most circuits where
high surges or transients are not anticipated.

TYPE 3AP NORMAL BLOW
PIGTAIL GLASS TUBE
FUSE SERIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rating Blow Time

110% 4 hours, minimum

135% 1 hour, maximum

200% 5 seconds, maximum

MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS

Dimensions Inches (mm)

Diameter 270(6.86)

Length 1.290(32.77)

Pigtail Leads Inches (mm)

Diameter 032 (.813)

Length 1.5 (38.1)

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

3AP010

1/100

250

3AP1

1

250

3AP031

1/32

250

3AP1.25

1-1/4

250

3AP062

1/16

250

3AP1.5

1-1/2

250

3AP100

1/10

250

3AP1.6

1-6/10

250

3AP125

1/8

250

3AP1.75

1-3/4

250

3AP150

15/100

250

3AP2

2

250

3AP175

.175

250

3AP2.3

2-3/10

250

3AP187

3/16

250

3AP2.5

2-1/2

250

3AP200

2/10

250

3AP3

3

250

3AP250

1/4

250

3AP3.5

3-1/2

250

3AP300

3/10

250

3AP4

4

250

3AP375

3/8

250

3AP4.5

4-1/2

250

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Rating

Voltage

3AP400

4/10

250

3AP5

5

250

3AP500

1/2

250

3AP6

6

125

3AP600

6/10

250

3AP7

7

125

3AP750

3/4

250

3AP8

8

125

3AP800

8/10

250

3AP10

10

125

Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories through 8 am-
peres. Certified by Canadian Standards Association
through 7 amperes.

Type 3AP fuses are medium to quick blowing fuses
with the same electrical characteristics as Type 3AG.
They are supplied with pigtail leads so that the fuse
can be wired directly to the circuit.

TYPE 3SB SLOW BLOW
GLASS TUBE FUSE SERIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rating Blow Time

110% . 4 hours, minimum

135% 1 hour, maximum

200% : 5 seconds, minimum

MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS

Dimensions Inches (mm)

Diameter 250(6.35)

Length 1.250 (31.75)

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

3SB010

1/100

250

3SB1

1

250

3SB031

1/32

250

3SB1.2

1-2/10

250

3SB040

4/100

250

3SB1.25

1-1/4

250

3SB062

1/16

250

3SB1.5

1-1/2

250

3SB100

1/10

250

3SB1.6

1-6/10

250

3SB125

1/8

250

. 3SB1.8

1-8/10

250

3SB150

15/100

250

3SB2

2

250

3SB175

.175

250

3SB2.25

2-1/4

250

3SB187

3/16

250

3SB2.5

2-1/2

250

3SB200

2/10

250

3SB2.8

2-8/10

250

3SB250

1/4

250

3SB3

3

250

3SB300

3/10

250

3SB3.2

3-2/10

250

3SB375

3/8

250

3SB3.5

3-1/2

250

3SB400

4/10

250

3SB4

4

250

3SB500

1/2

250

3SB4.5

4 - 1/2 ;

250

3SB600

6/10

250

3SB5

5

250

3SB700

7/10

250

3SB6

6 1

250

3SB750

3/4

250

3SB800

8/10

250

Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories through 6 amperes.
Certified by Canadian Standards Association through 5
amperes.

Type 3SB fuses, described as slow blow, are designed
to prevent unnecessary blowing in circuits where
transient surges are anticipated. Protection against
short circuit or continued overload is still maintained.

TYPE 3SBP SLOW BLOW^
PIGTAIL GLASS TUBE <&£
FUSE SERIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rating Blow Time

110% 4 hours, minimum

135% 1 hour, maximum

200% 5 seconds, minimum

MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS

Dimensions Inches (mm)

Diameter 270 (6.86)

Length 1.290(32.77)

Pigtail Leads Inches (mm)

Diameter 032 (.813)

Length 1.5 (38.1)

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Rating

Voltage

3SBP010

1.100

250

3SBP1

1

250

3SBP031

1/32

250

3SBP1.2

1-2/10

250

3SBP040

4/100

250

3SBP1.25

1-1/4

250

3SBP062

1/16

250

3SBP1.5

1-1/2

250

3SBP100

1/10

250

3SBP1.6

1-6/10

250

3SBP125

1/8

250

3SBP1.8

1-8/10

250

3SBP150

15/100

250

3SBP2

2

250

3SBP175

.175

250

3SBP2.25

2-1/4

250

3SBP187

3/16

250

3SBP2.5

2-1/2

250

3SBP200

2/10

250

3SBP2.8

2-8/10

250

3SBP250

1/4

250

3SBP3

3

250

3SBP300

3/10

250

3SBP3.2

3-2/10

250

3SBP375

3/8

250

3SBP3.5

3-1/2

250

3SBP400

4/10

250

3SBP4

4

250

3SBP500

1/2

250

3SBP4.5

4-1/2

250

3SBP600

6/10

250

3SBP5

5

250

3SBP700

7/10

250

3SBP6

6

250

3SBP750

3/4

250

3SBP800

1 8/10

250

Listed by Underwriters' Laboratories through 6 amperes.
Certified by Canadian Standards Association through 5
amperes.

Type 3SBP fuses, designated as slow blow, prevent
unnecessary blowing from sudden current surges.
Normal protection is still maintained against con-
tinued overload and short circuits. Similar electri-
cally to the 3SB series, but supplied with pigtail
leads.

TYPE 8AG/8AP NORMAL BLOW
GLASS TUBE FUSE SERIES xpJSJJ

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rating Blow Time

110% 4 hours, minimum

135% 1 hour, maximum

200% 5 seconds, maximum

MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS

8AG 8AP Pigtail Leads

Dimensions Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm)

Diameter 250 (6.35) .275 (6.99) .032 (.813)

Length 1.00 (25.4) 1.025 (26.04) 1.5 (38.1)

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

8AG100

8AP100*

1/10

250

8AG125

8AP125

1/8

250

8AG250

8AP250

1/4

250

8AG375

8AP375

3/8

250

8AG500

8AP500

1/2

250

8AG750

8AP750

3/4

250

8AG1

8AP1

1

250

8AG1.5

8AP1.5

1-1/2

250

8AG2

8AP2

2

250

8AG2.5

8AP2.5

2-1/2

125

8AG3

8AP3

3

125

8AG4

8AP4

4

125

8AG5

8AP5

5

125

8AG6

A8P6

6

125

8AG7

8AP7

7

125

*Pigtail (AP)

Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories through 7 amperes.
Certified by Canadian Standards Association through 5
amperes.

Type 8AG is designated as a normal blow fuse for use
in general circuit protection. Their smaller size per-
mits use where space limitations prevent use of
Type 3AG. Pigtail leads (Type 8AP) are available when
direct soldering into circuits is desired.

bel

BEL FUSE INC

. 198 Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N. J. 07302 • (201) 432-0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

M706

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

4300

FUSES/uL, CSA & SEMKO 5mm x 20mm

TYPE 5MF FAST ACTING (Jf
GLASS TUBE FUSE SERIES^ (g)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rating Blow Time

110% 4 hours, minimum

135% 1 hour, maximum

200% 5 seconds, maximum

MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS

Dimensions Millimeters (Inches)

Diameter 5(0.197)

Length 20 (0.787)

Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories from 250mA to
5 amperes. Certified by Canadian Standards Associa-
tion through 5 amperes.

Type 5MT fuses, described as time lag offer addi-
tional surge protection for circuits where momen-
tary transients are anticipated. They are built to
meet the specifications of UL 198.6 and CSA 22.2.
They permit the European manufacturers of original
equipment to substitute a fuse listed or certified by
UL/CSA when exporting their equipment to the
United States or Canada without making costly
changes in mountings and printed circuit board lay-
outs. Since fusing characteristics are different than
those specified by IEC 127 for specific ratings, a
careful analysis of the blowing curves should be
made before determining the proper substitution.
The small size of these fuses also offer the Ameri-
can/Canadian designer a protective device where
space limitations are an important consideration.
Pigtail leads (5MTP) are available when direct solder-
ing into circuits is desired.

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

5MF100

1/10

250

5MF1

1

250

5MF125

1/8

250

5MF1.25

1-1/4

250

5MF200

2/10

250

5MF1.6

1-6/10

250

5MF250

1/4

250

5MF2

2

250

5MF300

3/10

250

5MF2.5

2-1/2

250

5MF400

4/10

250

5MF3

3

250

5MF50O

1/2

250

5MF4

4

125

5MF600

6/10

250

5MF5

5

125

5MF700

7/10

250

5MF6

6

125

5MF800

8/10

250

5MF7

7

125

Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories from 700 mA to
5 amperes. Certified by Canadian Standards Asso-
ciation through 5 amperes.

Type 5MF fuses, described as fast acting are manu-
factured to meet the requirements of UL 198.6 and
CSA 22.2. They permit European manufacturers of
original equipment to substitute a fuse listed or
certified by UL/CSA when exporting their equipment
to the United States or Canada without making costly
changes in mountings and printed circuit board lay-
outs. Since fusing characteristics are different than
those specified by IEC 127 for specific ratings, a
careful analysis of the blowing curves should be
made before determining the proper substitution.
The small size of these fuses also offer the Ameri-
can/Canadian designer a protective device where
space limitations are an important consideration.
Pigtail leads (5MFP) are available when direct solder-
ing into circuits is desired.

TYPE 5MT TIME LAG
GLASS TUBE FUSE SERIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rating Blow Time

110% 4 hours, minimum

135% 1 hour, maximum

1000% 10 milliseconds, minimum

MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS

Dimensions Millimeters (Inches)

Diameter.... 5(0.197)

Length 20 (0.797)

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

5MT100

1/10

250

5MT1

1

125

5MT125

1/8

250

5MT1.25

1-1/4

125

5MT200

2/10

250

5MT1.6

1-6/10

125

5MT250

1/4

250

5MT2

2

125

5MT300

3/10

250

5MT2.5

2-1/2

125

5MT400

4/10

250

5MT3

3

125

5MT500

1/2

250

5MT4

4

125

5MT600

6/10

250

5MT5

5

125

5MT700

7/10

250

5MT6

6

125

5MT800

8/10

250

5MT7

7

125

TYPE 5SF QUICK ACTING ^
GLASS TUBE FUSE SERIES (§/

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rated Current

2.1 In

Max.

2.7‘

Min.

In

Max.

4

Min.

Max.

10 In

Max.

32 to 100 mA
inclusive

30

min

10

ms

500

ms

3

ms

100

ms

20

ms

above iuG mA'
to 6.3A

ou *

min

1 ''bO-
ms

. • ^ -

s

~10

ms

300'

ms

'20

ms

MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS

Dimensions Millimeters (Inches)

Diameter 5(0.197)

Length 20(0.787)

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

5SF032

.032

250

5SF500

1/2

250

5SF040

.040

250

5SF630

.630

250

5SF050

1/20

250

5SF800

8/10

250

5SF063

1/16

250

5SF1

1

250

5SF080

.080

250

5SF1.25

1-1/4

250

5SF100

1/10

250

5SF1.6

1-6/10

250

5SF125

1/8

250

5SF2

2

250

5SF160

.160

250

5SF2.5

2-1/2

250

5SF200

2/10

250

5SF3.15

3.15

250

5SF250

1/4

250

5SF4

4

250

5SF315

.315

250

5SF5

5

250

5SF400

4/10

250

5SF6.3

6-3/10

250

Approved by SEMKO for 80 mA, 125 mA, and from
250 mA through 6.3A.

Type 5SF fuses, described as quick acting, low break-
ing capacity, are manufactured to the specifications
of IEC 127, CEE 4, Standard Sheet II (Type F). Used
throughout Europe, they carry the SEMKO mark in the
ratings indicated. They are used for general circuit
protection in electrical and electronic equipment
where momentary transients are not anticipated.
Pigtail leads (5SFP) are available when direct solder-
ing into circuits is desired.

TYPE 5ST TIME LAG
GLASS TUBE FUSE SERIES

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rated

Current

2.1 In
Max.

2.7

Min.

5 In
Max.

4

Min.

Max.

10

Min.

In

Max.

32 to

100 mA
inclu-
sive

2

min

200

ms

10

s

40

ms

3

s

10

ms

300

ms

Above

100 mA
to 6.3A

2

min

600

ms

10

s

150

ms

3

s

20

ms

300

ms

MECHANICAL DIMENSIONS

Dimensions Millimeters (Inches)

Diameter 5(0.197)

Length 20 (0.787)

Dimensions Millimeters (Inches)

Diameter 5(0.197)

Length 20 (0.787)

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

5ST032

.032

250

5ST500

1/2

250

5ST040

.040

250

5ST630

.630

250

5ST050

1/20

250

5ST800

8/10

250

5ST063

1/16

250

5ST1

1

250

5ST080

.080

250

5ST1.25

1-1/4

250

5ST100

1/10

250

5ST1.6

1-6/10

250

5ST125

1/8

250

5ST2

2

250

5ST160

.160

250

5ST2.5

2-1/2

250

5ST200

2/10

250

5ST3.15

3.15

250

5ST250

1/4

250

5ST4

4

250

5ST315

.315

250

5ST5

5

250

5ST400

4/10

250

5ST6.3

6-3/10

250

Approved by SEMKO from 160 mA through 6.3A.

Type 5ST fuses, described as time lag, low break-
ing capacity, are manufactured to the specifications
of IEC 127, CEE 4, Standard Sheet III (Type T). They
carry the SEMKO mark in the ratings indicated. They
are used for general circuit protection in electrical
and electronic equipment where momentary transi-
ents are anticipated. Pigtail leads (5STP) are avail-
able when direct soldering into circuits is desired.

MICRO FUSES

TYPE MF/MFE/MB/MBP/MFA
MICR0BEL MICRO FUSE SERIES

TYPE MF TYPE MFA

±x 2 ±Xi
- 11/2 — ^ % — 1V2 —

- 11/ 2 -*-.300r- - 11/2

- .025 Dia.
±.002

- .093 ±.010 -

— JT'Tlr j—

.isoT

±.010

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rating Blow Time

100% 4 hours, minimum

150% 10 minutes, maximum

200% 1 minute, maximum

Catalog Number

Ampere

Rating

Voltage

Rating

MF125

MB125

MBP125

MFA125

1/8

125

MF250

MB250

MBP250

MFA250

1/4

125

MF375

MB375

MBP375

MFA375

3/8

125

MF500

MB500

MBP500

MFA500

1/2

125

MF750

MB750

MBP750

MFA750

3/4

125

MF1

MB1

MBP1

MFA1

1

125

MF1.5

MB1.5

MBP1.5

MFA1.5

1-1/2

125

MF2

MB2

MBP2

MFA2

2

125

MF2.5

MB2.5

MBP2.5

MFA2.5

2-1/2

125

MF3

MB3

MBP3

MFA3

3

125

MF3.5

MB3.5

MBP3.5

MFA3.5

3-1/2

125

MF4

MB4

MBP4

MFA4

4

125

MF5

MB5

MBP5

MFA5

5

125

MF7

MB7

MBP7

MFA7.

7

125

Microbel Type Micro Fuses are subminiature fuses
for use in circuits where space requirements are an
important factor. Built to meet the requirements of
UL 198.6 for micro-fuses, they are supplied in the
four different mechanical configurations illustrated
below.

Type MF is supplied with Kynar sleeve. Type MFE*
is supplied with epoxy coating. Marked with or with-
out color coding, MF fuses are available with radial
or axial leads with the axial construction packaged
either bulk or taped and reeled.

* UL Pending.

Listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories through 7 am-
peres.

bel

BEL FUSE INC.

198 Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N. J. 07302 • (201) 432-0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1707

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.

SPECIAL FUSES

TYPE DJB FLAT PACK FUSE

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ^

Rating Blow Time

100% 4 hours, minimum

160% 20 seconds, maximum

TYPE BER FLAT PACK FUSE

(5il mm) rft I*-! (35 1

FUSE CUPS AND
FUSE MOUNTINGS

-H .280 ^e-

u u

*£H h

^(*.30-1 tl,

TYPE FC-101

3AG Clip
PC Board Mount
(Ear Stops)

TYPE FC-102 _f- 305 ’

3AG Clips T

PC Board Mount .468 BEL

(Earless) , ~ ■

TYPE FC-105

3AG Clip
Hole Mount
(Solder Lug)

TYPE FC-106

3AG Clip

Hole Mount

(.187 Quick Connect)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rating Blow Time

100% 4 hours, minimum

135% 1 hour, maximum

200% 1 minute, maximum

Ampere

Catalog Number Rating

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

DJB250

BER250 1/4

DJB2

BER2

2

DJB300

BER300 3/10

DJB2.25

BER2.25

2-1/4

DJB400

BER400 4/10

DJB2.5

BER2.5

2-1/2

DJB500

BER500 (1/2

DJB2.75

BER2.75

2-3/4

DJB600

BER600 6/10

DJB3

BER3

3

DJB750

BER750 3/4

DJB3.5

BER3.5

3-1/2

DJB875

BER875 7/8

DJB4

BER4

4

DJB1

BER1 1

DJB5

BER5

5

DJB1.25

BER1.25 1-1/4

DJB8

BER8

8

DJB1.5

BER1.5 1-1/2

DJB 10

BERIO

10

Flat pack fuses, TYPE DJB with pigtails for direct
soldering and TYPE BER for mounting with #10
screws, find broad application in telecommunication
circuits and in low energy circuits where cost and
space are important considerations. They are recog-
nized under the component program of Underwriters’
Laboratories and may be used in those circuits where
the suitability of application has been investigated.

.128 DIA.
MOUNTING HOLE

.128 DIA.
MOUNTING HOLE

TYPE FC-103

3AG Clip
Hole Mount
(Ear Stops)

TYPE FC-104

3AG Clip
Hole Mount
(Earless)

—|.265f^.

Mountings

TYPE FC-107

3AG Clip

Hole Mount

(.250 Quick Connect)

TYPE FC-201

lUi 14 5mm Clip

; 6 J J lt~ v i PC Board Mount

Ink (Ear Stops)

TYPE TE INDICATING FUSE

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rating Blow Time

80% 4 hours, minimum

100% 10 minutes, minimum

150% 5 minutes, maximum

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Color

Code

Catalog

Number

Ampere

Rating

Color

Code

TE180

18/100

Y

TE2

2

OR

TE250

1/4

V

TE3

3

BLU

TE500

1/2

R

TE3.5

3-1/2

W/BLU

TE650

65/100

BK

TE4

4

W/BRN

TE750

3/4

BRN

TE5

5

GRN

TE1

1

6RY

TE7.5

71/2

BK/W

TE1.3

TE1.5

1-1/3

1-1/2

W

W/Y

TE10

10

R/W

Type TE fuses find extensive use in telecommunica-
tion circuits and other applications where both elec-
trical and visual fuse failure indication is required.
The alarm spring is color coded to give quick cur-
rent rating identification.

.31 DIA.

All Bel Fuse clips are manufactured from .020 phosphor bronze stock and specially hardened to assure
long life and minimum contact resistance. They are bright tin plated to facilitate soldering and
prevent oxidation. In addition to the stock designs illustrated, clips can be quickly tooled to meet
customer specifications.

The. bases on mountings illustrated above are molded from a polyamid modified nylon rated by Under-
writers' Laboratories at 94V-0. Clips are riveted to the base for maximum strength and are butted
against a barrier to prevent rotation and assure alginment. The fuse mounts illustrated use Type
FC-105 clips. Fuse mounts can be supplied with any combination of hole mount type clips.

bel

BEL FUSE INC. i98

Van Vorst Street • Jersey City, N J 07302 • (201) 432 0463 • TWX 710-730-5301

1*1708

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

ISLATROL'

ACTIVE TRACKING SPIKE & TRANSIENT SUPPRESSORS THAT WORK

Why Islatrol is Different. These patented solid state
units uniquely track the incoming sinusoid, will detect
transients at any point on the sinusoid and, within 10
nanoseconds, become a low pass brute force active filter.
No other device works like Islatrol, no other device
protects like Islatrol.

M

Output after Islatrol

control concepts

CORPORATION

General Description:

A solid state, active tracking voltage
suppressor which protects against
transients, spikes, short-term outages
and noise on incoming AC power
lines to functional equipment.

Standard Voltage Inputs:

120V, 240V, 480V

- < C-L! irin ? ,r **"

Single Phase .5A - 100.0A
Three Phase 15.0A - 2000.0A

Power Line Frequency:

50-60 Hz. (400 Hz available)

Response Time:

5-10 Nanoseconds

Transient Reduction:

Minimum of 40 db, from the midband
audio range through 50 MHz. The
active filter improves the quality of
the input line. Attenuation is greater
than 50 db to IEEE surge withstand
capability test No. 472-1974.

Preset Switch Level:± 2V

Load Regulation:

Better than 1% from no load through
full load.

" Leakage:

Leakage to case less than 50 micro-
amperes. Voltage isolation to case
5000V RMS.

Operating Temperature
Range:

— 40°Cto 85° C

Reliability/Test Criteria:

Each ISLATROL® unit is 100% fully
tested at an input energy level of two
joules for approximately 1000 strikes,
superimposed at the peak of the
input sinusoid at main power line
distribution impedance.

Standard Available Models:

Amperes I 120 Volt

Model Numbers
■ 208/240 Volt I

Output after Islatrol

Suppression Performance:

Destructive or spurious transients,
present at any point on the input
sine wave of the AC power line, are
clamped to within several volts, both
above and below the instantaneous
value of a filtered input sinusoid. For
example, a two joule, 1000V spike
(peak to peak) is suppressed to 10V
(peak to peak). The above is
accompanied with minimal power
line loss.

1-100

2Vi" x 1 Vz" x W

1-101

3" x 2" x V/z"

1-102

4" x 3" x 1%"

1-105

4" x 3" x 1%"

1-107

1-207

5" x 474" x 1%"

1-115

1-215

1-415

6%" x 5V*" x 2 Vi"

1-130

1-230

1-430

8Vz" x 7Vz" x 3"

1-150

1-250

1-450

20" x 16" x 8"

1-1100

1-2100

1-4100

20" x 16" x 8"

Three-Phase Models:

15.0

30.0

50.0

100.0

200.0

400.0

600.0
1000.0

1200.0

FSCM #60508

1-3-215

1-3-415

10" x 8" x 6"

1-3-230

1-3-430

10" x 8" x 6"

1-3-250

1-3-450

20" x 16" x 8"

1-3-2100

1-3-4100

20" x 16” x 8"

1-3-2200

1-3-4200

24" x 20" x 10"

1-3-2400

1-3-4400

60" x 36" x 10"

1-3-2600

1-3-4600

60" x 36" x 10"

1-3-21000

1-3-41000

90" x 46" x 20"

1-3-21200

1-3-41200

90" x 46" x 20"

10" x 8” x 6” 30 lb.

10” x 8" x 6" 50 lb.

20" x 16" x 8" 75 lb.

20" x 16" x 8” 105 lb.

24" x 20" x 10" 170 lb.

60" x 36" x 10" 500 lb.

60" x 36" x 10" 550 lb.

90" x 46" x 20" | 700 lb.

90" x 46" x 20" 700 lb.

Pat. #4095163, #4156838 and other Pat. pending.

Design it in. Or add it on. Choose ISLATROL variations for O.E.M. needs or for troublesome
equipment already in use. We invite your inquiries forcustom applications and requirements.

FULL 5 YEAR WARRANTY

Dept. EEM, 333 Front St., P.O. Box 1380, Binghamton, NY 13902, (607) 724-2484

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1709

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/ output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
yuF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
YAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

4300

Commercial & Military

Approwedl EParaeS Mouairst

tfSSri Vr.

if |

^ ' '

V.-: ^

i?|g3

Hi

© Superior Clip Design for Solid Fuse Contact
© UL Recognized & C.S.A. Certified
@ Most Commercial Models are recognized
under the Marine Electrical and Fuel System
(PEQZ2) as “Ignition Protected Devices”

Commercial Fusehoiders All Recognized by Underwriters Laborator

. 1

© Blown Fuse Indicating & Non-Indicating
© High Impact Plastic for Superior Strength
0 Dead-Front, Watertight
® Military Versions Meet MIL-F-19207

All Recognized by Underwriters Laboratories M!nfl5ttairy FiusehoBders

Indicating (I)
or Non-
Indicating (N)

UL Recognized
Amps Voltage

0-30 I 250 max
CKJO :

MIL-SPEC Type
17/1 FHL10U
FHL11U

Indicating (I)
or Non-

FusoSizo Qty Indicating (N)

Kxix" 2 i

Mxl JT 1 I

Moisture
Volts Protection

90-250 Unsealed
90-250 i in:

*CSA Certified
+ lgnition Protected Devices

Indicating models can be modified for use in low
voltage applications.

Blown Fuse

Indicators

When A Fuse Blows, A Light Glows!®

Several Models To Choose From

® Bolt Down for Rectifier
Fuses

O Snap On for Ferrule Fuses
® Top Mounting for Knife
Blade Fuses

19207/19
19207/21 FHL32W
19207/22 FHL33W
19207/23 FHL34W
19207/24 FHL35W
19207/25 FHN41WB

19207/30 FHN46WB

19207/31 FHN47WB

0 Dripproof

0-30 90-250 Watertight

0-30 90-250 Watertight

0-30 90-500 Watertight

0-30 90-500 Watertight

0-30 500 Max Watertight

Body Sealed

0-30 250 Max Watertight

Body Sealed

0-30 500 Max Watertight

Body Sealed

FUSE CLIPS

AwAT’ FiG GGRPGRMTBGM

p.o. box2046

SMV 12216 Parklawn Drive
■ ■■ Rockville, MD 20852
TOLL FREE: 800/638-6594
IN MD: 301/881-8124
TWX: 710-828-9809

Low profile clips (.360"
high) are soldered to
printed circuit boards
eliminating eyeletting or
riveting. Available in
Spring brass, beryllium
copper or spring bronze
, with various platings.

Single Prong,
no-stop type

Double Prong,
no-stop type

Single Prong,
end stop type

hscU

Double Prong,
end stop type

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1711

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, E

Heinemannoffersthewidest
j — range of styles and current

■ ■ HEnS Al PU A Al Al ratings available in high-

WU W* II IV Pmll A I quality, reliable circuit

" • mm J ■ ^ ■■ mwmrmm m m m protectors. From miniature,

environmentally-sealed
IfiTFriTfiDC devices operating in the

1V 1 1 VI1W 0.020 A to 30 A range to

sctric Company industrial devices rated to

N J 08650 250 A and capable of safely

• TpIpy RA'U'ii interrupting a 25,000 A

1 eiex 04 * 04f0 1 overload, Heinemann has

the circuit protector to

CIRCUIT PROTECTORS

Heinemann Electric Company
Trenton, NJ 08650
(609) 882-4800 • Telex 843431

do the job.

Hydraulic-magnetic

operation.

Heinemann hydraulic-
magnetic circuit protectors
will hold at their rated
capacity regardless of
ambient temperature, allow-
ing sure, precise control.
Through hydraulic damping
of the sensing-coil core,
a variety of time-delay

APPLICATIONS

CURRENT

RATINGS

MAX.

VOLTAGE

SERIES AM

SERIES CF
E-FRAME

SERIES GH
EH-FRAME

The Series' J is an exceptionally
compact, lightweight, and
moderately-priced breaker for
single or multipole OEM appli-
cations. Snap-in mounting,
rocker handles, sealed-mount ,
and push- button models are
available. Color-coded caps
serve as panel accents
and for circuit identification.

A low-cost, lightweight
breaker available in single or
multipole configurations, the
Series AM features rear-
connection studs, a high level
of moisture resistance, and a
current range up to 100A ac or
60A dc. Qualified under Mil-C-
55629 to 50A dc and ac.

1C V \L9S

This rugged new EH-frame
breaker offers all the
advantages of a completely
magnetic three-pole breaker
with 14.000A interrupting
capacity for less than most
thermal units. Compact,
environmentally stable to
100A at 480Vac and250Vdc.

SERIES GJ

RE-CIRK-IT®
SERIES KD

The UL-recognized Re-Cirk-lt®
is a low-cost, pushbutton circuit
protector, designed as a direct
replacement for glass fuses.
Resettable up to 1000% of its
current rating at 2.5 through ^
15A, 500% at 0.25 to 2A. (

OEM (power supplies,
medical-electronic
equipment, control
systems, office and EDP
equipment), control
panels, marine
equipment, field
instrumentation.

OEM (data-processing
equipment, mobile
applications,
humid environments)

Panelboards, switch-
boards, branch circuits,
EDP equipment, machine
tools, environmental
systems, single- and
three-phase applications.

Motor controls, air
conditioning, electric
heating, computer main
frames, transportation,
indoor or outdoor
installations.

Commercial, industrial,
and residential service-
entrance or panelboard
applications; lighting,
appliance, transformer,
electric vehicles, EDP
power supplies, heating,
air conditioning, and
electronic circuit
protection.

Consumer products,
appliances, replacement
for conventional fuse
assemblies
(%" diameter
fuseholders).

277V, 50/60 Hz
240V, 400 Hz
415V, 50/60 Hz,
3-phase “Y”
65Vdc

250V, 50/60 or 400 Hz
277V, 50/60 Hz, 1 -phase
460V, 50/60 Hz, 3-phase T
65Vte

a

250V, 50/60 Hz
32Vdc

© Heinemann

1*1712

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

characteristics can be intro-
duced to match circuit
requirements.

Heinemann invented and
pioneered the hydraulic-
magnetic breaker, now
a specified standard where
critical hold and trip
operation must depend
solely on current, and where
breaker derating cannot
be tolerated.

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.

Typical Time-Delay Curves

Below are some typical time delay curves and characteristics of Heinemann circuit breakers. The graph on the
left illustrates the curve for a Type J breaker suitable for long delay motor-start applications at 50/60 Hz. The
one on the right shows the three curves available for the Series CF at 50/60 Hz. Other special application
curves, including high-inrush, dc, and non-time-delay, are also available.

INTERRUPTING

CAPACITY

UL/CSA
RECOGNIZED
OR LISTED

100 II 200 300 400 500 600 700

125 1 '150 PERCENT LOAD

900 1000 1100 1200

0 1001 I 200 300 400 500 600 700

125 150 FERCEIfT LOAD

900 1000 1100 1200

1000 A

5000A with proper
backup protection

Recognized,
Component
Recognition Program

Special-Function Circuits for Protection and Control

Because of the flexibility of hydraulic-magnetic design, Heinemann breakers (except KD and TX) can be
furnished with a number of different special-function internal circuits, as shown below. These circuits are
highly useful for out-of-the-ordi nary protective and control applications. Often, a single breaker with a
special-function circuit can perform the duties of several components.

RELAY-TRIP

Provides for remote actuation using
separate control circuit. Electrical
isolation permits use of a different
current or voltage from contact cir-
cuit. Both time-delay and non-time-
delay constructions are available.

SERIES-TRIP (Standard internal
circuit)

Ideal for use as both power switch
and overload protector. Usually in-
stalled in series with line and load
terminals to provide circuit inter-
ruption in the protected circuit.

1000 A

5000A with proper
backup protection

Recognized,
Component
Recognition Program

240V, 50/60 Hz and
125Vdc: Listed
Others: Recognized

18.000A @ 240V, 50/60 Hz
10.000A @ 125/250Vdc
14.000A @ 160Vdc
25.000A @ 65Vdc

240 V, 50/60 Hz and
125/250Vdc: Listed

1000A @ 250V, 50/60 Hz
200A @ 32Vdc

Recognized,
Component
Recognition Program

SHUNT/TAP

Use of third terminal permits remote
tripping by utilizing line voltage with
or without a time-delay response.

On breakers rated up to 1 A, the trip
point may be raised by shunting with
an external resistor on the shunt/tap
terminal.

AUXILIARY SWITCH

Used for logic functions, alarms,
lights, and other circuits. Miniature
snap-action SPDT or DPDT switch is
mounted on back of breaker, me-
chanically connected to switching
mechanism. Contact capacity: 1 0A
at 1 25/250V, 50/60 Hz; 4A resistive
at 30Vdc; 2.5A inductive at 30Vdc.
Minimum operating voltage: 6Vdc
or ac, at 3VA dc or ac.

com °~y )

DUAL RATING

Two concentrically-wound sensing
coils provide two discrete current
ratings in the same breaker. Protects
equipment designed to operate at
two different current levels or
supply voltages within certain
limitations.

DU-CON™ (DUAL-CONTROL)

Provides sensing of both overcur-
rent and separate voltage signals
in a single-pole breaker through a
small, non-continuous-duty voltage
sensing coil. DU-CON overload and
voltage coils must be specified
separately.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1713

MICROFUSE SUBMINIATURE FUSES (125V)

Designed for applications where space is a
critical factor. Ideal for installation on printed
circuit boards. Short-circuit interrupting capac-
ity — 125 volts at 10,000 amperes A.C.

Blow Time: 100%, 4 hour min.; 200%, 5 sec.
max.

Size: 1/4" dia.x 11/32" (fuse body).

U.L. Recognized.

Plug-in, transparent cap type listed. Use prefix
272 for plug-in, metal cap; prefix 279 for pigtail,
transparent cap; prefix 278 for pigtail, metal
cap.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

273.002

1/500

273.125

1/8

273.750

3/4

273.005

1/200

273.200

2/10

273.800

8/10

273.010

1/100

273.250

1/4

273001

1

273.015

1/64

273.300

3/10

27301.5

1-1/2

273.031

1/32

273.400

4/10

273002

2

273.050

1/20

273.500

1/2

273003

3

273.062

1/16

273.600

6/10

273004

4

273.100

1/10

273.700

7/10

273005

5

SUBMINIATURE FUSES (250V) 5 x 20mm

mmm

MEDIUM ACTING (250V) TYPE M

Blow Time: 1/50 thru 1/10 amp — 100%, life;
210%, 2 min. max.; 400%, 0.04 to 0.50 sec.
1/8 thru M/4 amp — 100%, life; 210%, 2 min.
max.; 400%, 0.06 to 2.00 sec. 1/6 thru 5 amps
— 100%, life; 210%, 30 min. max.; 400%,
0.06 to 2.0 sec.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

211.020

1/50

211.400

4/10

21101.6

1-6/10

211.031

1/32

211.500

1/2

211002

2

211.100

1/10

211.630

.630

2113.15

3.15

211.200

2/10

211.800

8/10

211004

4

211.250

1/4

211001

1

211005

5

211.315

.315

2111.25

1-1/4

For original installations and replacements in
foreign-made equipment, such as home and car
radios, amplifiers, tape recorders, etc. and in

FAST ACTING (250V) TYPE F

Blow Time: 100%, life; 210%, 30 min. max.;

400%,

).3 sec

. max.

L.F.

Amp

L.F.

Amp

L.F.

Amp

No.

Rtg.

No.

Rtg*

No.

Rtg.

212.100

1/10

212.630

.630

21202.5

2-1/2

212.125

1/8

212.700

7/10

2123.15

3.15

212.200

2/10

212.800

8/10

212004

4

212.250

1/4

212001*

1

212005

5

212.315

.315

2121.25

1-1/4

21206.3

6.3

212.400

4/10

21201.6

1-6/10

212008*

8

212.500

1/2

212002

2

212010*

10

212 Series SEMKO approved except (*) as
indicated

other applications where space is a factor. Avail-
able in medium-acting, fast-acting and slo-blo
types.

SL0 BL0® FUSES (250V) TYPE T

Blow Time: 1/10 thru 1-1/4 amp — 100%, life;
210%, 2 min. max.; 400%, 0.3 to 2 sec. 1-6/10
thru 6 amps — 100%, life; 210%, 30 min. max.;
400%, 0.3 to 3 sec.

L.F.

Amp

L.F.

Amp

L.F.

Amp

No.

Rtg.

No.

Rtg.

No.

Rtg.

213.100

1/10

213.630

.63

2133.15

3.15

213.125

1/8

213.800

8/10

213004

4

213.200

2/10

213001

1

213005

5

213.250

1/4

2131.25

M/4

21306.3

6.3

213.315

.315

21301.6

1-6/10

213008*

8

213.400

4/10

213002

2

213010*

10

213.500

1/2

21302.5

2-1/2

213 Series SEMKO and BEAB approved except (*)
as indicated

1AG FUSES (32V) V 4 " x %"

Medium-acting fuses for low-voltage applica-
ations: home and car radios, amplifiers, heaters,
lighting circuits, cigar lighters.

7AG FUSES (32V) 14" x %"

Quick to medium acting with characteristics
and applications similar to 301 series above.

SFE AUTO FUSES (32V)

Medium-acting, made to sizes specified by SAE
— graduated in length according to current
rating.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max.; 200%, 10 sec. max.

U.L. Listed (M/2amp$).

U.L. Recognized (2-10 amps).

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max.; 200%, 10 sec, max.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max.; 150%, 20 amps or less — 0-15 sec; 30
amps — 0-30 sec.

Size: 1/4" dia.

Length: See chart

U.L. Listed Under U.L. STD 275.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

301001

1

301005

5

301020

20

30101.5

1-1/2

301006

6

301025

25

301002

2

30107.5

7-1/2

301030

30

30102.5

2-1/2

301010

10

301003

3

301015

15

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

No.

L.F.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

303001

1

303004

4

303020

20

30301.5

1-1/2

303005

5

303030

30

30302.5

2-1/2

303006

6

303003

3

303015

15

L.F. No.

Amp Rating

Length In.

307004

4

5/8

307006

6

3/4

30707.5

7-1/2

7/8

307009

9

7/8

307014

14

1-1/16

307020

20

1-1/4

307030

30

1-7/16

LITTELFUSE, Inc.
1*1714

• Dept. EM, 800 E, Northwest Highway • Des Plaines, IL 60016 • (312) 824-1188

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

4300

iITTELFUSE CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES

3AG FUSES (32V) %" x VA"

Medium-acting fuses for use in cars, radios,
amplifiers, etc.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max.; 200%, 10 sec. max.

U.L. Listed under U.L. STD 275 through 30 amps.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

311004

4

31107.5

7-1/2

311015

15

311005

5

311008

8

311025

25

311008

6

311010

10

311030

30

311007

7

311012

12

311035

35

3AG FUSES (250V or less) y 4 " x VA "

Quick-acting, normal-blo fuses for general cir-
cuit protection.

3AG PIGTAIL FUSES

Same as above but with pigtails for direct wiring
into chassis. Leads are 1-1/2" long, copper wire.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max.; 200%, 5 sec. max.

U.L. Listed and Certified by CSA through 8 amps.

Note: Internal construction may vary depending
on ampere rating.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

312.010

1/100

312.300

3/10

31202.5

2-1/2

312.031

1/32

312.375

3/8

312003

3

312.062

1/16

312.500

1/2

312004

4

312.100

1/10

312.600

6/10

312005

5

312.125

1/8

312.750

3/4

312006

6

312.150

15/100

312001

1

312007

7*

312.175

.175

3121.25

1-1/4

312008

8*

312.187

3/16

31201.5

1-1/2

312010

10*

312.200

2/10

31201.6

1-6/10

312.250

1/4

312002

2

* 125 volt. Note: To order fuses with pigtali leads,
change 312 (series number to 318.

3AG SL0 BL0® FUSES (250V or less) W' x VA

n .1 <-l t-*i n r» , U i n Li . r> 1 1 r r n n f

surges but still blow quickly on shorts. Provide
protection for equipment with high reactive
current surges or heavy starting currents such
as solenoids, motors and lamp circuits.

3AG SLO BLO® PIGTAIL FUSES

*

Same as above but with pigtails for direct wiring
into chassis. Leads are 1-1/2" long, copper wire.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max., 200%, 5 sec. min.

U.L. Listed and certified by CSA through
7 amps. U.L. Recognized from 8-30 amps.
Note: Internal construction may vary depending
on ampere rating.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

313.010

1/100

313.700

7/10

313005

5

313.031

1/32

313.750

3/4

3136.25 6-1/4

313.040

4/100

313.800

8/10

313007

7

313.062

1/16'

31 3UU1

1

31 3006

8*

313.100

1/10

31301.2

1-2/10

313010

10 *

313.125

1/8

3131.25

1-1/4

313012

12*

313.150

15/100

31301.5

1-1/2

313015

15*

313.175

.175

31301.6

1-6/10

313020

20*

313.187

3/16

31301.8

1-8/10

313025

25*

313.200

2/10

313002

2

313030

30*

313.250

1/4

3132.25

2-1/4

313.300

3/10

31302.5

2-1/2

313.375

3/8

31302.8

2-8/10

313.400

4/10

313003

3

313.500

1/2

31303.2

3-2/10

313.600

6/10

313004

4

* 32 volt. Note: For pigtail leads, change 313 to 315.

3AB CERAMIC SLO BLO® FUSES (250V or less) 'A" x VA"

Similar to 313(000) series above, but have
higher interrupting capacity.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max.; 200%, 5 sec. min.

U.L. Listed 1/100 -10 amps.

*U.L. Recognized 15 - 30 amps.

C.S.A. Certified 1/4-3-2/10 amps.

*Note: 15 and 20 amp ratings are U.L. Recognized
at 250V but meet all requirements for
listing at 125V.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

326.010

1/100

326.600

6/10

326004

4

326.031

1/32

326.700

7/10

326005

5

326.062

1/16

326.750

3/4

3266.25

6-1/4

326.100

1/10

326.800

8/10

326007

7

326.125

1/8

326001

1

326008

8

326.150

15/100

32601.2

1-2/10

326010

10

326.175

.175

3261.25

1-1/4

326015

15

326.187

3/16

32601.5

1-1/2

326020

20

326.200

2/10

32601.6

1-6/10

326025

25*

326.250

1/4

326002

2

326030

30*

326.300

3/10

32602.5

2-1/2

326.375

3/8

32602.8

2-8/10

326.400

4/10

326003

3

326.500

1/2

32603.2

3-2/10

* 125 volt.

3AB CERAMIC BODY FUSES (250V or less) x iy 4 "

/ Ceramic body and arc-quenching filler in higher

C3 ) amperages provide high interrupting capacity.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max.; 200%, 15 sec. max.

U.L. Listed through 15 amps.

Certified by CSA through 15 amps.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

314.125

1/8

314003

3

314012

12

314.250

1/4

314004

4

314015

15

314.375

3/8

314005

5

314020

20

314.500

1/2

314006

6

314025

25*

314.750

3/4

314007

7

314030

30*

314001

1

314008

8

314002

2

314010

10

* 125 volt.

3AB CERAMIC BODY RECTIFIER FUSES (250V or less) %" x 1 %"

Extremely fast-acting fuses for protection of
silicon controlled rectifiers and similar solid
state devices.

Blow Time.- 1-30 amps: 100%, 4 hour min.;
1-10 amps: 250%, .2 sec. max. (pre-arcing);
12-30 amps: 250%, 1 sec. max. (pre-arcing).

U.L. Recognized

L.F.

No.

! Amp
Rtg.

L.F.

NO.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

322001

1

322006

6

322012

12*

3221.25

1-1/4

322007

7

322015

15*

322002

2

322008

8

322020

20*

322003

3

322009

9

322025

25*

322004

4

322010

10

322030

30*

322005

5

* 65V. All others 250V.

LITTELFUSE, Inc. • Dept. EM, 800 E. Northwest Highway • Des Plaines, IL 60016 • (312) 824-1188

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1715

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

4300

LITTELFUSE* CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES

8AG INSTRUMENT FUSES (250V or less)

Very fast-acting fuses for protection of delicate
equipment such as microammeters, galvanom-
eters, voltmeters and other instruments.

8AG NORMAL BLO FUSES 'A" x 1"

Normal bio fuses designed to standard N.E.C.
specs. Used when space limitations prevent

use of 3AG fuses. For pigtail leads, change
series number to 368.

1 "

Blow Time: 100%, 4 hour min.; 200%, 5 sec.
max.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max.; 200%, 10 sec. max.

U.L. Listed through 5 amps. Certified by CSA
1/4-5 amps.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

NO.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

361.002

1/500

361.125

1/8

361.750

3/4

361.005

1/200

361.187

3/16

361001

1

361.010

1/100

361.200

2/10

36101.5

1-1/2

361.015

1/64

361.250

1/4

361002

2

361.031

1/32

361.375

3/8

361003

3*

361.062

1/16

361.400

4/10

361004

4*

361.100

1/10

361.500

1/2

361005

5*

* 125 volt.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

362.125

1/8

362002

2*

362010

lot

362.250

1/4

36202.5

2-1/2*

362012

12t

362.375

3/8

362003

3*

362015

15f

362.500

1/2

362004

4*

362020

20f

362.750

3/4

362005

5*

362025

25f

362001

1

362006

6*

362030

30t

36201.5

1-1/2*

362008

8f

* 125V. f 32V.

5AG FUSES (32V) %" x V/ 2 "

Medium-acting, rugged construction. For use in

low-voltage applications such as aircraft and
mobile communication equipment.

Blow Time: 10-30 amps: 110%, 4 hour min.;
135%, 1 hour max.; 200%, 10 seconds max.
35-60 amps: 100%, 4 hour min.; 300%, 2-4 sec.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

NO.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

511010

10

511025

25

511040

40

511015

15

511030

30

511050

50

511020

20

511035

35

511060

60

5AG QUICK-ACTING FUSES (250V or less) %" x V/ 2 "

Normal bio fuses for general circuit protection.

requiring larger fuse with more rugged con-
struction.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hour min.; 135%, 1 hour
max.; 200%, 5 sec. max.

BLF FUSES (250V or less) %" X 1%" For low-cost, non-time delay use in control cir-

cuits.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hrs. min.; 135%, 1 hr. max.
Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 Amperes AC.

U.L. Listed 1/2 - 15 amperes

L.F.

Amp

L.F.

Amp

L.F.

Amp

No.

Rtg.

No.

Rtg.

No.

Rtg.

512001

1

512003

3

512005

5

512002

2

512004

4

512008

8*

* 125 volt.

L.F. NO.

L.F. NO.

L.F. NO.

L.F. NO.

BLF 1/2

BLF 3

BLF 7

BLF 15

BLF 1

BLF 4

BLF 8

BLF 20

BLF 1-1/2

BLF 5

BLF 9

BLF 25

BLF 2

BLF 6

BLF 10

BLF 30

BLF 2-1/2

BLF 6-1/4

BLF 12

Note: Numerals indicate amperage ratings.

BLN FUSES (250V or less) %" x V/ 2 "

FLA FUSES (250/ 125V or less) %" x V/ 2 "

For low-cost, non-time delay use in control cir-
cuits and military applications.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hrs. min.; 135%, 1 hr. max.
Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 Amperes AC.

U.L. Listed 1 -30 amperes.

Time delay fuses. Indicating pin protrudes when
fuse blows.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hrs. min.; 135%, 1 hr. max.
Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 Amperes AC.

U.L. Listed 1/10 - 15 amperes.

C.S.A. Certified 1/10 - 10 amperes.

* 250V. All others 125V.

Note: Numerals indicate amperage ratings.

L.F. No.

L.F. NO.

L.F. No.

L.F. No.

BLN 1

BLN 5

BLN 10

BLN 20

BLN 2

BLN 6

BLN 12

BLN 25

BLN 3
BLN 4

BLN 8

BLN 15

BLN 30

Note: Numerals indicate amperage ratings.

L.F. NO.

L.F. NO.

L.F. NO.

L.F. No.

FLA 1/10*

FLA 1

FLA 3

FLA 7

FLA 15/100*

FLA 1-1/8

FLA 3-2/10

FLA 8

FLA 2/10*

FLA 1-1/4

FLA 3-1/2

FLA 10

FLA 1/4*

FLA 1-1/2

FLA 4

FLA 12

FLA 3/10*

FLA 1-6/10

FLA 4-1/2

FLA 15

FLA 4/10*

FLA 1-8/10

FLA 5

FLA 20

FLA 1/2*

FLA 2

FLA 5-6/10

FLA 25

FLA 6/10*

FLA 2-1/4

FLA 6

FLA 30

FLA 8/10*

FLA 2-8/10

FLA 6-1/4

FLM FUSES (250V or less) %" x V/ 2 "

Dual element, time delay fuses for use in circuits
with high in-rush currents.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hrs. min.; 135%, 1 hr. max.
Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 Amperes AC.

U.L. Listed 1/10-20 amperes.

C.S.A. Certified 2/10 - 25 amperes.

Note: Numerals indicate amperage ratings.

L.F. NO.

L.F. No.

L.F. No.

L.F. No.

FLM 1/10

FLM 1-1/8

FLM 3

FLM 8

FLM 15/100

FLM 1-1/4

FLM 3-2/10

FLM 9

FLM 2/10

FLM 1-4/10

FLM 3-1/2

FLM 10

FLM 1/4

FLM 1-1/2

FLM 4

FLM 12

FLM 3/10

FLM 1-6/10

FLM 4-1/2

FLM 15

FLM 4/10

FLM 1-8/10

FLM 5

FLM 20

FLM 1/2

FLM 2

FLM 5-6/10

FLM 25

FLM 6/10

FLM 2-1/4

FLM 6

FLM 30

FLM 8/10

FLM 2-1/2

FLM 6-1/4

FLM 1

FLM 2-8/10

FLM 7

FLQ FUSES (500V or less) %" x V/ 2 "

Dual element, time delay fuses for circuits
with high in-rush currents.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hrs. min.; 135%, 1 hr. max.
Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 Amperes AC.

U.L. Listed 1/10-30 amperes.

C.S.A. Certified 1/10-15 amperes.

Note: Numerals indicate amperage ratings.

L.F. NO.

L.F. No.

L.F. No.

L.F. NO.

FLQ 1/10

FLQ 8/10

FLQ 3-2/10

FLQ 9

FLQ 1/8

FLQ 1

FLQ 3-1/2

FLQ 10

FLQ 15/100

FLQ 1-1/8

FLQ 4

FLQ 12

FLQ 3/16

FLQ 1-1/4

FLQ 4-1/2

FLQ 14

FLQ 2/10

FLQ 1-1/2

FLQ 5

FLQ 15

FLQ 1/4

FLQ 1-6/10

FLQ 5-6/10

FLQ 20

FLQ 3/10

FLQ 2

FLQ 6

FLQ 25

FLQ 4/10

FLQ 2-1/4

FLQ 6-1/4

FLQ 30

FLQ 1/2

FLQ 2-1/2

FLQ 7

FLQ 6/10

FLQ 3

FLQ 8

LITTELFUSE, Inc. • Dept. EM, 800 E. Northwest Highway • Des Plaines, IL 60016 • (312) 824-1188

1*1716

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4300

4300 PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS. ETC.)

L I T TELFUSE CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES

BLS FUSES (600V or less) %" x 1%"

Fast clearing, space-saving fuses for street
lighting, control and electronic circuits.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hrs. min., 135%, 1 hr. max.
Short Circuit Rating: 100,000 amperes AC.

U.L. Listed 2/10-5 amperes.

L.F. No.

L.F. No.

L.F. NO.

L.F. NO.

BLS 2/10

BLS 1

BLS 2

BLS 6

BLS 4/10

BLS 1-1/2

BLS 3

BLS 7

BLS 1/2

BLS 1-6/10

BLS 4

BLS 8

BLS 3/4

BLS 8/10

BLS 1-8/10

BLS 5

BLS 10

Note: Numerals indicate amperage ratings.

KLK FUSES (600V or less) %" x 1V 2 "

Fast-acting, current limiting fuses for use in con-
trol, electronic and other circuits with high fault
current capacity.

Blow Time: 110%, 4 hrs. min.; 135%, 1 hr. max.
Short Circuit Rating: 200,000 amperes AC.

U.L. Listed 3/10-30 amperes.

C.S.A. Certified 3/10 - 30 amperes.

L.F. NO.

L.F. NO.

L.F. NO.

L.F. NO.

KLK 1/10

KLK 1/3

KLK 3

KLK 10

KLK 1/8

KLK 3/4

KLK 4

KLK 15

KLK 2/10

KLK 1

KLK 5

KLK 20

KLK 1/4

KLK 1-1/2

KLK 6

KLK 25

KLK 3/10

KLK 2

KLK 8

KLK 30

Note: Numerals indicate amperage ratings.

KLW RECTIFIER FUSES (130V or less) %" x XW

Fast-acting fuses for protection of rectifiers,
S.C.R.'s, thyristors, solid state devices.

Blow Time: 100%, 4 hrs. min.; 120% -180%,
1000 sec. max.; 250%,, 1 sec. max.
Interrupting Rating: 10,000 amperes AC.

L.F. No.

L.F. No.

L.F. No.

L.F. No.

KLW 1

KLW 5

KLW 9

KLW 20

KLW 2

KLW 6

KLW 10

KLW 25

KLW 3

KLW 7

KLW 12

KLW 30

KLW 4

KLW 8

KLW 15

Note: Numerals indicate amperage ratings.

BLADE TYPE TERMINAL FUSES (32V)

Low voltage plug-in fuses. Color-coded for am-

perage identification.

Blow Time: 110%, 100 hours min.; 135%, 1500
sec. max.; 200%, 5 sec. max. 350%, .080 sec.
min. Size: .76" wide x .75" high x .207" deep.

U.L. Listed 3 -30 amps.

lT -1

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

257003

3

25707.5

7.5

257020

20

257004

4

257010

10

257025

25

257005

5

257015

15

257030

30

ALARM INDICATING FUSES (125 VAC, 60 VDC)

Plug-in fuses for telecommunications and sim-
ilar applications. Blown fuse indicating flag can
also activate alarm circuit. Flag is color-coded
by ampere rating.

Blow Time: 100%, 10 minutes min.; 150%,
5 minutes max.

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

Color

Code

L.F.

No.

Amp

Rtg.

Color

Code

401.180

18/100

Yellow

401002

2

Orange

401.250

1/4

Violet

401003

3

Blue

401.500

1/2

Red

401005

5

Green

401.600

65/100

Black

40107.5

7-1/2

Black/

401.750

3/4

Brown

White

401001

1

Gray

401010

10

Red/

4811.33

1-1/3

White

White

TYPE T FUSE BLOCKS WITH SCREW

Open type blocks available for 3AG and 5AG
fuse sizes from one to twelve poles. Bases are
of grade X black laminate with 1/32" insulator
sheet cemented to underside. Screw terminal
clips.

TYPE S BLOCKS WITH SOLDER LUG CLIPS

Similar to Type T blocks above but with solder
terminals which are an integral part of the
clip. For 3AG and 8AG fuses.

Mounting Hole: .142"/. 147" dia.

Clip Material: 357 and 387 Series— Tin Plated
Spring Brass. 357(200) Series — Silver Plated
Beryllium Copper.

Size: Width: 1-5/8" (3AG), 1-3/8" (8AG). See
chart for length dimensions.

Recognized under the Components Program of
Underwriters Laboratories.

CLIPS

Mounting Hole: 3AG — .142"/. 147" dia. with
.295"/. 302" by 82°CS. 5AG — .171"/. 176" dia.
with .342"/. 349" x 82°CS.

Clip Material: 356 Series— Nickel Plated Spring
Brass. 359 and 556 Series — Silver Piated Beryl-
lium Copper.

Size: Width: 2-3/8" (3AG), 2-3/4" (5AG). See
chart for length dimensions. 356 Series is
Recognized under the Components Program of
Underwriters Laboratories.

No. of
Poles

Length

(Inches)

| For 3AG Fuses | For 8AG Fuses

Catalog

No.

Catalog

No.

Catalog

No.

1

1/2

350231*

357201

387001

2

1-1/8

350277*

357202

387002

3

1-3/4

357003

357203

387003

4

2-3/8

357004

357204

387004

5

3

357005

357205

387005

6

3-5/8

357006

357206

387006

7

4-1/4

357007

357207

387007

8

4-7/8

357008

357208

387008

9

5-1/2

357009

357209

387009

10

6-1/8

357010

357210

387010

11

6-3/4

357011

357211

387011

12

7-3/8

357012

357212

387012

No. of

! For 3AG Fuses

For 5AG Fuses

Poles

Length (In.)

Part No.

Length (In.)

Part No.

1

25/32

356001

27/32

556001

2

1-11/16

356002

1-13/16

556002

3

2-19/32

356003

2-25/32

556003

4

3-1/2

356004

3-3/4

556004

5

4-13/32

356005

4-23/32

556005

6

5-5/16

356006

5-11/16

556006

7

6-7/32

356007

6-21/32

556007

8

7-1/8

356008

7-5/8

556008

9

8-1/32

356009

8-19/32

556009

10

8-15/16

356010

9-9/16

556010

11

9-27/32

356011

10-17/32

556011

12

10-3/4

356012

11-1/2

556012

For 3AG block with silver plated beryllium copper,
change series number to 359.

* Note: #357001 and #357002 are provided with a
molded black phenolic base as shown below.

No. of Poles

Catalog No.

Width

1

357001

1/2"

2

357002

1-1/8"

2 mtg. holes
on 5/8" centers

TYPE a BLOCKS WITH Q.C. TERMINALS

Type Q Blocks with Q.C. Terminals. For 3AG
fuses. Mounting Hole: .142"/. 147" dia.

Clips.- Nickel Plated Spring Brass.

Terminals: Plated Brass.

Width: 1-5/8".

Recognized under the Components Program of
Underwriters Laboratories.

No. of
Poles

Length

(Inches)

Catalog Number

With 1/4"
Terminals

With 3/16"
Terminals

1

1/2

351101

351601

2

1-1/8

351102

351602

3

1-3/4

351103

351603

4

2-3/8

351104

351604

5

3

351105

351605

6

3-5/8

351106

351606

7

4-1/4

351107

351607

8

4-7/8

351108

351608

9

5-1/2

351109

351609

10

6-1/8

351110

351610

11

6-3/4

351111

351611

12

7-3/8

351112

351612

Note: The qick-connect fuse blocks shown below are
supplied with a molded black phenolic base.

No. of

Catalog Number

Poles

Width

1/4" Terminals

3/1 6" Terminals

1

1/2"

350329

350327

2

1-1/8" - 2
mtg. holes on
5/8" centers

350330

350328

LITTELFUSE, Inc. • Dept. EM, 800 E. Northwest Highway ° Des Plaines, IL 60016 ° (312) 824-1188

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1717

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

4300

L I T T E L F U S E CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES

OMNI-BLOK™ FUSE BLOCKS

For 3AG fuses. New, low profile fuse blocks with
"break-away” pole feature ... 12 pole units may
be broken apart as needed to obtain desired
number of poles. One piece-high amperage clip /
terminal eliminates resistance build-up and
allows operation at higher current levels than
previous designs.

Specifications: 354 (000) Series (Solder type
terminals); 30 amps, 300V. 354 (600) Series

@f 6 " Q.C. terminals); 20 amps, 300V. 354 (800)
Series (%" Q.C. terminals); 30 amps, 300V.

Materials: Clip/terminal; High tensile spring
brass, electro-tin plated. Base; Grey Polyester,
glass reinforced. UL-94V0 flammability rating.
Special Options: Standard color is gray. Contact
factory for special colors. Single pole units can
be supplied with anti-rotation boss. Contact
factory.

U.L. Recognized up to 30 amperes, 300V

3/16" Q.C. TERMINAL
#354601 -RD

1/4" Q.C. TERMINALS
#354801 -GY

SfantfarflTart Mumpers j

Number

of

Poles

Dimension “B”

Solder Type
Terminals (

3/16" Q.C. f
Terminals

1/4" Q.C.
Terminals *

Inches 1

mm

354001 -GY

35460f-ftY '

354801 -GY !

1

.50" ‘

12.7

354002-GY

354602-GY

354802-GY '

2

1.12"

28.4

354003-GY

354603-GY

354803-GY

3

1.75"

44.5

354004-GY

354604-GY

354804-GY ’

4

2.38"

60.5

354005-GY

354605-GY

354805-GY

5

3.00"

76.2

354006-GY

354606-GY

354806-GY

6

3.63"

92.2

354007-GY

354607-GY

354807-GY

7

4.25"

108

354008-GY

354608-GY

354808-GY

8

4.88"

124

354009-GY

354G09-GY

354809-GY

9

5.50"

139.7

354010-GY

35461 0-6Y

35481 0-GY

10

6.13"

155.7

35401 T-GY

354611 -GY

354811 -GY

11

6.75"

171.5

35401 2-GY

35461 2-GY

35481 2-GY

12

7.38"

187.5

P.C. BOARD FUSE CLIPS

FOR 1/4" DIAMETER FUSES

Cat. No.

Clip Material

Finish

Style

102071

Spring Brass

Tin Plated

Ear

102074

Spring Brass

Tin Plated

Earless

122083

Beryllium Copper

Silver Plated

Ear

122088

Beryllium Copper

Tin Plated

Ear

122087

Beryllium Copper

Silver Plated

Earless

Note: Spring brass clips are suitable for current
levels up to 15 amperes; beryllium copper clips up
to 30 amps.

P.C. BOARD FUSE CLIPS

BOWED TAB TYPE FOR 1/4" DIAMETER FUSES

Cat. No.

Clip Material

Finish

Style

102078

Spring Brass

Tin Plated

Earless

102079

Spring Brass

Tin Plated

Ear

P.C. BOARD FUSE CLIPS

LOW PROFILE TYPE FOR 1/4" DIAMETER FUSES

Cat. No.

Clip Material

Finish

Style

122090

Beryllium Copper

Silver Plated

Low Profile

102080

Spring Brass

Tin Plated

Low Profile

P.C. BOARD FUSE CLIPS

FOR 5mm DIAMETER FUSES

Cat. No.

Clip Material

Finish

Style

100054

Spring Brass

Silver Plated

Ear

100056

Spring Brass

Tin Plated

Ear

RIVET MOUNT FUSE CLIPS

EAR TYPE EARLESS TYPE

LUG TYPE

Be Cu*

Spring Brassf

Style

Fuse Div.

121001

101001

1/4"

123001

103001

9/32"

125001

105001

Ear

13/32"

127001

107001

9/16"

129001

109001

13/16"

121002

101002

1/4"

123002

104002

9/32"

125002

105002

Earless

13/32"

127002

107002

9/16"

129002

109002

13/16"

121004

101003$

Lug

1/4"

* Silver Plated. t Nickel Plated. $ Tin Plated.

LITTELFUSE, Inc. • Dept. EM, 800 E. Northwest Highway • Des Plaines, IL 60016 • (312) 824-1188

1*1718

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

4300

L I T T E L F U S E' CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES

3AG FUSEHOLDERS WITH SOLDER TYPE, %" OR QUICK-CONNECT TERMINALS

Extend only 1" behind panel. UL Recognized
and Certified by CSA.

KNURLED

KNOB

FLUTED

KNOB

SPECIFICATIONS

Electrical: Rated at 20 amperes for any voltage
up to 250V. Dielectric withstanding voltage ex-
ceeds 2400 volts.

Mounting: Withstands 15 pound/inch (1.69Nm)
mounting torque. Maximum panel thickness .18"
(4.8)

Molded Parts: Black thermoset

Ifnnh- Rawnnof c+wlo \*/ifh urhit-a InHnrinnr

Right Angle Terminal
SOLDER

Straight Bottom Terminal
SOLDER

Brass Terminals: Tin plated except !4" quick
connect terminals are nickel plated.

Hardware: Standard fuseholders supplied with a
neoprene washer and a hex nut unassembled.
Lockwasher (L) and drip-proof seal (P) variations
available by adding appropriate suffix letters
(L, P or PL) to catalog number.

RIGHT ANGLE TERMINAL STRAIGHT BOTTOM TERMINAL

Fluted

Knob

Knurled

Knob

Type of

Terminal

Fluted

Knob

Knurled

Knob

Type of
Terminal

342004

342022

Solder

342014

342012

Solder

342028

342048

Q.C.

342038

342058

Ks" Q.C.

342828

342848

V4" Q.C.

342838

342858

1 / 4 " Q.C.

SHOCK-SAFE FUSEHOLDERS FOR 3AG OR 5 x 20mm FUSES

Designed to meet IEC (International Electro-
technical Commission) specifications 65 and
257.

Eliminate possibility of electrical shock.
Bodies accept l A" x 114" or 5 x 20mm fuses
with use of appropriate knob.

U.L. Recognized. Certified by C.S.A.

SPECIFICATIONS

MOLDED PARTS

Body material: black phenolic

Knob material: grey or black polyester

Hex nut material: glass filled polycarbonate

KNOB

Finger grip or screwdriver slot types
Spring loaded, bayonet style
Fuse extractor
Nickel plated brass insert

TERMINALS

Electro tin plated brass

Accept solder or female connector

MOUNTING

Withstands 15 pound/ inch mounting torque
Maximum panel thickness: %"

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

300 volt rating 20 amperes max.

Insulation resistance: 10,000 megohm minimum
at 500 VDC

Contact Resistance: .005 ohms average at
20 millivolts

Dielectric strength: 4000 volts minimum

ENVIRONMENTAL

Ambient temperature: -40°C to +85°C
Vibration: 10-500 Hz, .03" constant amplitude
or 10 G's constant acceleration

LOW PROFILE HIGH PROFILE

FINGER GRIP

Suggested Mounting Hole

Metric dimensions shown in parentheses

Plastic Hex Nut with Flange

Optional Straight
Bottom Terminal

LOW PROFILE BODY
(with screwdriver slot knob)

L.F.

NO.

| Bottom Terminal

1/4" x 1-1/4"
Fuses

5mm x 20mm
Fuses

Right

Angle

Straight

345601

345621

X

345611

345631

X

Body only: #345601-010 (Rt. Angle)
#345611-010 (Straight) 1
Knob only: #345601-020 M" x H4")
#345621-020 (5 x 20mm)

HIGH PROFILE BODY
(with screwdriver slot knob)

L.F.

NO.

Bottom Terminal

1/4" x 1-1/4"
Fuses

5mm x 20mm
Fuses

Right

Angle

Straight

345602

345622

X

345612

345632

X

Body only: #345602-010 (Rt. Angle)
#345612-010 (Straight)
Knob only: #345601-020 (%" x 1 %")
#345621-020 (5 x 20mm)

FINGER GRIP BODY
(with finger grip knob)

L.F.

No.

Bottom Terminal

1/4" x 1-1/4"
Fuses

5mm x 20mm
Fuses

Right

Angle

Straight

345603

345623

X

345613

345633

X

Body only: #345603-010 (Rt. Angle)
#345613-101 (Straight)
Knob only: #345603-020 (%" x 1*4")
#345623-202 (5 x 20mm)

LITTELFUSE, Inc. • Dept. EM, 800 E. Northwest Highway • Des Plaines, IL 60016 * (312) 824-1188

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1719

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.)

4300

LITTELFUSE CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES

LOW PROFILE FUSEHOLDERS
348 (000) SERIES

Snap into panel. Eliminate need for mounting
hardware. Square cap design and choice of cap
and bezel colors. 3/16" or 1/4" Q.C. terminals.
Indicating Type has standard body and bezel in
black -—other bezel colors to special order.
U.L. Recognized and Certified by CSA.

SPECIFICATIONS

Molded Parts: Body - Phenolic Resin. Cap -High
temperature thermoplastic.

Terminals: One piece-brass-Electro-tin plated.
Electrical Characteristics: 348 series; Rated at
15 amps for any voltage to 250. 344 Series:
Rated at 15 amps to maximum lamp voltage.
Dielectric withstanding voltage between ter-
minals and terminals to ground at room tem-
perature and 90% R.H. exceeds 1,500 volts.

Vibration: Withstands 10-55 Hz at .06" double
amplitude.

Mechanical Shock: Withstands 50G for 11 milli-
seconds duration.

Mounting: .625" sq. hole in 1/32" through
1/8" thick chassis panel.

MOUNTING HOLE

HOW TO ORDER

LOW PROFILE FUSEHOLDERS

The six digit catalog number is a coded descrip-
tion of the finished unit. To specify type re-
quired, select appropriate code numbers from
chart below. To order a cap assembly only for
3AG fuses, use 348 series numbers and insert a
“0” in the terminal style and bezel color loca-
tions. To order a body assembly only, use 348
series number and insert a "0” in the cap color
location.

SIX DIGIT CATALOG NUMBERS CONSIST OF

Series No. Termin al Style Beze l Color Cap Col or

1 Red 1

2 Green 2

3 Yellow 3

4 Blue 4

5 White 5

7 Black 7

9 Grey 9

For example: 348615 is a holder with Ke" terminals,
red bezel and white cap.

348 For 3AG Fuses

6 3/16" Wide Terminals
8 1/4" Wide Terminals

INDICATING LOW PROFILE FUSEHOLOER
(344 600 AND 344 800 SERIES)

Specifications: See above.

HOWTO ORDER LOW PROFILE
INDICATING FUSEHOLDERS

With 3/16" terminals

Catalog

Number

Lamp

Type

Lamp

Volt-

age

Lamp

Current

Resis-

tor

Lens

Color

344601

Incandescent

6

40 mA

No .

Amber

344602

Incandescent!

14

80 mA

No

Amber

344603

Incandescent

28

40 mA

No

Amber

344604

Neon

120

1.2 mA

Yes

Clear

344605

Neon

240

.3 mA

Yes

Clear

Note: To order holder with 1/4" terminals, change
the 6 to 8. Example: 344 801.

3AG INDICATING FUSEHOLDERS

For visual indication of blown fuse. Two lens
styles available. U.L. Recognized.

SPECIFICATIONS

Molded Parts: Black phenolic.

Hardware: Hexagon Nut; Steel, zinc chromate
conversion coated. Washer; oil resistant rubber.
Knob: Extractor type, bayonet lock, knob of
transparent high density styrene.

PANEL FUSEHOLDER FOR
13/32" DIAMETER FUSES #571007

Up

Versatile fuseholder for 13/32" diameter fuses
with lengths from 1-3/8" to 1-1/2". Minimum
rear panel projection, 3/4" spacing between
mounting flange and terminals to accommodate
even the thickest panels. Recessed side ter-
minal for additional shock-safe characteristics.
For watertight version, order #571007P. U.L.
Recognized and Certified by CSA.

Terminals: Brass, electro tin-plated.
Electrical Characteristics: 20 amp-250V.

344(000) SERIES

?<|max with fuse inse«teo

344(400) SERIES

200 to
250V

100 to
125V

16 to
32V

7 to
16V

2.5 to

7V

Neon

Neon

Incan-

descent

28V

Incan-

descent

14V

Incan-

descent

6 V

.002 Amp

.002 Amp

.04 Amp

.08 Amp

.20 Amp

Clear

Knob

Clear

Knob

Amber

Knob

Amber

Knob

Amber

Knob

344 (600) SERIES

344 250

344125

344 024

344 012

344 006

344 250A

344125A

344 024A

344 012A

344 006A

344 (400) SERIES

344 405

344 404

344 403

344 402

344 401

344 40 5 A

344 404A

344 403A

344 402A

344 401 A

Note: All holders furnished with rubber washer, hex
nut, lock-washer, and O-Ring (for drip-proof applica-
tion, if required). Part numbers with suffix A are
packaged in individual bags. All others are shipped
bulk. Resistor is furnished with lamp.

STANDARD MOUNTING LOW PROFILE MOUNTING

(FLANGE IN FRONT OF PANEL) (FLANGE BEHIND PANEL)

SPECIFICATIONS

Molded Parts: Black Phenolic.

Knob: Spring-loaded, extractor type, knurled for
finger grip. Threaded nickel-plated, brass insert.
Watertight O-ring seal provided with model
571007P. White markings.

Terminals: Side terminal, electro tin-plated
brass. End terminal electro tin-plated brass with
elongated 1/8" hole (5/32" long). Terminals
will accept solder or 1/4" female connector.
Electrical Characteristics: Rated at 30 amps for
any voltage up to 600. Dielectric withstanding
voltage greater than 2400V. Contact resistance
less than 0.004 ohms when checked in accord-
ance with MIL-STD-202, method 307.

LITTELFUSE, Inc. • Dept. EM V 800 E. Northwest Highway • Des Plaines, IL 60016 • (312) 824-1188

1*1720

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

r.r.M

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (P2, 2 # 2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

4300

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.!

4300

Protection For

Signal/Data/ Telephone Lines

RS-232, RS-422, RS-423, 20ma loops, Modems

DLP-3: RS232 Protection

Designed to provide complete protection for com-
puters and terminals. RS232 connectors make in-
stallation easy, taking minutes for non-technical
personnel. Pins 2, 3, 7, and 20 are protected.

DLP-4: Modem Protection

Dial-up protection unit puts an end to downtime
and costly equipment failure for dial-up modems
and CPU’s. Compatible with RJ11 and RJ45
telephone jacks.

DLP-5

DLP-5: Video Cable Protector

Prevents coaxial cable from transmitting damag-
ing transients to sensitive loads. Using isolated
BNC connectors, the DLP-5 shunts damaging
transients from the cable shield and center con-
ductor to earth ground. Ideal for communications
protection where wide baud width (to 20 mhz) is de-
sired. The DLP-5 protects one circuit.

DLP-10: Multiple Protection

Gives protection for 2 wires or 1
twisted pair circuit. Case or last
terminal provides ground point.
Protection available for RS232,
20ma loops, etc.

DLP-36: PABX Protection

Provides protection for PABX,
modems, micro processors,
CPU’s, and terminals when many
data lines are involved. Can pro-
tect up to 50 individual wires or 25
circuit pairs. Protection for
RS232, 20ma loops, etc.

MCE

ELECTRONICS, INC.

160 BROOK AVENUE
DEPT. 30809

DEER PARK, NEW YORK 11729
(516) 586-5125 • TELEX 645518

DLP-40: Rack Mounted
Protection

Independent protection for up to
20 terminals or printers per
system.

Plug-in protection cards for all ap-
plications, such as RS-232, -422,
-423, 20ma loops, etc.

Can protect up to 100 individual
lines per system.

Ideal for data logging, monitoring
complex instrumentation.
Protects computer main frames.

Protecting industry since 1967

1-1722

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

PROTECTIVE COMPONENTS (FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ETC.

Protection For AC Power Lines

Facility Protection

Surge- Master Heavy Duty Power Line Protectors give complete
protection against all transients.

All computers and computer-based systems are vulnerable to transients on AC
power lines caused by heavy motors starting up, power company load adjust-
ments, welding operations-and, of course, lightning. Even if your equipment
operates from batteries charged by a UPS, you’re not safe. If lightning knocked
out your UPS, how long could you keep going?

The MCG Surge-Master offers two stage protection. The first reacts in nano-
seconds to absorb lesser transients and the leading edges of major ones. The sec-
ond stage absorbs the big ones and has three modules on each line. So, in the un-
likely event that one module should be knocked out, there are still two protecting
you. And a system of indicator lights tells you not only when a fault has occurred,
but exactly where it is. Modular construction makes replacement of damaged
modules quick and easy. Initial installation requires minimal power interruption.

Available with capabilities from 100 to 3000 amps, for 120, 240, and 480 VAC, and
for single, 3 phase, wye and delta power systems.

Computer Grade Protection

The MCG 5000 Series keeps “transients” and “noise” from
damaging sensitive electronic equipment.

The 5000 Series offers moderate cost, high performance protection for
computers, mini-computers, and other sensitive electronic equipment
against power line noise and destructive high voltage surges, spikes,
and transients.

“Transients” are caused by lightning, heavy machinery, elevators, even electric office equipment or fluorescent lights
being turned on or off. (“Noise is a rapid series of small transients caused by radio-frequency or electromagnetic in-
terference.”) Strong transients can knock your equipment out, lesser ones make it lose data and give garbled informa-
tion. Even those having no noticeable effect damage the IC’s in your equipment, ultimately causing it to fail.

The 5000 Series combines filtering (50db/500kz) and substantial suppression of high energy transients in a variety of
protectors that respond in less than 5 nanoseconds, and have 320 joule energy handling capability. These units are
suitable for operation on 120VAC to 480VAC,to 40 Amps.

If It’s Worth Protecting, It’s Worth A P210

• A lot of protectors look like the P210

• Many claim to protect like the P210

• None, in fact, are like the P210

Designed to keep “transients and noise” from damaging sensitive electronic equip-
ment, the Line-Master™, Model P210 employs a sophisticated combination of brute
force surge protection and impulse filtering. The P210 reacts in 5 nanoseconds, has an
energy absorption capability of 160 joules, and resets automatically when the transient
has passed. In use, it is simply plugged into any AC outlet, and the equipment plugged
into it. Rated at 117VAC and lOAmps, the P210 converts your AC wall outlet into a
“dedicated line”. The P210 sells for $147 each, delivery is stock to 2 weeks.

Other models are available for installation in cabinets or equipment racks to protect
one piece or multiple equipment simultaneously.

Protecting Industry Since 1967.

ELECTRONICS, INC.
160 BROOK AVENUE
DEPT. 30909
DEER PARK, NEW YORK 11729
(516) 586-5125 • TELEX 645518

m

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1723

4500

RELAYS

4500

There’s a lot of
competition out there
for your relay busi-
ness. For a company to be
successful in this field, it has
to do business in a special
way. By delivering a quality
product with built-in reliability,
price and service.

Fujitsu relays have it all. Our re-
lays meet or surpass the quality of
those made by the competition.
They’re built to do a job and do it
right. And Fujitsu relays are com-
patible with most relays on the
market.

As far as service, Fujitsu considers
it a point of pride, as well as good
business to cater to your com-
pany’s needs before, during and

after the
sale is made.
Fujitsu design en-
gineers have developed a
complete line of all the most popu-
lar relays in use today. A supply of
these standard relays is always
readily available. We also offer a
customizing service where we work
with your engineers to design re-
lays tailored specifically to your
needs.

Our warehouse Is stocked to sup-
ply your company with samples of
our fine products. Quantity orders
come directly from the factory. And

Fujitsu can match
the lead time for
processing and ship-
ping from any source.

Pricewise, you’ll find
Fujitsu relays cost the same or
less than the competition, leaving
little reason not to try us.

For general purpose to flat
package relays, for Mercury-
wetted contacts to molded inline
package (regular reed) and DIPs
(latched reed), it pays to switch to
Fujitsu where quality, reliability,
price and service are part of our
product.

For more information on our
superior components, call or write
us today.

IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIH^ FUJITSU AMERICA. INC.

FUJITSU Component Sales Division

918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044
(312) 295-2610, Telex: 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

1*1724

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1725

Manufacturer

American Zettler

AET (Applied Electro Technology)

Aromat

Robert Bosch

Clare/General Inst.

Communications Instruments

Computer Components

Coto Corp.

Crouzet

Deltrol

Diversified Electronics

Electronic Specialty
Elec-Trol

Essex Control/Stancor
Fifth Dimension
Fujitsu

General Electric
Gordos Arkansas
Gould
Grayhill

Guardian California

Hamlin

Hasco

Iskra

ITT Components
ITT Jennings
Kilovac

Magnecraft

Midtex (Midland Ross)
Omron
Opto 22
Ross Eng.

Voltage Sensing

4500

RELAYS

4500

GENERAL PURPOSE RELAYS

On the following pages you'll find sum-
mary specifications for our most pop-
ular relays. For additional technical
information on these relays, or those
marked (*), which are not covered
here, call (800) 854-8474. In California
call (714) 540-4190. For ordering infor-
mation, call our local sales office listed
in the eem yellow section.

ss.SfV,

3 «j" -

All listed data are for the type with the minimum number of contacts.
For more detailed information, request individual data sheets.

1*1726

“It 's a better relay”

AMERICAN ZETTLER, INC.

16881 Hale Avenue, Irvine, California 92714 (714) 540-4190 • Telex 67-8472

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

FROM AMERICAN ZETTLER

* Higher coil resistances or sensitive version available.

EEM 1983

"It’s a better relay”

AMERICAN ZETTLER, INC.

16881 Hale Avenue, Irvine, California 92714 (714) 540-4190 • Telex 67-8472

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1727

4500

RELAYS

4500

SERIES AZ 3

SPDT Contacts to 10 Amps

L: 1.21"
W: 0.75"
H: 1.16"

FEATURES

• Compact Size

• Coils to 48 VDC

90 *

• Contacts Rated at 3, 5, or TO Amps

• Life Expectancy 200,000 Operations

• PC Board Mounting

• UL File #E43203

Contact Arrangement:
Contact Rating:

Light Duty:

Medium Duty:

Heavy Duty:

Contact Material:

Operate Time:
Release Time:
Dielectric Strength:
Coil Power

At Pick Up Voltage
(typical):

Max. Continuous
Dissipation:

Life Expectancy:

SPDT (1 Form C)

Noninductive load

Max. switched power: 90 W or 360 VA
Max. switched current: 3 Amps
Max. switched voltage: 150 VDC or VAC
Max. switched power: 150 W or 600 VA
Max. switched current: 5 Amps
Max. switched voltage: 150 VDC or VAC
Max. switched power: 280 W or 1200 VA
Max. switched current: 10 Amps
Max. switched voltage: 150 VDC or VAC
Light Duty: Silver-Nickel, gold plated
Medium Duty: Silver-Nickel alloy
Heavy Duty: Silver-Nickel alloy
20 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)

20 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)

1500 Vrms; 750 Vrms contact to contact

Light and Medium Duty: 70 mW
Heavy Duty: 150 mW

2 Wat 20°C (68°F) ambient
Mechanical: 5 million operation
Electrical *

Light Duty: 2x10 5 @ 3 A, 28 VDC/120 VAC
Medium Duty: 2x10 5 @ 5 A, 28 VDC/120 VAC
Heavy Duty: 2x10 s @ 10 A, 28 VDC/120 VAC

RELAY ORDERING DATA

STANDARD RELAYS: LIGHT DUTY TYPE (3 Amp Contact) |

COIL SPECIFICATIONS S

Order

Number

List

Price

Nominal

Coil

VDC

Max.

Continuous

VDC

Coil

Resistance

±10%

Must

Operate

VDC

6

20

350

4.8

AZ 3-1-C-6D

2.50

12

40

1,400

9.6

AZ 3-1C-12D

2.50

24

80

5,600

19.2

AZ3-1C-24D

2.60

48

157

21,500

38.4-

AZ 3-1C-48D

2.95

STANDARD RELAYS: MEDIUM DUTY TYPE (5 Amp Contact) i

! COIL SPECIFICATIONS |

Nominal

Max.

Coil

Must

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

VDC

Number

Price

6

20

350

4.8

AZ 3-1CH-60

2.70

12

40

1,400

9.6

AZ 3-1CH-12D

2.70

24

80

5,600

19.2

AZ 3-1CH-24D

2.80

48

157

21,500

38.4

AZ 3-1CH-48D

3.15

STANDARD RELAYS: HEAVY DUTY TYPE (10 Amp Contact) \

COIL SPECIFICATIONS i

Nominal

Max.

Coil

Must

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

VDC

Number

Price

6

14

164

4.8

AZ 3-1CT-6D

2.90

12

28

660

9.6

AZ 3-1 CT-12D

2.90

24

54

2,500

19.2

AZ 3-1 CT-24D

3.00

48

107

9,900

38.4

AZ 3*1 CT-48D

3.35

1. All values at 20°C

SERIES AZ4

SPDT Up to 5 Amp Contacts

L: 0.866"
W: 0.635"
H: 0.640"

FEATURES

• Subminiature Size

• DC Coils to 48 VDC

• PC Board Terminals

• Extremely Low Cost

• 3 and 5 Amp Contacts

• Rugged Construction for High Reliability

• UL File #E4421 1 ; CSA File #LR36664

Contact Arrangement:
Contact Rating:

Light Duty:

Heavy Duty:

Contact Material:

Life Expectancy:

Contact Resistance
(typical):

Operate Time:
Release Time:
Dielectric Strength:

Coil Power

At Pick Up Voltage
(typical):

Max. Continuous
Dissipation:

SPDT (1 Form C)

Noninductive load

Max. switched power: 90 W or 360 VA

Max. switched current: 3 Amps

Max. switched voltage: 60 VDC or 250 VAC

Max. switched power: 150 W or 600 VA

Max. switched current: 5 Amps

Max. switched voltage: 60 VDC or 250 VAC

Light Duty: Silver Alloy

Heavy Duty: Silver cadmium oxide

Mechanical: 10 million operations

Electrical: 10 s operations at rated load

50 milliohms initially

6 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)

2 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)
Contact to contact: 750 Vrms
Contact to coil: 1500 Vrms

230 mW

1.6 W @ 20°C (68°F) ambient

RELAY ORDERING DATA

| LIGHT DUTY (3 Amp Contact) f

| COIL SPECIFICATIONS f

Order

Number

List

Price

Nominal

Coil

VDC

Max.

Continuous

VDC

Coil

Resistance
±1 0%

Must

Operate

VDC

5

6.5

70

4.0

AZ 4-1C-5D

1.90

6

7.8

100

4.8

AZ 4-1C-6D

1.90

12

15.6

400

9.6

AZ 4-1C-12D

1.90

24

31.2

1,600

19.2

AZ 4-1C-24D

1.90

48

62.4

6,400

38.4

AZ 4-1C-48D

2.30

| HEAVY DUTY (5 Amp Contact) |

i ‘ COIL SPECIFICATIONS j

.

Nominal

Max.

Coil

Must

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

VDC

Number

Price

5

6.5

70

4.0

AZ 4-1GH-5D

2.10

6

7.8

100

4.8

AZ 4-1CH-6D

2.10

12

15.6

400

9.6

AZ 4-1CH-12D

2.10

24

31.2

1,600

19.2

AZ 4-1CH-24D

2.10

48

62.4

6,400

38.4

. AZ 4-1CH-48D

2.50

"It's a better relay"

AMERICAN ZETTLER, INC.

16881 Hale Avenue, Irvine, California 92714 (714) 540-4190 • Telex 67-8472

1*1728

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

SERIES AZ 7 SERIES AZ 820

DPDT, 4PDT Dry Circuit to 2 Amp Contacts DPDT, Up to 2 Amps Bifurcated Contact

2 POLE
L: 1.200"

W: 0.826"

H: 0.458"

4 POLE
L: 1.200"

W: 0.965"

H: 0.458"

FEATURES

• Low Profile For Compact Board Spacing

• DC Coils to 48 VDC

• Life Expectancy to 100 Million Operations

• Standard PC 0.2" Grid Spacing

• Contact Resistance Less Than 50 Millioms

• Welded Bifurcated Contacts

• Both Form C and Form D Contacts Available

• Epoxy Sealed “Process-Proof” Version Available

• UL File #E43203; CSA File #LR36664

• Meets FCC 1500V Surge Requirement

Contact Arrangement:

Contact Rating:

Life Expectancy:

Contact Resistance:

Operate Time:
Release Time:
Dielectric Strength

(initial):

Coil Power

At Pick Up Voltage
(typical):

Max. Continuous
Dissipation:

DPDT (2 Form C) bifurcated
4PDT (4 Form C) bifurcated
Form D also available
Noninductive load — Form C contact
2 Amp @ 30 VDC
0.5 Amp @ 125 VAC

Other material available upon request
Mechanical: 100 million operations
Electrical: Unsealed Sealed

1 A @26 VDC 5x1 0 6 ops 10 6 ops

2 A @ 26 VDC 10 6 ops 2x10 s ops
50 milliohms initially

200 milliohms at end of life

10 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)

4 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)
1000 Vrms; 1000 Vrms across contact gap;
1500 Vrms contact to coil

2 pole: 190 mW

4 pole: 310 mW

1.6 W @ 20°C (68°F) ambient

1.2 W @ 40°C (105°F) ambient

RELAY ORDERING DATA

I STANDARD RELAYS: 2 FORM C (DPDT) CONTACTS (Unsealed) S

COIL SPECIFICATIONS !

Order

Number

List

Price

Nominal

Coil

VDC

Max.

Continuous

VDC

Coil

Resistance

±10%

Must

Operate

VDC

5

11

90

3.6

AZ 7-2C-5D

4.40

6

13

137

4.2

AZ 7-2C-6D

4.40

12

26

500

8.4

AZ 7-2C-12D

4.40

24

52

2,000

16.8

AZ 7-2C-24D

4.40

48

97

7,000

33.6

AZ7-2C-48D

4.90

STANDARD RELAYS: 2 FORM C (DPDT) CONTACTS (Sealed) \

5

11

90

4.0

AZ 7-2C-5DE

5.00

6

13

137

4.8

AZ7-2C-5DE

5.00

12

26

500

9.6

AZ 7-2C-12DE

5.00

24

52

2,000

19.2

AZ7-2C-24DE

5.00

48

97

7,000

38.4

AZ 7-2C-48DE

5.55

STANDARD RELAYS: 4 FORM C (4PDT) CONTACTS (Unsealed) |

COIL SPECIFICATIONS |

Nominal

Max.

Coil

Must

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

VDC

Number

Price

5

8

53

3.6

AZ7-4C-5D

5.30

6

11

90

4.2

AZ 7-4C-6D

5.30

12

21

330

8.4

AZ 7-4C-12D

5.30

24

40

1,200

16.8

AZ 7-4C-24D

5.30

48

72

4,200

33.6

AZ 7-4C-48D

5.90

STANDARD RELAYS: 4 FORM C (4PDT) CONTACTS (Sealed) j

5

8

53

4.0

AZ 7-4C-5DE

5.90

6

11

90

4.8

AZ 7-4C-6DE -

5,90

12

21

330

9.6

AZ 7-4C-1 2DE

5.90

24

40

1,200

19.2

AZ 7-4C-24DE

5.90

48

72

4,200

38.4

AZ 7-4C-48DE

6.55

DIP PACKAGE
L: 0.820"

W: 0.420"

H: 0.455"

FEATURES

o Low Profile for Compact Board Spacing
• DC Coils to 48 VDC
o Life Expectancy to 10 Million Operations
® Standard PC 0.1" Grid Terminal Spacing
® Fits Standard 16 Pin 1C Socket

® Epoxy Sealed for Automatic Wave Soldering and Cleaning

Contact Arrangement:
Contact Rating:

Contact Material:
Life Expectancy:

Dielectric Strength

(initial) :

Contact Resistance
(typical):

Operate Time:
Release Time:

Coil Power

At Pick Up Voltage
(typical):

Max. Continuous
Dissipation:
Temperature Rise:

DPDT (2 Form C)

Bifurcated Contact
Noninductive load

Max. switched power: 30 W or 60 VA

Max. switched current: 2 Amps

Max. switched voltage: 150 VDC or VAC

Silver alloy, gold plated

Silver palladium, gold plated upon request

Mechanical: 10 million operations

Electrical: 5x10 s @ 1 A, 30 VDC

2x iu ; '{cy 0.5 A, 120 VAC

1200 Vrms; 500 Vrms between open contacts

50 milliohms initially

200 milliohms at end of life

5 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)

2 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical with no
coil suppression)

250 mW

1.05 mW @ 20°C (68°F) ambient
0.84 W @ 40°C (105°F) ambient
95°C per Watt (typical)

RELAY ORDERING DATA

STANDARD RELAYS: 2 FORM C (DPDT) f

COIL SPECIFICATIONS |

Order

Number

List

Price

Nominal

Coil

VDC

Max.

Continuous

VDC

Coil

Resistance

±10%

Must

Operate

VDC

5

6.8

45

3.7

AZ 820-2C-5DE

3.30

6

8.2

66

4.5

AZ 820-2C-6DE

3.30

12

16.4

280

9.0

AZ 820-2C-12DE

3.30

24

32.4

1,070

18.0

AZ 820-2C-24DE

3.30

48

61.5

4,000

36.0

AZ 82G-2C-48DE

3.55

" It's a better relay"

AMERICAN ZE TYLER, INC.

16881 Hale Avenue, Irvine, California 92714 (714) 540-4190 • Telex 67-8472

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1729

4500

RELAYS

4500

SERIES AZ8

Epoxy Sealed SPDT Up to 6 Amps

L: 0.83"
W: 0.63"
H: 0.56"

FEATURES

• Subminiature Size

• Coils to 48 VDC

• Epoxy Sealed for Automatic Wave Soldering

• Contacts Rated at 3 or 6 Amps

• Life Expectancy to 20 Million Operations

• Extremely Low Cost

• UL File #E44211; CSA File #LR36664

• Suitable for Class B Applications

SERIES AZ 2530

Epoxy Sealed Dry Nitrogen Filled SPDT
Low Level to 2 Amp Contacts

L: 1.090"
W: 0.593"
H: 0.445"

FEATURES

• Airtight Seal for Automatic Wave Soldering and Cleaning

• Punch Out Tab Provides “breathing” Hole After Cleaning

• Welded Return Spring Stabilizes. Contact Resistance

• Low Profile for Compact Board Spacing

• DC Coils to 48 VDC

• Life Expectancy to 10 Million Operations

• Standard PC 0.1" Grid Terminal Spacing

• UL File #E43203; CSA File #LR36664

Contact Arrangement:
Contact Rating:

Light Duty:

Heavy Duty:

Contact Material:
Life Expectancy:

Operate Time:
Release Time:

Dielectric Strength:

SPDT (1 Form C)

Resistive load

Max. switched power: 100 W or 600 VA
Max. switched current: 3 Amps
Max. switched voltage: 30 VDC/300 VAC
U.L. Rating: 2 A @ 28 VDC or 120/300 VAC;

i/ 8 HP @ 120 VAC; Standard Pilot
Duty @ 120/240 VAC
Max. switched power: 170 W or 1800 VA
Max. switched current: 6 amps
Max. switched voltage: 30 VDC/300 VAC
U.L. Rating: 6 A @ 28 VDC or 120/300 VAC;

i/a HP @ 120 VAC; Standard Pilot
Duty @ 120/240 VAC
Light Duty: Fine silver, gold plated
Heavy Duty: Silver nickel, gold plated
Mechanical: 20 million operations
Electrical '

Light Duty: 1x10 s — 3 A 120 VAC
5x10 s — 3 A 24 VDC

Heavy Duty: 1x10 s — 6 A 24 VDC or 120 VAC
5 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)

3 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical with no
coil suppression)

750 Vrms contact to contact
2000 Vrms contact to coil

Coil Power

At Pick Up Voltage 210 mW
(typical):

Max. Continuous 1.5 W @ 20°C (68°F) ambient
Dissipation:

Temperature Rise: 75°C per Watt (typical)

RELAY ORDERING DATA

| STANDARD RELAYS: LIGHT DUTY (3 Amp Contact) !

| COIL SPECIFICATIONS

Unsealed

Epoxy Sealed

Nom.

Coil

VDC

Max.

Continuous

VDC

Coil

Resistance

±10%

Must

Operate

VDC

Order

Number / ;

List

Price

Order

Number

List

Price

5

8.3

56

3.25

AZ 8-1C-5D

2.20

AZ 8-1C-5DE

2.50

6

9.9

80

3.90

AZ 8-1 C-6D

2.20

AZ 8-1C-6DE

2.50

12

19.8

320

7.80

AZ 8-1C-12D

2.20

AZ8-1C-12DE

2.50

24

39.6

1280

15.60

AZ 8-1 C-24D

2.30

AZ 8-1 C-24DE

2.60

48

79.2

3800

28.80

AZ 8-1C-48D

2.70

AZ 8-1C-48DE

3.00

| STANDARD RELAYS: HEAVY DUTY (6 Amp Contact) j

5

8.3

56

3.25

AZ 8-1CH-5D

2.35

AZ 8-1CH-5DE

2.65

6

9.9

80

3.90

AZ 8-1CH-6D

2.35

AZ 8-1CH-6DE

2.65

12

19.8

320

7.80

AZ 8-1CH-12D

2.35

AZ 8-1CH-12DE

2.65

24

39.6

1280

15.60

AZ 8-1CH-24D

2.45

AZ 8-1CH-24DE

2.75

48

79.2

3800

28.80

AZ 8-1CH-48D

2.85

AZ 8-1CH-48DE

3.15

| SENSITIVE RELAYS: LIGHT DUTY (3 Amp Contact) j

5

9.8

80

3.25

AZ 8-1C-5DS

2.40

AZ 8-1 C-5DSE

2.70

6

11.7

110

3.90

AZ 8-1C-6DS

2.40

AZ 8-1 C-6DSE

2.70

12

23.4

440

7.80

AZ 8-1C-12DS

2.40

AZ 8-1C-120SE

2.70

24

46.8

1780

15.60

AZ 8-1 C-24DS

2.50

AZ 8-1 C-24DSE

2.80

| SENSITIVE RELAYS: HEAVY DUTY (6 Amp Contact) j

5

9.8

80

3.25

AZ 8-1CH-5DS

2.55

AZ 8-1CH-5DSE

2.85

6

11.7

110

3.90

AZ 8-1CH-6DS

2.55

AZ 8-1CH-6DSE

2.85

12

23.4

440

7.80

AZ 8-1CH-120S

2.55

AZ 8-1CH-12DSE

2.85

24

46.8

1780

15.60

AZ 8-1CH-24DS

2.65

AZ 8-1CH-24DSE

2.95

Contact Arrangement:
Contact Rating:

Light Duty:

Medium Duty:

Life Expectancy:

Contact Resistance:
Operate Time:
Release Time:
Dielectric Strength:

Coil Power

At Pick Up Voltage
(typical):

Max. Continuous
Dissipation:
Temperature Rise:

SPDT (1 Form C)

Noninductive load
Fine silver gold plated

1 Amp @ 26 VDC
0.5 Amp @ 115 VAC
Silver cadmium oxide

2 Amp @ 26 VDC

1 Amp @ 115 VAC
Mechanical: 10 million operations
Electrical: 1x106 — 1 A 26 VDC
50 milliohms max. initially

5 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)

6 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)
Contact to contact: 500 Vrms
Contact to coil: 500 Vrms
Sensitive type: 80 mW

Light duty type: 125 mW
Medium duty type: 250 mW
1.6 W @ 20°C (68°F) ambient
1.2 W @ 40°C (105°F) ambient
55°C (130°F) per watt (typical)

RELAY ORDERING DATA

| STANDARD RELAYS: LIGHT DUTY TYPE (1 Amp Contact) |

| COIL SPECIFICATIONS |

Epoxy Sealed

Nominal

Coil

VDC,

Max.

Continuous

VDC

Coil

Resistance

±10%

Must

Operate

VDC

Order

Number

List

Price

5

9.5

64

3.75

AZ 2530-12-1

3.75

6

11.0

90

4.5

AZ 2530-11-1

3.75

12

21.0

310

9.0

AZ 2530-08-1

3.75

24

37.0

950

18.0

AZ 2530-06-1

4.00

. 48

80.0

4,500

36.0

AZ 2530-04-1

4.60

STANDARD RELAYS: MEDIUM DUTY TYPE (2 Amp Contacts) |

COIL SPECIFICATIONS

Epoxy Sealed

Nominal

Max.

Coil

Must

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

VDC

Number

Price

5

7.1

35

3.75

AZ 2530-14-2

3.85

6

9.5

47

4.5

AZ 2430-13-2

3.85

12

17.0

200

9.0

AZ 2530-09-2

3.85

24

37.0

950

18.0

AZ 2530-06-2

4.15

48

66.0

3,000

36.0

AZ 2530-045-2

4.75

SENSITIVE RELAYS: 1 Amp Contacts !

COIL SPECIFICATIONS

Epoxy Sealed

Nominal

Max.

Coil

Must

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

Current (mA)

Number

Price

5

21

310

16.0

AZ 2530-08-52

6.00

12

42

1,250

8.9

AZ 2530-56-52

6.15

24

66

3,000

6.1

AZ 2530-45-52

6.80

48

143

14,000

2.7

AZ 2530-03-52.

8.20

Other coil resistances, sensitivities, and contact material available upon
request. Please consult factory for additional information.

“It’s a better relay ”

AMERICAN ZETTLER, INC.

16881 Hale Avenue, Irvine, California 92714 (714) 540-4190 • Telex 67-8472

1*1730

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

SERIES AZ690

SERIES AZ 7 30

Single Pole — 10 Amp
High Dielectric — 4000 Vrms
Complete International Approvals

• Isolation Spacing Greater Than 8mm

• Dielectric Strength 4000 Vrms Coil to Contact

• Approvals/Standards Include UL, CSA, VDE, IEC, CEE,
SEMKO

• Single Pole — Forms A, B, C Available

• 10 Amp Switching

• Life Expectancy to 30 Million Operations

• Thinpak Version Less Than .500" High

• Slimpak™ Version Saves Board Space

• Epoxy Sealed Version for Automatic Wave Soldering
and Cleaning

• UL File #E44211; CSA File #LR36664;

VDE41 20-4940-4001 /A1

Double Pole — 8 Amp

High Dielectric — 4000 Vrms

Complete International Approvals

L: 1.230"
W: 0.535"
H: 1.040"

FEATURES

© Dielectric Strength 4000 Vrms Coil to Contact
© Isolation Spacing Greater Than 8mm
o Approvals/Standards Include UL, CSA, VDE, IEC, CEE,
SEMKO

© Double Pole — Forms A, B, C Available
© 8 Amp Switching

• Life Expectancy to 30 Million Operations
© Slimpak™ Version Saves Board Space

• Epoxy Sealed Version for Automatic Wave Soldering and
cleaning

© UL File #E44211; CSA File #LR36664;

VDE41 20-4940-4002/ A1

Contact Arrangement:
Contact Rating:

Contact Material:
Life Expectancy:

Contact Resistance:

Operate Time:
Release Time:

Coil Power

At Pick Up Voltage
(typical):

Max. Continuous
Dissipation:
Temperature Rise:
Coil Temperature:
Dielectric Strength
(initial) :

SPDT (1 Form C) ; other forms optional
Resistive load

Max. switched power: 300 W or 2000 VA
Max. switched current: 10 Amp, 64 Amp for
2 msec

Max. switched voltage: 150 VDC or 250 VAC
U.L. Rating: 10 Amp @ 24 VDC or 115 VAC
1/4 HP 120 VAC Motor Load
Silver cadmium oxide
Mechanical: 30 million operations
Electrical: 10 s @ 10 Amp, 30 VDC
2x10 s @ 10 Amp, 115 VAC or 8 Amp 220 VAC
100 milliohms max. initially
200 milliohms at end of life
6 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)

4 ms at nominal coil voltage

(typical wtih no coil suppression)

350 mW

1.9 W @ 20°C (68°F) ambient
1.45 W @ 40°C (105°F) ambient
42°C (108°F) per Watt (typical)

Max. 105°C (220°F)

4000 Vrms Coil to Contact
1000 Vrms between open contact

Contact Arrangement:
Contact Rating:

Contact Material:
Life Expectancy:

Contact Resistance:

Operate Time:
Release Time:

Dielectric Strength:

Coil Power

At Pick Up Voltage
(typical):

Max. Continuous
Dissipation:
Temperature Rise:
Coil Temperature:

DPDT (2 Form C); other forms optional
Resistive load ’

Max. switched power: 240 W or 1500 VA
Max. switched current: 8 Amp, 51 Amp for 2 ms
Max. switched voltage: 150 VDC or 250 VAC
U.L. Rating: 8 Amp @ 24 VDC or 115 VAC
i/s HP 120 VAC Motor Load
Silver cadmium oxide
Mechanical: 30 million operations
Electrical: 10 s @ 8 Amp 30 VDC
2x10 s @ 8 Amp 115 VAC or 6 Amp 220 VAC
100 milliohms max. initially
200 milliohms at end of life
8 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical)

4 ms at nominal coil voltage (typical with no
coil suppression)

4000 Vrms contacts to coil
2500 Vrms contact to contact
1000 Vrms between open contact

350 mW

1.9 W @ 20°C (68°F) ambient
1.45 W @ 40°C (105°F) ambient
42°C (108°F) per Watt (typical)

Max. 105°C (220°F)

STANDARD ORDERING DATA

[ STANDARD COILS j

Nom.

Max.

Coil

Must

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

Order

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

VDC

Number

Number

Number

Price

5

8

38

3.5

AZ 692-125-2

AZ 693-125-2

AZ 694-125-2

4.00

6

10

58

4,2

AZ 692-112-2

AZ 693-112-2

AZ 694-1 12-2

4.00

12

19

215

8.4

AZ 692-08-2

AZ 693-08-2

AZ 694-08-2

4.00

24

35

740

16.8

AZ 692-560-2

AZ 693-560-2

AZ 694-560-2

4.00

48

74

3200

33.6

AZ 692-04-2

AZ 693-04-2

AZ 694-04-2

4.50

SENSITIVE COILS |

Nom.

Max.

Coil

Must

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

Order

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

VDC

Number

Number

Number

Price

5

9

47

3.5

AZ 692-118-52

AZ 693-1 18-52

AZ 694-118-52

4.50

6

12

80

4.2

AZ 692-010-52

AZ 693-010-52

AZ 694-010-52

4.50

12

24

330

8.4

AZ 692-071-52

AZ 693-071-52

AZ 694-071-52

4.50

24

45

1200

16.8

AZ 692-052-52

AZ 693-052-52

AZ 694-052-52

4.50

48

89

4700

33.6

AZ 692-518-52

AZ 693-518-52

AZ 694-518-52

5.00

Epoxy Sealed versions available

HARDWARE

Relay Type

Socket

Retaining Clip

AZ 692

ST682-U1

ST 482-2

AZ 693

ST 483-UI

ST 482-2

STANDARD ORDERING DATA

STANDARD COILS |

Nom.

Max.

Coil

Must

Unsealed

Sealed j

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

List

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

VDC

Number

Price

Number

Price

5

8

38

3.5

AZ 732-125-2

4.80

AZ 2732-125-2

5.60

6

10

58

4.2

AZ 732-112-2

4.80

AZ 2732-112-2

5.60

12

19

215

8.4

AZ 732-08-2

4.80

AZ 2732-08-2

5.60

24

35

740

16.8

AZ 732-560-2

4.80

AZ 2732-560-2

5.60

48

74

3200

33.6

AZ 732-04-2

5.30

AZ 2732-04-2

6.10

SENSITIVE COILS 1

Nom.

Coil

Unsealed

Sealed !

Coil

Continuous

Resistance

Operate

Order

List

Order

List

VDC

VDC

±10%

VDC

Number

Price

Number

Price

5

9

47

3.5

AZ 732-118-52

5.30

AZ 2732-118-52

6.10

6

11

70

4.2

AZ 732-509-52

5.30

AZ 2732-509-52

6.10

12

21

270

8.4

AZ 732-521-52

5.30

AZ 2732-521-52

6.10

24

43

1100

16.8

AZ 732-053-52

5.30

AZ 2732-053-52

6.10

48

86

4400

33.6

AZ 732-510-52

5.80

AZ 2732-510-52

6.60

HARDWARE

Socket

Retaining Clip

ST484-U1

ST 482-2

“It’s a better relay"

AMERICAN ZETTLER, INC.

16881 Hale Avenue, Irvine, California 92714 (714) 540-4190 • Telex 67-8472

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1731

4500

RELAYS

4500

SERIES AZ420

Up to 6 PDT or 8 PST

Dry Circuit thru 10 Amp Contacts

421

W: 0.735"

H: 1.230"

FEATURES

L: 1.172"
W: 0.735"
H: 1.230"

AZ 431

L: 1.395"
W: 0.735"
H:' 1.230"

• International Standard Type

• Occupies Less Than One Cubic Inch of Space

• Life Expectancy More Than 100 Million Operations

• Coils to 115V — DC or AC

• Current and Voltage Sensitive Coils Available

• Dry Circuit, 2 Amp, 5 Amp, or 10 Amp Contacts

• Form A, B, C and D Contacts Available

• Solder/plug in or PC Terminals

• Hydrogen Annealed Iron Magnetic Circuit

• Molded Comb Eliminates Phenolic Dust Inside Relay

• Balanced Spring-held Armature Allows Dependable
Operation in Any Position

• Round Core and Larger Coil Volume Provide More Pull Force

• UL File #E43203; CSA File #LR36664; VDE 0110 Gr. A

Contact Arrangement:

Contact Rating:

Code: WL

Code: WH
Code: 10L, 40L

Life Expectancy:

Contact Resistance:

Operate Time

(typical):

Release Time

(typical):

Dielectric Strength

(initial) :

Coil Power

At Pick Up Power
(typical):

Max. Continuous
Dissipation:
Temperature Rise:

2, 4, or 6 Form C; 6 or 8 Form A or B;

2 or 4 Form D available

Noninductive load — U.L. Rating
Fine silver, gold plated 3 Amp at 26 VDC or
115 VAC

Silver cadmium oxide, gold plated 7.5 Amp at
26 VDC or 115 VAC

Fine silver, gold plated 2 Amp at 26 VDC;

1 Amp at 115 VAC

Mechanical operations: 100 million
Electrical *

1x10 s at 2 A, 30 VDC or 120 VAC (Code WL)
1x10 s at 5 A, 30 VDC or 120 VAC (Code WH)

50 milliohms initially (typical)

10 ms at nom. coil voltage

3 ms at nom. coil voltage with no coil
suppression

1000 Vrms between all points
1500 Vrms versions available

40 mW per pole (sensitive version)
25 mW per pole available
2.6 W @ 20°C (68°F) ambient
2.0 W @ 40°C (105°F) ambient
30°C (86°F) per Watt (typical)

CONTACTS RATED 2 AMPS — FINE SILVER GOLD PLATED

' COIL SPECI FI CATONS

Solder Plug-in
Terminals

Order Number

PC Terminals
Order Number

List

Price

Nom.

Voltage

(Volts)

Must

Operate

(VDC)

Resistance

(Ohms)

Contacts

6 DC

4.5

52

DPDT

AZ 420-1 5-4WL

AZ 428-1 5-4WL

5.25

12 DC

9.0

185

DPDT

AZ 420-1 01 1-4WL

AZ 428-1 01 1-4WL

5.25

24 DC

18.0

700

DPDT

AZ 420-7Q-4WL

AZ 428-70-4WL

5.25

48 DC

36.0

2.5K

DPDT

AZ 420-56-4WL

AZ 428-56-4WL

5.25

115 DC

86.0

15K

DPDT

AZ 420-035-4WL

AZ 428-035-4WL

7.25

6 DC

4.5

52

4PDT

AZ 421-1 5-1 WL

AZ 429-1 5-1 WL

6.15

12 DC

9.0

185

4PDT

AZ 421-1011-1 WL

AZ 429-1 01 1-1WL

6.15

24 DC

18.0

700

4PDT

AZ 421 -70-1 WL

AZ 429-70-1WL

6.15

48 DC

36.0

2.5K

4PDT

AZ 421 -56-1 WL

AZ 429-56-1 WL

6.15

115 DC

86.0

15K

4PDT

AZ 421 -035-1 WL

AZ 429-035-1 WL

8.15

6 DC

4.5

25

6PDT

AZ 431-1 8-1 WL

AZ 439-1 8-1 WL

9.35

12 DC

9.0

90

6PDT

AZ 431 -13-1 WL

AZ 439-1 3-1 WL

9.35

24 DC

18.0

430

6PDT

AZ 431 -80-1 WL

AZ 439-80-1 WL

9.35

48 DC

36.0

1.8K

6 PDT

AZ 431 -06-1 WL

AZ 439-06-1 WL

9.35

115 DC

86.0

9K

6 PDT

AZ 431 -04-1 WL

AZ 439-04-1 WL

10.85

CONTACTS RATED 5 AMPS — SILVER CADMIUM

COIL SPECIFICATIONS 1

Solder Plug-In
Terminals

Order Number

List

Price

Nominal

Voltage

(Volts)

Must

Operate

(VDC)

Resistance

(Ohms)

Contacts

6 DC

4.5

52

DPDT

AZ 420-1 5-4WH

5.55

12 DC

9.0

185

DPDT

AZ 420-1 01 1-4WH

5.55

24 DC

18.0

700

DPDT

AZ 420-70-4WH

5.55

48 DC

36.0

2.5K

DPDT

AZ 420-56-4WH

5.55

115 DC

86.0

15K

DPDT

AZ 420-035-4WH

7.55

6 DC

4.5

52

4PDT

AZ 421-1 5-1 WH

6.75

12 DC

9.0

185

4PDT

AZ 421-1011-1WH

6.75

24 DC

18.0

700

4PDT

AZ 421 -70-1 WH

6.75

48 DC

36.0

2.5K

4PDT

AZ 421-56-1WH

6.75

115 DC

86.0

15K

4PDT

AZ 421 -035-1 WH

8.75

6 DC

4.5

25

6PDT

AZ 431-1 8-1 WH

10.25

12 DC

9.0

90

6PDT

■ AZ 431-1 3-1 WH

10.25

24 DC

18.0

430

6PDT

AZ 431-80-1WH

10.25

48 DC

36.0

1.8K

6PDT

AZ 431 -06-1 WH

10.25

115 DC

86.0

9K

6PDT

AZ 431 -04-1 WH

12.65

Epoxy Sealed Versions Available

BIFURCATED CONTACTS RATED 2 AMPS —
FINE SILVER GOLD PLATED

| COIL SPECIFICATONS

Solder Plug-in
Terminals

Order Number

r™":

PC Terminals
Order Number

List

Price

Nom.

Voltage

(Volts)

Must

Operate

(VDC)

Resistance

(Ohms)

Contacts

6 DC

4.5

52

DPDT

AZ 420-1 5-40L

AZ 428-1 5-40L

6.15

12 DC

9.0

185

DPDT

AZ 420-1 011 -40L

AZ 428-1 01 1-40L

6.15

24 DC

18.0

700

DPDT

AZ 420-70-40L

AZ 428-70-40L

6.15

48 DC

36.0

2.5K

DPDT

AZ 420-56-40L

AZ 428-56-40L

6.15

115 DC

86.0

15K

DPDT

AZ 420-035-40L

AZ 428-035-40L

8.15

6 DC

4.5

52

4PDT

AZ 421-1 5-1 0L

AZ 429-1 5-1 0L

7.75

12 DC

9.0

185

4PDT

AZ 421-1 01 1-1 0L

AZ 429-1 01 1-1 OL

7.75

24 DC

18.0

700

4PDT

AZ 421-70-10L

AZ 429-70-1 OL

7.75

48 DC

36.0

2.5K

4PDT

AZ 421 -56-1 0L

AZ 429-56-1 OL

7.75

115DC

86.0

15K

4PDT

AZ 421 -035-1 0L

AZ 429-035-1 0L

9.75

6 DC

4.5

25

6PDT

AZ 431-1 8-1 0L

AZ 439-1 8-1 OL

11.65

12 DC

9.0

90

6PDT

AZ 431-1 3-1 0L !

AZ 439-1 3-1 0L

11.65

24 DC

18.0

430

6PDT

AZ 431 -80-1 0L |

AZ 439-80-1 0L

11.65

48 DC

36.0

1.8K

6PDT

AZ 431 -06-1 0L j

AZ 439-06-1 0L

11.15

115 DC

86.0

9

6PDT

AZ 431 -04-1 0L |

AZ 439-04-1 OL

13.15

CONTACTS RATED 5 AMPS — SILVER CADMIUM

COIL SPECIFICATIONS \

PC Terminals
Order Number

List

Price

Nominal

Voltage

(Volts)

Must

Operate

(VDC)

Resistance

(Ohms)

Contacts

6 DC

4.5

52

DPDT

AZ 428-1 5-4WH

5.35

12 DC

9.0

185

DPDT

AZ 428-1 01 1-4WH

5.35

24 DC

18.0

700

DPDT

AZ 428-70-4WH

5.35

48 DC

36.0

2.5K

DPDT

AZ 428-56-4WH

5.35

115 DC

86.0

15K

DPDT

AZ 428-035-4WH

7.35

6 DC

4.5

52

4PDT

AZ 429-1 5-1 WH

6.75

12 DC

9.0

185

4PDT

AZ 429-101 1-1WH

6.75

24 DC

18.0

700

4PDT

AZ 429-70-1 WH

6.75

48 DC

36.0

2.5K

4PDT

AZ 429-56-1 WH

6.75

115 DC

86.0

15K

4PDT

AZ 429-035-1 WH

8.75

6 DC

4.5

25

6PDT

AZ 439-1 8-1 WH

10.25

12 DC

9.0

90

6PDT

AZ 439-1 3-1 WH

10.25

24 DC

18.0

430

6PDT

AZ 439-80-1 WH

10.25

48 DC

36.0

1.8K

6PDT

AZ 439-06-1 WH

10.25

115 DC

86.0

. 9K

6PDT

AZ 439-04-1 WH

12.65

HARDWARE

Poles

Socket

Retaining Clip

Ground Clip

2

ST 1 40-A1

ST 140-1

ST 140-2

4

ST 141-A1

ST 141-1

ST 140-2

6

ST 345-A1

ST 345-1

ST 140-2

Gold Plating Available Upon Request

“It's a better relay”

AMERICAN ZETTLER, INC.

16881 Hale Avenue, Irvine, California 92714 (714) 540-4190 • Telex 67-8472

1*1732

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

SOLID STATE RELAY SPECIFICATIONS:

1. POWER CIRCUIT SPECIFICATION — Isolation: Input to output and
input to base plate 2500 vrms, 10 10 ohms DC. Peak Repetitive Voltage:
250 V. Operating Voltage Range: 24-140 VAC. Contact Voltage Drop:
1.3 vrms nominal, 1-6 vrms max. over temperature range: Turn On
Time: % cycle maximum, zero voltage. Turn Off Time: Vi cycle
maximum: zero current. DV/DT Off State: 200 v/ microsecond.
DV/DT Commutating. Snubbed for motor starting loads. Off State
Leakage: 6 ma. maximum over operating temperature range.

I 2 t rating for period of 8.3 ms (for fusing purpose).

input: 32 V. Turn On Voltage: 4 V maximum over operating tempera-
ture range. Turn On Current: 3.5 ma. maximum over temperature
range. Turn Off Voltage: 1 V minimum. Maximum Reverse Polarity
Voltage: 60 V.

The OPTOSWITCH™ general purpose AC solid state relays have been
specifically designed to meet or exceed commercial requirements.
Applied Electro Technology Int. has a long history of manufacturing
aerospace and military high reliability solid state relays and this high
quality experience has influenced a new design in solid state relays
with stringent manufacturing and testing.

Use these relays in all your commercial applications such as copiers,
instruments, controls, gas pumps, microprocessor controllers, auto-
mated machinery, etc.

GENERAL PURPOSE
AC SOLID STATE RELAYS
OPTO-ISOLATED

3. TEMPERATURE RATING — Operating Temperature Range: —40°
to 100°C. Maximum Base Plate Temperature at Rated Current: OTM
Series; 6.°C. Maximum Case Temperature at Rated Current: ALL
OTHERS; 75°C.

4. MECHANICAL — Physical Configuration: See inside date sheet.
Case: Epoxy encapsulated for environmental protection.

amp model

l 2 t (amp 2 , sec.)

amp model

l 2 t (amp 2 , sec.)

o

O G

mio

,cn

4

6

15

85

6

15

25

250

The OPTOSWITCH™ totally solid state AC relays are total encapsu-
lated and especially recommended for harsh industrial environments
where high shock or severe temperature excursions are encountered.
All inputs are opto-isolated and turn-on is synchronized with load
voltage zero crossing to minimize radio frequency interference.

• Optical isolation between control and load circuits.

• Logic compatible input current level.

• Zero voltage turn-on for reduced EMI.

• High transient immunity.

• Integrated heat-sinks for greater load capacity.

ORDERING INFORMATION

PART NO. BREAKDOWN
12-OPC SERIES

12 - OPC - 4 - 120

PART NO. BREAKDOWN
12-OEM SERIES

12 -OEM -4 -120

PART NO. BREAKDOWN
12-OTM SERIES

12 -OTM -25 -120

PART NO. BREAKDOWN
12-OSM SERIES

12 - OSM - 1 - 120

t_ 1 = t' l i

PRODUCT IDENT NO. |

r r _i= i iL i

PRODUCT IDENT NO. |

r T “S'h

PRODUCT IDENT NO. |

r

PRODUCT IDENT NO. L_

OPTOSWITCH™ PRINTED
CIRCUIT MOUNTING

OPTOSWITCH™ PRINTED
CIRCUIT EDGE MOUNTING

OPTOSWITCH™ TERMINAL
MOUNTING

OPTOSWITCH™ SOCKET '
MOUNTING

CURRENT RATING IN AMPS

CURRENT RATING IN AMPS

CURRENT RATING IN AMPS

CURRENT RATING IN AMPS

SWITCHING VOLTAGE

—

SWITCHING VOLTAGE

—

SWITCHING VOLTAGE

—

SWITCHING VOLTAGE

/ET

Applied Electro Technology, Int.

A SUBSIDIARY OF ; SCIENTIFIC TECHNOLOGY, INC.

2220 South Anne Street • Santa Ana, CA 92704 • Tel. (714) 556-6570 • TWX 910-595-1797

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1733

4500

RELAYS

4500

Highly Sensitive 1,500 V FCC Surge
Withstanding Miniature Relays

DS-RELAYS

DSE Amber Relays

• High sensitivity

• High switching capacity

• High breakdown voltage

—1 ,500V FCC surge between
open contacts, 1 ,000VAC
between open contacts

• DIP terminal arrangement

• Latching types available

• FCC (Federal Communication
Commission) requests following
standard as Breakdown Voltage
specification

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(n)

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange*

ment

Rating

(A)

Single side stable DC5V
DS1 -M- DC6V

DS1E-M- DC9V

DC12V
DC24V
OC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

62.5

90

203

360

1440

5760

400

1C

2

2 coil latching DC5V
DS1-ML2- DC6V
DS1E-M12- DC9V
DC12V
DC24V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

69.4

100

225

400

1600

360

1C

2

Single side stable DC5V
DS2— M— DC6V

DS2E-M- DC9V

DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

62.5

90

203

360

1440

5760

400

2C

2

2 coil latching DC5V
DS2-ML2- DC6V

DS2E— ML2— DC9V
DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

69.4

100

225

400

1600

6400

360

2C

2

Single side stable DC5V
DS2— S— D'C6V

DS2E-S- DC9V

DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

125

180

405

720

2880

11520

200

2C

2

2 coil latching DC5C
DS2-SL2— DC6V

DS2E— SL2— DC9V
DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

139

200

450

800

3200

12800

180

2C

2

Single side stable DC5V
DS4— M— DC6V

DS4E-M- DC9V

DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

62.5

90

203

360

1440

5760

400

4C

2

2 coil latching DC5V
DS4-ML2- DC6V
DS4E-ML2- DC9V
DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

69.4

100

225

400

1600

6400

360

4C

2

Single site stable DC5V
DS4— S- DC6V

DS4E-S- DC9V

DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

125

180

405

720

2880

11520

200

4C

2

2 coil latching DC5V
DS4-SL2- DC6V

DS4E—SL2— DC9V
DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

139

200

450

800

3200

12800

180

4C

2

Note: 1 . Reverse polarity types available

2. Gold capped silver pallarium contacts available

3. For UL/CSA recognized types : 2 Form C and 4 form C, add suffix
UL/CSA.

4. Standard packing Carton : 50 pcs. /Case: 500 pcs.

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

Northeast/Southeast

250 Sheffield Street
Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122
Dallas, TX 75238
(214) 340-3701

Northwest/Southwest

10400 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 446-5000

1*1734

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Half Size Amber Relays

More than 50 Million Units around the World

R-RELAYS

Efficiency

• Amber sealed construction

• High sensitivity

• High speed: 1 msec. max.

• Wide switching range and
high welding resistance

• Small size

• High reliability and long life

• Latching types available

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(fi)

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

Single side stable DC5V

5VDC

170

147

RSD- DC6V

6

220

164

DC 12V

12

890

162

1C

1

DC24V

24

2,000

288

DC48V

48

8,000

221

1 -coil latching DC5V

5VDC

340

74

RSLD— DC6V

6

450

80

DC12V

12

1,500

96

1C

1

DC24V

24

6,000

96

DC48V

48

12,000

147

2-coil latching DC5V

5VDC

170

147

RSL2D- DC6V

6

225

160

DC 12V

12

650

230

‘1C

1

DC24V

24

2,700

213

DC48V

48

6,500

321

Note:1. R 1 a ( 1 Form a contact) types available

2. Standard packing Carton: 50 pcs./Case: 500 pcs.

PC board pattern (Copper side view)

Ground

5 terminal 6 7

i

r

X_

r

X-

(

\

2.54

.100

_Z

7

7“

“t;

7

t 4

V

7

r

\

X-

\

7

7

i

7

-

— H

3

2.54

.100

ay,

1.3 DIA. /

.051 DIA. /

rOLERANCE: ±0.2 ±.008

R Socket

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

Northeast/Southeast

250 Sheffield Street
Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122
Dallas, TX 75238
(214) 340-3701

Northwest/Southwest

10400 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 446-5000

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1735

4500

RELAYS

4500

Highly Reliable
Miniature DIP Relays

DR-RELAYS

Efficiency

• High breakdown voltage:
750 Vrms between
open contacts

• High sensitivity

• High sticking resistance

• Miniature size and flat form

• High speed — Operate time:
Approx. 1 msec.

• DIP terminal arrangement

• Latching types available

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(a)

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

Single side stable 5V

5VDC

240

104

DR- 6V

6

330

109

12V

12

1,400

103

1C

1

24V

24

3,600

160

48V

48

1 1 ,000

209

1-coil latching 5V

5VDC

420

59

DR-L- 6V

6

610

59

12V

12

2,300

62

1C

1

24V

24

5,800

99

48V

48

21 ,1 00

109

2-coil latching 5V

5VDC

225

111

DR-L2- 6V

6

290

124

12V

12

1,210

119

1C

1

24V

24

3,840

150

48V

48

7,950

290

Note: Standard packing Carton: 50 pcs./Case: 500 pcs.

Dimensions

mm inch Schematic (Bottom view)

PC board pattern (Copper side view)

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

Northeast/Southeast

250 Sheffield Street
Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central Northwest/Southwest

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122 10400 North Tantau Avenue

Dallas, TX 75238 Cupertino, CA 95014

(214) 340-3701 (408) 446-5000

1*1736

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

IC Built-in Power Saving
Relays for Battery Devices

R-C UNIT RELAYS

Types and Data

RHD-C- 5V
RHD— C— 1 2V

Coils

Voltage

Nom. Power

(mW)

5

0.3 to 0.78

12

1.56 to 3.1 2

Arrange-

ment

Note: Standard packing -> Carton : 50 pcs. /Case : 500 pcs.

The same size as R relay.

• Ultra low operating power

• Little heat generation

• Wider operating voltage range

• Low bounce

Dimensions

P/C board pattern
(Copper side view)

TOLERANCE: ±0.2 ±0.08
Note: A standard pattern: P/C board

with a pitch of . 1 00 inch is suitable
for mounting RHD-C relays.

Schematic (Bottom view)

IC Built-in Power Saving
Relays for Battery Devices

DR-C UNIT RELAYS

Relay w

Efficiency

Types and Data

787

u The same size as DR relay.

• Ultra low operating power

• Little heat generation

• Wider operating voltage range

• Low bounce

Dimensions r

Coils

Contacts

Type

Voltage

Nom. Power
(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

DR-C- 5V

DR— C— 12V

5

12

0.175 to 0.245

1 .56 to 3.38

1C

1

Note: Standard packing -> Carton: 50 pcs./Case : 500 pcs.

Schematic (Bottom view)

I Same operations as the

20

.787

>

. 10 J

,394

h rxp —

1.5, 8-2
.059 -323

1.11 5.08 7.62 5.08^ ^".024

.044 "j .200* * 300 .(.200 *1 4 Stand-offs

=r-^y-. 2b:

i^yr

6 8 <k

16 „14

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

PC board pattern
(Copper-side view)

TOLERANCE: ±0.3 ±,012|

PI Northeast/Southeast

1 1 250 Sheffield Street

Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

TOLERANCE: ±0.3 ±0.12| [

North Central South Central

311 Lively Boulevard 10930 Switzer Ave

Elk Grove Village, IL 60007 Dallas, TX 75238
(312) 593-8535 (214) 340-3701

conventional magnetic relays.

I • 1 i 3 08

S 16 (j) 14 09

(Deenergized condition)

— ji-

2 1 03 08

(Energized condition)

1 3 DIA holes Note: | Energization with an opposite

.051 dia. holes polarity does not switch the contact.

The reverse polarity may damage
the built-in IC.

Apply proper polarity to switch
±0.3 ±0.12 the contact.

South Central Northwest/Southwest

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122 10400 North Tantau Avenue

Dallas, TX 75238 Cupertino, CA 95014

(214) 340-3701 (408) 446-5000

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1737

4500

RELAYS

4500

Thin-Line Low Profile
DIP Reed Relays

DA-RELAYS

Types and Data

• High
contact
reliability

• Sensitive relay |J

— 89mW (1 Form A
5V) low operating power,

• DIP terminal arrangement

• Magnetically shield

Dimensions

mm inch

DAI a

Positioning mark

DA2a

7.62
„ .300 -
l 7.2-
.263

X-0.25

TOLERANCE: ±0.2 ±.008

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(SI)

N'o'm.

Power

(mW)

Arrange*

ment

Rating

(A)

DAI a- 5V

6V

12V

24V

5VDC

6

12

24

280

280

720

2,500

89

129

200

230

la

0.2

DA2a— 5V

6V

12V

24V

5VDC

6

12

24

150

150

510

1 .770

167

240

282

325

2a

Notes: 1 . Diode enclosed type available as — D

2. High sensitive coils for 5V and 6V available

3. Standard packing -> Carton: 50 pcs./Case: 500 pcs.

PC board pattern (Copper side view) Schematic (Bottom view)

?i si

to. 16 «*

.40° (

1—2.54
. .100

r

14

) — H

2 6

13 9

I 7 1

7.62

.300

,i_L

2

) — €

lBO

IA. HOLE

TOLERANCE: ±0.1 ±.004

Hermetically Sealed Small

DIP Relays

DX-RELAYS

V

Relay W
Efficiency

• High radio frequency characteristics

• High sensitivity to be 1C drivable:
60mW pick-up only

• High insulation resistance

• High shock/vibration resistance:
50G/30G (10 to 55 Hz at double
amplitude of 5 mm)

• Latching types available

Dimensions mm inch

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(n)

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

Single side stable 3V

3VDC

70

128

DX2— 5V

5

200

125

6V

6

280

128

2C

1

12V

12

1,000

144

24V

24

4,000

144

1-coil latching 3V

3VDC

70

128

DX2-L- 5V

5

200

125

6V

6

280

128

2C

1

12V

12

1,000

144

24V

24

4,000

144

2-coii latching 3V

3VDC

35

257

DX2— L2— 5V

5

100

250

6V

6

140

257

2C

1

12V

12

500

288

14V

24

2,000

288

Note: Standard packing -* Carton: 50 pcs./Case: 500 pcs.

PC board patter (Copper side view) Schematic (Bottom view)

1 DIA.(min. 0.6)
-jC039 (.024)

.W

r

Maching

14 pins

1C socket

NCE:±0.1 .004

C

2.54

.100

TOLERA

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

Northeast/Southeast

250 Sheffield Street
Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122
Dallas, TX 75238
(214) 340-3701

Northwest/Southwest

10400 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 446-5000

1*1738

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

4 Amp Polarized High Density Relays
with High Sensistivity

SEB-RELAYS

Efficiency

• Amber sealed construction

• High sensitivity in small size

• Wide switching range: IOOjuA to 4A

• High shock/vibration resistance: 50G/
18G (10 to 55 Hz at double amplitude
of 3 mm)

• A variety of contact arrangement
o Low thermal electromotive force:

Approx. 3/iV

• Dl L terminal arrangement
o Multiple latching

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(n)

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

Single side stable 5V

5V.DC

130

192

S2EB- 6V

6

180

200

12V

12

720

200

2a2b

4

24V

24

2,850

202

48V

48

8,500

271

2 coil latching 5V

5VDC

130

192

S2EB-L2- 6V

6

180

200

12V

12

720

200

2a2b

4

24V

24

2,850

202

48V

48

6,500

355

Single side stable 5V

5VDC

• 130

192

S4EB— 6V

6

180

200

12V

12

720

200

4a

4

24V

24

2,850

202

48V

48

8,500

271

2 coil latching 5V

5VDC

130

192

S4EB-L2- 6V

6

180

200

12V

12

720

200

4a

4

24V

24

2,850

202

48V

48

6,500

355 ,

Note: Standard packing -> Carton: 50 pcs./Case: 500 pcs.

Dimensions

mm inch

_ 12 _
.472

L 7 - 62 .

0.5

.020

yj

~T112 11 10 9

I 1“ “ O O

■If 1-

0.5

.020

+4

5.08

.2

7 .472

TOLERANCE: ±0.3 ±.012

PC board pattern (Copper side view)

DIA. 1.2
DIA. .047

- 2.54
>.100

2.54
.100

TOLERANCE: ±0.1 ±.004 I

Schematic (Bottom view)

Single side stable

(De-energized position)

2 coil latching

“Reset” position when reset coil is
energized with indicated polarity..

2a 2b

1 2 3 4 5 6

2.U ZS 0

5 -A~l S~i o

12 11 10 9 87

1 2 3 4 5 6

s~t ?-

12 11 10 9 8 7

4a

1 2 3 4 5 6

2 + 9J> °

6 5 " 6 o

12 11 10 9 8 7

1 2 3 4 5 6

tu 2+

Set 1 1 — ‘ ■ Reset

6 <y”6 6

12 11 10 9 8 7

/

S-PS

S Socket

S-PS

Northeast/Southeast North Central

250 Sheffield Street 311 Lively Boulevard

Mountainside, NJ 07092 Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
Member of Matsushita Group (201) 232-4260 (312) 593-8535

Aromat Corporation

PC terminal

South Central Northwest/Southwest

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122 10400 North Tantau Avenue

Dallas, TX 75238 Cupertino, CA 95014

(214) 340-3701 (408) 446-5000

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1739

4500

RELAYS

4500

STE-RELAYS

1C Drivable PC Board Relays
for Field Load Switching

• Amber sealed construction

• High switching capacity— 8A

• High sensitivity

• Miniature size

• High shock/vibration resistance
— 20G/12G (10 to 55 Hz at
double amplitude of 2 mm)

• Latching types available

Types and Data

Type

• Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

in)

Norn.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

Single side stable DC 5V
ST1E- DC 6V

' DC 9V 1
DCI^V *
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

110

150

360

640

2,400

9,000

240

lalb

8

2 coil latching DC 5V
ST1E-L2- DC 6V

DC 9V
DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

110

160

360

640

2,440

10,200

240

lalb

8

Single side stable DC - 5V
ST2E- DC 6V

DC 9V
DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

110

150

360

640

2,400

9,000

240

2a

8

2 coil latching DC 5V
ST2E-L2— DC 6V

DC 9V
DC12V
DC24V
DC48V

5VDC

6

9

12

24

48

110

160

360

640

2,440

10,200

240

2a

8

Note: Standard packing-^Carton: 50 pcs. /Case: 500 pcs.

Dimensions

mm inch

PC board pattern (Copper side view)

Single side stable

L_

2.54 8-OIA; 1.4

.100 8-OiA. .055

7 ■ ■ ■

—

1

■ .100

1

*

2 coil latching

2 54 ' '

: 8-OIA. 1/4

too

8-0IA .055

7 §§77

\

—

7

j"; • 77 7'7:7 o'V‘^\'

z_

r~

254

100

J

r

G

d

d

C

-

TOLERANCE: ±0.2 ±.008

Schematic (Bottom view)

Single side stable

2 coil latching

, iaib

i 2a

i 2 iaib 3 4

i 2 2a 3 4

r r — ,_!!

O© ©o 6© ©o

U — J LjmbJ

6© ©O O© GO

77 77

RESET

77 < RESET'

1 f i i

rT r 7

rT T7

8 7 6 5

8 7 6 5

8 7 6 5

.8 7 6 5

De-energized position

De-energized position

Diagram shows the “reset" position when Diagram shows the “reset" position when
terminals 3 and 4 are energized. Energize terminals 3 and 4 are energized. Energize
terminals 1 and 2 to transfer contacts. terminals 1 and 2 to transfer contacts.

TOLERANCE: ±0,2 ±.008

Arnmat Pnrnnratinn Northeast/Southeast North Central South Central Northwest/Southwest

Ml 1 lcu auui 1 250 Sheffield Street 311 Lively Boulevard 10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122 10400 North Tantau Avenue

Mountainside, NJ 07092 Elk Grove Village, IL 60007 Dallas, TX 75238 Cupertino, CA 95014

Member of Matsushita Group (201)232-4260 (312)593-8535 (214)340-3701 (408)446-5000

1*1740

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Compact Power Relays
with High Sensitivity

SP-RELAYS

• High sensitivity

• High switching capacity
in compact size

• High shock/vibration resistance: 40G/
18G ( 10 to 55 Hz at double amplitude
of 3 mm)

• Multiple latching

• High reliability and long life

• Latching types available

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(nl

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

Single side stable 5V

5VDC

83

SP2— 6V

6

120

12V

12

480

300

2C

15

24V

24

1,920

48V

48

7,700

2 coil latching 5V

5VDC

83

SP2-L2- 6V

6

120

12V

12

480

300

2C

15

24V

24

1,920

48V

48

7,700

Single side stable 5V

5VDC

83

SP4- 6V

6

120

12V

12

480

300

4C

10

. 24V

24

1,920

48V

48

7,700

2 coil latching 5V

5VDC

83

SP4— L2— 6V

6

120

12V

12

480

300

4C

10

24V

24

1,920

48V

48

7,700

Note: Standard packing -> SP2, SP2-L2 Carton: 20 pcs./Case: 200 pcs.

SP4, SP4-L2 Carton: 10 pcs./Case: 100 pcs.

Dimensions

2C

.039

10

.394

Wis

mo.16[1Q.16jl(
4.75 Ui.400 .400 -

4C

i

.039"

10

.394

10.16

36.8

1.449

10.16J

20.5

.807

1.51

.059

W

.400 .400 .400 10.16
.400

7.15

.281

i-~H4.75
.187

mm inch Schematic (Bottom view)

0.5

.020

f

15.24

.600

J-

.400 .400 ' \ FASTON # 187

7.62

..300

SP2— SF

2C

4C

Single side stable
(De-energized position)

• 6

6

T

8

9

10

11

12

13

_2_

?

5

6

7

-SLi

r

r

T

8

9

10

r

T

14

15

16

SP Sockets

2-coil latching
("Reset" position when
reset coil is energized
with indicated polarity.)

11 12 13

6 <5 i

14 15 16

SP2-SF

Screw terminal socket

SP4-SF

Screw terminal socket

SP-MA

Mounting plate

Mounting plate

SP-MA

The SP-Relay with
SP-MA attached

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

Northeast/Southeast

250 Sheffield Street
Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122
Dallas, TX 75238
(214) 340-3701

Northwest/Southwest

10400 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 446-5000

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1741

4500

RELAYS

4500

High Sensitivity Flatpack Relays
with High Reliability

NF-RELAYS

Types and Data

NFEB Amber Relays

a'

NF2EB

.772

NF4EB

.953

More than 30,000,000 pcs.
in use all over the world

• Low profile — stands only .402
inches high

Ideal for high packaging density

• High sensitivity - minimum
operating power

NF2/1 50mW, NF4/240mW

• Variety of available lines —

Amber Sealed types
MBB (Form D) contact types
High breakdown voltage types
for transient protection —

1 ,000V rms between open
contacts, contact sets

• Gold capped silver palladium
contacts available.

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

<n)

Norn.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

NF2- 5V

5VDC

90

278

NF2EB— 6V

6

137

260

12V

12

500

290

2C

2

24V

14

2,000

290

48V

48

7,000

330

NF4— 5V

5VDC

53

472

NF4EB- 6V

6

90

400

12V

12

330

440

4C

2

24V

24

1 ,200

480

48V

4,200

550

Notes: 1 . MBB (Form D) contact types available.

2. Standard packing Carton: 20 pcs./Case: 200 pcs.

Dimensions

mm inch

PC board pattern (Copper side view) Schematic (Bottom view)

Aromat Corporation

Mountainside, NJ 07092

Member of Matsushita Group (201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central Northwest/Southwest

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122 10400 North Tantau Avenue

Dallas, TX 75238 Cupertino, CA 95014

(214) 340-3701 (408) 446-5000

1*1742

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Flat/Lean Line High Power
Bifurcated Contact Relays

NC-RELAYS

rj

Efficiency

NCED Amber Relays

Lean line (PC board)

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(n)

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating (A)

Standard

Amber

Single side stable DC5V

5VDC

69.4

360

NC2D-JP— DC6V

6

100

360

NC2ED-JP- DC12V

12

400

360

2C

5

3

DC24V

24

1,600

360

DC48V

48

6,400

360

2 coil latching DC5V

5VDC

31.3

800

NC2D-JPL2- DC6V

6

45

800

NC2ED— DC12V

12

180

800

2C

5

3

JPL2— DC24V

24

720

800

DC48V

48

2,880

800

Single side stableDCBV

5VDC

34.7

720

NC4D-JP- DC6V

6

50

720

NC4ED-JP— DC12V

12

200

720

4C

. 5

2

DC24V

24

800

720

DC48V

48

3,200

720

2 coil latching DC5V

5VDC

15.6

1 .600

NC4D-JPL2- DC6V

6

22.5

1,600

NC4ED— DC 12V

12

90

1,600

4C

5

2

JPL2- DC24V

24

360

1,600

DC48V

48

1 ,440

l ,6UU

Single side stableDC5V

5VDC

69.4

360

NC2D—P— DC6V

6

100

360

NC2ED-P- DC12V

12

400

360

2C

5

3

DC24V

24

1,600

360

DC48V

48

6,400

360

2 coil latching DC5V

5VDC

31.3

800

NC2D—PL2— DC6V

6

45

800

NC2ED— PL2-DC12V

12

180

800

2C

5

3

DC24V

24

720

800

DC48V

48

2,880

800

Single side stableDCBV

5VDC

34.7

720

NC4D— P— DC6V

6

50

720

NC4ED-P- DC 12V

12

200

720

4C

5

2

DC24V

24

800

720

DC48V

48

3200

720

2 coil latching DC5V

5VDC

15.6

1,600

NC4D-PL2- DC6V

6

22.5

1 ,600

NC4ED—PL2— DC12V

12

90

1,600

4C

5

2

DC24V

24

360

1,600

DC48V

48

1,440

1,600

'

Note: Standard packing -> Carton: 20 pcs. /Case : 200 pcs.

• Space saver — Flatpack and Lean line

• High contact capacity— 5A 250VAC(2C)

5A 125VAC(4C)

• Low operating power — 2C, 230 mW
4C,460mW (single-side stable)

• Flux-resistant

• High breakdown voltage for
transient protection — 1 ,000V rms
between open contacts, sets

• Latching types available

NC Sockets
For Flat series

Catalog No.

Terminals

Mating relay

NC2-JPS

P/C board

NC2D-JP

NC4-JPS

P/C board

NC4D-JP

NC2-JPL2S

P/C board

NC2D-JPL2

NC4-JPL2S

P/C board

NC4D-JPL2

For Slim series

Catalog No.

Terminals

Mating relay

NC2-PS

P/C board

NC2D-P

NC4-PS

P/C board

NC4D-P

NC2-SS

Solder

NC2D

NC4-SS

Solder

NC4D

NC2-LP2S

P/C board

. NC2D-PL2

NC4-L2PS

P/C board

NC4D-PL2

NC2-L2SS 1

Solder

NC2D-L2

NC4-L2SS

Solder

NC4D-L2

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

Northeast/Southeast

250 Sheffield Street
Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central Northwest/Southwest

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122 10400 North Tantau Avenue

Dallas, TX 75238 Cupertino, CA 95014

(214) 340-3701 (408) 446-5000

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1743

4500

RELAYS

4500

1 Form C Thin
PC Board Relays

NB-RELAYS

• Thin height

• 1 ,500V FCC surge between
open contacts

• Hign dielectric strength
—5,000V surge in 1x40 //sec.
between coil and contact

• DIL terminal arrangement

• Single contact

• Amber Sealed types available

• Latching types available

Types and Data

Type

Coils |

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(n)

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating (A)

Standard

Amber

Single side stable DC 5V
NB1- DC 6V

NB1 E— DC12V

DC24V !
DC48V

5VDC

6

12

24

48

63

90

360

1,400

4,500

397

400

400

410

514

1C

5

3

2 coil latching r

NB1-L2- UL 5V

NB1E-L2- DC 6V

DC 12V

DC24V

DC48V

5VDC

12

42

2,083

595

1C

5

3

6

17

60

2,118

600

12

70

240

2,057

600

24

270

960

2,133

600

48

960

3,300

2,400

698

Notes: 1 . Coil resistance and nominal operating power of 2 coil latching types:
The upper figure is for the set coil, and the lower for the reset coil.

2. Bifurcated contact types available.

3. Standard packing -> Carton: 50 pcs./Case: 500 pcs.

*FCC (Federal Communication Commission) requests following
standard as Breakdown Voltage specification.

Dimensions (NB)

PC board pattern
mm inch (Copper side view)

Single side stable

4

.3S4

[ , .

hne ft W

— 1 _ _ 0.6 i—

rorr — 1 mr

.024?

27.5

1

10.2

AU*

£>. .O.Q.

0.8 OIA 0.7
,031V .028

\A stand-offs

2 coil latching

! .

1

-T-

j

.354

Fr n - — -hat irr 1

-4 3.5

w ■

U: TP*

0,8 DIA 0.7
.031 .028

TOLERANCE: i 0.5 ±,020

Single side stable

a-piAtA *
/ 5-DIA .069

Relay outline

fit

-

F

—

X

1

T

3

—

2.^4 x 4
.100x4
j14.5
J.-571

I

i

T

1

1

3

ms

ms

ms

m

3

.—.l.

_ 3.7 L

2.1

54.

<5

2.1

54)

<3|

T

1 146 1U0X5—

— 27.5—

*7100x3*

2 coil latching

6-DIA 1.5 Relay_outline

^6- DIA .059

J3.7L2-54X5 12^

1 1 46 - 1 00x5^00x31
1.083

TOLERANCE: ± 0,50 ± .004

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

Northeast/Southeast

250 Sheffield Street
Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central

10930 Switzer Ave.,
Dallas, TX 75238
(214) 340-3701

Schematic
(Bottom view)

Single side stable

COM NC NO

1 2 3

I TJ

I ^ l

2 coil latching

(Shown as reset position)

t -

T_

_4±-

Set coil Reset col)

(-) <+> (")

(olarity to
! or latching
when minus
Is applied to
6 and 4, with coll
‘ used as common

polarity Is
to terminals 6 and
y minus polarity to
coll terminal 5 for latching

Suite

Northwest/Southwest

122 10400 North Tantau Avenue

Cupertino, C A 95014
(408) 446-5000

1*1744

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

6PDT Flatpack
2 Amp DIL Relays

NL-RELAYS

• Space saving dimensions —

25.4 mm x 32.4 mm x 10.9 mm
(1.000) (1.276) (0.429)

• Low operating power — 400mW

• Latching types available

• High breakdown voltage for
transient protection — 2,000V rms

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(n)

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

Single side stable

DC5V

5VDC

, 34.7

720

NL6X-

DC6V

6

50

720

NL6EX—

DC 12V

12

200

720

6C

2

DC24V

24

800

720

DC48V

48

3,200

720

2 coil latching

DC5V

5VDC

15.6

1,600

NL6X-L2-

DC6V

6

22.5

1,600

NL6EX-L2-

DC12V

12

90

1,600

6C

2

DC24V

24

360

1,600

DC48V

48

1 .440

1,600

Notes: 1 . Gold capped silver-palladium contacts available

2. MBB contact (Form D) types available

3. Standard packing -* Carton: 20 pcs./Case: 200 pcs.

PC board pattern

Dimensions (NL) mm inch

Schematic (Top view)

Lean Line Power Relays
with High Sensitivity

NT-RELAYS

12

• High contact
capacity - 8A

• High sensitivity

• Compact size

• Long life

• Standard terminal pitch —.1 inch

Dimensions

mm inch

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(a)

Nom.

Power

ImWl

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

NT1— DC6V

6VDC

130

280

DC12V

12

500

290

1C

8A

DC24V

24

2,000

290

NT1~ AC6V

6 VAC

—

AC 12V

12

— |

AC24V

24

—

0.75VA

1C

8A

AC48V

48

—

AC115V

115

—

TOLERANCE: ±0.1 ±.004

IMUIB. o Idl lUdl U [JdUMMy

PC board pattern (Bottom view)

1.2DIA. HOLES

Schematic (Bottom view)

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

/.

cm

7

/

t

,

h

2.54

i

.100

I L

2.54

.100

f *

-

TOLERANCE: ±0.1 ±.004

Northeast/Southeast

250 Sheffield Street
Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122
Dallas, TX 75238
(214) 340-3701

Northwest/Southwest

10400 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 446-5000

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

M745

4500

RELAYS

4500

Compact Power Relays

JB-RELAYS

• High

dielectric strength -10,000V surge in
1x40 jusec. between coil and contact

• Flux resistant construction

• More than 0.3" terminal pitch

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

la)

Norn,

Power

(mW)

Rating

(A)

JB1F- DC 5V

5VDC

52

480

DC 6V

6

75

480

DC12V

12

300

480

1C

8

DC24V

24

1,200

480

DC48V

48

4,100

560

Note: Standard packing Carton: 20 pcs./Case: 200 pcs.

Dimensions

mm inch

PC board pattern
(Copper side view)

Relay outline

5-DIA 1 .3/
5-DIA .051

__

__

_

1

“

C

(

)

1

1

:“T

T

1 i

2.54x6

41-*

S35

(

L'7’

J

—

—

-

_

_

d

_

_

—

1

3.7

_j

2.

>4

x5

L -

2.

54

x3

—

1

.14C

.100x3’ |

.1 ±.004

1L087

TOLERANCE: ±0

Schematic
(Bottom view)

COM

1

T_

3

J

I nm ^

1 C0,L

5

Compact Power Relays

JC-RELAYS

a

PC board type

1.181

Top mount type

1.201

Plug-in type

1.181

• High inrush current capacility.

la : 1 1 1 A inrush (TV-5), 10A steady
2a : 71 A inrush (TV-3), 5A steady

• High dielectric withstanding for
transient protection.

JC can withstand 10,000V surge in
1 x 40 jusec. between coil and contact

• TV-rated types available

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(«)

Nom.

Power

(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

(A)

JCIa— DC 6V

6VDC

40

(JCIa— $*) 12V

12

160

900

la

10

(JCIa— TM*) 24 V

24

640

JC2a— DC 6V

6VDC

36

(JC2a— S*) 12V

12

144

1,000

2a

5

(JC2a— TM*) 24V

24

576

JCIalb— DC 6V

6VDC

36

(JCIalb— S*) 12V

12

144

1 ,000

lalb

5

(JCIalb— TM*) 24V

24

576

Notes:

1 . S* : Denotes Plug-in terminal types.

2. TM* : Denotes Top mounting types.

3. Sockets for plug-in types also available

4. Upgraded rating types available asJC-F types.

1 5A 250VAC 1 HP 1 25VAC (JC1 aF )

10A 250VAC 1/3 HP 125VAC (JC2aF)

5A 250VAC 1/3 HP 125V AC (JCIalbF)

5. Standard packing Carton: 50 pcs./Case: 200 pcs.

JC Sockets

JC1-SS

PC terminal

JC2-SS

PC terminal

JC1-PS

Solder terminal

JC2-PS

Solder terminal

Aromat Corporation ^ s h h e e a „“ e h t east

Mountainside, NJ 07092

Member of Matsushita Group (201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122
Dallas, TX 75238
(214) 340-3701

Northwest/Southwest

10400 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 446-5000

1-1746

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

1 Horse Power Compact
Power Relays

JA-RELAYS

Types and Data

> High switching capacity —

55A inrush, 15A steady
state inductive load

> Particularly suitable for air
conditioners, dish waters, copiers
and other consumer and office
equipment

> Two types available

"TM" type for direct chassis mounting

j '. t * * rv, -c — n/^o — - , .-,4.:

"vii i-ypco iwi i Cu'mwuimiiy

> TV-rated types available

JAIa-TM- AC24V
AC115V
AC240V
JAIa— TMP— DC 6V
DC12V
DC24V
JA1 a— TMP— AC24V
AC115V
AC240V

24 V AC
115
240

24 VAC
115
240

Notes: 1. * 1 .4VA is nominal operating power at 50Hz.

In case of 60Hz, nominal operating power is 1 .3VA.

2. JAlb (1 Form B) and JA1C (1 Form C) versions' are available.

3. Terminals

"TM" type : .187" quick-connect terminals for coil and .250"

.fnr.rontar'te.

"TMP" type : PC board terminals for coils nd .250" quick connect
terminals for contacts.

4. Upgraded rating types available as JA-P types.

(25 A 250VAC 1 HP 125, 250V AC)

5. Standard packing -* Carton: 20 pcs./Case: 200 pcs.

Dimensions

TM types

mm inch

TMP types

* 6.5 T9 3
-*•256 [

r 1.000 1

0.5 4,5 0.8

.020 .177 .031

TOLERANCE ±0.3 ±.011

Schematic

Aromat Corporation

Member of Matsushita Group

Northeast/Southeast

250 Sheffield Street
Mountainside, NJ 07092
(201) 232-4260

North Central

311 Lively Boulevard
Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
(312) 593-8535

South Central

10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122
Dallas, TX 75238
(214) 340-3701

Northwest/Southwest

10400 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 446-5000

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1747

4500

RELAYS

4500

Power Relays

with Space Saving Design

JH-RELAYS

• Many safety-oriented characteristics
incorporated.

• High dielectric strength - 10,000V
surge in jusec.

• High inrush resistance —

IX : 117A (TV-8 equivalence)

2X : 91A (TV-6 equivalence)

Types and Data

Type

Coils

Contacts

Voltage

Res.

(n)

i Nom.
Power
(mW)

Arrange-

ment

Rating

fA)

JHIa— W— DC 6V-Q
DC12V-G
: DC24V-C

: T OCIIOV-Q;-''

6VDC

12

24

110

18.7

75

300

6,300

1.9 W

IX

30

JHIa—W— AC 6V-Q

6

-

AC1 2V-Q

12

_

AC24V-Q

24

-

3.2 VA

IX

30

AC120V-G

120

-

JH2a-W- DC 6V-Q

6VDC

18.7

DC12V-Q

12

75

DC24V-Q

24

300

1 .9 W

2X

20

DCT10V-Q

110

6300

JH2a— W— AC 6V-Q |

6VAC

-

AC12V-Q

12

_

AC24V-Q

24

-

3.2 VA

2X

20

AC120V-Q

120

-

Note: Standard packing -^Carton: 20 pcs./Case: 100 pcs.

Dimensions

mm inch

1 Form X

2 Form X

Schematic (Bottom view)

Mountainside, NJ 07092 Elk Grove Village, IL 60007 Dallas, TX 75238, Cupertino, CA 95014

Member of Matsushita Group (201)232-4260 (312)593-8535 (214)340-3701 (408)446-5000

1*1748

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Highly Rated Relays
for Wider Applications

HC-RELAYS

Types and Data

Arrange-

ment

Contacts

Rating (A)

HCE Amber Relays

. 827 ^^ ^

Versatile range

• Interchangeable with comparable
relays.

• Extra long life — more than 10 8
mechanical operations.

• 4 types of contact arrangement —
4C (5A 250 VAC) , 3C (7 A
250VAC), 2C (7A 250VAC),

1C (10A 250 VAC)

HC4-SS

/ .835

HC1~ DC6V 6VDC 40

(HC1-P*)* DC12V 12 160

DC24V 24 650 app) ™ x - 1C 10

PC48V 48 2.600

DC11QV 110 1 1 ,000

HC1— AC6V 6VAC - '

(HC1-P*) AC12V 12 - a

AC24V 24 - ^wa 1C 10

AC48V 48 -

AC115V 115 -

HC2- DC6V 6VDC 40 f

(HC2-P*) PC 12V 12 160

DC24V 24 650 approx> 2C 7

DC48V 48 2,600 yU

PCI 10V 110 1 1 ,000

HC2— AC6V QVAC

(HC2-P*) AC 12V 12

AC24V 24 - approx. 2C ?

AC48V 48 - 1 2VA

AC. MOV 115 —

HC3- DC6V 6VDC 40

(HC3-P*) DC12V 12 160

DC24V 24 650 p PP ^° ' 3C 7

DC48V 48 2.600

PCI 10V 110 , 11.000

HC3— AC6V 6VAC

(HC3-P*) AC 12V 12 - annrrw

AC 24V 24 - PP ° A 3C 7

AC48V 48 - 1ZVA

AC115V 115

HC4— PC6V 6VPC 40

(HC4-P*) DC12V 12 160

PC24V 24 650 apprOX - 4C 5

PC48V 48 2,600

PCI 10V 110 1 1 ,000

HC4— AC6V 6 VAC “ ~

(HC4-P*) AC 12V 12 - x

AC24V 24 - PP A 4C 5

AC48V 48 - ,ZVA

AC115V 115

Notes: 1. p*: Denotes PC terminal relay.

2. Standard packing Carbon: 20 pcs./Case: 200 pcs. or 800 pcs.

3. Top mounting (TM) types available.

HC4-WS

HC4-PS

HC Sockets

HC-HSF

a

HC-HSF

2.323

HC2-SF

1.575

HC3-HSF

2.638

HC2-SFD

Aromat Corporation

Solder

Socket for

Socket

PC board

HC1-SS

HC1-PS

HC2-SS

HC2-PS

HC3-SS

HC3-PS

HC4-SS

HC4-PS

Socket for

Screw Terminal

Wrapping

Socket

HC 1-WS

HC-HSF

HC2-WS

HC2-SF

HC3-WS

HC3-HSF

HC4-WS

HC Bracket

HC Mounting

Strip

HC2-SFD

HC3-SFD

HC4-SFD

Member of Matsushita Group

Note: — SFD types are for DIN rail assembly.
Northeast/Southeast North Central South Central

250 Sheffield Street 311 Lively Boulevard 10930 Switzer Ave., Suite 122

Mountainside, NJ 07092 Elk Grove Village, IL 60007 Dallas, TX 75238

(201) 232-4260 (312) 593-8535 (214) 340-3701

Northwest/Southwest

10400 North Tantau Avenue
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 446-5000

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

4500

RELAYS

4500

"Tell me jour relay application
and I’ll tell you how
Bosch Mini-Giants' can help”

Dave Robson

W hether it’s automobiles or
main frame computers, alarm
systems or 100-ton cranes, Robert
Bosch speaks your language on any
of dozens of relay applications. So
let’s talk.

Whether it’s plug-in relays (30
amp; 6, 12 and 24 VDC) or PCBs (15
or 30 amp), let’s talk.

Plug-in Relay
1.2 cu. in.

Whether your main concern is
quality (automated production keeps
Mini-Giant® Relays quality consist-
ent) or price (we’ll match any of our
competitors), let’s talk.

Whether delivery is needed in 24
days or 24 hours, let’s talk.

I’m Dave Robson. For a free bro-
chure on Robert Bosch Mini-Giant®
Relays just phone me or my colleague
Rich Inglot at (312) 865-5301. Or
write us at:

Robert Bosch Corporation
Dept. O/SHE
2800 So. 25th Avenue
Broadview, 111. 60153

PCB Relay
0.56 cu. in.

OR CALL OUR NEAREST REPRESENTATIVE

NEW ENGLAND

Conti-Younger Associates, Inc.
Massachusetts — (617) 273-1582
Connecticut — (800) 343-5019
NEW YORK
Sonkin Associates
NYC— (914) 668-9809
EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA
William D. Staats Company

(215) 639-5231

WESTERN PEJVNSYLVANIA

Carter, McCormic & Peirce, Inc.

(412) 372-4415

MICHIGAN

Carter, McCormic & Peirce, Inc.
(313)477-7700
NORTHERN OHIO
Carter, McCormic & Peirce, Inc.

(216) 779-5100

SOUTHERN OHIO & EASTERN
KENTUCKY

Carter, McCormic & Peirce, Inc.

(513) 836-0951

INDIANA & WESTERN KENTUCKY

Carter, McCormic & Peirce, Inc.

(317) 844-4175

NORTHERN ILLINOIS & WISCONSIN

Trend-Tronics, Inc.

(312)963-2210

SOUTHERN ILLINOIS & EASTERN
MISSOURI

Ensco-Rep, Inc.

(314) 567-3935

WESTERN MISSOURI & KANSAS

Ensco-Rep, Inc.

(913)381-7557
IOWA & NEBRASKA
Ensco-Rep, Inc.

(319)386-6600
MINNESOTA & DAKOTAS
HMR, Inc.

(612) 831-7400
MOUNTAIN STATES
Piper Sales Company
(303) 443-5337
NORTHWEST
Electronic Component Sales
(206)232-9301
(503) 245-2342
SOUTHWEST
Luscombe Engineering Co.

(602) 974-6566
CALIFORNIA
Luscombe Engineering Co.

(408) 354-6496

(213) 684-2000
(714)295-4300
NORTHERN TEXAS,

OKLAHOMA & ARKANSAS
J. P. Scanlon Company, Inc.

(214) 231-4661

SOUTHERN TEXAS

J. P. Scanlon Company, Inc.

(512)258-7717

(713) 370-4908

LOUISIANA, MISSISSIPPI
& W. TENNESSEE

Erickson Sales, Inc.

(504) 271-1976
ALABAMA, LOUISIANA &
MISSISSIPPI

20th Century Mkt., Inc.

(205) 533-2981

GEORGIA, SOUTH CAROLINA &
TENNESSEE

20th Century Mkt., Inc.

(615) 966-3608

OR CALL OUR
DISTRIBUTORS

Ensco Distribution
(800) 325-4680 or
Missouri — (314) 567-3935
Kin-Tronics
(914) 668-9885
Trend-Tronics Distribution
(800) 323-1697 or
Illinois (312) 963-2210

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1750

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Bosch Mini-Giant Relays

Technical Specifications

LINE

PART NUMBER

TYPE

VOLTAGE

CURRENT SWITCHING
MAKE/BREAK CONTACT

SWITCHING

CYCLE LIFE

COIL

NO.

RESISTIVE

LAMP, MOTOR
LOAD

RESISTIVE

LAMR MOTOR
INDUCTIVE

RESISTANCE

OPERATING

CURRENT

1

0 332 014101

SPST Flasher

12V

100W

5.000.000 1 ’

85±5 a

140mA

2

0 332 014107

SPST Flasher/W.B.

12V

100W

5,000,000

85±5 a

140mA

p

L

U

Q

3

0 332 014113

SPST

12V

30/A

24/A

250,000

100,000

85±5 a

140mA

4

0332 014125

SPST with Bracket

12V

30/A

24/A

250,000

100,000

85±5 a

140mA

1

5.

0332014213

SPST

24V

20/A

16/ A

250,000

100,000

305±15a

80mA

N

6

0 332 014 203

SPST with Bracket

24V

20/A

16/A

250,000

100,000

305±15ft

80mA

M

E

7

0 332 015 001

SPST Dual Make Cont.

12V

2x1 5/A

2x55/W

100,000

50,000

63±3 a

200mA

T

A

8

0 332 015 002

SPST Dual Make Cont.

24 V

2x1 0/A

2x70/W

100,000

50,000

210±12H

120mA

L

9

0332 015 006

qpqt Dual Make Cont.
w/o Bracket

12V

2x1 5/A

2x55/W

100,000

50,000

63±3 fl

200mA

C

A

10

0332 204 001

SPDT with Bracket

6V

30/20A

24/1 6A

250,000

100,000

22±2 a

300mA

P

11

0332 204101

SPDT

12V

30/20A

24/1 6A

250,000

100,000

85±5 a

140mA

12

0 332 204125

SPDT with Bracket

12V

30/20A

24/1 6A

250,000

100,000

85±5 a

140mA

13

0 332 204 201

SPDT

24V

20/1 0A

16/8A

250,000

100,000

305±15n

80mA

14

0 332 204 203

SPDT with Bracket

24V

20/1 0A

16/8 A

305±15ft

80mA

P

15

0 332 014150

SPST with Bracket

12V

30A

24/A

100,000

50,000

85±5 a

140mA

L

A C

C A

16

0 332 014151

SPST

12V

30A

24/A

100,000

50,000

85±5 a

140mA

O H

T P
|

17

0 332 204150

SPDT with Bracket

12V

30/20A

24/1 6A

100,000

50,000

85±5 a

140mA

C

18

0 332 204151

SPDT

12V

30/20A

24/1 6A

100,000

50,000

85±5 a

140mA

19

0 332 016102

SPST

12V

15/A

12/A

250,000

100,000

85±5 a

140mA

P

20

0 332 206 001

SPDT Emergency light

6 V

1 5/1 0A

37/1 0A

250,000

6,000

32±4 a

200mA

c

B

0

A

21

0332 206101

SPDT

12V

1 5/1 0A

12/8A

250,000

100,000

85±5 a

140mA

22

0 332 206102

SPDT High Resistance

12V

8/4A

6/3A

250,000

100,000

2 oo±ioa

60mA

R

D

23

0 332 206105

SPDT Flasher

12V

100W

5,000,000"

85±5 a

140mA

24

0 332 206106

SPDT High Current

12V

30/1 0A

24/8A

50,000

50,000

85±10a

140mA

25

0 332 206 201

SPDT

24V

10/7 A

8/5A

250,000

100,000

305±15a

80mA

© BOSCH

© 1983 Robert Bosch Corporation

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1751

4500

RELAYS

4500

CLARE Mercury-Wetted Contact Relays

GENERAL

INSTRUMENT

RELAY TYPE

TERMINAL

TYPE/GRID

CONTACT FORMS
AVAILABLE

DESCRIPTION

HGJM

HGJ2MT

T|

x?

0 :

Ay

j~! :

Tt

«*;

n

i

1.400/1.200

x .100
staggered

1C

2C

(Break-Before-

Make)

Highest speed mercury-wetted con-
tact relay. Life at 2A, 100VA rated
load: 20 billion operations with
contact protection. Low noise, high
repetition rate. Stable at 200 Hz.

w

HGWM rl

HGW2MT iJj

1 1
1 -

1.20 x .100

1C

2C

Compact package mercury-wetted
relay. Life at rated load: 20 billion
operations. Same characteristics as
HGJM.

A

i

HGSM

HGS2MT Ufi

W ■ r'

(

mg? m

( i

1.800/1.500

x .200
staggered

1C

ID

2C

2D

Sensitive mercury-wetted relay. Life
at 2A rated load: 20 billion operations
with contact protection. 120 Hz
repetition rate.

t

HGRM |

HGR2MT ”
HGSR

' *

c

- ^

.

y

i

4

]

1.400/1.200

x .100
staggered

1C

ID

2C

2D

Small mercury-wetted relay. Life at
rated load: 20 billion operations with
contact protection. Same contact
characteristics of HGSM.

*

(3 O
Z X

V\

i

3.000/2.400

x .200
staggered

ID

2D

(Make-Before-

Break)

High current (5.0A, 250VA) mercury-
wetted module. Life at rated load: 20
billion operations with contact pro-
tection. 80 Hz maximum repetition
rate.

|||3

|i

8, 11
and 14

Pin Plugs

ID

2D

3D

4D

Heavy duty (5.0A, 250VA) mercury-
wetted plug-in relays. Life at rated
load: 20 billion operations with
contact protection.

HGS

1 ^iuui 1

8 Pin

Octal Plug

1C

ID

Sensitive mercury-wetted plug-in
relay. Life at rated load: 20 billion
operations with contact protection.

2A, 100V A contact rating.

HuiBBKHt* *,*>*>’ * ,

1.300 x .100

1A

2A

4A

(Normally Open)

Mercury-wetted reed, epoxy molded.

End lead construction. Life at rated
load: 1 billion operations. .5A, 50VA
contact rating.

^ ^ >**>

1.00 x .150

1A thru

5A

Mercury-wetted reed, metal cover.
Standard grid spacing. Life at rated
load: 1 billion operations. .5A, 50VA
contact rating.

HRM 7'

.800 x .150

1A

Subminiature form A module for PCB
mounting. Life at rated load: 1 billion
operations with contact protection.
.5A, 50VA contact rating.

CLARE DIVISION, 3101 W. Pratt Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60645 • 312/262-7700

1*1752

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

CLARE Dry Reed Relays

RELAY TYPE

TERMINAL

TYPE/GRID

CONTACT FORMS
AVAILABLE

Form A (1 & 2)
Form B (1 only)

Form A (1 & 2)
Form B (1 only)
Form C (1 only)

Form A (1 only)

5 Vdc
12 Vdc
24 Vdc

GENERAL

INSTRUMENT

NOMINAL

VOLTAGE

5

Vdc

12

Vdc

24

Vdc

5

Vdc

12

Vdc

24

Vdc

DESCRIPTION

The pew bifurcated DYAD® series
yields improvements in speed and
contact life reliability. Life at sig-
nal load: 250 million operations.

Molded construction. Diode and
electrostatic shield options. Life
at rated load: 5 million operations.

Low profile molded construc-
tion. Available with diode and/
or shield. Life rated load: 5 mil-
lion operations.

MRB/922

Industry standard in microreed
size reed relays. Metal cover and
versatile design. Life at rated
load: 10 million operations.

1.00 x 0.10 Form A (2 & 3)

5 Vdc Microreed relay designed to min-
12 Vdc imize thermal voltage errors in
15 Vdc low-level circuits. Life at rated
load: 10 million operations.

1.00 x. 100 Form A (1, 2 & 4) 5 Vdc

3-pole and 5- 12 Vdc

pole available. 24 Vdc

Epoxy molded equivalent of
MRB metal covered relay.
Rugged lead frame construction.
Life at rated load: 5 million
operations.

1.00 x .100

Form A (1 & 2)
Form B (1 only)

5/6 Vdc
12 Vdc
24 Vdc

Open construction. Life at rated
load: 10 million operations.

Form A (1 & 2)
Form B (1 only)

Form A (1 to 6)
7 to 12 poles
available
Form B (1 & 2)
Form A/B (1 & 2)
Form AL (1 & 2)

5 Vdc Magnetic shielding option with a

6 Vdc ferrous cover in a high density

12 Vdc package design. Life at rated
24 Vdc load: 5 million operations.

. .

6 Vdc Industry standard in large size

12 Vdc reed relays. Life at rated load: 20

24 Vdc million operations.

48 Vdc

CLARE DIVISION, 3101 W. Pratt Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60645 • 312/262-7700

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1753

4500

RELAYS

4500

CLARE Electromechanical Relays

INS^tt5^§NT

RELAY TYPE

TERMINAL

TYPE/GRID

CONTACT FORMS
AVAILABLE

NOMINAL

VOLTAGE

DESCRIPTION

^ *■

Dual-in-line

Package

(DIP)

(Break-

Before-Make)

1 Form C

2 Form C

3 Vdc

5 Vdc

6 Vdc

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

Dual-in-line subminiature pack-
age for automatic PCB insertion.
Epoxy sealed construction for
automatic wave soldering and
cleaning. Breakaway breather
hole allows lower relay operating
temperature. Life at full rated
load: 500 thousand operations.

555

1.00 x .100

(Break-

Before-Make)

2 Form C
(Make-

Before-Break)

2 Form D

5 Vdc

6 Vdc

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

Bifurcated contacts insure reli-
able low level to 1 ampere switch-
ing. Typical coil power dissipation
only 290 milliwatts. Submersible
sealed construction simplifies
wave soldering and cleaning
operations. Breakaway breather
hole allows lower relay operating
temperature. Life at full rate load:

1 million operations.

LA

.100

In Line

4 Form C

6 Vdc

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

30 Vdc

48 Vdc

Low cost miniature relays offer
high switching capacity and ver-
satility for their size. Bifurcated
contacts switch from low level to

2 ampere full rated loads. Life at
rated load: 100 thousand opera-
tions.

LB, LBP

.100

In Line

7

!

6 Form C

1

6 Vdc

12 Vdc

15 Vdc

18 Vdc

24 Vdc

30 Vdc

36 Vdc

48 Vdc

Miniature relays offer high switch-
ing capacity and versatility at low
cost, bifurcated contacts switch
from low level to 2 ampere full
rated loads. LB series are de-
signed for direct plug into socket
mounting. Life at rated load: 100
thousand operations.

CLARE CIRCUIT PROTECTION

Surge Arrester Selection Guide

PRODUCT

VOLTAGE RATINGS

APPROXIMATE SIZE AND
MOUNTING METHOD

• 265" L x .380" Dia.
Solder Leads .892" L

Cormjap

75V-1000V DC

P/C Mtg.

Mtg. Clips for Units w/o Leads

Uni-Imp®
(UBD. UGT, UBT)

550V-20kV DC

2.20" L x .560” Dia.
Solder Lugs

PHYSICAL

CONSTRUCTION

Ceramic/Metal

Glass/Metal

SPECIAL FEATURES

Small Size

Rugged Ceramic Construction
Low Capacitance < 1.5 pF
High Peak Current
Capability > 10 kA

Ultra Fast Protection

No Overshoot (DC to 200kV//jS)
Life Thousands of Operations

Spark Gaps
(SB & SG)

Triggered
Spark Gaps
(TA & TB)

400V-40kV DC

1.0kV-25kV DC

3.562" L x 1.202" Dia.

Solder Lugs

Ferruled Ends for Clip Mtg.
3/4" H x 21/22" Dia.

Solder Lugs

2.10" H x 2.82" Dia.
Stud Screw Mtg.

Sub-Microsecond Responsive Time

Glass/Metal Electrical Energy Transfer

DC Overvoltage Protection

Command Energy Switching

Ceramic/Metal DC Overvoltage Protection

Rugged Construction

CLARE DIVISION, 3101 W. Pratt Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60645 • 312/262-7700

1*1754

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

MINIGLOSSARY

ELECTROMECHANICAL

RELAYS

RELAYS

Hybrid: Isolated input and output
either with a solid-state input and an
electromechanical output or vice versa.
Typically a reed switch is used to trig-
ger a solid-state output or a solid-state
amplifier is used to trigger an electro-
mechanical relay.

Differential: Have multiple windings
to function when voltage, current and/
or power difference reaches a specific
level or value.

Close-differential: The dropout value
is specified close to the pickup value.

Frequency sensitive: Operates at a set
frequency or within specific frequency
bands. A resonant reed, for example.

Hermetically sealed: Totally sealed by
glass-to-metal or metal-to-metal seals
to ensure very low rates of gas leakage
over long time periods.

Encapsulated: Imbedded in a suitable
potting compound.

Sealed: Enclosed in a relatively air-
tight cover. (Not the same as hermeti-
cally sealed.)

Covered: Unsealed metal or plastic
enclosure or housing.

CONTACTS

Dry circuit: contacts that carry current
but do not open or close during ener-

gizing of the load circuit. Often
wrongly used in reference to low level
contacts.

Low Level: Contacts controlling rela-
tively low voltages and low currents.
Generally below 5 Vdc and 10mA.

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Measured dropout: The value at which
all contacts restore to their unoper-
ated position as current or voltage de-
creases.

Specified dropout: The value at or
above which all contacts must restore
to their unoperated position as voltage
or current is decreased.

Specified hold: The value that must be
reached before any contact change oc-
curs as voltage or current is decreased
on an operated relay.

Specified nonpickup: The value that
must be reached before any contact
change occurs as voltage or current
decreases on an unoperated relay.

Measured pickup: The value at which
all contacts function as voltage or cur-
rent increases on an unoperated relay.

Specified pickup. The value at or be-
low which all” contacts must i unction
as voltage or current increases on an
unoperated relay.

Sensitivity: Specified pickup expressed
in watts.

Normal bridging: The make-before-
break action between adjacent contacts
on relays designed for this purpose.
Abnormal bridging: The undesired
closing of contacts caused by a metal
bridge or protrusion developed by
arcing.

Magnetic freezing: Sticking of the
armature to the core as a result of
residual magnetism.

TIME

Actuation : The interval from coil ener-
gization or de-energization to the func-
tioning of a specified contact.

Initial actuation: The interval from
coil energization or de-energization to
the first closing or opening of a pre-
viously open or closed contact.

Final actuation: Sum of initial actua-
tion and bounce intervals following an
actuation.

Contact bounce : The interval from
close or opening of a contact to the end
of the bounce of “chatter.”

Chatter: See bounce.

Operate: Normally taken as the inter-
val between energization and the open-
ing or closing of the last contact to
function not including bounce.

Release: Normally taken as the inter-
val between de-energization and the
opening or closing of the last contact to
function excluding bounce.

Transfer: The interval between open-
ing a closed contact and closing an
open contact of a break-before-make
relay.

NORMALLY OPEN
(MAKE CONTACT)

NORMALLY CLOSED
(BREAK CONTACT)

TRANSFER BREAK

RT — *

- FAT -

- TIME DROPOUT

0T - OPEN TIME

BT - BOUNCE TIME

FAT = FINAL ACTUATION TIME

IAT = INITIAL ACTUATION TIME

RT = RELEASE TIME

TT = TRANSFER TIME

Fig. 2. Typical time vs. current (non-
inductive load)

4500

RELAYS

4500

Half Size Relays

HFW

half size
miniature
relay

sensitive
half size

transient

suppression

long-life

miniature

Full Size Relays

polarized

magnetic-latching

relay

Note: All relays available in a variety
of terminals and mountings.

HIGH PERFORMANCE RELAYS
from

COMMUNICATIONS INSTRUMENTS,

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.
Contact rating:

low level to 4.0 Amps

Coil

Voltage

5 to

48.0 VDC

Features

• Welded, hermetically sealed enclosures
» Low contact resistance

> Sensitive version available

• Excellent RF switching

• Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C

• Qualified to MIL-R-39016/6 level L&M
(Request Da ta Sheet HF W-81)

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.
Contact rating:

low level to 2.0 Amps

5 to • Welded, hermetically sealed enclosures

36.0 VDC • Low contact resistance

• Energy-saving 10CV125 milliwatt sensitivity

• Excellent RF switching

• Ambient temp rati ng -65°C to + 1 25°C

• Qualified to MIL-R-39016/44 level L&M
(Request Data Sheet H MS-83)

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.
Contact rating:

low level to 3.0 Amps

6 to • Welded, hermetically sealed enclosures

32.0 VDC • Low contact resistance

• Bifilar transient suppression

• Excellent RF switching

• Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C

• Qualified to MIL-R-3901&22 level L&M
(Request Data Sheet HMB-83)

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.
Contact rating:

low level to 2.0 Amps

6 to • Welded, hermetically sealed enclosures

26.5 VDC • Low contact resistance
Life: • Sensitive version available

100 million • Excellent RF switching

operations • Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C
at low level • Shock and vibration resistant
(Request Data Sheet HLL-83)

r

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.
Contact rating:

low level to 3.0 Amps

6.3 to

110 VDC

• Welded, hermetically sealed enclosures

• Low contact resistance

• Sensitive version available

• Excellent RF switching

• Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C

• Qualified to MIL-R-5757/10
(Request Data Sheet FW-81)

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.
Contact rating:

low level to 5.0 Amps

6.3 to

110 VDC

• Welded, hermetically sealed enclosures

• Low contact resistance

• 5.0 Amp version of FW

• Excellent RF switching

• Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C

• Designed to MIL-R-5757
(Request Data Sheet FW5A-81)

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.
Contact rating:

low level to 3.0 Amps

L

3.2 to

110 VDC

• Welded, hermetically sealed enclosures

• Low contact resistance

• One and two coil operation

• Excellent RF switching

• Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C

• Designed to MIL-R-5757/53
(Request Data Sheet LFW-81)

II

* Communications
Instruments , Inc.

P.O.BOX 520 • FAIRVIEW, NORTH CAROLINA 28730
704/628-1711 • TELEX 577436

Toll-Free Number:

1 - 800 - 438-3521

For samples and information
on our products, contact:
DAVEARROWOOD

Product Manager for Crystal Can Relays

1*1756

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

HIGH PERFORMANCE RELAYS
from

COMMUNICATIONS INSTRUMENTS, INC. J

Type 511 GPQ |

general purpose
RF relay

Telephone
Relays V

Contact

Data

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.
Contact rating:
low level to 1.0 Amp

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.
Contact rating:

low level to 10.0 Amps

Coil

Voltage

3.4 to
53.0 VDC

6.3 to
110 VDC

Features

• Hermetically sealed enclosures

• Low contact resistance

• Total volume only .046 cubic inch

• Excellent RF switching

• Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C

• Designed to MIL-R-39016/34
(Request Data Sheet MF-81)

• Welded, hermetically sealed enclosures

• Very low contact resistance

• Package volume .72 cubic inch

• Excellent RF switching

• Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C

• Designed to MIL-R-5757/23 & 28
(Request Data Sheet PF-83)

Contact

Arrangements:

1 Form C, 2 Form C,

2 Form B, 2 Form A.

Contact rating:

low level to 3.0 Amps

1.8 to

48.0 VDC

• Welded, hermetically sealed enclosures

• Low contact resistance

• 40 milliwatt sensitivity

• Excellent RF switching

• Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C
« Designed to MIL-R-5757/13

(Request Data Sheet SF-81)

Contact

Arrangements:

4 Form C

6 Form C

Contact rating:
low level to 2.0 Amps

V

18.0 to

36.0 VDC

• Hermetically sealed enclosures

• Low contact resistance

• Optional all-welded construction

• 100 G shock

• Ambient temp rating -65°C to + 125°C

• Qualified to MIL-R-5757/1 & 7
(Request Da ta Sheet RD-83)

Contact

Arrangements:

2 Form C, 4 Form C,

2 Form D, 4 Form D.

Contact rating:
low level to 1.0 Amp

5 to

48.0 VDC

• Sealed enclosures

• Designed for general purpose RF switching

• Sensitive version available

• Insulation resistance 50,000 MQ at 500 VDC

• Allows 0.5” center PC board spacing

• Low profile. Only .35” height
(Request Data Sheet 511/GPQ-83)

Contact

Arrangements:

Long frame: up to 8 Form C
Med. frame: up to 8 Form C
Short frame: up to 4 Form C
- Contact rating:
low level to 10.0 Amps

6 to

250 VDC

• Optional hermetic sealing

• Ac or dc operation

• Fast operate and fast release

• Variety of accessories

• Ambient temp rating -55°C to +85°C

• Custom designs available
(Request Catalog 502)

Point variations:

10 to 52 point operation
Contact rating:

0.1 Amp at 115 VAC
or 30 VDC resistive

Carry: 3.0 Amps

^

6 to

110 VDC

•Optional sealing

• Insulation resistance 10 9 Q at 500 VDC

• Fast operate and release times

• Variety of switch mounting accessories
•Operating temperature -0°C to +85°C

• Custom designed models available
(Request Catalog 601)

^■11™ Communications
VII Instruments, Inc.

P.O. BOX 520 • FAIRVIEW, NORTH CAROLINA 28730
704/628-1711 • TELEX 577436

Toll-Free Number:

1 - 800 - 438-3521

. For samples and information on our products, contact:

DAVE ARROWOOD: Product Manager for Crystal Can Relays
BOB MILLER: Product Manager for Telephone Relays
and Stepping Switches

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1757

4500

RELAYS

4500

QUALITY

INTEGRITY

RELIABILITY

• FULLY OR PARTIALLY ENCAPSULATED

• CHOICE OF 5 DIFFERENT FORM A & 4 DIFFERENT
FORM C SWITCHES

• OPEN STYLES

• HIGH VOLTAGE

• MOLDED 1C COMPATIBLE

• EPOXY OR METAL HOUSINGS

• REED RELAYS TO MIL SPECS.

LOW PROFILE REED RELAY, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL
REPLACEMENT FOR IBM 766 SERIES PLUG-IN, REPLACE
REEDS, NO TOOLS-NO SOLDERING

HP (Also 101, 201, 301, & 401 Series)

Introducing our “D” series, fully moulded
D.I.P. compatible relay.

6 Form A, 1C Compatible, ,4W x .43H x .8L

SPECIAL DESIGNS

In view of the difficulty in offering a product line that
is complete enough to cover every application and
physical layout, Computer Components, Inc. main-
tains special engineering and design facilities to
provide the project or design engineer with REED
RELAYS specifically tailored to his particular re-
quirements.

CALL OR WRITE FOR SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR CATALOGUE

C COMPUTER COMPONENTS INC.

629 FIFTH AVENUE, PELHAM, NEW YORK 10803 • (914) 738-1611

1-1758

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

COTO

CORPORATION

ONE BILLION LIFETIMES!

COTO reed relays have been life tested
up to 1,000,000 operations. This assures
you of complete product integrity in your
most critical designs.

Each and every COTO reed relay is

types: Dry Standard (7100); Mercury
Wetted (7200) and High Voltage (7300).
Encapsulated in a magnetically shield-
ing steel shell, epoxy coated. 5, 12 or
24 VDC.

Dry

Std.

HG

Wet

High

Volt

Con-

tact

Form

Pack-

age

Width

7101

7201

7301

1 A

.410

7102

7202

7302

2A

.500

7103

7203

7303

3A

.660

7104

7204

7304

4A

.760

7121

IB*

.500

7122

2B*

.660

7141

1C

.410

7142

2C

.660

7143

3C

.760

7150

1 AL*

.500

7160

1 A/1 Bf

.760

* Polarized, f Make before break not guaranteed.

2600 SERIES

2600 — Highly reliable DIP reed relays
designed for versatility. Offered in a
wide variety of contact types and coil
resistances. Excellent for new designs
or to retro-fit lesser quality molded DIP
relays. Diode coil suppression available.

2604

1 A

200

0.5A

miyjw

2610

1C

100

0.2A

2611

1C

100

0.25A

2631

1A Hi-V

250

0.5A

n

2653

2A

100

0.5A

YES

triple-tested in all operating parameters
prior to shipment. You can depend ab-
solutely on COTO quality and reliability.

COTO offers a wide variety of reed
relays to meet every requirement.

3200/3400 SERIES

3200/3400 — Low and ultra-low thermal
EMF series. Feature 500 nanovolt ther-
mals and 50 nanovolt stability. Fully en-
capsulated in magnetically shielding
steel shell. For scanning low level analog

j U— i _ : 1_ . n : — i : ~i ~ * ~

<-±1 iv-t uiyuui oiynuio, hiuiii^ioaii iy,

acquisition and automatic test equip-
ment.

Model #

Contact

Form

Thermal EMF
Options (Max)

3201

1 A

3/tiV, 1/iV, 500nV

3202

2A

5/iV, 3/tV, 1/iV, 500nV

3203

3A

5 fiV, 3/iV, 1/iV

3204

IB

5/U.V, 3/tV, 1 /xV, 500nV

3205

2B

5 aV, 3/aV, 1 //V

3206

1 A/1 B

5 /4V, 3/aV, 1 aiV

3207

1 A Latch

1/iV, 200nV

3250

3A

5/tV, 3//.V, 1 /aV, 500nV

3221

1 A Hi-V

5 fiV, 3/iV

3222

2A Hi-V

5/iV, 3/iV

3402

2A

5fiV, 3,tiV, 1 jttV, 500nV

3432

2A HG

10/iV, 5 /iV

3450

3A

5yu.V, 3/xV, 1 fiM, 500nV

3460

3A

5aV, 3//.V, 1/tV, 500nV

Patent Pending .0 1 6 d ia. pi ns

2200/2900 SERIES

2200/2900 — Microminiature reed relays
for maximum versatility and depend-
ability. Encapsulated in epoxy coated
magnetically-shielding steel shell. Ideal
for switching high-frequency signals.
Greater than 10 12 ohms insulation resist-
ance available.

Model

#

Contact

Form

Switch

Volt

Switch

Current

Carry

Current

2204

1A Dry

200

0.5A

■YJM

2211

1C Dry

100

0.25A

2231

1A Hi-V

200

0.5A

kShH

2902

1 A Dry

200

2904

1 A Dry

200

0.5A

lllloB

2911

1C Dry

150

2920

1 A HG

500

i.oa

MM

BOTTOM VIEW

4000/4200 SERIES

4000/4200 — Totally encased and sealed
reed relays. Manufactured to the highest
standards and 100% tested prior to ship-
ment. Available in a wide variety of con-
tact types and terminal configurations.
Optional electrostatic or magnetic shield.

Relay

Contact Type

Model

#

Switch

Volt

DC Max

Switch
Current
Max Res

4000

4200

1 A Std

2A Std

4003*

4203*

200

0.5

1 A Hi-Rel

2A Hi-Rel

4004*

4204*

200

0.5

1A Hi-Pwr

4005

150

i.'o

1C Std

2C Std

4011

4211

150

0.25

1A HG

4020

500

2.0

1 A Hi-V
Low Cost

Low Cost
2A Hi-V

4030

4230

300

0.5

1A Hi-V
Std

Std

2A Hi-V

1

4031*

4231*

500

0.5

IB Std

4240

200

0.5

* Recognized under the component program of
Underwriters’ Laboratory.

WRITE FOR OUR
COMPLETE CATALOG
#CC-83E

Contact nearest sales office listed
in the Manufacturers’ Directory of
this EEM.

COTO CORPORATION, 55 DUPONT DR., PROVIDENCE, Rl 02907 • (401) 943-2686 • TWX: 710-381-8016

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1759

RELAYS

4500

$ %/ J

HOW TO ORDER OCTAL CYCLE PROGRESS TIMER - part no. 88 226.5
(Example - 88 226.5 - 1 1 5V 60Hz Model 1 )

VOLTAGE FREQUENCY TIME RANGES

115V 60Hz

24V 60Hz

240V 60Hz

220V 50Hz

Model 1: 6 sec./60 sec./12 min.
Model 2: 6 min./60 mln./12 hrs.

Crouzet Controls, Inc.

1029 State Parkway, Schaumburg, IL 60195
Tel: 1 312/843-2200 - Telex: Crouzet 206 297

yctal Cycle Progress Timer

OCTAL PLUG-IN

interchangeable
with most
octal timers

±2%

SETTING

ACCURACY

MEMORY

holds setting

CYCLE PROGRESS

shows time
remaining in
the cycle

TRANSIENT

IMMUNITY

built-in

MULTI-

FUNCTION

on-delay, interval
and single shot in
one timer!

XJ

MULTI- 2 models cover
RANGE from 0.3 sec. to
12 hours

OCTAL prevents module
LOCK from vibrating out
of its socket

PANEL

MOUNT with no additional
hardware

CERTIFICATIONS

UL and CSA — Most European standards.

1*1760

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Solid State Timers

Multifunction — Multirange

Function selector
protected by sliding cover ■

35 mm symetrical Din rail
mounting EN 50022^^^

Base mounting by
2 screws — —

Front connections
by captive screws

Timing state displayed

by 2 LED’s

* Label color coded

M" series

Timer details' 1

Slim dimension

(.88 x2.95 x3.85) ■

Functions Available

MARKING

Red label

Pulse Generator (I)

Fine timing adjustment

thumbwheel

•Time range selectors
(4 time ranges)

Yellow label

On-delay (A)

Green label

Off-delay (C)

Pulse Change-over (F)

SELECTABLE

POSSIBLE

FUNCTIONS

Pulse Monitor (O)
A2A1 |

B1 B3 — r

Interval (H)

Repeat Cycle (D)
A1 A2 i , ,

Repeat Cycle (E)

Interval (B)

Pulse Monitoring (N)
Al A2

PART NO.

RANGE OF SELECTABLE
TIMES

^ Blue label

Repeat Cycle (L)
(T., and T 2 Adjustable)
A1A2 =mm

88 860 01

88 860 03

88 860 21

88 860 23

88 860 81

88 860 83

88 861 01

0.06

to 1 60 s

0.25

to 640 min.

0.06 to 160 s 0.25 to 640 min. 0.06 to 160 s 0.25 to 640 min. 0.06 to 160 s 0.25 to640min.

5 Orange label

Percentage Timer (G)

6 Pink label

PulseOutput (M)
Ma

7 Lime green label

Wye-Delta
Motor Start (S)

White label

Setting in percentage 15 16
Adjustable 3-97 %

88 861 03 88 861 21 88 861 23

T : 0,5 s ± 0,2 s

88 861 41

0.6-2.5-20 2.5-10-80
and 160 s & 640 min.

t : 0,1 s or t : 0,035 s
bridge B1 B2

88 862 01

3 to 30 s - 6 to 60 s

Standard supply voltages: 24 or 48V, DC and 50/60 Hz, 110V or 240V, 50/60 Hz, ±15% nominal
Accuracy: ±5% — Relay current rating: 10A~(1 A —) — Max. admissible current: 15A< 10ms

Also available: "S" series timers: multivoltage (10 to 254V AC/DC) — multirange, single function
"SE" series timers: single range, single function, single voltage, custom built

■fpwn Crouzet Controls, Inc.

1029 State Parkway, Schaumburg, IL 60195
| Tel: 1 312/843-2200 - Telex: Crouzet 206 297

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1761

4500

RELAYS

4500

DELTROL RELAYS

Continuous or intermittent duty buzzer which
buzzes when coil is energized. Operated on
50/60 cycle AC voltage. Mounting: No. 6-32
tapped core. Recognized under the Compo-
nents Program of Underwriters Laboratories,
Inc. (File No. E37066). CSA listed (File No.
20690).

L

W

H

= 1-3/8
= 1-3/8
= 2

TO @

General purpose plug-in relay for continuous
duty operation. Plastic cover. Recognized
under the Components Program of Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. (File No. E37066).

BASE DIAGRAMS FOR 105 SERIES S/N 20171-00

BZ BUZZER

Contacts

Coil

Stock No.

Series

Arrang.

Rating

Input

Resistance

Nominal

(Amps)

Voltages

(Ohms)

Power

20000-81

BZ

12VAC

32

3.0VA

20000-82

BZ

24VAC

132

3.0VA

20000-83

BZ

120VAC

2,250

3.0VA

105/105A SERIES (With Indicator Lamp)

20107-84

105

DPDT

5A

120VAC

1,800

2.2VA

20108-81

105

DPDT

10A

12VAC

19

2.0VA

20108-82

105

DPDT

10A

24VAC

74

2.0VA

20108-84

105

DPDT

10A

120VAC

1,800

2.0VA

20108-85

105

DPDT

1 0A

240VAC

6,800

2.0VA

20110-82

105

3PDT

1 0A

24VAC

74

2.2VA

20110-84

105

3PDT

10A

120VAC

1,800

2.2VA

20110-85

105

3PDT

10A

240VAC

6,800

2.2VA

201 1 4-80

105

DPDT

10A

6VDC

30

1.2W

20114-81

105

DPDT

10A

12VDC

120

1.2W

20114-82

105

DPDT

10A

24VDC

472

1.2W

20114-83

105

DPDT

10A

48VDC

1,800

1.2W

20114-84

105

DPDT

1 0A

110VDC

10,000

1.2W

20117-81

105A

DPDT

10A

12 VAC

19

2.2VA

20117-82

105A

DPDT

10A

24VAC

74

2.2VA

20117-84

105A

DPDT

1 0A

120 VAC

1,800

2.2VA

20118-84

105 A

3PDT

1 0A

120 VAC

1,800

2.2VA

165/166 Series

L =1-13/32
W =1-1/2
H =2-3/16

TO <§

Plastic covered general purpose plug-in relay.
Molded nylon coil. Continuous duty operation .
Recognized under the Components Program of
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (File No.
E37066). Also CSA Recognized.

High current relays for industrial control appli-
cations. Molded nylon encapsulated coil is re-
sistant to fungus and moisture. Recognized
under the Components Program of Under-
writers Laboratories, Inc. (File No. E37066).

General purpose relays with plastic dust cover
with flange mounting, barrier-type .250” quick-
connect terminals and molded-nylon coil.
Recognized under the Components Program of
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (File No.
E37066). CSA Recognized.

165/166 & 165F/166F SERIES (Flange-Mounted Stock Available)

20307-82

166

DPDT

10A

24VAC

74

2.2VA

20307-84

166

DPDT

1 0A

120 VAC

1,800

2.2 VA

20307-85

166

DPDT

10A

240VAC

6,800

2.2VA

20308-82

166

3PDT

1 0A

24VAC

74

2.2VA

20308-84

166

3PDT

10A

120 VAC

1,800

2.2VA

20308-85

166

3PDT

10A

240VAC

6,800

2.2VA

20310-80

166

DPDT

10A

6VDC

30

1.2W

20310-81

166

DPDT

1 0A

12VDC

120

1.2W

20310-82

166

. DPDT

1 0A

24VDC

472

1.2W

20325-84

165

3PDT

5A

120VAC

1,800

2.2 VA

20328-82

165

3PDT

5A

24VDC

472

1.2W

20311-81

166

3PDT

10A

12VDC

120

1.2W

20311-82

166

3PDT

10A

24VDC

472

1.2W

20311-84

166

3PDT

10A

1 10VDC

9,500

1.2W

20381-83

166A

3PDT

10A

120 VAC

1,800

2.2VA

170 SERIES

20392-82

170

SPST-

30A

24VAC

44

4.7 VA

20392-83

170

NO-DM

30A

120VAC

1,100

4.7 VA

20394-81

170

SPST-

30A

12VDC

72

2W

20394-82

170

NO-DM

30A

24VDC

288

1

2W

275F SERIES

20844-84

275F

DPDT

20A

120 VAC

1,670

2.4 V A

20848-82

275F

SPST -
NO-DM

30A

24VDC

320

1.8W

20852-82

27 5 F

DPDT

20A

24VDC

320

1.8W

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL.

DELTROL

controls I®

DIVISION OF DBL TROL CORP

2745 S. 19th Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53215 Phone (414) 671-6800, Telex 2-6871

1*1762

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

DELTROL RELAYS

Heavy duty power relay for industrial control applica-
tions. Particularly suited for motor controls, heater
loads, welder loads, and other power switching applica-
tions. Molded nylon coil resists fungus and moisture.
Long life, rugged construction. Rating: 25 amps, 1-1/2
hp, 120/240 VAC. Heavy duty screw-type terminals.
Mounting: two 3/16" holes on 1-7/8" centers. Listed
under the Components Program of Underwriters Labor-
atories, Inc. (File No. E37066). CSA listed (File No.
20690).

B-5 DUST COVER

H = 3

S/N 20257-80

Sealed knock-out holes for standard conduit fittings.
Relay mounts on pre-drilled base. Constructed of Alum-
inum. Snap action cover release. Accommodates relay
series 900.

900 SERIES

Contacts

Coil |

Stock No.

Series

Arrang.

Rating

(Amps)

Input

Voltages

Resistance

(Ohms)

Nominal

Power

20237-82

900

SPST-NO

30A

24VAC

12

9.5 VA

20237-83

900

SPST-NO

30A

120 VAC

290

9.5 VA

20238-82

900

SPST

30A

24VAC

12

9.5VA

20238-83

900

NO-DM

30A

120VAC

290

9.5 VA

20239-82

900

SPDT

30A

24VAC

12

9.5 VA

20239-83

900

SPDT

30A

120 VAC

290

9.5VA

20240-82

900

DPST-NO

30A

24VAC

12

9.5 VA

20240-83

900

DPST-NO

30A

120 VAC

290

9.5 VA

20241-83

900

DPDT

30A

24VAC

12

9.5 VA

20241-83

900

DPDT

30A

120VAC

290

9.5 VA

20243-81

900

SPDT

30A

12VDC

72

2W

20244-81

900

DPST-NO

30A

12VDC

72

2W

20244-82

900

DPST-NO

30A

24VDC

290

2W

20245-82

900

DPDT

30A

24VDC

290

2W

20245-84

900

DPDT

30A

110VDC

6,050

2W

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL.

deltmol time delay relays

105TD and 105TD-R SERIES

166TD and 166TD-R SERIES

Time delay relay utilizes a Deltrol DPDT relay combined in a compact,
convenient package with electronic delay circuit. The circuit has been de-
signed to provide instant reset if power is removed during the timing cy-
cle without a momentary contact transfer. When rated voltage is applied
to the input, the timing cycle begins. At the end of the timing cycle, the
DPDT relay transfers and remains in that condition until power is re-
moved from the input. 105TD is recognized under the components pro-
gram of Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., file no. E37066.

ADJUSTABLE FIXED

W =
D =

2

1-9/16

W = 2
D = 1-9/16

EXTERNAL

€>

105TD DELAY ON OPERATE (Adjustable)

Stock No.

Time Cycle

Coil Voltage

30202-80

0.1 to 10 Sec.

120VAC

30203-80

0.1 to 1 0 Sec.

24VDC

30202-82

0.6 to 60 Sec.

120V AC

30203-82

0.6 to 60 Sec.

24VDC

30202-84

1 .8 to 180 Sec.

120VAC

30203-84

1 .8 to 1 80 Sec.

24VDC

105TD DELAY ON OPERATE (Fixed) AVAILABLE

Plug-in time delay relay that will not false trip upon interruption of time
cycle. High-impact plastic dust cover. DPDT configuration rated 10 amps.
Contact rating: 3/16” dia., 1/4 HP or 10 amps at 120 VAC; 1/2 HP at
240 VAC. Release and recycle time 100 milliseconds typical, 150 milli-
seconds maximum. Recognized under the components program of
Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc., file no. E37066.

35

m

ADJUSTABLE

W -= 1-1/2
D = 1-3/8
H = 3-1/8

FIXED

W = 1-1/2
D = 1-3/8
H = 2-9/16

*

it

3

t

NOTE: Refer to Bulletin 1845-4 for complete
engineering specifications, terms and definitions.

166TD DELAY ON OPERATE (Adjustable)

Stock No.

Time Cycle

Coil Voltage

30102-80

0.1 to 1 0 Sec.

120VAC

30103-80

0.1 to 10 Sec.

24VDC

30102-82

0.6 to 60 Sec.

120 VAC

30103-82

0.6 to 60 Sec.

24VDC

30102-84

1 .8 to 180 Sec.

120VAC

30103-84

1 .8 to 180 Sec.

24VDC

166TD DELAY ON OPERATE (Fixed) AVAILABLE

105TD-R DELAY ON RELEASE (Adjustable)

Stock No.

Time Cycle

Coil Voltage

30222-80

0.1 to 10 Sec.

120VAC

30223-80

0.1 to 10 Sec.

24VDC

30222-82

0.6 to 60 Sec.

120VAC

30223-82

0.6 to 60 Sec.

24VDC

30222-84

1 .8 to 180 Sec.

120VAC

30223-84

1 .8 to 1 80 Sec.

24VDC

OTHER

VOLTAGES

AVAILABLE

166TD-R DELAY ON RELEASE (Adjustable)

Stock No.

Time Cycle

Coil Voltage

30122-80

30123-80

30122-82

30123-82

30122-84

30123-84

0.1 to 10 Sec.

0.1 to 10 Sec.

0.6 to 60 Sec.
0.6 to 60 Sec.

1 .8 to 180 Sec.

1 .8 to 1 80 Sec.

120VAC
24VDC
120 VAC
24VDC

1 20 VAC
24VDC

105TD-R DELAY ON RELEASE (Fixed) AVAILABLE

105TD-R DELAY ON RELEASE (Fixed) AVAILABLE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1763

4500

RELAYS

4500

DIVERSIFIED ELECTRONICS, INC.

INDUSTRIAL CONTROL DIVISION

National & International Sales I Corporate Headquarters

Delay on Operate
Interval on Operate
Delay on Release
Single Shot
Repeat Cycle
Delayed Interval
Delayed Single Shot
Delay on Operate/
Delay on Release

Flasher

Energy Conservation
Percentage Timer

SUPPLY VOLTAGE:

TEMPERATURES

Operate

Storage:

REPEATABILITY:

RESET TIMES
Before Time Out:
After Time Out:
Recycle:

FALSE TRANSFER:

REVERSE POLARITY
PROTECTED:

POWER CONSUMPTION:

LIFE EXPECTANCY
Mechanical:

Electrical

ENCLOSURE STYLE:
TERMINATIONS:

TIME DELAYS

P.O. Box 207
Leesburg, FL 32748
Toll Free (800) 874-0619
In Florida (904) 787-7259

119 North Morton Avenue
Evansville, IN 47711
(812) 426-2806

-.s'

: : CM.

. •

- #■

• OCTAL TYPE/PLUG IN
TD SERIES

• CMOS CIRCUITRY

• FAST RECYCLE TIME

• VIRTUALLY UNLIMITED DELAYS

• NO FALSE TRANSFER

• CONTINUOUS DUTY CYCLE

• MOST MODELS -UL&CSA

• OCTAL TYPE, PLUG IN BASE

• LEXAN DUST COVER

• FACTORY STOCK

The TD Time Delay Relay series features
a CMOS integrated circuit consisting of
an RC oscillator, a binary counter and an
output logic that operates an electro-
mechanical relay. The delay period is
adjustable by varying the oscillator fre-
quency which is represented by the
variable control on the enclosure. A dial
is silk screened under the control pro-
viding a reference point. Extremely fast
recycle times, along with high accuracy
and repeatability make the TD series
ideally suited for all applications
encountered in the industry.

.161

^ BLADE TYPE/PLUG IN
TD SERIES

• CMOS CIRCUITRY

• FAST RECYCLE TIME

• VIRTUALLY UNLIMITED DELAYS

• NO FALSE TRANSFER

• CONTINUOUS DUTY CYCLE

• BLADE TYPE, PLUG IN BASE

• LOW POWER CONSUMPTION

• BOTH AC OR DC TYPES

• FACTORY STOCK

The TD series described here is electri-
cally identical to the octal plug in types.
The package and type of termination is
the difference. This too features the
CMOS integrated circuit providing
extremely long delays, fast recycle
times, high repeatability and accuracy.
As with all other DEI timers, these will
not false transfer when power is re-
moved prior to completion of the timing
cycle. They plug into standard blade
type sockets. Specify QC-1 1 .

SOLID STATE
TS SERIES

• CMOS CIRCUITRY

• NINE (9) OPERATING MODES

• ALL MODELS UL

• TOTALLY SOLID STATE

• DELAYS UP TO 2 HOURS

• SMALL SIZE

• EASY INSTALLATION

• TOTALLY ENCAPSULATED

• FACTORY STOCK m

The TS series offers a solid state addi-
tion to the existing broad line of DEI
timers. Their small size and low cost
provide an inexpensive alternative to
the electro-mechanical types. Nine (9)
different operations are offered. The to-
tally encapsulated package features
CMOS technology, allowing long timing
ranges, 100% solid state circuitry, no
moving parts to wear, and quick connect
terminals for ease of installation. The
same fast recycle times and accuracy
employed in the other DEI timers make
the TS series also ideally suited for all
applications encountered in the indus-
try. All models have UL

SPECIFICATIONS

24 or 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz;

24 or 110 VDC

24 or 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz;

24 or 110 VDC

24 or 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz;

Some Models Available in DC

Virtually Unlimited

Virtually Unlimited

Up to 2 Hours

0°C to +55°C
-45°C to +85°C

0°C to +55°C
-45°C to +85°C

0°C to +55“C
-45°C to + 85°C

DPDT, 10 Amps Resistive; 21 1 VA
Inductive, 1/6 HP @120 VAC or

24 VDC

DPDT, 1 0 Amps Resistive; 21 1 VA
Inductive, 1/6 HP @ 120 VAC or

24 VDC .

1 Amp Continuous;

10 Amps Inrush

1% Including First Cycle

1% Including First Cycle

1% Including First Cycle

± 10%

± 10%

± 10%

100 Milliseconds

50 Milliseconds

40 Milliseconds

100 Milliseconds

50 Milliseconds

40 Milliseconds

100 Milliseconds

50 Milliseconds

40 Milliseconds

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Continuous

Continuous

Continuous

3 Watts (Approximately)

3 Watts (Approximately)

3 Watts (Approximately)

10 Million Operations (Minimum)
100,000 Operations @ Rated Load

10 Million Operations (Minimum)

1 00,000 Operations @ Rated Load

N/A - No Moving Parts to Wear

100,000 Operations @ Rated Load

“A” Lexan Dust Cover

"B" Lexan Dust Cover

“C” Totally Encapsulated

8 or 11 Pin Octal Plug In; (Use

RB-08 or RB-11 Relay Sockets)

11 Pin Blade Plug In; (Use

QC-1 1 Relay Socket)

Vi" Quick Disconnect Terminals

Most Models Recognized, File
#E55826, Consult Factory

Recognition Forthcoming;

Consult Factory

All Models Recognized'

File #E55826

UNITIMER
TDU SERIES

• FIELD PROGRAMMABLE

• OPERATES ON AC OR DC
VOLTAGES

• FOUR (4) TIMING RANGES

• FIVE (5) OPERATING MODES

• NO FALSE TRANSFER

• LED GLOWS WHEN RELAY IS
ENERGIZED

• FACTORY STOCK mm

The TDU series Unitimer offers the most
versatile single timer available today. 1
model replaces 40 standard devices. 4
wide range delays X 5 most common
modes of operation X 2 supply voltages,
since it will operate on both AC and DC.
The CMOS digital circuitry provides high
accuracy, repeatability and fast reset
times. The long life, heavy duty relay
output is rated to carry currents of 10
amps at 24VDC or 120VAC. All pro-
gramming is easily accomplished exter-
nally by using one or more jumpers
between designated base pins -no trap
doors to open, no switches to set or dis-
assembly required.

24 or 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz;

24 or 1.10 VDC

Field Programmable to 1 Hour

0°C to +55°C
-45°C to +85°C

SPDT, 1 0 Amps Resistive; 21 1 VA
Inductive, 1/6 HP ® 1 20 VAC or
24 VDC

1% Including First Cycle

100 Milliseconds
50 Milliseconds
40 Milliseconds

3 Watts (Approximately)

10 Million Operations (Minimum)
100,000 Operations @ Rated Load

“A” Lexan Dust Cover

11 Pin Octal Plug In; (Use
RB-11 Relay Socket)

UL Recognized,

File # E55826

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

DOUGLAS RANDALL REED RELAYS

Oivision of Kidd*. Inc.

KDOE 6 PAWCATUCK AVENUE / PAWCATUCK, CONNECTICUT 02891 / (203) 599-2075 / TELEX: 6814060 / CABLE: D0RANIC

SPECIAL DESIGNS

Douglas Randall makes custom designed relays to solve diffi-
cult problems. A few models are shown below to illustrate
the variety available. Special molding techniques make it pos-
sible to manufacture unusual sizes, shapes and terminal arrange-
ments with low tooling costs.

The electrical variations possible with Reed Relays are practi-
cally limitless.

Douglas Randall will gladly review your applications and offer
rapid engineering and prototype service.

Douglas Randall offers a line of relays with coils capable of handling 25
Amperes DC. Contact arrangements can be Form 1A, Form IB, or Form 1C.
Relay A has a Form B contact which opens at 1 ADC closes at .5 ADC
and can operate continuously at 15 ADC coil current. It has screw ter-
minals and can be bolted to a heat sink.

Relay B has standard DIP terminals. It has a Form B contact which opens
at 2.3 ADC and closes at 1.7 ADC.

SENSITIVE RELAYS

Proper switch selection and tight coil design result in relays operable at
lowest coil power. The one shown operates at only 3.5 milliwatts.

VERTICAL MOUNTING

This relay is a miniature molded mercury wetted type .450" Diameter x
IV 4 ". High designed for vertical mounting.

SPECIAL HOUSING

This relay is designed with spade ter-
minals and epoxy molded into a steel
case with welded mounting bracket.

HIGH INSULATION RESISTANCE RELAYS

Two typical designs are shown above:

A A .miniofnr-n rnoW, -f |n^+mrr. loorj f/> mo jn + oj « . H jgh !R.

B — This is a relay using Form A and Form B switches timed to provide
a Form C (break before make) function with flying leads to maintain
10 13 ohms. Up to 5 Form A contacts are available @ 10 13 ohms.

SPECIAL HIGH

This relay has three separate coils, each containing a 5,000VDC and a
10,000VDC switch. The package is molded with a flame retardant epoxy
and constructed to withstand 18,500VDC between the switches and all
other conductors. The relay is 3%" L x 2%" W x IV2" H.

SNAP-IN

RELAYS

This 4 pole relay mounts in Berg-clips, like the Series SI on page3
Douglas Randall can now duplicate the following discontinued IBM models:

1 — Position: 766040, 766042, 766059, 766060, 766065, 766068 and

766086

2 — Position: 766043, 766044, 766057, 766067, 766072 and 766087
4 — Position: 766046, 766047, 766066, 766071 and 766079

DOUBLE COIL RELAY

This is a special Form 2C relay with
two coils. Either coil when ener-
gized at 90% nominal voltage must
be able to cancel the other coil
when energized at 110% nominal
voltage. The relay must be able to
withstand 600VRMS.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 1 1*1765

4500

RELAYS

4500

DOUGLAS RANDALL REED RELAYS

Division of Kidd*. Inc

KDOE 6 PAWCATUCK AVENUE / PAWCATUCK, CONNECTICUT 02891 / (203) 599-2075 I TELEX: 6814060 / CABLE: D0RANIC

Form 1C (SPDT) and Form 2C (DPDT)
UL RECOGNIZED REED RELAYS
FILE NO. E/54552; C.G. NRNT2

Fig.

Part No.

Nom.

Volt.

DCR

Ohms

±10%

Contact Rating

1 & A

377885

377455

377886

6

12-19

24

250

1200

4000

10W, ,5A or 200VDC

120VAC @ .275 Amp

Use for gating triacs @ 120VAC

1 & B

377472

375388

377471

6

12-19

24

250

1200

4000

1 & C

377327

377806

377807

5

12

24

250

1000

4000

240VAC @ .040 Amp.

Use for gating triacs @ 240VAC

2 & D

377307 @

377410

377201

CSA

6

12

24

Certified —

175

700
2880
File LR 3

3A @ 17VDC

1A @ 100VDC
.3A @ 300VDC

For inductive AC loads up to the
ratings shown.

4149

3

377808

377809

377810

373350

6

12

24

48

250

1000

2150

2150

20W, .5A or 500VDC

240VAC @ .040 Amp.

Use for triac gating ± 240VAC

4 & B

378510

378511

378512

6

12

24

170

675

2700

10W, ,5A or 200VDC

120VAC @ .275A

Used for gating triacs @ 120VAC

4 & B

378513

378514

378515

6

12

24

170

675

2700

As above,

supplied with dust cover

1 & E

378193

378194

378195

6

12

24

170

675

2700

Form 2C

.05A @ 20VAC or VDC

5 & F

378196

378197

378198

6

12

24

250

1000

4000

Form 1C

.05 A @ 20V AC or VDC

*

t;

NO,

i t

100

x 9

100

.NOT

ion 1

100

.100 5, S

-100

A*

r 1

f

T±~

1 OOQ. —

FIG. E

MAX

Til

.5 IS .2001

Inc

I no

COIL <>■

ARM

COIL

l.OOO—J

.2 OO
.200

FIG. F

« 1. 100 MAX. ►

1

.3'

|_J

*

Tb MAX.

f

T

T (

FIG. 4

)l A

1

PROXIMITY SWITCHES

Douglas Randall manufactures standard and custom switches
to meet many applications, a few of which are illustrated. All
proximity switches are tested for operation by external magnets
at specified distances.

MINIATURE LATCHING

This is a switch and magnet combination shown 3 times actual size. The
length, excluding leads is only .350". This assembly will latch in either
the open or closed state when approached by an external magnet.

FORM B

This is a Form B switch and magnet assembly, .7" L x .150" Sq. The
normally closed switch opens, when approached by an Vs" Sq. steel rod.

This encapsulated switch is available with Form 1A, Form IB, Form 1C
or Form 2A contacts. It can be supplied with dry reed, mercury wet, high
voltage (to 1,000VDC) or high power (to 100VA) contacts. The one shown
was designed for low contact resistance and low level switching.

HEAVY

The proximity switch shown above has heavy duty contacts rated at 100VA.
This switch and matching magnet are epoxy encapsulated for heavy duty
use on outdoor machinery.

This is a switch and magnet combination. The switch has Form 1A and
Form IB contacts designed so that one set of contacts is always open as
the magnet approaches it.

1*1766 pg. 2

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

DOUGLAS RANDALL

REED RELAYS

Division of Kidde, Inc.

6 PAWCATUCK AVENUE / PAWCATUCK, CONNECTICUT 02891 / (203) 599-2075 / TELEX: 6814060 / CABLE: DORANIC

MINIATURE REED RELAYS

Molded — Series MM Dry, HgM Mercury Wet*
Open — Series MG Dry Reed, HgMG Mercury Wet*

MM Series

MG Series

Form

Nominal

Voltage

DCR

Ohms ±10%

Part Number

Part Number

1A

6

250

6MM1A

6MG1A

12

1000

12MM1A

12MG1A

24

4000

24MM1A

24MG1A

2A

6

170

6MM2A

6MG2A

12

675

12MM2A

12MG2A

24

2700

24MM2A

24MG2A

3A

6

110

6MM3A

6MG3A

12

450

12MM3A

12MG3A

24

1800

24MM3A

24MG3A

4A

6

60

6MG4A

12

250

—

12MG4A

24

1000

—

24MG4A

5A

6

50

6MG5A

12

200

12MG5A

24

800

—

24MG5A

6A

6

50

6MG6A

12

200

—

12MG6A

24

800

—

24MG6A

1R

6

170

6MM1B

6MG1B

1 o

C*7r;

1 OMM1 P

... 1 OMC1 n

24

2700

24MM1B

24MG1B

2B

6

110

6MM2B

6MG2B

12

450

12MM2B

12MG2B

24

1800

24MM2B

24MG2B

1A1B

6

110

6MM1A1B

6MG1A1B

12

450

12MM1A1B

12MG1A1B

24

1800

24MM1A1B

24MG1A1B

2A2B

6

50

6MM2A2B

6MG2A2B

12

200

12MM2A2B

12MG2A2B

24

800

24MM2A2B

24MG2A2B

1C

6

250

6MM1C

6MG1C

12

1000

12MM1C

12MG1C

24

4000

24MM1C

24MG1C

2C

6

170

6MM2C

6MG2C

12

675

12MM2C

12MG2C

24

2700

24MM2C

24MG2C

3C

6

60

6MG3C

12

250

_

12MG3C

24

1000

—

24MG3C

4C

6

50

—

6MG4C

12

200

12MG4C

24

800

—

24MG4C

1A

Latch

6

85/85

6MML1A

6MGL1A

12

340/340

12MML1A

12MGL1A

24

1350/1350

24MML1A

24MGL1A

-n iri nrfc br

i a Tit" II *°°

Latch y 1 j , , |- I -T —

Terminal Layout Series MG (Bottom View)

Contact Data —

Series MM, SI, MG, XMG and Hg Versions

SNAP-IN RELAYS SERIES SI

For use with BERG-PAC 45590 terminals

Contact Rating j

Contact Type

Form A

Form B

Form C

10W

10W

3W

12VA

12VA

3VA

Dry

.5A

.5A

.25A

250VDC

250VDC

100VDC

.150*

.150*

.20*

28W

28W

14W

—

—

14VA

Hg Wet

1A

1A

.5A

1000VDC

1000VDC

1000VDC

.050*

.050*

.050*

3W

—

—

All Position

2.5VA

—

—

Hg Wet

.25A

— ■

—

1000VDC

—

—

.050*

—

—

* Initial Resistance

Form

Nominal

Voltage

Part

Number

DCR

Ohms ±10%

6

6SI1A

250

1A

12

12SI1A

1000

24

24SI1A

4000

LOW PROFILE OPEN RELAYS

SERIES XMG (Dry Reed)

NOTES

1. E/M shields std. all Series MM and all Form Band Form L. 5. Ultra sensitive relays available.

2. E/S shields optional. 6. Series MML/1A, have internal diodes.

3. 1000VDC switches available all Form A and B relays.

4. Premium run-in switches available all models.

*Hg Wet, Form C, & Non-Position Sensitive available

OPERATING DATA — All Series

Must Operate — 70% Nominal
Must Release — 10% Nominal

Maximum Voltage —

Form A and C — 200% Nominal
Form B and Latching — 130% Nominal
•nvironmental Data: -20°C to + 65°C; vibration
35g to 2000cps: shock, 30g.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 3 1*1767

4500

RELAYS

4500

DOUGLAS RANDALL

Division of Kidde. Inc

REED RELAYS

6 PAWCATUCK AVENUE / PAWCATUCK, CONNECTICUT 02891 / (203) 599-2075 / TELEX: 6814060 / CABLE: DORANIC

STANDARD SIZE REED RELAYS

Molded — Series SM, HP*, Hg*

Open — Series SG, HPG*, HgG*

SM

Series

Molded

SG

Series

Open

Form

Nominal

Voltage

Part

Number

DCR

Ohms ±10%

Part

Number

DCR

Ohms ±10%

6

6SM1A

180

6SG1A

180

1A

12

12SM1A

725

12SG1A

720

24

24SM1A

2900

24SG1A

2880

6

6SM2A

175

6SG2A

110

2A

12

12SM2A

700

12SG2A

440

24

24SM2A

2750

24SG2A

1760

6

6SM1B

175

6SG1B

110

IB

12

12SM1B

700

12SG1B

440

24

24SM1B

2750

24SG1B

1760

6

6SM2B

140

2B

12

12SM2B

550

24

24SM2B

2200

6

6SM1C

180

6SG1C

180

1C

12

12SM1C

725

12SG1C

720

24

24SM1C

2900

24SG1C

2880

6

6SM2C

175

6SG2C

110

2C

12

12SM2C

700

12SG2C

440

24

24SM2C

2750

24SG2C

1760

1A

6

6SML1A

85/85

6SGL1A

85/85

12

12SML1A

340/340

12SGL1A

340/340

Latch

24

24SML1A

1350/1350

24SGL1A

1350/1350

Standard Open,
SG, HPG*, HgG*

- 2.700 MAX.

0

N

.032 DlA.Hi

*2A, IB, 2C, 1 AL, 1CL, are .565H

Terminal Layout Series SG (Bottom View) — HPG, HgG

- UP HG UNITS . - UP HG UNITS

. .. UP HG UNITS

«

■ 200

=:.800

r-.

tr

^ 2.500 4

-t

300 =100 MAX

— r — L <

— — — . ^

T

ic T ”

■ 2.500 *•

Standard Molded,
SM, HP*, HG ]

Terminal Layout

UP (MS UNITS I

t]

"c ct^ -

.400

1A

1

-fc- C- <>

.300

l.°°

2B^

2.500 J

IP ^.032 D J

Series SM (Bottom View)

*For part numbers and DCR values contact factory. See specification table for contact ratings.

vumrn

OPEN

Dcrn

U 1

CG Dry Reed^w*
HPCG*, '.mm

V

KttU

RELAY!

%

>

High Power .W ^

.032

oi a: — *Ti

L

DCR

DCR

Norn.

Part

Ohms

Part

Ohms

Form

Volt.

Number

±10%

Number

±10%

6

6CG1A

165

6HPCG1A

105

1A

12

12CG1A

660

12HPCG1A

420

24

24CG1A

2640

24HPCG1A

1680

6

6CG2A

100

6HPCG2A

65

2A

12

12CG2A

400

12HPCG2A

260

24

24CG2A

1600

24HPCG2A

1040

6

6CG1B

100

6HPCG1B

65

IB

12

12CG1B

400

12HPCG1B

260

24

24CG1B

1600

24HPCG1B

1040

6

6CG1C

16a

6HPCG1C

105

1C

12

12CG1C

660

12HPCG1C

420

24

24CG1C

2640

24HPCG1C

1680

6

6CG2C

100

6HPCG2C

65

2C

12

12CG2C

400

12HPCG2C

260

24

24CG2C

1600

24HPCG2C

1040

1A

6

6CGL1A

60/60

12

12CGL1A

250/250

Latch

24

24CGL1A

1000/1000

Terminal Layout
(Bottom View)

Common Specifications, Ail Series

OPERATING DATA

Must Operate — 70% Nominal
Must Release — 10% Nominal
Max. Voltage — Form A & C — 200% Nominal

Form B & Latch — 130% Nominal

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA

Temperature — 20°C to +65°C
Shock — 30g

Vibration — 35g to 2000 Hz

CONTACT RATINGS
Series SM, SG, CG (Standard)

Form

Max. Res. Load

Initial Contact
Resistance

A & B

C

15W, l.OA, 400VDC
10W, .5A, 200VDC

.100ft

.150ft

Series HG*, HgG* (Mercury Wet)

P A & B 1 50W, 3.0A, 400VDC I .050ft

Series HP*, HPG*, HPCG*

Form

Suffix

Max. Res. Load

initial Contact
Resistance

A & B

-25

25W, l.OA, 1000VDC

,100ft

A & B

-50

50W, 3.0A, 1000VDC

.200ft

A & B

-100

11 OVA, 3.0A, 110VAC

C

—

20W. 1.5A, 500VDC

.200ft

1*1768 PG. 4

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

DOUGLAS RANDALL

Division of Kidd©. Inc.

REED RELAYS

6 PAWCATUCK AVENUE / PAWCATUCK, CONNECTICUT 02891 / (203) 599-2075 / TELEX: 6814060 / CABLE: D0RANIC

LOW PROFILE— LP, HgLP SERIES

1.245

Nom

All pins
.030 x. 014"

.375

Max.

DCR

Nominal

Part

Ohms

Part

Form

Voltage

Number

±10%

Form

Number

6LP1A

240

6LP4B

WtEOM

12LP1A

950

12LP4B

BTm

24LP1A

3800

24LP4B

6LP2A

K13T*H

155

12LP2A

Ik I

625

24LP2A

J 2MI

2500

6LP3A

80

6LP2C

■a

12LP3A

325

2C

12LP2C

ftyfl

24LP3A

1300

24LP2C

m

6

6LP4A

80

6LP3C

■EES

4A

12

12LP4A

325

3C

12LP3C

24

24LP4A

1300

24LP3C

6

6LP6A

■Kl

6LP1A1B

80

6A

12

12LP6A

1A1B

12LP1A1B

325

24

24LP6A

24LP1A1B

1300

6

6LP1B

155

6LP2A2B

IB

12

12LP1B

625

2A2B

12LP2A2B

24

24LP1B

2500

24LP2A2B

2B

12

12LP2B

325

2A1C

Ui-rtni^ ■

12LP2A1C

... . — .i

325

24

24LP2B

1300

24LP2A1C

1300

6

6LP3B

45

6LP2A2C

3B

12

12LP3B

180

2A2C

12LP2A2C

A

24

24LP3B

■ESI

24LP2A2C

3 —Ji V

TERMINAL LAYOUT (Bottom View)

i —

UP Ho WET

T

1 1 1

450

* 1

AX

1 A

2B

~r

X

3C

~T

-4- * -

,± |

3B

1A1B

■—

m

4B

150 1 \ C t

.200 .300

T~L

1C

2A1C

“tZNl

t=n:

2C

tJ

ZJ

2A2C

CONTACT DATA — Series LP p and Hg Versions

Contact Rating 1

Contact Type

Form A

Form B

Form C

10W

10W

3W

12VA

12VA

4VA

Dry

.5A

.5A

.25A

250VDC

250VDC

28VDC

.150*

.150*

.20*

28W

28W

14W

Hg Wet

1A

1A

.5A

1000VDC

1000VDC

1000VDC

.050*

.050*

.050*

3W

All Position

2.5VA

Hg Wet

•25A

—

1000VDC

—

—

.050*

—

—

OPERATING DATA — Series LP, HgLP
Must Operate — 70% Nom. Must Release — 10% Nom.
Maximum Voltage — Form A & C — 200% Nominal
Form B — 130% Nominal

HIGH VOLTAGE RELAYS — HV SERIES

%

Al l a I T A

• -700 1

ITT 1-200

Form

Nom.

Volt.

Part

Number

DCR

Ohms

±10%

1A

6

6HV1A

25

12

12HV1A

100

(IB*)

24

24HV1A

400

6

6HV2A

20

2A

12

12HV2A

80

24

24HV2A

320

1 A
Top View

1

- 2.500 J .300

IB or 2A

.750-

t— 2,1 .° Top View 'k9o3

t 2.125 -X

L 2.125-=^

>.125

OPTION:

* Relays available In Form B up to 7,500V.

Note: To order, specify as follows: 6HV1A 35
is a 6HV1A relay with 3,500VDC switch.

CONTACT DATA

Maximum Resistive Rating

wail

HESH

3,500VDC

3.0A

50W

B * Is

.100 Ohms

■h

7.500VDC

3.0A

50W

11 1 ft

.100 Ohms

BEQH

10.000VDC

3.0A

50W

■EQSmISBI

SERIES DIP RELAYS

i il 1 1 o luiiuu i u u « r ouCncidi

Compatible with logic inputs.

Packaged for Automatic Insertion.

Schematic (Top view)

.14 13 9 8

DIP 1A

DIP 2A

Mechanical Layout

14 13

, o p

98

nn

12 6 7

Circuit Schematic (Top view)

14 13 98

uu ncr

,12 6 7

- .77 max *

X

DIP 1C

SERIES DIP RELAYS

Nominal

DCR

*Part

Voltage

0±10%

Number

1 A

5 VDC

500

5 DIP 1A

12 VDC

800

12 DIP 1A

24 VDC

2000

24 DIP 1A

2A

5 VDC

140

5 DIP 2A

12 VDC

400

12 DIP 2A

24 VDC

1300

24 DIP 2A

1C

5 VDC

200

5 DIP 1C

12 VDC

500

12 DIP 1C

24 VDC

1500

24 DIP 1C

*Clamp Diode Available, add D to Part Number e.g. 5 DIP 1AD.

Contact Rating — 1A & 2A 10 VA @ ,3A or 100 VDC
1C 3 VA @ ,2A or 30 VDC
Initial Control Resistance — 1A & 2A .1501.'

1C .150'..*

Must Operate — 75% Nominal
Must Release — 10% Nominal

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pb. s 1*1769

4500

RELAYS

4500

DOUGLAS RANDALL SOLID STATE COMPONENTS

Division of Kidde , Inc. STOCKED FOR IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

6 PAWCATUCK AVENUE / PAWCATUCK, CONNECTICUT 02891 / (203) 599-2075 / TELEX: 6814060 / CABLE: DORANIC

SOLID STATE RELAYS SERIES K

DC OUTPUT / DC CONTROL SIGNAL

Douglas; Randall Series K are* SPST (NO) lor (NC)
relays which will switch loads of 4, 8 or 12 Amps
to 250 VDC. They provide rapid switching and
opto-isolation between input and output. The
sensitive inputs are compatible with DTL or TTL
logic. Arc-free switching makes these relays
suitable for hazardous atmospheres.

MODEL NUMBERS

Output Voltage

Current

Model

4 Amp

K04A

2-32VDC

8 Amp

K08A

12 Amp

K12A

4 Amp

K04B

2-55VDC

8 Amp

K08B

12 Amp

K12B

2-50VDC

6 Amp

K06D

*lnductive loads must be diode suppressed,
t Normally closed add — (NC) K04A-NC.

INPUT SIGNAL DATA

Range 3-32VDC

Must Operate 3VDC

Must Release 1VDC

Input Impedance 100012 Min.

Isolation

Signal to Load 1500V

Signal to Base 1500V

Temperature — 30°C to +80°C

NEW
Output to
250 VDC

MECHANICAL ARRANGEMENT

See AC output relays on page 7

OUTPUT DATA

Continuous Current
DC Line Voltage
Off State Leakage
Turn On Time
Turn Off Time

Voltage Drop @ Rate
Current

Isolation
Load to Base

SIZE:

21/aL X 13/ 4 W x IV 0 H Max.

WEIGHT:

4 Ounces Max.

TERMINATION:

Standard Models —
Control Signal:

6-32 Screws
Output:

8-32 Screws

4A, 8A, dr|12A
2-32VDC or 2-55VDC
2mA DC
50 Micro Sec.

500 Micro Sec.

LOAD CURRENT VS TEMPERATURE

6" x 6" x i/s" HEAT SINK!

Special Models can be
provided with lead wires
or other types of
termination in OEM
quantities. Consult the
factory & see pg.7
for mechanical details.

J FREE AIR MOUNTED |

4 AMP RELAYS

20 30 40. 50 60 70 80 90 100,

,6" X 6" x i/ 8 " HEAT. SINK

FREE AIR MOUNTED

8 AMP RELAYS

t AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C)

r~i i i m

6" x 6" X Va" HEAT SINK

1 1

12 AMP RELAYS

FREE AIR MOUNTED

s.

_

— —

—

tj

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

SOLID STATE RELAYS — SERIES CV
PC MOUNTED —

INPUT DATA
I CV1

Nominal Voltage
Voltage Range
Must Operate
Must Release
Impedance
Isolation

(Input to Output))
Capacitance

5.5VDC

28VDC

Current

3A RMS

4-10VDC

10-32VDC

Surge Current

80A Peak

4VDC

10VDC

Minimum Current

50mA

.4VDC

.4VDC

Off State Leakage

8mA

1000S2

400012

, Voltage

24 to 240VAC

1500V

, 1500V

@ 47 to 63 Hz

15pF

15pF

Voltage Drop
Offstate dv/dt

Turn On Time

Turn Off Time

2.0VAC

100V//4sec.

8.3msec.

16 msec.

INPUT DATA
I CV3

Nominal Voltage
Voltage Range

Must Operate

Must Release
Impedance

5.5VDC

4-10VDC

4VDC

.4VDC

100012

Maximum Current
Voltage Range
Voltage Drop
Off State Leakage
Turn On Time
Turn Off Time

KFiian

3A DC

4-55VDC

1.6VDC

10mA DC

500/isec.

1.5msec.

INPUT DATA
I CV4 7

10-55VDC

10mA

3mADC

1500V

lOpF

he : umm

Voltage Drop

Logic Supply Volt. I 4-5-6VDC
Logic Supply Cur. 10mA @ 6VDC

MODELS CV-1 & CV-2 7U UT

3 Amp output @ 120/240 VAC
Zero crossover, Opto-isolation
Dim. A — 2.00" Max, B — .650" Max.

MODELS CV-3 & CV-6

3 Amp output @ 4 to 55 Volts I DC

Opto-isolation

Dim. A — 2.00", B — .75"

■

■

■

■

m

■

■

■

■

■

a

a

■

■

■

■

■

M

■

■

■

■

■

H

■

mm

■

■

mmm

■

■

u

■

■

■

■

■

■

I

IHQIexso]

1*1770 PG. 6

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

DOUGLAS RANDALL SOLID STATE COMPONENTS

Division of Kidde , Inc.

STOCKED FOR IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

6 PAWCATUCK AVENUE / PAWCATUCK, CONNECTICUT 02891 / (203) 599-2075 / TELEX: 6814060 / CABLE: DORANIC

to @

SOLID STATE RELAYS

RATINGS TO 40 AMPS Hgpji

AC OUTPUT / DC OR AC CONTROL U
UL RECOGNIZED / FILE NO. E60556 / ■

C.C. NMFT2 X* |

CSA CERTIFIED FILE LR34149 N

Douglas Randall's line of solid state AC output relays are UL recognized
for resistive, lamp and motor loads. Featuring opto-isolation and zero-
voltage switching models are available to handle up to 40 Amp. DC or AC
control signals can be specified and Form A or B output.

INPUT SIGNAL DATA (AC OR DC)

MODEL NUMBERS (NOTE 4)

DC

AC 1

Range

Must Operate

_ Mnct Release

Input Impedance
isolation

Signal to Load

Signal to Base
Capacitance
Temperature Range

3-32V 5 90-240VAC

(80-140VDC)
3VDC 90VAC

(80VDC)
i\/n r. mufln

1 (lOVDcj

1000Q Min., 40KQ Min.

1500V, 10 lo n DC

1500V, 10 1o Q DC

15 pF Signal to Load
— 30°C to +80°C

Output Rating

Current

DC Signal

AC Signal

4A

D04A

A04A

8A

D08A

A08A

90-140VAC

12A

D12A

A12A

25A

D25A

A25A

40A

D40A

A40A

4A

D04B

A04B

8A

D08B

A08B

200-280VAC

12A

D12B

A12B

25A

D25B

A25B

40A

D40B

A40B

400-480VAC*

12A

D12D

A12D

SURGE CURRENT VS TIME

12 Amp Relay
- 8 Amp R*elay4"

OUTPUT DATA (AC OUTPUT)

* Not U/L Recognized
No Internal Snubber

Not CSA Certified

Maximum Current

4A

8A

12A

25A

40A

One Cycle Surge Current

75A

100A

150A

250A

- 400A

Overload (1 sec., RMS)

20A

30A

50A

40A

75A

Minimum Holding Current

50mA Typ.

50mA Typ.

50mA Typ.

50mA Typ.

50mA Typ.

10 100 IK 10K 100K 1000K

Surge Current Duration — Full Cycles

SURGE CURRENT VS TIME

AC Line Voltage: 90/140V or 200/280V1 @ 47-63 Hz 2
Voltage Drop @ Rated Current: 1.6V Max.

Typical Turn-on Voltage: 5V

Response Time (DC Signal): 1/2 Cycle Max.

dv/dt 6 Off State: lOOV/^sec.

Commutating: 5V//*sec.

NOTES AND OPTIONS

Off State Leakage Current:

90/140VAC — 4.5mA Typ.

200/280VAC — 5.5mA Typ.

400/480VAC — 1.5mA Typ.

Isolation Output to Base: 1500V, 10 10 Q DC 3
Contact Form: SPST (NO) 4

1. Special wide range models can be made which will switch loads from 18V to 140V. These relays can handle
either 24VAC or 120VAC loads.

2. 2500VAC isolation between input and output,

3. Form A (SPST-NO) relays are standard. Form B (SPST-NC) switching is optional. Models incorporating this
feature are designated by NC. e.g. A40B-NC.

4. All DC models are TTL compatible over the full operating temperature range.

5. All relays except 480VAC Models incorporate an RC snubber network which prevents false operation from
transients up to the dv/dt level shown. More severe transients may require additional external protection.
We will review your application and recommend the additional protection needed.

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Size: 2W'L x 1%"W x lVs" maximum.

Weight: 4 ounces maximum.

Termination: Standard Models — Control Signal: 6-32 screws. Output: 8-32 screws.

Special Models can be provided with lead wires or other types of termination in OEM quantities. Consult the
factory for details.

SPECIAL DESIGNS

Douglas Randall has designed many special solid state relays, such as a polarized, latching, SPDT unit which
will switch 12A at 28VDC. We also have the capability of making special package sizes and terminal arrange-
ments for our solid state relays at moderate tool cost. Your inquiries will be reviewed promptly.

s

x

N

40 Amp Rela

25 Amp Relay

1

N

1 25 & 40 Amp Relays]

\

.2 .5

Time Seconds

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 7 1*1771

4500

RELAYS

4500

I

DOUGLAS RANDALL SOLID STATE COMPONENTS

Division of Kidde , Inc STOCKED FOR IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

6 PAWCATUCK AVENUE / PAWCATUCK, CONNECTICUT 02891 I (203) 599-2075 / TELEX: $814060 / CABLE: DORANIC

AC OUTPUT (Cont’d)

LOAD CURRENT VS TEMPERATURE

10" x 10" x Vs Heat Sink

4 Amp Relays |

PROPORTIONAL CONTROLS 40 ai

Douglas Randall Proportional Control vary loads up to 40 Amp
@ 480 VAC from 0 to 99%.

SERIES R — RESISTOR CONTROLS

These controls operate by connecting a variable resistor to the '■ \

input terminals. See Figs. 1 & 2.

Mechanical lj

INPUT* Specifications

on page 7

Variable Resistor (150,000ft, 1 watt) — For 120VAC

Variable Resistor (1 Megohm, Vz watt) — For 240VAC, 277VAC or 480VAC

Output Voltage

90-130 VAC
200-240 VAC
400-480 VAC

OUTPUT DATA

40 AMP @ 480 VDC

CURRENT

5A 1

| 10A

1 15A T

25A T

40A

One Cycle Surge Current

75A

100A

150A

225A

400A

Overload (1 Sec., RMS)

20A

30A

50A

70A

150A

Minimum Holding Current

.05A

.05A

.07A

.08A

.09A

AC Line: 90/130 VAC, 200/240 VAC, 250/300 VAC or 400/480 VAC

Typical Leakage: 90/130 VAC — 10 mA; 200-240 VAC — 7 mA ; 250-300 VAC — 6 mA; 400-480 VAC — 3 mA*

* Models R05D, R10D, R15D, R25D and R40D have no snubbers.

SERIES RD/ LOGIC INPUT CONTROL

Series RD provide full control from 0% to 99% when energized by 0-10 VDC or
0-15m ADC signals. i

MODEL RD04A AND MODEL RD04B

INPUT SIGNAL 0-10 VDC or 0-15 ma DC ( 2 )

OUTPUT - DATA I RD04A

Maximum Current ,

One Cycle Surge Current

One Second Overload Current

Minimum Holding Current

AC Line Voltage

Off State Leakage

Response Time

Isolation (Input to Output)

Notes: 1. All data is measured at 25°C.

2. The input is not polarity sensitive, but must be protected against voltages above 10 VDC.

INPUT MODULES RDA, RDB & RDD

These modules accept 0-10 VDC signals. Their output is connected to the input terminals of Series R
— Resistor Modules, which in turn controls loads up to 40 Amp @ 480 VAC. See Fig. 3.

NOMINAL PERCENTAGES OUTPUT VS INPUT RESISTANCE @ 25°C

4A

100A

40A

.Q5A

90-130 VAC @ 47-63 Hz

.01A (typical)

150 m sec @ 10 VDC (typical)

500 VRMS

Models R05 to R40A

LINE VOLTAGE NOMINAL
120VRMS 60 Hz

Mo d els R05 to R40B , R05 to R40D

^ LINE VOLTAGE NOMINAL

0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 0 .1 .2

INPUT RESISTANCE OHMS (THOUSANDS) INPl

Fig. 1

PERCENT OUTPUT VOLTAGE VS
INPUT VOLTAGE

Models RDA, RDB, RDD, RD04A, RD04B

INPUT RESISTANCE MEGOHMS

wo ^8’ ^

40 50 60 70 £

Ambient Temperature (°C)

INPUT VOLTAGE DC

Fig. 3

1-1772 PG. 8

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

PERCENTAGE LOAD POWER

4500

RELAYS

4500

DOUGLAS RANDALL SOLID STATE COMPONENTS

Division 01 Kidde. Inc STOCKED FOR IMMEDIATE DELIVERY

KIDDE 6 PAWCATUCK AVENUE / PAWCATUCK, CONNECTICUT 02891 / 1203) 599-2075 / TELEX: 6814060 / CABLE: OORANIC

Constant Current Controls combined with Series R Proportional Controls
eliminate current fluctuations regardless of changes in AC voltages or
changing load demands. They control loads up to 40 Amps @ 120 or
240 VAC and are available in five ranges listed in the Table.

These controls will maintain uniform current and light intensity for
lamp loads as shown in Figures A and B, as well as for resistive loads
as shown in Figure C. The Constant Current Controls will also maintain
a constant speed in universal and other types of AC motors regardless
of changing line voltage.

Constant Current Controls provide overload protection by limiting the
current to a preset maximum. This makes them especially useful for
keeping motor current at a safe level even under lock or stall rotor
conditions (see Figure 0.

The controls are encapsulated in small-sized packages for use in harsh
environments.

Control

Range*

Pronortior

al Control

Fixed Resistor
@ Termina!s1-2

“ 120 VAC

240 VAC

24 Amp

ROSA

R05B

None

4-8 Amp

R10A

R10B

6.65K ±1%

6-12 Amp

R15A

R15B

3.40K rtl%

10-20 Amp

R25A

R25B

1.74K ±1%

16-32'Amp

R40A

R40B

953 ±1%

* The lower end of the control range can be extended by additional loops of wire.

TIME

BASE

PROPORTIONAL

DRIVERS

PROPORTIONAL

CONTROL

TRIAC

DRIVERS

Time based proportional drivers transform any conventional DC-input
solid state relay into a proportional controller. The driven relay may be
a DC or AC output type. External power is derived from the controlled
source. If the driven relay is a zero cross-over device, zero cross-over
characteristics are maintained to reduce EMI caused by switching tran-
sients. Applications for time base proportional drivers include propor-
tional control of heaters, platers, DC motors, universal wound DC-operated
motors and certain AC motors. They are compact, epoxy encapsulated
in the standard hockey puck design to withstand harsh environments. Two
hole mounting is provided.

Shown at approximately 70 percent of full value is the load current
and PDM control signal voltage of a typical time base proportional
control of a zero cross-over relay, such as Douglas Randall D25B.

PDMA accepts external power from a 120 VAC controlled source, PDMB
accepts power from a 240 VAC source and PDMD accepts power from a
10-32 VDC source.

Douglas Randall Proportional Control Triac Drivers control the firing
angle of separate Triacs. They vary output voltages from 0 to 95% to
AC loads up to 300 Amps @ 120, 240 or 480 VAC. Five models are
available, two which accept 0-10 VDC inputs and three which operate
from potentiometer inputs. They are compact epoxy encapsulated in
phenolic cases to withstand harsh environments and designed to accept
spade or solder termination. Two hole mounting is provided.

Models DPDA and DPDB accept DC inputs, and when connected to a
Triac, will increase the percentage load voltage as the DC input voltage
is increased. They provide 500 mAmps @ 6 V peak to the Triac’s gate.
Input to output isolation is 500 VRMS.

Models RPDA, RPDB and RPDD accept potentiometer inputs and when
connected to a Triac, will reduce the percentage load voltage as the
potentiometer resistance is increased. They provide 500 mAmps @ 6 V
peak to the Triac's gate. There is no isolation between input and output.

Control

Range*

Pronortion

al Control

Fixed Resistor
@ Terminaisl-2

12o VAC “

240 VAC

24 Amp

R05A

R05B

None

4-8 Amp

R10A

R10B

6.65K ±1%

6-12 Amp

R15A

R15B

3.40K rtl%

10-20 Amp

R25A

R25B

1.74K±1%

16-32 Amp

R40A

R40B

953 ±1%

* The lower end of the control range can be extended by additional loops of wire.

Model

Input

Output

DPDA

0-10 VDC*

120 VAC

DPDB

0-10 VDC*

240 VAC

RPDA

Potentiometer 1W, 150 Kfl

120 VAC

RPDB

Potentiometer V 2 W, 1 MegO

240 VAC

RPDD

Potentiometer V 2 W, 1 MegE2

480 VAC

* The input is not polarity sensitive but must be limited to 10 VDC.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 9 1 - 1773

4500

RELAYS

4500

PRODUCT TYPES

Miniature Reed Relays

STANDARD CONTACT
FORMS

PACKAGE DESCRIPTION

FEATURES & OPTIONS

MOLDED DIP

1C Compatible

• Electrostatic Shield

• Diode

• High Voltage Breakdown

ENCAPSULATED DIP
Magnetically

Shielded

• Electrostatic Shield

• Diode

• Low Thermal EMF

• DPDT (2C) Switching

ENCAPSULATED IN-LINE
Immersion Cleanable

• Multiple Switch Arrangement

• Low Thermal EMF

• High IRto 10 13

• High Voltage Switching

• EMI/RFI Shielding

OPEN FRAME IN-LINE

Low Cost

• Multiple Switch Arrangement

• High Voltage Switching

• Electrostatic Shielding

MOLDED AXIAL

Low Cost

• High Voltage Switching

• Lead Forming

• 50 Watt Switching

(Mercury Switch)

ENCAPSULATED AXIAL
Micro-Miniature
Magnetically Shielded

• Electrostatic Shielding

• Fast Operation

MOLDED PICO
(0.1 x 0.7 Grid)

• Ideal For Low Power

High Density Switching

ENCAPSULATED PICO
(0.1 x0.7 Grid)
Magnetically Shielded

• Electrostatic Shielding

• Epoxy Coated Metal Cover
to Minimize EMI

DL SERIES

D SERIES

MS SERIES

BV SERIES

AL SERIES

PS SERIES

PM SERIES

DRY REED

SPST (1>

SPST-NC (It

SPDT (1<

DPST (2/

MERCURY WET
DESIGNS

SPST (1A)

SPDT (1C)

DRY REED

SPST-NO (1A)
SPDT (1C)

MERCURY
SPST (1A)

DRY REED

SPST (1A)

DPST (2A)

DRY REED

SPST (1A)

CUSTOM

SPECIALTY DESIGNS TO MEET YOUR APPLICATION.

Catalog Specifications: INPUTS: 5 V, 12 V, 24 V; OUTPUTS: 10 W, 0.5 A, 200 V dc (Form A); 3 W, 0.5 A, 28 V (Form C).
Higher Ratings Available. Contact Factory For Complete Specifications.

0 EI&S . . . Where Innovation Sets Design Standards.

Electronic Instrument & Specialty Corp., 42 Pleasant Street, Stoneham, MA 02180 (617)438-5300

7 4 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EE

1*1774

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

AC Solid State Relays

PRODUCT TYPE

DESCRIPTION

FEATURES & OPTIONS

■HOB

g|H \ m : 25

' RlJ

|H *£$**“'. * 3 1

IH " 4

El SERIES— Optically Isolated

Zero- Voltage Turn-On.

INPUT: 3-32 V dc

OUTPUT: 6,10,25 A @ 120/240 V rms

• Resistive & Moderate Inductive

Load Switching.

• Superior Thermal Management For
Long Life.

SS SERIES— SURGLESS™

90° Phase Angle Turn-On

INPUT: 3-32 V dc, Optically Isolated
OUTPUT: 6,10,25 A @ 120/240 V rms

• Provides Soft Closure of High &
Moderately Inductive Loads for

Long Life.

400 HP SERIES 35 - 550 Hz

Zero-Voltage Turn-On

INPUT: 3-32 V dc, Optically Isolated
OUTPUT: 6,10,20 A @ 120/240 V rms

a r\,,r>i opd Ann lj-

ww. », -rww . ■— ^V/Oiyi iw« iwi

Military & Avionics Applications.

PRINTED CIRCUIT
MOUNT

OPTICALLY ISOLATED— ZERO-VOLTAGE TURN-ON

DP SERIES

INPUT: 5 V, 12 V, 24 V dc

OUTPUT: 1 .5 A @ 120/240 V rms

• Standard 16 pin PC Layout.

• Optional Internal Snubber.

• Discrete Design for Operation Over
Full Temperature Range.

Double

PC SERIES

Standard 0.600 Pin Spacing With

Input Pins Offset.

INPUT: 5 V, 12 V, 24 V dc

OUTPUT: 2.0 A @ 120/240 V rms

• Optional Internal Snubber

• 24 Pin DIP PC Layout

• 1 oL-'ii'"'- 3 ' 1 •:

;■■ .■ , J

H * '

SP SERIES

Standard SIP and I/O Pin Spacing
INPUT: 5 V, 12 V, 24 V dc

OUTPUT: 3.0 A @ 120/240 V rms

• Internal Snubber Standard

Double DIP

DD SERIES

Standard 0.600 Pin Spacing With
Output Pins Offset.

INPUT: 4-15 V dc, 9-28 V dc
OUTPUT: 1 .5 A, 3.0 A, 5.0 A @
120/240 V rms

• El Zero-Voltage Turn-On.

• SS (SURGLESS) 90° Phase Angle
Turn-On for Inductive Loads.

• FB Form B Zero-Voltage Turn-On.

CUSTOM

SPECIALTY DESIGNS TO MEET YOUR APPLICATION.

EI&S . . . Where Innovation Sets Design Standards.

Electronic Instrument & Specialty Corp., 42 Pleasant Street, Stoneham, MA 02180 (617) 438-5300

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1775

1 *1 77(> For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1 §1 ELECTRONIC SPECIALTY DIVISION

DATRON SYSTEMS INC. / 18900 N.E. Sandy Blvd. / Portland. Oregon 97230 /

(Area Code 503) 665-0121 / TWX 910-469-8782

The Nation’s Most Advanced
Facility for the Development,
Production and Testing of Relays

With over 25 years of relay experience our product line now consists of more than 20 standard relays.
Within the 67,000 square feet of manufacturing space we service the switching needs for major
military and industrial accounts. Quality Control is not an accident here. We believe in and practice
total control of all factors which could affect the end quality of our product. Continual emphasis is
placed on utilizing state-of-the-art in new designs. We encourage all of our customers to visit our
facility and view the operation first hand.

STANDARD HERMETIC SEALED RELAY SPECIFICATION

Contact

Form

Contact

Rating

Coil

Resistance
± 10%

Min. Drop Out

Voltage/
Current
@ +25°C

Operate

Time

Max.

Release

Time

Max.

40

Especially designed for low power

1PDT

Dry Circuit

.970 x. 970

20 mw

50 G’s

lOG’s

6.0 VDC

200 Ohms

14 MADC

5 MADC

35.0 ms

15.0 ms

ml

input, as low as 15 mw, with dry

or

to 5 Amp

x 1.781

1PDT

11±1.0

40 to 500

12.0 VDC

1000 Ohms

6.3 MADC

2.3 MADC

circuit to 5 amps switching ca-

2PDT

28 VDC

40 mw

ms

Hz

26.5 VDC

5000 Ohms

2.8 MADC

1.0 MADC

4W

pability.

Resistive

2PDT

50

,

Qualified to M5757/9 and

2PDT

D/Cto 2A

.4 x .41

250 mw

100 G’s

30 G’s

6.0 VDC

40 Ohms

3.0 VDC

0.6 VDC

4.0 ms

4.0 ms

liliw

M39016/6.

28 VDC

x .800

Pick Up

10 ms

56 to 3000

12.0 VDC

150 Ohms

6.0 VDC

1.2 VDC

Resistive

±2.0 ms

Hz

26.5 VDC

700 Ohms

13.0 VDC

2.3 VDC

55N

V 2 size sensitive latching relay

2PDT

D/Cto 2A

.4 x .41

90 mw

100 G’s

30 G’s

6.0 VDC

100 Ohms

3.0 VDC

N/A

5 ms

N/A

qualified to MIL-R-39016/46 and

28 VDC

x .800

Latch/ Reset

10 ms

56 to 3000

12.0 VDC

500 Ohms

6.7 VDC

/47, all dash numbers.

Resistive

±2.0 ms

Hz

26.5 VDC

1800 Ohms

12.7 VDC

68N

tip

Crystal can “Lazy S” header.

2PDT

D/Cto 2A

.359 x797

300 mw

20 G’s

30 G’s

6.0 VDC

35 Ohms

3.2 VDC

0.5 VDC

5 ms

5 ms

' IIIIL 3

28 VDC

x .875

Pick Up

10 ±2

56 to 3000

12.0 VDC

140 Ohms

6.5 VDC

1.1 VDC

Resistive

Amps

Hz

26.5 VDC

552 Ohms

13.0 VDC

2.3 VDC

tTtT

Sensitive crystal can relay.

2PDT

D/Cto 2A

.4x .8

40 mw

50 G’s

lOG’s

6.0 VDC

200 Ohms

14.2 MADC

1.42 MADC

15 ms

10 ms

28 VDC

x 1.280

Pick Up

10 ±2 ms

10 to 500

12.0 VDC

1000 Ohms

6.3 MADC

0.63 MADC

18tll

Resistive

Hz

26.5 VDC

5000 Ohms

2.8 MADC

0.28 MADC

77R

Crystal can.

2PDT

Dry Circuit

.4x.8x.875

90 mw

50 G’s

50 G’s

6.0 VDC

100 Ohms

3.0 VDC

N/A

5 ms

5 ms •

' 111

Sensitive latching relay.

to 3 Amps

Latch/ Reset

11 ±1 ms

56-2000 Hz

12.0 VDC

500 Ohms

6.7 VDC

w

28 VDC
Resistive

26.5 VDC

1800 Ohms

12.7 VDC

Note: Contact factory for specific mounting or header style.

4500 RELAYS 4500

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1777

1 #1 ELECTRONIC SPECIALTY DIVISION

DATRON SYSTEMS INC. / 18900 N.E. Sandy Blvd. / Portland, Oregon 97230 / (Area Code 503) 665-0121 / TWX 910-469-8782

STANDARD HERMETIC SEALED RELAY SPECIFICATION

General Information

Contact

Form

Contact

Rating

Sensitivity

Shock

Vibntion

Coil

Voltage

Coil

Resistance

±10%

Min. Drop Out

Voltage/
Current
@ +25°C

Operate

Time

Max.

Release

Time

Max.

79N j||^

Crystal can.

Non-latching relay.

2PDT

Dry Circuit
to 3 Amps
28VDC
Resistive

.4x.8x.875

250 mw
PickUp

100 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 G’s
56-2000 Hz

!

r

6.0 VDC

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

35 Ohms
140 Ohms
600 Ohms

3.0 VDC

5.9 VDC
12.5 VDC

0.3 VDC

0.6 VDC

1.5 VDC

5 ms

5 ms

80N

Sensitive — double seal construc-
tion. Coils are in hermetically
sealed compartments, separate
from contact chamber.

2PDT

Dry Circuit
to 3 Amps
28 VDC
Resistive

.41 x .915 x
1.281

40 mw

Pick Up

50 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 G’s
56-2000 Hz

6.0 VDC
12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

200 Ohms
1000 Ohms
5000 Ohms

14.2 MADC
6.3 MADC
2.8 MADC

1.42 MADC
0.63 MADC
0.28 MADC

■

15 ms

10 ms

90N Series — Non-latching.

92N Series — Latching.

4PDT

Dry Circuit
to3 Amps

28 VDC
Resistive

.602x 1.032
x 1.278

80 mw

Pick Up

50 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 G’s
56-2000 Hz

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

500 Ohms
2000 Ohms

12.6 MADC
6.3 MADC

1.26 MADC
0.63 MADC

20 ms

5 ms

80 mw
Latch/ Reset

50 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 G’s
56-2000 Hz

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

500 Ohms
2000 Ohms

6.3 VDC
12.6 VDC

N/A

N/A

“ %

93 Series — Non-latching.

94 Series — Latching.

2PDT

10 Amps

28 VDC
Resistive

.515x1.032
x 1.300

500 mw
Pick Up

50 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 G’s
56-2010 Hz

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

65 Ohms
300 Ohms

5.8 VDC
12.5 VDC

1.1 VDC

2.3 VDC

3 ms

150 mw
Latch/ Reset

50 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 0’s
56-20 10 Hz

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

240 Ohms
10,00 Ohms

6.0 VDC
12.3 VDC

N/A

N/A

100N «

102N WP

100N Series — Non-latching.

102N Series — Latching.

6PDT

Dry Circuit
to 3 Amps
28 VDC
Resistive

.852 x 1.032
x 1.278

150 mw
Pick Up

50 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 G’s
56-2010 Hz

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

200 Ohms
1000 Ohms

27.4 MADC
12.2 MADC

2.74 MADC
1.22 MADC

18 ms

5 ms

150 mw
Latch/ Reset

50 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 G’s
56-2010 Hz

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

250 Ohms
1000 Ohms

6.1 VDC
12.3 VDC

N/A

8 ms

N/A

n

103 Series — Non-latching.

104 Series — Latching.

4PDT

10 Amps

28 VDC
Resistive

.852x 1.032
x 1.3

1000 mw
Pick Up

50 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 G’s
56-2010 Hz

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

32 Ohms
150 Ohms

5.8 VDC
12.5 VDC

1.1 VDC

2.3 VDC

8 ms

5 ms

300 mw
Latch/ Reset

50 G’s

11 ±1 ms

20 G’s
56-2000 Hz

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

125 Ohms
500 Ohms

6.1 VDC
12.3 VDC

N/A

N/A

^11

Miniature coaxial relays with 8"
min.

R6178 B/U cables attached.

Welded sealing.

1PDT

RF Plus
Auxiliary
lPDTor
2PDT RF

RF to

1.5 Amps

50 Watt
Max.

Frequency Range to 500 MHz

VSWR — 1:1.1 Typical.

Characteristic Impedance — 50 Ohm Typical. !

Cross Talk — 50 dB Typical.

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

140 Ohms
600 Ohms

5.9 VDC
12.5 VDC

1.0 VDC

2.3 VDC

5 ms

12.0 VDC
26.5 VDC

150 Ohms
700 Ohms

6.0 VDC
13.0 VDC

1.2 VDC

2.3 VDC

5 ms

5 ms

Note: Contact factory for specific mounting or header style.

4500 RELAYS 4500

4500

RELAYS

4500

ELECTRONIC SPECIALTY DIVISION

■ ■! DATRON SYSTEMS INC. / 18900 N.E. Sandy Blvd. / Portland, Oregon 97230

(Area Code 503) 665-0121 / TWX 910-469-8782

93 SERIES
ARC-BARRIER
2PDT

• 500 MW PICKUP

• 10 AMPERE DC LOADS

• 5 AMPERE AC LOADS

• CASE GROUNDED

93GB183

93GB1813

93GB1861

MICRO MINIATURE HIGH CURRENT TYPE WITH INTERNAL
ARC BARRIER FOR GROUNDED CASE APPLICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS (METHODS PER MIL-R-5757)

Weight: 2.0 ounces maximum.

Terminal Finish: Electro-Tin, Type 1 per MIL-T-10727,
followed by a Flow Process.

Terminal Strength (Pull): 5.0 ±0.5 pound in any
direction.

Case Finish: Non Corrosive.

Sealing: Seal Test per MIL-R-5757 (10*« .SCCPS)*

DC Coil Resistance: ±10% rated value at +25°C.

Shock: Per MIL-R-5757, Level 4.

50 G’s for 11.0±1.0 Millisecond.

No contact closures of open contacts.

10 Microseconds max. cnatter of closed contacts.

Minimum Contact Life (Case Grounded): Tested at
+ 125°C, with rated contact loads.

DC Resistive: 100,000 operations at 20 CPM.

DC Inductive: 100,000 operations at 10 CPM.

DC Lamp: 100,000 operations at 3 CPM.

AC Resistive: 50,000 operations at 20 CPM.

Contact Overload: Two times rated contact loads for
100 operations.

Vibration: Per MIL-R-5757, level 4 except 0.125 inch
double amplitude, 10 to 56 Hz.

20 G's max. at 56 to 2,000 Hz.

No closures of open contacts.

10 microseconds max. chatter of closed contacts.

Centrifugal Acceleration: 50 G’s: No closures of open
contacts.

10 microseconds max. chatter of closed contacts.

Moisture Resistance: Per MIL-R-5757, (Coil to case
polarized at 100VDC).

Dielectric Strength (Sea Level): 1000 VRMS between
open contacts, 500 VRMS Post Life.

500 VRMS between coil and case.

1000 VRMS between all other combinations.

Dielectric Strength (1.3" Hg): 500 VRMS (Open con-
tacts 350 VRMS)

Insulation Resistance: 1000 Megohms minimum at
500 VDC (Coil to case. 500 Megohms at +125°C),

10 Megohms Post Life

* Unless otherwise indicated, values apply throughout the

Coil Overvoltage: Reference Max. rated operate
voltage.

Maximum Coil Dissipation: 3.5 Watts maximum con-
tinuous at +125°C.

Standard Pickup Power: 500 Milliwatts at +25°C.
Contact Ratings (Max. Amperes Per Pole) Case
Grounded*: Contacts monitored per dynamic con-
tact res. limits.

Res: 28 VDC, Connected Form C: 10.0 Amperes.

Res: 115 VRMS 10, Connected Form A or B: 7.5 Am-
peres at 400 Hz.

Res: 115 VRMS 10, Connected Form C: 5.0 Amperes
at 400 Hz.

Res: 240 VRMS 10, Connected Form C: 3.5 Amperes
at 400 Hz.

Inductive: 20 Millihenries, 28 VDC: 5.0 Amperes
(Load spikes suppressed below 10 VDC).

Lamp: 28 VDC: 1.5 Amperes (18.0 Amperes inrush
for 15 MSEC.)

Static Contact Resistance High Level: 0.01 OHM maxi-
mum; 0.02 maximum after life (Measured at or
above 100 milliamperes and 6 VDC).

Dynamic Contact Resistance High Level: 1.0 OHM
max. at or above 500 MA & 28 VAC or VDC.
Contact Operate Time: 7.0 Milliseconds max.

Contact Operate Bounce Time: 2.0 MSEC. Max. (Con-
tacts above V 2 Ampere)

Contact Release Time: 3.0 MSEC. max. (Contacts be-
low V 2 Ampere)

5.0 Millisecond maximum.

Contact Release Bounce Time: 3.0 MSEC. max. (Con-
tacts above V 2 Ampere).

4.0 MSEC. Max. (Contacts below V 2 Ampere).

Duty Cycle: Continuous.

Rated Miss Detection: 5,000 cycles at 5 Hz maximum.
Current: 0.5 Ampere.

Voltage: 28 VDC.

Miss Level: 2.0 OHMS max.

ambient temperature range and with nominal voltage.

GROUNDED CASE APPLICATIONS MAY HAVE THE LOAD AND COIL
SUPPLIES ELECTRICALLY CONNECTED TO CASE COMMON

STANDARD ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

Coil

Resistance
DC Ohms
+25°C

93 SERIES 2PDT ADJUSTMENT “X” 500 MW |

RATED

OPERATE VOLTAGE

MAXIMUM

PICKUP VOLTAGE

MAXIMUM
DROP-OUT VOLTAGE

MINIMUM

DROP-OUT VOLTAGE

NOMINAL

MAXIMUM

+ 125°C

+25°C

+ 125°C

+25°C

+25°C

— 65°C

16

6.0

7.2

4.35

3.0

2.17

1.5

0.6

0.4

65

12.0

14.4

8.35

5.8

4.17

2.9

1.1

0.7

300

26.5

32.0

18.0

12.5

9.0

6.2

2.3

1.5

950

48.0

57.6

37.0

22.0

18.5

11.0

4.0

2.6

5500

110.0

132.0

75.0

53.0

37.5

26.5

9.8

6.4

93GB184

93GB1810

STANDARD TERMINALS

PLUG-IN SOLDER-HOOKS

STYLE 1 I STYLE 4

.200 ±.020

T

HOW TO ORDER

93G B 18 0 -1 -X <300

NOTE: All Terminals
Diameters Are
.050 ±.003 Dia.

N * 140/125

~r

0.70 DIA.-

STANDARD CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

(*)

SPECIAL I
REQUIREMENTS
* Assigned
Number

COIL RESISTANCE
ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE
HEADER STYLE

MOUNTING ARRANGEMENTS
0=Plain Shell
3= Side Bracket
4=2 Side Studs W f Lg.
10=2 Side Studs 1/4" Lg.
13= Flange Bottom Flush
61= Flange Up 1/4"

ARC BARRIER

CLASS B TEMPERATURE (-65°C To +125°C)
SERIES TYPE (2PDT High Current)

1*1778

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

ELECVT ROL

VARI-PACK REED RELAYS

Ask for Catalog No. 200102 (was No. 121)

General Description:

Elec-Trol Vari-Pack Reed Relays are specially designed to
meet high performance and quality standards at low cost.
They are available in both open and sealed versions and
with coil terminals at the same end or opposite ends of the
relay. The sealed version is the open version placed within a
polyester cover then encapsulated. Optional features in-
clude magnetic shielding, electrostatic shielding and con-
tact run-in.

The relay body is made of durable molded polyester with the
reed contacts and terminals securely held in place at each
end of the relay with epoxy. These relays are available with
contact forms 1A through 6A, 1A and 2A mercury wetted,
1 A latching, 1 B, 2B, 1 A1 B, 2A 2B, and 1 C through 4C, also
available with end to end coil termination. Consult factory
for other coil or switch configurations.

PART NUMBER

COIL

RES.

(ohms)

WIDTH

CONTACT

CONTACT

COIL

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

FORM

RATING

V.D.C.

(Top View of Relay)

(Resistive)

OPEN

SEALED

@ 20°C

OPEN

SEALED

1A*

10W

VPO1A05A10

VPS1A05A10

5

500

13 2

.5A

200V

VPO1A06A10

VPS1 A06A10

6

125

if

VPOI A12A10

VPS1 A12A10

12

500

.36

.41

VPOI A24A10

VPS1 A24A10

24

2000

0*0

, )n/>4 A „„ A ^ «

4

w 1 w 1 mun l w

. 1 W 1 1 \J

-TO

CM

VP02A05A10

VPS2A05A10

5

VP02A06A10

VPS2A06A10

6

iff

VP02A1 2A10

VPS2A12A10

12

.44

.49

VPO2A24A10

VPS2A24A10

24

VPO2A48A10

VPS2A48A10

48

1A

50W

VPO1M06A10

VPS1M06A10

6

75

MERCURY

1.0 A

VPO1M12A10

VPS1M12A10

12

300

E9

WETTED

100 V

VPO1M24A10

VPS1M24A10

24

VPO1M48A10

VPS1M48A10

1AL*

5

500 ea.

-Ui^+ SET

/b!

jTTnTL

MAGNETIC

.5A

VPO1L06A10

VPS1L06A10

6

300 ea.

.44

.49

LATCH

VPO1L12A10

VPS1L12A10

12

1200 ea.

VPO1L24A10

VPS1L24A10

24

4800 ea.

+ • * O •- RESET

5 4 6

IB*

VPO1B05A10

VPS1 B05A10

5

200

1 3 2

6

110

f % .T. .°. r* ~

12

440

.44

.49

rl®

VPO1B24A10

VPS1 B24A10

24

1750

i 1 o o

VPOI B48A10

VPS1 B48A10

48

7000

E 4

1A1B*

VPO1F06A10

VPS1F06A10

6

110

I 3 5 2

+ 9 off*-

VPO1F12A10

VPS1F12A10

12

440

.55

.60

VPO1F24A10

VPS1 F24A10

24

1750

i

VPO1F48A10

VPS1F48A10

48

7000

0 0**0

E 4 6

1C

3W

VPO1C05A10

VPS1C05A10

5

500

.25A

VPO1C06A10

VPS1C06A10

6

125

\i)

28V

VPO1C12A10

VPS1C12A10

12

500

.44

.49

rX

VPO1C24A10

VPS1C24A10

24

2000

HI

VPO1C48A10

VPS1C48A10

48

8000

E 4 5

2C

VP02C05A10

VPS2C05A10

5

200

•

VP02C06A10

VPS2C06A10

6

80

.

13 6 2

\JIAJ

VPO2C12A10

VPS2C12A10

12

310

.55

.60

VPO2C24A10

VPS2C24A10

24

1250

an

VPO2C48A10

VPS2C48A10

48

5000

4 5 7 8

To order available options,
change last digit of part
number from (0) to:

(1) Electromagnetic Shielding,

(2) Electrostatic Shielding

(3) EM & ES Shielding

* UL Recognized

Elec-Trol, Inc., 26477 N. Golden Valley Road, Saugus, CA 91350, (213) 788-7292, (805) 252-8330, Telex: 18-1151

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1779

4500

RELAYS

4500

BLUE

ELECVT ROL
BOY REED RELAYS

Ask for Catalog No. 200100

PART

COIL

COIL

RES.

OHMS

MAX.

OPERATE

MIN.

RELEASE

NOMINAL TIMING
MILLISECONDS

MAX.

COIL

MINIMUM BREAKDOWN
V.D.C.

MAXIMUM DC
RESISTIVE CONTACT

CIRCUIT

DIAGRAM

NUMBER

V.D.C.

V.D.C.

V.D.C.

OPERATE/

BOUNCE

RELEASE/

BOUNCE

OPEN

CONTACTS

(TOP

VIEW)

@20°C

±10%

@20°C

@20°C

V.D.C.

INSULATED

TERMINALS

WATTS

AMPS

VOLTS

BBS1A SERIES

1

BBS1A05A10

5-6

500

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/-

8.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

BBS1 A06A10

5-6

125

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/-

8.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

\ L

/

BBS1A12A10

12

500

8.0

1.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

16.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

c_*

BBS1 A24A10

24

2000

16.0

2.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/-

32.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

BBS1A48A10

48

8000

32.0

4.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/-

64.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

—

BBS1C SERIES

n

BBS1C05A10

5-6

200

4.0

0.5

0.6/0. 4

0.5/1 .2

8.0

250

1500

3.0

0.25

28

q

BBS1 C06A10

5-6

125

4.0

0.5

0.6/0. 4

0.5/1. 2

8.0

250

1500

3.0

0.25

28

BBS1C12A10

12

500

8.0

1.0

0.6/0. 4

0.5/1 .2

16.0

250

1500

3.0

0.25

28

j

BBS1C24A10

24

2000

16.0

2.0

0.6/0. 4

0.5/1 .2

32.0

250

1500

3.0

0.25

28

-

BBS1A (Electro-
static Shield)

— 1

BBS1A05B12

5-6

500

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

8.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

r \

.1

BBS1A06B12

5-6

125

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/-

8.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

U

l

BBS1A12B12

12

500

8.0

1.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

16.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

i

l

BBS1A24B12

24

2000

16.0

2.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/-

32.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

BBS1A48B12

48

8000

32.0

4.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

64.0

300

1500

10

0.5

200

BBF1 A SERIES

BBF1A05A10

5-6

500

3.8

0.5

0 4/0.3

0.1/ -

8.0

200

1500

10

0.5

100

J1

BBF1A06A10

5-6

125

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

8.0

200

1500

10

0.5

100

rl

/

BBF1A12A10

12

500

8.0

1.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/-

16.0

200

1500

10

0.5

100

BBF1 A24A10

24

2000

16.0

2.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

32.0

200

1500

10

0.5

100

—

J

BBM1A SERIES

n

BBM1 A06A10

5-6

125

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

8.0

200

1500

3

0.1

28

r

BBM1 A12A10

12

500

8.0

1.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

16.0

200

1500

3

0.1

28

(

BBM1 A24A10

24

2000

16.0

2.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

32.0

200

1500

3

0.1

28

—

J

BBW1A SERIES

n

BBW1 A05B30

5-6

400

3.8

0.5

0. 7/0.3

0.3/ -

8.0

600

1500

50

1.0

200

c~*

BBW1 A06B30

5-6

100

3.8

0.5

0.7/0.3

0.3/ -

8.0

600

1500

50

1.0

200

r

/

BBW1 A12B30

12

400

8.0

1.0

0.7/0. 3

0.3/ -

16.0

600

1500

50

1.0

200

L

BBW1 A24B30

24

1600

16.0

2.0

0.7/0. 3

0.3/ -

32.0

600

1500

50

1.0

200

< — *

BBW1 A48B30

48

6400

32.0

4.0

0.7/0. 3

0.3/ -

64.0

600

1500

50

1.0

200

—

BBV1A SERIES*

BBV1 A05A10

5-6

500

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

8.0

300

5000

10

0.5

200

BBV1 A06A10

5-6

280

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

8.0

300

5000

10

0.5

200

BBV1A12A10

12

1120

8.0

1.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

16.0

300

5000

10

0.5

200

BBV1 A24A10

24

4480

16.0

2.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

32.0

300

5000

10

0.5

200

£

Y

BBV1 A05A30

5-6

500

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

8.0

500

5000

10

0.5

350

BBV1 A06A30

5-6

280

3.8

0.5

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

' 8.0

500

5000

10

0.5

350

BBV1A12A30

12

1120

8.0

1.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

16.0

500

5000

10

0.5

350

BBV1 A24A30

24

4480

16.0

2.0

0.4/0. 3

0.1/ -

32.0

500

5000

10

0.5

350

*UL Recognized

Random Vibration 10G, 20 to 2000 Hz Minimum Insulation Resistance 10 10 Q except

Maximum Shock 25G BBS1C SERIES of 10 9 Q

Maximum Initial Contact Resistance 200 Milliohms except
BBW1A and BBV1 AXXA30 SERIES of 500 Milliohms

BBS1A SERIES

BBS1C SERIES

BBS1A

(Electrostatic Shield)

BBF1A SERIES

BBM1A SERIES

BBW1A SERIES

BBV1A SERIES

El'ec-Trol, Inc., 26477 N.

Golden Valley Road, Saugus, CA 91350, (213) 788-7292, (805) 252-8330, Telex: 18-1151

1*1780

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

ELEC\T ROL
DIP/SIP REED RELAYS

#

Ask for Catalog No. 200101
(was No. 103)

CONTACT

CONTACT

RATING

PART NUMBER

COIL

COIL

RES.

—

MAX.

PICK-

UP

MIN.

DROP-

OUT

PHYSICAL

E.S.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

FORM

MAX.

LOAD

(Resistive)

NO DIODE

WITH DIODE

V.D.C.

(ohms)
@ 20°C

V.D.C.
@ 20°C

V.D.C.
@ 20°C

HEIGHT

NO.

TERM.

OPTION

*

(Top View of Relay)

1A

3W

RA30921051

RA31201051

5

500

3.8

1.0

:

4 1

3 9 8

t °*1

SPST-

.11A

RA30921061

RA31201061

6

500

4.0

1.0

.225"

8 Pin
DIP

YES

NO

28V

RA30921121

RA31201121

12

500

8.0

2.0

1

1

rnil

6

RA30921241

RA31201241

24

1400

16.0

4.0

L C

RA30381051

RA30391051

5

500

3.8

1.0

4 13 9 8

f O Of

RA30381061

RA30391061

6

500

4.0

1.0

8 Pin

x !

.225"

YES

RA30381121

RA30391 121

12

500

8.0

2.0

DIP

rT^r>n

RA30381241

RA30391241

24

1400

16.0

4.0

12 6 7

10W

RA30451051

RA30461051

5

500

3.8

1.0

4 13 9 8

• O O «

.5A

RA30451061

RA30461061

6

500

4.0

0.5

.275"

8 Pin

YES

_

i

100 V

RA30451121

RA30461 121

12

500

8.0

1.0

DIP

RA30451241

RA30461241

24

2150

16.0

2.0

1

1+ m -i

6

- * ■■ ■■ ■

”

RA31 301 051

RA31311051

5

500

3^8

1.0

/A

RA31 301061

RA3131 1061

6

500

4.0

0.5

.300"

4 Pin

NO

I

RA31301121

RA31 311121

12

500

8.0

1.0

SIP

m

|

RA31301241

RA31311241

24

2150

16.0

2.0

l

• •

4-3 - 5

7

1A

50W

RA31501051

RA31 511051

5

55

3.8

0.5

l

4 13 9 8

O Of

Mercury

Wetted

1.0A

RA31501061

RA3151 1061

6

55

4.5

0.5

.275"

8 Pin
DIP

YES

UP

X 1

100 V

RA31501 121

RA3151 1121

12

300

9.0

1.0

I

rC£ h

RA31501241

RA3151 1241

24

1100

18.0

2.0

6 7

2A

3W

RA30982051

RA31 232051

5

200

3.8

1.0

14 13 9 8

• O / O •

DPST-

■11A

RA30982061

RA31 232061

6

200

4.0

1.0

.275"

8 Pin

YES

x !

NO

28V

RA30982121

RA31232121

12

500

8.0

2.0

DIP

n

rn^Tl

RA30982241

RA31 232241

24

2150

16.0

4.0

i

i

1+ w -i J

6

IB

SPST-

10W

RA30511051

RA30521051

5

500

3.8

1.0

1

4 13 9 8

O O •

-5A

RA30511061

RA30521061

6

500

4.0

0.5

.275"

8 Pin
DIP

NO

NC

100V

RA3051 1121

RA30521 121

12

500

8.0

1.0

I

r±h

RA30511241

RA30521241

24

2150

16.0

2.0

■

•

1+ m -1

6 7

RA31321051

RA31331051

5

500

3.8

1.0

RA31321061

RA31331061

6

500

4.0

0.5

.300"

4 Pin

NO

RA31321121

RA31331 121

12

500

8.0

1.0

SIP

m

RA31 321241

RA31 331241

24

2150

16.0

2.0

J

+ 3 -5 7

1C

3W

RA30421051

RA30441051

5

200

4.0

0.5

14 13 if

• O o

SPDT

.25A

RA30421061

RA30441061

6

80

4.0

0.5

.275"

8 Pin

YES

j

28V

RA30421121

RA30441121

12

500

8.0

1.0

DIP

f

rfTh

RA30421241

RA30441241

24

2000

16.0

2.0

i

i

1+ " -1

2 6.

* For electrostatic shielding add -02 to P/N

n n

on

14 13

>1 2

9 8
6 7

4 1 —

.310 .280

.290 MAX.

t J

'“T

.375

MAX.

"T

.300

3

is™ TTTT

(— .075 I .2

.200 I .200 | .200 I

Notes: 1. All dimensions are in inches.

2. Tolerances unless otherwise specified are ±.015".

3. Terminals are .010" ±.005" X .020" ±.005"; solderable.

4. Dot indicates terminal No. 1.

Elec-Trol, Inc., 26477 N. Golden Valley Road, Saugus, CA 91350, (213) 788-7292, (805) 252-8330, Telex: 18-1151

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1781

4500

RELAYS

4500

ELECVTROL

Ask for Catalog No. 200003

OPTOELECTRONICS

SUBMINIATURE OPTICALLY COUPLED

SC6, SC8 & SB SERIES SOLID STATE RELAYS

FOR AC LOADS AND DIRECT OPERATION FROM LOW-LEVEL LOGIC CIRCUITS

The SC6, SC8, and SB Series are complete zero cross solid state relays. If
your load requires greater than thb 0.75 Amp offered by the SB Series, the
SC6 may be used to drive a triac. This combination retains the advantage of
high transient immunity and tight zero cross window of the SC6.

The input circuit consists of a Ga As LED; the output consists of a pair of
back-to-back SCR’s controlled by proprietary 1C circuits. Upon activating the
LED input, the LED emits infra-red light which is transmitted through an opti-
cally transparent media to the output circuit. The IC’s detect the zero crossing
of the AC voltage and enable the photo-sensitive SCR’s for the duration of the

input. This arrangement is more resistant to line borne transients than conven-
tional circuits and eliminates the use of an AC rectifier bridge. The dual SCR
output affords better commutation and improved power dissipation over single
thyristor output stages. The component count is significantly reduced, im-
proving reliability.

The SB-5421 /S B-5422 perform the same circuit function as the Teledyne
642-1/642-2 units. Input voltage however is nominally 5VDC. For higher input
voltages, a series resistor must be added to the input.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (25°C free air unless otherwise specified)

CHARACTERISTICS

MIN

TYP

MAX

UNITS

TEST CONDITIONS

INPUT

Forward voltage Vf

1.2

1.5

VDC

If =20 mA

Reverse voltage Vr

3.0

VDC

Must operate current

SCXX0/SB542X

7

15

mADC

.5 Power Facter
Inductive

SCXX2

3

5

mADC

Must release current

0.1

mADC

Continuous forward current

40

mADC

OUTPUT

Peak off-state leakage current

SCX10/SB5421

200

MA

200V Peak

SCX20/SB5422 1

300

UA

400V Peak

WK1LM

SCX22

ESI

VIJ

On voltage (V TM )

IB

Turn-on time (60 Hz)

M-SM

■

Turn-off time (60 Hz)

HQ

■

Zero cross voltage turn-on

KB

dV/dT ratings (off-state)

100

1331

70°C

Rated Voltage

SCX1X/SB5421

12

Kflil

SCX2X/SB5422

24

■iEIil

ACTUAL SIZE

RATINGS

SB Series

SC6 Series

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
(Top View)

SC6 Series

SC8 Series

OUTPUT

SC SERIES RATING

SB SERIES RATING

Power dissipation @ 50°C

600mW

900mW

Derate linearly from 50°C

9mW/°C

14mW/°C

Continuous AC current

0.5A

0.75A

Peak V 2 cycle current

5A

7.5A

Peak repetitve
off-state voltage

SCX10/SB5421

200V minimum

SCX20/SB5422

400V minimum

SCX12 ~

300 V minimum

SCX22

500V minimum

ISOLATION

MINIMUM RATING

Input to output breakdown voltage

2500Vrms/t = 1 min.

Isolation resistance, input to output

10 11 Ohms

Coupling capacitance (input to output)

3pf typical

TEMPERATURE RANGE

RATING

Storage

-40°C to + 1 25°C

Operating

-20°Cto+85°C

Max lead soldering time @ 260°C

7 seconds

SB 5421/SB 5422

SA-1000

Elec-Trol, Inc., 26477 N. Golden Valley Road, Saugus, CA 91350, (213) 788-7292, (805) 252-8330, Telex: 18-1151

1*1782

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Ask for Catalog No. 200003

OPTO ELECTRONICS

SUBMINIATURE OPTICALLY COUPLED

SA-1000 SOLID STATE AC/DC SWITCH

The SA-1000 is a versatile unit that can act as an AC/DC input device or DC
output device as well as a zero cross detector or voltage level sensor in other
applications.

The SA-1000 is designed to perform the function of sensing the state of
AC or DC voltages and reporting their status back to the low level control
logic while providing a very high degree of isolation between these different
systems. This is accomplished by using the drive voltage to activate an LED

input through dropping resistors. The electrically isolated output circuitry
detects the presence of the LED state and provides an output capable of
sinking 200mA.

The SA-1000 has an output response time adjustment which allows the
device to detect or ignore the zero crossover point of an A.C. input signal.
The adjustment is controlled by a resistor (Rt) connected to pins #5 and #7
and typically varies over a range of 220k to 2.2m o h ms.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (25°C free air unless otherwise specified)

INPUT

MIN

TYP

MAX

UNITS

TEST CONDITIONS

Forward voltage Vf

±1.5

V DC

If = 20 mA

Operating current

1

5

mARMSorD

C lL = 10 mA

Continuous forward current

40

mARMSorDC

SUPPLY (Vtc Pina)

! Runnlv Vnltpoft

. ...4 S , _

v..._

i

Supply Current

0.2

mA

>

LO

II

O

o

>

i OUTPUT (Pin5) |

Off state voltage

30

V

On state current

200

mA

On state voltage

0.12

V

l s jnk 10 mA

On state voltage

1.2

V

•sink = 200 mA

Power dissipation

240

mW

25°C

Derate Linearly from 40°C

4

mW/°C

Output Voltage

30

V

COUPLING

Isolation voltage (input to output)

2500

Vdc

t = 1 min.

Isolation resistance

ion

Ohm

Coupling capacitance (input to output)

6

.

Pf

TEMPERATURE RANGE

Storage

-40°C to 100°C

Operating

-20°C to 70°C

Max Lead soldering time @ 260°C

7 sec.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1783

AC POWER CONTACTORS DC POWER CONTACTORS

|

AC INDUSTRIAL
CONTACTORS

MINIATURE DC
SENSITIVE RELAYS

For Information Call 1-8001348-3371
In Indiana Call 1-2191722-2244 or Contact:
Stancor, 131 Godfrey Street, Logansport, Indiana 46947

UNITED

TECHNOLOGIES

1*1784

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

%Fifth Dimension
Mercury Film Relays

• Solid state circuit compatible • Two billion cycle reliability • Switch dry circuit
or power loads • No contact bounce • Operate in any position

-.550-

JoL

-H <M ^

.02 Dia. Typical

50 Max

Series K Relays

Epoxy sealed, these
miniature relays are
available with axial
leads or pins for PCB
mounting. Solid State
signal compatibility.

In addition to excellent signal handling capabilities, long life and
low noise, Fifth Dimension Series K mercury film relays offer
unusual design freedom. Small size, rugged construction — the
mechanism is cased in metal, not glass— and the ability to
operate in any position allow their use in applications not

possible with conventional mercury relays. Series K relays are
currently in use in microprocessor input interfaces, modem line
pulsing, telephone line switching test systems, touch tone
convertors, automatic test equipment, data acquisition systems
and industrial controls.

Series K

Deileiii CAAtwrmte

Axial distance between
pins, all models,

1 inch nominal.

Specifications

1 —
1

1 1

1

1

.20 ! |

K1825 (Axial Leads)

1 1

! L

T" u l

-* — o 1 —

K1829 (P.C. Leads)

T

.4U

-i-

i

.20

"T

K1813 (Axial Leads)

K1832 (P.C. Leads)

HO

i

i

j

Contact Form
Bounce Time
Life

Load Current to 52 VDC
Load Current to 200 VDC
Contact Resistance

SPST-NO
None
Indefinite
0.25 Amperes
0.1 Amperes
0.20 Ohms*

Contact Res. Stability
Contact Breakdown Volts

Operational Temp. Range
Storage Temp. Range
Arc Suppression Suggested

±0.02 Ohms

1000 VAC RMS

(Special to 2000 VAC RMS)

— 38°C to +85°C

— 55°C to + 1 05°C
Yes

K18XX-2-5-2
K18XX-2-12-2
K1 8XX-2-24-2
K1 8XX-5-5
K18XX-5-12
K18XX-5-24

(XX indicates footprint)

S

O

O

To

c

E

o

z:

o

+i^

0)

o

fz

0

DC

o

O

0

o

>

0

S3

0

CL

o

0

o

>

CO

_0

0

0C

0

D

0

E

0

E

0

to

0

Q.

O

0

E

0

E

i-

0

0

CO

_0

0

QC

LL

£D

o

0

DC

o O
0 >
c c
o §
O 6

OS

_ CO

o £
O CD

CO

CL

O

o

o

o

CO

c

o

to

i5

>

-C

o

o

I

CO

0

E

o

-C

CO

0

O)

0

J*

o

0

CL

■O

0

to

CL

0

O

c

LU

CO

"O E CL
■§.2 0

CO O
o -p

Q) 0

c T3 d

O) j= CO
0 0 '—
2co

5

100

4

0.5

4.0

4.0

10'

12

575

9.6

1.2

4.0

4.0

10'

24

2300

19.2

2.4

4.0

. 4.0

10'

5

50

4

0.5

3.5

3.5

10 s

12

288

9.6

1.2

3.5

3.5

10 s

24

1150

19.2

2.4

3.5

3.5

10‘

0

E

CE

o

0

>

O

o

LO

T T

D)

O

CO

O)

O

OJ

O)

o

A

n|

f \

L j

\ St

/

\ )

>

|5

- Op

^ ^ V

St

St

Op

Op

Reliability is based upon tests conducted on over 200 relays which were exercised a total of over 34 billion operations. Specified values should not be considered as a guaranteed
performance for a single relay, but rather a prediction of the performance of the cumulative results of a universe of units.

‘Contact resistance is measured at end of switching capsule and does not include terminal lead resistance.
All specifications typical and subject to change without notice.

FIFTH DIMENSION, INC.

801 New York Avenue, Trenton, NJ 08638 • Tel: 609-393-8350 • TWX: 510-681-8412

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1785

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU

RELAYS

MINIATURE RELAYS
FOR P.C. BOARDS

FBR111 AND FBR111N SERIES

SPDT 3A-28V DC/120V AC,
6A-28V DC/1 20V AC

.TO

<§

FBR111

FBR111N

The Fujitsu FBR111 and FBR111N Series are
low cost SPDT relays with a versatile switch-
ing capability. The contact is rated 3A, 28V
DC; 3A 120V AC for standard contact, or up
to 6A, 28V DC; 6A, 120V AC for special heavy
duty contact.

These small size, sensitive relays, designed
to be mounted on printed circuit boards, fea-
ture simplified construction and a low power
dissipation.

It is ideal for use in audio equipment, busi-
ness machines, vending machines, security
systems, game machines and automotive ap-
plications.

The FBR111N Series is the immersion
cleanable version where printed circuit board
cleaning is required.

The relay specified FBR111U is UL recog-
nized for office equipment and business ma-
chines. (File No. E63615.) CSA certified.

DIMENSIONS Unit; mm (inch)

FBR111

FBR111N

FBR111, FBR111N

-2.1 (.083)

MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT

k

(BOTTOM
J VIEWS)

1 FORM C

SCHEMATICS

Notes;

1. Cut-off nib must be removed after relay
soldering and board cleaning.

2. Although the plastic cover is bonded to
the relay base, it is not hermetically
sealed. Therefore, when the board on
which the relay is soldered is cleaned
by immersion, cleaning time must not
exceed 2 minutes. Please use alcohol,
freon or water for cleaning (water tem-
perature Is less than 50°C).

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Contact Arrangement
Contact Ratings

Contact Materials

Initial Contact Resistance

Rated Coil Voltage
Coil Power Dissipation

Coil Temperature Rise

Insulation Resistance
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

Operate Time
Release Time

Life Expectancy - Mechanical
Electrical

Vibration

Shock

Temperature Range

Weight

Specifications

SPDT

Contact Materials

Rating

UL Rating

28V DC or 120V AU
(Resistive)

28V uc onzuv au "
(Resistive)

No suffix

Silver

3A

3A

-K

Silver-Cadmium Oxide

3A

3A

-M

Gold-Plated Silver

3A

1A

-W

Special Alloy

6A

8.5A (0.8 pF@ 120V AC)

IQOmft max, (at 6V DC 0.5A for No mark or -M, 6V DC 1A for -K or -W)

5, 6, 9, 12, 24V DC

Standard: 0.36W approx, at rated voltage
UL Type: 0.50W approx, at rated voltage
Standard: 30°C max. at rated voltage
UL Type: 40°C max, at rated voltage

100MQ min. at 500V DC
500V AC tor 1 minute

20 ms max. at rated voltage
10 ms max.

10 x 10 6 ops. min.

100 x 10 3 ops, min, at rated load

10 to 50Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

_10G (11 ms)

Standard, -30°C ~ +65°C - UL Type, -30°C ~ +55°C

15 gr. approx.

SELECTION TABLES

FBR111

Type

Contacts

Rated
Voltage
in VDC

Coil Resistance
in ft ±10%
at 20°C

Pick-up
Voltage
at 20°C

Designation

Price

Arrangement

Materials*

No Suffix

5

70

Less Than

FBR111CD005

$1.70

-K

6

100

80% of

FBR111CD006

1.70

Standard

SPDT

-M

9

225

Rated

FBR111CD009

1.70

-W

12

400

Voltage

FBR111CD012

1.70

24

1600

FBR111CD024

1.84

No Suffix

5

50

Less Than

FBR111UD005

$1.84

-K

6

72

75% of

FBR111UD006

1.84

UL Type

SPDT

-M

9

160

Rated

FBR111UD009

1.84

-W

12

290

Voltage

FBR111UD012

1.84

24

1150

FBR111UD024

1.96

1

....

Rated

Coil Resistance

Pick-up

FBR111N

uoniacis

Voltage

in ft ±10%

Voltage

Type

Arrangement

Materials*

in VDC

at 20°C

at 20°C

Designation

Price

No Suffix

5

70

Less Than

FBR1 1 1 NCD005

$2.04

-K

6

100

80% of

FBR1 1 1 NCD006

2.04

Standard

SPDT

-M

9

225

Rated

FBR1 1 1 NCD009

2.04

-W

12

400

Voltage

FBR1 1 1 NCD01 2

2.04

24

1600

FBR1 1 1 NCD024

2.18

No Suffix

5

50

Less Than

FBR111NUD005

$2.18

-K

6

72

80% or

FBR111NUD006

2.18

UL Type

SPDT

-M

9

160

Rated

FBR1 1 1 NUD009

2.18

-W

12

290

Voltage

FBR111NUD012

2.18

24

1150

FBR111NUD024

2.32

2. Each product bears its own designation on the top of the cover, but initial code ‘FBR’ is omitted.

* Add $0.14 to price for -K, $0.28 for -M, $0.14 for -W.

For CSA certified relays, —CSA suffix must be added to part number of UL type. Price is same as UL type.

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

1*1786

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU COMPONENTS

ULTRA-MINIATURE
RELAYS FOR
P.C. BOARDS

FBR211 AND FBR211N SERIES

SPDT 1A-28V DC, 0.5A-120V AC

The FBR211 and FBR211N Series of ultra-
miniature relays allow high component densi-
ties for savings in both equipment size and
cost for the printed circuit board. The FBR-
21 IN Series is suitable for immersion clean-
ing in freon and aqueous systems.

These highly sensitive relays with gold-
clad SPDT contact arrangements are ingeni-
ously designed so as to offer flux-contamina-
tion-immunity and load handling capabilities
of 1 A at 28 V DC or 0.5A at 120V AC under a
resistive load. The 0.1" grid spacing of ter-
minals makes these relays ideally suited for
printed circuit board applications requiring
high density mounting and for use in audio
and wireless communications, office and
vending machines, automobiles and various
control applications.

DIMENSIONS Unit: mm (inch)

FBR211

FBR211, FBR211N

MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT

SCHEMATICS (BOTTOM VIEWS)

y_- .j-

AorC

X

p4- =f~

b j-

Bor E

Notes:

use of gold thick-overtay'sllver-palia-
dium alloy contact relays are recom-
mended.

2. ‘Cut off nib must be removed after
relay soldering and board cleaning.

3. Although the plastic cover is bonded

calty sealed* Therefore when tire Hoard
on which the relay is soldered is
cleaned by immersion, cleaning time
must not exceed 2 minutes. Please
use alcohol, freon or water for
cleaning.

ENGINEERING DATA

Specifications |

Item

Standard Model

High Sensitivity Model

Contact Arrangement

Contact Ratings

Initial Contact Resistance

Contact Materials

SPDT

1A at 28V DC, 0.5A at 120V AC (resistive)
lOOmfi max. at 6V DC, 0.5A

Standard: GoJd overlay silver (-M) - Low Level: Gold overlay silver-palladium alloy (-P)

Rated Coil Voltage

Coil Power Dissipation

Coil Temperature Rise

1.5, 3, 5, 6, 9, 12, 24V DC

0.45W at rated voltage

45°C approx, at rated voltage

0.20W at rated voltage

25°C approx, at rated voltage

Insulation Resistance

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

mm min. at 500V DC (at 20°C 65% RH)

500V AC for 1 minute

Operate Time

Release Time

5 ms approx, (at rated voltage, 20°C)

5 ms approx.

Life Expectancy — Mechanical
Electrical

5 x r 16* ops. min.

300 x 10 3 ops. min. at 1A 28V DC, resistive

100 x 10 3 ops. min. at 0.5A 120V AC, resistive

Vibration

10 to 40Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

Shock

10G (11 ms)

6G (11 ms)

Temperature Range

-25°C to +55°C

— 25°C to +75°C

Weight

4 gr. approx. 1

SELECTION TABLE

Type

Contact

Sche-

matics

Rated
Voltage
in VDC

Coil Resistance
in fi ±10%
at 20°C

Pick-up
Voltage
at 20°C

FBR211

FBR211N

Arrange-

ment

Materials

Designation

Price*
-~M Type

Designation

Price*

-M Type

Gold Overlay

1.5

5

FBR211AD001— M or P

$1.82

FBR21 1 NAD001 — M20 or P20

$2.30

Silver (M) or

3

20

Less

FBR21 1 AD003 — M or P

1.82

FBR21 1 NAD003— M20 or P20

2.30

Gold Overlay

5

56

Than

FBR211AD005— M or P‘

1.82

FBR211NAD005— M20 or P20

2.30

Standard

SPDT

Silver-

A

6

80

70% of

FBR211AD006— M or P

1.82

FBR21 1 N AD006— M20 or P20

2.30

Palladium

9

180

Rated

FBR211AD009— M or P

1.82

FBR211NAD009— M20 or P20

2.30

Alloy (P)*

12

320

Voltage

FBR21 1 AD012 — M or P

1.82

FBR21 1 NAD01 2 — M20 or P20

2.30

24

1280

FBR21 1 AD024 — M or P

1.98

FBR21 1 NAD024— M20 or P20

2.46

Gold Overlay

1.5

5

FBR21 1 BD001 — M or P

$1.82

FBR21 1 NBD001 — M20 or P20

$2.30

Silver (M) or

3

20

Less

FBR211BD003— M or P

1.32

FBR21 1 NBD003 — M20 or P20

2.30

Gold Overlay

5

56

Than

FBR21 1 BD005 — M or P

1.82

FBR21 1 NBD005 — M20 or P20

2.30

Standard

SPDT

Silver-

B

6

80

70% of

FBR211BD006— M or P

1.82

FBR21 1NBD006 — M20 or P20

2.30

Palladium

9

180

Rated

FBR21 1 BD009 — M or P

1.82

FBR21 1 NBD009— M20 or P20

2.30

Alloy (P)*

12

320

Voltage

FBR211BD012— M or P

1.82

FBR21 1 NBD01 2 — M20 or P20

2.30

24

1280

FBR211BD024— M or P

1.98

FBR21 1 NBD024— M20 or P20

2.46

Gold Overlay

1.5

12

FBR21 1 CD001 — M or P

$1.96

FBR21 1 NCD001 — M20 or P20 j

$2.44

Silver (M) or

3

45

Less

FBR21 1 CD003 — M or P

1.96

FBR211NCD003— M20 or P20 1

2.44

High

SPDT

Gold Overlay

5

120

Than

FBR211CD005— M or P

1.96

FBR21 1 NCD005 — M20 or P20

2.44

Sensitivity

Silver-

C

6

180

70% of

FBR21 1 CD006 — M or P

1.96

FBR21 1 NCD006 — M20 or P20

2.44

Palladium

9

400

Rated

FBR211CD009— M or P

1.96

FBR211NCD009— M20 or P20

2.44

Alloy (P)*

12

700

Voltage

FBR211CD012— M or P

1.96

FBR211NCD012— M20 or P20

2.44

24

2800

FBR21 1 CD024 — M or P

2.12

FBR21 1 NCD024 — M20 or P20 |

2.60

Gold Overlay

1.5

12

FBR21 1 ED001 — M or P

$1.96

FBR21 1 NED001 — M20 or P20

$2.44

Silver (M) or

3

45

Less

FBR211ED003— M or P

1.96

FBR211NED003— M20 or P20

2.44

High

SPDT

Gold Overlay

5

120

Than

FBR21 1 ED005 — M or P

1.96

FBR21 1 NED005 — M20 or P20

2.44

Sensitivity

Silver-

E

6

180

70% of

FBR21 1 ED006 — M or P

1.96

FBR211NED006— M20 or P20

2.44

Palladium

9

400

Rated

FBR211 ED009 — M or P

1.96

FBR21 1 NED009 — M20 or P20

2.44

Alloy (P)*

12

700

. Voltage

FBR21 1 ED012 — M or P

1.96

FBR21 1 NED01 2 — M20 or P20

2.44

24

2800

FBR211 ED024 — M or P

2.12

FBR211NED024— M20 or P20 j

2.60

Note: Each product bears its own designation on the top of the cover, but initial code ‘FBR’ is omitted.
* Add $0.32 to price or — P contact material.

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1787

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU

llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllinilllllll RELAYS

ULTRA-MINIATURE
RELAYS FOR
P.C. BOARDS

FBR221 AND FBR221N SERIES

DPDT 1A-28V DC, 0.5A-120V AC

FBR221N

The FBR221 and FBR221N Series of ultra-
miniature relays are designed to provide
high component densities for savings in both
equipment size and cost.

These highly sensitive relays with gold-clad
DPDT contact arrangements can switch loads
up to 1 A at 28V DC or 0.5A at 120V AC.

The .1" grid spacing of terminals makes
these relays ideally suited for printed circuit
board applications requiring high density
mounting — and for use in audio and wireless
communications, office machines, various
control applications and automobiles.

DIMENSIONS Unit: mm (inch)

F8R221

,10.5 MAX

|| 1;

m

| 7:62, |

(.300)

FRB221N

Notes:

1. For low level or dry circuit switching, use of gold thick-overlay silver-palladium
alloy contact relays is recommended.

2. nib must be removed after relay soldering and board cleaning.

3. Although the plastic cover is bonded to the relay base, It Is not hermetically sealed,
Therefore when the board on which the relay ts soldered is cleaned by immersion,
cleaning time must not exceed 2 minutes. Please use alcohol, freon or water for
cleaning.

FBR221; FRB221N

MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT

j~T

1 m

4 - 4 44 -.

XT-62 IsH

8-<*1

(d.°39 ) 2.54 (.300) '(.200)*

(. 100 )

SCHEMATIC

u

(BOTTOM VIEW)

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Specifications

Contact Arrangement

Contact Rating

Initial Contact Resistance

Contact Materials

DPDT

1A at 28V DC, 0.5A at 120V AC (resistive)
lOOmfi max. at 6V DC, 0.1A initial

Standard: Gold overlay silver - Low Level Type: Gold overlay silver-palladium alloy

Rated Coil Voltage

Coil Power Dissipation

Coil Temperature Rise

Insulation Resistance

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

3, 5, 6, 9, 12, 24V DC

Typical 0.5W at rated coil voltage at 20°C

50°C approx, at rated voltage at 20°C
lOOMft min. at 500V DC (at 20°C 65% RH)

500V RMS (60Hz) for 1 minuate

Operate Time

Release Time

10 ms max. at rated voltage at 20°C

5 ms max.

Life Expectancy - Mechanical
Electrical

5 x IQ 6 ops. min.

300 x 10 3 ops. min. at 28V DC, 1A, resistive

100 x IQ 3 ops. min. at 120V AC, 0.5A, resistive

Vibration

10 to 55Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

Shock

10G (11 ms)

Temperature Range

— 25°C to -f50°C •

Weight

5 gr. approx.

SELECTION TABLE

Type

Contact

Arrangements

Rated
Voltage
in V DC

Coil Resistance
in ft ±10%
at 20°C

Pick-Up
Voltage
at 20°C

FBR221

FBR221N

Designation

Price

Designation

Price

3

18

Less

FBR221 D003

. $3.06

FBR221ND003— 20

$3.54

DPDT

5

50

Than

FBR221D005

3.06

FBR221ND005— 20

3.54

Standard

(Gold

6

72

75% of

FBR221D006

3.06

FBR221 ND006 — 20

3.54

Overlay

9

162

Rated

FBR221D009

3.06

FBR221 ND009 — 20

3.54

Silver)

12

290

Voltage

FBR221 D012

3.06

FBR221 ND01 2 — 20

3.54

24

1150

FBR221D024

3.22

FBR221ND024— 20

3.70

DPDT

3

18

Less

FBR221D003— P

$3.76

FBR221ND003— P20

$4.24

Low

(Gold

5

50

Than

FBR221 D005— P

3.76

FBR221ND005— P20

4.24

Level

Overlay

6

72

75% of

FBR221D006— P

3.76

FBR221ND006— P20

4.24

Load

Silver-

9

162

Rated

FBR221D009— P

3.76

FBR221 ND009 — P20

4.24

Palladium

12

290

Voltage

FBR221D012— P

3.76

FBR221 ND012 — P20

4.24

Alloy)

24

1150

FBR221D024— P

3.92

FBR221ND024— P20

4.40

Note: Each product bears its own designation on the top of the cover, but initial code ’FBR’ is omitted.

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

1-1788

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU COMPONENTS

LOW PROFILE RELAYS
FOR P.C. BOARDS

FBR244 AND FBR244N SERIES

FBR244 and FBR244N Series Relays are low
profile, P.C. board relays with 2 Form C
(DPDT) contact arrangements in D.I.P.-com-
patible plastic housing and have a 2.54mm

pir.CJ 1, gr ! ^ Hc.njn.mD..

socket compatibility. Watertight terminal seal-
ing prevents relay from contamination by
soldering flux and N type allows automatic
wave soldering and board washing without
relay damage. Single or bifurcated contacts
switch 1 A at 28 V DC or 0.5A at 120V AC and
have a rated-load life-time of 5x1 0 5 opera-
tions. These relays are suitable for telecom-
munication equipment, audio equipment and
business machines.

DIMENSIONS Unit; mm (inch)

SCHEMATICS

9.6 ±0.2
(.378 ±.008)

h* H

~T

7.62

(0.300)

MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT

8-0 0.8 (.031)

r

3

s

(

c:

T

<

-

y

y

34

4 U

2.54

(. 100 )

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Specifications

uuiiiuu r\i i any ciiiciil""

t- ruim o

Contact Material

Gold overlay silver

Gold overlay silver-palladium alloy

Contact Rating

1A at 28V DC (resistive)

0.5A at 120V AC (resistive)

Initial Contact Resistance

lOOmQ max. at 6V DC 0.1A

Coil Power Dissipation

Typical 0.5W at rated coil voltage

Coil Temperature Rise

50°C approx, at rated voltage 20°C

Insulation Resistance

100MQ min. at 500V DC

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

500V AC for 1 minute

Vibration

10 to 55 Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

Shock

10G (11 ms)

Operate Time

10 ms max. at rated coil voltage

Release Time

5 ms max.

Life Expectancy - Mechanical

10 7 ops. min.

Electrical

5 x 10 s ops. min. at 1A 28V DC (resistive) - 0.3A 120V AC (resistive)

10 s ops. min. at 0.5A 120V AC (resistive)

Ambient Temperature Range

-30°C to +50°C

Weight

4.5 gr approx.

SELECTION TABLE

Contact Materials*

Rated
Voltage
in VCD

Coil

Resistance
in ft
±10%
at 20°C

Pick-Up
Voltage
at 20°C

FBR244

FBR244N

Designation

Price

Designation

Price

S: Single Gold overlay silver

P: Single Gold overlay silver-
palladium alloy

T : Bifurcated Gold overlay silver

E: Bifurcated Gold overlay silver-
palladium alloy

3

18

Less

Than

75%

of

Rated

Voltage

FBR244D003/02CS

$2.66

FBR244ND003/02CS

$3.14

5

50

FBR244D005/02CS

2.56

FBR244ND005/02CS

3.14

6

72

FBR244D006/02CS

2.66

FBR244ND006/02CS

3.14

9

162

FBR244D009/02CS

2.66

FBR244ND009/02CS

3.14

12

290

FBR244D012/02CS

2.66

FBR244ND01 2/02CS

3.14

24

1150

FBR244D024/02CS

2.80

FBR244ND024/02CS

3.28

* Substitute S with P, T or E for alternate contact materials and add $0.70 to price for P, $0.32 for T or $1.00 for E.
For 48V relays add;$0.60 to the prices of the 24V relays.

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1789

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU

4500

MINIATURE RELAYS
FOR P.C. BOARDS

FBR311 (SPDT) AND Ol
FBR321 (DPDT) SERIES ®
3A-28V DC, 3A-120V AC

FBR311

FBR321

The FBR311 (SPDT) and FBR321 (DPDT) Ser-
ies miniature relays were designed to provide
3 amps ratings contacts, accommodated in
truly compact packages for P.C. boards.

These sensitive miniature relays, featuring
high density mounting, flux-contamination
immunity, versatile switching performance
from signal level to handling 3 amps, are
ideally suited for such applications as audio
equipment, office machines, vending ma-
chines and automotive or other control appli-
cation. These relays are UL Recognized
(E63615) and CSA Certified (add — CSA suf-
fix to P/N).

MINIATURE RELAYS
FOR P.C. BOARDS

FBR351 SERIES

SPDT 3A-28V DC/1 20V AC,
6A-28V DC/1 20V AC

FBR351

FBR351 Series miniature relays are 1 Form C
compact relays which can be used for a wide
range of current switching from low levels to
heavy loads. Two types are available: gold
overlay contacts with contact ratings of 3A,
28V DC or 120V AC, and silver cadmium
oxide contacts in 6A, 28V DC or 120V AC.
These relays can be easily mounted on a PC
board and use 3 pitch (7.62mm) pin arrange-
ments. What’s more, FBR351 Series relays
endure 6KV at 40^ second in lightening. They
are ideal for use in audio equipment, business
machines, game machines and automotive
applications.

JF8R321 (DPDT)

ENGINEERING DATA FBR311, 321

Item

Specifications

Contact Arrangement

Contact Rating

Initial Contact Resistance

Contact Material

SPDT (FBR311) DPDT (FBR321)

3A at 28V DC, resistive — 3A at 120V AC, (resistive)
lOOmQ max. at 6V DC, 0.5A

Gold overlay silver

Rated Coil Voltage

Coil Power Dissipation

Coil Temperature Rise

Insulation Resistance

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

5, 6, 9, 12, 24V DC

0.45W approx, at rated voltage

35°C approx, at rated voltage

100MQ min. at 500V DC (initial)

500V AC for 1 minute

Operate Time

Release Time

20 ms max. at rated voltage

10 ms max.

Life Expectancy — Mechanical
Electrical

10 x 10 6 ops. min.,

100 x 10 3 ops. min. at rated load

Vibration

10 to 55Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

Shock

10G (11ms)

Temperature Range

— 30°C to +50°C

Weight

12 gr. approx.

ijtt#

DIMENSIONS Unit: mm (inch)

FBR311

23.5 MAX

mm&m

FBR321

SCHEMATI

FBR311 (SPOT)

. e-**.3i.06

(BOTTOM VIE

SELECTION TABLE

Contact

Arrangement

Rated Voltage

In VDC

Coil Resistance in

0 ±15% at 20°C

Pick-Up Voltage
at 20°C

Designation

Price

5

58

Less Than

FBR311D005

$2.12

6

85

80% of

FBR311D006

2.12

SPDT

9

180

Rated

FBR311D009

2.12

12

300

Voltage

FBR311D012

2.12

24

1250

FBR311D024

2.26

5

42

Less Than

FBR321D005

$3.36

6

60

80% of

FBR321D006

3.36

DPDT

9

135

Rated

FBR321 D009

3.36

12

230

Voltage

FBR321D012

3.36

24

960

FBR321 D024 |

3.50

Note: Each product bears its own designation on the top of the cover, but initial code ‘ FBR’ is omitted.
For 48V relays add $0.28 to prices of 24V relays.

ENGINEERING DATA FBR351

Item

Specifications |

Standard

High-power Type

Contact Arrangement

Contact Ratings

Contact Materials

Initial Contact Resistance

1 Form C (SPDT)

3A at 28 V DC or 120V AC (resistive)

Gold overlay

lOOmft max. at 6V DC, 0.5A

6A at 28V DC or 120V AC (resistive)
Silver-cadmium oxide
lOOmQ max. at 6V DC, 1A

Rated Coil Voltage

Coil Power Dissipation

Coil Temperature Rise

5, 6, 9, 12, 24V DC

0.45W approx, at fated voltage

35°C approx, at rated voltage

Insulation Resistance

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

Lightening

100MD min. at 500V DC

Between open contacts: -750V AC for 1 minute

Between coil and contact: 2000V AC for 1 minute

6KV at 1 x 40 ^s

Operate Time

Release Time

8 ms approx, at rated voltage

2.5 ms approx.

Life Expectancy - Mechanical
Electrical

10 x 16 6 ops. min.

200 x 10 3 ops. min. at 28V DC, 3A

100 x 10 3 ops. min. at 120V AC, 3A

100 x 10 3 ops. min. at 28V DC, 6A

50 x 10 3 ops. min. at 120V AC, 6A

Vibration

10~50Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

Shock

10G (11 ms)

Temperature Range

— 40°C~+70°C at 2A carrying current
— 40°C~+50°C at 5A carrying current (without freezing)

-40 C~+40°C at 6A carrying current

Weight

12 gr. approx.

SELECTION TABLE

Type

Contact

Rating

Contact

Materials

Rated Voltage
in VDC

Coil Resistance in
S};±10%at20°C

Pick-Up Voltage
at 20°C

Designation

Price

5

58

Less Than

FBR351D005

$2.32

3A at 28V DC

Gold

6

85

80% of

FBR351D006

2.32

Standard

or 120V AC,

Overlay

9

180

Rated

FBR351D009

2.32

resistive

12

300

Voltage

FBR351D012

2.32

24

1250

FBR351D024

2.46

5

58

Less Than

FBR351 D005— K

$2.46

High-

6A at 28V DC

Silver-

6

85

80% of

FBR351D006— K

2.46

Power

or 120V AC,

Cadmium

9

180

Rated

FBR351D009— K

2.46

Type

resistive

Oxide

12

300

Voltage

FBR351D012— K

2.46

24

1250

FBR351 D024— K

2.60

Note: Each product bears its own designation on the top of the cover, but initial code ‘FBR’ is omitted.
For 48V relays add $0.28 to prices of 24V relays.

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196. TWX 910-651-2259

1*1790

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU COMPONENTS

FLAT PACKAGE
RELAYS

FRL-414 AND FBR400N SERIES

4PDT, DPDT 1A-30V DC, 1A-120V AC

FBR400N

The Fujitsu FRL-414 and FBR400N (immer-
sion cieanable) Series Flat Package Relays
have been designed for P.C. board mounting
and are ingeniously constructed so as to
offer the advantages of flux-contamination-
immunity.

The low power consumption relays are avail-
able in both DPDT and 4PDT contact arrange-
ments and in coil voltage ratings to 48V DC.
The wide selection is useful for numerous
demanding applications, including communi-
cations, data processing and controls.

Bifurcated contacts assure high reliability.
These relays are capable of handling resis-
tive loads of up to 1 A at 30V DC or 120V AC.

A low level load version with gold overlay
silver-palladium alloy contacts is also avail-
able. Electrical life expectancy is more than
three million operations at 1A-50V DC resis-
tive load.

DIMENSIONS Unit: mm (inch)

FRL-414

FBR400N

o

Notes:

1. For low level or dry circuit switching, use of gold overlay silver-
palladium alloy contact relays is recommended.

2. *Cut-off nib must be removed after relav solderina and board cleanina.

3. Although the plastic cover is bonded to the relay base, it is not
hermetically sealed. Therefore when the board on which the relay
is soldered is cleaned by immersion, cleaning time must not exceed
2 minutes. Please use alcohol, freon or water for cleaning.

FRL-414, FBR400N

SCHEMATICS

:>

O !

4U

(.0964) . (.079)

DPDT

2d J jToi
J30 r -°- 4 76 tjj ) !

1*0 o~~

44-m, 1

(.075)

4PDT

MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT

it

«v-

ri“i

■

if

m

1

11

ff

« * 0

T!:

O

-4- -

• 0 j-

4

ITT

T T~ '

S— }■"■ -

Tit

4

—

i :

-2

(.1

.54- -
001H

-0.2C

y

R-f-

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Characteristics

Contact Arrangement

DPDT and 4PDT with bifurcated contacts

Contact Rating

1A at 120V AC (resistive) - 1A at 30V DC (resistive)

Initial Contact Resistance

lOOmft max. at 3V DC, 0.5A initial

Contact Materials

Standard: Gold-overlay silver - Low-level Load: Gold-overlay silver-palladium alloy

Rated Coil Voltage

5, 6, 12, 24, 48V DC

Coil Power Dissipation

DPDT: 0.45W - 4PDT: 0.60W at rated voltage at 20°C

Coil Temperature Rise

DPDT: 30°C approx. — 4PDT: 40°C approx, at rated voltage at 20°C

Insulation Resistance

lOOMft min. at 500V DC (at 20°C 65% RH)

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

500V rms (60 Hz) for 1 minute

Operate Time

15 ms max. at rated coil voltage at 20°C -

Release Time

5 ms max.

Life Expectancy - Mechanical

! 30 x 10® ops. min.

Electrical

3 x 10 6 ops. min. at 30V DC, 1A (resistive)

100 x 10 3 ops. min. at 120V AC, 1A (resistive)

Shock

10G

Temperature Range

— 30°C to +50°C (without freezing)

Weight

15 gr. approx.

SELECTION TABLES

Load

Contact

Rated
Voltage
in V

Pick-Up
Voltage
at 20°C

Coil

Resistance
in ±15%

FRL-414

FBR400N

Materials

Arrangements

Designation

Price

Designation

Price

5

Less Than

56

FRL-414D005/02CT

$4.44

FBR422ND005— 20

$5.04

Gold

6

80% of

78

FRL-414D006/02CT

4.44

FBR422ND006— 20

5.04

Standard

Overlay

DPDT

12

Rated

320

FRL-41 4D01 2/02CT

4.44

FBR422ND012— 20

5.04

Silver

24

Voltage

1250'

FRL-414D024/02CT

4.44

FBR422ND024— 20

5.04

48

4000

FRL-41 4D048/02CT

5.04

FBR422ND048— 20

5.64

5

Less Than

42

FRL-414D005/04CT

$4.84

FBR442ND005— 20

$5.44

Gold

6

80% of

58

FRL-41 4D006/04CT

4.84

FBR442ND006— 20

5.44

Standard

Overloy

4PDT

12

Rated

220

FRL-41 4D01 2/ 04CT

4.84

FBR442ND012— 20

5.44

Silver

24-

Voltage

960

FRL-41 4D024/04CT

4.84

FBR442ND024— 20

5.44

48

2800

FRL-414D048/04CT

5.44

FBR442ND048— 20

6.04

Gold

5

Less Than

56

FRL-414D005/02CE

$4.84

FBR422ND005— P20

$5.44

Low-Level

Overlay

6

80% of

78

FRL-414D006/02CE

4.84

FBR422ND006— P20

5.44

Load

Silver-

DPDT

12

Rated

320

FRL-414D01 2/02CE

4.84

FBR422ND012— P20

5.44

Palladium

24

Voltage

1250

FRL-41 4D024/02CE

4.84

FBR422ND024— P20

5.44

Alloy

48

4000

FRL-414D048/02CE

5.44

FBR422ND048— P20

6.04

Gold

5

Less Than

42

FRL-414D005/04CE

$6.16

FBR442ND005 — P20

$6.76

Low-Level

Overlay

6

80% of

58

FRL-41 4D006/04CE

6.16

FBR442ND006— P20

6.76

Load

Silver-

4PDT

12

Rated

220

FRL-41 4D01 2/ 04CE

6.16

FBR442ND012— P20

6.76

Palladium

24

Voltage

960

FRL-414D024/04CE

6.16

FBR442ND024— P20

6.76

Alloy

48

2800

FRL-414D048/04CE

6.76

FBR442ND048— P20

7.36

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1791

4500

RELAYS

4500

IIIIIIWIIM^

FUJITSU

RELAYS

LOW PROFILE RELAYS
FOR P.C. BOARDS

FBR464 AND FBR464N SERIES

FBR464 and FBR464N Series Relays are low
profile, P.C. board relays suitable for flat
pack component groupings and space saving
for P.C. board rack assembly. Terminal ar-
rangement is 2.54mm grid spacing and water-
tight sealing for terminals prevents contact
from contamination by soldering flux. 2 Form
C or 4 Form C bifurcated contacts switch 1A
at 30V DC or 120V AC and have life-time of
5 million operations under 1A, 30V DC resis-
tive load. Also, N type version provides excel-
lent protection against automatic wave sol-
dering and board washing with aqueous
cleaning solvent.

These Relays are ideal for application in
communication equipment and other control
machines.

DIMENSIONS Unit: mm (inch)

FBR464, FBR464N

(1 181 ±0.012)

2 FORM C

~T

20 ±0.3
(.945 ± 012)

l

r 3 l5±.012)

I I 1 T~J

F 3.5
(.138)

<1.181 ±0.012)

4 FORM C

~~y .

24 ±0.3
(.945 ±.012)

1

4 I TH

_F

SCHEMATIC

F^R-

4F-

SCHEMATIC

MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT

MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT

(BOTTOM VIEWS)

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Specifications

Contact Arrangements

2 Form C, 4 Form C

Contact Material

CT type Gold overlay silver

CE type Gold overlay silver-palladium alloy

Contact Rating

1A, 30V DC (resistive) - 1A, 120V AC (resistive)

initial Contact Resistance

lOOmQ max.

Coil Power Dissipation

DPDT: 0.3W approx. - 4PDT: 0.48W approx.

Coil Temperature Rise

DPDT: 20°C approx, at rated voltage 20°C - 4PDT: 35°C approx.

Insulation Resistance

mm min. at 500V DC

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

500V AC for 1 minute

Vibration

10—55 Hz (Dual amplitude: 1mm)

Shock

10G (11 ms)

Operate Time

15 ms max. at rated voltage

Release Time

5 ms max.

Life Expectancy - Mechanical

30 x 10 6 ops. min.

Electrical

5 x 10 s ops. min. (30V DC 1 A, resistive)

100 x 10 3 ops. min. (120V AC 1 A, resistive)

Ambient Temperature Range

-30°C~+60°C

Weight

DPDT: 11 gr. approx. - 4PDT: 12 gr. approx.

SELECTION TABLE

Contact

Materials*

Rated
Voltage
in V DC

Coil

Resistance
in 0 ±10%
at 20°C

Pick-Up
Voltage
at 20°C

Drop-Out
Voltage
at 20°C

FBR464

FBR464N

Designation

Price

Designation

Price

T: Gold Overlay

5

90

Less

More

FBR464D005/02CT

$5.04

FBR464ND005/02CT

$5.64

Silver

6

137

Than

Than

FBR464D006/02CT

5.04

FBR464ND006/02CT

5.64

E: Gold Overlay

12

500

80% of

10% of

FBR464D012/02CT

5.04

FBR464ND012/02CT

5.64

Silver Palladium

24

2000

Rated

Rated

FBR464D024/02CT

5.04

FBR464ND024/02CT

5.64

Alloy

48

7000

Voltage

Voltage

FBR464D048/02CT

5.80

FBR464ND048/02CT

6.40

T: Gold Overlay

5

53

Less

More

FBR464D005/04CT

$5.70

FBR464ND005/04CT

$6.30

Silver

6

90

Than

Than

FBR464D006/04CT

5.70

FBR464ND006/04CT

6.30

E: Gold Overlay

12

330

80% of

10% of

FBR464D012/04CT

5.70

FBR464ND012/04CT

6.30

Silver Palladium

24

1200

Rated

Rated

FBR464D024/04CT

5.70

FBR464ND024/04CT

6.30

Alloy

48

4200

Voltage

Voltage

FBR464D048/04CT

6.46

FBR464ND048/04CT

7.06

•Substitute "T” with "E” or alternate contact material and add $0.66 to price for E version (2 pole) and $1.20 for
E version (4 pole).

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

1*1792

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU COMPONENTS

MINIATURE
HIGH-POWER RELAYS

FBR600 SERIES

The FBR600 Series are miniature high-power
relays with a switching capability of 10A, 30V
DC or 240V AC for 1 Form C contact; and 5A,
30V DC or 240V AC for 2 Form C contacts,
i iicse iciayaj conforming io Vue, 'uL and
CSA standards, are designed for mounting
on printed circuit boards. Dielectric with-
standing voltage is 500V AC for 1 minute and
creeping distance is 8mm. These FBR600
Series relays are ideal for use in audio equip-
ment, TV, vending machines, control ma-
chines, etc.

UL recognized (E63615) for industrial con-
trol equipment per UL508.

DIMENSIONS Unit: mm (inch)

FBR611,

FBR621,

(.138) (.138)

(.197)

MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT
20

20

r

1

t 4 1

y

* in

k K

3.5

r -

3.5

V

(.138)1

HTl 38)

(.051)

! ' | | to

97)1.1971

SCHEMATICS

X rl

|U Q *-Oj

1 FORM C

8xft1.3

(.051)

£&■

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Specifications

Contact Arrangement

FBR611, 1 Form C - FBR621, 2 Form C

Contact Ratings

FBR611, 10A at 30V DC or 240V AC - FBR621, 5A at 30V DC or 240V AC

Carrying Current

FBR611, 10A — FBR621, 5A

Contact Material

Silver-alloy

Initial Contact Resistance

lOOmfi max. at 6V DC, 1A

Rated Coil Voltage

5, 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 48, 60V DC

Coil Power Dissipation

FBR61 1/621, 0.5W at 20°C

Coil Temperature Rise

FBR61 1 /621 , 35°C at rated voltage at 20°C

Insulation Resistance

1000f2 min. at 500V DC (initial) at 20°C, 65% RH

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage
Between Coil and Contact

5000V AC for 1 minute at 20°C, 65% RH

Between Open Contacts

1000V AC for 1 minute at 20°C, 65% RH

Between Adjacent Contacts

FBR621, 3000V AC for 1 minute at 20°C, 65% RH

Lightening (1 x 40/i sec)

Between Coil and Contact

10,000V min

Between Adjacent Contacts

FBR621, 6000V min.

Operate Time

8 ms approx, at rated voltage at 20°C

Release Time

2.5 ms approx, at 20°C

Life Expectancy - Mechanical

20 x 10 4 ops. min.

Electrical

100 x 10 3 ops. min. at rated voltage

Vibration

10 — 55 Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

Shock

10G (11 ms)

Temperature Range

FBR61 1/621, -40°C~+70°C

Weight

16 gr. approx.

SELECTION TABLE

Contact

Rated
Voltage
in V DC

Coil Resistance

Pick-Up
Voltage
at 20°C

Open

Voltage

FBR611

FBR621

Material

in ft at 20°C

at 20°C

Designation

Price

Designation

Price

5

50

FBR611D005

$3.74

FBR621D005

$4.00

6

72

Less Than

More Than

FBR611D006

3.74

FBR621D006

4.00

9

160

70% of

10% of

FBR611D009

3.74

FBR621D009

4.00

Silver-

12

285

Rated

Rated

FBR611D012

3.74

FBR621D012

4.00

Alloy

18

640

Voltage

Voltage

, FBR611D018

3.74

FBR621D018

4.00

24

1150

(reference)

FBR611D024

3.86

FBR621 D024

4.12

48

4600

FBR611D048

4.56

FBR621 D048

4.82

60

7200

FBR611D060

4.96

FBR621D060

5.24

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DiV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1793

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU

RELAYS

HEAVY DUTY GENERAL
PURPOSE RELAYS

FRL-250 AND FRL-256 SERIES
SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT 10A-30V DC,
10A-240V AC

The FRL-250 Series Relays have been de-
signed with particular attention to reliability,
cost performance and versatility of applica-
tion. These heavy duty general purpose relays
provide SPDT, DPDT or 3PDT contacts with
switching ability of 1 0A at 30V DC or 240V AC.
The FRL-250 Series Relays provide various
mounting styles such as plug-in, bracket
case, tapped core, stud or P.C. board, and
their terminals are convenient quick-connect/
solder or P.C. board. The optional features
are with or without test button for manual
circuit checking and indicator lamp to indi-
cate whether power is reaching relay.

These relays are particularly desirable for
use in automation control, communication
circuit and many other applications where
high power switching and rugged construc-
tion are required.

The FRL-250 Series relays are UL recog-
nized (File No. E63614) and C.S.A. certified
(File No. LR40304).

SELECTION TABLES

DIMENSIONS Unit; mm (inch)

FRL-250

P.C. BOARD TERMINALS
(FRL-254)

SPOT

.187" Q.C. TERMINALS,
BRACKET CASE (FRL-251)

DPDT

1— — 1

3

IP

ZD |

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Specifications

Contact Arrangement

Contact Rating

Initial Contact Resistance

Contact Material

SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT

10A at 30V DC (resistive) - 10A at 240V AC (resistive)

1/3 HP at 120V AC, 1/2 HP at 240V AC
lOOmft max. at 6V DC, 1A

Gold flashed silver-cadmium oxide

Rated Coil Voltage

Coil Power Dissipation

Coil Temperature Rise

6, 12, 24, 48, 110V DC - 12, 24, 48, 120, 240V AC

DC: 1.2W, AC: 3PDT - 2.7VA, DPDT, SPDT - 2VA at rated voltage, 60 Hz

DC: 40°C max., AC: 60° max.

Insulation Resistance

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

lOOMfi min. at 500V DC

2000V AC for 1 minute (1000V AC between open contacts)

Operate Time

Release Time

30 ms max. at rated coil voltage

30 ms max.

Life Expectancy - Mechanical
Electrical

10 x 10 6 ops. min.

100 x 10 3 ops. min. at rated load

Vibration

600 to 1500 rpm (Dual amplitude: 1mm)

Shock

10G (11 ms)

Temperature Range

DC: — 45°C to +70°C/AC: 3PDT: -45°C to +45C°/DPDT, SPDT: -45°C to +55°C

Weight

80 gr. approx.

DC RELAYS

Contacts

Coil

Fujitsu Number
QC/Solder Bracket Case*

Price

Fujitsu Number
Plug-In

Price

Fujitsu Number

PC Board

Price

Fujitsu Number
Plug-In

Price

Rated

V DC

Resistance

Ohms

Power

Watts

6

32

1.2

FRL-251 D006/01CS-OC

$6.32

FRL-253D006/01CS

$6.32

FRL-254D006/01CS

$6.32

FRL-256D006/01CS

$7.80

12

120

1.2

FRL-251 D01 2/01 CS-0C

6.32

FRL-253D01 2/01 CS

6.32

FRL-254D01 2/01 CS

6.32

FRL-256D01 2/01 CS

7.80

SPDT

24

470

1.2

FRL-251 D024/01CS-OC

6.32

FRL-253D024/01CS

6.32

FRL-254D024/01CS

6.32

FRL-256D024/01CS

7.80

48

1800

1.2

FRL-251 D048/01CS-OC

6.32

FRL-253D048/01CS

6.32

FRL-254D048/01CS

6.32

FRL-256D048/01CS

7.80

110

10000

1.2

FRL-251 Dll 0/01 CS-0C

6.82

FRL-253D1 1 0/01 CS

6.82

FRL-254D1 10/01 CS

6.82

FRL-256D1 10/01 CS

8.52

6

32

1.2

FRL-251 D006/02CS-OC

$6.86

FRL-253D006/02CS

$6.86

FRL-254D006/02CS

$6.86

FRL-256D006/02CS

$8.74

12

120

1.2

FRL-251 D012/02CS-OC

6.86

FRL-253D012/02CS

6.86

FRL-254D012/02CS

6.86

FRL-256D012/02CS

8.74

DPDT

24

470

1.2

FRL-251 D024/02CS-OC

6.86

FRL-253D024/02CS

6.86

FRL-254D024/02CS

6.86

FRL-256D024/02CS

8.74

48

1800

1.2

FRL-251 D048/02CS-OC

6.86

FRL-253D048/02CS

6.86

FRL-254D048/02CS

6.86

FRL-256D048/02CS

8.74

110

10000

1.2

FRL-251 Dll 0/02CS-0C

7.36

FRL-253D1 10/02CS

7.36

FRL-254D1 1 0/02CS

7.36

FRL-256D1 1 0/02CS

9.46

6

32

1.2

FRL-251 D006/03CS-OC

$8.00

FRL-253D006/03CS

$8.00

FRL-254D006/03CS

$8.00

FRL-256D006/03CS

$10.88

12

120

1.2

FRL-251 D012/03CS-OC

8.00

FRL-253D012/03CS

8.00

FRL-254D012/03CS

8.00

FRL-256D012/03CS

10.88

3PDT

24

470

1.2

FRL-251 D024/03CS-OC

8.00

FRL-253D024/03CS

8.00

FRL-254D024/03CS

8.00

FRL-256D024/03CS

10.88

48

1800

1.2

FRL-251 D048/03CS-OC

8.00

FRL-253D048/03CS

8.00

FRL-254D048/03CS

8.00

FRL-256D048/03CS

10.88

110

10000

1.2

FRL-251 D110/03CS-OC

8.50

FRL-253D1 1 0/03CS |

8.50

FRL-254D1 10/03CS

8.50

FRL-256D1 1 0/03CS

11.60

AC RELAYS

Contacts

Coil

Fujitsu Number
QC/Solder Bracket Case*

Price

Fujitsu Number
Plug-In

Price

Fujitsu Number

PC Board

Price

Fujitsu Number
Plug-In

Price

Rated

VAC

Current

mA

Power

VA

12

168

2.0

FRL-251 A01 2/01 CS-OC

$6.32

FRL-253A01 2/01 CS

$6.32

FRL-254A01 2/01 CS

$6.32

FRL-256A01 2/01 CS

$7.80

24

84

2.0

FRL-251 A024/01CS-OC

6.32

FRL-253A024/01CS

6.32

FRL-254A024/01CS

6.32

FRL-256A024/01CS

7.80

SPDT

48

42

2.0

FRL-251 A048/01 CS-OC

6.32

FRL-253A048/01CS

6.32

FRL-254A048/01CS

6.32

FRL-256A048/01CS

7.80

120

18

2.0

FRL-251 A1 20/01 CS-OC

6.86

FRL-253A1 20/01 CS

6.82

FRL-254A1 20/01 CS

6.82

FRL-256A1 20/01 CS

8.52

240

9

2.0

FRL-251 A240/01 CS-OC

7.12

FRL-253A240/01CS

7.12

FRL-254A240/01CS

7.12

FRL-256A240/01CS

9.32

12

168

2.0

FRL-251 A012/02CS-DC

$6.86

FRL-253A012/02CS

$6.86

FRL-254A012/02CS

$6.86

FRL-256A012/02CS

$ 8.74

24

84

2.0

FRL-251 A024/02CS-OC

6.86

FRL-253A024/02CS

6.86

FRL-254A024/02CS

6.86

FRL-256A024/02CS

8.74

DPDT

48

42

2.0

FRL-251 A048/02CS-OC

6.86

FRL-253A048/02CS

6.86

FRL-254A048/02CS

6.86

FRL-256A048/02CS

8.74

120

18

2.0

FRL-251 A120/02CS-OC

7.36

FRL-253A1 20/02CS

7.36

FRL-254A120/02CS

7.36

FRL-256A1 20/02CS

9.46

240

9

2.0

FRL-251 A240/02CS-OC

7.66

FRL-253A240/02CS

7.66

FRL-254A240/02CS

7.66

FRL-256A240/02CS

10.26

' 12

230

2.7

FRL-251 A012/03CS-OC

$8.00

FRL-253A012/03CS

$8.00

FRL-254A012/03CS

$8.00

FRL-256A012/03CS

$10.88

24

115

2.7

FRL-251 A024/03CS-OC

8.00

FRL-253A024/03CS

8.00

FRL-254A024/03CS

' 8.00

FRL-256A024/03CS

10.88

3PDT

48

57

2.7

FRL-251 A048/03CS-DC j

8.00

FRL-253A048/03CS

8.00

FRL-254A048/03CS

8.00

FRL-256A048/03CS

10.88

120

24

2.7

FRL-251 A120/03CS-OC

8.50

FRL-253A120/03CS

8.50

FRL-254A120/03CS

8.50

FRL-256A120/03CS

11.60

240

12

2.7

FRL-251 A240/03CS-OC |

8.80 I

FRL-253A240/03CS

8.80

FRL-254A240/03CS

8.80 |

FRL-256A240/03CS

12.40

* To order No. 6-32 tapped core mounting style, change suffix, -0C to -0A-01 and add $0.90 to price shown; to order No. 6-32 stud mounting style, change suffix -0C to -0B-01 and add $0.80
to price shown.

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

1*1794

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU COMPONENTS

GENERAL PURPOSE RELAYS

FRL-260 SERIES

4PDT-3A, 3PDT-5A, DPDT-10A, SPDT-15A

The FRL-260 series relays with proven performance and top quality
have been designed with emphasis on reliability, safety, cost per-
formance and applicability to a wide range of uses.

These relays provide SPDT to 4PDT contacts, which are offered for
contact ratings from 1 amp to 15 amps at 30V DC or 240V AC, resis-
tive.- ..Moreover,...thev. ere. ?.!so bifurcated

contacts that enable them to meet signal level or other light loads.

The FRL-260 series relays are available in both DC- and AC-rated
coils, and with a selection of mountings, such as solder, plug-in,
P.C. boards and quick connect terminals.

The FRL-260 series is UL recognized (File No. E63614/E63615) and
C.S.A. certified.

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Specifications

Contact Ratings (Resistive Load).

As per SELECTION TABLE

Initial Contact Resistance

General (S, K, V Contact): lOOmfi max. (at 6 V DC, 1A)
Low Level (T, L Contact): 50mf2 max. (at 6V DC, 0.1A)

Operate Time

Release Time

25 ms max. (at rated coil voltage)

25 ms max.

Coil Power Dissipation

Coil Temperature Rise

DC: 0.9W (at rated coil voltage)

AC: 1.2 VA (120V max.) at rated coil voltage of 60 Hz
1.4 VA (200V min.) at rated coil voltage of 60 Hz
DC: 50° max.

AC: 60°C max.

Life Expectancy - Mechanical
Electrical

50 x 10 s ops. min.

(at rated load)

Medium Load

SPDT: 500 x 10 3 ops. min.

DPDT: 500 x 10 3 ops. min.

3PDT: 500 x 10 3 ops. min.

4PDT: 200 x 10 3 ops. min.

4 PST: 100 x 10 3 ops. min.

Heavy Load

SPDT: 200 x 10 3 ops. min.

SPST: 200 x 10 3 ops. min.

DPDT: 500 x 10 3 ops. min.

Insulation Resistance

100MQ min. (at 500V DC)

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

1500V AC (1000V AC between open contacts)

Yor i 'minute

Vibration

50 Hz (Dual Amplitude: 0.5mm)

Shock

10G (11 ms)

Temperature Range

— 30°C to +55°C

Weight

35 gr. approx.

DIMENSIONS Unit: mm

04CL: DIMENSION AND CONSTRUCTION
04CS: DIMENSION AND CONSTRUCTION
04CT: DIMENSION AND CONSTRUCTION
04CV: DIMENSION AND CONSTRUCTION

( —

n

_ . i

21-8 f
(.85

4 AX

B)

SCHEMATIC i 3 3 4

rOfilp

■ I »| to v»Jl2

(Bottom view)

03CS: DIMENSION AND CONSTRUCTION

r—

— -C

21.8 MAX
(.858)

(Bottom view)

02CK: DIMENSION AND CONSTRUCTION

SCHEMATIC

M. -2-,
-X Z3i

7 LJ‘

(Bottom view)

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1795

RELAYS

4500

4500

FUJITSU

RELAYS

FRL260 SERIES RELAYS SELECTION TABLE — DC COIL

Contact Arrangement
and Material

Contact Ratings

Rated Voltage
V DC 50/60 Hz

Coil Resistance
±15% Ohms @ 20°C

Pick-Up Voltage
@ 20°C

Fujitsu Part Numbers
(Plug-In)*

Price

Resistive

Horsepower

6

40

4.5

FRL263D006/01CK

$4.66

SPDT

15A @ 30V DC

1/3 HP @ 120V AC

12

160

9

FRL263D01 2/01 CK

4.66

AgCdO

or 150V AC

1/2 HP @ 240V AC

24

650

18

FRL263D024/01CK

4.66

10A @ 240V AC

48

2600

36

FRL263D048/01CK

4.66

110

13300

82.5

FRL263D1 1 0/01 CK

5.80

6

40

4.5

FRL263D006/02CK

$4.84

DPDT

10A @ 30V DC

1/3 HP @ 120V AC

12

160

9

FRL263D012/02CK

4.84

AgCdO

or 240V AC

1/2 HP @ 240V AC

24

650

18

FRL263D024/02CK

4.84

48

2600

36

FRL263D048/02CK

4.84

110

13300

82.5

FRL263D1 10/02CK

5.98

6

40

4.5

FRL263D006/03CS

$4.84

3PDT

5A @ 30V DC

1/6 HP @ 120V AC

12

160

9

FRL263D012/03CS

4.84

AgCdO

or 240V AC

24

650

18

FRL263D024/03CS

4.84

48

2600

36

FRL263D048/03CS

4.84

110

13300

82.5

FRL263D1 1 0/03CS

5.98

6

40

4.5

FRL263D006/04CL

$5.18

4PDT

3A @ 30V AC

1/10 HP @ 120V AC

12

160

9

FRL263D012/04CL

5.18

Ag + Au Clad

or 120V AC

24

650

18

FRL263D024/04CL

5.18

48

2600

36

FRL263D048/04CL

5.18

HO

13300

82.5

FRL263D1 1 0/04CL

6.32

6

40

4.5

FRL263D006/04CS

$4.84

4PDT

3A @ 30V AC

1/10 HP @ 120V AC

12

160

9

FRL263D012/04CS

4.84

Ag

or 120V AC

24

650

18

FRL263D024/04CS

4.84

48

2600

36

FRL263D048/04CS

4.84

110

13300

82.5

FRL263D1 1 0/04CS

5.98

6

40

4.5

FRL263D006/04CT

$5.64

4PDT

1A @ 30V AC

1/10 HP @ 120V AC

12

160

9

FRL263D012/04CT

5.64

(Bifurcated)

or 120V AC

24

650

18

FRL263D024/04CT

5.64

Ag + Au Clad

48

2600

36

FRL263D048/04CT

5.64

110

13300

82.5

FRL263D1 10/04CT

6.78

6

40

4.5 '

FRL263D006/04CV

$5.18

4PDT

5A @ 30V AC

1/6 HP @ 120V AC

12

160

9

FRL263D012/04CV

5.18

AgCdO

or 240V AC

24

650

18

FRL263D024/04CV

5.18

48

2600

36

FRL263D048/04CV

5.18

110

.13300 .

82.5

FRL263D1 1 0/04CV .

6.32

For CSA Certified Relays, -CSA suffix must be added to part number. Price is same.
* For PCB type terminals change prefix to FRL264

FRL260 SERIES RELAYS SELECTION TABLE — AC COIL

Contact Arrangement
and Material

Contact Ratings

Rated Voltage
V AC 50/60 Hz

Coil Resistance
±15% Ohms @ 20°C

Pick-Up Voltage
@ 20°C

Fujitsu Part Numbers
(Plug-In)*

Price

Resistive

Horsepower

6

9.5.

4.8

FRL263A006/01CK

$4.66

SPDT

15A @ 30V DC

1/3 HP @ 120V AC

12

• 40

9.6

FRL263A01 2/01 CK

4.66

AgCdO

or 150V AC

1/2 HP @ 240V AC

24

165

19.2

FRL263A024/01CK

4.66

10A @ 240V AC

48

630

38.4

FRL263A048/01CK

4.66

120

4400

96.0

FRL263A1 20/01 CK

5.00

240

13000

192.0

FRL263A240/01CK

6.66

6

9.5

4.8

FRL263A006/02CK

$4.84

12

40

9.6

FRL263A012/02CK

4.84

DPDT

10A @ 30V DC

1/3 HP @ 120V AC

24

165

19.2

FRL263A024/02CK

4.84

AgCdO

or 240V AC

1/2 HP @ . 240V AC

48

630

38.4

FRL263A048/02CK

4.84

120

4400

96.0

FRL263A120/02CK

5.18

240

13000

192.0

FRL263A240/02CK

6.84

1

6

9.5

4.8

FRL263A006/03CS

$4.84

12

40

9.6

FRL263A01 2/03CS

4.84

3PDT

5A @ 30V DC

.1/6 HP @ 120V AC

24

165

19.2

FRL263A024/03CS

4.84

AgCdO

or 240V AC

48

630 .

38.4

FRL263A048/03CS

4.84

120

4400

96.0

FRL263A1 20/03CS

5.18

240

13000

192.0

FRL263A240/03CS

6.84

6

9.5

4.8

FRL263A006/04CL

$5.18

12

40

9.6

FRL263A012/04CL

5.18

4PDT

3A @ 30V AC .

1/10 HP @ 120V AC

24

165

19.2

FRL263A024/04CL

5.18

Ag + Au Clad

or 120V AC

48

630

38.4

FRL263A048/04CL

5.18

120

4400

96.0

FRL263A1 20/04CL

5.52

240

13000

192.0

FRL263A240/04CL

7.18

6

9.5

4.8

FRL263A006/04CS

$4.84

12

40

9.6

FRL263A012/04CS

4.84

4PDT

3A @ 30V AC

1/10 HP @ 120V AC

24

165

19.2

FRL263A024/04CS

4.84

Ag

or 120V AC

48

630

38.4

FRL263A048/04CS

4.84

120

4400

96.0

FRL263A120/04CS

5.18

240

13000

192.0

FRL263A240/04CS

6.84

6

9.5

4.8

FRL263A006/04CT

$5.64

4PDT

1A @ 30V AC

1/10 HP @ 120V AC

12

40

9.6

FRL263A01 2/04CT

5.64

(Bifurcated)

or 120V AC

24

165

19.2

FRL263A024/04CT

5.64

Ag + Au Clad

48

630

38.4

FRL263A048/04CT

5.64

120

4400

96.0

FRL263A120/04CT

5.98

240

13000

192.0

FRL263A240/04CT

7.64

6

9.5

4.8

FRL263A006/04CV

$5.18

12

40

9.6

FRL263A012/04CV

5.18

4PDT

5A @ 30V AC

1/6 HP @ 120V AC

24

165

19.2

FRL263A024/04CV

5.18

AgCdO

or 240V AC

48

630

38.4

FRL263A048/04CV

5.18

120

4400

96.0

FRL263A120/04CV

5.52

240

13000

192.0

FRL263A240/04CV

7.18

For CSA Certified Relays, -CSA suffix must be added to part number. Price is same.
* For PCB type terminals change prefix to FRL264

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

1*1796

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU COMPONENTS

MICRO REED RELAYS
FOR P.C. BOARDS

FRL-648 SERIES

The FRL-648 Series Micro Reed Relays offer a
wide selection and outstanding performance
To meet tnose demanding on-board switch-
ing requirements and high density packaging
applications.

These relays, available in 1 Form A/B and
2 Form A/B, feature a standard contact rating
of 50VA/10W for S type/K type, compact size
with a mounting height of only 9mm (.354"),
epoxy-molded construction for immersion
cleaning safety, low power consumption, and
the option of magnetic shielding for isolation
from the effects of adjacent relays.

These relays are ideally used for various
applications for audio equipment, data proc-
essing systems, communications, measuring
and control equipment.

Fujitsu field proven dry reed switches are
employed as the switching element in the
relays in order to offer an excellent low resist-
ance contact and low noise characteristics.

DIMENSIONS Unit: mm (inch)

« runwi m vm rv>rn»i o

ENGINEERING DATA

SCHEMATICS (TOP view)

*

: dotted mark

Positive voltage should be applied at the
terminal signed with •(+) for correct

Item

Characteristics

Contact Arrangement

Contact Rating

Initial Contact Resistance

Contact Materials

1 Form A/B, 2 Form A/B

Type K: 50VA max. (100V AC, 0.5A max.)

30W max. (100V DC, OJA max.)

Type S: 10W max. (100V DC, 0.5A max.)

150mft max. at rated voltage

Rhodium

Rated Coil Voltage

Coil Temperature Rise

5, 6, 12, 24V DC

20°C max.

Insulation Resistance

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

100MO min. at 100V DC

500V DC (200V DC between open contacts)

Operate Time

Release Time

1.0 ms max. including bounce time

Form A: 0.1 ms max. including bounce time

Form B: 1.0 ms max. including bounce time

Life Expectancy

K type 1 x 10 6 min at rated load

S type: 5 x 10 s min. at rated load

Vibration

10 to 55Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

Shock

30G

Temperature Range

Form A: -10°C to +70°C

Form B: -10°C to +50°C

Weight

6 gr. approx.

SELECTION TABLE

Type

Contact

Rated
Voltage
in V DC

Pick-Up
Voltage
in V DC
at 20°C

Coil

Resistance in
Ohm ±15%
at 20°C

Coil
Power
Dissipation
in mW

Designation

Price

Materials

Arrangements

5

3.8

550

45

FRL-648D05/1AS

$1.82

Standard

Rhodium

1 Form A (Make)

6

4.5

550

65

FRL-648D06/1 AS

1.82

12

9.0

1050

140

FRL-648D1 2/IAS

1.82

24

18.0

2800

200

FRL-648D24/1AS

2.12

5

3.8

300

85

FRL-648D05/1BS

$3.48

Standard

Rhodium

1 Form B (Break)

6

4.5

300

120

FRL-648D06/1BS

3.48

12

9.0

1300

110

FRL-648D1 2/1 BS

3.48

24

18.0

3800

150

FRL-648D24/1BS

3.78

5

3.8

210

120

FRL-648D05/2AS

$2.42

Standard

Rhodium

2 Form A (Make)

6

4.5

210

170

FRL-648D06/2AS

2.42

12

9.0

800

180

FRL-648D12/2AS

2.42

24

18.2

2600

220

FRL-648D24/2AS

2.72

5

3.8

80

300

FRL-648D05/2BS

$4.10

Standard

Rhodium

2 Form B (Break)

6

4.5

105

340

FRL-648D06/2BS

4.10

12

9.0

460

310

FRL-648D12/2BS

4.10

24

18.0

1500

380

FRL-648D24/2BS

4.40

5

3.8

550

45

FRL-648D05/1AK

$1.96

Heavy Load

Rhodium

1 Form A (Make)

6

4.5

550

65

FRL-648D06/1AK

1.96

12

9.0

1050

140

FRL-648D12/1AK

1.96

24

18.0

2800

200

FRL-648D24/1AK

2.28

5

3.8

300

85

FRL-648D05/1BK

$3.64

Heavy Load

Rhodium

1 Form B (Break)

6

4.5

300

120

FRL-648D06/1BK

3.64

12

9.0

1300

110

FRL-648D1 2/1 BK

3.64

24

18.0

3800

150

FRL-648D24/1BK

3.94

5

3.8

210

.120

FRL-648D05/2AK

$2.58

Heavy Load

Rhodium

2 Form A (Make)

6

4.5

210

170

FRL-648D06/2AK '

2.58

12

9.0

800

180

FRL-648D12/2AK

2.58

24

18.0

2600

220

FRL-648D24/2AK

2.88

5

3.8

80

300

FRL-648D05/2BK

$4.24

Heavy Load

Rhodium

2 Form B (Break)

6

4.5

105

340

FRL-648D06/2BK

4.24

12

9.0

460

310

FRL-648D12/2BK

4.24

24

18.0

1500

380

FRL-648D24/2BK

4.54

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1797

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU

RELAYS

D.I.P. REED RELAYS

FRL-730 SERIES

The FRL-730 Series D.I.P. Reed Relays are
available in 1 Form A contact with contact
rating capability of up to 10VA.

These relays can be mounted in the stand-
ard 14-pin dual-in-line package with epoxy-
molded construction for safe immersion
cleaning. Models with diode and/or electro-
static shield are available.

These FRL-730 D.I.P. reed relays are ideal
for use in data processing systems and com-
munications, measuring and control equip-
ment.

DIMENSIONS

Unit: mm (inch)

9 8

rfS®

- 4 -+

a::

12 6 7

Standard

(IAS)

14 13 98

1 2

6 7

1 2

SCHEMATICS (TOP VIEW)
FRL-734 TYPE

14 13 9 8

14 13

1 £nr

With Diode

(IAS-2)

1413

With Electrostatic
Shield

(IAS-3)

With Electrostatic
Shield & Diode

(IAS-4)

14 13

• 9

jgSgJ

[ 8.9 (. 350 )
max.

9 8
o o

Standard

(IAS)

1413 9 8

6 6 io

12 6 7

With Electrostatic
Shield

(IAS-3)

With Diode

(IAS-2)

1413

T

1 2

9 8
9 9

m

6 7

With Electrostatic
Shield & Diode

(IAS-4)

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Characteristics

Contact Arrangement

1 Form A

Contact Rating

10 VA max. (100V DC or peak AC max., 0.5A max.) 2.0A max. carry only

Initial Contact Resistance

150mft max.

Contact Material

Rhodium

Rated Coil Voltage

5, 6, 12V DC

Coil Temperature Rise

20°C max.

Insulation Resistance

10 10 ft min. at 100V DC, +20°C, 40% RH

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

250V DC min. across open contacts

500V DC min. (between other mutually insulated terminals)

Operate Time

1.0 ms max. including bounce time

Release Time

0.1 ms max.

Life Expectancy

1 x 10 4 min. at rated load (resistive)

Vibration

10 to 55 Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

Shock

50G

Temperature Range

-10°C to +70°C

Weight

4 gr. approx.

SELECTION TABLE

Contact

Arrangement

Rated

Coil

Voltage
in V DC

Coil

Resistance
at 20°C in
ft ±15%

Must
Operate
Voltage
at 20°C
in V DC

FRL-734 Type

FRL-738 Type

Designation

Price

Designation

Price

1A

5

380

3.8

FRL-734D05/1AS

$3.12

FRL-738D05/1AS

$3.12

Standard

6

380

4.5

FRL-734D06/1AS

3.12

FRL-738D06/1AS

3.12

12

530

9.0

FRL-734D1 2/1 AS

3.42

FRL-738D1 2/IAS

3.42

1A

5

380

3.8

FRL-734D05/1AS-2

$3.90

FRL-738D05/1AS-2

$3.90

With Diode

6

380

4.5

FRL-734D06/1AS-2

3.90

FRL-738D06/1AS-2

3.90

12

530

9.0

FRL-734D1 2/ 1 AS-2

4.22

FRL-738D1 2/1 AS-2

4.22

1A

5

380

3.8

FRL-734D05/1AS-3

$3.42

FRL-738D05/1AS-3

$3.42

With Electrostatic

6

380

4.5

FRL-734D06/1AS-3

3.42

FRL-738D06/1AS-3

3.42

Shield

12

530

9.0

FRL-734D1 2/1 AS-3

3.72

FRL-738D1 2/1 AS-3

3.72

1A

5

380

3.8

FRL-734D05/1AS-4

$4.22

FRL-738D05/1AS-4

$4.22

With Electrostatic

6

380

4.5

FRL-734D06/1AS-4

4.22

FRL-738D06/1AS-4

4.22

Shield & Diode

12

530

9.0

FRL-734D1 2/ 1 AS-4

4.52

FRL-738D12/1 AS-4

4.52

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

1-1798

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU COMPONENTS

MICRO REED RELAYS
FOR P.C. BOARDS

FRL-764 and 768 SERIES

FRL-764 and 768 Series Micro Reed Relays
offer excellent operating characteristics such
as fast operating time, high reliability and
long life. Available in a choice of contact ar-
rangements (1 Form A, 2 Form A and 4 Form
A) and contact rating capabilities (10W for
standard type and 30W DC, 50VA AC for
heavy load type), they are potted by polyure-
thane resin. These low-profile relays are com-
patible with 1 x .1 inch grid spacing for P.C.
board mounting. These micro reed relays are
ideal for use in telecommunications, audio
equipment, process control systems and
vending machines.

DIMENSIONS Unit: mm (inch)

Q 5

..-CL 5 :

29 OMAX H 9 3( 3661MAX

7 (1.142)

• . c?

m

4-0 33(013) |4+OS5(.Q22>TYP

: 25 4 | [ TYP. ■ ' *- :

F

IB s

1 FORM A

*--2.1
2 54 (.083)

( 100 )

$ 'f

□

2 FORM A

4 FORM A

SCHEMATICS

FRL-764 type

2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8 10

U TO

ii m

mn

mu

1 3 13 5 1 3 S 7 9

1 Form A 2 Form A 4 Form A

FRL-768 type

4 46 4 6 8 10

4, efts m

in im mm

1 3 5 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 9 11

1 Form A 2 Form A 4 Form A

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Characteristics

Contact Arrangement

1 Form A, 2 Form A, 4 Form A

Contact Rating Power

Standard: 10W max. (resistive) — Heavy Load Type: 30W DC, 50VA AC max. (resistive)

Voltage

Standard: 100V DC max. (resistive) - Heavy Load Type: 100V DC/100V AC max. (resistive]

Current

Standard: 0.5A DC switched max. (resistive) - Heavy Load Type: 0.5A AC switched max.
2.0A carry only max. (resistive)

Initial Contact Resistance

150mO max.

Contact Material

Rhodium

Rated Coil Voltage

5, 6, 12, 24V DC

Coil Temperature Rise

30°C max.

Insulation Resistance

lO’ofl min. at 100V DC at 20°C, 40% RH

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

200V DC min. across open contacts

500V DC min. between other mutually insulated terminals

Operate Time

1.0 ms max. including bounce

Release Time

0.1 ms max.

Life Expectancy

K type: 1 x 10 6 min. at rated load

S type: 5 x 10 6 min. at rated load

Vibration

10— '55 Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

Shock

30G, 11 ms half-sinewave

Temperature Range

-10°C~+70°C

Weight

8.5 gr. approx. (2 Form A)

SELECTION TABLES

Type

Contact Arrangement

Coil Rated
Voltage in

V DC

Must Operate
Voltage in

V DC at 20°C

Coil

Resistance in
12+15%
at 20°C

Coil Power
Dissipation
in mW

Designation

FRL-764

Price

Designation

FRL-768

Price

■■■1

^B&BB

FRL-764D05/1AS

$2.88

FRL-768D05/1AS

BEHB!

Standard

1 Form A

FRL-764D06/1AS

2.88

FRL-768D06/1AS

FRL-764D1 2/1 AS

2.88

FRL-768D1 2/IAS

FRL-764D24/1AS

3.18

FRL-768D24/1AS

jmFSMM

FRL-764D05/2AS

$3.64

FRL-768D05/2AS

Standard

FRL-764D06/2AS

3.64

FRL-768D06/2AS

FRL-764D12/2AS

3.64

FRL-768D12/2AS

FRL-764D24/2AS

3.94

FRL-768D24/2AS

amah,

60

FRL-764D05/4AS

$6.00

FRL-768D05/4AS

Standard

400

FRL-764D06/4AS

FRL-768D06/4AS

436

FRL-764D12/4AS

FRL-768D12/4AS

BK3BB

443

FRL-764D24/4AS

6.30

FRL-768D24/4AS

,1

FRL-764D05/1AK

$3.04

FRL-768D05/1AK

Heavy Load

310

FRL-764D06/1AK

FRL-768D06/1AK

FRL-764D1 2/1 AK

3.04

FRL-768D1 2/1 AK

FRL-764D24/1AK

3.34

FRL-768D24/1AK

■m

150

FRL-764D05/2AK

FRL-768D05/2AK

Heavy Load

4.5

FRL-764D06/2AK

FRL-768D06/2AK

9.0

FRL-764D12/2AK

FRL-768D12/2AK

18.0

2500

FRL-764D24/2AK

FRL-768D24/2AK

3.8

60

417

FRL-764D05/4AK

$6.60

FRL-768D05/4AK

Heavy Load

4 Form A

'

4.5

400

FRL-764D06/4AK

6.60

FRL-768D06/4AK

9.0

436

FRL-764D12/4AK

6.60

FRL-768D12/4AK

18.0

1300

443

FRL-764D24/4AK

6.90

FRL-768D24/4AK

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1799

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU

RELAYS

MERCURY WETTED
CONTACT RELAYS

FMR-800 SERIES

Fujitsu FMR-800 Series mercury wetted con-
tact relays are compact for P.C. board mount-
ing.

Highly stable, they can be used for a wide
range of current switching from very low
levels to heavy loads. Conventional flux
cleaning can be used after P.C. board mount-
ing as these relays are potted with poly-
urethane resin. The mercury switching gives
these relays a bounce-free contact and an
extremely long operating life. Therefore,
Fujitsu mercury wetted contact relays are
ideal for use in measuring equipment, com-
munications systems, computer systems,
automatic control systems etc.

FEATURES

• Extremely long life expectancy (10 x 10 9
operations)

• Short operate/release time (2 ms) and no
contact bounce

• Stable, low contact resistance

• Available for wide current range switching
from low level signals to 2 amps

• Contacts are independent from
atmospheric conditions

DIMENSIONS
820 SERIES
1 FORM A

ff 1

r 1

'1

#»»»

~-|3.18<1?S)

Is MAX

9os* i«»i
SJRtnsoi

T 62 MAX

SCHEMATIC
(BOTTOM VIEW

ii

SELECTION TABLE

830 SERIES

1 FORM C

..r

8»6MAX3?1«

J9%

SR4..

11.13 MAX Tdzst
' (.*38)

2 FORM C

SCHEMATICS

(BOTTOM VIEW)

• WJ lilkj

a .n

c cT c

1 FORM C, 2 FORM C

870 SERIES

1 FORM C, 1 FORM D

P

#

ill

2 FORM C

T>'

(

i r

: ; i '

11 1

il

1

• j

s ifeil

» •

si?!

1 j

: H

rf_

-h

i

;! to 1

11

r~H

10 i max aoS&t -i i

IM1) U. J

JS4MAX(UX)0)

SCHEMATICS

(BOTTOM VIEW)

L j lxj:

1 FORM C . 2 FORM C

Series

Contact

Arrangement

Rated

Voltage

In V DC

Coil

Resistance
in Q at 20°C

Coil Power
Dissipation
in mW

Operate
in V DC
at 20°C

Release
in V DC
at 20°C

Designation

Price

5

350

72

4.0

0.5

FMR-824D05/1/\S

$ 8.86

820 Series

1 Form A

6

350

103

4.8

0.6

FMR-824D06/1AS

8.86

12

950

152

9.6

1.2

FMR-824D12/1AS

8.86

24

2742

210

19.2

2.4

FMR-824D24/1AS

9.46

5

117

214

2.9

0.52

FMR-834D05/1CS

$14.36

6

196

184

3.5

0.66

FMR-834D06/1CS

14.36

830 Series

1 Form C

12

720

200

7.0

1.3

FMR-834D1 2/ICS

14.36

24

2730

211

14.0

2.6

FMR-834D24/1CS

15.16

48

10,000

231

28.0

5.2

FMR-834D48/1CS

15.94

5

56

447

2.9

0.52

FMR-834D05/2CS

$23.90

6

90

400

3.5

0.66

FMR-834D06/2CS

23.90

830 Series

2 Form C

12

392

368

7.0

1.3

FMR-834D12/2CS

23.90

24

1440

400

14.0

2.6

FMR-834D24/2CS

24.72

48

5460

422

28.0

5.2

FMR-834D48/2CS

25.52

5

56

447

2.9

0.52

FMR-834D05/2CT

$25.52

830 Series

2 Form C

6

90

400

3.5

0.66

FMR-834D06/2CT

25.52

(with C.O.T.)

12

392

368

7.0

1.3

FMR-834D12/2CT

25.52

24

1440

400

14.0

2.6

FMR-834D24/2CT

26.30

48

5460

422

28.0

5.2

FMR-834D48/2CT

27.12

5

125

200

2.9

0.61

FMR-874D05/1CS

$13.88

870 Series*

1 Form C

6

125

290

3.5

0.75

FMR-874D06/1CS

13.88

12

685

210

7.1

1.5

FMR-874D1 2/ICS

13.88

24

2650

220

14.0

3.0

FMR-874D24/1CS

14.68

5

125

200

2.9

0.61

FMR-874D05/1DS

$13.88

870 Series*

1 Form D

6

125

290

3.5

0.75

FMR-874D06/1DS

13.88

12

685

210

7.1

1.5

FMR-874D1 2/IDS

13.88

24

2650

220

14.0

3.0

FMR-874D24/1DS

14.68

5

55

455

2.6

0.55

FMR-874D05/2CS

$23.12

870 Series*

2 Form C

6

55

655

3.4

0.7

FMR-874D06/2CS

23.12

12

370

390

6.7

1.4

FMR-874D12/2CS

23.12

24

1370

421

13.0

2.7

FMR-874D24/2CS

24.40

5

55

455

2.6

0.55

FMR-874D05/2CT

$24.72

870 Series*

2 Form C

6

55

655

3.4

0.7

FMR-874D06/2CT

24.72

(with C.O.T.)

12

370

390

6.7

1.4

FMR-874D12/2CT

24.72

24

1370

421

13.0

2.7

FMR-874D24/2CT

26.00

* FMR-878 Series is available with .093 inch grid spacing instead of .100 inch grid. Price is same as FMR-874 Series.

ENGINEERING DATA

FMR-830

FMR-870 |

Contact Arrangements

1 Form A

1 Form C

2 Form C

2 Form C
(with C.O.T.)

1 Form C

1 Form D

2 Form C

2 Form C
(with C.O.T.)

Contact Ratings — Switching

Carry Current

50 VA max.
lAmax. 350V DC max.
2A max.

100 VA max.

2A max., 500V DC max.

5A max.

Initial Contact Resistance

50 mQ max.

30 mQ max.

30 m Q max.

30 mQ max.

30 mQ max.

30 mQ max.

30 mQ max.

30 mQ max.

Operate Time

Release Time

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.
2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

2.0 ms max.

Insulation Resistance

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

1000 MQ min.

(500V DC)

1000V AC min.

100 MQ min.

(500V DC)
1000V AC min.

100 MQ min.

(500V DC)
1000V AC min.

100 M Q min.

(500V DC)
1000V AC min.

100 MQ min.

(500V DC)
1000V AC min.

100 MQ min.

(500V DC)
1000V AC min.

1000 MQ min.

(500V DC)
1000V AC min.

1000 MQ min.

(500V DC)
1000V AC min.

C.O.T. (Common Open Type)

—

■ ' __

—

50 /is min.

(100 Hz, 50% duty)

—

' —

50 /is min.

(100 Hz, 50% duty)

Operating Temptrature Range

— 38°C to +90°C (include coil temperature rise)

Vibration

10 Hz to 55 Hz (Dual amplitude: 1.5mm)

30G

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 / (312) 295-2610, Telex 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1*1800

4500

RELAYS

4500

FUJITSU

RELAYS

MICROMINIATURE
RELAYS FOR
P.C. BOARDS

FBR20 SERIES

Fujitsu FBR20 series relays are designed for
PC board mounting with 1A contact ratings
— perfect for microminiature applications.

cc ati ibcc,

• Microminiature size

Two FBR20 series relays can be mounted
in the space now for a single FBR210 series
relay.

• 1 A contact rating

Despite their microminiature size, FBR20
series relays have contact rating of 1 A at
24 VDC for convenient installation.

• Gold overlay bifurcated contact

Contact reliability is assured in low level
applications by contact shapes and materi-
als especially designed for signal switch-
ing applications.

• Low power consumption

With a rated power consumption of only
0.3W, today’s expensive energy costs can
be reduced significantly.

• Wide range of drive voltages

Drive voltages from 1.5 VDC to 24 VDC are
available for a wide range of applications.

• Strong shock resistance

Even with a 50G shock, FBR20 series relays
never miss a switch.

• Easy to pattern-design

Separate terminal connection with drive
and output sections allow easy pattern
design.

• Formed terminal available for
temporary lock

The unique design of the forming terminal
allows FBR20 series relays to be temporary
mounted for greater design flexibility.

• Automatic soldering provision

The terminal is sealed to prevent flux from
entering during automatic soldering.

DIMENSIONS

SCHEMATIC

MOUNTING HOLE LAYOUT

2.54±0.1

5.08±0.1

6.00.8 i 0 °;J 5

(.100*t.004>

(.200±:.004) ,

' (6-0.031 ±;g°5>

fu

*TT

l-j- -<
i

ir

V\

^rr

i

Hi

;i f

l!

i (Bottom view)

■■ i±J

L

jJ~

L__!_

t:

-±r

ENGINEERING DATA

Item

Specifications

Contact Arrangement

SPDT (1 Form C)

Contact Shape

Single contact (FBR21), Bifurcated contact (FBR22)

Contact Material

Gold overlay silver, Gold overlay silver-palladium alloy (-P)

Contact Rating

24 VDC-1A, 120 VAC-0. 5A (resistive load)

Maximum Carrying Current

2A

Maximum Switching Voltage

125 VDC, 125 VAC

Maximum Switching Power

24 WDC, 60 VA AC (resistive load)

Initial Contact Resistance

lOOmft max. (measured at 6V DC-0.1 A)

Coil Power

0.3W (at rated voltage, 20°C)

Coil Temperature Rise

45°C (at rated voltage, 20°C)

Insulation Resistance

I.OOOmft min. (at 500 VDC)

Withstanding Voltage

Between contacts: 500 VAC for 1 minute

Between contact and coil: 750 VAC for 1 minute

Vibration

20G, 10 ~ 300 Hz (dual amplitude, maximum 3.0 mm).

No contact chatter longer than 1.0 ms.

Shock

Operation error: 50G (sine half-wave of 11 ms).

No contact chatter longer than 1.0 ms.

Operate Time

5 ms max. (at rated voltage)

Release Time

3 ms max. (after rated operation)

Life Expectancy

Mechanical: 5 x 10 6 cps. min.

Electrical: Gold-overlay silver contacts: 100 x 10 3 ops. min.

Gold-overlay silver-palladium alloy contacts: 200 x 10 3 ops. min.

(at rated contact load)

Maximum Switching Frequency

Mechanical: 18,000 operations/hour

Electrical: 1,800 operations/hour (at contact rated load)

Ambient Temperature

— 30°C ~ +65°C (at rated operation)

Ambient Humidity

45 ~ 85% RH

Weight

1.7 g (approx.)

SELECTION TABLE

Type

Voltage

Specifi-

cations

Coil

Rated

Voltage

Coil

Resistance

(±10%)

Coil Current
(At Rated
Voltage)

Pick-up

Voltage

Drop-out

Voltage

Maximum

Voltage

Allowance

Rated

Power

Consumption

Coil

Temperature

Rise

Standard

Type

D01

DC 1.5V

7.5ft

approx. 200mA

Less than
80% of
rated
voltage

More than
5% of
rated
voltage

160%
of rated
voltage

Approx.
300mW
(at rated
voltage)

Approx.

45 deg.

(at rated
voltage)

D03

DC 3 V

ft

approx. 100mA

D05

DC 5 V

83 ft

approx. 60mA

D06

DC 6 V

120 ft

approx. 50mA

D09

DC 9 V

270 ft

approx. 33mA

D12

DC 12 V

480 ft

approx. 25mA

D18

DC 18 V

1,080 ft

approx. 17mA

Notes: 1. 24V relay is available by request.
2. Measured at 20°C

FUJITSU AMERICA, INC. / COMPONENT DIV. / 918 Sherwood Drive, Lake Bluff, IL 60044 /(312) 295-2610, Telex: 206196, TWX 910-651-2259

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1801

EEM

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

WONDERFILE !

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

4500

RELAYS

4500

SEALED RELAY Selection Guide

3SBC

% Size
Two Pole
150 Grid
Hybrid

3SBH

y 4 Size
Four Pole
150 Grid

3SBM

% Size
150 Grid
Latching
Hybrid

/ ^9

#t / W

39016/9 100G 30G -65C

39016/15 @ 11ms 55- +1250

39016/20 3000 Hz

Size

.61 x .31 x .32
Weight

0.13

135 mW

39016/13 100G

39016/37 @11 ms
39016/38

30G

55-

3000 Hz

Size

.61 x .61 x .32

x 250 mW

39016/14 100G

30G

Weight

@11 ms

3000 Hz

0.24

-65C 8-9

+ 125C 10-11

lOOmW

Single Coil 39016/31 150G 30G -65C 14-15

or 39016/35 @11 ms 3000 Hz +125C 16-17
180mW 39016/36

Dual Coil

1.01 X. 61 x. 81 1 400mW 39016/39 @ 5

1*1804

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

For additional publications and product information contact:
General Electric Company, Data Communication Products Department
Relay Operation, Waynesboro, VA 22980, 1-703-949-1471

GENERAL

ELECTRIC

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1805

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
ARKANSAS^

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS
(photo isolation — Back-to-Back SCR)

G SERIES

BACK-TO-BACK SCR
AC SOLID STATE RELAYS

• Back-to-back (dual) SCR output for switching highly
inductive AC loads

• Superior turn-on immunity and positive turn-off ability at
high dv/dt

• Optical coupling

• Zero-voltage turn-on

• 10 to 45 Arms current ratings

• Output RC network

• 3-32 VDC and 90-280 VAC input ratings

• 24 to 480 VAC line voltages

• UL recognized. CSA certified

• Some models optionally available in compliance with VDE
specs 0730,0730 part 2P, 0806, and IEC Specs 380 and 435.
(Consult factory for details)

POWER CIRCUIT OUTPUT S

PECIFICATIONS

Maximum Line Voltage Code Number

120

240

280

480

Maximum Line Voltage

140

250

280

480

Minimum Line Voltage

24

24

24

48

Nominal Line Voltage

120

240

240

440

Maximum AC Leakage (mArms At Rated Voltage)

10 A relays 9

9

9

15

25 A & &45 A relays

15

15

15

;

. — •

Line Frequency

47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

Minimum Blocking Voltage

250 V

500 V

600 V

800 V

Zero Crossing! 2 )

5°

5°

5 °

5°

(’) Output circuit includes RC Snubber Network
( 2 ) Measured utilizing a resistive load

Maximum Load Current Code Number

10

25

45

Maximum Load Current (Arms)

10

25

45

Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (A Peak)
Non-Repetitive 60/50 Hz

110/100

250/230

650/600

Maximum 1-Second Surge (A Peak)
Non-Repetitive

40

67

134

Maximum On-State Voltage (Volts)

1.6

1.6

1.6

Off-State dv/dt (V//*S)

200

200

200

Minimum Power Factor Load

.4

.4

.4

l 2 T-Amps 2 Sec (8.33/10 mS)

50

260

1750

R0j C (°C/Watt)

1.3

1.2

0.67

Dissipation (Watts/ Amp)

1.6

1.3

0.9

Note: Consult factory for temperature derating.

CONTROL CIRCUIT INPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Control Voltage Code Number

A

D

R

Nominal Input Rating

90-280 VAC

3-32 VDC

3-32 VDC

Must Operate

90 VAC

3 VDC

3 VDC

Must Release

10 VAC

1.0 VDC

1.0 VDC

Max. Allowable Voltage

280 VAC

32 VDC

32 VDC

Nominal Input Current

10 mArms

1 mA/V

10 mA max.
(Regulated)

Maximum Turn-On Time at 60/50 Hz

34/40 mS

8.33/10 mS

8.33/10 mS

Maximum Turn-Off Time at 60/50 Hz

34/40 mS

8.33/10 mS

8.33/10 mS

KEY TO PART NUMBERS

G

MAXIMUM LINE
VOLTAGE CODE
NUMBER

240 D

-! I

10

\

MAXIMUM LOAD
CURRENT
CODE NUMBER

CONTROL VOLTAGE
CODE NUMBER

For available standard part
numbers, see the chart on the
opposite page.

GORDOS ARKANSAS/ 1000 N. SECOND STREET, ROGERS, ARKANSAS 72756 USA/PHONE (501) 636-5000/ TWX: 910-720-7998

1-1806

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
ARKANSAS^

G SERIES

APPLICATION GRID

PART ORDERING tNSTRUCTIONS:

1. Use the grid below to select your
Control Voltage.

2. Then determine the Maximum Line
Voltage and Maximum Load Current
required.

3. When you have identified your Part
Number on the grid, refer to the Part
Number Key and charts at the left
for complete Part Specifications.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

(Apply to all part numbers)

Input to Output Isolation (and Input to Base)
Dielectric Strength (min.)' 2500 VAC

Insulation Resistance (min.): 10 10 Ohms
Coupling Capacitance (typical): 8 pF
Operating Temperature Range: —40 to 80°C
Storage Temperature Range: —40 to 100°C

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS
(photo isolation — Back-to-Back SCR)

Control

Voltage

Maximum Load
Current (Arms)

90-280 VAC

3-32 VDC

3-32 VDC
Regulated

120 VAC

Line Voltage

10

G120A10

G120D10

G120R10

25

G120A25

G120D25

G120R25

45

G120A45

G120D45

G120R45

240 VAC

Line Voltage

10

G240A10

G240D10

G240R10

25

G240A25

G240D25

G240R25

45

G240A45

G240D45

G240R45

280 VAC

Line Voltage

10

G280A10

G280D10

G280R10

25

G280A25

G280D25

G280R25

45

G280A45

G280D45

G280R45

480 VAC

Line Voltage

10

G480A10

G480D10

G480R10

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

TOLERANCE: ±.02
±,50

GORDOS ARKANSAS/1000 N. SECOND STREET, ROGERS, ARKANSAS 72756 USA/PHONE (501) 636-5000/TWX: 910-720-7998

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1807

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
ARKANSAS^!!

GA SERIES

GENERAL PURPOSE

The Gordos GA Series of SSRs has been specifically designed
and marketed to meet your commercial requirements.

Whether your application is gas pumps or copiers, computer
peripherals or process controllers, study the GA specs care-
fully. Then let Gordos handle your high-volume needs from this
versatile, in-stock line.

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS
(photo isolation — triac)

All SSRs in the GA Series feature:

• Industry-standard packaging

• All-solid-state design

• Glass-passivated triacs for long-life component integrity

• Outputs up to 40 amps

• Output snubber networks

• Zero voltage turn-on

• 2500 VAC optical isolation

• Inductive load switching up to 0.4 power factor

• Room temperature encapsulation

• Logic compatible inputs

• UL recognition and CSA certification

• Stress-free construction

GA Series relays get a minimum of 200% testing — multiple
component and functional tests that make Gordos the relia-
bility standard in SSRs.

\

CONTROL CIRCUIT INPUT SPECIFICATIONS (25°C)

PACKAGE STYLE

| Package Style Code Number | 1 | 4 1 5 1 6 1 8~

Maximum Line Voltage Code Number

2

4

6

Maximum Line Voltage

140 VAC

250 VAC

280 VAC

Minimum Line Voltage

24 VAC

24 VAC

24 VAC

Nominal Line Voltage

120 VAC

240 VAC

240 VAC

Maximum AC Leakage
(At Rated Voltage)

1.5 A & 2.5 A Relays

5 mArms

6 mArms

7 mArms

Maximum AC Leakage
(At Rated Voltage)

5 A, 10 A, 25 A, & 40 A Relays

9 mArms

15 mArms

15 mArms

Line Frequency

47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

Minimum Blocking Voltage

200 V

400 V

600 V

Zero Crossing

5°

5°

5°

Control Voltage Code Number

A

B

C

D

Nominal Input Rating

90 to 250 VAC

3.5 to 15 VDC

3.8 to 8 VDC

3 to 32 VDC

Must Operate

90 VAC

3.5 VDC

3.8 VDC

3 VDC

Must Release

10 VAC

1.0 VDC

0.8 VDC

1.0 VDC

Maximum Allowable Voltage

280 VAC

15 VDC

8 VDC

32 VDC

Nominal Input Current

10 mArms

1.0 mA per volt

4.0 mA per volt

1.0 mA per volt

POWER CIRCUIT OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS (25°C)

Consult factory for temperature derating charts

Maximum Load Current Code Number

02

05

10

25

40

Maximum Load Current (Arms)

2.5

5.0

10

25

40

Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (A Peak)
Non-Repetitive 60/50 Hz

50/45

100/90

100/90

250/230

350/320

Maximum 1-Second Surge
(A Peak) Non-Repetitive

12

40

40

60

90

Maximum On-State Voltage (Volts)

1.8

1.8

1.8

1.6

1.6

Minimum Load Current (mArms)

50

50

50

100

200

Off-State dv/dt (V/^S)

100

200

200

200

. 200

Minimum Power Factor Load

.4

.4

.4

.4

.4

l 2 T-Amps 2 Sec (8.33/10 mS)

12

12

42

260

„ . j

510

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
(25°C)

(Apply to all part numbers)

Input to Output Isolation: 2500 VAC
Input/Output to Base isolation: 2500 VAC
(Panel Mount Models Only)

Maximum Turn-On Time at 60/50 Hz:

8.33/10 mS

Maximum Turn-Off Time at 60/50 Hz:

8.33/10 mS

Operating Temperature Range: —40° to +80°C
Storage Temperature Range: -40° to 100°C

KEY TO PART NUMBERS

GA 1

PACKAGE STYLE-
CODE NUMBER

MAXIMUM LINE-
VOLTAGE CODE
NUMBER

- 2 B 02

r J I

MAXIMUM LOAD
CURRENT
CODE NUMBER

CONTROL VOLTAGE
CODE NUMBER

For available standard part
numbers, see the chart on the
opposite page.

GORDOS ARKANSAS/1000 N. SECOND STREET, ROGERS, ARKANSAS 72756 USA/PHONE (501) 636-5000/TWX: 910-720-7998

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1808

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
ARKANSAS^,

GA SERIES

GENERAL PURPOSE

APPLICATION GRID

PART ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Use the grid below to select your
Control Voltage.

2. Then determine the Maximum Line
Voltage and Maximum Load Current
required.

3. When you have identified your Part
Number on the grid, refer to the Part
Number Key and charts at the left
for complete Part Specifications.

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

TOLERANCE: ±.02
±,50

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS
(photo isolation — triac)

i

iLh 12

n

1.50

(38.10)

3fO

1

1.40

L ' (39.56)

.375

(9.525)

C_r

tu . ur— n

.035 J t
(.889)

(6.35)

4

.68

(17.27)

1.13

(28.70)

\

.48

(12,19)

5—

5

n

i Tf

-80 ,

P (20,32)

.Lo

(4,064) 1

ITTt

(15.25)

Maximum Load
Current (Arms)
Output

1

Package Style ►

1

4 ,

5

6

8

Control Voltage ►

3.5 to 15 VDC

3.8 to 8 VDC

3 to 32 VDC

90 to 250 VAC

3.5 to 15 VDC

3.5 to 15 VDC

140 VAC

Maximum

Line Voltage

2.5

GA1-2B02

GA4-2C02

GA8-2B02

5.0

GA6-2B05

10.0

GA5-2D10

GA5-2A10

GA6-2B10

25.0

GA5-2D25

GA5-2A25

40.0

GA5-2D40

GA5-2A40

250 VAC

Maximum

Line Voltage

2.5

GA1-4B02

GA4-4C02

GA8-4B02

5.0

GA6-4B05

10.0

GA5-4D10

GA5-4A10

GA6-4B10

25.0

GA5-4D25

GA5-4A25

40.0

GA5-4D40

GA5-4A40

280 VAC

Maximum

Line Voltage

2.5

GA1-6B02

GA8-6B02

5.0

GA6-6B05

10.0

GA5-6D10

GA5-6A10

GA6-6B10

25.0

GA5-6D25

GA5-6A25

40.0

GA5-6D40

GA5-6A40

GORDOS ARKANSAS/ 1000 N. SECOND STREET. ROGERS. ARKANSAS 72756 USA/ PHONE (501) 636-5000/TWX: 910-720-7998

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1809

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
ARKANSAS^

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS
(Optical Coupling — Triac Output)

GB SERIES

• Panel or PC mount

• Optical coupling

• Zero-voltage turn-on

• 3 to 40 Arms current ratings

• Output RC network

• 3.5-15 VDC, 3-32 VDC, or 90-280 VAC control ratings

• 24 to 280 VAC line voltages

• UL recognized — CSA certified

• Some models optionally available in compliance with VDE
specs 0730, 0730 part 2P, 0806, and I EC specs 380 and 435

PACKAGE STYLE

Package Style Code Number

GB11

GB14

GB15

GB18

(^Output circuit includes RC Snubber Network ( 3 >GB15000 only

( 2 )GB11000, 14000 & 18000 only (^Measured utilizing a resistive load

POWER CIRCUIT OUTPUT SPECIFICATION

s n)

Maximum Line Voltage Code Number

2

4

6

Maximum Line Volatge (VAC)

140

250

280

Minimum Line Voltage (VAC)

24

24

24

Nominal Line Voltage (VAC)

120

240

240

Maximum AC Leakage (mArms At Rated Voltage)

2A & 3A relays 5

6

7

5A, 10A, 25A & 40A relays

9

15

15

Line Frequency

47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

Minimum Blocking Voltage

200 V

400 V

600 V

Zero Crossing! 4 )

5°

5°

5°

KEY TO PART NUMBERS

GB 15

PACKAGE STYLE
CODE NUMBER

MAXIMUM LINE
VOLTAGE CODE
NUMBER

4 10 - 2

CONTROL

VOLTAGE

CODE

NUMBER

MAXIMUM LOAD
CURRENT
CODE NUMBER

For available standard part
numbers, see the chart on the
opposite page.

Maximum Load Current Code Number

30 ( 2 )

05P)

101 3 )

25(3)

40( 3 )

Maximum Load Current (Arms)

3

5

10

25

40

Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (A Peak)
Non-Repetitive 60/50 Hz

50/45

100/90

100/90

250/230

350/320

Maximum 1-Second Surge
(A Peak) Non-Repetitive

12

40

40

60

90

Maximum On-State Voltage (Volts)

1.8

1.8

1.8

1.6

1.6

Off-State dv/dt (V//*S)

100

200

200

200

200

Minimum Power Factor Load

.4

.4

.4

.4

.4

l 2 T-Amps 2 Sec (8.33/10 mS)

12

12

42

260

510

CONTROL CIRCUIT INPUT SPECIFICATION

IS

Control Voltage Code Number

-05S ( 2 )

-2P)

-7l 3 )

Nominal Input Rating

3.5-15 VDC

3-32 VDC

90-280 VAC

Must Operate

3.5 VDC

3 VDC

90 VAC

Must Release

1.0 VDC

1.0 VDC

10 VAC

Max. Allowable Voltage

15 VDC

32 VDC

280 VAC

Nominal Input Current

1.0 mA/V

1.0 mA/V

15 mArms

Maximum Turn-On Time at 60/50 Hz

8.33/10 mS

8.33/10 mS

34/40 mS

Maximum Turn-Off Time at 60/50 Hz

8.33/10 mS

8,33/10 mS

34/40 mS

GORDOS ARKANSAS/ 1000 N. SECOND STREET, ROGERS, ARKANSAS 72756 USA/PHONE (501) 636-5000/TWX: 910-720-7998
For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1*1810

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS

ARKANSAS

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS
(Optical Coupling — Triac Output)

APPLICATION GRID

PART ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Use the grid below to select your
Control Voltage.

2. Then determine the Maximum Line
Voltage and Maximum Load Current
required.

3. When you have identified your Part
Number on the grid, refer to the Part
Number Key and charts at the left
for complete Part Specifications.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

(Apply to all part numbers)

Intput to Output Isolation (and Input to Base,
GB-15000 models only) Dielectric Strength
(min.) j 2500 VAC.,

Insulation Resistance (min.): 10 10 Ohms
Coupling Capacitance (typical): 8 pF
Operating Temperature Range: —40 to 80°C
Storage Temperature Range: —40 to 100°C

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

TOLERANCE: ±.02
±,50

GB-11

^ ( 35 ^ 56) 1 **

.375

( 9 , 525 ) i

.25

- ( 6 , 35 )

HI

UT

T 1

.035 1 1

(, 889 )

GB-14

! i

1

1.00

( 25 , 40 )

J

1.500

t.to

rr--r— ' *—■ r-r-J

Maximum Load
Current (Arms)

J

Package Style ►

GB1 1

GB14

GB15

GB18

Control Voltage i — ►

3.5 to 15 VDC

3.5 to 15 VDC

3 to 32 VDC

90 to 280 VAC

3.5 to 15 VDC

140 VAC

Maximum

Line Voltage

3

GB11230-05S

GB14230-05S

GB18230-05S

5

10

GB1 5210-2

GB15210-7

25

GB15225-2

GB15225-7

40

GB 15240-2

GB15240-7

250 VAC

Maximum

Line Voltage

3

GB11430-05S

GB14430-05S

GB18430-05S

5

10

GB15410-2

GB 15410-7

25

GB15425-2

GB 15425-7

40

GB15440-2

‘ GB15440-7

280 VAC

Maximum

Line Voltage

3

GB11630-05S

GB14630-05S

GB18630-05S

5

10

GB15610-2

GB15610-7

25

GB15625-2

GB 15625-7

40

GB 15640-2

GB 15640-7

GORDOS ARKANSAS/1000 N. SECOND STREET, ROGERS, ARKANSAS 72756 USA/PHONE (501) 636-5000/TWX: 910-720-7998

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1811

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
ARKANSAS^

GB SERIES REEDAC®

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS
(reed isolation — triac)

• Inductive load switching up to 0.1 power factor

• Reed coupling

• Random turn-on

• 10 to 40 Arms current ratings

• Output RC network

• 5, 12, or 24 VDC nominal input ratings

• 24 to 280 VAC line voltages

• UL recognized — CSA certified

• Some models optionally available in compliance with VDE
specs 0730,0730 part 2P, 0806, and IEC Specs 380 and 435.

POWER CIRCUIT OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS' 21

Maximum Line Voltage Code Number

2

4

6

Maximum Line Voltage (VAC)

140

250

280

Minimum Line Voltage (VAC)

24

24

24

Nominal Line Voltage (VAC)

120

240

240

Maximum AC Leakage
(mArms At Rated Voltage)

5.0

10.0

10.0

Line Frequency

47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

47 to 63 Hz

Minimum Blocking Voltage

200 V

400 V

600 V

Maximum Load Current Code Number

10

25

4013)

Maximum Load Current (Arms)

10

25

40

Maximum 1-Cycle Surge (A Peak)
Non-Repetitive 60/50 Hz

100/90

250/230

350/320

Maximum 1-Second Surge
(A Peak) Non-Repetitive

40

60

90

Maximum On-State Voltage (Volts)

1.8

1.6

1.6

Off-State dv/dt (V/./tS)

200

200

200

Minimum Power Factor Load

.1

.1

.1

l 2 T-Amps 2 Sec (8.33/10 mS)

42

260

510

Note: Consult factory for temperature derating.

GB2 2

| L

PACKAGE STYLE/
SERIES CODE
NUMBER

MAXIMUM LINE- 1
VOLTAGE CODE
NUMBER

00-10 05-4-03

^-CONTROL

VOLTAGE

CODE

NUMBER

L_ MAXIMUM LOAD
CURRENT
CODE NUMBER

GB17 2

PACKAGE STYLE/
SERIES CODE
NUMBER

MAXIMUM LINE 1

VOLTAGE CODE
NUMBER

10 - 05

CONTROL

VOLTAGE

CODE

NUMBER

HVIAXIMUM LOAD
CURRENT
CODE NUMBER

For available standard part
numbers, see the chart on the
opposite page.

CONTROL CIRCUIT INPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Control Voltage Code Number

05

12P)

24P)

Nominal Input Rating (VDC)

5

12

24

Must Operate (VDC)

4.0

9.0

18.0

Must Release (VDC)

0.5

1.0

2.0

Maximum Allowable Voltage

7.5

18.0

36.0

Nominal Input Current

14 mA

14 mA

13 mA

(i)GB2000 only (^Output circuit includes RC Snubber Network ( 3 )GB17000 only
©Reedac is a registered trademark of the Gordos Corporation for reed-coupled AC-switching SSRs.

GORDOS ARKANSAS/1000 N. SECOND STREET. ROGERS. ARKANSAS 72756 USA/PHONE (501) 636-5000/TWX: 910-720-7998

1*1812

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
ARKANSAS^

GB SERIES REEDAC®

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS
(reed isolation — triac)

AC SOLID STATE RELAYS

APPLICATION GRID

GB-2

PART ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Use the grid below to select your
Control Voltage.

2. Then determine the Maximum Line
Voltage and Maximum Load Current
required.

3. When you have identified your Part
Number on the grid, refer to the Part
Number Key and charts at the left
for complete Part Specifications.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

(Apply to all part numbers)

Input to Output Isolation (and Input to Base)
Dielectric Strength (min.) 2500 VAC

Coupling Capacitance (typical): 8 pF
Maximum Turn-On Time at 60/50 Hz: 1.5 mS
(Not frequency dependent)

Maximum Turn-Off Time at 60/50 Hz:

8.33/10 mS

Operating Temperature Range: -40 to 80°C
Storage Temperature Range: —40 to 100°C

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

TOLERANCE: ±.02
±,50

GB-17

Maximum Load
Current (Arms)

1

Package Style—— t*

GB2

GB17

Control Voltage- - ►

5 VDC

12 VDC

24 VDC

5 VDC

140 VAC

Maximum

Line Volatge

10

GB2200-1005-4-03

GB2200-1012-4-03

GB2200-1024-4-03

GB17210-05

25

GB 2200-2505-4-03

GB2200-251 2-4-03

GB2200-2524-4-03

GB 17225-05

40

GB 17240-05

250 VAC

Maximum

Line Voltage

10

GB2400-1005-4-03

GB2400-1012-4-03

GB2400-1024-4-03

GB17410-05

25

GB2400-2505-4-03

GB2400-2512-4-03

GB2400-2524-4-03

GB17425-05

40

GB 17440-05

280 VAC

Maximum

Line Voltage

10

GB2600-1005-4-03

GB2600-1012-4-03

GB2600-1024-4-03

GB17610-05

25

GB2600-2505-4-03

GB2600-2512-4-03

GB 2600-2524-4-03

GB17625-05

40

GB 17640-05

® REEDAC is a registered trademark of Gordos Arkansas, Inc.

GORDOS ARKANSAS/ 1000 N. SECOND STREET. ROGERS. ARKANSAS 72756 USA/PHONE (501) 636-5000/TWX: 910-720-7998

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1813

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
CORPORATION Mak _

65 SERIES

MOLDED EPOXY REED RELAY
.150" x 1.000" PCB GRID PATTERN

• Dry reed, high-voltage, and
mercury wetted versions available

• Designed to meet various
packaging requirements

• Logic-compatible

• Environmental immunity assured

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Operate Time (Typical)

T ~ Form C
Series Form A Form B N/0 1 N/C
Standard Dry Contacts
65 | .5 -| .35 | 1.5 | 1.0~

Mercury-Wetted Contacts
65 | 1.8 | | 1.8 I 1-0

Release Time
(Typical)

Coil linsuppressed
Form A I Form B

Storage

Temperature

Range

— 40°C to 85°C

30°C to 85°C

NOTES: 1. All times measured in milliseconds at nominal coil voltage
at a test frequency of 15 Hz.

2. Consult factory for electrostatic and/or magnetic shield
requirements.

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

65 Series — DRY/ MERCURY

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

* — .400

I s M 10 - 16)

REED RELAYS

.150" x 1.000" PCB grid pattern

CONTACT RATINGS

Type

Maximum

Switching

D.C.

Watts | Volts

Maximum

Current

(Amps)

Switch | Carry

Maximum! 1 )

Initial

Contact

Resistance

(Ohms)

Minimum

Breakdown Voltage
VAC

Across Contacts
Contacts Coil

Insulation
Resistance
(Typical) (3)
(Ohms)

1 A

10

200

.5

1.5

.200

300

1000

10 10

1 A
High
Voltage

10

200

.5

1.5

.200

1000

1000

10 10

1 A

Mercury

50

500

1.0( 2 )

2.0

.070

1000

1000

10 10

1C

3

28

.250

1.0

.200

250

1000

10 10

1C

Mercury

50

500

l.Ol 2 )

2.0

.070

1000

1000

10 10

: (^Measured at nominal coil voltage applied (Except Series 65,
Form B)

(^Derate to .050A at 500 volts

(’)Measured at 25°C.and 50% relative humidity using 100 VDC

MUST OPERATE/ RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS

Nominal Coil
Voltage (VDC)

Must Operate Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

Must Release Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

5

3.8

0.5

12

9.0

1.2

24

18.0

2.4

P.C. PAD LAYOUTS

DRY MERCURY

65 SERIES

.312 — | |

(7.92) j

(3\3 3 o 0 )l__^_Jy^yl

.530 , 4 —
n (i 3.97) r

rti r

.w

.i»o Jjy 635 ’

(38 iy C( 3 7°6°

tl IT] ft

2A 1C 2C

fci .450 14

n (ii.43) p

,0 (3 an

1 ' (25.4)

REED RELAY SELECTION CHART (To specify diode add “D” after part number. All schematics show location of diode)

Nominal Coil
Voltage (VDC)

1 A

HIGH
VOLTAGE
1 A

MERCURY

Coil Resistance
Ohms (±10%)

150

575

2150

150

575

2150

70

320

1600

I I Nominal Coil I Coil Resistance 1 Part Number Schematics (Top View)

End Termination Side Termination

End Termination

Side Termination

651A051-1

651A121-1

651A241-1

651A051-4

651A121-4

651A241-4

651A051-5

651A121-5

651A241-5

651A052-1

651A122-1

651A242-1

651A052-4

651A122-4

651A242-4

651A052-5

651A122-5

651A242-5

5 +4

Orientation arrow for mercury
wetted models

Orientation arrow for mercury
wetted models

IB

(See Note 1)

1C

MERCURY

2A

HIGH

VOLTAGE

2A

MERCURY

651B051-1

651B121-1

651B241-1

651C051-1

651C121-1

651C241-1

651C051-5

651C121-5

651C241-5

652A051-1

652A121-1

652A241-1

652A051-4

652A121-4

652A241-4

652A051-5

652A121-5

652A241-5

651B052-1

651B122-1

651B242-1

651C052-1

651C122-1

651C242-1

651C052-5

651C122-5

651C242-5

652A052-1

652A122-1

652A242-1

652A052-4

652A122-4

652A242-4

652A052-5

652A122-5

652A242-5

Orientation arrow
for mercury i

wetted models °

Orientation arrow
for mercury
wetted models

Orientation arrow for mercury
wetted models

Orientation arrow for mercury
wetted models

NOTES: 1. Excessive voltage (maximum of 7.5 VDC for 5 VDC model, 15.0 VDC for 12 VDC model, and 32.0 VDC for 24 VDC model) may cause reclosure
on form B models.

2. To specify diode add “D” after model number.

3. For operation above 40°C ambient temperature, consult Gordos Corporation.

4. Mercury wetted models must be mounted ±30° from vertical.

GORDOS CORPORATION/250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

1*1814 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
CORPORATION JtA

66 SERIES

REED RELAYS

.100" x 1.000" PCB grid pattern

MOLDED EPOXY REED RELAY
.100" x 1.000" PCB GRID PATTERN

• Dry reed, high-voltage, and
mercury wetted versions available

• Designed to meet various
packaging requirements

• Logic-compatible

• Environmental immunity assured

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Series

Operate Time (Typical)

Release Time
(Typical)

Coil Unsuppressed

Storage

Temperature

Range

Form A

Form B

Form C

N/0 | N/C

Form A | Form B

Standard Dry Contacts j

66

.5

.35

1.5 | 1.0

.05 1 .5

— 40°C to 85°C

Mercury-Wetted Contacts |

bt >

-

1.8 I l.U

1

— 8u~Cio eo'-'U

NOTES: 1. All times measured in milliseconds at nominal coil voltage
at a test frequency of 15 Hz.

2. Consult factory for electrostatic and/or magnetic shield
requirements.

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

66 SERIES — DRY/MERCURY

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

.400

(10.16)

CONTACT RATINGS

Type

Maximum

Switching

D.C.

Maximum

Current

Maximum! 1 )

Initial

Contact

Resistance

(Ohms)

Minimum

Breakdown Voltage
VAC

Insulation

Resistance

(Typical)l 3 )

(Ohms)

(Am

JS )

Across

Contacts

Contacts

Coil

Watts

Volts

Switch

Carry

1 A

10

200

.5

1.5

.200

300

1000

10 10

1 A
High
Voltage

10

200

.5

1.5

.200

1000

1000

10 10

1 A

Mercury

50

500

1.0( 2 )

2.0

.070

1000

1000

10 10

1C

3

28

.250

1.0

.200

250

1000

10 10

1C

Mercury

50

500

1.0(2)

2.0

.070

1000

1000

10 10

NOTES: (’)Measured at nominal coil voltage applied (Except Series 66,
Form B)

( 2 )Derate to .050A at 500 volts

( 3 »Measured at 25°C and 50% relative humidity using 100 VDC

MUST OPERATE/RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS

Nominal Coil
Voltage (VDC)

Must Operate Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

Must Release Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

5

3.8

0.5

12

9.0

1.2

24

18.0

2.4

P.C. PAD LAYOUTS

66 SERIES <7.!Sf*j

if.

i.i
(2

.100 TYP. i — >4-

(2.54) pr

REED RELAY SELECTION CHART (To specify diode add “D” after part number. All schematics show location of diode)

Nominal Coil

Coil Resistance

Part Number

Schematics (Top View)

Contact Form

Voltage (VDC)

Ohms (±10%)

End Termination

Side Termination

End Termination

Side Termination

5

661A051-1

661A052-1

a

1 A

12

575

661A121-1

661A122-1

J t

Jr

24

2150

661A241-1

661A242-1

Y up

1

1 A

5

150

661A051-4

661 AO 52-4

f+*1 2 J - !

j

f

HIGH

VOLTAGE

12

24

575

2150

661A121-4

661A241-4

661A122-4

661A242-4

1 L

2 -3

1 A

MERCURY

5

12

24

70

320

1600

661A051-5

661A121-5

661A241-5

661A052-5

661A122-5

661A242-5

Orientation arrow for mercury
wetted models

Orientation arrow for mercury
wetted models

IB

5

80

661B051-1

661B052-1

1

5 +4

JT

(See Note 1)

12

320

661B121-1

661B122-1

1

24

1500

661B241-1

661B242-1

1 L

2 -3

5

100

661C051-1

661C052-1

S 4

6 5+4

T T rn

1C

12

450

661C121-1

661C122-1

t Jt

24

1750

661C241-1

661C242-1

( UP Orientation arrow

t w V 3 1 Orientation arrow

1C

5

70

661C051-5

661C052-5

Dm i n for mercury

wetted models

u,> 1 3 T for mercury

MERCURY

12

320

661C121-5

661C122-5

• +- 1 wetted models

24

1600

661C241-5

661C242-5

5

80

662A051-1

662A052-1

2A

12

320

662A121-1

662A122-1

if

7 6+5

24

1500

662A241-1

662A242-1

ifi 1

1

2A

5

80

662A051-4

662A052-4

f

HIGH

12

320

662A121-4

662A122-4

\\ c

J

VOLTAGE

24

1500

662A241-4

662A242-4

2 3-4

2A

MERCURY

5

12

24

40

170

725

662A051-5

662A121-5

662A241-5

662A052-5

662A122-5

662A242-5

Orientation arrow for mercury
wetted models

Orientation arrow for mercury
wetted models

5

60

662C051-1

Li U

2C

12

280

662C121-1

24

1000

662C241-1

NOTES: 1. Excessive voltage (maximum of 7.5 VDC for 5 VDC model, 15.0 VDC for 12 VDC model, and 32.0 VDC for 24 VDC model) may cause reclosure
on form B models.

2. To specify diode add “D” after model number.

3. For operation above 40°C ambient temperature, consult Gordos Corporation.

4. Mercury wetted models must be mounted ±30° from vertical.,

GORDOS CORPORATION/ 250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1815

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS

CORPORATION,

741 SERIES

MOLDED EPOXY

Single In-Line Package

REED RELAY SELECTION CHART

DRY REED RELAY

76 SERIES

Contact

Form

Nominal Coil
voltage (VDC)

Coil Resistance
Ohms (±10%)

Clamp

Diode

Part

Number

> ’ •

5

380

No

741A-1

•

Yes

741A-2

•

741A-9

741A-10

741A-3

741A-4

741A-7

Yes

741A-8

5

150

No

741 B-3

Yes

741 B-4

450

No

741 B-9

1 B

(See

Yes

741B-10

Note 1)

12

450

No

741B-5

Yes

741 B-6

24

1750

No

741 B-7

Yes

741 B-8

Low Cost
Dry Reed, Power

• Designed to meet
packaging requirements

• Popular PCB grid patterns

• Environmental immunity assured B

• Logic compatible

• Resistant to board cleaning solvents

• Power series offers tough tungsten contacts capable of
handling high inrush inductive and capacitive loads without
contact protection in most applications.

REED RELAY SELECTION CHART

Nominal

Coil

Contact

Voltage

Form

(VDC)

■B333M

761A051-1

761A121-1

761A241-1

761A051-3

761A121-3

761A241-3

761A05S1-1

761A052-1

761A122-1

761A242-1

761A052-3

761A122-3

761A242-3

761A05S2-.1,

NOTES:

1. Excessive voltage (maximum of 7.0 VDC for 5 VDC model, 15.0 VDC
for 12 VDC model, and 30.0 VDC for 24 VDC model) may cause con-
tact reclosure on Form B models.

2. Consult factory for electrostatic and/or magnetic shield requirements

MUST OPERATE/ RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS

MUST OPERATE/ RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS

Nominal Coil
Voltage (VDC)

Must Operate
Voltage (VDC)
@ 25°C

Must Release
Voltage (VDC)
@ 25°C

Maximum Voltage
(VDC)

Nominal Coil
Voltage (VDC)

Must Operate
Voltage (VDC)
@ 25°C

Must Release
Voltage (VDC)
@ 25°C

Maximum Voltage
(VDC)

CONTACT RATINGS

Minimum

Breakdown Voltage

!■

HuuHI

mm>m\

1000 1

NOTES:

1. Measured at nominal coil voltage applied

2. Measured at 25°C and 50% relative humidity using 100 VDC

3. Inrush current capability — 5.0 amps

741A 10 100 .250 1.5 .200 250 1000 .8 1.5

741B 10 100 .250 1.5 .200 250 1000 8 3.8

NOTES:

1. Measured with nominal coil voltage applied (Except Form B)

2. Higher voltages and/or currents may be switched with life
expectancy reduced. Consult factory for these ratings.

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Form

Operating Time (Typ.)

Release Time (Typ.)

(Coil Unsuppressed)

A

.5 msec

.05 msec

B

.35 msec

.5 msec

Operate Time*
(Typical)

| Release Time (Typical) 1

Coil

Unsuppressed
Form A | Form B

Coil

Suppressed
Form A | FormB

! .05

.50

.5

.50 |

Storage

Temperature

Range

— 40°C to +85°C

SCHEMATICS
TOP VIEW

IA

PC PAD LAYOUT

->1 | 4 — .200

I i I (5 - 0,)

J l,.

* Operate and Release Times (including bounce) in milliseconds.

SCHEMATICS

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

STANDOFF-.

-5 .050 i —

(1.27) T

+3 .020X.010 TYP.

(5.08X2.53)

, .200 -

1 (5.08)

180 MAX. t

(4.57) fT .260

-A- t (6.6 0

1 |

115 MIN. H — JIJ

(2.92) I < 2 ' 7S

-** .260

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

14 - .900 MAX. r-Pi

(22.86) I

- .031 DIA. TYP.
(.78)

STANDOFF J
.020 TYP.
(.50)

U-r- 1.000 J T.1J

(25.40) (2-!

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

GORDOS C0RP0RATI0N/250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

1*1816 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4500 RELAYS 4500

GORDOS A

DIP DRY REED RELAYS

CORPORATION Jffik

83 SERIES

MOLDED EPOXY DIP

(Dual In-Line Package)

• All Gordos molded reed relays are
molded of glass filled, non-burning
epoxy with an Underwriters Laboratory
certified yellow card number
UL94STD (V-0 classification).

• Environmental immunity assured

• Logic compatible

• Compatible with automatic insertion
equipment

MUST OPERATE/ RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS

Nominal Coil
Voltage (VDC)

Must Operate Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

Must Release Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

5

4.0

0.5

12

9.6

1.2

24

19.2

2.4

CONTACT RATINGS

Model

No.

Maximum

Switching! 2 )

(DC)

Maximum

Current

(Amps)

Typical

Initial

Contact

Resis-

tanceF)

(Ohms)

Min. Breakdown
Voltage (VAC)

Capacitance
(Typical) (pF)

Insu-

lation

Resis-

tance

(Typ.)

(Ohms)

Across

Contacts

Contacts

Coil

Across

Contacts

Contacts

Coil

Watts

Volts

Switch

Carry

831A

10

100

.250

1.5

.200

250

1000

.8

2

10 10

831B

10

100

.250

1.5

.200

250

1000

—

3.8

10 10

832A

3

28

.250

1.0

.200

150

1000

.8

2

10 10

831C

3

28

.250

1.0

.200

250

1000

1.5

3

10 9

835C

4

100

.110

1.0

.250

250

1000

.8

2

10 9

836C

4

100

.110

1.0

.250

250

1000

.8

2

10 9

NOTES: (^Measured with nominal coil voltage applied (Except Form B)
DlHigher voltages and/or current may be switched with life
expectancy reduced. Consult factory for these ratings.

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Series

Operate Time*
(Typical)

Release Time (Typical)

Storage

Temperature

Range

Coil

Unsuppressed

Coil

Suppressed

Form A

Form B

Form C
N/Q N/C

Form A

Form B

Form A

IForm B

83 |

.50

.5

1.0 1.5

.05

.50

.5

.50

— 40°Cto85°C

* Operate and Release Times (including bounce) in milliseconds.

NOTES: 1. Excessive voltage (maximum of 7.0 VDC for 5 VDC model, 15.0 VDC for 12 VDC model, and 30.0 VDC for 24 VDC model), may cause contact
reclosure on Form B models.

2. Consult factory for electrostatic shield and/or magnetic shield requirements.

GORDOS CORPORATION/ 250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1817

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
CORPORATION mA

846 SERIES

DRY REED RELAY
MOLDED EPOXY DIP

• High-Voltage Form A

• Environmental Immunity Assured

• Logic-Compatible

• Compatible with Auto-Insertion Eq

• All Gordos molded devices are molded of glass filled, non-
burning epoxy with an Underwriters Laboratory certified
yellow card, UL94STD, V-0 classification

High-voltage 6-pin DIP reed relays with Form A contacts for
applications where high-voltage isolation is required and
space is at a premium.

REED RELAY SELECTION CHART

DRY AND MERCURY DIP
REED RELAYS

847 SERIES

MERCURY WETTED REED
RELAY MOLDED EPOXY DIP

• Mercury-Wetted (Forms A, C)

Versions

• Environmental Immunity Assured

• Logic-Compatible

• Compatible with Auto-Insertion
Equipment

• All Gordos molded devices are molded of glass filled, non-
burning epoxy with an Underwriters Laboratory certified
yellow card, UL94STD, V-0 classification

Mercury-wetted 6-pin DIP reed relays with Form A or Form C
contacts, offering the advantages of speed, no bounce, sta-
bility, extremely long life, and small size.

Contact

Form

— ■

Clamp

Diode

Part

Number

1A

5

150

No

846A-1

Yes

846A-2

12

575

No

Yes

846A-4

24

1750

No

846A-5

Yes

846A-6

NOTES: Consult factory for electrostatic shield and/or magnetic shield
requirements.

MUST OPERATE/ RELEASE CHARACT

ERISTICS

Nominal Coil

Must Operate
Voltage (VDC)

Must Release
Voltage (VDC)

Maximum Voltage

Voltage (VDC)

@ 25°C

@ 25°C

(VDC)

■BH

4.0

0.5

7.5

9.6

1.2

15.0

■

19.2

2.4

32.0

CONTACT RATINGS

BOH

Hi

1

mu

n

E mm

umm

ESH

EEZSl

m

CSfl

E22J

2222

ESI

E>

B

JEM

mm

am

EBB

NOTES:

1. Measured with nominal coil voltage applied (Except Form B)

2. Derate to .006A at 800V

Operate Time*

Release Time (Typical)

Storage

Series

(Typical)
Form A

Coil Unsuppressed
Form A

Coil Suppressed
Form A

Temperature

Range

846

.50

.05

.5

— 40°Cto +85°C

* Operate and Release Times (including bounce) in milliseconds.

REED RELAY SELECTION CHARI

Contact

Form

wmmm

■SSI

Part

Number

1 A

5

150

No

847A-1

Yes

847A-2

12

575

No

847A-3

Yes

24

1750

No

847A-5

Yes

847A-6

1C

5

70

No

847C-1

Yes

847C-2

12

.. .. . • 1

320

No

847C-3

Yes

847C-4

24

1600

No

847C-5

Yes

847C-6

NOTES: Consult factory for electrostatic shield and/or magnetic shield
requirements.

MUST OPERATE/RELEASE CHARACT

ERISTICS

Nominal Coil

Must Operate
Voltage (VDC)

Must Release
Voltage (VDC)

Maximum Voltage

Voltage (VDC)

@ 25°C

@ 25°C

(VDC)

5

4.0

0.5

7.5

12

9.6

1.2

15.0

24

19.2

2.4

32.0

CONTACT RATINGS

01

Iftu 1

Maximum

Current

(Amps)

Typical

Initial

Contact

Resis-

tance 1

(Ohms)

Capacitance

(Typical) (pF)

Insula-

tion

Resis-

tance

(Typ.)

(Ohms)

iMja

EH

ESI

rmn

Carry

1:^/1

BEffj

insa

Q

■OHIf

BTOljSM

Bn

mm

:QB

ma

El

IBB

m

li-nNM

|U

MM\

NOTES:

1. Measured with nominal coil voltage applied

2. Derate to .002A @ 500 volts

3. Higher voltages and/or currents may be switched with life
expectancy reduced. Consult factory for these ratings.

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

14 13 8

Series

Operate Time
(Typical)

Release Time (Typical)

Storage

Temperature

Range

Coil

Unsuppressed
Form A

Coil

Suppressed
Form A

Form A

Form C

N/0 N/C

847

2.5

2.00 1.5

;

2.0

— 30°Cto +85°C

f

.260

( 6 . 60 )

.260

| ( 6 . 601 )

— J . , 310 . L

T

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

SCHEMATICS (TOP VIEW)

846 SERIES & 847 SERIES

O

847 SERIES (MERCURY)

-13

NOTE: Orientation arrow appears on all Mercury Wetted Models.
These relays must be mounted ±30° from vertical.

GORDOS C0RP0RATI0N/250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/ TWX: 710-994-4787

1*1818

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
CORPORATION mA

851 SERIES

DRY REED RELAYS
MOLDED EPOXY DIP

• Contact Forms A and B

• Environmental Immunity Assured

• Logic-Compatible

• Compatible with Auto-Insertion Equipment

• All Gordos molded devices are molded of glass filled, non-
burning epoxy with an Underwriters Laboratory certified
yellow card, UL94STD, V-0 classification

Special single-pole 4-pin DIP reed relays with Form A or B
contacts for applications requiring high isolation between
contacts and coil.

DRY REED RELAYS

SK SERIES

SUB-MINIATURE FORM C REED RELAY

• Small size (20 x 10 x 10mm)

• High switching capacity (20 watts
at 1A)

• Contact is hermetically sealed

• Plug or solderable connection pins

REED RELAY SELECTION CHART

Contact

Form

■BHI

Coil Resistance
Ohms (±10%)

Clamp

Diode

Part

Number

1A

5

380

No

851A-1

Yes

851A-2

500

No

851A-5

Yes

851A-6

12

500

No

851A-3

Yes

‘ £)Dlrt-4

24

1750

No

851A-7

Yes

851A-8

IB

(See
Note 1)

5

150

No

851B-3

Yes

851 B-4

12

450

No

851B-5

Yes

851B-6

24

1750

No

851 B-7

Yes

ME3EEM

NOTES:

1. Excessive voltage (maximum of 7.5 VDC for 5 VDC model, 15.0 VDC
for 12 VDC model, and 32.0 VDC for 24 VDC model) may cause
reclosure on form B models.

2. Consult factory for electrostatic shield and/or magnetic shield
requirements.

MUST OPERATE/ RELEASE CHARACTI

ERISTICS

Nominal Coil
Voltage (VDC)

Must Operate
Voltage (VDC)

@ 25°C

Must Release
Voltage (VDC)

@ 25°C

Maximum Voltage
(VDC)

5

4.0

0.5

7.5

12

9.6

1.2

15.0

24

19.2

2.4

32.0

CONTACT RATINGS

Model

FTP

h±uH

Maximum

Current

(Amps)

Typical

Initial

Contact

Resis-

tance 1

(Ohms)

Min. Breakdown

Voltage (VAC)

Capacitance

(Typical) (pF)

Insula-

tion

Resis-

tance

lUOltW

wmw

! (Typ.)

(Ohms)

No.

mm

Ml

Carry

mm

wm

EsSI

EsEl

2

BH

Egg

SUB

ESI

ESI

El

EU

■Bia

NOTES:

1. Measured with nominal coil voltage applied (Except Form B)

2. Higher voltages and/or currents may be switched with life
expectancy reduced. Consult factory for these ratings.

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Series

IHI

■ J'UllIlW

iTTinFII

icsa

.50

.5

.05

.50

.5

.50

* Operate and Release Times (including bounce) in milliseconds.

14 8

Contact

Form

KH

Coil Resistance
Ohms (±10%)

Clamp

Diode

Part

Number

1C

i

5

170

No

3765-1521-05-1

Yes

3765-1521-05-3

425

No

3765-1522-05-1

Yes

3765-1522-05-3

12

890

No

3765-1521-12-1

Yes

3765-1521-12-3

24

2GCG

No

Ji

Yes

3765-1521-24-3

MUST OPERATE/RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS

Nominal Coil

Voltage (VDC)

Must Operate

Voltage (VDC)

@ 25°C

Must Release

Voltage (VDC)

@ 25°C

5

3.7

1.0

12

7.0

2.0

24

15.0

3.5

OPERATING

CHARACT

ERISTICS

Model

Operate Time*
(Typical)

Release Time
Without Diode*
(Typical)

Operating

Temperature

Range

3765

.50

.20

— 55°C to +105°C

* Operate and release times (including bounce) in milliseconds.

CONTACT RATINGS

Model

No.

Maximum

Switching

(DC)

Maximum

Current

(Amps)

Typical

Initial

Contact

Resis-

tance 1

(Ohms)

wm

PI

1

HU

20223

2223

IE231

ITO1

BIE1

DS1

warn

BB

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

DIMENSIONS: MILLIMETERS

r io i~i

—I H— 2-54
— ,U — 5.08

SCHEMATICS (TOP VIEW)

*-•260

[(6.60)

-- -i '

.26a

-J;.3ioi L—

(7.87)

8o

►/

851A

851B

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

17.78

_

.1

—

1

--0.7 +0.1

.

57

_

i

.

i

>—

i

”1

~l

u

>—

i

4_»

i

L

jl_

_

1 INCH = 25.4 mm

GORDOS CQRP0RATI0N/250 GLENWQOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1819

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
CORPORATION mA

G2 SERIES

REED RELAYS

Miniature Open Frame Reed Relay

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

MINIATURE OPEN FRAME
DRY AND MERCURY WETTED REED RELAYS

.350

(8.89)

\

1.240

*

r — ( 3i - 5 ) — i

! .125
(3.2)

Li_

(25.4)

<2.54)_*j

DIMENSIONS: INCHES

(MILLIMETERS)

MUST OPERAT

E/ RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS

Nominal Coil
Voltage (VDC)

Must Operate Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

Must Release Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

5

4.0

0.5

12

9.6

1.2

24

19.2

2.4

REED RELAY SELECTION CHART (Add “D" for Diode)

Contact

Nominal Coil

Coil Resistance

Part Number

Schematic (Pin View)

*

Form

Voltage (VDC)

(0hms)dt10%

End Termination

Side Termination

End Termination

Side Termination

Width

5

225

G21AA051

G21AA052

O f o

v

.

1 A

12

1400

G21AA121

G21AA122

( y:

24

4340

G21AA241

G21AA242

1 A

5

225

G21AE051

G21AE052

.375

HIGH

12

1400

G21AE121

G21AE122

(9.5)

VOLTAGE

24

4340

G21AE241

G21AE242

1A

5

140

G21AH051

G21AH052

t ■' y

UP t

t 7V

up w .

MERCURY

12

800

G21AH121

G21AH122

24

3200

G21AH241

G21AH242

1 A

5

82

G21A1B051

G21A1B052

o o • ■ • o

) V

t ° * * ? +

+ 7 0 t t, °

.575

and

12

570

G21A1B121

G21A1B122

(14.6)

IB

24

1540

G21A1B241

G21A1B242

\ o I I o

5

105

G21BB051

G21BB052

° • ° °

O O

o o

•vuw*

♦

.475

IB

12

730

G21BB121

G21BB122

7

(12.1)

24

2500

G21BB241

G21BB242

#4 o • +

'VUUJUUUA/'

5

105

G21CC051

G21CC052

° y °

17!

o

.475

1C

12

730

G21CC121

G21CC122

(12.1)

24

2500

G21CC241

G21CC242

o

1C

5

65

G21CH051

G21CH052

t °y°

1 VA

o

.475

MERCURY

12

400

G21CH121

G21CH122

(12.1)

24

1600

G21CH241

G21CH242

UP +

o

5

105

G21CX051

G21CX052

O « O 0

tn:

.475

1C

12

730

G21CX121

G21CX122

(12.1)

24

2500

G21CX241

G21CX242

t. ^ * jf +

^juuujuuu/

5

105

G22AA051

G22AA052

2A

12

730

G22AA121

G22AA122

° ) y

Vi):

24

2500

G22AA241

G22AA242

.475

(12.1)

2A

5

105

G22AE051

G22AE052

HIGH

12

730

G22AE121

G22AE122

VOLTAGE

24

2500

G22AE241

G22AE242

2A

5

36

G22AH051

G22AH052

t ° t/ ° t, °

» +» t/ ° t/

o

.575

MERCURY

12

225

G22AH121

G22AH122

I / /

I c / /

(14.6)

24

900

G22AH241

G22AH242

up t +

UP \ 1 o 1

o

2A

5

45

G22A2B051

G22A2B052

;y): jy;.

\ViVA)

o

.775

and

12

275

G22A2B121

G22A2B122

1

(19.7)

2B

24

790

G22A2B241

G22A2B242

o

5

82

G22BB051

G22BB052

° t ° i °

*u : 5 :

.575

2B

12

570

G22BB121

G22BB122

7 7

(14.6)

24

1540

G22BB241

G22BB242

Luuuuuuuuaaa/^

To specify diode, add “D" after part number.

GORDOS C0RP0RATI0N/250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

1*1820

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

GORDOS A
CORPORATION mA

G2 SERIES

REED RELAYS

Miniature Open Frame Reed Relay

CONTACT RATINGS/C

HARACTERISTICS

Switching Ratings

Standard

Form

AorB

High
Voltage
Form A

Standard
Form C

Form A
and C
Mercury
Wet

Current (Amperes, DC

Max.)

.500

.500

.250

1.0

Voltage (Volts, DC Max.)

200

1000

28

500

Breakdown (AC RMS Volts)

350

1200

200

1500

Power (Watts)

10

10

3

50

Operating Time

(Milliseconds Typical
Including Bounce)

1.0

1.0

1.5 (N/C)

2.00

Release Time

(Milliseconds Typical)

.50

.50

1.0 (N/O)

1.50

.Initial. Contact. Resistance
(Ohms Max. at Rated

Coil Voltage)

.200

...200 .

.200 ... .

.....070.

MINIATURE OPEN FRAME
DRY AND MERCURY WETTED REED RELAYS

REED RELAY SELECTION CHART (Add “D” for Diode)

Contact

Form

Nominal Coil
Voltage (VDC)

Coil Resistance

Part Number

Schematic (Pin View)

Width

(Ohms) ±10%

End Termination

Side Termination

End Termination

Side Termination

2C

5

12

24

82

570

1540

G22CC051

G22CC121

G22CC241

G22CC052

G22CC122

G22CC242

; 'a i

VAV.

.575

(14.6)

2C

MERCURY

5

12

24

36

225

900

G22CH051

G22CH121

G22CH241

G22CH052

G22CH122

G22CH242

1 -yy

f iy v

UP l / o / O

.575

(14.6)

2C

5

12

24

82

570

1540

G22CX051

G22CX121

G22CX241

G22CX052

G22CX122

G22CX242

i :

.575

(14.6)

3A

5

12

24

82

570

1540

G23AA051

G23AA121

G23AA241

G23AA052

G23AA122

G23AA242

; yyy;.

+ ? i, t t .. °

* • • • 0

.575

(14.6)

3A

HIGH

VOLTAGE

5

12

24

82

570

1540

G23AE051

G23AE121

G23AE241

G23AE052

G23AE122

G23AE242

3A

MERCURY

5

12

24

25

150

600

G23AH051

G23AH121

G23AH241

G23AH052

G23AH122

G23AH242

jl :r.yr,.

1 1 y yy

UP * 4 o 4 4 o

.675

(17.1)

4A

5

12

24

60

320

1090

G24AA051

G24AA121

G24AA241

G24AA052

G24AA122

G24AA242

Wi'iY,.

+ (

.675

(17.1)

4A

HIGH

VOLTAGE

5

12

24

60

320

1090

G24AE051

G24AE121

G24AE241

G24AE052

G24AE122

G24AE242

4A

MERCURY

5

12

24

18

110

440

G24AH051

G24AH121

G24AH241

G24AH052

G24AH122

G24AH242

i :n:rc

n yy \ y

\jpl44o44o

.775

(19.7)

5A

5

12

24

45

275

790

G25AA051

G25AA121

G25AA241

G25AA052

G25AA122

G25AA242

; viViy,.

+ ; i, t, t, t, t j 0

* • • • 4 4 o

.775

(19.7)

5A

HIGH

VOLTAGE

5

12

24

45

275

790

G25AE051

G25AE121

G25AE241

G25AE052

G25AE122

G25AE242

NOTES: 1. To specify diode, add "D" after part number.

2. Magnetic shielding is standard.

3. Consult factory for electrostatic shielding.

4. Orientation arrow appears on all mercury wetted models. These These relays must be mounted ±30° from vertical.

5. Excessive voltage (maximum of 7.0 VDC for 5 VDC model, 15.0 VDC for 12 VDC model, and 30.0 VDC for 24 VDC model) may cause contact
reclosure on form B models.

G0RD0S CORPORATION/ 250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1821

4500

RELAYS

4500

GUNTHER
3570 SERIES

LOW PROFILE DIP

• Low profile makes this relay ideal
for microprocessor and numerical
control applications

• Environmental immunity assured

• Logic compatible

• All Gunther molded devices are
molded of glass filled, non-burning
epoxy

Contact

Form

Nominal

Coil

Voltage

(VDC)

Coil

Resistance

Ohms

(±10%)

Clamp

Diode

Part Number

5

380

No

3570-1301-05-1

Yes

3570-1301-05-3

550

No

3570-1302-05-1

Yes

3570-1302-05-3

750

3570-1303-05-1

1A

(Note 4)

3570-1303-05-3

12

530

3570-1301-12-1

,

3570-1301-12-3

1000

3570-1302-12-1

3570-1302-12-3

24

2000

No

3570-1301-24-1

Yes

3570-1301-24-3

5

380

No

3570-1341-05-1

1A

Yes

3570-1341-05-3

High

Insulation
Resistance
(see note 1)

12

530

No

Yes

3570-1341-12-1

3570-1341-12-3

24

2000

No

3570-1341-24-1

Yes

3570-1341-24-3

5

380

No

3570-1342-05-1

1A

Yes

3570-1342-05-3

High

Break-Down

Voltage

12

530

No

Yes

3570-1342-12-1

3570-1342-12-3

(see note 2)

24

2000

No

3570-1342-24-1

Yes

3570-1342-24-3

LOW PROFILE DIP CORDOS A

REED RELAY imERNAnONAL

Company

MUST OPERA!

"E/ RELEASE CHARACTERISTICS

Nominal

Coil Voltage
(VDC)

Must Operate

Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

Must Release

Voltage
(VDC) @ 25°C

5

3.7

1

12

8.0

2

24

16.0

4

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Model

Operate Time*
(Typical)

Release Time Without
Diode* (Typical)

Storage

Temperature Range

3570

.50

.20

— 55°C to +105°C

* Operate and release times (including bounce) in milliseconds, may
vary depending on voltage applied.

NOTES:

1. Type 3570-1341- has insulation resistance between coil

and contact of 10 12 fi measured with 100 VDC at ambient temperature.

2. Type 3570-1342- has 3 KV break-down voltage between

coil and contact.

3. Consult factory for electrostatic shield requirements. Last digit of
part number is changed to “-2" to indicate electrostatic shield or “-4”
to indicate clamp diode and electrostatic shield.

4. Low-power Schottky application.

CONTACT RATINGS

Model

Maximum
Switching (DC)

Maximum

Current (Amps)

Typical

Initial

Contact

Resistance

(Ohms)

2 Min. Breakdown
Voltage (VAC)

Capacitance
(Typical) (pF)

’Typical*

Insulation

Resistance

(Ohms)

Across

Contacts

'Contacts

Coil

Across

Contacts

Contacts

Coil

Watts

Volts

Switch

Carry

3570

10

100

.5

1.0

.200

250

500

.8

1.5

10'°

SCHEMATIC (TOP VIEW)

WITHOUT DIODE

3570-1301

3570-1302

WITH DIODE

3570-1341

3570-1342

r*“i

3570-1301

3570-1302

DIMENSIONS: MILLIMETERS
1 inch = 25.4mm

GORDOS CORPORATION/250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

1*1822

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Ml NIG LOSS ARY
RELAY CONTACT FORMS

A

Make

SPST-NO

B

Break

SPST-NC

c

Break, Make

(Transfer)

SPDT

J

Make,

Make,

Break

K

Center off
SPDT

L

Break,

Make,

Make

Make, Break

(Continuity

Transfer)

u

Double
make
Contact
on arm

Break,

Make,

Break

Make,

Make

G

Break,

Make

Break,

Break,

Make

Double break
Contact on arm

Double break,
Double make,
Contact <
on arm

Make,

Break,

Make

Double make
Double break
SPDT-DB >

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

General Purpose
Relays

CRADLE® SERIES T154/163

DC Relays — Current and
Voltage Adjusted

AC Relays — Voltage
Adjusted

FEATURES

• T154 Single-Point Contacts

• T163 Bifurcated Contacts

• Proven Cradle® reliability

• 100 million mechanical operations

• Contact selection to match
application

• Contact configuration:

DC Voltage: up to 8 Form C
AC Voltage: up to 4 Form C

• Input voltages:

DC Voltage: from 3 VDC to 115 VDC
AC Voltage: from 6 VAC to 220 VAC
50/60 Hz

• Sensitivity as low as 20 MW/pole
(DC Voltage only)

• Low-priced relays

• Versatile mounting configurations

• High density packaging

• UL File E20604 / CSA File 34171

TYPICAL OPERATING
CONDITIONS @ 25° C
ELECTRICAL

Minimum drop-out (DC voltage):

10% of maximum pick-up value
(5% for single and double-pole
relays)

Dielectric Strength:

1000 VRMS, coil to contacts and be-
tween gaps on standard T154 series
500 VRMS, between contact gaps
on sensitive, ultrasensitive relays
and on all relays with bifurcated
contacts

Insulation resistance:

10,000 megohms minimum
Capacitance, DC Voltage:

Closed contacts to frame 3.0 pf
Open contacts to frame 3.0 pf
Between open contacts 3.0 pf
(energized or de-energized)
Capacitance, AC Voltage:

Contact to contact 3.0 pf
Coil to contact 3.0 pf
Coll to frame 30 pf
{ Operate time, DC Voltage:

15 MS max. at nominal voltage
Operate time, AC Voltage: 25 MS
Release time, DC Voltage:

8 MS max. at nominal voltage
Release time, AC Voltage: 25 MS

ENVIRONMENTAL

Ambient temperature: -55°C to 71 °C

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
Telephone (203) 621-6771
TWX 710-473-0079

DIMENSION B |

2C

.937

4C

1.172

6C

1.391

8C

1.594

WIRING DIAGRAMS

GRAMS 22 , 2 I3 * ®

16 9 10 19 9 10 22 9 10

3i?£ &K3 whi

IO 6 7 13 6 7 16 6 7 19 6 7

fi£t si,sirs

16 9 10 19 9 10
O-^ O-i ^-0 O-^ O-i o

17 i-iIStt 8

<n r^> n

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS-UNENERGIZED

DETAILED DIMENSIONS

NIB .091 DIA. x .020 HIGH -

LENGTH S S CUTOUT
.937 MAX. 2C .312

1 172 MAX 4C 531

1.391 MAX 6C .750

1.594 MAX. 8C . .969

s

•— 1.187” k

skill

l-.172>

- ELONGATED HOLES
.080 X .040

TYPE P TERMINAL

— | I*- .050
PC BOARD PATTERN
— H K-.201

.541 tl06

* — L-J-i-

RECOMMENDED 8 C DEPICTED

PANEL LAYOUT

(NOTE: GROUND LUG NOT SUPPLIED WITH TYPE P TERMINALS.)

u q

- 281 .434 -I

1-1824

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

GOULD

Electronics

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

General Purpose Relays

CRADLE® SERIES T154/163

DC RELAYS

Pick-

Coil

up

Catalog No. 1 2

Res.

Input

Pick-up

Power

STANDARD DC VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT

T154-2C-6VDC 5212

T154-2C-12VDC 18512

T154-2C-24VDC 700 12

T154-2C-48VDC 2,50012

T154-2C-115VDC 15,0000

T154-4C-6VDC 52 12

T154-4C-12VDC 185Q

T154-4C-24VDC 70012

T154-4C-48VDC 2,50012

T154-4C-115VDC 15,00012

T154-6C-6VDC 2512

T154-6C-12VDC 9012

T154-6C-48VDC

T154-6C-115VDC

T154-8C-6VDC

T154-8C-12VDC

T154-8C-24VDC

T154-8C-48VDC

T154-8C-115VDC

SENSITIVE DC VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT

TS154-2C-6VDC

TS154-2C-12VDC

TS154-2C-24VDC

TS154-2C-48VDC

TS154-4C-6VDC

TS154-4C-12VDC

TS154-4C-24VDC

TS154-4C-48VDC

TS154-6C-6VDC

TS154-6C-12VDC

TS154-6C-24VDC

TS154-6C-48VDC

TS154-8C-6VDC

TS154-8C-12VDC

TS154-8C-24VDC

TS154-8C-48VDC

6V

4.5V

12V

9.0V

24V

18.0V

48V

36.0V

115V

86.0V

6V

4.5V

12V

9.0V

24V

18.0V

48V

36.0V

115V

86.0V

6 V

4.5V

12V

9.0V

""'"24V

48V

J.O.UY

36.0V

115V

86.0V

6V

4.5V

12V

9.0V

24V

18.0V

48V

36.0V

115V

86.0V

500mW 2C
500mW 2C
500mW 2C
500mW 2C
500mW 2C

500mW 4C
500mW 4C
500mW 4C
500mW 4C
500mW 4C

800mW 6C
800mW 6C

Pick-

Coil

up

Catalog No. 1 2

Res.

Input

Pick-up

Power

i

ULTRA SENSITIVE VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT

TSS154-2C-6VDC

TSS154-2C-12VDC

TSS154-2C-24VDC

50012

2,00012

7,50012

TSS154-4C-6VDC

TSS154-4C-12VDC

TSS154-4C-24VDC

25012

1,00012

3,70012

SENSITIVE DC CURRENT ADJUSTMENT

TSS154-2C-6.5Madc

TSS154-2C-4.1Madc

TSS154-2C-2.9Madc

TSS154-2C-2.0Madc

TSS154-2C-1.7Madc

1,00012;

2,50012

5,00012

10,00012

15,00012

TSS154-4C-9.0Madc

TSS154-4C-5.8Madc

TSS154-4C-4.1Madc

TSS154-4C-3.0Madc

TSS154-4C-2.4Madc

1,00012

2,50012

5,00012

10,00012

15,00012

6.5Madc

4.1Madc

2.9Madc

2.0Madc

1.7Madc

6.5Madc

4.1Madc

2.9Madc

2.0Madc

1.7Madc

40mW

40mW

40mW

40mW

40mW

9.0Madc

5.8Madc

4.1Madc

3.0Madc

2.4Madc

9.0Madc

5.8Madc

4.1Madc

3.0Madc

2.4Madc

80mW

80mW

80mW

80mW

80mW

Catalog No. 1 2

Coil Res.

Input

Pick-up

T154-2C-6VAC

1412

6V

5.0V

T154-2C-12VAC

6512

12V

9.0V

T154-2C-24VAC

28012

24V

18.0V

T154-2C-48VAC

1,25012

48V

36.0V

T154-2C-115VAC

6,00012

115V

86.0V

T154-2C-220VAC

15,00012

220 V

170.0V

Contact 3 Con-

Arrange- tact 4
ment Rating

Catalog No. 1 2

T154-4C-6VAC

T154-4C-12VAC

T154-4C-24VAC

T154-4C-48VAC

T154-4C-115VAC

T154-4C-220VAC

NOTES:

1. Single-point contacts shown as standard; for bifurcated contacts,
substitute “163” for “154”.

2. Solder lug terminals shown as standard; for printed circuit
mounts, add “P” after “T”, “TS” or “TSS”.

Note: Solder Lug terminals not supplied on printed circuit mount relays.

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
Telephone (203) 621-6771
TWX 710-473-0079

3. Form C contact arrangement shown as standard; for Form A, B
or D, substitute appropriate letter.

4. 5-amp and 10-amp contacts are also available for Standard DC
and AC single-point-contact relays; if desired, add “F” after “T”
for 5-amp; and add “Y” after “T” for 10-amp.

-> GOULD

Electronics

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1825

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

General Purpose Relays (cont’d)

CRADLE® SERIES T351/T362

MAGNETIC LATCH RELAYS

[catalog No. 1 2

SINGLE COIL

T351-2C-12VDC

T351-2C-24VDC

T351-4C-12VDC

T351-4C-24VDC

DUAL COIL

.735” MAX.

B

.937” for 2C

B

! 1.172” for 4C

Coil Res.

Input

Transfer

Voltage

Contact' 3
Arrange-
ment

■Con-
tact 4
Rating

166fi

12V

7.0V

2C

2 Amp

63 Of!

24V

14.5V

2C

2 Amp

1660

12V

7.0V

4C

2 Amp

6300

24V

14.5V

4C

2 Amp

T351-2C-2/12VDC

134/1340

2/ 12V

9.2V

2C

2 Amp

T351-2C-2/24VDC

485/4850

2/ 24V

18.0V

2C

2 Amp

T351-4C-2/12VDC

134/1340

2/ 12V

9.2V

4C

2 Amp

T351-4C-2/24VDC

485/4850

2/ 24V

18.0V

4C

2 Amp

NOTES:

1. Single-point contacts shown as standard; for bifurcated contacts,
substitute “362" for “351.”

2. Solder lug terminals shown as standard; for printed circuit mounts,
add “P” after “T.”

3. Form C contact arrangement shown as standard; for Form A, B or D,
substitute appropriate letters.

4. 5-amp contacts are also available for single-point-contact relays;
if desired, add "F” after “T” for 5-amp, and add “Y” after “T” for
10-amp.

WIRING DIAGRAM
(RESET POSITION SHOWN)

°> °i r°

I41-|I5 U T 8

10 6 7

®| f°

f

°1 r°

IPTris

♦n.

SINGLE WINDING
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
TO OPERATE REVERSE POLARITY

J7H.

DUAL WINDING
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
1-4 OPERATE 2-3 RESET

Consult factory for
other voltage coils.

Solder Lug

IBi'iftilifiM

-i

-001-000

-1

PC Mount

-5

-005-000

-5

.1 x .1 Grid

-3

-003-000

-3

6 POLE

Solder Lug
PC Mount

8 POLE

IKS

IBSSS

Solder Lug

-030-000

PC Mount

-032-000

Part Name

Part No.

Diagram

GROUND WIRE

For Solder and
standard spaced
printed circuit

30052-1

(0256-002-001)

0=85

To be inserted
into socket recess
under mounting
screw head

GROUND WIRE

For .100 grid
spaced printed
circuit sockets

30174-1

(0256-003-001)

r

To be inserted
into socket recess

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
Telephone (203) 621-6771
TWX 710-473-0079

■> GOULD

Electronics

1*1826

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

Midget Power Relays

NEW!

GH SERIES — 10 AMPS
GY SERIES — 3 AMPS

FEATURES

• Low contact resistance

• UL listed: E20604, E70463
CSA listed: 35144

• GH Series: Smallest 10 amp relay

SPECIFICATIONS

SERIES GH

Contact resist.: 100 milliohms max.
Operate time:

SPDT, DPDT: 20 ms max.

4PDT: 25 ms max.

Release time:

SPDT, DPDT: 20 ms max.

4PDT: 25 ms max.

Power consumption:

SPDT, AC: app. 1 VA (60 Hz)
SPDT, DC: apo. 0.8W
DPDT, AC: app. 1.2 VA (60 Hz)
SPDT, DC: app. 0.9W
4PDT, AC: app. 2 VA (60 Hz)

4PDT, DC: app. 1.5W

SERIES GY

Contact resist.: 100 milliohms max.
Operate time: 20 ms max.

Release time: 20 ms max.

Power consumption:

DPDT, AC: app. 1 VA (60 Hz)
DPDT, DC: app. 0.8W
4PDT, AC: app. 1.2 VA (60 Hz)
4PPT, DC: app. 0.9W

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

«> J L inTi X{> J I>

MODEL GH

Plug-in Type (Blade Terminal)

—

-|

.213

1.403 or less

MODEL GY

Plug-in Type (Solder Terminal)

.119X 048 dia holes

I Ff iiffi

1.403 or less |.253 • .828

L403 _? r J es l. j | t .213 i_ . 5 52

.1 19 X .048 dia holes

hi —

DC VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT

Ml ^

LJ

1

- Si

O ]

1

1.615

DE=

8|

*

^ 8"

\ -

1.403 or less

_4A

.213 \

r

M2. 6 screw

AC VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT

NOTE:

1. Solder/plug-in terminals standard; for variations, consult factory.

2. Dropout Voltage: 10% of rated voltage for D.C.

30% of rated voltage for A.C.

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
Telephone (203) 621-6771
TWX 710-473-0079

P/N

Coil Res.

GH100-6VAC

18.8«

GH100-12VAC

76.8fi

GH100-24VAC

30012

GH100-120VAC

7,680ft

GH200-6VAC

9.6n

GH200-12VAC

40.50

GH200-24VAC

156.7ft

GH200-120VAC

4,280ft |

GH200-240VAC

15,720ft

GH400-6VAC

5.40

GH400-12VAC

21.2ft

GH400-24VAC

84.5ft

GH400-120VAC

2,220ft

GH400-240VAC

9,120ft

GY200-6VAC

18.80

GY200-12VAC

76.80

GY200-24VAC

300O

GY200-120VAC

6,9600

GY400-6VAC

9.6ft

GY400-12VAC

40.5ft

GY400-24VAC

nv/inn mrwtno

156.7ft

bY4UU-lZUVAU

4,zoU ft

GY40 0-240 VAC

15,720ft

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

■> GOULD

Electronics

torv 1*1827

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

INDUSTRIAL SOCKETS -Gould -Class 50

Slimline Design — self-lifting wire clips
Compact Construction — unbreakable polycarbonate body
UL Recognized #E48784
CSA Certified #28098

Blade Socket For Midget Power Relay

Catalog No. Contact Arrangement

H50SL715 4 pole double throw

H50SL708 2 pole double throw

H50SL71 1 3 pole double throw

__i l

r 236

pnLE 1.391

Octal Sockets For Cradle Relay

Catalog No. Contact Arrangement

H50SL608 8 pin — 2 pole double throw

H50SL61 1 1 1 pin — 3 pole double throw

HUH

JN

§m

PPWi

fl

u

-2.33-

£

TIMERS, DPDT 5 AMP “ Series TD10

The TD10 utilizes the service proved T154 Cradle® relay
with a solid state timing circuit to provide timing from
0.1 to 100 seconds with +2% repeat accuracy.

Available as “time delay to make” or “interval” timing
models with optional operating and mounting features.

Time Range
(in seconds)

O 1 r~Q

21 i- 8
-O *-o

l 4 3 2 U

6 9.9 6

INTERVAL

TD10NA-2C-12DNB

TD10NA-2C-24DNB

TD10NA-2C-115ANB

0.1 to 10

0.1 to 10

0.1 to 10

12VDC

24VDC

1 1 5 VAC 50/60 Hz

TD10NA-2C-12DND

TD10NA-2C-24DND

TD10NA-2C-115AND

1 to 100

1 to 100

1 to 100

12VDC

24VDC

115VAC 50/60 Hz

DELAY TO MAKE

TD10DA-2C-12DNB

0.1 to 10

12VDC

TD10DA-2C-24DNB

0.1 to 10

24VDC

TD10DA-2C-1 15ANB

0.1 to 10

115VAC 50/60 Hz

TD10DA-2C-12DND

1 to 100

12VDC

TD10DA-2C-24DND

1 to 100

24VDC

TD10DA-2C-115AND

1 to 100

115VAC 50/60 Hz

TIME DELAY ON MAKE

N.0.

CONTACT

N.C.

CONTACT

N.0.

CONTACT

N.C.

CONTACT

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
Telephone (203) 621-6771
TWX 710-473-0079

■> GOULD

Electronics

1*1828

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

Low Profile Relays

SERIES DR DIP RELAYS SERIES SR SIP RELAYS

FEATURES: FEATURES:

Miniature Dual-in-line Relay fits standard 16 pin
I.C. sockets or mounts directly on PC board
within 0.5" spacing.

Low profile, only 0.380" max. above PC board.

Extremely sensitive coil operation 200 mw. with
1 amp. 28 vdc switching and 5 amp. carry capa-
bility, 2 amp. Resistive @ 12 VDC.

Sealed construction for wave soldering, .010"
pad on base for ease in cleaning.

All plastic parts meet U/L 94V-0 specifications.

D. P. DT. configuration within one small package.

Superior switching -2 ampere Bifurcated con-
tacts, handles (6) times the inductive load of a
standard size Form “A” contact Reed Relay.

Small space - Va in 2 PCB space with .390" max.
height.

Easy mounting, symmetrical, eliminates
installation errors. Mounts in PCB or on strip or
in DIP sockets.

Fast response -2 ms typical at rated pull in
voltage, 1 ms release.

420-SEO Valox Housing meets UL 94V-0 flam-
mability requirement.

NEW! SERIES DR-
DUAL-IN-LINE

Catalog No.

Coil

Res.

Input

Pull-

in

Drop-

out

Pick-up

Power

Contact

Rating

DPDT

DR-2C-5VDC

45ft

5 V

3.7V

0.19V

290mW

1 Amp

DR-2C-6VDC

60ft

6V

4.5V

0.23V

290mW

1 Amp

DR-2C-12VDC

280ft

12V

9.0V

0.45V

290mW

1 Amp

DR-2C-24VDC

1,070ft

24 V

18.0V

0.90V

290mW

1 Amp

DR-2C-48VDC

4,000ft

48V

36.0V

1.80V

290mW

1 Amp

DRS-2C-3VDC

25ft

3V

2.3V

0.12V

200mW

1 Amp

DRS-2C-5VDC

63ft

5V

3.7V

0.19V

200mW

1 Amp

DRS-2C-6VDC

100ft

6V

4.5V

0.23V

200mW

1 Amp

DRS-2C-9VDC

250ft

9V

6.8V

0.34V

200mW

1 Amp

DRS-2C-12VDC

400ft

12V

9.0V

0.45V

200mW

1 Amp

DRS-2C-18VDC

1,000ft

18V

13.5V

0.70V

200mW

1 Amp

DRS-2C-24VDC

1,600ft

24V

18.0V

0.90V

200mW

1 Amp

DRS-2C-36VDC

4,000ft

36V

27.0V

1.4V

200mW

1 Amp

DRS-2C-48VDC

6,400ft

48V

36.0V

1.8V

200mW

lAmp

BOTTOM VIEW

1 4

6

8

PC LAYOUT GRID

16 13 11

NUMBERS FOR REFERENCE ONLY

Consult factory for 1A, 2A, IB, 2B contact configurations.

> Housing resists fluorocarbon, aqueous deter-
gent and chlorinated commercial solvents.^^

NEW! SERIES SR- -
SINGLE-IN-LINE

P 2 -V

J390^

Catalog No.

Coil

Res.

Input

Pull-

in

Drop-

out

Pick-up

Power

Contact

Rating

SPST-N0 1

SR-1A-3VDC

38ft

3 V

2.3V

0.13V

125mW

2 Amp

SR-1A-5VDC

95ft

5V

3.7V

0.19V

125mW

2 Amp

SR-1A-6VDC

150ft

6V

4.5 V

0.23V

125mW

2 Amp

SR-1A-9VDC

380ft

9V

6.8V

0.34V

125mW

2 Amp

SR-1A-12VDC

600ft

12V

9.0V

0.45V

125mW

2 Amp

SR-1A-18VDC

1,500ft

18V

13.5V

0.70V

125mW

2 Amp

SR-1A-24VDC

2,400ft

24V

18.0V

0.90V

125mW

2 Amp

SR-1A-48VDC

6,000ft

48V

36.0V

1.80V

125mW

2 Amp

NOTE:

1 . For SPST-NC, substitute “1
3VDC.

t ^ — .\

1 FORM A CONTACTS

1 FORM B CONTACTS

rfor“1A.” For example SR-1B-

PC LAYOUT GRID

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479

Telephone toll free 1-800-243-3104;

in CT call 1-800-982-3045. TWX 710-473-0079.

■> GOULD

Electronics

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1829

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

Low Profile Relays

SERIES MPC MINIATURE RELAYS

Series MPC -Miniature PC, Standard
Series MPCS- Miniature PC, Sensitive
Series MPCL- Miniature PC, Latching

LOW PROFILE - miniature dc
operated relay offers space savings
comparable to reed relay
LONG LIFE -patented hingeless
armature construction insures long
mechanical life

FEATURES:

POWER SWITCHING - using
standard gold plated silver contact
material, MPC Relay has power
handling capability of 50 watts per
pole

HIGH RELIABILITY - interlocking
housing to base minimizes
contaminants affecting performance

MULTI-POLE CONTACTS- one

form C to four form C available in two
basic case sizes

SENSITIVE VERSION -operates
from TTL- Driver circuits, available
in one form C and two form C within
same package size

SERIES MPC -STANDARD VERSION

TOP V!EW

ONE OR TWO POLE STYLE

SERIES MPCS-SENSITIVE VERSION

Operates from TTL -Driver Circuits

Catalog No.

Coil

Res.

Input

Pull-

in

Drop-

out

Pick-up

Power

Contact

Rating

SPOT

MPC-1C-5VDC

35(1

5V

3.7V

0.37V

400mW

2 Amp

MPC-1C-6VDC

50(2

6V

4,5V

0.45V

400mW

2 Amp

MPC-1C-12VDC

200(2

12V

9,0V

0.9V

400mW

2Amp

MPC-1C-20VDC

550(2

20 V

15.0V

1.5V

400mW

2 Amp

MPC-1C-24VDC

800(2

24V

'18.0V

1.8V

400mW

2Amp

MPC-1C-48VDC

3,200(2

48V

36.0V

3.6V

400mW

2 Amp

OPDT

MPC-2C-5VDC

35(2

5 V

' 3.7 V

0.37V

400mW

2 Amp

MPC-2C-6VDC

50(2

6V

4.5V

0.45V

400mW

2 Amp

MPC-2C-12VDC

200(2

12V

9.0V

0.9V

400mW

2 Amp

MPC-2C-20VDC

550(2

20V

15.0V

1.5V

400mW

2 Amp

MPC-2C-24VDC

800(2

24V

18.0V

1.8V

400mW

2 Amp

MPC-2C-48V0C

3.200(1

48V

36.0V

3.6V

400mW

2 Amp

4PDT 1

MPC-4C-5VDf

26(2

5V

3.7V

0.37V

550mW

2 Amp

MPC-4C-6VDC

38(2

6 V

4.5V

0.45V

550mW

2 Amp

MPC-4C-12VDC

150(2

12V

9.0V

0.9V

550mW

2 Amp

MPC-4C-20VDC

400(2

20V

15.0V

1.5V

550mW

2 Amp

MPC-4C-24VDC

600(2

24V

18.0V

1.8V

550mW

2 Amp

MPC-4C-48VDC

2.400(2

48V

36.0V

3.6V

550mW

2 Amp

NOTE:

1 . For a 3PDT substitute

"3C"

for "4C."

BOTTOM VIEW
(RESET POSITION SHOWN)
(2 POLE)

PC LAYOUT & GRID
-i r -ioo

RESET +l*—> > - * +

COIL -1 <-+ -

TWO POLE RELAY

— H h— .100

* + LATCH J

<• - coil -I^T+TTTtt-'

wil jh+Hmrt-

±.003
- .052 DIA.

FOUR POLE RELAY

— H h— .100

.052 — .003 DIA

052 — .003 DIA.

Note: Consult factory for dual source footprint layout.

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsvi lie, CT 06479
Telephone (203) 621-6771
TWX 710-473-0079

Catalog No.

Coil

Res

Input

Pull-

in

Drop-

out

Pick-up

Power

Contact

Rating

SPDT

MPCS-105VDC

80(1

5V

46mA’

5mA

160mW

2 Amp

MPCS-1C-6VDC

125(2

6V

4 5V

0 45V

160mW

2 Amp

MPCS-1C-12VDC

500(2

12V

9.0V

0.9V

160mW

2 Amp

MPCS-1C-24VDC

2.000(2

24V

18 0V

1.8V

160mW

2 Amp

MPCS-1C-48VDC

8.000(2

48V

36.0V

3.6V

160mW

2 Amp

OPDT

MPCS-2C-5V0C

80(2

5V

46mA

5mA

160mW

2 ‘Amp

MPCS-2C-6VDC

125(2

6V

4 5V

0 45V

160mW

2 Amp

MPCS-2C- 12VDC

500(2

12V

9 0V

0 9V

160mW

2 Amp

MPCS-2C-24VDC

2,000(2

24V

18 0V

1.8V

160mW

2 Amp

MPCS-2C-48VDC

8,000(2

48V

36.0V

3.6 V

160mW

2 Amp

For sealed version precede catalog number with a
example SMPC-2C-12VDC

SERIES MPCL- LATCHING VERSION

ONE OR TWO POLE STYLE

Two completely isolated coils; no need for protection due to

Catalog No.

Coil Res.

Input

Latch
or Reset
Voltage

Power

Contact

Rating

SPST

MPCL- 1A-5VDC

28(2

5V

3.7V

500mW

2 Amp

MPCL-1A-6VDC

40(2

6V

4.5V

500mW

2 Amp

MPCL-1A- 12VDC

160(2

12V

9.0V

500mW

2 Amp

MPCL- 1 A-24VDC

640(2

24V

18.0V

500mW

2 Amp

MPCL- 1 A-48VDC

2.500(2

48V

36.0V

500mW

2 Amp

DPDT

MPCL-2A-5VDC

28(2

5 V

3.7V

500mW

2Amp

NIPCL-2A-6VDC

40(2

6V

4.5 V

500mW

2 Amp

MPCL-2A-12VDC

160(2

12V

9.0V

500mW

2 Amp

MPCL-2A-24VDC

640(2

24 V

18.0V

500mW

2 Amp

MPCL-2A-48VDC

2,50012

48V

36.0 V

500mW

2 Amp

For sealed version precede catalog number with
an “S.” For example SMPCL-2A-12VDC.

GOULD

Electronics

1*1830

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

Military Relays

SERIES S SERIES WKJ SERIES WKY SERIES WJS

Now per MIL-R-39016

FEATURES

• Series S: Vi Size Crystal Can, 2 amps

• Series WKJ/ WKY: Crystal Can, 3 amps

• Series WJS: Sensitive, Long Crystal Can, 3 amps

• Series MH/MHB/MHJ: Miniature Round Can, 5 amps

• Series MHY: Miniature Round Can, 10 amps

Specification per MIL-R-5757 and MIL-R-39016 as applicable.

SERIES MH/MHB/MHJ

SERIES MHY

r

i. in Inc

B

hes)

C

DPDT

4PDT

6PDT

.635

1.046

1.187

1.312

1.312

1.312

1.796

1.750

1.750

CRYSTAL CAN RELAYS

Bifurcated contacts make these relays ideal for dry circuit
loads up to rated amperage.

MINIATURE ROUND CAN RELAYS

Series MH/MHB/MHJ — DC Relays — up to 5 amps

Catalog No.

Contact
Arrangement | Coil Res.

Input

Contact

Rating

SERIES S — DC RELAYS

S6-A1-12VDC

DPDT

14012

12.0V

2 Amp

S6-A1-26.5VDC

DPDT

700fi

26.5V

2 Amp

SERIES WKJ/WKY — DC RELAYS

WKJ-6D-12VDC

DPDT

150O

12.0V

3 Amp

WKJ-6D-26.5VDC

DPDT

600O

26.5V

3 Amp

WKJ-6D-115VDC

DPDT

10,0000

115.0V

3 Amp

WKY-6D-12VDC

DPDT

150O

12.0V

3 Amp

WKY-6D-26.5VDC

DPDT

600O

26.5V

3 Amp

WKY-6D-115VDC

DPDT

10,0000

115.0V

3 Amp

1 ..:"".ti

Catalog No.

i

Arrange-

ment

';.i

Coil

Res.

1"

Input

r

Temp.

Range

— 1
Contact 1
Rating |

SERIES MH — DC RELAYS

MH-6D-12VDC

MH-6D-26.5VDC

MH-6D-115VDC

MH-12D-12VDC

MH-12D-26.5VDC

MH-12D-1 15VDC

MH-18D-12VDC

MH-18D-26.5VDC

MH-18D-115VDC

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

6PDT

6PDT

6PDT

82o

400o

6.5000
600

3000

5,0000

480

2400

3.5000

12.0V

26.5V

115.0V

12.0V

26.5V

115.0V

12.0V

26.5V

115.0V

— 55°C
to

+ 85°C

5 Amp

5 Amp

5 Amp

5 Amp

5 Amp

5 Amp

5 Amp

5 Amp

5 Amp

SERIES MHB — DC RELAYS

SERIES WJS — DC RELAYS

WJS-3D-5.0Madc

SPDT

1,00012

5.0Madc

3 Amp

WJS-3D-3.2Madc

SPDT

2,500o

3.2Madc

3 Amp

WJS-3D-1.6Madc

SPDT

10,000o

1.6Madc

3 Amp

WJS-6D-6.3Madc

DPDT

1,0000

6.3Madc

3 Amp

WJS-6D-4.0Madc

DPDT

2,500o

4.0Madc

3 Amp

WJS-6D-2.0Madc

DPDT

10,0000

2.0Madc

3 Amp

MHB-6D-12VDC

DPDT

65ft

12.0V

5 Amp

MHB-6D-26.5VDC

DPDT

325ft

26.5V

5 Amp

MHB-6D-115VDC

DPDT

6,000ft

115.0V

5 Amp

MHB-12D-12VDC

4PDT

50ft

12.0V

— 65°C

5 Amp

MHB-12D-26.5VDC

4PDT

250ft

26.5V

to

5 Amp

MHB-12D-1 15VDC

4PDT

5,000ft

115.0V

+ 125°C

5 Amp

MHB-18D-12VDC

6PDT

40ft

12.0V

5 Amp

MHB-18D-26.5VDC

6PDT

200ft

26.5V

5 Amp

MHB-18D-115VDC

6PDT

3,500ft

115.0V

5 Amp

BLUE BEAD

SERIES MHJ — DC RELAYS

MHJ-12D-12VDC

4PDT

50ft

12.0V

5 Amp

MHJ-12D-26.5VDC

4PDT

250ft

26.5V

— 65°C
to

+ 125°C

5 Amp

MHJ-12D-115VDC

4PDT

5,0000

115.0V

5 Amp

MHJ-18D-12VDC

6PDT

400

12.0V

5 Amp

MHJ-18D-26.5VDC

6PDT

2000

26.5V

5 Amp

MHJ-18D-115VDC

6PDT

3,5000

115.0V

5 Amp

(MHJ capabilities 20G

SERIES MHBMHJ -

to 2Q00 Hz)

- AC RELAYS

MHB-6A-115VAC

MHJ-12A-115VAC

MHJ-18A-1 15VAC

DPDT

4PDT

6PDT

4215/

4215

2765/

2765

2635/

2635

115.0V

115.0V

115.0V

— 65°C
to

+ 125°C

5 Amp

5 Amp

5 Amp

(MHJ capabilities 20G to 2000 Hz)

SERIES MHY — AC AND DC RELAYS

MHY-12A-1 15VAC

4PDT

2635/

2635

115.0V

— 55°Cto
+85°C

10 Amp

MHY-12D-12VDC

4PDT

40 ft

12.0V

— 65°C

10 Amp

MHY-12D-26.5VDC

4PDT

200ft

26.5V

to

10 Amp

MHY-12D-1 15VDC

4PDT

3,500o

115.0V

+ 125°C

10 Amp

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
Telephone (203) 621-6771
TWX 710-473-0079

■> GOULD

Electronics

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1831

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

Solid State Relays

Point A
(Rivet)

.040" Pin Dia.
(1.016mm) Pin <t>

SERIES E3 — Optically isolated,
zero crossing.

SERIES E6 — Optically isolated,
zero crossing, “integral cycling,”
optional output light.

SERIES E22 — Optically isolated,
miniature full-wave power
switching pc mounting.

FEATURES

• Bounceless switching

• Long life

Integrated circuit compatibility • High noise immunity • Photo isolated

Note: Consult factory for technical data on heat sink and special applications:

SERIES E3

E3-10D1A

E3-10D1B

E3-10A0A

E3-1QA0B

E3-10A4A

E3-10A4B

E3-25D1A

E3-25D1B

E3-25A0A

E3-25A0B

E3-25A4A

E3-25A4B

E3-40D1A

E3-40D1B

E3-40A0A

E3-40A0B

E3-40A4A

E3-40A4B

SERIES E6

E61010

E62010

E64010

E61025

E62025

E64025

E61040

E62040

E64040

SERIES E22

Max. Load
Current

Input

Impedance

1. Max current load when proper heat sink applied.

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
Telephone (203) 621-6771
TWX 710-473-0079

■> GOULD

Electronics

1*1832

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Allied Control Relays

Industrial /Commercial Relays

OPEN FRAME —
BOT/BOY SERIES

Low Cost DPDT industrial relay.
Heavy duty contact switching up
to 15 amperes. AC versions use
shading ring for 50/60 Hz opera-
tion. Weight: 5.0 to 9.0 ounces.

HERMETICALLY SEALED —
BOHR SERIES

Hermetically sealed DPDT relay for
industrial application in hostile. red
environments. 50/60 Hz operation MAR
of AC version. ri

B0T-6A-24VAC

BOT-6A-115VAC

B0T-6D-26.5VDC

BQT-6D-110/120VDC

BOY-6D-26.5VDC

B0Y-6D-87VDC

Contact
Descrip- Arrange-
tion ment

Sensitive

DC

Contact

| Coils

Descrip-

Arrange-

Coil

Catalog No.

tion

ment

Res.

Input

B0HR-6A-24VAC

AC

DPDT

17

24VAC

BOHR-6A-110/120VAC

445

110/120VAC

B0HR-6D-26.5VDC

DC

DPDT

230

26.5VDC

BOHR-6D-110/120VDC

5,000

110/120VDC

OPEN FRAME, HEAVY DUTY —
PO SERIES 1 - 906 ”S

Low cost, up to 4PDT, industrial

up to 15 amperes. AC versions use^
shading ring for 50/60 Hz opera-
tion. Weight: 7.5 to 15.0 ounces.

3PDT = 1.718" MAX.
4PDT = 2.281'’ MAX.

HERMETICALLY SEALED —
POHR SERIES VM

1.812” (4PDT)
1.437”

Hermetically sealed against

ments. Up to 4PDT. Heavy
duty, 15 amp rating. AC
versions for 50/60 Hz
operation.

7$ J

2 puie | o puie

1.906”

*2.156”

|k (4PDT)

4 pole O

10 Amp

10 Amp

10 Amp

10 Amp

10 Amp

10 Amp

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division

100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
Telephone (203) 621-6771
TWX 710-473-0079

^ GOULD

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

Electronics

1*1833

1*1834

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

pITT ¥% TJ Zk lkj® An over 20 -V ear P edi 9 ree in the design and fabrication of precision

quality solid-state devices— including relays, timers, sensors and

switches-assures you of dependability and performance at practical
prices. And we excel in Hi-Rel custom configurations.

FSSR/ISSR/PSSR
SERIES-2. 5A

Switching full 2.5 ARMS
loads, these compact, space
saving SSRs are conveniently
PCB mountable. Photo-
isolated; “zero-voltage"
switching; TTL compatibility;
snubbered Triac output are
highlight features.

MSSR SERIES
5A/10A
TSSR SERIES
2.5A/10A/20A/30A

Miniature SSRs are 50%
smaller & lighter. The TSSR
has quick-disconnect push-on
terminals. Units feature
photo-isolation, “zero-
voltage" switching, and
snubbered Triac output.

SSR/HSSR

SERIES

7A/10A/25A

Featuring ruggedized cases
with .250" quick-connect
push-on terminals, these
compact relays come in
economical reed-switching
input HSSR versions
or photo-isolated,
“zero-voltage" turn-on SSR
models, with snubbered
Triac outputs. They are
compact and convenient to
panel mount.

GSR SERIES
10A/25A/40A
These industry-standard
housing panel-mount SSRs
are fully encapsulated for
general purpose industrial
use. They feature photo-
isolated inputs, “zero-
voltage" turn-on, and have
internal Triac snubbers.

OSR SERIES-5A
These plug-in mount units are
Solid State replacements for
8-pin octal electro-mechanical
relays. Features include:
photo-isolation, “zero-
voltage" turn-on, snubbered
Triac output, and they have
self-contained heat sinks. The
units come in SPNO and
SPOT versions.

Our cataloged Solid-State Relay products are available
throughout the USA from over 100 authorized distributors.
Contact your local Guardian rep or the factory for technical
assistance with all your special SSR, timing, sensing and
control development and procurement needs.

.jiiliiiiiii

r* • \

: ? \ :

INPUT

Signal Range: 3-32 VDC
Input Current: 5 mA
Response Time: 8.3 mS max.

LOAD

Frequency Range: 47-65 Hz

Peak Voltage: 300 V (-1H) 500 V (-2H)

Transient dv/dt: lOOV/^S

GENERAL

Operating Temp: -30 to +80°C
I/O Isolation: 1500 VAC
Weight: 0.8 oz. max.

Signal Range: 3-32 VDC
Input Current: 5 mA
Response Time: 8.3 mS max.

LOAD

Frequency Range: 47-65 Hz
Peak Voltage: 300V (MSSR-1 B/TSSR-1 H)
500V (MSSR-2B/TSSR-2H)
Transient dv/dt: 100V/^S

GENERAL

Operating Temp: -30 to +80°C
I/O Isolation: 2500 VAC
Weight: 1.5 oz. max.

Dimensions: 1.25” x 2.25” x .81”

INPUT

Signal Range: 3.5-12 VDC (SSR)
4.2-10 VDC (HSSR)

Input Current:

35 mA max. @ 12 VDC (SSR)

27 mA max. @ 10 VDC (HSSR)
Response Time: 8.3 mS max. (SSR)
3 mS max. (HSSR)

LOAD

Frequency Range: 47-65 Hz
Non-Repetitive Peak Voltage:

300V (SSR-1A/HSSR-1A)

500V (SSR-2A/HSSR-2A)
Transient dv/dt: 250V/^S
GENERAL

Operating Temp: -25 to +70°C
I/O Isolation: 1500 VAC
Weight: 2.5 oz. max.

Dimensions: 1.5” x 2.6” x 1.0”

INPUT

Signal Range: 3-32 VDC
Input Current: 18 mA max.

Response Time: 8.3 mS

LOAD

Frequency Range: 47-70 Hz
Peak Voltage: 300V (-1B) 500V (-2B)
Transient dv/dt: 200V//xS

GENERAL

Operating Temp: -25 to + 70°C
I/O Isolation: 2500 VAC
Weight: 4 oz. max.

Dimensions: 1.75” x 2.25” x .88”

INPUT

Signal Range: 3-32 VDC
Input Current: 5 mA
Response Time: 8.3 mS max.

LOAD

Frequency Range: 47-65 Hz
Peak Voltage: 500 VAC
Transient dv/dt: 100V/AtS

GENERAL

Operating Temp: -30 to +80°C
I/O Isolation: 2500 VAC
Weight: 4 oz. max.

Dimensions: 2.18” x 1.38” square

FSSR-1H-10

FSSR-2H-10

ISSR-1H-10

ISSR-2H-10

PSSR-1H-10

PSSR-2H-10

MSSR-1 1-10
MSSR-21-10
MSSR-1B-10
MSSR-2B-10

HSSR-1A-10
HSSR-2A-10
HSSR-1B-10 4. 2/. 5
HSSR-2B-10 4. 2/. 5
HSSR-1E-10 4. 2/. 5
HSSR-2E-10 4.2/. 5 1 24-280

GSR-1B-10 3/1 20-140 10

GSR-2B-10 3/1 40-280 10

GSR-1 E-10 3/1 20-140 25

GSR-2E-10 3/1 40-280 25

GSR-1 K-10 3/1 20-140 40

GSR-2K-10 3/1 40-280 40

OSR-1 1-1 A 3/1 20-140 5

(SPNO)

OSR-2I-1A 3/1 40-280 5

(SPNO)

OSR-1 1-1 C 3/1 20-140 5

(SPDT)

0SR-2I-2C 3/1 40-280 5

(SPDT)

GUARDIAN

CALIF B OHN I A

GUARDIAN ELECTRIC MANUFACTURING COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA INC.

4030 WEST SPENCER STREET • TORRANCE, CA 90503 • 213-542-8651 • TWX: 910-344-7381

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1835

4500

RELAYS

4500

HE 3300 SERIES — Moulded SIP (Single In-Line Package).

Standard industry pin configurations, plus available in Form B, C and Mercury-wetted.

Relay

Part

Number

Coil

Volitge

(V)

Coil

Resistance

(11)

(± 10%)

Must

Operate

Voltage

V Max.

Must

Release

Voltage

V Min.

Contact

Form

Switch
Voltage
Mai (V)

Switch
Current
Max. (A)

Switch
Rating
Max. (W)

Min.

Voltage

Hold-Off

VDC

Contact

Resist-

ance

(11)

List

Price

HE3321A0400

5

500

3.75

0.5

1A

200

0.500

10

250

.200

$2.13

HE3321A0500

5

125

4.0

0.5

1A

200

0.500

10

250

.200

2.13

HE3321A1200

12

500

9.0

1.0

1A

200

0.500

10

250

.200

2.13

HE3321A2400

24

2000

16.0

2.0

1A

200

0.500

10

250

.200

2.13

HIGH-VOLTAGE HOLD-OFF RELAY

Relay

Part

Number

Coil

Volatge

(V)

Coil

Resistance

(ID

(±10%)

Must

Operate

Voltage

V Max.

Must

Release

Voltage

V Min.

Contact

Form

Switch
Voltage
Mix. (V)

Switch
Current
Max. (A)

Switch

Rating

Max.(W)

Min.

Voltage

Hold-Off

VDC

Contact

Resist-

ance

111)

List

Price

HE3351A0500

5

125

4.0

0.5

1A

300

0.500

10

800

.200

$2.43

HE3351A1200

12

500

9.0

1.0

1A

300

0.500

10

800

.200

2.43

HE3351A2400

24

2000

18.0

2.0

1A

300

0.500

10

800

.200

2.43

Economy version to mercury-wetted, to high voltage, to power switch. Up to 5 Form A or 4 Form C. Options
include: plastic or drawn metal cover, special schematics and a wide variety of switches.

Relay

Part

Number

Coil

Volatge

(VI

Coil

Resistance

111)

l± 10%)

Must

Operate

Voltage

V Max.

Must

Release

Voltage

V Min.

Contact

Form

Switch
Voltage
Max. (V)

Switch
Current
Max. (A)

Switch
Rating
Mai (W)

Min.

Voltage

Hold-Off

VDC

Contact

Resist-

ance

111)

List

Price

HE421A0500

5

240

3.75

0.5

1A

200

0.500

10

250

.200

$2.33

HE421A1200

12

960

8.0

0.5

1A

200

0.500

10

250

.200

2.33

HE321A2400

24

3840

16.0

1.0

1A

200

0.500

_1L 1

250

.200

2.33

HIGH POWER RELAY

HE461A0500

5

75

3.75

0.5

1A

200

0.500

50

250

.200

$2.95

HE461A1200

12

300

8.0

0.5

1A

200

0.500

50

250

.200

2.95

HE461A2400

24

1200

16.0

| 1.0

1A

I 200

0.500

50

250

.200

2.95

3 WATT 1 FORM C

HE421C0500

5

240

3.75

0.5

1C

200

0.250

3

250

.200

$6.58

HE421C1200

12

960

8.0

0.5

1C

200

0.250

3

250

.200

6.58

HE421C2400

24

3840

16.0

1.0

1C

200

0.250

3

250

.200

6.58

700 SERIES — DIP — Dual In-Line (Industry Standard Configuration).

Hamlin 8 pin .275°° package is available in 1A, 2A, IB, 1C inputs — 5, 12, 24 volt — standard mercury-wetted — and
now on all position Hg wet. Extensive testing at final inspection insures switch integrity for complete quality
assurance.

Relay

Part

Number

Coil

Volatge

(V)

Coil

Resistance

(11)

(±10%)

Must

Operate

Voltage

V Max.

Must

Release

Voltage

V Min.

Contact

Form

Switch
Voltage
Max. (V)

Switch
Current
Max. (A)

Switch

Rating

MailW)

Min.

Voltage

Hold-Off

VDC

Contact

Resist-

ance

(11)

List

Price

HE721A0500

5

500

3.75

0.5

1A

200

0.500

10

250

.200

$3.40

HE721A1200

12

1000

8.0

1.0

1A 1

200

0.500

10

250

.200

3.40

HE721A2400

24

2150

16.0

2.0

1A |

200

0.500

10

250

.200

3.40

FORM C, SERIES HE 721C

HE721C0500

5

200

3.75

0.5

1C

200

0.250

3

250

.200

$5.95

HE721C1200

12

500

ao

1.0

1C

200

0.250

3

250

.200

5.95

HE721C2400

24

2000

16.0

2.0

1C

200

0.250

3

250

.200

5.95

1-1836

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

HAMUN;

LAKE and GROVE STREETS • LAKE MILLS, WISCONSIN 53551

PHONE: SALES 414/048-2361 • TWX 910-200-3740

MINI-MOS RELAYS

• 100% elimination of RFI

• 100% elimination of Voltage Offset

• 100% elimination of False Triggering

• 100% immunity to DV/DT

• Optically isolated

• 6 Pin V 2 Dip Package

• Can be parallel connected for higher load currents

• AC/DC in and AC/DC out

; SOLID STATE
AND MERCURY-WETTED
, RELAYS

GENERAL ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(common to all models).

Drop out voltage 1.6 V.D.C. (Non-variable)

Off state leakage (7900-4 & 7901-4 not included)

1.0 pamp at rated voltage

0.3 pamp at 75% rated voltage

Maximum input reverse current 20 ma.

Maximum input current (1 ms pulse) 250 ma.

Input/Output capacitance 3 pf @ 1 MHz

Input/Output Isolation 2500 VAC

Insulation Resistance 10 9 O

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

All measurements at 25°C

7900 Series AC/DC

7901 Series DC Only

See

Note

7900-1

7900-2

7900-3

7900-4

7901-1

7901-2

7901-3

7901-4

Contact Form

1A

1A

1A

1A

1A

1A

1A

1A

Max. Load Voltage

300

200

60

40

300

200

60

40

VDC

Max. Contact Current

1

100

150

200

250

150

225

300

375

maDC

Max. On Resistance

2

70

30

12

4.5

35

15

6

2.25

a

Typical On Time

3

500

500

500

500

300 ,

300

300

300

pSec

, Twni/.nl Off Tima

A _

son

son

300

300..

300

300

300

300

US ec

Current To Operate

5

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

maDC

NOTES:

1) Overcurrent condition will result in failure by open circuit.

2) Measured at rated load current and 15 ma input current.

3) Time from 15 ma input current on to 90% of rated load current.

4) Time from 15 ma input current off to leakage current level.

5) a — Overcurrent to 50 ma will not damage relay.

b — Undercurrents down to 5 ma will change operating parameters,
c — External resistor may be required to limit current.

MERCURY-WETTED CONTACT RELAYS

ENVIRONMENTAL
Storage Temp. ... - 55°C to + 125°C
Operate Temp. ... -40 o C to +70°C
Shock .... 50 g (11 ms V 2 Sine Wave)
Vibration 20 g (10-2000 Hz)

7000 Sovioc Ad/no

Type

Relay

Terminal

Type/Grid

Contact Forms

Description

■

mm

MM91

1. 4/1.2 x .1

1C

2C

2 amp, 100 VA

Bistable or single
side stable

s

MM92

1.4/1.2 x .1

1C

2C

Highest speed 1.2 ms operate
time low noise, high
repetition rate, 2 amp, 100 VA

MM94

1.8/1.5 x .2
Staggered

1C, ID

2C, 2D

2 amp, 100 VA Bistable or
single side stable

120 Hz repetition rate

1 EsMMsSB I

ML95

3/2.4 x .2
Staggered

ID

2D

High current, 5 amp, 250 VA,

500 volt 80 Hz max. repetition
rate, 1 nanosecond rise time

ff

i i

li L

M093

M097

8, 11, 14
pin octal
plug

1C, ID,

2C, 2D

2 amp, 100 VA
sensitive
mercury-wetted
relay

■

M098

8 pin octal
plug

ID, 2D

3D, 4D

High current, 5 amp,

250 VA, 500 volt
contacts

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1837

4500 ' RELAYS 4500

electric
industry
company ltd .

• De-activated rhodium contacts
for stable contact resistance.

• Standard TO-116 Terminal Grid
fits all standard DIP sockets.

• Interface directly with RTL, DTL,
TTL, HTL logic.

• Molded epoxy package for
environmental immunity.

• Automatic insertion compatible.

• Relay testing services test report
available.

Structure (unit in mm)

14 13 9 8

_n f~l n n

12 6 7

19.5 max.

7.62

E ___

CO

-U

10.16 | |

— to

J— -

n \

7.2

8.9 max.

Characteristics

Contact

Form

Part

Number

Nominal

Voltage

(V)

Must

Operate

(V)

Must

Release

(V)

Coil

Resistance

(fi)

Circuit

Schematic
(Top view)

1A

RRD51A05 (D)

5

3.75

0.5

500

1

1

4 1

3 9 8

o I

RRD51A12 (D)

12

9.0

1.2

800

6

RRD51A24 (D)

24

18.0

2.4

2000

2A

RRD52A05 (D)

5

3,75

0.5

140

14

V.

n

1

3 9 8

t ° t

RRD52A12 (D)

12

9.0

1.2

400

/ A

6

RRD52A24 (D)

24

18.0

2.4

1300

1C

RRD51C05 (D)

5

3.75

0.5

200

14 1

u

i :

3 9

1 o

ngFp— ^

6

8

►

7

RRD51C12 (D)

12

9.0

1.2

500

RRD51C24 (D)

24

18.0

2.4

1500

(D); clamp diode optional

Engineering Data

1A, 2A

1C

Operate time

0.5msec max.

0.5msec. max.

Release time

0.2msec max.

0.2msec max.

Bounce time

0.5msec max.

2.0msec max.

Contact resistance

150mft max. (initial)

150mfi max. (initial)

Contact ratings

DC10VA max.

DC3VA max.

DC100V max.

DC30V max.

DC1.0A max. (carry only)

DC0.5A max. (carry only)

DC0.5A max. (switched)

DC0.25A max. (switched)

Life expectancy

50 x 1 0 6 operations at signal level

30 x 10 6 operations at signal level

3 x 1 0 6 full rated load

1 x 1 0 6 at full rated load

Breakdown voltage

DC250V across open contacts

DC200V across open contacts

DC500V between coil and contact

DC500V between coil and contact

Insulation resistance

10 9 fi min.

10 9 fi min.

Vibration

20G (10 - 2000Hz)

20G (10 -2000Hz)

Thermal shock

-55 - 105°C

-55~105°C

Moisture resistance

60°C-90% 240 hours

60°C-90% 240 hours

Terminal strength

225g

225g

Operating temperature

o

o

LO

oo

t

CD

■*3-

1

— 40 — 85°C

Storage temperature

-55~105°C

— 55 — 105C°

EXCLUSIVE AGENT FOR <^K> REED RELAYS IN USA AND CANADA

HASCO COMPONENTS, INC. / 214-22 WATERS EDGE DRIVE, BA YSIDE, NY 11360 / (212) 428-5155 TWX: 710-582-5750

1«1 838

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

COMPONENTS INC.

DRY CONTACT REED RELAY

SERIES 700

.15

(3.81)

(25.4) '

c

R

Fs 1 1

.2

-«■ — *4 — *J .2 L

(5.8)

1(10.16)1 (5.8) f

x;

( ) Indicates Millimeters

SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINEERING DATA

Operate Time: 0.5 mSec max.

Release Time: 0.2 mSec max.

Bounce Time: 0.5 mSec max.

Contact Resistance: 150 m(2 max. (initial)

Life Expectancy: 50 x 10 6 operations at signal level
3 x 1 0 6 at full rated load
Insulation Resistance: 10 9 Q min.

Vibration: 20G (10-2000 Hz)

Thermal Shock: -55~1 05°C

Moisture Resistance: 60°C - 90% 240 hours

Terminal Strength: 225g

Operating Temperature: -40~85°C

Storage Temperature: — 55~105°C

Available in non position sensitive mercury wetted contacts.

Also available in 1C Contact Rating.

Part

Number

Nominal Voltage
(V)

Must Operate
(V)

Must Release
(V)

Coil Resistance
(Ohms)

Contact

Rating

Breakdown

Voltage

711-5

5-6

3.75

0.5

500

10VA DC max

100V DC max

1.0A max carry

250V DC
across contacts

1000V DC

711-12

12

9.0

1.2

500

711-24

24

18.0

2.4

2000

0.5 max switching

contacts to coil

HEAVY DUTY

■

— -

- - - -

* - -

712-5

5-6

3.75 .

0.5

400

70 VA DC max

300V DC
across contacts

1000V DC

712-12

12

9.0

1.2

400

100V DC max

2.5 max carry

712-24

24

18.0

2.4

1600

1.0A max switching

contacts to coil

HIGH VOLTAGE

713-5

5-6

3.75

0.5

400

50VA DC max

500V DC
across contacts

300V DC

713-12

12

9.0

1.2

400

400 DC max

2.5A max carry

713-24

24

18.0

2.4

1600

1.0A max switching

contacts to coil

REED RELAY

SERIES

800

ENGINEERING

DATA

*1^.020 TYP.

SPECIFICATIONS

1.000

(25.4)

.020 TYP. -J

1 • ULO # 2

3 •-
5 o

— 1 TYPE 06

— 2 TYPE

Operate Time: 0.5 mSec max.

Release Time: 0.2 mSec max.

Bounce Time: 0.5 mSec max.

Contact Resistance: 150 mft max. (initial)

Life Expectancy: 50 x 10 6 operations at signal level
3 x 10 6 at full rated load
Insulation Resistance: 10 9 ft min.

Vibration: 20G (10-2000 Hz)

Thermal Shock: -55~1 05°C

Moisture Resistance: 60°C - 90% 240 hours

Terminal Strength: 225g

Operating Temperature: -40~85°C

Storage Temperature: — 55 — 1 05°C

Also available in 1A, 2A, 1C and 2C Contact Rating.

Part

Number

Nominal

Voltage

(V)

Must

Operate

(V)

Must

Release

(V)

Coil

Resistance

(Ohms)

Contact

Rating

Breakdown

Voltage

811-5

5-6

3.75

0.5

500

10 VA DC max

250V DC
across contacts

1000V DC

811-12

12

9.0

1.2

500

100 VDC max

1 .0A max carry

811-24

24

18.0

2.4

2000

0.5 max switching

contacts to coil

HEAVY DUTY

812-5

5-6

3.75

0.5

400

70VA DC max

300V DC

812-12

12

9.0

1.2

400

100V DC max

2.5A max carry

across contacts

1000V DC

812-24

24

18.0

2.4

1600

1.0A max switching

contacts to coil

HIGH VOLTAGE

813-5

5-6

3.75

0.5

400

50VA DC max

750V DC

813-12

12

9.0

1.2

400

400 DC max

2.5A max carry

across contacts

1000V DC

813-24

24

18.0

2.4

1600

1.0A max switching

contacts to coil

HASCO COMPONENTS, INC. 7

214-22 WATERS

EDGE DRIVE,

BAYSIDE, NY 11360

/ (212) 428-5155 TWX: 710-582-5750

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1839

SSD203P RELAY SERIES

WIRING DIAGRAM

jLJTOj

MOUNTING DIMENSIONS

0.04 +0.01 -0.00
( 1.0 + 0.2 - 0 . 0 )

( ) Indicates Millimeters

SSD103P RELAY SERIES

WIRING DIAGRAM

no:

I™!

MOUNTING DIMENSIONS

0.20

(5.08)

■ 30 f-

(7.62)

.06

( 1 . 6 )'

]:©-]>-

1

i

103P

1

DC24

-4-2oO» j ' 5 HOLES

ps.os /^* 0

0.83
( 21 . 1 ) ~

0.04 +0.01 -0.00
( 1.0 + 0 . 2 - 0 . 0 )

TPJ^

.03

(0.8) U

=UL

.40
+ <16)

( ) Indicates Millimeters

rn

MAXIMUM LOAD RATING:

125V AC 3A, 250V AC 2.5A, 30V DC 3A and 5A
This double pole, double throw miniature relay gives 3 Amp or
5 Amp switching in a small package only .81" x .65" x .41" (20.5
x 16 x 10.5mm) at low cost. It’s the perfect answer for applica-
tions in Industrial Controls, Computer Peripherals and a wide
range of others.

FEATURES

• Miniature Size: .81" x .65" x .41", 20.5 x 16 x 10.5mm

• Printed circuit terminals

• Double pole, double throw

• Low cost

• Can be flow soldered

SPECIFICATIONS

• Maximum Voltage: 120% of rated voltage at 20°C

• Must Operate Voltage: 75% of rated voltage at 20°C

• Coil Temperature Rise: 65°C max. at rated voltage

• Insulation Resistance: 100M ohm min. at 500V DC

• Dielectric Strength:

2000V AC 1 minute between coil and terminal
750V AC 1 minute between contacts

• Electric Life: 100,000 operations

• Mechanical Life: 10 million operations

• Contact Material: Silver alloy

• Contact Resistance: 100m ohm max. (4 to 6V DC, 1A)

• Operating Temperature Range: -10°C to +65°C

Rated Voltage (V)

5 DC

6 DC

12 DC

24 DC

Rated Current (mA)

120

100

50

25

Coil Resistance (fi)

42

60

240

960

MAXIMUM LOAD RATING:

125V AC 3A, 250V AC 2.5A, 30V DC 3A
SSD105P (125V AC 5A type) also available
This single pole, double throw miniature relay gives up to
5 Amp switching in a small package only .83" x .63" x .57"
(21 x 16 x 14.4mm) at low cost. It is ideal for use in Computer
Peripherals, Industrial Controls and a wide range of other
applications.

FEATURES

• Miniature Size: .83" x .63" x .57", 21 x 16 x 14.4mm

• Printed circuit terminals

• Single pole, double throw

• Can be flow soldered

SPECIFICATIONS

• Maximum Load Voltage: 150% of rated voltage at 20°C

• Must Operate Voltage: 65% of rated voltage at 20°C

• Coil Temperature Rise: 50°C max. at rated voltage

• Insulation Resistance: 250 ohm min. at 500V DC

• Dielectric Strength:

2000V AC 1 minute between coil and terminal
750V AC 1 minute between contacts

• Surge Voltage Resistance: 7000V DC min. between coil and

terminals at 20°C 65% RH, 40 sec., 3 times

• Electric Life: 100,000 operations

• Mechanical Life: 20 million operations

• Contact Material: Silver alloy

• Contact Resistance: 70m ohm max. (4 to 6V DC, 1A)

• Operating Temperature Range: -30°C to +70°C

Rated Voltage (V)

6 DC

9 DC

12 DC

24 DC

Rated Current (mA)

75

50

37

18.5

Coil Resistance (ft)

80

180

320

1280

Rated Current Tolerance: ±15%-20% at 20° C

HASCO COMPONENTS, INC. / 214-22 WATERS EDGE DRIVE, BAYSIDE, NY 11360 / (212) 428-5155 TWX: 710-582-5750

1*1840

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

LYRE AND LT MINIATURE POWER RELAYS

FEATURES

• Miniature, lightweight relay which requires less mounting
space

• Large switching capacity like 2A, 5A, and 10A, matching for
general purpose

• High reliable relay with dielectric strength, 2000V which
employs the specific construction

• Economical and favorable price for simple construction
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

Contact Material: Gold plated on silver for 2A — Silver cadmium oxide for 5A
Ambient Temperature: —20 to +60°C (not to freeze)

Ambient Humidity: 45 to 85% (not to be dewy)

Operating Time: Less than 20 mS
Release Time: Less than 20 mS

Contact Resistance (at initial): Less than 100 milliohms at 6V DC, 1A
Insulation Resistance: 500V DC, more than 100M Ohms
Dielectric Strength: Between contacts; 500V AC (50/60 Hz) 1 minute —
Between coil and contact; 2,000V AC (50/60 Hz) 1 minute
Vibration: 6G (10 to 55 Hz)

Shock: 10G

(The above mentioned values are at normal temperature and humidity)

I.VDC.OU ADA ATCDI PTIAO , „

LT-1C-2-DC 24

T T

Load Current -I Rated Voltage
2: 2 Amp 6,9,12,24,48

5: 5 Amp
10: 10 Amp

INTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM
(From Bottom View)

IN o — kJlSU — o

LYRE DIMENSIONS

LYRE CONTACT SWITCHING CAPACITY

Max. Applied Load !

Electrical Life

Voltage (V)

Current (A)

Resistance
Load (PF=1)

Inductive
Load (PF = 0.4)

2A

2

0.8

More than
100,000 times

5A

5

2.0

More than
150,000 times

Contact Arrangement: DPDT (Form C)

Power Consumption: DC 1W; AC-50 Hz 1 VA AC-60 Hz 0.85VA
Temperature Rise: DC, Less than 50 deg at rated voltage; AC, Less than
60 deg at rated voltage
Mechanical Life: More than 10 million times

LT CHARACTERISTICS

Contact Arrangement: SPDT (Form C)

Power Consumption: Approx. 0.36W to approx. 0.5W

Temperature Rise: Less than 40 deg after applied max. continuous voltage

LYRE COIL RATING

Rated

Voltage

Resistance
Value (Ohms)

Rated

Power

Pull-in

Voltage

Drop-out

Voltage

Maximum

Continuous

Applied

Voltage

6V DC

35

1.03W

80% or
less than
rated
voltage

10% or
more than

rated

voltage

120% of

rated

voltage

9V DC

80

1.01W

12V DC

145

0.99W

24V DC

560

1.03W

48V DC

2,100

1.10W

Rated

Voltage

Rated Current
(50 Hz/60 Hz)

Rated

Power

Pull-in

Voltage

Drop-out

Voltage

Maximum

Continuous

Applied

Voltage

6V AC

160 mA/136 mA

50 Hz:

1 VA

60 Hz:
0.85VA

80% or
less than
rated
voltage

30% or
more than

rated

voltage

120% of

rated

voltage

12V AC

83 mA/ 71 mA

24V AC

40 mA/ 34 mA

48V AC

21 mA/ 18 mA

100V AC

10 mA/ 8.5 mA

120V AC

8 mA/ 6.8 mA

LT

Coil

Operate Characteristics

Current

Rated

(mA)

Maximum

Continuous

Applied

Voltage

Minimum

Operating

Voltage

Maximum

Release

Voltage

Current (A)

Ohms (<>)

Appearance

Resistance

Load

Inductive

Load'

Mechanical

6

100

60

Red

Less than

More than

HSUS

9

225

40

Yellow

120% of

80% of

10% of

AC 100

2(5)

0.8 (2)

More than

More than

12

30

Blue

rated

rated

rated

DC 24

(cos=1)

(cos = 0.4)

0.1 (0.3)x10 4

10x10 6

24

1,600

15

Green

voltage

voltage

voltage

times

times

48

4,500

10

Transparent

GENERAL, NOTES: Allowable deviation of coil resistance is ±10% at 68°F
Operation characteristics are obtained at 68°F
LT: Parenthesized passages of “load-applied and life" are for silver cadmium oxide contact.

HASCO COMPONENTS, INC. / 214-22 WATERS EDGE DRIVE, BAYSIDE, NY 11360 / (212) 428-5155 TWX: 710-582-5750

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1841

4500

RELAYS

4500

COMPONENTS INC.

HAS/RFT SERIES LOW PROFILE RELAY

COIL RATING

RFT-11 (STANDARD TYPE)

Resistance

Value

RFTL-11 (LATCHING TYPE)

TYPE 122
External dimensions
h 29.6

Internal wiring

r° 4 r-c 1 <

Printed circuit board hole dimensions
I- 29.6 -1 9-1-20

TYPE 124

l~ 2.5 or 2.54

Int ernal wiring

5o- S-o~4 1)3

8o- 'Vo 7 j-o 1 2>6

EoHi- S

11 0- /-0 10 *-o2 ?9

14°“ /-° 1 3 y 12

Printed circuit board hole dimensions
f— - 29.6 -j 15-1.20

L-EErxiirriiiliJni

TYPE 116

External dimensions

r 30 i

Printed circuit board
hole dimensions

Internal wiring

Note: Note polarities
for latching type.

Note: terminals (#3, 4) are provided to latching type only.
Note: *mark holes not required for standard type.

NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN

System

RFT : Standard type
RFTL: Latching type

Type Name

60:60 type relay
11:11 type relay
12:12 type relay
05:05 type relay

RFT — 11 6 E — DC24

T TIT T

Coil’s Rated Voltage

Specification
No Symbol: Standard type
E: Sealing type

Number of Contacts Combination
0:1 make contact 4:4 transfer contact
1 :1 transfer contact 6:6 transfer contact
2:2 transfer contact

Rated

Resistance

Rated

Power

6V DC

P 180

S 180

2.0W

12V DC

P 650

S 650

2.2W

24V DC

P 2500

S 2500

2.3W

48V DC

P 8500

S 8500

2.7W

Pull-in Voltage

80 %V or less than
rated voltage

Drop-out

Voltage

(Reset)

RFTL-114
RFTL-11 6

RFT-12 (STANDARD TYPE)

Rated Resistanc
Type Voltage Value

80% or less
than rated
voltage at
P (set
side coil)

80% or less
than rated
voltage at
S (reset
side coil)

Rated

Voltage

Resistance

Value

Rated

Power

Pull-in

Voltage

Drop-out

Voltage

6V DC

1150

0.13W

12V DC

4300

0.33W

24V DC

. 1,6500

0.35W

80 %V or

10%V or

48V DC

6,0000

0.38W

less than

more than

6V DC

800

0.45W

rated

rated

12V DC

2800

0.51 W

voltage

voltage

24V DC

1,1500

0.50W

48V DC

4,1000

0.56W

RATING PERFORMANCE

Type

Applicable Voltage

Ambient Temperature

Switching Capacity 30V DC

100V AC
(COS0 =

Material Gold plat

Contact Resistance
_ (initial)

0 .^ Contact-to-Contact

« a Contact-to-Coil

55 ®

Contact-to-Ground

Operating Time
Release Time
c

♦E”, No Excitation
<2

a

> Excitation

Insulation Resistance

Dielectric Strength

{= Mechanical

(million times)

Weight

PC Board Mounting Pitch

RFT-11 6 RFT-122/124

80-120% 2T: 80-1 70%

4T: 80-140%

— 10— + 50°C — 10— + 65°C

30V DC 3A

100V AC 3A
(COS0 = 1)

30W (COS0 = 1)

V max 110V DC

1 max — 1 A

Gold plated silver
(may be gold
plated over silver
oxide cadmium)

Movable: Gold clad on

silver palladium
alloy

Stationary: Silver palladium
alloy

Single contact

Twin contact
(card lift off drive)

50 mfi or less

100 mfi or less

—

About 4 PF

—

About 6 PF

—

About 6 PF

About 6 ms

About 7 ms

About 3 ms

About 3 ms

10G

Standard 10G 10G

Latching 5G 10G

20G

20G | 20 G

| 1,000 Mfi or more at 500V DC j

Contact-to-
contact 1 ,000V

AC 1 minute
Contact-to-coil
2,500V 1 minute

Contact-to-contact

750V AC 1 minute
Contact-to-coil

1,000V AC 1 minute

10

4T : 100 100

6T : 50 100

100 thousand
(max. load)

5 million times
(24V DC 1 A resistance load)

About lOg

4T: About 15g 2T: About 13c
6T: About 20g 4T: About 15c

15mm

12.5mm

HASCO COMPONENTS, INC. / 214-22 WATERS EDGE DRIVE, BAYSIDE, NY 11360 / (212) 428-5155 TWX: 710-582-5750

1*1842 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

EEM 1983

TYPE HAS/RKT RELAY- Recommendable

Miniature Relay for P.C. Board Mounting

FEATURES

• Miniature DPDT relay just fitting for P.C. board mounting and
makes it possible to minimize the equipment.

• Flow solder is available.

• Employing 16 Pin, 1C pitch and very easy to design the P.C.
board.

© Very reasonable price.

• Seal type is also available.

DIMENSIONS

External Dimension

■

Internal Wiring
(Top View)

9 ,11 13 16

P.C. Board Drilling Design

COIL RATING

Nomenclature

Rated

Voltage

Coil

Resistance

Pull-in

Voltage

Drop-out

Voltage

RKT/HAS (E)-5

5V DC

45 ohms

Less than

75% of
rated voltage

Less than

10% of
rated voltage

RKT/HAS (E)-6

6V DC

60 ohms

RKT/HAS (E)-9

9V DC

140 ohms

RKT/HAS (E)-12

12V DC

280 ohms

RKT/HAS (E)-24

24V DC

1 ,070 ohms

RKT/HAS (E)-48

48V DC

4,000 ohms

As for the resistance value, pull-in voltage and drop-out voltage, they show
the value at ambient temperature, 20°C, and the tolerance is ±10%.

RATING — PERFORMANCE

Applicable Voltage: ±15% of rated voltage

Ambient Temperature: -25°C to +50°C (But not to be frozen)

Contact Specification:

Contact Arrangement: DPDT

Max. Switching Wattage: 60VA/30W (Max. voltage 125V AC
or DC, Max. current 1.25 Amp)

Material: Silver alloy (Gold clad contact is also available
upon request)

Contact Resistance: Less than 100 milliohms (Initial value)
Operating Time: Approx. 6 ms
Release Time: Approx. 5 ms

Anti-shock: False operation Approx. 20G — Endurance 100 G

Anti-vibration: False operation 10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm — Endurance
10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm

Insulation Resistance: More than 100 Meg. ohms at 500V DC

Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC 1 minute (Contact to coil) —
500V AC 1 minute (Contact to contact)

Life Expectancy: Mechanical 10 million times — Electrical
more than 200 thousand at resistive load (110V AC 0.3 Amp,
24V DC 1.25 Amp)

Weight: Approx. 4.5 g

Position

RKT/HAS (Unsealed)

RKTE/HAS (Sealed)

A

Max. 21

Max. 22.5

B

Max. 11.5

Max. 12.5

C

Max. 10.5

Max. 12.5

D

3.4

2.8

NOMENCLATURE BREAKDOWN
RKT/HAS E — 24
Type name 1 ~ f T

E; Sealed type — Nothing; Unsealed type

Coil voltage

HASCO COMPONENTS, INC. / 214-22 WATERS EDGE DRIVE, BAYSIDE, NY 11360 / (212) 428-5155 TWX: 710-582-5750

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1843

4500 RELAYS 4500

FEATURES

• Relay is current sensitive on input stage and can be used with
either 5, 12, 24 and 28 volt systems

• Low Cost.

• TTL Compatibility.

• Optical Isolation, to 2500V AC.

• No false turn-on.

• Low offset voltage, able to switch low and high level.

• Low off-state leakage current.

• Ability to switch AC or DC, up to 600V.

• High transient immunity.

• Packaging flexibility, plastic mini-dip or metal can TO-5.

• Absence of switching RFI.

DESCRIPTION

The PHOTEC 107 is a State-Of-The-Art AC/DC solid state relay
incorporating an infrared LED input, and a photovoltaic diode
array connected to the gates of a pair of high voltage MOSFETS
as the output. The photovoltaic diode array is a series-
connected group of photosensitive diodes, which are elec-
trically isolated from, but optically coupled to, the input LED.
Input/Output isolation is rated at 2500 V-RMS.

When activated, the LED emits infrared light toward the photo-
voltaic diode array, which then responds with a self-generated
open circuit voltage, Voc, proportional to the input current.
This Voc, which is floating and completely isolated from any
power supply, is applied to the gates of the MOSFETS. At the
proper value of input LED current, the generated Voc is suffi-
cient to turn on the MOSFETS and cause the relay to conduct.
The relay is current sensitive on input stage and can be used
with either 5, 12, 24 and 28 volt systems.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (25°C unless otherwise stated)

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATING

PHOTEC 107

PHOTEC 108

Input (control) Current, continuous

100 mA

100 mA

Input Current, peak (100 /is)

250 mA

250 mA

Load Current, continuous

10 mA

100 mA

Load Current, peak (100 /is)

20 mA

250 mA

Load Voltage, DC or peak AC — 1

200V

300V

—2

400V

400V

— 3

600V

Operating Temperature

-20°C to 80°C

—20°C to 80°C

Storage Temperature

— 20°C to 100°C

— 20°C to 100°C

INPUT CHARACTERISTICS

Parameter

Condition

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Condition

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Input Voltage Drop

1 in = 10 mA

—

1.25

1.70

V

Iin = 10mA

■—

1.25

1.70

V

Input Reverse Leakage Current

Vr = 5V

—

—

20.0

(ik

Vr = 5V

—

—

20.0

M

Turn-on Voltage

II — 1 mA, Vi = rated voltage

—

—

3.0

V

II = 1 mA, Vl = rated voltage

—

—

3.0

V

Turn-off Voltage

II = 1 mA, Vi = rated voltage

1.0

—

—

V

II = 1 mA, Vl = rated voltage

1.0

—

—

V

Isolation (input to output)

2500

—

—

Vrms

2500

—

—

VDC

Input to Output Capacitance

—

10.0

—

pf

—

10

—

Pf

OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS

Off-State Leakage Current — 1

Vl = 200V

0.10

1.0

jttA

Vl = 300V

1.0

10

/iA

—2

Vl = 400V

—

0.10

1.0

Vl = 400V

—

1.0

10

M

—3

Vl = 600V

—

0.10

1.0

M

On Resistance — 1

I in = 10 mA, II = 1 mA

800

Ohms

Iin = 10 mA, II = 10 mA

—

70

Ohms

—2

1 in = 10 mA, It = 1 mA

—

—

1000

Ohms

Iin = 10 mA, II = 10 mA

—

—

100

Ohms

— 3

Iin = 10 mA, II = 1 mA

—

—

1200

Ohms

Switching Speed

Turn-on Time

.

Iin = 10 mA, II = 1 mA

300

/is

Iin = 10 mA, II = 10 mA

350

/is

Turn-off Time

Iin = 10 mA, II = 1 mA

—

350

—

/is

Iin = 10 mA, !l = 10 mA

—

500

—

/is

Offset Voltage

Iin = 10 mA

—

5

—

Iin = 10 mA

—

10

—

AV

HASCO COMPONENTS, INC. / 214-22 WATERS EDGE DRIVE, BAYSIDE, NY 11360 / (212) 428-5155 TWX: 710-582-5750

1*1844

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

• Ceramic Caps, Discs, Feed Thru • Ferrites • Meters • Motors, fractional H.P. • Semiconductors • Switches • Speakers • Trimmer Pots

GENERAL PURPOSE RELAYS

ECONOMY PLUG-IN TYPE — SERIES PR

General purpose relay enclosed in a clear polycarbonate dust cover. The PR Relay is a
ruggedly constructed, UL recognized relay; available in contact arrangements up
through 3 form C (3PDT) and with a mechanical life of 10 million operations, minimum.
Approximate weight: 3 oz. (85 g). Other features include:

• Manual test access standard

• Anti-shock base construction

• Indicator lamp available

• Extremely low priced

Technical Specifications

nCMCDAI . _ .

OPERATE TIME

15 ms. max. @ nominal voltage
RELEASE TIME
10 ms max.

LIFE EXPECTANCY

Mechanical: 10 million operations
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH

1500 VRMS 60 Hz Hipot test between all elements

INSULATION RESISTANCE

100 M 0 minimum

TEMPERATURE RANGE

PR relays will operate continuously in ambient

temperatures of -45° to 75° C for D.C. coils and -45° to

55° C for A.C. coils.

CONTACTS:

CONTACT RATING/MATERIAL

Contact material Ag-CdO (other materials on request)

Contact rating (Resistive) 10 A @ 240 VAC max.

. Contact rating (Inductive) 'A H.P. @ 240 VAC - 1 phase.

CONTACT ARRANGEMENTS

All types of the Series PR are available in standard

contact arrangements up to 3PDT.

AGENCY APPROVALS:

U.L. recognized

A /T\ ■ ■ rV AT* .

vviii. un m.

COIL VOLTAGE/RESISTANCE

D.C. COILS

A.C. COILS

VOLTS

D.C.

RESIST-

ANCE

VOLTS

D.C.

RESIST-

ANCE

6

29

6

4.2

12

105

12

17

24

420

24

70

110

8400

120

1300

220

8400 *

240

6700

COIL RESISTANCE

Standard coils are available with a tolerance of plus or minus

10% measured in an ambient of 20 °C.

* Coils for DC versions may be supplied only for voltages not ex-
ceeding 110V. In the event of 220V. IOkOhm/2 W series
resistors are supplied along with the relays, to be connected in
series with the energizing winding.

PULL-IN VOLTAGE
80% of nominal
POWER CONSUMPTION

Rated

voltage

DC relays

AC relays

6— 48V

1.3 W approx. 1

2 VA (50 Hz)

60— 110V

1.5 W approx. (

approx.

220 V

2.5 W approx, with l

1.8 VA (60 Hz)

series resistor )

approx.

ORDERING INFORMATION:

□ PR

T TYPE

58: Octal Plug-In
59: 11-Pin- Plug-In

□

CONTACTS

A: SPDT
B: DPDT
C: 3PDT

□

- □

i

COIL

0: D.C.

VOLTAGE

6: 60Hz,

A.C. |

006... 6V

012... 12V

024... 24V

048... 48V

060... 60V

110. ..110V

220... 220V

ISKRA ELECTRONICS INC.

8 GREENFIELD RD., SYOSSET, NY 11791 • (516) 364-2616

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1845

4500

RELAYS

4500

TTT

1 Mi Components

A Unit of international Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

Sub Miniature

Printed Circuit Board Relays

MZ RELAY

1 Amp SPDT
L — 0.606",

W — 0.449",

H — 0.433"

CONTACT DATA

RZ RELAY

] Amp DPDT
L — 0.795",

1W — 0.386",

H — 0.457"

CONTACT DATA

Arrangement — 2 Form C, single cross-bar

Arrangement — 1 Form C single cross-bar
Material — Gold overlay silver-palladium alloy
Load —50 /iA to 1A @ 30V DC or 120V AC, resistive

Life — Mehanical: 20 million operations minimum

Electrical: 0.5 x 10* operations minimum at 1A, 24V DC, resistive

liming — Operate: < 3ms (standard type), < 6 ms (high sensitive type)
Release: < 1ms

COIL DATA (@ 20°C)

Operate power — 220mW (standard type), lOOmW (high sensitive type)
Nominal power — 450mW standard type), 200mW (high sensitive type)
Maximum power — 1W

Material — Gold overlay silver-palladium base

Load — Maximum switched power: 30W/50VA

Maximum switched current: 1.25A AC or DC
Maximum switched voltage: 150V DC/125V AC

Life — Mechanical: 20 million operations minimum

Electrical: 0.5 x 10* operations minimum at rated load

Timing — Operate: < 4ms
Release: < 2ms

COIL DATA (@ 20°C)

Operate power — < 230mW minimum
Nominal power — 515-560mW
Maximum power — 1050mW

Standard Coil and Contact Combinations (20°C)

Nominal

Voltage

Operate

Voltage

Maximum

Continuous

Voltage

Coll

Resistance

±10%,

Ohms

Ordering

Code

List

Price

Standard types

1.5

1.05

2.0

5

MZ-1.5HG

3

2.1

4.1

20

MZ-3HG

5

3.5

6.8

56

MZ-5HG

$2.15

6

4.2

8.1

80

$2.15

9

6.3

12.2

$2.15

12

8.4

16.2

320

MZ-12HG

$2.15

24

16.8

32.4

1280

MZ-24HG

$2.15

High sensitive types

WKEM

■B

mmam

KESEEEfl

$2.40

Tfd m

$2.40

1 M

$2.40

6

4.2

12.0

180

$2.40

9

6.3

18.0

400

MZ-9HS

$2.40

12

8.4

24.0

700

MZ-12HS

$2.40

24

16.8

48.0

2800

MZ-24HS

$2.40

GENERAL DATA

Dielectric Strength — 50OV AC between open contacts
1000V AC between all other points
Surge Strength — 1500V AC between all conductors
Temperature Range — -40°C to +65°C

Standard Coil and Contact Combinations (20°C)

Operate

Voltage

Maximum

Continuous

Voltage

Coil

Resistance

±10%,

Ohms

Ordering

Code

List

Price

HEM

HEQH

45

RZ-5

■KISH

66

RZ-6

$3.30

140

RZ-9

$3.30

:H£M

■n

280

RZ-12

$3.30

24

1070

RZ-24

$3.30

■KEM

Hk-zJkhI

4000

RZ-48

$3.90

SY/SZ RELAY

RY RELAY

I Amp DPDT
L_ 0.795",

W — 0.386",

H — 0.472"

CONTACT DATA

Arrangement — 2 Form C, bifurcated cross-bar
Material — Gold overlay silver-palladium base
Load — Maximum switched power: 60VA, 24W

Maximum switched current: 1.25A AC or DC
Maximum switched voltage: 200V AC, 150V DC
Life — Mechanical: 20 million operations minimum

Electrical: 0.5 x 10 6 operations minimum at 1A 24V DC

0.2 x 10 6 operations minimum at 0.5A 120V AC
Timing — Operate: <6ms
Release: < 3ms

COIL DATA (@ 20°C)

Operate power — < 75mW
Nominal power — l50mW
Maximum power— 1W

GENERAL DATA

Dielectric Strength — 500V AC between open contacts
1000V AC between all other points
Surge Strength — 1500V AC between all conductors
Temperature Range — — 40°C to +85°C

Standard Coil and Contact Combinations (20°C)

Nominal

Voltage

Operate

Voltage

Maximum

Continuous

Voltage

Coil

Resistance

±10%,

Ohms

Ordering

Code

List

Price

5

3.6

12.5

167

RY-5W

$3.90

6

4.3

15.0

240

RY-6W

$3.90

9

6.4

22.5

540

RY-9W

$3.90

12

8.5

30.0

960

RY-12W

$3.90

24

16.8

51.6

RY-24W

$3.90

32.6

84.0

RY-48W

$4.70

1 Amp SPDT
L — 0.492"

W — 0.291"

H — 0.374"

CONTACT DATA

Arrangement — 1 Form C Single crossbar
Material — Stationary: Gold overlaid silver-palladium
Moveable: Silver-palladium
Ratings — 0.5A, 120V AC or 1A, 24V DC (resistive)

Life Expectancy — Mechanical: Min. 5 million operations

Electrical: Min. 200,000 operations at rated load

COIL DATA

Power (at 20°C) — Operate: SZ 0.15W (0.16W for 18V, 0.18W for 24V
SY .075W

Nominal: SZ 0.3W (0.32W for 18V, 0.36W for 24V
SY .150W
Maximum: 0.75W

GENERAL DATA

Dielectric Strength — 500V AC (50/60HZ), between all live parts
Temperature Range — SZ -40°C to +70°C (18V coil):

(at nominal voltage) — 40°C to +65°C (24V coil): — 30°C to +60°C
SY — 40°C to +90°C

Nominal
Coil Voltage

Coil

Resistance

Operate

Voltage

Type No.

List

Price

3

30

2.1

SZ-3

$2.30

4.5

67

3.2

SZ-4.5

$2.30

5.5

100

3.9

SZ-5

$2.30

9

270

6.3

SZ-9

$2.30

12

480

8.4

SZ-12

$2.30

18

1000

12.6

SZ-18

$2.30

24

1600

16.8

SZ-24

$2.30

5

167

3.5

SY-5

$2.50

6

240

4.2

SY-6

$2.50

9

540

6.3

SY-9

$2.50

12

960

8.4

SY-12

$2.50

in COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California 92705 • Phone: (714) 751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389

1-1846

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

TTT

LJLJ Components

A Unit of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

Miniature

Printed Circuit Board Relays

SM RELAYS

0.5 Amps DPDT, SPDT

L — 0.618", 0.618"

W — 0.504", 0.394"

H — 0.380", 0.390"

CONTACT DATA
Arrangement — 2 Form C, 1 Form C, bifurcated crossbar
Material — Gold-silver nickel, bifurcated crossbar
Load — Maximum switched power: 30VA, resistive
Maximum switched current: 0.5A, resistive
Maximum switched voltage: 100V, resistive
Life — Mechanical: 200 million operations minimum

Electrical: 0.5 x 10 6 operations minimum at rated load
Timing — Operate: < 3.5ms
Release: < 2ms

bounce: < 0.7ms on operate,' < oms on' reiease

COIL DATA (@ 20°C)

Operate power — lOOmW — DPDT, 85mW — SPDT
Nominal power — 200mW — DPDT, 170mW — SPDT
Maximum power — 1.0W — DPDT or SPDT
Standard Coil and Contact Combinations (20°C)

Nominal

Voltage

IBB

Maximum

Continuous

Voltage

Coil

Resistance
±10%, Ohms

Ordering

Code

9

■251

5

3.6

12.1

148

SM1-D1101

$5.30

12

8.6

29.0

852

SM1-D1102

$5.30

24

17.1

57.6

3350

SM1-D1103

48

34.1 .

117

13,830

SM1-D1104

$6.30

11.9

135

mzwR €

$7.75

28.6

724

i! m

$7.75

17.0

57.1

2760

$7.75

34.1

114.2

mmm i

PZ & PZM

L— 1.142",
W — 0.677",
H — 0.591"

L— 1.142",
W — 0.977",
H — 0.630"

1 Amp DPDT, 4PDT, 6PDT, DPST

RELAYS

w — 1.386",

H —0.866" PZ-6,
0.590" PZ-6F

CONTACT DATA

Arrangement — 2 Form C, 4 Form C, 6 Form C, 2 Form A
Material -Silver-palladium, bifurcated crossbar
Gold-silver, bifurcated crossbar
Load — Maximum switched power: 30VA, resistive
Maximum switched current: 1A, resistive
Maximum switched voltage: 100V, resistive
Life — Mechanical: PZ types: 2 x 10 8 operations minimum
PZM types: 5 x 10 6 operations minimum
Electrical: AgPd types: 3 x 10 6 operations at rated load, minimum
AuAg types: 5 x 10 5 operations at rated load, minimum
Timing — Operate: PZ-2: < 10ms, PZ-4: < 9ms, PZ-6: < 13ms,

PZ-2A: < 12ms

Release: PZ-2, 4: < 3ms, PZ-6: < 4 ms, PZ-2A: < 2.5ms,

PZM-2: < 8ms

PZM-4: < 18ms, PZM-6 (1 winding): < 19ms, PZM-6
(2 windings): < 3.5ms
Bounce: 4ms on operate

PZ(M)-2: < 1.5ms, PZ(M)-4: < 6 ms, PZ-6 < 4ms,
PZM-6: < 6ms

COIL DATA (@ 20°C)

Operate power — PZ-2: 0.5W, PZ-4: 0.5W, PZ-6: 0.4W, PZ-2 A: 0.3W
PZM-2: 1.1W, PZM-4: 1W, PZM-6 (1 winding): 1W
Nominal Power — PZ-2: 0.6-0.8W, PZ4: 0.6-0.9W, PZ-6: 0.5-0.7W, PZ-2 A:
0.35-0.45W

PZM-2: 1.3W, PZM-4: 1.2W, PZM-6 (1 winding): 1.2W
Maximum power — PZ-2:1W, PZ-4: 2W, PZ-6: 2.8W, PZ-2A: 1W

PZM-2: 1.1W, PZM-4: 1W, PZM-6 (1 winding): 1W

Coil Data — Standard Relays

DC

Nominal

Voltage

Coil

Resistance
±10%, Ohms

Ordering Code

List Price

Ag/Pd

Contacts*

Au/Ag

Contacts!

Ag/Pd

Au/Ag

PZ-2

6

60

A 2400

A 2405

$5.00

$6.90

12

210

A 2410

A 2415

$5.00

$6.90

18

500

A 2412

A 2417

$5.00

$6.90

24

850

A 2420

A 2425

$5.00

$6.90

36

1600

A 2430

A 2435

$5.00

$6.90

48

3000

A 2440

A 2445

t $5.00

$6.90

PZ-2A

6

90

B 70100

B 70105

$5^00

$6.90

12

360

B 70110

B 70115

$5.00

$6.90

18

780

B 70112

B 70117

$5.00

$6.90

24

1350

B 70120

B 70125

$5.00

$6.90

36

3000

B 70130

B 70135

$5.00

$6.90

48

5500

B 70140

B 70145

$5.00

1 $6.90

. P7-4 .

6

40

A 2640

A 2645

$6.20

$9.70

12

210

A 2600

A 2605 !

$6.20

$9.70

18

450

A 2611

A 2616

$6.20

$9.70

24

850

A 2610

A 2615

$6.20

i $9.70

36

1600

A 2620

A 2625

$6.20

$9.70

48

3000

A 2630

A 2635

$6.20

$9.70

60

4800

A 2650

A 2655

$6.20

$9.70

PZ-6

6

66

A 2800

A 2805

$9.00

$13.80

12

A 2810

A 2815

$9.00

$13.80

18

520

A 2812

A 2817

$9.00

$13.80

24

900

A 2820

A 2825

$9.00

$13.80

36

1900

A 2830

A 2835

$9.00

$13.80

48

3600

A 2845

$9.00

$13.80

60

6100

A 2850

A 2855

$9.00

$13.80

* Silver Palladium alloy, 70% Silver, 30% Palladium
t Gold/Silver alloy, 80% Gold, 20% Silver

PZ-6F

6

55

A 46400

A 46405

$8.35

H

12

210

A 46410

A 46415

$8.35

$12.70

18

450

A 46412

A 46417

$8.35

$12.70

24

870

A 46420

A 46425

$8.35

$12.70

36

1800

A 46430

A 46435

$8.35

48

3250

A 46440

A 46445

$8.35

$12.70

60

5200

A 46444

A 46449

$8.35

$12.70

Coil Data — Latching Relaystt

Ordering Code

List Price

■mesh

Ag/Pd

Au/Ag

Voltage

±10%, Ohms

Contacts*

Contacts!

Ag/Pd

Au/Ag

PZM-2

6

12

18

24

36

48

PZM-4

6

26

B 2500

B 2505

$8.60

$11.70

12

120

B 2510

B 2515

$8.60

$11.70

18

240

B 2520

B 2525

$8.60

$11.70

24

460

B 2530

B 2535

$8.60

$11.70

36

1260

B 2540

B 2545

$8.60

$11.70

48

1840

B 2550

B 2555

$8.60

$11.70

60

2900

B 2560

B 2565

$8.60

$11.70

PZM-6, 1 WINDING

6

12

18

24

36

48

60

PZM-6, 2 WINE

INGS

6/6

12/12

24/24

48/48

60/19

240/110

900/360

1460/1400

B 2600

B 2610

B 2630

B 2650

B 2605

B 2615

B 2635

B 2655

$12.00

$12.00

$12.00

$12.00

$16.30

$16.30

$16.30

$16.30

ft Remanant latch — designed for pulse operation. For additional technical
information contact factory.

27

B 2700

B 2705

$10.20

$14.50

120

B 2710

B 2715

$10.20

$14.50

260

B 2720

B 2725

$10.20

$14.50

560

B 2730

B 2735

$10.20

$14.50

1090

B 2740

B 2745

$10.20

$14.50

2080

B 2750

B 2755

$10.20

$14.50

3300

B 2760

B 2765

$10.20

$14.50

26

B 2400

B 2405

$7.50

$9.00

120

B 2410

B 2415

$7.50

$9.00

240

B 2420

B 2425

$7.50

$9.00

480

B 2430

B 2435

$7.50

$9.00

930

B 2440

B 2445

$7.50

$9.00

1980

B 2450

B 2455

$7.50

$9.00

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California 92705 • Phone: (714) 751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1847

4500

RELAYS

4500

TTT

" " " Components

A Unit of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

Sub Miniature

Printed Circuit Board Relays

LZ RELAY

5 Amp SPDT
L — 0.843",

W — 0.646",

H _ 0.583"

CONTACT DATA
Arrangement — 1 Form C
Material — 5A type: Gold overlay silver-nickel alloy (single)

3A type: Gold overlay silver (single)

1A type: Gold overlay silver-palladium alloy (bifurcated)

Load — 5A type: 5A @ 24V DC or 120V AC, 4A @ 240V AC resistive, Va HP

3A type: 3A @ 30V DC or 120V AC, 2.5A @ 240V AC resistive, Vio HP

1A type: 1A @ 30V DC or 120V AC, resistive
Life — Mechanical: 20 million operations minimum

Electrical: 0.1 x 10 6 operations minimum at rated load
Timing — Operate: < Sms (standard type), < 6ms (high sensitive type)
Release: < 2ms

COIL DATA (@ 20°C)

Operate power — 210mW (standard type), 150mW (high sensitive type)
Nominal power — 450mW (standard type), 330mW (high sensitive type)
Maximum power — 1.4W

Standard Coil and Contact Combinations (20°C)

* Add $0.10 to 3A List Price

GZ RELAY

5 Amp DPDT
L — 1.098",

JW — 0.728",

H — 0.866"

CONTACT DATA

Arrangement — 2 Form C

Material — Heavy duty type: Gold overlay silver-nickel alloy (single)
Standard type: Gold overlay silver-nickel alloy (single)
Low level type: Gold overlay silver-palladium (bifurcated)
Life — Mechanical: 10 million operations minimum

Electrical: 0.1 x 106 operations minimum at rated load

Timing — Operate: < 10ms
Release: < 5ms

ITT-2R ITT-2H RELAY

10 Amps DPDT
L — 1.098",

W — 0.843",

H — 1.362"

CONTACT DATA
Arrangement — 2 Form C
Materials — Gold flashed silver, button
Load — 10A type: 10A @ 30V DC/120V AC, resistive, 1/4 HP
5A type: 5A @ 30V DC/120V AC, resistive, Va HP
Life — Mechanical: 50 million operations minimum

Electrical: 10A type: 0.1 x 106 operations minimum at rated load
5A type: 0.5 x 106 operations minimum at rated load
Timing — Operate: < 20ms

Release: < 20ms (AC relays), < 10ms (DC relays)

COIL DATA (@ 20°C)

Operate power — 500-575mW (DC relays), 2.0-2.3VA (AC relays)

Nominal power — 900mW (DC relays), 1.2VA (AC relays)

Maximum power — 2.2W (DC relays), 2.7VA (AC relays)

Standard Coil and Contact Combinations (20°C)

5 Amp 4PDT
L — 1.098",

W — 0.843",

H — 1.362"

CONTACT DATA

Arrangement — 4 Form C
Material — 5A type: Gold-flashed silver-cadmium-oxide, button
3A type: Gold-flashed silver, button
1A type: Gold-silver alloy, cross-bar
Load — 5A type: 5A @ 30V DC/120V AC, resistive, Va HP
3A type: 3A @ 30V DC/120V AC, resistive, Vio HP
1A type: 1A @ 30V DC/120V AC, resistive
Life — Mechanical: 5A and 3A types: 50 million operations minimum

1A type: 20 million (DC relays), 10 million (AC relays)
operations minimum

Electrical: 0.2 x 106 operations minimum at rated load
Timing — Operate: < 20ms

Release: < 20ms (AC relays), < 10ms (DC relays)

ITT-4 RELAYS

COIL DATA (@ 20°C)

Operate power — 270mW
Nominal power — 650mW
Maximum power — 1W

Standard Coil and Contact Combinations (20°C)

COIL DATA (@ 20°C)

Operate power — 500mW (DC relays), 2.0VA (AC relays)
Nominal power — 900mW (DC relays), 1.2VA (AC relays)
Maximum power — 2.2W (DC relays), 2.7W (AC relays)

Standard Coil and Contact Combinations (20°C)

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California 92705 • Phone: (714) 751-3900 • TWX-. 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389

1*1848

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

TTT

BIB Components

A Unit of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

Miniature Power Relays

VB/VS RELAY

VF RELAY

SPECIFICATIONS

VB/VS

CONTACT DATA

Arrangement — 1 Form A, B or C 10 Amp (VS)

2 Form A, B or C 5 Amp (VB)

Material — Silver Nickel (Standard)

Rating — 5 or 10 Amp at 24V DC or 240V AC
Vs or 1/3 HP 120V AC motor load
Inrush Current — 51 or 78A at 120 V AC
Max. Carrying Current — 7A or 14A
Life Expectancy — Mechanical 5 million operations
Electrical: 100,000 operations at 5 or 10A 24V DC or 240V AC
200,000 operations at 5 or 10A 120V AC resistive
3.5 or 7A 24V DC or 240V AC
30,000 operations at i/e or Vz 120V AC motor load

COIL DATA

Nominal Voltage — 3 to 60V DC

Power (at 20°C) — Nominal: 0.72W Standard Type

0.53W High Sensitive Type
Operate: 0.35W Standard Type

0.26W High Sensitive Type
Maximum: 1.4W

GENERAL

Dielectric Strength — Min. 1000V AC between open contact

Min. 5000V AC between all other conductors
Insulation Resistance — Min. lOOOMft at 500V DC between conductors
Surge Strength — 10,000V
Temperature Range — (TV types) -30°C to +50°C

(Standard types) -30°Cto +65°C
(Sensitive types) -30°C to +75°C

Standard Coil and Contact Combinations

Type

Nominal
Voltage
DC (V)

Coil

Resistance
-10% at
20°C (V)

Must
Operate
Voltage at
20°C (V)

DPDT

Ordering

Code

SPDT

Ordering

Code

3

12.5

21

VB-3TAU-E

VS-3TAU-E

5

36

35

5

5

6

50

42

6

6

9

115

63

9

9

Standard

12

200

84

12

12

18

460

126

18

18

24

820

168

24

24

48

3300

336

48

48

60

5100

420

60

60

3

17

21

VB-3STAU-E

VS-3STAU-E

5

47

35

5

5

6

68

42

6

6

High

9

155

63

9

9

Sensitive

12

270

84

12

12

18

610

126

18

15

24

1100

168

24

24

48

4400

336

48

48

60

6800

420

60

60

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California

CONTACT DATA

Arrangement — 1 Form A

Qilwnr Allrvw

Rating:

Rating

Maximum
Inrush Current

Classification

Resistive

Motor Load

H

30A 250V AC

2HP 25A 250 V AC

70A 200V AC

M

25A 250V AC

1.5HP 20A 250V AC

60A 200V AC

L

20A 250V AC

1HP 15A 250V AC

55A 100VAC

Maximum Carry Current — 30A

Life Expectancy — Mechanical: 5 million operations

Electrical: 200,000 operations at motor load
100,000 operations at resistive load

COIL DATA

Nominal Voltage — 3 to 60V DC

Power (at 20°C) — Nominal: 1.2W
Operate: 0.59W
Maximum.- 3.0W

GENERAL DATA

Dielectric Strength — 1200V AC between open contacts

4000V AC between all other conductors

Insulation Resistance — lOOOMft (min.) at 500V DC
Surge Voltage — 10,000V

Timing (approx.) — Operate: 15ms at nominal
Release: 3ms at nominal

Weight — 55 gr
Vibration — 10 - 55Hz
Shock — 20G

ORDERING CODE

Contact Rating |

Coil Data at 20°C

30A

25A

20A

Nominal

Coil

Voltage

Coil

Resistance
in Ohms
±10%

Must

Operate

Voltage

VF-6HU

VF-6MU

VF-6LU

6 V DC

30

4.2

VF-9HU

VF-9MU

VF-9LU

9 V DC

67

6.3

VF-12HU

VF-12MU

VF-12LU

12V DC

120

8.4

VF-24HU

VF-24MU

VF-24LU

24V DC

480

16.8

VF-48HU

VF-48MU

VF-48LU

48V DC

1920

33.6

Note: Printed Circuit Coil terminals type available (prefix VFB).

92705 • Phone:(714) 751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1849

4500

RELAYS

4500

TTT

■Mn 1 li. Components

A Unit of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

Miniature Cradle

Type Relays T154/T163, k, mhs

• One Piece Core and Yoke giving improved mag-
netic efficiency and stability

• One Piece Bobbin and Terminal gives rigid coil
terminations

• Polycarbonate Insulation — negligible moisture
absorption ensuring stability of spring-set ad-
justment

• Underwriters Laboratories Recognized (#E57102)

• CSA Approval (LR 38310-1)

ITT Type 24/25/26 miniature relays are fully interchangeable
in form fit and function with all well known cradle types. 2, 4
and 6 Form C is standard; 2, 4 or 6 Form A or B is available on
request. A variety of contact materials is available in single and
twin light duty. Heavy duty single contacts and sensitive ver-
sions, are also available.

Several options are available to meet different load require-
ments. Single silver contacts are excellent for loads up to 2A.
Twin (bifurcated) contacts should be used for carrying low
loads, 100mA and lower (dry circuits). Heavy duty single cad-
mium oxide contacts give 5A ratings. Twin contacts are avail-
able in gold alloy or fine silver. Dimensions: L — .95" (24). 1.18"
(25), 1.4" (26); W — .74"; H — 1.2"

Nominal

Voltage

—

1 Nominal
| Voltage

fanm WtT

Type 24 Current Sensitive Adjustments Available

| Type 26 Current Sensitive Adjustments Available

6

12

24

48

6

12

24

52

185

700

2500

200

800

3200

2C

2A

Single

Bar

24A02C09C

24A02C14C

24A02C20C

24A02C24C

24A02C58C

24A02C61C

24A02C64C

$5.55

$5.55

$5.55

$5.75

$6.05

$6.05

$6.05

28

90

430

1700

80

320

1200

6C

2A

Single

Bar

26A06C08C

26A06C11C

26A06C18C

26A06C23C

26A06C55C

26A06C59C

26A06C62C

$ 9.90
$ 9.90
$ 9.90
$10.10
$11.50
$11.50
$11.50

6

12

24

48

6

12

24

52

185

700

2500

200

800

3200

■

24A12C09C
24A12C14C
24A12C20C
24A12C24C
24A12C58C
24A12C61C i
24A12C64C !

$6.00

$6.00

$6.00

$6.20

$6.40

$6.40

$6.40

28

90

430

1700

80

320

1200

6C

2A

Twin

Bar

26A16C08C

26A16C11C

26A16C18C

26A16C23C

26A16C55C

26A16C59C

26A16C62C

$11.50

$11.50

$11.50

$11.50

$12.35

$12.35

$12.35

6

12

24

48

6

12

24

52

185

700

2500

200

800

3200

2C

5A

Single

Bar

24D02C09C!
24D02C14Ci
24D02C20C j
24D02C24C:
24D02C58C
24D02C61C
24D02C64C

$5.85

$5.85

$5.85

$6.05

$6.25

$6.25

$6.25

6

12

24

48

6

12

24

28

90

430

1700

80

320

1200

6C

5A

Single

Bar

26D06C08C

26D06C11C

26D06C18C

26D06C23C

26D06C55C

26D06C59C

26D06C62C

$10.65

$10.65

$10.65

$10.65

$11.80

$11.80

$11.80

Type 2

5 Curren

t Sensitiv

e Adjustm

ents Available

iBBl

SOCKETS

u

52

185

700

2500

110

450

1800

4C

2A

Single

Bar

25A04C09C
25A04C14C i
25A04C20C j
25A04C24C
25A04C56C 1
25A04C60C 1
25A04C63C

$6.40

$6.40

$6.40

$6.55

$6.95

$6.95

$6.95

Terminal

Style

No.

Poles

Ordering

Code*

List

Price

Solder

P.C.

P.C.

2

2

2

N.A.

In Line
Staggered

FO10

FOR 10
FRIO

Solder

P.C.

P.C.

4

4

4

N.A.

In Line
Staggered

F016

FOR 16
FR16

H

mm

52

185

700

2500

110

450

1800

4C

2A

Twin

Bar

25A14C09C

25A14C14C ;

25A14C20C!

25A14C24C

25A14C56C

25A14C60C

25A14C63C

$7.05

$7.05

$7.05

$7.20

$7.60

$7.60

$7.60

Solder

P.C.

P.C.

6

6

6

N.A.

In Line
Staggered

F022

FOR22

FR22

52

185

700

2500

110

450

1800

4C

5A

Single

Bar

25D04C09C

25D04C14C

25D04C20C

25D04C24C

25D04C56C

25D04C60C

25D04C63C

$6.85

$6.85

$6.85

$7.05

$7.35

$7.35

$7.35

RETAINER SPRING

Relay

Poles

Clip Ordering Code

Price

24

25

26

2

4

6

HF103

HF163

HF223

$ .10
$ .10
$ .11

* Terminal designation (solder lug — “C”; P.C. — “E”)

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California 92705 • Phone: (714) 751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389
For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1*1850

4500

RELAYS

4500

TTT

JLhLi Jh Components

A Unit of International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation

Solid-State

Relays

ITT Components offers a full line of Solid-State Relays to cover a wide range of
switching and isolation applications where long life, environmental ruggedness,
low RFI, no contact bouncing and logic circuitry compatibility are prime requisites.

These SSRs feature:

Photo-transistor or reed relay coupling.

Various chassis mounting or printed circuit board mounting housings.

AC switching.

Zero-crossing or random switching.

AC output models can switch:

Voltages of 120, 240, 330, 480V AC.
Currents of 0.5, 2, 3, 7, 10, 25 or 30A AC.

A full line of input-output modules (DC and AC input as well as DC and AC
output) to fit microprocessor based controls is also available.

Do not hesitate to call us for any additional information you might need.

INPUT

OUTPUT

PACKAGE

VOLTAGE

TYPE

COUPLING

VOLTAGE

TYPE OF
SWITCHING

CURRENT

Cl

5

D

RC

120

R

10

CHASSIS

MOUNT

Cl

C2

PRINTED

CIRCUIT

MOUNT

PI

P6

P9

3(3-32)

5

12

24

&

D -► DC

PC-

PHOTO

TRAN-

SISTOR

COUPLED

120

240

A -> AC

REED

RC- RELAY
COUPLED

12

120

240

330

480

W AC<

ZERO

X- CROSSING
SWITCHING

RANDOM
R- CROSSING
. SWITCHING

0.5'

1

2

3

7

10

25

Va-ac

30

Example: C1-3D-PC-240X10

A Chassis mount, “hockey-puck” housing, the input circuit is driven with 3-32V
DC, and it switches a 240V, 10A output triac. The relay features photo-transistor
coupling, and zero cross-over switching.

10 MODULES

Input

Housing

Logic Supply
Voltage

Input Voltage

1

P7

5D/15D/24D

10D/120A/240A

Output

Housing

Signal Pick-Up
Voltage

Output

Voltage

Output

Current

0

P7

5D/15D/24D

60D/120A/240A

3

NOT ANY COMBINATION OF THE ABOVE PARAMETERS IS POSSIBLE.
PLEASE CONSULT US FOR ANY OTHER COMBINATION OF VOLTAGE,
CURRENT, PACKAGE, ETC.

NOT ANY COMBINATION OF THE ABOVE PARAMETERS IS POSSIBLE.
PLEASE CONSULT US FOR ANY OTHER COMBINATION OF VOLTAGE,
CURRENT, PACKAGE, ETC.

ITT COMPONENTS • 3201 South Standard Street • Santa Ana, California 92705 • Phone: (714) 751-3900 • TWX: 910-595-1744 • Telex: 69-1389

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1851

4500

RELAYS

4500

vacuum relays

ITT Jennings manufactures Vacuum and Gas Relays to
exacting standards for use in transferring high voltage cir-
cuits. They are available in voltage ranges up to 30 KVAC,
with up to 75 A. current ratings, and with operating frequen-
cies through the VHF band. These relays are widely used in
airborne, mobile and marine communications where their
characteristics are particularly desirable. They have high
operating speeds, withstand high voltages and carry heavy
currents with high reliability ... without developing high

contact resistance or generating electrical noise. The
majority of applications for these relays includes the switch-
ing of antennas, frequency bands, transmit/receive modes,
power circuits and elements in pulse forming networks.

ITT Jennings also produces a line of defibrillator
(or capacitance discharge ) vacuum relays used in
medical defibr illation units , or any application that
calls for a capacitor discharge circuit — research
lasers and communications power supplies for ex-
ample. Operating characteristics are shown under
relay type RGD1 through 9.

TV*

Relay Contact

Type Configuration

KV Peak

Rated Operating Voltage

Continuous Current

Amps, RMS

Contact Capacitance

DC - 60 Hz

2.5 MHz

16 MHz

DC - 60 Hz

2.5 MHz

16 MHz

Open

Contact to
Ground
(PF)

Between

Open

Contacts

(PF)

SPST

3.6

3.6

3.2

12

10

6

1.6

mm

RF40, 40A

Latch

RF41, 42

N/C, N/O

3.6

3.6

3.2

12

10

7

1.6

his

RF5A

N/C

7.5

7.5

7

12

10

5

1.6

mmm

RF43

Latch

7

7

6

12

10

6

1.6

1.6

RF4A, 4B

N/C, Latch

8

7

6

30

25

15

4.0

4.0

RF4T

N/C

7

6

5

20

17

10

2.5

10

RF50, 51

N/C, N/O

10

7

6

12

10

6

1.6

1.6

RD5A, 5B

RD6A, 6B

N/O, N/C

12

10

8

15

10

6

1.0

.5

RS8, 10

N/O, N/C

28

25

12

75

35

22

1.5

.7

RJ8A

N/O

28

25

12

110

60

40

1.0

1.3

SP

DT

2

2

2

8

6

4

2.0

1.6

RFID, IE

RF1J

Latch

3.6

3.6

3.2

12

10

7.5

9

RF60\ 60A 1

RF61

Latch 1

3.6

3.6

3.2

12

10

6

—

RJ1A

3.5

2.5

2.0

18

14

9

2.5

2.0 |

RJ1H

2.5

3.0

Hot Break

N/A

RF62, RF63 1 ,

63A 1

7

7

12

10

6

1.1

1-6

RF3A, 3C 1

8

7

30

25

15

2.5

4.0

RJ2B, 2C

12

10

8

50

30

17

1.0

.5

RB1D, IE,

RB1H, 1J

12

10

8

15

10

.5

RF10B

10

75

22

1.8

RE6B

15

25

13

1.0

DPDTf

k 4PDT

7

4

3

14

9

4

2.0

—

RB7A, 7B

RB3

12/6*

10/5*

8/4*

30

10

6

RB4

4PDT

15

12

10

20

10

6

RB2A

20

15

10

20

12

6

1.0

1 Gas Filled/DPDT

H

30

N/A

N/A

0.1

N/A

RGD6, RGD9f

RGD7

30

N/A

0.1

N/A

RGD1

18

N/A

30

0.1

N/A

RGD5

18

N/A

30

0.1

N/A

* Lower contacts,
t Gold plated contacts

SEND FOR 24 PAGE VACUUM RELAY CATALOG NO. C201.

Dept. EM, 970 McLaughlin Ave. • San Jose, CA 95122 • (408) 292-4025

DIVISION OF INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION “

1-1852

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

vacuum relays

RF5A

RF3A

RF40

RD5B

RS8

RJ8A

RFID

u

...4

-4-

~ • ~

■

4

w *

1 % :

m

y

RJ2B

RB1D

RBI E

RF10B

RF60

V

RJ1A/RJ1H

&

RE6B

RB7A

RGD1,5

Contact

Resistance

Operate

Time

Release

Time

Coil

Resistance

—

Shock

Expected
Mech. Life

Weight

(Ohms)

(ms, Max.)

(ms, Max.)

(26.5 VDC
Coil)

(Peak g’s)

Ops.xlO 4

(Oz, Max.)

.020

10

N/A

47

50

1

1

S

SPST

RF40, 40 A

.020

10

10

290

50

1

1

S

RF41, 42

.050

12

12

920

30

1

1

s

RF5A

.020

10

N/A

47

50

1

1

s

RF43

.015

18/ 10 2

18/ NA 2

156/6.7 2

50

1

2

s

RF4A, 4B 2

.020

10

10

156

50

1

2

s

RF4T

.020

15

15

290

50

1

1

s

RF50, 51

.010

18

8

265

30

1

3

N300/400

RD5A, 5B,

RD6A, 6B

.003

30

10

120

30

1

7

s

RS8, 10

.003

18

8

120

30

2

10

s

RJ8A

.05

10

i 10

920

30

2

1

S

SPDT

RFID, IE

.05

10

N/A

18

50

1

1

S

RF1J

.02

10

NA/ 10 3

47/290 3

50

1

1

s

RF60, 60A, 61 3

.01

8

8

335

50

2

1

s

RJ1A

.03

6

6

335

50

1

1

s

RJ1H

.02

10

10 4 / NA

290 4 /47

50

1

1

s

RF62 4 , RF63, 63 A

.015

18/ 10 s

18/NA 5

156/ 12 s

50

1

2

s

RF3A, 3C 5

.012

18

9

270

50

.5

3

s

RJ2B, 2C

.012

18

8/9«

265

30

1

3

N300/400

RB1D, IE,

RB1H 6 , 1J 6

.012

30

10

225

30

.1

16

S

RF10B

.012

25

10

120

30

.5

7

N300/400

RE6B

.02

15

5

270

■■

1

2

N300/400

DPDT&4PDT

RB7A, 7B

.01

20

8

120

.5

6

N300/400

RB3

.01

45

10

131

30

.1

16

N 300/ 400

RB4

.01

- 20

10

225

30

.5

2

N300/400

RB2A

0.1

N/A

18***

10

.1

Flex.

Gas Filled

RGD6, RGD9f

0.1

N/A

70

30

.1

Sol.

RGD7

0.1

N/A

52

10

.1

Sol.

RGD1

0.1

25

N/A

52

10

.1

10

Sol.

RGD5

** S — Standard Nickel: N300 — Copper: N400 — Heavy duty for up to 20% increase in voltage and current specifications: Flex — Flying Leads:
Sol. — Solder on wire terminals.

*** 12 VDC Coil,
t Gold plated contacts

ITTjennings

Dept. EM, 970 McLaughlin Ave. • San Jose, CA 95122 • (408)292-4025

DIVISION OF INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1853

4500

RELAYS

4500

vacuum coaxial relays

ITT Jennings manufactures a broad line of coaxial relays
for use where circuit currents must be contained completely
within a coax system. Vacuum coaxial relays have high
power handling capabilities at frequencies up to 600 MHz.

These relays and switches have characteristics that are well
suited to airborne, marine and mobile communication
systems, as well as fixed installations. Characteristics include:
• Low insertion loss and VSWR • High RF power capa-
bility • High isolation • Fast operation • Low, stable contact

resistance • No noise generation or IM distortion • Extreme
high reliability combined with ruggedness for high altitude
or heavy vibration environments • Small size and light-
weight for their power handling capacity • Wide band-pass
characteristics. Typical applications for these units might
include multiple antenna-transmit switching systems such as
high speed switching from omnidirectional to directional
antennas, transmit-receive switching, and where elements are
to be switched in transmitter and receivers. Other applica-
tions include crossbar matrices and switching trees.

SEND FOR 20 PAGE VACUUM COAXIAL RELAY CATALOG NO. 503.

IITjennings

Dept. EM, 970 McLaughlin Ave. • San Jose, CA 95122 • (408)2924025

DIVISION OF INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION

1*1854

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Ml NIG LOSS ARY

ELECTROM ECH AN ICAL
RELAYS

RELAYS

Hybrid: Isolated input and output
either with a solid-state input and an
electromechanical output or vice versa.
Typically a reed switch is used to trig-
ger a solid-state output or a solid-state
amplifier is used to trigger an electro-
mechanical relay.

Differential: Have multiple windings
to function when voltage, current and/
or power difference reaches a specific
level or value.

Ciose-diiferehtial : The dropout value
is specified close to the pickup value.

Frequency sensitive: Operates at a set
frequency or within specific frequency
bands. A resonant reed, for example.

Hermetically sealed: Totally sealed by
glass-to-metal or metal-to-metal seals
to ensure very low rates of gas leakage
over long time periods.

Encapsulated: Imbedded in a suitable
potting compound.

Sealed: Enclosed in a relatively air-
tight cover. (Not the same as hermeti-
cally sealed.)

Covered: Unsealed metal or plastic
enclosure or housing.

CONTACTS

Dry circuit: contacts that carry current
but do not open or close during ener-

gizing of the load circuit. Often
wrongly used in reference to low level
contacts.

Low Level: Contacts controlling rela-
tively low voltages and low currents.
Generally below 5 Vdc and 10mA.

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Measured dropout: The value at which
all contacts restore to their unoper-
ated position as current or voltage de-
creases.

Specified dropout: The value at or
above which all contacts must restore
to their unoperated position as voltage
or current is decreased.

Specified hold: The value that must be
reached before any contact change oc-
curs as voltage or current is decreased
on an operated relay.

Specified nonpickup: The value that
must be reached before any contact
change occurs as voltage or current
decreases on an unoperated relay.

Measured pickup: The value at which
all contacts function as voltage or cur-
rent increases on an unoperated relay.

Specified pickup. The value at or be-
low which all contacts must function
as voltage or current increases on an
unoperated relay.

Sensitivity : Specified pickup expressed
in watts.

Normal bridging: The make-before-
break action between adjacent contacts
on relays designed for this purpose.
Abnormal bridging: The undesired
closing of contacts caused by a metal
bridge or protrusion developed by
arcing.

Magnetic freezing: Sticking of the
armature to the core as a result of
residual magnetism.

TIME

Actuation : The interval from coil ener-
gization or de-energization to the func-
tioning of a specified contact.

Initial actuation: The interval from
coil energization or de-energization to
the first closing or opening of a pre-
viously open or closed contact.

Final actuation: Sum of initial actua-
tion and bounce intervals following an
actuation.

Contact bounce : The interval from
close or opening of a contact to the end
of the bounce of “chatter.”

Chatter: See bounce.

Operate: Normally taken as the inter-
val between energization and the open-
ing or closing of the last contact to
function not including bounce.

Release: Normally taken as the inter-
val between de-energization and the
opening or closing of the last contact to
function excluding bounce.

Transfer: The interval between open-
ing a closed contact and closing an
open contact of a break-before-make
relay.

NORMALLY OPEN
(MAKE CONTACT)

NORMALLY CLOSED
(BREAK CONTACT)

TRANSFER BREAK

CLOSED

OPEN

— 0T —

— FAT

CLOSED

Jiff

•l 8T | I*-

OPEN

1 FAT

BREAK CLOSED

• I AT

1

- 0T —

— FAT-

MAKE

CLOSED

li

OPEN

- RT -

- FAT

♦I 'h-BT

CLOSED

KBT-j

IAT — *|[|

BREAK

CLOSED

I |U

rr , 17

I
I

- CHATTER

BT

• RT
- FAT
♦ TIME DROPOUT

Fig. 2. Typical time vs. current (non-
inductive load)

0T - OPEN TIME

BT = BOUNCE TIME

FAT = FINAL ACTUATION TIME

IAT = INITIAL ACTUATION TIME

RT - RELEASE TIME

TT = TRANSFER TIME

4500

RELAYS

4500

High Voltage Relays

Applications

The capability to rapidly switch high voltages in a small
package makes Kilovac® relays especially well suited for
applications in ECM, communications, sonar and radar
pulse forming networks, heart defibrillators and other
capacitive discharge circuits, electrostatic coating
equipment, laser and x-ray power supplies, digital
antenna couplers (tuners), automatic dielectric-strength
test equipment, and other high voltage equipment, or low
voltage applications where extreme reliability is
required.

Vacuum as a Dielectric

Since most high voltage arcs are initiated by ionization of
the insulating medium, absence of any such medium
(i.e., a hard vacuum) produces the greatest possible
isolation between contact electrodes. In a vacuum of
10* 8 mm of mercury, dielectric strengths can be achieved
on the order of 2000 V/mil. A vacuum dielectric has the
additional advantage of providing an inert (i.e.,
nonoxidizing) atmosphere in which high voltage
contacts operate.

Low Contact Resistance

In conventional relays, contact resistance is variable
from cycle to cycle. In Kilovac vacuum relays, it remains
low and stable over the life of a relay (.015 ohms typical).
Stability and low resistance are attributable to uniform
cleanliness of parts, lack of oxidation or contamination,
and use of only pure metals in the contact areas. Contact
maintenance is never required.

Kilovac Part No.

KC-20

KC-22 11 ’

H-9

H-11/S2

H-23

H-24

KC-6

HC-1

HC-2

HC-3' 1 ’

HC-4 (1)

KC-2

Contact Arrangement

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NC

SPST-NO

SPST<2’

SPST-NC

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

Rated Operating Voltage
(kVdc or 60 Hz peak)

28

25

15

9

30

100

3.5

8

3.5

8

15

Test Voltage (kVdc)

30

28

20

12

35

120

5

10

5

10

18

Continuous Current
contacts closed, max
(amps dc or 60 Hz peak)

110

65

15

15

30

10

25

25

18

15

50

Contact Resistance,
max (ohms)

.005

.005

.015

.015

.015

.500

.010

.010

.020

.020

.012

Operate Time, max (ms)

30

30

15

18

30

30

6

6

6

6

18

Coll Resistance
(ohms ±10% @ 20° C)

120

120

265

250

120

75

335

335

335

335

250

Coil Voltage
(Vdc, nominal)

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

Nominal Dimensions
(inches)

1.31 Sq
X4.00H

1.31 Sq
x 4.00H

1.3D x
2.75H

ID x

1.67H

2D x
3.62H

2.35 Sq
6.5H

.75Dx

1.50H

1.13D x
1.88H

.75D x
1.50H

1.13Dx

1.88H

I.OODx

2.50H

Nominal Weight (oz)

10

10

3

2

7

26

1

1.25

1

1.25

3

Mounting Style

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Solder

Flange

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Flange' 3 ’

Base

(1 ’Suitable for power switching applications. Consult factory for details.
<2>H-23: SPST-NC; H-24: SPST-NO.

(3) For threaded base, use part no. KC-2/S1 .

Send for Kilovac catalog
Kilovac Corporation

P.O. Box 4422EM Santa Barbara, CA 93103 USA
(805) 684-4560 • TWX 910-336-1141

1*1856

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

High Voltage Relays

Small Size and Weight

The small contact gap and short contact travel possible
with a vacuum dielectric result in minimal package size
and weight.

Safety

Because contacts are sealed within the high voltage
envelope, switching may be safely accomplished in
explosive atmospheres.

Fast Switching Time

10 ms typical, due to small contact gap and short
armature travel.

Electronegative Gas as a Dielectric

Kilovac gas-filled relays are pressurized with an electro-
negative gas mixture. This insulating medium offers
several advantages, including high voltage isolation
capability in a compact package. The primary advantage
is its ability to suppress arcing in heart defibrillator and
other capacitive discharge circuits.

Kilovac Medical Relays

Since 1964 Kilovac has produced and delivered
thousands of high voltage relays especially designed for
heart defibrillators. Kilovac produces several models of
patient relays, safety discharge relays, and ECG relays,
as well as a multifunction relay capable of performing all
of these switching functions in a defibrillator.

KC-3

KC-8

HVS-1

H-4

H-35

H-8

H-12

H-17

H-25/S10

K-42 A332

H-14

H-16

H-18

H-19

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPST-NO

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

8

12

17

5

35

15

8

25

50

5

12

12

8

20

11

15

22

7.5

40

20

12

30

60

7

15

15 _

10

25

25

30

7

10

10

15

15

30

30

15

30

30

10

30

.015

.025

.015

.02

.015

.015

.015

.015

.015

.020

.015

.030

.020

.015

18

18

25

10

30

15

18

25

60

10

20

20

15

30

220

180

128

250

50

265

250

120

120

680

120

120

250

225

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26.5

26,5

26.5

.75D x
2.75H

ID x
2.50H

4.75L x

5H

1.88L x
.75H

8.25Lx

5.75H

ID x

3H

ID x

2. OH

2.38D x
3.57H

3D x

7.5H

.75D x

1.72 H

1.29D x
2.77H

1.03D x
3.26H

1.03D x
1.97H

1.80D x
3.25H

2.5

3

15

1

15

3

2

5

30

1

8

5

4

7

Flange

Base

Flange

Base

Foot

Bracket

Foot

Bracket

Foot

Bracket

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Flange

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Flange

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Thr’ded

Base

Send for Kilovac catalog
Kilovac Corporation

P.O. Box 4422EM Santa Barbara, CA 93103 USA
(805) 684-4560 • TWX 910-336-1141

CorDoration

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1857

4500

RELAYS

4500

Coaxial Relays

Applications

Dow-Key® relays are widely used for applications in air
traffic control radios, CATV and CCTV systems,
microwave communications, remote tone signal
switches, satellite terminals, switching matrices, and RF
test equipment.

Options

Each relay series has a variety of options available
including different connector types, coil voltages, and
auxiliary (indicator circuit) contacts. Standard coil
voltages are 12 VDC, 26.5 VDC, and 115 VAC on most
relay series. Other coil voltages are available on special
order; consult the factory customer service
representative for any special requirements you may
have.

Power Switching (Hot-Switching)

Power ratings are for CW power carry only. Dow-Key
relays are not designed for switching under load,
although it may be possible to do so at low power levels.
Consult the factory for information about power
switching requirements.

Relay Impedance

Relay impedance is nominally 50 ohms unless otherwise
specified. The addition of a 50 ohm relay in a 75 ohm or
higher impedance line will generally result in negligible
discontinuity at frequencies up to 300 MHz, because the
length of the RF path through the relay is a small fraction
of the signal wave length. Above 300 MHz it is
increasingly important that the relay impedance be the
same as the line impedance.

Dow-Key Series No.

60

61

66

77

169

260

78

115

116

310

312

313

Contact Arrangement

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

Multi-Throw

Manual

115: 3 position
116: 4 position

SPDT

By-Pass

Transfer

Connector Options

BNC,

N, UHF, C l3)

BNC

F

BNC, F

BNC

UHF, N, BNC

UHF, BNC

BNC

SC.HN.N

SC.HN.N

SC.HN.N

Frequency, max

1000 MHz

1000 MHz

500 MHz<2>

1000 MHz

1000 MHz

1000 MHz

500 MHz

3000 MHz

400 MHz

400 MHz

400 MHz

Power Rating
(CW) at 30 MHz

1000W

150W

45W

150W

150W

1000W

1000W

200W

3000W

3000W

3000W

Power Rating
(CW) at max f req

350W

50W

20W

50W

50W

350W

450W

30W

850W

850W

850W

VSWR

1.3

1.2

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.2

1.4

1.1

1.1

1.1

Impedance (ohms)

50

50

75

50/75

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

Size

3.0x1.16

1.6 x .64

3.0 x 1.1

1.88 x .75

1.55 x .63

3.0 x 2.03

3.0D x

2.5 Sq x

2.0x1.68

2.0 x 2.13

2.0x2.13

(LxWxH, inches)' 1 >

x 1.9

x 1.67

x 1.35

x 1.63

x 1.2

x 1.75

1.0H

1.4H

x 1.3

x 1.3

x 1.3

Approx Weight (oz)

10

4.5

10

3

3.5

12

10

12

8

12

12

<i>Does not include connectors.

<2>Minimum -100 dB Isolation dc to 500 MHz.

oiSpecial connectors producing -100 dB isolation available. Power rating is reduced to 20 CW.

Send for Dow-Key catalog

Dow-Key Division of Kilovac Corporation
P.O. Box 4422EM Santa Barbara, CA 93103 USA
(805) 684-4560 • TWX 910-336-1141

Division of Kilovac Corporations^

1*1858

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Microwave Relays

Applications

Dow-Key 400 series relays are designed for superior
performance in microwave communications networks,
laboratory instrumentation, high frequency test
equipment, and CATV and satellite terminals.

Mechanical VS Solid State

Compared to diode or ferrite switches, coaxial relays
offer the advantage of higher power handling capability,
higher isolation and lower insertion loss over a broad
frequency range. Operate time for Dow-Key relays is
typically 10-15 ms.

Reliability

Dow-Key relays have been preferred for rugged military
applications and commercial communications
equipment for nearly thirty years. A balanced armature
design makes Dow-Key Microwave relays well-suited for
operation in severe environments. All connectors and
sub-assemblies are manufactured by Dow-Key to ensure
optimum conductivity and low insertion loss throughout
the life of the relay.

if You Don’t See What You Need

Call us. Kilovac® has many products in addition to the
ones shown on this page. If we don’t have a relay to fit
your exact requirements, Kilovac has an experienced
engineering staff available to design and produce a relay
to your specifications.

Dow-Key Series No.

401

402

411

412

Contact Arrangement

SPDT

SPDT

Transfer

T ransf er

Connector Options

SMA

N

SMA

N

Frequency, max

18 GHz

12.4 GHz

18 GHz

12.4 GHz

Isolation-dB, min 0-1 GHz

80

85

80

85

Isolation-dB, min at max freq

60

60

60

60

VSWR, max

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

Insertion Loss-dB, max

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

Size (inches)*

1.6H x 1.18L
X.55W

2.2H x 2.64L
x 1.09W

2.1 Lx 1.26 Sq

3.0L x 1.75 Sq

Approx Weight (oz)

2

9

6

16

‘Excludes mounting bracket, terminals, and connectors.

Send for Dow-Key catalog

Dow-Key Division of Kilovac Corporation
P.O. Box 4422EM Santa Barbara, CA 93103 USA
f805) 684-4560 • TWX 910-336-1141

Division of Kilovac Corporation sy

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1859

4500

RELAYS

4500

SUBMINIATURE RELAYS

Leach subminiature relays have set the industry standards for tech-
nology and reliability for decades. With their proven high performance
in the most demanding applications, they are ideal for your critical
subsea, shipboard, ground-based and aerospace applications.

Our Balanced Force® subminiature relays are rugged, high-
environment relays for applications where size, weight and reliability
are important. For systems where size and weight are critical, our
Series III subminiature relays are the smallest, lightest aircraft relays
made with their contact ratings, and are 40% the size and weight of
our J and K Series relays, yet offer the same high performance. Both
relay types are available in a variety of termination, mounting and
operating configurations.

Subminiature
Relays Dry Circuit
to 10 Amps

LEACH® -*

RELAY DIVISION A

5915 AVALON BLVD., LOS ANGELES. CA 90003
(213) 232-8221 TWX (910) 321-2303

Low Level to 5A, 2PDT
Non-Latch & Latch
Series X, XL

Series III design,

5 mounting & 3 terminal types.
0.810" x 0.410" x 0.640".
Designed to MIL-R-6106.

Sockets available:

S 0-1064-001 (Non-Latch)

S0-1 064-003 (Latch)

Same as
DC

except
inductive
is 5A
and
motor
is 3A

6.0

12.0

28.0

48.0

VDC

30

125

500

1600

1 DC LATCH !

28.0

VDC

730

6.0

25

12.0

100

28.0

400

48.0

VDC

1275

| DC LATCH I

6.0

25

12.0

BB

1275

1 DC LATCH 1

0.5

200

30

.56

(16)

Low Level to 5 A, 4PDT
Non-Latch & Latch
Series Y, YL

Series III design,

5 mounting & 3 terminal types.
0.810" x 0.810" x 0.640".
Designed to MIL-R-6106.

Sockets available:

S0-1066-001 (Non-Latch)

S 0-1066-003 (Latch)

Same as
DC

except
inductive
is 5A
and
motor
is 3A

0.5

200

30

.92

(26)

Low Level to 10A, 3 PDT
Non-Latch & Latch
Series YC, YCL

Series III design,

5 mounting & 3 terminal types.
0.810" x 0.810" x 0.640".

Designed to MIL-R-6106.

Sockets available:

SO-1065-001 (Non-Latch)
S0-1065-0Q3 (Latch)

10

Same as
DC

except
inductive
is 8A

1.0

200

30

.99

(28)

1*1860

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Subminiature
Relays Dry Circuit
to 25 Amps (Cont’d)

LEACH®

RELAY DIVISION A

5915 AVALON BLVD.. LOS ANGELES, CA 90003
(213) 232-0221 TWX (910) 321-2303

Low Level to 12A, 2PDT
Non-Latch & Latch
Series J, JA & JL

Balanced Force* design.

4 mounting & 3 terminal types.

DC - 1.015"x 0.515"x 1.000"

AC - 1.015"x 0.515"x 1.125"
Non-Latch applicable to MS27401
Latch applicable to MS27744.
Sockets available: DC, Non-Latch SO-
S0-

AC-115VAC SO-
28VAC SO-
DC, Latch SO-

Contact Rating (Amps)

\ *2 %

\ t/*\ <c\

i W

%\%

» i

ESh*

1049-8309( #16 Crimp)
1049-8526(#20 Crimp)
1049-8772(#16 Crimp)
1049-8774( #16 Crimp)
1055-8690(#16 Crimp)

Low Level to 12A, 4PDT
Non-Latch & Latch
Series K, KA & KL

Balanced Force* desian.

4 mounting & 3 terminal types.
1.015"x 1.015"x 1.000"

Non-Latch applicable to MS27400
Latch applicable to MS27745
Sockets available: DC, Non Latch SO-
SO-

AC-1 15 VAC SO-
28VAC SO-
DC, Latch SO-

1048-8308( #16 Crimp)
1048-8518(#20 Crimp)
1048-8776(#16 Crimp)
1048-8779( #16 Crimp)
1056-8691(#16 Crimp)

Same
as DC
2 Rating

38

150

600

AC Coil
I, Max
.040/. 240
.024/. 100

Same
as DC
2 Rating

DC Latch
6
12
28

115/28 .040/. 225
(60 Hz) .018/. 120

DC Non-
Latch

10

DC Non-
Latch

10

DC Latch
10

DC Latch
N/A

AC Coil

15

AC Coil

50

DC Non-
Latch

15

DC Non-
Latch

15

DC Latch
15

DC Latch
N/A

AC Coil
20

AC Coil

50

200 30 1.4

(40)

Low Level to 25A, 1 PDT
Non-Latch & Latch
Series JC, JCA & JCL**

JS & JSA***

Balanced Force* design.

50 ADC & 80A.400 Hz overload capabilities.

JS Series 20A overload capabilities.

Special Models available.

3 mounting & 2 terminal types.

DC-1.015"x0.515"x 1.000"

AC-1.015"x 0.51 5"x 1.125" nfcYffi,

Applicable MS, MIL-R-6106. O

Sockets available: DC, Non Latch SO-1063-9033
AC SO-1063-9034

DC, Latch SO-1063-9036

Low Level to 25A, 3PDT
Non-Latch & Latch
Series KC, KCA & KCL

Balanced Force* design.

50ADC & 80A, 400 Hz overload capabilities.
Special Models available.

3 mounting & 2 terminal types.

1.015"x 1.015"x 1.000"

DC, Non-Latch applicable to MS27743.

Latch applicable to MS27742.

Sockets available: DC, Non-Latch SO-1057-8912
AC SO-1062-8917

DC, Latch SO-1058-8913

Low Level to 25A
3PST/NO, 2A1PDT Aux.
Non-Latch & Latch
Series KD, KDA & KDL

Balanced Force* design. Same design as
the Series KC with added auxiliary pole.

Special Models available.

3 mounting & 2 terminal types.

DC, Non-Latch applicable to
MIL-R-6106/ 13.

Latch applicable to MIL-R-6106/ 12.

Sockets available: DC, Non-Latch SO-1059-8914
AC SO-1061-8916

■ mfin.BQT

*JC, JCA & JCL

5 Same as
DC

Rating

**JS & JSA Series Only
115V, 60 Hz Case Grounded

1 200 30 1.6

(45)

DC Latch DC Latch
6 38

12 150

28 600

AC Coil
I, Max
.040/ .240
.024/. 100

AC Coil
1, Max
.040/. 225
.018/. 120
.028

AC Coil
15

AC Coil

50

DC Non-
Latch

15

DC Non-
Latch

15

DC Latch
15

DC Latch
N/A

AC Coil
20

AC Coil

50

DC Non-
Latch

15

DC Non-
Latch

15

DC Latch
15

DC Latch
N/A

AC Coil
20

AC Coil

50

' Patented and T.M. Leach Corp.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1861

4500

RELAYS

4500

POWER AND CONTROL RELAYS

Leach power and control relays have been used for decades in
commercial and military aircraft, trucks and buses, ships and tanks-
any application that calls for proven durability, high performance
and long life.

To ensure that you get the right relay for your application, our
power and control relays are available in a broad range of
configurations. You can choose from various terminal and mounting
styles, dust and moisture resistant and hermetically-sealed
enclosures, and a variety of operating ratings and characteristics.

Power and
Control Relays

LEACH'

RELAY DIVISION

5915 AVALON BLVD., LOS ANGELES, CA 90003
(213) 232-8221 TWX (910) 321-2303

5 Amp, 2PDT
Series 9229

Series 9235; Magnetic Latch!

Contact rating @ 28 VDC or 115
VAC 400 Hz.

1.750"x 1.531"x .687".

Applicable to MS25395, MS25321,
MS25465, MS25455.

5 Amp, 4PDT
Series 9220

Series 9228; Magnetic Latch

Contact rating @ 28 VDC or
115 VAC 40C Hz.

1.750"x 1.531"x 1.032".

Applicable to MS25267, MS25325,
MS25467, MS25459.

5 Amp, 6PDT
Series 9226

Series 9223; Magnetic Latch

Contact rating @ 28 VDC or
115 VAC, 400 Hz.

1 812"x 1 531"x 1 531"

Applicable to MS25269, MS25329,
MS25469, MS25463

10 Amp, 2PDT
Series 9227

Series 9237; Magnetic Latch

Contact rating @ 28 VDC or 3 phase
115/200 VAC, 400 Hz.

1.781"x 1.531"x 1.032".

Applicable to MS25273, MS25323,
MS25466, MS25457.

Contact Rating (Amps) \

28 VDC V A

Y —

2\ 115 VAC, 400 Hz, u

3 \l15 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1<A% ^

A t\

%\ A

A A %

\%YA

fistr]

n

til m

J

.8

N/A

.8

.6

.8

N/A

.8

.6

.8

N/A

.8

.6

2

10

2

1.5

1*1862

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Contact Rating (Amps)

Power and
Control Relays

LEACH® A

RELAY DIVISION Mk

5915 AVALON BLVD., LOS ANGELES. CA 90003
(213) 232-8221 TWX (910) 321-2303

115 VAC, 400 Hz,l0y%
\ 115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1 A

'A %\
v m

\ %\ A

10 Amp, 4PDT
Series 9224

Series 9225; Magnetic Latch

Contact rating @ 28 VDC or 3 phase
115/200 VAC, 400 Hz.

1.812"xl.531"x 1.531". ig

Applicable to MS25271, MS25327, ^

MS25461, MS25468. Sw

it

10 Amp, 2PDT
Series 9330

Contact rating @ 28 VDC or
115 VAC, 400 Hz.

Applicable to MS24149.

15 Amp, 4PDT
Series 9274

Contact rating @ 28 VDC or
3 phase 115/200 VAC, 400 Hz.
1.80"x 2.06"x 2.06".
Applicable to MS24568.

20 Amp

Series 9324— 3PST/NO

20 A, 115 VAC, 60 Hz.

1.47"x 2.50"x 2.40".

Applicable to MS27418.

20 Amp

Series 9325— 3PDT/NO

Mechanical interlock version of 9324.
3.71"x 3.00"x 3.20".

Applicable to MS27706.

Series 9123— 3PST/NO

50g shock, 15g vibration. Auxiliary
5 amp contacts available.

3.30"x 3.73"x 2.50".

Repairable models available.
Applicable to MS27997.

25 Amp

Series 9339— 3PST/NO

25 A, 115 VAC, 60 Hz.

1.47" x 2.50" x 2.40".

Auxiliary Contact — 2 Amp.

10 6 4 2 10

10 6 4 2

6 4 3 1.5

1 10 10 6

28 VDC, AC Coils AC Coils
115 VAC, .025 .050

400 Hz,

60 Hz

DC Coils DC Coils
.025 .020

9224 28 VDC, AC Coils AC Coils .002 10G 25

110H 115 VAC, .020 .050 55 to

400 Hz, 2000

60 Hz Hz

9225 DC Coils 9225

200o .020 N.A. .40

160Q 28 VDC, AC Coils AC Coils .002 10G 25 .30

115 VAC, .020 .050 15 to

400 Hz, 1500

60 Hz Hz

10G 50
1000
to

2000

Hz

AC Coils .002 10G 25 .60

.050 55 to

AC Coils .005
.050

.025 AC Coils .002 15G 50 1.25

.050 55 to

1 25 15 20 10 25 3PST/N0 160 28 VDC,

115 VAC,

2 400 Hz ;

25 25 20 10 1PDT 60 Hz

Aux.

3

25 25 12 5

AC Coils .002 10G 25 .60

.050 55 to

1500
.004 Hz
Aux.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1863

^7

4500

RELAYS

4500

Power and
Control Relays

LEACH

RELAY DIVISION

5915 AVALON BLVD., LOS ANGELES, CA 900
(213) 232-8221 TWX (910) 321-2303

60 Amp

Series “H”

Auxiliary contacts 5 amps.
Repairable models available.
Basic unit: 2.50" Dia. x 3.13".
Applicable to MS27751.

Contact Rating (Amps)
28 VDC \

\V$S

\%\%

\ x

\\ \

\ ***.

Mil

s. \ %\ %\A '

W

v \ V A

3PDT jo wnp
SPST/NO A ino '

60 Amp
Series “HC”
Center-Off

Repairable models available.
Basic unit: 2.50" Dia. x 3.13".
Applicable to MS27750.

60 Amp
Series “HL”
Magnetic Latch

Repairable models available.
Basic unit: 2.50" Dia. x 3.13".
Applicable to MS27749.

50 Amp

Series 9124— 3PST/NO

50g shock, 15g vibration. Auxiliary
5 amp contacts available.
Applicable to MS27222.

3.30" x 3.73" x 2.50".

Repairable models available.

50 Amp

Series 9125— 6PST/NO

Mechanical interlock version of 912
Design to MIL-R-6106.

Aux. 5 amp contacts available.
6.21"x 3.80"x 2.70".

120 Amp
Series “Z”

Auxiliary contacts-5 amp. available
in many models of contact. Config-
uration-consult factory. Available in
repairable models. Design to MIL-R-
6106. Basic unit: 3.65" Dia. x 4.28".

28VDC, 115 VAC,

200ft 60 Hz

115 VAC,

.09A

6, 12, 28
VDC

6, 12, 28 .035

VDC

.003 10G 50
70 to
1000
Hz

.003 10G 50
70 to
1000
Hz

003 10G 50 14.0

70 to Oz.

28 VDC,
115 VAC,
400/60 Hz

AC Coils .002 15G 50 1251b.
.050 55 to

1500
Hz

50 28 VDC, .030 AC Coils .002 10G 50 2.901b.

115 VAC, .050 70 to

400/60 Hz 1500

6, 12, 28
VDC

.004 10G
70 to
1000
Hz

1-1864

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Power and
Control Relays

LEACH®

RELAY DIVISION Mk

5915 AVALON BLVD.. LOS ANGELES. CA 90003
(213) 232-8221 TWX (910) 321-2303

Contact Rating (Amps) \
28VDC \

Nj 15/200 VAC400 Hz
3\15/200VAC50/60Hz3\\V

100 Amp

Series “ZC”

Center-Off

till fa

Repairable models available. 1

Design to MIL-R-6106.

itACHA ■

Basic unit: 3.65" Dia. x 4.28". J

120 Amp
Series “ZL”
Magnetic Latch

Repairable models available.
Design to MIL-R-6106.

Basic unit: 3.65" Dia. x 4.28".

100 Amp
Series 9213

Sealed rotary, 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole,
Auxiliary contacts from 5 amps.
Design to MIL-R-6106"

50 30 30 N/A N/A

120 80 N/A

100 100 100 N/A 50 3PST/N0 44.5
4PST/N0

25 to 100 Amp
Series 9207

Unsealed rotary, 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole
Auxiliary contacts from 5 amps.
Design to MIL-R-6106.

25 to 400 Amp
Solenoid Type Power
Contactors 1 PST, 2PST

Types shown: 3PST/N0, 25 amps.
Design to MIL-R-6106.

\%V%W

\ \%\

6 VDC, 6,12,28 .060 .040 .004 10G 15 2.01b

28 VDC, 400 Hz
23 A

11*5 VAC, 115 VAC
.09 A 60 Hz

3PDT 28 VDC, 6,12,28
.215 A VDC

3PST/N0

4PST/N0

N/A .004 10G 15 2.01b.
70 to
1000
Hz

28 VDC AC Coils
.040

115 VAC,

400 Hz

115 VAC,

60 Hz DC Coils
.030

10G 25 2.71b.
55 to
1500
Hz

AC Coils .010 10G 50 1.61b.
.050 55 to

500
Hz

3PST/N0 Varying 28 VDC
1PDT

1PST/N0

1PST/N0

1 PST/ NO

1PST/N0

1PST/N0

IPNO/IPNC

Aux.

1 PST/ NO
2PDT/AUX.

1PST/N0

2PN0

1PNC

Aux.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1865

4500

RELAYS

4500

ELECTRONIC TIME DELAYS AND SENSORS

To simplify systems interfacing and integration, we have a complete
custom facility for the design and production of timing and sensing
systems.

They are available with Leach MIL-Standard relays or special solid
state outputs, manufactured with discrete circuitry or thick film hybrids
manufactured to MIL-STD-883, Class B requirements.

In addition to the standard products shown below, we can provide:

— Combinations of voltage, frequency and phase sequence
detection with built-in time delays for systems monitoring,

— Solid state relays with up to 3PNO contacts and ratings up to 25
amperes to MIL-STD-704 power requirements.

— Relay drivers for multiplex interface and isolation, conforming to
MIL-R-28776.

—Solid state switching devices, ac and dc motor controllers,
circuit breakers, current sensors and remote power controllers.

—Build to print hybrid, discrete /hybrid, and discrete designs available.

LEACH®

CONTROL PRODUCTS DIVISION

6900 ORANGETHORPE AVENUE
BUENA PARK, CALIFORNIA 90620
(714) 739-0770 TWX (910) 596-2867

Electronic Time Delays and Sensors

MATING SOuKET:
SO-1021-7127

TYPE 40 1.0"x

0.5"x
1 . 1 "

MATING SOCKET:

SO-1021-7127 (SENSORS)

TYPE 01 2.1"x

0.8"x
1.3"

TYPE 20 1.2"x

1.0"x
1 . 8 "

MATING SOCKET:
SO-1048-8308

TYPE 02 2.1"x

1.0"x
1 . 0 "

TYPE 30 1.0"x

1.0"x
1.3"

MATING SOCKET:
SO-1048-8308

TYPE 04 .790"x

.390"x
. 210 "

TYPEK

MATING SOCKET:
SO-1048-8308

TYPE E 0.8"x

(HALF SIZE XTAL CAN) 0.4"x

0.4"

MATING SOCKET:
S0-1049-8309

1*1866

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Electronic '

Time Delays
and Sensors

LEACH®

CONTROL PRODUCTS DIVISION

6900 ORANGETHORPE AVENUE
BUENA PARK, CALIFORNIA 90620

(714) 739-0770 TWX (910) 596-2867

Time Delay Relays

Time Delay On Operate*
Relay Output*

Solid State Output

Hybrid/ Relay

Time Delay On Release
Positive Or Negative Control

Relay Output*

Solid State Output

Hybrid/ Relay

Hybrid Construction*

Time Delay On Operate*

Repeat Cycle Timer*

Voltage, Frequency,
and Phase Sensors

DC, Relay Output

AC Undervoltage, Relay Output

Ac Overvoltage, Relay Output

AC Frequency, Relay Output

AC Phase Sequence, Relay Output

Proximity Sensors

Solid State Output (2)

R300 10,20,30 0.1 SEC

TO

S300 20, 30, 40 300 SEC

2PDT

± 2 % 4PDT

TO

= 10% SPN0

— 55°C 18VDC

TO TO

4-125°C 32VDC

(1) EXTENDED TIMING RANGES AND GREATER ACCURACIES ARE AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER

(2) AVAILABLE FOR BOTH FERROUS AND NON FERROUS TARGET SENSING
SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION AVAILABLE

PACKAGES FOR MULTIPLE SENSORS AND HIGHER OUTPUT RATINGS ON SPECIAL ORDER

*TIME DELAY UNITS AVAILABLE QUALIFIED TO MIL-R-83726

SEE THE LEACH QUALIFIED PRODUCTS LIST

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1867

4500 RELAYS 4500

CONTROL PRODUCTS DIVISION

6900 ORANGETHORPE AVENUE
■ BUENA PARK, CALIFORNIA 90620
TELEPHONE: (714) 739-0770
TWX 910-596-2867

HISTORY OF HIGH QUALITY ELECTRONICS

The need for high quality thick film hybrid micro-
circuits for aerospace and military applications lead
to Leach Corporation’s entry into the field in the
early 1970’s. The initial 400 square foot engineering
lab has evolved into a 22,000 square foot facility
housing both engineering and total manufacturing
capabilities.

Products include both analog and digital circuitry
for interface and switching applications, and con-
sist of both proprietary Leach products and cus-
tomer designed custom hybrids.

ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING /QUALITY CONTROL

Within a building separate from the manufacturing
area, the environmental test lab continuously main-
tains Leach QPL listings and conducts qualifica-
tion testing to customer requirements.

Testing in accordance with MIL-STD-202 includes:

• Sine vibration with concurrent temperature
testing

• Shock

• Altitude/temperature altitude

• Thermal shock and temperature cycling

• Load and life testing

MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY

Primarily designed for high reliability applications,
products are manufactured to MIL-STD-883 re-
quirements. Military environmental specifications
and criteria are standard Leach practice, and prod-
ucts are qualified to MIL-R-83726, MIL-M-38510,
and NASA standards.

HYBRID MANUFACTURING FACILITIES

Total facilities for all aspects of thick film hybrid
manufacturing as well as hybrid/electromechanical
interfacing are contained within the manufacturing
area.

• Screen and firing • Photo processing

• Trimming • Computerized testing

• Wire bonding °f hardware

• Eutectic and epoxy • Laminar flow benches

die bonding • Inert storage

• Reflow soldering atmosphere

1*1868

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Ml NIG LOSS ARY
RELAY CONTACT FORMS

A

Make

SPST-NO

o

t o

J

Make,

Make,

Break

O

^ o

t£2

B

Break

SPST-NC

O

K

Center off
SPDT

L

Break,

Make,

Make

u

Double
make
Contact
on arm

G

Break,

Make

O

V o-

Double break
Contact on arm

▼ . T~

I

O

W

Double break,
Double make,
Contact
on arm

X

Double

make

H

Break,

Break,

Make

■O

Make,

Break,

Make

*■— O

4500

RELAYS

4500

LOGITEK inc.

42 CENTRAL AVENUE, FARMINGDALE, NEW YORK 11735

516 - 694-3080

ELECTRONIC MONITORS & CONTROLS

PIWER

AC & DC
VOLTACE

FREQUENCY

PRASE

ELECTRICAL

Input Voltage

Input Frequency
Sense Voltage
Sense Frequency
Accuracy
Phase Sequence
Phase to Phase
Voltage

Unbalance/Phase
Angle Shift
Time Delay (Pick-Up
and Drop Out)

Relay Contacts
Contact Rating

APPLICATIONS

Logitek power monitoring equipment is used to continuously monitor the characteristics of AC and
DC electric power systems for conformance to their design acceptable limits. This type of con-
tinuous surveillance is of particular importance in such systems where undetected power line
malfunctions could cause major system failure, utilization equipment malfunction, or erroneous
operation. Without continuous monitoring, utilization equipment operators are often unaware that
their equipment is malfunctioning or of its slow degradation until functional failure.

EQUIPMENT TYPES

Individual units are available to monitor AC or DC voltage, line frequency, phase to phase voltage un-
balance and phase angle unbalance, each for both high and low limits, or to monitor for phase loss
and/or reversal. “Power Monitors” are also available incorporating any combination of these
monitoring functions within a single unit. Units generally fall into two categories: those in which the
limits of high and low voltage, frequency and pick-up and drop-out time delay are factory pre set, and
those in which the limits are factoiy set, but field adjustable. Models are also available with two limit
sets, one set for abnormal condition limits and a second set of limits for emergency conditions.

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

The equipment is connected to the power line to be monitored where it continuously measures the
desired characteristics. Should any one of these characteristics exceed the pre-set acceptable
limits, the drop-out time delay will begin. If the condition persists for a time longer than the drop-out
time delay, the output control circuit will de-energize. Once the control circuit de-energizes, the
power line must return to normal for a time exceeding the pick-up time delay before the control cir-
cuit will re-energize. In the case of phase loss or reversal, however, the control circuit will de-
energize immediately bypassing the time delay circuits. Control circuits normally consist of relay
contacts, but various logic levels can also be provided. Standard units are generally supplied with a
single control circuit responsive to any type anomaly, however, equipment providing many varia-
tions can be specified for particular applications. Examples of variations include control circuits
which provide a logic level output, a separate output for each characteristic being monitored, both
real time and delayed time signal outputs and manual reset or override capabilty.

28 VDC, 120/208,
120/240, 277/480 VAC/
50/60/400 HZ
As Required
As Required
±1%, ±5%

A + B+C

250 Milliseconds to 10 Seconds,
factory set or field adjustable
DPDT, 3PDT
2 Amp, 10 Amp

SPECIFICATIONS'

PHYSICAL

Finish. Gloss Blue #15177, FED-STD-595,
Meet or exceed MIL-E-5556 or 5557
Connector Glass to Metal Seal Solder Hooks,
MS3113H-20-16PN Connector
Barrier Strip

ENVIRONMENTAL

Temperature - 55 °C to + 125 °C,

-40°C to + 85 °C,

- 10 °C to + 70 °C

Vibration Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure II,

10 -80 HZ@ .06" D.A.

80 - 2000 HZ 20g’s

Shock Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure V,

50g’s 11 ± 1 Millisecond, any axis

Acceleration Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure I,

20g’s Steady state, any axis

Humidity Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure I

Altitude Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure IV,

Condition F, 100,000 Feet

General Per MIL-E-5400R, Class 4 except

Paragraph 3.1.29

1-1870

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

LOGITEK inc.

42 CENTRAL AVENUE, FARMINGDALE, NEW YORK11735

516-694-3080

ELECTRONIC MONITORS & CONTROLS

TME DELAY
RELAYS

SOLID STATE

iTFT ; iv

REPEAT CYCLE
& INTERVAL
TIMERS

APPLICATIONS

The design of complex electrical distribution systems often requires that certain operations be
delayed or sustained for a precise interval of time from occurrence of a control or initializing signal.
Combinations of various timing devices can be used for sequential startup or shutdown programs,
load transfer or shedding, or delayed transfer to avoid race conditions. In addition, pulsers, interval
timers, and flashers are used in applications such as operating instrument panel warning lights or
other annunciator devices, landing gear, door open indicators and navigation lights.

EQUIPMENT TYPES

Several timing functions are available to facilitate the different timing and sequencing require-
ments ordinarily required. These include “delay on make;’ providing a time delay from application
of the control signal to output circuit energization; “delay on break;’ providing immediate energiza-
tion which sustains for a timed interval; “delayed interval’,’ providing a delay on make followed by a
timed “energized” interval and then return to the de-energized state. “Controlled” timers generally
fall into two categories: timers which produce an immediate transfer of the control circuit upon ap-
plication of a control signal and then a time delayed release after removal of the control signal and
“true delay on break” timers which generate a timed interval and relay transfer after removal of all
operating power.

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Logitek timing devices are generally CMOS integrated circuits appropriately protected from line
transients and other line perturbations and either a solid state or electromechanical relay output cir-
cuit. Since there are no large capacitive timing or storage elements in these devices, recycle times
(the time after control removal which will cause a new timing cycle within specified accuracy) are
very short. In addition, the use of CMOS 1C digital counting circuits allows the use of very stable tim-
ing elements resulting in excellent stability through wide temperature ranges.

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Input Voltage
Timing Range

Accuracy
Contacts
Relay
Solid State

28, 115, 120, 220 VAC/DC
50 Milliseconds to 1000 seconds

±10%, ±5%, ±2%

Relay DPDT, 3 PDT; 2 AMP, 1 0 AMP

Solid State -5 AMP, 2 AMP, 2.5 AMP, 4 AMP, 5

AMP

Radio Interference MIL-1-6181D, MIL-1-26600

PHYSICAL

Connector

Gloss Blue #15177, FED-STD-595,
meet or exceed MIL-E-5556 or 5557,
Flat Black per MIL-E-5556
Glass to Metal Seal Solder Hooks,
MIL-STD Connector; Octal Plug

ENVIRONMENTAL

Temperature - 55 °C to + 125 °C,

- 55°C to +85°C,

- 55°C to + 71 °C,

- 30 °C to + 30 °C

Vibration Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure II,

10 - 80 HZ @ .06" D.A.

80 - 2000 HZ 20g’s

Shock Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure V,

50g’s 11 ±1 Millisecond, any axis
Acceleration Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure I,

20g’s Steady state, any axis
Humidity Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure I

Altitude Per MIL-E-5272, Procedure IV,

Condition F, 100,000 Feet
General Per MIL-E-5400R, Class 4 except

Paragraph 3.1.29

•QUALITY

ASSURANCE

Logitek equipment is manu-
factured in accordance
with

• MIL-Q-9858A

• MIL-l-45208

All production equipment
undergoes a 100 hour burn-
in schedule to insure in-
service reliability.

•APPLICATIONS

• Aircraft, Electrical
Systems

• Mobile Radar Systems

• Equipment Test
Stations

•Tanks

• Mobile Missile
Launchers

• Offshore Drilling Rigs

• Computer Systems

• Shipboard Electrical
Systems

• Hospital Auxiliary
Power Systems

•SPECIAL

PRODUCTS

Logitek’s engineering
department is available to
discuss your application of
our product or to design
special equipment to
satisfy your system
requirements.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1871

4500

RELAYS

4500

THIS IS THE

way rrs

Flat Pak or Upright Mounting
Contacts: 10 AMPS @ 250 VAC, SPDT
Standard control voltages of 5, 6, 12, 48 VDC.

16 Different Models are IN STOCK for Immediate Delivery.
Write for your FREE BELAY CATALOG.

THIS R

THIS IS THE WAY

CLASS 67 MINIATURE INDUSTRIAL RELAY

Long Life and Reliable Service

• 5 AMPS: DPDT to 8PDT

* Control Voltages: 5VDC to 110VDC, 6VAC

to 115VAC Standard.

♦ Terminals: Plug-in/ solder type and printed circuit.

• Mating sockets available.

71 different models are IN STOCK for immediate delivery.
Write for vour FREE RELAY CATALOG.

DIP

AL-1NLINE)
B»AY

l.C. Compatible —
Immersion Proof
Control VoTfSige: 5, 6, 12, 24VDC Standard
itandard Contact types:

SPST-NO DPST-NO SPST-NC SPDT DPDT
Options: A. Internal Clamping diode 0 Mercury
B. Electrostatic shielding . wetted

. C. 14 Pin arrangements
89 DIP Models IN STOCK for immediate delivery!
Write for your FREE RELAY CATALOG!

5575 North Lynch Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60630
(31 2) 282-5500 TWX-91 0-221 -5221

MAGNECRAFT ELECTRIC CO. PRODUCTS INCLUDE:
Low Profile Relays, Miniature Industrial Relays, Minia-
ture Printed Circuit Relays, General Purpose and Power
Relays, General Purpose Industrial Relays, Molded In-
Line Packaged Reed Relays, Dual In-Line Packaged
Reed Relays, Solid State Relays, Mercury Displacement
Relays, Time Delay Relays, Coaxial & R.F. Switching
Relays, Telephone Type Relays, Actuators and Buzzers.

1*1872

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Midtex is out to fold, spindle
and eliminate relay
back-orders.

RELAYS

• A broad-based line of high quality
products, priced competitively from a
reputable, reliable source-Midtex!

• Cross referencing for fast, exact
matching of your relay specifications to
a Midtex relay.

• Applications assistance-44 years
of Midtex experience in the design and
manufacture of relays is available to you.

If you’re tired of hearing; “Sorry, it’s on
back-order,” contact a Midtex distribu-
tor, and give him yourchallenge. He’ll be
waiting.

Midland-Ross Corporation
Midtex Division
PO Box 3328
North Mankato, MN 56001
507/625-6521

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

4500

RELAYS

omRon

LOW SIGNAL RELAYS

G2E (inch) G2Q (inch)

G2V (inch)

The relay products outlined on these pages are representative of hundreds of relays manufactured and distributed
by Omron. Omron also manufactures a wide variety of other control components including: switches, photoelectric
sensors, proximity sensors, timers, counters, temperature controllers and programmable controllers.

G2V ii—

Ultra Small, Highly Reliable Dual In-Line Relay

• Same pitch as 16-pin DIP 1C

• High contact reliability with bifurcated crossbar
contacts

• Wide switching capacity from IOOjjA to 2A loads

• Permits .61" pitch PC board rack mounting

• Sealed type available

• High dielectric strength type is available to meet
FCC 1500V surge requirement

AVAILABLE TYPES

si Unsealed

Sealed

Bifurcated

crossbar

Single

crossbar

G2V-282P

-US

Bifurcated

crossbar

G2V-234P

-US

Single

crossbar

G2V-284P

-US

G2V-2-US

SPECIFICATIONS
COIL RATINGS

\ Type

G2V-2-US.-234P-US

G2V282P-US.-284P-US 1

Load

Item

Resistive

load

(p.f. = 1)

Inductive

load

(p.f. = 0.4;

L/R

= 7msec)

Resistive

load

(p.f. - 1)

Inductive

load

(p.f. = 0.4;
L/R

= 7msec)

Rated load

1 1 0VAC

0.3A

24VDC

1 A

1 10VAC

0.2A

24VDC

0.3A

1 1 0VAC

0.3A

24VDC

1 A

1 1 0VAC
0.2A
24VDC
0.3A

Carry current

2A

Max. operating
voltage

1 25VAC, 1 25VDC

2A

Max. switching
capacty

60VA

30W

20VA

10W

KQ] ■

■ ■

Minimum
permissible load
(reference
value)

0.1 VDC lOOpA

1 VDC 1mA

Item

Rated voltage ,,, *■

Rated

current

(mA)

Coil

resistance

n

Coil ind
(ref. va

uctance

ue)(H)

Must operatel Must dropout
voltaqe 1 voltaae J

Maximum

voltaae

Power

Consump-

tion

(mW)

Armature

OFF

Armature

ON

% of rated voltage

3VDC

5VDC

6VDC

12VDC

24VDC

48VDC

188

1 1 1

100

42.9

22.9
12.3

16

45

60

280

1,050

3,900

0.031

0.075

0.12

0.537

1.36

6.74

0.041
0.1 13
0.168
0.789
2.06
9.72

75 max.

1 0 min.

1 25 max.

Approx. 560

G2E

Sugar Cube-Sized, Exclusive-Use PCB Relay

• High-sensitivity and sealed type is also available.

• Standard terminal arrangement on .10" grid

• Low power consumption (approx. 450mW)

• Fast response (5msec operatetime)

I AVAILABLE TYPES

NOTE: The rated current and coil
resistance are measured at a coil
temperature of 68°F with tolerances of ;

» CONTACT RATINGS

^V^Type
Contact forrn^v^

General

Standard

type

purpose

Sealed

type

High-sensitivity
.Standard 1 Sealed

type 1 type

ICM£M

G^E- 1 84P
G2E-134P

icwaiiwa: aagntisKi

SPECIFICATIONS

Load

Item

Resistive

load

(p.f. = D

Inductive

load

(p.f. = 0.4,

L/R = 7msec)

Rated load

1 10VAC 0.5A

1 10VAC 0.2A

24VDC 1 A

24VDC0.3A .

Carry current

2A

Max. operatinq voltaqe

\— 1 25VAC.60VDC

120VA

60VA

30W

1 5W

Minimum
permissible load

5 VDC 1mA !

(reference value)

1

Item

Rated voltage"^

Rated

current

(mA)

Coil

Coil ind
(ref. va

uctance
lue) (H) ..

Must operate
voltaae

Must dropout | Maximum
voltaqe 1 voltaqe

Power

Consump-

tion

(mW)

n

Armature

OFF

Armature

ON

% of rated voltage

1.5VDC*

3VDC*

5VDC

6VDC

9VDC

12VDC

24VDC

300

150

89.3(41 .7)
75(33.3)
50(22.5)
37.5(17.1)
18.8(8:6)

5

20

5 6 ( 120)
80( 180)

1 80( 400)
320( 700)
1,280(2,800)

0.005
0.017
0.044( — )
0.067( — )
0.1 37( — )
0.2291 — )
0.94 (-)

0.009
0.034
0.091 ( -)
0. 1 36( — )
0.297( — )
0.4961-)
2.1 (-)

70 max.

(80 max.)

1 0 min.

1 1 0 max.
(130 max.)

Approx. 450
(Approx. 200)

NOTE: . 1 . The rated current and coil
resistance are measured at a coil

temperature of 68°F with tolerances
of ± 1 5%, - 20% for rated current and
± 1 0% for coil resistance.

2. * High-sensitivity type is
not available.

G2Qi

Ultra Small and Light PCB Relay

• High-sensitivity type (200mW) also available

• International .10" terminal pitch arrangement

• Fast response (5msec. operate time)

• Weight .07 oz.

AVAILABLE TYPES

General
Standard
G2Q- 1 87P

purpose

Sealed

G2Q-184P

High-se

Standard

G2Q187P-H

isitivity

Sealed

G2Q-184P-H

Horizontal mount
(Flat oack)

Vertical mount

G2Q-1 87P-V

G2Q-1 84P-V

32Q- 1 87P-V-H

G2Q-184P V-H

SPECIFICATIONS
. COIL RATINGS

NOTES: 1
2 .

Rated

current

(mA)

Coil

resistance

r i

Genera

:oil inductanc

ourDose

e (ref value) (H)

Hiah-sensitivity

Must

operate

Must

dropout

Maxi

mum

Power

Consump-

tion

(mW)

9

KQjE

ot rated volt

age

5vcxr

56 (41.7)

89(120)

0.09

0.16

.12,

0.22

Approx.

6VDC

46.9(33.3)

128(180)

0.1 1

0.24

0.20

0.34

9HRHK

280

9VDC

31 (22.5)

290(400)

0.32

0.58

0.48

0.83

1 0 min.

110

(Approx.

12VDC

23.5(17.1)

510(700)

0.69

• 1.03

0.91

1.63

BeSStSII

200)

24VDC”

15

1,600

3.75

4.70

-

Approx. 360

The rated current and coil resistance are measured at a coil temperature of 68 °F with tolerahces of "
* High-sensitivity type is not available.

Load

Item

Resistive load
(p-f. = 1)

Rated load

1 10VAC 0.5 A
24VDC 1 A

Carry current

2A

Max. operating
voltage

125VAC

60VDC

Max. operating
current

1A

Max. switching
capacity

60VA

30W

Minimum permis-
sible load (reference
yalue)

5VDC 1mA

4500

1*1874

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

omRoa

POWER RELAYS

For more information contact Omron Electronics, Inc.,
Dept. EM, 650 Woodfield, Schaumburg, Illinois 60195
Phone: (312) 843-7900, TWX 910-291-2494

G2R

G2R G2U G4D

Slim Styled Power Relay Breaks Up to 1 0A Loads

• Miniature, slim style design

• Ideal for space saving on PCB

• Creepage distance of more than .31 " (between
coil and contact)

• Switching capability of up to 10A loads (SPDT
type) and 5A loads (DPDT type).

• VDE, SEV, UL, CSA and TV3 approvals pending.

■ AVAILABLE TYPES

Cunldul Iuiiii ~~

Vertical mount

DPDT

DPST-NO

SPDT

SPST-NO

G2R-21 2P-V
G2R-22 1 2P-V
G2R-1 12P-V
G2R-1 1 1 2P-V

« CONTACT RATINGS

G2R-2
G2R-22
Resistive load
(p.f. = D

12P-V

12P-V

Inductive load
(p.f . = 0.4’,

L/R = 7msec)

G2R-1
G2R-1 1
Resistive load
(p.f. = 1)

2P-V

1 2P-V

Inductive load
(p.f. = 0.4,

L/R = 7msec)

Rated load

250VAC 5A
30VDC 5A

250VAC 2A
30VDC 3A

250VAC 1 0A
30VDC 1 OA

■^smcT’sA

30VDC 5A

Carry current

5A —

OA

Max. operating voltage

380VAC. 125VDC

380VAC. 125VDC I

Max. operating current

5A

3A

1 OA

1 OA

Max. switching capacity

‘ i,966\/a, ”

1 50W

500VA,

90W

2,500VA,

300W

1.875VA,

1 50W

Min. permissible load
•(reference value)

5VDC

1 0mA

5VDC

100mA

■ SPECIFICATIONS

Item

Rated voltage

Rated

current

(mA)

Coil inductance
(ref. value) (H)

39

Power
Consump .
tion
(mW)

■nun

HRimi

/o of rated voltage

6VDC

88

68

.046

0.63

■

12VDC

44

275

1.82

2.53

24VDC

22

1,100

7.3

10.1

1 5 min.

Approx.

48VDC

1 1.5

4,170

29.2

40.4

■UhI

530

NOTE: The rated current and coil resistance are measured at a coil temperature of 68°F with tolerances of ± 1 5%.

Sugar Cube-Sized PCB Relay Capable of Switching 5A Loads

• Ideal for application in household electrical appliances

• Construction resistant to flux wicking. Dip sold'ering is possible.

• Sealed type is also available.

■ AVAILABLE TYPES

Contact form*'^*-...

| General purpose j

| Sealed j

SPDT

SPST-NO

• CONTACT RATINGS

(Value in parentheses ap

plies to sealed type.)

^ Load

Item

Resistive load
<p.f. = 1)

Inductive load
(p.f. = 0.4,

L/R = 7msec)

\mmm

1 1 0VAC/24VDC
2.5A (1.5A)

\msnsEnmsmmmm

■BSREni ■

I Max. operating voltage

125VAC

:. 60VDC

5A (3A)

3A (1.5A)

| Max. switching capacity

MbHhI

300VA/70W
( 1 80VA/40W)

5VDC 10mA

■ SPECIFICATIONS
» COIL RATINGS

HuiuRaESIEiH

Power

Consump-

tion

(mW)

taingmuji

■3331

wn

■HliH

60

100

0.34

■mm

H'

30

400

1.2

'•

75 max.

Approx. 360

1 5

1,600

4.8

■HUH

mum

NOTE: The rated current and coil resistance are measured at a coil temperature of 68 °F with tolerances of ± 10%.

G4D

Double-pole Relay That Breaks 5A Loads

• Creepage distance of more than .12''.

• International .10” terminal pitch arrangement.

• Contact section arranged at the upper part of the relay housing with
unique terminal construction to seat the relay enclosure base .04”
above the PC board surface, facilitates automatic flow soldering.

■ AVAILABLE TYPES

CONTACT RATINGS

Contact form

Standard !

DPDT

SPECIFICATIONS

Item

Rated voltage

Rated

current

(mA)

Coil

resistance

n

VBSSM

Power

Consump-

tion

(mW)

Armature
OFF '

■5HB

% of rated voltage

5VDC

160.3

31.2

0.1 14

0.215

6VDC

133.3

45

0.185

0.284

^3 |

12VDC

66.7

180

0.713

1.200

1 5 min.

110

800

24VDC

33.3

720

2.140

3.570

■ ■

NOTE: 1 . The rated current and coil resistance are measured at a coil temperature of 68 °F with tolerances of ± 10%.
2. The performance characteristics are measured at a coil temperature of 68°F±9.

Load

Resistive load

Inductive load

Item

—

(p.f. = 1)

(p.f. = 0.4,

L/R = 7msec)

Rated load

1 10VAC 5A
24VDC 5A

1 10VAC 2.5A
24VDC 2.5A

Carrv current

5A

Max. operating voltage

250VAC, 125VDC

Max. operating current

Sa

550VA 1

DC

wmmzmmmm

Min. permissible load
(reference value)

5VDC 100mA

4500

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1875

4500

RELAYS

4500

state of the art.

Opto 22. Solid

Power I/O Systems

The most versatile I/O system available-also the
most complete; Choices of 4, 8, 16, 24 or 32
module mounting racks; three logic voltages; 120
VAC, 240 VAC, 60 VDC, or 200 VDC load voltages;

allow maximum flexibility in system design. The
first true plug-in system per NEMA ICS2-230.02
simplifies maintenance, installation and modification.
Provides power interface & optical isolation between
the pP (or other logic) & industrial power.

□ LED status indicator

□ Plug connection for logic signals

(4 module board has barrier strip)

□ UL Recognition, CSA Certified

MODEL

PB4

PB4R

PB8

PB16A

PB16T

PB16C

PB24*

PB24Q*

4 Module

4 Module with individual logic control
8 Module
1 6 Module

1 6 Module with barrier strip for logic connections
1 6 Module with extra barrier strip for power
24 Module

24 Lines via 6 Quad Pak™ modules

PB32DECt 32 Lines via 8 Quad Pak™ modules

*Direct connection to Intel single board computers
tDirect connection to DEC LS1 11 computer

I/O Modules

□ 4000 V Optical Isolation

□ Built-in Snubbers on AC output

□ Zero Cross Switching on AC output

□ UL Recognized, CSA Certified

□ High Transient Immunity

OUTPUT MODULES

I INPUT MODULES 1

MODEL

DC Logic
Voltage

Power

Voltage

Power

Current

Rating

Amps

1 Cycle
Surge
Rating
Amps Peak

MODEL

DC Logic
Voltage

Power

Voltage

OAC5

5

12-140 VAC

3

80

IAC5

5

90-1 40 VAC

OAC5A

5

24-280 VAC

3

80

IAC5A

5

180-280 VAC

ODC5

5

2-60 VDC

,.3 —

IDC5

5

10-32 VDC

ODC5A

5

2-200 VDC

5 J>

IAC15

15

90-140 VAC

OAC15

15

12-140 VAC

3

80

IAC15A

15

1 80-280 VAC

OAC15A

15

24-280 VAC

3

80

IDC15

15

1 0-32 VDC

ODC15

15

2-60 VDC

3

5

IAC24

24

90-140 VAC

ODC15A

15

2-200VDC

1

5

IAC24A

24

1 8 0-2 80 VAC

OAC24

24

12-140 VAC

3

80

IDC24

24

1 0-32 VDC

OAC24A

24

24-280 VAC

3

80

IDC5B

5

4-1 6 VDC

ODC24

24

2-60 VDC

3

5

IAC5E

5

20-30 VAC

ODC24A

24

2-200 VDC

1

5

OAC5A5*

5

24-280 VAC

3

80

*Normally closed

Quad Pak™ High Density Power I/O Modules

MODEL

Power

Voltage

Power

Current Rating
Amps

1 Cycle
Surge Rating
Amps Peak

MODEL

Power Voltage

OAC5Q

12-280 VAC

3

80

IAC5Q

90-1 40 VAC or 95-1 50 VDC

ODC5Q

2-60 VDC

3

5

IAC5AQ

1 80-280 VAC or 200-300 VDC

Note: All Quad Pak® input & output

IDC5Q

10-32 VDC or 15-32 VAC

modules operate with 5 VDC logic.

IDC5BQ

4-1 6 VDC

The OPTO 22 Direct Connection to Commonly Used Host Computers and Busses

OPTO 22 offers a series cable and/or adapter boards to facilitate connection to a wide variety of
host computers and busses.

DEC LS1 11 via DRV 11 J
DEC FALCON
DEC 5010/6010
NATIONAL CIMBUS CIM-311

AIM 65/40 RM65 SBC
AIM 65

STD BUS via PROLOG 7507

MULTI BUS via INTEL 8010, 8020, 8030

Consult factory for detailed data sheets.

MULTIBUS via INTEL 519
MOTOROLA EXORBUS via M68MM1 7
MOTOROLA EXORBUS via M68MM22
RCA MICROBOARD via CDP18S662

1*1876

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

Optically Isolated SSRs

□ TTL Compatible Control □ Zero Cross Switching for low noise

□ 4000 V Optical Isolation □ Intergal snubber-tested twice at Rated & Surge Current

□ UL Recognized, CSA Certified for both resistive load & 0.5 power factor inductive load.

Power Series -AC Load

Chassis mount, heavy duty
power relays untilizing two
SCRs & the most advanced
heat transfer design.

PC Board Series -AC Load

Two optimized con-
figurations -the thin P
series for edge stacked
cards and the MP
series where a small
footprint is required.

Output

Current

Rating

Amps

Output Voltage Rating*

120 VAC 240 VAC

1 Cycle
Surge '
(Amps)
Peak

Control

Voltage

3

120D3

240D3

25

3-32 VDC

10

120D10

240D10

110

3-32 VDC

25*

120D25

240D25

250

3-32 VDC

45

120D45

240D45

650

3-32 VDC

10

120A10

240A10

110

85-280 VAC

25*

120A25

240A25

250

85-280 VAC

45

120A45

240A45

650

85-280 VAC

*Also available with 380 VAC rating

Output
Current
Rating
. Amps

Output Voltage Rating

120 VAC 240 VAC

1 Cycle
Surge
(Amps)
Peak

Control

Voltage

2

MP120D2

MP240D2

20

3-24 VDC

4

MP120D4

MP240D4

85

3-24 VDC

2

P120D2

P240D2

20

3-32 VDC

4

P120D4

P240D4

85

3-32 VDC

Liberator Z Series

Designed for high volume
the best buy in solid state
relays.

Proof that quality does not
have to cost more.

Output

Current

Output Voltage Rating

1 Cycle
. Surge

Control

* Rating
Amps

120 VAC

240 VAC

(Amps)

Peak

Voltage'”

5

Z120D5

Z240D5

85

3-32 VDC

10

Z120D10

Z240D10

110

3-32 VDC

2000 Volt Transient Proof High Voltage Power Series

Advanced design provides
transient immunity to
2000 volts!

Output

1 Cycle

Current

Voltage

Surge

Control

Rating

Rating

(Amps)

Voltage

Amps

480 VAC

Peak

10

480D10-12

110

3-32 VDC

15

480D15-12

150

3-32 VDC

10

480A10-12

110

85-280 VAC

tDC Load Relays -Detailed Specs On Above Models- Application Help -Contact Factory

15461 Springdale Street, Huntington Beach, CA 92649 / (714) 891-5861 / Telex 692386

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1877

4500

RELAYS

4500

HV ROTARY
SWITCHES

Ratings from 5 to 150KV, 1 to
200 amps. Either manual or
electrical operators, depending
upon requirements. Position
detents and interlocks to pre-
vent opening under load.

HV-RF SWITCHES

For RF applications, low
loss G-7 Silicone glass in-
sulation and non magnetic
materials are used. Switches
available up to 50 MHz. 1
to 50 KV, 1 to 800 amps.
Air or hydraulic, and spring
actuated.

Hi-Pot TEST SETS
0-50 KV RMS, 0-50 KV DC

Specifically designed for testing HV Vacuum Devices
as well as HV equipment and insulation. A built-in X-
Radiation Monitor, Audible and Visible {Breakdown
Indicator, Breakdown Counter, and a 0-50 KV RMS
Voltage Adjustment with large scale meter are among
the standard features. Q&m KV DC adaptor output
optional. ....... I Q

a: j'"

TOROIDS, SPHERES,
CORONA SHIELDS

Geometrically designed
to avoid excessive volt-
age gradients at connect-
ing points and other
areas needing shielding
or balancing of electro-
static fields to increase
I withstand voltage and
ILdf m ' n ' m ' ze corona. Dia-
meters are to interna-
tional standard metric
sizes.

• ® • • m

HIGH CURRENT
SWITCHES

Models are available up to
20,000 amps continuous, and
over 500,000 amps pulse, with
voltage ratings of 6 volts to
300 KV peak test. Many are
air cylinder or motor operated
for high contact force.

HV GROUNDING
RELAYS

Extra high voltage low
corona grounding relays of
the air insulated type.
Ratings up to 600 KV peak
at 100 amps continuous.
Solenoid, motor or air
cylinder operated and
spring or gravity return.

HV DIGITAL MULTIMETERS

Easy to read, 4 Vfe-digit display; 0.05% basic accuracy.
0.0001 volt to 900 KV. Battery/AC with charger.
Recorder and scope outputs. DC, AC RMS average,
, AC RMS true, ohms, megohms,

\ AC and DC current.

HV RELAYS

HV relays of the air insulated type
both for low and high current. This
series has ratings from 1 to 200
amps continuous, 100 to 100,000
amps momentary and capacitor
discharge. Peak test voltages from
5 to 300KV. Single or Multipole.
NO, NC, and DT. Auxiliary contacts
optional on all types. Extended life
and tungsten contacts also avail-
able for high current closing.
Usable in oil.

HIGH SPEED VACUUM CONTACTORS
(One Cycle) CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Vacuum switches, single phase,
three phase, upright or low
profile, for high reliability
sealed arc interrupting or
crobar shorting. 208 V to 200
KV RMS operate. 50 to 4,000
amps continuous, 2,000 to

35.000 amps AC, 10 to 20,000
amps DC interrupt, 5,000 to

100.000 amps momentary and
capacitor discharge.

SOLENOID DRIVERS
ENERGY STORAGE UNITS

One

Millisecond

For high speed or loss
of power automatic cir-
cuit breaker trip and for
high speed activation of
contactor or circuit
breaker solenoids. Ener-
gy storage up to 400
■j joules or more at 150
| to 700 volts or more,

■ 1 00 to 4,000 microfarad
* or more. Instantaneous
SCR control available.

WIDE BAND
HV VOLTAGE DIVIDERS

Precision compensated resistance-
capacitance voltage dividers for
15KV to 900 KV, DC to 10MHz orto
0.02 /j Sec rise time pulse. 1,000/1
ratio matched to 1 megohm, 20 to
50 pf display or recorder, or as
required. Accuracy and stability
0.1% to 3%.

; ;;

HV ADJUSTABLE
SPARK GAPS

Non-melting carbon
^ spheres, 1 cm to 10 cm
and heavy wall alumi-
num spheres, 10 cm
and above. Dust tight
transparent covers used
1 KV to 88 KV. Open
style to 670 KV. Direct
reading micrometer type
calibrating device.

HV DIGITAL PROBES

HV DC, AC, & Wideband DC-1 MHz Safety Probes
for any digital display or VTVM. Also available
complete with large 4!/2-digit display 0.1% to 5%
AC/DC accuracy, safety handle digital voltmeter.
Battery/AC with charger. Removable Digital Display
or Multimeter. 0.0001 volt to 200 KV. 0.05% accuracy
basic, with DCV, ACV, ohms,
megohms, AC and DC
current. DC to 1, MHz.

WIDE BAND MATCHING
NFWi AMPLIFIERS

NEW!

Fiber

Optics

Transmission

AC or rechargable battery/AC
operated. DC to 1 MHz. 1
megohm or higher input to 50
ohm load. Cable driver has a
maximum output to 10V PK
(20V PK to PK) and maximum
input of 10V to 1,000V PK
direct from signal source.
With Ross wide band HV
dividers useful from 0.1V to
over 900 KV.

ENGINEERING CORP.

559 WESTCHESTER DRIVE CAMPBELL, CALIF. 95008

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

WRITE FOR CATALOG

PHONE (408) 377-4621 24 HR. (408) 253-1572„

•ers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1*1878

4500

RELAYS

4500

New

Precedent Setting Proprietary Process 4
Achieves New Long Life Standards
for Reed Switches

‘Patent Pending

Now another major advance for Standex Electronics, the country’s fastest growing manufacturer of reed
switches and relays. A new reed switch has been developed for the High-Rel and ATE Reed Market. This
switch features Stable Contact Resistance over life, with low dynamic noise and virtually no contact bounce.
The problem-solving switch the Automatic Test Equipment industry has been waiting for — a premium

product at competitive prices.

A new Standex proprietary process sets this model
apart from other switches. And since we are a leading
manufacturer of reed relays, we are prepared to package
it for any user to specification .

As with the complete Standex line, the new hi- rel switch , Jjj

features exceedingly robust glass-to-wire seals to mini- !u\ ■ .

mize cracking or breaking at assembly, molding or testing - .....

stages of the user’s product. Patented fully automatic pr Jjjij fP®t'

production, testing, grading and sorting to your specifi- ff

cations ensure consistent performance and long life. “

ATE manufacturers— call or write us for further infor- 1 P " MW

mation and test results from an independent testing

laboratory. Let Standex start helping with your switching . ^

problems today.

Standex Electronics

4538 Camberwell Road, Cincinnati, OH • (51 3) 871-3777 Morley Road, Tonbridge, Kent, England • (732) 358398

Manufacturers of Paul Smith Coils and Chokes, Underwood Mica Capacitors and Van Products Connectors. Multiple plants in U.S. and Mexico. Other plants in England and Haiti.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1879

4500

RELAYS

4500

wabash

Dept. EM, First and Webster Streets /

WABASH RELAY & ELECTRONICS DIVISION The Reed Relay Specialist

Wabash, Indiana 46992 / (219) 563-2191 / TWX 810-290-2722

The 814 Series offers dry reed reliability
and total isolation in a low profile 1C
type package, with DTL/TTL compatible
coil drive available in most configura-
tions.

SPECIFICATIONS — Contact Rating: 28

VDC or 0.110 Amps (switching); 3 watts;
200 mil liohms max. initial contact re-
sistance; 200 Volt pk. bkdn. Tempera-
ture: — 55°C to +105°C. Shock: 100G
max., 8 ±1 mSec. V 2 wave. Vibration:
20G @ 10-5000 Hz. Insulation Resis-
tance: 10 10 Ohms min. Capacitance: 0.2
pf. Operate Time (Typical): to 0.5 mSec.

Release Time (Typical): 0.1 mSec. Life
Expectancy: 50 x 10 4 operations at signal
level; 1 x 10 6 operations at rated load.

Con-

tact

Form

Norn.

Volt-

age

Max.

Volt-

age

Coil
Resist.
±10% A

Part

Number

5/6

16

365

814-101-01

5

19

500

814-102-01

1A

6

19

500

814-103-01

12/15

24

800

814-104-01

24

30

1250

814-105-01

▲ Measured at 25°C.

815 SERIES

.050 Dia Depression

The 815 Series, with a profile slightly
higher than the 814, offers increased
versatility while maintaining the DIP
package approach to hi-density printed
circuit applications. Standard part num-
bers listed are subject to specifications
shown for the 814 Series, however, the
815 has the capacity to offer dry reed
switches to V 2 Amp rating plus up to a
200 VDC max. switching voltage. Op-
tional features include diode suppres-
sion, magnetic shielding and electrostatic
shielding.

Con-

Norn.

Max.

Coil

tact

Volt-

Volt-

Resist.

Part

Form

age

age

±10% A

Number

5/6

14

200

815-101-01

1 A

5/6

19

500

815-102-01

12/15

19

500

815-103-01

24

40

2150

815-104-01

5/6

14

200

815-201-01

2A

12/15

19

500

815-202-01

24

38

2000

815-203*01

5/6

7

200

815-221-01

IB

12/15

16

500

815-222-01

24

32

2000

815-223-01

5/6

8

80

815-241-01

1C

12/15

19

500

815-242-01

24

38

2000

815-243-01

816 SERIES

The 816 Series SIP (Single-Inline Pack-
age) provides the power handling capa-
bilities of the 815 DIP while taking up
less printed circuit board space. Stan-
dard part numbers listed are subject to
specifications shown for the 814 Series;
however, the 816 has the capacity to
offer dry reed switches with ratings to
0.5 amps and 200 VDC. Optional features
include diode suppression and magnetic
shielding.

Con-

tact

Form

Norn.

Volt-

age

Max.

Volt-

age

Coil
Resist.
±10% A

Part

Number

1 A

5/6

14

200

816-101

SPST

5/6

19

500

816-102

NO

12/15

19

500

816-103

24

40

2150

816-104

IB

5/6

7

200

816-221

SPST

12/15

16

500

816-222

NC

24

32

2000

816-223

802/803 SERIES

.310

Max

■j|.20o|— .400— | 20o[i-

T

.360

The 802 and 803 are sub-miniature reed
relays in a Single-Inline package. They
are both available in a 1 Form A con-
figuration and are P.C. mountable. Con-
tact ratings of 200 volts DC with total
power handling of 10 watts is standard

Contact

Form

Nominal

Voltage

Coil

Resistance
±10% A

Part

Number

5/6

500

802-101

1A

12/15

500

802-102

24

2000

802-103

5/6

125

802-104

En-

5/6

500

803-101

closed

12/15

500

803-102

1A

24

2000

803-103

5/6

125

803-104

The 804 and 806 sub-miniature reed re-
lays come in a 1 Form A configuration.
Both relays are P.C. mountable and are
completely enclosed for environmental
protection, extended life and easy clean-
ing. Call Wabash Relay & Electronics for
complete details.

SPECIFICATIONS — Contact Ratings:

(max.) 200 VDC, 0.5 Amp (switching), 1.0
Amp (carry), 10 Watts DC, 15 V-A (AC sup-
pressed), 250 Volts peak breakdown, 200
milliohms max. initial contact resistance.
Temperature: -55°C to + 105°C. Shock:
30 G max., 11 ±1 mSec. Vibration: 10 G
max. @ 0 to 1700 Hz. Insulation Resis-

tance: 10 10 ohms min. Capacitance: 0.5
pf. Life Expectancy: 100 x 10 4 operations
at dry ckt.; 50 x 10 4 operations at signal
levels; 20 x 10 6 operations at rated load.

Con

tact

Form

Norn.

Volt-

age

Max.

Volt-

age

Coil
Resist.
±10% A

Part

Number

5/6

8

60

804-101

1A

12/15

18

370

804-102

24

27

950

804-103

5/6

12

500

806-101

1A

12/15

24

1200

806-102

24

38

2000

806-103

SUB-MINIATURE DRY REED RELAYS
807/808 SERIES

* MAX. ^

1 — n

Con-

tact

Form

Norn.

Volt-

age

Max.

Volt-

age

Coil
Resist.
±10% a

Part

Number

Con-

tact

Form

Norn.

Volt-

age

Max.

Volt-

age

Coil
Resist.
±10% A

Part

Number

f — y

5/6

8

200

807/808-211

5/6

13

350

807/808-101

u u

1 1

IBt

12/15

16

800

807/808-212

1 A

12/15

24

1200

807/808-102

U .700 «|

24

32

2000

807/808-213

24

39

3200

807/808-103

1 MAX.

r .805 *

5/6 1

8

125

807/808-316

5/6

10

200

807/808-201

ICf

12/15

16

500

807/808-317

2A

12/15

20

800

807/808-202

1

1

24

32

2000

807/808-318

24

32

2000

807/808-203

* (1A1B guarantee break-before-make)

Contact Forms Available: 1, 2, 3 Pole. Forms A, B, & C.

1*1880

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4500

RELAYS

4500

wabash

Dept. EM, First and Webster Streets /

WABASH RELAY & ELECTRONICS DIVISION The Reed Relay Specialist

Wabash, Indiana 46992 / (219) 563-2191 / TWX 810-290-2722

MINIATURE DRY REED RELAYS
827/828 SERIES

Con-

tact

Form

Nom.

Volt-

age

Max.

Volt-

age

Coil
Resist.
±10% A

Part

Number

Con-

tact

Form

Nom.

Volt-

age

Max.

Volt-

age

Coil
Resist.
±10% A

Part

Number

5/6

22

500

827/828-101

5/6

8

200

827/828-211

1A

12/15

28

800

827/828-102

1 B f

12/15

16

800

827/828-212

24

44

2000

827/828-103

24

32

2000

827/828-213

5/6

14

200

827/828-201

5/6

8

60

827/828-316

2A

12/15

29

800

827/828-202

ict

12/15

16

240

827/828-317

24

46

2000

827/828-203

24

32

960

827/828-318

* (1A1B guarantee break-before-make)

Contact Forms Available: 1, 2, 3, 4, & 6 Poles. Forms A, B, & C including magnetic
latchers.

SPECIFICATIONS — Contact Ratings: (max.) 200 VDC, 150 VAC, 0.5 Amp (switching),
3 Amp (Carry), 10 Watts DC, 25 V-A (AC suppressed), 300 Volts peak breakdown, 200
milliohms max. initial contact resistance. Temperature: -55°C to +105°C. Shock:
30 G max., 11 ±1 mSec. Vibration: 10 G max. @ 0 to 1700 Hz. Insulation Resistance:
10 9 Ohms min. Capacitance: 0.5 pf. Life Expectancy: 100 x 10 6 ops @ dry ckt.; 50 x
10 6 ops @ signal levels; 20 x 10 6 ops @ rated load.

MINIATURE DRY REED RELAYS

STANDARD REED RELAYS
842/843 SERIES

846/847 SERIES

* Spacing not available in 1 pole package.

L 2.625 J

\a

MAX.

b

|\

W

o nnrt

1

2.400

The relays shown here are just a sampling of the many designs and
configurations manufactured by Wabash Relay & Electronics as standard
products. We also offer design assistance and custom designed relays
through our fully staffed engineering department. Should you require
a custom designed relay, here are some parameters to consider:

U.L. and C.S.A. Recognition

Several relay series are recognized under the Component Program of
Underwriters' Laboratories. Most of these relays also have C.S.A. recog-
nition. Regardless of which series you are interested in, Wabash Relay
can help you obtain the U.L. or C.S.A. recognition your design requires.

Wabash Relay & Electronics Division

1st & Weber Streets, Wabash, Indiana 46992
(219) 563-2191 TWX: 810-290-2722

Con-

tact

Form

Nom.

Volt-

age

Max.

Volt-

age

Coil
Resist.
±10% A

Part

Number

Con-

tact

Form

Nom.

Volt-

age

Max.

Volt-

age

Coil
Resist.
±10% A

Part

Number

5/6

22

500

837/838-101

5/6

8

200

837/838-211

1A

12/15

28

800

837/838-102

IBf

12/15

16

800

837/838-212

24

44

2000

837/838-103

24

32

2000

837/838-213

5/6

14

200

837/838-201

5/6

8

60

837/838-342

2A

12/15

29

800

837/838-202

ict

12/15

16

240

837/838-343

24

46

2000

837/838-203

*

24

32

960

837/838-344

* (1A1B guarantee break-before-make)

Contact Forms Available: 1, 2, 3, 4, & 6 Pole. Forms A, B, & C including magnetic
latchers.

SPECIFICATIONS — Contact Ratings: (max.) 200 VDC, 150 VAC, 0.5 Amp (switching),
3 Amp (carry), 10 Watts DC, 25 V-A (AC suppressed), 300 Volts peak breakdown, 200
milliohms max. initial contact resistance. Temperature: -55°C to +105°C. Shock:
30 G max., 11 ±1 mSec. Vibration: 10 G max. @ 0 to 1700 Hz. Insulation Resistance:
10 9 Ohms min. Capacitance: 0.5 pf. Life Expectancy: 100 x 10 6 ops @ dry ckt.; 50 x
10 6 ops @ signal levels; 20 x 10 6 ops @ rated load.

Con-

Nom.

Max.

Coil

Con-

Nom.

Max.

Coil

tact

Volt-

Volt-

Resist.

Part

tact

Volt-

Volt-

Resist.

Part

Form

age

age

±10% A

Number

Form

age

age

±10% A

Number

5/6

22

150

842/843-101

5/6

9

100

842/843-209

1 A

12/15

45

600

842/843-102

IBf

12/15

18

400

842/843-211

24

90

2400

842/843-103

24

36

1600

842/843-213

48

175

9000

842/843-104

48

72

6400

842/843-215

5/6

20

100

842/843-201

6

9

100

842/843-311

2A

12/15 1

41

400

842/843-202

ict

12

18

400

842/843-315

24

82

1600

842/843-203

*

24

36

1600

842/843-319

48

165

6400

842/843-204

48

72

6400

842/843-323

* (1A1B guarantee break-before-make)

Contact Forms Available: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, & 12 Pole. Forms A, B, & C including
magnetic latchers.

SPECIFICATIONS — Contact Ratings: 400 VDC, 250 VAC, 1.5 Amp (switching) 6 Amp
(carry), 25 Watts, 40 V-A (AC suppressed) 50 milliohm max. initial contact resistance
500 volts peak breakdown. Temperature: -55°C to +105°C. Shock: 30 G max., 11
±1 mSec. Vibration: 10 G max.@ 0-1700 Hz. Insulation Resistance: 10 9 Ohms min.
Capacitance: 1.5 pf. Life Expectancy: Dry ckt., 100 x 10 6 ops; signal level, 50 x 10 6
ops; rated power, 20 x 10 6 ops.

Available to 12 form A. True form C also available.

Con-

Nom.

Max.

Coil

Con-

Nom.

Max.

Coil

tact

Volt-

Volt-

Resist.

Part

tact

Volt-

Volt-1

Resist.

Part

Form

age

age

±10% A

Number

Form

age

age

±10% A

Number

5/6

22

150

846/847-101

5/6

9

100

846/847-209

1A

12/15

45

600

846/847-102

IBt

12/15

18

400

846/847-211

24

90

2400

846/847-103

24

36

1600

846/847-213

5/6

20

100

846/847-201

2A

12/15

41

400

846/847-202

24

82 1

1600

846/847-203

Contact Forms Available: 1 & 2 Pole. Forms A, B, & C including magnetic latchers.
SPECIFICATIONS — Contact Ratings: 400 VDC, 250 VAC, 1.5 Amp (switching) 6 Amp
(carry), 25 Watts, 40 V-A (AC suppressed) 75 milliohm max. initial contact resistance
500 volts peak breakdown. Temperature: -55°C to +105°C. Shock: 30 G max.,
11 ±1 mSec. Vibration: 10 G max. @ 0-1700 Hz. Insulation Resistance*. 10 9 Ohms
min. Capacitance: 1.5 pf. Life Expectancy: Dry ckt., 100 x 10 6 ops; signal level, 50 x
10 6 ops; rated power, 20 x 10 6 ops.

True form C also available.

Prints and specifications, if available, are the best design tool. The minimum informa-
tion required for Wabash Relay to design a relay is:

Mechanical Specifications

o Maximum length
e Maximum width

• Maximum height above P.C. board

• Pin configuration

• Open or covered

• Type of environment relay will be
exposed to

© End Use

Electrical Specifications

o Switch configuration
© Nominal voltage
© Must operate voltage or current
© Must release voltage or current
© Coil resistance
© Switching current
© Contact resistance
© Carry current
© U.L. recognition required
© Special considerations (ESS, low
thermal, high insulation resistance,
etc.)

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1881

4550

SOLENOIDS

Solenoids

Over 300 choices of standard solenoid designs are available off-the-shelf from
Ledex. But, if none of these meet your unique requirements, we’ll provide you
with custom engineered prototypes. Either way, Ledex offers you the widest
variety of solenoids for your design.

Rotary Solenoids

Step-turn-index-lock-punch-lift. For millisecond fast torque and endurance,
specify a Ledex rotary solenoid.

Eight basic sizes, right or lefthand strokes from 10 to 110 degrees. Torque output
to 117 pound-inches. Life of over 100 million cycles with endurance engineered
models.

Linear Solenoids

Short-medium-long strokes are all available from one source— Ledex. Choose
our low profile flat face push/pull for high force/short stroke; our low profile
conical face push/pull for medium force/stroke and our tubular solenoids for long
strokes. Rugged construction provides accurate repeatability after long usage.
Our tubular solenoids have built-in impact cushions to absorb energy at the end of
the stroke and electroless nickel plated plungers for longer life.

Custom Designed Solenoids

The Ledex Model 515 Dot Matrix solenoid has a special patented construction to
control bounce, is easy to mount, uses standard terminals, operates at 1300 Hz.,
and has a life of 300 million actuations. Our printhammer solenoid was specially
designed for quiet actuation to interface with plastic or metal daisy wheels while
delivering variable force depending on the character.

M 1

Stepping Solenoids

Step 10-15-20 or 30 degrees with the highest torque a stepping solenoid makes -
the Ledex Series 50-L. Square wave pulse drives either the unidirectional or
bidirectional model for 10,000,000 steps with a non-accumulative accuracy of
±1°. Direct couple for mechanical ease and avoid linkages. Can be manually
overridden in case of power failure.

Proportional Solenoids

Open loop/closed loop, variable position sensing is now possible by using the
Ledex proportional solenoid with the Ledex controller for smooth, accurate
response. Hydraulic systems can use our wet plunger type which requires no
dynamic seals and provides up to 50 pounds force. Do away with pilot stages and
expensive servo valves.

D-Frame Solenoids

Ledex D-Frame solenoids offer economical, long term service for users whose
needs must be matched by a dependable product and reliable source. Eight
standard models are available from stock with strokes up to 1.25". Quick connect
terminals and class “B” coils are standard.

LEDEX INC., P.O. Box 427 • Vandalia, Ohio 45377 • USA

Call 513-898-3621

1*1882

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Indicates MIL type

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1883

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

DELTROL SOLENOIDS

C-6 PULL TYPE

L =1-1/8
W =55/64
H =1-17/64
.187 QUICK CONNECT/
SOLDER TERMINALS

1

Coil

Stock No.

Volts/

Type

Duty

Resist.

(Ohms)

Power

53685-83

24VDC

Cont.

124

4.7W

53686-83

24VDC

Int.

50.8

12W

53687-94

120V AC

Cont.

776

6.8VA

53688-94

120VAC

Int.

327

19.6 V A

STROKE (INCHES) FORCE (OUNCES)

1/16

1/8

3/16

1/4

NOTE: Standard intermittent duty cycle at

DC Cont.

7

3

2

1-1/2

nominal voltage is one ,(1) minute on and

DC Int.

15

8

5

3-1/2

three (3) minutes off.

AC Cont.

10

7

5

4

AC Int.

21

13

11

8

NOTE: Standard Intermittent duty cycle at
nominal voltage is three (3) minutes on and
nine (9) minutes off.

C-7 PULL TYPE

Coil

Stock No.

Volts/

Type

Duty

Resist.

(Ohms)

Power

53634-83

24VDC

Cont.

118

5W

53635-83

24VDC

Int.

.5

11. 5W

53637-94

120VAC

Cont.

509

7.8VA

53638-94

120 VAC

Int.

220

21 VA

STROKE (INCHES) FORCE (OUNCES

1/16

1/8

3/16

1/4

DC Cont.

19

8

5

3

DC Int.

28

12

8

5

AC Cont.

17

12

10

8

AC Int.

30

22

19

17

L = 1-27/32
W =15/16
H =1-3/16

.187 QUICK CONNECT/
SOLDER TERMINALS

NOTE; Standard intermittent duty cycle at
nominal voltage is three (3) minutes on and
nine (9) minutes off.

D-11 PULL TYPE

Coil

Stock No.

Volts/

Type

Duty

Resist.

(Ohms)

Power

53736-81

12VDC

Cont.

18

8W

53736-82

24VDC

Cont.

72

8W

53736-87

12VDC

Int.

8

18W

53736-88

24VDC

Int.

32

18W

53738-84

120 V AC

Cont.

200

12VA

53738-90

120 V AC

Int.

85

42VA

STROKE (INCHES) FORCE (OUNCES)

1/16

1/8

3/16

1/4

1/2

3/4

DC Cont.

38

28

16

11

4

3

DC Int.

55

40

24

22

10

6

AC Cont.

14

12

9

8

7

6

AC Int.

45

25

20

18

15

14

NOTE: Standard intermittent duty cycle at
nominal voltage is three (3) minutes on and
nine (9) minutes off.

DELTROL

D-28 PULL TYPE

1

Coil

Stock No.

Volts/

Type

Duty

Resist.

(Ohms)

Power

53708-81

12VDC

Cont.

27.1

5.5W

53708-82

24VDC

Cont.

108

5.5W

53708-87

12VDC

Int.

12.7

11. 5W

53708-88

24VDC

Int.

51

11. 5W

53706-84

120 VAC

Cont.

420

8VA

53706-90

120VAC

Int.

220

:

21 VA

STROKE (INCHES) FORCE (OUNCES)

1/16

1/8

3/16 .

1/4

1/2

DC Cont.

20

10

6

4

2

DC Int.

35

19

12

8

3

AC Cont.

16

12

10

8

4

AC Int.

29

20

17

14

6

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL.

controls / 0

2745 S. 19th Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53215 Phone (414) 671-6800, Telex 2-6871

1*1884

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

DELTROL SOLENOIDS

L = 1-9/16
W =1-7/16
H = 1-5/8

NOTE: Standard intermittent duty cycle at
nominal voltage is three (3) minutes on and
nine (9) minutes off.

D-2 PULL TYPE

Coil

Stock No.

Volts/

Type

Duty

Resist.

(Ohms)

Power

53728-81

12VDC

Cont.

13.6

10.5W

53728-82

24VDC

Cont.

54.7

10.5W

53728-87

12VDC

Int.

4.92

29W

53728-88

24VDC

Int.

20.0

29W

53729-84

120 V AC

Cont.

139

13VA

53729-90

120 V AC

Int.

47.0

44VA

STROKE (INCHES) FORCE (OUNCES)

1/16

1/8

3/16

1/4

1/2

3/4

DC Cont.

84

50

34

23

8

4

DC Int.

122

97

74

56

21

9

AC Cont.

27

20

17

16

14

5

AC Int.

69

56

50

45

36

15

= 1-3/4
= 1-7/16
= 1-5/8

NOTE: Standard intermittent duty cycle at
nominal voltage is three (3) minutes on and
nine (9) minutes off.

D-3HD PULL TYPE

Coil

Stock No.

Volts/

Type

Duty

Resist.

(Ohms)

Power

53732-81

12VDC

Cont.

12.8

11. 2W

53732-82

24VDC

Cont.

51.5

11. 2W

53732-87

12VDC

Int.

5.3

27W

53732-88

24VDC

Int.

21.4

27W

53733-84

120VAC

Cont.

109

20VA

53733-90

120VAC

Int.

27

115VA

STROKE (INCHES) FORCE (OUNCES)

1/16

1/8

3/16

1/4

1/2

3/4

DC Cont.

110

72

45

31

10

4

DC Int.

150

124

96

72

25

10

AC Cont.

35

26

23

22

21

13

AC Int.

112

88

80

78

68

40

NOTE: Standard intermittent duty cycle at
nominal voltage is three (3) minutes on and
nine (9) minutes off .

D-4 PULL TYPE

J

Coil

Stock No.

Volts/

Type

Duty

Resist.

(Ohms)

Power

53717-81

12VDC

Cont.

12.3

11. 5W

53717-82

24VDC

Cont.

50.4

11. 5W

53717-87

12VDC

Int.

3.0

47.6W

53717-88

24VDC

Int.

12.3

47:6W

53718-84

120VAC

Cont.

133

11.5VA

53718-90

120VAC

Int.

37

60VA

STROKE (INCHES) FORCE (OUNCES)

1/16

1/8

3/16

1/4

DC Cont.

94

66

46

34

14

7

DC Int.

142

122

106

92

52

30

AC Cont.

12

10

9

9

10

13

AC Int.

44

38

34

32

38

46

NOTE: Standard intermittent duty cycle at
nominal voltage is three (3) minutes on and
nine (9) minutes off.

DELTROL

D-4HD PULL TYPE

1

Coil

Stock No.

Volts/

Type

Duty

Resist.

(Ohms)

Power

53719-81

12VDC

Cont.

12.1

11. 7W

53719-82

24VDC

Cont.

49.2

11. 7W

53719-87

12VDC

Int.

3.8

38W

53719-88

24VDC

Int.

15.2

38W

53720-84

120 VAC

Cont.

72.4

32VA

53720-90

120VAC

Int.

19.1

170VA

STROKE (INCHES) FORCE (OUNCES)

1/16

1/8

3/16

1/4

1/2

3/4

DC Cont.

116

85

60

42

16

8

DC Int.

160

136

114

98

46

26

AC Cont.

24

20

19

18

21

24

AC Int.

84

72

64

60

66

76

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL.

controls l@

DIVISION Of DEL TROL CORP

2745 S. 19th Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 5321 5 Phone (414) 671 -6800, Telex 2-6871

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1885

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

electro-mechanisms

INCORPORATED

P.0. BOX A

AZUSA, CALIF. 91702
AREA CODE (213) 359-2535

MINI-SOLENOID

ACTUATORS

SP SERIES
PUSH TYPE

Frame:

Core:

Plunger: ....

Wire:

Termination:

TAPPED (2) STD

T— h 4- j 4-

Tape: ....
Bobbin:

Tip:

Pushrod:
Tol:

C1006 Iron — Cad-!l Plated

C1002 Electroless Nickel Plated

C1002 Electroless Nickel Plated

130°C Magnet Wire

Heavy Leads — PVC, Type BU, 5"

Terminals — Solder Lugs

Mylar

30% Glass Filled Nylon
Delrin

Phosphor Bronze
.xxx ±.005

3, 6, 12, 24, 48 VDC

SPECIFICATIONS

Note: Dimension L is shown with solenoid in energized position. Return Spring and Delrin Tip are Standard on all SPSeries.

IlM

■

n

H

a

B

B

B

a

■

■

H

■

■

Tapped

Holes

Wattage

Nom.

EEJ

.403

.180

.062

.025

.068

.235

.085

&

Va

*

mm

BB

El

BEX

1.5

.548

.236

.093

.036

.100

.298

.093

Va

.136

V8

*

mm

E2I

2

mu

E2!

EUf

63

.051

.150

EH

Qjjl

m

□

m

Q

E9

EH

.3

EEB

3

mm

BE

.488

.125

.051

.187

IKIil

EH

El

m

m

Q

EB

.7

Mhl'M

4.5

eeb

H8EI

HS8

i3sn

EH

a

if

&

m

eh

mm

E

E3

E3

EH

isei

El

m

o

HE 1

E9I

3/4

mm

H1E1

Km

Standard Coils 105°C, Hi Temp Available. * Max Stroke, Standard Pushrod length.

PO SERIES
PULL TYPE

Frame: C1006 Iron — Cad-ll Plated

Core: C1002 Electroless Nickel Plated

Plunger: C1002 Electroless Nickel Plated

Wire: 130°C Magnet Wire

Termination: Heavy Leads — PVC, Type BU, 5"

Terminals — Solder Lugs

Tape: Mylar

Bobbin: 30% Glass Filled Nylon

Tip: Delrin

Pushrod: Phosphor Bronze

Tol: xxx ±.005

SPECIFICATIONS

Note: Dimension L is shown with solenoid in energized position.

H

B

B

B

■

■

■

H

L

M

0

p

R

T

Max.

Stroke

Weight

Oz.

Tapped

Holes

Wattage

Nom.

IQ

E33

BSE 1

□

E

m

*

.734

d

.100

.025

EH

EH

mm

.1

2

ESI

E

EH)

E

*6

1/4

K6

1/4

.892

dH

.051

E

E

.3

3'

EES

BU

E2

1/2

3/8

1.180

.285

.063

.7

4.5

m

El

5/8

1/4

1.434

.391

.063

.094

KB

1.2

iOH

6

1.621

BBI

BU

.838

5/8

2k.

1/4

1/2

1.891

.473

EE

.063

.094

.063

3/4

2.7

9

Standard Coils 105°C, Hi Temp Available.

SPECIALS

ELECTRO-MECHANISMS, INC., is completely equipped, both engineering and production wise,
to supply you with variations of our solenoids that you might need for your application. We are
also capable of designing special types that you might need within the size range of our products.
We would appreciate the opportunity to help you solve design and application problems you may
have in the area of miniature solenoid actuators.

The force charts below represent three different duty
cycles.

Nominal voltage represents continuous duty.

2X Nominal voltage represents a 25%, intermittent duty
cycle 4X Nominal voltage represents a 8% intermittent
duty cycle.

The duty cycle consists of two factors-.

1. Percentage of time solenoid is energized in one com-
plete operating cycle.

(Ref: DUTY CYCLE =

T ime On

Time On + Time Off

X 100)

2. Length of time of the longest singie energization in
one complete operating cycle.

SP18 SP-25

All forces snown are at 25° ambient. For use at higher
ambient temperatures use the chart below to determine
force at any given temperature.

% or force x c

FEATURES

ELECTRO-MECHANISMS micro-miniature solenoids offer
you static and impact forces equal to standard solenoids
2 to 3 times the size of these units.

Because of their small size, they have extremely fast
reaction time. As fast as 2 msec at 4x nominal voltage.
The unique design of PUSH or PULL action, offers many
applications beyond the conventional pull type solenoid.
A complete line of 15 solenoids from O.D. to 1.250"
O.D. allows you to choose the correct solenoid with the
force you require, from stock items.

The units are highly reliable with life of many millions
of operations.

The solenoids are also available with coils in Class F
and Class H for high temperature requirements.
Simplicity of design helps keep the costs down and al-
lows us to pass these savings on to you, our customer.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

• Hammers for high speed
printers

• Camera shutter
actuators

• Locking mechanisms for
switches, adding ma-
chines and typewriters

• Interpossers for card
punching and tape
perforation

• Cam actuation

• Pen lifters for plotters

Event markers for chart
recorders
Key actuators for
numerical readouts on
typewriters and adding
machines
For life testing
different devices
For indicator flags
Sensing devices
Remote switching and
actuation

1*1886

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

electro-mechanisms

INCORPOR AT E D

P.0. BOX A

AZUSA, CALIF. 91702
AREA CODE (213) 359-2535

SP-lOO SERIES
60° CONICAL

%1

Li-

0E9

EU

“—EL

-I ^

PO-lOO SERIES
60° CONICAL

1 ' 1

0

1

L-

1 1

1

T _I

1

-

,

L-

SPECIFICATIONS

■

H

D

H

■

1

1

0

p

R

s

T

Height

of

Terms

Max.

Stroke

Tapped

Holes

Weight

Oz.

2.270

1.254

.092

1.254

1.115

.750

.040

.752

.627

*

*

E

*

.343

.365

1

6-32

■Hi

mm

H&j

a

1.115

.750

E2

B

Hfflj

.143

ESI

B

.365

1

6-32

10

Standard Coils 130°C, Hi Temp Coils Available. * Not Applicable.

11.5 WATTS VDC
3, 6, 12, 24, 48, 110
60° CONICAL

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

MINIATURE SOLENOID VALVE

The MICROSOL miniaturized Solenoid Valve is particularly
suitable for engineering applications requiring a low electrical
power consumption, minimum space and weight and high
pressure/flow rate characteristics.

The MICROSOL Valve consists of a solenoid and a rigidly
fastened valve body. The solenoid includes a Class 1 55 (F) coil
and its magnetic core is encapsulated with synthetic material.
The magnetic circuit includes a magnetic housing and a fixed
or a mobile magnetic core. The mobile magnetic core (plunger]

has a return spring which operates the main sealing disc
located in the valve body of the MICROSOL Solenoid Valve.
The low inertia of the moving parts of the MICROSOL
Solenoid Valve assures long life at a high cycling rate.

Available in 2-way or 3-way Normally Closed or Normally Open
modes with various functional combinations. Used with air,
inert gas, and liquids media. Pressures from vacuum to 150
PSI. Available in AC and DC voltages. Consult Factory for more
specific information and other available options.

Low Heat Generation
Compact

All Ports in Body Design— lends itself to manifolding
Low Power Consumption
Fast Response
Easy Mounting

Multipoised— May be mounted to operate in all

positions

Lightweight

Large Exhaust

Long Cycle Life

Printed Circuit Board Mountable

Mil

GENERAL CONTROLS DIVISION wf

INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION

801 Allen Ave., Glendale, California 91201

1*1888

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

MICROSOL' Solenoid Valve

Pilot Valve for 3-Way or 4-Way Valves
Dental Consoles— drill cooling, air blowers

Pick and Place Robots— direct actuation of small
cylinders, suction pads

Control Cabinets of Complex Machines— condenser
manufacturing, blister packaging, low melt packag-
ing such as wax milk cartons

Keyboard Test Equipment— cylinder actuates’keys

Adhesive Applicators

Textile Machines— especially knitting

Electronic Production Machinery— printed circuit

board manufacturing

Low Pressure Hydraulic Controls— grinding machines,
milling machine tables

Instrumentation— pneumatic panels

Household Automation— lighting, heating /cooling,

irrigation

C0 2 Aquarium Supply

Animation— theme parks, window displays, trade-
show exhibits
Ship Controls

Gas Mixing Equipment— Medical Instrumentation
Blood Pressure Machines

Actuation of Hydraulic Valves— n^qchinery interlocks

EDM— electrode feed system

Powder Metallurgy— handling equipment

Microprocessor Controlled Systems

Mark Space Positioning (frequency shift modulation)

MAGNETIC CIRCUIT

Terms and Conditions: All products of the company are sold and all services of the company are offered subject to the company’s terms and conditions of
sale, copies of which will be furnished upon request.. GENERAL CONTROLS. 801 ALLEN AVE., GLENDALE, CALIF. 91201.

© 1982 INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1889

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

IB GENERAL CONTROLS DIVISION

Solenoid Valves

A Better Valve at a Competitive Price

S30

2-way

If you think all solenoid valves are the same, take a close
look at ITT General Controls. Our solenoid valves offer
you a combination of exclusive features you won’t find
anywhere else. Built better to last longer no matter what

your application my require, our Solenoid Valves perform
around the clock to give you the kind of operational
security you have come to expect from ITT General
Controls.

Engineered with Vision

ITT General Controls
Solenoid Valves have been
designed to bring you
tomorrow’s technology
today, with 5 important
features that set us apart
from every other solenoid
valve on the market:

• Superior coils — ITT
General Controls has
standardized on the
highest quality UL listed,
Class F, epoxy-molded
coils for factory stocked
catalog items. Class H
coils also are available.

• Floating Main Seal — Our
unique seal design
assures tight shut-off
every time by allowing
the seal to position itself
on the orifice and self-
adjust for wear.

• Compensating Top Seal
— All of our 3-way, direct
acting solenoid valves
feature a compensating
top seal which can
withstand wider
temperature variations
and is self-adjusting for
extended cycle life.

• Simple Service — All ITT
General Controls
Solenoid Valves are
engineered for easy

' installation and servicing.
For example, our 2-way
normally open S302
Valve features both pipe
connections in the body.
This important design
benefit allows coil
replacement without
disconnecting any fluid
lines, unlike other 2-way
normally open solenoid
valves which require
shut down for coil
change.

Built with Care

ITT General Controls
Solenoid Valves are
manufactured to the
industry’s most exacting
quality standards — ours!
For instance, our break-
through holes are drilled by
EDM — electrodata
machining. This is a non-
contact machining process
that virtually eliminates
metallic burrs which can
contaminate flow
passages, damage the
valve, or even jam the
piston. Longer life and
protection against
corrosion are assured by a
chemical passification
process which removes
the smallest trace of
residue. The result is a
tougher and longer working
trouble-free solenoid valve.

More Features at a
Competitive Price

Our solenoid valves give
you all of these exclusive
standard features not
always available in other
solenoid valves. Plus, you
can choose between low
cost 2-way or 3-way valves
in normally open, normally
closed, universal, or
directional flow configu-
rations. There are also
extensive choices for flow
rates, media, pipe sizes,
and valve body materials,
as well as custom designs
for your specific needs.

So before you specify
solenoid valves, look
closely— they’re not all the
same. For the best
solenoid valve, the best
price, the best service, and
the best delivery, call ITT
General Controls. Get the
only solenoid valves that
are . . . Engineered with
Vision—- Built with Care.

GENERAL CONTROLS DIVISION in

801 Allen Avenue, Glendale, CA 91201

(213) 842-6131

1-1890

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

y H

1 V \

_.'j

M

COMMONLY USED

1 '■ 1 ! '

1

i : ; '

ABBREVIATION!

; i ! /

'■' f ’ J 1 : o
LU

f.

1

AND ACRONYM

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binary-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HY high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
mF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
YCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

4550

ROTARY SOLENOIDS

SOLENOIDS

4550

Ledex Rotary Solenoids step, turn, pull, push, index, hammer,
punch or trigger— whenever there is a need for fast and depend-
able direct rotary action. No complicated linkages or circuitry
required. They’re simple, have superior shock and vibration re-
sistance, high torque over the full stroke. 250 standard models in
stock for prototype work, ship in 48 hours. 117 to .09 Ib.-in.
torque range. Right or left hand strokes available in a variety of
degrees.

Write for our complete catalog.

Gross Torque in Pound-Inches by duty cycle for standard rotary strokes

Model

O.D.

Ht.

in.

25

cont.

1/20

35°

cont. 1/20

45°

cont. 1/20

671/2°

cont. 1/20

95°

cont. 1/20

IE

1

*8

—

1.1

—

.62

2E

%

.2

1.7

1.3

.10

.89

3B

*8

.35

3.2

2.3

.15

1.7

■Oi

.80

3E

1*6

%

.35

.25

2.3

.15

1.8

■

.89

4E

1*6

%

.9

.6

3.5

.4

3.1

1.9

.15

1.2

5B

1*8

1%

1.8

10.0

.9

8.3

.7

6.0

■

4.0

.19

1.9

5S

1*8

1*4

1.9

13.2

.9

9.2

.7

6.9

mm

4.9

.2

2.6

6S

2 'A

1%

4.6

30.6

3.4

20.5

1.7

12.1

1.6

9.7

.9

5.7

7B

2

9.0

35.5

5.0

32.0

7S

1 5 *4

11.0

46.6

6.0

42.0

5.0

32.8

2.5

19.3

1.5

11.6

8S

3*8

2*6

16.0

117.0

12.0

77.0

10.0

65.0

4.2

35.0

3.5

20.0

CUSTOM DESIGNS STEPPING SOLENOIDS— SERIES 50

Design application assistance, and custom design rotary sole-
noids are always available from Ledex.

A few examples include:

Special shaft extensions
Special shaft configurations
Subminiature rotary solenoids
Special armature plate contours
Special finishes
Special mountings
Special rotary strokes
Zero axial stroke models
Two coil solenoids

P.O.Box 427

Vandalia, Ohio 45377 U.S.A.
Phone:513-898-3621

Extended life stepping solenoids have a 10 million cycle minimum
life on unidirectional models, and in each direction on bidirec-
tional models. 12, 18, 24, and 36 position designs, accurate to
±1° nonaccumulative. High torque-to-size ratios, with break-
away torques to 246 ounce-inches. The exclusive tooth clutch
drive yields greater usable torque output, and acts as a built-in
electromechanical clutch brake for inertia loads. 64 stock models
for quick prototype development.

Write for our complete catalog.

Summary Specifications

Unidirectional

Bidirectional

Voltage

6 to 220 VDC

6 to 220 VDC

High temperature

+85°C

+85°C

Low temperature

— 40°C

— 40°C

Length

1.9"

2 . 8 "

Height

21 / 4 " (sq. plate)

21/4"

Weight

14 oz.

24 oz.

1*1892

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

PUSH & PULL SOLENOIDS

You name the job.

Short, medium or long stroke. High speed.

Tight space. Unusual load. Ledex has the
solenoid for you, usually on the shelf. Expert design
assistance for your toughest custom requirements.

Low-profile Ledex push/pull solenoids are built for high force for best efficiency. Two types available. Flat face is for short

to size and fast response. Better than 10ms response. Form stroke, rapid response. Conical face gives more mid-range

factor minimizes size, provides maximum pole face surface punch.

Model

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Size

.75"D X y 2 "

Conical

Face

1.0"D x %"

Conical Flat
Face Face

1.125"D X *y M "

Conical Flat
Face Face

1.312"D x %"

Conical Flat
Face Face

1.562"D X

Conical Flat
Face Face

1.875" D X lVie"

Conical Flat
Face Face

2.250"D x VVU'

Conical Flat
Face Face

2.750"D X

1

Flat Face

3.375"D x

1 %"

Flat Face

Stroke (in.)

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.020

.040

.040

Force (lbs.)

4.4

7.8

12.8

11.0

16.5

16.0

27.0

17.8

lf*IM

35.5

95.0

65.0

160

240

328

Stroke (in.)

.120

.120

.060

.120

.060

.120

.200

.100

.100

.380

.380

Force (lbs.)

1.0

3.3

3.6

5.3

7.8

10.0

6.1

11.8

20.0

33.0

30.0

18

27

Weight

7 A b oz.

V/ 2 oz.

21/4 oz.

3 % OZ.

6 OZ.

9oz.

1 lb. 5'A OZ.

2 lb. 4 OZ.

4 lbs. 3 oz.

(For detail performance curves, write for our Catalog)

Quality engineered for efficiency and long term dependabil- electroless nickel plated. It rides in a smooth bushing track

ity, the Ledex long stroke solenoid has a built-in impact designed for positive alignment and low friction. Off-the-shelf

cushion pad to absorb energy at the end of the power stroke. models available for 12, 28 and 100 VDC operations.

For smooth travel and long wear, the solenoid plunger is

Typical Output 1/10 Duty

i Model

r ~~ Size 50 H

Size 75

Size 100

Size 150

1 / 2 " D x 1 / 2 "

V 2 "D x 1"

3/4 "D X 11/2"

1"D x 2"

mmmii’TrmmM

IV 2 " x 2 V 2 "

Force, .050 Stroke

4.5 oz.

15 oz.

3 lbs.

7 lbs.

11.5 lbs.

16.5 lbs.

Force, .750 Stroke

—

—

.6 lbs.

2 lbs.

4 lbs.

7 lbs.

Shaft Diameter, pull

.187"

.187"

.312"

.437"

.500"

.625"

Shaft Diameter, push

.062"

.062"

.094"

.125"

Mounting

Thr’d Bushing

Thr’d Bushing

Thr’d Bushing

Thr’d Bushing

Saddle

i Saddle

14 grams

24 grams

3 oz.

6% oz.

9 oz.

1 lb. V 2 oz.

When it comes to actuating, Ledex has both the people and
products to give you the quickest and best solution. There’s
a wide choice of stock models for a fast start on your proto-
type. And our expert application staff is always glad to cus-

P.O. Box 427

Vandalia, Ohio 45377 U.S.A.
Phone: 513-898-3621

tom engineer to your exact stroke, force, speed and size
requirements. Other models (not shown) are available on
made-to-order basis with force outputs in excess of 350
pounds. Write for our catalog.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1893

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

LIBERTY CONTROLS, INC., 500 BROOKFOREST AVENUE, SHOREWOOP, 1L. 60435 • (815) 725-2241

1 * 1 894 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

LIBERTY CONTROLS, INC

SOLENOIDS

FORCE CURVE DATA

STANDARD VOLTAGES: 6, 12, 24, 48, 120, 240 AC
6,12,24,48,110,220 DC

PULSE DUTY DC

a iisu S4 /i 40 — — — —

L-89 I 265 234 190 149 110 82 58 — — —

1-90 | 266 I 230 | 188 | 154 1 126 j 106 94 [ 89 68 [ 40

PULSE DUTY AC

TYPE

w

W'

3 /s"

Vi"

3 /4"

L-22

19

14

9

6

3

—

—

L-61

44

32

24

20

11

—

—

L-20

48

36

26

19

11

—

—

L-24

52

38

30

25

18

—

—

L-25

52

38

30

25

18

—

—

L-11

54

42

34

32

30

27

23

L-28

62

46

34

21

11

—

—

L-9

72

53

34

24

15

—

—

L-26

72

53

43

39

36

30

20

L-90

80

58

47

45

46

47

50

L-81

90

61

41

25

—

—

—

L-82

96

66

53

52

54-

55

51

L-89

98

75

61

57

54

50

43

L-63

103

80

70

67

60

50

34

L-62

117

91

76

66

48

—

—

L-88

CO

oo

101

76

63

47

31

13

CLICKERS
AND CLAPPERS

Now Liberty Controls
offers a line of clickers
and clappers. Especially
designed for use on
today's solid state
keyboards, and disc drives.

Send or call for catalog:
500 Brookforest Ave.,
Shorewood, IL 60435
(815)725-2241

In addition to our standard product line Liberty Controls can
modify an existing unit or design one to meet your specific
requirements. For further information on possible modifica-
tions contact the factory.

LIBERTY CONTROLS, INC., 500 BROOKFOREST AVENUE, SHOREWOOD, IL. 60435 • (815) 725-2241

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1895

EEM

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES ; ; :

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1«2., 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

4550

SOLENOIDS

4550

Y BOX-FRAME

SOLENOIDS

TYPE

FORCES AND STROKES

BODY

PRICE 1

ounces @ inches

. inches

OHMS

(min.) (max.)

H x L x W

1-24

TUBULAR

SOLENOIDS

312-6005

312-6006

312-6011

312-6012

24VDC
24VDC
120V AC
120V AC

5U5-6053

5U5-6054

5U5-6059

5U5-6060

24VDC
24V DC
120V AC
120VAC

5U7-6065

5U7-6066

5U7-6071

5U7-6072

24VDC
24VDC
120 VAC
120V AC

809-6101

809-6102

809-6107

809-6108

24V DC
24V DC
120 VAC
120VAC

827-6113

827-6114

827-6119

827-6120

24VDC

24VDC

120VAC

120VAC

930-6125

930-6126

930-6131

930-6132

24V DC
24VDC
120V AC
120VAC

940-6137

940-6138

940-6143

940-6144

24VDC

24VDC

120VAC

120VAC

960-6149

960-6150

960-6155

960-6156

24VDC
24VDC
120V AC
120VAC

14 14 @ >16

52 2 7@W

DO 10

10 17 @W

B5 15 @ Vs"

33 32 @ Va"

50 11 @V 8 "

40 18 @ Vs"

04 12 @i/s"

50 22 @ Vs"

DO 12 @ Vs"

20 24 @ Ve"

72 24 @ Va"

32 40 @ i/s"

DO 12 @ i/8"

85 20 @ Vs"

54 63 @ Vs"

15 113 @ Vs"

33 8 @ Ve"

37 36 @ Va"

50 78 @ Vs"

15 140 @ Vs"

53 24 @ Vs"

15 100 @ Vs"

58 50 @ i/8"

21 100 @ Vs"

66 14 @ Vs"

60 45 @ Vs"

2.5 @%" %
5 @ 3 /s" %

4.5 @ 3 /s" %

8.5 @ 3 /s" %
3 @ 1 / 2 " %

. 7 @ 1 / 2 " %

7.5 @ 1 / 2 " %

12 @ 1 / 2 " %

2 @ 1 / 2 " V/ H

3 @ 1 / 2 " Uf 6
5 @ 1 / 2 " 1X 6
7 @ 1 / 2 " 1&
4@%" 1%
8 @%" %
6@%" 1%

13 @ %" 1%
7 @3/4" 15/8

25 @ 3 / 4 " 1%

7 @ 3 / 4 " 15/g

26 @3/4" 15/8

8 @3/4" 15/8
18 @3/4" 15/8
15 @3/4" 15/8
65 @3/4" 15/8

8 @ 1 / 2 " 1%
18 @ 1 / 2 " 1%
10 @ 1 / 2 " 1%
30 @ 1 / 2 " 1%

% $5.05

970-6161

970-6162

970-6167

970-6168

24V DC
120VAC
120V AC

Specifications on request. Sales Representatives in major cities.

371 5 GRAND BLVD/ BROOKFIELD IL 60513/312/485 5152

FORCES AND STROKES
ounces @ inches

R8X12-6372

R8X12-6373

R8X12-6374

R8X12-6375

R8X 16-6384
R8X16-6385

R12X12-621 1
R12X12-6212
R12X12-6213
R12X12-6214
R 16X9-6221
R 16X9-6222
R 16X9-6223
R 16X9-6224

R16X16-6231
R16X16-6232
R16X16-6233
R 16X16-6234

R24X13-6243

R24X13-6244

R24X19-6253

R24X19-6254

VOLTS

DUTY

OHMS

(min.)

(max.)

fmsm

Cont.

80

5 @ Vz "

1.2 @ y 22 "

12VDC

Int.

14

9 @ Mi "

2.5 @%"

24VDC

Cont.

260

5 @ Y n "

1.2 @%"

24VDC

Int.

57

9 @V 32 "

2.5 @%"

12VDC

Cont.

55

2.5 @X 6 "

1 @V

12VDC

Int.

20

6@W

1.5®%"

24VDC

Cont.

240

2.5

i@%"

24VDC

Int.

80

6 @ Yu "

1.5 @%"

12VDC

Cont.

40

7 @V 32 "

1.5 @V 4 "

12VDC

Int.

10

14 @ Vyl '

4 @ 1 / 4 "

24VDC

Cont.

160

7 @%"

1.5 @V 4 "

24VDC

Int.

38

14 @%"

4 @V 4 "

24VDC

Cont.

145

2.8 @ Vs"

1.5 @ 3 / 4 "

24VDC

Int.

24

1 @ Va"

4 @ 3 / 4 "

12VDC

Cont.

41

6.5 @ Va"

1.2 @%"

12VDC

Int.

6

20 @ Vs"

6 @ %"

24VDC

Cont.

165

6.5 @ Vs"

1.2 @ 5 /q"

24VDC

Int.

25

20@Vs"

6 @ %"

12VDC

Cont.

36

22

2.5 @ V 2 "

12VDC

Int.

8

33 @V

4 @ 1 / 2 "

24VDC

Cont.

145

22 @ V\"

2.5 @V 2 "

24VDC

Int.

30

33 @%"

4 @ 1 / 2 "

12VDC

Cont.

26

21 @1/8"

6.5 @ %"

12VDC

Int.

3.8

56 @ Vs"

20 @ %"

24V DC

Cont.

105

2 1 @ Vs"

6.5 @ 5 /s"

24VDC

Int.

15

56 @ Ve"

20 @ %"

24VDC

Cont.

85

50 @ Vs"

5 @ %"

24VDC

Int.

14

1 50 @ Vs"

20 @%"

24VDC

Cont.

59

80 @ Vs"

8 @ 1"

24VDC

Int.

10

140 @ Vs"

32 @ 1"

BODY

inches

Length x Oia.

1 Vs %

23/8 1V2

23/8 IV 2

Push Versions Also Available.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1897

RESISTORS

TYPE/SERIES

PAGE

1-1898

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

FIXED RESISTORS

Hot-Molded Composition
Metal Film

RESISTOR NETWORKS Thick Film (Cermet) Networks

Thin Film (Precision) Networks

LEADLESS RESISTORS

TRIMMING

POTENTIOMETERS

PANEL

POTENTIOMETERS

Standard Chip Resistors

Cermet

Hot-Molded Composition

Cermet

Conductive Plastic
Hot-Molded Composition

Ceramic l-SIP
Conformal Coated
C-SIP

Ceramic l-DIP
Military DIP
Standard DIP
Voltage Divider
Custom

Single-turn

Multi-turn

Single-turn

Multi-turn

BB, CB, EB, GB, HB, GM, HM 1-1902
Types RN, RNK 1-1903

Series 100,400 1-1904

Series 700 1-1905

Series 314, 316 1-1906

Series 514, 516 1-1907

Series F08, FI 4, FI 6 1-1908

Series FN507 1-1909

Series FC, FG 1-1910

Type BC 1-1912

Types S, 81,90 1-2113

Types 85, 94 1-2113

Types F, Y, BT 1-2113

Types N, R 1-2113

MOD POT, Type SP 1-2114

MOD POT, Types M, 2000 1-2114
MOD POT, Types J, EJ, 1-2114
G, W, WR

ALLEN-BRADLEY

1201 S. Second St.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 • 1 899

1 * 1 900 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1 983

Manufacturer

KOA Speer Electronics
Meissner Industries

Mepco/Electra

Micro Ohm

Microplex

Mills Resistor

Milwaukee Resistor

Murata ~

Mini-Systems

Nytronics '

Ohmtek

Pacific Resistors

Precision Resistor (PRC)

Precision Resistive Products

ROD

RCL/Shallcross

Res-Net

Resistor Inc.

Tel Labs

TRW Resistive Prods.

insai

1*2001 1*2000

WWBggjP«

IHHHiBII

1 * 2012 -

1*2014

1 * 2012 -

1*2014

1*2031

1*2085

1 * 2043 ,

1*2044

nmm i

ix&m

wwmammmiwmmwmmmma

1 * 2024 -

1*2026

1 * 2024 -

1*2027

fBMm

1 * 2024 ,

1*2025

1 * 2026 ,

1*2027

m

siomsiii

mmmm

WEMM i

CROSS REFERENCE CARDS (61)

PRODUCT

INDEX

WONDERFILE !

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

4700

RESISTORS

4700

DD,CD, ED,GD,
H&GM, HM
Hot-Molded
Fixed
Resistors

Allen -Bradley hot-molded composition resistors are high
quality units intended for general purpose use in the
electronics industry.

Allen -Bradley Style RCR resistors not only meet all
requirements of MIL-R-39008 but also exceed the S level
(best level) of Established Reliability of 0.001% failure rate
per 1000 hours. And only Allen -Bradley resistors are
available in S level reliability in all five wattage sizes over the
entire resistance range. The S reliability level is indicated by
a yellow 5th color band on the resistor body.

Metal-clad hot-molded resistors (Types GM and HM) are
fitted with metal clamps which surround the major portion
of the resistor. The metal clamps provide rigid mounting
and efficient heat transfer from the resistors to the metal
chassis or panels on which they are mounted.

For more information request Publication

EC502 1-2.1.

SPECIFICATIONS

BB-RCR05, RC05

■

CB-RCR07, RC07

— ~

EB-RCR20, RC20

GB-RCR32. RC32

|'ML

m | 1

HB-RCR42, RC42

Power
at 70° C

Resistance

Range

Voltage

Rating

(RMS)

Maximum

Ambient

Temperature

Dimensions in Inches (millimeters) j

Type

Tolerance

A

B

C

D

E

u.

G 1

BB

1/8 watt

2.7 Ohms to

100 Megohms

±5. 10. 20%

150V

+ 130° C

0.145

0.062

1.000

0.015

■

RCR05

2.7 Ohms to

22 Megohms

± 5 . 10%

(3.68)

(1.59)

(25.40)

(0,38)

■

CB

1/4 watt

2.7 Ohms to

100 Megohms

±5. 10. 20%

250V

0.250

0.090

1.500

0.025

■

RCR07

2.7 Ohms to

22 Megohms

±5. 10%

(6.35)

(2,29)

(38,10)

(0,64)

■

EB

1/2 watt

1.0 Ohm to

100 Megohms

±5. 10. 20%

350V

0.375

0.140

1.500

0.033

■

RCR20

1.0 Ohm to

22 Megohms

±5. 10%

(9,52)

(3.56)

(38.10)

(0,84)

■

GB

1 watt

1.0 Ohm to

100 Megohms

±5. 10. 20%

500V

+ 150° C

0.562

0.225

1.500

0.041

B

RCR32

1.0 Ohm to

22 Megohms

±5. 10%

(14.29)

(5.72)

(38.10)

(1,04)

B

HB

2 watts

10 Ohms to

100 Megohms

±5. 10, 20%

750V

0.688

0.312

1.500

0.045

■

■

RCR42

10 Ohms to

22 Megohms

±5, 10%

500V

(17.46)

(7.94)

(38,10)

(1,14)

B

GM

3 watts

2.7 Ohms to

22 Megohms

car

500V

0.562

(14,29)

0.225

(5.72)

1.500

(38,10)

0.041

(1,04)

0.305

(7,75)

0.438

(11,11)

0.656

(16.67)

HM

4 watts

10 Ohms to

22 Megohms

— j v

±10%

750V

0.688

(17,46)

0.312

(7,94)

1.500

(38,10)

0.045

(1,14)

0.391

(9,92)

0.562

(14,29)

0.766

(19,45)

kN

+-•-+

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

1*1902

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Types RN,RNK

Metal Film

Fixed

Resistors

1/4 Watt at 70° C
10 Ohms to 1 Megohm
+1% Tolerance, ±5% Tolerance
+100 PPM/ 0 C, +200 PPM/° C

FEATURES

• Highly Stable Metal Film
® Tight TCR

• Laser Trimmed Element

• High Quality Performance

• Standard Tape Reel Packaging

• Automatically Insertable

Allen-Bradley metal film resistors are high quality units
intended for general purpose use in the electronics
industry.

Nichrome resistance element provides stable perfor-
mance under load, in various environments, and on the
shelf. Type RN performance characteristics are better
than MIL-R-22684 (RL07) requirements. Type RNK per-
formance characteristics are better than MIL-R-10509
(RN55D) requirements.

For more information request Publication EC5030-2.1
(Type RN) or Publication EC5032-2.1 (Type RNK).

SPECIFICATIONS

Configuration o 49 Max

6.7 Max.

(0.264)

Note: Dimensions in Millimeters (inches).

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

4700

RESISTORS

4700

I-SIP

Single In-Line Package

Tough new package

Series lOO

400

Cermet

Resistor Networks

FEATURES

• Solid Ceramic Body, with V-Groove

• Triple-Strength Leads

• 0.100 Inch (2,54mm) Lead Spacing

• Two Package Heights:

0.190 Inch (4,83mm), 0.350 Inch (8,89mm)

• 6, 8 and 10 Pins

• Automatically Insertable

• Permanent Laser Marking

• Part Markings — Side and Top

Triple-Strength Leads

® Epoxy-To-Lead
Connection 1

®

Solder

Joint

Lead-To-Body
Force Fit

Cross section of the
solid ceramic body
at a lead hole location.

Exclusive V-Groove

V-Groove

V-Groove
concentrates
the termination
material in critical
areas to maximize the
conductivity of each interface.

For more information request Publication
EC5420-2.1

DIMENSIONS

Low profile 100 series

High profile 400 series

Applications

— Pull-up and pull-down arrays — Current limiting resistors

— Transmission line terminators — ECL terminating networks

— A wide array of custom designs

Basic dimensions in inches.

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters.

TOLERANCES

Dimensional Tolerance ±.005 (0,13)
Angular Tolerance ±5° Except as Specified.

NOT TO SCALE

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

1*1904

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

C-SIP

Single In-Line Package

Series 700

Conformal Coated
Cermet Resistor
Networks

FEATURES

• 96% Alumina Substrate

• Permanently Laser Marked

• Part Markings — Side and Top

• 0.100 Inch (2,54mm) Lead Spacing

• Low Package Height
0.190 Inch (4,8mm)

• 6, 8 and 10 Pins

• Durable Conformal Coating

• Standard Circuits

• High Quality

For more information request Publication
EC5440-2.1

DIMENSIONS

Low profile 700 series

6 PIN .590 (14,98)

NOT TO SCALE

Basic dimensions in inches.

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters.

Applications

— Pull-up and pull-down arrays — Current limiting resistors

— Transmission line terminators — ECL terminating networks

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1905

4700

RESISTORS

4700

I-DIP

Dual In-Line Package

Standard network applications

Series 014 ,

016

Cermet

Resistor

Networks

FEATURES

• Solid Ceramic Body

• Solder Coated Leads

• 0.100 Inch (2,54mm) Lead Spacing

• Low Profile

• 14, 16 and 18 Pin Construction

• Automatically Insertable

For more information request Publication
EC5410-2.1.

NETWORK

___

314B

314E

316LR8

314M110

314M130

316T110

314X101

314Z

316B

316E

316L08

314M120

316X101

■HUH

314L10

314M125

APPLICATIONS

Pull-Up Resistor

Transmission

Digital Line

8 BIT R/2R

Complement

Core-Memory

TTL to ECL

Interconnect

Fixed Voltage

Arrays for Un-

Line

Termination

Ladder

the 7520

Sense Line

Translator

Networks

Attenuation

used TTL Gates

Parallel High
Speed Circuitry

Termination

Power Gate
Pull-Up

ECL and TTL
Applications

10 BIT R/2R
Ladder

Network for

Series of Core
Memory Sense
Amps

Applications
with Two 711
Dual Voltage
Comparators

Network

Shorting

Applications

Matrix

with

Impedance

Matching

Wired OR Con-

Current

D/A and A/D

Interconnections

figurations

Limiting

Converter
with Bi Polar

Test Plugs

Pull-Down

Logic Level

or CMOS

Applications

TTL-MOS

Interfacing

Translation

Switches

Digital Pulse
Squaring

DIMENSIONS

“A” Maximum |

Number
of Leads

Decimal

Metric

.745

18,92

14

.845

21,46

16

.945

24,00

18

Basic dimensions in inches.

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters.

NO. 1 PIN

TOLERANCES

Dimensional Tolerance .005 (0,13)
Angular Tolerance ± 5° Except as Specified.

NOT TO SCALE

Standard Markings

A-B Logo
A-B Part Number
Date Code
Pin #1

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

1-1906

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

I-DIP

Dual In-Line Package

General capabilities

Series 514,
516

Military

Resistor

Networks

MIL-R-83401

FEATURES

• Solid Ceramic Body

• Solder Coated Leads

• 100% Screened per MIL-R-83401

• Low Profile

• 14 and 16 Pin Construction

• Automatically Insertable

• MIL-R-83401 Qualified

For more information request Publication
EC5430-2.1.

Package Style Schematic Characteristic

Number of Pins Circuit Layout Temperature Coefficient

M83401

Description

M83401

Description

M83401

Description

01

14 pin DIP

A

Isolated resistors

K

±100 ppm/°C

02

16 pin DIP

B

Resistors with a

M

±300 ppm/°C

Tolerance !

common buss

Resistance Range

M83401

Description

33 ohms to 1 megohm

F

±i%

G

±2%

J

±5%

DIMENSIONS

“A” Maximum

Number

Decimal

Metric

of Leads

.745

18,92

14

.845

21,46

16

NO. 1 PIN

Basic dimensions in inches.

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters.

TOLERANCES

Dimensional Tolerance ±.005 (0,13)

Angular Tolerance ±5° Except as Specified.

NOT TO SCALE

* "A" MAXIMUM •

rnr~i,rnr~ir~ir~ir~ir~i

M8340102M1 003GB
01121 8150
1

I I I 1 I — I I » I I UTD "U

Standard Markings

Military Part Number
Federal Source Code
Date Code
Pin 1

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1907

4700

RESISTORS

4700

n

n

n

~^F14A103B
V-'A, '8140

DIP

Dual In-Line Package

Series F08,

F14,
F16
Thin Film
Resistor
Networks

DIMENSIONS

Series F08B

Notch

Indicates^ i

Pin # 1 ^f)

f

.250 ± .015

(6,35 ± 0.38)

.300 ± .015

(7.62 ± 0.38)

.040 ± .010

-(1,02 ± 0,25)

r

.060 ± .015

(1,52 ± 0.38)

.450 Max.—

(11,43) |

.215 ± .030

(5,46 ± 0,76)

.01 8 ±.005

(0,46 ±0,13)-

M30 ± .015

(3.30 ± 0,38)

F08B104A

8132

FEATURES

• 99.5% Alumina Substrate

• Molded Epoxy DIP Package

• 0.100 Inch (2,54mm) Lead Spacing

• Low Profile

• 8, 14 and 16 Pin Construction

• Automatically Insertable

• Meets Specifications of Characteristic V of
MIL-R-83401

For more information request Publication
EC5512-2.1.

.350 ± .025

(8.89 ± 0,64)

Standard Marking

A-B Part Number
Date Code
Pin # \

Standard network applications

NETWORK

Basic dimensions in inches.

(3 30 ± o°76) Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters.

.100 ± .010

-(2,54 ± 0,25)

TOLERANCES

Dimensional Tolerance ±.005 (0,13)
Angular Tolerance ±5° Except as Specified.

NOT TO SCALE

Series F14A, F14B, F16A, and F16B

i — i i — i i — i

Notch

Indicates.. i
Pin#1

-nr i i L-i i— i i— i i J ~ i

Top View | | 060 ±.01 5

(1,52 ± 0.38)

.250 ± .015

(6,35 ± 0,38)

A

Notch
Indicates
Pin «1

t—i i—i I— I I— l

.075 ± .015

-(1 ,91 ± 0,38)

.770 Max. ►

(19.56)

r

TOM?

i L-i L-i L_ i i_i i—i i—i nr
Top View

.250 ± .015

(6,35 ± 0,38)

i

.025 ± .015

(0,64 ± 0,38)

F14A

F16A

F08B

F14B

F16B

APPLICATIONS

Pull-Up Resistor

Matched

Arrays for

Pairs

Open TTL Gates

Current

Parallel High

Limiting

Speed Circuitry

Transmissior

Wired OR

Line

Configurations

Termination

Pull-Down

Power Gate

Applications

Pull-Up

TTL-MOS

Logic Level

Interfacing

Translation

Digital Pulse

Squaring

130 ± .015

(3.30 ± 0,38)

.060 ± 015

(1.52 ± 0,38)

.215

(5,46 ± 0,76)

.300 ± .015

(7,62 ± 0,38)

.130 ± .030

(3,30 ± 0.76)

-.770 Max.-

(19.56)

.018 ± .005

(0,46 ± 0.13)

14 Pin Package

.100 ± .010

(2.54 ± 0,25)

.215 ± .030

(5,46 ± 0,76)

.100 ± .010

(2,54 ± 0,25)

130 ± .015

30 ± 0.38)

f~i30±o:

I (3,30 ± o;

_ m n n n

030

76)

.018 ± .005

-{0,46 ± 0,13)

.350 ± .025 I

(8,89 ± 0,64)

© F14A104
8140

"l_ I LZTTU I — I LJ L_J“Cir

Standard Marking

A-B Logo
A-B Part Number
Date Code
Pin n

ALLEN-BRADLEY

16 Pin Package

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

1*1908

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Network schematic

Series FN507

Precision

Voltage

Divider

Standard

Thin Film Resistor Networks

100 900 9K 90 K 900 K 9 MEG

Hill '

hWH

►VAWh

R1

V /

R2

R3

R4

k /

R5

k r

R6

k r

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 9

Applications

— Input attenuation

— Range selection

— Digital instrumentation

— Digital voltmeters

— Digital multimeters

FEATURES

• 10 Megohms Range

• 4 or 5 Decades Attenuation
© .03% Ratios

® 0 to 1000 Volts

© ±5 ppm/°C Tracking IK, 10 K,

100K and lMto 10M

For more information request Publication

EC5515-2.1.

DIMENSIONS

Packaged ceramic SIP FN507

.200 Max.

(5,08 Max')

.550 l .25

(13.97 £ 0.64'

.470 ± .025 |

(11,94 ±0,64) |

-.900 £ .025-

(22.86 £ 0.64)

FN507

8250

Standard Markings

A-B Logo
A-B Part Number
Date Code
Pin #1

Basic dimensions in inches.

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters.

.010

(0,25)

.050 ±.010

(1.27 £ (0,25)

TOLERANCES

Dimensional Tolerance ±.015 (0,38)
Except as Specified.

NOT TO SCALE

iSh ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1909

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Applications

These precision networks are ideally suited for use
on any electronic equipment requiring close
tolerances and/or low temperature coefficient
resistors. Some of these applications are listed
below.

— Ladder networks

— Digital multimeters

— Current summing applications

— Precision attenuators

— A/D and D/A converters

— Communication equipment

— Precision voltage dividers

— Telemetry equipment

— Coding and decoding circuitry

— Measurement bridges

— Paging systems

Chip Networks and
Hybrid Network Substrates

Hybrid network substrates — Allen-Bradley
hybrid network substrates contain resistors,
bonding pads and interconnections used in
producing hybrid networks. Allen-Bradley does not
manufacture complete hybrid circuits, but does
manufacture the basic hybrid network substrates.

' PC, FG

Precision
Thin Film
Custom Resistor
Networks

FEATURES

• IK Ohms to 10 Megohms

• ± 0.015% Tolerance

• ± 0.015% Ratio

• ± 25 ppm/°C TCR

• ± 5 ppm/°C TCR Tracking

• SIP Package (ceramic)

• DIP Packages (molded and ceramic)

• Chip Resistor Networks (alumina or glass)

• Hybrid Network Substrates (alumina or glass)

For more information request Publication
EC5510-2.1.

f p 1

[ P 1

R

R

p

l F

R

R

d b 1

□

1 P 1

Chip Network Hybrid Network Substrate

Termination and bonding pad material — Gold,
with a minimum thickness of 5000A, is used for all
termination pads, bonding pads and inter-
connections. This material is compatible with
ultrasonic and thermocompression bonding
methods for attaching gold or aluminum wire,
integrated circuit dice, LID’s or beam leaded IC’s.
Chip capacitors can be attached by reflow solder
methods.

Substrate material — Glass: Corning 7059 glass
(Barium Alumino Silicate - electrically inert [Alkali-
free]) .032 ±.005 inch (0,81 ± 0,13mm) thick.
Ceramic: 99.5% Alumina, .010 ± .001 inch (2,54
± 0,3mm) thick.

User trimmable option — Chip and hybrid
network resistors can be trimmed to tolerance by
Allen-Bradley or, if needed, resistors can be

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

1*1910

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

4700

RESISTORS

designed for active trimming by the user during final Bonding pad sizes — 5 mils x 5 mils minimum.

hybrid assembly operations to meet predetermined
functional requirements. The amount of adjustment
available is dependent on the initial resistance value,
resolution, final value and available substrate area.
The active trimming results in a positive resistance
change only and can be done by mechanical
methods or a laser. These networks are referred to
as user trimmable resistor networks.

Standard substrate sizes (in inches) —

.150 x .150 .350 x .150 .200 x .200 .600 x .200
.250 x .150 .450 x .150 .400 x .200 .250 x .250

Resistance range — IK ohms to 10 megohms.

Tolerances — Absolute: as low as ± 0.015% at
+ 25° C. Ratio: as low as ± 0.015% at -+- 25° C.

TCR — ±25 ppm/°C
TCRT — ± 5 ppm/°C

Temperature ranges of operation — - 55°C to
+125°C or 0°C to ~ h 70°C. Other ranges available.

Power rating — Up to 50mw per resistor.

DIAGRAMS

Thin film custom resistor network suggestions

A/D — D/A Converter Networks

1-2-4-8 BCD Code
Ladder Network

10 98765 4 32 10

Binary Code — Summing Ladder Network

4.32R 4.32R

1-2-4-8 BCD Code Ladder Network

Binary Code — R/2R Voltage Ladder Network

A/D - D/A Converter Networks for use with integrated circuit quad current switches

R9

80K

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Vmiy Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1911

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Nominal resistance range -

5% - 10 ohms to 2.2 megohms, E24 series
1% - 49.9 ohms to 2.2 megohms, E96 series.
Higher values available upon request.

Standard Resistance Values — 5 % (E24)

10

15

22

33

47

68

11

16

24

36

51

75

12

18

27

39

56

82

13

20

30

43

62

91

Type nr

Chip

Resistor

1/8 Watt at 70° C
±5%, 200 PPM/ 0 C
±1%, 100 PPM/°C
Zero Ohm Jumper

FEATURES

• Thick Film Resistance Element

• High Purity Alumina Substrate

• Glass Passivated

• Tight TCR

• Standard Size, 1.6 x 3.2 x 0.6 mm

• Wrap-around Termination

• Inner Electrode Protection

• Wave or Reflow Solderable

• Surface Attachable

For more information request Publication
EC5110-2.1.

Standard Resistance Values — 1 % (E96)

12.1

14.7

17.8

21.5

26.1

31.6

38.3

46.4

56.2

68.1

82.5

12.4

15.0

18.2

22.1

26.7

32.4

39.2

47.5

57.6

69.8

84.5

mhirn

12.7

15.4

18.7

22.6

27.4

33.2

40.2

48.7

59.0

71.5

86.6

10.7

13.0

15.8

19.1

23.2

28.0

34.0

41.2

49.9

60.4

73.2

88.7

11.0

13.3

16.2

19.6

23.7

28.7

34.8

42.2

51.1

61.9

75.0

90.9

11.3

13.7

16.5

20.0

24.3

29.4

35.7

43.2

52.3

63.4

76.8

93.1

11.5

14.0

16.9

20.5

24.9

30.1

36.5

44.2

53.6

64.9

78.7

95.3

11.8

14.3

17.4

21.0

25.5

30.9

37.4

45.3

54.9

66.5

80.6

97.6

Chip Resistor Cross-Section

Protective
Glass Film

Thick Film
Resistance Element

Nickel Barrier

Solderable

Coating

DIMENSIONS

3,20 ± 0,15

« 1 *

“4

1,60 ±0,15

I

-►) N- 0,45 ±0,20
0,45 ± 0,20 h- I I |

( C 1^5 ) 0,60 ±0 ,10

0,5 Max. -H h -J U- 0,5 Max.
Note: All dimensions in millimeters.

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

1*1912

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

MINIGLOSSARY

RESISTOR COLOR CODES

El A/ MIL Resistor Color Codes

Color code for general-purpose industrial resistors

Significant

Color

digit

Multiplier

Tolerance

Black

0

1

—

Brown

1

10

± 1%

Red

2

100

± 2%

Orange

3

1000

± 3%

Yellow

4

10,000

± 4%

Green

5

100,000

—

Blue

6

1,000,000

—

Violet

7

10,000,000

—

Gray

8

—

—

White

9

—

—

Gold

—

0.1

± 5%

Silver

—

0.01

±10%

No color

—

—

±20%

Example:

NETWORKS DIVISION, 12155 MAGNOLIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92503
TWX 910-332-6134, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 * TEL 714 781-2475

BOURNS® DIP RESISTOR NETWORKS

4114R-001

4116R-001

dual-in-line
isolated
resistor circuits

4114R-002

4116R-002

dual-in-line

bussed

resistor circuits

4114R-003

4116R-003

dual-in-line terminator

4116R-008

TTL to ECL translator

Resistance

Range

220-2.2 MegO

220-2.2 MegO

R1/R2 Combinations
are

160/2400

180/3900

220/2700

220/3900

330/3900

330/4700

3K/6.2K

R1

R2

R3

1800

2700

8200

Temperature

— 55°C to
+ 150°C Ambient

— 55°C to
+ 150°C Ambient

— 55°C to
+ 150°C Ambient

— 55°C to
+ 150 G C Ambient

Resistance

Tolerance

±20 (220 to 990)
±2% (1000 to 220KO)
±5% above 220KO

±20 (220 to 990)
±2% (lOOOto 220KO)
±5% above 220KO

±2% or ±20

Insulation

Resistance

10,000 MegO Min.

10,000 MegO Min.

10,000 MegO Min.

10,000 MegO Min.

Power Rating
@ 75°C

Temperature

Coefficient

Standard
Load Life

Schematic

(Highest pin

configurations

shown)

(Package) 14 Pin
2 Watts

16 Pin -2.25 Watts
Single Resistor
0.25 Watt

±250 PPM/°C

± 1 . 0 %

OAWO

OA'WO

CHVWO

o-vvvo

OVvVO
0 J Wr0
O-'VVV'O
leO-VArO >

(Package) 14 Pin
2 Watts

16 Pin -2.25 Watts
Single Resistor
0.125 Watt

±250 PPM/°C

± 1 . 0 %

(Package) 14 Pin
2 Watts

Per Pair 0.25 Watt
Package (16 Pin)
2.25 Watts
Per Pair 0.25 Watt

±250 PPM/°C
± 1 . 0 %

Package: 2.0 Watts
Single Resistor
0.125 Watt

t250 PPM/°C

± 1 . 0 %

Custom Resistor Networks are available in both DIP and SIP Configurations

Specifications subject to change without notice.

1*1914

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

NETWORKS DIVISION, 12155 MAGNOLIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92503
TWX 910-332-6134, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 71 4 781-2475

BOURNS® MODEL 4300 SERIES MOLDED SIP NETWORKS

4114R-064

4116R-064

logic memory network

4306R-101

4308R-101

4310R-101

single-in-line bussed

4306R-102

4308R-102

4310R-102

single-in-line isolated

4306R-104

4308R-104

4310R-104

single-in-line dual terminator

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1915

4700

RESISTORS

4700

NETWORKS DIVISION, 12155 MAGNOLIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92503
TWX 910-332-6134, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

BOURNS® MODEL 4600 SERIES CONFORMAL COATED SIP NETWORKS

4605X-101

4606X-101

4607X-101

4608X-101

4609X-101

461 0X-101
4611X-101
4612X-101

single-in-line

bussed

4606X-102
4608X-102
461 OX-1 02
4612X-102

4606X-1 04-R1 / R2
4608X-104-R1/R2
461 0X-1 04-R1/R2

single-in-line
dual terminator

Temperature

Coefficient

Standard
Load Life

Resistance

Range

220 to 2.2 MegO

Temperature

— 55°C to +125°C Ambient

Resistance

Tolerance

±20 (220 to 990)

±2% (1000 to 220 KO)

±5% above 220KO

Insulation

Resistance

10,00# Mega Minimum

Power

Rating (Watts)
@ 75°C

5 6 7 8

Package .625 .750 .875 1.0

Single 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

9 10 11 12

Package 1.125 1.250 1.375 1.50

Single 0.2 0.2 0.2 .02

±100 PPM/°C

± 1 . 0 %

220 to 2.2 MegO

— 55°C to +125°C Ambient

±20 (220 to 990)

±2% (1000 to 220KO)
±5% above 220KO

10,000 Mego Minimum

6 8 10 12

Package 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5
Single ~^3 ^ ^ ^3“

±100 PPM/°C
± 1 .0%

R1/R2 Combinations: 160/2400
180/3900
220/2700
220/3900
330/3900
330/4700
3K/6.2K

— 55°C to +125°C Ambient
±5%

10,000 Mega Minimum

Package

6 8 10
0.75 1.0 1.25

Pair

.25 .25 .25

±100 PPM/°C

± 1.0%

Schematics

1*1916

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

’4700

BOURNS
(Conformal
Low Profile)

ALLEN-

BRADLEY

BECKMAN®

CENTRA

LAB

CTS ®

DALE

DALE

MSP, MSM d

MEPCO

ELECTRA

SPRAGUE

MURATA

CORNING

EEM 1983

•UiRasrs

NETWORKS DIVISION, 12155 MAGNOLIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92503
TWX 910-332-6134, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

Resistor Networks Competitive Cross-Reference Guide

BOURNS® MODEL 4600 SERIES CONFORMAL COATED SIP NETWORKS

4606X-101
4608X-101
461 OX-1 01

single-in-line

bussed

4606X-1 02
4608X-1 02
461 OX-1 02

single-in-line

isolated

4606X-104-R1/R2
4608X-1 04-R1 /R2
4610X-104-R1/R2

single-in-line
dual terminator

6 Pins,

6 Pins,

6 Pins,

8 Pins,

8 Pins,

8 Pins,

10 Pins,

10 Pins,

10 Pins,

5 Resistors

3 Resistors

8 Resistors

7 Resistors

4 Resistors

1 2 Resistors

9 Resistors

5 Resistors

16 Resistors

Pin 1 Common

Isolated

Dual Terminator

Pin 1 Common

Isolated

Dual Terminator

Pin 1 Common

Isolated

Dual Terminator

4606X-101-

4606X-102-

4606X-104-

4608X-1 01 -

4608X-102-

4608X-104-

461 OX-101 -

4610X-102-

4610X-1 04-

XXX ©

XXX ©

XXX/XXX (3),

XXX ®

XXX ©

XXX/XXX ©

XXX ©

XXX ©

XXX/XXX ©

906AXXX

906BXXX

106EXXXXXX

908AXXX

908BXXX

108EXXXXXX

110AXXX

110BXXX

1 1 OEXXXXXX

106AXXX

106BXXX

206EXXXXXX

108AXXX

108BXXX

208EXXXXXX

210AXXX

210BXXX

210EXXXXXX

206AXXX

206BXXX

406EXXXXXX

208AXXX

208BXXX

408EXXXXXX

410AXXX

410BXXX

410EXXXXXX

406AXXX

406BXXX

906EXXXXXX

408AXXX

408BXXX

908EXXXXXX

910AXXX

910BXXX

910EXXXXXX

L06-1-RXXX

L06-3-RXXX

L06-5-RXXX/XXX

L08-1-RXXX

L08-1-RXXX

L08-5-RXXX/XXX

LI 0-1 -RXXX

L10-3-RXXX

L10-5-RXXX/XXX

783-1-RXXX

783-3-RXXX

783-5-RXXX/XXX

764-1 -RXXX

764-3-RXXX

764-5-RXXX/XXX

785-1 -RXXX

785-3-RXXX

785-5-RXXX/XXX

763-1 -RXXX

763-3-RXXX

763-5-RXXX/XXX

784-1 -RXXX

784-3-RXXX

784-5-RXXX/XXX

765-1 -RXXX

765-3-RXXX

765-5-RXXX/XXX

HC21-06-XXX

HC22-06-XXX

HC21-08-XXX

HC22-08-XXX

HC21-10-XXX

HC22-10-XXX

HC31-06-XXX

HC32-06-XXX

HC31-08-XXX

HC32-08-XXX

HC31-10-XXX

HC32-10-XXX

HF21-06-XXX

HF22-06-XXX

HF21-08-XXX

HF22-08-XXX

HF21-1 0-XXX

HF22-1 0-XXX

HF31-06-XXX

HF32-06-XXX

HF31-08-XXX

HF32-08-XXX

HF3M0-XXX

HF32-10-XXX

,750-61 -RXXX

750-63-RXXX

750-81 -RXXX

750-83-RXXX

750-85-R-

750-1 01 -RXXX

750-103-RXXX

750-1 05-R-

XXX/XXX

XXX/XXX

CSC06A-01XXX

CSC06A-03XXX

CSC06A-05-

CSC08A-01XXX

CSC08A-03XXX

CSC05XXX/XXX

CSC10A-01XXX

CSC10A-03XXX

CSC10A-05-

CSP06E-01XXX

CSP06E-03XXX

XXX/XXX

CSP08E-01XXX

CSP08E-03XXX

CSP10E-01XXX

CSP10E-03XXX

XXX/XXX

CSP06G-01XXX

CSP06G-03XXX

CSP08G-01XXX

CSP08G-03XXX

CSP10G-01XXX

CSP10G-03XXX

SIP06A-01 XXX

SIP06A-03XXX

SIP08A-01XXX

SIP08A-03XXX

SIP10A-01XXX

SIP10A-03XXX

06A01-XXX

06A03-XXX

06A05-XXX/XXX

08A01-XXX

08A03-XXX

08A05-XXX

10A01-XXX

10A03-XXX

10A05-XXX/XXX

06C01-XXX

06C03-XXX

08C01-XXX

08C03-XXX

10C01-XXX

10C03-XXX

9N06XXXXGL002

9N06XXXXGL001

9N08XXXXGL002

9N08XXXXGL001

9N10XXXXGL002

9INJ1 0XXXXGL001

9S06XXXXGL002

9S06XXXXGL001

9S08XXXXGL002

9S08XXXXGL001

9S10XXXXGL002

9S10XXXXGL001

S06AZE-XXX

S08AZG-XXX

S10AZ1 -XXX

256CFXXXX2PD

256CFXXXX2SR

420CHXXXX2PD

420CHXXXX2SR

216CHXXXX2TR

256CKXXXX2PD

256CKXXXX2SR

216CFXXXX2PD

216CFXXXX2SR

256CHXXXX2PD

256CHXXXX2SR

216CHXXXX2TRA

216CKXXXX2PD

216CKXXXX2SR

216CHXXXX2PD

216CHXXXX2SR

216CHXXXX2TRB

420CHXXXX2TR

420CHXXXX2TRA

420CHXXXX2TRB

RSC6X-XXX

RSC6Y-XXX

RSC6Z-XXX/XXX

RSC8X-XXX

RSC8Y-XXX

RSC8Z-XXX/XXX

RSC10X-XXX

RSC10Y-XXX

RSC10Z-XXX/XXX

MC6001XXX

MC6002XXX

MC6003XXX/XXX

MC8001XXX

MC8002XXX

MC8003XXX/XXX

MC0001XXX

MC0002XXX

MC0003XXX/XXX

MM6001XXX

MM6002XXX

MM6003XXX/XXX

MM8001XXX

MM8002XXX

MM8003XXX/XXX

MM0001XXX

MM0002XXX

MM0003XXX/XXX

LC6001XXX

LC6002XXX

LC6003XXX/XXX

LC8001 XXX

LC8002XXX

LC8003XXX/XXX

LC0001XXX

LC0002XXX

LC0003XXX/XXX

LM6001XXX

LM6002XXX

LM6003XXX/XXX

LM8001XXX

LM8002XXX

LM8003XXX/XXX

LM0001XXX

LM0002XXX

LM0003XXX/XXX

NOTES:

© "XXX” denotes resistance value (Beckman

©Rated

1 .75 watts at 75°C.

Tolerance indicators, usually added as a suffix to the basic P/N

and CTS) or code (Bourns and all others).

©Rated

1 .0 watts at 75°G.

when the tolerance is different from the mfr. standard tolerance.

©MIL Part. Bourns offers commercial replacement.

©Rated

1 1.25 watts at 75°C.

F= ± 1%

G= ± 2%

J=± 5%

K= — 10%

M= — 20%

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1917

4700

RESISTORS

4700

High Performance
Film Resistors

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

This 20th Edition of the Caddock Electronics Gen-
eral Catalog describes over 150 in-production models of
precision discrete resistors and resistors networks that
utilize Caddock’s high-stability, extended-life Micronox®
and Tetrinox™ resistance films. With 20 years of experi-
ence and an exceptional record of in-circuit performance
and reliability, Caddock Electronics continues to lead the
industry in the development, production and on-time
delivery of high performance film resistors.

Caddock’s Advanced Resistor Technology Provides
Many Exceptional Performance Advantages:

Caddock’s advanced resistor technology began in
1962 with the introduction of Micronox® harsh-environ-
ment high-power and high-voltage resistors. The Caddock
technology was further extended in 1975 with the devel-
opment of the Tetrinox™ resistance system that made
possible the introduction of low TC, ultra-stable resistors
and resistor networks.

These technological advances have provided the
electronics industry with a selection of precision resistor
types that achieve many high-performance advantages:

Caddock’s Exclusive Non-Inductive Performance
Is Available in Both High-Power and
High-Voltage Micronox® Film Resistors.

For wide-band, high frequency applications, the ad-
vantages of Caddock’s Exclusive Non-Inductive Design
are available in most
models of Micronox®
resistors. This spe-
cial serpentine pat-
tern provides for
neighboring lines to
carry currents in op-
posite directions,
thereby achieving
maximum cancella-
tion of flux fields
over the entire length
of the resistor.

The result is a
truly non-inductive resistor that is about as inductive as a
straight piece of wire the length of the resistor body. This
efficient design means faster settling times and minimum
distortion in all types of high frequency circuits.

• Precision — Tolerances as close as 0.01%.

• Long-Term Stability — Better than 0.005% per 1000
hours of operation under full load operating conditions.

• Higher Power Ratings — Up to five times higher than
other resistor technologies.

• High Operating Temperatures — Up to -*-275°C.

• Ultra-Low Temperature Coefficients — Standard to less
than 10 PPM/°C and custom values as low as 2 PPM/°C.

The High-Performance Capabilities of Caddock
Film Resistors Can Provide Improved Accuracy
and Stability to Precision Circuitry:

Because of the special advantages of Caddock’s
resistance film technology, Caddock High Performance
Film Resistors are often specified in the precision circuits
that ultimately establish the overall accuracy and stability
of the equipment.

We welcome your call.

Unit-to-Unit Uniformity — The inherent consistency of
Caddock’s film resistor technology assures the
highest unit-to-unit uniformity of performance. ^

Examples of such applications include many types of
precision high-voltage supplies and voltage references
that have achieved improved accuracy and extended-life
stability through the use of Caddock Type MG
Precision High-Voltage Resistors and Type
T912 Precision Resistor Networks.

Additional examples of the application
of this advanced resistor technology
include the industry-wide use of
Caddock Type 1776 and Type 1787
Precision Decade Divider Resistors
in the signal input circuits of labora-
tory and bench-type digital voltage
and current measuring instruments.

An introduction and index to
these Caddock resistor technologies
is provided on the next page. Additional
information and technical assistance is also
available directly from our technical staff.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED.

1*1918

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

High Performance
Film Resistors

Micronox® Resistance Films

For harsh environmental conditions, Caddock Micronox®
resistors are truly unsurpassed. Produced by firing com-
plex-oxide Micronox® resistance
films onto ceramic core materials at
temperatures above + 1400°F, these
precision resistors can withstand
extremes of temperature, thermal
shock, overvoltage and input power.

The result is a family of high volt-
age, high power precision resistors
with an exceptional combination of
performance advantages:

• High Power Ratings — to 30 watts.

• High Voltage Ratings — to 30,000 volts.

• High Stability — as close as 0.01% per 1000 hours in
50,000 hour extended life.

• High Operating Temperatures — up to + 275°C.

• A Wide Range of Resistance Values In Many Sizes —
from 30 ohms to 2000 Megohms.

These performance advantages make Gaddock Micro-
nox® film resistors ideal for use in many types of electronic
circuitry, including —

• Voltage Reference Circuits

• High Power Density Packaging

• Precision Feedback Circuits

• Matched TC Resistor Pairs

Type MG Precision High-Voltage Resistors

Highest stability at continuous operation to 30,000 volts in

single-resistor values as high as 2000 Megohms.

~ Pages 1*1920 and 1*1921
Type MS and MR Power Film Resistors

Power ratings to 15 watts at 6000 volts in a single axial-lead resistor
- plus, Non-Inductive Performance is available.

— LJBSmJj Pages 1 • 1 922 and 1 • 1 923

Type ML and MM Precision Film Resistors

Molded case encapsulation to meet high temperature industrial
and aerospace requirements.

Page 1*1924

Type MP Chassis Mounted Power Film Resistors

High power density in both 15 and 30 watt ratings
with center-screw chassis mounting.

Page 1*1925

Type MK Low Cost Precision Film Resistors

.75 watt rating at +125° C. Resistance range from 30 ohms
to 100 Megohms.

Pages 1 • 1 926 and 1 • 1 927

\ W* t32
j 5.OMC0
' 0*t%

Type 1787 Current Shunt Resistor Networks

ea 2-, 3- and 4-decade input networks for accurate
current sensinq in multi-ranqe instrumentation.

essHs

Pages 1*1928 and 1*1929

Tetrinox™ Resistance Films

In high-accuracy instrumentation where outstanding
circuit performance is required through variations of
temperature and through long-term
operation, Caddock Tetrinox™ resis-
tance films are the answer.

Constructed with advanced tech-
nology complex-oxide resistance
films that are fired onto ceramic
substrates, Caddock Tetrinox™ film
resistors provide a unique combina-
tion of performance characteristics:

x ;•

• Ultra-Low Absolute and Ratio TC — standard to less
than 5 PPM/°C.

• Ultra-Precision — tolerances as tight as 0.01%.

• High Resistance Range — values to 10 Megohms in a
miniature package.

• Ultra-Stable in Loadlife — ratio stability to within
±0.01% per 2000 hours.

This special combination of advantages make Caddock
Tetrinox™ film resistors the optimum choice in many high
stability applications, including —

Input Voltage Dividers in Precision Laboratory

Instrumentation

• Precision Bridge Circuits

• Precision Voltage Reference Circuits.

• Ultra-Stable Voltage Dividers.

• Ultra-Low Power Precision Circuitry.

• Decade Resistance Networks.

Type 1776 Precision Decade Resistor Voltage Dividers

«*» 33 models of decade voltage dividers for accurate

'”*-'** xx voltage-division in multi-range digital instrumentation.

I Pages 1-1930 and 1 >1931

Type TF Low TC Ultra-Precision Film Resistors

aj^ The cost-effective replacement for precision
jjP high-value wire-wound resistors.

\ Page 1*1932

Type T912 and T914 Precision Resistor Networks

grasses Resistor pairs and quads with ultra-precision
C * ratio characteristics for analog circuits.

Page 1-1933

Type TK Temp-Stable Precision Film Resistors.

j g jlll Temperature coefficients to less than 5 PPM/° C
ll lll ll in single resistor values as high as 10 Megohms.

Pages 1*1934 and 1*1935

Type 1794 Custom Precision SIP Resistor Networks

tJPUSin Resistor networks with custom package size and

* - custom performance.

r^nfWT Page-MOSe

If you should need additional
information on any type of Caddock resistor,
please call or write to our engineering and
manufacturing offices in Riverside, California.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1919

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type MG Precision
High-Voltage Resistors

Highest Long-Term Stability Combined with Precision Tolerances and TC of 80 PPM/°C.

Caddock’s Micronox® resistance films are the source of
the Type MG Precision High Voltage Resistors’ outstanding
combination of performance features:

• Single-resistor values as high as 2000 Megohms.

• Maximum continuous operating voltages as high as
30,000 volts.

• Overvoltage capabilities of 150% of the standard working
voltages for all models and values.

• Resistance Tolerances from ± 1.0% to ± 0.1%.

• Standard temperature coefficient of 80 PPM/°C in com-
bination with resistance tolerances as tight as ±0.1%.

- plus

• Typical extended life stability of 0.02% per 1000 hours as
demonstrated by reliability testing.

This exceptional performance has been proven through
many years of use in equipment that demands the highest
reliability and stability, including TWT amplifiers, X-ray
systems, geophysical instruments and medical electronics.

Special High-Voltage Pulse Performance

All power ratings and maximum working voltage
ratings are for continuous duty. These ratings are based on
pre-stress voltage levels applied during the manufacturing
process to provide for stable resistor performance even
under momentary overload conditions.

Maximum working voltages up to 60% higher than the
values listed in the table can be achieved through special
factory conditioning, provided the power ratings are not
exceeded. To specify maximum working voltages above the
values listed in the table, add a “-15” to the model number
(Example: MG750-15) and identify the overvoltage value
with the initial order. (Note that the standard overload and
overvoltage ratings do not apply to the “-15” resistors.)

Non-Inductive Performance

Caddock’s patented Exclusive Non-Inductive Design
uses a serpentine resistive pattern that provides for neigh-
boring lines to carry currents in opposite directions,
thereby achieving maximum cancellation of flux fields over
the entire length of the resistor. This efficient non-inductive
construction is accomplished without derating of any
performance advantages.

Most models are available with Caddock’s Patented
Non-Inductive Design. To specify this performance, add an
“N” to the standard model number. (Example: MG750N)

Model

No.

Watt-

age

Max.

Continuous
Oper. Volt

Oper.

Temp.

(Max.)

Dielect.

Str’gth

TC

ppm/

°ct

Resistance

Dimensions |

Hi

WEBM

A

B

C

MG 650

.5

gggj

750

IB

.313

±.020

.094

±.015

.025

±.002

.5

imi

ia

MEM

SH

.6

80

.094

±.015

.025

±.002

.8

KB

.025

±.002

mmi

80

.094

±.015

.025

±.002

mnu

.6

80

B9

IgliM

BtHjl

.025

±.002

MG 714

Bl

80

ID

ggg

80

EB

ijiiiii

m

80

UTM

m Jj

.240

±.030

.040

±.002

MG 721

£

■ ■

IB

100 Meg

1.000

±.050

.040

±.002

MG 730

pmi

80

1.500

±.080

KQ3I

Profii

.040

±.002

MG 735

HI

10,000

12231

m

.240

±.030

CM
O O
-cr o

MG 745

80

.040 1

±.002 |

MG 750

80

500 Meg

2.125

±.060

MG 780

m

02]

1000

EB

3.125

±.060

.315

±.030

.040

±.002

MG 785

8.0

1000

m

.315

±.030

.040

±.002

MG 810

10.0

1000

m

MG 815

15.0

1000

a

6.000

±.120

.350

±.040

.040 |

±.002 1

tTemperature Coefficient: Referenced to 25°C, AR taken at -15°C and +105°C

Specifications

Resistance Tolerance: ±1% (tolerances to
0.1% on special order).

Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms, mini-
mum.

Overload/Overvoltage: 5 times rated power.,
with applied voltage not to exceed 1 .5 times
maximum continuous operating voltage for
5 seconds. AR, 0.8% max.

Thermal Shock: MIL-STD-202, Method 107,
Cond. C, AR, 0.5% max.

Moisture Resistance: MIL-STD-202, Method
106, AR, 0.8% max.

Loadlife: 1000 hours at rated power, AR
0.8% max.

Lead Material: Gold Plated.

Encapsulation: Silicone Conformal.

J-i — 1,500 ±.125

i

T

Derating Curve:

&

25 50 75 100 125 150175 200 225 250 275
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. °C

1*1920

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Type MG Precision
High-Voltage Resistors

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Exclusive ^

Non-Inductive

Design

Most models are available with Caddock’s
Patented Non-Inductive Design. To specify this
performance, add an “N” to the standard model
number. (Example: MG750N)

. SI ^ . 1

Matched Type MG Resistor Sets with Tight Ratio Tolerances and Ratio TC Tracking.

The temperature coefficients of 1

Caddock Micronox® resistance films can be
controlled to provide matched sets of Type MG
resistors with tight ratio TC from -55° C to +105° C.

For high voltage divider applications, ±2% ratio
tolerance and 25 PPM/°C ratio tracking is available.

For low voltage, high resistance applications -
such as electrometer circuits or high-gain amplifiers -
±0.1% ratio tolerance and 10 PPM/°C ratio tracking is available.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1921

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type MR & MS
Power Film Resistors

Power Film Resistor Family with Wide Resistance Range and +275° C Maximum Temperature.

With power ratings to 15 watts and voltage ratings as
high as 6000 volts in an axial-lead resistor with values to 30
Megohms, the Type MS Power Film Resistors deliver the
performance capabilities that can simplify circuit design
and reduce equipment cost and complexity.

Type MS Power Film Resistors provide all these
features in a single resistor:

• Full power and voltage ratings, without derating —

- for non-inductive performance.

- for high resistance values that extend the critical
resistance value up to 10 times.

• Higher voltage ratings without the limitations of minimum
wire size and spacing.

• Excellent long-term stability.

Tests demonstrate typical stability of 0.05% per 1000
hours over extended life.

Micronox® Resistance Films

Type MS performance begins with Micronox® resis-
tance films, the basic element in every Caddock resistor.
Produced exclusively by Caddock Electronics, these proven
complex oxide films have been used reliably for 20 years in
Caddock’s precision power resistor products.

Micronox® resistance films are fired directly onto a
ceramic core, in air, at 1400° F. These resistance films have
demonstrated outstanding stability when exposed to a high
ambient temperature, thermal shock and high power
densities.

This unique approach to precision power resistors
opens new design possibilities by providing wider resis-
tance range, precise temperature characteristics, and higher
temperature and power handling capability.

There’s no derating of performance when you
specify Caddock’s Exclusive Non-Inductive Design.

When non-inductive performance is specified, we
produce these power film resistors with a serpentine resistive
pattern that provides for neighboring lines to carry currents
in opposite directions, thereby achieving maximum cancel-
lation of flux fields over the entire length of the resistor.

The result is a truly non-inductive resistor that is about as
inductive as a straight piece of wire the length of the resistor
body. This efficient design means faster settling times and
minimum distortion in all types of high frequency circuits.

Non-inductive construction is available in most models.
Specify by adding “N” suffix to Model Number. (Example:
MS310N)

Carefully Controlled Manufacturing and Test
Procedures Assure Compliance with Strict
Quality Control Requirements

Manufacturing Control

In addition to these procedures, all Type MS Resistors
are produced under strict manufacturing controls with
processes which include power conditioning, overvoltage
conditioning and maximum temperature conditioning.

Quality Control

From the certification and testing of all materials to the
supervision of manufacturing processes, all Caddock Type
MS and MR Power Film Resistors are produced under
procedures that have been approved for conformance to
the requirements of NASA NHB5300.4(1 C) and MIL-l-45208
in many recent surveys.

Reliability Verification

Type MS Resistors are included in the Caddock
Reliability Testing Program. Conformance to specification
parameters including Extended Life, Shock, Vibration and
Humidity are verified on a periodic basis. Data from MS
resistors can be compared by similarity to other Caddock
resistor types, since Type ML, MM, MS, MP, MG and MK
represent an identical combination of materials —aluminum
oxide substrate, Micronox® resistance film and silicone
insulating coating.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

1-1922

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Type MR & MS
Power Film Resistors

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

All of the Type MS
Power Film Resistors
are constructed with
Micronox® resistance films
bonded to a high strength solid ceramic
core. Nickel alloy end caps and gold plated
axial leads complete the assembly. Encapsulation
is provided by a silicone conformal coating.

Specifications

Resistance Tolerance: ±1% (tolerances to
0.1% on special order).

Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms, mini-
mum.

Overload/Overvoltage: 5 times rated power
with applied voltage not to exceed 1.5times
maximum continuous operating voltagefor
5 seconds. AR, 0.5% max. or 0.5 ohms max.,
whichever is greater.

Thermal Shock: MIL-STD-202, Method 107,
Cond. C, AR, 0.5% max. or 0.5 ohms max.,
whichever is greater.

Moisture Resistance: MIL-STD-202, Method
106, AR, 0.5% max. or 0.5 ohms max.,
whichever is greater.

Loadlife: 1000 hours at rated power, AR
0.5% max. or 0.5 ohms max., whichever is
greater.

Derating Curve:

tTemperature Coefficient: Referenced to 25°C, AR taken at — 15°C and +105°C

A - all MS models
except MS 126,
MS 151, MS 176.

B- MS 126, MS 151,
MS 176, MR 129,
MR 154, MR 178.

25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1923

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type ML & MM
Precision Film Resistors

High-Temperature Resistors for Geophysical, Aerospace and Industrial Requirements.

Type MM and ML resistors have a proven performance history in industrial,
computer, military and space applications. With power ratings up to 3
watts and resistance values to 15 megohms, these outstanding resistors are
ideal for applications requiring tolerances as close as 0.1% and extended life
stability of 0.1% per 1000 hours.

The Type MM Precision Film Resistors provide a maximum operating
temperature range of +275° C and both the Type MM and the Type ML have
temperature coefficients of only 50 PPM/°C over the range from -15°C
to +105°C.

Construction incjudes Micronox®
resistance films fired onto a high strength
solid ceramic core. End cap construction
and a molded case completes the resistor
assembly and provides increased re-
sistance to abrasion and solvents.

Caddock’s Exclusive Non-Inductive
Performance can also be specified for
most of these resistors by adding the “N”
suffix to the model number. (Example:
MM 236N)

EESB

Iran

Resistant*

Dimansions

HI

ESS

*

•

c

2H§

mm

HHEI

B BE

Si

man

ESfmi

MM 125

.25

200

2m

21

mum i

PEW

■tWfi

HEal

PnTCWiWfl

a

300

275°C

750

a

■nt-EI

BCH

mmm\

Eatm

MM 177

.6

UH2

275°C

750

El

5 Meg

.313

±.020

M

B»EE||

Eatm

mmm

mmm

MM 215

ni

275°C

1000

50

2

SI

ESI

Eatm

MM 216

21

t-wa

warm

mm

tam

mm

Emm

i!MM

MM 217

m

275°C

1500

2

4 Meg

■Mtlf

mm

Bim

Black

Voided Type

£1

275°C

1500

m

15 Meg

■mul

PPmi

Bjnj

Eatm

Black

Molded Type

800

275°C

2000

EB

2Q

6 Meg

IEE1

mm

weem

Eatm

Black

Molded Type

275°C

2000

50

22

15 Meg

beqe

■HcTil

w<um

eatm

Black

Molded Type

m

200

22

m

m l

300 K

gang

m

Em

Earn

Transfer
Molded Type

gum

m

200

22

2£2I

m

500 K

.188

±.020

HM»1

BEE

Em

Eatm

Transfer
Molded Type

B

2Q2

175°C

750

m

600 K

.250

±.020

.094

±.006

Em

Earn

Transfer
Molded Type

.4

2U

175°C

22

m

catwi

satm

ML 181

.6

□

.400

±.020

.150

±.010

Eatm

Transfer
Molded Type

ML 212

m

El

2

Eatm

Emm

m*vm

Eatm

RUSS

gHU

na

22

El

Eatfcll

Eatm

BH

satm

eqhibhe

EHESiffl

2000

175°C

1500

El

23

BEQI

emmi

mtfm

BEEa

.040

±.002

Transfer
Molded Type

ML 219

mi

175°C

2000

El

2

eSKijcuI

.330

±.020

.040

±.002

Transfer
Molded Type

ML 226

175°C

2000

m

EEm

PEwl

H

Transfer
Molded Type

tTemperature Coefficient: Referenced to 25°C, AR taken at — 15°C and +105°C

Specifications

Resistance Tolerance: ±1% (tolerances to
0.1% on special order).

Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms, mini-
mum.

Overload/Overvoltage: 5 times rated power
with applied voltage not to exceed 1.5 times
maximum continuous operating voltage for
5 seconds. AR, 0.5% max. or 0.5 ohms max.,
whichever is greater.

Thermal Shock: MIL-STD-202, Method 107,
Cond. F, AR, 0.2% max. or 0.5 ohms max.,
whichever is greater.

Moisture Resistance: MIL-STD-202, Method
106, AR, 0.5% max. or 0.5 ohms max.,
whichever is greater.

Loadlife: 1000 hours at rated power, AR
0.5% max. or 0.5 ohms max., whichever is
greater.

Lead Material: Gold Plated.

Derating Curve:

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714)788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

1*1924

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Type MP Chassis Mounted
Power Film Resistors

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type MP Chassis Mounted Power Film Resistors are made with
Micronox® resistance films fired onto a ceramic substrate which is ther-
mally bonded to an anodized aluminum base. By mounting this assembly
directly to a metal surface for improved heat transfer, the high power
capabilities of these unique resistors can provide increased packaging
densities in many types of electronic equipment.

The special performance features of the Type MP Power Film Resis-
tors include:

• Two case sizes that provide 15 watt and 30 watt ratings.

• Single-screw mounting to simplify attachment to the chassis or
other heat conducting surface.

• A molded silicone case that encapsulates the resistor assembly to
meet stringent environmental specifications.

• Extended-life stability better than 0.01% per 1000 hours has been
demonstrated through a SV 2 year, 50,000 hour program of contin-
uous load-life testing.

Detailed information on power ratings versus ambient temperature
and chassis area has been provided on this page. A detailed report on the
results of extended-life stability tests is available from the applications
engineering group at Caddock Electronics, Inc.

Model

No

Power

Ratingf

Max.

Voltage

Diet.

Str.

High

Temp. TCt

Resistance

Range

Dimensions

Terminals

TflT

A

■

C

B

15 Watts

U2I

50 /

03

Gold Plated Solder Lugs

30 Watts

EHI

50

ESI

EH

U9

Eg

Gold Plated Solder Lugs

t Power rating based on chassis mounting
with MP 312 on a 6" x 4" x 2" x .040”
aluminum chassis and MP 330 on a 5”
x 7” x 2” x .040” aluminum chassis.

$ TC: 50 ppm referenced to 25 °C, 1R taken
at -f-150°C and -f-275°C. (Low temp.
TC will be nominally — 85ppm/°C at
— 55 °C. See typical R-T curve.)

DERATING CURVE

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. 'C

TYPICAL R-T CURVE

Stacked Type MP assemblies — constructed by bolting
resistors between aluminum heat dissipating plates —
provide a simple means of further improving packaging
densities.

These charts of power ratings versus ambient temperature
and chassis area show the high power levels that can be
achieved with forced air cooling and with convection cooling in either
vertical or horizontal orientation.

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Tolerance: ±1% standard
(Other tolerances on special order.)
Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms,
dry. Method — MN-R-18546D, para. 4.6.8.
Solderability: Per Mil-R-18546D, para.
3.7, para. 4.6.4.

Terminal Strength: Per Mil-Std-202,
Method 211, Cond. A (Pull Test), 5 lbs.,
and Cond. B (Bend Test). Max. AR, .2%
or .2ft, whichever is greater.

Thermal Shock: Per MM-R-18546D, para.
4.6.9, max. AR, .5% or .2ft, whichever is
greater.

Momentary Overload: 2 times rated
power or 1.5 times max. allowable work-
ing voltage, whichever gives the lower
power, for 5 seconds. Max. AR, .5% or
.2ft, whichever is greater.

Moisture Resistance: Mil-Std-202, Meth-
od 106B, less steps 7a and 7b, max. AR,
.5% or .2ft, whichever is greater.

Life: Per Mil-R-18546D, para. 4.6.12,
1,000 hrs., Max. AR, 1% or .2ft, which-
ever is greater.

Shock, Medium Impact: 50G, per Mil-Std-
202, Method 205, Cond. C.

Vibration, High Frequency: Per Mil-Std-
202, Method 204, Cond. B, Max. AR .2%
or .2ft, whichever is greater, through
shock and vibration sequence.

POWER RATING POWER RATING

FOR STACKED MP 312 POWER RESISTORS F0R CHASSIS MOUNTED SINGLE RESISTORS

U.S. Patent No’s 3,636,493 and 3,649,944 Other patents pending.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1925

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type MK Low Cost
Precision Film Resistors

Radial-Lead Resistors with Resistance Range from 10 ohms to 100 Megohms.

Here are the low cost precision resistors that provide high
density packaging in large volume printed circuit applications.
Available in two miniature rectangular package configurations
with standard lead spacings, Type MK Precision Film Resistors
now cover the entire resistance range from 10 ohms to 100
Megohms.

Constructed with Caddock Micronox® resistance films
fired onto a solid ceramic substrate, Type MK Precision Film
Resistors combine all of these outstanding advantages:

• ±1% resistance tolerance is standard and tolerances to
±0.1% are available on special order.

• Operating temperatures are from -55° C to +175° C.

• Full power rating at +125°C.

• Temperature Coefficient is only 50 PPM/°C up to 10 Meg-
ohms and 80 PPM/°C up to 100 Megohms, referenced to
25° C with the AR taken at -15°C and +105°C.

• Extended life stability is typically better than 0.1% per 1000
hours.

• Caddock’s Non-Inductive Performance provides greater
pulse fidelity and wider bandwidths in high frequency
circuits.

This combination of performance advantages in a small,
standardized case can simplify many engineering and produc-
tion problems:

One size of Type MK resistor can replace many sizes of
axial lead resistors.

This table of “RN” style axial lead resistors shows the many
sizes and power ratings that can be replaced with either of the
two models of Type MK Precision Film Resistors within the
maximum allowable voltage ratings.

The largest Type MK — rated at .75 watt — requires less
board space than even the 1/20th watt RN50.

The smallest Type MK — rated at .5 watt — provides power
dissipation equal to the RN70 resistor. The RN70 resistor re-
quires a mounting hole spacing of 1” and a side-to-side spacing
of .250 inches, resulting in a total mounting area of .25 square
inches — 10 times the area required for a .75 watt Type
MK resistor!

One standard resistor configuration can simplify board layouts.

With the exceptionally wide range of resistances that are
available in each model of Type MK Precision Film Resistors,
circuits can now be designed for
maximum packaging densities
without the need for
leaving extra space
where resistor value
changes can require larger
resistors or non-uniform
lead spacings.

Standardization of resistor size can

speed assembly procedures and reduce procurement costs.

The standardization of resistor size can pay additional
dividends by simplifying assembly procedures. The radial
leads do not require additional bending prior to insertion, and
the standard lead spacing can reduce the time required for
assembly.

The combination of higher power rating and smaller size
can also lower procurement costs. By reducing the wide variety
of sizes and types of axial lead resistors to a single, ‘standard-
ized’ resistor type, unit prices can be lowered and inventory
problems simplified.

Low Quantity Prices — Fast Delivery

Quantity prices for Type MK Precision Film Resistors are
low, with many values priced under 60 cents each in medium-
to-large production orders.

A pricing schedule for all values and models of Type MK
Precision Film Resistors is available upon request. For specific
price and delivery information, call or write to the main offices
of Caddock Electronics in Riverside, California.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

1*1926

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Type MK Low Cost
Precision Film Resistors

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type MK Precision Film Resistors — Standard Resistance Range

Model

No.

Watt-

age

Max.

Voltage

Oper.

Temp.

(Max.)

Dielect.

Str’gth

TC
ppm /

°Ct

Resistance

Dimensions

Encap-

sulation

Leadwire

Min.

Max.

MK 120

.5

200

175T

300

50

30 n

2 Meg.

Ref. Case "A" Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

MK 132

.75

400

175 C

400

50

30 <>

5 Meg.

Ref. Case “B" Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

Resistance Tolerance: ±1% (tolerance to
±.1% on special order).

Operating Temperature: -55°C to 175°C.
Overload: 5 times rated power for 5 sec-
onds, R shift .15% max., or .2 ohms max.,
whichever is greater.

Overvoltage: 1.5 times max. voltage for 5
seconds, R shift .15% max., or .2 ohms
max., whichever is greater.

Thermal Shock: Mil-Std-202, Method 107,
Cond. B, shift .2% max., or .2 ohms, max.,
whichever is greater.

Moisture Resistance: Mil-Std-202, Method
106, R shift .5% max., or .2 ohms, which-
ever is greater.

Loadlife: 1000 hours at rated power, R
shift .4% max., or .2 ohms, whichever is
greater.

Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms,
minimum.

Type MK Precision Film Resistors — Extended Resistance Range

Model

No.

Watt-

age

Max.

Voltage

Oper.

Temp.

(Max.)

Dielect.

Str’gth

TC

ppm /

°Ct

Resistance

Dimensions

Encap-

sulation

Leadwire

Min.

Max.

MK 620

.5

200

175X

300

80

2 Meg.

40 Meg.

Ref. Case "A” Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

MK 632

.75

400

175“C

400

80

5.1 Meg.

100 Meg.

Ref. Case “B” Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

Resistance Tolerance: ±1% (consult fac-
tory for tighter tolerances).

Operating Temperature: -55°C to 175°C.
Overvoltage: 1.5 times max. voltage for 5
seconds, R shift .5% max.

Thermal Shock: Mil-Std-202, Method 107,
Cond. B, R shift .5% max.

Moisture Resistance: Mil-Std-202, Method
106, R shift .5% max.

Loadlife: 1000 hours at rated power, R
shift .5% max.

Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms,
minimum.

tTemperature Coefficient: Referenced to 25°C, AR taken at — 15°C and + 105°C

Case “A”

Model MK 120 and MK 620

Case “B”

Model MK 132 and MK632

.245 -

h

U-.095 ±.005

.290 ±.010-v

i

L

(

1

j | .245 + .010

□

.095 ±.005

3

290 ±.010

1.5

+ .125
-.000

± . 002 ,

22 GA.

<— LEADWIRE
OFFSET .012
FROM

CENTERLINE

1.5

±.125

.000

.025 DIA.

. 002 ,

22 GA.
LEADWIRE
OFFSET .012
FROM

CENTERLINE

ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

.150 ±.015
(CENTERED) - **

h- .200 ±.015 (CENTERED)

DERATING CURVE

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, °C

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 « PHONE: (714) 788-1700 . TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1927

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type 1787 Current Shunt
Resistor Networks

Accurate Current Sensing in Multi-Range Instrumentation

Type 1787 Current Shunt Resistor Networks utilize
Caddock’s Micronox® resistance films and advanced high
thru-put laser manufacturing capabilities to achieve many
vital advantages in precision current measurement cir-
cuits, including laboratory and bench-type digital instru-
mentation:

• The thin-profile single-package configuration replaces
as many as four discrete current shunt resistors.

• The monolithic construction and standardized lead
spacing simplifies installation.

• Caddock Micronox® resistance films provide excep-
tional stability for improved long-term measurement
accuracy.

Eighteen standard models in six network arrangements
provide the specific accuracy and resistance values required
for a wide range of current measuring instruments and
circuits.

Prototype quantities of most models of the Type 1787
Current Shunt Resistor Networks can be delivered from
stock to within 6 weeks ARO.

Model

No.

n

1787-31

999.9 Si

1787-312

999.9 Si

1787-41

1787-412

iooo si |

1787-5

1787 - 53

999 si

1787-535

999 si

1787-5352

1787-6

iooo n

1787-64

1000 a

1787-645

iooo n

1787 - 6452

1000 SI

1787-7

99 fl

1787- 73

99 si

1787-735

1787-7352

99 n

1787-13

99.9 si

1787-132

99.9 SI

CD Absolute Resistance Tolerance: Toler- <D Absolute Temperature Coefficient: Temp- ® Shelf Life: Stability of Ra, R b > r c or R D

ance of Ra, Rb> r c or r d when meas-
ured in accordance with proper Figure
No

erature coefficient of R A , Rb. r c or r d
from 0°C to 70°C, referenced to +25°C.

© Load Life: Stability of R A , Rb, r c or R D
with full power applied individually for
2000 hours at +70°C.

for six months at shelf conditions.
Storage Temperature: -55°C to +105°C.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

1*1928

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Type 1787 Current Shunt
Resistor Networks

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Figure 1 — Model Nos. 1787-31 and 1787-312

Model Nos. 1787*31 and 1787-312 Measurement Connections

Resistances

Kelvin Connections

mm

Total

Sense Lead

H

Value

r a

999.9 R

Pin 1

Pin 1

Pin 5 *

Pin 6 *

r b

Pin 1

Pin 2

Pin 5 *

Pin 6 *

R c

9.9 r

Pin 1

Pin 3

R o

o.9 r

Pin 1

Pin 4

Pin 5 *

Pin 6 *

Figure 2 — Model Nos. 1787-41 and 1787-412

R *■

Figure 3 — Model Nos. 1787-5,
1787-53, 1787-535 and 1787-5352

| — y/wv— j-vwv — j"Vwy— |

Model Nos. 1787-41 and 1787-412 Measurement Connections

Resistances

Kelvin Connections

“R"

Current Lilt

Current Lead

Sense Lead

C t

‘a

'a

R a

iooo r

Pin 1

Pin 1

Pin 5

Pin 6

r b

ioo r

Pin 1

Pin 2

Pin 5

R c

10 r

Pin 1

Pin 3

Pin 5

Pin 6

w

10

Pin 1

Pin 4

Pin 5

Pin 6

Resistances

r a

999 R

r b

99 R

R c

9 R

Figure 4 — Model Nos. 1787-6,
1787-64, 1787-645 and 1787-6452

Figure 5 — Model Nos. 1787-7,
1787-73, 1787-735 and 1787-7352

900 0 90Q 10O

|-VWV-j-vVVV | ■ V W\r~|

Resistances

-r

Total

Value

r a

1000 R

r b

100 R

R c

10 R

Resistances

Total

Valet

r a

99 R

r b

9 R

Figure 6 — Model Nos. 1787-13 and 1787-132

Resistances

Kelvin Connections

iHMH

Total

Sense Lead

Current Lead

Current Lead

Sense Lead

mm

Value

P ,

C,

«*

R a

r a

99.9 R

Pin 1

Pinl

Pin 4 *

Pin 5 *

r b

9.9 R

Pin 1

Pin 2

Pin 4*

Pin 5 *

R c

0.9 R

Pin 1

Pin 3

Pin 4*

Pin 5 *

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 » PHONE: (714) 788-1700 » TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1929

V.

, - -

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Type 1776 Precision Decade
Resistor Voltage Dividers

Input Voltage Dividers for Digital Multimeters and Range-Switching Instruments.

Produced with Caddock Tetrinox® re-
sistance films to achieve an exceptional
combination of accuracy, temperature sta-
bility and long-term stability, these edge-
mount precision decade resistor voltage
dividers are now being widely specified for
use in the input signal circuits of bench and
laboratory digital instruments.

In addition to requiring less board
space, these compact resistor networks
deliver higher performance than selected
discrete resistor sets and thin-film networks.

The 33 standard models in the ex-
panded ‘family’ of Type 1776 resistor
networks now include —

• 3-, 4- and 5-decade voltage dividers
with ratios from 10:1 to 10,000:1

• 1,200 volts continuous ratings and over-
voltage to 2,000 volts.

• Many combinations of ratio and absolute
tolerances and ratio and absolute TC.

For complete information on quantity
price and delivery, call our main offices
in Riverside, California.

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

0 Ratio Tolerance: Maximum ratio difference
between any two resistors in the network.

© Ratio Temperature Coefficient: Ratio track
between any two resistors in the network
from 0°C to +70°C.

0 Voltage Coefficient of Ratio (ppm/volt): R, in

series with any combination of R 2 , R 3 , R< and
R5, 100 volts to 1200 volts.

0 Load Life: Ratio stability of resistance under
full load. 1200 volts DC applied to all resis-
tors in series for 2000 hours at +70°C.

0 Shelf Stability of Ratio: Six months at shelf
conditions.

0 Overvoltage: Maximum voltage of 1.67 times
rated DC voltage. Volts DC or peak AC ap-
plied to Rt and any combination of R 2 , R 3 ,
R 4 , and R 5 in series with R, for 10 seconds.

© Voltage Rating: DC or RMS AC voltage ap-
plied to all resistors in series.

Storage Temperature: -55°C to +85°C.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

1*1930

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Type 1776 Precision Decade
Resistor Voltage Dividers

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

h> — —

CAOOoS^a '•(

«OD EL J

e °oa I

Figure 1

6, 6 2 A<

Figure 2

rrrn

Figure 3

2.000 - .020 •

-I

C A D DOoFSe^R O N
MODEL 1776-23 8

cs |

Pm 1 *•

.100 •*!

*- .800 -J

1.000— H

■* — 1.200 — 4

*■ 1.500

- 1.800

.090

MAX

680

-.020

\ .25 -.05

.025 -.002
Tinned Copper

Figure 4

n n n. n.

Figure 5

— 1 mi

f^UI It

(*« .800 -

U .900

H 1.100-

.025 -.002
Tinned Copper

rrm

Figure 6

) -- .020 -j

.200— U

.300-

.400-

il

.090

MAX.

“1

.580
- .020

P.225

X .025 - .002
Tinned Copper

R, Ri R,

"t ij A t A 5

Figure 7

nrrm.

Figure 8

1.500 — .020 —

•HKL| I

.090

MAX

.680

-.020

-.900 — H
— 1.100 —
1.300 -

.025 -.002
Tinned Copper

mm

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Safes Offices Directory

1*1931

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type TF Low TC
Ultra-Precision Film Resistors

Absolute TC to 5 PPM/°C — Values from 1 kohm to 125 Megohms — Absolute Tolerance to ±0.01%.

TypeTF precision resistors employ the Caddock Tetrinox® resistance
films — the resistance system that sets a new standard for high value,
ultra-stable precision resistors that provide an exceptional combination of
performance characteristics:

• Ultra -Precision - Seven standard resistance tolerances from ±1%
to ±0.01%

• A Wide Range of Resistance Values - from 1 kohm to 125 Megohms.

• Low Temperature Coefficients - 5 PPM/°C, 10PPM/°Cand 15PPM/°C.

• Long-Term Stability - to 0.01% per 1000 hours.

This completely new approach to quantity production of ultra-
precision resistors is the result of combining our unique complex-oxide
technology with an advanced high thru-put laser manufacturing capability.

Type TF - Standard Resistance Range - 1 kohm to 10 Megohms.

| Model Number

Wattage

Maximum

Resistance

Dimensions j

Axial Leads

Radial Leads

@ +70°C.

Oper. Voltage

Min.

Max.

A

■oil

TF 020 N

TF 020 R

.33

300

1 K

2 Meg

.75 ±.020

.375 ±.020

TF 050 N

TF 050 R

.75

1400

10 K

10 Meg

1.5 ±.020

.50 ±.020

Load Stability:

o

o

o

001% 0.02% 0 03%

MAXIMUM % A R PER 1000 HOURS.

Shelf Life: Typically 0.005% per year.

Type TF - Extended Resistance Range - 2 Megohms to 125 Megohms.

Model Number

Wattage

@ +70° C.

Maximum
Continuous
Oper. Voltage

Resistance

Dimensions j

Axial Loads

Radial Leads

Min.

Max.

A

■EHB

TF 626 N

TF 626 R

.33

300

2.01 Meg

35 Meg

.75 ±.020

.375 ±.020

TF 656 N

TF 656 R

.75

1400

10.01 Meg

125 Meg

1.5 ±.020

.50 ±.020

Load Stability: 1000 hours at rated voltage at
+70° C, maximum AR 0.03%.

Shelf Life: Typically 0.010% per year.

Specifications

Apply to all Type TF resistor models

Absolute Temperature Coefficient:

5 PPM/°C, 10- PPM/°C or 15 PPM/°C.
Referenced to 25° C, AR taken at -15°C
and +105°C.

Resistance Tolerance: ±0.01%, ±0.025%,
±0.05%, ±0.10%, ±0.25%, ±0.50%, ±1.0%.

Storage Temperature: -55° C to +105° C.
Leadwire: Tinned Copper.

Derating Curve:

0 35 70 105

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, ®C

Ordering Information

TF050R - 10 Meg - 0.01% - 10PPM/°C

>er T<

Model Number Tolerance

Resistor Value

Temperature

Coefficient

Custom Type TF Resistors

Additional cost savings can be
realized when your high volume
ultra-precision Type TF
resistor is optimized for:

• Voltage rating.

• Power rating.

• Mechanical configuration.

• Ratio matched sets.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

And for special requirements, custom
Type TF resistors are available with:

• TCs of 5 ppm/°C, 10 ppm/° C
15 ppm/°C or 25 ppm/°C.

• Shelf stability of 0.0025% per year.
Type TF resistors can also be produced

with custom-spaced radial leads
that will plug directly into
your existing circuit layouts.

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

1*1932

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Type T912 and T914
Precision Resistor Networks

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Resistor Pairs and Quads with Matched Characteristics for Precision Analog Circuits.

Type T912 and T914 Precision Resistor Networks are constructed with
Caddock Tetrinox® resistance films to achieve the matched resistor
characteristics and stability required by highly accurate amplifier circuits,
voltage reference circuits and precision bridge circuits.

• Ratio Tolerances - from ±0.1% to ±0.01%.

• Ratio Temperature Coefficients - 10 PPM/°C, 5 PPM/°C or 2 PPM/°C.

• Absolute Temperature Coefficient - 25 PPM/ 0 C.

• Ratio Stability of Resistance at Full Load for 2000 hours - Within ±0.01 %.

• Shelf Life Stability of Ratio for 6 Months - Within ±0.005%.

Both the T912 and T914 are available in 14 standard resistance values
between 1000 ohms and 1 Megohm. Caddock’s high thru-put manufactur-
ing capability assures delivery of prototype and large-volume production
quantities from stock to within 6 weeks after receipt of order.

Standard Type T912 and T914 Precision Resistor Networks

In addition to the 14 standard equal value models of the Type T912 and
T914, the Type T912 can also be ordered with —

Specifications

Absolute Tolerance: 0.1% for all resistors.

• 10:1 resistance ratio — for use with gain-setting amplifiers.

• 9:1 resistance ratio — for use in voltage reference dividers.

T912 - A 10K - 010 - 02

Model Number

Ratio Code Letter: —

A - T912 with R,:R, where Rj = 10R,

1K:10K 5K:50K 20K:200K 40K:400K

2K:20K 10K:100K 25K:250K 50K:500K

- F

Ratio Temperature Track:* (0°C to 70°C)
-10= 10 PPM/ 0 C -05 = 5 PPM/ 0 C
-02 = 2 PPM/ 0 C

Ratio Tolerance:* -100 = 0.1%

-050 = 0.05%

-020 :
-010 =

0.02%

0.01%

100K:1 Megohm

I— Standard Resistance Values: *

(R.)

B - T912 with R,:R 2 where R 2 = 9R,

1K:9K 5K:45K 20K:180K 40K:360K

2K:18K 10K:90K 25K:225K 50K:450K

100K:900K

No Letter — T912 with R, = R 2

IK 10K 40K 200K 500K

2K 20K 50K 250K 1 Meg.

5K 25K 100K 400K

Special or mixed resistance values are available as custom networks.
See the custom section at the bottom of this page.

No Letter - T914 with R 2 = R 2 = R 3 = R 4

* (This information appears on the back side of the network)

Type T912

Ratios Available: 1:1, 9:1, 10:1 and Custom.

run.

Type T914

Ratios Available: 1:1 and Custom.

Ml nj Hj h 4

n, n n. n.

Absolute Temperature Coefficient: ±25

PPM/°C. Referenced to 25° C, AR taken
at 0°C and 70° C.

Voltage Rating: 30 Volts DC or RMS AC
applied to Ri, R 2 , R 3 , or R 4 .

Power Rating: 0.10 watt applied to Ri, R 2 ,
R 3 ,R 4 (not to exceed rated voltage).
Package Power Rating: Type T912, 0.200
watt. Type T914, 0.400 watt.

Storage Temperature: -55° C to +105°C.
Insulation Resistance Between Isolated
Pins: Pin 2to Pin 3, Pin 4to Pin 5, or Pin 6to
Pin 7, 1000 Megohms, minimum.

Dielectric Strength Between Isolated Pins:
50 volts RMS AC.

Ratio Stability Under Load: Ratio change
between any two resistors in the network
under full load for 2000 hours at 70° C,
0.01% maximum.

Shelf Stability of Ratio: Six months at shelf
conditions, 50 PPM.

Custom Model T912and T914 Precision Resistor Networks

For applications requiring non-standard
resistance values, the T912 and T914 custom
configurations can include these special features:

• Mixed resistance values with a maximum ratio
of 250-to-1. (Example: 1.0 Megohm and 4K)

• Absolute TC as low as 15 PPM/°C.

• Ratio TC as low as 2 PPM/°C.

• Custom voltage ratings.

• Matched resistors of any special value
between IK and 2 Megohms.

CADOGC^

Identification of the electrical
characteristics of each T912
and T914 resistor network
is included on the
back side of the network.

For performance, price and
availability of custom T912 and
T914 resistor networks, contact
Caddock Electronics’ main offices
in Riverside, California.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1933

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type TK Temp-Stable
Precision Film Resistors

Small Package with Low TC of 10 PPM/°C and Resistance Range from 1 kohm to 10 Megohms.

Caddock introduces a new design element for pre-
cision electronic circuitry — an advanced technology
breakthrough that solves many critical circuit stability
problems — the Type TK Temp-Stable Precision Film
Resistors with the Tetrinox® resistance system.

Type TK Temp-Stable Precision Film Resistors pro-
vide a combination of performance advantages never be-
fore available in a resistive component:

• Temperature Stability — better than 10 PPM/°C over
the entire temperature range from — 55°C to +125°C!

• Long-Term Absolute Stability — better than ±0.05%
per 2000 hours of operation.

• Extended Resistance Range —

from 1000 ohms to 10 Megohms.

• Precision Tolerances — ±1% is

standard, and tolerances as close
as ±0.05% are available.

• Wide Operating Temperature
Range— from -55°C to +175°C.

• Small Size — with two miniature
rectangular cases for maximum
packaging density and minimum
mounting area.

• High Power Density — with power
ratings of .2 watt and .3 watt in
molded cases, the largest of
which is a standard CK 06 pack-
age.

• Highest Performance-to-Cost Ratio— -with many values
priced below $2.00 each in 1000 lot quantities.

Building on 20 years of experience with our unique
complex-oxide technology, Caddock has perfected the
Tetrinox® resistance system — the first high resistance
system to provide a TC that is well within 10 PPM/°C and
that is also essentially linear over the entire temperature
range from — 55°C to +125°C.

The exceptional performance of Type TK resistors
can achieve improvements in many circuit applications:

Low TC “Matched-Pair” Voltage Dividers Can be Assem-
bled Without Pre-Selection of Resistors.

An important application for Type TK resistors is in
“matched-pair” voltage dividers where the low 5 PPM/°C
temperature coefficient provides ratio tracking of less than
10 PPM/°C without resistor pre-selection or special testing.

With factory selection, Type TK resistor pairs can be
matched to within 1 PPM/°C.

Extended Resistance Range Reduces Power Requirements

Because the Type TK resistors provide resistance
values as high as 10 Megohms — values that are up to
100 times higher than other types of ultra-low TC resis-
tors — engineers can now design precision circuits with
lower current drain and lower power requirements.

High Density Packaging

The radial lead mounting and small rectangular case
of Type TK resistors permits high packaging densities in
low profile electronic circuitry. And because both models
of Type TK resistors are available in an exceptionally
wide range of resistances, lead spacing and mounting
space can be standardized.

For additional information on the Type TK resistors
for your high stability circuits, contact the engineering
staff of Caddock Electronics in Riverside, California. They
can assist you in determining the exact temperature
coefficient and tolerances your application requires, and
will provide both evaluation and production quantities of
these new resistors on fast-delivery schedules.

(Photos show
resistors full size)

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

1-1934

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Type TK Temp-Stable
Precision Film Resistors

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

Type TK Temp-Stable Precision Film Resistors — Standard Resistance Range

Model

Temperature
Coefficient
ppm/°C t

Resistance

Wattage

Max.

Working

Voltage

Dielect.

Dimensions

Encap-

No.

WESM

H29H

@ +125°C

Str’gth

sulation

TK121

5, 10 or 20

IK

500K

.2 .

200

300

Ref. Case "A" Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

TK133

5, 10 or 20

IK

1.5 Meg.

.3

300

400

Ref. Case “B" Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

TK139

5, 10 or 20

IK

1.5 Meg.

.3

Ref. Case “C” Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

t Specify TC when ordering. 10 PPM/°C is standard.

Resistance Tolerance: ±1% Standard.
(Tolerances to ±0.05% on special order.)
Operating Temperature: — 55°C to +175°C.
TC Temperature Range: — 55°C to -f-125°C.
Overload:* 6.25 times rated power for 5
seconds at voltages not to exceed 1 .5 times
maximum rated working voltage, R shift less
than 0.05%.

Thermal Shock: Mil-Std-202, Method 107,
Condition B, R shift less than 0.05%.

Low Temperature Operation:* R shift less
than 0.02%.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage:* R shift
less than 0.02%.

Moisture Resistance:* Mil-Std-202, Method
106, R shift less than 0.02%.

Load Life:* 2000 hours at +125°C, R shift
less than 0.05%.

Shelf Life (Typical): 25 ppm/year.

Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms.
Vibration:* R shift less than 0.01%.

Shock:* R shift less than 0.02%.

*Test methods per specifications and
procedures of Mil-R-55182/9.

Type TK Temp-Stable Precision Film Resistors — Extended Resistance Range

Model

Temperature
Coefficient
ppm/°C t

Resistance

Wattage

Max.

Working

Voltage

Dielect.

Dimensions

Encap-

Leadwire

No.

Min.

Max.

@ +125°C

Str’gth

sulation

TK621

5, 10 or 20

501K

2 Meg

Limited
. by

200

300

Ref. Case “A" Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

TK633

5, 10 or 20

1.51 Meg.

10 Meg.

Maximum

300

400

Ref. Case "B" Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

TK639

5, 10 or 20

1.51 Meg.

10 Meg.

• Working •
Voltage

300

400

Ref. Case “C" Dwg.

Transfer
Molded Type

Tinned

Copper

t Specify TC when ordering. 10 PPM/°C is standard.

Resistance Tolerance: ±1% Standard.
(Tolerances to ±0.05% on special order.)

Operating Temperature: -55°C to +175°C.
TC Temperature Range: -55°Cto +105°C.

Overload:* 1.5 times maximum rated work-
ing voltage for 5 seconds, R shift less than
0 . 2 %.

Thermal Shock: Mil-Std-202, Method 107,
Condition B, R shift less than 0.1%.

Low Temperature Operation:* R shift less
than 0.05%.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage:* R shift
less than 0.05%.

Moisture Resistance:* Mil-Std-202, Method
106, R shift less than 0.05%.

Load Life:* 2000 hours at +125°C, R shift
less than 0.2%.

Shelf Life (Typical): 200 ppm/year.
Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms.
Vibration:* R shift less than 0.05%.

Shock:* R shift less than 0.05%.

‘Test methods per specifications and
procedures of Mil-R-55182/9.

Case “A”

Model TK 121 and Model TK 621
-►I [<-.095 ±.005
~" 1 I_ 245 ±.010

-*| |<- .245

Q 4 00

03

1.5

+ .125
-.000

.025 DIA.

±. 002 ,

22 GA.

- LEADWIRE
OFFSET .012
FROM

CENTERLINE

.150 ±.015 (CENTERED)

Case “B”

Model TK 133 and Model TK 633

-.290

±.010

♦•.125

-.000

<-.095 ±.005
| . 290 ±.010

.025 DIA.

±.002,

22 GA.

• LEADWIRE
OFFSET .012
FROM

CENTERLINE

.200 ±.015 (CENTERED)

Case “C”

Model TK 139 and Model TK 639

-.305

±.010

1.5

+ .125
-.000

-.105 ±.005

3

305 ±.010

.025 DIA.

± . 002 ,

22 GA.

■ LEADWIRE
OFFSET .005
FROM

CENTERLINE

- .150 ±.015 (CENTERED)

Ordering

Information

TK633 - 10 Meg - 0.1% - 10 PPM/°C

tttt

Model Number Tolerance

Resistor Value Temperature
Coefficient

Derating Curve:

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS
OF TYPE TK RESISTORS

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 « PHONE: (714) 788-1700 * TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1935

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CADDOCK

Type T1794 Custom Precision
SIP Resistor Networks

Resistor Networks with Custom Package Size and Custom Performance.

For precision analog designs with special circuit requirements
Caddock Type T1794 Custom Precision SIP Resistor Networks are
available with performance that includes —

• From 2 to 15 resistors per assembly.

• Absolute tolerances from 1.0% to 0.01%.

• Custom voltage and power ratings.

• Resistance values from 500 ohms to 10 Megohms.

T

a iso

• Absolute temperature coefficients from 15 PPM/°C
to 50 PPM/°C.

• Ratio stability of resistance at full load for 2000 hours
to within + 0.01%.

• Shelf life stability of ratio for six months to within ±0.005%.

The unique thin-profile, single-in-line edge-mount
package design allows the wide range of flexibility
necessary to blend the performance of Tetrinox®
resistance technology with particular circuit specifica-
tions to arrive at the final network package size, pin
spacing and pin style.

In addition to the normal upright configuration
with SIP-socket pin spacing, special low-profile
packages with extended leads and right-angle leads
are also available.

By optimizing both performance and configur-
ation many designers find that these precision
networks can achieve savings in both component
cost and insertion costs — even in production-lot
quantities as low as 1000 units.

A large part of our high thru-put manu-
facturing capacity is now committed to the
production of these custom precision resistor
networks. Custom network designs for re-,
quirements that range from 500 networks per
year to over 400,000 networks per year are
now in production.

For immediate engineering information
on the custom precision resistor network
configuration that can best meet your needs,
call or write to our Applications Engineering
Group in Riverside, California, and we will be
pleased to provide both technical performance
and pricing information.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 « PHONE: (714) 788-1700 « TWX: 910-332-6108

1*1936

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CADDOCK

HIGH PERFORMANCE FILM RESISTORS

High Performance
Film Resistors

The outstanding levels of performance and reliability
that Caddock resistors provide is maintained through a con-
tinuous program of testing and process control that in-
cludes every step in the production process.

Manufacturing Control

Our manufacturing controls include processes for
power conditioning, over-voltage conditioning and maxi-
mum temperature conditioning. We also perform many in-
process tests to verify the performance levels and con-
sistency of all of our resistor types, and to screen out
defects not detectable by visual inspection.

Reliability Test Summary —

“Caddock Report No. 1”.

To provide electronic engineers with actual stability
data — data that can be used to determine actual improve-
ments in circuit performance — we have compiled test
results taken since 1972 from our continuing reliability
program.

Of the eleven tests in this program, we have graphically
summarized data from the six tests that measure resistor
stability under conditions most important to circuit designers:

1 — Temperature Cycling Tests

Quality Control

The Caddock Quality Control System covers every step
in the manufacturing process from the examination of in-
coming raw materials to the final testing and packaging of
each resistor.

To meet the most stringent QC requirements, Cad-
dock’s Quality Control Procedures have been approved as
being in conformance to the requirements of NASA
NHB5300.4(1C) and MIL-1-45208 in recent surveys.

2 — Overload Tests

3 — 2000 Hour Load-Life Tests

4 — Moisture Resistance Tests

5 — Low Temperature Operation

6 — Shock and Vibration Tests

This stability data appears in a series of 96 graphs that
show the actual stability of 740 Caddock High Performance
Film Resistors.

Reliability Verification

In addition to the tests for tolerance, stability and
temperature characteristics that are part of our normal
manufacturing procedures, we also perform semi-annual
reliability tests to confirm compliance to our exacting
product specifications.

The flow diagram of the Caddock Reliability Test Pro-
gram illustrates the sequence of the eleven tests in this
program.

The test procedures in the Caddock Reliability Testing
Specification 271-02 generally follow the format of MIL-R-
55182 and MIL-Std-202. The results of these tests may be
used to qualify Caddock resistors for substitution in
existing designs.

The individual and average resistance change is also
shown in these graphs for the low, high and ‘critical’ values,
to provide data that can be used to pre-determine actual
circuit performance and long-term equipment specifications.

±0.5%

Average aR-»-

I 1 Megohm

r~ ©

,018% /

\ 95% are within

1

\ -.06%

1

W ' and

No failures. ||

| r~~ + .03 % .

A copy of the 12-page brochure describing
the results of these reliability and stability tests
is available from the main offices of Caddock
Electronics, Inc. in Riverside, California.

CADDOCK

ELECTRONICS, INCORPORATED

1717 CHICAGO AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CALIF. 92507 • PHONE: (714) 788-1700 • TWX: 910-332-6108

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1937

gyniiyg jpi^ ^yi a /W l ICBil

▼ - war ^BlSSaU

electrical/electronic

je p ppg« %#| atiamc

iH si BSI. Vm-BSSi vf ■ #% I. - - -

AND ACRONYMS

Q

A

AC alternating’ current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

I

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
fxF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

VAC volts (of) alternating current
YAR volt-ampere reactive
YCR video cassette recorder
YDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
YHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
YU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

4700

RESISTORS

4700

INC.

THICK FILM

CERMET CHIP RESISTORS

ELECTRICAL

Resistance Range: 10 ohms to 40 megohms
Tolerance: 1% (F), 2% (G), 5% (J), 10% (K) standard and
20% (M)

Power Rating: 1 00 Milliwatts CR1 , 200 Milliwatts CR2. _

250 Milliwatts CR3 & 300 Milliwatts CR4, 350 Milliwatts CR^
Short Time Overload: Less than 0.50% aR
Temperature Coetficient of Resistance: ± 1 50 ppm standard thru
1 megohm; ± 350 ppm 1 .1 megohm thru 1 0 megohms; ± 50 ppm
available 100 ohms thru 750K ohms. All TCR ratings as measured

STYLE B

from — 55°C to -f 125°C with 25°C reference point.
Standard MIL Decade Values: 1 0 ohms thru 20 megohms.

ENVIRONMENTAL

Operating Temperature: — 55°C to +1 25°C.

Moisture Resistance: Less than 1 % change when tested per
method 106 of MIL-STD 202.

Life: Less than 1 % change when tested per method 1 08 D
(+85°C) of MIL-STD 202.

MIL Specifications: Designed to meet MIL-R-55342

SIZE

LENGTH (L)
±.005

WIDTH (W)
±.005

THICKNESS (T)
±.003

CR1

.050

.040

.012

CR2

.075

.050

.016

CR3

.100

.050

.016

CR4

.150

.050

.016

CR5

.225

.075

.016

CR1010

.100

.100

.029

CR1025

.100

.025

.020

CR2010

.200

.100

.020

CR3535

.035

.035

.015

CR5025

.050

.030

.020

CR5050

.050

.050

.020

requirements.

CAL-R CHIP NUMBERING SYSTEM

MECHANICAL

Construction: 96% Alumina substrate with proprietary Cermet
resistance element and specified termination material.

Terminations: STYLES MATERIAL

A 3 sided wrap-around A Palladium silver D Platinum silver

B Top termination B Platinum gold E palladium gold

c 6old Solder termination available

SIZE

TERMINATION

VALUE*

(OHMS)

TOLERANCE

TCR

STYLE

MATERIAL

CR1

A

A

1002

K

150

The first 3 digits represent significant figures; the last digit specifies
the number of zeros to follow.

Tolerance code: F -1%, G -2%, J -5%, K -1 0% & M -20%

SI — 60/40 S2 — SN62

PRECISION THICK FILM NETWORKS

Cal-R thick Film Passive Systems develops and
produces, to customer requirements, packaged
resistor networks including digital to analog A-D
binary ladders (through 12 bits), BCD bipolar
ladders and custom precision resistor networks.
Cal-R manufactures ceramic substrates for the
Digital Watch market and custom R-C networks for
hi-rel and commercial applications.

Cal-R thick film resistor compositions fused to a
high purity 96% aluminum substrate insure low
thermal gradients, high thermal stability and
matched electrical characteristics.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CHARACTERISTICS

DUAL and SINGLE
IN-LINE AND FLATPACK
RESISTOR NETWORKS

LADDER

NETWORKS

Resistance Range

10 ohms to 1 megohm

10 ohms to 1 megohm

Temperature

-+-150 PPM/°C STD

-+-150 PPM/°C STD

Coefficient

±50 PPM/°C Avail.

±50 PPM/°C Avail.

Tracking to:

15 PPM/°C

5 PPM/°C

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Temperature Range: — 55°C to 4-125°C
Storage Temperature Range: -65°C to +150°C
Stability To: 25 PPM/year
Settling To: 50 nSec.

Fast Rise'Time

Minimum size for maximum efficiency and quality.

All networks are 100% inspected to applicable requirements
(MIL-Specs or inhouse).

All resistance parameters meet or exceed the
performance requirements of MIL-R-55342A
when applicable.

me.

1601 Olympic Blvd., Santa Monica, California 90404 • (213) 450-1761 • TWX 910-343-6966

WIREWOUND RESISTORS • THICK FILM • THERMISTORS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1939

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CB/AlO^R r,c WIRE WOUND RESISTORS

PRECISION POWER RESISTORS

FEATURES

1. Copperweld leads standard. Nickel A or Alloy 180
available.

2. Core-alumina and steatite ceramics.

3. Silicone coating to give maximum wire protection and
extra high resistance to moisture.

4. Failure rates of less than .006% per 1000 hours @ + 25°C
with 60% confidence.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

A. TOLERANCES: 5.0% to .01%. 1% standard for off-shelf
delivery. Special matching available to .001% tolerance.

B. TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 20 ppm/degree C standard.
Special T.C.’s to 5 ppm/degree C available.

C. Dielectric strength greater than 1000 V.A.C.

D. Special configurations available on request.

E. SA (X) Types Thermal shock proof from 275°C to — 55°C.

F. SAV (X) Types Thermal shock proof from 350°C to — 55°C.

G. STABILITY: consistent with tolerances, all parts stabilized
in production. Less than 0.1% drift in 2000 hours opera-
tion at full Cal-R wattage rating for 1% tolerance parts.

H. RESISTANCE RANGES: .05 ohms to 250K ohms.

I. INDUCTIVE TYPES: Single layer space wound with largest
wire permissible.

J. Non-inductive Types feature dual balanced windings for
minimum inductance.

ENVIRONMENTAL

Meet or exceed applicable paragraphs of MIL-R-26E and

MIL-R-39007.

RESISTANCE

STANDARD RESISTANCE & TOLERANCE RANGES

♦Type

♦Type

lj|

4 Tolerances & Max.
Resistance Based on
.0007 Min. Wire Dia.

SA and
SAX
(Nonin-
duct)

m

SAV and
SAVX
(Nonin-
duct)

2

Rated

Watt-

age

Dimensions

A ±
.062

B ±
.032
3

C±

.062

D ±

.002

1%&

Higher

.5%,. 25%,
.1% &
.05%

• 4

H

TJ.lil

wsm

K£MI

KPTim

SA 02

HI

SAV 06

HI

m

m

1.2KO 1

K

WM-l

KM

H

■IfclUfB

nxa

.8

maa

HhUBl

KM

dfcmrarfr

mmvM

.9

i mm

EBH

.020 24 Ga.

SA 15

1.0

SAV 25

RW 70U
RW 80U
RWR 80

.406

.094

.020 24 Ga.

7Kft

3.5Kft

HdQfl

■m

H

HU

5Kft

T

Hi H

MEflTil

EEJ

»*«*«*■

7.5Kft

heeb

HEfiTSl

HU

2

ME3ZD

lOKfi

SA 31

H

SAV 45

RWR 89
RW 79U

BEjS

2

25Kft

12Kft

mm

kkzh

1HJ

WIE1

2

hsemii

SA 35

3.0

mum

TEE1

BEKfil

2

.040 18 Ga.

17Kft

SA 50

5.0

SAV 74

RWR 74
RW 74U
RWR 84

■

.040 18 Ga.

60Kft

30Kft

KB1

wmrm

luyg-tA'a

HEM

ipiiisi

2

heb

■ama

7.0

KLUtia

KTR

2

HED33

mi

9.5

RW 55V

1.375

.469

1V2

.040 18 Ga.

l60Kft

80Kft

SA 100

10.0

SAV 145

14.5

RWR 78
RW 78U
RW 68V

■

lOOKft

TOE1

#»nni

wm il

EEMI

■'H'FMiflB

KM9

♦—Available in Noninductive (code symbol “X”).

1 —Nominal, based on maximum 275°C.

Hot spot at 25°C. Ambient, (char. U)

2 —Nominal, based on maximum 350°C.

Hot spot at 25°C. Ambient, (char. V).

3 —Tolerance for noninductive types
below 1500 ±.062.

4 — Noninductive maximum resistances
are one-half of listed values.

WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY: TYPE, WATTAGE, RESISTANCE AND TOLERANCE.

POWER RESISTORS

FOUR STANDARD MC TYPE RESISTOR SPECIFICATIONS IN MIL-R SIZES

OUTSTANDING FEATURES

1. Copperweld leads hot tin dipped for maximum
solderability.

2. Completely welded construction terminal to ter-
minal.

3. High density extruded aluminum housing provides
superior heat conduction.

4. Housing deep finned for maximum heat dissipa-
tion under natural and forced convection.

5. Windings— High uniformity single layer space
wound, designed to give maximum core coverage
for even heat dissipation. MCX (non-inductive)
types have dual balanced windings for minimum
inductance.

6. Core — Steatite ceramic, centerless ground for
uniformity.

7. Silicone coated resistance element to give maxi-
mum wire protection and extra high resistance
to moisture.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Tolerances — 5.0% to .05%, 1% standard for off-
shelf delivery.

Temperature Coefficient — 20 ppm/degree C stand-
ard. Special T.C.’s to 5 ppm/degree C available.

Dielectric strength greater than 1000 V.A.C. on
MC-100 and MC-250, and greater than 2000 V.A.C.
on MC-500.

Dielectric Test— performed on 100% basis.

Stability — consistent with tolerances, all parts
stabilized in production. Less than 0.5% drift in
1000 hours operation at full Cal-R wattage rating for
1% tolerance parts. Resistance ranges— .05 ohms to
210K ohms.

ENVIRONMENTAL

Meet or exceed all requirements of MIL-R-18546D,
including “N” characteristic and MIL-R-39009.

DIMENSIONS

Type

A

B

C

0

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

MC-80

.444

.490

.600

1.125

.334

.646

.317

.075

.139

.078

.093

.078

.050

MC-100

.562

.625

.750

1.375

.438

.873

.408

.094

.172

.093

.093

.094

.086

MC-250

.719

.781

1.063

1.938

.500

1.094

.531

.094

.219

.171

.125

.141

.086

MC-500

1.563

.844

1.969

2.781

.563

1.156

.625

.094

.281

.203

.125

.141

.086

TOL. ±

.005

.005

.016

.063

.031

.031

.031

.016

.031

.010

.005

.016

.015

STANDARD RESISTANCE & TOLERANCE RANGES

Type

Mil Equiv.
MH-R-18546C
Mil-R-39009

Cal-R Watts
Normal
Rating

Watts

Mil-R

Rating

TOLERANCES AND MAXIMUM RESISTANCES*

1% Up

.5%

.25%

.1%

.05%

MC-80 (X)

RE 60 (N), RER 40,
RER 60

8

5

.5 ft to

20 Kfi

1ft to

10 Kfi

2.5 ft to
10 K ft

3 ft to
10 Kft

5 ft to
10 Kft

MC-100 (X)

RE 65 (N), RER 45,
RER 65

10

10

.5 ft to

25 Kfi

1ft to

10 Kfi

2.5 ft to
10 K ft

3 ft to
10 Kft

6ftto
10 Kft

MC-250 (X)

RE 70 (N), RER 50,
RER 70

25

20

.1 ft to
70 Kfi

.2 ft to
30 Kft

.3 ft to
30 K ft

.5 ft to
30 Kft

1 ft to*
30 Kft

MC-500 (X)

RE 75 (N), RER 55,
RER 75

50

30

.1 ft to
200 Kfi

.2 ft to
80 K ft

.3 ft to

80 Kft

.5 ft to
80 Kft

1 ft to
80 Kft

Available in Noninductive (code symbol “X” — Cal-R) ♦Noninductive maximum resistances are

(code symbol “N” — Mil) one-half of listed values.

(&/A\EL =sEP. me.

1601 Olympic Blvd., Santa Monica, California 90404 • (213) 450-1761 • TWX 910-343-6966

WIREWOUND RESISTORS • THICK FILM • THERMISTORS

1*1940

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

dB/&\n=sR. v WIRE WOUND RESISTORS

POWER RESISTORS . . . Cont’d.

T-5 (5 WATTS) OUTSTANDING FEATURES

1. Copperweld leads hot tin dipped — Gold plated DUMET or "A" nickel
available.

2. High density extruded aluminum housing provides superior heat conduction.

3. Housing deep finned for maximum heat dissipation.

4. Windings — high uniformity single layer space wound, designed to give
maximum core coverage for even heat dissipation. T5X (non-inductive) types
have dual balanced windings for minimum inductance.

5. Core — Alumina ceramic, centerless ground for uniformity.

T-3 (3 WATTS) OUTSTANDING FEATURES

1. Windings — Reverse pie wound — all pies filled for maximum heat dissipation.

2. Unique recessed end cap designed to isolate winding termination from all
lead stress.

3. Protective overcoating covering entire resistor before molding insures
maximum protection and secures winding without introducing stress.

4. Resistor element encased in nonburning epoxy by transfer molding techniques.

5. Copperweld leads hot tin dipped standard — Gold plated DUMET or “A” nickel
available.

T-5 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

TOLERANCES: 5.0% to .05%. 1% standard for off-shelf delivery.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 30 ppm/°C standard. Special T.C.’s to 5 ppm/°C

available.

STABILITY: consistent with tolerances, all parts stabilized in production. Less
than 0.5% drift in 1000 hours operation at full CAL-R wattage rating for 1%
tolerance parts.

RESISTANCE RANGES: .5 ohms to 3 K ohms.

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: greater than 500 V.A.C.

DIELECTRIC TEST: performed on 100% basis.

T-3 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

TOLERANCE: l to .005% absolute. To .002% matching tolerance for matched
sets.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 10 ppm/°C is standard. Special TCs in ranges from
4-6000 ppm to 2 ppm/°C available.

STABILITY: consistent with tolerances. All parts stabilized in production, includ-
ing 1% parts. Components available with stability of .002% per year.
WINDINGS: multiple pie reversed type to minimized inductance. Special windings
available to provide fast rise times.

RESISTANCE: Ranges 3 K ohms to 300 K ohms.

MAXIMUM WORKING VOLTAGE: 200V.

STANDARD RESISTANCE & TOLERANCE RANGES

iBS

Normal

Rating

Weight

To

1% UP

(erances ar

•5%

id Maximu

■25%

m Resistan

•1%

ces

.05%

Mm

■8 gr

■ItSM

Em

iiiwmra

lea viiUtm

•8 gr

■a»KTiTM

bcidfclwiM

uasana

*200 VAC MAX.

PRECISION RESISTORS

OUTSTANDING FEATURES

1. All pies filled for maximum heat dissipation.

2. Unique recessed end cap designed to isolate
winding termination from all lead stress.

3. Terminals welded to end cap for maximum
strength — will withstand 15 lbs. linear pull.

4. Double slots tangent to mandrel to prevent
shorting between pie windings eliminating
space-wasting construction features or the
need for insulating tape.

5. Protective overcoating covering entire re-
sistor before molding insures maximum mois-
ture protection and secures winding without
introducing stress.

6. Standard leads — copperweld hot tin dipped
or annealed Dumet gold plated.

7. Special matching available to .001% tolerance.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

TOLERANCE: 1 to .005% absolute. To .002%
matching tolerance for matched sets.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 10 ppm/°C is stand-
ard. Special TCs in ranges from +6000 ppm to
2 ppm/°C available.

STABILITY: consistent with tolerances. All parts
stabilized in production, including 1% parts.
Components available with stability of .002%
per year.

WINDINGS: multiple pie reversed type to mini-
mized inductance (except on Miniature Series).
Special windings available to provide low
rise times.

RESISTANCE: Ranges 1 ohm to 10 megohms.

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

MATERIAL: Hi-Temp epoxy with matching coeffi-
cient of expansion between core and case.
Leads are gold over Dumet.

ENVIRONMENTAL

Meet or exceed all requirements of MIL-R-93C

and MIL-R-39005.

Rated

Watt-

age

MIL Equiv.
MIL-R-93C
MIL-R-39005

Tolerances and Maximum Resistances

CAL-R
Part No.

"A”

±.010

“B”

±.010

"C”

±1%

±.5%

±.1%

■EJiUlM

MaiiTCTl

.05

looniooK

30012-80K

1K-80K

3K-50K

1.0K-25K

IM

2512-150K

5012-100K

10012-100K

50012-80K

2.5K-50K

mm

mm

1012-250K

2012-250K

8012-250K

30012-200K

1.5K-150K

iTtUl 1

g

m

1012-400K

2012-400K

8012-400K

30012-300K

1.K-200K

BH

mm

Bl

1012-750K

2012-750K

5012750K

20012-650K

1.K-500K

E2J

KE9

mzi

KEES3H

1012-1 MEG

5012-1MEG

mum**

w.vxxrm

HUSH

mi

■litfST/ldeB

A2550

.250

.500

.032

RBbbRBRbb

IBBSB

mn

mg

.032

1 012-3 M

5012-3M

10012-3M

50012-3M

A25100

A3775

.250

.375

1.00

.750

.032

.032

.5

RB53 RBR53

512-3. 5M

512-4M

1012-3. 5M

1012-4M

5012-3. 5M

5012-4M

10012-3. 5M

10012-4M

50012-3. 5M

40012-3M

EH

.032

mi

RB52 RBR52

212-5. 5M

412-5. 5M

2012-5. 5M

5012-5. 5M

30012-4. 5M

mu

Klim

■ftl

H

1012-4M

2012-4M

5012-4M

10012-4M

40012-3M

rWi'H

m&m

■Kiel

Ed'IlM-iAl

EH1

Inn*

iakhim

M\ l I'M

mwm

2B57 AFRT14

KTilt&JAI*tl

n

wmwjm

Bl

■EEE9

l.liliB

mmm

■ BIB 11

BEBMBM

iriTiiiaiLi^

wm

WEEBM

uwwxM

1012-750K

2012-750K

rcm

.032

.25

■ lillHI'1

KTiiiaiAraa

una

mitiiuaVM

IflililgiflltlH

E

HEBBI

■Q39I

niitai mm

■wtawciM

IRil! fificKJ

wmmm

<

A STYLE

OH

M STYLE

* NON INDUCTIVE

PRECISION RESISTOR NETWORKS

Cal-R engineers, specialists in advanced network design, offer precision
assemblies^ packaged to meet the most exacting specifications, allowing the
circuit designer maximum freedom without costly -packaging problems.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

RESISTOR VALUES: From 1 ohm thru 5 megohms
FULL SCALE ACCURACY: to .005%

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT TRACKING: to 1 PPM/°C.
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT ABSOLUTE: to 2 PPM/°C.
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: — 55°C to +125°C.
STANDARD TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 0 to ±10 PPM.

STABILITY: to 10 PPM per year.

FAST RECOVERY TIME: to within .02% of final value within 100 ns.

(ZB&UJ-M

1601 Olympic Blvd., Santa Monica, California 90404 • (213) 450-1761 • TWX 910-343-6966

WIRE WOUND RESISTORS • THICK FILM • THERMISTORS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1941

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CARBORUNDUM NON-INDUCTIVE POWER

Choose Type SP for great A-C power
handling capability, whether it be at
power frequency or many megahertz.

Choose Type A when high resistance is
required in a high power non-inductive
resistor.

Choose Type AS for its ability to absorb
huge amounts of energy and for its non-
inductive property at high voltage.

CHARACTERISTICS

Type SP

Type AS

Type A

Maximum Operating Temperature: °C

350

230

150*

230

Temperature Coefficient: Percent per degree C,

— 55°C to maximum rated temperature

0.075

0.075

0.10

Voltage Coefficient: Maximum percent per kilovolt per
inch active length (overall length less termination)

1.0

1.0

—

Short Time Overload: Maximum percent change after

5 cycles 10 times rated power, 5 seconds on, 90 seconds off

2.0

1

2.0

—

Moisture Resistance: Maximum percent change when
tested per MIL-STD-202 method 103

2.5 |

2.5

2.5

*with mylar insulation

STANDARD SIZES

(Special sizes are also available: consult factory.)

Type

A

B

C (SP & AS)

C (A)

D

884 SP

2.0

0.50

0.22

0.25

885 SP, AS, & A

2.5

0.75

0.50

0

0.50

886 SP, AS, & A

5.0

0.75

0.50

0

0.62

6.0

1.00

0.75

0.5

0.50

8.0

1.00

0.75

0.5

0.88

cisjri

12.0

1.00

0.75

0.5

0.88

890 SP, AS, & A

18.0

1.00

0.75

0.5

0.88

891 SP

18.0

2.00

1.50

—

1.00

892 SP

24.0

2.00

1.50

—

1.00

■ c Nom.

■ A±Jf«

£

- D ± Va

Metallized Ends -

Resistance Available (ohms)

Average

Peak

Peak

Premium

Standard Premium

Power @ 40°C

Energy

Voltage )

Type/Size

to

to to

(watts)

(Joules)

(AIR) (Volts) :

2" long x V 2 " diameter
884SP

1.0

5.0

100

200

22.5

250

1,000

2 V 2 " long x 3 A" diameter

885SP

1.0

5.0

82.0

130

45

250

1,000

885AS

6.0

100

1000

1200

15

2,500

4,000

885AS . . D

6.0

100

1000

1200

10

2,500

8,000*

885A

1500

220K

15

750

1 3,750

5" long x %" diameter

886SP

1.0

5.0

180

330

90

500

4,000

886AS

15.0

220

2200

3300

30

5,000

10,000

886AS . . D

15.0

220

2200

3300

19.5

5,000

20,000*

886A

3900

390K

30

1,500

10,000

6" long x 1" diameter

887SP

1.0

5.0

82.0

330

150

1,600

4,000

887AS

12.0

100

2200

3300

50

15,000

15,000

887AS . . D

12.0

100

2200

3300

32.5

15,000

30,000*

887A

3900

390K

50

6,000

12,000

8" long x 1" diameter

888SP

1.0

5.0

120

390

190

2,100

6,000

888AS

15.0

150

2700

3900

75

20,000

22,500

888AS . . D

15.0

150

2700

3900

49

20,000

45,000*

888A

4700

. 470K

60

7,500

15,000

12" long x 1" diameter

889SP

1.0

10.0

180

680

275

3,200

10,000

889AS

25.0

220

5000

6800

100

35,000

37,500

889AS . . D

25.0

220

5000

6800

65

35,000

75,000*

889A

8200

680K

90

12,500

25,000

18" longx 1" diameter

890SP

1.0

10.0

270

1000

375

4,200

16,000

890AS

40.0

330

8500

10K

150

50,000

60,000

890AS . . D

40.0

330

7500

10K

98

50,000

120,000*

890A

12K

750K

IMeg

125

20,000

40,000

18" longx 2" diameter

891SP

1.0

10.0

75.0

450

750

15,000

16,000

24" long x 2" diameter

892SP

1.0

10.0

100

600

1000

17,500

22,000

* Type AS with dielectric coating: Add “D” as last character in part number.

Carborundum Resistant Materials Company

Electric Products Division, Post Office Box 339, Niagara Falls, N.Y. 14302
Tel: (716) 278-2521 • Telex: 91-555 (CARBO GLO NGF)

CARBORUNDUM

1*1942

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CARBORUNDUM NON-INDUCTIVE POWER
RESISTORS FOR SPECIAL PROBLEM SOLUTIONS

Now available are 1 l A" and IV2" diameter cylindrical resistors
to provide higher single resistor average and peak power ratings.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Available (ohms)

Average

Peak

Peak

Type

Size

Premium

to

Standard Premium

to to

Power @ 40°C
(watts)

Energy

(Joules)

Voltages
(AIR) (KV)

987 AS

6"Lx lW'D

7

75

1100

1350

65

24,000

15-30

1087AS

6"Lxl%"D

5

50

1000

1200

70

37,000

15-30

988AS

8"L x lW'D

9

100

1600

2400

80

30,000

22.5-45

1088AS

8"L x 1V 2 "D

6.5

65

1300

1875

100

46,000

22.5-45

989AS

12"Lx iy 4 "D

14

125

2800

3600

125

47,000

37.5-75

1089AS

12"Lxl%"D

9

90

1800

2500

150

75,000

37.5-75

990AS

18"L x lW'D

22

180

4100

5500

190

75,000

60-120

1090AS

18"Lx li/ 2 "D

15

150

2700

3800

225

119,000

60-120

991AS

24" L x lW'D

30

270

5600

7500

250

105,000

82.5-165

1091AS

24"LxlV2"D

20

200

3600

4800

300

164,000

82.5-165

TYPE 234 AND 231
RESISTORS

Specifications

234SP 234AS

231SP

231 AS

Characteristics

234SP

234AS

231SP

231 AS

Resistance,

Short Time

Carborundum type 234 and

ohms ±5%,

Oveload

5%

1%

3.5%

1%

231 resistors are a small size

±10%, ±20%

1-330

12-5000 1-1000

25-6250

max.

max.

max.

max.

non-inductive bulk type re-

Peak Voltage

500

2.5kv

375

1.5kv

• 10 Cycles of

sistor (there are no spirals or

Volts

Volts

1000% rated

windings), capable of dissipat-

Power at 40°C

10

3

2.5

1.5

power

ing a full 10 watts of power
(Type SP) or absorbing 500

Derate Linearly

Watts

Watts

Watts

Watts

• 5 sec. on,

90 sec. off

Joules of energy (Type AS).

to 0 Watts at

350°C 230°C

350°C

230°C

Life test

234 — 1/4" xl"

231 — x %"

Max operating

lOOOhr rated

5%

5%

5%

5%

temperature

350°C 230°C

350°C

230°C

power

max.

max.

max.

max.

Peak Energy

30

500

15

75

Temperature

±.075%

±.15%

±.075%

±.15%

Joules Joules

Joules

Joules

Coefficient

/ C

/ c

/ C

/ c

TYPE AS “PENCIL-SHAPED”
STYLE

The high-energy absorbing characteristic
of the Carborundum type AS material
is available in these pencil-shaped resis-
tors to offer the unique non-inductive
high-voltage properties in a compact
easily wired configuration.

■RIB

Resistance Available (ohms)

Average

Peak

Peak

mm

X

Premium

to

Standard Premium

to to

Power @ 40°C
(watts)

Energy

(joules)

■ f ■

hKDI§8B

104 AS

4

0.08

55

420

9,000

18,000

9

1,200

B

106 AS

6

0.12

90

700

15,000

30,000

13

1,900

B

109 AS

9

0.16

150

1,150

25,000

48,000

20

3,000

B

TYPE AS EPOXY COATED STYLE

Carborundum Type AS High-Energy Ceramic Resistors are
available with an epoxy polyurethane coating which protects
the resistors body from contaminants. Its is especially useful
where the resistor is employed in an application where it is
not protected from a dirty ambient atmosphere or where it is
immersed in a cooling or dielectric fluid.

In air the coated resistor can safely dissipate 75% of the
power dissipated by an uncoated part.

The overall length, L, of the coated resistor is approximately
0.25" longer than the uncoated part; the diameter, D, is ap-
proximately 0.30" greater.

Carborundum Resistant Materials Company

Electric Products Division, Post Office Box 339, Niagara Falls, N.Y. 14302
Tel: (716) 278-2521 • Telex: 91-555 (CARBO GLO NGF)

CARBORUNDUM

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1943

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CARBORUNDUM NON-INDUCTIVE POWER
RESISTORS FOR SPECIAL PROBLEM SOLUTIONS

TYPE AS DISC AND WASHER STYLES

Carborundum Type AS Disc and Washer Ceramic Resistors
are a bulk-type low resistance element, and therefore have
the ability to absorb instantaneously great surges of energy
with virtually zero inductance.

Maximum Peak Voltage: 5000 volts.

Maximum Temperature: 230°C.

Power Rating: In free air, parts will safely dissipate 2.5 watts
per square inch of surface area at 40°C.

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance: — 0.1%/°C to 0.0%/°C.

Style

Diameter “D”

(inches)

Peak Energy
(joules)

Available Resistances !

Minimum

Maximum

911DS

Solid Disc

1.60 ± 0.06

9,000

1.6

800

912DS

Solid Disc

2.37 ± 0.06

21,000

0.7

90

913DS

Solid Disc

3.00 ± 0.08

33,000

0.5

56

914DS

Solid Disc

3.75 ± 0.08

52,500

0.3

36

913WS

Washer

3.00 ± 0.08

27,600

0.5

78

914WS

Washer

3.75 ± 0.08

47,000

0.3

40

915WS

Washer

4.37 ±0.08

65,500

0.2

28

916WS

Washer

4.75 ± 0.08

79,500

0.2

24

CARBORUNDUM 8 VARISTORS

Standard varistors described below have a 10% tolerance on
voltage. Also available: leadless discs and rods, voltages speci-
fied at intermediate values or at other currents, and voltage
tolerances of ±15% and ±20%. Available at extra cost: volt-
age tolerances of ±5% and ±7%, color coding, and special
coatings.

Standard rod varistors have a blue epoxy coating. Available at
extra cost: formed leads for printed circuit board insertion.

Figure 1

Standard disc varistors have a black flame-retardant PVC
coating. Also available: Glyptal coating and kinked leads for
printed circuit board insertion.

w

Figure 2

VOLTAGES AVAILABLE

EHI

Volts ±10%
atl.OMA

Volts atl.OMA
Volts at .1 MA

Peak

Voltage

Power

Watts

d

±.030

t

±.030

D

max.

T

max.

w

nom.

s

nom.

ROD

231BNR4-

100-750

2. 1-1.7

800

0.750

0.156

0.625

0.250

0.812

0.032

STYLES

233BNR4-

68-710

2. 1-1.7

800

1.000

0.250

0.625

0.375

0.812

0.032

PI

(Figure 1)

234BNR4-

135-1050

2. 2-1. 7

1500

1.500

0.250

1.000

0.375

1.188

0.032

■|

KSESSEESni

volts ±10%

Volts at 1.0 MA

Peak

Power

D

T

w

s

■ H

msmSBSM

at 1.0 MA

Volts at .1 MA

Voltage

Watts

max.

max.

nom.

nom.

551BNR2-

9-88

2.4-1. 8

100

0.250

0.250

0.062

0.400

0.350

0.020

0.125

432BNR2-

6-90

2.9-1.7

100

0.500

0.500

0.062

0.650

0.350

0.032

0.250

379BNR2-

12-180

2.9-1.7

200

0.500

0.500

0.125

0.650

0.400

0.032

0.250

nior

328BNR2-

2-80

3.0-1. 7

100

0.750

0.750

0.062

eessi

0.350

0.032

0.375

UloLf

STYLES

925BNR2-

12-160

2.4-1. 7

150

0.750

0.750

0.100

0.900

0.380

0.032

0.375

(Figure 2)

■TTTTffirrffiif

Volts ±10%

Volts at 5.0 MA

T

w

s

at 5.0 MA

Volts at .5 MA

max.

nom.

nom.

923BNR2-

13-150

fp|K£3Wj£H

150

1.000

0.100

1.150

0.380

463BNR2-

10-190

200

1.000

0.125

1.150

0.400

3

927BNR2-

9-140

WebM

150

2.250

1.250

0.100

1.400

0.380

K3EB3

Carborundum Resistant Materials Company

Electric Products Division, Post Office Box 339, Niagara Falls, N.Y. 14302

Tel: (716) 278-2521 • Telex: 91-555 (CARBO GLO NGF)

CARBORUNDUM ^

i

1 • 1 944 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1 983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CARBORUNDUM® VARISTORS

Carborundum silicon carbide varistors are voltage-dependent
resistors which are offered in a wide variety of configurations,
including discs, rods, and washers. In addition to the sizes
shown on these pages, rods are available up to 18 inches in
length, washers are available up to 3V2 inches in diameter.
Typical uses include limitation of peak discharges, spike sup-
pression, stabilization of voltages, and generation of non-
linear functions.

Varistors are specified by the voltage measured across them,
suitably toleranced, at some constant current. The slope of the
voltage-current characteristic is most often given by the maxi-
mum voltage ratio for two specified currents.

SMALL DISC VARISTORS

Carborundum

Part Number

Volts ±10%

@ 1.0 ma.

Volts @1.0 ma.

Volts @ 0.1 ma.
(maximum)

432BNR2-406

6.8

2.70

432BNR2-407

8.2

2.60

432BNR2-408

10.0

2.50

432BNR2-409

12.0

2.35

432BNR2-410

15.0

2.20

432BNR2-411

18.0

2.10

432BNR2-412

22.0

2.00

432BNR2-413

27.0

1.90

432BNR2-414

33.0

1.84

432BNR2-416

47.0

1.80

432BNR2-418

68.0

1.76

432BNR2-420

100.0

1.72

379BNR2-410

15.0

2.50

379BNR2-412

22.0

2.40

379BNR2-414

33.0

2.30

379BNR2-415

39.0

2.20

379BNR2-416

47.0

2.10

379BNR2-417

56.0

2.00

379BNR2-418

68.0

1.95

379BNR2-419

82.0

1.90

379BNR2-420

100.0

1.84

379BNR2-421

120.0

1.78

379BNR2-422

150.0

1.74

379BNR2-423

180.0

1.70

328BNR2-400

2.2

3.60

328BNR2-401

2.7

3.40

328BNR2-402

3.3

3.20

328BNR2-403

3.9

3.00

328BNR2-404

4.7

2.80

328BNR2-405

5.6

2.60

328BNR2-406

6.8

2.50

328BNR2-407

8.2

2.40

328BNR2-408

10.0

2.30

328BNR2-409

12.0

2.20

328BNR2-410

15.0

2.10

328BNR2-411

18.0

2.00

328BNR2-412

22.0

1.95

328BNR2-413

27.0

1.90

328BNR2-414

33.0

1.85

328BNR2-416

47.0

1.76

In general the characteristic for a varistor may be approxi-
mated by the equation:

i = Ke n

where i and e are instantaneous current and voltage respec-
tively, K is a proportionality constant, and n is an exponent
applicable in the range in which the varistor is used: most
often it is between 3 and 5.

The silicon carbide varistor is a “forgiving” component. When
hit by a voltage surge, the energy is absorbed throughout its
body, not at a junction. A voltage surge beyond the design
level causes substantial increase in current and energy absorp-
tion, but not a catastrophic failure.

LARGE DISC VARISTORS

Carborundum

Part Number

Volts ±10%

@ 5.0 ma.

Volts @5.0 ma.

Volts @ 0.5 ma.
(maximum)

463BNR2-410

15.0

2.40

463BNR2-412

22.0

2.20

463BNR2-414

33.0

2.10

463BNR2-415

39.0

2.02

463BNR2-416

47.0

1.98

463BNR2-417

56.0

1.94

463BNR2-418

68.0

1.90

463BNR2-419

82.0

1.86

463BNR2-420

100.0

1.82

463BNR2-421

120.0

1.78

463BNR2-422

150.0

1.74

463BNR2-423

180.0

1.70

927BNR2-408

10.0

2.90

927BNR2-409

12.0

2.80

927BNR2-410

15.0

2.70

927BNR2-411

18.0

2.60

927BNR2-412

22.0

2.50

927BNR2-413

27.0

2.40

927BNR2-414

33.0

2.30

927BNR2-416

47.0

2.20

ROD VARISTORS

Carborundum

Part Number

Volts ±10%
@1.0 ma.

Volts @1.0 ma.

Volts @ 0.1 ma.
(maximum)

233BNR4-417

56.0

2.50

233BNR4-418

68.0

2.40

233BNR4-419

82.0

2.30

233BNR4-420

100.0

2.20

233BN R4-421

120.0

2.10

233BNR4-422

150.0

2.00

233BN R4-423

180.0

1.90

233BNR4-424

220.0

1.82

233BNR4-425

270.0

1.78

233BN R4-426

330.0

1.76

233BNR4-428

470.0

1.74

233BNR4-430

680.0

1.70

234BNR4-426

330.0

2.00

234BNR4-427

390.0

1.90

234BNR4-428

470.0

1.80

234B NR 4-429

560.0

1.77

234BNR4-430

680.0

1.74

234BN R4-431

820.0

1.70

234BNR4-432

1000.0

1.68

Carborundum Resistant Materials Company

Electric Products Division, Post Office Box 339, Niagara Falls, N.Y. 14302
Tel: (716) 278-2521 • Telex: 91-555 (CARBO GLO NGF)

CARBORUNDUM

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1945

4700

RESISTORS

4700

COLBER RESISTORS

WIRE WOUND / TEMPERATURE SENSITIVE /
CERAMIC ENCAPSULATED /

FUSISTORS (FUSEABLE RESISTORS)

The resistance elements of the Colber resistors are uniformly and
tightly wound on glass fiber cores using premium quality wires. Tinned
steel or brass terminals are secured to the element by automatic
assembly equipment. The high degree of automation used in manu-
facturing this resistor allows you to use a high quality wire wound
unit at a cost of approximately two cents.

RESISTORS
FIXED WIRE WOUND
MEDIUM POWER

-t

w

>-□1

Part

No.

Wat-

tage

Rat-

ing

L±

X 6 "

H±

'A 2 "

w±

w

Resist. Ranges
(OHMS)

Standa
Coeff
.06% /°C

rd Temp,
'cients
.03% /°C

CW2

2

%

Va

Va

.07-. 2

.22-1. 5k

CW3

3

%

s /u

5 /u

.1-.27

.3-2. 5k

CW5

5

%

%

%

.1-.27

.3-2. 5k

CW7

.7

1%

%

3/8

.22-. 7

.75-6k

CW10

10

1%

%

3 /8

.35-. 9

1-8k

CW15

15

1%

Vz

Vz

.35-. 9

1-8k

CW20

20

21/2

Vz

Vz

.5-1.35

1 .5-1 3k

CW25

25

21/2

%

5/8

—

4-400

Consult Factory for Lower Values and Special
Temperature Coefficients.

ENCAPSULATED RESISTORS

1. Terminals — Brass, tin plated, Parallel or per-
pendicular to the case.

2. Body— Ceramic Case, Inorganic, Fireproof Fill.

3. Resistive Element — High quality Colber type
as in all our resistors.

4. Tolerance — 10% Standard, 5% Available.

TERMINAL DIMENSIONS

rr 1

1 H - ]

L

■ESI

.120

.180

.180

STANDARD
COLBER RESISTORS

Approximately 4 watts per inch

OPTIONAL

!

(?

SETBACK TERMINAL

475

_±_i

X

j

pno - 64 , 0

iimiw -LULU

arm

■

QUICK CONNECTION

INTERMEDIATE
COLBER RESISTORS

Approximately 5 watts per inch

PRINTED CIRCUIT
COLBER RESISTORS

Approximately 4 watts per inch

HIGH WATTAGE
COLBER RESISTORS

Approximately 6 watts per inch
high wattage

EPOXY COATED OR UNCOATED

SHORTER AND
LONGER
TERMINALS
AVAILABLE

WITH OR WITHOUT BEND

Setback

Left Mounting
Hole

Right Mounting
Hole

.115

.155 X 1.31

.155 X .131

.125

.125 Dia.

.125 Dia.

.155

.200 X .220

.200 X .220

.155

.135

No Hole

.250

.200 X .225

.200 X .225

.155 X .131

.155 X .131

.317

.135 X .160

.135 Dia.

.317

.200 X .225

.200 X .225

.317

.131 Dia.

.131 Dia.

Note: Any hole combination available with addi-
tional minor tooling.

AXIAL LEAD COLBER RESISTORS

TYPE AL — WIRE WOUND

LEAD SIZES AVAILABLE:

.032 X 1% Tinned Copper
.032 X IV 2 Tinned Copper
.032 X 1% Tinned Copper
.036 X 1% Tinned Copper
.040 X 1% Tinned Copperweld
.040 X 1% Tinned Copperweld

LEAD MATERIAL:

Copper — Oxygen free, dead soft, Tinned Copper-
weld — Steel core, copper clad, Tinned.

CORE MATERIAL:

Silicone impregnated, braided fiberglas.

RESISTANCE TOLERANCE:
±10% Standard
±5% Available

STANDARD SIZES

(alternate sizes available):

Resistance Ranges
(OHMS)

“A” Dimension

Wattage

Rating

Standard T
Coeff
.06%/°C

emperature
cients
.03% /°C

AL-2 .280"
(min.)

1.1

.07-. 2

.22-1 .5k

AL-5 .400"

1.6

.1-.27

.3-2. 5k

AL-6 .650"

2.6

.16-.44

.45-4k

AL-7 .925"

3.7

.22-. 7

.75-6k

AL-10 1.400"

5.6

.35-.9

1-8k

AL-20 2.000"
(max.)

8.

.5-1.35

1.5-13k

the C otbefo C c*zpe?*ixitloTv

fK |U

^vwwwywwvw^

DEPT. EM, 26 BUFFINGTON ST. • IRVINGTON, NJ 07111

Quality and Service with Competitive Pricing Since 1950
(201) 371-9500 • TWX 710 995 4416

1*1946

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

OEM

CUSTOMER
SERVICE AND
PRODUCT ENGINEERING

Bradford, PA, 814-362-5571

RESISTORS

Precision Metal Film

RN, E Series (±25 ppm/°C.) MIL-R-10509

RN, C Series (±50 ppm/°C.) MIL-R-10509

RN, D Series (±100 ppm/°C.) MIL-R-10509

Established Reliability Metal Film

RNC Series (±25, ±50, ±100 ppm/°C.) . .MIL-R-55182

RLR Series (±100 ppm/°C.) MIL-R-39017

Semi-precision Metal Film

RL Series (±100, ±200 ppm/ °C.) MIL-R-22684

C Series (±100, ±200 ppm/°C.) COMMERCIAL

Flameproof Metal Film

FP Series COMMERCIAL

Low-OHM Metal Film

FL and LO Series COMMERCIAL

CORNING FRANCHISED DISTRIBUTORS AND REPRESENTATIVES

REPRESENTATIVES:

AL Huntsville, Electronic Mfg. Agents 205-533-6640

GA Atlanta, Electronic Mfg. Agents 404-449-9430

OR Portland, Jas. J. Backer Co. 503-297-3776

OR Salem, Jas. J. Backer Co. 503-362-0717

PA Pittsburgh, Covert & Newman 412-531-2002

PA Broomall, L.D. Lowery Assocs. 215-356-5300

WA Seattle, Jas. J. Backer Co. 206-285-1300

DISTRIBUTORS:

AL Huntsville, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 205-882-2730

AL Huntsville, Schweber Electronics 205-882-2200

AZ Tempe, Bell Industries 602-966-7800

AZ Tempe, Shelley Electronics, Inc. 602-894-2058

AZ Phoenix, Sterling Electronics 602-258-4531

AZ Phoenix, Wyle Distribution Group 602-249-2232

CA Newport Beach, Arrow Electronics Inc. 714-851-8961

CA Chatsworth, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 213-701-7500

CA Pomona, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 714-622-1271

CA San Diego'r Arrow Electronics, Inc. 714-565-4800

CA Sunnyvale, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 408-745-6600

CA San Diego, Bell Industries 714-279-9750

CA Roseville, Bell Industries 916-969-3100

CA Gardena, Bell Industries 213-515-1800

CA Sunnyvale, Bell Industries 408-734-8570

CA Canoga Park, Schweber Electronics 213-999-4702

CA Irvine, Schweber Electronics 714-556-3880

CA Sacramento, Schweber Electronics 916-929-9732

CA Santa Clara, Schweber Electronics 408-496-0200

CA Chatsworth, Shelley Electronics, Inc 213-998-3333

CA Mountain View, Shelley Electronics 415-969-1820

CA San Diego, Shelley Electronics, Inc. 714-453-7133

CA El Segundo, Wyle Distribution Group 213-322-8100

CA Irvine, Wyle Distribution Group 714-641-1600

CA San Diego, Wyle Distribution Group 714-565-9171

CA Santa Clara, Wyle Distribution Group 408-727-2500

CAN Downsview, Ont., Cesco Electronics 416-661-0220

CAN Ottawa, Ont., Cesco Electronics 613-226-6903

CAN Montreal, Que.. Cesco Electronics 514-735-5511

CAN Calgary, Alb., Future Electronics 403-259-6408

CAN Vancouver, BC, Future Electronics 604-438-5545

CAN Downsview, Ont., Future Electronics 416-663-5563

CAN Ottawa, Ont., Future Electronics 613-820-8313

CAN Pointe Claire, Que., Future Electronics 514-694-7710

CO Denver, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 303-758-2100

CO Wheatridge, Bell Industries 303-424-1985

CO Denver, Ragon Electronics 303-744-1992

CO Boulder, Shelley Electronics, Inc. 303-442-2718

CO Thornton, Wyle Distribution Group 303-457-9953

CT Hamden, Almo Electronics Corp. 203-288-6556

CT Wallingford, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 203-265-7741

CT Wallingford, Cronin Electronics, Inc. 203-265-3134

CT Orange, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 203-795-0711

CT Danbury, Schweber Electronics 203-792-3500

CT Wallingford, Sterling Electronics 203-265-9535

FL Ft. Lauderdale, Arrow Electronics 305-776-7790

FL. Palm Bay, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 305-725-1480

FL Ft. Lauderdale, Dielco 305-973-8700

FL Orlando, Hammond Electronics 305-849-6060

FL Ft. Lauderdale, Hammond Electronics 305-973-7103

FL Winter Park, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 305-647-5747

FL Altamonte Springs, Schweber 'Electr. 305-331-7555

FL Hollywood, Schweber Electronics 305-927-0511

GA Norcross, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 404-449-8252

GA Norcross, Marshall Electronics 404-923-5750

GA Atlanta, Milgray Electronics. Inc. 404-393-9669

GA Norcross, Schweber Electronics 404-449-91 70

IL Schaumburg, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 312-893-9420

IL Chicago. Bell Industries 312-982-9210

IL Elk Grove Village, Pioneer Standard 312-437-9680

IL Elk Grove Village, Schweber Electr. 312-36 4-3778

IN Indianapolis, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 317-243-9353

IN Indianapolis, Pioneer Standard Electr. 317-849-7300

IA Cedar Rapids, Arrow Electronics. Inc. 319-395-7230

IA Cedar Rapids, Schweber Electronics 319-373-1417

KS Overland Park, Milgray Electronics 913-236-8800

KS Overland Park, Schweber Electronics 913-492-2921

MD Hanover, Almo Electronics Corp. 301-796-571 1

MD Baltimore, Arrow Electronics. Inc. 301-247-5200

MD Rockville, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 301-468-6400

MD Towson, Philadelphia Electronics 301-296-9333

MD Baltimore, RESCO 301-823-0070

MD Beltsville, RESCO 301-937-9100

MD Gaithersburg, Schweber Electronics 301-840-5900

MA Woburn, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 617-933-8130

MA Needham. Cronin Electronics. Inc. 617-449-0500

MA Burlington, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 617-272-6800

MA Bedford, Schweber Electronics 617-275-5100

MA Waltham, Sterling Electronics 617-894-6200

Ml Ann Arbor, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 313-971-8220

Ml Livonia, Pioneer Standard Electronics 313-525-1800

Ml Livonia, Schweber Electronics 313-528-8100

MN Endina, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 612-830-1800

MN Minnetonka, Pioneer Standard Electr. 612-935-5444

MN St. Paul, Ragon Electronics, Inc. 612-488-0201

MN Eden Prairie, Schweber Electronics 612-941-5280

MO St. Louis, Arrow Electronics. Inc. 314-567-6888

MO Independence, Ragon Electronics, Inc. 816-254-3410

MO Earth City, Schweber Electronics 314-739-0526

NH Manchester, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 603-668-6968

NH Manchester, Schweber Electronics 603-625-2250

NJ Moorestown, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 215-928-1800

NJ Saddle Brook, Arrow Electronics 201-797-5800

NJ Marlton, Milgray Electronics. Inc. 609-983-5010

NJ Fairfield. Schweber Electronics 201-227-7880

NJ Hanover, State Electronics Corp. 201-887-2550

NJ Perth Amboy, Sterling Electronics 201-442-8000

NM Albuquerque, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 505-243-4566

NM Albuquerque, Bell Industries 505-292-2700

NY Hauppauge, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 516-231-1030

NY Farmingdale, Arrow Electronics 516-694-6800

NY Liverpool, Arrow Electronics. Inc. 315-652-1000

NY Rochester, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 716-275-0300

NY Freeport. Milgray Electronics, Inc. 516-546-6000

NY Rochester, Schweber Electronics 716-424-2222

NY Westbury, Schweber Electronics 516-334-7474

NC Raleigh, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 919-876-3132

NC Winston Salem, Arrow Electronics 919-725-8711

NC Greensboro, Hammond Electronics 919-275-6391

NC Raleigh, RESCO 919-781-5700

NC Raleigh, Schweber Electronics 919-976-0000

OH Centerville, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 513-435-5563

OH Columbus, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 614-885-8362

OH Solon, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 216-248-3990

OH Dayton, Bell Industries, Inc. 513-434-8231

OH Cincinnati, Hughes-Peters, Inc. 513-351-2000

OH Columbus, Hughes-Peters, Inc. 614-294-5351

OH Cleveland, Milgray Electronics, Inc. 216-447-1520

OH Cleveland, Pioneer Standard Electr. 216-587-3600

OH Dayton, Pioneer Standard Electronics 513-236-9900

OH Beachwood, Schweber Electronics 216-464-2970

OH Dayton, Schweber Electronics 513-439-1800

OK Tulsa, Schweber Electronics 918-622-8000

OR Lake Oswego, Bell Industries 503-241-4115

OR Hillsboro, Wyle Distribution Group 503-640-6000

PA Enola, Almo Electronics Corporation 717-732-3681

PA Philadelphia, Almo Electronics Corp. 215-698-4000

PA Pittsburgh, Almo Electronics Corp. 412-931-5990

PA Monroeville, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 412-856-7000

PA Philadelphia, Phila. Electronics, Inc.’ 215-568-7400

PA Pittsburgh, Pioneer Standard Electr. 412-782-2300

PA Horsham, Schweber Electronics 215-441-0600

PA Pittsburgh, Schweber Electronics 412-782-1600

TX Austin, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 512-835-4180

TX Dallas, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 214-386-7500

TX Stafford. Arrow Electronics, Inc. 713-491-4100

TX Houston, Hamilton/Avnet Electronics 713-780-1771

TX Austin, Pioneer Standard Electronics 512-835-4000

TX Dallas, Pioneer Standard Electronics 214-386-7300

TX Houston, Pioneer Standard Electr. 713-988-5555

TX Austin, Schweber Electronics 512-458-8253

TX Dallas, Schweber Electronics 214-661-5010

TX Houston, Schweber Electronics 713-784-3600

TX Dallas, Solid State Electronics 214-438-5700

TX Houston, Solid State Electronics 713-881-6289

TX Houston, Sterling Electronics 713-623-6600

UT Salt Lake City, Arrow Electronics 801-539-1 135

UT Salt Lake City, Bell Industries 801-972-6969

UT Salt Lake City, Wyle Distribution 801-974-9953

VA Richmond, Sterling Electronics 804-226-2190

VA Charlottesville, Virginia Radio Supply 804-296-4184

WA Bellevue, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 206-643-4800

WA Tukwila, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 206-575-0907

WA Bellevue, Bell Industries 206-747-1515

WA Bellevue, Wyle Distribution Group 206-453-8300'

Wl Madison, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 608-273-4977

Wl Oak Creek, Arrow Electronics, Inc. 414-764-6600

Wl Waukesha, Bell Industries 414-784-0235

Wl Brookfield, Schweber Electronics 414-784-9020

Corning Electronics... All Systems “Go”!

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1947

EEM

PROIH5CT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2 # 2, 3 # 2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CTS OF BERNE, INC.

SUBSIDIARY OF CTS CORPORATION, ELKHART, INDIANA

WORLD LEADER IN CERMET RESISTOR TECHNOLOGY

SINGLE-IN-LINE
CERMET RESISTOR
NETWORKS

750 SERIES SINGLE-IN-LINE CERMET RESISTOR NETWORKS

FEATURES:

• Low profile construction

• High reliability

• Alumina substrate

• Low cost automatic insertion and
handling

6 PIN — 3 RESISTORS
PART NUMBER
750-63-R (VALUE)

8 PIN — 4 RESISTORS
PART NUMBER
750-83-R-(VALUE)

6 PIN — 5 RESISTORS 8 PIN — 7 RESISTORS
PART NUMBER PART NUMBER

750-61-R (VALUE) 750-81-R (VALUE)

10 PIN — 5 RESISTORS
PART NUMBER 750-103-R (VALUE)

10 PIN — 9 RESISTORS
PART NUMBER 750-101-R (VALUE)

8 PIN — 12 RESISTORS
PART NUMBER 750*85 — 750-85-R (R1/R2)

10 PIN — 16 RESISTORS
PART NUMBER 750-105 — 750-105R (R1/R2)

R1/R2

Ohms

Thevenin

Impedance

180/390

123ft

220/330

132ft

330/390

180ft

330/470

195ft

ORDERING INFORMATION: Place orders using the
following address:

CTS OF BERNE, INC., 406 Parr Rd., Berne, IN 46711
• (219) 589-8220 • TWX 810-323-1580

6, 8 and 10-pin modules on .100" lead centers

Resistance: 32fi - 220 Ktt* ±2% (for 750-85 Series, see table below schematic)
Power ratings @ 70°C per module: 6 pin .9 watt; 8 pin 1.1 watt; 10 pin 1.5 watt
Typical TC: ±100 ppm°C

No. of Pins

A

6

.578

8

.778

10

.987

«n_

PART NUMBER
CTS DATE CODE

IFJP

,L

GENERAL TOLERANCES: Decimal dimensions ±.005"

Resistance

Value,

Tolerance

6 Pin,

3 Resistor

6 Pin,

5 Resistor

8 Pin,

4 Resistor

8 Pin,

7 Resistor

10 Pin,

5 Resistor

10 Pin,

9 Resistor

33ft±2% ",

750-63-R33ft

750-61-R33ft

750-83-R33ft

750-81-R33ft ‘

750-103-R33ft

750-101-R33ft 1

47ft±2% |

—

—

750-83-R47ft

—

750-103-R47ft

750-101-R47ft

51ft±2%

—

750-61-R51ft

—

j 750-81-R51ft

—

750-101-R51ft

56ft±2%

—

750-83-R56ft

750-81-R56ft

—

750-101-R56ft

62ft±2% '

—

—

—

—

—

750-101-R62ft

68ft±2% i

750-63-R68ft

750-61-R68ft

750-83-R68ft

i 750-81-R68ft

750-103*R68ft

750-101-R68ft

75ft±2% :

—

— •

750-83-R75ft

j 750-81-R75ft

—

—

82ft±2%

—

750-61-R82ft

; 750-83-R82A

750-81-R82ft

—

—

91ft±2% i

—

750-61-R91ft

—

750-81-R91ft

—

—

100ft±2% ■

750-63-R100ft

750-61-R100ft

750-83-R100Q

750-81-R100ft

750-103-R100ft

750-101-R100ft

110ft±2%

—

750-61-R110ft

—

750-81-R110ft

—

—

120ft±2%

—

750-61-R120ft

750-83-R120ft

750-81-R120ft

750-103-R120ft

750-101-R120ft

150ft±2%

750-63-R150ft

750-61-R150ft

750-83-R150ft

750-81-R150ft

—

—

160ft±2%

750-61-R160ft

—

750-81-R160ft

—

750-101-R160ft

180ft±2%

750-61-R180ft

750-83-R 180 ft

750-81-R180ft

750-103-R180ft

750-101-R180ft

200ft±2%

—

750-61-R200ft

—

750-81-R200ft

—

—

220ft±2%

750-63-R220O

750-61-R220ft

750-83-R220ft

750-81-R220ft

750-103-R220ft

750-101-R220ft

240ft±2%

—

750-61-R240ft

—

—

—

—

270ft±2%

—

750-61-R270ft

750-83-R270ft

i 750-81-R270ft

1 750-103-R270ft

750-101-R270ft

330ft±2%

750-63-R330ft

750-61-R330ft

750-83-R330ft

750-81-R330ft

750-103-R330ft

750-101-R330ft

360ft±2% ;

—

750-61-R360ft

—

__

—

—

390ft±2%

—

750-61-R390ft

—

750-81-R390ft

—

750-101-R390ft

430ft±2%

—

750-61-R430ft

' —

750-81-R430ft

—

—

470ft±2%

750-63-R470ft

750-61-R470ft

750-83-R470ft

750-81-R470ft

750-103-R470ft

750-101-R470ft

500ft±2%

—

750-61-R500ft

—

750-81-R500ft

—

750-101-R510ft

510ft±2%

—

750-61-R510ft

—

750-81-R510ft

—

—

560ft±2%

—

—

—

750-81-R560ft

750-103-R560ft

750-101-R560ft

680ft±2%

750-63-R680ft

750-61-R680ft

750-83-R680ft

750-81-R680ft

750-103-R680ft

750-101-R680ft

820ft±2%

—

—

750-81-R820ft

—

750-101-R820ft

910ft±2%

—

—

—

750-81-R910ft

—

—

lKft±2%

750-63-RlKft

750-61-RlKft

750-83-RlKft

750-81-RlKft

750-103-RlKft

750-101-lRKft

l.lKft±2%

— '

—

—

—

—

750-101-Rl.lKfi

1.2Kft±2%

—

750-61-R1.2KA

750-83-R1.2Kft

750-81-R1.2Kft

—

750-101-R1.2Kft

1.33Kft±2%

—

750-61-R1.33KA

—

—

—

—

1.5Kft±2%

750-63-R1.5Kft

750-61-R1.5Kft

750-83-R1.5Kft

750-81-R1.5KO

750-103-R1.5Kft

750-101-R1.5Kft

2Kft±2%

750-63-R2Kft

750-61-R2KA

750-83-R2KA

750-81-R2KA

—

750-101-R2Kft

2.2Kft±2%

750-63-R2.2Kft

750-61-R2.2Kft

750-83-R2.2Kft

750-81-R2.2Kft

750-103-R2.2Kft

750-101-R2.2Kft i

2.7Kft±2%

—

750-61-R2.7Kft

—

750-81-R2.7Kft

—

—

3Kft±2%

—

—

750-83-R3KO

750-81-R3Kft

—

—

3.3Kft±2%

750-63-R3.3Kft

750-61-R3.3Kft

750-83-R3.3KA

750-81-R3.3Kft

750-103-R3.3Kft

750-101-R3.3Kft

3.9Kft±2%

—

—

—

750-81-R3.9Kft

—

—

4.7Kft±2%

750-63-R4.7Kft

750-61-R4.7Kft

750-83-R4.7Kft

750-81-R4.7Kft

750-103-R4.7Kft

750-101-R4.7Kft

5.1Kft±2%

—

750-61-R5.6Kft

750-83-R5.1Kft

—

—

—

5.6Kft±2%

—

—

750-83-R5.6Kft

750-81-R5.6Kft

—

750-101-R5.6Kft

6.8Kft±2%

750-63-R6.8Kft

750-61-R6.8Kft

750-83-R6.8Kft

750-81-R6.8Kft

750-103-R6.8Kft

750-101-R6.8Kft

10Kft±2%

750-63-R10Kft

750-61-R10Kft

750-83-R10Kft

750-81-R10Kft

750-103-R10Kft

750-101-R10Kft

12Kft±2%

—

—

—

—

—

750-101-R12Kft

15Kft±2%

750-63-R15Kft

750-61-R15Kft

750-83-R15Kft

750-81-R15Kft

750-103-R15Kft

750-101-R15Kft

16Kft±2%

—

—

—

—

—

18Kft±2%

— •

—

750-81-R18KA

—

—

20Kft±2%

—

750-83-R20KQ ,

—

—

22Kft±2%

750-63-R22Kft

750-61-R22Kft

750-83-R22Kft

750-81-R22Kft

750-103-R22Kft

750-101-R22Kft

33Kft±2%

750-63-R33Kft

750-61-R33Kft

750-83-R33Kft

; 750-81-R33KA

750-103-R33Kft

750-101-R33KA

47Kft±2%

750-63-R47Kft

750-61-R47Kft

750-83-R47Kft

i 750-81-R47Kft

750-103-R47Kft

750-101-R47Kft

56Kft±2%

—

—

—

750-81-R56Kft

—

750-101-R56Kft

68Kft±2%

750-63-R68Kft

750-61-R68Kft

j 750-83-R68Kft

750-81-R68Kft

750-103-R68Kft

—

100Kft±2%

750-63-RlOOKft

750-61-R100Kft

750-83-R100Kft

750-81-R100Kft

750-103-R100Kft

750-101-R100Kft

120Kft±2%

—

—

' 750-83-R120Kft

—

—

—

150Kft±2%

750-63-R150Kft

750-61-R150Kft

750-83-R150Kft

750-81-R150Kft

—

750-101-R150Kft

220Kft±2%

750-63-R220Kft

750-61-R220Kft

750-83-R220Kft

750-81-R220Kft

-

75Q-101-R220Kft,

NOTE: Additional resistance values are constantly being added. Please contact your local CTS Industrial Distributor
to check availability of values not shown above.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1949

4700

RESISTORS

CTS OF BERNE, INC.

SUBSIDIARY OF CTS CORPORATION, ELKHART. INDIANA

WORLD LEADER IN CERMET RESISTOR TECHNOLOGY

; 4700

DUAL-IN-LINE
CERMET RESISTOR
NETWORKS

CERMET RESISTOR NETWORKS (Available with capacitor chips and/or active devices*)

CTS Series 760 Dual-ln-Line cermet resistor net-
works are available in 8, 14, 16, and 18 lead styles.
CTS now offers you a choice of four popular space-
saver packages. All are designed to simplify
automatic insertion along with IC’s and other DIP
products for reduced costs. Easy to hand mount,

too. Available without cover coat, so you can trim
for circuit balance in your own plant. Choose from
standard circuits available off-the-shelf for im-
mediate delivery or custom designed to your
specifications.

Environmental Performance Characteristics

Test

Allowable Resistance Change
CTS Max A R CTS Avg. A R

Load Life: 1,000 hrs., 0.1 watt per resistor
at 70°C

±0.50%

±0.20%

Moisture Resistance: 0.1 rated wattage at
70°C, 90-98% humidity, 1,000 hrs.

±0,50%

±0.20%

Insulation Resistance: Measured wet after
moisture resistance test, 200 VDC

Greater than

1000 megohms

Low Temperature Exposure: -63°C, 4 hrs.

±0.25%

±0.10%

Thermal Shock: 5 cycles,

-63°C to +125°C, no load

±0.25%

±0.10%

Short Time Overload:

2.5 times rated voltage, 5 sec.

±0.25%

±0.05%

Terminal Strength:

5 lb. tensile & compression, 30 sec.

±0.25%

±0.03%

Effect of Soldering:

60/40 solder, 246°C, 2 sec.

±0.25%

±0.05%

FEATURES:

• Low height profile

• .100" lead spacing

• High overload capabilities

• 8, 14, 16 & 18 pin constructions

• Compatible with automatic insertion equipment

• 2 watt power capabilities

• Reduced insertion time

• Available with capacitors and/or active devices*

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL
SPECIFICATIONS:

Description: 8, 14, 16, and 18 pin dual-in-line modules on .100"
lead centers.

Standard Resistance Range: 2212 through 1 Megfi.

Special Resistance Range: Below 22S2 and above 1 Megl2.

Resistance Matching (2 like resistors):

5012 to 30K12 — 0.5%

30K12 to 250K12 — 1%

250K12 to 3 Megl2 — 2.5%

Ratio Matching:

5012 to 30K12 — ±1%

30K12 to 250K12 — ±2%

250K12 to 3 Megl2 — ±5%

Wattage Rating @ 70°C per module: 8 pin -.75 watt; 14 pin- 1.5 watts;
16 pin - 1.75 watts; 18 pin -2.0 watts.

Standard Temperature Coefficient: ±300 ppm/°C.

Special Temperature Coefficient: to ±100 ppm/°C.

Temperature Coefficient Tracking: Available to 50 ppm/°C.

Standard Resistance Tolerance: ±5%.

Special Resistance Tolerance: ±1% or ViQ (whichever is greater).
Substrate Material: Alumina.

Resistor Material: Cermet -thick film.

Insulation Coating: Organic - epoxy phenolic.

Lead Material: Solder coated copper.

Solder: 60/40 Tin/Lead.

Lead Strength: 5# pull.

* Active devices added by CTS Microelectronics, Inc., Lafayette, Indiana.

ORDERING INFORMATION: Place orders using following address: CTS OF BERNE, INC., 406 Parr Rd„ Berne, Ind. 46711 • (219) 589-8220 • TWX 810-323-1580

1-1950

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

'ey

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CTS OF BERNE, INC.

SI HSIUIAM/ ijf C.TS C.URf'URAl ION tt.KHAHT INDIANA. ^^CDIillET DEOlCT^^D

WORLD LEADER IN CERMET RESISTOR TECHNOLOGY V#CI\I¥IC I fVEWlW I wl\

760 SERIES 1 4/ 1 6 LEAD DUAL-IN-LINE CERMET RESISTOR NETWORKS NETWORKS

DUAL-IN-LINE

CTS

Series

Description

Element

Type

Resistance

Range & Tol.

Power Rating
(Watts)

Typical

TC

760-3

760-1

760-5

14 Pin Module on
.100" x .300"

DIP Centers

Cermet

22ft-220KQ*±2%

1.5 @ 70°C
per module

±100

ppm/°C

761 3

761-1

761-5

16 Pin Module on
.100" x .300"

DIP Centers

Cermet

68f2-220Kfi*±2%

1.75 @ 70°C
per module

±100

ppm/°C

| Prices ]

100- ;

500-

1-99

499

999

$1.15

CO

CO

$ .66

1.20

.95

.68

2.15

1.75 !

1.25

$1.20

$ .95 ,

$ .68

' 1.25

.98

.70

2.30

1.88

1.34

FEATURES:

• Low cost automatic insertion and
handling

• High overload capabilities

• Low height profile

• Package compatibility
with monolithic packages

• .100" lead spacing

-ir .

i4_i u.

16 Pin

14 Pin-13 Resistors 16 Pin-15 Resistors

Part Number 760-1-R+value Part Number 761-1-R-fvalue

APPLICATIONS: MOS/ROM pull-up/pull-down; Open collector pull-up; “Wired OR” pull-up; Power driver
pull-up; High speed parallel pull-up; TTL unused gate pull-up; TTL input pull-down; Digital pulse squaring.

14 Pin-7 Resistors 16 Pin-8 Resistors

Part Number 760-3-R-f value Part Number 761-3-R+value

APPLICATIONS: “Wired OR” pull-up ; Power driver pull-up; Power gate pull-up; Line termination; Long-
line impedance balancing; LED current limiting; ECL output pull-down resistors; TTL input pull-down.

14 Pin-24 Resistors
Part Number 760-5-R+values

16 Pin-28 Resistors
Part Number 761-5-R+values

Cl

OF BERNE, INC.

Resistance Values Part Numbers

R1/R2

220Q/270Q 760-5-R220/270 761-5-R2207270

220Q/330S1 760-5-R220/330 761-5-R220/330

1.5K/3.3K 760-5-R1.5/3.3K 761-5-R1.5K/3.3K

Other combinations available upon request

Pulse Squaring TTL Terminators

CTS Terminator networks consist of two resistor pairs of the above value combinations. The
resistors are connected together in series with a common line for power and a common line for
ground. The junction of each pair is brought out to a separate terminal.

ORDERING INFORMATION: Place orders using following address: CTS OF BERNE, INC., 406 Parr Rd„ Berne, Ind. 46711 ♦ (219) 589-8220 • TWX 810-323-1580

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1 951

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CTS OF BERNE, INC.

SUBSIDIARY OF CTS CORPORATION, ELKHART, INDIANA

WORLD LEADER IN CERMET RESISTOR TECHNOLOGY

SINGLE-IN-LINE
CERMET RESISTOR
NETWORKS

CERMET RESISTOR NETWORKS(Available with capacitor chips and/or active devices*)

CTS . . . Leader in the field of Low Profile space-
saving Cermet Resistor Modules. Readily recogniz-
able because of the familiar CTS Blue.

As is well illustrated, these modules have been
specifically designed to save space.

So if you want to reduce the size of your design or
add more complex circuitry without increasing size,
CTS rates top consideration.

Most appealing is the fact that “The Little Blue
Brick” is an extensive “Off The Shelf” item with CTS.

750 Series

Environmental Performance Characteristics

For units less than .340" high, refer to
page 8 for performance characteristics.

Test

Allowable Resistance Change
CTS Max A R CTS Avg. A R

Load Life: 1,000 hrs., 0.1 watt per resistor
at 70°C

±0.40%

±0.20%

Moisture Resistance: 0.1 rated wattage at
70°C, 90-98% humidity, 1,000 hrs.

±0.50%

±0.20%

Insulation Resistance: Measured wet after
moisture resistance test, 200 VDC

Greater than

1000 megohms

Low Temperature Exposure: -63°C, 4 hrs.

±0.10%

±0.04%

Thermal Shock: 5 cycles,

— 63°C to +125°C, no load

±0.10%

±0.03%

Short Time Overload:

2.5 times rated voltage, 5 sec.

±0.25%

±0.05%

Terminal Strength:

5 lb. tensile & compression, 30 sec.

±0.10%

±0.03%

Effect of Soldering:

60/40 solder, 246°C, 2 sec.

±0.10%

±0.05%

FEATURES:

• Compact edge mount modules

• Ultra high stability and reliability

• Automatic insertion capabilities

• Reduced insertion time

• Fewer items to inventory

• Space savings over individual resistors

• Available with capacitors and/or active devices*

• Available with .100" and .125" lead centers

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL

SPECIFICATIONS:

Description: Cermet thick film single-in-line resistor networks.
Standard Resistance Range: 3312 through 1 Megl2.

Special Resistance Range: Below 3312 and above 1 Megl2.

Resistance Matching (2 like resistors):

5012 to 30K12 — 0.5%

30K12 to 250K12 — 1%

250K12 to 3 Megfl —2.5%

Ratio Matching:

5012 to 30K12 — ±1%,
30K12 to 250K12 — ±2%
250K12 to 3 Megl2 — ±5%

Standard Temperature Coefficient: ±250 ppm/°C.

Special Temperature Coefficient: ±100 ppm/°C.

Temperature Coefficient Tracking: Available to 50 ppm/°C.

Standard Resistance Tolerance: ±5%.

Special Resistance Tolerance: to ±0.5% or V&12 (whichever is greater
Substrate Material: Alumina.

Resistor Material: Cermet • thick film.

Insulation Coating: Organic - epoxy phenolic.

Lead Material: Solder coated copper.

Solder: 60/40 Tin/Lead.

Lead Strength: 5# pull.

Wattage Rating @ 70°C (see chart below).

Lead

Centers

Ht. Of

Module

(Max.)

Number of Pins ]

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

.100

(.250)

-

-

-

.9

—

l.i

1.3

1.5

—

—

—

.100

(.350)

-

.7

-

1.0

—

1.3

—

2.0

2.3

2.5

—

.125

(.350)

.5

1.0

-

1.5

—

2.0

-

2.5

-

3.0

—

* Active devices added by CTS Microelectronics, Inc., Lafayette, Indiana.

ORDERING INFORMATION: Place orders using following address: CTS OF BERNE, INC., 406 Parr Rd„ Berne, Ind. 46711 • (219) 589-8220 • TWX 810-323-1580

1*1952

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers &. Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CTS OF BERNE, INC.

SUBSIDIARY OF CTS CORPORATION, ELKHART. INDIANA

WORLD LEADER IN CERMET RESISTOR TECHNOLOGY

SINGLE-IN-LINE
CERMET RESISTOR
NETWORKS

NO. OF PINS

“A” DIMENSION

6

.578

8

.778

9

.878

10

.978

ioo PART NUMBER

1. CTSXXXX 10 I -.'o

1 — TiPtHT TT"TT TIT TT TT TT T

030 - .010

+ .002

- .020 -.003 DIA.

+ 25 -I 50 +75 +100 +125

°C AMBIENT

TYPICAL DERATING CURVE FOR CTS 750 SERIES

NOTE:

INSULATION COATING
APPLIED ON THE
TWO FACES ONLY.

GEN. TOL. ±.005

NO. OF PINS

“A” DIMENSION

4

.378

6

.578

8

.778

10

.978

11

1.078

12

1.178

NO. OF PINS

“A” DIMENSION

2

.228

4

.478

6

.728

8

.978

10

1.228

12

1.478

I -.010

PART NUMBER
CTS DATE CODE
1 |2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PART NUMBER
CTS DATE CODE
3 4 5 6 7

NOTE:

INSULATION COATING APPLIED
ON THE TWO FACES ONLY.

GEN. TOL. ±.005

NOTE:

INSULATION COATING APPLIED
ON THE TWO FACES ONLY.

GEN. TOL. ±.005

ORDERING INFORMATION: Place orders using following address: CTS OF BERNE, INC., 406 Parr Rd., Berne, Ind. 46711 • (219) 589-8220 • TWX 810-323-1580

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1953

4700 RESISTORS 4700

SERIES CSC [’tuff

Thick Film SIP Resistor Network Choice of: .195" [4.95] “A” and .350" [8.89] “C” maximum seated heights.

DIMENSIONAL AND TERMINAL

SPECIFICATIONS CONFIGURATIONS [Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

Resistance Range: lOHto 3.3 Megohms

Resistance Tolerance: ±2% standard.

±1%, ±5%, ±10% and ±20% available

Resistance Temperature Coefficient:

±100 PPM/°C (-55°C to +125°C) typical

Terminals: Tin plated copper alloy
Body: High alumina. Resistors epoxy coated

(Available in 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 pin package)

AAA* *AAA">

12 3 4

(Available in 4, 6

AAA* *A

5 6 7

i, 8, 10 or 1

AA* *A

8 9

2 pin ps

aa*

10 11

ickage)

vV-

Schematic

03

12

hhf-j

#

jfjl

|*2 Schematic

rn 05

r 1

12 3 4

5 6

7 8

9 1

0 11 12

(Available in 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 pin package)

TYPE

A (Max.)

B

C (Max.)

CSC04

.390 [9.91]

.300 [7.62]

CSC05

.490 [12.45]

.400 [10.16]

CSC06

.590 [14.99]

.500 [12.70]

CSC07

.690 [17.54]

.600 [15.24]

_ A Profile
_ .195 [4.95]

CSC08

.790 [20.07]

.700 [17.78]

“C” Profile

CSC09

.890 [22.61]

.800 [20.32]

.350 [8.89]

CSC10

.990 [25.15]

.900 [22.86]

CSC11

1.090 [27.69]

1.000 [25.40]

CSC12

1.190 [30.23]

1.100 [27.94]

01 and 03 SCHEMATIC

STOCKED RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS
(“G” Tolerance)

56

180

510

2K

4.7K

15K

47K

100

220

560

2.2K

6.8K

18K

100K

120

330

IK

2.7K

10K

22K

220K

150

470

1.5K

3.3K

12K

27K

1 Meg.

05 SCHEMATIC

STOCKED RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS
(“G” Tolerance)

Ri/Ra

Zo

Ri/Ra

Zo

Ri/Ra

Zo

220/270

121

330/390

179

1.5K/3.3K

1031

180/390

123

330/470

194

220/330

132

330/680

222

MARKING (Minimum Information)

„• DALE J-221G--

Ltolerance

1

S DALE 5 221/331G-*-

id! L uj L uj TJj iyj y ffcjkJUJ

1 CODE

‘oil iui iui 161 IUI ini^HJi— iu/

pin #i /
INDICATOR

SCHEMATIC

CODE

3 DIGIT

RESISTANCE

CODE

MARKING (Minimum Information)

PIN #1
INDICATOR

SCHEMATIC

CODE

-TOLERANCE

CODE

3 DIGIT

RESISTANCE

CODE

HOW TO ORDER

01 and 03 SCHEMATIC

CSC 08

A 01

-101

G

SERIES

05 SCHEMATIC

NUMBER OF PINS

PACKAGE CODE SCHEMATIC

RESISTANCE VALUE

TOLERANCE

A = .195" [4.95] height;

.100" [2.54] lead spacing.

C = .350" [8.89] height;

.100" [2.54] lead spacing.

First two digits (3 for “F”
tolerance) are significant.

Last digit specifies
the number of zeros.

F = ±1%

G = ±2%*

J = ±5%*

K = ±10%

M = ±20%

*NOTE: 05 Schematic 1

imited to “G” and “J” tolerances.

CSC 08 A 05 -221 / 331 G

SERIES NUMBER OF PINS PACKAGE CODE SCHEMATIC RESISTANCE VALUE R, RESISTANCE VALUE R a TOLERANCE

A = .195" [4.95] height;

First two digits are significant

G - +2%

.100" [2.54] lead spacing.

figures. The third digit specifies

J = ±5%

C = .350" [8.89] height;

.100" [2.54] lead spacing.

the number of zeros to follow.

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS. INC.. Box 26950. El Paso. TX 79926 • Phone 915-592-3253

1*1954

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

DALE SERIES MSP

Thick Film SIP Resistor Network

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Resistance Range: 1012 to 3.3 Megohms

Resistance Tolerances: ±2% standard.
±1%, it: 5%, it: 1 0%, ±20% available.

Temperature Coefficient: ±100 PPM/°C
(-55°C to +125°C) standard

Terminals: Tin plated copper alloy

DIMENSIONAL AND TERMINAL CONFIGURATIONS

[Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

TYPE

A (Max.)

B

c

D

MSP06 .590 [14.99] .500 [12.70]

5

MSP08 .790 [20.07] .700 [17.78]

7

. i y«j L4.y%jj tot Mor aaa

MSP10 .990 [25.15] .900 [22.86]

9

.vjvjU L O y J lul Moi aaO

Pin 1 Identification

A

.015 Min. £

<

1 L

[.381] |

1 1 Max.

□

t

r

1 1 IT

m

tjrr

T

.040 .010

[1.02 ±: .254]

.100 ±: .010
[2.54 ±: 0.254]
Non-Accumulative

t

.016 a: .003
[.406 ±: .076]"*“

B

.135 + .015
-.010
[3.43 + .381]
-.254]

II .012 ±z .003

nr [,3o ±: .076]

1 C equals spaces I

12 3456789 10

01 SCHEMATIC

rwt rWt t-wi

-MSP06

b

-1

-MSP10

03 SCHEMATIC

STOCK VALUES

*2212

12012

(2% tolerance)

56012 2.7K12

12K12

68K12

3312

15012

68012

3.3K12

15K12

82K12

3912

18012

82012

3.9K12

18K12

100K12

4712

22012

1K12

4.7K12

22K12

*120K12

5612

27012

1.2K12

5.6K12

27K12

*150K12

6812

33012

1.5K12

*6.0K12

33K12

*180K12

8212

39012

1.8K12

6.8K12

39K12

220K12

10012

47012

2.0K12

8.2K12

47K12

330K12

*11012

51012

2.2K12

10K12

56K12

*470K12

*MSPXXA only

1 Meg.

HOW TO ORDER

MSP 08 A 01 -101 G

SERIES

NUMBER OF PINS

PACKAGE CODE SCHEMATIC

RESISTANCE VALUE

TOLERANCE

A = .195" [4.95] height;

First two digits are

F = ±1%

.100" [2.54] lead spacing.

significant. (3 for

G = ±2%

C = .350" [8.89] height;

.100" [2.54] lead spacing.

“F” tolerance.) Last
digit specifies the
number of zeros.

J = ±5%

K = ±10%

M = ±20%

For complete information , write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., Box 26950, El Paso, TX 79926 • Phone 915-592-3253

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1955

4700

RESISTORS

4700

SERIES MDP

Thick Film DIP Resistor Network

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Resistance Range: 10S2 to 3.3 Megohms

Resistance Tolerance: ±2% standard. =t1%, ±5%,
itl 0%, ±20% available.

Resistance Temperature Coefficient: ±100 PPM/°C
(-55°C to +125°C) standard

Terminals: Tin plated copper alloy pjr

Body: Molded epoxy

STANDARD SCHEMATICS

DIMENSIONS AND TERMINAL CONFIGURATIONS

■n_n a nnn nn

o

Pin #1 Identification

.310 d: .010
[7.87 d: .254]

.250 dr. 010
[6.35 d: .254]

.010 + .005
- .002

[.254 + .1271
- .050]

MODEL MDP1401 and MDP1403

STOCKED RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS
(”G” Tolerance)

Other Values from 1012 to 1 Megohm Available

I MODEL MDP1601 and MDP1603

22

51

120

300

680

1.6K

3.9K

8.2K

20K

1 00K

510

2.2K

12K

82K

24

56

130

330

750

1.8K

4.3K

9.1 K

22K

120K

22

110

560

2.7K

15K

100K

27

62

150

360

820

2.0K

4.7K

1 0K

27K

1 50K

33

120

680

3.3K

18K

120K

30

68

160

390

910

2.2K

5.1 K

1 1K

33K

180K

39

150

820

3.9K

22K

150K

33

75

180

430

IK

2.4K

5.6K

12K

39K

220K

47

180

IK

4.7K

27K

180K

36

82

200

470

1.1 K

2.7K

6. OK

13K

47 K

330K

56

220

1.2K

5.6K

33K

220K

39

91

220

510

1.2K

3.0K

6.2K

15K

56 K

470K

62

270

1.5K

6.0K

39K

330K

43

100

240

560

1.3K

3.3K

6.8K

16K

68K

1 Meg.

68

330

1.8K

6.8K

47K

470K

47

110

270

620

1.5K

3.6K

7.5K

18K

82 K

82

390

2. OK

8.2K

56K

680K

100

470

10K

68K

1 Meg.

HOW TO ORDER

MDP 14 03

SERIES NUMBER OF PINS SCHEMATIC

-101

RESISTANCE VALUE

G

TOLERANCE

EXAMPLE:

MDP1403-101G = A dual-in-line thick film resistor network with 14 pins on .100 [2.54]
centers, 03 schematic, resistance of 100 ohms and tolerance of ±2%.

First 2 digits
(3 for “F” tolerance)
are significant figures,
last digit specifies —
number of zeros to follow.

F = ±1%
G = ±2%
J = ±5%

K = ±10%
M = ±26%

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS. INC.. Box 26950. El Paso, TX 79926 • Phone 915-592-3253

1*1956

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

MILITARY QUALIFIED

Thick Film Resistor Networks

SPECIFICATIONS (Applicable to all styles)

ELECTRICAL

Resistance Range: 10ft to 1 Megohm standard.
Resistance Tolerances: ±1%, ±2%, ±5%

Temperature Coefficient: “M” = ±300 PPM/°C;

“K” = ±100 PPM/°C over the temperature
range of -55°C to +125°C (+25°C reference).

APPROVED SCHEMATIC ALTERNATIVES

16 PIN

SCHEMATIC “A”

fWAf rVsAt fAAAf

- 6 PIN -

8 PIN -

D

-I

SCHEMATIC “C”

SCHEMATIC “G”

DUAL IN LINE

M8340101 =14 PIN
M8340102 = 16 PIN

DIMENSIONAL AND TERMINAL CONFIGURATIONS

[Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

A it .015 [.38]

.^CS. ^ ^ ^

W V V W V

[1.40 i

.280 it .010

[7.11 ziz .254]

Type SDM

MIL P/N

MIL.

STYLE

DALE

TYPE

MILITARY

RES. RANGE
TOLERANCE

±1%, ±2%, ±5%

M8340101 M XXXXX A

RZ010

SDMI 4-01
MDM14-03

10fl-1 Meg.
lOft-IOOK

M8340101 K XXXXX A

RZ010

SDMI 4-01

IOft-1 Meg.

M8340101 M XXXXX B

RZ010

SDMI 4-02
MDM14-01

10ft-1 Meg.
lOft-IOOK

M8340101 K XXXXX B

RZ010

SDM14-02

10ft-1 Meg.

M8340102 M XXXXX A

RZ020

SDM16-01

MDM16-03

100-1 Meg.
100-100K

M8340102 K XXXXX A

RZ020

SDMI 6-01

100-1 Meg.

M8340102 M XXXXX B

RZ020

SDMI 6-02
MDM 16-01

100-1 Meg.
100-100K

M8340102 K XXXXX B

RZ020

SDMI 6-02

100-1 Meg.

NO.

OF PINS

.055 it .015 Typ. ,
.010 [1.40 it .38]

.254]

k. .065 It .010

[1.65 it .254]

1

jJ

FTTp

1 .120
[3.05

fWTAAAr

cJ

.055 — .010
[1.40 it .254]"

.100(2.54] Typ.
Non-Accumulative

- .254]

.020 it .002'

"[.508 it .050]

Type MDM

nci-n run n n cl

Pin #1 Identification

uuuuuuuu

A ± .010 _
[254]

NO.

OF PINS

A

B

C

14

.750 [19.05]

.600 [15.24]

6

16

.850 [21.59]

.700 [17.78]

7

.075 ± .010
[1.90 ± .254]“

.100 ± .010 T
[2.54 ± .254] ,yp ■
Non-Accum.

TT

fi

—

.018 ± .003
r*~ [.457 ± .076]

-

B + .010

[.254] 1

0 L

L 025 Tv

(.635]'

,165 [4/19 ] Max.

. .060 ± .005
[1.52 ± .127]

.135 + .015
- .010
[3.43 + .381]
- .254]

.310 ± .010
[7.87 ± .254]

.250 ± .010
[6.35 ± .254]

U .010 + .005
- .002
[.254 + .127]
- .050]

STOCK VALUES

Available from stock in these standard values (±2% tolerance A and B schematic)
Characteristic “M” (±300 PPM/°C) Type MDM not available in 470K and 1 Meg.

390

1000

2200

5100

2.2K

5. IK

20K

470K

510

1200

2700

6800

3. OK

5.6K

22K

1 Meg.

560

1500

3300

1.0K

3.3K

6.8K

30K

680

1800

3900

1.5K

3.9K

10K

47K

750

2000

4700

2.0K

4.7K

15K

100K

For complete information , write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., Box 26950, El Paso, TX 79926 • Phone 915-592-3253

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1957

4700

RESISTORS

4700

FLAT PACK M8340103 = 14 PIN

MIL P/N

MIL.

STYLE

DALE

TYPE

MILITARY

RES. RANGE
TOLERANCE

±1%, ±2%, ±5%

M83401 03 M XXXXX A

M8340103 K XXXXX A

RZ030

RZ030

DFM14-01
DFM14-1 1
DFM14-01
DFM14-11

10(1-1 Meg.
10(1-1 Meg.
10(1-1 Meg.
10(1-1 Meg.

M83401 03 M XXXXX B

M83401 03 K XXXXX B

RZ030

RZ030

DFM14-02

DFM14-12

DFM14-02

DFM14-12

10(1-1 Meg.
10(1-1 Meg.
10(1-1 Meg.
10(1-1 Meg.

Leads: -01, -02 = gold plated; -11,

-12, = tin lead plated

STOCK VALUES

Available from stock in these standard values (±2% tolerance,

A and B schematics, Characteristic “M”, ±300 PPM/°C):

100(1 330(1 510(1 1.0K 2.0K 3.0K 4.7K 6.8K 22K

200(1 470(1 680(1 1.5K 2.2K 3.3K 5. IK 10K 100K

DIMENSIONAL
AND TERMINAL
CONFIGURATIONS

0.015 [.38] Min.
0.019 [.48] Max.

3.265

5.73]

L*. 0.250 Min.
[6.35]

0.365 [9.27] Min.
0.385 [9.78] Max.

-j l-s

,_J L*- 0.250 Min._*J

1 P 6 ' 351 J

0-065 Max.

0.005 ± .0005
1 [0.127 ± .01]

SINGLE IN LINE M83401 05 = 8 PIN M83401 04 = 6 PIN

MIL P/N

MIL. STYLE

DALE TYPE

MILITARY

RES. RANGE
TOLERANCE

±1%,±2%, ±5%

M8340104 M XXXXX C
M8340104 K XXXXX C

RZ040

RZ040

MSM06C-01

MSM06C-01

10(1-1 Meg.

10(1-1 Meg.

M8340104 M XXXXX G
M8340104 K XXXXX G

RZ040

RZ040

MSM06C-03

MSM06C-03

10(1-1 Meg.

10(1-1 Meg.

M8340105 M XXXXX C
M8340105 K XXXXX C

RZ050

RZ050

MSM08C-01

MSM08C-01

10(1-1 Meg.

10(1-1 Meg.

M8340105 M XXXXX G
M8340105 K XXXXX G

RZ050

RZ050

MSM08C-03

MSM08C-03

10(1-1 Meg.

10(1-1 Meg.

Note: Dale will be supplying MIL-R-83401/6, /7, /8, /9
effective September 1 , 1983.

STOCK VALUES

Available from stock in these standard values (±2% tolerance,
C and G schematics, Characteristic “M”, ±300 PPM/°C):

NO.

OF PINS

A

B

C

6

.583 ± .015 [14.81 ± .38]

.500 [12.70]

5

8

.783 ± .015 [19.89 ± .38]

.700 [17.78]

7

DIMENSIONAL AND TERMINAL CONFIGURATIONS

[Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

Max.

Pin 1 Identification

[2.26 ± .36]

33(1

330a

2.0K

22K

39(1

470a

2.2K

47K

47ft

51 oa

3.3K

56K

680

560a

4.7K

82K

82a

680a

5.6K

100K

iooa

820a

6.8K

220K

150a

1.0K

8.2K

470K

220a

1.5K

10K

1 N

.100 ±. 005
[2.54 ±.13]
Non-Accumulative

“C" equals spaces

HOW TO ORDER- Military Part Number

M8340104 K

DETAIL SPEC. NO.

CHARACTERISTIC

1003

RESISTANCE VALUE TOLERANCE

SCHEMATIC

M8340103 = 14 Pin DIP RZ030
M8340104 = 6 Pin SIP RZ040
M 83401 05 = 8 Pin SIP RZ050

“K” = ±100 PPM/°C
“M” = ±300 PPM/°C

The first three digits are
significant figures and
the last digit specifies the
number of zeros to follow.

F = ±1%
G = ±2%
J = ±5%

EXAMPLE:

M83401 04K1 003GG = A single-in-line resistor network with 6 pins and a T.C.R. of
±100 PPM/°C, resistance value of 100K ohms, tolerance of 2% and “G” schematic.

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., Box 26950, El Paso, TX 79926 • Phone 915-592-3253

1*1958

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

RESISTOR/CAPACITOR

NETWORKS

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

FEATURES

• 14 and 16 pin DIP models

• 4 thru 12 pin SIP models

• Applications include AC
coupling, line matching,
line termination, bypassed
pull-up, supply filtering,
CKT bias and coupling.

RESISTORS

•CAPACITORS

NPO

BX

X7R

Value Range |®jp|

10(2 - 3.3 meg

10(2 - 3.3 meg

lOOpf - 4700pf
lOOpf - 2700pf

500pf - 0.1 /tf
500pf - O.ljLtf

500pf - 0.1 /Ltf
500pf - 0.1/xf

Tolerances

±2% standard, ±1%,
±5%, ±10%, ±20%
available

±5% & ± 10%

, ±10% & ±20%

±10% & ±20%

Temperature Characteristics

(— 55°C to + 125°C)

±100ppm/°C Typical

±30ppm/°C

± 1 5% @ OVDC
& ±15%, -25%
@ rated VDC

±15%

Voltage Rating

100VDC

50VDC

50VDC

50VDC

Dissipation Factor
(1 VRMS @ 1 KHZ)

N/A

0.1% max

2.5% max

3.0% max

Operating Temperature Range

-55°C to +125°C

•Capacitors tested at 1 Vrms @ 1 KHZ @ 25°C

Dale R/C networks can be supplied with the same proven thick film Combinations of capacitor characteristics NPO, BX and X7R

circuit materials as those qualified to MIL-R-83401 and capacitors dielectrics within the same package are possible with a wide

are available to EIA RS 198 or MIL-C-55681 specifications. range of resistance values.

DIMENSIONS: For reference, Dale R/C networks have the same basic dimensions ^IP ~ ^ a * e C coated styles

as the Dale thick film networks listed elsewhere in this section. DIP = Dale MDP molded styles

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., Box 26950, El Paso, TX 79926 • Phone 915-592-3253

THIN FILM RESISTOR NETWORKS

SERIES TOP: 14 and 16 pin DIP models

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range: 10012 to 100KI2
Resistance Tolerance: 2%, 1%, .5%, .1%

Ratio Match: .05%, .1%, .5%

Resistance Temperature Coefficient: ±25 PPM/°C;
±10 PPM/°C available (-55°C to + 125°C)

TC Tracking: ±5 PPM/°C (-55°C to +125°C)
Package Power Rating: .7 Watt/ Package @ 25° C
Resistor Power Rating: .1 Watt/Resistor at 25°C
Voltage Coefficient of Resistance: <5 PPM/V typical
Maximum Operating Voltage: 100 VDC
Operating Temperature Range: -55°C to +125°C

STANDARD SCHEMATICS

L«— TDP-1603

APPLICATIONS

• Precision voltage/current dividers

• Differential, instrumentation and

summing amplifiers

• Converter ladder, scaling

and range setting

• Oscillators and active filters

Terminals: Solder Coated Copper Alloy

Body: Molded Epoxy

Resistive Material: Nichrome film

DIMENSIONS

.755 2: .010

nn n n n n n

♦

.250 ± .010
[6.35 2: .254]

i

Pin #1 Identification

NOTE:

Other Dale thin film products
include thin film chips,
including styles compatible
with chip carrier and custom
packages. Consult factory.

.320 Typical
[8.128]

.380 Max.

[9.652]

.310 ± .010
[7.87 .254]

.010 .005

- .002

[.254 - .127]
” .050]

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2300 Riverside Blvd., Norfolk, Nebraska 68701 • Phone 402-371-0080

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1959

4700

RESISTORS

4700

THICK FILM CHIP RESISTORS

Series RCM and RCWM

Established Reliability

Military Qualification MIL-R-55342/2, /3, /4, /6

Series RC and RCW

Commercial

DIMENSIONAL AND TERMINAL CONFIGURATIONS

[Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters.]

FEATURES

• Allows wide design flexibility for use
with hybrid circuitry

• One-surface and wrap-around teminations

• Choices of sizes and power ratings

• Dale has complete capability to develop specific
reliability programs designed to customer requirements

• Custom sizes can be designed for special applications

RCM and RCWM

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Resistance and Tolerance Range:

RCM/RCWM550: 100 to 300K, ±1%, 2%, 5% and 10%

100 to 500K, ±5% and 10%

RCM/RCWM575 and 5100:

ion. to 500K, ±1%, 2%, 5% and 10%
ion to 1 Meg., ±5% and 10%

RCM/RCWM5150 ion to 1 Meg., ±1%, 2%, 5% and 10%
Resistance Temperature Coefficient:

(-55°C to +125°C) “M” = ± 300 PPM/°C
“K” = ± 100 PPM/°C
Power Rating: Maximum at +70°C
RCM/RCWM550 = 50 MW RCM/RCWM5100 = 100 MW

RCM/RCWM575 = 100 MW RCM/RCWM5150 = 150 MW

RC and RCW
SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Resistance Range:

RC/RCW550: 5n to 2 Meg.
RC/RCW575: 5CI to 5 Meg.
RC/RCW5100: ion to 10 Meg.
RC/RCW5150: ion to 15 Meg.

RC/RCW1 100: 5n to 5 Meg. .
RC/RCW7225: ion to 15 Meg.
RC/RCW2010: 1 0nto 15 Meg.
RC/RCW2512: 10nto 15 Meg.

Resistance Tolerance: ±1%, ±2%, ±5%, ±10%, ±20%

Resistance Temperature Coefficient:

(-55°C to +125°C) ±200 PPM/°C
Power Rating (@ 70°C) and Maximum
Operating Voltage:

RC/RCW550 = 100 MW, 50 VDC
RC/RCW575 = 150 MW, 70 VDC
RC/RCW5100 = 200 MW, 100 VDC
RC/RCW5150 = 350 MW, 125 VDC

RC/RCW1 100 = 400 MW, 100 VDC
RC/RCW7225 = 600 MW, 200 VDC
RC/RCW2010 = 800 MW, 200 VDC
RC/RCW2512 = 1000 MW, 200 VDC

Operating Temperature Range: -55°C to +125°C

RC and RCM RCW and RCWM

(One-surface termination) (Wrap-around termination)

MILITARY

STYLE

DALE

TYPE

A (Length)

B

C (Width)

RM0505

RCM550

.050 [1.27]

.010

.050

RCWM550

.055 [1.40]

[-25]

[1.27]

RM0705

RCM575

.075 [1.91]

.015

.050

RCWM575

.080 [2.03]

[-38]

[1.27]

RM1005

RCM5100

.100 [2.54]

.015

.050

RCWM5100

.105 [2.67]

[-38]

[1.27]

RM1505

RCM5150

.150 [3.81]

.015

.050

RCWM5150

.155 [3.94]

[-38]

[1.27]

Type

A (Length)

B

C (Width)

RC550

.050 11.27]

.010 [.25]

.050 [1.27]

RCW550

<055 [1.40]

.010 [.25]

.050 [ 1 .27']

RC575

.075 [1.91]

.015 [.38]

.050 [1.27]

RCW575

.080 [2.03]

.015 [.38]

.050 [1.27]

RC5100

.100 [2.54]

.015 [.38]

.050 [1.27]

RCW5100

.105 [2.67]

.015 [.38]

.050 [1.27]

RC5150

.150 [3.81]

.015 [.38]

.050 11.27]

RCW5150

.155 [3.94]

.015 [.38]

.050 [1.27]

RC1100

.100 [2.54]

.015 [.38]

.100 [2.54]

RCW1100

.105 12.67]

.015 1.38].

.100 [2.54]

RC7225

.225 [5.72]

.015 1.38]

.075 [1.91]

RCW7225

.230 [5.84]

.015 [.38]

.075 [1.91]

RC2010

.200 15.08]

.015 1.38]

.100 [2.54]

RCW2010

.205 [5.21]

.015 [.38]

.100 [2.54]

RC2512

.250 [6.35]

.015 1.38]

.125 [3.18]

RCW2512

.255 [6.48]

.015 [.38]

.125 ]3.18]

HOW TO ORDER— Military Part Number

M55342/2

M

1003

F

s

M

DETAIL SPEC. NO.

CHARACTERISTIC

RESISTANCE VALUE

TOLERANCE

TERMINATION

FAILURE RATE

M55342/2 = RM0505
M55342/6 = RM0705
M55342/3 = RM1005
M55342/4 = RM1505

M = ±300 PPM/°C

K = ±100 PPM/°C

The first two digits
(three for “F” tolerance)
are significant figures
and the last digit
specifies the number
of zeros to follow.

F = ±1%

G = ±2%

J = ±5%

K = ±10%

S = Pre-tinned
one-surface.

R = Pre-tinned
wrap-around.

T = Untinned

M = 1%/1000 hours

P = 0.1%/1000 hours

R = 0.01 %/1 000 hours

one-surface.

U = Untinned
wrap-around.

HOW TO ORDER: RC and RCW— Commercial Styles

RC

5100

103

G

41

STYLE

SIZE

RESISTANCE CODE

TOLERANCE

TERMINATION CODE

RC = One-surface

550

1100

The first two digits

F = ±1%

No Code = Solder

termination.

575

7225

(three for “F” tolerance)

G = ±2%

Pre-tinned (standard)

RCW = Wrap-around

5100

2010

are significant figures

J = ±5%

20 - Gold (RC only)

termination

5150

2512

and the last digit
specifies the number
of zeros to follow.

K = ±10%

M = ±20%

40 = Platinum Gold

41 = Platinum Silver

42 = Palladium Silver

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS. INC.. 2300 Riverside Blvd.. Norfolk. Nebraska 68701 • Phone 402-371-0080

1*1960

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

COMMERCIAL

THICK FILM CHIP RESISTORS

DALE SERIES CRC

FEATURES

• Internationally standardized size

• Automatic placement compatibility

• Flow solderable • Thick film resistance element

• Wraparound termination • Inner electrode protection

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range: 101) to 2.2 Meg.

Zero ohm jumper

Standard Tolerance: ±2%, ±5%

DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS:

[Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

Power Rating: 1/8 Watt @ 70° C

Maximum Ambient Temperature: 125°C (see derating curve)

Rated Continuous Working Voltage: V 0 125 x R or 200 V,

whichever is less (R = nominal resistance value)

Temperature Range: -55°C to +125°C

Temperature Coefficient: (-55°C to + 125°C) ±200 PPM/°C

HOW TO ORDER

0.020

[0.50] Max.

0.018 ± 0.008
[0.45 ± 0.20]

h

n*

.024 ± 0.006
1.60 ±0.15]

Overglaze -i

Alumina substrate

Inner electrode J
Nickel barrier — *
Solderable coating -J

CRC W

1206 182

G

B

SERIES STYLE

SIZE

RESISTANCE VALUE TOLERANCE

PACKAGING

W = Wrap around
termination

First two digits
are significant;
last digit is the
multiplier (1800ft
is illustrated).

G = ±2%
J = ±5%

T = Standard 8mm reel
B = Standard bulk

ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY

HERMETICALLY SEALED METAL FILM RESISTORS

MIL-R-55182, TYPE RNR, S LEVEL

DALE TYPE SE

FEATURES

• Meets requirements of MIL-R-55182 • Verified Failure
Rate • Very low noise • Controlled temperature coefficient
of resistance • Excellent high frequency characteristics

• Ceramic-to-metal sealed construction • Final protective
coat of special epoxy provides a smooth, non-porous
envelope • Leads are OFHC tinned copper

• 100% stabilization and screening tests. Group A testing,
if desired, to customer requirements • Traceability of
materials and processing • Monthly acceptance testing

• Dale has complete capability to develop specific
reliability programs designed to customer requirements

• Extensive stocking program at distributors and factory

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT CODE

TOLERANCE

CODES

MIL.

SE TYPE

TEMPERATURE

CODE

CODE

COEFFICIENT

B

0.1%

E

C-3

0±25ppm/°C

D

0.5%

C

C-2

0±50ppm/°C

F

1.0%

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

MIL.

TYPE

125°C

RATING

MAX.

WEIGHT

(Grams)

MAX.

WORKING

VOLTAGE

RESISTANCE

RANGE

SE-1/10

RNR55

1/10W

.498

200

24.9 to 200K

SE-1/8

RNR60

1/8W

.552

250

24.9 to 499K

SE-1/4

RNR65

1/4W

1.370

300

24.9 to 1.0 Meg.

1.50 ± .125

U a *4— — 138.10 ± 3.18]

f w *

^ 47 t

— CMax. — | D

B

PHYSICAL CONFIGURATIONS

DALE

TYPE

DIM. A

DIM. B

DIM. C
MAX.

DIM. D

SE-1/10

.261 ±.020
[6.63±.51]

.130±.010

[3.30±.254]

.345

[8.76]

.025 (22 Awg)
[.635]

SE-1/8

.360 ±.020
[9.14±.51]

.140±.015

[3.56±.331]

.437

[11.1]

.025 (22 Awg)
[.635]

SE-1/4

.636 ±.020
[16.1 5±.51 ]

.215±.020

[5.46±.51]

.750

[19.05]

.025 (22 Awg)
[.635]

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2300 Riverside Blvd.. Norfolk. NE 68701 • Phone 402-371-0080

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1*1961

RESISTORS

4700

4700

MIL>R-55182. TYPE RNC

DALE TYPE ERC and EMF

Established Reliability Metal Film— Coated and Molded

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS RNC Types in Stock (S Level)

DALE

TYPE

MIL.

TYPE*

70°C

RATING

125°C

RATING

MAX. WT.
(Grams)

MAX.

WORKING

VOLTAGE

RESISTANCE RANGE (Ohms)**

T-1(K)

T-2(H)

T-9(J)

T3

ERC 50

RNC50

1/10W

1/20 W

.11

200

10-796K

10-796K

10-796K

1
. o

ERC 55

RNC55

1/8 W

1/10 W

.35

200

10-2 Meg.

10-2 Meg.

10-2 Meg.

o

ERC 60

RNC60

1/4 W

1/8 W

.75

250

10H-3.01 Meg.

10H-3.01 Meg.

10H-3.01 Meg.

EMF 50

RNC50

1/10W

1/20 W

.11

200

10 to 796K

10 to 796K

1 0 to 796K

EMF 55

RNC55

1/8 W

1/10 W

.35

200

10 to 1.21 Meg.

10 to 1.21 Meg.

10 to 1.21 Meg.

S"

TJ _

EMF 60

RNC60

1/4 W

1/8 W

.45

250

10 to 3.01 Meg.

10 to 3.01 Meg.

10 to 3.01 Meg.

O

2 _

EMF 65

RNC65

1/2 W

1/4 W

.84

300

30.1 to 3.01 Meg.

49.9 to 3.01 Meg.

49.9 to 3.01 Meg.

EMF 70

RNC70

3/4 W

1/2 W

1.6

350

49.9 to 2.49 Meg.

49.9 to 2.49 Meg.

49.9 to 2.49 Meg.

EMF 75

—

—

1 W

4.4

500

24.9 to 4.02 Meg.

49.9 to 2.61 Meg.

49.9 to 2.61 Meg.

*ERC and EMF include RNR, RNN and RNC Mil. Types. Standard Resistance Tolerances: .1%(B), .5%(D) and 1%(F). .1% not applicable to characteristic K.
** Consult factory for values on QPL.

1.50 ± .125
' 18]-

I 1.50 ±.i;

H [38.10 + 3.

TYPE ERC (Coated)

C •
(Max.)

TYPE EMF (Molded)

1.50 + .125
-[38.10 ± 3.

i

.18] — ^

PHYSICAL CONFIGURATIONS [Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

TYPE

DIM. A

DIM. B

DIM. C (Max.)

DIM. D

ERC 50

.150 ±.020 [3.81 ±.51]

.070 ±.010 [1.78 ±.25]

.244 [6.20]

.016 Dia. [.406]

ERC 55

.250 + .031 [6.35 + .79]
-.046 -1.17]

.091 ± .009 [2.31 ± .23]

.325 [8.26]

.025 Dia. [.635]

ERC 60

.375 ±.062 [9.53 ±1.57]

.145 ±.016 [3.68 ±.41]

.475 [12.07]

.025 Dia. [.635]

EMF 50

.150 ±.020 [3.81 ±.508]

.070 ±.010 [1.78 ±.254]

—

.016 [.406]

EMF 55

.260 ±.010 [6.60 ±.254]

.097 ±.005 [2.46 ±.127]

—

.025 [.635]

EMF 60

.406 ±.01 5 [10.31 ±.381]

.135 ±.010 [3.43 ±.254]

—

.025 [.635]

EMF 65

.593 ±.01 5 [15.06 ±.381]

.203 ±.01 5 [5.1 6 ±.381]

—

.025 [.635]

EMF 70

.730 ±.020 [18.54 ±.508]

.250 ±.01 5 [6.35 ±.381]

—

.032 [.813]

EMF 75

1.093 ±.020 [27.76 ±.508]

.375 ±.01 5 [9.53 ±.381]

—

.032 [.813]

MIL-R-39017,

S LEVEL

DALE TYPE ERL

Established Reliability Metal Film

COATED CONSTRUCTION

1 — ' 1

j \ * '

STANDARD ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

MIL.

TYPE

70°C

RATING

MAX.

WEIGHT

(Grams)

MAX.

WORKING

VOLTAGE

RES. RANGE*

T-1

(100 PPM)

ERL-05

RLR-05

1/8 W

.11

200

4.7H to 300K

ERL-07

RLR-07

1/4 W

.35

250

10 to 10 Meg.

ERL-20

RLR-20

1/2 W

.75

350

4.3 to 3.01 Meg.

^Consult factory for values on QPL. Standard
PHYSICAL CONFIGURATIONS [Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters] Resistance Tolerances: 1%(F), 2%(G), 5%(J).

TYPE

DIM. A

DIM. B

DIM. C

DIM. D

DIM. E

ERL-05

.150 ± .020 [3.81 ± .508]

.066 ± .008 [1.68 ± .20]

.187 [ 4.75] Max.

.016 [.406]

1.25 ± .266 [31.75 ± 6.76]

ERL-07

■ 250 ±:046 [6-35 ± 1^7]

.090 ± .008 [2.29 ± .20]

.300 [ 7.62] Max.

.025 [.635]

1.50 ± .125 [38.10 ± 3.18]

ERL-20

.375 ± .041 [9.53 ± 1.04]

.138 ± .023 [3.51 ± .58]

.450 [11.43] Max.

.032 [.813]

1.50 ± .125 [38.10 ± 3.18]

Termination: Standard lead material is solder-coated copper. (Soiderable and weldable per MIL-STD-1276, Type C.)

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2300 Riverside Blvd.. Norfolk. Nebraska 68701 • Phone 402-371-0080

1-1962

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Higher Commercial
Ratings (See Chart)

DALE TYPE CMF COATED METAL FILM RESISTORS

FEATURES

• Higher commercial wattage ratings

• Very low noise

• Very low voltage coefficient

• Controlled temperature coefficient

, — — — „ - — -

11 ,,,,

Close tracking of temperature coefficient
Excellent high frequency characteristics
Flame retardant epoxy coating

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

MILITARY QUALIFIED

COMMERCIAL**

WATTAGE

1 MJL-R-10509 1

MIL-R-22684

70° C (D)

125°C (C & E)

70°C

70°C

125°C

1/20

—

CMF-50 (RN-50)

—

CMF-50

CMF-50

1/10

—

CMF-55 (RN-55)

—

CMF-50, 55

CMF-50, 55

1/8

CMF-55 (RN-55)

CMF-60 (RN-60)

—

CMF-50, 55, 60

CMF-50, 55, 60

1/4

CMF-60 (RN-60)

CMF-65 (RN-65)

CMF-07 (RL-07)

CMF-55, 60, 65, 07

CMF-55, 60, 65

1/2

CMF-65 (RN-65)

—

CMF-20 (RL-20)

CMF-55, 60, 65, 20

CMF-60, 65

3/4

—

—

—

CMF-60*, 65*

CMF-65*

1

—

—

—

CMF-65*

—

*.032 [.813] Lead. **Derate all commercial ratings linearly to zero power at 165°C.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT CODE

COMMERCIAL

T.C. CODE

10509

MIL. CHAR.

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

TEMPERATURE

RANGE

TOLERANCE:

CMF-50, 55, 60 and 65 types are available in the following

T-1

D

0 It 100 PPM/°C

-55°C to +175°C

standard tolerances: Tolerances of ±1%(F) and ±0.5%(D)
are available over the entire ohmic range. Tolerances of
±0.25% and ±0.1% are available only in T-2 and T-9

T-2

C

0 it 50 PPM/°C

— 55°C to +175°C

T-9

E

0 it 25 PPM/°C

— 55°C to +175°C

temperature coefficients and over the ohmic range speci-
fied in the T-9 column. CMF-07 and CMF-20 are available
in 2% or 5% only.

T-00

MIL-R-22684

0 it 200 PPM/°C

-55° C to +150°C

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE MILITARY APPROVED VALUE RANGE

DALE COMMERCIAL VALUE RANGE

DALE

TYPE

MAXIMUM

WORKING

VOLTAGE

CHAR. D

MIL-R-10509

CHAR. C

CHAR. E

MIL-R-22684

T-0

T-1

T-2

T-9

CMF-50

200

—

lon-iooKa

100-100KO

—

1 0O-796KO

10O-796KO

100-500KO

100-500KO

CMF-55

250

10H-301K

49.90-1 00KH

49.90-1 00KO

-

10-15 Meg.

50-15 Meg.

100-10 Meg.

24.90-2.5 Meg.

CMF-07

250

-

—

—

51 0-150KO

10-15 Meg.

50-15 Meg.

-

-

CMF-60

300

IOft-1 Meg.

49.90-499K0

49.90-499K0

-

1 0-22 Meg.

50-22 Meg.

100-10 Meg.

24.90-2.5 Meg.

CMF-20

350

—

—

—

4.3 0-470 KO

10-22 Meg.

50-22 Meg.

—

—

CMF-65

350

IOft-2 Meg.

49.90-1 Meg.

49.90-1 Meg.

-

10-22 Meg.

50-22 Meg.

100-10 Meg.

24.90-2.5 Meg.

h-

1.50 ± .125
[38.10 it 3.18]

PHYSICAL CONFIGURATIONS

i

T

~ TYPE

DIM. A

DIM. B

DIM. C (Max.)

DIM. D

CMF-50

.150 ± .020 [ 3.81 ± .508]

.065 ± .015 [1.65 ± .381]

.244 [6.20]

.016 ± .002 [.406 ± .051]

CMF-55

.240 ± .020 [ 6.10 ± .508]

.090 ± .008 [2.29 ± .203]

.278 [7.06]

.025 ± .002 [.635 ± .051]

CMF-60

.344 ± .031 [ 8.74 ± .787]

.145 ± .015 [3.68 ± .381]

.425 [10.80]

*.025 ± .002 [.635 ± .051]

CMF-65

.562 ± .031 [14.27 ± .787]

.180 ± .015 [4.57 ± .381]

.687 [17.45]

*.025 ± .002 [.635 ± .051]

CMF-07

.240 ± .020 [ 6.10 ± .508]

.090 ± .008 [2.29 ± .203]

.278 [7.06]

.025 ± .002 [.635 ± .051]

CMF-20

.375 ± .031 [ 9.53 ± .787]

.145 ± .015 [3.68 ± .381]

.425 [10.80]

.032 ± .002 [.813 ± .051]

* Available with .032 [.813] lead. For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS. INC.. 2300 Riverside Blvd.. Norfolk. Nebraska 68701

Phone 402-371-0080

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1963

4700

RESISTORS

4700

DALE TYPE CCF-07 and CCF-55
METAL FILM RESISTORS

Coated, Commercial, 1%, 2% Tolerance

BULK PACK OR TAPE AND REEL PACKAGING

FEATURES

• 1/4 watt at 70°C power rating

• CCF-07 = 2% tolerance, CCF-55 = 1% tolerance

• 100 PPM/°C temperature coefficient

• Superior electrical performance. CCF-55 meets or exceeds
MIL-R-22684 (RL07) and MIL-R-10509 (RN55D). CCF-07 meets
electrical requirements of MIL-R-22684 (RL07)

• Flame retardant epoxy conformal
coating

• Color band marking for ease of
identification after mounting

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION

[Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

Resistance Range: 1 0H to 1 Megohm
Resistance Tolerance: ±1% (CCF-55) ±2% (CCF-07)

Resistance Temperature Coefficient: ±100 PPM/°C
(CCF-07 = — 65°C to +150°C; CCF-55 = -65°C to +165°C)
Resistor Power Rating: 1/4 watt at +70°C
Maximum Working Voltage: 250 VRMS
Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms

Operating Temperature Range: CCF-07 = -65°C to +150°C;
CCF-55 = — 65°C to +165°C

1.10 ± .040
127.94 ±1.02|

.240 ± .020
■ |6.10 ± .511 .

.025 ± .002
i 1.635 ± .0511 Dia.

I i

i H

f \

1

.

^ 260

f '

16.601 Max.

.090 ± .008

12.29 ± .201 Dia.

RESISTANCE VALUES

The Dale CCF-07 is available in the standard 24 resistance values per decade. The Dale CCF-55 is available in
the standard 96 resistance values per decade. Values are obtained from the appropriate decade table by multi-
plying by powers of 10. Example: 24 = 24 ohms, 240 ohms, 2.4K, 24K or 240K.

CCF-07 CCF-55

10

22

47

10.0

12.1

14.7

17.8

21.5

26.1

31.6

38.3

46.4

56.2

68.1

82.5

11

24

51

10.2

12.4

15.0

18.2

22.1

26.7

32.4

39.2

47.5

57.6

69.8

84.5

12

27

56

10.5

12.7

15.4

18.7

22.6

27.4

33.2

40.2

48.7

59.0

71.5

86.6

13

30

62

10.7

13.0

15.8

19.1

23.2

28.0

34.0

41.2

49.9

60.4

73.2

88.7

15

33

68

11.0

13.3

16.2

19.6

23.7

28.7

34.8

42.2

51.1

61.9

75.0

90 9

16

36

75

11.3

13.7

16.5

20.0

24.3

29.4

35.7

43.2

52.3

63.4

76.8

93.1

18

39

82

11.5

14.0

16.9

20.5

24.9

30.1

36.5

44.2

53.6

64.9

78.7

95.3

20

43

91

11.8

14.3

17.4

21.0

25.5

30.9

37.4

45.3

54.9

66.5

80.6

97.6

HOW TO ORDER

CCF-07

241

G

CCF-55

3010

F

MODEL NUMBER

RESISTANCE VALUE

TOLERANCE

First two digits are
significant for CCF-07;
first three digits for
CCF-55. Last digit spec-
ifies the number of zeros.

F = ±1%

G = ±2%

EXAMPLE: CCF-07 241 G = A 1/4 watt metal film resistor with ±100 PPM/°C T.C., resistance

of 240 ohms and tolerance of ±2%.

CCF-55 301 OF = A 1/4 watt metal film resistor with ±100 PPM/°C T.C., resistance
of 301 ohms and tolerance of ±1%.

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2300 Riverside Blvd., Norfolk, Nebraska 68701 • Phone 402-371-0080

1-1964

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

DALE TYPE PTF

COATED PRECISION THIN FILM

Low T.C.— Tight Tolerance

FEATURES

• Performance exceeds MIL-R-55182
requirements

• Extremely low temperature
coefficients of resistance

• Very low noise and voltage coefficient

• Wide precision resistance range in
small package

• 100% laser spiralled

• Very good high frequency characteristics

• Proprietary epoxy coating provides
superior moisture protection

• Acceptance testing available

• Can replace wirewound bobbins

MATERIAL

Element: Precision deposited nickel-chrome
alloy with controlled annealing

Core: Fire-cleaned high purity ceramic

Encapsulant: Specially formulated epoxy
compounds. Coated construction.

Termination: Standard lead material is solder-
coated copper. Solderable and weldable per
MIL-STD-1276, Type C.

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

85° C
RATING

MAX. WT.
(Grams)

MAX.

WORKING

VOLTAGE

RESISTANCE RANGE

PTF 51

1/20 W

.11

200

50 ft to 100K

PTF 56

1/8 W

.35

300

50 ft to 499K

PTF 65

1/4 W

.75

500

50 ft to 1 Meg.

Standard tolerances from 1% to .01%.

PHYSICAL CONFIGURATIONS

TYPE

DIM. A

DIM. B.

DIM. C (MAX.)

DIM. D

PTF 51

.150 ± .020
[3.81 ± .51]

.070 ± .010
[1.78 ± .25]

.200

[5.08]

.016

[.406]

PTF 56

.250 + .031

- .046
[6.35 + .79]

- 1.17]

.091 ± .009
[2.31 ± .23]

.300

[7.62]

.025

[.635]

PTF 65

.375 ± .062
[9.53 ± 1.57]

.145 ± .016
[3.68 ± .41]

.475

[12.07]

.025

[.635]

1.50 ±. .125
[ 38.10 3 . 18 ]

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT CODE

-20° to +85°C

T.C.

TEMPERATURE

CODE

COEFFICIENT

T-10

0 ± 15 PPM/°C

T-13

0 ± 10 PPM/°C

T-16

0 ± 5 PPM/°C

PERFORMANCE DATA

TEST per

MIL-R-55182

(Exceptions Noted)

MAX. AR

(Typical
Test Lots)

SPECIFICATION

Thermal Shock (-55°C to +85°C)

0.02%

MIL-STD-202, Method 107

Moisture

0.08%

MIL-STD-202, Method 106

Resistance to Solder Heat

0.02%

MIL-STD-202, Method 210

Dielectric Withstanding

0.01%

MIL-STD-202, Method 301 & 1.05

Short Time Overload

0.01%

MIL-R-10509, Para. 4.6.6

Damp Heat

0.08%

IEC Publication #68-2-3 (56 days)

Low Temperature Operation

0.02%

MIL-R-55182, Para. 4.7.9

Life (1000 hours rated power @ 85°C)

0.04%

MIL-R-55182, Para. 4.7.17

DERATING

Dale PTF resistors have an operating
temperature range of -55°C to +150°C.
They must be derated according to the

AMBIENT TEMP. DEG. CENTIGRADE

MATCHED SETS — NETWORKS

Dale’s many years of experience in matching resistors for sets and networks, combined with the superb performance of
the PTF product, provide the best and most economical solution to your precision resistor requirements. Why? Because
most applications for precision resistors depend on two or more discretes having an initial tolerance ratio and a resistance
tracking capability over temperature rather than each discrete resistor meeting the absolute requirements of the application.

Cost savings approaching 50% can be realized when relatively tight matching requirements are specified while permitting
the absolute parameters of the discrete resistors to have more relaxed specifications.

Dale application engineers are available to assist you in specifying your requirements in the most economical way
possible.

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2300 Riverside Blvd., Norfolk. NE 68701 • Phone 402-371-0080

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1965

4700

RESISTORS

4700

DALE TYPE MH51 , MH52, _

M51, MM51 OXIDE RESISTORS

Ultra High Value

[38 5 10]

O=0I=Ci

MH52

A

Max.

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

WATTS

@40°C

MAX.

VOLT

A

DIMENSIONS

B

c

RESISTANCE

RANGE

MH51

Va

1500

.55 [13.97]

.140 ± .010 [3.56 ± .254]

.025 [.635]

60M-50KM

*M51

Vz

500

1.88 [47.75]

.220 ± .010 [5.59 ± .254]

.020 [.508]

60M-1000KM

MH52

Vz

3000

.95 [24.13]

.140 ± .020 [3.56 ± .508]

.025 [.635]

60M-50KM

MM51

Va

3000

.375 ± .031
[9.53 ± .79]

.145 ± .015 [3.68 ± .38]

.032 [.812]

30M-500KM

*Type M51 available to 10,000 KM on special order. Type M51 at 1.69 [42.93] length also available on special order.

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Tolerance: M51 = 1%, 2%, 5%, 10%. MH51 = 10%,
20%. MM51 = 10%, 20%. MH52 = 1%, 2%, 5%.

Temperature Coefficient: 10 7 -10 9 = 1500 PPM/°C; Over 10M0 11 = 2000 PPM/°C;
Over lO^-IO 12 = 2800 PPM/°C. (T.C.’s are typical only and are ALWAYS NEGATIVE.)

DALE TYPE F43, F44
METAL FILM

(Pulse Loading - Surge Discharge)

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

40^

WATTAGE

RATING

WORKING*

VOLTAGE

PULSE

VOLTAGE

TEMP.

RISE

TOLERANCE

RESISTANCE RANGE
(Ohms)

Min. Max.

F43D

1/2

4KV

15KV

26°C

±2%

2 Meg.

3KM

F43KU

1/2

4KV

1 5KV

26° C

±5%

| 2 Meg.

50KM

F43TU

1/2

4KV

15KV

26°C

±10%

F44D

1

14KV

50KV

36°C

±2%

2 Meg.

10KM

F44KU

1

14KV

50KV

36°C

±5% 1

!> 2 Meg.

150KM

F44TU

1

14KV

50KV

36°C

±10%

* Working Voltage: F-43-4KV
at 32 Megohms and over.
F-44-14KV at 200 Megohms
and over. Resistors may be
operated at double wattage
rating at 25°C ambient with
typical load life of AR<2%
after 2000 hours.

Temperature Coefficient: -1200 to -2000 PPM/°C Typical.

PHYSICAL CONFIGURATIONS

DIMENSIONS

- 10-32

thread

A

max.

1.50 i .125
[38.10 dr 3.18]

TYPE

TERMINATION

A

B

_ \

F43D

Standard Wire Leads

1.094 [27.79]

.312 [7.92]

\

T m \ '•

1

1

i 1 0Q r'jn i oi

*510 T7 Q91

vlh ! 1

\

F43KU

Comb. Lead/Threaded Cap

L- .167 min.
^ [4.24]

.032 .002

*F43TU

Threaded Caps, both ends

1.280 [32.51]

.312 [7.92]

-

.055 max. ^ 1
[1.40]

^ [.81 ±: .050]

F44D

Standard Wire Leads

2.000 [50.80]

.312 [7.92]

F44KU

Comb. Lead/Threaded Cap 2.094 [53.19]

.312 [7.92]

*F44TU

Threaded Caps, both ends

2.187 [55.55]

.312 [7.92]

*10-32 x 5/16 [7.94] Coupling Stud supplied with each unit

For complete information , write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2300 Riverside Blvd., Norfolk, Nebraska 68701

B

max.

Phone 402-371-0080

1-1966

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

METAL OXIDE HIGH VOLTAGE RESISTORS

3HfJ ROX SERIES Numbers in Brackets Indicate Millimeters

FEATURES

• Silicone coating (Epoxy available) • RNX Ratings to 2W, 6KV • ROX Ratings to 10W, 45KV

• Low TC: ±200 PPM/°C Standard, ±50 PPM/°C, ±100 PPM/°C available

PRECISION TYPES (±1%, ±2%, ±5%, ±10%)

1.5 ±.125 [38.1 ± 3.2]

U A ±.032 |

-[± 0 . 8 ]*)

)r

* Leads are OFHC tinned copper.

FLAT STYLE, FHV & RFX SERIES

FEATURES

• Epoxy Coating • Ratings to 5W, 25KV

• Low TC: ±200 PPM/°C Standard, ±100 PPM/°C available

PRECISION TYPES (±1%, ±2%, ±5%, ±10%)

.100 max.
[2.5]

JL

1 .500 ± .062
[38.1 ± 1.6]

C ±.032 [0.8]

T

Dia. .020 ± .005 [.5 ± .1]

DALE

TYPE*

Power

(watts)

@ 25°C

Voltage

Rating

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

Min. Max.

A Max.

DIMENSIONS

B Max.

C

FHV-1/2

0.5

1.5KV

10K

500M

0.350 [ 8.9]

0.350 [ 8.9]

0.200 [ 5.1]

FHV-1

1.6

3.5KV

10K

2G

0.520 [13.2]

0.520 [13.2]

0.360 [9.1]

FHV-2

4.0

7.5KV

20K

10G

1.020 [25.9]

0.520 [13.2]

0.860 [21.8]

FHV-3

5.0

25KV

30K

10G

2.070 [52.6]

0.750 [19.1]

1.880 [47.8]

RFX-1/2

0.25

3.75KV

100

10G

0.570 [14.5]

0.210 [ 5.3]

0.415 [10.5]

RFX-1

0.8

7.5KV

100

2G

1 .070 [27.2]

0.280 [7.1]

0.890 [22.6]

RFX-1-1/2

1.5

11.25KV

100

5G

1 .570 [39.9]

0.330 [ 8.4]

■ 1.390 [35.3]

RFX-2

2.0

15.0KV

100

8G

2.070 [52.6]

0.330 [ 8.4]

1.880 [47.8]

Leads are OFHC tinned copper. FHV Series terminals are tinned brass (.020 x 0.10 x 0.250).

METAL ALLOY HIGH VOLTAGE RESISTORS

HVW, MVW and HVX SERIES

FEATURES

• HVW and MVW= Uncoaled; HVX = Silicone coated

• HVW & MVW Ratings to 2.6W, 15KV, ±5%; HVX Ratings, to 5W, 15KV, ±5%
•Axial leads— HVW and HVX = tinned copper MVW = Copperweld

HVW/MVW

Uncoated

\ 1.5 ± .125 [38.1 ± 3.2]

HVW/MVW (Uncoated)

SEMI-PRECISION TYPES* (±5%, ±10%, ±20%)

DALE

TYPE

Power

(watts)

@ 200°C

Voltage

Rating

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

Min. Max.

A Max.

DIMENSIONS

C

D Max.

HVW-1/2

0.5

3.5KV

500

25M

0.631

[16.0]

.032

[0.81]

0.155

[3.94]

MVW-1/2

0.5

3.5KV

500

25M

0.631

[16.0]

.032

[0.81]

0.155

[3.94]

HVW-3/4

1.0

7.5KV

IK

SOM

0.968

[24.6]

.032

[0.81]

0.155

[3.94]

MVW-3/4

1.0

7.5KV

IK

50M

0.968

[24.6]

.032

[0.81]

0.155

[3.94]

HVW-1

1.2

7.5KV

IK

100M

0.968

[24.6]

.032

[0.81]

0.275

[6.99]

HVW-2

2.6

15.0KV

IK

200M

2.090

[53.1]

.032

[0.81]

0.275

[6.99]

HVX

Coated

1.5 ± .125 [38.1 ± 3.2]

°-il*

0

a

DALE

TYPE*

Power

(watts)

@ 125°C

Voltage

Rating

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

Min. Max.

A Max.

B Max.

DIMENSIONS

C

D

RNX- 1/4

0.25

0.75KV

IK

100M

0.270 [ 6.9]

0.320 [ 8.1]

.025 [0.64]

.135 ± .015 [3.43 ± 0.38]

RNX-3/8

0.5

1.5KV

IK

500M

0.400 [ 10.2]

0.470 [ 1 1 .9]

.025 [0.64]

.135 ± .015 [3.43 ± 0.38]

RNX-1/2

0.6

1.5KV

IK

1.5G

0.525 [ 13.3]

0.595 [ 15.1]

.025 [0.64]

.135 ± .015 [3.43 ± 0.38]

R NX-3/4

1.0

2.0KV

1.2K

2.5G

0.775 [ 19.7]

0.845 [ 21.5]

.025 [0.64]

.135 ± .015 [3.43 ± 0.38]

RNX-1

1.25

4.0KV

1.5K

3G

1.025 [ 26.0]

1.095 [ 27.8]

.025 [0.64]

.135 ± .015 [3.43 ± 0.38]

RNX-1 -1/4

1.5

5.0KV

1.7K

4G

1.275 [ 32.4]

1.345 [ 34.2]

.025 [0.64]

.135 ± .015 [3.43 ± 0.38]

RNX-1 -1/2

2.0

6.0KV

2K

5G

1.525 [ 38.7]

1.595 [ 40.5]

.025 [0.64]

.135 ± .015 [3.43 ± 0.38]

R OX-3/4

1.5

5.0KV

IK

4G

0.800 [ 20.3]

0.884 [ 22.5]

.032 [0.81]

.270 ± .015 [6.86 ± 0.38]

ROX-1

2.0

7.5KV

IK

5G

1.050 [ 26.7]

1.134 [ 28.8]

.032 [0.81]

.270 ± .015 [6.86 ± 0.38]

ROX-1-1/2

2.5

11.0KV

1.5K

7.5G

1.550 [ 39.4]

1.634 [ 41.5]

.032 [0.81]

.270 ± .015 [6.86 ± 0.38]

ROX-2

3.0

15.0KV

2K

10G

2.050 [ 52.1]

2.134 [ 54.2]

.032 [0.81]

.270 ± .015 [6.86 ± 0.38]

ROX-3

5.0

22.5KV

3K

15G

3.050 [ 77.5]

3.134 [ 79.6]

.032 [0.81]

.270 ± .015 [6.86 ± 0.38]

ROX-4

6.0

30.0KV

4K

20G

4.050 [102.9]

4.134 [105.0]

.032 [0.81]

.270 ± .015 [6.86 ± 0.38]

ROX-5

8.0

37.5KV

5K

25G

5.050 [128.3]

5.134 [130.4]

.032 [0.81]

.270 ± .015 [6.86 ± 0.38]

ROX-6

10.0

45.0KV

6K

30G

6.050 [153.7]

6.134 [155.8]

.032 [0.81]

.270 ± .015 [6.86 ± 0.38]

f= dilfr

HVX (Silicone Coated)

E

c *Hh*

©

C*|^-

©

□

DALE

TYPE

Power
(watts)
@ 70°C

Voltage

Rating

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
Min. Max.

A Max.

DIMENSIONS
B Max. C

D Max.

HVX-1/2

1.0

3.5KV 500

25M

0.631

[16.0]

0.680

[17.3]

.032

[0.81]

0.180

[4.57]

HVX-3/4

1.5

7.5KV

IK

50 M

0.968

[24.6]

1.062

[27.0]

.032

[0.81]

0.180

[4.57]

HVX-1

2.5

7.5KV IK

100M

0.968

[24.6]

1.062

[27.0]

.032

[0.81]

0.310

[7.87]

HVX-2

5.0 15.0KV IK 200M

2.090

[53.1]

2.200

[55.9]

.032

[0.81]

0.310

[7.87]

* Consult factory for
closer tolerance. Leads
are OFHC tinned copper.

For complete information, write or phone
DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2300 Riverside Blvd., Norfolk, NE 68701

Phone 402-371-0080

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1967

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CARBON FILM HIGH VOLTAGE RESISTORS

A ±.05 [±1.3]

Dia. .032 [0.8]

T SERIES

urn

1.5 ± .125
"[38.1 ± 3.2]

Numbers in Brackets Indicate Millimeters

GENERAL PURPOSE TYPES (±5%, ±10%, ±15%, ±20%)

£3

Dia. .275 ± .02
[7.0 ± 0.5]

FEATURES

• Low cost, cap and lead type

• Ratings to 3W, 15KV, ±5%

• Supplied with mylar protective sleeve
.002" [.05] thick

B, E, F, H SERIES

DALE

TYPE

Power

(watts)

@ 25° 6

Voltage

Rating

RESISTANCE (Ohms)

Min. Max.

DIMENSION

A

TAEW

0.5

3.0KV

1M

1G

0.80 [20.3]

TAFW

1.0

5.0KV

1M

1G

1.05 [26.7]

TAKW

1.5

7.5KV

1M

1G

1.55 [39.4]

TAOW

2.0

10.0KV

1M

1G

2.05 [52.1]

TAQW

2.5

12.5KV

1M

1G

2.55 [64.8]

TARW

3.0

15.0KV

1M

1G

3.05 [77.5]

GENERAL PURPOSE TYPES (±3%, ±5%, ±10%, ±15%)

STYLE A

STYLE B

M

-►I [^.040 [1.0] — B 1— —

FEATURES

• Single units to 10W, 40KV, ±3%

• Matched pairs (BP) to 20W, 80KV, ±1%

• Radial lug or axial lead

• Supplied with mylar protective
sleeve .002" [.05] thick

• Series B is general purpose. Also
available encapsulated (Series E); non-
inductive, varnish coated (Series F);
high megohm, varnish coated (Series H).

Style B axial leads are #20 AWG tinned copper.
Dimensional tolerances are ±.016" [.4] or ±1%,
whichever is greater.

DALE*

TYPE

Power

(watts)

@ 25°C

Voltage

Rating

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

Min. Max.

Style

DIMENSIONS

A B

( ) AEW

0.5

2.5KV

20

IT

B

0.75

[19.1]

0.250

[6.4]

( ) AKW

1.0

5.0KV

25

5T

B

1.50

[38.1]

0.250

[6.4]

( )BF

1.0

3.5KV

20

25T

A

1.00

[25.4]

0.313

[8.0]

( ) BFW

1.0

3.5KV

20

25T

B

1.00

[25.4]

0.313

[8.0]

( ) BM

2.0

7.5KV

25

50T

A

1.75

[44.5]

0.313

[8.0]

( ) BMW

2.0

7.5KV

25

50T

B

1.75

[44.5]

0.313

[8.0]

( )BR

3.0

15.0KV

35

100T

A

3.00

[76.2]

0.313

[8.0]

( ) BRW

3.0

15.0KV

35

100T

B

3.00

[76.2]

0.313

[8.0]

( ) BV

5.0

30.0KV

60

100T

A

5.50

[139.7]

0.313

[8.0]

( )FQ

4.0

15.0KV

20

100T

A

2.50

[63.5]

0.563

[14.3]

( )FT

6.0

25.0KV

25

100T

A

4.00

[101.6]

0.563

[14.3]

( )FW

10.0

40.0KV

40

100T

A

6.50

[165.1]

0.563

[14.3]

* (First letter of nomenclature is variable: B, E, F or H)

D, E, G SERIES*

STYLE C .781 [19.8]

Dia. .172 [4.4]

GENERAL PURPOSE TYPES (±3%, ±5%, ±10%, ±15%)

*

s

0

J

y

k

* A 3

►

1

U-B*-

STYLE D

.516 [13.1]

FEATURES

• Ratings to 100W, 125KV, ±3%

• Radial bands or ferrule
terminals

• Standard models varnish
coated; vinyl protective
sleeve available.

• Series D is general purpose. Also
available encapsulated (Series E)
or in non-inductive, varnish coated
(Series G) styles.

Consult factory for complete information
including other series to meet your needs.

DALE*

TYPE

Power

(Watts)

@ 25°C

Voltage

Rating

RESISTANCE

(Ohms)

Min. Max.

Style

A

DIMENSIONS

B C

D

( )JU

10

25KV

20

100G

C

4.500

[114.3]

.750

[19.1]

0.500

[12.7]

N/A

( ) PW

20

35 KV

20

100G

C

6.500

[165.1]

1.125

[28.6]

0.750

[19.1]

N/A

( ) PW-1

20

35KV

20

100G

D

7.687

[195.2]

1.125

[28.6]

N/A

0.812

[20.6]

( )PX

30

65KV

30

100G

C

10.500

[266.7]

1.125

[28.6]

0.750

[19.1]

N/A

( ) PX-1

30

65KV

30

100G

D

11.687

[296.8]

1.125

[28.6]

N/A

0.812

[20.6]

( ) VY

60

90KV

35

100G

C

14.500

[368.3]

1.500

[38.1]

1.250

[28.6]

N/A

( ) VY-1

60

90KV

35

100G

D

15.687

[398.4]

1.500

[38.1]

N/A

1.141

[29.0]

( )ZW

35

40KV

20

100G

C

6.500

[165.1]

2.000

[50.8]

1.563

[39.7]

N/A

( )ZW-1

35

40KV

20

100G

D

7.687

[195.2]

2.000

[50.8]

N/A

1.141

[29.0]

( )zz

100

125KV

30

100G

C

18.500

[469.9]

2.000

[50.8]

1.563

[39.7]

N/A

( )ZZ-1

100

125KV

30

100G

D

19.687

[500.0]

2.000

[50.8]

N/A

1.141

[29.0]

Dimensional tolerances are ±.016" [.4] or ±1%, whichever is greater. *(First letter of nomenclature is variable: D, E, G)

For complete information, write or phone
DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2300 Riverside Blvd., Norfolk, Nebraska 68701

Phone 402-371-0080

1*1968

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

PRECISION POWER WIREWOUND RESISTORS

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

MIL-R-18546

TYPE

POWER RATING
(Watts)

DALE MIL

RESISTANCE RANGE (Ohms)
MIL. Range shown in bold face

.05%, .1%, .25% .5%, 1%, 3%

MAX.

WORKING

VOLTAGE

MAX.

WEIGHT

(Grams)

STANDARD TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT
VALUE RANGES (Ohms) *

=±50 PPM i±30 PPM =±20 PPM

RH-5

RE-60G

7.5 (5)

5

1 to 6.5K

.1 to 24. 5K

.1 to 3.32K

160

3

1 to 9.9

10 to 49

50 to 24.5K

RH-10

RE-65G

12.5 (10)

10

1 to 12.7K

.008 to 47.1 K

.1 to 5.62K

265

6

1 to 9.9

10 to 79

80 to 47.1 K

RH-25

RE-70G

25

20

.5 to 25.7K

.01 to 95.2K

.1 to 12.1 K

550

13

1 to 9.9

10 to 169

170 to 95.2K

RH-50

RE-75G

50

30

.5 to 73.4K

.01 to 273K

.1 to 39.2K

1250

28

1 to 9.9

10 to 469

470 to 273K

RH-100

RE-77G

100

75

.3 to 50K

.05 to 59K

.05 to 29.4K

1900

400

1 to 99

1 00 to 949

950 to 50K

RH-250

RE-80G

250

120

.3 to 75K

.1 to 75K

.1 to 35.7K

2300

800

1 to 99

100 to 999

1 K to 75K

TYPE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

M

N

P

.444

.490

.600

1.125

.334

.646

.320

.065

.133

.078

.093

.078

.050

.262

RH-5

it

.005

it

.005

it .031

it .062

it

.015

it

.015

it

.015

it

.010

it

.010

it

.010

it

.005

it

.015

it

.005

it

.062

[11.28

[12.45

[15.24

[28.58

[8.48

[16.41

[8.13

[1.65

[3.38

[1.98

[2.36

[1.98

[1.27

[6.65

. 127 }

.127]

± .787]

±=1.58]

.381]

=1=

.381]

—

.381]

-4—

.254]

.254]

—

.254]

—

.127]

—

.381]

-H

.127]

—

1.58]

.562

.625

.750

1.375

.420

.800

.390

.075

.165

.093

.093

.102

.086

.312

RH-10

it

.005

ti

.005

±= .031

it .062

it

.015

it

.015

it

.015

it

.010

it

.010

it

.010

it

.005

it

.015

it

.005

it

.062

[14.27

[15.88

[19.05

[34.93

[10.67

[20.32

[9.91

[1.90

[4.19

[2.36

[2.36

[2.59

[2.18

[7.92

.127]

it

.127]

it .787]

it 1.58]

.381]

it

.381]

=±

.381]

—

.254]

—

.254]

.254]

—

.127]

—

.381]

—

.127]

—

1.58]

.719

.781

1.062

1.938

.550

1.080

.546

.088

.231

.172

.125

.115

.086

.438

RH-25

it

.005

.005

it .031

it .062

.015

it

.015

it

.015

it

.010

it

.010

.010

it

.005

it

.015

it

.005

it

.062

[18.26

[19.84

[26.97

[49.23

[13.97

[27.43

[13.87

[2.24

[5.87

[4.37

[3.18

[2.92

[2.18

[11.13

.127]

—

.127]

it .787]

it 1.58]

—

.381]

—

.381]

it

.381]

—

.254]

—

.254]

—

.254]

—

.127]

—

.381]

—

.127]

1.58]

1.563

.844

1.968

2.781

.630

1.140

.610

.088

.260

.196

.125

.107

.086

.406

RH-50

it

.005

-J-

.005

it .031

it .062

it

.015

it

.015

it

.015

it

.010

it

.010

it

.010

it

.005

it

.015

it

.005

±i

.062

[39.70

[21 .44

[49.99

[70.64

[16.00

[28.96

[15.49

[2.24

[6.60

[4.98

[3.18

[2.72

[2.18

[10.31

—

.127]

=±

.127]

it .787]

it 1.58]

—

.381]

—

.381]

—

.381]

—

.254]

—

.254]

—

.254]

—

.127]

—

.381]

.127]

—

1.58]

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2064 12th Avenue, Columbus, Nebraska 68601 • Phone 402-564-3131

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1969

EEM 1983

4700 RESISTORS 4700

CEffD PRECISION POWER wirewound RESISTORS

MIL-R- 26 5 TYPE RW

DALE TYPE RS, axial lead

Silicone Coated and Molded

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

MIL-R-26

TYPE

DALE RATING

U V

.05% 3% &

thru 5% 5%

.05%

RESISTANCE RANGE (Ohms)
MIL. Range shown in bold face

.1% .25%

.5%, 1%,

3%, 5%

MAX.*

WORKING

VOLTAGE

U V

MAX.

WT.

GRAMS

RS-1/4

—

.4 W

—

1-1K

.499-1 K

.499-3.4K

.1-3.4K

20

—

.21

RS-1/2

—

.75 W

—

1-1.3K

.499-1 .3K

.499-4.9K

.1-4.9K

29

—

.23

RS-1A

RW-70

1.0 W
1.0 W

—

1-2.74K

. 499-2. 74K

.499-2.74K

.499-1 0.4K

.499-2.74K

.1-10.4K

.1-2.74K

52

—

.34

RS-2

—

4.0 W

5.5 W

.499-1 2.7K

.499-1 2.7K

.1-47.1K

.1-47.1K

210

250

2.1

RS-2B**

RW-79

3.0 W
3.0 W

3.75 W

. 499-6. 5K

.499-6. 5K

.499-6.49K

.1-24.5K

.1-6.49K

.1-24.5K

.1-6.49K

140

157

.70

RS-2C

—

2.5 W

3.25 W

.499-8.6K

.499-8.6K

.1-32.3K

.1-32.3K

138

157

1.6

RS-2C-17

—

2.5 W

3.25 W

.499-8.6K

.499-8.6K

.1-32.3K

.1-32.3K

138

157

1.6

RS-5**

—

5.0 W

6.5 W

. 499-25. 7K

. 499-25. 7K

.1-95.2K

.1-95.2K

360

410

4.2

RS-5-69

RW-74

5.0 W
5.0 W

6.5 W

.499-24.5K

.499-24.5K

.499-24.3K

.1-91 .OK
.1-24.3K

.1-91 .OK

.1-24.3K

350

400

4.2

RS-7

—

7.0 W

9.0 W

1499-41 .4K

.499-41 .4K

.1-154K

.1-154K

504

576

4.7

RS-10

—

10W

13W

.499-73.4K

.499-73. 4K

.1-273K

.1-273K

858

978

9.0

RS-10-38

RW-78

10W

10W

13 W

.499-71 .5K

.499-71 .5K

.499-71 .5K

.1-265K

.1-71.5K

.1-265K

.1-71 .5K

846

966

9.0

*Max. working voltage determined at .0008 dia. wire resistance values.

** Values available down to .0050 in 1%, 3% and 5% tolerances.

NOTE: All resistance ranges shown conform to military specifications unless otherwise indicated.

PHYSICAL CONFIGURATIONS

DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

[Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

MOLDED MODEL

h« A fcl

1.5 Min. !

[38.10] *1

L. * 1

r t

D± .002
[.051]

t

c

COATED MODEL

1.5 Min.

A

' r *

“[38.10] —

V

.1

\

-At

1

D ± .002
[.051]

</>

TYPE

DIM. A

DIM. B

DIM. C

DIM. D

UJ

Q

O

;g

RS-1/4

.250 ± .015
[6.35 ± .381]

—

.078 ± .015
[1.98 ± .381]

.020
- [.508]

O

UJ

o

RS-1/2

.312 ± .015
[7.92 ± .381]

—

.078 ± .015
[1.98 ± .381]

.020

[.508]

o

5

RS-1A

.422 ± .015
[10.72 ± .381]

—

.110 ± .015
[2.79 ± .381]

.020

[.508]

RS-2

.625 ± .062
[15.88 ± 1.58]

.765

[19.43]

.250 ± .031
[6.35 ± .787]

.040

[1.02]

RS-2B

.560 ± .062
[14.22 ± 1.58]

.622

[15.80]

.187 ± .031
[4.75 ± .787]

.032

[-813]

RS-2C

.500 ± .062
[12.7 ± 1.58]

.593

[15.06]

.218 ± .031
[5.54 ± .787]

.040

[1.02]

2

UJ

Q

A

RS-2C-17

.500 ± .062
[12.7 ± 1.58]

.593

[15.06]

.218 ± .031
[5.54 ± .787]

.032

[.813]

u

s

Q

UJ

RS-5

.875 ± .062
[22.23 ± 1.58]

1.000

[25.4]

.312 ± .031
[7.92 ± .787]

.040

[1.02]

s

O

o

RS-5-69

.875 ± .062
[22.23 ± 1.58]

.937

[23.80]

.31 2 ±.031
[7.92 ± .787]

.040

[1.02]

RS-7

1.218 ± .062
[30.94 ± .158]

1.281

[30.94]

.312 ± .031
[7.92 ± .787]

.040

[1.02]

RS-10

1.780 ± .062
[45.21 ± 1.58]

1.875

[47.63]

.375 ± .031
[9.53 ± .78]

.040

[1.02]

RS-10-38

1 .780 ± .062
[45.21 ± 1.58]

1.842

[46.79]

.375 ± .031
[9.53 ± .78]

.040

[1.02]

For complete information, write or phone
DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2064 12th Avenue. Columbus. Nebra ska 68601

Phone 402-564-3131

1*1970

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

iMiO PRECISION POWER WIREWOUND RESISTORS

DALE TYPE G, axial lead

Silicone Coated and Molded

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

MIL-R-36

TYPE

DALE RATING

U V

.05% 3% &

thru 5% 5%

.05%

RESISTANCE RANGE (Ohms)
MIL. Range shown in bold face

.1% .25%

.5%, 1%,

3%, 5%

MAX.*

WORKING

VOLTAGE

U V

MAX.

WT.

GRAMS

G-1-80

1.0 w

—

1-1K

.499-1 K

.499-3.4K

.1-3.4K

33

—

.20

RW-81

1.0 w

—

.499-1 K

.499-1 K

.1-1 K

33

—

.20

G-2

—

1.5 W

—

1-1.3K

.499-1 .3K

.499-4.9K

.1-4.9K

42

—

.21

G-3-80

2.0 W

—

1-2.74K

.499-2. 74K

.499-1 0.4K

.1-10.4K

80

—

.34

RW-80

2.0 W

—

. 499-2. 74K

.499-2.74K

.1-2.74K

80

—

.34

G-5

—

4.0 W

5 W

.499-6. 5K

.499-6. 5K

.1-24.5K

.1-24.5K

162

184

.80

G-5C

—

5 W

7 W

.499-8. 6K

.499-8.6K

.1-32.3K

.1-32.3K

194

230

1.2

G-10

—

7 W

10W

. 499-25. 7K

. 499-25. 7K

.1-95.2K

.1-95.2K

425

508

3.6

*Maximum Working Voltage determined at .0008 dia. wire resistance values.

PHYSICAL CONFIGURATIONS

[Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

MOLDED MODEL

l A -J

1.5 Min. _|

t 1

r~ [38.10] ~ |

I

♦

r

D ± .002

[.051]

COATED MODEL

1 . . 1 1.5 Min. |

r " t

[dO. 1UJ —

j \

♦

\ f

I 1

L B Max. J

It d ± .002

[.051]

TYPE

DIM. ,

A

DIM. B

DIM. C

DIM. D

G-1-80

.250

±

.015

.078 ± .015

.020

Q CO

[6.35

±

.381]

[1.98 ± .381]

[.508]

UJ _l
QUJ

JQ

G-2

.312

±

.015

.078 ± .015

.020

oo

55

[7.92

±

.381]

[1.98 ±.381]

[.508]

G-3-80

.422

±

.015

.110 ± .015

.020

[10.72

±

.381]

[2.79 ± .381]

[.508]

CO

G-5

.562

±

.062

.640

.188 ± .032

.032

UJ

Q .

[14.27

±

1.58]

[16.26]

[4.78 ± .813]

[-813]

O

5

G-5C

.500

±

.062

.593

.218 ± .032

.040

s

[12.7

±

1.58]

[15.06]

[5.54 ± .813]

[1.02]

5

o

G-10

.875

±

.062

1.000

.312 ± .032

.040

o

[22.23

±

1.58]

[25.4]

[7.92 ± .813]

[1.02]

NOTE: All resistance ranges shown conform to military specifications unless otherwise indicated.

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2064 12th Avenue, Columbus, Nebraska 68601 • Phone 402-564-3131

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1971

4700

RESISTORS

4700

INDUSTRIAL POWER WIREWOUND RESISTORS

DALE TYPE HL, tubular

For inexpensively dissipating larger amounts of power in DC or low frequency AC circuits.

Applications include:

■ Grid resistor

■ Voltage dropping resistor

■ High voltage bleeder
resistors in power supplies

■ Bias supply resistor

■ Voltage divider networks

■ Filament dropping resistor

■ Load resistor

■ Shunt resistor

STANDARD TYPE SPECIFICATIONS

TYPE

WATTAGE

RATING

DALE

MAX.*

RESISTANCE

MAX. WORKING
VOLTAGE

TERMINAL

SETBACK

±1/32

[-79]

<

LENGTH

±1/16

[1.59]

30 RE DIMENSIONS

O.D.

I.D.

±1/32

[-79]

STANDARD

TERMINAL**

DESIGNATION

MOUNTING

HARDWARE

OPTIONS

HL-12

12

70K

500

3/32

[2.38]

1-3/4

[44.45]

5/16

[7.94]

3/16

[4.76]

05

101, 204, 301

HL-20

20

120K

880

3/32

[2.38]

2

[50.80]

7/16

[11.11]

5/16

[7.94]

02

101, 203, 301

HL-25

25

155K

1.3K

3/32

[2.38]

2

[50.80]

9/16

[14.29]

5/16

[7.94]

06

101, 203, 301

HL-50

50

385K

1.9K

3/32

[2.38]

4

[101.60]

9/16

[14.29]

5/16

[7.94]

06

101, 203, 301

HL-100

100

870K

2.5K

1/8

[3.18]

6-1/2

[165.10]

3/4

[19.05]

1/2

[12.70]

06

102, 206, 303

HL-175

175

1.7 Meg.

5.2K

7/32

[5.56]

8-1/2

[215.90]

1-1/8

[28.58]

3/4

[19.05]

07

103, 205, 303

HL-225

225

2.1 Meg.

6. IK

7/32

[5.56]

10-1/2

[266.70]

1-1/8

[28.58]

3/4

[19.05]

07

103, 205, 303

•Minimum resistance is .1 ohm for all models.

••Contact factory for optional, non-standard terminals, including quick disconnect types.

DALE TYPE HL, flat

FUAT TYPE SPECIFICATIONS

TYPE

WATTAGE

RATING

MAX.*

RESISTANCE

MAX.

WORKING

VOLTAGE

TERMINAL

SETBACK

±1/32

[.79]

A

±1/16

[1.59]

DIMENSIONS

B

±1/16

[1.59]

C

±1/32

[.79]

STANDARD

TERMINAL**

DESIGNATION

HL-24

30

55K

800

5/64

[1.98]

1-1/4

[31.75]

2-1/2

[63.50]

2

[50.80]

09

HL-35

40

135K

1.4KV

5/64

[1.98]

2

[50.80]

3-1/4

[82.55]

2-3/4

[69.85]

09

HL-55

55

300K

1.8KV

5/64

[1.98]

3-1/2

[88.90]

4-3/4

[120.65]

4-1/4

[107.95]

09 -

HL-95

95

550K

2.6KV

5/64

[1.98]

6

[152.40]

7-1/4

[184.1-5]

6-3/4

[171.45]

09

•Minimum resistance is .1 ohm for all models.

••Contact factory for optional, non-standard terminals, including quick disconnect types.

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2064 12th Avenue, Columbus, Nebraska 68601 • Phone 402-564-3131

1-1972

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TERMINAL SPECIFICATIONS

Terminals for HL, HLM and HLW
Power Wirewound Resistors

Width —

Hole :

Dia. ~ *1

Thickness

1~

0

, | l

STYLES 02
thru 08

Height

All terminals will be supplied
in tinned finish (Z) unless
otherwise specified. Optional
finishes are nickel plated (N)
for HL’s, bare alloy 180 (W)
for HLW lead styles. Specify
proper suffix in part number
designation when ordering.

TERMINAL DIMENSIONS

TERMINAL

DESIGNATION

02

05

06

07

09

10

A1, R1

A2, R2

WIDTH

3/16

[4.76]

3/16

[4.76]

1/4

[6.35]

3/8

[9.52]

3/16

[4.76]

1/8

[3.18]

1-1/2"

[38.10]

' 18AWG
Lead

1-1/2"

[38.10]

HEIGHT

13/32

[10.32]

7/16

[11.11]

9/16

[14.29]

5/8

[15.88]

1/2

[12.70]

3/16

[4.76]

20 AWG
Lead

HOLE DIA.

.093

[2.36]

.104

[2.64]

.166

[4.22]

.173

[4.39]

.104

[2.64]

.063

[1.60]

THICKNESS

.020

[-51]

.020

[-51]

.020

[-51]

.020

[.51]

.020

[.51]

.030

[.76]

MOUNTING SPECIFICATIONS

HORIZONTAL THRU-BOLT

(Threaded rod supplied
as standard on HL-50
thru HL-225 sizes.)

Note: Flat washers are supplied on resistor
cores through 9/16 [14.29] diameter.

BRACKET

TYPE

X

Y

Z

H

MOUNTING

SLOT

C

B

101

1-1/16

[26.99]

1/2

[12.70]

55/64

[21.83]

1

[25.40]

7/32 x 7/16
[5.56 x 11.11]

3/4

[19.05]

1-3/8

[34.92]

102

1-1/16

[26.99]

3/4

[19.05]

55/64

[21.83]

1-1/4

[31.751

7/32 x 7/16
[5.56 x 11.11]

3/4

[19.05]

1-3/4

[44.45]

103

1-1/16

[26.99]

1-1/4

[31.75]

1

[25.40]

1-1/2

[38.10]

9/32 x 9/16
[7.14 x 14.29]

7/8

[22.22]

2-1/8

[53.98]

PUSH-IN

BRACKET

TYPE

X

H

Y

Z

HOLE

203

5/8

[15.88]

43/64

[17.06]

1/4

[6.35]

15/32

[11.91]

.161 Dia.

[4.09]

204

3/8

[9.52]

9/32

[7.14]

1/4

[6.35]

11/32

[8.73]

.144 Dia.

[3.66]

205

13/16

[20.64]

1-25/64

[35.32]

1/2

[12.70]

11/16

[17.46]

.196 x .260
[4.98 x 6.60]

206

23/32

[18.26]

31/32

[24.61]

3/8

[9.52]

5/8

[15.88]

.196 x .375
[4.98 x 9.52]

(Threaded rod supplied
as standard on HL-50
thru HL-225 sizes.)

Note: Flat washers are supplied on resistor
cores through 9/16 [14.29] diameter.

BRACKET

X

TYPE

(Approximate)

THREAD

301

7/16 [11.11]

8-32

303

1/4 [6.35]

10-32

[Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

For complete information , write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2064 12th Avenue, Columbus, Nebraska 68601 • Phone 402-564-3131

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1973

4700

RESISTORS

4700

INDUSTRIAL POWER WIREWOUND RESISTORS

DALE TYPE CW, coated, axial lead

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

MIL.

TYPE

POWER RATING
(Max. Hot Spot)

275°C 350°C

MIL.

RESISTANCE
RANGE (Mil.
Range shown
in bold face)

MAX.

WT.

(Grams)

MAX *

WORKING VOLTAGE

275°C 350°C

CW-2

—

4.0

5.5

—

.into 22K

2.1

200

235

CW-2B"*

—

3.0

3.75

—

.into 11K

.70

125

140

CW-2C

—

2.5

3.25

—

.into 15K

1.6

130

150

CW-2C-1

RW-69

2.5

3.25

3.0

.into 15K

.in to 2 K

1.6

130

150

CW-2C-14

—

2.5

3.25

—

.into 15K

1.6

130

150

CW-5**

—

5.0

6.5

—

.in to 45K

4.2

320

365

CW-5-2

—

4.0

5.0

—

.into 30K

4.2

240

265

CW-5-3

—

5.0

6.5

—

.into 45K

4.2

320

365

CW-5-5

RW-67

5.0

6.5

6.5

.into 45K

.in to 8.2K

4.2

320

365

CW-7

—

7.0

9.0

—

.into 75K

4.7

460

520

CW-10

—

10.0

13.0

—

.into 130K

9.0

765

875

CW-10-3

—

10.0

13.0

—

• into 130K

9.0

765

875

CW-10-4

RW-68

10.0

13.0

11.0

.in to 130K

.into 20K

9.0

765

875

"Maximum working voltage determined at .0008" diameter wire resistance values.
* "Values available down to .0050 in 10% tolerance.

Tolerance: Standard tolerance is ±5% 1 ohm and above,

±10% below 1 ohm, ±3% available.

Temperature Coefficient: ±90 PPM/°C below 1ft; ±50 PPM/°C 1ft
to 9.9ft; ±30 PPM/°C 10ft and above.

Lead Material: Standard material is tinned copperweld

DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

A

B

C

D

DALE

±.062

(Max.)

± .032

±.002

TYPE

[1.57]

[.81]

[.051]

CW-2

.625

.765

.250

.040

[15.88]

[19.43]

[6.35]

[1.02]

CW-2B

.562

.622

.188

.032

[14.27]

[15.80]

[4.78]

[.81]

CW-2C

.500

.593

.218

.040

[12.70]

[15.06]

[5.54]

[1.02]

CW-2C-1

.500

.593

.218

.032

[12.70]

[15.06]

[5.54]

[-81]

CW-2C-14

.500

.593

.218

.032

[12.70]

[15.06]

[5.54]

[-81]

CW-5

.875

1.000

.312

.040

[22.22]

[25.40]

[7.92]

[1.02]

CW-5-2

.875

1.000

.250

.032

[22.22]

[25.40]

[6.35]

[-81]

CW-5-3

.875

1.000

.312

.032

[22.22]

[25.40]

[7.92]

[.81]

CW-5-5

.875

1.000

.312

.040

[22.22]

[25.40]

[7.92]

[1.02]

CW-7

1.218

1.281

.312

.040

[30.94]

132.54]

[7.92]

[1.02]

CW-10

1.781

1.875

.375

.040

[45.24]

[47.62]

[9.52]

[1.02]

CW-10-3

1.781

1.875

.375

.032

[45.24]

[47.62]

[9.52]

[•81]

CW-10-4

1.781

1.875

.375

.040

[45.24]

[47.62]

[9.52]

[1.02]

DALE TYPE HLW, tubular, axial lead

3 and 5 watt core
" length less 5/32 [3.97]
All other types, core
length less 5/16 [7.94]

<=C

- l-l/2± 1/8 Typ. -
[38.10 ± 3.18]

=R

Lug-attached leads to facilitate ,
direct electrical connection by soldering.

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

3 & 5 watt types 3/64 [1.19]

All other types 3/32 [2.38]

J L- 1/8 1/32 [3.18 -+- .79] L

_1_- 1/2 ± 1/8 Typ. | ,

M— " 1/16 dt 1/32 = HLW-3, HLW-5

/

=| | u.py^./yj | |

18AWG

20 AWG tor 3 & 5 watt types

t 1

{ ^

- , J

I

DALE

TYPE

WATTAGE

RATING

MAX.

RESISTANCE*

LENGTH

±1/16

[1.59]

CORE

O.D.

CORE I.D.

± 1/32
[.79]

A

(Max.)

AXIAL

TERMINAL

DESIGNATION

RADIAL

TERMINAL

DESIGNATION

MOUNTING HARDWARE

HLW-3

3

6K

7/16

[11.11]

13/64

[5.16]

1/8

[3.18]

19/64

[7.54]

A2

R2

-

HLW-5

5-1/4

15K

5/8

[15.88]

1/4

[6.351

1/8

[3.18]

11/32

[8.73]

A2

R2

-

HLW-6

8

25K

1

[25.40]

5/16

[7.94]

3/16

[4.76]

13/32

[10.32]

A1

R1

101,204,301

HLW-12

12

70K

1-3/4

[44.45]

5/16

[7.94]

3/16

[4.76]

13/32

[10.32]

A1

R1

101,204, 301

HLW-20

20

120K

2

[50.80]

7/16

[11.11]

5/16

[7.94]

9/16

[14.29]

A1

R1

101, 203, 301

*Minimum resistance is .1 ohm for all models. Consult factory for higher values.

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2064 12th Avenue, Columbus, Nebraska 68601 • Phone 402-564-3131

1*1974

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

COMMERCIAL POWER

WIREWOUND RESISTORS

DALE TYPE CP, axial lead

CP SERIES AXIAL LEAD TYPE

, 1-1/2 - 1/8 Tvo* ^

A

E

CM |

(38.10 -3.18]

1^, 1-1/2 - 1/8 Tvd.* J

■ r -1

CP-X-3 J

- A r-

138.10-3.18)

U u

t ‘

1/8" Typ.
[3.181

“ *1-3/8 :

E

± 1/8 [34.92 3.18] for CP-20,

K-b-

o

T

D

_L

o

— B-

CP-20-3, CP-22, CP-22-3.

DALE

TYPE

WATTAGE

RATING

EIA

STANDARD
RS-344 TYPE

MAX.

WORKING

VOLTAGE

DIMENSIONS

RESISTANCE

A it 1/32 [.79]

B it 1/32 [.79]

C it 1/32 [.79]

D it 1/32 [.79]

E it .001 [.02]

CP-2

2

CRU2A

.1 to 2.4K

65

11/16

[17.46]

1/4

[6.35]

1/4

[6.35]

-

.032

[-81]

CP-2-3

2

-

.1 to 2.4K

65

11/16

[17.46]

1/4

[6.35]

1/4

[6.35]

5/16

[7.94]

.032

[.81]

CP-3

3

CRU3

.1 to 7.5K

150

7/8
[2 2.22]

5/16

[7.94]

5/16

[7.94]

—

.036

[.91]

CP-3-3

3

-

.1 to 7.5K

150

7/8

[22.22]

5/16

[7.94]

5/16

[7.94]

3/8

[9.52]

.036

[.91]

CP-5

5

CRU5

.1 to 8.5K

200

7/8

[22.22]

3/8

[9.52]

11/32

[8.73]

—

.036

[-91]

CP-5-3

5

-

.1 to 8.5K

200

7/8

[22.22]

3/8

[9.52]

11/32

[8.73]

13/32

[10.32]

.036

[-91]

CP-7

7

CRU7

.12 to 18K

350

1-25/64

[35.32]

3/8

[9.52]

11/32

[8.73|

-

.036

[.91]

CP-7-3

7

-

.12 to 18K

350

1-25/64

[35.32]

3.8

[9.52]

11/32

[8.73]

15/32

[11.91]

.036

[.91]

CP-10

10

CRU10

.18 to 30K

540

1-7/8

[47.62]

3/8

[9.52]

11/32

[8.73]

—

.036

[.91]

CP-10-3

10

-

.18 to 30K

540

1-7/8

[47.62]

3/8

[9.52]

11/32

[8.73]

15/32

[11.91]

.036

[.91]

CP-15

15

CRU15

.18 to 30K

670

1-7/8

[47.62]

1/2

[12.70]

1/2

[12.70]

.036

[-91]

CP-15-3

15

-

.18 to 30K

670

1-7/8

[47.62]

1/2

[12.70]

1/2

[12.70]

5/8

[15.88]

.036

[-91]

CP-20

20

-

.29 to 30K

770

2-1/2

[63.50]

1/2

[12.70]

1/2

[12.70]

-

.036

[.91]

CP-20-3

20

-

.29 to 30K

770

2-1/2

[63.50]

1/2

[12.70]

1/2

[12.70]

5/8

[15.88]

.036

[.91]

CP-22

22

-

.52 to 30K

815

2-1/2

[63.50]

1/2

[12.70]

1/2

[12.70]

-

.036

[.91]

CP-22-3

22

-

.52 to 30K

815

2-1/2

[63.50]

1/2

[12.70]

1/2

[12.70]

5/8

[15.88]

.036

[.91]

DALE TYPE CA & CR

CA-4000

Resistance Range: .in minimum to 7K, dependent on resistor core length. Tolerance: ±10% standard, ±5% also available.

For complete information , write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2064 12th Avenue, Columbus, Nebraska 68601 • Phone 402-564-3131

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1975

4700

RESISTORS

4700

ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY Ires^stors 0

MIL-R-39007, TYPE RWR, R LEVEL

DALE TYPE ESS, ESW, EGS, EGW, ESN & EGN

Silicone Coated and Molded

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

MIL-R-39007

TYPE

POWER

RATING

(Watts)

MILITARY RANGE

.1% .5% & 1%

DIM. A

DIMENSIONS

DIM. B

DIM. C

EGS-1-80*

RWR-81S

1

.499-1000

.1-1000

.250 ± .015 [ 6.35 ± .381]

.078 ± .015 [1.98 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

EGW-1 *

RWR-81W

1

.499-1000

.1-1000

.250 ± .015 t 6.35 ± .381]

.078 ± .015 [1.98 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

EGN-1 -80*

RWR-81N

1

10-499

10-499

.250 ± .015 [ 6.35 ± .381]

.078 ± .015 [1.98 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

EGN-1 -10*

RWR-81Z

1

10-499

10-499

.250 ± .015 [ 6.35 ± .381]

.078 ± .015 [1.98 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

EGS-2*

RWR-82S

1.5

.499-1300

.1-1300

.312 ± .015 [ 7.92 ± .381]

.078 ± .015 [1.98 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

EGW-2*

RWR-82W

1.5

.499-1300

.1-1300

.312 ± .015 [ 7.92 ± .381]

.078 ± .015 [1.98 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

EGS-3-80*

RWR-80S

2

.499-3160

.1-3160

.422 ± .015 [10.72 ± .381]

.110 ± .015 [2.79 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

EGW-3*

RWR-80W

2

.499-3160

.1-3160

.422 ± .015 [10.72 ± .381]

.110 ± .015 [2.79 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

EGN-3-80*

RWR-80N

2

10-1580

10-1580

.422 ± .015 [10.72 ± .381]

.110 ± .015 [2.79 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

EGN-3-10*

RWR-80Z

2

10-1580

10-1580

.422 ± .015 [10.72 ± .381]

.110 ± .015 [.279 ± .381]

.020 ± .0015 [.508 ± .038]

ESS-2A

RWR-71S

2

.499-12.1 K

.1-12. IK

.812 ± .062 [20.62 ± 1.57]

.187 ± .031 [4.75 ± .787]

.032 ± .002

[.813 ± .051]

ESW-2A

RWR-71W

2

.499-1 2.1 K

.1-12.1K

.812 ± .062 [20.62 ± 1.57]

.187 ± .031 [4.75 ± .787]

.032 ± .002

[.813 ± .051]

ESN-2A

RWR-71N

2

10-6.04K

10-6.04K

.812 ± .062 [20.62 ± 1.57]

.187 ± .031 [4.75 ± .787]

.032 ± .002

[.813 ± .051]

ESN-2A-10

RWR-71Z

2

10-6.04K

10-6.04K

.812 ± .062 [20.62 ± 1.57]

.187 ± .031 [4.75 ± .787]

.032 ± .002

[.813 ± .051]

ESS-2B

RWR-89S

3

.499-4120

.1-4120

.560 ± .062 [14.22 ± 1.58]

.187 ± .031 [4.75 ± .787]

.032 ± .002

[.813 ± .051]

ESW-2B

RWR-89W

3

.499-4120

.1-4120

.560 ± .062 [14.22 ± 1.58]

.187 ± .031 [4.75 ± .787]

.032 ± .002

[.813 ± .051]

ESN-2B

RWR-89N

3

10-2050

10-2050

.560 ± .062 [14.22 ± 1.58]

.187 ± .031 [4.75 ± .787]

.032 ± .002

[.813 ± .051]

ESN-2B-10

RWR-89Z

3

10-2050

10-2050

.560 ± .062 [14.22 ± 1.58]

.187 ± .031 [4.75 ± .787]

.032 ± .002

[.813 ± .051]

ESS-5

RWR-74S

5

.499-12,100

.1-12,100

.875 ± .062 [22.23 ± 1.58]

.312 ± .031 [7.92 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

ESW-5

RWR-74W

5

.499-12,100

.1-12,100

.875 ± .062 [22.23 ± 1.58]

.312 ± .031 [7.92 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

ESN-5

RWR-74N

5

10-6040

10-6040

.875 ± .062 [22.23 ± 1.58]

.312 ± .031 [7.92 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

ESN-5-10

RWR-74Z

5

10-6040

10-6040

.875 ± .062 [22.23 ± 1.58]

.312 ± .031 [7.92 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

EGS-10-80

RWR-84S

7

.499-12,400

.1-12,400

.875 ± .062 [22.23 ± 1.58]

.312 ± .031 [7.92 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

EGW-1 0

RWR-84W

7

.499-12,400

.1-12,400

.875 ± .062 [22.23 ± 1.58]

.312 ± .031 [7.92 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

EGN-1 0-80

RWR-84N

7

10-6190

10-6190

.875 ± .062 [22.23 ± 1.58]

.312 ± .031 [7.92 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

EGN-1 0-10

RWR-84Z

7

10-6190

10-6190

.875 ± .062 [22.23 ± 1.58]

.312 ± .031 [7.92 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

ESS-10

RWR-78S

10

.499-39,200

.1-39,200

1.780 ±.062 [45.21 ±1.58]

.375 ± .031 [9.52 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

ESW-10

RWR-78W

10

.499-39,200

.1-39,200

1.780 ±.062 [45.21 ±1.58]

.375 ± .031 [9.52 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

ESN-10

RWR-78N

10

10-19,600

10-19,600

1.780 ±.062 [45.21 ±1.58]

.375 ± .031 [9.52 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

ESN-10-10

RWR-78Z

10

10-19,600

10-19,600

1.780 ±.062 [45.21 ±1.58]

.375 ± .031 [9.52 ± .787]

.040 ± .002

[1.02 ± .051]

♦Molded models. All others have conformal coating.

All styles available in non-Mil models with extended
resistance ranges. Consult factory.

MILpR-39009B, TYPE RER, R LEVEL

DALE TYPE ERH & ENH

Aluminum Housed Established Reliability

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DALE

TYPE

MIL-R-39009

TYPE

POWER RATING
(Watts)

MOUNTED FREE AIR

MILITARY
RESISTANCE
RANGE (Ohms)
1%

MAX.

WORKING

VOLTAGE

MAX.

WEIGHT

(Grams)

MIL-R-39009

STANDARD TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT
VALUE RANGES (Ohms)

±100 PPM ±50 PPM ±30 PPM

ENH-5

RER-40

5

3

1 to 1.65K

128.9

3.3

—

1 to 19.9

20 to 1.65K

ENH-10

RER-45

10

6

1 to 2.8K

190

8.8

—

1 to 19.9

20 to 2.8K

ENH-25

RER-50

20

8

1 to 6.04K

390

16.5

—

1 to 19.9

20 to 6.04K

ENH-50

RER-55

30

10

1 to 19.6K

890

35.0

—

1 to 19.9

20 to 19.6K

ERH-5

RER-60

5

3

0.10 to 3.32K

160

3

.1 to .99

1 to 19.9

20 to 3.32K

ERH-10

RER-65

10

6

0.10 to 5.62K

265

6

.1 to .99

1 to 19.9

20 to 5.62K

ERH-25

RER-70

20

8

0.10 to 12. IK

550

13

.1 to .99

1 to 19.9

20 to 12.1K

ERH-50

RER-75

30

10

0.10 to 39.2K

1250

28

.1 to .99

1 to 19.9

20 to 39.2K

Standard Terminals: Tinned copperweld for all models. Standard Tolerance: ±1% Dimensions: Identical to Dale RH Resistors shown in this section.

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., 2064 12th Avenue, Columbus, Nebraska 68601 • Phone 402-564-3131

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1*1976

4700

RESISTORS

4700

E-SYSTEMS INC.

Memcor Division

WIRE WOUND RESISTORS

TYPE

FR

VITREOUS

ENAMEL

FIXED
TUBULAR
WITH TABS

Power

Rating

(Watts)

5

10

20

25

50

100

160

200

Max.

Res.

(Ohms)

25K

50K

100K

100K

250K

100K

100K

100K

Core

Size

(Inch.)

1 x%

mxic,

2 x%
2 x%
4x%
6 V 2 x %
&V 2 x lVa
lOViXlVa

TYPE

FR

w/LEADS

VITREOUS

ENAMEL

FIXED

TUBULAR

0 020

i n - -v* Pmmmt

Power

Rating

(Watts)

5-8

10-12

20

Max.

Res.

(Ohms)

25K

50K

100K

Core

Size

(Inch.)

lx Hi

1%xXi

2xXi

TYPE

AR

VITREOUS

ENAMEL

ADJUSTABLE
TUBULAR
WITH TABS

■r***

*==£==*

10

25

50

75

100

160

200

10K

25K

50K

50K

100K

100K

100K

1 3 / 4 X%

2 x%
4x%
6 x%
6 V 2 x 3/4
SVzilVs
IOV 2 x Wa

TYPE

MZ

VITREOUS

ENAMEL

MIDGET
OVALS
WITH TABS

10

20

5000

25K

TYPE

VL

VITREOUS

ENAMEL

AXIAL

LEADS

3

5

10

10K

25K

50K

&x%
%xl&
3 /s x 1%

TYPE

ZR

VITREOUS

ENAMEL

OVALS

TAB

TERMINAL

'4-|HHkSSSSSSSSS^

30

40

55

10K
15K
25 K

% X%
3/8 X%

%xl

%xl

%xl

TYPE

ML

MOLDED

SILICONE

AXIAL

LEADS

1

2

3

6.5

11

2500

3500

10K

80.6K

200K

.125 x. 437
.205 x .590
.242 x .525
.375 x. 917
.375x 1.828

TYPE

RR

VITREOUS

ENAMEL

EDGEWOUNDI

WITH TABS

e

40

90

100

160

150

300

500

750

1500

1.8

3

2.5

5.5
6.0
13
36
40

100

2 x%
4x%
31/2 x 3/4
6 x 3/4
5x1

8V2XII/8
101 / 2 Xl 5 /8
12 x 2 V 2
20 x 21/2

MEMCOR Components represent the cumulative design and
production knowledge gained during 30 years experience in
the industry.

Let MEMCOR sales engineers aid you with your special design
and application requirements.

For price, quality, and delivery look to MEMCOR Components.
Immediate delivery on stock value resistors. Typical 3-5 week
delivery on other standard values and special requirements.
These products are available from MEMCOR’s Nationwide
Authorized Distributor Network.

Write for FREE Catalog.

E-SYSTEMS

Memcor Division

DEPT. EM

1320 FLAXMILL ROAD
HUNTINGTON, INDIANA 46750
Telephone: (219) 356-4300
TWX: 810-333-1530

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1977

4700

RESISTORS

4700

THERE’S ONLY ONE PLACE IN THE WORLD TO BUY RESISTORS

ELECTRO
COfTIP

me

THE RESISTOR SUPERMARKET
OF FRANCHISED PRODUCTS

IN STOCK

5

s

8

i

RB-RBR TYPES

RC-RCR

RE-RER

RJ-RT-RJR-RTR-RV ”
RL-RLR
RN-RNC-RNR
RW-RWR

PRECISION
CARBON COMP
EXTRUDED HEATSINK
POTENTIOMETERS
METAL OXIDE
METAL FILM
WIRE WOUND POWER

RNR-RNC, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75 C&E Type

HERMETIC RESISTORS OFF THE SHELF
ANY RESISTOR, MILITARY AND COMMERCIAL
SPECIALIZED NEW DESIGNS
MADE AND DELIVERED

IF YOU NEED A RESISTOR

CALL: (203) 375-5811 TWX: (710) 453-2246

(CALIFORNIA ACCOUNTS CALL FOR OUR TOLL FREE NUMBER)

SEND REQUESTS FOR QUOTATIONS TO:

2415 MAIN STREET, STRATFORD, CONNECTICUT 06497

“THE RESISTOR SPECIALIST THAT DELIVERS’’

1*1978

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

A WOMAN OWNED COMPANY

4700

RESISTORS

4700

THERE’S ONLY ONE PLACE IN THE WORLD TO BUY RESISTORS

ELECTRO

comFv

THE RESISTOR SUPERMARKET
OF FRANCHISED PRODUCTS

IN STOCK

RB-RBR TYPES

RC-RCR

RE-RER

RJ-RT-RJR-RTR-RV ”
RL-RLR
RN-RNC-RNR
RW-RWR

PRECISION
CARBON COMP
EXTRUDED HEAT SINK
POTENTIOMETERS
METAL OXIDE
METAL FILM
WIRE WOUND POWER

RNR-RNC, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75 C&E Type

HERMETIC RESISTORS OFF THE SHELF
ANY RESISTOR, MILITARY AND COMMERCIAL
SPECIALIZED NEW DESIGNS
MADE AND DELIVERED

IF YOU NEED A RESISTOR

CALL: (203) 375-5811 TWX: (710) 453-2246

(CALIFORNIA ACCOUNTS CALL FOR OUR TOLL FREE NUMBER)

SEND REQUESTS FOR QUOTATIONS TO:

2415 MAIN STREET, STRATFORD, CONNECTICUT 06497

“THE RESISTOR SPECIALIST THAT DELIVERS’’

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1979

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Microminioture
Resistors &
Networks

RESISTOR NETWORKS

PACKAGE TYPE

PINS/LEADS/

TERMINALS

RESISTANCE

RANGES

DISSIPATION

TOLERANCES

NETWORK

TYPES/CONFIGURATION

SIP

2—10

20Q-1MQ

125mW/Res.

Absolute:
±1% to
±0.05%

Ratio:
±0.1% to
±0.005%

Common connection to all resistors (SI)

Series connection (S2)

Hermetically sealed

SIP

10

20Q— 1MQ

lOOmW/Res.

I.OW/Pkg.

Common connection (SI)

Series connection (S2)

Molded DIP (P)
Epoxy-coated DIP (E)
Hermetic DIP (C)

8, 14, 16
4—24 even #

8, 14, 16, 18, 24

20Q— IMG
20Q— 1MQ

125mW/Res.

1.2W/Pkg.

Common connection (D1)

Series connection (D2)

Single resistor connection (D4)

TRIM-PAK® *
Laser-Trimmable

DIP

8, 14, 16,

18, 24

20Q-1MQ

125mW/Res.

1.2W/Pkg.

Absolute:

± 1 % to
±0.01%
Ratio:
±0.1% to
±0.005%

Common connection (D1)

Series connection (D2)

Single resistor connection (D4)

Hermetically sealed
Chip-carrier

16, 18, 20, 28
32, 42, 64

20Q — 1 MQ

lOOmW/Res.

I.OW/Pkg.

Same as
TRIM-PAK

Single-layer (epoxy sealed)

Multi-layer (epoxy or alloy sealed)

Flip-chip

14, 16, 24
(other on
request)

20Q-1MQ

125mW/Res.

I.OW/Pkg.

Same as

SIP & DIP,
above

Common connection (D1)

Series connection (D2)

Single resistor connection (D4)

•Patent Pending

LADDER NETWORKS

PACKAGE TYPE

MODEL

NO.

CONFIGURATION

RESOLUTION

ACCURACY

OPERATING

TEMPERATURE

RANGE

MAXIMUM

CUMULATIVE

ERROR

16-pin ceramic DIP

D355

R-2R

10-bit or
12-bit

± VaLSB

0 to 70 °C or
- 55 °C to +125 °C

12 Bits: ±0.012%

10 Bits: ±0.05%

24-pin hermetically sealed
DIP

D350

D351

BCD

8, 10, or
12-bit

± Vi LSB

0 to 70 °C or

12RiK- ±0 - 012%

^ tuts. (±0 03 %)**

14-pin hermetically sealed
DIP

D352

D353

BCD

- 55 °C to + 125°C

10 Rit*?’ -0-05%

10 BltS . (±0 12 o/ 0 )**

14-lead hermetically
sealed flatpack

F352

F353

Binary

8 Bits: ±0.2%

16-pin hermetic chip carrier

C355

R-2R

10-bit or
12-bit

±V 2 LSB i

0 to 70 °C or
- 55 °C to + 125 °C

12 Bits: ±0.012%

10 Bits: ±.05%

24-pin hermetic chip carrier

C350

BCD

.

8, 10 or
12-bit

±y 2 LSB

0 to 70 °C or
- 55 °C to + 125°C

12 Bits: ±0.012%

10 Bits: ±0.05%

8 Bits: ±0.2%

**D351 only.

METALLIZED CERAMIC SUBSTRATES (Conductor-only and Resistor-conductor)

SUBSTRATE

METALLIZATION

RESISTORS*

Composition: 99.5% Al 2 0 3

Surface Finish: 3—4 fAn. typ.

1—2 ^in. (polished)

Size: .1 " x .1"thru 4.5" x 3.75"

Thickness: .010" — .025"

Dimensional Tolerances:

T — ±.002%, ±.001"

L — ±.003"

W — ±.003"

Camber: .004 "/in.

Dielectric Constant: 9.8 typ. @ 25 °C— 1MHz

Loss Factor: .0004 typ @ 25°C — 10GHz

SPUTTERED

Range: to 1M

Absolute Tolerance: to 0.01%

Ratio Tolerance: to 0.01%

Absolute TCR: ±50 ppm, ±25 ppm

Ratio Tracking

100R/R**: 1 ppm/°C

1000R/R: 3 ppm/°C

Time Stability

Absolute: 0.05%/1000 hrs. @ 125 °C
Ratio: 0.005%/1000 hrs. @ 125 °C
Frequency: to >18 GHz

Ni/Cr, Ni, Au; Cr, Ni, Au; Cr, Au; Ta;

Mo, Ni, Au; Cr, Cu, Au; Cr, Cu; Ti-W; Ti
Other combinations of above metals.

ELECTROPLATED

Au: 100 ^in. (Std.) — 300 Min.

24K: High ductility

Cu: 100 Min.— 300 Min.

Resistivity:

10 ohms/square-200 ohms/square or
400 ohms/square

*For resistor-conductor pattern. **R >1000 ohms

ELECTRO-FILMS INCORPORATED

111 GILBANE STREET, WARWICK CENTRAL INDUSTRIAL PARK, WARWICK, Rl 02886

1*1980

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to. Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CHIP SIZE (±.003")

TERMINATIONS

TOLERANCE

STABILITY

TCR

Type

Length

Width

Thickness

Width

Length

Resistance

Power*

1 .

.040"

.020"

.010"

.007"

.015"

20Q — 24KQ

15— 30mW

Standard:

0.05%/1000 hrs.

Standard:

2.

.030"

.030"

.010"

.004"

.006"

250Q — 40KQ

18— 35mW

5% and 1%

dc 125°C

±50 PPM/°C

3.

.050"

.050"

.010"

.0075"

.045"

20Q — 125KQ

50— lOOmW

Special:

(Dependent

Special:

4.

.100"

.050"

.010"

.015"

.045"

40Q — 400KQ

85-1 75m W

.5% — .1%

on range)

±25 PPM/°C

5.

.100"

b

o

.010"

.015"

.095"

20Q — 1000KQ

200— 400mW

& tighter

±10 PPM/°C

6.

.045"

.030"

.010"

.010"

.025"

A0Q— 59KQ

30- 60mW

7.**

.030"

.030"

.010"

.007"

.025"

20 Q— 30KQ

18— 35mW

SUBSTRATES

METALLIZATION

Composition — 99.5% Al 2 0 3

Surface — 3—4 microinches (Standard)

Thickness — .010" ±.002" (Standard)

± .001 " (Special)

Resistive Material: Cr/Ni/X, 100— 200A (R.F. Sputtered)
Conductor Base: Nickel — 5—8 /jin. (R.F. Sputtered)

Terminations: A. Gold — 100 /jin. (Electroplated)

B. Nickel & Solder (62/32/2)

Microwave versions available.

Passivation: Optional, thermo-plastic

recommended for solder applications.

‘When bonded to substrate, value dependent. * ‘Center-tapped.

New Surface Mounted Resistor Networks

RATIO TOLERANCES TO 0.01%

ANY COMBINATION OF RESISTOR VALUES FROM 20n TO 250 Ko

HERMETIC CHIP CARRIERS — standard JEDEC
hermetic chip carries to full MIL STD 883B
specifications. Available with from 16 to 64
terminals.

ECONO-CHIP* — Low-cost replacements, in
non-military applications, for hermetic chip-carrier
networks. Bonding pad locations are equivalent
to configurations of standard JEDEC cariers.

* Patent Pending.

FLIP CHIPS — solder bumped; coated, multi-
resistor substrates for face down attachment.
Suitable for reflow soldering assembly. Low cost
and fast production in custom networks.

VERSA-CHIP — New low-cost, surface-mounted
packaging design for precision resistor networks.
Provides pin-for-pin equivalency with chip
carriers, and versatility for many alternate
configurations. Laser-trimmable by customer
after mounting.

Microwave Components

METALIZED PLATES — metalized on 1, 2 or

6 sides; as fired or polished substrates, in house
laser hole drilling and contouring, through hole
metalization. Metalizations — see metalized
ceramic substrates.

MICROWAVE ATTENUATOR CHIPS — (3rd
Quarter) attenuation of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 16,
and 20 dB; frequency to 18 GHz.

Other New Products

R.C. NETWORKS — Precision RC Networks are
now available in standard SIP and DIP packages.

SILICON CHIP RESISTORS — (3rd Quarter)
Standard and center-tapped chip resistors to
compliment EFI’s alumina-substrate chip
resistors, Ta or NiCr, passivated.

ELECTRO-FILMS INCORPORATED

111 GILBANE ST., WARWICK CENTRAL INDUSTRIAL PARK, WARWICK, Rl 02886

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1981

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CORPORATION

MANUFACTURERS OF PRECISION WIRE-WOUND RESISTORS • RESISTOR NETWORKS
CURRENT SHUNTS AND HIGH VOLTAGE DIVIDERS • NO ORDER TOO SMALL OR LARGE

EPC DEVICES

DESCRIPTION

Encapsulated precision wire-wound
resistors offering exceptional resis-
tance stability, T.C. 5 ppm std. and
low thermal EMF's. Designed to meet
MIL-R-93/MIL-R-3 9005. Group
encapsulation, Radial-lug four ter-
minal and special physical configura-
tions available.

Request CA Brochure

Mil Equiv.

MIL

EPC

RBR-08

610

RBR-16

630

RBR-17

640

RBR-18

650

RBR-19

660

RBR-56

680

RBR-55

690

RBR-54

710

RBR-53

750

RBR-52

760

RBR-71

460

RBR-70

465

CONDENSED

SPEOFICATIONS

Power: .02 to 2.5W
Range: ID to 20MO depending
on size

Tolerance: .005%, .01%,
.025%,. 05%,. 1% and 1 %
Temp. Coef.: 5 PPM/°C std. on
values over 1000
Stability: ±35ppm/YR

RADIAL LUG

— m

m M 1

PRINTED CIRCUIT

TYPESP

Silicone coated precision wire-wound
power resistors, offering exceptional
stability and performance under
severe environmental conditions of
MIL-R-26/MIL-R-3900 7. Also avail-
able utilizing Beryllium oxide cores.
For greater power-size ratio and
stability.

RWR-70

RWR-69

RWR-70

RWR-74

RWR-55

RWR-78

RWR-68

RWR-56

SP-1
SP-2A
SP-5
SP-6
SP-7A
SP-10A
SP-1 0B
SP-1 2

Power: .25Wto12.5W
Range: .10 to 275KO
depending on size
Tolerance: 1 % is std. Available
to .01 %

Temp. Coef.: 20 PPM/°C.

Slightly higher for lower

Request SP Bulletin

values. Special T.C/s
available

NETWORKS

RC NETWORKS OUR SPECIALITY

Power: .1 W to 10W

Resistor networks to customer specification utilizing ultra
precision wire-wound, metal film, carbon film, or wire-
wound power resistors. All networks assembled on
printed circuit boards.

Range: .10 to 5MO
Nominal Resistance Tolerance:

To ±.005% D.C. W-W
Resistance Ratio Tolerance: To
.001% D.C. W-W
Long Term Stability: .001 %

LIGHTWEIGHT

SHUNTS

FAST DELIVERY ON PROTOTYPE AND LARGE ORDERS

Response Time: 100MS

Standard D.C. current shunts from
.00112 to 10. Accuracy ±.25%, avail-
able to .01%. Also external portable
and switchboard shunts for use with
D.C. Ammeters. 1 to 200 amp. with a

50MV or T00MV drop. Accuracy ±1 %.

SPECIAL OEM CURRENT SHUNT

RANGING FOR PANEL METERS

ELECTRONIC PRECISION COMPONENTS CORPORATION

11 SANDFORD BLVD. • MOUNT VERNON, N.Y. 10550 •TELEPHONE: (914) 664-2333

1*1982

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

GENERAL

RESISTANCE

COMPONENTS WITH BUILT-IN PRECISION

PRECISION

WIREWOUND

RESISTORS

For thirty years we have been deeply involved in
the refinement and manufacture of precision
wirewound resistors meeting the exacting re-
quirements of military specifications such as
M I L-R-93/M I L-R-39005 (RB & RBR styles).

Many form factors are available, including axial
and PC mounting types, in resistance values and
accuracies to fill most requirements. “Standard”
values and accuracies in our more popular types
are usually available from stock. Orders for
extremely large quantities and non-standard
values are put on-line for prompt delivery.

Standard accuracies are ±0.01%, ±0.025%,
and ±0.1%. Stability on most styles is
±35ppm/year; maximum temperature coeffi-
cient is ±5ppm/°C, with lower values available.

.. II II II

CUSTOM

COMPONENTS

We supply a number of unusual needs, such as
4-terminal current-sensing resistors, non-
flammable fuse resistors, and sets critically
matched for value, accuracy, temperature coeffi-
cient, and other pertinent parameters.

We design and manufacture custom active and
passive networks to meet your requirements,
simple or complex. A few examples are thermo-
couple reference junction simulators, voltage/
current reference modules, ladder networks/
voltage dividers.

BE PRECISE.

GENERAL RESISTANCE, INC.

Twin Lakes Road / RO. Box 185
North Branford CT 06471

[SOB] 4B1-5731
TWX 71 0-4 5S-303S

A PRIME TECHNOLOGY COMPANY

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

HyConrip, Inc.

75 Union Avenue, Sudbury, MA 01776-0377
Tel: (617) 443-4631 • TWX: 710-347-0385

STANDARD & CUSTOM
PRECISION, THIN-FILM,
RESISTOR NETWORKS

CUSTOM RESISTOR NETWORKS A SPECIALTY . . .

During 13 years as a major supplier of precision
resistor networks, HyComp has amassed a library
of more than 200 different custom designs. Like our
standard products, these are available free of any
non-recurring engineering charge.

HyComp’s custom-designed Nichrome thin-film
resistor networks bring convenient and cost-effec-
tive solutions to the space-limited circuit designer
requiring special resistor configuration, high pre-
cision, close tolerances and/or excellent stability
over temperature and time. Fast turnaround and
sensible pricing, recommend this approach for
appropriate applications.

You should consider a custom thin-film network

if your application includes any of the following
requirements:

• Down to 0.006% ratio tolerance between specified
resistors

• Down to ±0.5ppm/°C ratio tracking (TCRT)

• Down to ±0.5% absolute tolerance

• Down to ±10ppm/°C absolute temperature
coefficient (TCR)

• Excellent long term stability and reliability over

the — 55°C to +125°C MIL temperature range.

For further information or assistance please con-
tact HyComp directly.

STANDARD PRECISION THIN-FILM RESISTOR NETWORKS

Let Hycomp’s broad selection of standard thin-film
precision resistor networks reduce the cost and
size of your product. Encased in your choice of
hermetic or non-hermetic Flatpack, SIP, DIP, TO-9
and LCC packages, our standard networks support
a wide variety of demanding applications requiring
precision attenuation, gain-setting, and impedance
matching or weighting.

Reliability? You bet! MIL-STD-883B processing is
routine at HyComp. And to keep your costs down,
we also build dependable non-MIL networks to our
own exacting reliability standards. HyComp de-
signs and builds reliable products. It’s the only way
we know.

Figure 1

HC-143

<R1 <R2 <R3 <R4 <R5 <R6 <R7 <R8

Figure 3

HC-150

Figure 4

HC-160

Figure 5

HC-170

SERIES 1

— L- — ►

Parameters — ^ — —

HC-143

4 Equal
Independent
Resistors

HC-149

Quad Divider
Feedback Network
(All resistors equal)

HC-150

8 Equal
Independent
Resistors

HC-160

7 Equal
Independent
Resistors

HC-170

12 Equal
Independent
Resistors

Resistance Range of R Values

5K-50KQ

lOK-IOOKft

2K-1 OOKft

2K-100Kfi

5K-100Kfi

Tolerance

Absolute

Ratio

, , 5%

Standard 0-01%

To 0.05%; All .Models

Custom: To 0 0 os% ; All Models

Thermal Stability

Absolute (TCR)

Tracking (TCRT)

±25ppm/°C
Standard: ± 5 ppm/ o C

To ±10ppm/°C; All Models

Custom: To ±0 .5p pm /°C; All Models

Power Dissipation

Per Resistor, Max.

Per Package, Max.

100mW

400mW

lOOmW

500mW

lOOmW

500mW

lOOmW

500mW

80mW

1 Watt

Package Style(s)

TO-99

14-Lead'DIP,
Flatpack or Chip

16-Lead DIP,
Flatpack or Chip

14-Lead DIP,
Flatpackior Chip

24-LeadiDIP,
IFIaptack or Chip

Connections (Fig.)

1

2

3

4

5

NOTES: 1. All ladder networks include required application and/or feedback resistor(s).

1*1984

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

4700

RESISTORS

Digital Delay Lines
Crystal Clock Oscillators
Custom Hybrid Circuits
Thick Film Substrates
Custom Resistor Networks

microsystems

incorporated

RESISTOR AND RESISTOR/CAPACITOR NETWORKS

4 to 6 weeks delivery for custom networks

BeO our specialty

High volume capacity

±1% standard tolerance

High power capability

>! ' - ‘

MITT £k iZ’ microsystems
J.J.V l/vl\ incorporated

16780 LARK AVENUE, LOS GATOS, CALIFORNIA 95030

PHONE (408) 358-1991

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1985

4700

RESISTORS

4700

VNTEROHM resistors
by InternohonQl (^)

Oxide

(Flame Proof)

Type

Power

Rating

@70°C

Resistance

Tolerance

Resistance

Range

Voltage

Rating

Temperature

Coefficient

CF 25

0.25W

±2%, ±5%

1.0 ohm —

10 megohms

250V

From

200 PPM/°C

CF 50

0.50W

±2%, ±5%

1.0 ohm —

10 megohms

350V

From

200 PPM/°C

MF 25

0.25W

±1%, ±2%,
±5%

1 ohm —

1.0 megohm

250V

100 PPM/°C

MF 50

0.50W

±1%, ±2%,
±5%

1 ohm —

1.0 megohm

350V

100 PPM/°C

MO-1

1.0W

±2%, ±5%,
± 10%

0.5 ohm —
100K ohms

350V

350 PPM/°C

MO-2

2.0W

±2%, ±5%,
±10%,

0.5 ohm —
100K ohms

350V

350 PPM/°C

r

RESISTOR NETWORKS — SIP

1

!

Pins

5-14

Resistance

Range

22 ohms— 2.2 megohms

Resistance

Tolerance

±2%, ±5%, ±10%, ±20%

Element Power

Rating

0.125W @70°C

Package Power

Rating

0.35W — 1W @70°C

Temperature

± 150 PPM/°C,

Coefficient

±300 PPM/°C

Maximum

Voltage

200V

Operating

i Temperature

- 55°C to +130°C

ZERO OHM JUMPERS

1/4W Size Insulated Construction

PACKAGING

* Tape & Reel

► Magazine Pack

* Cut & Form

(to specification)

► Bulk (100 Bag)

r

CALL TOLL FREE

800-645-9154

IN N.Y. STATE

516-293-1500

| |_ INTEROHM I

Internohonol Q

International Components Corporation

>

105 Maxess Road

Melville, New York 11747
(516) 293-1500

TELEX #143130

1*1986

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

ISKRA

• Ceramic Caps, Discs, Feed Thru • Ferrites • Meters • Motors, fractional H.P. • Semiconductors • Switches • Speakers • Trimmer Pots

5%, 2% AND 1% CARBON FILM RESISTORS

FUSE ACTION — NON-FLAMMABLE

A High Stability
A Lowest Noise
A Smallest Dimensions
A Capless Design
A Meets MIL Specifications
A Extremely Long Life
A Produced And Checked By
Automatic Equipment

A Failure Rate Less Than 10 8 /Hour (MTTF More Than 10 8 )
A Solderability as per MIL-STD-202
A Insulation Resistance Higher Than 10 9 Ohms
A Terminal Strength > 8 Lbs.

A Equivalents: MIL R-10509, MIL R-39, MIL R-11
A Color Code: MIL-STD-129
A Available With Weldable Leads
A Available in Bulk Pack or Taped and Reeled

ideally suited to
HI DENSITY board population.
Permits close to
the shoulder bends.

TYPE

A

b

a

L-!

l 4

d

D

L

UPM 14 W (INCHES)

3.35-0.039

0.236 + 0.039

1.457 ±0.039

0.024

0.091 ± 0.08

„ +0.118
- 0.079

UPM V4W(MM)

85-1

6 + 1

37 ±1

0.6

2.3 ± 0.2

80 + |

UPM %W (INCHES)

3.35-0.039

0.315 + 0.039

1.457 ±0.039

0.027

0.111 ±0.08

+ 0.118
d - 1& - 0.079

UPM V 2 W(MM)

85-1

6

5 ± 0.2

8 + 1

36 ± 1

0.7

2.8 ± 0.2

80 + |

INCLUDE RESISTANCE RANGES

Wattage Tolerance Range

14

5%

4.7 12 — 1 Megl2

2%

1012 — 300K12

y 2

5%

4.712 — 4.7 Megl2

2 %

1012 — 1 Megl2

MIL R-11

MIL R-10509

EQUIVALENT

EQUIVALENT

RC 07 and RC 12

RN 65 cat. b,d

RC 20 and RC 22

RN 70 cat. b.d

Humidity (Steady State)

±1.00%

Life

±1.00

Short Time Overload

± 0.50

After Soldering

±0.25

Thermal Shock

±0.25

Twist

± 0.25

Vibration

± 0.25

Also Available 1% Metal Film Resistors
V 4 Watt 50 PPM & 100 PPM

ISKRA ELECTRONICS INC.

8 GREENFIELD RD., SYOSSET. NY 11791 » (516) 364-2616

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1987

4700

RESISTORS

4700

ISL PRODUCTS
INTERNATIONAL LTD.

Dept. EM, 235-P Robbins Lane / Syosset, NY 11791 / (516) 822-9601 / TWX 510-221-2109 / ISL-SYST

CERAMIC CAPS, DISCS, FEED THRUS / FERRITES / METERS / MOTORS, FRACTIONAL H.P. / SILICON
DIODES / CARBON FILM RESISTORS / TRIMMER POTENTIOMETERS / THICK FILM SIP AND DIP

TYPE

UPM 1/4 W (INCHES)

3.35/2.55

0.236

0.197 ±0.08

0.236 +0.039

1.457 ±0.039

0.024

0.091 ±0.08

3 15 +0.118

-0.079

UPM i /4 W (MM)

85/65

6

5 ±0.2

6 +1

37 ±1

0.6

2.3 ±0.2

80

UPM 1/2 W (INCHES)

3.35/2.55

0.236

0.197 ±0.08

0.315 +0.039

1.457 ±0.039

0.027

0.111 ±0.08

3 15+0.H8

-0.079

UPM 1/2 W (MM)

85/65

6

5 ±0.2

8 +1

36 ±1

0.7

2.8 ± 0.2

CO CM
+ 1
o

CO

INCLUDE RESISTANCE RANGES

Humidity (Steady State)

±1 .00%

Life

±1 .00

Short Time Overload

±0.50

After Soldering

±0.25

Thermal Shock

±0.25

Twist

±0.25

Vibration

±0.25

Taping for Panasert/Avisert Insertion — Machines Available

Wattage

Tolerance

Range

Reel Qtys.

V4

5%

4.70 — 1 MegO

4000/RL

2%

100 — 300KO

Vz

5%

4.70 — 4.7 MegO

3000/ RL

2%

100 — 1 MegO

OTHERS ON SPECIAL REQUEST
MIL-R-11 EQUIVALENT

RC 07 and RC 12

RC 20 and RC 22

MIL-R-10509 EQUIVALENT

RN 65 cat. b,d

RN 70 cat. b,d

ISL PRODUCTS
INTERNATIONAL LTD.

MANUFACTURERS OF QUALITY
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
WORLD WIDE

Dept. EM, 235-P Robbins Lane
Syosset, NY 11791
(516) 822-9601 TWX 510-221-2109
ISL-SYST

5, 2 & 1% CARBON & METAL FILM RESISTORS/ FUSE ACTION — NON FLAMMABLE

FEATURES

A High Stability
A Lowest Noise
A Smallest Dimensions
A Capless Design
A Meets MIL Specifications
A Extremely Long Life

A Produced And Checked By Automatic Equipment
A Failure Rate Less Than 10 8 /Hour (MTTF More Than 10 8 )

A Solderability as per MiL-STD-202
A Insulation Resistance Higher Than 10 9 Ohms
A Terminal Strength >8 Lbs.

A Equivalents: MIL-R-10509, MIL-R-39, MIL-R-11
A Color Code: MIL-STD-129
A Available With Weldable Leads
A Available in Bulk Pack or Taped and Reeled

UNIQUE ENGINEERING FEATURES

Micro Machined—____^ . Low Noise

Carbon Film 7/7 /r^7>r— Capless

Resistive Element [ ! fallr Lead Construction

Flame Retardant-
Non-Conductive
Outer Coating

CAPLESS CONSTRUCTION
ideally suited to HI DENSITY board
population. Permits close to the
shoulder bends.

SPECIFICATIONS

1*1988

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Pfl JULIE RESEARCH

LABORATORIES

INCORPORATED

PRECISION WIREWOUND
RESISTORS

PRECISION RESISTORS FOR EVERY APPLICATION

Precision Resistors for every application imaginable; high quality, low priced
precision resistors are available for your every design need and at delivery
schedules (1-2 weeks) even distributors can’t beat!! JULIE RESEARCH
resistors are guaranteed for a lifetime performance in almost every value,
tolerance and stability.

Available as individual, ratio or network assemblies, these expertly manu-
factured and trimmed resistors assist you in eliminating countless hours of
Production Test time from your design. In addition, the use of these very
stable resistors contribute to reliable design and reduced component count.
Specify a Julie Resistor. Better yet, call us and we will assist in helping you
get the best price-performance unit your application and budget will allow.

JUST A FEW OF THE PROVEN APPLICATIONS FOR THESE
LOW REACTANCE HIGH PERFORMANCE RESISTORS ARE:

• Transducer Calibrating Networks

• Current Metering

• Gyro Torquing

• AC and DC Precision
Bridge Elements

• Amplifier Summing Elements

• D/A Converters

• Reference Divider

• Precision Multiplier

• Resistive Divider Networks

• Shunting

• AC or DC Ratio

• High Performance MIL Spec

• Zener Trimming Networks

RESISTOR STYLES

*

SPECIFICATIONS J

The DIP resistor is available with up to 7 resistance values in a 14 pin
DIP or 8 resistance values in a 16 pin DIP.

Range: 100ft to 100 Kft per resistor.

Ratio Accuracy: To .001% for ratio 1:1.

Stability: Network .002% for standard ranges.

Temperature Coefficient: 1 ppm/°C to 20 ppm/°C.

Delivery: 3-4 weeks.

Custom designs available — contact factory with your specific appli-,
cations.

SPECIFICATIONS

Range: Individual Resistors, 0.1 ohm to 5 megohms. Ratio Sets, 1:1 to
1 0 6 :1 depending on total resistance required.

Accuracy: Standard accuracy of resistors, 0.005% for values from 1000
ohms to 5 megohm. Standard accuracy of ratio sets, 0.0025% for ratios
near 1:1. Accuracies from 0.002% to 0.1% are available (at correspond-
ing prices) on special order.

Stability: Resistors, 0.002% per year for standard ranges.

Accuracy Over Military Temperature Range: ± 0 . 02 % from — 45°C to
+ 85°C.

Matching Over Military Temperature Range: ±0.005% from — 45°C to
+ 85°C.

Retrace Over Military Environmental Conditions: 0.002%.

Temperature Coefficient: Resistors, 5 ppm/°C standard. (Available as
low as 1.0 ppm/°C). Ratio sets, 2.5 ppm/°C standard. (Available as low
as 0.7 ppm/°C).

Note: Temperature Coefficient can be altered, in manufacture, over
wide ranges.

Thermal Transients: All thermal-induced transient effects, e.g.: self-
heating, Seebeck and Peltier effects, are less than 0.0015% at rated
power dissipation. Self-heating and time constants of thermal transients
are reduced to 10% of normal values in air.

Current Capability: To 2 amperes.

Voltage: Between Terminals, 300 volts maximum, Terminals to Case, 500
volts maximum.

SPECIFICATIONS

Range: Individual Resistors, 1 ohm to 10 megohms. Ratios, 1:1 to 10 6 :1,
depending on total resistance required.

Accuracy: Standard accuracy of resistors, 0.01%, for values from 100
ohms to 5 megohm. Standard accuracy of ratios, 0.005%, for ratios near
1:1. Intermediate accuracies of 0.05% and up and higher accuracies to
.0025% are available on special order.

Stability: Resistors 0.003% per year for standard ranges.

Accuracy Over Military Temperature Range: 0.02% from — 30°C to
+ 85°C.

Retrace Over Military Environmental Conditions: 0.003%.

Temperature Coefficient: Resistors, 5 ppm/°C standard, (available as
low as 1.0 ppm/°C). Ratios, 2.5 ppm/°C standard, (available as low as
0.7 ppm/°C).

Note: Temperature Coefficient can be altered, in manufacture, over
over wide ranges.

r>HIGH LOAD-LIFE STABILITY, PRECISION NETWORKS

Type

Construc-
tion Dual
In-Line

Resistor

Configura-

tion

Dimensions

(Inches)

LxWxH

Max

Res Per
Resistor

Max

Volt. Per
Resistor

Max

Power Per
Resistor

RNX-14

14 pin

7 max.

.740 x .39 X .27

100K

125V

1/10W

RNX-14

14 pin

13 max.

.740 X ,39 X .51

100K

125V

1/10W

RNX-16

16 pin

8 max.

.840 X .39 x .27

100K

125V

1/lOW

RNX-16

16 pin

15 max.

.840 X .39 X .51

100K

125V

1/10W

• LOWEST, LOW REACTANCE OIL FILLED AND ENCAPSULATED
THA-H, CH, HCH, RESISTORS AXIAL WIRE LEAD CONSTRUCTION

Style

Si «

AWG

Leads

Max, Res.

Volt

Power

MIL

R-93

Inches

MM

H-32

3/fl

X

Vz

9.5

X

12.7

20

250 K

250

Vi w

■ ■

H-33

%

X

3/4

9.5

X

19.1

20

350 K

450

Vz W

RB 53

H34

3/ 8

X

1

9.5

X

25.4

20

500 K

500

Vz W

RB 52

H-42

V?

X

V2

12.7

X

12.7

18

750 K

250

. Vz W

,

H-44

Vz

X

1

12.7

X

25.4

18

2 Meg

500

1 W

RB 57

H-46

Vs

X

Vz

12.7

X

38.1

18

3 Meg

750

IVz

RB 58

H-48

V?

X

2

12.7

X

50.8

18

5 Meg

100Q

2 W

RB 59

HCH-32

3 /e

X

Vi

9.5

X

12.7

20

150 K

3/4 W*

HCH-33

%

X

3/4

9.5

X

19.1

20

250 K

1 w*

HCH-34

3/8

X

1

9.5

X

25.4

20

350 K

1.5 W*

■

HCH-35

%

X

m

9.5

X

31.8

20

500 K

—

1.8 W*

HCH-42

V?

X

Vz

12.7

X

12.7

18

375 K

1.5 W*

— .: ■

HCH-44

l /2

X

1

12.7

X

25,4

18

750 K

3 W*

‘ ■; :

HCH-46

Vz

X

IV?

12.7

X

38.1

18

2 M

4.5 W*

'• ’

HCH-48

Vi

X

2

12.7

X

50,8

18

1.5 M

6 W*

CH-32

3/8

X

Vi .

9.5

X

12.7

20

300 K

. :

3/ 4 *

■ ’ "v.

CH-33

%

X

3/4

9.5

X

19.1

20

500 K

1W‘

CH-34

3/8

X

1

9.5

X

25.4

20

700 K

.; w- -.

= 1.5*

■ ■ — •

CH-35

. 3/8

X

1V4.

! 9,5

X

31.8

20

1 Meg

1.8*

CH-42

Vi

;X

Vi ?,

12.7

X

12=7

18

750 K =

/'

1.5* ; J

___ /•

CH-44

V*

X

1

12.7

X

25.4

18

1.5 m ;

-:/■•

3.0* ■

: ■ /V-

CH-46

; l h

X

1V2

12.7

X

38.1

18

2 M

:/ ___

: : 4.5*

/; / V" ;

CN-48

Vi

X

2

12.7

X

50.8

18

5 M

■ ■ '

6 W*

=:'■ =

THA-36

%

X

Vz

9.5

X

22.7

18

1 M

100

RB 53

THA-38

3/ 8

X

3/4

9.5

X

19.1

18

1 M

100

/ '1

RB 53

SUPER ACCURATE, SUPER STABLE ENCAPSULATED,
MINIATURE PRECISION R, XG, RS, L, GL RESISTORS

TYPE R AND C — AXIAL WIRE LEAD-CONSTRUCTION

C-21X

R-22

% x %
v 4 x y u

6.4 x 14.3

24

22

: . 100 K

5D0 K

125

125

Vto W

Vs W

R-23

V 4 X 3/4

6.4 x 19.1

22

750 K

125

v« w

1/4 w

RB 54

R-24

K* x 1

7.9 x 25.4

22

1 Meg

350

R-32

% x V*

9.5 x 12.7

22

750 K

125 v

1/4 W

.

R-33

% X 3/4

9.5 x 19.1

20

1 Meg

125

1/3 W

RB 53

R-34

% X 1

9.5 x 25.4

20

1.5 Meg

250

1/2 W

RB 52

R-35

3/s X 11/4

9.5 X 31.8

20

2 Meg

250

% w

__ .

R-42

Vz x Vz

12.7 x 12.7 i

18

1.5 Meg

125

V2 W

h : r ■

R-44

Vz x 1

12.7 x 25.4 !

18

4 Meg

250

; i w

RB 57

R-46

Vi X 1V 2

12.7 x 38.1 !

18

7.5 Meg

250

IVz W

RB 58

R-48

1/2X2

12.7 x 50.8

18

10 Meg |

250

2 W

RB 59

TYPE L AND RB — RADIAL LUG CONSTRUCTION

L-10A

^8 X

15.9 x 14.3

Solder Lug

1.5 Meg

125

Vs W

RB 16

L-HB

% X 1V4

15.9 x 31.8

Solder Lug

4 Meg

250

1 W

RB 18

RB-19

; 1

25.4 x 51.6

Solder Lug

10 Meg;

300

2 W

RB 19

RB-17

V2 X 1 |

12.7x25.4

Solder Lug

1.5 Meg

125

% W

RB 17

TYPE XG — RADIAL WIRE LEAD CONSTRUCTION

SPECIFICATIONS

Range: Individual Resistors, 1 ohm to 100 ohms.

Accuracy: Standard accuracy of resistors, 0.01%, for values from 1.0
ohm to 100 ohms. (R,xG) .005% (CH).

Stability: Resistors 0.003% per year for standard ranges.

Accuracy Over Military Temperature Range: 0.02% fom — 30°C to
+ 85°C.

Retrace Over Military Environmental Conditions: 0.003%.

Temperature Coefficient: Resistors, 5 ppm/°C standard, (available as
low as 2.5 ppm/°C).

Note: Temperature Coefficient can be altered, in manufacture, over
wide ranges.

Voltage and Power Ratings: See chart.

Construction: See charts.

Group Encapsulation: Special techniquies permit group encapsulation of
high-accuracy units on a high-yield basis, enabling better accuracies at
competitive costs. (See JRL Bulletin B-11.)

R-32XG

3/8 X r u

9.5 x 14.3

22

500 K

125

1/4 W

_

R-42XG

vz x y H

12.7 x 14.3

20

1 Meg

125

1/2 W

__

R-44XG

Vz x l% 3

12.7 x 29.3

20

3.5 Meg

250

1 w

R-46XG

Vi x 1%

12.7 x 34.9

20

5 Meg

250

IVz W

. ■___/ •

R-48XG

Vz x 2'/u

12.7 x 52.4

20

10 Meg

250

2 W

R-52XG

%x% |

15.9 x 15.1

20

1 Meg

125

3/4 W

—

TYPE RS — TOP HAT CONSTRUCTION

RS-36

%X l/z

10.3 x 12.7

22

750 K

125

1/4 W

: : .i. : :

RS-26

X 1/2

7.1 x 12.7

22

250 K

125

1/8 W

‘■►LOW OHM, LONG TERM STABILITY, OIL FILLED AND ENCAPSULATED
4-TERMINAL CH46-T4, R-46-T4, R46xG-T4 AXIAL AND
RADIAL CONSTRUCTION

Style

Size

MM

AWG leads

Max. Res.

Current

Power

R-46T4

1/2 X IVz

12.7 x 38.1

18

100 Ohms

2 Amps

11/2 W

R-46XG-T4

1/2 X IVz

12.7x38.1

20

100 Ohms

2 Amps

IVz W

CH-46T4

1/2 X 11/2

12.7 x 38.1

18

100 Ohms

2 Amps

3 W'

* When mounted on heat sink.

JULIE RESEARCH LABORATORIES, INC. • 211 W. 61 ST., NEW YORK, N.Y. 10023 • (212) 245-2727 • TWX: 710-581-5138

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1989

4700

RESISTORS

4700

[M§>i>Tr©[&

THICK AND THIN FILM

DIP RESISTOR
NETWORKS

Thick film epoxy molded DIP resistor net-
works are available in both Commercial and
M-83401 Mil-approved configurations. 14 and
16 Pin, A and B Schematics in standard
resistance values are available from stock.
Custom designed circuits for your unique
requirements are a specialty.

WRITE FOR BULLETIN MD 2/80

WRITE FOR BULLETIN PD 1/80

Thick Film Capacitor Arrays offer con-
siderable cost advantages and reliability im-
provements for multiple capacitor circuits.
The standard capacitance range is 10 pf to
200 pf. These circuits are available in virtual-
ly any customer required configurations. The
capacitor elements exhibit NPO - type
characteristics. Tolerances to 5% and
voltage rating to 200 volts are available.
Capacitors on a substrate may be matched to
2.5% on request. Dissipation factor is
typically 1% and insulation resistance is
greater than 10 11 ohms.

WRITE FOR BULLETIN CA 3/82

THICK FILM
CAPACITOR ARRAYS

“LATSO

HB.fi

: :FES?55

KDI Pyrofilm offers seven “FLATSO” resis-
tors with voltage ratings to 20 KV and power
ratings from .25 watts to 5 watts. Resistance
values from 50fl to 5,000 Meg and tempera-
ture coefficients to ±100 PPM/°C are avail-
able depending on value. Custom Flatso
Networks and non-standard values will be
quoted upon request.

WRITE FOR BULLETIN FL1-80

A complete line of Thick Film Chip Resistors
are available in eight sizes. These chips
feature both single-sided and wrap-around
terminations. They are available with
platinum gold, gold, and solder coated ter-
minations. The resistance range is from 5.1
ohms to 4 megohms. Tolerances from 1 % to
20% are standard as are temperature coeffi-
cients from 100 PPM/°C to 250 PPM/°C.
Power capabilities range from 50 mW to 0.5
Watts. These chip resistors offer high rel
design and construction and environmental
testing is available.

WRITE FOR BULLETIN PC 10/81

THICK FILM
CHIP RESISTORS

HIGH VOLTAGE

Axial lead thick film resistors for both high
voltage and high resistance can be supplied
in voltage ratings to 40 KV and resistance
values to 1,000 Meg. Fired at over 900°C,
these resistors are unmatched in perform-
ance with proven load life stability.

WRITE FOR BULLETIN PVC 2/80

Voltage dividers and other networks are
available with ratings up to 60 KV. Divider
Networks have tolerances to 1% with TC
tracking to25PPM/°C. They can be manufac-
tured with a resistance range from 10 ohm to
1 ,000 megohm. These networks are available
in leaded and unleaded styles, in both stan-
dard and custom configurations.

WRITE FOR BULLETIN #FN 3/80

HIGH VOLTAGE
THICK FILM NETWORKS

METAL FILM

Conformal coated high precision metal film
resistors offer superior stability and reliability
at a reasonable cost. Features include: small
size, impervious to moisture, low noise, low
T.C. and resistance range of 10 ohms to
70 Megohms. Surpasses MIL-R-10509 and
MIL-R-551 82. In-plant testing facilities as well
as matched networks are available. Standard
T.C.: ±10, ±25, ±50, and ±100 ppm/°C.

WRITE FOR BULLETIN #PME 2-80

Custom Resistor and Resistor Capacitor
Networks can be supplied to virtually any
customer requirement. The resistance range
is from 10 ohms to 10 megohms with ab-
solute tolerances to 0.{?%, and ratios to
0.1%. Temperature coefficient of 100
PPM/°C is available. The capacitance range
is determined by the type of dielectric
material chosen. RC Time Constant Calibra-
tion is available to 0.5%. Complete en-
vironmental testing can be performed.

WRITE FOR BULLETIN RC 2/82

THICK FILM RESISTOR
CAPACITOR NETWORKS

Iftlllltllftllftl

CHIP

ATTENUATORS

Measuring only .125 x .150 inches, the
Pyrofilm micro-thin deposited chip at-
tenuators offer the engineer complete flex-
ibility in his circuit design. They are laser
trimmed to values from 2 thru 20 db assuring
correlation from chip to chip. The thin metal
film is evaporated on alumina substrate and
is available with either single surface or
wrap-around terminals that are silver-plated
over nickel. Operating from DC to 12.4 GHz,
they exhibit a maximum VSWR of 1 .5:1 at the
extreme band edge.

WRITE FOR BULLETIN PCA-981

PMC’s - Low powers up to 150 mW
PPC’s - High powers up to 1,000 Watts
Resistance Values - 10-500 ohms
Chip resistors are available in various sizes
and may be used directly in a microstrip
transmission line circuit or as a building
block for other requirements, such as ter-
minations and power dividers. The smaller
chips may be used at a higher frequency due
to their lower shunt capacitance. Large
chips, which are higher power, are frequency
limited due to their higher capacitance.

WRITE FOR BULLETINS PPA-9/81
and PMC-2/81

THIN FILM
CHIP RESISTORS

KDI PYROFILM

60 S. Jefferson Road • Whippany, N. J. 07981 • (201)887-8100

1*1990

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

electronics »inc

SERIES I RESISTORS

PRECISION HIGH OHMAGE
HIGH VOLTAGE RESISTORS

HIGH VOLTAGE

• PRECISION RESISTORS
. DIODE ARRAY

SERIES II RESISTORS

PRECISION HIGH OHMAGE HIGH VOLTAGE
POWER RESISTORS

FEATURES

• Tinned copper leads .020" or .032" standard.
Other lead materials available

• Conformal epoxy coated

• Glass overglaze for vacuum applications

A

NOTES

• Voltage coefficient is dependent on resistance value. Typically less than
5 PPM /V in mid resistance values

• Burn in and other preconditioning options available

• Tolerance to Vi% on request

TYPES

Type

Resis

Meg

Min

tance

ohms

Max

Power
at 70°C
Watts

Maximum

Operating

Voltage

Tolerance

Max

Surface

Temp.

Dime

Max

A _|

iLrtMyi

rajTTl

K01040

1

5K

•4

on

1, 2 & 5%

££££[*■

K01243

1

i 10K |

mm

2500V

1, 2 & 5%

WSMM

IKiTEEEl

1

SS

5000V

1, 2 & 5%

Esa

KQZH

■IfiVMEI

1

■EMI

10,000V

1, 2 & 5%

EEZjm

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

Temperature
Coefficient
+ 25°C to +125°C

KOI 040
Megohms

KOI 243
Megohms

K01268

Megohms

KOI 21 3
Megohms

± 50 PPM/°C

MOO

1-100

1-200

1-400

± 100 PPM/oC

1-100

1-200

1-400

± 200 PPM/°C

100-3K

200-6K

400-15K

±1000 PPM/°C

KKE233H

Kim

6K-20K

. 15K-100K

0#®-

T

IV 2

=Vb

FEATURES

• Tinned copper leads .020" or .032" standard.
Other lead materials available

• Conformal epoxy coated

NOTES

o Voltage coefficient is dependent on resistance value. Typically less than
5 PPM /V in mid resistance values
® Burn in and other preconditioning options available
® Tolerance to V 2 % on request

TYPES

Type

Resistance

Megohms

Power

at

70°C

Watts

Maximum

Operating

Voltage

Tolerance

Max

Surface

Temp.

Dimensions
Max Inches

Min

Max

A

kek

■TiVUtil

1

bqi

4

HSI

1, 2 & 5%

1.125

KBI

warn

mm

MfiTM

8 1

roffraai

1, 2 & 5%

2.125

MBJM

K02530

Ml

15K

12 1

1, 2 & 5%

3.125

K02540

20K

16

MEEKM

1, 2&5%

Kgagai

4.125

^325j

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

Temperature
Coefficient
+ 25°C to +125°C

K0251O

Megohms

K02520

Megohms

K02530

Megohms

K02540

Megohms

± 50 PPM/°C

1- 50

1- 100

1- 200

1- 400

±100 PPM/°C

1-500

1-1000

1-1500

1-2000

±200 PPM/°C

■BSESi

| 1500-15K

KEBEEufl

SERIES III RESISTORS

PRECISION HIGH OHMAGE HIGH VOLTAGE FLAT
RESISTORS, VOLTAGE DIVIDERS AND NETWORKS

TYPICAL VOLTAGE
DIVIDER NETWORK

Type

Resistance

Megohms

Power
@ 70°C
: Watts

Max

Operating

Voltage

Max

Surface

Dimensions Max Inches

Min

Max

Temp

A

B

C

KF315

1

5,000

2

12,000

150°C

1.550

.350

.110

KF510

1

5,000

2

10,000

150°C

1.050

.550

.110

KF520

1

5,000

4

20,000

150°C

2.050

.550

.110

EH3S1

1

1

30,000

150°C

2.050

1.050

.110

FEATURES

• Tolerances: 1%, 2%, 5%,

10%, 15%

• Conformal epoxy coated

• .032 tinned copper leads or nickel
ribbon leads for welding

• Available without leads with
solderable termination pads

• VCR less than 5 PPM/V

• Voltage dividers and networks
designed to your specifications
resistor ratios to 10,000:1 (size
dependent).

• TCR tracking 25 PPM/°C

• Ratios to 1%

Temperature
Coefficient
+ 25°C to +125°C

KF315

Megohms

KF510

Megohms

KF520

Megohms

KF1020

Megohms

±100 PPM/°C

1-500

1-500

1-500

1-1000

±250 PPM/°C

500-5,000

500-5,000

500-5,000

1,000-10,000

MINIATURE HIGH
DIODE ARRAY

VOLTAGE

FEATURES

• Low reverse leakage current

• Fast recovery.® Small sizes

+| (♦- .035

MECHANICAL

• Lead Diameter
.015 max

• Lead Material— Silver

• Encapsulant — Epoxy

APPLICATIONS

• Typical applications
are power supplies
which generate the
high voltage re-
quired for image
intensifiers photo-
multipliers and CRTS.

K&M

Part No.

No. of
Diodes

Dim L

107-031-12

12

.510

107-031-10

10

.430

107-031- 8

8

.350

107-031- 6

6

.270

107-031- 4

4

.190

107-031- 2

2

.110

ELECTRICAL

. P1V = 1200 VDC

• IR @ 23°C 500 VDC 10 nano amps Max

• Junction Capacitance @ 23° Max 0.35 pf Max @
500 VDC

• Recovery Time @ 23°C 1.5 micro Sec. @ If =
10 ma

• Recovery Time @ 23°C 0.5 micro Sec. .040 Max

• Operating Temp +55°C to — 54°C

• Storage Temp + 85°C to — 70°C

ISM

MINIATURE HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES & COMPONENTS

electronics -inc 123 Interstate Drive • West Springfield • Mass • 01089 • (413) 781-1350 • TWX 710-350-6463

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-1991

4700

RESISTORS

4700

KELVIN

Precision Wire-wound Resistors, Power Resistors & Resistor Networks

Kelvin is a pioneer in the field of very high stability, close tolerance, precision wire-wound resistors. Resistors shown represent only part of the
broad Kelvin line. Complete catalog data is available on request.

HIGH RELIABILITY
“HRL” SERIES

Kelvin’s “HRL” Series was generated after
years of experience on the Polaris, Gemini,
Apollo and other important high reliability
missile and space programs. Kelvin has com-
bined the many and varied parameters of
these programs into a single resistor series,
designed to meet the stringent high reliability
requirements of many of today’s military and
commercial systems.

Kelvin’s reliability goal, through the design
and controls of the “HRL” Series resistor
and the use of acceptance inspection pro-
cedures, was to produce precision wire-
wound resistors having failure rates better

than .0005% /1 000 hours at a 90% con-
fidence level. Present level is .00064%/l000
hours at a 60% confidence level.

All “HRL” resistors have a documented
history. This includes traceability from the
spool analysis of the resistance wire, through
each phase of the production operation to
the finished product. Each resistor is screened
to eliminate INFANT MORTALITY. This con-
sists of a 100 hour burn in at full rated power
at 1 25°C and a short time overload at twice
the rated power. Other tests are conducted as
outlined in Bulletin HR 02449, which presents
the complete procedure and methods ap-
proach for production of “HRL” resistors.

HRL-20 .08

HRL-991 ,125

HRL-1009 .125

HRL-1097 .125

HRL-417 .125

SUB-MINIATURE TYPES

TOLERANCES: 1% through .005%
available on most types and resistance
values.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: ±20
ppm/°C standard.

T.C.s available to 1 ppm depending on
size, value and temperature range. '

COMBINATION AXIAL-RADIAL LEAD

WINDINGS: Non-inductive.

‘WATTAGE RATINGS: Based on a maxi*
mum ambient temperature of 125°C, de-
rated to zero watts at + 1 45°C.

“RESISTANCE MAX.: Contact factory for
availability of values above maximum

KELVIN

COMMERCIAL

RESISTANCE

OIA.

LENGTH

MAX.

LEAD

TYPE

WATTAGE*

MAX.**

±1/64

±1/32

VOLTS

DIA.

315-PAR

.05

100K

.080

.375

100

#24

303-PAR

.05

100K

.125

.250

100

#24

162-PAR

.10

200K

.125

.375

100

#22

158-PAR

.15

700K

.187

.375

100

#22

COMMERCIAL RESISTANCE

TYPE

WATTAGE*

MAX.**

-1/64

±1/32

EP-00

.05

100K

.080

.375

1788-P

.04

50K

.100

.225

460-P

.06

100K

.100

.281

301-P

.05

175K

.125

.250

EP01

.10

200K

.125

.375

470-P

.10

.500K

.160

.500

EP-20

.15

700K

.187

.375

304-P

.15

500K

.250

.250

430-P .

.15

600K

.250

.312

417-P

.20 1

700K

.250

.343

PRINTED CIRCUIT TYPES

TOLERANCES: 1% through .005%
available on most types and resistance
values.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: ±20
ppm/°C standard.

T.C.s available to 1 ppm depending on
size, value and temperature range.

-HIGH DENSITY PACKAGING

WINDINGS: Non-inductive.

‘WATTAGE RATINGS: Based on a maxi-
mum ambient temperature of 125°C, de-
rated to zero watts at + 1 45°C.

“RESISTANCE MAX.: Contact factory for
availability of values above maximum
shown.

KELVIN

COMMERCIAL

RESISTANCE

SIZE ±.020

MAX.

LEAD

LEAD

WATYAGt*

MAX.**

A B

SPACING

446-P

.250

2 Meg.

.140" .270"

.500"

100

#20

.250

447-P

.125

1 Meg.

.140" .270"

.250"

100

#20

.125

STANDARD PRINTED CIRCUIT

KELVIN

COMMERCIAL

RESISTANCE

DIA.

LENGTH

MAX.

LEAD

LEAD

TYPE

WATTAGE*

MAX.**

±1/64

±1/32

VOLTS

DIA.

SPACING

252-P

.15

375K

.250

.250

100

#22

.150

176-P

.15

450K

.250

.312

100

#22

.150

,178-P

.20

650K

.250

.400

200

#22

.150

277-P

.20

700K

.250

.437

200

#22

.150

471-P

.25

750K

.250

.500

300

#22

.150

177-P

.30

850K

.312

.500

400

#22

.200

179-P

.30

1.1M

.375

.500

400

#22

.200

155-P

.50

3.0M

.500

.625 j

400

#20

.250

HIGH STABILITY SERIES

LONG TERM STABILITY: .003% resistance change per year maximum under conditions involving
normal equipment and room temperature variations.

ISP

, TOLERANCES: 1% through .005%

available on most types and resistance *“'**““*

values.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: ±1 0

nnm/°P mum 3mbl6nt tGITipGrclturG Of 125 C, d6~

ppm/ u standard. rated tQ zero wattsat +145 ° c

life^taS^lmLKaSe 1 " 9 ° n "DISTANCE MAX, Contact factory for
size, value and temperature range. availability of values above maximum

WINDINGS: Non-inductive. shown.

OA

.15

560K

.187

.375

300

#22_

OB

.25

1.2 Meg.

.250

.500

300

#22

OC

.33

2.2 Meg.

750

.750

400

#22

0D

.33

2.4 Meg.

.375

.500

300

#20

OE

.50

3.6 Meg.

.375

.828

400

#20

OF

.60

5.2 Meg.

.375

1.000

400

#20

0G •

.50

4.0 Meg.

.500

.500

400

#20

OH

.60

6.4 Meg.

.500

.625

400

#20

OJ

1.00

8.0 Meg.

.500

1.000

800

OK

1.50

10.0 Meg.

.500

1.500

900

#20

OL

1.75

10.5 Meg.

.500

1.750

900

#20

OM

IM

13.0 Meg. j

— m —

zooo

1200

*20

STANDARD TYPES

TOLERANCES: 1% through .005%““
available on most types and resistance
values.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: ±20
ppm/°C standard.

T.C.s available to 1 ppm depending on
size, value and temperature range.
WINDINGS: Non-inductive.

‘WATTAGE RATINGS: Based on a maxi-

LUGand RADIAL LEAD

AXIAL-WIRE LEAD

mum arnDiem Temperature ot 125°C, d(±~
rated to zero watts at + 145°C
“RESISTANCE MAX.: Contact factory for
availability of values above maximum
shown.

‘All Lug Types available with #20 gauge
radial leads (except EP-22) by specifying
letter “R” after type number.

COMMERCIAL RESISTANCE
WATTAGE* MAX.**

EP-21

.25

1.5

Meg.

.250

.500

400

#22

467-P

.25

l.b

Meg.

.250

.500

400

#20

EP-23

.33

2./b

Meg.

.250

.750

400

#22

812-P

.33

2./b

Meg.

.250

.750

400

#20

363-P

.40

3.0

Meg.

.250

1.000

400

#22

334-P

.33

3.0

Meg.

.375

.500

300

#20

815-P

.50

4.5

Meg.

.375

.750

600

#20

EP-24

.50

4.5

Meg.

.375

.828

600

#20

EP-25

.50

5.0

Meg.

.500

.500

400

#20

254-P

.60

6.5

Meg.

.375

1.000

800

#20

EP-26

.60

8.0

Meg.

.500

.625

400

#20

EP-27

1.00

10.0

"MeJ

.500

1.000

800

#20

EP-28

1.50

12.0

Meg.

.500

1.500

900

#20

366-P

1.75

13.0

Meg.

.500

1.750

900

-#20-

EP-29

2.00

15.0

Meg.

.500

2.000

1200

#20

KELVIN

CATALOG #763 COVERS ALL PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE

5919 NOBLE AVENUE, VAN NUYS, CALIFORNIA 91411 TELEPHONE (21 3) 782-6662

1*1992

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

FAST RISE TIME APPLICATIONS

“RT” style resistors provide exceptionally high frequency performance, in addition to
the other recognized advantages of wire-wound resistors. “RT" resistors can be
supplied with rise times as low as 25 nanoseconds (from 10% to 90% of peak pulse
amplitude at 100 KC). depending on resistance values and physical configurations.
See Catalog #763

TOLERANCES: 1% through .005% WINDINGS: Non-inductive
available on most types and resistance * WATTAGE RATINGS: Based on a maxi-

va,ues - mum ambient temperature of 1 25°C, de-

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: ±20 rated to zero watts at + 145°C.
ppm/°C standard. “RESISTANCE MAX.. Contact factory for

T.C.s available to 1 ppm depending on availability of values above maximum
size, value and temperature range. shown.

SERIES KM MOLDED, POWER RESISTORS

Series KM are general purpose, reliable power resistors designed to be used where heat sinks are not available or not
desired. These resistors are extremely stable for their size as compared to film types. Series KM are considered to
have the lowest dollar per watt cost of precision resistors. Send for Bulletin K-1 .

TOLERANCES:

KM025, KM050, KM100— .1% thru 5%

KM200 thru KM1000— .05% thru 5%

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT:

(Per Degree Centigrade)

±20 PPM (170 ohms and above)

±30 PPM (10 to 170 ohms)

±50 PPM (1 to 9.99 ohms)

Below one ohm— contact factory

T.C.s to 5 PPM/°C available depending on size and value.

NON-INDUCTIVE STYLES: Reduce resistance values by
approximately 50%: derate maximum working voltage by 30%.
Add "N" to part number. Example: KMN025.

Working Maximum
Voltage Resistance

SIZE and TOLERANCES

Lead Lead
Length Diameter

Length Diameter (±0.125) (AWG)

0.2S0±.015 0.078±.01S 1.5 in. 24

0,312±.015 0,07B±.Q15 1.5 in. 24

0.422±.015 0.093±.015 1,5 in. 24

0.490±,015 0.15Q±.015 1.5 in. 22

0.500±.031 0.218±,015 1,5 in. 20

0.560±.031 0.187±.015 1.5 in. 20

0.812±.031 0.187±,015 1,5 in. 20

0.62S±.031 0 2S0±.015 2.0 In. 18

0.875±.031 o:312±.Q31 2.0 in. 18

1.218±.031 0.31 2±. 031 2.0 in. 18

1.780±.031 0.375±.031 2.0 in. 18

SERIES KC CHASSIS MOUNT POWER RESISTORS

DERATING CURVES

Derating is required for reduced chassis mounting area and
high ambient temperatures.

Curves: ! r ~1

AMBIENT TtMP. DEC. CENT16IU01 r~ ; . j j

- When mounted on proper aluminum chassis: 1 I

48 so. inches 0.040 aluminum for KC500

and KC1000 B - Unmounted KC500 and KC1000

70 sq. inches 0.040 aluminum for KC2500 C - Unmounted KC2500
144 sq. inches 0.040 aluminum for KC5000 D - Unmounted KC5000

Designed to provide maximum heat dissipation through heat sink and finned
case configuration. Ideally suited where large amounts of power must be
dissipated and small size is important. Capable of maintaining their precision
tolerance in wattage ratings up to 50 watts. Send for Bulletin K-3.
TOLERANCES: 0.05% through 5.0%.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT:

(Per Degree Centigrade)

TC KC500 KC1000 KC2500 KC5000

±50ppm i a to 9.9 n in to 9.9n i a to 9.9 n in to 9.9 a

±30Ppm io a to 25 a io a to 99 a io a to 170 a io a to 500 a
±20PPM 26 a to 20K 100 a to 30K 171 a to 75K 501 a to 200K
Below one ohm— contact factory.

T.C.s to 5 PPM/°C available depending on size and value.

NON-INDUCTIVE STYLES: Reduce resistance values by approximately 50%;
derate maximum working voltage by 30%. Add "N” to part number. Example:
KCN500.

SERIES KM-4T & KC-4T POWER RESISTORS

GENERAL FEATURES

TOLERANCES: 1% through 10%

RESISTANCE RANGE: .001 ohms and up ' =s==

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: .in to in ±90 PPM/°C =

,05a to c.in ± 150 PPM/°C

TEMPERATURE RANGE:
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:

Below .05 ohm— Check Factory
-55°C to +275°C
1000 VRMS all styles except
KC5000-4T at 2500 VRMS
Tinned copperweld

KELVIN FOUR TERMINAL POWER RESISTORS provide low resistance and close tolerance capabilities to users who
require accurate measurements in tightly designed circuits. The two voltage (sense) leads will yield a very precise
measurement at the points where they join the current leads. Lead resistance, which plays a predominant role in low
ohm resistors, is virtually eliminated.

KELVIN DC

PART WATTAGE WORKING MINIMUM RESISTANCE IN OHMS

KC1000-4T
.03 m%

See KM & KC Series this page for additional specifications.

NUMBER

RATING

VOLTAGE

10%

5%

3%

1%

KM300-4T

3W

150

.003

.005

.01

.02

KM500-4T

5W

400

.002

.003

.0075

.015

KC1000-4T

12W

275

.003

.005

.01

.02

KC2500-4T

25W

560

.002

.003

.0075

.015

KC5000-4T

50W

1300

.001

.002

.005

.01

K747 WIREWOUND RESISTOR

Lead Size: #22 (.025) solder-coated brass Dr

Lead Spacing € to : .150" (±.010) ch

Wattage: .3 watts Pr

Voltage: 200 volts

Resistance Range: .5a to 375K

Resistance Tolerance: 1% thru .01%

Temperature Coefficient: ±5 PPM standard (0-85"C)

TC Tracking: ±3PPM/°C Typical— Available to ±1PPM/°C (Value dependent)

Stability: 25PPM/year

Rise Time: 25 nanoseconds (value dependent)

Noise: Not measureable on commercially available equipment

Environmental: Exceeds all requirements of MIL-R-39005

Designed specifically to interchange with film resistors of same physical configuration. Performance
characteristics show the K747 series to be superior in almost all instances. Send for Bulletin K747.

For closer tolerances to .005% and temperature coefficients to 1 PPM (0 to 60°C referenced to 25°C)
request Bulletin K746. .a.

SIZE: 320 ±.020 H,

,295±.010 L,

. 1 00±.01 5 W.

" Or .100±.010W (specify K746)

Kelvin pioneered the close tolerance, close temperature coefficient and excellent long term stability wire-wound resistor. State-of-the-art manufacturing techniques and superior testing capa-
bilities yield the ultimate in quality at a competitive price. Please contact your nearest Kelvin representative or the factory direct for further details.

KELVIN 5919 NOBLE AVENUE, VAN NUYS, CALIFORNIA 9141 1 (213) 782-6662, TELEX: 651417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*1993

4700

RESISTORS

4700

KELVIN

Precision Wire-wound Resistors, Power Resistors & Resistor Networks

Kelvin is a pioneer in the field of very high stability, close tolerance, precision wire-wound resistors. Resistors shown represent only part of the
broad Kelvin line. Complete catalog data is available on request.

Series G HERMETICALLY SEALED RESISTORS

DESCRIPTION

•The Kelvin “G” Series are true hermetically sealed resistors where the resistive element is contained in its
own stable environment within an insulated, non-magnetic metal shell with Kovar glass-to-metal end seals.

• By providing a true hermetic seal, plus closely controlled production techniques, guaranteed shelf life
stabilities of less than 5 PPM per year are now made commercially available. Stability plots conducted over

an extended period show deviations of less than 5PPM after the first year and 10PPM over a three year period.

• In order to achieve these high accuracies of stability, special handling in a controlled environment and
attention to finite Engineering, Production and Quality details is a prerequisite.

• Kelvin has developed special winding techniques wherein repeatability of winding tension from lot to lot is
controllable within a finite degree. This repeatability of tension results in consistency of stability and
temperature coefficient. For example: TC’s of 1PPM are available (value dependent) from 0°C.to 85°C referenced
to 25°C.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: “G” SERIES

1. Resistance Range: See Table 1 6. Environmental: Conforms to MIL-R-39005

2. Standard Resistance 7. Wattage: See Table 1

Tolerances:

3. Resistance Ratios:

4. Temperature Coefficient:

0.1% to .0025%*

5. Stability :
(Storage Life)

: ±5PPM/°C from -55°C to +125°C
Available to ±1PPM* 0 to 85°C
TC’s referenced to 25°C

5PPM/Year 10PPM/3 Years

6. Environmental: Conforms tc

7. Wattage: See Table 1

8. Maximum Voltage: See Table 1

9. Mechanical

Dimensions: See Table 1

10. Leads: Solderable,

Solderable, IV2 inch
minimum length.
See Table 1

* Value Dependent

Figure 1

KELVIN
I PART
NUMBER

WATTAGE

@ 85°C (1)

MAXIMUM

VOLTAGE

TABLE 1

RESISTANCE
MAX. (2)

“A” Dimension includes insulating sleeve.

.2

100

5

B3S

.26

G-23

.3

200

800K

.261

.970

1.120

#22

G-24

.4

300

1 .8 MEG

.375

1.000

1.200

#20

G-27

.5

500

3.0 MEG

.520

1.000

1.200

#20

G-28

1.0

600

5.0 MEG

.520

1.500

1.700

#20

G-29

1.5

600

8.0 MEG

.520

2.000

2.200

#20

(1) Derated to Zero Watts See Figure 3

(2) Check Factory for minimum value vs electrical tolerance and physical size •

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: SERIES G-747

1 . Resistance Max:

2. Tolerance:

3. Resistance Ratios:

4. Temperature Coefficient:

5. Stability (Storage Life):

6. Environmental:

7. Wattage:

8. Maximum voltage:

*Value dependent

375K

.1% to .005%*

To .001%*
±5PPM/°C from
-55°C to +125°C
Available to
±1PPM* Oto 85°C
TC’s referenced
to 25°C
5PPM/year
10PPM/3 year
Conforms to
MIL R 39005
0.1 W at 85°C(1)
200 volts

Figure 2

- -425 j. 1

— .400 — - |l

T

• 14s i r

i 'n

1

.315

.375

060 i

‘ 14--U

r u P u

Figure 3

DERATING CURVES RELATED
TO RESISTOR TOLERANCE

1.0 Min. #22AWG (.025 DIA.)
I TINNED BRASS

AMBIENT TEMP. DEG. CENTIGRADE

KELVIN 5919 NOBLE AVENUE, VAN NUYS, CALIFORNIA 9141 1 (213) 782-6662, TELEX: 651417

1*1994

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1 995

Come to KOA for Quality

NETWORKS & FIXED RESISTORS M

• Unequaled quality & durability

• Lower Cost

• Most orders filled fast from stock

• Dedicated customer service

PARAMETER

RESISTOR NETWORK SIP
THICK FILM (TYPE RKC)

OPERATING TEMP. RANGE

— 40°C~150°C

TEMP. COEFFICIENT

±250ppm/°C

SHORT TIME OVERLOAD

±0.5%

INSULATION RESISTANCE

over 10 4 MO

DIELECTRIC WITHSTANDING V.

±0.5%

TERMINAL STRENGTH

PULL TEST

±0.5%

BEND TEST

cycles and over

RESISTANCE TO SOLDERING HEAT

±0.5%

SOLDERABILITY

over %

LIFE (AT ELEVATED AMBIENT TEMP.)

±3%

TEMPERATURE CYCLING

±0.5%

ENDURANCE (MOISTURE LOAD)

±1%^100KQ<±2%

ENDURANCE (RATED LOAD)

±1%^100KQ<±2%

MAX. WORKING VOLTAGE

200V

MAX. OVERLOAD VOLTAGE

280V

RATING AMBIENT TEMP.

70° C

RESISTANCE RANGE

10O-2.2M O

RESISTANCE TOLERANCE

J (±5%), G (±2%)

NO. OF
PINS

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

MM

Luav

13.2

15.8

18.3

20.9

23.4

25.9

28.5

31.0

36.1

IVI AA.

IN.

0.520

0.622

0.720

0.823

0.921

1.020

1.122

1.220

1.421

PARAMETER

r METAL FILM |

METAL

OXIDE

CARBON

FILM

PRECISION

SEMI-

PRECISION

ULTRA

PRECISION

MIL

TYPE DESIGNATION

MF

ML

H

RN

MO

CF

WATTAGE

1/8-1

1/8 -1/4

1-3

1/8-1

TEMP. COEFFICIENT

25-100°C

200° C

50 &100°C

200°C

—

RESIST. TOLER. (%)

0.5 & 1.0

2.0 & 5.0

0.5 & 1.0

2.0 & 5.0

2.0 & 5.0

OPER. TEMP. RANGE

-55/+155°C

-55+155° C

-55/+155°C

-55/+165°C

SHORT TIME OVRLD. (%)

0.3

0.5

0.06

0.05(C) 0.1(D)

0.5

0.4

TEMP. CYCLING

0.3

0.5

0.04

0.1

0.5

0.5

LOAD LIFE (%)

1.0

1.5

0.3

0.5(C) 1.0(D)

2.0

2.0

MOISTURE RESISTANCE

1.0

1.5

0.4

0.3(C) 1.0(D)

2.0

2.0

VOLTAGE COEFFICIENT

lOppm/V

5ppm/V

5ppm/V

lOppm/V

15ppm/V

FAILURE RATE/1000 HRS.

<10^5

<10-5

<10-5

<10-5

<10-3

<io-«

MARKING

CLR. BAND (4)

Alpha

Alpha

CLR. BAND (4)

CLR. BAND (4)

See our representative & distributor listings.

Speer Electronics, Inc.

KOA Speer Electronics, Inc., Dept. A

P.O. Box 547, Bradford, PA 16701
814-362-5536

TLX: 914-404 • TWX: 510-695-5921
Direct Line to Sales Dept. 814-362-8810

KOA Speer Electronics, Inc.

1613 E. Edinger Avenue,

Santa Ana, CA 92705
714-558-0268 • TWX: 910-595-1125

4700 RESISTORS 4700

MINIGLOSSARY

RESISTOR COLOR CODES

El A/ MIL Resistor Color Codes

■ f £

1

I Tolerance
I Multiplier
ISecond digit
iFirst digit

Color code for general-purpose industrial resistors

Color

Significant

digit

Multiplier

Tolerance

Black

0

1

—

Brown

1

10

± 1%

Red

2

100

± 2%

Orange

3

1000

± 3%

Yellow

4

10,000

± 4%

Green

5

100,000

—

Blue

6

1,000,000

—

Violet

7

10,000,000

—

Gray

8

—

—

White

9

—

—

Gold

—

0.1

± 5%

Stiver

—

0.01

±10%

No color

—

. —

±20%

Example:

4700

RESISTORS

4700

MWffiiBMS^ JHI

R

■

cc

El

R

D

ULTRA PRECISION /FASTEST DELIVERY^ j j

E

1

55

N

E

K

ULTRA PRECISION WIREWOUND RESISTORS

STYLE

MIL R 93
STYLE

WATTAGE

NOMINAL DIMENSIONS

MAX

OHMS

A ± .062

B ± .062

AX-01

.1

.188

.093

75 K

AX-1

.1

.250

.125

150 K

AX-1 A

.1

.312

.150

175 K

AX-2

.2

.375

.150

200 K

AX-2F

.2

.375

.187

250 K

AX-4

RB 56

.25

.312

.250

400 K

AX-5

RB 55

.33

.500

.250

500 K

AX-6

.33

.625

.250

650 K

AX-7

RB 54

.5

.750

.250

1 MEG

AX-8

RB 53

.75

.750

.375

2 MEG

AX-9

RB 52

1.0

1.000

.375

3 MEG

AX-10

RB 57

1.25

1.000

.500

5 MEG

AX-11

RB 58

1.5

1.500

.500

7.5 MEG

AX-12

RB 59

2.0

2.000

.500

10 MEG

SPECIFICATIONS

TOLERANCE:

WATTAGE:

STABILITY:

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT:

WINDINGS:

CONSTRUCTION:

ADDITIONAL FEATURES:

.1% to .001%

.1 Watt to 2.0 Watts
.0005% per year
±2 ppm/°C above 10 Q
±15 ppm/°C below 10 Q
Non inductive
Encapsulated Epoxy

Tracking T.C. ±.5 ppm/°C. Shunts as low as
.001 Q. Special T.C. 0 to +6000 ppm/°C. Low
capacitance ±1 pF Hermetic sealing available

SILICONE COATED POWER WIREWOUND
RESISTORS

STYLE

MIL R 26
TYPE

WATTAGE

RATING

NOMINAL DIMENSIONS

MAX

OHMS

U

275°C

V

350°C

A ± .062

B ± .031

MI-1 A

RW 70

1.0

1.25

.406

.094

10 K

MI-1B

1.1

1.3

.531

.094

15 K

MI-2

4.0

5.5

.625

.250

47 K

MI-2A

3.0

3.75

.812

.188

42 K

MI-2B

RW 79

3.0

3.75

.560

.188

24 K

MI-2C

RW 69

3.0

3.75

.500

.218

32 K

MI-5

RW 74

5.0

6.5

.875

.312

95 K

MI-7

7.0

9.0

1.185

.312

154 K

MI-10

RW 78

10.0

13.0

1.780

.375

273 K

SPECIFICATIONS

TOLERANCE:

WATTAGE:

STANDARD RESISTANCE VALUES:

COATING:

LEADS:

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT:
CONSTRUCTION:

ADDITIONAL FEATURES:

5%, 1% closer tolerances available to .05%

1 Watt to 13 Watts

From .1 Q to maximum values as stated in table.
Values as low as .001 Q and 4 terminal
construction available

Special silicone coating withstands moisture,
salt water immersion and cleaning solvents. It
will withstand operation from — 65°C up to400°C
Tinned copperweld. Length 1.25" minimum
±20 ppm/°C 500 Q up
Welded Terminations
Non inductive windings. Other sizes and
wattages. Special Temperature Coefficients
up to +6000 ppm/°C

— p

H

•T J 1

1

• 1 MEISSNER INDUSTRIES

La 1

mJ

mJ

| ^ DEPT. EM, 551 ROUTE 10 / DOVER, NEW JERSEY 07801/(201) 366-1700

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1997

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Mepcoy/Electra

Your resistor/ capacitor company with
tomorrow's technology today.

AfMORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS COMPANY

FILM RESISTORS

General Purpose, Carbon Film, SFR, Precision Film, Mil-R-10509 (RN),
Mil-R-22684 (RL), Mil-R-39017 (RLR), UPR, Mil-R-55182 (RNC)

P.O. Box 760, Mineral Wells, TX 76067 (817) 325-7871 TWX: 910-890-5855

Established reliability metal film, Mil-R-55182 style RNR

Columbia Road, Morristown, NJ 07960 (201) 539-2000 TWX: 710-986-7437

INDUSTRIAL/CONSUMER GROUP

Mepco/

Electra

Series

Category

Body

Type

Resistance

Range

(ohms)

Tolerance

Range

(±%)

Temperature

Coefficient

Range

(PPM/°C)

Power
Range
@ 70°C
(watts)

Max.

Voltage

Range

(watts)

SPACE

MISER

GENERAL

PURPOSE

METAL FILM
Conformal-Coated

.2212-5.1 Meg

5%

1%

±100

1/3

200

CR

GENERAL

PURPOSE

CARBON FILM
Conformal-Coated

1ft-1 Meg

5% -1 0%

-200 to
+ 500, ±300

1 / 8 - 1/4

1/2

150-250-
, 350

SFR

GENERAL

PURPOSE

METAL FILM
Conformal-Coated

10-10 Meg

1 %-2%

5%

±200 and
±100

1 / 8 - 1/4

1/2

150-250-

350

SPR

STANDARD

PRECISION

METAL FILM
Conformal-Coated

10-25.5 Meg

0.5% -1 .0%

+ 50 to
+ 150

1 / 4-1

350-500

UPR

&

MATCHED

SETS

ULTRA

PRECISION

METAL FILM
Conformal-Coated

51.10-499K

.025% -1%

+ 2 to
+25

@ 85°C

v M

Ve-'A

%

200-300

MIL

Style

MIL

Specs

INDUSTRIAL/STANDARD MILITARY

RL

MIL-R-22684

METAL FILM
Conformal-Coated

4. 30-470 K

2%

5%

±100

1 / 4 - 1/2

250-350

RN

MIL-R-10509

METAL FILM
Conformal-Coated

1 00-4 M

0.1%-1%

±25 to
±100

V*r%

200-

350

ESTABLISHED RELIABII

-ITY (MIL)

RLR .

MIL-R-39017

METAL FILM
Conformal-Coated

4.20-1 M

1 %-2%

±100

1 / 8 - 1/2

250-

350

RNC

MIL-R-55182

METAL FILM
Conformal-Coated

1 00-3.01 M

0.1 %-1 %

±25 to
±100

@ + 1 25°C
Vir%

200-

300

RNR

Hermetic

MIL-R-55182

METAL FILM
Hermetic Seal

100-1 M

0.1 %-1 %

±25 to
±50

@ +125°C

'Ao-’/a

200-

350

CHIP RESISTORS

Columbia Road, Morristown, NJ 07960 (201) 539-2000 TWX: 710-986-7437

SERIES 9C COMMERCIAL CHIP RESISTORS

Mepco/

Electra

Series

Resistance

Range

Tolerance

Temperature

Coefficient

(ppm/°C)

Power

Rating

(70°C)

Maximum

Voltage

Dimensions (mm)

Length

Width

Thickness

9C1206

10 ft-
lOOMft

±1%

±5%

±100

±200

i/e Watt

200V (R.M.S.)

3.2 ±0.15

1.6 ±0.15

0.6 ±10

SERIES RM ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY CHIP RESISTORS (MIL-R-55342)

Mil-Part
Part Number
Style

Resistance

Range

Tolerance

Temperature

Coefficient

(ppm/°C)

Power

Rating

(70°C)

Maximum

Voltage

Dimensions (Inches)

Length

Width

Thickness

M55342/2

1 00ft-300Kft

±1%

±100

50mw

40VDC

.050

.050

.010 Min.

RM0505

100ft-500Kft

±5%

±300

+ .025

+ .010

.040 Max.

1 00ft-500Kft

±10%

±300

-.005

-.005

M55342/6

1 00ft-500ft

±1%

±100

lOOmw

50VDC

.075

.050

.010 Min.

RM0705

lOOft-IMft

±5%

±300

+ .025

+ .010

.040 Max.

lOOft-IMft

±10%

±300

-.005

mmmm

M55342/3

1 0Oft-5O0Kft

±1%

±100

lOOmw

40VDC

.050

.010 Min.

RM1005

lOOft-IMft

±5%

±300

+ .010

.040 Max.

lOOft-IMft

. _ . .... _ .

±10%

±300

-.005

M55342/4

lOOft-IMft

±1%

±100

150mw

40VDC

|

.050

.010 Min.

RM1505

lOOft-IMft

±5%

±300

+ .010

.040 Max.

lOOft-IMft

±10%

±300

i

-.005

1*1998 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Mepcoy/Electra

Your resistor/ capacitor company with
tomorrow’s technology today.

A NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS COMPANY

NETWORKS

Columbia Road, Morristown, NJ 07960 (201) 539-2000 TWX: 710-986-7437

SERIES 9S FIXED RESISTOR NETWORKS SINGLE IN LINE PACKAGE

Mepco/Electra

Series

Resistance

Range

Tolerance

Temperature
Coefficient (ppm/°C)

Circuits

Available

Pin Styles
Available

9S06, 08, 10

220-1 Mfl

±2%

±200

Terminator

6, 8, and 10

±1%*

±100*

Pull Up/Pull Down

Single in Line

9S06, 08, 10

220-1 MO

±2%

±200

Dual Terminator

6, 8, and 10

±1%*

±5%*

Circuit

Single in Line

SERIES RZ040,

RZ050, RZ030 MILITARY STYLE (MIL-R-83401) RESISTOR NETWORKS

Military Part
Number

Resistance

Range

Tolerance

Temperature
Coefficient (ppm/°C)

Circuits

Available

Pin Styles
Available

M8340104

47.50-1 MO

±1%

±100

Terminator

6 Pin

RZ040

±2%

±300

Pull Up

Single in Line

±5%

M8340105

47.50-1 MO

±1%

±100

Terminator

8 Pin

RZ050

±2%

±300

Pull Up

Single in Line

±5%

M8340103

1 000-1 00KO

±1%

Terminator

14 Pin Flat Pack

RZ030

±2%

±300

■

±5%

10K AND 100K ECL TERMINATORS

Mepco/Electra

Series

Standard

Resistance Values

Tolerance

Temperature
Coefficient (ppm/°C)

Circuits

Available

Capacitors

Pin Styles
Available

9N08

68 ft , 100 ft ,**

±5%

±200

.01 Alt

8 Pin

150ft

Z5U

Single

25VDC

in Line

9N10

50ft, 68ft,**

±5%

±200

.01

10 Pin

100 ft

Z5U

Single

25VDC

in Line

* These characteristics available upon request. ** Others available upon request.

NON-LINEAR RESISTORS

Columbia Road, Morristown, NJ 07960 (201) 539-2000 TWX: 710-986-7437

PTC/NTC THERMISTORS

Mepco/

Electra

Series

Category

Body

Type

Resistance

Range

Tolerance

Temperature

Coefficient

Range

(ppm/°C)

Power
Range
@ 70°C
(watts)

Ma.

Voltage

Range

(volts)

NTC

Non

Linear

Conformal

Coated

Disc

15ft-330Kft

±5%

±10%

±20%

8%-98%/°C

V4-1

N.A.

PTC

30ft-250ft

5%-75%/°C

N.A.

15-265V

VOLTAGE DEPENDENT RESISTORS (ZnO VARISTORS)

Mepco/

Electra

Series

Style & Size Range
Inches (mm)

Temperature

Coefficient

@ 1mA. +25°C to + 85°C

Max. Avg.
Dissipation
(Including
Transients)

Max.

Non-Repetitive
Transient Current

VZ, VW, VY, VV

.276 — .630 O.D.

60 — 460

-0.065% /K

lOOmW — 600mW

400A — 4500A

(7—16) O.D.

All types

All Types

For information on Mepco/Electra’s CAPACITORS/POTENTIOMETERS/MILITARY COMPONENTS, see pages 1-1142, 1*2141 and 1*1674.

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*1999

4700

4700

MICRO-OHM

CORPORATION

4900 SANTA ANITA DRIVE, EL MONTE, CA 91731

PHONE (213) 442-3310 • (213) 686-0535 • TWX: 910-587-3425

AXIAL LEAD I

Series 100 y (°)

length (L) Diameter (D)

M0 Mil R-83 Inch I min inch I mm

Style Equlv. ±.032 I ±.81 ±.015 | ±.30

QUALITY PRECISION RESISTORS

^ tMM I Tolerances: .001% to 1% POWER RESISTOI
> length*' T.Cs: 1 PPM to 6000 PPM Series FP

Windings: Non-inductive •«- a-

Leadld) Max. ResUtme

Ua . d M Com'l Voltage (.0004 M fej >; —

AW6 | mm Wattage DC Wife) Ll □

POWER RESISTORS

Series FP

SEND FOR CATALOG

Tolerances: .05% to 10%

T.Cs: PPM/°C

Resistance

20

ion & over

30

in— -ion

90

under in

1-2000

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

MICRO-OHM

CORPORATION

4900 SANTA ANITA DRIVE, EL MONTE, CA 91731

PHONE (213) 442-3310 • (213) 686-0535 • TWX: 910-587-3425

QUALITY PRECISION RESISTORS

METAL FILM RESISTORS

Type RN 25 . _

p=F^Jmi>=j7 -ft.

T.Cs: 25, 50 & 100 PPM
Tolerances: 0.5% to 1%
RN55 Size: 14 w rating

M0

Style

Length (L) Diameter (D)

Lead (d)
Tin Cu.

Wattage
@ 70°C

Max.

Working

Voltage

Max.

Overload

Voltage

Resistance
Range (fi)

Inch

±0.39

mm

±1.0

Inch

±.02

mm

±0.5

AWG mm

RN25

.25

6.4

.09

2.3

22 0.5

V*

250

500

1-1 .1 Meg

HIGH STABILITY LINEAR POSITIVE
T.C. RESISTORS
Type LPTC-8 Metal Film

Rating & Dimensions:
(in inches)

Resistance Range: 10 ohm — 20K ohm (T1 and T2)

10 ohm — IK ohm (T3andT4)

Resistance Tolerance: ±2% (G) and ±5% (J)

Resistance Temperature Coefficient: T1 (±2500 PPM)

T2 (±3000 PPM)

T3 (±3500 PPM)

T4 (±4000 PPM)

Features: a) Linear resistance change vs. temperature, which cannot be ob-
tained in a semiconductor or thermister.
b) Positive temperature coefficient

Application: Temperature compensation, temperature indication, temperature
control, temperature protection and liquid level detection.
Markings: First two bands are significant digits, third band the multiplier, and
the fourth and fifth bands are first two digits of T.C.R.

SPECIFICATIONS FOR MG SERIES
METAL GLAZE RESISTORS

This high resistance component has been developed to be used as a precision
or power resistor for X-ray equipment, measuring equipment and statistic
electric equipment. It has high reliability in its shelf life, T.C.R. and other
characteristics.

CHARACTERISTICS:

T.C.R.: 100 PPM
Load life: 3000 Hrs. ±1%

Anti moisture load life: ±1% after
250 Hrs. at 40°C 90-95% RH
Voltage coefficient: 0.00002
0.0005% /V

Shelf life: ±1% after 10,000 Hrs.

at room temp.

Max. Temperature: 220°C
Temperature range: -55°C M65°C

Max. Power Rating @ 70°C

L

±.020

D

±.020

1

d

.250

.090

■m

22 ga.

140 150 160 170

Ambient Temperature

Style

Rated

Wattage

Max.

Working

Voltage

Pulse

Voltage

Resistance Range

Dimensions (inches)

D

±.04

L

±.06

d

±.004

(W)

m

<KV)

MG-25

0.25

0.10

0.30

IMeg- lOOMeg

.09

.256

.025

MG-50

Q.50

0.35

0.70

IMeg- 200Meg 1

.126

.393

.028

MG-1

1.0

1.00

1.00

1 Meg-1 OOOMeg

.165

.472

.032

MG-2

2.0

5.00

7.50

1Meg-2000Meg

.217

.630

.032

Resistance Tolerance: F = ±1% G = d

t2% J = ±5% Markings: EIA color coding system or Digit

al marking.

FLAME-PROOF METAL OXIDE POWER RESISTORS

Style

Dimension (inches) |

L ±.02

D ±.02

d (nominal)

RSF-VsB

.35

.12

.028

RSF-1B

.46

.16

,028

RSF-2B

.61

.23

.032

RSF-3B

.98

.33

.032

RSF-5B

1.60

.33

.032

Style

Power
Rating
@ 7Q°C

Max.

Working

Voltage

Max.

Overload

Voltage

Dielectric

Withstanding

Voltage

Resistance

Range

Resistance

Tolerance

RSF-VaB

0.5W

250V

400V

500V

0.2 -100KQ

RSF-1B

1W

500V

1,000V

700V

0.2 -100K9

RSF-2B

2W

500V

1,000V

700V

0,2 -120K9

G*

RSF-3B

3W 1

750V

I.OOOV

1,000V

0.2 -150K9

J

RSF-5B

5W |

750V

1,000V

1,500V

0.47-240KA

* G 5.10 and over

CHARACTERISTICS

Test Method

Requirements

Characteristics

JIS C 5202

MU-R-22684B

. Operating Temperature Range

— 55°C to +275°C

Temperature Coefficient (ppm C)

±200

5.2

4

6

11

Short Time Overload

±(0.5% +0.05G)

5.5

4

6

5

Max.

Resistance

Effect of Soldering

±(0.5% +0.05Q)

6.4 350°C 3 sec

4

6

9

Temperature Cycling

±(0.5% +0.050)

7.4 — 55°C/85°C

4

6

3

Change

Moisture Resistance

±5%

7.9 1,000 hr

4

6

10

Load Life

±5%

7.10 1,000 hr

4

6

12

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage .

±(0.5% +0.0512)

5.7

4

6

7

Insulation Resistance

over 10 4 MO

5.6

4

6

8

Non-Combustibility

The resistor shall withstand Overload test in accordance with Article UL492, 213 without producing a fire hazard.

Resistance to Solvents

The resistor shall withstand Solvents test in accordance with Article MIL-STD-2D2 E 215 without producing any
mechanical or electrical damage.

JUMPER WIRE ZERO OHM
Type 104, 106, 108
DIMENSIONS:

Black band indicates
zero resistance

i

FEATURES:

RESISTORS

.025"

I

1.125"

• Sizes equal to Vs, Va and 16 W
carbon film

• Economical

• Straight-through zero ohm continuity

• Conformal multilayer epoxy coating

• Welded cap and lead construction

• Packing: Tape & reeled or bulk

Type

Equivalent

Wattage

Body

inch

Length (L) ±.010

inch

Diameter (D) ±.005

104

Va

.150

.080

106

V*

.245

.085

108

%

.500

.095

SPECIFICATIONS:

Maximum Resistance: 0.0025 ohm

Lead Material: Leads are copperclad steel with 30/70 solder coatings to
allow both welding and soldering operations.

Body material: Epoxy coated metal body

Minimum Insulation Resistance: Dry, 10,000 megohm; Wet, 100 megohm
Minimum Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: Atmospheric, 500V RMS;
Reduced, 325V RMS

Insulation Flammability: Resistor insulation is self extinguishing within
10 seconds after externally applied flame is removed.

Current Rating: 25 amps at 25°C, derating to 0 amps at 150°C
Reel Capacity: 5000 pcs

APPLICATIONS

Jumper wires or crossovers, as they are sometimes called, are basically
interconnection devices between points on a PC board.

Generally they are used for the following reasons:

• Inability to connect two points on a PC board due to other circuit paths
which must be crossed over.

• An after-the-fact design change that requires new point connections.

• Circuit tuning by changing point connections.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2001

4700

RESISTORS

4700

T f

CHIP RESISTORS (THICK FILM)

WRAP-AROUND TERMINATIONS

FEATURES

• Eliminates expensive multiple screenings

• Provides very low to very hgh resistance values (trimmed to your
specific order)

• Wrap-around terminations provide assembly ease and reliability

• Allows high density packaging

• Offers uniform tolerances — to 1%

• Can be wave-soldered directly to the back of a P.C. board

• Can be color-coded for identification

• High reliability-manufactured to meet Ml L-R-55342C standards
(see chart)

• High purity alumina substrate

• Precision performance-resulting from tight TCR, close tracking
and excellent environmental performance

• Backside metalization available on request.

SIZES

. w

Style*

Resistance Range

Power Rating at 25°C

Ec

5 £2 - 50 meg

75 mw

A

1 12 - 50 meg

125 mw

B

1 12 - 50 meg

200 mw

C

5 12 - 1 00 meg

250 mw

D

5 12 - 1 00 meg

700 mw

E

5 12 - 100 meg

1 w

F

5 12 - 100 meg

2 w

G

5 12 - 100 meg

500 mw

H

5 12 - 100 meg

300 mw

*Other values and sizes available on special orders.

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTIC

Temperature Coefficient

Thermal Shock

Low Temperature Operation

Short Time Overload

High Temperature Exposure

Resistance to Bonding Exposure

Moisture Resistance

Solderability

Termination Adhesion

Maximum Operating Voltage

TCR Tracking

Resistive
‘ Material

96% Alumina
Substrate

Wrap-Around

Termination

.01 5 ±.005

Technical information and samples available without obligation.

Width (W)
±.005" ( .13)

Thickness

<T)

± .005" 1

1 .13)

. .020"

( .5)

.020"

( .5) 1

TEST METHOD

Ml L-STD-202F, Method 304
— 55°C to + 125°C

Ml L-STD-202F, Method 107
5 cycles, - 55°C to + 125°C

Ml L-R-55342C, Para. 4.7.4
One hour at — 55°C followed by
45 minutes RCWV

Ml L-R-55342C, Para. 4.7.5
2.5 times RCWV for 5 sec at 25°C
not exceeding 80 volts

Ml L-R-55342C, Para. 4.7.6
1 25° C for 100 hours

Ml L-R-55342C, Para. 4.7.7
Soldered to test board at
260°C for 10 seconds

Ml L-STD-202F, Method 106
10 cycles, total 240 hours

MIL-STD-202F, Method 108A
2000 hours at 70°C, RCWV
intermittent

Ml L-STD-202F, Method 208
230°C for 5 seconds

Ml L-R-55342C, Para. 4.7.12
15 gram pull for 30 seconds

REQUIREMENT

±200 PPM/°C

(± 50 PPM/°C available)

± 0.5% max.

± 0.5% max.

± 0.5% max.

± 1 .0% max.

± 0.25% max.

95% min. coverage

15 gram minimum

100 WVDC (Not to exceed

maximum power)

± 5 PPM/ °C •

(From same lot)

i -loo -

Q.

Q- - 200 '
| -300 -
C -400 -
{f -500 -
-600 -
-700 ,

1*2002

__fTUCRDPLEH,tnc.

2126 So. Lyon St., Santo Ana CA 92705 (714)979-8833

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

fm PRECISION NMD RESISTORS

• Lead Configuration:

“A” after Part No. 1 Axial Leads
"R” for Radial Leads
“L” for Lugs

• For high speed applications
(minimum distributed L and 0
specify MR200 Series.

• For high stability applications
specify MR300 Series.

• Tolerance: .005% and up;
to .002% in some cases.

• Metric sizes available, ask for
our Metric Flyer.

PRECISION POWER WIREWOUND RESISTORS

Part No. I Watt I Max. R

MRP-V2-A

• To 10 watts.

• Silicone covered for maximum
heat transfer.

• Tolerance: 5%, 1% standard,
available to .05%.

• Ask for our
Precision Power Flyer.

NETWORKS

• Any configuration you desire.

• Matched 2, 3 or 4 Network configurations available in standard sizes.

• Standard R, 2R, 4R types, etc. available.

• Tolerances: To .005%, closer in some cases;

Temperature Coefficient tracking to 1 PPM; Ratio matches to .001%.

• Ask for our Network Flyer.

FIBERGLASS CORE WIREWOUND RESISTORS

CERAMIC-CEMENT ENCASED RESISTORS

H l H -H w K- 1 — —

I 1 I — i -*• Ml

I |- LfJ H Ml

T , Ml

Part No.

Watt

Dimensions j

Leads

W

H

L

MRW-5

5

%

3 /8

%

#20

MRW-7

7

%

3/8

13/8

#20

MRW-10

10

%

3/8

17/8

#20

MRW-15

15

Vz

Vz

17/8

#18

MRW-20

20

Vz

Vz

IVz

#18

MRW-25

25

5 /s

%

2Vz

#18

Stand Off Available

UNCASED RESISTORS

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Tolerance ±10%, ±5" available
Wattage to 20 watts

Positive temperature coefficient parts are available

MECHANICAL INFORMATION

Variety of terminals available
Tin plated steel or brass lug terminal material
Axial leads — tinned copper or copperweld
Core is silicone impregnated fiberglass
Most dimensions per your requirements

MILLS RESISTOR MM.

3840 CATALINA STREET
LOS ALAMITOS, CA 90720
(213) 598-2454

7000 FRANKLIN BLVD.
SUITE 1070

SACRAMENTO, CA 95823
(916) 422-5461

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2003

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CUSTOM BUILT OR STANDARD

MRC MEETS YOUR EXACT SPECS

jyuu Milwaukee

W RESISTOR CORPORATION

704 W. VIRGINIA ST. • MILWAUKEE, Wl 53204 • ( 414 ) 271-9900

Custom Roundwire Power Resistors

ALTHOUGH MILWAUKEE RESISTOR ALSO MANUFACTURES INDUSTRY STANDARD VITREOUS
ENAMEL RESISTORS, OUR SPECIALTY IS SOLVING DESIGN PROBLEMS THROUGH CUSTOM
INNOVATION. SOME OF THE CUSTOM POSSIBILITIES ARE SHOWN ON THIS PAGE.

AVAILABLE WATTAGE RATINGS by core size.
Ratings based on 325°C above 25°C ambient.

Core Size

Ohmic Range

Watts

Adjustable t

Part No/

Minft

Max ft

Minft

Maxft

8(5) t

5 / 16 x 3 / 16 xi

.70

13.5K

N.A.

N.A.

5-16-ft

12 (10)t

5 / 16 x 3 / 16 xi 3 / 4

.12

66K

0.27

15. 2K

5-28-ft

11 (*)

7 / 16 x 5 / 16 xi

6.15

3. IK

N.A.

N.A.

7-16-ft

15 (10)

X

ID

1^

X

ID

is"

.19

21 K

N.A.

N.A.

7-24-ft

20 (15)t

7 / 16 X s / 16 X2

.11

63K

N.A.

N.A.

7-32-ft

26

7 / 16 X s / 16 X 3

.11

1 10K

N.A.

N.A.

7 -48- ft

25 (20)t

9 / 16 X% 6 X2

.22

35K

0.47

28 K

9-32-ft

31 (25)

9 / 16 X s / 16 X2V 2

.11

55K

0.68

40K

9-40-ft

50 (35)t

s /, 6 X=/, 6 X4

.21

119K

1.31

78K

9-64-ft

75

9 / 16 X s / 16 X6

.33

207 K

2.15

128K

9-96-ft

24

^XVaXI \

.33

13K

N.A.

N.A.

12-24- ft

30 (25)

3 / 4 xV 2 X2

.28

29K

0.62

26K

12-32-ft

45 (35)

3 / 4 XV z X3

.18

63K

1.17

59K

12-48- ft

51 (40)

3 / 4 X V 2 X3 V 2

.22

83K

1.44

79K

12 -56- ft

61 (45)

3 / 4 X V 2 X4

.27

97 K

1.72

93K

12 -64- ft

65 (50)

\X\XA\

.31

122K

2.0

117K

12-72-ft

75 (60)

3 / 4 xV 2 X 5

.35

134K

2.27

1 29K

12 -80- ft

90

3 / 4 XV 2 X6

.43

1 72K

2.82

1 67K

12-96-ft

loot

\X l l z X6'l 2

.47

186K

3.1

181 K

12-104-ft

52

1 X 3 / 4 X3

.15

43K

0.49

38K

16-48- ft

70

1 X 3 / 4 X4

.12

72K

0.75

66K

16 -64- ft

85

1 X 3 / 4 X5

.16

106K

1.02

99K

16-80- ft

105

1X 3 / 4 X6

.20

1 34K

1.29

1 27K

16-96-ft

40 (33)

1 , / 8 X 3 / 4 X2

.48

7.9K

N.A.

N.A.

18-32-ft

80

1 V e X 3 / 4 X4

.12

53K

0.77

48K

18-64-ft

95

l V 8 X 3 / 4 X5

.17

83K

1.07

79K

18 -80- ft

120

1 V 8 X 3 / 4 X6

.21

106K

1.37

100K

L8-96-ft

130(115)

1 */ 8 X 3 / 4 X6 */ 2

.23

119K

1.51

I14K

18-104-ft

160

1 V 8 X 3 / 4 X8

.31

160K

1 .96

154K

18-128-ft

175(160) t

1 V e X 3 / 4 X8 1 / 2

.32

169K

2.11

163K

18-1 36-ft

225t

l , / e X 3 / 4 X10 , / 2

.41

214K

2.71

208K

18-168-ft

235

i V 8 x 3 / 4 xi i V 4

.45 |

239K

2.94

230K

18-180-ft

251

1 V 8 X 3 / 4 X12

.48

259K

3.16

250K

18-192-ft

220

1 %X1 V a X8 V 2

.41

1 00K

2.69

98K

26-1 36-ft

275

i%xiV 8 xioV 2

.55

1 31K

3.54

129K

26-168-ft

300

1 5 / 8 XlV 8 X11 3 / 4

.62

151K

4.10

149K

26-188-ft

500*

2 V 2 X1 3 / 4 X1 2

.98

58K

6.4

58K

40-192-ft C

750*

2 , / 2 X1 3 / 4 X15

1.30

75K

8.4

75K

40-240-ft C

1000*

2 V 2 X1 3 / 4 X20

1.80

105K

11.6

104K

40-320-ft C

850*

3V 4 X1 3 / 4 X15

1.65

50K

10.8

50K

52-240-ft C

1150*

3 V 4 X 1 3 / 4 X20

2.30

69K

15.0

69K

52-320-ft C

• Wattages shown in parenthesis are Navy ratings per Mil-R-15109.
t Resistors shown are standard wattages

*Add “A” after part number for adjustable types.

tFor resistance values outside the limits shown, consult M.R.C.

t Cement coating standard — Silicone available.

• Unable to find what you need above? The same cores can be wound with ribbon wire for
higher wattage capability

M.R.C. can build a resistor to your
specifications on any of the basic cores
shown here. (If these do not suit your
need, contact M.R.C. for engineering
assistance, as 32 additional cores are
also available.)

When contemplating a custom resistor,
consider the following options to meet
your exact requirement(s):

• SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

• SIZE LIMITATIONS

• MIL— R— 15109

SPECIAL TOLERANCE-

• Resistance tolerance to +1% can be
manufactured in many cases.

SPECIAL COATINGS-

• Silicone

• Cement

• Sand & Cement

SPECIAL TAPS-

• Taps can be provided to your
specifications.

SPECIAL T.C.-

• Temperature coefficient to 20 ppm/°C.

SPECIAL WINDINGS-

• Ayrton-Perry (Non-inductive, round
wire only)

• Bilfilar (Non-inductive)

SPECIAL TERMINALS-

• Single and double quick-connect

• Metal sleeve ferrule

• Live-bracket

HARDWARE-

• Terminal hardware

• L— Bracket mounting

• Spring clip mounting

• Vertical mounting hardware

LOAD BANKS-

• M.R.C. will custom design and build
load banks to your requirements.

CUSTOM BUILT or STANDARD

MRC MEETS YOUR EXACT SPECS

jyutc

.Milwaukee

I RESISTOR CORPORATION

DEPT. EM, 704 W. VIRGINIA ST. MILWAUKEE, Wl 53204 414-271-9900

1-2004

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

UNIQUE HI-OHM RIBWOUNDS

.SAVE SPACE

jytRC Milwaukee

) ¥ RESISTOR corporation

704 W. VIRGINIA ST. • MILWAUKEE, Wl 53204 • (414) 271-9900

Vitreous Enamel Ribwound Resistors

APPLICATIONS

Particularly useful where high energy is to
be dissipated in the lower ohmic ranges.
Due to its ability to operate at higher
temperatures and dissipate greater heat,
the ribwound resistor is almost one-half
the physical size of the equivalently rated
round-wire style resistor. Ribwound
wattage ratings are based on a temper-
ature rise of 375°C above an ambient of
40°C. They may be mounted with spring
clips (thru 1 1/8" dia.); thrubolt mount-
ing hardware, individual or multiple-
stacked bracket assemblies or live-bracket
mountings.

HI-OHM RIBS

Exclusively from M.R.C.

You may note on the adjacent chart that
maximum ohmic values shown for each
wattage are three or more times that
normally available.

This development is the result of the
installation of precision rib winding
machines designed and manufactured by
M.R.C.

Unique in the industry, these precision
machines produce a winding with
extreme uniformity, as close inspection
of M.R.C. ribwound resistors will reveal.
The uniform winding allows turns to be
applied much closer to each other and
consequently significantly higher resis-
tances are achieved.

This means that lower ohmic value round
wire power resistors may feasibly be
replaced by HI— OHM RIBS with a signi-
ficant saving in size. (For a given wattage
rating, ribwounds are considerably
smaller physically.)

BASIC CONSTRUCTION

Crimped ribbon resistance wire is edge-
vound and then locked to the ceramic
core with vitreous enamel. Resistance
wire is spot-welded to the terminal
bands. Ribwound resistors can be
furnished in fixed, adjustable, or tapped
styles and are also available with cement
coating.

OHMS

OHMS

OHMS

0.1

1.0

6.0

0.15

1.25

8.0

0.2

1.5

10.0

0.25

2.0

12.0

0.4

2.5

15.0

0.5

3.0

20.0

0.6

4.0

25.0

0.75

5.0

33.0

Many 300 watt units are stocked in both fixed
and adjustable styles. Listed are the more
popular 300 watt ohmic values. All other
wattage ratings and styles are made to order.

WATTS

CORE SIZE

OHMIC

RANGE#

PART NUMI

O.D. X |.D. X L.

FIXED

ADJ.

FIXED

ADJ.

40

% 6^2

.010-9.4

N.A.

9-32- ft R

50

3 / 4 XV 2 X2

.010-6.1

N.A.

12-32- ft R

60

3 / 4 x'/ 2 x z\

.010-12.2

N.A.

12-40- ft R

75

3 / 4 XV 2 X3

.010-18.3

N.A.

12-48- ft R

90

9 / 16 X 5 / 16 X4

.016-28.0

.014-25.0

9-64- ft R

£

100

3 / 4 XV 2 X3V 2

.013-24.0

.011-20.0

12-56- ft R

£

o

110

3 4,x‘/ 2 x 4

.016-30.0

.014-26.0

12-64- ft R

IL

120

(110)

3 / 4 XV 2 X4V 2

.020-36.0

.018-32 .0

12-72- ft R

£

135

3 / 4 XV 2 X 5

.022-42.0

.020-39 .0

12-80- ft R

<

150

1 V 8 X 3 / 4 X4

. 023-44. Q

.020-39 .0

18-64- ft R

111

160

3 / 4 XV 2 X 6

.029-55.0

.027-51 .0

12-96- ft R

D

1-

160

(155)

1 V 8 X 3 / 4 X4’/ 4

.025-49.0

.022-43.0

18-68- ft R

F .

175

1 V e X 3 / 4 X4V 2

.027-53.0

.024-48.0

18-72- ft R

m

3

180

3 / 4 xV 2 X6 V 2

.032-61.0

.030-57.0

12-104- ft R

in

220

1 V 8 X 3 / 4 X6

.041-80.0

.038-74.0

18-96- ft R

D

m

£

225

(220)

1 V 8 X 3 / 4 X6 V 8

.040-82.0

.035-77.0

18-98- ft R

240

(240)

1 V 8 X 3 / 4 X6V 2

.041-89.0

.038-83.0

18-104- ft R

UJ

m

300

(300) t

1 '/ e X 3 / 4 X8 V 2

.057-125

.055-119

18-136- ft R

2

D

375

1 , / 8 X 3 / 4 X10 , / 2

.074-161

.071-155

18-168- ft R

Z

400

1 ‘/ 8 X 3 / 4 X1 1 ’/ 4

.080-174

.077-168

18-180- ft R

F

£

400

(400)

1%X1 V B X8 V 2

.066-159

.062-149

26-136- ft R

<

Ou

420

i V 8 x 3 / 4 xi i 3 / 4

.084-183

.081-177

18-188- ft R

Ul

2

500

(500)

i 5 / 8 xi V 8 xioV 2

.087-200

.083-200

26-168- ft R

<

in

550

(550)

i%xi V 8 xii 3 / 4

.100-240

.096-230

26-188- ft R

ill

in

750*

2V 2 X1 3 / 4 X12

.140-166

.130-157 |

40-192- ft RC

D

1000*

2 V 2 X1 3 / 4 X1 5

.183-210

.176-200 1

40-240- ft RC

1500*

'

2 V 2 X1 3 / 4 X20

.250-300

.240-290

40-320- ft RC

2000*

3’/ 4 Xl 3 / 4 X20

.300-390

.290-380

52-320- ft RC

# Standard resistance tolerance is +1 0% - closer on request,
t Stock wattage - see stock list +his page.

* Cement coating is standard rather than vitreous enamel.

Wattages in parenthesis are Navy ratings per Mil-R-1 510 9, Form EW.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2005

4700

RESISTORS

4700

704 W. VIRGINIA ST. MILWAUKEE. WI.53204 414-271-9900

ON TIME DELIVERIES

DATE GUARANTEED when required

PCB Printed Circuit Board Resistors*

or to spec

FIXED PCB 'S

WATTS

L

A

D

MAX. OHMS

3

1

0.6

13 (64

20,000

5

1 1 |4

0.9

13 |64

38 ,000

7

1 5 |8

1.3

13 |64

69,000

10

2.1

1.7

13 |64

86,000

15

2.1

1.7

5 |16

85,000

20

2 1 |2

5 |16

1 1 3,000

ADJUSTABLE PCB'S

T

D

MAX. OHMS

15

IS

HBi

20

ww%

Hffl

3 ,000 *

* = FOR HIGHER OHMS, CONSULT FACTORY

FEATURES

• Built-in standoff keeps board cool.

• Mounting feet prevent rocking.

• Power ratings 3 to 20 watts.

• Complete OHM range.

• One-piece, welded terminals

• Rectangular leads .020 x .040 in.

• Silicon base coating. Vitreous
enamel coating available.

• Standard tolerance ±5%.

• 20 PPM upon request.

• Patent #3,462,651

.195 dia. TERMINALS TO CUSTOMER SPECIFICATIONS-Screw Lug.Quick-Connect.

K b +v 32 *|

%

czzz3 nr— >

15

.196

dia.

# A W

f°l R

T

\

l

k-

c

-A

WATTS

Ratings at 275 °C rise
showing benefit of
mounting flush for
full heat sink.TT

DIMENSIONS

PART NUMBER

Without Heat Sink

With Heat Sink

A

B

C

(Specify Terminal)

20

45

1

1 7 /te

W

12M16-ft t

40

70

3

3%

12M40-^ *

50

100

-4%

4 9 /, 6

12M59-ft *

tt Ratings based on mounting on steel panel 10” x 10” x .040”; (heat transfer to heat sink is
improved by the use of thermal conductive grease of epoxy),
t Std. terminal is 3/16” wide with hole. Type AB.

♦ Std. terminal is single quick connect, Type H.

Metal Case

High Heat Sink— flush mounting dissipates
heat.

20 to 100 Watts — higher on Specials
Quick Connect or Screw Terminals
Save: Space -First Cost- Assembly Cost
Patent #3,581,266

WRITE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Axials

APPLICATIONS

• Electronic Circuitry

• Printed Circuits

• Radio, Television and
Sound Reproduction

FEATURES • Miniature Controls

• Rugged yet small.

• Highly stable.

• Matched expansion in core caps and coating for
temperature stability.

• Standard 5% tolerance over 1 ohm, available in close
tolerances on request.

• Wattage ratings based on 325 °C rise at 25 °C ambient.

• Standard Sizes-3, 6.5, 1 1 watts.

• Leads Hot Tin Dipped.

Ovals

OVAL RESISTORS are for use where
space saving is desired and where the
use of the 'Heat Sink' function of the
metal chassis, rack or panel may be
employed. Resistance tolerance of
+5% is standard except on low resis-
tance and multi-tapped units.
COATINGS of vitreous enamel or
silicone base are offered.

OVALS are available in regular or
miniature sizes; an original develop-
ment of MILWAUKEE Resistor.

1*2006

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

704 W. VIRGINIA ST. • MILWAUKEE, Wl 53204 • (414) 271-9900

4700

EXCLUSIVE PATENTED*, PRE-FORMED

GRID ELIMINATES WARPING PROBLEMS

Grid Resistors *

For High

Current and
High Power

Circuits

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN -
All Milwaukee Grids are designed
for the specific application involved
at no extra cost. Without the
constraints of standard resistance
and current ratings, Milwaukee
can offer a grid for your exact
need, often at a considerable
saving in cost.

APPLICATIONS WHERE
RUGGED MILWAUKEE GRIDS
ARE IN USE

Motor Starting
Speed Control
Braking
Power Systems
Heaters

Crane Controls
Dummy Loadr
Grounding Resistors
Feedback Resistors

* Patent 3,212,045

DEPT. EM, 704 W. VIRGINIA ST. MILWAUKEE, Wl 53204 414-271-9900

EXCLUSIVE, PATENTED*, PRE FORMED

GRID ELIMINATES WARPING PROBLEMS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2007

4700

RESISTORS

4700

PRECISION THICK/THIN FILM
CHIP RESISTORS

MINI-SYSTEMS, INC

20 David Road, P.O. Box 69, North Attleboro, MA 02761

TELEPHONE: (617) 695-0203 • TWX NO. 710-348-0564

MINI-SYSTEMS, INC., thick/thin film chip resistor components are ideally suited for
the fabrication of microelectronic circuits where tight resistance tolerance, wide range
of resistance values, or short production runs make the conventional screening and
firing of thick/thin film resistance networks too costly. MINI-SYSTEMS, INC., chip
resistors are made from a carefully engineered selection of materials. Geometries are
mechanically precise and uniform. Careful testing and inspection result in the highest
quality resistors.

STANDARD “MSR” SERIES

THIN FILM

• Sizes Available: .035" x .035" up to .661" x .494".

• PDIS Rating (25°C free air): 35 mW to 12,000 mW.

• Resistors manufactured with palladium silver or platinum
gold.

• Tolerances available: ±.25%, 1%, 2%, 5%, 10%, and 20%
for most resistance values.

• All types available in untinned versions for conductive epoxy
attachment.

• Hi-Rel screening available on all resistor types.

• Backside metalization available upon request.

• “Flip-Chip” resistors are solder tinned (SN-62).

• Wire bond resistors have gold metalization optimized for
wire bonding.

• Sandwich metalization standard on all wrap-around resistors.

MSTF-2 SERIES MSTF-3 SERIES

(.020" x .020") (.030" x .030")

MSTF-4 SERIES CUSTOM NETWORKS

(.040" x. 040")

Wrap-Around Terminations

WA-

Size (L x W)

PDIS Rating
25°C Free Air
(Milliwatts)

Ohmic Range

10

.040 x .037

35

112 to 75M12

4

.057 x .052

125

112 to 100M12

13

.083 x .052

200

112 to 100M12

9

. 110 x. 052

250

into ioomo

7

.110 x .102

500

112 to 100M12

24

.160 x. 052

300

112 to 100M12

Write for tree literature with detailed resistor chart.

ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY
QPL MIL-R-55342
CHIP RESISTORS FOR ALL
CRITICAL APPLICATIONS

• Sizes 55342/1 through /6

• Terminations Available: S, R> W, T, U

• Tolerances Available: F, G, J, K

• Meet or exceed Characteristic M

• Delivery: Typically 4 to 6 weeks ARO

NEW LOW COST “JR” SERIES
COMPUTER/INDUSTRIAL GRADE
WRAP AROUND CHIP RESISTOR

TYPE #JR13 — .075(L) x .050(W) x .01 7(T)

• Resistance Range: 1012 to 10M12 to standard EIA/MIL/IEC
resistance decade values.

• PDIS Rating (25°C free air): 200 milliwatts.

• Untinned for either epoxy or solder attachment.

• Immediate delivery from stock.

MSTF-3 FORMAT A MSTF-3 FORMAT B

• Nichrome or Tantalum Nitride

• Choice of Substrates:

a) Oxidized Silicon -.010" ±.003"

Oxide Thickness -12,000 a ±2,000 A

b) Ceramic, 99.6% -.010" ±.001"

• Values range through the RETMA Series from 112 up to
10 megohm, depending on chip size.

• Tolerances: ±20%, 10%, 5%, 2%, 1%, 0.5% and 0.1% for
most values.

• Backside gold available (3,000 A typ.) on request.

• MSTF-3 series includes standard center tap dual resistor
pattern.

• Visual requirements designed to meet MIL-STD-883 Method
2010.6 with full lot traceability of material and processing.

• Bond pad size: .005" x .005" minimum. Bond pad conductor
material: Gold (10,000 A typ.) standard. Bondable with nor-
mal wire bonding methods, such as thermocompression,
thermosonic, or ultrasonic.

• Nichrome resistors passivated with silicon dioxide (5,000 A
typ.) for moisture protection and reliability. TCR (absolute)
can be provided from 0-25 ppm. Special TCR’s available on
request.

• Noise: -30 to -35 dB typical for most values.

• Stability: 0.05% max. 0.02% typical. ± .003% typical Ratio.
(After 1000 hours @ + 125°C.)

• Trimmable: Designed for later active trimming with Xenon or
YAG Laser.

• Chip or Packaged

FOR ANY CUSTOM REQUIREMENTS, CONTACT FACTORY

THICK/THIN MULTILAYER SUBSTRATES/
HYBRID MICROCIRCUITS

MINI-SYSTEMS, INC. has the latest materials technology pro-
cessing capabilities for thick film multilayer substrates/mono-
lithic thick film substrates, and custom resistor networks
coupled with complete facilities for hybrid assembly, packag-
ing, and testing. Fully automatic wire bonders and fully auto-
matic laser trim systems give substantial production quantity
capabilities.

1*2008

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

sip

resistor networks

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

- LiMAX.-

i9X102G CM 8125

TTTTT7TT

j u .100

.125 MIN.
.150 MAX.

010

II-

(unit: in.) ■

Ve Watt H = .200
Ve Watt H = .250

Va Watt H = .336 (Except RSC Y-

-.250)

X-CIRCUIT

Y-CIRCUIT

No. Pins

No. of
Elements

L

4

3

0.395

5

4

0.495

6

5

0.595

7

6

0.695

8

7

0.795

9

8

0.895

10

9

1.024

11

10

1.100

12

11

1.200

13

12

1.300

No. Pins

No. of
Elements

L

6

3

0.595

8

4

0.795

10

5

1.024

12

6

1.200

Z-CIRCUIT

No. Pins

No. of
Elements

L

6

8

0.595

8

12

0.795

9

14

0.895

10

16

1.024

X-Circuit — Parallel

Y-Circuit — Discrete

p/\Mn

rWi

R

R

HVWS

R

6 Elements Max.

N = 6, 8, 10 and 12 Pins

Z-Circuit — Double Termination

SPECIFICATIONS

Electrical
Temp. Range:
Resistance Range:

Resistance Tolerance:
Temp. Coefficient:

Power:

-55°C to +125°C
4 7fi to 750KQ

(2212 to 1M12 available on special request)
±2% (G), ±5% (J), ±10% (K), ±20% (M)
±200 ppm/°C max.

(±100 ppm/°C max. on special order)
RSC-125 mW max./resistor or 1.5W
max. /package (whichever is smaller)
RSH-250 mW max/resistor or 2.5W
max. /package (whichever is smaller)

Resistor Material:
Lead Pull Strength:
Lead Material:

Cermet, thick film
2 lbs.

Tinned Copper Alloy

STANDARD RESISTANCES

Res. (ohms)

Code

| Res. (ohms)

Code

j Res. (ohms)

Code

Res. (ohms)

Code

100

101

HIHHD 3 BH

102

103

1 00K

104

151

152

153

150K

154

221

222

223

220K

224

331

■

332

333

330K

334

470

471

4.7K

472

47K

473

470K

474

680

681

6.8K

682

68K

683

680K

684

TYPICAL RESISTANCE COMBINATIONS*

r,/r 2

r,/r 2

r,/r 2

160/240

330/390

330/390

180/390

330/470

1.5K/3.3K

220/330

330/680

3K/6.2K

* Note 1: In addition to Ri = R 2 resistance combinations, the typical resistor
combinations shown in the chart are available on special order.

2: RC networks also available. Contact Murata Erie for technical
details.

MARKING: Pin 1 Location Res. Value

No. of Pins ____ Tolerance

Circuit Type ^ 4 = RSH 14W only

PART NUMBERING SYSTEM

RSC

SINGLE IN-LINE
RESISTOR NETWORK
RSC = %W
RSH = 1/4 W

I

NO. OF PINS

6

_T

X

J

102

CIRCUIT TYPE
X = Parallel
Y = Discrete
Z = Double Termination

RESISTANCE CODE

First two digits are signifi-
cant. Last indicates num-
ber of zeros.

RESISTANCE TOLERANCE
G = ±2% K = ±10%

J = ±5% M = ±20%

muRata

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd., S.E., Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2009

4700

RESISTORS

4700

posistor® positive temperature
coefficient resistors

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

Murata Erie Posistors are basically positive temperature coefficient
resistors with a very well defined resistance-temperature “knee” and
the unique ability to “switch” relatively large amounts of power. They
may also be used as self-regulating heating devices at useful power
levels and as control devices for high power heaters. Applications
include temperature sensing, over temperature and over current pro-
tection and motor starting to name a few.

Products utilizing Positors are extremely safe and reliable and offer
all of the design, manufacturing, repair and sales advantages of solid
state technology.

• Compact

• Reduced component count

• Extremely reliable

• “Stepless” temperature control

• Simple repair or replacement

• Long term reliability

• Shock and vibration immunity

• Nonflammable case and
insulation available

• No electrical or acoustical noise

• No electrical contacts

FOR MOTOR STARTING

Provides a smooth, solid state
electronic starting device for single
phase motors utilizing a split-
phase starting winding or for PSC
motors as a direct replacement for
starting capacitors and switches.

FOR DEGAUSING

Used in series with CRT degaus-
ing coils, the Posistor functions as
an automatic switch that goes to
a high resistance state in a fixed
time period after power is applied,
effectively eliminating the current
that flows through the degausing
coil.

FOR SEMICONDUCTOR OVERLOAD
PROTECTION

Senses the case temperature of
high power semiconductors and
appropriately reduces the power
dissipation when dangerous power
or current levels are reached by
switching to a high resistance state
and reducing base bias current.

FOR TRANSFORMER PROTECTION

These devices are connected me-
chanically to the transformer core
and electrically in series with the
transformer primary. If core tem-
perature exceeds temperature
specs, the Posistor switches to a
high resistance state and limits
input current. It resets automati-
cally when temperature returns to
normal.

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

Provides overcurrent protection in
a variety of applications. When
connected in series with the pro-
tected device, Posistors limit the
circuit current to a predetermined
value — above that value they
switch to a high resistance state
and limit the current to a safe level.

FOR FREEZE PROTECTION

Designed for water filled pipe
freeze-protection. Self-temperature
regulating. As temperature de-
creases the Posistor power dissi-
pation increases creating more
heat that is conducted to the pipe
(approximately 25 watts @ -20°C).

FOR HIGH POWER HEATING

Posistors for heating are self-tem-
perature regulating with fast ther-
mal response and power ratings to
170 watts.

Basic Posistor elements are avail-
able in a variety of shapes and
electrical characteristics to meet
custom application requirements.

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, ING. 1148 Franklin Rd., S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

1*2010

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

high voltage resistors

nuiflaitt 1^3

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

HV resistors

Murata Erie’s line of high voltage resistors
are designed to replace high voltage car-
bon film resistors and feature an extremely
rigid alumina substrate with a deposited
thick film resistance element for maximum
electrical and mechanical stability.

Three models are offered — the P Series is
for subassemblies that will be encapsulated

in epoxy resin after assembly, the D Series
which is supplied completely encapsulated
and the F Series which is supplied encap-
sulated but without leads.

Murata Erie’s application engineers are
available to aid in the selection of exactly
the right high voltage resistor to meet
specific application requirements.

SPECIFICATIONS

Voltage Range

10 to 35 KV

Resistance Range

1 to 5000 Megohms

Power Rating

3 to 5 Watts at -70°C

Operating Temperature Range

— 25°C to + 130°C

Temperature Coefficient

±150 ppm/°C

Tolerance

±2% to ±20%

focus adjusting resistors

Murata Erie’s focus adjusting resistors are including those with integral capacitors and
designed to meet the stringent demands of multiple taps such that most application
high voltage CRT power supply applications. requirements can be easily met.

They are offered in a variety of configurations

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Item

Condition

Rated Power

Ambient Temperature: -20°Cto +70°C

3W Max.

Temperature Coefficient

Ambient Temperature: — 20°C to +120°C

±300 ppm/°C

Voltage Coefficient

Impressed Voltage: 1/10 Rated Voltage
(to rated Voltage)

±3 ppm/Volt

Load Life

Ambient Temperature: 70°C; Impressed Voltage:
Rated Voltage; Impressed Time: 1000 hours
(90 minutes ON, 30 minutes OFF)

AR § ±5%
an Si ±3%

Humidity

Characteristics

Ambient Temperature: 40°C; Relative Humidity:
95% ; Shelf Time: 1000 hours

AR ^ ±5%
AN ^ ±3%

Thermal Shock
Characteristics

1 cycle is -30°C (1 hour) to +130°C (1 hour) —
Repeat 10 cycles

AR < ±3%
AN ^ ±2%

Withstanding Voltage

Impressed Voltage: 1V2 Rated Voltage;

Impressed Time: 1 minute

AR ^ ±3%
No failure

AR denotes variation of resistance value. AN denotes variation of tapped resistance ratio.

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd., S.E., Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2011

4700

RESISTORS

4700

ffrbo:

(7

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

RESISTORS

TYPE S RESISTOR ITEM DESCRIPTION

Sage Part Number identification consists of a combination of nu-
merals and letters according to the following guide. This is the
nomenclature ordinarily marked on resistors and it fully serves the
purpose of purchased item description except for limited cases of
special testing. Note that grouping of characters is not constant,
but varies to fit descriptive need of a given part.

STYLE DESIGNATION

Nominal Value, Ohms (decimal symbol, as required,
is used in both nominal value and tolerance)

If

applicable

:% tolerance

Core Material and Process Classification:

Blank entry indicates regular steatite core, commercial processing
A = alumina core, commercial processing P = alumina core, High Rel processing
B = beryl I ia core, commercial processing M = beryllia core, High Rel processing

| S = single layer wound; NS = non-inductively wound

Body type, size, lead details per catalog chart

TYPEC

TYPE C
METAL
SHEATHED
RESISTORS

Similar in all respects
to Type S, fully insulated
plus addition of metal
sleeve for heat sink
mounting in spring clip
holders.

Full heat sink rating.

Copperweld leads 60/40 Hot Solder Dip. Lead Length 2" ±X 6 * is supplied on
all sizes unless otherwise specified on purchase order.

*Except 250S and 500S Styles, which are \W f minimum.

WATTAGE DATA,

(25°C AMBIENT)

SAGE

CAPABILITY
CHAR. CHAR:
IND. G OR U V

STD. 275°C 350°C

PHYSICAL DATA

BODY

DIAMETER

INCHES

BODY

DIELEC-

TRIC

STRENGTH

VOLT

rms

STD. RESISTANCE RANGE

REGULAR
WINDING
MIN. I MAX.

NON-

INDUCTIVE
N. I MAX.

Body dia. may exceed that of 1100NS and smaller sizes, also values less than 0.1C2.

; Clean lead to clean lead :

1*2012

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393*5421 — TWX 810*665*2182

INDUSTRY'S FINEST RESISTORS

RESISTORS

MIL-R-39007

ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY

FAILURE RATES M, P, AND R .01%/ 1000 HRS.

RESISTANCE TOLERANCE ±1%

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

±20 PPM/°C MAX. 1 0n AND HIGHER
±50 PPM/°C MAX. la TO 10a
±90 PPM/°C MAX. .la TO la

ALL STYLES AVAILABLE WITH
SOLDERABLE (S) OR WELDABLE (W)

TERMINALS

ALSO: NON-INDUCTIVELY WOUND (N)

TYPE DESIGNATIONS

MIL STYLE

DETAIL

SPEC. NO.

SAGE STYLE

MIL WATTS
@ 25°C

AVAILABLE RESISTANCE
RANGE

RWR80S

RWR80W

18 E
/ 8E

1009SM

1007SM

2

.10n to 2.67K

RWR81S

RWR81W

/ 9C
/ 9C

259SM

257SM

1

.100! to 1.0K

RWR89S

RWR89W

/lie
/ lie

1249SM

1247SM

3

.10Q to 4.12K

RWR84S

RWR84W

/IOC
/ IOC

1509SM

1507SM

7

.100 to 12.4K

RWR71S

/ 5D

1259SP

2

10o to 16 2K

RWR71W

/5D

1257SP

• JL Vlfa LU 1 U.L.IV

RWR74S

/ 6C

1509SP

5

1 0o to 12 IK

RWR74W

/ 6C

1507SP

RWR78S

/ 7C

1709SP

10

.100 to 39.2K

RWR78W

/ 7C

1707SP

EXAMPLE PART DESIGNATION:

RWR-74 S

49R9

F

R

S'

T

T

Bodystyle^^^ Terminals^

Nominal res., Q. Three significant
digits plus fourth indicating

Tolerance

Life failure rate

S — Solderable

±1%

W — Weldable

N — Non-inductive

number of zeroes. Below 100ft,
R-decimal and following digits
are significant.

MIL-R-26E TYPE DESIGNATIONS

MIL

STYLE

SAGE

STYLE

MIL

WATTS

DEFINED OHMIC RANGE

Single layer wound
.00175 min. wire dia.

.001 min. wire dia.

RW55V

1900S

7

.1—5100

RW56V

1950S

14

.1—9100

RW67V

1550S

6.5

.1—3600

.1—8200

RW68V

1700S

11

.1—8200

.1— 20K

RW69V

1200S

3

.1—910

.1— 2K

SAGE SILICONE COATED fixed wire-
wound units are not ordinary power
resistors. They provide remarkable mini-
aturization vs. required wattage perform-
ance. Sage has pioneered the area of
power handling capacity combined with
precision and stability features ordi-
narily associated with Mil-R-93 resistors.

EXAMPLE:

RW69

V

A

471

A

Body

Characteristic.

Nominal resistance, 9 .. Two significant digits plus third

Style

V only

indicating number of zeros. Below 1012R = decimal and

(350° C max.)

last digit is significant.

TOLERANCE: ±5% for values 112 and up; ±10% below 1<>. TC: ±260 ppm/°C 200 and up; 400 ppm/° below 200.

MIL

STYLE

SAGE

STYLE

MIL

WATTS

VOLTAGE

Max.

DEFINED OHMIC

RANGE

Min.

Max. for .001"
wire (Navy)

Max. for .0008'
wire(all other)

RW70U

1000S

1

—

.1

1210

3160

RW74U

1500S

5

300

.1

12100

38300

RW78U

1700S

10

720

.1

40200

90900

RW79U

1240S

3

135

.1

3570

10500

RW80U

1000SB

2

.1

1240

3160

RW81U

250SB

1

25

.1

649

—

EXAMPLE:

TC: ±30 ppm/°C

RW70

A

U

A

49R9

A

F

A

Body

Style

Characteristic, Nominal resistance, 0. Three significant Tolerance ± %
U only digits plus fourth indicating number of F = 1.0%

(275°C max ) zeros. Below 10COR decimal and following B = .1%

digits are significant. D = .5%

100 and above/±50 ppm/°C 10 to 100/±90 ppm/°C below 10.

TYPE SB & NSB

HIGH WATTAGE
COMMERCIAL

BERYLLIA CORE RESISTORS

Standard

Solderable

Leads

Rated Watts

Approx.

Grams

Weight

G

V

250SB

1

1.5

.18

500SB

1.5

2

.28

1000SB

2.25

2.75

.32

1200SB

3.5

4.5

1.0

1240SB

4

5

1.1

1250SB

4.5

6

1.2

1300SB

6

8

1.8

1500SB

7

9

3.6

1600SB

9

12

4.2

1700SB

14

18

7.3

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2013

4700

RESISTORS

4700

ORANGE STREET, DARLINGTON, S. C. 29532
(803) 393-5421 — TWX 810-665-2182

SAGE TYPE M item identification is as follows:
3225 M B 360

if

applicable

i% tolerance

Nominal value, Ohms. Decimal symbol, as
required, is used in both nominal value and
tolerance.

Core Material & Process Classification.

Blank entry indicates regular alumina core and
commercial processing.

B = beryllia core, commercial processing
P = alumina core, High Rel processing
M = beryllia core, High Rel processing

M for regular single layer winding
NM for non-inductive winding

Body style

STYLE

RATED WATTS

25°C AMBIENT

DIELEC-

TRIC

TEST

VOLTS

rms

WORK-
VOLTS
MAX.
DC or
rms

STD. RESISTANCE
RANGE, OHMS

MIL-R-18546,

OHMS

SAGE

MIL-R-18546

SAGE

MIL-R

18546

ON Ch

STD

IASSIS

HI

REL

FREE

AIR

ON

CHAS-

SIS

FREE

AIR

MIN.

MAX.

MIN.

MAX.

3105M

RE60G

8

6

4

5

3

1000

440

.1

24,000

.1

3320

3105NM

RE60N

8

6

A

5

3

1000

260

1.0

8400

1.0

1650

3010M

RE65G

14

10

6

10

6

1000

650

.1

30,000

.1

5620

3010NM

RE65N

14

10

6

10

6

1000

380

1.0

10,500

1.0

2800

3225M

RE70G

25

20

12

20

8

1500

1000

.1

71,000

.1

12,000

3225NM

RE70N

25

20

12

20

8

1500

790

1.0

25,000

1.0

6040

3550M

RE75G

50

40

16

30

10

2000

1500

.1

230,000

.1

39,200

3550NM

RE75N

50

40

16

30

10

2000

1500

1.0

80,000

1.0

19,600

RESISTORS

TYPE MB
HIGH WATTAGE

BERYLLIUM OXIDE CORES

RATED WATTS

25°C ambient

chassis

free

STYLE

mounted

air

3105 {Jmb

15

6

3010 n5b

20

8

3225 nmb

35

14

3550 Jflg B

50

20

MB suffic designates regular single layer wind, NMB
non-inductive wind.

RE65 G

A k

Style Characteristic,
275°C Max.

G for regular in-
ductive winding,
N for non-induc-
tive winding.

Nominal resistance, i>.
±1% only. Three sig-
nificant digits plus
fourth indicating num-
ber of zeros. Below
100U R = decimal and
following digits are
significant.

1001

T.C. ±30 ppm/°C 20000 and above
±50 ppm/°C under 20000

TYPE M - METAL
CLAD CHASSIS
MOUNT RESISTORS

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

STYLE

Dimensions: inches

3105 M

NM

3010 M

NM

3225 M

NM

3550 M

NM

A ±.062

1.125

1.375

1.937

2.781

B ± .005

.490

.625

.781

.844

C ± .010

.078

.094

.172

.172

D ± .005

.444

.562

.719

1.562

E± .016

.600

.750

1.062

1.906

F ± .062

.250

.312 -

.437

.437

G ± .015

.334

.406

.500

.562

H ± .015

.245

.312

.390

.422

J ± .015

.646

.812

1.094

1.156

K ± .005

.093

.093

.125

.125

L ± .015

.317

, .422

. .562

.625

M ± .015

.145

.219

.312

.344

N ± .010

.075

.078

.078

.094

P ± .015

.156

.187

.344

.344

R ± .015

.078

.094

• .172

.172

Mount Screw

#2

#2

• #4

#4

Terminal ± .005
Punched Holes

.050

.085

.085

.085

- L
M -

h

-t

©'

¥~

If'

K/

dia.

«+ F

A

E

-- D — -h 1

R

radius'll

ThT 1

- 1 B J

_Li

Leads: Copperweld, 60-40 Solder Coated
Body: Black Anodized Aluminum

1-2014

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

OHMTEK Precision Resistor Nelworks

Wirewound Performance in Contemporary Packages

V

#5

DUAL-IN-LINE

HERMETIC

Meets Mil-R-83401 Char-
acteristic “C” for military
and other environmental
extremes. Available 8, 14,
16 and 18 leads.

SINGLE-IN-LINE

MIL-GRADE

Meets Mil-R-83401
Characteristic “V”. 3-13
lead ceramic sandwich
construction in high and
low profile versions.

FLATPACKS

Hermetic or non-hermetic
meet Mil-R-83401 Char-
acteristic “C”, M V” or“K”.
Available in 14 through
28 lead packages.

LEADLESS CHIP
CARRIERS

Hermetic or ceramic sand-
wich JEDEC packages.
Standard and custom
schematics available.

Features:

■ Standard circuits for military and commercial
applications.

■ Custom circuits as required for demanding
applications.

■ Nichrome or Tantalum based films optional.

■ Wide packaging styles - standard hermetic
or versatile custom pin counts with ceramic
sandwich and conformal coated styles.

■ Full Mil-spec screening available in-house.

■ Rugged construction provides dependable
performance at minimum cost.

■ Network reliability greater than discrete
resistor arrays.

DUAL-IN-LINE
CERAMIC SANDWICH

Meets Mil-R-83401 Char-
acteristic "V”. Packages
of 4-22 leads in rugged
monolithic inexpensive
construction with highest
precision in the industry.

SINGLE-IN-LINE

CONFORMAL

3-13 lead packages avail-
able. Designed for a wide
range of tolerances and
values at minimum cost.

TO-STYLE HERMETIC

Available for custom
precision applications
requiring very low TCR
and tight tracking.

CHIP RESISTORS
AND ARRAYS

Exceptional stability and
reliability. Available in
general purpose, 30-Mil
square Mil-R-55342 char-
acteristics and custom
circuit arrays on ceramic
or silicon.

Performance/Design Characteristics:

■ Tolerances: .005% -1%

■ Resistance values: 10 ohms to 10 Megohm.

■ Low TCR: 25 ppm/°C Std.

■ Ultra low TCR: 10 and 5 ppm/°C available.

■ Tracking less than 1 ppm.

■ Operating temperature range: -55°C to +125°C

■ Low noise: -35 db

eb Stability: A R less than 200 ppm/70°C/

10,000 hrs.

rww l

2160 LIBERTY DRIVE,

NIAGARA FALLS. NY 14304
PHONE: 716/283-4025 TWX: 710-524-1653

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

4700

RESISTORS

4700

BROWN DEVIL* (Type 200) resistors, are vitreous enameled, wirewound units
long famous for ruggedness and durability in small power resistors. With
the emphasis towards miniaturization and the current industry trend towards
higher operating temperatures, Ohmite has been able to increase the ratings
on two Brown Devil sizes. The 5 watt size is now rated 8 watts and the 10
watt size is now rated 12 watts. The 20 watt unit retains the same rating.
The higher ratings may be confidently applied to any 5 or 10 watt unit now
in the possession of users or distributors.

Standard resistance tolerance is ±5% for values 1 ohm or higher;
±10% for values below 1 ohm. Tinned leads IV 2 " long: 3 and 514 watt,
20 AWG; 8, 12 and 20 watt, 18 AWG.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Rating

5»/4W

8W

12W

20W

Core Dimen.

S/ 8 XV 4 D

lxKaD

1%xX 4 D

2xK*D

Weight (lbs.)

.005

.01

.015

.03

5V4 WATT

8 WATT I

12 WATT I

20 WATT

Old

New

Old

New

Old

New

Old

New

Cat. .

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Ohms

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

0.5

1700A

B12JR50

180DA

B20JR50

1.0

2822

B5J1R0

1500

B8J1R0

1701

B12J1R0

1602A

B20J1R0

1.1

(2823)

B5J1R1

1.2

(2824)

B5J1R2

1.3

(2825)

B5J1R3

1.5

2826

B5J1R5

1500B

B8J1R5

1704

B12J1R5

1.6

(2827)

B5J1R6

1.8

2828

B5J1R8

2.0

2829

1501

B8J2R0

1705

B12J2R0

1802B

B20J2RO

2.2

2830

B5J2R2

2.4

2831

B5J2R4

2.7

(2832)

B5J2R7

2833

B5J3R0

1502

B8J3R0

1706

B12J3R0

1802C

B20J3RO

3.3

2834

B5J3R3

3.6

(2835)

B5J3R6

3.9

BM&II

4.0

, .III

1503

B8J4R0

1707

B12J4R0

1802D

B20J4R0

4.3

4.7

5.0

1504

B8J5R0

1708

B12J5R0

1803

B20J5R0

5.1

2839

B5J5R1

5.6

(2840)

B5J5R6

6.2

2841

B5J6R2

6.8

(2842)

B5J6R8

7.5

2843

B5J7R5

1505

B8J7R5

1709

B12J7R5

8.2

2844

B5J8R2

9.1

(2845)

B5J9R1

10

2846

B5J10R

1506

B8J10R

1710

B12J10R

1804

B20J10R

11

(2847)

B5J11R

12

2848

B5J12R

1507

B8J12R

1711

B12J12R

13

(2849)

B5J13R

15

2850

B5J15R

1508

B8J15R

1712

B12J15R

16

(2851)

B5J16R

18

2852

B5J18R

20

2853

1311

1509

B8J20R

1713

B12J20R

22

24

2855

B5J24R

25

1510

B8J25R

1714

B12J25R

1805

B20J25R

27

2856

B5J27R

2857

1511

B8J30R

1715

B12J30R

33

2858

B5J33R

35

1512

B8J35R

1716

B12J35R

36

2859

B5J36R

39

2860

B5J39R

1513

B8J40R

1717

B12J40R

B20J40R

43

2861

B5J43R

47

2862

B5J47R

1514

B8J50R

1718

B12J50R

1806

B20J50R

51

2863

B5J51R

56

2864

B5J56R

62

2865

B5J62R

68

2866

B5J68R

75

2867

B5J75R

1515

B8J75R

1719

B12J75R

1807

B20J75R

82

2868

B5J82R

91

2869

B5J91R

100

2870

1516

B8J100

1720

B12J100

1808

B20J100

110

(2871)

B5J110

2872

B5J120

125

1517

B8J125

1721

B12J125

B20J125

■KUSH

2873

B5J130

150

■RSI

B5J150

1518

B8J150

1722

B12F150

1809

B20J150

K&zcfl

B5J160

sHBmI

B5J180

2877

B5J200

1519

B8J200

1723

B12J200

1810

B2QJ20Q

220

2878

B5J220

225

1520

B8J225

1724

B12J225

240

2879

B5J240

250

1521

B8J250

1725

B12J250

1811

B20J250

270

2880

B5J270

300

2881

B5J300

1522

B8J300

1726

B12J300

1812

B20J300

330

2882

B5J330

350

1523

B8J350

1727

B12J350

1813

B20J350

360

2883

B5J360

390

2884

B5J390

400

1524

B8J400

1728

B12J400

1814

B20J400

430

2885

B5J430

450

1525

B8J450

1729

B12J450

470

2886

B5J470

5V4 WATT

8WAn

12 WATT

20WAn

Old

New

Old

New

Old

New

Old .

New

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Ohms

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

500

1526

mi

1730

B12J500

1815

B20J500

510

2887

B5J510

560

2888

B5J560

600

1527

B 8 J 600

1731

620

2889

B5J620

650

1816

B20J650

680

HI

B5J680

700

1528

1732

1817

B20J700

750

2891

B5J750

(1529)

B8J750

1733

1818

B20J750

800

1530

1734

B12J800

1819

B20J800

820

2892

B5J820

900

1531

1735

B12J900

(1820A)

B20J900

910

2893

B5J910

1000

2894

B5J1K0

1532

B8J1K0

1736

B12J1K0

1821

B20J1K0

1100

(2895)

B5J1K1

(1533)

B8J1K1

(1737)

B12J1K1

1200

2896

B5J1K2

1534

B8J1K2

1738

B12J1K2

1822

B20J1K2

1250

1535

B8J1K25

1739

B12J1K25

1823

B20J1K25

1300

2897

B5J1K3

1500

2898

B5J1K5

1536

B8J1K5

1740

B12J1K5

1824

B20J1K5

1600

(2899)

B5J1K6

1750

1537

B8J1K75

1741

B12J1K75

1825

B20J1K75

1800

2900

B5J1K8

2000

2901

B5J2K0

1538

B8J2K0

1742

B12J1K0

1827

B20J1K0

2200

2902

B5J2K2

2250

1539

B8J2K25

1743

B12J2K25

(1828)

B20J2K25

2400

2903

B5J2K4

2500

1540

B8J2K5

1744

B12J2K5

1830

B20J2K5

2700

2904

B5J2K7

2750

1831

B20J2K75

3000

2905

B5J3K0

1541

B8J3K0

1745

B12J3K0

1832

B20J3K0

3300

2906

B5J3K3

3500

1542

B8J3K5

1746

B12J3K5

1833

B20J3K5

3600

2907

B5J3K6

3900

2908

B5J3K9

4000

1543

B8J4K0

1747

B12J4K0

1834

B20J4K0

4300

(2909)

B5J4K3

4500

1544

B8J4K5

1748

B12J4K5

1835

B20J4K5

4700

2910

B5J4K7

5000

1545

B8J5K0

1749

B12J5K0

1836

B20J5K0

5100

2911

B5J5K1

5600

2912

B5J5K6

6000

1546

B8J6K0

1750

B12J6K0,

1837

B20J6K0

6200

2913

B5J6K2

6800

2914

B5J6K8

7000

1547

B8J7K0

1751

B12J7K0

1838

B20J7K0

7500

2915

B5J7K5

1548

B8J7K5

1752

B12J7K5

1839

B20J7K5

8000

1549

B8J8K0

1753

B12J8K0

1840

B20J8K0

8200

2916

B5J8K2

8500

(1754)

B12J8K5

9000

1550

B8J9K0

(1754A)

B12J9K0

IIHEHM1

B20J9K0

9100

(2917)

B5J9K1

10K

2918

B5J10K

1551

B8J10K

1755

B12J10K

1841

B20J10K

1 1 K

(2919)

B5J11K

(1756)

B12J11K

12K

2920

B5J12K

1757

B12J12K

12.5K

1552

B8J12K5

1758

B12J12K5

1842

B20J12K5

13K

2921

B5J13K

mm

13.5K

(1759)

B12J13K5

■H

15K

2922

B5J15K

1553

B8J15K

1761

B12J15K

B20J15K

16K

2923

B5J16K

(1762)

B12J16K

17.5K

(1554)

B8J17K5

(1763)

B12J17K5

HI

18K

2924

B5J18K

1764

B12J18K

20K

2925

B5J20K

1555

B8J20K

1765

B12J20K

B20J20K

22.5K

(1556)

B8J22K5

1766

B12J22K5

mm

25K

1557

B8J25K

B12J25K

■CEM

B20J25K

30K

msEM

B20J30K

35K

1769

B12J35K

(1847)

B20J35K

40K

1770

B12J40K

1848

B20J40K

45K

1771

B12J45K

(1849)

B20J45K

50K

1772

B12J50K

1850

B20J50K

55K

(1851)

B20J55K

60K

(1852)

B20J60K

65K

(1853)

B20J65K

70K

(1854)

B20J70K

75K

1855

B20J75K

80K

1856

B20J80K

85K

(1857)

B20J85K

90K

(1858)

B20J90K

95K

1859

B20J95K

100K

1860

B20J100K

1 Popular items appear in BOLD print and are usually in stock at authorized Ohmite stocking distributors. Items appearing in LIGHT FACE print are available from stocking distributors but are not normally stocked in depth .
Parentheses indicate non-stock Standard items subject to a minimum handling charge per item.

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company / 3601 W. Howard St., Skokie, Illinois 60076 / (312) 675-2600 / TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

1*2016

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

0HM ITE « type 270 vitreous enameled fixed resistors

These lug type resistors are wire-wound on high quality ceramic cores, protected
and insulated by Ohmite vitreous enamel — the time-proved standard covering
that is the best conductor of heat for a material which must also be a good
electrical insulator.

Resistance tolerance is ±5% for values 1 ohm or higher; ±10% below 1 ohm.

Wattage ratings are for use in free air. When resistors are mounted in closed
spaces or where the circulation of air is restricted, they should not be used at

more than one-half rating. Currents and voltages for reduced ratings can be
obtained by multiplying full rating by the following factors: 75% load = .86,
66% = .81, 50% = .71, 33% = .57, 25% = .50.

Higher wattage resistors are available on a custom manufactured basis, for
information, request copy of catalog 101.

These items are also available on special order, with non-inductive windings,
(Aryton Perry).

12 WATT 1

25 WATT

50 WATT

100 WATT

175 WATT

225 WATT

Free air rating to

Free air rating to

Free air rating to

Free air rating for

Free air rating for

....

12,000 Ohms.

25,000 Ohms.

60,000 Ohms.

All Values

All Values

i-ree air rating to sbuu unms

Core: 2 " x ®/, 6 "

Core: 4" x 9 /is"

Core: x %"

Core: 8 V 2 " x IVa"

Core: IOV 2 " x IVa"

Core: 1-3/4" x s /i 6 "

Mtg. Ctr: 2 3 /i 6 " — Av. Wt. .02 lb.

Mfg. Ctr: 2%" —

Av. Wt. .05 lb.

Mtg. Ctr: 4%" —

Av. Wt. ,091b.

Mtg. Ctr: 7%" —

Av. Wt. ,201b.

Mtg. Ctr: 9%" —

Av. Wt. ,501b.

Mtg. Ctr: 11%" —

Av. Wt. .62 lb.

oia. mu

. Una.: uai. no. o

Std. Mtg. Brkt. : No. 9

Std. Mtq

Brkt.: No. 9

Std. Mtg. Brkt.: No. 12

Std. Mtg. Brkt.: No. 18

Std. Mtg. Brkt.: No. 18

Resist.

Ohms

Catalog

Old

Numbers

New

Ohms

Catalog Numbers

Catalog Numbers

Catalog Numbers

Catalog Numbers

Catalog Numbers

Res.

Old •

New

Old

New

Old

New

Old

New

Old

New

.51

1.0

1.5

2.2

3.3

3723

3730

3734

3738

3742

L12JR51

L12J1R0

L12J1R5

L12J2R2

L12J3R3

1

2

3

4

5

0200J

0200K

0200

0200N

0200A

L25J1R0

L25J2R0

L25J3R0

L25J4R0

L25J5R0

0400J

0400K

0400L

0400N

0400A

L50J1R0

L50J2R0

L50J3R0

L50J4R0

L50J5R0

0600C

0600D

0600E

0600F

0600A

L100J1RO

L100J2R0

L100J3R0

L100J4R0

L100J5R0

0700C

0700D

0700E

0700F

0700A

L175J1R0

L175J2R0

L175J3R0

L175J4R0

L175J5R0

0900C

0900D

0900E

0900F

0900A

L225J1R0

L225J2R0

L225J3R0

L225J4R0

L225J5R0

4.7

6.8

3746

3750

L12J4R7

L12J6R8

10

02G0B

L25J10R

0400B

L50J10R

0600B

L100J1 OR

0700B

L175J10R

0900B

L225J10R

10

3754

L12J10R

15

0200R

L25J15R

12

3756

L12J12R

25

0200C

L25J25R

0400C

L50J25R

0501

L100J25R

0701

L175J25R

0901

L225J25R

15

3758

L12J15R

50

0200D

L25J50R

0400D

L50J50R

0602

L100J50R

0702

L175J50R

0902

L225J50R

18

3760

L12J18R

75

0200E

L25J75R

0400E

L50J75R

0603

L100J75R

0703

L175J75R

0903

L225J75R

22

27

33

39

3762

3764

3766

3768

L12J22R

L12J27R

L12J33R

L12J39R

100

0200F

L25J100

0400F

L50J100

0604

L100J100

0704

L175J100

0904

L225J100

125

0604B

L100J125

0704B

L175J125

150

200

0200G

0200H

L25J150

L25J200

0400G

0400H

L50J150

L50J200

0605

L100J150

0705

L175J150

0905

L225J150

47

56

68

3770

3772

3774

L12J47R

L12J56R

L12J68R

250

0201

L25J250

0401

L50J250

0606

L100J250

0706

L175J250

0906

L225J250

500

0202

L25J500

0402

L50J500

0607

L100J500

0707

L175J500

0907

L225J500

82

3776

L12J82R

750

0203

L25J750

0403

L50J750

0608

L100J750

(0708)

L175J750

0908

L225J750

100

3778

L12J100

800

0204

L25J800

0404

L50J800

120

3780

L12J120

1,000

0205

L25J1K0

0405

L50J1K0

0609

L100J1K0

0709

L175J1K0

0909

L225J1K0

150

3782

L12J150

1,500

0206

L25J1K5

0406

L50J1K5

0610

L100J1K5

0710

L175J1K5

0910

L225J1K5

180

220

270

3784

3786

3788

L12J180

L12J220

L12J270

2,000

2.500

3.000

3.500

4.000

0207

0208

0209

0210
0211

L25J2K0

L25J2K5

L25J3K0

L25J3K5

L25J4K0

0407

0408

0409

0410

L50J2K0

L50J2K5

L50J3K0

L50J4K0

0611

0612

0613

L100J2K0

L100J2K5

L100J3K0

0711

0712

0713

L175J2K0

L175J2K5

L175J3K0

0911

0912

0913

L225J2K0

L225J2K5

L225J3K0

330

390

470

560

3790

3792

3794

3796

L12J330

L12J390

L12J470

L12J560

5,000

0212

L25J5K0

0411

L50J5K0

0614

L100J5K0

0714

L175J5K0

0914

L225J5K0

680

3798

L12J680

6,000

0213

L25J6K0

820

3800

L12J820

7,500

0214

L25J7K5

0412

L50J7K5

0615

L100J7K5

0715

L175J7K5

0915

L225J7K5

1,000

3802

L12J1K0

8,000

0413

L50J8KO

1,200

1,500

1,800

3804

L12J1K2

10,000

0215

L25J10K

0414

L50J10K

0616

L100J10K

0716

L175J10K

0916

L225J10K

3806

3808

L12J1K5

L12J1K8

12,000

15,000

0216

0217

L25J12K

L25J15K

0415

0416

L50J12K

L50J15K

0617

L100J15K

0717

L175J15K

0917

L225J15K

2,200

2.700
3,300
3,900

4.700

3810

3812

3814

3816

3818

L12J2K2

L12J2K7

L12J3K3

L12J3K9

L12J4K7

20,000

0218

L25J20K

0417

L50J20K

0618

L100J20K

0718

L175J20K

0918

L225J20K

25,000

0219

L25J25K

0418

L50J25K

0619

L100J25K

0719

L175J25K

0919

L225J25K

30,000

0220

L25J30K

0620

L100J30K

0720

L175J30K

0920

L225J30K

35,000

0221

L25J35K

0419

L50J35K

5,600

3820

L12J5K6

40,000

0222

L25J40K

(0621)

L100J40K

0721

L175J40K

0921

L225J40K

6,800

3822

L12J6K8

50,000

0224

L25J50K

0420

L50J50K

0622

L100J50K

0722

L175J50K

0922

L225J50K

8,200

3824

L12J8K2

60,000

0225

L25J60K

0623

L100J60K

0723

L175J60K

0923

L225J60K

10,000

12,000

3826

3828

L12J10K

L12J12K

70,000

0226

L25J70K

75.000

80.000
100,000

125.000

150.000

0421

0422

0423

0424

L50J75K

L50J100K

L50J125K

L50J150K

0624

0625

L100J75K

L100J100K

0724

0725

L175J75K

L175J100K

0924

0925

L225J75K

L225J100K

15.000

18.000
22,000

27.000

33.000

3830

3832

3834

3836

3838

L12J15K

L12J18K

L12J22K

L12J27K

L12J33K

0227

0229

L25J80K

L25J100K

39,000

3840

L12J39K

L12J47K

175,000

0425

L50J175K

47,000

3842

200,000

0426

L50J200K

51,000

3843

LI 2451 K

250,000

*

0428

L50J250K

1 Popular items appear in BOLD print and ar
Parentheses indicate nonstock standard

e usually in stock at authorized Ohmite stocking distributors . Items appearing in LIGHT FACE print are available from stocking distributors but are not normally stocked in depth,
items subject to a minimum handling charge per item.

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTp AMERICAN PHILIPS company/ 3601 W. Howard St, Skokie, Illinois 60076/(312) 675-2600 / TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2017

4700

RESISTORS

4700

OHMITE® dividohm type 210 adjustable vitreous enameled resistors

“Dividohm” resistors make ideal voltage dividers for original equipment and re-
placement in transmitters, rectifiers and other apparatus. Such tapped “bleeders”
are made by using one or more adjustable lugs, as required. “Dividohms" are also
handy for obtaining odd resistance values, for adjusting circuits, and for use on
equipment which must be set to meet various line voltages.

"Dividohm” resistors are vitreous enameled resistors on which a narrow strip
has been left uncovered to expose a portion of each turn. Contact to any wire in
this strip is made by an embossed contact on the adjustable lug (supplied).

M

WATT RATING: The stated wattage rating applies only when the entire resistance
is in the circuit. When the adjustable lug is set at an intermediate point, the
wattage rating is reduced in approximately the same proportion, i.e., if the lug is
set at half the resistance, the wattage is reduced by one-half. A safe rule to
follow is to make sure that the maximum rated current is not exceeded. This
should be carefully checked particularly if the resistor will be used as a voltage
divider with several adjustable lugs. Resistance tolerance is ±10% for the total
resistance value.

12 WATT

Core: 13/ 4 " x Ye" D.
Mtg. Ctr.: 2Ke" —
Av. Wt. .02 lb.

Std. Mte. Brkt.* No. 5

25 V

Core: 2"
Mtg. Ctr.
Av. Wt
Std. Mte. E

VATT

x Ye" D.

: 23/4" —
.05 lb.
rkt.* No. 9

■

VATT

X Ye" D.
43/4" —
.09 lb.
rkt.* No. 9

75

Core: 6
Mtg. Ctr
Av. Wt
Std. Mte.

WATT

' X Ye" D.

.: 75/a" —

. .15 lb.
Brkt.* No. 9

100

Core: 6V
Mtg. Ctr
Av. Wt
Std, Mtg.

WATT

2" x 3/4" D.

73/8" —

. .20 lb.
Irkt.* No. 12

175

Core: 81/2
Mtg. C
Av. Wt
Std. Mte. B

WATT

' x li/s" D.
r.: 93/a"

.50 lb.
rkt.* No. 18

225
Core: IO1/2
Mtg. Ct
Av. Wt
Std. Mte. B

WATT

" x li/s" D.

.: 113/s"

.62 lb.
rkt.* No. 18

Old

New

Old

New

Old

New

Old

New

New

Old

New

Old

New

Resist.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Ohms

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No. j

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

1

1001

D12K1R0

D25K1R0

0560A

D50K1R0

0769A

D75K1R0

0956A

D100K1R0

1156A

D175K1R0

1356A

Bi I

2

1002

D12K2R0

D25K2R0

— i !■

D50K2R0

0769B

D75K2R0

0956B

D100K2RO

1156B

D175K2R0

1356B

3

1003

D12K3R0

D25K3R0

0560C

D50K3R0

0769C

D75K3R0

0956C

D100K3R0

. 1156C

D175K3R0

1356C

m%\ Si!

4

H |

D50K4R0

(0769D)

D75K4R0

.. Emit]

D100K4R0

1156D

D175K4R0

1356D

5

1004

H

0560

D50K5R0

0769

D75K5R0

Bn

D100K5R0

1156

D175K5R0

1356

7.5

; flKTjTjTjTB|

D12K7R5

0362B

D25K7R5

D12K10R

0363

D25K10R

0561

D50K10R

0770

D75K10R

0957

D100K10R

1157

D175K10R

1357

D225K10R

15

D12K15R

0364

D25K15R

0771

D75K15R

20

— M

0364B

■•r+lttt'l

25

D12K25R

0365

l»EjMiJ

0562

D50K25R

0772

D75K25R

0958

D100K25R

1158

D175K25R

1358

D225K25R

50

KU

D12K50R

0366

D25K50R

0563

D50K50R

0773

D75K50R

0959

D100K50R

1159

D175K50R

1359

D225K50R

75

■nw

D12K75R

0367

D25K75R

0564

D50K75R

100

»li*M

D12K100

0368

D25K100

0565

0774

D75K100

0960

D100K100

1160

D175K100

1360

D225K100

150

■ If"

0369

D25K150

0566

''wK&IDHi

iBnfB

0370

D25K200

0567

li .11 ' iiil

0774B

D75K200

250

■n

D12K250

■3QB

D25K250

0568

D50K250

0775

D75K250

0960B

D100K250

1160B

D175K250

1360B

D225K250

SJUfjS

D12K300

■MU

D25K300

0568B

D50K300

0775B

350

mmm

BHB

MiikmiliM

'HSR.

D25K400

0568C

D50K400

0775C

500

HI

D12K500

■23B

D25K500

0569

rai

0776

0961

D100K500

1161

‘ D175K500

1361

D225K500

600

(1020)

D12K600

■H

750

1021

D12K750

i

HikJHmTib

D50K750

0777

D75K750

800

(1022)

D12K800

^BuZi^l

D50K800

(0777B)

1023

D12K1K0

Bn

D25K1K0

D50K1K0

0778

D75K1K0

0962

D100K1K0

1162

D175K1K0

1362

D225K1K0

1250

1024

D12K1K25

■H

D25K1K25

D50K1K25

0778B)

D75K1K25

1500

1025

D12K1K5

0376

mmm

0573

D50K1K5

(0779)

rl’l'IJl

0962B

D100K1K5

1162B

D175K1K5

1362B

D225K1K5

1026

■UEMU

0377

D25K2K0

0574

D50K2K0

BGSHDIB

wSSI

2250

(1027)

D12K2K25

0377B

D25K2K25

(0574B)

D50K2K25

BgIEQbB

mi l ill

1028

D12K2K5

0378

D25K2K5

0575

D50K2K5

0781)

D75K2K5

0963

D100K2K5

1163

D175K2K5

1363

D225K2K5

■Hm9i

1029

D12K3K0

0379

0576

—

(0781 B)

D75K3K0

3500

(1030)

D12K3K5

0576B

D50K3K5

(0782)

D75K3K5

1031

D12K4K0

(0381)

l»V4*iltl!<il

0577

BH

(0782B)

D75K4K0

(1032)

D12K4K5

0381 B

D25K4K5

(0577B)

D50K4K5

(0782C)

D75K4K5

1033

0382

0578

D50K5K0

(0783)

D75K5K0

0964

D100K5K0

1164

■ D175K5K0

1364

D225K5K0

IKHlS

1034

HEMil

0383

(0578B)

M

(0783B)

D75K6K0

7000

1035

mmm

0383B

■B9I

0578C

D50K7K0

(0783C)

D75K7K0

1036

D12K7K5

0384

mi

0579

D50K7K5

(0784)

D75K7K5

(1037)

D12K8K0

(0384B)

D25K8K0

(0580)

D50K8K0

(0784B)

D75K8K0

1038

D12K8K5

- 9000

(1039)

D12K9K0

(0384C)

D25K9K0

0580B

D50K9K0

(0784C)

D75K9K0

10000

D12K10K

■HUH

m

D50K10K

(0785)

wznmm

0965

D100K10K

1165

D175K10K

1365

D225K10K

12000

D50K12K

0785B

D75K12K

15000

m *p

■ n

■HI

(0786)

D75K15K

(0966)

D100K15K

(1166)

D175K15K

1366

D225K15K

■mS

milm

■is

D50K20K

0787

D75K20K

Bm#B

D100K20K

(1167)

D175K20K

1367

D225K20K

Bill!

■EM

— 1

(0788)

D75K25K

mmm

D100K25K

(1168)

D175K25K

1368

D225K25K

■KTr^TTHi

■1

0586

D50K30K

(0789)

E Kfl

(0969)

D100K30K

(1169)

D175K30K

(1369)

D225K30K

■

40000

0587

■na

1 0791 1

(0970)

D100K40K

(1170)

D175K40K

(1370)

D225K40K

45000

0792i

D75K45K

50000

Bi ^1

0588

nil

(0793

KffiB

0971

D100K50K

(1171)

D175K50K

1371

D225K50K

60000

■|

(0589)

11

(0794)

D75K60K

B|

75000

(0972)

D100K75K

(1172)

IF!.'

1372

D225K75K

80000

(0590)

D50K80K

(0795)

D75K80K

PK|

mm

0591

D50K100K

(0796)

D75K100K

0973

D100K100K

(1173)

1373

D225K100K

Popular items appear in BOLD print and are usually in stock at authorized Ohmite stocking distributors. Items appearing in LIGHT FACE print are available from stocking distributors but
are not normally stocked in depth. Parentheses indicate non-stock standard items subject to a minimum handling charge per item.

adjustable lugs

One “Screw Driver Type Adjustable Lug" is supplied with each unit. Lugs with a
silver contact button can be ordered from the table shown below.

MOVING THE LUGS: Lugs always should be loosened completely before moving

and not moved except while the current is off, in order to protect the exposed wire
from mechanical or electrical injury and to protect the operator from dangerous
voltages.

STANDARD

Screw Driver

Bakelite Knob

Type

Type

Core

New

Old

New

Old

Diam.

Cat

Cat

Cel

Cat.

Inches

No.

No.

No.

No.

Vie

2115

1058

Vie

2121

0358

2122

0359

%

2125

1958

2126

1959

IVt

2133

2158

2134

2159

With SILVER CONTACT BUTTONS

Screw Driver

Bakelite Knob

Type

Typo

Core

New

Old

New

Old

Diam.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Cat.

Inches

No.

No.

No.

No.

Vie

2116

2161

Vie

2123

2164

2124

2165

%

2127

2166

2128

2167

Wt

2135

2170

2136

2171

DOUBLE THUMB SCREW

■Ais^at^Js^Sfe^lugPwhich is illustrated
at left, features two advantages — ease
of adjustment and less chance of dam-
aging the resistance wire while moving
lugs. Available for 1 W cores.

Catalog No. 2160

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company/ 3601 W. Howard St., Skokie, Illinois 60076/(312) 675-2600 /TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

1*2018

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

© H M ITE LO-MITE and other low resistance wire-wound resistors

SERIES 99L LO-MITE

SPECIFICATIONS

Tolerance: ±5% std. Other tolerances available.
Temperature Coefficient:

Max. Temperature Coefficient

.005 — .009 ohms

0 ±600 ppm/°C

.01 — .019 ohms

0 ±300 ppm/°C

.02 — .029 ohms

0 ±175 ppm/°C

.03 — .039 ohms

0 ±125 ppm/°C

.04 — .09 ohms

0 ±100 ppm/°C

.1 — 1.0 ohm

0 ± 60 ppm/°C

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 1000 VAC.

Overload: 10X rated wattage for 5 sec. for 5 watt size and larger. 5X rated
wattage for 5 sec. for 3 watt size.

SERIES 99

SPECIFICATIONS

Tolerance: ±5% std. ±.25% to ±10% available. 2 ohm minimum for
tolerances closer than ±1%.

Temperature Coefficient:

0 ± 30 ppm/°C 10 ohms and above.

0 ±100 ppm/°C 1 to 10 ohms.

0 ±200 ppm/°C below 1 ohm.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 1000 VAC. 500 VAC for 1 watt size.
Overload: 10X rated wattage for 5 sec. for 5 watt size and larger. 5X rated
wattage for 5 sec. under 5 watt size.

Wattage Rating: May be increased by using metal mounting clips as a heat
sink.

Inductance: Standard units have single layer inductive winding. Non-inductive
(Aryton Perry or limited inductance) windings available.

Core: Steatite ceramic.

Inductance: Typical values, 0.1 /4iy for .01 to .09 ohms.

Coating: Molded vitreous enamel.

Coating: Molded vitreous enamel.

1 1

j i .

k i i

Lb

L .

Watts

Type

Body

Dimensions

Max. Dia. — B

HDH

'n.

IKQH

KIM

1W

.005—1.0

14.3

IH

mm

^■9

ebb

.005—1.0

23.8

EE1

■3B

mm

10

ESI

.008—1.0

45.6

msm

rsm

m

mm

The points at which the resistance is measured are critical. All resistance
values and tolerances are based upon measurements at dimension “C”.

Watts

Type

Dim. C |

In.

MM

3

993L

1.313

33.35

5

995L

1.688

42.87

10

990L

2.531

64.39

r

T

Watts

Resistance

Range

Type

Min. -Max.

mem

m

DJI

MAIM

mm

995-1A

.1— 6.65K

Uli

.140

BcWl

E

mm

| 2.25

995-2A

.1— 6.49K

9.9

.219

■

■

KB

ER9

995-3A

.1—22. IK

HESS

14.3

.234

■n

El 1

995-5B

.1— 53.6K

24.2

8EEI

.81

mm

995-5A

' .1— 80.6K

■

19

mm

KHB

.81

rr

995-7A

.1— 118K

HH

isiii

■n

mrm

.81

mam

995-10A

.1— 187K

Bg|9|

m

mm

BT

.81

mm

995-15A

.1— 243K

mm

EH

.032

EM

SERIES 22

SPECIFICATIONS

SERIES 44 OHMICONE®

SPECIFICATIONS

Tolerance: ±1% and ±5% std. ±.05% to ±10% available.

Temperature Coefficient:

0 ±20 ppm/ °C 10 ohms and above.

0 ±50 ppm/°C 1 to 10 ohms.

0 ±90 ppm/°C below 1 ohm.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage.- 500V. (250V for 1 watt size.) 1000V avail-
able.

Overload: 10X rated wattage for 5 sec. for 5 watt size and larger. 5X rated
wattage for 5 sec. under 5 watt size.’

Inductance: Standard units have single layer inductive winding. Non-inductive
(Aryton Perry or limited inductance) windings available.

Core: Steatite ceramic.

Coating-. Conformal silicone ceramic.

i

le

Resistance

Range

Body

Dimensions

Leads

1.5"

(38.1 mm)

Min.-Max.

In.

MEM

MM

hejei

MM

■31

e sm

.437

KB

m

BEE1

.64

mm

m a

T

00

*-4

.406

ITEM

n

mm

.81

KB

443

.1— 22.1K

.563

14.3

.250

.032

.81

5

445

1

00

4^

.937

23.8

.343

8.7

.040

1.02

7

447

.1— 119K

1.250

31.8

.343

8.7

.040

1.02

10

440

.1— 223K

1.843

46.8

.406

10.3

.040

1.02

Tolerance: ±5% std. ±1% to ±10% available.

Temperature Coefficient:

0 ±30 ppm/°C 10 ohms and above.

0 ±50 ppm/°C 1 to 9.99 ohms.

0 ±90 ppm/°C below 1 ohm.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 1000 VAC. (500 VAC for 1 watt type).

Overload: 10X rated wattage for 5 sec. for 5 watt size and larger. 5X rated
wattage for 5 sec. under 5 watt size.

Inductance: Standard units have single layer inductive winding. Low in-
ductance windings available.

Core: Steatite ceramic.

Coating: Conformal vitreous enamel.

1

r‘

1

1

T

Watts

Type

Resistance

Range

Body

Dimensions

Leads

1.5"

(38.1 mm)

Max. Lgth. — A

Max. Dia. — B

Min.-Max.

In.

MM

In.

MM

In.

MM

1

mssm

.1— 6.1K

.406

.156

4.0

.025

.64

2

.1— 8.7K

. .406

10.3

.219

5.6

.032

.81

3

EEEM

iKII

EEEI

6.4

.032

.81

mm

E

1.000

B

BH

keb

.81

KB

E

1.031

EU

B31

WEEM

mm

mm

■

.1— 118K

1.250

31.8

8.7

Ea

.1— 190K

1.797

45.6

.343

8.7

.032

wm

1.812

B5RB

.406

im

.040

B3

ORDERING DATA

To order any of the above, specify series wanted, wattage, resistance, and
tolerance.

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company / 3601 W. Howard St., Skokie, IL 60076 / (312) 675-2600 / TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2019

4700

RESISTORS

4700

OHM ITE® type 995 MOLDEDaxial lead vitreous enameled resistors

• FIRST MOLDED WIREWOUND,

• VITREOUS ENAMEL RESISTOR

• INSULATED! MEETS 1000 VAC TEST
•WITHSTANDS 1500°F TEMPERATURES

WITHOUT DISTORTION

An exclusive technique (U. S. Patent No.’s
3,229,237 and 3,489,828) permits application
of the vitreous enamel coating by molding
instead of the conventional "dip” process. The
dimensionally consistent and thicker coating
that results, guarantees a 1000 VAC insulation
rating plus unparalleled capability for with-
standing very high temperatures, high humidity
and immersion in salt solution.

• RESISTS CHIPPING, BREAKING

• UNIFORM SIZE PERMITS CLIP-MOUNTING
•WITH SIGNIFICANT HEAT SINK BENEFITS

•HIGH OVERLOAD CAPABILITY

These resistors are normally mounted by
their axial leads. However, their consistent form
also permits mounting in clips with heat sink
benefits up to 100%. Resistance tolerance is
±5%. Series 99 resistors meet the requirements
of MIL-R-26 for "insulated” resistors.

V/z WATTl 2 Va WATT I 3V4 WATTl 5 WATT 11 WATT I | V/z -WATT 2V4 WATT 3V4 WATT 5 WATT 11 WATT

.422" x. 125"
Dia.

Style 995-1 A
Avg. Wt.,
.0009 lb.

Dia.

Style 995-2A
Avg. Wt.,
.00181b.

Dia.

Style 995-3A
Avg. Wt.,
.003 lb.

Dia.

Style 995-5 B
Avg. Wt.,
.004 lb.

Dia.

Style 995- 10A
Avg. Wt.,
,0151b.

Dia.

Style 995-1 A
Avg. Wt.,
.0009 lb.

Dia.

Style 995-2A
Avg. Wt.,
.00181b.
lid I New

Dia.

Style 995-3A
Wt.,
lb.

Dia.

Style 995-5 B
1 Wt.,
41b.

Dia.

Style 995- 10A
Avg. Wt.,
,0151b.

Popular items appear in BOLD print and are usually in stock at authorized Ohmite stocking distributors. Items appearing in LIGHT FACE print are avilable from stocking distributors but are not normally stocked in depth. Parentheses indicate
non-stock standard items subject to a minimum handling charge per item.

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company/ 3601 W. Howard St., Skokie, Illinois 60076/(312) 675-2600/TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

1*2020

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

OHM ITE® Series 22 5% tolerance

conformal vitreous enamel axial lead wirewound resistors

© Rugged Vitreous Enamel Coating Withstands
Severe Humidity and Temperature Cycling
e Economical

• All Welded Construction

• Ideal for Machine Insertion

Advanced conformal vitreous enamel coating protects resistors, even in en-
vironments of high heat.

These rugged, economical wirewound resistors are recommended for industrial
applications where quality construction and reliable operation are prime
specifying parameters.

5 % tolerance is standard for all wattage sizes. Dielectric breakdown is 1KV
(500V for 1 Watt size). Typical T.C. of ± 30 ppm/°C. for 10 ohm values and
above.

Watts

Body Dimensions

Leads

1. 5*738.1 mm

GA

Max L (A)

'(”/ mm)

Max Dia. (B)
(’’/mm)

1

.406/10:3

.156/4

22

3

.562/14.3

.250/6.4

20

5

1.000/25.4

.250/6.4

20

7

1.250/31.8

.343/8.7

20

10

1.797/49.2

.343/8.7

20

r A ~i

Lb

MECHANICAL

Terminal Strength: Meets Ml L-R-26 requirements.

ELECTRICAL

Tolerance: ±5% std.;

Temperature Coefficient: 0±30 ppm/°C typical for 1012 and above.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 1 KV (500 V for 1 W types).

Overload, Short Time: 10X rated wattage for 5 sec. (5 W size & larger);

5X rated wattage for 5 sec. (under 5 W).

Inductance: Varies with no. of turns and wire size. Std. units haye single layer
winding.

MATERIALS

Core: Ceramic, resistant to thermal shock and wide variations in temperature.
Resistance Element: High grade resistance alloy wire, single layer winding.
' Leads and resistance element welded to metal end caps.

Coating: High performance conformal vitreous enamel.

Leads: Solder coated.

Popular items appear in BOLD print and are usually in stock at authorized Ohmite stocking distributors. Items appearing in
LIGHT FACE print are available from stocking distributors but are not normally stocked in depth. Parentheses indicate
non-stock standard items subject to a minimum handling charge per item.

OHMITE

20J10R

Resistance

Catalog Numbers

Ohms

1 Watt

3 Watt

5 Watt

7 Watt

10 Watt

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.2

3.0

21J1R0

21J1R5

21J2R0

21J2R2

21J3R0

23J1R0

23J1R5

23J2R0

23J2R2

23J3R0

25J1R0

25J1R5

25J2R0

25J2R2

25J3R0

27J1R0

(27J1R5)

(27J2R0)

(27J2R2)

27J3R0

20J1R0

20J1R5

20J2R0

20J2R2

20J3R0

4.0

5.0

7.5

10.0
12.0

21J4R0

21J5R0

21J7R5

21J10R

21J12R

23J4R0

23J5R0

23J7R5

23J10R

23J12R

25J4R0

25J5R0

25J7R5

25J10R

25J12R

(27J4R0)

27J5R0

(27J7R5)

27J10R

(27J12R)

20J4R0

20J5R0

20J7R5

20J10R

20J12R

15.0

18.0
20.0
22.0
25.0

21J15R

21J18R

21J20R

21J22R

21J25R

23J15R

23J18R

23J20R

23J22R

23J25R

25J15R

25J18R

25J20R

25J22R

25J25R

27J15R

(27J18R)

(27J20R)

27J22R

(27J25R)

20J15R

20J18R

20J20R

20J22R

20J25R

27.0

30.0

33.0

35.0

39.0

21J27R

21J30R

21J33R

21J35R

21J39R

23J27R

23J30R

23J33R

23J35R

23J39R

25J27R

25J30R

25J33R

25J35R

25J39R

(27J27R)

(27J30R)

(27J33R)

(27J35R)

(27J39R)

20J27R

20J30R

20J33R

20J35R

(20J39R)

40.0

47.0

50.0

56.0

62.0

21J40R

21J47R

21J50R

21J56R

21J62R

23J40R 1

23J47R
23J50R
23J56R
23J62R 1

25J40R

25J47R

25J50R

25J56R

25J62R

27J40R

(27J47R)

27J50R

(27J56R)

(27J62R)

20J40R

20J47R

20J50R

20J56R

(20J62R1

68.0

75. G
82.0

100

120

21J68R

21J75R

21J82R

21J10Q

21J120

23J68R

23J75R

23J82R

23J100

23J120

25J68R

25J75R

25J82R

25J100

5J120

(27J68R)

27J75R

(27J82R)

27J100

(27J120)

20J75R

20J82R

20J100

(20J120)

125

150

180

200

220

(21J125)

21J150

21J180

(21J200)

(21J220)

23J125

23J150

23J180

23 J 200
23J220

25J125

25J150

25J180

25J200

25J220

(27J125)

(27J150)

27J180

27J200

(27J220)

20J125

20J150

20J180

20J200

20J220

225

250

270

300

330

21J225

21J250

21J270

21J300

21J330

23J225

23J250

23J270

23J300

23J330

25J225

25J250

25J270

25J300

25J330

(27J225)

(27J250)

27J270)

27J300

(27J330)

(20J225)

20J250

(20J270)

20J300

20J330

350

390

400

450

470

21J350

21J390

21J400

21J450

21J470

(23J350)

23J390

23J400

23J450

23J470

25J350

25J390

25J400

25J450

25J470

(27J350)

27J390)

27J400

(27J450

(27J470)

20J350

(20J390)

20J400

20J450

20J470

500

560

600

680

750

21J500

21J560

21J600

21J680

21J750

23J500

23J560

23J600

23J680

23J750

25J500

25J560

25J600

25 J 680
25J750

27J500

(27J560)

27J600

(27J680)

(27J750)

20J500

20J560

20J600

20J680

20J750

800

820

900

1000

1100

21J800

21J820

21J900

(21J1K0)

(21J1K1)

23J800

23J820

23J900

23J1K0

23J1K1

25J800

(25J820

25J900

25J1K0

25J1K1

(27J800)

27J820

27J900

(27J1K0)

(27J1K1)

20J800

20J820

20J900

20J1K0

(20J1K1)

1200

1500

1800

2000

2200

(21J1K2)

21J1K5)

(21J1K8)

21J2K0

(21J2K2)

23J1K2

23J1K5

(23J1K8)

23J2K0

23J2K2

25J1K2

25J1K5

(25J1K8)

25J2K0

25J2K2

27J1K2

(27J1K5)

(27J1K8)

(27J2K0

(27J2K2)

20J1K2

(20J1K5)

(20J1K8)

20J2K0

20J2K2

2500

2700

3000

3300

3500

(21J2K5)

(21J2K7)

(21J3K0)

23J2K5

23J2K7

23J3K0

23J3K3

23J3K5

25J2K5

(25J2K7)

25J3K0

25J3K3

25J3K5

(27J2K5)
(27J2K7)
27J3K0) •
(27J3K3
(27J3K5)

20J2K5

20J2K7

20J3K0

20J3K3

20J3K5

3900

4000

4500

4700

5000

23J3K9

23J4K0

23J4K5

23J4K7

23J5K0

25J3K9

25J4K0

25J4K5

25J4K7

25J5K0

(27J3K9)

27J4K0

(27J4K5)

(27J4K7)

(27J5K0)

20J3K9

20J4K0

20J4K5

20J4K7

20J5K0

6000

6800

7000

7500

8000

23J6K0

23J6K8

23J7K0

23J7K5

23J8K0

25J6K0

25J6K8

25J7K0

25J7K5

25J8K0

(27J6K0)

(27J6K8

(27J7K0

27J7K5

(27J8K0)

20J6K0

(20J6K8)

20J7K0

20J7K5

(20J8K0)

9000

10,000

12,000

13.000

15.000

23J9K0

23J10K

(25J9K0)

25J10K

25J12K

25J15K

(27J9K0)

27J10K

(27J12IO

(27J13IG

(27J15K)

(20J9K0)

20J10K

20J12K

20J13K

20J15K

17.000

20.000
22,000

25.000

30.000

25J20K

25J22K

25J25K

(27J17K)

27J20K

(27J22K)

(27J25K)

(20J17K)

20J20K

20J22K

20J25K

20J30K

33.000

35.000

40.000

50.000

(20J33K)

20J35K

20J40K

20J50K

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company/ 3601 W. Howard St., Skokie, Illinois 60076/(312) 675-2600 / TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2021

4700

RESISTORS

4700

@ H M ITE® Series 44 0HMIC0NE •

1% tolerance 5% tolerance

conformal silicone ceramic
axial lead wirewound resistors

Series 44 Ohmicone® conformal silicone ceramic power resistors are designed
for a wide range of commercial, industrial and communications equipment
and systems. Resistors feature low, stable T.C.; all welded construction; and
operation under high temperature conditions.

ELECTRICAL

Tolerance: ±1% and ±5% closer tolerance available.

Temperature Coefficient: <lfi-0±90 ppm/°C; 1 to 1012— 0dt50 ppm/°C;

1012 & greater- 0±20 ppm/°C.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage : 500 V (250 V for 1 W size ).

Overload, Short Time: 10X rated wattage for 5 seconds (5 W and larger);

5X rated wattage for 5 seconds (3 W and smaller).

Wattage: 1, 2, 3, 5, and 10 Watt Sizes.

Inductance: Varies with no. of turns and wire size. Standard units have
single layer winding.

Non-inductive (ARYTON -PERRY) windings available.

MATERIALS

Core: Ceramic, resistant to thermal shock and wide variations in temperature.
Resistance Element: High grade resistance alloy wire, single layer winding.

Leads and resistance element welded to metal end caps.

Coating: High performance conformal silicone ceramic.

Leads: Solder coated.

■DERATING

Wattage is based on 25°C Free Air Rating. For higher temperature operation,
derate linearly from 100% @ +25°C to 0% @ +275°C.

SERIES 44 OHMICONE*

Watts

Bod;

Dlmens

ions

Leads

(1.57

38.1 mm)

Ga.

Max. Lgth. A

("/mm)

Max. Dia. B

(7mm)

1

.437/9.4

.125/3.2

22

2

.406/10.3

.219/5.6

20

3

.563/14.3

.250/6.4

20

5

.937/23.8

.343/8.7

18

10

1.843/46.8

.406/10.3

18

♦OHMICONE is a registered trade name of Ohmite Mfg. Co.

— A-

1 :

B

1 WATT j

OHMS

1% +

5%+

41Fxxx

41Jxxx

STOCK

NUMBER

CODE

F— ±1% Tolerance
i— -±5% Tolerance
R— Decimal point
K— Decimal point
and XIOOO

OHMS

CATALOG NUMBERS |

1 Watt

2W.m

3 Watts

5 Watts

1 0 Witts

.1

BS98

B9H

SiElTiiTrSfi

iKwuniK

limi

Hfl

.18

BSHi

if®

jgggjj

IUBI

Hi

.2

413820

1511

jgTTJ,Tr ; B

mMM

pm

n

'KBS

hh

' A

4ui«

8®?8

3

El

TOPI

ma

yp... .5 ..

Aunm

jKHH9|

mmm

mj ' a
ESI

Hi

.75

41JR75

wm

mm

isa

1.0

W3S&

rnmnim

w:w i

RUN

ts

j ■

K a 9 '

WKJSm

K.. ' }<

pm

2.0

mmm

in

m

in

. , n

mwT-jm

mmm

KBi

HI

■SESI

43F380

43J3R0

mm

mmm

is§Btfi

mam

aBBTIl

8TO$il

wmzm

Kill

mm

5-0

K5I

ess

S»80

pi

mm

mm

S8S!

mm

arrana

WZMm

mm

B£318

BUM

§58$

ilSS

@1

ma

WSM

WMM

ESI

Kasai

MZ&M

m

n

LT

BilM

KRall

iSS

in

Emm

Hi

afffriaK

Hi

20 J

Km

B

ms

WESSm

KBTCTMI

—

22.0

mm

TOpa

Wffmm

KEefct

K&3S

n

'• 25.0

KEMP

SEi

aSMB

mmvm

aRffEipl.

mi

P 27.0

KUS

I11S1I

MMZTfM

mm

30.0

KfeU

IB81

mmm

Ksm

n

33.0

wslnM

mmsmsam

IraBi

msmM

m

HI

m

arfF'Dis

KHi

ms

WEEm

H

m

41F39R

413398

423398

43F39R

mm

KWKlMl

m

iiidSl

PIH

■ssi

PH

47.0

aSTZflia

Pffll 1

43F47R

433478

mm

50.0

41F50B

413508

43F50R

433508

Ml

mmWM

OHMS

CATALOG NUMBERS

OHMS

CATALOG NUMBERS

1 Witt

uomi

10 Witts

1 Witt

2 Witts

3 Wittt'

5 Witt!

10 Witts

500

■rira/ m

pom

m<TirT^nsi

45F568

MEB3I

1000

Sf.TTii 1 ; g

43F1K0

40F1K0 |

kD^jh

iff? i fiK

45356R

bESSjH

KmEEK

4231 1(0

mwmm

4031K0

62.0

®nTj»Trs|

nap

BfrrJ.7T;B

bebm

1100

fgMSMi

MET-Tiftf ;

mmmm

m

BrtiyPinB

beeegb

aSSCua

42J1K1

KaaSal

a*77T7a

BEuEEa

68.0

BSTTT^rji|

mam

802201

MS22M

mmsm

1200

anurai

gPaTtg;

aaaaii

arrana

Hinfrtilal

mmm

ill

g^Tr*-W

m

KguSa

ai.wa

75.0

jgnyn.gi

mam

mmm

■EPSMB

■ETilfFTM

1500

anaai

PPM

anaiTia

TT^iTTW

MTiirrg

KiBffrai

g”To,M

g'*nr?g

82.0

4IF82B

Hernias

ussm

1800

guana

43F1K8

45F1K8

mtwmm

41382R

423828

433828

453828

PIS

gUTrfiS

4331 KB

4531K8

4031K8 j

KBiai

gawMapflCJM

SEH5ED@|

WWM

na

2000

gmrnra

mm

gr?T!i

gTTy7?a

KKJP

wmm

gi^Ta

wBBSKm

Kmh 3>H

KEEBjB

BEIifflSiK

KS

MfTHy.T

TOFl

40F120

2200

mnrnm

mgamm

■PTiTTg

ap>?P

mmyrn

IMI

423120

KaZai

403120

SHRSfin

HTWH

a!?nTM

KoSiy

KH

■mgaiB

BHEaBB

mwsKm

2500

gmi

gyr»77M

agma

arrana

HH

iHW

Ksnm

■wnm

MSm

BrnTa

WEMM

angai

• • w ■

mi

HTgTTMj

WKX'YiTJiW

KifirWI

Bl'HIijIh

■flTTRiW

k*k

W; - '

KwlSK

1W

HUn

mmm

gFiamg

MMM

3000

aaglSK

«-■

mmsm

Hrn^ryaj

anjTSQji

KflOoESK

Mims

moTM

Hfl

4233K0

200

piPygB

mmm

ggpryyrg

air mm

3300 T

■ . ■ - ■

gaaai!

a%i333a

Emm

423200

433200

453200

1 B

. ■

KEESBi

g'nna

KmSa

jSggg-i-

ISi

wn&wm

mminm

■EEWW*

3500

• vr : :

.**- ;'T

awgrra

asaai

na

Kiiwm

EP1

|g*“7‘Tg

-

gnTH'fl

KriTHTK

wcmwm

wvmm

3900

BMj M|

43F3KS

45F3K9

asaasa

423225

llmil

KlmK

Mm

n hi

-

43J3K9

4&J3K9

4033K8 j

HM

mmp.m

mmmm

4000

gRZTyg

MOTj^TTiW

■m

m

■SOS 1

WHBHm

KgHaa

KrfliTa

m

mznm

aagsmi

MTTiTim

igrr^yra

mmm

4500

—

mrmmm

arimaa

Kadi

ImM

HBSB

gtiTrnHI

E5S3B

alifflM

300

KSBP

w&g&m

■rrgra

am*

4700

UEzmm

a vmzm

mzZm

KBmWI

Kill

•

.

girnm

ES5K

Wf.mwm

W2MM

mumwm

5000

-- 3y- ■ ‘

ggiam

aromi

Hjwwfli

■„ • •

gVTT.<’W

gtlHAig

350

acn^ig

mmm

43F350

SgrrMi

am

6000

-T - ■

,

43F8K0

45F6K0

40F6K0

< > ,

WBMm

433350

\.T

4336K0

4536K0

4OJ6K0

330

an^ai

an mm

6800

^ ■

: — - 7

43F6K8

4SF6K8

40F6K8

KHRIM

Wp'-' ^

w$Mm

■BESB

;» : -

4336K8

4538K8

4036K8

400

HCRITiTiM

BFTr^K

Ell

7000

.: • ***

Hi.TpryjM

anreiTM

' ... .

El

KanlaK

kmI

mmm

—

BSSESjfl

WSmm

m

mmwm

■&be m

7500

aiTgisai

assa

- , : V ;

mmm

Ml

gMH

iKt-fEBPa

KSaESai

irrrzyr^

1M

mmrm

BC-ggH

MHZtm

8000

gRPTfa

grryira

KGriaa

ggggg

ImH

Stjmjg

KMI

« •

KSSSS

gin

WinCim

8000

-

wrrrrna

arragg

Kgni

Bl&B

•

mBESBm

gtT.f7H

560

Ell

BO

aEin^a

10,000

gHiliTg

aarfiT^TTrai

BHI

*

IMS

:H!H

600

MtlTIT-m

mmm

ansTTg

KTiTJ^TsWI

sminai

w: . ■■

....

gT T iTTM

mmm

MM

Klffil

mmm

ffi^ 7 Tffllffif

-

•/V,

gna^ra

«TiT3inai

igK^inm

mmwm

mmemm

■gorarnM

MPTiraHirnm

xmmm

sW.-. 7.; :

**>

igi^gHaM

BKirrai^ai

mEMm

m

gU’H'fiSB

Wi t r 1

iEM

Muslim

ari!3¥ia

:: 750

mvirtw

BEgggaaa

fiffFTSEDB

BaTHjPi'g

MTWTM

jppaHH

. . ^ ,

. -

Ig'EW'TMl

ar^iiia

m

mi

Blml

g'^ir a

mmm

t,-;

■;

IKMSm

arre^ai

800

MHT?T?rr«

SHHESfiSS

8222238

■nTTTJB

turn mm

; •: '-V;- : v

■■ . •

igi^ra

aMM»

8 k! i PtA

EDG23MM

-

::x~

■■■ • .:

laHginai

mnmm

820

gTTH ijg

mvmitm

mssMm

-

-

- .-■■■;

gnrr$Trai

■MM

mmm

msmm

-■ .

- .V -'-r-

„ ■

«r!Tril3gi

wrnirm

gCFTg:'!»TrHi

K'rf jn

BPT!

mzmm

; 'V, ! ■ ^ ,

X.

MM38SM

-

: : .

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company / 3601 W. Howard St.. Skokie. Illinois 60076 / (312) 675-2600 / TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

Add Dept. EM to tell them you saw it in eem.

1*2022

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

OHMITE® cabinet resistor assortments

Perfect for R & D and prototype labs.

All popular values included.

8 wattage sizes to choose from.

Contents clearly marked on front of each drawer segment.

Always have the right style, wattage, and resistance value on hand.
Thwart Murphey’s Law which states; “The resistance value needed will
not be available ."

Ohmite cabinet assortments come in four different resistor styles and
8 different wattages. The resistors used to make up these assortments
are the most popular resistance values as determined by national usage.

The handy compact plastic cabinets are packed in accordance with the
tables below, which state the quantities, number of values, and the
resistance range of each assortment. Each drawer segment is individually
labeled. Dovetail tops and bottoms of each cabinet facilitate stacking.
Individual cabinet dimensions are: 9" long by 4 3 A" high by 5%" deep.

For specific information regarding any of the cabinet assortments, ask
your Ohmite Distributor for the latest cabinet brochure.

No. of Cab. in

Resistance

Style of Resistor

Watts

Cat. No.

Tolerance

Assortment

Range

WIREWOUND SEE PAGES 5 AND 6 FOR DIMENSIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS

Conformal Vitreous Enamel

1

CAB-221

5%

167

40

1

in - 3 ko

Conformal Vitreous Enamel

3

CAB-223

5%

325

71

2

10 - 10KO

Conformal Vitreous Enamel

5

CAB-225

5%

357

77

2

10 - 25 KO

Conformal Vitreous Enamel

10

CAB-220

5%

185

40

1

1O-50KO

Conformal Ohmicone®

1

CAB-441

5%

120

40

1

.10-3K0 -

Conformal Ohmicone®

3

CAB-443

5%

120

40

1

.10-5K0

Conformal Ohmicone®

5

CAB-445

5%

120

40

1

.1O-10KO

Conformal Ohmicone®

10

CAB-440

5%

120

40

1

.10 - 15K0

LITTLE DEVIL®

Carbon Composition

Va

CAB-21

5%

500

80

2

2.70 - 22 MEGO

Carbon Composition

Vb

CAB-45

5%

1000

160

4

2.70 - 22 MEGO

Carbon Composition

1/4

CAB-54

5%

124

37

1

470 - 10MO

Carbon Composition

1/4

CAB-525

5%

800

80

2

2.70-22M0

Carbon Composition

1/4

CAB-46

5%

1500

160

4

2.70-22M0

Carbon Composition

1/2

CAB-510

5%

120

40

1

100- 10MO

Carbon Composition

1/2

CAB-596

5%

800

80

2

2.70-22M0

Carbon Composition

1/2

CAB-47

5%

1500

160

4

2.70 -22M0

Carbon Composition

1

CAB-52

5% .

100

40

1

100 - 10MO

Carbon Composition

1

CAB-527

5%

480

80

2

2.70-22M0

Carbon Composition

1

CAB-48

5%

900

160

4

2.70 - 22MO

Carbon Composition

2

CAB-53

5%

100

40

1

100 - 10MO

LITTLE REBEL®

Carbon Film

Va

CAB-5F

150

31

1

100 to 22MO

Carbon Film

i/a

CAB-22F

500

52

2

100 to 22MO

Carbon Film

Va

CAB-34F

104

3

100 to 22m

Carbon Film

1/4

CAB-6F

150

36

1

m to lMfi

Carbon Film

1/4

CAB-23F

500

75

2

m to im

Carbon Film

1/4

CAB-43F

1500

137

4

in to iMn

Carbon Film

V2

CAB-7F

150

36

1

m to iMn

Carbon Film

y 2

CAB-24F

500

75

2

in to iMn

Carbon Film

1/2

CAB-44F

1500

137

4

m to iMn

METAL DEVIL®

. Metal Film

1/4

CAB-8M

1%

250

40

1

ion to 301 Kn

Metal Film

1/4

CAB-28M

1%

500

80

2

ion to 301 Kn

Metal Film

1/4

CAB-31M

1%

1000

120

3

ion to 30iKn

Metal Film *•

1/2

CAB-9M

1%

250

40

1

ion to iMn

Metal Film

1/2

CAB-29M

1%

500

80

2

ion to iMn

Metal Film

1/2

CAB-32M

1%

1000

120

3

ion to iMn

DEC-RANGER™

CAP-RANGER®

0.1% ACCURACY PRECISION DECADE RESISTANCE
BOX NO. 3416

SPECIFICATIONS:

ACCURACY: ±0.1% (PLUS 0.03fi MAXIMUM CONTACT
AND CIRCUIT RESISTANCE)

NUMBER OF DECADES: 6

SELECTION: ROTARY TAP SWITCHES, CONTINUOUS
ROTATION IN EITHER DIRECTION
READ OUT: DIGITAL, IN LINE, THROUGH “WINDOWS”
IN PANEL

SWITCH LIFE: IN EXCESS OF 50,000 OPERATIONS
DIMENSIONS: IOV 2 " LONG x 3W' HIGH X 4%" DEEP

ECONOMICAL,

PORTABLE

CAPACITANCE

SELECTOR

100 picofarads to 11.111 microfarads in 100 picofarad
steps with ±2% accuracy. Three binding posts, one
to ground the metal case. Compact size. Big perfor-
mance. Simple operation. Solves your troubleshooting,
breadboarding and circuit design problems using
simple sliding switches. Dimensions 4" x 6" x 1".
Catalog No. 3430

OHM-RANGER®

ECONOMICAL,

PORTABLE

RESISTANCE

SELECTOR

• Over 11 million
ohms in one-ohm
increments

• 1 % accuracy*

0 Easy slide switch
operation

• Handy slimline size

• Rugged metal
construction

1 to 11,111,110 ohms, in one-ohm steps — with
accuracy assured by half-watt 1% tolerance resistors!
Has three binding posts, one to ground case. Small
enough to take anywhere in your pocket, the handy
easy-to-use OHM-RANGER is ideal for lab use, schools
and service technicians. Dimensions 4" x 6" x 1".

* 10 ohms and above
Catalog No. 3420

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company / 3601 W. Howard St., Skokie, IL 60076 / (312) 675-2600 / TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2023

4700

RESISTORS

4700

PRECISION POWER RESISTORS
Sub-Miniature Wire Wound
V-Coated for 350° C

TYPE A MOLDED
.4 to 14 watts

TYPE B MOLDED
1 watt to 10 watts
Beryllium or Alumina
Oxide Core

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. Tolerances — 5%, 3%, 1%, .5%,
.25%, .1%, .05%, .02%.

2. Dielectric Strength — 500 VAC for
04 A, 05 A, 15A; B1, B3. Bal. 1000 VAC,
circular foil wrap method or V-block.

3. Life — Maximum 0.5% resistance
change after 1000 hour load life
cycling IVz hours on, % hour off, full
load at 25°C).

4. Temperature Coefficient — Below 1
ohm = 90 PPM, Below 10 ohms =
50 PPM, Below 50 ohms = 30 PPM,
All above = 20 PPM.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. Molded Type A axial-lead resistors, molded for uniformity and minimum size for
today’s space age requirements.

2. Completely welded construction.

3. Meet or exceed requirements of Mil-R26, characteristic U.

4. Leads are tinned copperweld. Other materials available on request.

5. High temperature silicone molded coating.

6. Molded Type B beryllium oxide or alumina with power ratings 1.4 to 4 times higher
than conventional ceramic resistors of the same size.

DIMEN

|* C — —

* — A

. ...

SIONS AND TOLER)

\NCES

't- l

B D

PRC

Type

DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES

Wattages

Q V

275° 350°

Max.

Res.

Value

Working

Voltage

MIL-

R26E

Equlv.

A

B

C

D

04A

1.5

KM

.4 .75

— SUM

30

05A

■BEBSm

1.5

MEM

.5 1.0

■H31

50

bbsi

1.5

rnizm

1.25 2.0

■EZ33I

75

MMESESM

1.5

WESM

1.25 2.0

MB33M

100

■KQi

1.5

WJS&M

1.75 2.5

■ni

1A

■Mi.M.lM

1.5

WEEsM

KX3HKSZ3I

■E&E31

200

■BiifB

WEMM

WEEM

200

25A

■mraliM

mm

BM

3.0 4.5

WM3E3M

200

2A

MU.ra.llfl

WEEM

3.0 4.25

WKEMM

200

3A

H-ura.iM

MJIM

msnm

3.25 5.2

Ml 1 1 ■

200

***5A

HlFM-lM

■jlTM

wrmm

5.5 7.5

■ES3I

400

7A

MdiraiMi

2.0

B3£B

7.0 9.0

■Bi

600

EBEBBi

MHUMM

mnm

10.0 14.0

■HEB

HZEIfJH

B1

■fflHiM

■mi

■EB

KEI3HDS9I

McJElM

■ESI

LT7IT1

B2

■EB

1.5 2.0

■EEZ3

48

■

B3

raif-raiiu

■QOI

■ ■

2.25 3.0

mm m

85

IsWlfrl

B5

nira.iM

■eeb

4.0 5.0

WEMM

172

B5C

■wi.ra.iM

■COB

5.0 7.0

mvMM

■EUBI

B6

H-u.ra.iM

T>»

6.0 8.0

msbzm

300

B10

Hitra.iM

MUM

.040

7.0 10.0

WEEM2M

470

* RW 70 ** RW 59/69/79 *** RW 57/67/74 **** RW 58/68/78

For Non-Inductive Winding add Suffix “N” to Callout.

MOLDED PRECISION WIRE WOUND RESISTORS

All are non-inductively, reverse Pi wound
at minimum wire tension for maximum
long life stability. All production is aged
before calibration for insurance of mini-
mum long-term load-life drift. Due to ad-
vance winding techniques and design
they have extremely low rise time char-
acteristics approaching film type resis-
tors. Through matching of materials,
resistance changes from temperature
expansion rates is eliminated. Zero volt-
age coefficient and low noise charac-
teristics. Leads are solderable or
weldable. TC of 15 PPM/°C standard.
TC of 2 PPM/°C to 6000 PPM/°C avail-
able. All bridges and other instrumenta-
tion used in calibration are periodically
checked against National Bureau Primary
Standards. Designs exceed Mil-R-93 and
Mil-R-9444. Distinct capabilities for: Spe-
cial Networks; Matched Sets; Voltage
Dividers; Molded and encapsulated
Modules.

TYPE AP: AXIAL PRECISION
TYPE LP: LUG PRECISION
TYPE RP: RADIAL PRECISION

DIMENSIONS TABLE

TYPE RPC: RECTANGULAR

PRINTED CIRCUIT
TYPE PC: PRINTED CIRCUIT

iBn

Max.

Res.

Max.

Dla.

Max.

Length

■E03I

■3311

Lead

Spacing

Lead

Gauge

Hole

Size

118AP

.08

■ees

SEES

.263

100

Hi

.10

■esebi

.380

[■ESS

mmm

.13

mmm

.300

HI

wzm

■ECTir—

.15

mm . em

.190

.380

ISEHS

HEM

.15

■BEES

.260

.260

■

HI

.20

mmm

SEEI

.385

■Ml

HI

.25

HI

1TTM

.510

■

w&m

.25

wemm

■

.510

wjFm

[ 164AP

RB54

.35

BEELB

MERE 1

.760

■

MMM

RB53

.50

— "-1-TM

.760

■

MMM

msmm

.50

■ S

.510

MEM

I 176AP

.50

SITSS

.510

HI

HI

jfiiEiEEB

.60

■EXES

ME7TM

.635

■

HI

HE22S

RB52

.60

WEsEM

■ESI

■EBB

■

EES

flOBBI

RB57

1.00

■EXES

■ ■

■

MMM

1.50

■ ■

■EBB

mmm

■E3S

.25

■E221 1

m

—

SD31S

.200

MMM

BOOS

.25

■Ml

MBSM

■BB

.277

MMM

mm

hesqse

RB08

.50

MMEEZM

mmm

.510

400

.325

HI

mm

EEBBj

RB18

2.00

msm

1.260

1000

1.000

HIM

#6

.125

■

■mm

150

.125

Bi

uses

.25

Ha

■BUS

■SB

.200

m&m

■3E2B

.20

■02931

.260

.410

■EB

.150

PMBD1FD© RE©D©iM)!S CtMA/VW

18300 OXNARD STREET, TARZANA, CA 91356 • (2131 345-7811 -(213)873-4575 • Inside CA: 800-835-3355 • Outside CA: 800-367-6677

1*2024

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

PRECISION POWER RESISTORS
Aluminum-Finned Heat Sink

TYPE CH CHASSIS MOUNT

5 through 250 watts

TYPE BCH CHASSIS MOUNT
15 through 351 watts
Beryllium Oxide or Alumina Core

Chassis Mount, Type CH units are designed for maximum heat
dissipation by mounting solidly to metal chassis surface for
maximum heat transfer. They are outstanding for their high
power dissipation with precision tolerances in minimum physi-
cal sizes.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. Resistance Range — .05 ohms to 275K ohms.

2. Tolerance — 5%, 3%, 1%, .5%, .25%, .1%, .05%.

3. Temperature Coefficient — ±20 PPM to 90 PPM

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

1. Lower hot spot ratings due to exclusive complete
encapsulation of element within anodized aluminum body.

2. Welded construction throughout assures long stable
load life.

3. Heavy spade lug type leads on 5 through 70 watt sizes,
threaded heavy stud terminals on 100 through 250 watts.

4. 1000 VAC minimum dielectric strength on 5CH, 10CH,
B5CH and B10CH; 2500 VAC on 25CH, 50CH, 100CH, and
B25CH; 5500 VAC on all others.

5. Temperature Range 55°C to +275°C.

6. Eight standard sizes.

25 75 125 175 225 275 350

AMBIENT TEMP. DEG. CENTIGRADE

Temp, of — 55°C to +275°C. Derating is required for reduced
chassis mounting area and high ambient temp.

Curves:

A — When mounted on proper alum.

Chassis:

4x6x2x.040 alum, chassis = 5CH & 10CH.

5x7x2x.040 alum, chassis = 25CH, B25CH, & B50CH.
12x12x.059 alum, panel = 50CH & 100CH.

12x12x.125 alum, panel = 110CH, 180CH, and 250CH.

B — Unmounted 5CH, 10CH, B5CH, B10CH.

C — Unmounted 25CH, 100CH, B25CH, and 110CH.

D — Unmounted 50CH, 180CH, and 250CH.

DIMENSIONS TABLE

H

5CH, 10CH, 25CH, 50CH, 100CH, B5CH,
B10CH, B25CH

Core Conductivity at 275°C Ft^Hr-°F

I BERYLLIUM OXIDE
(BeO)-64

HU ALUMINUM OXIDE — 8
J STEATITE — 1.5

PRC

Type

Mil-R

18546

Com.

Watts

Max.

Res.

■

Aa

m

■

■

E

■

G

H

■

■

■

M

N

■

No.

Mtg.

Screw

Size

5CH

RE60

mmm

.444

-

HTiTil

am

HI

TilM

.317

.075

UTi

TT7M

.093

2-#2

10CH

RE65

mum

-

KES9

mmm

mr\Tm

.406

.100

.203

■TiT%»

.093

2-#2

25CH

RE70

25

■E331

WKSGM

-

.781

1.062

1.938

g

■EM

.563

.094

.250

.171

.125

.125

ar.iii

2-#2

50CH

RE75

■EEM

-

.844

asM

mm

TEE1

■TiHl

1

.196

.125

.125

.086

2- #4

100CH

-

70

|EBM

■XE9I

-

hem

mi

ng|

mm

.094

.281

.196

.125

.125

1

2- #4

B5CH

KHH

15

IT.TM

.600

1-125

■

.646

■EM

■EH

■EEE1

■EM

■9

.078

.050

2-#2

B10CH

20

■

-

■ g

.750

■EH

■

.406

■

mm

1

.094

■PE13

■

usiki

B25CH

35

■

-

HI

WEEEl

HvfiTTB

bem

.563

■EH

BESl

.125

.086

wm

TOL.

||

Btfl

|

Jj

-

m

±.031

±.031

±.005

thd

1

m

110CH

m

1.80

.188

gm

.375

.188

.250

12/24

thd

Hi

180CH

BH

50K

a

n

2.125

gm

.188

12/24

thd

mi

45K

Elil

M

2.125

fflEl

■ 51

w

■

.188

■EOTB

14/20

.875

■EH

-

±.094

M

■lIS2i

bob

na

gar*™

REF.

-

±.01

■B

t For Non-Inductive Winding add Suffix "N” to Callout.

P/&©0(F0© RHgO»[]a CtMAAMr

18300 OXNARD STREET, TARZANA, CA 91356 • (213) 345-7811 -(213)873-4575 • Inside CA: 800-835-3355 • Outside CA: 800-367-6677

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1-2025

4700

RESISTORS

4700

PRECISION WIREWOUND RESISTORS

TYPE SM-(4)

FOUR (4) TERMINAL SHUNTS

9

PRO

Type

Max.

Power

Rating

SMI 86-4

2V2W

SM228-4

3 W

SM281 2-4

5 W

SM3724-4

71/2W

Body Dimensions ±. 787mm (,03t"}

Min, Res.

@

Max. Watts

Milt. Res.
Derate? Power

L> W

tl W

.025@2>/ 2 W

.005 @ .5W

.03 @ 3W

.005@.5W

.02@5W

.005 @ 1.125W

.03 @7 V 2 W

.005 @ 1.125W

ALL DRAWINGS ILLUSTRATE ACTUAL SIZE

Precise low-value repeatability. Eliminates lead-out and contact, resistance.
“Single Joint” design makes lead identification academic.

(.312")

.032"

(.312")

.032"

(.395")

.032"

ENGINEERING DATA:

1 RESISTANCE RANGE "widest in the industry”

■ Any ohmic value or decimal part of an ohm within
range listed. Shunt values to 0.005 ohm.

0 RESISTANCE TOLERANCE

^ Standard: ±1% (other tolerances available:

±1/2%, ±V4%, ±V,o% & ±V 20 %).

3 TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF
RESISTANCE (TCR)

Standard: Zero ±5 ppm/°C to Zero ±20 ppm/°C.
Special: To ±2 ppm/°C.

' 0.02 ohm to 0.1 ohm and maximum resistance values available in non-standard physical sizes —0 +.062".
All low value 2-terminal designs are calibrated and tested at mid-point on lead unless otherwise specified.

4 INDUCTANCE

The basic TV

The basic TYPE SM resistors are inductively
wound. Non-inductive resistors are available —
add suffix letter “N” in part number.

VOLTAGE RATINGS

(D.C. Voltage or Peak Voltage)

To calculate the safe operating voltage for any
resistance value below the maximum listed,
apply the Formula E = >/PR. Our unique design
allows twice normal operating standards.

6 POWER RATINGS

All standard 1% tolerance TYPE SM resistors
are designed for continuous full load operation
at 25°C. Derate to zero power at +275°C.

T PROTECTIVE COATING

* All TYPE SM resistors

■ All TYPE SM resistors are sealed in a tough
solvent resistant — high temperature silicone
coating.

8 PRODUCTION CAPACITY

Small quantity lots delivered quickly, as well as
competitive high volume general purpose resistor
capabilities.

LONG LIFE

SOLVENT RESISTANT

LOWER TCR

HIGH TEMPERATURE

LOW COST

1*2026

PRECISION RESISTOR CO., INC

109 U.S. HIGHWAY #22 • HILLSIDE, NJ 07205 U.S.A. • TEL: (201) 926-3036 • TELEX: 13-6479(413)

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

PRECISION WIREWOUND RESISTORS

RB Styles

Meets or Exceeds
Environmental
Conditions of: MIL*

Max.

Watts

1%

Res. Tol.

Max.

Volts

Resistance
(Ohms)
Min. 0.1
Max.

g |

2 1

mm

HR175N

.2W

100V

7.92

(.312")

3.96

(.156")

KHifl

100K

HR186N

—

—

.2W

150V

9.53

(.375")

4.75

(.187")

W3m

150K

HR188N

RBR74

—

.25W

150V

12.7

4.9

(.193")

,025"

200K

HR255N

RBR75

—

,25W

150V

7.49

(.295")

6.35

(.250")

316K

HR256N

RBR56

RB56

.25W

200V

9.53

(.375")

6.35

ws

nH

»

HR258N

RBR55

RB55

.33W

300V

12.7

6.35

m

H

HR2512N

RBR54

RB54

.5W

300V

f'l m

6.35

1 MEG

HR3114N

RBR76

—

.5W

300V

(.812")

7.92

(.312")

1.5 MEG

HR3712N

RBR53

RB53

.66W

300V

9.53

(.375")

2 MEG

HR3716N

RBR52

RB52

1W

600V

25.4

(1.000")

9.53

(.375")

3 MEG

HR5016N

RBR57

RB57

1.5W

600V

25.4

12.7

(.500").

5 MEG

HR5024N

—

RB58

2W

900V

38.1

12.7

(.500")

7.5 MEG

HR5032N

—

RB59

2.5W

1200V

50.8

12.7

.032”

TYPE HR

ULTRA HIGH PRECISION AXIAL LEAD

1 RESISTANCE RANGE AND TOLERANCE

I “MIL GUIDELINES”-

Standard: Any ohmic value or decimal. part of an ohm
desired, from 0.1 ohm to 10 megohms with tolerances
•to .-±0.01%.

9 TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF RESISTANCE
L “TEMPERATURE STABLE”

Standard: Zero ±5 ppm/°C (100 ohms and above).
Zero ±15 ppm/°C (values below 100 ohms).

Special: To ±1 ppm/‘ C.

3 STABILITY VS. TIME CHARACTERISTICS
“ZERO DRIFT”

To ±0. 001%/year at 25°C. of tol.

.01% tol. = .001% stability/yr (no load).

E ~ /PR

■HiRi

t.5"L.

■

TYPE SX

PRC

Max.

Hnan

BESSSSaB

leads

Max.

Min.

Max.

HIGH PRECISION AXIAL LEAD

Types

Volts

WTiIilM

iTHT

mmm

Diam.

Special

SX062

.04W

35V

'6.86

(.270")

2.03

(.080")

.020"

1.0

17K

30K

1 RESISTANCE RANGE AND TOLERANCE

SX063

.05W

50V

8.43

(.332")

2.03

(.080")

.020"

0.1

20K

50K

■ “REPEATABLE (PART TO PART)”

SX072

.06W

45V

6.86

(.270")

2.29

(.090")

.020"

0.1

25K

35K

Any ohmic value desired with tolerances of ±1%
(standard), ±Vfe%, ±V4 % , ±Vj 0 % and ±V 2 o%.

SX073

.07W

65V

8.43

(.332")

2.29

(.090")

.020"

0.1

30K

6bK

SX093

,1W

85V

8.43

(.332")

2.92

(,115")

.025"

0.1

35K

75K

0 TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF

SX094

,1W

100 V

10.03

(.395")

2.92

(.115")

.025"

0.1

50K

100K

RESISTANCE (TCR)

SX095

.125W

125V

11.61

(.457")

2:92

(.115")

.025"

0.1

60K

180K -

Zero: ±10 ppm/°C (standard).

SX105

.166W

165V

11.61

(.457")

3.3

(.130")

.025"

0.1

75K

210K

9 STABILITY VS. TIME CHARACTERISTICS

SX123

.166W

165V

8.43

(.332")

3.68

(.145")

.025"

0.1

40K

120K

w “LOW AR”

SX106

.2W

200V

13.21

(.520")

3.3

(.130")

.025"

0.1

100K

280K

To ±0. 005%/year at 25°C (no load).

SX124

.2W

200V

10.03

(.395")

3.68

(.145")

.025"

0.1

50K

160K

A POWER RATINGS VS. AMBIENT

SX143

.2W

200V

8.43

(.332")

4.06

(.160")

.028"

0.1

50K

130K

H TEMPERATURE AND RESISTANCE TOLERANCE

SX154

.25W

250V

10.03

(.395")

4.47

(.176")

.028"

0.1

100K

200K

(Full power ratings to + 125°C, are based upon

SX155

' .25W-

250V

11.61

(.457")

4.47

(.176")

.028"

0.1

100K.

300K

standard ±1% resistance tolerance. Derating is re-
quired for higher temperatures and closer 'resistance

SX156

.33W

330V

13.21

(.520")

4.47

(.176")

.028"

0.1

140K

400 K

tolerances.)

SX174

.33W

330V

10.03

(.395")

4.83

(.190")

.028"

0.1

130K

220K

E INDUCTANCE

SX175

.33W

330V

11.61

(.457")

4.83

(.190")

.028"

0.1

135K

350K

U The standard Type SX resistors are inductively

SX158

.5W

500V

16.38

(.645")

4.47

(.176")

.028"

0.1

450K

600K

wound. Non-inductive resistors are available — add
suffix letter “N” in part number.

SX177

,5W

500V

14.78

(.582")

4.83

(.190")

.028"

0.1

400K

540K

SX185

.5W

500.V

11.61

(.457")

5.26

(.207")

.028"

*0.01

135K

360K

C TERMINALS

SX186

.5W

500V

13.21

(.520")

5.26

(.207")

.028"

*0.01

150K

480K

U Solderable hot-tinned (63% Sn - - 37% Pb) copper
wire leads. Low thermal EMF construction.

SX188

,6W

600V

16.38

(.645")

5.26

(.207")

.028"

*0.01

450K

720K

7 PROTECTIVE COATINGS

SX2210

,8W

800V

19.56

(.770")

6.10

(.240")

.032"

0.1

5 1 1 K

1.1 MEG

SX3110

1W

1000V

19.56

(.770")

8.43

(.332")

.032"

0.1

750K

1.6 MEG

* Type SX: New solvent resistant silicone-epoxy-seal.

SX2812

1.25W

1000V

22.73

(.895")

7.62

(.300")

.032"

0.1

1 MEG

1.8 MEG

O PURCHASING INFORMATION

IB

SX3114

1.33W

1000V

25.91

(1.020")

8.43

(.332")

.032"

0.1

1.25 MEG

2 MEG

w Please specify: Quantity, type, resistance value, re-
sistance tolerance and special features which may

SX3712

1.5W

1000V

22.73

(.895")

11.1

(.437")

.032"

0.25

1.5 MEG

2.5 MEG

apply. All orders are accurately checked 100% and

SX3716

2W

1250V.

29.08

(1.145")

11.1

(.437")

.032"

0.5

2 MEG

3.5 MEG

delivered “on time” to meet critical schedules.

SX3724

3W

1250V

41.78

(1.645")

11.1

(.437")

.032"

0.5

3 MEG

5 MEG

SX3730

5W

1500V

51.31

(2.020")

11.1

(4.37")

.032"

0.5

4 MEG

6 MEG

Power

Rating

Body Dimensions ±.787mm (.031")

1.5"L.

Lead

Diam.

Tinned

Copper

Maximum Resistance Values for Partial Listing of
Popular 4*(TCR) Characteristics

|

mm

+ 400
ppm/°C

+ 1400
ppm/°C

+ 3930
ppm/°C

+ 4500
ppm/°C

+ 6000
ppnt/°C

(.395")

tiff

6K

BUB

500

(.520")

Q3

mji

£31

2K

Ujjjjj

(.645")

KH1

IILHM

3500

TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE

SPECIFICATIONS

PRECISION’S linear ( + ) TCR thermal tracking resis-
tors function as economical temperature sensing de-
vices or used as compensators for voltage
stabilization.

Maximum Resistance values based upon .001" wire size.

Hundreds of additional physical sizes and TCR combinations are available.

REQUEST FREE GENERAL CATALOG
AND SPECIFIC ENGINEERING SAMPLES

EXCELLENT STABILITY

LINEARITY

REPEATABILITY

CUSTOM MATCHING

PRECISION RESISTOR CO. f INC.

109 U.S. HIGHWAY #22 » HILLSIDE, NJ 07205 U.S. A. « TEL; (201) 926-3036 « TELEX: 13-6479(413)

EEM 1983 For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory - 1*2027

WONDERFILE!

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, rnanila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

4700

RESISTORS

4700

>w-

PRECISION RESISTIVE PRODUCTS, INC.

HIGHWAY 61 SOUTH, MED1APOLIS. IOWA 52637 (319) 394-9131

PR-SERIES

ULTRA PRECISION
METAL FILM RESISTORS
• Low Temperature Coefficients
© Tight Tolerances © High Stability © Low Noise

DIMENSIONS

Style

Max. L.

Max. Dia.

CL to CL

Dim. A

PR1/10

.280

.102

.300

AWG #22

PR1/8

.400

150

.450

AWG #22

PR1/4

.600

.200

.685

AWG #22

SPECIFICATIONS

Style

Resistance
Range (Ohms)

Wattage

Rating @ 85°C

Voltage

Rating

PR1/10

10-500K

1/10

300

PR1/8

10-1M

1/8

400

PR1/4

10-1 M

1/4

500

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE

%AR

1000 Hr. Load Life 85°C 0.02

Humidity 0.04

Temperature Cycling <0.01

Short Time Overload <0.01

Dielectric Withstanding <0.01

Noise < — 30dB

Insulation Resistance >10000 M. Ohm

Shelf Life <50 PPM/YR.

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS

TC25 = 0 ±25 PPM/°C -20 to +85°C TC10 = 0 ±10 PPM/°C -20 to +85°C

TC20 = 0 ±20 PPM/°C —20 to + 85°C TC5 = 0 ± 5 PPM/°C -20 to + 85°C

TC15 = 0 ±15 PPM/°C -20 to + 85°C

RESISTANCE TOLERANCES

±1.0%, ±0.5%, ±.25% & ±0.1%, ±0.5%, :

LEAD MATERIAL

OFHC with 60/40 Tin/Lead Coating

:.02%, ±.01%

□ © ULTRA PRECISION
■ O METAL FILM RESISTORS
© Radial Leads © Small Size
© Low TC © High Stability

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

H

Height

.365

L

Length

.260

W

Width

.140

LS

Lead Spacing Lead Gage #22

.150

SPECIFICATIONS

Style

Temperature

Coefficient

Resistance
Range (Ohms)

Standard

Tolerance

Wattage
@ 85°C

20 thru

100K

1%, 5%,
.25%, .10%,
.05%, & .02%

.01%

.1

20 PPM/°C

15

10

5

20 thru

100K

1%, .5%,
.25%, .1%
.05% & .02%
.01%

m

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS

TC20 - 0 ±20 PPM/°C -20 to +85°C TC10 = 0 ±10 PPM/°C -20 to +85°C

TC15 = 0 ±15 PPM/°C —20 to + 85°C TC5 = 0 ± 5 PPM/°C -20 to +85°C

TYPICAL ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

%AR

1000 Hr. Load Life ±0.02%

Humidity ±0.04%

Temperature Cycling ; ±0.01%

Short Time Overload ±0.01%

Insulation Resistance >1000 Megohms

Noise Index <— 30dB

Voltage Coefficient <0.05 PPM/Volt

1 Year Shelf Life ±50 PPM

MATCHED SETS AND NETWORKS

Customized resistance and temperature coefficient matching
is available.

Resistance matching to .01% and T. C. tracking of 1 PPM/°C
are standard.

Please consult the factory for details on your requirements.

a n CEDI EG general purpose precision

UrOCnaCS METAL FILM RESISTORS
® Economical • High Performance
• Very Stable • Low Noise
DIMENSIONS

Style

Max. L.

Max. Dia.

CL to CL

Dim. A

GPVa

.280

.102

.325

AWG #22

GP1/2

.400

.150

.450

AWG #22

GP%

.600

.200

.685

AWG #22

GP1

.600

.200

.685

AWG #20

SPECIFICATIONS

PRP

Style

Mil.

Style

Resist.

Range (Ohms)

Wattage Rating

Voltage

Rating

@ 70°C

@ 125°C

GPVa

RN55

2.5— 500K

Va

V 10

300

GPVa

RN60

2.5—1 M

y 2

Va

500

GP3/4

RN65

10— 1.5M

3 /4

Va

500

GP1

RN70

10— 1.5M

1

y 2

500

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE

%AR

Temperature Cycling 0.05

Low Temperature Operation 0.03

Terminal Strength, 5 Lb. Load 0.02

Resistance To Soldering Heat 0.02

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 0.02

Short Time Overload 0.05

Moisture Resistance 0.20

1000 Hour Load Life @ 125°C 0.15

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS

TC25 = 0 ±25 PPM/°C -20 to + 85°C T100 = 0 ±100 PPM/°C -20 to +85°C

TC50 = 0 ±50 PPM/°C -20 to + 85°C T250 = 0 ±250 PPM/°C -20 to +85°C

RESISTANCE TOLERANCES

±5.0%, ±2.0%, ±1.0%, ±0.5%, ±.25%, &±0.1%

LEAD MATERIAL

OFHC with 60/40 Tin/Lead Coating

NOTE: The GP-Series of resistors is conformally coated and fully pro-
tected against moisture by a multi-paint coat system and a hard epoxy outer
coating.

Marking is alpha-numeric and meets the most demanding marking re-
quirements. Special marking is available upon request.

Consult the factory concerning failsafe, flameproof, and fusing require-
ments.

LCRV4-SERIES

GENERAL PURPOSE
NON-PRECISION METAL
FILM RESISTORS

• Low Cost © Taped and Reel Package
© Color Band Marking © Exceeds Mil-R-22684B
& Mil-R-10509F Performance Requirements

DIMENSIONS

Max. L

Max. Dia.

Lead L.

Lead Dia.

.270"

.098"

iy 4 "

.025

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Resist.

Tolerance

Resist.

Range

Temp. Coef.
of Resist.

Power

Rating

Max.

Volt.

1%

50 & 100

Va W

250 VRMS

101)

PPM/°C

(70°C)

2%

through

5%

1M

Performance Characteristics

PRP

Mil-R-22684B

MH-R-10509F

Type No. (Style)

LCRi/4

RL07

RN55D

Size: inch

Body Length

.270 Max.

.243 ±.038

.250 ±.031

Body Diameter

.098 Max.

.090 ±.008

.109 ±.031

Lead Diameter

.024 ±.002

0.23 ±.004

.025 ±.002

Power Rating

0.25W at 70°C
0.125W at 125°C

0.25W at 70°C
0.078W at 125°C

0.1 25W at 70°C
0.0625W at 25°C

Max. Rated Continuous

Working Voltage

250V

250V

200V

Max. Ambient Temperature

165°C

150°C

165°C

TCR

±50 &

±100 PPM/°C

±200 PPM/°C

+200

-500 PPM/°C

Nominal Resistance Range

101) to 1 Ml)

471) to 150kfi

101) to 301 kl)

Standard Tolerances

1%, 2% & 5%

5% & 2%

T%

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage AR

0.25%

0.5%

0.5%

Insulation Resistance

10,000 Ml)

1,000 Ml)

10,000 Ml)

Temperature Cycling AR

. 0.25%

1.0%

0.5%

Short-Time Overload AR

0.25%

0.5%

0.5%

Moisture Resistance AR

0.5%

1 .5%

1.5%

Load Life AR

1.0%

2.0%

1.0%

Terminal Strength AR

0.2%

0.5%

0.2%

Resistance to Soldering Heat AR

0.5%

0.5%

0.5%

Shock AR

0.2%

0.5%

0.5%

Vibration AR

0.2%

0.5%

0.5%

Low Temperature Operation AR

0.25%

0.5%

0.5%

Shelf Life AR

0.2%

0.2%

N.A.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2029

4700

RESISTORS

4700

If s simple.

If we can’t save you
money on resistors,
then we don’t deserve
your business.

RCD Components.

The fastest growing
resistor manufacturer
in the country.

RCD

RCD Components Inc. • 330 Bedford Street, Manchester, NH 03101
(603) 669-0054 Tlx: 943512

1-2030

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

QQQ Quick Reference Guide

POWER WIREWOU

ND RESISTORS

X

o

0

f“

0)

1 00,1 00X, 1 00R,1 00B

Silicone coated, all-welded, per
MIL-R-26(RW), MIL-R-39007

(RWR). .001ft to 300Kft, toler-
ances to ±0.01%, TCR to 5 PPM.

1 00X — non-inductive

100BEO — increased power

100R — radial leads

1 OOF — flameproof coating

%W-20W

600,600X,600B

'^^*^V-300W

Silicone molded in an aluminum
housing. High wattage capability
with chassis mounting, per MIL-R-
18546( RE), Ml L-R-39009(RER).
.005ft to 200Kft, tolerances to
±0.01%, TCR to 5PPM.

600X — non-inductive

600BEO — increased power

*

o

0

F

in

PW,PWA,PWR,PWF

(if&ii

Low cost general purpose wire-
wounds. Ceramic encased, com-
pletely flameproof.

PWX — non-inductive

PWA — standoffs

PWR — radial leads

PWF — failsafe fusible

PWS — miniature sizes

2W-50W

RW,RWF

Low cost epoxy molded or con-
formal coated wirewounds offer
savings over carbon comps. RW-1
(1-watt) is the size of a V 2 -W carbon
comp. RW-2(2W) and RW-3(3W)
are both the size of a 1W comp.

RWF — Flameproof fusible

d iMjAj*

ULV # LVF

Series ULV utilizes a newly-devel-
oped manufacturing technique to
obtain very low values (to 0.002ft),
with precision accuracy at lowest
cost.

LVF — four terminal construct.

PRECISION WIREW

f OUND RESISTORS

SA,MA

.1 W-2W

Epoxy encapsulated, non-inductive
precision bobbin wirewounds per
MIL-R-93(RB), MIL-R-39005

(RBR). 0.1ft to 25 Meg, tolerances
to ±0.005%, TCR from +1PPM
to +6700PPM

PC,PC451

nn

.1W-1W

Same as Series SA, MA but feature
radial leads for easy PCB insertion
and space savings per MIL-R-93,
MIL-R-39005. PC451 (rectangular)
is direct low-cost replacement for
ultra-precision films.

Q

Wirewound substitutes for pre-
cision metal film’s RN55, RN60,
RN65, RN70, RN75. Better sta-
bility, lower price. TCR as low as
±2PPM. Tolerances to ±0.01%.

—

THICK FILM RESISTORS

RSF,BW

New development!

Flameproof, thick complex-oxide

*

construction results in performance

o

j mu

and size of wirewounds, at signifi-

0

cant price reductions. Non-induct-

F
i n

yaW-9W

ive, high-surge capability.

0.1ft to 240K stocked.

BW Series is fusible.

RG, UHV

Cermet glazeforhigh voltage and/
or high resistance applications.

Voltage capability to 50KV. Resi-
tance to 10,000 Gig. Tolerances

y 4 w-4w

to 0.5%, TCR to 50PPM.

MG

Miniature resistors! ’/ 2 -watt is ’/aW size,

1 - watt is ’A- watt size. Improved dissipation

due to thick cermet glaze. 6.2 ohm to 1

VzW-IW

Meg, TCR to 50 PPM, tolerances to 1.0%.

MC, MCR

High-stability thick film chip re-
sistors. 4.7ft to 2000 Meg. Wrap-
around termination avail able. Tol-

1/16-1.0W

erances to 0.25%, TCR to 50PPM.

MR

Cermet micro-resistors offer highest

a

performance in smallest possible
size. Only 0.1" long! 4.7ft to

1/4W

8.2 Meg. ±5%, ±10%.

DIP,SIP

Thick film resistor networks offer

*

premium performance per MIL-R-

o

o

83401. SIP packages are 4 to 12

F

■ | 1 iWW 1 j

pin. DIP’S are 14 or 16 pin. Variety

Cfl

1

* 1 HTy j ) m

of standard and custom configura-
tions. hybrids available.

THIN FILM RESISTORS

MF

.1W-1W

Precision metal film per MIL-R-
10509, RN55,60,65,70,75 and

MIL-R-55182( RN R.RNC). 10ft to
5.1 Meg, tolerances to ±0.05%.
Outstanding TC’s to 5 PPM.

*

GP

Commercial metal film with Ml L-
spec performance at half the price!

O

gTv — —

Exceeds Ml L-R-10509( RN), -22684

0

1-

(RL),-39017(RLR). Values to 22.1

V)

.1W-1W

Meg, TC’s to 25PPM, tolerances

to ±0.5%.

CF,CFF

General purpose carbon fim fea-

CJ

ture highest grade core for exten-

O

— rf-vigty-

ded life stability and overload dis-

F

1/8W-2W

sipation. lohm to 22 Meg, 7 stan-

10

dard sizes. Series CFF isflameproof.

TEMPERATURE SENSORS

LP 1/4

Mm

Low cost metal film with linear
positive TCR. 33ft to 30K, toler-
ances to ±1.0%. Available in any
T.C. up to +5000PPM (.5%/°C).
Only V4” long.

"lUr

+150°C

ATB,PTB,ATS,ATC

+375°C

Precision wirewound, axial or
radial. Interchangeable TCR, 1ft
to 1 Meg, tolerances to ±0.05%.
Available in any T.C. up to +6720
PPM.

PTC.PTS

+600°C

Ceramic encased RTD elements or
stainless steel RTD probles. Plati-
num, Nickel, Nife elements

stocked. Tolerances to +0.1%.

INDUCTORS

X

O

o

AL

fi-i . . . . i

Low cost color banded inductors
per Ml L-C-15305. Special core re-
sults in high Q and SRF, low DCR.

F

i/>

.22^H to 56000 /xH. Axial or radial
leads.

SPECIALTY PROD!

JCTS

FUSE RESISTORS

Standard and Custom fusing
curves to provide precisely con-

trolled circuit protection. Fusing

1/8W-10W

time to 5pS at 0.1 A and up.

SURGE RESISTORS

Withstand high energy dissipa-
tion and absorb surges up to 75
joules with minor resistance shift

1W-50W

Standard and Custom designs.

O

^ i

ZERO OHM

Insulated jumpers come in 1/4

W size and are suited for auto-

matic insertion. Resistance is .02

_C£J

%w

ohm or less.

CUSTOM

RCD manufactures a series of custom coil products
including toroids, transformers, and shielded chokes.
RCD also offers custom Res/cap, Res/Diode hybrid
networks and voltage dividers.

Don't forget our 'SWIFT' service (Ship With In Fifty Two hours) when you require fast delivery of a non-stock item!

RCD Components Inc. • 330 Bedford Street, Manchester, NH 03101 • (603) 669-0054 Tlx: 94351 2

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2031

4700

RESISTORS

4700

RCL'Shallcmss power

WIREWOUND RESISTORS

MIL-R-26, TYPE RW

T Series, Silicone Coated

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Wattage Range: 25 styles to choose from ranging from .4 to
1 4 watts.

Resistance Values: From 0.1 ohm to maximum values as stated
in table. For values below 0.1 ohm, use RCL-Sh allcross Low ft
Metal Element Resistors.

Power Rating: Two power ratings, depending on operating
temperature and stability requirements:

• Characteristic U: 275°C maximum hotspot temperature.

• Characteristic V: 350°C maximum hotspot temperature.
Derating: Wattage Ratings based on operation at 25°C. For
higher ambient temperatures, derate per derating curve.
Tolerance: ±1.0% is standard. Closer tolerances are available.
Temperature Range: From -65°C to +275°C (Characteristic U)
or + 350°C (Characteristic V).

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance: Standard T.C.: ±20
PPM/°C = 500ft and up, ±30 PPM/°C = 10ft to 499ft, ±50
PPM/°C = 1ft to 9.99ft, ±90 PPM/°C = 0.1ft to 0.99ft, ±400
PPM/°C = 0.025ft to 0.099ft, ±650 PPM/°C = 0.01ft to 0.024ft.

DERATING CURVE

25 75 125 175 225 275 350

AMBIENT TEMP. DEG. CENTIGRADE

^ A -J

Length

1

, (

1

C Dia.

n — th -

" -0 D®-

■ i

Lead Length

1.375" (34.9mm) Minimum

ELECTRICAL AND DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Metric Dimensions

RCL 1

Style

MIL-R-26 1

Style

SBBIS

Bi

an

DImen
Clean lead tc
Length A

sions

clean lead
Diameter B

Resfs

RCL

Style

ance*

MIL-R-26

Style

Lead 2
Diam. C
AWG

DImen
Clean lead tc
Length A
mm

aions
clean lead
Diameter B
mm

Lead

Diaia.

mm

T-i/ 2 -A

—

0.4

.220 ±.062

.078 ±.031

2K

—

#24

5.6 ±1.6

2.0 ±0.8

0.5

tv 2

—

—

.330 ±.062

.078 ±.031

4K

8.4 ±1.6

2.0 ±0.8

0.5

T-1/2-A8I

RW81

1.0

.250 ±.032

.085 ±.020

2K

IK

6.4 ±0.8

2.2 ±0.8

0.5

T-1-80

2.0

.406 ±.032

.094 ±.032

HBSH

10.3 ±0.8

2.4 ±0.5

0.5

T-1A

1.0

.406 ±.062

.093 ±.032

13191

10.3 ±1.6

2.4 ±0.8

mm

T-1A-70

1.0

.406 ±.031

.094 ±.031

10.3 ±0.8

2.4 ±0.8

0.5

T-1B

1.1

.530 ±.062

.093 ±.031

13.5 ±1.6

2.4 ±0.8

0.5

T-1C

—

MEM

—

.280 ±.062

.093 ±.031

3.4K

—

7.1 ±1.6

2.4 ±0.8

0.5

T-2

—

■an

—

.343 ±.062

.156 ±.031

8K

—

8.7 ±1.6

4.0 ±0.8

0.8

T-2A

—

3.0

3.75

.500 ±.062

.187 ±.031

12K

■EH

12.7 ±1.6

4.8 ±0.8

0.8

T-2A-69

RW69

—

3.00

.500 ±.063

.188 ±.063

18K

#20

12.7 ±1.6

4.8 ±1.6

0.8

T-2B

3.75

.812 ±.062

.188 ±.031

34K

■Hi

#20

20.0 ±1.6

4.8 ±0.8

0.8

T-2B-79

.560 ±.062

,187 ±.031

22K

10.5K

#20

14.2 ±1.6

4.8 ±0.8

0.8

T-2C

3.0

3.25

.500 ±.062

.250 ±.031

18K

—

#18

12.7 ±1.6

6.3 ±0.8

1.0

T-3

4.0

5.5

.625 ±.062

.250 ±.031

25K

—

#18

15.8 ±1.6

6.3 ±0.8

1.0

T-5

5.0

6.5

.875 ±.062

.312 ±.031

45K

—

22.2 ±1.6

8.0 ±0.8

1.0

T-5-74

5.0

—

.875 ±.062

.312 ±.031

f/l

22.2 ±1.6

8.0 ±0.8

1.0

T-6

, -

6.0

1.00 ±.062

.312 ±.031

25.4 ±1.6

8.0 ±0.8

1.0

T -6-67

1.00 ±.094

.313 ±.063

25.4 ±2.4

8.0 ±1.6

0.8

T-7

1.185 ±.062

.312 ±.031

30.0 ±1.6

8.0 ±0.8

1.0

T-7A-55

H s

7.0

1.375 ±.094

.469 ±.094

35.0 ±2.4

12.0 ±2.4

0.8

T-10

■

10.0

13.0

1.812 ±.062

.375 ±.031

46.0 ±1.6

9.5 ±0.8

1.0

T-10-78

HCSSi

10.0

—

1.780 ±.062

.375 ±.031

150K

■

45.2 ±1.6

9.5 ±0.8

E9

T-10-68

1

—

11.0

1.875 +.063
-.125

.344 ±.094

150K

■

22.2 +1.6
—3.2

8.7 ±2.4

■

T-10-A-56

im

—

14.0

2.00 ±.094

.469 ±.094

200K

BUS

50.8 ±2.4

■H

1 Aryton Perry Winding available for non-inductive requirements. (Divide Max. Resistance Value by 2).

2 Contact factory for lead diameter, ohmic values or temperature coefficients not listed as standard.

NON-INDUCTIVE WINDINGS, RADIAL LEADS, EXTENDED HEAT DISSIPATION and other SPECIAL FEATURES are available.

Call or write factory for complete information

RCL ELECTRONICS, INC., 195 McGregor Street, Manchester, NH 03102 • (603) 627-3831
SHALLCROSS, INC., U.S. 70 East, Smithfield, NC 27577 • (919) 934-5181

1*2032

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

RCL\ Shalla oss POWER wirewound resistors
MIL-R-18546, TYPE RE

AL Series, Aluminum Housed
Chassis Mount

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Wattage Range: 7 styles to choose from ranging from 5 to 250

watts.

Resistance Values: From 0.1 ohm to maximum values as stated
in table.

Power Rating: 275°C maximum hotspot at 25°C ambient. 1%
maximum AR in 1000 hour load life.

Derating: Wattage ratings based on operation at 25°C. For
higher ambient temperatures, derate per derating curve.

Tolerance: ±1.0% is standard.

Temperature Range: From -55°C to +275°C.

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance: Standard T.C.: ±20
PPM/°C = 10ft and up, ±50 PPM/°C = 10 to 9.9912, ±90 PPM/
°C = below ID.

DIMENSIONS — 5 THRU 75 WATTS

25 75 125 175 225 275

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IN DEGREES CENTIGRADE
MOUNTED ON

ALUMINUM CHASSIS UN-MOUNTED

DIMENSIONS — 100 WATT

±.010 DIA. TYP
(4.78 ±.24)

2.750 ±.010
_ (69.85 ±.24) I

I ±.031 L 3.500 ±.031

"3.9 ±.79 ) 5.478 ±.093 — •03 1 1

DIMENSIONS — 250 WATT

(139.14 ±2.4)

1.250
±.031 1

. .188 ±.010 DIA TYP
(j* (4.78 ±.24) /fr l ±J9 |

1/4-20

UNC-2A

(METRIC DIMENSIONS ARE IN PARENTHESIS)

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RCL**

Style

MIL

Style

Power Rating
(Watts)*

Resistance Range

Max. Weight

RCL

MIL

Min.

Max.

Max. MIL

Grams

AL-5

RE-60G

5

5

.1

16K

3.32K

3

AL-10

RE-65G

10

10

.1

25K

5.62K

7

AL-25

RE-70G

25

20

.1

55K

12.1K

14

AL-50

RE-75G

50

30

.1

180K

39.2K

29

AL-75

75

.1

75 K

120

AL-100

RE-77G t

100

75

.1

50K

400

AL-250

RE-80G t

250

120

.1

75K

800

* AL resistors have an operating temperature
range of — 55°C to +275°C. Derating is re-
quired for reduced chassis mounting area and
or for high ambient temperatures.

** To order non-inductive styles add suffix N.
(e.g.: ALN-5, RE-60N) (Divide Max. Res. Values
by 2).

t For reference only

DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

Style

rnmmmi

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

j

K

L

M

N

Tol.

±.005

±.005

±.031

±.062

±.015

±.015

±.015

±.010

±.010

±.005

±.015

Tol. (metric)

±0.1

±0.1

±0.8

±1.6

±0.4

±0.4

±0.4

±0.25

±0.25

±0.1

±0.1

AL-5

.444

(11.28)

.490

(12.45)

.600

(15.24)

1.125

(28.58)

.334

(8.48)

.646

(16.41)

.320

(8.13)

.065

(1.65)

.078

(1.98)

.093

(2.36)

.078

(1.98)

.050

(1.27),

AL-10

.562

(14.27)

■EBX

.430

(10.92)

.800

(20.3)

.400

(10.2)

.075

(1.91)

.190

(4.83)

.093

(2.4)

.093

(2.4)

.102

(2.59)

.086

(2.18)

AL-25

.719

(18.26)

1.938

(49.23)

1.080

(27.43)

.560

(14.22) ;

.085

(216)

.260

(6.6)

.172

(4.37)

.125

(3.18)

.086

(2.18)

AL-50

1.563 |

(39.7) |

.844

(21.44)

1.968

(49.99)

2.781

(70.64)

.615

(15.62)

1.140

(28.96)

.615

(15.62)

.085

(2.16)

.300

(7.62)

.196

(4.97)

.125

(3.18)

.107

(2.71)

.086

(2.18)

Tol.

K3SEM

±.031

±.093

±.031

±.015

±.015

±.015

±.005

±.015

±.005

Tol. (metric)

±0.25

±2.4

±0.8

±0.4

±0.4

±0.4

±0.1

±0.1

AL-75

2.125

(53.98)

1.500

(38.1)

2.500

(63.5)

1.875

(47.62)

.625

(15.89)

.187

(4.75)

.172

(4.37)

.187

(4.75)

.095

(2.4)

NON-INDUCTIVE WINDINGS, SPECIAL LEADS and EXTENDED HEAT DISSIPATION versions are available.

Call or write factory for complete information.

RCL ELECTRONICS, INC., 195 McGregor Street, Manchester, NH 03102 • (603) 627-3831

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2033

4700

RESISTORS

4700

PCI » KHial h'rnvv ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY

POWER WIREWOUND RESISTORS

MIL-R-39007, TYPE

S LEVEL PR Series, Silicone

RWR,

Coated

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Wattage Range: 15 styles to choose from ranging from 1 to
1 5 watts.

Resistance Values: From 0.1 ohm to maximum values as stated
in table.

Power Rating: 2 75°C maximum hotspot at 25°C ambient.
Tolerance: ±1.0% is standard. ±0.1%, ±0.25%, ±0.5%,
±3%, ±5% and ±10% are available.

Temperature Range: -55°C to +275°C.

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance: Standard T.C.: ±20
PPM/°C = 10ft and up, ±50 PPM/°C = 1ft to 10ft, ±400
PPM/°C = 0.499ft to 1ft, ±650 PPM/°C = 0.1ft to 0.499ft.

ELECTRICAL AND DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

—

Shallcross

Style

MIL-R-39007 123

Style

Power

Rating

(Watts)

275°

Maximum

Weight

(Grams)

Dimensions

Min.

Tol.

0.1%

Min.

Tol.

1.0%

Max.

All

Tol,

A

B

c

0

6

10

0.1

2.25

.625 ±.062

1.500

—

10

0.1

1.5

.500 ±.062

tmm

15

10

1.780 ±.062

RWR78

10

0.499

80K

1.780 ±.062

RWR84

7

0.499

25K

4.0

.312 ±.032

1.500

Km

RWR74

5

0.499

0.1

4.0

.312 ±.032

1.500

PR49

RWR80

2

0.499

0.1

EPS

.35

■406 ±.032

.094 ±.032

1.500

■a

PR449

1

10

0.1

.35

.406 ±.032

1.500

PR60

10

10

0.1

45K

4.7

inn iin i

1.500

PR61

RWR89

4

0.499

0.1

■QQ33H

1.0

.187 ±.032

1.500

HdEUDHl

RWR89

3

0.1

4.12K

.187 ±.032

1.500

3

KD3HHI

0.1

WKSE3M

.187 ±.032

1.500

^eeeehhi

4.5

10

0.1

14K

1 .25

.187 ±.032

1.500

keeeh

PR462

RWR71

3.25

0.1

1.25

.187 ±.032

1.500

iKEH

PR66

RWR82

1.5

WtKEMM

.312 ±.032

.085 ±.015

IHES3H

PR68

RWR81

1

wmsam

.250 ±.032

PR268

RWR81

1

0.1

IK

.250 ±.032

1 MIL-R-39007 Approved. To Life Failure Rate M, P, R, & S. 2 Tolerances F (1%), D (.5%) and B (.1%) available at Life Failure Rate M, P, R, & S. •

3 Ayrton Perry Winding available for Non-Inductive requirements.

WATTAGE VS. AMBIENT TEMP. DERATING

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IN DEGREES CENTIGRADE

-H

I 1 L

L I c 1

I IFNGTH LEAD LENGTH

■ B DIAMETER

MIL-R-39009, TYPE RER, R LEVEL

AL-ER Series, Aluminum Housed
Chassis Mount

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Wattage Range: 4 styles to choose from ranging from 5 to 50
watts.

Power Rating: 275°C maximum hotspot at 25°C ambient. 1%
maximum AR in 2000 hour load life.

V

"s

A

is

>

tCf

&

i

□

"7-

3

5

§

25 75 125 175 225 275 325

AMBIENT TEMP. °CENTIGRADE

Derating: AL-ER chassis mount resistors have an operating
temperature range of — 55°C to +275°C. For higher ambient
temperatures, use derating curve which applies to operation of
unmounted resistors (A = AL5ER and AL10ER, B = AL25ER
and C = AL50ER).

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Tolerance: ±1% is standard.

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance: Standard T.C.: ±20
PPM/°C = 20ft and up, ±50 PPM/°C = 1ft to 19.6ft, ±100
PPM/°C = below 1ft.

Dimensional Specifications: Identical to AL Series on previous
page.

RCL Style

Refer to Note #1

MIL-R-39009

Style

Power

<Wa

RCL

Plating*

Its)

MIL

Minimum

Resistance

Maximum

Resistance

Maximum

Working

Voltage

Maximum

Weight

(Grams)

ALN5 ER

RER-40

7.5

5

1.00

1.65K

90.8

3.3

AL5 ER

RER-60

7.5

5

0.10

3.32K

128.9

3.0

ALN10 ER

RER-45

12.5

10

1.00

2.80K

167.3

8.8

ALIO ER

RER-65

12.5

10

0.10

5.62K

237.1

8.0

ALN25ER

RER-50

25.0

20

1.0ft

6.04K

347.6

16.5

AL25 ER

RER-70

25.0

20

0.10

12.1K

550.0

ALN50 ER

RER-55

50.0

30

1.00

19.6K

766.8

35.0

AL50 ER

RER-75

50.0

30

0.10

39.2K

1085.0

32.0

* Rating based on chassis mounting at +25°C ambient.

Call or write factory for complete information

RCL ELECTRONICS, INC., 195 McGregor Street, Manchester, NH 03102 • (603) 627-3831
SHALLCROSS, INC., U.S. 70 East, Smithfield, NC 27577 • (919) 934-5181

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2034

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

RCb ShTdlams lo^metal elemen t

Low Ohmic Value At An Affordable Price

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FEATURES

Wattage Range: 3 and 5 watts.

Resistance Values: 0.005, 0.01, 0.015, 0.02, 0.025, 0.03, 0.04,
0.05, 0.07, 0.08, 0.1, 0.2 ohms.

Derating: Lo ft Metal Element Resistors are derated linearly
from room temperature at full power to 0 power at 275° C.
Tolerance: 5% — All styles and values, 3% — All styles and
values, 0.5% available above 0.005 ohms.

Construction: Tinned copper leads are welded directly to a low
temperature coefficient of resistance element by a highly mech-
anized proprietary process. Resistors are encapsulated in a
special formulated compound.

• Ultra Low Resistance Valves

• High Stability Over Life

• Low Temperature Coefficient of Resistance

• Inherently Non-Inductive

CONNECT

POINT

\

CONNECT POINT

i

TL

d

DIMENSION SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions — Inches (Millimeters)

Style

L

D

C

1

5 i

LO-3

0.560 ±0.010

0.210 ±0.010

0.655

(14.224 ±0.254)

(5.334 ±0.254)

(16.64)

LO-5

0.920 ±0.010

0.330 ±0.010

0.835

(23.368 ±0.254)

(8.382 ±0.254)

(21.209)

DUAL FUNCTION FUSE RESISTORS

A Dual Purpose Device That Acts As Both A Wi rewound Resistor and Fuse

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range: 0.2ft to 200ft.

Resistance Tolerance: 10% is standard, 5% and 2% definition.
Blow Characteristics: Per table — 2 pt. definition.

Operating Temperature: -55°C to +150°C
Temperature Coefficient: ±50 PPM/°C Max.

FEATURES

• Affords protection- for semiconductor devices

• Eliminates fire hazard and circuit board damage to
overheated components

• Eliminates unnecessary blowing due to transient conditions

• Reduces the number of discrete components required.

0.140
(±0.015)
(36 ±0.4mm)

LEAD
LENGTH
1.25 Min.
(31.75mm)

0.400 Max.
(10.2mm)

(Lead Diameter
#24 AWG) 0.020"
(0.5mm)

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RCL

Style

jgS§

Steady-State

Blow Condition 1

Blow Condition II

W

(Power
Dissipation
in Watts)

W

(Power
Dissipation
in Watts)

T (Max.)

Max. Fuse

Blow Time

W

(Power
Dissipation
in Wafts)

T (Max.)
Max. Fuse
Blow Time

F501

0.2

2.2A

1.0W

10A

20W

500ms

25A

125W

50ms

F502

0.2

2.2A

1.0W

10A

20W

300ms

25A

125W

30ms

F503

0.5

1.4A

1.0W

6A

18W

lOsec

15A

112W

100ms

F504

0.5

1.4A

1.0W

6A

18W

500ms

15A

112W

50ms

F505

0.5

1.4A

1.0W

6A

18W

50ms

15A

112W

10ms

F506

1.0

1.0A

1.0W

4A

16W

lOsec

10A

100W

100ms

F507

1.0

1.0A

1.0W

4A

16W

500ms

10A

100W

50ms

F508

1.0

1.0A

1.0W

4A

16W

50ms

10A

100W

10ms

F509

2.0

700ma

1.0W

3A

18W

lOsec

7A

98W

50ms

F510

2.0

700ma

1.0W

3A

18W

200ms

7A

98W

50ms

F511

2.0

700ma

1.0W

3A

18W

50ms

7A

98W

10ms

F512

5.0

450ma

1.0W

2A

20W

200ms

4.5A

101W

50ms

F513

5.0

400ma

0.8W

1.5A

10W

50ms

4.0A

80W

10ms

F514

5.0

350ma

0.6W

1.0A

5W

100ms

1.4A

10W

20ms

F515

10

300ma

0.9W

1.2A

14W

200ms

3.0A

90W

10ms

F516

10

300ma

0.9W

1.0A

10W

100ms

1.3A

17W

50ms

F517

10

200ma

0.4W

600ma

3.6W

100ms

900ma

8W

50ms

F518

20

220m a

1.0W

600ma

7.2W

lOsec

900ma

8W

100ms

F519

20

220ma

1.0W

600ma

7.2W

100ms

900ma

8W

50ms

F520

20

150ma

0.4W

350ma

2.4W

500ms

450ma

4W

50ms

F521

50

140ma

1.0W

400ma

8.0W

500ms

600ma

18W

50ms

F522

50

130ma

0.8W

350ma

6.1 W

100ms

450ma

10W

50ms

F523

50

80ma

0.3W

200ma

2.0W

200ms

240m a

2.9W

50ms

F524

100

lOOma

1.0W

250ma

6.2W

lOsec

300ma

9.0W

100ms

F525

100

80ma

0.6W

200ma

4.0W

200ms

250m a

6.2W

250ms

F526

100

60ma

0.4W

140ma

1.4W

lOsec

180ma

2.0W

200ms

F527

200

70ma

1.0W

200ma

8.0W

lOsec

250ma

12.5W

100ms

WMMMm

60ma

0.8W

150ma

4.0W

100ms

250m a

12.5W

10ms

Call or write factory for complete information

RCL ELECTRONICS, INC., 195 McGregor Street, Manchester, NH 03102 • (603) 627-3831

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2035

4700

RESISTORS

4700

RCL-Shatlams

MIL-R-93, RB TYPE

VA, SP and 7000 Series, Axial Lead

ELECTRICAL AND DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

5 l, a i|. Dimensions Watts

cross Com* Wax. Approx. Wax.

VA MIL- A B 0 MIL merclap Volt. Weight Reeis-

Styie R-93* ±.032 ±.015 C Awg. 12S°C 8S°C PC Srams tance

*10 RB56 .343 .250 2.0 20 .125 .250 200 1.0 350K

. 11 .295 .250 1.5 22 .125 .250 150 .3 250K

« 12 RB55 .500 .250 2.0 20 .150 .300 300 1.0 525K

13 .625 .250 1.5 20 .200 .400 500 1.5 800K

• 14 RB54 .750 .250 2.0 20 .250 .500 300 2.0 850K

.250 1.5 20 .500 1.0

750 3.0 |1.25Meg |

• Standard Style 1 Commercial ratings may be applied at 125°C provided 175°C max.
operating temperature is permissible. 2 MIL-R-93 Approved.

t For reference only

PC and 4000 Series

Printed Circuit i —
Board Style

B. DIAMETER

La-X C

LENGTH LENGTH

A

LENGTH

1

E. GRID SPACING

E. GRID SPACING

FIG. I (ROUND)

B. DIAMETER

ELECTRICAL AND DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

FIG. II (RADIAL) 1^®^

Commercial ratings may be applied at 125°C provided 175°C max. operating temperature is permissible.

MIL .Style RCL Style* RCL Style**

Max. R Max. R

Using .001 Using .0006 Max.
(25.4 #) (15.2 fi) Wattage

- .250**

.250
.250
.333
.333
.333**

.312 ±.032

.250 ±.025

.375 ±.032

.250 ±.025

.437 ±.032

.250 ±.025

.375 ±.032

.375 ±.015

.437 ±.032

.375 ±.015

.500 ±.032

.375 ±.015

.375 ±.032

.437 ±.015

.437 ±.032

.437 ±.015

.500 ±.032

.437 ±.015

* Not applicable for MIL Styles (RB). . ** Max. Wattage for MIL-R-93 Styles is 0.125 for RB-71 and 0.250 for RB-70.

Lead length IV 2 " (38.1 mm) Minimum. Tinned, weldable leads. RB-70 and RB-71, Lead length 1" ± 1 /8 ,/ (25.4 ±3.18 mm).

Call or write factory for complete information

RCL ELECTRONICS, INC., 195 McGregor Street, Manchester, NH 03102 • (603) 627-3831
SHALLCROSS, INC., U.S. 70 East, Smithfield, NC 27577 • (919) 934-5181

1*2036 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EE

EEM1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

RCbShallcross

ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY
PRECISION WIREWOUND
RESISTORS

MIL-R-39005, TYPE RBR,

HR Series

Mil Tolerance Range For HR & ER Series:

RBR

Value

52, 53, 55, 56, & 71

>100

±.01 %

±1%

54

> 4.990

±.01%

>0.10

±1%

80 &81

> 10000

±0.01 %

> 1000

±0.02%

>100

±0.10%

±1.0% (F); ±0.1%' (B); ±0.5% (D); ±0.05% (A); ±0.02%
(Q); ±0.01% (T).

1

• 1 Vi>

r

. A

c

B !

DIAMETER

" I

LENGTH

LEAD LENGTH

ELECTRICAL AND DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions

Watts

Approx.

Weight

Shalicross

HR Style

A

B

C

D

MIL

Commercial 1

Maximum

Maximum

HR Style

MIL-R-39005

±.032

±.015

Min.

Awg.

125°C

85°C

DC Voltage

Grams

Resistance

n

.250

.250

1.0

22

.100

.200

150

.3

150K

3

.359

.265

1.0

22

.125

.200

150

1.0

250K

4

.375

.375

1.0

20

.250

.500

300

2.5

500K

• 5

.500

.250

1.0

22

.250

.500

300

1.0

500K

6

.375

.250

1.0

22

.125

.250

300

1.0

300K

7

.500

.375

1.0

20

.330

.660

300

3.0

600K

• 8

RBR71 34

.312

.250

1.0

22

.125

.250

300

.3

150K

9 J

.750

.375

1.0

20

.500

1.0

600

4.5

I.OMeg

• 10

RBR56 34

.343

.250

1.5

20

.125

.250

200

1.0

350K

11

RBR75

.295

.250

1.5

22

.125

.250

150

.3

250K

• 12

RBR55 34

.500

.250

1.5

20

.150

.300

300

1.0

525K

13

.625

.250

1.5

20

.200

.400

500

1.5

800K

• 14

RBR54 34

.750

.250

1.5

20

.250

.500

500

2.0

850K

16

1.0

.250

1.5

20

.500

1.0

750

3.0

1.25Meg

19

RBR76

.812

.312

1.5

20

.500

1.0

500

3.5

5.0Meg

• 20

.250

.187

1.5

22

.100

.200

150

.3

125K

• 21

.375

.187

1.5

22

.125

.250

300

.3

200K

• 22

RBR74

.500

.187

1.5

22

.125

.300

300

.3

300K

23

.625

.187

1.5

22

.175

.350

600

1.0

400K

26

1.0

.187

1.5

22

.250

.500

1000

1.5

500K

30

.343

.375

1.5

20

.125

.250

300

2.0

I.OMeg

• 32

.500

.375

1.5

20

.250

.500

300

3.5

1.5Meg

• 34

RBR53 34

.750

.375

1.5

20

.330

.660

500

4.5

2.0Meg

• 36

RBR52 34

1.0

.375

1.5

20

.500

1.0

750

6.0

2.5Meg

38

1.50

.375

1.5

20

.750

1.5

1000

7.5

3.5Meg

39

2.00

.375

1.5

20

1.250

2.5

1200

10.0

4.0Meg

40

.500

.160

1.5

22

.100

.200

300

.3

500K

• 41

.250

.125

1.5

22

.050

.100

100

.2

125K

• 42

.375

.125

1.5

22

.065

.125

200

.2

200K

43

.500

.125

1.5

22

.075

.150

200

.3

300K

47

.187

.100

1.5

24

.025

.050

75

.1

50K

• 48

.312

.100

1.5

24

.030

.060

100

.1

100K

49

.437

.100

1.5

24

.040

.075

100

.2

150K

52

.500

.500

1.5

20

.330

.660

300

5.5

2.0Meg

54

.750

.500

1.5

20

.500

1.0

500

7.0

3.0Meg

• 56

RBR57

1.0

.500

1.5

20

.750

1.5

750

8.5

4.0Meg

• 68

.250

.085

1.5

24

.020

.040

100

.1

50K

69

.375

.085

1.5

24

.025

.050

100

.1

100K

340

5

RBR81

.500 Max.

.160 Max.

1.0

24

.100

.200

300

.55

175K

341

5

RBR80

.325 Max.

.160 Max.

1.0

24

.100

.200

150

.40

50 K

•Standard Style.... 1 Commercial ratings may be applied at 125°C max. provided 175°C max. operating temperature is permissible. 2 Printed Circuit Style —
See previous page for dimension diagram. Standard grid spacing 200". 3 Available in failure rate levels M, P and R. 4 MIL-R-39005 Approved. 5 Printed Circuit
Style — See pevious page, Figure II for dimension diagram. Standard grid spacing for HR 340 is .400" ±.005" and for HR 341 is .225" ±.005".

2000 ER, 4000 ER & 7000 ER Series

FIG. “A” — AXIAL LEAD

< A r B DIA.

LENGTH 1

- = (o)

r C LEAD DIA.

— ' p —

. A ,

• D J E LEAO SPACING

FIG. “C” — RADIAL LEAD

LENGTH

J

( )

DIA.

*■ E -

LEAD

C

LE

LEN

J

AD

GTH

L

SPACING

RCL

Style

Military

Style

— ” ■ ~ ■: .. “

MIL

Resistance Range
(Ohms)

Power

Rating

(Watts)

Fig.

Maximum Dimensions

Approx.

Weight

(Grams)

Length

A

Lead Diam.

C

Min.

Lead Length

D

Lead Spacing
E

±0.005

7040-ER

RBR 52

0.1-1,200,000

0.5

1.020 (25.91)

0.39 (9.9)

0.034 (0.86)

1.5

(38.1)

N.A.

6.0

Axial

7030-ER

RBR 53

0.1-1,100,000

0.33

0.770 (19.6)

0.39 (9.9)

0.034 (0.86)

1.5

(38.1)

N.A.

4.5

Axial

7020-ER

RBR 54

0.1-562,000

0.25

0.770 (19.6)

0.265 (6.7)

0.034 (0.86)

1.5

(38.1)

N.A.

2.0

Axial

7010-ER

RBR 55

0.1-332,000

0.15

0.520 (13.21)

0.265 (6.7)

0.034 (0.86)

1.5

(38.1)

• N.A.

1.0

Axial

7009-ER

RBR 56

0.1-220,000

0.125

0.364 (9.2)

0.265 (6.7)

0.034 (0.86)

1.5

(38.1)

N.A.

1.0

Axial

4060-ER

RBR 71

0.1-150,000

0.125

0.343 (8.7)

0.281 (7.1)

0.027 (0.69)

0.875 (22.2)

0.200(5.1)*

0.3

Plug-In

R2407-ER

RBR 80

10.0-120,000

0.1

0.325 (8.3)

0.160 (4.06)

0.022 (0.56)

1.0

(25.4)

0.225 (5.7)

6.0

Radial

R2408-ER

RBR 81

10.0-250,000

0.1

0.50 (12.7)

0.160 (4.06)

0.022 (0.56)

1.0

(25.4)

0.400 (10.2)

6.0

Radial

(Metric dimensions in mm are in parenthesis) *±0.010 (±0.254)

Call or write factory for complete information

RCL ELECTRONICS, INC., 195 McGregor Street, Manchester, NH 03102 • (603) 627-3831
SHALLCROSS, INC., U.s. 70 East, Smithfield, NC 27577 • (919) 934-5181

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2037

4700

RESISTORS

4700

• Vhnllrvnw DISCRETE RESISTOR
nuuMSm NETWORKS & MATCHED

w

NETWORKS

Network quality is determined by the qualities of its individual
resistors and the packaging and mounting expertise of its
assembler. RCL/Shallcross offers a unique background of ex-
perience, data, manufacturing and testing skills for its wire-
wound resistor networks. PARAMETERS: (1) Resistance ratios
to .001%, (2) Resistor tolerances to ±.005% (at ambienjt),
(3) Ratio tolerances as close as .01% (over a range of tem-
peratures), (4) Stability to ±.001% per year.

MATCHED SETS

Two or more resistors can be matched with relative tolerance
much higher than each one’s individual tolerance. Charac-
teristics most often matched are: (1) DC Resistance at one or
more temperatures, (2) AC and DC Voltage ratios, (3) Tem-
perate Coefficients and (4) Phase Shifts. Principle advantages
of matched sets are: (a) Very tight relative tolerances, (b) Lower
cost than networks of comparable accuracy and (c) Flexibility
in locating components during design and packaging. An en-
gineering staff at RCL/Shallcross is ready to assist you in
specifying your matched set requirements.

Consideration of the following requirements will provide our
engineering staff with adequate information to complete your
specification and quotation:

A. CIRCUIT

Resistance values

Resistance tolerances

Ratio/Ratios

Ratio tolerance (Ambient)

(over operating temperature range)

Wattage dissipation per resistor total

Frequency in Hz if AC

Ambient Temperature °C

Operating temperature range - °C to +. °C

Maximum applied voltage

Schematic

B. CASE

Maximum volume cu. in.

Case dimensions

length, width height diameter

Mounting: lugs studs

screw holes (recessed) other

Lead material gauge lead length

special spacing

RCLSludlcross win high

DENSITY MODULAR RESISTOR

SPECIFICATIO

NS

Resistance Range

Tolerance Avail.

T.C. Avail. PPM/°C
(0°C to +85°C)

Win!

Win II

Winl

Consult

Factory

±10%

Consult

Factory

±90 PPM

Consult

Factory

±3%

Consult

Factory

±30 PPM

±0.25%

±0.25%

±5 PPM

±5 “PPM

±0.1%

±0.1%

±5 PPM

±5 PPM

±0.1%

±0.05%

±3 PPM

±3 PPM

±0.05%

±0.02%

±3 PPM

±3 PPM

±0.02%

±0.01 %

±3 PPM

±3 PPM

±0.02%

±0.01 %

±2 PPM

±2 PPM

N.A.

±0.01%

N.A.

±2 PPM

WIN II

m

m

i

RC LShallams “° N L g|° s TEI '?E!^ TURE

RCL offers a standard line of epoxy encapsulated sensing re-
sistors for temperature compensating applications. The stand-
ard resistance tolerance ±5% with tighter tolerances available
on special order. Cable lengths from 2.0" to 48.0" (50.80 to
1219.2 mm) are available with 6.0" (152.40 mm) standard.
Operating temperature range is -55°C to +105°C. Repeat-
ability of tempco within a given lot is ±100 PPM.

RCL Style

Resistance Range

PPM/°C Average Tempco
0°C 100°C

TC35

10S) — 50KS)

3500 ±350

TC45

100 — 10KO

4500 ±450

TC55

1 0S) — 5KS2

5500 ±550

.250
±.020
(6.35

=“•*> r^o 0 5°o-i (25 - 4±1 - 27)

THIS END

ENCAPSULATED
IN EPOXY

<

^5—— * s=ss *^ *

1

4

1.00 ±.25
r* (25.4 ±6.35)

±.25 (±6.35) 1

STRIPPED
AND TINNED
22 AWG

STRANDED PVC

±.125
(9.52 ±3.17)

Call or write factory for complete information

RCL ELECTRONICS, INC., 195 McGregor Street, Manchester, NH 03102 • (603) 627-3831
SHALLCROSS, INC., U.S. 70 East, Smithfield, NC 27577 « (919) 934-5181

1*2038

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

RESnNET

ULTRA PRECISION METAL FILM
RESISTORS & NETWORKS

RESISTANCE TOLERANCES - 0.005% to 1%
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT- 1, 2, 5, or 10ppm/°C

FEATURES

Long Term Stability: 25ppm/year Voltage Coefficient: < 2ppm/ volt
Noise Factor: Below 30db Rise Time.- Less than Ins without

Inductance: Approx. .05 microhenry rmg,ng
Capacitance: Below 0.5 picofarad

PERFORMANCE MEETS OR EXCEEDS REQUIREMENTS OF MIL-R-55182

OUTLINE

MAX.

RESISTANCE

STYLE

DWG.

DIMENSIONS

RANGE

ULTRAPRECISION
HERMETIC SEAL
METAL FILM
HS-100

Resistance to 150K
Tolerance to .005%
TCto 1PPM/°C

PRECISION HERMETIC SEAL
METAL FILM
POWER RESISTOR
P-300

o Ena' o'

Power: 10 Watts (Heat Sink)
3 Watts (Free Air)
Tolerance to ±.01%

TC to 10ppm/°C
Standard TO-3 Package

EP-200

H = .200
L =.320
W = .120
LS = .150

H = .345
L = .320
W = .120
LS = .150

L = .250
D = .125

L = .500
D = .250

10n — 50K
.125 Watt

ion— 150K
.3 Watt

10n — 50K
.125 Watt

10n — 200K
.3 Watt

RnN-

Call or Write for Complete Brochure

RES-NET CORPORATION

110 ROUTE 10, WHIPPANY, NEW JERSEY 07981
(201) 887-2260 • TOLL FREE (800) 526-0704 EXCEPT N.J.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2039

We’ve Putup a LOT of Resistance...

f" <

For More Than 30 Years Our Famous, Versatile
Ohmic Capabilities have met the rigid demands of
smart buyers with unerring consistency — saving
time, tempers and money.

Against this enviable background our engineers
envision even greater challenges in solving future
OEM and industrial resistor application problems.
For prompt, practical answers to your require-
ments, send us your prints or specs.

Dimensions
O.D. x Lgth.

Va max. x %

% max. x 1%

% max. x 1%

0.1- 50,000

No.

Wattage

Max. Dimensions
O.D. x Lgth.

1 M

5

0.1- 11,000

% X 1

m m

10

iHEinmTrrm

% X 1%

2 E

20

0.25-100,000

%X2

2 B

25

0.25-100,000

%X2

4 B

%x 4

6Y2C

100

1.0-300,000

%x6y 2

8V2 R

160

■IMM

1 % x sy 2

IOV2 R

200

1 1.0-400,000

iy 8 x ioy 2

No. I Wattage

m ma

2 BA

4 BA

6 BA

6V2CA

V2 RA

IOV2 RA

1.0- 10,000

1.0- 25,000

1.0-100,000

1.0-100,000

1 . 0 - 100 ,

%xl%

%x2

%x4

% x 6

% x 6V2

ltt x ioy 2

iKciBOEaoaioEiiEiiMEal^i^^i
| ^BaEaEHl ^E3iEMM^|Ed

In iiBB'n I'liiii !■ iiw

Available with adjustable tap bands or with tapped
windings.

NON-INDUCTIVE RESISTORS: for high frequency power
circuits. Available in all fixed-lug types, 10 watts and
larger. Standard tolerances: ± 10 %.

RESISTANCE TOLERANCES: Standard: ± 5 %, 1.0 ohm
and over. Special: down to ± 1 %.

Write For Complete Catalog

resistors, me.

CUSTOM DESIGNING,
ENGINEERING, MANUFACTURING

5226 West 26th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60650
Long Distance Phone: (312) 652-7555
Chicago Phones: 242-1539 • 242-1540

1*2040

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Our resistors

are made for perfectionists . . .
by perfectionists!

TYPE EL silicone power TYPE SA epoxy

MEET OR EXCEEDS MIL-R-26

DESIGNED TO MEETOR EXCEED MILR93D

Send for our new catalog covering our
complete line of fixed wire wound resistors

Additional items include:

TYPE VR - Vitreous Coated
TYPE EH - Aluminum Housed
TYPE BL- Beryllium Oxide
TYPE PR - Subminiature Printed Circuit
TYPE Q81 - Special Temperature
Compensation

TYPE Q239 - Special 4-Terminal Device

154 Harvey Road P.0. Box 375 Londonderry, N.H. 03053
TWX 710-220-1844 Tel.(603) 625-8994

EL

ABS.inc

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2041

4700

RESISTORS

4700

CONTENTS

A Few Words About TRW . . . . 2

GENERAL-PURPOSE RESISTORS

Carbon Composition IBT Series 10

Carbon Film CF Series . . . 11

Metal Film GPV4 Series 12

SEMIPRECISION/PRECISION RESISTORS

Metal Film GP55 Series 13

MIL-Qualified Thick Film RG Series 14, 15

Thick Film RG Chip Resistors 16

Radial-Lead Thick Film RGU Series 17

High-Voltage CGH Series 18

Low-TC Industrial CM55 Series 19

ULTRAPRECISION RESISTORS

Tailored-T.C. MTR Series 20

Metal Film MAR Series 21

Radial-Lead MAR40 Series 22

High-Power, High-Resistance AR8 and AR90 Series 23
MAR Matched Sets 24

rnvw

THICK FILM RESISTOR NETWORKS

Conformal-Coated SIP Networks . . . 32

Molded .350-Inch SIP Networks 33

Molded .195-Inch SIP Networks 34

Molded 14- and 16-Pin DIP Networks 35

SCREEN-PRINTED RESISTIVE PRODUCTS

High-Voltage Divider RD Series 36

High-Voltage RB Series 37

Focus Controls 38

"Custom Thick Film Circuits 39

WIREWOUND RESISTORS

Low-Power Molded BW Series , 40

Failsafe Molded BWF Series 41

General-Purpose Power PW Series 42

Printed Circuit Board PC and PCX Series 43

Semiprecision Power AS Series 44

Pulse and Surge PPW Series . . 45

Extremely-Low-Resistance LPW Series 46

Four-Terminal Current-Sensing 4LPW Series 47

Automotive and Appliance AW Series 48

High-Power Fixed, Adjustable and Tapped
PWW Series 49

SPECIAL-PURPOSE RESISTORS

Wirewound Temperature-Sensing BWG Series 50

Thin Film Temperature-Sensing TD Series 51

Semiprecision Carbon Alloy CR Series 52

High-Voltage, High-Resistance MV Series 53

Resistance Strips and Discs 54

Molded Zerohm Jumper Wires 55

TRW Sales Offices 56

THIN FILM RESISTOR NETWORKS

Conformal-Coated SIP Networks 25

MIL-R-83401 DIP Networks 26

MIL-R-83401 Flat-Pack Networks . . . 27

20-Pin DIP R-2R Ladders 28

16-Pin Flat-Pack R-2R Ladders 29

Subminiature Dual-Resistor Networks 30

Chip Carriers 31

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2042 pg. i

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRwY

GENERAL-PURPOSE
CARBON COMPOSITION
RESISTORS

IBT SERIES*

□ !4 watt to 1 watt

□ 10 ohms to 22 megohms

□ ±5% tolerance

Standard EIA/MIL
color code

Carbon composition element
cured at 500°C

30-70 electroplated
copper lead

Rugged compression
molded jacket

One-piece talon lead
assembly imbedded in substrate

SPECIFICATIONS

Electrical Characteristics

IBT-Va

iBT-y 2

IBT-1

MIL-R-1 1 Style

RC07

RC20

RC32

Resistance Range

10ft to 1 Mft

10ft to 22Mft

10ft to lOMft

Tolerance

±5% (Series E24)

±5% (Series E24)

±5% (Series E24)

Rated Power

0.25W @ 70°C

0.50W @ 70°C

1W @ 70°C

Max. Continuous Working Voltage

250V

350V

500V

Surface Temperature Rise

32°C @ 0.25W

50°C @ 0.5W

70°C @ 1W

Average Shunt Capacitance

0.15 pF

0.175 pF

0.30 pF

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

— Atmospheric Pressure

500V RMS, min.

700V RMS, min.

1000V RMS, min.

— At 87mm of Mercury

325V RMS, min.

450V RMS, min.

625V RMS, min.

Insulation Resistance — Dry

10 5 Mft min.

10 5 Mft min.

10 5 Mft min.

Wet

10 3 Mft min.

10 3 Mft min.

10 3 Mft min.

Performance Characteristics

Operating Temperature Range

— 55°C to
+ 150°C

— 55°C to
+ 1 50°C

— 55°C to
+ 150°C

Voltage Coefficient

- 0.025% /V max.

- 0.025% /V max.

- 0.020% /V max.

Life (Method 108, MIL-STD-202,

±2.50%

±5%

±5%

Cond. D)

Short Time Overload

±1%

±1.50%

±1.50%

(6.25 x Rated Power, 5 sec.)

Moisture Resistance

±8%

±1.50%

±3%

(Method 106, MIL-STD-202)

Temperature Cycling (Method

102, MIL-STD-202, Cond. D)

±1%

±0.75%

±1%

Low Temperature Operation

±0.75%

±0.50%

±1%

(MIL-R-1 1 , Para 4.6.7; - 65°C)

Terminal Strength (Method 211,

±0.30%

±0.50%

±0.50%

MIL-STD-202, Cond. A, D)

Resistance to Soldering (Method

±2%

±1.50%

±2%

210, MIL-STD-202, Cond. A)

Shock, Medium Impact (Method

±1%

±0.50%

±0.50%

205, MIL-STD-202, Cond. C)

Vibration, High Frequency (Method

±1%

±0.50%

±0.50%

204, MIL-STD-202, Cond. D)

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

TRW

Type

Body Length

BL

Body Diameter

BD

Lead Diameter

LD

IBT- y 4
IBT-i/2
IBT-1

.250 ±.015 (6.35 ±.30)
.390 ±.010 (9.91 ±.30)
.562 ±.010 (14.3 ±.30)

.090 ±.008 (2.29 ±.20)
.140 ±.008 (3.56 ±.20)
.225 ±.008 (5.72 ±.20)

.025 ±.001 (.635 ±.03)
.031 ±.001 (.787 ±.03)
.040 ±.001 (1.02 ±.03)

* Manufactured in Italy

POWER DERATING

20 40 607080 100 120 140

Ambient Temperature (°C)

SURFACE TEMPERATURE RISE

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

IBT - Vz - 680k - 5%

Type

3 "

Power Rating at 70°C — 1

Va , Vz or 1 watt

Resistance

Standard EIA/MIL values for
carbon composition resistors.
See specification table for range.

1.0

1.8

3.3

5.6

1.1

2.0

3.6

6.2

1.2

2.2

3.9

6.8

1.3

2.4

4.3

7.5

1.5

2.7

4.7

8.2

1.6

3.0

5.1

9.1

AVAILABLE THROUGH AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR DISTRIBUTORS

Tolerance

±5%

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

401 N. BROAD STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19108 / PHONE (215) 922-8900 / TWX 710-670-2286

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg.io 1*2043

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRYw

GENERAL-PURPOSE
CARBON FILM
RESISTORS

C F SERIES*

□ Va watt to 1 watt

□ 1 ohm to 4.7 megohms

□ ±5% tolerance

SPECIFICATIONS

Type

CF-1/4

CF-1/2

CF-1

Resistance, Standard

1 ohm to 4.7 megohms

2 ohm to.2.2 megohms

2 ohm to 2.2 megohms

Tolerances, Standard

±5%

±5%

±5%

Power Rating

Va watt @ 70°C

Vi watt @ 70°C

1 watt @ 70°C

Maximum Continuous Working Voltage

250 volts

350 volts

500 volts

Minimum Insulation Resistance — Dry

1000 megohms

1000 megohms

■ 1000 megohms

Minimum Dielectric Withstanding Voltage —
Atmospheric

500 volts

500 volts

500 volts

Load Life — Typical AR Less Than

±3%

±3%

±3%

RESISTANCE-TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC

Nominal Resistance
(ohms)

Typical Temperature Coefficient (ppm/°C)

CF-1/4

CF-1/2

CF-1

100 ohms to 10K

1 1 K to 100K

11 OK to 1 megohm

1.1 megohm to 4.7 megohms

-100 to -400

-150 to -500

-200 to -1000

-800 to -1500

+ 350 to -350

+ 350 to -350

+ 350 to -500

+ 350 to -800

+ 350 to -350

+ 350 to -350

+ 350 to -500

+ 350 to -800

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

Standard EIA

BD- ^

Color Code

1 1 1 1

LD

V

1.181 ±.118 t _

Lully

^ i pi ki

t

1,181 ±.118

(30 ±3) 9

DL ■ — W

(30 ±3) "

TRW

Type

Body Length

BL

Body Diameter

BD

Lead Diameter

LD

CF-Va

CF-V2

CF-1

.276 ±.039 (7±1)

.354 ±0.39 (9 ±1)

.630 ±.039 (16 ±1)

.091 ±.020 (2.3 ±0.5)
.146 ±.020 (3.7 ±0.5)
.217 ±.020 (5.5 ±0.5)

.024 ±.002 (0.6 ±0.05)
.028 ±.002 (0.7 ±0.05)
.031 ±.002 (0.8 ±Q.05)

* Made in Singapore or Korea

AVAILABLE THROUGH AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR DISTRIBUTORS

SURFACE TEMPERATURE RISE

o

o

<D

CO

be

CD

p

ca

(5

Q.

E

Q)

70
60
50
40
30
20
10

0 Va Vi Va 1

Power Input (watts)

C

y

j

CF- 1/4 ,

\ /,

/ ,

/^i CF-

.. . . . i

1

/

/

1

K

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.: CF - V4 - 47ft - 5%

TRW Type

Power Rating at 70°C

Va , 1/2 or 1 watt

Resistance

Standard Resistance Value
Multipliers: .

±5%

Tol.

±5%

Tol.

±5%

Tol.

±5%

Tol.

1.0

1.8

3.3

5.6

1.1

2.0

3.6

6.2

1.2

2.2

3.9

6.8

1.3

2.4

4.3

7.5

1.5

2.7

4.7

8.2

1.6

3.0

5.1

9.1

Tolerance

±5%

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

401 N. BROAD STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19108 /PHONE (215) 922-8900 / TWX 710-670-2286

1*2044 pg. ii

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRww

GENERAL-PURPOSE
METAL FILM
RESISTORS

GP%" SERIES

□ Dual rating for % watt and
1/2 watt applications

□ Metal film environmental performance

□ 10 ohms to 1 megohm

□ ±2% or ±5% tolerance

□ ±200 ppm/°C temperature coefficient

□ Low noise

Standard EIA/MIL-R-11
4 band color code identification

TRW developed alloy
metal film element
on solid ceramic core

Electroplated
copper leads

Multiple coating system,
high contrast overcoat

Helixed to

resistance value, tolerance

Round steel cap with
lead assembly butt welded

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Values: 1 0n through 1.0 Meg

Resistance Tolerance: 14 W application ±2%,
±5% — 1 / 2 W application ±5%

Power Rating @ 70°C: I4W, I/ 2 W

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance:

±200 ppm

Temperature Range: — 55°C to +155°C

Continuous Working Voltage: 250V

Insulation Resistance: 1000 Megohms

Noise: —5 dB to -30 dB

Lead Material: Electroplated Copper

Construction: TRW developed alloy metal
film on solid ceramic core

PERFORMANCE DATA (MAX aR)

Shock, Medium Impact & Vibration High
Frequency: .5% + .05fi

Load Life 100% Power @ 70% 2% + .5Q

Short Time Overload: .5% +.050 @ 2.5 x
Rated Voltage for 5 sec.

High Temperature Exposure: 2% +.50 @
155°C

Low Temperature Operation: .5% +.050

Hot Spot Surface Temperature Rise:

14 W 20°C, VzWA0°C

Temperature Cycling: .5% +.050

Moisture Resistance: 14 W 2% -1.5% +.050
14 W 5% - 2% +.050 —

I/ 2 W 5% -3% +.050

Solder Heat: .5% +.050
Terminal Strength: .5% +.050

POWER DERATING

40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Ambient Temperature (°C)

HIGH FREQUENCY
CHARACTERISTICS

Frequency (MHz)

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

EIA/MIL
Color Code

.280 MAX.
(7.1 MAX.) "

.095 "±.003?(2.41

.075)

2.36 ±.02 (60.0 ±0.5)-

.024 ±.001
'(.610 ±.025)

The GP14 is a superior dual rated, general
purpose metal film resistor. Available as
either a 5% general purpose or a 2% semi
precision resistor, this conformally coated
device exhibits a temperature coefficient of
±200 ppm/°C — far superior to the industry
average.

Since it can perform in 14 W and V 2 W
applications, the compact GP14 saves valu-
able “real estate” in circuit boards while
offering versatility for inventory purposes.
This space saving capability coupled with
the GP14’s compatibility with automatic in-
sertion equipment makes it the ideal alterna-
tive to carbon composition and carbon film
resistors for computer, telecommunications,
instrumentation, and many automotive appli-
cations.

All the quality and reliability exhibited by
TRW Resistive Products for several decades
are manufactured into the GP14. The well
established, time tested evaporated metal
film process that has been utilized so suc-
cessfully by our Burlington, Iowa plant is
used to manufacture the GP14. The same
sturdy ceramic end cap construction and
quality materials have been combined with
an automated assembly technique that re-
sults in TRW quality at a lower price.

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

GP% - 470 - 2%

TRW Type 1

Resistance Value

10Q to 1.0 Meg in the following
standard EIA/MIL decade values:

±2% and ±5% tolerance

10.0

18.0

33.0

56.0

11.0

20.0

36.0

62.0

12.0

22.0

39.0

68.0

13.0

24.0

43.0

75.0

15.0

27.0

47.0

82.0

16.0

30.0

51,0

91.0

Tolerance *

±2% or ±5%

Standard Packaging:

EIA RS-296D-Class 1-Tape and Reel 5000
pieces per value per reel

AVAILABLE THROUGH AUTHORIZED
TRW RESISTOR DISTRIBUTORS

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 12 1*2045

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Hill

RN55DXXXF EQUIVALENT
METAL FILM

GP55 SERIES

□ Metal film stability

□ ±1% tolerance

□ dzIOO ppm/°C temperature coefficient

□ 10 ohm to 1 megohm

□ Dual Va and V 2 watt rated

□ Meets or exceeds MIL-R-10509 and
R-22684

□ E.I.A. (5 color band) standard

5 band color code identification

TRW developed alloy
metal film element
on solid ceramic core

Electroplated
copper leads

Multiple coating system,
high contrast overcoat

Helixed to

resistance value, tolerance

Round steel cap with
lead assembly butt welded

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Values: 10ft through 1.0 Meg;
higher values available; consult factory.

Resistance Tolerance: 14 W application ±1%
1 / 2 W application ±1%

Power Rating @ 70°C: 14 W, I/ 2 W

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance:

±100 ppm

The GP55 is a quality, metal film resistor
which is intended to help component engi-
neers and circuit designers upgrade or re-
place carbon composition and carbon film
resistors in most circuit applications. The
standard unit comes in a 1% absolute toler-
ance and a temperature coefficient of ±100
ppm.

GP55 meets or exceeds all parameters of
MIL-R-10509 (RN55) and MIL-R-22684 (RL07)
and has been lab and field tested with many
hours of proven reliability. RS-296D, Class 1
tape and reel is standard, making the GP55

Temperature Range: — 55°C to 155°C
Continuous Working Voltage: 250 V
Insulation Resistance: 1000 Megohms
Noise: —5 dB to —30 dB
Lead Material: Electroplated Copper
Construction: TRW developed alloy metal
film on solid ceramic core

ideal for high volume, automatic insertion
applications.

This precision 1% unit has been designed
to be dual-rated (14 watt and V 2 watt), thereby
saving printed circuit space while being more
cost effective. E.I.A. color banding (5 band)
is also standard facilitating identification on
printed circuit boards.

GP55 is approved and in use by many lead-
ing companies in the telecommunications,
computer, automotive and instrumentation
industries. Improve your cost effectiveness
by converting to GP55.

PERFORMANCE DATA*

Typical AR

GP55

MIL-R-

MIL-R-

MIL-R-

Test

d%)

10509

22684

39017

Temperature Coefficient (ppm)

±100

+ 200-500

±200

±100

Load Life 70°C @ V 4 W- 1000 Hrs.

0.5%

1.0%

2.0%

2.0%

Hi-Temperature Exposure (155°C)

(No Load)

0.5%

N.A.

N.A.

2.0%

Moisture Resistance

0.5%

1 .5%

1.5%

1.0%

Temperature Cycling — 55°Cto 155°C

0.1%

0.5%

1.0%

0.25%

Low Temperature Operation - 65°C

0.1 %

0.5%

0.5%

0.25%

Short Time Overload

0.25%

0.5%

0.5%

0.5%

Terminal Strength

0.1%

0.2%

0.5%

0.25%

Resistance to Solder Heat (350°C)

0.05%

0.5%

0.5%

0.25%

Shock

0.05%

0.5%

0.5%

0.25%

Vibration

0.05%

0.5%

0.5%

0.5%

Rated Voltage (RMS)

250

200

200

200

Resistance Range

1 0ft-1 megft

1 00-301 Kft

1 0ft-1 megft

1 0ft-1 megft

* NOTE: Above table shows typical GP55 performance compared to military specifications.

Ambient Temperature (°C)

HIGH FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS

Frequency (MHz)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.: GP55 -XXXX-±1%

TRW Type 1

Resistance Value

Standard MIL resistance code
10ft to 1.0 Meg in the following
standard EIA/MIL decade values:

±1%

tol.

± 1 %

tol.

±1%

tol.

±1%

tol.

±1%

tol.

±1%

tol.

1.00

1.47

2.15

3.16

4.64

6.81

1.02

1.50

2.21

3.24

4.75

6.98

1.05

1.54

2.26

3.32

4.87

7.15

1.07

1.58

2.32

3.40

4.99

7.32

1.10

1.62

2.37

3.48

5.11

1.13

1.65

2.43

3.57

5.23

% ■

1.69

2.49

3.65

5.36

f.t ^ jfl

1.74

2.55

3.74

5.49

B ; ■

1.78

2.61

3.83

5.62

■ 1 M

1.82

2.67

3.92

5.76

B * S

1.87

2.74

4.02

5.90

ft C

1.91

2.80

4.12

6.04

B c cfl

1.96

2.87

4.22

6.19

iff * 9

2.00

2.94

4.32

6.34

B r - i’ *

2.05

3.01

4.42

6.49

KKfefl

2.10

3.09

4.53

6.65

Tolerance

5000 pcs per reel is standard.

2500 pc reel available; consult factory.

AVAILABLE THROUGH
AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR
DISTRIBUTORS

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

1*2046 pg. 13

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

rnvw

PRECISION
MIL-QUALIFIED
METAL GLAZE™
RESISTORS

RG SERIES

□ Vq watt to 3 watts

□ 1 ohm to 3 megohms

□ 0.5% to 5% tolerance;

0.1% in selected ranges

□ ±25 ppm/°C to ±200 ppm/°C

Digital or color code marking per MIL-R-22684 (RL),
39017 (RLR), 55182 (RNC), 10509 (RN)

Spiralled or laser helixed to
resistance value, tolerance

High temperature soldered
termination-lead assembly

Tough molded jacket.
RGi/s types have glass-
filled conformal jacket.

Metal Glaze™ thick film element
fired at 1000°C to solid ceramic core

30-70 electroplated
copper leads

SPECIFICATIONS

Toler-

ance

(±%)

T.C.

(ppm/

°C)

TRW Power
Rating
(watts)

MIL Power
Rating
(watts)

Volt

Rat-

ing

TRW

Resistance

Range

MIL Approved
Resistance
Range

Nom-

inal

Size

RG’/a 1 "

—

Band

2, 5

200

1/4 @ 70°C

—

200

10ft to I.SMft

■ —

VbW

RGV4

—

Band

5

200

1/2 @ 70°C

1/4 @ 70°C

250

1 0ft to 3Mft

—

1/4 W

RGVa

—

Band

5

200

1 @ 70°C

—

350

10ft to 3Mft

—

y 2 w

RG1

—

Band

5

200

1 @ 70°C

—

500

4.3ft to 3Mft

—

1W

GS-3

(Replace

s RG2, RG42)

Stamp

1,2,5

50, 100

f 3 @ 25°C
\2 @ 70°C

—

1000

10ft to 2Mft

—

1W

T0-50" 1

—

Stamp

1

100

1/4 @ 70°C

—

200

10ft to 800 Kft

—

1/8 w

T2-50 1 ' 1

—

Stamp

1

50

i/a @ 70°C

—

200

10ft to 800 Kft

—

1/8 w

TF07

—

Band/Stamp

1,2,5

100

1/2 @ 70° C

—

250

1ft to 9.9ft

—

1/4 w

TF20

—

Band/Stamp

1,2,5

100

1 @ 70°C

—

350

1ft to 9.9ft

—

y 2 w

GF-55 ,4 >

(Flame Resistant)

Stamp

1

100

1/2 @ 70°C

—

200

10ft to 2Mft

—

1/4 w

GF-07 1 * 1

(Flame Resistant)

Stamp

2, 5

100

1/2 @ 70°C

—

250

1 on to 2M«

—

1/4 w

GF-60' 4 '

(Flame Resistant)

Stamp

1

100

1 @ 70°C

—

300

ion to 2Mn

—

y 2 w

GF-20 141

(Flame Resistant)

Stamp

2, 5

100

1 @ 70°C

—

350

10ft to 2Mft

—

y 2 w

GF-3 141

(Flame Resistant)

Stamp

1,2,5

200

3 @ 25°C

2 @ 70°C

—

500

10ft to 2Mft

—

1W

RG07

RL07

Band

2, 5

200

y 2 @ 70°c

1/4 @ 70°C

250

4.3ft to 3Mft

51ft to150Kft

1/4 W

RG20

RL20

Band

2, 5

200

1 @ 70°C

1/2 @ 70°C

350

4.3ft to 3Mft

4.3ft to 470Kft

1/ 2 W

RG32

RL32

Band

2, 5

200

1 @ 70°C

1 @ 70°C

500

4.3ft to 3Mft

10ft to IMft

1W

RGR05 1 ' 1

RLR05/R 121

Stamp

1, 2

100

i/$ @ 70° C

i/e @ 70°C

200

10ft to 1 50ftK

10ft to 150Kft

1/8 W

RGR07

RLR07/R 121

Stamp

1, 2

100

% @ 70°C

i/4 @ 70°C

250

10ft to IMft

10ft to IMft

1 / 4 W

RGR20

RLR20/R' 2 '

Stamp

1, 2

100

1/2 @ 70°C

1/2 @ 70°C

350

4.3ft to IMft

4.3ft to IMft

1/ 2 W

RGR32

RLR32/R' 21

Stamp

1,2

100

1 @ 70°C

1 @ 70°C

500

10ft to IMft

10ft to IMft

1W

TO-55

RN55D

Stamp

.5, 1 (3)

100

1/2 @ 70°C

i/a @ 70°C

200

10ft to 3Mft |

10ft to 301 Kft

1/4 w

T2-55

RN55C

Stamp

.5, 1 (3}

50

’/4 @ 70°C

V„@ 125°C

200

1 0ft to 3Mfi

49.9ft to 1 00 Kft

1/4 w

T9-55

RN55E

Stamp

.5, 1< 3)

25

1/4 @ 70°C

'/ )0 @ 125°C

200

1 0ft to 3Mft

49.9ft to 1 00 Kft

1/4 w

T0-60

RN60D

Stamp

.5, 1 (3 >

100

% @ 70°C

1/4 @ 70°C

300

10ft to 3Mft

10ft to IMft

1/ 2 W

T2-60

RN60C

Stamp

.5, 1 (3)

50

'/2 @ 70°C

i/a @ 125°C

250

10ft to 3Mft

49.9ft to 499 Kft

1/ 2 W

T9-60

RN60E

Stamp

.5, 1 (3)

25

1/2 @ 70°C

i/a @ 125°C

250

10ft to 3Mft

49.9ft to 499Kft

1/ 2 W

TO-65

RN65D

Stamp

.5, 1< 3)

100

1 @ 70°C

1/2 @ 70°C

350

10ft to 3Mft

10ft to IMft

1W

T2-65

RN65C

Stamp

.5, 1 (3)

50

1/2 @ 70°C

1/4 @ 125°C

300

10ft to 3Mft

49.9ft to IMft

1W

T9-65

RN65E

Stamp

.5, 1< 3 >

25

1/2 @ 70°C

1/4 @ 125°C

300

10ft to 3Mft

49.9ft to IMft

1W

TH55

RNC55H/S 12 '

Stamp

.5, 1< 3)

50

'/ 1(l @ 125°C

'/,o@ 125°C

200

10ft to 499Kft

10ft to 499 Kft

1/4 w

TK55

RNC55K/S 12 ’

Stamp

.5, 1 (3)

100

’/, 0 @ 125°C

'/,o@ 125°C

200

10ft to 499Kft

10ft to 499Kft

1/4 w

TJ55

RNC55J/S' 2 '

Stamp

.5, 1 (3)

25

V 10 @ 125°C

'/ 10 @ 125°C

200

10ft to 499Kft

10ft to 499Kft

1/4 w

TH60

RNC60H/S 12 '

Stamp

.5, 1 (3)

50

i/s @ 125°C

i/b @ 125°C

250

10ft to IMft

10ft to IMft

1/ 2 W

TK60

RNC60K/S 121

Stamp

.5, 1 (3)

100

i/a @ 125°C

i/a @ 125°C

250

10ft to IMft

10ft to IMft

1/ 2 W

TJ60

RNC60J/S' 2 '

Stamp

.5, 1 {3)

25

'/a @ 125°C

i/s @ 125°C

250

10ft to IMft

10ft to IMft

1/ 2 W

TH65

RNC65H/S' 2 ’

Stamp

.5, 1 (3 >

50

1/4 @ 125°C

1/4 @ 125°C

300

49.9ft to IMft

49.9ft to IMft

1W

TK65

RNC65K/S' 2 ’

Stamp .

.5, 1 (3)

100

1/4 @ 125°C

% @ 125°C

300

49.9ft to IMft

49.9ft to IMft

1W

TJ65

RNC65J/S' 2 '

Stamp

.5, 1 (3 >

25

1/4 @ 125°C

1/4 @ 125°C

300

49.9ft to IMft

49.9ft to IMft

1W

NOTES:

(1) Conformally coated construction on all VsW nominal size resistors

(2) Failure rate symbol; R = .01%/1000 Hours at 60% Conf. Level, S = .001%
,3) .1% tolerance available.

(4) Contact factory for details of flame-resistant specifications

AVAILABLE THROUGH
AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR
DISTRIBUTORS

ESTABLISHED RELIABILITY MIL SPECIFICATIONS

RLR and RNC products listed above are qualified to the appropriate established reliability MIL Specification.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NO 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 14 1*2047

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TmIwY

RG, “TO” FILM TEMPERATURE RISE

Applied Power (Watts)

* .025-in. leads
t .032-in. leads

0 25 50 75 100

% of 25°C Power Rating

300 /usee. 1msec. 10 msec. 100 msec. 500 msec.

Surge or Pulse Duration

Note: Average power dissipation is not to exceed the component power
rating at 70°C.

DIMENSIONS — IN. and (mm)

L . LL 4 1 8L ^

r 1 r-^-

— LD t BD

Nominal

Body Length

Body Diameter

Lead Length

Lead Diameter

Clean

Size

BL

BD

LL

LD

Lead

Vs watt

0.150 ±0.020

0.066 ±0.008

1.00 ±0.125

0.016

0.244

RLR05

(3.8 ±0.3)

(1.7 ±0.2)

(25.4 ±3.2)

(0.41)

0.187

Va watt

0.250 ±0.015

0.090 ±0.008

1.50 ±0.125

0.025

0.310

RLR07

(6.4 ±0.4)

(2.3 ±0.2)

(38.1 ±3.2)

(0.64)

0.300

Vz watt

0.390 ±0.010

0.140 ±0.008

1.50 ±0.125

0.025/0.032

0.450

RLR20

(9.9 ±0.3)

(3.6 ±0.2)

(38.1 ±3.2)

(0.64/0.81)

0.450

1 watt

0.562 ±0.031

0.190 ±0.008

1.50 ±0.125

0.025/0.040

0.682

RLR32

(14.3 ±0.8)

(4.8 ±0.2)

(38,1 ±3.2)

(0.64/1.02)

0.625

GS-3

0.515 ±0.010

0.225 ±0.008

1.50 ±0.125

0.032

0.575

(13.1 ±0.3)

(5.7 ±0.2)

(38.1 ±3.2)

(0.81)

COMMERCIAL POWER DERATING

Ambient Temperature (°C)

70 125 150 165 175

Ambient Temperature (°C)

RGV4 HIGH-FREQUENCY

1 10 100 1000
Frequency (MHz)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

RG% - 220K - 5%

TRW Type 1

See specification table
for types available.

Resistance

Standard EIA/MIL resistance
values for metal film resistors.
See specification table for range.

Tolerance

±0.1% to ±5%

See specification table
for availability.

AVAILABLE THROUGH AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR DISTRIBUTORS

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1*2048 pg. is

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRwY

RG CHIP
RESISTORS

□ Metal Glaze™ Technology from TRW’s
RG resistor line. Proven reliability for
over 15 years

□ Low TCR — All <100 ppm/°C

□ Standard size 3.2 x 1.5mm (0.126" x
0.057"). Compatible with chip
placement equipment from Panasonic,
Universal, and others

□ Hot solder-dipped nickel contacts
withstand prolonged (>60 sec.)
immersion in solder with no
de-wetting of contacts

□ Bonds to circuit boards with standard
techniques using adhesives or
solder paste

□ Completely interchangeable with
rectangular chips

□ Packaging in bulk or 8 mm tape reels,
taping per EIA-— RS481

METAL GLAZE™ THICK FILM ELEMENT

FIRED AT 1000°C TO SOLID CERAMIC SUBSTRATE

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range: 3 to 1 meg*, plus
zero-ohm jumpers
Tolerances: 1%, 2% & 5%

Temperature Coefficient: <100 ppm/°C
for all tolerances*

Rated Wattage: VaW @ 70°Ct
Rated Continuous Working Voltage:

V-125 x R or 200V, whichever is less
Commercial RCWV: y.25 x R or 200V,
whichever is less

Maximum Overload Voltage: 400V
Temperature Range: -55°C to + 150°C
Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Meg min.

* Contact factory for other resistance values and
other temperature coefficients, or for color
banding.

t CHPVs may safely be double-rated to V4W
operation @ 70°C under normal conditions.
Derate to zero at 150°C.

COMPARISON WITH
MELF CHIP RESISTORS

RG chips are smaller in size than MELF
chips, use thick-film technology rather
than carbon films, and have plated nickel
terminations, not pressed-on end caps.
This also eliminates the typical “dog-
bone” outline seen on MELF’s. Unlike
MELF’s, RG chips are available in stand-
ard 8mm tape.

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

.057 ± 006
(1.45 ±.15)

T

ACTUAL SIZE

B B I 8 B I 8

8 mm Tape Packaging

/JTJJjJWJJJJWJA

0€>C€>t>£>€>€>€>CC€>€>€)

L .126, + .010 -.005 I

P (3.2, + . 25 - 15) ■ 1

COMPARISON WITH CURRENT RECTANGULAR CHIPS

Thick film technology is used in manu-
facturing of RG chips and rectangular
chips. Both have the same standard out-
line of 3.2 x 1.6mm. Both are available in
standard 8mm tape which current chip
placement equipment uses.

The RG chip’s visible difference is its
miniaturized cylindrical shape which
makes it somewhat thicker than many
resistor chips. This difference poses no
problem however in packaging, or in
handling, or in placement of the chips
onto glue-dotted PCB’s by current avail-,
able chip inserters since they handle both
types completely interchangeably.

A major advantage of the RG chip design
is its unsurpassed solderability. It is the
only resistor chip to offer all nickel con-
tacts. They are completely silver-free . . .
are hot soldered dipped, and provide
maximum assurance of reliable solder
connections without problems of leach-
ing or de-wetting.

Some other advantages include low TCR,
1/4 W rating capability, and availability of
1% chips at 5% -type prices. Color band
marking is coming soon. All of these tech-
nological features are part of the RG
family of precision resistors, which has
had a proven record of performance for
over 15 years.

PERFORMANCE DATA (Maximum aR)

Temperature Coefficient:

0 ±100 ppm/°C

Thermal Shock:

-+-0.5%

Low-Temperature Operation:

±0.25%

Short-Time Overload

±1 %

(±.25% for R < 100K ohm or E < 100V)

Commercial Short-Time Overload:

-+-2.5%

High-Temperature Exposure:

±0.5%

Resistance to Bonding Exposure:

±0.25%

Resistance to Solder Immersion:

±2% 60 sec at 325°C

Solderability:

95% min. coverage 60 sec at 325°C

Moisture Resistance:

±0.5%

Life Test:

±0.5%

Commercial Life:

±2%

Terminal Adhesion Strength:

±1%, No mechanical damage

Resistance to Board Bending:

±1%, No mechanical damage

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.

CHPVb - 100 - 2203

TRW Type ^

Temperature Coefficient

Resistance

1st 3 significant figures plus
4th digit multiplier
Examples: 2203 = 220,000 ohms
51R0 = 51.0 ohms
Available in STD EIA values

F-BLK

Packaging Code

BLK for bulk, CST for tape.

Tolerance

F = 1%, G = 2%, J = 5%

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NO 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 10 1*2049

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TmTwV

RADIAL LEAD

MOLDED

METAL GLAZE

RESISTORS

RGU SERIES

□ Take up half the PC board area of
comparably rated axial-lead
resistors

□ Project 0.39 liri. from the board
surface when installed

□ Can be placed individually, or
grouped in rows, in any direction
on standard predrilled PC boards

□ Available on carrier tape and are
auto-insertable with existing
equipment

Contains Metal Glaze
thick film element fired
at high temperatures on
an alumina slug

Four-band color code, on top
for easy identification

Rectangular, molded
synthetic resin case

Base dimensions slightly less
than .1 in. wide by .2 in. long

Leads spaced on .1 in. centers.

SPECIFICATIONS

TEMPERATURE RISE

Resistance Range: 10 ohms to 1 megohm
Tolerance (E96, E24): ±1%, ±2%, ±5%

Temperature Coefficient: ±50, ±100
ppm/°C

Voltage Coefficient: Less than 30 ppm/V

Maximum Continuous Working Voltage:
350V RMS

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 1000V
RMS min.

Insulation Resistance: Greater than 10 4
Megohms, except top surface

STANDARDS

Electrical properties according to MIL-R
22684

Power Rating: Vz watt at 70°C

Temperature Range: -55°C to +155°C
for 56 days, -65°C to +175°C

Stability 70°C, 5000 h : ±0.5%

Damp Heat Steady State (40°C, 90 to 95%
R.H., 56 days, 5 VDC): 1.0%

Failure Rate (V 0 =155°C): <5x10 Vh

Power Rating (watts)

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

Type 525-0

Type 525-6

Type 525-7

Type 526-0

* Manufactured in West Germany

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX i860, BOONE, NO 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1*2050 pg. 17

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sates Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

7#?fV

PRECISION,
HIGH-VOLTAGE THICK
FILM RESISTORS

CGH SERIES

□ Va watt to 15 watts

□ 100K to 500 megohm range

□ ±0.5%, ±1%, ±2% or
±5% tolerance

□ TC or ±50 ppm/°C or
±100 ppm/°C

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Type

Power
Rating
at 70°C
(watts)'' 1

Voltage

Rating

(volts)' 21

Resistance

Range

(ohms)

Tolerance

(±%)

Maximum

TCR

(±ppm/°C)

VCR
(ppm /V)

CGH-i/4

Va

750

lOOKfi to 50Mfi

.5, 1,2, 5

50, 100

0 to -5

CGH- 1/2

Vi

1,500

100K13 to lOOMft

.5, 1,2, 5

50, 100

0 to -5

CGH-1

1

3,000

500Kf2 to lOOMft

.5, 1,2,5

50, 100

0 to -5

CGH-2

2

5,000

1 to 200Mft

.5, 1, 2, 5

50, 100

0 to -5

CGH-3

3

10,000

1 to 300MJ3

.5, 1,2, 5

50, 100

0 to -5

CGH-5

5

20,000

IMft to 500Mfi

.5, 1, 2, 5

50, 100

0 to -5

NOTES:

(1) Other wattage ratings available on request. Consult factory. For power rating above 70°C, see derating
curve.

(2) Voltage rating shown is the rated DC continuous working voltage or the sine-wave RMS absolute
maximum voltage at commercial line frequency. For DC applications the absolute maximum
permissible voltage is 1.5 times the value shown for low repetition short-time-overload or pulse
conditions of 10 seconds or less duration.

(3) Typical voltage coefficient of resistance is -1 to -2 ppm/V measured at full rated voltage and 10%
rated voltage.

CGH-7.5 thru -15 contact factory for specifications and higher or lower resistance values.

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

Test Condition' 11

Maximum

AR (±3cr)

Typical' 21

AR

Temperature Shock

±0.25%

±0.10%

Short-Time Overload (1.5 times rated V for 10 sec.)

±0.20%-

±0.10%

Solder Effect

±0.15%

±0.05%

Terminal Strength

±0.20%

±0.05%

Moisture Resistance (no load or polar)

±0.5()%

±0.20%

Load Life (1000 Hours at 70°C)

±1.0%

±0.25%

Shelf Life (1 year at 25°C)

High-Temperature Exposure

±0.10%

±0.03%

(1 50°C for 2000 Hours)

±0.75%

±0.03%

(175°C for 2000 Hours)

Dielectric Breakdown' 31

±1.0%

±0.40%

(Va and Vz watt size)

2000 VDC, 1500 VAC

(1-watt through 5-watt size)

3500 VDC, 2500 VAC

Dielectric Strength' 41

±0.15%

±0.05%

Insulation Resistance at 500 VDC

10 9 ohms min.

10 11 ohmstyp.

NOTES:

(1) Test method per MIL-STD-202 unless otherwise indicated.

(2) Typical defined as that percent change which will include a minimum of 50% of the measured changes
in resistance from a variety of lots representing various unit sizes and ranges.

(3) Values shown are the maximum safe dielectric voltage applied from a V block or foil wrapping which
extends the complete body length of the resistor under test.

(4) Percent change after the maximum safe dielectric voltage is applied for 1 minute.

80 100 120 140 160 180

Ambient Temperature ( C)

TEMPERATURE RISE

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Temperature Rise (°C)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

1.50 ±.125
(38.1 ±3.2)j~ ~

■ BL-

* CGH-% leads are
.025 (.64) in diameter

T

BD

east

-CL-

.032 (.81) DIA.*

TRW

Type

Body Length

BL

Body Diameter

BD

Clean Lead to
dead Lead

CL

CGH- lA

CGH- 1/2

CGH-1

CGH-2

CGH-3

CGH-5

0.275 ±0.031 (6.98 ±0.79)
0.400 ±0.031 (10.16 ±0.79)
0.690 ±0.062 (17.53 ±1.57)

1.062 ±0.062 (26.97 ±1.57)

2.062 ±0.062 (52.37 ±1.57)

3.062 ±0.062 (77.77 ±1.57)

0.088 ±0.010 (2.22 ±0.25)
0.138 ±0.016 (3.51 ±0.41)
0.297 ±0.031 (7.54 ±0.79)
0.297 ±0.031 (7.54 ±0.79)
0.297 ±0.031 (7.54 ±0.79)
0.297 ±0.031 (7.54 ±0.79)

0.400 (10.16)
0.525 (13.34)
0.900 (22.86)

1.250 (31.75)

2.250 (57.15)

3.250 (82.55)

CGH-3 - 50 ppm/°C - 22M - 1 %

TRW Type

CGH-i/4, CGH-1/2,

CHG-1 , CGH-2,

CGH-3 or CGH-5

Temperature Coefficient

±100 ppm/°C, ±50 ppm/°C

Resistance

Standard EIA/MIL values for
metal film resistors. See
specificaiton chart for range

Tolerance

±0.5%, ±1%, ±2%, ±5%

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NO 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. is 1*2051

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRXw

LOW TC INDUSTRIAL
PRECISION METAL
FILM RESISTOR

CM55 SERIES

□ High reliability

□ 10 ppm/°C and 15 ppm/°C standard TC

□ Non-measurable noise

□ Superior moisture performance

□ Tailored or standard values

□ Highest stability metal film available

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Model

Resistance

Range

Tolerance

(±%)

T.C.

Voltage
Rating (volts)

50fi-250Kfi

10,0.5, 0.25,0.1

T13,T10,T9

Vs

300

PERFORMANCE DATA

Test Conditions Per MIL-R-55182, Except Where Noted

Typical AR%

1,000 Hour Loadlife (Rated Power @ 85°C)

±0.02

Humidity

±0.04

Thermal Shock (Tested PerMethod 107, MIL-STD202, Condition F)

±0.01

Effect of Solder (Tested Per Method 210, MIL-STD 202)

±0.01

Dielectric Withstanding

±0.01

Shock and Vibration

+ 0.01

Short Time Overload

+ 0.01

Insulation Resistance

>10,000 Meg

Noise Index

<-30 dB

Voltage Coefficient

<0.05 ppm/Volt

1 -Year Shelf Life

±30 ppm

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

L .250 ±.031

1.50 ±.125 J

T (6.35 ±.787)

n ^

* | (38.1 ±3.175) 1

\ |

T

■ 1 J

1 1 ' 1

■ 02 (i 2 40) AWG) (2 0 235 ±°25 0 4)

The new cost-effective CM55 resistor is
the offspring of a marriage of proven
TRW technologies and state-of-the-art
high speed production equipment. The
new conformal outer coating has proven
its reliability under extensive perform-
ance testing. Many of those tests were
performed to military specifications.

The CM55 utilizes the same film system
and cap/lead attachment which has
proven its reliability over the years in
TRW’s ultra precision MAR product. Other

characteristics exhibited by the CM55 are
low inductance, smaller size for a given
power rating, and much improved cost
effectiveness.

Matched sets of CM55 resistors are avail-
able, which provide the ultimate in resis-
tor matching and temperature coefficient
tracking. Resistor matching to ±.005%
and temperature coefficient tracking as
low as ±2 ppm/°C is available in matched
sets. Consult the factory for details.

70 80 90 100.110 120 130140150

Ambient Temperature (°C)

PACKAGING

Bulk Package: 250/Pack

Lead Tape & Reel: Per EIA Spec RS-296D

Special lead tape & reel and anti static
packaging available; consult factory.

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

CM55 T13 0.1% 100k

Standard EfA/MIL values for metal film
resistors, see specification table for range

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

1*2052 pg. 19

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

raw

ULTRA-PRECISION
TAILORED-T.C. METAL
FILM RESISTORS

MTR SERIES

□ 1/20 watt to 1 /4 watt

□ 50 ohms to 1.0 megohm

□ Any TC from —100 to
+150 ppm/°C

□ Tolerances from ±1.0%
to±0.01%

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Type

Resistance

Range*

(ohms)

Temperature Coefficients!

— 20°C to +85°C
(± ppm/°C)

Tolerances

<±%)

Power
Rating
at 85°
(watts)

Voltage

Rating

(volts)

MTR3

50ft to lOOkft

Any T.C. from -100 to +150

1.0, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1, 0.05, 0.02, 0.01

V 20

200

MTR5

5012 to 250kft

Any T.C. from -100 to +150

1.0, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1, 0.05, 0.02, 0.01

V 10

250

MTR6

50ft to 500kft

Any T.C. from —100 to +150

1.0, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1, 0.05, 0.02, 0.01

Vs

300

MTR7

50ft to I.OMft

Any T.C. from -100 to +150

1.0, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1, 0.05, 0.02, 0.01

Va

500

* Wider ranges are available. Consult the TRW plant in Corpus Christi or your nearest TRW sales office,
t T.C. tolerances available to ±5 ppm/°C.

DIMENSIONS — IN. and (mm)

■LL-

r

LD

BL ■

BD

TRW/ IRC
Type

Body Length
BL

Body Diameter
BD

Lead Length

LL

Lead Diameter
LD

MTR3

.191

.082

1.00 ±.062

.016

(4.85)

(2.08)

(25.4 ±1.57)

(.406)

MTR5

.281

.102

1.50 ±.125

.025

(7.14)

(2.59)

(38.1 ±3.18)

(.635)

MTR6

.425

.155

1.50 ±.125

.025

(10.8)

(3.94)

(38.1 ±3.18)

(.635)

MTR7

.650

.195

1.50 ±.125

.025

(16.5)

(4.95)

(38.1 ±3.18)

(.635)

For precision circuits where a high de-
gree of temperature stability is required,
MTR Series metal film resistors can be
used to reduce the temperature effects
of other components.

One common application is compensat-
ing for capacitors in RC filters and other
RC circuits. By using an MTR resistor
with a T.C. of the same magnitude but
opposite slope, capacitor temperature
coefficients from -100 to +150 ppm/°C
can be effectively compensated to zero.

These resistors are also effective for im-
proving the characteristics of amplifiers.

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

MTR5 - +50 ppm/°C - 1 00k- 0.25%

— i r -

TRW Type

MTR3, MTR5,

MTR6 or MTR7.

See specification
table for
power rating.

Temperature Coefficient
Any T.C. from
-100 pmm/°C
to +150 ppm/°C

Resistance

Standard EIA/MIL values
for metal film resistors.

See specification table
for range.

Tolerance

±1.0% to ±0.01%.

See specification table for availability.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 20 1*2053

4700

RESISTORS

4700

fllVI

ULTRA-PRECISION
METAL FILM RESISTOR

MAR SERIES

□ High reliability

□ Ultra low temperature coefficient

□ Non-measurable noise

□ Superior moisture performance

□ Tailored or standard values

□ Highest stability metal film available

□ Matched sets and networks

Digital marking

TRW developed bulk property
metal fiilm element on
ceramic substrate

Cap and Lead
Assembly

Rugged multiple coat,
epoxy mold jacket protection

Laser adjusted to
resistance value, tolerance

Electroplated
copper lead

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Model

Resistance Range by Tolerance (ohms)

Resistance Range by TC (ohms)

Power

Rating

@85°C

(Watts)

Voltage

Rating

(Volts)

.5%

.25%

.1%

.02 & .05%

.01%

T-10

T-13

T-16

10-250K

10-250K

10-250K

10-150K

10-150K

10-250K

10-150K

10-125K

1/20

200

10-500K

10-500K

10-500K

10-250K

10-250K

10-500K

10-350K

10-300K

1/10

250

10-1 Meg

10-1 Meg

10-1 Meg

10-500K

10-500K

10-1 Meg

10-700K

10-500K

1/8

300

10-3 Meg

10-3 Meg

10-3 Meg

10-700K

10-700K

10-3 Meg

10-1.5 Meg

10-1 Meg

1/4

500

* The MAR5 resistor is qualified to Characteristics H, J and K and to Tolerances B, O and F of MIL-R-55182(E). Approved resistance
range is 49.9ft to 150Kft.

The MAR resistors meet the need for an
ultra precision metal film resistor with
characteristics that are superior to other
precision resistor techniques. Among
these are higher reliability, lower induc-
tance, smaller size for a given power rat-
ing, and cost effectiveness.

The proprietary coatings and epoxy mold
jacket provides a virtual hermetic seal.

PERFORMANCE DATA

Test Conditions Per
MIL-R-55182, Except

Typical

Where Noted

AR%

1,000 Hour Loadlife

(rated power @ 85°C)

±0.02

Humidity

Thermal Shock

±0.04

(tested per method
107, MIL-STD 202,

Condition F)

Effect of Solder

±0.01

(tested per method
210, MIL-STD 202)

±0.01

Dielectric

Withstanding

±0.01

Shock and Vibration

+ 0.01

Short Time Overload

+ 0.01

Insulation Resistance

>10,000 Meg

Noise Index

<-30 dB

Voltage Coefficient

<0.05 ppm/Volt

1-Year Shelf Life

±30 ppm

Matched sets of MAR resistors are avail-
able, which provides the ultimate in
resistor tolerance matching and temper-
ature tracking. Resistance matchjng to
±.005% and temperature coefficient
tracking as low as ±1 ppm/°C are avail-
able in matched sets and to ±.01% and
±2 ppm/°C in modular assemblies of
resistors.

DERATING CURVE

70 80 90 100 110 120 130140150
Ambient Temperature ( C C)

DIMENSIONS — IN. and (mm)

TRW/IRC

Type

Body Length
BL

Body Diameter
BD

Lead Length

LL

Lead Diameter
LD

MAR3
MAR5
MAR6
MAR 7

.191 (4.85)
.281 (7.14)
.425 (10.8)
.650 (16.5)

.082 (2.08)
.102 (2.59)
.155 (3.94)
.195 (4.95)

1.00 ±.062 (25.4 ±1.57)
1.50 ±.125 (38.1 ±3.18)
1.50 ±.125 (38.1 ±3.18)
1.50 ±.125 (38.1 ±3.18)

.016 (.406)
.025 (.635)
.025 (.635)
.025 (.635)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

MAR6 - T16 - 15K- 0.02%

TRW 1

MAR3 (V 20 watt
at 85°C),

MAR5 (Vio watt
at 85°C),

MAR6 (Va watt
at 85°C) or
MAR7 (i/4 watt
at 85°C).

Temperature Coefficient

T16 (±5 ppm/°C),

T13 (±10 ppm/°C) or \

T10 (±15 ppm/°C).

See specification table
for availability.

Resistance

Standard EIA/MIL values
for metal film resistors.

See specification table
for range.

Tolerance

±0.01%, ±0.02%, ±0.05%,

±0.1%, ±0.25% or ±0.5%.

See specification table for availability.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI. TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2054 pg. 21

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

ULTRA-PRECISION
METAL FILM RESISTORS

MAR40 SERIES

□ High power ultra-precision resistor

□ Tight temperature coefficient

□ High reliability construction

□ Tolerance to ±0.005%

□ Rugged solid epoxy encapsulation

□ Custom reliability screening available

□ Matched sets

TRmr

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Type

TC

Code

Standard Temperature
Coefficient

Standard Resistance Range
(ohms)

Resistance

Tolerance

Power Rating
@ 85°C(watts)

Voltage
Rating (volts)

MAR40

T16

0±5ppm/°C

0 ±10 ppm/°C

0to60°C
— 55°to 125°C

20-250K

(Below 50fi notavailable in 0.01 % Tol.)

0.005, 0.01,
0.02, 0.05,
0.1, 0.25,

0.5, 1.0

0.3

250

MAR40

T18

0 ±2 ppm/°C
0±5ppm/°C

0 to 60°C
— 55°to125°C

50-250K

0.3

250

The MAR40 Series of ultra-precision
resistors combines the benefits of proven
TRW metal film reliability, non-measur-
able noise, and superior frequency re-
sponse with very low temperature char-
acteristics, convenient radial lead de-
sign, and efficient use of printed circuit
board “real estate”.

The shelf life and load life stability char-
acteristics are derived from our expertise
with the MAR Series of axial leaded re-
sistors. The physical size coincides nicely
with the military standard RNC90. The
internal construction utilizes the high re-
liability, noble metal, “end cap” tech-

nology of the MAR. In short, the design
engineers can take an effective step
towards product reliability and long,
service-free life, by specifying the MAR40.
The MAR40 may be specified to any cus-
tom value needed and/or purchased in
matched sets with tolerances placed on
the nominal ratios and close tracking of
temperature coefficients.

The MAR40 ultra-precision resistor can
be made to exact specifications without
the usual delays in delivery of prototypes.
The flexibility of the MAR40 manufactur-
ing process allows quick response to
customer delivery.

PERFORMANCE DATA

Test Conditions Per MIL-R-55182, Except Where Noted

Typical AR%

1000 Hour Loadlife (Rated Power At 85°C)

Humidity

Thermal Shock (Tested PerMethod 107, MIL-STD 202, Condition F)
Effect of Solder (Tested Per Method 210, MIL-STD 202)

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

Shock and Vibration

Short Time Overload

Insulation Resistance

Noise Index

Voltage Coefficient

1-Year Shelf Life

±0.02

±0.04

±0.01

±0.01

±0.01

±0.01

±0.01

>10,000 Meg
<-30 dB
<0.05 ppm/Volt
±30 ppm

DIMENSIONS — INCHES

L .340 J -150

r MAX. *1 ± 010

H —

1.00 MIN.

.100

±.010

&D. x.015

POWER DERATING

70 80 90 100 110 120 130140150
Ambient Temperature (°C)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

TRW Type

MAR40 - T1 6 - 91 K- 0.02%

Temperature Coefficient

T16 (±5 ppm),

T18 (±2 ppm)

Resistance Ranges

See table above

Tolerance

±1%, ±.5%, ±.25%, ±.1%
±.05% , ±.02% , ±.01 %, ±.005% *

* ±.005% tolerance available; consult factory.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRIST!, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 22 1*2055

4700

RESISTORS

4700

-RVi

ULTRA-PRECISION, HIGH POWER,
HIGH RESISTANCE
THIN FILM RESISTORS

AR8 and

AR90 SERIES

□ 0.5 watt or 1.0 watt rating

□ 100 ohms to 10 megohms

□ Tolerance to ±0.02%

□ Standard TCs from
±5 ppm/°C to ±15 ppm/°C

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Type

TC

Code

Resistance

Range

(ohms)

Tolerance

(±%)

Power
Rating
at 85°C
(watts)

Voltage

Rating

(volts)

AR8

T16, T13
T10

100f2 to 6M12

1.0, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1, 0.05, 0.02

0.5

1000

AR90

T16, T13
orTIO

1 00J2 to 10M12

1.0, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1,0.05, 0.02

1.0

1500

* Not available below 100 ohms.

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

Test Conditions per MIL-R-55182, except where noted

Typical AR%

1000-Hour Load Life (Rated Power at 85°C)

±0.02

Humidity

±0.04

Temperature Cycle (tested per Method 102, MIL-STD 202,
Condition C)

±0.01

Effect of Solder (tested per Method 210, MIL-STD 202)

±0.01

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

±0.01

Shock and Vibration

±0.01

Short-Time Overload

±0.01

Insulation Resistance

>10,000 Megfi

Noise Index

<-30 dB

Voltage Coefficient

<0.05 ppm/volt

1 -Year Shelf Life

±50 ppm

DIMENSIONS — INCHES
AR8

1.5 ±0.25 H

r

◄ 1.250 ±0.020 H

0.250 ±0.010-

0

1 A I

AR90

t*— 1.5 ±0.25 — ►

r —

U 0.940 ±0.020 ►!

0.410 ±0.010-

LEAD DIAMETER 0.025 ±0.002 (22 AWG)

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS

T.C.

Code

Temperature Coefficient

T16

T13

T10

±5 ppm/°Cfrom 0 to 60°C,

±1 0 ppm /°C from -55°to + 125°C
± 1 0 ppm / °C from - 20° to + 85°C
±15 ppm /°C from -20° to +85°C

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

AR8 - T16 - 91k - 0.02%

TRW Type 1

AR8 (0.5 watt
at 85°C) or
AR90 (1.0 watt
at 85°C).

Temperature Coefficient
Ti6, T13 or T10.

See specification table
for availability.

Resistance —

Standard EIA/MIL values
for metal film resistors.

See specification table
for range.

Tolerance

±1.0% to ±0.02%. See specification
table for exact tolerances available.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

1-2056

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 23 EEM1983

7?rV

ULTRA-PRECISION
THIN FILM DISCRETE
RESISTOR

MAR

MATCHED SETS

Digital marking

TRW developed bulk property
metal film element on
ceramic substrate \

Cap and Lead-
Assembly

W

□ 1/20 watt to 1/4 watt

□ 10 ohms to 3 megohms

□ Tolerances from ±0.01% to ±1.0%
Ratios to 0.005%

□ TCs of ±5, ±10 and ±15 ppm/°C;
Tracking to 1 ppm/°C

Rugged multiple coat,
epoxy mold jacket protection

Laser adjusted to
resistance value, tolerance

Electroplated
copper lead

DISCRETE RESISTOR SPECIFICATIONS

Discrete Resistance Range by Tolerance by Size (ohms) J

Discrete Resistance Range
byTC (ohms)

Power
Rating
@ 85°C

Voltage

Rating

.5%

.25%

.1%

.02 & .05%

.01%

T-10

T-13

T-16

(Watts)

(Volts)

10-250K

10-250K

10-250K

10-1 50 K

10-150K

10-250K

10-150K

10-125K

1/20

200

10-500K

10-500K

10-500K

1 0-250 K

10-250K

10-500K

10-350K

10-300K

1/10

250

10-1 Meg

10-1 Meg

10-1 Meg

1 0-500 K

10-500K

10-1 Meg

10-700K

10-500K

1/8

300

10-3 Meg

10-3 Meg

10-3 Meg

10-700K

10-700K

10-3 Meg

10-1.5 Meg

10-1 Meg

1/4

500

* The MAR5 resistor is qualified to Characteristics H, J and K and to Tolerances B, O and F of MIL-Ft-551 82(E). Approved resistance
range is 49.9B to 150KB.

ENVIRONMENTAL

PERFORMANCE

DERATING CURVE

Test Conditions per
MIL-R-55182, except
where noted

Typical

AR%

1,000-Hour Load Life

(Rated Power at

85°C)

±0.02

Humidity

±0.04

Thermal Shock (tested

per Method 107MIL-

STD 202, Condition F)

±0.01

Effect of Solder

(Tested per Method

210, MIL-STD-202)

±0.01

Dielectric

Withstanding

±0.01

Shock and Vibration

+ Q.01

Short-Time Overload

+ 0.01

Insulation Resistance

>10000 Megfi

Noise Index

<-30 dB

Voltage Coefficient

<0.05 ppm/volt

1-Year Shelf Life

±30 ppm

80 90 100 110 120 130 140150
Ambient Temperature (°C)

RATIO ACCURACY AND TC TRACKING SPECIFIATIONS

Ratio to Master

TC Track 0° to 70°C

Resistance Ratio Accuracy

1:1

1 ppm

.005%

10:1

1 ppm

.01%

100:1

2 ppm

.01%

1000:1

3 ppm

.02%

The performance of most precision resistor cir-
cuits requires that the relationship of all the resis-
tors used be held to exacting tolerances in rela-
tion to each other. This tight tolerance relationship
can be accomplished in two ways. One is to spec-
ify absolute tolerances so that no resistor can de-
viate from any other resistor by more than twice
this tolerance. The other is to specify matched sets
of resistors where the relationship between resis-
tors, rather than absolute tolerances, is tightly con-
trolled in many designs, the absolute values are not
so critical as the maintenance of a precise rela-
tionship among the set during changing ambients.
Matched resistor sets using the MAR series of
resistors provide a decade or greater improvement
in performance at significantly less cost than indi-
vidually specified resistors. While others of our
resistor products can be specified as matched
sets, the MAR Series is recommended for most
critical applications.

Specifying matched resistor sets requires that the
resistance ratio tolerance be specified along with
allowable absolute tolerance; and the temperature
coefficient tracking tolerance be specified with
the basic TC.

Two examples of specifying matched sets are
shown below. Other design considerations permit-
ting, it is more economical to specify ratios to a
reference resistor than to each other. However, if
required, the MAR series offers the inherent pre-
cision and stability for either method.

A knowledge of the availability of these two ways
to achieve extreme stability offers options to the
designer which may prevent overspecifying, with
attendant economic considerations.

SPECIFICATION EXAMPLES

Example No. 1

Resis- ance

tor Ohms Watts %

Abso-

lute

Toler- Absolute
ance TC
% (ppm/°C)

Example No. 2

Absolute Absolute TC
Resistor Ohms Watts Tolerance % (ppm/°C)

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

EEEV2 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 24 1*2057

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TaNFilm® CONFORMALLY
COATED

SIP NETWORKS

□ High precision

□ Low profile

□ High component density

□ Superior TCR tracking

□ 3 standard sizes

□ Proven reliability

TRYw

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Ranges:

Schematic C: 49.90 to 50KO
Schematic F: 200 to 50KO
Schematic G: 200 to 100KO
Higher resistance values available
Resistance Tolerances: ±.1%, ±.25%,
±.5%, ±1%, ±2%

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance:

±25 ppm°C, ±50 ppm/°C, ±100 ppm/°C,
-100 ±25 ppm/°C

TCR Tracking: 5 ppm/°C, except Schematic
C below 5000 (20 ppm/°C)

Temperature Range: — 55°C to +150°C
Noise: Less than —25 dB

Power Rating @ 70°C:

Wattage

! Network

Schematic

Resistor

6 Pin

8 Pin

lOPin

C, F

.12

.6

.84

1.08

G

.12

.36

.48

.60

Lead Material: Gold plated copper
Substrate Material: 99.5% pure alumina
ceramic

Construction: Epoxy conformal coating
Custom circuits and special testing available
Contact factory for any special features required.

PERFORMANCE DATA

Test Per MIL-R-83401

MIL-R-83401 Limits
(AR%)

TaNFilm Test Data
(AR%)

M

K

H

Maximum

Typical

Thermal Shock

.5

.5

.25

.1

.02

Power Conditioning

.5

.5

.5

.1

.02

Low Temperature Operation

.5

.25

.1

.1

.02

Short Time Overload

.5

.25

.1

.05

.02

Terminal Strength

.25

.25

.25

.1

.02

Resistance to Soldering Heat

.25

.25

.1

.1

.02

Moisture Resistance

.5

.5

.4

.1

.03

Shock

.25

.25

.25

.1

.02

Vibration

.25

.25

.25

.1

.02

Life

2.0

.5

.5

.1

.05

High Temperature Exposure

1.0

.5

.2

.1

.05

Low Temperature Storage

.5

.25

.1

.1

.05

25°C Double Load

2.0

.5

.5

.05

.03

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

4881 — 03 —

Model 1

4801 9-resistor, 10 pin SIP, one common
lead ( Schematic C)

4881 7-resistor, 8 pin SIP, one common
lead (Schematic C)

4861 5-resistor, 6 pin SIP, one common
lead (Schematic C)

4808 9-resistor, 10 pin SIP, series resist-
ors ( Schematic F)

4888 7-resistor, 8 pin SIP, series resist-
ors (Schematic F)

4868 5-resistor, 6 pin SIP, series resist-
ors ( Schematic F)

4809 5-resistor, 10 pin SIP, Isolated
(Schematic G)

4889 4-resistor, 8 pin SIP, Isolated
( Schematic G)

4869 3-resistor, 6 pin SIP, Isolated
(Schematic G)

STANDARD CIRCUITS

VTTTT
3t 1 1 1

w w w w w

3 4 N

SCHEMATIC "C”

V/r^V/r^j

1 2 3 4 ^ N

SCHEMATIC “F”

fANV-i |“VNAr-| f-AW-i f-AAAr-| pVxVn

! ! i

! 1 1

60 6

N-1 N-2

I I

I I

66

2 3 4

SCHEMATIC “G”

i a ,

Where precision as well as long term reliabil-
ity and stabiltiy are required in a small
amount of space, the conformally coated SIP
is the answer. This low profile SIP resistor
network exhibits all the outstanding perform-
ance characteristics inherent in TaNFilm
products.

Our TaNFilm manufacturing process of sput-
tering Tantalum Nitride on to ceramic sub-
strates ensures uniform temperature charac-
teristics of all the resistors in the networks.
The resistance film is then anodically passi-
vated to improve its stability and to make it
virtually impervious to environmental ele-
ments.

When you need high precision and ultimate
reliability in a limited space, the TaNFilm SIP
is the solution. The conformally coated SIP
network can be tailored to meet special cir-
cuit configurations with multiple resistance
values.

1001 — B

T

Tolerance

Standard MIL tolerance code:

B = ±.1%, C = ±.25%,

D = ± .5% , F = ±1 % , G = ±2%

Resistance

Standard MIL resistance code
Example: 1001 =10000

Characteristic

Code

Classification

TCR (ppm/°C)

00

Commercial grade

-100 ±25

01

Commercial grade

±100

02

Commercial grade

±50

03

Commercial grade

±25

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

1*2058 PG. 25

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRSSw

TaNFilm DIP RESISTOR

NETWORKS

□ MIL qualifiied to both MIL-R-83401 /01
and MIL-R-83401/02

□ Tightest qualified tolerance available:

± 0 . 1 %

□ Best qualified TC: ±50 ppm/°C;
available to ±25 ppm/°C

□ Superior TCR tracking to 5 ppm/°C

□ Ratios available to 0.03%

□ Special mechanical and electrical
configurations available with military
screening

NOTE: See thin film flat pack
for construction features.

SPECIFICATIONS

MIL Qualified Resistance Values:

Schematic A: 1 00Q to lOOKft
Schematic B: 100ft to 70Kft
Higher and lower resistance values available
Resistance Tolerances: ±.1%, ±.25%,
±.5%, ±1%, ±2%

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance:

±50 ppm/°C, ±100 ppm/°C,

±300 ppm/°C, —100 ±25 ppm

STANDARD CIRCUITS

Model 1987 Model 1998

TCR Tracking: 5 ppm/°C, except Models 1987
& 1998 below 500ft (20 ppm/°C)
Temperature Range: — 55°C to +150°C
Power Rating @ 70°C:

Wattage

Model Resistor Network

1987 .1 1.3

1998 .1 1.5

1989 .2 1.4

1999 .2 1.6

PERFORMANCE DATA

Test Per MIL-R-83401

MIL-R-83401 Limits
(AR%)

TaNFilm Test Data
(AR%)

M

K

H

Maximum

Typical

Thermal Shock

.5

.5

.25

.1

.02

Power Conditioning

.5

.5

.5

.1

.02

Low Temperature Operation

.5

.25

.1

.1

.02

Short Time Overload

.5

.25

.1

.05

.02

Terminal Strength

.25

.25

.25

.1

.02

Resistance to Soldering Heat

.25

.25

.1

.1

.02

Moisture Resistance

.5

.5

.4

.1

.03

Shock

.25

.25

.25

.1

.02

Vibration

.25

.25

.25

.1

.02

Life

2.0

.5

.5

.1

.05

High Temperature Exposure

1.0

.5

.2

.1

.05

Low Temperature Storage

.5

.25

.1

.1

.05

25°C Double Load

2.0

.5

.5

.05

.03

DIMENSIONS — INCHES

1*- .300 >|

.020 MAX.
MENISCUS

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

1999 — 06

Model 1

Model Description

1989 7-resistor 14 Pin DIP, straightthru
(MIL-R-83401-01 , schematic A)

1999 8-resistor 16 Pin DIP, straightthru
(MIL-R-83401-02, schematic A)

1987 13-resistor, 14 Pin DIP, one common

lead (MIL-R-83401-01 , schematic B) _
1998 15-resistor, 16 Pin DIP, one common
lead (MIL-R-83401-02, schematic B)

AVAILABLE THROUGH
AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR
DISTRIBUTORS

Noise: Less than —25 dB

Lead Material: Gold plated copper

Substrate Material: 99.5% pure alumina
ceramic

Construction: Ceramic sandwich epoxy
encapsulant

Custom Circuit and Special Testing Available

Contact factory for any special features
required

TaNFilm resistor networks are designed for
use in applications requiring a high degree
of reliability, stability, tight tolerance, close
TCR tracking, and low noise. Our continuous
feed, high vacuum sputtering process insures
uniform properties from network to network.
Precise state-of-the-art laser trimming en-
ables us to easily zero in the tightest ratios.
Gold-plated copper leads are thermal pulse
bonded to large-area gold conductor pads
on the ceramic substrate assuring the most
relaible termination and long-term stability.
Anodically passivated Tantalum Nitride re-
sistor material offers performance far superior
to military specifications and excellent en-
vironmental protection. Over 40 billion con-
tinuous resistor operating hours in the field
without a defect-related failure clearly dem-
onstrates the reliability of our TaNFilm
product.

The versatile nature of our photo-etch proc-
ess makes it readily adaptable to meet spe-
cial customer requirements. Custom circuit
designs and special mechanical configura-
tions can be easily achieved with a modest
set up charge. Full military screening is also
available with all units.

— 1001 — B

T

Tolerance

Standard MIL tolerance code:

B = ±.1%, C = ±.25%,

D = ±.5% , F = ±1 % , G = ±2%

Resistance

Standard MIL resistance code
Example: 1001 =1000ft

Characteristic

Code

Classification

TCR (ppm/°C)

00

Commercial grade

-100 ±25

01

Commercial grade

±100

02

Commercial grade

±50

03

Commercial grade

±25

04

MIL-R-83401 M

±300

05

MIL-R-83401 K

±100

06

MIL-R-83401 H

±50

07

MIL-R-83401 H

±25

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 26 1*2059

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TrVfw

TaNFilm® FLAT-PACK
RESISTOR NETWORKS

Self passivation layer and coating
system provides environmental protection

□

□

□

□

□

□

Qualified to MIL-R-83401 /03,
Characteristic H
Available with custom testing
Ultra precision — Absolute tolerance
to ±0.1% — Ratios to 0.03%
Superior temperature performance
Absolute T.C. to ±25 ppm/°C
T.C. tracking: 5 ppm/°C standard —
3 ppm/°C available
Custom schematics readily available
Special mechanical configurations

Sputtered tantalum nitride
resistance element, laser
trimmed to value, tolerance

Digitally marked ceramic
lid bonded to substrate
per MIL-R-83401

l

SPECIFICATIONS

Mil Qualified Resistance Ranges:

Schematic A: 49.90 to 100K
Schematic B: 49.90 to 56K
Higher resistance values available
Resistance Tolerances: ±.1%, ±.25%,
±.5%, ±1%, ±2%

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance:

±25 ppm°C, ±50 ppm/°C, ±100 ppm/°C,
±300 ppm/°C, -100 ±25 ppm/°C
TCR Tracking: Referenced to Rl, is ±5
ppm/°C except Model 8987 below 500
ohm, which is ±20 ppm/°C
Temperature Range: —55° to + 150°C
Noise: Less than —25 dB
Power Ratings: .1 watt per resistor, .5 watt
per network at 70°C
1.0 watt per network at 25°C
Ratio Tolerance: to ±.03%

Lead Material: Gold plated copper alloy
Substrate Material: High alumina ceramic
Construction: Ceramic sandwich package
Custom Circuits: R-2R, BCD
Custom Screening Procedures
Packages: up to 20 leads
Contact factory for all custom packages and
circuits

STANDARD CIRCUITS

Both “A” and "B” schematics of MIL-R-83401
— RZ 030 are available as standard. Contact
factory for custom packages and circuits.

Rl

1 ^-VW»14
•-A/W-*

•~A/VY“*

* J VW«

7«-A/vV“*8

Model 8989
MIL-R-83401
Schematic A

>14

Rl

1 •AWt —
•AA'V'-AA/V*

•AAV^VvV

•aa

7*AAA r^WV* 8

Model 8987
MIL-R-83401
Schematic B

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

.050 (1.27) .037 (.940)

Typ. | Pin #1 Pin #14

l/

‘ =pf=in

•

.017 (.432)

*

.375 ±.010 (9.53 ±.254)

.075

(1-91)

.035 (.889) Max.

Max.

Max. I |

.300 ±.050
.265 (7.62 ±1.27)
h (.6, 73)^,

Max^

, +.000 (.000) n?h May

006 -002 (.051)

Meniscus Typ.

Dimensional tolerances unless otherwise
specified ±.005 (.127)

Alumina
ceramic substrate

Thermal compression
bonding of lead to
termination

TaNFilm resistor networks are designed for
use in applications requiring a high degree
of reliability, stability, tight tolerance, close
TCR tracking, and low noise. The sputtering
process for resistor formation has been per-
fected to allow a continuous feed production
line under high vacuum conditions, thus,
insuring uniformity of properties between
networks. Precise state of the art laser trim-
ming makes tight ratios easily achievable.

The gold plated copper leads are thermal
pulse bonded to large area gold conductor
pads on the ceramic substrate assuring the
most reliable termination and long term sta-
bility. The Tantalum Nitride resistor material
is anodically passivated for excellent envi-
ronmental protection and performance far

PERFORMANCE DATA

Gold plated leads

superior to military specifications. Reliability
has been demonstrated in field usage with
over 40 billion continuous resistor operating
hours without a defect related failure.

Our TaNFilm process enables us to manufac-
ture networks containing different resistance
values and still maintain the tight tolerances
and tracking characteristics of networks con-
taining only a single resistance value. The
nature of our photo-etch process makes it
readily ' adaptable to meet each individual
customer’s needs. Custom circuit designs
and special mechanical configurations can
be easily achieved with a modest set up
charge while maintaining our high standards
of precision and reliability.

Test Per MIL-R-83401

MIL-R-83401 Limits
(AR%)

TaNFilm Test Data
(AR%)

M

K

H

Maximum

Typical

Thermal Shock

.5

.5

.25

.1

.02

Power Conditioning

.5

.5

.5

.1

.02

Low Temperature Operation

.5

.25

.1

.1

.01

Short Time Overload

.5

.25

.1

.05

.01

Terminal Strength

.25

.25

.25

.1

.01

Resistance to Soldering Heat

.25

.25

.1

.1

.02

Moisture Resistance

.5

.5

.4

.1

.03

Shock

.25

.25

.25

.1

.03

Vibration

.25

.25

.25

.1

.03

Life

2.0

.5

.5

.1

.05

High Temperature Exposure

1.0

.5

.2

.1

.05

Low Temperature Storage

.5

.25

.1

.1

.02

25°C Double Load

2.0

.5

.5

.05

.03

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

Model-

Model

8989

8987 — 05 — 1001

8987

Network Schematic
7-resistors (MIL-R-83401 -03,
Schematic A)

13-resistors (MIL-R-83401 -03,
Schematic B)

Characteristic -

Code

Classification

TCR (ppm/°C)

00

Commercial grade

-100 ±25

01

Commercial grade

±100

02

Commercial grade

±50

03

Commercial grade

±25

04

MIL-R-83401 M

±300

05

MIL-R-83401 K

±100

06

MIL-R-83401 H

±50

07

MIL-R-83401 H

±25

B

T

Tolerance

Standard MIL tolerance code:

B — ±.1 % , C = ±.25%,

D = ± .5% , F = ±1 % , G = ±2%

Resistance

Standard MIL resistance code
Example: 1001 =10000

AVAILABLE THROUGH
AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR
DISTRIBUTORS

See MIL-R-83401 for Military numbering system

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

1»2060 PG. 27

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

7?»V

TaNFilm® R-2R LADDER

12-BIT, 20-PIN DIP

Proven reliability

12 bit, ±V 2 LSB accuracy over

10,000 hour life

Passivated TaNFilm for superior
environmental performance
±122 ppm ladder accuracy over
— 55°C to +125°C
Standard DIP package
5 standard R values

NOTE: See thin film flat pack for construction features.

The 5430 series R-2R ladder utilizes the unique characteristics of the TaNFilm process
to provide the ±V 2 LSB, 12 bit accuracy required for precision data conversion. Our
continuous sputtering process deposits Tantalum Nitride resistance film over an entire
substrate of 99.5% pure alumina, ensuring virtually identical resistance temperature
characteristics of all resistors in the ladder. This guarantees no degradation in ladder
accuracy over the full military temperature range of -55°C to + 125°C.

Anodic passivation of the resistance film results in outstanding environmental perform-
ance. More importantly, since the aging process of this film results in a slight continua-
tion of this passivation, all resistors change at the same rate. Consequently, voltage
ratios required for ladder accuracy are very stable over long term, 10,000 hour load and
temperature conditions.

Large area thermocompression bonding of gold plated leads eliminates the need for
fine wire bonds and provides the ultimate in strength and reliability. In addition the
combination of high alumina substrate for thermal conductivity and 1.5 mil minimum
resistor line width enhances reliability for the most severe applications. Reliability and
stability of TaNFilm networks are proven with years of MIL-R-83401 testing and
qualification.

SPECIFICATIONS

Ladder Resistance Values (R): 5K, 10K,

20K, 25K, 50K

Ladder Resistance Tolerance: ±5%

Maximum Input Voltage: 20V
Settling Time (to 0.1% of final value):
lOOn sec.

Temperature Range: -55°C to +125°C

STABILITY

TaNFilm 12 bit ladders exhibit ±122 ppm
maximum voltage ratio error after the
following tests (per MIL-R-83401 except
as noted):

Operating Life: 1000 Hrs. Full Load 100°C
Short Time Overload: 10 Sec. 2.5 x Rated
Voltage

Thermal Shock: 10 cycles — 65°C to
+ 150°C

High Temperature Exposure: 100 Hrs. @

125°C

HOW TO ORDER

External Switch Compensation (Note 1):
Models 5431 -5434 — 50
Model 5435 — 5000
Ladder Voltage Accuracy: ±122 ppm

Application Resistor Tolerance Ratio
(Note 2): 0.04%

Lead Material: Gold plated copper alloy

Model

Description

5431

5432

5433

5434

5435

5/10K, 12 bit, 20 pin DIP, R-2R ladder
10/20K, 12 bit, 20 pin DIP, R-2R ladder
20/40K, 1 2 bit, 20 pin DIP, R-2R ladder
25/50K, 12 bit, 20 pin DIP, R-2R ladder
50/1 00K, 1 2 bit, 20 pin DIP, R-2R ladder

Moisture Cycle, Load: 10 Days
Soldering Heat: 10 Sec. @ 260°C
Shock: 100 g’s for 6 Milliseconds
Vibration: 20 g’s
Terminal Strength: 4.5 Lbs.

Note 1 — Consult factory for other switch
compensation.

Note 2 — Ratio matching of each application
resistor to ladder output resistance.
Consult factory for other accuracy
requirements.

STANDARD CIRCUIT

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13

DIMENSIONS — INCHES

|— .300 ±.010 .020 MAX

- 1.00 ±.020 ►!

nannnnnnnn

qgrotr

250 ±.010

"UUUU

.125 ±.015

±.01 5 -w |4—

-►j 4 -. 020 MAX

.001 TYP.

110 ±.020

■.020 ±.001 TYP.

_ 100 ±.005 TYP
NON-CUMULATIVE

Testing R-2R
Ladder Networks

Conversion Accuracy Testing

TRW tests its R-2R ladders function-
ally by comparing the output of the
DUT (device under test) with the out-
put of a standard ladder having an
accuracy of 1 ppm. The ladder net-
works are activated one bit at a time,
starting with bit one and continuing to
the LSB (least significant bit). See
Figure 1 . A calculator controlled scan-
ner having low thermal mercury re-
lays is used for the switching. The ref-
erence voltage being applied to the
corresponding bit of each ladder
(standard and DUT) is 10 volts. The
output voltage error is measured using
a calculator control DVM and is stored
in the calculator memory. After all bits
have been read, the plus and minus
sums are found by adding the appro-
priate errors of all bits. Normally each
of these sums must be less than one
half the output of a perfect ladder with
only its least significant bit energized.
This is 122 ppm for 12 bit ladders. This
procedure guarantees monotonicity
and a worst case accuracy of less
than % LSB.

Output Resistance Testing

The output resistance is determined
by making a single measurement. All
bits are connected to common and
the resistance between the “OUT”
terminal and common is measured.
The value will be the R value of the
ladder. When switch compensation is
accounted for, the output reistance is
±5% of the nominal value of R.

Figure 1. Conversion Accuracy Tester

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 28 1*2061

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TaNFilm® R-2R LADDER

8-BIT, 16-PIN FLAT PACK

□ 8 bit resolution

□ Space saving size

□ Superior environmental performance

□ Ladder accuracy of ±V 2 LSB over
-55°C to +125°C

□ Standard 16 pin flat pack

□ High reliability

□ 4 standard R values

TRW’s 5090 series of 8 bit, R-2R ladders combines the accuracy required for precise
data conversion with the increased space efficiency that makes the flat pack such a
popular package. In addition to being smaller, this particular part is ideally suited to
airborne applications because of its light weight.

The unique characteristics used in our TaNFilm construction ensure high reliability and
stability of the R-2R ladders. Our process of sputtering Tantalum Nitride resistance film
onto 99.5% pure alumina substrates in a vacuum guarantees uniform temperature
characteristics of all the resistors in the ladders. Also, TRW’s R-2R ladders maintain
±V 2 LSB ratio accuracy throughout the full military temperature range of -55°C to
+ 125°C.

To ensure superior environmental performance and the highest reliability available, the
resistance film is anodically passivated. Aging of Tantalum Nitride networks is a slow
continuation of this passivation so that all resistors in the ladder change at the same
rate. Thus, voltage ratios are maintained over a 10,000 hour life and no degradation of
performance occurs throughout extreme temperature conditions.
Thermocompression bonding of gold plated leads onto large gold bonding areas
guarantees ultimate strength and reliability and eliminates the need for fine wire
bonding. The superiority of TaNFilm networks has been proven through years of
qualification testing to MIL-R-83401 specifications. Data is available upon request.

SPECIFICATIONS

Ladder Resistance Values (R): 5K, 10K, External Switch Compensation
20K, 25K (Note 1): 50

Ladder Resistance Tolerance: ±5% Temperature Range: -55° to +125°C

Maximum Input Voltage: 20V Ladder Voltage Accuracy (Note 2):

Settling Time (to 0.1% of final value): ±% LSB

lOOnsec. Lead Material: Gold plated copper alloy

STABILITY

TaNFilm 8 bit ladders maintain ±V 2 LSB
accuracy after the following tests (per
MIL-R-83401 except as noted):

Operating Life: 1000 Hrs.'Full Load 125°C

Short Time Overload: 10 Sec. 2.5 x Rated
Voltage

Thermal Shock: 10 cycles -65°C to
+ 150°C

Moisture Cycle, Load: 10 Days

High Temperature Exposure: 100 Hrs. @
1 25°C

Soldering Heat: 10 Sec. @ 260°C
Shock: 100 g’s for 6 Milliseconds
Vibration: 20 g’s
Terminal Strength: 1.5 Lbs.

Note 1 — Consult factory for other switch
compensation.

Note 2 — Higher accuracies available upon
request.

HOW TO ORDER STANDARD CIRCUIT

Model Description

5091 5/1 OK, 8 bit, 1 6 pin flat pack, R-2R ladder

5092 1 0/20K, 8 bit, 1 6 pin flat pack, R-2R ladder

5093 20/40K, 8 bit, 1 6 pin flat pack, R-2R ladder

5094 25/50K, 8 bit, 1 6 pin flat pack, R-2R ladder

Testing R-2R
Ladder Networks

Conversion Accuracy Testing

TRW tests its R-2R ladders functionally
by comparing the output of the DUT
(device under test) with the output of a
standard ladder having an accuracy of
1 ppm. The ladder networks are acti-
vated one bit at a time, starting with
bit one and continuing to the LSB
(least significant bit). See Figurfe 1. A
calculator controlled scanner having
low thermal mercury relays is used for
the switching. The reference voltage
being applied to the corresponding bit
of each ladder (standard and DUT) is
10 volts. The output voltage error is
measured using a calculator con-
trolled DVM and is stored in the calcu-
lator memory. After all bits have been
read, the plus and minus sums are
found by adding the appropriate er-
rors of all bits. Normally each of these
sums must be less than one half of the
output of a perfect ladder with only its
least significant bit energized. This is
1952 ppm for 8 bit ladders. This pro-
cedure guarantees monotonicity and
a worst case accuracy of less than
Vsl LSB.

Output Resistance Testing

The output resistance is determined
by making a single measurement. All
bits are connected to common and
the resistance between the “OUT”
terminal and common is measured.
The value will be the R value of the
ladder. When switch compensation is
accounted for, the output resistance
is ±5% of the nominal value of R.

Figure 1. Conversion Accuracy Tester

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS^GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

1*2062 PG. 29

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRY*

TaNFilm® SUBMINIATURE
DUAL NETWORK

TaNTee series

□ Subminiature (0.075" x 0.075")

□ Dual resistor, center lead common

□ Available with custom testing

□ Ultra precision — Absolute tolerance
to ±1% — Ratios to: 0.1%

□ Superior temperature performance
Absolute T.C. to ±25 ppm/°C —
T.C. tracking: 5 ppm/°C standard

□ High frequency operation

Self passivated
tantalum nitride
dual resistor element

Encapsulation, including
color code indicator

Ceramic pad, large area leads
provide excellent heat transfer

Gold plated leads

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range, each R: 10ft to lOKft
(See chart and schematic below)
Power Rating: 14 W @ 85°C
(sum of power in both resistors)

Resistor Tolerance:

Absolute Tolerance — ±5% standard,
±1% available
Ratio Tolerance — To .1%

Moisture Resistance, AR: ±0.4% max.

Thermal Shock, AR: ±0.25% max.

(5 cycles, -65°C to +125°C)
Temperature Coefficient:

Absolute — To ±25 ppm/°C
Tracking — To 5 ppm
Load Life, AR: ±.5%’ max.

(1000 hrs. @ 70°C @ Rated Load)

Noise: -20 db max.

Short Time Overload, AR: ±0.1% max.
(2.5 x rated voltage for 5 seconds)

NOTE: TaNTee resistors meet the performance requirements
of MIL-R-83401, characteristic H

The TaNTee Series of TaNFilm resistor
networks provide a miniature, two-resistor
network adaptable to many circuit re-
quirements. The tanalum nitride film
resistors are deposited on a 25 mil thick
ceramic chip .075" x .075", and are pro-
tected by a rugged epoxy coating. Gold
plated copper leads are bonded to termi-
nation pads on the ceramic chip, result-
ing in a strong, reliable lead connection.

Tantalum nitride is an extremely stable

metal film resistor material capable of
high operating power levels and also
exceptional environmental performance.
The TaNTee dual resistor’s physical size
and construction make it ideally suited for
high frequency applications. The excel-
lent TC tracking of the two resistors on
the chip provides a very stable voltage
ratio, which is critical in many applica-
tions.

Standard Resistances

1st and 2nd Digit

Multiplier

10

11

12

13

15

16

18

20

22

24

27

30

33

36

39

43

47

51

56

62

68

75

82

91

Black = 0
Brown = 1
Red = 2

Orange = 3
Yellow = 4

Green = 5
Blue = 6
Violet = 7
Grey = 8
White = 9

Black = XI
Brown = XI 0

Red =X100

Orange = XI 000

5% EIA Values

SUGGESTED HOLE SPACING

NOTE: TaNTee Dual Resistors are sup-
plied only with non-formed leads.

STANDARD CIRCUIT

•— 1 VW- J— vvv — •

COLOR CODING

1st Digit 2nd Digit

Multiplier

(Dot or surface color)

TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE AMBIENT

Sum of power in both resistors (watts)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

TaNTee 2-X

Product Family -

TL

Resistance Value When Ri = R 2 *

(* When R, does not equal R 2 , consult
factory.)

First Digit —
Second Digit

X

X

Multiplier

(Number of Zeros)

Example: 2100 = 10ft
2101 = 100ft
2103 = 10,000ft

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 30 1*2063

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TaNFilm®

CHIP CARRIER
RESISTOR NETWORKS

□ Increased component density

□ Ideal for vapor phase reflow soldering

□ Best tolerances: 0.1% absolute
— 0.02% ratio

□ Superior temperature
performances: Absolute T.C. to
d=25 ppm/°C — Tracking

5 ppm/°C standard

□ Custom schematics readily
available

□ Meets JEDEC standard for
Type ‘C’ package

TiTwV

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Values: 5012 to 50K12 standard; up
to 100K12 on special order
Resistance Tolerances: ±.1%, ±.25%,
±. 5 %, ± 1 %, ± 2 %

Temperature Coefficient of Resistance: ±25
ppm/°C, ±50 ppm/°C, ±100 ppm/°C,
±300 ppm/°C

TCR Tracking: 5 ppm/°C
Temperature Range: — 55°C to + 150°C
Noise: Less than —25 dB

Power Rating @ 70°C: .1 watt/resistor,

.5 watt/network

Meets JEDEC standard for type ‘C’ package
Terminations: Gold over nickel over copper
Substrate Material: 99.5% pure alumina
ceramic

Construction: Ceramic chip/epoxy
encapsulant

Custom circuits and special testing available
Contact factory for any special features required.

PERFORMANCE DATA

Test Per MIL-R-83401

MIL-R-83401 Limits
(AR%)

TaNFilm Test Data
(AR)

M

K

H

Maximum

Typical

Thermal Shock

.5

.5

.25

.1

.05

Power Conditioning

.5

.5

.5

.1

.05

Low Temperature Operation

.5

.25

.1

.1

.02

Short Time Overload

.5

.25

•1

.05

.02

Terminal Strength

.25

.25

.25

.1

.05

Resistance to Soldering Heat

.25

.25

.1

.1

.02

Moisture Resistance

.5

.5

.4

.1

.03

Shock

.25

.25

.25

.1

.03

Vibration

.25

.25

.25

.1

.03

Life

2.0

.5

.5

.1

.05

High Temperature Exposure

1.0

.5

.2

.1

.05

Low Temperature Storage

.5

.25

.1

.1

.05

25°C Double Load

2.0

.5

.5

.05

.03

DIMENSIONS — INCHES

— HK- 020 .040 -H k
± 1 1 TYP. 3 PLA CES j

.068 TYP.. ,
±.003 -»j k

k — -350 ±.008 — ►) .050

.020

4 3 2

CD

O

C\J

T

• lb

3+^040 TYP.

.270

5

17

5 13 PLACES

+ .020

6

16

K .200

-.003

7

o

15

14

Si

1

8 9 10

11 12 13

i.

TOP VIEW

.023 14-
SIDE VIEW

BOTTOM VIEW

STANDARD CIRCUIT

3 2 1 2019

ISOLATED RESISTORS |

5 •

>019

it;;

3 2 1 2019

!r= fllfr s

9 10111213

The TRW TaNFilm chip carrier network offers
higher lead density, increased component
count, lower installed resistor cost, better
reliability, and is ideal for use with the
latest production technique — vapor phase
reflow solder process. In addition, the TaN-
Film leadless chip carrier network provides
all the unique qualities of our other TaNFilm
package configurations. Testing has demon-
strated performance to MIL-R-83401 Char-
acteristic H.

The proven TaNFilm manufacturing process
enhances reliability through elimination of
wire bonds. Precise state-of-the-art laser
trimming provides close tolerances and
tight ratios. The TaNFilm process enables us
to manufacture custom circuit configurations
and multiple resistance values without sacri-
ficing the tightest tolerance and tracking
characteristics of precision networks. The
Tantalum Nitride resistor material is passi-
vated for environmental protection surpass-
ing military requirements and guaranteeing
exceptional ratio stability over the full range
of military environments.

For applications requiring a high degree of
reliability, stability, accuracy and low noise,
plus advantages of new resistor packing,
specify the TRW leadless chip carrier con-
figuration resistor network.

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

7900-01 -1001 -B

Model — 1

7900 1 9-resistor, pin #20
common, min. 5012,
max. 20K

7909 10-resistor, isolated
resistors, min. 5012,
max. 50K

Characteristic

Code

(PPm/ R °C)

00

-100±25

01

±100

02

±50

03

±25

Resistance

Standard MIL resistance code
Example: 1001=100012

Tolerance

Standard MIL tolerance code
B = ±.1%, C = ±.25%, D = ±.5%,
F = ±1 % , G = ±2%

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

1*2064 pg. 31

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

THICK FILM
CONFORMAL COATED

SIP NETWORKS*

□ 4 through 14-pin packages

□ Project .256 in. from circuit board

□ Circuits -1, -3 and -5 are standard

□ Other circuits available on request

'RwY

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Resistance Range: 22 to 1.0 MegQ
Resistance Tolerance: ±2% and ±5%
Temperature Coefficient: ±200 ppm/°C
Max. Continuous Working Voltage: 50V
Operating Temp.: -40°C to + 150°C

PHYSICAL

Element: Fused thick-film composition
Substrate: 96% Alumina
Body: Conformal Coated
Terminals: Solder Plated Steel
Lead Pull: 2.2 pounds
Lead Solderability: MIL-STD-202.

Method 208

Resistance to Soldering Heat: MIL-STD-
202E, Method 21 0A, Cond. A
Marking Resistance to Solvents:
MIL-STD-202, Method 215

ENVIRONMENTAL PER MIL-R-83401

Short Time Overload: ±.5%
Terminal Strength: ±.5%

Resistance to Solder Heat: ±.5%
Moisture Resistance: ±2%

Load Life: ±2%

Temperature Cycling: ±.5%

CIRCUIT 1 CIRCUIT 3

R,= Rj...= Rn R,= R 2 ...= R n

(n = 3 to 13) (n = 2 to 7)

CIRCUITS

Available ratios (R1/R2):
% 1 n 180/390

220/330

330/390

330/470

STANDARD RESISTANCE (OHMS)

22

82

(330)

1.2K

(4.7K)

18K

68K

270K

27

(100)

390

1.5K

5.6K

(22K)

82K

330K

(33)

120

(470)

1.8K

(6.8K)

27 K

(100K)

390K

39

(150)

560

(2.2K)

8.2K

33 K

120K

470K

(47)

180

(680)

2.7K

(10K)

39K

150K

560K

(56)

(220)

820

(3.3K)

12K

(47K)

180K

680K

68

(270)

(IK)

3.9K

(15K)

56K

220K

820K

(*) Preferred standard resistance values available immediately from stock. 1M

POWER RATING AT 70°C

Circuit

Type

One

Element

MAX. POWER IN ONE NETWORK (WATTS) |

4-PIN

5-PIN

6-PIN

7-PIN

8-PIN

9-PIN

10-PIN

11-PIN

12-PIN

13-PIN

14-PIN

—1

.125

.375

.5

.625

.75

.875

1

1.05

1.15

1.25

1.35

1.45

—3

.25

.50

—

.75

—

1

—

1.05

—

1.25

—

1.45

—5

.125

—

.5

.625

.75

.875

1

1.05

1.15

1.25

1.35

1.45

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

No. of
Pins

Lmax

inches (mm)

4

0.43 (10.66)

5

0.53 (13.2)

6

0.63 (15.8)

7

0.73 (18.3)

8

0.83 (20.9)

9

0.93 (23.4)

10

1.03 (25.9)

11

1.13(28.5)

12

1.23 (31.0)

13

1.33 (33.6)

14

1.43 (36.1)

STANDARD CIRCUITS

Ambient Temperature (°C)

Applied Power per Resistor (mW)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.: C 10 -3 -223 -G

Product Family
(C = .256 SIP)

_T

Number of Pins
(4 through 14)

Circuit Type —
(1,3 or 5)

For Circuits 1 or 3, 2 Digit-
Range and Digit Multiplier

For Circuit 5, ratio of R1/R2

Tolerance (G = 2%, J = 5%)

AVAILABLE THROUGH
AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR
DISTRIBUTORS

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 /PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 32 1*2065

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TmTww

THICK FILM MOLDED
6-, 8- AND 10-PIN, .350-IN.

SIP NETWORKS

Proprietary Metal Glaze thick film
element fired at 1000°C, laser
trimmed to value, tolerance

Thick film copper,
conductor paths

STANDARD CIRCUITS

CIRCUIT 1

Alumina ceramic
substrate

CIRCUIT 3

8 1

CIRCUIT 5

] i YTTTTt

nnhtwnn

Epoxy molded
jacket for
ease of
handling,
auto insertion

60-40 electroplated
lead wires on .100 centers

1 2

8 9 10

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Resistance Range: 22ft to 1 Meg
Resistance Tolerance: ±2% and ±5%
Temperature Coefficient: ±150 ppm/°C
TC Tracking: 50 ppm/°C typical
Max. Continuous Working Voltage: 50V
Operating Temperature: -55°C to 150°C
PHYSICAL

Element: Fused thick-film composition
Substrate: 96% Alumina
Body: Molded epoxy
Terminals: Tinned copper
Lead Pull: 4.5 pounds
Lead Solderability: MIL-STD-202, Method
208, and MIL-STD-883, Method 2003
Resistance to Soldering Heat: MIL-STD-
202E, Method 21 0A, Cond. C
Marking Resistance to Solvents: MIL-
STD-202, Method 215

ENVIRONMENTAL PER MIL-R-83401

TCR: ±150 PPM/°C
Thermal Shock: ±.50%

Power Conditioning: ±.50%

Low Temperature Operation: ±.25%
Short Time Overload: ±.25%

Terminal Strength: ±.25%

Resistance to Solder Heat: ±.25%
Moisture Resistance: ±.50%

Shock: ±.25%

Vibration, High Frequency: ±.25%

Life: ±1.0%

25°C Power Rating: ±1.0%

High Temperature Exposure: ±.50%
Low Temperature Storage: ±.25%
Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms

POWER RATING

6 8 10
PIN PIN PIN
Circuit 1— Total package 1.5W 2.1 W 2.7W
Single resistor .3W .3W .3W

Circuit 3 — Total package 1.5W 2.0W 2.5W
Single resistor .5W .5W .5W

Circuit5 — Total package — 2.0W 2.7W
Single resistor — .17W.17W

(Rating @ 70°C is 67% or 25° rating)

STANDARD RESISTANCE VALUES (OHMS)

22

82

330

1.0K

3.3K

10K

33K

100K

330K

27

100

390

1.2K

3.9K

12K

39 K

120K

390K

33

120

470

1.5K

4.7 K

15K

47 K

1 50K

470K

39

150

560

1.8K

5.6K

18K

56K

180K

560K

47

180

680

2.2K

6.8K

22K

68K

220K

680K

56

220

820

2.7K .

8.2K

27K

82 K

270K

820K

68 270

32/R1 ratio =

1.2 (minimum) to 2.2 (maximum). R1 Minimum

1 MEG

= 50 Ohm; R2 Maximum = 100

3W ,

2.7-

2.0 -

1.5-

1.0

.5-

SINGLE RESISTOR

CIRCUIT 3

Ohm.

0° 25° 50° 70° 100° 1 25° 1 50°C
AMBIENT °C

CIRCUIT 5

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

0° 25° 50° 70° 100° 125° 150°C
AMBIENT °C

HOW TO ORDER

8 10 - 3 - 223 - G

Product Family— -T
(8 = .350" SIP)

No. of Pins-

Circuit Type (1 = N-1)

(3 = N/2) (5 = Terminator)

2 Digit Range and Digit Multiplier 1
or, for Circuit 5, Rt/R 2
Tolerance (G = 2%, J = 5%)

AVAILABLE THROUGH
AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR
DISTRIBUTORS

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NO 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1 # 2066 pg. 33 ' For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

lTiR!ww

THICK FILM MOLDED
8- AND 10-PIN, .195-IN.

SIP NETWORKS

STANDARD CIRCUITS

CIRCUIT 1

1 6 . 8 10

CIRCUIT 3

6 8

i r

10

Molded body

Metal glaze element
laser trimmed to
tolerance

Conductive
path

96% alumina
substrate

Molded terminal
support provides
mechanical strength

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Resistance Range: 22 n to 150K
Resistance Tolerance: ±2% and ±5%
Temperature Coefficient: ±150 ppm/°C
TC Tracking: 50 ppm/°C typical
Max. Continuous Working Voltage: 50V
Operating Temperature: -55°C to 150°C
PHYSICAL

Element: Fused thick-film composition
Substrate: 96% Alumina
Body: Molded epoxy
Terminals: Tinned copper
Lead Pull: 4.5 pounds
Lead Solderability: MIL-STD-202, Method
208, and MIL-STD-883, Method 2003
Resistance to Soldering Heat: MIL-STD-
202E, Method 21 0A, Cond. C
Marking Resistance to Solvents: MIL-
STD-202, Method 215

ENVIRONMENTAL PER MIL-R-83401

TCR: ±150 PPM/°C
Thermal Shock: ±.50%

Power Conditioning: ±.50%

Low Temperature Operation: ±.25%
Short Time Overload: ±.25%

Terminal Strength: ±.25%

Resistance to Solder Heat: ±.25%
Moisture Resistance: ±.50%

Shock: ±.25%

Vibration, High Frequency: ±.25%

Life: ±1.0%

25°C Power Rating: ±1.0%

High Temperature Exposure: ±.50%
Low Temperature Storage: ±.25%
Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms

POWER RATING

Circuit 1 — Total package
Single resistor
Circuit 3 — Total package
Single resistor
(Rating @ 70°C is 67%

8 PIN 10 PIN
1.25W 1.62W
.1 8W .18W
.84W 1.05W
.21 W .21 W
of 25° rating)

STANDARD RESISTANCE VALUES (OHMS)

22

82

330

1 .OK

3.3K

10K

33K

100K

27

100

390

1.2K

3.9K

12K

39K

120K

33

120

470

1.5K

4.7K

15K

47K

150K

39

150

560

1.8K

5.6K

18K

56K

47

180

680

2.2K

6.8K

22K

68K

56

220

820

2.7K

8.2K

27K

82K

68 270

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

HOW TO ORDER

6 08 - 1 - 223 - G

Product Family
(6 = .195" SIP)

_J

No. of Pins

Circuit Type (1 = N-1)-
(3 = N/2)

2 Digit Range and

Digit Multiplier

Tolerance (G = 2%, J = 5

AVAILABLE THROUGH
AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR
DISTRIBUTORS

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 34 1 # 2067

4700

RESISTORS

4700

THICK FILM MOLDED
14- AND 16-PIN

DIP NETWORKS

STANDARD CIRCUITS

or 16 CIRCUIT 1

CIRCUIT 3

or 16

Epoxy molded jacket for
^ease of auto-
insertion.

Clamped and reflowed
connection.

60-40 electro-
plated lead wires,

Alumina ceramic
substrate.

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Resistance Range: 220 to 1 Meg
Resistance Tolerance: ±2% and ±5%
Temperature Coefficient: ±150 ppm/°C
TC Tracking: 50 ppm/°C typical
Max. Continuous Working Voltage: 100V
Operating Temperature: -55°C to 150°C
PHYSICAL

Element: Fused thick-film composition
Substrate: 96% Alumina
Body: Molded epoxy
Terminals: Tinned copper
Lead Pull: 4.5 pounds
Lead Solderability: MIL-STD-202, Method
208, and MIL-STD-883, Method 2003
Resistance to Soldering Heat: MIL-STD-
202E, Method 21 0A, Cond. C
Marking Resistance to Solvents: MIL-
STD-202, Method 215

ENVIRONMENTAL PER MIL-R-83401

TCR: ±150 PPM/°C
Thermal Shock: ±.50%

Power Conditioning: ±.50%

Low Temperature Operation: ±.25%
Short Time Overload: ±.25%

Terminal Strength: ±.25%

Resistance to Solder Heat: ±.25%
Moisture Resistance: ±.50%

Shock: ±.25%

Vibration, High Frequency: ±.25%

Life: ±1.0%

25°C Power Rating: ±1.0%

High Temperature Exposure: ±.50%
Low Temperature Storage: ±.25%
Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Megohms

POWER RATING

14 PIN 16 PIN
Circuit 1—' Total package 1.625W 1.875W
Single resistor .125W .125W

Circuit3— Total package 1.75W 2.00W
Single resistor .25W .25W

(Rating @ 70°C is 80% of 25° rating)

STANDARD RESISTANCE VALUES (OHMS)

22

82

330

1.0K

3.3K

10K

33K

100K

330K

27

100

390

1.2K

3.9K

12K

39 K

120K

390K

33

120

470

1.5K

4.7K

15K

47K

150K

470K

39

150

560

1.8K

5.6K

18K

56K

180K

560K

47

180

680

2.2K

6.8K

22K

68K

220K

680K

56

220

820

2.7K

8.2K

27K

82K

270K

820K

68 270 1 MEG

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

Product Family-
(5 = DIP)

No. of Pins

5 14 - 1 - 223 - G

j

Circuit Type (1 = N-1)—
(3 = N/2)

2 Digit Range and

Digit Multiplier

Tolerance (G = 2% , J = 5%)-

AVAILABLE THROUGH
AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR
DISTRIBUTORS

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1*2068 PG. 35

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TiTwY

THICK FILM

HIGH VOLTAGE

DIVIDERS

RD SERIES

□ TRW proprietary thick film
materials and technology

□ Space-saving thin body design

□ PC board compatible

□ High voltage stability

□ Wide resistance and ratio selection

□ For use in CRT circuits, voltage
multipliers, power supplies,
voltage readout sensing

Durable conformal

SPECIFICATIONS

Power Rating: 3 to 7 watts
Resistance Range: IMft to 500MD
Max. DC Voltage: 10 kV to 20 kV
Resistance Tolerance: 10%, 20%
Ratios: 1 :1 to 2000:1
Ratio Tolerance: 3% to 5%

Ratio Tracking: ±50 ppm/°C

Temperature Coefficient: ±200 ppm/°C
overall, ±50 ppm/°C ratio

Voltage Coefficient: 5 ppm/V overall,

5 ppm/V ratio

1000 Hour 25°C Load Life AR: 2% overall,
1% ratio

Moisture Resistance: 1% overall, 0.5%
ratio

Operating Temp.: -55°C to +150°C

STANDARD CONFIGURATION

ALTERNATE CONFIGURATION

+JkT

TRW

Type

25°C

Power

Rating

Max.*

DC

Voltage

Physical Dimensionsf — In. and (mm) |

L

±.062 (1.57)

H

±.062 (1.57)

LS

±.062 (1.57)

T

Max.

RD-2

3 watts

10KV

1.03 (26.16)

1.03 (26.16)

0.90 (22.86)

.150 (3.81)

RD-3

4 watts

15KV

1.53 (38.86)

1.03 (26.16)

1.40 (35.56)

.150 (3.81)

RD-5

7 watts

20KV

2.03 (51.56)

1.03 (26.16)

1.80 (45.72)

.150 (3.81)

XRD-2

3 watts

10KV

1 .00 (25.40)

1.00 (25.40)

0.90 (22.86)

.05(1.27)

XRD-3

4 watts

15KV

1.50 (38.10)

1.00 (25.40)

1.40 (35.56)

.05 (1.27)

XRD-5

7 watts |

20KV

2.00 (50.80)

1.00 (25.40)

,1.80 (45.72)

.065 (1.65)

* Power and voltage rating can be higher for potted applications. Consult factory for overrating information
t Tolerance for XRD dimensions L, H, LS, and D is ±.01" (±. 254mm)

NOTE: The XRD is an RD unit without leads. It is provided with screen printed epoxy overcoat and
exposed soldered termination pads, and is designed for use in potted assembly applications.

D — TYPICAL NOMINAL DIMENSION

TRW

Type

R1/R2 Ratio Range |

Up to 1:1

2:1 to 5:1

6:1 to 25:1

25:1 to 99:1

100:1 & Up

RD-2

XRD-2

.40 (10.2)

.30 (7.6)

.30 (7.6)

.30 (7.6)

.20(5.1)

RD-3

XRD-3

.70 (17.8)

.40 (10.2)

.30 (7.6)

.20 (5.1)

.20 (5.1)

RD-5

XRD-5

.70 (17.8)

.40 (10.2)

.40 (10.2)

.20 (5.1)

.20 (5.1)

50 100

% Rated Power

POWER DERATING

150, 1 1

50 100 150

Ambient Temperature (°C)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

RD-3 - 10M ±10% - 25:1 - ±5%

TRW Type |

Resistance Value
(megohms)

See specification
table for values
available

Resistance Tolerance

(± 10 %, ± 20 %)

Divider Ratio (R1/R2)

Ratio Tolerance

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 38 1*2069

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRSw

HIGH VOLTAGE
THICK FILM
RESISTORS

RB SERIES

□ 1 watt to 5 watts

□ 1 ohm to 500 megohms

□ 1 0 KV to 25 KV

□ 5% to 20% tolerance

□ TCR of ±200 ppm/°C

Durable conformal

FEATURES

□ TRW proprietary non-noble thick film
technology

□ Space saving thin body design

□ PC board compatible

□ High voltage stability

□ Low inductance design

□ Backed by TRW high volume
production capability

APPLICATIONS

□ High voltage power resistors for
use in:

Power supplies
Voltage multipliers
Electrostatic equipment
Copiers

□ Low resistance - low inductance
power resistors

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

Temperature Coefficient
Voltage Coefficient
1000 hr 25°C Load Life
Moisture Resistance
Thermal Shock
Operating Temperature

±200 ppm/°C
±5 ppm/V
2 %

1 %

0.5%

-55 to +150°C

DIMENSIONS

IN. and (mm)

TRW

RB

.125 Max.
(3.18)

flf

.150 Max.
(3.81)

Ml fe*

L_ LS -i

T

TRW

XRB

1.00 ±.125
(25.4 ±3.18)

J.

#-.032 (0.81)

TRW

Typet

25°C

Power

Rating

Max.

DC

Voltage

Physical Dimensions ]

L

±.062

(±1.57)

H

±.062

(±1.57)

LS

±.062

(±1.57)

RB-1

1 watt

10KV

1.03

(26.16)

.28

(7.11)

.90

(22.86)

RB-2

2 watts

10KV

1.03

(26.16)

.53

(13.46)

.90

(22.86)

RB-3

3 watts

15KV

1.53

(38.86)

.53

(13.46)

1.40

(35.56)

RB-4

4 watts

20 KV

2.03

(51.56)

.53

(13.46)

1.90

(48.26)

RB-5

5 watts

25KV

2.53

(64.26)

.53

(13.46)

2.40

(60.96)

t All RB sizes are available in XRB style. The XRB is an RB unit without leads. It is provided with screen
printed epoxy overcoat and exposed soldered termination pads. Designed for use in potted assembly
applications.

POWER DERATING

Ambient Temp. (°C)

50 100 150

% Rated Power

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

RB - 3 - 100 Mego - 5%

TRW Type 1

Resistance Value

Tolerance

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1*2070 P6. 37

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TmTwV

HIGH-VOLTAGE

RESISTOR

□ 3 kV voltage rating

□ Resistance ranges from

1 megohm to 100 megohms

□ Rated 1 w at 65°C, derated to
0 at 105°C

□ Potential applications include
electrostatic copiers, CRT
displays, computer terminals,
video games and instrumentation

□ Metal Glaze™ element

High voltage thick film element
\

Screw driver or
alien adjust.

Snap-in chassis mount

Cermet solderable terminals

Rigid ceramic substrate

Flame retardant
polyester housing

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Tolerance: Standard: ±20%;
Special: ±10%

Voltage Rating: Across end terminals:
3000 VDC; Mounting plate to
terminals: 7500 VDC
Tapers Available: Linear only ±20%
Terminal Minimum Resistance (Both
Ends of Rotation): 10% of total
resistance maximum
Temperature Coefficient (-55° to
+ 105°C) ±400 ppm/°C

Voltage Coefficient: Less than 10 ppm/V
Rotational Torque: 1 - 8 in. oz.

Molded Materials: SE-0 Rated
Environmental Performance:

Load Life: Maximum AR after 1000
hours at 65°C ±5%

Rotational Life (No Load): Maximum
AR (after 500 cycles) ±10%
Humidity (No Load): Maximum AR
(after 240 hours at 40°C and
90 -95% R.H.) ±5%

55 65 75 85 95 105

Ambient Temperature ( C)

Note: Available with leads for
PC board mounting.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 38 1 # 2071

RESISTORS

4700

4700

TRYY

CUSTOM
THICK FILM
CIRCUITS

□ High reliability

□ Major size reduction compared to discrete components

□ Cost effective in large quantities

RESISTOR-ONLY CIRCUITS

CIRCUIT VARIATIONS:

Overall the .350-in. SIP is the best choice for custom network requirements. A wide
variety of circuits is possible with the extra “real estate” available on this size, includ-
ing circuits requiring crossovers. Remember, however, that crossovers add signifi-
cantly to the manufacturing cost of a network.

CROSSOVER -

430K

12K

270K

.350-in.

Ui

run

rmJ

n I

m

SIP

100K

100K

270K

10K IK 10K 30K

Straightforward variations to standard circuits of the .195-in. SIP are feasible, such as
different common location(s), missing resistors, and multiple resistances.

Low-Profile SIP

rm rm

1 5 l?_Li 8

2.2KU 330 il

Multi-value networks are available for both types. Values from 22 ohm to 1 Megohm,
and multiple tolerances of ±2% and ±5% are also possible.

nnn mum

12 3456 12345678

120 OHM 500 OHM 12K | |

ALL ±2% 10K±5% 47K±2%

iimt

rnmn

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ALL 1.K0

MULTIPLE RESISTANCES:

CIRCUIT VARIATIONS:

MULTIPLE RESISTANCES:

The position of the common pin can be
varied, and open or shorted pins incor-
porated.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

II I I 1 1 1 l

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

PIN 5 COMMON — 2 OPENS

14- and 16-pin DIP

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

I I I i I I I I

I I I I I I I I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OPEN AND SHORTS

Values from 22 ohm to 1 Megohm are
available, as are multiple tolerances of
±2% and ±5%.

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

u : h : i i

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

20K 80K 300K

ALL 5%

14 13 12 11 10 9 8

min

1 2 3 4 5 .6 7

l II I I 1

100 OHM IK 100K

±5% ±2% ±5%

ADDITIONAL FEATURES:

• Top Stamping — to customer specification;
one 8-character line

• Missing Pins — removed external to SIP molded
package, but within standoff profile

• TCR — ±150PPM

• Ratio Matching — ±2% between specified
resistor pairs — ratios not to exceed 20:1

COMPLEX CUSTOM FUNCTIONAL CIRCUITS

Custom functional circuits are most ap-
plicable where size reduction and relia-
bility are prime factors. Generally, out-
board components (diodes, transistors,
ICs and capacitors) are surface mounted.
Resistors and conductors are screen
printed and fired at 900 to 1000°C di-
rectly to the ceramic substrate.

TRW circuit features include:

• High-conductivity, leach-resistant
copper conductors

• 10-ohm to 10-megohm/square
resistors

• Stability characteristics as in R-only

circuits above

• Cost effectivity of non-noble Metal
Glaze™ thick film

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607/ PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1*2072 PG. 39

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

-RwY

GENERAL-PURPOSE
LOW-POWER
MOLDED
WIREWOUNDS

BW SERIES

□ 1 watt, 2 watts

□ ±2%, ±5%, ±10% tolerance

□ 0.05 ohm to 2400 ohms

□ TCs as low as
±150 ppm/°C

1 watt

EIA/MIL Color Code —
First wide band indicates
wirewound construction

Alloy resistance wire
wound on fiberglass core

BW-20 has cap

High temperature
molded jacket

2 watts

BWH has ring terminal

, Electroplated
copper leads

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW Type

BW-20

BWH

EIA RS-344 Style

CRU1

CRU2

MIL-R-11 Style Equivalent

RC20/RC32

RC32/RC42

Resistance - Standard

0.10 Ohms thru 1200 Ohms

0.05 Ohms thru 2400 Ohms

Tolerance - Standard

±2%, ±5%, ±10%

±5%, ±10%

Power Rating

1-watt @ 50°C

3/4 -watt @ 70°C
l/ 2 -watt @ 100°C, derating
to 0 @ 160°C

2-watts @ 70°C

1-watt @ 115°C

I/ 2 -watt @ 137°C, derating
to 0 @ 160°C

Load Life Stability, Max AR

1 watt @ 50°C: ±5%

2-watts @ 70°C: ±10%

Max. Continuous Working Voltage

V~ PR

V~PR

Min. Insulation Resistance — Dry

10,000 Megohms

10,000 Megohms

Min. Insulation Resistance — Wet

100 Megohms

100 Megohms

Min. Dielectric Withstanding Voltage
Atmospheric Pressure

Reduced Pressure

700 Volts, RMS

450 Volts, RMS

1000 Volts, RMS

625 Volts, RMS

Hot Spot Temperature Rise

100°C @ 1 watt

115°C @ 2 watts

Current Noise

Negligible

Negligible

Marking

Standard EIA/MIL Color
Code (double width
first band)

Standard EIA/MIL Color
Code (double width
first band)

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

TRW

Power

Resistance

Temperature Coefficient

Type

Rating

Range

Maximum aR

BW-20

1 -watt

0.10^-0.150

+ 600 ppm or + 0.06%/°C

0.160-0.620

+ 300 ppm or +0.03%/°C

0.680-12000

±150 ppm or ±0.015%/°C

BWH

2-watts

0.050-0.160

+ 1000 ppm or +0.10%/°C

0.180-0.680

+ 800 ppm or +0.08%/°C

0.750-24000

±400 ppm or ±0.04% /°C

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

TRW Type

A ±.010 (.25)

B ±.001 (.03)

C ±.008 (.20)

BW-20

.390 (9.91)

.032 (.813)

.140 (3.56)

BWH

.562(14.3)

.040 (1.02)

.225 (5.72)

AVAILABLE THROUGH AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR DISTRIBUTORS

POWER DERATING

50 70 100 150160 200

Ambient Temperature (°C)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

. BWH — Ik — 5%

TRW Type

BW-20 = 1 -watt
BWH = 2-watts

Resistance Range

Expressed in ohms.

(Standard EIA/MIL Values)

Tolerance

±2%, ±5%, ±10%

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 40 1 # 2073

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TiTwV

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW Type

BW-20F

BWF

EIA RS-334 Style

CRU-1

CRU2

MIL-R-11 Style EquiV.

RC20/RC32

RC32/RC42

Resistance Standard

0.10ft thru 1000ft

0.10ft thru 1000ft

Tolerance Standard

±5%, ±10%

±5%, ±10%

Power Rating

1-watt @ 50°C
% -watt @ 70°C,
derating to 0 @ 160°C

2-watt @ 70°C

Vz -watt @ 137°C,
derating to 0 @ 150°C

Max. Continuous Working Voltage

VPR

VPR

Min. Insulation Resistance — Dry

Wet

10,000 Megohms

100 Megohms

10,000 Megohms

100 Megohms

Min. Dielectric Withstanding Voltage
Atmospheric Pressure

Reduced Pressure

700 Volts R.M.S.

450 Volts R.M.S.

1000 Volts R.M.S.

625 Volts R.M.S.

Current Noise

Negligible

Negligible

Load Life Stability — Max. AR

1-watt @ 50°C — ±5%

2-watt @ 70°C — ±10%

Temperature Coefficient — Max. AR

For 0.1ft, +1000 ppm or
+0.10%/°C

For 0.11ft to 0.18ft,

+600 ppm or +0.06%/°C
For 0.20ft to 0.68ft,

+ 300 ppm or +0.03%/°C
For 0.75ft to 1000ft,

±150 ppm or±0.015%/°C

For 0.10ft, +1500 ppm or
+ 0.15%/°C '

For 0.11ft to 0.16ft,

+ 1000 ppm or +0.10%/°C
For 0.18ft to 0.68ft,

+ 800 ppm or +0.08%/°C
For 0.75ft to 1000ft,

±400 ppm or ±0.04%/°C

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

TRW

A

B

C

Type

±.010 (.25)

±.001 (.03)

±.008 (.20)

BW-20F

.390 (9.91)

.032 (.813)

.140 (3.56)

BWF

.562 (14.3)

.040 (1.02)

.225 (5.72)

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

A wide selection of special fusing times, temperature coefficients and very low resistances can
be custom designed to your specific applications. Contact the factory for information.

POWER DERATING

X

I \

BW

F

X

V

5W-20F

S.

50 70 100 150 200

Ambient Temperature (°C)

TEMPERATURE RISE

140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0

Power Input (watts)

HOW TO ORDER

TYPICAL BW-20F FUSING

Sample Part No.:

BW-20F - Ik - 5%

TRW Type — I

BW-20F = 1W
BWF=2W

Resistance Value

Expressed in ohms

Tolerance

±5%, 10%

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX I860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1 # 2074 pg. 4i

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

■■ma m m

llfli

GENERAL-PURPOSE

POWER

WIREWOUNDS

PW SERIES

□ 3 watts to 50 watts

□ ±10%, ±5% tolerance

□ 0.18 ohms to 30k ohms

□ TCs from 300 ppm/°C to
+ 5500 ppm/°C

Fireproof high temp, ceramic
case — standoffs optional

Alloy resistance wire
on fiberglass substrate

Automatically
clamped termination
lead assembly

Inorganic fireproof
encapsulant

AVAILABLE THROUGH AUTHORIZED
TRW RESISTOR DISTRIBUTORS

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Type

Power Rating
at 25°C
(watts)

Standard
Resistance
Range (ohms)

Standard Temperature Coefficients

Special Temperature Coefficients

0.06% /°C
over R range of

0.03% /°C
over R range of

+ 0.55%/°C
over R range of

+ 0.45% /°C
over R range of

+0.26% /°C
over R range of

PW-1

1

0.18 to 2. OK

0.18 to 0.62

0.68 to 2K

0.1 to 27

0.24 to 100

1.0 to 10

PW-2

2

0.18 to 2.4K

0.18 to 0.62

0.68 to 2.4K

0.1 to 30

0.24 to 130

1.0 to 10

PW-3

3

0.1 to 7.5K

0.1 to 0.27

0.30 to 7.5K

0.1 to 86

0.1 to 270

0.24 to 20

PW-5

5

0.1 to 8.5K

0.1 to 0.36

0.39 to 8.5K

0.1 to 68

0.1 to 300

0.27 to 22

PW-7

7

0.1 to 18K

0.1 to 0.56

0.62 to 18K

0.1 to 150

0.15 to 680

0.62 to 51

PW-10

10

0.18 to 30K

0.18 to 0.91

1.0 to 30K

0.1 to 240

0.24 to 1100

1.0 to 82

PW-1 5

15

0.18 to 30K

0.18 to 0.91

1.0 to 30K

0.1 to 240

0.24 to 1100

1.0 to 82

PW-1 8

18

0.18 to 22K

0.18 to 0.91

1.0 to 22K

0.1 to 200

0.24 to 1000

1.0 to 70

PW-2 2

22

0.27 to 12K

0.27 to 1 .3

1.5 to 12K

0.15 to 360

0.36 to 1800

1.5 to 120

PW-25

25

0.27 to 10K

0.27 to 1.3

1.5 tolOK

0.1 5 to 300

0.36 to 1200

1.5 to 100

PW-30

30

0.5 to 1 .2K

★

*

it

*

*

PW-40

40

0.65 to 1.5K

*

*

*

*

*

PW-50E

50

0.8 to 1 .8K

*

*

*

*

*

* Consult Factory

PW-1 TO PW-25

STANDARD CONFIGURATION

ALTERNATE CONFIGURATION

PW-30

TO

PW-50E

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

TRW Type

L ±.03 (.8)

W ±.03 (.8)

H ±.03 (.8)

D-Dia. ±.002

E ±.03 (.8)

LLmin.

_

PW-1

.58 (14.7)

.25 (6.35)

.25 (6.35)

.032 (.8)

—

1.44 (36.6)

Q_

PW-2

.69 (17.5)

.25 (6.35)

.25 (6.35)

.032 (.8)

.31 (7.87)

1.44 (36.6)

H

PW-3

.88 (22.4)

.31 (7.87)

.31 (7.87)

.036 (.9)

.38 (9.65)

1.44 (36.6)

'r

PW-5

.88 (22.4)

.38 (9.65)

.34 (8.89)

.036 (.9)

.41 (10.4)

1.50 (38.1)

PW-7

1.39 (35.3)

.38 (9.65)

.34 (8.89)

.036 (.9)

.47 (11.9)

1.50 (38.1)

PW-10

1.88 (47.8)

.38 (9.65)

.34 (8.89)

.036 (.9)

.47 (11.9)

1.50 (38.1)

PW-1 5

1.88 (47.8)

.50 (12.7)

.50(12.7)

.036 (.9)

.63 (16.0)

1.50 (38.1)

»

PW-1 8

1.88 (47.8)

.50 (12.7)

.50 (12.7)

.036 (.9)

.63 (16.0)

1.50 (38.1)

PW-22

2.50 (63.5)

.50 (12.7)

.50 (12.7)

.040 (1 .0)

.63 (16.0)

1.50 (38.1)

PW-25

2.50 (63.5)

.50 (12.7)

.50 (12.7)

.040 (1.0)

.63 (16.0)

1.50 (38.1)

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

TRW Type

A ±.02 (.5)

B ±.04 (1.0)

C ±.06 (1.5)

PW-30

2.00 (50.8)

.275 (7.0)

2.55 (64.8)

PW-40

2.45 (62.2)

.275 (7.0)

3.00 (76.2)

PW-50E

3.075(78.1)

.275 (7.0)

3.625 (92.1)

HOW TO ORDER

POWER DERATING

25 40 85

*

N

V

y

— 1 —
PW-2

PW

-15

18

R

\

S

!. 5

7.

10

22, 25
PW-30
PW-50
■Brack

PW-30

PW-40

PW-50E

Maxim

Ambie

|Tempe

1

PW-4
E With

p

out

1 _

L_

'III

With Brackr
ncreased to
ncreased to
Increased t

urn Reconn
nt Operati
rature 150

40 watts
50 watts
a 60 wat

Imende

ig

C C. |

ts 3

'd

L

*5

50 100 150 200 250

Ambient Temperature (°C)

TEMPERATURE RISE

% of Rated Load

Sample Part No.:

PW- 18 -12k -10%

TRW Type

PW

Power

18 = 18 watts

(See specification chart

for other power ratings)

Resistance Value

Expressed in ohms
(Standard EIA/MIL Values)

Tolerance

±10%, ±5% Standard

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 42 1*2075

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TmTwV

GENERAL-PURPOSE POWER
WIREWOUNDS FOR
PC BOARD
APPLICATIONS

PC AND

PCX SERIES

□ 3 watts to 1 0 watts

□ ±10%, ±5% tolerance

□ 1 ohm to 1200 ohms

□ ±400 ppm/°C TC

One-piece termination
lead assembly

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Type

Power at
25°C
(watts)

Resistance

Range

(ohms)

PC-3

3

1 to 400

PC-5, PCX-5

5

1 to 400

PC-7, PCX-7

7

1 to 1000

PC-10, PCX-10

10

1 to 1200

% Rated Load

Ambient Temperature (°C)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

PC - 7 - 560tl - 5%

TRW Type

J

Power

7 = 7 watts (See
specification chart for
other power ratings

Resistance Value

Expressed in ohms
(Standard EIA/MIL Values)

Tolerance

±10%, ±5% standard

A

±0.03 (0.8)

B

±0.03 (0.8)

C

±0.05 (1.2)

D

±0.03 (0.8)

E

±0.02 (0.51)

F

PC-3

PC-5

PC-7

PC-10

PCX-5

PCX-7

PCX-10

0.312 (7.92)
0.343 (8.71)
0.343 (8.71)
0.343(8.71)
0.343 (8.71)
0.343 (8.71)
0.343 (8.71)

0.312(7.92)
0.375 (9.52)
0.375 (9.52)
0.375 (9.52)
0.375 (9.52)
0.375 (9.52)
0.375 (9.52)

0.875 (22.2)
0.875 (22.2)
1.390 (35.3)
1.875 (47.6)
0.875 (22.2)
1.390 (35.3)
1.875 (47.6)

0.460 (11.7)
0.445 (11.3)
0.445 (11.3)
0.445 (11.3)
0.445 (11.3)
0.445 (11.3)
0.445 (11.3)

0.450 (11.4)
0.450 (11.4)
0.950 (24.1)
1.450 (36.8)
0.450 (11.4)
0.950 (24.1)
1.450 (36.8) j

0.120 (3.05)
0.120 (3.05)
0.120 (3.05)
0.120 (3.05)

0.180 (4.57)
0.180 (4.57)
0.180 (4.57)
0.180 (4.57)
0.180 (4.57)
0.180 (4.57)
0.180 (4.57)

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1 # 2076 PG. 43

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

RESISTORS

4700

4700

SEMI-PRECISION

POWER

WIREWOUNDS

AS SERIES

□ V 2 watt to 10 watts

□ ±5%, ±3%, ±1%, ±.5%,
±.25%, ±.1% tolerance

□ 0.1 ohm to 175k ohms

□ ±20 ppm/°C

TSTwm

Digital marking

Alloy resistance wire
wound to specific parameters
including ±20 ppm TCR.

All welded cap
and lead assembly — 1

\ Silicone conformal
coating

Heat conducting
ceramic substrate

NOTE: Consult factory for specific information on
resistance to various solvents.

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Type

Equi-

valent

MIL-R-26

Style

TRW Power
Rating
275°C Max.
HotSpot
(watts)

Com-

mercial

Range

(ohms)

Voltage

Rating

(volts)

Non-

Inductive

Rangef

(ohms)

Available Resistance (ohms)t

Min.

Max.

0.1%

Tol.

0.25%

Tol.

0.5%,
1% Tol.

3%,

5% Tol.

125°C

25°C

Min.

Max.

AS-Vfe

0.5

1

0.1

6K

100

*

*

5-2K

2.5-2K

1-6K

0.1-6K

AS-1

RW70U

1

2

0.1

7.5K

130

0.1

3.8K

5-3K

2.5-3K

1-7.5K

0.1-7.5K

AS-2

RW69V/

RW79U

2

3

0.1

20K

140

0.5

10K

5-4.2K

2.5-4.2K

1.20K

0.1-20K

AS-2B

3

4

0.1

24K

185

0.5

12K

5-4.5K

2.5-4.5K

1-24K

0.1-24K

AS-2C

2

3

0.1

18K

160

0.2

7.5K

5-4.2K

2.5-4.2K

1-18K

0.1-18K

AS-3

3

5

0.1

30K

200

0.5

15K

5-6.5K

2.5-6. 5K

1-30K

0.1-30K

AS-5

RW74U/

RW67V

5

7

0.1

60K

400

0.8

30K

5-15.5K

2.5-1 5.5K

1-60K

0.1-60K

AS-7

7

9

0.1

90K

600

1.0

45K

5-22K

2.5-22K

1-90K

0.1-90K

AS-10

RW68V/

RW78U

10

14

0.1

1 75K

1000

3.0

50K

5-55K

2.5-55K

1-175K

0.1-175K

* Inductance on AS-V 2 is less than 1 /xH at 1 MHz.

t To order non-inductive types, add the prefix “N”. Example: NAS-1, NAS-2C, etc.
t Lower values available upon request.

ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING

Test Condition

Max. AR

Load Life 1000 Hours

1.0%

Moisture Resistance

1.0%

Temperature Cycle

0.5%

Short Time Overload

0.5%

Test Condition

Max. AR

Low Temperature Operation

0.5%

Solder Heat

0.25%

Shock

0.5%

Vibration

0.5%

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

TRW

Type

Dim. A
±0.32

Dim. B
(Max.)

Dim. C
(Max.)

Dim. D
(Lead Dia.)

AS-1/2

.312 (.79)

.094 (2.4)

.375 (9.6)

.020 (.5)

AS-1

.375 (9.6)

.125 (3.2)

.450 (11.4)

.020 (.5)

AS-2

.500 (12.7)

.250 (6.35)

.625 (15.9)

.032 (.8)

AS-2B

.562 (14.3)

.219(5.6)

.687 (17.5)

.032 (.8)

AS-2C

.469 (11.9)

.157 (4.0)

.562 (14.3)

.032 (.8)

AS-3

.687 (17.5)

.282 (7.2)

.812 (20.6)

.040 (1.0)

AS-5

.875 (22.2)

.344 (8.8)

1.000 (25.4)

.040 (1.0)

AS-7

1.250 (31.8)

.344 (8.8)

1.375 (35.0)

.040 (1.0)

AS-10

1.812 (46.0)

.407 (10.4)

1 .937 (49.2)

.040 (1.0)

Ambieni Temperature l Cl

Resistance (ohms)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

AS - 3 - 27 o

TRW Type

T

Power 1

3 = 3 watts (See specification
chart for other power ratings)

.25%

Resistance Value

Expressed in ohms
(Standard EIA/MIL Values)

AVAILABLE THROUGH AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR DISTRIBUTORS

Tolerance

±5%, ±3%, ±1%,

±.5, ±.25, ±.1% standard

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 44 1*2077

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRww

SEMI-PRECISION
POWER WIREWOUNDS
FOR PULSE
AND SURGE
APPLICATIONS

PPW SERIES

□ 2 watts to 15 watts

□ ±3%, ±2%, ±1%
tolerance

□ 1 ohm to 5000 ohms

□ ±20 ppm/°C TC

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Type

Power at
25°C
(watts)

Resistance

Range

(ohms)

PPW-2

2

1 to 1600

PPW-3

3

1 to 1600

PPW-5

5

1 to 1600

PPW-7

7

1 to 2500

PPW-10

10

1 to 5000

PPW-15

15

1 to 5000

20 40 60 80 100 120

50 100 150 200 250

STANDARD CONFIGURATION

% Rated Load

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

Ambient Temperature (°C)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

PPW -10- 150 -2%

TRW/IRC Type

Power -

3 '

10 = 10 watts (See
specification chart for

//— — :

I e _

other power ratings)

W——

1/ 1 1 " \J

V t

Resistance Value

Expressed In ohms
(Standard EIA/MIL Values)

TRW

Type

L

±.03 (.8)

w

±.03 (.8)

H

±.03 (.8)

D

Diameter

E

±.03 (.8)

PPW-2

.69(17.5)

.25 (6.35)

.25 (6.35)

.032 (.8)

.31 (7.87)

PPW-3

.88 (22.3)

.31 (7.87)

.31 (7.87)

.032 (.8)

.38 (9.65)

PPW-5

.88 (22.3)

.38 (9.65)

.35 (8.89)

.032 (.8)

.41 (10.4)

PPW-7

1.39 (35.3)

.38 (9.65)

.35 (8.89)

.032 (.8)

.47(11.9)

PPW-10

1.88 (47.7)

.38 (9.65)

.35 (8.89)

.032 (.8)

.47 (11.9)

PPW-15

1.88 (47.7)

.50 (12.7)

.50(12.7)

.032 (.8)

.50 (12.7)

Tolerance

±3%, ±2%, ±1% standard

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX I860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1*2078 PG. 45

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRww

EXTREMELY-LOW-

RESISTANCE

POWER

WIREWOUNDS

LPW SERIES

□ 3 watts to 15 watts

□ ±1%, ±2%, ±3%,

±5% tolerance

□ .01 ohm to 1.0 ohm

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Power at 25°C

Max. Current

Resistance Range

Type

(watts)

(amps)

(ohms)

LPW-3

3

10

.01 to 1.0

LPW-5

5

10

.01 to 1.0

LPW-7

7

20

.01 to 1.0

LPW-10

10

20

.01 to 1.0

LPW-15

15

20

.01 to 1.0

Note: Test points for LPW-3 and LPW-5 are 1.750 in. (44.45mm); test points for LPW-7,
LPW-10 and LPW-15 are 2.500 in. (63.50mm).

STANDARD CONFIGURATION

TRW

Type

L

+%,

w

±.03 (.8)

H

±.03 (.8)

D

Diameter

E

±.03 (.8)

LPW-3

.88 (22.4)

.31 (7.87)

.31 (7.87)

,032*(.8)

.38 (9.65)

( LPW-5

.88 (22.4)

.38 (9.65)

.35 (8.89)

,036*(.9)

.41 (10.4)

LPW-7

1.39 (35.3)

.38 (9.65)

.35 (8.89)

,036*(.9)

.47(11.9)

LPW-10

1.88 (47.8)

.38 (9.65)

.35 (8.89)

,036*(.9)

.47 (11.9)

LPW-15

1.88 (47.8)

.50 (12.7)

.50 (12.7)

.036* (.9)

.50 (12.7)

* For resistances above .05 ohms, diameter D is .032 in. (.8mm)

TEMPERATURE

POWER DERATING

50 100 150 200 250

Ambient Temperature (°C)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

LPW -5 - .020 - 3%
TRW Type HI

Power

5 = 5 watts (See
specification chart for
other power ratings)

Resistance Value

Expressed in ohms
(Standard EIA/MIL Values)

Tolerance

±1%, ±2%, ±3%,

±5%, ±10% standard

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 46 1*2079

4700

RESISTORS

4700

FOUR-TERMINAL

CURRENT-SENSING

WIREWOUNDS

4LPW

SERIES

□ 3 watts to 15 watts

□ ±1%, ±2% ±3%,
±5%, ±10% tolerance

□ .01 ohm to 1.0 ohm

TmTwV

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Power at 25°C

Max. Current

Resistance Range

Type

(watts)

(amps)

(ohms)

4LPW-3

3

10

.01 to 1.0

5

10

.01 to 1.0

7

20

4LPW-10

10

20

4LPW-15

15

20

.01 to 1.0

STANDARD CONFIGURATION

ALTERNATE CONFIGURATION

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

TRW

Type

L

+x«,

w

±.03 (.8)

H

±.03 (.8)

s

±.062 (1.6)

D

Diameter

E

±.03 (.8)

4LPW-3

.88 (22.4)

.31 (7.87)

.31 (7.87)

.563 (14.3)

.036* (.9)

.38 (9.65)

4LPW-5

.88 (22.4)

.38(9.65)

.35 (8.89)

.563(14.3)

.036* (.9)

.41 (10.4)

4LPW-7

1.39 (35.3)

.38 (9.65)

.35 (8.89)

1.013 (25.7)

.036* (.9)

.47 (11.9)

4LPW-10

1.88 (47.8)

.38 (9.65)

.35 (8.89)

1.388 (35.3)

.036* (.9)

.47 (11.9)

4LPW-15

1.88 (47.8)

.50(12.7)

.50 (12.7)

1.388 (35.3)

.036* (.9)

.50 (12.7)

* For resistances above .05 ohms, diameter D is .032 in. (.8mm)

% Rated Load

POWER DERATING

25 40

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

4LPW - 15 -,010-1%
TRW T I

Power

15 = 15 watts (See
specification chart for
other power ratings)

Resistance Value

Expressed in ohms
(Standard EIA/MIL Values)

Tolerance

±1% , ±2%, ±3%,

±5%, ±10% standard

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241 / TELEX 572359

1*2080 PG. 47

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

r#irV

AUTOMOTIVE AND

APPLIANCE

POWER WIREWOUNDS

AW SERIES

□ Appliance applications include
food mixers, coffee makers,
electric and electronic ranges,
electric blankets, actuating
heaters for bi-metal switches,
toasters and deep fryers

□ Automotive applications include
horns, voltage regulators,
ignition ballasts, instrument
gauges, spark suppressors and
windshield wipers

SPECIFICATIONS

RESISTANCE RANGE

0.1 ohm minimum to 1000 ohms/in. of
active length, or inside terminal dimen-
sion.

POWER RATINGS

4.5 watts/in. between mounting centers
on the standard AW, and 6 watts/in.
between mounting centers on the high-
wattage AW resistor. Higher wattages
are available on low resistance values
with special windings.

TOLERANCE

±10% tolerance is standard. Other tol-
erances are available on special orders.

Tinned terminals to
guard against corrosion

\

Interwoven integral
glass fibre core for
maximum strength

Taper-roll prevents winding
turns from coming out.

Recessed core prevents
wire from protruding

\Silicone coated and
impregnated element

Premium grade
corrosion-resistant wire

Double-depth bosses for
stronger assembly and more
positive electrical contact.

0123456 78

0 100 200 300 400

Power (watts/inch between mounting centers)

Ambient Temperature (°C)

HIGH-WATTAGE CONFIGURATION

STANDARD CONFIGURATION

ANY LENGTH ,

AS SPECIFIED
+ .000 (. 000 )
-.005 (.127)

,006

152)

ANY LENGTH
' U 88 10 3 ■ .02 -

AS SPECIFIED
.000 (. 000 )
.005 (.127)

PRINTED CIRCUIT TERMINALS

HIGH-WATTAGE QUICK
DISCONNECT TERMINALS

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

The resistance elements of AW resistors
are uniformly and tightly wound on glass
fiber cores using premium quality wire.
Tinned steel or tinned brass terminals
are secured to the element by automatic
assembly equipment. The high degree of
automation used in manufacturing this
resistor allows you to use a high-quality
wirewound unit at low cost.

TERMINALS

Standard AW resistor terminals are % in.
x .015 in. tinned steel or tinned brass.
High-wattage AW resistor terminals are
% in. x .020 in. tinned steel or tinned
brass.

Over 50 styles of terminal mounting holes
are tooled and immediately available.
Any of these can be furnished with one
or both mounting holes omitted and in
any resistor length, within limits shown,
from standard tooling. Other mounting
hole sizes or terminal configurations can
be made to your specification at a nom-
inal cost.

STAMPING

Resistance value is stamped on both
sides of the left terminal in large numbers.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 48 1*2081

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRSlw

FIXED, ADJUSTABLE
AND TAPPED
HIGH POWER
WIREWOUNDS

PWW SERIES

□ 4 watts to 225 watts

□ ±10%, ±5% tolerance

□ 0.1 ohm to 175k ohms

□ TCs from ±50 ppm/°C to
±400 ppm/°C

Lugs, lead wires, other
terminal configurations,
depending on specifications

TUBULAR STYLE — FIXED

TRW

Type

Power
Rating
at 25°C
(Watts)

MIL Equivalent

Core Dimension

Terminals

Min.

Resis-

tance

(ohms)

**

Maximum Resistance
(ohms)

MIL

Style

MIL Power
Rating
(Watts)

Length

Inches

(mm)

O.D.

Inches

(mm)

I.D.

Inches

(mm)

Stand-

ard

Special

.0025

Wire

.00175

Wire

.0008

Wire

1 A

5

1.00 (25.4)

.31 (7.9)

.19 (4.8)

13A

It, 12A

0.10

530

1,550

15K

1%A

12

RW29

11

1.75 (44.5)

.31 (7.9)

.19 (4.8)

13A*

1, 12A

0.10

2,500

5,600

50K

1C

12

RW30

11

1.00 (25.4)

.44 (11.2)

.27 (6.9)

12A

1, 13A

0.10

900

2,500

20K

V/zC

15

RW31

14

1.50 (38.1)

.44 (11.2)

.27 (6.9)

12A

1, 13A

0.10

2,000

6,300

50K

2C

20

RW32

17

2.00 (50.8)

.44 (11.2)

.27 (6.9)

13 At

1, 12A

0.10

4,000

10K

80K

2D

25

—

—

2.00 (50.8)

.56 (14.2)

.38 (9.7)

12A

1, 4A, 13A

0.10

4,500

12K

1 00K

3C

26

RW33

26

3.00 (76.2)

.44 (11.2)

.27 (6.9)

12A

1, 13A

0.10

8,000

18K

1 50K

3D

35

—

—

3.00 (76.2)

.56 (14.2)

.38 (9.7)

12A

1, 4A, 13A

0.10 i

8,250

23. 8K

200K

4D

50

—

—

4.00 (101.6)

.56 (14.2)

.38(9.7)

12A

1, 4A, 13A

0.20

12K

35K

300K

4H

80

RW36

78

4.00 (101.6)

1.12 (28.4)

.75 (19.1)

4A

—

0.30

23 K

68.5K

525K

6H

120

RW37

113

6.00 (152.4)

1.12 (28.4)

.75 (19.1)

4A

—

0.47

38K

112.5K

850K

61/2 H

130

—

—

6.50 (165.1)

1.12 (28.4)

.75 (19.1)

4A

—

0.56

41 .5K

120K

900K

8H

160

RW38

159

8.00 (203.2)

1.12 (28.4)

.75 (19.1)

4A

—

0.68

54 K -

1 56K

1.15M

81/2 H

175

—

—

8.50 (215.9)

1.12 (28.4)

.75 (19.1)

4A

—

0.75

57K

1 67K

1.25M

IOV 2 H

225

RW47

210

10.50 (266.7)

1.12 (28.4)

.75 (19.1)

4A

—

0.91 ,

72K

210K

1.5M

* 6 Watts t 8 watts 1 12A standard on adjustable type ** Except #1 terminal

TERMINAL STYLE 4A

1.88 Std. Lgth.
Lengths to 6" Special

(.150)

, ± 03

1

gjgMjgjU

HK

1

.55 ^

r

i

_

L n _±.06

-J

Thickness

r d-

.359 ±.030
“ (9.1 ±.76)

(.196)

TUBULAR STYLE -ADJUSTABLE

FLAT STYLE — FIXED

TERMINAL STYLE 12A (NO LEAD)
AND 13A (WITH LEAD)

Power
Rating
at 25°C
(watts)

Min.

Resist-

ance

(ohms)

Maximum Resistance
(ohms)

MIL

Power

Rating

(watts)

Core
Length B

.0025

Wire

FRW-20

30

RW20

21

2.00 (50.8)

1.25 (31.8)

0.10

2.75K

8 K

15K

FRW-21

40

RW21

31

2.75 (69.9)

2.00 (50.8)

0.10

6 K

18K

35K

FRW-22

55

RW22

53

4.25 (108)

3.50 (88.9)

0.20

13K

38K

75K

FRW-23

70

RW23

68

5.50 (140)

4.75(121)

0.25

19K I

56K

1 10K

FRW-24

95

RW24

91

6.75 (172)

6.00 (152)

0.35

25K

75K

140K

FLAT STYLE — ADJUSTABLE

TRW

Type

Power
Rating
at 25°C
(watts)

Dimensions in inches (mm)

Minimum

Resistance

(ohms)

Maximum Resistance (ohms)

Mounting
Center A

Core
Length B

.0025

Wire

.00175

Wire

.0014

Wire

FRWA-21

40

2.75 (69.9)

2.00 (50.8)

0.1

6 K

18K

35K

FRMA-22

55

4.25 (108)

3.50 (88.9)

0.2

13K

38K

75K

FRWA-23

70

5.50 (140)

4.75 (121)

0.25

19K

56K

110 K

FRWA-24 :

95

6.75 (172)

6.00 (152)

0.35

25K

75K

140K

* Adjustable resistors are identified by adding the letter “A” to the designation of standard resistors.

TRW

Type

Power
Rating
at 25°C
(watts)

Maximum
Resistance (ohms)

.0025

Wire

.00175

Wire

.0014

Wire

13/4AA

12

2.5K

5.6K

10K

2CA

20

3K

9.5K

10K

2DA

25

4.5K

12K

20K

3CA

26

6 K

18K

31K

3DA

35

8.25K

23.8K

40K

4 DA

50

12K

35K

60K

4EA

60

16K

45K

75K

4HA

80

23K

68.5K

1 10K

6 HA

120

38K

112.5K

180K

6 V 2 HA

130

41.5K

120K

220K

8 HA

160

54K

156K

280K

8 V 2 HA

175

57 K

167K

300K

10y 2 HA

225

72K

210K

350K

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90100

% Rated Load

25 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Ambient Temperature (°C)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

FRWA - 23 - 470K - 10%

TRW Type 1

A = Adjustable

Power

23 = 70 watts (See
specification chart for
other power ratings)

Resistance Value

Expressed in ohms
(Standard EIA/MIL values)

Tolerance

±5% standard for fixed resistors,

±10% standard for adjustable and tapped

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1*2082 PG. 49

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

s

wssm^mma

WIREWOUMB
TEMPERATURE
SENSING RESISTORS

BWG SERIE

1 watt

□ Excellent linearity over wide
temperature span

□ Fast response time

□ Small size

□ Economical cost

□ 1 watt, 2 watts

□ ±5%, ±10% tolerance

□ 0.1 ohm to 300 ohms

□ TCs as high as +5500 ppm/°C

EIA/MIL Color Code —
First wide band indicates
wirewound construction

2 watts

Special positive TC
alloy resistance wire
wound on fiberglass core

BW-20G has cap

High temperature
molded jacket

BWG has ring terminal

Electroplated
copper leads

SPECIFICATIONS

Temperature Coefficient

Available Resistance in Ohms*

PPM/°C

%/°c

BW-20G (1 watt)

BW (2 watts)

4500

0.45

0.10 to 100

0.20 to 300

5500

0.55

0.10 to 43

0.10 to 110

* As supplied “cold” resistance values — measured at room ambient temperature.

Temperature Range: -55°C to +150°

Power Rating: 1 watt @ 50°C for BW-20G, 2 watts @ 70°C for BWG
Standard Tolerance: ±5%, ±10%

Maximum Continuous Working Voltage: E = ^fPR

Minimum Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 700V for BW-20G, 1000V for BWG
Minimum Insulation Resistance: 10,000 Meg ti when dry, 100 Meg Q when wet
Size Equivalent to RS344: CRU1 for BW-20G, CRU2 for BWG
Size Equivalent to MIL-R-1 1 : RC-20 for BW-20G, RC-32 for BWG

0 50 100 150 200

Temperature (°C)

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

TRW

Type

B

±.001

(.03)

[KMJI

.032

(.813)

.140

(3.56)

BWG

.562

(14.3)

.040

(1.02)

.225

(5.72)

HOW TO ORDER

Consult factory.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241 /TELEX 572359

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. so 1*2083

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TV VwV

THIN FILM

RESISTANCE

TEMPERATURE

SENSING

ELEMENT

TD SERIES

□ Proven metal film reliability

□ Fast thermal response

□ Positive temperature
coefficient

□ Close tolerance

□ Superior linearity

□ Ultra miniature

Conformal encapsulation system has minimal
thermal resistance, to ensure v extremely fast
response time

Exclusive metal film process results in
very linear, positive, 5500 ppm/°C
resistance temperature characteristic

Electroplated
OFHC leads

Standard metal film adjustment techniques
afford a wide range of resistances, and
precision tolerances as close as .5%

piece cap & lead assembly

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range at 25°C: TD50- 100ft
to 2Kft, TD55 - 1 00<2 to 3Kft
Temperature Coefficient: +5000 ±100
ppm/°C at 25°C; +6000 ±120 ppm/°C
at 100°C

Tolerance at 25°C: ±.5%, ±1% or ±2%
Oper. Temp. Range: — 55°C to +175°C
Interchangeability Accuracy: ±.9°C @
25°C for .5% tolerance — ±1.8°C @
25°C for 1% tolerance — ±3.6°C @
25°C for 2% tolerance

Accuracy Limits: ±1.5°C for .5% toler-
ance ( — 50°C to +100°C) — ±3°C for
1% tolerance (-50°C to +100°C)
±6°C for 2% tolerance (-50°C to
+ 100°C)

Retracking Error: <.05% of nominal
( — 55°C to + 1 75°C)

Resistance Ratio: R @ 125°C/R @ 25°C
= 1.57

Linearity: <1.2% maximum deviation
from best straight line fit over any

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE

Type of Test

Maximum AR

Typical AR

Thermal Shock (5 Cycles, -55°C to +175°C)

.068%

.040%

Effect of Solder

.15%

.02%

Moisture Resistance

.50%

.15%

Load Life (2,000 hours @ +125°C)

.25%

.15%

High Temperature Exposure (2,000 hours @ +175°C)

.50%

.25%

| Low Temperature Exposure (-65°C)

i

.05%

Dielectric Strength

.30%

.20%

Insulation Resistance

>1 OOMft

—

Terminal Strength

.07%

.03%

Shock

.058%

.020%

High Frequency Vibration

.066%

.035%

Short Time Overload (1 watt, 1 minute)

.062%

.031%

Noise

—

-35 dB

Note: Testing per MIL-R-55182, except noise.

TRW

Type

Body

Length

L

Body

Diameter

D

Max. Clean
Lead Length
CL

Lead

Length

LL

Lead

Gauge

A

TD50

.152 ±.020

.065 ±.015

.200

1.00

#26 .016

(3.86 ±0.51)

(1.65 ±0.38)

(5.08)

(25.4)

(0.41)

TD55

.250 ±.031

.088 ±.010

.325

1.50

#22 .0253

(6.35 ±0.79)

<2.24 ±0.25)

(8.26)

(38.1)

(0.64)

100°C interval between -55°C and
+ 175°C

Thermal Time Constant: TD50 - 3.7 sec.
maximum, TD55 - 5.5 sec maximum.
(Time to achieve 63.2% of an applied
step change in still air)

Dissipation Constants: TD50- 4.1 mW/°C,
TD55-6.2 mW/°C (Power required to
raise sensor temperature 1°C in still
air at 25°C)

TEMPERATURE
VS. RESISTANCE

Degrees

C

Rin

Ohms*

Degrees

C

Rin

Ohms*

Degrees

C

Rin

Ohms*

-55

633

+ 25

1000

+ 105

1442

-50

661

+ 30

1021

+ 110

1471

-45

682

+ 35

1044

+ 115

1504

-40

704

+ 40

1071

+ 120

1533

-35

726

+ 45

1099

+ 125

1568

-30

747

+ 50

1124

+ 130

1600

-25

769

+ 55

1150

+ 135

1634

-20

789

+ 60

1178

+ 140

1667

-15

811

+ 65

1206

+ 145

1701

-10

833

+ 70

1234

+ 150

1729

-5

857

+ 75

1264

+ 155

1769

0

882

+ 80

1292

+ 160

1803

+ 5

907

+ 85

1321

+ 165

1839

+ 10

924

+ 90

1350

+ 170

1873

+ 15

941

+ 95

1381

+ 175

1910

+ 20

968

+ 100

1411

* Based on actual measurements of 1% tolerance
TD Sensors that were 1000 ohms at 25°C

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

TD50 - 1 % - 100 ppm/°C -2Kn

TRWType ~ T~ ■ 7 j

TD50=y 8 watt @ 70°C,
v 20 watt @ 125°C
TD55 = Vs watt @ 70°C,

V 10 watt @ 125°C

Tolerance * —

±.5%, ±1% or ±2%

Temperature Coefficient*—'

+ 5000 ±100 ppm/°C @ 25°C
+ 6000 ±120 ppm/°C @ 100°C

Resistance* —

Standard Resistances at 25°C
100ft, 200ft, 500ft
1 Kft, 2Kft, 3Kft

* Contact factory for non-standard T.C., tolerance
and resistance requirements.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

1*2084 pg. 51

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRwV

SEMI-PRECISION
HIGH VOLTAGE,

HIGH TEMPERATURE
CARBON ALLOY
RESISTORS

CR SERIES

□ Power ratings specified at 200°C

□ Voltage ratings as high as
15,000 volts

□ Completely inorganic
construction with no outgassing

□ Withstand an open flame of
up to 1600°F

SPECIFICATIONS

TRW

Type

Resistance

Range

(ohms)

Tolerance

Operating

Temperature

(°C)

Power Rating
at 200°C*
(watts)

Voltage

Rating*

(volts)

CR7

500 to 30 Meg

±5%

-65 to +350

1

8,000

CR8

IK to 50 Meg

±5%

-65 to +350

1.5

12,500

CR10

2K to 100 Meg

±5%

-65 to +350

3

15,000

* Voltage and wattage dependent on resistance, operating temperature and environ-
ment (i.e. Oil, Air, Vacuum, Inert, etc.)

DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

1.50 ±.125

00

00

+1

CO

CO

r

A

L

^ Cv — B

y -

LD

L

BD

-20 60 140 220 300

Ambient Temperature (°C)

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

CR8 - 2M - 5%

TRW

Type

Body Length
(L Max.)

Body

Diameter
(D Max.)

Lead Gage
(A)

CR7

.580 (14.7)

.157(3.99)

■ #20

.032 (.813)

CR8

.938 (23.8)

.157(3.99)

1 #20

.032 (.813)

CRia

2.125 (54.0)

.328 (8.33)

#20

.032 (.813)

Type

CR7 = 1w at 200°C
CR8 = 1 .5w at 200°C
CR1 0 = 3w at 200°C

Resistance value (ohms)

See specification table
for resistances available.

T olerance

±5%

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,

4222 S. STAPLES STREET, CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78411 / PHONE (512) 992-7900 / TWX 910-876-1400

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 52 1*2085

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRww

GENERAL-PURPOSE
HIGH-VOLTAGE
FILM RESISTORS

MV SERIES

□ Vi watt to 90 watts

□ 10k to 1000 megohm range

□ ±5%, ±10%, or ±20%
tolerance

SPECIFICATIONS — LUG TERMINALS OR COLLODIAL SILVER TERMINALS

TRW

Type

Standard

Terminal

Type

Special

Terminals

Available

Power

Rating

(Watts)

Peak

Volt-

age

Rating

(KV)*

Minimum

Available

Resistance

Maximum

Available

Resist-

ance

(Megs)

Dimensions in Inches

Resistor

Body

Length

BL

Resistor

Body

Diameter

BD

Ceramic

Inside

Diameter

Width of
Silver
Bands
#15 Term.

±10%
or ±20%
Tolerance

±5%

Toler-

ance

MVC-1

*

Axial Leads

1

3.5

10K

100K

1,000

1.00 ±.03

.31 ±.03

THD #6-32

—

MVC-2

4

Axial Leads

2

7.5

25K

100K

1,000

1.75 ±.03

.31 ±.03

THD #6-32

—

MVC-3

*

Axial Leads

3

15.0

100K

100K

1,000

3.00 ±.03

.31 ±.03

THD #6-32

—

MVC-5

4

Axial Leads

5

30.0

100K

200K

1,000

5.50 ±.06

.31 ±.03

THD #6-32

—

MVX-1

Axial Leads

—

1

3.5

100K

100K

1,000

1.00 ±.03

.25 ±.03

—

—

MVX-2

Axial Leads

—

2

10.0

100K

100K

1,000

2.00 ±.03

.25 ±.03

—

—

MVX-3

Axial Leads

—

3

15.0

100K

100K

1,000

3.00 ±.06

.25 ±.03

—

—

MVH-2

*

—

4

15.0

100K

150K

1,000

2.50 ±.05

.56 ±.03

THD #6-32

—

MVH-4

4

—

6

25.0

100K

400K

1,000

4.00 ±.06

.56 ±.03

THD #6-32

—

MVL

4

—

5

30.0

100K

100K

1,000

4.50 ±.06

.50 ±.03

THD #10-32

—

MVF

#15

#12

2

5.0

100K

25 K

1,000

1.75 ±.03

.31 ±.03

.19 ±.03

.38 ±.03

MVG

#15

#12, 16,17

4

7.5

100K

100K

1,000

2.00 ±.03

.56 ±.03

.38 ±.03

.56 ±.06

MVK

#15

#12, 16,17

10

20.0

100K

200K

1,000

5.00 ±.06

.56 ±.03

.38 ±.03

.56 ±.06

MVJ

#15

#12, 16,17

5

10.0

100K

200K

1,000

3.00 ±.03

.56 ±.03

.38 ±.03

.56 ±.06

MVP

#15

#12, 16,17

10

15.0

100K

400K

1,000

4.50 ±.06

.75 ±.03

.50 ±.03

.56 ±.06

MVA

#15

#16, 17

20

25.0

200K

1.0 Meg

1,000

6.50 ±.06

1.12 ±.03

.75 ±.03

.56 ±.06

MV0

#15.

#16,17

30

50.0

400K

2,0Meg

1,000

10.50 ±.06

1.12 ±.03

.75 ±.03

.56 ±.06

MVQ

#15

#17

50

50.0

500K

3.5 Meg

1,000

10.50 ±.12

2.00 ±.05

1.56 ±.05

.88 ±.06

MVR

#15

#17

90

100.0

IMeg

7.0 Meg

1,000

18.5 ±.12

2.00 ±.05 j

1.56 ±.05

.88 ±.06

4 Solder lug or screw mounted
* Rated continuous working volt-
age determined by E = ^/PH
E should not exceed value listed
in column above

FERRULE TERMINALS

DIMENSIONS — IN. and (mm)

k

T

J

20 AWG (.032 DIA.)

TRW

Type

Power
Rating
at 25°C
Ambient
(watts)

(KV)

Rating*

Voltage

Peak

Type

Terminal

“A”

(Max.)

Length

Overall

Dimensions in Inches j

Nominal

Diameter

“B”

Ferrule

Spacing

“C”

Ferrule

Diameter

“D”

Ferrule

Length

“E”

MVP-2

10

15.0

#2

4.56

.75 ±.03

—

.91 ±.03

.50 ±.06

MVO-7

30

50.0

#7

12.00

1.12 ±.03

10.81 ±.06

.81 ±.03

.50 ±.06

MVO-8

30

50.0

#8

12.00

1.12 ±.03

10.81 ±.06

1.12 ±.03

.50 ±.06

MVQ-8

50

50.0

#8

11.72

2.00 ±.05

10.56 ±.16

1.12 ±.03

.56 ±.03

MVR-8

90

100.0

#8

19.94

2.00 ±.05

18.56 ±.16

1.12 ±.03

.56 ±.03

* Rated continuous working voltage determined by E = -/PR

E should not exceed value listed in column above

POWER DERATING

20 40 60 80 100

Ambient Temperature (°C)

TEMPERATURE RISE

Per Cent of Rated Power

HOW TO ORDER

Sample Part No.:

STANDARD TERMINALS

MVX1 - 51 0M - 10%

#2 AND #6 TERMINALS

#7 AND #8 TERMINALS

#12 TERMINAL

T

D

Ui

TRW Type-J

See specification table
for types and power
ratings available.

Resistance 1

10K ohms to 1000M ohms
in standard EIA/MIL values.
See specification table
for exact range.

Tolerance >

±20%, ±10% or ±5%.

See specification table for availability.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NO 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1*2086 PG. 53

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

r#?fV

SPECIFICATIONS

ELEMENTS

TRW resistance strips consist of a high
grade paper-base phenolic laminate with
the resistance material permanently
bonded to the surface. Disc resistors are
simply die stamped from a resistance
strip.

Strips can be supplied with a low-
resistance colloidal silver contact coat-
ing over any portion of the surface where
a low-resistance positive contact is de-
sired. On discs, inner and outer rings of
colloidal silver are applied to provide
contact with coaxial line fixtures.

TEMPERATURE RISE

TEMPERATURE-RESISTANCE

For both strips and discs, mechanical
pressure type contacts must be used
rather than soldered connections.

RESISTANCE VALUES

Strips are available with resistances from
19 ohms/square to 1.0 megohm/square.
Standard disc values range from 5 ohms
to 100,000 ohms.

TOLERANCE

Standard tolerance is ±20%. Special
tolerances of ±15% and ±10% are
available on special order.

VOLTAGE RATING

Maximum rated voltage is 500 volts per
inch of current path.

DISC DIMENSIONS* — IN. AND (mm)

TRW

Style

A

B

C

D

Tt

±.005 (.127)

DRT

.25 (6.35)

.22 (5.59)

.12 (3.04)

.076 (1.93)

.027 (.686)

DRU

.28 (7.11)

.22 (5.59)

.12 (3.04)

.076 (1.93)

.027 (.686)

DRX

.38 (9.65)

.28(7.11)

.12(3.04)

.076 (1.93)

.027 (.686)

DRB

.50 (12.7)

.38 (9.65)

.12 (3.04)

.076 (1.93)

.027 (.686)

DRD

.63 (16.0)

.44 (11.2)

.19 (4.83)

.076(1.93)

.027 (.686)

DRF

.75 (19.1)

.50 (12.7)

.25 (6.35)

.076 (1.93)

.027 (.686)

DRJ

1.00 (25.4)

.75 (19.1)

.25 (6.35)

.076(1.93)

.027 (.686)

DRN

1.50 (38.1)

1.25 (31.8)

.25 (6.35) .

.076(1.93)

.027 (.686)

* Special sizes available on request. Sizes include standard dimensions for colloidal silver contact rings,
t Other thicknesses available on special order.

STRIP DIMENSIONS — IN. AND (mm)

TYPE 1

Length Between
Terminals ±.06

Total

Strip Width (W) ±.03

Thickness
Thickness ±.005

12 (305)

0.88 (22.4)

.027 (.686)

12 (305)

1.19 (30.2)

.027 (.686)

12 (305)

1.38 (35.1)

.027 (.686)

12 (305)

1.50 (38.1)

.027 (.686)

12 (305)

1.75 (44.5)

.027 (.686)

12(305)

2.75 (69.9)

.027 (.686)

TYPE 2

Width (W) ±.06

L ±.03

C ±.03

Thickness ±.005

12 (305)

.38 (9.7)

0.88 (22.4)

.027 (.686)

12 (305)

.69 (17.5)

1.19 (30.2)

.027 (.686)

12 (305)

.88 (22.4)

1.38 (35.1)

.027 (.686)

12 (305)

1.00 (25.4)

1.50 (38.1)

.027 (.686)

12 (305)

1 .25 (31 .8)

1 .75 (44.5)

.027 (.686)

12 (305)

2.25 (57.2)

2.75 (69.9)

.027 (.686)

VOLTAGE COEFFICIENT

The voltage coefficient of resistance is
negative and varies from approximately
-0.001% /volt/inch of active strip length
(for coatings of 19 ohms/square) to
-0.03% /volt/inch of active strip length
(for coatings of 1.0 megohm/square).

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

The temperature coefficient of resistance
between 25° and 80°C varies from
+ 0.05% /°C (for coatings of 19 ohms/
square) to -0.1 2% /°C (for coatings of 1 .0
megohm/square). Approximate tempera-
ture resistance characteristics for tem-
peratures ranging from -55° to +80°C
may be determined from the curve above.

AGING

At room temperature, the resistance will
remain within ±5% of the original value
over extended periods of time.

HUMIDITY

Change of resistance during exposure to
90% relative humidity for 100 hours at
40°C is approximately +5% for low-
resistance coatings. This increases some-
what with resistance value. At comple-
tion of the humidity test, the resistance
returns very closely to its original values
within a few days.

POWER RATINGS

Maximum power load should be such
that the maximum surface operating tem-
perature does not exceed 80°C. The
allowable load per square inch for an
ambient temperature of 25°C on a resist-
ance strip suspended in free air is 0.95
watts.

HOW TO ORDER

To order standard resistance strips, spe-
cify the type of strip desired, total width
of strip, resistance value in ohms/square,
and quantity desired. For special resist-
ance strips, provide these specifications
and as much information as possible
about the proposed application.

Standard concentric disc resistors should
be ordered by the disc type, total resist-
ance between silver terminals, and re-
sistance tolerance. For special concen-
tric discs, give all dimensions shown on
the drawing at left, plus total resistance
between silver terminals and resistance
tolerance.

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 54 1*2087

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRW

MOLDED
JUMPER WIRES

ZEROHM

□ Straight-through wire —
no internal connections

□ Molded jacket is standard
Vat -watt size

□ Supplied on lead tape and
reel for automatic insertion

SPECIFICATIONS

Maximum Resistance: 0.01 ohm
Lead Material: Leads are copperclad
steel with TRW’s 30/70 solder alloy
coating to allow both welding and
soldering operations
Body Material: Electrical grade, high
performance, molding compound
Minimum Insulation Resistance: Dry,
10,000 megohm; Wet, 100 megohm

Minimum Dielectric Withstanding
Voltage: Atmospheric, 500V RMS;
Reduced, 325V RMS

Insulation Flammability: Resistor
insulation is self extinguishing within
10 seconds after externally applied
flame is removed

Current Rating: 25 amps at 25°C,
derating to 0 amps at 150°C

APPLICATIONS

Molded jumper wires or crossovers, as
they are sometimes called, are basically
interconnection devices between points
on a PC board.

Generally they are used for the following
reasons:

• Inability to connect two points on a
PC board due, to other circuit paths
which must be crossed over.

• An after-the-fact design change that
requires new point connections.

• Circuit tuning by changing point con-
nections.

TRW’s molded jumper wires offer a quick
simple solution to these problems. They
are especially suited for automatic ma-
chine insertion on lead tape, and are
available in all packaging styles includ-
ing pre-cut and formed leads for manual
insertion.

DIMENSIONS —

IN. AND (mm)

L 1.50 +.125

.250 ±.015

fr ^ (38.1 ±3.18)

4 (6.35 ±.381) p

1

1

■

5 IV

□

r

■

.025 ±.001
(.635 ±.025)

T

Single black color band
denotes zero resistance.

t .090 ±.008

(2.29 ±.203)

AVAILABLE THROUGH AUTHORIZED TRW RESISTOR DISTRIBUTORS

RESISTIVE PRODUCTS DIVISION, TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUP,
P.O. BOX 1860, BOONE, NC 28607 / PHONE (704) 264-8861 / TWX 510-936-3241

1 # 2088 PG. 55

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

TRW SALES OFFICES

ALABAMA

HUNTSVILLE (35805)

TRW/ECG

2707 Artie Street, Suite 12
(205) 533-7600

ARIZONA

SCOTTSDALE (85251)

TRW/ECG

6728 E. Avalon Dr., Suite A
(602) 944-0441

CALIFORNIA

LOS ANGELES (90064)

Q. T. Wiles & Associates
11340 W. Olympic Blvd., Suite 355
(213) 478-0183

MT. VIEW (94043)

Straube Associates
2551 Casey Avenue
(415) 969-6060

SAN DIEGO (92111)

Q. T. Wiles & Associates
7894 Dagget Street, Suite 103
(619) 571-1544

SANTA ANA (92705)

Q. T. Wiles & Associates
2101 E. Fourth Street, Bldg. B
(714) 973-2162

WOODLAND HILLS (91364)

Q. T. Wiles & Associates
22900 Ventura Blvd., Suite 260
(213) 883-7130

COLORADO

WESTMINISTER (80030)

Straube Associates
3699 West 73rd Avenue
(303) 426-0890

CONNECTICUT

ROWAYTON (06853)

TRW/ECG

137 Rowayton Avenue
(203) 853-4466

FLORIDA

ORLANDO (32809)

TRW/ECG

6220 S. Orange Blossom Trail
Suite 151, Bldg. 1
(305) 857-3650

FT. LAUDERDALE (33309)

TRW/ECG

1001 N.W. 62nd Street, Suite 306F
(305) 772-3000

GEORGIA

NORCROSS (30092)

TRW/ECG

3300 Holcomb Bridge Road, Suite 249
(404) 447-6154

IDAHO

BOISE (83704)

N. R. Schultz Co.

1074B N. Cole Road, P.O. Box 4545
(208) 377-8686

ILLINOIS

CHICAGO (60631)

TRW/ECG

5725 E. River Road, Suite 635

(312) 693-7730

INDIANA

FORT WAYNE (46804)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
3426 Taylor Street
(219) 432-5591

INDIANAPOLIS (46219)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
6691 E. Washington Street
(317) 359-9283

KOKOMO (46901)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
1825 S. Plate, Suite A
(317) 457-9127

IOWA

CEDAR RAPIDS (52402)

C. H. Horn & Associates

4403 First Avenue S.E., Bldg. #41 1

(319) 393-8703

KANSAS

DE SOTO (66018)

Midtec Associates Inc.

7702 Mize Road
(913) 441-6565

KENTUCKY
LOUISVILLE (40223)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
110 Daventry Lane, Suite 210
(502) 426-7696

MASSACHUSETTS

FRAMINGHAM (01701)

TRW/ECG
Five Speen Street
(617) 620-0625

MICHIGAN

GRAND RAPIDS (49506)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
688 Cascade W. Parkway, S.E.

(616) 942-5420

ST. JOSEPH (49085)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
1822 Hilltop Road
(616) 983-7337
SOUTHFIELD (48075)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
18444 West Ten Mile Road

(313) 559-5454

MINNESOTA

MINNEAPOLIS (55420)

TRW/ECG

3050 Metro Drive, Suite 301
(612) 854-6616

MISSOURI

ST. LOUIS (63141)

Jack Macke Co.

11710 Administration Drive, Suite 31

(314) 432-2830

NEW YORK

ROCHESTER (14623)

TRW/ECG
130 Metro Park
(716) 424-2830

NORTH CAROLINA

GREENSBORO (27407)

2302 W. Meadowview Road
110 Morehead Building
(919) 852-4676

OHIO

CINCINNATI (45231)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
1172 W. Galbraith Road
(513) 521-2290
CLEVELAND (44131)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
6000 W. Creek Road, Suite 21
(216) 447-9020
COLUMBUS (43229)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
6161 Busch Boulevard, Suite 108

(614) 888-9396
DAYTON (45439)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
4133 Dixie Avenue
(513) 298-9546

OREGON

BEAVERTON (97005)

N. R. Schultz Co.

13095 S.W. Henry Avenue
(503) 643-1644

PENNSYLVANIA

BALA CYNWYD (19004)

TRW/ECG

#2 Bala Cynwyd Plaza, Suite 909
(215) 667-3400
PITTSBURGH (15238)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
1360 Old Freeport Rd., Suite 1-B
(412) 963-6161

TENNESSEE

GREENVILLE (37743)

R. O. Whitesell & Associates
942 Snapp Ferry Road

(615) 639-6154

TEXAS

AUSTIN (78731)

TRW/ECG

3409 Executive Center Drive, Suite 139
(512) 345-2331
EL PASO (79935)

TRW/ECG

2267 Trawood Building #3
(915) 594-8259
DALLAS (75379)

TRW/ECG

17000 Dallas Parkway, Suite 200
P.O. Box 796668
(214) 248-8000
HOUSTON (77074)

TRW/ECG

9000 S.W. Freeway, Suite 116
(713) 772-5541

UTAH

SALT LAKE CITY (84115)

Straube Associates
3509 South Main Street
(801) 263-2640

VIRGINIA

RICHMOND (23229)

TRW/ECG

8000 Franklin Farms Drive, Suite 217 .
(804) 288-8334

WASHINGTON
BELLEVUE (98015)

N. R. Schultz Co.

300 120th Avenue, N.E.

Suite 210, Bldg. 4
(206) 454-0300

WISCONSIN

BROOKFIELD (53005)

TRW/ECG

16535 W. Blue Mound Road, Suite 208
(414) 784-7773

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

PG. 56 1*2089

4700

RESISTORS

4700

XT

- |

yiiZ5 omx

mc^oc5^

ftCKOS

✓

P.O. Box 1090
Grand Junction^
Colorado 81 502

(303) 242-0810

metal foil resistor
mcrocR® process

very high precision
and stability

MIL QUALIFICATION
TO RNC90Y

FEATURES

• VERY TIGHT TOLERANCES ±0.005% to ±1% - Matching to 0.002%

• VERY LOW TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

typical « ±3 ppm/°C (-55° to ±T55°C) ± 1 ppm (0°C to + 60°C)
tracking to 0.5 ppm/°C

• VERY HIGH STABILITY < 25 ppm/year or < 50 ppm/3 years (shelf life)

• NEGLIGIBLE RISE TIME approx. 1 X 10~ 9 sec.

STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ULTRONIX MIL

RNC90Y

TYPE

RCK02A

RCK04

RCK05/05A

RCK06

PHYSICAL CONFIGURATIONS

70° C
RATING

125°C

RATING

MAX.

WORKING i
VOLTAGE

0.5W

0.33W

300V

1.0W

0.6W

350V

1.2W

0.9W

500V

1.5W

RESISTANCE RANGE (OHMS)

± 0 . 02 %

50O-2Q0K 25Q-200K 10Q-200K

50Q-400K 25Q-400K 10Q-400K

150Q-600K 75Q-600K 30Q-600K

200Q-800K 100Q-800K 40O-800K

± 0 . 1 %, ± 0 . 2 %

±0.5%, ±1 %

1Q-200K

2Q-400K

3O-600K

4O-800K

Type

Dim. A

Dim. B

Dim. C

j Dim. D

RNC90Y

.320

(8.13)

.375

(9.52)

.120

(3.05)

.150

(3.81)

RCK02A

.295

(7.5)

.315

(8.0)

.098

(2.5)

.150

(3.81)

RCK04

.591

(15)

.413

(10.5)

.138

(3.5)

.400

(10.16)

RCK05

.890

(22.6)

.413

(10.5)

.138

(3.5)

.700

(17.78)

RCK05A

.890

(22.6)

.413

(10.5)

.138

(3.5)

,650

(16.51)

RCK06

1.200

(30.5)

.531

(13.5)

.256

(6.5)

.900

(22.86)

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

The T.C. of RCK resistors is always better than ± 5 ppm/°C in
the temperature range -55°C to +155°C.

More generally, the T.C. is positive towards the very low
temperatures, typical values +3 ppm/°C for -55°C.

It is negative towards the high temperatures, typical value —3
ppm/°C for +155°C.

For temperature variations of about 20 to 30°C from the 25°C
ambient temperature, the T.C. is very low.

In the temperature range 0°C to +60°C it can be reduced to a
value below ± 1 ppm/°C.

For a group of resistors, T.C. matching can be made to better
than ± 0.5 ppm/°C.

Consult ULTRONIX.

90 100 150

i 1 1 l ; f.T

1*2090

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

SIE^niCE

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

metal

iuctoc

SPECIFICATIONS

P.O. Box 1090
Grand Junction
Colorado 81502

(303) 242-0810

ELECTRICAL o/ ^

RESISTANCE RANGE IQ to80C £7

RESISTANCE TOLERANCE ±0.005?

POWER RATING 0.5 W to

T.C. LIMIT ± 5 pprn, _

DIELECTRIC VOLTAGE 750 V RMS

INSULATION RESISTANCE > 10 6 M ^

THERMAL RESISTANCE 0.14°C/mW

THERMO-ELECTRIC EFFECT — 0.5 pV for 1 °C of difference between leads

MECHANICAL

MECHANICAL insulated case

RESISTIVE ELEMENT nickel-chromium

TERMINAL LEADS tinned copper or UE6P weldable solderable type

C MIL-STD 1 276

UNIT WEIGHT 0.3-1 -2-4g

ENVIRONMENTAL

TEMPERATURE LIMITS

-55°C+175°C

ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS

REQUIREMENTS

| TESTS

OVERLOAD

| TEMPERATURE CYCLING
TERMINAL STRENGTH

RESISTANCE TO SOLDERING HEAT
VIBRATIONS (LIFE TEST)

MOISTURE RESISTANCE

LOAD LIFE

HIGH TEMPERATURE EXPOSURE

HUMIDITY

(STEADY STATE) 56 DAYS

MIL-R-55182E

±0.05%

±0.05%

± 0 . 02 %

± 0 . 02 %

± 0 . 02 % ™
±005%

Insulation R. > 10 2 MQ
±005%

±0.05% @ 1 75°C

NFC 83220
CECC 40300

TYPICAL

DRIFTS

± 0 . 002 %

± 0 . 002 %

±0.003% |

Insulation R. > 10 4 MQ

±0.005%

± 0 . 01 %

±0.05% @ 1 55°C

±0.005%

±0.05%

Insulation R. > 10 2 MQ

±0.003%

Insulation R. > 10 4 MQ

RESISTOR NETWORKS

IN “04" PACKAGE SIZE 1 IN “06” PACK.

POWER RATING CHART

m Eg

RE21

IN “06" PACKAGE SIZE

Jb 0 P o'b 0 <b
P> O^

rrm

,o- O'

rmn ee

RE42

& ({?<$> \ >sH

P', P |P 'P' O*

25 50 75 100 125

TEMPERATURE IN DEGREES CELSIUS

POWER RATING

In order to increase the stability, it is recommended to
reduce the nominal power (Pn) in relation to tolerance,
± 0.1% to ± 0.05% reduction 1/4 Pn
± 0.02% to ± 0.01% reduction 1/2 Pn
± 0.005% reduction 3/4 Pn.

nn S

RE23

IN “05" PACKAGE SIZE

qO cfo

,0] o^ p>

I — | — — j F|

RE31

p\p- p-p-p-p-

mnn ei

RE43

O' O' P' o- p-

mn \ii

RE32

nnn e

RE33

P-, O* P- p-

mm e

RE44

P- P'O'P'P'P’P-

nnnn

RE45

ULE^OniCT ■

SIcR

EEM1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2091

RESISTORS

4700

A. •

A

P.O.Box 1090 \

Grand Junction \
Colorado 81502

(303)242-0810

SPECIFICATIONS

MINIMUM VALUES

Generally 0.1Q for 1% and 0.5% and 100 for 0.1% and tighter.

TOLERANCES (±)

Standards are 0.005%, 0.01 %, 0.02%, 0.05%, 0. 1 %, 0.5% and 1 %
depending on style and value.

wirewound resistors

very high precision
and stability

MIL QUALIFICATION TO
MIL-R-39005 AND MIL-R-93

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS

± 5 ppm/°C standard for 100 and above. Higher
T.C.’s on low ohmic values.

±1 ppm/°C available. TC match to ±0.5 ppm/°C.
High T.C.’s up to + 6000 ppm/°C are available.

MIL STYLE

MAXIMUM VALUE Q

POWER RATING
AT 125°C (WATTS)

ULTRONIX

TYPE

MIL-R

93

MIL-R

39005

MIL-R
. 93

MIL-R

39005

COMM.

MIL

COMM.

1 23A

-

-

-

-

60K

-

0.05

1 18A

-

-

-

-

1 60K

-

0.05

1 22A

-

-

-

-

1 75K

-

0.05

102 A

-

-

-

- - - j

250K

-

0.10

101 A

-

-

-

318K

-

0.10

101 P

1

-

-

|

400K

-

0.12

DIMENSIONS ± .020

105A __
1 02P
1 84A
1 85A
202A
203A
| 202 PA
203 PA
2 03 PC
205A
207 A
308A
210A
307 A
310A
510A
515A
517A
520A

-

RBR74

-

6.52K

900K

0.125

! RB56

RBR75

42K

1 50K

925K

0.125

RB56

RBR56

42K

220K

1 M

! 0.125

-

-

-

-

1.2M

-

I RB71

RBR71

100K

1 50K

1.3M

0.125

-

-

-

1.3M |

-

| RB55

RBR55

80 K

332K

1.9M

0.15

! RB54 j

RBR54

1 70K

562K

3.0 M

0.25

0.125

0.12

0.125

0.15

0.25

0.50

RB53

—

RBR53

320K

1.1 M

5.3 M

0.33

RB52

RBR52

610K

1.21 M

7.3 M

0.50

RB57

RBR5' r

1 830 K

1.37M

1 0M

0.75

_ A_

.100 (2.54)
.130 (3.30)
. 123 (3.12)

.11 0 (2.79)
.130 (3.30)
.300 (7.62)
.150 (3.81)
.160 (4.06)
.250 (6.35)
.187 (4.75)
.188 (4.78)
.250 (6.35)
.250 (6.35)
.250 (6.35)
.270 (6.86)
.250 (6.35)
.250 (6.35)
.250 (6.35)
.312 (7.92)
.250 (6.35)
.375 (9.53)
.375 (9.53)
.500 (12.70)
.500 (12.70)
.500 (12.70)
.500 (12.70)

B

.230 (5.84)
.180 (4.57)
.218 (5.54)
.250 (6.35)
.375 (9.53)
.320 (8.13)
.300 (7.62)
.500 (12.7)
.250 (6.35)
.375 (9.53)
.500 (12.70)
.310 (7.85)
.343 (7.85)
.250 (7.75)
.320 (8.13)
.312 (7.93)
.500 (12.70)
.750 (1 9.05)
.810 (20.57)
1.00 (25.40)
.750 (19.05)
1.00 (25 .40)

1.00 (25.40)
1.50 (38.10)
1 .75 (44.45)

2.00 (50.80)

150 (3-81) 1 .110 (2.79)

.125(3.18) .125(3.18)

,200 (4.44)
.200 (5.08)
.150 (3.81)

IVa”

(31.75) Min.

•lDl«- h B H

□I C3

STYLES XXXA

STYLES XXX PA/PC

STYLES XXX P

1*2092

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

SIEWiCE

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

wirewound resistors
axial leaded power

MIL QUALIFICATION TO
MIL-R-39007 and MIL-R-26

P.O. Box 1090
Grand Junction
Colorado 81 502

(303) 242-0810

POWER WIREWOUND RESISTOR SELECTION GUIDE

POWER RATING AT 25 C MAXIMUM VALUE
MIL-R-26 MIL-R-26

COMMERCIAL CHAR U CHAR V MIL-R- 3900/'

1W/1.5K

1 W/1.25K 1W/1K

1.5W/1.25K

2W/3.16K 1W/3~1 6 K

2W/3.16K 2W/2.67K

2W/3.16K

PRODUCT SE LEG

3W/10K

3W/1 1 K -

3W/11K 3W/10.5K

4W/20K

5W/38K 5W/12.1K

6.5W/45K
7W/38K
8W/84K

10W/115K 1 0W/39.2K

ULTRONIX

MS101

MSI

_____

MS2
MS2
MS2B
CS3
MS3B
CS4
CS5
CS6
CS7
CS6
CS8
CS10
CS1 1

SPECIFICATIONS

MINIMUM RESISTANCE

0.10 for solenoid winding depending on
tolerance

100 for non-inductive winding

TOLERANCES AVAILABLE

±0.1%. 0.25%, 0.5%, 1%, 3%, 5%, & 10%

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENTS

Standard ± 90PPM/ C FK1Q

± 50PPM/ C 10<R<100
± 20PPM/ C R^ 10
Special to + 6000PPM/ C

NON INDUCTIVE WINDING-ADD
PREFIX N

Divide maximum resistance by two.

Multiply maximum working voltage by 0.707
Where possible, specify maximum inductance
or capacitance allowable at a specific
frequency.

POWER RATING:

In order to maintain a constant maximum hot spot
temperature, it is necessary to limit the applied power
tothe resistorwhen operating in environmentshaving
an ambient temperatu r e higher than 25°C. The chart
below shows this operating for characteristic U resis-
tors of 1% tolerance and characteristic V resistors of
3% and looser tolerance.

Characteristic V
Characteristic U

# N o°

DIMENSIONS

ULTRONIX

TYPE

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, °C

Closer tolerances require further derating as follows:
Tolerance % of rated power at 25 3 C.

±0.5% 72

±0.25% 61

±0.1% 50

0/Diameter, D

Length, L |

0/Lead

inch

mm

inch

mm

AWG

inch

mm

.093 max

2.4 max

.343 max

8.7 max

24

.020

0.51

.085 ± .020

2.1 6 ± 0.51

.250 ± 0.31

6.35 ± 0.79

24

.020

0.51

.094 ±.031

2.39 ± 0.79

.406 ±.031

10.31 ±0.79

24

.020

0.51

.187 ±.031

4.75 ± 0.79

.560 ± .062

14.22 ± 1.57

20

.032

0.81

.200 ±.031

5.08 ± 0.79

.500 ±.062

1 2.70 ± 1.57

20

.032

0.81

.187 ±.031

4.75 ±0.79

.560 ± .062

14.22 ± 1.57

20

.032

|0.81

.187 ±.031

4.75 ± 0.79

.812 ±.062

20.62 ± 1.57

20

.032

0.81

.312 ±.031

7.92 ±0.79

.875 ± .062

22.22 ± 1.57

18

.040

1.02

.312 ±.031

7.92 ±0.79

1 .000 ± .062

25.40 ± 1.57

20

.032

0.81

.469 ±.031

11.91 ±0.79

1.375 ±.062

34.92 ± 1.57

18

.040

1.02

.375 ±.031

9.52 ±0.79

1 .780 ± .062

45.21 ± 1.57

18

.040

1.02

LEAD LENGTH = 1.50 (38.10) MIN

EEM 1983

uraoiux

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

SIEHniCE

1*2093

4700

RESISTORS

4700

A c/

If

wi rewound resistors

P* 10 TO 50 WATTS

r ^ ^jair

,jy | ALUMINUM HOUSED —

^ p.o. Box 1090 \ ,_% CHASSIS MOUNT

Grand Junction \ "

Colorado 81502 * 4 ^^

\ k

(303) 242-0810

The RH Series provides high dissipation, light weight and small volume, complete environmental protection, electrical
insulation 10 7 MQ, mechanical strength, easy mounting, high stability <0.05%/year, low temperature coefficient, low
ohmic values.

Minimum Value (ohms) vs. Tolerance
0.5% [ 1% I 2% I 5%

Ultronix

Type

Power
Rating
at 25 C

Max.

Rated

Voltage

Max.

Value

(ohms)

RH5

10W

160V

1 1.8K

RH10

12.5W

250 V

17K

RH25

25W

550V

54 K

RH50

50W

1285V

1 30K

1%

2%

5%

10%

Length
±.02 (.5)

Height

Max.

0.6

0.3

0.1

0.01

.64(16.3)

.35 (8.9)

0.6

0.3

0.1

0.009

.75(19)

.43(11)

0.06

0.03

0.015

0.0075

1.10(28)

.59(15)

0.06

0.03

0.015

0.0075

1.97 (50)

.59(15)

Power Rating based on proper heat sinking: 413cm 2 for RH5 and RH10, 536cm 2 for RH25 and RH50

HERMETICALLY SEALED - ULTRA-HIGH STABILITY

• Accuracy to 25 ppm absolute

• Shelf life to 10 ppm/year

• Temperature coefficient to ±1 ppm/°C

• Zero voltage coefficient

• Noise free

• Low thermal EMF

77C3A

8^6191*

Power

Maximum

Maximum

Dimensions |

Ultronix

Type

Rating
at 25 J C

Rated

Voltage

Value

(ohms)

D ±.01 (.25)

LI ±.02 (.51)

L2 ±.03 (.76)

Leads

AWG

HS185A

.1 25W

300

1.72M

.187(4.75)

.500(12.70)

.625(15.88)

22

HS205A

.25W

300

3.16M

.250 (6.35)

.500(12.70)

.562(14.27)

20

HS207A

,4W

600

5.88 M

.250(6.35)

.750(19.05)

.812(20.62)

20

HS210A

.5W

600

9.80M

.250(6.35)

1.000 (25.40)

1.063(27.00)

20

HS307A

.6W

600

11. 0M

.375 (9.53)

.750(19.05)

.850(21.59)

20

HS310A i

.8W

600

18.4M

.375 (9.53)

1.000 (25.40)

1 .060 (26.92)

20

HS510A

1.0W

600

40.5 M

.500(12.70)

1.050 (25.40)

1.120 (28.45)

20

HS520A

1.8W

900

81.5M

.500(12.70)

2.000 (50.80)

2.160(54.86)

20

Ultronix

Type

Power
Rating
at 125 J C

Maximum

Rated

Voltage

Maximum

Value.

(ohms)

HSIOIP

.3W

300

450K

Dimensions: see drawing.

— .145(3.68)
|t-.1 75 (4.44)

r- .400(10.16)
I r- .425(10.80)

.525 (13.34) MAX

HSXXXA

HSIOIP -* 1 50(3.81)

(A vai table without standoff)

uu^onix

1*2094

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

P.O. Box 1090
Grand Junction
Colorado 81502

(303) 242-0810

wirewound networks

and

custom requirements

CALL FOR OUR APPLICATIONS
ENGINEERS TO ASSIST YOU
WITH YOUR DESIGN
REQUIREMENTS

CUSTOM DESIGNED NETWORKS AND MATCHED SETS

^ \ Matched resistor sets and custom designed

^ "2 ^ , networks are available from Ultronix for equip-

2 ment design requiring close ratio matching

J M X : and temperature tracking of resistors.

Our networks are used in a wide variety of
applications such as communicationssatellites,
precision instrumentation, aircraft controls, etc.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AVAILABLE

■iSilllS

l | Ambient operating temperature range -55°Ctol25°C

' ; ~ Resistances values 0.1 ohm to 40M ohm

\ ' 1 ' • Absolute resistor tolerances up to ±0.005%

Matched resistance ratios up to ±0.001 %

Temperature coefficient match and

tracking between resistors within ±1 ppm from 0°C to ±85°C

Low reactance and rise times as low as 0.02 microseconds.

AC resistance match at frequence determined by user.

VERY LOW OHM, ULTRA PRECISION FOUR TERMINAL CURRENT SHUNTS

Ultronix manufactures a large variety of four-terminal resistors and
networks for specialized applications. These are used in requirements of
lower value (as low as 10 milliohms) where high precision and low
temperature coefficient is required.

CUSTOM WIREWOUND TEMPERATURE SENSORS

Ultronix temperature sensors are available with temperature coefficients
from —50 to ±6000 PPM/°C. Various alloys and metals are used to obtain
the required range of resistance change with temperature for trimming,
tracking, compensation and matching. These units may be in metal

housings such as brass, aluminum, or stainless steel, or molded in various ^

epoxies or silicone.

ULnomxi

sic^niCi

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

ivj h: iwd

POTS*! '' 2

pm

ll

i mm m*® hh mmm

I 2 .] i • J 'p/A •

I Lr-i C:I1 L ....:; r :j

If

i COMMONLY USED

f i

« 1 1

gjj

K§§

fli

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binary-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HY high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
IO input /output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
/xF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

YAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

4700

RESISTORS

4700

The New

VAMISTOR

Hermetically Sealed, Established High Reliability

Metal Film

RESISTORS

EXCLUSIVE FEATURES OF VAMISTOR RESISTORS

Unique Patented Construction Produces Highest Reliability
Capable of handling twice the power of other film resistors

of the same size.

FEATURES:

Patented

Spiral

Bonding

Process

Inherent High Reliability by Design.
Inside Metal Film is Contamination-Free.
Hermetic Seal Requires No Outer Sleeve
Higher Wattage in Standard Dimensions.
Low Noise Level.

Low Voltage Coefficient.

Leakage Rate Less Than 1 x 10' 9 CC/Sec.

Nonflammable Epoxy Insulation.

Exceeds MIL-R-55182 (Refer to Derating Curve)

Performance Explanations.

Standard Temperature Coefficients to 0 ±10 PPM/°C.

Matched Sets, Both Tolerances and TC Available.

® Tolerances 1 % , 0.5% , 0.25% , 0.1 % .

VAMISTOR TYPES APPROVED PER M0L-R~55182

Unique Patented Construction Produces The Highest Reliability

Special Units
Available

• HI-REL Resistors to
exceed MIL specs

• Matched sets to
meet any level

• Special TC Coeffi-
cients to 0°PPM

MILITARY

RJHj

VAMISTOR

TC

RESISTANCE

BODY

BODY

LEAD

LEAD

ACTUAL SIZE

TYPE

STYUE

ppm/°C

RANGE

LENGTH

DIAMETER

LENGTH

DIAMETER

RNC55)

c

HS47-2B

50

■

1 1/2

.025

RNR55 >
RNN55/

H

HR47-2B

HS47-2A

50

25

24.9 OHMS to 200K

±1/8

±.002

H

HR47-2A

25

(6.35

(2.78

(38.1

(.635

(1/10 Watt)

K

HR47-2K

100

±.787)

±.787)

±3.18)

±.050)

RNC60)

C

HS48-2B

50

.375

.125

1 1/2

.025

RNR60 V

H

HR48-2B

50

±.062

+ .040

±1/8

±.002

RNN60 1

E

HS48-2A

HR48-2A

25

25

24.9 OHMS to 499 K

(9.52

-.031

VA+ro^ 1 j

J

(3.17

(38.1

(.635

(1/8 Wait)

K

HR48-2K

100

±1.57)

+1.02-.787)

±3.18)

±.050)

RNC65 )

C

HS55-2B

50

.625

.188

1 1/2

.025

RNR65>

H

HR55-2B

50

24.9 OHMS to 1 MEG.

+ .031
— .094
(15.87
+.787

+ .062
— .031

±1/8

±.002

* ■ ... iitt? fno ' j

RNN65/

E

HS55-2A

25

VAMISTOR

J

HR55-2A

25

(4.77

(38.1

(.635

(1/4 Watt)

K

HR55-2K

100

-2.39)

+1.57-.787)

±3.18)

±.050)

RNC70)

C

HS52-2B

50

.750

.250

1 1/2

.032

RNR70 >
RNN707

H

E

J

HR52-2B

HS52-2A

HR52-2A

50

25

25

24.9 OHMS to 1.5 MEG.

+ .125
— .062

(19.04

+3.17

-1.57)

+ .078
— .031

(6.35

±1/8

(38.1

±.002 |

(.813

y - '

vam1sT0r

(1/2 Watt)

K

HS52-2K

100

+ 1.98-.787)

±3.18)

±.050)

■■MMl

E

HS50-2A

25

1.062

.375

1 1/2

.032

■a

J

HR 50 -2 A

25

24.9 OHMS to 2 MEG.

±.062

(26.97

±1.57)

+.062
— .031
(9.52

±1/8

(38.1

±3.18)

±.002

(.813

±.050)

* vaWsYor '2

■ m

+1.57-.787)

1 1

THE NEW

VAMISTOR

(Metric dimensions shown in parenthesis)

OTp. 115 Industrial Park, Sevierville, TN 37862

Sales & Corporate Office: PHONE: 615/453-0001

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2097

4700

RESISTORS

4700

VICTOREEN

Carbon & Metal
Film Resistors

From general purpose thru
extreme precision, Victoreen
now offers low-priced Carbon
and Metal Film Resistors.

In addition to our broad based
stock, custom stocking plans
are available to fit your needs.

VMF-55,60 (Metal Film)

• Wide Temperature Coefficient range:
25, 50, 100PPM/°C

• Tolerances available: 0.25%, 0.5%, 1%,
2%, 5%

• Packaging variety: Bulk, Tape & Reel,
Ammo Pack

• Cut and form leads available as required

• Custom stocking plans available

• Epoxy conformal coated

Victoreen, Inc.

A Sheller-Globe Corporation Subsidiary

10101 Woodland Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44104
(216) 795-8200

VICTOREEN

'f •??***

(Carbon Film)

• Wide resistance range-, i ohm to 1 0M ohm

• Tolerances available: i, 2 & 5%

• Packaging variety: Bulk, Tape & Reel,
Ammo Pack

• Cut and form leads available as required

• Custom stocking plans available

• Epoxy conformal coated

1 . 2 "

nom

Dimensions (in inches)

Type

A

Max.

Length

B

Max.

O.D.

c

Nominal

VCF-125

0.150

0.080

0.020

VCF-250

0.270

0.110

0 . 024 -

VCF-500

0.410

0.160

0.024

1*2098

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

VICTOREEN

Slim-Mox and
S.I.P. Networks

Slim-Mox Resistors are ideal
for applications where high
voltage/high impedance or high
density packaging are benefits
to the designer.

S.I.P. Networks are available
from 47 ohm to 2.2 megs, with
stocking plans available to fit
your needs.

I © Stocking values available

o wide resistance range to 50,000
Meg ohm

@ voltage capability to 18 KV
© Power rating to 5 Watts
® Tolerances from 0.5 to 20%

® Epoxy conformal coated

Capabilities

VNK-1 V,2V

® Wide resistance range: 47 ohm to
2.2 Meg ohm

• Tolerances available: 2, 5, 10 & 20%

• Bulk package

• Custom stocking plans available

• Epoxy conformal coated

• 5 to 14 pin configurations available

Type

Resistance
Range (ohm)

Power
Rating
(@ 70°C.)

voltage

Rating

SUM

MOX-102

IK-10, 000M

0.5W

2500V

SLIM

MOX-104

IK-50, 000M

1.0W

5000V

SLIM

MOX-108

IK-50, 000M

2.0W

10,000V

SLIM

MOX-202

IK-30, 000M

row

5000V

SLIM

MOX-204

IK-50, 000M

2.0W

10,000V

SLIM

MOX-208

IK-50, 000M

4.0W

15,000V

SLIM

MOX-308

IK-50, 000M

5.0W

18,000V

\— o.rxP±o.o20" — | — | I— o.r

ww

0.26"

max

_L

I 0.1 ±0.010" 0.01 "nom

i i

l

- 0 . 200 "

nom

-0.02" nom

-0.05”

nom

capabilities

Code

Temperature

Coefficient

(PPM/°C)

Resistance
Range (ohm)

Tolerance

{%)

A

150

47 - 2.2M

2.5

B

200

100 - 2.2M

5, 10, 20

Type IV Type2V

Pin One Common Isolated Elements

Victoreen, Inc.

A Sheller-Globe Corporation Subsidiary

10101 Woodland Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44104
(216) 795-8200

VICTOREEN

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2099

4700

RESISTORS

4700

VICTOREEN

High Voltage
Mini and Maxi
Mox Resistors

Mini and Maxi Mox Resistors
have historically been custom-
manufactured resistors.

NOW AVAILABLE FROM STOCK.

Mini-Mox/

Maxi-Mox

• Stocking values available

• Wide resistance range to 50,000
Meg ohm

• Voltage capability to 37.5 KV

• Power rating to 12.5 watts

• Tolerances from 0.5 to 15%

• Epoxy conformal coated

Capabilities

■

Hi h-B

- - ■■

a ra c

c i B ~i I — A ~

Type

Resistance
Range (ohm)

Power
Rating
(@ 70°C.)

voltage

Rating

MOX-200

1M - 1000M

.25W

500V

MOX-300

1M - 1000M

.50W

1000V

MOX-400-24

IK - 20,000M

.25W

1000V

MOX-750-24

IK - 30.000M

.50W

2000V

MOX-1 125-24

IK - 50,000M

1.00W

5000V

MOX-1A

10K-20,000M

1.5W

7500V

M0X-2A

20K-30.000M

3.0W

15,000V

MOX-3A

30K-30,000M

4.5W

22,500V

MOX-4A

40K-50,000M

6.0W

30,000V

MOX-5A

50K-50,000M

7.5W

37,500V

+T

1,3” -HU-.032”

Dimensions

(in inches)

MINI-MOX

MAXI-MOX

200

300

400-24

750-24

1125-24

A

Max.

Length

200 0.275
500 0.435
-24 0.500
-24 0.840
-24 1.235
1A 1.140
2A 2.140
3A 3.140
4A 4.140
5A 5.14Q

C

Nominal

Vlctoreen, Inc.

A Sheller -Globe Corporation Subsidiary

10101 Woodland Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44104
(216) 795-8200

VICTOREEN

1*2100

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

VICTOREEN

Power-Mox
and RX-i
Hi-Megs

From one extreme to the other,
Power-Mox Resistors for the high
power /high voltage needs, RX-1
Resistors for the lower voltage,
high impedance applications. Also
for any applications in between.

Power-Mox Series

Victoreen’s Power-Mox series is ideal for applica-
tions where high power, voltage and stability
are required. With power and voltage ratings to
60 watts and 60KV respectively, this series of
resistors when used in applications such as
x-ray, power supplies and electrostatic precipi-
taters, becomes the key to quality, high reliability
end products.

VICTOREEN’S Hl-MEG RESISTORS were originally
designed for use in electrometer circuits where

a high order of performance is required. Hl-MEG
resistors achieve a high degree of accuracy and
stability, and operate at this high level for a long
period of time. The HI-MEGS are manufactured
in accordance with MIL-R-14293A, characteristic

T, and therefore are measured at 25 volts. Refer-
ence to the average voltage coefficient curve
below will indicate that deviations from the
marked resistance value may be encountered
when used at higher voltages. By special order,
Victoreen can supply resistors with resistance
measurements at specified voltages. Resistance
range: 10 Meg ohm-1 ,000,000 Meg ohm. Avail-
able tolerances: 1%-10%.

.020 IN. ± 002 LEAD DIA.

VBCTOREEffMl

Victoreen, Inc.

A Sheller-GloPe Corporation Subsidiary

10101 Woodland Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44104
(216) 795-8200

Optional Terminations nominal

A. 1/4-20 Threaded End Cap B. 0.40" Ferrule C. Radial Bands

Capabilities

Type

Length

Resistance

Range

voltage

Rating*

Power
Rating
(@ 70°C.)

MOX-F

3.0

10K - 3000 Meg

20KV

22.5W

MOX-C

4.5

10K - 5000 Meg

30KV

34.0W

MOX-H

6.0

10K - 7000 Meg

45KV

45.0W

MOX-J

8.0

10K - 10,000 Meg

60KV

60.0W

* When used above 40KV, some method of corona suppression is required.

AVERAGE VOLTAGE COEFFICIENT VERSUS RESISTANCE

RESISTANCE (OHMS)

AVERAGE VOLTAGE COEFFICIENT VERSUS RESISTANCE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2101

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Established Reliability
Resistors; Ermil
Style RNC90Y
(Mil-R-55182/9,

Char. Y)

Resistance

(Ohms)

Max.

Power Power Work,
at 70°C at 125°C Voltage

Standard TCR
Spread from
Nominal 2

f0.6ppm/°C ±1.5ppm/°C

(0°C To + 25°C)

-0.6ppm/°C ±1.5ppm/°C

(+25°C To + 60°C)

+ 2.2ppm/°C ±2.0ppm/°C

(-55°CTo +25°C) /

-1.8ppm/°C ±2.0ppm/°C

( + 25°C To +125°C)

Shelf-Life
Stability
(Max. AR) 3

Load-Life
Stability
(Max. AR) 3

Dimensions
Inch (mm) WxLxH

0.105 (2.67) x 0.302 (7.67) x
0.326 (8.28)

0.015% —v—/

2000 Hrs. .

0.3W@125°C Dim To1 ’ ±0 - 010 (0.25)

Lead Spacing 0.150 (3.81) Nom.

VISHAY

...to be precise®

VISHAY RESISTIVE SYSTEMS GROUP of Vlshay Intertechnology, Inc.
HEADQUARTERS

63 Lincoln Highway, Malvern, PA 19355 • Tel: (215) 644-1300 • TWX 510-668-8944

1*2102

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Precision Resistors;
High Performance
Industrial &
Aerospace
Group

Extended Range
High Performance
Industrial Precision
Resistors

Model

Number

Resistance _ .

... . Tolerance’

Ohms

Max.

Power Power Work,
at 70°C at 125°C Voltage

Nominal

TCR 2

Standard TCR
Spread from
Nominal 2

Shelf-Life
Stability
(Max. AR) 3

Load-Life
Stability
(Max. AR) 3

Maximum Dimensions
lnch(mm)WxLxH

S102C® 4

MOOk

0.6W

0 3W

300

+ 0.6ppm/°C

(0°C To +

±1.5ppm/°C

25°C)

0.0025%

1 Year:
0.005%

0.05%

2000 Hrs.
0.1W@70°C

0.105 (2.67) x 0.302 (7.67) x
0.326(8.28)

Dim. To!. ±0.010(0.25)

Lead Spacing: 0. 150 (3.81) Nominal

SI 040

1-200k

To

±0.005%

1.0W

0 5W

350

-0.6ppm/°C

( + 25°C To
+ 2.2ppm/°C

± 1.5ppm/°C
+ 60°C)
±2.0ppm/°C

,0.015%

2000 Hrs.
0.3W@125°C

0.160 (4.06) x 0.575 (14.61) x
0.530(13.46)

Lead Spacing: 0.400 (10.16) Nominal

S105D

1-300k

1.5W

0.75W

350

(-55°C To +25°C)
-1.8ppm/°C ±2.0ppm/°C

( + 25°C To + 125°C)

3 Years

0.05%
10.000 Hrs.

0.160 (4.06) x 0.820 (20.83) x

0 530(13.46)

Lead Spacing: 0.650 (16.51) Nominal

S106D

0.5-600k

2.0W

1.0W

500

0.3W<ft 125°C '

0.260 (6.60) x 1.190 (30.23) x
0.530(13.46)

Lead Spacing: 0.900 (22.86) Nominal

Model

Number

Resistance

(Ohms)

Tolerance

, Power
@ 85°C

Max.

Power Work. Nominal

@125°C Voltage TCR 2

Standard TCR
Spread from
Nominal 2

Shelf-Life
Stability
(Max. AR)-

Load-Life

Stability

1 (Max. AR) 3

Maximum Dimensions

Inch (mm) W x L x H

E102C 4

100k-250k

0.2W

(150k-

250k)

0.3W

(100k-

150k)

300

+ 0.6ppm/°C ±1.5ppm/°C

(0°C To +25°C)

0.005%

2000 Hrs.
O.IWtfz 70°C

0.105 (2.67) x 0.302 (7.67) x
0.326(8.28)

Dim.Tol. ±0.010(0.25)

Lead Spacing: 0. 150 (3.81) Nominal

E104D

200k-500k

To

±0.005%

0.5W

-

400

” -0.6ppm/°C ±1.5ppm/°C

( + 25°C To +60°C)

+ 2.2ppm/°C ±2.0ppm/°C

0.0025%

1 Year;
0.005%

0.01%

2000 Hrs.
0.3W@70°C

0.160 (4 06) x 0.575 (14.61) x

0.530 (13.46)

Lead Spacing: 0.400 (10.16) Nominal

| E105D

300k-750k

0.75W

-

600

(-55°C Tc
-1.8ppm/°C
( + 25°C To

i +25°C)
±2.0ppm/°C
+ 125°C)

3 Years

0.05%

2000 Hrs.

0.160 (4.06) x 0.820 (20.83) x
0.530(13.46)

Lead Spacing: 0.650 (16.51) Nominal

El 060

400k To 1 Meg.

1.0W

—

800

0.3W(f/125°C

0.260 (6.60) x 1.190 (30.23) x
0.530(13.46)

Lead Spacing: 0.900 (22.86) Nominal

Value Engineered &
Standard Stock
Precision Resistors

Model

Number

Resistance

(Ohms)

Tolerance’

Power

a(70°C

Power
at 125°C

Max.

Work.

Voltage

Nominal

TCR 2

(~55°Cto +125°C)

Shelf-Life
Stability
(Max. A R) 3

Load-Life
Stability
(Max. AR) 3

Maximum Dimensions

Inch (mm) WxLxH

V53C1 4

IQ- 100k

0.6W

0.3W

300

0.105 (2.67) x 0.302 (7.67) x

0.326 (8.28)

Dim.Tol. ±0.010(0.25)

Lead Spacing: 0.150 (3.81) Nominal

V53C5

1Q-200k

To

±0.02%

1.0W

0.5W

350

± 10 ppm/°C
(Ref. @25°C)

0.003%

1 Year

0.05%
2000 Hrs.
@125°C

0.160 (4.06) x 0.575 (14.61) x

0.530 (13.46)

Lead Spacing: 0.400 (10.16) Nominal

V53C6

1Q-300k

1.5W

0.75W

350

0.160 (4.06) x 0.820 (20.83) x

0.530 (13.46)

Lead Spacing: 0.650 (16.51) Nominal

V53C7

0.5Q-600k

2.0W

1.0W

500

0.260 (6.60) x 1.190 (30.23) x

0.530 (13.46)

Lead Spacing. 0.900 (22.86) Nominal

Axial Leaded

Resistors

Model

Number

Resistance

(Ohms)

Tolerance P ” e '
at70°C

Power Work,
at 125°C Voltage

Nominal

TCR 2

(-55°Cto +125°C)

Shelf-Life
Stability
(Max. A R) 3

Load- Life
Stability
(Max. A R) 3

Nominal Dimensions
Inch (mm)

mm -

VTA-52

(RBR-52)

1.0W

5W

1.00 (25.4)Lx
.375 (9.53) dia.

VTA-53

(RBR-53)

.66W

.33W

.750 (19.U5)Lx

gpp

.375(9.53) dia.

mm

VTA-54

(RBR-54)

1.150KQ

1.0 to 5W

.01%

.25W

300V

+10ppm/°C
(-55°Cto
+ 125°C)

25ppm

1 year

0.05%

2000 Hrs.
@125°C

.750 (19.05)Lx
.260 (6.60) dia.

.naaKMt 'mm

VTA-55

(RBR-55)

.3W

.15W

.500 (12.70)Lx
.260 (6.60) dia.

VTA-56

(RBR-56)

.25W

.125W

.356 (9.04)Lx
.260 (6.60) dia.

VISHAY

...to be precise®

VISHAY RESISTIVE SYSTEMS GROUP of Vishay Intertechnology, Inc.
HEADQUARTERS

63 Lincoln Highway, Malvern, PA 19355 • Tel: (215) 644-1300 • TWX 510-668-8944

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2103

4700

RESISTORS

4700

4700

RESISTORS

4700

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2105

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Ward h
L eonard

Ax ial le ad Re sistors — Ratings a nd S i ze s

Watt Rating

at 325° C Resistance Standard Dielectric Maximum

Temperature Range Resistance Withstanding Voltage _

Rise, 25° C in Tolerance Voltage Rating" t

Ambient Min. Max. ±1.

Dimensions
(in inches)

tOlher resistance values on orde r.
+ t Voltage not to exceed \J RxP
©± 1 / 32 .

WRITE OR PHONE
FOR OUR FULL LINE
RESISTOR CATALOG

C HOT TIN DIPPED

Application

These miniaturized, space-saving axial lead re-
sistors find wide-spread application in compu-
ters, instruments, communication, and other
electronic equipment. Axiohm® resistors meet
the exacting requirements of printed circuit
board and other automated equipment in addi-
tion to terminal board, point-to-point wiring,
and mechanical connections.

Construction

Precision dimensioned ceramic cores are
equipped with end caps and tinned axial leads
for fast, easy soldering. Low TC alloy resis-
tance wire is spot welded to end caps insuring a
permanent low resistance bond. The cement,
silicone, or vitreous enamel coating seals and
protects the resistance wire.

Temperature Coefficient

Standard T.C. is ±180ppm/°C.

Resistance Tolerance

Standard ±5%. Closer tolerances on special
order.

Optional Features

Non-Inductive Resistors —Specially designed
axial lead resistors can he supplied for high
frequency circuits. These resistors utilize the
Ayrton-Perry method of winding in which two
single layer windings run in opposite directions
and cross at points 180° apart providing min-
imum inductance and distributed capacitance.

Controlled or Limited Inductance — Resistors
are available with special single windings in
which the winding is controlled not to exceed a
specified inductance.

Reel Packs — Single or double adhesive tape
for bulk packing resistors for automatic feed-
ing in automated assembly line can he
supplied.

Ordering Information

1. Quantity

2. State watt rating, type coating (C = Cement,
SX = Silicone, X = Vitreous enamel) and
ohms. Example: A five watt cement coated
axial lead resistor of 1,000 ohms would be
ordered as 5C 1000,

3. Resistance tolerance if other than standard

±5%. fllli®

4. Optional features

5. T.C. Other Than Standard

in Ohms*

Tolerance

Voltage

Rating"

: A

B

Min.

Max.

±1/16

±1/32

0.1

7,500

Ittllll

500

100

13/32® 3/32

0.1

10,000

±5%

500

300

3/8

3/16

0.1

20,000

±5%

500

450

1/2

3/16

0.1

30,000

±5%

500

600

11/16

3/16

0.1

40,000

±5%

500

800

15/16

3/16

0.1

50,000

±5%

500

875

1

5/16

0.1

125,000

±5%

500

1600

1-3/4

5/16

o.l

175,000

±5% ;

500

1600

1-3/4

3/8

WARD LEONARD, 31 South St, Mount Vernon, N.Y. 10550 • Phone 914-664-1000 • Telex 13-7427 • TWX 710-562-0144

1-2106

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4700

RESISTORS

4700

:■ j j | ' ! " '' ' j [h ^ j Q

f . i/r

Application

Seslsfanc© Tolerance

Fixed resistors introduce only one
predetermined amount of resistance into a

±5% standard. Below one ohm ±10%.

circuit.

Ordering Information

Construction

1. Quantity required.

2. Watt rating.

Standard fixed tubular resistors are single - .. /rTr , , ...

, . . . ■ . * 3. Type coating (FC = cement, FS = silicone,

layer wound and furnished with two lug ter- ^5 . lx

minals that are pre-tinned for fast, easy solder- Vl reous enarne )■

ing. They can be supplied with cement.

4. Resistance value (in ohms).

silicone or vitreous enamel coatings.

Example: A 10-watt cement coated fixed
resistor of 500 ohms would be ordered as

v

10FC500.

L..L

Fixed

Lug Terminals

Watt Rating
at 300° C
Temperature
Rise, 40° C
Ambient

Resistance
Range
in Ohms 1

Min. Max.

Standard

Resistance

Tolerance

Std. Lug
Terminal
Type No.

Mounting
Bracket 1 ’
Type No.

U'y 8

0.5

12,000

- ±5%

225

829

10

0.5

28,000

, ±5%

225

829

12

0.5

36,000

±5%

225

829

15

0.5

40,000

±5%

225

835

20

0.5

62,000

: ±5%

225

835

25

0.5

70,000

: ±5%

219

813

30

0.5

77,000

: ; ±5%

219

826

35

0.5

115,000

±5%

219

813

50

0.5

185,000

±5%

219

813

70

0.5

275,000

±5%

219

814

100

0.5

450,000

±5%

219

: V; 814

130

0.5

500,000

±5%

252 :

815

160

0.5

650,000

±5%

252

815

180

0.5

750,000

±5%

252

815

225

0.5

900,000

±5%

252

815

SOLID TINNED COPPER WIRE
V 8 TO 20 WATTS ONLY g g

HOT TIN DIP in

-r I C

l ° r<= r

u Jr.

tOther resistance values on order.

t+Spring dip push-in type mounting brackets furnished only when specified on order.

Note: Maximum Voltage Ratings based on 495 R.M.S. (700 peak) volts per linear inch of core
length. Voltage must not exceed \/RxP

Dimensions — In Inches (Approximate)

Watt

Rating

B

C

D

•V E <-v;

F

G

H

dla.

J

K .7

L

dla.

■ M ; :

N

y&iVyy

m 1 :

7/32 : :

5/16

■y^/yy-

— V-y

yy

3/16

.089

1/8

7/16

10

M/2

7/32

5/16

—

__

\y-— ;.y’/

■ —

yyy— :

3/16

.089

1/8

7/16

12

1-3/4

1 ; 7/32 .

5/16

‘ "L_ : -

y : : : 'y—y i: y

; ; "_ii :: yy :

- — ■ :

3/16

.089

1/8

7/16

15

1-1/2

: 5/16

7/16

y :

! — y'. :

y--i ; — ■ ; ;i v y

■_^y : -

; y — = ■

3/16

.089

1/8

7/16

20

: • • : : 2

5/16

■ 7/16

•yy — -y

■y y|-y,y

!■:■ f— ? : :■

. ; y ~4 1 y

3/16

.089

1/8

7/16

25

\ -2 :

25/64

9/16

1 -V •

21/32

2-5/8

3

.156

1/4

1/4

.144

5/32

9/16

30

29/64

. 5/8

1-1/16

11/16

2-5/8

3

.156

1/4

1/4

.144

5/32

9/16

35

3

25/64

9/16

1

21/32'

3-5/8

4

.156

1/4

1/4

.144

5/32

9/16

50

4

25/64

9/16

1

21/32

4-5/8

5

.156

1/4

1/4

.144

5/32

9/16

70

4-1/2

17/32

3/4

1-5/8

13/16

5-1/4

6

.187

3/8

1/4

.144

5/32

9/16

100

6-J/2

17/32

: 3/4 : .

1-5/8

13/16

7-1/4

8

.187

3/8

1/4

.144

5/32

9/16

130

6-1/2

3/4

1-1/8

1-15/16

1-5/16

7-1/4

8

.187

1/2

5/16

.169

5/32 ;

5/8

160

7-1/2

3/4

1-1/8

1-15/16

1-5/16

8-1/4

9

.187

1/2

5/16

.169

5/32

5/8

180

8-1/2

3/4

1-1/8

1-15/16

1-5/16

9-1/4

10

.187

1/2

5/16

.169

5/32

5/8

225

10-1/2

3/4

1-1/8

1-15/16

1-5/16

11-1/4

12

.187

y 1/2

5/16

169

5/32

5/8

WARD LEONARD, 31 South St., Mount Vernon, N.Y. 10550 • Phone 914-664-1000 • Telex 13-7427 • TWX 710-562-0144

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2107

4700

RESISTORS

4700

Adjustable Tubular Resistors — Lug Terminals

Watt Rating Resistance

at 300° C Range Standard Maximum Core Std. Lug Adjustable Mounting

Temperature in Ohms* Resistance Voltage and Terminal Band Bracket^

Rise Min. Max. Tolerance Rating Length Type No. Type No. Type No.

12 1 8,000 +10%, -5%

30 1 20,000 +10%, -5%

50 1 40,000 +10%, -5%

70 1 63,000 +10%,-5%

130 1 150,000 +10%, -5%

180 1 200,000 +10%, -5%

225 1 200,000 + IO%,-5%

Ratings based on
495 R.M.S. (700
peak) volts per
linear inch of core
length. Voltage
must not exceed
VRxP

Other resistance values on order.

Spring clip push-in mounting brackets furnished only when specified on order.

WRITE OR PHONE
FOR OUR FULL LINE
RESISTOR CATALOG

Application

Ward Leonard Adjusiohm® resistors are
designed for use in electronic and other
circuitry where resistance values must be
adjusted from time to time or where inter-
mediate resistance values are required.

Construction

Adjustable tubular resistors are manufactured
to the same precise specifications as fixed
tubular resistors. Each wire-wound resistor
has a bare side, two lug terminals and one
adjustable band.

Ordering Information

I , Quantity required 2. Watt rating

3. Type coating ( AOcement, AS=silicone,
A=vitreous enamel)

4. Resistance value (in ohms)

Example: A 12 watt cement coated adjustable
resistor of 1,000 ohms would be ordered as
1 2 AC 1000

Adjustable

Resistor Size
(in Watts)

NOTE: When adjustable contact band is positioned
to obtain resistance required, the power rating
must be lowered in proportion to the adjusted
resistance to nominal. To determine power rating,
use the following equation:

p _^A Where: Pf V j= Max. Power Rating

(in Watts)

R A -Resistance in Ohms
(Adjusted)

Rjs) - Resistance in Ohms
(Nominal)

Ward M
Leonard

ZP/ 4 "

211

609 Z

829

Mr

219

612A

826

T4"

219

612T

813

B4*4"

219

612B

814

D6 j /2"

252

615D

815

D8>/ 2 "

252

615D

815

DKP/ 2 "

252

615D

815

Watt

Rating

A

B

CMRi

E

F

G

H

dla.

J

K

L

M

■rwr

O

12

1-3/4

7/32

5/16

7/16

9/32

2-1/8

2-7/16

144

1/4

3/16

.089

1/8

7/16

9. 16

30

: v .2.

29/64

5/8

1-1/16

11/16

2-5/8 ;

3

.156

1/4

1 , 4

; .144

5/32

9/ 16

3,4

: 50

/ 4

25/64

9/16

1

21/32

: 4-5/8

, 5

.156

1/4

1/4

144

5/32

9/16

/ 3/4

70

4-1 / 2

17/32

3/4

1-5/8

13/16

5*1/4 :

6

187

3/8

1/4

.144

5 / 32

9/16

3/4

130

6-1/2

3/4

1-1/8

1-15/16

1-5/16

7- J /4

8

.187

1/2

5/16

.169

5 32

5/8

25/ .32

180

8-1/2

3/4

1-1/8

1-15/16

1-5/16

' 9-1/4

to

.187

i/a

5/16

.169

5 32

5/8

25,32

225

10-1/2

3/4

; 1-1/8

1-15/16

1-5/16

Hl /4

12

. 187 ;

Wmi

5/16

.369

5/32

5/8

25 32

WARD LEONARD. 31 South St.. Mount Vernon. N.Y. 10550 • Phone 914-664-1000 • Telex 13-7427 • TWX 710-562-0144

1*2108

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

EIA/MIL Resistor Color Codes

Color code for general-purpose industrial resistors

Significant

Color

digit

Multiplier

Tolerance

Black

0

1

—

Brown

1

10

± 1%

Red

2

100

± 2%

Orange

3

1000

± 3%

Yellow

4

10,000

± 4%

Green

5

100,000

—

Blue

6

1,000,000

—

Violet

7

10,000,000

—

Gray

8

—

—

White

9

—

—

Gold

—

0.1

± 5%

Silver

—

0.01

±10%

No color

—

—

±20%

Example:

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

POTENTIOMETER

CAPITAL OF THE WORLD

FROM LOW-COST CARBON SINGLE-TURNS
TO SEALED PRECISION MULTI-TURNS. . .

MURATA ERIE HAS THEM ALU

Murata Erie manufactures one of the broadest potentiometer lines in
the world. For commercial and industrial applications- single-turn trin
mers in carbon, cermet and conductive plastic in all popular
resistances, mounting configurations and power ratings from 1/10 watt
to 3/4 watt. For instrumentation and other precision applica-
tions- single- and multi-turn trimmers with from 1 to 25 turns full rang
14 watt to 1 watt ratings and standard square, rectangular and circular
configurations.

For complete technical details write to

Murata Erie North America, Inc.,

1148 Franklin Road, SE, jy

Marietta, Georgia 30067 or call ttUiMato. I " if H

404-952-9777. I — — JHS5H

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

1*2110

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

POTENTIOMETERS

Samarius

1*2148

1-2148

TRIMMERS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2111

EEM

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1«2, 2*2, 3 # 2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

Types 81,85,90,94,
S,N,R,F,DT,Y

Voltage
Rating
(RMS or
DC)

Operating

Temperature

Range

Terminal

Types

- 55°C to
+ 125°C

-55°C to
+ 125°C

- 55°C
+ 125°C

Pin

-55°C
+ 125 °C

-55°C to
+ 100°C

- 55 °C to
+ 125°C

i

Pin or
Solder Lug

-55°C to
+ 120°C

Pin or
Solder Lug

-40°C to
+ 120°C

Front: 3 Lugs
Rear: 3 Pins

or

Front: 2 Pins
Rear: 2 Pins

Case

Dimensions
in Inches
(millimeters)

0.25 (6.35)
Diameter by
0.25 (6.35)

L 0.4 (10)

H 0.42 (107)
W 0.21 (5,3)

L 0.466 (11.9)
W 0.393 (10.0)
D 0.228 (5.8)

L 0.76 (19,3)
H 0.45 (11,55)
W 0.2 (5.08)

0.375 (9,52)
Diameter by
0.375 (9.52)

L 1.250 (31,75)
H 0.359 (9,13)
W 0.250 (6,35)

0.500 (12.70)
Diameter by
0.531 (13,49)

0.500 (12,70)
Diameter by

Immersion

Sealed

Immersion

Sealed

Dust and Splash
Resistant

0.500 (12.70) n ' . c , ,
r.. ' , Dust and Splash

Diameter by D . . \

0.359 (9.13) Resistant

1^1 ALLEN-BRA.DLEY

N sauy Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *21 1 3

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

SPECIFICATIONS

Type

Publi-

cation

Number

Series

70

EC5670-2.1

Series

72

EC5670-2.1

Series

73

EC5670-2.1

J(RV4)

EC5607-2.1

EJ

EC5620-2.1

G(RV6)

EC5605-2.1

W( RV6)
WP

EC5612-2.1

WR

EC5650-2.1

SP

EC5640-2.1

M

EC5610-2.1

2000

EC5680-2.1

Resistance

Element

Conductive

Plastic

Conductive

Plastic

Conductive

Plastic

Conductive

Plastic

Resistance
Range and
Tolerance

100 Ohms to
5 Megohms
±10%

50 Ohms to
10 Megohms
± 10 %, ± 20 %

100 Ohms to
1 Megohm
± 10 %, ± 20 %

100 Ohms to
5 Megohms
±10%

50 Ohms to
10 Megohms
± 10 %, ± 20 %

100 Ohms to
1 Megohm
± 10 %, ± 20 %

100 Ohms to
5 Megohms
±10%

50 Ohms to
10 Megohms
± 10 %, ± 20 %

100 Ohms to
1 Megohm
± 10 %, ± 20 %

50 Ohms to
5 Megohms
± 10 %, ± 20 %

100 Ohms to
5 Megohms
± 10 %, ± 20 %

50 Ohms to
1 Megohm
± 10 %

(5% available)

100 Ohms to
1 Megohm
± 20 %

250 Ohms to
1 Megohm
±20%

Conductive Plastic,
Cermet and Hot-Molded
Carbon Composition
Panel

Potentiometers

Number of
Sections
Available

Case

Dimensions
in Inches
( millimeters)

0.625(15,88)
Square
Lug terminals:
0.594(15,08)
Deep

Pin terminals:
0.625(15,88)
Deep
(Single
Section)

0.625 05,88)
Deep by
1.156(29.36)
Diameter
(Single
Section) Q

For Gand W

0469 01,91) Deep
For WR:

0422 (10.72) Deep
by

0500(12.70)

Diameter

Above dimensions
for types

G and WR do not
include the
available switch
option B1

0.438 01,11)
Deep by
0.375 (9,52)
Diameter

0.394 00,0)
Cubed
All Versions

0.625 (15,88)
Square

Immersion

Sealed

Dust and Splash
Resistant

Immersion

Sealed

Dust and Splash
Resistant

Sealed for
Board Washing

All depth dimensions are maximum.

1*2114

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

Series 72 MOD POT®

Similar to

Series 70, except the
bushing and shaft are
non-metallic.

Available in single or
dual combination
only.

Series 73 MOD POT® -

Similar to

Series 70, except the
bushing is of a more
economical design.

Series 70 MOD POT® -

Modular design innovated by
Allen-Bradley offers almost
unlimited combinations: single,
dual, triple or quadruple
sections. Options include PC or
solder lug terminals, variety of
switches, vernier drives,
concentric shafts, hot-molded
composition, cermet or
conductive plastic resistance
elements.

Type J (RV4) — Standard of
the industry for quality. Hot-
molded composition, 50 ohms
to 5 megs, ±10% and ±20%
(special values to 1000 megs
available), 2.25Wat 70° C,
single, dual, triple sections
available. Switch for single or
dual sections.

Type G (RV6) — Hot-molded
composition, 100 ohms to 5
megs, ±10% and ±20%, 0.5W
at 70° C, single section
available with or without SPST
switch.

Type W (RV6) — Hot-molded
composition, 100 ohms to 5
megs, ±10% and ±20%, 0.5W
at 70° C, single section.

Type WR — Radial-lead
version of Type W. Available
with or without switch. Switch
versions offer contacts that
close at start of clockwise
rotation (TYPE WRS) or with
switch with contacts that close
at start of counter-clockwise
rotation (TYPE WRH).

Type WP — Pin-terminal
version of Type W. Suited for
printed circuit board mounting.

Type SP — Cermet, 50 ohms
to 1 meg, ±10%, 1.0W at
70° C, single section. Only 3/8
inch diameter.

Type EJ — Extra long life
version of the Type J with
rotational life exceeding one
million rotations, single or dual
configurations. Slip clutch
available.

Type M — Miniature
conductive plastic. 100 ohms to
1 meg., ±20%, 0.1Wat40° C,
single and dual sections
available. Switches optional. 5
terminal options. Non-metallic
case, bushing and shaft.

Type 2000 — Designed cost-
effective in conductive plastic.
250 ohms to 1 meg, ±20%,
0.5W at 70° C single section.'
Terminal options available.
Non-metallic case and shaft.
Choice of bushing.

Standard options for most types include linear and
non-linear tapers, a variety of shafts, bushings, shaft
endings,, shaft lengths, and hardware.

Types J and the multi-section MOD POT® with
composition tracks are well suited for attenuator
applications.

ALLEN-BRADLEY

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53204

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2115

INDEX

index

COMPUTE tNSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO
ODrtn.5l^ :UP ANO KEEJ> UP your ELECTRONIC
PRODUCTS DATA INFORMATION HUNG SYSTEM

CROSS REFERENCE CARDS (61)

FILE

LABELS (308)

PRODUCT

INDEX

file

file

FILE

FILE

file

file

FILE

LABELS FIT
THIRD-CUT
FILE FOLDERS
(NOT SUPPLIED)

WONDERFILE !

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
Completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

Standard

Models

Available

Part

Numbers

Available

From

Bourns

Distributors

TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

THE FUTURE IN TRIMMER/RESISTOR TECHNOLOGY

Bourns has combined the worlds best technologies used in producing cermet trimmers
and cermet fixed resistor networks.

This innovative packaging concept results in improved circuit performance, reduced design
time, increased reliability, and better temperature tracking than discrete equivalents.

MFT trimmers/resistors are compatible with automatic test and insertion equipment, and
their sealed construction enables them to be mounted prior to board washing.

7102B

two single turn trimmers

7103C

three single turn trimmers

7104D

four single turn trimmers

Detail

Part Numbers

R1

R2

7102B-21 0-101

101

101

-210-102

102

102

-210-103

103

103

-210-104

104

104

Detail

Part Numbers

R1

R2

R3

71 03CI-31 0-1 03
1-310-104

103

104

103

104

103

104

Detail

Part Numbers

R1

R2

R3

R4

7104D-410-101

101

101

101

101

-410-102

102

102

102

102

-410-103

103

103

103

103

-410-104

104

104

104

104

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL Ref. model 7102B

ELECTRICAL

Rated Voltage V.P.R.P=Resistance; Up to

115V Absolute Max.

Total Package Power @ 85°C 0.50 Watt (Max.)

Total Package Power @ 125°C 0.20 Watt

(Max.)

Dielectric Withstanding

Voltage 900 VRMS (Max.)

Insulation Resistance 1 ,000Mn (Min.)

ENVIRONMENTAL

Temperature Range,

Operational -55°C to + 125°C

Storage -55°C to + 150°C

Temperature Coefficient,

R1 or R2 100 ppm/°C (Max.)

Terminal Strength, Pull 4.5 lbs./30 sec.

Bend 8 ounces

Short Time Overload (TRS), 2.5 x RATED

Voltage for 5 Seconds 0.25% (Max.)

Moisture Resistance lOOOMn (Min.)

POTENTIOMETER

ELECTRICAL

Range of R1 & R2 (Std.) .100, IKn 10Kn

1 — 100KQ

Actual Electrical Travel (Norn.) 230°

End Resistance ! 2 or 0.1% (Max.)

PHYSICAL

Adjustment Torque 0.1 to 2 oz.-in. (Max.)

Mechanical Stops Solid, 3 oz.-in. (Min.)

ENVIRONMENTAL

Rotational Life. . . •. . .200 Cycles (Min.)

Vibration, 30Gs, 45 Hz to

2 Hz, Contact Bounce 0.1 ms (Max.)

( ± ) TRS 1%

Shock, lOOG’s, Contact Bounce. ... 0.1 ms (Max.)

(±)VRS 1%

Low Temperature Exposure (TRS), 24 hours @

-55°C 2.0% (Max.)

High Temperature Exposure (TRS), 24 hours @

+ 125°C 3.0%

Humidity (TRS) 2.0%

MECHANICAL

8 Pin, 14 Pin, & 16 Pin Dual In Line (DIP)

Packages per JEDEC Standards

Specifications subject to change without notice.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2117

4750

POTENTIOMETERS. TRIMMERS. CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

Resistance

Range

Resistance

Tolerance*

Contact

Resistance

Variation

Adjustability

Insulation
Resistance
500 VDC

Power Rating

Temperature

Range

Temperature

Coefficient

Seal

Load Life
(1000 hrs.)

Mechanical

Life

Mechanical

Adjustment

Mech. Stops

BOURNS® RECTANGULAR MULTI -TURN TRIMMERS

TRIMPOT®, TRIMIT®, and E-Z-TRIM® TRIMMING POTENTIOMETERS

3005P 3010 3057 20 3006

%" lonq, industrial iy 4 " long industrial W' long, industrial .785" long, Trimpot® %" long, industrial

and military Industrial SIP

RT12, RTR12

‘Closer Tolerances Available. Specifications subject to chanae without notice.

1-2118

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

T’ldf^T TIGPJTVTCS TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
( *><*'* O TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

3009

long, industrial

3059

1 Vk " long, industrial
and military
RJ12, RJR12

3032

Vz" long, industrial
and military
RJR28

3099

%" long, DIP
industrial and military
RJR32

3012

1V4" long, industrial

0

j|H|

Cermet

’ • ‘■"i ■

10-2,000,0000

±10% Std.

1.0% or 1 ohm
(whichever is
greater)

: 0.01 %

100 MegO
min.

0.75 Watt @ 70°C
(400 Volt Max.)

— 55°C to
+ 125°C

±100 ppm/°C
max.

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

0.75 Watt
70°C

200 Cycles

15 Turns

Wiper Idles

10-2,000,0000

±10% Std.

1.0% or 1 ohm
(whichever is
greater)

± 0 . 01 %

1000 MegO
min.

1.0 Watt @ 70°C
(400 Volt Max.)

— 55°C to
+ 150°C

±100 ppm/°C
max.

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

1.0 Watt
70°C

200 Cycles

22 Turns

Wiper Idles

10-2,000,0000

±10% Std.

3.0% or 3 ohms
(whichever is
greater)

±0.03%

1000 MegO
min.

0.6 Watt @ 25°C
(400 Volt Max.)

— 65°C to
+ 150°C

±100 ppm/°C
max.

MIL-R-39035

Immersion

0.6 Watt
25°C

200 Cycles

10 Turns

Wiper Idles

10-2,000,0000

±10% Std.

1.0% or 1 ohm
(whichever is
greater)

= 0 . 0 . 1 %

100 MegO
min.

1.0 Watt @ 70°C
(400 Volt Max.)

— 55°C to
— 150°C

±100 ppm/°C
max.

MIL-R-39035

Immersion

1.0 Watt
70°C

200 Cycles

20 Turns

Wiper Idles

10-5,000,0000

±10% Std.

1.0% or 1 ohm
(whichever is
greater)

± 0 . 01 %

1000 MegO
(min.)

1.0 Watt @ 70°C
(500 Volt Max.)

— 65°C to
+ 150°C

±100 ppm/°C
max.

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

1 .0 Watt
70°C

200 Cycles

22 Turns

Wiper Idles

‘Closer Tolerances Available.

Specifications subject to change without notice.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2119

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, C|L BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

BOURNS® SQUARE MULTI -TURN TRIMMERS

3250

Vi" square, industrial
and military
RT22, RTR22

3260

V 4 " square, industrial

and military

RT26

3290

3 /e" square, industrial
and military
RT24, RTR24

3252

Vz n square, industrial

and military

RJ22

%

El

Wirewound |

Cermet 1

Resistance

Range

10-50,0000

10-25,0000

10-50,0000

10-2,000,0000

Resistance

Tolerance

±5% Std.

±5% Std.

±5% Std.

±10% Std.

Contact

Resistance

Variance

N/A

N/A

N/A

3.0% or 3 ohms
(whichever is
greater)

Adjustability

Within

Resolution

Within

Resolution

Within

Resolution

±0.01%

Insulation

Resistance

500 VDC

1000 Mega

Min.

1000 Mego

Min.

1000 Megn

Min.

1000 MegO

Min.

Power Rating

1.0 Watt
@ 70°C

0.25 Watt
at 85°C

1 .0 Watt
@ 70°C

1.0 Watt @70°C
(400 Volt Max.)

Temperature

Range

— 65°C to
+ 150°C

— 65°C to
+ 150°C

— 65°C to
+ 150°C

— 65°C to
+ 150°C

Temperature

Coefficient

±50 ppm/°C
max.

±50 ppm/°C
max.

±50 ppm//°C
max.

±100 ppm/°C
max.

Seal

MIL-R-27208

Immersion

MIL-R-27208

Immersion

MIL-R-27208

Immersion

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

Load Life
(1000 hrs.)

1.0 Watt
at 70°C

0.25 Watt
at 85°C

1.0 Watt
at 70°C

1.0 Watt
at 70°C

Mechanical

Life

200 Cycles

200 Cycles

200 Cycles

200 Cycles

Mechanical

Adjustment

25 Turns

11 Turns

25 Turns

22 Turns

Mechanical

Stop

Wiper Idles

Wiper Idles

Wiper Idles

Wiper Idles

•Closer Tolerances Available. Specifications subject to change without notice.

1*2120

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
TWX 91 0-332-1 252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

3292 3296 3299

3 /a" square, industrial %" square y B " square

and military industrial industrial

RJ24, RJR24

Cermet

io-i .ooo.oooa

10-1,000,0000

10-5,000,000 0

1 0-5,000, ooon

±10% Std.

10% Std.

10% Std:

10% Std.

3.0% or 3 ohms
(whichever is
greater)

3.0% or 3 ohms
(whichever is
greater)

3.0% or 3 ohms
(whichever is
greater)

3.0% or 3 ohms
(whichever is
greater)

±0.02%

±0.01%

±0.01%

±0.01%

1000 MegO

Min.

1000 Mega

Min.

1000 Mego

Min.

1000 Mega

Min.

0.25 Watt @ 85°C
(300 Volt Max.)

0.5 Watt @ 85°C
(400 Volt Max.)

0.5 Watt @ 70°C
(300 Volt Max.)

0.5 Watt @ 70° C
(300 Volt Max.)

— 65°C to
+ 150°C

— 65°C to
+ 150°C

— 55°C to
+125°C

— 55°C to
+ 125°C

±100 ppm/°C

Max.

±100 ppm/°C

Max.

±100 ppm/°C

Max.

±100 ppm/°C

Max.

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

0.25 Watt
at 85°C

0.5 Watt
at 85°C

0.5 Watt
at 70°C

0.5 Watt
at 70°C

200 Cycles

200 Cycles

200 Cycles

200 Cycles

12 Turns

22 Turns

25 Turns

25 Turns

Wiper Idles

Wiper Idles

Wiper Idles

Wiper Idles

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Va" square, industrial
and military
RJ26, RJR26

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2121

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

Resistance

Range

Resistance

Tolerance*

Contact

Resistance

Adjustability

Insulation
Resistance
500 VDC

Power Rating

Temperature

Range

Temperature

Coefficient

Seal

Load Life
(1000 hrs.)

Mechanical

Life

Adjustment

Angle

Mechanical

Angle

1*2122

TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

BOURNS® SINGLE TURN TRIMMERS

3305 3345 3329 3339

51c" diameter Vz n diameter y 4 " diameter W diameter

industrial industrial industrial industrial

•

! , *

1 111

&

Wirewound

Cermet *

10-25,0000

10-50,0000

5% Std.

±5% Std.

N/A

N/A

Within

Within

Resolution

Resolution

1000 MegO

Min.

1000 MegO

Min.

0.5 Watt

1.0 Watt

@ 70°C

@ 70°C

— 65°C to

— 55°C to

+ 150°C

+ 150°C

±70 ppm/°C

±70 ppm/°C

Max.

Max.

MIL-R-27208

MIL-R-27208

Immersion

Immersion

0.5 Watt

1.0 Watt

at 70°C

at 70°C

200 Cycles

200 Cycles

280° (Nom.)

300° (Nom.)

300° (Nom.)

310° (Nom.)

‘Closer Tolerances Available.

i on to i ,ooo,ooon

10-1,000,0000

±10% Std.

.

±10% Std.

3.0% or 3 ohms
(whichever is
greater)

3.0% or 3 ohms
(whichever is
greater)

±0.05%

±0.05%

1000 MegO

Min.

1000 MegO

Min.

0.5 at 85°C
(300 Volt Max.)

0.5 Watt @ 85°C
(300 Volt Max.)

— 55°C to
+ 150°C

— 55°C to
+ 150°C

±100 ppm/°C

Max.

±100 ppm/°C

Max.

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

0.5 Watt
at 85°C

0.5 Watt
at 85°C

200 Cycles

200 Cycles

240° (Nom.)

4 Turns

260° (Nom.)

Wiper Idles

Specifications subject to change without notice.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS. TRIMMERS, CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

>/lST«=2 TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC. TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

3352

3 / b " diameter
industrial

3359

3 / b " diameter
industrial

3386

3 /s " square,
industrial

10-5 MegfJ

100-2,000,000^

10-2,000,0000

20% Std.

20% Std.

=10% Std.

1.0% or 1 ohm
(whichever is
greater)

2.0% or 3 ohms
(whichever is
greater)

1.0% or 1 ohm
(whichever is
greater)

tO.01%

±0.05%

±0.03%

10 MegO
Min.

10 MegO
Min.

1000 MegO
Min.

0.75 Watt @ 40°C
(250 Volt Max.)

75 Watt at 40°C
(250 Volt Max)

0.5 Watt @85°C
(300 Volt Max.)

— 55°C to
+ 125°C

— 65°C to
+ 125°C

— 55°C to
+ 125°C

±100 ppm/°C
Max.

±100 ppm/°C
Max.

±100 ppm/°C
Max.

MIL-R-22097

Immersion

0.5 Watt
at 85°C

0.75 Watt
at 40°C

0.5 Watt
at 85°C

200 Cycles

500 Cycles

200 Cycles

205° (Norn.)

230° (Norn.)

280° (Norn.)

225° (Norn.)

270° (Norn.)

310° (Norn.)

Specifications subject to change without notice.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2123

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

PANEL MOUNTING DETAILS

Many Bourns models are available for panel mount application (see following details for models). To order units
with the hardware attached, simply select the part number you want from the standard part number table on the
individual catalog sheet and add M after the part number. For the model 3006 a Z should be used instead of an M.

EXAMPLES 3057L-1-1 02M

3059J-1-503M

3292L-1-105M

3006P-1-502Z

1*2124

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

PANEL MOUNTING
DETAILS

mmm/wmmrnm

You can provide your own panel mount assembly by using a standard Model
3005 or 3006 with the H-83P Adaptor — simply select the part number you
want and snap fit the unit in the plastic case. The H-83P with lockwasher and
mounting nut is available in 50-piece lots.

Ke-32 UNEF
THREAD

ADJ. SHAFT
RECESSED. 5 /ie

MOUNTING HARDWARE The following hardware is available for special mounting applications.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2125

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 71 4 781-5050

PANEL MOUNTING

MODELS 3250 AND 3252

DETAILS

.096 LONG SLOT
.025 WIDE
.025 DEEP

PANEL LAYOUT

.200 #7 DRILL

NUB

MODELS 3290 AND 3292

ROTATION TAB

3290L-1-(RC)M

NOTE: Provided with lockwasher and
mounting nut.

PANEL LAYOUT

.200 #7 DRILL

.052 OPT. FOR
ANTI-ROTATION TAB

NOTE: Provided with lockwasher and
mounting nut.

3006P-1-(RC)Z

MODEL 3005, 3006 AND 3009

.02 WIDE .03 DEEP

NOTES:

1. Provided with lockwasher and
mounting nut.

2. Recommend panel hole size
.200 # 7 Drill.

1*2126

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS. CONTROLS & RHEOSTATS

4750

TRIMPOT DIVISION, 1200 COLUMBIA AVENUE, RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714 781-5050

BOURNS® ATTENUATORS

Bourns offers an extensive line of fixed, variable and switchable attenuators. All Bourns attenuators are avail-
able in both standard and custom configurations. Our Engineering Departments can custom design special
attenuators for your specified applications.

Fixed

Attenuators

Variable

Attenuators

Switchable

Attenuators

Models

Models 81/82 Model

4114R-033
41 1 4R-033-001
41 1 4R-033-002
O-Pad Configurations

Straight T-Pad
Bridged T
Bridged H or
Double Bridged T

3100

T and O-Pad
Configurations

NETWORKS DIVISION

Pre-assembled 14 pin DIP’S
contain balanced or unbalanced
attenuator pads. Available
in 1/2 dB steps to 36 dB

Features include temperature
coefficient of ±100 ppm/°C
operating temperature — 65°C to
125°C

Attenuation tolerance (dB) of

±1%

Flat response through 1 MHz

PRECISIONS
CONTROLS DIVISION

Thick film cermet elements
achieve infinite
resolutions and setting
stability

Straight T, bridged T
and double bridged T-Pad
are available with 10%
or 20% impedance
tolerances

Minimum attenuation loss
0.2 dB all models with flat
response through complete
audio range

TRIMPOT DIVISION

Bourns Model 3100 switchable
attenuators incorporate
both switching and attenuator
network functions in a
single integrated package
resulting in reduced
component count, assembly
costs and PC board space

Input impedance 600a ± 2%
or 75a ±5.0%

Balanced and Unbalanced

Power rating + 15dBm (Max.)

Attenuator Range: 0-1.5, 0-15,
and 0-24 dB

Binary Weighted Switching,

0.1 dB minimum step

3 OUTPUT 4

Specifications subject to change without notice.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2127

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

PRECISION CONTROLS DIVISION, 1 200 Columbia Avenue, Riverside CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714-781-5050

BOURNS® PANEL CONTROL POTENTIOMETERS

81/82 87/88

85/86* 91/92

3851/3852 3862

• 5/8 Inch Square

• Modular Construction

• Single or Multiple
Sections

» Linear or Audio
Tapers

• Single or
Concentric Shafts |

• Cermet

• Conductive Plastic

• 5/8 Inch Square

• Modular Construction

• Single or Multiple
Sections

• Semi-Precision
Linear Tapers

• Single or
Concentric Shafts

• Cermet

• Conductive Plastic

* 5/8 Inch Square

* Modular Construction

• Multiple Sections

• DPST and DPDT
Rotary Switches*

• Single or
Concentric Shafts

* Cermet

■ Conductive Plastic

• 5/8 Inch Square

• Modular Construction

• Single or Dual
Sections

• Linear or Audio
Tapers

• Plastic Shaft

► Cermet #

■ Conductive Plastic

• Single Shaft

• 3/4 Inch Diameter

• 1/4 Inch Depth

• Single Section

• Linear or Audio
Tapers

• Cermet

■ Conductive Plastic

■ Single Shaft

• 1/2 Inch Diameter

• Rear Terminals
> Single Section

• Linear Taper

• 1/8 Inch Diameter
Shaft Only

• Cermet

• Single Shaft

RESISTANCE RANGE

50t

75t A

100t

150 A

200A

250

500

750a

IK

1.5A

2Ka

2.5K

5K

7.5KA

10K

15KA

20KA

25K

50K

75KA

100K

150KA

200KA

250K

500K

750KA

1 Meg

2.5 Meg

5.0 Meg

SHAFT ROTATION

Audio tapers available from 1 K to 2.5 megohm only.

SWITCH TYPE

Type

Detent

Contacts

DPST

CW

Open/Closed

Open/Open

Closed/Closed

.

ccw

Open/Closed

Open/Open

Closed/Closed

DPDT

CW

Open/Closed

ccw

Open/Closed

Taper

Code

Description

Linearity

Tol.

Fig.

Ref.

A

Linear-Cermet

±5% Ind.

±10%

1

B

Linear-Cond. Plastic

±5% Ind.

±20%

1

C

CW Audio-Cermet

N/A

±10%

2

D

CW Audio-Cond. Plastic

N/A

±20%

2

E

Linear-Cond. Plastic

±5% Ind.

±10%

1

F

CCW Audio-Cermet

N/A

±10%

3

G

CCW Audio-Cond. Plastic

N/A

±20%

3

H

Linear-Cermet

±5% Ind.

±5%

1

L

Linear-Cond. Plastic

±2%Z.B.

±5%

1

M

Linear-Cermet

±2.5%

Z.B.

±3%

1

N

Linear-Cond. Plastic

±1%Z.B.

±5%

1

P

Linear-Cermet

±1.5%

Z.B.

±3%

1

S

CW Audio-Cond. Plastic

N/A

±10%

2

T

CCW Audio-Cond. Plastic

N/A

±10%

3

* Switch/potentiometer combinations only,
t Cermet only.

A Non-standard resistance values.

1*2128

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

PRECISION CONTROLS DIVISION, 1200 Columbia Avenue, Riverside CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 7 14-781-5050

BOURNS® MULTI-TURN PRECISION POTENTIOMETERS

3400 3500/3501* 3510/3511* 3520/3521* 3550 3590

10 Turns 10 Turns 3 Turns 5 Turns 10 Turns 10 Turns

3540

10 Turns

3543

3 Turns

3545

5 Turns

Resistance

Power Rating
@ 70°C

Independent

Linearity

Rotational

Life

Size

Wirewound

100-100K

2.0W

±0.25%

IxlO 6 Rev.

7/8" dia. x
3/4"

3541*

10 Turns

3700

10 Turns

3750

10 Turns

Hi*.

Hit

Ok

4k

20-50K

1.0W

±0.25%

0.3x1 0 6 Rev.

7/8" dia. x
3/4"

50-50K

1.5W

±0.25%

0.5x1 0 6 Rev.

7/8" dia. x
3/4"

1K-100K

2.0W

±0.25%

5x1 0 6 Rev.

7/8" dia. x
3/4"

100-100K

1.0W

±0.25%

IxlO 6 Rev.

1/2" dia. x
1 "

100-100K

1.0W

±0.25%

IxlO 6 Rev.

1/2" dia. x
1 "

‘Hybritron^ Element

Specifications subject to change without notice.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2129

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

PRECISION CONTROLS DIVISION, 1200 Columbia Avenue, Riverside CA 92507
TWX 910-332-1 252, CBL BOURNSINC, TLX 676-423 • TEL 714-781-5050

BOURNS® SINGLE-TURN PRECISION POTENTIOMETERS

mZ 3585
Bushing 3535

Mount

6534 6538

6634 6637 6638 6657

6574

6674

Wirewound I Conductive Plastic

Resistance

Power Rating
@ 70°C I

Independent

Linearity

Rotational

Life

Size

25- 50K
1.0W

±0.5%

IxlO 6 Rev.

7/8" dia. x
11/16

1K-100K

1.0W

±0.5%

25x1 0 6 Rev.

7/8" dia. x
15/32

1K-100K

1.0W

± 1 . 0 %

10x10 6 Rev.

7/8" dia. x
7/16

1K-100K

1.0W

±1.0%

20x1 0 6 Rev.

7/8" dia. x
15/32 (servo)
17/32 (bushing)

1K-100K

1.5W

± 1 . 0 %

10x10 6 Rev.

1-5/16" dia. x
5/8

1K-100K

2.0W

±.25%

25x1 0 6 Rev.

2" x 3/5"

BOURNS® DIALS, KNOBPOTS®, AND PUSH-BUTTON POTENTIOMETERS

PUSH-BUTTON

POTENTIOMETERS

DECADES

1

2

3

4

5

RESISTANCE

10 to 10K
100 to 100K
IK to 1 Meg
1 0K to 1 Meg
lOOKto 1 Meg

RESOLUTION

10 %

1 . 0 %
0 . 1 %
0.01%
0 . 001 %

KNOBPOTS®

3600

3610

3640

3650

Power

Resistance Rating Diameter

100 to 1 00K 1.5W 3/4"

@ 25°C

1 00 to 1 00K 1.5W 7/8"

@ 25°C

1 00 to 250K ■ 2.5W 1-1/4"

@ 25°C

1 00 to 250K 2.5W 1-1/4'

@ 25°C

DIALS

H-507-6

7/8" diameter

H-490

1 " diameter

CT23

1-1/16" diameter

CT26

1-1/4" diameter

1*2130

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

CTS OF BERNE, INC.

SUBSIDIARY OF CTS CORPORATION, ELKHART, INDIANA

WORLD LEADER IN CERMET RESISTOR TECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL
CERMET
POTS & TRIMMERS

1

Description [

Power:

2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp:

175°C

Resist. Tol:

±10%

Dim.:

3/ 4 " dia.

Bushing:

3/ a " FMS

Shaft:

7/8" FMS X
.250" dia.,
slotted

Power:

2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp:

175°C

Resist. Tol:

±10%

Dim.:

3/ 4 " Dia.

Bushing:

3/a" FMS

Shaft:

2" FMS x
.250" dia.

Power:

2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp:

175°C

Resist. Tol:

±10%

Dim.:

3 / 4 " dia.

Bushing:

1 / 2 " FMS,
locking

Shaft:

5/a" FMS X
.250" dia.,
slotted

Power:

1 @ 25°C

1/2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp:

125°C

Resist. Tol:

±10%

Dim.:

.374" x .385"
x .212"

No. of turns:

1

.100" in-line lead spacing

Power:

1 @ 25 °C

1/2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp:

125°C

Resist. Tol:

±10%

Dim.:

.374" x .385"
x .212"

No. of turns:

1

.150" in-line lead spacing |

Power:

1 @ 25°C

1/2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp:

125°C

Resist. Tol:

±10%

Dim.:

.374" x. 385"
x .212"

No. of turns:

1

.100" in-line lead spacing |

Power:

1 @ 25°C

1/2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp:

125°C

Resist. Tol:

±10%

Dim.:

.374" x .385"
x .212"

No. of turns:

1

.150" in-line lead spacing |

Power:

1 @ 25°C

V 2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp:

125°C

Resist. Tol:

±10%

Dim.:

.374" X .385"
x .212"

No. of turns:
.200" grid

1

Power:

1 @ 25°C

1/2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp:

125°C

Resist. Tol:

±10%

Dim.:

.374" x .385"
x .212"

No. of turns:

1

TO-5 lead spacing {

Description

50 O-
lMEGa

50 a-
lMEGa

3550

50 O-

E

1 MEGn

100 a-
1 MEGa

100 a-
1 MEGa

100 a-
1 MEGa

100 a-
1 MEG a

100 a-
1 MEGa

100 a-
1 MEGn

Power: 1 @ 25°C

1/2 @ 70°C
Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±10%

Dim.: .374" x. 385"

x .212" :

No. of turns: 1

TO-5 lead spacing

3465

100 a-
1 MEGa

R465X

Power: 1 @ 25°C

1/2 @ 70°C
Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±10%

Dim.: .374" X. 385"

x .212"

No. of turns: 1

TO-5 lead spacing

3465

100 a-
1 MEGa

465S

Power: 1 @ 25°C

1/2 @ 70°C
Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±10%

Dim.: .374" x. 385"

x .212"

No. of turns: 1

.100" in-line lead spacing

3465

100 a-
1 MEGa

Power: 1 @ 25°C

1/2 @ 70 °C
Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±10%

Dim.: .374" x. 385"

x .212"

No. of turns: 1

.150" in-line lead spacing

3465

100 a-
1 MEGa

R467S

Power: 1 @ 25°C

1/2 @ 70 °C
Max. Temp: ±10%

Resist. Tol: 125°C

Dim.: .374" X. 385"

v 915"

No. of turns: 1

.150" in-line lead spacing

3465

100 a-
1 MEGa

375E

f

Power: 1/2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±20%

Dim.: .370" Dia.

x .150"

.100" lead spacing

Cent. Term.: .400"

3375

50 a-
1 MEGa

375V

Power: V 2 (9) 70°C

Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±20%

Dim.: .370" dia.

x .150"

.172" lead spacing

Cent. Term.: .156"

3375

50 a-
1 MEGa

375S ^

Power: V2 @ 70° C

Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±20%

Dim.: .370" dia.

x .150"

.100" lead spacing

3375

50 a-
1 MEGa

Power: 1/2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±20%

Dim.: .370" dia.

x .150"

.100" lead spacing

3375

50 a-
1 MEGa

mm

Power: V 2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±20%

Dim.: .370" dia.

x .150"

.100" lead spacing

TO-5 lead spacing

3375

50 a-
1 MEGa

375Y

I 1 |

Power: V 2 @ 70°C

Max. Temp: 125°C

Resist. Tol: ±20%

Dim.: .370" dia.

x .150"

.100" lead spacing

TO-5 lead spacing

3375

50 a-
1 MEGa

ORDERING INFORMATION: Place orders using following address: CTS OF BERNE, INC., 406 Parr Rd„ Berne, Ind. 46711 • (219) 589-8220 • TWX 810-323-1580

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2131

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

SYSTRON

DONNER

A THORN EMI company

DUNCAN ELECTRONICS
DIVISION

A complete selection of standard products is available for
cost-effective solutions to a wide variety of potentiometric
functions. DUNCAN ELECTRONICS is also prepared to
respond to special requirements, and offers a host of new,
innovative alternatives to position sensing applications.

PRECISION POTENTIOMETERS

COMPLETE SELECfiON OF WIREWOUND, HYBRID, AND CONDUCTIVE
PLASTIC UNITS, INCLUDING COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL MODELS
AND SPECIAL CAPABILITIES. __

COMPARISON OF RESISTIVE CHARACTERISTICS

F RESISTIVE TECHNOLOGY

PARAMETER

Wirewound

Hybrid

Conductive

Plastic

Resistance Range

'Full Range

Limited Range

Full Range

Std. Resistance Tolerance

±3%

±5%

±10%

Effective Travel Range

Up To 10-Turns

Up To 10-Turns

360° Maximum

Temp. Coefficient of Resistance

. ± 20 PPM/°C

± 70 PPM/°C

— 300 PPM/°C

Power Dissipation

High

High

Moderate

Resolution

Finite

Infinite

Infinite

Adjustability/ Setability

Fair

Good

Excellent

L i n e a rity/ Conf o rm ity

Very Good

Good

Excellent

Contact Resistance

Low

High

Moderately High

Rotational Life (Rev.)

2 x 108

o

X

o

50 x 10 6

Moisture Stability

Excellent

Good

Fair

Non-Linear Functions

Excellent

Good

Excellent

Rheostat Applications

Excellent

Poor

Fair

AC Circuit Applications

Poor

Fair

Excellent

Relative Cost

Low

Medium

High

SINGLE TURN

Element Type/
Series No.

Dia.

Resistance
Range (O)

Linearity (%)

Best

Standard Practical

Max. Power
@ 70° C
(Watts)

Mounting

Style

WIREWOUND

1200

7s”

15-75K

±0.5

±0.2

1.25

Servo/ Bushing

(1230) 3

7 /a"

15-50K

±0.5

±0.25

1.25

(Bushing)

1300

IVie"

25-1 00K

±0.4

±0.15

2.0

Servo/Bushing

1500

1716"

25-125K

±0.3

±0.12

3.0

Servo/Bushing

1600

174"

25-150K

±0.25

±0.09

4.0

Servo/Bushing

(1630)

174"

25-100K

±0.3

±0.15

4.0

(Bushing)

1700

2"

25-200K

±0.2

±0.08

5.0

Servo/Bushing

1800

3"

25-250K

±0.15

±0.05

7.0

Servo/Bushing

CONDUCTIVE

1220

7a"

400-75K

±0.5

±0.2

0.5

Servo/Bushing

1320

IVie"

500-100K

±0.4

±0.15

0.75

Servo/Bushing

1520

17ie"

500-1 25K

±0.3

±0.10

1.0

Servo/Bushing

1620

174"

500-150K

±0.25

±0.075.

1.5

Servo/ Bushing

1720

2"

600-200K

±0.2

±0.06

2.0

Servo/Bushing

1820

3"

750-300K

±0.15

±0.04

3.0

Servo/Bushing

HYBRID

2200

7a"

200-10K

±0.5

±0.25

1.25

Servo/Bushing

2230

7 ls"

500-7K

±0.5

±0.3

1.25

(Bushing)

2300

IVie"

200-1 5K

±0.4

±0.2

2.0

Servo/Bushing

2500

17ia"

500-20K

±0.3

±0.15

3.0

Servo/Bushing

2600

17?"

500- 25 K

±0.25

±0.12

4.0

Servo/Bushing

2630

17}"

IK-17. 5K

' ±0.5

±0.2

4.0

(Bushing)

2700

2"

500-30K

±0.2

±0.1

5.0

Servo/Bushing

2800

3"

750-50K

±0.15

±0.07

7.0

Servo/Bushing

MULTI-TURN

Element Type/
Series No.

Dia.

Resistance
Range (Cl)

#of

Turns

Linearity (%)
Best

Standard Practical

Max. Power
@70°C
(Watts)

Mounting

Style

WIREWOUND

3200

7a"

3-250K

3/5/10

±0.5/ ±0.1/

1.5/2. 0/2. 5

Servo/Bushing

(3233)

7 /a"

10-200K

10

0.35/0.25 0.07/0.05
±0.25 ±0.1

2.5

Bushing

(3250/M3250)

7a"

10-150K

3/5/10

±0.5/ ±0.3/

1.0/1 .5/2.0

Bushing

3500

1716"

5-500K

3/5/10

0.5/0.25 0. 2/0.1
±0.25/ ±0.5/

3. 0/4. 0/5.0

Servo

3600

5-600K

3/10

0.2/0.15 0.04/0.03

±0.35/0.25 ±0.1/0.05

5. 0/7.0

Bushing

3700

2"

5-830K

3/10

±0. 2/0.1 ±0.04/0.02

5. 0/7.0

Servo/Bushing

HYBRID

4200

7 /a"

500-100K

3/5/10

±0.5/ ±0.15/

1.5/2. 0/2. 5

Servo/Bushing

(4250/M4250)

7 /a"

500-100K

10

0.35/0.25 0.1/0.075
±0.25 ±0.15

2.0

Bushing

4500

1716"

500-200K

3/5/10

±0.25/ ±0.075/

3. 0/4. 0/5.0

Servo

4600

1%"

1K-250K

3/10

0.2/0.15 0.06/0.05

±0.35/0.25 ±0.15/0.08

5. 0/7.0

Bushing

4700

2"

1K-250K

3/10

±0. 2/0.1 ±0.06/0.03

5. 0/7.0

Servo/Bushing

NOTES: 1. All Wirewound models are manufactured to meet or exceed applicable
characteristics of MIL-R-12934.

2. All Conductive Plastic and Hybrid models are manufactured to meet or
exceed applicable characteristics of MIL-R-39023.

3. Models in parenthesis ( ) are available through authorized Duncan

1*2132

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

POSITION SENSING PRODUCTS

SLIDEUNE* CONTROLS

FOR INSTRUMENTATION AND

AUDIO/BROADCAST

APPLICATIONS:

Duncan 400 Slideline® Potentiometers
provide an ideal, human-factored
■solution for instrumentation and audio/
broadcast controls, combining unusually
accurate electrical characteristics with a
wide variety of output options, fingertip
controls, and faceplate alternatives to
meet exacting customer applications
requirements.

Ideally suited for medical and process
control equipment, or test/measurement
apparatus, the 400 is capable of provid-
ing specific packaging or electrical
characteristics without the special costs
you might expect. The 400 can change
its face and provide excellent accuracy
in single or dual element configurations
for the type of control you seek. Units are
available with two individual wipers
generating independent outputs for
establishing high/low limits in monitoring
instruments. For specs, infinite reso-
lution, virtually noise-free operation and a
reputation for failure-free performance
(rated for 5 million traverses without
degradation), is coupled with a 600ft to
250Kft resistance range (±20%; ±10%
available) and linearities from ±2% to
±0.1%. Stroke is 2 Z U" or 474".

A normally open SPST or DPST “cue”
switch function is available closing at
the end of travel. As a result, valuable
instrument panel space is saved and
multiple functions provided.

TURNS-COUNTING

DIALS

Duncan Turns-Counting Dials are
especially designed to provide accurate,
highly visible position readouts of multi-
turn devices.

PERFECTLY DESIGNED
FOR COMBINATIONS

Duncan Turns-Counting Dials are
ideal for use with any Duncan Multi-turn
Potentiometer, particularly the 7 k" dia.,
10-turn 3250 series. Such combinations
are suited for cost-effective instrumen-
tation and system control applications.

RECTILINEAR/ SERI ES 100

ACCURATE FEEDBACK
AND INTERFACING

CAPABILITIES IN A NEW SERIES

The new Duncan Series 100 Rectilinear Control
is available in 7 different sizes.

Completely enclosed, the 100 offers an
impressive array of linear motion/ rectilinear
capabilities and gives you a choice of 3
different interface connectors, linear and
non-linear taper, and switch functions at the
end of mechanical travel. They’re perfect for
use under unusual industrial or environmental
conditions.

RESISTIVE ELEMENTS

A STANDARD PRODUCT
APPROACH TO LOW-COST
POSITION SENSING

Series 98E Elements are currently opera-
ting in hundreds of different systems.
You’ll find them in everything from
airborne applications and instrumen-
tation, to consumer appliances and
automotive electronics.

If you want to design your own element,
we’ll help you. Before your first produc-
tion quantity is required, you will have
the satisfaction of testing and approving
a design in ample time to meet your
planned requirements.

TYPICAL SPECIFICATION RANGES

Electrical Travel

up to 36" (900mm)

Resistance Range

50 to 20K

(ft per square)

±20%/ ±10%

Linearity

to ±0.05%

Power Rating

3 watts/square

Although the 98E
Element is priced
right for use in com-
mercial products or
industrial controls,
it meets high stan-
dards of reliability,
anti-shock and low
noise.

48-PAGE DESIGN
HANDBOOK/ CATALOG

You can receive your own copy,
Call or write your nearest
Duncan sales office or factory.

Model 62,
15-turn

Model 82,
20-turn

Model 71,
Digital 10-turn

Model 76,
Clockface 10-turn

SYSTRON

DONNER

A THORN EMI company

DUNCAN ELECTRONICS DIVISION

2865 Fairview Road, Costa Mesa, CA 92626
(714) 545-8261 TWX 910-595-1 128

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2133

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

E-SYSTEMS

Memcor Division

POWER RHEOSTATS

MEET THE MEMCOR FAMILY OF HIGH
QUALITY WIRE-WOUND POWER RHEOSTATS

All MEMCOR Power Rheostats are vitreous enamel coated. The core and
base are bonded together with vitreous enamel, thereby contributing
markedly to the heat dissipation.

Standard tolerance: ±10%, ±5% available as a special.

TYPE

POWER (Watts)

RESISTANCE RANGE

DIAMETER

WEIGHT

R 121/2

121/2 Watt

1 - 5000 Ohms

%"

.035 Lbs.

R25

25 Watt

1 - 5000 Ohms

i%"

0.23 Lbs.

R50

50 Watt

0.5-10,000 Ohms

2%"

0.45 Lbs.

R75

75 Watt

0.5 - 10,000 Ohms

23/ 4 "

0.60 Lbs.

R100

100 Watt

0.5-10,000 Ohms

3Vs"

0.72 Lbs.

R150

150 Watt

0.5-10,000 Ohms

4"

1.50 Lbs.

R225

225 Watt

1-2500 Ohms

5"

2.18 Lbs.

R300

300 Watt

1-2500 Ohms

6"

3.0 Lbs.

R500

500 Watt

1-2500 Ohms

8"

3.75 Lbs.

R1000

1000 Watt

1-2000 Ohms

12"

10.0 Lbs.

Special Rheostats with Tapered Sec-
tions, Locking Devices, Off Positions,
Tandem Mountings, Special Shafts on
Bushing, and many other variations can
be supplied.

Write for FREE Catalog.

E-SYSTEMS

Memcor Division

DEPT. EM

1320 FLAXMILL ROAD
HUNTINGTON, INDIANA 46750
Telephone: (219) 356-4300
TWX: 810-333-1530

1-2134

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

i^fW ft ' r

' "1

7/8 " DIA. 1 DIA. Va" DIA.

1%" DIA.

Size

Dia.x Length

Resistance

Range

Resist-

ance

Toler-

ance

Linearity,

Independent

Power

Rating

Mechanical
Life (Rev.)

Shaft
Dia. t

1 12 3 4

1 " x 1 .75" 1" x 1.75

i, M046-10 10 2.500x3.187 Same specs as MR46-10 except oil-filled.

COMBO® 3

Pre-assembled and phased to
±.25% absolute readout
accuracy. Mounts in a 1.187" dia.
panel hole. Available with seven
potentiometers above.

o Full line of precision linear motion potentiometers. Strokes
from 0.433" to 40". Available in wirewound, conductive plastic
or hybrid elements. Please contact ETI for complete specifi-
cations.

(MULTI-TURN AND
SINGLE-TURN)

MC46-2

ETI offers for the first time a com-
plete line of motor-controlled po-
tentiometers with motor operating
currents low enough to respond
accurately from operational am-
plifier outputs.

All ETI rotary potentiometers may
be motorized for your applications.

PRECISION POTENTIOMETER,
2,000,000 TURNS LIFE.

GEAR RATIOS: 41 :1 TO 235,000:1
WITH DUAL ADJUSTABLE
CLUTCHING COUPLER.

PRECISION FRACTIONAL H/P
MOTORS IN 6 OR 12 VDC, RPM’S
FROM 6,000 to 20,000. A.C.
MOTORPOTS NOW AVAILABLE.

See Section 3500, Motors and Drives for full information.

DEPT. EM, 215 VIA DEL NORTE • OCEANSIDE, CA 92054
pTI TEL: (619) 757-7770 • TWX: 910-322-1396

A S. DIV: POLARIS ENTERPRISES. INC.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2135

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

• Ceramic Caps, Discs, Feed Thru • Ferrites • Meters •

POTENTIOMETERS

Motors, fractional H.P. • Semiconductors

Switches

Speakers

Trimmer Pots

Color of protecting housing

PNZ type — black
PNKZ type — green
PNCZ type — red

CERAMIC BASED PRE-SET
POTENTIOMETERS

With the development of modern electronics and miniaturization
the technical needs have also increased and consequently
pre-set potentiometrs have to be adapted accordingly. The main
requirements are:

A High electrical loading
A Higher operating temperature
A Climatic influences

A Requirements according to long term stability
Pre-set potentiometers have been developed on alumina ceram-
ics, open version. Several potentiometers are available with
dust-proof casing.

For the requirements of modern electronic equipment ISKRA
has designed a new series of trimmer potentiometers PNZ 10,
which feature a number of improvements.

Some of them are:

A Miniature rectangular design
A Horizontal and vertical mounting
A Three types of resistive layers:
carbon layer on phenolic
carbon layer on ceramic
cermet layer on ceramic

A With hex slot suitable for automatic adjustment
A Dual wiper design reduces contact resistance and
electrical noise

A Enclosed body protects against dust and short circuits
A Non-inflammable plastic according to UL-94-VO

‘POTS’

PNZ Series

Wattage

Resistance

T.C.

(Miniature and enclosed
trimmer potentiometers)

.2W, .5W

25 ohms -
5 meg ohms

100 ppm/°C
2000 ppm/°C

PNZ Series available in Carbon on Phenolic, Carbon on Ceramic
and Cermet Horizontal and vertical mount configurations (stand-
ard industry spacing) available with Screw Driver Slot, Hex
Slot, Thumbwheel and Spindle Shift.

Open construction trimmers, from 8mm thru 18mm diameters
available on order. Custom controls, slider and focus poten-
tiometers also available.

Rated resistance range

—

1 k!2

100 kfi

10 Mfi

2512

2.5 kfi

250 kfi

—

5012

5 kfi

500 kfi

—

10012

10 k!2

1 Mfi

—

25012

25 k!2

2.5 Mfi

—

50012

50 kfi

/ %

5 Mfi

ISKRA ELECTRONICS INC.

8 GREENFIELD R D„ SYOSSET, NY 11791 » (516) 364-2616

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2136

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

MAUREY

INSTRUMENT CORR

Potentiometers

Rotary and Linear Motion
Transducers

WIREWOUND These precision potentiometers were
developed for military use over a period of 27 years.
They are widely used in instrumentation and automa-
tion where precise electrical and mechanical re-
quirements are specified. Low resistance tolerance
and TCR; close electrical angle tolerance. Custom
designs are available.

CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC Our raised molded track will
withstand 200,000,000 cycles of high dynamic
velocities (10" per second). The infinite resolution and
low noise make these units particularly suitable for
servo feedback applications. 100 g shock, 100—20,000
Hz at 50 g. Impervious to most gases and oils.

TRIMMER

F-Width

LINEAR MOTION ( LM A)

F-Width

LINEAR MOTION ( LMB)

Part No.

Type

A

B

c

□

E

F

OHMS

Range

OHMS

± %

Lin.

± %

Elect.

Travel

Mech.

Travel

watts
@ 40°C

Torque

OZ-IN

50-M123

TRIMMER

.50

.50

.50

.44

.125

—

50<>-50K

5

3.0

325°

325°

2

1-8

50-M125

BUSH’G

.50

.50

.62

.25

.125

—

5012-25K

5

1.0-0. 5

325°

325°

2

0.5

87-M44

SERVO**

.87

.68

.50

-

.125

-

100Q-25K

5

1. 0-0.2

353°

360°

2

0.1

131-M3

BUSH’G

1.31

.50

.87

.38

.250

-

10012-50K

5

1. 0-0.3

320°

330°

3

0.1

200-M167

SERVO**

2.00

.80

.75

-

.250

-

10012-50K

5

1. 0-0.1

356°

360°

5 .

0.5

T3

C

200-M493

BUSH'G

2.00

1.00

.87

.38

.250

-

lOOft-lOOK

5

1.0-0.4

320°

360°

4

0.6

0
£
a>

1

300-M74

SERVO**

3.00

.80

.75

—

.250

—

500Q-100K

5

0.2-0.05

358°

360°

7

0.6

M1326-1

LMA 4

.50

2.00

.75

—

.125

.38

50Q-20K

5

3.0-0.3

1.00"

4

1.10"

1

4*

Ml 326-4

LMA 4

.50

.500

.75

-

.125

.38

250H-50K

5

0.3-0. 1

4.00"

4

4.10"

4

4*

M1326-12

LMA 4

.50

13.00

.75

-

.125

.38

5K-100K

5

0.1-0.05

12.0"

4

12.10"

12

4*

M2028-5

LMB +

1.25

10.50

12.70

-

.250

.76

1K-100K

5

0.2-0.03

5.0"

+

5.25"

5

4*

M2028-10

LMB +

1.25

15.80

18.00

—

.250

.76

2K-200K

5

0.1-0.02

10.0"

4

10.25"

10

4*

M2028-15

LMB 4

1.25

21.00

23.20

—

.250

.76

5K-200K

5

0.1-0.01

15.0"

4

15.25"

15

4*

87-P82

BUSH’G

.87

.53

.87

.38

' .250

—

500L2-50K

20

2.0

340°

360°

1

1

87-P83

SERVO**

.87

.59

.50

—

.125

—

5009-50K

10

0.5

340°

360°

1

0.5

106-P249

SERVO**

1.06

.65

.50

—

.125

—

500U-100K

10

0.5

340°

360°

1.5

0.5

o

112-P16

BUSH’G

1.12

.53

.87

.38

.250

—

500n-100K

20

2.0

340°

360°

1.5

1

'■d

on

a

112-P19

SERVO**

1.12

.65

.50

—

.125

—

50012-1 00 K

10

0.5

340°

360°

1.5

0.5

Cl

>

200-P445

BUSH’G

2.00

.53

.87

.38

.250

—

1K-100K

20

1.0

340°

360°

3

1

o

200-P446

SERVO**

2.00

.80

.75

—

.250

—

1K-100K

10

0.5

340°

360°

3

0.5

■a

e

o

P1613-1

LMA 4

.50

2.00

.75

-

.125

.38

1K-5K

20

2.0

1.0"

4

1.1"

0.5

4*

o

P1613-4

LMA 4

.50

5.00

.75

—

.125

.38

4K-10K

20

0.5

4.0"

4

4.1"

2

4*

P1991-5

LMB 4

1.25

10.50

12.70

-

.250

.76

5K-20K

20

0.5

5.0"

+

5.25"

2.5

4*

PI 991 -10

LMB 4

1.25

15.80

18.00

—

.250

.76

10K-25K

20

0.5

10.0"

4

10.25"

5

4*

P1991-15

LMB 4

1.25

21.00

23.20

-

.250

.76

15K-50K

20

0.5

15.0"

4

15.25"

7

4*

* Frictional force in ounces shown for linear motion units.
** Servo dimensions to MIL-R12934C and MIL-R39023A.
Custom deviations to the above units are available.
t Available travel in one inch increments.

MAUREY

INSTRUMENT CORPORATION

4557 West 60th Street, Chicago, IL 60629 • PHONE (312)581-4555 TWX 910-221-6025

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2137

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

MAUREY

INSTRUMENT CORR

HEAVY DUTY
WIREWOUND

WIREWOUND M2028 This transducer combines the inherent
accuracy and reliability of a wirewound potentiometer with the
physical ruggedness required in industrial applications. They
are used with hydraulic and mechanical actuators to measure
and control linear motion. The self-aligning spherical ball ends
and MS connector simplifies installation. High duty bearings
give the Va inch shaft stability in the extended position.

LINEAR MOTION POTENTIOMETERS
AND CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC HDL

CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC PI 991 Where severe environmental
conditions exist as in mills, factories and power generating
plants, this linear motion transducer is practically inde-
structible. The unit is impervious to dust, oil and moisture. The
molded, raised conductive track and graphite composition
contacts provide for years of maintenance free service. As with
the M2028, the self-aligning spherical ball ends and MS
connector allows for ease in installation.

TOLERANCES

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DECIMALS .XX ±.010
•XXX ±.005

n

E

BS

i

s

■

|H|

■

Bl

Sy

a

§

i

m

(1/2 Scale)

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

M2028

WIREWOUND

PI 991

CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC

Total Resistance (Ohms)

See Charts II & III

See Note 5

Total Resistance Tolerance

±5%

±20%

Theoretical Resolution

See Chart 111

.001 inch

Independent Linearity

See Note 6

±0.5%

Theoretical Elect. Travel (inches)

See Chart 1

See Chart 1

Theoretical Elect. Travel Tolerance (inches)

*.010

* .025

Total Mechanical Travel (inches)

See Chart 1

See Chart 1

Temperature Coefficient

50 PPM/X

500 PPM/°C

Operating Temperature Range

-55 to 125°C

-55° to 105°C

Power Rating (Watts at 40°C)

1 watt/inch

0.5 watt/inch

Dielectric Strength (Volts, RMS for 60 Sec)

750 volts. RMS ■

750 volts, RMS

Terminals

3

3

Taps

1/2 inch spacing

1/2 inch spacing

Tap Tolerance (inches)

± 010 ::

±.030

Life Expectancy (Cycles at 60 in. /min.)

500.000

50.000,000

Shaft Frictional Force

4 ounces

4 ounces

Weight (ounces)

See Chart 1

See Chart 1

Bearings

Nylon

Nylon

Notes: 1. Mating connector supplied.

2. Stainless steel shaft.

3. Anodized aluminum housing.

4. Terminals available on special request.

5. Ohms per inch for P1991: 500. 1K,2K,5K, 10K.

7. Independent linearity for M2028: (100% -r Total Turns x 2)

6 With modification, this type is available in strokes greater than 15 inches.

[ CHART 1 |

Dash

No.

Elect.

Travel

ejhsjb

A

B

EMI

-1

1.00

10.50

10

-2

2.00

mwm

10.50

10

-3

3.00

10.50

10

-4

4.00

BES

BiS

W

■a

-5

5.00

Beji

m

-6

6.00

| l

ma

-7

7.00

B

mmm

EEElil

15

-8

8.00

BEE

EBEIS1

15

-9

9.00

ETOSE

bum

15

-10

10.00

beb

EEbif

MS E

-11

11.00

dbyM

ETfiTil

USE

-12

12.00

i^MI

BBS

Bj

-13

13.00

bib

BE9

-14

14.00

beb

ETiol

Bl

-15

15.00

KEEEH

bsi

EXs. -1

CHART II

PART NUMBER DESIGNATION (EXAMPLE)

M2028-5-502

T "II TOTAL RESISTANCE (5000 O )

••Electrical travel ( 5.00 inches)

•-BASIC TYPE

4555 West 60th Street . Chicago, IL 60629
IWIAB IPPV PHONE (312)581-4555

TWX 910-221-6025

INSTRUMENT CORPORATION

DASH

NO.

TOTAL

RESIS-

TANCE

102

1,000

202

2,000

502

5.000

103

10,000

203

20,000

503

50,000

104

100,000

[ CHART I |

OHMS

PER

INCH

NUMBER
OF TURNS
PER INCH

500

270

1.000

370

2.000

415

2.500

450

5.000

550

10.000

660

20,000

1000

1*2138

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

HMB as »pv light duty linear motion potentiometers

Ir^T^UMENTCORR WIREWOUND AND CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC

LDL

WIREWOUND (M-Series) These miniature transducers com-
bine the best electrical characteristics in the smallest size at
the lowest cost. The units were designed for use in laboratory
test equipment, light industrial applications and automation
where great accuracy of electrical output is essential. The
spherical ball ends add flexibility to mounting. These wire-
wound, linear motion potentiometers will meet the require-
ment in the majority of applications.

CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC (P-Series) Where long life in a
hostile environment is required, these linear motion trans-
ducers with molded, raised tracks and graphite composition
contacts have no equal. They are practically impervious to
dust, water and oil. The high contact pressure resists the
effects of severe vibration and shock. The units are being
used in factories and mills where maintenance-free operation
is essential.

m zu/a & ik^O ou

.125 Dia.

,125Dia. SPHERICAL BEARINGS, BOTH ENDS

M1326/P1613

M2078/P2080

B

E

mm

BEES

BlMBflilil

WBPilil

BBHIBBSI

BTOHBI

mm

/ M 1326 &P 1613 .125Dia.T \

4H0LES FOR 1-72 SCREWS ^HREAD*

/retracted position ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Shaft shown in fully retracted position
Shaft is free to rotate. .

Body: V2 wide on terminal side x 3 /sdeep.

Total Resistance (Ohms)
Total Resistance Tolerance

Theoretical Resolution (inch)

Independent Linearity
Theoretical Electrical Travel (inches)

Theoretical Elect. Travel Tolerance (inches)

Total Mechanical Travel (inches)

Temperature Coefficient (PPM/°C)

Operating Temperature Range

Power Rating (Watts at 40°C)

Dielectric Strength (Volts, RMS for 60 Sec)

Terminals

Taps

Tap Tolerance (inches)

Life Expectancy (cycles at 60 in. /min.)

Shaft Frictional Force (ounces, max.)

Bearings

M1326

WIREWOUND

i 25 il to 20 K/ inch ;

±5% :

.006 to .001

*1.2% to ±0.1%
1.000 to 12,000

1.10 to 12.10

50

1 watt/inch

750

3

4 taps/inch

'*.010

500,000

4oz.

Nylon

P1613

CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC

250 n to lOK/inch

±20%

.001

±2% to ±0.5%
1.00 to 5.00

1.10 to 5.10

500

-55°to105°C
0.5 watt/inch
~~ 750

3

4 taps/inch
±.050
50.000,000

4oz.

Nylon

M2078

WIREWOUND

25 to 2QK/inch

H ^ ±5%

P2080

CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC

250 U to IQK/inch
± 20 %

M A UREY otandard Resistance Values, Of

INSTRUMENT CORPORATION

4555 West 60th Street, Chicago, IL 60629 PHONE (312)581-4555 TWX 910-221-6025

Standard Resistance Values, Ohms / inch: 250 n, 500 ft , IK, 2K, 2.5K.10K, 20K

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2139

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

MAUREY PRECISION CONDUCTIVE-PLASTIC
instrument CORR SINGLE TURN POTENTIOMETERS

These conductive plastic potentiometers have been
specially designed for severe environmental conditions in
mill-factory operations as well as in critical military appli-
cations. The molded, raised track maintains itself free from
contamination of foreign particles, oil or water. The high

PST

gram pressure of the graphite composition contact on the
raised track gives excellent resistance to contact bounce
under punishing vibration or shock, as well as an excep-
tional rotational life. Such units are particularly suited for
applications where trouble-free maintenance is required.

BUSHING SERVO

TYPE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

87-P82

BUSHING

.87

.53

.87

.38

.250

—

—

87-P83

SERVO

.87

.59

.50

—

.125

.062

.750

106-P249

SERVO

1.06

.57

.50

—

.125

.062

.968

112-P16

BUSHING

1/12

,50

,87

.38

.250

—

—

112-P19

SERVO

1.12

.57

.50

—

.125

.062

1.000

143-P93

SERVO

1.43

.63

.75

—

.250

.093

1.312

200-P445

BUSHINS

2.00

.50

.87

.38

.250

T —

200-P446

SERVO

2.00

.75

.75

—

.250

.093

1.875

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

87-P82

BUSHING

87-P83

SERVO

106-P249

SERVO

112-P16

BUSHING

112-P19

SERVO

143-P

SERVO

200-P445

BUSHING

200-P446

SERVO

Total Resistance (Ohms)

500SI-50K

50012 -50K

50012 -100K

50012 - 100K

50012 - 100K

1K-100K

IK - 100K

1K-100K

Total Resistance Tolerance

*20%

±10%

±10%

±20%

±10%

±10%

±20%

±10%

Theoretical Resolution

-001%

.001%

.001%

.001%

.001%

.001%

.001%

.001%

Independent Linearity

±2%

±0.5%

±0.5%

±2%

±0.5%

±0.5%

±2%

±0.5%

Theoretical Electrical Travel (Degrees)

340-

340°

340°

340°

340°

o

’*3-

co

340°

o

co

Theoretical Elect. Travel Tolerance (Degrees)

±3°

± 2 °

±5°

±2°

±2°

±5°

±2°

Total Mechanical Travel (Degrees)

360

360°

360°

360

360°

360°

360°

360°

Temperature Coefficient (PPM/°C)

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

Operating Temperature Range (°C)

55TO105T

-55°to105°C

-55°to105°C

™55*to105°C

-55°to105°C

-55°to105°C

-SFtolCB'C

-55°to105°C

Power Rating (Watts at 40°C)

lllillilll

1

1.5

1-5

1.5

2

3

3

Dielectric Strength (Volts, RMS for 60 Sec)

' 1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

Terminals, Standard

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Taps, Maximum Available

4

M

6 !

6

6

9

9

9

Tap Tolerance

+-5 C

±3°

±2°

±5-

± 2 o

± 2 °

±5°

±2°

Life Expectancy (Revolutions at 500RPM)

20,000.000

100.000,000

100,000,000

20,000.000

100,000,000

100,000,000

20,000.000

100,000,000

Moment of Inertia (gm-cm^)

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

1.5

1.5

1.5

Starting Torque (ounce-inches)

*0.6

0.5

0.5

*0.6

0.5

0.3

*0.6

0.3

Running Torque (ounce-inches)

*0 5

0.4

0.4

*0.5

0.4

0.2

*0.5

0.2

Weight (ounces)

0.5 oz.

0.6 oz.

0.6 oz.

0.6 oz.

0.6 oz.

1.7 oz.

2oz.

4oz.

*Stop Strength (pound-inches)

* *2 lb. -in.

—

—

*2 lb -in.

—

—

*3 lb -in.

—

Bearings

Bronze

SS Ball B.

SS Ball B

Bronze

SS Ball B.

SS Ball B.

Bronze

SS Ball B.

* Add one ounce-inch for O-ring seal Standard Resistance Values Within Range Indicated.

** For units with mechanical stops. 500 12 , IK, 2K, 5K, 10K, 20K, 50K, 100K

Conforms to MIL - R - 39023 A

MAUREY

INSTRUMENT CORPORATION

4555 West 60th Street,Chicago,IL 60629 • PHONE (312)581-4555 TWX 910-221-6025

1*2140

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

Mepco>/Electra

A NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS COMPANY

Your resistor/capacitor company with
tomorrow’s technology today.

TRIMMERS

CERMET TRIMMER SPECIFICATIONS

Temperature Coefficient: ±100 ppm/°C, standard
Contact Resistance Variation (CRV): 3%

End Resistance: 1% maximum or 20, whichever is greater.
Resolution: Essentially infinite.

Operating Range:

— 25°C to +125°C for Models 8014, 8035, 8038.

— 65°C to +150°C for Models 8024, 8026, 8050.

Torque: 3.8 inch-ounces maximum, depending on model.

Sealed to allow wave solder and immersion cleaning.

Stops: Clutch at both ends for multiturn; positive at both ends
for single turn models.

STANDARD

RESISTANCE VALUES AND

CODES

OHMS

CODE

OHMS

CODE

10

100

10K

103

20

200

20K

203

50

500

50K

503

100

101

100K

104

200

201

200K

204

500

501

500K

504

IK

102

1MEG

105

2K

202

2MEG

205

5K

502

5MEG

505

11468 Sorrento Valley Rd., San Diego, CA 92121 (619) 453-0332 TWX: 910-337-1120

INDUSTRIAL CERMET TRIMMERS

8014

8024

8026

8035

8038

Description

Va" Round

Single Turn

%" Square
Multiturn

Va" Square
Multiturn

3 /a" Rectangular
Multiturn

%" Square
Single Turn

Standard

1 0012 to

10O-

10Q-

10O-

1000-

Resistances

1 MO

1 MO

1 MO

1 MO

1 MO

Resistance
Tolerance (%)

±20% ±10%

±10%

±10%

±10%

±10%

Dimensions

H x W x L (In.)

.250 dia. x .175
(Pin styles W, P)

.320 x .250 x .225
(Pin style X)

.375 x .375 x .150

. 250 x. 250 x. 165

.250 x .195 x .750

.375 x .375 x .200

Power Rating
(Watts)

0.5 @ 25°C

0.5 @ 85°C

0.25 @ 85°C

0.75 @ 25°C

0.5 @ 85°C

■

Adjustment

1 Turn

25 Turns

12 Turns

15 Turns

1 Turn

Pin Styles

Side/Top Adjust

Side/Top Adjust

Side/Top Adjust

Side Adjust

Side/Top Adjust

MILITARY CERMET TRIMMERS

MIL-R-22097

RJ24

RJ26

RJ50

Pin Styles

P, W, X

P, W, X

P

Characteristic*

C, F

C,F

F

Resistance Range

100-1 MO

100-1 MO

1012-1 MO

MIL-R-39035

RJR24

RJR26

RJR50

Pin Styles

P, w, X

P, W, X

P

Characteristic*

F ’ H

F, H

F

Resistance Range

100-1 MO j

100-1 MO

100-1 MO

20KO-1 MO

20KO-1 MO

for “H” Char.

for “H” Char.

★ .«p.. or ««h” Characteristic provides "C” level approval.

For information on Mepco/Eiectra’s CAPACITORS/RESISTORS/MILITARY COMPONENTS, see pages 1*1142, 1*1998 and 1*1674.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2141

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating* current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binary-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter /

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

I

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
/xF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

VAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very. low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

CORPORATION

177 CANTIAGUE ROCK ROAD, WESTBURY, N.Y. 11590 / (516)935-3640 Telex: 967 879

ROTARY

SLIDE

TRIMMING

CARBON COMPOSITION

RESISTANCE POWER CUA _ TERMINAL At ^l LE

DIAMETER RANGF RATING SHAFT SWITCH SWITCH TYPF Or

IN/MM ( Ka)( + /-20%) (WATTS) type TYPE RATING P-PCB, S-SOLDER rotation

ROTARY

1/2/12 .5-500 0.1 N/A SPST 12VDC/1A P/S

ML&J ROTARY

5 /s/16 .5-1000 0.1 N/A SPST 12VDC/1A P/S

ROTARY POTS:

DETENTS-SERIES 18 AND 24
CENTER, 11, 41

SLIDE POTS

10 ^

SV15

SV20

SV30

SV45

^!?j§

ROTARY

4 3/64/17 .5-1000 0.1 S,R,RH,E SPST 12VDC/1A P/S

ROTARY

.5-1000 0.2 S,RR,M,H SPST 12VDC/1A

AVAILABLE WITH SPST 125 VAC/1 A

DUAL ELEMENT

5/16/24

.1-3000

0.5

S.F.R.M.H

ROTARY

SPST

125VAC/1 A

1 1
AVAILABLE WITH DUAL
ELEMENT AND

DUAL ELEMENT WITH
SWITCH.

SPST

SPDT

DPST

DPDT

PUSH-PULL

1 25VAC/3A

1 25VAC/1 A

1 25VAC/3A

1 25 VAC/ 1 A
250VAC/3A

SLIDE POTS:

CENTER DETENT-10, 15, 30, 45
11 DETENTS-60

TRAVEL

(MM)

TERMINAL

TYPE

P-PCB, S-SOLDER

DUAL

AVAIL.

10

P

YES

15

S

YES

20

S

YES

P

YES

30

S

YES

P

YES

45

s

YES

60

p

NO

s

RESISTANCE RANGE: 500(1-2M(1

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2143

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

single turn, low cost
trimming potentiometers

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

1/10 Watt, Carbon— RVA0607

Resistance Range:

200 ohms to 2 Megohms

Tolerance:

±30%

Residual Resistance:

200 to 500 ohms — 5 ohms max. Over 500 ohms —

1% max.

Taper:

Linear

Power Rating:

0.1W (at 70°C) Derated to 0 watts at 125°C

Max. Working Voltage:

50 VDC

Torque:

.27 to 2.8 oz. in. (20 to 200 g cm)

Terminal Strength:

35.27 oz. (1 .0 kg) when the force is applied in the
direction of the axes of the terminal

Effective Rotation:

Approx. 220°

1/10 Watt, Carbon— RVF

Resistance Range:

200 ohms to 1 Megohm

Tolerance:

±25%

Residual Resistance:

Less than 5% of nominal rated resistance

Taper:

Linear

Power Rating:

0.1 W (at 70°C) Derated to 0 watts at 100°C

Max. Working Voltage:

150 VDC

Torque:

.42 to 4.2 oz. in. (2.9-29.4 mNm)

Terminal Strength:

35.27 oz. (98 mNm) when the force is applied in the
direction of the axes of the terminal

Effective Rotation:

270° ±10°

1/5 to 3/4 Watt, Carbon, Cond.
Plastic & Cermet— 0911/1214

Characteristic

RVA (Carbon)

RVX (Cond. Plastic)

RVG (Cermet)

0911

1214

0911

1214

Resistance Range:

200 —

5 Megohms*

200 —

1 Megohm

Tolerance:

±20%

Residual Resistance:

Less than 5000. 50 maximum

5000 and up, less than 1% of nominal rated resistance

Taper:

Linear

Power Rating**:

V 5 W (70°C)

Vs W (70°C)

V 2 W (70°C)

%W(70°C)

Max. Working Voltage***:

250 VDC

350 VDC

350 VDC

500 VDC

Torque:

0.56-4.86
in. oz.

0.83-6.0
in. oz.

0.56-4.86
in. oz.

0.83-6.0
in. oz.

Terminal Strength:

35.27 oz. |

Effective Rotation: Elec.

240°

250°

240°

250°

Mech.

260° ±10°

280° ±10°

260° ±10°

280° ±10°

Stop Strength:

13.9 oz. |

* 100 ohms available in RVA ** Derated to 0, watts at 125°C
*** Max working V varies with resistance value. Vmax = V Resistance x Power

1/3 Watt, Cermet— RVS0707

Resistance Range:

100 ohms to 1 Megohm

Tolerance:

±20%

Temperature Coefficient:

100ppm/°C

Residual Resistance:

1 00 to 500 ohms — 5 ohms max. Over 500 ohms —

1% max.

Taper:

Linear

Power Rating:

Vs W (at 70°C) Derated to 0 Watts at 125°C

Max. Working Voltage:

100 VDC

Torque:

.27 to 2.8 oz. in. (20 to 200 g cm)

Terminal Strength:

12.35 oz. (350 gr) when the force is applied in the
direction of the axes of the terminal

Effective Rotation:

200° ±10°

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd„ S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

1*2144

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

sealed precision cermet
trimming potenticmeters-^ijliO©

3321 Single Turn, 1/2 Wall

WitM tt i

-1 ’

w&Ly*

FEATURES

o Flame retardant rotor meets
UL94V-0 requirements
o Extremely small size —
.260"D. x .181"
o Sealed to withstand wave
soldering and immersion
cleaning processes

3104 Single Turn, 1/2 Watt

FEATURES

o Low cost
o %" square

ppm/°c

BB^ebie

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range

10 ohms to 2 Megohms

Tolerance

±20%

Residual Resistance

1 % or 2 ohms max. whichever is greater

Power Rating

0.5W at 70°C. Derated to 0W at +150°C

Working Voltage

300 VDC max.

Operating Temperature Range

— 55°C to +150°C

Contact Resistance Variation

3% or 3 ohms max. whichever is greater

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range

10 ohms to 2 Megohms

Tolerance

±10%

Residual Resistance

2 ohms max.

Power Rating

0.5W at 70°C. Derated to 0W at +1 25°C

Working Voltage

300 VDC max.

Operating Temperature Range

— 55°C to +125°C

Contact Resistance Variation

1 % or 1 ohm max. whichever is greater

1102, 4-Turn, 1/2 Watt

FEATURES

o Unique planetary drive
provides the precise setting
capability of a multi-turn unit
in a small single-turn package
o Just .299"D x .260"
o Sealed to withstand wave
soldering and immersion
cleaning process

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range

10 ohms to 2 Megohms

Tolerance

±10%

Residual Resistance

1 % or 2 ohms max. whichever is greater

Power Rating

0.5W at 70°C. Derated to 0W at +1 25°C

Working Voltage

300 VDC max.

Operating Temperature Range

-55°C to +125°C

Contact Resistance Variation

3% or 3 ohms max. whichever is greater

3103, 12-Turn, 1/4 Watt

FEATURES

o V 4 " square
o Sealed to

MIL-R-22097 standards

FEATURES

o Small size —

.374" x .394" X .240"

0 Sealed to MIL-R-22097
standards. Will withstand
industrial cleaning processes

FEATURES

o Small size —

.181" x .252" x .752"
for close board spacing
o Sealed to MIL-R-22097
standards. Will withstand
industrial cleaning processes

FEATURES

0 22 turn mechanism provides
extremely fine adjustment
capability

o High power dissipation:
1.0W at 70°C

o Sealed to withstand wave
soldering and immersion
cleaning processes

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range

10 ohms to 1 Megohm

Tolerance

±10%

Residual Resistance

1>% or 2 ohms max. whichever is greater

Power Rating

0.25W at 70°C. Derated to 0W at +125°C

Working Voltage

200 VDC max.

Operating Temperature Range

— 55°C to -F125°C

Contact Resistance Variation

3% or 3 ohms max. whichever is greater

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range

10 ohms to 2 Megohms

Tolerance

±10%

Residual Resistance

1'% or 2 ohms max. whichever is greater

Power Rating

0.5W at 70°C. Derated to 0W at +1 25°C

Working Voltage

300 VDC max.

Operating Temperature Range

— 55°C to -H25°C

Contact Resistance Variation

3% or 3 ohms max. whichever is greater

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range

10 ohms to 2 Megohms

Tolerance

±10%

Residual Resistance

3% or 1 ohm max. whichever is greater

Power Rating

0.75W at 70°C. Derated to 0W at +125°C

Working Voltage

300 VDC max.

Operating Temperature Range

— 55°C to +125°C

Contact Resistance Variation

3% or 3 ohms max. whichever is greater

SPECIFICATIONS

Resistance Range

10 ohms to 2 Megohms

Tolerance

±10%

Residual Resistance

1 % or 2 ohms max. whichever is greater

Power Rating

1 W at 70°C. Derated to 0W at +1 50°C

Max. Working Voltage

300 VDC max.

Operating Temperature Range

— 55°C to +150°C

Contact Resistance Variation

3% or 3 ohms max. whichever is greater

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd„ S.E., Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2145

Now, Ohmite offers TWELVE sizes in its line of famous rheostats.

In all Ohmite rheostats, the resistance wire is wound on a solid
ceramic core. The turns are locked in place with tough, protec-
tive vitreous enamel or Ohmicone® silicone ceramic. Pivoted,
universal action mounting of the brush, assures perfect contact.
Metal-graphite contact brushes, varied to fit current and resis-
tance, insure good contact with negligible wear of the wire.
Terminals at each end of the winding permit connection of the
unit as a potentiometer.

Rated Watts

Resistance 10 to 1 to 1 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 0.5 to 1 0.5 to I 1 to I 1 to
Range -Ohms 5 , 000 15,000 25,000 50,000 50,000 50 , 000 150 , 000 |3o , 000 |50 , 000

Di'ameter 515 % 2 3/4 31/8

Behind Pa e nel % % ** ]% 1% • 1%

Weight -Lbs. |.017 .037 1.053 | 0.19 1 0.32 | 0.52 [ 0.64 1 1.1 I

(Dhnenston^M ) I (Single-Hole Mounting) %

NOW, FOR ITS RATING,
INDUSTRY'S SMALLEST
RHEOSTAT!

Model C
71/2 Watts

.515 7/s m 1% 2% 23/4 31/8

MODEL “C” - V/2 WATT"

Ohms

Amps

Standard Shaft
Catalog

No. 1

Locking Shaft
Catalog

No. 1

10

.86

4908

4948

15

.71

4909

(4949)

25

.55

4910

(4950)

35

.46

(4911)

(4951)

50

.39

4912

(4952)

75

.32

(4913)

(4953)

100

.27

4914

4954

150

.22

(4915)

(4955)

200

.19

4916

(4956)

(Single-Hole Mounting)

-STANDARD & LOCKING SHAFT

Ohms

Amps

Standard Shaft
Catalog

No. 1

Locking Shaft
Catalog

No. 1

250

.17

4917

(4957)

350

.15

4918

4958

500

.12

4919

(4959)

750

.10

(4920)

(4960)

1000

.086

4921

4961

1500

.071

(4922)

(4962)

2500

.055

(4923)

4963

3500

.046

(4924)

(4964)

5000

.039

4925

4965

‘Rating on metal panel — unit is silicone-ceramic coated.

MODEL “E” — 121/2 WATT* - UNENCLOSED & ENCLOSED

Total

Ohms

Max.

Amps

Steps

Appr.

Unenclosed

Enclosed

Total Max.
Ohms Amps

Steps

Appr.

Unenclosed

Enclosed

Standard
Shaft
Cat. No. 1

Locking
Shaft
Cat. No. 1

1 Std.
Shaft
Cat. No.

Standard
Shaft
Cat. No. 1

Locking
Shaft
Cat. No. 1

Std.
Shaft
Cat. No.

1

3.53

32

0101

L0101

(W0101)

175 .27

146

0114

L0114

(W0114)

2

2.50

28

0102

L0102

(W0102

200 .25

132

0114A

L0114A

(W0114A)

2.5

2.24

31

(010 2 A)

(L0102A)

(W0102A)

250 .22

128

0115

L0115

(W0115)

3

2.04

33

0103

L0103

(WO 103)

350 .19

149

0116

L0116

(W0116)

5

1.58

61

0103A

L0103A

(WO 103 A)

500 .16

213

0117

L0117

(W0117)

6

1.44

58

0104

L0104

(W0104)

750 .13

193

0118

L0118

(W0118)

8

1.25

61

0105

L0105

(W0105)

1,000 .11

257

0119

L0119

(WO 11 9)

10

1.12

76

0106

L0106

(W0106)

1,500 .091

255

0120

L0120

(W0120)

15

.91

64

0107

L0107

(W0107)

2,500 .071

277

0121

L0121

(W0121)

25

.71

67

0108

L0108

(WO 108)

3,500 .060

313

0122f

L0122f

(W0122)f

35

.60

73

0109

L0109

(W0109)

5,000 .050

355

01 23f

L0123 t

(W0123)f

50

.50

83

0110

L0110

(W0110)

7,500 .041±

299

4190f

L4 1 9 0 1

(W4190)f

75

.41

101

0111

L0111

(WO 111)

10,000 .035::

398

4191 f

L4191 t

'(W4191)t

100

.35

106

0112

L0112

(W0112)

12,500 .031::

434

(4192)f

(L4192)f

(W4192)t

125

.32

132

0113

L0113

(WO 113)

15,000 .029::

521

4193f

L4193t

(W4193)t

150

.29

125

0113A

L0113A

(W0113A)

Model U
1000 Watts

STANDARD SHAFT TO” tho bushing LOCKING SHAFT

MODEL C ENCLOSED

MODEL E
ENCLOSED

MODEL E
UNENCLOSED

‘Rating on metal panel. tSilicone-ceramic coating. t7.5Kfl = 305V. max; 10KO, 12.5KJ2, and 15Kfi = 350V. max.

3/64" X 3/32“ HOLE 64 STANDARD SHAFT LOCKING SHAI

MODELS
H, J, G, K, L*

25 WATT

MODEL “H" — UL Listed

L0140

0140

L0141

0141

L0142

0142

L0143

0143

L0144

0144

L0145

0145

L0146

0146

L0147

0147

L0148

0148

L0149

0149

L0150

0150

L0151

0151

50 WATT
MODEL “J”

UL Listed

MODELS
P, N, R, T, U

75 WATT

MODEL “G” — UL Listed

Va"-20 THD. FOR

r I MTG. SCREWS L

holes For (supplied with
— - NO. 8 SCREWS model N ONLY).

100 WATT

MODEL “K” — UL Listed

Catalog Total Max.

No. 1 Ohms Amps

150 WATT
MODEL “L"

UL Listed

.Continued on next page

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company/ 3601 W. Howard St., Skokie, Illinois 60076/(312) 675-2600 / TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

1*2146

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

©HMITE

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS. CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS 47!

!« vitreous enameled rheostats (potentiometers)

25 WATT

MODEL “H” — UL Listed

50 WATT
MODEL “J”

UL Listed

75 WATT
MODEL “G” ■

UL Listed

100 WATT

MODEL "K” — UL Listed

150 WATT

MODEL <4 L" — UL Listed

fSilicone-ceramic coating, 500V max.
for lOKfi and above. Not UL listed.

fSilicone-ceramic coating.
750V max. for 15KQ and
above. Not UL listed.

225 WATT

MODEL “P” — UL Listed

300 WATT

MODEL “N” — UL Listed

500 WATT
MODEL "R"

750 WATT
MODEL “T”

1000 WATT
MODEL “U”

1 Popular items appear in BOLD print and are usually in stock at authorized Ohmite stocking distributors. Items in LIGHT FACE print are available from stocking
distributors but are not normally stocked in depth. Parentheses indicate non stock standard items subject to a minimum handling charge per item.

© H M ITE«moUed composition potentiometers

STYLE CMU fin MAX. 5 2“ C U, CA, CB, CCU ^ , 5" MAX. ^ |"_

MILSTYLE JOyF)^ Ohmite molded composition potentiometers (Type AB) I | k 7/8 cmu (ir' 32 ROTATION

^RV4N provide high quality and dependable performance. J u_ I r^vi 312° ± 3° 2 I

Ohmite molded composition potentiometers (Type AB)
provide high quality and dependable performance.

Because the resistance element is a thick, solid-
molded ring, longer life and smoother operation are
obtained. This is due also to the molded composition
contact. Units are dust and splash proof, fungus and
corrosion resistant and meet the requirements of
military specification MIL-R-94.

STOCK ‘TOTS” — MIL Units are stamped with MIL and Commercial Designations.

2“ CU.CA, ce. ecu
V, 7/8 CMU ~

CLU

| ROTATION

312° ± 3°

-HEX.NUT^TH^y O)0 j

-LOCKWASHER \ I
- MOUNTING FACE 3/6

Type AB (1%/ Dia.) Rated 2 Watts

Type AS ( 1 / 2 " Dia.)
Rated 1/2 Watt

ROUND TYPE SHAFT
FOR 1/4" PANEL MAX.

/ 2 L
3/64" W X 1/16** D SLOT
FOR CMU ONLY

i / L LOCK NUT
L SLOTTED BUSHING
LOCKING TYPE SHAFT
FOR 5" PANEL MAX.

Single
Unit 7/a"
Shaft

Single Unit 2" Shaft

Locking

Dual

Miniature

Locking

Miniature
7/s" Shaft

Resist.

Style

CMU

(Linear)

Comm.

& MIL

Style

CU

(Linear)

Style

CA

(CW log)

Style

CB

(CCWlog)

Style

CLU

(Linear)

Comm.

& MIL

Style

ecu

(Linear)

Style

AS

(Linear)

Comm.

& MIL

Style

ASM

(Linear)

Comm.

& MIL

Range

or

Limited

Ohmic

Values

50

to

5.0 Meg.

50

to

5.0 Meg.

0.1 Meg.
.25 Meg.
.5 Meg.
1.0 Meg.
2.5 Meg.

10,000

25.000

50.000

50

to

5.0 Meg.

10,000

25.000

50.000

1.0 Meg.
.25 Meg.
.5 Meg.
1.0 Meg.

50

to

5.0 Meg.

50

to

5.0 Meg.

Weight

.0641b.

.084 lb.

.070 lb.

.123 lb.

.017 lb.

.017 lb.

TYPE AB POTENTIOMETERS

ROTATION

295° ± 5°

§ 7_ ± 1/64^

T

-^(-»-.026 / V<\ /

-I/4-32 BUSHING
STANDARD BUSH.

FOR STOCK ITEMS, CALL LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE LISTED IN INDEX

TYPE AS POTENTIOMETERS

OHMITE MFG. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company / 3601 W. Howard St., Skokie, Illinois 60076/(312) 675-2600 / TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *21 47

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

SAMARIUS inc

300 SEYMOUR AVENUE, DERBY, CONN. 06418 (203) 735-7405 • TWX: 710-451-2495

PRECISION POTENTIOMETERS

C078 %" DIA.

SINGLE UNIT CONCENTRIC SHAFT

BUSHING a DUAL

mount jytaerig

DUAL UNIT
WITH TAPS

BC200 - C200P 2" DIA.

M300, M301, M400

INSTRUMENT

POTENTIOMETERS

Most versatile unit- all resistance
values. Taps economically supplied.
Gangable and available in both Bush-
ing & Servo Mount.

BC200 - C200P SINE/COSINE

i ® 9 .M

Low Inductance
Low Capacitance

M158 - CP158 1 5 /s"

Spring return to center with or without
switch and center tap. Used in Satel-
lite and Radar Antennas. Also Medi-
cal, Robot and Comparators.

Ideal for Tight Linearity Long Elect
Angles

HIGH PRECISION POTENTIOMETER AND RESISTOR ASSEMBLY

Samarius, Inc. furnish their clients with a custom winding ser-
vice for wire wound potentiometer elements in card and man-
drel types. Linear or functional requirements are achieved
through cooperative R & D with customers. Card profiles are
ground with exact duplication from master templates on our
own engineered and built machines to tolerances to meet all
specifications. We can supply card windings for Va" miniature

potentiometers to cards 12 feet long and 4 inches wide. Man-
drel windings are available up to 16 feet long in any type of wire
needed. Over 30 years’ experience in supplying high precision
potentiometer windings to the field. Call on our engineering
staff for their help in solving your winding or potentiometer
problems.

/////

1*2148

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

DEPT. EM, 287 NORTHERN BOULEVARD
GREAT NECK, NEW YORK, 11021
(516) 466-0911
CABLE: “SHOGYO NEWYORK”
TELEX: 12218 + 4758024

JHCYO

INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

ROTARY

Angle of Rotation Ranges: 260° ±5° through 300° ±5°

Resistance Range: 500Q‘ through 2M£2

Power Rating: .05W through .25W

Voltage Rating: 150V through 500V

Torque: 200 through 350g — cm

For Switch, Gang Error and Electrical Tap Specifications
please consult Shogyo directly.

SLIDE

Travel: 20 ±0.5(mm) through 60 ±0.5(mm)

Mounting Pitch: 65(mm) — 31 ±0.3(mm) through 85(mm)

Resistance Range: 5000 — 1MO, 5KO through 1MS2

Power Rating: 0.1W through 0.5W

Voltage Rating: 150V through 500V

Sliding Force: 50 — 350g

Single and Double Types available.

'■J-

■'V-

SEMI-FIXED

Resistance Range: 100Q through 2KO
Resistance Tolerance: ±20%

Taper: Linear
Rated Power: 0.1W
Maximum Operating Voltage: 100V
Rotating Angle: 260 ±15%

Rotating Torque: 40 — 250g — cm
Rotating Life: Maximum 10% resistance change
@ 50 rotations

Temperature Characteristic: +5 — 20% resistance
change after 5 hours at 70°C
Load Characteristic: ±5% resistance change after
5 hours @ normal temperature
Moisture Characteristic: 7 — 15% resistance change
after 5 hours at 95% humidity, 40°C

SEE OUR OTHER CATALOG PAGES IN EEM SECTIONS 1300/2100/2450/2950/5600

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2149

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

spectrol

CERMET TRIMMING
POTENTIOMETERS

MOOiL NO.

Actual size

NOMINAL

SIZE

(INCHES)

NOM.

ADJ.

TURNS

TERMINAL 1

STYLE

RESISTANCE

TOLERANCE

MAXIMUM

POWER

RATING

(WATTS)

TEMPCO
(PPM/ 0 C)

STANDARD

RESISTANCE

RAN8E

(OHMS)

> (Clear Lid & Panel

Mount Available)

0.75

Long

20

PC

± 10%

0.75 @ 70° C

±100 (10012-2 Meg)

+200

-100

(10, 20 & 50 £2 )

10 fi-2 Meg.

52

0.38

Square

25

PC

±5%

1

±100 (1000-2 Meg)

0 to +250
(10,20,500)

100-2 Meg.

*-53

0.34 Dia.

Top Adjust

0.31 x 0.36
Side Adjust

240°

PC

±20%

(±10%

Available)

1

+ 100 (1000- 1 Meg)

0 to +400
(10, 20 & 50 0)

10O-1 Meg.

»fl .52

0.25 Dia.

Top Adjust

.025 Square
Side Adjust

215°

PC

±20%

(±10%

Available)

0.5 @ 70° C

±100(100 0- 1 Meg)

0 to +450
(10, 20 & 50 O)

10 O- 1 Meg.

Wrffl *63

270°

PC

±20%

(± 10%

Available)

±100 (1000 -2 Meg)

0 to +250
(10,20, 50 0)

1012-2 Meg.

-64

0.38

Square

25

PC

±10%

0.5 @ 85° C

+ 100 (100O-2 Meg)

0 to +250
(10, 20, 50O)

10O-2 Meg.

i

1.25

Long

l, PC,SH

±10%

1.0 @85° C

±100 (1000-2 Meg)

- 100 to +200'

(10, 20 & 50 £2)

1012-2 Meg.

► DISTRIBUTOR AUTHORIZED STOCKING ITEM

1*2150 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

'TERMINATIONS: L - COLOR CODED LEAD WIRES, SH - SOLDER HOOKS, PC - PRINTED
CIRCUIT PINS.

^ DISTRIBUTOR AUTHORIZED STOCKING ITEM

EEM1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2151

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

122

(Style RR 1100 Available)

132

140

142

172

(Style RR1300 Available)

182

1.312

5 to 35K

± 3%

(±5% below 50 ft)

5fi to 100 Ci
+ 1.0%

100O to 35KQ
+ 0.5%

±.15%

2.75 @ 40 0 C

1.062

5 to 20K

± 3%

(+5% below 20ft)

5ft to 200 ft
±1.0%

200ft to 20 K ft

± 0.5%

+ .20%

1.5 @ 70° C

1.312

5 to 35K

± 3%

(±5% below 50 ft)

5ft to 200 ft
± 1.0%

200ft to 35Kft
± 0.5%

±.25%

2.75 @ 40° C

.500

50 to 50K

± 5%

±1.0%

±.50%

2.0 @40° C

.500

50 to 50K

±5%

±1.0%

±.50%

2.0 @ 40°C

.875

5 to 40 K

. ± 3%

(±5% below 50 ft)

5ft to 500 ft
±1.0%

500ft and above
±0.5%

±.35%

2.0 @ 40° C

1.438

5 to 40K

±3%

(±5% below 50ft)

5ft to 200ft
±1.00%

200ft to 2Kft

±0.5%

2K to 50Kft
±.25%

±.15%

2.0 @ 70° C

.750

5 to 30K

±3%

(±5% below 20ft)-

5ft to 2Kft
±1.0%

2Kft to 30Kft

±0.5%

±.25%

1.5 @ 70°C

202

1.750 5 to 65K

5ft to 50 ft
1 1 . 0 %

±3% 50 H to 500 ft

t 5% below 50 ft) ±0.5%

500ft to65K ; ft
±.25%

±.15% 3.5 @ 70° C

’BEST PRACTICAL LINEARITY FIGURES SHOWN FOR THE VARIOUS MOOELS APPLY TO 2 SIZES SHOWN ARE FOR THE BUSHING MOUNT VERSIONS. SHAFT DIA. .125" FOR

HIGHER RESISTANCE UNITS. CONSULT FACTORY WITH SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. MODELS 122, 140, 142, 502, 552, 702, AND CW05; .094" FOR MODELS 162 AND 164; .250"

► DISTRIBUTOR AUTHORIZED STOCKING ITEM FOR ALL OTHER MODELS.

1*2152 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM M

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

SINGLE-TURN WIREWOUND
PRECISION POTENTIOMETERS

All units shown 7a actual size

NOMINAL

OIA. 2

(INCHES)

RESISTANCE

RANBE

(OHMS)

STANDARD

RESISTANCE

TOLERANCE

LINEARITY TO LEI

RANCE

BEST

PRACTICAL

MAXIMUM

POWER

RATIN8

(WATTS)

MOUNTINO

AVAILABLE

f*= 302

(Style RR 2000 Available)

2.000

5 to 85 K

+ 3%

(+5% below 50,12)

5» to 50 52
±1.0%

50 12 to 200 12
±0.5%

20012 to 85K12
± .25%

±.10%

4.0 @ 70° C

Bushing

Servo

3.000

10 to 150K

±3%

(+ 5% below
10012)

ion to 200 12

±0.5%

20012 to T50KS2
±.25%

±.075%

6.0 @ 70° C

Bushing

Servo

3.000

250 to 25 K
per quad

±3%

25012 to 2.5 K12

±0.5% (PK To PK)

2.5K12 and above
±0.3% (PK To PK)

6.0 @ 70°C

Servo

fo 702

(Style RR 2100 Available)

.875

5 to 1 00 K

±3%

(±5% below 20 12)

:

552 to 50012
+ 1.0%

500 12 to 20K12

+ 0.5%

+.25%

1.25 @70° C

Bushing

Servo

R^= MW

.906

5 to 50 K

±10%

±5%

±2%

1 @ 20°C

Bushing

’BEST PRACTICAL LINEARITY FIGURES SHOWN FOR THE VARIOUS MODELS APPLY TO 2 SIZES SHOWN ARE FOR THE BUSHING MOUNT VERSIONS. SHAFT OIA. .125" FOR

HIGHER RESISTANCE UNITS. CONSULT FACTORY WITH SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. MODELS 122, 140, 142, 502, 552, 702, ANO CW05; .094" FOR MODELS 162 AND 164; .250"

FOR ALL OTHER MODELS ’

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1*2153

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

SINGLE-TURN

Spectra) CONDUCTIVE PLASTIC AND
" CERMET POTENTIOMETERS

M00EL NO.

All units shown % actual size

NOMINAL

DIA.

(INCHES)

RESISTANCE

RANSE

(OHMS)

RESISTANCE

TOLERANCE

LINEARITY

MAXIMUM

POWER

RATIN6

(WATTS)

OUTPUT

SMOOTH-

NESS

TEMPCO
(PPM/ 0 C)

M0UNTIN6

AVAILABLE

1.062

500 to 50 K

±10%

(Special to ± 5%)

±0.5%

(Special to ±.15%)

0.6 @ 70° C

0.1%

Max.

±400

Servo

0^- 128

(Conductive Plastic)

1.062

500 to 50 K

±10%

(Special to ± 5%)

± 0.5%

(Special to ± .15%)

1.25 @70° C

0.1%

Max.

±400

Bushing

Servo

#= «»

IK/Kll (Conductive Plastic)

1.312

IK to 50K

±10%

(Special to ± 5%)

± 0.5%

(Special to ±.25%)

2.0 @ 40 0 C

0.1%

Max.

±500

Bushing

1

La 139

| (Cermet)

1.312

1

■

±20%

(Special to ±5%)

± 0.5%

(Special to ±0.25%)

5.0 @ 40° C

0.1%

Max.

±100

Bushing

158

(Conductive Plastic)

.875

500 to 50 K

±10%

(Special to ±5%)

±0.5%

(Special to ±0.25%)

1 .0 @ 40 ° C

0.1%

Max.

±400

Bushing*

Servo

159

(Cermet)

E

500 to

2 Meg.

±20%

(Special to± 5%)

±0.2%

(Special to ±0.5%)

3.5 @40° C

0.1%

Max.

±100

Bushing

Servo

208

(Conductive Plastic)

1.750

500 to 50K

±10%

(Special to± 5%)

r

± 0.3%

(Special to ±0.1%)

1.75 @70° C

0.1%

Max.

±400

Bushing

Servo

308

(Conductive Plastic)

2.000

o

o

o

o

o

m

± 10%

(Special to ± 5%)

± .25%

(Special to ±.05%)

2.0 @ 70° C

0.1%

Max.

±400

fe- 708

(Conductive Plastic)

.875

500 to 50 K

±10%

(Special to ± 5%)

±0.5%

(Special to± 0.2%)

1.0 @ 70° C

0.1%

Max.

±400

Bushing

Servo

'CONSULT FACTORY FOR NEW LOW-COST VERSION

1*2154

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

MULTI-TURN WIREWOUND
PRECISION POTENTIOMETERS

MODEL NO.

All units shown Vi actual size

NOMINAL

DIA . 2

(INCHES)

RESISTANCE

RANBE

(OHMS)

STANDARD

RESISTANCE

TOLERANCE

LINEARITY

STANDARD

TOLERANCE

BEST

PRACTICAL 1

MAXIMUM

POWER

RATING

(WATTS)

MOUNTING

AVAILABLE

Turn) ^ j

.500

100 to 115K

1 5%

+ .30%

+ .1%

2.0 @ 40° C

162 Bushing
164 Servo

(Style RR 1000 CA^
Available)

H : P1 do Turn)

.875

15 to 150K

±3%

I + 5% below tOOQ)

1 .25%

+ .05%

2.0 @ 70° C

Bushing

Servo

■fc- 533

(3 Turn)

.875

5 to 60K

H

1.25%

1.15%

1.0 @70° C

Bushing

Servo

m&= -534

NBHBL7 (10 Turn)

.875

10 to 200K

±5%

1.25%

1.075%

2.0 @70° C

Bushing

Servo

Mp* 535

(5 Turn)

.875

5 to 100K

±5%

1.25%

1.10%

1.5 @70° C

Bushing

Servo

537

(3 Turn)

.875

(.590

Length)

5 to 60K

±5%

1.25%

1.10%

1.0 @70° C

Bushing

Servo

Hh 552

.875

5 to 45K

13%

(±5% below 50 Q)

1.25%

1.125%

1.0 @70° C

Bushing

Servo

^ £> 0»f £5 ,T SB g|

■ fits | T|

■ l;n 1

I I

1.812

20 to 500 K

±3%

(15% below 200 Q)

1.25%

1.025%

5.0® 70° C

Bushing

Servo

1.812

15 to 150K

13%

(15% below 100O)

1.25%

1.05%

3.0 @ 40° C

Bushing

(^h *»

1.812

15 to 150K

13%

(15% below 1 00 O)

+ .25%

1.05%

2.0 @ 70° C

Bushing

Servo

P’ 000

^ ■

1.812

20 to 500K

13%

(15% below 2000)

-1.25%

1.025%

8.0 @ 40° C

Bushing

(10 Turn)

.500

100 to 50 K

15%

(110% below 1000)

11.0%

1.25%

1.5® 40° C

Bushing

► DISTRIBUTOR AUTHORIZED STOCKING ITEM

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2155

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS. CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

(spectral)

SUBMINIATURE

SWITCHES

All units shown actual size

NOMINAL

MODEL NO. DIA.

(INCHES)

SWITCHES AND
MULTIDIALS

CONTACT LIFE AT CONTACT

CURRENT RATED RESISTANCE DESCRIPTION

RATIN6 CURRENT (OHMS)

87'11'XX

.500 Positive Detent, 250MA@28VDC 4,000 Switching .05 Maximum Screwdriver
36° Indexing, Operations, Adjust

Stops Per Position

0%^ VHP yjW ] .550 Positive Detent, 250NA@28VDC 4,000 Switching .05 Maximum Knob Adjust

► W U0jL JL 36° Indexing, Operations,

m Stops Per Position

87'31'XX

Positive Detent, 250MA@28VDC
36° Indexing,

Stops

Bushing Panel
Mounting

NUMBER OF POLES AND ACTIVE POSITIONS

ACTIVE TERMINAL BASIC PART
PIN NUMBERS NUMBER

NUMBER

ACTIVE

ACTIVE TERMINAL

BASIC PART

OF POLES

POSITIONS

PIN NUMBERS

NUMBER

TWO POLE

1

3 and 8 (ON-OFF)

87 XX-21

2

2. 3, 7. and B

B7XX-22

3

2,3,4. 7. 8, and 3

87 XX 23

4

1 thru 4, 6 thru 9

87XX24

5

1 thru 10

87XX-25

THREE POLE

1

1,4, and 8 (ON-OFF)

87 XX 31

2

1.2, 4, 5, 8, and 9

87 XX 32

3

1 thru 6, 8 thru 10

87XX-33

TYPICAL SWITCH APPLICATIONS

• Logic switching. • Internal switching device for
optional equipment add-ons. • Test point switching.

• Adapting main-frame computers to peripheral
equipment. • Standardizing printed circuit boards.

• Selecting operational voltages. • Selecting
calibration resistors.

MULTIDIALS

All units shown 1/3 actual size.

NOMINAL

MODEL NO. DIA.

(INCHES)

► Ill'll

- 15 T'll
- 18*11

► 15'2'U

► 16'lTl

TRIMMER ADJUSTMENT TOOL

'A actual size

MINOR SCALE DIVISION

SHAFT BORE M
(INCHES)

1/50 Turn

.250

1/500 Turn

.250

1/500 Turn

.250

1/50 Turn 1

.250

1/100 Turn

.250

Satin Chrome

Clear Anodized

Satin Chrome

- 8

This Adjustment Tool is designed to adjust trimmers of all
sizes and has an extended as well as recessed blade for critical
adjustments.

LAST TWO DIGITS DENOTE P0LE/P0SITI0N, E.G., SINGLE POLE UP TO 10 POSITIONS, 2 POLE UP
TO 5 POSITIONS. AND 3 POLE UP TO 3 POSITIONS.

‘PRICES SHOWN FOR SINGLE POLE VERSIONS ONLY.

■ OTHER SHAFT BORE SIZES AND FINISHES AVAILABLE
► DISTRIBUTOR AUTHORIZED STOCKING ITEM

1*2156

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

If you want to
moveit tesclL

4750

^control It,

sense it

cc<

or scan itjr

Vernitech

That is, if you’re looking for instrument motors, optical and contacting shaft angle encoders,
rotary and linear potentiometers, potentiometric pressure transducers, industrial precision
brakes or clutches, or laser scanning motors, we’ll probably have just what you’re looking for.
Just look on the opposite page. And if you don’t find what you want, call Vernitech, give us the
particulars, and we’ll make it for you.

VE3R3ST ITE3CH

- v.e

W fjM

■r^a

(f> : p

V - § i

f

■ Mi

i / * *

i S J '

RhL

rSa5

\ - V .

M M W

1*2158

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

POTENTIOMETERS

employing Vernitech’s unique
conductive film and precious
metal wipers . . . respond to wiper „

motions as small as .000005".

Rotary Single Turn
Linear, non-linear, sine/ cosine available.
Sizes 0.5", L 0.5" to Dia 5.0", L 1.880".
Linearity or conformity ±2% to 0.025%.
Resistance range 1KH to -250RQ.
Rotary Multi-Turn
10 to 100 turns available.

Sizes Dia 0.5", L 1.5" to Dia 2.0", L 2.625
Linearity or conformity ±0.5% to 0.015%.
Resistance range 1KD to 500KH.

Linear Motion

Electrical stroke lengths 1" to 60".
Linearity or conformity ±0.2% to 0.01%.
Resistance range 250fl/in to 250KH/in.

CLUTCHES

AND BRAKES

(electromagnetic)

hundreds of models and sizes available from stock .

Precision Instrument Type

Sizes 5, 8, 11, 13, 15, and 18.

Standard length and wafer types. Spring and magnetic.
Meet MIL-E-5272C. Zero backlash.

Torque 5 to 150 oz. in. Response time 5 to 142 ms.
Industrial Types - open frame
Sizes 8, 12, 17, 22, 26. Torque to 75 in. lb.

Response time 6-30 ms at rated voltage.

Industrial Types — enclosed frame
Hybrid or special units designed for particular applications
when MIL-SPECS and close tolerances are not essential, but
where having a complete “self-contained” unit is desirable:
cassette tape decks, analog devices actuators, etc.

Fail Safe

Braking action occurs 10 ms after coil is de-energized or
power fails. Sizes 8, 17, 30, and 45.

Torque up to 50 in. lb. Zero backlash. Adjustable to
compensate for wear.

PRESSURE
TRANSDUCERS

potentiometer type,

featuring infinite resolution, long life, and high reliability
through the use of conductive film resistance elements,
multiple wipers, and direct coupling of pressure sensing
element to potentiometer wipers.

Pressure ranges from 0. 1 to 10,000 psi in gage, absolute and
differential types. Also available with high overpressure
capability.

Linearity to ±0.3%. Air speed, altitude and low cost types
available.

MOTORS

Over 1500 Standard Designs or
Custom Designed to your requirements.

Synchronous — for laser scanning

Sizes 5, 8, 11, 15, 18, 20, 25, 35.

Speeds 100 to 48,000 rpm.

5 through 1600 Hz. 2, 4, 8, 12 poles.

Servo

Viscous damped — sizes 8, 10, 11, 15, 18.

Speeds 3000 to 10,000 rpm.

Inertially damped — sizes 8, 11, 15, 18.

Speeds 3000 to 9500 rpm.

Stepper

Sizes 5, 8, 11, 15. Stepping angles 7.5°, 15°, 45°, 90°.
Stepping rates 100, 110, 125, 130, 175, 180, 225, 240,

260, 400, 725, 800, 1000 pps.

Precision Motor Generators Sizes 8, 10, 11, 15, 18, 23.
Integrating and Computer Motor Tachometers

Sizes 8, 10, 11, 15, 18, 23.

SHAFT ANGLE ENCODERS

featuring precision chrome on
glass discs for highest accuracy.

Optical Incremental

VOE 11 — Dia. 1.062", L. 1.80". To 1024 pulses
VOE 015 — Dia. 1.510", L. 0.88". To 1024 pulses (modular)
VOE M15 “Dial Coder” — panel mounted, 1.500" dia., L.
1.08" 127-256 pulses

VOE 023 — Dia. 2.25", L. 80" To 1250 pulses (modular)
VOE 23 — Dia. 2.250", L. 1.875". To 1250 pulses
(available sealed)

VOE L23 “Thrift-Line” Dia. 2.250" L. 1.875". To 600 pulses
VOE 25 — Dia. 2.500", L. 2.500". To 3000 pulses
(available sealed)

Optical Absolute

VOE 23: Binary, Gray or BCD to 512 counts per turn.
Counting speed: 3000 rpm.

VOE 30: Single or multi-turn; Binary, Gray or BCD. To 1024
counts per turn. Max count (2 19 ) in 512 turns.
Counting Speed: 30KHz.

Contacting Absolute

Sizes 11, 18, 23, & 31. Binary, Gray, and BCD. Single or
multi-turn. Max count (2 19 ) in 2048 turns. 64 to 1024 counts
per turn. Operating speed 200 rpm max.

SYNCHRO CONVERTER
MODULES

Tracking Synchro-to-Digital and
Re$oIver-to-Digital Converters

Economy Series VSD/VRD. Precision Series VSDH/VRDH
Compact, solid state, high performance converters
employing type 1 1 servo loops for lag free tracking at rates to
3600°/sec. Resolution 10 bits, 12 bits, or 14 bits.

Digital-io-Synchro and Digital-to-Resolver

Converters Series VDS/VDR: Accept shaft angle data in
digital form for conversion *to analog at accuracies up to ± 4'.

Tracking Synchro-to-Linear DC Converter Module

Series VSDCH/VRDCH: Accept 3-wire synchro or 4-wire
resolver input data, convert it to DC analog voltage
proportional to synchro angle of input. Accuracy ±6' (typ.).
Tracking Angle Position Indicator
VNST-104: Tracking Synchro-to-Digital Converter, can also
be used as a control element. Four decade 0.8" red LED
display. Display accuracy ±6' arc (typical). Tracking rate
3600°/sec max. Parallel binary or BDC output.

Self contained line operated power supply.

Custom designs available to your specifications .

VERNITECH, a division of Vemitron Corp., 300 Marcus Blvd., Deer Park, NY 11729 • 516-586-5100 • TWX 510-227-6089

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2159

4750

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Quick Reference Chart

CERMET

SIZE

SERIES

NO

TURNS

STD
RES. (n)

TOL.

POWER RATING

TC

PAGE

K" round

1

±10%

.5W

6

Va" square

1

10-2M

±10%

,5W

7

Va" square

16

20-2M

±10%

.5W

bbew

10

H " SQUARE

1

|

±10%

. 5W

15-16

%" SQUARE

MB1W

24

±10%

. 5W

HM1

KB

Vi" ROUND

150

1

50-2 M

±10%

. 75W

mm

K" SQUARE

255

24

±10%

1.0W

±100

9

Va" RECT.

960

20

i

±10%

.75W

18-19

IK" RECT.

450

22

10-2M

±10%

1.0W

±100

12

WIREWOUND

%" SQUARE

800

15

10-20K

±5%

-6W

±50

17

%" SQUARE

700

23

10-20K

±5%

1.0W

±50

13

Vi" ROUND

100

1

20-20K

±5%

1.0W

±50

4

K" SQUARE

205

24

±5%

1.0W

±50

8

IK" RECT.

400

22

10-20K

±5%

1.0W

±50

11

ATTENUATORS

%" RECT.

9950/55

5

N/A

BB

.25W

N/A

21

Va" ROUND

9958/59

1

N/A

±20%

.25W

N/A

21

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417
1*2160 VRN PG. 3

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VR N

1/2" Round Wi rewound

Single-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

100 SERIES

CIRCUITRIES®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating: 1W @ 70°C

Standard resistance range: 200 to 20KO

Resistance tolerance: ±5% std.

Temperature coefficient:

^Oppm/’C max.

Noise during adjustment: 1000 max.

End resistance: 10 or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 1500VAC
Insulation resistance: 1 0OOMO
Absolute minimum resistance:

.25% or 10 (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

— 55°C to +150°C
Total adjustment turns: 1
Operating torque:

0.25 to 7.5 oz. — in. max.

Mechanical stops: 30 oz. — in. min.
Electrical travel: 315° Nominal

ENVIRONMENTAL

Models 100, 101-5, 102-5, 103-6, 104-6,
106-2, 110 and 118-7 meet, or exceed,
all of the environmental and life require-
ments of MIL-R-27208, Characteristic C.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE («)

*

IK

20

2K

50

5K

100

10K

200

20K

500

'Lower values available — consult
factory.

ORDERING INFORMATION

106 — 2 — 5K

r 1 I 1 ,

Indicate Indicate Indicate

Type Package Resistance

Number Configuration Value

.028"(.71)W x .240"(6.10)L x .044"(1.12)D Adj. Screw slot in cover
Unless otherwise stated tolerances are ±:.010"(.25)

Dimensions j

Case |

Leads

Model

*

B

C

Diameter

Length

100

.500"(1 2.70)

.235"( 5.97)

.500"(12.70)

.028"(.71)

.187" (4.75) min.

101-5

.750"(1 9.05)

.265"( 6.73)

.625" (15.88)

Hooked

.187"(4.75) min.

102-5

.750"(19.05)

.250"( 6.35)

.750"(19.05)

Hooked

.205"(5.21) min.

103-6

.750" (19.05)

.312"( 7.92)

.750"(19.05)

Flex

10"(254.0) min.

104-6

.546"(1 3.87)

.687" (17.45)

.546" (13.87)

Flex

10"(254.0) min.

106-2

.500"(1 2.70)

.563"(1 4.30)

.312"( 7.93)

.020"(.51)

.187"(4.75) min.

110

.563"(1 4.30)

.325"( 8.26)

.563" (14. 30)

.028"(,71)

.187"(4.75) min.

118-7

.656"(1 6.66)

.37£"( 9.53)

.656" (16.66)

Hooked

.250"(6.35) min.

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 813-347-2181 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

VRNPG.4 1*2161

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

1/2" Round Cermet

Single-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

150 SERIES

CIRCUITRIM®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating:

0.75W @ 85°C (300V max.)

Standard resistance range: 5012 to 2M12
Resistance tolerance: ± 1 0% std.
Temperature coefficient:

±100ppm/°C max.

(±50 ppm/°C available — consult factory)
Contact resistance variation:

2012 or 3% (W.I.G.)

End resistance: 512 max. or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 1500VAC
Insulation resistance: 1000M12
Absolute minimum resistance:

1J2 or .25% (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

—55° to +150°C
Total adjustment turns: 1
Operating torque:

0.25 to 7.5 oz. — in. max.

Mechanical stops: 30 oz. — in. min.

ENVIRONMENTAL
Models 150, 151-5, 152-5, 153-6, 154-6,
156-2, 158-2 and 160 meet, or exceed, all
of the environmental and life require-
ments of MIL-R-22097, Characteristic F.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

50

2K

100K

100

5K

200K

200

10K

500K

500

20K

1M

IK

50K

2M

ORDERING INFORMATION

156 — 2 — 5K

I ' I ' 1

Indicate Indicate Indicate

Type Package Resistance

Number Configuration Value

Dimensions ~|

Case |

Leads

KffiEll

A

B

C

Length

.500"(12.70)

.235" ( 5.97)

.500"(12.70)

EMM

.750"(1 9.05)

.265"( 6.73)

.187"(4.75) min.

jp-1

•750"(1 9.05)

.250"( 6.35)

.750"(19.05)

Hooked

.205"(5.21) min.

KISISI

.750"(19.05)

IO

.534"(13.56)

.687" (17.45)

.534"(13.56)

52HSSE22EH3H

EX!

.500"(12.70)

.563"(14.30)

.41 2 // !(1 0.46)

Klli

.5Q0"(12.70)

.563" (14. 30)

.41 2" (10.46)

.325"( 8.26)

.563" (14.30)

.187"(4.75) min.

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417
1*2162 vrn pg. 5 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

1/4" Round Cermet

Single-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

170 SERIES

C1RCU1TR1M®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating: 0.5W @ 85°C (300V max.)
Standard resistance range: 1012 to 2 M12

Resistance tolerance: ±1 0% 1 0012 to 2M12
(±20% below 10012)

Temperature coefficient:

±100ppm/°C max.

(±50ppm/°C available — consult factory)
Contact resistance variation:

312 or 3% (W.I.G.)

End resistance: 212 max. or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 400VAC
Insulation resistance: 100M12
Absolute minimum resistance:

212 or 1% (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

—55° to +150°C

Total adjustment: 280° nominal
Operating torque: 5.0 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Solid

ENVIRONMENTAL
Models 170 and 171 meet, or exceed, all
of the environmental and life require-
ments of MIL-R-22097, Characteristic F.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

10 IK 100K

20 2K 200K

50 5K 500K

100 10K 1M

200 20K 2M

500 50K

ORDERING INFORMATION

170 — 20K

i 1 1 1

Indicate Indicate

Type Resistance

Number Value

171

.125"(3.18) Dia. Adj. Screw
with .025"(.64)W x .020”(.51 )D Slot

Unless otherwise stated, tolerances are ±.010"(.25)

Dimensions |

Case

Leads

Model

A

B

C

Diameter

Length

170

.250"(6.35)

.170"(4.32);

.250"(6.35)

.016" ±.001 "(.41 ±.02)

.187"(4.75)min.

171

.250"(6.35)

.170 // (4.32)

.250"(6.35)

.016" ±.001 "{.41 ±.02)

.187"(4.75)min.

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417
EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory vrn pg. 6 1*2163

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VR N

1 / 4" Square Cermet
Single-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

180/181/1 82/183/ RJ50/ RJR50

CIRCUITRIM®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating: 0.5W @ 85°C (300V max.)
Standard resistance range: 10ft to 2Mft
Resistance tolerance: ±10% 100ft to 2Mft
(±20% below 100ft)

Temperature coefficient:

±100ppm/°Q max.

(±50ppm/°C available — consult factory)
Contact resistance variation:

3ft or 3% (W.I.G.)

End resistance: 2ft or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 900VAC
Insulation resistance: lOOOMft
Absolute minimum resistance:

2ft or 1% (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

-55° to +1 50°C

Total adjustment: 280° nominal
Operating torque: 5.0 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Solid

ENVIRONMENTAL

Models 180, 181, 182 and 183 meet, or
exceed, all of the environmental and life
requirements of MIL-R-22097, Charac-
teristic F.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

10 (not mil) IK
20 (not mil) 2K
50 (not mil) 5K
100 10K

200 20K

500 50K

100K

200K

500K

1M (not mil)
2M (not mil)

ORDERING INFORMATION

182 — 50K

r J 1 1

Indicate Indicate

Type Resistance

Number Value

T

B

1

RJR50P 1 1

Unless otherwise stated, tolerances are ±.010"(.25)

Dimensions j

Case |

Leads

Model

A

B

C

Diameter

Length

180

.267"(6.78)

.180" (4.57)

.267"(6.78)

.018"(.45)

.187"(4.75) min.

181

RJ/RJR50

.267"(6.78)

.180" (4.57)

.267"(6.78)

.018"(.45)

.187" (4. 75) min.

182

.267" (6.78)

.31 2"(7.92)

.192"(4.87)

.018"(.45)

.187"(4 .75) min.

183

.267"(6.78)

.31 2"(7.92)

.192"(4.87)

.01 8"(.45)

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

1*2164 vrn pg. 7 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS. & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

205/RT22

1/2" Square Wi rewound

Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

CIRCUITRIM®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating: 1W @ 70°C

Standard resistance range: 1012 to 20K12

Resistance tolerance: ±5% std.

Temperature coefficient:

±50ppm/°C max.

Noise during adjustment: 1 0012 max.

End resistance: 212 to 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 1000VAC
Insulation resistance: 1000M12
Absolute minimum resistance:

1% or 112 (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

—55° to +150°C
Total adjustment turns: 24 ±2
Operating torque: 5.0 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Wiper assembly idles

ENVIRONMENTAL

Models 205-00, 205-10, 205-207 and 205-
208 meet, or exceed, all of the environ-
mental and life requirements of MIL-R-
27208, Characteristic C.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

10 (not mil) IK
20 (not mil) 2K
50 5K

100 10K

200 20K

500

ORDERING INFORMATION

205 — 00 — 10K
-J I L

r

i

Indicate Indicate Indicate

Type Package Resistance

Number Configuration Value

205-00L*

RT22L

205-1 OP
RT22P

3- #30 AWG Teflon insulated
leads, min. 6"(1 52.4) long

100 "

(2.54)

205-207X

RT22X

.050”

(1.27)

k. 060 ^~

1 (1.52)

(All but panel mount)

.078"( 1 .91 ) Dia. Adj. Screw with
.025' (.64)W x 020 '(.51)D Slot

T&K

205-208W

RT22W

-b-H

Unless otherwise stated, tolerances are ±.010"(.25)

-CM

V,

(2.44)

hcH

.250"

(6.35)

. 100 "

(2.54)

I

.100

(2.54)

‘PANEL MOUNTING
BRACKET MODEL 205-60

r

(14.73)

DTI

®

Hii

a — sr 123
hlM»ll I

Dimensions |

Case |

Leads [

Model

A

B

C

Diameter

Length

205-00L

.500"(12.70)

.192"( 4.88)

.500"(12.70)

Flex

6"(152.4) min.

205-1 OP

.500"(12.70)

.21 5" ( 5.46)

.500"(12.70)

.028"(.71)

.187" (4.75) min.

205-207X

,500"(12.70)

.500"(1 2.70)

.192"( 4.88)

.028"(.71)

.187"(4.75) min.

205-208W

.500" (12.70)

.500"(12.70)

.192"( 4.88)

.028"(.71)

.187" (4.75) min.

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets

NOTE

The letter suffix as shown on the VRN P/N is for reference only
and is not included in part marking, and should not be used
when ordering.

C> c w

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

VRNPG.8 1*2165

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

1 / 2" Square Cermet

Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

255/RJ22

CIRCUITRIM®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL
Power rating: 1 .0W @ 70°C
Standard resistance range: 2012 to 2M12
Resistance tolerance: ±10% std.
Temperature coefficient:

±100ppm/°C max.

(±50ppm/°C available — consult factory)
Contact resistance variation:

312 or 3% (W.I.G.)

End resistance: 212 or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 900 VAC
Insulation resistance: 1000M12
Absolute minimum resistance:

112 or 3% (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

—55° to +150°C
Total adjustment turns: 24 ±2
Operating torque: 5.0 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Wiper assembly idles

ENVIRONMENTAL
Models 255-00, 255-10, 255-207 and 255-
208 meet, or exceed, all of the environ-
mental and life requirements of MIL-R-
22097, Characteristic F. RJ22 meets or
exceeds all environmental and life re-
quirements of MIL-R-22097.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (a)

20

10K

50

20K (255 only)

100

25 K (mil only)

200

100K

500

200K (255 only)

IK

250K (mil only)

2K

500K

5K

1M

2M (255 only)

ORDERING INFORMATION

255 — 0,0 — 10K

i 1 I 1

Indicate Indicate Indicate

Type Package Resistance

Number Configuration Value

3-#30 AWG Teflon insulated
leads, min. 6"(152. W iuiiy

' EH

255-1 OP
RJ22P

I .036”

h-9i)

Dia. Holes

(D

.055”

(1.40)

♦ .060”
(1.52)

255-207X

RJ22X

(1.91) Dia. Adj. Screw with
(,64)W x ,025”(.64)D slot all models

(1.52)

255-208W

RJ22W

. 100 ”

(2.54)

i m

L A— J

.250”

(6.35)

-nO

\

)

]

\±JL 3 JO

.080”(2.03)

.076”(1 .93)

Dia. Holes

100’

(2.54)

H . 100 ”

(2.54)

.ioo”i

(2.54)

.500” ±.
(12. 70^

ife

.060”

'(1.52)

015* I ,07V'(1 .80) Dia - Holes
■.38)

H

r<

-c-

3 tt

~l —

2 O

.250”

(6.35)

r

1 0

V.

(1.52)

Unless otherwise stated, tolerances are ±.010"(.25)

*PANEL MOUNTING
BRACKET MODEL 255-60

I 290

|(737)

Dimensions |

Case ]

Leads

Model

A

B

C

Diameter

Length

255-00L

.500" (12.70)

.192"( 4.88)

.500"(12.70)

Flex

6" flex (152.4) min.

255-10P

.500" (12.70)

.21 5"( 5.46)

,500"(12.70)

.028"(.71)

.187"(4.75) min.

255-207X

.500"(12.70)

.500"(12.70)

.192"( 4.88)

.028"(.71)

.187"(4.75) min.

255-208W

.500"(12.70)

.500"(12.70)

,192"( 4.88)

.028"(.71)

.187"(4.75) min.

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets

NOTE:

The letter suffix as shown on the VRN P/N is for reference only and is not
included in part marking, and should not be used when ordering.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

1*2166 VRNPG. 9

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VBN

1 /4" Square Cermet

Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

260/RJ26/RJR26 SERIES

CIRCUITRIM®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating:

Va W at 70°C derate to zero at 125°C
Standard resistance range:

10 to IMfi
Resistance tolerance:

±10% Standard

Temperature coefficient of resistances
of Potentiometer:

±100 PPM/°C (±50 PPM/°C Available
Consult Factory)

Contact resistance variation:

3 ohms, or 3% whichever is greater
Insulation resistance:

1000 meg ohms at 500VDC
Dielectric strength: 900VAC

End resistance (max.):

. 2 £2 or 2% whichever is greater
Resolution: Essentially infinite

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

-55° to + 150°C

Total adjustment turns: 16 ± 3 turns
Operating torque: 3 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Wiper assembly idles

ENVIRONMENTAL

The potentiometers listed under this
specification will meet all of the en-
vironmental and life requirements of
MIL-R-22097 for Models 26X-XXX and
IRJ26; MIL-R-39035 for Models RJR26.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

20

20K (not for mil)

50

25K (mil only)

100

50K

200

100K

500

200K (not for mil)

IK

250K (mil only)

2K

500K

5K

1M

10K

2M (not for mil)

ORDERING INFORMATION

260 — 207 — 1 0K

I ' I ' 1

Indicate Indicate Indicate

Type Style Value

MODEL 260-10
RJ26P
RJR26P

MODEL 260-207
RJ26X
RJR26X

MODEL 260-208

RJ26W

RJR26W

I (

j .187 MIN. (RJR .300 MIN.) — t

*-.26-

- p.045

i

i

1 t

1 , -26
:t= La

K y— (3).0I6±.00I DIA.

SOLDERABLE LEADS
10

it

125

r~

.075 DIA. HEAD WITH
.020 WIDE X .025 DP. SLOT

1

.20

fc-

r

,187 MIN. (RJR .300 MIN.) |

m

i

j|_

—jo :.i°

j

.040—1

-

j ♦

-

.10 ■

—

NOTE: Dimensions common to all styles are not repeated.

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 813-347-2181 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

VRNPG. io 1*2167

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

VA" Rectangular Wirewound
Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

400/RT12

CIRCUITRIM®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating: 1W @ 70°C
Standard resistance range: 10ft to 20Kft
Resistance tolerance: ±5% std.
Temperature coefficient:

±50ppm/°C max.

Noise during adjustment: 100ft max.

End resistance: 1ft or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 900VAC
Insulation resistance: lOOOMft
Absolute minimum resistance:

1ft or .25% (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

— 55° to +150°C
Total adjustment turns: 22±5
Operating torque: 0.1 to 8.0 oz.— in. max.
Mechanical stops: Wiper assembly idles

ENVIRONMENTAL
Models 400-00, 400-10 and 400-20 meet,
or exceed, all of the environmental and
life requirements of MIL-R-27208, Char-
acteristic C.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

10 ) IK

20 > not . f , or 2K
50 ) mi! 5K
100 10K

200 20K

500

ORDERING INFORMATION

400 — 10 — 20K

i 1 I 1 1

Indicate Indicate Indicate

Type Package Resistance

Number Configuration Value

* PANEL MOUNTING
BRACKET MODEL 400-60

.380

AT

n

(jh

O

O

| 343
| (8.71)

f

1.343"+- .015”

J.2I8"

(34.04 + 38)

Jr

(5.53)

.130"(3.30)
Max. Panel

,025' (.64)W x .030"(.75)D x
100”(2.54)L Adj. Screw Slot

Over Eyelets

#10-32 Hex. Nut 250"(6.35) Flats x ,093"(2.36) and Lock Washer

Dimensions I

Case

Leads

Model

A

B

C

Diameter

Length

400-00L

1.250"(31.75)

.315"(8.00)

,190"(4.83)

Flex

11.5"(292.10) min.

40Q-10P

1 .250"(31 .75)

.31 5" (8.00)

.190" (4.83)

.028"(.71)

.187" (4.75) min.

400-20Y

1 .250"(31 .75)

.315"(8.00)

.190"(4.83)

.028"(.71)

.187" (4.75) min.

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets

NOTE:

The letter suffix as shown on the VRN P/N is for reference only and is not
included in part marking, and should not be used when ordering.

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 813-347-2181 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

1 *21 68 VRN PG. 11

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

IVk" Rectangular Cermet
Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating: 1W @ 70°C (300V max.)

Standard resistance range: 1012 to 2M12
Resistance tolerance: ±10% std.

Temperature coefficient:

±100ppm/°C max.

(±50ppm/°C available — consult factory)

Contact resistance variation:

312 or 3% (W.I.G.)

End resistance: 212 or 2% (W.I.G.)

Dielectric strength: 900VAC
Insulation resistance: 1000M12
Absolute minimum resistance: 212 max.

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

—55° to rH50°C
Total adjustment turns: 22 ±5
Operating torque: 8.0 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Wiper assembly idles

ENVIRONMENTAL
Models 450-00, 450-10 and 450-20 meet,
or exceed, all of the environmental and
life requirements of MIL-R-22097, Char-
acteristic F. RJ12 22097 RJR12 39035

450/RJ12/RJR12

CIRCUITRIM®

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

10 (not mil)

10K

20 (not mil)

20K

50 (not mil)

50K

100

100K

200

200K (not for mil)

500

250K (mil only)

IK

500K

2K

1 M

5K

2M (not for mil)

ORDERING INFORMATION

450 — 10 — 50K

I ' I L 1

Indicate Indicate Indicate

Type Package Resistance

Number Configuration Value

450-00 L*
RJ12L
RJR12L'

# 30 AWG Stranded teflon
leads 11.5 "(292 1) mm length

9 9

1.000"(25.4)

*| |— .070”
JJ (1 78)

EBE

(2.79)

"(3.43)

j— ,125"(3.18)

,125"(3.18) Dia. Ad|. Screw with
.025"(.64)Wx ,030"(.76)DSIot
models

Unless otherwise stated, tolerances are ±.010"(.25)

*PANEL MOUNTING
BRACKET MODEL 450-60

. 220 "

(5.59)

#10-32 Hex. Nut 250“(6.35) Flats x .093 "(2.36) and Lock Washer Max p ane |

.025”(.64)W x ,030”(.75)Dx
100”(2.54)L Adj. Screw Slot

Over Eyelets

Dimensions |

Case 1

Leads

Model

A

B

C

Diameter

Length

450-00L

1.250"(31.75)

.315"(8.00)

.190"(4.83)

Flex

11.5"(292.1) min.

450-1 OP

1 .250" (31 .75)

.315"(8.00)

.190"(4.83)

.028"(.71)

.500" (12.70) min.

450-20Y

1 .250"(31 .75)

.31 5"(8.00)

.1 90"(4.83)

.028" (.71 )

.500"(12.70) min.

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets

NOTE:

The letter suffix as shown on the VRN P/N is for reference only and is not
included in part marking, and should not be used when ordering.

0 25. 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St: Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

VRNPG. 12 1‘2169

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VR N

3/8" Square Wirewound
Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

700/RT24/RTR24

CIRCUITRIM®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL
Power rating: .75W @ 70°C
Standard resistance range: 1012 to 20K12
Resistance tolerance: ±5% std.
Temperature coefficient:

±50ppm/°C max.

Noise during adjustment: 10012 max.

End resistance: 112 or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 1 000VAC
Insulation resistance: 1000M12
Absolute minimum resistance:

112 or 0.25% (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

-65° to +150°C
Total adjustment turns: 23 ±2
Operating torque: 5.0 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Wiper assembly idles

ENVIRONMENTAL

Models 700-00, 700-10, 700-207 and 700-
208 meet, or exceed, all of the environ-
mental and life requirements of MIL-R-
27208, Characteristic C.

STANDARD RESISTANCE

VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

10

IK

20

2K

50

5K

100

10K

200

20K (not mil)

500

ORDERING INFORMATION

700 — 207 — 20K

n

Indicate

— J 1 ' i

Indicate Indicate

Type

Package Resistance

Number

Configuration Value

Unless otherwise stated, tolerances are dr.010"(.25)

*PANEL MOUNTING
BRACKET— MODEL 700-60

10-32 NF2A THD

* *ii/

slo-

(14 73)

LnJ

ix

©

130

(330)

1 130
*1(3 30)

140" -L_ .

(356)-^ (O 2)

L.523J
1 ( 13 . 28)1 l

020 "

(.51)

Dimensions ]

Case

Leads

A

B

C

Length

700-00L

.375"(9.53)

.145"(3.68)

.375"(9.53)

Flex

6"(1 52.4) min.

700-1 OP
RTR24P

.380"(9.65)

.380"(9.65)

.205"(5.21)

.205"(5.21)

.380"(9.65)

.380"(9.65)

.020"(.51)

.020"(.51)

,187"(4.75) min.
.300"(7.62) min.

700-207X

RTR24X

.380"(9.65)

.380"(9.65)

.41 0"(1 0.41)
.41 0"(1 0.41)

.1 70 // (4.32)
.170"(4.32)

.020"(.51)

.020"(.51)

.187"(4.75) min.
.300"(7.62) min.

700-208W

RTR24W

.380"(9.65)

.380"(9.65)

.41 0"(1 0.41)
.41 0"(1 0.41)

.170 , '(4.32)

.170 ,/ (4.32)

.020"(.51)
.020' / (.51) j

.187"{4.75) min.
.300"(7.62) min.

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets
NOTE:

The letter suffix as shown on the VRN P/N is for reference only and is not
included in part marking, and should not be used when ordering.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

1*2170 VRNPG. 13

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

752/RJ24/RJR24

3/8" Square Cermet CIRCUITRIM®

Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating: 0.5W @ 85°C (300V max.)
Standard resistance range: 20ft to 2Mft
Resistance tolerance:

±10% 100ft to 2Mft
±20% below 100ft
Temperature coefficient:

±100ppm/°C max.

Contact resistance variation:

3ft or 3% (W.I.G.)

End resistance: 2ft or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 900VAC
Insulation resistance: lOOOMft min.
Absolute minimum resistance: 1ft

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

— 55°C to +150°C

Total adjustment turns: 24 ±3

Operating torque: 5 in.-oz max.

Stop: Wiper idles

ENVIRONMENTAL

752 meets or exceeds all environmental
and life requirements of MIL-R-22097 &
MIL-R-39035. RJ24 meets or exceeds all
environmental and life requirements of
MIL-R-22097. RJR24 meets or exceeds
all environmental and life requirements
of MIL-R-39035.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

20 (not for mil) 20K (not for mil)
50 (not ? or mil) 25K (mil only)

100

50K

200

100K

500

200K (not for mil)

IK

250K (mil only)

2K

500K

5K

1 M

10K

2M (not for mil)

ORDERING INFORMATION

752 — 207 — 1 0K

Indicate

Indicate

Indicate

Type

Style

Value

RJ24 — F — P — 1 0K

Indicate

Indicate

Indicate

Indicate

Style

Character

Style

Value

Dimensions |

Case

Leads

A

B

C

752-1 OP
RJR24P

.388"(9,86)

.388"(9.86)

.225"(5.72)
.195" max.

.380"(9.65)

.380"(9.65)

.020"(.51)

.020"(.51)

.187"(4.75) min.
.300" (7. 62) min.

752-207X

RJR24X

.200"(5.08)
.195" max.

o o

o o

oo

.380"(9.65)

.380"(9.65)

.020"(.51)

.020"(.51)

.187"(4.75) min.
,300"(7.62) min.

752-208W

RJR24W

.200"(5.08)
.195" max.

.410"(10.40)

.410"(10.40)

.380"(9.65)

.380"(9.65)

.020"(.51)

.020"(.51)

.187" (4. 75) min.
.300 / '(7.62) min.

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets

NOTE: The letter suffix as shown on the VRN P/N is for reference only and is
included in part marking, and should not be used when ordering.

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 813-347-2181 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

VRNPG. 14 1*2171

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

3/8" Square Cermet

Single-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating: 0.5W @ 85°C (300V max.)
Standard resistance range: 1012 to 2M12
Resistance tolerance:

±10% 10012 to 2M12 ±20% below 1000
Temperature coefficient:

±100ppm/°C max. std.

(±50ppm/°C available)

Contact resistance variation:

312 or 3% (W.I.G.)

End resistance: 212 or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 900VAC
Insulation resistance: 1000M12
Absolute minimum resistance: 212 max.

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

-55° to +150°C

Total adjustment: 280° nominal
Operating torque: 4.0 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Solid

ENVIRONMENTAL
Meets or exceeds all of the environ-
mental and life requirements of MIL-R-
22097, Characteristic F.

780 SERIES

CIRCUITRIM®

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

10

2K

200K

20

5K

250K

50

10K

500K

100

20K

1M

200

25K

2M

500

50K

IK

100K

ORDERING INFORMATION

780— 10A* — 50K
, 1 I I

Indicate

indicate

Indicate

Type

Package

Resistance

Number

Configuration

Value

'NOTE: On the 780 series, the letter
suffix shown on the VRN P/N should
be used when ordering.

TOP ADJUST

.030" ±.010''(7.6j±.25)W x
,020''(5.08) min. 6 screwdriver slot

. 100 "

(2.54)

100 "

(2.54)

780-60T

780-52R

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 813-347-2181 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

1*2172 VRN G. 15

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

3/8" Square Cermet

Single-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

.100”

(2 f>d

=w-.

i

055 :,' tS-

3

(1.40) T_ -100"| —
(2-54)

.100”

(2.54)

780-42H

780 SERIES

CIRCUITRIM®

.096”
(2.44) f

. 100 '

(2.54)1

6BB CTD

HH

100 ”

(2.54)

780-22W

780-70B

.096”

(2.44)

i

CT

E

a

TT]

L

k

1

El

&

r

.150”

.150'']

(3.81)|

LT

II (3.81)

.096'

(2.44)

.150”
(3.81) I

J -150”

1(3.81)

E23

780-72S

780-73J

| Dimensions |

| Case j

Leads

Model

A

B

C

Diameter

Length/min.

780-10A

.375"(9.53)

.191 "(4.85)

.370" (9.40)

,020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-12P

.375" (9.53)

.191 "(4.85)

.370"(9.40)

.020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-20C

.375" (9.53)

.370" (9.40)

.191 "(4.85)

,020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-22W

.375" (9.53)

.370" (9.40)

.191 "(4.85)

,020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-32F

.375" (9.53)

.191 "(4.85)

,370"(9.40)

.020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-40X

.375" (9.53)

.370" (9.40)

.191 "(4.85)

.020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-42H

.375" (9.53)

.370"(9.40)

.191 "(4.85)

.020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-50M

.375" (9.53)

.191 "(4.85)

.370 "(9. 40)

.020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-52R

.375"(9.53) ,

.191 "(4.85)

.370"(9.40)

.020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-60T

.375"(9.53)

.191 "(4.85)

,370"(9.40)

.020"(.508)

.1 87"(4.75)

780-70B

.375" (9.53)

.370"(9.40)

.191 "(4.85)

.020"(.508)

.187" (4.75)

780-72S

.375" (9.53)

,370"(9.40)

.191 "(4.85)

.020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-73J

.375" (9.53)

.370" (9.40)

.191 "(4.85)

.020"(.508)

.187" (4.75)

780-82Y

,375"(9.53)

.191 "(4.85)

.370"(9.40)

.020"(.508)

.187"(4.75)

780-92K

.375"(9.53)

.191 "(4.85)

.370"(9.40)

.020"(.508)

.187" (4.75)_

NOTE:

On the 780 series, the letter suffix shown on the VRN P/N should be used
when ordering. Unless otherwise stated, tolerances are dz.01(y'(.25).

Metric conversion in mm in brackets.

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 813-347-2181 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

VRNPG. 16 1*2173

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

i m

5/16" Square Wirewound
Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

800 SERIES

CIRCUITRIM®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL
Power rating: 0.6W @ 70°C
Standard resistance range: 1012 to 20K&
Resistance tolerance: ±5% std.
Temperature coefficient:

=t50ppm/°C max.

Noise during adjustment: 1 000 max.

End resistance: in or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 900VAC
Insulation resistance: lOOOMfl
Absolute minimum resistance:
in or 0.25% (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

-55° to +150°C
Total adjustment turns: 15 ±2
Operating torque: 3.0 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Wiper assembly idles

ENVIRONMENTAL
Models 800-20 and 800-208 meet, or ex-
ceed, all of the environmental and life
requirements of MIL-R-27208, Charac-
teristic C.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

10 IK

20 2K

50 5K

100 10K

200 20K

500

ORDERING INFORMATION

800 — 20 — 5K

r 1 I 1 i

Indicate Indicate Indicate

Type Package Resistance

Number Configuration Value

.078"(1.91) Dia. Adj. Screw
with .025"(.64)Wx .025" (,64)D slot
all models

800-20

800-208

.040"

( 1 . 02 )

Pin-out templates are actual size — pierce with pencil point for pin locations.
Unless otherwise stated, tolerances are dr.010"(.25)

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

Dimensions j

Case |

Leads

Model

A

B

C

Diameter

Length

800-20

.312"(7.92)

.31 2" (7.92)

.190"(4.82)

.016"±.002"(.41±.05)

.187"(4.75)min.

800-208

.312"(7.92)

.312"(7.92)

.190"(4.82)

.016"±.002"(.41±.05)

.187"(4.75)min.

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 813-347-2181 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

1*2174 VRNPG. 17

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VBN

3/4" Rectangular Cermet
Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

960 SERIES

CIRCUITRIM®

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Power rating: 0.75W @ 70°C (300V max.)
Standard resistance range: 1012 to 2M12
Resistance tolerance: ±10% std.
Temperature coefficient:

±100ppm/°C max.

(±50ppm/°C available — consult factory)
Contact resistance variation:

312 max. or 3% (W.I.G.)

End resistance: 212 or 2% (W.I.G.)
Dielectric strength: 1000VAC
Insulation resistance: 1000M12
Absolute minimum resistance:

112 or 3% (W.I.G.)

MECHANICAL

Operating temperature range:

-55° to +125°C;

(962-20: -55° to +100°C)

(963-20: -55° to +100°C)

Total adjustment turns: 20 nominal
Operating torque: 5.0 oz. — in. max.
Mechanical stops: Wiper assembly idles

ENVIRONMENTAL
Models 960-20, 961-20, 970-20, 971-20,
980-20, 988-20 and 989-20 meet, or ex-
ceed, all of the environmental and life
requirements of MIL-R-22097, Character-
istics F.

STANDARD RESISTANCE
VALUES AVAILABLE (n)

10

IK

100K

20

2K

200K

50

5K

500K

100

10K

1M

200

20K

2M

500

50K

ORDERING INFORMATION

960 — 20 — 500

r 1 I 1 1

Indicate Indicate Resistance

Type Package Indicate

Number Configuration Value

*■

z?

961-20P

.100"(2.54) Dia. Adj. Screw
with ,025"(.64)W x .030''(.76)D
slot ±.005"(.13)

.030"
(•76) 1

H

.080"

(2.03)

F

Mint

971-20Y

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

VRNPG. 18 1«2175

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

960 SERIES

3/4" Rectangular Cermet
Multi-Turn Trimmer Potentiometers

CIRCUITRIM®

NOTE: Metric conversion in mm in brackets
*Clear housing available— order Model 962-20

‘Clear housing available-order Model 963-20

NOTE:

The letter suffix as shown on the VRN P/N is for reference only and is not
included in part marking, and should not be used when ordering.

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREES C)

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 813-347-2181 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417
1*2176 VRN PG. 19

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

Precision Potentiometers

More than 30 years of experience have
gone into the design and manufacture of
VRN precision potentiometers. Our con-
tinued research and development into
material technology and stringent quality
control standards enable us to produce a
superior product at lowest cost.

The wide selection of standard units
offered will enable design engineers to
select a precision potentiometer to meet
specific application needs, as well as
tight-tolerance packaging requirements.

Shaft, bushing and electrical tolerances
are easily modified to meet non-standard
specifications.

If, however, you are unable to find a
standard precision potentiometer that
meets your exact needs, please contact
the factory. VRN offers the widest choice
of custom designs and turn packages
available . . . chances are we already
have a custom design to meet your
needs.

CD

i—

ui

LU

X

</>

<

Q

Q

III

HI

a

cc

o

£

O

I-

o

<

LL

h

O

<

O

o

Diameter

Type

No. Turns

Resistance

Element

Mounting

Resistance

Range

Power

Rating

Watts

Linearity

(±%)

Wire

CP

Servo

Bushing

5001

1

X

X

10-50K

2.0

5.0

K"

5005

5

X

X

50-50K

1.0

0.5

5000

10

X

X

100-100K

1.5

0.5

7501

1

X

X

50-50K

1.0

7561-0001

1

X

X

200-1 M

■

7561-0002

1

X

X

200-1 M

mom

7405

5

X

X

100-50K

■

7400

10

X

X

100-100K

mm

0871-0001

1

X

X

100-1 0K

1.25

HI

0871-0002

1

X

X

100-1 OK

1.25

B

8400

10

X

X

100-100K

3.0

0.25

8403

3

X

X

50-50K

2.0

0.5

8405

5

X

X

50-50K

2.0

0.5

8500

10

X

X

100-100K

3.0

0.25

8503

3

X

X

50-50K

2.0

0.5

8505

5

X

X

50-50K

2.0

0.5

7800

10

X

X

100-100K

2.0

1005

5

X

X

250-1 00K

2.0

1"

1000

10

X

X

500-250K

3.0

1215

15

X

X

500-450K

4.0

0.1

1220

20

X

X

1K-600K

5.0

0.1

1%*

1061-0001

1

X

X

50-50K

mm

1061-0002

1

X

X

50-50K

■91

■OB

1%"

1441-0001

1

X

1

X

100-40K

■

i

1441-0002

1

X

. 1

X

100-40K

WBM

.151

1

X

X

100-100K

3.5

0.5

IK"

HD 153

3

X

X

200-250K

0.5

HD 155

5

X

X

200-500K

4.0

0.5

HD 150

10

X

X

500-500K

5.0

0.25

IK"

1751-0001

1

X

X

50-50K

2.5

|

1751-0002

1

X

X

50-50K

2.5

2"

2001-0001

1

X

X

100-100K

4.0

0.25

2001-0002

1

X

X

100-100K

4.0

0.25

3"

3001-0001

1

X

X

100-100K

mm

3001-0002

1

X

X

100-100K

WBm

Most single turn models can be made available with Cermet or conductive plastic elements — consult factory.

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 813-347-2181 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

VRN PG. 20 1*2177

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VRN

Bridge-T Attenuators

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL
Power rating: .25W @ 50°C
0W@125°C
Impedance:

75 std. (50 & and 600S2 available)
Tolerance: ±20%

Attenuation range:

.25dB max. CW to 20dB min. CCW
Attenuation vs. frequency:

Idb max. variation 50-400 MHz
Insulation resistance:
lOOMft min. @ 500VDC
Dielectric strength: 1000VAC

MECHANICAL

Rotation: 9958/59 295° ±5°
9950/55 1800° (clutches both ends)

Stop strength:

1 0 in.-oz. min. (9958/59 only)
Operating torque: 0.5 to 5.0 in.-oz.

9950/9955/9958/9959

CIRCUITRIM®

ENVIRONMENTAL

Operating temperature range:

-55 3 C to +125°C

Sealed to withstand wave soldering.

9950/55

TYPE

DESCRIPTION

FIXED RESISTORS

9950-0075

Side Adj. — Horiz. Mt.

None

-1075

Side Adj.— Horiz. Mt.

Two (2) 750

9955-0075

Top Adj.— Vert. Mt.

None

-1075

Top Adj.— Vert. Mt.

Two (2) 750

-0175

Top Adj.— T05 Mt.

None

-1175

Top Adj.— T05 Mt.

Two (2) 750

SHAFT

HOW TO ORDER |

LENGTH

9958

9959

L

750

750

±.02"

PLASTIC

METAL

PLASTIC

METAL

.031

—1752

—

—1750

—

.125

—2752

—6752

—2750

—6750

.250

—3752

—7752

—3750

—7750

.375

—4752

—8752

—4750

—8750

.500

—5752

—9752

—5750

—9750

9950

[

4

]

9930-IOT3

1 vjL" —

l .

; is ;

9950 - 0075 *

2

1

jr 3

o

R3 i — i 2

0

9958

9955

l oo I

t 136

r

MODELS
-0175 a
-1175

—mi

J

t .l00±.005
.200 ±010

9955 - 1075, 1175

3

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

1*2178 VRN PG. 21

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

VBN

Cross-Reference Guide for Trimmer Potentiometers

This cross-reference information is pro-
vided as a guide only, because part-to-
part compatibility between manufactur-
ers is not always the same. If you do not
find a direct cross-reference in this
guide, contact the VRN Sales Depart-

ment in St. Petersburg, Florida at 813-
347-2181. Chances are, with our con-
stantly expanding product lines, we still
may be able to satisfy your immediate
need.

ALLEN-

BRADLEY

VRN

BECKMAN

VRN

BOURNS

VRN

BOURNS

VRN

DALE

VRN

SPECTR0L

VRN

A2A

170

50

450—00

200L

600—00

3262W

260-208

100SX

780— 20C

40L

400—00

A2B

171

53

450—20

200P

600—20

3262X

260—207

101SX

780— 40X

40L — T601

400—60

A2C

171 C.E.

54

450—201

200S

600—201 C.E.

3279W

850—208

101T

780— 12P

40P

400—10

A4B

182

55L

450—00

215L

450—00 C.E.

3279X

850—20

102T

780— 32F

40Y

400—20

A4C

183

55P

450—20

215P

450—20 C.E.

3280L

700—00

150SX

780 — 70B

40Y — T602

400—202

A4D

182

55S

450—201

215S

450—201 C.E.

3280P

700—10

150TX

780— 50M

40Y— T603

400—622

D2A

760-10 C.E.

56L

450—00

224 L

400—00

3280W

700—208

781

988—20

43P

961—20

D2B

760-30 C.E.

56P

450—10

224P

400—10

3280W— 66

700—207

783

971—20

43P — T601

960—690

D2C

760-52 C.E.

57

450 — 629-C.E.

260L

600—00

3281 P

752—10 C.E.

784

961—20

43W

971—20

D4A

760-42 C.E.

58P

450—20

260 P

600—20

3281W

752—208 C.E.

785

961—20

43Y

988—20 C.E.

D4D

760-22 C.E.

58S

450—202

260S

600—202

3281W — 66

752—208 C.E.

1286

400—60

47P

910—20

E2A

780— 12P

61 M

171 C.E.

271

600—00

3282P

752—10

1287

400—20

47P — T040

912—20

E2B

780— 32F

61P

170 C.E.

272

450—00

3282W

752—208

1288

400—00

47W

930—20

E2C

780— 50M

61 PA

182

273

600—202

3282W— 66

752—207

1680

400—10

50—1

700—00

E2F

780— 52R

62M

171

274

450—202

3290H

700—207

1686

400—60

50— 1— P

700—60

E2G

780— 82Y

62P

170

275

600—20

3290L

700—00

1697

400—00

50—2

700—207

E4A

780— 40X

62 PA

182

276

450—20

3290P

700—10

2186

400—60

50 — 3

700—208

E4C

780— 70B

63P

752—10

3000P

910—20 C.E.

3290W

700—208

2187

400—20

50—4

700-10

E4D

780— 20C

63W

752—208

3005P

910—20

3292P

752—10

2188

400—00

52P

752—10

E4F

780— 72S

63X

752—207

3006P

961-20

3292W

752—208

2417

910—20

52W

752—208

E4H

780— 70B

66P

752—10

3006W

971—20

3292X

752—207

2487

910—20

52X

752—207

E4J

780— 22W

66W

752—208

3006Y

988-20

3299P

752—10

5050

205—00

53—1

171 C.E.

E4K

780— 42H

66X

752—207

3007P

910—20

3299W

752—208

5080

205—207

53—2

182

FC

150 C.E.

68P

752—10

3009P

960—20

3299X

752—207

5091

205—10

55—1

205—00

FR

150 C.E.

68W

752—208

3009Y

989—20

3299Y

752—408

5850

700—00

55— 1— P

205—60

MT2W

752—208 C.E.

68X

752—207

3010L

600—00

3299Z

752—407

5851

700—10

55—2

205—207

MT2X

752—208

72P

780— 12P

3010P

600-20

3322P

171

5880

700—208

55—3

205—208

MT4P

752—10

72PL

780— 60T

3012L

450-00

3326P

171

5887

700—207

55—4

205—10

MT4X

752—207 C.E.

72PM

780— 32F

3012P

450—20

3329H

170

8417

960—20

62—1

170

MT4Y

752—207

72 PX

780— 50M

3052L

450—00

3329P

171

8487

960—20

62—2

183

RT 5L

961—20

72RX

780— 42H

3052P

450—10

3329W

182

62—3

171

RT5H

960—20

72RPX

780— 52R

3052Y

450—20

3345 P

100

63H

780— 50M

RT6L

971—20

72RXL

780— 22W

3057J

400—202

3345 P

110

63M

780— 32F

RT6H

970—20

72RXW

780— 72S

3057L

400—00

(THUMBWHEEL)

MEPC0

63P

780 — 12P

RT 7L

988—20

72X

780— 40X

3057P

400—10

3345W

106—2

ELECTRA

VRN

63S

780-20C

RT7H

989—20

72XL

780— 20C

3057Y

400—20

3345W

108—2

8012EKJ

450—202

63T

780— 60T

SH

183

72XW

780 — 70B

3059J

450—202

(THUMBWHEEL)

8012EKL

450—00

63V

780— 70B

SV

171

76P

989—20

3059L

450—00

3386B

780— 70B

8012EKQ

450—10

63X

780— 40X

77P

980—20

3059P

450—10

3386C

780— 20C

8012EKR

450—20

64P

752—10

| 78L

450—00

3059Y

450—20

3386F

780— 32F

8014EMB

171

64W

752—208

1 78P

450—20

3065P

930—20 C.E.

3386H

780— 42H

8014EMF

170

64X

752—207

78S

450—202

3066P

980—20

3386J

780 — 73J

8014EMU

182

64Y

752—408

1 79P

960—20

3067P

930—20 C.E.

3386K

780— 92K

8024EKA

752-208

64Z

752—407

82P

170

3068P

980—20 C.E.

3386M

780— 50M

8024EKN

752-207

65P

171

82PA

182

3069P

970—20

3386P

780 — 12P

8024EKX

752-10

65X

182

82PF

170 C.E.

3250L

205—00

3386R

780— 52R

8034EKO

980—20

65Y

170

89P

961—20

3250P

205—10

3386S

780— 72S

8034EKP

960—20

70L

450—00

89PH

960—20

3250W

205—208

3386t

780— 60T

8034EKR

989—20

70L — T601

450—60

89W

971—20

3250W— 66

205—207

3386W

780— 22W

8035EKP

961—20

70P

450—10

89WH

970—20

3252L

255—00

3386X

780— 40X

8035EKR

988—20

70Y

450—20

89X

988—20

3252P

255—10

3386Y

780— 82Y

8050EKB

171

70Y — T602

450—202

89XH

989—20

3252W

255—208

3389F

760-30

8050EKF

170

70Y — T603

450—622

91

760 C.E.

3252X

255-207

3389H

760-42

8050EKU

182

80—3

171

93P

782-12

3255L

205—00

3389P

760-10

84—3—10

110 C.E.

3255P

205—10

3389R

760-52

84—3—6

100 C.E.

3255W

205—208

3389S

760-72

85—3—8

106—2 C.E.

3255W— 66

205—207

3389T

760-82

C.E.— CLOSEST EQUIVALENT

3260H

800—20 C.E.

3389W

760-22

3260W

800—208 C.E.

C.E.— CLOSEST EQUIVALENT

VRN INTERNATIONAL P.O. Box 44000, St. Petersburg, FL 33743 Tel. 81 3-347-21 81 /TWX: 810-863-0357/TELEX: 523417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

VRN PG. 22 1*2179

CROSS REFERENCE CARDS (61)

FILE

LABELS (308)

aausjuts kks

•■namuiBB

PRODUCT

INDEX

index

LABELS FIT
THIRD-CUT
FILE FOLDERS
(NOT SUPPLIED)

COMPLETE INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO
UP VOUR electronic

TS DATA INFORMATION HUNG SYSTEM

WONDERFILE!

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

WESTON

WESTON CONTROLS
Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403
Telephone: (717) 876-1500
Telex: 83-1873
TWX: 510-656-2902

SALES REPRESENTATIVES
FOR POTENTIOMETERS

ALABAMA

Hughes Associates, Inc.
2913 Governors Drive
Huntsville, Alabama 35805
Phone: 205 533-9108

ARIZONA

Sanford Sales Assoc., Inc.
P.0. Box 10659
2150 E. Highland Avenue
Phoenix, Arizona 85064
Phone: 602 957-3570
CALIFORNIA
ADDEM/San Diego
923 Daisy Avenue
Carlsbad, California 92008
Phone: 619 695-2050
Nova-Tronix
2585 Scott Boulevard
Santa Clara, Calif. 95050
Phone: 408 727-9530
WES-K Associates
5917 Noble Avenue'

Van Nuys, Calif. 91411
Phone: 213 989-3070
COLORADO
Challenge Sales
8120 N. Sheridan
Building A, Suite 304
Arvada, Colorado 80003
Phone: 303 427-3149
CONNECTICUT
Phoenix Sales Company
389 Main Street
Ridgefield, Conn. 06877
Phone: 203 438-9644

FLORIDA

Perrott Associates, Inc.
473 East Shore Drive

443-5414

Perrott Associates, Inc.

1371 Sunset Strip
Sunrise, Florida 33313
Phone: 305 792-2211
Perrott Associates, Inc.

1607 Forsyth Rd.

Orlando, Florida 32807
Phone: 305 275-1132
GEORGIA

Hughes Associates, Inc.

2913 Governors Drive
Huntsville, Alabama 35805
Phone: 205 533-9108

ILLINOIS

Marcon Associates, Inc.

4836 Main St.

Skokie, Illinois 60077
Phone: 312 675-6450

IOWA

Rush & West Associates, Inc.
107 N. Chester
Olathe, Kansas 66061
Phone: 913 764-2700
KANSAS
REPC0

817 Buffum Street
Wichita, Kansas 67203
Phone: 316 263-4238

MARYLAND

Bernard White & Co., Inc.

7 Church Lane
Baltimore, Maryland 21208
Phone: 301 484-5400
MASSACHUSETTS
TODAY

Component Sales Corp.

P.0. Box 257
35 Wedgewood Road
Stow, Mass. 01775
Phone: 617 897-7500
MICHIGAN
J. C. Hofstetter Co.

26847 Grand River Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48240
Phone: 313 533-7788

MINNESOTA

REPC0

1136 W. Larpenteur Ave.

St. Paul, Minnesota 55113
Phone: 612 488-0201
MISSISSIPPI

Hughes Associates. Inc.

2913 Governors Drive
Huntsville, Alabama 35805
Phone: 205 533-9108

MISSOURI

REPC0

31 21 B South Dodgion
Independence, Missouri 64055
Phone: 816 254-3410
NEW JERSEY (Northern)

ADDEM Sales, Inc.

387 Passaic Avenue
Fairfield, N.J. 07006
Phone: 201 882-0993
NEW JERSEY (Southern)

ESPY Sales Company, Inc.

Box 12

108 Rydal West
The Fairway
Rydal, Pa. 19046
Phone: 215 576-0780

NEW MEXICO

Sanford Sales Assoc., Inc.

P.0. Box 10659
2150 E. Highland Avenue
Phoenix, Arizona 85064
Phone: 602 957-3570
NEW YORK (Northern)
Reagan/Compar, Albany, Inc.
P.0. Box 5208
6 Highland Avenue
Albany, New York 12205
Phone: 518 489-4777
Reagan/Compar
P.0. Box 135
Endwell, N.Y. 13760
Phone: 607 723-8743
607 648-8838
Reagan/Compar
400 Hooper Road
Endwell, N.Y. 13760
Phone: 607 754-8946
607 723-8743
Reagan/Compar
42 Winding Brook Drive
Fairport, N.Y. 14450
Phone: 716 271-2230
Reagan/Compar
41 Woodberry Rd.

New Hartford, N.Y. 13413
Phone: 315 732-3775

NEW YORK (Southern)

ADDEM Sales, Inc.

387 Passaic Avenue
Fairfield, N.J. 07006
Phone: 201 882-0993
NORTH CAROLINA
Hughes Associates, Inc.

2913 Governors Drive
Huntsville, Alabama 35805
Phone: 205 533-9108
OHIO

J.C. Hofstetter Co.

3300 S. Dixie Drive
Dayton, Ohio 45439
Phone: 513 296-1010
J.C. Hofstetter Co.

7014 River Styx Road
Medina, Ohio 44256
Phone: 216 241-4880
725-4477

OKLAHOMA

Delta Components
2520 Electronic Lane
Suite 807

Dallas, Texas 75220
‘Phone: 214 358-4288

OREGON

S.E.A.

Sales & Engineering Assoc., Inc.
12404 N.W. 20th Avenue
Vancouver, Wash. 98665
Phone: 206 573-5161
PENNSYLVANIA (Eastern)

ESPY Sales Company, Inc.

Box 12

108 Rydal West
The Fairway
Rydal, Pa. 19046
Phone: 215 576-0780
PENNSYLVANIA (Western)

J.C. Hofstetter Co.

112 Skyline Drive
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15239
Phone: 412 327-1410
TEXAS

Delta Components, Inc.

2520 Electronic Lane
Suite 807

Dallas, Texas 75220
Phone: 214 358-4288
Delta Components, Inc.

6006 Bellaire Blvd., Suite 118
Houston, Texas 77081
Phone: 713 664-6777
WASHINGTON
S.E.A.

Sales & Engineering Assoc., Inc.
13020 Nortnup Way No. 1
Bellevue, Wash. 98005
Phone: 206 883-4999
CANADA

Cartwright Southall Assoc., Inc.
Suite 801, 20 Hughson Street S.
Hamilton, Ontario L8N2A1
Phone: 416 528-0294
McIntyre Agencies
3600 Barclay Avenue
STE 340

Montreal 251, Quebec H35-1K5
Phone: 514 731-9617
514 731-9618

OVERSEAS

ARGENTINA

Fotovolt S.A.

Paez 3229

Buenos Aires, Argentina
Phone: 69-3067
Telex 22335

AUSTRIA

Eurodia Ges. M.B.H.
Waldgasse 37
A - 1100 Vienna, Austria
Phone: 222 646224
Telex 012150
BELGIUM
Sotronic

Rue Pere De Deken 14
Pater De Dekenstraat 14
1040 Brussels, Belgium
Phone: 02/736/1007
Telex 25141
BRAZIL

Electro-Radio Ltda.

Rua Do Seminario 199
1A. S/Loja, Conu, 02
01034 Sao Paulo (SP) Brazil
Phone: (011) 227-0297
Telex 996412

DENMARK

Ditz Schweitzer A-S
Vallensbaekvej 41
DK-2600 Glostrup
Denmark

Phone: 02 45 30 44
Telex 33251

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

ENGLAND

Macro Marketing Ltd.

Burnham Lane
Berkshire, England
Phone: Slough 06286-4422
Telex 841945
FRANCE
Eurofarad
93 Rue Oberkampf
Paris XI, France
Phone: 355 39 13
Telex 210493
GERMANY (WEST)

Panel Electronic Vertriebs GMBH
Hermann-Oberth-Str. 7
8011 Putzbrunn
West Germany
Phone: 089 4611-211
Telex 841 05-29504
INDIA

Inde Associates
P.0. Box 332
806 Gurdev Nagar
Ludhiana 141001, India
Phone: 34761
Telex 0386-340
Inde Associates
16 Rest House Crescent
Bangalore 560001, India
Phone: 579289
Telex 0845-8084
ISRAEL

Eldis Electronics Ltd.

8 Levitan

Tel-Aviv, Israel 69204
Phone: 03-410656
Telex 342611
ITALY

Eurelettronica
Via Mascheroni 19
20145 Milano, Italy
Phone: 498 18 51
Telex 332102
JAPAN

Jepico Corporation
Shinjuku Dai-ichi Seimei Bldg.

P.O. Box 5016
Nishi-Shiniuku 2-7-1
Shinjuku-Ku, Tokyo
Japan 160

Phone: (03) 348-0611
Telex (0) 232-3167
NORWAY
RIFA-Hoyem A/S
Tollbodgt 6
Oslo 1, Norway
Phone: 41 37 55
Telex 16611
PUERTO RICO
Distributronics, Inc.

Comercio 56

Playa, Ponce, Puerto Rico 00731
Phone: 809 843-3321
SPAIN

Angel Saenz Components Electronicos
Casa Mirasol, 1-AT0 Miracruz
San Sebastian, Spain
Phone: 943-395931
Telex 36041
SWEDEN

AB Gosta Backstrom
Alstromergatan 22
Box 12009

S-102 21 Stockholm 12, Sweden
Phone: 08/54 10 80
Telex 10135
SWITZERLAND

Primotec AG

Tafernstrasse 37

5404 Baden-Dattwill, Switzerland

Phone: 056 84 01 71

Telex 58949

TAIWAN

Jatronics Co., Ltd.

6 FL No 355 Min Sheng E Road
Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

Phone: 02 501 0700
02 563 7702
Telex 785-26777

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2181

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

WESTON

WESTON NETAIM

TRIMMER RESISTOR NETWORK

TM

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

SERIES 0605 A
6-PIN DIP

-04

R2:

ri:

U

-02

-06

CW

-o5

Model

Resistance Values (Ohms) |

Numbers

RI

R2

R3

R4

0605A-102-502

IK

4K

0605A-102-103

2K

8K

—

—

0605A- 102-504

100K

400K

—

—

0605A-105-102

500

500

—

—

0605A-105-103

5K

5K

—

—

0605A-105-503

25K

25K

—

— -

0605A-105 104

50K

50 K

—

—

0605A-107-503

35K

15K

—

—

0605A-1 08-502

4K

IK

—

—

0605A-108-504

400K

100K

—

—

0605A-109-103

9K

IK

—

—

0605A-109-104

90 K

10K

—

—

0608A-101 -104

100K

100K

—

—

0608A-105-502

5K

25K

—

0608A-105-103

10K

50 K

0802B-210-101

100

100

—

—

0802B-210-102

IK

IK

—

—

0802B-210-103

10K

10K

—

—

0802B-210-104

100K

100K

—

—

0802B-21 0-504

500K

500K

—

—

0802B-21 1 -103

10K

20K

—

—

0802B-21 1-104

100K

200K

—

—

0802B-21 2-102

IK

10K

—

—

0802B-212-103

10K

100K

—

—

0806B-1 19-103

mm

IK

IK

—

0806B-1 27-503

mm

15K

10K

—

0806B-1 37-503

■9

15K

15K

—

0806B-137-504

200 K

150K

150K

—

0806B-146-102

200

400

400

— -

0806B-146-104

20 K

40K

40K

—

0806B-145-103

IK

5K

4K

—

0806B-1 57-104

20K

30 K

50K

0825B-201-502

500

4.5K

500

4.5K

0825B-201 -503

5K

45K

5K

45K

0825B-203-503

15K

35K

15K

35K

0825B-207-502

3.5K

1.5K

3.5K

1.5K

0825B-207-103

7K

3K

7K

3K

0825B-207-503

35K

15K

35K

15K

0825B-209-104

90K

10K

90K

10K

SERIES 0608 A
6-PIN DIP

R12

4 -^

CW

-06

-o5

VW — o4

R2

o 1

SERIES 0802B
8-PIN DIP

R 1

-o2

R2

-o4

-08

■06

CW

■07

CW

-05

SERIES 0806B
8-PIN DIP

-o 4

R2:

-o2

R1V-#-

■08

CW

-o7

R3:

-05

SERIES 0825B
8-PIN DIP

■o 1

-03

R2!

R4j

-o2

-o4

ri:

-08 R 3 :

-06

CW

-o7

CW

o5

WESTON CONTROLS • Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403 • Tel: (717) 876-1500 • Telex: 83-1873 • TWX: 510-656-2902

1*2182

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

WESTON NETRIM™

TRIMMER RESISTOR NETWORK

WESTON

SERIES 1604D

1C DIM HID

I Model

Resistance Values (Ohms) f

I Numbers

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R6 I

1403C-310-102

IK

IK

IK

1403C-310-103

10K

10K

10K

—

—

—

1403C-310-104

100K

100K

100K

—

—

—

1403C-312-103

10K

20K

20K

—

—

—

1403C-314-102

IK

10K

2K

—

—

—

1403C-314-103

10K

100K

20K

1407C-1 11-104

1.7K

90K

8.3K

7.6K

H

■■

1407C-1 12-104

200

90K

9.8K

8.8K

1

1426C-237-503

20K

15K

15K

20 K

15K

15K

1426C-245-103

IK

5K

4K

IK

5K

4K

1604D-410-101

100

100

100

100

—

1604D410-102

IK

IK

IK

IK

—

—

1604D-410-103

10K

10K

10K

10K

—

—

1604D-410-104

100K

100K

100K

100K

—

—

1604D-4 10-504

500 K

500K

500K

500K

—

—

1604D-419-103

10K

20K

20K

20K

—

—

1604D-420-103

10K

1 00K

20K

20K

—

1604D-423-103

10K

100K

10K

100K

Consult factory for samples, pricing and resistance values not listed.

WESTON CONTROLS • Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403 • Tel: (717) 876-1500 • Telex: 83-1873 • TWX: 510-656-2902

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers. & Sales Offices Directory

1*2183

WESTON

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

^ m m GENERAL PURPOSE CERMET

m mM POTENTIOMETERS SQUARE,

■ 111 RECTANGULAR AND ROUND

iMm m COMMERCIAL

4750

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

Turns

Size

L W T

12

.75 x .25 x .19

3/8" SQUARE

Power
Rating (W)

Max.

Oper.

Temp.°C

T.C.

±PPM/°C

Res.

Tol.

%

,75@70°C

125

100

10%

(*)

,50@70°C

125

100

10%

(*)

1 @ 50°C

125

100

10%

(*)

.5 @ 85°C

150

100

10%

(*)

1 @50°C

125

100

10%

(*)

.30 <9>85°C

150

100

10%

(*)

.50 @85°C

150

100

10%

(*)

.50 @ 70°C

150

100

10%

(*)

10£2- 2 Meg.

10£2- 2 Meg.

10^-1 Meg.

Humidity: (All Models) MIL-STD-202, Method 106

Terminals: L, Insulated Flexible Leads; P, Printed Circuit Pins Base Mounted; W, Printed Circuit Pins Edge Mounted

180° from Screw; X, Printed Circuit Pins Edge Mounted 90° from Screw; Y, Printed Circuit Pins Base
Mounted.

Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.

*Note: Resistance Tolerance for 10£2, 20^2 ±20%

WESTON CONTROLS • Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403 • Tel: (717) 876-1500 • Telex: 83-1873 • TWX: 510-656-2902

1*2184 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4750

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

GENERAL PURPOSE WIREWOUND — m m ^ m

POTENTIOMETERS SQUARE, 1 IfF

RECTANGULAR AND W H

ROUND COMMERCIAL VV b

WESTON

Model

1000-00HS I P

Max. Res. I

Size Power Oper. T.C. Tol. 1 Resistance

Turns L W T Stops Rating (W> iTemp.°C ±PPM/°C % I Range

.500 Dia. x .315

1 1.500 Dia. x .250 Solid 1 @ 70“C

| .562 x .500 x .31 2 1
Other Models Available. Consult Factory.

1.25 x .315 x .190 I

24 1.25 x .315 x .190 Wi P er 1 @ 70°C 150

1.25 x .325 x .195 ldles

.375 x .375 x .160

25 .375 x .375 x .170 Wi P’ er 1 <s> 70°C 150

Idles

.417 x .375 x .170
.417 x .375 x .170

10ft- 50K

50 5% 10ft- 50K

10ft- 50K

50 5% 1 10ft- 50K

10ft- 50K
50 5% 10ft- 50K

.500 x .500 x .187

.535 x .500 x .220
.535 x .500 x .220

37 .500 x .500 x .230

1 @ 70 U C 150

.170 x .250 x .250

.250 x .250 x .170
.250 x .250 x .170

.175 x

.312 x

.312

.312 x

.312

.175

.312 x

.312 x

.175

10ft- 50K

10ft. 50K

1@70°C 150 I 50 1 10ft - 50K

10ft- 25K

10ft- 25K

10ft- 20K

10ft- 20K

Humidity: (All Models) MIL-STD-202, Method 106

Terminals: L, Insulated Flexible Leads; P, Printed Circuit Pins Base Mounted; W, Printed Circuit Pins Edge Mounted

180° from Screw; X, Printed Circuit Pins Edge Mounted 90° from Screw; Y, Printed Circuit Pins Base
Mounted.

Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.

WESTON CONTROLS • Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403 • Tel: (717) 876-1500 • Telex: 83-1873 • TWX: 510-656-2902

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2185

POTENTIOMETERS. TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

WESTON

MILITARY APPROVED
POTENTIOMETERS WIREWOUND -
MIL-R-27208 NON-WIREWOUND -
MIL-R-22097

Ml L-R-27208/4

1/2'' SQUARE

534- 1 18HS

535- 1 05 HS
539-105HS

543-1 18HS

544- 1 05HS

545- 1 01 HS
545-1 02HS

553-1 18HS

555-101HS
555-1 02HS

701-105HS

561 -105HS

562-1 01 HS
562-1 02HS

Military

Designation

Turns

RT12C2L

RT12C2P

RT12C2Y

24

RT24C2L

RT24C2P

RT24C2W

RT24C2X

25

RT22C2L

35

RT22C2W

35

RT22C2X

35

RT22C2P

37

RT26C2P

RT26C2W

RT26C2X

13

1.25 x .315 x .190
24 1.25x.315x .190

1.25 x .325 x .195

.375 x. 375 x .160

.375 x .375 x .170
.417 x .375 x .170
.417 x .375 x .170

35 .500 x. 500 x .187

35 .535 x. 500 x .220
35 .535 x. 500 x .220

37 .500 x .500 x .230

.250 x. 250 x .170

Ml L-R -22097/6

It

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

)per. I T.C. ITol. I Resistance

_Or«l-4-nni»* /0«| «/ I n

.75 @85°C| 150 I 50 5% 10S2-20K

.75 @85 Cl 150

.75 @85 Cl 150

.25 @ 85 C | 150

.50 @85 C| 150

.25 @85°C| I 100

567-1 05HS

1 1.270 Dia. x .21 5 Solid .25@85 U C| | 250

10^2- 10K

10ft-

1 0K

50ft-

20K

50ft-

20K

10ft-

20K

10ft-

5K

10ft-

5K

50ft-

1 Meg.

50ft- 1 Meg.

10% 100£2 -1 Meg

1/4" ROUND

Humidity: (All Models) Ml |_ -STD-202, Method 106

Terminals: L, Insulated Flexible Leads; P, Printed Circuit Pins Base Mounted; W, Printed Circuit Pins Edge Mounted

180° from Screw; X, Printed Circuit Pins Edge Mounted 90° from Screw; Y, Printed Circuit Pins Base
Mounted.

Specifications Subject To Change Without Notice.

WESTON CONTROLS • Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403 • Tel: (717) 876-1500 • Telex: 83-1873 • TWX: 510-656-2902

1*2186

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

MILITARY APPROVED
POTENTIOMETERS HI-RELIABILITY -
WIREWOUND - MIL-R-39015
HI-RELIABILITY - NON-WIREWOUND -
MIL-R-39035

WESTON

Humidity: (All Models) MIL-STD-202, Method 106

Terminals: L, Insulated Flexible Leads; P, Printed Circuit Pins Base Mounted; W, Printed Circuit Pins Edge Mounted

180° from Screw; X, Printed Circuit Pins Edge Mounted 90° from Screw; Y, Printed Circuit Pins Base
Mounted.

Failure Rate Designation: In percent/1000 Hours M=1.0, P = 0.1, R = 0.01, S = 0.001
Specifications Subject to Change Without Notice.

Military Part Number: Consists of the document number and a dash number with letters which signify - Terminal Type
and Failure Rate.

Example: M39015/1 - 001 L M

Document Dash Terminal Failure

number number type rate

from level

table

RTR12

/

Style

D L 101 M

Failure
rate level

Characteristics Resistance

Mil-Code

WESTON CONTROLS • Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403 • Tel: (717) 876-1500 • Telex: 83-1873 • TWX: 510-656-2902

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2187

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

WESTON

TRIMMER POTENTIOMETER CROSS-
REFERENCE GUIDE

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

THIS GUIDE PROVIDES A FAST CROSS-REFERENCE BETWEEN
WESTON PRODUCTS AND COMPETITIVE UNITS OFFERED BY
OTHER POTENTIOMETER COMPANIES. IT IS NOT MEANT TO
INFER EXACT INTERCHANGEABILITY IN ALL INSTANCES. FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONCERNING PRODUCT SUBSTITUTES
CONTACT YOUR WESTON SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR
DISTRIBUTOR.

NOTE 1: Where a Weston series number is followed by a Mil-
Designation style (EG: RT22C2P) this type unit is listed
on the Qualified Product List (QPL). The competitive
unit would also appear on the QPL list unless
otherwise noted.

•MEPCO/ELECTRA ft * p im • • •

BECKMAN

(HELIPOT) WESTON

61 PN 566-OOHS

61 MN 567-00HS

PRODUCT TYPE — 1
MODEL DESIGNATION
QPL (IF REQUIRED)
OR 8014

SERIES —1
E = INDUSTRIAL
J = RJ
R = RJR

JfTTTTLMOD.F.

n “M CODtH

D) 1 1 PINORLE/

E M F 103

J T T ""Tresis

L_ PIN STYLI

L TOLERANCE

MODIFICATION KEY
NUMBER

RESISTANCE VALUE

63L**

63P**

63W**

63X**

LEAD DESIGNATION

l-RESISTANCE VALUE
L PIN STYLE
TOLERANCE
M = ±20%

K - ±10%

J = ±5%

BECKMAN (HELIPOT) 77P R10K

I I

MODEL 1 1 R

200 L 1 1 02 M

ESISTANCE VALUE

MODEL r
TERMINAL

LNO.JT T "L PANEL
<\L TYPE ' ' — RESISTAN

^NEL MOUNT
STANCE CODE

CATALOG ITEM (2 OR 3 DIGITS INDICATE A SPECIAL)

WESTON 555 00HSP10K

SERIES 1

MODEL & SUFFIX -

VRN ST. PETERSBURG
(FORMERLY IRC (TRW))
TYPE NUMBER

-RESISTANCE VALUE
- PANEL MOUNT
(IF APPLICABLE)

- RESISTANCE VALUE

566-65HS

566-OOHS

546- 1 18HS (RJ24FL)

547- 105HS (RJ24FP)

548- 101 HS (RJ24FW)
548-102HS (RJ24FX)

547- 00HS (or 850P)(or 950P)

548- 00HS (or 850W)(or 950W)
548-72HS (or 850X)(or 950X)

850P (or 950P)

850W (or 950W)

850X (or 950X)

850Y

850P (or 950P)

850W (or 950W)

850X (or 950X)

Weston Models 830, 840 & 850 - Terminal Lead
Dimension is .036±.002 x .010±.001 (Thickness)

BECKMAN

(HELIPOT)

WESTON

72P

840P

72PL

84 OW

72PM

840M

72RPX*

840 X

72RX*

840H

72RXL*

840W

72RXW***

840 X

72PX

840R

72X*

840H

72XL*

840W

72XW

840X

76P

830Y

IIP

830W

79P

830P

82P

566-OOHS

82PF

566-65HS

89P

830P

89W

830W

89X

830Y

terminals are Reversed
*Not Listed on QPL
^Schematic is Reversed

TERMINAL STYLE
(WHERE APPLICABLE)

BOURNS
200 L

200L-M (Panel Mount)
200P

224 L**

224L-M (Panel Mount)
224P**

224Y**

M224L**

M224P**

M224Y**

224L-500**

224P-500**

236L

236L-M (Panel Mount)
236P

260 L

260L-M (Panel Mount)
260P

271

271-M (Panel Mount)
275

3005P (Wirewound)

3006P

3006W

3006Y

WESTON

534-00HS

539-00HS

534- 1 18HS (RT12C2L)

535- 105HS (RT12C2P)
539-105HS (RT12C2Y)

534- 1 18HS (RT12C2L)

535- 105HS (RT12C2P)
539-105HS (RT12C2Y)

534- 160HS (RTR12DL)

535- 160HS (RTR12DP)

534-00HS

539-00HS

534-00HS

539-00HS

534-00HS

539-00HS
830P (Cermet)

830P

830W

830Y

BOURNS VI

3007P (Wirewound) 8

3009P 8

3009Y 8

3010L** 5

3010L-M (Panel Mount)

WESTON

830P (Cermet)

830P

830Y

534-1 18HS (RT12C2L)

539-105HS (RT12C2Y)

3057 L 534-00HS

3057L-M (Panel Mount)

3057P

3057Y

R3057L

R3057P

R3057Y

R3057L

R3057P

R3057Y

3065P (Wirewound)
3066P

3067P (Wirewound)

3068P

3069P

3082P

**Not Listed on QPL

535-00HS

539-00HS

534- 118HS (RT12C2L)

535- 105HS (RT12C2P)
539-105HS (RT12C2Y)

534- 160HS (RTR12DL)

535- 160HS (RTR12DP)
539-160HS (RTR12DY)

830W (Cermet)

830W

830W (Cermet)

830W

830W

522-00HS

WESTON CONTROLS • Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403 • Tel: (717) 876-1500 • Telex: 83-1873 • TWX: 510-656-2902

1 *21 88 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory PPM 10M

EEM 1983

4750

POTENTIOMETERS, TRIMMERS, CONTROLS, & RHEOSTATS

4750

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

TRIMMER POTENTIOMETER CROSS-
REFERENCE GUIDE

WESTON

BOURNS

WESTON 1

BOURNS

WESTON

3250L

553-1 18HS (RT22C2L) 1

A3290P

544-1 05HS (RT24C2P)

3250L-M (Panel Mount)

A3290W

545-1 01 HS (RT24C2W)

3250P

701-105HS (RT22C2P)

A3290X

545-1 02HS (RT24C2X)

3250W

555-101 HS (RT22C2W)

M3290P

544-160HS (RTR24DP)

3250W-66

555-102HS (RT22C2X)

M3290W

545-160HS (RTR24DW)

M3250L

553-1 18HS (RT22C2L)

M3290X (H)

545-1 61 HS (RTR24DX)

M3250L-M (Panel Mount)

3292L (B3292L)

546-1 18HS (RJ24FL)

M3250P

701-105HS (RT22C2P)

3292P (B3292P)

547-105HS (RJ24FP)

M3250W

555-101 HS (RT22C2W)

3292W (B3292W) ■

548-101 HS (RJ24FW)

M3250X

555-1 02HS (RT22C2X)

3292X (B3292X)

548-102HS (RJ24FX)

M3250L-501

553-1 60HS (RTR22DL)

B3292P (RJR24FP)

M3250L-501 M (Panel Mount)

B3292W (RJR24FW)

M3250P-501

701-160HS (RTR22DP)

B3292X (RJR24FX)

M3250W-501

555-160HS (RTR22DW)

M3250W-66-501

555-161 HS (RTR22DX)

3299P

547-00HS (or 850P)(or 950P)

3299W

548-00HS (or 850W)(or 950W)

3255L

553-00HS

3299X

548-72HS (or 850X)(or 950X)

3255L-M (Panel Mount

3255P

701-00HS

3299Y

850Y

3255W

555-00HS

3299Z

850Z

3255W-66

555-72HS

3322P**

567-105HS (RJ50CP)

R3260W

562-101 HS (RT26C2W)

3326P

567-00HS

R3260X

562-102HS (RT26C2X)

3329H

566-00HS

3260H

562-102HS (RT26C2X)

3329P

567-00HS

3260W

562-101 HS (RT26C2W)

3339P (4 turns)

860W (16 turns)

3262W

860W

3345P

1000-67HS

3262X

860X

3345P (TW)

100-00HS

B3262W (3262W)

860-101 HS (RJ26FW)

3345W

1000-68HS

B3262X (3262X)

860-102HS (RJ26FX)

3345W (TW)

1000-75HS

3262W

860-1 60HS (RJR26FW)

(TW-Thumbwheel)

3262X

860-1 61 HS (RJR26FX)

3386B***

840X

3279W

860W

3386C*

840W

3279X

860 X

3386F

840M

3386H

840H

3280 L

543-00HS

3386J*****

840X

3280P

544-00HS

3386.M***

840 R

3280W

545-00HS

3386P

840P

3280W-66

545-72HS

3386R*

840 R

3281 L

546-00HS

3386S******

840X

3281 P

547-00HS (or 850P)(or 950P)

3386T

840T

3281 W

548-00 HS (or 850W)(or 950W)

3386W****

840W

3281 W-66

548-72HS (or 850X)(or 950X)

3386X*

840 H

3282 L

546-00HS

3389P

840P

3282P

547-00HS (or 850P)(or 950P)

3389W

840W

3282W

548-00HS (or 850W)(or 950W)

3389T

840T

3282H

548-72HS (or 850X)(or 950X)

3389H

840 H

3290 L

' 543-1 18HS (RT24C2L)

3389R*

840R

3290P

544-1 05HS (RT24C2P)

3389S*

840X

3290W

545-101 HS (RT24C2W)

^Terminals are Reversed

3290X (H)

545-102HS (RT24C2X)

**Not Listed on QPL
***Schematic is Reversed

Bourns model number with letter prefix indicates type

****Terminals Located on Center Line

unit listed on QPL (Example: M_3251 L)

*****Schematic is Reversed; Terminals Located on Center Line

NOTE : Weston Models 830, 840 & 850 - Terminal Lead

****** j erm j na | s & Schematic is Reversed; Terminals Located on

j Dimension is

.036±.002 x .010±.001 (Thickness)

1 Center Line

WESTON CONTROLS • Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403 • Tel: (717) 876-1500 • Telex: 83-1873 *TWX: 510-656-2902

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*2189

POTENTIOMETERS. TRIMME RS. CONTROLS. & RHEOSTATS

WESTON

TRIMMER POTENTIOMETER CROSS-
REFERENCE GUIDE

FAIRCHILD WESTON

Schlumberger

MEPCO/ELECTRA

WESTON

MEPCO/ELECTRA

WESTON

E24L

546-00HS

RJ24L**

546-1 1 8HS (RJ24FL)

ET24P (8024EKX)

547-00HS (or 850P)(or 950P)

RJ24P

547-105HS (RJ24FP)

ET24W (8024EKA)

548-00HS (or 850W)(or 950W)

RJ24W

548-101 HS (RJ24FW)

ET24X (8024EKN)

548-72HS (or 850X)(or 950X)

RJ24X

548-102HS (RJ24FX)

ET26W (8026EKB)

860W

RJ26W

860-101 HS (RJ26FW)

ET26X (8026EKM)

860X

RJ26X

860-102HS (RJ26FX)

ET34P (8034EKP)

830P

RJ50P (RF50)

567-105HS (RF50CP)

ET34X (8034EKR)

830Y

RJR24P

ET34Y (8034EKO)

830W

RJR24W

(8038EKH)

840M

RJR24X

ET38P (8038EKP)

840P

RJR26W

860-160HS (RJR26FW)

ET38PT (8038EKA)

840T

RJR26X

860-161 HS (RJR26FX)

ET38PW* (8038EKR)

840 R

ET38X (8038EKX)

840H

ET38XL (8038EKW)

840W

^Terminals are Reversed
**Not Listed on QPL

ET50P (8014EKB)

567-OOHS

NOTE: Weston Models 830, 840 & 850 - Terminal Lead

ET50W (8014EKF)

566-00HS

Dimension is .036±.002 x .0101.001 (Thickness)

VRN St. Petersburg

VRN St. Petersburg

Formerly IRC (TRW)

WESTON

Formerly IRC (TRW)

WESTON

76-10

840P

700-00

543-1 18HS (RT24C2L)

76-20

840W

700-10

544-105HS (RT24C2P)

76-30

840M

700-207

545-102HS (RT24C2X)

76-40

840 H

700-208

545-1 01 HS (RT24C2W)

76-50

840 R

700-307

545-72HS

76-70

840X

700-308

545-00HS

100

1000-69HS

701-10

544-1 60HS (RTR24DP)

106-2

1000-68HS

701-207

545-161 HS (RTR24DX)

110

1000-00HS

701-208

545-1 60HS (RTR24DW)

170

566-00HS

750-10

547-105HS (RJ24FP)

171

567-OOHS

750-307 (750-207)

548-102HS (RJ24FX)

181

567-105HS (RJ50CP)

750-308 (750-208)

548-101 HS (RJ24FW)

205-00

553-1 18HS (RT22C2L)

750-10 (RJR24FP)

205-10

701 -105HS (RT22C2P)

750-307 (RJR24FX)

205-60 (Panel Mount)

750-308 (RJR24FW)

205-207

555-102HS (RT22C2X)

800-20

502-72HS

205-208

555-1 01 HS (RT22C2W)

800-208

502-00HS

400-00

534-1 18HS (RT12C2L)

850-20

860X

400-10

535-105HS (RT12C2P)

850-208

860W

400-20

400-60 (Panel Mount)

539-105HS (RT12C2Y)

910-20 (Wirewound)
910-30 (Wirewound)

830P (Cermet)

830P (Cermet)

500

1000-00HS

930-20 (Wirewound)

830W (Cermet)

501

1000-69HS

960-20

830P

502

1000-67HS

980-20

830W

506

1000-75HS

989-20

830Y

600-00

534-00HS

961-20

830P

| 600-00M (Panel Mount) |

981-20

830W

600-20

539-00HS

988-20

830Y

NOTE: Weston Models 830, 840 & 850 - Terminal Lead Dimension is .0361.002 x .0101.001 (Thickness)

*

WESTON CONTROLS • Archbald, Pennsylvania 18403 • Tel: (717) 876-1500 • Telex: 83-1873 »TWX: 51 0-656-2902

1 *21 90 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

EEM

PRODUCT

SELECTION

n Tinim

vvUAUILis

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3 # 2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

TRANSISTORS

THYRISTORS, RECTIFIERS & DIODES

1*2192

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

7475

7480

7490

7495

74105

74145

74166

74251

74367

74LS00

74LS02

74LS03

74LS04

74LS08

74LS51

74LS107

74LS109

74LS123

74LS132

74LS151

74 LSI 53

74LS155

74LS161

74LS175

74LS191

74LS240

74LS241

74LS243

74LS259

74LS273

74LS374

74LS377

74LS399

74S00

74S03

74S08

74S11

74S64

74S182

74S280

LM306

LM307

UA723

UA741

MC1458

MOC3010

2708

2716

2732

2764

4116

4164

2N159

2N341

2N342

2N404

2N697

2N706

2N1132

2N1141

2N1305

2N1309

2N1595

2N1711

2N2060

2N2907

2N2924

2N2925

2N2926

2N3055

2N3114

2N3250

2N3391

2N3415

2N3440

2N3553

2N3563

2N3566

2N2102

2N2219

2N2221A

2N2222A

2N2344

2N2369

2N2432

2N2559

2N2605

2N2714

2N2904

2N2905

2N2906

2N1504

2N1771

2N1778

2N2324

2N2329

2N4993

2N5060

2N5064

2N5204

2N5207

2N6070

2N6401

2N6565

ST-2

1N5760

2N3753

2N3760

2N4441

2N4444

2N4983

THE -1 SOURCE FOR SEMICONDUCTORS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2193

• TRANSISTORS, DIODES, SILICON
CONTROLLED RECTIFIERS, TRIACS

• INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

• MAJOR BRAND

• LARGE INVENTORY

• DAILY SHIPMENTS FROM STOCK

• OBSOLETE DEVICES

RECTIFIERS & DIODES

a

INI 201

1N2450

1N3913

1N4446

•v r k-.-

INI 202

1N2469

1N4001

1N4454

INI 203

1N2786

1N4002

1N5400

INI 204

1N2787

1 N4003

1N5401

1 N93

INI 205

1N2788

1N4004

1N5402

INI 00

INI 301

1N2789

1N4005

1N5403

1N270

INI 306

1N3064

1N4006

1N5404

1N283

1N2021

1N3600

1N4007

1N5405

1N643A

1N2025

1N3890

1N4148

1N5406

1N914

1N2250

1N3895

1N4149

1N5407

1N1183A

1N2282

1N3899

1N4154

1N5408

1N1194A

1N2285

1N3903

1N4372

1N5608

IN 1200

1N2446

1N3909

1N4381

1N5609

TRANS STORS

2 N 3638
2N3702
2N3704
2N3715
2N3721
2N3904
2N3906
2 N 3994
2N4036
2N4059
2N4126
2N4256
2N4400

2N4401

2N4402

2N4403

2N4437

2N5109

2N5134

2N5139

2N5210

2N5226

2N5882

2N6076

2N6578

2N6579

SCR’S & TRIACS

CALL OR WRITE FOR COMPLETE LISTING

AMERICAN MICROSEMICONDUCTOR INC.

145 MAIN STREET • MADISON, NEW JERSEY 07940 • (201) 377-9566 TELEX: 710-986-8500

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

1*2194

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

GE-MOVII VARISTORS CAN STOP
VOLTAGE TRANSIENTS FROM
DESTROYING SYSTEMS.

Since 1973 General Electric has
been a leader in transient voltage
protection with its comprehensive
line of metal oxide varistors (energy
ratings from .1 to 6500 joules, peak
current ratings from 100 to 50,000
amperes). These devices have
saved our customers and their customers millions of dollars in repair, replacement and
downtime costs.

IN THE FIELD OF OPTO-
ELECTRONICS, GE MEANS QUALITY,
LONG LIFE AND RELIABILITY.

There are two reasons for GE's opto-
electronic leadership. The first is our
use of premium liquid epitaxial proc-
essed IREDs which greatly improve
performance. The second is our pat-
ented ion-free glass dielectric cou-
pler construction.

GE quality and reliability extends across our full line of optoelectronics products:
Couplers, Fiber Optic Emitters/Detectors, Interrupter Modules, Matched Emitter/
Detector pairs, IREDs, and Silicon Photo Detectors.

25 YEARS OF INNOVATION HAVE
MADE GE THE LEADER IN POWER.

The cornerstone of GE power innova-
tion is GE technology. We developed
glass passivation, plastic power
packaging, direct bonded copper
to ceramic, and large area mono-
lithic power chips. Today, GE tech-
nology is being focused on meeting

the power management needs of the 1980's — including improved device efficiency,
reliability, and cost effectiveness at higher power— with new innovations in chip and

packaging technologies.

If you would like to know more about General Electric semiconductors call your local GE Electronic Components
Sales Office or authorized GE Electronic distributor, or write on your letterhead to:

General Electric Company
West Genesee Street, Box 44
Auburn, New York 13021

GENERAL

ELECTRIC

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2195

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

ISKRA

• Ceramic Caps, Discs, Feed Thru • Ferrites • Meters • Motors, fractional H.P. • Semiconductors • Switches • Speakers • Trimmer Pots

SEMICONDUCTORS ~ ~~ — —

BRIDGES, DIODES, HIGH VOLTAGE, HIGH CURRENT DEVICES

1N4000 SERIES SILICON RECTIFIER DIODES 1 AMP, 50-1000V

A Plastic Rectifiers A Silicone Passivated, JEDEC Numbered

A Subminiature Size Axial Lead Mounted Rectifiers for A Available Bulk or Taped and Reeled

General Purpose Low-Power Applications

MAXIMUM RATINGS

Rating

Symbol

Unit

1N4001

1N4002

IN 4003

1N4004

1N4005

1N4006

1N4007

Peak Repetitive Reverse Voltage

Urrm

Working Peak Reverse Voltage

Urm

V

50

800

1000

DC Blocking Voltage

Ur

Non-Repetitive Peak Reverse Voltage 10 ms
(Halfwave, Single Phase 50 Hz Peak)

Ursm

V

(100)*

60

(1200)*

1000

(1500)*

1200

RMS Voltage

Urms

V

35

70

Average Rectified Forward Current
(Single Phase, Resistive Load 50 Hz)

lo

A

1.0

Non-Repetitive Peak Current
(Surge Current, 1 Cycle for 10 ms)

Ifsm

A

1

50

Operating Temperature

Top

°C

i

-

65 to +175

Storage Temperature

Tstg

°C

-

65 to +175

* Available on special request

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristics and Conditions

Symbol

Unit

Head]

Max. Instantaneous Forward Voltage
Drop (If = 1,0A Ti = 25°C)

Ufwd

V

H

Max. Reverse Current at Urrm
(T, = 25°C)

B

/*A

H

Max. Reverse Current at Urrm
(Tj = 100°C)

B

JJiA

H

Typical Thermal Resistance Junction
to Ambient (Mounting Method A)

°c/w

ALSO AVAILABLE IN 5400 SERIES
3 AMP, 50- 1000 V

Also in 5400 Series 3 Amp Rectifiers

ISKRA ELECTRONICS INC.

8 GREENFIELD RD„ SYOSSET, NY 11791 • (516) 364-2616

1*2196

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

ISL PRODUCTS
INTERNATIONAL LTD.

Dept. EM, 235-P Robbins Lane / Syosset, NY 11791 / (516) 822-9601 / TWX 510-221-2109 / ISL-SYST

FERRITES / METERS / MOTORS, FRACTIONAL H.P. / SILICON DIODES / CARBON FILM RESISTORS /
TRIMMER POTENTIOMETERS / THICK FILM SIP AND DIP

SILICON DIODES AND BRIDGES

Silicon rectifier diodes 1A 50V to 1,000V, 1N4001 - 1N40Q7

1.0A Urrm
Ifsm Ti= Tj =

Ifav 10 ms Top 25°C 25°C

(A) (A) (°C) (V) [fik)

50 -65 to

+175

Silicon rectifier diodes 3A 100V to 1,200V, 1N5400 -

Type

Urrm

(V)

Ursm
10 ms
(V)

1N4001

50

60

1N4002

100

120

1N4003

200

240

1N4004

400

480

1N4005

600

720

1N4006

800

1,000

1N4007

1,000

1,200

Type

Urrm

(V)

Ursm
10 ms
(V)

Ifav

Tl=

45°C

Ifsm
10 ms
(A)

(°C)

Uf

If—

6A

Ir

at Urrm

L=

10mm

(A)

Tj —

25°C

(V)

Tj= Tj =

25°C 150°C
foA) UA)

1N5400

50

60

1N5401

100

120

1N5402

200

240

1N5403

300

360

1N5404

400

480

3

150

—40 to

1.3

20 500

1N5405

•500

600

+175

1N5406

600

720

IN 5407

800

1,000

1N5408

1,000

1,200

<’

1

*01

*6.2 max # |

T?

<132 max,

s

D0-27A

Silicon planar epitaxial signal diodes BA500 series

BA511 (1N4148)
BA513 (1N4448)
BA517 (1N4150)
BA518 (1N4151)
BA519 (1N4152)
BA520 (1N4153)
BA521 (1N4154)
BA523 (1N4444)
BA531 (IN4727)
BA533 (1N4864)
BA543 (BAY17)
BA544 (BAY18)
BA545 (BAY19)
BA546 (BAY20)
BA547 (BAY80)

Uf at If
at 25°C

(V)

(mA)

1.0

10

1.0

100

1.0

200

1.0

50

0.88

20

0.88

20

1.0

30

1.0

100

0.85

10

1.1

100

1.0

100

1.0

100

1.0

100,

1.0

too

1.0

100

Type

I*

C

(ns)

at

25°C

(nA)

at

150°C

at Ur
(V)

at 1 MHz
Ur=0V
(PF)

BA511 (1 N4148)

25

50

20

4

41

BA513 (1N4448)

25

50

20

4

4’

BA517 (1N4150)

100

100

50

2.5

6 4

BA518 (1N4151)

50

50

50

2

2 1

BA519 (1N4152)

50

50

30

2

2 1

BA520 (1N4153)

50

50

50

2

2 1

BA521 (1N4154)

100

100

25

4

2 1

BA523 (1N4444)

50

50

50

2

7 2

BA531 (IN4727)

100

10 (100°C)

20

4

0

0

1

a

BA533 (1N4864)

100

100

80

1.3

4’

BA543 (BAY17)

100

15

12

1.5

50 3

BA544 (BAY18)

100

15

50

1.5

50 3

BA545 (BAY19)

100

15

100

1.5

50 3

BA546 (BAY20)

100

15

150

1.5

50 3

BA547 (BAY80)

100

100

120

6

50 3

Reverse recovery time:

1. lF=10mA Ur=6V

2. If= 10 mA Ur=1V

Rl= 100Q measured at Ir= 1 mA
Rl= 100L2 measured at Ir= 1 mA

3. lF=30mA iR=30mA Rl== 1 0012 measured at Ir= 3 mA

4. lF=10mA Ir= 1 mA

measured at Ir= 0.1 mA

ix of symbols

-Conduction angle

- Capacitance

- Forward (DC) current

- Average forward current 40 to
1,000 Hz of one halfsine wave
at Tamb or Tease

- Surge forward current, peak value
10 ms

- Zener (reverse) current

- Reverse current, maximum value
at Tj and Urrm

- Distance from case

- Total power dissipation

- Resistance

- Reverse recovery time,
typical value

» - Ambient temperature
s — Case temperature
-Junction temperature

- Lead temperature

- Operating temperature

- Storage temperature

- Breakdown voltage

- Forward voltage drop, maximum
value at rated If

; - RMS voltage

\ — Repetitive Peak reverse voltage
t - Peak reverse voltage, 10 ms
-Zener (reverse) voltage

MANUFACTURERS OF QUALITY
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS WORLD WIDE

Single-phase bridge B . . . C800, B . . . C1000, B . . . C1500

Polarity designated on the case.

Type

Urrm 1

(V)

Ursm 1
10 ms
(V)

Ifav

Tamb

45°C

C load
(A)

Ifsm 1

t=

10 ms

Ti =
25°C
(A)

(°C)

Uf 1
If=
1.0A
Tj =
25°C
(V)

Ir 1

at

Urrm
Ti =
25°C
(mA)

B40C800

B80C800

B125C800

B250C800

B380C800

B500C800

100

200

300

600

800

1,000

120

240

350

720

1,000

1,200

0.8

50

-40

to

+175

1.3

10

B40C1000

B80C1000

B125C1000

B250C1000

B380C1000

B500C1000

100

200

300

600

800

1,000

120

240

350

720

1,000

1,200

1

50

-40

to

+175

1.2

10

B40C1500
B80C1500
B125C1 500
B250C1500
B380C1 500
B500C1500

100

200

300

600

800

1,000

120

250

350

720

1,000

1,200

1.5

50

-40

to

+175

1.1

10

Single-phase bridge B. . . CIO, B . . . C25

Tj at 25°C
Type

Urrm 1

(V)

Ursm 1

(V)

Ifav

T c =80°C

(A)

Ifsm 1
t=10 ms
(A)

(°C)

B40C10

100

120

B80C10

200

240

B125C10

300

350

10

250

-40 to +150

B250C10

600

720

B500C10

800

1,000

B40C25

100

120

B80C25

200

240

B125C25

300

350

25

350

-40 to +150

B250C25

600

720

B500C25

800

1,000

1 Ratings and characteristics hold for every diode in the bridge
structure.

Zener diodes 500 mW, 0.7V to 35V/±5%, BZX . . .

Type

Zener
Voltage at
lz=5 mA
Min. | Max.

li max mA

at 45°C
amb

aUz

10-VK

Rz typ. Q
at h

Ur min.

Vat
100 nA

BZX3.3

3.1

3.5

109

-8

..-3

80 «90)

_

BZX3.6

3.4

3.8

101

-8

. . - 3

80 «90)

—

BZX3.9

3.7

4.1

92

-7

..-3

80 (<90)

_

BZX4.3

4.0

4.6

85

-6

. . + 1

80 «90)

—

BZX4.7

4.4

5.0

76

-5

. . + 2

70 (<78)

-

BZX5.1

4.8

5.4

67

-3

..+ 4

30 «60)

0.8

BZX5.6

5.2

6.0

59

-2

..+ 6

10 «40)

1

BZX6.2

5.8

6.6

54

-1

..+ 7

4.8 (<10)

2

BZX6.8

6.4

7.2

49

+2

..+ 7

4.5 «8)

3

BZX7.5

7.0

7.9

44

+3

..+ 7

4.0 «7)

5

BZX8.2

7.7

8.7

40

+4

..+ 7

4-5 «7)

6

BZX9.1

8.5

9.6

36

+5

..+ 8

4.8 «10)

7

BZX10

9.4

10.6

33

+5

. . + 8

5-2 «1 5)

7.5

BZX11

10.4

11.6

30

+5

..+ 9

6.0 «20)

8.5

BZX12

11.4

12.7

28

+6

..+ 9

7.0 «20)

9

BZX13

12.4

14.1

25

+7

..+ 9

9.0 «25)

10

BZX15

13.8

15.6

23

+7

..+ 9

11 «30)

11

BZX16

15.3

17.1

20

+8

. . + 9.5

13 «40)

12

BZX18

16.8

19.1

18

+8

.-+10

18 «50)

14

BZX20

18.8

21.2

17

+8

..+10

20 «50)

15

BZX22

20.8

23.3

16

+8

..+10

25 «55)

17

BZX24

22.8

25.6

13

+8

. .+10

28 «80)

18

BZX27

25.1

28.9

12

+8

..+10

30 «80)

20

BZX30

28.0

32.0

10

+8

..+10

35 «80)

22.5

BZX33

31.0

35.0

9

+8

..+10

40 «80)

25

ISL PRODUCTS
INTERNATIONAL LTD.

Dept. EM, 235-P Robbins Lane
Syosset, NY 11791
(516)822-9601 TWX 510-221-2109
ISL-SYST

SEE OUR PAGES ON CAPACITORS IN SECTION 1500 PAGES 1*1078, 1*1079 & RESISTORS SECTION 4700 PAGE 1*1988

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2197

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

(M) MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

MICROMINIATURE
SPACE-SAVING
ALTERNATIVES FOR
DISCRETE DEVICES

TO-236AA

SOT-23

Package (Body) Size:

Length 0.12" (max.)

Width 0.055" (max.)

Maximum Die Size: 30 mils x 30 mils

Maximum Pq*: 350 mW

‘Mounted on alumina substrate

A wide variety of discrete components from Motorola’s rep-
ertoire of reliability-proven semiconductor processes and
geometries are available in the SOT (Small-Outline Transis-
tor) packages. Products include Bipolar and Field-Effect
Transistors (FETs); Switching, Zener and Varactor Diodes;
and Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs). These surface-
mounted SOT devices are currently being used by circuit
designers on printed circuit boards as well as ceramic
substrates.

Significant features of SOT devices include:

• Complete Pretest Capability — 100% electrically tested.

• Handling and Assembly Ease — devices can be posi-
tioned manually or by using automated placement
equipment.

• Reliability — SOTs are subjected to the same rigid re-
liability tests performed on all Motorola plastic packages.

• Small Size/Less Weight — considerable size reduction
and weight saving is achieved in circuit designs using
“SO” surface mount technology.

• Broad Line — Motorola offers over 250 standard discrete
devices in the SOT package (inquiries regarding cus-
tomers special requirements are invited).

CASE 345-1

SOT-89

0.181" (max.)
0.102" (max.)

60 mils x 60 mils
1.0 W

• Marking Capability — A multi-digit code is laser marked
on all SOT devices.

• Multi-Sources — There are many U.S. and foreign
sources of SOTs.

• Packaging — SOTs are shipped in vials or via the in-
dustry accepted 8 mm tape and reel format for automatic
placement.

• Standard SOT-23 versus “Low Profile” SOT-23 — Mo-
torola offers both the standard SOT-23 outline (TO-
236AA) and the new “low profile” SOT-23 (TO-236AB).
The only difference is the clearance from the bottom of
the package to the surface of the substrate:

Standard SOT-23: 0.004" Min./0.0098" Max.

“Low Profile” SOT-23: 0.0005" Min./0.004" Max.
The low profile package is primarily designed for cus-
tomers using double-sided PCB with the SOT-23s
mounted on the bottom side of the board and the non-
surface mounted devices inserted in the top side of the
board.

• Selector Guide — Send for your copy of Motorola’s
“Microminiature Products” brochure (BR-127) for addi-
tional information.

1*2198

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

SMALL-SIGNAL

FIELD-EFFECT

TRANSISTORS

Motorola offers a broad line of Small-Signal Field-Effect Tran-
sistors that encompass the latest technology and covers the
full range of FET applications.

Types of FETs

ENHANCEMENT DEPLETION ENHANCEMENT

ONLY ENHANCEMENT/DEPLETION

OR

ENHANCEMENT

• JFETs — N- and P- channel which operate in the depletion
mode are available in both metal and plastic packages.
Applications include general-purpose amplifiers, switches
and choppers, RF amplifiers and mixers.

® MOSFETs — are available in either depletion or enhance-
ment mode. They are available in both N- and P- channel,
single and dual gate construction. Applications include
smoke detectors, RF amplifiers and mixers for TV tuners,
radio, etc.

CERAMIC

TO-18 TO-39 TO-52 TO-72 TO-92 TO-226 PLASTIC QUAD PACKAGE

For additional information, order: SG33R1 FET Selector considerations, applications information, package informa-
Guide and Cross Reference. This selector guide/cross ref- tion and a cross reference/interchangeability guide,
erence provides: Specs on over 250 standard FETs, design

• TMOS™ FETs — have an oxide-insulated gate which con-
trols vertical current flow. TMOS devices exhibit higher
input impedance, faster switching, enhanced thermal sta-
bility and easier paralleling than bipolar transistors. Addi-
tionally, they have lower “ON” resistance and higher power
handling capability than conventional horizontal MOSFETs
or JFETs.

Our package line-up is the most comprehensive in the in-
dustry, from the low-cost plastic to the hermetic metal can
packages:

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2199

MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

RF COMPONENTS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

The Motorola broad line RF component portfolio encom-
passes low-power low-noise devices to high-power trans-
mitter devices, unencapsulated chips to packaged transistors
to hybrid modules. Device technology covers silicon bipolars,
TMOS power FETs, and GaAs FETs. We have a complete

engineering staff to help you with your application and ex- ;
tensive technical literature in application notes, engineering
bulletins, selector guides, and the RF data manual. For RF
components think Motorola RF.

POWER TRANSISTORS

MICROWAVE POWER TRANSISTORS

100 HF/SSB

LO BAND
MOBILE VHF
MILITARY MOBILE
50 AMATEUR MARINE

DME, IFF
TRANSPONDER
AVIONICS

RADIO RELAY
MIL COMMS
TEST EQPT

FREQUENCY (MHz)

Motorola's RF Power Bipolar and TMOS Field-Effect
Transistors are categorized according to the appli-
cation and frequency band for which each type is
optimized. Outputs up to 250 watts are available,
suitable for commercial, military, ground, airborne,
and marine use from 1 .5 MHz to 1 GHz.

The Motorola line of microwave power transistors
are engineered for ruggedness and consistency of
performance from unit to unit, lot to lot. Gold metal
systems and silicon nitride passivation ensure re-
liability. Both hermetic and organic sealed packages
provide cost effective options to suit the end-use
environment. Internal input/output impedance
matching elements facilitate broadband designs.

SMALL-SIGN AL/LOW-NOISE

BIPOLARS WITH tr TO 8 GHz, GaAs FETs to 2 GHz
AND ALL THE PACKAGES

o UNENCAPSULATED CHIP
-. 3-LEAD PLASTIC (MACRO-T) £

GENERAL-PURPOSE MODULES

TO-39, COMM. EMM.

0.280-inch SOE STUD -

■L 4-LEAD PLASTIC (MACRO-X)

Small-signal high-frequency Bipolar and GaAs Field-
Effect Transistors from Motorola are characterized
as low-noise amplifiers, oscillators, high-speed
switches and class A linear amplifiers. The broad
line of low power RF transistors range from low cost
consumer devices to full military processed high re-
liability devices. Packaging options include plastic/
ceramic stripline, metal can, and unencapsulated
chips to suit performance and cost requirements.

MWA 110/20/30 )

1 MWA21 0/20/30

FREQUENCY (GHz)

The MHW590/1/2/3 are derivatives of the CATV
module family and offer two frequency ranges, 1 .0-
250 MHz/10-400 MHz, and two operating voltages,
13.6/24 V. They are suitable for operation in 50 to
lOOn systems.

The MWA wideband amplifiers in TO-39 packages
provide a cost-effective alternative to complex feed-
back designs using discrete transistors. Consistent
performance and unconditional stability of the MWA’s
take the pain out of broadband high-gain circuit
design.

POWER HYBRID MODULES

RF LITERATURE

Power Hybrid Modules are self-contained Power
Amplifiers which provide a pre-engineered, func-
tional performance-tested alternative to the use of
individual power transistors. Producing VHF/UHF
power outputs up to 20 W, these modules offer field-
replaceable, consistent performance, and tolerance
to load mismatch.

SG-76 Microwave Transistors Selector Guide and
Cross Reference

SG-46R1 RF Selector Guide and Cross Reference

For additional information, send requests for these
selector guides to:

Literature Distribution Center
RO. Box 20912
Phoenix, AZ 85036

1*2200

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

(M) MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

ZENER

DIODES

POWER DISSIPATION

BASIC FUNCTION AND DEVICE

PACKAGE

250 mW

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N4678 Thru 1N4717

1.8 Volts Thru 43 Volts

LOW NOISE • 1 N4614 Thru 1 N4627

1.8 Volts Thru 6.2 Volts
• 1 N4099 Thru 1N4135

6.8 Volts Thru 100 Volts

AXIAL LEAD GLASS CASE 299-02

400 mW/500 mW

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N4370 Thru 1N4372

2.4 Volts Thru 3.0 Volts

• 1N746 Thru 1N759

3.3 Volts Thru 1 2 Volts

• 1 N957 Thru 1 N986

6.8 Volts Thru 110 Volts

• 1N5221 Thru 1N5272

2.4 Volts Thru 110 Volts

• 1 N5985 Thru 1 N6025

2.4 Volts Thru 110 Volts

AXIAL LEAD GLASS CASE 299-02

LOW NOISE • 1N5518 Thru 1N5546

3.3 Volts Thru 33 Volts

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED • 1N821 Thru 1N829

6.2 Volts

t 1 N4565 Thru 1 N4584

6.4 Volts

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1 N987 Thru 1 N992

120 Volts Thru 200 Volts

AXIAL LEAD GLASS CASE 51-02

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED • 1 N821A Thru 1 N829A

6.2 Volts

• MZ605 Thru MZ640

6.2 Volts

• 1N3 154 Thru 1N3157

8.4 Volts

• 1N4775 Thru 1N4784

8.5 Volts

• 1 N935 Thru 1 N939

9.0 Volts

• 1N941 Thru 1N945

1 1 .7 Volts

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N5273 Thru 1N5281

120 Volts Thru 200 Volts

AXIAL LEAD PLASTIC CASE 51-02

600 mW

CURRENT REGULATOR • 1 N5283 Thru 1 N531 4

0.22 mA Thru 4.7 mA
• MCL1 300 Thru MCL1305

0.5 mA Thru 5.05 mA

AXIAL LEAD GLASS CASE 51-02

1 WATT

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N4728 Thru 1N4764

3.3 Volts Thru 100 Volts

AXIAL LEAD GLASS CASE 59

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1M1 10ZS10 Thru 1M200ZS10

110 Volts Thru 200 Volts

AXIAL LEAD PLASTIC CASE 59

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N3821 Thru 1N3830

3.3 Volts Thru 7.5 Volts
• 1N3016 Thru 1N3051

6.8 Volts Thru 200 Volts

C^D

AXIAL LEAD METAL CASE 52

1.5 WATT

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1 N5913 Thru 1 N5956

3.3 Volts Thru 200 Volts

AXIAL LEAD PLASTIC CASE 59

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N3785 Thru 1N3820

6.8 Volts Thru 200 Volts

SINGLE ENDED METAL ■

CASE 55 ■\J)

5 WATT

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N5333 Thru 1N5388

3.3 Volts Thru 200 Volts

TRANSIENT SUPPRESSORS • P6KE6.8 Thru P6KE200

(Mosorbs) 6.8 Volts Thru 200 Volts

600 WATTS PEAK POWER

AXIAL LEAD PLASTIC CASE 17-02

• 1 N6267 Thru 1 N6303

6.8 Volts Thru 200 Volts

1500 WATTS PEAK POWER

• 1.5KE6.8 Thru 1.5KE200

6.8 Volts Thru 200 Volts

1500 WATTS PEAK POWER

• 1N5908

5 Volts

1500 WATTS PEAK POWER

• ICTE-5 Thru ICTE-45

• M PTE-5 Thru MPTE-45

5 Volts Thru 45 Volts

1500 WATTS PEAK POWER

• 1 N6373 Thru 1N6389

5 Volts Thru 45 Volts

AXIAL LEAD PLASTIC CASE 41-11

10 WATTS

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N3993 Thru 1N4000

3.9 Volts Thru 7.5 Volts
• 1N2970 Thru 1N3015

6.8 Volts Thru 200 Volts

STUD ®2|X3<Lj

CASE 56 ^

50 WATTS

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N4557 Thru 1 N4564

3.9 Volts Thru 7.5 Volts
• 1 N2804 Thru 1 N2846

6.8 Volts Thru 200 Volts

C TO E 3 M

GENERAL PURPOSE • 1N4549 Thru 1N4556

3.9 Volts Thru 7.5 Volts
• 1N3305 Thru 1N3350

6.8 Volts Thru 200 Volts

STUD mf Or 3 ®

CASE 58

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2201

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

) MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

OVER 1100 STANDARD DEVICES FROM THE INDUSTRY’S #1
SILICON POWER TRANSISTOR SOURCE

Silicon Power Transistor Package Types

r-^

Case 152

TO-202AC
Case 306

TO-126
Case 77

TO-127
Case 90

w

TO-220AB
Case 221 A

TO-218
Case 340

TO-5
Case 31

TO-39
Case 79

TO-59
Case 160

TO-66
Case 80

TO-204AA
Case 1
Case 1 1

TO-204AE
Case 197

lc Range
(Amps)

0 . 5 - 2.0

0 . 1 - 3.0

0 . 3 - 5. 0

5-15

0 . 5-15

12-25

3.0

0 . 5 - 5.0

7 . 0-10

1-10

2-30

2-60

VCE Range
(Volts)

30-300

30-350

25-400

40-100

30-750

40-400

40-80

40-400

60-100

40-400

40-1500

40-1500

p D

10

6 . 25 - 12.5

12 . 5-40

1

65-100

15-100

125-150

6.0

5-10

60

20-100

36-300

36-300

NEW FROM
MOTOROLA .
High-Current
Darlingtons

MJ10041*, MJ10042
MJ10044*, MJ10045
MJ10047*, MJ10048
MJ10050, MJ10051*
MJ10100, MJ10101*
MJ 10200, MJ10201*

Operating

Current

(AMP)

VCEO(SUS)

(Volts)

25

850

50

450

100

250

50

850

100

450

200

250

* Indicates devices with speed-up diode for use in high frequency inverters and pulse width modulated
motor controls.

OVER 200 STANDARD POWER MOSFETs
FROM MOTOROLA

• Breakdown Voltages to 1 000 Volts

• Current Ratings to 90 Amperes

• r DS(on) as low as 002 O hm s

SMARTpower™ is a technology that combines integrated
circuits on a power control device. The unique feature is that
vertical current flow is controlled rather than lateral current
flow that is conventionally used in lower power circuits.

The first of a series of SMARTpower devices is the MPC1 00
— a 5.0 V, 1 0 A series regulator with a low differential voltage.

STANDARD APPLICATION

1*2202

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

(M) MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

THYRISTORS
SCRs • TRIACS
TRIGGERS

NEW FOR ’83

MOS SCRs — MCR1 000

Fast SCRs — MCR2080 (t q < 6.0 /is @ Ip = 5.0 A)
MCR2150 (t q < 4.0 /is @ l F = 15 A)
SIDAC — MK1 V

CH1PSCRETES

A chipscrete is a TO-220 with the tab clipped, leads bent
and leadframe flag soldered to a ceramic insulator. Any
TO-220 can become a chipscrete.

Families Recommended For New Designs

0.2A

4A

6-55A

OVERMOLDED

5= 25 A

#

/S}

ill

PACKAGES

f

jf

f

sP

if k

V

(Formerly TO-92)
(TO-226AA)

(C-77)

(TO-220)

(342-01)

(174-03, 311-01)

2N5060-4

2N6236-41

2N6394-9

MCR525

2N3870-3

MCR100

MCR106

2N6400-5

MCR568

2N3896-9

MCR101-4

Cl 06

2N6504-9

MCR569

2N6171-4

SCRs

MCR120

C122

MCR63-5

MCR22

MCR72

MCR3835

MCR218

MCR3935

MCR264

C35

MCR265

C228-9

MAC91-96

2N6068-74

2N6342A-9A

MAC515

2N5441-6

MAC91 A-96A

2N6068A-75A

MAC15.A

MAC525

2N6157-9

2N6068B-75B

MAC220-3

2N6160-5

MAC222A

T6400-1

MAC223A

T6410-1

TRIACS

T2800-2

T6420-1

T2500

SCI 41

SCI 46

MAC224

MAC228

UJT 2N4870-1

UJT MU4891-4

TRIGGERS

PUT 2N6027-8

PUT MPU131-3

DIACS 1N5758-61

SBS MBS4991

All devices have glass passivation for controlled high-temperature operation. For new designs, the plastic units offer the best cost/performance
tradeoff for large production runs.

4800

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2203

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

MOTOROLA

SEMICONDUCTORS

P.O. BOX 20912 • PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85036

RECTIFIERS

MAKE THE WHOLE WORLD DC!

Offering the user a broad line of rectifiers to fit all design requirements is what made us the unquestioned leader in this field.
And quality, reliability and competitive prices are what keep us there.

>0

Vr

DISCRETES

BRIDGES

GENERAL

PURPOSE

BRIDGES

ULTRA-FAST

RECOVERY

FAST

RECOVERY

SCH0TTKY

1N5391-9
1 N4001-7
MR5059-MR5061 1

MUR105-MUR120

MDA920A series
MDA100A* series
MDA200*

1 N4933-7
MR810 series

1N5817-9
MBR120P series

1N4997-1N5003
1 N5400-9
1N4719-25
MR500

MUR800-MUR820

MR 830 series
MR850 series
MR910 s

MBR320P series
1 N5820-2

MBR1 020 series 1
MBR1520CT series 2

5A /
/6A

MR750 series

MUR800-MUR820

MDA970A series

MR820 series
1 N3879 series
1N3879A series

MBR735-MBR745
MBR835-MBR845 3
MBR320M series
1 N5823-5

MBR1 020 series 1
MBR1520CT series 2

10A

n5A

50-1000

MR 1 120 series
IN1 199, A, B series
1N1199C series

MDA800* series
MDA1200* series
MDA980 series

MUR1605CT-

MUR1620CT

MUR800-MUR820

MUR1500-

MUR1520

1 N3889 series
1 N3889A series

MBR1645
1 N5626-8
MBR1520 series
MBR1 020 series 1
MBR1520CT series 2

20 A/

20-45

50-1000

$

IN1 191 series
MR2000S series
1N3491 series
MR2500 series
MR2400 series

1 N3899 series
MR2400F series

MDA2500*FR* series
MDA2550 series
MDA990 series

MBR2045CT
1 N5829-31
MBR2520 series

20-45

50-1000

1 N3659 series
IN1 183 series

MUR3020PT

MDA3500*FR* series
MDA3500 series

R710XPT
1N3909 series

MBR3045PT
MBR3545CT 3
SD41, MBR3520 series
1 N6095-6

MBR3020CT series
SD241

INI 183 A s
MR5005 series

MR860 series
MR870 series

MBR6045CT 3
1 N5832-4,

MBR4020 series
1 N6097/8, SD51,
MBR6020 series,
MBR7520 series
SD5171 , MBR6020B
MBR8045 3
MBR6545 3

35-45

50-400

POWERTAP

MUR10020CT

MBR12045CT

MBR20045CT

MBR30045CT

*UL Recognized tAvalanche

1 Single-diode TO-220

2 Dual-diode TO-220

3-175°C Schottky

1*2204 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

high voltage silicon rectifiers
fast recovery, HX/low leakage,

iRala dmil

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

ACTUAL SIZES

CASE STYLE

“P”

CASE STYLE

“M”

CASE STYLE

. “E"

CASE STYLE

«iy»»

CASE STYLE

"L”

Murata Erie high voltage silicon rectifiers are avail-
able with peak reverse voltage ratings from 1KV to
30KV, in either transfer molded or epoxy protected
* packages. Features include nanoampere leakage,
compact design and high reliability over a wide tem-
perature range. These rectifiers have found applica-
tions in numerous military, industrial and aerospace
projects.

-M-

Dimensions (Inches)

Case

L

D

|

Style

(Max.)

(Max.)

(Min.)

d

P

.130

.085

.75

.015

M

.25

.105

.75

.015

E

.625

.20

.70

.015

T

1.03

.26

1.0

.030

L

1.70

.235

1.00

.030

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RATINGS

NOTE: Further encapsulation is recommended for rectifiers marked

iRala Rifl

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd„ S.E. Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *2205

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

ECG® Sylvania

Universal Replacement Semiconductors

Maintenance — Routine Preventive Maintenance
Repair — Repair of Equipment Failures
Operations — Internal Equipment Development

TRANSISTORS 47 case styles to fit almost every application

Bi-Polar Types Both Silicon and Germanium

Complementary Pairs Up to 200 watts, up to 1500 volts

Bi-Polar Selector Guide (Silicon & Germanium)

RF Selector Guide Covering RF Power devices to 870 MHz

Field Effect Transistors (FET) Single and Double gate for high and low frequency

Darlington Power Transistors Gain up to 90K, power up to 250W, 1C to 50A

DIODES AND RECTIFIERS 38 case styles for most applications

General Purpose Both Silicon and Germanium

PIN Diodes For fast switching

HV Rectifiers Voltages to 45,000 volts

Varistors (Temperature Compensating Diodes) Biasing diodes for hostile environments

Varistors (Voltage Compensating Diodes)

Varactors (Variable Capacitance Diodes) For tuning, AFC

Bridge Rectifiers 1 Amp to 40 Amps, up to 1000 volts

HV Rectifiers (Avalanche Silicon) High voltage and high current

ZENER DIODES

From Vz to 50 watts, from 2.4 to 200 volts

INDUSTRIAL RECTIFIERS

From 3 to 2200 Amps up to 1600 volts

SILICON CONTROLLED RECTIFIERS (SCR)

Commutating (Phase Control) 0.8 to 1200 Amps, voltages to 1200v

Switching Frequencies to 16 kHz

Gate Turn Off For unusual applications

TRIACS

MICROPROCESSORS/RAM’s

0.8 to 40 amperes, with voltages up to lOOOv in a variety
of case styles to accommodate most applications

Three popular microprocessors (6800, 6802, 8080A), 8
peripheral circuits and 8 RAM’s.

FOR NEAREST STOCKING DISTRIBUTOR
SEE MANUFACTURER’S DIRECTORY OR CALL 1-800-225-8326

PhilipsECG

A North American Philips Company

1-2206

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

ECG 9 Sylvania

Universal Replacement Semiconductors

LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS Op amps, wideband amplifiers, single and dual com-

Linear 1C and Module Circuits parators, voltage regulators, VCO’s, Audio PO’s, zero

crossing switches and timing circuits. Some in choice
of package styles.

OPTO-ELECTRONIC DEVICES Red, orange, green, yellow and IR, in both narrow and

Discrete LED Indicators wide an 9 le - Photo-transistors to cover the IR and visible'

Infrared Emitting Diodes spectrum. Optoisolators with transistor, Darlington, SCR

Phototransistor Detectors ZZZZZZZ. ZZZZZZZZZZZZZ1 or TRIAC outputs. Both 1 and 2 digit numeric displays.

Optoisolators

INTERFACE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS Analog and digital IC’s for both decoding and driving

Display Driver Circuits from both CMOS and TTL logic.

Display Driver Outlines

DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

CMOS 4000, 4500 series and 40000 series.

TTL (Including 74C CMOS Series) 74C, 74L, 74H, 74LS, 74S and 7400 series.

DTL I

HTL

ECG

Semiconductors

SPECIAL PURPOSE DEVICES .

Silicon Unijunction Transistors (UJT)

Programmable Unijunction Transistor (PUT)

Silicon Bilateral Switch (SBS)

Silicon Unilateral Switch (SUS)

Silicon Asymmetrical Switch (SAS)

Silicon Controlled Switch (SCS)

Bilateral Trigger Diodes (DIACs)

Metal Oxide Varistors (MOV)

Master Replacement Guide

• Entertainment * Industrial • Commercial

• Equipment Maintenance and Repair

%•# .<

« *■ ■*" t,

I .

*****

Syfvsnra Demotic Components j

545-page Philips ECG Master Guide .
3,000 ECG types that replace
over 200,000 industry numbers.

FOR NEAREST STOCKING DISTRIBUTOR
SEE MANUFACTURER’S DIRECTORY OR CALL 1-800-225-8326

PhilipsECG

A North American Philips Company

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2207

MINIGLOSSARY

THYRISTORS/

HIGH ROWER DIODES

THYRISTORS

A thyristor is a four-layer semiconductor
(pnpn) that can be switched from an
OFF to an ON state. This is usually done
by a voltage or current pulse to the gate
terminal. The device will then continue
to conduct so long as the principal cur-
rent of the device flows through the
thyristor’s two main terminals.

In many respects a thyristor is analo-
gous to an electromechanical latching
relay. In fact, thyristors have largely re-
placed these relays in newer equipment
designs. But, misapplications and/or
failure to fully understand the parame-
ters of these and other solid state de-
vices often leads to catastrophic field
failures.

The terminology shown on this page
has been condensed from common in-
dustry data books and is intended to be
a guide for the engineer.

di/dt: Critical rate of rise of ON state cur-
rent is the user’s maximum design limit
(Fig. 1).

dip/dt: Rate of decay of ON state current
(Fig. 1 & 2).

dv/dt (critical): Rate of rise of OFF state
voltage. Lowest voltage rate of rise to
cause a thyristor to turn ON.

dv/dt (reapplied) : Rate of rise of
reapplied OFF state voltage.

Ifsm: Non repetitive ON state surge cur-
rent in diodes. Maximum peak value of
V 2 cycles (60 Hz) a diode can withstand
up to 100 times in its lifetime.

Itsm*. Nonrepetitive ON state surge cur-
rent in thyristors. Maximum peak value
of 60 Hz cycles a thyristor can with-
stand up to 100 times in its lifetime.

Idrm/Irrm : Maximum peak forward/
reverse leakage current at specified
temperature and repetitive conditions.

Igdm: Continuous gate current not to
trigger. Highest dc gate current that will
not cause thyristor to switch from OFF
to ON at a specific temperature.

Fig. 1. Concurrent voltage

Fig. 2. Recovery current

waveform

l GT : Continuous gate trigger current. Ab-
solute minimum gate current required
to switch thyristor from OFF to ON.

I H : Holding Current. Minimum current
required to hold thyristor ON.

I L : Latching current. Minimum current
required to hold thyristor ON after re-
moval of gate drive.

I(reo» Recovery current. Peak value of
reverse current during recovery or turn
OFF (Fig. 1 &2).

I 0S : Overshoot current. See Ir ( reo-

l 2 t: Maximum ON state, short time
thermal capacity of the silicon element
for operations less than V 2 cycle of 180°
conduction angle.

I t( av) : Average ON state current (max.)

Q rr : Reverse recovered charge (Fig. 1).

Rfljc: Junction-to-case thermal resis-
tance in degrees C per watt.

Tc(max): Max. allowable case tempera-
ture.

Tj(max): Maximum allowable junction
temp.

cipal voltage drops to a specified value.
(OFF-ON) (Fig. 3)

ton : Turn-on time. The sum of delay time
and rise time. (OFF-ON) (Fig. 3)

tq*. Turn-off time. Time between princi-
pal current reaching zero and the in-
stant thyristor can block forward volt-
age without turning ON. (Fig. 1)

t r : Rise time. Time between principal
voltage dropping from one value to a
second lower value when thyristor turns
from OFF to ON. (Fig. 3)

t rr : Reverse recovery time. (Fig. 2)

Vdrm/Vrrm : Maximum repetitive peak
OFF state/reverse voltage excluding
non-repetitive transients.

Vdsm/Vrsm’- Maximum nonrepetitive peak
OFF state/ reverse voltage.

Vfm/Vtm: Maximum forward voltage drop
at a specific forward current and case
temp.

V G dm: Gate nontrigger voltage. Highest
dc voltage that will not cause thyristor
to switch from OFF to ON.

Vlatch: Latching voltage. Voltage re-
quired for thyristor to latch ON at a
given gate current and junction temp.

t d : Delay time. Interval between a
specified point at beginning of gate
pulse and the instant at which the prin-

Vtm(dyn) : Dynamic ON state voltage.
Transient ON state voltage of thyristor
when triggered into conduction for a
given load and time.

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

mm Irani selenium rectifiers

Selenium Surge Suppressors Polarized (DC) Non Polarized (AC) Max. DC Volts 25-750 Max. Clamping Volts 16-1800 Peak Current Rating 3A-270A

DIRECTRON ELEVATOR CONTROL
RECTIFIERS

Part

No.

AC

Input
Volts
Up To

Phase

Amps

Units

Re-

quired

CD260

260

10

1.5

2

30

2.2

3

DD260

260

10

2.2

2

30

3.3

3

ED260

260

10

3.4

2

30

5.1

3

FD260

260

10

6.6

2

30

10.

3

GD260

260

10

10.

2

30

15.

3

COMPACT UNIT (Double

Decker)

3D260

260

30

1 3 -

1

Otis

Part No.

CENTER TAP

230AV1

230AS1

HALF WAVE

230AR1

(blocking)

230AR3

230AZ1

230AZ2

10 FWB

230AY3

230AY1

30 FWB

230AL1

230AL2

230AL3

230AGI

230AJ1

w

230AW1

230BA1

230BJ3

230BJ4

230BJ5

FAST QUOTATIONS

24 HOUR SERVICE ON CUSTOM BUILT RECTIFIERS.

SEND US YOUR SAMPLES.

IN STOCK

RECTIFIER TRANSFORMERS, HIGH CURRENT CHOKES, INVERTERS;
DC POWER SUPPLIES:

115V-220V Input 0-48VDC Output Current: 0-500 Amps

Complete Secondary Facilities for Specialized Equipment.

Custom Built Transformers and Chokes. Power Supplies to Your Specifications.

FULL WAVE BRIDGE RECTIFIERS, SINGLE PHASE,
RESISTIVE-INDUCTIVE LOADS

18V In —

14V Out

Max.
No. Amps

36V In —

28V Out

Max.
No. Amps

54V In —
42V Out
Max.
No. Amps

130V In —
100V Out

Max.

No. Amps

160V In —
130V Out

Max.

No. Amps

260V In —
200V Out

Max.

No. Amps

A18

1/2

A36

1/2

A54

1/2

A130

1/2

A160

1/2

A260

1/2

B18

1

B36

1

B54

1

B130

1

B160

1

B260

1

C18

2

C36

2

C54

2

C130

2

C160

2

C260

2

D18

3

D36

3

D54

3

D130

3

D160

3

D260

3

E18

4

E36

4

E54

4

E130

4

E160

4

E260

4

F18

6

F36

6

F54

6

F130

6

F160

6

F260

6

G18

10

G36

10

G54

10

G130

10

G160

10

G260

10

H18

12

H36

12

H54

12

H130

12

H160

12

H260

12

J18

15

J36

15

J54

15

J130

15

J160

15

J260

15

K18

20

K36

20

K54

20

K130

20

K160

20

K260

20

L18

24

L36

24

L54

24

L130

24

L160

24

L260

24

M18

30

M36

30

M54

30

M130

30

M160

30

M260

30

P18

36

P36

36

P54

36

P130

36

P160

36

P260

36

R18

50

R36

50

R54

50

R130

50

R160

50

R260

50

220V Three Phase available ... up to 1000 amps.

HALF-WAVE, CENTER-TAP, DOUBLER, TRIPLER or 3-PHASE — Quotations on request.

Minimum Order — $50.00. *Prices on Request — Quantity Discount — Prices Subject to Change.

m mum siucon rams

FEATURES

• High Operating Temperature, 190°C
(Up to 120°C ambient)

• High Operating Voltage
(Up to 600 p.i.v.)

• High Efficiency

(99% compared to about
75% for selenium)

• Excellent Regulation
(4% compared to about
15% for selenium)

CENTER-TAP

Stock

No.

AC

Input

Volts

Up To

Max.

Amps

Self

Cooled

Max.

Amps

Fan

Cooled

SI-CT-A

18-0-18

16

40

80

SI-CT-B

36-0-36

32

40

80

SL-CT-A

18-0-18

16

50

100

SL-CT-B

36-0-36

32

50

100

SL-CT-D

72-0-72

64

50

100

SL-CT-F

140-0-140

125

50

100

SK-CT-A

18-0-18

16

100

200

SK-CT-B

36-0-36

32

100

200

SK-CT-D

72-0-72

64

100

200

SK-CT-F

140-0-140

125

100

200

SM-CT-A

18-0-18

16

200

400

SM-CT-B

36-0-36

32

200

400

SM-CT-D

72-0-72

64

,200

400

SM-CT-F

140-0-140

125

200

400

SO-CT-B

36-0-36

32

400

800

3<p BRIDGE

Stock

No.

AC

Input
Volts
Up To

DC

Output
Volts
Up To

Max.

Amps

Self

Cooled

Max.

Amps

Fan

Cooled

SL-PH-A

36

48

75

150

SL-PH-B

72

96

75

150

SL-PH-C

105

144

75

150

SL-PH-D

140

188

75

150

SL-PH-E

220

290

75

150

SK-PH-E

220

290

100

200

SM-PH-E

220

290

200

400

SO-PH-E

220

290

400

800

All above ratings based on 30°C ambient. Fan-cooled ratings based on air velocity of 1000 linear ft/minute.
For resistive or inductive loads, as rated. For capacitive or battery loads, derate amperage 20%. Doublers,
triplers, 3 phase half wave and 3 phase center-tap also available. Custom-built stacks, 24 hour service.

MANUFACTURED BY

S ANFORD -MILLER CORP.

U BRIDGE

Stock

No.

AC

Input
Volts
Up To

DC

Output

Volts

Up To

Max.

Amps

Self

Cooled

Max.

Amps

Fan

Cooled

SA-BR-D

140

125

1

*

SA-BR-F

280

250

1

*

SC-BR-D

140

125

2

*

SC-BR-F

280

250

2

*

SD-BR-A

36

32

6

12

SD-BR-D

140

125

6

12

SD-BR-F

280

250

6

12

SE-BR-A

36

32

10

20

SE-BR-D

140

125

10

20

SE-BR-F

280

250

10

20

SF-BR-A

36

32

20

40

SF-BR-D

140

125

20

40

SF-BR-F

280

250

20

40

SI-BR-A

36

32

40

80

SI-BR-B

72

64

40

80

SI-BR-C

105

90

40

80

SI-BR-D

140

125

40

80

SI-BR-F

280

250

40

80

SL-BR-A

35

32

50

100

SL-BR-B

72

64

50

100

SL-BR-D

140

125

50

100

SL-BR-F

280

250

50

100

SG-BR-A

36

32

70

140

SG-BR-B

72

64

70

140

SG-BR-D

140

1125

70

140

SG-BR-F

280

250

70

140

SK-BR-A

36

32

100

200

SK-BR-B

72

64

100

200

SK-BR-D

140

125

100

200

SK-BR-F

280

250

100

200

SM-BR-A

36

32

200

400

SM-BR-B

72

64

200

400

SM-BR-D

140

125

200

400

SM-BR-F

280

250

200

400

SO-BR-B

72

64

400

800

SO-BR-F

i 280

250

| 400

800

Toll Free -800-645-5900
* In NY Call -(516) 593-2025

DEPT. E83, 8 JOHN STREET
LYNBROOK, NEW YORK 11563
TELEPHONE: (516) 593-2025

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2209

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

TRIACS, SCRs, DIACS, SIDACS

P.O. BOX 61447
DALLAS, TEXAS 75261

TO-220 AB

TO-220 AB

TO-202 AB

ISOLATED

NON-ISOLATED

TO-3 BASE

LOGIC TRIACS

SIDACS

•t(RMS)

PART NUMBER

V DRM

!GT*(mA)

L201 E3

200

3

L201 E5

200

5

1

L201 E7

200

10

L201E9

200

25

AMP

L401 E3

400

3

L401E5

400

5

L401E7

400

10

L401 E9

400

25

L2001L3

200

3

L2001 L5

200

5

1.6

L2001 L7

200

10

L2001 L9

200

25

AMPS

L4001 L3
L4001 L5

400

400

3

5

L4001 L7

400

10

L4001 L9

400

25

L2004L3

200

3

L2004L5

200

5

L2004L7

200

10

L2004L9

200

25

L4004L3

400

3

L4004L5

400

5

L4004L7

400

10

4

L4004L9

400

25

AMPS

L2004F31

200

3

L2004F51

200

5

L2004F71

200

10

L2004F91

200

25

L4004F31

400

3

L4004F51

400

5

L4004F71

400

10

L4004F91

400

25

TRIACS (Cont’d.)

PART NUMBER

VOLTS

K1050E

105

K1100E

110

K1200E

120

K1300E

130

K2000F1

200

K2200F1

220

K2400F1

240

DIACS

*I GT in Quadrants I, II, III, & IV

QUADRACS

(Internal Diac Trigger)

PART NUMBER

V BO

PKG. TYPE

HT-5760

28

HT-32

32

HT-5761

32

HT-5761 A

32

HT-5762

36

HT-35

40

HT-40

45

HT-50

HT-60

58

60

HT

HT-105

113

HT-110

118

HT-120

125

HT-130

138

HT-200

200

HT-220

230

HT-240

250

•t(RMS)

PART NUMBER

V DRM

1.6

Q2001 LT

200

AMPS

Q4001 LT

400

3

Q2003LT

200

AMPS

Q4003L.T

400

Q2004FT 1

200

Q4004FT1

400

Q5004FT1

500

4

Q6004FT1

600

AMPS

Q2004LT

200

Q4004LT

400

Q5004LT

500

Q6004LT

600

Q2006FT1

200

Q4006FT 1

400

Q5006FT 1

500

6

Q6006FT1

600

AMPS

Q2006LT

200

Q4006LT

400

Q5006LT

500

Q6006LT

600

Q2008FT1

200

Q4008FT1

400

Q5008FT1

500

8

Q6008FT1

600

AMPS

Q2008LT

200

Q4008LT

400

Q5008LT

500

Q6008LT

600

Q2010FT1

200

Q4010FT1

400

Q5010FT1

500

10

Q6010FT1

600

AMPS

Q2010LT

200

Q4010LT

400

Q5010LT

500

Q6010LT

600

15

Q2015LT

200

Q4015LT

400

AMPS

Q5015LT

Q6015LT

500

600

VOLTS PKG. TYPE

TRIACS

PART NUMBER

V DRM

^GT(mA)

Q201E3

200

10

Q201E4

200

25

Q401E3

400

10

Q401E4

400

25

Q2001L3

200

10

Q2001L4

200

25

Q4001L3

400

10

Q4001L4

400

25

Q2003L3

200

10

Q2003L4

200

25

Q4003L3

400

10

Q4003L4

400

25

Q2004F31

200

10

Q2004F41

200

25

Q4004F31

400

10

Q4004F41

400

25

Q5004F41

500

25

Q6004F41

600

25

Q2004L3

200

10

Q2004L4

200

25

Q4004L3

400

10

Q4004L4

400

25

Q5004L3

500

10

Q5004L4

500

25

Q6004L4

600

25

Q8004L4

800

25

Q2004R4

200

25

Q4004R4

400

25

Q5004R4

500

25

Q6004R5

600

50

Q2006F41

200

25

Q4006F41

400

25

Q5006F41

500

25

Q6006F51

600

50

Q2006L4

200

25

Q2006L5

200

50

Q4006L4

400

25

Q4006L5

400

50

Q5006L4

500

25

Q5006L5

500

50

Q6006L5

600

50

PART NUMBER

V DRM

^GT(mA)

Q2006R4

200

25

Q4006R4

400

25

Q5006R4

500

25

Q6006R5

600

50

Q2008F41

200

25

Q4008F41

400

25

Q5008F41

500

25

Q6008F51

600

50

Q2008L4

200

25

Q2008L5

200

50

Q4008L4

400

25

Q4008L5

400

50

Q5008L4

500

25

Q5008L5

500

50

Q6008L5

600

50

Q2008R4

200

25

Q4008R4

400

25

Q5008R4

500

25

Q6008R5

600

50

Q2010F41

200

25

Q4010F41

400

25

Q5010F41

500

25

Q6010F51

600

50

Q2010L4

200

25

Q2010L5

200

50

Q4010L4

400

25

Q4010L5

400

50

Q5010L4

500

25

Q5010L5

500

50

Q6010L5

600

50

Q8010L5

800

50

Q2010R4

200

25

Q4010R4

400

25

Q5010R4

500

25

Q6010R5

600

50

Q8010R5

800

50

Q2012L5

200

50

Q4012L5

400

50

Q5012L5

500

50

Q6012L5

600

50

Q8012L5

800

50

Q2012R5

200

50

Q4012R5

400

50

Q5012R5

500

50

Q6012R5

600

50

Q8012R5

800

50

Q2015L5

200

50

Q4015L5

400 '

50

Q5015L5

500

50

Q6015L5

600

50

Q8015L5

800

50

Q2015R5

200

50

Q4015R5

400

50

Q5015R5

500

50

Q6015R5

600

50

Q8015R5

800

50

Q2025L5

200

50

Q4025L5

400

50

Q5025L5

500

50

Q6025L5

600

50

Q2025R5

200

50

Q4025R5

400

50

Q5025R5

500

50

Q6025R5

600

50

Q2025P

200

80

Q4025P

400

80

Q5025P

500

80

Q6025P

600

80

Q2040P

200

100

Q4040P

400

100

Q5040P

500

100

Q6040P

600

100

1*2210

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

THYRISTOR

P.O. BOX 61477 DALLAS, TEXAS 75261

SENSITIVE SCR’s SEN. SCR’s (Cont’d.)

TRIACS, SCRs, DIACS, SIDACS

THYRISTOR SPECIALIST

SCR’s (Cont’d.)

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2211

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

© Silicon Rectifiers and Bridges

Epoxy Axial
Lead Rectifiers
Fast Recovery (200 ns)
or Controlled
Avalanche. Glass
passivated chips.

V3 Series: 3 a, 100-200 a
surge; 50 to l,000v

Epoxy Bridge
Rectifiers

Fast Recovery (200 ns)
or Controlled
Avalanche. Glass
passivated chips. VM Series: 1 a Bridge;

50 to l,000v

VE Series: VS, VH, VJ Series: 2, 6 &

1 a; 25 to l,000v 10 a; 50 to l,000v

VK Series:

30 a; 200 to l,000v

Integrated Bridge
Rectifiers

Fast Recovery (200 ns)
or Controlled
Avalanche. Glass
passivated chips.

& s *

DM; VT, VY Series: 10 to 36 a; 200 to 600v; press fit, stud, T03
flange packages; full-wave bridge, center tap or three phase

R700 Series: 30 a; 200
to 600v; T03 package

Schottky Barrier
Rectifiers
Extremely Fast
Recovery (<10 ns)

High Temperature
Schottky Rectifiers
(175°C)

Extremely Fast
Recovery (<10 ns)

VSB Series: 750 ma
Bridge; 20 to 40v

VSK Series:

12 a; 20 to 40v

VSK Series:

10 a; 20 to 45v

VSK 231, 232 Series.
60 a; 50 to 60v

VSK Series:

1 to 5 a; 20 to 40v

VSK Series:

15 to 30 a; 20 to 45v

VSK Series:

20 a; 20 to 45v

VSK 71, 72 Series:
75 a; 50 to 60v

VSK Series:

6 a; 20 to 40v

VSK Series:

30 a; 20 to 40v

VSK 31, 32 Series:
30 a; 50 to 60v

VSK Series:

40 to 60 a; 20 to 45v

VSK 2000 Series:
200 a; 50 to 60v

In the concept stage? Design stage? Full
production? Look to Varo for the solution to your
specific rectifier requirements. And count on
reliability and economy as part of the answer.
Standard devices are stocked for fast delivery;
specially modified or custom designed/manu-
factured devices can be shipped in minimum time.

1*2212

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

4800

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

4800

© Silicon Rectifiers and Bridges

EPI High Efficiency
Rectifiers

Fast Recovery
(35 to 50 ns)

VHE Series:

1 to 6 a; 50 to 600v

VHE 1400 Series:
10 a; 50 to 600v

VHE 2400 Series:
20 a; 50 to 600v

VHE 700 Series: VHE 2600 Series: VHE 800 Series:

30 a; 50 to 200v 50 a; 50 to 200v 70 a; 50 to 200v

Very Fast Recovery
Rectifiers

Fast Recovery (100 ns)

TG Series: 1 to 2 a;
400 to l,000v

TG Series:

8 a; 400 to l,000v

TG Series:

16 a; 400 to l,000v

High Voltage
Silicon Rectifiers
Fast Recovery (100 to
250 ns) or Standard

H 1700 Series: VA, VB, VG Series: 5 to VF Series: 40 to 130

3 ma; 3 kVto27 kV 200ma;l kVto20 kV ma; 5 kVto50 kV

H 1601 Series: 70 to VC Series: 1 to 2 a;

400 ma; 1 kVtol8 kV 2 kVtol2 kV

High Voltage
Rectifier Assemblies
Fast Recovery (100 to
250 ns) or Standard

i i ill i i i i 1 1 1 i i i i « i 1 1 1 i 1 1*
i 1 1 1 1 i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 ii 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ii
1 1 1 in 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 iii i ii’
i in i in ii i in ii iiiiii 1 i #

H Series: X-ray applications; H Series: Pollution control applications;

220 ma, in oil; 75 kV to 200 kV 500 ma to 1.7 a in oil; 100 kV to 360 kV

High Voltage
Multipliers

miU

ii | MH Series: Doubler, Tripler.

Quadruplet-; 2 ma; to 15 to 40 kV

For application information, specifications or a
sample device, call: (214) 271-8511 VARO
Semiconductor, Inc., Box 469013, Garland, Texas
75046-9013. TWX 910-860-5178

© 1983 Varo Semiconductor / 5292

The World’s Leading

Rectifier Company

©

VARO

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2213

Iwl I l^i I%bP ■

THYRISTORS/

HIGH POWER DIODES

THYRISTORS

A thyristor is a four-layer semiconductor
(pnpn) that can be switched from an
OFF to an ON state. This is usually done
by a voltage or current pulse to the gate
terminal. The device will then continue
to conduct so long as the principal cur-
rent of the device flows through the
thyristor's two main terminals.

In many respects a thyristor is analo-
gous to an electromechanical latching
relay. In fact, thyristors have largely re-
placed these relays in newer equipment
designs. But, misapplications and/or
failure to fully understand the parame-
ters of these and other solid state de-
vices often leads to catastrophic field
failures.

The terminology shown on this page
has been condensed from common in-
dustry data books and is intended to be
a guide for the engineer.

SCR TRIAC

MAIN

CATHODE TERM #2

di/dt: Critical rate of rise of ON state cur-
rent is the user’s maximum design limit
(Fig. 1).

dip/dt: Rate of decay of ON state current
(Fig. 1 & 2).

dv/dt (critical): Rate of rise of OFF state
voltage. Lowest voltage rate of rise to
cause a thyristor to turn ON.

dv/dt (reapplied) : Rate of rise of
reapplied OFF state voltage.

Ifsm: Nonrepetitive ON state surge cur-
rent in diodes. Maximum peak value of
Vz cycles (60 Hz) a diode can withstand
up to 100 times in its lifetime.

Itsm: Nonrepetitive ON state surge cur-
rent in thyristors. Maximum peak value
of 60 Hz cycles a thyristor can with-
stand up to 100 times in its lifetime.

Idrm/Irrm: Maximum peak forward /
reverse leakage current at specified
temperature and repetitive conditions.

Igdm: Continuous gate current not to
trigger. Highest dc gate current that will
not cause thyristor to switch from OFF
to ON at a specific temperature.

Fig. 1. Concurrent voltage

Fig. 2. Recovery current

waveform

l GT : Continuous gate trigger current. Ab-
solute minimum gate current required
to switch thyristor from OFF to ON.

I H : Holding Current. Minimum current
required to hold thyristor ON.

I L : Latching current. Minimum current
required to hold thyristor ON after re-
moval of gate drive.

I(rec) » Recovery current. Peak value of
reverse current during recovery or turn
OFF (Fig. 1 & 2).

I 0S : Overshoot current. See Wo-

l 2 t: Maximum ON state, short time
thermal capacity of the silicon element
for operations less than Vz cycle of 180°
conduction angle.

I T {av)5 Average ON state current (max.)

Q rr : Reverse recovered charge (Fig. 1).

Rejc: Junction-to-case thermal resis-
tance in degrees C per watt.

Tc(max>: Max. allowable case tempera-
ture.

Tj(max)! Maximum allowable junction
temp.

t d : Delay time. Interval between a
specified point at beginning of gate
pulse and the instant at which the prin-

cipal voltage drops to a specified value.
(OFF-ON) (Fig. 3)

to n : Turn-on time. The sum of delay time
and rise time. (OFF-ON) (Fig. 3)

t*,: Turn-off time. Time between princi-
pal current reaching zero and the in-
stant thyristor can block forward volt-
age without turning ON. (Fig. 1)

t r : Rise time. Time between principal
voltage dropping from one value to a
second lower value when thyristor turns
from OFF to ON. (Fig. 3)

t rr : Reverse recovery time. (Fig. 2)

V D rm/Vrr M : Maximum repetitive peak
OFF state/ reverse voltage excluding
non-repetitive transients.

Vdsm/Vrsm: Maximum nonrepetitive peak
OFF state/ reverse voltage .

Vfm/Vjm: Maximum forward voltage drop
at a specific forward current and case
temp.

Vgdm: Gate nontrigger voltage. Highest
dc voltage that will not cause thyristor
to switch from OFF to ON.

Vlatch: Latching voltage. Voltage re-
quired for thyristor to latch ON at a
given gate current and junction temp.

Vjm(dyn): Dynamic ON state voltage.
Transient ON state voltage of thyristor
when triggered into conduction for a
given load and time.

DISCRETE SEMICONDUCTORS

HIGH VOLTAGE DISCRETES
1.5 KV to 10 KV

• 25 MA to 100 NS Recovery Time
(Body Size .090" x .200")

• 100 MA - 250 MA to 100 NS Recovery Time
(Body Size ,125"x.250")

• 500 MA - 2 AMP to 100 NS Recovery Time
(Body Size .200" x .250")

*1 *|

Stacked High Voltage Discretes repotted to
provide the PIV needed. Size made depend
ing on operating in air or oil media.

(•lWllfllR

‘•^1

*

AC AC AC

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2215

5100

SWITCHES

5100

For Switches . . .Who Else But

t HTim

Who else but the industry’s leader in proven-quality standard size
and miniaturized “option loaded” pushbutton, slide, lever switches ,
lighted & unlighted; single & multiple-station.

Instrument Quality
Slide Switches

A broad line of standard size and miniatur-
ized switches with features like “snap-
slide” lifting, “double-wipe” slide switch-
ing action for clean, effective contact over
many years.

Long Life Single/Multiple-Station Pushbutton Switches

Switchcraft offers a broad line of
single-station pushbutton switches
with large selection of circuits, ter-
minal styles, colors, functions .
Shown above is the Box Switch,
Series BXR offering terminal
versatility, broad switching capa-
bilities in minimum space.

The Company pioneered econom-
ical, commerci ally-feasible multi-
ple-station switches; Multi-Switch®
switches, with up to 18 stations.

New P70000 Series lighted/unlighted miniature
key switches offer designers variety of features;
short stroke switching action; long life; audible
“click” positive tactile feel for operation
awareness.

Series 98000 IBS miniaturized pushbutton
switches have special versatility, low cost, low
contact resistance (tested to 20 milliohms). IBS
Multi-Switch key switches offer 10, 15, 20 mm
centers; 1-12 stations; interlock, non-lock, push-
lock/push-release.

New Series 62000 miniaturized right
angle slide switches, 2C (DPDT) locking
action, have knob actuator on the side -
offering especially low profile, PC board
space savings.

New space-saving Series C63000 mini -
ature slide switches offer 4 pole/2-
position switching for close PC mounting
on .100 x .200 inch centers.

Lever Switches - Large variety of standard size/miniature switches; lighted/unlighted;
up to 4PDT in locking or momentary actions. Ratings up to 3 A, 300 W max.; AC
non-inductive load. Lighted types have up to 8 A, 125 V AC contacts; up to 8PDT
switching. Levers can light different color for each position.

Pushbutton Switches - lighted/unlighted, standard size/miniature. Offer tactile push-
button action; legends; ultra-compact, space savings capabilities; dry circuit to high
current; multiple-pole contacts; momentary/locking actions; color buttons; single-hole
panel/chassis or pendant (cord) mount; solder/PC terminals.

Industi y’s innovator of switches, connectors,
telecomponents, audio accessories, molded
cable assemblies, keyboards.

Call 312-792-2700

5WITEHERAFT

f A R.yth.on Comp.ny j

5555 No. Elston Ave., Chicago, III. 60630

1*2216

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

SWITCHES * Indicates MIL Type

Manufacturer

a

Pushbutton

BC

Rocker

Rotary

Snap Action

*

1 ;

OJ

£

Hardware

zz

B

w

Interlocking |

>

j=

£

Keylock J

I*

E

1

Q-

ca

CO

5

u

LU

e

JO

S

ce

X

£

|

: s

s

a o

a 3 :
O.Q*

o>

C/3

1S>

55

S

£

<u

ea

£»

1

Aerospace Optics

ERUJAI

\d

*

m

■

Alcoswitch/Augat

ra

umm

IBJJU

ER>»J

BMJTl

•

•

El

D

Alps Electric

■

H|

■H

b

KRJJW

IRfefeVI

H^E

bb

•

imHH

■

m

■

■

m

HH

HH

j^B

ERI.UJ

American Research

m

...

B

•

American Switch

jgymn

am

i BJJgliM

iRWJrl

frajii

■trai

•

a

B

AMP Inc.

■i

■

B

ERJIiJ

IRJMI

B

•

•

Arcoelectric

tpaacBB

...

mm

■

bhi

B

B

•

a

B

Capitol

■pbem

■ TOM

1

o

B

•

Carlingswitch

KReepb

BRUM

•

•

•

B

Cherry

iwlV i

BMeEKl

IPpinB

IPKEktf

ERUkl

B

•

o

B

a

D

Chicago Lock

IRMli

B

•

•

Cole Instrument

IBJelkU

ifemu

bb

B

1 1 h

bh

7l

ebjqqbhhi

B

■

H 1 1

■1

H 1

IBS

B

B

EH

B33

■

IFB3M

ER^fi

IB

□

■

o

B

B

!■

nrei

B

e trail

B

D

B

Dai-ichi Shoji

nrai

EtEvffi

•

a

B

Daven/Armtec

h

IRfeMrl

•

EAO

| —

IRMi

■

B

•

•

•

•

Eaton

Zj

BPiMiM

CRkzl

rz

zz

•

•

B

■

■

EECO

!■

mm

■

no

!■

fcPW.iU

•

B

a

D

B

Electro-Mech

BBSSE 1

eeh

tra

•

a

B

EHS1

bpm;U

0

■

IH

BH

■1

■

ER»>J

1 VERM

\^m

gram

•

•

Fifth Dimension 1*2284

i

zz

•

•

Gordos

ERIJ:I:1

linaMl

B

r

D

m

Grayhill

t ferny

!■

ERkW

IEEE1

ERtoflU

inSEBEB

EfewiKM

B

BRkliH

n

•

a

D

IB

EBEHMMHM

■

b

B

•

•

B

■

■

■

[ESS

r

■

■

bb

■

^BH

■H

[EH

•

a

B

a

Inter-Market

.

Etrai

•

Int’l Resource Services

b

BH

H 1 1

^hh

SRM1

IMilll

zz

Interswitch

b

B

HB

■

hbmm

■

•

ITT Jennings 1*2321

B

Ah

HSU

b

B

SB

B

IH

B

•

•

ITT Schadow

,

.

zz

i

ERMfl

B

ID

□

■

•

•

Janco Corp.

Iipkrkm

BPUtMSM

mm

B

\^m

B

•

•

a

IB

a

D

IB

Landis & Gyr.

■

B

B

■

B

i ■

•

•

Ledex

id •mm

zz

•

•

•

Micro Switch/Honeywell

{ESI

IPiKKia

■feJckfcd

EREh'i

b

IfejcKfl

B

.....

zz

'knackEM

■

IKBJcfcll

B

ID

in

■

•

•

•

Oak Switch Systems

\mm

[ESI

■

■

\^m

\wm

ID

■

■

•

IB

a

D

IB

B

B

zz

■

■

•

•

L

r

| Omron

i

zz

B

B

liMcKErf

B

•

•

r

r

•

B

■

I'RMftJ

B

H

■

■

IH

•

a

IB

IB

iyflim

■

ZZ

i

liMCEM

mm

1*2388

a

IB

ID

IB

■

H

H 1

B

B

!■

1*2390

i

r

r

r

ES^OSHHH

B

HB

■

I^Rbll

zz

•

ID

in

B

r

Secor

Irani

imm

■

ZZ

i

HRkl&l

•

•

in

IB

Shallco

1

grain

B

rz

rz

•

Sorenson

!■

mm

IH

m

■

•

Switchcraft

1*2216,

1*2398

1*2398

1*2216,

1*2398

1*2398

1*2216,

1*2398

ItipacBiil

r

0

•

Tapeswitch 1*2401

bh§

H H

■

!■

B

B

B

iH

B

mm

IH

•

Tech Labs

i

iPEHKl

ifeiitkp

■

rz

[EH

llbankM

IH

ID

■

!■

Unimax

ktyztm

■PEW

■PEReJ

IEEE9

[EH

Brain

IH

D

ID

■

!

r

r

IB

ID

in

IBI

Veetronix

[ESI

h

zz

rr

rz

■

ID

D

■

t

IB

a

IB

r

□

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2217

5100

SWITCHES

5100

TT & TSS PC
MOUNTABLES

TSD21AAG-PC TSS21NG-PC TSS21NG-RA

SERIES TT AND TTE 3A SUBMINIATURE TOGGLE
SWITCHES WITH LUG TERMINALS
Series TT and TTE subminiature toggle switches with silver con-
tacts; rated 3 A @ 125 VAC or 28 VDC; gold flashed solder lug
terminals. Choice of K-40 or 10-48 threaded bushings. These tiny
instrument grade toggle switches can be mounted only %" apart
on panel. Uniform 0.1" spacing between all terminals and mount-
ing studs permits mounting on standard "perf” boards. TTE
models have watertight bushings and panel seals.

Net Each

, Lots of

Alcoswltch

Con-

26-

50-

100-

No.

tacts

Description

1-24

49

99

249

TT13A-2T

SPST

On-none-off

$2.20

$1.87

$1.76

$1.65

TT13D-2T

SPDT

On-none-on

2.05

1.74

1.64

1.54

TT13E-2T

SPDT

On-off-on

2.55

2.17

2.04

1.91

TT23K-2T

DPST

On-none-off

3.25

2.76

2.60

2.44

TT23N-2T

DPDT

On-none-on

2.95

2.51

2.36

2.21

TT23P-2T

DPDT

On-off-on

3.50

2.98

2.80

2.63

TT13A-3T§

SPST

On-none-off

2.20

1.87

1.76

1.65

TT13D-3T§

SPDT

On-none-on

2.05

1.74

1.64

1.54

TT13E-3T§

SPDT

On-off-on

2.55

2.17

2.04

1.91

TT23K-3T§

DPST

On-none-off

3.25

2.76

2.60

2.44

TT23N-3T§

DPDT

On-none-on

2.95

2.51

2.36

2.21

TT23P-3T§

DPDT

On-off-on

3.50

2.98

2.80

2.63

TT23PA-3T

DPDT

On-on-on

3.70

3.15

2.96

2.78

TT13A-4T

SPST

On-none-off

2.45

2.08

1.96

1.84

TT13D-4T

SPDT

On-none-on

2.30

1.96

1.84

1.73

TT13E-4T

SPDT

On-off-on

2.80

2.38

2.24

2.10

TT23K-4T

DPST

On-none-off

3.50

2.98

2.80

2.63

TT23N-4T

DPDT

On-none-on

3.20

2.72

2.56

2.40

TT23P-4T

DPDT

On-off-on

3.75

3.19

3.00

2.81

TT23PA-4T

DPDT

On-on-on

3.95

3.36

3.16

2.96

TT13A-4TV4 1

SPST

On-none-off

2.60

2.21

2.08

1.95

TT13D-4T!4t

SPDT

On-none-on

2.45

2.08

1.96

1.84

TT13E-4T!4t

SPDT

On-off-on

2.95

2.51

2.36

2.21

TT23K-4T!4t

DPST

On-none-off

3.65

3.10

2.92

2.74

TT23N-4T!4f

DPDT

On-none-on

3.35

2.85

2.68

2.51

TT23P-4T*/4t

DPDT

On-off-on

3.90

3.32

3.12

2.93

TT13A-6T

SPST

On-none-off

2.50

2.13

2.00

1.88

TT13D-6T

SPDT

On-none-on

2.35

2.00

1.88

1.76

TT13E-8T

SPDT

On-off-on

2.85

2.42

2.28

2.14

TT23K-6T

DPST

On-none-off

3.55

3.02

2.84

2.66

TT23N-6T

DPDT

On-none-on

3.25

2.76

2.60

2.44

TT23P-6T

DPDT

On-off-on

3.80

3.23

3.04

2.85

TT23PA-6T

DPDT

On-on-on

4.00

3.40

3.20

3.00

SPST

On-none-off

2.55

2.17

2.04

1.91

SPDT

On-none-on

2.40

2.04

1.92

1.80

TT13E-6TVif

SPDT

On-off-on

2.90

2.47

2.32

2.18

TT23K-6T14 +

DPST

On-none-off

3.60

3.06

2.88

2.70

DPDT

On-none-on

3.30

2.81

2.64

2.48

P.'

DPDT

On-off-on

3.85

3.27

3.08

2.89

DPDT

On-on-on

4.05

3.44

3.24

3.04

TTE13D-9TV4 1

SPDT

On-none-on

2.95

2.51

E3Q

i EEJ

TTE13E-9T14 1

SPDT

On-off-on

3.45

2.93

MWl\

Imj

TTE23N-9T!4t

DPDT

On-none-on

3.85

3.27

3.08

2.89

TTE23P-9TVi t

DPDT

On-off-on

4.40

3.74

3.52

3.30

SPST

On-none-off

2.35

Will

1.88

1.76

SPDT

On-none-on

2.20

E-

1.76

1.65

SPDT

2.70

E

2.16

2.03

TT23K-9T^t

DPST

On-none-off

3.40

2.89

2.72

2.55

TT23N-9TKt

DPDT

On-none-on

3.10

2.64

2.48

2.33

TT23P-9T H t

DPDT

On-off-on

3.65

pirn

2.92

2.74

TT23PA-9T14 1

DPDT

On-on-on

3.85

3.08

2.89

tK-40 threaded bushing. §10-48 threaded bushing.

SERIES TSS SUBMINIATURE SLIDE SWITCHES
WITH PC OR RIGHT ANGLE PC TERMINALS

Instrument grade subminiature slide switches; gold plated ter-
minals, spaced for 0.1" PC grids. Choice of 0.11" extended or
flush actuators. -PC types have straight PC terminals; -RA
types, right-angle PC terminals. 1 or 2 actuators optional on
double pole versions.

Net Each. Lots of

Alcoswltch

Con-

EM

100-

No.

tacts

Description

1-24

El

El

249

TSS11AG-PC

SPST

On-none-off

2.55

$2.17

$2.04

$1.91

TSS11DG-PC

SPDT

On-none-on

2.35

2.00

1.88

1.76

TSS11EG-PC

SPDT

On-off-on

2.75

2.34

2.20

2.06

TSS21KG-PC

DPST

On-none-off

3.75

3.19

3.00

2.81

TSS21NG-PC

DPDT

On-none-on

3.35

2.85

2.68

2.51

TSS21PG-PC

DPDT

On-off-on

3.95

3.36

3.16

2.96

TSS21PAG-PC

DPDT

On-on-on

4.35

3.70

3.48

3.26

TSS11AG-1-PC

SPST

On-none-off

2.55

2.17

2.04

1.91

TSS11DG-1-PC

SPDT

On-none-on

2.35

2.00

1.88

1.76

TSS11EG-1-PC

SPDT

On-off-on

2.75

2.34

2.20

2.06

TSS21KG-1-PC

DPST

On-none-off

3.75

3.19

3.00

2.81

TSS21NG-1-PC

DPDT

On-none-on

3.35

2.85

2.68

2.51

TSS21PG-1-PC

DPDT

On-off-on

3.95

3.36

3.16

2.96

TSS21PAG-1-PC

DPDT

On-on-on

4.35

3.70

3.48

3.26

TSD21AAG-PC

2XSPST

On-none-off

3.95

3.36

3.16

2.96

TSD21DDG-PC

2XSPDT

On-none-on

3.55

3.02

2.84

2.66

TSD21EEG-PC

2XSPDT

On-off-on

4.35

3.70

3.48

3.26

TSD21AAG-1-PC

2XSPST

On-none-off

3J95~1

3.36

3.16

2.96

TSD21DDG-1-PC

2XSPDT

On-none-on

3.55

3.02

2.84

2.66

TSD21EEG-1-PC

2XSPDT

On-off-on

4.35

3.70

3.48

3.26

TSS11DG-RA

SPDT

On-none-on

2.60

2.21

2.08

1.95

TSS11EG-RA

SPDT

On-off-on

3.00

2.55

2.40

2.25

TSS21NG-RA

DPDT

On-none-on

4.05

3.44

3.24

3.04

TSS21PG-RA

DPDT

On-off-on

4.65

3.95

3.72

3.49

TSS21PAG-RA

DPDT

On-on-on

5.05

4.29

4.04

3.79

TSS11DG-1-RA

SPDT

On-none-on

2.60

2.21

2.08

1.95

TSS11EG-1-RA

SPDT

On-off-on

3.00

2.55

2.40

2.25

TSS21NG-1-RA

DPDT

On-none-on

4.05

3.44

3.24

3.04

TSS21PG-1-RA

DPDT

On-off-on

4.65

3.95

3.72

3.49

TSS21PAG-1-RA

DPDT

On-on-on

5.05

4.29

4.04

3.79

TSD21DDG-RA

2XSPDT

On-none-on

4.25

3.61

3.40

3.19

TSD21EEG-RA

2XSPDT

On-off-on

5.05

4.29

4.04

3.79

TSD21DDG-1-RA

2XSPDT

On-none-on

4.25

3.61

3.40

3.19

TSD21EEG-1-RA

2XSPDT

On-off-on

5.05

4.29

4.04

3.79

SERIES TT SUBMINIATURE TOGGLE SWITCHES
WITH PC AND RIGHT ANGLE PC TERMINALS

"World’s Smallest" PC mounted toggle switches; gold plated
contacts. Terminals spaced for 0.1" PC grids. Available with short
0.210" long toggle and unthreaded 0.186" bushing or 0.413" long
toggle and V* -40 threaded bushing. -PC types have upright PC
terminals; -RA types, right-angle PC terminals; -WW types,
0.590" extended PC terminals.

TT11AG-PC-1

TT11DG-PC-1

TT11EG-PC-1

TT21KG-PC-1

TT21NG-PC-1

TT21PG-PC-1

TT21PAG-PC-1

SPST

SPDT

SPDT

DPST

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

On-none-off

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-off

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-on-on

$2.10

1.95

2.45

3.15

2.85

3.40

3.60

$1.79

1.66

2.08

2.68

2.42

2.89

3.06

$1.68

1.56

1.96

2.52

2.28

2.72

2.88

$1.58

1.46

1.84

2.36

2.14

2.55

2.70

TTllAG-PC-9T&t
TT11DG-PC-9TJ4 f
TTllEG-PC-9T'/ 4 t
TT21 KG-PC-9T >4 1

TT21NG-PC-9TJ4 1

TT21PG-PC-9T /a f
TT21PAG-PC-9T14

SPST

SPDT

SPDT

DPST

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

On-none-off

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-off

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-on-on

2.35

2.20

2.70

3.40

3.10

3.65

3.85

2.00

1.87

2.30

2.89

2.64

3.10

3.27

1.88

1.76

2.16

2.72

2.48

2.92

3.08

1.76

1.65

2.03

2.55

2.33

2.74

2.89

TT11DG-WW-2T§
TT11EG- W W-2T§
TT21NG-WW-2T§
TT21PG-WW-2T§

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-on

On-off-on

2.40

2.90

3.65

4.20

2.04

2.47

3.10

3.57

1.92
2.32

2.92
3.36

1.80

2.18

2.74

3.15

TTUDG-RA-1*

TT11EG-RA-1*

TT21NG-RA-1*

TT21PG-RA-1*

TT21PAG-RA-1

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-on-on

2.25

2.75

3.60

4.15

4.35

1.91

2.34

3.06

3.53

3.70

1.80

2.20

2.88

3.32

3.48

1.69
2.06

2.70
3.11
3.26

gp&M

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-on-on

2.50

3.00

3.85

4.40

4.60

2.13

2.55

3.27

3.74

3.91

2.00

2.40

3.08

3.52

3.68

1.88

2.25

2.89

3.30

3.45

TT11DG-VRA-1*

TT11EG-VRA-1*

TT21NG-VRA-1*

TT21PG-VRA-1*

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-on

On-off-on

2.40

2.90

3.75

4.30

2.04

2.47

3.19

3.66

1.92

2.32

3.00

3.44

1.80

2.18

2.81

3.23

TT11AG-PC-9T!4-ES
TTllDG-PC-9T»/4-ES
TT11EG-PC-9T Vi-ES
TT21KG-PC-9T%-ES
TT21NG-PC-9T14-ES
TT21PG-PC-9TVi-ES
TT21 P AG-PC-9T !4-ES

On-none-off

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-off

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-on-on

2.95

2.80

3.30

4.10

3.80

4.35

4.55

2.51

2.38

2.81

3.49

3.23

3.70

3.87

2.36

2.24

2.64
3.28
3.04
3.48

3.64

2.21

2.10

2.48

3.08

2.85

3.26

3.41

*.186 dia. unthreaded bushing. tM~40 threaded bushing. §10-48
threaded bushing.

1*2218

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

n 'HLOSIMTCH*

1551 Osgood Street, North Andover, MASS 01845 (617) 685-4371

SUBMINIATURE
TOGGLE SWITCHES

Quality and Innovation

MTA

MTG

SERIES

MINIATURE BAT HANDLE TOGGLES

Terminals accept two *20 A^'G wires.

Alcoswltch

No.

Con-

tacts

Application

1 Net Each. Lots off

1-24

26-

49

50-

99

100-

249

MTA-106D

SPDTX

On-none-on

$2.25

$1.91

$1.80

$1.69

MTA-106E

SPDT

On-olT-on

2.75

2.34

2.20

2.06

MTA-106F

SPDT

On-none-onf

2.85

2.42

2.28

2.14

MTA-106G

SPDT

Onf-off-onf

2.95

2.51

2.36

2.21

MTA-106H

SPDT

On-off-on t

2.95

2.51

2.36

2.21

I¥1TA-206N

DPDT

On-none-on

3.10

2.64

2.48

2.33

IHTA-206P

DPDT

On-off-on

3.65

3.10

2.92

2.74

MTA-206R

DPDT

On-none-onf

3.75

3.19

3.00

2.81

MTA-206S

DPDT

Onf-off-onf

3.85

3.27

3.08

2.89

MTA-206T

DPDT

On-off-on f

3.85

3.27

3.08

2.89

MTA-206PA

DPDT

On-on-on

4.45

3.78

3.56

3.34

MTA-206SA

DPDT

Ont-on-onf

4.65

3.95

3.72

3.49

MTA-206TA

DPDT

On-on-onf

4.65

3.95

3.72

3.49

MTA-306D

3PDT

On-none-on

5.35

4.55

4.28

4.01

MTA-306E

3PDT

On-off-on

5.85

4.97

4.68

4.39

MTA-306F

3PDT

On-none-onf

5.95

5.06

4.76

4.46

MTA-306H

3PDT

On-off-onf

6.05

5.14

4.84

4.54

MTA-406N

4PDT

On-none-on

6.95

5.91

5.56

5.21

MTA-406P

4PDT

On-off-on

7.45

6.33

5.96

5.59

MTA-406PA

4PDT

On-on-on

8.85

7.52

7.08

6.64

;RE£M

SERIES

MINIATURE WATERPROOF TOGGLES

Bat handle, "O" ring seals Inside bushing and
at panel. Solder lug terminals.

Net Eact

p. Lots off

Alcoswltch

Con-

26-

50-

100-

No.

tacts

Application

1-24

49

99

249

MTE-106D

SPDT

On-none-on

$2.85

$2.42

$2.28

$2.14

MTE-106E

SPDT

On-off-on

3.35

2.85

2.68

2.51

MTE-106F

SPDT

On-none-onf

3.45

2.93

2.76

2.59

MTE-106G

SPDT

Onf-off-onf

3.55

3.02

2.84

2.66

MTE-106H

SPDT

On-off-onf

3.55

3.02

2.84

2.66

MTE-206N

DPDT

On-none-on

3.70

3.15

2.96

2.78

MTE-206P

DPDT

On-off-on

4.25

3.61

3.40

3.19

MTE-206PA

DPDTf

On-on-on

5.05

4.29

4.04

3.79

MTE-206R

DPDT

On-none-onf

4.35

3.70

3.48

3.26

MTE-206S

DPDT

Onf-off-onf

4.45

3.78

3.56

3.34

MTE-206T

DPDT

On-off-onf

4.45

3.78

3.56

3.34

MTE-306D

3PDT

On-none-on

5.95

5.06

4.76

4.46

MTE-306E

3PDT

On-off-on

6.45

5.48

5.16

4.84

MTE-406N

4PDT

On-none-on

7.55

6.42

6.04

5.66

MTE-406P

4PDT

On-off-on

8.05

6.84

6.44

6.04

;R£EN

9 SERIES

MINIATURE FLAT HANDLE TOGGLES

Flat lever type has matte chrome finish. Solder
lug terminals.

MTF-106D

SPDT

On-none-on

$3.00

$2.55

$2.40

$2.25

MTF-106E

SPDT

On-off-on

3.50

2.98

2.80

2.63

MTF-106F

SPDT

On-none-onf

3.60

3.06

2.88

2.70

MTF-106G

SPDT

Onf-orr-onf

3.70

3.15

2.96

2.78

MTF-106H

SPDT

On-off-onf

3.70

3.15

2.96

2.78

MTF-206N

DPDT

On-none-on

3.85

3.27

3.08

2.89

MTF-206P

DPDT

On-off-on

4.40

3.74

3.52

3.30

MTF-206R

DPDT

On-none-onf

4.50

3.83

3.60

3.38

MTF-206S

DPDT

Onf-off-onf

4.60

3.91

3.68

3.45

MTF-206T

DPDT

On-off-onf

4.60

3.91

3.68

3.45

MTF-206PA

DPDT

On-on-on

5.20

4.42

4.16

3.90

MTF-206SA

DPDT

Onf-on-onf

5.40

4.59

4.32

4.05

MTF-306D

3PDT

On-none-on

6.10

5.19

4.88

4.58

MTF-406N

4PDT

On-none-on

7.70

6.55

6.16

5.78

f Indicates momentary position.

O REEN MINIATURE

SERIES TOGGLE SWITCHES

All ALCO Green Series miniature switches
have molded-ln terminals which prevent solder, flux and other
contaminants from entering the contact area. All contacts are fine
silver. Contacts and terminals have gold finish to inhibit oxida-
tion, prolong shelf life, and facilitate soldering. Green diallyl
phthalate case withstands high temperatures. All toggle types are
U.L. listed and have anti-push-ln lever captivation to prevent
accidental damage. All types have !4"-40 high torque bushings,
except MTG series; MTG types have 1 ^2 // -32 bushings. Rated
6 amps at 125 VAC, 3 amps at 250 VAC.

;R££N

SERIES

MUSTANG TOGGLES

W bushing, solder lug terminals.

N<

ft Eacl

i, Lots off

Alcoswltch

Con-

26-

50-

100-

No.

tacts

Application

1-24

49

99

249

MTG-106D

SPDT

On-none-on

$3.25

$2.76

$2.60

$2.44

MTG-106E

SPDT

On-off-on

3.75

3.19

3.00

2.81

MTG-106F

SPDT

On-none-on t

3.85

3.27

3.08

2.89

MTG-106G

SPDT

Ont-off-onf

3.95

3.36

3.16

2.96

MTG-106H

SPDT

On-off-ont

3.95

3.36

3.16

2.96

MTG-206N

DPDT

On-none-on

4.10

3.49

3.28

3.08

MTG-206P

DPDT

On-off-on

4.65

3.95

3.72

3.49

MTG-206R

DPDT

On-none-onf

4.75

4.04

3.80

3.56

MTG-206S

DPDT

Onf-off-onf

4.85

4.12

3.88

3.64

MTG-206PA

DPDTt

On-on-on

5.45

4.63

4.36

4.09

MTG-206N-PC

DPDT

On-none-on

4.20

3.57

3.36

3.15

MTG-306D

3PDT

On-none-on

6.35

5.40

5.08

4.76

MTG-306E

3PDT

On-off-on

6.85

5.82

5.48

5.14

MTG-406N

4PDT

On-none-on

7.95

6.76

6.36

5.96

MTG-406P

4PDT

On-off-on

8.45

7.18

6.76

6.34

:R££N

SERIES

MINIATURE LOCKING TOGGLES

Lever lock toggle must be pulled out to operate.
Solder lug terminals.

MTL-106D

SPDT

On-none-on

$3.90

$3.32

$3.12

$2.93

MTL-106E

SPDT

On-off-ont

4.40

3.74

3.52

3.30

MTL-206N

DPDT

On-none-on

4.75

4.04

3.80

3.56

MTL-206P

DPDT

On-off-on

5.30

4.51

4.24

3.98

MTL-206PA

DPDT*

On-on-on

6.10

5.19

4.88

4.58

MTL-206S

DPDT

Onf-off-onf

5.50

4.68

4.40

4.13

MTL-306D

3PDT

On-none-on

7.00

5.95

5.60

5.25

MTL-406N

4PDT

On-none-on

8.60

7.31

6.88

6.45

MTL-406PA

4P3T

On-on-on

10.50

8.93

8.40

7.88

t Momentary positions. fUsable as SP3T; wiring on request.

G REEN miniature baton lever TOGGLES

cediec Stylish 0.6" long baton having black plastic tip.
M Solder lug terminals.

MTB-106D

SPDT

On-none-on

$2.40

$2.04

$1.92

$1.80

MTB-106E

SPDT

On-off-on

2.90

2.47

2.32

2.18

MTB-106F

SPDT

On-none-onf

3.00

2.55

2.40

2.25

MTB-106G

SPDT

Onf-off-onf

3.10

2.64

2.48

2.33

MTB-206N

DPDT

On-none-on

3.25

2.76

2.60

2.44

MTB-206T

DPDT

On-off-onf

4.00

3.40

3.20

3.00

MTB-306D

3PDT

On-none-on

5.50

4.68

4.40

4.13

MTB-406N

4PDT

On-none-on

7.10

6.04

5.68

5.33

MINIATURE

TOGGLE SWITCHES WITH PC
AND WIRE WRAP TERMINALS

PC terminals are 0.250" long; WW types have 0.031" x 0.050"
x 0.740" loi

H;R££N

series

MTA-

MTA*

MTA-

MTA*

MTA*

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

MTA-

106D-PC

106E-PC

106F-PC

106G-PC

106H-PC

206N-PC

206P-PC

206R-PC

206S-PC

20GT-PC

206PA-PC

306D-PC

306E-PC

306F-PC

306H-PC

406N-PC

406P-PC

406PA-PC

106D-WW

106E-WW

206N-WW

20GP-WW

306D-WWI

406N-WW

SPDT

On-none-on

$2.30

$1.96

$1.84

SPDT

On-off-on

2.80

2.38

2.24

SPDT

On-none-onf

2.90

2.47

2.32

SPDT

Ont-off-onf

3.00

2.55

2.40

SPDT

On-off-ont

3.00

2.55

2.40

DPDT

On-none-on

3.20

2.72

2.56

DPDT

On-off-on

3.75

3.19

3.00

DPDT

On-none-onf

3.85

3.27

3.08

DPDT

Onf-off-onf

3.95

3.36

3.16

DPDT

On-off-ont

3.95

3.36

3.16

DPDT

On-on-on

4.55

3.87

3.64

3PDT

On-none-on

5.50

4.68

4.40

3PDT

On-off-on

6.00

5.10

4.80

3PDT

On-none-onf

6.10

5.19

4.88

3PDT

On-off-ont

6.20

5.27

4.96

4PDT

On-none-on

7.15

6.08

5.72

4PDT

On-off-on

7.65

6.50

6.12

4PDT

On-on-on

9.05

7.69

7.24

SPDT

On-none-on

2.55

2.17

2.04

SPDT

On-off-on

3.05

2.59

2.44

DPDT

On-none-on

3.70

3.15

2.96

DPDT

On-off-on

4.25

3.61

3.40

3PDT

On-none-on

6.25

5.31

5.00

4PDT

On-none-on

8.15

6.93

6.52

$1.73

2.10

2.18

2.25

2.25

2.40
2.81
2.89
2.96
2.96

3.41
4.13
4.50
4.58
4.65
5.36
5.74
6.79
1.91
2.29
2.78
3.19
4.69
6.11

♦With white cap. fMomentary positions. fUsable as SP3T; wiring
on request. § Rocker* XUL Listed E46765.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2219

5100

SWITCHES

5100

n 'HLC05WnTH* SU.MIN.ATU. E TOOgi

1551 Osgood Street, North Andover, MASS 01845 (617) 685-4371 « ROCKER SWITCHES

Qualify and Innovation

MTM-RA-SPDT

RCEH miniature short lever toggle

I SERIES 0.27" long toggle. PC terminals and J^-40
threaded bushing.

Alcoswltch

No.

Con-

tacts

Application

Net Each, Lots of

1-24

26-

49

50-

99

100-

249

MTM-106D-PC

MTM-106E-PC

MTM-206N-PC

MTM-206P-PC

MTIVI-206PA-PC

MTM-306D-PC

MTM-406N-PC

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDTt

3PDT

4PDT

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-on-on

On-none-on

On-none-on

$2.30

2.80

3.20

3.75

4.55

5.50

7.15

$1.96

2.38

2.72

3.19

3.87

4.68

6.08

$1.84

2.24

2.56

3.00

3.64

4.40

5.72

$1.73

2.10

2.40
2.81

3.41
4.13
5.36

MINIATURE ROCKER AND
PADDLE WITH SNAP-IN MOUNTING

Designed to snap into a rectangular panel cutout. No mounting
hardware is required. Mod-styled levers are accentuated by use
of attractive mating bezels. Choice of colors available. Features
same as MST Series.

f Momentary positions. tUsable as SP3T; wiring on request.

G REEN miniature right-angle switches

SERIES WITH PC TERMINALS

MTM-RA types have 0.27" long toggle and unthreaded bushing.
MTA-RA and MTA-VRA types have 0.41" long toggle and K-40
threaded bushing. All three types have right-angle PC terminals.

Alcoswltch

No.

Con-

tacts

Application

Net Each, Lots <

»f

1-24

26-

49

50-

99

100-

249

MDS-106D

MDS-106E

MDS-106F

MDS-206N

MDS-206P

MDS-206R

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-onf

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-on+

$2.80

3.30
3.40
3.65
4.20

4.30

$2.38

2.81

2.89

3.10

3.57

3.66

$2.24

2.64

2.72

2.92

3.36

3.44

$2.10

2.48

2.55

2.74

3.15

3.23

♦Specify color: (0) — Black;
tMomentary position.

(2)— Red; (8)— Gray; (9)— White.

CST SERIES TOGGLE SWITCHES

Low-cost baton lever toggles. DPDT, 3 mA at 125 VAC.

Net Each, Lots

of

Alcoswitch

Con-

26-

50-

100-

No.

tacts

Application

1-24

49

99

249

MTM-106D-RA

SPDT

On-none-on

$2.85

*2.42

$2.28

$2.14

MTM-106E-RA

SPDT

On-off-on

3.35

2.85

2.68

2.51

MTM-106F-RA

SPDT

On-none-ont

3.45

2.93

2.76

2.59

MTM-206N-RA

DPDT

On-none-on

4.25

3.61

3.40

3.19

MTM-206P-RA

DPDT

On-off-on

4.80

4.08

3.84

3.60

MTM-206R-RA

DPDT

On-none-ont

4.90

4.17

3.92

3.68

MTM-106D-VRA

SPDT

On-none-on

2.85

2.42

2.28

2.14

MTM-106E-VRA

SPDT

On-off-on

3.35

2.85

2.68

2.51

MTIVI-106F-VRA

SPDT

On-none-ont

3.45

2.93

2.76

2.59

MTM-206N-VRA

DPDT

On-none-on

4.25

3.61

3.40

3.19

MTIVI-206P-VRA

DPDT

On-off-on

4.80

4.08

3.84

3.60

MTM-206R-VRA

DPDT

On-none-ont

4.90

4.17

3.92

3.68

MTA-106D-RA

SPDT

On-none-on

2.80

2.38

2.24

2.10

MTA-106E-RA

SPDT

On-off-on

3.30

2.81

2.64

2.48

MTA-106F-RA

SPDT

On-none-onf

3.40

2.89

2.72

2.55

MTA-206N-RA

DPDT

On-none-on

4.20

3.57

3.36

3.15

MTA-206P-RA

DPDT

On-off-on

4.75

4.04

3.80

3.56

MTA-206R-RA

DPDT

On-none-ont

4.85

4.12

3.88

3.64

MTA-106D-VRA

SPDT

On-none-on

2.80

2.38

2.24

2.10

MTA-106E-VRA

SPDT

On-off-on

3.30

2.81

2.64

2.48

MTA-106F-VRA

SPDT

On-none-ont

3.40

2.89

2.72

2.55

MTA-206N-VRA

DPDT

On-none-on

4.20

3.57

3.36

3.15

MTA-206P-VRA

DPDT

On-off-on

4.75

4.04

3.80

3.56

MTA-206R-VRA

DPDT

On-none-ont

4.85

4.12

3.88

3.64

Alcoswltch

No.

Description

Net Each, Lots of

1-24

26-49

50-99

100-249

CST-022

DPDT

$1.35

$1.15

$1.08

$1.01

CST-022-1

DPDT

1.35

1.15

1.08

1.01

CST-022N

DPDT

1.45

1.23

1.16

1.09

CST-022S

DPDT

1.45

1.23

1.16

1.09

CST-022RN

DPDT

1.50

1.28

1.20

1.13

CST-022RN

DPDT

1.50

1.28

1.20

1.13

CST-023

DP3T

1.50

1.28

1.20

1.13

CST-023SA

DP3T

1.60

1.36

1.28

1.20

CST-023TA

DP3T

1.60

1.36

1.28

1.20

CST-042N

4PDT

1.80

1.53

1.44

1.20

CST-042S

4PDT

1.80

1.53

1.44

1.35

CST-042RS

4PDT

1.85

1.57

1.48

1.39

CST-042RS

4PDT

1.85

1.57

1.48

1.39

CST-043N

4P3T

1.90

1.62

1.52

1.43

CST-043SA

4P3T

1.95

1.66

1.56

1.46

CST-043TA

4P3T

1.95

1.66

1.56

1.46

CST-062N

6P2T

2.20

1.87

1.76

1.65

CST-062S

6P2T

2.20

1.87

1.76

1.65

tMomentary positions. Color caps available. Specify model and
color. See Hardware.

SPLASHPROOF SEALS

Seals are made for toggle and pushbutton switching applications.
They protect against contaminants such as dirt, gas and liquids.
Flexible neoprene is black with choice of black or nickel mount.

MST MINIATURE TOGGLE SWITCHES

Slim, bat handle toggle switches for miniature applications with
limited back-of-panel clearance. Terminals and contacts are solid
silver (center terminal, copper with silver plate). Case material,
black phenolic resin; !4-40 threaded bushing. Rated 6 amps at
125 VAC. Offering high capacity for small size, SPDT and DPDT
types have life cycle of over 80,000 on-off operations; 3PDT and
4PDT, over 20,000. High voltage barriers between terminals and
contacts; 1 piece body.

Alcoswltch

No.

MST-105D

MST-105E

MST-105F

MST-105G

m

Net Each, Lots of

MST-li5D*

SPDT

riiHu

■■

El

MTTTJR®

MST-205N

DPDTX

■31 rw

ns

mm

fci

■SSI

MST-205P

MCT. 90 CPA

DPDT

DPDTf

B-1048

Black

10-48 Toggle

$1.15

rnm

SHEEJ

mrri

MST-205R

DPDT

B-210

Nickel

’4 -40 Toggle

1.30

1.20

inm

1.03

MST-205S

DPDT

B-221

Black

14-40 Toggle

1.30

1.20

i.ii

1.03

MST-205SA

DPDTt

B-1440

Black

14-40 Toggle

1.30

1.20

i.ii

1.03

MST-205T

DPDT

B-588

Nickel

1 542-32 Toggle

1.35

1.24

1.15

1.07

MST-205TA

DPDTt

B-226

Black

1 542-32 Toggle

1.35

1.24

1.15

1.07

MST-215N*

DPDT

B-1532

Black

i% 2-32 Toggle

1.45

1.33

1.23

1.15

MST-305D

3PDT

BP-1048

Black

10-48 Pushbutton

1.20

1.10

1.02

.95

MST-305E

3PDT

BP-190

Nickel

14-40 Pushbutton

1.35

1.24

1.15

1.07

MST-305F

3PDT

BP-201

Black

14-40 Pushbutton

1.35

1.24

1.15

1.07

MST-305H

3PDT

BP-1440

Black

14-40 Pushbutton

e a

1.15

1.07

MST-315D*

3PDT

BP-589

Nickel

*542-32 Pushbutton

i 3

53

1.23

1.15

MST-405N

4PDT

BP-590

Black

*542-32 Pushbutton

t 1 ^ 3

WlM

1.23

1.15

MST-405P

4PDT

BP-1532

Black

1 542-32 Pushbutton

1-45

1-33

1.15

MST-415N*

4PDT

Con-

tacts

SPDTI

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

Application

On-none-on

On-off-on

None-on-onf

Onf-off-onf

On-off-onf

On-none-on

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-on-on

None-on-onf

Onf-off-ont

Onf-on-onf

On-off-onf

On-on-onf

On-none-on

On-none-on

On-off-on

None-on-onf

On-off-onf

On-none-on

On-none-on

On-off-on

On-none-on

1-24

Npt Each, Lots of
26- I 50- I 100-
49 99 249

$2.25

2.75

2.85
2.95
2.95
2.10

3.10

3.65

4.45

3.75

3.85

4.65

3.85
4.65

2.95
5.35

5.85

5.95
6.05

5.10

6.95

7.45
6.60

$1.91

2.34
2.42
2.51
2.51
1.79
2.64
3.10
3.78
3.19
3.27
3.95
3.27
3.95
2.51
4.55
4.97
5.06
5.14

4.34
5.91
6.33
5.61

$1.80

2.20

2.28

2.36

2.36

1.68

2.48

2.92

3.56
3.00
3.08
3.72

3.08
3.72
2.36

4.28
4.68
4.76
4.84

4.08

5.56
5.96

5.28

$1.69

2.06

2.14

2.21

2.21

1.58

2.33
2.74

3.34
2.81
2.89
3.49
2.89
3.49
2.21
4.01
4.39
4.46
4.54
3.83
5.21

5.59
4.95

1*2220

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Ift)

: m>

K 1 ■■■- —

SLIDE & ROCKER

1 1551 Osgood Street,

North Andover, MASS 01845 (617) 685-4371

SWITCHES

MINIATURE PC SLIDE SWITCHES

Instrument grade miniature slide switches designed tor printed
clrcut board mounting. Primarily for use In programming, test
apparatus and other instrumentation applications. All models
available in SPDT and DPDT. Rated at 2 amps 230 VAC and
4 amps (a) 115 VAC. “G” suffix indicates gold plated terminals.

Alcoswitch

Net Each, Lots of

No.

1-J

26-

50-

100-

MSSA-

Description

24

49

99

249

104D

1 Pole, 2 Pos., upright

$1.95

$1.66

$1.56

$1.46

104D-1

1 Pole, 2 Pos., flush

1.95

1.66

1.56

1.46

104D-RA

1 Pole, 2 Pos., right ang.

2.05

1.74

1.64

1.54

101DG-WW

1 Pole, 1 Pos., wire wrap

2.30

1.96

1.84

1.73

104E

1 Pole. 2 Pos., upright

2.40

2.04

1.92

1.80

104E-1

1 Pole, 2 Pos., flush

2.40

2.04

1.92

1.80

104E-RA

1 Pole, 2 Pos., right ang.

2.50

2.13

2.00

1.88

101EG-WW

1 Pole, 2 Pos., wire wrap

2.70

2.30

2.16

2.05

204N

2 Pole, 2 Pos., upright

2.85

2.42

2.28

2.14

204N-1

2 Pole, 2 Pos., flush

2.85

2.42

2.28

2.14

204N-RA

2 Pole, 2 Pos., right ang.

3.00

2.55

2.40

2.25

201NG-WW

2 Pole, 2 Pos., wire wrap

3.55

3.02

2.84

2.66

204P

2 Pole, 2 Pos., upright

3.35

2.85

2.68

2.51

204P-1

2 Pole, 2 Pos., flush

3.35

2.85

2.68

2.51

204P-RA

2 Pole, 2 Pos., right ang.

3.50

2.98

2.80

2.63

201PG-WW

2 Pole, 2 Pos., wire wrap

4.15

3.53

3.32

3.11

<ME£H mld series

%3 SERIES ROCKER AND PADDLE SWITCHES

Miniature rocker or lever switches with 6 Amp current carrying
capacity. Mounts without hardware with clips. Case material Is
high temperature DAP. Gold flash contacts and terminals. Actu-
ators available In red, black, grey, green, blue, orange or yellow.
Please specify.

Nc

it Each, Lots of

Alcoswltch

Con-

26-

50-

100-

No.

tacts

Application

1-24

49

99

249

MLD-106D

SPDT

On-none-on

$2.80

$2.38

$2.24

$2.10

MLD-106E

SPDT

On-off-on

3.30

2.81

2.64

2.48

MLD-106F

SPDT

On-none-(on)

3.40

2.89

2.72

2.55

MLD-206N

DPDT

On-none-on

3.65

3.10

2.92

2.74

MLD-206P

DPDT

On-off-on

4.20

3.57

3.36

3.15

MLD-206R

DPDT

On-none-(on)

4.30

3.66

3.44

3.23

-70 indicates rocker type; -80 Indicates lever type.

G reen miniature

SERIES ROCKERS AND PADDLES

Net Each, Lots o f

Alcoswltch Con- 26- 50- 100-

No. tacts Application 1-24 49 99 249

MRL-106D-30/40 SPDT On-none-on $2.85 $2.42 $2.28 $2.14
MRL-106E-30/40 SPDT On-off-on 3.35 2.85 2.68 2.51

CV3 RL-106F-30/40 SPDT On-none-onf 3.45 2.93 2.76 2.59

MRL-206N-30/40 DPDT On-none-on 3.70 3.15 2.96 2.78

MRL-206P-30/40 DPDT On-off-on 4.25 3.61 3.40 3.19

MRL-206R-30/40 DPDT On-none-ont 4.35 3.70 3.48 3.26

MRL-306D-30/40 3PDT On-none-on 5.95 5.06 4.76 4.46

MRL-406N-30/40 4PDT On-none-on 7.55 6.421 6.04 5.66

-30 denotes rocker type; -40 denotes lever type.

G REEN mhl miniature rocker with

SERIES MOUNTING BRACKET

Small rocker actuator mounted on basic MT Toggle Switch body.

MHL-106D-10(*) SPDT On-none-on |$2.85 $2.42 1 $2.28 $2.14

MHL-106F-10(*) SPDT On-none-ont 3.45 2.93 2.76 2.59

MHL-206N-10(*) DPDT On-none-on 3.70 3.15 2.96 2.78

MHL-206R-10(*) DPDT On-none-ont 4.35 3.70 3.48 3.26

MHL-306D-10'*) 3PDT On-none-on 5.95 5.06 4.76 4.46

MHL-306F-10(*) 3PDT On-none-ont 6.55 5.57 5.24 4.91

M H L-406N-10C *) 4PDT On-none-on 7.55 6.42 6.04 5.66

IVIHL-406R-10(*) |4PDT On-none-ont I 8.25 7.01 6.60 6.19

tlndicates momentary position. * Specify color: 0 — Black; 2 —
Red; 5 — Green: 6 — Blue; 8 — Gray; 9 — White.

Net Each, Lots of

Alcoswitch

No.

Description

10

Min.

20-

90

100-

490

500-

990

378

Lamp: 6.3 V, .2 A

$0.55

$0.50

$0.44

$0.41

362

Lamp: 14 V, .08 A

.55

.50

.44

.41

399

Lamp: 28 V, .04 A

.53

.48

.42

.39

ROCKER AND PADDLE SWITCHES

Compact miniature rocker and paddle switches mount without
hardware. Snap-flt into cutouts In panels. Will carry loads up to
10 Amps at 125 VAC. Select from a wide assortment to suit your
application. Special legends available on quantity orders.

SINGLE-POLE ROCKER — XR1 SERIES

Net Each, Lots of

Alcoswitch

26-

50-

100-

No.

Application

1-24

49

99

499

XR110A-

On-none-off

$1.60

$1.28

$1.12

$0.85

XR110D-

On-none-on

1.60

1.28

1.12

.85

XR110E-

On-off-on

1.60

1.28

1.12

.85

XR110F-

On-none-on*

1.90

1.52

1.33

1.01

SINGLE-POLE PADDLE — XP'

SERIES

XP110A-

On-none-off

$1.60

$1.28

$1.12

$0.85

XP110D-

On-none-on

1.60

1.28

1.12

.85

XP110E-

On-off-on

1.60

1.28

1.12

.85

XP110F-

On-none-on*

1.90

1.52

1.33

1.01

DOUBLE-POLE ROCKER—XR2 SERIES

XR210K

One-none-off

$2.70

$2.16

$1.89

$1.43

XR210N

On-none-on

2.70

2.16

1.89

1.43

XR210P

On-off-on

2.70

2.16

1.89

1.43

XR210R

On-none-on*

3.30

2.31

2.64

2.31

SINGLE-POlJg LIGHTED ROCKER— XRL1 SERIES

On-none-off

| $3.20 | $2.56 I $2.24 I $1.70

SINGLE-POLE LIGHTED PADDLE— XPL1 SERIES

XPL110A- | On-none-off T $3.20 | $2.56 | $2.24 | $1.70

DOUBLE-POLE LIGHTED ROCKER— XRL2 SERIES

XRL210A-

On-none-off

$3.60

$2.88

$2.52

$1.91

XRL210D-

On-none-on

3.70

2.96

2.59

1.96

XRL210F-

On-none-on*

3.90

3.12

2.73

2.07

♦Momentary.

To Identify the switch being ordered, it Is necessary to specify
colors by adding the appropriate code number suffix shown below:
00 — Black body, Black actuator.

02 — Black body, Red actuator.

09 — Black body, White actuator.

90 — White body, Black actuator.

92 — White body, Red actuator.

For lighted models, add color code number:

04 — Black body, Amber lens

99— White body, Clear lens

004 — Black body, Black lever, Amber lens

024 — Black body, Red lever, Amber lens

094— Black body, White lever, Amber lens

909 — White body, Black lever, Clear lens

929 — White body, Red lever, Clear lens

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2221

5100

SWITCHES

5100

1551 Osgood Street, North Andover, MASS 01845 (617) 685-4371

Qualify and Innovation MAGNK

PUSHBUTTON

SWITCHES

MAGNETIC REED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

SPST momentary for data processing equipment; ceramic magnets
eliminate springs. Contacts are glass-encapsulated reeds for long
life; plunger Is keyed and non-rotating; metal case withstands
abuse. Rated 100 mA at 50 VDC; resistance, 100 mllllohms.
Contact bounce, 1 msec; plunger travel, fa". Oper. force, 2 oz.
Life, 10 million cycles.

Net Each, Lots off

MPB SERIES MINIATURE PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

MPB-103 miniature momentary pushbuttons have over-travel to
provide 3 A@ 125 VAC rating. Normally open types have snap-on
.395' dia. button; normally closed types have black button.

MINIATURE

WATERPROOF PUSHBUTTONS

‘O" rings inside bushing and at panel.

Net Each. Lots off

Alcoswltch

No.

Description I 1-24

N.C.

N.O.

MSPF SERIES MOMENTARY PUSHBUTTON

Series features large button and 15-32 body. Allows choice of
front or rear panel mounting. Unique contact design allows self-
leveling, assuring minimum contact resistance. All models have
epoxy seals on terminals. Choice of button color.

MPE-306F

MPE-406N

MPE-406R

PLASTIC BUTTONS FOR MPA AND MPE SERIES

Net Each, Lots off

♦Specify color: 0 — Black; 2 — Red; 6 — Blue; 9 — White.

tSpecify Red, Black, Green, Blue, Orange or Ivory.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Slide Switches

MINIATURE PRINTED CIRCUIT SLIDE SWITCHES SL SERIES MULTI-POSITION SLIDE SWITCH

Mount directly to PC board. Rated 300 mA, 125 VAC. Life, 15,000
cycles at rated load. Silver-plated contacts except where noted
gold (gold-plated nickel) ; movable contacts beryllium plated brass.
MSS-4300, -6200, and larger sizes, 4-40 screw holes; others tab.

Alco-
8 witch

Ne

t Each

, Loti off

No.

Con-

1-

26-

100-

500-

MSS-

tacts

Description

24

99

499

999

1200R

SPDT

Right angle

$0.90

50.63

50.54

50.47

1200RG

SPDT

Right angle, gold

1.25

.88

.75

.65

1300

SP3T

Upright

.95

.67

.57

.49

1300R

SP3T

Right angle

1.05

.74

.63j

.55

1400

SP4T

Upright

1.05

.74

.63

.55

2200

DPDT

Upright

.90

.63

.54

.47

2200G

DPDT

Upright, gold

1.40

.98

.84

.73

2220

DPDT

Upright, .197" lever

.90

.63

.54

.47

2220G

DPDT

Upright, .197" lever, golf

1.40

.98

.84

.73

2225

DPDT

Upright, .250" lever

.90

.63

.54

.47

2225G

DPDT

Upright. .250" lever, gold 1.40

.98

.84

.73

2250

DPDT

Upright, long lever

.90

.63

.54

.47

2250G

DPDT

Upright, long lever, gold

1.40

.98

.84

.73

2250R

DPDT

Right angle, long lever

.95

.67

.57

.49

2250RG

DPDT

Rt. angle, lg. lever, gold

1.45

1.02

.87

.75

4200

4PDT

Upright

1.05

.74

.63

.55

4200G

4PDT

Upright, gold

2.25

1.58

1.35

1.17

4250

4PDT

Upright, long lever

1.10

.77

.66

.57

4200R

4PDT

Right angle

1.30

.91

.78

.68

4200RG

4PDT

Right angle, gold

2.45

1.72

1.47

1.27

4300

4P3T

Upright

1.45

1.02

.87

.75

4300G

4P3T

Upright, gold

3.15

2.21

1.89

1.64

4335

4P3T

Upright. .365" lever

1.50

1.05

.90

.78

4300R

4P3T

Right angle

1.60

1.12

.96

.83

4300RG

4P3T

Right angle, gold

3.25

2.28

1.95

1.69

4350R

4P3T

Right angle, long lever

1.65

1.16

.99

.86

4350RG

4P3T

Rt. angle, lg. lever, gold

3.30

2.31

1.98

1.72

6200

6PDT

Upright

1.45

1.02

.87

.75

6200G

6PDT

Upright, gold

3.90

2.73

2.34

2.03

6300

6P3T

Upright

1.70

1.19

1.02

.88

6300G

6P3T

Upright, gold

4.95

3.47

2.97

2.57

6350

6P3T

Upright, long lever

1.75

1.23

1.05

.91

6350R

6P3T

Right angle, long lever

1.80

1.26

1.08

.94

8300

8P3T

Upright

2.35

1.65

1.41

1.22

10300

10P3T

Upright

2.55

1.79

1.53

1.33

12300

12P3T

Upright

2.95

2.07

1.77

1.53

MSSA PC SLIDE SWITCHES

Expanded line of 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole PC mountable slide switches.
Rated 300 mA at 125 VAC. Life Expectancy, 15,000 cycles at
rated load. Available in vertical and right-angle models. Switches
feature positive wiping and have “Make-Before-Break” action.
Contacts are silver or gold plated.

MSSA-

t

26-

49

50-

99

100-

249

1350

SP3T

Upright

ETWI1

SI. 04

rrwn

$0.88

1350G

SP3T

Upright, gold

iHi

Intn

1.33

1350R

SP3T

Right angle

1.40

1.12

.95

1350RG

SP3T

Right angle, gold

2.05

1.64

1.54

1.39

1450

SP4T

Upright

1.40

1.12

1.05

.95

1450G

SP4T

Upright, gold

ESU

1.54

1.39

1450R

SP4T

Right angle

1.50

1.20

1.13

1.02

1450RG

SP4T

Right angle, gold

2.15

1.72

1.61

1.46

2350

DP3T

Upright

1.50

1.20

1.13

1.02

2350G

DP3T

Upright, gold

2.80

2.24

2.10

1.90

2350R

DP3T

Right angle

1.60

1.28

1.20

1.09

2350RG

DP3T

Right angle, gold

2.90

2.32

2.18

1.97

2450

DP4T

Upright

1.65

1.32

1.24

1.12

2450G

DP4T

Upright, gold

2.95

2.36

2.21

2.01

2450R

DP4T

Right angle

1.75

1.40

1.31

1.19

2450RG

DP4T

Right angle, gold

3.05

2.44

2.29

2.07

3350

3P3T

Upright

^ W:jij

1.35

1.22

3350G

3P3T

Upright, gold

KSH

2.55

3350R

3P3T

K fyi'l

1.43

1.29

3350RG

3P3T

Bw:li

1

2.62

3450

3P4T

U prlght

1.95

1.46

1.33

3450G

3P4T

Upright, gold

3.90

3450R

3P4T

Right angle

2.05

1.64

■KtI

1.39

3450RG

3P4T

Right angle, gold

■ HU

4350

4P3T

Upright

1.95

1.56

1.33

4350G

4P3T

Upright, gold

4.55

3.64

3.41

3.09

4350R

4P3T

Right angle

2.05

1.64

1.54

1.39

4350RG

4P3T

Right angle, gold

4.65

3.72

3.49

3.16

4450

4P4T

Upright

2.15

1.72

1.61

1.46

4450G

4P4T

Upright, gold

4.75

3.80

3.56

3.23

4450R

4P4T

Right angle

m aa

1.69

1.53

4450RG

4P4T

3.88

3.64

3.30

WITH PC TERMINALS

Designed specifically for PC applications. Save space, installation
time and wiring errors. Substitute for rotary switches and other
ideal uses. Feature a ball detent for positive tactile feel. Contacts
are self-cleaning and terminals are sealed for added protection.
Internal construction is similar to the MSS Series.

Alcoiwitch

No.

Type

Net Each, Loti off

1-

24

26-

99

100-

499

500-

999

SL-220

2 Positions

$1.20

$0.84

$0.72

$0.62

SL-330

3 Position

1.30

.91

.78

.68

SL-550

5 Position

1.55

1.09

.93

.81

SL-660

6 Position

1.70

1.19

1.02

.88

SL-770

7 Positions

1.85

1.30

1.11

.96

SL-880

8 Positions

2.05

1.44

1.23

1.07

KSS-20A |

Natural Aluminum Knob

.30

.29

.2S

SS SERIES SLIDE SWITCHES

Designed for printed circuit boards. Offer operational versatility,
high density, light weight, and a broad variety of control functions.
Rated to carry 300 mA at 30 VDC. Make before break. Have
silver contacts, sealed terminals. For use in matrix applications,
adjustable voltage dividers, x-y positioning, and others.

Alcoiwltch

No.

Description

Net Each

Loti off

1-

24

26-

49

50-

99

100-

249

SS-110-13

SS-111

SS-24

Single pole, 10 + 3 pos.

Single pole, 11 positions
Double pole, 4 positions

$2.90

2.45

1.65

$2.32

1.96

1.32

$2.18

1.84

1.24

$1.97

1.67

1.12

KSS KNOBS

Alcoiwitch

No.

Deicription

Net Each

r Lots of

■ «e

HN

26-

49

50-

99

100-

499

KSS-1A

Natural, small, less hairline

$0.35

$0.33

$0.31

$0.29

KSS-1B

Black, small, less hairline

.35

.33

.31

.29

KSS-2A

Natural, large, less hairline

.35

.33

.31

.29

KSS-2B

Black, large less hairline

.35

.33

.31

.29

KSS-3A

Natural, large, double

hairline

.40

.38

.35

.34

KSS-3B

Black, large, double hairline

.40

.38

.35

.34

KSS-20

Natural Aluminum

.30

.29

.26

.25

SLS BOBBIN CONTACT MINIATURE SLIDE SWITCHES

New family of SLS Bobbin Contact switches provide Improved
tactile feel. More positive detent. Rated 250 mA at 125 VAC;
150 mA at 12 VDC. Silver plated contacts and terminals.

Net Each

, Lots of

Alcoiwitch

No.

Description

1-

99

101-

499

500-

999

L000-

2499

SLS-121-PC

SPDT, w/o tabs,

w/PC terminals

$0.65

$0.49

$0.42

$0.33

SLS-121-RA

SPDT, w/o tabs,
w/rlght angle term.

.75

.56

.49

.38

SLS-131-PC

SP3P, w/o tabs,
w/PC terminals

.90

.68

.59

.45

SLS-131-RA

SP3P, w/o tabs,
w/rlght angle term.

1.00

.75

.65

.50

SLS-141-PC

1.15

.86

.75

.58

SLS-141-RA

1.25

.94

.81

.63

SLS-151-PC

SP5P, w/o tabs,
w/PC terminals

1.40

1.05

.91

.70

SLS-151-RA

SP5P, w/o tabs,
w/right angle term.

1.50

1.13

.98

.75

SLS-121-1

SPDT, w/o tabs,
w/PC terminals

.65

.49

.42

.33

SLS-121

HHiRlHl

.49

.42

.33

u

>roxln

serlc

125

lately
s, 0.3
VAC.

SLS-120

SLS-120-1

SLS-220

SLS- 2 2 0-1
SLS-240-PC

SPDT, w/Tabs

SPDT, w/o Tabs
DPDT, w/Tabs

DPDT, w/o Tabs
DP4P, w/o Tabs,
w/PC terminals

$0.60

.60

.75

.75

1.35

(0.45

.45

.56

.56

1.01

($0.39

.39

.49

.49

.88

$0.30

.30

.38

.38

.68

1*2223

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

5100

SWITCHES

5100

1551 Osgood Street, North Andover, MASS 01845 (617) 685-4371

DIP &

KEYLOCK SWITCHES

Quality and Innovation

DIP SERIES DUAL IN-LINE MOUNTING

DIP switches provide high reliability at reasonable cost. All models
are designed for soldering onto PC boards or may be optionally
used with standard DIP sockets. Terminals and contacts are
beryllium copper with gold plated over nickel to assure dependable
service for low-energy level use. The low-proflie DLS and DLS-SD
models have molded-in terminals; all other types have epoxy
sealed bases for protection during the soldering operation. The
DLS and DLS-SD models are supplied with a protective cover
having an “actuator lock” feature that prevents accidental opera-
tion and protects the inner mechanism during cleaning cycles.
These covers are also available as an option for the DSS models.

DT-10

it- DTP-10

SAFETY KEYSWITCHES

Compact, high quality keyswitches for safety where uninten-
tional switching could be hazardous. Keys removable from any
position. Mount in Vi* hole in panels up to V A " thick. Anti-rotation
device prevents movement after mounting. Available with 6 or
10 Amp switches.

Net Each, Lott of

fMomentary position.

§Net Each, Lots of: 1-9, 11-19, 20-99, 100-499

KEYLOCK SWITCH

Roller-type mechanical action with
positive contact. Choice of 25 keys.
Rated 5 A resistive, 115 VAC; 15 A.
24 VDC. Flatted y A " diameters barrel
fits panels to y A H thick.

Description

8PST Off or On
SPST Off
SPST On

Single key for SWK-12
Rmv. key/Off Pos.

Rmv. key/Off or On Pos.
Rmv. key/On Pos.

Rmv. key/Off Pos. Mom.
Rmv. key/On Pos. Mom. I
Single key for SWK-13/-23

No tape seal required — allows extended actuators. Self-cleaning
design allows exposure to dirt and contaminants without failing.
Contact Rating: 1 amp at 24 VDC without switching, 100 mA
at 5 VDC with switching. Initial Contact Resistance: 30 mllll-
ohms, max. Operating Temperature Range: -30° C to +85° C.
Life Expectancy: 10,000 cycles.

DESIGNER SERIES KEYLOCK SWITCHES

New SKF, SKM and SKT keylocks

available with reed contacts as well

as multipole options. Appealing square

flange design plus built-in detent and

square bow keys. Available In 1.0 VA, jl

3 amp or 4 amp ratings. A wide variety VfO]

available; Information on request.

1*2224

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Rotary Switches

Qualify and Innovation

MRS SERIES MINIATURE ROTARY SWITCHES

MRS Series 30° and 36° miniature rotary switches are rated 150
ma © 115 VAC. Terminals are permanently molded into DAP
base. A choice of 1, 2, or 3 poles with adjustable stops up to
twelve positions. The MRSE is nonadjustable with an internal
O-ring shaft- to-bushing seal and also an outer seal for protection
In wet environments. The suffix "S” Indicates long shaft and the
suffix “PC” indicates printed circuit mounting. Suffix “C” indi-
cates continuous rotation. Suffix “X” indicates shorting (make-
before-break) contacts.

MRSB-U

MRS

Alcoswitch

No.

Poles

Posi-

tions

Net Each,

Lots of

1-24

26-

49

50-

99

100-

249

MRS-1-10C

1

1-10

$ 7.85

$ 6.28

$5.50

$5.02

MRS-1-10C-PC

1

1-10

8.55

6.84

5.99

5.47

MRS-1-10

1

2-10

7.85

6.28

5.50

5.02

MRS-1-10-PC

1

2-10

8.55

6.84

5.99

5.47

MRS-1-12C

1

1-12

8.95

7.16

6.27

5.73

MRS-1-12C-PC

1

1-12

9.65

7.72

6.76

6.18

MRS-1-12

1

2-12

8.95

7.16

6.27

5.73

MRS-1-12-PC

1

2-12

9.65

7.72

6.76

6.18

MRS-2-5

2

2-5

8.85

7.08

6.20

5.66

MRS-2-5-PC

2

2-5

9.55

7.64

6.69

6.11

MRS-2-6

2

2-6

9.95

7.96

6.97

6.37

MRS-2-6-PC

2

2-6

10.65

8.52

7.46

6.82

MRS-3-3

3

2-3

10.85

8.68

7.60

6.94

MRS-3-3-PC

3

2-3

11.55

9.24

8.09

7.39

MRS-3-4

3

2-4

11.95

9.56

8.37

7.65

MRS-3-4-PC

3

2-4

12.65

10.12

8.86

8.10

MRS-1-10CS

1

1-10

7.85

6.28

5.50

5.02

M RS-1-10CS-PC

1

1-10

8.55

6.84

5.99

5.47

MRS-1-10S

1

2-10

7.85

6.28

5.50

5.02

MRS-1-10S-PC

1

2-10

8.55

6.84

5.99

5.47

MRS-1-12CS

1

1-12

8.95

7.16

6.27

5.73

M RS-1-12CS-PC

1

1-12

9.65

7.72

6.76

6.18

MRS-1-12S

1

2-12

8.95

7.16

6.27

5.73

MRS-1-12S-PC

1

2-12

9.65

7.72

6.76

6.18

MRS-2- 5S

2

2-5

8.85

7.08

6.20

5.66

MRS-2-5S-PC

2

2-5

9.55

7.64

6.69

6.11

MRS-2-6S

2

2-6

9.95

7.96

6.97

6.37

MRS-2-6S-PC

2

2-6

10.65

8.52

7.46

6.82

MRS-3-3S

3

2-3

10.85

8.68

7.60

6.94

MRS-3-3S-PC

3

2-3

11.55

9.24

8.09

7.39

MRS-3-4S

3

2-4

11.95

9.56

8.37

7.65

MRS-3-4S-PC

3

2-4

12.65

10.12

8.86

8.10

MRSE-1-10

1

10*

8.65

6.92

6.06

5.54

MRSE-1-10-PC

1

10*

9.35

7.48

6.55

5.98

MRSE-1-12

1

12*

9.75

7.80

6.83

6.24

MRSE-1-12-PC

1

12*

10.45

8.36

7.32

6.69

MRSE- 2-5

2

5*

9.65

7.72

6.76

6.18

MRSE-2-5-PC

2

5*

10.35

8.28

7.25

6.62

MRSE- 2-6

2

6*

10.75

8.60

7.53

6.88

MRSE-2-6-PC

2

6*

11.45

9.16

8.02

7.33

MRSE-3-3

3

3*

11.65

9.32

8.16

7.46

MRSE-3-3-PC

3

3*

12.35

9.88

8.65

7.90

MRSE-3-4

3

4*

12.75

10.20

8.93

8.16

MRSE-3-4-PC

3

4*

13.45

10.76

9.42

8.61

♦Not adjustable

DR SERIES ENCODED ROTARY DIP SWITCHES

Rotary DIP switches have Internal sealing to allow wave solder-
ing and immersion cleaning. Screwdriver, knob, and shaft types
are available in both upright and right angle versions. Contact
Rating: 0.4 VA at 20 VDC. Initial Contact Resistance: 50 milli-
ohms max. at 2 VDC. Insulation Resistance: 1000 megohms min.
at 100 VDC. Life Expectancy: 20,000 cycles min.

Alco-

Net Each

, Lots of

switch

Circuit

26-

50-

100-

No. 1

Description

Characters

1-24

49

99

249

DRD-10

BCD

0-9

$2.45

$1.96

$1.72

$1.57

DRD-10C

BCD Comp.

0-9

2.45

1.96

1.72

1.57

DRD-16

BC

0-9 & A-F

2.75

2.20

1.93

1.76

DRD-16C

BC Comp.

0-9 & A-F

2.75

2.20

1.93

1.76

PRD-10-RA

BCD

0-9

2.95

2.36

2.07

1.89

DRD-10C-RA

BCD Comp.

0-9

2.95

2.36

2.07

1.89

DRD-16- RA

BC

0-9 & A-F

3.25

2.60

2.28

2.08

DRD-16C-RA

BC Comp.

0-9 & A-F

3.25

2.60

2.28

2.08

DRM-10

BCD

0-9

2.95

2.36

2.07

1.89

DRM-10C

BCD Comp.

0-9

2.95

2.36

2.07

1.89

DRM-16

BC

0-9 & A-F

3.25

2.60

2.28

2.08

DRM-16C

BC Comp.

0-9 & A-F

3.25

2.60

2.28

2.08

DRM-10-RA

BCD

0-9

3.45

2.76

2.42

2.21

DRD-10C-RA

BCD Comp.

0-9

3.45

2.76

2.42

2.21

DRM-16- RA

BC

0-9 & A-F

3.75

3.00

2.63

2.40

DRM-16C-RA

BC Comp.

0-9 & A-F

3.75

3.00

2.63

2.40

DRS-10

BCD

0-9

4.65

3.72

3.26

2.98

DRS-10C

BCD Comp.

0-9

4.65

3.72

3.26

2.98

DRS-16

BC

0-9 & A-F

4.95

3.96

3.47

3.17

DRS-16C

BC Comp.

0-9 <fc A-F

4.95

3.96

3.47

3.17

DRS-10- RA

BCD

0-9

5.15

4.12

3.61

3.30

DRS-10C-RA

BCD Comp.

0-9

5.15

4.12

3.61

3.30

DRS-16-RA

BC

0-9 & A-F

5.45

4.36

3.82

3.49

DRS-16C-RA

BC Comp.

0-9 & A-F

5.45

4.36

3.82

3.49

DRW-10

BCD

0-9

2.95

2.36

2.07

1.89

DRW-10C

BCD Comp.

0-9

2.95

2.36

2.07

1.89

DRW-16

BC

0-9 & A-F

3.25

2.60

2.28

2.08

DRW-16C

BC Comp.

0-9 & A-F

3.25

2.60

2.28

2.08

DRW-10-RA

BCD

0-9

3.45

2.76

2.42

2.21

DRW-10C-RA

BCD Comp.

0-9

3.45

2.76

2.42

2.21

DRW-16-RA

BC

0-9 & A-F

3.75

3.00

2.63

2.40

DRW-16C-RA

BC Comp.

0-9 & A-F

3.75

3.00

2.63

2.40

^Actuator color code: 10, red; 10C, orange; 16, black; 16C, White.

MRSB SERIES PROGRAMMABLE

These 30° and 36° rotary switches are rated 150 ma © 115 VAC.
All models In this series are completely sealed, allowing flow
soldering and submersible defluxing without the need for caps,
disposable covers, etc. Standard MRSB switches have screw-
driver adjust; "K” and “U” versions have bullt-on aluminum
knobs for compactness and ease of operation. The “U” version
also allows switching position to be read from edge of PC board.
MRSB switches are identical to the standard MRS Series in size
and operational features. Models with an “X” suffix have shorting
(make-before-break) contacts. All models in this series are non-
adjustable.

Alcoswitch

No.

Poles

Posi-

tions

Net Each,

Lots of

1-24

26-

49

50-

99

100-

249

MRSB-1-10-PC

1

10

$ 6.45

$5.16

$4.52

$4.13

MRSB-1-12-PC

1

12

7.55

6.04

5.29

4.83

MRSB-2-5-PC

2

5

7.45

5.96

5.22

4.77

MRSB-2-6-PC

2

6

8.55

6.84

5.99

5.47

MRSB-3-3-PC

3

3

9.45

7.56

6.62

6.05

MRSB-3-4-PC

3

4

10.55

8.44

7.39

6.75

MRSB-1-10K-PC

1

10

7.65

6.12

5.36

4.90

MRSB-1-12K-PC

1

12

8.75

7.00

6.13

5.60

MRSB-2-5K-PC

1

10

8.65

6.92

6.06

5.54

MRSB-2-6K-PC

2

6

9.75

7.80

6.83

6.24

MRSB-3-3K-PC

3

3

10.65

8.52

7.46

6.82

MRSB-3-4K-PC

3

4

11.75

9.40

8.23

7.52

M RSB-1-10U-PC

1

10

8.25

6.60

5.78

5.28

MRSB-1-12U-PC

1

12

9.35

7.48

6.55

5.98

MRSB-2-5U-PC

2

5

9.25

7.40

6.48

5.92

MRSB-2-6U-PC

2

6

10.35

8.2ft

7.25

6.62

MRSB-3-3U-PC

3

3

11.25

9.00

7.88

7.20

MRSB-3-4U-PC

3

4

12.35

9.88

8.65

7.90

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1*2225

5100

SWITCHES

5100

NOW DUSTPROOF/DRIPPROOF

ENVIRONMENTAL

Dripproof: VIVISUN 20/20 dripproof switch meets the
enclosure design type (2) requirements of Mil-S-22885
as specified in para 3.6.17.2. When tested per para.
4.8.17.2 dripproof seal does not allow leakage of water
through the seal as determined by visual examination
and dielectric test of para. 4.8.16.1
Sand & Dust: The seal effectively prohibits the
entrance of sand and dust per MIL-STD-108E.
MECHANICAL

Dimensions: The dripproof sealed switch design,
construction, and physical dimensions conform to fig-
ures V & VI. For other VIVISUN 20/20 dimensions refer
to standard data sheet 99-1-78-2 page 6.

Mounting: Each dripproof unit is supplied with a
mounting sleeve, dripproof mounting spacer, dripproof
mounting flange and dripproof sealed cap. The drip-
proof mounting spacer may be discarded for mounting
without edge-lighted panel, (refer to figure V).

Seal Materials: Seal is high grade durable silicone
rubber per ZZ-R-765. Surface is black matte finish. .
Front Lamp Replaceable: To replace lamps simply lift
back comer of seal from edge of mounting flange and
peel back. Slip fingernails under seal in extraction slots
and pull forward. For resealing, press cap back into
switch and apply finger pressure firmly to the comers
and around the outer edge of seal.

Flexibility: VIVISUN 20/20 dripproof is offered as a
momentary and alternate action switch in 1 , 2, or 3 pole
and as an indicator. Momentary and alternate action
switches are limited to -48°C in some applications.
Low Weight: 1 .5 ounces maximum, including mounting
sleeve and dripproof mounting spacer.

VISUAL

Sunlight Readable: First fully qualified pushbutton
switch per Mil-S-22885/ 90. Legends are readable in a
light ambient of 1 0,000 ft. candles (sunlight) and remain
completely deadface when not energized.

Low Level Uniformity: Message remains uniform at
reduced voltage levels — no hot spots.

FIGURE V— DIMENSIONS

FIGURE VI— DRIPPROOF SEALED CAP

DRIPPROOF SEAL AND
PUSHBUTTON CAP ARE
INTEGRAL ONE PIECE-
ASSEMBLY

Refer to Standard Data Sheet 99-1-78-2 pg. 6 for all other electrical, mechanical, visual and environmental characteristics of Vivisun 20/20.

Product

Series

9 9'

Body Cap Artwork

Type Style P/N

4 - 2

l. .... i

How to order Vivisun 20/20 DRIPPROOF

HOW TO ORDER SPARE COMPONENTS

DRIPPROOF OPTION

To designate a VIVISUN 20/20 dripproof switch
simply insert the number 4 in the third position
and the number 2 in the eighth position of the
standard 12 digit 'part number. For additional
information on bow to order VIVISUN 20/20 refer
to page 7 of data sheet 99-1-78-2.

To order spare dripproof caps and bodies use
the digits 4 and 2 in appropriate space as shown
in example. For additional ordering information
pertaining to spare components refer to page 8
of data sheet 99-1-78-2.

Supplement No. 1
DATA SHEET NO. 99-1-78-2

Issued 2-79

4EROSMCE OPTICS INC.

3201 Sandy Lane -Dept E-83
Fort Worth, Texas 76112
(817)451-1141 • Telex 75-8461

6-A

1*2226

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Electro-mechanical
products with

The

SINCE 1948

Alps^Hjg

Advantage

v ‘Innovative Technology
^•High Quality & Reliability
y ‘Competitive Pricing
''•World-Wide Reputation

KEY SWITCHES

Choose from several contact
types: mechanical, conductive
rubber or tactile feedback.

Snap-in mounting. Double-shot
molded keytops in many colors,
shapes, legends. Fully
automated assembly assures
maximum reliability, with ratings up
to 20-million operating cycles.

KEYBOARDS

Standard and custom
keyboards, fully assembled
including switches, keytops, PC
board, matrix circuit, encoder
circuit. NEW!— Series KFL Low
Profile Keyboards meet all the
latest European DIN standards
for full-travel key switches with
reduced profile dimensions.

SWITCHES

Alps produces more than
900,000,000 switches per year,
including some of the world’s
smallest, in a variety of types—
rotary, push, slide, lever, power,
flex and digital — all noteworthy
for their unsurpassed smooth-
action performance, built-in
quality and long-life reliability.

RESISTOR NETWORKS
& CHIP RESISTORS

Thick film cermet element on alumina
substrate, for extremely high stability.
Networks in SIP configuration, from
4 to 17 pins, with resistance values
from 10 ohms to 1 megohm.

Chips are international standard size,
1 .6 x 3.2 x .55 mm, with values from
10 ohms to 10 megohms. Available
in bulk, reel tape, or plastic
magazine for automatic chip
placement machines.

TRIMMER CAPACITORS

Ceramic or film elements, trimmer
ranges from 2.5-6 pF to
10-150 pF Snap-in terminals,
with standard, reverse or side
mounting — front or rear adjustment.
Minimum drift, with virtually linear
temperature characteristics.

Precision structure protects
dielectric from contamination
by flux or wax.

FLOPPY DISK DRIVES

New Series 2000, for 5V4" disks,
offers super-slim profile— only
1 .69" thick, half the conventional
thickness. Standard features
include fast access time,
automatic eject, long-life ceramic
head, and surprisingly low price!
Available with or without built-in
electronics control board.

MICROMINIATURE

PRINTERS

An incredible example of
“The Alps Advantage”
in technical innovation, Series DPG
printers handle Alpha-Numeric-Graphic
requirements, actually writing with
microminiature ball point pens (1 or 4
colors!) invented by Alps using exclusive
ink technology. Available for 2 1 // or 4 V 2 "
ordinary plain paper. Their small size
and small price will astound you!

TACT SWITCHES

Tactile key swishes with a
“snap” (conductive rubber) or
“click” (metal contacts) feeling to
signal when contact is made.

Available in a wide range of life
cycle ratings, shapes, sizes, and
“feelings” — ideal for many types
of mini-keyboard applications.

VARIABLE RESISTORS

Rotary and slide types, ranges
from 500 ohms to 2 megohms,
with a wide variety of diameters,
strokes, tapers, mounting, shafts,
levers, etc. Exclusive
lubricants for high quality smooth
action. Miniature trimmer pots, sizes
from 4mm to 16mm, with cermet,
carbon film or carbon composition
elements — ranges from 100 ohms
to 2.2 megohms. Stick controls
packaged with 2, 3 or 4 pots.

OTHER PRODUCTS now available from Alps include: telephone keypads, liquid crystal
displays, magnetic heads, cassette mechanisms, RF modulators, switchers, TV tuners.

jaSSSS#*-'

ALPS ELECTRIC (USA), INC.

100 N. Centre Ave., Rockville Centre, NY 11570 Tel. 516-766-3636

19401 So. Vermont Ave., Torrance, CA 90502 Tel. 213-516-8921
1810 So. Lynhurst Dr. X, Indianapolis, IN 46241 Tel. 317-248-2 577

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2227

5100

SWITCHES

5100

WORLD'S SMALLEST DIP SWITCHES

OLD .DIP SWITCH

HIGH DIPS SHADOW 10 W : !€’$

Same Size as an I.C.!

I HEW DIP SWITCH ~|

Am COKVKtfSO*

fW j lt JMft rBEh JBb jjMfc _

¥""■

THE K40 DIP IS
THE SAME SIZE AS AN 1C

Better Heat Convection No More Hand Labor

YOU CAN USE AUTOMATIC INSERTION EQUIPMENT

AVAILABLE SWITCHES 1 1 H

EIGHT POSITION SEVEN POSITION

MODEL K40 8

MODEL K40 7

SIX POSITION

MODEL K40 6

FIVE POSITION

MODEL K40 5

FOUR POSITION

MODEL K40 4

THREE POSITION

MODEL K40 3

TWO POSITION

MODEL K40 2

ONE POSITION

MODEL K40 1

THREE NEW PATENT DESIGNS
THAT USE 40% LESS PARTS

m The slides are split, or bifurcated, so there are two separate slides for each
1 contact point. This doubles the contact reliability because you have two ^ \
independent gold plated contacts at each switch point. f A \

2 The switches are flush with the cover to eliminate accidental, V 1 )

on-off movement once the DIP is programmed. Simple.

3 The package is sealed. The lead frame is molded directly into the
housing to provide a one piece, no-leak construction. Tne cover is
ultrasonically molded to the frame after the switch is assembled.

There is no better construction. Wicking can happen, but it wont get

Into the switch. ^ ~

A The slides are made from beryllium copper, heat tempered to a ' *5

^ full hardness, spring formed, plated in a 100 micro inch nickel *sys^i

bath and then spot gold plated 10 micro inch deep at all the -i

contact points. This is the best proven switch contact surface that
money can buy it P

C Every one of the switch contact surfaces on the main lead frame f v

are gold plated with 30 micro inch of gold over 50 micro inch ||

of nickel. I ;

CALL (s)N *(?)

(312) 888-7245 w

AMERICAN RESEARCH & ENGINEERING 1500 EXECUTIVE DR. ELGIN, IL 60120

1*2228

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Your Primary Source for highest quality and fastest deliveries the world over.

AMERICAN SWITCH CORP.

1 34 WATER STREET, WAKEFIELD, MASS. 01 880
AREA (61 7) 246-1 007 TWX #71 0-348-6756

Shown are just a few of our many thou-
sands of quality engineered and pro-
duced switches used in countless appli-
cations throughout the world. Our lines
include miniature toggle, rocker, lever
and pushbutton switches, both lighted
and unlighted. Standard hardware panel
mounting, printed circuit mounting and
the hardwareless snap-in models are
available in zillions of combinations.
Long life L.E.D. Indicators integrated
with the switch are available for virtually
every model switch we make in a choice
of cosmetically appealing and colorful
bezels. Our highly reliable and time
proven mechanisms cover ratings from
dry circuit to 6 amp, 125 volts and many
are UL recognized. An extensive array of
options are available to meet your partic-
ular needs.

A complete line catalog is yours for the
asking.

Contact us for fast response, much
quicker than usual deliveries and com-
petitive pricing.

jji5

AMERICAN SWITCH CORP. / 134 WATER STREET, WAKEFIELD, MASS. 01880 AREA (617) 246-1007 TWX 710-348-6756

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2229

AMP Dual In-Line Package Switches

Features: ■ High Density — Low profile, compact design requires a minimum of pc board area

■ Available in standard, low profile, rigtit angle, multipole and LED versions ■ Simple Operation —
Rocker actuators instantly change program ■ Easy Mounting — Switches can be flow-soldered directly
to pc board or simply inserted into DIP headers or 1C packaging receptacles ■ Low profile switches
available with sealing tape to keep out contaminants during assembly operations ■ Economical — Board
mounted switches eliminate the need for interconnection wiring to perform switching functions

■ High Reliability — Fully enclosed design protects contact surfaces from environmental hazards.
Optional transparent cover is also available ■ Versatile Application — Switches furnished in various
sizes, ranging from 2 to 12 positions

Standard Switches

7000 Series,
Single Pole
Single Throw

Economy

Switches

7100 Series,
Single Pole
Single Throw

Contact Arrangement

OiOiOiOiOiOiOiOiOiO

No. of
Switch
Positions

7000 Series

7100 Series

Std. Profile
Part No.

Std. Profile
(with Plastisol
Sealant)

Part No.

Low Profile
(without Tape)
Part No.

Low Profile
(with Tape)

Part No.

Std. Profile
Part No.

Std. Profile
(with Plastisol
Sealant)

Part No.

2

2-435166-9

4-435166-7

1-435626-9

3-435626-6

2-435640-9

3-435640-3

3

3-435166-0

4-435166-8

2-435626-0

3-435626-7

3-435640-0

3-435640-4

4

435166-2

4-435166-9

435626-1

3-435626-8

435640-2

3-435640-5

5

435166-3

5-435166-0

435626-2

3-435626-9

435640-3

3-435640-6

6

435166-4

5-435166-1

435626-3

4-435626-0

435640-4

3-435640-7

7

435166-1

5-435166-2

435626-4

4-435626-1

435640-1

3-435640-8

8

435166-5

5-435166-3

435626-5

4-435626-2

435640-5

3-435640-9

9

435166-6

5-435166-4

435626-6

4-435626-3

435640-6

4-435640-0

10

435166-7

5-435166-5

435626-7

4-435626-4

435640-7

4-435640-1

11

3-435166-1

5-435166-6

2-435626-1

4-435626-5

3-435640-1

4-435640-2

12

3-435166-2

5-435166-7

2-435626-2

4-435626-6

3-435640-2

4-435640-3

Pin1 (Switches shown in
open position)

7000 Series,
Single Pole
Single Throw
Side Actuated

No. of
Switch
Positions

Side Actuated
Part No.

Side Actuated
(with Plastisol
Sealant) Part No.

2

1-435802-0

1-435802-3

3

435802-2

1-435802-4

4

435802-3

1-435802-5

5

435802-4

1-435802-6

6

435802-5

1-435802-7

7

435802-6

1-435802-8

8

435802-1

435802-9

9

435802-7

1-435802-9

10

435802-8

2-435802-0

11

1-435802-1

2-435802-1

12

1-435802-2

2-435802-2

Contact Arrangement
OiOiOiOiOiOiOiOiOiO

(Switches shown in
open position)

LED Switches

7200 Series,
Single Pole
Single Throw

No. of
Pairs

7200 Series
Part No.

1

435721-1

2

435721-2

3

435721-3

4

435721-4

5

435721-5

6

435721-6

Contact Arrangement

,0 0,0 0.0 0.0 Q

Printed Circuit Board Layout

.030

Dia. „

-© © © © o © ©

.100 L_

(Typ.) Number of

►! Positions —

Minus one (1) -
Times .100

Request Catalog No. 75-332 for complete listing

(Switches shown in
open position)

Need more details? Call AMP Customer Service at (717) 780-4400,
or write AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, PA 17105.

Specifications subject to change. Consult AMP Incorporated for latest design specifications.
AMP - Trademark of AMP Incorporated

INCORPORATED

1*2230

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

AMP Programmable
Dual-in-Line (DIP) Shunt

Features: ■ Very low profile — .079 above board ■ Low cost
tamper-proof programming a Housings made of UL recognized,
94V-0 rated, glass-filled thermoplastic polyester ■ Large current
capacity — 5 amperes (one conductor) ■ Hand tool available
for programming shunts ■ Cut straps can be reconnected; by
solder bridging, then reopened; by use of solder wick ■ No extra
space required for end-to-end mounting ■ Ideal for volume
requirements of similar programs ■ Can be supplied pre-
programmed

AMP Preprogrammed
Printed Circuit Board

Switches Screwdriver Slot Style g2 o

7600 Series, Programmable
Dual In-Line Package (DIP)
Shunt ^

Lever Style

1.200 !
45° Throw

Extended Shaft Style

No. of
Positions

7600 Series

Part No.

2

435704-2

3

435704-3

4

435704-4

5

435704-5

6

435704-6

7

435704-7

8

435704-8

9

435704-9

10

1-435704-0

11 *

1-435704-1

12

1-435704-2

Request Catalog No. 75-332

r \ U / O

A / 8 \ 6

Switch Type

Hexadecimal
w/complement
(16 Position)
Hexadecimal
w/complement
(16 Position)
Hexadecimal
w/complement
(16 Position)
Hexadecimal
w/complement
(16 Position)
Hexadecimal
w/complement
(16 Position)
BCD w/complement
(10 Position)
BCD w/complement
(10 Position)
BCD w/complement
(10 Position)
Input/Output
(2 Position)

10 / 8 \ 6

Actuator Slot

Screwdriver ,

Slot 1

Screwdriver

Slot 11

Screwdriver ,

Slot 1

Screwdriver

Slot 11

Extended K . n
Shaft None

Screwdriver

Slot IV

Screwdriver lx/

Slot IV

EX S ed None

Lever Illustrated

8^2

Request Catalog No. 75-332

Mini-Matrix
Slide Switch

Specifications

Electrical Specifications

Contact Current Rating: Switching - 100 mA at 28 VDC, max.;
0.5 mA at 50 mVDC, min. Non-switching — 500 mA at
28 VDC, max.

Contact Resistance (Dry Circuit): Less than 100 mOhm
Insulation Resistance: 1 x 10 10 Ohms min. at 100 VDC
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 300 VDC, min.

Cycle Life: 5000 detents/slide, min.

Material Specifications

Structural Plastic: UL recognized, 94V-0 rated, glass-filled
thermoplastic

Column and Row Buses: Copper alloy, contact areas gold plated
Slide Springs and Contacts: Beryllium copper, gold plated

}■■■

n

T T TS X

_l 1 |W

Hi > 1

■ 2i i t
5“i i i
i l B l 1

■m’I 1

r-i

l

]

.100 Typ.

Mounting surface

Switch

Configuration
10x10

9 x 10 A 436270-2

8 x 10 Aj_K 436270-3

7x10 A, B, K 436270-4

6 x 10 A, B, J, K 436270-5

5x10 A, B, C,J. K 436270-6
4x10 A, B, C, H, J, K 436270-7
*Slots are omitted for unused slide locations.

•° 62 .90 * «

Switch
Part Number

436270-1

436270-2

436270-3

436270-4

436270-5

Request Catalog No. 81-647

Note: An 8 x 10 switch is shown here. Other Mini-Matrix
Slide Switches have the same dimensions, but fewer
or more slides.

. Need more details? Call AMP Customer Service at (717) 780-4400,

. or write AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, PA 17105.

Specifications subject to change. Consult AMP Incorporated for latest design specifications
AMP - Trademark of AMP Incorporated

EEM 1983

prated INCORPORATED

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *2231

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Printed Circuit Board Rotary Switches

6000 Series With Screw Driver Slot, Bar Type Knob, Thumb-wheel Actuation

■ Compact Design — Small diameter, low profile switches are
ideal for pc board mounting ■ Wide Choice of Outputs —

8 position binary coded octal, 10 position binary coded decimal,
16 position hexadecimal and 8, 10 or 16 position single pole

■ Versatile Application — Available styles include slotted
version for screwdriver or coin actuation, plus bar-type knob
and thumbwheel versions for hand rotation ■ Economical —
Board mounting eliminates need for input/output wiring to
perform switching functions ■ Positive Switching — Contacts
have positive detent action; all switch positions easily
identified by large readable numerals ■ Optimum Reliability
— Fully enclosed design protects contact surfaces from dust,
dirt and other environmental contaminants

8-Position

(Binary Coded Octal)

Typical Board Hole Pattern (Switch Side)

10-Position

(Binary Coded Decimal)

10-Position
(Single Pole)

16-Position
(Single Pole)

16-Position

(Hexadecimal)

Datum for
Slotted &
y Bar Switches

Indexing Cursor
for Thumbwheel
Switch

8-Position

BCD

This Hole for

Mechanical

Stability

Datum for
/ Slotted &
y Bar Switches

Datum for
Slotted &

Bar Switches

Datum for
Slotted &

Bar Switches

Indexing Cursor I
for Thumbwheel
Switch

Switch

Common to:

Position

1 2 4

0

1

•

2

•

3

• •

4

•

5

• •

6

> • •

7

• • •

10-Position

BCD

Switch

Common to:

Position

12 4 8

0

1

•

2

•

3

• •

4

•

5

• •

6

• •

7

• M

8

•

9

• •

Q ja v bar switcn

\©--©® 9 \'"

)40 "q \ j N fcjr / iO Sectors
i s / \\ !/ \ at 36°

4= foy-

WM- SET

■ 07 ) /

16 Sectors
at 22° 30'

Datum for
Indexing Cursor Slotted &
for Thumbwheel Bar Switches
Switch o /

Indexing Cursor
for Thumbwheel
Switch

10-Position

SP

Switch

Common to:

Position

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

•

1

•

2

•

3

•

4

•

5

•

6

•

7

•

8

•

9

•

Indexing Cursor
for Thumbwheel
Switch

16-Position

16-Position

SP

HD

Switch

Common to:

Dial

Common to:

Position

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Position

12 4 8

0

•

0

1

•

1

•

2

•

2

•

3

•

3

• •

4

•

4

•

5

•

5

• •

6

•

6

• •

7

•

7

• • •

8

•

8

•

9

•

9

• •

10

•

10

• •

11

•

11

• • •

12

•

12

• •

13

•

13

• • •

14

•

14

• • •

15

•

15

• • • •

Specifications

Electrical

Contact Life Expectance: 10,000 Cross Points

Contact Current Rating: 250 Milliamperes

Initial Contact Resistance (at 50 Millivolts, 20 Milliamperes):

50 Milliohms

Insulation Resistance: 1 x 10 8 Ohms
Dielectric Breakdown Voltage: 500 Volts, DC
Circuit Capacitance (at 135 KHz): 3 Picofarads

Materials

Contacts: Phosphor Bronze, Gold-over-Nickel Plated

Solder Tabs and Pins: Coded Switches — Beryllium Copper, Tin

Plated Single Pole Switches - Brass, Tin Plated

Structural Parts: Polyacetal Printed Circuit Boards: Glass Epoxy

Switch

Screwdriver/

Bar-Type

Thumbwheel

Type

Coin-Actuated

Knob

8 BCD

435174-1

1-435174-1

2-435174-1

10 BCD

435005-1

435123-1

435128-1

10 SP

1-435097-1

2-435097-1

435097-1

16 SP

435304-1

1-435304-1

2-435304-1

16 HD

435167-1

1-435167-1

2-435167-1

Request Catalog No. 74-276

Need more details? Call AMP Customer Service at (717) 780-4400,
or write AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, PA 17105.

Specifications subject to change. Consult AMP Incorporated for latest design specifications.
AMP - Trademark of AMP Incorporated

INCORPORATED

1*2232

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100 SWITCHES 5100

Printed Circuit Board Rotary Switches

6100 Series With Screw Driver/Coin Actuation Slot

Typical Board Hole Pattern

Features

a Economical

■ Improved, compact design with ball and
spring detent action

■ Compatible with .100 x .100 [2.54 x
2.54] standard pc board leg spacing

■ Reliable with longer life

■ Wide variety of code outputs available

■ Mechanically indexed

■ Low profile

■ Broad application capability

Request Catalog No. 80-564

Electrica!

Current/Voltage Rating: Nonswitching - 115 VAC
or 28 VDC at 250 milliamperes max. Switching -
115 VAC or 28 VDC at 125 milliamperes max.

Contact Resistance: 75 milliohms max.

Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms min.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 500 VDC min.
Capacitance: 5 picofarads max.

Mechanical/Environmental

Operating Torque: 2-12 inch-ounce [0.014-0.085 N-m]
Operating Temperature: 0° to 190°F [— 17.8°C to 88°C]

10 Position BCD
Part Number 436199^1

8 Position BCO
Part Number 436198-1

Switch Common to:
Position 12 4

0

1 •

2 •

3 e o

4 •

5 • •

6 • •

7 IX

8 Position BCO Complement
Part Number 436198-2

.800

.040

±.008^7

^ 1

— ► .300 L-
.600

Switch

Common to:

Position

1 2 4

0

• • •

1

• •

2

• •

3

•

4

• •

_5 •

6 •

7

8 Position Decimal
Part Number 436198-3

Switch Common to:

Position 12 4 8

0

1 •

2 •

3 M

4 •

5 • •

6 • •

7 Ml

8 •

9 • •

10 Position 9’s Complement
Part Number 436199-2

10 Position Decimal
Part Number 436199-3

16 Position Decimal
Part Number 436200-1

16 Position Hexa-Decimal
Part Number 436200-2

Need more details? Call AMP Customer Service at (717) 780-4400,
or write AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, PA 17105.

Specifications subject to change. Consult AMP Incorporated for latest design specifications.
AMP - Trademark of AMP Incorporated

INCORPORATED

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2233

3x9 Slide Switch 7800 Series

, 4/6

Part No. 436172-2

Features

■ 9-pole, double throw
configuration

■ Used for logic level applica-
tions or for controlling AC/DC
circuits

h Nine separate 3 position slide
switches

a Fits .1 00 x. 300 [2.54 x 7.62]
centerline standard DIP headers
h Can be soldered directly to
pc board

■ 19,683 code variations

Electrical Characteristics
Current Bating:

Nonswitching — 1.5 amperes,
max. @ 50 VDC (resistive load),
40°Crise.

Switching — 100 milliamperes,
max. @ 5 VDC (resistive load);

25 milliamperes, max. @ 24 VDC
(resistive load)

Contact Resistance, Dry Circuit:

50 milliohms, max. initial 100
milliohms, max. at end of
durability

Temperature Rise (Nonswitching):

40°C, max. from ambient
Insulation Resistance:

1 xIO 11 , min. initial

1 x 1 0 9 , min. after environmental

testing

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage:

500 VAC, min. @ standard
atmospheric conditions
Capacitance:

5 picofarads, max.

+ 123456789

.100 ±<K)5

[2.54 ±013 J

Typ.

o o o

CM CO ^ in CD N CO CD

.140* 020
[3.56 ±0 - 51 ]

.300* 020

[J62±«.5i]

.OIO * 005

[0.25* 0,13 ]

.290* 020
[7.37+0. si]

Contact Arrangement

Materials
Case and Base:

Polyester, glass filled
Slide:

Polyester

Spring contacts and Leads:

Copper alloy; plating in accord-
ance with AMP Product
Specification 108-7047

Mechanical/Environmental
Characteristics
Actuation Force:

10-40 ounces [2.78-5.56 N]

Solderability:

AMP Spec. 109-11-5
Vibration:

10-2000-10 Hz traversed in
20 minutes at .06 inch [1.52 mm]
total excursion; AMP Spec.
109-21, Cond. E with 0.1
ampere applied
Shock:

50 G’s @11 milliseconds AMP
Spec. 109-26, Cond. A
Durability:

100 cycles
Terminal Strength:

Pull — 2 lb. [8.9 N] axial
Bend — Two 45° bend cycles
Thermal Shock:

5 nonoperating cycles @ — 67°F
to +225F 0 [— 55°C to
107°C]

Humidity:

40°C and 95% RH for 96 hr.
Operating Temperature:

— 40°F to +190°F
[— 40°C to +88°C]
Nonoperating Temperature:

— 100°F to +275°F
[— 73°C to +135°C]

Request Catalog No. 80-592

Need more details? Call AMP Customer Service at (717) 780-4400,
or write AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, PA 17105.

Specifications subject to change. Consult AMP Incorporated for latest design specifications.
AMP - Trademark of AMP Incorporated

INCORPORATED

1*2234

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

AMP Miniature Pinboards

Features: ■ Provides up to 100 crosspoints in a
minimum space ■ Can be machine soldered to pc
boards ■ Contact terminals and programming holes
on .100 [2.54] centerlines ■ Very low profile —
extends only .230 [5.84] above pc board ■ Pin
program is easily discernable for rapid program
checking ■ Available in 10 x 10 and 5 x 5 sizes
■ Inexpensive insertion tool makes shorting pin
insertion simple and economical

Request Catalog No. 80-561

Specifications:

Electrical Characteristics

Current/Voltage (non-switching): 125 VAC or DC at 2.0

amperes, max.

Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms, max.

Insulation Resistance: 1 x 10 6 ohms, min.

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage: 500 VAC (RMS), 200 VDC
Capacitance: 10 picofarads, max.

Mechanical Characteristics

Insertion Force (shorting pins): 10 lb. max.

Extraction Force (shorting pins): 16 oz. min.

Environmental Characteristics

Operating Temperature: -32° to +158°F [-35.6° to +70°C]
Storage Temperature: —55 to -M05°C

Materials

Panel: Thermoplastic Urethane
Lead Frame: Phosphor Bronze, gold over nickel plated
Shorting Pin Bodies: Brass, gold over nickel plated
Shorting Pin Insulating Caps: Glass Filled PBT

Pinboard Assembly — 5x5 Part No. 436149-1

B

c

D

E ^

i 5

5

5

5

5

2 5

5

5

5

5

3 P

5

5

5

5

4 5

5

5

5

5

5 5i

V ,

5

5

5

5

J

©-©-©-©-©

1

i 022 - . ; -

' [0 56]

I Typ. .100

[2.54] ~

© © © © ©

Hole Pattern

Pinboard Assembly — 10x10 Part No. 1-436149-1

'r

A

B

c

D

E

F

G

H

,

j> ^

-

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

i*

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

! 3 5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

4

5

5

5

5 5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

_5

5

5

e

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

7

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

8

5

5

5 5

5

5

5

5

5

5

a

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

10

V_

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

V

1 . 220 ± ■”»
[30.99 ^ o . si]

1.280* «•
"[32.51 ±° •'] "

Orientation

Reference

p— [2.54]

©-©-©-©-©-©—©-©-©-©-

Hand Tool with Program Pins (Disposable)

Description

Tool with 15 insulated

programming pins

Tool with 15 non-insulated
programming pins

Part Number
436147-1

©©©©©©©©©©

Hole Pattern

Need more details? Call AMP Customer Service at (717) 780-4400,
or write AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, PA 17105.

Specifications subject to change. Consult AMP Incorporated for latest design specifications.
AMP - Trademark of AMP Incorporated

INCORPORATED

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2235

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Fora better way

see your nearest

AMP Industrial Distributor.

ALABAMA

Powell Electronics, Inc.
Huntsville, AL
205 - 539-2731

ARIZONA

Dalis Electronic Supply
Phoenix, AZ
602 - 275-2626

CALIFORNIA

Electro-Sonic Components, Inc.
Hawthorne, CA
213 - 679-9781
Marshall Electronics Group
Los Angeles Division
213 - 999-5001
Irvine Division
714 - 556-6400
San Diego Division
714 - 578-9600
Powell Electronics, Inc.
Sunnyvale, CA
408 - 739-4321

Pyramid Electronics Supply, Inc.
Fullerton, CA
714 - 773-0781

Pyramid Electronics Supply, Inc.
Santa Clara, CA
408 - 727-9810
RPS Electronics, Inc.

Los Angeles, CA

213 - 744-0355

714 - 521-5230

COLORADO

CSID, Inc. *

Denver, CO
303 - 292-9594

FLORIDA

Hammond Electronics, Inc.
Orlando, FL
305 - 849-6060

GEORGIA

Schweber Electronics Corp.
Norcross, GA
404 - 449-9170

ILLINOIS

Semiconductor Specialists, Inc.
Elmhurst, IL

312 - 279-1005

INDIANA

Graham Electronics
Indianapolis, IN
317 - 634-8202

KANSAS

C. Tennant, Sons & Co.
Edwardsville, KS
913 - 441-1801

MARYLAND

MS Electronics, Inc.

Rockville, MD
301 - 340-6400

MASSACHUSETTS

Cronin Electronics
Needham, MA
617 - 449-0500

MICHIGAN

RS Electronics,

Grand Rapids, Ml
616 - 241-3483
RS Electronics
Livonia, Ml

313 - 525-1155

MISSOURI

Lectronix, Inc.

St. Charles, MO

314 - 946-6424

NEW HAMPSHIRE

C&H Electronics
Hudson, NH
603 - 882-1133

NEW JERSEY

Federated Purchaser
Kenilworth, NJ
201 - 272-0505

NEW YORK

Harrison Radio Corporation
Farmingdale, NY
516 - 293-7990

Peerless Radio Corporation
Lynbrook, NY
516 - 593-2121
Summit Distributors Inc.

Buffalo, NY
716 - 884-3450
NORTH CAROLINA
Southeastern Electronics
Raleigh, NC
' 919 - 828-2311
OHIO

Akron Electronic Supply Co.
Akron, OH
216 - 762-8818
Hughes- Peters, Inc.

Columbus, OH

614 - 294-5351

PENNSYLVANIA

Almo Electronics Corporation

Philadelphia, PA

215 - 698-4000

Powell Electronics, Inc.

Philadelphia, PA

215 - 365-1900

TEXAS

Kent Electronics Corporation

Austin, TX

512 - 834-1900

Kent Electronics Corporation

Dallas, TX

214 - 669-2600

Kent Electronics Corporation

Houston, TX

713 - 780-7770

Solid State Electronics Co.

Irving, TX

214 - 438-5700

UTAH

Kimball Electronics, Inc.

Salt Lake City, UT
801 - 328-2075

WASHINGTON

Interface Electronics Corporation

Kent, WA

206 - 872-5800

For product and Distributor information too late to be included here, contact
AMP Distributor Marketing Division, P.O. Box 1776, Paoli, PA 19301 . (215) 647-1000.

DISTRIBUTOR
MARKETING
DIVISION

Division of AMP Products Corporation

AMP is a trademark of AMP Incorporated.

AH#! ^ means productivity.

1*2236

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

TOGGLE SWITCH SEALS

AAA SWITCH

SEALS

Backed by over 25 years of engineering solutions-—
for an ever-changing and demanding market.

The wide demand for custom-molded panel and switch seals,
threaded inserts bonded to rubber, O-rings, boots and seals,
etc., translated is really a demand for talent and know-how to
handle the engineering and molding of particularly thorny or
unusual custom requirements that frequently plague industry.
AME meets the demand. . . with experience, service and unique
production techniques.

CUSTOM ENGINEERED PRECISION MOLDED ELASTOMERS

• Color filters for incandescent lamps
e Rubber to metal bonding

• Clear silicone products

• Self-sealing hex nuts

• Self-sealing washers

• Extrusions

• O-rings
o Boots

• Gaskets

• Seals

• Conductive rubber
o Die cutting

iJI 7/ 1

Unit

A

B

H

Material Specifications

1100

M5423/01-01

%-32 UNS-2B

in.

.86

.22

.625 Hex

Nut-Brass, Nickel Plated, Rubber-Silicone
per ZZ-R-765 Class III, Grade 50 Gray

IS r >

i

(21.84)

(15.88)

1102

None

IHE9I

EEEE

CHESSES

f

t!

nil

liEH—

1103

None

heeh

■■SUES

Nut-Brass, Rubber-Neoprene,

50 Durometer Black

mm

(22.86)

iai

(15.88)

JSSh i

1105

M5423/05-01

in.

■ESI

■EESSaSS

WSBEM

HSEEOi

dl _i

Part

Number

Equiv, Military
Part Number

Thread Size

Unit

mm

B

H

Material Specifications

1101

M5423/02-01

%-32UNS-2B

in.

.40

.09

.625 Hex

Nut-Brass, Nickel Plated, Rubber-Silicone
per ZZ-R-765 Class III, Grade 50 Gray

mm

(10.16)

(2.29)

(15.88)

'*** J

kn

1104

None

%-24 UNEF-2B

in.

.75

.09

.812 Hex

mm

(19.05)

(2.29)

(20.62)

1106

M5423/11-01

14-40 UNS-2B

in.

.25

.05

.375 Hex

mm

(6.35)

(1.27)

(9.53)

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH SEALS

r

Part

Number

Equiv. Military
Part Number

Thread Size

MW

eb

B

C

H

Material Specifications

(d

2100

M5423/07-01

%-32UNS-2B

ES

^5|

.32

.42

.625 Hex

Nut-Brass, Nickel Plated, Rubber-Silicone
per ZZ-R-765 Class III, Grade 60 Gray

ISO

fiEESI

(8.13)

(10.67)

(15.88)

None

V2-32UNS-2B

linj

.46

.29

.41

.750 Dia.

1

Ena

(11.68)

(7.37)

(10.41)

(19.05)

M5423/07-02

%-32 UNS-2B

QE

.48

.42

.625 Hex

■

jfl

naa

(12.19)

(10.67)

(15.88)

2103

M5423/10-01

14-32 UNEF-2B

ee

run

.20

.19

.375 Hex

ISO

1M

(5.08)

(4.83)

(9.53)

M5423/ 10-02

14-40 UN S-2B

wrm

eko

.20

.19

.375 Hex

[ mm !

| (7.87) !

(5.08)

(4.83)

(9.53)

ROTARY SWITCH & POTENTIOMETER SEALS

40 k ((ojj) »

Part

Number

Equiv. Military
Part Number

Thread Size

Unit

A

H

Material Specifications

M5423/09-02

3/8-32 UNEF-2B

in.

.500 Hex

Nut-Brass, Nickel Plated, Rubber-Silicone
per ZZ-R-765 Class III, Grade 60 Gray

w

BEEBE

M5423/09-01

3/8-32 UNEF-2B

.500 Hex

1 ifcakM

M5423/09-04

%-32 UNS-2B

in.

.250

.625 Hex

• mm

(5.59)

(6.35)

(15.88)

MANY OTHER SIZES AND TYPES AVAILABLE

Pressure capabilities: Internal Pressure

1 Atmosphere, 15 psi (103.4 kPa)

External Pressure

2 Atmospheres, 30 psi (206.8 kPa)
For Part #1106 — Internal pressure

.7 Atmosphere, 10 psi (69 kPa)

External pressure
1 .4 Atmospheres, 20 psi (138 kPa)

Endurance: Exceeds 100,000 actuations (depend-
ing on environment).

Useful life: 20 years to unlimited (depending on
environment).

Switch Seals are designed and manufactured to
meet or exceed applicable military specifications.

Switch Seals

An elastomeric boot which seals, thus protecting a
switch and internal components against hazardous
foreign elements. AME’s one piece switch seal is
constructed of a flexible rubber boot element
bonded during molding to a threaded metal insert
that fully encapsulates the switch and bushing to
the panel.

This assembly replaces the panel mounting nut
and seals the mounting hole making it watertight.
It protects against moisture, oil, dirt, dust, most
solvents, many acids (see elastomer selection
guide).

Switch seals provide vibration resistant mounting
and act as double insulation with no interference
to switch movement.

CAST URETHANE & SILICONE

AME supplies cast urethane and silicone products
precision engineered to meet your most demand-
ing requirements.

If you need high tensile/tear strength, excellent
resistance to abrasion and high impact capability,
our cast urethane is ideally suited for the job.
Superb temperature resistance to the damaging
sub-zero cold or searing heat extremes is found in
the cast silicone custom engineered by AME
Corporation.

AME CORPORATION

Dept. EM, 101 E. Main St.
P.O. Box 191
Little Falls, NJ 07424
(201) 256-3939

SWITCH

SEALS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2237

5100

SWITCHES

5100

ARCOLECTRIC
k CORPORATION

Dept. EM, P.O. Box 348 • 5547 Cleon Avenue • North Hollywood, California 91603
Tel. (213) 985-3130 Tel. (213) 877-6969 Telex 65-1349

Details of international approvals on request.

ROCKER SWITCHES

Our extensive range comprised of lighted and non lighted single and
double pole, available in 10 Amp and 16 Amp ratings.

Snap in mounting, cut out size requirements:

Single Pole: 12.2 x 27.2(A), 11.0 x 30.0(M), 11.5 x 28.2(Q), 14.0 x 28.5(R)
Double Pole: 22.3 x 27.2(A), 22.0 x 29.4(E), 22.3 x 28.2(Q), All Dia. mm.

LEVER SWITCHES

Silver contact points suitable for low and high amperage circuits up to
10 amps. Some types rated at 15 amps. Variety of lever styles. Lighted
12 volt versions. Standard solder/tab. terminals. Mounting Hole: 12.7mm.
Single and double pole circuits only.

MOMENTARY PUSHBUTTON

Ratings from % amp to 10 amp. Single and double pole circuits.

FOR COMPLETE INFORMATION REQUEST CATALOG 150A
ARCOLECTRIC INDICATOR LIGHTS SHOWN IN EEM SECTION 2450, PAGE 2*1652

1*2238

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

IViiWflATURE ROTARY AND RGB SWITCHES

BC DIPSWITCH®

Since 1971 Daven switches have featured self-
cleaning wiper action, thousands of custom pro-
grams, and environmentally sealed switches that

enable wave soldering on PC or PW boards.

These and other features are offered in the new
DIPSWITCH line.

12300 SERIES

16-PIN DIPSWITCH

New 8-pole rotary switch. Application
oriented features are:

□ Any combination up to 8 contact
closures in any shaft position

□ Coded outputs

□ 1.125" long, .440" wide, .232"
high

□ 60°, 45°, 36° indexing

11700 SERIES

14-PIN DIPSWITCH

Versatile 6-pole, 14-pin rotary
switches. Application oriented fea-
tures are:

□ Any combination up to 6 contact
closures in any shaft position

□ Coded outputs

□ 35,000 cycle life @ .250 Amp.

□ .995" long, .440" wide, .232"
high

□ 60°, 45°, 36° indexing

12000 SERIES

8-PIN DIPSWITCH

Versatile 4-pole, 8-pin rotary
switches. Application oriented fea-
tures are:

□ Any combination up to 4 contact
closures in any shaft position

□ Coded outputs

□ 35,000 cycle life @ .250 Amp.

□ .730" long, .440" wide, .232"
high

□ 60°, 45°, 36° indexing

The 16, 14, and 8 pin switches are
available with a bushing mounted
front panel adapter.

FORM C DIPSWITCH

This 12-pin center-off DIPSWITCH
provides four electrically isolated
switches, each with distinct center-
off positions. Switches may be simul-
taneously operated with our optional
adapter. Low contact capacitance.
Less than .5 pf. Ask us how this
switch can provide HEXIDECIMAL
output. It is truly omnifarious.

G/K y 2 " SERIES
SWITCHES

Subminiature series G (sealed) and
K (unsealed) rotary switches are
available in one-pole (2- to 12-posi-
tion) through four-pole (2- and 3-
position) types.

□ Shorting or non-shorting

□ Switching capacity: up to 1 Amp.

□ Indexing: 30°, 36°, 45°, 60°

□ QPL per MIL-S-3786/20E

□ Ideally suited for high shock and
vibration applications

□ Contact resistance: .020 ohms
max.

□ P/C and solder terminals

□ Mounting hardware supplied

□ Spring Return 36° and 60°

□ BCD Coding 30°

S SERIES SWITCHES

The S Series provides up to 10
decks, 20 positions per deck (200
poles), in a miniature (%" over
terminals) bushing mounted rotary
switch. Coded Outputs.

"S” SERIES

P SERIES SWITCHES

Subminiature Series P rotary
switches are available in one-pole
(up to 10 positions) and two-pole
(up to 5 positions) types.

□ Shorting or non-shorting

□ Switching capacity: up to Vz Amp.

□ Indexing: 36°

□ Printed circuit terminals

□ Stop strength: 24 inch ounces

□ Contact resistance: .030 ohms
max.

□ Screwdriveroperated

□ Sealed for wave soldering

“P” SERIES

FOR MORE INFORMATION

Many standard switches and accessories are available for immediate
delivery from stock. Standard switches can be modified quickly and
economically by our custom design service to meet special application
requirements. Contact our sales department, or your local representative,
for application assistance and prices. Detailed information is available in
free brochure DCG-0381.

“G/K” SERIES

Armtec is a Bestobell Company

Manchester Municipal Airport Manchester, NH 03103 Tel: 603-669-0940 -TWX: 710-220-1747

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2239

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Carlingswitch offers custom
quality at catalog prices.

A

Solving your design problems
with quality “standard” and
“custom” switching devices is
our specialty. We continually
lead the industry with new
product innovations which

incorporate modern
materials, innovative styling,
patented and patent pending
switching mechanisms —
all at competitive catalog
prices.

New Miniature 6600 Series Switches

High quality, low cost Solder ‘rV
Wash™ miniatures are ultra-
sonically sealed, wave solder-
able and washable . They can
be soldered directly to pc
boards with other compo-
nents — then the whole assem-
bly can be washed; eliminating
extra step of assembl ing

switches separately. Single and
double pole models available in
toggle, rocker and paddle-
actuated models. Bushing
mount, straight and right angle
pc versions. Static resistant
rocker and paddle versions.
Many toggle options. All popu-
lar ratings available.

Miniature All-nylon
Power Rocker/ Paddle
Switches

All-nylon miniature rocker and
paddle switches offer high relia-
bility, low cost, snap-in mounting,
multiple circuit choices, plus rat-
ings for power switching or low
level dry circuit switching ap-
plications. These attractive
switches are available in a wide
variety of standard and custom-
matched colors. They feature our
patented self-cleaning wiping ac-
tion contacts and are designed to
meet European standards.

Miniature
6500 Series
Switches

Single and double pole metal-
toggle miniatures are well-
suited to pc board applications.
Variations include: heavy-duty
large pinned toggle models
with 15 / 32 w bushing; gold plated
pc terminals and contacts for
dry circuit use; WIRE-WRAP®

terminals with ultra short
actuator; right angle pc termi-
nals; built-in front panel splash
protection for moist environ-
ments. Rocker and paddle-
actuated models available. All
popular ratings with these high-
quality, low-cost switches.

®Gardner-DenverCo. Registered Trademark

Magnetic Circuit
Breakers

Industry-standard magnetic
circuit breakers are available in
single or multiple-pole con-
figurations with single or multiple
actuators. Rated from .100A to
30. 0A @ 277VAC and 65VDC
(max). Instantaneous, ultra
short, short, medium and long
time delays; switch only, series,
shunt or relay trip circuits. Spe-
cial color caps available in eight
attractive colors. Well-suited for
new designs or as direct replace-
ments for competitive protectors.

1*2240

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Full Size Tippette®
Rocker Switches

Tippette rocker switches are
available in an almost endless
variety of circuits, current ratings,
actuator and bezel styles, mount-
ing brackets and termination
types. Other options include leg-
end imprinting, standard or
custom-matched bezel and ac-
tuator colors. Plus, our patented
“Drip Dry” option is an inexpen-
sive way of protecting switch
from dirt, moisture and other
contaminants. Lighted versions
feature single or multiple indica-
tor lights — available with volt-
ages from 6VDC to 240VAC.

Will be available in European-
approved versions,
consult factory.

Mini

Tippette
Switches

All-nylon low cost insulated
switches are tested at full load
for 100,000+ cycles. Single or
double pole versions offered. All
feature convenient snap-in
mounting, paddle or rocker ac-
tuation. Choose from various
current ratings, circuit designs,
termination types, colors (stan-
dard or custom matches) and
legend imprinting. Lighted ver-
sions with lamp voltages from
6VDC to 240 VAC. Will be
available in European- approved
versions, consult factory.

Full Size
Toggle Switches

These toggle switches are avail-
able in one through four poles in
ratings up to 20 amps. Single
and double pole switches are
available with a variety of circuit,
termination and actuator varia-
tions including an insulated
all-nylon model. New lighted ver-
sions utilize a translucent actua-
tor which displays three colors to
indicate switch positions. Add a
neoprene bushing seal that pro-
tects against dust and moisture
and you have the right switch
combination for marine and auto-
motive applications. Will be
available in European-approved
versions, consult factory.

Catalogs of Value

Complete specifications for literally
thousands of switching devices are
yours free in our new Full Line and
Magnetic Circuit Breaker Catalogs.
They’re both available from your near-
est Carlingswitch Representative or
Distributor. Or contact:

Carlingswitch, Inc.

505 New Park Ave.

West Hartford, CT 06110
(203)233-5551 • Telex: 710-425-0034
For name, address and phone
number of your local Carlingswitch Rep
or Distributor, dial toll free:
1-800-243-8556.

C4 RL1MGS WITCH

®Carlingswitch Registered Trademark

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2241

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Which Switch
to Switch to?

...the total line of high quality, precision
circuit selector pushbutton and lever switches
...illuminated and non-illuminated

Alternate Action
Push Button Switches

Lever Switches

Momentary

Push Button Switches

11

Interlocking

Push Button Switches

Illuminated

MM**|hM' I

I I I ill

t fffffffffww

Special

panel assembly.

Write or phone today
for the complete
illustrated catalog
of Capitol Switches.

Representatives
in principal cities:

Boston New York Philadelphia
Miami Cleveland Detroit
Chicago St. Louis Dallas
Los Angeles San Francisco
Seattle Toronto Montreal

Gcipitol

SWITCH

The Capitol Machine
and Switch Company
87 Newtown Road
Danbury, CT 06810
Federal Supply Code 01548 203/744-3300

1*2242

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

precision switches

SNAP-ACTION SWITCHES

MODULAR PANEL
SWITCHES & ENCODERS

GENERAL
mSL PURPOSE

ratings: 0.1, 15, 20, 25A @

1 25/250 VAC

circuitry: SPDT, DPDT, SPST, NO
or NC, DPST NO or NC
size: 1 13 /W' x 41 /64" x 41 / 6 4” (SP) or 1 Vs" (DP)

MINIATURE

Standard or light force operation,
ratings: 0.1, 3, 5, 10, 15A @

1 25/250 VAC

circuitry: SPDT, SPST, NO or NC
size: 1 V32" X 13 /32" X Va"

SUBMINIATURE

Standard or light force operation.
Solid base available,
ratings: 0.1, 5, 10.1 A @ 125/250 VAC
circuitry: SPDT, SPST NO or NC
Size: 25 /aa" x y 4 " x 23 /64”

LOW TORQUE

ratings: 0.1, 5A @ 125/250 VAC
circuitry: SPDT, SPST NO or NC
size: IY32” X 17 /aa" X "At"

WEATHERPROOF

ratings: 0.1, 10.1 A @ 125/250 VAC

circuitry: SPDT

size: 0.92” x 0.37” x 0.875”

;

Light or unlighted
switches in square (1

x 1) configuration with

choice of momentary or

I#

alternate action, QC or

PCB terminals, rated at

choice of 3A @

tu ~ Ml

1 25VAC/2A @

r el

250 VAC or 0.1 A @

24VDC.

H

size: .745” x .745” x

1.83”

Unique user-

III . l fl

programmable

8-bit encoder with

choice of 256 dif-

ferent codes. 1 x 2

configuration, base

keyed for foolproof

PC board orientation.

size

i: .745” x 1.533” x 1.89”

3-Bit encoder with up
to 8 different 3-bit
codes, single common.

size: .745” x .745” x

M '*■' '' !■

1.83”

LINE INTERRUPT SWITCHES

Meet worldwide
safety specs.
Dou ble-make,
Double-break con-
tacts.

ratings: 0.1, 10, 16A @ 125/250
VAC combinations
circuitry: form X, Y or Z contacts,
1 or 2 poles

size: 1 .24” x 0.524” x 1.075”

SELECTOR SWITCHES

PANEL MOUNT PUSHBUTTON
SNAP- ACTION SWITCHES

THUMBWHEEL

LEVERWHEEL

PUSHWHEEL

Five sizes from sub-subminiature
to industrial for low level switch-
ing and encoding. Gangable
modules mount front or rear. 8 to
16 positions. Over 75 codes
including hex. Pin or PC board
termination. Lighted versions
available, too.

MATRIX SELECTOR SWITCHES

Momentary contact, push-pull,
push-push and “cheat” interlock
available.

ratings: 0.1, 10A @ 125/250 VAC
circuitry: SPDT, SPST NO or NC,
DPDT, DPST NO or NC
size: 0.91” (SP) or 1.24” (DP) x
0.54” x 0.97”

Eleven standard units from 100
to 2784 crosspoints. Custom
modules available.

CHERRY switches

CHERRY ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS CORP. • 3623 Sunset Ave., Waukegan, IL 60087 • 312/578-3500

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2243

00

SWITCHES

5100

Maximum Security Switch Locks for every application

Write or call for Switch Lock brochure.

2574A 2575

Front Washer Rear Washer

No. 3039 - SPST switch
with adjustable sleeve
and washers; depend-
able wiping contacts.
Solder terminals. Lock
all brass construction,
polished chrome finish.
Key removable “off,”
“on” or “off -on.” Also
available in die cast
outer barrel.

No. 4073— Maintaining contact switch. Key removable "off,” "on" or
"off-on". Also available as 4073-70 with momentary contact switch. All
brass construction. Also offered with die cast outer barrel. No. 2274-80
same as 4073 except with double bitted lock.

No. 4235 — Easy to mount, UL Listed switch SPDT, available with silver
plated contacts and 10" wire leads. Offered without 10" leads at reduced
cost. Furnished with micro-switch 1SX1-H58.

U.L. Listed Switch

No. EXA-1 12-3 — Heavy duty switch
lock designed for applications requiring
UL Listed switch. Snap action switch
actuated by an eccentric cam when key
turned 90 degrees. Multi pole com-
binations available. Switches are Micro
No. V3-101 .

-

SPECIAL
APPLICATION —
TWO SEPARATE
SPST CIRCUITS

7 Pin Tumbler
ACEH™ Mechanism.
Same as 4073 lock
except with two circuits.

Chicago double bitted switch locks

No. EXD-98

Same as EXA-1 12, except
with double bitted cylinder.
Designed for high current
applications. Multiple pole
combinations available.
Furnished with micro-
switch V3-101 .

Current Ratings

*125-250VAC, 5 AMP; 30 VDC, 3 AMP
*125-250 VAC, 7 AMP; 28 VDC, 7 AMP
1 10-120VAC, 10 AMP; 10 VDC, 10 AMP

Lock Numbers
3535, 4235
2174, 2174-70,
3039, 4073,
4073-70

125 VDC, 'A AMP
125-250 VAC, 10 AMP
125-250 VAC - Over 10 AMP

EXD-98, EXA-1 12t
EX D -98-25
EXD-1 12-25

tWhen ordering, specify if for appliances requiring T.V. approved
switches. Only available on EXD-98 or EXA-112 series.

CURRENT

RATINGS

for 41 88 and
2242

Voltage

AC amps Resistive

DC amps Resistive

6V

5.5

5.5

12V

3.5

3.5

24V

1.75

1.55

48V

.8

.65

115V

.23

.21

"Silver plated contacts.

Also suited for low energy circuits.

No. 3535 — UL Listed switch, SPDT. Furnished with silver plated con-
tacts and 10" wire leads. Same as 4235 except has double bitted
cylinder. Available without 10" leads at reduced cost. Furnished with
micro-switch 1SX1-H58.

Switch locks
with wafer
type switches

No. 4188 — Key operated with
bracket mounting and Ace cylinder.
Switch designed for low voltage ap-
plications. Multiple poles and var-
ious throw arrangements available
with stacked wafers. Available with
double bitted lock No. 2242.

CHICAGO LOCK CO

431 1 West Belmont Ave., Chicago, Illinois 60641
Phone 1-312-282-7177

1*2244

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

3600 SERIES Miniature Enclosed Rotary Switches

A new custom quality rotary switch. The 1-inch 3600 series
enclosed miniature; meets MIL-S-3786. A 6 amp. switch for
high-rel use in aircraft controls, electronic test equipment
in harsh environments.

Quality? Roller bearing silver contacts. Custom quality? Up
to 12 decks, 1 to 6 poles per deck; 30, 36, 45 deg. (8, 10 or
12 position). Options like hermetic enclosure; pre-wired to
connector.

TECHNICAL DATA

Listed on QPL to MIL-S-3786, Style SR04.

Certified test reports available
Electrical
Contact Rating

Current carrying: 10 amps @ 28 VDC
Make & Break: 6 amp resistive @ 115 VAC
6 amp resistive @ 28 VDC
3 amp inductive @ 28 VDC
Dielectric Strength: 1500V RMS
Contact Resistance:

Initial .005 ohms max.

Insulation Resistance:

10 s meg ohms min.

Mechanical

Rotational Torque: 5 in. lbs. max.

Weight: 1.7 ounces + .3 ounces/deck
Life: 100,000 cycles min. mechanical
25,000 cycle min. switching 5 amps
@ 120 VAC

1800 SERIES Half-Inch Enclosed Rotary Switches

The ultimate in a one half-inch rotary selector
switch, the Cole Series 1800 is engineered to
meet or exceed applicable MIL-S-3786, Style
SR20 requirements.

The Series 1800 enclosed switch was designed
for critical ordnance applications, and demand-
ing usage in aircraft, medical and industrial con-
trols and instrumentation, as well as electronic
equipment.

This switch is available with 1 pole, 2 to 10
positions, and 2 pole, 2 to 5 positions.

Quality construction, including materials that
meet the strictest standards, allows these sub-
miniature switches to combine high current
switching capacity with constant low contact
resistance. Long life and high reliability are
assured by exceedingly stringent inspection and
testing procedures.

Available in standard solder lug or printed cir-
cuit terminations, the Cole Series 1800 can be
furnished with an internal seal. This unique Cole
design option renders the switch impervious to
water, contaminants and most solvents.

ORDERING INFORMATION
SAMPLE CODE

36 45-204-3S

[

Shorting Decks
(Omit for Non-shorting)
L- Number of Decks
Number of Positions
Number of Poles
Degrees Between
Positions
Cole Basic Switch
and Drawing No.

YOUR SOURCE FOR SPECIAL
PURPOSE ROTARY SWITCHES

Coded Switches, for direct logic
level interfacing

HALF-INCH rotaries, Hexadecimal
and BCD code standard, custom
codes to your requirements.
These are also HI-REL switches,
MIL-S-3786 performance.

Instrument Grade, Open Frame Rotary
Switches

For heavier current requirements (15 amp
continuous; 3 to 5 amp switching.) One
MILLION cycles or better life expectancy.

INSTRUMENT

2650 S. Croddy Way Santa Ana, CA 92704

See our rep and
distributor listings.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2245

SWITCHES

5100

OUSE-HINDS COMPANY

ARROW

HART

DIVISION

Crouse-Hinds Company, Arrow Hart Division has a wide range of manual switch products, from heavy duty 60A
power toggle switches to dry circuit microminiature pushbuttons. Many of our products are described in literature
or can be explained by your nearby Arrow Hart representative. In addition to InterSpec™ switches we offer:

• Internationally-approved miniature Snap-In-Power Rocker Switches (1600/2600 Series)

• New Internationally-approved general purpose AC toggle switches (4000 Series)

• Adapt-a-Switch® illuminated (modular) pushbuttons

• Rotary Keylock power switches

• General-purpose AC and AC/DC toggle switches

• General-purpose AC- and AC/DC pushbutton switches

• Heavy duty enclosed/unenclosed AC/DC toggle switches

• Rotary Heater switches

• Slide switches for power tools

• Trigger switches for power tools

• Sump Pump switches

• Military QPL’d full-size and miniature toggle switches

InterSpec™ Switch
International Approvals

U.S.A. Canada Germany Switzerland Sweden Norway Denmark UTE-NF-CCQ USE

France France

InterSpec™ switches offer the widest selection of optional international agency approvals for power applica-
tions. Contact your local representative or the Hartford Product Marketing Department for current approval
information.

(Dotted line denotes external jumpers added by customer)

FUNCTIONS

01

ON

03

ON

OFF

05

MOM

OFF

07

ON

OFF

08

ON

-

MOM

11

ON

ON

ON

13

ON

ON

MOM

15

MOM

ON

MOM

Specifications

Specifications are given adjacent to each switch photograph for your convenience. Note also the following
applies generally to the switches in this catalog:

Specifications are subject
to change without notice.

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST • HARTFORD , CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

TEMPERATURE

Operating -40°Cto + 85°C

Storage - 55° C to + 125°C

LIFE

Electrical See individual items

Mechanical 100,000 cycles minimum

1 *2246 crouse-hinds P6 1 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

L Series — WASHABLE TOGGLE —

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 0,4VA 20VAC or DC
min. : 10 /jA 5 V

* Initial contact resistance : 10mn max.

’ Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
100.000 operations for 2 position
50.000 operations for 3 position

* Designed for wave soldering and cleaning of
PC board

Available in other circuits and styles.

— right an gle PC terminal s — gold plated contacts

toy..

L1010SCRAV2BE

nr n i

on - ON

5,5— i ^liE f *=j

39.521 0.5

3.1 .12.7

MODELS

FUNCTIONS

III II I

L Series — WASHABLE TOGGLE — single pole — straight PC terminals —

SPECIFICATIONS:

‘ Current/voltage rating :
max. : 0,4VA 20VAC or DC
min. : 10 /jA 5V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfl max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

100.000 operations for 2 position

50.000 operations for 3 position

* Bracket mounting

* Designed for wave soldering and cleaning of
PC board

Available in other circuits and styles.

L1010SCRV30BE

ON - ON

gold plated contacts

|^15.75 J

L Series — WASHABLE TOGGLE — double pole

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. :0,4VA 20VAC or DC
min. : 10/iA 5V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfl max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

100,000 operations for 2 position

50,000 operations for 3 position

* Bracket mounting

‘ Designed for wave soldering and cleaning of
PC board

Available in other circuits and styles.

— straight PC terminals — gold plated contacts

MODELS

FUNCTIONS

hi 11 1

L2010SCRV30BE

ON - ON

L Series — WASHABLE TOGGLE — single pole — r i ght an gle PC terminals — gold plated contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :

max. :0,4VA 20VAC or DC
min. : 10/yA 5V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfl max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
100.000 operations for 2 position

50.000 operations for3 position

* Designed for wave soldering and cleaning of
PC board

Available in other circuits and styles.

MODELS

FUNCTIONS

hi 11 1

L1010SCRABE

ON - ON

L Series — WASHABLE TOGGLE — double pole

SPECIFICATIONS: ^

* Current/voltage rating : ff*\

max. : 0,4VA 20VAC or DC /, /

min. : 10//A 5V 1 1

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfl max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

100,000 operations for 2 position

50,000 operations for 3 position

* Designed for wave soldering and cleaning of
PC board

Available in other circuits and styles.

— right angle PC termina ls — gold plated contacts

Q«3^ r , I L3__,

MODELS

FUNCTIONS

III II I

L2010SCRABE

ON - ON

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST. • HARTFORD, CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory crouse-hinds pg 2 1 *2247

SWITCHES

5100

le ries — STANDARD TOGGLE — SINGLE POLE — SOLDER LUGS — SI LVER CONTACTS

CIFICATIONS :
urrent/voltage rating :
tax. : 3A 250V AC, 5A 30VDC
nin. : 100mA 10V
initial contact resistance : 10mJ2
* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

50.000 operations

♦Panel thickness : 2,5mm with 2 nuts, 4mm
with 1 nut

* Watertight boots (see page 12)

* Optional Approvals: UL - CSA - VDE - SEV

Available in other circuits and styles.

Models

Functions

A1080SH3ZQ

A1010SH3ZQ

A1050SH3ZQ

A1070SH3ZQ

A103QSH3ZQ

kk k

2 - 3 , 1-2

ON - MOM

ON - ON

MOM OFF MOM

ON OFF MOM

ON OFF ON

A Series — PADDLE U242 - SINGLE POLE - SOLDER LUGS - SILVER CONTACTS

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :

max. : 3A 250VAC, 5A 30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfi

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

50.000 operations

•Panel thickness : 2,5mm with 2 nuts, 4mm
with 1 nut

‘Optional Approvals: UL - CSA - VDE - SEV

COLORS : blue : U241 , black : U242,
green : U243, gray : U244, yellow : U245,
red : U246, ivory : U247, orange : U249

A Series — FLAT TOGGLE P3 — SINGLE POLE — SOLDER LUGS - SILVER CONTACTS

SPECIFICATIONS:

• Current/voltage rating :

max. : 3A 250VAC, 5A 30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

• Initial contact resistance : lOrniH

• Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

50.000 operations

• Panel thickness : 2,5mm with 2 nuts, 4mm
with 1 nut

• Optional Approvals: UL

Available in other circuits.

A Series — STANDARD TOGGLE — DOUBLE POLE — SOLDER LUGS — SILVER CONTACTS

SPECIFICATIONS :

•Current/voltage rating :
max. : 3A 250VAC, 5A 30V DC
min. : 100mA 10V
•Initial contact resistance : 10m£2
•Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

50.000 operations

* Panel thickness : 2,5mm with 2 nuts, 4mm
with 1 nut

* Optional Approvals: UL - VDE - SEV

* Watertight boots (see page 12)

*See connections page 1

A2110SH 3ZQ

Available in other circuits and styles.

Models

Functions |

k

2-3

k i
1-2

5-6

4-5

A2080SH3ZQ

ON

- MOM

A2010SH3ZQ

ON

- ON

A2050SH3ZQ

MOM

OFF MOM

A2070SH3ZQ

ON

OFF MOM

A2030SH3ZQ

ON

OFF ON

A2110SH3ZQ

ON

ON ON

12 . .

A Series — PADDLE U242 - DOUBLE POLE -

SPECIFICATIONS :

•Current/voltage rating :
max. : 3A 250VAC, 5A 30V DC
min. : 100mA 10V
•Initial contact resistance : 10m£2
* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

•Panel thickness : 2,5mm with 2 nuts, 4mm
with 1 nut

‘Optional Approvals: UL - VDE - SEV

COLORS : blue : U241, black : U242,
green : U243, gray : U244, yellow : U245,
red : U246, ivory : U247, orange : U249

SOLDER LUGS - SILVER CONTACTS

Models

Functions

A2080L41H3ZQ2
A2010L41H3ZQ2
A2050L41H3ZQ2
A2070L41H3ZQ2
A2030L41 H3ZQ2

k A L

2-3 1-2

5-6 4-5

ON - MOM
ON - ON
MOM OFF MOM
ON OFF MOM
ON OFF ON

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST. • HARTFORD, CT 061 01 (203)249-8471

1 *2248 crouse-hinds pg s For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

A Series — Standard toggle — three poles — solder lugs — silver contacts

SPECIFICATIONS:

‘Current/voltage rating :
max. : 3A 250V AC, 5A 30VDC
min. : 100 mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : 10ml2

* Life expectancy with resistive'nominal load :
50.000 operations

‘Panel thickness : 2,5 mm with 2 nuts,

4 mm with 1 nut

* Watertight boots (see page 12)

* Optional Approvals: UL

A Series — Standard toggle — four poles — solder lugs — silver contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

‘Current/voltage rating :
max. : 3A 250V AC, 5A 30V DC
min. : 100 mA 10V
‘Initial contact resistance : lOmfi
‘Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

‘Panel thickness : 2,5 mm with 2 nuts,

4 mm with 1 nut

‘Watertight boots (see page 12)

‘Optional Approvals: UL

A Series — Standard toggle — single pole — straight PC terminals — gold plated contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

‘Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100 mA 30V DC
min. : 10 m A 50m VDC
‘Initial contact resistance : 10mS7
‘Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations
‘Sealed terminals

Available in other circuits and styles.

A Series — Standard toggle — double pole — strai

SPECIFICATIONS:

‘Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100 mA 30V DC
min. : 10 mA 50m V DC
‘Initial contact resistance : 10 mS7
‘Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

50.000 operations
‘Sealed terminals
* Watertight boots (see page 12)

*'21 10SH3CBE 1 , see connections page 1
Available fn other circuits and styles.

ght PC terminals — gold plated contacts

Models

Functions |

h

2-3

a &
1-2

5-6

4-5

A2080SH3CBE

ON

- MOM

A201 0SH3CBE

ON

- ON

A2050SH3CBE

MOM

OFF MOM

A2070SH3CBE

ON

OFF MOM

, A2030SH3CBE

ON

OFF ON

A2110SH3CBE

ON

ON ON

A Series — Standard toggle — single pole — wirewrap — gold plated contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

‘Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100 mA 30V DC
min. : 10 mA 50m V DC
‘Initial contact resistance : lOmfi
‘Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

50.000 operations
‘Sealed terminals
‘Watertight boots (see page 12)

Available in other circuits and styles.

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST. • HARTFORD, CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

EEM 1983

CROUSE-HINDS PG 4 1*2249

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

5100

SWITCHES

5100

A Series — single pole — right angle PC terminals — gold plated contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30VDC
min.: 10mA 50mVDC

* Initial contact resistance : 10in£2

‘ Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

These models are available with other lever
types. Please ask us.

A Series — Toggle — double pole —

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30V DC
min. : 10mA'50mVDC

* Initial contact resistance : 10mfi

Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

These models are available with other lever
types. Please ask us.

* A21 10SD9AB, see connections page.1

right angle PC terminals — gold plated contacts

Models

Functions |

I

H

m

2-3

1-2

5-6

4-5

A2080SD9AB

ON

MOM

A2010SD9AB

ON

—

ON

A2050SD9AB

MOM

OFF

MOM

A2070SD9AB

ON

OFF

MOM

A2030SD9AB

ON

OFF

ON

A2110SD9AB

ON

ON

ON

A Series — Toggle — single pole — right angle PC terminals — gold plated contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30V DC
min. : 10mA 50mVDC
•Initial contact resistance : lOmH
•Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

These models are available with other lever
types. Please ask us.

Models

Functions J

nr

n

I

2-3

1-2

A1080SD9AV2B

ON

MOM

A1010SD9AV2B

ON

—

ON

A1050SD9AV2B

MOM

OFF

MOM

A1070SD9AV2B

ON

OFF

MOM

A1030SD9AV2B

ON

OFF

ON

39.92 iQ5

A Series — Toggle — double pole — right angle PC terminals — gold plated contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

•Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30V DC
min. : 10mA 50mVDC
•Initial contact resistance : 10 mfi
* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

These models are available with other lever
types. Please ask us.

* 21 10SD9AV2B, see connections page 1

Models

Functions J

m

n

I

2-3

1-2

5-6

4-5

A2080SD9AV2B

ON

MOM

A2010SD9AV2B

ON

—

ON

A2050SD9AV2B

MOM

OFF

MOM

A2070SD9AV2B

ON

OFF

MOM

A2030SD9AV2B

ON

OFF

ON

A2110SD9AV2B

ON

ON

ON

A Series — Locking toggle — single and double pole — solder lugs — silver contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

•Current/voltage rating :
max. : 3A 250VAC, 5A 30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V
Initial contact resistance : 10mi7
* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

•Panel thickness : 2,5 mm with 2 nuts,

4 mm with 1 nut

•Optional Approvals: UL

Available in other circuits and styles.

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST. • HARTFORD, CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

1 *2250 crouse-hinds PG 5 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

A Series — Toggle— single pole— straight PC termi nals— gold

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30VDC
min. : 10mA 50mVDC

* Initial contact resistance : lOmtl

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

50.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

These models are available in double pole ver-
sions, other circuits and styles.

MODELS

FUNCTIONS |

III

II

I

2-3

1-2

A1080SD9V3QBE

ON

—

MOM

A1010SD9V30BE

W

—

ON

A1050SD9V30BE

MOM OFF MOM

A1070SD9V30BE

ON

OFF MOM

A1030SD9V30BE

ON

OFF

ON

A2010SD9V30BE

ON

ON

A2030SD9V30BE

ON

OFF

ON

B Series — Paddle or rocker— single pole— straight PC terminals— gold plated contacts— bracket mounting

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30VDC
min. : 10mA 50mVDC

'* Initial contact resistance : lOmfi

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

COLORS : blue : U61 1 or U621 ,
black: U612 or U622, green : U613or U623,
gray : U614 or U624, yellow : U615 or U625,
red : U616 or U626, ivory : U617 or U627,
orange : U619 or U629.

B Series — Rocker and bezel — double pole — solder lugs — silver contacts — SNAP-IN mounting

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. :3A 250VAC, 5A 30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfi

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

‘ Optional Approvals: UL, SEV

COLORS: blue : U711 + U551,
black : U712 + U552, green : U713 + U553,
gray : U714 + U554, yellow : U715 + U555,
red :U716 + U556, ivory: U717+U557,
orange : U719 + U559.

B Series — Paddle and bezel — double pole — solder lugs — silver contacts — SNAP-IN mounting

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. :3A 250VAC, 5A30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : 10m£l

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

•Function 4, see connections page 1

* Optional Approvals: UL, SEV

COLORS :blue : U811 + U551,
black : U812 + U552, green : U813 + U553.
gray : U814 + U554, yellow : U815 + U555,
red : U816 + U556, ivory : U817 + U557,
orange : U819 + U559.

Models

Functions J

Paddle and

Bezel

m

2-3

5-6

n

I

1-2

4-5

B2080J61ZQ22

ON

—

MOM

B2110J61ZQ22

ON

ON

ON

B201 0J61ZQ22

ON

-

ON

B2050J61ZQ22

MOM OFF MOM

B2070J61ZQ22

ON

OFF MOM

B2030J61ZQ22

ON

OFF

ON

rNi ♦

oo

--b-

L

12.5-S^|

1

B Series — Paddle or rocker — single pole — solder lugs — gold plated contacts — screw mounting

SPECIFICATIONS:

‘ Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30V DC
min. : 10mA 50mVDC

* Initial contact resistance : 10mn

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

COLORS : blue : U611 orU621,
black: U612 or U622, green : U613orU623,
gray : U614 or U624, yellow : U615 or U625,
red : U616 or U626, ivory : U617 or U627,
orange : U619 or U629.

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST. • HARTFORD , CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory crouse-hinds pg 6 1 *2251

5100

SWITCHES

5100

D Series — Sensitive pushbutton — single pole —

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30VDC
min. : 100/iA 50mVDC

* Initial contact resistance : 50mn

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

* Max. panel thickness : 2,5mm

* Sealed terminals

Available in other circuits and styles.

solderlugs — gold plated contacts

Models

Functions

D1080PBH3ZBE

a a

- MOM

D Series — Sensitive pushbutton — single pole

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30VDC
min. : 100/uA 50mVDC

* Initial contact resistance : 50mH

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

* Max. panel thickness : 2,5mm

* Sealed terminals

CAP COLORS: blue: U911, black: U912,
green : U913, gray : U914, yellow : U915
red : U916, ivory : U917, orange : U919

solder lugs — gold plated contacts

Models

Function

D1 080J81 ZBE

or

D1080J8ZZBE

A A

1-3 1-2

ON - MOM

i

SINGLE

POLE

DOUBLE

POLE

D Series — Sensitive pushbutton — double pole — solder lugs — gold plated contacts

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30VDC
min. : 100/uA 50mVDC

* Initial contact resistance : 50mfl

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

* Max. panel thickness : 2,5mm

* Sealed terminals

CAP COLORS : blue : U911, black : U912,
green : U913, gray : U914, yellow : U915
red : U916, ivory : U917, orange : U919

Models

Function

D2080J81ZBE__

or

D2Q80J82ZBE__

a a

ON - MOM

BEZEL

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Panel thickness with bezel :
min. : 1mm
max. : 2,5mm

BEZEL COLORS : blue : U1201, black : U1202,
green : U1203, gray : U1204, yellow : U1205
red : U1206, ivory : U1207, orange : U1209

Models

U12Q0

(U1201 -U1209)

Uu.

C-'J

Lf)

J81|+ U910 + U1200

WfJJ

Panel thickness
with bezel 1 to 2,5 mm.

BEZEL FOR LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Panel thickness with bezel :
min. : 1mm
max. : 2,5mm

BEZEL COLORS : blue : U1 211, black : U1212,
green : U1213, gray : U1214, yellow : U1215
red : U1216, ivory : U1217, orange : U1219

Models

U1210

(UT211-U1219)

J82 + U910 + U1210

(LED not supplied)

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST. • HARTFORD, CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

1 *2252 chouse-hinds pg 7 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

C Series — Latching action pushbutton(push-on push-on)— single pole — solder lugs — silver contacts

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 3A 250VAC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : < 10mn

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
30.000 operations at 3A

* Max. panel thickness : 2,5mm

* Actuator returns to same
height regardless of mode

Available in other circuits and styles.

Models

Functions

C1010PBH3ZQ

& ^

ON - ON

E Series — Microminiature pushbutton

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30VDC
min. : 100/uA 50mV

* Initial contact resistance : < 10mn

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
100.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

CAP COLOR : blue : U571 , black : U572,
green : U573, gray : U574, yellow : U575,
red : U576, ivory : U577

— single pole — straight terminals — gold plated contacts

Models

Functions

E1060MBCBE

A A

OO- -CO-

E Series — Microminiature pushbutton

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30VDC
min. : lOOyvA 50m V

* Initial contact resistance : < 30mn

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
100.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

* Protection during\cleaning by
boot U983

CAP COLOR : blue : U571, black : U572,
green : U573, gray : U574, yellow : U575,
red : U576, ivory : U577

— single pole — right angle PC terminals — gold plated contacts

E Series — Microminiature pushbutton — single pole — solder lugs — gold plated contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 100mA 30VDC
min. : 100/;A 50mV

* Initial contact resistance : < 30mfl

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
100.000 operations

* Panel thickness : 1,5mm max.

* Sealed terminals

CAP COLOR : blue : U5H , black : U572,
green : U573, gray : U574, yellow : U575,
red : U576, ivory : U577

Models

Functions

E2Q40MBZBE

E2060MBZBE

A A

-QQ--OO-

-6b <K>

ca

F Series— |Pushbutton — single pole

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :

1 A 30VDC, 0,3A 250VAC

* Initial contact resistance : 10m£2 max.

*Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

200.000 operations

CAP COLOR : blue : U481 , black : U482,
green : U483, gray : U484, yellow : U485,
red : U486, ivory : U487,
chrome plated : U488, orange : U489

— straight PC terminals — silver contacts — bracket mounting

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST. • HARTFORD, CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

CROUSE-HINDS PG 8 1*2253

5100

SWITCHES

5100

F Series — pushbutton — single pole -

SPECIFICATIONS :

‘Current/voltage rating :
max. : 0,1 A 30VDC
min. :.10mA 50mV

•Initial contact resistance : 30m£2 max.

•Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
200.000 operations
‘Panel thickness : 4 mm max.

‘Sealed terminals

CAP COLOUR : blue : U481 , black : U482,
green : U483, grey : U484, yellow : U485,
red : U486, ivory : U487
chrome plated : U488, orange : U489

straight PC terminals — gold plated contacts

Models

Functions

F1080PBC2BE

£ 4

oo -ao-
-cro-oo-

ON - ON

F Series — pushbutton— single pole— solder lugs— silver contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

•Current/voltage rating :

1 A 30VDC, 0,3 A 250VAC
•Initial contact resistance : 10m£2 max.

•Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

200.000 operations
•Panel thickness : 4 mm max.

CAP COLOUR : blue : U481, black : U482,
green : U483, grey : U484, yellow : U485,
red : U486, ivory : U487,
chrome plated : U488, orange : U489

G Series — ■ Toggle— single pole— solder lugs— silver contacts

SPECIFICATIONS :

•Current/ voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250V AC, 4A 30V DC
min. : 100mA 10V
•Initial contact resistance : 10m£2
* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations
•Panel thickness :2,5mm max.

•Sealed terminals

Available in other styles and circuits.

G Series — Black Toggle— single pole— solder lugs— silver contacts

SPECIFICATIONS:

•Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC, 4A 30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V
•Initial contact resistance : 10mf2
•Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :

50.000 operations
•Panel thickness :2,5mm max.

•Sealed terminals

•Black finish on lever, bushing and hardware

Available in other styles and circuits.

G Series — Toggle— single pole— right angle PC

SPECIFICATIONS :

•Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC, 4A 30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V
•Initial contact resistance : 10m£2
* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

terminals— silver contacts

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST • HARTFORD , CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471
1 *2254 crouse-hinds pg 9 For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

SWITCHES

51 DO

5100

G Series —TOGGLE— DOUBLE POLE— SOLDER LUGS— SILVER CONTACTS

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC.4A 30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfl

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

* Panel thickness : 2,5mm max.

’ Sealed terminals

* Watertight boots (see page 12)

Available in other circuits and styles.

/

G Series — BLACK TOGGLE-DOUBLE POLE— SOLDER LUGS-GOLD CONTACTS

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 0,2A 250VAC
min. : 10mA 50mV

* Initial contact resistance : < lOmfi max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

* Black finish on lever, bushing and hardware
Available in other circuits and styles.

G Series— TOGGLE— DOUBLE POLE— SOLDER LUGS— SILVER CONTACTS BUSHING <p 12mm

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC, 4A 30 VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfl max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

* Panel thickness : 4,5 mm max.

* Sealed terminals

* High mechanical strength

* Watertight boots (see page 12)

Available in other circuits and styles.

G Series — BLACK TOGGLE— DOUBLE POLE— SOLDER LUGS— SILVER CONTACTS BUSHING 0 12mm

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. :2A 250VAC.4A 30V DC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOrnii max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
50.000 operations

* Panel thickness : 4,5mm max.

* Sealed lever to bushing

* Sealed terminals

* High mechanical strength

* Black finish on lever, bushing and hardw are

This model is available with locking lever.

H Series — PUSHBUTTONl-SINGLE POLE— SOLDER LUGS— SILVER CONTACTS

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. :2A 250VAC.4A 30 VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfl max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
30.000 operations

* Panel thickness : 2mm max.

* Supplied with CAP U482

CAP COLOR : blue : U481 , black : U482,
green : U483, gray : U484, yellow : U485,
red : U486, ivory : U487,
chrome plated : U488, orange : U489

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST. • HARTFORD, CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory crouse-hinds pg id 1 *2255

5100

SWITCHES

5100

H Series— PUSHBUTTON - SINGLE POLE - RIGHT ANGLE PC TERMINALS — SILVER CONTACTS

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC, 4A30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : 10m(l max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
30.000 operations

* Supplied with CAP U482

CAP COLOR : blue : U481 , black : U482,
green : U483, gray : U484, yellow : U485,
red : U486, ivory : U487,
chrome plated : U488, orange : U489

H Series — PUSHBUTTON — DOUBLE POLE — SOLDER LUGS — SILVER CONTACTS

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC, 4A30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmll max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
30.000 operations

* Panel thickness : 2mm max.

‘Available with actuator seal

CAP COLOR : blue : U481 , black : U482,
green : U483, gray : U484, yellow : U485,
red : U486, ivory : U487,
chrome plated : U488, orange: U489

Models

Function

H2080PBYZQE

A

1-3 1-2

4-6 4-5

ON - MOM

J Series — TOGGLE— single pole— straight PC terminals— silver contacts— plain bushing

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC 4A 30VDC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : 20mll max.

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
30.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

Available in other styles and circuits.

K Series — SLIDE— single pole— straight PC terminals— silver contacts— terminal spacing 2,54

* Designed to meet the requirements of wave
soldering

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmll

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
20.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

This model is available with gold plated
contacts for low level applications.

Available in on-off-on circuit

Models

Functions

K1010VS2CQE

oo

ON - ON

K Series SLIDE— double pole— straight PC terminals— silver contacts— terminal spacing 2,54

* Designed to meet the requirements of wave
soldering

SPECIFICATIONS :

* Current/voltage rating :
max. :2A 250VAC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfi

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
20.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

This model is available with gold plated
contacts for low level epplications.

Available in on-off-on circuit

, 12,8 ^

>l 3

_HL

□

06

H P

5,08

00.8

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HART DIV. • 1 03 HAWTHORN ST. • HARTFORD, CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

1 *2256 crouse-hinds pg ii For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

K Series — SLIDE— single pole— straight PC terminals— silver contacts— terminal spacing 2,54

* Designed to meet the requirements of wave
soldering

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmll

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
20.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

This model is available with gold plated
contacts for low level applications.

Available in on-off-on circuit'

K Series — SLIDE— double pole— straight PC terminals— silver contacts— terminal spacing 5,08

* Designed to meet the requirements of wave
soldering

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : 10mn

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
20.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

This model is available with gold plated
contacts for low level applications.

Available in on-off-on circuit

Models

Functions

K2010HS1C2QE

DO

ON - ON

J4_

£ 4 ,

LEpoxy

K Series — SLIDE— single pole— s

* Designed to meet the requirements of wave
soldering

SPECIFICATIONS:

* Current/voltage rating :
max. : 2A 250VAC
min. : 100mA 10V

* Initial contact resistance : lOmfi

* Life expectancy with resistive nominal load :
20.000 operations

* Sealed terminals

This model is available with gold plated
contacts for low level applications.

Available in on-off-on circuit

silver contacts— terminal spacing 2,54

Models

Functions

K1010VS3CQE

GO

ON - ON

SEAL BOOTS AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE

PLEASE NOTE:

Optional Rockers, Paddles and Pushbutton Caps are listed under the Specifications section of each switch description.

CROUSE-HINDS COMPANY • ARROW HARUDIV. • 103 HAWTHORN ST • HARTFORD , CT 06101 • (203) 249-8471

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

CROUSE-HINDS PG 12 1 *2257

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Digital Switches - LED Readouts

Rocker & Thumbwheel

2 1 4 & 5 3

84 212

Rocker Series

Large Size Panel Mount

A Fully Modular System

84 218

Rocker Series

Miniature Rear Mount

1. Basic Module: Enables data input in coded form.

2. End Caps: Snap into place to complete module assembly. Complete with 4 panel clips.

3. Separator: Used to fit 2 switch assemblies into one unit. They come with 2 clips.

4. Spacer: Blank module used to replace a module assembly.

5. Encoded “Dummy” Module: Enables a simultaneous switching to two circuits from one digital
switch. It is driven by the adjacent module via a coupling shaft.

6. End Caps: For rear mounting of module assembly. They come in pairs.

LED Readouts

• Compatible with Crouzet Rocker* and Thumbwheel!
switches

• Easy to assemble snap-on modules

• With or without decoding/memory

• Two sizes available

84 21 5t

Crouzet Controls, Inc.

1029 State Parkway, Schaumburg, IL 60195
Tel: 1 312/843-2200 - Telex: Crouzet 206 297

1*2258

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MINIATURE SWITCHES

M-SERIES: HIGH QUALITY GOLD FLASH

MS-331

MS-334

MS-342

MS-344

MS-345

MS-351

MS-352

y

eg

1

ft

i

#

H

|

—

W'

Terminals: Models available with either solder, printed circuit, right angle or vertical terminals (right angle and vertical terminals are available by special order only)

M-SERIES GENERAL RATINGS

DRAWING

RESISTANCE LOAD

6A 125VAC (3A 250VAC) 6A 30VDC

INDUCTIVE LOAD

6A 125VAC (POWER FACTOR 0.8) (3A 250VAC (P.F.0.8)

MECHANICAL LIFE

OVER 30,000 OPERATIONS (SWITCHING FREQUENCY 20 OPERATIONS/MINUTE)

ELECTRICAL LIFE

OVER 10,000 OPERATIONS (SAME AS ABOVE) (RATED LOAD)

INSULATION RESISTANCE

OVER lOOMf) (BY DC 500V TESTER)

VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN

AC 1000V/1 MIN (BETWEEN CONTACT & CASE)

CONTACT RESISTANCE

20mft MAXIMUM

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

-10°C~ +55°C

AMBIENT HUMIDITY

85%RH MAXIMUM

CIRCUIT

SWITCHING FUNCTION I

3P(SPDT)

A. ON - ON UL

B. ON -(ON)

C. ON -OFF -ON

UL

D. ON -OFF -(ON)

E. (ON) - OFF - (ON)

6P(DPDT)

F. ON -ON UL

G. ON -(ON)

H. ON -OFF -ON

UL

1. ON - OFF - (ON)

J. (ON) -OFF -(ON)

Also available in our economy line of silver plated contacts.

SUB-MINIATURES
(LOW CURRENT
FOR PC BOARD)

MS-611

MS-621

PUSHBUTTONS

UL LISTED

~10~\

s -*\ 1 1 l

■ /fli

i_l

J u? *>

MS-402

DS-139

MS-070

MS-080

(WITH 6.3 VOLT LAMP)

DS-195 2P
D-S-249 2P

ROCKERS

UL LISTED

32

A-i'V j.

m

DS-322

(WITH NEON LAMP)

£fcl

'*r

TtT

DS-062 (BLACK FRAME)
DS-063 (GOLD FRAME)

UL LISTED

;/ - <§

Jl IS

DS-004

PUSHBUTTONS
LED ILLUMINATED

DS-700 (ALTERNATING)
DS-710 (MOMENTARY)

5.5

12

5

3.5 ~

M12P=1

cJ

L/~~~

[r£oo

*13

I

m

Mtg Hole Dia

BOTH MODELS ARE AVAILABLE
WITH SQUARE OR ROUND
SWITCH FACE.

BBEOi

KEEE9

MS-402

bebeeebi

DS-322

DS-004

H3Z9H

DS-710

Push-
button
with 6.3V
Lamp

Push-
button
with 6.3V
Lamp

Push-

button

Push-

button

Rocker
with Neon
Lamp

-Rocker

Rocker

Push-
button
with LED

Push-
button
with LED

1A

125 VAC

1A

125VAC

6A

250VAC

Hi

KH

6A

250VAC

1A

250VAC

mi

2P(SPST)

3P(SPDT)

6P(DPDT)

3P(SPDT)

6P(DPDT)

p

2P(SPST)

2P(SPST)

2P(SPST)

3P(SPDT)

4P(DPST)

6P(DPDT)

(SPDT)

(DPDT)

(SPDT)

(DPDT)

H§9

ON-OFF

ON-ON

ON-ON

Alternate

ON- (ON)
Momentary

2.5VDC

1A 20mC2 or less

2.5VDC
lOmfi or less

1000VAC

1 Minute

1500VAC

1 Minute

nm

1500VAC

1 Minute

1500VAC

1 Minute

5.2

18.5x18.5

■H

■FT:Kgg.1IEl

HES391

18

30

12

12

DSA offers a complete line of MIYAMA toggle switches, rocker switches, sub-miniature switches, pushbutton switches, lever
switches and illuminated switches. MIYAMA . . . reliability and quality for over 50 years. For complete information on our wide

range of products please contact: DSA-DAI-ICHI SHOJI OF AMERICA. INC.

150 Fifth Avenue, Suite 516, New York, NY 10011, (212) 691-9050.

EEM 1983*

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2259

5100

SWITCHES

5100

2100/2600 Series
STRIPSWUCH"'

Mounts directly to printed circuit boards

EECO's 2100 and low profile, standard bottom sealed 2600 STRIPSWITCHES are
the most economical method of hand setting coded electronic values available.
Requiring a minimum of space and eliminating costly wiring, these switches can be
mounted horizontally or vertically on either side of the PC board. Each station can be
easily set by thumbwheel or screwdriver, and on the 2100 series, optional extended
shaft.

■ One to four stations in a strip (2100)

■ Two legend locations

M 10- and 16- position models

■ Available in all popular codes

■ Integral mounting pins for stability

■ No mounting hardware required

■ Optional color coded rotors

■ Finished bezel for front panel applications

■ One year warranty

2300 Series A1ICRO-DIP®

One of the world’s smallest binary coded dual-in-line switches

Dip socket or printed circuit board mountable, MICRO-DIP features 10- and
16-position (hexadecimal), 1- and 2-pole models. The 2-pole models offer a
separate common to not true bits to eliminate pull-up resistors, and are available
with standard bottom seals. All MICRO-DIPs have reliable gold contacts, and their
small size/low profile allows high density packaging.

■ 10- and 16- position, 1- and 2-pole models

■ Screwdriver adjustable in either direction

■ No mounting hardware required

■ Some models with bottom and process seal

■ Strong terminals for easy insertion

■ Available in right angle BCD and extended shaft models

■ . 100" x .300" ( 2.54 x 7.62) centers

■ 10-position models .400" x .380" x .225" (10.16 x 9.65 x 5.72)

■ 10- and 16-position 2-pole models .450" x.450" x .300" (11.43 x 11.43 x 7.62)

■ One year warranty

2800 Series Lighted
Push-Button Switch

Provides high-quality, well-defined illumination

EECO’s new lighted push-button switch is available with solder or printed circuit
board terminals. For increased operating efficiency, detent life, positive tactile feel
and smooth operation, the 2800 Series utilizes conductive rubber at the contact
points. Suitable for front panel mounting, this switch is available in 12 mm and 17
mm sizes with high or low profile lens. Ideal for all low-voltage MOS applications.

■ Low profile

■ Standard base seal

■ Lamp changes from top with no tools required

■ Guide grooves for easy station assembly

■ Snap-in mounting

■ One year warranty

2400 Series AHNI-DIP'“ Membrane Switches

Available in SPST configuration

MINI- DIP, EECO's rocker DIP switch series, offers an optional permanent environ-
mental seal to protect during soldering and cleaning processes, and against harsh
operating environments. Exclusive gold-on-gold cleaning/wiping action contacts
assure low contact resistance while unique locking rod design prevents accidental
actuation. Standard dimensions allow retrofitting of all major brands.

■ SPST, 2-10 stations, raised rocker and low profile

■ Temporary process seal

■ Terminals on . 100" x .300" (2.54 x 7.62) centers

■ PCB or DIP socket mountable

■ Standard bottom seal

■ Easy-to-read characters

■ Optional environmental seal

■ One year warranty

Flexible, environmentally sealed keyboard switches

EECO’s proven specialty line of custom flexible membrane switches.
EECOFLEX is fabricated using photographic screen printing processes which
allow virtually any size, shape or color of switch panel or individual switch pad.
This state-of-the-art concept enhances appearance and facilitates human inter-
face. Designed for a spectrum of applications from industrial equipment to
medical instrumentation, all graphics are printed on the inside surface of the
panel’s tough outer layer of plastic, safely sealed against dirt and abrasion.
EECO’s total vertical integration allows for fast order turnaround, while the use
of screen printing techniques and steel rule dies make EECOFLEX price
competetive.

■ Impervious to moisture, dust, grease, solvents and corrosive gases

■ Rated for an average life of 10 million actuations

■ Full-service membrane switch facility

■ Flat face

■ Tactile feel

■ Embossing and read-out windows available

1*2260

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Incorporated

Thumbwheel Switches

Thumbpot

Incremental voltage dividers

1776/1976 Series

“Revolutionary”

The 1976 and 1776 Series Thumbpots offer rapid thumbwheel settings, perfect
resettability and large in-line displays.

fl Resolution to .01%

■ Input resistance: 100 to 100,000 ohms
fl Available in 1776 and 1976 Series

D Optional: lighting, stops and matte finish

■ Available with fast- mount hardware

B Accuracy: 1 % to .05% of full scale voltage
B Compact behind-panel dimensions
B Excellent front panel appearance
B Sealed against dust
H One year warranty

5000/6000 Series

A truly revolutionary design at a nominal price. Optional notched terminals allow
switches to be mounted directly to motherboards. The 1776/1976 offer a large
selection of codes and its standard dimensions permit ease of retrofitting with other
major brands of switches. The 1976 is a slimmer, only .350 (8.89) wide, switch.

B 8, 10, 12 and 16- position models
B Optional lighting
B Dust seal protection
B Provision for mounting components
B Stops to limit rotation
B 1 ,000,000 detent life
B Up to 34 stations per assembly
M Double width models
B Optional fast-mount hardware
B Aluminum wire assembly hardware
B One year warranty

Minature military-type switches

Miniature switches, with field-proven performance, designed to meet the rugged
standards of MIL-S-22710/15. 6000 Series is sealed to protect entire contact area
from moisture, dust and salt spray. Circuit board, wire cable or wire loop termination
available.

B Optional lighting with long lasting, replaceable lamps
B Plastic window readout protection
fl Over 40 available codes
B Field replaceable stops
fl 1 ,000,000 detent life
B One year warranty

jjj

Industrial/Commercial Switches

A general purpose switch for industrial applications, the 2000 Series offers over 50
codes. Available unsealed or with “O" ring seal, this switch provides fast, "off-the-
shelf" solutions to difficult requirements. Removable indicator ring permits easy
legend changes in the field. Universal dimensions make retrofit projects easy and in-
expensive.

H Single and double pole models
fl Lighting available
B Optional "0” ring seal available
B Field adjustable stops
B Provisions for mounting components
B Direct wire or connector termination
B 8, 10, 12 and 16- positions
B One year warranty

1800 Series

315” (8.00) wide

A reliable, low cost thumbwheel switch, the 1800 Series switch assemblies
offer front, snap-in mounting. Available in 10 position codes, including diode
provision, the 1800 Series is offered in three standard housing
colors and finishes.

B Front snap-in mounting
B Large, legible .234" (5.94) high characters
fl Slim .315" (8.00) wide
B PCB termination
fl 10-position
□ Stops to limit rotation
B PCB mounting pins available
fl Available in black, gray or beige
B Gloss, matte or textured matte finish
B One year warranty

1600 Series
/MINI -THUMBWHEEL

Ideal when front panel space is at a premium

The newest addition, the 1600 Series is also the smallest of EECO’s Thumbwheel
Switch line. This low cost switch features a snap-together assembly and front snap-
in mounting, requiring no tools, and is offered with direct wire or connector termina-
tion.

B Easy-to-read characters
B Durable, molded matte finish (standard)
B 10-position codes available
B Low cost snap-together assembly

B One year warranty

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2261

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Incorporated

Switch Specifications

PERFORMANCE DATA . . . MECHANICAL I

SW

ITCH

SER

IES

73

CHARACTERISTICS

RATINGS

1776

1976

1800

o

o

o

CM

5000

0009

2100

CD

O

CO

CM

2300

2400

THUMB

POT

1600

No. of Switching Positions Continuous Rotation - Switches may be stopped for limited rotation

No. of Rockers

Indexing Positions An 9 |e Tfirow

8 45

•

•

•

•

•

•

10 36

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

12 30

•

•

•

_llJ

•

•

16 22-1/2

•

•

•

•

•

2-10 Form "A” 1-5 Form "C”

•

Tangential Operating Force

4-10 oz.

•

•

5-16 oz.

•

6-18 oz.

.

•

•

•

•

6-20 oz.

•

•

7-14 oz.

•

3-32 oz.

•

Temp. Range -Operating

-65 C to +100 C

•

-40 C to +80 C

•

-20 C to +85 C

•

•

-20 C to +75 C

•

•

•

•

•

-10 C to +85 C

•

•

Mechanical Life

Greater than 1,000,000 detent operations

•

•

•

•

•

•

Greater than 500,000 detent operations

•

0

°

tz

Greater than 100,000 detent operations

•

Greater than 10,000 detent operations

•

2,000 cycles

•

Type Termination

Direct Wire

•

•

•

•

•

Cable

•

•

Wire Loop

•

•

SolderTab

•

Solder Pins - for P C. Board Insertion

•

•

•

•

•

1C Socket

•

•

Weight (approx.)

.03 oz.

•

A

4 grams

•

0.4 oz.

•

•

•

•

0.9 oz.

ir

.15 oz.

•

•

•

PERFORMANCE DATA... ELECTRICAL

CD

ii

CD

lo-

Ol

o

o

oo

o

o

o

CVJ

o
o ’

CD

in

o

o

CD

CD

o

a

CM

§

CO

CM

o

CD

CO

CM

o

a

CM

is

TL °-

0091

CHARACTERISTICS

RATINGS

TEST CONDITION

Current Carrying Capacity
(Nonswitching)

3 Amps max. per Common line

At 115 VAC - Maximum Allowable Temp, rise from Ambient,

Measured at Contact: 50 C

•

•

.

•

•

•

• '

|

•

1 Amp. max. per Common line

At 28 AC or DC

•

;

1

•

•

100 Milliamps per Common line

At 50 VDC

•

Switching Life Greater than:
1,000,000 Detent Operations

500.000 Detent Operations

100.000 Detent Operations

10.000 Detent Operations

2.000 cycles

0.125 amperes

At 115 VAC (Resistive)

•

•

hr

•

•

•

•

•

0.125 amperes

At 28 V0C (Resistive)

±i

•

•

•

•

•

• j

1

•

0.000010 amperes

At 0.020 Volts DC (Resistive)

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

0.100 Amps

At 28 AC or DC

•

100 Milliamp
.125 Amp

At 5 DC

At 28 VAC or DC

•

•

•

Insulation Resistance

1000 Megohms Min (dry)

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

A

•

•

100,000 Megohms (Min dry)

25 Megohms Min measured with units still in test chamber

In accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 302. Test Cond. A

•

•

• 1

•

•

•

•

•

Dielectric withstanding Voltage

1000 Volts (RMS)

500 Volts (RMS)

60 Cycle (AC) -Tminute duration Max. current leakage .0005
amps in accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 301

•

*

•

•

•

A

1000 Volts peak to peak

•

•

j

250 Volts peak to peak .

•

•

250 Volts RMS

•

*

Switch Circuit Resistance

Before Life Test

Before Life Test

0.100 Ohms (Max)

In accordance with MIL-STD-202. Method 307

•

•

A

•

• j

'I

•

Initial Resistance + 0.060 Ohms (Max)

•

•

A

•

A

A

•

* i

•

50 Milliohms (max)

•

•

•

100 Milliohms

•

•

• ■

150 Milliohms

•

(Not including cable resistance on series 5100/6100)

i PERFORMANCE DATA. ..ENVIRONMENTAL

1776

1976

o

o

oo

o

o

CD

CM

5000

0009

2100

o

o

CD

CM

o

o

CO

CM

o

CD

CM

THUMB

POT

1600

CHARACTERISTICS

RATINGS

TEST CONDITIONS

Vibration**

10-2000 Cycles at ±15g (W/0 Lamps) Open contact duration
less than .000010 seconds including bounce

In accordance with MIL-STD-202. Method 204, Condition B

▲

A

A

A

•

•

•

•

A

A

A

A

Shock** Medium Impact

100G Open contact duration less than .000010 seconds
including bounce

In accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 213, Test Condition 1

▲

A

A

A

•

•

•

•

A

A

A

A

Shock** High Impact

2000 Ft. Lbs.

In accordance with MIL-STD-202. Method 207

▲

A

A

A

•

A

A

A

A

Salt Spray Resistance

48 Hours

In accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 101, Test Condition B

▲

A

A

A

•

•

•

A

A

A

A

Seal

10 PSIG Under 6" Headwater

In accordance with MIL-S-22710, Method 1

A

A

A

A

A

Moisture Resistance

10 days

In accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 106, per MIL-S-22710

A

A

A

A

•

•

•

A

A

A

A

Humidity

10 days

In accordance with MIL-E-5272, Procedure 1

A

A

A

A

•

•

•

•

A

A

A

A

Attitude

70,000 feet at Rated Load

In accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 105, Condition C

A

A

A

A

•

A

A

A

A

Sand & Dust

6 Hours

In accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 110, Condition B

A

A

A

A

•

•

A

A

A

A

Thermal Shock**

-65 C to +100 C

In accordance with MIL-STD-202, Method 107, Condition A

A

A

A

A

•

•

•

•

A

A

A

A

Explosion

Explosion Proof

In accordance with MIL-STC-202, Method 109

A

A

A

A

•

A

A

A

A

+ * Does not include lamp. ▲ Consult Factory o Greater than 250,000 detent operations at 25 C

FABRICATION: See individual switch series Specification Tables for plastic and metal parts, contacts and printed circuit board material specifications.

Incorporated

1601 E. Chestnut Ave. • P.O. Box 659 Santa Ana, California 92702-0659
• Phone: (714) 835-6000 • TWX 910-595-1550 • Telex 67-8420

1*2262

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

FiT’N COMPU-LITE

Electrical/Electronic Control ILLUMINATED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

COMPU-LITE SERIES 200 PRODUCT SUMMARY

SWITCH

SERIES

.c?

<o

£

<7

.O Q. ^

aT" £ ft ©

^ ^ # P £ J ft <o IS

A** O ^ C'T ^ "Jt" ^ ^ ^ >> V/ A* An.

- / # // / $ # i / / /

i i // * 1 g $ § £ i .* / # / # # #

« J' .4? •§> ^ ^ & v: % * o' -/ # ^

^ O' if 5 p O o v ft k h ^ 3 $ 3 it S

An

/

So

PAGE NO.

<1* ^ T O <T

O* O* O* co o co o O «§•

200

201

©

202

©

203

204

©

205

©

206

©

©

©

207

©

©

208

209

0

220

221

©

222

223

©

©

224

©

225

©

231

233

234

©

©

235

244

245

O Consult the Sales Office nearest you. See listings on back cover.

BULB CHART NO. I

T 1% Subminiature Wedge Base for all

Switches and Indicators

Item

To order lamp

ASA Lamp

Designed

Design

Brightness

Lab Avg.

; No*

separately

Number

Volts

Amps

(MSCP)

Life (hrs.)

30

28-3158

56

5

.115

.15

20,000

31

28-3158-2

79

6

.20

.60

1,000

32

28-3158-3

84

6.3

.04

.03

20,000

33

28-3158-4

86

6.3

.20

.40

20,000

34

28-3158-5

18

14

.04

.13

5,000

'.'35 '

28-3158-6

73

14

.08

.30

15,000

36 ]

28-3158-7

85

28

.04

.30

7,000

37 >]

28-3158-8

17

28

.06

.65

5,000

*Use this two digit number for installation in switches and indicators.

BULB CHART NOl II

LED Lamps for Series 231 thru 235

Switches and Indicators

Color

Voltage

W/0 Diode Protection

With Diode Protection

Item No.

item No.

VDC©

01

'■ 11 '

Red

5 VDC

02 .

12

15 VDC

03

13

VDC©

.04

14

Yellow

5 VDC

05

15

15 VDC

06

16 ,

VDC©

07

17 ■ .

Green

5 VDC

08

18

15 VDC

09

19

0 Lamps without internal current limiting resistor. User must include in his circuit — to give
current of 20mA to LED.

PG. 2 COMPU-LITE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2263

5100

SWITCHES

5100

^»T*N COMPU-LITE

Electrical/Electronic Control ILLUMINATED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

200

SERIES

NON

ILLUMINATED

PANEL

MOUNT

201

SERIES

ILLUMINATED

PANEL

MOUNT

202

SERIES

NON

ILLUMINATED

PRINTED

.CIRCUIT

BOARD

MOUNT

203

SERIES

ILLUMINATED

PRINTED

CIRCUIT

BOARD

MOUNT

1 : 1

200 & 201 PANEL MOUNT

— 1

“Ai

.312

— 1.400

. 06 ^

190

c

—

C oo

c

D

|cOMPU-LITE

4

—.07

APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS

202 & 203 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MOUNT

MOUNTING HOLE

P.C. BOARD LAYOUT
Hole Diameter .062"

CIRCUITRY

%

SPECIFICATIONS

ACTION

— Momentary

— Alternate with positive latch down
SWITCH CIRCUITRY
— Break before make
— SPDT or DPDT
SWITCH ELECTRICAL RATINGS
— Silver Contacts

5 Amps @ 125 VAC or 250 VAC
— Gold Contacts
0.1 A@ 125 VAC/DC
— U.L. Listed
— C.S.A. Certified
INDICATOR LISTINGS
— U.L. Recognized
— C.S.A. Certified
TERMINATION TYPES

— .020" x .1 10" Terminations suitable
for solder or female 110 connectors

— .020" x .025" Terminations for
printed circuit board mount

PUSHBUTTONS

— 5/8" x 1" rectangular

— Matte Fi n ish

— Plain, engraved, or hot stamped
MOUNTING

— Snap in panel mounting
— Stainless Steel retaining clips

— .030" to .188" Panel Thickness
— P.C. Board mounting

LAMPS

— One T 1-3/4 Wedge Base
— Incandescent
— Front Relampable
— Lamp stationary to reduce me-
chanical shock to filament
PUSHBUTTON TRAVEL

— .190"

ORDERING INFORMATION

CHOOSE ONE OPTION FROM EACH COLUMN.
DO NOT USE DASHES (-) IN PART NUMBER.

■ Switch Series

Product

Type

Action

No. of
Poles

Contact

Mat’ls

Terminations

Mounting

Pushbutton

Style

Color

Pushbutton

Height

Lamp

.200 or 201
(Panel Mount}-

202 or 203
(P.C. Board
Mount)

K Switch

(.1 Mom

2 Alt

;g

.3

" fi SPDT
,2 DPDT

ill Silver
% Gold

6 DPDT:

top pole
i silver
m bottom
, pole gold

Solder

2 P.C. Board

§4

rM

20] No

Barriers

11 Vertical
Barriers O

2} Horizontal

<1 Barriers O

matte

00 Orange

01 : White

T >.V • 02i Red

Green

04j Yellow
g/fe Blue
■/ JO Amber
, fl2 Lunar White
' 13< Light Green

• 45 Clear

20< Gray

21 Black

&t$gas.i9"

4; /Tun

-Use two
digit
i part'
number
Z/framLulh'

' Chart!

•on page 2

1 ■ i

Matching

Indicator

Product

Type

Terminations

Mounting

204

(Panel Mount) . '
or 205 (P.C.

• Board Mount). '

L

Indicator

' : 1>

2

Solder

P.C. Board

gsgiOl No Barriers

% Vertical Barriers O
. If Horizontal Barriers O

J

O Contact the Sales Office nearest you. See listings on back cover.

SPECIFY ENGRAVING OR HOT STAMPING INFORMATION WHEN ORDERING FROM SALES OFFICE

EXAMPLES:

201K11910M01A30

DESCRIBES: Series 201 Switch, Panel Mount, Momentary Action, SPDT, Gold Contacts, Solder Terminations, No Barriers, Style M matte
pushbutton, white, .19" above panel pushbutton height, with ASA No. 56, 5 volt incandescent lamp installed.

205 L20M03A 3 1

DESCRIBES: Series 205 Indicator Light, P.C. Board Mount, P.C. Board Terminations, flat bezel, No Barriers, Style M matte pushbutton,
green, .19" above panel pushbutton height, with ASA No. 79, 6 volt incandescent lamp installed.

COMPU-LITE PG. 3

1*2264

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

FiT*N COMPU-LITE

Electrical/Electronic Control ILLUMINATED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

206

ILLUMINATED
PANEL MOUNT

ILLUMINATED
PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD MOUNT

DUAL-LAMP-HORIZONTAL SPLIT LENS OR FULL CAP

206 PANEL MOUNT

—

1.200

LEGEND

T 1
.600 .800

u

LEGEND

□

L

APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS
207 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MOUNT

1.200

|

LEGEND

T I
.600 .800

u

LEGEND

i

MOUNTING HOLE

n +.005

=D00~

. 750 .

-.005

-.000

P.C. BOARD LAYOUT
Hole Diameter .062"

- \~
K300 -

I

H400H

.450

100

200 |

150 .900

.200

CIRCUITRY

fi

SPECIFICATIONS

ACTION

— Momentary

— Alternate with positive latch down
SWITCH CIRCUITRY
— Break before make
— SPDTor DPDT

— 2 independent lamp circuits
SWITCH ELECTRICAL RATINGS

— Silver Contacts

5 Amps @ 125 VAC or 250 VAC
— Gold Contacts

0.1 A @ 125 VAC/DC
— U.L. Listed
— C.S.A. Certified
INDICATOR LISTINGS
— U.L. Recognized
— C.S.A. Certified
TERMINATION TYPES

— .020" x .110" Terminations suitable
for solder or female 110 connectors

— .020" x .025" Terminations for
printed circuit board mount

PUSHBUTTONS

— 5/8" x 1" rectangular
— M atte Style “M" Finish

— Full or Horizontal Split Lens
— Plain, engraved, or hot stamped
MOUNTING

— Snap in panel mounting
— Stainless Steel retaining clips

— .030" to .188" Panel Thickness
— P.C. Board mounting

LAMPS

— Two T 1-3/4 Wedge Base Lamps
— Incandescent
— Front Relampable
— Lamps stationary to reduce me-
chanical shock to filament
PUSHBUTTON TRAVEL

— .190"

CHOOSE ONE OPTION FROM EACH COLUMN.
DO NOT USE DASHES (-) IN PART NUMBER.

Switch Series

Product

Type

Action

No. of
Poles

Contact

Mat’ls

Terminations

Mounting

Pushbutton

Style

Full Cap or

Top Lens Color

Btm. Lens
Color©

Pushbutton

Height

Lamps
(accepts 2)

206

(Panel Mount)-
or

207

(P.C. Board
Mount)

K Switch

-~T Mom
. 2 Alt

T SPDT

2 DPDT

8: Silver

9i Gold

6 DPDT:

1 top pole
- silver
j bottom
j pole gold

clj Solder

P.C. Board

Of No
r Barriers
.; .1? Vertical
! Barriers ©

2 Horizontal

1 Barriers 0

.c

matte

00; Orange
.01! White

02 Red

03 Green

04 Yellow

05 Blue

10 Amber

/ 001 Orange

01 White

02 Red

03 Green
04Yellow

05 Blue

10 Amber

A .19"

Full

Use two
digit
part
number
from bulb
Chart 1
on page 2

1

12 Lunar
. White

13: Light
• i Green

. 12i Lunar
'.White

13 Light
Green

Matching

Indicator

Product

Type

Terminations

Mounting

S .19"

208

(Panel Mount) •'
or 209 (PC.
Board Mount)

L

Indicator

1 Solder

2 P.C. Board

0; No Barriers
i; Vertical Barriers©

2: Horizontal Barriers O

15 Clear

20 Gray

21, Black

15 Clear

20 Gray

21 Black

Split

O Contact the Sales Office nearest you. See listings on back cover.

0 For full cap styles this code is not required. SPECIFY ENGRAVING OR HOT STAMPING INFORMATION WHEN ORDERING FROM SALES OFFICE

EE M ples-

207K1 191 0M0501 S3 1

DESCRIBES: Series 207 Switch, P.C. Board Mount, Momentary Action, SPDT, Gold Contacts, Solder Terminations, No Barriers, Style M
matte pushbutton, blue and white split lens cap, .19" above panel pushbutton height, with 2 ASA No. 79, 6 volt incandescent lamps installed.

208L1 0M0203S31

DESCRIBES: Series 208 Indicator Light, Panel Mount, Solder Terminations, No Barriers, Style M matte pushbutton, red and green split lens
cap, .19" above panel pushbutton height, with 2 ASA No. 79, 6 volt incandescent lamps installed.

PG. 4 COMPU-LITE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2265

5100

SWITCHES

5100

E«T*N COMPU-LITE

Electrical/Electronic Control ILLUMINATED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

MOUNTING HOLE

P.C. BOARD LAYOUT©
Hole Diameter .062"

CIRCUITRY

SPDT

DPDT

1

,7.

+.005

-.000

10

7rn + .005

r '' ou -.ooo

t

-

1

■

30

L

m

h-

.50

0-

h 1 '

>50-

j°

SPECIFICATIONS

ACTION

•— Momentary

— Alternate with positive latch down
SWITCH CIRCUITRY
— Break before make
— SPDT or DPDT
SWITCH ELECTRICAL RATINGS
— Silver Contacts

5 Amps @ 125 VAC or 250 VAC
— Gold Contacts
0.1 A @ 125 VAC/DC
— U.L. Listed
— C.S.A. Certified
INDICATOR LISTINGS
— U.L. Recognized
— C.S.A. Certified
TERMINATION TYPES

— .020” x .110” Terminations suitable
for solder or female 1 1 0 connectors

— .020" x .025" Terminations for
printed circuit board mount

PUSHBUTTONS

— 5/8" square

— Matte Style 'T/jj Finish
— Plain, engraved or hot stamped
MOUNTING

— Snap in panel mounting
— Stainless Steel retaining clips

— .030" to .188" Panel Thickness
— P.C. Board mounting

LAMPS

— One T 1-3/4 Wedge Base
— Incandescent
— Front Relampable
— Lamp stationary to reduce me-
chanical shock to filament
PUSHBUTTON TRAVEL

— .190"

©P.C. Board layout for Series 225 is on page 7.

ORDERING INFORMATION

CHOOSE ONE OPTION FROM EACH COLUMN.
DO NOT USE DASHES (-) IN PART NUMBER.

Switch Series '

Product

Type

Action

No. of
Poles

Contact

Mat’ls

Terminations

Mounting

Pushbutton

Style

Color

Pushbutton

Height

Lamp

220 or 221
(Panel Mount)
or T*

222 or223
(P.C. Board
Mount)

Switch

+;1

Pfj Mom

2 Alt

MU SPDT

2 DPDT

8 Silver
.9 Gold

6 DPDT:

- top pole
(silver
bottom

1 pole gold

1. Solder
h 21 P.C. Board

r;G) No
* Barriers
. I Vertical
Barriers©

2" Horizontal

1 Barriers©

M :
matte

00: Orange
. 01 White

02 Red

03 Green

04 Yellow

05 Blue

10 Amber

: - 12 Lunar White

13: Light Green

15 Clear

20 Gray

21 Black

.19”

■Full

Use two
digit'

h'fwmber -
from bulb
-Chart}
on page 2

i _______ !

Matching

Indicator

Product

Type

Terminations

Mounting

224

(Panel Mount) ;
or 225 (P.C.
Board Mount)

L

Indicator

1 Solder

r - ‘ : 2. P.C. Board

' 0, No Barriers

T Vertical Barriers 0
■** : 2 Horizontal Barriers©

©Contact the Sales Office nearest you. See listings on back cover.

SPECIFY ENGRAVING OR HOT STAMPING INFORMATION WHEN ORDERING FROM SALES OFFICE

EXAMPLES:

222K1 2620M03A

DESCRIBES: Series 220 Switch, P.C. Board Mount, Momentary Action, DPDT, Top pole silver contacts, Bottom pole gold contacts, P.C.
Board Terminations, No Barriers, Style M matte pushbutton, green, .19" above panel pushbutton height.

225L20M04A30

DESCRIBES: Series 225 Indicator Light, P.C. Board Mount, P.C. Board Terminations, No Barriers, Style M matte pushbutton, yellow, .19"
above panel pushbutton height, with ASA No. 86, 6.3 volt incandescent lamp installed.

COMPU-LITE PG. 5

1*2266

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

P.T*N COMPU-LITE

Electrical/ Electronic Control ILLUMINATED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

LED DISPLAY
PANEL MOUNT

233

SERIES

LED DISPLAY
PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD MOUNT

231 PANEL MOUNT

APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS
233 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MOUNT

SPECIFICATIONS

ACTION

— Momentary

— Alternate with positive latch down
SWITCH CIRCUITRY
— Break before make
— SPDT or DPDT
SWITCH ELECTRICAL RATINGS
— Silver Contacts

5 Amps @ 125 VAC or 250 VAC
— Gold Contacts

0.1 A @ 125 VAC/DC
— U.L. Listed
— C.S.A. Certified
INDICATOR LISTINGS
— U.L. Recognized
— C.S.A. Certified
TERMINATION TYPES

— .020" x .110" Terminations suitable
for solder or female 110 connectors

— .020" x .025" Terminations for
printed circuit board mount

PUSHBUTTONS

— 5/8" square

— Matte Style. “M” Finish
— Plain, engraved, or hot stamped
MOUNTING

MOUNTING HOLE

P.C. BOARD LAYOUT
Hole Diameter .062"

CIRCUITRY

SPDT

DPDT

— Snap in panel mounting
— Stainless Steel retaining clips
— .030" to .188" Panel Thickness
— P.C. Board mounting

LAMPS

. 7 .

+.005

-.000

50

- 7 cri +.005

F 750 -.000

<L

4

H

I

)0

i

j

'

'

I]

So- 4 !

>00-

L

.50

0-

~.1C

!50j

10

_£L

— One rectangular LED flush with cap

— Various voltages available
— Diode protection available

PUSHBUTTON TRAVEL

— .190"

ORDERING INFORMATION

CHOOSE ONE OPTION FROM EACH COLUMN.
DO NOT USE DASHES (-) IN PART NUMBER.

Switch Series

Product

Type

Action

No. of
Poles

Contact

Mat’ls

Terminations

Mounting

Pushbutton

Style

Color

Pushbutton

Height

Lamp

.231

(Panel Mount)
or

233

(P.C. Board +
Mount)

K Switch

1 Mom

2 Alt

1 SPDT

2 DPDT

8 : Silver

9; Gold

6 DPDT:
top pole
. <' silver
bottom
: + pole gold

1 Solder

2 P.C. Board

0 No
: Barriers

T Vertical
; Barriers O

2i Horizontal
.* Barriers O

m :j

matte

00 Orange

01 White

02 Red

03 Green

04 Yellow
: T; , 05: Blue

10 Amber

j 12 Lunar White

13: Light Green
' 15 Clear

20 Gray
n Black

■ A: .19"

Full

Use two
digit
part
number
from bulb
Chart II
on page 2

Matching

Indicator

Product

Type

Terminations

Mounting

234,

(Panel Mount)
or 235 (P.C.
Board Mount)

L"

Indicator

1 Solder

2 P.C. Board

0 No Barriers

1; Vertical Barriers O

2 ; Horizontal Barriers O

o Contact the Sales Office nearest you. See listings on back cover.

SPECIFY ENGRAVING OR HOT STAMPING INFORMATION WHEN ORDERING FROM SALES OFFICE

EXAMPLES^

231 K229 1 0M04A02

DESCRIBES: Series 231 Switch, Panel Mount, Alternate Action, DPDT, Gold Contacts, Solder Terminations, No Barriers, Style M matte
pushbutton, yellow, .19" above panel pushbutton height, with red LED for 5 VDC operation without diode protection.

234L10M02A12

DESCRIBES: Series Indicator Light, Panel Mount, Solder Terminations, No Barriers, Style M matte pushbutton, red, .19" above panel
pushbutton height, with red LED for 5 VDC operation with diode protection.

PG. 6 COMPU-LITE

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2267

5100

SWITCHES

5100

E^«T*N COMPU-LITE

Electrical/Electronic Control ILLUMINATED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

DUAL-LAMP INDICATORS WITH SPLIT LENS OR FULL CAP

244 PANEL MOUNT

APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS
245 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARgMCWUMNlg

SPECIFICATIONS

— Pushbutton style indicators match
5/8" square lighted switches

CIRCUITRY

— Two independent lamp circuits
LISTINGS
— U.L. Recognized
— C.S.A. Certified
TERMINATION TYPES

— .025" x .110" Terminations suitable
for solder or female 110 connectors

— .020" x .025" Terminations for
printed circuit board mount

PUSHBUTTONS

— 5/8" square

— Matte -Style Finish
— Same variety of colors as used
on 200 Series switches

— Full or horizontal split lens

— Plain, engraved, or hot stamped
MOUNTING

— Snap in panel mounting

— Stainless Steel retaining clips

— .030" to .188" Panel Thickness
— P.C. Board mounting

LAMPS

— Two T 1-3/4 Wedge Base Lamps
— Incandescent

— Front Relampable

MOUNTING HOLE

? P.C. BOARD LAYOUT©

}

+.005

-.000

iO

7cn +.005

r 750 -000

.200

. 100 -*—

.050

. 100 -

-. 200—1

Hole Diameter .062"

.260

O For P.C. Board layout on 225 Series shown on page 5 eliminate two bottom terminals.

ORDERING INFORMATION

CHOOSE ONE OPTION FROM EACH COLUMN.
DO NOT USE DASHES (-) IN PART NUMBER.

T*' indicator ■

Product

Type

Terminations

Mounting

Pushbutton

Style

Full Cap or

Top Lens Color

Btm. Lens
Color©

Pushbutton

Height

Lamps

244

fPanel Mount) -
' or 245 fP.C.' vv
Board Mount)

L

Indicator

4, Solder

2 P.C. Board

' > : j0 s No Barriers
’ . ^ 1? Vertical Barriers ©

t. Horizontal Barriers©

I2T

matte

00 Orange

01 White
^T02lRed

0B Green

04- Yellow
. 05-Blue

10 Amber

1 A'iZ Lunar
'White
> 13 Light
.Green

1$ Clear

20 Gray

Black

.00' Orange
‘ On White

02* Red
'■ (0; Green

04: Yellow
'05, Blue

10 Amber

12- Lunar
White
. .13; Light
: Green

15: Clear

20; Gray

Black

A .19"

• , j Full

^ .19"

' >, Split

Use two
-digit ’
part

number . ,
from bulb
Chart!

©Contact the Sales Office nearest you. See listings on back cover.

©For full cap styles this code is not required.

SPECIFY ENGRAVING OR HOT STAMPING INFORMATION WHEN ORDERING FROM SALES OFFICE

EXAMPLES:

244L1 0M04A30

DESCRIBES: Series 244 Indicator Light, Panel Mount, Solder Terminations, No Barriers, Style M matte pushbutton, yellow, .19" above panel
pushbutton height, with 2 ASA No. 56, 5 volt incandescent lamps installed.

245L20M0203S31

DESCRIBES: Series 245 Indicator Light, P.C. Board Mount, P.C. Terminations, No Barriers, Style M matte pushbutton, red and green split
lens cap, .19" above panel pushbutton height, with 2 ASA No. 79, incandescent lamps installed.

COMPU-LITE PG. 7

1*2268

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

F:T>N

Electrical/Electronic Control

OTHER PRODUCTS

Cutler-Hammer

MINIATURE SWITCHES

NEW MASTER CATALOG DESCRIBING COMPLETE
LINE OF CUTLER-HAMMER COMMERCIAL
MINIATURE SWITCHES

The complete line of Cutler-Hammer miniature switches is included in
a just published 64 page catalog. Electrical and material specifica-
tions, product photographs, dimension drawings, construction details
and wiring diagrams provide a thorough description for the variety
which includes miniature toggle, rocker, illuminated rocker, keylite,
and pushbutton switches. Also included are product summary charts
for quick selection of standard switches and a section devoted to cus-
tom designed miniature switches. Not happy with your present
source? Our catalog even includes complete cross references to our
competition.

Write for our complete catalog NU-196.

Eaton Corporation

Aerospace/Commercial Controls Division

424 Chapel Street
New Haven, CT 06511

NEW MASTER CATALOG DESCRIBING COMPLETE LINE OF
CUTLER-HAMMER SWITCHES AND RELAYS

Switches and relays: Toggle switches, pushbutton switches, sealed
switches, tool handle switches, snap action switches, miniature
switches, accessories. Power relays and hybrid relays. Engineering
^ data. 230 pages.

Write for our complete catalog NJ-125.

Eaton Corporation
Aerospace/Commercial Controls Division

* : 4201 N. 27th Street

•a, Milwaukee, W I 53216

*30

itsiH

iacei C°^

COMPREHENSIVE PRODUCT BROCHURE

Describing Cutler-Hammer’s new Econoswitch line of cost efficient
sealed switches.

From rocker action to lever-locks, we have it all, and can provide as
standard, many combinations of configurations including:

® One, two and four pole switching

• 16 circuit combinations

• Solder, screw or spade type terminations

• Five actuator styles

• Four mounting methods to suit your application

We call it the Econoswitch line. If your application calls for a switch
that’s dust proof and water/moisture resistant — but the price of a
MIL SPEC switch is prohibitive for you — we have a new answer for
you.

Write for this complete brochure NU-161 .

Eaton Corporation

Aerospace/Commercial Controls Division

2074 Whitfield Avenue East
Sarasota, FL 33580

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2269

5100

SWITCHES

5100

AEROSPACE/COMMERCIAL CONTROLS DIVISION

Sales Offices for Compu-Lite and Cutler-Hammer Products

United States

CALIFORNIA

JJLOS ANGELES* 21 1 1 W. Crescent Ave.

W P.O.Box 4208

Anaheim, CA 92801
(714) 776-1910

^JsAN FRANCISCO . . Landmark Office Center
2081 Landings Drive
Mountain View, CA 94043 , . .. . A . . — , „ ,

(415) 967-0606 United States Cont d

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA MINNESOTA

See Maryland” ©MINNEAPOLIS 55435 4530 W. 77th St.

Ji omDA W Suite 260

^^TAMPA* 3361 7 . . 7402 North 56th St. (612)831-8668

NEW YORK

(0MJ30 0 -orif UJ MELV | LLE i 17 47 Walt Whitman Road

O GEORGIA W ( 516 ) 595-4424

ATLANTA 30340 0H|Q

4187 Northeast Expressway N.E^ 0 CLEVE LAND .... 24600 Center Ridge Road
(4U4) w Suite 130

ILLINOIS Westlake. OH 44145

©CHICAGO 310 Lake St. (216)835-4554

PlrY ., i?°Rnioc ©DAYTON* 45439 . . . 3077 S. Kettering Blvd.
Elmhurst, IL 60126 W <513) 294-1877

(312)530-7980 (OU) ^94 w/

PENNSYLVANIA

©KANSAS CITY* . . 6803 W. 64th St., Suite 221 © PHILADELPHIA We ®* Chester Plaza

W Shawnee Mission, KS 66202 „ D ° ar '' n9 . Tc? 9 |

, Q1 ,v 00 4 nnBn Westtown Road & Market Street

(91 3) 384-0080 West Chester pA 1 9380

MARYLAND (215)692-9126

©BALTIMORE 1122 Kenilworth Dr ©PITTSBURGH 98 Vanadiam Rd.

Towson.MD 21204 United Industrial Park - Bldg. A - Suite 203A
<^01) ?QR QR4n Bridgeville, PA 15017

(301)296-9640 (412)221-4420

MASSACHUSETTS TEXAS

° BOSTON NewZ r 02 A 159 © DALLA **

(617)244-7514' (214) 386-4121

Mirw.rAN WASHINGTON

it-™*" ©Seattle* .... 16301 n.e. 8th st„ suite 227

gBDETROIT* Eaton Corporation .. ' . n#nno

~ ; , r>. Bellevue, WA 98008

Commercial Controls Div. ra^. 07-\7

26101 Northwestern Highway ’

P.O.Box 765 WISCONSIN

Southfield, Ml 48037 ©MILWAUKEE 53222. . 3333 North Mayfair Rd.
^ (313) 354-7513 (414) 774-4443

* Aerospace Specialists located in these offices.

International

CANADA

EATON YALE LTD.

Specialty Components Canada

45 Progress Ave (416) 291-2563

Scarborough. Ontario MIP 2Y6 Telex 065-25249

HOLLAND

EATON CORPORATION

Strevelsweg 700-513 (10) 81 44 66

3083 AS Rotterdam Telex 28661

MEXICO

CUTLER-HAMMER Mexicana SA

Javier Rojo Gomex 1300 (905) 686-1022

Ixtapalapa 13 DF Telex 01771013 CHMXME

SWEDEN

CUTLER-HAMMER Svenska A.B.

Florettgatan 37

S-252-55 (42)15 12 80

Helsingborg Telex 72-442

UNITED KINGDOM

CUTLER-HAMMER Europa Ltd.

SCO

Elstow Road (44) 234-67433

Bedford, Bedfordshire MK42 9LH Telex 82261
CHEBED G

WEST GERMANY

CUTLER-HAMMER Deutschland GMBH
SCO

Dieselstr. 22

D-8011 (89)903-7373

Kirchheim Telex 5 24 782

E a'T'aHI Electrical/ Electronic
m I • 111 Control

1*2270

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

EAO SWITCHES

You Can Feel the Difference ...

^ERIES

r 01

l *9L

{ * Fro

k • Lai
swi

Round, Square, and Rectangular
bezel-front panel mount
All types mount in a round hole
1-4 poles

Momentary or maintained action
Maintained action is position indi-
cating

2 piece lens cap. Can be sepa-
rated for insertion of film

3 Switching elements— Snap, Low
Level, Electronic

9 Lens colors

Front panel replacement of lamps
Lamps do not travel when the
switch is actuated

SERIES

02

• Double pole, Double throw
Momentary or Maintained
action on both 380 Volt 10
Amp contacts

» Rectangular lens cap— 9
colors

* Key Lock available

SERIES

03

» Full or split display— 2
lamp

* Double pole, single or 2
button action

» Momentaiv, Maintained or
combination

» Independent or Interlocked

* Key Switches available

Round lens cap— 6 colors
Mount from rear of panel
1-3 pole switching
elements
Momentary or
maintained action
Lamps replaceable
from front
LED available

• Combines the rugged
design of the 04 oiltight
panel seal and the choice
of switching elements

5 Amps 250 volt
Low level or electronic
elements

• Specifically designed for
machine tool applications
where low level or
computer switching

is required.

• High-Security Key Lock
available

SERIES

19

■ Miniature lighted
pushbuttons
& indicators

• 9 mm (.354") centers.

• Round or square bezel
» Low level switching:

mV up to 60V;
m A up to 100 mA

• Momentary or
maintained action
(position indicating)

Non illuminated version of trie
Series 11 with 6 different col-
ored actuator button.
Switching Elements
5 Amp 240 volt 1 to 3 poles
Low level switch
Electronic switch Hall effect
Momentary and maintained
(position indicating) action

Mechanical Interlock Switch
2—12 Switch units
5 different interlock combinations
Slide Mechanism— All metal
construction

3 Switching elements— Snap
Low Level, Electronic

SERIES

SERIES

3*1/ %ii L L 41

• Square or Rectangular bezel

• Flat or Concave lens

• 1—4 pole snap acting switch, Low Level
or Electronic

• Key Lock— round, square, rectangular
■ Lamp T-1 % groove base

Key Lock— round, square, rectangular
with 3 levels of security:

Low-Cost, Standard and High-Security

• 2 lamp switch

• Full or split screen

• Same panel dimensions
as 31 Series

• Soft mount — from front of panel

• Switching elements same
as 31 Series

SERIES

51

• Combines style of Series 31 with oil and
water tight features of Series 14.

• Integral ‘O’ ring seal around a special
one-piece actuator design to conform to
IP65 requirements.

• 1-4 pole, snap acting contacts, low level
or electronic switching.

• Round, square and rectangular panel
fronts, choice of 8 lens colors.

• High styling and rugged, full seal
construction.

SERIES

9©

LIGHTED

KEYBOARD

SWITCH

• Momentary and
maintained action * A

• Gold contacts
•Longlife — 5

million operation minimum

• Low level switching — dry circuit

• Low Constance resistance —

10 milli-ohms

• Low contact bounce, < 100/u. sec

The World’s Finest Switching Products

EAO SWITCH CORP.

P.O. BOX 552
MILFORD, CT 06460
(203) 877-4577

TELEX: EAO SWITCH MFRD 964347

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2271

5100

SWITCHES

5100

DISPLAY ASSEMBLIES/

ft-lll dCULiU"! V IcCn INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBUES/ INDICATORS

\|r LIGHTED PUSH-BUTTON SWITCHES

ELECTRO-MECH provides a perfect blend of quality
standard products with in-depth experience in answering
unique requirements. Proven engineering designs are
illustrated by the excellent performance characteristics of
each ELECTRO-MECH lighted push-button switch, indicator,
and display assembly. Low-bounce, long-life contacts,
new innovations in legends, displays, field-service,
packaging- all standard features. Whatever your applications,
ELECTRO-MECH is prepared to answer your specific needs.
Choose from any of the most popular models.

Technical specifications apply to all ELECTRO-MECH Switch
models unless otherwise specified:

• Ratings: 30 Volts DC or 115 Volts AC; 2 amps resistive,

1 amp inductive

• Weight: 0.8 oz. (approx.)

• Operating Pressure: 2 lbs. + 1 lb.

• Plunger Travel: 3/16" (approx.)

• Actuations: 100.000

• Accommodates all "switchlines" standard lenses. Uses one
T1-3/4. AN3140-327, 328, 330 bulb or neon lamp.

3 actuation modes standard

• Lenses: Available in Vz" to 1" round and square, plus various
rectangular sizes.

MOUNTING SPECIFICATIONS

- J I I I

*— Indicate style of switch (21- through 26, and 29)

SERIES 20

A NEW CONCEPT OF FAST EASY SWITCH
INSTALLATION AND DISPLAY DESIGN VERSATILITY

FEATURES:

• Momentary or alternate action

• Mounts in a %" dia. round hole

• High density mounting ability-less than %" centers

• Low profile appearance in one unitized housing

ELECTRO-MECH ’s Series 20 Switches are provided in display
configurations.

These low profile units are available in any switching
mode with independent circuitry from SPST to DPDT
including a separate indicator circuit. The all plastic,
unitized 'housing assures ease in handling (no adapters,
clamps or brackets). Just drop in round hole and secure
with a nut from behind panel.

Series 20 Switches have the same internal parts as the
all metal 6100 Series Switches including positive action,
reliable circuitry and proven low bounce characteristics
made possible by our unique design concept of silver
slide bar action.

Available options include gold plating for dry circuit
applications. Round slotted nuts for mounting switches on
close centers.

SERIES 400

MULTI-STATION SUB-PANEL
ASSEMBLIES

Multi-station switch assemblies designed for
sub-panel mounting by means of a flanged “LT
channel. All standard ELECTRO-MECH switches
can be incorporated with several types of
mechanical interlocking/ lockout actions between
stations. Up to 12 stations in one or two row
configurations. The standard center distance
between switches is 7 A" and 1".

SERIES 500

INTERLOCKING SWITCH
ASSEMBLIES

Added beauty and long-lasting
appearance with handsome chrome
barriers between each switch or

indicator. Independent or interlocking
action. Ten types of tracking action and
»» 1 switching sequences. Up to 12 switches
in single or dual row, or 1" centers.

ELECTRO-MECH COMPONENTS, INC. ♦ 1826 NORTH FLORADALE AVE. • SO. EL MONTE, CALIF. 91733 • (213) 442-7180

1*2272

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

etectro-mech

LIGHTED PUSH-BUTTON SWITCHES

COMMUNICATIONS/INDUSTRIAL CONTROLS/ DISPLAYS
COMPUTER PERIPHERALS/INSTRUMENTATION

SERIES 2100

This version of
our standard illuminated"

Pushbutton Switch features
silver slide bar action. Add
BR after part number for mounting
on %" centers. Utilizes AN3140-T 1%"or
Neon bulb. All other specifications same
as standard, t- — »■» 1

SERIES 2600

Standard models are
available from 2PST to
6PDT in 116 different styles,
including non-lighted units. “ /

Virtually any standard ELECTRO- MECH
lens may be used with the 2600 Series.

9/16-32 THD.-

0.25%] P

2.78" TOR SOLENOID HOLD-DOWN

ILLUMINATED

1 PST

2 PST

1 N.O.

N.O.

N.C.

2 N.O.

2 N.C.

1 N.C.

1 PDT

2 PDT

Momentary

Push-on/

2128

2129

2130

2131

2132

2149

2150

Push-off

2228

2229

2230

2231

2232

2249

2250

2 PDT

3 PDT

4 PDT

5 PDT

6 POT

2750

2751

2752

2753

2754

Push On
Remain In
Push Off

2850

2851

2852

2853

2854

SERIES 4000 10 AMP

Low profile matches
standard industry
models. Momentary or
Alternate Action design takes
any standard lens size. 30 VDC or
115 VAC, 10 A Resistive, 5 A Inductive.

SERIES 5000 o

' v V

An exceptionally short 0 j.jn
momentary switch available * - * "
in circuit configurations up to 2 PDT.

SERIES 3000

Illuminated Pushbutton j
switches with an
integral hold-down coil
which is activated with switch.
Holds the push-button in the
depressed position until coil is
de-energized returning it to relaxed
position. Available in all circuit
configurations up to 6 PDT. Same
specifications as standard model.

SERIES 6100

High-density
packaging
requirements are
answered with this
shorter, front panel
mount, providing the
same quality design as standard
ELECTRO-MECH model sizes.

Designer Group Switches

3 A" sq.,%" x VA", 3 A" x W sq.

These ELECTRO-MECH Standards feature
typical switch functions and mounting
options for design flexibility. A choice of
dual/quad display units are also available

All Designer Group units feature:

• 1PSTT0 6PDT

• Momentary: Alternate action; push-on
remain-in; push-on. push-off and
momentary snap-feel.

,75^SQ.

SQUARE
MOUNT ING|
HOLE

ELECTRO-MECH’s Series 61 switches
are provided in i^-inch square, snap-in
or hardmount configurations. Each
low-profile unit is available in any
function from SPST to 2PDT, each
controlled with an independent circuit.
The all plastic, unitized housing, helps
insulate switch from other surrounding
components. The 61 Series is also
available in a standard PC Board
mounting configuration.

SERIES 60

MOMENTARY SWITCH

Rear mounted “U” bracket accepts
switch installation from
front of panel.

LG SERIES SAFETY LENS

Available on all 67-
single-station, double-barrier
lighted push-button bezel switch models

EL SERIES FLUSH MOUNTING

Available in round, square or rectangular
styles. Specify switch model desired with
“EL” suffix (i.e. 73 EL-2654).

SERIES 150

INTERCHANGABLE LENSES/FILTERS

Displays may be changed or
buttons replaced. Non-wearing,
clear-acrylic lens and filter
buttons. Available in standard,

Opaque or Contour.

ELECTRO-MECH COMPONENTS, INC. • 1826 NORTH FLORADALE AVE. • SO. EL MONTE, CALIF. 91733 • (213) 442-7180

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2273

(213) 660-1310

TWX 910-321-2971

ONE COMPLETE SOURCE FOR

all types of switches...

AEROSPACE -COMMERCIAL —

Magnet Actuated
DOOR SWITCHES

A

-S'#

■BBiiwiMiEiaam

ELECTRIC SWITCHES

INC OR PORATED

2478 Fletcher Dr, Los Angeles, California 90039

1*2274

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

CALL TOLL FREE

...control devices & hardware mmzi-ihi

CALIFORNIA except (213):

— ELECTRONIC - INDUSTRIAL - MILITARY 800-252-4640

CUSTOM ENGRAVING SERVICE
Fast Service! Available in Our Shop.

We engrave all types of legends on plastic
, oFf cloSJ or aluminum buttons, lenses and plates

for custom control and display panel
switches. Custom legends are offered in
full capital alphabetic & numeric charac-
ters only. Available in condensed block
type-face as shown below. Size ranges
from 7/64" to 1/4" high.

S ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRS
TUVWXYZI2345678901-

mm mm

Send for Free Copy of Our New SWITCHLOG No. 20, Write to: ELECTRIC SWITCHES, INC.

ELECTRIC S^XTI’rCKEiS P -° P ^° x 3085, Terminal Annex

^ Los Angeles, California 90051

I N C O R P O R A T E D

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2275

„ j

ff’j 1'V

COMMONLY USED

electrical/electronic

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating’ current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
IO input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATY master antenna television
fiF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SiP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

VAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
YCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
YHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y .

YIG yttrium iron garnet

Request Catalog EMC-2 ... 64 pages of detailed specs, drawings, logic charts, etc. covering snap,
detent and cam action switches. Includes switches rated from 5A/600V to 200A/600V . . . with up to
16 positions! A “must” for your idea & reference files.

S?5 CR oss

rotary switches

BY

SHALLCROSS SWITCHES

FOR YOUR:

• LOW CONTACT RESISTANCE
REQUIREMENTS

• CRITICAL DRY CIRCUIT
APPLICATIONS

• Available with up to 48 positions

• Up to 24 poles

• Reliable low level switching

• Industrial & Mil Spec Versions

Request Shallcross Catalog 1

ELECTROSWITCH

ELECTRO SWITCH CORP. • Weymouth, Massachusetts 02188 o Telephone: 617/335/5200 • TWX: 710/388/0377

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*2277

SWITCHES

5100

5100

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUPE

26 NORTH FIFTH STREET, MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55403
(612)375-0011 TWX 91 0-576-1 725

TA Series Switches

All dimensions in inches.

Reference Diagrams

Technical Data

Key pressure with 2PDT

18

oz.

Key pressure with 4PDT

22

oz.

Key pressure with 6PDT

26

oz.

Key pressure with 8PDT

32

oz.

NOTE: Lighter key pressures available,
contact factory for details.

Chassis Spacing Available
Series TA

10mm = .394” 17.5mm = .689”

12.5mm = .492” 20mm = .787”
15mm = .590”

Electrical Terminology: Series TA

2U = DPDT 6U = 6PDT

4U = 4PDT 81) = 8PDT

Mechanical Configuration
Terminology

OA = momentary
EE = push-push

GR = interlocking — Use OA modules
GRI, GRII = more than one independent
interlocking group on
common switch chassis.
AOR — Central release, momentary

Standard Chassis Dimensions

No. of
Stations

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

C Dim.
10mm
(.394)

A

MTG.

1.181

1.575

1.969

2.362

2.756

3.150

3.543

3.937

4.331

4.724

5.118

5.512

5.906

6.299

6.693

7.087

7.480

7.874

8.268

B

O-ALL

1.417

1.811

2.205

2.598

2.992

3.386

3.780

4.173

4.567

4.961

5.354

5.748

6.142

6.535

6.929

7.323

7.717

8.110

8.504

No. of
Stations

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

C Dim.

12.5mm

A

MTG.

1.201

1.693

2.185

2.677

3.169

3.661

4.154

4.646

5.138

5.630

6.122

6.614

7.106

7.598

8.091

8.583

9.075

9.567

10.059

(.492)

B

O - ALL

1.437

1.929

2.421

2.913

3.406

3.898

4.390

4.882

5.374

5.866

6.358

6.850

7.343

7.835

8.327

8.819

9.311

9.803

10.295

No. of
Stations

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

C Dim.
15mm
(.590)

A

MTG.

1.378

1.969

2.560

3.150

3.740

4.331

4.921

5.512

6.102

6.693

7.283

'

7.874

8.465

9.055

9.646

10.236

10.827

11.417

12.008

B

O-ALL

1.614

2.205

2.795

3.386

3.976

4.567

5.157

5.748

6.339

6.929

7.520

8.110

8.701

9.291

9.882

10.472

11.063

11.654

12.244

No. of
Stations

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14 1

15

16

17

18

19

20

C Dim.

17.5mm

(.689)

A

MTG.

1.476

2.165

2.854

3.543

4.232

4.921

5.610

6.299

6.988

7.677

8.366

9.055

9.744

10.433

11.122

11.811

12.500

13.189|

13.878

B

O-ALL

1.713

2.402

3.091

3.780

4.468

5.157

5.846

6.535

7.224

7.913

8.602

9.291

9.980

10.669

11.358

12.047

12.736

13.425

14.114

No. of
Stations

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

C Dim.
20mm
(.787)

A

MTG.

1.575

2.362

3.150

3.937

4.724

5.512

6.299

7.807

7.874

8.661

9.449

10.236

11.024

11.811

12.598

13.386

14.173

14.961

15.748

B

O-ALL

1.811

2.598

3.386

4.173

4.961

5.748

6.535

7.323

8.110

8.898

9.685

10.472

11.260

12.047

12.835

13.622

14.409

15.197

15.984

4

1*2278

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Push Button Switches

Electrical Specification for “TA” Series

All dimensions in inches.

Contact Resistance

Initial / 5 milli ohms max.

After 25,000 cycles / 20 milli ohms max.
Current and Voltage Ratings /

0.5A@ 100 VAC
0.2A @ 250 VAC
1 A @ 25 VDC

Dielectric Strength

Contact Gap / 1 500 V RMS Min (1 Min.)

Insulation Resistance

Adjacent Contacts /

2 X 10 12 ohms min. (Dry Condition)

3 X 10 11 ohms min. (100% Relative
Humidity after 96 hours @ 70° F)
Life Test / 1 00,000 cycles min.

Material List

Desc.: Push Button Switch
Type: “TA” Series

Housing / Polycarbonate (UL 94HB)

Plunger / Duracon (UL 94HB)

Terminal Board / Phenolic & Polycarbonate

(For TA Series) (For NTA Series)

Moving Contacts / Bimetal Brass / Ag Ni

(Sliding Contacts) (0,01 mm, Ag 90% , Ni 1 0%)

Fixed Contacts / Brass, 0,005 mm with silver plating.

Moving Contact Return Spring / Stainless steel spring
(Sliding Contact Return Spring)

Plunger Return Spring / Baked & Zinc plated steel spring
Alternate Action Staple / Highly resisted steel-wire,
Chrome plated

Terminal Die Bond / High strength bonding red resin
Release Bar / Steel / Zinc plated
Chassis / Steel/Nickel plated or Steel/Zinc plated
Release Bar Spring / Stainless Steel

Series “TA”

Terminal Configurations
Available

TA/285 Power Switch

VDE, Semko, SEV, Demko, Nemko
UL, CSA 4A/250 V AC

Available as single position mount only.

“TA” Series

Alternate Action Modules

3

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2279

SWITCHES

5100

5100

Series 320/323

Type 320 Pushbutton Keys

Single-Pole Momentary Contact

• Pushbutton keys with tactile feel

• Closing switches

1 input, 1 or 2 outputs

• Changeover switches

1 input, 1 input, 1 or 2 or 3 output

• Individual keys

for various types of pulse triggering
(e.g. electrical interlocking)

• Pushbutton key sets Graduation
.492 on Series 323

for mechanical interlocking,
momentary and push-push action

• Variable design

• LED display

LED sockets can be arranged
anywhere.

Supply without LED

• Single key or keyboard
construction

• .010” installation grid

• Specify cap color when ordering

• Standard “TA” series buttons
snap on to type 320.02 and 320.03
plungers

• LED not included unless specified
separately

• Graphics available — contact
factory for details.

Subject to change.

Type

Button Color

.

~> CD

-Q-2 oc_a5< D :^

Type

type of contact

cq^^occOoqO

320

E 1 - 1

E

1C

E 1 -2

U 1 -1

320.01

E 1 -1

E

1C

E 1 -2

U 1 -1

320.02

El-1

1

3€

E 1 -2

U 1 -1

320.03

El -1

0

3 d“

E 1 -2

U 1 -1

320.04

El - 1

n

1C

n

E 1 -2

U 1 - 1

320.1

El-1

_r

j =t

D

El-2

U1-1

320.11

El - 1

f=l

t

3=, — ^

1C

D

E 1 -2

U 1 -1

32

n

0.2

=t

^ c

El -1

E 1 -2

_

U 1 -1

32

0.21

El -1

E 1 -2

U 1 - 1

320.22

E 1 - 1

E

3C

E 1 -2

U 1-1

320.23

El -1

i

E

D

l

E 1 -2

U 1 -1

320.24

El -1

E

3c

1

E 1 -2

U 1 - 1

15

1*2280

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2281

5100

SWITCHES

5100

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS GROUPE

26 NORTH FIFTH STREET, MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55403

TWX 910-576-1725

The New “Mini Switches for
Digital Electronics

w ■ i

All dimensions in inches.

Directly Compatible with
State-of-the-art Electronics

Two essential advantages extend the
scope of application of the Mini-Tast.
Together with commercially available
IC’s, switching functions can easily be
achieved, such as mutually excluding,
accumulative locking or common release
switches. Apart from this, one can feed
directly into the electronic circuits by flip-
flops. .

ms^w

Series LDT-1 1

L = LED Pins
TM = Center
1) + = Anode LED
2) = Positions: li = left, re = right,

available without or with 1,2 LED’s

Mechanical Data:

Contact:

Temp Range:
to DIN 40040:

1 Form C (SPDT)
Momentary
1.5 mm
1.2 N

1 0x1 0 6 Operations at Full
Load
-25 °C
to + 85°C

Electrical Data:

Max. Switching Voltage:

Specification:

Max. Switching Currrent: 250 mA

Max. Switching Power:

BounceTime:

Contact Resistance:
Test Voltage:

Material:

Contacts: Silver

Gold:

Body & Cap: Poly-c

15 W resist,
load
1 ms

20 m OHM
500 VAC

Silvered 10 microns or
Gold 3 microns
Poly-carbonate

LDT11 □ □ . □ □ □ . □ □

Feather-Light Switching

Reliability and long life — two major

features

• Snap-action contacts — tested to 10
million switching cycles at full load

• Self cleaning contacts — maintenance
free

• High quality basic materials — no func-
tional fatigue

• Dust-Proof — by compact design

• LEDs are available from the factory as
an option. Please specify as required.

Ordering Examples:

SEE] E

CODE FOR CONTACT MATERIAL

0 = Silver, 3 = Gold plated
CODE FOR CAP COLOR

1 = Black, 2 = Grey, 3 = Yellow, 4 = Blue
CODE FOR INSERT

X = No insert, 1 = White,

(Specify Lettering)

CODE FOR COVER PLATE COLOR (Body Always Black)
1 = Clear, 2 = Black, 3 = Grey,

4 = Red, 5 = Green, 6 = Orange, 7 = White
CODE FOR LED’S
X = No Holes Available for LED’s

0 = Hole Available but Not Equipped

1 = Red LED

2 = Green LED

3 = Yellow LED

Contact Material Silver
Cap Black, Insert White,

Cover Plate Clear.

Red LED/Left, 1 Hole Available on right.

1*2282

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Mini-tast

“Rfiini-tast E”

All dimensions in inches.

• A high quality, low cost alternative
for input switch devices.

• Graphics available as standard
feature when required are A-Z and
0-9. Contact factory for other
requirements.

• Cap available with capability of
legend and insert. See
specification section.

• LED optional. Please specify as
required.

® Contact factory for variable key
pressure if required.

Series 1 300

?

Standard
Lettering
(Example only)
Max. 3
Characters L

L = LED Pins
1) = Anode
TM = Center

EE

XT

J

j~r

j ^ 020 x 020

•Q

Cap

Body

Mechanical Data

Contact Type: 1 Form A

Travel:

Operating Force:
Life (Full Load):

Temp. Range
to DIN 40040:

1.5 mm

IN

10 x 10 6 Switching
Operations
-25°C
+ 85°C

Electrical Data:

Max. Switching Voltage:
Max. Switching Current:
Max. Switching Power:

60 V
100 mA
6W Resistive
Load

Bounce:

Contact Resistance:
Test Voltage:

Material:

Contacts:

Body:

Cap:

2 ms

50 m OHM
500 V AC

Silvered
10 microns
or Gold
3 microns
Polycar-
bonate Black
Polycar-
bonate Black
or Grey

Specification:

130

l

pop p

CODE FOR CONTACT MATERIAL

0 = SILVER, 3 = GOLD PLATED
CODE FOR CAP COLOUR (Body Always Black)

1 = Black, 2 = Grey, 3 = Green, 4 = Yellow,

CODE FOR LED’s 5 = R ed, 6 = Blue

X = No Hole Available for LED

0 = Hole Available but Not Equipped

1 = Red LED

2 = Green LED

3 = Yellow LED

E = Button with Legendable Insert X = Non-Legend Cap
CODE FOR COVER PLATE

1 = Black

2 = White

3 = Grey

4 = Orange

5 = Green

6 = Yellow

7 = Clear Lens

X = Non-Legend Cap

Ordering Example:

130 © © IS 13 © Contact Material, Silver, Cap Grey, LED Green

17

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2283

5100

SWITCHES

5100

%Fifth Dimension
Precision Tilt Switches

Metal encased miniature tilt switches that operate
as closely as ±5° of nominal angle

These rugged, reliable yet inexpensive miniature tilt switches
are recommended for applications where operating angle
accuracy must be held within tighter limits than most other tilt
switches can offer. The Model TS411 normally closed tilt switch
exhibits an accuracy of ±5° about its nominal operating angle of
37° (measured from the horizontal). The TS512 tilt switch
operates at 35°. Angular accuracy is defined as the angular
range over which the contacts of an entire population of tilt
switches will open or close.

Both switches measure only 0.575-inches in diameter by
0.512-inches high. Their precise operation is achieved by a
unique design. A mercury globule is contained within a well
inside the switch. A detent surrounding the well provides a
“knife-edge” action (patent applied for). As the switch is tilted,
the mercury remains in the detent until the operating angle is

Specifications

Contact Form

Degrees from Horizontal (Glass seal up)

Normally Closed/Model TS411

Normally Open/Model TS512

Contacts May Open

42°

25°

Contacts Must Open

32°

55°

Contacts May Close

38°

50°

Contacts Must Close

52°

20°

Model TS411

Model TS512

Load Current @115 VAC (Amperes)

1.0

1.0

Load Current @ 12 VDC (Amperes)

2.0

2.0

Contact Resistance Typical (Ohms)

0.025

1.0

Operational Temperature Range (°C)

-38; +85

-38; +85

Specifications subject to change without notice.

FIFTH DIMENSION, INC.

801 New York Avenue, Trenton, NJ 08638 • Tel: 609-393-8350 • TWX: 510-681-8412

reached. The globule then flips over the lip of the detent,
providing a highly repeatable “snap action” mode of operation.

The contacts of the TS41 1 are mercury wetted to provide
exceptionally low contact resistance. Typical contact resistance
for this switch is 0.025 ohms.

Houses in a rugged welded steel capsule, these switches,
unlike fragile glass enclosed types, withstand rough handling
and mechanical shock. Low contact resistance permits reliable
switching of low-level loads. The contacts are sealed in an
oxygen-free atmosphere to prevent mercury wetting the walls of
the switch or other oxygen-related failure mechanisms.

These switches can be modified to operate at your
desired nominal operating angles with only a small change
in tooling. Ask for more information.

1*2284

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Safes Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Gould R.B. Denison Optic-Electronic Switches

Features:

• Long Range Sensing — As far as 100 feet.

• Versatile — Retroreflective, proximity, thru beam and
point focus.

• Reliable — Solid state infrared electronics.

o Rapid Response — As fast as 10k Hz switching.

• Over 75 Models — Compact, self-contained for down-
sized machinery.

• Applications — For package detection, bar code read-
ing, breakage and color registration.

Introduction

The types and usage of optic-electronic control
applications are increasing at a very rapid rate. This is
because optic-electronic controls are extremely versatile
and becoming a widely applied method of electric control
in industry today.

They can be used to detect the presence or absence of
nearly any material or object without contacting it physical-
ly, and can function even at a considerable distance from
the object to be detected. Optic-electronics are extremely
reliable and have rapid response times. This is due to their
solid state design, plus no-touch actuation, which results
in long, low-cost operation.

Description

There are two kinds of optic-electronic devices used in
photoelectric applications — those which give off light
(emitters) and those which receive light (receivers). The
emitters give off light when an electric current is passed
through them. The receivers change one of their character-
istics when light falls upon them.

The classical emitter is the incandescent lamp, which
emits electromagnetic radiation over nearly all of the visible
range. The light which is given off is continuous, but for
some applications may be modulated by a mechanical
shutter.

Solid state components made from gallium arsenide
(Ga-As) may be caused to emit light in the infrared region.
This light can be modulated easily by electrical means
and the point source of the light greatly simplifies the
optical system.

Modulated LED controls are optic-electronic controls
that can be applied in variable or bright ambient light, low
visibility scanning conditions, and also in high vibration
areas. A modulated LED control is the only type of optic-
electronic control recommended for use outdoors, where it
is exposed to sunlight and variable weather conditions.

The modulated LED control operates on a pulsed
(modulated) infrared beam emitted by an LED. Since the
receiver circuitry is tuned to the emitter modulating
frequency, the control does not respond to ambient light.
Modulation frequency causes the control to respond rather
than beam intensity. Controls may be modulated at
different frequencies. This prohibits using the emitter of
one control with the receivers of the others.

Scanning Techniques

There are several scanning methods for setting up the
light source and photoreceiver to detect objects. Use the
one that yields the highest signal ratio for the object to be
scanned, subject to distance and mounting restrictions.

Various characteristics of objects to be detected have a
bearing on the scan method, such as whether the objects
are: (1) translucent or opaque; (2) slightly or highly
reflective; (3) in the same position or random as they pass
the sensor. Detecting change in color requires special
considerations.

Methods of Detection

Reflex (retroreflective) — A method of object detection
in which the emitter and receiver are located on the same
side. A reflector on the far side returns the energy from the
emitter to the receiver. Operation is accomplished by
interruption of the beam. The sensor then detects the
presence or absence of its own reflected beam.

Proximity (direct detection) — A method of object
detection in which the emitter and receiver are located on
the same side. The receiver senses energy from the emitter,
which is bounced back by the object being detected.

Emitter-Receiver (thru-beam) — Utilizes a separate
opposing emitter and receiver. Detection is accomplished
by interruption of the modulated infrared beam.

Point Focus (fixed range detection) — A method of
object detection in which the emitter and receiver are
located on the same side. The receiver senses energy from
the emitter, which is bounced back by the object being
detected, but only when the object is at a fixed distance
from the sensor.

CALL OR WRITE
FOR 160 PAGE
GENERAL CATALOG

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division
100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
203/621-6771 • TWX: 910-473-0079

Manufacturer of Gould R.B. Denison Products

■> GOULD

Electronics

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2285

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Gould R.B. Denison Proximity Sensors

Features

• Metal detection (ferrous,
non-ferrous, foils)

• Solid material, granular
material and liquid
detection (glass, wood,
paper, oil, water, flour,
etc.)

• No moving parts (solid
state)

• Completely sealed and
waterproof

• Non-magnetic

• Accurate positional
switching

• Shielded models (not
side sensitive)

• Fast switching speeds

Application

Wherever high switching
accuracy and/or high
reliability is essential, Prox-
Switch inductive proximity
switches provide the ideal
answer. They detect the
presence or absence of
metal cams or parts without
making physical contact.
The metal to be detected,
which may be ferrous or
non-ferrous, need only to
enter or leave the detection
area to operate the switch.
This method has obvious
advantages over hnechani-
cally operated limit
switches because there
are no moving parts to
corrode or wear out; and
the useful life span is,
therefore, many times
greater.

As the sensor does not
touch the metal being
sensed and is non-
magnetic, it is also ideal for
use on meter movements,
weighing machines and
delicate mechanisms such
as impellers used in flow
measurement.

Operation

m

Sensed metal objects can
be stationary or in motion
and can approach the
proximity sensor from any
direction.

The inductive proximity
sensor uses an r-f oscilla-
tor located in the sensing
head. When no metal is
present, a small r-f field
radiates from the sensing
head, and the oscillator
functions normally. When
in the field of the sensing
head, metal absorbs r-f
energy. This lowers the
activity of the oscillator
circuit and causes an out-
put device to switch the
load.

Proximity System Elements

The proximity system consists of three basic elements:
a sensing oscillator, a solid state amplifier and a switching
device. All three elements can be self-contained in one
sensor; or just the sensing oscillator can be located
separately and the solid state amplifier and switching
device built into a control amplifier.

Proximity Sensor With

Control Amplifier

• All sensors may be used

• Sensors operate at 8 VDC

• Sensor connects to
control amplifier or
electronic terminal with
choice of hard contact
relay, triac or transistor
outputs

• Amplifiers may be
selected with a variety of
options such as on/off,
delay timing, under/over
rpm control, synchroni-
zation, and/or switching,
etc.

• Instrinsically safe
systems for Class I,
Division I, Groups A, B,

C, D and Class II
Division I, Groups E, F,G.

Self-Contained Proximity

Sensor

• Most sensors may be
used

• Sensors operate at load
voltage

• Sensor connects directly
to load — no intermedi-
ate control amplifier.

• Sensors with AC outputs
can be electrically
interchanged with
mechanical limit switches.
Sensors are designed to
switch programmable
controllers or relay loads.

• Sensors with DC outputs
are designed for direct
interface into logic,
processors and control-
lers.

CALL OR WRITE
FOR 160 PAGE
GENERAL CATALOG

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division
100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
203/621-6771 • TWX: 910-473-0079
Manufacturer of Gould R.B. Denison Products

■> GOULD

Electronics

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Gould R.B. Denison Heavy Duty Limit Switches

Features

• 4-position indexing head

• Plug-in and non-plug-in
models directly inter-
changeable

• 50,000,000 life cycles
plus*

• NEMA 1, 4, and 13
housings

• Heavy duty electrical
ratings

•exceeds automotive test standards

Options

Wide choice of options for

lever, plunger and omni-
directional models

• Neon pilot light to
indicate switch operation

o Low temperature models
to -40° F (-40° C)

• 3/4" conduit entrance

• Viton elastomers for fire-
resistant fluids

• Gold impregnated
contacts

• Hermetically sealed reed
switching

• Solid state triac switching

• Epoxy sealed switch
compartments

• Prewired with individual
conductors

• Prewired with multi-
conductor cable

• Prewired with mini-
change receptacle

• Manifold mounting

IND. CONT. EQ-196A

Non-Plug-In

Plug-In

■Rnyjiiv*

r 0.Denis® n

, r ;,-swh<»2.

Modular Construction

Non-plug-in models consist
of a separate base and
head. Flug-in models
consist of a separate base
(wiring receptacle), top half
plug-in (electrical compart-
ment) and the head. THE
HEADS ARE INTER-
CHANGEABLE BETWEEN
NON-PLUG-IN AND
PLUG-IN MODELS.

m, •.!

ees *® 3 assea i

Clockwise to Counterclockwise
Without Head Disassembly

Positive Action
Drive Train

Four Position
Turret Head

Rugged 5/16"
Diameter Shaft

Double Shaft
Sealing and Extended
Bushing Support

Heavy Duty,
Snap Action
Electrical Contacts

No. 8 Slotted
Screw Terminals;
Self-Lifting Plates

Low Friction
Acetal Helix

Polyamide
Return Cam

Head to Body
Sealing

Permanently Attached
Diaphragm Seals Out
Contaminants

Protective Plastic
Shield for
Plug-In Models

Heavy Bifurcated
Plug-In Prongs

-Plug-In and
Non-Plug-ln
Same Size

CALL OR WRITE
FOR 160 PAGE
GENERAL CATALOG

Gould Inc., Industrial Controls Division
100 Relay Road, Plantsville, CT 06479
203/621-6771 • TWX: 910-473-0079

Manufacturer of Gould R.B. Denison Products

■> GOULD

Electronics

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2287

5100

SWITCHES

5100

GORDOS A
CORPORATION

REED SWITCHES

laaMM

mm (Inches)

DRY SUB-MINIATURE SPST/FORM A CENTER GAP

11.94 (.470)
11.94 (.470)

DRY SUB-MINIATURE SPST/FORM A OFFSET GAP

I .250 1

1 100

7 1

250 !|

1 -150 II

1 RH l|

| 15-35 |

DRY MINIATURE SPST/FORM A CENTER GAP

t High inrush cond. 50 watt max.
* At 10 AT overdrive

MR7603

NO

DRY MINIATURE SPDT/FORM C

DRY STANDARD SPST/FORM A OFFSET GAP

43.18 (1.70) 81.28(3.20) 49.53(1.95)

Inrush Current Permitted

MR-8901

MR8293

C

100 400

DRY STANDARD SPDT/FORM C

35.56 (1.40) 91.44(3.60)

250

15 1

I 750

.iooJ

RH |

| 40-100 i

2.54 (.100)

12.70 (.500)

2.54 C-100)

12.70 (.500)

MERCURY WETTED SUB-MINIATURE SPST/FORM A OFFSET GAP

(MOUNTING POSITION — WITHIN 30° OF VERTICAL)

MERCURY WETTED MINIATURE SPST/FORM A OFFSET GAP

WR127-1

3.17 (.125)

17.52 (.690)

1.0

WR1 27-20

3.17 (.125)

17.52 (.690)

■rnmrirmfM

1.0

(MOUNTING POSITION — WITHIN 30° OF VERTICAL)

MERCURY WETTED MINIATURE SPDT/FORM C

(MOUNTING POSITION — WITHIN 30° OF VERTICAL)

** RU — Ruthenium

RH — Rhodium W — Tungsten Hg — Mercury Wetted

ADDITIONAL SWITCHES AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONTACT FACTORY FOR DETAILS

GORDOS CORPORATION/ 250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

1*2288 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

GORDOS A
CORPORATION Jim

REED SWITCHES

i

Maximum

Glass

Maximum

Glass

Maximum

Uncut

Switch

Maximum

Switching

Maximum

Switching

D.C.

Contact

Minimum

Voltage

Maximum

Initial

Contact

**Contact

Stock

Ampere

Part

| Diameter

Length

Length

Current

Voltage

Rating

Breakdown

Resistance

Plating

Turn

Number

| mm (Inches)

(Amps)

(Vrms)

(Watts)

(Vrms)

(Ohms)

Material

Range

MR1517

5.4 (.212)

1.0

1500

30

3000

.080

Rh

75-95

MR1521

5.4 (.212)

52.0 (2.04)

79.0 (3.11)

2.5

250

80

800

.080

Rh Vap

75-95

MR1525

5.4 (.212)

1.3

250

60

800

.080

Rh

75-95

MR1526

5.4 (.212)

5.0

250

—

600

.100

80-100

nc

no

c

| MR1625 | 5.6 (.220) | 52.0 (2.05) | 80.0(3.15) | 1.000 | 220 1 30 1 500/400 | .100 | Rh [ 80-160 |

MR2125

2.3 (.090)

15.8 (.622)

59.3 (2.33)

HH&E&IiH

100

10

250

.100

Rh

15-50

MR2715

2.6 (.102)

19.0 (.748)

55.0 (2.16)

350

8

600

.100

Rh

30-50

MR2725

2.6 (.102)

19.0 (.748)

55.0 (2.16)

HHsSsEH

220

10

400

.100

Rh

15-50

MR2736

2.6 (.102)

19.0 (.748)

55.0 (2.16)

■n

240

20

500

.100

30-60

! MR6517

5.6 (.220)

3.0

50

.250

W

10.5 (.410)*

** Contact plating material:

Rh = Rhodium; Rh Vap = Rhodium Vaporized; W = Tungsten; GA32 =

HOW TO ORDER A REED SWITCH

Gordos reed switches must be ordered by stating the REED
SWITCH PART NUMBER (Example: MR5203) followed by
the desired PULL-IN SENSITIVITY RANGE (AMPERE-TURN
RANGE) (Example: 15-35 ampere turns). PULL-IN SENSITIVITY
of a reed switch is measured in ampere-turns (AT). AT is the
product of the current flowing in a coil and the number of
turns of wire in that coil, measured at the point of “just oper-
ate" for the Reed Switch. It is very important to specify the
desired AT range when ordering a Reed Switch.

There may be a delivery and price advantage to ordering a
broader AT range (Example: delivery and price may be better
for 15/35AT than for 15/20AT). Reed Switches are normally
grouped in multiples of five ampere-turns within the stock
ampere-turn range.

Ruthenium; GA34 = Rhodium.

CUSTOM PRODUCTS

Gordos mercury switches, and custom products are produced
by one manufacturing division with extensive experience in
packaging its own products as well as Gordos magnetic reed
switches. Together, these capabilities have permitted Gordos
to provide applications engineering consultations, unique
solutions, and custom products to leaders in the automotive,
security, photocopy, and instrument industries for years.

FLUID LEVEL

DESIGN FEATURES

■ Made from heat stabilized,
glass filled nylon

■ Switch rating up to 100 VA

□ Nf^ma I ly open or normally
closed action

■ Easy to install

■ Inexpensive

■ Reed switch reliability

OTHER PRODUCTS

□ Reed switch assemblies

■ Mercury switch assemblies

■ Reed relay assemblies

■ Solid state relay assemblies

■ Bus compatible I/O Interface

■ Proximity sensors

APPLICATIONS
o Low coolant level detection
a Fuel or oil level indication

■ Boiler level control

□ Chemical solution monitoring

■ Domestic appliances

PART NUMBER

■ FH4A-000 Metal nut; lead is
.5 meters

o FH4A-003 Nylon nut; lead is
.5 meters

a FH4A-004 Metal nut; specify
lead length

Cards

GORDOS CORPORATION/ 250 GLENWOOD AVE, BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6800/TWX: 710-994-4787

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2289

5100 SWITCHES 5100

STANDARD A

A A

SUB-MINIATURE P/REL llsmwSnO^

GRIGSBY^H

Company

SUBMINIATURE PROGRAMMABLE ROTARY
ENCODED LOGIC SWITCH

NOW AVAILABLE THROUGH YOUR
LOCAL GORDOS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR

• Make before break

• Printed circuit or solder terminals

• Adjustable stop at the rear is available (please specify)

The compact subminiature programmable rotary encoded logic
switch (P/REL) is now available in 16 and 32 position binary
or gray code.

DUAL FLEX™ DETENT

The Dual Flex detent has a dual ball starwheel drive to pro-
vide positive indexing and longer life, tactile feedback and
resistance to teasing.

ELECTRICAL RATINGS
Current Carrying Capacity — .25 amp
Resistive Load Switching — .125 amp @ 115 AC
Contact Resistance — initial 0.1 ohm maximum
Insulation Resistance — 100 megohms
Dielectric Strength — 500 VAC minimum
Contact Life — 25K cycles of 720° minimum (50K cycles of
360° minimum)

Operating Force — 14 to 24 inch oz. standard

Temperature Ranges — -55°C to +85°C

Insulation — Molded Valox 310

Programmable Disc — Plated copper clad laminate

Contacts — Plated spring tempered material

Front Plate and Shaft — Cold rolled steel cadmium plated

Bushing — Die cast zinc or aluminum

Part Number

Description

D001-16-BP

16 Position Binary — P.C. Pins

D002-16-BS

16 Position Binary — Solder Lugs

D003-16-GP

16 Position Gray Code — P.C. Pins

D004-16-GS

16 Position Gray Code — Solder Lugs

D005-32-BP

32 Position Binary — P.C. Pins

D006-32-BS

32 Position Binary — Solder Lugs

D007-32-GP

32 Position Gray Code — P.C. Pins

D008-32-GS

32 Position Gray Code — Solder Lugs

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

TRUTH TABLES

32 POS. BINARY
FRONT REAR

32 POS. GRAY CODE
FRONT REAR

STANDARD GRIGSBY / 920 RATHBONE AVE., AURORA, IL 60507 USA / TELEPHONE (312) 844-4300 / TWX: 910-232-3138

1-2290

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MICROMINIATURE P/REL

A

CORDOS.
INTERNATIONAL
Company

STANDARD A
GRIGSBY

MICROMINIATURE P/REL PROGRAMMABLE

ROTARY ENCODED LOGIC SWITCH

DUAL FLEX™ DETENT

The Dual Flex detent has a dual ball starwheel drive to provide
positive indexing and longer life, tactile feedback and resist-
ance to teasing.

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

Current Carrying Capacity — 250 milliamps at 28 VDC
resistive load

Contact Resistance — 75 milliohms max. over lifetime
Codes — Hexidecimal, B.C.D., and others
Dielectric Strength — 1,000 volts min.

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Life — 50,000 cycles min.

Operating Temperature Range — — 55°C to +85°C
Shafts and Hardware — Shafts and hardware are steel,
cadmium plated and chromate treated
Anti-Rotation Device — Flatted mounting bushing.

.375" dia. x .320", double “D”

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

PARALLEL SHAFT MOUNTING

(RELATIVE TO PC BOARD)

Part

Number

Description

D101-08-BH

8 position Binary parallel shaft mounting

D102-08-CH

8 position Binary complement parallel shaft mounting

D103-08-BV

8 position Binary perpendicular shaft mounting

D104-08-CV

8 position Binary complement perpendicular
shaft mounting

D105-10-BH

10 position Binary parallel shaft mounting

D106-10-CH

10 position Binary complement parallel shaft mounting

D107-10-BV

10 position Binary perpendicular shaft mounting

D108-10-CV

10 position Binary complement perpendicular
shaft mounting

D109-12-BH

12 position Binary parallel shaft mounting

D110-12-CH

12 position Binary complement parallel shaft mounting

D111-12-BV

12 position Binary perpendicular shaft mounting

D112-12-CV

12 position Binary complement perpendicular
shaft mounting

D113-16-BH

16 position Binary parallel shaft mounting

D114-16-CH

16 position Binary complement parallel shaft mounting

D115-16-BV

16 position Binary perpendicular shaft mounting

D116-16-CV

16 position Binary complement perpendicular
shaft mounting

D117-18-BH

18 position Binary parallel shaft mounting

D118-18-CH

18 position Binary complement parallel shaft mounting

D119-18-BV

18 position Binary perpendicular shaft mounting

D120-18-CV

18 position Binary complement perpendicular
shaft mounting

D121-20-BH

20 position Binary parallel shaft mounting

D122-20-CH

20 position Binary complement parallel shaft mounting

D123-20-BV

20 position Binary perpendicular shaft mounting

D124-20-CV

20 position Binary complement perpendicular
shaft mounting

D125-24-BH

24 position Binary parallel shaft mounting

D126-24-CH

24 position Binary complement parallel shaft mounting

D127-24-BV

24 position Binary perpendicular shaft mounting

D128-24-CV

24 position Binary complement perpendicular
shaft mounting

D129-28-BH

28 position Binary parallel shaft mounting

D130-28-CH

28 position Binary complement parallel shaft mounting

D131-28-BV

28 position Binary perpendicular shaft mounting

D132-28-CV

28 position Binary complement perpendicular
shaft mounting

—-i.se

_ J.3:
ST

■5 — *>

20U-

a

i -

0 J

o

l_

Oil 2(3

T64@0

.433

i t

J

llllll .1 90/. 1 95

LL r

lh*— .050

U— ,.100 TYP.

*■ -IJUh.060
28 gL*- ST0,

PERPENDICULAR SHAFT MOUNTING

(RELATIVE TO PC BOARD)

i.050

.100 TYP.

h*-.032 SI

[ir?

UL

-J. 28 gL»-

ALL DIMENSION ARE REFERENCE ... TOLERANCE ±.020.

TRUTH TABLES

BINARY

COMPLIMENT

BINARY

- 8 POSITION
-10 POSITION
-12 POSITION

- 16 POSITION
-18 POSITION

- 20 POSITION

-24 POSITION

-28 POSITION

Note: All switches are continuous rotation.

D101 - 08 - B H

Part number-
Positions —

H = Parallel shaft
mounting

J V = Perpendicular shaft
I mounting

JB = Binary
I.C = Binary complement

STANDARD GRIGSBY / 920 RATHBONE AVE., AURORA, I L 60507 USA/ TELEPHONE (312) 844-4300 / TWX: 910-232-3138

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2291

5100

SWITCHES

5100

GORDOS jS mercury tilt switches

CORPORATION

CUSTOM PRODUCTS

Gordos mercury switches, and custom products are produced by one manufactur-
ing division with extensive experience in packaging its own products as well as
Gordos magnetic reed switches. Together, these capabilities have permitted
Gordos to provide applications engineering consultations, unique solutions, and
custom products to leaders in the automotive, security, photocopy, and instru-
ment industries for years.

GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA
AND RELATED INFORMATION

General Features

The “Green Devil” line of mercury tilt switches feature silent operation, excel-
lent bounce-free switching characteristics, and small size. Due to the fact that
they are automatically produced in large volumes, their cost is significantly less
than other techniques of tilt angle detection. The mercury switching medium is
sealed in an inert atmosphere and has proven its reliability in millions of
applications.

Differential Angle

The differential angle is measured from the position “just closed.” It is the tilt

angle required in order to move the mercury away from the electrodes so that
the position “just opened” is achieved.

The operating angle, i.e. the angle by which the switch has to be tilted in order
to assure operation, always has to be relatively larger. In general, 1.5 to 2
times the differential angle is sufficient.

Contact Forms

Depending on the starting position, all switches with the exception of type
HG 3903, can be used as normally open (Form A) or normally closed (Form B).
Switch type HG 3903 is a single pole — double throw (Form C).

Connecting Leads and Encapsulated Switches

The standard switches specified above have no connecting leads or wires —
other than the terminals shown. However, all switches can be supplied with
connecting leads as per customer specification. Highly flexible connecting leads
with PVC insulation or any other suitable wire can be used. Our mercury switches
normally require no further encapsulating. However, customer assembly pro-
cedures and methods will sometimes require protection of the glass body. In
these cases we design and produce switches built into metal or plastic tubes
and encapsulated with an epoxy resin.

Our engineers are ready to answer any questions you may have regarding the
application or the installation of our Mercuty Tilt Switches.

LEVEL SENSORS

FOR ABSOLUTE LEVEL
DETECTION OF RECREATIONAL
VEHICLES, MOBILE HOMES,
X-RAY TABLES, APPLIANCE
INSTALLATIONS AND ANY
OTHER APPLICATION WHERE
LEVELING IS CRITICAL

Gordos mercury actuated sensors are compact; plastic encap-
sulated for complete environmental immunity; and exhibit all
the qualities of fine instruments.

Consisting of a series of sensitive mercury tilt switches, these
devices accurately reflect tilt or out of level conditions in 2 or
4 directions.

Three models permit a wide range of applications; the PD2100
and 2105 are one amp devices with sensitivities of less than
2°; the PD2110 will switch up to 10A.

GORDOS CORPORATION/250 GLENWOOD AVE., BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003 USA/TELEPHONE (201) 743-6 800/TWX: 710-994-4787
1 *2292 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

DIP Switches

Another Difference from the
Different DIP Switch Company . . .

Exclusive Contact System:

• Now available in
Rockers AND
Slide Actuators

=rw

OPEN

rr=0=

Unique spring-loaded ball contact system provides high contact pressure for reliable contact and shock
and vibration immunity. It also provides exceptional mechanical and electrical life.

Complete Seal

After being wave soldered, your printed circuit boards can be vapor, spray or immersion cleaned without
damaging switch contacts.

• Epoxy Potted Bottom Is Standard

• Top Seal Available At Minimum Additional Price

Military Qualified

Another difference from the different DIP Switch Company . . . Grayhill SPST Rocker DIP Switches are
qualified to military specifications MS83504/1 and MS83504/2.

And more . . .

Grayhill can also provide position location markings, rigid protective covers, and cards of tape seal.
Contact Grayhill.

Specifications— Series 76 and 78

For Series 79 Specifications, see Binary Code DIP Switch page.

RATING

Mechanical Life: (Operations per position): For Series
76—50,000; for Series 78—35,000.

Make and Break Current Rating: At 50 mA and 30 VDC,

Series 76 Switches— 35,000 operations; Series 78
Switches— 25,000 operations. At 125 mA and 30 VDC, Series
76 Switches— 25,000 operations; Series 78 Switches— 15,000
operations.

Contact Resistance: 100 Milliohms Maximum after life
(30 Milliohms initially), measured at 10 mA DC and 50 mV
(open circuit).

Insulation Resistance: (at 100 VDC): Between Adjacent
Closed Contacts: 1,000 Megohms Minimum after life, (5,000
Megohms initially). Across Open Switch Contacts: 1,000
Megohms Minimum after life, (5,000 Megohms initially).

Dielectric Strength: Between Adjacent Closed Contacts:

500 VAC after life (750 VAC initially). Across Open Switch
Contacts: 500 VAC after life (750 VAC initially).

Current Carry Rating: With a maximum contact temperature
rise of 20°C.: Series 78 — 5 Amps; Series 78—4 Amps.

MATERIALS AND FINISHES

Switch Cover, Rocker and Base: Polyester.

Shorting Bar (Ball): Brass, Gold plated
.00001 " minimum over Nickel plate.

Base Contacts: Brass, Gold plated .00001 "
minimum over Nickel plate.

Terminals: Brass, Tin plated .00005"
minimum over Nickel plate.

Potting Material: Epoxy.

Optional Contact Plating: Gold thicknesses
of .00003" and .0001 " are also available on
Series 78 Switches.

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2293

5100

SWITCHES

5100

SPST Rocker DIP Switches— Series 76

Raised and Recessed Rockers

Length

— — : — ±.oio "

See Ordering
Information

0000000

.090 ±.005
- TVP.
020 ±.002
TYP.

295 ± .010, 247
TVP. ± .010

.156 ± .010 j
TYP.

.300 + .030-
- .000 TYP.

Typical

Circuit Diagram

As viewed from top of switch.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

*t!> *4 *4 *4

End view recessed rocker

. 1 56 ± .01 0 ]
TYP.

Side Actuated
The PIANO-DIP®

Length

— ±.010 —
See Ordering
Information

Edge Mounting Provides Easy
Access On Closely Racked
PC Boards

. .090 ±.005
TYP.

.020 ±002
TYP.

L ,020
.025

.012 ±.001
TYP.

300 + .030
- .000 TYP.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Raised and Recessed Rockers

No. of Part No.

ockers Length Raised

|££lj|Ej2iiii2y

Part No. Unit
Recessed Price

76RSB02 $2.90

76RSB10 3.60

Military Qualified

\ wmrnmm \

To order top tape sealed switch, add suffix “S” to Grayhill part number (or “T” to Military Number); add $0.20
to unit price, and discount accordingly.

Contact GRAYHILL for information and prices on switches with the following Military Numbers: M83504/
01-002 thru M 83504/01 -010, and M83504/02-002 thru M83504/02-010.

PIANO-DIP®

No. of
Stations

Length

Part No.
Sealed Bottom
Only

Unit

Price

4

0.480

76PSB04

$3.65

5

0.580

76PSB05

3.70

6

0.680

76PSB06

3.80

7

0.780

76PSB07

3.90

8

0.880

76PSB08

3.95

9

0.980

76PSB09

4.10

10

1.080

76PSB10

4.25

To order top tape seal, add suffix “S” to part number,
add $0.30 to unit price and discount accordingly.

Discount Schedule

Part Numbers

76SB, 76RSB

76MSB, 76MRSB 76PSB

1-9 Unit Price Unit Price

10-24 Less 8% Less, 8%

25-49 Less 21% Less 16%

50-99 Less 40% Less 21%

100-499 Less 50% Less 30%

500-999 Less 57% Less 40%

1000 Up Contact Your Local

Distributor or Grayhill

Prices and Discounts subject
to change without notice.

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

1 # 2294 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Single Throw Slide DIP Switches— Series 78

Single Pole/Single Throw

.3801.010

1 !

1 23456789 10
10000000000

-« Dim. A «-

See Chart Below

Drawing shown for
raised slide actuator.
For recessed actua-
tor, eliminate projec-
tion above top surface
and .060, .070 and
.285 dimensions.

070±.002

+ .005

-.ooo-

TYP. .

.050 t.005 j 1
TYP. ^

.300 +.030
-. 000 -
TYP.

ir

Q.

Typical

Circuit Diagram

As viewed from top of switch.

0 1 2 3 4

i

i

0 1 2 3 4

10000

i

i

i

i

10000

2351.010 -2851.010

_j _A

.1561.010 TYP.

mj

rm

'n n

closed

• indicates closed contact
O indicates open contact

Two, Three, and Four Pole/Single Throw

Drawings show a 4PST switch; dimensions also apply to 2PST and 3PST switches.

| HH HH

See Chart Below

Dimension B is ,100for2PST,
.200 for 3PST, and .300 for
4PST; all at ±.002 tolerance.

-►j p— .0701.002

.020 +.005

-.000-1 I
TYP. J I

.050

TYP.

#*-j) 1-
J T

. 0121.001

.300 +.030
-. 000 -
TYP.

Note: Some switches of an earlier production version have externally
tied actuators; drawings and dimensions may be found in Bulletin
Number 328— contact GRAYHILL.

Typical
Circuit Diagram

As viewed from top of switch

2351.010 2 0 5±.O1O

L

im

irn

open

IB

• indicates closed contact
O indicates open contact

Circuitry diagrams shown are for
4PST. Circuitry is achieved in a
similar fashion for 2PST and 3PST
switches.

ORDERING INFORMATION

Last 2 digits in part number indicate number of stations in switch.

r SPST Standard

SPST Raised Slide — Military

DPST

3PST

4 PST

i Part No.

Unit

Grayhill

Military

Unit

Part

Unit

Part

Unit

Part

Unit

Dim. A

Raised

Recessed

Price

Part No.

Part No.

Price

No.

Price

No.

Price

. No.

Price

Length

78B02

78RB02

$2.61

78M02

M 83504/04-022

$2.91

78F01

$3.56

-

-

-

-

.280

78B03

78RB03

2.70

78M03

M 83504/04-023

3.00

-

-

78G01

3.74

-

-

.380

78B04

78RB04

2.79

3.09

3.78

-

-

3.78

.480

78B05

78RB05

2.88

78M05

3.18

-

-

-

-

-

-

.580

78B06

78RB06

78M06

3.27

3.96

3.96

-

-

.680

78B07

78RB07

B 9

78M07

M 83504/04-027

3.32

-

-

-

-

-

-

.780

78B08

78RB08

3.11

78M08

M 83504/04-028

3.41

78F04

4.19

-

-

78H02

4.19

.880

78B09

78RB09

3.20

—

3.50

-

. -

■7jS9|

4.23

-

-

.980

78B10

78RB10

3.24

78M10

M 83504/04-030

3.54

78F05

4.37

-

-

■

1.080

For top seal versions, add the suffix “S” to part number; add $0.20 to unit price and discount accordingly.

Discounts are the same as those indicated for 76SB at left.

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

1*2295

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

5100

SWITCHES

5100

tm

fr*

SPOT DIP Switches

Rockers and Toggles— Series 76

The DIP-C™

T rue Form “C” Switching.

l_ 0.380 Length for 3 station switch is 0.580

\ -.01 0^ and for 4 stations it is 0.780.

oj o .380
2 ^2 ±.010
ui u i

k+’ :

^+-.030 r

r~ .020

^025

TYP.

.012 TYP.

. ±:ooi

The TOGGLE-DIP™

For easy actuation in
front panel applications.

Typical

Circuit Diagram

As viewed from top of switch

1 Cl 2

• indicates closed contact
O indicates open contact

End view recessed rocker

Slide Actuated— Series 78

All Series 78 double throw switches have alternately opposed circuits which are actually 2 completely
separate circuit paths. A single slide actuates both circuitsthus providing double throw. True double-throw
circuitry is achieved by tying selected terminals on the PC board for a common. The “on” position of each
circuit is indicated by a dot on the cover. Note: Some switches of an earlier production version have ex-
ternally tied actuators; drawings and dimensions may be found in Bulletin Number 328— contact Grayhill.

| o 1 o2 03 04 05
.3801.010 00000

J 1 O O O O O

u Dim. A „

See Chart Below
— 1 h * — . 100*. 002

.235* 010 -285* 010
,156±.010 TYP.

f

Typical

Circuit Diagram

As viewed from top of switch

• indicates closed circuit
O indicates open circuit

ORDERING INFORMATION

Rockers and Toggles

Slide Actuated Switches

2

76SC02

76RSC02

76STC02

3

76SC03

76RSC03

76STC03

4

76SC04

76RSC04

76STC04

To order top seal versions, add suffix “S” to part i
unit price, and discount accordingly.

No. of
Stations

Part

No.

Price

Dim. A
Length

1

78J01

$4.41

.280

2

78J02

4.59

. .480

3

78J03

4.82

.680

4

78J04

5.04

.880

5

78J05

6.30

1.080

For Discount
Schedule
See

Next Page

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

1*2296

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

DPDT DIP Switches

Rockers and Toggles— Series 76

The DOUBLE-DIP™

Length of 2 station
switch is 0.780

Typical

Circuit Diagram

As viewed from top of switch

t

1 1 1
©|©
i a i

< I Cl ' 2

I h I

©y©

i ! i

I

r- c T"*s?

_C2 ;

• indicates closed contact
O indicates open contact

The TOGGLE DIP"

End view recessed rocker

.247

^oj

r

156 TYP.
±010

H

012 TYP.
±001 -
.300 TYP.
-4- 030
-.000

rt

020

025

TYP

Slide Actuated— Series 78

All Series 78 double throw switches have alternately opposed circuits which are actually 2 completely
separate circuit paths. A single slide actuates both circuits thus providing double throw. True double-throw
circuitry is achieved by tying selected terminals on the PC board for a common. The "on” position of each
circuit is indicated by a dot on the cover. Note: Some switches of an earlier production version have ex-
ternally tied actuators; drawings and dimensions may be found in Bulletin Number 328— contact Grayhill.

.380±.010

o | o o 20

E 3

o o o o

Dim. ‘A’ -J

Dimension A is 0.480 for
1 station and 0.880 for 2 stations.

Typical

Circuit Diagram

As viewed from top of switch

• indicates closed circuit
O indicates open circuit

ORDERING INFORMATION

Discount Schedule

The DOUBLE DIP™ TOGGLE-DIP™ Slide Actuated

No. of
Rockers

Raised
Part No.

Recessed
Part No.

Part No.

Unit

Price

Part No.

Price

1

76SD01

76RSD01

76STD01

$3.80

78K01

$6.48

2

76SD02

76RSD02

76STD02

4.30

78K02

7.02

To order top seal versions, add suffix “S” to part number (not available on TOGGLE-DIP),
add $0.20 to unit price, and discount accordingly.

Series 76 Series 78

1-9 Unit Price Unit Price

10-24 Less 8% Less 8%

25-49 Less 16% Less 21%

50-99 Less 21% Less 40%

1 00-499 Less 30% Less 50%

500-999 Less 35% Less 57%

1000 Up Contact Grayhill

Prices and discounts subject to change
without notice.

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2297

5100

SWITCHES

5100

A;//

Linear Action DIP Switches

Tap Switches

Single Setting for Accurate Programming
• Choice of Isolated Circuits or Common Bus
• Choice of 10 or 16 Positions

Dimensions

Note: Drawing shows a 16 position
switch, but dimensions also apply
to a 10 position switch. Dimension
A for 1 6 positions is 1 .780", and for
10 positions it is 1.180".

1-of-10 Circuits Switch, and
1-of-16 Circuits Switch

Isolated Circuits

Each position is a single isolated circuit,
and is so indicated by the single dot above
each position. The moveable contact is
non-shorting.

See next page for specifications and prices.

1-of-10 circuits
1-of-16 circuits

Part No. 79A10
Part No. 79A16

ir

Typical

Circuit Diagram

SP/10 Position Tap Switch
SP/16 Position Tap Switch

Common Bus

Moveable contact is non-shorting. All
contacts on the side marked by connected
dots are internally bussed for a common
pole. Any terminal on that side may be
selected as a common. If so desired, other
terminals on that side may be clipped. The
bussed contacts are indicated by dots and
connecting line.

See next page for specifications and price.

SP/10 Position Part No. 79C10

SP/16 Position Part No. 79C16

• indicates closed contact
o indicates open contact

Typical

Circuit Diagram

• indicates closed contact
O indicates open contact

1*2298

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Binary Code DIP Switches

BCD and Hexadecimal Code Switches

• Includes “O” Output • Reliable Switching
• 1000 Cycle Life — 32,000 Detent Operations

Dimensions

For complete dimensions see additional views on facing page.

10 Position

Part No. 79B10

16 Position

Part No. 79B16 ± 010

1

[-<-.1001.005 Typ. .180-

1 .

LI

1 1

±.01(

250

0 12 4 8

uuuuyyyy u

020± .002 Typ

„ir

00

1

t f

1 i ±

T T r

All 8 terminals on this side
are internally bussed. Any
one of them may be used
as the common terminal.

U-.100±.005 Typ.

Ml I

I I I I I I

LJ f TTTTT T

All 10 terminals on this
side are internally bussed.
Any one of them may be
used as the common
terminal.

100± 005

Specifications

Ratings

Mechanical Life: 2,000 cycles minimum. Note: A cycle is one
complete operation, back and forth thru all switch positions.

Make and Break Current Rating; 2,000 cycles at 10 mA, 30
mV DC; 1,000 cycles at 25 mA, 6 VDC; 1,000 cycles at 50 mA,
30 VDC.

Contact Resistance: 100 milliohms maximum after life, measured
at 10 mA DC and 50 mV (open circuit). Initial values are 60
milliohms maximum for coded switches, and 50 milliohms for
other Linear Action Switches.

insulation Resistance (At 100 VDC): Between adjacent isolated
contacts— 1 ,000 Megohms minimum after life; (5,000 Megohms
initially). Between adjacent open contacts 1,000 Megohms
minimum after life. (5,000 Megohms initially).

Dielectric Strength Between adjacent isolated contacts: 500 VAC
after life, (750 VAC initially). Across open contacts: 500 VAC
after life, (750 VAC initially).

Current Carry Rating: 2 Amps with a maximum contact tempera-
ture rise of 20° C.

Note: These specifications are based on preliminary testing;
additional ratings and test information are available upon
request.

Materials and Finishes

Switch Cover, Slide, Base: Polyester, 94 VO rating.

Shorting Arm: Phosphor Bronze, Gold plated .00001 minimum
over Nickel plated .00002 minimum.

Base Contacts: Brass, Gold plated .00001 minimum over Nickel
plated .00002 minimum.

Terminals: Brass, Tin plated .00005 minimum over Nickel plated
.00002 minimum.

Potting Material: Epoxy.

Code & Truth Table

Ordering Information

| BINARY CODES |

L « 1

,0

•

•

□

■

•

■

□

•

■

□

□

■

■

•

•

r

•

•

■

□

•

■

•

ML

<n

...

□

□

i

•

E

o

■

□

□

□

■

•

•

•

[Z

•

o

a

•

•n

•

•

B

•

•

C

•

B

•

□

□

H

■

□

□

•

H

■

□

□

•

□

n

B

□

B

T

i

2

~4~

T

[ TERMINAL LOCATIONS j

Circuitry

Part

Number

Unit

Price

1 -of-1 0

Circuits

79A10

$4.00

1-of-16

Circuits

79A16

4.65

Binary Code-10

79B10

4.00

Binary Code-16
(Hexadecimal)

79B16

4.65

SP/10 Position

Tap

79C10

4.00

SP/16 Position

Tap

79C16

4.65

Discount Schedule

1-9

10-24

25-49

50-99

100-499

500-999

Prices and Discounts Subject
to Change Without Notice.

Unit Price

8%

16%

21%

30%

35%

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2299

5100

SWITCHES

5100

SPST-N.O.

SPST-N.C.

SPST— N.O.
with Over travel

SPST-N.O.-Sealed
SPST ~ N.C.-Sealed
Dimensions approximately
seme as above.

SPST— N.O.
with Over travel •

*.3t2~i

30102 ACCESSORY
BUTTON CAP

■ Extends but-
ton surface
to 0.25 dia.
Available in
Red. Slack.
Yellow or White. Ad-
hesive required to
mount This cap fits
1 amp Butt Contact
and part no. 39-1
and 39-2. 1/2 amp
Miniature Butt con-
tact switches.

10C105-1 BUTTON
GUARD

Prevents
Accidental
Actuation
0.29 dia. by
0.41 deep.

For 10 amp snap
action, 1 amp wipi
contact and DPf
wiping contact
switches

7C104Q-1 DECORATIVE
MOUNTING
NUT

.77 Dia.

.75 Across Flats
and .12 Thick.
For 10 amp snap ac-
tion, 1 amp wiping
contact and OPST
wiping contact
switches.

\312H

♦Also tn PC tty**.
Dimension* er#
eimtler.

SPST— N.O. SPDT
SPST— N.C.

SPST-NO

ORDERING INFORMATION

Pushbutton Switches

1 Amp Butt Contact Pushbutton Switches

Life Expectancy — 1 Million Operations,

UL Listed Types Available

RATING CRITERIA
Make and break 1 Amp

Part

No.

Description

Circuitry

Operations at
Rated Load

Part

No.

Description

Operations at
Rated Load

30-1

SPST-

1 ,000,000

30-251

Sealed, SPST-N.O.

1 ,000,000

30-3

Momentary

N.O.

30-352

Sealed. SPST-N.C.

30-2

30-6

SPST-

N.C.

1 ,000,000

30-1 UL
30-3UL

UL Listed

SPST-

n:o.

6,000

at

30-15

30-37

.020"

Overtravel

SPST-

N.O.

500,000

30-2 UL
30-6UL

SPST-

N.C.

5 Amp
115 VAC

V4 Amp and Vi Amp Miniature
Butt Contact Pushbutton Switches

Minimum of Space, Flux Cleaning Protection

Part

Number

Circuitry

Momentary

Description

Operations at
Rated Load

Rated Load

39-1

SPST-N.O.

Red Button

1 ,000,000

1/2 Amp, 115 VAC

39-3

Black Button

39-601

Silver Contacts

150 mA, 5 VDC
(20 mA, 20 VDC)

39-401

PC Mount

150 mA, 28 VDC

39-405

PC. No Nut

39-351

Sealed

100,000

1/2 Amp, 115 VAC

39-12

SPST-N.O.

.130"

Overtravel

Red Button

100,000

1/2 Amp, 115 VAC

39-24

Black Button

39-424

PC Mount

100,000

150 mA, 28 VDC

39-2

SPST-N.C.

Black Button

250,000

1/4 Amp, 115 VAC

39-352

Sealed

100,000

See also Accessory Button Cap.

10 Amp Snap Action Pushbutton Switches

Extremely Fast Make And Break, Audible Click
Life Expectancy— 25,000 Operations

Make and break 10 Amp Make and break 10 Amp

Part

No.

Circuitry

Momentary Contact

Operations at
Rated Load

Part

No.

Circuitry

Momentary Contact

Operations at
Rated Load

2201

SPST-N.O.

25,000

7-8

SPST-N.C.

25,000

7-7

2202

Common terminal of SPDT Switch
(not shown) extends overall length
to 1.966.

7-J26 RED

SPDT

25,000

7-26 BLK

1 Amp Wiping Contact Pushbutton Switches

Life Expectancy — 100,000 Operations,

UL Listed Types Available

UNDERWRITERS'tABORATORY LISTED
Make and break 1 Amp Make and break 3 Amp

Part

No.

Action

Circuitry

Operations at
Rated Load

Part

No.

. Action

Circuitry

Operations at
Rated Load

4001

Momentary

SPST-

N.O.

100,000

4001 UL

Momentary

SPST-

N.O.

6,000

10-9

10-9UL

Part

Button

Unit

Part

Button

Unit

Pari

Button

Unit

Part

Button

Unit

Part

Button

Unit

No.

Color

Price

No.

Color

Price

No.

Color

Price

No.

Color

Price

No.

Color

Price

7-7

Blk

$5.88

30-1 UL

Red

$1.47

30-251 RED

Red

$4.00

39-3

Blk

$2.21

39-405 RED

Red

$1.85

7-8

Red

6.30

30-2

Blk

1.65

30-251 BLK

Blk

4.00

39-12

Red

2.73

39-405 BLK

Blk

1.85

7-26 RED

Red

7.25

30-2UL

Blk

1.65

30-252 RED

Red

4.70

39-24

Blk

2.73

39-424 RED

Red

2.45

7-26

Blk

7.25

30-3

Blk

1.47

30-252 BLK

Blk

4.70

39-351 RED

Red

4.30

39-424 BLK

Blk

2.45

7C 1040-1

—

0.32

30-3UL

Blk

1.47

30B1012-5

Red

0.23

39-351 BLK

Blk

4.30

39-601 RED

Red

1.60

10-9

Blk

2.05

30-6

Red

1.65

30B1012-8

Wht

0.23

39-352 RED

Red

4.95

39-601 BLK

Blk

1.60

10-9UL

Blk

2.05

30-6UL

Red

1.65

30B1012-9

Blk

0.23

39-352 BLK

Blk

4.95

2201

Red

5.88

10C1015-1

—

0.50

30-15

Red

1.83

39-1

Red

2.21

39-401 RED

Red

1.90

2202

Blk

6.30

30-1 !

Red

1.47

30-37

Blk

1.83

39-2

Blk

3.25

39-401 BLK

Blk

1.90

4001

Red

2.05

4001 UL

Red

2.05

For Discounts See Next Page.

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2300

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Pushbutton Switches

All Switches on this page and page at
left have these qualifications . . .

• RATING CRITERIA: See individual charts.

115 VAC resistive load.

• CONTACT RESISTANCE:

25 milliohms maximum on a new switch.

• VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN:

1,000 VAC between mutually insulated parts.

• INSULATION RESISTANCE:

1,000 megohms minimum.

Va Amp Wiping Contact
Pushbutton Switches

Long Wipe Assures High Reliability With Life
Expectancy To 250,000 Operations

DECORATIVE

Make and break V « Amp Make and break V* Amp

P«rt

No.

Fig.

—

Momentary

Circuitry

Operations
at Rated
Load

Part

No.

Fig.

Momentary

Circuitry

Operations
at Rated
Loid

46-101 RED

A

SPDT

46-05-05-502-0303

D

SPDT

46-101 BLK

250,000

46-05-05-502-0707

46-102 RED(CAP)

B

SPDT

46-05-08-502-0303

P

DPDT

46-102 BLK (CAP)

46-05-08-502-0707

tz

250,000

46-200 RED

c

DPDT

250,000

46-01-05-500-0303

F

SPDT

46-200 BLK

46-01-05-500-0707

46-01-08-500-0303

DPDT

46-01-08-500-0707

G

Va Amp Wiping Contact
Pushbutton Switches

Momentary Contact With Life Expectancy To
100,000 Operations

Make and break Va Amp Make and break % Amp

Part

No.

Circuitry

Operations at
Rated Load

Part

No.

Circuitry

Operations at
Ratad Lead

23-1

SPST-N.O.

100,000

35-1

DPST-N.O.

100,000

23-4

35-3

PC Mount, Va Amp Butt Contact Switches

Side Actuated, PC Mounted, Sealed— 500,000 Operations

Make and Break 'A Amp

Part No.

Circuitry

Button

Part No.

Circuitry

Button

Switch With Protective Cap Assembled

Switch Without Protective

Cap

39-250 RED

Small

39-251 RED

Small

39-250 BLK

SPDT

39-251 BLK

SPDT

39-260 RED

(2 Circuits)

.187 Dia.

39-261 RED

(2 Circuits)

.187 Dia.

39-260 BLK

Flat

39-261 BLK

Flat

WITHOUT

CAP

: - t ; 1

mm* % I

'*r»aai ; I ■

M7 - » t „ U33

A«iJ_

.375 -187

p .m

if

WITH

CAP

.375

I ’'CS' I

DECORATIVE MOUNTING

SPDT

OPOT

.375

, 62 S~s , ~ r-

1/2-32-OT

US

“IfiL

ROUNO BUTTON AND BEZEL
SPOT OPDT

: mi ~

30.

U,

so. I

‘T**

I t

SQUARE BUTTON AND BEZEL

BPST-N.O.

5/16-32

.668

1,06

R£F.

LI

DPST-N.O.

15/32-32.^

HCK5TT

i.27

' S: » S

|f

sllllll:

PROTECTIVE CAP
completely seals
switch during flux
cleaning operation.

Also available with .187 Diameter Flat Button.

ORDERING INFORMATION

■ 2 H 9 EI

■Emus

mnm

\WllmM

■GlLuB

EflZS

msm

webm

ERE

\JESM

■Em

EM

■ozm

wn&M

Protective Cap Only
SHH1065 [Red | 0.10

Small

$1.61

1.61

39-251 RED

Small

1.34

39-251 BLK

1.34

39-260 RED

Flat

1.61

39-260 BLK

1.61

Flat

1.34

1.34

Part

No.

n'TTTTl

mm

EM

fjTr‘ ■

Part

No.

Button

Color

Unit

Prlco

46-101 RED

Red

$2.15

46-05-05-502-0303

Red

$4.31

46-101-BLK

em

KEO

46-102 RED(CAP)

Esa

EE3

IsTCT

46-102 BLK (CAP)

em

EE3

EE9

ebb

46-200 RED

Red

4.57

Red

5.39

46-200 BLK

nw

HSWWWMflll

f=TM

Ifakiti

46-01-08-500-0303

IsEPl

ESI

46-01-08-500-0707

EMI

ikeei

Discount Schedule

1-49 Unit Price

50-99 Less 15%

100-499. . . .Less 25%

500-999 Less 36%

1000 UP Contact
GRAYHILL

Prices and Discounts Subject
to Change Without Notice.

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2301

T§ri* l

vma

1 Inch, 1 Amp, Rotary Switch

Our Most Popular Rotary Switch Family

• Available in standard and military styles

• Single or concentric shafts

• P.C. Mounting • Add-a-pots

• Shaft and panel seals

I'll ■ ■■■■■II

winiiiaii

K 3

nil m

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

C OF BUSHING
KEYWAY

ORDERING INFORMATION:

How to determine part number— Sample part
number for a standard style, fixed stop, 2 deck,
1 pole per deck 12 positions per pole, 30° angle
of throw rotary switch with non-shorting
contacts.

* o I o 1 4 O I O

Diminsions

C

D

E

F

SERIES 42

.562

1,000

.830

.093

SERIES 44

.642

§

o

CM

co

.121

General Description

■ Number of Decks (1 thru 3)

Number of Poles per Deck (1 or 2)

Number of Positions per Pole
(AJ = Adjustable Stops)

Type of Contacts —

N = Non-Shortning, S = Shorting

Add -F for Stop between First and Last
Position of a 1 Pole/Deck Switch with
Max. Positions. No Notation required
for Continuous Rotation.

■ Angle of Throw (See Series)

■ Style —

A = Standard, Solder Lug Terminals
D m Style A with Adjustable Stops

■ Series 42 (36°) or Series 44 (30°)

For other angles of throw; 3 to 6 poles per deck; 4 thru 12 decks; military,
sealed, UL listed, or PC mountable styles, contact factory.

Discount Schedule

1-9 ...

.Unit Price

10-24 . . .

. Less 8%

25-49 ...

.Less 16%

50-99 ...

. Less 37%

100-499 . . .

. Less 50%

500- UP . . .

• Contact your
local distributor
or Grayhill

Prices and Discounts subject
to change without notice.

Gray hill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

1*2302

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

1 Inch, 1 Amp, Rotary Switch

With A Wide Range Of Variations And Options

• 30°, 36°, 45°, or 90° angle of throw
• 1 thru 6 poles/deck
• 1 thru 12 decks

• Non-shorting or shorting contacts
• Adjustable stops (see below)

ADJUSTABLE STOPS

Adjustable stop switches permit the user and relocating them. The knurled nut or
to externally set the switch stops which the panel can be used to hold-in the stop
limit its rotation. Adjustment is accom- washers. All other dimensions are the
plished by removing the stop washers same as the standard style.

^Adjustable stop washers.
Use of knurled nut is optional.

Series 44 is available with ad-
justable stops in 30° angle of
throw only.

SPECIFICATIONS

Rated: To make and break the following loads
with 30° or 36° angle of throw: 1 amp., 115
VAC resistive; 1 amp., 6 to 28 VDC resistive;
0.25 amp., 115 VAC inductive; 0.02 amp.,
115 VDC inductive; 0.10 amp., 6 to 28 VDC
inductive; 0.10 amp., 115 VDC resistive. To
carry 10 amps, continuously.

Contact Resistance: After 25,000 cycles of
operation .020 ohms maximum.

Insulation Resistance: 50,000 megohms
minimum (initially).

Voltage Breakdown: 1,000 VAC initially (500
VAC or better after most enviornmental
tests).

Life Expectancy: 100,000 mechanical cycles
of operation; details in catalog.

Stop Strength: 15 pound-inches standard,
12 pound-inches adjustable minimum.

Rotational Torque: 8-115 ounce-inches, de-
pending on the number of poles per deck
and the number of decks.

Contacts: Shorting or non-shorting wiping
contacts with over 150 grams contact force.

Shaft Flat Orientation: Flat opposite contacting
position of pole number one.

(See circuit diagram.)

Specifications and circuit values for military
styles along with additional characteristics
available— contact Grayhill for complete
engineering catalog.

I

|

Add-A-Pot

PRICES

One Pole Per Deck — Fixed Stops Two Poles Per Deck — Fixed Stops

SERIES 42A 36 AND 44A 30 (FIXED STOPS)

SERIES

44A 30

No. of
Docks

Number of Positions )

2

3

4

5

6

1

$16.57

$19.31

$20.04

$20.78

$21.51

2

23.27

24.74

26.21

27.68

29.15

3

27.96

30.17

32.37

34.58

36.78

SERIES 42A 36 AND 44A 30 (FIXED STOPS) |

SERIES 44A 30

No. of
Decks

Number of Positions

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

$16.98

$17.35

$17.71

$18.08

$18.45

$18.82

$19.18

$19.55

$19.92

$20.29

$20.65

2

20.08

20.81

21.55

22.28

23.02

23.75

24.49

25.22

25.96

26.69

27.43

3

23.17

24.28

25.38

26.48

27.58

28.69

29.79

30.89

31.99

33.10

34.20

Series 42 D 36 — Adjustable Stop Series 44 D 30 — Adjustable Stop

No. of Decks

No. of Positions |

2-10

1 Pole

2-6

2 Pole

1

$20.65

$21.51

2

27.43

29.15

3

34.20

36.78

No. of Decks

No. of Positions |

2-12

1 Pole

2-5

2 Pole

1

$19.92

$20.78

2

25.96

27.68

3

31.99

34.58

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2303

SWITCHES

5100

5100

STANDARD FEATURES
OR OPTIONS

— Scrowdriver Slotted Shafts
: —Coded Versions

.$pnng Return (Momentary Positions)
—Ptrth-To-Tum or Pulf-To-Tumt
—Keylock (Key Operated}

— RFt Grounding!

— Eleclroatatic or Electromagnetic Shieidingt
— mtermtx ot Shorting and Non-Shortmg Contactst

t indicates not available through distributors

ADJUSTABLE STOPS

UNSEALED - FIXED STOPS

SEALED - FIXED STOPS

Vi Inch Diameter Single Deck

Outstanding Circuit Versatility
And A Wide Range Of Options

The most popular Series 50 and 51 rotary switches are fixed stop,
with or without panel seals, solder lug or PC terminals. The draw-
ing below (Figures 1 thru 4) show these combinations. The chart
below lists the switch style that describes the combination and the
appropriate drawing that illustrates the combination. The Series 50
is 36° angle of throw and 0.500" diameter. The Series 51 is 22V2 0 or
30° angle of throw and 0.562" diameter. Many other options are
available as described below.

Military Style Rotary Switches

The Series 50 and 51 Rotary Switches are also available with military
type switch materials. Many types of the Series 50 are fully qualified
to MIL-S-3786/20. Many types of the Series 51 are fully qualified to
MIL-S-3786/35. These documents as well as the QPL (Qualified Products
List) should be consulted for complete specification and ordering infor-
mation. Contact GRAYHILL for additional assistance in specifying military
styles Series 50 and 51 Rotary Switches.

45°, 60° or 90° Angles of Throw

The Series 50 Rotary Switch is also available with 45° (8 position),
60° (6 position) or 90° (4 position) angles of throw. These angles of
throw are available with 1 or 2 poles per deck, solder lug or PC mount
terminals, with or without shaft and pane! seal, fixed or adjustable stops
and in standard or military types.

Adjustable Stops

Adjustable stop versions of the Series 50 and 51 Rotary Switches are
readily available from local distributor stock. The adjustable stop versions
are form, fit and function equivalents to their fixed stop counterparts.
Adjustable stop Series 50 and 51 Rotary Switches can be provided in all
angles of throw and with or without shaft and panel seal. Contact your
local distributor or GRAYHILL for cross reference information between
fixed and adjustable stop switches.

Shown on these two pages are the standard unsealed and sealed fixed
stop version with solder lug or PC terminals.

h — C'

dimensions when mounted

FIG. 2 FIG. 4

Typa

Terminal

Switch

Style

Applicable

Figures

Dimension

C

Unsealed

Solder Lug

A

1,3

.617

Fixed Stop

PC Terminal

P

1,4

.667

Sealed

Solder Lug

S

2,3

.617

Fixed Stop

PC Terminal

SP

2,4

.667

Series

51

51

50

Angle of Throw

22Vz°

o

o

CO

36°

Angle A

1 01 °1 5"

Dimension B

.562

.562

E3

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave, / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

1*2304

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

Rotary Switches

Circuit Diagrams

Switches are viewed from shaft end and shown in position 1.

Common location for a single pole switch. Two pole commons are located
as shown in circuit diagram on a .156 dia. Circle of centers; four pole
commons are located as shown in circuit diagram on a .175 dia. circle
of centers.

SERIES 50

ONE POLE TWO POLE

SERIES 51

ONE POLE TWO POLE THREE POLE POUR POLE

• 4

TWO POLE

RATING:

Rated to make and break 200MA for
10,000 cycles of operation or 50MA
for 25,000 cycles of operation, re-
sistive load, 115VAC or 30VDC. For
22%° switch, rating is lower. For
complete load life information, see
GRAYHILL Rotary Switch catalog.

CONTACT RESISTANCE:

50 milliohms maximum (10 milliohms
initially).

INSULATION RESISTANCE:

10,000 megohms minimum between
mutually insulated parts (50,000
megohms initially).

VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN:

600VAC between mutually insulated
parts; 400VAC for 22'A 0 switch.

CARRY CURRENT:

6 amperes with a maximum contact
temperature rise of 20°C.

I

General Description
No. of Decks (1 deck only)

No. of Poles (30° angle of throw — 1 thru 4 poles; 2272°
and 36° angle of throw — 1 or 2 poles.)

No. of Positions (22V2° angle of throw - 1 pole, 2 thru, 16;
2 pole, 2 thru 8, 30° angle of throw - 1 pole. 2 thru 12; 2
pole, 2 thru 6; 3 or 4 pole, 2 or 3. 36° angle of throw — 1
pole, 2 thru 10; 2 pole, 2 thru 5)

Type of Contacts (N= Non-Shorting, S = Shorting.)

Stop Arrangement (Applicable to 1 pole switches with
maximum positions only. F = Stop between first and last
position. Leave blank for continuous rotation.)

Angle of Throw (22V2° or 30° for Series 51. 36° for
Series 50.)

Style (See chart on previous page.)

Series (50 or 51)

5100

36" ANGLE OF THROW

Common t(K«aofi
ft* * pote WfttKH

30" ANGLE OF THROW

22 V4" ANGLE OF THROW

Common location for
a single polo awitch.
Two pole commons
aro located on a
.156 Dia.
circle of centers.

iiy«.

Solder 2ZVi a

Typ.

.382

SPECIFICATIONS

HOW TO ORDER

Style A and P Style S (for Styles SP, add $.50)

Discount Schedule

1-9 Unit Price

10-24 LESS 8%

25-49 LESS 16%

50-99 LESS 37%

100-499 LESS 50%

500 UP • • Contact your local

distributor or Grayhill

Non-Shorting

Shorting

No. ol
Polos

Sories 50
35°

Serlos 51
22%°

Series 51
30°

Series 50
36°

Series 51
22%°*

Series 51

Mo

1

$ 9.50

$14.05

$10.35

$10.70

$15.20

$11.55

2

13.10

16.80

13.85

14.70

18.30

15.40

3

15.95

18.00

4

18.30

20.65

Non-Shorting

Shorting

No. of
Poles

Series 50

360

Sorios 51
22 ’/a®

Sorios 51
30°

Sorios 50
36®

Sories 51

22i/ a °*

Sorios 51
30®

1

$10.50

$15.28

$11.39

$11.72

$16.44

$12.61

2

14.28

18.17

15.07

15.92

19.70

16.65

3

17.27

19.38

4

19.74

22.17

Prices and Discounts subject to change without notice

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2305

5100

SWITCHES

5100

1/2 Inch Diameter Single Deck

Grayhill Quality For As Little As $3.25"

Great Variety Of Styles And Features:

Shaft and Panel Seal
Screwdriver Actuation
PC Termination

Adjustable Stops
Extra Short Depth
30° or 36°, 1 or 2 Poles

SERIES

56

‘Standard Style, 1 Pole, 10 Position, Non-Shorting Switch in lots of 1000.

Dimensions See Choices and Limitations for applicable Figures.

, Fig. 1 1 I Fig. 2 ,

J L .203 U- .375 J .250 !-• — Dimension B —*4 i?5

ft*'

Pn, L 1 25 + 001 Dia i
POS. • 1Z 5_ (X)2 >

1/4-28 UNF-2A- >
Thread

Rear Views
Shown With
Circuit Diagrams

SOLDER LUG TERMINAL DETAIL

30° Angle Of Throw

068±.005 026± 005 ^|*-.01l

Angle Of Throw 30°

Angle ‘A’ 105°

Stop pin holes can be seen in Fig. 3,

h 30° 36° Series

105° 108° Dimension ‘B’

Series

55

56

Dimension ‘B’

.635

±.020

.480

±020

.032

±.005

-Fig. 3 —

.125 + .015

.050 ±.005

\

A

SERIES

55

For additional dimensions, See Figure 1.

Angle Of Throw 30°

Angle ‘A’ 105°

Series

55

56

Dimension ‘C’

.532

±.020

.377

±020

-1 |— .01 6 ±.004
.020 ± .004 |~| 042 ±.004

36° Angle Of Throw

f .026. 005 m)± ^

=h « rf-i

)_ .036*. 004 jj .062*. 004

Rear Views
Shown With
Circuit Diagrams

PC TERMINAL DETAIL

30° Angle Of Throw
no

|V 015*1 r 016Sq.^ f* 016 ± .004
I * ±°° 4 n— r-

36° Angle Of Throw
_ no .

r± .015 *1 r 020 Sq.* j j* 02 0* 004

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

. 366t.015 Dia.
Circle of
Centers

300 ANGLE
OF THROW

4° |°3

ONE POLE

Note: Four pole switch is
available by special order.

T \ 190* 015 Dia

* ) ♦ - T -4 Circle of

T >/ ft to/ Cente rs

‘Commons for Multi-
Pole Switch Are
Located as Shown
in Circuit Diagram

- Common Location For
1 Pole Switch

360 ANGLE
OF THROW

40 J 0 2

TWO POLE

\. 190*015 Dia.
4 Circle of
/ Centers

/ i- Common
Location
For 2 Pole
Switch

- Common Location For
1 Pole Switch

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

1*2306

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Rotary Switches

Specifications

RATING:

Rated to make and break 200 mA for 10,000 cycles of
operation or 50 mA for 25,000 cycles of operation,
resistive load, 115 VAC or 30 VDC. For complete load
life information, see GRAYHILL Catalog Number One.

CONTACT RESISTANCE:

100 milliohms maximum (15 milliohms initially).

INSULATION RESISTANCE:

10,000 megohms minimum between mutually insulated
parts (50,000 megohms initially).

VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN:

600VAC between mutually insulated parts.

CARRY CURRENT:

6 amperes with a maximum contact temperature rise
of 20°C.

Choices And Limitations

ADDITIONAL

OPTIONS

(CONTACT

GRAYHILL)

—KEYLOCK
-DIFFERENT
SHAFT FLAT
-INTERMIXING
OF SHORTING
CONTACTS AND
NON-SHORTING

Style, Description, and

Applicable Drawing Figures

Angle

Of Throw

Stops

Terminals

Number of Poles

Number Of
Positlons/Pole

Shorting

Non-Shorting

A = Standard i ,2

S = Standard, Shaft/Panel Seal 1,2

B = Screwdriver Slotted 3,2

BS = Slotted, Shaft/Panel Seal 3,2

30°

Fixed

Solder

Lug

1

2

1

2

2 thru 12

2 thru 6

36°

1

2

1

2

2 thru 10

2 thru 5

P = PC Mount 1 4

SP = PC Mount, Shaft/Panel Seal ^4

BP = Screwdriver Slotted, PC Mount 3^4
BSP = Slotted, Sealed, PC Mount 3,4

30°

Fixed

Printed

Circuit

1

2

1

2

2 thru 12

2 thru 6

36°

1

2

1

2

2 thru 10

2 thru 5

D = Adjustable Stops 1,2

SD=Adj. Stops, Shaft/Panel Seal 1,2

BD = Adj. Stops, Screwdriver Slotted 3,2
BSD = Slotted, Sealed, Adjustable 3,2

30°

Adjustable

Solder

lug

1

2

1

2

Adjustable (2 thru 12)
Adjustable (2 thru 6)

36°

1

2

1

2

Adjustable (2 thru 10)
Adjustable (2 thru 5)

DP = Adj. Stops, PC Mount 1,4

SDP = Adjustable, PC Mount, Sealed 1,4
BDP = Slotted, Adjustable, PC Mount 3,4
BSDP = Slotted, Sealed, Adj., PC 3,4

30°

Adjustable

Printed

Circuit

1

2

1

2

Adjustable (2 thru 12)
Adjustable (2 thru 6)

36°

1

2

1

2

Adjustable (2 thru 10)
Adjustable (2 thru 5)

SHAFT AND PANEL SEAL

Panel is sealed by an "O” ring at the base of bushing.
Shaft is sealed by an “O” ring inside the bushing. After
the switch is mounted, seals do not alter the dimen-
sions of the unsealed style.

ADJUSTABLE STOPS

Set and Reset Stops to Limit Rotation Form, Fit and
Function Equivalent to Fixed Stop Counterparts
Adjustable Stop Switches: Two stop pins and an
adhesive backed sticker or seal washer are provided.
Stop pins can be located or reset as desired. Sticker
or seal washer maintains stop pins in place. Sticker or
seal washer can be removed to change stop pin
location.

Part number is descriptive and formed in the following manner:

£

56 A 36-01—1-

10 N— F

T_

- Series Number

Series 55 or Series 56 (Shorter Switch)

■ Style Letter(s). If it includes “D”, see “Positions”
-Angle of Throw (30° or 36°)

note.

• Stop Arrangement— The suffix C or F must be added to a one pole
per deck, switch with the maximum number of positions to indicate
continuous rotation (C) or fixed stops (F) between position 1 and the
last position. Leave blank if not applicable.

■ Type of Contacts-N=Non-shorting, S=Shorting.

-Positions per Pole-requires 02 positions as a minimum to maxi-
mum allowable dependent on the angle of throw and poles per
deck. Use the letters AJ in this location if adjustable stop switch
is required.

’ Poles per Deck (1 or 2)

- Number of Decks (1 deck only)

HOW TO ORDER

All Prices Are Unit Prices

Angles

Of Throw

Poles

Shorting

Non-Shorting

Switch Style 1

A,B,D,BD

P, BP, DP, BDP

S,BS,SD,BSD

SP, BSP, SDP, BSDP

30°

1

N

$7.75

$8.00

$8.40

$8.65

s

8.00

8.25

8.65

8.90

2

N

8.60

8.85

9.25

9.50

S

9.10

9.35

9.75

10.00

36°

1

N

7.50

7.75

8.15

8.40

S

7.75

8.00

8.40

8.65

2

N

8.35

8.60

9.00

9.25

S

8.85

9.10

9.50

9.75

Discount Schedule

Quantity Range

1-9 Unit Price

10-24 Less 8%

25-49 Less 16%

50-99 Less 37%

100-499 Less 50%

500 and up Contact Your

Local Sales Office
Or GRAYHILL

PRICES

PRICES AND DISCOUNTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2307

5100

SWITCHES

5100

V 2 Inch Diameter, 34 Amp

Value Engineered To Compete In Price
And Outperform Open-Wafers

30° Or 36° Angle Of Throw
Military Qualification

• 1/8" or 1/4" Shaft Diameter

• Solder Lug Or PC Mount

• 1 Thru 12 Decks; 1 To 6 Poles Per Deck

Solder

Lug

Terminals

Adjustable

Stops

ADDITIONAL FEATURES

ADJUSTABLE STOPS— Stocked By Distributors

Number of positions per pole can be changed by removing
and relocating stop pins in holes in the switch front plate.
Available in the single shaft versions with either .125" or .250"
diameter, 30° or 36° angle of throw; and solder lug terminals
or PC mount.

MILITARY QUALIFIED, MIL-S-3786/39

The Series 71 rotary switch qualification includes the 30° and
36° angles of throw in both shaft diameters, sealed and
unsealed styles, in 1 thru 5 decks with solder lug terminals,
and in 1 thru 4 operative decks with PC terminals. For more
details, see GRAYHILL Engineering Catalog Number One.

SHAFT AND PANEL SEAL

Shaft is sealed by “O” ring inside bushing. Panel is
sealed “O” ring at base of bushing. Seals do not alter
dimensions as shown in the drawings when switch is
mounted. Panel seal is silicone rubber. Shaft seal is an
“O” ring per MIL-P-5516B.

With Adjustable
Non Adjustable Stops Style
Style Becomes

A

AD

B

BD

AF

ADF

BF

BDF

Commercial

Style

Military

Style

A

MA

B

MB

AF

MAF

BF

MBF

Non Sealed
Style

With Seals
Style
Becomes

Military

Style

Becomes

A

AS

MAS

B

BS

MBS

AF

ASF

MASF

BF

BSF

MBSF

DIMENSIONS - SOLDER LUG TERMINALS

Style A, 0.125 Dia. Shaft

Dim. “B” Ref. — -
Stud Projection
(See Characteristics)

Rear Views

30° and 36° Angle of
Throw may be Interposed
on Either Shaft Diameter

30° Angle
Of Throw

.500 Dia. U_

J .500 Dia.
^ ± .015

See Detail "D”

k 4 203 ± .005 \ \

£ Of Position No. One\ '
£ Of Bushing Flats —

Style B, 0.250" Dia. Shaft

V*— 32UNEF-2A Thread

All dimensions not shown
are same as above.

.750 ± .020 \

Over Terminals

Note A: Common Location foraSinglePole
Per Deck Switch. For Common Location
on Multipole Switches See Circuit Diagram.

36° Angle
Of Throw

Q Of Position No. One — * \

£ Of Bushin-- Keyway-

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

/ Bushing Keyway

.066 ± .002 Wide By .036
± .003 Deep From A .375 Dia.
V32UNEF-2A Thread

.750 ± .020
Over Terminals

t Of Bushing
Flats or
10 Keyway

(Switch is viewed from Shaft End and shown in Position No 1)

Solder Lug, 30° Angle Of Throw

NOTE: All Common Terminals are located above Base Terminals as shown.

Dimensions A & B

Extended studs are provided
on switches of 6 or more
decks for recommended
double end mounting. See
also military note under
drawing for PC mountable
styles.

No. of
Decks

Dimension A
• Mil. F

Styles Others

Dim.

B

1

.761

.761

.031

2

.979

.979

.031

3

1.415

1.197

.031

4

1.633

1.415

.031

5

—

1.633

.031

6

—

2.131

.312

7

—

2.349

.312

8

—

2.567

.312

9

—

2.785

.312

10

—

3.003

.312

11

—

3.221

.312

12

—

3.439

.312

Dimension C

10 Position
Switches

12 Position
Switches

36°

15°

Solder Lug, 36° Angle Of Throw

l 0 o n I r 7 8 o°I°o»

° 12 «.

C 2 |

FOUR POLE

« Of Bushing
Flats or
9 Keyway

bc,L

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

1*2308

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Multideck, Rotary Switches

DIMENSIONS— PC BOARD MOUNTABLE

Style AF, 0.125" Dia. Shaft

For Angle C
See Chart.

.875 (30°)
.725 (36°)
- ± .015
.687 Dia.

Shaft, shown
■ in position one

Front terminal
view shown for
30°, see rear
view for 36°

.020 ± .003

Typ-

Dim. B
ref.

stud projection

.020 H

— j l— -.203 ± .005 bu = h a ^

tL, \

.110 See Note A
.010

— Typ.

Dimensionally the military style is the same as the standard style with the
exception of the PC version of 3 or 4 decks; a spacer deck between decks
2 and 3 adds another deck length to the switch without increasing the
number of operative decks. See chart.

Style BF, 0.250" Dia. Shaft

For Angle C
See Chart.

Front terminal -
view shown for
30°, see rear I
view for, 36°. /

£of bushing^
keyway

.875 (30°)

.725 (36°) Shaft, shown
- ± .015 — - in position one
.687 Dia. / „ 7t -

_ - 4 - 015 375

3S

.250 Dia.
- .002
+ .001

. Bushing keyway
.066 ± .002 wide by .036
.003 deep from a .375 dia.

%32-UNEF-2A-

Thread

For other dimensions and military styles, see drawing above.

Rear Views

30° and 36° Angle of Throw
may be interposed on either
Shaft Diameter

30° Angle
Of Throw

± .015
.500 Dia. f—

.156 ± .010
Typ.

PC Mountable

125 ±.010
f Typ.

.037 ± .005 Typ.

► .075 ± .005 Typ.

Note A. Common Location for a Single Pole
Per Deck Switch For Common Location on
Multipole Switches See Circuit Diagram

36° Angle
Of Throw

.156 ± .010
Typ. 4

.368 ± .003

I Jyp-

yuu_^ 5 T f p ; oi °

-.037 ± .005 Typ.
-.075 ± .005 Typ.

CIRCUIT

DIAGRAMS 36° Angle Of Throw 30° Angle Of Throw

SPECIFICATIONS contact resistance:

RATING: 50 milliohms maximum (10 milliohms initially).

Rated to make and break 400MA for 10,000 cycles of operation or

200MA for 25,000 cycles of operation, resistive load, 115VAC or VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN:

30VDC. Rated to make and break 250MA for 10,000 cycles of opera- 500 VAC minimum between mutually insulated parts,
tion or 100MA for 25,000 cycles of operation, inductive load (250

Millihenries), 30VDC. CARRY CURRENT:

4 amperes with a maximum contact temperature rise of 20°C.

For complete load life information, see GRAYHILL Engineering

Catalog Number One. INSULATION RESISTANCE:

10,000 megohms minimum between mutually insulated parts (50,000
megohms initially).

Series 71, Style (as described on these pages), Angle of Throw (30° or 36°)

No. of Decks (12 decks max., also see poles per deck limitation in price table.)

No. of Poles per Deck (See circuit diagram for style and angle of throw limitations. Also limited to a
maximum of 16 total poles per switch.

No. of Positions (30° angle of throw solder lug— 1 pole, 2 thru 12; 2 pole, 2 thru 6; 3 pole, 2 thru 4;
4 pole, 2 or 3; 5 or 6 pole, 2 only. 30° angle of throw PC mount— 1 pole, 2 thru 12; 2 pole, 2 thru 6. 36°
angle of throw— 1 pole, 2 thru 10; 2 pole, 2 thru 5.)

Type of Contacts (N=Non-Shorting. S=Shorting)

Stop Arrangement (Applicable to 1 pole switches with maximum positions only. C=Continuous,
F=Stop between first and last position.)

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

HOW TO ORDER

Prices on following page.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2309

5100

SWITCHES

5100

wom/ii/t

Power Tap Rotary Switches — 15 Amp

PRICES

SERIES 71

71A30 71B30 71A36 71B36 71AF30 71BF30

71AF36 71BF36

71MA30, 71MB30, 71MA36, 71MB36

Poles /Deck and
Positions /Pole

Poles /Deck and
Positions /Pole

Number

of

Decks

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

(2-12)

(2-6)

(2-4)

(2-3)

(2)

(2)

(2-12)

(2-6)

l

10.88

11.33

11.79

12.24

12.69

13.16

11.96

12.42

2

14.29

15.20

16.11

17.01

17.93

18.84

16.62

17.53

3

17.71

19.07

20.43

21.79

23.16

N.A.

21.28

22.65

4

21.11

22.93

24.75

26.56

N.A.

N.A.

25.95

27.76

5

24.52

26.80

29.07

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

30.61

32.89

6

27.94

30.66

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

35.27

37.99

7

31.35

34.53

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

39.93

43.12

8

34.75

38.39

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

44.59

48.22

9

38.17

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

49.25

N.A.

10

41.58

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

53.91

N.A.

11

44.99

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

58.58

N.A.

12

48.40

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

N.A.

63.24

N.A.

Poles /Deck and
Positions /Pole

Number

of

Decks

1

(2-12)

2

(2-6)

3

(2-4)

4

(2-3)

6

(2)

1

11.50

11.95

12.41

12.86

13.16

2

15.12

16.02

16.93

17.84

18.84

3

18.74

20.10

21.46

28.82

N.A.

4

22.35

24.17

25.99

27.80

N.A.

5

25.97

28.25

29.07

N.A.

N.A.

71MAF30

71MAF36

71MBF30

71MBF36

Discount Schedule

Number

of

Decks

1

(2-12)

2

(2-6)

l

12.58

13.03

2

17.45

18.36

3

22.32

23.68

4

27.18

29.00

1-9
10-24
25-49
50-99
100-499
500 UP .

..UNIT PRICE
...LESS 8%

. . .LESS 16%

. . . LESS 37%

. . . LESS 50%

. Contact your local
distributor or Grayhill

Shaft and Panel Seal, Style AS, ASF, BS, BSF, MAS, MASF, MBS, or MBSF— Add $1 .1 3 to the price of a similar Style A, AF, B, BF, MA,
MAF, MB or MBF rotary switch.

Adjustable Stops, Style AD, ADF, BDor BDF— Add $0.57 to the cost of a similar Style A, AF, B, or BF rotary switch.

NOTE: Number of Positions does not affect price.

PRICES AND DISCOUNTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

15 Amp, UL Listed Rotary Switches

Shaft flat
opposite contacting
position.

Keyway is .066 ± .003 wide
by .036 ± .005 deep
(from .375 ± dia.)

3/ 8 -32 NEF-2A Thread
Non-turn washer

Common Terminal
/ “Faston”

■ terminals

For AMP 250 Series Receptacles
or equivalent
WIRE HOLE .080"

30° Angle of Throw
1 Pole, 2 to 11 Positions
Taston’ Terminals

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Drawings and Spec. For Ref. Only

SPECIFICATIONS

RATING:

Series 19 switches are UL listed at:

15 amps, 120 VAC, non-inductive load. 1 amp,
120 VDC, non-inductive load.

This rating is based on the following criteria:

Overload — 50 operations at 125% rated AC
load and 150% rated DC load.

Endurance — 6000 operations at rated load
with 900 VAC dielectric strength before
and after test.

Temperature Rise — Not to exceed 30°C
when carrying rated AC load after endur-
ance test.

Contacts will carry 20 amps at 115 volts AC
with 30°C maximum temperature rise.

CONTACT RESISTANCE: (Measured at 2
VDC and approximately 100MA) for new
switch approximately 10 milliohms.

INSULATION RESISTANCE: Approximately
100,000 megohms. Between mutually in-
sulated parts.

VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN: Approximately
2500 VAC. Between mutually insulated
parts.

HOWTO ORDER

Part Number 19101-* UL (* Indicates No. of Positions— 02, 03, 04 etc.)

Number of Positions

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10 .

PRICES

$11.75

$12.38

$13.64

$14.27

$14.90

$15.53

$16.16

■□mm

■BEEEI

ALL PRICES SUBJECT TO DISCOUNT SCHEDULE ABOVE.

PRICES AND DISCOUNTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

1-2310

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

16, 20, and 24 Position Rotary Switches

Provides Logic Level To V2 AMP Switching Capability

DIMENSIONS

Ser. 53—1.281
p Ser. 57 4 59— 1.125 -|

1 DECK .916

-2 DECK 1.249

3 DECK 1.582

X / X x of bushing

VX f drcuitV^y

£ 0 diagram A 0 ( position

No. one.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

SERIES 53 —

15° ANGLE OF THROW (24 POSITIONS)

\ n 'ino 17 !A / V.* 14

^Bushing keyway\

' by .036
deep from
i .375 dia.

XX) (Ser. 57 4 59)
1.156 (Ser. 53)

\ Grayhill or customer part No. marked
\ on switch cover upon request.
Integral assembly nut. Do not remove.

^H-32 NEF-2A Thread.

TION No. 1 ^

( OF POSITION No 1 ~
£ OF BUSHING KEYWAY

MOUNTING HARDWARE: Includes two mounting
nuts, one internal tooth lockwasher and one non-
turn washer.

SERIES 59 —

18° ANGLE OF THROW (20 POSITIONS)

SERIES 57 —

221/2° ANGLE OF THROW (16 POSITIONS)

\ 9 o o 0

70 1 Vi cU

60 l yW N / 0 15
4 O 010

3 2 \ C V"

$ OF POSITION No 1 >

£ OF BUSHING KEYWAY

0 10 i 1 VJ

9 O O U o *

« 0 \V-v^ 13
70 (V) ) oU

60 V yV N / 015

\ ,, 12 13 14

\o‘i 0 0 O 15

9 oWo«

*° r V)

70 l / on

6 0 /V_j^s0 19

;

3

£ OF POSITION No 1 'J.II'X
£ OF BUSHING KEYWAY •—

ONF POLE

\ 1, 12 13 ,4

10 Q ° ° oVc,

0 \ Oy*> ‘

9 o — N^oifi

80 ('&( ) 0,7
jo l ) on

C '^XV\

SPECIFICATIONS

Voltage: 115 VAC or 30 VDC, resistive load; 30 VDC inductive load.
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum (15 milliohms initially).
Insulation Resistance: 10,000 megohms minimum between mutually
insulated parts. (50,000 megohms initially.)

Voltage Breakdown: 500 VAC minimum between mutually insulated
parts. These switches will carry 4 amperes with a maximum contact
temperature rise of 20°C.

Chart shown for non-shorting contacts (break before make).

One cycle is 360° rotation and a return through all switch positions to
the starting position. The data for the curves on the right was measured
at sea level 25°C and 68% relative humidity with the above life limiting
criteria.

ORDERING INFORMATION

How to determine part number. Suffix “C” or "F” is required for
a complete part number when ordering single pole/deck switches
with maximum number of positions. Sample part number for a
2 deck, 1 pole/deck, 24 position, Style M, 15° angle of throw,
non-shorting contact switch without stops:

: General Description

Number of Decks (1 thru 3)

Number of Poles per Deck (1 or 2)

Number of Positions per Pole

Type of Contacts —

N = Non-shorting. S = Shorting

£ Stop Arrangement, Single Pole per
Deck. Maximum Positions (See Note)
53 M 15-02-1 -24 N - C F=Fixed stops. C=Continuous rotation.

Angle of Throw (See Series)

Style — M = Military Style

Series 53 (15°). Series 59 (18°) or

Series 57 (22°)

For 3 to 12 poles per deck; 4 thru 12 decks; military qualified,
sealed styles, contact factory.

Poles/Deck and
Positions/Pole

Make And Break
More Circuits
in Less Space.

W 24 POSITION

Jr w SERIES 53

Patent No,
r, V 3,668,338

5001

CURRENT
MILL! AMPS

■ 100 !

250 ;

CURRENT fig

Number

1

2

Of Decks

Pole

Pole

1

$28.56

$29.93

2

38.66

41.39

3

48.74

52.85

10 ■ 25 ^ 50

Cycles X 1,000

Voltage 30 VDC
\ Inductive
\ (250 Millihenries)

40 m 25 1

Cycled X 1.000

Discount Schedule

1-9 Unit Price

10-24 .Less 8%

25-49 Less 16%

50-99 Less 37%

100-499 Less 50%

t^nOlIP Contact

° UUUP GRAYHILL

Prices and Discounts Subject
to Change Without Notice.

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2311

5100

SWITCHES

5100

0.3" Diameter Rotary Switches

Designed As The * 10 Position, 1 or 2 Poles

World’s Smallest * P ated t0 make and break logic loads for a
D . e ■+ u minimum of 15,000 cycles of operation

Notary owitcn . Non-Shorting Wiping Contacts

style ap Screwdriver Actuated style AF

All Dimensions Not Shown and Front View
Same as Style AP

z 020 -w/

. / / / Screwdriver Slot

°32

RATING;

Life Expectancy;

Miifiamps m
0

5 10 18

Cycles X 1,000

Style BP Shaft Actuated style BF

See Style AP for Terminal Dimensions All Dimensions Not Shown and Front View

Same as Style BP

375 I— ■280»j- 500— j u .550 4 (--.109

,— 375— 250 *j— 500 j

r 250 *1 jtmai ! ^1 “W

1 1/4-32UNF-2A Thread

style CP Integral Knob Actuated style CF

See Style AP for Terminal Dimensions All Dimensions Not Shown

All Dimensions Not Shown and Front View
Same as Style CP

5 Ol Position
No One
Locator
Mark Indicates
Pom! o! Contact
Pole No 1

.489 ~

H~ 1

FI Tfe

REAR VIEWS

Style P

Common Location

For A Single Pole

Switch

Style F

.1

Common Location

For A Two Pole Switch -

Located On
.065 Dia. Circle

Of Centers

==== ^W 1 .

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

(Switch is viewed from shaft end
and shown in position 1.)

7 o 9 7 o 9

° ° O 4, O

6 ° / ° 10 oio

o i o_ o tI o

4 0-2 4 o ° 2

J 3

ONE POLE TWO POLE

SPECIFICATIONS

Voltage: 115 VAC or 30 VDC, resistive load.

Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum. (15 milliohms
initially).

Insulation Resistance: 10,000 megohms minimum between
mutually insulated parts. (50,000 megohms initially.)
Voltage Breakdown: 500 VAC minimum between mutually
insulated parts.

Chart shown for non-shorting contacts (break before
make).

One cycle is 360° rotation and a return through all switch
positions to the starting position. The data for the curve
was measured at sea level, 25°C. and 68% relative humidity
with the above life limiting criteria.

ORDERING INFORMATION

General Description

PRICES

1-9 .

No. of Decks (One Deck Only)

Unit Price

10-24 .

No. of Poles Per Deck (1 or 2 Poles)

Style

1 Pole/Deck

2 Pole/Deck

25-49 .

No. of Positions (2 thru 10 — 1 Pole;

2 thru 2-2 Pole)

AF or CF

AP or CP

$11.91

11.55

$14.77

13.81

50-99 .
100-499.

Type of Contacts (N = Non-Shorting Only)

BF

13.57

16.41

500-UP .

Stop Arrangement. Single Pole/Deck

BP

13.19

15.45

Maximum Positions (C = Continuous;

75 AP 36 - 01 - 1 - 10 - N - C

F = Stop Between 10 and 1).

Angle of Throw

Style

Series

Discount Schedule

1-9 Unit Price

10-24 Less 8%

Contact your local
distributor or
Grayhill

PRICES AND DISCOUNTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

1*2312

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

LAKE and GROVE STREETS * LAKE MILLS, WISCONSIN 53551

PHONE: SALES 414/648-2361 • TWX 910-260-3740

4 <?l^

C «ySTALO^

MAGNETIC

REED

SWITCHES

Micro-miniature • Tiny • Sub-miniature • Compact • Mercury-wetted
High voltage • High current

Overall

Glass

Glass

Mix. DC

Ampere Turn

Length

Length

Diameter

Switch

Contact

Max.

Mix. DC

Pull-In

Nominal

Max.

Max.

List

Model No.

Form

Rating

Amps

Volts

Range

Inches

Inches

Inches

Magnet

Special Features

Price

HAMILIN DRY REED FORM C MAGNETIC REED SWITCHES

MDRR-DT-175

C

3W

.240

28

20-35

2.076

.562

.105

H-33

3W Low Profile Form C

$3.88

MRH-DT-175

C

3W

.250

28

20-35

2.124

.610

.130

H-33

Instrument Grade Form C

4.00

MRG-DT-175

C

3W

.250

28

20-35

2.125

.610

.130

H-33

Mod. Current & Voltage

3.45

MLC-DT-186

C

3W

.110

28

20-40

2.125

.610

.130

H-33

Economy Form C - Sub-Minature

2.80

DLC-DT-327

C

10W

.500

200

40-70

3.375

1.562

.218

H-32

Economy Form C - Standard

2.25

DRR-DTH-445

C

10W

.500

250

65-80

3.375

1.562

.218

H-34

High Breakdown Form C

2.55

DRT-DTH-445

C

20W

1.500

500

65-80

3.375

1.562

.218

H-34

Inductive Loads

5.30

HAMILIN DRY REED FORM A MAGNETIC REED SWITCHES

MMRR-2-185

A

.3W

.010

28

22.5-37.5

2.000

.375

.090

H-31

“Grain of Wheat” Size

2.50

MINI-2S-115

A

3W

.110

28

12.5-27.5

1.235

.500

.070

H-31

The Mini-Reed

1.60

MDRR-4-185

A

10W

.500

100

22.5-37.5

1.235

.600

.105

H-33

Low Profile Form A

.95

MSRR-2-185

A

10W

.500

200

22.5-37.5

2.230

.800

.090

H-33

Mod. Current & Voltage

1.00

MRR-2-185

A

10W

.500

200

22.5-37.5

2.230

.800

.130

H-33

Mod. Current & Voltage

1.05

MRR-5-196

A

10W

.500

500

22.5-42.5

2.230

.800

.130

H-33

Breakdown Voltage to 1000 VDC

3.55

MDSR-4-185

A

10W

.500

100

22.5-37.5

1.590

.600

.090

H-33

.090 Dia. Low Profile

.95

MARR-2-185

A

10W

.500

100

22.5-37.5

2.230

.800

.105

H-33

.105 Dia. High Reliability

.95

MARC-2-186

A

10W

.500

100

20-40

2.230

.800

.105

H-33

Economy Form A

.89

MARH-2-185

A

10W

.500

200

22.5-37.5

2.230

.800

.105

H-33

Instrument Grade - Prem. Per.

1.20

MARR-5-196

A

10W

.500

500

22.5-42.5

1.775

.800

.105

H-33

Breakdown Voltage to 1000 VDC

3.55

SRR-2-425

A

15W

1.000

400

62.5-77.5

3.375

1.425

.195

H-32

Mod. Current & Voltage

2.45

DRR-1-425

A

15W

1.000

400

62.5-77.5

3.250

2.000

.207

H-34

Mod. Current & Voltage

1.76

DRR-5-425

A

25W

1.000

1000

62.5-77.5

3.250

2.000

.207

H-34

Breakdown Voltage to 1500 VDC

3.00

DRT-5-425

A

50W

3.000

1000

62.5-77.5

3.250

2.000

.207

H-34

Inductive Load Type Contact

5.00

HAMLIN MERCURY-WETTED MAGNETIC REED SWITCHES

MDC-1-387

A

50W

2.000

500

40-80

2.250

.610

.130

H-33

Tiny Size, Mercury Wetted

2.50

MDC-DT-420

C

28W

.500

200

40-70

1.600

.625

.132

H-32

Form C, Mercury, Wetted

9.25

HAMLIN HIGH VOLTAGE MAGNETIC REED SWITCHES -

| DRVT- 10-658 | A | 50W | .004 | 7500 | 90-140 | 3.250 | 1.950 | .218 | H-34 | Breakdown Voltage to 10,000 VDC| 6.00 |

HAMLIN HIGH CURRENT MAGNETIC REED SWITCHES

SRT-2-455

A

100VA

1.000

28 VDC
110 VAC

67.5-82.5

3.375

1.610

.195

H-32

High Power Inductive Loads

3.45

DRR-129-425

A

100W

3.000

250

62.5-77.5

3.250

2.000

.207

H-34

Ideal High Current Loads

3.75

MAGNETICALLY ACTUATED

REED PROXIMITY SENSORS Hermetically Sealed.

ORDERING/PRICING INFORMATION

EEM 1983

Sensor

Number

Contact

Form

Contact Ratings

Minimum

Breakdown

Voltage

(VDC)

Watts

VDC

VAC

AMPS

5801

A

10

200

240

.5

400

5802

C

3

28

120

.25

200

5804

A

10

100

120

.5

200

5806

A

10

100

120

.5

200

5807

A

10

100

120

.5

200

5808

A

50

500

240

2.0

1000

5809

C

3

28

120

.25

200

5811

A

50

100

120

1.0

225

5812

A

10

200

240

.5

400

5901

A

1.5

—

240

1.5

400

ACTUATION DISTANCES OF MAGNETIC ACTUATORS

ACTUATOR

USE

WITH

SENSOR

SIDE

OPERATING

MODE

END

OPERATING

MODE

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

5701

5801

.400

1.00

_

_

5802

.250

1.00

—

—

5806

.400

1.00

.200

.750

5807

.450

1.10

.200

.750

5808

.150

.750

.100

.500

5809

.250

.900

.150

.750

5811

.250

.750

—

—

5901

.400

1.00

—

—

5805

5804

.400

1.00

_

—

5806

.350

1.00

.200

.750

5807

.350

1.10

.200

.750

5808

.050

.750

.050

.500

5809

.150

.900

.100

.750

5810

5806

.350

1.00

.150

1750

5807

.400

1.10

.150

.750

5808

.100

.750

.050

.500

5809

.200

.900

.100

.750

5811

.250

.750

—

—

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2313

electric
industry
company, ltd .

Specifications

Contact

Pull-in [AT]

Drop-out [AT]

Contact resistance (Initial) [mft]

Breakdown voltage [DCV]

Insulation resistance [0]

Electrostatic capacitance [PF]

Contact capacity [VA]

Maximum conductive current [A]
Maximum voltage [V]

Operate time [ms]

Bounce time [ms]

Release time [ms]

Resonant frequency [Hz]

Maximum operating frequency [Hz]

Coil resistance [0]

No. of turns [T]

Dimensions [mm]

Type No.

ORD-211

1 A

10-50

5 min.

150 max.

150 min.

10 9 min.

0,2 max.

1.0

0.3

24

0.3 max.
0.3 max.
0,05 max.
8600 ±500
500

600

5000

2.0 x 10
8

ORD-221

1 A (offset)

10 — 55

5 min.

150 max.

200 min.

10 9 min.

0.3 max.

10

1,0

100

0.3 max.

0.3 max.

0.05 max.

2750 ±250
500

ORD-228

JIA

10 - 50

5 min.

150 max,

200 min.

10 9 min.

0.3 max.

10

1.0

100

0.3 max.

0.3 max.

0.05 max.

5300 ±300
500

Features

(Contact material)

ORD-225

ORD-226

1 A

1A

0
to

1

o

15 — 45

1 min.

RLS/OP >0.8

150 max.

-150 max.

250 min.

150 min.

10 10 min.

10 9 min.

0.3 max.

0.3 max.

10

10

1.0

0.5

100

100

0.4 max.

0.3 max.

0.4 max.

1.0 max.

0.05 max.

0.1 max.

3700 ±300

4200 ±200

500

500

450

450

5000

5000

2.9x15

2.9x15

6

6

General purpose
miniature (Rh)

Drop-out n p , Ph
Pull-in >0 - 8 (Rh

<0

o

Contact

Pull-in [AT]

Drop-out [AT]

Contact resistance (Initial) [m ft]

CO

Breakdown voltage [DCV]

<0 ©
o £

Insulation resistance [ft] -

is 2

Electrostatic capacitance [PF]

Contact capacity [VA]

UJO

Maximum conductive current [A]

Maximum voltage [V]

Operate time [ms]

CO

o

Bounce time [ms]

CO

Release time [ms]

Resonant frequency [Hz]

is

Maximum operating frequency [Hz]

® ©

Shock resistance [G]

ou

Vibration [G]

Tensile strength [Kg]

Operating temperature [°C]

■o

Coil resistance [ft]

<5

■o

No. of turns [T]

E“

2, o

Dimensions [mm]

0>O

Type No.

Features

(Contact material)

10 mm.
150 max.
300 min.
10 10 min.
0.5 max.

0.05 max.
2200 ±300
500

500

5000
3.6 x 20
3

Long life (Rh)

10-60
5 min.
150 max.
700 min.
10 10 min.
0.2 max.
20
2.0
250

0.5 max.
0.5 max.

0.1 max.
2200 ±300
500

linn!

0.1 max.
2350 ±250
500

500

5000

3.6 x 20

3

High power (Rh)

1.0 max.

(NC) 1.0 max.
(NO) 1.5 max.
0.5 max.

6000 ±4000
200

570

5000
3.6 x 10
10

Miniature
transfer (Rh)

10 min.

100 max.

200 min.

10 ^

0.3 max.

30W max.

0.5: In-rush 3

0.6 max.

0.4 max.

0.05 max.

4600 ±500
500

30 (11 ms)

20

2.0

-40- +80

450

5000

2.9 x 15
6

High inrush

High Reliability Supported by Unique Technology

Flux Scanning Method:

In spite of severe control of the sealing process, there is a slight prob- is force

ability that foreign matter such as magnetic particles may enter the is used

glass. After extensive study in the detection of micro impurities, OKI succee

has adopted the highly reliable flux scanning method. In flux scanning, replaci

external magnetism is moved so that foreign matter near the reed method

is forced to jump to the contact part. The contact resistance then measured
is used as the standard for the selection of characteristics. We have thus
succeeded in remarkably improving the reliability of reed switches by
replacing conventional visual checking with the latest flux scanning
method.

EXCLUSIVE AGENT FOR <OkT> REED SWITCHES IN USA AND CANADA

HASCO COMPONENTS, INC. / 214-22 WATERS EDGE DRIVE, BAYSIDE, NY 11360 / (212) 428-5155 TWX: 710-582-5750

1*2314 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Stock

Max

Max

Max

Max

Max

Amp-Turn

Overall

Glass

Glass

DC.

DC.

DC.

Pull-In

Length

Diameter

Length

Special Features

Model

Form

Watts

Amps

Volts

Range

Inches

Inches

Inches

THE WORLD’S SMALLEST

A

BDI

10

1.050

.055

.210

AVAILABLE IN

HI-REL AND
COMMERCIAL GRADES

A

Wlii

10

1.000

.055

.260

HSR-067

A

4

30

1.240

.070

.460

HSR-370

C

3

28

.072

.485

MINIATURE FORM C

HSR-301

C

4

ill

'mm

Msm

1.930

.093

.580

NO C0M

HSR-3015

c

4

MM

MEBSM

1.930

.103

.580

HSR-302

c

4

KEEI

MEM

1.930

.120

.580

NC

HSR-505

3

■Era

m

1.500

.075

.095

Oval

.465

COM . N0

HSR-510

2.000

.105

.590

NC

HSR-520

c

|

2.000

.125

.600

HIGH POWER

IHSR-V200 A

200

3.0

7500

50-150

3.230

.210

2.100

200 WATT SWITCHING

HIGH VOLTAGE

icmismiara

50

3.00

7500

\EMM

.210

2.100

10,000 VDC DIELECTRIC

ASK FOR CATALOG AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS
ON COMPLETE REED SWITCH PRODUCT LINE
INCLUDING OVER 25 STANDARD MODELS

HERMETIC SWITCH, INC.

P.O. BOX 1325, HIGHWAY 92 SOUTH / CHICKASHA, OKLAHOMA 73018 / TELEPHONE (405) 224-4046

TELEX 796125 HERMETIC CKSA

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2315

5100

SWITCHES

5100

CR^SSP^INT

THE PROGRAMMING PRODUCTS DIVISION OF

% * ♦; ♦ « * «r* * ♦ * , * i •**•*

> rrrrpZCCf \

» CCCCZCCOZ*

' fj-rrrrr!;c<

°:£S$fW8 ’

'tetbPccPro

;cco:ccj:c;:orc;:j:cf,c*

mm®
iiiiilll •».

FEATURES

• Reliable closed entry contacts

• Rugged programming pins that will not beind

• Rapid and convenient method of programming/switching

• Permits insertion of components into network without soldering

• Replaces costly complex switching hardware

• Attractive and compact package

• Low capacitance for high frequency applications

• Ease of visual program checking

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Numeric Controlled Equipment
Logic Memories
Power Distributors

Circuit/Component Test Programmers
Lighting Systems
Code Generators
Programmable Diode Matrices
Communications Distributors

PROGRAMMING

PRODUCTS

MATRIX PINBOARDS

INFO-LITE has developed a most convenient,
compact and economical system for reliable
programming and switching • The Matrix Pro-
gram Board allows a wide variety of switching/
programming functions to be performed by
simply inserting programming pins (shorting or
diode type) into a 2 to 10 deck contact matrix
• No accessorise such as "read" “write” equip-
ment are required • Matrix Board features have
lead them to be favored over such devices at
patchboards, card readers, toggle and thumb-
wheel switches, mag/punched tape and elec-
tronic memories • The two basic uses for Matrix
Program Boards are: (1) Cordless patching
(input-output switching), using shorting pins;
(2) Programmable diode matrices (logic mem-
ories), using diode pins • Units with up to 100
x 100 crosspoints can be supplied to meet your
requirements, whether for prototype or produc-
tion quantities.

See Data Sheet MB3 for detailed specifications.

Status Indicators
Data Logging
Vending Machine Control
Thermo-Couple Selectors
Batching Programmers
Function Generators
Sequence Programmers
Pulse Code Programmers

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS & STOCK MATRICES FOR 1000 & 2000 SERIES

.25 (.26) h

.18 (.09) TYP
1 MT’G PANEL (-38)

M2 (.09) D /
TERMINALS

Matrix

Size

10X10

Dash#

—1

A

3.63

tOOO Series

B C

3.63 3.25

- .250" Gri

D E

— 3.25

mm

l|tF ft

A

2.02

1000 Series

ill till

2.02 1.82

mmmm

D E

— 1.82

d

i_L

10X15

-2

3.63

4.93

3.25

—

4.50

—

2.02

2.67

1.82

—

2.47

—

10X20

-3

3.63

6.12

3.25

—

5.75

2.75

2.02

3.32

1.82

—

3.12

—

10x25

—4

3.63

7.38

3.25

—

7.00

3.50

2:02

3.97

1.82

—

3.77

1.82

10x50

-5

3.63

13.62

3.25

—

13.25

4.50

2.02

7.22

1.82

—

7.02

3.51

20x20

-8

6.12

6.12

5.75

2.75

5.75

2.75

3.32

3.32

3.12

—

3.12

—

25x25

-9

7.38

7.38

7.00

3.50

7.00

3.50

3.97

3.97

3.77

1.82

3.77

1.82

50X50

—10

14.4

14.1

14.0

7.00

13.75

7.00

(Currently not available)

STANDARD

1 — Contact

2 — Contact

3 — Contact I

4 — Contact

5 — Contact

6 — Contact

7 — Bussing:
NOTE: Values

* ADDITIONAL MOUNTING HOLE POSITION

SPECIFICATIONS

Type: Closed Entry. 8 — Breakdown Volta

Material: Be-Cu, Alloy 25 9 _ Current Rating: ‘

Finish: a - .0002" Ag over Cu Flash available

b - .00002" Min. Au over Ni Flash 20 — Terminals: Combi

Support Material: Silicone Rubber [Solder Cup]

Resistance: .040 Ohm, typ. 11 _ Panel Material: I

Capacitance: 1 uuf [2 uuf]/in. at 1 MHz, typ. 12 — Panel Marking: /
1st (top) Deck Vertical; 2nd Deck Horizontal Ink Screened

Breakdown Voltage: 1000 VRMS

Current Rating: 5 [2] Amps standard; 10 [4] Amps
available

Terminals: Combination Taper Pin Socket/Solder Cup
[Solder Cup]

Panel Material: Black XX Grade Phenolic

Panel Marking: Alpha-Numeric/Grid, White Epoxy
Ink Screened

SPECIFYING PART NUMBERS
X000-X -X X

.130" GRID 1 1 1

.250" GRID 2l

MATRIX SIZE
(SEE TABLE) ~

S SILVER CONTACT FINISH
G GOLD CONTACT FINISH

A SCREENED FRONT PANEL
IB BLANK FRONT PANEL

in brackets [ ] are for 1000 Series if two values are given.

Programming Pins
Diode Pins

1000 Series (.13" Grid)
1020S-CS0001/-CS0002
1Q2QG-CS0003/-CS0004

2000 Series (.25" Grid)

2020S-CS0006/CS0007
2020S-CS0010/CS0011
2020G-CS0012/CS0025
2020S-CS0014/CS0024
Shorting Pins
1010G & 2010G

Specifications

Diode Anode Tot

1N4151 Tip/Sleeve
1N4151 Tip/Sleeve
tOn Std. Matrices Tip
makes W/2nd Deck.
1N270 Tip/Sleeve
1N4151 Tip/Sleeve
1N4151 Sleeve/Tip
1N4004 Sleeve/Tip

SCHEMATIC

2 DECK MATRIX

EXAMPLE: A 20 x 20, .250" grid matrix with silver con-
tacts and blank front panel would have Part
Number 2000-8-BS. U.S. Patent No. 3,631-374

PROGRAMMING PINS

2 D .13" GRID 1

SHORTENING -25" GRID 2
PIN

t Sold in multiples of 25 pieces.

SPECIAL SWITCHING/PROGRAMMING PRODUCTS

CROSSPOINT’s advanced manual and electronic pro-
gramming products cover a selection ranging from
simple switches to complex electronic networks.
The manual devices combine the ease of a switch
with the versatility of a patchboard system. The
electronic systems include a wide range of ROM,
PROM, EPROM and EROM hardware with software to
meet a broad spectrum of customer applications.

/ / / 2 D SHORTENING PIN
/ / L2 D DIODE PIN
/ L 2nd DECK BUSS
Hst DECK BUSS

OTHER INFO-LITE PRODUCTS

ID 1 1 T I-

ID 2 I

X020X-CSXXXX

JITs

S SILVER
G GOLD

P X020X-C SXXXX

20 .13" GRID ll] DEFINES DIODE &

DIODE PIN .25" GRID 2f I ORIENTATION.

s ER SM “ E

* Diode orientation shown: Anode to Sleeve (1st Deck)

STANDARD PROGRAMMING PINS

1000 SERIES 2000 SERIES

2-D SHORTING PIN 2-D DIODE PIN

NUMERIC READOUTS

LIGHTED INDICATORS

1000 SERIES
2-D DIODE PIN

ft n

No. 1020X-CSXXXX

2000 SERIES
2-D SHORTING PIN

No. 2020X-CSXXXX

CROSSPOINT- Div. of INFO-LITE# 422 Cliff Street • Fairview, NJ 07022# (201) 941-4455#“LINKS BETWEEN MAN AND MACHINE"

1 *231 6 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1 983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

THUMBWHEEL SWITCHES

MODEL II IMLEC INDEXER
PUSHBUTTON FRONT MOUNT

The Imlec Indexer is a bi-
directional push indexing
front mount switch, in
width. Identical in size to
our popular MF switches.
With snap together banking
and snap-in panel mounting.
Pushbuttons above and be-
low the legend allow the
user to add or subtract from
the count.

These 10 or 16-position
switches are available in all
popular codes.

MODEL Ml MINI INDEXER
PUSHBUTTON FRONT MOUNT

The Mini Indexer is a bi-
directional push indexing
front mount switch. 0.30" in
width. Similar to our Imlec
Indexer but smaller in size.
Features snap together bank-
ing and snap-in panel mount-
ing. Pushbuttons above and
below the legend allow the
user to add or subtract from
the count.

Available in most popular
10-position codes.

MODEL MF

MINIATURE FRONT MOUNT

The MF is our most popular,
low cost, %/' wide Thumb-
wheel Switch. Slim, attrac-
tive, snap-in panel mounting
requires no panel mounting
hardware.

Available in all popular 10
and 16-position codes. Matte
black finish on high impact
moldings, with white legend
on black wheel standard.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (IN MILLIMETERS)

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (IN MILLIMETERS) DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (IN MILLIMETERS)

(10.2) (13.7)

PANEL CUT OUT FORMULA
L = WxN + C = Width of

W = Width of module, i.e.
switch, blank body or
divider plate = .312
N = No. of modules in bank
C = Width of pair end plates
+ tolerance = 0.32

MODEL TR
THIN REAR MOUNT

For applications that require
a lot of switch in a small
space, these Ka" wide TR
switches are ideal. Rear
mount counterpart to our
popular MF front mount
switches.

Available in most 10-posi-
tion codes including Decimal,
BCD, BCD plus Complement
and Complement only.

MODEL IF

INTERMEDIATE FRONT MOUNT

A rugged front mount switch
with large digits, V2" wide
module. Snap-in front mount-
ing hardware. Available in
most popular 10 and 16-
position codes.

Matte black finish with
white legends on black
wheel standard. Gloss fnish,
other wheel colors and leg-
ends available.

MODEL IR

INTERMEDIATE REAR MOUNT

Rugged rear mount counter-
part to our IF model, with
large readable digits, 1 / 2 "
wide module. Available in
most popular 10 and 16-
position codes.

Matte black finish with
white legends on black wheel
standard. Gray bodies, gloss
finish, other wheel colors and
legends available.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (IN MILLIMETERS)

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (IN MILLIMETERS)

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (IN MILLIMETERS)

SPECIFICATIONS
ALL MODELS

MODEL MR
MINIATURE REAR MOUNT

Popular rear mount switch, V2" wide module but lower pro-
file than IR model. Available in matte black in most popu-
lar 10-position codes including Decimal, BCD, and BCD plus
Complements.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (IN MILLIMETERS)

I 1.25 t 0-«9 |
0.15 .t (31.8) -4(22.7)]

(3.8)1 h 0.27 Hr .r 1

r

L + 0.2 J

PANEL CUT OUT FORMULA

N = No. of modules in bank
: = Width of pair end plates
+ tolerance = 0.43

Voltage: 200 volts max DC (within power rating) or RMS.

Power: 24 watts max per switch with 12 watts max per energized output.
Insulation Resistance: 1000 megohms between adjacent contacts at 25°C and
20% relative humidity.

Contact Resistance: 0.1 ohms initial and 0.2 ohms after life test at 25°C.
Dielectric Strength: 500 VAC.

Moldings: High impact acetate body in matte black, gloss black or gray finish;
wheels are polycarbonate in black with white legends standard, white with
black legends for lighted versions, other colors available.

Contact Material: Stator has 0.0001" hard gold over 1 oz. copper on glass fibre as
MIL-P-13949GF. Rotor has silver/gold alloy on beryllium copper.

Life*. 1,000,000 detents minimum either direction.

Stops: Stops to limit switch to any position.

Panel Thickness: K&" to % 2 ".

Operating Temperature: -20°C to 70°C. Storage temperature: -40°C to 70°C.
Shock: 100 G’s, 6 MS.

Vibration: 15 G’s to 70-2000 Hz.

Humidity: 96 HRS, 95% relative.

Contact Current: Contacts rated 2 amps @ 115 VAC or 28 VDC non-switching;
0.5 amps @ 28 VAC or DC switching. Minimum recommended switching current
10 microamps @ 20 millivolts.

Options and Accessories Available: Extended Boards for diode suppression; Ter-
mination Pins; Stopping; Blank Bodies, Half Bodies; End Plates Divider Plates;
Connectors; External LED Lighting; Sealing, etc.

HOW TO ORDER

CODE NO.

DESCRIPTION

II

Ml

MF

TR

MR

IF

IR

-12

10 pos. Decimal

11-12

MI-12

MF-12

TR-12

MR-12

IF-12

IR-12

-12A

10 pos. Decimal Ext. Board

II-12A

MI-12A

MF-12A

TR-12A

—

IF-12A

IR-12A

-13

10 pos. Decimals pole

11-13

MF-13

TR-13

MR-13

IF-13

IR-13

-18

10 pos. BCD Complement Only

11-18

MI-18

MF-18

TR-18

—

—

—

-18A

10 pos. BCD Complement Only Ext. Board

II-18A

MI-18A

MF-18A

TR-18A

—

—

—

-21

10 pos. BCD

11-21

MI-21

MF-21

TR-21

MR-21

IF-21

IR-21

-21A

10 pos. BCD Ext. Board

II-21A

MI-21A

MF-21A

TR-21A

MR-21A

IF-21A

IR-21A

-22

10 pos. BCD and Complement

11-22

—

MF-22

TR-22

MR-22

IF-22

IR-22

-22A

10 pos. BCD and Complement Ext. Board

II-22A

—

MF-22A

TR-22A

MR-22A

IF-22A

IR-22A

-55

16 pos. Decimal 0-15 or 0-F

11-55

—

MF-55

—

—

IF-55

IR-55

-56

16 pos. BCD 0-15 or 0-F

11-56

—

MF-56

—

—

IF-56

IR-56

-57

16 pos. BCD and Comp. 0-15 or 0-F

11-57

—

MF-57

—

—

IF-57

IR-57

-57A

16 pos. BCD and Comp. 0-15 or 0-F Ext. Board

II-57A

—

MF-57A

—

— ■

IF-57A

IR-57A

-EP

End Plates, Pair

1 1- EP

MI-EP

MB-EP

TR-EP

MR-EP

IF-EP

IR-EP

-BB

Blank Body

ll-BB

MI-BB

MF-BB

TR-BB

MR-BB

IF-BB

IR-BB

-DP

Divider Plate

—

—

MF-DP

TR-DP

MR-DP

IF-DP

IR-DP

-BBH

Blank Body with Decimal Point

1 1 -BBH

MI-BBH

MF-BBH

TR-BBH

MR-BBH

IF-BBH

IR-BBH

-CN

Connector 10 position only

MCN-10

—

MCN-10

MCN-10

—

ICN-10

ICN-10

-HB

Half Body

—

—

—

—

—

• IF-HB

IR-HB

IH

Banking Hardwade (insert no. of modules)

—

—

—

—

IH-( )

IH-( )

1 H-C )

MFH

Banking Hardwade (insert no. of modules)

—

—

MFH-( )

MFH-( )

—

—

INTER-MARKET INC . Dept. EM. 1946 Lehigh Avenue / Glenview. Illinois 60025 / (312) 729-5330 / TWX-910-651-1997

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2317

5100

SWITCHES

5100

■ ■* 41 INTERNATIONAL RESOURCE SERVICES

** ****** I 7343 N.W. 79th TERRACE • MIAMI, FLORIDA 33166 • TEL: (305) 884-2924

ALSO AVAILABLE ARE ROCKER SWITCHES, PUSH
BUTTON SWITCHES, AND KEYBOARD SWITCHES

CUSTOM DESIGNS ARE WELCOME,

CHALLENGE OUR DESIGN STAFF

♦

ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT

PRIOR NOTIFICATION.

CALL FACTORY FOR COMPLETE DETAILS ON PRODUCTS AVAILABLE

AND SPECIFICATIONS.

1*2318

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Thumbwheel

Codicount and Multicount

770 AIRPORT BLVD., BURLINGAME, CA 94010 • TEL (41 5) 347-821 7 o TWX 91 0-374-2353 OR 91 0-375-201 2

New Type D

Thumbwheel Switches

Type E

n

128

Ourthumbwheel switchesaredesignedtogivethe logic
and package designer maximum flexibility through an
almost unlimited choice of electrical/mechanical con-
figurations, switching logic, terminations, and circuit
capacity. Interswitch offers more than 25 different codes

including decimal, BCD, hexadecimal, seven segment
code, voltage dividers, and resistance decades. Numerous
options are available such as long PC boards (for mount-
ing components), colored wheels, stops, and custom
markings on housings, spacers and thumbwheels.

Available Switches

Series A

B

D

E

G

H

L

M

N

P

R

S

U

V

Z

Front Mounting

•

•

a

•

•

•

•

0

0

0

Rear Mounting

•

•

•

•

•

Width in mm

11

12,5

7,62

16

20

10

8

8

7

10

20

10

8

8

7,62

Height in mm

39

58

24

18

76

33

18

33

18

24

33

33

33

26,5

15

Mounting Depth in mm

53,5

57

33,5

31,5

79

38

31,5

38

31,5

38

38

38

34,5

24

Spacer 2,54 mm

•

Spacer 2,7 mm

•

•

0

Codicount Displays

Our highly reliable, compact Codicount LED display
modules are easily assembled into multi-decade blocks
incorporating the Interswitch thumbwheel series, or
used by themselves as output devices.

General Information

• 8 series over 50 models

• TTL or CMOS logic

• 5 to 24V supply voltage

• 9 to 45 mm digit heights

• red or green LED's

• seven segment and sign/overflow displays

• modules are available with direct, decimal, BCD,
inverted or counter inputs, memory, and BCD outputs

Multicount Switches

Our versatile Multicount line of seven segment displays
with integral decade switches saves valuable panel
space and simplifies mounting and wiring.

General Information

• 6 types

• TTL or CMOS logic

• 5V (TTL) or 1 2V (CMOS) supply voltage

• 9 mm character height

• availablefunctions include decoders w/latch, integral
comparators, and pre-setable up-down counters

PLEASE CALL OR WRITE FOR COMPLETE ENGINEERING BULLETINS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2319

5100

SWITCHES

5100

vacuum contactors

Vacuum Contactors are used to control large amounts of
DC power and RF currents with ratings up to 50 kv and
currents up to 600 Amperes continuous. These contactors
are recommended wherever high voltage capability, small
size, and high speed operation with a long and low main-
tenance life are important. Applications include primary
control of power supplies, industrial motors, and induction

heating equipment, RF system tap changing, and fault pro-
tection of high power transmitters. The 16 page catalog
provides complete specifications with a variety of specific
applications for 3-pole, high voltage AC and DC, RF con-
tactors and overcurrent relays actuated by solenoid, air or
motor drives.

i '

RP101, 103 RP900-901 RT22

GENERAL PURPOSE

Model Number

Test
Voltage
(Pk KV)

Operate
Voltage
(Pk KV)

Continuous

Current

(Amps)

Max. Interrupt
AC Current
(Amps RMS)

Max. Interrupt
DC Power
(KW)

Capacitor
Discharge
Decaying to

0 in 200 fis

Contact

Arrange-

ment

Actuator

Voltage

(Volts)

Time to
Close
(Ms)

Break

Time

(Ms)

Weight

(Lbs.)

RP101F4903D21B20

50

30

200 DC

2000

500

50 K Amps

N/O

115

RP101F4904D21B20

(10 A Max.)

N/C

60 Hz

RP101F4304D26B20

50

30

200 DC

2000

500

50 K Amps

(10 A Max.)

N/C

100 DC

55

42

83/4

RP103F4304D26B20

200 RMS

2000

N/A

50 K Amps

RP103F4903D21B20

50

30

200 RMS

2000

N/A

50 K Amps

N/O

115

60

RP103F4904W21B20

N/C

60 Hz

30

RP901K4903D21B30

70

50

400 DC

4000

500

100 K Amps

N/O

115

mi

RP901K4904D21B30

(10 A Max.)

N/C

60 Hz

mm

R P901 K4601 D26B30

70

50

400 DC

4000

500

100 K Amps

N/O

100 DC

RP901K4602D26B30

(10 A Max.)

N/C

H

RP900K4903D21B30

70

50

400 RMS

4000 at

N/A

100 K Amps

N/O

115

ESI

R P900K4904D21 B30

13 KV RMS

N/C

60 Hz

K3

RT1G4201C21A10

35

20

100

500

100

1 K Amps

N/O

115 AC

wzm

RT1G4202C21A10

i

N/C

mm

RT5C4202A21A10

25

»

50

100

50

0.5 K Amps

N/C

115 AC

60

30

_LSJ

RF

Unit

Pk.

Operate

Voltage

32

MHz

Contact

Current

32

MHz

RMS

Contact

Resist-

ance

Ohms

Max.

Contact

Capaci-

tance

PF

Contact

Induct-

ance

Nh

Contact

Arrange-

ment

Open

Time

Close

Time

Pull-in

Current

RMS

Hold

Current

RMS

Hold

Power

Watts

Actuating
Voltage
or Air
Pressure

Approx.

Weight

Life

Auxiliary
Contacts
Ratings
Volt RMS
Current
RMS

RT224070A31NB
(Solenoid Operated)

5*

25

.0005

2.5

n/a

Latch-

ing

<300

Ms.

<300

Ms.

.3

n/a

n/a

230

VAC

12 lbs.

2.5x10 s

Form C
230/15

RP233D1585
(Air Operated)

25

35

.0005

2

25

N/O

<200

Ms.

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

40 ±5
psig

12 oz.

1x10 s

n/a

’Higher voltage ratings available at lower frequencies.

3-PHASE

Model Number

Operate

Voltage

V (RMS)

Continuous

Current

60 Hz

Interrupt
Current
Amps RMS

Mechanical

Life

(Min.)

Actuator

Voltage

Approx.
Pull-in
Current
Amps Max.

Current
Amps Max.

Interrupt

Time

Auxiliary

Contacts

Approx.

Weight

RP151B4541X46R20

600

200

2000

lxlO 6

26.5 VDC

3.5

.5

Less than

2SPDT

16 lbs.

100 VDC

1.1

.07

2 Cycles

230 VAC/10A

R PI 574549X4 1TX0 (60 Hz)

1500

300

3000

lxlO 6

115 VAC

15

1.5

Less than

4 PDT

25 lbs.

RP1574549X4KTX0 (50 Hz)

2 Cycles

230 VAC/5A

RP1574544X44TX0

1500

300

3000

lxlO 6

26.5 VDC

24.4

.30

Less than

115 VAC/ 5 A

25 lbs.

RP1574544X45TX0

48 VDC

11.3

.14

2 Cycles

RP1574544X46TX0

100 VDC

5.9

.08

RP170-2300

7200

115/230*

3.5

.5

SPST

85 lbs.

450

4500

lxlO 6

VAC

L05S iriall

O Pv/rloc

3 NC/4 NO

RP130-2330

1500

115 VAC*

5.1

.9

600 VAC/10A

25 lbs.

WRITE FOR OUR VACUUM CONTACTOR CATALOG NO. C403.

* 110 VDC Option Available

Dept. EM, 970 McLaughlin Ave. • San Jose, CA 95122 • (408) 2924025

DIVISION OF INTERNATION AL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION .

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

RP130, RP170

RP157

1*2320

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

vacuum interrupters

Industrial Vacuum Interrupters from ITT Jennings offer
many advantages over air, oil or hermetically sealed
alternatives. They are generally smaller, less expensive
to install and maintain, faster, and can be used in haz-
ardous or corrosive environments because of the vacuum
sealed contacts. They are especially recommended where
dust, high humidity or high altitudes make dielectric
strength difficult to maintain.

Specific applications in motor control utilize the models
RP130, RP170, or RP157 where low “chop” currents
are needed to protect motor windings, and limit switch-
ing transients. They are also ideal for mining and heavy
industrial equipment applications to 7.2 kV.

Other ITT Jennings Industrial Vacuum Interrupters are
used for switching dust percipitator plates where voltages
to 75 kVDC must be controlled in hazardous environ-

RP157-1

RP151B

RP130 RP951B RT1 RT5C

VACUUM INTERRUPTERS — INDUSTRIAL

ments, and to control RF induction, dielectric and arc
furnaces. They are also recommended for RF applica-
tions such as high power transmitter band switching, coil
tap, and filter network switching.

Special Purpose Vacuum Interrupters are used for appli-
cations requiring high voltage and current capabilities.
They are recommended for high power communications
systems for overload circuit breakers, remote control an-
tenna selection, tuning relays, transmission line switch-
ing, rapid action crowbar protection, auto grounding for
DC power supplies and high voltage pulse network
selection switches. These interrupters are also used for
coil tap changing, in RF induction and dielectric heating
units, in primary and secondary control of large indus-
trial equipment, high voltage capacitor charging and
discharging circuits, transient pulse generation, and for
safety grounding in high capacitance circuits.

ilk

JL

JL

jbIl

| . C*pK3H .. j

?c , %

RT8

RT22

RF20B

RP233B

ELECTRICAL

MECHANICAL

Model

Number

Line to
Line Max.
Voltage
@50/60 Hz
KV, (RMS)

50/60 Hz
Withstand
Voltage
KV, RMS

Full Wave
Impulse
Withstand
Voltage
KV, Crest

Continuous
Current
Amps, RMS

Interrupt
Current
Amps, RMS

Momentary
Close &
Latch
Current
Amps, RMS

Contact

Stroke

Inches

Contact

Opening/

Closing

Velocity

Ft./Sec.

Contact
Opening
Force from

1 Atmos.
Lbs.

Weight

Lbs./Oz.

Norn.

Moving
Part
Weight
Lbs. Norn.

RP130*

1.5

6.5

30

450

4500

.09

1. 1/2.5

12

.8

.3

100

11.5

45

300

.28,000

.110

10

1.1

200

■ ■

20

60

55,000

.187

16.5

2.7

100**

21

60

2000

20,000

.160

2.5

2.0

.25

25

■ ■

27

60

600

20,000

.25

15

7.0

1.5

50

* Chop Current is less than 1.5 amps in a 30 amp circuit with an impedance of 1000 Ohms.
** Consult factory for extended life to 250 x 10 4 operations.

VACUUM INTERRUPTERS — SPECIAL PURPOSE

ELECTRICAL !

MECHANICAL

Model

Number

Line to Voltage, KV Peak

—

50/60 Hz
With-
stand
Voltage
KV, RMS

Continuous Current Amps

Contact

Resist-

ance

^Ohms,

Max.

Contact

Stroke

Inches

Contact

Opening/

Closing

Velocity

(EPS)

Force
Required
for Speci-
fied Gap
Lbs.

Added
Contact
Force, Lbs.
for Max.
Current
Rating

Weight

Lbs.

Max.

Mechanical
Life @
Full Gap
Ops. x 10 4

DC

300 kHz

10MHz

30 MHz

DC

300 kHz

10MHz

30 MHz

RT1

30

25

18

50

90

25

15

300

.09

1.0

10

30

2

10

RT1G

30

50

200

300

.09

1.0

10

30

2

10

RT5C

15

12

9

25

30

22

18

10

.156

1.0

15

30

1

10

RT8

50

30

25

50

80

40

35

150

.16

1.0

10

30 !

3

10

RT8A

40

60

300

300

.16

1.0

10

30

4

10

RT22

22

15

10

25

40

25

20

1.0

.07

1.0

14

10

1

25

RF20B

40

30

20

40

400

220

100

0.4

.10

N/A

15

24

3

100

RP233B

40

35

25

40

50

45

35

0.4

.13

1.0

6

10

1

10

SEND FOR 20 PAGE VACUUM INTERRUPTER CATALOG

ITTjennings

Dept. EM, 970 McLaughlin Ave.

San Jose, CA 95122 • (408)292-4025

DIVISION OF INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORPORATION

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2321

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MODULAR PUSH DUTTON SWITCHES

"Creative Switchmakers " for Home Entertainment Products and Test Equipment

If it’s a better switch you need . . . better switch to Schadow!

better switch.. ■ here's why...

HAND WIRING AND FLO-SOLDERING
CONNECTIONS ARE STANDARD

• Solder lugs on top for hand wiring

• PC spikes at bottom for flo-soldering

INDIVIDUAL
COIL SPRING LOADED
MOVING CONTACTS

• The coil spring-loaded contoured moving
contacts have been designed to provide
balanced contact pressure for optimum
surface to surface interface with the fixed
contacts . . . assuring reliable performance
in low voltage (dry circuit) applications

• Long term low contact resistance

• Constant coil spring tension at the contact
points provides positive self-cleaning action

SUPERIOR MODULAR CONSTRUCTION

• Ease of maintenance . . . switch plunger
with sliding contacts is removable from
the front without disturbing electrical
connections

MODULE

ADVANTAGES

• Enclosed housing protects inner contact
area from dust and foreign intrusions

• Fixed terminals are "staked” in position,
providing an extra seal to help prevent
wicking of solder or flux

• Molded PC Board Standoffs, front and
back, on bottom side, assure parallel
mounting

TECHNICAL DATA

Contact Resistance 4-6m0hms

after 25,000 cycles 6-20 mOhms

Lifetime Expectation Interlocked (50,000)

Momentary, Push Push (100,000) cycles
Material of Construction

Fixed contact. Brass/ Silver Plated 0002”

Moving contact Bimetal Brass/Silver .0004"

Plunger Material Polycarbonate V-0 rated or Delrin

Contacts Non-shorting

Housing Material... Polycarbonate V-0 rated or

Glass Reinforced Nylon

Terminal Board Material High Grade

Paper Phenolic or V-0 rated material Series F

Key pressure with 2PDT 28 oz.

Key pressure with 4PDT 32 oz.

Key pressure with 6PDT 35 oz.

Key pressure with 8PDT 42 oz.

Key pressure with 10PDT 46 oz.

Key pressure with Power Switch 42 oz.

NOTE: Lighter key pressures available, contact factory
for details.

NOTE: For switching applications requiring flame retard-
ant materials, contact factory.

F SERIES

MODULE

DIMENSIONS

X

Y

2PDT

.827

1.670

4PDT

1.300

2.143

6PDT

1.772

2.615

8PDT

2.244

3.087

10PDT

2.716

3.559

16PDT

TOP .236~

*347* • .354*

.335

CHASSIS DIMENSIONS FOR
SERIES F

NOTE: Maximum stations to be grouped in one
interlocking action. 10mm-10/12.5mm-23/15mm-
23/17.5mm-23/20mm-19

217 ^i r

BOTTOM

All dimensions in inches

ITT ITT Schadow inc

Dept. EM, 8081 Wallace Road, Eden Prairie, MN 55344 • (612) 934-4400
TWX 910-576-2469 • TELEX: 29-0556
Manufacturing facilities in
Minneapolis, Minnesota; Einbeck, W. Germany; W. Berlin, Cucq, Dole, France and Singapore
In Canada: ITT Components, 4001 Chesswood Drive, Downsview, Ontario M3J 2R8
(416) 630-7971 • TELEX: 06-22703

1*2322

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

510 0

■ H H m - a Rectangular buttons also can be snapped

v||A l%| on vertically to provide more selection of

■ 1 M 1^7 MU B 1 ■ ■ ■ larger buttons on smaller chassis spacing.

Standard colors shown . . . other colors

standard buttons for Series F and G Switches liable onsjUcw oider your eq ' ,ipme '"

Rectangular buttons also
can be snapped on verti-
cally to provide more selec-
tion of larger buttons on
smaller chassis spacing.
Standard colors shown ...
other colors to match or con-
trast with your equipment
available on special order.

| _

fs

Diameter: .346" ^B

Length: .413" mk

Standard ^B

Minimum BP

Spacing: 10mm SN|K

Colors: Black, f i BP

White, Grey. hM

Red, Green,

Chrome

K3

F-2C3 SJJJ

Diameter: .394" BB

Length: .433"

Standard

Minimum

Spacing: ^^B

12.5mm

Colors: Chrome/ BB

Black, Black/ ■■

Black ■■

1

Diamstar: .3S4" ,
Length: .642" „ '

Standard 1

Minimum ■

Spacing: M

12.5mm 1

Colon: 1

Black/Black. 1

White/Black, 1

White/Red, W

Red/Black, i|

Red/Grey %

1 ^

F1.12 - H-3

FI. 15 • H-3

F1.21 • H-3

Diameters: jSIfl

.433", .433", ■■

. 433 " l|y|

Lengths: .472", ■■

.591", .827" ,

Cap^Depth:

Standard »«B

Colors: Black/

Metal Cap

FI. 12 • H-4

FI. 15 ■ H-4

F1.21 - H-4

Diameters: ■■

.394", .394",

.394"

Lengths: .472",

.591", .827" ^B£ ^

Cap Depth:

Standard

Minimum

Spacing:

12.5mm

Colors: Black/

Metal Cap

FI. 12 - H-5 m

FI. 15 - H-5

Diameters:

.480", .480",

.480"

Lengths: .571", f^HB

.689", .925"

Cap Depth: BIB

• 571 “

Standard

Minimum BHw

Spacing:

Colors: Black/

Chrome

PGK J

Diameter: .473" ■

Length: .492" ■

Standard

Minimum

Spacing:

12.5mm

Colors: Red,

White. Black.

Grey. Green I

1

Width: .386"

Height: .217"

Length: .441" AKSm

Standard i^^F

Minimum

Spacing: 10mm

White, Black,

Grey

FSD

Width: .484"

Height: .276"

Length: .413"

Standard

Minimum hhhi

Spacing:

12.5mm ^^B

Colors: Black.

White. Grey

Fill 2

Width: .470"

Height: .216" mm

Length: .440" ^^B

Standard

Minimum / ^

Spacing: ftjj&MM

12.5mm

Colors: Black,

White, Grey, ^^B

Red

Width: .579-
Height: .291"

Length: .433" i

Standard 1

Minimum

Spacing: 15mm
Colors: Black,

White, Grey,

Red, Chromo

i

'm

(p

u

W

43?

Width: .681"

Length: .472"

Standard

C °wlide^G?ey.

Height: .315"

Length: .512"

Minimum

Colors: Black, _

White, Grey SSSBMi*

Inserts: Silver ^^BUB

or Gold

FA ?

Width: .772" BBPU

Height: .394* ^^P^F

Length: .453"

Standard ^B^V'X

Spacing: 20mm

Colors: Black,

White, Grey,

B

04-7060-00

Width: .487-
Height: .487-
Length: .590"
Caj^Depth:

Standard 1

Minimum |

Spacing:

12.5mm

Colors: Spun-
Finish Chrome

i

N30 TV-5 rated
power switches

(Also available with 2PDT
low voltage auxiliary con-
tacts) UL, CSA, VDE Ap-
proved.

Series NE 15/F
line switches

(Also available
with 2PDT low
voltage auxiliary
contacts) UL.CSA,
VDE Approved, 4
AMP 250 VAC.

. 583 . 492 394

TOP

0 Ir

I

2£_T

[—.701
-1.937

I to
oo

r?

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2323

5100

SWITCHES

5100

ITT ITT Schadow inc

DC50 Series Key Switches
(Full Travel)

The DC50 Series exceptional reliability
and outstanding performance is achieved
through ITT Schadow’s patented dia-
phragm process which sandwiches two
gold-plated contacts between Mylar* and
stainless steel to permanently protect
them from damage and environmental
contamination.

• Modular construction

• Tease-proof action

• Tactile feedback

• Contact bounce less than 2 milliseconds

• Membrane contact

(0° KEYSTEM EXAMPLE)

TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW BOTTOM VIEW

DC60 Series Key Switches
(Full Travel)

The ITT Schadow DC60 Series Key
Switches are value engineered to achieve
the highest possible performance at a
much lower cost than conventional me-
chanical switches.

• Choice of 3 low profile

• Trifurcated gold-inlayed contacts

• Snap fit sub pane! mounting

• Tactile feedback

(DC61-01 EXAMPLE)

TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW BOTTOM VIEW

• Variety of actuation forces

• Momentary or push push action

• 61-01 complies with European D.I.N.
specifications

• Modular construction

D.I.N. Compliance

ITT Schadow’s DC61-01 and DC61-02 Full
Travel Key Switches are among the lowest
profile module Key Switches ever built. This
low profile conforms to strict European health
and safety regulations by complying to their

D.I.N. standard. So if you are now selling or
ever plan to sell to the European market, you
owe it to yourself to take a look at these low
profile switches.

D6 Series Key Switches

The D6 is a single pole, single throw nor-
mally open key switch specially designed
for digital electronic control. Its small size
enables keyboard design with minimum
center spacing of .500 (12.70mm). The
commoned terminals offer the possibility
of X. Y coding by using a single sided
printed Circuit Board.

Built-in buttons (square or round) are
available in several colors and have been
designed to fit directly onto front panels.
The total travel of .031 (0.80mm) com-
bined with the snap effect provide the user
with a smooth, gentle yet positive tactile
feedback.

¥ ¥ w

xi' M ■

* W tBt

y •

* * ¥ *

• Tactile feedback

• Three package styles

• Eight colors

• Commoned terminals

• Small size .500 (12.70mm)

• Low cost

ELECTRI CAL DAT A

Electrical diagram SPST NO

Electrical diagram SPST NO |

Contact resistance

<20 mO

Contact bounce

3 ms

Breaking capacity

10 mA/35 VDC

Life (nominal current and voltage)

500,000 Cycles

Insulation resistance

100,000 MO

Temperature range

-20°C to +65°C

Dielectric strength

500 V

Climatic category

21 days

Inter-terminal capacity

1 PF

Solderability

235°C during 5 seconds

Digitast for use with
DIP packages, con-
sistent tactile feel,
SPDT momentary
spring loaded con-
tact, less than 1 ms
contact bounce, 24v
lOma or60v lOOma
ratings. Mechanical
life greater than 1
million operations.
Available with built
in LED. PCB mount-
ing. Hot stamped
graphics available.

1*2324

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

The Disc switch is built around two
contact diaphragms separated by
an insulating material. The profile of
each of these two diaphragms is
such that, under the action of
applied pressure on the upper
dome, it is momentarily collapsed,
making instant positive, 3 point con-
tact with the lower diaphragm.

|§s=

• High Reliability. . .10 X 10 6

• Self Cleaning

• Broad Range of Switching Pow-
er... from a few milliwatts to 30
watts.

• Low Bounce (less than 100 mi-

• croseconds)

MD Disc module: Extra-flat momentary con-
tact module. Shorter stroke configuration
installable directly on printed circuit board.
Enables you to design your own keyboard
adapted to your own specific needs.

ED push button switch assembly with a
momentary action contact and incorporat-
ing the unique design disc switch. The
switch is designed for direct insertion into
printed circuit boards. Two principal ad-
vantages of the MDP switch are the short
stroke (only 0.5 mm) and the crisp tactile
feel.

#2S

+

MDP Push button switch assembly with
a momentary action contact and incor-
porating the unique design disc switch.
The switch is designed for direct inser-
tion into printed circuit boards. Two prin-
cipal advantages of the MDP switch are
the short stroke (only 0.5mm) and the
crisp tactile feel. Contact arrangement:
single, normally open contact with mo-
mentary action. TERMINALS: tinned ter-
minals — 0.8mm dia. x 4mm long. SOLD-
ERING: Since the disc switch is com-
pletely- sealed, it can be flow soldered.
PUSH BUTTONS AND KEYS: dimensions
(mm) 12.7 x 12.7 x 3.4 (7.62 with key).
STANDARD COLORS: red, blue, light
grey, dark grey.

r

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH SERIES
Option Guide: To allow quick option se-
lection at a glance.

LT Series Light Touch Push Buttons: The

Light Touch Series of push button
switches offers all the reliability and
versatility of the F Series switch sys-
tem with dramatically lower actuation
forces.

F Series Miniature Push Button: The F

Series miniature push button switch
forms a versatile system of modules
designed for reliable performance in
low voltage (dry circuit) applications.
F Series Power Switches: F Series power
switches form an integral or stand
alone option to our standard F Series.
All mechanical functions performed
by the F Series are available in the
power switch offering with the excep-
tion of lockout.

F Series Options:

• Panel Mount, ZF and FPM

• Lampless status indicators

• Illuminated buttons

• Non-illuminated buttons

KEY SWITCH SERIES (Low Travel)
Digitast Series: The Digitast Series key
switch is specially designed for use
with dual in-line packages, yet offers a
wide variety of options.

REK Series: The REK Series key switch
is designed for switching low current
loads utilizing a patented contact sys-
tem resulting in high reliability and
long operating life.

Disc Series: The Disc Series key switch is

built around two contact diaphragms
separated by an insulating material de-
signed for instant contact with the
advantage of being a self-cleaning
contact with tactile feed back.

D6 Series: The D6 Series key switch is a
single pole, single throw key switch
designed for digital electronic control
allowing keyboard design with a mini-
mum center spacing of .500 (12.70).

KEY SWITCH SERIES (Full Travel)

DC50 Series: The DC50 Series excep-
tional reliability and outstanding per-
formance is achieved through ITT
Schadow’s patented diaphragm proc-
ess which sandwiches two gold-plated
contacts between mylar and stainless
steel to permanently protect them from
damage and environmental contamina-
tion.

DC60 Series: The DC60 Series key
switches are value engineered to
achieve the highest possible perfor-
mance at a much lower cost than con-
ventional mechanical switches.

ROTARY SWITCH SERIES (Closed Deck)

RT-A Series: The RT-A Series rotary
switch is a PC or panel mounted switch
with the shaft perpendicular to the PC
Board for mounting with components
such as displays and indicators.

RBP-12 Series: The RBP-12 Series rotary
switch is designed with index and con-
tacts contained within a single molded
plastic case with many contact varia-
tions available.

MIL Series: The MIL Series rotary switch

is a totally sealed miniature rotary that
can be custom built to fit almost any
packaging requirement.

ROTARY SWITCH SERIES (Open Deck)

MA/MAY/MAO/MO Series — SZ/SZY/
SZO/SZV Series: The MA and SZ
Series low current rotary switches can
be ordered with multiple contact styles
in silver, silver plated or gold.

Please write to your nearest Sales Office
or Distributor, or to ITT Schadow for a
free copy of the 1983 ITT Schadow prod-
uct catalog. This catalog covers the fol-
lowing switch series . . .

© 1983 International Telephone and Telegraph
Corporation

Printed in U.S.A. • All Rights Reserved

ITT

ITT Schadow inc

Dept. EM, 8081 Wallace Road, Eden Prairie, MN 55344 • (612) 934-4400
TWX 910-576-2469 • TELEX 29-0556

Manufacturing facilities in

Minneapolis. Minnesota: Einbeck, W. Germany: W. Berlin, CUCQ and Dole, France; and Singapore
In Canada: ITT Components. 4001 Chesswood Drive, Downsview, Ontario M3J 2R8
(416) 630-7971 • TELEX: 06-22703

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2325

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Series “A” Miniature Rotary Selector Switches

QPL MIL-S-3786

• TOTALLY ENCLOSED

• EXPLOSION PROOF

Series

A-15

Series

A-20

IM

Max. Positions: 24
Body Diameter: 2"

ELECTRICAL RATING:

5 amps 115 v ac Res.
3 amps 28 v dc Res.
2 amps 28 v dc Ind.
A15-1 Series 1 pole/deck
A15-2 Series 2 pole/deck
A15-3 Series 3 pole/deck
A15-4 Series 4 pole/deck
A15-6 Series 6 pole/ deck

Max. Positions: 18
Body Diameter: 2"

S .t, s IVh

Max. Positions: 16
Body Diameter: 1.5"

Series Qfl c
un uU

ELECTRICAL RATING:

5 amps 115 v ac Res.
3 amps 28 v dc Res.
2 amps 28 v dc Ind.

Available only in single pole
per deck construction.

ELECTRICAL RATING:

5 amps 115 v ac Res.
3 amps 28 v dc Res.
2 amps 28 v dc Ind.

A22-1 Series 1 pole/ deck

A22-2 Series 2 pole/deck

A22-4 Series 4 pole/deck

ELECTRICAL RATING:

2 amps 115 v ac Res.
1 amp 28 v dc Res.
0.5 amp 28 v dc Ind.
A30-1 Series 1 pole/deck

A30-2 Series
A30-3 Series
A30-4 Series
A30-6 Series

2 pole/deck

3 pole/deck

4 pole/deck
6 pole/ deck

Series

A-36

Max. Positions: 12
Body Diameter: 1.036"

36

Max. Positions: 10
Body Diameter: 1.036"

Series yic

a.a* HrJ ss

Series

A-60

Series

A-90

Max. Positions: 8
Body Diameter: 1.036"

Max. Positions: 6
Body Diameter: 1.036"

“M” Series
See MIL-S-3786/4

ELECTRICAL RATING:

5 amps 115 v ac Res.
3 amps 28 v dc Res.
2 amps 28 v dc Ind.
A36-1 Series 1 pole/ deck
A36-2 Series 2 pole/ deck
“M” Series
See MIL-S-3786/4

ELECTRICAL RATING:

5 amps 115 v ac Res.
5 amps 28 v dc Res.
2.5 amps 28 v dc Ind.
A45-1 Series 1 pole/deck

A45-2 Series 2 pole/deck

“M” Series
See MIL-S-3786/4

ELECTRICAL RATING:

5 amps 115 v ac Res.
3 amps 28 v dc Res.
2 amps 28 v dc Ind.

Available only in single pole
per deck construction.

“M” Series See MIL-S-3786/4

Max. Positions: 4
Body Diameter: 1.036"

ELECTRICAL RATING:

l 5 amps 115 v ac Res.

i 5 amps 28 v dc Res.

2.5 amps 28 v dc Ind.

Available only in single pole
per deck construction.

“M” Series See MIL-S-3786/4

Series Index
AA30 - 30°
AA36 - 36°
AA45 — 45°

Directly interchangeable with
I “A” Series above.

‘ ADJUSTABLE STOPS

Max. Positions: AA30-12 AA36-10 AA45-8

Body Dia.: 1.036" Meets MIL-S-3786

.UfellCO

^mW CORPORATION

Series “B” Micro-Miniature /

Rotary Selector Switches /

m TATAiiv cun ncrn « cvdi ncinu oonnc L ^ Om/J

TOTALLY ENCLOSED EXPLOSION PROOF
UNITIZED CONSTRUCTION

All switches offer maximum pro-
tection against radio frequency
interference.

Body Diameter: .623"

Electrical Rating Continuous-.

8 amps at 28 v dc
Switching Rate:

0 to 0.25 amp resistive
0 to 28 v dc
0 to 0.25 amp resistive
0 to 115 v ac
0 to 0.12 amp inductive
0 to 28 v dc

Torque: 5 to 9"- ounces
Contact Resistance:

.005 ohms average
Insulation Resistance:

100.000 megohms minimum at
100 volts

10.000 megohms minimum at
500 volts

Designed and Built to meet the
environmental and functional
requirements of MIL-S-3786

s bT» s 30 ^

Max. Positions: 12
Body Diameter: .623"

B30-1 Series 1 pole/ deck
B30-2 Series 2 pole/deck
B30-3 Series 3 pole/ deck

“M” Series
See MIL-S-3786/ 13

Series

B-36

Max. Positions: 10
Body Diameter: .623"

B36-1 Series
B36-2 Series

1 pole/deck

2 pole/ deck

“M” Series
See MIL-S-3786/ 13

Series ac c

B45-1 Series
B45-2 Series

1 pole/deck

2 pole/deck

Max. Positions: 8
Body Diameter: .623"

“M” Series
See MIL-S-3786/ 13

ELECTRICAL HARDWARE PRODUCTS FOR AIRCRAFT

JANCO CORPORATION

Box 3038*3111 Winona Ave., Burbank, CA 91504 • (213) 846-1800 *TWX 910-498-2701

1*2326

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Series “C” Rotary Selector Switches

ries 001 / 0 electrical rai

am / / yo ^ 10 amps U5 v a

.99 £m£m I L *ojjf 10 amps 28 v d

<+* A,

Series

C-22

ELECTRICAL RATING:

Max. Positions: 16
Body Diameter: 3"

£ * 10 am P s 115 v ac Res.

v# 10 amps 28 v dc Res.

^ 6 amps 28 v dc Ind.

Aveilcible only in single pole
m per deck construction.

Screw terminals only.

Series

C-30

Max. Positions: 11 plus off
Body Diameter: 2.180"

ELECTRICAL RATING:

10 amps 115 v ac Res.
10 amps 28 v dc Res.
5 amps 28 v dc Ind.
C30-1 Series 1 pole/ deck
C30-3 Series 3 pole/deck
Screw terminals only.

Series

C-36

Max. Positions: 9 plus off
Body Diameter: 2.375"

Series

C-45

Max. Positions: 7 plus off
Body Diameter: 1.93"

Series

C-90

90 -ii

Max. Positions: 4
Body Diameter: 2.12"
Screw terminals only.

i ELECTRICAL RATING:

f 10 amps 115 v ac Res.

10 amps 28 v dc Res.

5 amps 28 v dc Ind.

Available only in single pole
per deck construction.

Screw terminals only.

i ELECTRICAL RATING:

ft 10 amps 115 v ac Res.

fj 10 amps 28 v dc Res.

i) 5 amps 28 v dc Ind.

C45-1 Series 1 pole/deck

C45-2 Series 2 pole/deck

Screw terminals only.

ELECTRICAL RATING:

1 pole construction:

15 amps Res. 115 v ac
15 amps Res. 28 v dc
10 amps Ind. 28 v dc

2 pole construction

7.5 amps Res. 115 v ac
7.5 amps Res. 28 v dc
5 amps Ind. 28 v dc
C90-J Series lpole/deck
C90 Series 2 pole/deck

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

All switches offer maximum protection
against radio frequency interference.
ELECTRICAL RATING:

Carry 10 amps continuous.

Make and Break — see individual
switch data.

VOLTAGE DROP:

0.1 volt or less at rated amperage.
Initial Contact Resistance: .003 ohm.

LIFE:

10,000 double cycles make and
break rated amperage.

TORQUE:

1 to 3 inch lbs.

SWITCHES DESIGNED AND BUILT
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
FOLLOWING SPECS.:

M I L-S-6807 (rotary switches enclosed)
MIL-S-3786 (rotary switches)
MIL-E-5272 (environmental testing)

ON MOST OF THE
SWITCHES LISTED, THE
FOLLOWING FEATURES
ARE AVAILABLE:

• O-ring Shaft and
Panel Seal

• Combination of Decks

• Bridging contacts

• Momentary positions

• Isolated positions

• Adjustable stops

• Solenoid driven

• Keylock

• Gang switches

• Concentric shaft
switches

TYPICAL UNIQUE APPLICATIONS OF JANCO ROTARY SWITCHES

- n , pSjft DOUBLE MOMENTARY ACTION

. Push button switch designed for grip

stick applications. Actuation to first
■W momentary detented position closes first

circuit. Second detented position com-
pletes second circuit.

FEATURES UNIQUE ON-OFF OPERATION

Actuated by pulling knob out and rotating to
“on” positions. While in “on” positions, cir- 1
cuitry cannot be shut off until knob is re-
turned to “off” position and depressed.

MASTER COMMUNICATIONS SWITCH

Provides standard coded outputs and
offers unique switching functions by
longitudinal shaft movement. Momentary
or maintained contact positions actuated
by pulling shaft.

JET ENGINE START SWITCH

Knob is depressed and contacts are held in by
the solenoid. After jet engine reaches desired

RPM, system removes power disengaging , **

solenoid. Lighted knob indicates function. ***"

.KllfeOO

CORPORATION

Since

1947

Series “D” Pushbutton Rotary Switches

QPL MIL-S-22710

FEATURES: • Totally enclosed, explosion proof. • Printed-circuit
construction. • Black or white numbers on black or white background
indicate switch positions (black numbers on white background for
lighted switches). • All standard codes available. Available in 8, 10,
12 or 16 positions. • Plastic covered buttons, available in black, red,

green, yellow, white or

MAKE AND BREAK

.125 amp res. at 28
v dc and 115 v ac
.05 amp ind. at
28 vdc

PUSH FORCE:

55 oz. max.

CONTACT RESISTANCE:

Initial .100 ohms
After life .160 ohms

LIFE:

50.000 cycles
Cycle consists of

720° rotation

INSULATION

RESISTANCE:

5.000 megohms

ALTITUDE:

70.000 ft.

TEMPERATURE RANGE:

— 65°C to +85°C

PLUNGER TRAVEL:

.180 approx.

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH:

750 volts RMS

WEIGHT:

Vz oz. approx.

Series “E” Rotary Selector Switches

MINIATURE

MICRO-

MINIATURE

MINIATURE

EA45

45°

8

EA36

36°

10

EA30

30°

12

EA22

22°

16

EB45

45°

8

EB36

36°

10

EB30

30°

12

EC45

45°

8

EC36

36°

10

EC30

to

o

o

12

EC22

22°

16

EC18

18°

20

EC15

15°

24

PRINTED

CIRCUIT

• Totally enclosed,
explosion proof.

• Printed circuit
construction.

• Make and break:
.125 amp Res. @

28 v dc

.125 amp Res. @
115 v ac
.05 amp Ind. @

28 v dc

• All standard codes
available.

• Current carrying
capacity, 3 amps
continuous.

• Will meet or exceed
the environmental
requirements of
MIL-S-3786 and
MIL-S-22710.

JANCO CORPORATION

Box 3038*3111 Winona Ave., Burbank, CA 91504*(213) 846-1800 • TWX 910-498-2701

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2327

5100

SWITCHES

5100

PUSH BUTTON CONTROLS

When your product demands the best switch the industry has to
offer, examine the good looks and fine touch of a long lasting
Ledex push button switch.

You can combine logic level switching (10 mA/5VDC) and high
current switching (6A/250VAC) on one ganged switch.

You can get more interrelated options than any other similar
switch available today— momentary, push/push, reciprocal re-
lease, master release, interlock, and emergency “all off” as
required.

You can also get the most reliable delivery scheduling in the
industry.

Test a pre-production prototype. Ask for our Push-Button
catalogs.

SPECIFICATIONS

Series

1400

1500

75

1800

Module

Capacity

1-20 per frame

1-15 per frame

Single Unit

1-20 per frame

Rating

4A/125VAC

2A/250VAC

16A/250VAC

4A/250VAC

10mA/5VDC

6A/250VAC

Contact

material

Silver (STD.)

Gold (Optional)

Silver plated
brass

Copper/Silver

alloy

Silver plated
brass

Terminals

Solder or P.C.

Spade

Solder

Solder or P.C.

Illumination

6, 12, 24V lamps

Nonilluminated

6, 12, 24V
lamps

2, 12, 24V lamps
Single or dual

Cap size

3 /a" x %"

3/4" X 3/4"

.49" x .97"

.709" dia.

.709" x .709"
.709" x .945"

3/s" X 3/4"

M X 3/4"

3/ 4 " X W'

Cap Colors

Red, Yellow
Green, Blue
Black, Grey
White, Clear

Red, Yellow
Green, Blue
Black, White
Light & Dark
Grey

Red, Yellow
Green, Blue
Clear

Red, Yellow
Green, Blue
Black, Grey
White, Clear,
split screens

Legends

Hot stamp
Engraved

Film inserts

Hot stamp
Engraved

Film

insert

Hot stamp
Engraved

Film inserts

Function

Momentary

Push/push

Reciprocal

release

Master release
Reciprocal +
Master
release
Interlock

Momentary

Push/push

Reciprocal

release

Master release
Reciprocal +
Master
release
Interlock

Momentary

Push/push

Keylock

Momentary

Push/push

Reciprocal

release

Master release
Reciprocal +
Master
release
Interlock

Switching
per module

2P2T

Non-shorting

1N0 3NC thru
4N0 INC
Non-shorting

1P2T thru

3P2T

Non-shorting

Lo-level to

4P2T

Hi-level to

1NO 2NC

Series 1400

Series 75 (Key switches also)

License rights by RAFI of West Germany

M

P.O.Box 427

Vandalia, Ohio 45377 U.S.A.
Phone:513-898-3621

1-2328

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

This catalog provides design guidelines for
specifying and using hermetically sealed
switches where high reliability requirements
or harsh environmental conditions are factors
that the designer must consider in the appli-
cation.

Several stock models, including compact
5 pole 2 throw, 49 pole 2 throw, and 39 pole
3 throw switches, are available for immediate
delivery. Circuit diagrams and various switch
control methods are given for each of the ten
stock models shown.

Custom engineered programmers, variable
intervalometers, controllers and management
systems are provided as examples of how
packaged switches can be tailored to meet a
wide range of exacting requirements.

Ledex Stepping Switches

Used for relays, transfer switching, remote
control of predetermined circuit patterns, re-
mote sequencing of complex switching ar-
rangements, or in programming checkout and
sequential operations. They are known best
for their ability to perform multiple switching
functions reliably, in limited space, and under
severe operating and environmental condi-
tions. Available in open construction, prewired
modules or as packaged control solutions.

Write for our catalog.

Ledex Hermetically Sealed Switches
Engineered to withstand severe shock and
vibration, such as encountered in aircraft,
missile and military applications, and to pro-
vide added switching reliability in adverse en-
vironments. Used extensively in aerospace and
underwater guidance controls, as mode selec-
tors, in rocket firing devices, and in a variety
of military control functions that demand a
high degree of reliability. There are 13 models
available from the shelf.

Write for our catalog.

LEDEX PACKAGED CONTROL SOLUTIONS

Here are examples of Ledex Stepping Switches designed into compact, reliable control packages
that combine the best characteristics of solid state and electromechanical technologies.

Whether your problem involves armament con-
trols or commercial control functions, there's
a good chance Ledex has already solved a sim-
ilar problem. Our Packaged Switches Catalog
shows several more detailed examples and
also includes specifications for 13 hermeti-
cally sealed switches available from the shelf.

Miniaturized Armament Control Intervalometer

Flat, compact, 12-position stepping switch
measures only W x 1 l A" x W', fires 19
rockets, sequentially in pairs. It includes a
Ledex pulser to control time intervals over
mil-spec, temperature and voltage ranges.

Dual Channel Flare/Chaff
Dispenser Programmer

An all electronic dispenser, except for me-
chanical counters, allows programming of
rate and quantity for flare or chaff dispensing
by independent or simultaneous channel op-
eration. Output pulses of up to 10 amperes
per channel drive the electromechanical dis-
tributor switches located elsewhere in the
aircraft. This state of the art experience can
also be put to use in commercial applications
as well as military. Let us interface your re-
quirements with a "black box” solution.

Universal Stores Dispenser
Intervals Variable on Digital Basis
All solid state and among the most flexible of
Ledex intervalometer designs, this one per-
mits the pilot to vary release intervals to any
rate ranging from 30 ms to 9.99 seconds in
increments of 10 ms. It includes a stepping
switch to distribute sequential fire commands.
Timing tolerance is ±10% over a voltage
range of 22 to 32 volts and temperature to
-55°C to +85°C. The package includes
built-in suppression to protect solid state
circuitry when switching inductive loads.

For engineering assistance and technical literature, write or phone:

P.O. Box 427

Vandalia, Ohio 45377 U.S.A
Phone:513-898-3621

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2329

5100

SWITCHES

5100

( LMIDI8 it GYB ]
1

4 WESTCHESTER PLAZA, ELMSFORD, N.Y. 10523 • (914) 592-4400

PRECISION SNAP-ACTION SWITCHES

Request Catalog 13/12 for full information

. . . a variety of types with numerous ranges and variants for
applications in electrical appliances ... air conditioning . . .
heating controls . . . office machines . . . vending machines
. . . electrical instruments . . . recorders and phonographs . . .

vehicles . . . tested and listed/approved by UL, CSA and most
European test organizations. The test voltage and current
values shown are based on international standards established
by international test specification CEE 24.

SERIES XC SUBMINIATURE SWITCH

2,4 "

rrr

ill

n

MP ■

r

1 2,5^0,11 |
n j §,5:0.1
19.8*

c

-,3y„

m

Housing Material: Special polyester resin moulding compound. Self
extinguishing to UL 94. Maximum anti-creep characteristics — KB600.

• Specially small size, complying with int’l std (DIN41635, Form B)

• Wide choice of characteristics, terminals, actuating levers

• Tension-spring snap-action mechanism for longest possible mechanical life

• High-grade, anti-creep thermosetting moulding material for case
components, preventing electrical breakdown

• Plunger can be pressed flush with case, thereby simplifying actuation

• Special fixing for actuating lever

• Ambient to 140°C

Basic

Type

Basic

Charac-

teristics

Operating

Force

(max.)

Newtons

(ounces)

Differ-
ential
Travel
(max.)
mm (in.)

Mech. Life
Expectancy
(millionsof
operations)

AC

Rating,
as VDE
0630

Terminals and
'Connection
Types

Approvals/

Listings

XC

For most
applications;
high mech.
life

1.70

(6.0)

0.1

(0.039)

10

5(1 )A
250VAC

Soldering
tags, plug
connectors,

PC terminals

SPDT

(changeover),
SPST (nor-
mally open,
normally
closed)

(XC,

XCC):

UL, CSA,
VDE,

SEV,

SEMC0,

NEMC0,

DEMC0

XCF

High elec,
rating;
switching
security for
control of
motors

3.00

(10.7)

0.1

(0.039)

1

10(2)A

250VAC

XCC

Lowoper.
force; very
high mech.
life

0.60

(2.14)

0.1

(0.039)

50

2(0.5)A

250VAC

XCH

Lowest oper.
force; very
high mech.
life

0.35

(1.2)

0.1

(0.039)

50

1 0(0.1 )A
250VAC

SERIES XG STANDARD ECONOMY SWITCH

Actuation: (1) straight lever, (2) simulated roller lever, (3) bent lever,
(4) roller lever

Housing Material: Thermoplastic type 181. Creep resistance KB250,
test solution F.

• Complies fully with international standards (DIN41635, Form A)

• Highest mechanical life (up to 100 Mio operations)

• High contact pressure, serrated contact surface, and contact
wiping assures proper contact

• Electrical rating up to 16 A 250 VAC. With AgCdO-contacts
6 (2) A, 380 VAC available

XGK

For most
applications;
high mech.
life

1.50

(5.4)

0.35

(0.014)

30

10(3) A
250VAC

Plug, solder,
lug, screw,
twin plug,
short solder
terminals

SPDT

(changeover),
SPST (nor-
mally open,
normally
closed)

UL, CSA,
VDE,

SEV,
SEMC0,
DEMC0,
NEMCO,
UTE, BS

XG

XGA

High elec,
rating. Best
switching
security at
low voltage

3.20

(11.4)

0.35

(0.014)

5

16(3) A
250VAC

3.20

(11.4)

0.15

(0.006)

5

16 (3) A
250VAC

XGB

High mech.
life, mean
oper. force

1.50

5.4)

0.15

(0.006)

30

10(3) A
250VAC

XGC

Low oper.
force; very
high mech.
life

0.80

(2.9)

0.15

(0.006)

50

6(2)A

250VAC

XGH

Lowest oper.
force; very
high mech.
life

0:45

(1.6)

0.35

(0.014)

50

6 (2) A
250VAC

• High grade, anti-creep thermosetting plastic for case and lid

• Plunger may be depressed flush with case for ease of operation

• Ambient to 150°C

SERIES XO BASIC SWITCH WITH HEAVY-DUTY
TERMINALS & MINIMUM DIFFERENTIAL TRAVEL

Actuation: (1) pin plunger, (2) short leaf-spring lever, (3) long leaf-spring lever,
(4) leaf-spring lever with roller, (5) straight lever, (6) bent lever,

(7) roller lever.

Housing Material: Thermosetting plastic type 181. Creep resistance KB250,
test solution F.

• Wide choice of actuating levers and terminal forms

XO

Rating of

4.50

0.08)

10

16(3)A

Screw ter-

VDE,

16(3)A/380

(16.0)

(0.003)

380VAC

minals, flat

SEV, I

VAC; min.

20 (4) A

plug, solder

UL, CSA,

differential

380VAC

connectors,

SEMC0,

travel, mas-

(opt.)

screw

DEMC0,

sive termi-
nals and

connectors

NEMCO

numerous

SPDT

variations

(changeover)

of actuating
member

i

• Extreme constancy of operating position

• Complies fully with international standards

• High grade, anti-creep, thermosetting plastic for the case

• Serrated contact surface and contact wiping assure ideal contact

• Heavy-duty screw terminals

• Extremely small differential travel from 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.)
up to 0.08mm (0.003 in.)

• Ambient to 120°C (standard)

Actuation: (1) pin plunger, (2) short leaf-spring lever, (3) long leaf-spring lever,
(4) leaf-spring with roller, (5) straight lever, (6) bent lever, (7) roller lever,
(8) straight reversing lever, (9) reversing lever with roller, (10) reversing
lever with swivel roller, (11) pin plunger, (12) roller plunger.

Housing Material: Thermosetting plastic type 181. Creep resistance KB250,
test solution F.

Unlike the above switches, series XP is of the push type, with slow-moving
contact

XP

Monostable

3.0

1

16 (3) A

Screw ter-

UL, CSA,

switch w/o

(10.7)

250VAC

minals, flat

SEV,

snap-action.

plug connec-

VDE,

Contact gap

tors, solder

IMQ,

exceeds

connectors,

DEMC0,

3mm

screw con-

NEMCO,

(0.118 in.)

nectors with

SEMC0,

reduced base

Belgium,

Finland

1

SPDT

(changeover)

• Push switch (without snap-action mechanism) mainly for applications, as
door switch in domestic appliances, in copying and vending machines

• Particularly long over-travel, simplifying actuation of switch

• Rating of 16 A, 250 VAC

• Gap of more than 3 mm (0.118 in.) suits it for use as isolating switch

• Ambient to 140°C

1*2330

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MICRO SWITCH

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The products described in the foliowing pages are
representative of the thousands of position sensing and
manual control products manufactured and distributed
by MICRO SWITCH. For comprehensive catalogs write
MICRO SWITCH, Freeport, Illinois 61032, Dept. 720E. Or,

POSITION SENSORS

call (815) 235-6600. For application assistance, contact
a nearby MICRO SWITCH Sales Office. See listing in
this Directory. For off-the-shelf products, see your local
MICRO SWITCH Authorized Distributor listed on pages
49 & 50.

MANUAL SWITCHES

Hall effect position sensors

Hall effect sensors are operated by the
magnetic flux from a permanent magnet gp
or an electromagnet. The sensing ele- JM||
ment is a Hall sensor with a trigger and
amplifier integrated on a silicon chip. >

These integrated circuits have been per-
formance tested to over 19 billion opera-
tions. Operating speeds can exceed
100 kHz.

5SS page 2

6SS page 2

8SS page 2

9SS Linear output sensor page 3

SR threaded sensors page 3

AV vane sensors page 4

Application information page 5

MG magnets page 6

XL solid state switches page 8

XL mechanically operated Hall effect
switches combine mechanical switch
operating and mounting convenience
with solid state reliability. The mounting
dimensions and mechanical character-
istics are similar to the popular V3 snap-
action switch.

ES current sensors

ES current sensors are used in circuits to
sense short circuits or other overcurrent
conditions. They produce a digital signal
as the current being monitored exceeds
a specified value.

TP sealed rockers

Sealed rocker toggle series. Standard
size 1, 2 and 4 poles. Various actuators,
termination and circuitry. Military and
UL listings.

TK industrial toggles

Sealed toggle series. Standard size. 1, 2
and 4 poles. Various actuators, termina-
tion, and circuitry. UL listings.

TL sealed toggles page 23

As above but mil. listed.

page 21

TS standard toggles

Standard size toggles, 1 or 2 pole. Vari-
ous actions, circuitry and termination.
Use where a lower cost standard size
toggle is required.

AT toggle assemblies

Toggle switch assemblies using basic
switches. Wide variety of ratings, con-
tacts, actuators, terminals, and sealing.
Mil listings available.

page 22

page 24

page 25

Z and A standard switches JN page 10

Standard size switches. Ratings to 25

amps. High precision-long life. Wide

choice of actuators and terminals. Use

for general purpose applications.

SX subminiature switches page 15

Smallest snap-action switches from
MICRO SWITCH. Rated to 7 amperes.

Choice of actuators and terminal styles. J|||fc
Use where the smallest and least weight,
snap acting switch is essential.

SM subminiature switches page 17

Slightly larger than SX switches. Rated to
11 amperes. Choice of contacts, actua- g§§§||^ }

tors and terminal styles. Use for com-
munications/office equipment and other
smaller application needs.

V3 miniature switches page 19

Standard or low operating forces. Rated
to 15 amperes. Use for appliance-vend-
ing machine and similar applications.

AML advanced manual fine

AML provides a choice of solid state,
electronic, or power controls with push-
button, rocker, paddle or keylock actua-
tion. Incandescent, LED or neon lighting
illuminate a wide variety of display op-
tions. Single level termination with all
common types available. Choice of snap-
in front mount, strip or matrix mount.

MML miniature manual line

MML miniature pushbuttons provide a
choice of solid state, electronic or power
duty controls. Plus incandescent or LED
illumination with printed wiring board or
snap in panel mounting. Operating
modes include momentary, two level al-
ternate action or multi-switch interlock.

Other MICRO SWITCH Products

page 26

Authorized Distributor Directory

page 37

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. t 1*2331

5100

SWITCHES

5100

ss Miniature magnetically operated position sensors

.29H x .40W x .20D plus term.

5SS

FEATURES

• Hall effect sensing

• Single digital output . . . current sink-
ing or sourcing

• 3 pin solder/quick-connect terminals
. . . easy wiring as remote sensor

• Internally threaded flux concentrator
. . . also used as mounting means

• 4.5 to 5.5VDC or 6 to 16VDC supply
voltages

FEATURES

• Hall effect sensing

• Dual digital outputs . . . current sink-
ing or sourcing

• 4 pin dual-in-line terminals . . .
printed circuit board or standard DIP
socket mounting

• Optional flux concentrator

• 4.5 to 5.5VDC or 6 to 16VDC supply
voltages

• Linear output sensor available ... 4
to 10VDC supply voltage

FEATURES

• Hall effect sensing

• Single digital output . . . current sink-
ing or sourcing

• 3 pin in-line printed circuit board ter-
minals . . . standard .100" mounting
centers

• Smallest ceramic package . . . 0.3 "
square

• 4.5 to 5.5VDC or 6 to 16VDC supply
voltages

• Standard or precision magnetic
characteristics

SS ORDER GUIDE

Supply

Voltage

(VDC)

Supply
Current
(mA max.)

Type

Current

per

Output

Operating

Temperature

°C

Magnetic Characteristics

25°C Typical

Catalog

Listing

Op.

Gauss

Rel.

Gauss

Dif.

Gauss

4.5 to 5.5

3.4

Source

10mA

0 to 70

100

-50

150

8SS9

4.0

0 to 70

430

260

170

6SS2

Oto 70

350

215

135

6SS4*

20mA

0 to 70

245

150

95

5SS16

Sink

4mA

Oto 70

430

260

170

65SS2

Oto 70

350

215

135

65SS4*

8mA

Oto 70

245

150

95

55SS16

-40 to 100

100

-50

150

8SS1

Oto 70

100

-50

150

8SS1E

6.0

20mA

Oto 70

400

300

100

8SS7

Oto 70

400

300

100

: 8SS7E

6 to 16

13.0

Source

10mA

-40 to 150

400

300

100

612SS2

-40 to 150

330

245

85

612SS4*

20mA

-40 to 150

230

170

60

Sink

10mA

-40 to 150

400

300

100

613SS2

-40 to 150

330

245

85

613SS4*

-40 to 150

60

-60

120

617SS2

-40 to 150

50

-50

100

617SS4*

20mA

.

-40 to 150

230

170

60

513SS16

-40 to 150

35

-35

70

517SS16

-40 to 150

400

300

100

8SS3

- 0 to 70 .

400

300

100

8SS3E

-40 to 150

60

-60

120

8SS5

Oto 70

60

-60

120 ,

8SS5E

4 to 10

3.5 Typ.

Linear:

Differential outputs

-40 to 150

Sensitivity ( - 400 to + 400 gauss)
0.75 to 1 .06mV/gauss

634SS2

♦With flux concentrator.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

For more information, see Catalog 20,
Solid State Sensors.

1*2332 pg. 2

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Magnetically operated position sensors 9SS LOHET /SR

FEATURES

• Hall effect sensing

• Single linear output

• 3 pin in-line printed circuit board
terminals . . . standard. 100 "
mounting centers

• Thin ceramic package

• 4.5 to 8 VDC or 8 to 16 VDC
supply voltages

• Laser trimmed thick film resistors
. . . minimize sensitivity variations ,
compensate for temperature
variations

• Tight specifications on output as
function of magnetic induction

FEATURES

• Hall effect sensing

• Single output . . . digital current
sinking or sourcing

• Sealed threaded aluminum
bushing housing . . . meets NEMA
3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13

• 20 gage , 6 inch stranded
leadwires . . . color coded, teflon
insulated

• Adjustable mounting

• 4.5 to 5.5 VDC or 6 to 16 VDC
supply voltages

• Linear output available

FEATURES

• Hall effect sensing

• Single output . . . digital current
sinking

• Threaded thermoplastic bushing
housing

• 22 gage, 6 inch stranded
leadwires . . . colo *• coded, teflon
insulated

® Adjustable mounting

• 4.5 to 5.5 VDC or 6 to 16 VDC
, supply voltages

• 0 to 100 kHz operating speed . . .
no minimum

For more information, see Catalog 20,
Solid State Sensors.

9SS ORDER GUIDE

Supply

Voltage

(VDC)

Output Type

Supply
Current
(mA max.)

Null

(Offset at

0 gauss)

Sensitivity

(mV/gauss)

Linearity
(% span)

Null Shift
(Max. %)

Catalog

Listing

8 to 16

(Performance at
12 VDC)

Ratiometric

2

15.0

6.0V
® ©

91 SSI 2-2

8 to 16

Regulated

3

15.0

3.0V
© ©

92SS12-2

4.5 to 8

(Performance at

5 VDC)

Unregulated

4

15.0

1.5V
© ©

0 to 85°C
±5

93SS12-2

CD At 25°C, 2200 Ohm load. @ Span, null, sensitivity vary in proportion to supply voltage over range of 12 ±4 VDC.

(1) Characteristics apply over supply voltage range of 8 to 16 VDC.

0 Span, null, sensitivity approximately proportional to supply voltage over range of 4.5 to 8 VDC. © At 25°C, 1000 Ohm load.

SR ORDER GUIDE

Supply

Voltage

(VDC)

Supply
Current
(mA max.)

Current

per

Output

Operating

Temperature

°C

Magnetic Characteristics

25°C Typical

Rel.

Gauss

4.5 to 5.5

3.0

Sink

8 mA

— 40 to 100

400

300

100

205SR1-A

100

-50

150

208SR1-A

4.0

Source

20 mA

Oto 70

350

215

135

103SR11A-1

Sink

8 mA

350

215

135

103SR5A-1

6 to 16

10.0

Sink

20 mA

-40 to 100

400

300

100

213SR1-A

60

-60

120

217SR1-A

13.0

Source

330

245

85

103SR12A-1

Sink

330

245

85

103SR13A-1

50

-50

100

103SR17A-1

4 to 10

3.5 Typ.

Linear

Sensitivity (-400 to +400 gauss)
0.75 to 1.06 mV/gauss

103SR3F-5

MICRO SWITCH , a Honeywell division

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory pg. 3 1*2333

5100

SWITCHES

5100

AV Vane operated position sensors

.75H x 1.23W x .58D plus term.

.43H x .75W x .52D plus term.

1AV

3AV/4AV

FEATURES

FEATURES

• Hall effect sensor

• Hall effect sensor

• Single digital output . . . current sink-

• Dual digital outputs . . . current

ing or sourcing

sinking

• Versatile mounting

• Small size

• 3 pin solder/quick-connect terminals

• 4 pin in-line printed circuit board ter-

orleadwires

minals or leadwires

• 6 to 16VDC power supply

• Closely controlled differential to pre-

• Lower operating force

dict pulse width

• UL Recognized housing and

• 4.5 to 5.5VDC or 6 to 16VDC power

leadwires

supply

For more information, see Catalog 20,

• Connector block available

Solid State Sensors.

Principle of operation

AV vane sensors are operated by pass-
ing a ferrous vane through the gap
between the Hall sensor and the mag-
net, shunting the magnetic flux away
from the sensor.* AV’s can be used as
limit switches by operating with a single
large vane; as tachometer sensors by
using a toothed wheel; or, as machinery
synchronizing elements by using cams
or sectors. 1AV and 4AV Series have
many features in common, such as:

• Operation by a low cost, easy to fab-
ricate ferrous vane

• Magnet and sensor incorporated in
same rugged package

• Sealed construction . . . unaffected
by dust or dirt

• 0 to 100kHz operating speed ... no
minimum speed of operation

• On and Off times programmable by
vane dimensioning

• Precision mechanical operating
characteristics

*See Catalog 20 for vane actuation information.

AV ORDER GUIDE

Supply

Voltage

(VDC)

Supply
Current
(mA max.)

Type

Current

per

Output

Operating

Temperature

°C

Termination

Catalog Listing

w/o Conn.

w/Conn.

4.5 to 5.5

7.0

Sink

-40 to 85

PC Board

4AV11C

8 mA

-40 to 85

Leadwires

3AV2C

-40 to 125

4AV12C

6 to 16

13.0

10 mA

-40 to 85

PC Board

3AV1A

-40 to 125

4 AV1 1 A

4AV11A-T1

Source

-40 to 125

1AV2B

Sink

20 mA

-40 to 125

-40 to 85

3AV2A

-40 to 125

4AV12A

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2334 pg. 4

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

DETERMINING MAGNETIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Magnetic sensing characteristics of Hall
effect devices are specified within par-
ticular ranges. For example, assume an
application with a temperature range of
-40° to 100°C using a 513SS16. Re-
ferring to the table on page 2, the oper-
ate point may be up to 330 gauss and
the release point may be 85 to 305
gauss. To insure reliable operation, at
least 330 gauss must be presented to
the sensor. The gauss level must then
be reduced below 85 gauss to insure
that the sensor will release. Therefore,
it is necessary to know the flux density
(gauss) measured at the chip to be able
to 1) select a device with the best mag-
netic characteristics for your applica-
tion; 2) select the best magnet; and 3)
verify the desired mechanical
characteristics.

The Calibrated Hall Element is used to
determine the flux density produced at
the sensor by the magnet. The package
as well as the sensitive area is identical
in size and location to the actual device.
The output voltage of the Hall element,
as a function of magnetic flux density, is
linear, providing an electrical output
which is proportional to flux density. A
millivoltmeter with a one megohm input
impedance should be used to measure
the output. A Calibration Curve is fur-
nished with each element, showing the
Hall voltage versus flux density. When
the magnetic field decreases, the out-
put voltage decreases in a like manner.
Referring to the calibration curve, a
reading on the voltmeter is easily con-
verted to gauss. Mechanical charac-
teristics can be verified by first plotting a
gauss versus distance graph. By com-
paring the curve to the magnetic char-
acteristics of the sensor the possible
mechanical ranges of operate point and
release point can be determined.

Once the operating limits of the magnet
and sensor combination have been es-
tablished, feeler gages, etc., may be
used during installation to insure that
the correct gap is maintained.

CALIBRATED HALL ELEMENTS

Magnetic characteristics for Hall effect
devices are specified within particular
ranges. To insure that all devices will
operate and release in your application,
gauss levels should be verified. Cali-
brated Hall Elements are available to
measure the gauss levels produced in
your application. These elements are
available in packages similar to the cor-
responding Hall sensor. The elements
are intended for laboratory use only.

Application information

METHODS OF ACTUATION

There are many ways to apply MICRO
SWITCH solid state sensors. Some of
the more common sensing methods are
described. Further information is as
near as your telephone. Just call your
nearest MICRO SWITCH sales office,
and one of our trained field engineers
will be happy to discuss your applica-
tion with you.

If you need more information, the
handbook Hall Effect Transducers,
How to apply them as sensors, is
available from MICRO SWITCH. It is
intended to assist you in under-
standing and applying Hall effect
devices.

Head-on Vane

The target is centered over the point of The target, a ferrous metal vane, slides

maximum sensitivity and is moved through (or rotates through) the gap be-

“head-on” to the sensor, then backed tween magnet and sensor,
off.

Slide-by

The target is moved across the face of
the sensor at a specified distance.

Rotary

A rotating target, such as a ring mag-
net, provides an alternating pattern of
On-Off actuation.

&

CALIBRATED HALL ELEMENT ORDER GUIDE

Supply

Voltage

Supply

Current

Output

Voltage

Sensitivity

Use With
Series

Catalog

Listing

5 VDC

10mA max.

0 to 1 0mV

0.031 mV/gauss

6SS..2

632SS2

@ 0 gauss

0.038mV/gauss

6SS..4

632SS4

0.054mV/gauss

5SS. .

532SS11

5mA max.

-11 to +5mV
@ 0 gauss

0.034mV/gauss

855. .

955. .
200SR . . . .

732SS21-1*

15mA max.

Oto lOmV
@ 0 gauss

0.031 mV/gauss

1 03SR ....
400SR . . . .

103SR2-3

♦Actual magnetic field strength seen by the Hall effect
chip can vary. Distance from sensing surface of chip can
vary by + .003" (0,08mm).

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory pG - 5 1 »2335

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Application information

ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS (HALL EFFECT SENSORS)*

Parameters

Type

4.5 to 5.5 VDC Circuit

6 To 16 VDC Circuit

Supply Voltage

N/A

- 1 .2 to +10 VDC

-1.2 to +20 VDC

Voltage Externally
Applied to Output

Sink

4-10 VDC max. (OFF only)
-0.5 VDC min. (ON or OFF)

+ 20 VDC max. (OFF only)
-0.5 VDC min. (ON or OFF)

Source

+ 6.5 VDC max. (ON or OFF)
-0.5 VDC min. (ON)

+ 6.5 VDC max. (OFF only)
(Vs + 4) VDC (ON)

Output Current

Sink

Single

Dual

Single

Dual

20mA

1 0mA/output

40mA

20mA/output

Source

40mA

20mA/output

20mA

20mA/output

Switching Time
(|jl sec max.)

Sink

Rise

Fall

Rise

Fall

2.0

1.0

1.5

0.5

Source

1.0

1.0

0.5

2.0

Temperature

N/A

-40°C to +100°C

— 40°C to + 1 50°C

Magnetic Flux

N/A

No limit. Circuit cannot be damaged by magnetic overdrive.

‘Performance at maximum ratings cannot be guaranteed.
However, Hall effect sensors will not be damaged unless
these ratings are exceeded. Preferred operating charac-
teristics are included in product Order Guides.

MG Magnets

MICRO SWITCH does not manufacture
magnets. However, we do supply bar
and ring magnets for operating our Hall
effect sensors. The most common form
of magnet used to operate a Hall effect
sensor is the bar magnet. The magnet
should provide at least 10% flux over-
drive above “Max. Operate”, when at
minimum distance from the sensing
surface.

For magnetic curves, see Catalog 20,
Solid State Sensors. Or, contact
MICRO SWITCH.

MG ORDER GUIDE

Bar Magnets

Outside

Diameter

Length

Catalog

Listing

6,3/0.25

31,7/1.25

101MG3

6,3/0.25

31,7/1.25

101MG4*

6,3/0.25

6,3/0.25

101MG7

3,2/0.125

9,5/0.375

101MG2L1

7,9/0.31

17,0/0.67

102MG11

7,9/0.31

12,2/0.48

102MG15

2.0/.078

2.0/.078

103MG5**

10,2/0.40

23,6/0.93

106MG10

'"Reference magnet, calibrated to close tolerances. Useful
for in-house inspection.

**125 pieces per tube. Poles not marked. Not illustrated.

Ring Magnets

Outside

# Pole

Catalog

Diameter

Pairs

Listing

44,4/1.75

10

105MG2R10

15,9/0.625

2

105MG5R2

15,9/0.625

4

105MG5R4

Ring magnets are magnetized on the
outside diameter with both North and
South poles. Each pole pair (N and S)
produces one pulse with standard Hall
devices.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2336 pg. e

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

CURRENT SINKING AND CURRENT
SOURCING

Two types of output circuits are com-
mon to solid state circuitry . . . current
sinking and current sourcing. The
names are derived from the location of
the load in the output circuit.

Current sourcing (open emitter): The
load is connected between the output
and ground. The load is isolated from
the supply voltage when the sensor is
Off. When the sensor turns On, current
flows from the power supply through
the sensor, into the load. The sensor
supplies a “source” of power to the
load. A current sourcing output is Nor-
mally Low and goes High when the sen-
sor is On.

Current sinking (open collector): The
load is connected between the power
supply and the sensor. In this circuit,
the load is isolated from ground when
the sensor is Off. When the sensor
turns On, the circuit is complete and
current flows from the supply through
the load, through the sensor and then to
ground. The sensor switches, or
“sinks” the output current to ground. A
current sinking output is Normally High
and goes Low when the sensor is On.

INTERFACING FOR MICRO SWITCH
HALL EFFECT SENSORS

The schematics shown are typical of
the outputs with which MICRO
SWITCH Hall effect sensors can be in-
terfaced. Values shown are representa-
tive only.

Application information

CURRENT SINKING OUTPUTS

(Current flow through load into sensor).
Output terminal is open collector. In the
unoperated condition (l|_ = 0), the out-
put voltage is normally High.

5 VDC °|
SENSOR

+ 5 VDC
R<IOK

5 VDC 0
SENSOR

-* — \ rtlN

J GATE )

HALL (
EFFECT
SINKING
SENSOR

HALL ,
EFFECT '
SINKING
SENSOR

Y50m A

5 VDC

rh

1

R <

lJ

t

* 1 2K

L 1

5 VDC°
SENSOR

+ DC

+ 10 V0C I Lo|aQ | I 150mA

Jf

CURRENT SOURCING OUTPUTS

(Current flow from sensor through the
load). Output terminal is open emitter.
In the unoperated condition (l|_ = 0),
the output voltage is normally Low.

±L

5 V0C°
SENSOR

5 VDC

T

4

s!nsor 0

270 a I

f

LEDILOW CURRENT)

*

6-I6VDCO

SENSOR

560 A
2 2 K R

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 7 1*2337

5100

SWITCHES

5100

XL Mechanically operated solid state switches

4,8/19 DIA
X 4,8/. 19 WIDE

OIL BRONZE
ROLLER

(CONCENTRICITY
0, 13/. 005 TIR)

FEATURES

• Hall effect sensor, operated by mag-
net in plunger

• 3 pin solder/quick-connect terminals
. . . terminal housing available that
uses AMP .110" push-on terminals

• Single output . . . digital current sink-
ing, Normally High or Normally Low

• Low operating forces ... as little as
.15 oz. with lever

• Variety of actuator versions . . . uses
all standard MICRO SWITCH V3
levers *

• Same mounting centers as V3 snap-
action switch

• 4.5 to 5.5 VDC or 6 to 1 6 VDC supply
voltages

♦See Catalog 10, Basic Switches

EXPLODED VIEW

XL mechanically operated Hall effect
switches combine mechanical switch
operating and mounting convenience
with solid state reliability. The mounting
dimensions and mechanical charac-
teristics are similar to the popular V3
snap-action switch. Over 500 actuators
are possible, including pin plunger,
straight levers, simulated roller levers,
and roller levers.

XL ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Supply

Voltage

(VDC)

Supply

Current

(mA

max.)

Type

Current

per

Output

Series

4.5 to 5.5

4.0

Sink

8mA

37XL

6 to 16

13.0

20mA

47XL

XL ORDER GUIDE AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

Dimension

“D”

Lever

Style*

“E”

Pretravel

(Max.)

“F”

Operating

Point**

Overtravel

(Min.)

Differential

Travel

(Max.)

Operating Force

li!:!/; •Catak^';Li$tMg^ \.||||

Ounces

Newtons

5 VDC Type
; Sinking

6-16V0CType
Sinking :

None

1 ,65mm
.065 in.

14,22mm
.560 in.

0,76mm
.030 in.

0,18mm
.007 in.

.35 ± .15

0,10 ± ,04

:37XL«^f|!

4TXL1M1

1.25 ± .15

0,35 ± ,04

Illlimg"

3.00 ± .70

0,83 ± 0,19

" 37XL1T&

21 ,84mm
.860 in.

A

1,78mm
.070 in.

14,86mm
.585 in.

0,51mm
.020 in.

0,25mm
.010 in.

.40. ± .20

0,11 ± ,06

37XL11XA-11

47XL11Xft.il

1.40 ± .35

0,39 ± ,09

srxutxA-ta

3.2 ± .70

0,89 ± 0,19

37XL11XA-13

35,56mm
1.400 in.

A

4,44mm
.175 in.

14,22mm
.560 in.

0,96mm
.035 in.

0,38mm
.015 in.

t.20( + .15, — .07)

0,06( + ,04, - ,02)

;37XL11XA-S»;

.70 ± .25

0,04 ± ,07

angirii

47XL11XA.aa

1.4 ± .35

0,39 ± ,09

Hiliiii®

59,44mm
2.340 in.

A

6,60mm
.260 in.

13,34mm
.525 in.

2,03mm
.080 in.

0,76mm
.030 in.

t.10 ± .07

0,03 ± ,02

isnaili<x*4t

.35 ± .20

0,10 ± ,06

llliillMll

.70 ± .35

0,04 ± ,09

37XU1XA^3i

itxIliixass

32,64mm
1.285 in.

B

4,44mm
.175 in.

17,40mm
.685 in.

0,76mm
.030 in.

0,38mm
.015 in.

*.20( + .15, -.07)

0,06(-f ,04, - ,02)

.stfcuiww* 1

yniliil

.70 ± .25

0,04 ± ,07

37xi.1!X8-12

1.4 ± .35

0,39 ± ,09

20,57mm
.810 in.

C

1 ,90mm
.075 in.

20,19mm
.795 in.

0,51mm
.020 in.

0,25mm
.010 in.

.40 ± .20

0,11 ± ,06

HiHiiSi

1.4 ± .35

0,39 ± ,09

37XL11XC-62

n 47XLtlXC*02’

3.2 ± .70

0,89 ± ,19

minxes

♦Typical values. Contact sales office for information on NOTE: The output transistors of the listings shown are free position), substitute 12 for 11 immediately

tolerances. “normally open", i.e., they are not conducting with after the XL in the catalog listing. Example:

♦♦Other lever styles available. Contact sales office. plunger in free position. To order devices which 37XL12XA-1 .

t Lever may not be self-returning. are “normally closed" (conducting with plunger in

1*2338 pg. 8

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Current sensors ES

FEATURES

• Hall effect sensing

• Monitors circuit current levels

« Fast , reliable indication of presence
or absence of current

• Digital output signals overcurrent
condition

• Automatic reset

• Operated by magnetic flux pro-
duced by current flowing through
coil

• Very low coil resistance

• 1500 VAC isolation between coil and
Hall sensor

• Single 20mA current sinking output . .
3 pin solder/quick-connect terminals

• 6 to 16 VDC supply voltage

• UL Recognized component

ES current sensors are used in circuits
to sense short circuits or other overcur-
rent conditions. They produce a digital
signal as the current being monitored
exceeds a specified value. This signal
enables a “circuit breaker” to open the
line. The sensors are also used in se-
quencing and monitoring applications
to insure that correct current levels
exist.

The ES current sensor is operated by
the magnetic flux produced by current
flowing through a coil in the device.
When coil current exceeds the spec-
ified value, the Hall sensor changes
state. In DC circuits the output remains
ON until coil current is reduced below
the release level. For use in AC circuits,
contact MICRO SWITCH. The 1500
volt dielectric between the coil and Hall
sensor provides isolation between high
and low voltage circuits.

RESPONSE TIME VS COIL
CURRENT

Operating Characteristics of Hall
Sensor

Supply

Voltage

(VDC)

Supply
Current
(mA max.)

Current

per

Output

6 to 16

13.0

20mA max.

Operate current: The required current
flow between power terminals which
will cause the sensor to change state
(operate and release).

Data shown on the graph is based on
the 213ES1-2. Devices with higher coil
current ratings produce quicker re-
sponse times. Lower rated devices pro-
duce slightly slower response times. If
response time is critical, contact
MICRO SWITCH for application
assistance.

Coil resistance: The maximum resis-
tance between input terminals at 25°C.

ES ORDER GUIDE

DC Current — Amps*

Temperature
Stability
+ Amps/°C

—

■

Max. Coil
Resistance

Thermal Resistance

9i Catalog f:

fllilMsijns;

Operate**

Minimum

Release

Maximum

Continuous

Coil to

Air

Coil to

Heat Sink

®

<D

0.5 ± .03

0.2

2.5

1.5

.0007

350mH

21°C/watt

7°C/watt

213£St>0-5

1.0 ± .07

0.4

7.0

3.5

.0015

64mfl

21°C/watt

7°C/watt

213ES1-1

2.0 ± .14

0.8

10

5

.008

30mfl

21°C/watt

TC/watt

5.0 ± .40

2.0

22

12

.016

6mfl

21°C/watt

rc/watt

> 213ES1-5

10 ± .80

4.0

33

19

.024

2.6mO

21°C/watt

7°C/watt

P^IISlMlOvj;

20 ± 1.8

8.0

44

25

.062

1.5mH

21°C/watt

7°C/watt

[ imi$i-20

30 ± 2.7

12.0

54

31

.084

1m n

21 “C/watt

7° C/watt

213ES1-30

♦ES current sensors are .factory calibrated for use in DC circuits. AC applications are possible, but should be reviewed by MICRO SWITCH.
♦♦Tolerance applies at 16VDC, 24°C.

(T) Applies at 25°C, with no heat sink.

(D Applies at 80°C, with no heat sink.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 9 1*2339

5100

SWITCHES

5100

BZ/BA Standard basic switches

STANDARD BASIC SWITCH CUT-A-
WAY

The cut-a-way shown is representative
of the BZ/BA standard basic switches
described.

Rugged brass
cover

Fine silver contacts
(standard)

Long-life, one-piece
beryllium copper spring

Step construction for
additional dielectric
spacing (bottom facing
screw terminals only)

High grade
phenolic cover
and case

Elongated hole
for easier, more
accurate mounting

Bottom facing screw terminals (A-2)
shown. Also available are side
facing screw and solder terminals

Polished stainless steel
plunger for long
accurate

.95"H x .69''W x 1.94"L

GENERAL INFORMATION

FEATURES

• Operating force as low as 4 oz. (1 13
grams) maximum

• Sensitive differential travel as low as
.0002 to .0003 inches (0,005 to 0,008
mm)

• Power load switching capability to
25 amperes

• Motor handling capacity to 2 horse-
power at 250 VAC

• High temperature constructions for
up to + 400°F (204°C)

• Alloy contacts available for special
application needs

• Variety of integral actuators

• Variety of auxiliary actuators

• Variety of terminal designs

• Optional sealed plunger and cover

• Over 50 listings available which
meet MIL-S-8805 Qualified products
list

• UL and CSA listed

MICRO SWITCH standard basic
switches are precision snap-action
mechanisms enclosed in accurately
molded plastic cases. These switches
are carefully manufactured and thor-
oughly inspected. They are industry-
known for their compactness, light
weight, accurate repeatability and long
life.

M

'.25

A2

Solder

AVAILABLE TERMINALS

Most of the BZ/BA catalog listings have
A2 type terminals. Several other termi-
nal styles are shown and others are
available. Specific information should
be requested from the nearest MICRO
SWITCH Sales Office or local Autho-
rized Distributor.

Bottom facing Use up to #14 wire

6-32 NC x .21 8"
screw with cup washers

A4 (same as A2
except #8 screws)

Characteristics: O.F. — Operating Force;
R.F. — Release Force; P.T. — Pretravel;

O.T. — Overtravel; D.T. — Differential Travel;
O.P. — Operating Position.

PIN PLUNGER ORDER GUIDE

Catalog listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data and
UL Codes

O.F.

newtons

ounces

R.F. min.
newtons

ounces

P.T. max.
mm
inches

O.T. min.
mm
inches

D.T.

mm

inches

O.P*

mm

inches

BZ-2R-A2

Most applications. Screw

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

0,38

0,13

0,01-0,05

15,88

terminals

L96

9-13

4

.015

.005

.0004-.0020

.625

BZ-2R

Same as above,

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

0,38

0,13

0,01-0,05

15,88

Solder terminals

L96

9-13

4

.015

.005

.0004-.0020

.625

BZ-R21-A2

Lower force

.10 Amps

1,11

0,7

0,30

0,13

0,005-0,013

15,88

L8

4

2.5

.012

.005

.0002-.0005

.625

BZ-R-A2

Less differential travel

15 Amps

1,95-2,5

1,11

0,30

0,13

0,005-0,008

15,88

LI 03

7-9

4

.012

.005

.0002-.0003

.625

82-819*2

Best repeatability

15 Amps

1,95-3,34

1,11

0,30

0,13-0,2

0,005-0,02

16,26

LI 03

7-12

4

.012

.005-.008

.0002-.0008

.640

82-7RT04

MIL-S-8805/1 -008

15 Amps

6,0-

1,67

0,76

0,13

0,063-0,13

15,88

application requirements

-

12,0

6

.030

.005

.0025-.0050

.625

YZ-2R-A2

SPST (normally open)

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

0,38

0,13

0,01-0,05

15,88

L96

9-13

4

.015

.005

.0004-.0020

.625

WZ-R

SPST (normally closed)

15 Amps

1,95-2,5

1,11

0,30

0,13

0,005-0,009

15,88

Solder terminals

LI 03

7-9

4

.012

.005

.0002-.00035

.625

* +0,38 mm

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division ± 015 in.

1 *2340 pg. 10 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

5100 SWITCHES 5100

\

Standard basic switches BZ/BA

PIN PLUNGER ORDER GUIDES

Catalog Listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data and
UL Codes

O.F.

newtons

ounces

R.F. min.
newtons
ounces

P.T. max.
mm
inches

O.T. min.
mm
inches

D.T.

mm

inches

O.P.*

mm

inches

BZ-2R5551-A2

Dustproof and splash

15 Amp

2,5-4,17

1,11

—

0,13

0,01-0,06

15,88

resistant seal

L96

9-15

4

—

.005

.0004-.0025

.625

BZ-2R55-A2-S

Best service for sealed

15 Amps

2,5-4,17

1,11

—

0,13

0,01-0,06

15,88

construction. Stainless steel
spring.

L96

9-15

4

“

.005

.0004-.0025

.625

BA-2R

Up to 20 ampere load
handling. Solder terminals

20 Amps

L23

3,89-6,12

14-22

2,78

10

1,27

.050

0,25

.010

0,05-0,19

.0020-.0075

16,26

.640

BA-2R-A2

Up to 20 ampere load

20 Amps

3,89-6,12

2,78

1,27

0,25

0,05-0,19

16,26

handling

L23

14-22

10

.050

.010

.0020-.0075

.640

BE-2R-A2

Up to 25 ampere load

25 Amps

3,89-6,12

2,78

1,27

0,25

0,05-0,19

16,26

handling

-

14-22

10

.050

.010

.0020-.0075

.640

BZ-RX

Manual reset (maintained

15 Amps

1,95-2,5

—

0,30

0,13

—

15,88

contact) applications, solder

L67

7-9

—

.012

.005

—

.625

terminals

0,56-2,78

—

—

0,38

2-10

-

—

.015

*+0,38 mm
+ .015 in.

LARGE

OVERTRAVEL

PLUNGER

ORDER GUIDES

Catalog Listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data and
UL Codes

O.F.

newtons

ounces

R.F. min.

newtons

ounces

P.T. max.

mm

inches

O.T. min.
mm

inches

D.T.

mm

inches

o.p.**

mm

inches

BZ-2RD-A2

Added overtravel. For

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

0,38

1,52

0,01-0,05

21,21

manual operation and slow

20° (max.) cam rise

L96

9-13

4

.015

.060

.0004-.0020

.835

BZ-2RDS-S

Dustproof and splash
resistant seal. Solder
terminals

15 Amps

L96

3,61-5,28

13-19

1,11

4

-

1,5

.062

0,01-0,063

.0004-.0025

28,20

1.110

BZ-2RDS-A2-S

Applications requiring

15 Amps

3,61-5,28

1,11

1,5

0,01-0,063

28,20

dustproof and splash
resistant seal

L96

13-19

4

.062

.0004-.0025

1.110

BA-2RB

Up to 20 ampere load
handling. Solder terminals

20 Amps

L23

3,89-6,12

14-22

2,78

10

1,27

.050

2,39

.094

0,05-0,19

.0020-.0075

26,20

1.03

BA-2RB-A2

Up to 20 ampere load

20 Amps

3,89-6,12

2,78

1,27

2,39

0,05-0,19

26,20

handling

L23

14-22

10

.050

.094

.0020-.0075

1.03

BE-2RB-A2

Up to 25 ampere load

25 Amps

3,89-6,12

2,78

1,27

2,39

0,05-0,19

26,20

handling

—

14-22

10

.050

.094

.0020-.0075

1.03

**+0,51 mm
+ .020 in.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. ti 1*2341

5100

SWITCHES

5100

BZ/BA

Standard basic switches

Characteristics: O.F. — Operating Force;
R.F. — Release Force; P.T. — Pretravel;

O.T. — Overtravel; D.T. — Differential Travel;
O.P. — Operating Position.

SMALL

OVERTRAVEL

PLUNGER

ORDER GUIDES

Catalog Listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data and
UL Codes

O.F.

newtons ,

ounces

R.F. min.
newtons
ounces

P.T. max.
mm
inches

O.T. min.
mm
inches

D.T.

mm

inches

O.P.*

mm

inches

BZ-2RS

Added overtravel. For

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

0,38

1,52

0,01-0,063

28,20

in-line operation and with

JR auxiliary actuators.

Solder terminals

L96

9-13

4

.015

.060

.0004-.0025

1.110

BZ-2RS-A2

Added overtravel. For

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

0,38

1,52

0,01-0,063

28,20

in-line operation and with

JR auxiliary actuators

L96

9-13

4

.015

.060

.0004-.0025

1.110

BZ-2RS5551-A2

Dustproof and splash

15 Amps

2,5-4,17

1,11

1,52

0,01-0,063

28,20

resistant seal

L96

9-15

4

—

.060

.0004-.0025

1.110

* +0,51 mm
+ .020 in.

BUSHING MOUNT

OVERTRAVEL

PLUNGER

ORDER GUIDES

Catalog Listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data and
UL Codes

O.F.

newtons

ounces

R.F. min.
newtons

ounces

P.T. max.

mm

inches

O.T. min.
mm
inches

D.T.

mm

inches

O.P.**

mm

inches

BZ-2RQ1

Applications with bushing

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

0,38

5,56

0,01-0,05

21,82

-it' 5 |

mount. Solder terminals

L96

9-13

4

.15

.219

.0004-.0020

.859

BZ-2RQ1-A2

Applications with bushing

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

5,56

0,01-0,05

21,82

mount.

L96

9-13

4

.859

BA-2RQ1

Up to 20 ampere load

20 Amps

3,89-6,12

2,78

1,27

5,56

0,05-0,19

21,82

■ ' [

handling. Solder terminals

L23

14-22

10

.050

.219

.0020-.0075

.859

BA-2RQ1-A2

Up to 20 ampere load

20 Amps

3,89-6,12

2,78

1,27

5,56

0,05-0,19

21,82

;:Ht Kit!

handling

L23

14-22

10

.050

*219

.0020-.0075

.859

BZ-2RQ18-A2

Added overtravel. Roller

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

0,38

3,56

0,01-0,05

33,32 +1,14

plunger for rapid cam
(30° max) rise and slide
operation

L96

9-13

4

.015

.140

.0004-.0020

1.312 + .045

BZ-2RQ161-A2

Applications requiring roller

15 Amps

2,5-3,61

1,11

0,38

3,56

0,01-0,05

33,32 +1,14

plunger 90° to major axis of
switch

L96

9-13

4

.015

.140

.0004-.0020

1.312 +.045

Except where stated ** +0.76 mm
+ .030 in.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2342 pg. 12

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

SWITCHES

5100

,5100

Standard basic switches BZ/BA

STRAIGHT LEVER ORDER GUIDES

Catalog Listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data and
UL Codes

O.F. max.
newtons

ounces

R.F. min.
newtons
ounces

P.T. max.

mm

inches

O.T. min.
mm

inches

D.T.

mm

inches

O.P.*

mm

inches

BZ-2RW80-A2

2.5 inch (63,5 mm)

15 Amps

0,7

0,14

5,56

0,18*1,27

19,1

lever requirements

L96

2.5

0.5

-

.219

.007-.050

.750

B2-2RW84-A2

Lower force (without

15 Amps

0,28

0,03

8,33

5,56

0,18-1,27

19,1

external return spring)

L96

1

0.125

.328

.219

.007-.050

.750

BZ-2RW863-A2

6 inch (152 mm) long

15 Amps

0,28

14,68

0,46-3,68

19,1 +1,52

lever requirements

L96

1

-

-

.578

.018-.145

.750 +.060

BZ-2RW805551-A2

Dustproof and splash

15 Amps

0,7

0,14

5,56

0,18-1,27

19,1

resistant seal. 2.5 inch lever

L96

2.5

0.5

.219

.007-.050

.750

BZ-2RW899-A2

Adjustable operating point

15 Amps

0,7

0,14

3,54+

0,18-1,27

17,02-22,35

(17 mm to 22 mm)

.670" to .880"

L96

2.5

0.5

.125

.007-.050

.670-.880

BA-2RV-A2

0,7

0,14

15,88

1,98

2,77

19,1

handling

L23

2.5

0.5

.625

.078

.109

.750

BE-2RV-A4

Up to 25 ampere load

25 Amps

0,7

0,14

15,88

1,98

2,77

19,1

handling

2.5

0.5

.625

.078

.109 max.

.750

tFrom 17 mm O P. Except where stated * f 0,7G mm

.670 in. +.030 in.

ROLLER LEVER ORDER GUIDES

Catalog listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data and
UL Codes

O.F. max.

new tons

ounces

R.F. min.
newtons

ounces

P.T. max.

mm

inches

O.T. min.
mm
inches

D.T.

mm

inches

O.p.**

mm

inches

BZ-2RW822

1 .05 inch (26,7 mm) steel

15 Amps

1,67

0,42

2,39

0,08-0,51

30,17

roller lever application.

Solder terminal

L96

6

1.5

—

.094

.003-.020

1.118

BZ-2RW822-A2

1.05 inch (26,7 mm)

15 Amps

1,67

0,42

2,39

0,08-0,51

30,17

steel roller
lever applications

L96

6

1.5

.094

.003-.020

1.188

BZ-2PW822S551-A2

As above with

15 Amps

1,67

0,42

2,39

0,08-0,51

30,17

dustproof and splash
resistant seal

L96

6

1.5

.094

■003-.020

1.188

BZ-2RW82255-A2-S

Dustproof and splc-h

15 Amps

1,67

0,42

2,39

0,08-0,51

30,17

resistant seal with
stainless steel spring

L96

6

1.5

.094

.003-.020

1.188

BM-1RW822-A2

Up to 22 ampere load

22 Amps

1,67

0,42

2,39

0,025-0,33

30,17

handling

L68

6

1.5

—

.094

.001 -.01 3

1.188

i . *\

BA-2RV22-A2

Up to 20 ampere load

20 Amps

1,67

0,42

6,35

0,76

1,14

29,77

handling

L23

6

1.5

.250

.030

.045 max.

1.172

BE-2RV22-A4

mtum

Except where stated ** +0,38 mm
+ .015 in

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 13 1*2343

5100

SWITCHES

5100;

BZ/BA Standard basic switches

Characteristics: O.F. — Operating Force;
R.F. — Release Force; P.T. — Pretravel;

O.T. — Overtravel; D.T. — Differential Travel;
O.P. — Operating Position.

ROLLER LEVER

ORDER GUIDES

Catalog Listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data and
UL Codes

O.F. max.

newtons

ounces

R.F, min.
newtons

ounces

P.T. max.
mm
inches

O.T. min.
mm
inches

DT.

mm

inches

O.P.*

mm

inches

BZ-2RW82- A2

1.90 inch (48.3 mm)

15 Amps

0,97

0,21

3,96

0,10*1,0

30,17 +0,76

steel roller
lever applications

L96

3.5

0.75

.156

.004-.040

1.188 +.030

BA-2RV2-A2

Up to 20 ampere load

20 Amps

0,97

0,14

11,89

1,52

2,16

30,17+0,76

handling

L23

3.5

0.5

.468

.060

.085

1.188 +.030

BZ-RW922-A2

Best repeatability and O.P.

10 Amps

3,34

1,11

0,38

2,54

0,013-0,025

31,37

stability

L95

12

4

.015

.100

.0005-.0010

1.235

82-2RW826-A2

One-way roller
(9,4 mm x 3,8 mm)

.37" dia. x .15" wide roller

15 Amps

L96

1,67

6

0,42

1.5

-

2,39

.094

0,08-0,51

.003-.020

41,34

1.625

One-way roller

15 Amps

2,22

0,42

1,52

0,38

28,96

(4,83 mm x 4,83 mm)

.19" dia. x .19" wide roller

L96

8

1.5

.060

.015

1.14

* +0,38 mm
+ 0.15 in.

FLEXIBLE LEAF ORDER GUIDES

Electrical

O.F. max.

R.F. min.

P.T. max.

O.T. min.

D.T. max.

O.P.**

Data and

newtons

newtons

mm

mm

mm

mm

Catalog Listing

Recommended For

UL Codes

ounces

ounces

inches

inches

inches

inches

I* MICRO SWITCH J

Force and stability of the
flexible leaf actuator

15 Amps

L96

1,39

5

0,14

0.5

—

1,52

.060

1,27

.050

17,48

.688

BA-2RLA2

Up to 20 ampere load

20 Amps

2,5

0,28

1,57

1,57

17,48

handling

L23

9

1

—

,062

.062

.688

FLEXIBLE

ROLLER LEAF ORDER GUIDES

B2-2RL2-A2

Force and stability of the

15 Amps

1,39

0,14

1,52

1,27

28,6

flexible leaf with roller

L96

5

0.5

-

.060

.050

1125

Dustproof and splash

15 Amps

1,95

0,14

1,52

1,27

28,6

resistant seal

L96

7

0.5

—

.060

.050

1.125

Up to 20 ampere load

20 Amps

2,5 '

0,28

1,52

1,65

28,6

handling

L23

9

1

1

.060

.065

1.125

MICRO SWITCH , a Honeywell division

+ 0.76 mm
♦ 030 in

1*2344 pg. 14

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Subminiature basic switches sx

FEATURES

• Low operating force to 3 oz. (85
grams) maximum

• Sensitive differential travel as low as
.001 inch maximum

• Power load switching capability up
to 7 amperes — silver contacts

• Optional gold contacts for low en-
ergy applications

• Optional bifurcated gold contacts for
maximum reliability

• Long mechanical life of 10,000,000
cycles — 95% survival for 11SX
series

• Temperature tolerance -65° to
+250°F (—54 to 121°C) on standard
construction

• High temperature designs for up to
+ 400°F(204°C)

• Variety of integral and auxiliary
actuators

• Choice of several terminal styles

• Listing available which meet MIL-
S-8805 Qualified products list

• UL and CSA listed

Characteristics: O.F. — Operating Force;

R.F. — Release Force; P.T. — Pretravel;

O.T. — Overtravel; D.T. — Differential Travel;
O.P. — Operating Position.

PIN PLUNGER ORDER GUIDE

* +0,38 mm
+ .015 in.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

Electrical

O.F. max.

R.F. min.

P.T. max.

O.T. min.

D.T. max.

O.P.*

Data And

newtons

newtons

mm

mm

mm

mm

Catalog Listing

Recommended for

ULCode

ounces

ounces

inches

inches

inches

inches

11SX21-T

Most applications

5 Amps

0,70-1,39

CO

CM

o“

0,51

0,1

0,051

8,13

L4

2.5-5

1

.020

.004

.002

.320

1SX1-T

Up to 7 amps load handling

7 Amps

1,39

0,28

0,51

0,1

0,13

8,13

L7

5

1

.020

.004

.005

.320

2SX1-T

Lower force

7 Amps

0,83

CO

C\J

o

0,51

0,1

0,13

8,13

L7

3

1

.020

.004

.005

.320

11SX1-T

Lowest differential travel

3 Amps

0,97

0,21

0,51

0,1

0,025

8,13

LI 22

3.5

0.75

.020

.004

.001

.320

21SX1-T

Best stability under varying

7 Amps

1,39

0,28

0,51

0,1

0,13

8,13

humidity

L7

5

1

.020

.004

.005

.320

3SX1-T

Applications requiring gold

1 Amp

1,39

0,28

0,51

0,1

0,13

8,13

contacts

L22

5

1

.020

.004

.005

.320

21SX39T

MIL-S-8805 application

7 Amps

1,39

0,28

0,51

0,1

0,13

8,13

(IIS2454M)

requirements
+ 180°F(82°C)
maximum use

5

1

.020

.004

.005

.320

23SX39-T

MIL-S-8805 application

1 Amp

1,39

0,28

0,51

0,1

0,13

8,13

(MS24547-2)

requirements for gold
contacts + 180°F (82°C)
maximum use

L22

5

1

.020

.004

.005

.320

4SX1-T

Operating in temperature

7 Amps

1,39

0,28

0,51

0,1

0,13

8,13

to + 400°F (204°C)

L7

5

1

.020

.004

.005

.320

12SX2-T

Best reliability

1 Amp

0,70-1,39

0,28

0,51

0,1

0,051

8,13

(Bifurcated gold contacts)

L22

2.5-5

1

.020

.004

.002

.320

12SX1-T

Best reliability with higher

1 Amp

1,39

0,28

0,51

0,1

0,076

8,13

current rating (28 VDC)
(Bifurcated gold contacts)

L22

5

1

.020

.004

.003

.320

Long-life beryllium-
copper spring —

Fine silver, gold,
or bifurcated-
gold contacts for
circuit fidelity

Cover securely
cemented to
base

.35"H x .20''W x .50"L

Wear-
resistant
phenolic
base and
cover

Elongated
hole for
easier, more
accurate
mounting

Mounting holes accept pins or screws
of .087 inch diameter (2,21 mm) on .19 inch (4,8 mm) centers.

GENERAL INFORMATION

SX subminiature basic switches are the
smallest snap-action switches from
MICRO SWITCH. These switches are
ideal where savings in space and
weight are important. Unless otherwise
noted, all listings have silver contacts.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. is 1*2345

5100

SWITCHES

5100

sx Subminiature basic switches

INTEGRAL LEVER ORDER GUIDES

Catalog

Listing

Description

Electrical
Data And
UL Code

O.F. max.

newtons

ounces

R.F. min.

newtons

ounces

O.P.

mm

inches

311SX1-T

.135 inch (3,43 mm)

5 Amps

■H

0,09

m

UWM

8,43 ±1,14

straight lever (shown)

L4

B9

.32

Ha

■ill

hues

.332 ±.045

311SX2-T

.505 inch (12,8 mm)

5 Amps

0,31

0,05

2,92

n

8,26 ±1,91

straight lever

L4

1.1

.18

.115

■a

H22S

.325 ±.075

311SX3-T

.965 inch (24,5 mm)

5 Amps

0,20

0,03

mm

mm

■

7,75 ±2,92

straight lever

L4

.71

.11

■B

■ua

TftTM

.305 ±.115

311SX4-T

.042 inch (1,1 mm)

5 Amps

0,58

0,11

1,27

14,15 ±0,91

simulated roller lever
(shown)

L4

2.1

.39

.050

.010

.015

.557 ±.036

311SX5-T

.459 inch (11,7 mm)

5 Amps

0,31

0,05

2,67

0,56

0,89

14,86 ±1,65

simulated roller lever

L4

1.1

.18

.105

.022

.035

.585 ±.065

Auxiliary actuators

Switches are not included with
actuators

Characteristics: O.F. - Operating Force;

R.F. - Release Force; P.T. - Pretravel;

O.T. - Overtravel; D.T. — Differential Travel;

O.P. - Operating Position; F.P. - Free Position

* All characteristics are taken with actuator assembled on Catalog Listing 1SX1-T as shown.

ORDER GUIDES

Catalog

Listing

Description

Actuator

Length

mm

inches

O.F. max.

newtons

ounces

R.F. min.

newtons

ounces

P.T.

mm

inches

O.T.

mm

inches

D.T. max.
mm
inches

O.P.tt

mm

inches

F.P.

mm

inches

^lllP

1,83

.72

mnwim

HI

isees

El

|g|p

16,5

.65

0,04

.14

■

msm

14,9 ±1,14

.585 ±.045

16,8

.660

max.

4X-M

Straight leaf

9,4

.37

1,95

7

0,56

2

m

n

7,5

.295

mm

JX-45

Roller leaf

6,1

.24

1,95

7

0,28

1

.225

approx.

0,38

.015

KESH

■

12,2

.480

16,5

.650

ref.

JX-41**

Reverse leaf

9,4

.37

1,67

6

0,28

1

.110

approx.

0,38

.015

m

7,5

.295

BKB

Kng

lililiil

Reverse roller leaf

7,6

1,67

0,56

.110

0,38

0,64

12,8

14.7

.30

6

2

approx.

.015

.025

.505

.580

ref.

** Switch is mounted with plunger end reversed from JX-40. . Except where stated ft ±0.76mm

NOTE: Above actuators should be used at temperatures below +300°F (149°C) ±.030 in.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1»2346 pg. 16

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Subminiature basic switches SM

CUT-A-WAY SM SUBMINIATURE BASIC SWITCH

FEATURES

Mounting holes accept pins or screws
of .087 inch (2,21 mm) max. dia. on .38 inch
(9,5 mm) centers.

.49”H x .25"W x .78”L

Elongated hole for easier, more
accurate mounting

Cover securely
cemented

Screw, solder, or
quick-connect
terminals for easy
wiring

Long-life beryllium-copper
spring

Fine silver, gold, or
bifurcated-gold
contacts for circuit
fidelity

Wear-
resistant
phenolic
base and
cover

• Low operating force to 2 ounces
maximum.

• Sensitive differential travel as low as
.001 inch (0,025 mm) maximum

• Power load switching capability
available to 1 1 amps (VAC) — silver
contacts

• Motor load handling capacity to Va
horse power (VAC)*

• Optional gold contacts for low en-
ergy applications

• Optional bifurcated gold contacts for
maximum reliability*

• Long mechanical life of 10,000,000
cycles — 95% survival for 11SM
series

AVAILABLE TERMINALS

O.P.

S S“HL

-19$— I

78 4j 8
.19

SOLDER

h 5

j

jZ

.19

T2

F"FI

IA

. 28 '

GENERAL INFORMATION

SM subminiature switches are slightly
larger than SX switches. These
switches combine small size and light
weight with ample electrical capacity,
precision operation and long life. Un-
less otherwise noted, all listings have
silver contacts.

• Standard temperature range -65°
to +180°F( -54 to 85°C)

• High temperature construction avail-
able for use to + 400°F (204°Cf

• Variety of integral and auxiliary
actuators

• Choice of several terminal styles

• 2 listings available which meet MIL-
S-8805 Qualified products list.

• UL and CSA listed

• BEAB and TV-2 construction avail-
able*

♦Ordering information in Catalog 10.

Characteristics: O.F. — Operating Force;
R.F. — Release Force; P.T. — Pretravel;

O.T. — Overtravel; D.T. — Differential Travel;
O.P. — Operating Position.

PIN PLUNGERS ORDER GUIDE

Catalog Listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data And
ULCode

O.F.

newtons

ounces

R.F. min.

newtons

ounces

P.T. max.

mm

inches

O.T. min.
mm
inches

D.T. max.
mm
inches

O.P*

mm

inches

1SM1

Original design.

5 Amps

0,83-1,39

0,28

0,76

0,13

0,1

8,38

Solder posts.

L4

3-5

1

.030

.005

.004

.330

1SM1-T

Original design.

5 Amps

0,83-1,39

0,28

0,76

0,13

0,1

8,38

Solder terminals.

L4

3-5

1

.030

.005

.004

.330

11SM1

Most applications, long life

5 Amps

0,83-1,39

0,28

0,51

0,13

0,1

8,38

Solder posts.

L4

3-5

1

.020

.005

.004

.330

11SM1-T

Same as above.

5 Amps

0,83-1,39

0,28

0,51

0,13

0,1

8,38

Solder terminals

L4

3-5

1

.020

.005

.004

.330

11SM1-T2

Same as above.

5 Amps

0,83-1,39

0,28

0,51

0,13

0,1

8,38

Double terminals

L4

3-5

1

.020

.005

.004

.330

11SM3T

Operating in temperatures

5 Amps

0,83-1,39

0,28

0,51

0,13

0,1

8,38

to +250°F (121°C)

L4

3-5

1

.020

.005

.004

.330

11SM23-T

Application requiring gold

1 Amp

0,83-1,39

0,28

0,51

0,13

0,1

8,38

contacts

L22

3-5

1

.020

.005

.004

.330

11SM401-T

Less differential travel

5 Amps

0,97

0,28

0,51

0,13

0,025

8,38

L4

3.5

1

.020

.005

.001

.330

max.

11SM701-T

Lower force

4 Amps

0,56

0,14

0,51

0,13

0,051

8,38

L119

2

.5

.020

.005

.002

.330

21SM284

MIL-S-8805 application

5 Amps

0,83-1,39

0,28

0,76

0,13

0,1

8,38

(MS25085-2)

requirements

—

3-5

1

.030

.005

.004

.330

Except where stated * + 0,38mm
+ .015 in

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

re. 17 1*2347

5100

SWITCHES

5100

SM Subminiature basic switches

PIN PLUNGER ORDER GUIDES

Catalog

Listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data and
UL Code

411SM1

Sealed plunger
construction

5 Amps

L4

Characteristics: O.F. — Operating Force;

R.F. — Release Force; P.T. — Pretravel;

O.T. — Overtravel; D.T. — Differential Travel;
O.P. — Operating Position; F.P. — Free Position

O.T. min. D.T. max.
mm mm

inches inches

INTEGRAL LEVER ORDER GUIDES

m

311SMM .285 inch (7,24 mm)

straight lever (shown)

311SM2-T ^565 inch (14,35 mm)

straight lever

311SM3-T 1.765 inch (44,8 mm)

straight lever

311SM4-T .251 inch (6,38 mm)

simulated roller lever

311SM5-T .535 inch (13,6 mm)

simulated roller lever

311SM6-T .251 inch (6,38 mm)

roller lever

311SM706-T .251 inch (6,38 mm)

roller lever. Lower force

5 Amps

0,39

0,07

2,16

0,51

0,48

8,64 ±1,5

L4

1.4

.25

.085

.020

.019

.340 ±.060

5 Amps

0,31

0,05

3,05

0,66

0,69

8,51 ±2

L4

1.1

.18

.120

.026

.027

.335 ±.080

5 Amps

0,15

0,02

7,87

1,45

2,8

7,11 ±4,3

L4

.53

.07

.310

.057

.110

.280 ±.170

5 Amps

0,39

0,07

2,16

0,46

0,48

11,7 ±1,5

L4

1.4

.25

.085

.018

.019

.460 ±.060

5 Amps

0,31

0,05

3,05

0,66

0,69

11,56 ±2

L4

1.1

.18

.120

.026

.027

.455 ±.080

5 Amps

0,39

0,07

2,16

0,46

0,48

14,2 ±1,5

L4

1.4

.25

.085

.018

.019

.560 ±.060

4 Amps

0,16,

0.03

2,16

0,46

0,33

14,2 ±1,5

L119

.57

.11

.085

.018

.013

.560 ±.060

INTEGRAL LEAF ORDER GUIDES

111SM1-T Force and stability of

flexible leaf actuator
(shown)

111SM2-T Flexible leaf with roller

5 Amps

1,95

0,56

5,54

0,76

0,76

8,89 ±0,76

L4

7

2

.218

.030

.030

.350 ±.030

5 Amps

1,95

0,56

5,56

0,76

0,64

14,3 ±0,76

L4

7

2

.219

.030

.025

.562 ±.030

Except where stated * + 0,38 mm
+ .015 in.

AUXILIARY

ACTUATORS ORDER GUIDES

Switches are not included with actuators/

Description

Actuator

Length

mm

inches

O.F. max.
newtons
ounces

R.F. min.

newtons

ounces

P.T. max.
mm
inches

O.T. min.
mm
inches

D.T. max.
mm
Inches

O.P.

mm

inches

F.P. max.
mm
inches

Straight leaf

16,8

2,78

0,56

1,98

0,38

0,38

8,89 ±0,76

11,3

(shown)

.66

10

2

.078

.015

.015

.350 ±.015

.445

Roller leaf

15

2,78

0,83

1,98

0,38

0,38

14,2 ±0,76

16,9

(Bronze roller)

.59

10

3

.078

.015

.015

.560 ±.015

.665

Formed leaf
(Simulated roller)

JS-220 Straight lever 26,2 0,28

4^r'y- 1.03 1

JS-246 Roller lever

r4V:41-:: (shown) | 1.00 I 1 I

h^ Jv (Steel roller) | | |

NOTE: Above actuators should be used
below +300°F f149°C)

* All characteristics are taken with actuator assembled to
Catalog Listing 11SM3-T as shown.

14,7

.58

2,78

10

0,56

2

2,39

.094

0.79

.031

0,38

.015

9,65 ±0,76

.380 ±.015

12,1

.475

26,2

1.03

0,28

1

0,04

.14

3,18

.125 approx.

0.76

.030

0,76

.030

10,3

.406 approx.

—

3,18

1 .125 approx.

.030 .562 approx.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1 # 2348 pg. 18 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Miniature basic switches V3

CUT-A-WAY V3 MINIATURE BASIC SWITCH

FEATURES

Sturdy aluminum
rivet holds
cover to case

Wear-resistant phenolic
case and plunger

Elongated hole for
easier, more
accurate mounting

Long life, beryllium-
scopper spring

Fine silver or gold contacts
for circuit fidelity

Screw, solder or
quick-connect
terminals for easy
wiring

.63"H x .40"W x 1.09"L

Mounting holes accept pins or screws of

.11 inch (2,8 mm) dia. on .88 inch (22,4 mm) centers.

AVAILABLE TERMINALS

D8 QUICK CONNECT SOLDER

Jl ^

O.P.

1

m.

27,7

1.09“

18j0

.71

Ulo

.39

\y|

-ZLL-

1.09

-16,5
1 .65

I?#

.188" wide by .020"
thick terminals

SCREW SHORT SOLDER

GENERAL INFORMATION

V3 miniature basic switches feature
high electrical capacity and long life.
Their size and shape meet design re-
quirements in all types of applications.

• Low operating force to .53 ounce
maximum

• Sensitive differential travel as low as
.008 inch maximum *

• Power load switching capability up
to 15 amperes — silver contacts

• Motor handling capacity of V 2 horse-
power — silver contacts

• Gold alloy contacts for special
applications

• Long mechanical life of 10,000,000
cycles — 95% survival for V3-100
Series.

• Temperature tolerance up to
+ 1 80°F (82°C) on standard
construction

• High temperature construction for
use up to +600°F(316°C)*

• 3,1 mm mounting holes available

• UL and CSA listed

♦Ordering information in Catalog 10.

15J>

.61

LilzJL Is

' 1.09^' .C

_3

09

Characteristics: O.F. — Operating Force;
R.F. — Release Force; P.T. — Pretravel;

O.T. — Overtravel; D.T. — Differential Travel;
O.P. — Operating Position.

PIN PLUNGER

ORDER GUIDES

Catalog

Listing

Recommended For

Electrical
Data And
ULCode

O.F.

newtons

ounces

R.F. min.
newtons

ounces

P.T. max.

mm

inches

O.T. min.

mm

inches

D.T.

mm

inches

O.P.**

mm

inches

V3-1-D8

Best for use under

15 Amps

1,67-3,89

1,11

1,2

1,02

0,15-0,41

14,7

shock and vibration

L83

6-14

4

.047

.040

.006-.016

.578

V3-101-D8

Most applications

11 Amps

2,22

0,56

1,2

1,02

0,15-0,41

14,7

L156

8 max.

2

.047

.040

.006-.016

.578

V3-1101-D8

Added overtravel

10 Amps

0,72 max.

0,10

1,2

1,27

0,051-0,25

14.7

L112

2.6

.35

.047

.050

.002-.010

.578

V3-2101-D8

Lower force,

10 Amps

0,50 max.

0,05

1,2

1727

0,051-0,25

14,7

added overtravel

LI 31

1.8

.18

.047

.050

.002-.010

.578

V3-2401-D8

Lower force

5 Amps

0,24

—

1,2

1,27

0,051-0,25

14,7

LI 62

.9

.047

.050

.002-.010

.578

V3-2451-08

Lowest force

3 Amps

0,15

—

1.2

1,27

0,051-0,25

14,7

L163

.53

.047

.050

.002-.010

.578

V3-3001-D8

Up to 15 amps load

15 Amps

1 ,33 max.

0,15

1,2

1,27

0,051-0,25

14,7

handling

L83

4.8

.53

.047

.050

.002-.010

.578

V3-343-D8*

Applications requiring gold

1 Amp

2,22

0,56

1,2

1,02

0,15-0,41

14,7

alloy contacts

L22

8 max.

2

.047

.040

.006-.016

.578

V3-1

Best for use under
shock and vibration

15 Amps

L83

1,67-3,89

6-14

1,11

4

1,2

.047

1,02

.040

0,15-0,41

.006-.016

14,7

.578

V3-15

Same as V3-1 except

15 Amps

1,67-3,89

1,11

1,2

1,02

0,15-0,41

14,7

short solder terminals

L83

6-14

4

.047

.040

.006-.016

.578

V3-19

Same as V3-1

15 Amps

1,67-3,89

1,11

1,2

1,02

0,15-0,41

14,7

except solder terminals

L83

6-14

4

.047

.040

.006-.016

.578

V3-101

General use.

1 1 Amps

2,22

0,56

1,2

1,02

0,15-0,41

14,7

L156

8 max.

2

.047

.040

.006-.016

.578

V3-1001

MIL-S-8805 application

1u Amps

1,67-3,89

1,11

1,2

1,02

0,15-0,41

14,7

(MS25253-1)

requirements (SPDT)

—

6-14

4

.047

.040

.006-.016

.578

** ±0,38
±0,15

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 19 1*2349

5100

SWITCHES.

5100

V3 Miniature basic switches

STRAIGHT LEVER ORDER GUIDES

Catalan

Listing Recommended For

V3L-104-D8 Most applications
(Shown) med.

V3L-131-D8 Most applications
long lever

Up to 15 amps load
handling. Best
performance under
shock and vibration

Length of
Electrical Lever “A”
Data and mm
UL Code inches

11 Amps

LI 56

11 Amps

LI 56

11 Amps

LI 56

15 Amps

L83

Characteristics: O.F. — Operating Force;
R.F. — Release Force; P.T. — Pretravel;

O.T. — Overtravel; D.T. — Differential Travel;
O.P. — Operating Position.

SIMULATED ORDER GUIDE
ROLLER f tf*t hum no T77I7

V3L-121-D8 Most applications

11 Amps

LI 56

1,11

0,14

3,18

2,03

1,27

18,5

4

.5

125

.080

.050

.730

ROLLER LEVER ORDER GUIDES

V3L-139-D8

Most applications
(Shown)

11 Amps

LI 56

Up to 15 amps load
handling. Best for
performance under
shock and vibration

15 Amps

L83

V3L-111-D8 Most applications 1 1 Amps
•; longer lever L156

V3L-3004-D8 Up to 1 5 amps load 1 5 Amps
handling. Best for L83
performance under
shock and vibration

1,02

.040

0,41

.016

1,02

.040

0,33

.013

0,14

3,18

2,16

1,27

20,6 ±1,5

.5

.125

.085

.050

.810 ±.060

0,14

3,18

2,16

0,76

20,6 ±1,5

.49

.125

.085

.030

.810 ±.060

AUXILIARY

ACTUATORS

ORDER GUIDES

Description

Leaf type (shown)

Actuator

Length

mm

inches

Switches are not included with actuators/

O.F. max. R.F. min. P.T. max.
newtons newtons mm

ounces ounces inches

JV-7 Long leaf

JV-5 Roller leaf
(shown)

•Characteristics taken with actuator assembled on Catalog Listing V3-100 switch as shown.

JV-91**

Tandem leaf
(shown)

20,6

.81

5,00

18

1,67

6

1,57

.062

0,89

.035

«JV-82**

Tandem roller leaf

20,6

.81

5,00

18

1,67

6

1,57

.062

0,89

.035

14,9 ±0,76

.588 ±.030

16,5

.650

20,5 ±0,76

.806 ±.030

21,8

.860

JV-20

Roller lever

19,1

.750

0,83

3

—

78

88

■

57

62

■

98

78

19,5 ±1,4

.766 ±.055

23,8

.936

JV-26

Long lever

m

0,39

1.4

0,06

.21

8,33

.328

3,58

.141

4,75

.187

12,7 ±3,18

.500 ±.125

—

One-way roller
lever

~ ^ NOTE: Contact a MICRO SWITCH Sales Office for

application assistance when actuators will be used at
temperatures above 300°F (149°C).

MICRO SWITCH , a Honeywell division

••Travel characteristics on tandem actuators vary with
actual basic switch characteristics. These shown are
typical for the assembly.

1*2350 pg. 20

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

25,7 ±0,76

1.010 ±.030

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Rocker button switches TP

W

Removable Plastic
Button
Identification
Lug ■

One-Piece Cast
Bushing And
Cover

Premolded
Elastomer Seal

Enclosed

Switching

Chamber

Mounting

Hole

Cover Seal

^5!^— Locking Nut

Molded In
Terminal Insert

Above

Panel

High Strength
Temperature Resistant
Non-Tracking
Plastic Case
Construction
Below Panel
Type

ELECTRICAL RATINGS
(In amperes)

Elec.

Rating

Code

28 Volts DC

115 VDC

250 VDC

115 Volts AC

60 & 400 HZ

230 VAC

Ind.

Res.

Lamp

Res.

Res.

Ind.

Res.

Lamp

Res.

1

15

20

5

0.75

0.5

10

15

3

6

2

10

15

4

0.75

0.5

7

15

2

6

7

0.75

0.5

15

15

4

6

■■1

10

18

5

0.75

0.5

8

11

2

6

12

20

5

0.75

0.5

15

15

4

6

4

0.75

0.5

8

11

2

6

FEATURES

• 2 and 3 position pushbutton action

• Various button colors
*1,2, and 4 pole circuitry

• Flush panel and above panel
mounting

• Temperature range is from - 54°C to
+ 71 °C (~65°Fto +160°F)

• UL listed, CSA certified

SWITCHES WITHOUT BUTTONS

To order switches without buttons, con-
vert catalog listings shown in the order
guides. Substitute TP7 for TP4 and
TP16 above panel mounted switches;
substitute TP8 for TP1 and TP12 flush
panel mounted switches. Order buttons
separately from the chart below.

BUTTON ORDER GUIDE

Color

Catalog Listing

Translucent

Transparent

White*

Yellow*

Black*

Green*

Red*

Blue*

12PA6

12PA4

12PA5-W

12PA5-Y

12PA5-BK

12PA5-G

12PA5-R

12PA5-BL

♦Opaque

2-POSITION ORDER GUIDE
Furnished with buttons.

No. of
Poles

Circuits Made with Button At:

UL/CSA

Rating

Code

Elec.

Rating

Code

Catalog Listings

Flush Panel

Above Panel

Ident.

Lug Position

Opposite

Ident. Lug

Translucent

Button

Transparent

Button

Translucent

Button

Transparent

Button

1

OFF

2-3

LI 91

1

1TP201-2

1 TP 12-2

1TP216-2

1TP4-2

1-2

2-3

LI 91

1

1TP201-3

1TP12-3

1TP216-3

1TP4-3

2

OFF

2-3, 5-6

LI 91

3

2TP2Q1-2

2TP12-2

2TP216-2

2TP4-2

1-2, 4-5

2-3, 5-6

LI 91

3

2TP201-3

2TP12-3

2TP216-3

2TP4-3

4

OFF

2-3, 5-6, 8-9,11-12

L191

5

4TP201-2

—

—

—

1-2, 4-5, 7-8,10-11

2-3, 5-6, 8-9,11-12

L191

5

4TP201-3

—

—

—

3-POSITION ORDER GUIDE
Furnished with buttons.

No. of
Poles

Circuits Made with Button At:

UL/CSA

Rating

Code

Elec.

Rating

Code

Catalog Listings

Flush Panel

Above Panel

Ident. Lug
Position

Center

Position

Opposite Lug
Lug Pos.

Translucent

Button

Transparent

Button

Translucent

Button

Transparent

Button

1

1-2

OFF

2-3

LI 91

1

1TP201-1

1TP12-1

1TP216-1

1TP4-1

1-2*

OFF

2-3*

LI 92

2

1TP2G1-7

1TP12-7

1 TP21 6-7

1TP4-7

2

1-2, 4-5

OFF

2-3, 5-6

LI 91

3

2TP201-1

2TP12-1

2TP216-1

-

1-2, 4-5*

OFF

2-3, 5-6

LI 92

4

2TP201-5

—

—

1-2, 4-5*

OFF

2-3, 5-6*

LI 92

4

2TP201-7

2TP12-7

2TP216-7

' —

4

1-2, 4-5,
7-8,10-11

OFF

2-3, 5-6,
8-9,11-12

LI 91

5

4TP201-1

—

— * /: . .

, —

1-2, 4-5,

7-8, 10-11*

OFF

2-3, 5-6,
8-9,11-12*

LI 92

6

4TP201-7

4TP12-7

' :

. — - -

♦These positions only are momentary. All others are

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 21 1*2351

5100

SWITCHES

5100

TK Toggle switches

FEATURES

• Environment sealed enclosure

• 1 and 2-pole circuitry

• 2 and 3-position, maintained and
momentary toggle action

• Temperature range: -40° to
+ 71.1°C (-40° to +160°F)

• UL listed, CSA certified

TK toggles answer the need for an en-
vironment sealed industrial grade tog-
gle switch. When mounted with a
15PA87 seal accessory, they meet
NEMA 4 requirements on food process-
ing and other industrial panels sub-
jected to periodic washdowns. TK’s
withstand heavy morning dew found in
the cabs of construction and farm vehi-
cles, and beverage spillage.

CONSTRUCTION

There is a premolded elastomer seal
between the toggle lever and bushing,
and an elastomer gasket seal between
the cover and case. Terminal inserts
are molded into the case.

TK’s embody many of the time-proven
construction features of the TL design,
such as: spring-loaded actuating mech-
anism for direct-action operation and
2-POSITION ORDER GUIDE excellent tactile feedback; stepped ter-

minals, which aid non-shorting wiring
connections; and a high strength non-
tracking case, which promotes electri-
cal stability.

No. Of

Poles

Circuit(s) Made With Toggle At: |

Keyway

Position

Opposite

Keyway

UL/CSA

Rating

Code

Catalog

Listing

1

OFF

2-3

L191

1TK1-2

1-2

2-3

L191

1TK1-3

2

OFF

2-3, 5-6

L191

2TK1-2

1-2, 4-5

2-3, 5-6

L191

2TK1-3

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

UL/CSA Rating Code

Electrical Rating

LI 92

10 amps — 125, 250, 277 VAC;

V4 Hp — 125 VAC; 1/2 Hp — 250, 277 VAC;

3 amps — 125 VAC “L”

LI 91

UL Code L-191:

1 5 amps — 1 25, 250, 277 VAC;

1/2 Hp — 125 VAC; 1 Hp — 250, 277 VAC;

5 amps — 125 VAC "L"

TERMINAL CIRCUIT
IDENTIFICATION

Terminal identifications are refered to in
the Ordering Charts to indicate which
circuits are made in each toggle posi-
tion (i.e. 1-2 reference indicates circuit
closure through terminals 1 and 2.)

*These positions only are momentary. All others are
maintained.

3-POSITION ORDER GUIDE

No. Of
Poles

Circuit(s) Made With Toggle At:

Keyway

Position

Center

Position

Opposite

Keyway

UL/CSA

Rating

Code

Catalog

Listing

1

1-2

OFF

2-3

LI 91

1TK1-1

1-2*

OFF

2-3*

LI 92

1TK1-7

2

1-2, 4-5

OFF

2-3, 5-6

LI 91

2TK1-1

1-2, 4-5*

OFF

2-3, 5-6*

LI 92

2TK1-7

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2352 pg. 22

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Toggle switches TL

ONE-PIECE
BUSHING AND COVER

-MOLDED ELASTOMER SEAL

-MOLDED IN ELASTOMER
GASKET SEAL

-HIGH STRENGTH ,
TEMPERATURE RESISTANT,
NON-TRACKING CASE
-MOLDED IN
TERMINAL INSERT

SEAL AROUND
TERMINALS

FEATURES

• Qualified to MIL-S-3950

• Environment-proof sealing
*1,2, and 4 pole circuitry

• Standard and pull to unlock levers

• 2 and 3 position, maintained, and
momentary toggle action

• Temperature range: -65°C to
+ 71°C (—85°Fto +160°F)

• UL listed, CSA certified

2-POSITION ORDER GUIDE

No. of
Poles

ULCSA

Rating

Code

Standard Toggle

Pull-to-Unlock Toggle

Keyway

Position

Catalog

listing

Military

Number

Add Suffix to
Standard
Listing

Military

Number**

1

OFF

2-3

1

L191

; 1TL1-2 '

MS24523-22

D, F, G

MS24658-22

OFF*

2-3

2

LI 92

1TL1-4

MS24523-29

F

MS24658-29

1-2*

OFF

2

i: mi-6

MS24523-30

F

MS24658-30

1-2

2-3

1

L191

: mi-3

MS24523-23

D, F, G

MS24658-23

1-2*

2-3

2

LI 92

MS24523-26

F

MS24658-26

2

OFF

3

L191

2TL1-2

MS24524-22

D, F, G

MS24659-22

1-2, 4-5*.

4

LI 92

MS24524-30

F

MS24659-30

1-2, 4-5

2-3, 5-6

3

LI 91

MS24524-23

D, F, G

MS24659-23

1-2, 4-5*

4

LI 92

2TL1*

MS24524-26

F

MS24659-26

4

OFF

5

L191

: : 4TL1-2

MS24525-22

D, F, G

MS24660-22

|

5

L191

MS24525-23

D, F, G

MS24660-23

*These positions only are momentary. All others are
maintained.

**Also add the appropriate suffix letter to the Military
number.

3-POSITION ORDER GUIDE

No. of
Poles

Circuit(s) Made w/Toggle At:

Electrical

Rating

Code

UL/CSA

Rating

Code

Standard Toggle

Pull-to-Unlock Toggle

Keyway

Position

Center

Position

Opposite

Keyway

Military

Number**

Add Suffix to
Standard
Listing

Military

Number**

1

1-2

OFF

2-3

1

msm

| •

MS24523-21

ALL TYPES

MS24658-21

1-2*

OFF

2-3

2

EB

i Tit-5 ; i

MS24523-31

E, F, K, L, M, N

MS24658-31

1-2*

OFF

2-3*

2

msm

tlfpfl •

MS24523-27

E, L, N

MS24658-27

2

1-2, 4-5

OFF

2-3, 5-6

3

msm

- m

MS24524-21

ALL TYPES

MS24659-21

1-2, 4-5*

OFF

2-3, 5-6

4

msm

MS24 524-31

E, F, K, L, M, N

MS24659-31

1-2, 4-5*

OFF

2-3, 5-6*

4

msm

5TL1 -7

MS24524-27

E, L, N

MS24659-27

1-2, 4-5

1-2, 5-6

2-3, 5-6

3

msm

Stt>10

MS27407-4

ALL TYPES

MS27408-4

1-2, 4-5*

1-2, 5-6

2-3, 5-6

4

MS27407-5

E, F, K, L, M, N

MS27408-5

1-2, 4-5*

1-2, 5-6

2-3, 5-6*

4

2TL1-70

MS27407-6

E, L, N

MS27408-6

4

1-2, 4-5
7-8,10-11

OFF

2-3, 5-6
8-9, 11-12

5

ggl

MS24525-21

ALL TYPES

MS24660-21

1-2, 4-5
7-8, 10-11*

OFF

2-3, 5-6
8-9, 11-12*

6

I|U|I|

MS24525-27

E, L, N

MS24660-27

1-2, 4-5
7-8,10-11

2-3, 4-5
7-8,11-12

2-3, 5-6
8-9,11-12

5

4TL1+12

MS27406-1

ALL TYPES

MS27409-1

*These positions only are momentary. All others are
maintained.

**Also add appropriate suffix letter to the Military number.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 23 1*2353

5100

SWITCHES

5100

TS Toggle switches

FEATURES

• 2 or 3-position, momentary and
maintained action

• 1 and 2-poie circuitry

• Rated up to 15 amps

• Lever-to-bushing seal

• Solder, screw, or quick-connect
terminals

• UL listed, CSA certified

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

UL/CSA

Rating

Code

Electrical Rating

LI 92

1 0 Amps, 1 25, 250, 277 VAC;

'A HP— 125 VAC;

’/a HP — 250, 277 VAC;

3 amps — 125 VAC "L”

LI 91

1 5 amps, 1 25, 250, 277 VAC;

V 2 HP — 125 VAC;

1 HP — 250, 277 VAC;

5 amps — 125 VAC “L”

2-POSITION ORDER GUIDE

No. of Poles

Circuit(s) Made w/Toggle At:

UL/CSA

Rating

Code

^ . x' <

Screw

Terminale

Solder

Terminals

Quick-Connect

Terminals

Keyway

Position

Opposite

Keyway

1

OFF

2-1 ON

LI 91

11TS115-2

11TS95-2

2-1 ON

2-3 ON

LI 91

11TS15-3

11TS115-3

11TS95-3

2

OFF

LI 91

12TS15-2

12TS115-2

12TS95-2

2-1 & 5-4 ON

2-3 & 5-6 ON

LI 91

12TS15-3

12TS115-3

12TS95-3

3-POSITION ORDER GUIDE

No. of Poles

(Circuits) Made w/Toggle At:

UL/CSA

Rating

Code

Screw

Terminals

HH

Quick-Connect

Terminals

Keyway

Position

Center

Position

Opposite

Keyway

1

2-1 ON

OFF

2-3 ON

LI 91

11TS15-1

11TS115-1

1 1TS95-1

2-1 ON*

OFF

2-3 ON

LI 92

11TS15-5

11TS115-5

11TS95-5

2-1 ON*

OFF

2-3 ON*

LI 92

11TS15-7

11TS115-7

11TS95-7

2

2-1 & 5-4 ON

OFF

2-3 & 5-6 ON

L191

12TS15-1

12TS115-1

12TS95-1

2-1 & 5-4 ON*

OFF

2-3 & 5-6 ON*

LI 92

12TS15-7

12TS115-7

12TS95-7

^Marked toggle positions are momentary. All other
positions are maintained.

LOCKING CONFIGURATIONS FOR TL, 13AT AND 23AT SERIES ONLY

When ordering pull-to-unlock toggle
listings, add the suffix letter shown in
the chart below to the standard toggle
listing and the MS number. For exam-

ple, to order a 1TL1-1 pull-to-unlock
toggle switch with the lever locked in
the center position, add the letter E; i.e.,
1TL1-1E, MS-24658-21 E.

A

B

D

E

F

G

H

0

3

A

pn

Q

rv

fts

tfp

Lock

ed In

Lp

fcp

H

P

Locked Out Of

Center and

Locked Out

Locked In

Locked In

Center And

Locked In

Extreme Position

Of Center

Locked In

Extreme Position

Extreme Position

Extreme Position

Three Positions

(Keyway Side)

Position

Center Position

(Opposite Keyway)

(Keyway Side)

(Keyway Side)

J

K

L

M

N

P

pu

A

r40

fLM

Lj~J

Locked Out Of

Locked In

Locked Out Of

Locked Out Of

Center And

Center And

Locked Out Of

And Into

Locked Out Of

And Into

Extreme Position

Extreme Position

Extreme Position

Extreme Position

Extreme Position

Extreme Position

(Opposite Keyway)

(Opposite Keyway)

(Keyway Side)

(Opposite Keyway)

(Opposite Keyway)

(Keyway Side)

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2354 pg. 24

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Toggle switch assemblies AT

6AT SERIES

ELECTRICAL RATINGS
For 6AT, 13AT, 23 AT switches

UL/CSA Rating

30VDC Rating

Load

Amps

Sea Level

50,000 ft.

5 amps,

Inductive

3

2.5

1 25-250VAC

Resistive

5

5

Max. Inrush

24

24

FEATURES

• 2-position, momentary and main-
tained action

• 1, 2 or 3 SPDT precision basic
switches

• Short behind-panel depth

• Choice of V4 or ' 5 / 32 -inch bushings

• Silver contacts (gold available)

• UL listed, CSA certified basic
switches

6AT ORDER GUIDE

Mounting

Style

No. of
Poles

Solder

Terminals*

W' bushing
with key tab

1

<5AT2

2

6AT3 :

3

6AT5Q1

W' bushing
without key tab

1

|lgi|| |

2

6AT4

15 /32" bushing
with key washer

1

6A?e

2

3

' 6AT10 |

*'T’ and "T2” terminal versions, gold contact versions for
low energy circuits: See Catalog 30.

13AT/23AT SERIES

FEATURES

• 2 or 3 position, momentary or main-
tained action

• 2, 3 or 4 SPDT precision basic
switches

• Standard toggle, tab or pull-to-un-
lock levers

• Silver contacts (gold available)

• 1s /32-inch bushing

• UL listed, CSA certified basic
switches

• Lever-to-bushing seal option

23AT 2-POSITION ORDER GUIDE

Toggle Lever Position

No. of Poles

i

Solder Terminate* i

Keyway

Opposite Keyway

Maint.

Maint.

2

, r Srt

3

mrn j

4

lliiiliiiiillgi

13 AT 3-POSITION ORDER GUIDE

Toggle Lever Position

No. of
Poles*

i«§§IStl#l«

Keyway

Center

Opposite

Keyway

Maint.

Maint.

Maint.

2

1-SAT2

Mom.

Maint.

Mom.

2

HMWvn'

Maint.

Maint.

Mom.

2

*Pull-to-unlock lever, tab lever, 3 and 4-pole versions,
M8805 types, gold contacts, and "T" or “T2” terminals:
see Catalog 30, Manual Switches.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

P6. 25 1*2355

5100

SWITCHES

5100,

AML Advanced manual line

AML’s classic design blends with
other panel components to enhance
total display harmony. Well-accepted
as the only comprehensive line of its
kind, AML features uniformly functional
and attractive pushbuttons, paddles,
rockers, indicators, and annunciators.
LED, incandescent, and neon illumina-
tion . . . solid state to electronic and
power duty control.

AML electrical data p. 26

Solid state pushbuttons AML11/12 p. 27

Power duty pushbuttons AML31/32 p. 27

Electronic control pushbuttons AML21/22 p. 28

LED application notes/panel cutouts p .28

Lighted indicators AML41/42 p. 29

Buttons, lenses, lamps AML51/52/91 p. 30

Solid state paddles & rockers AML13/14/15/16 p. 31

Electronic control paddles & rockers AML23/24/25/26 p. 32

Power duty paddles & rockers AML33/34/35/36 p. 33

Paddle covers AML53/55 p. 34

Rocker operators AML54/56 p. 35

AML accessories p. 36

A companion line of MIL-S-22885 qualified products is available. Ask for
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS information on M22885 series.

AML10 SERIES SOLID STATE SWITCHES

Electrical Characteristics

Absolute Maximum Rating

Integrated

Circuit

Function

Supply

Current

(Max.)

Output

Voltage

(Operated)

Output

Leakage

Current

Max.

(Released)

Switching Time
Max.

Supply

Voltage

(V.)

Voltage
Externally
Applied to
Output

Loads to
Output

Storage

Temperature

Rise
10% to
90%

Fall
90% to
10%

5 VDC
Sinking 1

3.5 mA
(Released)

6.5 mA
(Operated —

no load)

+ .4 Volt
(Sinking

8 mA)

2.0 fi. A

1.0 fi. sec.
(Sinking

8 mA)

1 .0 |x sec
(Sinking

8 mA)

-.5 to +7.0
VDC

0° to + 65°C
( + 32° to
+ 149°F)

-.5 Volt min.

+ 15 Volts Max.
(Off condition)

20 mA
(Sinking)

- 40°C to
+ 65°C
(-40° to
+ 1 49°F)

6-16 VDC
Sinking 2

6.5 mA @

6 VDC.

10.0 mA@

16 VDC
(Plus load
current) 3

+ .4 Volt
(Sinking
20mA
max.)

20 p. A

1.5 p. sec
(Sinking
20 mA)

0.5 fi sec
(Sinking
20 mA)

-1.2 to +20
VDC

+ 20 VDC max. in
Off condition only
-0.5 VDC min. in
Off or On
condition

40 mA

-40°C to
+ 65°C
(-40° to
+ 1 49°F)

’Over temperature range of 0° to + 55°C ( + 32° to
+ 131°F) and supply voltage of 4.5 to 5.5 VDC.
20ver temperature range of 0° to + 55°C ( + 32° to
+ 131°F) and supply voltage to 16 VDC.

3At 24°C ( + 75°F).

AML20 SERIES ELECTRONIC CONTROL SWITCHES

A permanent magnet plunger moves
adjacent to the Hall effect integrated
circuit to give a digital, current sinking
output.

Hall effect
integrated
circuit

oV s

O

Contacts

Voltage

Current

Load Type

Contact Arrangement

Silver

250 VAC

2 Amps

75% Power Factor

1,2, Or 4 poles: Form C

125 VAC

3 Amps

75% Power Factor

24 VDC

2 Amps

Resistive

tr —

Gold

24 VDC

100 mA

Resistive

4

5 VDC

10 mA

Resistive

.5 VDC

1 mA

Resistive

AML30 SERIES POWER DUTY SWITCHES

Voltage

Load Type

Contact Arrangement

Pushbutton

125 VAC*

10 amps

60% Power Factor

2 poles: Form X

x — X

• • • •

Switches

250 VAC*

10 amps

60% Power Factor

Rocker &

125 VAC

60% Power Factor

1 Or 2 poles: Form A

.

Paddle Switches

250 VAC

60% Power Factor

4 —

*10 amps, Vb hp.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2356 pg. 26

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

Solid state pushbutton switches AM L1 1/12

FEATURES

• Hall effect reliability. (For electrical
specifications, refer to facing page.)

• Low voltage signal interfaces with
nearly all DC logic.

• 5 or 6-1 6 supply voltage.

• UL recognized.

AML11 non-lighted or incandescent illuminated AML12 w/integral|LED indicator

Buttons (AML51) and incandescent lamps
(AML91) are ordered separately.

AML11 B B

Housing

Type

Standard Bezel:
AML11B Square Non-Lighted
AML11C Square 1 Lamp Ckt.
AML11E Rect. Non-Lighted
AML11F Rect. 1 Lamp Ckt.

Standard Bezel:
AML12C Square 1 LED

Additional AML11 options: Full guard
bezel, two-level alternate action, and
rectangular housings with two lamp
circuits.

Additional AML12 options: Full guard
bezel, integral diode LED protection, 15
V LED voltage, and two-level alternate-
action.

LED “window” buttons (AML52)
are ordered separately.

■■

A

No Lamp
Installed

LED Color/
Voltage

Red

B V*

C 5 V

Yellow

H V*

J 5 V

Green

R V*
S 5 V

ifl

Terminal

Type

2

.110 x .020
(Solder or
Quick-Connect

.025 x .025
(Printed
Circuit or
Push-On)

*See LED Application Notes.

Circuitry

Codes

5 VDC

AA

Sinking

Momentary

Action

6-16 VDC

BA

Sinking

Momentary

Action

Power duty pushbutton switches AML31/32

AML31 non-lighted or incandescent illuminated AML32 w/integral neon indicator

Buttons (AML51) and incandescent lamps
(AML91)|are ordered separately.

Neon “window” buttons (AML52)
are ordered separately.

FEATURES

• Up to 10 amps, 125/250 VAC.

• UL listed, CSA certified.

Additional AML31 Options: Momen-
tary action, full guard bezel.

Additional AML32 Options: Full guard
bezel, momentary action.

AML31 E

1

Housing

Type

Standard Bezel:

AML31 E Rect. Non-Lighted
AML31F Rect. 1 Lamp Ckt.

Standard Bezel:
AML32F Rect. 1 Neon Lamp

Neon Lamp
Voltage/Color

Red

B 125 VAC

C 250 VAC

Clear

K 125 VAC

L 250 VAC

Circuitry

Codes

2-Pole, Single-Throw
Normally-Open, Form X:

AD

Alternate Action

Terminal Type
Lamp Circuit

4

.187 x .020

(Solder or Quick-Connect)
with isolated lamp circuit

7

.187 x .020

with integral lamp circuit

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

5100

SWITCHES

5100

AML21/22 Electronic control pushbutton switches

AML21 non-lighted or incandescent illuminated
Buttons (AML51) and Incandescent lamps
(AML91 )'are ordered separately.

AML22 w/integral|LED indicator
LED ‘‘window” buttons (AML52)
are ordered separately.

FEATURES

• Up to 3 amps, 125 VAC.

• Silver or gold contacts.

• Momentary or 2-level alternate-
action.

• UL listed, CSA certified.

AML21 B

B

Additional AML21 Options: Full guard
bezel, 4 poles, and rectangular hous-
ings with two lamp circuits.

Additional AML22 Options: Full guard
bezel, integral diode protection for LED,
15 V LED voltage, and 4 poles.

A

J-

Lamp

Type

A

No Lamp
Installed

LED fcolor/
Voltage

Red

B V*

C 5.0 V

Yellow

H V*

J 5.0 V

Green

R V*

S 5.0 V

2

AA

Terminal

Type

.110 x .020
(Solder or
Quick-Connect)

.025 x .025
(Printed Ckt. or
Push-On)

*See LED Application Notes.

Circuitry Codes
(Each pole has double-throw)

Silver

Contacts

Mom. Action

AA 1-Pole

AC 2-Pole

Alt. Action

AB 1-Pole

AD 2-Pole

Gold

Contacts

Mom. Action

BA 1-Pole

BC 2-Pole

Alt. Action

BB 1-Pole

BD 2-Pole

LED Application Notes:

1. Internal resistors control LED
current to nominal 20 mA on 5
VDC devices.

2. Devices without internal current-
limiting resistors require suitable
external control of the LED cur-
rent.

3. A minimum of 5 VDC open circuit
voltage with an appropriate series
resistance should drive the LED.
This minimizes effect of tempera-
ture (current variation) on for-
ward voltage of LED.

4. Reverse breakdown voltage of
LED is 5 volts min.

5. Following example includes a
simple DC drive circuit and equa-
tion used to determine value of
series resistance.

PANEL CUTOUTS FOR SINGLE SWITCHES/INDICATORS

r

E t

-Wv

7 ? Rs =

E- V,

Where: R s = Series Resistance
E = Supply Voltage
V f = Forward Voltage of
LED

I, = Circuit Current

If a diode is added in series for reverse
polarity protection then:

_ E — V, — V PD

M s —

if

Where: VpD = Forward Voltage of
Protection Diode

MICRO SWITCH , a Honeywell division

1*2358 pg. 28

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

FEATURES

• Choice of incandescent or LED
illumination.

• UL listed, CSA certified (except LED
indicators, which are UL
recognized).

AML41 pushbutton style indicators
match display of incandescent illumi-
nated switches.

Lens style indicators use a special cap-
like button which covers the bezel to
present a larger display area, without
affecting family appearance. Up to 3-
lamp split screen capability.

Note: Buttons (AML51) and incan-
descent lamps (AML91) ordered sepa-
rately.

AML42C housings have an integral LED
indicator which is flush with the button
face. Note: LED “window” buttons
(AML52 ) i are ordered separately.

AML42S feature a compact (.9 x .3")
package. The LED is flush with the
bezel.

Additional Indicator Options: 15 V

LED voltage, neon indicators which
match the display of neon power duty
pushbutton switches.

Lighted indicators AML41/42

AML41 ORDER GUIDE

AML41 C

1 •

Housing Type

Pushbutton

Style:

Lens

Style:

AML41 C

Square

1 lamp ckt.

(Use AML51-J,

-K, and -L
buttons only)

AML41 D

Square

2 lamp ckts.

AML41 J

Rectangular

1 lamp ckt.

AML41 F

Rectangular
lamp ckt.

AML41 K

Rectangular

2 lamp ckts.

AML41 G

Rectangular

2 lamp ckts.

AML41 L

Rectangular

3 lamp ckts.

B

2

X

Terminal

Type

2

.110 x .020
(Solder or
Quick-
Connect)

3

.025 x .025
(Printed
Circuit
or Push-On)

AML42 ORDER GUIDE

AML42 SB C

2

♦See LED Application Notes.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 29 1 *2359

AML51/52 Buttons/lenses/lamps

AML51 ORDER GUIDE

AML51 buttons are for non-lighted or
incandescent illuminated display.

Specify AML51-J, AML51-K, and
AML51 -L buttons for use with AML 41 J,
AML41K, and AML41L lens style in-
dicators only. They do not fit other
AML pushbutton switches or indicators.

Split colors for display/legend types 10,
11, 20, and 21 are visible whether
lighted or unlighted. On all other types,
split colors are only visible when
lighted.

AML51-C

Button

Type

For Pushbuttons Or Indicators
AML51-C AML51-F AML51-G

AML51-B AML51-E AML51-M

Button Types B, E, and M
are available with Display/
Legend Types 1 0 and 20 only.

For Indicators Only

Lens Style:

AML51-J AML51-K AML51-L

Pushbutton Style:

AML51-D

AML52 ORDER GUIDE

AML52 buttons have an open window
which allows the LED or neon lamp lens
to be flush with the button face.

Display

Legend/Type

Transmitted Color

10 No legend

20 With legend

Transmitted Color

(Clear cap and
color insert)

11 No legend

21 With legend

Dead Front

(Smoky gray cap
and color insert)
30 No legend
40 With legend

Projected Color

(White cap and
color insert)

50 No legend
60 With legend

INCANDESCENT LAMPS
AML91 ORDER GUIDE

Lamp

Industry

Type

Lamp No.

Voltage

Incandescent

T-1%

86

6.3

wedge base

73

14.0

85

28.0

Catalog

Listing

AML91LA86

AML91LA73

AML91LA85

AML52-N

I

Button

Type

For LED Devices
AML52-C

For Neon Devices
AML52-N

Display/Legend

Type

Transmitted Color
10

No Legend

20

With Legend

Note: Dimensions include the .060 in.
bezel.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2360 pg. 30

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Solid state paddle and rocker switches AML13/14
Non-lighted or incandescent illuminated

FEATURES

• Hall effect reliability.

• Low voltage signal interfaces with
nearly all DC logic.

• 5 or 6-1 6 supply voltage.

• Black toggle type paddle operators.
(Switch covers provide color
display.)

• UL recognized.

Additional Options: Two lamp cir-
cuits; other two and three-position
operating actions; printed circuit or
push-on terminals; and two 6-1 6V
sinking IC’s.

AML13 E

B

AA

01

Solid state paddle and rocker switches AML15/16
With integral LED indicators

AML15

LED “window” covers (AML55)
are ordered separately.

AML16

LED “window” rockers (AML56)
are ordered separately.

AML15 F

B

B

AA

FEATURES

• Hall effect reliability.

• Low voltage signal interfaces with
nearly all DC logic.

• 5 or 6-16 supply voltage.

• UL recognized.

Additional Options: Two LED’s, in-
tegral diode LED protection, 15V
LED voltage, printed circuit/push-on
terminals, other two and three-posi-
tion operating actions.

01 r x

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pe. 31 1*2361

5100

SWITCHES

5100

AML23/24 Electronic control paddle and rocker switches

Non-lighted or incandescent illuminated

I 1 FEATURES

• Up to 3 amps, 125 VAC.

• Silver or gold contacts

• Black toggle type paddle operators.
(Switch covers provide color
display.)

• UL listed, CSA certified.

Paddle covers (AML53) and incandescent
lamps (AML91) ordered separately.

AML23 E

Rockers (AML54) and incandescent
lamps (AML91) ordered separately.

Additional Options: Two lamp cir-
cuits, printed circuit/push-on termi-
nals, other two and three-position
operating actions, and additional cir-
cuitry.

AA 01

A

No Lamp
Installed

Terminal

Type

2

.110 x .020
(Solder or
Quick-Connect)

Circuitry

Insert

Code Letters
from chart below

Operating

Action

Insert

Code Numbers
from chart below

Housing Operator/Bezel Lamp Terminal Circuitry Operating

Type Color Type Type Action

AML23 E b A 2 Insert Insert

Rect. Paddle Black No Lamp .110 x .020 Code Letters Code Numbers

Non-Lighted Installed (Solder or from chart below from chart below

AML23 F Quick-Connect)

Rect. Paddle
1 Lamp Ckt. (A)

AML24 E

Rect Rocker | f

Non-Lighted

AML24 F ’ ”

Rect. Rocker Lamp 1

1 Lamp Ckt. (A) Lin J

AML25/26 Electronic control paddle and rocker switches

With integral LED indicator

^ ^ FEATURES ^

Lamp A

Lamp B

AML25

LED “window” covers (AML55)
are ordered separately.

AML25IF B

Housing

Type

AML25F

Rect. Paddle
1 LED

AML26 F

Rect. Rocker

Circuitry Codes

Silver Gold
Contacts Contacts

Operator/
Bezel Color

■■

LED

Voltage

B

V*

C

5.0 V'

AML26

LED “window” rockers (AML56)
are ordered separately.

Terminal

Type

2

.110 x .020
(Solder or
Quick-Connect)

Additional Options: Two LED’s, 15V
LED voltage, printed circuit/push-on
terminals, other two and three-posi-
tion operating actions, and addi-
tional circuitry.

01 R x

2-Position

Operating Action Codes
A . 1 3-Position

*See LED Application Notes.

(T) The “MICRO SWITCH” identification is shown on this
side of the switch housings.

(2) For non-illuminated switches only

Maint.

1*2362 pg. 32

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

MICRO SWITCH , a Honeywell division

•ffices Directory EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Power duty paddle and rocker switches AML33/34
Non-lighted or incandescent illuminated

AML33

Paddle covers (AML53)
and incandescent lamps
(AML91) ordered separately.

AML34

Rocker operators (AML54)
and incandescentllamps
(AML91) ordered separately.

FEATURES

• Up to 15 amps , 125/250 VAC.

• Black toggle type paddle operators.
(Switch covers provide color
display.)

• UL listed , CSA certified.

Power duty paddle and rocker switches AML35/36
With integral LED indicator

FEATURES

• Up to 15 amps, 125/250 VAC.

• UL listed, CSA certified.

AML35 F

Housing

Type

AML35 F

Rect. Paddle
1 Neon Lamp

AML36 F

Rect. Rocker
1 Neon Lamp

B

I

Operator/Bezel

Color

B

Black

B

_X_

Lamp

Voltage

B

125 VAC

C

250 VAC

4 AA 01

®The “MICRO SWITCH" identification is shown on this
side of the switch housings.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 33 1*2363

5100

SWITCHES

5100

AML53/55 Covers for paddle switches

AML53 ORDER GUIDE

AML53 covers are for non-lighted or
incandescent illuminated display.

Colored covers simply snap into the top
of paddle switch housings.

•Not recommended for lighted display.

AML55 ORDER GUIDES

AML55 covers are used with LED and
neon display paddle switches. AML55-
E covers have a “window” which allows
the LED to be flush with the top surface

of the cover. AML55-N covers have a
colored lens which extends over the
neon lamp.

AML55-E

10

Y

AML55-N 10 R K

•To order a Vi cover without the LED “window", specify
an AML53-E listing.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2364 P6. 34

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

, 5100

SWITCHES

5100

Rocker operators AML54/56

AML54 ORDER GUIDE

AML54 rockers are for non-lighted or
incandescent illuminated display.

AWJL54-F

10

R

~r

|j|

Display/Legend

Rocker

Type

Color

Transmitted Color

R

10

Red

No legend

Y

20

Yellow

With legend

G

Green

B

Blue

W

White

K*

Black

AML56 ORDER GUIDES

AML56 rockers are used with LED and
neon display switches. AML56-E rock-
ers have a “window” which allows the
LED to be flush with the top surface of

the rocker. AML56-N rockers have a
colored lens which extends over the
neon lamp.

Rocker operators are assembled to the
switches by simply snapping them into
recesses in the switch actuator sockets.

INCANDESCENT LAMPS
AML91 ORDER GUIDE

Lamp

Type

Industry
Lamp No.

Volt-

age!

Catalog

Listing

Incandescent

T-13/4

wedge base

86

6.3

AML91LA86

73

14.0

AML91LA73

85

28.0

AML91LA85

AML56-E

10

R

♦To order a Vz rocker without the LED ‘‘window’’, specify
an AML54-E listing.

AML56-N 10 R R

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 35 1*2365

5100

SWITCHES

5100

AML Advanced manual line accessories

BARRIERS

Barriers shown in order guide are black.
They are not for use with AML61
mounting hardware; or with AML41J,
AML41K, or AML41L lens type indica-
tors or AML45 annunciators.

When mounting an individual unit, an
end barrier is attached to each side of
housing. The center barrier is used in a
slot mount array (see drawing).

FEATURES

• Helps prevent inadvertent actuation
of two pushbuttons with a single
push.

• Front of panel mounting simplifies
installation.

MOUNTING HARDWARE

AML61 mounting hardware enables
subpanel mounting of devices in factory
assembled metal cans which are
welded together in strips or matrices.

FEATURES

Barrier Length

Type

Catalog Dating

Short Barrier

(For use with square devices and short side
of rectangular devices.)

Center

AML71SCB

End

AML71SEB

Long Barrier

(For use with long side of rectangular devices.)

Center

AML71LCB

End

AML71LEB

• L-shaped mounting brackets con-
form to various panel thicknesses,
using spacers.

• Simplifies panel fabrication, since
only one large cutout is required.

• Facilitates printed circuit board
mounting. For ordering information,
refer to Catalog 30.

PANEL SEAL

AML75 ORDER GUIDE

Panel seals are not for use with AML61
mounting hardware: or with AML41J,
AML41K, or AML41L lens type
indicators.

AML75 panel seals are used to help
protect pushbutton switches and indica-
tors from contamination from accidental
beverage spills, dust and dirt.

FEATURES

• Easy to install, without tools.

• No effect on display color, light inten-
sity, or legend quality.

• Replace seal or lamps without de-
mounting switch.

SOLID STATE ANNUNCIATOR

AML45/59 solid state annunciators dis-
play messages which are backlighted
by two LED’s. Choice of full face one-
color or two-color display, in red, green,
and yellow.

Description

For Us

Square .19" high buttons

e With:

Rectangular .19" high buttons

Base & Seal

AML75ABC

AML75BBC

Base Only

AML75ABN

AML75BBN

Seal Only

AML75ANC

AML75BNC

SWITCH GUARD

AML76 switch guard protects square
and rectangular .19-inch standard
height pushbuttons from inadvertent
actuation. Not for use with AML61
mounting hardware, AML71 barriers
or full guard bezel housings.

AML76 ORDER GUIDE

Guard Type

Catalog Listing

Square

AML76C10T01-'

Rectangular

AML76F10T01P

KEYLOCK SWITCH

AML27 keylock switches enable control
of access to computer peripherals, key-
boards, point-of-sale terminals, security
systems and other locations where
tampering must be discouraged.

For ordering information, refer to Cata-
log 30.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2366 pg. 36

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Miniature manual line pushbutton switches MML

MICRO SWITCH MML Series Miniature Manual Line pushbutton
switches deliver a large measure of design freedom in a minia-
ture size package. Their attractive low-profile appearance
answers space and styling needs of your future computer/
business, instrument, and communication equipment. MML’s
many design options and modular ordering system provides
you flexibility to choose the mounting options, lens colors,
illumination means, electrical ratings, and circuitry/operating
action combinations (including multi-switch interlock) that
best meet your application needs.

HOW TO ORDER

Switches, indicators, lenses, LED’s, incandescent lamps,
bezels/mounting clips, strip mounting frames, end rails for
matrix mount, and multi-switch interlock assemblies are or-
dered as separate items. To order assembled combinations
to meet your special needs, contact your nearest MICRO
SWITCH sales office.

Refer to the order guides to specify desired MML catalog
listings.

ORDER GUIDES Page

MML11 Solid State Switches 38

MML21 Electronic Control Switches 38

MML31 Power Duty Switches 39

MML44 Indicators/LED Display 40

MML46 Indicators/LED or Incandescent Display 40

MML51 Lenses/Incandescent or Non-lighted Display 39

MML52 Lenses/LED Display 39

MML61 Strip Mounting Frames 43

MML62 End Rails For Matrix Mount 43

MML72/73 Bezels and Mounting Clips 43

MML82 Electronic Control Interlock Switches 45

MML83 Power Duty Interlock Switches 45

MML88 Multi-Switch Interlock Assemblies 45

MML91 Incandescent Lamps/Receptacles 41

MML92 LED’s 42

MML93 Receptacles 41

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS - SOLID STATE SWITCHES

Electrical Characteristics

Absolute Maximum Ratings

Integrated Circuit Function

5 VDC Sinking ®

Supply Voltage (V s )

-1.2 to +10.0 VDC

Supply Current (Max.)

3.0 mA (Released)

4.0 mA (Operated no load)

Voltage Externally Applied
to Output

-0.5 Volt min.

+ 1 0.0 Volts max. (Off condition)

Output Voltage (Operated)

0.3 Volt (Sinking 8 mA)

Loads to Output

20 mA (Sinking)

Output Leakage Current Max.
(Released)

5.0 fiA

Storage Temperature

-40° to +85°C
(-40° to +185°F)

Switching Time Max.

Rise 10% to 90%

Fall 90% to 10%

1.5 nsec (Sinking 8 mA)

0.5 {Asec (Sinking 8 mA)

® Over temperature range of
-18° to + 65°C (0° to + 149°F)
and supply voltage of 4.5 to

5.5 VDC.

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SWITCHES

ELECTRICAL RATING

LIFE

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT

Gold contacts: Up to 0.1 amp, 30 VDC,

No load @ — 20°C (— 40°F): 500,000

1 or 2 poles, Form C.

resistive.

operations.*

Silver contacts: Up to 1 amp, 1 25 VAC

Full load @ +65°C ( + 149°F): 25,000
operations.*

* 95% survival.

POWER DUTY SWITCHES

ELECTRICAL RATING

LIFE

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT

Up to 6 amps, 1 25 VAC;

No load @ — 20°C (-40°F): 500,000

1 or 2 poles, Form X.

1

4 amps inductive, 250 VAC.

operations.*

Full load @ +65°C ( + 149°F): 25,000
operations.*

• • • •

* 95% survival.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 37 1«2367

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MML11 Solid state pushbutton switches

PWB Mount Panel Mount

Use as an unlighted pushbutton or add one
LED or incandescent lamp for lighted
display.

Order LED’s (MML92) and lenses
(MML52) or incandescent lamps
(MML91) and lenses (MML51) separately

CURRENT SINKING OUTPUT

A permanent magnet plunger moves
adjacent to the Hall effect integrated circuit
to give a digital, current sinking (normally
high and normally low) output.

FEATURES

• LED, incandescent, or non-lighted display

• Hall effect reliability

• Provides low voltage signals that interface
with nearly all DC logic

• 5 VDC supply voltage

• Momentary action or 2-level alternate
action

• Printed wiring board or panel mounting

• Legendable lenses

• Designed to comply with UL, CSA

MML11 ORDER GUIDE

MML11E A 3 AA K

1 L

Housing Type

(Rectangular)

Mounting

Terminals

Circuitry/Action

Plunger

-MML11E

'-ANo bezel, printed wiring

—3 Printed wiring

— AA5 VDC sinking,

White housing

board mounting

board

mom.action

— K Black

MML11K

Black housing

AE 5 VDC sinking,
alt. action

MML21

Electronic control pushbutton switches

PWB Mount Panel Mount

Use as an unlighted pushbutton or add one
LED or incandescent lamp for lighted
display.

Order LED’s (MML92) and lenses
(MML52) or incandescent lamps
(MML91) and lenses (MML51) separately.

FEATURES

• LED, incandescent, or non-lighted display

• 1 or 2 poles

• Silver or gold contacts

• Momentary action or 2-level alternate
action

• Printed wiring board or panel mounting

• PWB or solder terminals

• Legendable lenses

• Designed to comply with UL, CSA

MML21 ORDER GUIDE

MML21E A 3 AA K

T T T T

1

Housing Type

Circuitry/Action

(Rectangular)

Mounting

Terminals

(Each pole is double throw)

— MML21E

—A No bezel, printed wiring

—3 Printed wiring

Silver Contacts

White housing

board mounting

board

— AA 1 pole, mom. action

MML21K

Black housing

For snap-in panel mounting,
order MML72 bezels/mounting
clips.

2 Solder

For strip mounting, order
MML61 mounting frames .

AB 1 pole, alt. action
AC 2 poles, mom. action
AD 2 poles, alt. action

Gold Contacts:

BA 1 pole, mom. action
BB 1 pole, alt. action
BC 2 poles, mom, action
BD 2 poles, alt. action

Plunger

MICRO SWITCH , a Honeywell division

1*2368 pg. 38

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Power duty pushbutton switches MML31

MML31 switches do not have a provision for
illumination of buttons. Visual feedback can
be achieved by using a 2-level alternate
action switch. Or add a companion lighted
indicator.

Order lenses (MML51) separately.

FEATURES

• 1 or 2 poles

• Momentary or 2-level alternate action

• Printed wiring board or panel mounting

• PWB or solder/quick-connect terminals
o Legendable lenses

• Designed to comply with UL, CSA, and
international standards.

PWB Mount

Panel Mount

MML31 ORDER GUIDE

MML31E A 3 AA K

-p r— -r-

1 :

l 1

Housing Type

Circuitry/Action

(Rectangular)

Mounting

Terminals

(Each pole is single-throw,

normally open)

-MML31E

-A No bezel, printed wiring

-3 Printed wiring

-AA 1 pole, mom. action

White housing

board mounting

board

AB 1 pole, alt. action

non-lighted

2 Solder/Quick-

AC 2 poles, mom. action

For snap-in panel mounting,

connect

AD 2 poles, alt. action

MML31K

order MML72

Black housing

bezels/mounting clips.

non-lighted

For strip mounting, order
MML61 mounting
frames .

Plunger

-K Black

Switch and indicator lenses for incandescent MML51

or non-lighted display

MML51 ORDER GUIDE

MML51E 20 R

1

i

Lens Type

Display/Legend Type

Color

-MML51E

Transmitted Color

-R Red

Switch lens

10 No legend

Y Yellow

MML51G

-20 With legend

G Green

Indicator lens

B Blue

W White
K Black*
*Opaque

Switch and indicator lenses for LED display MML52

MML52 ORDER GUIDE

MML52G 10 Y

Lens Type

Display /Legend Type

Color

MML52E

Switch lens
L-MML52G
Indicator lens

Transmitted Color
M0 No legend
20 With legend

R Red
L-Y Yellow
G Green

MICRO SWITCH , a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 39 1*2369

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MML44 Indicators

FEATURES

• Illumination by one LED

• Legendable lenses

MML44 indicators are for use with one
LED only: Order LED’s (MML92) and
lenses (MML52) separately.

PANEL CUTOUTS

PRINTED WIRING BOARD MOUNT

m

10,25*0,15
.403 *.005

15,2*0,15

* eootnnK^

HOUSING THRU PANEL

PANEL MOUNT

MML44K For snap-in panel mounting, order MML72

Black housing, accommodates one LED bezels/mounting clips.

For strip mounting, order MML61 mounting
frames.

MML46 Indicators

PWB Mount Panel Mount

FEATURES

• Illumination by one or two LED’s or incan-
descent lamps

• Legendable lenses

Order LED’s (MML92) and lenses
(MML52) or incandescent lamps (MML91)
and lenses (MML51) separately.

MML46 ORDER GUIDE

(No LED’s or incandescent lamp included)

MML46F A 3

T-IE r -

Housing Type

Rectangular)

-MML46F

White housing, provision for two
LED’s or incand. lamps

MML46K

Black housing, provision for two
LED’s or incand. lamps

Mounting

-A No bezel, printed wiring board mounting

For snap-in panel mounting,
order MML72 bezels/mounting clips.

For strip mounting, order MML61 mounting
frames .

Termination

0 None

For panel mount

-3 Support terminals
for PWB mount

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2370 pg. «

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Incandescent lamps/receptacles MML91/93

T-1 INCANDESCENT LAMP AND PWB RECEPTACLE

MML91 ORDER GUIDES

HOW TO INSTALL INCANDESCENT LAMPS

Catalog Listing
MML91C

T-1 6V lamp and receptacle, with
printed wiring board, Vs -turn base.

PWB Pad Location For Receptacle

With MML91C Printed Wiring Board Receptacle (Inch lamp)
MML11/21 SWITCHES AND MML46G/K INDICATORS:

1. After installing an MML11/21 switch
or MML46G/H indicator, insert the
PWB receptacle/ incandescent lamp
assembly through a hole in the printed
wiring board.

2. A Va-turn applied clockwise to the re-
ceptacle locks it in the printed wiring
board and establishes the electrical
connection.

T- INCANDESCENT LAMP AND SOLDER RECEPTACLE (Separate)

Catalog Listing
MML91B

T-1 bi-pin 6V lamp only
(Industry Lamp No. 7683)

MML93 ORDER GUIDE

Catalog Listing
MML93J

Incandescent T-1 bi-pin lamp
receptacle, with solder terminals,
Va-turn base. No lamp furnished.

With MML93J Solder Termination Receptacle And MML91B Lamp

1. The solder terminal receptacle/incan-
descent lamp assembly is inserted
into the hole in the base of MML21
switches or MML46G/K indicators.

MML21 SWITCHES AND MML46G/K INDICATORS:

2. A Vb -turn clockwise applied to the re-
ceptacle locks it in the base of the
switch or indicator.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 4i 1*2371

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MML92/93 LED’s/receptacles

MML92 T-1% LED’s

MML92 ORDER GUIDE

Note: LED’s should be the same color
as the button/lens they illuminate.
LED’s are packaged 10 per listing,
including stand-off spacers for
mounting on printed wiring board.

MML93 ORDER GUIDE
Catalog Listing

MML93K

LED receptacle, with printed wiring
board, Vs -turn base. No LED furnished.

LED APPLICATION INFORMATION

To insure stable conditions, suitable ex-
ternal control of the LED current must
be provided. It is recommended that a
minimum of 5 VDC open circuit voltage
with an appropriate series resistance be
used to drive LED devices. This mini-
mizes current variation and its effect on
temperature and forward voltage of the
LED.

Forward

Characteristics

LED

Catalog Listing

LED Color

Typ. Max.

@ 20 mA

Manufacturers’

Part Numbers

MML92ERS

Red

1.7V

2.0V

Stanley

ESBR5633

MML92EGS

Green

2.1V

2.5 V

ESBG5633

MML92EYS

Yellow

2.1V

2.5V

ESPY5633

MML92ERH

Red

2.2V

3.0V

Hewlett-Packard:

HLMP-3366

MML92EGH

Green

2.3V

3.0V

HLMP-3568

MML92EYH

Yellow

2.2 V

3.0V

HLMP-3466

R S

Maximum drive current is 30 mA. Reverse
voltage breakdown of the LED’s is 4 volts
(min).

Resistor values can be determined by
supply voltage or current for LED:

Rs =E - V f
If

j- — vw

1 _

WHERE: Rs = Series Resistance
E = Supply Voltage
V f = Forward Voltage of LED
If = Circuit Current

HOW TO INSTALL LED’s

With MML93K Printed Wiring Board
Receptacle

With Solder Termination to Printed
Wiring Board

With Solder Termination to Printed
Wiring Board or Leadwire

MML11/21 SWITCHES AND
MML46G/K INDICATORS:

1. After installing an MML11/21 switch
or MML46G/K indicator, insert the
LED/PWB receptacle through a hole
in the printed wiring board.

2. A Vs -turn applied clockwise to the re-
ceptacle locks it in the printed wiring
board and establishes the electrical
connection.

MML11/21 SWITCHES AND
AML46G/K INDICATORS:

1. Assemble stand-off spacer to MML92E
LED terminals and seat on printed wir-
ing board.

2. Seat housing on printed wiring board,
with LED projecting into hole at the
base of the housing.

MML44 INDICATORS:

1. Assemble LED to MML44 indicator,
with MML92E LED terminals protrud-
ing through assembly slot in the mid-
dle of housing base.

2. Use of pencil eraser to snap LED
securely in place.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1 # 2372 pg. 42

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Mounting

MML61 STRIP MOUNTING FRAMES

Switches and indicators are ordered as separate items.

FEATURES

• Provides back of panel or printed wiring
board mounting in a multi-unit strip of
switches/indicators.

• Devices can be pre-wired prior to
installation.

• Holes at each end of frame will accept No.
4 screws.

hardware MML61/62/72

FEATURES

• Fasten up to ten MML61 strip frames
together to form matrix array.

• End rails snap fit into slots at each end of
the strip frames.

MML61 ORDER GUIDE

MML61E 5

Orientation/Color

No. of Stations

l MML61E

Horizontal, white

MML61K

Horizontal, black

Example: MML61E5
White 5-station strip mounting
frame, horizontal orientation.

1 One

2 Two

3 Three

4 Four
- 5 Five

6 Six

7 Seven

8 Eight

9 Nine
10 Ten

MML62 ORDER GUIDE

Each catalog listing includes a pair of end rails.

MML62E 4

Color

-MML62E

For horizontal strips, white

MML62K

For horizontal strips, black

Example: MML62E4

White end rails for fastening four

horizontal strips.

No. of MML61 Strip Frames
in Matrix

2 Two

3 Three
- 4 Four

5 Five

6 Six

7 Seven

8 Eight

9 Nine
10 Ten

MML72 BEZELS/MOUNTING CLIPS

Bezels and mounting clips are assembled to
switches and indicators to provide snap-in
front panel mounting in horizontal rows or
discrete arrays.

1. Slip mounting clip over top of switch/indi-
cator housing.

2. Snap bezel onto mounting clip.

MML72 ORDER GUIDE

(Includes mounting clip.)

MML72EE W

1 n

L Bezel Type

MML72EE

Switch

MML72EG

Indicator

Color

K Black
L Gray
-W White

Example. MML72EEW

White switch bezel with mounting clip.

NOTE:

To order mounting clips separately, specify

MML73EA.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 43 1»2373

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MML Interlock assemblies

MECHANICAL INTERLOCK

Mechanically interlocked switches with 1-4
pole circuitry provide latching functions.

They are furnished factory assembled in a
strip frame — ready for back of panel and/or
printed wiring board mounting. Each end of
the strip frame has mounting holes which will
accept No. 4 screws.

Operating Mode. Depressing a switch button
will release any previously operated button
within a group of interlocked switches. One
button is always being held down by a
mechanical detent. This provides a “key-
down memory” feature which indicates
which switch was last operated. Circuit
transfer is maintained until another button is
depressed.

Override release. If two or more interlocked
switches are inadvertently engaged at the
same time, fully depressing any engaged
switch button will release the others. (An
increased actuation force is necessary for
override.)

Assembly options. The following options are
possible:

1 . A strip of two to ten interlocked switches.

2. More than one group of two or more
switches can be independently inter-
locked, providing there is a one-unit spac-
ing between the groups. For example, the
first four switches and the last five
switches in the strip can be interlocked as
separate groupings, with a one-station
spacing between them.

3. A strip can include both interlocked
groups of switches and switches which
operate in their normal momentary or
alternate action mode.

HOW TO ORDER

Only the momentary action MML82 Elec-
tronic Control interlock switches can be
used for interlocking. MML82 alternate action
switches and MML83 Power Duty switches
function as individually isolated units when
added to the interlock strip.

Use the MML88 Interlock Strip Assembly
Order Sheet (FO-74023) on page 12 to spec-
ify the desired switch listings and their loca-
tion in the strip. Reproduce it on your office
copier or request a pad of forms from your
nearest MICRO SWITCH Sales Office. (See
completed example.)

MML INTERLOCK STRIP ORDER

Customer Name /iSd ^6 Kft&Oi /7 6/

Address

INTERLOCK STRIP STATION NO.'s

Catalog Listing

MML88 /(-

Customer Dwg. No.

1

_3_

4

_5_

_7_

1 —

_9_

JO.

INSTRUCTIONS

Enter MML82/83 Catalog Listings in each station location
where a switch is to be installed.

/ 2\ Draw a line thru all stations which are to be

latched. (MML82 Interlock Action Switches only.)

3 - Allow one station spacing between separate groups
of latched units within the 10-unit strip.

4 - Momentary and Alternate Action MML82/83 Switches
can be located at any station.

Prepared by

MICRO SWITCH

F0740Z3

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1 *2374 pg. 44

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Interlock switches and assemblies MML82/83/88

MML82 ELECTRONIC CONTROL INTERLOCK PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

MML82 ORDER GUIDE

Enter MML82 catalog listings in space pro-
vided in Interlock Strip Assembly Order
Sheet (FO-74023), and indicate the stations
which are to be interlocked. These switches
do not have a provision for adding LED’s or

incandescent lamps.

MML82K K 2 AA

f T~t=

i 1

Housing Type

Button Type

Terminals

(Rectangular)

-MML82K

4< Black square button

3 Printed wiring

Black housing,

board

non-lighted

-2 Solder

Example: MML82KK2AA

‘When not used in a group of interlocked

Electronic control interlock switch (black
housing and button), non-lighted; solder
terminals; 1 pole, momentary action, silver
contacts.

switches, these devices function as individu-
ally isolated momentary action switches.

‘‘Although alternate-action switches can be
used in interlock strip assemblies, they can-
not be latched. They will function as individ-
ually isolated alternate-action switches.

Circuitry/Action

(Each pole is double-throw)

Silver Contacts
-AA 1 pole, mom. action*

AC 2 poles, mom. action*
CA 3 poles, mom. action*
CC 4 poles, mom. action*
AB 1 pole, alt. action**

AD 2 poles, alt. action**

CB 3 poles, alt. action**

CD 4 poles, alt. action**

Gold Contacts:

BA 1 pole, mom. action*

BC 2 poles, mom. action*
DA 3 poles, mom. action*
DC 4 poles, mom. action*
BB 1 pole, alt. action**

BD 2 poles, alt. action**

DB 3 poles, alt. action**

DD 4 poles, alt. action**

MML83 POWER DUTY INTERLOCK SWITCHES

MML83 ORDER GUIDE

MML83 power switches function as individu-
ally isolated units when added to an interlock
strip. They are not for use in an interlocking
mode.

Enter MML83 catalog listings in space pro-
vided in Interlock Strip Assembly Order
Sheet (FO-74023). These switches do not
have a provision for adding LED’s or incan-
descent lamps.

MML83K K 2 AA

1

Housing Type

(Rectangular)

-MML83K

Black housing,
non-lighted

Example: MML83KK2AA

Power duty interlock switch (black housing
and button), non-lighted; solder termination;
1 pole, momentary action, silver contacts.

Button Type

L-K Black square
button

Terminals

3 Printed wiring
board

-2 Solder/quick-
connect

Circuitry/Action

(Each pole is single-throw,
normally open)

*— AA 1 pole, mom. action
AB 1 pole, alt. action
AC 2 poles, mom. action
AD 2 poles, alt. action

MML88 INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBLIES
MML88 ORDER GUIDE
MML88K -

Type Serial Number

-Note: MICRO SWITCH will assign a serial

- MML88K number to code your desired combination of

Black interlock strip switches and their location on the strip. (Per

your instructions on the Interlock Strip Order
Sheet, FO-74023.)

MICRO SWITCH , a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 45 1-2375

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MML Interlock ordersheet

MML INTERLOCK STRIP ORDER

Customer Name
Address

INTERLOCK STRIP STATION NO.'s

Catalog Listing
MML88 -

Customer Dwg. No.

w

J3_

_5_

_ 6 _

_7_

_8_

_9_

ro_

STATION

NO.

SWITCH CATALOG LISTING/i\

LATCHING BAR A
POSITION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:

INSTRUCTIONS

A Enter MML82/83 Catalog Listings in each station location
where a switch is to be installed.

A Draw a line thru all stations which are to be

latched. (MML82 Interlock Action Switches only.)

3 - Allow one station spacing between separate groups

of latched units within the 10-unit strip.

4 - Momentary and Alternate Action MML82/83 Switches

can be located at any station.

Prepared by
Date

MICRO SWITCH

FREEPORT. ILLINOIS. USA

F0-74023

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2376 pg- «

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Other MICRO SWITCH products

MICRO SWITCH'S reputation as an
innovator in the design and manufac-
ture of quality position sensing and
manual control products spans 40
years. Shown is a cross-section of the
many varieties. This broad selection

offers a wide range of technologies,
sizes, actuation means, circuitries,
electrical capacities, and termi-
nations, for in-plant and original
equipment needs.

Contact your nearest MICRO

SWITCH Sales Office or Authorized
Distributor for complete catalog infor-
mation. Sales Office location’s are
shown in this Directory. Authorized
Distributors are listed on the next
pages.

Limit and enclosed switches

MICRO SWITCH offers the world’s
most advanced line of heavy duty limit
switches and a wide selection of ap-
plication proven enclosed switches
(precision snap-acting switches sealed
in rugged metal housing). Sealed ver-
sions keep out moisture and other con-
taminants. Explosion-proof types are
designed for use in hazardous
locations.

Request Catalog 40.

Proximity sensors

Proximity sensors detect the presence
of metals or react to a magnetic field.
Cylindrical, cannister, and limit switch
style housings provide application ver-
satility. Their high speed operation
keeps pace with production. Models are
available for operation at A.C. line volt-
age or 8.5 to 30 VDC. Optional LED
indicators signal on-off condition.

Request Catalog 50.

Photoelectric sensors

MICRO SWITCH has a complete offer-
ing of modulated LED and incandes-
cent controls. These no-touch devices
detect opaque or translucent material at
long or short range.

Single unit retroreflective and separate
emitter/receiver styles fill a variety of
application requirements. High intensity
models penetrate foggy, dusty, and
other poor visibility conditions. Scan-
ning capability ranges from a fraction of
an inch to hundreds of feet.

Request Catalog 60.

Oiltight manual controls

Featuring a contemporary square ap-
pearance and lighted display, these fa-
milies offer a wide selection of industrial
pushbuttons, selectors, and indicators.
Standard, miniature, and compact sizes
provide flexibility in format and circuitry.
Contact blocks feature heavy duty,
standard or electronic duty capabilities
plus solid state.

Request Catalog 70.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 4? 1-2377

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Other MICRO SWITCH products

Environmentally protected switches

Rugged, high performance designs; en-
vironment-proof or hermetically sealed.
A complete selection includes miniature
limit switches, miniature and standard
size basic switches, sealed toggle
switches and the highest quality lighted
pushbuttons.

Request Catalog 80.

Manual control switches

Whether you’re prototyping a new de-
sign or planning to face-lift an existing
panel, you’ll benefit by considering the
wide selection of pushbuttons, indica-
tors, toggles, rockers, paddles, rotary
selectors and interlock switches avail-
able from MICRO SWITCH. Developed
with adherence to good human factors
principles, these products aid the de-
signer by offering almost limitless op-
tions in visual display techniques,
operators, and arrangement of compo-
nents. Many are military qualified .

Request Catalog 30.

Keyboards

MICRO SWITCH offers the world’s wid-
est selection of keyboard designs. It
includes capacitance membrane and
contact membrane keyboards in stan-
dard or low-profile versions; touch pan-
els; and time-proven solid state Hall
effect keyboards. With our experienced
application engineers and complete ca-
pabilities, we can handle virtually any
keyboard application.

For further information contact your
local MICRO SWITCH sales office.

Pressure transducers

MICRO SWITCH piezoresistive pres-
sure transducers accurately measure
gaseous pressure as the sensitive sil-
icon diaphragm integral to the 1C chip
distorts ever so slightly, resulting in lin-
ear output voltage directly proportional
to pressure.

Both signal conditioned (amplified and
temperature-compensated) and unamp-
lified transducers of absolute, differen-
tial, and gage pressure design are avail-
able. Applications range from medical
instruments to home appliances to alti-
meters. Accurate repeatability, low hys-
teresis, and long-term stability are charac-
teristics of these transducers, whose
pressure range extends to 250 psi.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2378 pg. 48

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MICRO SWITCH AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR DIRECTORY

ALABAMA

Birmingham

MG Electronics and Equip.
Phone: 205/328-4525

Decatur

Frazier Electrical Supply
Phone: 205/353-6131

Dothan

Mack Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 205/792-2111

Mobile

Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 205/479-5405

ARIZONA

Phoenix

BeSwitched
Phone: 602/275-4805
East Side Electric Supply, Inc.
Phone: 602/273-1415
Electric Supply, Inc.

Phone: 602/252-2343
Kierulff Electronics
Phone: 602/243-4101
Tucson

Tucson Electric Supply Inc.
Phone: 602/624-8241

ARKANSAS
Fort Smith

Carlton-Bates Company
Phone: 501/646-8201

Little Rock

Carlton-Bates Company
Phone: 501/562-9100

CALIFORNIA

Anderson

Industrial Electric Service Co.
Phone: 916/365-3381

Areata

Industrial Electric Service Co.
Phone: 707/822-2485
Bakersfield,

Controlco, Inc.

Phone: 805/323-8111
Carson

Nunn-Royal Wholesale
Electric, Inc.

Phone: 213/637-6377

Crescent City

Industrial Electric Service Co.
Phone: 707/464-4123

El Monte

Howland Electric Wholesale
Phone: 213/444-6503

Gardena

California Switch & Signal
Phone: 213/770-2330

Fresno

Electric Motor & Supply Co.
Phone: 209/486-0960

Los Angeles

Andrews Industrial Hardware
Phone: 213/483-81 10
Argo Electric Supply
Phone: 213/588-8233
Electric Switches, Inc.

Phone: 213/660-1310
Kierulff Electronics
Phone: 213/725-0325
Minarik Electric Co.

Phone: 213/624-3161
Western Electromotive
Phone: 213/820-3777
Modesto

Wille Electric Supply Co., Inc.
Phone: 209/527-6800

Oakland

Western Electro-Mechanical
Phone: 415/452-1936

Orange

County Wholesale Electric
Phone: 714/633-6440

Pico Rivera

Amfac Electrical Supply Co.
Phone: 213/949-7841
Riverside

Consolidated Electrical Dist.
Phone: 714/684-7811

CALIFORNIA - Cont’d
Sacramento

Kaman Bearing &

Supply Corporation
Phone: 916/444-0700
Sacramento Electronics
Supply

Phone: 916/441^821

Salinas

Electric Supply of Salinas
Phone: 408/422-4789

San Diego

Amfac Electrical Supply Co.
Phone: 714/268-1020
County Wholesale
Electric Co.

Phone: 714/578-0210
Kierulff Electronics
Phone: 714/278-2112
San Jose

Buckles-Smith Electric Co.
Phone: 408/280-7777
Consolidated Parts, Inc.
Phone: 408/263-9521
Quement Electronics
Phone: 408/998-5900
San Leandro
Nunn Royal Electric
Supply Co.

Phone: 415/895-9810
Santa Clara

Wyle Distribution Group
Phone: 408/727-2500
So. San Francisco
Consolidated Electrical Dist.
Phone: 415/871-2893
Steven Engineering
Phone: 415/588-9200
Stockton

Val ley Electric Co. of Stockton
Phone: 209/948-191 1
Sunnyvale
Powell Electronics
Phone: 408/739-4321
Ukiah

Industrial Electric Service
Phone: 707/485-0376

Visalia

Medallion Supply, Inc.

Phone: 209/625-0333

COLORADO

Denver

Integrated Electronics Co., Inc.
Phone: 303/534-6121
Newark Electronics
Phone: 303/757-3351
Ryall Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 303/629-7721
TESSCO

Phone: 303/778-1119

CONNECTICUT

Bridgeport

Electric Maintenance Service
Phone: 203/333-6163

Danbury

Spring & Buckley
Phone: 203/743-0034

Hartford

Frank A. Blesso Inc.

Phone: 203/527-6461
New Britain
Spring & Buckley
Phone: 203/224-2451
Norwalk

Machine Drives &

Controls, Inc.

Phone: 203/846-2007
Wallingford
Marshall Industries
Phone: 203/265-3822

DELAWARE

Wilmington

United Electric Supply Inc.
Phone: 302/322-3333

FLORIDA
Ft. Lauderdale

Peerless Radio Corp.—
Florida

Phone: 305/973-4141
Powell Electronics
Phone: 305/972-4300
Jacksonville
Turner Electric Works
Phone: 904/757-7790
Lakeland

A.A. Electric Div. of AEC
Phone: 813/665-6941
Miami

Hummel Industrial Sales, Inc.
Phone: 305/651-0196

Orlando

Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 305/843-6770
Hammond Electronics, Inc.
Phone: 305/849-6060

Pensacola

Trio Electric Supply Co., Inc.
Phone: 904/476-5580

Tampa

Tampa Armature Works, Inc.
Phone: 813/621-5661

GEORGIA

Albany

Mack Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 912/883-5156

Atlanta

A-A Electric, Inc.

Phone: 404/449-8670
A-C Equipment Co.

Phone: 404/451-2747
Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 404/762-5181
Augusta

Electrical Equipment Co.
Phone: 404/722-6685

Macon

Lowe Electric Company
Phone: 912/743-8661

Rome

Battey Machinery Company
Phone: 404/291-4141

Savannah

Lakeland Engineering
Equipment Co.

Phone: 912/964-7318

West Point

Georgia Alabama Supply Co.
Phone: 404/645-1321

HAWAII

Honolulu

ATECS Corporation
Phone: 808/845-2991

ILLINOIS

Addison

LCOMP, Inc.

Phone: 312/628-1400

Aurora

Electric Supply Corporation
Phone: 312/897-8663
Champaign
Klaus Radio Co.

Phone: 217/356-1896
Chicago

Revere Electric Co.

Phone: 312/738-3636

Danville

Danville Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 217/442-5282

ILLINOIS - Cont’d
Decatur

Englewood Electrical Supply
Phone: 217/875-7300
Lakeland Engineering Equip.
Phone: 217/423-2531

Elgin

Fox Electric Supply Company
Phone: 312/695-7400
Revere Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 312/741-8900

Freeport

Koym Electric Supply
Phone: 815/235-7595

Joliet

Englewood Electrical Supply
Phone: 815/725-3900

Kankakee

Blitz Electrical Supply Co.
Phone: 815/933-5536

Lombard

MacGregor and Co.

Phone: 312/629-5752
Melrose Park
Electric Supply Corp.

Phone: 312/450-3211
Peoria

Kiefer Electrical Supply Co.
Phone: 309/674-1143
Klaus Radio, Inc.

Phone: 309/691-4840

Peru

Englewood Electrical Supply
Phone: 815/223-2650

Quincy

Heintz Electric Company
Phone: 217/222-0113

Rockford

Forest City Electric
Supply Co.

Phone: 815/968-5781

Skokie

Electric Supply Corporation
Phone: 312/673-1600

INDIANA

Anderson

Ralph David Inc.

Phone: 317/649-3504

Columbus

Daniel Hayden Electric Co.
Phone: 812/372-2596

Evansville

Evansville Supply Company
Phone: 812/424-7541
Fort Wayne
Graham Electronics
Phone: 219/423-3422
National Mill Supply, Inc.
Phone: 219/484-0575
Hammond

Electric Supply Corp.

Phone: 312/3 74-6000
219/932-8840

Indianapolis

Graham Electronics Supply
Phone: 317/634-8202
Peerless Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 317/635-2361
Logansport
Ralph David, Inc.

Phone: 219/722-2200
South Bend

Koontz-Wagner Electric Co.
Phone: 219/232-2051

IOWA

Cedar Rapids

Hupp Electric Motors, Inc.
Phone: 319/366-0761

Davenport

Industrial Eng. Equip. Co.
Phone: 319/323-9721
Des Moines
Electrical Engineering
& Equipment
Phone: 515/282-0431
Mechanical & Electrical
Warehouse
Phone: 515/243-3102

IOWA — Cont’d
Sioux City

Lakeland Engineering Equip.
Phone: 712/252-3611

KANSAS
Kansas City

Kornfeld Thorp Electric Co.
Phone: 913/321-7070
Lakeland Engineering Equip.
Phone: 913/384-0050

Wichita

Kriz-Davis, Inc.

Phone: 316/267-4354
LCOMP, Inc.

Phone: 316/265-8501

KENTUCKY
Bowling Green

Randolph, Hale &

Meredith, Inc.

Phone: 502/781-1460

Lexington

Radio Electronic Equip. Co.
Phone: 606/255-6661

Louisville

E & H Electric Supply Co., Inc.
Phone: 502/587-0991

Paducah

Hannan Supply Company
Phone: 502/442-5456

LOUISIANA
Baton Rouge

A.W.C. Inc.

Phone: 504/275-5480
Industrial Electronic Supply
Phone: 504/926-0513

Harahan

MG Electronics & Equip. Co.
Phone: 504/733-0070
Summers Electric Co.

Phone: 504/733-4567

Shreveport

Industrial Electronic Supply
Phone: 318/222-9459

MAINE

Newport

Gilman Electrical Supply
Phone: 207/368-430 6

Portland

The Leen Company
Phone: 207/774-6266

MARYLAND

Baltimore

Automation Industrial Control
Phone: 301/747-0044
Lee Electric Company
Phone: 301/752-4080

Beltsville

Powell Electronics
Phone: 301/937-4030
Cumberland
Clayton Electric, Inc.

Phone: 301/724-6321
Kensington

Marine Air Supply Co., Inc.
Phone: 301/949-9560

MASSACHUSETTS

Boston

Controller Service & Sales Co.

Phone: 617/269-1300

Burlington

Marshall Wilshire

Phone: 617/272-8200

Lawrence

Dyer Clark Company
Phone: 617/683-2467
Springfield
T. F. Cushing, Inc.

Phone: 413/788-7341

MASSACHUSETTS - Cont’d
Woburn

Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 617/935-7820

Worcester

Coghlin Electric Company
Phone: 617/791-7861

MICHIGAN
Ann Arbor

Wedemeyer Electronic
Supply

Phone: 313/665-8611

Battle Creek

All-Phase Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 616/962-7557
Benton Harbor
All-Phase Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 616/926-6194
Flint

Advance Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 313/238-5611
Grand Rapids
RS Electronics
Phone: 616/241-3483
United Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 616/531-5310
Jackson

Fulton Radio Supply Co.
Phone: 517/784-6106
Kalamazoo
RS Electronics
Phone: 616/381-5470
Lansing

All-Phase Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 517/482-4449

Livonia

Allen Electronic Supply Co.
Phone: 313/421-9300
RS Electronics
Phone: 313/525-1155
Madison Heights
McNaughton-McKay Electric
Phone: 313/399-7500
Muskegon

Fitzpatrick Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 616/722-6621

Negaunee

NWR Electronics, Inc.

Phone: 906/228-9080

Saginaw

Fischer-Flack Inc.

Phone: 517/752-4181

Southfield

Michigan Lectrols Corp.
Phone: 313/353-1350
Traverse City
William J. Becker Co.

Phone: 616/947-4440

MINNESOTA

Duluth

Mielke Electric Works, Inc.
Phone: 218/727-7411

Minneapolis

Lakeland Eng. Equip. Co.
Phone: 612/544-0321
Northland Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 612/341-6100

St. Paul

Gopher Electronics Co.
Phone: 612/483-3322
Power/Mation Divn.

Phone: 612/645-0781

MISSISSIPPI

Jackson

Ellington Electronic Supply
Phone: 601/355-0561

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

pg. 49 1»2379

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MISSOURI

Bridgeton

Van Dusen Aircraft Supplies
Phone: 314/731-1700

Joplin

Four State Radio Supply Co.
Phone: 417/624-0368
Kansas City
LCOMP, Inc.

Phone: 816/221-2400
Maryland Heights
Barrett Electrical Supply Co.
Phone: 314/878-1300
French Gerleman Electric Co.
Phone: 314/569-3122
LCOMP. Inc.

Phone: 314/291-6200
St. Louis

Crescent Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 314/533-6161

Springfield

Southern Materials Company
Phone: 417/865-2822

MONTANA

Billings

Glacier State Electric Supply
Phone: 406/252-4663

Missoula

West Electric Distributors
Phone: 406/728-4020

NEBRASKA

Omaha

Enterprise Electric Company
Phone: 402/341-4787
Lakeland Engineering Equip.
Phone: 402/734-2600

NEVADA

Reno

WEDCO. Inc.

Phone: 702/329-1131

NEW HAMPSHIRE
Manchester

Controller Service & Sales Co.
Phone: 603/623-7225

NEW JERSEY
Cherry Hill

Fromm Electric Supply
Phone: 609/662-8300

Dover

Kahant Electrical Supply Co.
Phone: 201/366-2966

Edison

Miller Knapp Incorporated
Phone: 201/985-2600

Hanover

State Electronics Parts Corp.
Phone: 201/887-2550

Linden

Turtle & Hughes, Inc.

Phone: 201/574-3600

Newark

Keer Electrical Supply Co.
Phone: 201/484-7400

Piscataway

Fromm Electric Supply Corp.

Phone: 201/981-0400

Saddlebrook

Ribble Engineering Co.

Phone: 201/791-0233

Secaucus

Franklin & Smith, Inc.

Phone: 201/864-0555
South Plainfield
Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 201/753-4600
Trenton

Griffith Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 609/695-6121

Vineland

Kay Electric Supply Company
Phone: 609/692-2020

NEW MEXICO
Albuquerque

Sterling Electronics
Phone: 505/884-1900

Carlsbad

H & E Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 505/887-1146

NEW YORK
Albany

Edwin E. Taylor Co., Inc/
Phone: 518/438-7811
Henzel Powers, Inc.

Phone: 518/465-2351

Brooklyn

Coleman Electrical Supply
Phone: 212/272-1313

Buffalo

Genesee Radio & Parts Co.
Phone: 716/873-9661
Wehle Electric Company, Inc.
Phone: 716/854-3270

Elmira

Brady Supply Corporation
Phone: 607/733-6591

Forest Hills

The Jack Miller Company
Phone: 212/263-4446

Jamestown

Westburgh Electric Inc.
Phone: 716/488-1172

Lynbrook

Peerless Radio Corporation
Phone: 516/593-2121
Mamaroneck
Logicomp Electronics
Phone: 914/698-9332
New York

Baitinger Electric Co., Inc.
Phone: 212/431-6400
Blan Electronics Corporation
Phone: 212/233-6288
Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 212/924-6000
City Electric Distributors, Inc.
Phone: 212/564-5454
Plainview L.l.

Mid Island Electrical Sales Co.
Phone: 516/293-9300

Rochester

Requa Electrical Supply Co.
Phone: 716/475-1600
Simcona Electronics Corp.
Phone: 716/328-3230
Wehle Electric Company, Inc.
Phone: 716/275-0200
Syracuse

Baldwin Hall Co., Inc.

Phone 315/463-9251

Utica

M & L Electric Supply Corp.
Phone: 315/733-2326

Vestal

Wholesale Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 607/729-1526

White Plains

H. H. Benfield Elec. Supply
Phone: 914/948-6660

NORTH CAROLINA
Charlotte

Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 704/597-1270

Mill Power Supply Company

Phone: 704/527-2800

Greensboro

Hammond Electronics

Phone: 919/275-6391

Laurinburg

Electrical Equipment Co.
Phone: 919/272-2141

Raleigh

Electrical Equipment Co.
Phone: 919/828-5411
Southeastern Electronics
Phone: 919/828-2311

Shelby

Shelby Supply Co., Inc.
Phone: 704/482-6781

OHIO

Akron

Akron Electronic Supply
Phone: 216/762-8818
The Sacks Electrical
Supply Co.

Phone: 216/253-2141
Cincinnati

Graham Electronics, Inc.
Phone: 513/772-1661
Hughes-Peters, Inc.

Phone: 513/351-2000
The Johnson Electric Supply
Phone: 513/421-3700
Columbus

Basic Distribution Corp.
Phone: 614/481-8801
Hughes-Peters, Inc.

Phone: 614/294-5351

Dayton

John A. Becker Electric Co.
Phone: 513/226-1341
The Stotts-Friedman Co.
Phone: 513/298-5555

Lancaster

Basic Distribution Corp.
Phone: 614/653-9231

Lima

LPR Electronics Corp.

Phone: 419/228-1220

Mansfield

Mansfield Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 419/529-2750

Newark

Basic Distribution
Corporation
Phone: 614/522-1116

Sandusky

Brohl & Appell Inc.

Phone: 419/625-6761

Solon

Midland Electric Co.

Phone: 216/248-3800
REPCO

Phone: 216/248-8900

Toledo

The H. Poll Electric Company
Phone: 419/255-1660

Warren

REM Electronics Supply Co.
Phone: 216/373-1300

OKLAHOMA
Oklahoma City

Electro Enterprises, Inc.
Phone: 405/427-6591
Hunzicker Brothers
Phone: 405/239-7771

Tulsa

Oil Capitol Electronics Corp.
Phone: 918/622-8520

OREGON

Beaverton

Almac Electronics
Phone: 503/641-9070

Bend

Eoff Electric Company
Phone: 503/388-1544

Eugene

North Coast Electric Co.
Phone: 503/343-7701
Klamath Falls
North Coast Electric Co.
Phone: 503/884-4171
Medford

North Coast Electric Co.
Phone: 503/772-7131

Portland

North Coast Electric Co.
Phone: 503/228-5111
Platt Electric Supply Inc.
Phone: 503/228-6121
Tek-Electric Controls, Inc.
Phone: .503/246-5451

OREGON — Cont’d
Roseburg

Roseburg Electric Wholesale
Phone: 503/673-6657

Salem

Stusser Elec. Co.

Phone: 503/581-3711

PENNSYLVANIA

Allentown

Crowder Jr. Company
Phone: 215/791-1551

Altoona

Allegheny Electronics, Inc.
Phone: 814/946-0871

Bradford

McKean Supply Division
Phone: 814/362-3523

Erie

Erie Industrial Elec. Supply
Phone: 814/455-8051

Kingston

ANESCO

Phone: 717/287-2101
Philadelphia
Powell Electronics, Inc.
Phone: 215/365-1900
Royal Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 215/221-1200
Rumsey Electric Company
Phone: 215/456-2500
Pittsburgh

CAM/RPC Electronics
Phone: 412/782-3770
McCullough Electric Co.
Phone: 412/261-2420

Reading

Barbey Electronics
Phone: 215/376-6116

St. Marys

B & R Electric Company
Phone: 814/834-2814

West Chester

West Chester Electric Supply
Phone: 215/696-7500

York

Graybill’s Incorporated
Phone: 717/843-0786

PUERTO RICO
Bayamon

Caribbean Contracting Corp.
Phone: 809/786-7815

RHODE ISLAND
Providence

Controller Services &

Sales Co.

Phone: 401/781-7100
William Dandreta & Company
Phone: 401/861-2800
Leavitt-Colson Company
Phone: 401/521-8800

SOUTH CAROLINA
Charleston

Wholesale Industrial

Electronics

Phone: 803/722-2634

Columbia

Dixie Electronics, Inc.

Phone: 803/779-5332

Greenville

Hammond Electronics
Phone: 803/2334121
Shealy Electrical Wholesale
Phone: 803/242-6880

SOUTH DAKOTA
Aberdeen

McLaughlin Electric Supply
Phone: 605/225-7100

TENNESSEE

Chattanooga

Mills & Lupton Supply Co.
Phone: 615/266-6171

Kingsport

Wholesale Electric, Inc.
Phone: 615/246-2900

Knoxville

Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 615/966-3441
Stokes Electric Company
Phone: 615/525-0351

TENNESSEE — Cont’d
Memphis

Bluff City Distributing Co.
Phone: 901/345-9500
Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 901/795-8483

Nashville

Brownell Electro, Inc.

Phone: 615/889-8230
Carlton-Bates
Phone: 615/244-3562
Electra Distributing
Phone: 615/329-3971

TEXAS

Amarillo

Snook & Aderton, Inc.

Phone: 806/374-5229

Austin

Harrison Equipment Co.
Phone: 512/458-3555

Beaumont

Ralph’s Industrial Electronics
Phone: 713/833-9443
Warren Electric Company
Phone: 713/833-9405
Corpus Christi
Nunn Electric Supply Corp.
Phone: 512/884-0311
Dallas

Associated Aircraft
Supply Co.

Phone: 214/3314381
King Bearing, Inc.

Phone: 214/630-7600
Norvell Electronics, Inc.
Phone: 214/233-0020
Wilkinson Brothers
Phone: 214/747-1571
El Paso

Midland Specialty Company
Phone: 915/533-9555
Triangle Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 915/533-5981
Fort Worth
SWIECO, Inc.

Phone: 817/335-6521
Garland

Industrial Equipment Co.
Phope: 214/271-5494 .

Harlingen

Bush Supply Co., Inc.

Phone: 512/428-1613

Houston

Buffalo Electric Company
Phone: 713/688-2300
King Bearing, Inc.

Phone: 713/688-5701
Industrial Equipment
of Houston
Phone: 713/928-3181
Norvell Electronics, Inc.
Phone: 713/777-1666
Lubbock

Snook & Aderton, Inc.

Phone: 806/763-9323

Odessa

Western Controls Co.

Phone: 915/332-0771

San Antonia

Blackburn Drives & Ctrls., Inc.
Phone: 512/349-2621

Stafford

Harrison Equipment Co., Inc.
Phone: 713/879-2727

UTAH

Salt Lake City

Stuart Electric Supply, Inc.
Phone: 801/466-8603
Western Controls
Phone: 801/3284302

VERMONT

Springfield

Coghlin Electric Co.

Phone: 802/885-5136

VIRGINIA

Charlottesville

ECK Supply Co.

Phone: 804/977-2990

Lynchburg

ECK Supply Co.

Phone: 804/846-6555
Norfolk

Priest Electronics, Inc.

Phone: 804/855-0105

VIRGINIA — Cont’d
Richmond

Electrical Equipment Co.
Phone: 804/353-7841

Roanoke

Williams Supply, Inc.

Phone: 703/343-9333

WASHINGTON

Aberdeen

Industrial Electric Service Co.
Phone: 206/533-2792

Bellevue

Almac Electronics
Phone: 206/643-9992

Bellingham

North Coast Electric Co.
Phone: 206/671-1100

Clarkston

AM FAC Electrical Supply
Phone: 509/758-5563

Everett

North Coast Electric Co.
Phone: 206/259-7263

Longview

North Coast Electric Co.
Phone: 206/423-1550

Pasco

AMFAC Electrical Supply Co.
Phone: 509/547-9733

Seattle

North Coast Electric Co.
Phene: 206/6824444
Platt Electric Supply, Inc.
Phone: 206/6244083
Tek-Electric Control, Inc.
Phone: 206/283-7100
Spokane

Amfac Electrical Supply
Phone: 509/534-0611

Tacoma

Consolidated Electrical Dist.
Phone: 206/383-5961

Yakima

Picatti Brothers, Inc.

Phone: 509/248-2540

WEST VIRGINIA
Clarksburg

Tolley Electric Company
Phone: 304/624-7468

Dunbar

State Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 304/768-8856

Huntington

West Virginia Electric Supply
Phone: 304/525-0361

Wheeling

Gee Electric Company
Phone: 304/233-3200

WISCONSIN

Appleton

Langstadt Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 414/733-3791
Cedarburg
A.A. Electric, Inc.

Phone: 414/377-8000
Green Bay
A.A. Electric Division
Phone: 414/499-0258
Beemster Electric Company
Phone: 414/437-3238
Janesville

Cole Electric Supply, Inc.
Phone: 608/752-9496

Madison

Satterfield Electronics, Inc.
Phone: 608/2574801

Manitowoc

Englewood Electric Supply
Phone: 414/684-6653

Milwaukee

Standard Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 414/272-8100

Racine

Nelson Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 414/637-7661

Waukesha

Power/Mation Division
Phone: 414/542-2868

WYOMING

Casper

Ryall Electric Supply Co.
Phone: 307/237-7198

1 # 2380 pg. so

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

QHM ITE@power tap switches, high current, non-shorting type

All Ohmite switches feature the slow-break, quick-make action
deemed so desirable for switching of AC current.

All models except 711 feature all ceramic, arc-proof bodies and
solid silver alloy, fixed and movable contacts. The large, thick,
silver-alloy fixed contact disks are permanently welded to
copper studs. These, in turn, are riveted and soldered to sturdy
terminal lugs, assuring a permanent mechanical and electrical
joint. The rotor (moving) contact, also of solid silver-alloy, is
riveted and soldered to the contact arm. Face of the rotor con-
tact is slightly rounded assuring a perfect seating of the con-
tacts with a slight rubbing, self-cleaning motion on every
operation. Models 111, 212, 312 and 412 are UL listed.

The new Model 711 tap switch was designed to achieve high
current capability with small size. It is actually smaller than
many low current instrument switches. It interrupts 7 amperes
at 125 VAC and can carry 15 amperes AC or DC. The Model 711
features a melamine phenolic body with solid silver-alloy fixed
and movable contacts.

INTRODUCING
MODEL 711

Smallest Switch for Its Rating
7 Amps, 125 Volts

All models can be provided as 2-in-tandem or 3-in-tandem (except
Model 111) assemblies.

TO ORDER indicate model, followed by a dash and the number of
taps required. If tandem assemblies are desired, add another
dash, followed by T2 or T3 to indicate total number of switches
in the assembly. Thus 212-6-T2 would indicate two 20 amp
switches with 6 taps, in tandem. A single switch would be 212-6.

Model

Alternate Current
Rating

Diameter

Shaft

Diameter

Max.

Panel

Thick-

ness

Weight

No. of
Taps

Amps.

Volts

711

7

125

1W

1 / 4 "

%"

.047 lb.

3-11

111

15

125

1%"

1 / 4 "

1 / 4 "

.161b.

3-11

212

20

150

2 y 4 "

1 / 4 "

1 / 4 "

.41b.

3-12

312

30

300

3%"

1 / 4 "

1 / 4 "

.75 lb.

3-12

412

50

300

W

1 / 4 "

1 / 4 "

1.41b.

3-12

608

100

300

6 "

%"

1"

51b.

3-8

ALL CERAMIC OPEN TYPE TAP SWITCHES

Designed to transfer currents of several amperes in circuits requiring high voltage
insulation. Ceramic body construction. Monel metal taps; silver-graphite brush.

Switches up to 8 taps are approximately 3W' diameter including lugs; 9 to 12
tap switches are approximately 4 l A” diameter. Switches can be ordered assem-
bled 2 to 3 in tandem. Single hole mounting by means of %" diameter bushing
and hexagon nut accommodates panels up to W' thick (maximum).

Maximum current capacity is 7 amperes but only 3 amperes at 120 V.A.C.
should be interrupted. Current ratings are less for all direct current circuits
above 20 volts, for inductive circuits and high voltages.

©HMITEJHMIIROL solid state power and motor speed controls

FEATURES:

• Conserves space & power

• Smallest 1 & 2 KW control

• AC & DC output types

• Built-in on-off switch

• Adjustable control range

• Choice of component & portable styles

• Long life

Catalog No.

Output Range

Load Capacity Rating

Component Style

Portable Style*

Input Volts

Freq.

(Nominal)

(Maximum)

PCA-1000

PCA-1001

60 Hz

1 KW, 8.3 Amps AC

PCA-1050

—

120 VAC

0-120 VAC

15 Amps AC

PCA-1100

PCA-1101

50 Hz

1 KW, 8.3 Amps AC

PCA-1020

PCA-1021

240 VAC

60 Hz

0-240 VAC

2 KW, 8.3 Amps AC

PCA-1120

PCA-1121

50 Hz

PCD-1000

PCD-1001

120 VAC

60 Hz

0-120 VDC and

6.0 Amp DC
Resistive

PCD-1100

PCD-1101

50 Hz

Full 120 VDC

PCD-1020

PCD-1021

240 VAC

60 Hz

0-240 VDC and

3.5 Amp DC

Motor Load

PCD-1120

PCD-1121

50 Hz

Full 240 VDC

Model PCA-Component Style * Availab,e by special order

FOR STOCK ITEMS, CALL LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE LISTED IN INDEX

RECEPTACLE FOR RECEPTACLE FOR
TYPE PCA 1001 TYPE PCA 1021

RECEPTACLE FOR
TYPE PCD 1001

(AMPHENOL 9I-PN3F)

Models PCA and PCD-Portable

OHMITE MFC. CO., a NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS company / 3601 W. Howard St., Skokie, IL 60076 / (312) 675-2600 / TWX 910-223-0805 / TELEX 72-4433

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2381

5100

SWITCHES

5100

OAK SWITCHES

OAK

ANTI-STATIC
KEYLOCK
SECURITY SWITCH

3 A" diameter security switches provide up
to 20 kV static protection for sensitive elec-
tronic circuitry. Supplied with stainless steel
bezel and two brass keys. Keyed alike for
each part number. Key pull in all positions.
Single pole only.

SPECIFICATIONS

Operating Life: Tested to 10,000 cycles.
Switching: Enclosed; SPST, SPDT, SP3T
Throw: 90°.

Operating Torque: 7 to 16 in. oz.
Temperature Range: 0° to +85°C
Positive Detenting Stops: Integral with lock.
Housing: Zytel 101, Gray.

Switch Terminals: Copper alloy, silver
plated.

Contact Material: Copper alloy, silver-plated.
Barrel: Zinc alloy, chromate dipped.

Bezel: Stainless steel.

Keys: Brass (2)

Hex Mtg. Nut: Cadmium plated steel.

Elec. Ratings: 1.0 A @ 28Vdc

4.0 A @ 120 Vac

2.0 A @ 240 Vac

Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms (nominal).
All switches make before break. UL and
CSA listed. Specifications through rated life
after break in.

OAK

TYPE AM (ACORN)
ROTARY SWITCH

1" diameter with patented Unidex® detent
action. Double-wiping and self-cleaning
contacts.

SPECIFICATIONS

Size: 1" dia. (nom.), 1 to 3 sections.
Mounting: %" dia. with locating key.

Shaft: 0.250" dia. x 1 Vz " grooved (breakoff).
Indexing: Dual ball 30°.

Stop Strength: Fixed — 15 in. lbs.

Adjustable — 10 in. lbs.
Terminal Strength: 2V2 lb. pull.

Stator: Diallyl phthalate (MIL-M-14).

Rotor: Thermoplastic.

Contacts: Brass, silver plated and protected.
Contact Resistance: 0.003 to 0.015 Ohms
between adjacent clips.

Elec. Rating: Break 0.5 A @ 28 Vdc, 0.25 A
@110 Vac (resistive). Carry 5.0 A.

Life: 10,000 cycles at rated load (min.).
Temperature: —65° to +85°C.

Hardware: Nut, lockwasher, stopwasher.
Finish: Withstands 50 hr. MIL-S-3786 salt
spray.

OAK

V 2 " ROTARY
SWITCH

A superior subminiature switch with negligi-
ble contact noise and circuit resistance.

SPECIFICATIONS

Size: V2" (nominal).

Mounting: “D” hole, Va" bushing.

Shaft: Vs" dia. x 3 A".

Indexing: 30°, up to 1 1 detents.

Stop Strength: 5 in. lbs.

Terminal Strength: 1 lb. pull.

Stator & Spacers: Diallyl phthalate.

Rotor: Thermoplastic.

Contacts: Silver alloy, gold plated.

Contact Resistance: 10-20 milliohms.
Insulation Resistance: 10 megohms (min.).
Elec. Rating: 0.25 A @ 1 1 0 Vac resistive.

0.50 A @ 30 Vdc resistive.
Life: 10,000 cycles at rated load (min.) room
Temperature: —65° to +85°C
Hardware: Nut, lockwasher, stopwasher.
Finish: Withstands 50 hr. MIL-S-3786 salt
spray.

OAK

TYPE 500
1 / 2 " ROTARY
SWITCH

Superior long-life subminiature switches are
designed to meet MIL-S-3786/20.

SPECIFICATIONS

Size: 1/2" (nom), single pole.

Positions: 4, 6, 8, 1 0 & 1 2.

Detent: 90°, 60°, 45°, 36° & 30°.

Base: Diallyl phthalate, MIL-M-14.

Rotor: Phenolic, MIL-M-14.

Contacts: Copper alloy w/silver crown,
gold plate.

Terminals: Copper alloy, silver crown,
gold plate.

Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms (max) MIL.

50 milliohms (max)
non-MIL

Stops: Fixed or adjustable.

Shaft & Panel Seal: Neoprene.

Voltage: 600 Vac breakdown (min).

Current Rating: 6.0 A @ 30 Vdc & 110 Vac.
Resistive.

Mechanical: Stainless steel & nickel plated
steel detent balls.

Write for Bulletin F-1096 for complete de-
tails and specifications.

OAK

TYPE 850
PROGRAMMABLE
ROTARY SWITCH

0.850" square, sealed programmable
switch with up to 28 positions, 4 sections
and/or 7 outputs plus common per section.
Dual-concentric shafts available. Can be
wave soldered.

SPECIFICATIONS

Rating: 250 mA @ 28 Vdc resistive.

Contact Resistance: 100 milliohms (max).
Voltage Breakdown: 500 V (min) between
common and open contact. 100 V (min)
between any contact and housing.

Contacts: Make before break.

Detent Angles: Depends on positions.
Operating Temperature: —55° to +85°C.
Stops: As required.

Coding: Hexidecimal, BCD, Grey and others.

Shafts: Steel, cadmium plated, chromate or
zinc plate as required. Outer: 0.250"
(nom).

Write for Bulletin F-1093.

OAK SWITCH SYSTEMS, INC. po Box 517, Crystal Lake, IL 60014

An Oak Technology Ino. Company (815) 459-5000 • TWX 910-634-3353 • TLX 72-2447

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2382

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

OAK SWITCHES

OAK

MULTIDEX

ROTARY

SWITCH

Oak Multidex Switches replace older mod-
els with a completely new design. Multidex
switches are smaller than older models yet
provide more contacts (up to 32 and 36
positions). The patented Unidex detent sys-
tem has one or two balls riding on the star-
wheel for smooth and positive action. The
detent housing is a one-piece molding. They
meet or exceed the requirements of MIL-S-
3786, SR32 (latest issue).

Multidex rotors and stators are molded of
diallyl phthalate and meet MIL-M-14 require-
ments. Contacts are silver plated brass
(standard) or silver alloys (other available).

The contacts are self-cleaning, double-wip-
ing types and are coated to resist corrosion.

Terminals are Type “A” clips for easy
wire insertion and soldering.

Rated at 0.5 A @ 28 Vdc and 0.25 @110
Vac with silver plated contacts. Silver con-
tacts are rated 1.0 @ 28 Vdc and 0.5 A @
110 Vac. All ratings are for resistive loads.

Temperature ratings are:

MIL: -65° to +85°C.

Commercial: —25° to +85°C.

Both types are made of materials which
meet or exceed the requirements of MIL-S-
3786 50 hour salt spray test.

OAK
TYPE FJ

1.421" DIAMETER

ROTARY

SWITCH

This series of Oak switches is a product
expansion of the standard “F” series. They
are designed to meet the requirements of
MIL-S-3786/SR03.

The FJ series offers terminal clips which
are offset on the rear 15° from those on the
front. Each section can accommodate up to
22 clips in 30°, 60° or 90° throw. The FJ
series utilizes Oak’s durable high pressure
double wiping contacts which are self-
cleaning and corrosion resistant. Terminals
are available for both hard soldering and
printed circuit board mounting.

Rotation may be either continuous, with
a fixed stop or with an adjustable stop.

FJ switches are rated 1.0 A @ 28 Vdc
and 5.0 A @ 110 Vac with silver plated brass
contacts. Ratings for silver alloy contacts
are: 2 A @ 28 Vdc and 1.0 A @ 110 Vac.
Contacts can be make before break or break
before make or any combination of these.

All FJ switches are made of the highest
quality material to meet or exceed all mili-
tary and commercial requirements.

TYPE 184

LEVER

SWITCHES

Oak Type 184 lever switches are designed
for reliable operation over thousands of
cycles. The proven Type 184 offers a num-
ber of options. They are available as either
2, 3, or 4 position styles and with up to
12 terminals per side so that 12 pole 2 posi-
tion circuits can be used or up to 8 poles
with the 3 position style.

Mounting requires a slot and 2 holes to
accept the two #4-40 mounting screws. The
face of the switch is tapped. The switches
require only 1&" of space behind the panel.

Contacts are silver plated brass and are
rated at 0.5 A @ 28 Vdc and 0.25 A @ 110
Vac, resistive. The contacts will carry 5
Amps continuously.

The life of this series is rated at 10,000
cycles under standard conditions as a mini-
mum.

The switches are supplied with a standard
knob. Other designs are possible.

Write for complete details or contact your
nearest Oak distributor or sales office.
These are listed in EEM’s “Yellow Pages” in
this Volume.

OAK OPTOLITE™
PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

FRICTION CAP
PRESSLITES

Momentary &
Alternate Action

LOW PROFILE
PRESSLITES

Momentary &
Alternate Action

SNAP-IN

PRESSLITES

Momentary
Action Only

WATERTIGHT &
EMI SUPPRESSED
PRESSLITES

Momentary &
Alternate Action

SPLIT

LEGEND

Momentary &
Alternate Action

MACROFLEX

Momentary &
Alternate Action

OAK SWITCH SYSTEMS, INC. P 0 Box 517 > Cr v stal Lake - IL 60014

An Oak Technology Inc. Company (815) 459-5000 • TWX 910-634-3353 • TLX 72-2447

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2383

5100

SWITCHES

5100

omRon

BASIC SWITCHES

The switch products outlined on these pages are representative of hundreds of switches manufactured and
distributed by Omron. Omron also manufactures a wide variety of other control components including: switches,
photoelectric sensors, proximity sensors, timers, counters, temperature controllers and programmable controllers.

Features

Contact Form

Basic
Operating
Force (OF)
Range (oz.)
(Pin Plunger)

Terminals

Contact Rating
[Rated
Current (A)]

Mechanical
Service Life
(Operations)

Approvals

• Best-Selling

• Wide Variety

• Breaks up to
15A Loads

SPDT

8.8 to 12.3

Solder

Screw

Quick Connect

0.1 to 15
250 VAC

2 x 10 7

i — i .09-—

(inch)

• Miniature

• Breaks 5 to 15A Loads
Variety of Actuators

SPDT

0.9 to 14.1

Solder

Screw

Quick Connect

0.1 to 15
125 VAC

1 x 106
to

1 x 10 7

» Economical .
• Subminiature

SPDT

0.9 to 5.3

Solder

Quick Connect
PCB

0.1 to 10
125 VAC

3 x 10 7

1 *2384

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

omRon

For more information contact Omron Electronics, Inc.,
Dept. EM, 650 Woodfield, Schaumburg, Illinois 60195
Phone: (312) 843-7900, TWX 910-291-2494

LED ILLUMINATED PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

The A3SA and A3SJ series feature replaceable 4-chip LED(s). This state-of-the-art design provides incandescent
brightness, (120° wide viewing angle and viewing distance up to 200 ft.), with LED economy. The A3SJ is available
with a 2-way split screen configuration. Incandescent'types are also available.

A3SA , A3SJ

A3SA — SQUARE TYPE

■ AVAILABLE TYPES

» SWITCH UNITS*/**

Function

rrmctrnrtmn

Corn ii i & ' —

Output form

Alternate

action

Alternate

action

Switch-indicator

Silver alloy SPDT
contact DPDT

A3SA-7020

A3SA-7040

A3SJ-8020

A3SJ-8040

unit (switching
and indicating
functions)

(Sold alloy §PDT

contact DPDT

Solid-state output

A3SA-7060
A3SA-7080
A3SA-71 00

A3SJ-8066
A3SJ-8080
A3SJ-8 1 00

» LED (T-1 % Bulb Package)

■ —^Description

OperaT

inq voltaqe * — — ^

Color of
display screen
unit

Color
of belt

Type

Red

Red

SLL-05ER

5V

Yellow or white

Yellow

SLL-05EY

Green

Green

SLL-05EG

Red

Red

SLL-06ER

6V

Yellow or white

Yellow

SLL-06EY

Green

Green

SLL-06EG

Red

Red

SLL-12ER

12V

Yellow or white

Yellow

SLL-12EY

Green

Green

SLL-12EG

Red

Red

SLL-24ER

24V

Yellow or white

Yellow

SLL-24EY

Green

Green

SLL-24EG

• LED RATINGS

Rated voltage

Rated current

Operating voltage
range

5VDC

30mA

5VDC + 5%

6VDC

30mA

6VDC + 5%

12VDC

15mA

1 2VDC + 5%

24VDC

1 0mA

24VDC + 5%

• A3SA DISPLAY SCREEN UNITS**'

Switch unit

For switch-

Color ~

indicator unit

White

A3SA-5801

Red

A3SA-5802

Green

A3SA-5803

Yellow

A3SA-5805

• A3SJ DISPLAY SCREEN UNITS***

A3SJ - RECTANGULAR TYPE
K, 4 17 8.

(mm)

Screen ~~~
pattern & color

Switch unit

For switch-
indicator unit

Single-screen
typei (solid color)i

□

White

Red

Green

Yellow

A3SJ-5801

A3SJ-5802

A3SJ-58t)3

A3SJ-5805

2-split screen
type (2 split
colors) | — j — |

White/red

White/green

White/yellow

Red/green

Red/yellow

Green/yellow

A3SJ-5901'

A3SJ-5902

A3SJ-5904

A3SJ-5905

A3SJ-5907

A3SJ-5909

NOTES:

1. When placing your order, specify the required number of switch units, display
screen units and LEDs, respectively.

2. ‘The switch unit is supplied with a spring mounting clip.

3. "Momentary Action types and indicator unit (indicating function only) are
available.

4. *‘*The display screen unit is supplied with a transparent legend plate.

Approved by Standard
UL (File No. E41515)
CSA (File No. LR45258)

Silver contact type:

Gold alloy contact type:
Solid-state output type:

3A 125 VAC
2A 250 VAC
0. 1 A 30 VDC
0. 1 A 125 VAC
Vcc 4.5 to 26.4 VDC

The A3PA and A3PJ series feature an array of LEDs providing incandescent brightness, (120° wide viewing angle
and viewing distance up to 200 ft.), with LED economy. The A3PA is available with a 2-way splitscreen configuration.
The A3PJ offers 2, 3 and 4-way split screen configurations. Incandescent types are also available.

A3PA, A3PJ

AVAILABLE TYPES

A3PA — SQUARE TYPE

Function

Construction

Contact & '

Output form

Alternate

action

Alternate

action

Switch-indicator
unit (switching
and indicating
functions)

Silver alloy SPDT

contact DPDT

Gold alloy SPDT

contact DPDT

Solid-state output

A3PA-7020-1

A3PA-7040-1

A3PA-7060-1

A3PA-7080-1

A3PA-7100-1

A3PJ-7020-1
A3PJ-7040-I
A3PJ-706 0-1
A3PJ-7080-1
A3PJ-7 100-1

NOTE: The switch unit is supplied with a black flange and a short spring mounti

'Momentary Action types and indicator unit (indicating function
only) are available.

DISPLAY SCREEN UNITS"

ng clip.

Screen pattern &

:olc

Switch unit

For switch-indicator

unit

For switch-indicator
unit

Single screen

White

Red

Green

Oranoe

A3PA-5701-GGE
A3PA-5702-GGE
A3PA-5703-GGE
A3PA-5706-U UE

A3PJ-5701 -O GE
A3PJ-5702-GGE
A3PJ-5703-GGE
A3PJ-5706-GGE

type 1 II 1

(solid 1

color) 1 1 1 1

2-split screen
type

(2 split colors)

White

QB

White

Red

Green

Oranqe

A3PA-571 1-GGE
A3PA-571 2-DUE
A3PA-57 1 3-GOE
A3PA-57 1 6-OOE

A3PJ-571 1-GGE
A3PJ-5712-GGE
A3PJ-5713-GGE
A3PJ-5716-GGE

Red

BB

White

Red

Green

Oranqe

A3PA-5721 -DDE
A3PA-5722-GGE
A3PA-5723-GGE
A3PA-5726-GGE

A3PJ-5721-GGE

A3PJ-5722-GGE

A3PJ-5723-GGE

A3PJ-5726-GGE

SB

Green

BB

White

Red

Green

Oranqe

A3PA-5731-GGE

A3PA-5732-GGE

A3PA-5733-GGE

A3PA-5736-GGE

A3F>j-673i-Uue"

A3PJ-5732-GGE

A3PJ-5733-GGE

A3PJ-5736-GGE

.

Orange

BB

White

Red

Green

Orange

A3PA-5741 -□ HUE
A3PA-5742-GGE
A3PA-5743-GGE
A3PA-5746-GGE

A3PJ-5741-GGE

A3PJ-5742-GGE

A3PJ-5743-GGE

A3PJ-5746-GGE

A3PJ — RECTANGULAR TYPE

(mm)

LED RATING!

(mm)

Rated

voltaqe

Current (

mA)

Operating
voltage range

Single screen
type

2-split screen
type

5VDC

80

6VDC

80

12VDC

40

■

24VDC

20

■■olZQB

NOTES:

1. The display screen unit incorporates a lens, a transparent legend
plate, a plunger, a colored plate and LED(s). The 2-split screen
type incorporates a light baffle in addition to the above items.

2. When placing your order for the display screen unit, fill one of the
following rated voltage codes in □□ of the part number.

5 VDC: 05

6 VDC: 06
12 VDC: 12
24 VDC: 24

3. **3-split and 4-split screen types are available. ( A3PJ only)

Approved by Standard
UL (Fife No. E41515)
CSA (File No. LR45258)

Silver contact type:

Gold alloy contact type:
Solid-state output type:

3A 125 VAC
2A 250 VAC
0.1 A 30 VDC
0. 1 A 125 VAC
Vcc 4.5 to 26.4 VDC

5100

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2385

o

5100

SWITCHES

5100

INTEGRALLY MOLDED BEZEL

Circuit
Number I

QUICK-CONNECT

TERMINALS

SERRATED SPRING-LOCK
MOUNTING CLIPS

ELECTRICAL FEATURES

Load rating: 10 amperes 125/250 volts ac.
Contacts: fine silver, double-break,
break-before- make
Circuits: single-pole and double-pole
Dielectric strength: 2000 volts ac rms.

Life: 25,000 operations at maximum rating

MECHANICAL FEATURES

One-piece molded-nylon body has
integral, serrated, spring-lock clips.

Bezel molded integral with body.

Metal bezel available.

Molded-in light-dispersing lens.

Interchangeable lens-caps in wide
choice of colors.

Positive mechanical indication of
switch-contact position.

100,000 mechanical operations.

TERMINALS

Style A — 1/ 4-inch quick-connect
Style B — 3/ 16-inch quick-connect
Style C — Solder-lug, for #12 wire

STANDARD LAMPS

Integral with switch;

Internally connected per diagrams above.

6, 12, and 28 volt incandescent lamps standard.
125 and 250 volt neon lamps standard.

SPECIAL ORDER LAMPS

125 and 250 volt Blue or Green neon
lamps available. Consult factory for
price and delivery information.

COLOR DESIGNATIONS

Body and integral bezel

White— C7, Grey— C8, Black— C9,

Transparent lens-cap

Red — 1, Clear — 2, Amber — 3,
Green — 4, Blue-^-S
Opaque pushbutton-cap

White — 7, Grey— 8, Black — 9,
Blue — 10, Green — 11, Red — 12

N SWITCHES

TYPE DL
LIGHTED

TYPE DP
NON-LIGHTED

Circuit

Diagram

Switching

CATALOG NUMBER

Momentary Alternating
Action Action

CATALOG NUMBER

Momentary Alternating
Action Action

single-pole
single-throw
normally open

DLMl

DLA1

DPMI

DPAl

single-pole
single-throw
normally closed

DLM2

DLA2

DPM2

DPA2

double-pole
single-throw
normally open

DLM3

DLA3

DPM3

DPA3

double-pole
single-throw
normally closed

DLM4

DLA4

DPM4

DPA4

double-pole
cir. #1 normally
open

cir. #2 normally
closed

DLM5

DLA5

DPM5

DPA5

single-pole
single-throw
normally open

0LM6

DLA6

Above types
do not include
lamp-circuit.

. 1 E

Jfe

double-pole
single-throw
normally open

DLM7

DLA7

TYPE DG- Lighted Indicators

Type DG Lighted Indicators are identical in size and mounting with Type
DL and DP switches and can be grouped easily with them without need for
special mounting provision. A choice of different lens-cap heights is
available.

TYPE

DGS

the low-profile indicator ex-
tends the same distance from
the panel as the Type DL
or DP switch in its ON i
tion (1/16 inch).

posi-

TYPE the high-profile indicator ex-
, tends the same distance from
llfi I the panel as the Type DL
I or DP switch in its OFF |
tion (9/32 inch).

posi-

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

(inches)

- 1 - 7/32 3 ™-
- 1 - 3/16 -

T

METAL BEZELS (optional)

Gold-color — F1„ Chrome — F2

MARKINGS

Letters, numbers, and symbols can
be applied to lens-caps.

MOUNTING

Snap-in mounting in rectangular hole;
fits any panel-thickness 1 / 32 to 3/16 inch.

ORDERING EXAMPLE

Develop catalog-number of unit by add-
ing to the basic Type Number, shown
above, the applicable code-letters or
numbers in the sequence shown below.

DLM2 A 6V 4 F2 C7

T,

TERMINAL STYLE -

i:

BODY COLOR
BEZEL (OPTIONAL)
CAP COLOR

OSLO CONTROLS MC.

328 Industrial Avenue, Cheshire, Connecticut 06410
Tel.: (203) 272-2794 TWX 71 0 455 3774

1-2386

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

OSLO • ROCKER SWITCHES

Load Rating: 20 amperes 125/250 volts AC
Contacts: Fine silver for long life dependability
Dielectric strength: 1 250 volts (live parts to ground)
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations at maximum rating.
Insulation Resistance: 5 megohms
Terminals

Style A - Va inch quick-connect

Lamps

6, 1 2, 28 volt incandescent, 1 25, 250 volt Neon

Mechanical Features

One-piece molded-nylon housing, available in
choice of colors.

Integral spring-lock clip design speeds assembly.
Optional metal bezels available.

Rocker actuator available in choice of colors.
250,000 mechanical operations.

Markings

Letters, numbers, and symbols can be applied to
rocker actuator or to integral nylon bezel.

Mounting

Snap-in mounting in rectangular hole; fits any
panel thickness from .031 to .1 25 inch.

ORDERING PROCEDURE

To the basic catalog number listed, suffix letters
and numbers are added in the sequence indicated
below:

Example: RSL1 A6V1 C9F2 This specifies a SPST,
lighted, maintained Off-On switch with VV' quick-connect
terminals, transparent red actuator, black housing and
optional chrome bezel.

LAMP

VOLTAGE

6V=6 Volt
Incandescent

12V=12 Volt
Incandescent

28V=28 Volt
Incandescent

1 25V= s 1 25 Volt
Neon

250V=250 Volt
Neon

LENS COLORS

1 s Red

2 « Clear

3 = Amber
*4 « Green
*5 « Blue

6 ~ White

*Blue or green
actuators are
not recom-
mended for
units with neon
lamps

HOUSING-

METAL

COLORS

BEZEL

(OPTIONAL!

C7 = White
C8 = Grey
(Non-Stock)
C9 as Black

Ik

BASIC UNIT
LIGHTED
MAINTAINED
ON-OFF
SWITCH "
Va" quick term

RSL1A 6V 1 C9 F2

LAMP ■

-HOUSING COLOR

-LENS COLOR

NON -LIGHTED SWITCHES

CIRCUIT

fe —Jk

BASIC CAT. NO.

SPST

Maintained

r-f

2 1 2 1

OFF ON

RSP1A

SPOT

Maintained

2 13 2 13

' ON ' . ■ ON

RSP2A

SPOT
Maintained
Center Off

•N*—* rVi

2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3

ON OFF ON

RSP3A

SPST

(Momentary)
Normally Open

■ .

21 : . 2 i ■

RSP4A

SPST

(Momentary)
Normally Closed

ON 2 1

<OFF) ..

RSP5A

SPOT

(Momentary)

Transfer

• i

2 13 2 13

ON ION)

RSP6A

LIGHTED ROCKER SWITCHES

CIRCUIT

Jk

BASIC CAT. NO.

SPST

Maintained

•>©j

3 Z o«' 3

RSL1A

SPST

(Momentary)
Normally Open

2 ; 1 3 2 13

OFF (ON)

RSL4A

LIGHTED INMCAIORS

BASIC CATALOG NO.

rsoa

*Basic catalog number includes Va - inch quick-connect terminals.
CODE: SPST = Single-Pole, SingleThrow
SPDT= Single-Pole, DoubleThrow
( )= Momentary Action

OSLO CONTROLS INC.

328 Industrial Avenue, Cheshire, Connecticut 06410
Tel.: (203) 272-2794 TWX710 455 3774

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2387

5100

SWITCHES

5100

OTTO

CONTROLS

OTTO. SNAP-ACTION SWITCHES . . .

because the OTTO design features inherent rocking-action

BASIC SWITCHES sub-miniature

DOUBLE-BREAK B3 SERIES

MIL-S-8 805/76 THIN B3-22141

For your run -of -the -“MIL” projects,
OTTO’S B3-22141 Series is only .200"
thick. Contact resistance less than 25
milliohms, contact pressure higher than
normal, minimal contact bounce. Gold
flashed contacts, solder terminals in di-
allyl case. Rated 7A Res.

CHARACTERISTICS

• Contact Resistance: .025fi max.

• 10 million mechanical cycles.

+3

• Operating Force: 5 oz *

• Release Force: 1.5 oz. min.

• Overtravel: .006" min.

• Move. Diff.: .018 ±.008"

• Rating: 7A Res., 115 VAC, 28 VDC.

MIL-S-8805/101 THINNER B3-12141

OTTO inspired military spec, is only .156"
thin, yet all the rating, life, and reliability
of the /76 version. Five B3-12141 Series
in the space of four B3-22141. Choice of
double-break from X, Y, Z and single
break form C. B3-12141 turret terminals,
B3-11141 p.c. pins. Also commercial ver-
sions.

BASIC SWITCH, TURRET TERMINALS

.093
.055 R.

- - .281
.096— —

A

...

! 1 ' .290 1

| .350 ,

1

TX^ . J- 1 + 002

?tD CX
t — ii — h — r

«* 0IS .355

.320 FREE
OPfRPT. pos.

.030

.053

- - .200*
THIN

)2 - - • .144

.282 -

- 426 - - .041
- ,5I0 MAX ' —

■a.

.125

t

±.003

U-.053

P.C. PINS MACHINE
WRAP

RIGHT ANGLE
P.C. PINS

All terminals are .020" thick.

SINGLE-BREAK B2 SERIES

CHARACTERISTICS

Now available in a choice of .200 and
.156 inch wide models. While the OTTO
B2 is qualified to MIL-S-8805/4, the same
switch can be specified for commercial
use at a cost savings. Whether it be mili-
tary or commercial, low-level “dry cir-
cuit” or high ampacity, large or close
differentials, you can specify the exact
switch to meet your needs. Case is diallyl.
Terminals are gold-flashed brass. Con-
tacts are silver or gold.

• Contact Resistance: .0250 max.

• 1 million mechanical cycles.

• Operating Force: 5 oz. max.

• Release Force: 1 oz. min.

• Overtravel: .004" min.

• Move. Diff.: .005" max.

• Rating: 7A res. @115 VAC, 28 VDC.

APPROVALS TO MIL-S-8805/4

MS P/N OTTO P/N

MS24547-1

MS24547-2

MS24547-4

MS24547-5

B2-21 1351
B2-21 1353
B2-212351
B2-212353

DIM.

“A”

DIM.

“B"

CAT. P/N
CODE

.090

.180

6

.150

.240

4

.270

.360

5

.062— -.375 -

ACTUATORS FOR BASICS

PUSHBUTTONS I

Va" or %" bushings, red or
black button, 1 to 4 poles.
Feature B3 basics. Overtra-
vel: .006" min. Total travel:
.036" Typical.

Choice of 3 panel bezels
styles, 1 or 2 poles. Feature
B3 basics. Operating force:
4 lbs. max. Total travel:
.050" Typical.

TOGGLES

Va" or %" bushings, 1 to 3
poles, B2 or B3 basics. Mo-
mentary and three position.

LEVERS

For B3 Basics
# Poles Cat. No.

1 A3-101

2 A3-102

For B2 Basics
# Poles Cat. No.

1 A2-101

2 A2-102

OTTO CONTROLS Division/ OTTO Engineering Inc.

1*2388

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

...MAKE AND BREAK EVERYTIME

. . . that breaks welds and wipes contacts clean

PUSHBUTTONS miniature & moistureproof

OTTO

CONTROLS

PI-1 PI -2 PI -3

FEATURES

• 250,000 mechanical cycles.

• High Contact Pressure:

120 gr.

• Low Contact Resistance:

• Repeatable trip point
within .001".

• Rolling sleeve principle
seals button.

• Sealed case and terminals.

PI-5 PI-6 PI-7 PI-8

TYPE PI (MIL-S-8805/3)

Pushbutton is sealed by silicone rubber boot
operating on a “rolling sleeve” principle to
give long life and smooth operation. Case and
terminals sealed against environment and sol-
der flux. Load ratings: 10A res., 5A ind., 3A
lamp. Contact forms: N.O., N.C., 2-circuit. Red
or black button.

P3-3 P3-6 P3-7 P3-8

TYPE P3 Commercial Grade

Momentary or push-pull double-break action.
Same specs as PI military series. Choice of
solder or screw terminals. Designed for use in
panel boards, computers, business machines,
instruments. Can be used as limit switch.

FEATURES:

• Mini size and sealed.

• .025 ohms max. contact
resistance.

• Positive tactile feed back.

• 4 mounting styles.

• 6 circuit variations.

Sealed Subminiature Pushbutton

TYPE P7

Double-break action with sealed pushbutton meets
environmental and electrical requirements of MIL-S-
8805. Switches loads from 10 mA @ 30 mV to 5 amps
@ 28 VDC. Choice of black or silver bezel and nine
button colors. The P7-1 series features swage bushing,
Hgfl P7-3’s have front panel bezel, P7-5’s have W* bushing
while P7-6’s have %" bushing. Seal is either mois-
tu re-proof /dust-tite or water-proof. Back-of-panel less
' than .500". Front panel .437" to .562" diameter.

tu/ostef)™

for applications

FEATURES

Unique 2-position design.
Sequential contact action.
12 contact arrangements.
Make-before-break
contact option.
Moistureproof construction.
25,000 mechanical cycles.

P2-1

P2-3

requiring 3 modes of operation

P2-6

Ideal for “off-high-low,” “off-slow-fast,”
“Stop-fine-course” applications. Each
level operates an independent set of
SPDT circuits rated to 5A. Twelve con-
tact arrangements are offered to satisfy
just about any circuit requirement. Also
available as DPDT single detent.

T77U_LEVEL 1
*“LEVEL 2

SPECIAL PURPOS

ENVIRONMENT-FREE

One piece housing, sealed at plunger
with ring seals and at base with hermetic
header for immersion proof and against
corrosive atmospheres. Case grounded
for EMI reduction. P6 Series available
with roller or in-line plunger.

CHARACTERISTICS

• Rating: 7A res. at 28 VDC.

• Actuating Force: 9 lbs. Typ.

• Reset Force: 5 lbs. min.

SWITCHES —

TOGGLE/

PUSHBUTTON

T2-0001

Combo toggle and pushbutton. It’s a 2-
position toggle and a pushbutton switch
all in one. 30° toggle throw, .135" total
pushbutton travel with 4.5 lbs. operating
force. Rated 10A res. and ind.

TOGGLE

T1-0001

Four position, 6-pole toggle featuring
MIL-S-8805/4 basic switches. Positions
#1 and #3 are 2PDT maintained action
each, position #4 is 2PDT momentary,
position #2 is center “off.” Rated 7A.
res. each pole.

T1-0004

Same except 3-position, 4-pole toggle.
Position #1 is 2PDT momentary, position
#2 is center “off,” position #3 is 2PDT
maintained action.

DEPT. EM, 2 EAST MAIN STREET / CARPENTERSVILLE, ILLINOIS 60110 / TEL: (312) 428-7171 / TELEX: 72-2426

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2389

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Power Dynamics g Inc.

177 Valley Street, South Orange, New Jersey 07079

(201) 762-6886

TWX: 136567 (PDI)

Micro-Miniature Toggle Switches

FSC 60046

• PC • Ultra-Low Current • Low Cost

Developed especially for use with ultra-low currents.
Gold-plated, plus extra heavy gold-plating on contact
points. Unique contact design assures stronger and
more stable contact resistance.

SPECIFICATIONS

Contacts and Terminals: Gold-plated

Rating: 5 VDC 100 mA
25 VDC 25 mA

Contact resistance: Less than 20m ohms (100 mV 1 mA)
Insulation resistance: More than 1000M ohms (500 VDC)
Current capacity: 0.1 micron A~0.1A
Dielectric strength: 100 VRMS at sea level
Life cycle: 50,000 contacts (standard type)

Mechanical life: 2 Pos.: 100,000 operations
3 Pos.: 50,000 operations
Electrical life: 2 Pos.: 50,000
3 Pos.: 25,000

Low Cost Commercial Versions: 2 Pos.: 40,000

3 Pos.: 20,000

FEATURES

a Terminals utilize international printed circuit board standard
spacing to match most PC boards.
a Pins and contacts are nickel, gold-plated. (3 microns of
nickel-plating with a minimum of 1.3 microns of gold).
a Case is UL-standard approved 0-94V Valox. Resists the ef-
fects of chemicals, high impact shock and high temperatures.
a Cleaning is simple even

after mounting because of
the design of the standoffs.
a Single and double pole
types have four standoffs
to allow maximum mount-
ing stability.
a Available:

• Plain bushing, no threads

• Va threaded bushings
with hexagon nuts

• Toothwasher (standard)

• Locking washer

• 10.4mm long lever

• Low-Cost Commercial
Version — 0.5 Microns A fi

CROSS REFERENCE
ORDERING CHART

Power
Dynamics
Part #

Comparable

Alcoswitch

Part #

UTID-1

TT11DG-PC-1

UTID-2

TT11DG-RA-1

UTIE-1

TE1 1 EG-PC-1

UTIE-2

TT1 1 EG-RA-1

UT2N-1

TT21NG-PC-1

UT2N-2

TT21NG-RA-1

UT2P-1

TT21PG-PC-1

UT2P-2

TT21 PG-RA-1

STANDARD (One Pole)

.03(0.76)

Flats available on all bushings upon request
(Metric dimensions in mm are in parenthesis)

PDI

MODEL

TYPE

1 1

*

UT-1D-1

SPDT

On

None

On

UT-1E-1

SPDT

On

Off

On

UT-1F-1

SPDT

On

None

(On)

UT1G-1

SPDT

(On)

Off

(On)

UT1H-1

SPDT

On

Off

(On)

(On) Momentary

STANDARD (Two Poles)

.36

2 1 < 51 > (=T\ — n~ -

‘Flats available on all bushings upon request
(Metric dimensions in mm are in parenthesis)

RIGHT ANGLE (One Pole)

RIGHT ANGLE (Two Poles)

PDI -
MODEL

TYPE

f^l

rh

UT-2N-1

DPDT

On

None

On

UT-2P-1

DPDT

On

Off

On

UT-2R-1

DPDT

On

None

(On)

UT2S-1

DPDT

(On)

Off

(On)

UT2T-1

DPDT

On

Off

(On)

(On) -- Momentary

PDI

MODEL

TYPE

h

r*n

1 1

UT-1D-2

SPDT

On

None

On

UT-1E-2

SPDT

On

Off

On

UT-1F-2

SPDT

On

None

(On)

UT1G-2

SPDT

(On)

Off

(On)

UT1H-2

SPDT

On

Off

(On)

(On) = Momentary

‘Flats available on all bushings upon request
(Metric dimensions in mm are in parenthesis)

.13

(3 - 3) , ,

t .10 (2.5) I r— .020 Typ.

.03 (0.76) (05)

PDI

MODEL

TYPE

h

r 1 !

UT-2N-2

DPDT

On

None

On

UT-2P-2

DPDT

On

Off

On

UT-2R-2

DPDT

On

None

(On)

UT2S-2

DPDT

(On)

Off

(On)

UT2T-2

DPDT

On

Off

(On)

(On) = Momentary

Ordering notes for all models:

• Add Suffix “E” to part number to
indicate Silver Plating.

• Add Suffix “S” to part number to
indicate Waterproof Sealing.

• Add Suffix “5” to part number to
indicate Threaded Bushing.

1*2390

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Rotary

Switches

• Molded
•RF Power

• Subminiature

Radio Switch has a complete line of rota-
ry switches to meet a wide variety of appli-
cations requiring exceptional reliability and
quality.

With over 40 years experience in design
and manufacturing. Radio Switch has the
capability of providing a broad selection of
standard switches as well as supplying
switches to customers stringent specifica-
tions. Our staff will work closely with your en-
gineering personnet to develop, test, and
implement the rotary switch that is custom-
designed for your application.

Our RF and power switches range from

2.000 volts peak flashover at 20 amperes to

24.000 volts peak flashover at 100 amperes.
In the sub-miniature size, coin silver current

carrying components can carry 5 amperes
with fnitial contact resistance of only .010
ohms max. where low current switching ap-
plications are critical. Our molded type
switches have the capability of switching 20
positions per circuit and are ideal for test
equipment and industrial control systems.

For high performance, quality, and fast
delivery, specify Radio Switch.

RADIO SWITCH CORPORATION

ROUTE 79

MARLBORO, NEW JERSEY 07746

201*462-6100

ROTARY SWITCHf.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2391

>1 » ] : 1

KEY SWITCHES

Electromechanical control for
a wide variety of applications.
Body is made of Noryl SEI /
Buttons are of ABS plastic in
various colors.

Single pole

■Special << click >> effect
gives clear evidence that the
contact has been made.

■ Available with luminous led.

■ Contacts are brass - silver plated.

■ Springs are bronze • silver plated

Electrical Specifications:
Insulation Resistance:
>2.5x10 4 Mfi

Contact Resistance: <25 Mfl
Operating Temperature:

— 20 °C to +70°C
Bounce Time: <2 MS
Operating Force: <4.3 oz.

(1.2 N)

Operating Travel:

.028 ± .008 (.7* 2)

Operating Life: >5x10 5 Cycles

*

%

MINIATURE

THUMBWHEEL

SWITCHES

SEACOR SERIES CS 200,
CS 600, CS 700, and CS 800

- Available in popular sizes to
meet your present and
potential requirements.

- Front and rear mounting
options.

- Rugged construction/ l

minimum operational life is

10 6 operations.

■ Illumination of thumbwell
digits available.

- ABS plastic thumbwheel and
case.

- Competitively priced and
prompt delivery.

- Common Specifications:

Switching Capacity:

1 to 50 mA

Current Carrying Capacity: 50V
Norn. Switched Operating
Voltage: 120 V

Contact Resistance: <100 milliohms |
Insulation Resistance: >10 5 M
Dielectric Strength: > 750 Volts

1*2392 For manufacturers’ ss

m

► - ^

SEALED KEYPADS

■ Designed for applications in
climatic and environmental
conditions.

■ 4, 12, 16, 20, Key configura-
tions available.

■ Available in luminous type.

• Protection and sealing are

obtained by elastic sheet.

■ Keycaps are mounted directly
onto outer elastic sheet.

- Standard mounting uses metal
plate and 3mm threaded
studs.

- Available in flush or surface
mounted

- Keycaps

• ABS molded plastic in
many different colors

• Legends are hot stamped
white or black

• Metal caps also available
upon request

- Gold crosspoint contacts

- Mechanical Specifications:

Pretravel: .0394 to .0591
(1 to 1.5mm)

Contact Travel: .02 (.5mm)
Operating Force: 150-300
grams

- Electrical Specifications:
^Voltage: 50V AC or DC
W Max. Voltage: 100V AC

V Dielectric Strength: 1.5 KV
r minimum
Current: 50 mA maximum
on resistive load
Switching: 2.5 VA maximum
Contact Resistance: 60-150
milliohms at the connector
terminals

Insulation Resistance:

100 megohms min. at 200V
Bouncing: <5 ms

-

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

MINIATURE

KEYPADS

MINIATURE

PUSHWHEEL SWITCHES

Seacor Series DP100 and DP200

- These switches allow undis-
turbed view of digits while
operating.

- Snap together assembly-no
hardware required.

- Economically priced for appli-
cations requiring minimum
size.

- ABS plastic pushwheel and
case.

- Rotation stops available on
request.

- Illumination of pushwheel
digits is available.

- Miniature and subminiature
sizes available

-Common Specifications:

Switching Capacity:

1 to 50 mA

Current Carrying Capacity:
500 mA

Switched Operating Voltage:
50V

Norn. Switched Operating
Voltage: 120 V

Contact Resistance: 80 m or
100 m (depending on
series selected)

Insulation Resistance:

10 5 M or 10 3 M

(depending on series selected)

MINIATURE

PUSHBUTTON

SWITCHES

‘-WBR

MINIATURE PRESS
[PIANOKEY] SWITCHES

- Versatile system of modules
allows virtually any combina-
tion of switches required.

- Modules are dust-tight closed.

- Hardened silver plated
contacts.

- Mounting brackets are made
of tinned steel

- Up to 20 stations per assembly

- Up to 10 PDT circuits per key

- Functions (Mode)

Self Releasing

- push to latch, push to
release

- push-pull, alternate action
Mutual Latching

- interlatch, mutual
releasing

- push to latch, push dif-
ferent key in chain to
release

Momentary

- spring loaded non-
latching

- Electrical Specifications:

Electrical Rating:

0.4 A 125 VAC 50 Watts
Contact Resistance:

<5 Milliohms
Breakdown Voltage:

>2000 Volts RMS
Insulation Resistance:
>25,000 Megohms

- Machanical Specifications:

Life Test: Over 50,000 Cycles
Station Spacing (Pitch):

.394" (10mm)

.492" (12.5mm)

.590" (15mm)

.689" (17.5mm)

.787" (20mm)

Stoke: .137" (3.5mm) make
and locking

.059" (1.5mm) over travel
.196" ( 5mm) total travel

C 0MP0N^ ITS

S6ACOH, »'•**-

For detailed electrical and dimensional
specifications call or write for the
Catalog of Electronic Components.

123 Woodland Avenue
P.O. Box 541
Westwood, NJ 07675
(201) 666-5600
TLX 135354

SiACOR INC.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2393

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Stat/eo. 1

ROTARY ^

SWITCHES SERIES W f

D, AND

E

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL:

Meets or surpasses requirements of MIL-S-3786

ELECTRICAL:

Current carrying capacity— 10 amps.

Current switching capacity— up to 2 amps.

Contact resistance— Initial— .005 ohms max.

Contact resistance— After Life— .010 ohms max.

Insulation resistance— 50,000 megohms
Dielectric withstanding voltage— 1500V rms
Dielectric withstanding voltage after life— 1000V rms
MECHANICAL:

Rotational life— 50,000 cycles* min.@.250 amps.@85° C
Stop torque — 50 In. Lbs.

Type construction— Open frame
Stops— Factory set to desired position.

Optional features— %*32 UNEF-2A bushing mount with anti-rotation pin. Shaft
and front panel "0" ring seals. Spring return feature.

Concentric shafts available

Progressive shorting available

*0ne cycle = one full cw plus one full ccw rotation.

FEATURES OF

SHALLCO 13/4, 2V4, 23/4 SQUARE
SERIES C, D, E SINGLE DECK SWITCH
MULTI DECKS AVAILABLE

• Meets or surpasses requirements of MIL-S-3786

• Available in one pole 2-48 position through four pole
2-15 position. See ordering information

• High current carrying capacity

• Low contact resistance

SERIES C

FOR ADDITIONAL DECKS ADD. 29/32 (23,02) PER DECK

SERIES D

FOR ADDITIONAL DECKS ADD 1 1/16 (26,99) PER DECK

SERIES E

FOR ADDITIONAL DECKS ADD 1 1/16 (26,99) PER DECK.

REQUEST CATALOG 10 FOR
COMPLETE INFORMATION

NUMBERS IN ( ) ARE METRIC EQUIVALENT (MILLIMETERS)

USE ORDER FORM

SHALLCO INC. / SMITHFIELD IND. PARK / P.O. BOX 1089 / SM1THFIELD, N.C. 27577 / (919) 934-3135

1*2394

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

SHORTING

NON-SHORTING

SERIES

SPACING

BETWEEN

POSITIONS

MAXIMUM

POSITIONS

PER POLE

1 1 1-CM

15°

24*

1 12-CM

11%°

32*

1 21 -CM

1 5°

1 1

122-CM

iv/ 4 °

15

131 -CM.

1 5°

5

132-CM

1 1 y 4 °

7

141 -CM

15°

5

142-CM

11%°

7

NUMBER

OF

POLES

'Maximum number of positions may be used with continuous rotation only.
'Normally supplied as continuous rotation; stops available on request.

SHORTING

MAXIMUM
POSITIONS
PER POLE

NUMBER

OF

POLES

SERIES

1 1 1-DB
1 12-DB
1 13-DB
121-DB

1 22-DB
123-DB

141- DB

142- DB

143- DB

NON-SHORTING

SPACING

BETWEEN

POSITIONS

'Normally supplied as continuous rotation; stops available on request.

SHORTING

NON-SHORTING

SPACING

MAXIMUM

NUMBER

SPACING

MAXIMUM

BETWEEN

POSITIONS

OF

BETWEEN

POSITIONS

SERIES

POSITIONS

PER POLE

POLES

SERIES

POSITIONS

PER POLE

142-EM

11%°

15

1.43-EM

7/2°

23

1 61 -EM

1 5°

7

162-EM

11%°

9

163-EM

7/2°

1 5

1 81 -EM

1 5°

5

182-EM

1 1 y 4 °

7

183-EM

7/ 2 °

1 1

'Normally supplied as continuous rotation; stops available on request.

(Order Form to order Series C,
Order by using a six-place "shorthand" description
Example: 211— EB — 12

Rotary Selector Switch, two decks, 1 pole per deck, 30° of spacing
12 positions.

2 t l a E B

111 -EB
1 12-EB
1 13-EB
,121 -EB

122- EB

123- EB
1 41 -EB
142-EB

143-EB
1 61 -EB
162-EB

163-EB
1 81 -EB
182-EB

183-EB

D, E)

between positions, Eseries, non-shorting,

PLACE 1

PLACE 2

PLACE 3

PLACE 4

PLACE 5

PLACE 6

indicates number of
decks:*

1 = One Deck

2 - Two Decks

3 = Three Decks, etc.

indicates number of
Doles per deck:

1 = One Pole

2= Two Poles

3 = Three Poles

4 = Four Poles

indicates degrees of
spacing between
positions:

Shorting

1 = 15° 2 = 11 y 4 °

3 = W

Non-Shorting

1 = 30° 2 = 22y 2 °

3 = 15°

indicates series of
switch:

C = C Series

D = D Series

E = E Series

indicates Shorting or
Non-Shorting:

M - Shorting (make
before break)

B = Non-Shorting
(break before
make)

indicates number of
positions per pole:

2 = Two positions

3 - Three positions

4 - Four Positions, etc.

Request catalog 10 for more detailed information and additional switch types.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers

’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2395

CURRENT (AMPERES)

5100

SWITCHES

5100

ry // I

SHALLCO, INC.

Mattco 1

PRECISION ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS

SMI THFIELD INDUSTRIAL PARK • P.O. BOX 1089 • SMITHFIELD. N.C. 27577 • 919/934-3135

series

ROTARY SELECTOR SWITCHES

FEATURES OF SHALLCO ONE INCH
SERIES J SINGLE OR MULTI DECK SWITCH

• Designed to meet requirements of MIL-S-3786

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL:

Designed to meet the requirements of MIL-S-3786/SR04

ELECTRICAL:

Current carrying capacity - 10 amperes

Current switching capacity - 1 ampere (28 VDC, Resistive)

Contact resistance - Initial - 5 milliohms maximum
Contact resistance - After Life - 20 milliohms maximum
Insulation resistance - 50,000 megohms
Voltage breakdown - 1000 VAC
Voltage breakdown - After Life - 500 VAC minimum

MECHANICAL:

Rotational life - 50,000 cycles
Stop torque - 15 pound-inches minimum
Construction - Enclosed
Stops - Factory set

Torque - 8 to 120 ounce-inches (dependent on decks, poles/deck)
Shaft flat - Opposite moving contact, see diagrams

LOAD vs. LIFE

0 10 20 30 40 50

CYCLES x 1000

I

• Closed construction

• Smooth, positive detent

• Low, stable contact resistance

COMMON LOCATIONS

BACK-PANEL DEPTH

DECKS

INCHES

MM

DECKS

INCHES

MM

1

1.000

25.4

7

2.992

76

2

1.332

33.8

8

3.324

84.4

3

1.664

42.3

9

3.656

92.9

4

1.996

50.7

10

3.988

101.3

5

2.328

60.5

11

4.320

109.7

6

2.660

67.6

12

4.652

118.2

APPROXIMATE WEIGHT

Switch, 1 Deck/W Hardware 50 grams

Additional Deck 8 grams

MATERIALS AND FINISHES

Insulation - Diallyl Phthalate

Rotor/Stator Contacts - Silver Alloy

Shaft, Stampings, Hardware - Stainless Steel

Detent Spring - Tinned Music Wire

Terminals - Brass under Silver or Gold

Mounting Bushing - Brass, Zinc Plated - Chromate

NUMBERS IN ( ) ARE IN MILLIMETERS

1*2396

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

SHALLCO, INC.

PRECISION ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS

SMITHFIELD INDUSTRIAL PARK • P.O. BOX 1089 •SMITH FI ELD. N.C. 27577 *919/934-3135

SHORTING NON-SHORTING

CODE

SPACING

BETWEEN

POSITIONS

MAXIMUM

POSITIONS

PER POLE

NUMBER

OF

POLES

CODE

SPACING

BETWEEN

POSITIONS

MAXIMUM
POSITIONS
PER POLE

1130-JM

30°

12

ONE

1130-JB

o

o

co

12

1230-JM

6

TWO

1230-JB

6

4

THREE

1330-JB

4

1430-JM

3

FOUR

1430-JB

3

SINGLE DECK SHOWN. FOR MULTI-DECK, INCREASE FIRST DIGIT OF ABOVE CODES.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

POSITION

(VIEWED FROM SHAFT END AND SHOWN IN POSITION 1, EXTREME CCW POS.)

NO.

DECKS

DETENT

B - BBM;
M = MBB

OPTIONS

1

1

1

__L

3

1 30 -

J B -

12 ! !

T

— 1

T "■

POLES/DECK SERIES POSITIONS

G = GOLD PLATED
C = CONTINUOUS ROTATION
M = CUSTOMER MARKING
S = SEALED SHAFT

ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS

Audio Attenuators and Attenuation Networks Request
Catalog A82 for complete product listing and Engineer-
ing Data.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2397

SWITCHES

5100

5 WITCHER AFT i

Switches

5555 NORTH ELSTON AVENUE / CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60630 / TEL: (312) 792-2700 / TWX: 910-221 7 5199

SLIDE SWITCHES

DW SLIDE SWITCHES

Instrument quality Switchcraft slide switches
have low cost, precision "double-wipe” contacts
with "U”-shaped bifurcated contacts rated at
0.5 A DC, 3 A AC, 125 V, non-inductive. Solder
lugs have % 4 " dia. center holes and wrap-around
notch. Many knob styles: crowned, rocker, flush.
U.L. & C.S.A. listed types. Up to 4 poles of
switching with locking or momentary action.
Series 46000E — General purpose slide switches
Series 47000E — Tandem switches
Series 51000E — Rocker switches
Series 58000 — Slide switches (6 amp)

The DW (double-wipe) Multi-Switch switch is available up
to 18 stations in a single row; or on special order, ganged
assemblies with interaction between rows. Max. switching
per station is 4-C (4PDT). Each station utilizes specially
designed switching modules with U-shaped, high reliable
bifurcated contactors rated at 3 amps, A.C.; 0.5 amp. D C.,
125 V, non-inductive load. DW Multi-Switch switches are
available in 5 series: 65000, 66000, 67000, 70000, and
71000. All provide four standard functions; Interlock-
actuating a pushbutton automatically restores to normal
the pushbutton previously actuated. Lock-Out— prevents
operation of more than one pushbutton at a time. This fea-
ture is included on all interlock switches. Non-Lock— each
pushbutton has momentary action. All-Lock— all pushbut-
tons, except release, lock when depressed. All pushbuttons
restored to normal by actuating (momentary) release push-
button. Push-Lock/Push-Release— pushbuttons lock when
depressed and release when again depressed. All Series-
pushbuttons on %" centers. DW Multi-Switch switches are
available in single row assemblies with interlock and all-
lock functions from one to twelve stations; with non-lock
and push-lock/push-release functions up to eighteen
stations.

Series 65000 — Non-illuminated, integral pushbutton.
Series 66000— Non-illuminated version of Series 67000.
Series 67000— Illuminated pushbuttons.

Series 70000, 71000— Non-illuminated, cross-rib plungers,
accept up to 12 different styles of pushbuttons.

littel Multi-Switch SWITCHES

Series 35000— Non-illuminated.

Compact, rugged multiple-station switches feature up to
6PDT per station in .6 square inch space. Excellent selec-
tion of contacts for low or high current switching. Plungers
accept nine different Switchcraft pushbuttons. Mechanical
functions are: interlock, all-lock, non-lock and push-lock/
push-release. Oneto 12stations; many legends are possible.
Series 36000— Non-illuminated companion series to Series
37000. All other basic functions and features are same as
Series 35000.

Series 37000— Single lamp illumination at each station. All
other basic functions and features are same as Series 35000.
Series 38000— Twin lamp illumination using low power, low
heat lamps. All other basic functions and features same as
Series 35000.

Large, variety of illuminated and non-illuminated switches
are rugged and compact and are ideal for all control panel
applications. Non-illuminated types have up to 4PDT in
locking or momentary actions. Ratings: up to 3 A, 300 W
max., AC non-inductive load. Illuminated switches have up
to 8 A, 125 V AC contacts with up to 8PDT switching. Lever
lights a different color for each position. Terminals can be
solder lug or quick-connect.

B Series 16000 — Telephone-type lever switches
QT] Series 3000, 13000 — Locking and non-locking multi-
position switches

GD Series 84000 — Illuminated lever switches

[d) Series 28000 — Compact, low-cost lever type switch

PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

Design versatility creates switches for a spectrum of equip-
ment and system applications. Features include illuminated
or non-illuminated, tactile pushbuttons, legends (standard
and custom), ultra-compact types, dry circuit to high current,
multiple pole contacts, momentary or locking actions,
colored pushbuttons, single-hole panel/chassis mount or
pendant (cord) mount, solder or PC terminals. Lighted
switches can be specified with incandescent or LED
lighting.

IBS SWITCHES

Series 98000 IBS miniaturized pushbutton switches have
special versatility, low cost, low contact resistance
(tested to 30 milliohms). IBS Multi-Switch key switches
offer 10, 15, 20 mm centers; 1-12 stations; interlock, non-
lock, push-lock/push-release. IBS switches can be used
anywhere — business equipment, computers, test equip-
ment, medical electronics, telecommunications, digital
transmission equipment, and other modern applications.
Standard mounting dimensions, simple panel design;
close stacking; fast assembly; automatic wave soldering.
Precious metal contacts — .125 A resistive @ 125 V AC;
up to 2-C or 2-D circuitry.

1*2398

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

Switches

SWiTElllllAFTi

5555 NORTH ELSTON AVENUE / CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60630 / TEL: (312) 792-2700 / TWX: 910-221-5199

fini DW Multi-Switch® SWITCHES

NEW FROM
SWITCHCRAFT . . .

The first American made, subminiature, non-
illuminated, multiple-station switches on 10 mm
and 15 mm centers. Produced with completely
proven design concept, Tini DW Multi-Switch
switches have long life and extremely attractive
mechanical and electrical characteristics . . . and
Tini DW Multi-Switch switches are your only
domestically produced switch of this type.

Dependable, low cost Series 90000 (10 mm
centers) and 92000 (15 mm centers) switches
offer a full range of versatile mechanical func-
tions and the exclusive “Snap-Slide” switching
technique. Applications are analog and digital
computers, analyzers, transmitters and re-
ceivers, intercoms, numerical control, ground
support systems, scientific instruments, home
entertainment systems and appliances, and a
multitude of other critical control panel switch-

ing tasks where size, low cost and rugged
reliability are prime engineering requisites.

And Tini DW Multi-Switch switches offer the
bonus of up to 18 stations in a single row, each
having up to 8-C (8PDT) switching. Mechanical
functions include interlock, non-lock, all-lock
and push-lock/push-release.

“Flip-Flop” Pushbuttons, Series TDW-F have
unique internal “flip-flop” mechanism which
permits button face to change colors without
electrical energy, without lamps and without
wiring. When pushbutton is operated, highly
reflective panels inside housing change position
and use ambient light to give a bright illumi-
nated effect. (“Flip-Flop” pushbuttons designed
for use on Series 92000Tini DW Multi-Switch”).

EUROPEAN LINE VOLTAGE
SELECTOR SWITCHES

“ Tini-Slide” SWITCHES

Durable slide switches provide quick and easy program-
ming/selection of 115 V or 230 V primary power in elec-
trical/electronic equipment for international marketplace.
UL, CSA and VDE (Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker)
approved. Mounting are flange or PC (straight or right
angle), DPDT, locking. Ratings: UL & CSA: 2 A, 250 V AC &
4 A, 125 V AC. VDE: 2 A, 250 V AC. Switches also designed
to comply with CEE and IEC requirements. Legends:
115 V-230 V.

“Box Switch” SWITCHES, SERIES BXL

NEW,

LOW COST!

NEW miniature momentary or locking pushbutton switches
offer lighted and unlighted options in minimum panel space
Molded black plastic housing protects against dust and
dirt; prevents bending/disfiguring contacts caused by ex-
cessive handling. Attractive bezel frames pushbutton and
acts as built-in escutcheon. Can be mounted in rows or
matrices; completely compatible in front-of-panel appear-
ance with S witchcraft Series BXR “Box Switch” switches.
Integral slide contacts are silver plated copper alloy, rated
at0.25 A, resistive, 125 V AC. Choice of terminals are solder
lug/quick connect (AMP Faston series 110) or PC. ter-
minals. Switches accept standard incandescent T-1 % wedge
base lamps. Relamp from front of panel. Pushbuttons must
be ordered separately and customer-installed.

ANOTHER

Switchcraft

INNOVATION

Miniature "Tini-Slide” switches are precision locking
switches with unique lift/wipe/slide action and silver con-
tacts. Ratings: 0.5 A, 125 V AC or DC, non-inductive. 2- and
3-position types. U.L. listed. Solder lugs or PC terminals.
Crowned knobs.

NEW FROM SWITCHCRAFT

■ juS*! (2)

1. P70000 Series lighted/unlighted miniature key switches
offer variety of features; short stroke switching action;
long life; audible “click” positive tactile feel for
operation awareness.

2. Space-saving Series C63000 miniature slide switches
offer 4-pole/2-position switching for close PC mount-
ing on .100 x .200-inch centers.

3. Series 62000 miniaturized right angle slide switches;
2C (DPDT) locking action; knob actuator on the side,
offer low profile, PC board space savings.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2399

ei:m

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3 # 2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

5100

SWITCHES

5100

E ■ J ffffrf:

, isit- jj?

Wm

1

SENSING SmiTGHES

RIBBON SWITCHES

Factory sealed units
with 18 inch con-
necting leads at one
end. Sensitivity: 8,

12, or 40 ounce
finger pressure. <

Standard lengths: 1,

2,5,8, 10, 12, 15,

18, 20 ft. Double
leads on order. See yTSzk

text at bottom. c

Now available with self adhesive.

CKP HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL SWITCH CARPET

Both styles 1/2 inch thick with ramped
edging. Sealed. Available any size
or shape. Weatherproof. Standard
sizes: 24 ” X 36 ”,30” X 30”,

30” X 48”, 36” X 48”, 36” X 72”. ^||||||p

Optional features available.

Ideal for Robots.

PE-30 —

UNDER CARPET SWITCHING RUNNER

30 inches wide X 3/32 inches thick 5ft., 25ft.,
50ft. roll. Can be cut to any length from
roll. For indoor use under carpeting. Excel-
lent under plywood or tile. Parallel Tape-
switches between clear sheeting. Tinned
wires for easy connections.

TAPESWITCH

CONTROFLEX 5 ^ SAFETY EDGES

Serve as cushioned sensing switches for
the leading edges of doors, gate arms,
machinery, etc., to stop or reverse the
action. Numerous styles available. Write or
call for details.

RBMA ROAD SWITCH

Successful, rugged roadway
treadle for counting,
timing, controlling by
vehicles. 7/16” thick.

Sealed, replaceable
switch element. a

Lengths: 2 , 3 , yJ.

5, 8, 10 ft. Cast sSim

iron end protectors
available. MW/

CVP SWITCHING MATS

CVP style mats are durable flexible area
switches for use exposed or under rubber
mat or carpeting. UL listed for use in alarms.
3/32” thick. Available 6” X 23”, 17” X 23”,
23” X 35”.

SENSITIVE AIRWAVE
SWITCH MODEL AW

High quality diaphragm
switch, adjustable’
sensitivity. Operates
from tubing squeeze, air
motion, light vacuum,
breath pressure, etc. Sil-
ver contacts. Many
adjustment features.

Tapeswitch products are v V v
proven in all industries. Lvjj)

Patented construction with-
stands tons of force yet can ^

close on light finger pressure. HAND FOOT VEHICLE

TAPESWITCHES are unex-
celled for— safety. . .automation. . .antiburglar systems...
counting. . . timing. . . door control. . . light switching. . .
machine control. .. material handling. . .seat switching...
computer and console switching .. .plus many other
applications. TAPESWITCH RIBBON SWITCHES can be
bought in the size and length needed.

POINT AND WAFER SWITCHES ^

NO-1 and NO-1 R — Rugged compact wafer
switch. Normally Open. For under valuable
objects or general purpose detection. 2 lb.
nom. sensitivity.

NC-3— Normally Closed detector switch.
Opens when weight is lifted off. 2 lb.
nom. sensitivity.

NO-S— 1 ounce sensitivity wiping action.
Super sensitive.

Ill CONTROFLEX® FOOTSWITCH

Rugged, low-profile sealed vinyl
footswitch. Rated at 100 watts.
Employs Controflex® in flat pad.
Non tiring. Stand or jump on it. 2" x
5" x Ye" 6 ft. lead wire. SPST N.O.

TAPESWITCH FLEX-ACTION

TAPESWITCH RELAY R-1

RIBBON SWITCHES ^

Ideal for wand switch, seat switch, J

FOR AC CONTROL WITH

limit switch, hand switch, etc. Switch ///A

ANY TAPESWITCH. This ^

action occurs when unit is flexed LJ

plug-in unit has AC outlet TTT '

10°. Nominal sensitivity J\ /

sockets giving Normally ~

4 oz. Normally Open, S> vA

ON or Normally OFF 117

standard. NC or DT /yj? \cK\r

Volts AC at 5 Amperes. _ *

available. Ykl J

Built-in low voltage

transformer.

Simultaneous action.

Features: Inherently sealed. Self bottoming. Press-at-any-point
operation eliminates linkages. All styles except flex-action
switches can be coiled without shorting. Millions of impacts at
one point.

Rating: All Tapeswitches are rated at more than 1 ampere, 117
VAC. However, for floow switching low voltage is
recommended.

TAPESWITCHES are designed in accord with the best
principles of switch and cable design, with jacketing and
insulation meeting the requirements of MIL-C-9154 and MIL-I-
631C respectively.

Unique Fail-Safe circuitry is feasible with all Tapeswitches.

Call or write for complete information:

TAPESWITCH CORPORATION OF AMERIi

100 SCHMITT BOULEVARD, FARMINGDALE, NEW YORK 11735

(516) 694-6312
Telex: 144611

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2401

SWITCHES

5100

lech

SWITCHES AND
ATTENUATORS

TECH LABORATORIES, INC.

DEPT. EM

BERGEN AND EDSALL BOULEVARDS
PALISADES PARK, N.J. 07650
TEL: (201) 944-2221

SQUARE ROTARY
SWITCHES

• 13 models available

• 1%" sq. to 8" sq. x 15 decks (max.)

• 1 to 12 poles

• Up to 150 positions/pole

• Fixed stops or continuous rotation

• 3 amps at 120 VAC

to 15 amps at 120 VAC

• Precious metal contacts

• Adjustable stops available

TYPE 2 ROTARY SWITCH

• Two insulation materials available

• 1 to 4 poles/deck

• Up to 24 positions/ pole

• Adjustable stops

• 5 amps, 120 VAC max.

• Precious metal contacts

REMOTELY CONTROLLED
ROTARY SWITCHES

• All Tech Lab Switches can be
supplied as stepping switches or
continuous motor driven

• Solenoid drives

• Motor and Geneva drives

• Enercon AC incremental motor drive

• Available with interrupters or homing
decks

• Completely pre-wired ready to install

• Hermetic sealing available

• May be remotely controlled by:
Master-slave arrangement; Computer
or other; External pulse

• Either AC or DC operation

TYPE 3 ROTARY SWITCH

DIMENSIONS

v 2 -i/4f--iJf6.— r V2 i

.312-32 THR’D

2-56 UNC THR’D
ext. ON SW.
WITH 6 & MORE
SECT.

• Enclosed molding in diallyl phthalate

• Molded in terminals

• 1 or 2 poles/deck

• Up to 12 positions/pole

• IV4" OD up to 8 decks (max.)

• Adjustable stops

• 12 amps, 28 VDC

• Precious metal contacts

• Mixed decks of shorting and
non-shorting

• Mixed shorting and non-shorting
contacts on each deck

• Choice of either 3 /s-32 or %-32
mounting bushing

• External adjustable stops

• Offset wipers

THUMBWHEEL SWITCHES

• Compact modular construction

• Positive detent, 8, 10, 11, 12 pos.

• Simple installation

• Two models available

• Wide range of codes

• Various terminations

• Illuminated

• Adjustable stops

• Decade transfer drive

• KV voltage dividers

• Precision Res. Dec.

• Capacitance decades

• Various colors

SPECIALS

Tech Labs can customize your Switch
and Attenuator requirements, completely
pre-wire your switches ready for installa-
tion. We can also undertake prototype
design and manufacturing. Contact our
factory for quotations.

ROTARY INSTRUMENT
SWITCH SERIES 2000

• SP or DP/ Deck

• Extremely low contact resistance —

<1 milliohm

• Extremely high insulation resistance
— mor^ than one million megohms

• Totally enclosed — dust tight

• Long life — > one million

• 12 position/ 1-6 pole/deck max.

• Silver alloy contacts

• External adjustable stops

• Shorting (MBB)

SPECIAL DESIGN VARIATIONS

SIX AND ELEVEN POSITION DETENTS

The six position detent is 60° throw, skip-
ping every other contact. The eleven posi-
tion detent is 30° throw with the eleventh
position omitted so that the detent goes
60° from position ten to position zero.

OFFSET WIPERS

30° and 180° offset wipers are available
for use in special circuits.

CAPACITANCE

Less than 1 micromicrofarad between
contacts or to ground.

CURRENT CAPACITY

5 amps maximum continuous duty.

THERMAL EMF

Extremely low. Silver contacts & brushes.
VOLTAGE BREAKDOWN
Withstands 1500V RMS between con-
tacts and to ground.

LOSSES

Low electrical losses at frequencies up
to several megacycles.

1*2402

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5100

SWITCHES

5100

lech

tabs

SWITCHES AND
ATTENUATORS

TECH LABORATORIES, INC.

DEPT. EM

BERGEN AND EDSALL BOULEVARDS
PALISADES PARK, NJ. 07650
TEL: (201) 944-2221

TOGGLE SWITCHES

Tech Lab switches are available in many
combinations of bushings, terminals,
handles, housings and electrical styles.

OPERATING

CHARACTERISTICS

• Insulation Resistance

Greater than 100,000 megohms at
100 VDC and 70°F

• Dielectric Strength

At sea level 1,000V rms at 60 cps for
1 min.

• Contact Resistance

Initial — less than .010 ohms

• Contact Rating

DC Load AC Load

Inductive Inductive

28V 125V

5 amp 5 amp

• Temperature Range
— 55°C to 85°C

• Vibration Endurance

10 to 2,000 cps per MIL-R-25018

• Shock Endurance
75G

PROGRAMMING SWITCH

® Adjustable programming for process
control, testing, sequencing, scanning,
etc.

® SP or DP switches/section

• Up to 25 amp. contact rating
® Up to 48 pos. /section/switch
® Remote control

• Computer interface opto-isolated

HIGH VOLTAGE
SWITCHES

® Corona shields

ATTENUATORS

ROTARY/VARIABLE

9 Five basic models — 1 W to 3" dia.

• All circuit configurations

• Wide range of impedance

• Available with detents, tapers and
cueing

• Aluminum anodized can

• Precious metal contacts

• Up to 45 steps

• Audio, video and RF

POKED jgi

ATTENUATORS

.Huai

• Two basic models'"

• Standard circuits “T M and
Bridged “H” — others available

® Octal plug-in base available
® Up to 80 db loss
» Many impedance available

• Two basic models — 1" and IV 2 " wide

• Many circuit configurations available

• Wide range of impedance

° Available with detents, tapers and
cueing

• Black anodized escutcheon plate

• Precious metal contacts

• Up to 30 steps

• Contact Chatter

10 microseconds or less MIL-R-5757

• Corrosion Resistance

of complete assembly 50 hrs per
QQ-M-151

• Mechanical Endurance

100,000 cycles switching 10 amp.
50 VDC resistive load

MATERIAL SPEC

• Base

Rogers RX-600
Phenolic Glass Fiber

• Housing and Mounting Bushing

• Brass

• Contacts

Fine silver-gold plated

DIMENSIONS

• sp 1 / 4 " x 1 / 2 " x y u "

• DP W x V 2 " x

• ^^OTH’D Bushing

Va or % long with Keyway

• Various type actuator levers

• Solder or PC Terminals

APPLICABLE MIL SPEC

MIL-S-3950 MS-75028 MS-75029

SLIP RING

• Integrated with remote controlled
stepping switch
© Lift off brushes

® Multiplexing for temp, and strain
gauge read out of rotating machinery

INSTRUMENTS

DC-AC INVERTERS
PREC. DECADE RESISTORS
KV-VOLTAGE DIVIDERS
MILLIOHM METER

PRECISION

ATTENUATORS

TYPE 11T AND 11H PRECISION
ATTENUATORS — DC to 10 MHz*

• Circuit: “T” or Balanced “H”

• Impedance: 50 to 600 ohms,
as specified

9 Resistor Accuracy: ±0.1% or better

• Accuracy: ±0.1 db to 200 KHz
(overall) ±0.6 db to 2 MHz

Lower values of loss, essentially flat
to 10 MHz

Type

No.

Circuit

db

Range

db/

Step

Dimensions

11-T

“T”

111

0.1

5W'xl9"x5"

11-H

Bal. “H”

111

0.1

5W'xl9"xlO"

* On Low Impedance Units, Lower Losses Usable
to 100 MHz.

TYPE 850T AND 850H FOR THE
AUDIO RANGE

• Circuit: "T” or Balanced “H”

o Impedance: 600/600 ohms unless
specified — Other values to order

• Range: 2 dial unit gives 93 db in
0.1 db steps: 3 dial unit gives 111 db
in 0.1 db steps

• Terminals: Telephone type jacks for
input and output — Solder terminals
provided on rear for permanent
connections: Insertion of plugs into
jacks lifts rear connections

• Accuracy: Resistors adjusted to
±0.1% excepting low values of loss
are ±.25%

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2403

5100

SWITCHES

5100

UNIMAX:

BETTER SWITCHING SOLUTIONS

Lighted
Pushbutton
Switches

In a field full of appearance quality /performance switching
variables, Unimax switches are the ones that show you
care about quality, performance and price.

■ Single Lamp —Round, square or rectangular, lighted and
unlighted, momentary or alternate switching. 1-4 poles.
Flat, concave and mushroom caps.

■ Four Lamp — Multi-switch configurations. Approved to
MIL-S-22885/9-12. Also meets high-shock requirements
of MIL-S-910C.

■ Oil-Tight — Key-operated, Interlock and Multi-position
models also available.

Ask for Catalog TH

The industry’s widest selection of precision, gen-
eral purpose, miniature and sub-miniature snap-
action switches, as well as toggle and push-button
switch assemblies. Ratings from low-level to 25A.
All actuator styles available. Ask for catalog 60.

1-2404

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

SWITCHES

OUR REPUTATION WILL TELL YOU

With a decode of experience in
designing and building switches our
objective is to produce a reliable
switch that meets your specifications,
your time table and at a competitive
price. With an in-house tool and mold
shop we can respond to your needs
quickly* We also furnish several OEM's
with special items produced on
proprietary tooling.

hermetically sealed reed switches with optional
illumination. The key board :

PCB mounting with several options. We' : ql$ov ::
design and manufacture a variety of switch
caps, space-bar and supporting mechh||^ivv

Contact us today

and find out for yourself why we think we're a
TOUCH ABOVE THE REST!

THE KEY TO QUALITY

OUR SWITCH DESIGN WILL TELL YOU:

We design panel switches and key board
switches, long and short series with bi-level,
alternate actions and switching forms. Both are

VEETRONSX, INC.

P. O. Box 480 • Lexington* Nebraska 68850
308 - 324-4600

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

SERIES 88 A short stroke sealed keyboard
with excellent audible and tactile feedback.
Colorful standard or custom-made graphics
integrates this keyboard into your front
panel. Coded outputs and low bounce char-
acteristics easily mate with logic circuitry.

SERIES 82 Long stroke high profile, wiping
contacts, 1, 2, 3 and 6 button modules can be
arranged for your specific needs. SPST to
4PST circuitry under each button; also
available with coded outputs.

■ ■■■
■ ■■■

SERIES 83-84-86 Short stroke standard
3x4 and 4x4 keyboard configurations. Choice
of V? inch or % inch button centers and post or
flange mounting. Standard coded outputs—
easily interfaces with logic circuitry. Excellent
audible and tactile feedback.

SYSTEM 87 Short stroke low profile, snap
dome contact system provides tactile and
audible feedback. Modular units— 1 thru 6
buttons and 3x4 and 4x4 pads can provide
any conceivable button arrangement. Clear
caps snap off for legending.

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

standard or special
coded outputs
sealed or unsealed
high or low profile
short stroke or long
stroke— dome or
wiping contacts
excellent audible and tactile
feedback in dome contacts
post, flange or PC mount
Vfe" 11 /is" or 3 /4 M button center
wide choice of
legending modes
color choices

Grayhill Keyboards, consull
ask your local distributor, se
for a copy of The Grayhill Ke
Catalog or call us with your
questions at (312) 354-104C

...the Difference Between Excellent and Adequate
561 Hillgrove Avenue * LaGrange, IL 60525 U.S.A
Phone: 312/354-1040 « TWX: 910-683-1850

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

Miff

III

Mmm

fSSfi

0

ml

Keyboards and Keypads provide the physical interface
between humankind and a wide variety of machines
which make our lives more pleasant, more productive
and/or more frustrating. As in most electromechanical
products, the designer engineer has several alterna-
tives when it comes to selecting keyboards and key-
pads. Four primary considerations apply: 1. The En-
vironment; 2. Operating Life; 3. The Nature of the
Equipment; and, 4. Equipment Cost. Each of these
factors impacts each of the others.

The Product Selection Guide which appears below
can provide the design engineer with a quick guide to
the data pages in EEM where descriptions of the vari-
ous keyboards are shown. When more information is
needed you can turn to EEM’s “Yellow Pages” to find
the phone number of the nearest sales office for the
manufacturer involved. Some manufacturers include

distributors and their phone numbers. Or, you may
choose to call the manufacturer directly.

Before calling a manufacturer, make certain you can
tell the person who answers (usually an operator) the
exact nature of your problem. For example, if you need
technical assistance, tell the operator exactly that.
Chances are your call will be quickly routed to the
proper person and you can get right to the heart of the
matter. It would be helpful if you would tell the person
you are looking at a specific page in EEM so that the
person on the other end can also turn to that page in
their copy of EEM to better communicate with you.
The overwhelming majority of manufacturers are
anxious to assist you in every way possible. That’s why
they place data pages in EEM. Help them help you.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2407

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

AMP keyboards— technology and experience
to give your products a competitive edge.

Proven in more than 1 3 000 diverse applications . . .

■ Consumer products ■ Telecommunications ■ Data processing

■ Appliances ■ Instrumentation

Gives you more choice ...

■ Standard or custom designs ■ Micromotion to full travel

■ Sublimated graphics that won’t peel or wear ■ Static protection

■ EMI/RFI Shielding

And more choice ...

■ Temperature range: -40°C to 70°C ■ Key travel: 0.005 to

0.125 inch ■ Profile thickness: 0.015 to 0.625 inch ■ Life: 1 to
10 million operations ■ Encoding: single pole, matrix, or custom

■ Operating force: 3 to 18 ounces ■ Termination: Printed or flex
tail (range of center to center, 0.100 inch minimum) ■ Capaci-
tance: <20 pf ■ Contact Bounce: <3 ms ■ Contact Rating:

20 ma at 30 vdc

And high reliability

■ Designed and tested to meet the requirements of MIL STD 810C

Model EC Environmentally-Sealed
Tactile Keyboards

■ Environmentally resistant design

■ “Snap action” feedback for positive data
entry ■ Electrically and physically stable

■ Standard and custom legend formats
available ■ Life — 1 million operations
Request Catalog No. 81-637

Short-Stroke ET Keyboards

■ “Snap action” feel ■ 12 and 16 key
models available ■ Long life — 10 million
operations ■ Matrix encoding standard with
other options available

Request Catalog No. 81-639

Long-Stroke LT & BT
Telephone Keyboards

■ Western Electric and GTE telephone
keyboard “look-alike” ■ Simple mounting

■ Standard and optional encodings available

■ Low cost ■ .125 [3.18] key travel

■ Life — 10 million operations
Request Catalog No. 81-641

Model EH Hinged-Key Keyboards

■ Several encodings available ■ Low profile tactile feedback a Stackable for large arrays

■ Life — 1 million operations

Request Catalog No. 81-640

Model BL (Back Lightable)

Tactile Keyboards

■ Translucent keytops ■ Proprietary key
marking insures long wear ■ Snap-action
tactile feel ■ Long life — 2 million oper-
ations ■ Easy front panel mounting

Request Catalog No. 81-642

Need more details? Call AMP Customer Service at (717) 780-4400,
or write AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg, PA 17105.

Specifications subject to change. Consult AMP Incorporated for latest design specifications.

AMP - Trademark of AMP Incorporated INCORPORATED

1*2408

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

KEYBOARDS

CAPACITIVE

Highly reliable solid state design
make capacitive keyboards ideal
for any and all high speed data
entry. Applications include
computers and word processors.
Custom designs available.

GOLD CROSSPOINT

Knife-edge gold alloy contacts
virtually eliminate interference
from contaminates, are inert to
chemical action and assure long
service life. Completely encoded,
standard models are available for
off-the-shelf delivery. Custom
designs, encoded and non-
encoded. are available.

Touch panel membrane key-
boards are thin, lightweight and
cost effective— ideal for demand-
ing applications such as electron-
ic and office equipment, home ap-
pliances and communications
equipment. Completely sealed
construction resist spills and cor-
rosive attack. Each panel is
custom designed to meet your re-
quirements.

KEYBOARD SWITCHES
AND KEYCAPS

Individual gold cross-point
switches are available with
a variety of contact forces in
both lit and un-lit versions.
2-shot and 3-shot molded
keycaps in almost any size,
color, character or shape-
including sculptured and
stepped versions.

keyboards and displays

DISPLAYS AND
DISPLAY SYSTEMS

CUSTOM PC BOARDS

CUSTOM PANELS * MULTI-DIGIT CHARACTERS • LEGENDS • SYMBOLS

mmm

m KEYBOARDS
AND DISPLAYS

CHERRY ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS CORP.

3623 Sunset Ave., Waukegan, IL 60087

312/578/3500

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2409

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

FLEX-k EY

FLEX-KEY CORPORATION, 18 Sargent Street, Gloucester, Massachusetts 01930 (617) 281-2040

Standard Low Profile Touch Panels

with Tactile Snap Action

Customizing

options

include:

• special legends

• special circuits

• EMI/RFI
shielding

• static discharge
protection.

• choice of colors

• choice of
connectors

• interconnection tail
length

• overlay size and
shape

.025

—I U- 070

Standard Plastic Bezel Keyboards

Customizing options on Flex-Key’s plastic bezel keyboards
include:

• key size, shape and arrangement • terminal type and location

• legend and background colors • switch matrices

12 KEY KEYBOARDS

16 KEY KEYBOARDS

12DK-1B 12DK-2B

12DK-1B: FORM A SWITCHES, TER-
MINAL SEQUENCE: Com, 6, 3, 9, ., 8,

5, 2 , 0, C, 7, 1, 4

12DK-2B: FORM A SWITCHES, TER-
MINAL SEQUENCE: Com, 6, 9, 3, #, 2,

5, 8, 0, *, 1, 7, 4

16DK-1B 16DK-2B

16DK-1B: FORM A SWITCHES, TER-
MINAL SEQUENCE: Com, X, = . -F, ± .

9, 6, 3, *, 8, 2, 5, 0, C, 7, 1, 4
16DK-2B:FORM A SWITCHES, TER-
MINAL SEQUENCE: Com, B, C, A, D, 3,
6, 9, #, 2, 8, 5, 0, *, 1, 7, 4

Custom Backlighted Keyboards for Hostile Environments

Flex-Key offers advanced electroluminescent (EL) backlighting in custom keyboard assemblies.

Low profile backlighted keyboards have custom
options available including:

• special legends • static discharge protection.

• special circuits • tempest protection

• EMI/ RFI • encoding

shielding • choice of colors

mmmmmmmmmmmm ,
mmmmmmmmmmmm ;

ILLUMINATED

BACKGROUND

1*2410

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

These rugged custom units meet military
requirements for vibration, shock, fungus, water,
dust, salt spray, EMI/ RFI, thermal, blast, EMP,
high/low temperature, and key cycle life. Full
tempest shielding is available.

Flex-Key engineers its militarized full-travel
keyboards for optimum reliability and continuous
operation while meeting all human factor
requirements. These conductive elastomer keyboard
assemblies provide command, control,
communications, and data entry functions and have
proven themselves in many demanding applications.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2411

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

12, 16, and 20 Button Keyboards

Circuitry: 2 Out Of 7 (8); Matrix; or Single Pole/Common Bus

Button

1/2" Button Centers— Post Mount

.100

Between

Terminals

Height above
board = .350"

Circuitry: 2 Out Of 7 (8); Matrix; or Single Pole/Common Bus

Series 84

3/4" Button Centers— Post Mount

Button
No. 1

.100

Between

Terminals

Mounting

Posts

.086

Dia. Typ.

Height above
board = .350"

Circuitry: Matrix or Single Pole/Common Bus in all formats;
plus 2 out of 7 (in 3x4), and 2 out of 8 (in 4x4) *

Series 86

1/2" Button Centers— Flange Mount

,100

Between

Terminals

Button
No. 1

Holes
.093 Dia.
Typ.

For legend number -202,
terminal pins are located
along the “3, 7, B, F”
edge

Height above
board = .360"

* Views show maximum terminals (SP/Gommon Bus) in the
4x4 format; for other circuitry, see GRAYHILL Catalog
Number One.

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

Dim.

3x4

4x4

A

B

1.438

1.513

2.190

1.313

r q

v —

■ — □ □

d a

i

1.680

a □

□ □

a □

4

.680

1

1.S

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

Standard Legends

All legended buttons shown here are two-shot
molded. Blank areas are self-legend style
buttons with snap-on caps as shown at right.
The legend card with adhesive backed,
printed inserts has additional blank inserts for
dry transfer lettering. Inserts are 0.275"
square. Snap-on cap projects 0.015" above
keyboard.

Special— contact GRAYHILL.

-101 -102

—103

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

★

0

#

ABC

DEF

1

2

3

GHI

JKL

MNO

4

5

6

PRS

TUV

WXY

7

8

9

*

OPER

0

#

Legends, Specifications, Prices

-001 -002

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

—003

C

D

E

F

8

9

A

B

4

5

6

7

0

1

2

3

-004

1

2

3

C

4

5

6

D

7

8

9

E

A

0

B

F

-005

1

2

3

F

4

5

6

E

7

8

9

D

A

0

B

C

—006

1

ABC

2

DEF

3

A

GHI

4

JKL

5

MNO

6

B

PRS

7

TUV

8

WXY

9

C

*

OPER

0

tt

D

—201

-202

—203

SNAP-ON

CAP

LEGEND

BUTTON

f

1 iF.7c.M4tT

A B C D

E F G H 1 J K l M -

NOP?

RSTU'VWXYZ—

A B C D

E F G H 1 J K L MM*

N 0 P 0

R S T U V W X Y Z M-

"I* 1

,C, 6... ««.■■■ + - x -

tTtt

•’ iC

1 ‘?‘ C 3 °»

"J T s' *?’ ’o' * * a a

0 17 1

t b 6 ? 8 9 10 II 1? 15

It lb 16 W

is 19 ?o ?i ?? i n m n i

0 12 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 21

28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69

PART NO. 87AC2046

Specifications

Rating Criteria

Rating At 24 VDC: 10 milliamps, resistive.

Contact Resistance: Compatible with
MOS, TTL and DTL

Voltage Breakdown: 250 VAC between
mutually insulated parts.

Life Expectancy: 3,000,000 operations
per button.

Contact Bounce: Less than 4 milliseconds
at make, 10 milliseconds at break.

Operating Temperature: -40° C to +80° C.

Materials and Finishes

Housing: ABS Plastic (Black).

Button: ABS Plastic (White with Molded-in
Black Legend; White Self-Legend Style.
Snap-On-Cap: Clear Polycarbonate.
Terminals: Copper Alloy, CDA No. 725.
Operating Features
Button Travel: 0.015" nominal total travel.
Typical Operating Force: 350 grams.

Note:

The 2 out of 7 (8) “Telephone
Code” was developed pri-
marily for audio tone genera-
tion. To discuss critical data
input applications, please
contact Grayhill.

Ordering Information and Prices

83 A A 1-001

IX

Series: 83, 84, or 86
See facing page.

Keyboard Format:

A = 3x4 (12 Button)

B = 4x4 (16 Buttons)
J = 4x5 (20 Buttons)

Circuitry Code:

A = 2 Out Of 7 (8)

B = Matrix

C = SP/Common Bus

Legend Number: See Above.
Must agree with format.

Termination:

1 = Series 83 and 84

2 = In-line, Series 86

Number

of

Buttons

Partial

Part

Number

Circuitry Code

Quantity

1-49

50-99

100-499

83AA1-

2 of 7

$10.60

$9.01

$7.95

83AB1-

Matrix

9.54

8.11

7.16

83AC1-

SP/Common

10.07

8.56

7.55

84AA1-

2 of 7

11.66-

9.91

8.75

12

84AB1-

Matrix

10.60

9.01

7.95

84AC1-

SP/Common

11.13

9.46

8.35

86AA2-

2 of 7

10.60

9.01

7.95

86AB2-

Matrix

9.54

8.11

7.16

86AC2-

SP/Common

10.07

8.56

7.55

83BA1-

2 of 8

11.66

9.91

8.75

83BB1-

Matrix

10.60

9.01

7.95

83BC1-

SP/Common

11.13

9.46

8.35

84BA1-

2 of 8

13.25

11.26

9.94

16

84BB1-

Matrix

11.13

9.46

8.35

84BC1-

SP/Common

12.19

10.36

9.14

86BA2-

2 of 8

11.66

9.91

8.75

86BB2-

Matrix

10.60

9.01

7.95

86BC2-

SP/Common

11.13

9.46

8.35

20

86JB2-

Matrix

12.50

10.63

9.38

86JC2-

SP/Common

13.25

11.26

9.94

Insertable Legend Card, Part No. 87AC2046

1.06

.90

.80

Dry Transfer— Small, Part No. 87-DT-2096-088

2.00

1.70

1.50

Dry Transfer— Medium, Part No. 87-DT-2096-125

2.00

1.70

1.50

Dry Transfer— Large, Part No. 87-DT-2096-187

2.00

1.70

1.50

Discount Schedule

1-49 Unit Price 500-999 .... Less 36%

50-99 Less 15% 1000 UP Contact your local

1 00-499 .... Less 25% DIS,ri QrL°yhn!

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2413

5150 KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS 5150

Graphic Overlay Characteristics

The legend is printed on the second surface of a graphic
overlay providing maximum legend protection. The graphic
overlay is made of a polyester material which has excellent
solvent resistance to water, petroleum oil, alcohols and
aliphatic hydrocarbons. Common solutions that do not
attack the graphic overlay include 5% acetic acid, 5% citric
acid, 2% detergent solution, soapy water, 30% hydrogen
peroxide, wine, beer, whiskey, coffee, cocoa, milk, tomato
juice, lemon juice, etc. The graphic overlay is resistant to
scratching, marring, and dulling of the surface from contact
by fingernails, wiping cloths, and cleaning materials; it will
withstand high humidity conditions.

Although the polyester overlay may not be affected by
hydrocarbons, ketones and freon, it is recommended that
these chemicals not be used since they may affect the switch
housing and overlay frame which is ABS Plastic. Forspecific
information on a particular solvent, contact Grayhill.

Ordering Information

88A=3 x 4 Sealed Keyboard
88B=4 x 4 Sealed Keyboard
88J =4x5 Sealed Keyboard

See Standard Legend Description
Next Page

88B B2

Circuitry

A2=2 Out Of 7 (or 8) Code

In-Line Pinout, for 3 x 4 (& 4 x 4)
B2=Matrix Coded,

In-Line Pinout

C2=Single Pole/Common Bus
In-Line Pinout

Legend Option. Add -052, -062, -072,
-082, -143, -152, -162, -172, -182,
-252, -262, or -292

Dimensions— See the dimensions listed for the
Series 86 Keyboards.

Specifications— See the Specifications listed for the
Series 83, 84 and 86 Keyboards.

Sample part no. orders 4x4 sealed keyboard,
matrix code output, hexadecimal legend in the
-082 color scheme.

Code and Truth Tables— See GRAYHILL Catalog
Number One.

Sealed Keyboards

• Washable and Watertight

• Resists Common Solutions

• Low Profile

Features

• Colorful Legend Options

• Sealed Contact System

• Optional Gasket to Seal
to Panel

1/2 Inch Button Centers—
Flange Mounted Keyboards

Grayhill, Inc. / 561 Hillgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

1*2414

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

Series 88 Keyboards

QUO

@ @ ® ®
(1 8 © ©

8 ©A B

i'S D E F

«©CD®S»i;
? . y J * ©■!:

Standard Legends

Accent Colors

ipecial Legends — Contact GRAYHILL

88®

ii@l

©8®

888

©8©

*8®

if @ ;#

Sr II

K ® 8

Panel Seal Gaskets

The Series 88 sealed keyboards can be
mounted on the top side or front of the
panel or subpanel mounted. When sub-
panel mounted, the keyboard surface can
be flush with panel. Regardless of the type
of mounting required, a gasket is available
to seal the keyboard to the panel. The 3.200I
drawings at the right describe the gaskets
for top side and subpanel mounting.
Material is cellulose fiber, foam, nitrile rub-
ber. Order gasket as a separate item.

Subpanel Mounting

Topside Mounting

- Dim. B

Size

Style

Dim.

A

Dim.

B

Part

Number

3x4

Topside

1.800

2.040

88M2012-1

Subpanel

2.010

2.400

88M2001-2

4X4

Topside

0

0

CO

cvi

2.540

88M2015-1

Subpanel

2.510

2.900

88M2009-2

4X5

Topside

ro

bo

L§

3.040

88M2018-1

Subpanel

3.010

w

0

0

88M2019-1

Price

See Discount Schedule on Keyboard Pricing Page
Prices and Discounts Subject to Change Without Notice.

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *241 5

3x4 And 4x4 Keyboards With Standard Legends

No. of

Series

Circuit

Quantity

Buttons

and Type

Code

1-49

50-99

100-499

12

A2

$10.60

$9.01

$ 7.95

88A

B2

10.07

8.56

7.55

C2

10.60

9.01

7.95

A2

11.93

10.14

8.95

16

88B

B2

11.66

9.91

8.75

C2

10.60

10.59

9.35

20

88J

B2

15.25

12.96

11.44

C2

16.00

13.60

12.00

Panel Seal Gaskets

Part No.

1-49

Quantity

50-99

100-499

88M2001-2

$0.37

$0.31

$0.28

88M2009-2

0.42

0.36

0.32

88M2012-1

0.37

0.31

0.28

88M2015-1

0.42

0.36

0.32

88M2019-1

0.47

0.40

0.35

88M2018-1

0.47

0.40

0.35

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

Modular Keyboards

Series 82 — Long Stroke, PC Mountable

• Create Your Own Keyboard Configuration

• Modules Retain 0.687 Centers When Placed Side By Side

• SPST To 4PST Under Each Button

Specifications

OPERATING FEATURES:

Button Travel: 0.130" total travel.

Overtravel: 0.080" nominal.

Operating Force: 8 ± 3 ounces (dependent
upon number of poles).

MOUNTING:

Modules are designed to plug into any
printed circuit board from 1/16" to 1/8"
thick.

Modules can be stacked horizontally or
vertically for any combination of button ar-
ray and still maintain 11/16" button centers.

2 057 m

1— .6*7 4. .667 — J

T

663

L_

m

Ur*

lit

!□

U 1 370 J

1 \r- —1 1

* — .663

1

683 -1-

_L _

; •

T

683

_L

£

RATING:

Rating at 5 VDC: 100 milliamps.

Contact Resistance: 25 milliohms or less on
a new switch.

Voltage Breakdown: 250 VAC between mu-
tually insulated parts.

Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms
minimum.

Life Expectancy: 1,000,000 operations.

Contact Bounce: 10 milliseconds or less for
the life of the switch.

Telephone

Keyset

Self

Insertable

Legends

1

■j“ i w! M

C>J

2

i ’

co|~

-

-;v l

B 11

1,

* * =3. 3*

*£.S

--ini*

A 10

Oj

Portion Of Legend
Sheet 82AC2017

Lightable

Telephone Keysets

• Permanent Molded-ln Legends

• 2 Modules Create the Phone Set

Legend

Type

Circuitry

Each Button

Part No.

Unit

Prlca

Top Six

SPST

82-601-85

$7.55

Buttons

2PST

82-601-86

8.45

Two-Shot

3PST

82-601-87

9.35

Molded

4PST

82-601-88

10.25

Bottom

SPST

82-601-89

$7.55

Six Buttons

2 PST

82-601-90

8.45

Two-Shot

3PST

82-601-91

9.35

Molded

4PST

82-601-92

10.25

Discount Schedule

1-49 . .

. . /Unit Price

50-99 . .

. . . Less 15%

100-499 .

. . . Less 25%

500-999 .

. . . Less 36%

1000 UP

Contact your local
Distributor or
Grayhill

Prices and Discounts subject
to change without notice

Self Insertable Legend Modules

• Slotted Cap Permits Insertion Of A Clear Plastic Tab Imprinted With Legend

• Reduces Legending Problems For Prototype Or Small Production Quantities

• Available Legend Sheet Contains White Legends, 0-19, A-Z, Common Symbols

Part No.

No. Of
Buttons

Circuitry

Each Button

Unit

Price

82-101-71

1

SPST

$2.05

82-101-74

1

4PST

2.50

82-201-41

2

SPST

3.30

82-201-44

2

4PST

4.20

82-301-61

3

SPST

4.55

82-301-64

3

4PST

5.90

82-601-81

6

SPST

8.30

82-601-84

6

4PST

11.00

82AC201 7

Legend Sheet for

Self Legend Modules

1.25

Grayhill, Inc. /

illgrove Ave. / P.O. Box 373 / La Grange, IL 60525-0373 / (312) 354-1040

Lightable Modules

• Bottom Holes Accomodate PC Mounted Incandescent Or LED Lamp

• Request Bulletin #322 For Complete Mounting Instructions And Lamp Suggestions

• Choice of Insertable Legend Or Non-lnsertable Legend Modules

Insertable Legend Modules

Unlegended Non-lnsertable Modules

No. Of
Buttons

Circuitry
Each Button

Part No.

Unit

Price

1

SPST

82-150-38

$2.40

1

2PST

82-150-16

2.50

3

SPST

82-350-12

5.30

3

2 PST

82-350-09

5.60

6

SPST

82-650-19

9.60

6

2 PST

82-650-09

10.20

Legend Sheet

82AC2050-1

1.25

No. Of
Buttons

Circuitry
Each Button

Part No.

Unit

Price

1

SPST

82-150-17

$2.20

1

2PST

82-150-15

2.30

3

SPST

82-350-10

4.70

3

2PST

82-350-08

5.00

6

SPST

82-650-10

8.40

6

2PST

82-650-08

9.00

Contact Grayhill to order printed legends.

1*2416

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

Pictured is
Snap-on Cap Style

Part Nos.
Matrix Code
87BB3-201
Single Pole/
Common Bus
87BC3-2Q1

Part No.
87FC3-201

Part No.
87HC3-201

Part No.
87GC3-201

Keyboard Modules
The Stackable SVSTEM B7

© Low profile
o Long life — 3,000,000
operations

© Positive audible and
tactile feedback

Select the modules you require to
build your own keyboard design. The
modules can be stacked side by side
on your prototype PC board in any
configuration that is required. Vfe -inch
button centers will be maintained.

Circuitry is single pole/common bus
in the single row switches and single
pole/common bus or matrix code in
the 3x4 and 4x4 keyboard pads.

Prototype and Short Run Production

Arrange the modules in the required array
on your PC board. Snap-on cap allows user
to legend button with inserts from legend
card and/or dry transfer lettering. For
moderate quantities legends can be printed
on the button by Grayhill. Printed legends
will closely duplicate your prototype
legend.

High Volume Production

Grayhill will provide a custom keyboard.
The modules will be arranged and the board
terminated to your specifications.

Legends — your choice of printed or
molded-in legends; button color and legend
color.

Part No.
87CC3-201

Part Nos.
Matrix Code
87AB3-201
Single Pole/
Common Bus
87AC3-201

Part No.
87DC3-201

Prototype Legends

GIVE THEM A PROFESSIONAL APPEARANCE

The System 87 modules described can be easily legended
by you. The clear, protective, snap-on cap removes readily
without special tools. To assist you, GRAYHILL has a legend
card (Part No. 87AC2046) which includes all the popular
legends and symbols on a clear insert, die-cut to fit the
button. Type style is News Gothic Condensed.

Or, create your own legends. The GRAYHILL card contains
blank inserts for your special needs. For this purpose, sheets
of dry transfer lettering are also available in type style and
sizes similar to the chart below. A sheet of small type is part
number 87DT2096-088; medium is 87DT2096-125; and large
is 87DT2096-187. You can also prepare and cut your own
legend inserts. They should be cut to fit a 0.275" square
surface.

ORDERING INFORMATION

All numbers describe self-legend style. Contact Grayhill for other legends.

Type of Module

Part Numbers

Unit Price

Type of Module or Item

Part Number

Unit Price

1 Button

87CC3-201

$1.54

12 Button— SP/Com Bus

87AC3-201

$9.54

2 Button

87DC3-201

2.23

16 Button— Matrix Code

87BB3-201

11.66

3 Button

87EC3-201

2.86

16 Button— SP/Com Bus

87BC3-201

12.19

4 Button

87FC3-201

3.82

Insertable Legend Card

87AC2046

1.06

5 Button

87GC3-201

4.77

Dry Transfer — Small

87DT2096-088

2.00

6 Button

87HC3-201

5.30

Dry Transfer— Medium

87DT2096-125

2.00

12 Button
Matrix Code

87AB3-201

9.01

Dry Transfer— Large

87DT2096-187

2.00

Discount Schedule

1-49 Unit Price

50-99 Less 15%

100-499 . . . .Less 25%
500-999.... Less 36%

1000 UP Contact your local
Distributor or
Grayhill

Prices and Discounts subject
to change without notice.

Available Locally Through Your Grayhill Distributor

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *241 7

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

Planar Products Division

For over fifteen years IEE has been the quality leader in keyboards for commercial, industrial and military applications.
Today more than 100,000 are in use worldwide, performing reliably despite constant exposure to dust, dirt, corrosive
atmospheres, submersion in water, extremes in altitude, to wide temperatures and humidity ranges.

A continuing dedication to high quality is the reason for our success. This can be seen in features like high grade polyester,
a special sealing process to keep out moisture, and etched circuitry instead of silkscreened ink for low contact resistance,
better quality and longer life. The results are switch products with the highest reliability — with most exceeding many
military test requirements. Keys to the maintenance of this reputation for quality are the talents of our engineering staff,
the efficiencies of large scale manufacturing, and an exceptionally rigorous quality assurance program.

STANDARD KEYBOARDS

I EE's wide selection of standard keyboard models
offers you an opportunity to save costs by consulting
with our engineering staff and designing in our
standard keyboards in what you might have
considered a custom application. Our standard
keyboards include: Hi-Rel and INDUSTRIAL
PANELSWITCHES™, THIN SWITCHES™,
SEALEDSWITCHES™ and TELSWITCHES™.

CUSTOM KEYBOARDS

Custom configurations include: special coding/output,
multiple color combinations; any number of custom
arrangements; keyboards that are resistant to highly
caustic solutions; stainless steel construction; EMI/RFI
shielding; varying actuation force and key travel;
movable legends and rigid backs, Wide temperature
range, high humidity Incandescent, LED and
electroluminescent backlighting is also available.

INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS, INC. • 7740 Lemona Ave., Van Nuys, CA 91405 # Telephone (213) 787-0311 • TWX: 910-495-1707

1*2418

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

Special Products Division

The Special Products Division (SPD) features a \vide selection of display and interactive display
products. In addition to our standard products SPD has the engineering expertise to recom-
mend and build custom display solutions using many advanced display technologies.

PEP™ INTERACTIVE TOUCH DISPLAYS

PEP is o powerful interactive touch display panel. PEP incorporates the
features of a DC plasma display with an invisible switch matrix covering
the screen. The operator can be prompted to touch anywhere on the
screen by your instructions or menu on the display. PEP can take on any
desired control function, limited only by your software. The advantages,
features and options include:

• Eliminating the need for keyboards, pads, indicators, and switches

• Reducing operator training

° Trim size - less than 4" deep
« 256 or 480 character display sizes

• Choice of 4 interfaces - Serial/ Parallel

• Red, orange, or green characters

° Finished bezel with polarizing filter

• On-board character generation and refresh memory

• Cable sets, power supplies

DISPLAY SUB-SYSTEMS

The Special Products Division has the capability to engineer the best
man /machine interface solution using a wide spectrum of display
technologies. Recent programs have involved meeting the custom
requirements for a wide range of commercial, industrial and military
applications.

Display accomplishments include a ruggedized 10" square interactive
panel with over 1400 color and graphic messages, support electronics,
and single interface connection. Another program involved a PEP Touch
Display militarized with a high MTBF, RFI shielding, and meeting
exacting MIL vibration standards.

TITAN Projection Displays are the world's most extensively used
family of graphic displays. The line offers many features not
found* in other display technologies.

• The most cost effective system for displaying
any image in any color

• Displays can be programmed to feature from
11 to 48 messages

• Over 1 5 models with display screens ranging
from .076" to 3.375"

Recent advances include modular lamp assemblies and a new
aspheric lens system for greater illumination. Our PROSWITCH
series combines the features of projection displays with a
tactile, membrane, or opto switches. Projection displays and
PROSWITCHES can save panel space, provide a significant
reduction in hardware and wiring, and a noticable improve-
ment in man /machine interface. Commercial and ruggedized
configurations are available.

INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS, INC.«7740 Lemona Ave., Van Nuys, CA 91405 •Telephone (213) 787-0311 •TWX: 910-495-1707

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2419

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

THE SWITCH IS ON
TO MANTEX

ooo

ooo

ooo

GO

'mmum mt

IMWlttlWi

r — -

WATER TEWP SENSOR

WE DO IT ALL- FROM SIMPLE SWITCHES TO BLACK BOXES.

YOU GET BETTER MECHANICAL AND GRAPHICS QUALITY CONTROL
FROM A SINGLE SOURCE. CALL US NOW!

In-House capabilities

Design Forming

Engineering Molding

Layout Hot Stamping

Graphics Back

Material Lighting

Selection Coating

Color Matching Assembly

Ink Blending Testing

Screen Packaging

Printing Complete

Laminating Black Box

Man-trix switch products

Soft Touch Membrane
Tactile Feel Membrane
PC. Board Membrane
Fold-over Construction
Stacked Construction
Front Panel Assemblies
P.C. Board Assemblies
Mar-Resistant Surfaces
Peripheral Plastics

maniac

Dept. EEM — P.O. Box 15

1800 MetamoraRd. Oxford, Ml 48051

(313)628-9711

Cali us for local representative
In your area

8

9

1 5

6

I 2

3 !

r“

L .

!

1-2420

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

* MEI DN SERIES keyswitch

SPECSFSCATSOMJ

CONTACT RATING,
DC RESISTIVE:

VOLTAGE:

INITIAL CONTACT
RESISTANCE:

PLUNGER TRAVEL:

PRETRAVEL:

OPERATING FORCE
TO MAKE:

TEMPERATURE,

OPERATING:

TEMPERATURE,

STORAGE:

CONTACT BOUNCE:

UL FLAMMABILITY
RATING:

LIFE:

3W MAX.

24V MAX.

20mfi MAX.

.135 (3,43)

.070 ±.025 (1,78)
60 ±15

— 20°C TO 75°C

— 40°C TO 85°

3 ms MAX.

94-HB

15 x 10 6
OPERATIONS

f r

CONTACTS

OPEN

CONTACTS

CLOSED

DN500 WITH L STYLE KEY-
TOP FOR %" CENTER
MOUNTING.

DN500 WITH C STYLE KEY-
TOP FOR %" CENTER
MOUNTING.

DN500 WITH E STYLE RE-
LEGENDABLE LENS KEYTOP
LIGHTED WITH 1 OR 2 LED’S
FOR %" CENTER MOUNTING.

.58

.89 (14,7)
(22,6) 1

DN600 WITH L STYLE KEY-
TOP AND 7.8 MM KEYTOP
COUPLING FOR W f CENTER
MOUNTING.

DN600 WITH C STYLE KEY-
TOP AND 7.8 MM KEYTOP
COUPLING FOR W f CENTER
MOUNTING.

.57

.88 (14 ’ 5)
(22,4) i

DN600 WITH E STYLE RE-
LEGENDABLE LENS KEYTOP
LIGHTED WITH T-1 INCAN-
DESCENT LAMP FOR 3 / 4 " CEN-
TER MOUNTING.

DN switches work in your product’s environ-
ment because the contacts are sealed in a sili-
cone rubber tube. And since they are sealed,
the contacts can be silver with its lower cost
and cleaner electrical characteristics. That’s
why DN reliably tests to over 15 million cycles.

DN switches also work in your production
environment. With just a few snap-on parts,
you can configure any switch in the line. So
stocking for various keyboard configurations is
simple and cost effective. Also with sealed
contacts and switch modules that clip tightly
to the PC board, wave soldering with a water
wash is easy.

From top of PC board to top of double shot
keytop, DN switches measure less than 15mm
— easily meeting the new standards for low
profile terminal keyboards. Or consider the DN
switch to replace a touch panel with a “user
friendly” keypad without sacrificing panel
space.

• ALL SWITCHES
SHOWN ACTUAL
SIZE

• KEYBOARD ARRAYS
AVAILABLE

• DOUBLESHOT
MOLDED KEYTOPS

• CUSTOM KEYTOP
ENGRAVING

• LARGER LIGHTED
KEYSWITCHES
AVAILABLE

MECHANICAL

ENTERPRISES

INC.

The Better Switchmaker

SALES - ENGINEERING
461 CARLISLE DRIVE
HERNDON, VA 22070
(703) 435-9496
TWX 710-832-0942

MANUFACTURING
1321 65th PLACE NW
FT. LAUDERDALE, FL 33309
(305) 979-1333

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2421

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

MICRO SWITCH KEYBOARDS...

Quality and Reliability, each carries a 1%
Acceptable Quality Level and a 2-year Warranty*

Until now getting a keyboard at the price you needed
could have meant giving up the kind of performance you
wanted. Not anymore. Now, in addition to our time-
proven solid state Hall effect offerings, you can specify
full travel capacitance or contact membrane keyboards

in either standard or low profile (DIN standards) or
touch panel membrane keyboards.

• And you get them all — custom or off-the-shelf —
backed with the experience and full application support
that’s been a MICRO SWITCH tradition.

m®®®®®®«* »*«**?*** *

®®®®®®®®®®®j*3m*&
m ®®®®®®t a®®® tp »

SD Series Hall Effect Keyboard (104SD30)

FEATURES

• Solid state Hall effect keys with a single chip
microcomputer

• 4-mode 8-bit USASCII code assignment . . . Key array
in 4-language configurations

• Parallel data 8-bits and strobe ... 50 microseconds
nominal strobe pulse

• Serial output . . . 1-start, 8-data, even parity, 1-stop
(TTL compatible) with choice of 4 baud rates

• Electronic shift lock with LED indicator

• Choice of 4-tones for audio feedback

• Manual/Auto repeat for designated keys . . . Repeat
key controls repeat for other selected keys

• 1-function key . . . positive or negative logic

• 1 -shift lock key, 2-shift keys, 1 control key, 1 alternate
action caps lock key

• 121 possible coded keys, 6 mode keys, 1 function key

• 14 LED’s in top row with current limit resistors

• 8-byte FIFO (first-in first-out) character storage

• N-key rollover

• Operates on a single 5 VDC supply

• Life ... 100 million operations

• MCBF ... 20 billion operations

TC Series Touch Panel Keyboard (TC 454)

FEATURES

• Customized design. Graphics, colors, styles, and
formats can be selected to achieve optimum clarity
of operating functions

• Advanced construction and manufacturing processes.
Reflects the MICRO SWITCH commitment to quality,
reliability and performance

• Tactile feedback. Snap-disc provides positive feel
of switching action; embossed touch surface enables
positive finger positioning

• Micro-travel (.016 in. nominal)

• Environmentally sealed. Protects against
contamination of switch contacts

• Provides both serial and parallel data outputs

• Pin-for-pin compatible EPROM capability

• Operates on a single 5 VDC supply

• Ultra-low profile membrane easily adapts to styling
and package size requirements

• Channel venting. Prevents temperature/altitude
changes from affecting operating characteristics

• Life ... 2 million operations (5 million w/o snap disc)

• One year warranty

SC Series Low Profile Capacitance-membrane

Keyboard (58SC36-2)

FEATURES

• European ergonomic standards compliance

• Only 18,6 mm (.732") nominal profile

• 3,2 mm (.125") nominal key travel

• N-key rollover

• Parallel/serial data outputs

• Environmentally sealed membrane protects against
liquid spills, airborne dust and moisture

• Internal venting protects from the effects of
ambient temperature and pressure changes

• Tactile feedback gives a smooth, crisp feel

• Electronic shielding reduces problems caused by
electrical noise, cross coupling and stray
capacitances

• Low power consumption

• Life ... 30 million operations

CT Series Contact-membrane Keyboard (16CT)

FEATURES

• Environmentally sealed membrane protects the
contacts from contamination

• Internal venting protects membrane from effects of
ambient temperature/pressure changes

• Tactile feedback and hysteresis gives smooth,
crisp feel of the switching action

• Adherence to good human factor principles
promotes maximum throughput

• Two-key rollover

• Encoded for adding machine or telephone format

• Operates on 5 VDC supply

• Full-travel (150" nominal)

• Life ... 10 million operations

MICRO SWITCH , a Honeywell division

1-2422

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

MICRO SWITCH

GENERAL SALES ORDER GUIDE

* Catalog Listings

Hall Effect

Typical Applications

Power Requirements

Output Termination

Modes/Code Assignment

12SD3-1

High Speed Numeric Entry

+ 5 VDC @ 50 mA

Solder Pad

Wired-only (Level)

Standard

16SD1-1

High Speed Numeric Entry

+ 5 VDC @ 132 mA

Card Edge

(1) BCD (Binary Coded

Standard

Decimal)

16SD1-2

High Speed Numeric Entry

+ 5 VDC @132 mA

Card Edge

(1) BCD

Standard

16SD3-4

High Speed Numeric Entry

+ 5 VDC @ 80 mA

Solder Pad

Wired-only (Level)

Standard

16SD3-5

High Speed Numeric Entry

+ 5 VDC @80 mA

Solder Pad

Wired-only (Level)

Relengendable

16SD3-6

High Speed Numeric Entry

+ 5 VDC @130 mA

Solder Pad

Wired-only (Level)

Standard/LED

16SD3-7

High Speed Numeric Entry

+ 5 VDC @80 mA

Solder Pad

Wired-only (Level)

None

16SD3-12

High Speed Numeric Entry

4-5 VDC @80 mA

40-Pin Header

Wired-only (Level)

Standard

16SD17-1

Adding Machine Format

4-5 VDC @80 mA

Solder Pad

Wired-only (Scan)

Relegendable

16SD17-2

Telephone Format

4-5 VDC @80 mA

Solder Pad

Wired-only (Scan)

None

26SD1-2

Point of Sale

4- 5 VDC @ 250 mA

Card Edge

(1) Six Bit Address

Standard/

Relegendable

51SD12-4

Typewriter Array

4- 5 VDC @ 200 mA

Card Edge

(1) Six Bit Address

Sculptured

-12 VDC @ 10 mA

53SD5-2

Communications (Model 33 Array)

4- 5 VDC @ 250 mA

Card Edge

(4) USASCII

Sloped

-12 VDC @ 50 mA

64SD30-1

Communications (Model 33 Array)

4-5 VDC @156 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Stepped

66SD6-6

Interactive Visual Display

4-5 VDC @ 0.5A

Card Edge

(2) EBCDIC

Stepped

(IBM 3790)

— 12 VDC @ 5 mA

66SD12-10

Interactive Visual Display

4-5 VDC @ 0.5A

Card Edge

(2) EBCDIC

Stepped

(IBM 3790)

-12 VDC @ 5 mA

66SD6-7

Interactive Visual Display

4-5 VDC @ 0.5A

Card Edge

(2) EBCDIC

Stepped

(IBM 3270)

-12 VDC @ 5 mA

78SD6-5

Interactive Visual Display

4-5 VDC @ 0.5A

Card Edge

(2) EBCDIC

Stepped

(IBM 3270)

-12 VDC @ 5 mA

83SD30-2

Interactive Visual Display

4- 5 VDC @ 350 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Sculptured

(DEC’S VT 100)

87SD30-8

Interactive Visual Display

4- 5 VDC @ 300 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(1) USASCII

Front Stamped/

(IBM 3278)

Standard

87SD30-9

Interactive Visual Display

4- 5 VDC @ 300 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(1) USASCII

Front Stamped/

(IBM 3278)

Standard

63SD30-1

General Purpose Visual Display

4-5 VDC @156 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Stepped

103SD24-2

Intelligent Terminals

4-5 VDC @ 500 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Stepped

103SD30-2

Intelligent Terminals

4-5 VDC @125 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Stepped

104SD30-Series

European Arrays

4- 5 VDC @ 350 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Stepped

Capacitance-membrane (Sta

ndard Profile)

63SC24-4

General Purpose Interactive

4- 5 VDC @ 250 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Sculptured

Terminals

103SC24-2

General Purpose

4- 5 VDC @ 350 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Sculptured

(Low Profile DIN Standards)

58SC36-2

Typewriter Array

4- 5 VDC @ 250 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(1) USASCII

Low Profile

63SC36-4

Interactive Display Terminal

4- 5 VDC @ 250 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Low Profile

83SC36-1

Interactive Display Terminal

4- 5 VDC @ 350 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Low Profile

(DEC’S VT 100)

87SC36-1

Interactive Display Terminal

4-8 VDC @ 250 mA

Telephone Type Header

(1) Eight Bit Address

Low Profile/

(IBM 3278)

Front Stamped

103SC36-1

General Purpose

4-5 VDC @ 350 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Low Profile

1 Contact-membrane (Standard Profile)

16CT1-1

Adding Machine Format

4-5 VDC @ 25 mA

Card Edge

(1) BCD

Standard

16CT1-2

Telephone Format

4-5 VDC @25 mA

Card Edge

(1) BCD

Standard

63CT18-4

Communications

—

Pigtail with Connector

Wired-only-X-Y

Sculptured

matrix

103CT18-2

General Purpose

-

Pigtail with Connector

Wired-only-X-Y

Sculptured

matrix

(Low Profile

DIN Standards)

63CT38-3

Communications

—

Pigtail with Connector

Wired-only-X-Y

Stepped

matrix

103CT58-1

General Purpose

—

Pigtail with Connector

Wired-only-X-Y

Sculptured

matrix

Touch Panel

TCA431-2 (12 Stations)

Numeric Entry

0.5 to 30 VAC/DC

Pigtail

(1) Wired-only

Embossment

@ 1 0 M to 1 00 mA

TCA431-4 (16 Stations)

Numeric Entry

0.5 to 30 VAC/DC

Pigtail

(1) Wired-only

Embossment

@ 1 0 M to 1 00 mA

TCM454-1 (103 Stations)

General Purpose

4- 5 VDC @ 500 mA

Rt. Angle Header

(4) USASCII

Embossment

TCA454-1 (103 Stations)

General Purpose

0.5 to 30 VAC/DC

Pigtail

Wired-only

Embossment

@ 10 M to 100 mA

WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE

For technical literature on any of the general sale
listings shown, application assistance, pricing and de-
livery scheduling; contact your nearest MICRO SWITCH
Sales Office, write or call MICRO SWITCH, Freeport,
IL 61032, Tel. 815/235-6600.

* First 2 digits indicate number of keys on keyboard.

If your application calls for keyboards “sealed for hostile
environments” NEMA 2, 3, 3R, 12 and 13, and military
specifications MIL-STD-202 contact MICRO SWITCH,
Freeport, IL 61032 for off-the-shelf listings.

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2423

5150

KEYBOARDS & KEYPADS

5150

MK KEYBOARDS , KEYPADS, KEY SWITCHES

OAK 81 POSITION
STANDARD FTM°
KEYBOARD

• Low Cost

• Reliable

• Long Life

• Easy Interface

• Sealed

• Automated Assembly
E 3 Optional

This is a full travel membrane keyboard to
provide the latest high speed entry avail-
able. This unique keyboard features excel-
lent long life parameters coupled with high
resistance to environmental conditions.

The computer-controlled and adaptable
membrane is the heart of this rugged key-
board. It features 81 standard keys with 79
momentary and 2 “lock” keys for “Shift”
and “Caps.” Life expectancy is in excess
of 100 million per key. Pretravel is 0.80"
±0.020" and total travel is 0.160".

Contact bounce is 500 microseconds
(normal) and 5 milliseconds for hard rap
induced bounce.

Operating voltage is from 1.0 to 30 V. Op-
erating current is 50 microamps to 20 milli-
amps per single switch. Interconnection is
row/column.

Complete specifications are available.
Contact the nearest Oak sales office or dis-
tributor listed in EEM’s “Yellow Pages” in
this volume.

OAK TIP®
(TOUCH-IN PANEL)

MEMBRANE

SWITCH

TIP switches operate reliably for over ten
million cycles and offer the ultimate in envi-
ronmental resistance and flexibility.

A wide variety of colors, key sizes and
designs are available. The basic assembly
consists of three parts; the outer membrane
with graphics normally printed on the back
for long life protection, a spacer and a sub-
strate. The substrate is a P/C board with

all of the connections and switches perma-
nently positioned. Thousands of designs are
possible.

Operating voltage is from 1 to 50 (AC or
DC). Operating current is from 250 micro-
watts to as much as 1.5 Watts (peak).

Contact your nearest Oak sales office for
complete details and specifications.

SERIES 225
LOW PROFILE
PUSHBUTTON
KEYBOARD SWITCH

This new series of Oak keyboard switches
is supplied in several styles: flattop, stand-
ard “cupped” and either .300" high or the
low-profile .225" high style. Flattop models
are available with red, green or yellow LEDs.
All styles are .490" square and are supplied
in your choice of color and legend.

Standard mounting is by wave soldering
to a P/C board. Almost any combination of
key styles may be used on the board.

Typical life is in excess of one million

cycles for operation over the range of —25°
to +70°C. Maximum loads are 5 V (AC or
DC) @ 100 mA.

A projection style is available for use with
customer-supplied caps. All series 225 key-
switches are totally sealed for maximum re-
sistance to any environmental hazards.

Contact the nearest Oak sales office for
more information and/or specifications. See
EEM’s "Yellow Pages” for the office near-
est you.

SERIES 415
KEYBOARD SWITCH

The series 415 keyboard switch is available
in both single and double station styles.
There are two standard sizes: .610" square
and .720" square. The double station styles
are: .610" x 1.235" and .720" x 1.470". The
.610" is available with the standard
“cupped” design, a flattop orwith a “raised”
design which increases the height .062".

Minimum operating life is ten million
cycles under rated loads of 5 Volts (AC/DC)
@ 100 mA.

This series mounts directly to a P/C board
and keys are available in white, black, blue,
red and gray. Standard markings are num-
bers 0-9 or blank. Special markings are
available as are special key colors.

For more information, quotations, speci-
fications or samples, contact your nearest
Oak sales office listed in EEM’s “Yellow
Pages.”

OAK SWITCH SYSTEMS, INC. P0 Box 517 > Cr v stal Lake - IL 60014

An Oak Technology Inc. Company (815) 459-5000 • TWX 910-634-3353 • TLX 72-2447

1*2424

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

WONDERFILE!

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

Guide to types, models and applications of

BEST vacuo-j unction

as used by leading instrument manufacturers for:

■TRUE RMS MEASUREMENT *^*

-where the signal is periodic with distorted
wave shapes, as below

— or where random wave shapes are present,
even with high crest factors

STANDARD PATTERN

TRUE RMS = DC

-A

OR

UHF PATTERN

TRUE RMS = DC

(Use either standard or UHF pattern, depending upon frequency)

Partial list of BEST
STANDARD PATTERNS, INSULATED

‘Preferred units, available from stock.

■LINEAR TRUE RMS MEASUREMENT****

MATCHED PAIRS

Tracking

accuracy

Time constant

Nominal current

UHF TYPES

Model
MPU 1

0.5%

1 sec

5mA

STANDARD PATTERN TYPES

Model

MP1S7

0.5%

1 sec

5mA

Model

MP219

0 . 2 %

200ms

6.67 mA

Tracking accuracy applies over full 25°C temperature range.

Model No.

Heater Couple

ohms ohms

Resistance Resistance
Range mA ±10% ±10%

Following models have O/C E.M.F. of 7mV ±12%.

Maximum

permissible

load, 250% of

nominal.

*S1

1.0

1750

13

S2

1.25

1600

13

S3

1.5

1000

13

*S4

2.0

800

12

*S5

2.5

400

8

S6

3.0

200

8

*S7

5.0

90

8

*S8

7.5

45

8

*S9

10.0

25

8

S10

15.0

20

4

Sll

20.0

15

4

S12

25.0

10.0

1 „

thru

thru

thru

S23

1000.0

0.15

)

Following

have O/C

E.M.F. of 20mV

±12%.

Maximum

permissible

load, 200% of

nominal.

S45

2.0

2000

13

S46

2.5

1600

13

S47

3.0

800

13

*S48

5.0

250

8

S49

7.5

180

8

*S50

10.0

125

8

S51

15.0

50

4

S52

20.0

30

4

S53

25.0

25.0

1

thru

thru

thru

[ 4

S64

1000.0

0.25

1

Following models have 0/C E.M.F. of lOmV ±12%.
Maximum permissible load, 200% of nominal.

Single standard patterns for 5mA and higher,
useable to — 65MHz; for less than 5mA,
usable to 10MHz.

Single UHF types usable to 500MHz
Temperature coefficient of output available
from -0.2% per °C down to 0.005% per °C
on special order.

Reversal error, standard 0.2%. Most models
available with R/E down to 0.02%, some
models to 0.005%.

Optional special features: short time con-
stants to 50 ms; double heater devices, ultra
miniature sizes.

PHYSICAL DATA, STANDARD PATTERNS

Height of envelope 0.900 inch

Diameter of envelope 0.437

Length of lead from envelope 2 ± y* inches
Length of sleeve from envelope 1% ± V4 inches
Heater leads:

Up to 400 milliamps 0.012 ± 0.002 inch diameter
500 milliamps and over 0.020 ± 0.002 inch diameter
Couple leads— all ranges 0.012 ± 0.002 inch diameter

PHYSICAL DATA, U.H.F. PATTERNS

Height of envelopes 0.750 inch

Diameter of envelope 0.800 inch

Width across heater leads 1.500 inches

Diameter of heater and couple wires 0.020 inch

Positive indicated by spot of red lacquer.
Specifications subject to change without notice.

S98

1.25

1600

13

S99

2.0

800

13

S100

2.5

400

8

SlOl

3.0

300

8

*S102

5.0

125

8

S103

7.5

70

8

*S104

10.0

40

8

S105

15.0

25

4

S106

20.0

20

4

S107

25.0

15.0

1

thru

thru

thru

4

S118

1000.0

0.15 J

BEST U.H.F. UNITS, INSULATED

‘Preferred units, available from stock.

Capacitance

0.3 mfd

Inductance, approx.

0.02 uH

tl2%.

Write on company letterhead for application notes and full line catalog

BEST ELECTRICS DIVISION
HARRY LEVINSON COMPANY

601 Aurora N. #107, Seattle, WA 98109 • Tel. (206) 285-5622 • TWX 910-444-2154

Maximum

permissible load,

250%

of nominal.

*U1

5

90

8

*U2

10

25

8

U3

15

20

4

U4

20

15

4

U5

25

10

4

U6

50

3

4

U7

100

1.5

4

U8

150

10

4

U9

200

0.7

4

U10

250

0.6

4

Ull

500

0.3

4

U12

1000

0.15

4

U27

2.5

200

8

(Max. Perm. Load, Model U27, 150%

of nominal)

1*2426

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

, NC THERMISTORS

LEADED CHIP , BAR & CUBE

HYBRID CHIP

Cal-R Leaded chip and bar thermistors are produced from metal oxide
ceramic materials utilizing a unique process which affords the highest
degree of manufacturing control.

NTC DISCS

Maximum operating temperature 150°C
(higher temperatures available).

LINEAR PTC DEVICES

Cal-R Hybrid Chip Thermistors are produced by the same exacting
manufacturing process as the Leaded Chip Thermistor and demonstrate
the same electrical characteristics. Only the configuration is changed in
order that they may be mounted in hybrid circuits utilizing the same
equipment and techniques employed in the installation of other hybrid
components. Cal-R hybrid chip thermistors are available with either
silver or palladium-silver terminations to meet your process
requirements.

INTERCHANGEABLE THERMISTORS

Temperature Coefficient: +.45%/°C & ±.02%/°C(+0.6%°C available).

EPOXY COATED — RESISTANCE TOLERANCE ±1, 3, 5 & 10%

Thermistors designed for interchangeability over a temperature range
of 0°C to 80°C without the necessity of recalibrating the system.

EPOXY COATED

o

NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient)

Thermistors offer inexpensive
solutions to:

• Temperature Compensation m

• Time Delay =£

•Soft Start g

• Gas and Liquid Level Sensing £

• Temperature Sensing and Control

SOFT START “INRUSH CURRENT”
SUPPRESSING DEVICES

Cal-R Soft Start devices, made from rugged metal oxide ceramic
materials, protect against high inrush currents in either AC or DC
circuits. Soft Start affords protection for circuit components and assures
longer equipment life.

TEMPERATURE SENSING PROBES

NTC, PTC & NETWORKS
(TEMPERATURE RANGE— 60 TO +400° C )

Resistance (@ 25° C) range 50 ohm to 1 megohm -
tolerance 1 0% to 0.5% or better.

CAL-R probes are designed for air, surface, and liquid temperature
measurement and control applications. Special industrial probes can be
produced to customer specifications.

CAL-R engineers will design Temperature Sensing Probes for your
special application. Outline your problem or specifications and send
them to: CAL-R Applications Engineering Department.

OB/AlELsR, inc.

WIREWOUND RESISTORS «

THICK FILM •

THERMISTORS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2427

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

THERMONETICS DIVISION

THERMISTORS — Negative Temperature Coefficient

THERMISTOR SPECIFICATIONS

R/T CONVERSION TABLE

CURVE

CURVE

CURVE

B

D

J

Rf/R25

Rf/R25

Rt/R25

_ 5J103 — 4 d 3 1° ^25^125 ou j ‘DISSIPATION CONSTANT

•?’°°° I44ri —TTJ 1 1 4h7T-4s?! — 12_ Spherical Dissipation Constant, expressed in mw/»C, represents the

10.000 5J110 — 4.4 2 8 .100 .100 30 Spherical amount of power required to raise the temperature of a

20.000 5J120 — 4.4 2 8 .100| .100] 30 |Spherical thermistor 1°C.

**TIME CONSTANT

*** INTERCHANGEABLE THERMISTORS Time Constant, expressed in seconds, is the time required

Thermistors designed for interchangability over narrower temperature for a thermistor dissipating zero power to change 63%

ranges are available to your specifications at lower cost. of the difference between its initial temperature value and

that of a new temperature environment.

CAL-R thermistors conform to AQL and confidence levels specified in MIL-T-23648, tables V and VI.

Coatings, marking, special leads, probes, resistor/thermistor networks, resistance values from 1 ohm to 150 Kft, and other product variations are produced to meet
your design requirements.

Resistance tolerances of ±1% through ±20% are available and may be specified at 25°C or any temperature within the operating range. Maximum operating temperature
with leads 150°C.

30 Spherical
30 Spherical
30 Spherical
30 Spherical
30 Spherical

/ THERMISTORS • RESISTORS • MICROELECTRONICS

INC. / 1601 OLYMPIC BOULEVARD, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90404 (213) 450-1761 • TWX 910-343-6966

1*2428

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

THERMISTOR DIVISION

" SOFT-START "

INRUSH CURRENT SUPPRESSING DEVICES

“Soft-Start” devices display relatively high resistance to starting
currents in a variety of electronic circuits. Having a negative
temperature coefficient of resistance, these devices exhibit a large
decrease in resistance when an AC or DC current is applied.

Unlike circuit breakers and fuses, “Soft-Starts ’’prevent dangerous,
short-duration, peak inrush currents present at turn-on. Especially
useful in power supplies where charging capacitors initially present
extremely low impedance, “Soft-Starts” actually limit inrush currents
thereby extending the life of other critical components.

Part

Number

1 Max.
(Amperes)

«o 25°C
(Ohms)

R@* Max.
(Ohms)

Maximum

Diameter

(Inches)

Maximum

Thickness

(Inches)

Lead

Diameter

(Inches)

25SS25

25

1

.01

1.10

.35

.040

20SS20

20

1

.015

.90

.30

.040

18SS36

18

2

.03

.90

.35

.040

15SS38

15

2.5

.03

.60

.30

.040

14SS56

14

4

.05

.90

.35

.040

12SS60

12

5

.06

.90

.50

.040

12SS30

12

2.5

.04

.90

.35

.040

10SS50

10

5

.06

.90

.35

.040

10SS25

10

2.5

.04

.90

.25

.040

9SS45

9

5

.06

.90

.25

.040

9SS23

9

2.5

.04

.60

.25

.032

8SS40

8

5

.05

.60

.25

.040

8SS32

8

4

.07

.60

.25

.040

7SS35

7

5

.07

.60

.25

.032

7SS18

7

2.5

.05

.60

.25

.032

6SS60

6

10

.15

.60

.35

.040

6SS42

6

7

.15

.60

.30

.040

6SS30

6

5

.07

.60

.25

.032

5SS50

5

10

.20

.60

.35

.040

5SS35

5

7

.15

.60

.30

.040

5SS20

5

4

.15

.60

.25

.032

4SS48

4

12

.22

.50

.35

.040

4SS28

4

7

.15

.60

.30

.040

4SS20

4

5

.15

.60

.25

.032

3SS30

3

10

.20

.50

.30

.032

3SS21

3

7

.14

.60

.25

.032

3SS15

3

5

.17

.60

.25

.032

3SS08 3 2.5 .15 .60 .25 .032 |

2SS80

2

40.

.60

.70

.25

.032

2SS40

2

20

.28

.60

.25

.032

2SS20 2 10 .20 .60 .25 .032 j

2SS10

2

5

.40

.60

.25

.032

1.5SS90

1.5

60

1.00

.60

.25

.032

1.5SS60

1.5

40

.80

.60

.25

.032

1.5SS38

1.5

25

.60

.50

.30

.032

1.5SS15

1.5

10

.25

.50

.25

.032

•Standard Ro25°C tolerance is ±20%. Closer tolerances are available
upon request.

•Protective silicone coating is standard and has a nominal thickness of
.02 inches. Other coatings are available upon request.

* Standard lead material is tinned copper-clad steel . Nickel or copper
leads are available upon request.

» Special marking is available upon request.

-PROTECTIVE COATING

LEADS

•1V 2 ” NOMINAL

DEFINITIONS

I max

Represents the maximum rated steady state DC or RMS current and
is expressed in amperes.

R 0 25°C

Represents the zero power resistance of the device at +25°C and is
expressed in ohms.

R@*max

Represents the approximate resistance at maximum steady state
current conditions and is expressed in ohms.

Ambient Temp.

Full rated current may be applied in the ambient temperature range
of +25°C to +65°C and must be derated in accordance with *max
derating curve.

lop

Represents the actual operating current applied.

Cool-Down Time

Is the amount of time needed for a “Soft-Start” device to cool enough
to cause the necessary amount of resistance to limit inrush current.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2429

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

CARBORUNDUM THERMISTORS

APPLICATION DATA

Carborundum thermistors are temperature dependent resistors,
offered in a wide variety of resistance-temperature character-
istics. They are available with a wide range of negative tem-
perature coefficients at 25°C ranging from — 0.3%/°C to
— 5.4%/°C. These parts are made from ceramic materials,
bonded in a high-temperature firing process into rod, disc,
and chip configurations. They are available in a large range
of sizes, thermal characteristics, resistance values, and tem-
perature coefficients to suit the needs of many types of elec-
trical and electronic circuits.

Carborundum offers long experience in the design of special
resistance devices. This, together with expertise in the field
of ceramic technology, assures a stable and uniform product
to meet your thermistor requirements. All materials used in
the manufacture of Carborundum thermistors are of the high-
est quality. Strict quality control is maintained over all stages
of manufacture, and a minimum of two calibrations at the
specified reference temperature is standard.

DEFINITIONS

Zero Power Resistance ... is the resistance of a thermistor at
the calibrating temperature, measured in such a manner that
the measuring current does not appreciably heat the thermis-
tor. Resistance, as used here, means zero power resistance
unless otherwise stated.

Beta (/3) . . . is the number that satisfies the equation:

R,/R, = «*(l/Trl/T*>

Carborundum determines beta from measurements at 25°C
and 73.2°C. Beta is proportional to the slope of the resistance-
temperature characteristic, and it is also known as the material
constant. It is not truly a constant, but it gives a good approxi-
mation of resistance over a substantial working range. In the
equation, e is 2.718..., the base of natural logarithms, and
/3, T i, and T 2 are in Kelvin (K).

Alpha [a] ... or temperature coefficient of resistance (TCR) is
proportional both to beta and to the square root of the tempera-
ture at which it is specified. Very nearly,
a = -100 jS/T 2

In this equation, temperature is in Kelvin (K). and a is in per-
cent per degree C (%/°C). It is evident that alpha becomes
much higher as temperatures decrease.

Dissipation Constant (8) . . . is the ratio of power dissipated by
the thermistor divided by the temperature rise above ambient
due to self-heating. Here, it is 20 times the power required, in
watts, to bring the thermistor to 75°C in an ambient of 25°C,
and it is expressed in milliwatts.

Time Constant (r) . . . is the time required for a thermistor
which has attained equilibrium after being self-heated to
75°C to cool to 43.4°C in an ambient of 25°C. It is expressed
in seconds.

Both 8 and T are necessarily approximate quantities , and they
represent complicated concepts. They cannot he fully defined
or used unless the conditions under which they are measured
are fully defined.

In particular , note that the dissipation of a thermistor is the
sum of dissipation due to conduction , convection, and radia-
tion, which are related to temperature by linear, square-law,
and fourth-power equations respectively. Only over narrow
temperature ranges can dissipation constant be considered
constant.

Also note that time constant is defined by a zero-power cool-
ing curve. If the thermistor is attached to a heat sink the ef-
fective time constant is changed substantially. The time re-
quired for a thermistor to reach equilibrium due to heating
from a current passing through it may be dramatically differ-
ent from the time constant as defined above.

/

THERMISTOR SPECIFICATION

Thermistors are most often specified by a zero power resist-
ance, suitably toleranced, at some specified temperature (most
often 25°C or 37.8°C), and by a temperature coefficient, also
suitably toleranced. This is all that is required as an electrical
specification. Additional specifications may result in double
dimensioning and be unduly restrictive (and therefore costly)
or ambiguous.

The zero power resistance of a thermistor should be read in a
temperature controlled, agitated oil bath. Not only does the oil
bath provide a more controllable constant temperature, but it
also speeds the settling of the reading.

ROD THERMISTORS

Rod thermistors are manufactured by extruding and firing a
suitable ceramic mixture. For a given type of thermistor, low-,
medium-, or high-sensitivity, a number of mixtures are avail-
able: in general, a mixture yielding a higher resistivity product
also yields a higher beta or temperature sensitivity.

Standard rod thermistors are shown in the following table.
They have a resistance tolerance of ±10% at 25°C, and they
are neither coated nor marked. Special rod thermistors may be
ordered with intermediate resistance values, other resistance
tolerances, other calibration temperatures, coating, marking,
special lead preparation, etc. Parts without wire leads are
also available.

DISC THERMISTORS

Disc thermistors are manufac-
tured by pressing and firing a
suitable ceramic mixture. Carbor-
undum offers six standard mix-
tures of various resistivity and
beta.

Standard disc thermistors are
shown in the following table.
They have a resistance tolerance
of ±10% at 25°C, and they are
neither coated nor marked. Spe-
cial disc thermistors may be or-
dered with intermediate resis-
tance values, other resistance tol-
erances, other calibration tem-
peratures, coating, marking, spe-
cial lead preparation, etc. Parts
without wire leads are also avail-
able.

CARBORUNDUM

Carborundum Resistant Materials Company

Electric Products Division, Post Office Box 339, Niagara Falls, N.Y. 14302
Tel: (716) 278-2521 • Telex: 91-555 (CARBO GLO NGF)

1*2430

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

CARBORUNDUM

1 Type A

1 Type B

Type C

Types 0 & L

Type M

R @ 25°C

R @ 125°C

18.7

35.3

62.0

0 (K) ±5%
(25.0°C - 73.2°C)

3980

3070

3415

4200

4900

Temp. Coef. (a)
%/°C @ 25°C

ma

-3.4

-3.8

-4.7

-5.4

THERMISTORS

HIGH SENSITIVITY
NTC DISCS

TYPICAL PARTS

Dissi-

Carborundum

Part

Number

Resistance
at 25°C
in Ohms

Dimensions

Lead

Wires

AWG

pation

Constant

mw/°C

Time

Constant

Seconds

A | B | C

TYPE “A" HIGH NEGATIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT THERMISTORS

ROD THERMISTORS

’ (MAX)

_1‘A" DIA. (MAX)

F=

r

V

LEAD

"C" (

_L

z:

“A" DIA. (MAX)

"C” (MIN)

FIGURE 1

■B" (MAX) "C” (MIN)

FIGURE 2

Dimensions (inches)

Dissipation

Constant

Time

Constant

Style

Figure

A

B

AWG

(mw/°C)

(seconds)

0325F5-

0325H5-

B|

0.12

0.30

24

6.0

10

0540F4-

0.20

1.25

20

9.5

22

0550H4-

0.20

0.63

1.25

20

11.0

25

0550F5-

0550H5-

||

0.22

0.63

1.38

20

11.0

25

1099F5-

0.38

1.13

1.38

20

24.0

90

MEDIUM TEMPERATURE
COEFFICIENT

Type “F” Rods

Beta ±10%

HIGH TEMPERATURE
COEFFICIENT

Type “H” Rods

Beta ±5%

Resistance
Ohms ±10%

Dash

style

Styles

0540F4-

Style

Style

Styles \
0550H4- [

@ 25°C

Number

0325F5

1099F5-

0325H5-

0550H5-

2.2

1300

3.3

Klin

—

—

1350

—

1

4.7

-404

—

1400

—

I

6.8

-406

—

1350

1450

—

—

HiK imm

-410

1500

wl Sfili

-411

Hljil

1550

—

1

-412

1600

—

—

Sli|v

-413

IK

1600

-414

■Ei iiifl

1650

—

|

-416

1550

1650

—

—

-420

1600

1700

—

150

-421

1600

1700

—

—

-422

1650

1750

—

—

-423

1650

1750

-424

1700

1750

1800

—

-426

1700

1750

1800

—

—

-430

1750

1850

3000

-431

1750

. mm

1850

—

3100

-432

1800

1850

, 1900

3000

3150

-433

1800

1900

3100

3200

-434

1850

1950

3150

3300

-436

1850

1950

3200

3400

-440

1900

2000

3300

3500

-441

1900

2000

3400

3600

-442

1950

2050

3500

3700

-443

1950

■ B

2050

3600

3800

-444

2000

2050

2100

3700

3900

-446

2000

2100

3800

4000

100,000

-450

2050

mm

2150

3900

4100

-451

2050

Bit i

2150

4000

4150

BBJs ufa i «■

-452

2100

2200

4100

4200

330,000

-453

2100

2200

4150

4250

470,000

-454

2150

2200

2200

4200

4300

680,000

-456

2150

2200

■

4250

4350

1,000,000

-460

2200

2200

4300

4400

1,500,000

-461

2200

—

—

4350

—

2,200,000

-462

2200

—

—

4400

—

Order by the style number followed by the dash number. For
example, part number 0540F4-404 is a thermistor of style
0540F4-, of 4.7 ±10% ohms resistance, and with a beta of
1300 ±10% K.

50

ESTTEnB

HEEI

UMiftfl

3/8

18

29.0

100

KWflSni tlfl

75

±20%

0.65

0.06

3/8

20

20.0

80

EWiMl a s/®

100

±10%

■will

0.04

1/4

20

15.0

60

A3311J-16

100

±20%

0.82

0.11

3/8

18

29.0

150

120

±20%

0.55

0.07

1/4

20

17.0

75

120

±20%

0.82

0.12

3/8

18

29.0

150

150

±10%

0.40

0.04

1/4

20

9.0

38

A1203J-16

200

±10%

0.30

0.03

1/4

24

8.0

30

A2612J-16

200

±20%

0.65

0.12

3/8

20

22.0

100

A1204J-16

300

±10%

0.30

0.04

1/4

24

8.0

30

A0803J-16

500

±10%

0.20

0.03

1/8

24

7.0

20

A1612J-16

500

±10%

0.40

0.12

1/4

20

11.0

60

A0805J-16

750

±10%

0.20

0.05

1/8

24

7.0

23

A0807J-16

1,000

±10%

0.20

0.07

1/8

24

7.2

26

A1212J-16

1,000

±10%

0.30

0.12

1/4

24

40

A0809J-16

1,500

±10%

0.20

0.09

1/8

24

7.5

30

A0810J-16

2,000

±10%

0.20

0.10

1/8

24

7.5

30

TYPE “B” HIGH NEGATIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT THERMISTORS

2.0 ±20%

0.82

0.06

3/8

29.0

100

B2605J-16

3.0 ±20%

0.65

0.05

3/8

20.0

80

3.8 ±20%

0.45

EMI

3/8

12.0

48

5.0 ±10%

0.50

0.04

1/4

15.0

60

5.0 ±20%

0.82

0.12

3/8

18

29.0

150

B1604J-16

7.5 ±10%

0.40

0.04

1/4

20

9.0

38

10.0 ±10%

0.30

0.03

1/4

24

8.0

30

B2612J-16

10.0 ±20%

0.65

0.12

3/8

20

22.0

100

B1205J-16

15.0 ±10%

0.30

0.05

1/4

24

8.5

35

B1206J-16

20.0 ±10%

0.30

0.06

1/4

24

8.5

35

B2012J-16

20.0 ±10%

0.50

0.12

1/4

20

16.0

80

B0804J-16

30.0 ±10%

0.20

0.04

1/8

24

7.0

20

B0807J-16

50.0 ±10%

0.20

0.07

1/8

24

7.2

26

B1212J-16

50.0 ±10%

0.30

0.12

1/4

24

9.0

40

B0809J-16

75.0 ±10%

0.20

0.09

1/8

24

7.5

30

B0810J-16

0.20

0.10

1/8

24

7.5

30

TYPE “C” HIGH NEGATIVE

C2604J-16

10.0 ±10%

0.65

0.04

3/8

20

20.0

80

15.0 ±10%

0.50

0.04

1/4

20

15.0

60

20.0 ±10%

0.40

0.03

1/4

20

9.0

38

C3312J-16

20.0 ±20%

0.82

0.12

3/8

18

29.0

150

C1605J-16

30.0 ±10%

0.40

0.05

1/4

20

9.0

38

C1205J-16

50.0 ±10%

0.30

0.05

1/4

24

8.5

35

C2012J-16

50.0 ±10%

0.50

0.12

1/4

20

16.0

80

75.0 ±10%

0.20

0.03

1/8

24

7.0

20

0.20

0.04

1/8

24

7.0

20

C1612J-16

100.0 ±10%

0.40

0.12

1/4

20

11.0

60

C0807J-16

150.0 ±10%

0.20

EEzfl

1/8

24

7.2

26

0.20

0.08

1/8

24

7.2

26

C1212J-16

0.30

0.12

1/4

24

9.0

40

C0810J-16

0.20

0.10

1/8

24

7.5

30

TYPE “D” HIGH NEGATIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT THERMISTORS

D2604J-16

100 ±20%

0.65

0.04

3/8

20

20.0

80

D2003J-16

150 ±10%

0.50

0.03

1/4

20

15.0

60

D1804J-16

200 ±10%

0.45

0.04

1/4

20

12.0

48

D3312J-16

200 ±20%

0.82

0.12

3/8

18

29.0

150

D1604J-16

300 ±10%

0.40

0.04

1/4

20

9.0

38

D1204J-16

500 ±10%

0.30

0.04

1/4

24

8.0

30

D2612J-16

500 ±20%

0.65

0.12

3/8

20

22.0

100

D1206J-16

750 ±10%

0.30

0.06

1/4

24

8.5

35

D1207J-16

1,000 ±10%

0.30

0.07

1/4

24

8.5

35

D1612J-16

1,000 ±10%

0.40

0.12

1/4

20

11.0

60

D0806J-16

1,500 ±10%

0.20

0.06

1/8

24

7.0

23

D0807J-16

2,000 ±10%

0.20

0.07

1/8

24

7.2

26

D1212J-16

2,000 ±10%

0.30

0.12

1/4

24

9.0

40

D0810J-16

3,000 ±10%

0.20

0.10

1/8

24

7.5

30

TYPE “L” HIGH NEGATIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT THERMISTORS

L1205J-16

3,000 ±10%

0.30

0.05

1/4

24

8.5

35

L1209J-16

5,000 ±10%

0.30

0.09

1/4

24

9.0

40

L0805J-16

7,500 ±10%

0.20

0.05

1/8

24

7.0

23

L0807J-16

10,000 ±10%

0.20

0.07

1/8

24

7.2

26

L0810J-16

15,000 ±10%

0.20

0.10

1/8

24

7.5

30

TYPE “M” HIGH NEGATIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT THERMISTORS

M1203J-16

7,500

±10%

0.30

0.03

1/4

24

8.0

30

M1204J-16

10,000

±10%

0.30

0.04

1/4

24

8.5

35

M2012J-16

10,000

±10%

0.50

0.12

1/4

20

16.0

80

M1207J-16

15,000

±10%

0.30

0.07

1/4

24

8.5

35

M0803J-16

20,000

±10%

0.20

0.03

1/8

24

7.0

20

M1209J-16

20,000

±10%

0.30

0.09

1/4

24

9.0

40

M0805J-16

30,000

±10%

0.20

0.05

1/8

24

7.0

23

M0809J-16

50,000

±10%

0.20

0.09

1/8

24

7.5

30

M0810J-16

75,000

±10%

0.20

0.10

1/8

24

7.5

30

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2431

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

THERMISTORS

Interchangeable and Custom
Negative Temperature Coefficient (NTC)

NTC Thermistors are the most sensitive temperature sensors
known to exist for temperature measurement and control betweerr
— 50°C and +150°C. Dale Thermistors are rugged, reliable, predict-
able and are easily assembled in small housings to meet a multitude
of temperature measurement and control requirements. The effects
of “noise”, which may be a factor with other sensors, and conductor
resistance resulting from the installation of thermistors in remote
locations, has minimal effeGt on system accuracy.

Interchangeable Thermistors provide greater temperature mea-
surement and control accuracy over wider temperature ranges. In
addition, they allow the use of multiple thermistor sensors with a
single readout or control system and save money by eliminating
costly calibration procedures. Dale Thermistors are backed by more
than a decade’s experience in manufacturing smaller, low-cost NTC
styles which are used in a variety of temperature measurement and
control equipment worldwide.

Resistance values and tolerances. The following charts list
“standard” thermistor resistance values and tolerances. Contact us
for additional information and assistance in developing custom
thermistors and sensor assemblies to meet your application
requirements.

SPECIFICATIONS

Point-Matched Tolerance: NTC Thermistors may be
ordered with a temperature or a resistance tolerance at a
temperature point. Parts listed are specified at 25°C:

a TOLERANCE TEMPERATURE TOLERANCE

±10%— no suffix

±1.0°C- -A

± 5%— -5

±0.5°C— -B

± 3%— -3

±0.2°C— -C

± 1%- -1

To specify, add the appropriate suffix to the part number selected from
the “Most Specified NTC Thermistors” chart. Example: 1M1002-B3, Curve
1, 10KH @25°C, interchangeable to ±.5°C from 0° to 70°C. Asterisk (*)
indicates ±0.2°C tolerance available for interchangeable thermistors.

R 25 Values ±10% listed are typical. 40f2 to 40 megohm @ 25°C available.
Add -5 for ±5%, -2 for ±2%, etc. to part number for closer tolerance at
temperature T.

Interchangeable Tolerance: To simplify specification in
ordering interchangeable Thermistors, they are specified
to a temperature tolerance over a temperature range.
The temperature tolerance corresponds to a resistance
tolerance based on the temperature coefficient at each
temperature point within the specified range (see
definition of NTC).

INTERCHANGEABLE TOLERANCES AVAILABLE
0° to 70°C

TOLERANCE SUFFIX

±1.0°C — A3

±0.5°C — B3

±0.2°C — C3

n

1.5 Min.
138.101

Lead Dia.

t

Dia.

A

Leads: T series thermistors have Teflon insulated leads 3” [76.201 ±
.25 [6.35J. All others are solid tinned copper 1.5 138.10] ± .2 [5.08] long
unless otherwise specified.

Coating: “Baked-on phenolic” for durability and improved long term
stability. Other coatings are available.

TYPICAL SENSOR ASSEMBLIES

IMMERSION PROBE WITH THREADED HEX FITTING

HEAT SINK SURFACE SENSOR

SKIN OR SURFACE SENSOR

DC

=b±-d__„ n f (

GENERAL PURPOSE SENSOR

r

s X

SURFACE SENSOR

L J-C—>

/ T\

L — — .Q

PIPE SENSOR

Sensor Assemblies are designed to enhance applicability, pro-
tect and appropriately locate thermistors for maximum efficiency,
whether used in liquids, solids or gases. They may be designed
to meet the stringent requirements of automotive, energy,
industrial, computer, aerospace, consumer appliance, medical

and ecology related industries. “Standard” sensor-assemblies
are available; however, most are manufactured to customer
specifications. Contact our engineers for design assistance
and quotations.

For additional information and engineering assistance, contact
DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., Western Thermistor Division, 2300 Riverside Blvd., Norfolk, NE 68701

Phone 402-371-0080

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

1-2432

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

Most Specified NTC THERMISTORS

R»n

P/N

CURVE

NOMINAL
D.C. T.C.

MAX.

DIA.

LEAD

DIA.

100,000

7C1003

7

3

12

.095

.0125

50,000

7C5002

7

3

12

.095

.0125

30,000

4C3002

4

2.5

12

.095

.0125

20,000

4C2002

4

3

12

.095

.0125

10,000

1 Cl 002*

1

3

12

.095

.0125

8,000

1C8001

1

3

12

.095

.0125

5,000

1C5001

1

3

12

.095

.0125

3,000

1C3001*

1

3

12

.095

.0125

2,000

1C2001

1

3.5

16

.095

.0125

1,000

2C1001

2

3

12

.095

.0125

500

2C5000

2

3

12

.100

.0125

200

2C2000

2

3.5

18

.150

.0125

100

2C1000

2

4

20

.195

.0125

30,000

9F3002*

9

.8

5

.072

.008

15,000

1 FI 502*

1

.8

5

.072

.008

10,000

1 FI 002*

1

.8

5

.072

.008

5,000

1F5001*

1

.8

7

.072

.008

* Indicates ±0.2°C tolerance

NOMINAL MAX. LEAD

R»fl

P/N

CURVE

D.C.

T.C.

DIA.

DIA.

200,000

7M2003

7

2

12

.095

.010

100,000

4M1003*

4

2

12

.095

.010

50,000

4M5002*

4

2

10

.085

.010

30,000

4M3002*

4

2

10

.085

.010

20,000

9M2002*

9

2

10

.085

.010

10,000

9M1002*

9

2

12

.095

.010

10,000

1M1002*

1

2

10

.085

.010

6,000

1M6001

1

2

10

.085

.010

5,000

1M5001*

1

2

10

.085

.010

2,252

1M2251*

1

3

12

.095

.010

1,000

2M1001

2

3

12

.085

.010

30,000

4T3002*

4

2

12

.095

.010

20,000

9T2002*

9

2

12

.095

.010

10,000

9T1002*

9

2

14

.095

.010

10,000

1T1002*

1

2

12

.095

.010

5,000

1T5001 *

1

2

12

.095

.010

2,252

1T2251 *

1

2

14

.095

.010

.03937 in. = 1 mm.

for interchangeable thermistors.

Contact factory for information on resistance values not listed .

RESISTANCE vs. TEMPERATURE CONVERSION TABLES (Ratio = Rt -r R25)

TEMP.

CURVE 1

CURVE 2

CURVE 4

CURVE 7 |

CURVE 9

°c

Ratio

MT ±%

NTC

Ratio

MT+%

NTC

Ratio

MT+%

NTC

Ratio

MT+%

NTC

Ratio

MT+%

NTC

-55

96.44

4.5

7.4

53.40

6.3

132.15

6.0

-50

67.06

3.9

7.2

38.99

6.1

6.2

90.49

5.0

7.5

44.13

3.9

-40

33.66

3.3

6.7

21.45

5.5

5.8

40.16

5.3

43.92

4.2

7.0

23.98

3.3

5.9

-30

17.70

2.6

6.2

12.27

4.8

5.4

20.64

4.3

6.5

22.26

2.9

6.7

13.52

2.6

5.6

-20

9.712

2.1

5.8

7.278

4.0

5.1

11.03

3.5

6.1

11.73

2.7

6.2

7.891

2.1

5.2

-10

5.534

1.5

5.5

4.459

3.2

4.7

6.119

2.6

5.7

6.418

2.1

5.9

4.754

1.5

4.9

0

3.266

1.1

5.1

2.815

2.3

4.5

3.510

1.8

5.4

3.632

1.4

5.5

2.949

1.1

4.6

10

1.990

0.6

4.8

1.826

1.4

4.2

2.078

1.0

5.1

2.121

0.9

5.2

1.879

0.6

4.4

20

1.249

0.1

4.5

1.215

0.5

4.0

1.267

0.2

4.8

1.276

0.2

5.0

1.226

0.1

4.2

25

1.000

0.0

4.4

1.000

0.0

3.8

1.000

0.0

4.7

1.000

0.0

4.8

1.000

0.0

4.0

30

.8058

0.2

4.3

.8276

0.5

3.7

.7942

0.4

4.6

.7889

0.4

4.7

.8194

0.2

3.9

37

.6016

0.6

4.1 .

.5814

1.0

4.4

.6258

0.6

3.8

40

.5326

0.7

4.0

.5758

1.4

3.5

.5105

1.1

4.3

.5003

0.9

4.4

.5592

0.7

3.7

50

.3602

1.1

3.8

.4086

2.3

3.3

.3359

1.8

4.1

.3249

1.5

4.2

.3893

1.1

3.5

60

.2488

1.3

3.6

.2954

3.1

3.2

.2259

2.4

3.9

.2147

1.9

4.1

.2760

1.3

3.4

70

.1751

1.8

3.4

.2172

4.1

3.0

.1550

2.9

3.7

.1447

2.4

3.8

.1990

1.8

3.2

80

.1256

2.1

3.3

.1622

5.1

2.8

.1084

3.4

3.5

.09941

2.7

• 3.7

.1458

2.1

3.1

90

.09164

2.3

3.1

.1229

5.5

2.7

.0771

3.9

3.3

.06949

3.2

3.5

.1084

2.3

2.9

100

.06792

2.6

2.9

.09446

6.7

2.6

.0557

4.4

3.2

.04938

3.6

3.3

.08168

2.6

2.8

110

.05108

2.7

2.8

.07350

7.4

2.4

.0408

4.9

3.0

.03564

4.0

3.2

.06235

2.7

2.6

120

.03894

3.2

2.7

.05788

8.5

2.3

.0303

5.3

2.9

.02610

4.4

3.0

.04818

3.2

2.5

125

.03416

3.3

2.6

.05158

8.7

2.3

.0263

5.5

2.9

.02246

4.5

3.0

.04253

3.3

130

.03006

3.4

2.5

.04609

8.9

2.2

.0228

5.7

2.8

.01939

4.7

2.9

.03764

3.4

2.4

140

.02348

3.7

2.4

.03708

9.7

2.1

.0173

6.0

2.7

.01459

5.0

2.8

.02972

3.7

2.3

150

.01854

.03012

.0133

.01112

.02370

DEFINITIONS

Rt -f- R25 ratio is Resistance at temperature T divided by resistance
at 25°C. To determine the resistance of a NTC thermistor at tem-
peratures other than 25°C, multiply the ratio selected from the ap-
propriate curve column above by resistance at 25°C, e.g., Curve 1,
10Kf2 @ 25°C, 1256fl @ 80°C. Call us for 1°C ratio tables.

NTC (-%/°C) is negative temperature coefficient of resistance at
temperature (T) expressed in % resistance change per °C. Since
one NTC resistance change is approximately equivalent to a 1°C
temperature change, NTC is useful in developing Interchangeable
thermistor specifications, e.g., Curve 1, 10,0000 ± 4.4% @ 25°C,
32,6600 ± 5.1% @ 0°C, 1751 0 ± 3.4% @ 70°C results in a ±1°C
Interchangeable Thermistor 0° to 70°C, .5 NTC = ±.5°C, etc.

Maximum Temperature for thermistors listed is 150°C; however,
continuous operation or cycling above 125°C,or above specified
temperature range for Interchangeable thermistors, may cause
thermistors to exceed originally specified tolerances.

MT±% is manufacturing tolerance at temperature. Add to resist-
ance tolerance specified at 25°C, e.g., Curve 1 10K ± 10% @
25°C, 12560 + 12.1% @ 80°C. Not applicable to Interchangeable
Thermistors.

Dissipation Constant (D.C.) is the amount of power, in milliwatts,
which will raise the thermistor 1°C above its environment while
suspended by its leads in still air at 25°C.

Time Constant (T.C.) is the time, in seconds, required for the
thermistor dissipating zero power to change 63% of the difference
between its initial temperature value and that of a new temperature
environment, while supported by its leads in still air.

Thermistor Resistance Measurements must be made at pre-
cisely controlled temperature while applying essentially zero power
to assure measurement accuracy.

For additional information and engineering assistance, contact
DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., Western Thermistor Division, 2300 Riverside Blvd., Norfolk, NE 68701 • Phone 402-371-0080

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2433

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

Elmwood Sensors

Precision Controls

1653 Elmwood Avenue, Cranston, R.l. 02907
Phone (401) 781-6500 • TWX (710) 381-6413

Elmwood Sensors, Ltd. North Shields. Tyne & Wear, NE29 8SA England
Phone (063) 25-82821 • TELEX: 53284

SUB-MINIATURE SNAP-ACTION THERMOSTATS

Elmwood thermostats are precision-engi-
neered for quick, reliable response in high
limit or control applications. Many meet mili-
tary specifications, as well as U.L., C.S.A.
and European requirements. Exposures are
from -65°F to +550°F, ratings to 15 Amps,
with narrow or wide differentials as required.
A variety of brackets and terminals are avail-
able, as well as custom packaging. Write or
phone for complete catalog.

DIAL PROTOTYPE

For fast service on prototypes and
thermocouples call our precision
sales department at 401-781-6500.

ELECTRICAL INCLUDING TOL. NARROWEST NARROWEST AGENCY
RESISTIVE SETPOINT TOLERANCE DIFFERENTIAL LISTINGS

RATINGS RANGE ALLOWABLE AVAILABLE

TYPICAL

APPLICATIONS

31 oa

Hermetically sealed,
all welded con-
struction long life,
narrow or wide
tolerances and
differentials.

-20° to
500°F

-28.89° to
260°C

±3°F

±1.7°C

6°F max.

3.3°C max.

U.L.*

C.S.A.

High-temp control for copy
machines, computers, aircraft,
electronic controls

Similar to 3100

120 VAC

- 20°F to

±3°F

6°F max.

but with gold

100 MA

400°F

Dry Circuit

alloy cross-

applications

point contacts.

50VDC

- 28.8°C

±1.7°C

3.3°C max.

500 MA

to 204°C

6 Amp

Hermetically sealed,

120 VAC

- 20° to

±3°F

6°F max.

Copy machines, computers,

all welded const.

350°F

aircraft, electronic controls

Similar to 31 00 except

6 Amp

where space is critical.

low silhouette .301"

30 VDC/AC

max. design

-28.89° to

±1.7°C

3.3°C max.

U.L*

1.5 Amp

177°C

240 VAC

Similar to 31 50

120 VAC

- 20°F to

±3°F

6°F max.

Same as 3106

but with gold

100 MA

350°F

but where

alloy cross-

space is

point contacts.

50 VDC

- 28.89°C

±>1.7°C

3.3°Cmax.

limited.

500 MA

to 1 77°C

Subminiature .430"

125° to

±4°F

6°F max.

Crystal ovens, gyros, electronics

dia., hermetically

2 Amp

250°F

overheat protection where

sealed, tolerances

120 VAC

subminiature thermostat is

to ± 3°F and narrow

1 Amp

52° to

±2.2°C

3.3°C max.

required.

differentials.

30 VDC

121°C

0°F to

Custom package

Consult factory

400°F

±4°F

10°F max.

Aircraft bleed air duct sensing,

housings.

for

See other

hydraulic oil temp control

Approvable

- 18°C to

± 2.2°C

5.6°C max.

models

liquid bath control, heater

Models

204°C

control.

6 Amp

0°to

±4°F

8°F max.

Non-hermetic, utilizing

120 VAC

335°F

Computers, copy machines,

3100 design with

radar equipment, where low

phenolic and metal

3 Amp

height .281" is required.

housing.

240 VAC

-17.8° to

±2.2°C

4.4°C max.

U.L*

1 68.3°C

C.S.A

Non-hermetic, utilizing

8 Amp

0°to

±4°F

8°F max.

3100 design. Rivet

120 VAC

335°F

U.L.

insert sleeve con-

C.S.A.

Similar to 3001 , where increased

struction, for Interna-

4 Amp

BSI

European spacing is required.

tional listings.

250 VAC

-17.8° to

. ±2.2°C

4.4°C max.

VDE

1 68.3°C

Non-hermetic, with

15 Amp

32° to

±5°F

Power supplies, communication ,

15 Amp 120 VAC

120 VAC

335°F

20°F

U.L

medical equipment, computers

rating. U.L. and

12 VDC*

11°C

- C.S.A.

where high amp loads are present.

C.S.A. listings for

min. below

Inter-

3455R is used where increased

100,000 cycles.

10 Amp

0°to

±3°C

set point.

natl’l

spacing and rivet construction for

240 VAC

1 68.3°C

European requirements are needed.

Epoxy overmold

15 Amp

0°to

±5°F

constr. of 3455R.

120 VAC

221 °F

20°F

U.L

Similar to 3455R with epoxy

For elec, insulation of

11°C

C.S.A.

overmold for protection of

terminal or moist

10 Amp

-20° to

min. below

Inter-

terminals and sealing of unit.

conditions.

240 VAC

105°C

±3°C

set point.

nat'l

High temperature,

15 Amp

32° to

±5°F

with 15 Amp 120 VAC

120 VAC

500°F

20°F

U.L

rating. Rivet insert

12 VDC

ire

C.S.A.

Similar to above, where high

sleeve construction

min. below

Inter-

temperatures are present.

for International

10 Amp

0°to

±3°C

set point.

nat'l

listings.

277 VAC

260°C

Non-hermetic manual

15 Amp

125° to

±8°F

Man. reset

U.L.

Where manual reset is required.

reset. Will not re-

120 VAC

300°F

Auto, reset

C.S.A.

3455 RM meets increased spacing

cycle automatically

below

Inter-

for European requirements.

at room temperature.

10 Amp

52° to

±5°C

40°F

nat'l

240 VAC

149°C

4.44°C

3106

3150

/

ft I

3156

/

ft C

3305

*

A

& 0

3001

3004

3450 3455R

3455RBV

3450RC-3455RC

3455RM

‘These models are also available as U.L. Recognized Components. Please consult factory and specify Rating Required. Consult factory for C.S.A. listings.
Views are not to scale. Note product description on respective page.

1-2434

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

THERMISTORS

fenwal $

. Electronic x

BROADEST THERMISTOR LINE
AVAILABLE ANYWHERE

<§>

DISC THERMISTORS

.-*SO-CURVE
“^MATCHED PAIRS,- _
i ^NTERCHA^EAli©-

/TsBCAO' - jr***^'*'^

^THERMISTORS f \

D MINI-PROBES

UNt-CURVES I *
(INTERCHANGEABLE)

J 1; ll

XS sraK8 l®

^ ... MID-TEMP B m

^ERMISTORS L|NEAR m

" fZZ I thermistor^®’

j# £1 NETWORKS (OrN)

y GAS FILLED BULBS

(5) ROD THERMISTORS

THE MOST COMPLETE LINE OF PRECISION THERMISTORS

THERMISTOR CONFIGURATIONS

1. Glass Coated Beads — used where 4. Washers — used where high power

small size, fast response, high precision, dissipation is a prime requirement,
stability, and temperatures to 300°C are _ D . .. . ...

required 5 - Rods — these units have power dissipa-

tion intermediate between discs and
washers and are also used where their

2. Glass Probes — medium-small in size. Physical shape is an asset.

Many of the advantages of beads but 6. Mounted Beads — provide ease in using
rugged, more easily mounted, useful in g| aS s beads in such applications as gas
liquid media. chromatography, flow and vacuum

measurement, etc.

3. Discs — used where medium power 7. Vacuum and Gas Filled Assemblies —

dissipation is a requirement and space high power sensitivity for specialized cir-
not a problem. Useful to 150°C. cuit applications.

INTERCHANGEABLE THERMISTORS

2. Glass Probes — medium-small in size.
Many of the advantages of beads but
rugged, more easily mounted, useful in
liquid media.

8. Iso-Curve® Interchangeable Thermistors

— these units available in bead or glass
probe configurations, follow standard L-2B
curves over wide temperature range, and are
completely interchangeable. Units match
standard curves as close as ± V « % of resist-
ance or as required. Bulletin L-2B.

9. Uni-Curve® Interchangeable Thermistors

— completely interchangeable units having
an accuracy of + 0.2%C over a temperature
rangeofO°Cto 70°Cand available on special
order to other tolerances and ranges. Bulle-
tin L-6B

MID-TEMP THERMISTORS

10. Mid-Temp Thermistors — Bead and higher Mid-Temp range from 200°C to 600°C.
probe thermistors designed for useage at the Ask for bulletin L-10.

LINEAR THERMISTOR NETWORKS(LTN)

11. Linear Thermistor Networks (LTNtm) — precision resistors and thermistors which
are designed to produce a resistance change or voltage output that varies linearly with
temperature over the selected temperature range. Ask for Bulletin L-9A.

THERMISTOR PROBES

12. Probe Assemblies — standard catalog
types or built to specific military or com-
mercial requirements. We are experienced
in design of probe assemblies for all fields
of application including industrial control
and indication, aerospace — specializing

in telemetry applications, and oceano-
graphic — featuring fast response, very high
pressure, and interchangeability using our
Iso-Curve and Uni-Curve Thermistors. Ask for
Catalog L-5A.

THERMISTOR LITERATURE

INTERCHANGEABLE
THERMISTORS: ISO-
CURVE manual (L-2B)
and UNI-CURVE
manual (L-6B) pro-
vide in-depth data
pertaining to preci-
sion and iow-cost
RT, curve-matched
interchangeable
thermistors.

THERMISTOR
MANUAL (EMC-6B)
Most complete up-to-
date listing of
thermistors available.
Theory, engineering
data, complete
specifications.

THERMISTOR
HOUSING MANUAL
(L-5A). Detailed
information on how
Fenwal Electronics
can build thermistor
sensor assemblies to
fit your requirements.

THERMISTOR
APPLICATION AND
TECHNICAL DATA
NOTES:

“Designing LinearTem-
perature Read-Out Cir-
cuits” AN-1A; “Using
Thermistors to Com-
pensate for Transistor
Temperature Sensitiv-
ity” AN-2A; “Stability
& Reliability Charac-
teristics” TD-1A;
"Considerations in
Testing of Thermis-
tors” TD-2A.

LINEAR THERMISTOR
NETWORKS (LTN™)
precision resistors and
thermistors which are
designed to produce a
resistance change or
voltage output that
varies linearly with
temperature over the
selected temperature
range. Ask for Bulletin
L-9A.

FENWAL ELECTRONICS

Division of Kidde. Inc.

KIDDE

63 Fountain Street. Framingham. Massachusetts 01701 U.S.A.

fenwal J
j Electronic 4

OUTSIDE THE U.S, A. ‘

FENWAL ELECTRONICS LIMITED

LYONS HOUSE. 2A STATION ROAD
FRIMLEY, CAMBERLEY. SURREY GU16 5HF
ENGLAND

TELEPHONE: CAMBERLEY 26838 TELEX: 858840 . *

• (617) 872-8841 • TELETYPE 710-346-0678 • CABLE THERMISTOR, FRAMINGHAM, MA

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *2435

COMMONLY USED

— ■ E^TDI^ Al / *■ |

EbBW I Ff I WMkf BbBW I FfWNII#

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information '
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

I

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
IO input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

J

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
fx F microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PL A programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

VAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

5300

SYLUAIMIA

Control

Devices

w-rAaster

stive Temperature Coefficient Thermistors)
To Heat, Sense and Control

A versatile tool for design engineers

Whatever your product application, there will be
problem areas where the unique characteristics of
Thermaster™ PTC thermistors can provide a reliable and
cost-effective solution. These versatile components can be
used as self-regulating heaters, temperature sensors or
control elements. Applications occur in all industries, in-
cluding transportation, consumer products, office data
processing equipment, industrial controls, instrumen-
tation and communications. The advantages of Thermaster
components include simplicity, solid-state reliability, ver-
satility, stability, sensitivity and resolution. They are produ-
cible in a wide range of ratings and package styles. Isn’t it
time you looked into their capabilities? Ask for literature.

Fluid

Cartridge

Surface

O

3 )

o

Temperature

Liquid Level

Air Flow

(Protectors)

|

3 MOTOR

V

^ Start

1

_f Winding

Current

Limiters

Overtempera-
transistor tu re Protector

?@-i

Surge Voltage
& Line Fault
Protectors

ADVANTAGES

® No overtemperature
protection required

° Fixed temperature
operation, wide range
of temperatures
producible

ADVANTAGES

° Small size

® Low power levels
required

• Broad resistance range
producible

ADVANTAGES

° No moving parts
o Small size

° Wide range of packages
° High reliability

° Stable characteristics
over wide voltage range

Cost Effective— The ability of the
PTC thermistor to auto-stabilize
over wide variety of operating
temperature precludes the need for
temperature regulators and/or over
temperature protectors in most
heater applications.

Producible in a number of shapes
and packages for heating liquids,
solids or gases.

Versatile— PTC’s are offered in a
wide range of switching temper-
atures and resistances for maxi-
mum design flexibility.

Producible with attached leads for
PC board mounting; asdiscsforsur-
face mounting; as chips for hybrids;
and in various other shapes.

Control PTC thermistors provide a §

simple means to protect loads 1

against fault conditions; i.e.; |

voltage surges such as line crosses;
undesireable temperature rises; or
to protect circuits from excessive
current.

They have no moving parts, are rug-
ged, and are available in a number of
sizes and resistance ranges for
almost any application. fl

OHIO

333 West First Street
Dayton, Ohio 45402
Phone: (513) 223-6227

HEADQUARTERS ‘ SALES OFFICE

Sylvania Control Devices, Division of MICHIGAN

GTE Products Corporation 10800 Ford Road

Route 35, Standish, ME 04084 Dearborn, Michigan 48126

(207) 642-4535 Phone: (31 3) 582-8754

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2437

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

CARBON COMPANY

ROD TYPE THERMISTORS

LOW/MEDIUM TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

RESISTANCE AT °C

BETA ±10%

R @ 25°C

Neg. Temp.

TYPE

0

25

37.8

50

75

104.4

125

(37. 8-104. 4°C )

R <a 125°C

Coef. <s> 25°C

1 5-20-35-S1

30.6

20

16.4

13.8

9.90

7.01

5.65

1500

3.5

1.59

80.6

50

40.1

32.9

22.6

1 1.9

4.2

1.78

161

80.2

65.8

45.3

23.8

4.2

1.78

322

160

132

90.6

47.7

4.2

1.78

EZ3

391

314

206

D S

5.0

1.98

1690

IK

782

628

413

201

5.0

1.98

3430

2K

1560

1240

808

m

387

1950

5.2

2.03

8680

5K

3860

3060

1980

1240

924

5.4

2.07

17.4K

10K

7730

6130

3950

1850

5.4

2.07

35.6K

22

15.3K

12K

7560!

S3

EflT!

5.9

2.17

90K

ESH

37.9K

29. 5 K

18.5K

8120

2150

6.2

2.22

_L H

.210" Max. c
~T~

I

1.5' ± y 8 ” . 485 • .030

Leads: T.C, AWG #20
Tolerance: ±10% at 25°C
Time Constant: 45 seconds approx.
Max. Operating Temperature: 125°C
Dissipation Constant: 9MW/°C Approx.

HIGH TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT

TYPE

RESISTANCE AT °C

BETA ±10%

(37. 8-104. 4°C)

Neg. Temp.

Coef. <® 35°C

0

25

37.8

50

75

104.4

125

1 5-5K-1 81 -SI

13.7K

5K

3150

2100

979

450

276

3425

18.1

3.74

1 5-1 0K-1 92-SI

28. 2K

10K

6240

4100

1890

855

520

3500

19.2

3.83

1 5-20K-292-S1

67.2K

20K

1 1.6K

7140

2920

1190

685

4000

29.2

4.46

1 5-50K-292-S1

1 68K

50K

28.9K

17. 8K

7320

2980

1710

4000

29.2

4.46

1 5-1 00K-404-S1

372K

100K

55K

32.4K

12.2K

4540

2080

4400

40.4

4.86

15-200K-424-S1

753K

200K

109K

63.9K

23.9K

8740

4720

4450

42.4

4.91

1 5-500K-482-S1

1 .95meg

500 K

268K

1 54K

55.6K

19.7K

10. 4K

4600

48.2

5.03

1 5-l-meg-583-Sl

4.06meg

1 meg

523K

294K

o

o

33. 7K

1 7.1 K

4830

58.3

5.22

GLASS BEADS* GLASS PROBES • GLASS BEAD ASSEMBLIES

Glass bead thermistors are exceptionally stable because the glass seal protects the thermistor from hostile environments.

RESISTANCE/TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTICS

TYPE

— 21.5°C

0°C

25°C

37.8°C

50°C

104.4°C

150°C

232°C

TEMP. C0EFF.
AT 25°C

RL0504-8783-95-G *

154.5K

48.48K

15K

8783

5484

924.5

290.3

59.55

-4.36%

RL0504-1 1 .64K-97-G

217.8K

65.76K

20 K

11.64K

7205

1200

370.3

73.91

-4.42%

RL0504-1 6.92K-1 1 2-G

370.3K

105.3K

30K

16.92K

10.18K

1511

426.9

83.08

-4.67%

RL0504-27.76K-1 20-G

643.1 K

182.2K

50K

27.76K

, 16.50K

2313

642.0

109.7

-4.80%

RL0504-55.53K-1 20-G

1.286 meg

364.5K

100K

55.53K

32.99K

4628

1284

219.5

-4.80%

RL0504-1 1 1 .3K-125-G

2.699 meg

743.5K

200K

111.3K

65.78K

8904

2415

407.4

-4.85%

RL0504-272.6K-142-G

7.391 meg

1.976 meg

500K

272.6K

158.6K

19.20K

4706

682.0

-5.04%

RL0504-530.5K-148-G

15.04 meg

3.939 meg

1 meg

530.5K

301. 7K .

35.84K

8780

1252

-5.14% '

RL0504-798.3K-1 50-G

5.894 meg

1.5 meg

798.3K

454.7K

53.22K

12.85K

1820

-5.18%

RL0504-1 ,294Meg-l 76-G

40.98 meg

10.34 meg

2.5 meg

1 .294 meg

716.7K

73.52K

15.95K

1.812K

-5.34%

RL0504-2.588Meg-1 76-G

81.96 meg

20.68 meg

5 meg

2.588 meg

1.434 meg

147. OK

31.90K

3.624K

-5.34%

*Not presently available in Glass Probes. -G1 for Glass Beads with platinum leads

Tolerance on resistance values ± 20% @25°C. Closer tolerances available. -G1 5 for Glass Probes

Beads have a maximum operating temperature of 260°C. -G20 for Glass Bead Assemblies

THERMISTOR PROBES LI NISTOR* ASSEMBLIES

The probes illustrated above include stainless steel, aluminum, and chrome-
plated materials in a variety of configurations. In addition, a variety of other
designs are available. These probes are used in conjunction with solid state
circuitry for liquid level measurement, and for use as sensors to measure the
temperature of liquids or surface temperatures. Write for probe catalog TP-739.

Keystone developed Linistor assemblies to give an accurate resistance
response over a temperature span of 0° to 100° C. Because Linistor
assemblies have flattened out the thermistor resistance curve to a constant
and predictable straight-line plot, they are valuable in a wide range of appli-
cations. Four standard encasements are available. Tolerance on resistance of
Linistor is ± 2% at 25°C. Write for Linistor Bulletin L-601.

K e H

CARBON COMPANY

Thermistor Division • St. Marys, Pa. 15857
814-781-1591 • Telex No. 91-4517

1*2438

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

TYPE THERMISTORS
CROSSED LEADS

Maximum operating temperature— 125°C

Keystone also offers a line of Disc-Type Ther-
mistors ranging in sizes from .100 inch to 1.00
inch in diameter. Thirty-four different slopes
are available (temperature coefficients from
-3.75% per °C at 25°C to -5.22% per °C at
25°C). Resistance values range from 11.16
ohms to 518,400 ohms at 25°C. Write for
short form catalog T-504 or complete catalog

BW2.

, Distributed by: T

ALLIED ELECTRONICS

401 E. Eighth St., Fort Worth. TX 76102 (817) 336-5401

NEWARK ELECTRONICS

500 N. Pulaski Rd„ Chicago, IL 60624 (312) 638-4411 J

KCC TYPE

R @
25°C

Tol.

±%

A

Max.

B

Max.

C

Ref.

D

AWG

Dissipation
Constant
(MW °/C)

Time

Constant

(Sec)

Temp. Coef.
at 25°C
% per °C

RL1004-65.6-59-D1

too

BlU

mu

Mil

m

?-5

9

-3.38

RL1003-312-73-D1

500

m

iroa

mu

mu

KM

2.5

9

Kills!

M

MiTiTil

mi

wmm

ITiTilt

km

2.8

m

iTilil

*..*

2.5

9

moms

MUM

ITiTil

ill

2.5

9

-4.39 1

m

mm

ra

3.0

10

Bifililil

Til

mi

IEESI

ITiTil

Ea

2.8

10

bjlh

RL1003-26670-140D1

50,000

10

.110"

ITiTil

2.5

9

RL1006-53330-140-D1

100,000

10

.110"

ITiTil

WM

2.8

10

BSEUfl

RL1004-104550-155-D1

200,000

10

"no"

ITiTil

El

2.5

9

■ iininiiniiiH

25

—

USE!

El

6.5

mm

-3.38

■»IW

50

1

IT3TJ

O

6.5

KEH

-3.38

RL2003-62.4-73-D1

100

10

.220"

.115"

El

6.5

-3.83

RL2005-124.8-73-D1

200

10

.220"

.140"

Mi

ma

6.5

-3.83

RL2008-187.1-73-D1

300

10

.220"

.175"

IEEI

o

6.5

30

-3.83

RL2013-312-73-D1

500

10

.220"

.230"

ieei

El

7.2

50

-3.83

RL2004-582-97-D1

1000

10

.220"

.125"

iEn

El

6.5

20

-4.39

RL2006-657-69-D1

1000

20

.220"

.150"

El

6.5

-3.58

RL2007-1 164-97-D1

2000

10

.220"

.165"

El

6.5

-4.39

RL2009-1446-97-D1

2500

10

.220"

.185"

El

6.5

30

jB&JJI

RL2010-1746-97-D 1

3000

10

.220"

.195"

mi

El

7.0

RL2006-2753-120-D1

5000

10

.220"

.150"

IEK1

El

6.5

20

RL2012-5506-120-D1

10,000

10

.220"

.220"

itsm

El

7.2

50

-4.84

RL2006-1 3330- 1 40-D 1

25,000

10

.220"

.150"

El

6.5

20

-5.08

RL201 2-26660- 140-D 1

50,000

10

.220"

.220"

ieei

El

7.2

50

RL2008-52270-155-D1

100,000

10

.220"

.175"

IDEM

El

6.5

30

-5.22 |

RL3004-6.56-59-D1

10

20

.320"

rasa

HSU

El

imzB

BSEH

RL3504-31.2-73-D1

50

10

.370"

.125"

IFil

El

7.5

45

RL4004-174.6-97-D1

300

10

.420"

.125"

WR il

El

50

-4.39 |

RL4504-3 28-59-D1

5

20

.475"

.130"

DU

DDjQH

60

Bfeiil

RL4504-15.6-73-D1

25

10

.475"

.130"

WKEM

60

ms

RL4504-1 16.4-97-D1

200

10

.475"

.130"

Dcm

60

-4.39

RL7605-6.24-73-D1

10

20

.795"

WTia

HHBQH

70

-3.83

RL7605-58.2-97-D1

100

10

.795"

.150"

mi

ES

16.0

70

-4.39

PTC- POSITIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT THERMISTORS

Positive Temperature
Coefficient (PTC)
thermistors are char-
acterized by an ex-
tremely large resis-
tance change in a
small temperature
span. The figure at left
depicts a generalized
resistance tempera-
ture plot for a PTC. The temperature at which the
resistance begins to increase rapidly is referred to as the
switching temperature. This point can be changed from
below 0°C to above 120°C.

TYPICAL PTC APPLICATIONS

• Automatic Color TV Degaussing • Air Flow Measure-
ment • Non-Destructive Fuse • Single Phase Motor
Starting • Liquid Level Sensing • Combination Heater-
Thermostat • Arc Suppression • Time Delay Fusing.

For detailed application notes, write for Bulletin P-780.

CARBON COMPANY

Thermistor Division • St. Marys, Pa. 15857
814-781-1591 • Telex No. 91-4517

Distributed by:

ALLIED ELECTRONICS

401 E. Eighth St., Fort Worth, TX 76102 (817) 336-5401

NEWARK ELECTRONICS

500 N. Pulaski Rd., Chicago, IL 60624 (312) 638-4411

Type No.

Switch

Point

Res. in

Ohms @ 25°C
±30%

Oper.

Voltage

2

Ref. Dimensions (in.)

Lead

Mat!

1

D.C.

MW/°C

T.C.

(Sec.)

Figure

No.

A

B

C

D

E

RL3006-50-30-25-PTO

30°C

50.0

25

.30

.06

1.5

.25

24

TC

7.0

35

1

RL3006-50-40-25-PTO

40°C

50.0

25

.30

.06

1.5

.25

24

TC

7.0

35

1

RL3006-50-50-25-PTO

50°C

50.0

25

.30

.06

1.5

.25

24

TC

7.0

35

1

RL3006-50-60-25-PT0

60°C

50.0

25

.30

.06

1.5

.25

TT

TC

7.0

35

1

RL5506-5-65-50-PTO

65°C

5.00

50

.55

.06

1.5

.33

20

TC

14.0

50

1

RL551 0-25-65- 1 20-PT 0

65°C

25.0

120

.55

.10

.5

.33

22

TAS

15.0

90

2

RL3006-50-70-25-PTO

70°C

50.0

25

.30

.06

1.5

.25

24

TC

7.0

35

1

RL3006-50-80-25-PTO

80°C

50.0

25

.30

.06

1.5

.25

24

TC

7.0

35

1

RL3006-50-90-25-PTO

90°C

50.0

25

.30

.06

1.5

.25

24

TC

7.0

35

1

RL3006-50-100-25-PTO

100°C

50.0

25

.30

,06

1.5

.25

24

TC

7.0

35

1

RL3006-50-1 10-25-PT0

110°C

50.0

25

.30

.06

1.5

.25

24

TC

7.0

35

1

RL5510-32-1 10-50-PTO

110°C

32.0

50

.55

.10

1.5

.33

20

TC

20.0

80

1

RL3006-20-120-25-PTO

120°C

20.0

25

.30

.06

_L5,

.25

22

TC

8.0

30

1

RL3006-50-120-25-PTO

120°C

50.0

25

.30

.06

Til

.25

24

TC

7.0

35

1

RL33 12-200-1 20- 50-PTO

120°C

200.0

50

.33

.12

1.5

.25

20

TC

12.0

40

1

RL5505-2 5-120-20-PTO

120°C

2.50

20

.55

.05

1.5

.33

20

TC

14.0

50

1

RL5505-5-120-20-PTO

120°C

5,00

20

.55

.05

1.5

.33

20

TC

14.0

50

1

RL6306-1 1-1 20-20-PTO

120°C

11.0

20

.63

.06

1.5

.33

~20~|

TC

15.0

70

1

RL8206-4-120-30-PTO

120°C

4.00

30

.82

.06

1.5

.33

18

TC

20.0

80

1

NOTE: 1. Lead Material: TC = Tinned Copper. TAS = Tinned Annealed Steel.

2. Operating Voltage: D.C. or 60Hz A.C. (for higher voltage req. — contact factory).

3. The specifications and configurations shown above are typical of standard items. Special
characteristics, designs and alternate physical sizes are available upon request.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2439

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

A large resistance change in a small temperature span
best describes PTC thermistors. The temperature at
which the resistance begins to increase rapidly is known
as the “switching temperature.’’ Because of this trans-
formation, PTC’s are an ideal component for circuits
where the built-in switching temperature can be used to
advantage. A few of the many applications are shown
on this page.

POPULAR PTC
CIRCUIT APPLICATIONS

NON-DESTRUCTIVE FUSE

CIRCUIT

LOAD

In normal operation the PTC dissipates minimal power keeping its body tem-
perature well below the switch temperature If a fault of sufficient magnitude
occurs, additional power drives the temperature of the PTC up to the switch
temperature. At this point additional power becomes available to the PTC, and
the only stable operating point is at a much higher resistance than the switch
temperature resistance as shown in the illustration above.

MOTOR STARTING

AUTOMATIC DEGAUSSING

In the above circuit the PTC thermistor replaces the troublesome
starting switch in a single-phase motor. When the circuit is energized
the PTC has a low resistance and permits most of the line voltage to
be applied to the starter winding. As the motor starts, the PTC heats
up until the switch temperature is reached at a rate determined by the
thermal inertia of the PTC and current flowing through the starting
winding. At this point, the thermistor rapidly changes from a low
resistance device to a high resistance unit, and the steady state
power applied to the PTC is very low causing the current through the
starting winding to be negligible.

ARC SUPPRESSION

V

TIME AFTER SWITCH
IS OPEN

In the above illustrations the PTC switches from a low resistance to a
high resistance when the switch is opened. The low resistance of the
PTC provides effective arc suppression, and the subsequent PTC
switching action transfers essentially all of the power supply voltage
from the inductive load to the PTC element.

Write for PTC Bulletin P-780 and technical
article “Heat switches the PTC Thermistor

When the switch on the above circuit is closed, a high percentage of
the line voltage is impressed across the demagnetization coil. Within
a short period of time, the PTC self-heats, switching from a low
resistance level to a high resistance, and thereby decreasing the
demagnetization coil current to near zero. The length of time for this
switching action to occur is a function of the power applied to the
PTC and its thermal inertia

COMBINATION HEATER -THERMOSTAT

APPLIANCE

TEMPERATURE

✓ CONSTANT WATTAGE
/*“ HEATER

(NO THERMOSTAT)

PTC HEATER

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

PTC thermistors provide an economical method of temperature con-
trol by combining the function of the heater and thermostat in one
ceramic pellet This thermostatic action is accomplished by the steep
PTC characteristic. As the ambient temperature rises, the resistance
of the PTC is increased, thus reducing the input power to the circuit
maintaining a relatively constant temperature.

Thermistor Division • St. Marys, Pa. 15857
814-781-1591 • Telex No. 91-4517

1*2440

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

\ / m CARBON COMPANY

GLASS ENCAPSULATED THERMISTORS

Style 1 Configurations

Ratio

Temp. Coeff.
%/°C

Type No.

R @ 25°C

0°C/50°C

25°C/125°C

@ 25°C

AL03006-624-73-G1

1K±10%

7.15

19.12

-3.93

AL03006- 1 248-73-G 1

2K±10%

6.85

19.22

-3.93

AL03006-5818-97-G1

10K ± 10%

9.13

29.27

-4.42

AL03006-1 1.7K-98-G 1

20K±10%

8.87

29.70

-4.47

AL03006-29090-97-G 1

50K±10%

9.13

29.27

-4.42

AL03006-58 1 80-97-G 1

100K±10%

9.13

29.27

-4.42

AL03006-1 10K-130-G1

200K± 10%

11.29

44.90

-4.96

AL03006-535K-145-G1

lMeg±10%

12.69

52.90

-5.13

Miniature negative temperature coefficient thermistors with broad
resistance values. Hermetically sealed glass cases provide excellent
environmental protection from physical and chemical disturbances at
temperatures to 204° C (400° F).

.075 MAX DIA

Configurations

Time Const. (Seconds)

Diss. Const. |MW/°C)

Max. Temp.

Style 1

3

2.0

204°C (400°F)

INRUSH CURRENT LIMITERS

Type

No Load
Res. @ 25° C
(Ohms)

Steady State
Current
(Amps)

(25° C Ambient)
Approx. Resistance
Linder Load (Ohms)

Max.

Ola.

Type

No Load
Res. (?) 25 °C
(Ohms)

Steady State
Current
(Amps|

(25° C Ambient)
Approx. Resistance
Under Load (Ohms)

Max.

Dia.

CL-10

,7

6

.120

80 inch

CL-90

120

1

0

3.000

i onn

.95 inch

Protect against high peak current surges at turn-on until the inrush has subsided. Keystone’s

r— — : 1 1 " NT C Thermistors are available in disc style with crossed

Res°<®25°c “oSmT Approx. SS'ce “»• leads in eight types with “cold" resistance values @

(Qhmsi [flmpsi Under Load (Ohms) aia - 25° C from .5 to 120 ohms. All parts are insulated.

NOTE: The load characteristics listed above are offered as a guideline only. The results may differ due to mounting, ambient, etc.

PTC OVERTEMPERATURE PROTECTOR for TRANSISTORS

Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) thermistors — act as solid- temperature of the transistor. When the temperature of the transistor

state switches. They are conveniently wired into a circuit board to case reaches a critical point, the PTC switches and turns off the drive

prevent destruction of a power transistor. circuitry for the transistor. This action prevents it destruction. Then,

PTC’s are bonded to a tab which is mechanically mounted to the as the transistor cools, so does the thermistor, automatically resetting

power transistor package. The PTC thermistor measures the surface itself to once again guard the power transistor.

PTC SURFACE TEMPERATURE SENSORS

TYPE NUMBER

TEMP. °C.

TYPE NUMBER

TEMP.

RL2006-1 00-30-30-PT 1

30

RL2006-1 00-80-30-PT 1

80

RL2006-1 00-40-30-PT 1

40

RL2006-1 00-90-30-PT 1

90

RL2006-100-50-30-PT1

50

RL2006-1 00-1 00-30-PT 1

100

RL2006-100-60-30-PT 1

60

RL2006-1 00-1 1 0-30-PT 1

110

RL2006-100-70-30-PT 1

70

RL2006-1 00-1 20-30-PT 1

120

SPECIFICATIONS:

1 . Resistance @ 25° C: 1 00.^ ± 30% (70rv-130rv) .

2. Switch temperature per table is defined as temperature at which
the measured resistance is two times the measured resistance @
25° C.

3. Maximum voltage that can be applied to the device in DC or 60Hz
sinusoidal wave form AC is 30 volts.

4. Maximum operating temperature 140° C.

5. Dielectric withstand between PTC element and aluminum tab is 50
VDC min.

6. Basic construction: .200" dia. x .060" thk. PTC disc with radial
leads attached to an anodized aluminum tab.

7. Physical design — per Figure 1 .

8. Optional resistance values, switch temperatures and physical
designs are available upon request.

125 ' r DIA — ' N EPOXY OB THERMISTOR NOT TO EXTEND

BEYOND SCRIBED LINE.

(.155" DIA. AND OTHER HOLE SIZES
ARE ALSO AVAILABLE)

2 LEADS,

'y TINNED COPPER
/AWG #24 (.020" DIA.)

PTC THERMISTOR EPOXIED TO TAB

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

CARBON COMPANY

Thermistor Division • St. Marys , Pa. 15857
814-781-1591 • Telex No. 91-4517

turers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *2441

EEM

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
188 f

TEMPERATUR E

CONTROL

. ' • . ' <' . :

SM

1983

testing, to meet the stringent re-
oeiectric field, including?

£%£%€* ■ (TIVv £ 4vinirr " • ■ , / i: ; . ; *

tation Cooling

isient

Detec

tions in these areas by working closely with
our customers and their engineers to solve
difficult application problems. Through this
close cooperation our technical staff has
assembled new data, information and specific
application notes. We will be happy to share
the accumulation of this information at your
request.

Call or write Marlow Industries today and
see how far thermoelectric technology has
really come.

mattowr Industries,

incorporated ?

021 S. Jupiter Koad, Garland, Texas 75042, U.S.A. Phone 214-494-2521 TWX 910-860-5 161

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2443

TEMPERATURE SOUSING SWITQ

TEMPERATURE SENSING REED SWITCHES
PMS SERIES

Midwest Components, Inc. has now packaged the reliable tem-
perature sensing reed switch in a convenient and easy to use
housing. The molded plastic body otters the additional advan-
tages of complete moisture and dust protection at an economical
price.

This rugged switch can be quickly mounted with a screwdriver.
An indentation on the housing also facilitates attachment by
ordinary hose clamps or clip hardware supplied by the user.
Type A (normally open) or Type B (normally closed) switches
may be used in this new package.

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT

SPST Form B (NC)

SPST Form A (NO)

CONTACT RATING

Watts — 10W maximum

Volt Amps. — 12 V.A. maximum

Watts — 10W maximum

Volt Amps — 12 V.A. maximum

VOLTAGE

Volts D.C. — 100 VDC maximum
Volts A.C. — 120 VAC maximum

Volts D.C. — 100 VDC maximum
Volts A.C. — 120 VAC maximum

CURRENT

Carry — 1 amp maximum

Break — 1 amp maximum

Make — .5 amp maximum

Carry — 1 amp maximum

Break — 1 amp maximum

Make — .5 amp. maximum

SWITCH TEMPERATURE - NOMINAL

5° increments starting at 0°C

5° increments starting at 0°C

TOLERANCE

±5°C

±5°C

RESET DIFFERENTIAL

10°C maximum

10°C maximum

BLACK 18 AWG PVC LEADS
FOR USE TO 105°C
(Specify length when ordering)

PMS XXX A or B XX

Temp Switch Temp ln*C Fcnm Lead Length in Inches

TEMPERATURE SENSING REED SWITCH PROBES

Now Available ...

The ultra reliable temperature sensing reed switch in a convenient
probe assembly. Probe is designed for liquid temperature sensing
on auto, truck, compressor, or equipment cooling systems. Rug-
ged brass body is hermetically sealed against harsh environ-
ments. Switching temperatures are available from - 10°C to
150°C. 3 million operations are possible at full rated load.

SPECIFICATIONS

3/8” Pipe Thread

1/4” Quick

Connect _
Tab

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT

SPST Form B (Normally Closed) *

CONTACT RATING

Watts — 10W maximum

Volt Amps-12 V.A. maximum

VOLTAGE

Volts D.C. — 100 VDC maximum
Volts A.C. — 120 VAC maximum

CURRENT

Carry — 1 amp maximum

Break — 1 amp maximum

Make — .5 amp maximum

TOLERANCE

+io°c

RESET DIFFERENTIAL

10°C maximum

.35” .550” 4- .78'

PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS

KEY TO ORDERING:

TS XXX

i 1

B

A

P

i

T i

Temp. Switch Activation Temp. (°C)

I

Form

T

Probe

EXAMPLE: TSIOOBP

IDWEST

MIDWEST COMPONENTS INC.

OMPONENTS

P.O. Box 787/1 981 Port City Boulevard

NC.

Muskegon, Ml 49443/(616) 777-2602/TWX: 510-394-4130

1*2444

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

EMPERATURE SENSING SWITCH

I

CONVENIENT AND RELIABLE
TEMPERATURE CONTROL

Miniature temperature switches use an electro-ceramic element
instead of a bimetallic switch. The Reed Switch Temperature
Sensor works on these two principles: a reed switch actuation
occurs because of changes in strength of a magnetic field in the
vicinity of the contact gap; and certain materials exhibit great
changes in magnetic reluctance when the temperature is varied
in the vicinity of the material’s curie temperature.

The unit has good response time, and is operable in a variety of
atmospheres and solutions. Variations in configurations suitable
for installation in automotive engine crankcases and automatic
transmissions, or mountings for use in computer cabinets are
possible. Other applications include oven over-heat alarms, cor-

TOROID MAGNETS

rosive liquid temperature control, food freezer thaw warning and
cooling fan stop indication. This switch replaces many thermally
actuated devices now used where increased life is required or
protection of the switching contacts from adverse environments
is deemed desirable.

EPOXY PACKAGED SWITCHES

Switches feature small size for fast response.
Eopxy package resists most chemicals and
is good for use up to 125°C. Standard units
from 0°C to ±125°C are available in five
degree nominal increments.

SPECIFICATIONS

CONTACT RATING

OPEN TEMPERATURE - NOMINAL

TOLERANCE

RESET DIFFERENTIAL

SPDT Form C

SPST Form B (NC)

Watts - 10W maximum
Volt Amps - 12 V. A. maximum
Volts D.C. - 100 VDC maximum
Volts A.C. - 120 VAC maximum
Carry - 1 amp maximum
Break - 1 amp maximum

Make - .5 amp maximum

5° increments starting at 0°C

±5°C

10°C maximum

SPST Form B (NC)
SPST Form A (NO)

SPST Form A (NO) SPDT Form C

Watts - 10W maximum

Volt Amps - 12 V.A. maximum

Volts D.C. - 100 VDC maximum
Volts A.C. - 120 VAC maximum
Carry - 1 amp maximum
Break - 1 amp maximum
Make - .500 amp maximum
5° increments starting at 0°C

±5°C

10°C maximum

FRSZE SENSORS

The Solar Freeze Sensor, Catalog Number TS-5B1,
was developed to provide controller activation before
freezing conditions damage collector. This activation
will then provide recirculation or drain down to pro-
tect system. To meet the needs of high temperature
exposure, the switch is packaged to withstand 400°C.
Switch has also found application as road surface
freeze indicator, refrigerated van warning sensor and
is widely used as a frost sensor in the agricultural
industry.

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT

SPST Form B (Normally Closed)

CONTACT RATING

Watts 10W maximum

Volt Amps 12 V A maximum

VOLTAGE

Volts DC 1 00 VDC maximum

Volts A C 120 VAC maximum

CURRENT

Carry 1 amp maximum

Break 1 amp maximum

Make 5 amp maximum

ACTIVATION (TEMPERATURE FALL)

1 -7°C

RESET (TEMPERATURE RISE)

10°C maximum

OVERALL LENGTH

1 590" nominal

DIAMETER

325" maximum

WEIGHT

1 6 grams

HIGH TEMP. SWITCHESI

In addition to the three standard temperature switch-
es, we now offer a high temperature Form B version.
This new high temperature version is available from
0°C to 250°C. Typical applications include sensing
temperature increases in temperature chambers,
instrumentation, liquids, semi-solids or solids.

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT

SPST Form B (Normally Closed)

CONTACT RATING

Watts 10W maximum

Volt Amps 12 V A maximum

VOLTAGE

Volts D C 100 VDC maximum

Volts A C 120 VAC maximum

CURRENT

Carry 1 amp maximum

Break 1 amp maximum

Make 5 amp maximum

TOLERANCE

±10°C

RESET DIFFERENTIAL

10°C maximum

OVERALL LENGTH

1 590" nominal

DIAMETER

325" maximum

WEIGHT

16 grams

IOWEST

OMPONENTS

NC.

EEM 1983

MIDWEST COMPONENTS INC.

P.O. Box 787/1981 Port City Boulevard

Muskegon, Ml 49443/(61 6) 777-2602/TWX: 510-394-4130

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2445

( 7 ?

NTC THERMISTORS

HIGH TEMPERATURE SENSORS

H-Series Hermetically Sealed Thermistors are small, rugged, and good for
use up to 400°C. Uniform dimensions make them desirable for automatic
insertion in printed circuit boards. Oumet leads are weldable and/or
solderable.

Typical Characteristics

(Dimensions in Inches)

OUTLINE DRAWING

Catalog Number

1H-104

1H-503

1H-203

2H-103

2H-502

2H-202

4H-105

4H-504

4H-204

Zero Power Resistance @ 25°C;

OHMS ± 10%

100,000

50.000

20,000

10,000

5,000

2,000

1,000,000

500,000

200,000

R25°C

Resistance Ratio; R125°C

29 85

29.85

29 85

19 88

19 80

19 80

48 78

48 78

48 78

milliwatts

Dissipation Constant (6); °C

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Thermal Time Constant (r); (sec )

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

(°C)

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

Maximum Operating Temperature; (°F)

752

752

752

752

752

752

752

752

752

-Gold Plated Dumet Leads
#24 AWG. (.0201 Dia.)

» PRECISION H SERIES

.070 Dia. Glass Envelope

Developed from our standard H-Series device is an ultra-precision sensor
for applications needing tracking ability over a wide temperature range.
Tighter tolerance assures less error and interchangeability from sensor to
sensor. H-Series Hermetically Sealed Thermistors are small, rugged, and
good for use up to 400°C. Gold plated Dumet leads are weldable and/or
solderable.

PRECISION INTERCHANGE PROBES

The stringent needs of the solar heating industry
are met with M.C.I/s precision sensor. This

sensor provides an interchangeability of ±1°C

or better. The sensor element can withstand con-
tinuous temperatures of 400°C without damage Catalog Numi

caused by high static conditions. Solder joints Zero Power R

are eliminated in this probe to provide greater OHMS ± 2%

temperature exposure capabilities and increased
reliability. Only teflon leads and insulation are Resistance R;

used throughout the assembly making this de-
vice ready to mount in the manufacturer’s probe Dissipation C

housing or dse as is. Thermal Time

ORDERING INFORMATION:
AP1H103 - 6

PLASTIC MOLDED SENSORS

The plastic molded sensor is designed for high accuracy,
ease of assembly, and ruggedness. Its resistance changes
with temperature to provide accurate inputs to electronic
controls. Applications include energy management, solar,
and industrial controls. Molded body resists extreme
environments.

Catalog Number

PIH104

PIH903

PIH803

PIH703

PIH603

PIH503

PIH403

PIH303

PIH203

PIH103

Zero Power Resistance @ 25°C.
OHMS ± 2%

100K

90 K

80 K

70K

60 K

50K

40 K

30 K

20K

10K

R25°C

Resistance Ratio, R125°C

2985

29 85

29.85

29.85

29 85

29 85

29 85

29.85

29 85

29 85

milliwatts

Dissipation Constant (6); °C

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Thermal Time Constant (r), (sec )

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

Maximum Operating Temperature.

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

Typical Characteristics

Catalog Number

AP-

1H104

AP-

1H903

AP-

1H803

AP-

1H703

AP-

1H603

AP-

1H503

AP-

1H403

AP-

1H303

AP-

1H203

AP-

1H103

Zero Power Resistance @ 25°C,

OHMS ± 2%

100K

90K

80K

70K

60 K

50K

40K

30 K

20 K

10K

R25°C

Resistance Ratio; R125°C

29 85

29.85

29 85

29.85

29 85

29.85

29 85

29 85

29.85

29 85

milliwatts

Dissipation Constant (§) °C

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Thermal Time Constant (r); (sec )

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

LOW PROFILE

STANDARD

CATALOG

STANDARD

rrmirmTTirTiTiHirrTrar^

■•IMB BBaM MW IElm BBUM

9RT1H-

600

NUMBER

LOW

PROFILE

Zero Power Resistance @ 25° C;

OHMS ± 2%

10K

20K

30K

40K

50K

60K

70K

80K

90K

100K

Resistance Ratio;

R 25° C

R 125°C

29.85

29.85

29.85

29.85

29.85

29.85

29.85

29.85

29.85

29.85

Max. Operating Temp.

105°C

105°C

105°C

105°C

105°C

105°C

105°C

105°C

105°C

105°C

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION AND SENSING

Type

Ohms @
25°C

Res. Ratio
25°C/125°C

Diss. Const.
MW/°C

Time

Const.

Dia.

In.

4D101

100K

48.78

4

12

.1

4D103

50K

48.78

4

8

.1

1D051

20K

29.85

2

4.5

.05

1D101

10K

29.85

4

12

.1

1D103

5K

29.85

4

8

.1

1D201

3K

29.85

8

34 1

.2

1D501

IK

29.85

19

140

.5

2D054

IK

19.80

2

3

.05

2D102

IK

19.80

4

10

.1

2D104

500

19.80

4

6

.1

2D202

300

19.80

8

24

.2

3D504 |

5

12.95

15.5

70

.5

4D051 !

200K

48.78

2

4.5

.05

Disc Series Thermistors are small rugged Thermistors with close
electrical tolerances. Their small mass gives short thermal time con-
stants, yet they are not so small that it is difficult to handle them.
The tinned copper leads, are easily soldered into electrical circuits.

IDWEST

OMPONENTS

NC.

MIDWEST COMPONENTS INC.

P.O. Box 787/1981 Port City Boulevard

Muskegon, Ml 49443/(616) 777-2602/TWX: 510-394-4130

1*2446

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

EMPSISTOI

TEMPSISTOR®

TEMPERATURE

COMPENSATOR

°c

°F

10-560

68-8200

1-2. 7KO

3.3-10KO

-25

-13

73

.65

.65

(51

0

32

.86

.82

.81

.83

25

77

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

50

122

1.15

1.21

1.19

1.19

75

167

1.32

1.44

1.39

1.37

100

"2 IF

1.49

1.68

1.58

1.52

125

~25T

1.68

1.94

1.75

150

CO

o

1.89

2.21

BEAD PROBES!

Glass coated bead Thermistors feature SMALL SIZE, FAST RESPONSE, and
improved HIGH-TEMPERATURE STABILITY. Leads are fired-in platinum-
iridium. Bead probes, incorporating the bead in the tip of a glass probe, offer
the additional advantages of more rugged construction in an easy to mount
package which can be used in liquid media. Tinned Dumet leads are supplied
on probes. The maximum operating temperature for beads and bead probes
is 400°C. nl , TnM-

\- 1/4 min - ^

Zeto Power
Resistance at 25°C
ohms -- 20%

Outline Drawings
(Dim. in inches)

SUPPRESSORS

INRUSH CURRENT SUPPRESSORS
FOR SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES.

Switching power supplies- present
high initial currents due to filter
capacitor impedance upon turn:
on. The use of Midwest’s NTC
(Negative Temperature Coefficient)
devices limits this current to a low
valve. After current flow their re-
sistance becomes negligible and
offers little voltage drop.

MCI P/N

Description

FIG.

Size

Cold Resistance
at 25°C

Maximum

Applied

Current

Hot Resistance

At Specified
Current

0204CS

Radial Leaded Disc

2" Dia

It) Ohms

1 Amp

75 Ohms

D904CS

Radial Leaded Disc

3" Dia

10 Ohms

2 Amps

50 Ohms

D504CS

Radial Leaded Disc

A

5" Dia

5 Ohms

3 Amps

24 Ohms

D/52CS

Radial Leaded Disc

75" Dia

2 5 Ohms

4 Amps

18 Ohms

E752CS

Radial Leaded Disc

75" Dia

2 5 Ohms

5 Amps

12 Ohms

1A8CS

Assembly

75" Dia

3 15 Ohms

7 5 Amps

11 Ohms

1A9CS

Assembly

75" Dia

1 Ohm

10 Amps

055 Ohms

2A0CS

Assembly

B

75" Dia

1 Ohm

12 Amps

045 Ohms

3A9CS

Assembly

75" Dia

1 Ohm

15 Amps

032 Ohms

mi’

The Tempsistor® is a temperature compensator
designed to offset the temperature drift of
metallic and silicon based semi-conductors.
Applications include pressure transducers, opto
amplifiers, inductive motor controllers, and
automatic gain controls. Small size can replace
1/8 watt or larger resistors.

The Tempsistor® is available in resistances
from 10 to 15,000 ohms at 25°C.

Resistance Ratio Temperature Characte ristics
emp. R / R Multiplier

RESISTANCE VALUES (Ohms)

SMALL TYPE DISCS DESIGNED 3" (76.2) AND 6" ( 152.4)

FOR PROTECTION OF
CONTACTORS, RELAYS, AND
SOLID STATE COMPONENTS

Catalog

Maximum Value:

Specifications

Continuous

Operating

Contin-

uous

Dis-

charge

Peak Discharge
-Voltage for
Given DC Dis-
charge Current

DC Test Voltage
& Current

Voltage

(Volts)

Power

Rating

Capacity

(Amps) (Volts)

(Volts

(Amps)

Number

(DC)

(AC)

(Watts)

Seconds)

± 20 )%

1 . 5 " ( 12 . 7 ) DIA. |

70D5010

150

135

.25

30

.10 400

175

.001

68D5010

60

54

.25

30

.10 200

75

.0025

67D5010

30

27

.25

30

.25 100

35

.005

65D5010

15

13.5

.25

20

.25 60

15

.010

. 75 " ( 19 . 05 ) DIA. |

71D7000

150

135

.75

50

.125 400

175

.005

68D7000

60

54

.75

50

.25 185

70

.0125

66D7000

30

27

.75

50

.25 185

70

.0125

63D7000

15

13.5

.75

50

.50 100

35

.025

| 1 . 0 " ( 25 . 4 ) DIA. |

71 D10000

300

270

1.5

275

.25 1000

350

.005

68D10000

150

135

1.5

275

.50 575

175

.010

66D10000

60

54

1.5

275

1.0 305

70

.025

63 D 10000

30

27

1.5

275

1.5 175

35

.050

| 3 " ( 76 . 2 ) DIA. |

71W30100

1500

1350

3.5

9,250

o

cn

o

O

1800

0.0025

69W30100

300

270

3.0

5,100

1.5 1350

520

0.050

68W30100

150

135

3.0

5,100

2.5 800

230

0.050

67W30100

60

54

3.0

1.700

5.0 250

85

0.100

66W30100

30

27

3.0

1,700

5.0 150

36

0.100

63W30100

15

13 5

3.0

1,350

10 100

25

0.500

62W30100

7

6.3

3.0

1,100

10 40

9

0.500

[ 6" ( 152 . 4 ) DIA. 1

69W60100

275

250

10

22,500

10 1200

550

0.500

68W60200

200

180

10

22,500

12.5 990

400

0.500

68W60100

150

13b

10

22,500

15 780

300

0.500

3" (76.2) AND 6" (152.4)

ASSEMBLIES FOR HIGH E-NERGY USES. ALL UNITS HAVE
STANDARD BRACKET MOUNTS AND SOLDERLESS
TERMINALS FOR FAST CONNECTION

Type

Catalog

Number

Continuous DC
Operating Voltage
Rating (Volts)

Continuous Power
Loss in

Operation (Watts)

Discharge

Capacity

(Watt-Seconds)

9RV3A12

150

3

5,100

9RV3A14

300

3

5,100

9RV3A15

600

6

10,200

9RV6A4

150

40

90,000

>_

9RV6A5

300

20

45,000

UJ

sc

9RV6A6

275

10

22,500

u

9RV6A7

275

20

45,000

oc

9RV6A8

275

30

67,500

CO

9RV6A9

275

40

90,000

9RV6A10

550

20

45,000

X

9RV6A65

550

120

270,000

CO

9RV6A55

1 550

240

540,000

IDWEST

OMPONENTS

NC.

MIDWEST COMPONENTS INC.

P.O. Box 787/1981 Port City Boulevard

Muskegon, Ml 49443/(616) 777-2602/TWX: 510-394-4130

Midwests’ Varistors offer inexpensive answers to problems of
transient, surge, and lighting suppression. Energy handling capa-
bilities are limitless depending upon size and construction of devices.

DIAMETER DISCS FOR MEDIUM
POWER APPLICATIONS ALLOW
FOR CUSTOM ASSEMBLIES FOR
POWER SUPPLY COMPONENTS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2447

'ffr

SPECIALTY CERAMICS

SELF REGULATING DISPLAY HEATER

The unique self-regulating heating effects of specially doped ceramics
are utilized to create a new type heater for liquid crystal or other
temperature sensitive displays. These devices produce heat at cold
temperatures and curtail heating at normal or high temperatures. This
feature allows its use in battery operated instruments due to low normal
current drain. Use of this heater allows a broader application of dis-
plays by removing the adverse effects of temperature.

Heater is attached to reverse side of display with thermally conductive
epoxies or silicone adhesives depending upon display’s thermal co-
efficient of expansion or temperature to which it may be subjected.
Actual performance of the display will depend upon manufacturers
specifications.

STANDARD LEADS:

22 AWG 6" LONG

lull m

ORDER

NUMBER

CDHOOI

CDH002

CDH003

2.0” x .9”
3.1” x 1.1”

3.6” x 1.1”

*Other sizes available — consult factory.

SILICONE GREASE
OR

ADHESIVE

POWER

SOURCE

CDH HEATERS

OPERATING

VOLTAGE**

12-28 AC or DC

12-28 AC or DC

12-28 AC or DC

NOMINAL RESISTANCES

R@ - 35°C

R@ 50°C

5 OHMS

1500 OHMS MIN.

3 OHMS

1000 OHMS MIN.

2.5 OHMS

750 OHMS MIN

OVER TEMPERATURE
PROTECTORS

MIDWEST COMPONENTS’ Over Temperature
Protector provides shutoff or regulation of
expensive RF or AF Power Transistors; Pro-
tects against over heating that occurs from
output stage component failure, antenna
breakage, or short conditions.

Unlike fuses or bi-metal elements its action
is recyclable and has no hysteresis effect.

Also available:

• Other switching temperature or resistances
compatible with package constraints.

• Special lead types or end terminations.

• Body styles for protection of TRIAC or SCR
Rectifiers.

OVER TEMPERATURE PROBE
9RT1P- SERIES

This rugged Probe is designed for over tem-
perature sensing on compressors, engines,
or fluid transfer lines. When over tempera-
tures occur its resistance increases by a fac-
tor of five or more. This large increase allows
simple interface with relay or Thyristor con-
trols. Probe functions on AC or DC without
regard for polarity. Stainless steel is used to
minimize corrosion.

• H h 3 ' 2 "

Hole for ' i

#6 Screw |

Order Number

Switching
Temp. (Norn.)

Resistance
at 25°C
(Ohms)

Resistance at
Switching Temperature

Max. Cont.
Oper. Temp.

OTP60.il

60°C

100 ± 40%

250 OHMS (min.)

150°C

OTP70.il

70°C

100 ± 40%

250 OHMS (min.)

150°C

OTP80.il

80°C

100 ± 40%

250 OHMS (min.)

150°C

OTPlOO.ll

100°C

100 ± 40%

250 OHMS (min.)

150°C

OTP120.il

120°C

100 ± 40%

250 OHMS (min.)

150°C

OTP125.il

125°C

100 ± 40%

250 OHMS (min.)

150°C

Order Number

Resistance at
25°C (Ohms)

± 40% ‘

Activation
Temperature
± 5°C

Resistance at
Activation
Temperature

9RT1P106

2000 ,

100°C

10,000

9RT1P101

2000

113°C

10,000

9RT1P107

2000

120°C

10,000

9RT1P108

2000

125°C

10,000

IDWEST

OMPONENTS

NC.

MIDWEST COMPONENTS INC.

P.O. Box 787/1981 Port City Boulevard

Muskegon, Ml 49443/(616) 777-2602/TWX: 510-394-4130

1*2448

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

VC SWITCHING THERMISTORS

THE POSITIVE WAY TO SENSE, MEASURE,
CONTROL, REGULATE AND PROTECT. r-

MIDWEST COMPONENTS INC. PTC I

switching thermistors are thermally _

sensitive resistors which exhibit large m
positive increases in resistance with I ~

temperature. At customer specified | '

temperatures the resistance rises £ —

abruptly from a low value to a high
value. This resistance shift is —

infinitely repeatable and has no —

hysteresis associated with its action.

• DISCRETE PTCS

Popular styles for current limiting or sensing. Most types come standard with protective
coatings.

TYPICAL PTC RESISTANCE
VS. TEMPERATURE CURVE

TYPICAL VOLTAGE CURVE
VS. CURRENT

TEMPERATURE

R @ 65°C ± 5°C =

3,750 ohnn ± 33%

S 70°C * 5°C = 5 « It 25° C

9 80°C ± 5°C = 5 » R 25°C
tectue Current lc»el = 60 wa
R @ 80°C ± 5°C =

10.000 ohms ± 40% !

R @ 80°C ± 5°C =

1500 ohms ± 50 %

R<9 85°C ± 5°C =

500 ohms * 20%

R @ 95°C ± 5°C =

3,750 ohms ± 33%

R @ 100°C ± 5°C =

200 ohms £ 40% ;

100°C ± 5°C = 5 « R 2S°C

• CURRENT LIMITERS

The ceramic element protects circuits from
destructive overcurrent conditions hy switching
to a high resistance which trims the current
back to a safe level. The unit then recovers
automatically when the overcurrent condition
is corrected.

The ceramic current limiter is an inexpensive
alternative to fuses and fixed resistors. It has
obvious advantages over all of these since it
has infinite life, is self resetting which eliminates
field servicing and will not “flame out” elimi-
nating the fire hazard of fixed resistors.

MODEM OR
COMPUTER

DATA COMMUNICATIONS
LINE PROTECTOR

INTEGRATED

CIRCUIT

OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION

OVER-LOAD PROTECTION

RESIDUAL CURRENT @ APPLIED VOLTAGE

ORDER

NUMBER

MAXIMUM

0 @ 25° C

MAXIMUM

VOLTS

DC

NOMINAL

CON-

TINUOUS

CURRENT

50VDC

100VDC

150VDC

NOMINAL
DIMENSIONS
IN INCHES

CCL020.01

140 Q

125

20 MA

8 MA

6 MA

N/A

.23 dla. x .1 thk.

CCL060.01

86 0

150

60 MA

16 MA

10 MA

8 MA

.4 dia. x .3 thk.

CCL100.01

40 0

man

100 MA

19 MA

13 MA

11 MA

.4 dia. x .3 thk.

CCL140.01

80 0

MEM

140 MA

23 MA

15 MA

13 MA

.56 dia. x .25 thk.

CCL150.01

23 0

150

150 MA

24 MA

16 MA

14 MA

.65 dia. x .32 thk.

CCL300.01

10 0

IHE3HI

300 MA

31 MA

N/A

N/A

.55 dia. x .14 thk.

CCL450.01

12 ft

■Ba

450 MA

40 MA

30 MA

N/A

.6 dia. x .07 thk.

IDWEST

OMPONENTS

NC.

MIDWEST COMPONENTS INC.

P.O. Box 7 87/1981 Port City Boulevard

Muskegon, Ml 49443/(616) 777-2602/TWX: 510-394-4130

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2449

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

Therm-O- Disc makes disc-powered
temperature controls
with the reliability you need

Therm-O-Disc has specialized in building reliable
temperature controls since 1948. We are the leader in
the industry. We lead in the design of controls to
solve customer problems. We lead in the develop-
ment of manufacturing processes to insure reli-
ability. And, because we have rigid standards of ex-
cellence, we insist on 100% calibration checking of
the bimetal discs, and 100% operation checking of
the completed controls before shipping.

There is no need to take chances on temperature
controls for your products when you can get Therm-
O-Disc reliability at no extra cost. Ask us for tech-
nical bulletins with complete electrical ratings
recognized by UL, CSA, and international testing
agencies. Samples and quotations will be supplied
on request.

HIGHLIGHT FEATURES

Impact Action: The bimetal disc of each control is
factory calibrated at both the top and bottom tem-
peratures. When the calibrated temperature is
reached, the snap action of the disc impacts against
the contacts thus giving high speed contact sep-
aration and long life.

Switch Actions: Automatic reset, manual reset, and
single or “one-shot” operation.

Flexibility: There are many standard terminals and
mounting brackets available. The 36TM and63TM are
designed for clamp mounting against a surface.

\

w

* 1 w.

36T Manual Reset

f. V'S

' °

36T Stud Mount

mm3

(Controls shown actual size)

GENERAL RATING GUIDE & CALIBRATION CHARACTERISTICS

[100,000 Cycles]

Type &
Max.

63TM

Up to 500” F

Rocicfiim

Inductive

Amperes

FLA

LRA

V Ul lo

AC

13.75

5.8

34.8

120

10.0

2.9

13.0

240

8.5

125 VA

Pilot Duty

120

Mean

Differential

Available

15° F to
100°F

80° F to
100°F

Standard* Mfg.

Tolerance
Top Set Point

±5°F
to ±12°F

± 25° F

* Manufacturing tolerances
increase as the higher
temperature calibrations
and wider differentials are
selected. For an extra
charge, these tolerances
can be reduced by approx-
imately 30%.

Write, call or Telex
for technical bulletins,
samples and quotations.

gnn®

IsMIsRSDN

'(4C

THERM-O-DISC, INCORPORATED
Subsidiary of Emerson Electric Co.
Department E

1320 South Main Street • Mansfield, Ohio 44907
Telephone 419/756-5911 • Telex 987455

1*2450

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5300

THERMAL COMPONENTS

5300

TTCRMISTto S

OUR STANDARD COMPREHENSIVE LINE OF QUALITY, STABLE, LOW COST
THERMISTORS AND THERMIS TOR A SSEMBLIES ARE AVAILABLE
FROM STOCK OR SHORT DELIVERY.

DESCRIPTION APPLICATION BULLETIN

>■

BEADS

Glass coated beads Temp, measurement & control. B3

from . 005 " dia. to Gas analysis. Circuit compen- B5

. 055 ” dia. sation. Flow, microwave power, B7

small size, fast response. Bg

: .

PROBES

Enclosed bead at Temp, measurement & control,

tip of glass cylinder: Circuit compensation. Liquid C-1

.020" dia. to .100" dia. level & flow. Rugged, easily £-3

mounted. Fast response. c " 7

—

RODS

Ruggedized bead General application where op-

in gl^ss rod: posite lead ruggedized con- q_ 5

.060" to .100" dia. figuration is required.

FLAKES

Thin Flakes: IR measurement.

.020" x .020" x .001" to Non-contact temp. meas. D ] 3

.120" x .120" x .004". Intruder alarms. D [ 5

Matched units on mounts. Microcircuit applications.

/

ULTRA- FAST
RESPONSE

Response times to 3 ms. Where ultra-fast thermal response

Probes, insulated lead is required, in flow, temp,

assemblies. measurement. Catheter ap-

plications.

>•

HI-TEMP

. 055 " dia. beads & Where operating temperatures of

. 060 " to . 100 " dia. glass 450°C continuous are required. E-1

probes, using special E-3

matls. & processing.

ASSEMBLIES

Large variety of Protected thermistor assemblies,

special & standard H-1

housings.

TEMPERATURE

STANDARDS

Precision temperature Laboratory & field temperature

standards: 0°C to 60°C standards. OEM applications.

with calibrations every . 3

0.01°C.

ULTRA- STABLE
THERMISTORS

Glass probes .060" to Precision temp, measurement &

.100" dia. Interchange- control. Laboratory standards,

able matched pairs. c " 7

Guaranteed stability to

0.02% or 0.005° C/year.

THERMISTOR

CHIPS

.050" x ,050" to General temperature

.100" x .100" sizes; measurement and control

bare and epoxy coated;, applications, low cost,
broad tolerance or
interchangeable.

FOR IMMEDIATE RESPONSE PLEASE CALL (201) 287-2870

Sjg TtERMtA/ETRICS

■HHH 808 US HIGHWAY ft 1 . NEW JERSEY 08817
PHONE: 201-287-2870

• ALL STANDARD RESISTANCES
INC • SPECIAL CURVE MATCHES

• EXPERT ENGINEERING SERVICES

• 0.05% TOLS & INTERCHANGEABILITY

• PRECISION CALIBRATIONS TO 0.002°C

• SPECIAL APPLICATIONS INVITED

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2451

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

3rd in a series from The Sensor Consultants

HOW TO PARK
PARACHUTES
WITH GREATER

High overhead, safely out of antiaircraft range, a
giant transport scatters its payload of jeeps to the
,// / V wind. But trapped in the elevator shaft trajectory

°f a 12,000-foot free-fall, the jettisoned cargo
ignores the wind, and dives more than 600 feet
per second. Locked into long, involuntary cart-
wheels, the jeeps plunge like meteors hell-bent
on a rendezvous with ruin.

Now only 1500 feet above ground, the jeeps
finally - suddenly - get a brake. Solid state sensors
monitoring atmospheric pressure waken para-
chutes just in time. Drop accuracy is the result of
extended free-fall and a reliable signal for chute
deployment at desired altitude.

Rely on superior
sensor performance.

The altitude sentinel/deployment trigger for
aerial cargo delivery is a Type 140PC sensor - the
same product relied upon to monitor air pressure
to pump the pioneer artificial heart. Blue-chip
performance is due, in part, to a silicon chip sens-
ing element with ion-implanted, instead of dif-
fused, piezoresistors. And unlike other strain-
sensitive sensors, this one shrugs off vibration and
shock - as evidenced after a “no chute” dismount
had left it implanted, but not diffused, in test-site
topsoil.

Two-hour exposure at 50,000 feet doesn’t faze
it. Yet - despite withstanding thermal and mechan-
ical stress per MIL-STD-810 - this sensor is
stocked and priced for “commercial” application
in automotive diagnostics, ventilation systems,
and process control.

Tell us how we might help you.

Barometric pressure sensing is also a task for
the temperature-compensated, 0-15 psia 140PC
sensor in flight data “crash” recorders, and in
military squib systems. But where price or size
outweighs other considerations, the Type 130PC
sensor is the popular choice ... as on one-shot
weather balloons; portable, electronic surveying
equipment; and desktop digital barometers.

We’d like to tell you more about our many
sensors for measuring pressure, and about sen-
sors for monitoring current, or signalling posi-
tion. Just tell us how we can help. Contact MICRO
SWITCH, The Sensor Consultants, Freeport, IL
61032; phone 815-235-6600.

Together, we can find the answers.

MICRO SWITCH

a Honeywell Division

1*2452

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

ENCODERS

Manufacturer

BEI Electronics

Blatek

Celesco

Position

Shaft Angle, Shaft Angle,

Absolute Incremental

1*2459

Transducers,

Transducers, Position, Transducers
Inclinometer Displacement Unear Ultrasonic

Datametrics/Dresser

Disc Instruments

Endevco

Itek Measurement Sys.

1*2475

Litton Encoder

Schaevitz

Sequential

1*2508

Transducers & Systems

Manufacturer

Aeroflex Laboratories

Strain

Pressure

Gauge

Pressure &

Trans-

Trans-

Flow Trans-

ducers

ducers

mitters

Force

Differ-

ential

Rotary

Signal

Trans-

Trans-

Trans-

Condi-

ducers

formers

formers

tioner

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2453

WONDERFILE !

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

Speed-1 ndependent
Magnetic Pick-ups

Their output voltage amplitudes are totally
independent of the rate of change to the external
magnetic field. They provide

■ True zero speed sensing

■ Contactless limit switches

■ Translational and rotational velocity,
direction and position sensing

■ Counting, indexing, and timing functions

Benefits:

■ Simplify designs

■ Low power consumption

■ Rugged enough for engine environments

■ Aerospace reliability

■ Operate from logic power bus

■ Freedom from EMI (no choppers or oscillators)

■ Freedom from actuator mechanisms

■ Can replace optical systems

Applications:

Computer peripherals— sensing of indexing marks for drive
mechanisms in card readers / magnetic tape memories / paper
roll drive, and character selection in printers

Transportation— wheel speed sensing (skid-controlled
braking) / ignition system timing / vehicle sensing (traffic
control)

Industrial — speed, position and limit sensing
Aerospace — wide applications

Other Products:

Solid state Push Button and Toggle Switches / Solid state current sensors /
as well as brushless DC Motors and Torquers.

For Technical “Hotline” Assistance,
Ask for Tom Rowan.

MAGNETIC PRODUCTS DIVISION

AEROFLEX LABORATORIES IIUC.

SOUTH SERVICE ROAD • PLAINVIEW, LONG ISLAND, N.Y. 11803

TEL.: (516) 694-6700 • TWX: 510-224-6417

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2455

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

American Aerospace Controls Inc.

570 SMITH STREET, FARMINGDALE, NEW YORK 11735 □ (516) 694-5100

AC CURRENT SENSORS

DC CURRENT SENSORS

BIDIRECTIONAL CURRENT SENSORS

SERIES

FULL SCALE (FS) INPUT CURRENT RANGES

FS OUTPUT

ACCURACY

RESP.

Bill

905B

±50, 100, 200, 500mA & 1,2, 5A

±5V

1%FS

50ms

5

905C

±50, 100,200, 500mA & 1, 2, 5A

±5V

2%FS

50ms

5

925B

± 10, 20, 50, 100A

±5 V

1%FS

1ms

5

925C

± 10, 20, 50, 100A

±5V

2%FS

1ms

5

907

±25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300A

±5V

2%FS

—

±25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300A

±5V

2%FS

±25,50, 100, 150, 200, 300A

±250mV

2.5%FS

5|as

—

±25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250A

±250mV

2%FS

5|xs

—

927B

± 150, 200, 250, 300, 500, 750, 1000A

±5V

1%FS

5

927C

± 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 500, 750, 1000A

±5V

2%FS

5

942A

± 100, 200, 300, 500, 800, 1000, 2000A

±5V

1%FS

3

909

± 150, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2500, 5000A

±250mV

2.5%FS

m!Bm

4

909M4

± 150, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500A

±5V

2.5%FS

200|xs

4

921

±250, 500, 750, 1000, 2000A

±250mV

2%FS

5

SERIES

FULL SCALE (FS) INPUT CURRENT RANGES

FS OUTPUT

ACCURACY

RESP.

m

904B

.1, ,2, .5, 1, 2, 5mA

+ 5VDC

1%FS

50ms

903B

5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500mA & 1,2, 5A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

50ms

5

903C

5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500mA & 1, 2, 5A

+ 5VDC

2%FS

50ms

5

S209-903B

5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500mA & 1, 2, 5A

+ 1mA DC

1%FS

50ms

5

S218-903

100, 200, 500mA & 1, 2, 5A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

50ms

3

936

50 & 500mA

+ 5VDC

2%FS

937

10, 20, 30, 50, 100A

+ 5VDC

2%FS

l!!H

—

913A

10, 20, 50, 100 A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

lms

2

913B

10, 20, 50, 100A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

1ms

5

913C

10, 20, 50, 100A

+ 5VDC

2%FS

lms

5

S155-913B

10, 20, 35, 50, 75, 100A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

lms

5

946

10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

30ms

—

950

10, 20, 30, 40, 50A

+ 5VDC

10ms

5

951

10, 20, 30, 40, 50A

+ 5VDC

1

30ms

5

952

100, 250, 400, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000A

+ 5VDC

50jxs

5

934

100, 200, 250, 300, 500, 750, 1000A

+ 5VDC

2%FS

5

SERIES

FULL SCALE (FS) INPUT CURRENT RANGES

FS OUTPUT

ACCURACY

RESP

FIG.

C

1, 2, 5, 10, 20A

+ lmA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

6

1003AM1

2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 50, 100A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

150ms

1

1004

2,5, 10, 20, 50 r 100A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

150ms

5

1002

5, 10, 25, 50, 100A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

50ms

—

1002M1

5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

50ms

5

1003AM2

30, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

150ms

—

1004M7

100, 150, 200, 250A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

150ms

5

1003AM3

150, 250, 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1500A

+ 5VDC

1%FS

150ms

—

1001

150, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 2500, 5000A

+ 5VDC

2%FS

150ms

4

1-2456

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

CURRENT, VOLTAGE AND POWER

CALL |

INSTRUMENTATION

516-694-5100 |

WATT & VAR TRANSDUCERS

AAC manufactures Current, Voltage and Power Sensing Instru-
ments for Industrial, Military and Space Applications. Send for
complete catalog. Our Application Engineering Staff is avail-
able to assist you.

SERIES

FULL SCALE (FS) INPUT POWER RANGES

FS OUTPUT

ACCURACY

RESP.

FIG.

415A

1KW-100KW 120 or 220VAC 60Hz

+ 5VDC

2%FS

400ms

8

416A

4KW-200KW 440VAC 60Hz

+ 5VDC

2%FS

400ms

8

S217

2KW-80KW 220 & 440VAC 60Hz

+ 5VDC

2%FS

400ms

8

S73-413

1KW-50KW 120 or 220VAC 60Hz

+ 5VDC

2%FS

400ms

8

S206-415A

1KW-100KW 120 or 220VAC 400-lKHz

+ 5VDC

2%FS

150ms

8

W106

0.5KW-2KW (1 ele) 120, 220 or 440VAC

±lmA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

W156

1KW-4KW (IV2 ele) 120,220 or 440VAC

± 1mA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

W206

1KW-4KW (2 ele) 120, 220 or 440VAC

± 1mA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

W256

1KW-4KW (2Vi ele) 120, 220 or 440VAC

± 1mA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

W306

1KW-4KW (3 ele) 120, 220, or 440VAC

± 1mA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

Q106

0.5-2KVAR (lele) 120,220 or 440 VAC

± 1mA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

Q156

1-4KVAR (W 2 ele) 120, 220 or 440VAC

± 1mA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

Q206

1-4KVAR (2 ele) 120, 220 or 440VAC

± 1mA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

Q256

1-4KVAR (21/2 ele) 120, 220 or 440VAC

± 1mA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

Q306

1-4KVAR (3 ele) 120, 220 or 440VAC

± 1mA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

7

407

0.3-60KW DC 12-240VDC & 25-250A DC

250mV

2%FS

5|xs

—

401

2.7-150KW DC 18-150VDC & 150-1000A DC

250m V

2.5%FS

200|xs

4

SERIES

FULL SCALE (FS) INPUT VOLTAGE RANGES

FS OUTPUT

ACCURACY

RESP.

FIG.

109

120, 125, 135, 240, 250, 270VAC

4- 1mA DC

0.5%V max

300ms

—

no

120, 125, 135, 240, 250, 270VAC

+ 1mA DC

0.5%V max

300ms

—

108

130, 150, 270, 500, 600VAC (0 to FS)

+ 5VDC

2%FS

200ms

—

S190-108

130, 150, 270, 300, 600VAC (0 to FS)

+ 10VDC

2%FS

200ms

—

V

150, 300, 500VAC (OtoFS)

+ lmA DC

0.25%FS

400ms

6

101M3

150VAC @ 60Hz (SUPPRESSED ZERO)

+ 5VDC

2%V max

17ms

—

102M3

175VAC @ 400Hz (SUPPRESSED ZERO)

+ 5VDC

2%V max

3ms

—

105

465, 490, 505, 540VAC (SUPPRESSED ZERO)

+ 5VDC

2 %V max

17ms

—

AC & DC CURRENT LEVEL DETECTORS

SERIES

FULL SCALE (FS) INPUT CURRENT RANGES

FS OUTPUT

ACCURACY

RESP.

FIG.

850

1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 50, 100, 200, 250AAC

RELAY

2%FS

500ms

—

S212-850

500mA AC (75A AC OVERLOAD)

RELAY

±75mA

200ms

5

901B

20, 50, 100,250, 500mA & 1, 2, 5A DC

+ 5V&SW

1%FS

50ms

—

S204-800

100mA DC (10 A DC OVERLOAD)

RELAY

N/A

3ms

5

S58-800

200mA DC (10ADC OVERLOAD)

SWITCH

N/A

1ms

5

S201-800

1A DC (100A DC OVERLOAD)

RELAY

± 150mA

200ms

5

AC VOLTAGE SENSORS

Figures Size: 2 7 /s" x 2 9 /ie" x 1"

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2457

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

BBN Accelerometers and Vibration
Monitors help you study motion.

C A A SERIES Piezoelectric Acceler-
wUU ometers with Internal Electronics

Eliminates Cable Noise effects, cable length limitation and costly charge
amplifiers.

Operating Temperature Range: -65°F to 250°F (- 54 °C to 121 °C)

Accelerometer

Model

Sensitivity

Amplitude

Linearity

Frequency
Response
±3 dB points

Mounted

Resonant

Frequency

Weight

501, miniature, low
mass, high frequency

10 mV/g±10%

±1%lo
±212 g peak

2 to 40,000

65 kHz

1 8 grams

501ER, extended frequency
response and dynamic
range

2 mV/g±1 5%

1% to ±1,000
g's peak

85 kHz

2 0 grams

506, miniature, low

mass, high frequency,
isolated

10 mV/g±10%

±1% to
±212 g peak

55 kHz

2 0 grams

505, miniature, low
mass, triaxal, high
frequency

10 mV/g±10%
per axis

±1% to
±212 g peak

45 kHz ‘

1 0 grams

505-IS0, miniature, low
mass, triaxal, high
trequency, isolated

1 0 mWg± 1 0%
per axis

±1% to
±212 g peak

2 to 16.000

Hz

38 kHz

11 grams

*507, high sensitivity,

low noise floor

100 mV/g±5%

±1% to
±21 g peak

26 kHz

39 grams

507HS, high sensitivity

low noise floor

±1% to
±10 g peak

20 kHz

60 grams

*5Q7LF, extended low
frequency response

10 mV/g±5 # /o

±1% to
±210 g peak

26 kHz

39 grams

507T, triaxial, high
sensitivity r

±1% to
±21 g peak

26 kHz

1 50 grams

507TLF, triaxial. extended
low trequency

10 mV/g±5%
per axis

± 1 °/« to
±210 g peak

20 kHz

*508B, general purpose

10 mV/g±5%

±1% to
±212 g peak

40 kHz

1 2 grams

508S, shock

0 1 mV/g±10%

± 1 % to
10,000 g peak

N/A

1 2 grams

510, very low
trequency

8 V/g±20%

±i%to
±0 3 g peak

0 03 to 200 Hz
(32*F to 150*F)

485 grams

524, industrial, high
sensitivity, OEM

100 mV/g±5%

± 1 %to±25 g pk
± 3%to± 50 g pk

30 kHz

524-ISO, industrial, high
.sensitivity, OEM, isolated

100 mV/g±5%

±1°/«to±25 g pk
±3%to±50 g pk

30 kHz

524LF, industrial, extended
low frequency. OEM

10 mV/g±5°/o

± 1 %to± 250 g pk
±3%to±500 g pk

32 kHz

524LF-IS0, industrial, ex
tended low frequency,
isolated , OEM

10 mV/g±5%

±1°/oto±250 g pk
± 3%1o± 500 g pk

0.2 to 12.000

Hz

30 kHz

1 00 grams

524T, triaxial. high
sensitivity. OEM

± 1 % to ± 2 5 g pk
± 3%to± 50 g pk

30 kHz

348 grams

524T-IS0, triaxial, high
sensitivity, OEM, isolated

± 1 %to± 2 5 g pk
± 3%to± 50 g pk

30 kHz

348 grams

524TLF, triaxial. extended ,
low frequency. OEM

10 mV/g±5%
per axis

±1°/oto±250 g pk
± 3%to± 500 g pk

32 kHz

348 grams

524TLF-IS0, triaxial, ex
tended low trequency,
isolated, OEM

10 mV/g±5%
per axis

±1%to±250 g pk
± 3°/oto± 500 g pk

30 kHz

348 grams

525, very high stability

25 mWg±5%

±1% t 0 ± 84 g pk

28 kHz

525-ISO, very high stability,
isolated

25 mV/g±5%

± 1 %t0±84 g pk

2 to 14,000

Hz

28 kHz

557, underwater

10 mV/g±10%

±1%to±212
g peak

20 kHz

175 grams

557-ISO, underwater,
isolated

10 mV/g±10%

±1 %to±21 2
g peak

20 kHz

175 grams

558, underwater,
all-weather

10 mV/g±10%

±r/oto±212
g peak

25 kHz

559, underwater,
biaxial

10 mV/g±10°/o
each axis

30 kHz

559-ISO, underwater.

biaxial, isolated

10 mV/g±l0°/o
each axis

±1 %to±21 2
g peak

30 kHz

‘Option 01 provides a top mount connector
Dynamic Output Impedance (at 70°F and 100 Hz), nominal: 1 ,50052
Noise Floor (max.): 20 Equivalent g rms (max.) at 1 Hz to 25 kHz: 0.0002
to 0.0020 g rms (0.000005 g rms 510 only)

Power Supplies: BBN Models P-16, P-18, P-20, P-1018 and P-1020 - 0.5mA
Constant current, 1.5V rms maximum output; BBN Models P-18/4 and
P-1018/4 - 4.0 mA constant current, 3.5 V rms maximum output.

BBN Instruments

Use BBN piezoelectric accelerometers for the most accurate
measurement of random or repetitive vibration phenomena.
BBN manufactures a complete line of accelerometers with
internal electronics to provide freedom from cable
noise, cable length limitations and the need for costly
charge amplifiers. High temperature, charge coupled
accelerometers are available for operating in temperatures
up to 750 °F (400 °C). Low-cost single and multi-channel
power supplies and charge amplifiers provide an interface to
display, recording and signal analysis devices.

A SERIES Medium and High Temper-
HU wature Piezoelectric Accelerometers

Operating Temperature Range: - 65°F to 750°F (- 54 °C to 400°C) — 430 Series
- 65°F to 550 °F (- 54°C to 288°C) - 420 Series

Frequency Typical

Amplitude Response - Resonant Output

Accelerometer Sensitivity Linearity ±3dB Frequency Capacitance Weight

424, medium temperature,
high sensitivity

100 pC/g±10%

±1% to ±100
g's peak

0.7 to 11,000
Hz**

27 kHz

1000 pf

100 grams

424- ISO, isolated, medium
temperature, high
sensitivity

100 pC/g±10%

±1% to ±100
g's peak

0.7 to 10,000
Hz**

25 kHz

1 000 pf

100 grams

426, medium temperature,
high frequency

20 pC/g±10%

±1% to 50
g 's peak

0.3 to 20,000 Hz**
@70°F

10 to 20,000 Hz**
@500°F

45 kHz

2000 pf

15 grams

426-IS0, isolated, medium
temperature, high
frequency

20 pC/g±10%

±1%to 50
g's peak

0.3 to 17,000 Hz**
@70°F

10 to 17,000 Hz**
@500°F

45 kHz

2000 pf

15 grams

430, nuclear hardened,
high temperature

10 ±1 pC/g

±1% to ±100
g's peak

5 to 10,000 Hz
(±1 dB)

27 kHz

1300 pf

75 grams

430-ISO, isolated.nuclear
hardened, high
temperature

10 ±1 pC/g

±1% to ±100
g's peak

2 to 8,000 Hz
(±1 dB)

23 kHz

1300 pf

100 grams

431-IS0, isolated.nuclear
hardened, high
sensitivity

50 ±1 pC/g

±1% to ±100
g's peak

1 to 2,000 Hz
(±1dB)

5 kHz

1500 pf

125 grams

432-IS0, isolated.nuclear
hardened, high
frequency

10 ±1 pC/g

±1% to ±100
g's peak

1 to 10, 000 Hz
(±1 dB)

25 kHz

500 pf

125 grams

* * When used with BBN Model Q-18 or Q-1020 charge amplifier *

800

vides simple, inexpensive and accurate
monitoring of rotating or reciprocating appar-
atus, machinery unbalance and laboratory
test systems. The 800 Series measures and
displays acceleration, velocity and dis-
placement in English or Metric engineer-
ing units and has a family of plug-in fil-
ter modules which permit the selection
of various frequencies for study. It inter-
faces with accelerometers which operate
from - 65°F to 750°F (-54°C to 400°C).

SERIES
Digital Vibration Analyzers

OPERATING MODES

ACCELERATION

VELOCITY

DISPLACEMENT

Dynamic Range- low

- high ‘

0.01 to 9.99 g peak

0.1 to 99.9 g peak

0.01 to 9.99 in/sec peak
0.1 to 99.9 in/sec peak

0.1 to 99.9 mils pk-pk

1 .0 to 999 mils pk-pk

Frequency Response

5 Hz to 10 kHz ±0.5 dB
3Hzto 15kHz±3dB

5 Hz to 10 kHz ±0.5 dB

8Hzto 1 kHz±0.5dB

Accuracy at 100 Hz

±1%

MODEL 821 1

±2.5%

VI (METRIC)

±3.5%

OPERATING MODES

ACCELERATION

VELOCITY

DISPLACEMENT

Oynamic Range - low
-high

0.01 to 9.99 g peak
. 0.1 to 99.9 g peak

0.01 to 9.99 cm/sec peak
0.1 to 99.9 cm/sec

5 to 999 /xm (microns) pk-pk
0.01 to 9.99 mm pk-pk

Frequency Response

5 Hz to 10 kHz ±0.5 dB

3 Hz to 15 kHz ±3 dB

5 Hz to 10 kHz ±0.5 dB

8 Hz to 1 kHz ±0.5 dB

Accuracy at 100 Hz

±1%

±2.5%

±3.5%

BBN Instruments Corporation

50 Moulton Street, Cambridge, MA 02138 U.S.A.

Phone: (617) 491 -0081 /Telex: 92-1470/Cable BBNCO

Operated by Vibro-Meter Corp.

1-2458

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

WHEN THE QUESTION IS

Call the division that matches your application.

Our INDUSTRIAL
ENCODER DIVISION
guarantees 30-day deliv-
ery on standard model
encoders with over 125
resolutions in stock from
1 to 50,000 OPT incre-
mental: a wide choice of
mechanical and electrical
options.

Designed for the abu-
sive machine tool envi-
ronment. Rugged cast
housing, heavy duty shaft
and bearings. Available
sealed against liquid
entry and for shaft loads
up to 200 lbs. and 200G
shocks.

TYPICAL APPLICA-
TIONS: Incremental

machine tool, process
control, instrumentation,
incremental motion com-
puter peripheral.

FOR FAST, LOW OEM
PRICE QUOTES CALL
OUR APPLICATIONS
ENGINEERS.

INDUSTRIAL
ENCODER DIVISION

7230 Hollister Ave.
Goleta, CA 93117
805-968-0782

Our DIGITAL PROD-
UCTS DIVISION offers a
wide choice of high accu-
racy optical rotary, abso-
lute, incremental and
tachometer encoders.
Standard resolutions to
1,048,576 bits-per-turn.
Special resolutions to
16,777,216 (2 24 ) bits per
turn.

Also Ultra-Loc® direct
drive programmable rate
and position digital con-
trol servo system.

TYPICAL APPLICA-
TIONS: Space rated,
military high reliability,
precision servo systems,
pointing and tracking.

FOR ASSISTANCE
WITH CUSTOM MILI-
TARY, AEROSPACE
AND SPECIAL APPLI-
CATIONS, CONTACT:

DIGITAL PRODUCTS
DIVISION

P. O. Box 3838
Little Rock, AR 72203
501-851-4000

Our POSITION CON-
TROLS DIVISION offers
fast 30-day delivery on
optical absolute encod-
ers using the latest
aerospace technologies
in the range of 512 to
65,536 bits per turn in a
convenient size 25 pack-
age.

Features include single
light source, heavy duty
shaft, housings and bear-
ing assemblies, wide
range of output driver op-
tions and mounting con-
figurations.

TYPICAL APPLICA-
TIONS: Robotic mea-
surement, drive system
components, process
control, absolute ma-
chine tool, absolute point-
ing and tracking.

FOR LOW INDUS-
TRIAL PRICES CON-
TACT:

POSITION CONTROLS
DIVISION

819 Reddick Ave.
Santa Barbara, CA 93103
805-966-1538

Our new GENERAL
CONTROL SYSTEMS
DIVISION offers end
users an extremely
cost-efficient turn-key
programmable electronic
motion control drive sys-
tem for industrial automa-
tion applications.

The GC-1000 series is
a modular low-cost sys-
tem that can synchronize
up to 16 axes of simul-
taneous motion and func-
tions from one control
panel. Standard drive
system capability: V4-5
HP. Optional: 7V4-300 HP.

TYPICAL APPLICA-
TIONS: Webb process
industries, winding pro-
cesses, robotics with
passthrough and contour
path requirements,
multi-axes machine tool,
assembly, packaging
equipment and transfer
lines.

GENERAL CONTROL
SYSTEMS DIVISION

Rt. 910, Box 273
Indianola, PA 15051
412-767-9833

BEI Electronics, Inc.

COMMONLY USED

gr i FCTRI CA I /ei FCTPQMIC

I Rl wMbf BinBW I ICvnilw

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners’ all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATY cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HY high voltage
Hz Hertz

I

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
10 input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

j

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
fj . F microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read /write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

VAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

BLATEK SPECIAL PRODUCTS

Blatek provides specific customer design assis-
tance and/or assembles special products for
companies that do not have in-house capabil-
ity.

Some other special product lines include:
-HIGH VOLTAGE CERAMIC CAPACITORS
-MEDICAL TRANSDUCERS AND SUBASSEMBLIES
-SMALL MILITARY PARTS ASSEMBLIES
-PIEZO CERAMIC BIMGRPHS
-UNDERWATER DEPTH INDEPENDENT
HYDROPHONES (MIL STD -1376)

-CUSTOM DESIGN AND SUB-ASSEMBLY WORK
OF YOUR COMPANY'S PRODUCT OR SYSTEM

For an estimate on a specific design or project,
submit a complete set of prints, drawings, or
tentative application of product.

Confidentiality of proprietary project guaran-
teed. Customer references furnished upon re-
quest.

BLATEK AUDIO TRANSDUCERS

Blatek piezo ceramic audio transducers are
available in three standard sizes, with or without
feedback tab. All units can be provided with
soldered-on lead wires at additional charge.
Units requiring a stud mount or other special
treatment will be quoted upon request.

MODEL

O.D.

RES. FREQ. (KHz)

6010 (6013)*

1.062"

4.8 + 500

6020 (6023)

1.250"

3.5 + 600

6030 (6033)

1.375"

3.0 + 600

’Units in parenthesis designates feedback pat-
tern. Special electrode patterns and frequency
requirements quoted upon request. Small
quantities from stock. Minimum order 30 pieces.

BLATEK INDUSTRIES, INC.

RO. Box 574, Dept. 12
Pine Street & Mill Road
Bellefonte, PA 16823
814-355-4910

BLATEK AIR TRANSDUCERS

Blatek ultrasonic air transducers are designed
for applications requiring a low or medium
power 25 or 40 KHz transducer.

Both units have painted aluminum housings.
Model 8010 is available with PC pins or phono
plug. Model 8020 is available with PC pins or
wire lead attachments. Small quantities from
stock. Minimum order 5 pieces.

r

"N

MODEL

DIMENSIONS

BANDWIDTH

POWER RATING

CAPACITANCE

8010-25KHZ

1.0" x .562"

.4 KHz

.2 watts

1500 pf

8010-40KHZ

1.0" x .562"

.4 KHz

.2 watts

1600 pf

8020-25KHZ

1.5" x .375"

.8 KHz

2 watts

3000 pf

i 8020-40KHZ

1.5" x .375"

1.0 KHz

2 watts

3000 pf

V. ..

V

BAT

*BAT is a trademark of Blatek Industries, Inc.

REV B-3-82

EEM 1983

For- manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2461

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

cdesco POSITION TRANSDUCERS

Model

Ranges

Resolution

Accuracy

Thermal

Effects

(Zero)

Thermal

Effects

(Span)

PT101 Position/

Displacement

Transducer:

Provides an electrical signal
proportional to the linear
extension of a stainless cable
through the use of a precision
potentiometer.

0-2 inches to
0-500 inches

essentially
infinitesimal
(most ranges)

±0.1% fun
scale (linearity
and

repeatability)

0.01 %/°F
full scale

0.01 %/*F

VT201 velocity
Transducer:

Generates a DC signal propor-
tional to the velocity of cable
extension or retraction.

0-2 inches to
0-500 inches

essentially

infinitesimal

±3%, linear
to 0.1%

not applicable

0.01 %/°F

-jLy.

DV301 Position/

Velocity Transducer:

combines linear tachometer
with potentiometer, offering
both displacement and ve-
locity outputs.

0-2 inches to
0-500 inches

position and
velocity:
essentially
Infinitesimal
(most ranges)

position:

±0.1% full
scale (linearity
and

repeatability)
velocity: ±3%
linear to 0.1%

position:0.0i%/
°F full scale
velocity: not
applicable

position:

0.01 %/°F
velocity:

0.01 %/°F

PT420 Position
Transmitter:

Combines a position
transducer with two-wire

4-20 ma electronics. Operates
from 12-45 VDC across input.

0-2 inches to
0-500 inches

essentially
infinitesimal
(most ranges)

±0.15% full
scale (linearity
and

repeatability)

±0.015%/°F
full scale

±0.015%/°F

Model

PT801 Underwater
Transducer:

A position/displacement
transducer useful in under-
water or extremely hostile
environments. Available in
stainless steel or anodized
aluminum.

0-2 inches to
0-150 inches

essentially
infinitesimal
(most ranges)

±0.1% full
scale (linearity
and

repeatability)

0.01 %/°F
full scale

0.01 %/°F

celesco pressure transducers

Piezoelectric Pressure Transducers

Model

Sensitivity

Sensitivity

Charge

Sensitivity

Capaci-

tance

Maximum

Pressure

Rise Time

x

LC-33 Blast

Pressure

Transducer:

High sensitiv-
ity: records a
variety of dy-
namic pres-
sure phenom-
ena commonly
found In free-
field blast
measure-
ments, shock
tunnel pres-
sure-time pro-
files. Miniatur-
ized LC-13
version
available.

0.67V/PSI

-101 dbre
1V/^ bar

3000 pc/psi

4500 pf

500 psi

10 fi. sec

LD-25

Blast

Pressure

Transducer:

Flush-
mounted
economy
model for var-
ious measure-
ments of dy-
namic
pressure,
acoustic
phenomena;
useful for
high-pressure
transients,
low-level
acoustics.

0.1 5V/psi

-113 dbre
iv/n bar

35 pc/psi

240 pf

J

3000 psi

1 M-sec

LC-70 and
LC-71
Pressure
Trans-
ducers:

small, highly
sensitive flush-
mounted
transducers
for recording a
variety of dy-
namic pres-
sure and
acoustic
phenomena.

0.15V/psi

i

-113 dbre

1 m/\l bar

120 pc/psi

800 pf

i

300 psi

4 |x sec

1*2462

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

celesco pressure transducers

variable Reluctance Pressure transducers

Model

Ranges

Linearity

Maximum

Line

Pressure

Over-

pressure

Working

Fluids

Output

Pi Pressure

Transducer:

Operates reliably under adverse
environmental conditions; ideal
for aircraft/missile flight,
ground-test applications.
Compatible with most carrier
systems.

± 0.1 to ±1000
psi gage, ab-
solute or
differential

0 . 5 % full scale,
best straight
line

2000 psi

.

200% of range
in either
direction

.

liquids and
gases, both
sides

25mv/V nomi-
nal full scale at

5CG0HZ

P2 Pressure Trans-
ducer:

Highly shock resistant; ideally
suited for corrosive media and
accidental pressure overloads in
water and hydraulic systems.

Can be disassembled for field
cleaning.

0-200 to 0-10,000
psi, gage or
absolute

±0.5% full scale,
best straight
line

not applicable

200 % of range
or 12,000 psi.
whichever is
less

liquids, gases
and solid
suspensions

25m v/v nomi-
nal full scale at
3000 Hz

.V : ; v *

P3D Differential
Pressure Transducer:

For precise measurement of low
differential pressure at high line
pressures; insensitive to shock
and vibration, and suitable for
corrosive fluids.

± 0.1 to ±5000
psi, gage or
differential

±0.5% full scale,
best straight
line

5000 psi

200% of range
of 7500 psi,
whichever is
less (either
direction)

liquids and
gases, both
sides

25m v/v nomi-
nal full scale at
3000 Hz

P7D Differential
Pressure Transducer:

Ideal for low- and medium-pres-
sure measurements of labora-
tory accuracy. Commonly used
in aircraft and missile flight and
in ground test and control
applications.

±0.1 to ±500 •
psi, gage or
differential

±0.5% full scale,
best straight
line

1000 psi

200% of range
in either
direction

liquids and
gases, both
sides

25mv/v nomi-
nal full scale at
3000 HZ

KP15 Pressure
Transducer Kit:

Perfect for general laboratory
use. Kit includes case, wrenches
spare seals, accessories and dia-
phragms for five different
ranges.

±1, ±5, ±25,
±100 and ±500
psi, gage or
differential

±0.5% full scale,
best straight
line

1

2000 psi

200% of range
in either
direction

liquids and
gases, both
sides

25m v/V nomi-
nal full scale at
3000 HZ

$

P90D Differential
Pressure Transducer:

Measures very low pressure
differences at line pressures
to 1000 psi. Has low accelera-
tion sensitivity and wide dy-
namic response.

±1 in. H 2 O
r differential
(.036 psi)

±0.5% full
scale, best
straight line

vacuum to
1000 psi

±15psld, with
less than 0.5%
full scale shift

liquids and
gases, both
sides

25mv/V nomi-
nal full scale at
3000 Hz

■ *ll| H

- ***!■

CP51 Pressure
Transducer-DC

Output:

Combines a variable reluc-
tance pressure transducer
and carrier demodulator in a
single package. Operates from
28 VDC or 115 VAC (optional).

± 0.1 to ±1000
psi, gage, ab-
solute or
differential

±0.5% full
scale, best
straight line

2000 psi

200% of range
in either
direction

liquids and
gases, both
sides

0-5 VDC or
±5 VDC full
scale

||

LCVR LOW COSt
Differential Pressure
Transducer:

Designed to fill the need for a
low-cost, ultra-low range,
lightweight transducer for
medical and Industrial
markets.

0-2 cm H 2 O to
0-1000 cm H 2 O
gage or
differential

±0.5% full
scale, best
straight line

30 psia

300% of range
with less than
1% full scale
zero shift

air, oxygen,

CO 2 or any in-
ert gas

25mv/V nomi-
nal at 4000 HZ

Strain Cage Pressure transducers

Model

Ranges

—

Accuracy

Resolution

Overpres-

sure

Working

Fluids

Output

PLC Pressure
Transducer:

General

purpose transducer. Low-cost,
accurate, rugged, compact.
Weather resistant and tem-
perature-compensated.

0-15 to 0-10,000
psi gage or
absolute

±0.5% full
scale (linearity,

. hysteresis and
repeatability)

infinitesimal

200% of range

liquids and
gases compati-
ble with 17-4
pH stainless
steel

10 m V/v ± 1 %,
zero balance
± 1 % full scale

m

P2805 Pressure
Transmitter:

Ideal for most fluids or gases,
for hydraulic and pneumatic
systems, automotive and air-
craft instrumentation. 5 VDC
output. 19-32 vdc input.

0-15 to 0-5000
psi gage or
absolute

±0.5% full
scale (linearity,
hysteresis and
repeatability)

infinitesimal

200% of range

liquids and
gases compati-
ble with 17-4
pH stainless
steel and Viton
O-ring j

0-5 VDC (0-10
VDC optional)

HU'

Model P4420 Pressure
Transmitter:

Similar to P2805 except offers
4-20 ma, two-wire output.
Compatible with a wide range
of electronic receiving,
readout equipment. Transmit-
ter requires 12-45 VDC input.

0-15 to 0-5000
psi gage or
absolute

±0.75% full
scale (linearity,
hysteresis and
repeatability)

infinitesimal

200% of range

liquids and
gases compati-
ble with 17-4
pH stainless
steel and Viton
O-ring

two-wire,

4-20 ma

supporting electronics available for f^lftCirQ clnoglSkCA^iS 60X1457

display and signal conditioning. WIVwW Toll-Free: 800-423-5483 • in calif: 213-884-6860 1111.
contact factory for engineering assistance. Transducer products, me. Teiex: 67 - 5382 »twx: 910-494-1951

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2463

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS (617)861-7450

Features

■ Pressure ranges: 0-5 to 20,000 PSI

■ Output: voltage, frequency or current -

■ Unique stainless steel case-diaphragm
compatible with most corrosive measurand

■ Full calibration and temperature
compensation

■ Unit to unit interchangeability ± 1 %

■ >160 million full pressure cycles

■ Rugged construction for iong-term reliability

■ Rated intrinsically safe

Options

Various optional operating characteristics and
mechanical features can be incorporated in
Data Instruments’ pressure transducers at
additional costs. These are designated by a
numerical code.

1 . Absolute pressure version. Available in 1 5,
25 and 50 PSIA.

2. Improved zero and span temperature com-
pensation to 1 %/1 00°F (55.5°C) and im-
proved accuracy (combined non-linearity,

Model BL

PSIG, PSIA

hysteresis and repeatability) from 1% to 0.5%.

3. Barbed fitting for attaching protective hose
around cable. (Model AB only)

4. Install longer cable by splicing to existing 3 ft
cable.

5. Install longer continuous cable.

6. Install Bendix PTIH-10-6P electrical connec-
tor with an extended case.

7. Extended Operating Temperature Range to
300°F (1 48.9°C) 6 and 1 5 PSI excluded. In-
cludes Option 6.

Pressure Range

— ■

Accuracy

Within 1 % from best fit

line, including non-linear-
ity, repeatability and
hysteresis

Sensitivity

20 mV/V

Output

1 00 mV at rated

Signal

pressure ± 1 %

Excitation

5 Vdc or ac, 6V

Voltage

maximum

Operating

Temperature

-65°F to 200° F

Range

Compensated

Temperature

30° F to 130°F

Range

Thermal Effect

<5% of full scale

on Zero

over compensated
reading

Thermal Effect

<2% of reading over

on Sensitivity

compensated range

0-6,15,25,50, 100,200,
300, 500, 1000,2000,
5000

Within 0.5% from best fit
line, including non-linear-
ity, repeatability and
hysteresis

0-5, 15, 25, 50, 100, 200,
500, 1000, 2000,3000,
5000, 10,000,20,000

Within 1 % from best fit
line, including non-linear-
ity, repeatability and
hysteresis

Two-Wire Transmitter

0-5, 15,25,50,100,200,
500, 1000,2000,3000,
5000, 10,000, 20,000

Within 1 % from best fit
line, including non-linear-
ity, repeatability and
hysteresis

0-6, 15,25,50, 100,200,
500, 1000,2000,3000,
5000, 10,000

Within 1 % from best fit
line, including non-linear-
ity, repeatability and
hysteresis

Selectable*

0-100,200,500, 1000,
2000, 3000, 5000, 10,000

Within 1 % from best fit
line, including non-linear-
ity, repeatability and
hysteresis

±0.02% FSO/°C max.
over compensated
range

±0 02% FSO/°C max.
over compensated range

<2% of full
scale over com-
pensated range

<1%of full scale over
compensated range

<2% of full
scale over com-
pensated range

<1% of full scale over
compensated range

<1 % of reading over
compensated range

<2% of full
scale over com-
pensated range

<1% of reading over
compensated range

Options

Available

1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6, 7

‘Series E may contain AB, BF or BL transducers. Consult chart for specifications.

Case material: 31 6L stainless steel for ranges 50 PSI and under. 15-5 PH stainless steel for ranges 100 PSI and over.

Load cells

Transducer instrumentation

Features

Load ranges 0± 1 0 lbs. to 0±2,000 lbs.
Universal loading, tension and compression
High output voltage
Small size

Low mechanical deflection
High accuracy

Adapters for
Pressure
Transducers

Series 1 00 and 200 Signal
Conditioners and Controllers

Series 1 00 signal conditioners and Series 200
controllers interface strain gage pressure
transducers, load cells, or transmitters with indi-
cators, recorders, controls or alarms. Available in
several models, the units provide excitation and
signal amplification for almost any strain gage
transducer.

Model DA Data
Acquisition System

The DA Data Acquisition System is a multi-
channel signal conditioner with switching
functions and a digital indicator. The standard
system accommodates from four to ten Data
Instruments signal conditioners which provide
signals for the digital indicator, and an auxiliary
output signal to drive remote indicators, re-
corders, controls, and computers. The system’s
flexibility allows the substitution of Data Instru-

ments controllers for the signal conditioners
(consult Factory for Model DAC).

Model RS and RB
Meter Indicators

Model RS and Model RB are versatile indicators
which combine a Model 1 00 signal conditioner or
a Model 200 controller with a digital readout into
a compact unit. They include transducer excita-
tion supply, zero and span adjustment pro-
visions, and analog output voltage signal.

Pressure Transducer
Power Supplies

Models FVP-1 and FVP-2 provide a regulated 5
Vdc excitation signal for pressure transducers.
The Model FVP-d provides a summing network
for two transducers to perform differential pres-
sure measurements using two standard Model
AB transducers.

Various adapters are available.

These adapters are simple two-piece fittings
which house the transducer. They not only inter-
face with the working system but also shield the
transducer from the mechanical environment.

DATA INSTRUMENTS

4 Hartwell Place, Lexington, MA 02173, USA

(617)861-7450 TWX 710-326-0672

1*2464

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

OPTICAL SHAFT ENCODERS
AND PROGRAMMABLE LIMIT SWITCHES

Shaft Outline

Dia. Dimensions

(Inches) (Inches)

General purpose encoder with high output voltage capability.
10 to 1270 pulses per revolution; 3 to 15 VDC (light source)
and 4.5 to 30 VDC (electronics) input voltage; square wave
or amplified sine wave output; 0 to 50 kHz frequency range.

Very low cost, convenient size, with wide choice of electrical
options and mounting configurations. 25 to 1270 pulses per
revolution; 5 or 12 VDC input voltage; choice of square wave,
line driver or amplified sine wave outputs; 0 to 50 kHz fre-
quency range.

Rugged, high-resolution, wide-bandwidth encoder with
heavy-duty shaft and bearings; 140 to 5000 pulses per revolu-
tion; 5, 12 or 15 VDC input voltage; square wave, line driver or
amplified sine wave output; 0 to 100 kHz frequency range.
Maximum shaft loading: 35 lbs. radial, 40 lbs. axial.

Economical, rugged encoder with single or double-ended shaft.
100-lb. radial shaft loading, 40 lbs. axial; 7 to 600 (single
channel) or 7 to 1200 (dual channel) pulses per revolution;

5 to 24 VDC input voltage; square wave or line driver output;

0 to 30 kHz frequency range.

Uniquely designed to mount on stepper motors with large shaft
end play (0.020”). Consists of a cylindrical, slotted rotor and
concentric stator. 50 to 250 pulses per revolution; 5 VDC input
voltage; triangular or square wave output; 0 to 25 kHz frequen-
cy range.

Ultra low-cost encoder designed for easy installation on servo
or stepper motors. Consists of an optically encoded disc on an
aluminum hub and an LED light source /photocell /amplifier
module. 50 to 1200 pulses per revolution; 5 or 12 VDC input
voltage; square wave or amplified sine wave output; 0 to 50 kHz
frequency range.

Industrial duty, absolute encoder with BCD. Gray Code or
natural binary output. Up to 512 steps per revolution; 5 to
24 VDC input voltage; open collector or passive pull-up output;
0 to 50 kHz frequency range. Maximum shaft loading: 35 lbs.
radial, 40 lbs. axial.

PROGRAMMABLE LIMIT SWITCHES

Number

of

Resolution

“Cams”

(degrees)

1 to 8

expandable
to 24

Datametrics • Dresser Industries, Inc., Dept. EM
340 Fordham Road, Wilmington, Mass. 01887
Tel: (617) 658-5410 TWX: 710-347-7672

Toll Free Rep. Info. 1-800-243-8160 (in QT 1-800-842-0225)

Shaft

Dia.

(Inches)

Outline

Dimensions

(Inches)

\

5Lx

or

3V2W X

%

3%H

Encoder

%

Encoder

5L x 31 / 2 W x
3%H

or

%

Program-

Program-

mer

mer

13W x

N/A

5 V 2 H x

6D

Self-contained, solid-state dedicated electronic cam switch.
Internal semiconductor memory can be factory programmed
for up to 12 individual cam on /off profiles with 1° resolution
and minimum dwell for 360° of shaft rotation. Same rugged
mechanical construction and I/O voltages as Model LR
Absolute Encoder.

Consists of a Model LR Absolute Encoder and a Programmer
containing a digital readout, thumbwheel switches and
mechanical or solid-state relays. It permits simple field
adjustment of up to 8 (expandable to 24) on /off set points
as a function of shaft position with 1 ° resolution. Absolute
Encoder remembers shaft position after power interruption.

datametrics

DRESSER

I

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2465

FF.M

PRODUCT

Selection

guides

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 ( 1 * 2 , 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

LEADERS IN
OPTICAL ENCODER
TECHNOLOGY

Sub-miniature
Incremental Encoders

820 Series

• 1" Diam. x 1.1" • Weight — 3 Ounces

• LED Source • Sine or Square Wave
Output • Up to 625 Pulses/Rev.

Optical Encoder

EC80 Series

• Very Low Cost • Designed for OEM
Use • LED Source • Up to 1024
Pulses/Rev. • Square Wave Output

Heavy-Duty, Size 25
Servo or Flanged
Incremental Encoders

Incremental
Modular Optical
Encoder

700 Series

M90 Series

• Heavy-Duty Housing • Sealed for
Industrial Applications • English/
Metric Option • LED Source • Up to
2540 Pulses/Rev. • Optional Indexing

Incremental Encoders

PANELCODER™ Series

° Panel Mounting • Digital Output
• Replaces Potentiometers • Long
Service Life • LED Source • Circuit
Board Connector • Photo Transistor
Output

• LED Light Source • Custom
Comparitor, TTL, HTL, or CMOS
Comp. • Die-Cast Photohead
with 2-Hole 1.812" B.C. Mounting

• Chrome-on-Glass Code Disc

• Optional Index • Optional Metric
Hub Bore Sizes

LT 200 Series

• Low Cost • Field Serviceable

• Heavy-Duty Ball • Long Life

• LED Source

Disc DffisGtMiaiKimGs Dm@o

^ Honeywell Subsidiary

The first name in Optical Encoders
Disc Instruments is unique in its ability to
offer optical shaft position encoders in so
wide a range of performance characteris-
tics and prices. One primary reason is our
total in-nouse capability to produce
master and duplicate discs in sizes
from sub-miniature to more than 30" .

We invite you to call us on any special
encoder requirements.

Manufacturing and Service
DISC INSTRUMENTS, INC.
102 East Baker Street
Costa Mesa, California 92626
Phone:(714)979-5300
TWX: 910-595-1987
DISC CSMA

Sales and Representative
Offices

Northeast: New England
andN.Y.

DISC INSTRUMENTS, INC.

21 Cummings Park, Suite 210
Woburn, Massachusetts 01801
Phone:(617)933-5189
Telex: 949329 NSBUSSERV
WOBN

North Central: MI, OH,

W. PA, WV, KY
DISC INSTRUMENTS, INC.
Suite 120, Office 7
3155 West Big Beaver Road
Troy, Michigan 48084
Phone: (313)649-1340

West Coast: No. CA
DISC INSTRUMENTS, INC.
Honeywell Corporation
2025 Gateway Place
Suite 380

San Jose, California 95110
Phone: (408) 998-3131

East Coast: NJ, E.PA, DE,
MD, VA

DISC INSTRUMENTS, INC.
1315 North Union Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19806
Phone: (302) 655-7899

Midwest: MN, Wl, IA,

IN, MO
Contact

DISC INSTRUMENTS, INC.
Costa Mesa, California

Midwest: MN, Wl, IA,

IN, MO Contact

DISC INSTRUMENTS, INC.

Costa Mesa, California

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2467

1 *2468 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

ENDEVCO® PIEZOELECTRIC ACCELEROMETER CHARACTERISTICS

Application

Precision

Isobase®

Small Size, Lightweight, Shear

Gent

Purp

ral

ose

Sho

:k Measureme

nt

Triaxial

Very High T

emperature

Model Number

(1) 2271A

(2) 2275

22

Picomin®

222QC

(1) 2221 D

(2) 2221 E

(3) 2221 F

2222C

(D2226C
(2) 2229C

2224C

2233E

2225

2291

2292

23

Picotriax®

2223D

2228C

2273A

Isobase®

2276

Isobase®

ELECTRICAL and DYNAMIC

Charge Sensitivity, pC/g

11.5

0.4

■

2.7

(1) 17

(2) 9

(3) 10

1.4

2.8

11

60

0.7

0.0035

0.14

0.4

12

2.8

3

10

Voltage Sensitivity, mV/g*

5

1.6

3

(1) 17

(2) 7.5

3.0

5.1

10.5

45

0.7

0.01

0.5

1.8

11

5.1

15

12

(3) 9

Transducer Capacitance, pF

2000

240

750

900

420

400

800

1100

750

11.5

80

240

900

400

100

660

Frequency Response, Hz,

±5% charge:

2 to 5500

5 to 1 0,000

5 to 10,000

(2) 2 to
10,000

20 to 8000

3 to 6000

3 to 6000

4 to 8000

5 to

15,000***

20 to
50,000

20 to
20,000

5 to
10,000

3 to 4000

3 to
>4000

2 to 6000

2 to 5000

Voltage, with 100 Mft load

2 to 5500

5 to 10,000

5 to 10,000

(2) 2 to
9000

30 to 8000

2 to 5000

2 to 6000

4 to 6000

5 to

15,000***

—

—

5 to
10,000

2 to 3400

6 to
>4000

20 to 6000

Mounted Resonance

27,000

54,000

50,000

(1) 30,000

32,000

24,000

32,000

32,000

80,000

250,000

125,000

50,000

17,000

24,000

30,000

27,000

Frequency, Hz

(2) 45,000

5t

3t

Transverse Sensitivity, 96,
maximum

2t

5t

3t

5$

(1) 3

(2) 5

3t

3t

5t

5

5

5

5

3

0 to 3000

Amplitude Linearity,

Range (g):

0 to 10,000

0 to 4000

0 to 5,000

(1) 2500

(2) 2000

0 to 2000

0 to 2000

0 to 1000

0 to 1000

0 to
20,000

0 to
100,000

0 to
20,000

0 to 2000

Oto 1000

0 to 2000

0 to 10,000

Sensitivity incr. approx.

1000

250

500

(1) 250

200

500

250

150

2000

10,000

2000

250

250

500

500

1000

1% per (gj:

(2) 500

0.50

Strain Sens., equiv. g at

0.50

2.0

12.0

(1) 3.0

10.0

(1)0.25

0.50

25.0

8.0

1000

1.50

2.0

0.50

2.0

1.0

250 tL strain

(2) (3) 5.0

(2)1.25

PHYSICAL

Size, inches

% hex x
.78h

.14 dia x
.095h

% dia x
.21 h

.60 dia x
.314h

.25 dia x
Yah

% hex x
.33h

hex x
.64h

% hex x
.8h

.56 hex x
.64h

.31 hex x
.22h

.31 hex x
.30h

.30 x .25 x
.2h

1.0 x 1.0 x
,66h

.74 x .74 x
.46h

% hex x
,9h

% hex x

1 .Oh

Weight, ounces (grams)

0.95 (27)

0.0049

0.08 (2.3)

0.43 (12)

0.018 (0.5)

(1)0.1 (2.8)

0.58 (16)

1.2 (32)

0.46 (13)

0.05 (1.3)

0.05 (1.3)

0.03 (0.85)

1.5 (41)

0.55 (15.3)

0.90 (25)

1.1 (30)

(0.14)

(2)0.17(4.9)

P-8

P-14

P-14

Crystal Material, Piezite®
Type

P-10

P-8

P-8

P-8

P-8

P-8

P-8

P-8

P-8

P-10

P-8

P-8

P-8

10-32 hole

10-32 hole

Mounting

10-32 hole

adhesive

2-56 screw

6-32 screw

adhesive

(1) adhesive

(2) 10-32 stud

10-32 hole

10-32 hole

10-32 hole

14-28 stud

14-28 stud

adhesive

3, 4-40
screws

2, 4-40
screws

Connector Location

side

side

side

side

side

top

top

side

top

top

top

one side

each axis

each axis

side

side

Cable Supplied, length,
model

10 ft
(3m),
3090B

6 ft
(1.8m),
3095A

6 ft
(1.8m),

(1)(2) 10 ft
(3m),

1 ft
(.3m)

3 ft
(.9m)

10 ft
(3m),

10 ft
(3m),

10 ft
(3m),

18 in.

(45 cm).

6 ft
(1.8m),

3, 6 ft
(1.8m),

3, 10 ft
(1.8m),

3,3 ft
(.9m),

3 ft
(.9m),

3 ft
(.9m),.

3091 D

3090A
(3) 10 ft

3093

3060A

3090A

3090B

3090B

3001A

3091 D

3095A

3090A

3060A

3070 M 6

3075M6

(3m),

3090B

(1)

grounded

Signal Return, to Case:

(1)

insulated
( 2) „
grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded
(2) ,
insulated

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

YZ

insulated

X grounded

insulated

grounded

Case, to Structure:

insulated

grounded

insulated

insulated

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

insulated

insulated

insulated

grounded

grounded

ENVIRONMENTAL

Vibration, pk g, maximum

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

500

Shock, pk g, maximum

10,000

10,000

5000

5000

10,000

2000

2000

2000

20,000

100,000

20,000

10,000

2000

2000

10,000

3000

Temperature Range, °C

-270 to
+260

-73 to
+150

—54 to
+177

(1X2) -54
to +177

-73 to
+177

—54 to
+177

—54 to
+177

—54 to
+260

—54 to
+177

—54 to

-t-121

—54 to
+121

-73 to
+150

—54 to
+177

—54 to
+177

-185 to
+400

—54 to
+482

(3) -54
to +260

°F

— 450 to

-100 to

— 65 to

(1) (2) -65

-100 to

—65 to

—65 to

—65 to

-65 to

— 65 to

—65 to

-100 to

-65 to

—65 to

-300 to

—65 to

+500

+ 300

+350

to +350

+350

+350

+350

+500

+350

+250

+250

+300

+350

+350

+750

+900

(3) -65
to +500

Seal

hermetic

silicone

epoxy

(1 ) (2)
epoxy

t {3) •
hermetic

silicone

epoxy

epoxy

hermetic

epoxy

hermetic

hermetic

silicone

epoxy

epoxy

hermetic

hermetic

NOTE: Data are typical except where otherwise specified. Continued product improvement necessitates that Endevco reserve the right to modify these specifications without notice.

* Depends on external capacitance, t 1% availale. t 3% available. ** See Tech Data 319 for other ISOSHEAR Models. *** ±10% response. # Model 3075 (hardline) available as option.

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *2469

ENDEVCO® PIEZORESISTIVE ACCELEROMETER CHARACTERISTICS

2262-25

2262C-25

2262A-200

2262CA-200

(1) 2264A-2K-R,
-5K-R, -10K-R,
-20K-R, -50K-R

7231C-750

7232C-750

TRIAXIAL

MODEL NUMBER

7264-200

7265A-HS

7265A

7267A

2263-5K

2263-10K

2263-20K

ELECTRICAL and DYNAMIC

Range, g

±25 full scale

±200

±2000 to
±50,000

±200

±20

±100

±750

±1500

±5000

±10,000

±20,000

Overrange Limiting, g (1)

±50 useful

±300 to

none

±200 to ±500

±30 to ±80

±150 to ±400 -

none

none

none

none

none

range

±1200

(2)

±60 to ±150

Sensitivity, mV/g (1)

20

2.5

0.250 to 0.010

2.5

25

5.0

.200

0.15

100/iV

50/iV

25/iV

(2)

10

1.25

Input Resistance, 0 (1)

2100

1800

500 ±225

3000

750

750

525

1000

600

700

500

(2)

1000

1000

Output Resistance, J) (1)

1400

1200

500 ±275

—

1100

1100

525

—

_

_

_

(2)

1000

1000

Fixed Resistors, Q (2)

1000 ±1%

1000 ±1%

500 ±20%

-

500 ±1%

500 ±1%

500 ±1%

-

-

-

-

Mounted Resonance or

2500

7000

30,000 to

6000

1400

2700

20,000

12,000

40,000

70,000

100,000

Natural Frequency, Hz

180,000

Frequency Response, ±5%, Hz

0 to 750

0 to 3000

0 to 30,000

0 to 1200

0 to 500

0 to 800

0 to 2000

0 to 2000

0 to 8000

0 to 10,000

0 to 15,000

Damping Ratio, approximate

0.7

0.7

0.002

0.001

.55 to .85

.55 to .85

0.005

0.005

0.01

0.01

0.01

Transverse Sensitivity, % max.

3

3

5

3

5

5

3

3

3

3

PHYSICAL

Size, inches

.62 hex x I.OOh

.62 hex x 1 .Oh

,51w x .2h x

.4w x .1 8h x

.63W x .305 X

.63W x .305 x

,75w X .75h X

.75w x .900h x

.52w x .40h x

.52w x .40h x

.52w x .40h x

.481

4.11

.500

.500

.900

.7501

.521

.521

.521

(centimeters)

(15.7x25.4)

(15.7x25.4)

(1.3wx.5hx

(I.Ow x .46h x

(16.0 X 7.74 X

(16.0 x 7.74 x

(19.05 x 19.05 x

(191w x 23h x

(13. 2w x 10.2h

(13.2wx 10.2h

(13.2wx 10.2h

1.21)

1.01)

12.7)

12.7)

22.86)

1911)

x 13.21)

x 13.21)

x 13.211)

Weight, ounces (grams)

1.0 (28)

1.0 (28)

0.053 (1.5)

0.035 (1.0)

0.208 (5.9)

0.166 (4.7)

0.85 (24)

1.4 (40)

1.76 (50)

.35 (10)

.35 (10)

.35 (10)

Sensing Element, Piezite® Type

P-11

P-11

P-16

P-11

P-11

P-11

P-9

P-9

P-11

P-11

P-11

Mounting

10-32 hole

10-32 hole

2, 4-40 screws

2, 0-80 screws

2, 2-56 screws

2, 2-56 screws

? 10-32 hole

2, 4-40 screws

4, 2-56 screws

4, 2-56 screws

4, 2-56 screws

Cable Supplied (1)

30 in..

30 in..

48 in., integral

30 in., integral

30 in., integral

30 in., integral

? optional

factory installed

36 in..

36 in..

36 in..

4 conductor

4 conductor

5 conductor

5 conductor

5 conductor

(2)

30 in..

30 in..

6 conductor

6 conductor

ENVIRONMENTAL

Acceleration, Static, g max.

±2000

2000

5000 to 100.000

1000

2000

2000

±1000

±4000

Vibration, g max.

±1000

1000

1000

1000

200

1000

±1000

±1000

±10,000

±20,000

±40,000

Shock, g max.

±2000

2000

5000 to 100,000

1000

2000

2000

±2500

±4000

Temperature, operating, °C

— 18 to +93

-18 to +93

-18 to +66

-18 to +66

-18 to +66

-18 to +66

-23 to +66

-73 to +149

30 to 110°F

30 to 110°F

30 to 1 1 0°F

non-operating, °C

-29 to +104

-29 to +104

-54 to +93

-54 to +93

-54 to +85

-54 to +85

-73 to +149

-100 to

-100 to

— 100 to

+300°F

+30D°F

+300°F

Seal

hermetic

hermetic

epoxy

epoxy

hermetic

hermetic

epoxy

hermetic

epoxy

epoxy

epoxy

All data are typical except where noted.

Rated excitation for all units is 10.0 Vdc.

(1) Four-active-arm accelerometer, not recommended for shunt calibration.

(2) Two-active-arm accelerometer with internal completion resistors, designed for shunt calibration and identified with suffix letter C or R.

JJ

>

Z

0

1

o

<

m

30

§

o

C/3

>

z

c_

c

>

z

o

>

■V

C/3

H

3D

>

O

>

H

m

r*

m

T>

i

O

£

X

-i

m

m

x

m

Z

□

m

<

n

o

1 *2470 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

ENDEVCO ISOSHEAR® AND INTEGRAL ELECTRONICS
ACCELEROMETER CHARACTERISTICS

ISOSHEAR®

MODEL NUMBER

(1) 7701-50

(2) 7702-50

(3) 7703-50

(1) 7701-100

(3) 7707-200

(2) 7706-500

(1) 7705-1000

(2) 7707-1000

ELECTRICAL and DYNAMIC

Charge Sensitivity, pC/g

50

100

200

500

1000

Transducer Capacitance, pF

2800

2800

5600

5600

5600

Frequency Response, Hz, ±5%*

1 to 7000

1 to 5000

1 to 4000

1 to 2000

1 to 2000

Mounted Frequency, Hz

26000

20,000

17,000

10,000

7500

Transverse Sensitivity, % maximum**

3

3

3

3

3

Amplitude Linearity Range, g

Sensitivity Increase, 1% per g

0 to 2000

500

0 to 2000

250

0 to 1000

250

0 to 500

200

0 to 250

100

Strain Sens., equiv. g at 250 # strain

0.125

0.0625

0.050

0.025

0.0125

PHYSICAL

Size, inches

% hex x .78h

% hex x .78h

1.0 hex x .9Qh

1.0 hex x .90h

1.0 hex x ,90h

Weight, ounces (grams)

.9 (25)

1 (29)

2.17 (62)

2.8 (80)

4.23 (120)

Crystal Material, Piezite® Type

P-8

P-8

P-8

P-8

P-8

Mounting

10-32 stud

10-32 stud

10-32 stud

10-32 stud

10-32 stud

Connector Location

(1 ) (3) side
(2) top

side

side

top

side

Cable Supplied, length, model

10 ft (3m), 3090B

10 ft (3m), 3090B

10 ft (3m), 3090B

10 ft (3m), 3090B

10 ft (3m), 3090B

Signal Return, to Case

(1 ) (2) grounded
(3) isolated

grounded

isolated

grounded

(1) grounded

(2) isolated

Case, to Structure

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

grounded

ENVIRONMENTAL

Vibration, pk g, maximum

2000

1000

1000

500

500

Shock, pk g, maximum

10,0000

10,000

2000

2000

1000

Temperature, °F
°C

-65 to +500
-54 to +260

-65 to +500
-54 to +260

-65 to +500
-54 to +260

-65 to +500
-54 to +260

-65 to +500
-54 to +260

Seal

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

hermetic

NOTE: All data are typical except where otherwise specified.

* Low frequency response is dependent on characteristics of signal conditioning.
** 1% available on special order.

INTEGRAL ELECTRONICS

ACCELEROMETER

MODEL NUMBER

2250A

2251 A

DYNAMIC

Sensitivity, mV/g

10 ±5%

10 ±3%

Range, Full Scale, g

±500

±500

Linearity <1% per g

500

Frequency Response,

±5%, Hz

4 to 15,000

5 to 8000

Mounted Resonance

Frequency Undamped, Hz

80,000

40,000

Transverse Sensitivity,
Maximum %

3

3

Temperature Response °F

±2% -58 to +257

±2% -58 to +257

°C

-50 to +125

—50 to +125

ELECTRICAL

Current Requirement

1 ma to 20 mA

1 mA to 20 mA

const, current.

const, current.

compliance voltage:

compliance voltage:

>15

>15

Output impedance, max.

1000 with >3 mA

1500 with >3 mA

supply current

supply current

300n with 1 mA

400n with 1 mA

Load, minimum

20 kO

20 kfi

Zero offset, Vdc

+8

+8

Mounting Surface Noise
Rejection, equivalent g.

0.015

0.020

maximum per volt

Residual Electrical Noise,

2 kHz to 25 kHz,
equivalent g rms

<0.015

<0.020

PHYSICAL

Cable Supplied,length,
model

6 ft (1.8m), 3006-72

6 ft (1.8m), 3006-72

Mounting

adhesive

Endevco P/N 21627
removable, captive

2-56 center bolt

Weight (excluding cable
connector) ounces (grams)

0.010 (0.3)

.16 (4.5)

Size, inches (millimeters)

.230 (5.84)d

.400 d0.16)d

.150 (3.81 )h

.31(779) h

ENVIRONMENTAL

Vibration pk g maximum

±2000

±5000

(any direction)

Temperature Range °F

-58 to +257

-58 to +257

°C

-50 to +125

-50 to +125

Strain Sensitivity, equiv.
g at 250 {l strain

0.1

3.0

Seal

epoxy

hermetic

NOTE: All data are typical except where otherwise specified.

Continued product improvement necessitates that Endevco reserve the right
to modify these specifications without notice.

m

x

CO

5500 TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS ■ 5500

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *2471

ENDEVCO PRESSURE TRANSDUCER CHARACTERISTICS

MODEL NUMBER

(1) 8506-2

(2) 8507-2

(3) 8510-2

(1) 8506-5

(2) 8507-5

(3) 8510-5 ;

(1) 8506 15

(2) 8507-15

(3) 8510-15

(1) 8506-50

(2) 8507-50

(3) 8510-50

(1) 8510-100

(2) 8510-200

(3) 8510-500

(1) 8510-1000

(2) 8510-2000

(1) 8511A-5K

(2) 8511A-10K

(3) 8511A-20K

(1) 8514-10

(2) 8514-20

(3) 8514-50

(4) 8514-100

(1) 8530A-5

(2) 8530A-15

(3) 8530A-50

(4) 8530A-100

(1) 8530A-200

(2) 8530A-500

(3) 8530A-1000

ELECTRICAL and DYNAMIC

Range

±2 psig

±5 psig

±15 psig

—15 to +50 psig

(1) -15 to
+100 psig

(2) -15 to
+200 psig

(3) -15 to
+500 psig

(1) -15 to
+1000 psig

(2) -15 to
+2000 psig

(1) 5000 psig

(2) 10,000 psig

(3) 20,000 psig

(1) ±10 psig

(2) -15 to
+20 psig

(3) -15 to
+100 psig

(4) -15 to
+ 100 psig

(1) 0 to 5 psia

(2) 0 to 15 psia

(3) 0 to 50 psia

(4) 0 to 100 psia

(1) 0 to 200 psia

(2) 0 to 500 psia

(3) 0 to 1000 psia

Full Scale Output, (mV)

300

300

300

300

300

300

500

300

300

300

Sensitivity, mV/psi

157 ±45

63 ±18

21 ±6

6.3 ±1.8

(1) 3.15 ±0.09

(2) 1.57 ±0.45

(3) 0.63 ±0.18

(1) 0.315 ±0.090

(2) 0.157 ±0.045

(1) 0.100 ±0.030

(2) 0.050 ±0.015

(3) 0.025 ±0.008

(1) 30 ±10

(2) 15.75 ±4.5

(3) 6.3 ±1.8

(4) 3.15 ±0.9

(1) 68.0 ±18
(2) 21.0 ±6

(3) 6.3 ±1.8

(4) 3.15 ±0.09

(1) 1.57 ±0.45

(2) 0.63 ±0.18

(3) 0.315 ±0.090

Resonant Frequency, Hz typical

45,000

65,000

100,000

180,000

(1) 240,000

(2) 320,000

(3) 500,000

(1) 700,000

(2) 900,000

500,000

(1) 140,000

(2) 180,000

(3) 320,000

(4) 410,000

(1) 90,000

(2) 120,000

(3) 240,000

(4) 280,000

(1) 360,000

(2) 600,000
(3) 800,000

Sensitivity Shift, ± %

Maximum, across 0 to 200°F

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

Thermal Transient Response
psi/°F typical

0.003

0.003

0.003

0.003

(1) 0.003

(2) 0.001
(3) 0.01

(1) 0.05

(2) 0.16

(1) 1.1

(2) 1.5

(3) 0.4

(1) 0.001

(2) 0.003

(3) 0.005

(4) 0.01

(1) 0.015

(2) 0.004

(3) 0.003

(4) 0.0009

(1) 0.02
(2) 0.02
(3) 0.04

Zero Shift, ± % of FS0

maximum, across 0 to 200°F
range

Linearity

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

To FS0, ± % of FS0

typical

1

0.25

0.25

0.25

0.25

0.25

(1) 0.3

(2) 0.6
(3) 0.4

(1) 0.5

(2) 0.25

(3) 0.5

0.25

0.25

At 3 x FS0, ± %of 3x

FS0 typical

Acceleration Sensitivity

(1) 3.0 (2) 3.0
(3) 2.5

2.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

(1) 0.3 (2) 0.8
(3) 1.0-

(1) 1.0 (21 0.7
(4) 0.5

(1) 1.0 (2) 0.5
(3) 0.5 (4) 1.0

(1) 1.5 (2) 2.0
(3) 1.0

Longitudinal (psi/g) typical

0.0005

0.0003

0.0003

0.0003

(1) 0.0003

(2) 0.0003

(3) 0.0004

(1) 0.0007

(2) 0.00027

(1) 0.003

(2) 0.004

(3) 0.008

(1) 0.00015

(2) 0.0002

(3) 0.0003

(4) 0.0006

(1) 0.0001
(2) 0.0002

(3) 0.0002

(4) 0.0003

(1) 0.0003

(2) 0.00001
(3) 0.0002

Lateral (psi/g) typical

Burst Pressure

0.00003

0.00003

0.00003

0.00009

(1) 0.00009

(2) 0.00009

(3) 0.00003

(1) 0.00005

(2) 0.00001

(1) 0.001
(2 0.002
(3) 0.004

(1) 0.00006

(2) 0.00009

(3) 0.0002

(4) 0.0003

(1) 0.00001

(2) 0.00004

(3) 0.00004

(4) 0.00007

(1) 0.0002

(2) 0.000006

(3) 0.0001

Diaphragm (± psi)

minimum

40

100

150

200

(1) 500

(2) 1000
(3) 2500

(1) 5000

(2) 10,000

(1) 20,000

(2) 30,000

(3) 40,000

(1) 100

(2) 150

(3) 200

(4) 400

(1) 50

(2) 90

(3) 300

(4) 400

(1) 700

(2) 2000
(3) 4000

Common Mode Pressure
Maximum (psi)

(1) 200 (2) 50
(3) 300

(1) 200 (2) 50
(3) 300

(1) 200 (2) 50
(3) 300

(1) 200 (2) 50
(3) 300

300

300

N/A

25

N/A

N/A

MECHANICAL

Weight, Ounces (grams) typical

(1) 0.04 (1.0)

(2) 0.01 (0.3)

(3) 0.06(1.8)

(1) 0.04 (1.0)

(2) 0.01 (0.3)

(3) 0.06 (1.8)

(1) 0.04 (1.0)

(2) 0.01 (0.3)

(3) 0.06(1.8)

(1) 0.04 (1.0)

(2) 0.01 (0.3)

(3) 0.06 (1.8)

0.06 (1.8)

0.06 (1.8)

0.4 (11)

0.003 (.08)

0.04 (1.8)

0.04 (1.8)

Mounting Thread

(1) 6-32 (2) None
(3) 10-32

(1) 6-32 (2) None
(3) 10-32

(1) 6-32 (2) None
(3) 10-32

(1) 6-32(2) None
(3) 10-32

10-32

10-32

% x 24

None

10-32

10-32

Face Diameter, inches
(millimeters)

(1) 0.09 (2.31)

(2) 0.09 (2.34)

(3) 0.15 (3.84)

(1) 0.09 (2.31)

(2) 0.09 (2.34)

(3) 0.15 (3.84)

(1) 0.09 (2.31)

(2) 0.09 (2.34)

(3) 0.15 (3.84)

(1) 0.09 (2.31)

(2) 0.09 (2.34)

(3) 0.15 (3.84)

0.15 (3.84)

0.15 (3.84)

0.32 (8.13)

0.062 ±0.003
(1.57 ±0.076)

0.15 (3.84)

0.15 (3.84)

ENVIRONMENTAL

Vibration, pk g, maximum

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

Shock, (g, 100 s, half sine)
max

(1), (2) 10,000
(3) 20,000

(1), (2) 10,000
(3) 20,000

(1), (2) 10,000
(3) 20,000

(1), (2) 10,000
(3) 20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

Temperature °F maximum
°C maximum

-65 to +225
-54 to +107

-65 to +225
-54 to +107

-65 to +225
-54 to +107

-65 to +225
-54 to +107

-65 to +225
-54 to +107

-65 to +225
-54 to +107

-65 to +225
-54 to +107

-65 to +250

-65 to +250

-65 to +250

Seal

epoxy

epoxy

epoxy

epoxy

epoxy

epoxy

epoxy

epoxy

epoxy

epoxv

* Overrange is limited to 75,000 psi. A shift in calibration may occur after exposure to pressures above 50,000 psi. ** Overrange is limited to 40,000 psi.

Continued product improvement necessitates that Endevco reserve the right to modify these specifications without notice.

J3

>

Z

o

x

o

o

J3

o

>

D

CO

>

c

>

z

o

>

2

CO

H

ID

>

Z

O

o

>

H

m

r~

m

”U

X

o

z

m

•u

H

m

m

x

m

Z

□

m

<

n

□

5500 TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS 5500

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

The advantages of
being tiny.

At Entran, we’ve solved most of the problems you
might encounter with pressure transducers by making
them tiny. And nowadays, tiny is the state-of-the-art.

Being tiny means you don’t interfere with the
integrity of the system being measured.

Being tiny means less measuring surface to bear
loads, and a more compact solid state density with no
moving parts.

Being tiny means being insensitive to acceleration,
vibration and shock, so you get flat pressure readings,
both static and dynamic.

And, being tiny means greater handling ease in
hard-to-get-at places. Which adds up to more
applications flexibility.

Entran pressure tranducers can usually be
interfaced directly with scopes, recorders and
milliammeters.

Our transducers come complete and ready to
use. All you need supply is the excitation voltage on
two leads and read output on the other two leads.

All units give you direct linear output in millivolts/
psi and read both static and dynamic pressures.
There’s no need for charge or voltage amplifiers.
Calibrations are traceable to The National Bureau of
Standards.

. Write Entran Devices, Inc., 10 Washington
Ave., Fairfield, N .J. 07006 (201) 227-1002,

Telex 130-361.

Only 0.080 in diameter (that’s tiny), EPI-080.

This solid-state pressure transducer is 0.080" in diameter, 0.25" in
length and occupies a volume of only 0.0013 cubic inches. Yet it gives
accurate static and dynamic pressure readings like the big ones do.

Its atomically bonded, diffused diaphragm with leads attached to the
non-active area make this device virtually insensitive to acceleration,
vibration and shock. ;

Combined non-linear and hyst: + 1 % below lOOpsi, Vz% above 100 psi .
Excitation: 10V' Output impedance: 350 ft nom.

Repeatability: 0.25%. Thread length: 7/16".

A s 360 00

Excitation: 5V. Output .impedance: 750- ft nom. Repeatability: 0.5%.
Non-linear and hyst: + % %. Resolution: infinite.

$ 385°°

/ Must not be used in water

or corrosive medium.

Tiny but easy to handle, EPX-10

This easy to install pressure transducer is built with standard 1 0-32
UNF thread and is available in an optional M5 metric version, it gives
flat pressure readings static and dynamic, in 5 to 5,000 psi ranges to
as high as 90KHz. Has infinite resolution and is also insensitive to
acceleration, vibration and shock. Made of stainless
steel, and with its built-in “O” ring seal can be screwed
in just about anywhere. However, for corrosive or
water usage, order our “welded” version.

Typical ranges

5 psi

50 psi

100 psi

250 psi

1000 psi

Sensitivity nom.

3 mV/psi

1.5mV/psi

1 .2 mV/psi

0.5 mV/psi

p

Fo

1

t

Useful frequency nom.

9 KHz

15 KHz

15 KHz

20 KHz

40 KHz

Typical ranges

25 psi

50 psi.

100 psi

250 psi

500 psi

Sensitivity nom.

3 mV/psi

1.8 mV/psi

o

3

<

•D

to

0.4 mV/psi

0.2 mV/psi

Useful frequency nom.

25 KHz

30 KHz

40 KHz

60 KHz

80 KHz

Entran Pressure Transducers.

(Today, miniature makes sense.)

Call (201) 227-1002

1*2472

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

being tiny-

At Entran we build a line of accelerometers
that can best be described as tiny.

Being tiny means you don’t interfere with the
integrity of the system being measured.

Being tiny gives you greater handling ease in
hard-to-get-at places, which adds up to more
applications flexibility. And, being tiny means less
mass to distort your test scale, more room for other
instruments. All at no sacrifice in test data.

Entran accelerometers give you high output, low
impedance readings, both static and dynamic. As a
result they can usually be interfaced directly with

scopes, recorders and milliammeters.

Entran accelerometers come complete and
ready to use. All you supply is the excitation voltage
on two leads and read output in millivolts on the
other two leads.

All units give you direct linear output in millivolts/g
and read both static and dynamic acceleration. There’s
no need for charge or voltage amplifiers. Calibrations
are traceable toThe National Bureau of Standards.

Write Entran Devices, Inc., 10 Washington Ave.,
Fairfield, NJ 07006 Phone 201 /227-1 002, Telex 1 30-361 .

$ 2 ggoo

Tiny and feather-light, EGA-1 25-D.

This accelerometer weighs only one half a gram.

Is less than 0.006 cu. inches in volume. Yet gives you
static & dynamic readings of acceleration, vibration
and shock. And comes with .7 critical damping to
eliminate resonance. (“D” is for “damped.”)

Typical ranges

±5g

±10g

±50g

±100g

±500g

Sensitivity nom.

15 mV/g

12 mV/g

4 mV/g

2.5 mV/g

0.5 mV/g

Useful frequency nom.

150 Hz

200 Hz

500 Hz

600 Hz

1200 Hz

Excitation: 15V, Weight: Vz gram without leads, Linearity: :
5 other mounting styles available at no extra charge.

Tiny but tough, EGC-500DS.

Guaranteed overrange of 1000%. And only a half
inch cube to boot.

Static & dynamic measurements of acceleration,
vibration and shock in ranges from 5 to 1,000 g.

Fully damped to eliminate resonance and fitted with
mechanical stops to impede overload response.

Typical ranges

± 5g

±10g

. ± 50g

±100g

±500g

Sensitivity nom.

25 mV/g

20 mV/g

4 mV/g

2 mV/g

0.5 mV/g

Useful frequency

150 Hz

200 Hz

600 Hz

1000 Hz

1500 Hz

Excitation: 15V, Damping: 0.7 cr. nom., Linearity: ± 1%

Output impedance: 450 Cl nom., Input impedance: 1000 nom.
Size: 0.5" x 0.5" 0.6" width, 10-32UNF tapped hole

Entran Accelerometers.

(Today, miniature makes sense.)

Cali (201) 227-1002

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2473

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

TRANSDUCERS
& SYSTEMS

Twin Lakes Road / P.D, Box 1B5
North Branford CT 06471
[203] <431-5721 / TWX 710-452-3092

TRANSDUCERS
S SYSTEMS

OUR PRECISION PRODUCTS INCLUDE:

LINEAR VARIABLE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSDUCERS

• DC in/DC out or AC in/ AC out

• High accuracy and stability

• Low input power :<300mWdc

• ±0.02” to ±10.00” full scale

MDP/SD LVDTs provide self-contained signal conditioning.
MA/MDP models offer small size, high accuracy, and high
sensitivity. SA/SD models allow higher ranges and
ruggedized design.

PROXIMITY SENSORS/SWITCHES

• High repeatability These inductive sensors are available for DC and for AC

• 0.004” to 0.25” full scale applications. High accuracy and repeatability provide

• Sizes from 0.2” dia. excellent performance under continuous monitoring

• AC/DC/switch types conditions.

PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS ~

•Ranges from 1 to 2,000 psi PT Series LVDT-type pressure transducers offer a broad

• AC and DC models selection of ranges, low hysteresis error and high linearity.

• High linearity and accuracy Voltage, current, or frequency outputs are available.

• High repeatability

LOW RANGE FORCE/WEIGHT TRANSDUCERS

• AC and DC models Applications include laboratory use, biomedical and

• Tension/compression pharmaceutical measurements, high speed weighing, aero/

from ±10 gms full range hydrodynamic modeling, and others where precise determin-

• 20ms full load response ation of low range forces is necessary. Closed loop versions

are also available.

LINEAR VELOCITY TRANSDUCERS

• 0.5” to 20.0” ranges These LVTs provide outputs directly proportional to the

• Single-piece high flux- rate of change of an object’s position. The output also

density magnetic core indicates the direction of motion. Rugged construction

• 1000 ips capability assures high tolerance to shock and vibration.

ROTARY VARIABLE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSFORMERS “

•AC and DC models These angular position LVDTs offer unlimited rotation and

• Unlimited rotation non-contact measuring. They are available in AC and DC

• ±60° linear range models, and with an independent stator and rotor.

• Infinite resolution

ACCELEROMETERS

• ±1G to ±100G full scale
•0.1% typical lineari ty

• ±5Vdc full scale output
•AC models available

• Sizes from 0.625” dia.

INCLINOMETERS

• ±1° to ±90° full scale These inclinometers provide a DC output proportional to

• Measure to 0.1 second of arc the sine of the angle of tilt, resolving changes in angle as

• Linearity to ±0.02% small as 0.1 second of arc, and changes in tilt as low as

•AC models available 0.000006 inch/foot. AC and closed loop version also available.

SIGNAL CONDITIONING MODULES & CONTROL BOXES

Signal conditioning modules for our AC-LVDTs, and all of our AC transducers, are available for AC or
DC inputs/outputs, with options such as zero adjustment ranges to 100%, output currents to 500mA,
preset limits, frequency outputs, and a choice of several methods of interconnection. Control boxes, in-
cluding digital displays, printers, and other output instrumentation are also available.

These small, rugged accelerometers offer high accuracy and
good frequency response. Self-contained signal conditioning
provides high output. Also available are closed loop
(force-balance) models with higher accuracies and extended
frequency response.

AND SYSTEMS

TRANSDUCERS AND SYSTEMS INC.

A PRIME TECHNOLOGY COMPANY

1*2474

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

ITEK ENCODERS ON TARGET: HIGH PERFORMANCE IN A SMALL PACKAGE

Individual data sheets of any Itek Absolute and Incremental encoder or display are immediately available on request.
Modifications to your specific encoder requirements can be accommodated.

s O NheroSerles) Ultra-Small Absolute Encoders For Military Fire Control

* (6) . ... . . „

- (R)

SIZE (Ir

iches)

RESOLUTION (QUANTA/REV.)

MODEL

O.D.

SHAFT DIAM.

BINARY (2**)

BCD

ft S_/16

1.6

.25

12

13

14

15

6.4K

ft S_/23

2.3

.25

13

14

15

16

Features: Small Size •High Accuracy • Direct Digital Transducer • Absolute Whole Word Output

• MIL Environments— Gun, Ship, Aircraft, Spacecraft (Vibration 20g, Shock lOOOg, 0.8ms) • LED Illuminators .High Reliability.

SOUD SHAFT

I

Rotary

SIZE

(Inches)

Model O.D. Shaft
Diam.

1 15 1 1.5 1.187

IIVVUUA0 AUA

Absolute Encoders

Resolution (Quanta/Rei
Binary (2 XX )

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9 wmmmm

/•)

BCD

Resolution (€
Binary (2 XX )

Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl

8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1

Rotary Incremental Encoders

Duanta/Rev.)

Decimal

Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl I I I I

0.5K 1 1 .OK 1 1.8X1 2.0K 1 3.6K 1 4.0K 1 5.0K 1 6.4X1 8.0K 1 1 1 1 1

1 23 1 2.3 1 .25

if 1 12 1 13 1 16 1 17 1 111 10 1 20

1

1 1 1 1 1 1

| | | | | | | | || | | |

1 35 1 3.5 1.375

mm Pit! I All ■TIBI IKM

s | s

3.6K I 36K

Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl c
13 1 14 15 10 1 17 18 i 19

Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl c

2 OK 1 32K 1 36K 1 40K 1 50K 1 64K 1 72K llOOKll28KliaOKl200Kl320Kl360K|640K

HI

i rr-

1 55 1 5.5 1 .75

iiHiilH

i

Cl Cl Cl Cl S| 1

16 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 1

1 60 1 6.0 1 2.25

s 1 s 1 s 1 s 1 s 1 I I

16 17 18 | 19 20 1

i

1 1 1 1 1 1

mnnniini

1 100 llO.ol 2.75

S I s
36K 1 3B0K

Cl Cl Cl Cl SI I

17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 1 1

inviiiiKKim

1 106 1 lO.ol 6.0

si si si si si si I

16 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 1 1

s I s

38KI360K

C 1 C 1 C 1 C 1 S 1 1

17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 1 1

360kI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

P 1 117 1 ll.ol 7.0

n

MINI

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 158 1 1 5.0 1 8.0

1

H

» c UfUfl 1 1 1

00— Outside Diameter ID— Inside Diameter C— Self-contained Electronics

S— Separate electronic enclosure T— 2 speed geared paired configurations

Features: • Parallel whole word unambiguous output

• T TL/DTL compatible • Resolution to 0.31 arc-seconds
(22 bits) • Highest accuracies available anywhere

• Operating temperature -40° to +71°C • Military
Specification rated • Instant on-the-fly readout • LED light
sources • Separate Electronics— no electronics in optical
unit (thru-hole systems)

Available Options: • Serial readout • Line driver output

• Redundancy • Chrome slit and disc (standard on size 23
and size 158) • Binary lamp display • Subtractor card for
electronic zeroing

Environmental Ratings. All DIGISEC® encoders are designed to meet rigid
military specifications. The following environmental specifications are typical,
Temperature, -40° to +71°C Vibration, 10-20g Humidity, O to 98%
Shock, 50g, 11 milliseconds (higher on solid shaft models)

Features: • Quadrature square wave or pulse output, zero index

• T TL/DTL compatible • Resolution to 0.31 arc-seconds (22 bits)

• Self-contained electronics • Operating temperature -40° to +71 °C

• Military Specification rated • LED light sources

Available Options: • Line driver output • Pigtail cable

• Square wave or pulse output

OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS

OUTPUT CHANNEL

m

| {*■ RESOLUTION

. \ QUADRATURE

P f SQUARE WAVE

0 > OUTPUTS

PULSE OUTPUT (CW)

PULSE OUTPUT (CCW)

ZERO INDEX PULSE

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ■ 1

cw-HIk-ccw

CCW * ROTATION * CW

Type

■Spacecraft Encoders: Absolute & Incremental.

Diam. (Inches) Resolution (Quanta/Rev.) Accuracy Weight (lbs.) Power (watts) Features

RA21/1510

Absolute

15.0

2 2 '

2.6 sec

20.0

3.0

lO Inch Thru-hole

Electrical Redundancy.

RA 18/60

Absolute

6.0

2"

10.0 sec

8.5

3.0

Elect. & Mech. Redundancy.

RI13/35

Incremental

3.5

2' 3

2.6 min

3.0

2.0

Commutator Outputs.

RI20/63

Incremental

6.3

220

1.5 sec

1.7

0.5

Unhoused. Commutator Outputs.

RI36K/40

Incremental

4.0

36,000

2.5 sec

3.0

0.3

Electrical Redundancy.

RI14.4K/23

Incremental

2.3

14,000

1.5 min

.75

0.4

Commutator Outputs.

Features: LED Illuminators • Resolution to 0.31 Arc Seconds (22 Bits) • Highest Accuracy Available Anywhere. Available with bearings (housed) or without (unhoused).

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Itek Measurement Systems

A Division of Itek Corporation

27 Christina Street Newton, Massachusetts 02161 Telephone: 617-969-7300 TWX: 710-335-6783

Itek

Write or call Dept.E

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2475

CORPORATION (B

20869 PLUMMER STREET, P.0. BOX 2319, CHATSWORTH, CA 91311
TELEPHONE (213) 882-2400 • TELEX 65-1481

Providing excellent performance at minimum cost,
the P600 Series is intended for custom, OEM pres-
sure measurement applications. This series features
exceptional repeatability, low hysteresis, accurate
operation over a broad temperature range, and the
ability to perform without zero shift when subjected
to high overpressures. These characteristics, com-
bined with long term stability, make the series ideal
for microprocessor-based applications.

Key to the uniform performance and low cost fea-
tures of this series is Kavlico’s patented ceramic
sensing element with its integral signal conditioning
that employs a reliable solid state, custom hybrid

circuit. Temperature compensation and calibration is
provided, through use of computer-controlled laser
trimming of hybrid circuit components. As a result,
uniformity from unit-to-unit is assured and there is
no need for adjustment or recalibration by the user.
In addition, the P600 Series maintains repeatable
performances even after extraordinary overpressures,
which has been demonstrated in over five years of
automotive sevice.

The P600 Series provides a high level output voltage,
permitting it to interface easily with a variety of cir-
cuits, indicators, or alarms. In addition, its ratio-

SPECIFICATIONS AT 25°C (77°F)
MODEL P650

I ll

DnOHEiliB

lEsxjasiiil

50 I V/lmSei

20X

10X

10X Rated
Pressure
2X
IX

50X

10X

10X Rated

PARAMETER

Full Scale Output
Null Offset

Span*

Linearity(BestFit)

Hysteresis

Repeatability
Temperature Error
(—30° to +100°C)
Null

Span

Stability (1 year)
Supply Voltage

got

Supply Current
(Quiescent)

10K Load

EMI Change In
Output Due to RF
Field of 200V/M,
lOKHzto 1GHz (By
Special Order)
Transient Voltage

On Vs

Pressure Overload
0-5, 0-15 PS I
0-30 PS I
0-75, 0-150 PS I
Burst Pressure
0-5, 0-15 PS1
0-30 PS I
0-75, 0-150 PS I

STANDARD
PRESSURE RANGE

wtmnmm mwmwmwbM i

— CfflE— ISgtCT KW-lil I

PARAMETER

Full Scale Output 5.9 5.92-6.08

(Pos. Pressure)

Null Offset

±1, ±5 PSID 3.9 3.92-4.08

0-1, 0-5, 0-15 PSID 2.35 2.4-2.6

0-1 PSIG, 0-5, 0-15 1.9 1.92-2.08

Span*

±1, ±5 PSID 1.8 1.84-2.16

0-1, 0-5, 0-15 PSID 3.2 3.32-3.68

0-1 PSIG, 0-5, 0-15 3.8 3.84-4.16

Linearity(BestFit) ±0.3

Hysteresis ±0.003

Repeatability ±0.005

Temperature Error
(-30° to +100°C)

Null ±1.6 ±3.0 %Span

Span ±1.0 ±1.5 %Span

Stability (1 year) ±1.0 %Span

Supply Voltage 7.5 15 VDC i± , . ,, ^g. , ±£i WP »u “' I

(Vs)t Hysteresis

"Supply Current 8 15 mA Repeatability

!SH'? scent > Temperature Error

10K Load (—30° to +100°C)

EMI Change In ±0.2 ±1.0 VDC

Output Due to RF
Field of 200V/M,
lOKHzto 1GHz (By

Special Order)

Transient Voltage ~50 V/l mSei

On V s

CommonMode 15 PSI

Pressure

Pressure Overload

(Pos. Pressure)** Output Due to RF

±1, ±5 PSID 20X Field of 200V/M,

0-1, 0-5, 0-15 PSID 10X lOKHz to/lGHz

0-1 PSIG, 0-5, 0-15 10X Rated TrVr ^ P n f VnltagP

(Neg. Pressure) Pressure Trans, ent Voltage

±1, ±5 PSID 2X

0-1, 0-5, 0-15 PSID IX Pressure Overload

0-1 PSIG, 0-5, 0-15 0-5, 0-15 PSI

Burst Pressure ' n i?o°o w*

(Pos. Pressure)** n'Jnnipl? 0,

±1, ±5 PSID 50X 0-500 T PSI

0-1, 0-5, 0-15 PSID 10X Burst Pressure

0-1 PSIG, 0-5, 0-15 10X Rated 0-5, 0-15 PSI 20X

(Neg. Pressure) Pressure 0-30, 0-75 PSI 10X

±1, ±5 PSID 2X 0-150,0-300, 2.5X

0-1, 0-5, 0-15 PSI Dl IX 0-500tPSI __

* Span is the Algebraic Difference Between End Points (Null Offset and Full Scale Output)
t 5VDC Vs Available by Special Order, Contact Kavlico
**RATING SUBJECT TO USERS MOUNTING DESIGN

Null Offset

Span*

Linearity(BestFit)
Hysteresis
Repeatability
Temperature Error
(-30° to +100°C)
Null

Span

Stability (1 year)
Supply Voltage
(Vs)i

Supply Current
(Quiescent)

10K Load
EMI-Standard All
Models Change in
Output Due to RF
Field of 200V/M,
lOKHz tolGHz

1.92 1,96-2.04
3.84 3.96-4.04
±0.3
±0.003
±0.005

2.08 VDC 1
0.16 VDC
±0.5 %Span
±0.01 %Span
±0.05 %Span

.±3.0 %Span
±1.5 %Span
%Span
15 VDC

±1.0 VDC

Transient Voltage
On Vs

50

V/l mSec

Pressure Overload
0-5, 0-15 PS I

0-30, 0-75 PSI

0-150, 0-300,

0-500 t PSI

■

„

10X

5X

2X

1.2Xt

Rated

Pressure

Burst Pressure

0-5, 0-15 PSI

0-30, 0-75 PSI

0-150, 0-300,

20X

10X

2.5X

Rated

Pressure

metric output is ideal for digital monitoring. By
using the supply voltage as the reference for the
conversion circuit, measurement accuracy is main-
tained regardless of supply voltage variations.

The P600 Series provides a choice of rugged die cast
aluminum or high dielectric strength Valox housings.
Seal materials are available to meet a variety of
applications.

In electrically noisy environments, reliability and
performance are assured with protection against
electromagnetic interference (EMI) and line voltage
transients as a standard feature on most models.

SPECIFICATIONS AT 25°C
MODEL 652

@ STANDARD
9 VDC

PARAMETER

Full Scale Output
(Pos. Pressure)
±10"H 2 0, ±0.5,
±1.0 PSID
0-0.5, 0-1 PSIG
Null Offset
±10"H 2 0, ±0.5,
±1.0 PSID
0-0.5, 0-1 PSIG
Span*

±10" H 2 0, ±0.5,
±1.0 PSID
Q-0.5, 0-1 PSIG
Linearity(BestFit)
±10" H 2 0, ±0.5,
±1.0 PSID
Q-0.5, 0-1 PSIG

Hysteresis

Repeatability
Temperature Error
(-10° to +60°C)

STANDARD
PRESSURE RANGE

Full Scale Output
(Pos. Pressure)

Null Offset
±10" H 2 0, ±0.5,
±1.0 PS i D
Q-0.5, 0-1 PSIG
Span*

±10" H 2 0, ±0.5,
±1.0 PSID
Q-0.5, 0-1 PSIG
Linearity(BestFit)

Hysteresis

Repeatability
Temperature Error
(-10° to +80°C)
Null

Span

Stability (6 mos.)
Supply Volt (Vs)!/
Supply Current
(Quiescent)

10K Load

EMI-Standard All
Models Change in
Output Due toRF
Field of 200V/M,
10KHZ to 1GHz
Transient Voltage ~

On Vs

Pressure Overload
(Pos. Pressure)
(Neg. Pressure)
Burst Pressure
(Pos. Pressure)
(Neg. Pressure)
±10" H 2 0,

±0.5, ±1.0 PSID

■nnsml

5X Pressure

le^K^igsi

1-2476

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

CQ-030 XCQ-080 Series Smallest
available pressure transducers. Diaphragm
diameters from .030" to .080" (.76mm to
2mm). High frequency. Bulletin: KU-1000B

CQ-140 XCQ-152 Series Diaphragm

diameter .140" to .155" (3.1mm to 3.5mm).
Excellent dynamic and solid-state charac-
teristics. Bulletin: KU-1000B

XT XTM Series Thread mount pressure
transducers may be supplied with either sil-
icon or metal diaphragms, allow user ease of
mounting while retaining high performance of
CQ Series. Bulletin: KM-1000C & KS-1000B

‘Quantity discounts available.

r

VQ- 250

SVQ-500

VQ SVQ Series Scanivalve compatible
pressure transducers for use where steady
state accuracy is of prime importance.
Bulletin: KPS-VQ-3C

ET ETM Series Smallest available pres-
sure transducer with built-in amplifier and sig-
nal conditioning. Flight qualified for use on
aircraft and missiles. Available in 3- and
4-wire versions. Bulletin: KM-1000C
& KS-1000B

HKM HEM Series High pressure trans-
ducers with metal diaphragm compatible with
most pressure medias — high temperature
operation +500°F ( + 26CLC) Bulletin:
KM-1000C

LQ SeriesThin-line pressure transducer for
use on turbine blade and airfoil applications.
Bulletin: LQ-3C

Fmodel

f NO.

RANGE

PSI (A), (G). (D)

INPUT

VDC

OUTPUT

FS

(NOM) (mV)

NON-LINEARITY
AND HYSTERESIS

%

EXCITATION

1 ' ■" '

OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
RANGE (°F)

NATURAL
FREQUENCY
(APPROX) KHz

UNIT^
PRICE* ]

VQ-250

SVQ-500

5-2000 A, G, D

10, 20

50-100

±0.3

lOVDCto

20VDC

0 to 250

VEM to 525

70-200

$425

$395

HKM-375

HEM-375

25-30,000 A, G

10

75

±1

10VDC/AC

0 to 250
-65 to 500

50-395

$415

$575

ET-375

ETM-375

5-200 A, G
25-20,000 A, G

28 ± 4

5,000

±1

28VDC ± 4VDC

-65 to 250

70-200

50-395

$725

$725

LQ-080

25-200 G

5

65-100

±0.5

5VDC/AC

0 to 250

230-590

$440

. LQ- 1 25
VLE-125

5-500 G
25-500 G

10, 20
10, 15

55-100

±0.5

±1

5 VDC/ AC

0 to 250
-65 to 525

70-350

100-350

$395

$700 y

‘Quantity discounts available.

<§>

kulite

KULITE SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS INC. 1039 Hoyt Avenue, Ridgefield, New Jersey 07657 Telephone: (201) 945-3000

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2477

WONDERFILE !

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards. so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

Litton

INCREMENTAL

ENCODERS

MODEL 70
Optical
Industrial

MODEL 75
Size 8

MODEL 81
Low Cost

1.5" dla.

MODEL 82
Low Cost

2.2" dia.

LI

Litton

absolute

mm

MODEL 76
Low Cost Optical

2.5" dia.

SIZE 23 & 35
Optical

Commercial &
Military

SIZE 23 & 35
Optical

Commercial &
Military

Multi-Turn
Heavy Duty

4.3" dia.

MODULAR

MODEL 720
Incremental
Optical

2" dia.

SIZE 60

6" dia.

MODEL 715
Incremental
Optical

1.5" dia.

Motor/Encoder

Package

Absolute

Optical

2" dia.

SEND FOR
FREE
CATALOG

SPECIALS / CUSTOM DESIGN

Absolute

Military

Aerospace

TRACKBALL

Commercial &
Military
4" sq.

New! Low Cost
TRACKBALL

Commercial
3" sq.

PIN CONTACT
DETENTED
SWITCH

m

Litton

EEM 1983

As world leader, we have designed and manufactured encoders to meet
the full spectrum of user applications ranging from the simplest, low cost
modular encoders to the sophisticated encoders for military and NASA
requirements.

If you need data on our products or assistance in selecting the right
encoder for your application, please contact:

The Marketing Department
Litton Encoder Division

ENCODER DIVISION Chatsworth, California 91311

Telephone (213) 341-6161 TWX 91 0-494-1 229

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*2479

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

MICRO SWITCH

PRESSURE SENSORS

MICRO SWITCH solid state pressure sensors are ideally
suited to applications that require exact measurement
of pressure. They provide the important benefits of
repeatability, low hysteresis, and long term stability.
The sensing element in each sensor is a square silicon

NON-SIGNAL CONDITIONED SENSORS

There are four series of non-signal conditioned sensors.
They provide a low level output (typically 40 to 250 mV).
Each series includes the basic sensor version, and a

chip with integral sensing diaphragm and ion implanted
piezoresistors. Pressure applied on the diaphragm
causes it to flex, changing the resistance, which results
in an output proportional to pressure.

version with laser trimmed resistors (for close toler-
ances on null and sensitivity) and a thermistor for
limited temperature compensation.

120PC series are small plastic packages equipped with
printed circuit board terminals. 124PC is the basic sen-
sor, and 126PC is trimmed and has limited temperature
compensation.

150PC

150PC series are specifically designed to measure
flow-thru pressure media. The remote pressure refer-
ence is inside the termination cable. 154PC is the basic
sensor, while 156PC is trimmed and temperature com-
pensated.

Series

Pressure

Range

(psi)

Type*

Full Scale
Output
(F.S.O.)**

Electrical

Excitation

124PC

0-5

D

115 mV ±35

10 VDC

BBS

D

250 mV ±75

or 2 mA

m

D

195 mV ±85

126PC

0-5

D

50 mV ±1.5

16 VDC

0-15

D

100 mV ±1.5

max.

0-30

D

79 mV ±4

130PC

130PC series are miniature plastic packages, also
equipped with printed circuit board terminals. 134PC
is the basic sensor version. 136PC and 137PC are
trimmed and temperature compensated. 136PC is volt-
age excited, while 137PC is current excited.

Pressure

Range

(psi)

Type*

Full Scale
Output
(F.S.O.)**

Electrical

Excitation

154PC

KH

WEm

115 mV ±35

10 VDC

n

99 mV ±41

or 2 mA

■EEEH

195 mV ±85

156PC

H9

Efl

250 mV ±75

14 VDC

40 mV ±1.5

max.

HESSfli

G

79 mV ±4

230PC

230PC series are stainless steel housed Gage type sen-
sors, compatible with a wide range of pressure media.
The atmospheric pressure reference is inside the termi-
nation cable to reduce the chance of contaminants
entering the enclosure.

Series

Pressure

Range

(psi)

Type*

Full Scale
Output
(F.S.O.)**

Electrical

Excitation

Pressure

Range

(psi)

Type*

Full Scale
Output
(F.S.O.)**

Electrical

Excitation

134PC

0-5

115 mV ±35

10 VDC

234PC

0-15

G

250 mV ±75

10 VDC

0-15

■

250 mV ±75

or 2 mA

0-30

G

195 mV ±85

or 2 mA

0-30

■

195 mV ±85

0-60

G

135 mV ±45

136PC

0-5

50 mV ±1.5

16 VDC

0-100

G

225 mV ±75

0-15

is

100 mV ±1.5

max.

236PC

0-15

G

100 mV ±1.5

16 VDC

0-30

1

79 mV ±4

0-30

G

79 mV ±4

max.

0-5

50 mV ±1.5

2 mA max.

0-60

G

60 mV ±2

0-15

■S&

100 mV ±1.5

0-100

G

100 mV ±2

0-30

79 mV ±4

* Type: A — Absolute; D — Differential; G — Gage.

** F.S.O. is the algebraic difference between end points (output at minimum and maximum pressure).

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

1*2480

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

MICRO SWITCH

SIGNAL CONDITIONED SENSORS

The three signal conditioned series provide amplified
high-level outputs (5V or ±2.5V). They are hybrid 1C
devices, with integral temperature compensation cir-

PRESSURE SENSORS

cuitry optimized on each unit as part of the calibration
procedure. Null and full scale output are similarly con-
trolled.

140PC

140PC series are plastic packages, equipped with
printed circuit board terminals (color-coded leadwires
are optional). They may be used to measure positive
pressures, or for positive/negative pressure measure-
ment, This series includes a two-wire pressure-to-cur-
rent transducer, which senses industry standard 3-15
psi and provides a 4-20 mA output proportional to
pressure.

160PC

160PC series pressure sensors measure extremely low
pressures, and feature high reliability. The package is
similar to the 140PC series.

Series

Pressure

Range

(psi)

Type*

Full Scale
Output
(F.S.O.)**

Electrical

Excitation

'142PC

0-5

5VDC±.15

7-16 VDC

■

A, D, G

1 VDC Null

A, D.G

143PC

■

D

±2.5 VDC

7-1 6 VDC

D,G

3.5 VDC Null

D,G

149PC

3-15

D

4-20 mA

10-40 VDC

Series

Pressure

Range

(psi)

Type*

Full Scale
Output
(F.S.O.)**

Electrical

Excitation

162PC

0-1

D, G

5 VDC ±.20

1 VDC Null

4.8-12 VDC

163PC

±5" H 2 0

D, G

164 PC

0-10" H 2 0

D, G

240PC series sense positive pressures up to 250 psi, in
addition to positive/negative pressures up to ±15 psi.
They are protected by die-cast aluminum housings with
0-ring sealing for contamination resistance.

Series

Pressure

Range

(psi)

Type*

Full Scale
Output
(F.S.O.)**

Electrical

Excitation

242PC

0-15

G

5 VDC ±.20

7-16 VDC

0-30

G

1 VDC Null

0-60

G

0-100

G

0-150

G

0-250

G

243PC

±2.5

G

±2.5 VDC

7-16 VDC

±5

G

3.5 VDC Null

±15

G

Request MICRO SWITCH PC literature
for specifications and Order Guides.

* Type: A — Absolute; D — Differential; G — Gage.

** F.S.O. is the algebraic difference between end points
(output at minimum and maximum pressures).

MICRO SWITCH, a Honeywell division

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2481

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

OSI

AC WATT TRANSDUCER pcs series

SINGLE PHASE 50/60 Hz MODELS

SUPPLIED WITH
INTERNAL SENSOR

MODEL

NUMBER

PC5-

EFFECTIVE RANGE

WATTS AT
RATED

OUTPUT 1mA

CURRENT

SENSOR

VOLTS

AMPS

IB

0 to 150

0 to 5

500W

Internal

2B

0 to 300

0 to 5

1KW

Internal

3B

0 to 600

0 to 5

2KW

Internal

10B

0 to 150

OtolO

1KW

Internal

1 1 B

0 to 300

OtolO

2KW

Internal

12B

0 to 600

OtolO

4KW

Internal

19B

0 to 150

0 to 15

1.5KW

Internal

20B

0 to 300

0 to 15

3KW

Internal

21 B

0 to 600

0 to 15

6KW

Internal

103B

0 to 150

0 to 1

100W

Internal

104B

0 to 300

0 to 1

200W

Internal

105B

0 to 600

0 to 1

500W

Internal

106B

0 to 150

0 to 2.5

250W

Internal

107B

0 to 300

0 to 2.5

500W

Internal

108B

0 to 600

0 to 2.5

1000W

Internal

SUPPLIED WITH
CURRENT TRANSDUCERS

28B

0 to 150

Oto 50

5KW

ct

29B

0 to 300

Oto 50

10KW

ct

30B

0 to 600

Oto 50

20 KW

ct

31 B

0 to 150

Oto 100

10KW

c

32B

0 to 300

Oto 100

20KW

c

33B

0 to 600

Oto 100

40KW

c

34B

0 to 150

0 to 200

20 KW

D

35B

0 to 300

0 to 200

40 KW

D

36B

0 to 600

0 to 200

80 KW

D

37B

Oto 150

0 to 400

40KW

D

38B

0 to 300

0 to 400

80KW

D

39B

0 to 600

0 to 400

160KW

D

40B

Oto 150

0 to 600

60 KW

E

41 B

0 to 300

0 to 600

120KW

E

42B

0 to 600

0 to 600

240KW

E

43B

Oto 150

Oto IK

100KW

E

44B

Oto 300

Oto IK

200KW

E

45B

0 to 600

Oto IK

400KW

E

46B

Oto 150

Oto 2K

200 KW

E

47B

0 to 300

Oto 2K

400 KW

- E

48B

0 to 600

Oto 2K

800KW

E

SUPPLIED WITH

CURRENT TRAN

SFORMERS

49B

Oto 150

Oto 50

5KW

Wf

50B

0 to 300

Oto 50

10KW

wt

51 B

0 to 600

Oto 50

20KW

wt

58B

Oto 150

Oto 100

10KW

W

59B

0 to 300

Oto 100

20 KW

W

60B

0 to 600

Oto 100

40KW

W

67B

Oto 150

0 to 200

20KW

W

68B

0 to 300

0 to 200

40KW

W

69B

0 to 600

Oto 200

80KW

w

76B

Oto 150

0 to 400

40KW

X

77B

0 to 300

0 to 400

80KW

X

78B

0 to 600

0 to 400

160KW

X

85B

Oto 150

0 to 600

60 KW

X

86B

0 to 300

0 to 600

120KW

X

87B

0 to 600

0 to 600

240 KW

X

94B

Oto 150

Oto IK

100KW

Y

95B

0 to 300

Oto IK

200KW

Y

96B

0 to 600

Oto IK

400KW

Y

NOTE: t Indicates 2 turns thru the external transducer or transformer window.

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• Accurate measurement of electric power consumed
by equipment

• Accurate for any conditions of phase, voltage
unbalance, current unbalance and power factor

• Output is proportional to true power delivered
to the load

• Transducers with sensors internal and C, D, & E
provide excellent current transient response for
measuring SCR controls, chopped waveforms or
application where harmonics are present

• Highly-accurate, without worrying about the
inaccuracies of current transformer^ and potential
transformers

• Split sensors available

• Current sensors are included and are calibrated with
the watt transducer (where required)

• For interface with meters, recorders, data loggers,
computer or other instrumentation, select options
“A” through “F”

• Wide frequency range: 48 to 70 Hz

• Standard 1 mA output, other options available

P5 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS:

INPUT:

Voltage: See Tables. .

Current: See Tables
Frequency Range: 50 to 70 Hz
Power Factor Range: Any

Response (Transient 90%): <100 microseconds with
models using internal sensors or sensors C, D, or E
1 millisecond with models using current sensors
W, X, and Y

Burden:

Voltage: 1.25 VA
Current: 1.25 VA
Option Amplifier: 2 Watts

Current Overload:

1 thru 15 Ampere models and those using current
sensors W, X, and Y

2 times rating (continuous)

6 times rating (10 sec)

Models using external current sensors C, D and E
50 times rating (continuous)

Dielectric Test: (Input/Output/ Case): 1500 VAC (RMS)
Surge: Withstands IEEE SWC Test

Specifications continued on next page

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #983

OHIO SEMITRONICS, INC.

DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212
PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

1*2482

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

SPECIFICATIONS (cont.):

OUTPUT:

B: Standard, 1 mA DC at Rated Output
(Requires 115 VAC instrument power)

Option A: 1 mA DC at Rated Output (See Note 1)
Option C: 10 VDC at Rated Output (See Note 1)

Option D: 10 VDC at Rated Output (Requires 115 VAC
instrument power)

Option E: 4-20 mA DC. 20 mA DC at Rated Output,

4 mA DC at Zero

Millivolt Options Available Consult Factory
Output Ripple: <1% of R.O.

Output Calibration: The output is proportional to real
power delivered to the load. P = El cos <t>

Response Time: 250 milliseconds
Output Loading:

Standard Model: 0-10K ohms
Options A: 0-1 OK ohms
Options C & D: >2K ohms .

Option E: 0-1500 ohms
Calibration Adjustment Range: ±10% Min.

Temperature Effect (-10°C to +60°C): ±1% of Reading,
±0.1% R.O.

ACCURACY:

±0.5% at Rated Output

(including power factor, linearity, repeatability initial
set point, and current sensor).

NOTE (1) Self powered input voltage ranges for models with options A and
C are limited as follows: 85 to 135V for 0 to 150V models 200 to 280V for
0 to 300V models, and 380 to 550V for 0 to 600V models.

3 PHASE 3 WIRE 50/60 Hz MODELS

SUPPLIED WITH |S3t

INTERNAL SENSOR ^

MODEL

NUMBER

EFFECTIVE RANGE

WATTS AT
RATED

CURRENT

PCS-

VOLTS

AMPS

OUTPUT 1mA

SENSOR*

4B*

Oto 150

Oto 5

1KW

Internal

5B

0 to 300

Oto 5

2KW

Internal

6B

0 to 600

Oto 5

4KW

Internal

13B*

Oto 150

Oto 10

2KW

Internal

14B

0 to 300

Oto 10

4KW

Internal

15B

0 to 600

Oto 10

8KW

Internal

22B*

Oto 150

Oto 15

3KW

Internal

23B

0 to 300

Oto 15

6KW

Internal

24B

0 to 600

Oto 15

12KW

Internal

SUPPLIED WITH HL fft fiSl

CURRENT TRANSDUCERS ■■

31-2B*

Oto 150

Oto 100

20 KW

Ct

32-2B

0 to 300

Oto 100

40 KW

ct

33-2B

0 to 600

Oto 100

80KW

Ct

34-2 Bt

Oto 150

0 to 200

20 KW

D

35-2B

0 to 300

0 to 200

40 KW

D

36-2B

0 to 600

0 to 200

80KW

D

37-2B*

Oto 150

0 to 400

40 KW

D

38-2B

0 to 300

0 to 400

80 KW

D

39-2B

0 to 600

0 to 400

160KW

D

SUPPLIED WITH
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

52Bt

Oto 150

0 to 50

10KW

wt

53B

0 to 300

Oto 50

20 KW

wt

54B .

0 to 600

Oto 50

40 KW

wt

61 Bt

Oto 150

Oto 100

20 KW

W

62B

0 to 300

Oto 100

40 KW

W

63B

0 to 600

Oto 100

80KW

W

70Bt

Oto 150

0 to 200

40KW

W

71 B

0 to 300

0 to 200

80 KW

W

72B

0 to 600

0 to 200

160KW

W

79Bt

Oto 150

0 to 400

80 KW

X

80B

0 to 300

0 to 400

160KW

X

81 B

0 to 600

0 to 400

320 KW

X

88Bt

Oto 150

0 to 600

120KW

X

89B

0 to 300

0 to 600

240 KW

X

90B

Oto 600

0 to 600

480 KW

X

97Bt

Oto 150

Oto IK

200 KW

Y

98B

0 to 300

Oto IK

400 KW

Y

99B

0 to 600

Oto IK

800KW

Y

* 50 Amps and above, 2 External Sensors supplied.
t May be used in 120V, 10, 3 Wire Edison Systems.

NOTE: t indicates 2 turns thru the external transducer or transformer window.

SUPPLIED WITH
INTERNAL SENSOR

3 PHASE 4 WIRE 50/60 Hz MODELS a g*

SUPPLIED WITH "M
^ CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

B

mmmmm

WATTS AT
RATED
OUTPUT 1mA

CURRENT

SENSOR**

7B

Oto 150 Oto 5

1.5KW

Internal

8B

Oto 300 Oto 5

3KW

Internal

16B

Oto 150 Oto 10

3KW

Internal

17B

Oto 300 Oto 10

6KW

Internal

25B

Oto 150 Oto 15

4.5 KW

Internal

26B

Oto 300 Oto 15

9KW

Internal

** 50 Amps and above, 3 External Sensors supplied,
t Indicates 2 turns through external transformer window.

55B

0

to

150

0

to

50

56B

0

to

300

0

to

50

64 B

0

to

150

0

to

100

65 B

0

to

300

0

to

100

73B

0

to

150

0

to

200

74B

0

to

300

0

to

200

82B

0

to

150

0

to

400

83 B

0

to

300

0

to

400

91 B

0

to

150

0

to

600

92B

0

to

300

0

to

600

100B

0

to

150

0

to

IK

101B

0

to

300

0

to

IK

WATTS AT

CURRENT

OUTPUT 1mA

SENSOR**

15KW

wt

30 KW

wt

30 KW

w

60KW

w

60KW

w

120KW

w

82B 0 to 150 0 to 400 120KW

83 B 0 to 300 0 to 400 240KW

91 B 0 to 150 0 to 600 180KW

92B 0 to 300 0 to 600 360KW

100B 0 to 150 0 to IK 300KW

101B 0 to 300 1 OtolK 600 KW

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #983

OHIO SEMITRONICS, INC.

DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212
PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2483

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

OSI

ELECTRONIC PRECISION AC VAR TRANSDUCER evs series

ACCURACY ±0.2% OF READING

SINGLE PHASE 60 Hz MODELS

MODEL

NO.

EV5-

EFFECTIVE RANGE

VARS AT
RATED *
OUTPUT
(1 mA)

CONNECTION

ELEMENTS

VOLTS

AMPS

IB

0 to 150

0 to 6.25

500

102W

1

2B

0 to 300

Oto 6.25

IK.

102W

1

3B

0 to 600

Oto 6.25

2K

102W

1

10B

Oto 150

Oto 10

IK

102W

1

1 1 B

0 to 300

Oto 10

•2K

102W

1

12B

0 to 600

Oto 10

4K

102W

1

19B

Oto 150

Oto 20

“• 2K.

102W

1

20B

0 to 300

Oto 20

' 4K

102W

1

21 B

0 to 600

Oto 20

8K

1

3 PHASE 3 WIRE 60 Hz MODELS

4B

Oto 150

0 to 6.25

IK

303W

2

5B

0 to 300

0 to 6.25

2K

303W

2

6B

0 to 600

0 to 6.25

4K

303W

2

13B

Oto 150

Oto 10

2K

303W

2

14B

0 to 300

Oto 10

4K

303W

2

15B

0 to 600

Oto 10

8K

303W

2

22B

Oto 150

Oto 20

4K

3</>3W

2

23B

0 to 300

Oto 20

8K

303W

2

24B

0 to 600

Oto 20

16K

3<*>3W

2

3 PHASE 4 WIRE 60 Hz MODELS

7B

Oto 150

Oto 6.25

1.5K

304W

3

8B

0 to 300

0 to 6.25

3K

304W

3

16B

Oto 150

Oto 10

3K

3tf>4W

3

17B

0 to 300

Oto 10

6K

304W

3

25B

Oto 150

0 to 20

6K

3^4W

3

26B

0 to 300

Oto 20

12K

304W

3

71/2 B

Oto 150

0 to 6.25

1.5K

304W

21/2

NOTE: On 3 phase 4 wire models, phase to neutral voltage is specified.
Optional for 50 Hz operation add "X-127” to model number.

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• Provides ±0.2% of reading accuracy and 0 to 1 mA
current output proportional to reactive power

• Models available in 1, 2, 216, and 3 element
configurations to meet monitoring and control needs

• Measures forward or reverse reactive power flow

• Each unit is precalibrated at the factory to provide
1 mA at the Rated Output (RO) against standards
which are traceable to NBS

• Accuracy specifications include influences of
variation in voltage, current, power factor and
load changes

• Temperature effects are less than ±0.005% per
degree C over the range of -20°C to +60°C

EV5 AND EW5 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS:

INPUT:

VOLTAGE

Effective Range: See Tables

Burden: Less than 0.1 VA at 120V, 240V, or 480V

Overload: Max continuous 175V, 350V, or 600V

CURRENT

Effective Range: See Tables

Burden (max.): 0.28 VA per element

Overload: (continuous) 2X rating for 6.25A or 10A,

IX rating for 20A

(Transient) 50A for 10 sec. per hour, 250A for 1 sec.
per hour

OUTPUT:

Rated Output (RO): ±1 mA DC

Output Loading: 0 to 1 0K ohms

Compliance: 12.0 volts DC minimum

Open circuit output voltage limited to ±15 VDC

Response Time (99%): Less than 400 milliseconds

ACCURACY:

(±0.2% of reading, ±0.05% of RO)

Includes the effects of voltage, current, load and
power factor within the effective ranges

Specifications continued on next page

LI 1^1 C? P |l/| I "T" O M I IKI^ DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212

VniV W Lilli I I ITw INI PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2484

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

OSI

ELECTRONIC PRECISION AC WATT TRANSDUCER ews series

ACCURACY ±0.2% OF READING

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• Provides ±0.2% of reading accuracy and 0 to 1 mA
Current output proportional to electrical power
delivered to a load

• Models available in 1, 2, 2 V 2 , and 3 element
configurations to meet monitoring and control needs

• Measures forward or reverse power flow

• Each unit is precalibrated at the factory to provide
1 mA at the Rated Output (RO) against standards
which are traceable to NBS

• Accuracy specifications include influences of
variation in voltage, current, power factor and
frequency, and load changes

• Temperature effects are less than ±0.005% per
degree C over the range of -20°C to +65°C

SPECIFICATIONS (cont.):

Frequency, VAR Only: 60 Hz, 50 Hz Models (optional)
Frequency, Watt Only: 58 to 62 Hz, 48 to 52 Hz on
50 Hz Models (optional)

Power Factor: Any

Temperature Range: -20°C to +60°C
Temperature Effect: ±0.005% per degree C Typical
Operating Humidity: 0 to 95% non-condensing
Dielectric Test: Input/Output/Instrument Power/Case
— 1500 VAC (RMS)

Surge: Withstands IEEE SWC Test
Calibration Adjustment: ±2% minimum

Instrument Power: 90 to 135 VAC, 50 to 70 Hz
Burden less than 2 VA at 115 VAC

Weight: 3.1 lbs. Maximum

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #983

SINGLE PHASE 60 Hz MODELS

MODEL

NO.

EW5

EFFECTIVE RANGE

WATTS AT
OUTPUT
RATED
(1 mA)

CONNECTION

ELEMENTS

VOLTS

AMPS

IB

0 to 150

0 to 6.25

500

102W

• 1

2B

0 to 300

0 to 6.25

IK

102W

1

3B

0 to 600

0 to 6.25

2K

102W

1

10B

0 to 150

Oto 10

IK

102W

1

11B

0 to 300

Oto 10

2K

102W

1

12B

0 to 600

Oto 10

4K

102W

1

19B

Oto 150

0 to 20

2K

102W

1

20B

0 to 300

Oto 20

4K

102W

1

21 B

0 to 600

0 to 20

8K

102W

1

3 PHASE 3 WIRE 60 Hz MODELS

4B

Oto 150

0 to 6.25

IK

303W

2

5B

0 to 300

0 to 6.25

2K

303W

2

6B

0 to 600

Oto 6.25

4K

303W

2

13B

Oto 150

Oto 10

2K

303W

2

14B

0 to 300

Oto 10

4K

303W

2

15B

0 to 600

Oto 10

8K

303W

2

22B

Oto 150

Oto 20

4K

303W

2

23B

0 to 300

Oto 20

8K

303W

2

24B

0 to 600

0 to 20

16K

303W

2

3 PHASE 4 WIRE 60 Hz MODELS

7B

Oto 150

Oto 6.25

1.5K

304W

3

8B

O to 300

0 to 6.25

3K

304W

3

16B

Oto 150

Oto 10

3K

304W

3

17B

0 to 300

Oto 10

6K

304W

3

25B

Oto 150

Oto 20

6K

304W

3

26B

0 to 300

Oto 20

12K

304W

3

71/2 B

Oto 150

0 to 6.25

1.5K

304W

21/2

NOTE: On 3 phase 4 wire models, phase to neutral voltage Is specified.
Optional for 50 Hz operation add “X-127” to model number.

OHIO SEMITRONICS, INC.

DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212
PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2485

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

AC POWER FACTOR, AND WATT TRANSDUCER rch series

FEATURES:

• True power and power factor measurements for
distorted sine wave inputs

• Two separate output signals of 0 to 1 milliampere
corresponding to watts and power factor

• Direct reading of power factor, not phase angle for
sinusoidal waveforms or distorted waveforms

• Power factor computed by dividing real power by
apparent power

SPECIFICATIONS:

INPUT:

Voltage: See Tables
Current: See Tables
Frequency Range: 50 to 70 Hz
Power Factor Range: Unity to Lead or Lag 0
Response: 100 microseconds to 90%

Burden: Voltage: 1.25 VA
Current: 1.5 VA

Current Overload:

2 times continuous
6 times for 10 Sec.

Dielectric Test: (Input/Output/Case) 1500 VAC
Instrument Power Required: 115 VAC ±10% 50/60 Hz

OUTPUT:

Watts: 1 mA at Rated Output

Power Factor: +1 mA at Unity PF, 0 mA at Lead or Lag 0
Response Time: 250 mSec.

Output Loading: 0 to 10K«

Temperature Effects (-10°C to +60°C): ±1%

ACCURACY:

Watts: ±0.5% RO

Power Factor: From 10% to 120% of Rated VA
±0.01 PF

o

^ - JGf

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #983

SINGLE PHASE 50/60 Hz

MODEL

NO.

PC11-

WATTS AT
RATED
OUTPUT

EXTERNAL

CURRENT

SENSOR!

1

0 to 150

Oto 5

500

Internal

2

0 to 300

Oto 5

IK

Internal

3

0 to 600

0 to 5

2K

Internal

10

0 to 150

Oto 10

IK

Internal

11

0 to 300

Oto 10

2K

Internal

12

0 to 600

Oto 10

4K

Internal

19

Oto 150

Oto 15

1.5K

Internal

20

0 to 300

Oto 15

3K

Internal

21

0 to 600

Oto 15

6K

Internal

103

Oto 150

0 to 1

100

Internal

104

0 to 300

0 to 1

200

Internal

105

0 to 600

0 to 1

500

Internal

106

Oto 150

0 to 2.5

250

Internal

107

0 to 300

Oto 2.5

500

Internal

108

0 to 600

0 to 2.5

1000

Internal

49

Oto 150

Oto 50

5K

wt

50

0 to 300

Oto 50

10K

wt

51

0 to 600

Oto 50

20K

wt

58

Oto 150

Oto 100

10K

W

59

0 to 300

Oto 100

20K

W

60

0 to 600

Oto 100

40K

W

67

Oto 150

0 to 200

20K

W

68

0 to 300

0 to 200

40K

W

69

0 to 600

0 to 200

80K

W

76

Oto 150

0 to 400

40K

X

77

Oto 300

0 to 400

80K

X

78

0 to 600

0 to 400

160K

X

85

Oto 150

0 to 600

60K

X

86

0 to 300

0 to 600

120K

X

87

0 to 600

0 to 600

240K

X

94

Oto 150

Oto IK

100K

Y

95

0 to 300

0 to IK

200K

Y

96

0 to 600

0 to IK

400 K

Y

3 PHASE 3 WIRE

4

Oto 150

Oto 5

IK

Internal

5

0 to 300

Oto 5

2K

Internal

6

0 to 600

Oto 5

4K

Internal

13

Oto 150

Oto 10

2K

Internal

14

0 to 300

Oto 10

4K

Internal

15

0 to 600

Oto 10

8K

Internal

22

Oto 150

Oto 15

3K

Internal

23

0 to 300

Oto 15

6K

Internal

24

0 to 600

Oto 15

12K

Internal

52

Oto 150

Oto 50

10K

wt

53

0 to 300

Oto 50

20K

wt

54

0 to 600

Oto 50

40K

wt

61

Oto 150

Oto 100

20 K

W

62

0 to 300

Oto 100

40K

W

63

0 to 600

Oto 100

80K

W

70

Oto 150

0 to 200

40 K

W

71

Oto 300

0 to 200

80 K

W

72

0 to 600

0 to 200

160K

W

79

Oto 150

0 to 400

80K

X

80

0 to 300

0 to 400

160K

X

81

0 to 600

0 to 400

320 K

X

88

Oto 150

0 to 600

120K

X

89

Oto 300

0 to 600

240 K

X

90

0 to 600

0 to 600

480K

X

97

Oto 150

Oto IK

200K

Y

98

0 to 300

Oto IK

400K

Y

99

0 to 600

Oto IK

800K

Y

NOTE: 50 Amps and above, 2 External Sensors supplied,
t Indicates 2 turns thru the external transformer window.

Power Factor is determined from the ratio of real power to apparent power,
therefore leading or lagging power factor is not indicated.

OHIO SEMITRONICS, INC.

DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212
PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

1*2486

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

DC TO 400 Hz WATT TRANSDUCER pcs series

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• DC to 400 Hertz

® Ideal for variable frequency applications

• Accurate monitoring of power that contains DC, AC
and non-sinusoidal waveforms

• Response less than 50 microseconds

• Ideal for use in SCR and other AC or DC
switching circuits

• Output isolated from input

ORDERING INFORMATION:

The part numbers listed in the selection tables are incomplete.
The voltage and current designation code must be added.

Part Number PC8- * — A

Example: PC8-3-01, which would be a PC8 transducer with
125VDC @ 100 amperes.

Voltage Designation “A” Current Designation

CODE

FS VOLTS

RANGE

CODE

FS CURRENT

RANGE

1

25

Oto 30

01

100

Oto 100

2

50

Oto 60

02

200

0 to 200

3

125

Oto 135

03

300

0 to 300

4

250

0 to 275

04

400

0 to 400

5

400

0 to 450

05

600

0 to 600

6

500

0 to 550

06

1000

Oto 1000

7

600

0 to 650 |

07

2000

Oto 2000

SPECIFICATIONS:

INPUT:

Voltage: Check code designation for FS voltage ranges
from 25 to 600 volts (peak AC or DC)

Burden: >1 megohm

Current: Check code designation (specify FS range
from 100 ampere to 2000 ampere, lower range uses
100 ampere transducer with ampere turns)

DC Insertion Loss: None
Overrange Without Damage: 10 times rating
Frequency Range: DC to 400 Hz
Response Time: <50 microseconds

OUTPUT:

Full Scale Output: 1 mA DC (0 to 10K ohm)

Response: 250 milliseconds
Ripple: <1% Full Scale at 60 Hz
Accuracy: (FS Voltage X FS Current) ±1.0% FS
Temperature Effect: (0 to 40°C) ±0.1% of FS
±1% of Reading

Isolation: Input/Output/Case 1000 VDC
Instrument Power: 115 VAC ±10% 50/400 Hz

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #983

PRECISION INTEGRATOR VFC SERIES ANALOG TO PULSE CONVERTER

FEATURES:

• Output is a switch closure for activating external
circuits

• Switch closure can be directly related to a specific
integrated quantity

• Output can be preset at the factory

SPECIFICATIONS:

(common to all)

INPUT:

Impedance: >1 megohm except VFC-50, 100 ohms
Usable Range: Up to 1.25 x FS

Frequency: DC with up to 100% ripple at 120 Hz or higher

OUTPUTS:

Linearity: ±0.1% FS
Accuracy: ±0.25% FS
Relay: Normally open, SPST

Relay Contact Rating: 10 VA Max., 120V Max., 0.5A Max.
Relay Closed Period: 100 milliseconds, typ.
Temperature Effect: (-10°C to +60°C) ±0.5%
Instrument Power: 115 VAC ±10%, 50/400 Hz
Isolation (Input/Output/Case): 1000 Volts DC

MODEL

INPUT

OUTPUT RELAY
CLOSURE RATE*

VFC-10

VFC-20

VFC-30

VFC-50

VFC-60

0 to +50 mV

0 to +100 mV
Oto +150 mV

0 to + 1 mA

Oto+IOV

0 to 10,000 per hour

0 to 10,000 per hour

0 to 10,000 per hour

0 to 10,000 per hour

0 to 10,000 per hour

* NOTE: Option 1 — * Output closure rate can be set between IK and 12K
counts per hour at no charge.

OHIO SEMITRONICS, INC.

DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212
PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2487

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

DC & RMS SIGNAL CONDITIONERS cta series

FEATURES AND
APPLICATIONS:

• Designed for use with OSI
current transducers

• Suitable for monitoring or
control purposes

• CTA113 through CTA215E provide
an output directly proportional

to the true RMS value

• Calibration and zero
adjustments provided

SPECIFICATIONS:

AMPLIFIER:

Linearity: 0.1% RO
Frequency Range: DC to 5 KHz
Output Response: to 90% 40 n sec.

(RMS Models) 200 msec.

Ripple: <.25% RO
Crest Factor: 3 within rating
7 within 1%

Short Circuit Protected: Yes
Isolation: Input/Output isolated
from case

EXCITATION CURRENT:

MODEL

RATED

INPUT

SIGNAL

RATED

OUTPUT

SIGNAL

EXCITATION
CURRENT ,
OUTPUT

CAL ADJUSTMENT

LOAD

ON

OUTPUT

INSTR.

POWER

AMPLIFIER

GAIN

EXCITATION

CURRENT

CTA101

±50 mV

±10V

100 mA

Fixed

±30%

>2KS2

115VAC

CTA201

±50 mV

±10V

200 mA

Fixed

±10%

CM

A

115VAC

CTA112

±50 mV

4-20 mA

100 mA

±20%

Fixed

0

1

cn

o

o

£0

115VAC

CTA212

±50 mV

4-20 mA

200 mA

±20%

Fixed

0-50012

115VAC

CTA124

±50 mV

±10V

100 mA

Fixed

±30%

>2KO

24VDC*

CTA224

±50 mV

±10V

200 mA

Fixed

±10%

>2KO

o

Q

CTA128

±50 mV

±10V

100mA

Fixed

±30%

>2K«

28VDC*

CTA228

±50 mV

±10V

200 mA

Fixed

±10%

>2KS2

28VDC4

CTA1173

±50 mV

±4 mA

200mA

Fixed

±30%

0-2.5K

115VAC

BMS MODELS

CTA113

50 mV RMS

+ 10VDC

100 mA

±20%

Fixed

>2Kfl

115VAC

CTA213

50 mV RMS

+ 10VDC

200 mA

±20%

Fixed

>2Kfl

115VAC

CTA114

50 mV RMS

+ 1 mA DC

100 mA

±20%

Fixed

o

o

§

115VAC

CTA214

50 mV RMS

+ 1 mA DC

200 mA

±20%

Fixed

s

o

5

115VAC

CTA115E

50 mV RMS

4-20 mA DC

100 mA

±20%

Fixed

0-50012

115VAC

CTA215E

50 mV RMS

4-20 mA DC

200 mA

±20%

Fixed

0

1

Ul

o

8

115VAC

INPUT OPTIONS: (OPTION LETTER INDICATES A NON STANDARD INPUT)

Option (H) 75 mV Input
Option (P) 100 mV Input
Option (K) 150 mV Input

APPLICATION NOTES:

(1) When using an OSI current transducer, the output shield should be tied to terminal 3
on the signal conditioner.

(2) For a positive amplified output, connect the current transducer with the red polarity
dot toward the most positive voltage terminal. See connections below.

(3) All RMS models provide a DC output proportional to the true RMS input.

CONNECTIONS

Regulation: Line/ Load ±0.01%
Output Voltage at Full Load: 6 VDC

TEMPERATURE EFFECTS:

(0-70°C) ±0.005%/°C

INSTRUMENT POWER:

115 VAC ±10%, 5W, 50-400 Hz
24/28 VDC ±10%, 8W, DC
(Positive to Terminal 8)

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #983

S

ZERO CAL

00

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

lOlGlOlOlOlOIOIOI 1

i

ZE

±E

LU

-INSTRUMENT

-POWER

CT-L

SIGNAL INPUT

|)U|f] €2 P §if| I I Of 1 M ill €5 IMP DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212

VI ■l%a# wLilvll I I ^1 I Vw^ PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2488

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

OSI

CURRENT TRANSDUCERS cm series

DC TO 5 KILOHERTZ RESPONSE

• 5000 Volt line-to-output isolation

• DC to 5 kilohertz response

• Bi-directional operation

• Linearity 0.5%, 50 to 2000 Amp

• ±1% operation over temperature range

• Less than 50 microsecond response time for
50 to 2000 Ampere units

• Sustained overload capability to 50 times rating

• Stable during severe vibration

• Easy installation

• Split-core models available

• Suited for variable frequency AC systems with
DC components or chopped wave

• Replace shunts

• No insertion loss

SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD MODELS

MODEL

EXCITATION

CURRENT

mA(N0M.)

OUTPUT

mV

(TYP.)

LINEARITY
% FS

TEMPERATURE

EFFECT

ON OUTPUT

CT50L

50 RMS

100

30

0.5

— 0.15%°/C

-40

+65

4

CT50LTT

50 RMS

100

20

0.5

±1%

0

+40

4

25

CT50LT

50 RMS

100

20

0.5

±1%

-40

+ 65

4

25

CT100L

100 RMS

100

50

0.5

— 0.15%°/C

-40

+ 65

4

■IgiB

CT100LTT

100 RMS

100

50

0.5

±1%

0

+ 40

4

CT100LT

100 RMS

100

HE3HI

0.5

±1%

mam

CT200L

200 RMS

100

■ wm

0.5

— 0.15%°/C

B

■n

BB

CT200LTT

200 RMS

100

50

0.5

±1%

0

+ 40

4

25

CT200LT

200 RMS

100

50

0.5

±1%

4

25

CT400L

400 RMS

100

50

0.5

— 0.15%°/C

4

3

CT400LTT

400 RMS

100

50

±1%

0

+ 40

4

25

CT400LT

400 RMS

100

50

±1%

-40

+ 65

4

25

CT600L

600 RMS

100

75

0.5

— 0.15%°/C

-40

+ 65

4

3

CT600LTT

600 RMS

100

50

0.5

±1%

0

+40

4

25

CT600LT

600 RMS

100

50

0.5

±1%

-40

+ 65

4

25

CT1KL

1000 RMS

200

75

0.5

— 0.15%°/C

-40

+ 65

25

6

CT1 KLTT

1000 RMS

200

50

0.5

±1%

0

+ 40

25

25

CT1KLT

1000 RMS

200

50

0.5

±1%

-40

+ 65

25

PK^b

CT2KL

2000 RMS

200

150

0.5

— 0.15%°/C

-40

+ 65

25

MM

CT2KLTT

2000 RMS

200

0.5

±i%

0

+40

25

CT2KLT

2000 RMS

200

0.5

-40

+ 65

25

■m

CT3KLT

3000 peak

300

0.5

-40

+65

25

■

TRANSDUCERS LISTED BELOV!

FOR

BUSS BAR APPLICATIONS

CT4KLT

4000 peak

200

150

1.0

±1%

-40

+65

25

25

CT5KLT

5000 peak

200

150

1.0

±1%

-40

+65

25

25

CT8KLT

8000 peak

200

MEM

1.0

±1%

-40

+65

25

CT1KHT

1 KA peak

100

±1%

-40

+ 65

25

! CT1 .2KHT

1.2KA peak

100

75

±1%

-40

+ 65

25

25

CT2KHT

2KA peak

100

1.0

±1%

-40

+65

25

25

CT2.2KHT

2.2KA peak

100

1.0

±1%

-40

+65

25

25

CT3KHT

3KA peak

100

100

1.0

±1%

-40

+ 65

25

25

CT4KHT

4KA peak

100

100

1.0

±1%

-40

+ 65

25

25

CT5KHT

5KA peak

100

75

1.0

±1%

-40

+ 65

25

25

NOTES: The split core option is available on all Models except the 50 Ampere size. To order, add the letter "S" to the Model Number.
The electrical isolation (line to output) is at least 5000 volts for all Models, except the 50 Ampere size which is rated at 600 volts.

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #938

U I CS C M | T* DA M I f***' C I K| DEPT em, 1205 CHESAPEAKE avenue, columbus, ohio 43212

VMIV w tlvl I I nw I Tl I II^1V#B PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2489

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

losjj

AC VOLTAGE AND CURRENT TRANSDUCERS V C T T series

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• Inexpensive

• Accurate

• Self powered

• Wide frequency range

• Isolated Output

• Reliable

SPECIFICATIONS (common to all):

Accuracy (Calibration, linearity @ 25°C): ±0.5% FS
Frequency Range: 50 to 500 Hz
Response Time: 400 msec.

Temperature Effect (from calibrated value):

-20°C to +60°C ±1% of Reading
Ripple: <1% FS
Full Scale Output: 1 mA DC
Output Loading: 0-1 OK ohms
Overload (Continuous):

Voltage: Full Scale Rating

Current: 2X Rating except CT10-1 & CT20-1,

1.25 Rating — 1 Second Transients, 50 X Rated Input
Burden:

Voltage: 2.8 VA FS
Current: 1 VA FS

Operating Range (Extended):

Voltage: Full Scale
Current: 1.2 X Rating

Dielectric Test (Input/Output/Case): VT and CT
1500 VA

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #980

VOLTAGE TRANSDUCERS

MODEL

VOLTAGE (VAC) RANGE

OUTPUT CAL

VT120

Oto 150

1 mA @ 150V

VT240

0 to 300

1 mA @ 300V

VT480*

0 to 575

1 mA @575V

* Includes OSI 226-145 Potential Transformer

CURRENT TRANSDUCERS
DIRECT CONNECTED

MODEL

CURRENT
(AMPS AC)
RANGE

OUTPUT

CAL

CURRENT

SENSOR

DRAWING

CT1-1

0 to 1

1 mA @ 1A

Internal

CT5-1

Oto 5

1 mA @ 5A

Internal

CT10-1

Oto 10

1 m A @ 1 0A

Internal

CT20-1

0 to 20

1 mA @ 20A

Internal

CURRENT TRANSFORMER

CT5-100

Oto 100

1 mA @ 100A

W

CT5-200

0 to 200

1 mA @ 200A

W

CT5-300

0 to 300

1 mA @ 300A

W

CT5-400

0 to 400

1 mA @ 400A

X

CT5-600

0 to 600

1 mA @ 600A

X

CT5-1000

Oto 1000

1 mA @1000A

Y

VOLTAGE AND CURRENT TRANSDUCER CONNECTIONS

MODELS

CT1-1 THRU CT20-1
VT120 AND VT240

DC

OUTPUT

AC

INPUT

MODEL

VT480

MODELS

CT5-100 THRU CT5-1000

OHIO SEMITRONICS, INC.

DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212
PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

1-2490

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

AC VOLTAGE AND CURRENT TRANSDUCERS 1er!es

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• 4 to 20 milliampere output
proportional to 0 to full scale

• Inexpensive

• Reliable

• Accurate

• Wide frequency range

• Isolated output

SPECIFICATIONS (common to all):

Accuracy (Calibration, linearity @ 25°C): ±0.5% FS
Frequency Range: 50 to 500 Hz
Response Time: 400 msec.

Temperature Effect (from calibrated value):

— 20°C to +60°C ±1% of Reading

Ripple: <1% FS

Zero: 4 mA DC

Full Scale Output: 20 mA DC

Output Loading: 0-1500 ohms

Overload (Continuous):

Voltage: Full Scale Rating

Current: 2X Rating except CT10-1E & CT20-1E,

1.25 Rating — 1 Second Transients, 50 X Rated Input

Burden:

Voltage: 2.8 VA FS
Current: 1 VA FS

Operating Range (Extended):

Voltage: Full Scale
Current: 1.2 X Rating

Dielectric Test (Input/Output/Case): VT and CT
1500 VA

Instrument Power: 115 VAC ±10% 50 to 60 Hz

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #980

VOLTAGE TRANSDUCERS

MODEL

VOLTAGE (VAC) RANGE

OUTPUT CAL

VT120E

Oto 150

20 mA @ 150V

VT240E

0 to 300

20 mA @ 300V

VT480E*

0 to 575

20 mA @ 575V

* Includes OSI 226-145 Potential Transformer

CURRENT TRANSDUCERS
DIRECT CONNECTED

MODEL

CURRENT
(AMPS AC)
RANGE

OUTPUT

CAL

CURRENT

SENSOR

DRAWING

CT1-1E

Oto 1

20 mA @ 1A

Internal

CT5-1E

Oto 5

20 mA @ 5A

Internal

CT10-1E

Oto 10

20 mA @ 10A

Internal

CT20-1 E

Oto 20

20 mA @ 20A

Internal

CURRENT TRANSF<

3RMER ^

CT5-100E

Oto 100

20 mA @ 100A

W

CT5-200E

0 to 200

20 mA @ 200A

W

CT5-300E

0 to 300

20 mA @ 300A

W

CT5-400E

0 to 400

20 mA @ 400A

X

CT5-600E

0 to 600'

20 mA @ 600A

X

CT5-1000E

Oto 1000

20 mA @ 1000A

Y

OHIO SEMITRONICS, INC.

DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212
PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2491

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

RMS VOLTAGE & CURRENT TRANSDUCERS ^ f^ T series

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• Accuracy 0.25%

• Output directly proportional to the RMS value

• Can be overranged 20% with accuracy

• Current Transducers: 20 to 2000 Hertz range

• Voltage Transducers: 50 to 400 Hertz range

• CT1R and CT1RV, DC to 2 KHz

SPECIFICATIONS:

Accuracy and Linearity: ±0.25% at calibration
frequency. Specify if other than 60 Hz
Accuracy & Linearity: ±0.5% 48 to 420 Hz
Frequency Range:

Voltage: 48 to 420 Hz
Current: DC, 20 to 2 KHz

Inputs:

Voltage: See Tables
Current: See Tables

Overload:

Voltage: See Table

Current: (Transient) 50A for 10 Sec. Per Hour, 250 A
for 1 Sec. Per Hour, excluding CT1R and CT1RV

Input Signal Burden:

Voltage: 0.12 VA FS
Current: 0.28 VA FS

Dielectric Test (Input/Output/Case):

Voltage: 1500 VAC RMS

Output Response: 200 milliseconds to 90%

Ripple: <1% FS
Output Short Circuit Protected
Temperature Effect: ±0.5% (-10°C to +60°C)
External Power: 115 VAC ±10%, 50 to 400 Hz

VOLTAGE AND CURRENT
TRANSDUCER CONNECTIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6

INSTRUMENT POWER
115VAC ±10%
50/400 Hz

Calibration and zero adjustments are provided
through recess holes in the top of the case.

MODEL

INPUT

SIGNAL

CALIBRATION

OUTPUT

LOAD

OHMS

VT1R

0 to 150V

1 mA DC @ 120V

0-1 OK

VT2R

0 to 300V

1 mA DC @ 240V

0-1 OK

VT4R

0 to 600V

1 mA DC @ 480V

0-1 OK

VT1RV

0 to 150V

10VDC @ 120V

>2K

VT2RV

0‘ to 300V

10 VDC @ 240V

>2K

VT4RV

0 to 600V

10 VDC @480V

>2K

ISOLATED 0.25% ACCURACY

CT1TR

Oto 1A

1 mA DC @ 1A

0-1 OK

CT1TRV

OtolA

10 VDC @ 1A

>2K

CT5TR

Oto 5A

1 mA DC @ 5A

0-1 OK

CT5TRV

0 to 5A

10 VDC @ 5A

>2K

CT10TR

OtolOA

1 mA DC @ 10A

0-1 OK

CT10TRV

OtolOA

10 VDC @ 10A

>2K

CT15TR

0 to 1 5A

1 mA DC @ 15A

0-1 OK

CT15TRV

0 to 1 5A

10 VDC @ 15A

>2K

CT20TR

0 to 20A

1 mA DC @ 20A

0-1 0K

CT20TRV ;

0 to 20A

10 VDC @ 20A

>2K

CT1R

0-5A

1 mA DC @ 5A

0-1 0K

CT1RV

0-5A

10 VDC @ 5A

>2K

* NOTE:

(1) CTR Series output is NOT isolated from input. Use instrumentation which
is isolated from source. Caution is. advised when making connections.

(2) All models have been calibrated at the factory to give the correct output
at the specified input rating. The “CAL” adjustment is set at the factory
and should not be adjusted unless recalibration is required. The "ZERO”
adjustment is provided to correct for an output offset “at zero input con-
ditions,” without affecting the calibration of the unit.

CASE DIMENSIONS

u

■ 1/2

T

1V2

2

<3

t>

r

ZERO CAL

GO-

12345678

*

®

1

V2

L

43/,

TERMINAL SCREWS =8
OVERALL HEIGHT 43/ a

IlHIO ^5 p M I T d M I CS DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212

VSlIIVy V# ImlVI | | ||^ INI I 1 1 Wl PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

1-2492

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer- to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

OSI

DC & RMS VOLTAGE TRANSDUCERS vt7 & vis series

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

VT7 SERIES:

• DC to 5 KHz Frequency Response

• Provides an output isolated signal proportional to
DC input voltage

• 50 or 100 millivolt shunt model available

• 1500 V isolation input to output

ORDERING INFORMATION:

Add the “Code Designation” to the Model Number below for
the Type, Rated Voltage, and Rated Output desired.

Example: VT7-01 B: DC Input of 0 to 50 MVs and output 0 to 1 mA.
MODEL NO.

VT * —

T

O

X

T— I RATED
i I OUTPUT

IE X CODE SIGNAL

'CODE

\

TYPE O CODE

RATED

VOLTAG

7

DC, Input (1)01

50 mV

B 1 1 mA

8

AC, AC/DC (1)02

100 mV

D 10 Volts

Input 1

12V

E 1 4-20 mA

2

25V

3

5oy

4

100V

5

150V

6

200V

7

300V

8

400V

9

500V

10

600V

11

700V "

12

800V

External multiplier

13

900V

► resistance box is
supplied.

14

1000V „

NOTES:

(1) 50 or 100 millivolt model is available in the VT7 Series only.

(2) Models with the rated input voltage above 600 volts require an external
multiplier resistance box, which will be supplied with the unit.

FOR DIMENSIONS REQUEST CATALOG #980

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

VT8 SERIES:

© DC to 5 KHz frequency response

• Output signal proportional to RMS value of AC,
or AC/DC

• 1500 Volt isolation between the input and output

SPECIFICATIONS:

INPUT:

Voltage: (Check code designation for rated input)
Overvoltage: 2 times rated input or 1500V whichever
is smaller

Burden: >100K ohm
Frequency Range: DC to 5 KHz
Response Time (99%): 50 fisec.

Isolation (Input/Output/Case/Instrument Power):

1500 VAC

Instrument Power Required: 115 VAC ±10%, 50-400 Hz
OUTPUT: (Short Circuit Protected)

Output Signal:

For VT7: 0 to ± mA, 0 to ±10 volts or a 4 to 20 mA
signal which is directly proportional to the rated DC
input voltage

For VT8: 0 to +1 mA, 0 to +10 volts or 4 to 20 mA DC
signal which is directly proportional to the rated
RMS input voltage

Response Time:

VT7 Models: 50 microseconds
VT8 Models: 200 milliseconds

Load on Output:

1 mA, 0 to 1 0K ohms
10 Volts, >2K ohms
4-20 mA, 0 to 500 ohms

Temperature Effects on Output (-10°C to +60°C): ±1%

ACCURACY:

±0.5% RO

(including set point, linearity and repeatability)

Calibration: Each unit is calibrated at the factory for
Rated Output Signal is equal to the Rated Input
Voltage

CONNECTIONS

STANDARD MODELS

1 2 3 4 5 6

® ® ® ® ®

1

INPUT

OUTPUT

115 VAC

INSTRUMENT POWER

MODELS REQUIRING MULTIPLIER

12 3 4

5 6

1 /K

input yy

OUTPUT

MULTIPLIER INSTRUMENT POWER

MULTIPLIER BOX

OHIO SEMITRONICS, INC.

DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212
PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2493

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

FREQUENCY TRANSDUCERS FT50, FT60 & FT400 SERIES

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• Analog output proportional to narrow frequency range

• Voltage or current output models available

• 50, 60, or 400 Hertz models available

• Rugged for industrial use

• Terminal block connections

TRANSDUCER CONNECTIONS

SPECIFICATIONS:

FT50

FT60

FT400

Input Voltage

95-1 35V

95-1 35V

95-1 35V

Over Voltage

150 V

150V

150V

Frequency Range

45-55 Hz

55-65 Hz

375-425 Hz

Output

0-1 mA

0-1 mA

0-1 mA

Load on Output

0-IOKfl

0-1 OKo

0-1 OKfi

Accuracy

±0.1 Hz

±0.1 Hz

±0.2 Hz

Temperature Range

00

o o

O O
CM CD

1 +

00

o o

O O
CM CD

1 +

00

o o

OO
CM CO

1 +

Temperature Effect

.005%/

°C

±.005%/

°C

±.005%/

°C

Response Time

400 mSec.

400 mSec.

400 mSec.

Burden

4 VA

4 VA

4 VA

PRECISION CURRENT CONVERTER sc e series

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• Provides 4 to 20 mA process control signal

• Excellent accuracy ±0.1% FS

• Models available for most common analog inputs

• Rugged for industrial application

• Terminal block connections

INPUT +

D

D

a

D

D

a

+ INSTRUMENT POWER

OUTPUT 1 15VAC ±10%

50/400 Hz

SPECIFICATIONS: (common to all):

INPUT:

Range: See Table

Overload (without damage): 10 times input
Isolation: (input is not isolated from output)
Load Impedance: 0 to 1500 ohms

OUTPUT:

Range: 4 to 20 mA DC

Load Impedance: 0 to 1500 ohms

Response Time 99%: lOO^Sec.

Ripple: >1% FS

Accuracy and Linearity: ±0.1% FS
Calibration:

Rated input signal = 20 mA DC
Zero input signal = 4 mA DC
Temperature Effect: -20°C to +65°C, ±1%
Instrument Power: 115 VAC ±10%, 50-400 Hz
Adjustments:

“Zero” adjust for 4 mA offset
“Cal” adjust for 20 mA full scale

MODEL

INPUT SIGNAL

BURDEN ON INPUT

SC-E

0-1 mA DC

1KO

SC-E100

0-10VDC

10KS2

SC-E.5

0-50 mV DC

>100Kfi

SC-E1.0

0-100 mV DC

>100Kfl

SC-E1.5

0-150 mV DC

>100Kfi

Cv C !U| I T* ,0 Kl I I Kl ^ DEPT EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE AVENUE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212

I ^^7LhIVII I I II 1 Wi PHONE (614) 486-9561 • TWX 810-482-1630

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2494

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

HALL EFFECT SENSORS hr & hp series

HALLTRON, MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS

FEATURES AND APPLICATIONS:

• For magnetic sensing • High linearity • Rugged and reliable

• Measuring applications • Excellent stability • Low noise

HALL OUTPUT V H ,
MILLIVOLTS ±25%

B = lOKg, lc =
(NOMINAL)

INPUT

RESISTANCE
R/in, OHMS
(NOMINAL)

OUTPUT
RESISTANCE
R/out, OHMS
(NOMINAL)

DIMENSIONS

L/W/T

INCHES

(NOMINAL)

LEAD

INSULATION

TEMPERATURE

COEFFICIENT

OF VH IN %/°C
(AVG.)

(B=0

Ic-IOmA)

liMW

HP316*

100

100

—

0.5

2

1

.125 dia.
.250 L

PVC

-0.2

HP318*

250

100

—

0.5

5

4

.250 dia.

.5 L

Teflon

-0.2

HP325

200

25

0.5

—

15

10

.187

0.75

.020

Enamel

-0.25

HP330

150

25

0.5

—

15

7.5

.040

.040

.012

Enamel

-0.25

HP340

100

25

0.2

• —

3

2

.250

.125

.020

Enamel

-0.2

HP374

200

25

0.5

—

15

10

.300

.150

.030

PVC

-0.25

HR36

350

350

—

0.15

1.5

1.5

.500

.375

.028

PVC

-0.1

HR38

200

25

0.2

—

8

8

.500

.375

.028

PVC

-0.25

HR66

500

200

—

0.5

5

4

.200

.250

.028

Enamel

-0.15

HR67

200

25

0.2

—

9

5

.300

.150

.020

Teflon

-0.25

HR70

340

200

—

0.5

2

2

.200

.250

.028

PVC

-0.1

HR72

700

100

0.2

—

9

6

.200

.250

.028

Enamel

-0.25

HR77

550

100

—

1

10

10

.200

.250

.030

Enamel

-0.25

HR78

80

100

—

0.15

2

1.5

.100

.300

.020

Enamel

- 0.10

HR88

400

300

—

4

2.5

2

.340

.375

.023

Enamel

-0.15

HR120

75

100

—

0.5

1.5

1.5

.200

.250

.030

Enamel

-0.05

HR125A

100

100

—

0.5

2.5

2.0

.200

.250

.028

Enamel

-0.05

HR170

10

100

—

0.03

0.7

0.6

.200

.250

.025

Enamel

-0.005

HS55

250

100

—

0.5

1.2

1

.500

.375

.025

PVC

—

* Denotes Axial Type Probes. All others are Transverse. Operation Temperature Range: — 65°C to +85°C

U I O C 1W1 I "IT Q if% K| 1 Q I K| dept EM, 1205 CHESAPEAKE avenue, columbus, ohio 43212

^ Ln I VI I I PHONE (614) 486-9S61 • TWX 810-482-1630

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2495

COMMONLY USED

— ■ Al / WBSM C^TBAkl ■

EbImiISb%^ I lllWMk/ BLEW I W I

ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS

A

AC alternating current
A/D analog to digital
ADC analog to digital converter
ADP automatic data processing
AF audio frequency
AFC automatic frequency control
ALGOL algorithmic language
AM amplitude modulation
AND a logical operator
AQL acceptable quality level
ASCII American national standard
code for information
interchange

AWG American wire guage

B

BALUN balanced to unbalanced
BASIC beginners* all-purpose

symbolic instruction code
BCD binaTy-coded decimal
BNC baby “N” connector
BUS basic utility system

c

CAD computer aided design
CAM computer aided manufacture
CATV cable television or community
antenna television
CERMET ceramic metal element
Comm, communications
CMOS complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor
CPS characters per second
CPU central processing unit

D

D/A digital to analog

DAC digital to analog converter

DC direct curent

DIL dual in-line

DIP dual in-line package

DPM digital panel meter

DTL diode transistor logic

E

EDP electronic data processing
EBCDIC extended binary coded

decimal interchange code
EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
EMC electromagnetic compatibility
EMI electromagnetic interference
EPROM electrically programmable
ROM

ESR equivalent series resistance

F

FEP fluorinated ethylene propylene
Copolymar, 200° Teflon
FET field-effect transistor
FM frequency modulation
FORTRAN formula translator

G

GaAsFET gallium arsenide field
effect transistor

GPIB general purpose interface bus

H

HF high frequency (3 to 30 MHz)

HIPOT test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment
HLL high level language
HV high voltage
Hz Hertz

i

IC integrated circuit
IF intermediate frequency
IO input/output (devices)

IR insulation resistance (or) infrared

j

JFET junction field effect transistor
JMOS junction metal oxide
semiconductor

K

kHz kilohertz (10 3 hertz)

KSR keyboard send receive

L

LC inductance capacitance
LCD liquid crystal display
LED light-emitting diode
LF low frequency (30 to 300 kHz)

LSI large scale integration
LVDT linear velocity displacement
transformer

M

MATV master antenna television
fiF microforad
MHz megahertz
MOS metal oxide semiconductor
MOSFET metal oxide semiconductor
field effect transistor
MOV metal oxide varistor
MPU microprocessor unit
MSI medium scale integration

N

NBS National Bureau of Standards
NIM nuclear instrumentation module
NOR not OR

o

OEM original equipment
manufacturer
OR a logical operator

p

pF picofarad
PC printed circuit
PCB printed circuit board
PIN positive-intrinsic-negative
(transistor)

PLA programmable logic array
PPI plan position indicator
PROM programmable read only
memory

PUT programmable unijunction
transistor

Q

QAM quadrature amplitude
modulation

Q (meter) quality-factor meter

R

RAM random access memory

RC resistance-capacitance

RFI radio frequency interference

RMS root mean square

ROM read only memory

RF radio frequency

RFC radio-frequency choke

RFI radio-frequency interference

RTD resistance-temperature detector

RTL resistor transistor logic

RTV room temperature vulcanizing

RW read/write

s

SAS silicon asymmetrical switch
SBC single board (micro) computer
SBS silicon bilateral switch
SCR silicon-controlled rectifier
SIP single in-line package
SSI small scale integration
SSR solid state relay
STL Schottky transistor logic

T

TC temperature coefficient
TCXO temperature compensated
crystal oscillator

TFE tetrafluoride ethylene propylene
Copolymer, 250° Teflon
TTL transistor-transistor logic
TTY teletypewriter

u

UHF ultra high frequency (300 MHz
to 3 GHz)

UL Underwriters Laboratory
UPS uninterruptible power supply

v

VAC volts (of) alternating current
VAR volt-ampere reactive
VCR video cassette recorder
VDC volts (of) direct current
VHF very high frequency
VHSIC very high speed integrated
circuit

VLF very low frequency (3 to 30 kHz)
VLSI very large scale integration
VRM voice recognition module
VTVM vacuum tube volt meter
VU volume unit

VSWR voltage standing wave ratio

w

WPS word processing software

Y

YIG yttrium iron garnet

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

SERIES 210-30

SERIES 210-35 AND 210-38

Series 210-30: 0-500 to 0-5000
PSIA and PSIS. When you need a
rugged transducer for hydraulic
systems with non-corrosive media
applications see 210-35.

This series is ideally suited for the
rigorous environments found in test
stand work and wet industrial
applications.

This series is available with either
hooked terminals or electrical
connectors.

Series 210-35 and 210-38: 0-2000
through 1-10,000 PSI. A very
rugged transducer for use in all
industrial corrosive materials are
present.

This series features all welded, all
stainless steel construction to
provide a high degree of compati-
bility and system integrity.

Both series are available with either
MS Bayonet lock connectors or
hooked terminals. The 210-35 is

SERIES 210-60 AND 216-65

SERIES 212 ISOLATED

l 1.88 _

( 47 . 75 )

P ® © o

.70 1
( 17 . 78 )

Series 210-60 and 210-65: ±500 to
±10,000 PSI. This is a full line
differential pressure transducer
designed for hydraulic systems.
(Available in an all-welded,
all-stainless steel version for
corrosive media).

These transducers are unique
because of their small size. The
units have two separate sensing
elements to measure the pressure
at the input ports. Each sensor has
two strain gage legs. These two
sensors are connected to provide a
fully balanced bridge. This sensing
method provides an output directly
proportional to the pressure
difference at the two ports.

The series 210-60 is temperature
compensated while the lower cost
210-65 is non-compensated. The
210-65 is particularly suited to rate
derivation.

Series 212 Isolated: 0-10 through
0-10,000 PSI. When you need input
to output isolation for system
flexibility.

The Series 212 Isolated is a rugged,
lightweight, all stainless steel,
welded pressure transducer. It’s
tough enough to withstand harsh
industrial environments. It’s an easy
transducer to install and features
input/output isolation which
decouples any interplay between
power and signal, allowing
flexibility in signal and power
grounding connections. This also
protects the transducer against
output short circuits.

Output is 0 to 5 volts and the series
is available in 18 different pressure
ranges for incremental coverage of
the full pressure spectrum.

For more details, call toll free: 800/426-0366.

A dUIC Instruments, Inc. 2401 South Bayview St. Seattle, WA 98144

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2497

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

The Name in Transducer Technology

Displacement

Transducers

Series

Application

Linear Range, Inches

r hr

General Purpose

±0.050 to ±10.0

MP

Hostile Environments,

±0.050 to ±10.0

Ruggedized Housing

MHR

Small Size

±0.005 to ±1.0

AC

HPA j

Hostile Environments

±0.050 to ±10.0

f .

(Hermetically Sealed)

HCAj

±0.050 to ±10.0

E

Low-Cost

±0.10 to ±10.0

DC-D

Shock and Vibration

±0.050 to ±10.0

nr.

HCDl

Hostile Environments

±0.050 to ±10.0

HPDj

(Hermetically Sealed)

±0.050 to ±10.0

HR-DC

Low-Cost

±0.050 to ±5.0

Linear Variable
Differential Transformers

Schaevitz precision LVDTs incorporate many features
not available in other transducer types. Features like
frictionless measurement, infinite resolution, separated
coil and core, state-of-the-art materials, infinite
mechanical life, and extremely stable and repeatable
null positions. As a result, they are well suited to a
wide variety of applications including those in which
high performance, low cost, long life, and adverse
environments are of prime importance. Displacement
ranges are from ±0.005 inch to ±25 inches. Typical
linearities are ±0.25 percent of full range output.
Schaevitz AC operated LVDTs can be used with
practically any type of LVDT signal-conditioning
instrumentation and readout equipment. The operating
temperature range of most standard AC LVDTs is
-65° F to 300° F. Economy units operate from -65° F to
200° F.

DC LVDTs contain built in solid state circuitry. They
accept DC inputs and produce DC outputs to operate
meters, recorders, and control instrumentation. The
operating temperature range of these units is -65° F
to 200° F.

Displacement Transducers continued on next page.

schaevitz

Schaevitz Engineering

U.S. Route 130 & Union Avenue
Pennsauken, NJ 08110 U.S.A.
Tel: (609) 662-8000

Schaevitz-EM, Ltd. Schaevitz France

543 Ipswich Road 8, Rue de I’lndustrie

Slough, Berks SL1 4EG England 74240 Gaillard, France
Tel: (0753) 37622 Tel: (50) 92.21.50

For Detailed Information, please call our EEM Hotline (609) 662-8008.

1*2498

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

The Name in Transducer Technology

Displacement
T ransducers

Series

Application

Linear Range, Inches

XS-A

Large Bore, Small Core

±0.250 to .±5.0

XS-B

Subminiature

±0.005 to ±0.250

xs-c

Pressure Sealed
(to 4500 psi)

±0.050 to ±1.0

XS-D

Large Displacement,

Limited Size

±1.0 to ±25.0

xs-z

Cryogenic (to — 450°F)

±0.10 to ±2.0

XS-ZT

High-Temperature
(to 1100°F)

±0.10 to ±2.0

XS-ZTR

Radiation Resistant

±0.10 to ±2.0

PT

Proximity (Non-contact

±0.005 to ±0.050

Measurement)

(inches gap)

VT-Z

Linear Velocity

±0.5 to ±20.0

(Dynamic Measurement)

(inches travel)

Special LVDTs

Schaevitz displacement transducers are available
from stock for hard-to-measure applications. Typical
applications include high pressure operation, and
measurements involving extreme thermal and radio-
active environments. They are characterized by
distinctive configurations and incorporate special
materials to enhance the reliability under the condi-
tions encountered.

Series

Application

Range, Degrees

R30A

AC Operation

4^

O

o

R36A

AC Operation

40°

R30D |

DC Operation

40°

Rotary Variable
Differential Transformers

A counterpart of the LVDT, the Schaevitz RVDT is an
angular-position transducer designed to measure
angular displacement up to ±60 degrees. The shafts
of these RVDTs are supported on precision bearings
and are capable of continuous rotation.

RVDTs typically have a linearity of ±0.50 percent of
full range. The operating temperature range of AC
units is -65° F to 300° F; of DC units, -65° F to 200° F.

schaevitz

Schaevitz Engineering Schaevitz-EM, Ltd. Schaevitz France

U.S. Route 130 & Union Avenue 543 Ipswich Road 8, Rue de I’lndustrie

Pennsauken, NJ 08110 U.S.A. Slough, Berks SL1 4EG England 74240 Gaillard, France

Tel: (609) 662-8000 Tel: (0753) 37622 Tel: (50) 92.21.50

For Detailed Information, please call our EEM Hotline (609) 662-8008.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2499

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

The Name in Transducer Technology

Dimensional

Gaging

Transducers

Series

Application

Gaging Range, Inches

[PCA-100

Precision

±0.020 to ±1.0

AC

PCA-200

Ultra-Precision

±0.005 to ±0.1

G PA/GCA

Precision (Hermeti-

DC ^

fGPD/GCDl

l J

cally Sealed LVDT)
Precision (Hermeti-
cally Sealed LVDT)

±0.050 to ±1.0

±0.050 to ±1.0

Schaevitz gage heads permit measurements that are
otherwise difficult and often impossible to obtain even
with very precise mechanical measuring devices.

LVDT Gage Heads

The PCA-100 Series comprise low-cost precision gage *
heads designed for production-line and laboratory
measurements as well as OEM applications. The units
offer linearities of ±0.25 percent of full range and are
capable of repeating measurements to 50 millionths
of an inch. The series includes units designed for use
in adverse environments and extra-short gage heads
for applications in which space is limited.

The PCA-200 Series are ultra-precise gage heads with
available linearities up to ±0.05 percent of full range
and repeatabilities up to 4 millionths of an inch. The
units are available with either spring-actuated or air-
actuated plungers.

The G Series precision gage heads are designed for
ACorDCoperation with hermetically sealed LVDTs.
Typically used in applications where low cost and
ease of installation are paramount considerations,
typical linearity is ±0.25 percent of full range and
repeatability is 25 millionths of an inch.

| Series

Gaging Range, Inches

PPAl

PPDj

r

Non-contact Measurement,
Thickness Variations

±0.050 to ±1.0
±0.050 to ±1.0

Non-contacting LVDT Gage Heads

Schaevitz non-contacting gage heads accurately
measure variations in thickness of metal, plastic,
paper, film and other non-porous materials without
marhng or tearing. These units can measure thickness
variations to ±1 inch and resolve changes in thickness
down to 5 millionths on an inch.

All Schaevitz non-contacting gage heads can be fur-
nished with special nozzles for unusual applications.

Series

Gaging Range, Inches

ABG

Superb Repeatability

±0.02

Air Bearing Gage Heads

The Schaevitz ABG Series gage heads combine an
LVDT and air-bearing structure which provides virtually
friction-free operation. Linearity is ±0.25 percent of
full range, and repeatability is 2 millionths of an inch.

schaevitz

Schaevitz Engineering Schaevitz-EM, Ltd. Schaevitz France

U.S. Route 130 & Union Avenue 543 Ipswich Road 8, Rue de I’lndustrie

Pennsauken, NJ 08110 U.S.A. Slough, Berks SL1 4EG England 74240 Gaillard, France

Tel: (609) 662-8000 Tel: (0753) 37622 Tel: (50) 92.21.50

For Detailed Information, please call our EEM Hotline (609) 662-8008.

1*2500

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

The Name in Transducer Technology

Transducers to
Measure Slope,
Tilt, Angle

Model

Application

Measurement
Range, Degrees

LSO

General Level or Angle
Measurement

±1° to ±90°

LSV

Tilt Measurement (Horizontal
Bore Holes)

±1° to ±90°

LSR

Tilt Measurement (Limited
Spaces)

±1° to ±90°

LSF

X, Y Tilt Meter (Bore Holes)

±1° to ±90°

Inclinometers

Schaevitz inclinometers are extremely sensitive
transducers that measure horizontal angle or vertical
deviation with virtually infinite resolution. They are
ideal for a variety of applications including setting the
tilt of road grading and paving machines, leveling
ships, barges, and pipelines, mapping bore holes,
aligning boring equipment, and improving the accuracy
of mechanical scales.

These self-contained DC- powered units respond to
changes of slope as small as 0.000006 in./ft. and
changes in angle as small as 0.1 second of arc. The
operating temperature range is -65° F to 200° F.

A wide variety of options and external packages are
available.

Weight
and Force
Transducers

FTA/FTD

Series

Application

Measurement Range

U

General Purpose, Tension
or Compression

100 to 1,000 lb.

G

Tension or Compression

10 to 10,000 gm

T

Tension

20 to 1,000 lb.

Force Transducers

Schaevitz FT Series force transducers (load cells) are
compact, rugged units that permit accurate measure-
ment of tensile or compressive forces ranging from
10 gm to 1,000 lb full scale. Various end adapters and
load fittings are available. The operating temperature
range for the FTA Series is -65° F to 200° F, and
FTD Series is 25° F to 140° F.

schaevit z

Schaevitz Engineering

U.S. Route 130 & Union Avenue
Pennsauken, NJ 08110 U.S.A.
Tel: (609) 662-8000

Schaevitz-EM, Ltd. Schaevitz France

543 Ipswich Road 8, Rue de I’Industrie

Slough, Berks SL1 4EG England 74240 Gaillard, France
Tel: (0753) 37622 Tel: (50) 92.21.50

For Detailed Information, please call our EEM Hotline (609) 662-8008.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2501

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

The Name in Transducer Technology

Pressure

Transducers

Series

Application

Full Scale
Pressure, psi

P500

Low Pressure

1.5 to 5 psi

P700

High Accuracy

10 to 10,000 psi

P710

Highest Accuracy

10 to 10,000 psi

P720

General Industrial

10 to 10,000 psi

P740

High Level Output

10 to 10,000 psi

P750

Unregulated 12VDC Input

10 to 10,000 psi

P760

Unregulated 24VDC Input

10 to 10,000 psi

PT780

2 Wire Current Output

10 to 10,000 psi

P790

±15VDC Input

10 to 10,000 psi

P1 100]

Unidirectional Differential

10 to 500 psid

P2000 [

Pressure

1.5 to 5 psid

P2100J

Differential Pressure

10 to 3500 psid

P2500

General Purpose

500 to 10,000 psi

P3000

General Purpose, Low
Pressure (DC operated)

0- 5 to 0-200
inches of water
15-100 psi

Strain Gage Pressure Transducers

Schaevitz offers a complete line of diaphragm-type
high reliability, high performance, strain-gage pressure
transducers. These units feature welded stainless-
steel construction and incorporate positive overload
stops to protect the diaphragm from overpressure.
They can be furnished to measure either gage or
absolute pressure up to 10,000 psi. Units are also
available to measure low differential pressure at high
line pressure. The series includes pressure transmitters
for process control applications.

LVDT Pressure Transducers

LVDT-type Schaevitz pressure transducers are
designed to measure very low pressure of a variety of
liquids and gases. They are available to measure either
gage, absolute, or differential pressure down to 5
inches of water pressure.

schaevit z

Schaevitz Engineering Schaevitz-EM, Ltd. Schaevitz France

U.S. Route 130 & Union Avenue 543 Ipswich Road 8, Rue de i’lndustrie

Pennsauken, NJ 08110 U.S.A. Slough, Berks SL1 4EG England 74240 Gaillard, France

Tel: (609) 662-8000 Tel: (0753) 37622 Tel: (50) 92.21.50

For Detailed Information, please call our EEM Hotline (609) 662-8008.

1*2502

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

The Name in Transducer Technology

Transducers
to Measure
Acceleration

Series

Application

Measurement Range

LSB

General Purpose

0.25 to 50

Linear <

LSM

Miniaturized

0.25 to 50

LSQ\

Avionics

0.25 to 10 g

[LSXj

0.25 to 50 g

A nm ilar.

f ASB

General Purpose

50 to 1 500 rad/sec 2

r\\ lyuicxi <

[ASM

Miniaturized

50 to 1 500 rad/sec 2

Linear and Angular Accelerometers

Schaevitz servo accelerometers are closed-loop force-
balance transducers that combine rugged acceleration
sensors with solid state circuitry in a wide variety of
configurations. These devices satisfy the require-
ments of applications involving acceleration measure-
ment, inertial guidance, aircraft control and stabiliza-
tion, railroad vibration analysis, and other commercial
applications.

Models are available to measure linear acceleration in
ranges from ±0.25 g to ±50 g, with linearities of 0.05
percent of full scale. Often models measure angular
acceleration in ranges from ±50 rad/sec2 to ±1500
rad/sec2 with linearities of 0.1 percent of full scale.

Signal

Conditioning and
Readout Devices

Schaevitz produces a broad line of complementary
signal conditioners and readouts for use with LVDTs,
RVDTs, and strain gage transducers. This line includes
modular signal conditioners for OEM users, bench or
rack-mounted signal conditioners for laboratory or
industrial users, complete digital transducer readouts
for high accuracy and readability, and custom-designed
signal conditioning systems based on a family of
proprietary plug-in card modules.

schaevit z

Schaevitz Engineering Schaevitz-EM, Ltd. Schaevitz France

U.S. Route 130 & Union Avenue 543 Ipswich Road 8, Rue de Plndustrie

Pennsauken, NJ 08110 U.S.A. Slough, Berks SL1 4EG England 74240 Gaillard, France

Tel: (609) 662-8000 Tel: (0753) 37622 Tel: (50) 92.21.50

For Detailed Information, please call our EEM Hotline (609) 662-8008.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2503

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

The Name in Transducer Technology

Signal Conditioning and
Readout Devices

OEM Modules
Basic DC Modules

The SMS/GPM modules are very basic LVDT signal
conditioners powered from ±15VDC. They utilize the
same hybrid microcircuit as the Schaevitz DC-LVDTs
and can produce a ±10VDC output. The modules are
supplied with a pc board mounted gain control and has
provisions for a board-mounted zero control.

Line Powered Modules

The LPM-210 modules are economical signal condi-
tioners designed primarily for OEM applications.
Operating from conventional power lines, they supply
excitation to an LVDT, and then amplify its output.

Gain and zero controls are usually supplied by the user.
Standard full-scale output is ±10VDC, but a 4-20 mA
current output version is available. Also available is a
LPM-700 module to power strain gage transducers.

Signal Conditioners

CAS Types

CAS signal conditioners are premium performance
carrier amplifier-type instruments for all types of labo-
ratory and industrial applications. They feature high
stability and high gain with low noise and low output
ripple. This makes them particularly suitable for oper-
ation with low output LVDTs. The nominal full scale
output of a CAS is ±10VDC. Models are available with
either bench top or rack-mounting enclosures, but all
models have front panel mounted gain, zero, and
phase adjustments.

IEM/CAS Types

The IEM/CAS is a carrier amplifier type signal condi-
tioner packaged in a NEMA-12 enclosure. It is especially
designed for users in the process industries, featuring
the stability and performance of the CAS series, but
with a 4-20 mA current output.

Continued on next page.

schaevitz

Schaevitz Engineering

U.S. Route 130 & Union Avenue
Pennsauken, NJ 08110 U.S.A.
Tel: (609) 662-8000

Schaevitz-EM, Ltd.

543 Ipswich Road

Slough, Berks SL1 4EG England

Tel: (0753) 37622

Schaevitz France
8, Rue de I’lndustrie
74240 Gaillard, France
Tel: (50) 92.21.50

For Detailed Information, please call our EEM Hotline (609) 662-8008.

1*2504

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500 TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS 5500

The Name in Transducer Technology

Signal Conditioning and

Readout Devices

Self-Contained Digital Readouts

MDTR-350L

The MDTR-350L is a self-contained, line powered LVDT
signal conditioner with a 3V2 digit readout. Full scale
display is ±1999, and the decimal point is changeable
in the field. Gain and zero adjustments are provided,
but no phase adjustment is necessary. The unit is
designed for panel mounting in a standard DIN cut-out,
and has parallel BCD output available at the rear con-
nector. Also available is the MDTR-3505 for use with
strain gage transducers.

DTR-450

The DTR-450 is a fully self contained, power line oper-
ated, high stability LVDT signal conditioner with a 4V2
digit readout. Full scale display is ±19999. It is an
extremely versatile instrument that features a front
panel switch for 10 times range expansion and another
to change the display from prescaled English units to
prescaled metric units. The scaling for each set of
units and the decimal point locations can be preset in
the field. The DTR-450 is enclosed in an electrostati-
cally shielded case with a handle that functions as a
tilting stand. Other features include RFI shielded power
input and simultaneous BCD output and 0-10VDC
analog output.

Modular Systems

PCB System

A PCB system is built around the concept of a single
power supply and card cage combined with a family of
versatile plug-in card modules for signal conditioning,
signal processing, and control functions. The result is
a cost-effective way to assemble a custom designed
system of any number of channels. The system can be
designed to display or record measurements made
with transducers and can be used to control processes
monitored by the transducers. Interface with a com-
puter is even possible. Among the plug-in card functions
available are:

• Carrier excitation • Peak signal-hold

• Amplifier/demodulator • Multiplexer

• High-low limit • Operational amplifier

• BCD (TTL logic). • Current output

• Sum/difference • Programmable relay

• Auto-zero • V/f or f/V

schaevifs

Schaevitz Engineering

U.S. Route 130 & Union Avenue
Pennsauken, NJ 08110 U.S.A.
Tel: (609) 662-8000

Schaevitz-EM, Ltd. Schaevitz France

543 Ipswich Road 8, Rue de I’lndustrie

Slough, Berks SL1 4EG England 74240 Gaillard, France
Tel: (0753) 37622 Tel: (50) 92.21.50

For Detailed Information, please call our EEM Hotline (609) 662-8008.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2505

5500

5500

SCIENTIFIC COLUMBUS

AN ESTERLINE COMPANY

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

SCIENTIFIC COLUMBUS, INC.

1900 ARLINGATE LANE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43228 TEL (614) 274-7160 TELEX 245-426

DIALOGIC

WATT

TRANSDUCERS
DL-A2 SERIES

, Tested and Approved
• Current Output

• Long Term Stability

• Measure Forward or Reverse Power Flow
Accuracy ±0.1% of Reading

DIGILOGIC

VAR

TRANSDUCERS
DLV-A2 SERIES

Tested and Approved
• Current Output • Long Term Stability
• Minimal Space Requirements • Measure
Forward or Reverse Reactive Power Flow
Accuracy ±0.15 of Reading

SPECIFICATIONS

Potential Input Range*: 0-150V. Current Input
Range: 0-10A. Watt Input Range: See table below
(Effective Range). Frequency Input: 58-62 Hz.
Power Factor: Any. Load Resistance, Rl: 0-10 Kil-

ohms 11 Volt Compliance. Ambient Temp.: 25
±5°C. Auxiliary Power: 85 to 135V. Temperature:
±0.005% /°C from -20°C to +70°C.

* Signal range when used for auxiliary power is 120V
nominal limited to 85 to 135V maximum.

Model

Element

Voltage

Load

Conection

Cal.

Watts

Effective

Range

DL5C5A2

1

'

Single Phase

500

0-1000 Watts

DL5C51V2A2

U/2

Balanced

Balanced

3 Phase 3 Wire

1000

0-2000 Watts

DL31K5A2

2

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 3 Wire

1000

0-2000 Watts

DL31K52i/ 2 A2

21/2

Balanced

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500

0-3000 Watts

DL342K5A2

2 i

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500

0-3000 Watts

SPECIFICATIONS

Potential Input Range*: 0-150V. Current Input
Range: 0-10A. VAR Input Range: See table below
(Effective Range). Frequency Input: 60 Hz. Power
Factor: Any. Load Resistance, Rl: 0-10 Kilohms,

11 Volt Compliance. Ambient Temp.: 25 ±5°C.
Auxiliary Power: 85 to 135V. Temperature:
±0.005% /°C from 0-50°C.

* Signal range when used for auxiliary power is 120V
nominal limited to 80 to 135V maximum.

Model

Element

Voltage

Load

Connection

Cal.

Vars

Effective

Range

DLV5C5A2

1

Single Phase

500

0-1000 Vars

DLV5C51V2A2

H/2

Balanced

Balanced

3 Phase 3 Wire

1000

0-2000 Vars

DLV31K5A2

2

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 3 Wire

1000

0-2000 Vars

DLV31K52i/ 2 A2

21/2

Balanced

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500

0-3000 Vars

DLV342K5A2

3

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500

0-3000 Vars

EXCELTRONIC™

WATT

TRANSDUCERS
XL-A2 SERIES

• Utility Tested and Approved
• Current Output • Zero Drift • Minimal Space
Requirements • Measure Forward or Reverse
Power Flow • Long Term Stability
Accuracy ±0.2% of Reading

SPECIFICATIONS

Potential Input Range*: 0-150V. Current Input
Range: 0-10A. Watt Input Range: See table below
(Effective Range). Load Resistance, Rl: 0-10 Kil-
ohms. Compliance: 11.0 Volts Min. (See overrange

Model

Element

Voltage

Load

Connection

Cal.

Watts

Effective

Range

XL5C5A2

1

Single Phase

500

0-1000 Watts

XL5C51i/ 2 A2

U/2

Balanced

Balanced

3 Phase 3 wire

1000

0-2000 Watts

XL31K5A2

2

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 3 wire

1000

0-2000 Watts

XL31K52i/ 2 A2

21/2

Balanced

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500

0-3000 Watts

XL342K5A2

3

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500 !

0-3000 Watts

note). Output Ripple Peak: <0.5% of RO. Fre-
quency Input: 58-62 Hz. Power Factor: Any. Tem-
perature: — 20°C to +70°C.

Overrange: 500 to 1000 Watts/Element no addi-
tional errors within compliance rating. Reduce Rl
as required.

TM

EXCELTRONIC

VAR

TRANSDUCERS
XLV-A2 SERIES

► Utility Tested and Approved

• Current Output • Zero Drift, Long Term
Stability • Minimal Space Requirements

• Measure Forward or Reverse Reactive Power
Flow

Accuracy 0.2% of Reading

SPECIFICATIONS

Potential Input Range*: 0-150V. Current Input
Range: 0-10A. VAR Input Range: See table below
(Effective Range). Load Resistance, Rl: 0-10 Kil-
ohm. Compliance: 11.0 Volts Min. (See overrange

Model

Element

Voltage

Load

Connection

Cal.

Vars

Effective

Range

XLV5C5A2

1

—

—

Single Phase

500

0-1000 Vars

XLV5C51i/ 2 A2

U/2

Balanced

Balanced

3 Phase 3 Wire

1000

0-2000 Vars

XLV31K5A2

2

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 3 Wire

1000

0-2000 Vars

XLV31K52i/ 2 A2

21/2

Balanced

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500

0-3000 Vars

XLV342K5A2

3

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500

0-3000 Vars

note). Output Ripple Peak: <0.5% of RO. Fre-
quency Input: 60 Hz. Power Factor: Any. Tempera-
ture: — 20°C to +60°C.

Overrange: 500 to 1000 Watts/Element no addi-
tional errors within compliance rating. Reduce Rl
as required.

EXCELTRONIC™

WATT/VAR
TRANSDUCERS
packaged in one case
XLWV-A2 SERIES

• Utility Tested and Approved • Current Outputs

• Zero Drift, Long Term Stability • Minimal
Space Requirements • Measure Forward or
Reverse True and Reactive Power Flow
Accuracy ±0.2% of Reading

SPECIFICATIONS

Potential Input Range*: 0-150V. Current Input
Range: 0-10A. Watt or VAR Input Range: See table
below (Effective Range). Load Resistance, Rl: 0-10
Kilohms. Compliance: 11.0 Volts Min. (See over-

range note). Output Ripple Peak: <0.5% of RO.
Frequency Input: 60 Hz. Power Factor: Any. Tem-
perature: — 20°C to +60°C.

Overrange: 500 to 1000 Watts/Element no addi-
tional errors within compliance rating. Reduce Rl
as required.

Model

Element

Voltage

Load

Connection

Cal.
Watts
or Vars

Effective
Range Watts
or Vars

XLWV5C5A2

1

—

—

Single Phase

500

0-1000

XLWVC5C51i/ 2 A2

IV 2

Balanced

Balanced

3 Phase 3 Wire

1000

0-2000

XLWV31K5A2

2

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 3 Wire

1000

0-2000

XLWV31K52l/ 2 A2

21/2

Balanced

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500

0-3000

XLWV342K5A2

3

Unrestricted

Unrestricted

3 Phase 4 Wire

1500

0-3000

EXCELTRONIC™

CURRENT
AND VOLTAGE
TRANSDUCERS

Average Sensing • True RMS • 3 in 1 Packaging
Accuracy 0.1%-0.25%

SPECIFICATIONS FOR MODELS SPECIFICATIONS FOR MODELS

VT110A2, VT110A4, RMS 3567 CT510A2, CT510A4, RMS 4074

Model

4044

CT510A2

CT510A4

RMS

4074

Model

3588

VT110A2

VT110A4

RMS

3567

Full Scale Current

5a

*

*

Full Scale Voltage

150V

*

*

Burden

0.25 VA

*

*

Burden @ 120V

2.5 VA

*

*

Temperature Range

— 20°C to
+ 60°C

*

*

Temperature Range

-20°C to
+ 60°C

*

it

Maximum Temperature
Effects on Accuracy

±0.5%

*

*

Maximum Temperature
Effects on Accuracy

±0.5%

*

*

Output Load Required

0-10K ohm

*

*

Output Load Required

0-10K ohm

*

■ *

Dielectric Test

1500 rms

*

*

Dielectric Test

1500 Vrms

*

*

* Specification shown in first column is the same for all models in this series.

1*2506

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS A ENCODERS

5500

SCIENTIFIC COLUMBUS

SCIENTIFIC COLUMBUS, INC.

1900 ARLINGATE LANE, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43228 TEL. (614) 274-7160 TELEX 245-426

EXCELTRONIC

PHASE ANGLE

TRANSDUCER

DESCRIPTION

TM

1

These transducers measure the phase angle
between two voltage inputs (6314) or between
one voltage and one current input (6330). All
models have a ±180° phase detector prevent-
ing ambiguous readings when the input goes
beyond full scale. The unique circuits use both

zero-crossing times to measure the angle. They
use phase locked loops to reduce the effects of
noise interference and harmonics on the inputs.

The units can be supplied for full scale ranges
of ±45° up to ±180° and with outputs of
±1 mA, 0-T mA, 1-5 mA or 4-20 mA.

SPECIFICATIONS

Full Scale Range: ±45° to ±180°. Phase Angle
Range without Ambiguous Readings: ±180°. Ac-
curacy at 25°C, Normal Condition: ±1%. Addi-
tional Error Between — 20°C and + 60°C: ±0.5°.
Potential Input(s): 95-1135 VAC (nominal). Over-
load, continuous: 150V at 120V. Burden: 4 VA at
120V. Current Input: 0.5 to 5A (nominal). Overload,

continuous: 10A. Overload, 1/2 sec./hr: 400A.
Frequency Range: 60 Hz. Adjustment (non-interact-
ing), Zero: ±3°. Span: ±5°. Ripple: 1% of maxi-
mum output (Peak). Response Time: 0.4 seconds
to 99% of final value. Protection Isolation: Input/
Output/ Case. Dielectric Test: 1500V rms for 1
minute. Surge Withstand: Proposed IEEE SWC Test.
Outputs: 0- ±1.0 mA into 0-10 kilohms. Option —
PA6: 1-5 mA into 0-2.4 kilohms. Option — PA7:
4-20 mA into 0-1.2 kilohms. For Model 6314 or
6330 add following suffix to complete model
number:

— 45 ±45°, PF 1 to 0.7071

— 60 ±60°, PF 1 to 0.5

— 75 ±75°, PF1 to 0.2588

— 180 ±180°

EXCELTRONIC™

FREQUENCY
TRANSDUCERS
MODELS 6281 B,
6283B, 6284B

DESCRIPTION

These transducers develop a DC output signal
which is proportional to input frequency, have
an expanded scale output, and feature constant
current output. This means, for a given input,
no adjustment is necessary to compensate for
various output signal loop characteristics.

EXCELTRONIC™

POWER TRANSDUCER
“P SERIES” A6 1-5 ma,
A7 4-20 ma,

A8 10-50 ma

DESCRIPTION

Scientific Columbus has over 60 high output
constant current transducers available for your
selection. These transducers measure voltage,
current, watts, vars, frequency and power factor
with the popular outputs compatible with con-
trol equipment.

SPECIFICATIONS

6281 B

6283B

6284B

Input Voltage

120V

120V

120V

Overload

150V

150V

150V

Frequency Range

45-55 Hz

375-425 Hz

55-65 Hz

Output

0-1 ma into 0-10K ohms

0-1 ma into 0-10K ohms

0-1 ma into 0-10K ohms

Accuracy

±0.02% of

Center frequency at 25°C

±0.02% of

Center frequency at 25°C

±0.02% of

Center frequency at 25°C

Ambient Temperature
Effect on Accuracy

±0.0025%/°C Max.

±0.0025%/°C Max.

±0.0025%/°C Max.

Adjustments

Zero, Span

Zero, Span

Zero, Span

Burden

. 4 VA

4 VA

4 VA

Ripple

1% maximum output peak

1% maximum output peak

1% maximum output peak

Temperature Range

— 20°C to +60°C

— 20°C to +60°C

•— 20°C to +60°C

Response

0.4 sec. to 99%
of final value

0.4 sec. to 99%
of final value

0.4 sec. to 99%
of final value

SPECIFICATIONS COMMON TO WATT
AND VAR MODELS

Nominal Voltage Input: 120V. Voltage Range: 0-
135V. Permissible Voltage Overload: 150V. Volt-
age Burden (per Element): 0.05 VA at 120V.
Nominal Current Input: 5A. Permissible Current
Overload: 10A cont., 250A for 1 sec. Current
Burden (per Element): 0.10 VA at 5A. External
Power Required: 100-130V, 50 Hz-500 Hz 12 VA.
Dielectric Test: 1500 VRMS. Frequency Range
Watts: 50-60 Hz. Frequency Range Vars: 60 Hz.
Power Factor Range.- Any. Temperature Range:
0-50°C. Temp. Effects in Accuracy: ±0.0075%/
°C. Accuracy/ Linearity @ 25°C: ±0.25%. AC
Component P to P: 0.5% max. Response Time:
1 sec. max.

SPECIFICATIONS COMMON TO VOLT,
CURRENT, POWER FACTOR, FREQUENCY,
AND ISOLATION TRANSDUCERS

Nominal Voltage Input: 120V. Permissible Voltage
Overload: 150V. Voltage Burdens: 3 VA max. Cur-
rent Circuits Nominal Input: 5A. Permissible Cur-
rent Overload: 10A Cont., 250 for 1 sec. Current
Circuit Burdens: 3 VA max. External Power Re-
quired: 100-130V, 50 Hz-500 Hz 12 VA. Dielectric
Tests (Isolation unit): 1500 VRMS. Input Termi-
nals: 4000 VDC. Temperature Range: 0-50°C.
Temp. Effects on Accuracy: ±1%. Accuracy/ Line-
arity @ 25°C: ±0.5%. AC Compinent P to P:
0.5% max. Response Time: 1 sec. max.

EXCELTRONIC™

TEMPERATURE
TRANSDUCER
SERIES 9015N,

901 6P, 901 9C

DESCRIPTION

These transducers have true constant current
output of 0-1 MA that will simplify your own
calibrating or scaling networks, as well as allow-
inging telemetering over long distances with-
out line drop error.

SPECIFICATIONS

Constant Current Output: 0-1 mA for Full Range
Input. Load Resistance Range: Any Load Between
0-10K Ohms. Temperature Range: -4°F to 140°F.
Ripple: 1% RO (Peak). Connections: See Model
9015- 49F, Model 9016 & 9019 - 49G. Adjustments
Span: ±10%. Zero: ±3%. Response Time: <50

Milliseconds. Dielectric: 1500 VRMS @ 60 Hz for
1 Min. Power Requirement: 110 VAC ±20 VAC, 50
to 450 Hz, 3.5 Watts Max. Temperature Influence
on Accuracy (-4°F to + 140°F): ±.015% /°F
(from 77°F). Open Circuit Voltage: 16 VDC. Dimen-
sions: See Style 11-Models 9016 & 9019, Style
Ill-Model 9015.

Basic

Model

RTD Type

Suggested Sensor
Resistance

Temp. Span

Temp. Range

Max.

Sensor Current

9015N

9016P

9019C

Nickel-Iron

Platinum

Copper

676Q @ 77°F
100Q @ 32°F
10.0ft @ 77°F

50°F or 150°F
150°F or 300°F
150°F or 300°F

— 200°F to 500°F

— 320°F to 1000°F

— 100°F to 300°F

< 3 Milliamps

< 5 Milliamps
<50 Milliamps.

CALIBRATOR

PORTABLE TRANSDUCER
MODEL 6444

• 40% Lighter • 40% Smaller • All Digital

• Replaces the 1369C • Watts • Vars • Amps

• Volts

EEM 1983

SPECIFICATIONS

Function: AC watt, var, current and voltage trans-
ducer tester and calibrator. Ranges: 0-150 VRMS,
0-5A, 0-10 ARMS, Avg. Sensing. 0-750/0-1500W,
0-750/0-1500 Var. Voltage Output: VA rating 15
VA. Current Output: VA rating. Hi Range: Hi-24 VA
@ 1. PF, 22V @ 0.5 PF. Lo Range: Lo-6 VA @
1.0 PF., 2.4 VA @ 0.5 PF. Load Power Factor:
Unity and 0.5 lag (approx.) Transducer Signal
Load: 1 ohm to 100K ohms and infinity, selected
by thumbwheel digital readout switches. Standard
Output Signal: 0-10 volts dc for zero to full scale
of test quantity (V, A, W, var). Meters, all meters
are 3V2 digit liquid crystal d'splay (LCD): Volts
0-150, Amperes 0-5/0-10, Watts/Vars 0-750/0-

1500, Error -20% - 0 - + 20%. Accuracy of
Internal Std. Transducers: ±0.1%. Accuracy (Digi-
tal Indicating Meters): Volt, Amp & Watt/Var in-
dicators, ±0.15% of f.s. ±1 digit. Accuracy
(Standard Output): ±0.1% (maximum). Tempera-
ture Range: +25°C ±10°. Power to Operate Unit:
120V ±10%, 60 Hz, Approx. 130 VA. Termina-
tions: Five-way binding posts are mounted on the
front panel of the instrument. Power receptacle
is on the rear of the case. Accessories: No acces-
sories are required for complete functional testing
of transducer being checked. Packaging: Wood-
formica portable instrument case with carrying
handle. Dimensions: 13" high x 22" wide x 9"
high (330 x 560 x 230 mm). Weight: 45 lbs.
(20.4 kg).

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2507

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

SEQUENTIAL

OPTICAL ENCODERS

Sequential offers virtually every type of Optical Encoder, both self-contained and
modular. Incremental and absolute units are available in industrial, instrument, high
resolution and economy packages. PC type Encoders provide direct data input to
Programmable Controllers and Process Computers without special interface logic. All
models include more than 150 resolutions in stock with a wide variety of mechanical
and electrical options.

INCREMENTAL ENCODERS

ABSOLUTE ENCODERS

HI-RES ENCODERS

Size:

Resolution:
Output Formats:

Output Levels:
Illumination Source:
Detectors:

Low Cost
Series 25L

1.1" dia x 2" L (1 1 A); 1.5"
diax 1%"L (15A)
to 1024 eye/ rev (1 1 A) ; to
2048 eye/ rev (15A)

Single Channel, 2-Channel in
Quadrature, 2-Channel Quad-
rature plus Zero Index
TTL or C-MOS Compatible
Single LED
Phototransistors

Size: 2.62" dia x 2" L

Resolution: to 1270 cyc/rev

Output Formats: Single Channel, 2-Channels

in Quadrature, 2-Channel
Quadrature plus Zero Index
Output Levels: TTL, C-MOS Compatible

Illumination Source: Single LED
Detectors: Phototransistors

High Accuracy & Resolution
Series
25G

Size:

Resolution:

Output Format:

Quadrature Accuracy:
Frequency Response:

Illumination Source:
Detectors:

Output Levels:

2.625" dia x L (depends on
output)

to 4,000 cyc/rev (without
Interpolation) to 20,000
cyc/rev (with Interpolation)
Single Channel, 2-Channels
in Quadrature, 2-Channels
Quadrature plus Zero
Index, Direction-sensing
with IX, 2X, 4X Multiplica-
tion Logic
±22V2°

50 KHz standard, 100 KHz
available

Single LED or Lamp
Phototransistors or
Photocells

TTL, C-MOS, HTL, Differ-
ential Line Driver and
Complementary Outputs,
Open Collector (30 vdc,

40 ma, max)

Heavy Duty NEMA 13
Series 30GN & 25GN

Size: 2.5" dia x 2.5" L (25GN);

3" dia x 3" L (30GN)

Mounting: Servo, Face (Bolt Circle)

or Flange

Resolution: to 2540 cyc/rev

Output Format/Levels: Same as 25G
Shaft Dia: %" (25GN); 1 / 2 " (30GN)

Radial Shaft Loading: 35 lbs (25GN); 40 lbs
(30GN)

Shaft Seal: Buna N rubber with garter

spring

Illumination Source: Single LED
Detectors: Phototransistors

Series

25H

Size: 2.625" dia x L (depends on

output)

Resolution: to 13 cycle or Natural Binary,

to 3599 Binary Coded
Decimal

Output Codes: CB, NB, CBCD & BCD

standard

Output Levels: TTL, C-MOS, Open Collector

(30 vdc, 40 ma, max)

Output Options: Gated, Serial, Differential

Illumination Source: Single LED or Lamp

Detectors: Phototransistors or

Photocells

Extra Heavy Duty NEMA 13
Series 30HR
Enclosure

Configuration: (See Note) Input Shaft connected
to any Series 25 Encoder through
a flexible coupling

Size: 3" dia x L (depends on options)

Shaft Dia: to %" (uses %" LD. roller

bearings)

Shaft Loading: 400 lbs radial, 200 lbs axial
Shaft Seal: Buna N rubber with garter spring

Note: For use with any Series 25 Absolute or
Incremental Encoder.

NEMA 13 Programmable
Controller
Series 40HDN/PC

Size: 4" dia x V' L

Resolution: 359 BCD, 999 BCD, 2"> NB

Output Levels: TTL, C-MOS, Open Collec-

tor (30 vdc, 40 ma, max)
Shaft Dia: 1 / 2 "

Radial Shaft Loading: 40 lbs
Shaft Seal: Buna N rubber with garter

spring

Illumination Source: Single LED
Detectors: Phototransistors

Note: Data Hold Input, Data Ready Output, Direc-
tion Input Select and Multiplex Control
Input Signals for direct hand-shaking capa-
bility with most Programmable Controllers.

NEMA 13

Multi-Turn

Encoders

Configuration: Both Encoders and Output Shaft

isolated from gear train by flexible
couplings

1,000 bits/turn x over 140 turns
(140,000 total bits)

BCD

TTL or Open Collector (30 vdc,

40 ma, max)

Note: Data-Hold, Data-Ready signals for direct
hand-shaking capability with most Program-
mable Controllers or Process Computers.

Resolution:

Output Code:
Output Level:

Sequential offers a full line of absolute
encoders with resolutions to 21 bits.
Package sizes range from 3.5" to 12" dia.
Hollow-shaft models are available with
thru-holes to 7". Sequential Encoders
offer the highest resolution and accuracy
available today!

These encoders have been used by the
military, NASA, other governmental agen-
cies and industrial companies in a variety
of applications including tracking mounts,
radar and telemetry pedestals and meas-
uring equipment.

Many units have been fully qualified for
operation aboard military aircraft, ships,
in space and in environments from desert
to ocean. A full complement of options
and accessories is available, including
electrical zeroing, on-line automatic
checkout, redundancy with automatic
switchover, displays and readouts, flexi-
ble couplings and test sets.

Other

Products

• Limit Programmers

• Selsyn Monitors

• Encoded Motors

• Industrial Control Systems

• Synchronous dc Motors

• Permanent Magnet dc
Motors

SEQUENTIAL

INFORMATION SYSTEMS INC.

Sequential Information Systems, Inc.

249 North Saw Mill River Road, Elmsford, New York 10523
(91 4) 592-5930 T WX 71 0-567-1 21 2

1*2508

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

Setia HIGH ACCURACY PRESSURE & ACCELERATION
Systems MEASUREMENT & CONTROL

HIGH OUTPUT/
HIGH ACCURACY

PRESSURE &
VACUUM
TRANSDUCERS/
TRANSMITTERS

Output: 5VDCor
±2.5VDC

Excitation: Normal 24V DC
(unregulated)

Other voltages optional

Ambient Temperature: 0°F
to 175°F
-65°Fto250°F
available -some units

Two-wire transmitters
(4-20mA) include
Models C-204, C-204D,
C-228, C-239

HIGH OUTPUT/
HIGH ACCURACY

DIGITAL

PRESSURE

MEASUREMENT

SYSTEMS

4V2 Digit LED Display
BCD Output Option
Analog Output Standard

HIGH OUTPUT/
HIGH ACCURACY

Application

Full Scale
Pressure Ranges
from:

Absolute Pressure
Gage Pressure
Vacuum

Model Vacuum

204/204E 4 . In

204D Differential Pressure

25 to 10,000 psia
25 to 10, 000 psig
0 to 14.7 psiv
10 to 10,000 psid

Gage Pressure
Absolute Pressure

25 to 5,000 psig
25 to 5,000 psia

Differential Pressure
(can be wet
both sides)

Low d iff. press.

1 to 50 psid
±0.5 to 25 psid
at high line
pressure to
2000 psig

Model 237

Absolute Pressure

F J ts . , Differential Pressure

Scamvalve

1 and 5 psia
±0.1 to ±5 psid
0.2 to 10 psid

Absolute Pressure
Gage Pressure

/ 239/239E

/ Differential Pressure

1 and 5 psia
0.02 to 5 psig

0.02 to 10 psid
0.2 to 10 psiv

Barometric Pressure
Absolute Pressure
Gage Pressure

/■pX SETRACERAM™ Differential Pressure

v "~^|P^'Sensor

800-1 100 mb
5 to 100 psia
5 to 100 psig
5 to 100 psid
±2.5 to ± 20 psid

Pressure

Media

Compatibility

Accuracy

Temperature Effects
Zero Shift
±%FS/100°F
Sensitivity Shift
±%FS/100°F

Gas or liquid
compatible
with Stainless
Steel

0.11%

204 0.4 max

0.3 max
204E 3 max

2 max

204D0.4max
0.3 max

Gas or liquid
compatible with
Stainless Steel

0.11%

2 max

1 .5 max

Gas or liquid
compatible with
Stainless Steel
(both pressure
and

reference sides)

0.25%

3 max

2 max

Gas compatible
with Stainless
Steel

0.27%

1.5 max

1 max

Gas compatible
with Stainless
Steel, Aluminum

239

0.14%

239E

0.23%

239 1 max

1 max
239E 5 max

5 max

Wet or

Dry Air

0.05%

0.1 max

(0.2 Barometric)
0.1 max

Digital Readouts/Indicators

Complete Systems

300B

DIGITAL

PRESSURE

READOUT

300C

DIGITAL

PRESSURE

INDICATOR

360 V T
DIGITAL I,
PRESSURE
GAGE

" 361.

DIGITAL

BAROMETER

304/339

ELECTRONIC

MANOMETER

Systems with separately mounted transducers.

Self-contained systems with integral pressure transducers.

Model

Gage Pressure
Absolute Pressure

30QB 300C

.02 to 10,000 psig
1 to 10, 000 psia

360

20 to 2000 psig
20 to 2000 psia

361

5 to 100 psig
5 to 100 psia

304

25 to 100 psig
25 to 100 psia

339

0.02 to 10 psig
1 to 5 psia

Differential Pressure
Vacuum

Barometric Pressure

0.02 to 100 psid
±0.01 to ±50 psid

0.02 to 100 psid
±0.01 to ±50 psid

Analog Outputs
Accuracy % FS

0.2 to 14.7 psiv
800 to

11 00 millibars
Oto 5 V o r 0 to ±2.5V
Transducer accuracy

14.7 psiv

800 to

11 00 millibars

Oto 5 V
±0.05%

0to5Vor0to ±2.5V

± 0 . 11 %

LINEAR

ACCELEROMETERS

Available on GSA.

“Systems wnteoreaiitorAppiication Guide and p^ces:

the transducer people

(617) 263-1400. 45 Nagog Park, Acton, MA 01720,

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2509

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

On-tarcet sensors
for position
ana speed control.

Choosing the right up-front sensor can make a big difference in position- and speed-
control system requirements.

At TSI, if you need a non-contact pickup, with or without logic signal conditioning,
with or without zero-speed and/or direction output, its performance will be strictly
as specified, and its cost-saving advantages will be welcome news.

Pickups, proximity sensors and switches, LVDTs, and velocity transducers— all are
manufactured in their entirety at TSI. Select from hundreds of standard models
and custom designs.

Sensor

Type

Variable-Reluctance
Magnetic Pickups

DIGITRAC®

I m

Features

Non-contact, high
frequency output
capability, several
output/resolution
packages. High en-
vironmental adapt-
ability.

Digital output,
insensitive over a
range of, and to
variations in supply
voltage and air-gap
distance. Non-
contact.

Zero-speed out-
put, digital,
good noise immunity,
magnetoresistive
; sensing, non-contact.

Directional and
zero-speed digital
output from one
differential magneto-
resistive sensor.

High noise immunity,
easy installation,
non-contact.

Output,

General

Analog, logic signal
conditioning available

»S2

. TTL- and CMOS-
compatible

TTL- and CMOS-
compatible

Output

Range

250 mV p-p to

300 V p-p

at 5 Vdc supply*

0.2 V low; 4.75 V
high.

at 15 Vdc supply*

0.2 V low; 14.25 V
high

^operates at 5-to-
15 Vdc supply.

at 5 Vdc supply

0.2 V low; 4.75 V
high.

at 12 Vdc supply

0.2 V low; 11,4V
high

at 10-14 Vdc supply

‘zero-speed and
position output:

0.4 V low;

4.75 V high
direction output:
clockwise -
0.2 Vdc

counterclockwise -
3.0 Vdc

mm

0.2” max.

0.080” max.

0.060” max.

0.025” max.

piliff-

1 MHz

20 kHz

r; -7;' r '/y ’ |pj||g If

V .■ .. & ■;*.;* • « •; r ; \ ; V" U

*• -v , . -• «•«* 1 , . .* <

Target

Material

Ferromagnetic

IHii!

inns

Ferromagnetic

*Contact TSI for specifications on proximity transducers, proximity switches. LVDTs, and velocity transducers. 7870

1*2510

r TRANSDUCER SYSTEMS, INC.

1510 Delp Drive, P.O. Box 341 • Kulpsville, PA 19443 • 215-256-4611 • Telex 846078
For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

DIGITAL.

12371 KENSINGTON RD, LOS ALAMITOS, CA 90720 • (213) 594-0094

DESCRIPTION

The SOFTPOT is a front panel optical incremental encoder
which converts mechanical action directly to digital output.
Its low cost has made software programmable performance
practical for new applications. Shaft tension provides the feel
of a potentiometer but there are no stops. Since the SOFTPOT
is an incremental device the absolute value of the controlled
parameter may be maintained in memory by your microproces-
sor providing:

• Software presetablo parameters

• Software definable limits

• Software programmable interaction

The two channel outputs are quadrature phase encoded to
provide a resolution of 4 quadrants per cycle and 16 cycles
per revolution yielding a code, change every 5.6 degrees or 64
quadrants per turn. LED light sources assure low power con-
sumption and a long reliable life. One external 74LS244 will
interface four SOFTPOTS to standard TTL.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PARAMETER

MIN

NOM

MAX

UNITS

NOTE

Supply Voltage

4.75

5.0

5.25

Volts

Supply Current

22

30

MA

VoutH

3.5

5.0

5.25

Volts

2

VoutL

0.15

0.4

Volts

2

lout (Vout=.5v)

0.5

2.0

MA

lout Short

8

18

MA

Symmetry

150

180

210

Degrees

3,4

Quadrature

60

90

120

Degrees

3,5

NOTES: 1. A 74LS244 is recommended as the interface to TTL.

2. At 74LS244 input

3. At 74LS244 output

4. Symmetry is a measure of the relationship between (X) and (Y) In
electrical degrees.

5. Quadrature is specified by (Z) and is the phase lag or lead be-
tween channels A and B in electrical degrees.

6. Channel B leads channel A for clockwise rotation.

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions:

See above |

Connectors:

Unit

AMP— 640456— 4

Mate

AMP— 640441— 4

Materials:

Housing

ABS# KJB4051 (fire retardant)

Shaft

Brass

Bushing

Brass

Torque

0.5 in. oz. -F/-0.20 in. oz.

Weight

1.0 ounces

Operating Temperature

-20 to 85 degrees C

Storage Temperature

-40 to 85 degrees C

Mounting Hole Size

.380 inch

Panel Thickness

.125 inch max.

ORDERING INFORMATION

PRICING. $16.00/1000’s $20.00/50’s

$1 7.00/500’s $22.00/1 0’s

$1 8.00/100’s $25.00/1 's

MATING CONNECTORS: $.50

PART NUMBER : SP-16

F.O.B. : Los Alamitos, CA via U.P.S.

, AVAILABILITY : Normal Shipment is Next Day
TERMS : 30 Days Upon Approval

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2511

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

If you want to
move it .

control it,

sense it

cc

• i •

or scan it

Cfipw

vemitech

That is, if you’re looking for instrument motors, optical and contacting shaft angle encoders,
rotary and linear potentiometers, potentiometric pressure transducers, industrial precision
brakes or clutches, or laser scanning motors, we’ll probably have just what you’re looking for.
Just look on the opposite page. And if you don’t find what you want, call Vemitech, give us the
particulars, and we’ll make it for you.

■VEi^iixriTECH:

kjrn ■■H

l* Q&lEU&MfcA'*

M

I^KTV '‘.wH

.. - ...

aauaaml

mEaSEEm

innnvtaaiH

1*2512

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5500

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

5500

POTENTIOMETERS

employing Vernitech’s unique
conductive film and precious
metal wipers. . . respond to wiper
motions as small as .000005".

Rotary Single Turn
Linear, non-linear, sine/cosine available.
Sizes 0.5", L 0.5" to Dia 5.0", L 1.880".
Linearity or conformity ±2% to 0.025%.
Resistance range 1KO to -250KfL
Rotary Multi-Turn
10 to 100 turns available.

Sizes Dia 0.5", L 1.5" to Dia 2.0", L 2.625".
Linearity or conformity ±0.5% to 0.015%.
Resistance range 1KH to 500KD.

Linear Motion

Electrical stroke lengths 1" to 60".
Linearity or conformity ±0.2% to 0.01%.
Resistance range 250Tl/in to 250Kf2/in.

CLUTCHES
AND BRAKES

(electromagnetic)

hundreds of models and sizes available from stock .

Precision Instrument Type

Sizes 5, 8, 11, 13, 15, and 18.

Standard length and wafer types. Spring and magnetic.
Meet MIL-E-5272C. Zero backlash.

Torque 5 to 150 oz. in. Response time 5 to 142 ms.
Industrial Types — open frame
Sizes 8, 12, 17, 22, 26. Torque to 75 in. lb.

Response time 6-30 ms at rated voltage.

Industrial Types - enclosed frame
Hybrid or special units designed for particular applications
when MIL-SPECS and close tolerances are not essential, but
where having a complete “self-contained” unit is desirable:
cassette tape decks, analog devices actuators, etc.

Fail Safe

Braking action occurs 10 ms after coil is de-energized or
power fails. Sizes 8, 17, 30, and 45.

Torque up to 50 in. lb. Zero backlash. Adjustable to
compensate for wear.

PRESSURE
TRANSDUCERS

potentiometer type,

featuring infinite resolution, long life, and high reliability
through the use of conductive film resistance elements,
multiple wipers, and direct coupling of pressure sensing
element to potentiometer wipers.

Pressure ranges from 0.1 to 10,000 psi in gage, absolute and
differential types. Also available with high overpressure
capability.

Linearity to ±0.3%. Air speed, altitude and low cost types
available.

MOTORS

Over 1500 Standard Designs or
Custom Designed to your requirements.

Synchronous — for laser scanning

Sizes 5, 8, 11, 15, 18, 20, 25, 35.

Speeds 100 to 48,000 rpm.

5 through 1600 Hz. 2, 4, 8, 12 poles.

Servo

Viscous damped — sizes 8, 10, 11, 15, 18.

Speeds 3000 to 10,000 rpm.

Inertially damped — sizes 8, 11, 15, 18.

Speeds 3000 to 9500 rpm.

Stepper

Sizes 5, 8, 11, 15. Stepping angles 7.5°, 15°, 45°, 90°.

Stepping rates 100, 110, 125, 130, 175, 180, 225, 240,

260, 400, 725, 800, 1000 pps.

Precision Motor Generators Sizes 8, 10, 11, 15, 18, 23.
Integrating and Computer Motor Tachometers

Sizes 8, 10, 11, 15, 18, 23.

SHAFT ANGLE ENCODERS

featuring precision chrome on
glass discs for highest accuracy.

Optical Incremental

VOE 11 — Dia. 1.062", L. 1.80". To 1024
VOE 015 — Dia. 1.510", L. 0.88". To 1024 pulses (modular)
VOE M15 “Dial Coder” — panel mounted, 1.500" dia., L.

1.08" 127-256 pulses

VOE 023 — Dia. 2.25", L. 80". To 1250 pulses (modular)

VOE 23 — Dia. 2.250", L. 1.875". To 1250 pulses
(available sealed)

VOE L23 “Thrift-Line” Dia. 2.250" L. 1.875" To 600 pulses
VOE 25 — Dia. 2.500", L. 2.500". To 3000 pulses
(available sealed)

Optical Absolute

VOE 23: Binary, Gray or BCD to 512 counts per turn.

Counting speed: 3000 rpm.

VOE 30: Single or multi-tum; Binary, Gray or BCD. To 1024
counts per turn. Max count (2 19 ) in 512 turns.

Counting Speed: 30KHz.

Contacting Absolute

Sizes 11, 18, 23, & 31. Binary, Gray, and BCD. Single or I
multi-turn. Max count (2 19 ) in 2048 turns. 64 to 1024 counts I
per turn. Operating speed 200 rpm max. ■

SYNCHRO CONVERTER
MODULES

Tracking Synchro-to-Digital and
Resolver-to-Digital Converters

Economy Series VSD/VRD. Precision Series VSDH/VRDH
Compact, solid state, high performance converters
employing type 1 1 servo loops for lag free tracking at rates to
3600°/sec. Resolution 10 bits, 12 bits, or 14 bits.
Digital-to-Synchro and Digital-to-Resolver
Converters Series VDS/VDR: Accept shaft angle data in
digital form for conversion *to analog at accuracies up to ± 4'.
Tracking Synchro-to-Linear DC Converter Module
Series VSDCH/VRDCH:Accept 3-wire synchro or 4-wire
resolver input data, convert it to DC analog voltage
proportional to synchro angle of input. Accuracy ±6' (typ.).
Tracking Angle Position Indicator
VNST-104: Tracking Synchro-to-Digital Converter, can also
be used as a control element. Four decade 0.8" red LED
display. Display accuracy ±6' arc (typical). Tracking rate
3600°/sec max. Parallel binary or BDC output.

Self contained line operated power supply.

Custom designs available to your specifications .

VERNITECH, a division of Vemitron Corp., 300 Marcus Blvd., Deer Park, NY 11729 • 516-586-5100 • TWX 510-227-6089

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2513

TRANSDUCERS & ENCODERS

VIBRATION TRANSDUCERS

Wilcoxon Research specializes in the development and netic and high free

manufacturing of high quality instrumentation for use in the to excite structure

vibration test and monitoring field. A wide range of vibration technical assistant

transducers and related accessories are offered to fulfill tion and applicatio

most laboratory and industrial applications. Electromag-

Internally Amplified Accelerometers

netic and high frequency piezoelectric shakers are offered
to excite structures for vibrational analysis. Experienced
technical assistance is available to aid in instrument selec-
tion and application.

700 Series Accelerometer System

The New 700 Series Accelerometer System offers an array of inter-
nally amplified accelerometers, power supplies, post-amplifiers and
vibration measurement kits. These are designed as interchangeable

systems featuring ruggedness, ease of operation, virtually free from
erroneous signals caused by conditions such as mechanical strain,
mounting torque, thermal transients and cable motion. The ex-
tremely low noise floor and very wide measuring range are un-
paralleled features of the 700 Series.

720 Series

For general’ pur- tj ~ , |
pose vibration || t|
testing and moni- J 1
toring. Low sen- rajj|fl|
sitivity to strain,

torque, and thermal transients. Very low
noise floor allows external velocity or dis-
placement integration to low levels and low
frequencies. Internal PIEZOFET® amplifier
drives long cables. 10, 25 or 100 mV/g 1 to
10,000 Hz

740 Series Underwater
Accelerometers

testing and moni-

water structures. i|(jjjP^

Geophysical cable

is sealed into the transducer for operation to
pressures greater than 1000 psi. Ultra low
noise amplifier allows measurement to ex-
tremely low vibration levels. 10, 25 or 100
mV/g 1 to 10,000 Hz

760 Series Industrial Accelerometers

Designed to with- ,

stand the harsh en- / mk

vironments found JSi

in industrial appli-

cations such as "BP

bearing, pump, turbine, and gear case
monitoring. Rugged and shock protected for
long term reliability. Special environmental
and electrical isolation. 10, 25 or 100 mV/g
2 to 10,000 Hz

P700 Series Power Supplies & Amplifiers

These units supply power to any of the 700 Series Accelerometers
with integral amplifiers and allow operation directly into standard

Single Channel

• P702 Power Unit/Amplifier

• Power any 700 Series Accelerometer

• Gain trim to standardized sensitivity

• Overload/fault alarm — audible and visible

• Wide dynamic range

• Battery test light

• Amplifier gain of 1, 10, and 100 • Acceleration or velocity output

• Ultra low noise • Powered by 9V transistor batteries

readout equipment. The new “smart” power supplies provide gain
and monitor and signal to insure proper operation for increased
measurement confidence.

Multichannel Power Unit Racks

PR710 — Supplies power to ten 700 —-"T "-"'{fll

Series Accelerometers with low noise ' K * * HIJ

amplification of X1,X10orX100. Fault
indication warns of defective acceler- I * *

ometer or cabling.

PR712 — Supplies power to twelve accelerometers and provides
fault indication with no additional amplification.

High Impedance Accelerometers

A variety of charge type (non-amplified) accelerometers are
offered for use with external charge amplifiers. Charge type
accelerometers have a wide dynamic range and high
temperature capability. Low noise cables must be used.
Modifications and special OEM units can be provided by our
Custom Design Section. 1 pC/g to 10 V/g sensitivities

Impedance Heads

An impedance
head combines a
force gage and an
accelerometer in a
single unit. When
driven by a shaker,
this allows the
measurement of
force applied to the
structure and the
resulting motions.

Electromagnetic Shakers

These small electro-
magnetic shakers are de-
signed to attach to (or f
push against) a structure \
and generate a vibratory
force. The mass reaction
principle of operation
allows the shakers to be mounted in any
orientation. Available with built-in force
gage and accelerometer (impedance head)
for complete measurement capability.

Force Gages

Piezoelectric force gages
measure dynamic forces with
high gage stiffness. Miniature
and general purpose units are
available. Low weight.

Electromagnetic/Piezoelectric Shaker
Combinations

This new approach to /
structural excitation ^
combines an electromag-
netic shaker which J

drives at the lower fre- As. ,

quencies and a piezo-
electric (crystal) shaker
which drives at high frequencies. The com-
binations are selected so that both shakers
can be driven at the same time to cover a
very wide frequency range.

Piezoelectric Shakers

Piezoelectric shakers are de-
signed for high frequency structural
excitation. A variety of models are
available as mass-reaction force
generators (F7, F8, F9) or in shake
table configurations (D60, D125). Ex-
tremely high vibration levels may be
attained with very low stray electro-
magnetic fields.

Signal Conditioners, Power
Amplifiers & Accessories

Wilcoxon Research offers a se-
lection of signal conditioners,
shaker power amplifiers and accel-
erometer accessories to fully sup-
port our lines of transducers and
shakers. This ensures system com-
ponent compatibility from a single
supplier.

WILCOXON RESEARCH

BOX 5798 • BETHESDA, MARYLAND 20814 • 301-770-3790 TELEX 898-342

1-2514

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

TRANSFORMERS, POWER & CONTROL (* Indicates MIL Types)

Manufacturer

Abbott

11 5/230 V Input

1-2518* 1*2521*

Variable

find.

Auto-

Power

DC-to-DC

i trans-

Distribu-

High

Converter

former)

tion

Voltage

Current

(Instru- Switch
ment) Mode

Dale Electronics

Del Electronics

PC Transformer

Pearson Electronics

Perkin-Elmer

Paraline

Pico Electronics
Precision Components
Prem Magnetics
Shogyo

1*2616 1*2616

1*2629

E§3

Sterling

Superior Electric

Technipower

Toroid Corp.

Torotel Products

Torwico Electronics
Trans American Transformer

Triad-Utrad

TRW Inductive Products

Wayne Transformer

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2515

TRANSFORMERS, AUDIO & RF (* Indicates MIL Types)

1*2516

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

EEM

PRODUCT

SELECTION

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.

There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.

See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

abbott

TRANSFORMERS

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT PRIMARY: 115 VAC standard. 230 VAC at 10% additional cost. Specify by
suffixing “A” to model number. 115/230 VAC dual input at 10% additional cost.
Specify by suffixing “B M to model number.

INPUT FREQUENCY: 50 to 400 Hz, 1 phase.

REGULATION: 15% max. from no load to full load (6% on units size 8 and larger).
SECONDARY VOLTAGE TOLERANCE: Within 5% of listed output voltage when
measured at full load and 115 VAC input.

INSULATION TEST: 1500 VAC.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 80°C maximum ambient (70°C on units size 8 and
larger).

APPROXIMATE EFFICIENCY: Ranges from 80% to 90%.

CONSTRUCTION: Commercial grade using Silicon Iron for core and heavy insulated
synthetic film magnet wire with class “B" rating impregnated with a high quality
insulating varnish having a class “H” rating. Other outputs and/or inputs
available on request.

Output Current (Amps)

Size

Weight

Lbs.

Typ.

Model

Number

Output Volts
(F.L.)

Parallel

Connection

Series

Connection

5V Parallel

2.0

1.0

1

1.2

6B5-10

10V C.T. Series

3.0

1.5

2

1.5

6B5-15

6.0

3.0

3

2.2

6B5-30

12.0

6.0

4

3.0

6B5-60

18.0

9.0

5

4.3

6B5-90

26.0

13.0

6

5.5

6B5-130

32.0

16.0

7

7.0

6B5-160*

60.0

30.0

8

13.0

6B5-300t

100.0

50.0

9

23.0

6B5-500I

6.3V Parallel

1.60

0.80

1

1.2

6B6-10

12.6V C.T. Series

2.40

1.20

2

1.5

6B6-15

4.80

2.40

3

2.2

6B6-30

9.40

4.70

4

3.0

6B6-60

14.4

7.20

5

4.3

6B6-90

20.6

10.3

6

5.5

6B6-130

25.4

12.7

7

7.0

6B6-160*

48.0

24.0

8

13.0

6B6-300f

95.0

47.5

9

23.0

6B6-600t

8V Parallel

1.20

0.60

1

1.2

6B8-10

16V C.T. Series

1.80

0.90

2

1.5

6B8-15

3.60

1.80

3

2.2

6B8-30

7.60

3.80

4

3.0

6B8-60

11.2

5.60

5

4.3

6B8-90

16.2

8.10

6

5.5

6B8-130

20.0

10.0

7

7.0

6B8-160*

37.5

18.75

8

13.0

6B8-300t

75.0

37.50

9

23.0

6B8-600f

100.0

50.0

10

26.0

6B8-800f

10V Parallel

1.0

0.5

1

1.2

6B10-10

20V C.T. Series

1.5

0.75

2

1.5

6B10-15

3.0

1.5

3

2.2

6B10-30

6.0

3.0

4

3.0

6B10-60

9.0

4.5

5

4.3

6B10-90

13.0

6.5

6

5.5

6B10-130

16.0

1 8.0

7

7.0

6B10-160*

30.0

15.0

8

13.0

6B10-300*

60.0

30.0

9

23.0

6B10-600I

85.0

42.5

10

26.0

6B10-850f

100.0

50.0

11

36.0

6B10-1000f

12V Parallel

0.82

0.41

1

1.2

6B12-10

24V C.T. Series

1.24

0.62

2

1.5

6B12-15

2.50

1.25

3

2.2

6B12-30

5.0

2.50

4

3.0

6B12-60

7.5

3.75

5

4.3

6B12-90

10.82

5.41

6

5.5

6B12-130

13.32

6.66

7

7.0

6B12-160*

25.00

12.50

8

13.0

6B12-300*

50.00

25.00

9

23.0

6B12-600f

71.00

35.50

10

26.0

6B12-850f

100.00

50.00

11

36.0

6B12-1200t

* Use Fig. 3 for layout fuse Fig. 4 for layout

SIZE

A

B

C

0

E

F

HOLE

FIG.

1

1.95

1.68

2.31

2.37

—

2.87

0.18

1

2

2.26

1.93

2.68

2.81

—

3.12

0.18

1

3

2.57

2.18

3.06

. 3.12

—

'3.56

0.18

1

4

2.81

2.43

3.37

2.25

2.12

2.70

0.2 X 0.3

2

5

3.12

2.68

3.75

2.50

2.25

2.86

0.2 x 0.3

2

6

3.44

2.93

4.12

2.75

2.37

2.98

0.2 X 0.3

3

7

3.75

3.18

4.50

3.00

2.50

3.11

0.2 x 0.3

3 or 4

8

5.25

3.87

4.37

4.37

2.85

3.75

0.26x0.4

3 or 4

9

6.37

4.62

5.31

5.31

3.22

4.20

0.26 X 0.4

3 or 4

10

6.37

4.99

5.31

5.31

3.60

4.58

0.26 X 0.4

3 or 4

11

7.50

5.37

6.25

6.75

3.60

4.85

0.26 X 0.4

3 or 4

DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE: ±0.06 except B is max.

TERMINATION: Less than 16A output — solder lugs. 16A or greater output —
threaded screws on terminal board; screw height 1" above C dimension (see fig. 4).

Output Current (Amps) |

Size

Weight

Lbs.

Typ.

Model

Number

Output Volts
(F.L.)

Parallel

Connection

Series

Connection

17V Parallel

0.58

0.29

1

1.2

6B17-10

34V C.T. Series

0.88

0.44

2

1.5

6B17-15

1.76

0.88

3

2.2

6B17-30

3.52

1.76

4

3.0

6B17-60

5.28

2.64

5

4.3

6B17-90

7.64

3.82

6

5.5

6B17-130

9.40

4.70

7

7.0

6B17-160*

17.65

8.8

8

13.0

6B17-300*

35.00

17.5

9

23.0

6B17-600f

50.00

25.00

10

26.0

6B17-850f

76.5

38.25

11

36.0

6B17-1300f

20V Parallel

0.5

0.25

1

1.2

6B20-10

40V C.T. Series

0.74

0.37

2

1.5

6B20-15

1.5

0.75

3

2.2

6B20-30

3.0

1.5

4

3.0

6B20-60

4.5

2.25

5

4.3

6B20-90

6.5

3.25

6

5.5

6B20-130

8.0

4.0

7

7.0

6B20-160*

15.0

7.50

8

13.0

6B20-300*

30.0

15.0

9

23.0

6B20-600*

42.5

21.25

10

26.0

6B20-850f

65.0

32.50

11

36.0

6B20-1300I

28V Parallel

0.36

0.18

1

1.2

6B28-10

56V C.T. Series

0.52

0.26

2

1.5

6B28-15

1.06

0.53

3

2.2

6B28-30

2.14

1.07

4

3.0

6B28-60

3.20

1.60

5

4.3

6B28-90

4.64

2.32

6

5.5

6B28-130

5.70

2.85

7

7.0

6B28-160*

10.70

5.35

8

13.0

6B28-300*

21.43

10.71

9

23.0

6B28-600*

30.36

15.18

10

26.0

6B28-850*

46.42

23.21

11

36.0

6B28-1300f

44V Parallel

0.22

0.11

1

1.2

6B44-10

88V C.T. Series

0.34

0.17

2

1.5

6B44-15

0.68

0.34

3

2.2

6B44-30

1.36

0.68

4

3.0

6B44-60

2.04

1.02

5

4.3

6B44-90

2.94

1.47

6

5.5

6B44-130

3.62

1.81

7

7.0

6B44-160*

6.82

3.41

8

13.0

6B44-300*

13.64

6.82

9

23.0

6B44-600*

19.32

9.66

10

26.0

6B44-850*

29.54

14.77

11

36.0

6B44-1300*

60V Parallel

0.16

0.08

1

1.2

6B60-10

120V C.T. Series

0.250

0.125

2

1.5

6B60-15

0.50

0.25

3

2.2

6B60-30

1.0

0.50

4

3.0

6B60-60

1.5

0.75

5

4.3

6B60-90

2.16

1.08

6

5.5

6B60-130

2.66

1.33

7

7.0

6B60-160*

5.00

2.50

8

13.0

6B60-300*

, 10.00

5.00

9

23.0

6B60-600*

14.16

7.08

10

26.0

6B60-850*

, 21.67

10.83

11

36.0

6B60-1300*

STANDARD 8. "A” OPTION

ABBOTT TRANSISTOR LABORATORIES, INC.

Transformer Div. Western Offices: 639 S. Glenwood PI., Burbank, CA 91506 (213) 841-3630. Telex: 69-6282

Eastern: 520 Main St., Ft. Lee, NJ 07024 (201) 461-4411. Telex: 13-5332 • New England: (617) 272-5676 • Southwest: 710 Kindred Lane, Richardson, TX 75080 (214) 437-0697

1*2518

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

abbott

TRANSFORMERS

MODELS

6C

4A

INPUT PRIMARY:
REGULATION:
SECONDARY VOLTAGE
TOLERANCE:
INSULATION TEST:
OPERATING TEMP.:

CONSTRUCTION

EFFICIENCY:

ENVIRONMENT

OPTIONS AVAILABLE:

SPECIFICATIONS

6C Series

115 VAC, 50 to 65 Hz, 1 Phase ~
10% no load to full load
Within 3% when measured at
full load and 115 VAC input
1500 VAC

90°C maximum ambient
operating temperature
To MIL-T-27D, grade 4, class "S” T
life “X”, (10,000 hrs.)

From 80% to 90%

4A Series

115V, 400 Hz ±20 Hz, 1 Phase
10% no load to full load
Within 5% when measured at
full load and 115 VAC input
1500 VAC

95°C maximum ambient
operating temperature
To Ml L-T-27D, grade 5, class “S”
life “X”, (10,000 hrs.)

From 90% to 93%

Encapsulated to meet MIL-STD-810C for vibration, shock, sand, dust,
humidity, salt spray, fungus, sunshine, rain, explosion, and altitude
(to a vacuum). NOTE: for high altitude operation, encapsulate terminals.
Other output voltages and 230 VAC input are available. Please consult
our nearest office for complete information.

J-T 4 SX 03 CA

MODEL 6C

MODEL 4A

SERIES CONNECTED PARALLEL CONNECTED

6C Series

4A Series

Output Volts
(F.L.)

Output Current (Amps)
Parallel Series

Connection Connection

Size

Weight

Lbs.

Typ.

Model

Number

Output Current (Amps)
Parallel Series

Connection Connection

Size

Weight

Lbs.

Typ.

Model

Number

5V Parallel

1.00

0.50

EB

1.2

6C5-5

1.40

0.70

1

0.26

4A5-7

10V C.T.

3.00

1.50

FA

2.2

6C5-15

2.00

1.00

2

0.30

4A5-10

Series

6.00

3.00

GA

3.3

6C5-30

5.00

2.50

3

0.47

4A5-25

12.00

6.00

HA

4.7

6C5-60

8.00

4.00

4

0.77

4A5-40

20.00

10.00

JA

7.4

6C5-100

24.0

12.0

5

1.6

4A5-120

30.0

15.0

6

2.0

4A5-150

6.3V Parallel

0.80

0.40

EB

1.2

6C6-5

1.11

0.55

1

0.26

4A6-7

12.6V C.T.

2.38

1.19

FA

2.2

6C6-15

1.58

0.79

2

0.30

4A6-10

Series

4.76

2.38

GA

3.3

6C6-30

4.00

2.00

3

0.47

4A6-25

9.52

4.76

HA

4.7

6C6-60

8.00

4.00

4

0.77

4A6-50

20.00

10.00

JA

7.4

6G6-126

19.0

9.50

5

1.6

4A6-120

23.8

11.9

6

2.0

4A6-150

8V Parallel

0.62

0.31

EB

1.2

6C8-5

0.874

0.437

1

0.26

4A8-7

16V C.T.

1.86

0.93

FA

2.2

6C8 15

1.25

0.625

2

0.30

4A8-10

Series

3.72

1.86

GA

3.3

6C8-30

3.12

1.56

3

0.47

4A8-25

7.44

3.72

HA

4.7

6C8-60

6.24

3.12

4

0.77

4A8-50

17.50

8.75

JA

7.4

6C8-140

15.0

7.50

5

1.6

4A8-120

20.00

10.00

KA

9.8

6C8-160

18.7

9.35

6

2.0

4A8-150

10V Parallel

0.50

0.25

EB

1.2

6C10-5

0.70

0.35

1

0.26

4A10-7

20V C.T.

1.50

0.75

FA

2.2

6C10-15

1.00

0.50

2

0.30

4A10-10

Series

3.00

1.50

GA

3.3

6C10-30

2.50

1.25

3

0.47

4A10-25

6.00

3.00

HA

4.7

6C10-60

5.00

2.50

4

0.77

4A10-50

14.00

7.00

JA

7.4

6C10-140

12.0

6.00

5

1.6

4A10-120

17;00

8.50

KA

9.8

6C10-170

15.0

7.50

6

2.0

4A10-150

12V Parallel

0.40

0.20

EB

1.2

6C12-5

0.58

0.29

1

0.26

4A12-7

24 V C.T.

1.20

0.60

FA

2.2

6C12-15

0.84

0.42

2

0.30

4A12-10

Series

2.40

1.20

GA

3.3

6C12-30

2.08

1.04

3

0.47

4A12-25

4.80

2.40

HA

4.7

6C12-60

4.16

2.08

4

0.77

4A12-50

11.60

5.80

JA

7.4

6C12-140

10.0

5.00

5

1.6

4A12-120

14.16

7.08

KA

9.8

6C12-170

12.5

6.25

6

2.0

4A12-150

17V Parallel

0.30

0.15

EB

1.2

6C17-5

0.411

0.205

1

0.26

4A17-7

34V C.T.

0.88

0.44

FA

2.2

6C17-15

0.588

0.294

2

0.30

4A17-10

Series

1.76

0.88

GA

3.3

6C17-30

1.47

0.735

3

0.47

4A17-25

3.52

1.76

HA

4.7

6C17-60

2.94

1.47

4

0.77

4A17-50

8.20

4.10

JA

7.4

6C17-140

7.C6

3.53

5

1.6

4A17-120

10.00

5.00

KA

9.8

6C17-170

8.82

4.41

6

2.0

4A17-150

20V Parallel

0.24

0.12

EB

1.2

6C20-5

0.35

0.175

1

0.26

4A20-7

40V C.T.

0.72

0.36

FA

2.2

6C20-15

0.50

0.250

2

0.30

4A20-10

Series

1.44

0.72

GA

3.3

6C20-30

1.25

0.625

3

0.47

4A20-25

2.88

1.44

HA

4.7

6C20-60

2.50

1.25

4

0.77

4A20-50

7.00

3.50

JA

7.4

6C20-140

6.00

3.00

5

1.6

4A20-120

8.50

4.25

KA

9.8

6C20-170

7.50

3.75

6

2.0

4A20-150

28V Parallel

0.18

0.09

EB

1.2

6C28-5

0.250

0.125

1

0.26

4A28-7

56V C.T.

0.54

0.27

FA

2.2

6C28-15

0.356

0.178

2

0.30

4A28-10

Series

1.08

0.54

GA

3.3

6C28-30

0.892

0.446

3

0.47

4A28-25

2.16

1.08

HA

4.7

6C28-60

1.78

0.89

4

0.77

4A28-50

5.00

2.50

JA

7.4

6C28-140

4.28

2.14

5

1.6

4A28-120

6.06

3.03

KA

9.8

6C28-170

5.36

2.68

6

2.0

4A28-150

44V Parallel

0.10

0.05

EB

1.2

6C44-5

0.158

0.079

1

0.26

4A44-7

88 V C.T.

0.30

0.15

FA

2.2

6C44-15

0.226

0.113

2

0.30

4A44-10

Series

0.60

0.30

GA

3.3

6C44-30'

0.568

0.284

3

0.47

4A44-25

1.20

0.60

HA

4.7

6C44-60

1.12

0.56

4

0.77

4A44-50

3.16

1.58

JA

7.4

6C44-140

2.72

1.36

5

1.6

4A44-120

3.86

1.93

KA

9.8

6C44-170

3.40

1.70

6

2.0

4A44-150

60V Parallel

0.08

0.04

EB

1.2

6C60-5

0.116

0.058

1

0.26

4A60-7

120V C.T.

0.24

0.12

FA

2.2

6C60-15

0.166

0.083

2

0.30

4A60-10

Series

0.48

0.24

GA

3.3

6C60-30

0.416

0.208

3

0.47

4A60-25

0.96

0.48

HA

4.7

6C60-60

0.82

0.41

4

0.77

4A60-50

2.32

1.16

JA

7.4

6C60-140

2.00

1.00

5

1.6

4A60-120

2.82

1.41

KA

9.8

6C60-170

2.50

1.25

6

2.0

4A60-150

Size

EB

FA

Bi

II

II

GA

2./5U

Z.LZ5

i./DU

HA

3.062

2.625

4.250

2.297

1.859

JA

3.562

3.062

4.875

2.625

2.125

~KA~1

3.938

3.375

5.250

3.000

2.438

Dimension A, B = +0.000 —0.125.

Dimension C = +0.000 —0.188

Dimension D, E = ±0.016 except size KA = 0.031

Dimension F = ±0.062

7/8 D I A . r

±1/16

_*j — - 3/8 ±1/16

H i , 1

P

r

— 6 fe.*-e 3

1 7^ |

0 - | - ©

1 1

SIZES EB, FA, GA, HA, JA, KA

Size

A B

c

D

E

1

1.37 1.25

1.31

1.00

.87

2

1.50 1.37

1.37

1.12

1.00

3

1.75 1.50

1.56

1.25

1.00

4

2.00 1.62

1.81

1.50

1.12

! 5

6

!2.43 |2.00
2.81 2.12

2.10

2.43

1.93!

JM

1.50

1.52

.i_c

C —

1.

’ F ]

1,90 '.21 6-32
2.23 .40! 8-32

1 !4 \35TYP. _ r* A

© 3 — — -J M D *

© 2 /N 1 L I

M I .05DIA+ I M I

U-G-J .16+ k INSERT K

__ H _+ .09 8 FULL THD. 2 f

SIZES 1, 2, 3, 4

- 1 — r — ©6

T - 1 © 5

©4

.40 © 3
TYP. © 2
©1

'r~ TF’Tl

L„J

H~rl

D A

INSERT K
0 FULL THD.
4 PLS.

SIZES 5, 6

ABBOTT TRANSISTOR LABORATORIES, INC.

Transformer Div. Western Offices: 639 S. Glenwood PL, Burbank, CA 91506 (213) 841-3630. Telex: 69-6282

Eastern: 520 Main St., Ft. Lee, NJ 07024 (201) 461-4411. Telex: 13-5332 • New England: (617) 272-5676 • Southwest: 710 Kindred Lane, Richardson, TX 75080 (214) 437-0697

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2519

5600

TRANSFORMERS

6600

abbot!

TRANSFORMERS

60 Hz Transformers

MODEL

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT PRIMARY: 115 VAC, 60 Hz ±5 Hz,

1 phase.

REGULATION: 10% no load to full load.

SECONDARY VOLTAGE TOLERANCE:

Within 3% of listed output voltage
when measured at full load and 115
VAC input.

CONSTRUCTION: To MIL-T-27D, grade:

4 class: "S", Case: steel.

ENVIRONMENT: To operate in 95°C max-
imum ambient temperature. Encapsu-
lated to meet MIL-STD-810C for vibra-

tion, shock, acceleration, sand, dust,
humidity, saltspray, fungus, sunshine,
rain, explosion, and altitude (to a
vacuum). NOTE: For high altitude op-
eration, encapsulate terminals.

INSULATION TEST: 1750 VAC.

SECONDARY: See output voltage and
current of specific models listed. For
50 Hz operation, reduce secondary
current by 10% of ratings listed. These
units are capable of 400 Hz operation;
however, see Abbott’s distinct line of
miniature 400 Hz transformers.

Output Output

Secondary |

Volts

Current

DCR ohms

Model

(F.L.)

(Amp)

Size

(typical)

Number

5.0

1.00

A1

0.335

5P5CT

2.00

A2

0.12

10P5CT

3.00

A3

0.07

15P5CT

4.00

A4

0.066

20P5CT

6.00

A5

0.04

30P5CT

8.00

A6

0.03

40P5CT

16.00

A7

0.014

80P5CT

6.3

0.79

A1

0.53

5P6.3CT

1.58

A2

0.18

10.6:3CT

2.38

A3

0.094

15P6.3CT

3.16

A4

0.1

20P6.3CT

4.76

A5

0.06

30P6.3CT

6.35

A6

0.059

40P6.3CT

12.70

A7

0.02

80P6.3CT

19.00

A8

0.0014

120P6.3CT

8.0

0.67

A1

0.87

5P8CT

1.25

A2

0.27

10P8CT

1.88

A3

0.16

15P8CT

2.50

A4

0.15

20P8CT

3.76

A5

0.08

30P8CT

5.00

A6

0.079

40P8CT

10.00

A7

0.04

80P8CT

15.00

A8

0.022

120P8CT

20.00

A9

0.0072

160P8CT

10

0.50

A1

1.34

5P10CT

1.00

A2

0.42

10P10CT

1.50

A3

0.23

15P10CT

2.00

A4

0.23

20P10CT

3.00

A5

0.14

30P10CT

4.00

A6

0.11

40P10CT

8.00

A7

0.05

80P10CT

12.00

A8

0.031

120P10CT

16.00

A9

0.008

160P10CT

20.00

A10

0.02

200P10CT

12.6

0.39

A1

2.06

5P12.6CT

0.79

A2

0.65

10P12.6CT

1.19

A3

0.4

15P12.6CT

1.59

A4

0.34

20P12.6CT

Output Output
Volts .Current
(F.L) (Amp)

Size

Secondary

DCR ohms Model
(typical) Number

Output Output
Volts Current
(F.L.) (Amp)

Size

Secondary

DCR ohms Model
(typical) Number

Output

Volts

(F.L.)

Output

Current

(Amp)

Size

Secondary

DCR ohms Model
(typical) Number

12.6

2.38

A5

0.2

30P12.6CT

20

0.25

A1

5.25

5P20CT

28

2.86

A7

0.4

80P28CT

3.18

A6

0.18

40P12.6CT

0.50

A2

1.54

10P20CT

4.29

A8

0.205

120P28CT

6.35

A7

0.07

80P12.6CT

0.75

A3

0.9

15P20CT

5.72

A9

0.150

160P28CT

9.53

A8

0.041

120P12.6CT

1.00

A4

0.85

20P20CT

7.10

A10

0.11

200P28CT

12.70

A9

0.035

160P12.6CT

1.50

A5

0.4

30P20CT

10.70

All

0.046

300P28CT

15.90

A10

0.027

200P12.6CT

2.00

4 nn

A6

A7

0.43

0 19

40P20CT

anp?ncT

31

0.16

A1

13.8

5P31CT

14

0.36

A1

2.95

5P14CT

6 nn

A8

0 120

120P20CT

0.32

A2

3.8

10P31CT

0.72

A2

0.74

10P14CT

a on

A9

n n7n

ifinp?nnT

0.48

A3

2.2

15P31CT

1.07

A3

0.6

15P14CT

10 on

Ain

QJ166

?nop?or,T

0.64

A4

2.2

20P31CT

1.43

A4

0.4

20P14CT

15 nn

A1 1

n n?R

300P20CT

0.97

A5

0.96

30P31CT

2.15

A5

0.23

30P14CT

1.29

A6

0.95

40P31CT

2.86

A6

0.19

40P14CT

22

0.22

A1

7.3

5P22CT

2.58

A7

0.45

80P31CT

5.72

A7

0.1

80P14CT

0.45

A2

1.9

10P22CT

3.87

A8

0.31

120P31CT

8.59

A8

0.055

120P14CT

0.68

A3

1.2

15P22CT

5.17

A9

0.166

160P31CT

11.40

A9

0.042

160P14CT

0.91

A4

0.95

20P22CT

6.40

A10

0.12

200P31CT

14.30

A10

0.029

200P14CT

1.36

1.82

A5

A6

0.55

30P22CT

40P22CT

9.67

All

0.054

300P31CT

16

0.34

A1

3.35

5P16CT

3.64

A7

0.25

80P22CT

35

0.14

A1

17.6

5P35CT

0.68

A2

1.08

10P16CT

5.45

A8

0.125

120P22CT

0.29

A2

4.5

10P35CT

0.94

A3

0.67

15P16CT

7.27

A9

0.092

160P22CT

0.43

A3

3.0

15P35CT

1.25

A4

0.52

20P16CT

9.10

A10

0.073

200P22CT

0.57

A4

2.4

20P35CT

1.87

A5

0.28

30P16CT

13.60

All

0.031

300P22CT

0.86

A5

1.4

30P35CT

2.50

A6

0.28

40P16CT

25

0.20

A1

8.23

5P25CT

1.14

A6

1.32

40P35CT

5.00

A7

0.12

80P16CT

0.40

A2

2^55

10P25CT

2.28

A7

0.5

80P35CT

7.50

A8

0.072

120P16CT

0^60

A3

L4

15P25CT

3.43

A8

0.35

120P35CT

10.00

A9

0.046

160P16CT

0.80

A4

1.37

20P25CT

4.57

A9

0.240

160P35CT

12.50

A10

0.034

200P16CT

1 20

A5

0 7

30P25CT

5.71

A10

0.17

200P35CT

18.70

All

0.02

300P16CT

1.60

A6

0.67

40P25CT

8.59

All

0.072

300P35CT

18

0.28

A1

4.65

5P18CT

3.20

A7

0.3

80P25CT

39

’ 0.13

A1

19.7

5P39CT

0.55

A2

1.42

10P18CT

4.80

A8

0.182

120P25CT

0.26

A2

6.3

10P39CT

0.83

A3

0.78

15P18CT

6.40

A9

0.11

160P25CT

0.38

A3

3.5 •

15P39CT

1.11

A4

0.62

20P18CT

8.00

A10

0.079

200P25CT

0.51

A4

3.6

20P39CT

1.67

A5

0.38

30P18CT

12.00

All

0.042

300P25CT

0.77

A5

1.62

30P39CT

2.21

A6

0.36

40P18CT

28

0.18

A1

11.4

5P28CT

1.03

A6

1.5

40P39CT

4.44

A7

0.16

80P18CT

0.36

A2

3.0

10P28CT

2.05

A7

0.7

80P39CT

6.68

A8

0.08

120P18CT

0.54

A3

1.9

15P28CT

3.07

A8

0.342

120P39CT

8.89

A9

0.060

160P18CT

0.71

A4

1.6

20P28CT

4.10

A9

0.270

160P39CT

11.10

A10

0.04

200P18CT

1.07

A5

0.94

30P28CT

5.12

A10

0.18

200P39CT

16.70

All

0.022

300P18CT

1.43

A6

0.90

40P28CT

7.69

All

0.08

300P39CT

Other standard models to 486V

- 1 1/16 DIA.

±1/16 —\ 5/8 [

Size

B

C

D

E

F

G

A1

U/2

13/4

23/fe

1X6

li/4

6-32

ES9

1%

2X6

9

WRfi 1

kse

K9H

17/8

23/8

31/8

to

■ |

usm

2

n

■

21/8

EH

mm

EH

EBB

31/2

mum

2

n

WEBM

EH

msm

41/8

2

mum

hese

WHM

4V2

El

WSBk

mrm

ftil

mwm

mm

mm

msm

■USE

A10*

33/8

4X6

51/4

25/8

3

1/4-20

All*

37/8

4%

6

23/4

31/2

1/4-20

Model Type

Weight Lbs. (Max.)

Primary DCR (ohms typical)

5P

1.0

86

10P

1.5

36

15P

2.0

24

20 P

2.5

15

30P

8.5

40 P

6.7

80P

3.7

120P

hBSXHSh

1.9

160P

8.2

1.6

200P

10.5

1.1

300P

17.0

0.5

Fig. 2

TYPICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

’ refers to the start of winding

* See Fig. 2 for header configuration used on any unit with output current greater than 10 amps.

ABBOTT TRANSISTOR LABORATORIES, INC.

Transformer Div. Western Offices: 639 S. Glenwood PI., Burbank, CA 91 506 (213) 841-3630. Telex: 69-6282

Eastern: 520 Main St., Ft. Lee, NJ 07024 (201) 461-4411. Telex: 13-5332 • New England: (617) 272-5676 • Southwest: 710 Kindred Lane, Richardson, TX 75080 (214) 437-0697

1*2520

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

abbot!

/lAn Ut T nnclitrmarc

MODEL

TRANSFORMERS

4UU hz i ransiormers

E

SPECIFICATIONS

Input Primary

115V, 400 Hz ±20 Hz, 1 phase
Regulation

10% no load to full load
Secondary Voltage Tolerance
Within 5% when measured at full
load and 115 VAC input

Construction

To MIL-T-27D, grade 5, class: "S”
Molded Diallyl Phthalate

Environment

Encapsulated to meet MIL-STD-810C, including vibration,
ambient temperature ot 85°C, shock, sand, dust, hu-
midity, saltspray, fungus, sunshine, rain, explosion, and
altitude (to a vacuum).

Output Secondary

See voltage and current of specific models listed.

Other models are available. Contact our nearest office for com-
plete information.

Out-

put

Volts

Output
Current
(Amps) Size

Sec.

DCR

(ohms)

Model

Number

Out-

put

Volts

Output
Current
(Amps) Size

Sec.

DCR

(ohms)

Model

Number

Out-

put

Volts

Output
Current
(Amps) Size

Sec.

DCR

(ohms)

Model

Number

Out-

put

Volts

Output
Current
(Amps) Size

Sec.

DCR

(ohms)

Model

Number

5.0

0.400

A

0.60

2E5CT

16

0.125

A

6.63

2E16CT

31

0.064

A

25.6

2E31CT

63

0.031

A

100.0

2E63CT

1.200

B

0.144

6E5CT

0.375

B

1.58

6E16CT

0.192

B

5.71

6E31CT

0.095

B

24.9

6E63CT

3.000

C

0.046

15E5CT

0.940

C

0.54

15E16CT

0.485

C

1.62

15E31CT

0.238

C

6.51

15E63CT

4.800

D

0.040

24E5CT

1.500

D

0.35

24E16CT

0.717

D

1.27

24E31CT

0.380

D

5.35

24E63CT

16.000

E2

0.009

80E5CT

5.000

E

0.05

80E16CT

2.470

E

0.18

80E31CT

1.270

E

0.71

80E63CT

35.000

F2

0.012

175E5CT

10.900

F2

0.025

175E16CT

5.650

F

0.061

175E31CT

2.770

F

0.20

175E63CT

6.3

0.317

A

1.06

2E6.3CT

18

0.111

A

9.00

2E18CT

35

0.057

A

. 29.5

2E35CT

70

0.028

A

139.0

2E70CT

0.950

B

0.24

6E6.3CT

0.333

B

2.21

6E18CT

0.171

B

6.89

6E35CT

0.085

B

27.1

6E70CT

2.380

C

0.088

15E6.3CT

0.832

C

0.74

15E18CT

0.428

C

2.28

15E35CT

0.214

C

9.4

15E70CT

3.800

D

0.107

24E6.3CT

1.330

D

0.40

24E18CT

0.685

D

1.70

24E35CT

0.342

D

8.10

24E70CT

12.800

E2

0.016

80E6.3CT

4.450

E

0.08

80E18CT

2.280

E

0.28

80E35CT

1.140

E

0.80

80E70CT

27.800

F2

0.019

175E6.3CT

9.700

F

0.027

175E18CT

5.000

F

0.098

175E35CT

2.500

F

0.25

175E70CT

8.0

0.250

A

1.63

2E8CT

20

0.100

A

10.9

2E20CT

39

0.051

A

38.6

2E39CT

80

0.025

A

163.0

2E80CT

0.750

B

0.396

6E8CT

0.300

B

2.78

6E20CT

0.154

B

9.39

6E39CT

0.075

B

39.0

6E80CT

1.880

C

0.135

15E8CT

0.750

C

1.4

15E20CT

0.384

C

2.54

15E39CT

0.198

C

13.4

15E80CT

3.000

D

0.140

24E8CT

1.200

D

0.48

24E20CT

0.615

D

2.20

24E39CT

0.300

D

9.0

24E80CT

10.000

E2

0.017

80E8CT

4.000

E

0.09

80E20CT

2.050

E

0.32

80E39CT

1.000

E

0.92

80E80CT

22.000

F2

0.010

175E8CT

8.750

F

0.020

175E20CT

4.480

F

0.110

175E39CT

2.180

F

0.34

175E80CT

10.0

0.200

A

2.50

2E10CT

22

0.091

A

14.6

2E22CT

43

0.046

A

44.3

2E43CT

90

0.022

A

218.0

2E90CT

0.600

B

0.587

6E10CT

0.273

B

2.80

6E22CT

0.139

B

10.25

6E43CT

0.067

B

41.0

6E90CT

1.500

C

0.27

15E10CT

0.680

C

0.92

15E22CT

0.348

C

2.85

15E43CT

0.166

C

15.9

15E90CT

2.400

D

0.180

24E10CT

1.090

D

0.63

24E22CT

0.556

D

2.42

24E43CT

0.267

D

12.5

24E90CT

8.000

E

7.2

80E10CT

3.630

E

0.12

80E22CT

1.860

E

0.35

80E43CT

0.890

E

1.08

80E90CT

17.500

F2

0.020

175E10CT

7.900

F

0.020

175E22CT

4.060

F

0.114

175E43CT

1.940

F

0.38

175E90CT

12.6

0.158

A

4.10

2E12.6CT

25

0.080

A

20.4

2E25CT

48

0.041

A

57.0

2E48CT

, 100

0.020

A

283.0

2E100CT

0.475

B

0.99

6E12.6CT

0.240

B

3.60

6E25CT

0.125

B

15.30

6E48CT

0.060

B

59.5

6E100CT

1.180

C

0.32

15E12.6CT

0.600

C

1.3

15E25CT

0.312

C

4.05

15E48CT

0.150

C

16.8

15E100CT

1.900

D

0.225

24E12.6CT

0.900

D

0.68

24E25CT

0.500

D

3.27

24E48CT

0.240

D

14.4

24E100CT

6.350

E

0.030

80E12.6CT

3.200

E

0.13

80E25CT

1.660

E

0.40

80E48CT

0.800

E

1.64

80E100CT

13.900

F2

0.021

175E12.6CT

7.000

F

0.042

175E25CT

3.650

F

0.160

175E48CT

1.750

F

0.52

175E100CT

14.0

0.142

A

5.59

2E14CT

28

0.071

A

30.0

2E28CT

55

0.036

A

89.0

2E55CT

; HO

0.018

A

392.0

2E110CT

0.428

B

1.11

6E14CT

0.214

B

4.20

6E28CT

0.109

B

17.30

6E55CT

0.054

B

62.3

6E110CT

1.070

C

0.35

15E14CT

0.535

C

1.83

15E28CT

0.262

C

7.2

15E55CT

0.136

C

22.1

15E110CT

1.720

D

0.32

24E14CT

0.855

D

0.98

24E28CT

0.435

D

3.83

24E55CT

1

0.218

D

19.5

24E110CT

5.600

E

0.04

80E14CT

2.850

E

0.14

80E28CT

1.450

E

0.67

80E55CT

0.728

E

2.03

80E110CT

12.500

F2

0.022

175E14CT

6.250

F

0.043

175E28CT

3.170

F

0.196

175E55CT

1.590

F

0.72

175E110CT

ABBOTT TRANSISTOR LABORATORIES, INC.

Transformer Div. Western Offices: 639 S. Glenwood PI., Burbank, CA 91506 (213) 841-3630. Telex: 69-6282

Eastern: 520 Main St., Ft. Lee, NJ 07024 (201) 461-4411. Telex: 13-5332 • New England: (617) 272-5676 • Southwest: 710 Kindred Lane, Richardson, TX 75080 (214) 437-0697

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2521

5600 TRANSFORMERS 5600

abbott

TRANSFORMERS

400 Hz Power Toroii
Transformers

MODELS

TM

TF

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT PRIMARY: 115V, 400 Hz ±20 Hz, 1 phase for 230V operation add the
suffix “A”

REGULATION: 5% or less, no load to full load

SECONDARY VOLTAGE TOLERANCE: Within 5% when measured at full load and
115 VAC input

INSULATION TEST: 1000 VAC

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: MODEL TM 90°C Maximum ambient/MODEL TF 80°C
Maximum ambient

APPROXIMATE EFFICIENCY: 90% to 95%

OUTPUT SECONDARY: See voltage and current of specific models listed

CONSTRUCTION: MODEL TF — Open frame, Industrial Grade with Teflon leads 6" long
MODEL TM — to meet MIL-T-27D, Grade 5, Class S, MIL-type Designation TF5S03ZZ

OPTIONS: “A” option is for 230V input primary. Add suffix “A" to model number
(i.e. TF10-1A). “C” option is for center tapped output. Add suffix “C” to model
number (i.e. TF10-1C)

MODEL TM MODEL TF

Output

Volts

(F.L.)

Model No.

Output

Current

(Amps)

Size

VA

TM

TF

5 V

TM1-1

TF1-1

3.00

1

15

TM1-2

TF1-2

5.00

2

25

TM1-3

TF1-3

10.00

3

50

7V

TM2-1

TF2-1

2.14

1

15

TM2-2

TF2-2

3.57

2

25

TM2-3

TF2-3

7.14

3

50

TM2-4

TF2-4

10.00

4

70

10V

TM3-1

TF3-1

1.50

1

15

TM3-2

TF3-2

2.50

2

25

TM3-3

TF3-3

5.00

3

50

TM3-4

TF3-4

7.50

4

75

TM3-5

TF3-5

10.00

5

100

12V

TM4-1

TF4-1

1.25

1

15

TM4-2

TF4-2

2.08

2

25

TM4-3

TF4-3

4.17

3

50

TM4-4

TF4-4

6.25

4

75

TM4-5

TF4-5

8.33

5

100

14V

TM5-1

TF5-1

1.07

1

15

TM5-2

TF5-2

1.79

2

25

TM5-3

TF5-3

3.57

3

50

TM5-4

TF5-4

5.36

4

75

TM5-5

TF5-5

7.14

5

100

Output

Volts

(F.L.)

Model No.

Output

Current

(Amps)

Size

VA

TM

TF

17V

TM6-1

TF6-1

0.88

1

15

TM6-2

TF6-2

1.47

2

25

TM6-3

TF6-3

2.94

3

50

TM6-4

TF6-4

4.41

4

75

TM6-5

TF6-5

5.88

5

100

24V

TM7-1

TF7-1

0.63

1

15

TM7-2

TF7-2

1.04

2

25

TM7-3

TF7-3

2.08

3

50

TM7-4

TF7-4

3.13

4

75

TM7-5

TF7-5

4.17

5

100

28V

TM8-1

TF8-1

0.54

1

15

TM8-2

TF8-2

0.89

2

25

TM8-3

TF8-3

1.79

3

50

TM8-4

TF8-4

2.68

4

75

TM8-5

TF8-5

3.57

5

100

34V

TM9-1

TF9-1

0.44

1

15

TM9-2

TF9-2

0.75

2

25

TM9-3

TF9-3

1.47

3

50

TM9-4

TF9-4

2.21

4

75

TM9-5

TF9-5

2.94

5

100

115V

TM10-1

TF10-1

0.13

1

15

TM10-2

TF10-2

0.21

2

25

TM10-3

TF10-3

0.43

3

50

TM10-4

TF10-4

0.65

4

75

TM10-5

TF10-5

0.87

5

100

SIZE

i ...

3

4

5

MODEL

TM

TF

TM

TF

TM

TF

TM

TF

TM

TF

DIM A

1.62

1.50

1.75

1.63

2.13

2.00

2.13

2.00

2.38

2.25

DIM B

0.95

0.95

1.00

1.00

1.10

1.10

1.30

1.30

1.60

1.60

WT. (LB. MAX.)

0.26

0.17

0.33

0.25

0.52

0.38

0.66

0.52

1.1

0.79

INSERT

6-32

-

8-32

-

8-32

—

10-32

—

10-32

—

DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE: Model TM ±.03; Model TF Dim A, B Max.
terminal Spacing is 0.35.

STANDARD & OPTION A

BRN_ _ ORGq

CD-

input

©•

CD-

input

CD

RED YE

OPTION C

BRN _ _ORG

OUTPUT

r€)

RED

<D

_ CT

GRN

<5) OUTPUT

yel

©

ABBOTT TRANSISTOR LABORATORIES, INC.

Transformer Div. Western Offices: 639 S. Glenwood PI., Burbank, CA 91506 (213) 841-3630. Telex: 69-6282 '■

Eastern: 520 Main St:, Ft, Lee, NJ 07024. (201) 461-4411. Telex: 1 3-5332 • New England: (617) 272-5676 • Southwest: 71 0 Kindred Lane, Richardson, TX 75080- (214) 437-0697

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory . EEM 1983

1*2522

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

abbott

TRANSFORMERS

400 Hz 3 0
Power Transformers

SPECIFICATIONS

INPUT PRIMARY:

WYE: (4 wire) Line to Common 1 15 VAC
WYE: (3 wire) Line to Line 200 VAC
DELTA: (3 wire) Line to Line 115 VAC
(see option “A")

DELTA: (3 wire) Line to Line 200 VAC
(see option “B”)

INPUT FREQUENCY: 400 Hz ±20 Hz.

OUTPUT: See specific models listed.

OUTPUT VOLTAGE TOLERANCE: Within
5% when measured at full load and
nominal VAC input.

REGULATION: 10% no load to full load.

INSULATION TEST: 1500 VRMS.
EFFICIENCY: Ranges from 90% to 95%.

OPERATING AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:

80°C Maximum

TEMPERATURE RISE: Less than 50°C.
CONSTRUCTION: To MIL-T-27D, Grade 5,
class “S”.

ENVIRONMENT: Encapsulated to meet
MIL-STD-810C, including vibration,
temperature to 80°C, shock, sand, dust,
humidity, saltspray, fungus, sunshine,
rain, explosion. Note: For high altitude
operation encapsulate terminals.

OUTPUT PER PHASE

Model Number

DELTA: L to L (3 wire) —

WYE: L to COM. (4 wire)

WYE: L to L (3 wire)

Size

Weight

Lbs. Max.

j Volts RMS

Current (Amps)

Volts RMS

Current (Amps)

4D5-90

5

6.00

8.66

3.47

1

1.3

4D5-120

5

8.00

8.66

4.62

2

1.6

4D5-150

5

10.00

8.66

5.78

3

2.3

4D5-200

5

13.34

8.66

7.70

4

2.4

4D12-90

12

2.50

20.8

1.45

1

1.3

4D12-120

12

3.34

20.8

1.93

2

1.6

4D12-150

12

4.17

20.8

2.41

3

2.3

4D12-200

12

5.56

20.8

3.21

4

2.4

4D12-270

12

7.50

20.8

4.33

5

2.8

4D12-375

12

10.42

20.8

6.02

6

3.8

4D15-90

15

2.00

26.0

1.16

1

1.3

4D15-120

15

2.67

26.0

1.54

2

1.6

4D15-150

15

3.34

26.0

1.93

3

2.3

4D15-200

15

4.45

26.0

2.57

4

2.4

4D15-270

15

6.00

26.0

3.47

5

2.8

4D15-375

15

8.34

26.0

4.82

6

3.8

4D20-90

20

1.50

34.6

0.87

1

1.3

4D20-120

20

2.00

34.6

1.16

2

1.6

4D20-150

20

2.50

34.6

1.45

3

2.3

4D20-200

20

3.34

34.6

1.93

4

2.4

4D20-270

20

4.50

34.6

2.60

5

2.8

4D20-375

20

6.25

34.6

3.61

6

3.8

4D28-90

28

1.08 .

48.5

0.62

1

1.3

4D28-120

28

1.43

48.5

0.83

2

1.6

4D28-150

28

1.79

48.5

1.03

3

2.3

4D28-200

28

2.38

48.5

1.38

4

2.4

4D28-270

28

3.22

48.5

1.86

5

2.8

4D28-375

28

. 4.47

48.5

2.58

6

3.8

4D48-90

48

0.63

83.1

0.36

1

1.3

4D48-120

48

0.84

83.1

0.49

2

1.6

4D48-150

48

1.05

83.1

0.61

3

2.3

4D48-200

48

1.39

83.1

0.81

4

2.4

4D48-270

48

1.88

83.1

1.09

5

2.8

4D48-375

48

2.61

83.1

1.51

6

3.8

4D115-90

115

0.26

200

0.15

1

1.3

4D115-120

115

0.35

200

0.20

2

1.6

4D115-150

115

0.44

200

0.25

3

2.3

4D115-200

115

0.58

200

0.34

4

2.4

4D115-270

115

0.79

200

0.45

5

2.8

4D115-375

115

1.09

200

0.63

6

3.8

Option “A” — To order DELTA input 115 VAC L-L. Add suffix “A" to Model No. e.g. 4D5-90A
Option “B” — To order DELTA input 200 VAC L-L. Add suffix “B” to Model No. e.g. 4D5-90B

Size

A

B

C

D

E

1

2.90

2.40

1.45

2.50

2.00

2

2.90

2.70

1.55

2.50

2.30

3

3.65

2.80

1.70

3.15

2.30

4

3.65

3.00

1.70

3.15

2.50

5

3.65

3.00

1.95

3.15

2.50

6

4.95

3.20

1.90

4.45

2.70

Size

F

G

H

J

K

1

.20

.45

.85

.20

6-32

2

.20

.45

.85

.20

6-32

3

.25

.82

1.22

.20

8-32

4

.25

.82

1.22

.20

8-32

5

.25

.82

1.22

.20

8-32

6

.25

1.47

1.87

.20

8-32

DIMENSIONAL TOL.: D, E ±0.02; all others ±0.04

J 1

' t

---i

G

5 ©

— V

6 ®

T-

7 ©

.40

8 ©

TYP.

9 ©

10©

INPUT CONNECTION:

WYE, 115V to Com 1, 2, 3 Line 4 Com

WYE, 200V L-L 1, 2, 3

DELTA 115V or 200V L-L 1, 2, 3

OUTPUT CONNECTION:

WYE, L-Com Connect 6-8-10 Load
5-6, 7-6, 9-6

DELTA L-L Connect 6-7, 8-9, 5-10
Load 5, 7, 9

WYE, L-L Connect 6-10, 8-10 Load
5, 7, 9

ABBOTT TRANSISTOR LABORATORIES, INC.

Transformer Div. Western Offices: 639 S. Glenwood PI., Burbank, CA 91506 (213) 841-3630. Telex: 69-6282

Eastern: 520 Main St„ Ft. Lee, NJ 07024 (201) 461-4411. Telex: 13-5332 • New England: (617) 272-5676 • Southwest: 710 Kindred Lane, Richardson, TX 75080 (214) 437-0697

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2523

Alt, m

TRANSFORMERS

AMECON offers quality inductive components
in the following product lines:

Astronautics • MIL-T-27 • Avionics • Magnetic Amplifiers • SMPS
SCR Controls • Light Dimmers • Motor Controls • EMI/RFI Filter Chokes
Load & Energy Management • Instrument Transformers • Sensing &
Relaying Instrumentation • 100% Shielding • Very High Isolation
Low Noise for Computer & Audio Power Supplies

* From 0.1” to 55.5” Diameter & 0.1 oz. to 1,800 lbs.
0JMECDN Serving OEM's for 12 Years

ii^—

y 7j\' CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

1900 Chris Lane, Anaheim, CA 92805 714/634-2220

1*2524

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

MINIATURE SPLIT-BOBBIN PLUG-IN POWER TRANSFORMER

For printed circuit applications

Transformers wound on a split bobbin permit the primaries and secondaries to be wound side by side rather than one over the other. Transformers can be supplied with
single 115V or 115/230V, 50/60 Hz, dual primary, secondaries can be series or parallel connected. Units meet UL & V.D.E. standards.

Features are: 2500V RMS Hipot, Elimination of electro-static shield, no cross-over of primary and secondary lead class S insulation. — 130°C.

Note: Pin 2 and 3 omitted on single primary versions. The specification in the table may be changed without advance notice for improvement of the products.

MINIATURE PLUG-IN POWER TRANSFORMER

Economy line of split-bobbin miniature power transformers for printed circuit plug-in applications. Unit: inch

WE’RE TRANSFORMER SPECIALISTS...

Another reason to buy ARSTAN products! Top Performance at Low Prices
because we’re SPECIALISTS in Miniature Coils, Bobbin Wound Ferrites and
Miniature Laminated Transformers. ARSTAN products will translate your
Creative Ideas into a precision unit encompassing the highest standards
the marketplace offers! Custom manufactured to your specifications and
produced for your particular application in our factories in the Far East.
We provide Approval Samples on quantity orders prior to production. Many
types meet UL standards. Accuracy, Performance, Price . . . IT’S ALL HERE,
at ARSTAN!

OTHER TYPES AVAILABLE

• Impedance Matching

• Audio Transformers (All types)

• Sub & Ultra Miniature • Pulse Transformers

• Miniature Power Transformers

• Telephone Matching Transformers

• Isolation • Microphone Coupling

PRODUCTS INTERNATIONAL LTD.

99 JERICHO TPKE., JERICHO, N.Y. 11735 • (516) 333-8100 • TELEX 221519 ARSTN

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2525

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

BH ELECTRONICS

A SUBSOIARY OF I BUCKBEE-MEARS COMPANY

PRODUCTS SUMMARY

Pulse Transformers

Trigger Transformers

Flyback Transformers

Power Transformers

Low Power Step-up Transformer

DC-DC Converters

Switching Magnetics

Audio Transformers

Potted Transformer Assemblies

APPLICATION

Data Transmission, High Frequency Coupling
SCR Trigger, Motor Speed Controls

High Voltage CRT, Spark Gap Ignition, High Voltage Power Supplies
Instrumentation, DC Power Supplies, Control Circuits.

Neuro Stimulators, Infant Monitors, Implantable Medical Electronics
I.C. Bias Circuits, Miniature Power Supplies, Aerospace Instruments
State of the Art DC Supplies, High Frequency Inverters & Converters
Telephone Industry, Communications, Impedence Matching
Medical Devices, Hazardous Environments, High Reliability Military

SPLIT BOBBIN POWER TRANSFORMERS

* # It

• High Dielectric Breakdown Strength

• Less Need For Electrostatic Shielding

• Compact Construction

• Single Or Dual Primary

• Custom Outputs Available On Request

• Designed To Meet U.L. Specs

MECHANICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

• 2500 VRMS Hipot .

• Temperature Class B, 130°C

• Temperature Rise, 35°C Maximum At Rated Power
. Primary 1 1 5 VAC Or 1 1 5/230 VAC

. Sizes — 1.1, 2.4, 6, 12 VA

Mounting

SIZE A B C D E F G Hardware

1.1 VA V375 .937 1 125 1.200 .250 .250 .250 None

2.4 VA 1.375 1.1B7 1.125 1.200 .250 .250 .250 None

6 VA 1,625 1.312 1.312 1.280 .250 .360 .250 4-40X1 3/8

12 VA 1 .875 1 1.437 ll .562 1 1.410 .300 .400 .250 14-40X1 3/8

507-

507-

507-

507-

507-

12 VA 507-
507-
507-
507-
507-

3c:

c

6 VCT .400
10 VCT .250
12.6 VCT 200
16 VCT .150

6 VCT 1 .00
10 VCT .600

1 2.6 VCT .500
1 6 VCT .400

20 VCT .300

24 VCT .250

28 VCT .200

36 VCT .170

48 VCT .125

56 VCT .110

Custom Outputs Available Within VA Limits

SERIES 505 - SCR TRIGGER TRANSFORMERS

' FOUR CASE STYLES

> 1600 OR 2500 VRMS ISOLATION

» TINNED COPPER LEADS

» LOW Ciw TO PREVENT
FALSE TRIGGERING

* AVAILABLE FROM STOCK

'X =20 AWG TINNI

* ORDER BY PART NUMBER 505-XX YY

★ SPECIFY CASE STYLE

★ * SPECIFY ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS

★ STANDARD CASE STYLES

CASE NO. PCB MOUNTING ISOLATION VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE ENCAPSULATED LEADSIZE

35 YES 1600 VRMS 60HZ -10°CT0+70°C YES 20AWG

36 YES 1600 VRMS 60HZ 0°C TO 60°C YES 20 AWG

37 YES 1600 VRMS 60HZ 0°C TO 60°C NO 20 AWG

55 YES 2500 VRMS 60HZ 0°C TO 60°C YES 20 AWG

★ ★ STANDARD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

PRIMARY

PRIMARY

INTERWINDING

LEAKAGE

PARAMETER

TURNS

INDUCTANCE

ET CONSTANT

CAPACITANCE

INDUCTANCE

NUMBER

RATIO

(mh -MIN.)

(V-fisec MIN.)

(PF -MAX.)

Oih -MAX.)

00

1:1

.25

45

20

5

01

1:1

1.0

90

30

20

02

1:1

5.0

180

30

45

03

1:1

20.0

360

50

200

04

1:1:1

.25

45

20

5

05

1:1:1

1.0

90

30

20

06

1:1:1

5.0

180

30

45

07

1:1:1

200

360

50

200

08

2:1

1.0

90

30

40

09

2:1

5 0

180

30 .

60

10

2:1:1

1.0

90

30

40

11

2:1:1

.5.0

180

30

60

12

5:1

20.0

360

50

200

13

5:1:1

20.0

360

50

200

|* t 5 °° *-*m 00 *

•-750 MAX-*-

t" ”

CUSTOM VERSIONS AVAILABLE
SEND FOR FULL CATALOG

331 BREMER BLDG.
ST. PAUL, MN 55101

BH ELECTRONICS

A SUBSOIARY OF | BUCKBEE-MEARS COMPANY

PHONE 612/228-6463
TELEX. 29-7022

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

A SUBSCIARY OF ■ BUCKBEE-MEARS COMPANY

BH ELECTRONICS rSnnO.

MINIATURE POWER TRANSFORMERS

FEATURES

• PC Mount

• Designed To U.L. Specs

• Mounting Frame Optional

SPECIFICATIONS

Single or Dual Primary
Wide Range of Outputs
Thermal Cutout Available on Request

• Sizes — 1.5, 4.5, 10. 24 VA Rating

• Temperature class B (35°C Max. Rise At Rated Power)

• ■ Dielectric Strength 1250 VRMs

• Inputs 115V Or 11 5/230V

MECHANICAL

1 15 VAC PARALLEL / 230 VAC SERIES

DIMENSIONS

SIZE PIN A B C D E F G

1.5

6

1.375

1.22

1.750

1.00

1.125

.312

.188

1.5

8

1.375

1.22

1.750

1 00

1.125

.200

.188

46

6

1.625

1.4

2.0

1.10

1.25

.400

.188

4.5

8

1.625

1.4

2 0

1.10

1.25

.250

.188

10

6

1.875

1.625

2.375

1-30

1.312

400

.188

to

8

1.875

1.625

2375

1.30

1.312

250

.188

24

6

1.625

1.375

—

2.1

2.25

400

.188

24

8

1 625

1 375

2.1

2.25

.250

.188

'Dim. A. B ’/i" Larger with mounting frame
* Mounting frame not available on 24 VA site

BH PART NUMBER

SERIES

PARALLEL

SIZE

Single 115V

Duet 115/230

Volte AC AMPS RMS

Volts AC AMPS RMS

507-2001

507-2001 D

6 VCT At .250

3 V At 500

507-2002

507-2007D

10 VCT At .150

5V At .300

507-2003

507-2003D

12.6 VCT At .120

6.3 V At .240

1.5 VA

507-2004

507-2004D

15 VCT At .100

7.5V At .200

507-2005

507-2005D

20 VCT At .075

10V At .150

507-2006

507-2006D

24 VCT At .060

12V At .120

507-2007

507-2007D

34 VCT At .040

17V At .080

507-2008

5Q7-2008D

48 VCT At .030

24V At .060

507-2009

507-2009D

56 VCT At 020

28 VCT At .040

507-2101

507-21 01 D

6 VCT At .75

3 V At 1.5

507-2102

507-21 02D

10 VCT At .450

5V At .900

507-2103

507-2 103D

12.6 VCT At .350

6.3V At .700

4.5 VA

507-2104

507-21 04D

1 5 VCT At .300

7.5V At .600

507-2105

507-21 05D

20 VCT At .220

10V At .440

507-2106

507-2 106D

24 VCT At .180

12V At .360

507-2107

507-21 07D

34 VCT At .125

17V At .250

507-2108

507-21 08D

48 VCT At .090

24V At .180

507-2109

507-21 09D

56 VCT At .080

28V At .160

507-2201

507-2201 D

6 VCT At 1 .6

3 V At 3.3

507-2202

507-2202D

10 VCT At 1

5V At 2

507-2203

507-2203D

12.6 VCT At .800

6.3V At 1.6

10 VA

507-2204

507-2204D

15 VCT At .650

7.5V At 1.3

507-2205

507-2205D

20 VCT At .500

10V At 1.0

507-2206

507-2206D

24 VCT At .400

12V At .800

507-2207

507-2207D

34 VCT At .300

17V At .600

507-2208

507-2208D

48 VCT At .200

24V At .400

507-2209

507-2209D

56 VCT At .180

28V At .360

507-2301

507-2301 D

6 VCT At 4.0

3V At 8.0

507-2302

507-2302D

10 VCT At 2.4

5V At 4.8

507-2303

507-2303D

12.6 VCT At 1.9

6.3V At 3.8

24 VA

507-2304

507-2304D

15 VCT At 1.6

7.5V At 3.2

507-2305

507-2305D

20 VCT At 1 .2

10V At 2.4

507-2306

507-2306D

24 VCT At 1 .0

12V At 2.0

507-2307

507-2307D

34 VCT At .700

17V At 1.4

507-2308

507-2308D

48 VCT At .500

24V At 1.0

507-2309

507-2309D

56 VCT At .420

28V At .840

Additional Outputs Available Within VA Limits

TOROID INDUCTORS FOR SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES

• Current Range, 1 AMP To 50 AMPS

• Cost Effective Design

• Wide Range Of Inductance

• Maximum Temperature Rise, 40°C Above Ambient

• PC Mount

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AT 25° C

1. 2. 3, 4,

NOTE: Style 5. 6. 7 Leads Cut to 6" Length/Custom Lengths Available Upon Request

TYPICAL INDUCTANCE CHARACTERISTICS

331 BREMER BLDG

ST PAUL. MN 55101

A SUBSOiARY OF IBUCKBEE MEARS COMPANY

BH ELECTRONICSOmC

PHONE 612/228-6463

TELEX 29-7022

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2527

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

LOW POWER TRANSFORMERS

ELECTRICAL

CHARACTERISTICS

INPUT VOLTAGE 115V @60HZ

PL-1 1 f PL-12, PL-13, PL-14

Low Power Dual Secondary Transformers*

TO

BASIC STYLE

1 3 4

2 5 6

BASIC SCHEMATICS

A

B

C

D

E

F

PL-11

1.01

[ 25 . 65 ]

.84

[ 21 . 34 ]

.25

[ 6 . 35 ]

.25

[ 6 . 35 ]

.875

[ 22 . 22 ]

.720

[ 18 . 29 ]

PL-12

1 - 3/8

[ 34 . 92 ]

1 - 3/16

[ 30 . 16 ]

.312
[ 7 . 92 ]

.312
[ 7 . 92 ]

1 - 1/8

[ 28 . 58 ]

1.00

[ 25 . 4 ]

PL-13

1 - 5/8

[ 41 . 28 ]

1 - 3/8

[ 34 . 92 ]

.400

[ 10 . 16 ]

.400

[ 10 . 16 ]

1 - 1/4

[ 31 . 75 ]

1.100

[ 27 . 94 ]

PL-14

1 - 7/8

[ 47 . 62 ]

1.60

[ 40 . 64 ]

.400

[ 10 . 16 ]

.400

[ 10 . 16 ]

1 - 7/16

[ 36 . 51 ]

1.30

[ 33 . 02 ]

PL-22, PL-23, PL-24

Low Power Transformers*

Dual Primary— Dual Secondary

TO

12 3 4

JLflJUL

'i I l '

8 L 9 S

OUTPUT VOLTAGE

OUTPUT CURRENT (MA)

MODE!

Series

Parallel

Series

Parallel

NO.

8 V CT

4 V

94

188

PL-1 1-01

188

376

PL-12-01

562

1124

PL-13-01

940

1880

PL-14-01

75

150

PL-1 1-02

10 V CT

5 V

120

240

PL-12-02

440

880

PL-13-02

1000

2000

PL-14-02

60

120

PL-1 1-03

12.6 V CT

6.3 V

100

200

PL-12-03

350

700

PL-13-03

800

1600

PL-14-03

50

100

PL-1 1-04

15 V CT

7.5 V

100

200

PL-12-04

300

600

PL-13-04

500

1000

PL-14-04

47

94

PL-1 1-05

16 V CT

8 V

75

150

PL-12-05

260

520

PL-13-05

640

1280

PL-14-05

38

76

PL-1 1-06

20 V CT

10 V

60

120

PL-12-06

220

440

PL-13-06

500

1000

PL-14-06

31

62

PL-1 1-07

24 V CT

12 V

50

100

PL-12-07

180

360

PL-13-07

450

900

PL-14-07

25

50

PL-1 1-08

30 V CT

15 V

50

100

PL-12-08

150

300

PL-13-08

250

500

PL-14-08

22

44

PL-1 1-09

34 VCT

17 V

35

70

PL-12-09

125

250

PL-13-09

300

. 600

PL-14-09

19

38

PL-1 1-10

40 VCT

20 V

30

60

PL-12-10

110

220

PL-13-10

250

500

PL-14-10

28

56

PL-12-11

54 VCT

27 V

84

168

PL-13-11

140

280

PL-14-11

20

40

PL-12-12

56 VCT

28 V

80

160

PL-13-12

180

360

PL-14-12

20

40

PL-12-13

76 V CT

38 V

60

120

PL-13-13

100

200

PL-14-13

15

30

PL-12-14

88 VCT

44 V

50

100

PL-13-14

120

240

PL-14-14

10

20

PL-12-15

120 VCT

60 V

35

70

PL-13-15

85

170

PL-14-15

6

12

PL-12-16

180 VCT

90 V

24

48

PL-13-16

55

110

PL-14-16

5

10

PL-12-17

230 V CT

115 V

20

40

PL-13-17

40

80

PL-14-17

A

B

C

D

E

PL-22

1 - 3/8

[ 34 . 92 ]

1 - 3/16

[ 30 . 16 ]

.20

[ 5 . 08 ]

1 - 1/8

[ 28 . 58 ]

1.00

[ 25 . 40 ]

PL-23

1 - 5/8

[ 41 . 28 ]

1 - 3/8

[ 34 . 92 ]

.25

[ 6 . 35 ]

1 - 1/4

[ 31 . 75 ]

1.10

[ 27 . 94 ]

PL-24

1 - 7/8

[ 47 . 62 ]

1.60

[ 40 . 64 ]

.25

[ 6 . 35 ]

1 - 7/16

[ 36 . 51 ]

1.30

[ 33 . 02 ]

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

INPUT VOLTAGE = 115V 60HZ OR 230V 50HZ-60HZ

Same characteristics as PL-12, 13, 14 except
dual primary for 115 or 230 volt operation.

*Recognized under the Component Program of Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. Listed under File E71961.

CUSTOMER APPLICATION

SCHEMATIC BASIC STYLE

tz

nut:;

SCHEMATIC OPTIONS

n

c.

tz

PRIMARY
230 V INPUT
SERIES CONNECTED

PRIMARY
115 V INPUT
PARALLEL CONNECTED

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., East Highway 50, Yankton, South Dakota 57078. Phone 605-665-9301

1*2528

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

LOW POWER TRANSFORMERS

PL Series, Dual and Single Secondary

PL-32, PL-33, PL-34

Low-Cost Single Secondary Power Transformer,*
115 Volt Primary Input

BASIC SCHEMATICS [Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

A

B

C

D

E

F

PL-32

1.45

1.16

.31

.31

1.13

1.00

[36.91]

[29.37]

[ 7.92]

[ 7.92]

[28.58]

[25.40]

PL-33

1.70

1.38

.40

.40

1.25

1.10

[43.26]

[34.93]

[10.16]

[10.16]

[31.75]

1*27.94]

PL-34

1.95

1.63

.40

.40

1.44

1.30

[49.61]

[41.28]

[10.16]

[10.16]

[36.51]

[33.02]

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

OUTPUT

OUTPUT

MODEL

VOLTAGE

CURRENT (MA)

NO.

6.4V

200

PL-32-01

700

PL-33-01

1300

PL-34-01

10V

120

PL-32-02

450

PL-33-02

800

PL-34-02

12.6V

100

PL-32-03

350

PL-33-03

650

PL-34-03

15 V

80

PL-32-04

300

PL-33-04

550

PL-34-04

20 V

60

PL-32-05

225

PL-33-05

400

PL-34-05

24 V

50

PL-32-06

185

PL-33-06

330

PL-34-06

30 V

40

PL-32-07

150

PL-33-07

270

PL-34-07

54 V

22

PL-32-08

80

PL-33-08

150

PL-34-08

76 V

16

PL-32-09

60

PL-33-09

110

PL-34-09

88 V

14

PL-32-10

50

PL-33-10

90

PL-34- 10

115 V

10

PL-32-11

40

PL-33-11

70

PL-34-11

180 V

7

PL-32-12

25

PL-33- 12

45

PL-34- 12

230 V

5

PL-32-13

20

PL-33-13

35

PL-34- 13

^Recognized under the Component Program of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Listed under File E71961.

PL-42, PL-43, PL-44

Low Power Transformers— Dual Primary— Dual Secondary

BASIC SCHEMATICS [Numbers in brackets indicate millimeters]

A

B

C

D

E

PL-42

1-29/64

[36.91]

1-13/16

[30.16]

.20

[5.08]

1-1/8

[28.58]

1.00

125.40]

PL-43

1-45/64

[43.26]

1-3/8

[34.92]

.25

[6.35]

1-1/4

[31.75]

1.10

127.94]

PL-44

1-61/64

[49.61]

1.60

[40.64]

.25

[6.35]

1-7/16
[35.51 j

1.30

133.02]

SCHEMATIC BASIC STYLE

n

tz

£*— O 7

tl— o 8

2 0 *

i n Ij

SECONDARY
SERIES CONNECTED

6 5
3 4

BASIC STYLE

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

INPUT VOLTAGE = 115V 60HZ OR 230V 50HZ-60HZ

Same characteristics as PL-12, 13, 14 except
dual primary for 1 15 or 230 volt operation.

CUSTOMER APPLICATION SCHEMATIC OPTIONS

10 * ■> 1 1 A 05

PRIMARY
230 V INPUT
SERIES CONNECTED

Z2

OPTIONAL MOUNTING FRAMES AVAILABLE ON ALL STYLES (CONSULT FACTORY)

For complete information, write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., East Highway 50, Yankton, South Dakota 57078. Phone 605-665-9301

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2529

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

TC CONVERTER TRANSFORMERS

FEATURES

• High conversion efficiency from DC input to filtered DC output

• Designed especially for low-power solid state circuits • Designed for
mounting on printed circuit boards • Miniature size for minimum space

• Choice of encapsulated or open (impregnated) styles

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL

Transformer Power Rating: 3 watts
Isolation, Primary-Secondary: 500 volts 60 Hz, operating
characteristics may be varied to suit specific applications by
appropriate selection of circuit components

Coating: Varnish dip coat or epoxy encapsulated
Terminals: .015" thick, solder plated, varnish-free. Intended
for P.C. board mounting

ENVIRONMENTAL

Operating Temp. Range: -20°C to +80°C, intended for use in
enclosed commercial and industrial applications

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Power supply for gas discharge display, battery-operated
portable instruments, operational amplifier power supplies.

TAand IA SERIES

Telephone Coupling Transformers and Holding Coils

FEATURES

• Designed and built to meet telephone company requirements for data and
voice access on leased private telephone lines or through the dial-up switched
telephone network. • Provides line isolation, impedance matching, line
balance, hybrid and holding coil applications.

SPECIFICATIONS

ELECTRICAL

Frequency Response: + .5 DB from 300 to 3500 Hz
Power Level: -45 DBM to +7 DBM
Impedance Matching: +10% from 300 to 3500 Hz
Return Loss:

22 DB min. = TA 10-03

13 DB min. = TA 13-01

14 DB min. = TA 14-01

26 DM min. = TA 10-01, TA 10-02, TA 10-04,

TA 10-05, TA 10-06, TA 10-07,

TA 11-01

MECHANICAL

Coating: TA = Vacuum

impregnated with
polyester varnish.

IA = Tough vinyl coating.

Terminals: TA = Precision

spaced PC type
plug-in terminals.

IA = #28 AWG teflon
coated insulated
terminals.

Longitudinal Balance: Per FCC 68.310
Distortion: .5% max.

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

MODEL

NO.

APPLICATION

PRIMARY

IMPEDANCE

SECONDARY

IMPEDANCE

FIGURE

LETTER

SCHEMATIC
FIGURE NO.

NO. OF
UNITS
REQ’D

TERMINAL

NUMBERS

USED

TA 10-01

HYBRID

6000

6000/6000

C

1

2

1, 2, 3, 4, 5,

6

TA 10-02

COUPLING

600 a

9000

C

3

1

1,

3, 4, 6

TA 10-03

BRIDGING

4KO

6000

C

3

1

1,

3, 4, 6

TA 10-04

COUPLING

6000 CT

6000 CT

C

2

1

1,

2, 3, 4, 5,

6

TA 10-05

COUPLING

6000

6000

c

3 .

1

1,

3, 4, 6

TA 10-06

COUPLING

9000

9000

c

3

1

1,

3, 4, 6

TA 10-07

COUPLING

6000

6000

A

3

1

1,

3, 4, 6

TA 11-01

HYBRID

6000

6000/6000

1

c

1

2

1,

2, 3, 4, 5,

6

TA 13-01

COUPLING

6000

6000 SPLIT

75 MA DC

B

5

1

2,

3, 5, 6, 7,

8

TA 14-01

COUPLING

6000

9000/6000

100/120 MA DC

D

6

1

1,

2, 3, 4, 5,

6

TA 12-01

HOLDING

COIL

2.0 H @ 60 MA, 1.3 H @ 100 MA DC
DCR = 1800

C

4

1

1, 3

IA 40-01

HOLDING

COIL

1.0 H @ 0 MA, .8 H @ 25 MA DC

DCR = 2250

—

4

1

—

IA 50-01

HOLDING

COIL

1.0 H @ 0 MA, .8 H @ 40 MA DC

DCR = 1130

—

4

1

—

For complete information write or phone

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC., East Highway 50, Yankton, SD 57078 • Phone 605-665-9301

1*2530

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

High Voltage Line Isolation
Transformers In
Oil Insulating Tanks

FEATURES:

V Complete varnish impregnation under vacuum B

V Epoxy anchoring vfl

▼ Immersed in high grade insulating oil*

▼ Electrostatic shield between primary and secondary *
windings

▼ “AN” type connector provided for input connections

▼ Good regulation

*Note: Shipped without oil to minimize transportation charges,
except when otherwise specified in order.

SPECIFICATIONS:

▼ Each model available with porcelain output insulator

▼ Models elso available with two shielded polyethylene
output cables in place of porcelain insulator

▼ Standard types available for 1 20 V and 240V input lines
in 1 :1 , 1 :2, and 2:1 voltage ratios with other input and
output voltages available upon request

▼ Recommended for industrial, research, and
developmental applications

I Standard 60 Hz Types

Transformer, High Voltage-
Filament Isolation Open Type
Construction — Epoxy Coated

High Voltage Filament Isolation Transformers

Model

3-TR-1 50-11

Model

No.*

Max.

kVA

kV dc
Insulation

Tank Size (in.)

(W X D X H)**

Insulator
Height (in.)*

1-TR-30-XX

1

30

10 X 12 X 11

6

1.5-TR-30-XX

1.5

30

13 X 13% X 16%

6

1-TR-50-XX

1

50

13 X 13 7 /a X 16%

8%

3-TR-50-XX

3

50

13 X 13% X 16%

8%

1-TR-60-XX

1

60

9% X 12% X 13%

11

2-TR-60-XX

2

60

16% X 16% X 21%

11

3-TR-60-XX

3

60

16% x 16% X 21%

11

5-TR-60-XX

5

60

16% X 16% X 21%

11

3-TR-75-XX

3

75

16% X 16% X 22

11

1-TR-100-XX

1

100

20% X 17% X 17 13 /i6

14

3-TR-100-XX

3

100

20% X 17% X 17 ,3 /i6

14

3-TR-150-XX

3

150

15% X 18% X 24

19%

5-TR-150-XX

5

150

15% X 18% X 24

19%

0.5-TR-250-XX

0.5

250

25 X 33 X 37 5 /i6

28%

2-TR-250-XX

2

250

25 X 33 X 37 5 /i6

28%

3-TR-250-XX

3

250

29% X 29% X 36%

28%

5-TR-250-XX

5

250

25 X 33 X 37!/4

28%

4-TR-300-XX

4

300

39% X 47% X 50%

35

Models With Shielded Cables Instead Of Porcelain Insulator:

0.5-CTR-250-XX

0.5

250

25 X 33 X 37% 6

2-CTR-250-XX

2

250

25 X 33 X 37%e

3-CTR-250-XX

3

250

29% X 29% X 36%

4-CTR-300-XX

4

300

25 X 33 X 37'/4

5-CTR-250-XX

5

250

39% X 47% X 50%

*Note: Add the following suffix in place of XX:

For

Suffix

For

Suffix

120/120

11

240/120

21

120/2,40

12

240/240

22

**Note: Dimensions are nominal and outline drawings are available upon request.
***Note: If shielded polyethylene output cables are desired in place of porcelain
insulator, designate part number with a “C" prefix, e.g., 1-CTR-30-XX.

V

Type

Secondary

Volts

Secondary

Amps

Isolation
kV dc
(Working)

Size

(A X B X C)

AD 3227

5

1

10

2% X 2% X 3Ve

AD 3231

5

3

10

3 X 2 5 /b X 3%

AD 3234

5

5

10

3’/4 X 2% X 3%

AD 3226

6.3

1

10

2% X 2% X 3%

AD 3230

6.3

3

10

3 X 2% X 3%

AD 3233

6.3

5

10

3V4 X 2% X 3%

AD 3238

5

1

20

4% X 3 X 4

AD 3239

5

3

20

4% X 3% X 4%

AD 3240

5

5

20

4% X 3% X 5%

AD 3241

6.3

1

20

4% X 3 X 4

AD 3242

6.3

3

20

4% X 3% X 4%

AD 3243

6.3

5

20

4% X 3% X 5Va

AD 3247

5

1

30

4% X 3% X 5

AD 3248

5

3

30

5% X 3% X 5%

AD 3249

5

5

30

6’/4 X 3% X 6%

AD 3250

6.3

1

30

4% X 3% X 5

AD 3251

6.3

3

30

5% X 3% X 5V4

AD 3252

6.3

5

30

6’/4 X 3% X 6%

All primaries: 115 volts, 60Hz.

Transformer, High Voltage — Line isolation
Open Type Construction— Epoxy Coated

FEATURES:

V Designed for continuous operation at rated voltage and
power

▼ Epoxy coated, air insulated up to 30kV dc, oil insulated
over 30kV dc

▼ Well suited to applications requiring reliable isolated line
voltage at power ratings up to 1 kVA

▼ Other higher voltage and power units available upon
request

SPECIFICATIONS:

Primaries: 1 1 5V or 230V, 60Hz
Secondaries: 115V

Type

Rating

kVA

Size

(AXBXC)

Dimensions

(DXE)

Insulation
kV dc Working

AD 1640

0.200

6% X 4 X 5%

4% X 3

10

AD 1641

0.500

7% X 5% X 7%

5% X 4'A

10

AD 1642

0.750

9% X 6 5 /ie X 8V 4

7y» X 4 13 /i6

10

AD 1643

1.000

8% X 8 X 9%

6X5

10

AD 1644

0.200

8% X 4 X 5%

6% X 3%

20

AD 1645

0.500

1 0V4 X 5% X 7%

8 X4’/4

20

AD 1646

0.750

9% X 6% X 8

7% X 4’%6

20

AD 1647

1.000

1 1 V4 X 6% X 8%

, 8% X 4%

20

AD 3060

0.250

8% X 7Va X 6%

7%e X 3%

- 30

AD 3061

0.500

9% X 7 X 8%

7 13 /ieX3%

30

AD 3062

0.750

1 0% X 7% X 9%

8% X 3%

30

AD 3063

1.000

11 X 9 X 9%

8% X 3%

30

AD 3064

0.250

10X7X6%

8 13 /ie X 3%

40

AD 3065

0.500

1iy4X7’/4X8%

9'/8X3%

40

AD 3066

0.750

1 2% X 7% X 9%

1 0 V 4 X 3%

40

AD 3067

1.000

1 2% X 9 X 9%

10 7 /i6 X 3%

40

AD 3068

0.250

13V4X7y4X6%

12X3%

50

AD 3069

0.500

• 13»/4X7y4X8%

1 1 Vs X 3%

50

AD 3070

0.750

14%X7%X9%

1 2V4 X 3%

50

AD 3071

1.000

14%X9X9%

12 7 /i6 X 3%

50

DEL ELECTRONICS CORPORATION

250 East Sandford Boulevard, Mount Vernon, New York 10550
Phone: 914/699-2000 TWX 710-562-0130

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2531

5600 TRANSFORMERS 5600

WE WANT

Keeping Devices, Relays, Switches,
Motors, Clutches, Brakes, Office
Equipment, Keyboards, Control Systems
and Printing Equipment - just to
mention a few.

Whether you have short run or high
volume needs, Endicott Coil's modern
facility and experienced personnel can
deliver your parts, on time and to your
specifications.

If you are designing a new part,
modifying an existing one, making
changes brought about by industry
standards, or just looking for a new
supplier .... ENDICOTT COIL should
be your Source.

For over 30 years, we have
successfully met the component
specifications of companies marketing
a diverse range of products including:
Data Processing Equipment, Time

Endicott Coil

Endicott Coil Co., Inc.
22 Charlotte Street,
Binghamton, New York
Phone (607)797-1263
Telex 932411

13905

MAGNETIC COMPONENTS
TO YOUR SPECIFICATIONS

1*2532

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

You turned it on and it worked
No wonder you trust Stancor.

first time you turned it on, you were filled with pride. You trusted Stancor transformers
then. And you can still trust them now.

You can depend on Stancor's new computer oriented transformers today for the
same reason you did years ago. The reason? Everyone, from our lowest profile _
Low Boy™ to our new constant voltage transformer is engineered for (y*

performance and triple checked for dependability. \C €

Stancor - with off-the-shelf, or custom service for yoiMtagHn
needs - is still # 1 after all these years. No wonder you tra8B|ncor- MadQOpj

Type CV Constant

V

NT

Voltage Transformer

Low Boy™

60VA thru 480 VA

Low Profile

EEM 1983 For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1*2533

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

FORM-TRAN™

For military style packaging of printed circuit board
plug-in transformers — at commercial prices

FEATURES

• Assures greater reliability.

• Encapsulated in form fitting shells to
protect against possible damage due
to use of water soluble and other fluxes
as well as electrolytic corrosion exper-
ienced on open type construction.

• Enhances physical appearance of your
printed circuit board.

• In addition to UL recognition modified
“Form-Tran” packaging can be pro-
vided that will meet safety require-
ments valid in all member countries of
the European Community and Canada.

FORM-TRAN PACKAGING
CAN BE PROVIDED FOR
OUR STANDARD LINES OF

PC/DPC*

EL/DEL*

MPC/DMPC*

Simplify by inserting the letter
“P” for mechanical configuration.

• See following pages for part numbers
and details.

Size

L±.03

W±.03

H ±.03

B±.010

C±.010

D ±.010

EDIA.

37

1.52

1.22

1.26

1.000

.840

1.270

.125

.132

50

1.77

1.30

1.44

1.100

1.000

1.463

.159

.169

62

2.02

1.50

1.70

1.300

1.125

1.625

.159

.169

24

1.70

2.32

1.42

2.100

2.00

1.463

.159

.169

RECOGNIZED COMPONENT
UNDERWRITERS LABS INC.

®

725 FEDERAL AVENUE, KENILWORTH, NEW JERSEY 07033 • (201) 245-3200 TWX 710-996-5993 800-526-4048

INC.

1*2534

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Power Transformers— P.C.

Recognized Component
Underwriters Labs, Inc.

Single 115V Primary
Type PC-6 Pins

BASIC SCHEMATIC
Transformer can be
connected in series
or parallel.

(PLUG-IN MOUNTING)

Dual 115/230V Primary
Type DPC-8 Pins

BASIC SCHEMATIC
Transformer can be
connected in series
or parallel.

PARALLEL CONNECTED

(PLUG-IN MOUNTING)

BRACKET AND CHANNEL FRAME MOUNTING AVAILABLE

BRACKET AND CHANNEL FRAME MOUNTING AVAILABLE

"SLIDE ON" BRACKET
FOR SIZE 24 P/N B24

Size

VA

L

W

H

6 PIN

X

8 PIN

A

B

wt.

Oz.

25

1.0

1

1%

0.83

0.250

0.200

1.200

2.5

37

1.2

1%

1 Vs

1%

0.312

0.200

1.000

3

50

4.4

1 5 /a

VU

1 3 /o

0.400

0.250

1.100

5

62

10

1%

1%

1%

0.400

0.250

1.300

9

24

24

1%

2V4

1 3 /a

0.400

0.250

2.100

12

HOW TO ORDER

D PC - 10 -2400 B 4

T- Individual Spec

Mechanical Configuration

— Mounting

Secondary Current

(ma RMS) rating

Secondary Voltage

(V RMS) rating

Transformer Series

Primary Rating

Primary Rating

No Letter

115V

50/60 Hz

6 pin

C

230V

50/60 Hz

6 pin

D

1 15/230V

50/60 Hz

8 pin

E

277V

50/60 Hz

6 pin

F

332V

50/60 Hz

6 pin

Transformer Series

PC — Single Section Bobbin PC Transformers
EL — “2 Section" Split Bobbin PC Transformer

Secondary Voltage Rating — in volts RMS
Secondary Current Rating — in ma RMS
Mechanical Configuration

A = Channel Frame Mounting — Style A — Screw Mount
B = No Frame

C = Channel Frame Mounting — Style C — PC to b Mount
E = Channel Frame — No Mounting
P = Potted — FORM-TRAN™ Construction available
on sizes 37, 50, 62 and 24 only

mm WWV6 725 FEDERAL AVENUE, KENILWORTH, NEW JERSEY 07033 • (201) 245-3200 TWX 710-996-5993 800-526-4048

E TT^INC.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2535

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Power Transf ormers— P. C .

.TO

Recognized Component

SECONDARY RMS RATING PRIMARY 50/500 Hz Underwriters Labs, Ine.

RATINGS BASED ON 20% REGULATION.

METHOD OF DETERMINING SECONDARY RMS CURRENT:

AM*®

■■ mW tlg FEDERAL AVENUE, KENILWORTH, NEW JERSEY 07033 • (201) 245-3200 TWX 710-996-5993 800-526-4048

SifiB

Parallel
@ 2x Current

V MA

10 @90

5 @180

25

10 @120

5 @240

37

10 @440

5 @880

50

10 @1000

5 @ 2000

62

10 @ 2400

5 @ 4800

24

12.6 @70

6 @140

25

12.6 @100

6.3 @ 200

37

12.6 @350

6.3 @ 700

50

12.6 @800

6.3 @1600

62

12.6 @ 2000

6.3 @ 4000

24

16 @55

8 @ 110

25

16 @75

8 @150

37

16 @260

8 @520

50

16 @640

8 @1280

62

16 @ 1500

8 @ 3000

24

20 @45

10 @90

25

20 @60

10 @ 120

37

20 @ 220

10 @440

50

20 @ 500

10 @1000

62

20 @1200

10 @2400

24

24 @35

12 @70

25

24 @50

12 @ 100

37

24 @180

12 @360

50

24 @ 450

12 @900

62

24 @1000

12 @ 2000

24

28 @ 30

14 @60

25

28 @40

14 @80

37

28 @160

14 @320

50

28 @ 360

14 @720

62

28 @ 800

14 @ 1.6A

24

34 @25

17 @50

25

34 @35

17 @70

37

34 @125

17 @250

50

34 @ 300

17 @600

62

34 @ 700

17 @1400

24

40 @20

20 @40

25

40 @30

20 @60

37

40 @110

20 @ 220

50

40 @ 250

20 @ 500

62

40 @ 600

20 @1200

24

56 @15

28 @30

25

56 @20

28 @40

37

56 @80

28 @ 160

50

56 @180

28 @ 360

62

56 @ 420

28 @ 840

24

88 @10

44 @20

25

88 @15

44 @30

37

88 @50

44 @ 100

50

88 @120

44 @ 240

62

88 @ 270

44 @ 540

24

120 @8

60 @16

25

120 @10

60 @20

37

120 @35

60 @70

50

120 @85

60 @170

62

120 @200

60 @ 400

24

180 @5

90 @10

25

180 @6

90 @12

37

180 @24

90 @48

50

180 @55

90 @ 110

62

180 @130

90 @ 260

24

230 @ 4

115 @ 8

25

230 @5

115 @ 10

37

230 @ 20

115 @40

50

230 @ 40

115 @80

62

230 @100

115 @200

24

*

Dual 115/230V

8 Pin

Single 277V

6 Pin

Single 332V

6 Pin

PC-10-90B53

PC-1 0-1 20B1
PC-10-440B2

PC-1 0-1 000B3
PC-10-2400B4

CPC-1 0-90B53

CPC-1 0-1 20B1
CPC-10-440B2

CPC-1 0-1 000B3
CPC-1 0-2400B4

DPC-10-90B53

DPC-10-120B1

DPC-10-440B2

DPC-1 0-1 OOOB3
DPC-10-2400B4

EPC-1 0-90B53
EPC-10-1 20B1

EPC-1 0-440B2

EPC-1 0-1 000B3
EPC-1 0-2400B4

FPC-10-90B53
FPC-1 0-1 20B1
FPC-10-440B2
FPC-1 0-1 000B3
FPC-1 0-2400B4

PC-12-70B54

PC-1 2-1 00B5
PC-12-350B6
PC-12-800B7
PC-12-2000B8

CPC-1 2-70B54

CPC-1 2-1 00B5

CPC-1 2-350B6

CPC-1 2-800B7

CPC-1 2-2000B8

DPC-1 2-70B54

DPC-1 2-100B5

DPC-1 2-350B6

DPC-1 2-800B7

DPC-1 2-2000B8

EPC-1 2-70B54

EPC-1 2-1 00B5

EPC-1 2-350B6

EPC-1 2-800B7

EPC-1 2-2000B8

FPC-1 2-70B54
FPC-1 2-1 00B5
FPC-1 2-350B6
FPC-1 2-800B7
FPC-1 2-2000B8

PC-16-55B55

PC-16-75B9

PC-16-260B10

PC-1 6-640B1 1

PC-1 6-1 500B1 2

CPC-16-55B55

CPC-1 6-75B9

CPC-1 6-260B1 0
CPC-1 6-640B11

CPC-1 6-1 500B1 2

DPC-1 6-55B55

DPC-1 6-75B9

DPC-1 6-260B10
DPC-1 6-640B11
DPC-1 6-1 500B1 2

EPC-1 6-55B55

EPC-1 6-75B9

EPC-1 6-260B10
EPC-1 6-640B11
EPC-1 6-1 500B1 2

FPC-1 6-55B55
FPC-1 6-75B9

FPC-1 6-260B10
FPC-1 6-640B11
FPC-1 6-1 500B1 2

PC-20-45B56
PC-20-60B13
PC-20-220B14
PC-20-500B15
PC-20-1 200B1 6

CPC-20-45B56
CPC-20-60B13
CPC-20-220B14
CPC-20-500B15
CPC-20-1 200B1 6

CPC-20-45B56
DPC-20-60B13
DPC-20-220B14
DPC-20-500B15
DPC-20-1 200B1 6

EPC-20-45B56
EPC-20-60B13
EPC-20-220B14
EPC-20-500B15
EPC-20-1 200B1 6

FPC-20-45B56
FPC-20-60B13
FPC-20-220B14
FPC-20-500B15
FPC-20-1 200B1 6

PC-24-35B57
PC-24-50B17
PC-24-1 80B1 8
PC-24-450B19
PC-24-1 000B20

CPC-24-35B57
CPC-24-50B17
CPC-24-1 80B1 8
CPC-24-450B19
CPC-24-1 000B20

DPC-24-35B57

DPC-24-50B17

DPC-24-180B18

DPC-24-450B19

DPC-24-1000B20

EPC-24-35B57
EPC-24-50B17
EPC-24-1 80B1 8
EPC-24-450B19
EPC-24-1 000B20

FPC-24-35B57
FPC-24-50B17
FPC-24-1 80B1 8
FPC-24-450B19
FPC-24-1 000B20

PC-28-30B58
PC-28-40B49
PC-28-1 60B50
PC-28-360B51
PC-28-800B52

CPC-28-30B58
CPC-28-40B49
CPC-28-1 60B50
CPC-28-360B51
CPC-28-800B52

DPC-28-30B58

DPC-28-40B49

DPC-28-160B50

DPC-28-360B51

DPC-28-800B52

EPC-28-30B58

EPC-28-40B49

EPC-28-160B50

EPC-28-360B51

EPC-28-800B52

FPC-28-30B58

FPC-28-40B49

FPC-28-160B50

FPC-28-360B51

FPC-28-800B52

PC-34-25B59
PC-34-35B21
PC-34-1 25B22
PC-34-300B23
PC-34-700B24

CPC-34-25B59
CPC-34-35B21
CPC-34-1 25B22
CPC-34-300B23
CPC-34-700B24

DPC-34-25B59

DPC-34-35B21

DPC-34-125B22

DPC-34-300B23

DPC-34-700B24

EPC-34-25B59

EPC-34-35B21

EPC-34-125B22

EPC-34-300B23

EPC-34-700B24

FPC-34-25B59

FPC-34-35B21

FPC-34-125B22

FPC-34-300B23

FPC-34-700B24

PC-40-20B60
PC-40-30B25
PC-40-1 10B26
PC-40-250B27
PC-40-600B28

CPC-40-20B60
CPC-40-30B25
CPC-40-1 10B26
CPC-40-250B27
CPC-40-600B28

DPC-40-20B60
DPC-40-30B25
DPC-40-1 1 0B26
DPC-40-250B27
DPC-40-600B28

EPC-40-20B60
EPC-40-30B25
EPC-40-1 1 0B26
EPC-40-250B27
EPC-40-600B28

FPC-40-20B60

FPC-40-30B25

FPC-40-110B26

FPC-40-250B27

FPC-40-600B28

PC-56-1 5B61
PC-56-20B29
PC-56-80B30
PC-56-1 80B31
PC-56-420B32

CPC-56-15B61
CPC-56-20B29
CPC-56-80B30
CPC-56-1 80B31
CPC-56-420B32

DPC-56-15B61

DPC-56-20B29

DPC-56-80B30

DPC-56-180B31

DPC-56-420B32

EPC-56-15B61

EPC-56-20B29

EPC-56-80B30

EPC-56-180B31

EPC-56-420B32

FPC-56-15B61

FPC-56-20B29

FPC-56-80B30

FPC-56-180B31

FPC-56-420B32

PC-88-10B62
PC-88-15B33
PC-88-50B34
PC-88-1 20B35
PC-88-270B36

CPC-88-1 0B62
CPC-88-1 5B33
CPC-88-50B34
CPC-88-1 20B35
CPC-88-270B36

DPC-88-10B62

DPC-88-15B33

DPC-88-50B34

DPC-88-120B35

DPC-88-270B36

EPC-88-10B62

EPC-88-15B33

EPC-88-50B34

EPC-88-120B35

EPC-88-270B36

FPC-88-10B62

FPC-88-15B33

FPC-88-50B34

FPC-88-120B35

FPC-88-270B36

PC-120-8B63

PC-1 20-1 0B37

PC-1 20-35B38
PC-120-85B39
PC-120-200B40

CPC-1 20-8B63

CPC-1 20-1 0B37
CPC-1 20-35B38
CPC-1 20-85B39
CPC-1 20-200B40

DPC-1 20-8B63
DPC-1 20-1 0B37
DPC-1 20-35B38
DPC-1 20-85B39
DPC-1 20-200B40

EPC-1 20-8B63

EPC-1 20-1 0B37
EPC-1 20-35B38
EPC-1 20-85B39
EPC-1 20-200B40

FPC-1 20-8B63
FPC-1 20-1 0B37
FPC-1 20-35B38
FPC-1 20-85B39
FPC-1 20-200B40

PC-180-5B64

PC-180-6B41

PC-180-25B42

PC-180-55B43

PC-1 80-1 30B44

CPC-1 80-5B64

CPC-1 80-6B41
. CPC-180-24B42
CPC-1 80-55B43
CPC-1 80-1 30B44

DPC-180-5B64
DPC-1 80-6B41
DPC-1 80-24B42
DPC-1 80-55B43
DPC-1 80-1 30B44

EPC-180-5B64

EPC-1 80-6B41 '
EPC-1 80-24B42
EPC-1 80-55B43
EPC-1 80-1 30B44

FPC-1 80-5B64
FPC-1 80-6B41
FPC-1 80-24B42
FPC-1 80-55B43
FPC-1 80-1 30B44

PC-230-4B65
PC-230-5B45
PC-230-20B46
PC-230-40B47
PC-230-1 00B48

CPC-230-4B65
CPC-230-5B45
CPC-230-20B46
CPC-230-40B47
CPC-230-1 00B48

DPC-230-4B65

DPC-230-5B45

DPC-230-20B46

DPC-230-40B47

DPC-230-100B48

EPC-230-4B65

EPC-230-5B45

EPC-230-20B46

EPC-230-40B47

EPC-230-100B48

FPC-230-4865

FPC-230-5B45

FPC-230-20B46

FPC-230-40B47

FPC-230-100B48

RMS Secondary

Rectifier Type Filter Type Current

Full Wave Center Tap Choke Input .7 x DC Amps

Full Wave Center Tap Capacitor Input 1.2 x DC Amps

Full Wave Bridge Choke Input 1.0 x DC Amps

Full Wave Bridge Capacitor Input 1.8 x DC Amps

1*2536

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Economy Line of Split-Bobbin
Miniature Power Transformers

For printed circuit plug-in applications

ATTRACTIVE PRICE SAVINGS IN QUANTITIES OF 500 AND OVER!

Recognized Component
Underwriters Labs, Inc.

Available only in three types of channel frames as shown and in three different VA ratings these units are priced lower than our
standard PC/DPC series and will afford substantial savings in larger quantity ranges. Additional savings can be realized if single
secondary can be used in lieu of dual secondaries as shown.

Electrical characteristics differ from our standard PC/DPC series.

Style "C" channel frames supplied hot tin dipped to assure proper solderability. Other styles supplied electro tin plated.

SECONDARY RMS RATING PRIMARY 50/60 Hz

Series

Parallel
@ 2x Current

Size

V.C.T. MA

V MA

10 @ 120

5 @240

37

10 @440

5 @880

50

10 @1000

5 @ 2000

62

12.6 @100

6.3 @ 200

37

12.6 @350

6.3 @700

50

12.6 @800

6.3 @1600

62

16 @ 75

8 @ 150

37

16 @260

8 @520

50

16 @640

8 @1280

62

20 @60

10 @ 120

37

20 @ 220

10 @440

50

20 @ 500

10 @1000

62

24 @50

12 @ 100

37

24 @180

12 @360

50

24 @ 450

12 @900

62

28 @40

14 @80

37

28 @160

14 @320

50

28 @360

14 @720

62

34 @35

17 @ 70

37

34 @125

17 @250

50

34 @ 300

17 @600

62

40 @30

20 @60

37

40 @110

20 @ 220

50

40 @ 250

20 @ 500

62

56 @20

28 @40

37

56 @80

28 @160

50

56 @180

28 @ 360

62

88 @15

44 @30

37

88 @50

44 @100

50

88 @120

44 @ 240

62

120 @ 10

60 @20

37

120 @35

60 @70

50

120 @85

60 @170

62

180 @6

90 @12

37

180 @24

90 @48

50

180 @55

90 @ 1 10

62

230 @5

1 15 @ 10

37

230 @ 20

1 1 5 @ 40

50

230 @ 40

115 @80

62

Single 115V

6 Pin

Dual 11 5/230 V

8 Pin

EL-10-120*1

EL-1 0-440*2

EL-1 0-1 000*3

D E L-1 0-1 20* 1

DEL-1 0-440*2

D E L-1 0-1 000*3

E L-1 2-1 00*5

EL-1 2-350*6

EL-1 2-800*7

DEL-1 2-1 00*5

DEL-1 2-350*6

DEL-1 2-800*7

EL-1 6-75*9

E L-1 6-260* 1 0

EL-1 6-640*11

DEL-1 6-75*9

DEL-1 6-260* 10

DEL-1 6-640* 11

EL-20-a0*13

EL-20-220*14

EL-20-500*15

DEL-20-60* 13
DEL-20-220* 14
DEL-20-500* 15

E L-24-50*! 7
EL-24-1 80*1 8
EL-24-450* 19

DEL-24-50* 17
DEL-24-1 80* 18
DEL-24-450* 19

E L-28-40*49
EL-28-1 60*50
EL-28-360*51

DEL-28-40*49
DEL-28-1 60*50
DEL-28-360*51

EL-34-35*21

EL-34-1 25*22
EL-34-300*23

DEL-34-3 5* 21
DEL-34-1 25*22
DEL-34-300*23

EL-40-30*25
EL-40-1 10*26
EL-40-250*27

DEL-40-30*25
DEL-40-1 10*26
DEL-40-250*27

EL-56-20*29
EL-56-80*30
EL-56-1 80*31

DEL-56-20*29
DEL-56-80*30
DEL-56-1 80*31

EL-88-1 5*33
EL-88-50*34
EL-88-1 20*35

DEL-88-1 5*33
DEL-88-50*34
DEL-88-1 20*35

EL-1 20-1 0*37

EL-1 20-35*38

EL-1 20-85*39

DEL-1 20-1 0*37

DEL-1 20-35*38

DEL-1 20-85*39

EL-1 80-6*41

EL-1 80-24*42

EL-1 80-55*43

DEL-1 80-6*41

DEL-1 80-24*42

DEL-1 80-55*43

EL-230-5*45

EL-230-20*46

EL-230-40*47

DEL-230-5*45

DEL-230-20*46

D E L-230-40*47

(*) Specify letter “E”, “A” or “C” for mounting style of channel frame required.

For FORM-TRAN® construction use letter “P”. See eem page 1*2534 for ordering information.

EYTC

725 FEDERAL AVENUE, KENILWORTH, NEW JERSEY 07033 • (201) 245-3200 TWX 710-996-5993 800-526-4048

INC.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2537

1*2538

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Miniature Plug-In

Power Transformers

For triple-output regulated supplies

This line was designed around our standard PC and LP Series and is specified in terms of DC output.

TYPE MPC AND DMPC

Size "V" available with single primary only.

Sizes "X" and "Y" available with single or dual primary.

Sizes "6" and "1 2" available with dual primary only.

1000V hipot is standard on Sizes "V", "X" and "Y"

1500V hipot is standard on Sizes "6" and "12".

IDEAL FOR MICROPROCESSOR APPLICATIONS

Recognized Component
Underwriters Labs, Inc.

Size

L

W

H

8-Pin

10-Pin

B

Lbs.

V

1-5/8

1-1/4

1-3/8

0.250

0.200

1.100

0.31

X

1-7/8

1-7/16

1-5/8

0.250

0.200

1.300

0.56

Y

1-5/8

2-1/4

1-3/8

0.250

0.200

2.100

0.75

MPC and DMPC’s also available with channel frames see eem page 1*2838 or FORM-TRAN® Construction
See eem page 1*2535 for ordering information.

Size

L

W

H

A

B

C

Lbs.

6

1-7/8

1-9/16

0.850

1.600

0.375

0.187

0.43

12

2-1/2

2.000

1.065

2.000

0.500

0.250

0.68

115 230 VOLT
50 60 HZ

3

E 6 FOR 5 VOLT
^ DC OUTPUT

FOR • 12 VOLT
OR • 15 VOLT
DC OUTPUT

SCHEMATIC

Part Number

DC OUTPUT

Primary 50/60 Hz

115 V
(8 Pin)

115/230 V
(10 Pin)

Output #1

Output #2

Size

MPC-V-12B1

N/A

5VDC 180ma

±12VDC 35ma

V

MPC-V-15B2

N/A

5VDC 180ma

±15VDC 30ma

V

MPC-X-12B1 1

DMPC-X-12B31

5VDC 360ma

±12VDC 60ma

X

MPC-X-15B12

DMPC-X-15B32

5VDC 360ma

±15VDC 50ma

X

MPC-Y-12B21

DMPC-Y-12B41

5VDC 835ma

±12VDC 150ma

Y

MPC-Y-15B22

DMPC-Y-15B42

5VDC 835ma

±15VDC 130ma

Y

N/A

MPL-6-1 2B5 1

5VDC 135ma

±12VDC 40ma

6

N/A

MPL-6-15B52

5VDC 135ma

±15VDC 35ma

6

N/A

MPL-1 2-12B61

5VDC 270ma

±12VDC85ma

12

MPL-12-15B62

5VDC 270ma

±15VDC 70ma

12

EYTC

®

725 FEDERAL AVENUE, KENILWORTH, NEW JERSEY 07033 • (201) 245-3200 TWX 710-996-5993 800-526-4048

INC.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2539

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Miniature Split-Bobbin
Plug-in Power Transformers

For printed circuit applications

Part Number

SECONDARY RMS RATING 1

Single 115V

6 Pin

Dual 115/230V

8 Pin

Series

Parallel

ST 2-10B41

ST 3-1 OBI
ST4-10B2

ST 5-10B3
ST6-10B4

ST 7-10B51

DST 2-10B41
DST 3-1 OBI
DST4-10B2
DST5-10B3

DST 6-1 0B4

DST 7-10B51

10V C.T. @ 0.11 A
10V C.T. @ 0.25A
10V C.T. @ 0.6A

10V C.T. @ 1.2A

10V C.T. @ 2A

10V C.T. @ 3.6A

5V @ 0.22A
5V @ 0.5A
5V@1.2A

5V @ 2.4A
5V@4A

5V @ 7.2A

ST 2-12B42
ST 3-1 2B5
ST4-12B6

ST 5-1 2B7

ST 6-1 2B8

ST 7-12B52

DST 2-12B42
DST3-12B5
DST4-12B6
DST5-12B7

DST 6-1 2B8

DST 7-12B52

12.6V C.T. @ 0.09A
12.6V C.T. @ 0.2A
12.6V C.T. @ 0.5A
12.6V C.T. @ 1.0A
12.6V C.T. @ 1.6A
12.6V C.T. @ 2.85A

6.3V @ 0.1 8A
6.3V @ 0.4A
6.3V @ 1 .OA
6.3V @ 2.0A
6.3V @ 3.2A
6.3V @ 5.7A

ST 2-16B43
ST 3-1 6B9

ST 4-16B10
ST 5-16B11

ST 6-16B12
ST 7-16B53

DST 2-16B43
DST 3-1 6B9

DST 4-16B10
DST 5-16B11
DST 6-16B12
DST 7-16B53

16V C.T. @ 0.07A
16V C.T. @0.1 5A
16V C.T. @ 0.4A

16V C.T. @ 0.8A

16V C.T. @ 1.25A
16V C.T. @ 2.25A

8V @ 0.1 4A
8V @ 0.3A

8V @ 0.8A
8V@1.6A

8V @ 2.5A

8V @ 4.5A

ST 2-20B44
ST 3-20B13
ST 4-20B14
ST 5-20B15
ST 6-20B16
ST 7-20B54

DST 2-20B44
DST 3-20B13
DST 4-20B14
DST 5-20B15
DST 6-20B16
DST 7-20B54

20V C.T. @ 0.055A
20V C.T. @ 0.1 2A
20V C.T. @ 0.3A

20V C.T. @ 0.6A

20V C.T. @1A

20V C.T. @ 1.8A

10V @ 0.11 A
10V @ 0.24A
10V @ 0.6A
10V @ 1.2A
10V @2A

1 0V @ 3.6A

ST 2-24B45
ST 3-24B17
ST 4-24B18
ST 5-24B19
ST 6-24B20
ST7-24B55

DST 2-24B45
DST 3-24B17
DST 4-24B18
DST 5-24B19
DST 6-24B20
DST 7-24B55

24V C.T. @ 0.045A
24V C.T. @0.1 A

24V C.T. @ 0.25A
24V C.T. @0.5 A

24V C.T. @ 0.8A

24V C.T. @ 1.5A

1 2V @ 0.09A

1 2V @ 0.2A
12V @0.5 A
12V @ 1.0A
12V @ 1.6A
12V@ 3.0A

ST 2-28B46
ST 3-28B21

ST 4-28B22
ST 5-28B23
ST 6-28B24
ST 7-28B56

DST 2-28B46
DST 3-28B21
DST 4-28B22
DST 5-28B23
DST 6-28B24
DST 7-28B56

28V C.T. @ 0.04A

28 V C.T. @ 0.085A
28V C.T. @ 0.2A

28V C.T. @ 0.42A
28V C.T. @ 0.7A

28V C.T. @ 1 .3A

14V @ 0.08A
14V @ 0.1 7A
14V @ 0.4A
14V @ 0.84A
14V @ 1.4A
14V @ 2.6A

ST 2-36B47
ST 3-36B25
ST 4-36B26
ST 5-36B27
ST 6-36B28
ST 7-36B57

DST 2-36B47
DST 3-36B25
DST 4-36B26
DST 5-36B27
DST 6-36B28
DST 7-36B57

36V C.T. @ 0.03A
36V C.T. @ 0.065A
36V C.T. @ 0.1 7A
36V C.T. @ 0.35A
36V C.T. @ 0.55A
36V C.T. @ 1A

18V @ 0.06A
18V @ 0.1 3A
18V @ 0.34A
18V @ OJA
18V @ 1 .1 A
18V @2A

ST 2-48B48
ST 3-48B29
ST 4-48B30
ST 5-48B31

ST 6-48B32
ST 7-48B58

DST 2-48B48
DST 3-48B29
DST 4-48B30
DST 5-48B31
DST 6-48B32
DST 7-48B58

48V C.T. @ 0.023A
48V C.T. @ 0.05A
48V C.T. @ 0.1 25A
48V C.T. @ 0.25A
48V C.T. @ 0.4A

48V C.T. @ 0.75A

24V @ 0.046A
24V @0.1 A
24V @ 0.25A
24V @ 0.5A
24V @ 0.8A
24V@1.5A

ST 2-56B49
ST 3-56B33
ST 4-56B34
ST 5-56B35
ST 6-56B36
ST 7-56B59

DST 2-56B49
DST 3-56B33
DST 4-56B34
DST 5-56B35
DST 6-56B36
DST 7-56B59

56V C.T. @ 0.02A
56V C.T. @ 0.045A
56V C.T. @0.11 A
56V C.T. @ 0.22A
56V C.T. @ 0.35A
56V C.T. @ 0.65A

28V @ 0.04A
28V @ 0.09A
28V @ 0.22A
28V @ 0.44A
28V @ OJA
28V@1.3A

ST 2-120B50
ST 3-120B37
ST 4-120B38
ST 5-120B39
ST 6-120B40
ST 7-120B60

DST 2-120B50
DST 3-120B37
DST 4-120B38
DST 5-120B39
DST 6-120B40
DST 7-120B60

120V C.T. @0.01 A
120V C.T. @0.02A
120V C.T. @0.05A
120V C.T. @0.1 A
120V C.T. @ 0.1 6A
120V C.T. @0.3A

60V @ 0.02A
60V @ 0.04A
60V @0.1 A
60V @ 0.2A
60V @ 0.32A
60V @ 0.6A

6 PIN
TYPE ST

40 — 5 r"° 5

30 2 — ' C 06

20 — -N (-—£>1

5/23CV J C
^60 Hz } f

lO 2 — ^—08

SPIN

TYPE DST

TRANSFORMERS WOUND ON A SPLIT BOBBIN PERMIT
THE PRIMARIES AND SECONDARIES TO BE WOUND
SIDE BY SIDE RATHER THAN ONE OVER THE OTHER.

FEATURES ARE:

2500 V RMS Hipot
Elimination of electro-static shield
No cross-overs of primary and secondary leads
Class S insulation - 130°C

Transformers can be supplied with single 115V or
115/230V, 50/60 HZ dual primaries. Secondaries can
be series or parallel connected.

Size

VA

L

w

H

ML

A

B

C

Lbs.

2

1.1

1%

1 VSb

%

—

.250

.250

1.200

0.17

3

2.4

1 3 /a

1 Vs

—

.250

.250

1.200

0.25

4

6

1 5 /8

1^6

%

.250

.350

1.280

0.44

5

12

1 7 /8

1%

1 V A

.300

.400

1.410

0.70

6

20

2V4

1%

V/z

.300

.400 1

1.600

0.80

7

36

2 5 /8

2%

t

.400 1

.400 |

1.850

1.10

fSize 7 has 4 mtg. holes on 2^x1 % centers for a #6 screw. Need not be nylon.

RECOGNIZED COMPONENT
UNDERWRITERS LABS INC.

Hg 725 FEDERAL AVENUE, KENILWORTH, NEW JERSEY 07033 • (201) 245-3200 TWX 710-996-5993 800-526-4048

1*2540

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Miniature lo-profile
Plug-in Power Transformers

For printed circuit applications

Three sizes: 2.5VA- 0.650 inches high/6VA - 0.850 inches high/1 2VA - 1.065 inches high

6VA - 0.850" HIGH

EWC’s lo-profile, plug-in power transformers are designed for low height,
critical pc board applications in semiconductor control and instrumentation.
Interchangeable with those of other manufacturers, the units are for use
in single, dual or reference dc supplies, or isolated control circuits.

2.5V A - 0.650" HIGH EWC TRANSFORMERS FEATURE:

12VA- 1.065" HIGH

Non-concentric winding, achieved by secondary being wound alongside
primary rather than directly over it, to lower inter-winding capacitance,
thus eliminating the use of an electro-static shield.

Hum-bucking (semi-toroidal) construction to diminish radiated magnetic
field and balanced winding.

Lo-profile design permitting close card spacing: %" for 2.5VA units,

1" for 6 VA units and IV 4 " for 12VA units.

Dual Primaries: 115/230V, 50/60 Hz
1500V RMS HIPOT

Part No.

Size

SECONDARY* ~j

Series

Parallel

LP 10-250-B23

2

10V C.T. @ 250MA

5V @ 500MA

LP 1 0-600-B1

6

10V C.T. @ 600MA

5V @ 1.2A

LP 10-1 200-B2

12

10V C.T. @ 1200MA

5 V @ 2.4A

LP 12-200-B24

2

12.6V C.T. @ 200MA

6.3V @ 400MA

LP 12-450-B3

6

12.6V C.T. @ 45QMA

6.3V @ 900MA

LP 12-900-B4

12

12.6V C.T. @ 900MA

6.3V @ 1.8A

LP 1 6-1 50-B25

2

16V C.T. @ 150MA

8V @ 300MA

LP 16-350-B5

6

16V C.T. @ 35QMA

8 V @ 700MA

LP 16-700-B6

12

16V C.T. @ 700MA

8V@1.4A

LP 20-125-B26

2

20V C.T. @ 125MA

10V @ 250MA

LP 20-300-B7

6

20V C.T. @ 300MA

10V @ 600MA

LP 20-600-B8

12

20V C.T. @ 600MA

10V @ 1.2A

LP 24-100-B27

2

24V C.T. @ 100MA

12V @ 200MA

LP 24-250-B9

6

24V C.T. @ 250MA

12V @ 500MA

LP 24-500-B10

12

24V C.T. @ 500MA

1 2V @ 1 A

LP 34-75-B28

2

34V C.T. @ 75MA

17V @ 150MA

LP 34-170-B11

6

34V C.T. @ 170MA

17V @ 340MA

LP 34-340-B12

12

34V C.T. @ 340MA

17V @ 680MA

LP 40-60-B29

2

40V C.T. @ 60MA

20V @ 120MA

LP 40-150-B13

• 6

40V C.T. @ 150MA

20V @ 300MA

LP 40-300-B14

12

40V C.T. @ 300MA

20V @ 600MA

LP 56-45-B30

2

56V C.T. @ 45MA

28V @ 90MA

LP 56-100-B15

6

56V C.T. @ 100MA

28V @ 200MA

LP 56-200-B16

12

56V C.T. @ 200MA

28V @ 400MA

LP 88-28-B31

2

88V C.T. @ 28MA

44V @ 56MA

LP 88-65-B17

6

88V C.T. @ 65MA

44V @ 130MA

LP 88-130-B18

12

88V C.T. @ 130MA

44V @ 260MA

LP 120-20-B32

2

120V C.T. @ 20MA

60V @ 40MA

LP 120-50-B19

6

120V C.T. @ 50MA

60V @ 100MA

LP 120-100-B20

12

120V C.T. @ 100MA

60V @ 200MA

LP 230-1 0-B33

2

230V C.T. @ 10MA

115V @ 20MA

LP 230-25-B21

6

230V C.T. @ 25MA

115V @ 50MA

LP 230-50-B22

12

230V C.T. @ 50MA

115V @ 100MA

* Regulation of Size 2 and 6 units is 30%, i.e., no load-secondary voltage
is 30% higher than full load. Regulation of Size 12 units is 20%.

RECOGNIZED COMPONENT
UNDERWRITERS LABS INC.

%

■■ Wnl 725 FEDERAL AVENUE, KENILWORTH, NEW JERSEY 07033 • (201) 245-3200 TWX 710-996-5993 800-526-4048

E ▼ T ElNC.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2541

EEM

PRODUCT

GUIDES

Use the EEM Product Selection Guides.
There are 33 Guides in this edition of EEM.
See page 2 (1*2, 2*2, 3*2) of each volume
to locate the Product Selection Guides
that pertain to your needs.

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

1

(

IFE

MO

562!

IK©

RLAN & ASSO

5 McVEY BLVD.-

[R

CIA

-V

I DIV.

TES, INC. phone

VORTHINGTON, OHIO 43085 (614) 889-6152

SPLIT-CORE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

NOTE: Open split-core with a twisting
motion only.

DESCRIPTION: This split-core current transformer was designed for easy
installation on large bus or wire conductors in order to make electrical
load surveys or for continuous monitoring of current.

APPLICATION: To be used with any 5 amp indicating or recording am-
meter or amp or watt transducer. Also useable with indicating or record-
ing clamp-on ammeter.

CONSTRUCTION: Directional silicon steel is used for the flexible core.
Secondary windings are of copper. Unit is encapsulated in silicon rubber
which protects against moisture, dirt, oil and corona. Remains flexible
from -45° to +200°C.

INSULATION LEVEL: 600VAC — can be used over insulated conductors
on higher voltage circuits.

SAFETY FACTOR: Secondary voltage limited to less than 50VAC when
secondary leads are open circuited.

SECONDARY LEADS: 12 feet long with spade connectors.

COLOR: Transformer (red) — leads (yellow).

NOTES

CURRENT

RATIO

THERMAL

FACTOR

INSIDE DIAMETER

BURDEN

CAPACITY

ACCURACY

Other ratios available
3 amp secondary available
Loop coil multiplier available
Special lead lengths available

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.5

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

1.5

1.5

1.25

1.25

1.25

- 6 "

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2543

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

FREED TRANSFORMER CO., INC.

MIL-T-27 COMPONENTS

TRANSISTOR SUPPLY TRANSFORMERS
TST SERIES

Manufactured and Guaranteed to
Specifications MIL-T-27
TST-6 — Frequency 57 Hz to 63 Hz — Primary
115 volts units with * primary 115 and/or
230 volts

TST-4 — Frequency 380 Hz to 1000 Hz —
Primary 115 volts

TST units can be supplied in commercial type construction
(channel or shell type with leads).

••Wh«n otdtung sptcil* (6) lot ST to 63 Hi ind (<)tor 380 to 1000 Hi

D.C. to RMS Conversion Chart

Resistive or Inductive Loids j

Capaci

ive loads

Full Wave

Center Tapped

Full Wave

Bridge

Full Wave

Center Tapped

Full Wan

Erms” 2 22 Me

E RMS = I!IEdc

£ RMS* 1 6tdc

£ RMS” * tdc

*RMS” 75 ,dc

Ir MS = I,05 Idc

l RMS «l.l Idc

'RMS-'«' d c

Edc- should include voltage drop across reactor and voltage drop across one diode lor F.W.C T and voltage
drop across two diodes lor F.W. Bridge.

| R.M.S. Output |

C

ase

Part No.

Volt

Amp

-4

-6

TST(**)-1

6.3 CT

.30

AH

AH

TST(**)-2

6.3 CT

.60

AH

AJ

TST(**)-3

12.6 Split

.80

AJ

EB

TST(**)-4

12.6 Split

1.5

AJ

FA

TST(**)-5

12.6 Split

2.0

AJ

GB*

TST(**)-6

25.2 Split

1.5

EB

GA*

TST(**)-7

25.2 Split

4.0

GB

JA*

TST(**)-8

30 Split

.50

AJ

FA

TST(**)-9

30 Split

1.0

AJ

GB*

TST(**)-10

30 Split

1.5

EB

GA*

TST( **)-ll

30 Split

2.0

FA

HA*

TST(**)-12

40 Split

.50

AJ

FA

TST(**)-13

40 Split

1.0

EB

GA*

TST(**)-14

40 Split

1.5

FA

HA*

TST(**)-15

40 Split

2.0

FA

JB*

TST(**)-16

50 Split

MM

AJ

GB*

TST(**)-17

50 Split

FA

GA*

TST(**)-18

50 Split

III

FA

JB*

TST(**)-19

50 Split

GB

JA*

TST(**)-20

60 Split

«!■

AJ

GB*

TST(**)-21

60 Split

1.0

FA

HA*

TST(**)-22

60 Split

1.5

FA

JA*

TST(**)-23

70 Split

EB

GA*

TST(**)-24

70 Split

FA

JB*

TST(**)-25

70 Split

1.5

GB

JA*

i iMoxms

80 Split

.25

AJ

FA

TST(**)-27

80 Split

EB

GA*

80 Split

Mem

FA

JB*

90 Split

.25

AJ

GB*

90 Split

EB

GA *

TST(**)-31

90 Split

1.0

FA

JA*

TST(**)-32

100 Split

.25

AJ

GB*

TST(**)-33

100 Split

.50

FA

GA*

TST(**)-34

100 Split

1.20

GA j

KB*

STANDARD MILITARY AUDIO TRANSFORMERS
Frequency Response 300-10,000 Hz ±2 DB

Catalog

No.

Application

Type

Designation

Impedance Level
in Ohms

Primary Secondary

Ratio

Max.

Power

Level

DBM

Pri.

D.C.

Per Side
in Ma

Max.

D.C.

unbal-

ance

Case

MGA 1

Transformer; interstage, single or
P.P. plates to single or P.P. grid

TF4RX15AJ

10,000

C.T.

90,000
split and
C.T.

1:3

overall

4-15

10

10

AJ

MGA 2

Transformer; matching 600 ohm
line to voice coil.

TF4RX16AJ

600

split

4, 8, 16

6.12:1

overall

4-33

0

0

AJ

MGA 3

Transformer; input, 600 ohm
line to single or P.P. grids.

TF4RX10AJ

600

split

135,000

C.T.

1:15

4-15

0

0

AJ

MGA 4

Transformer; matching, 600 ohm
line to 600 ohm line.

TF4RX16AJ

600

split

600

split

1:1

+ 15

0

0

AJ

MGA5

Transformer; output, single plate
7,600 ohm, 4,800 ohm to 600
ohm line.

TF4RX13AJ

7,600 tap
@ 4,800

600

split

3.56:1

+33

40

40

AJ

Hms~

Transformer; output, single plate
7,600 ohm, 4,800 ohm to
voice coil.

TF4RX13AJ

7,600 tap
@ 4,800

4, 8. 16

21.8:1

+33

40^

40

AJ

MGA 7

Transformer; output, single or

P.P. plates to 600 ohm lin* .

TF4RX13AJ

15,000

C.T.

600

split

5:1

+33

10

10

AJ

MGA 8

Transformer; output, P.P. plates
to 600 ohm line.

TF4RX13AJ

24,000

C.T.

600

split

6.32:1

+30

10

1

JU

MGA 9

Transformer; output, P.P. plates
to 600 ohm line.

TF4RX13AJ

60,000

C.T.

600

split

10:1

+ 27

10

1

AJ

STANDARD MILITARY POWER AND FILAMENT TRANSFORMERS

Primary 105/ 11 5/ 125V 60-

single PHASE 400 HZ , AND THREE PHASE 60 AND 400 Kz TRANSFORMERS CAN BE SUPPLIED ON SPECIAL ORDER.

Catalog

No.

MIL-T-27

Type Designation

Hi Volt

D.C. Volts

D.C. Amps

Fil. No. 1

Fil. No. 2

Case

MGP 1

TF4RX03HA001

200/100/0/100/200

185

.070

5 6. 3V (5) 2A

6. 3V @ 3A

HA

MGP 2

TF4RX03JB002

650 C.T.

260

.070

5/6. 3V @ 2A

6. 3V @ 4A

JB

MGP 3

TF4RX03KB006

650 C.T.

245

.150

6. 3V (5) 5A

5V @ 3A

KB

MGP 4

TF4RX03LB003

800 C.T.

318

.175

5V <S) 3A

6. 3V @ 8A

LB

MGP 5

TF4RX03MB004

900 C.T.

345

.250

5 V @ 3A

6. 3 V @ 8A

MB

MGP 6

TF4RX02KB001

700 C.T.

255

.250

KB

MGP 7

TF4RX02LB002

1100 C.T.

419

.250

LB

MGP 8

TF4RX02NB003

1600 C.T.

640

.250

NB

Catalog No.

MIL-T-27

Type Designation

Secondary

Volts

Secondary
Current Amps

Secondary

Test Volts RMS

Case

MGF 1

TF4RX01EB002

2.5

3.0

2,500

EB

MGF 2

TF4RX01GB003

2.5

10.0

2,500

GB

MGF 3

TF4RX01FB004

5.0

3.0

2,500

FB

MGF 4

TF4RX01HB005

5.0

10.0

2,500

HB

MGF 5

TF4RX01FB006

6.3

. 2.0

2,500

FB

MGF 6

TF4RX01GB007

6.3

5.0

2,500

GB

MGF 7

TF4RX01JB008

6.3

10.0

2,500

JB

MGF 8

TF4RX01KB009

6.3

20.0

2,500

KB

MGF 9

TF4RX01JB012

2.5

10.0

10,000

JB

MGF 10

TF4RX01KB013

5.0

10.0

10,000

KB

PULSE TRANSFORMERS

Catalog

No.

MIL Typ*

Blocking

Osc.

Inter-

stage

Coupling

Low

Power

Output

Pulse Voltage
Kilovolts

Pulse

Duration

Micro-

seconds

Duty

Rate

No. of
Windings

Test

Voltage

KV.,

RMS

Character-

istic

Impedance

Ohms

Case

No.

MPT-1

TF4RX35YY

V

V

0.25/0.25/0.25

0.2-1 .0

.004

3

0.7

250

DM-20

MPT-2

TFR4X35yy

V

V

0.25/0.25

0.2-1 .0

.004

2

0.7

250

DM-20

MPT-3

TF4RX35yy

V

V

0.5/0.5/0.5

0.2-1. 5

.002

3

1.0

250

DM-18

MPT-4

TF4RX35yy

V

V

0.5/0.5

0.2-1. 5

.002

2

1.0

250

DM-18

MPT-5

TF4RX35yy

V

V

0.5/0.5/0.5

0. 5-2.0

.002

3

1.0

500

DM-20

MPT-6

TF4RX35yy

V

V

0.5/0.5

0.5-2.0

.002

2

1.0

500

DM-20

MPT-7

TF4RX35yy

V

V

V

0.7/0.7/0.7

0.5-1. 5

.002

3

1.5

200

DM-18

MPT-8

TF4RX35yy

V

V

V

0.7 /0.7

0.5-1. 5

.002

%

1.5

200

DM-18

MPT-9

TF4RX35yy

V

V

V

1.0/1 .0/1.0

0.7-3. 5

.002

3

2.0

200

DM-18

MPT-1 0

TF4RX35yy

V

V

V

1. 0/1.0

0.7-3. 5

.002

2

2.0

200

DM-18

MPT-1 1

TF4RX35yy

V

V

V

1.0/1.0/1.0

1. 0-5.0

.002

3

2.0

500

DM-01

MPT-1 2

TF4RX35yy

V

V

V

0.15/0.15/0.3/0.3

0.2-1 .0

.004

4

0.7

700

DM-8

B9

A

B

D

L

E

■ sm

Wt.

Lbs.

AH

mixm

iKTl

Bl

%

AJ

KM

EB!

wvm

mWM

Kkb

%

EA

KlWHI

MUM

mam

asm

msm

EM

1

EB

MUM

KEfll

mwr . i

mm

K9

7 /b

FA,

EB

JEM

in

mm

l 7 /l6

1 %

■n

EH

EBB

Ktffl

l 7 /l6

IVz

KX

ESS

EB

msm

JEM

1%

EEBEE1

mvm

BEEB

mm

EM

WS2S&

2 Vs

P/4

WEBM

W&WM

EBB

1 ■ 9

mm

2»%4

l 55 /f>4

KB

mm

ESS

EB

R.5H

e n

mm

8-32 x%

Hm

JA

EB

EB

ME B

EB

mm

E&EB9

wmm

JB

fen

EB

EB

JE

2V&

8-32 x%

KA

EES

KM

3

2 7 /,fi

EEEE

SI

KB

EB

3

El

kbw

FREED TRANSFORMER COMPANY. INC.

1*2544

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

FREED TRANSFORMER GO., INC.

HERMETICALLY SEALED MINIATURE AND
SUB-MINIATURE FILTERS TO MIL-F-18327

Freed Standard Filters are Hermetically Sealed Miniature and Sub-Miniature high performance components designed for both production
and laboratory applications in the Communications and Electronic industry. In order to achieve attenuation requirements not obtainable with one
single filter, one can combine several standard filters of different transmission characteristics. Wide Band Pass characteristics are obtain-
able by combining low and high Pass Units, ihe astatic construction of inductive components together with special shielding reduces the
hum pick-up of the standard filters.

Low Pass Filters: The attenuation characteristics of Low Pass Filters are 6db or less at cut-off frequency • ILP-ILM Interstage Low Pass
Filter. Characteristic impedance 10,000 ohms, in and out • LLP-LLM Line Low Pass Filter. Characteristic Impedance 500 to 600 ohms, in and
out • High Pass Filters: The attenuation characteristics of High Pass Filters are 6db or less at cut-off frequency • IHP-IHM Interstage
High Pass Filter. Characteristic Impedance 10,000 ohms, in and out. • LHP-LHM Line High Pass Filter. Characteristic Impedance 500 to 600
ohms, in and out • Band Pass Filters: The attenuation characteristics of Band Pass Filters are 2db or less at plus or minus 3% of center fre-
quency • IBP-IBM Interstage Band Pass Filter. Normal input impedance — 10,000 ohms. Output impedance .5 megohms. Effective voltage
step-up 2:1. (Output voltage to source voltage.) • LBP-LBM Line Band Pass Filter. Nominal input impedance 500 to 600 ohms. Output imped-
ance .5 megohms. Effective voltage step-up 5:1. (Output voltage to source voltage.)

Special filters in all six types are available upon request.

MINIATURE SUB-MINIATURE

attenuation
5 35 Db
at 1.5 x Fc
5 40 Db
at

2 x Fc

attenuation
530 Db
at

1.5 x Fc

attenuation
5 35 Db
at .67 x Fc
540 Db
at .5 Fc

attenuation
530 Db
at .67 x Fc
540 Db
at .5 Fc

DF-02

Height: V/ a "

Width: 1"

Depth.: 1"

Mtg. Cen.: %" Diag.
Studs: 2 - 4-40

DF-03

Height: IK"

Width: 1"

Depth.: 1"

Mtg. Cen.: V 4 "

Studs: 2 : 4-40

SUBMINIATURE

TELEMETERING BAND PASS FILTERS

LjMyj

Engl!

dUEU

cnz5|!

ITO i

Uuimrt ,

GIEH0

[Ml

EEEEH

EjEEM

BEER

IMfil!

cngM

Center Band

Frequency Width

Fo - in Hz <3DB

Stop Band Attenuation

; 38 DB @ 1.75 & .58 Fo

? 38 DB @ 1.75 & .58 Fo

? 38 DB @ 1.75 & .58 Fo

? 38 DB @ 1.75 & .58 Fo

? 38 DB @ 1.75 & .58 Fo

: 38 DB @ 1.75 & .58 Fo

: 40 DB @ 2.5 & .4 Fo

; 40 DB @ 2.5 & .4 Fo

: 40 DB @ 2.5 & .4 Fo

; 40 DB @ 2.5 & .4 Fo

OF Cf CASE SIZES DF-02
lv* i x i x p / 8

MTN-2.3 Thru MTW-70 MTN-4 Thru MTN 1.7

NULL "T" FILTERS
SERIES 1950

Standard models are available for 30, 60 and 120
cycles in a wide range of impedances. Each network
will give a minimum of 50 db attenuation, at the null
frequency.

The null frequency is adjusted to a tolerance of

± 2 %.

All Null T Filters are hermetically sealed.

Prices on request. I Catalog No. I Frequency

Catalog No.

Frequency

NTF- 30

30. Hz

NTF- 60

60 Hz

NTF-120

120 Hz

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2545

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

FREED TRANSFORMER CO., INC.

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

Using the latest developments in the field of magnetic materials and new impregnation and molding techniques the Freed Transformer Co. makes
available to the industry the most extensive line of toroidal inductors.

Freed toroids are available in three types of constructions. Open units coated with a special high temperature extremely low loss compound, her-
metically sealed in metal cases or molded in special Freed Epoxy Resin. Both hermetically sealed and molded units meet the latest military specifica-
tion MIL-T-27A(graded 1 or 4 and 2 or 5 respectively.)Freed toroidal inductors are supplied with either molypermalloy or carbonyl iron powder cores

1. Temperature Stabilization:

The molypermalloy and carbonyl iron powder cores have a temperature coefficient of inductance. Depending on the degree of temperature stabili-
zation the cores have different temperature coefficients. The degree of stabilization is denoted by a two-letter code.

SF Non-stabilized cores, ±2V2% inductance variations from — 55°C to +85°C.

SN Non-stabilized cores, +2% inductance variations from — 55°C to + 85°C.

SE Temperature stabilized cores, +0.1% to —0.4% inductance variations from — 1.5°C to +54°C.

SB Temperature stabilized cores, ±0.1% inductance variations from +13°C to +35°C.

SD Temperature stabilized cores, ±0.1%. inductance variations from — 1.5°C to +54°C.

SW Temperature stabilized cores, ±0.25% inductance variations from — 54°C to +85°C.

SM Temperature stabilized cores, ±.25% — 65°C to +125°C.

SP Temperature stable carbonyl iron cores, ±0.3% inductance variations from — 55°C to +85°C.

The temperature (stabilization) coefficient of an inductor will depend upon the nominal inductance value, operating frequency and A.C. voltage
across the coil. Under some unfavorable working conditions the temperature coefficient of inductance corresponding to a given stability character-
istic may be exceeded.

Toroids with special requirements such as tapped toroids, toroidal transformers, molded and cased units with dimensions other than standard
sizes and high temperature toroids can be supplied on request. Our engineering and laboratory facilities are available for consultation, research and
development.

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

Type

fi/H

Max.

Norm.

Idc

Max.

Norm.

lac

Max.

Norm.

Vac

Uncased

Case

Frequency

Tl- 1

70

BSE1

73.5

rm

0S-8

DT-3, DT-5

1-15 KHz

Tl- 1A

■a

m

Em

rm

DT-4

1-15 KHz

Tl- 2

BTfll 1

m

mm

rm

DT-3, DT-5

10-50 KHz

Tl* 3

iH

B?m

m

Kill

[ikg-dli

MR-5

DT-3, DT-5

50-200 KHz

Tl- 3A

miMi

mm

EM

DT-4

50-200 KHz

Tl- 4

RIB

Bn

m

lilEI

BESS

Emm

DT-2, DM-11

1-15 KHz

Tl- 5

UWIrtH

m

KM

1^33

IMMM

DT-1, DM-2

1-15 KHz

Tl- 6

EEEW

mu

im

nm

BEBEI

DT-4

10-50 KHz

Tl- 7

BI:M

m

wm

mg

MU

MR-3

DT-1, DM-2

10-50 KHz

Tl- B

eesem

Bm

Hi

rm

mm

MR-3

DT-1, DM-2

30-75 KHz

Tl- 9

MUM

EU

BM

ia

mm

MR-3

DT-4

30-75 KHz

TI-10

MUM

El

eb

E00I

MR-5

DT-3, DT-5

30-75 KHz

TI-11

WEM

■Til

rcm

KB

HO

MR-10

DT-4

1-15 KHz

TI-12

mm

ETiTl

160

l

MR-8

DT-4

1-15 KHz

TI-13

■a

EB

MR-8

DT-4

10-50 KHz

TI-14

HI

Itfil

-

-

mm

MR-4

DT-2, DM-11

10-100 KHz

TI-15

m

inn

-

-

Ha

MR-3

DT-1, DM-2

10-100 KHz

TI-16

m

m

m

tiwim

MR-1, MS-1

DST-l

1-15 KHz

TI-17

BH

HI

em

rm

mm

MR-1, MS-1

DST-1

10-50 KHz

nffl

e m

rm

isas

MR-1, MS-1

DST-l

30-75 KHz

n/H

Max.

Norm.

Idc

Max.

Norm.

lac

Max.

Norm.

Vac

Uncased

Mold

Case

Frequency

Hi

4,500

■a

em

0.18

OS-1

MR-1, MS-1

DST-l

50-200 KHz

HI

|M

*

*

BUM

MR-3A

DT-2

20KHz»-2MHz

WM

*

*

MR-1, MS-1

DT-1

100KH -10MH;

TI-22

BESS

wm

' *

*

I«^B

MR-2

DT-1

50KHz-5MHz

TI-23

250

*

*

MR-2

DT-1

50KHz-5MHz

■

■a

ns

rm

OS-1

MR-1, MS-1

DST-l

200Hz-12KHz

Mil

EM

rm

MR-2

DT-1

200 Hz-1 2 KHz

QH|

■

EO

Km

imm

MR -3

DT-1, DM-3

200Hz-12KHz

■

H

iw

mm

DT-2, DM-11

200Hz-12KHz

TI-28

48.5

Mil

64

0.40

Ml

HSHi

DT-3, DT-5

200Hz-12KHz

TI-29

33.5

70

88

niii

MR-7

DT-4

200Hz-12KHz

DEI

mm

im

mm

H!N

f&IM

MR-8

DT-4

200Hz-12KHz

TI-31

19.5

im

136

nm

BEiti

mmm

200Hz-12KHz

HS

6

wm

lifiEi

EBM3EH

lOOHz-lOKHz

nxm

8

13

rm

mam

1-15 KHz

TI-34

8

9.5

mg

linn

ggOH

1-15 KHz

BH

m

EB

nm

mi

10-50 KHz

mm

m

BB

nm

IM

mHi

mam

ditti

m

wm

OH

ii'iiUJI

iRiiffWirm

w

i_L

nm

MU

iHiliBMiiW

*TI-20 through TI-23 have a very low voltage coefficient and inductance will change very little with voltage. Because
of high frequency application, the maximum voltage is limited rather by breakdown than by saturation.

V 1

Normalized Vac = + — —
h VLh

Normalized Iac = Iac \/Lh

Normalized Idc = Idc \/Lh

where F —operating frequency in Hz
Lh —inductance in henries
lac— A.C. current in MA
Idc— D.C. current in MA
V —A.C. voltage across the core

CASED, UNCASED AND MOLDED UNITS

DT-3 CASE

DT-2 CASE DT-1 CASE OT-4 CASE

UNCASED |

Type

O.D.

Hi.

OS-1

*S

VS

OS-2

mm

3 /H

OS-3

3 /e"

OS-4

Dm

/^6 f/

OS-5

VAS

%"

OS-6

V/S

Vb"

OS-7

1%"

s /b"

OS-8

1/S

"AS

OS-9

2 VS

V/S

OS-10

2Ve"

V/S

OS-11

2VS

V/S

OS-12

"as

VS

OS-13

VS

vs

OS-14

7 AS

7 AS

MOLDED |

Type

—

Hi.

Clearance

Hole

Mounting

MR-1

BE9HB

%"

Pig Tails

MR-2

1 AS

VS

No. 4

MR-3

1 VS

VS

No. 6

MR-3A

1 AS

"AS

No. 6

MR-4

1 VS

VS

No. 8

MR-5

1VS

1"

No. 8

MR-6

2 VS

vs

No. 8

MR-7

2VS

1*6"

No. 10

MR-8

2 VS

iy 8 "

No. 10

MR-9

2VS

VAS

No. 10

MR-10

2VS

1VS

No. 10

MR-11

7 AS

vs

Pig Tails

MS-1

%"x%"

%"

Pig Tails

CASEID |

Length

Width

Mtg.

Mtg. Cen.

Cutout

VAS

y 2 "

2 4-40 inserts

VS

s AS x VS-

w

VAS

"AS

2 6-32 studs

VS X HS

VS x "AS

2,"

1 %"

VS

2 6-32 studs

V/S x VS

VS* VS

3’/ e "

2 VS

VAS

4 8-32 studs

2 AS x "AS

VS x VS

i % w

2 6-32 inserts

l'/S

3 / 8 "x 1"

Pig Tails

■

1 vs

2 4-40 inserts

VS

3 /s" X VS

Bm

BB

2 6-32 inserts

VS

VS X VS

jiiiiija

■ 9

wm i

VS

"AS

VS’ long pins

To fit VS crystal socket

FREED TRANSFORMER COMPANY. INC. i«s weirfield st., ridgewood, weens, n.y.usbs

1*2546

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

FREED TRANSFORMER GO., INC.

COMMERCIAL GRADE COMPONENTS

These components are designed to meet the demand for low-cost replacement parts for commercial electronic equipment.

The best commercially available materials have been utilized in the design of these units, to insure reliability and excellent performance characteristics. Vacuum
impregnation with a non-hygroscopic varnish to prevent penetration of humidity are employed to give these units long life and trouble-free performance.

230-115 V, 50-60 C.P.S. Stepdown Transformers rated from 25 V A up to 5,000 V A Rating and line booster transformers are included in this series.

All units, with only a few exceptions,- are uncased or of shell-type construction.

Isolation transformers and Stepdown transformers are equipped with line cord and receptacle.

Case

No.

Height

Width

Depth

Mtg.

Centers

Mtg.

Studs

3E3

EM

EES

EM

feaiM

(4)8-32

MM

EB

EM

Bi

0030

(4)8-32 .

iim

EM

EM

EM

(4)10-32

ISM

m

WSM

KfcfafltHi

(4)10-32

s

EM

fBM

mm

am

33U

2

EM

WSM

Esssm

am

mi

fC'3

ESS9

EM

Essm

am

roi

EM

m

WSM

ESHM

am

tjti

ESS

EM

WSM

W

(4)m* 7 U4

m

ESS

EM

BP

E53SM

(4

EM

EM

EM

EEG3ES

msEEM

zsa

ISM

EM

Bi

wazSA

(4)

m

EM

EM

JEM

l ESSM

(4 )%x%

i m

EM

EM

JEM

VESSEEA

(4)%2 #'/n

VS401

3’/, 6

HEfl

129

wxmt

(4)M*x%

3%

ea

Ea

aM>

(4) 3 / 4 x3/ 8

3%

EM

Hi

WSMB

(4)H*xa Vb

rroi

Hi

EM

mm

(4 )^x%

inn

E0

EM

EM

|BS9|

(4 mm

EM

EM

OH

EES

(4)WiX%

Enin

EM

EM

EM

umm

VS612

EM

EM

m

(4) 3 /6X3/ 0

VS706

EM

EM

wmvA

(4) 3 / 4 x 3 / 8

VS714

EM

m

EM

ESSSBA

(4)^x3/ a

VS718

EM

US

7

mm

(4)%x2i/ 32

VS728

EM

JEM

EM

(4 mm

FILAMENT TRANSFORMERS

All primaries are for 1 1 5V, 50/60 c.p.s.

Catalog

No.

Secondary

Voltage

Secondary Current
Amps

Secondary Test
Voltage RMS

Case

Size

TF 1

2.5 (C.T.)

7.5

1500

CH60

TF 2

2.5 (C.T.)

10

1500

CH/0

TF 3

2.5 (C.T.)

5

7500

DC2B

TF 4

2.5 (C.T.)

10

7500

DC4A

TF 5

5.0 (C.T.)

4

1500

CH60

TF 6

5.0 (C.T.)

6

1500

CH70

TF 7

5.0 (C.T.)

10

1500

CH80

TF 8

5.0 (C.T.)

10

1500

FV10

TF 9

5.0 (C.T.)

20

2500

FV30

TF 10

5.0 (C.T.)

20

10,000

DC 6 A

TF 11

6.3 (C.T.)”

“ 1.35

1500

CH50

TF 12

"6.3 (C.T.)

3"

1500

CH60

TF 13

6.3 (C.T.)

"5

1500

CH70

TF 14

6.3 (C.T.)

7

1500

FV12

TF 15

6.3 (C.T.)

10

1500

FV22

TF 16

10 (c:t.)

5

2500

CH80

TF 17

10 (C.T.)

5

" 2500

FV10 "

TF 18

’0 (C.T.)
or

11 (C.T.)

(tapped primary)

12

or

11

7500

DC-5C

TF 19

12.6 (C.T.)

2

1500

" CH62

TF 3, 4, 10 & 18 supplied with terminals. All others with leads.

AUTO TRANSFORMERS

To be used as step-down transformer. Equipped with standard receptacle and line cord.

Catalog No.

Transformation

VA Rating

Weight (lbs.)

Case Size

SDT 1*

230/115 V. 50/60 c.p.s.

25

1

h_ CH-60

SDT 2*

230/115 V. 50/60 C.p.s.

50

1V4

CH-62

SDT 3

230/115 V. 50/60 c.p.s.

50

2»/2

VS-300

SDT 4

230/115 V. 50/60 c.p.s.

100

3

VS-401

SDT 5

230/115 V. 50/60 c.p.s.

200

5

VS-501

SDT S

230/115 V. 50/60 C.p.s.

300

61/2

VS-601

SDT 7

230/115 V. 50/60 c.p.s.

400

8

' VS-604

SDT 8

230/115 V. 50/60 c.p.s.

500

11

VS-611

SDT 9

230/115 V. 50/60 C.p.s.

750

15

VS-706 •

SDT 10

230/115 V. 50/60 c.p.s.

1000

23

VS-718

SOT 11

230/115 V. 50/60 C.p.s.

1500

29 V2

VS-728

SDT 12*

230/ 115 V. 50/60 c.p.s.

2000

37

HB-718

‘Supplied with leads without line cord and receptacle.

ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS

Electrostatic shield between primary and secondary. Equipped with standard receptacle and line cord.

Catalog

Primary

Voltage

Secondary

VA

Case

Number

50/60 c.p.s.

Voltage

Rating

Size

IT 1

115

115

50

VS-401

IT 2

115

115

100

VS-503

IT 3

115

115

300

VS-700

IT 4

115

115

500

VS-714

IT 3*

220/440

110/220

250

VS-612

IT 6*

220/440

110/220

500

VS-714

•Supplied with leads without line cords artd receptacle.

MCV - CONSTANT VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS - MCV

(FERRO-RESONANT TRANSFORMERS)

The MCV line of constant voltage
transformers provides accurate regu-
lation against line and/or load varia-
tions, without the use of tubes or
moving parts.

Input Voltage Range
95 to 130

Rated output within : 2".', of nominal value. Regu
lation automatically maintained within ; 1",',.

Regulation from 25”.', to fpll load : 2' 1 ,"..

• MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS

• NO TUBES

• COMMERCIAL

• NO MOVING PARTS

• ACCURATE REGULATIONS

• FAST RESPONSE

• FULLY AUTOMATIC

• SUPPLIED WITH CONDENSERS

AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

MAGNETIC AMPLIFIERS AND SATURABLE TRANSFORMERS

Reg. Output
in R.M.S.

Output
in V.A.

CATALOG NUMBERS

60

Cycles

400 Cycles

Volts

P.F-1

Comm.

Military*

Comm.*

Military*

115

5

MCV65LC

MCV65LM

MCV45LC

MCV45LM

115

25

MCV625LC

MCV625LM

MCV425LC

MCV425LM

115

75

MCV675LC

MCV675LM

MCV475LC

MCV475LM

115

125

MCV6125LC

MCV6125LM

MCV4125LC

MCV4125LM

115

175

MCV6175LC

MCV617SLM

MCV417SLC

MCV4175LM

115

250

MCV6250LC

MCV6250LM

MCV4250LC

MCV4250LM

115

375

MCV6375LC

MCV6375LM

MCV437SLC

MCV4375LM

115

500

MCV6500LC

MCV6500LM

MCV4500LC

MCV4500LM

115

750

MCV6750LC

MCV6750LM

MCV4750LC

MCV4750LM

115

1000

MCV61000LC

MCV61 000LM

MCV41 000LC

"" MCV41 000LM

26

5

MCV654FC

MCV654FM

MCV454FC

MCV4S4FM

26

25

MCV6254FC

MCV6254FM

MCV42S4FC

MCV4254FM

26

75

MCV6754FC

MCV6754FM

MCV47S4FC

MCV4754FM

26

125

MCV61254FC

MCV61254FM

MCV41254FC

MCV41254FM

6.4

5

MCV65FC

MCV65FM

MCV45FC

MCV45FM

6.4

25

MCV625FC

MCV625FM

MCV425FC

MCV425FM

6.4

75

MCV675FC

MCV675FM

MCV475FC

MCV475FM

6.4

125 1

MCV6125FC

MCV6125FM

MCV4125FC

MCV4125FM

•Condensers are not provided with units. Where condensers are provided they are external to units.

FREED TRANSFORMER COMPANY. INC. 1795 WEIRF1ELDST., RIDGEWOOD, QUEENS, N.Y. 11385

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2547

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

THE PROBLEM:

Conventional variable transformers have been built for years by
dozens of companies all over the world, all along the same lines.
A core of transformer steel (typically toroidal) is wound with a
layer of copper wire which has a bare surface track ground
down to provide a contact area for a traversing carbon brush.
The inherent design flaw is that to provide continuous contact
while traversing, the brush shorts two turns of the coil. This
creates a turn-to-turn short circuit in the transformer which, if
not for the relatively high impedance winding, the resistance of
the wire, and the voltage drop in the carbon brush, would
cause overheating and ultimate failure in the coil and brush. This
weakness precludes the manufacture of a large KVA unit. More
KVA requires lower impedance, heavier wire (less resistance in
the shorted turn loop) and larger mass of brush (less voltage
drop). Each of these changes increases the shorted-turn
circulating current to the point that elaborate cooling systems
are required to prevent the device from self destructing.
Therefore, manufacturers of conventional adjustable
transformers have been limited to the relatively small sizes of
7.5KVA or 21 KVA three phase, or the system must be oil cooled
to remove the destructive heat. At power levels above 7.5 and
21 KVA multiple units must be stacked, with all the resulting size,
cost and manpower penalties.

PESCHEL

VARIABLE

TRANSFORMER™

THE SOLUTION:

The PESCHEL VARIABLE TRANSFORMER (PVT) has the same basic
transformer steel core surrounded by a copper wire winding.
However, the winding is done so that all odd turns compose
one track and all even turns the other. Each nickel plated track
is traversed by its own copper (not carbon) brush a few
thousandths of an inch narrower than winding wire dimension.
The two brushes are connected together through one or more
sets of back-to-back diodes with a standard .6 volt forward
voltage drop. Thus as long as the turn-to-turn voltage is less than
1 .2 volts, no current can circulate. The .6 volt drop is
insignificant (See Schematic #1 ).

The diodes are extremely inexpensive because there is no PIV
requirement, the copper brushes are not only less expensive
than carbon brushes, but provide much better conductivity,
consequently, electrical losses which occur in carbon brushes
are avoided.

The PVT also incorporates ampere balancing coils under the
tapped winding. These balancing coils eliminate higher
centerpoint or non-linear impedance characteristics found in
single layer variable transformers.

Heat from diode drop/load current is minimal compared to the
rating of the unit and is not dissipated on the core, but on the
track hardware. Less heat generation allows considerably
lengthened overload time ratings. Furthermore, the brush
mechanism of the PVT has significantly less mass than the brush
mechanism of conventional ganged units, allowing smaller drive
motors and/or much faster traverse speeds.

If line isolation or step-up or step-down voltages are required a
primary is inserted under the tapped winding. This eliminates
the need for an extra transformer and simultaneously reduces
wasted power.

DC OUTPUT: If the same blocking diodes (with appropriate
higher PIV) on the AC machine are connected in a bridge circuit,
output is a continuously adjustable DC voltage. (See Schematic
# 2 ).

Analysis of the schematic shows turn-to-turn current is
precluded from circulating by the drop of the two diodes and
the load resistance. Two extra diodes are required in a single
phase bridge, six in three phase, but the cost of the diodes are
insignificant when compared to SCR’s and associated firing
circuits. The advantages of the PVT over an SCR controller are
many. The cost per horsepower within a certain range (like 5 to
100HP) should be less. Maintenance is greatly simplified. Since
the PVT is an electro-mechanical device, plant maintenance
people can see the problem whereas modern electronic
controllers are "Black Boxes” beyond the technical capabilities
of most plant electricians. Electro-magnetic interference caused
by high frequencies generated by SCR turn-on is eliminated and
output voltages, other than rectified line voltage, are easily
obtained without an additional transformer.

CONCLUSION:

In brief, the PVT is a significant break-through in variable
transformer technology. Inventors have long recognized the
inherent flaw of the conventional variable transformer and
struggled to eliminate or reduce the turn-to-turn short circuit
losses, however, it wasn't until appropriate diodes became
available, that the problem could be solved. As with so many
other significant inventions, the solution was elegantly simple,
once it was conceived.

The invention of the PVT eliminates the one inherent flaw in
existing variable transformer design and permits manufacture of

any size for any voltage.

P.O. Drawer A, Route 22, Brewster, New York 10509

Phone (914) 279-8091

Twx: 710-574-2420 HIPO BRWS NY Tlx: 178915-HIPBNY

EEM 1983

1-2548

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

PESCHEL

VARIABLE

TRANSFORMER™

P.O. Drawer A, Route 22, Brewster, New York 10509
Phone (914) 279-8091

Twx: 710-574-2420 HIPO BRWS NY Tlx: 178915-HIPBNY

AC VARIABLE TRANSFORMERS

240V INPUT

25% STEP-UP

0-300V OUTPUT

MODEL

0

VOLTS

AMPS

KVA

i

- 300

- 100

30

i

- 300

- 140

42

i

- 300

- 28C

84

3

- 300

- 100Y

52

3

- 300

- 140Y

73

3

- 300

- 140D

126

100% STEP-UP

0-480V OUTPUT

MODEL

0

VOLTS

AMPS

KVA

1

- 480T

- 100

48

1

- 480T

- 140

67

1

- 480T

- 280

134

3

- 480T

- 60Y

50

3

- 480T

- 100Y

83

3

- 480T

- 140Y

116

3

- 480T

- 140D

202

480V INPUT

25% STEP-UP

0-600V OUTPUT

MODEL

0

VOLTS

AMPS

KVA

1

- 600

- 100

60

1

- 600

- 140

84

1

- 600

- 280

168

3

- 600

- 100Y

104

3

- 600

- 140Y

145

3

- 600

- 140D

252

100% STEP-UP

0-960V OUTPUT

MODEL

0

VOLTS

AMPS

KVA

1

- 960

- 100

96

1

- 960

- 140

135

1

- 960

- 200

192

1

- 960

- 280

269

3

- 960

- 100Y

166

3

- 960

- 140Y

232

3

- 960

- 140D

403

2400V INPUT

1 PHASE

0-2400V OUTPUT

MODEL

0 VOLTS AMPS

KVA

1 - 2400 - 60

144

1 - 2400 - 100

240

1 - 2400 - 140

336

1 - 2400 - 280

672

13,600V INPUT

3 PHASE* 13,600V
MODEL

VOLTS

AMPS

MVA

13.6

- 43Y

1

13.6

- 64Y

1.5

13.6

- 130Y

3.0

*OIL INSULATED

4160V INPUT

3 PHASE

0-41 60V OUTPUT

MODEL

0 VOLTS AMPS

KVA

3 - 4160 - 70 Y

500

3 - 4160 - 140Y i

1000

No Distortion
No Unbalance

1-2% Impedance any position

No shorted turns

No carbon brushes, copper

contacts

Single coil/core

Air insulated

1/2 size and weight of any

comparable unit

15 times overload capability

DC VARIABLE TRANSFORMERS

208/240 3<j> INPUT

MODEL

0

VOLTS

AMPS

KW

3A

- 300 -

75

23

3A

- 300 -

125

38

3A

- 300

175

53

3A

- 375 -■

75

28

3A

- 375 -

125

47

3A

- 375 -

175

66

3A

- 450 -

75

34

3A

- 450 -

125

56

3A

- 450 -

175

79

3A

- 500 -

75

38

3A

- 500

125

63

3A

- 500 -

175

88

3A

- 600

75

45

3A

- 600 -

125

75

3A

- 600 -

175

105

380V 30 INPUT

MODEL

0

VOLTS

AMPS

KW

3B

475 -

75

36

3B

475

125

60

3B

475

175

83

3B

600 -

75

45

3B

600 -

125

75

3B

600 -

175

105

3B

700

75

53

3B

700

125

88

3B

700 -

175

123

3B

925 -

75

70

3B

925

125

116

3B

- 925

175

162

440/480 30 INPUT

MODEL

0

VOLTS

AMPS

KW

3C

- 600 -

75

45

3C

- 600 -

125

75

3C

- 600 -

175

105

3C

- 750 -

75

56

3C

- 750 -

125

94

3C

- 750 -

175

131

3C

- 900 -

75

66

3C

- 900 -

125

113

3C

- 900 -

175

158

3C

- 1200 -

75

90

3C

- 1200 -

•125

150

3C

- 1200 -

175

210

ADVANTAGES:

No Electronics
No Waveshape Chopping
No Effect on Power Factor
No EMI

Same Ripple, Any Voltage

USES:

DC Motor Speed Controller
Chemical Processes
Electro-Magnets
Electropainting

OPTIONS:

1 % regulator package
Cabinet

Fully Instrumented with meters,
input breakers, overloads,
cabinet, etc.

DC VARIABLE TRANSFORMERS WITH LINE ISOLATION

50 AMPERE, 4% RIPPLE,
CONTINUOUSLY ADJUSTABLE FROM
OTO MAXIMUM 3 0 INPUT

DC

VOLTS

MODEL

AMPS

Input

KW

DC

- 300

- 50A

Note

15

DC

- 500

- 50A

25

DC

- 600

- 50A

cu 1

30

DC

- 750

- 50A

S 1.

38

DC

- 1000

- 50A

O ®

50

DC

- 1250

- 50A

5 a

63

DC

- 1500

- 50A

a> $

^ — •

75

DC

- 2000

- 50A

S a

100

DC

- 2500

- 50A

CD 3

125

DC

- 3000

- 50A

o 1.

150

DC

- 5000

- 50A

a. <

CD O

250

DC

- 10KV

- 50A

5' w

500

DC

- 15KV

- 50A

CQ CD

CD

750

DC

- 20 KV

- 50A

1MW

DC

- 25 KV

- 50A

4k -

1.25MW

DC

- 30 KV

- 50A

1.5MW

100 AMPERE, 4% RIPPLE,
CONTINUOUSLY ADJUSTABLE FROM
OTO MAXIMUM 3 0 INPUT

DC

VOLTS

MODEL

AMPS

Input

KW

DC

- 300

- 100A

Note

30

DC

- 500

- 100 A

50

DC

- 600

- 100A

60

DC

- 750

- 100A

75

DC

- 1000

- 100A

100

DC

- 1250

- 100 A

3 a-

125

DC

- 1500

- 100 A

I ®

150

DC

- 2000

- 100A

% ®

200

DC

- 2500

- 100A

o

3 3

250

DC

- 3000

- 100 A

300

DC

- 5000

- 100 A

a. -»

CD <

-* o

500

DC

- 10KV

- 100A

3 ' 3 :

CQ 03

1MW

DC

- 15KV

- 100A

CQ

CD

1.5MW

DC

- 20KV

- 100A

2MW

DC

- 25KV

- 100A

-^k

2.5MW

DC

- 30KV

- 100A

3MW

FEATURES:

Continuously Adjustable Output From 0 to Max
No SCR Spikes, Waveform Chopping or Power
Factor Change

4% Ripple at any Voltage Setting
Extremely Efficient, i.e. 96% on the Lowest kW
Unit to 98.4% on the 3 Megawatt
Primary Voltages from 208V to 13.0 kV Available
1/4- 1/2 Weight and Size Of Equivalent Power
Units

Rectifiers Have 2x PIV and 2-4x Current Safety
Factor, RC Compensated
Voltage Resolution From 0.6% on Low Voltage
Units to 12% on High Voltage Models
50/60 HZ Standard
Servo Motor Drive
Polarity— Reversible or Floating
Regulation — Less Than 5% No Load to Full
Load
NOTES:

Model Nos prefix DC to volts— current &
hyphen the desired AC input, i.e.

1st model DC 300-50— 208V
last model DC30kV-50— 13.2k V or
DC 30kV-50— 4161V
Order with any input voltage desired

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1

•2549

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Hisonic...
specialists
in custom
and standard
inductor and
transformer
components

The control of electric current is only as good as the components that carry it.

INDUCTORS: Our manufacturing capabilities are the result of
experience dating back to 1950 and now include virtually every
known construction your special applications may require . . . and
at reasonable prices.

STANDARD

UNCASED MOLDED METAL CASED

TRANSFORMERS: Hisonic’s special power/converter and
signal/matching transformers for both audio and wide video
ranges are used in airborne comm/nav and ground communica-
tions systems. Included are toroidal, pot core, and laminated core
types manufactured to commercial and MIL specifications. Our 30
year experience is at your disposal to help solve your transformer
and inductor problems.

Toroidal

Freq.

DC R

Uncased

Series

Ind. Range

Max. Q

Range

Ohms/MH

Size

J2

5.6MH to 3.3HY

90

Up to 30 KHZ

.50

.620D x

.30H

J3

2.7 to 470MH

110

20 to 150KHZ

1.1

.620D x

.30H

J4

.56 to 33 MH

110

100 to 400KHZ

5.1

.620D x

.30H

J5

.10 to 10MH

150

250KHZ to 1.5MHZ

8.9

.620D x

.30H

R2

6.8MH to 6.8HY

135

Up to 20KHZ

.18

.960D x

.40H

R3

3.3 to 470MH

180

10 to 60KHZ

.39

.960D x

.40H

R4

1.2 to 68MH

170

40 to 160KHZ

.90

.960D x

.40H

S2

6.8MH to 15HY

160

Up to 15KHZ

.10

1.250D x

.62H

S3

3.3 to 560MH

225

10 to 60KHZ

.21

1.250D x

.62H

T2

22MH to 39HY

210

Up to 15KHZ

.045

1.850D x

.85H

V2

68MH to 68HY

245

Up to 8KHZ

.028

2.400D x

.92H

W2

100MH to 100HY

260

Up to 6KHZ

.021

2.700D x 1.05H

EXAMPLE DC CONV/AC POWER

P/N

Input

Freq.

Rating

Peak (or RMS)

Size

24-0170-10

10V DC

24KHZ

0.8

20 CT

.28x .6x 48H

24-0193-10

14/28V DC

6KHZ

18

4.7.11.5CT.22.5CT.550

1.8 ODx .94H

06-2124-10

200 V L-L

4OOHZ-30 840

200L-L

4.3x3.9x2.1H

24-0107-10

14/28V DC

2KHZ

27

90/45CT. 180/25. 180/25

2.1 ODx .88H

24-0512-10

260V PK

100PPS

20 KVA PK 4.6 KV PK PULSE

2.5x2.3x1.1H

24-0114-10

14/28V DC

400HZ

75

26.60

2.9 ODx1.5H

24-0271-10

14/28V DC

5KHZ

80

6.5CT.22.5CT.100.100

2.0x2.0x1.0H

24-0277-10

42V DC

10KHZ

200

100

2.0x2.5x1.2H

24-0177-10

10V AC

400HZ

2

1.4.1.4.10(RMS)

1.9 ODx .86H

24-0169-10

26V AC

400HZ

17

21/13CT(RMS)

1.0x1.4x1.3H

24-0215-10

115V AC

400HZ

180

20.27.27.42(RMS)

3.2x3.8x4.1H

‘Write for Series Bulletins on electrical and case style details

EXAMPLE SIGNAL/PULSE/MATCH

P/N

Fig.

Description

Characteristics

Type

Size

P/N

Description

Impedance

Response

Level

Size

26-5103 Series

2

Encaps. PC Mtg.

See R Series Std.

Tor.

1.06X.5H

24-0239-11

Video Range Match 150:150.25

100KHZ-2.5MHZ

60mw

.63x.63x.44H

06-4000-27

1

DC Filter Choke

250uH@1.5ACD

Tor.

970DX.4H

24-0275-10

Wide Band Match

135CT:1000

1KHZ-2MHZ

4mw

1.1 ODx.75H

06-4000-39

3

Var. Ind. PC Mtg.

90-110 MH Q250

Pot

.80DX.5H

24-0659-10

Syncro/Resolver

800 OHMS

400HZ

270mw 1.5x.75x.56H

26-5034 Series

4

Xtal Case Mtg.

See J Series Std.

Tor.

.34x.75x.8H

24-0240-10

Wide Bank Hybrid

600.600+600

50HZ-50KHZ

Imw

1.8x2.0x1.0H

26-5135-00

5

Shielded Choke

50uH@100ADC

Lam.

2.65x5x3H

24-0171-10

Radio Freq. Hybrid

50.100+100

700KHZ-4MHZ

lOmw

75 ODx85H

‘Advise reauirements

for recommended solution and Quotation

24-0153-10

Pulse Match

10K.40K

tp1.2ms.tr60us

25mw

.53x.53x.7H

24-0180-10

Pulse Output

5.600w/tap

tp.4us.tr.2us

6KW

1.5 ODx.8H

Hisonic, Inc.

249 N. Troost
Dept. EM-83
P.O. Box 1130
Olathe, Kansas 66061
PHONE: 913-782-0012
TELEX: 4-2562

OTHER PRODUCTS: .(Mil Spec & Commercial) Filters —
Transformers — Tuned Circuits — Amp/phase Equalizers —
Lumped Constant Delay Lines

1*2550

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Division of AGEX

Key source for reliable,, magnetic
components, power supplies and
control systems for over 40 years.

300 VA TO 3000 KVA
STANDARD & SPECIALTY
MAGNETIC COMPONENTS

STANDARD TRANSFORMERS

DIT SERIES — Drive Isolation
Transformers. (1 2-550KVA, U.L. Listed)

Designed to provide electrical isola-
tion and voltage transformation for
SCR adjustable-speed motor drives.
Dry type. 600V class. Single phase
and three phase. 50Hz and 60Hz. 5%
FCAN and FCBN primary taps. Open
frame or NEMA I enclosed, 150°C
rise/220 °C insulation class standard,
155°C or 80 °C or 55 °C rise/220 °C in-
sulation class optional.

Size Ran g e (KVA)

Single Phase

® 1, IV 2 , 3, 5, 8, 12, 15, 20, 27, 30, 34

Three Phase

® 8, 12, 15, 20, 27, 34, 40, 51, 63, 75,
93, 120, 150, 180, 220, 280, 330, 440,
550, 660, 760, 870, 980, 1100.

Standard Volta g es Available
Single Phase

® Primary or Secondary 208, 230, 380,
460, 575, 230/460, 415

Three Phase

o Primary (A) 208, 230, 380, 460, 575,
230/460, 415

® Secondary 208Y/120, 230Y/133,
380Y/220, 460Y/266, 575Y/332,
230X460Y/1 33x266, 415Y/240

Three Phase DIT Series

Current Limiting
Air Core Reactor

GPT SERIES — General Pur p ose
T ransformers

Designed to provide electrical isola-
tion and voltage transformation for
lighting, electric heating and indus-
trial motor loads. Dry type, 600V
class, single phase and three phase,
50Hz and 60Hz. FCAN and FCBN
primary tap arrangements are stan-
dard. 150°C rise/220 °C insulation
class standard, 115°C or 80 °C or
55 °C rise/220 °C insulation class op-
tional.

Size Ran g e (KVA)

Single Phase

• 3, 5, 7 V 2 , 10, 15, 25, 37V 2 , 50, 75,
100, 167

Three Phase

® 3, 6, 9, 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 112V2, 150,
225, 300, 400, 500, 750, 1000

Standard Voltages Available
Single Phase

• Primary (3KVA-15KVA) 240/480, 208,
277, 480, 600

(25KVA-167KVA) 240x480, 480, 600

• Secondary (All KVA sizes) 120/240

Three Phase

• Primary (A) 240, 480, 600

• Secondary 208Y/120, 240 A,

480Y/277

HVDT SERIES— Hig h Volta g e Distri-
bution Transformers

Designed for in-plant distribution and
voltage step-down. Conventional dry
type or resin cast coil. 5KV through
15KV class. Single phase and three
phase. 50Hz and 60Hz. FCAN and
FCBN primary tap arrangements are
standard. 150 °C rise/220 °C insulation
class standard, 115°C or 80 °C or
55 °C rise/220 °C insulation class op-
tional.

Size Ran g e (KVA)

Single Phase

• 3, 5, 10, 15, 25, 37 V 2 , 50, 75, 100,
167, 200, 250, 333, 500

Three Phase

® 15, 30, 45, 75, 112V2, 150, 225, 300,
400, 500, 750, 1000

Standard Volta g es Available
Single Phase
® Primary

5KV Class: 2400/41 60Y
8.66KV Class: 4160/7200Y
15KV Class: 7200/1 2470Y
7620/1 3200Y, 7960/1 3800Y
® Secondary (All KVA Sizes)

120/240

Three Phase

® Primary (A)

5KV Class: 2400, 4160, 4800
8.66 KV Class: 7200
15 KV Class: 12000, 12470, 13200,
13800

• Secondary

208Y/1 20, 240 A, 480Y/277

High Voltage
X-ray Transform!

SPECIALTY MAGNETIC COMPONENTS

Also see our catalog pages under AC POWER SOURCES and
DC POWER SOURCES.

Transformers

® Convection, forced air or water
cooled.

• Dry type, liquid filled, cast-resin.

• Low voltage, high voltage to 300KV.

• High current to 20,000 Amperes.

® High frequency to lOKHz.

• Low temperature rise, high efficiency.

• Ferroresonant transformers -
conventional constant voltage and
harmonic-neutralized.

® Ultra isolation transformers to 0.005
picofarads.

• Low capacitance transformers,
electrostatic shielded.

• High reactance transformers - short

circuit current limited.

• Modulation (Output) transformers to
50KW.

® Rectifier and filament transformers.

Inductors

LC Series - Link Chokes (DC)
Designed for use as a smoothing in-
ductor in the DC link between recti-
fier and inverter in variable-speed AC
motor drives from 15 to 1000 HP. Dry
type, 600V class.

LR Series - Line Reactors (AC)

Designed for use as a line reactor in
the three phase input lines supplying

variable-speed AC motor drives from
15 to 1000 HP. Dry type, 600V class;
three phase; 50Hz and 60Hz.

Other specialty inductors include:

• AC, DC.

• Iron-core, air-core.

• Linear, swinging.

• AC current limiting reactors.

• AC power factor correction
reactors.

• DC filter chokes.

• AM modulation reactors.

Saturable Reactors:

Low voltage, High voltage to 15 KV.
Sizes to 1000 KVA.

Route 31, RD 5-65 • Remington, New Jersey 08822 • 201-782-5525 • Telex: 83370 1 /AGEX/FLEM

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2551

WONDERFILE!

All-new in '82! The EEM File System has been
completely revised and updated. It's now easier
than ever to control your files of manufacturers'
catalogs.

The new EEM File System contains a complete
Product Index. This Index tells you where to file
which catalog. It also contains a cross-reference so
you'll know where catalogs are filed.

In order to use the new EEM File System all
you need is a supply of standard letter size, third-
cut, manila file folders which are available locally.
You then use the pressure-sensitive labels which
are supplied with the File System to go into as
much detail as you want (or need).

Each label fits the third-cut file folder exactly.
There are 308 of these labels in one System: 1 for
the Index, 1 each for the 61 EEM Product Sections,

24 for the alphabetical file of multiproduct catalogs,
plus 222 additional labels for System expansion.

The System also includes 61 Cross Reference
Cards so you can quickly and easily find multi-
product catalogs.

The EEM File System is complete and can save
you countless hours of time and thousands of
dollars.

The price? Only $25.00. Send a check to: EEM
File System, 645 Stewart Ave., Garden City, NY
11530 and we'll absorb postage and handling. Send
a purchase order and add $2.00 for postage and
handling. NY and CA residents, please add sales
tax.

Use the card at the end of the Product Index in
this EEM. Card missing? Write directly to EEM File
System.

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Figure 1

-

® —

■ D

j 3

t

E

-Hi

A

1 T

c

3

-4

3

Figure 2

-

-- B

D 1

! 3

i

E

ft:

;

i

f

1

pBIB

c

1

BBllj

“ ]

H

-

Figure 3

VOLTGARD

Even with all the advances made in the
transmission of electric power, the single
most source of trouble is the voltage
variation at the final distribution point.
These variations can be caused by switching
equipment, lightning and heavy current
drawing machinery. These changes can
cause trouble in equipment unless some
control is used to stabilize the voltage.
This is where the Voltgard line voltage
regulator is used.

The Voltgard gives ±V2% regulation
fora input range of ±15%of nominal. The
Voltgard has a sinewave output and
contains less than 3% total harmonics
under full load. It is most applicable to
AC applications where harmonics can
affect operation. With a given change in
line voltage, the output voltage will fall in
the regulation band within 25 milliseconds
(IV2 cycles). As the input frequency changes,

by Jefferson

the output voltage changes in the same
direction. For a 1% change in frequency,
there is a 1 V 2 % change in output voltage.

The Voltgard has a full-load efficiency
of 90 percent for nominal output levels.
Another advantage of Voltgard, it is also
current limiting. As the load current is
increased beyond the rating, the output
voltage will fall to zero. This is very
important in a short circuit situation
because the unit can be at short circuit
indefinitely and not damage the unit.
Voltgard will operate in an ambient range
of -20 °C to +50°C.

With all the features of Voltgard, it
makes this unit, most suitable for any
type of electronic equipment, process
control equipment, photography and most
other applications where the AC voltage
must be stable for operation.

60 Hertz, Single Phase

Figure 4

Output

Input

Voltage

Range

Nominal

Shipping

Weight

(Pounds)

Dimensions

““

amm

1 " 1 -

VA

Rating

Catalog

Number

Output

Voltage

Figure

Code

A

(Length)

B

(Depth)

c

D

(Width)

E

Mounting

Slots

300

350-0810

95-130, 190-260

120

33

1

13Va

8%

5%

8%

T

%

X

Tie

300

350-0822

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

33

1

13 3 /4

8%

5 5 /a

8%

5

3 /e

X

Tie

500

350-0910

95-130, 190-260

120

40

1

14!/ 2

8%

5%

8%

5

3 /a

X

Tie

500

350-0922

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

40

1

14V2

8%

5%

8%

5

3 /a

X

Tie

750

350-1032

95-130, 175-235,
190-260

120 x 240

52

1

15%

8%

5%

8%

5

3 /a

X

Tie

1000

350-1122

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

63

1

16%

8%

5%

8%

5

3 /a

X

Tie

1000

350-1132

95-130, 175-235,
190-260

120 x 240

63

1

16%

8%

5%

8%

5

%

X

Tie

1500

350-1232

95-130, 175-235,
190-260

120 x 240

87

2

18%

8%

6%

8%

5

7 /e

X

%

?000

350-1322

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

130

2

19%

9%

3%

11 3 /4

5

7 /ie

X

Tie

2000

350-1332

95-130, 190-260,
175-235

120 x 240

130

2

19%

9%

3%

11%

5 7 /l6

X

Tie

2500

350-1422

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

145

2

19%

9%

4%

11%

5

7 /t6

X

Tie

2500

350-1432

95-130, 175-235,
190- 260

120 x 240

145

2

19%

9%

4%

11%

5

7 /l6

X

Tie

3000

350-1522

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

177

2

20%

9%

5 7 /l6

11 3 /4

5

7 /l6

X

Tie

3000

350-1532

95-130, 175-235,
190-260

120 x 240

177

2

20%

9%

5 7 /,e

11%

5

7 /l6

X

Tie

3750

350-1622

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

200

2

21%

9%

6 7 /ie

11%

5

7 /l6

X

Tie

3750

350-1632

95-130, 175-235,
190-260

120 x 240

200

2

21%

9%

6 7 /l6

11%

5

7 /,6

X

Tie

5000

350-1722

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

300

3

19%

9%

4%

24%

5

7 /l6

X

Tie

5000

350-1732

95-130, 175-235,
190-260

120 x 240

300

3

19%

9%

4%

24%

5

7 /l6

X

Tie

7500

350-1822

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

410

3

21%

9%

6 %6

24%

5

7 /i6

X

Tie

9000

350-1922

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

520

4

20%

9%

5 7 /,6

37

5

/ 6

X

Tie

11000

350-2022

190-260, 380-520

120 x 240

625

4

21%

9%

6 7 /ie

37

_5_

JIl

X

Tie

m JEFFERSON® ELECTRIC

a division of Litton Industries

840 25th Avenue, Bellwood, Illinois 60104
Litton (312) 626-7700* 800-323-3293

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2553

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

J M Trnsloimer Co. Inc.

Dept. EM, 112 Florida Street
Farmingdale, N.Y. 11735
(516) 293-0475

• TRANSFORMERS WITH RATINGS TO 2400 VA

• Available with secondary voltages up to 500 V

• Available with secondary current ratings to 20 Amps

• PROTOTYPES AVAILABLE WITHIN ONE WEEK

• No set-up charges on special orders

CHECK OUR LOW PRICES!

SPLIT BOBBIN POWER TRANSFORMERS

• 50/60 Hz

• Power Ratings to 750 VA

• Single, Dual, and Tapped Primaries

• Single and Multiple Outputs

• Terminals and Flexible Leads Available

• Available with End Bells

• Non-Concentric Winding — Lower Capacitance —

Better Insulation — 2500-4000 VRMS Hipot —

No Need for Electro-static Shield

WE SPECIALIZE IN POWER TRANSFORMERS FOR
MEDICAL ELECTRONICS (PATIENT ATTACHED EQUIP-
MENT) FOR DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN APPLICATIONS.

SPLIT BOBBIN
CENTER FLANGE

RECTIFIER POWER

TRANSFORMERS WITH /

FLEXIBLE LEADS ,

• 50/500 Hz

/ fV

• Power Ratings up to 750 VA

M \

• Wide Range of Voltages

• Single, Dual, and Tapped Primaries

1?.

• Single and Multiple Outputs

• Available with End Bells

• Terminals also available

j wit

i% -

STEP DOWN AUTO
TRANSFORMERS

50/60 Hz
230/115 V
100-1200 VA
Also available with
open frame
construction

POWER ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS

• Split Bobbin Construction for High Isolation at Low
Cost . . . (2500-4000 VRMS hipot)

• Power Ratings from 10 VA-2400 VA for 50/60 Hz
Operation

• 115V/230V:115V, 115V:115V,

115V/ 230V : 1 1 5V/ 230V,

Many OtherVoltage Ratings Available

• Terminals or Flexible Leads Available. Open Frame
or Enclosed Construction

MINIATURE PLUG-IN
POWER TRANSFORMERS
PC APPLICATION

• 50/500 Hz

• 10 VA

• Single or Dual Primaries

• Single or Dual Secondaries

• 6- and 8-Pin Models Available

1*2554

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

M Mormer to., Inc.

Dept. EM, 112 Florida Street
Farmingdale, N.Y. 11735
(516) 293-0475

LOW PROFILE SPLIT BOBBIN — PC BOARD

TRANSFORMERS — SERIES L 20VA

L Series Transformers offer a particularly low profile
for 20VA (only 1.34" high). Although they are rela-
tively light (% lb.) optional mounting holes for #4
screws are available for additional mounting strength.

The use of a Split Bobbin allows winding to be non-
concentric (side-by-side), consequently high isola-
tion is achieved at low cost.

• Better insulation — 2500 VRMS hipot is standard.

• Lower capacitance — no need for electro-static
shield.

Please note that the standard items listed below
utilize 6 or 8 pins, while 12 pins are available. We
would like to quote your more complex require-
ments . . . you may save cost and space by combining
two less complex Transformers into one.

We would also be glad to quote your less complex
requirements. For example, if only a Single Primary
and Single Secondary are needed, you can save con-
siderable cost by utilizing only 4 Pins.

STANDARD TRANSFORMERS

Part#

Secondary RMS Ratings

Single

115V

Pri.

Dual

115/

230V

Pri.

Series

Parallel

L-10

DL-10

10 VCT @ 2A

5V@4A

L-12

DL-12

12.6 VCT @ 1.6A

6.3V @ 3.2A

L-16

DL-16

16 VCT @ 1.25A

8V @ 2.5A

L-20

DL-20

20 VCT @ 1A

10V @ 2A

L-24

DL-24

24 VCT @ .8A

12V @ 1.6A

L-32

DL-32

32 VCT @ .625A

16V @ 1.25 A

L-40

DL-40

40 VCT @ .5A

20V @ 1A

L-48

DL-48

48 VCT @ .4A

24V @ .8A

L-80

DL-80

80 VCT @ .25A

40V @ ,5A

L-120

DL-120

120 VCT @ .16A

60V @ .32A

Smaller, lower profile units as well as larger, more
powerful units are available.

-*-|f-*-.025

HOLE FOR
#4

MTG. SCREW.

115V
50/60 Hz

crTol

notchx^

0 =3

O

0 =■

A°

0 =3
A

<=jo

0 =3

t=J O

O ZZ3

.20

(between

1 and

2 only)

115/230V
50/60 Hz

LOW PROFILE
SPLIT BOBBIN
POWER TRANSFORMERS
with 4" Flexible Leads

• Only 1.1 inches high — Wt. V 2 lb.

• Ideal for PC Board and Chassis
Mounting where low height

is required

• 2500 VRMS hipot

Standard Transformers:

115 V 50/60 Hz Primary - 10 VA

Part Number

Secondary RMS

Full Load Rating

LPS 10-8

8 V @ 1.25 A

LPS 10-10

10 V @ 1 A

LPS 10-12

12.6 V @ .8 A

LPS 10-16

16 V @ .63 A

LPS 10-20

20 V @ .5 A

LPS 10-24

24 V @ .42 A

LPS 10-32

32 V@ .31 A

1.5"

Mounting
. Centers -

Secondary

Red

Mounting Hole
for #4 Screw

Secondary

Red

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2555

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

1*2556

For manufacturers 1 sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

send specifications
for your special
requirements

Jfe

BOBBIN WINDING

LENCO, dedicated to transformer design,
product improvement, cost reduction and fast
delivery to meet your specifications and most
critical production schedule. An endless variety
of types, sizes and performance capabilities for
a wide variety of industries.

Experienced personnel with specially devel-
oped electronic skills for an exacting tech-
nology to meet the most critical requirements.
Manufactured to conform to UL, CSA, VDE,
FCC-Part 68, etc.

PRODUCTION TESTING

Our specialty is your special application and
we invite you to send or call for your custom
requirements. For no obligation quotes, engi-
neering, design consultation and manufacture,
contact Lenco, the performance people.

AUDIO Impedance matching — Isolation —Broad frequency
response — Low insertion loss — FCC Part 68.

CONSTANT VOLTAGE Regulating transformers built to your
specifications for DC power supplies or low distortion AC.

CONTROL Custom designed to UL, VDE, CSA,
etc. specifications.

CONVERTER High Conversion efficiency from DC input to
filtered DC out. Toroidal, Laminated, Ferrite, (Switch-Mode) etc.

CURRENT Toroidal, Laminated, Core, Impregnated, or Encap-
sulated.

FILAMENT Dry type, Laminated core.

HIGH TEMPERATURE Vacuum impregnation with temperature
material to 200 °C. Epoxy encapsulated.

INDUCTORS Filter, A.C. Noise filtering, Switch-mode.

INPUT AND OUTPUT Designed to your specifications.

ISOLATION Audio, Step-down, Step-up, Foil electrostatic
shielded, Electromagnetic shielded.

LOW PROFILE PC mount, Split bobbin, Vacuum varnish or
epoxy impregnated.

MEDICAL UL 544 Patient connected, or non-patient connected.
Power.

POT CORES PC mount, Frame mount, Encapsulated or Im-
pregnated.

SWITCH-MODE POWER Dry type, Air cooled, Laminated or
Ferrite.

THREE PHASE 50-60-400 Hertz up to 1 KVA.

LAYER WINDING MACHINES

VACUUM

IMPREGNATION

SYSTEM

AUTOMATIC

LAMINATING

HAND WINDING

MEMBER

LENCO PCPFI

HU POWER CONVERSION

^E8 PRODUCTS COUNCIL

INTERNATIONAL

ELECTRONICS, INC.

Modern new 20,500 square foot facility
for the production and manufacture of
high quality transformers.

1330-29 BELDON STREET, McHENRY, ILLINOIS 60050, We’re as close as your phone 815 / 344-2900

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2557

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

mcil

| transfor mer division

41 1 manhattan avenue, babylon, n.y. 11704 / tel: (516) 587-0510

HORIZONTAL

PC.

TRANSFORMERS

SERIES
4 - 01 -
&

4 - 02 -

4-01
115V
50/60 HZ

4-02

115/230V
50/60 Hz

2,500-volt RMS Hipot, available in a variety
of sizes. Maximum operating temperature
130°C. Available with either single 115V,
or dual 115/230V primary. MCl's pin confi-
guration is designed for ease of connection
in printed circuit boards. Heavier trans-
formers are provided with mounting holes
for additional mounting security. Adapta-
tions of standard transformers are also
available. Dots on schematics shown below
indicate like polarity.

CURRENT RATING

DIMENSIONS

Size

VA

L

W

H

ML

A

B

C

Optional Mtg.
Screw & Nut

Lbs.

2

1.1

1-3/8

1-1/8

15/16

—

.250

.250

1.200

None

0.17

3

2.4

1-3/8

1-1/8

1-3/16

—

.250

.250

1.200

None

0.25

4

6.0

1-5/8

1-5/16

1-5/16

1-1/16

.250

.350

1.280

4-40x1-3/8

Nylon

0.44

5

12.0

1-7/8

1-9/16

1-7/16

1-1/4

.300

.400

1.410

4-40x1-3/8

Nylon

0.70

6

20.0

2-1/4

1-7/8

1-7/16

1-1/2

.300

.400

1.600

4-40x1-3/8

Nylon

0.80

7

36.0

2-5/8

2-3/16

1-9/16

t

.400

.400

1.850

f

1.1

t 4 mounting holes 2V\6 x Wa for #6 screw

TO ORDER ANY MCI TRANSFORMER

Find the page in this catalog that lists the basic type of transformer you need. Pages are arranged as follows:

4-01- & 4-02- Horizontal RC. Transformers, single primary (4-01 -) or dual primary. (4-02-)

4-03- & 4-04- Vertical RC. Transformers, single primary (4-03-) or dual primary (4-04-)

4-05- Low Profile Transformers

4-06- & 4-07- Quick Connect Power Transformers, single primary (4-06-) or dual primary (4-07-)

Current ratings in each table are at secondary voltage. MCI utilizes seven-digit part numbers. When you have selected the transformer type that best suits your requirements,
determine the part number as follows:

Digit Number Example Indicates Example

First Digit 4 Transformer Always 4

Second & Third Digits 01 Type Horizontal RC., single primary

Fourth Digit 3 Size in either series or parallel configuration Size 3

Last three digits 010 Secondary voltage 10V C.T.

Always 4

Horizontal RC., single primary
Size 3
10V C.T.

The part number for the example used is 4-01-3-010, which is the part number for a Single Primary, Horizontal RC. Transformer, Size 3, with a 10V C.T Secondary Voltage or 5V.

1*2558

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

I transformer division

41 1 manhattan avenue, babylon, n.y. 1 1704 / tel: (516) 587-0510

VERTICAL

P.C.

TRANSFORMERS

SERIES
4 - 03 -
&

4 - 0 . 4 -

4-03
115V
50/60 Hz

4-04 3

1 15/230V
50/60 Hz 2

1,000-volt RMS Hipot, available in a variety
of sizes. Maximum operating temperature
130°C . Available with either single 115V,
or dual 115/230V primary. MCl's pin con-
figuration is designed for ease of connection
in printed circuit boards. Adaptations of
standard transformers are also available.
Dots on schematics shown below indicate
like polarity.

CURRENT RATING

010

-012

-016

-020

-024

-028

-034

-040

-056

-088

-120

-180

-230

Secondary

Series

10V C.T.

12.6V C.T.

16V C.T.

20V C.T

24V C.T

28V C.T

34V C.T

40V C.T.

56V C.T

88V C.T

120V C.T.

180V C.T.

230V C.T.

Voltage

Parallel

5V

6.3V

8V

10V

12V

14V

17 V

20V

28V

44V

60V

90V

115V

.090A .070A

• 120A .100A

.440A .350A

1.0A .800A

2 .4 A 2.0A

.055A .045A

.07 5A .060A

.260A .220A

.640A .500A

1.5A 1.2A

DIMENSIONS

Size

VA

L

w

H

A-6
(6 Pin)

A-8
(8 Pin)

B

WT.

(oz.)

1

1.0

1

1-3/8

0.83

0.250

0.200

1.200

2.5

2

1.2

1-3/8

1-1/8

1-3/16

0.312

0.200

1.000

3.0

3

4.4

1-5/8

1-1/4

1-3/8

0.400

0.250

1.100

5.0

4

10.0

1-7/8

1-7/16

1-5/8

0.400

0.250

1.300

9.0

5

24.0

1-5/8

2-1/4

1-3/8

0.400

0.250

2.100

12.0

TO ORDER ANY MCI TRANSFORMER

Find the page in this catalog that

lists the basic type of transformer you need. Pages are arranged as follows:

4-01- & 4-02-

Horizontal RC. Transformers, single primary (4-01 -) or dual primary (4-02-)

4-03- & 4-04-

Vertical RC. Transformers, single primary (4-03-) or dual primary (4-04-)

4-05-

Low Profile Transformers

4-06- & 4-07-

Quick Connect Power Transformers, single primary (4-06-) or dual primary (4-07-)

Current ratings in each table are at secondary voltage. MCI utilizes seven-digit part numbers. When you have selected the transformer type that best suits your requirements,

determine the part number as follows:

Digit Number

Example

Indicates

Example

First Digit

4

Transformer

Always 4

Second & Third Digits

01

Type

Horizontal RC., single primary

Fourth Digit

3

Size in either series or parallel configuration

Size 3

Last three digits

010

Secondary voltage

10V C.T.

The part number for the example used is 4-01-3-010, which is the part number for a Single Primary, Horizontal RC. Transformer, Size 3, with a 10V C.T. Secondary Voltage or 5V.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2559

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

mm

transformer division

411 manhattan avenue, babylon, n.y.

11704 / tel: (516) 587-0510

LOW PROFILE
P.C.

TRANSFORMERS

SERIES

4 - 05 -

1,500-volt RMS Hipot, available in a variety
of sizes. Maximum operating temperature
130°C. Available with dual 115/230V
primary. MCl's pin configuration is designed
for ease of connection in printed circuit
boards. Adaptations of standard trans-
formers are also available. Dots on schematics
shown below indicate like polarity.

CURRENT RATING

-010 -012 -016 -020 -024 -034 -040 -056 -088 -120 -230

Secondary Series 10V C.T. 12.6V C.T. 16V C.T. 20V C.T. 24V C.T. 34V C.T. 40V C.T. 56V C.T. 88V C.T. 120V C.T. 230V C.T.

Voltage Parallel 5V 6.3V 8V 10V 12V 17V 20V 28V 44V 60V 115V

Series

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

3

K>

.250A .200A .156 A .125A .104A .073A .062A .044A .028A .020A .010A

.600A .450A .350A .300A .250A .170A .150A .100A .065A .050A .025A

1.200A .900A .700A .600A .500A .340A .300A .200A .130A .100A .050A

— O

Parallel

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3 |

.500A .400A .31 2A .250A .208A .146A .124A .088A .056A .040A .020A

?~1 — O 1.2A .900A .700A .600A .500A .340A .300A .200A .130A .100A .050A

£ 5 °~^ 2.4A 1.8A 1.4A 1.2A 1.0A 680A .600A .400A .260A .200A .100A

DIMENSIONS

| Size

VA

L

W

H

A

B

Oz.

■

2.5

1-7/8

1-9/16

0.650

1.600

0.375

5

6.0

1-7/8

1-9/16

0.850

1.600

0.375

7

■

12.0

2-1/2

2

1.065

2.000

0.500

11

L 4r L rrd

TO ORDER ANY MCI TRANSFORMER

Find the page in this catalog that lists the basic type of transformer you need. Pages are arranged as follows:

4-01- & 4-02- Horizontal RC. Transformers, single primary (4-01 -) or dual primary (4-02-)

4-03- & 4-04- Vertical RC. Transformers, single primary (4-03-) or dual primary (4-04-)

4-05- - Low Profile Transformers

4-06- & 4-07- Quick Connect Power Transformers, single primary (4-06-) or dual primary (4-07-) ,

Current ratings in each table are at secondary voltage. MCI utilizes seven-digit part numbers. When you have selected the transformer type that best suits your requirements,
determine the part number as follows:

Digit Number

First Digit

Second & Third Digits
Fourth Digit
Last three digits

Example

4

01

3

010

Indicates

Transformer

Type

Size in either series or parallel configuration
Secondary voltage

Example

Always 4
Horizontal RC. (
Size 3
10V C.T.

single primary

The part number for the example used is 4-01-3-010, which is the part number for a Single Primary, Horizontal P.C. Transformer, Size 3, with a 10V C.T Secondary Voltage or 5V.

1*2560

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

QUICK CONNECT
POWER
TRANSFORMERS

SERIES

4 - 06 -

&

4 - 07 -

2500 Volt RMS Hipot in a variety of practical
sizes. Maximum operating temperature 130°C
available with either single 115 or dual 115/
230V primary (for all but 2.4 VA size).

MCl's split bobbin and non-concentric wind-
ing provide better insulation and high signal
isolation, thus eliminating the need for electro-
static shielding.

Adaptations of standard transformers are also
available. Dots on schematics shown below
indicate like polarity.

CURRENT RATING

Secondary

Voltage

-010
10V C.T.

-012
12.6V C.T

-016
16V C.T.

-020
20V C.T.

-024
24V C.T.

-028
28V C.T.

-036
36V C.T.

-048
48V C.T.

-056
56V C.T.

-120
120V C.T.

Transformer

Size

3

.25A

.2A

.15A

.12A

.1 A

.085A

.065A

.05A

.045A

.02A

4

.6A

.5 A

.4A

.3A

.25A

.2A

.17A

.125A

.1 1 A

.05A

5

1.2A

1.0A

.8A

.6A

.5A

.42A

.35A

.25A

.22A

.1 A

6

3.0A

2.5A

2.0A

1.5A

1.25A

1 .1 A

.85A

.63A

.54A

.25A

7

5.0A

4.0A

3.5A

2.8A

2.4A

2.0A

1.5A

1.2A

1.0A

.5A

8

10. 0A

8.0A

6.25A

5.0A

4.0A

3.6A

2.8A

2.0A

1.8A

.85A

DIMENSIONS

| Size

VA

L

W

H

A

B

ML

Lbs.

n

2.4

2-1/16

1-1/16

1-3/16

1-5/8

9/16

1-3/4

0.25

HI

6

2-3/8

1-1/4

1-3/8

1-11/16

11/16

2

0.44

12

2-13/16

1-3/8

1-5/8

1-15/16

13/16

2-3/8

0.7

6

30

3-1/4

1-11/16

1-15/16

2-5/16

1-1/16

2-13/16

1.1

7

56

3-11/16

1-13/16

2-1/4

2-11/16

1-1/16

3-1/8

1.7

8

100

4-1/32

2-1/4

2-9/16

3-1/16

1-5/16

3-9/16

2.75

TO ORDER AIMY MCI TRANSFORMER

Find the page in this catalog that lists the basic type of transformer you need. Pages are arranged as follows:

4-01- & 4-02- Horizontal RC. Transformers, single primary (4-01 -) or dual primary (4-02-)

4-03- & 4-04- Vertical RC. Transformers, single primary (4-03-) or dual primary (4-04-)

4-05- Low Profile Transformers

4-06- & 4-07- Quick Connect Power Transformers, single primary (4-06-) or dual primary (4-07-)

Current ratings in each table are at secondary voltage. MCI utilizes seven-digit part numbers. When you have selected the transformer type that best suits your requirements,

determine the part number as follows:

Digit Number

Example

Indicates

Example

First Digit

4

Transformer

Always 4

Second & Third Digits

01

Type

Horizontal RC., single primary

Fourth Digit

3

Size in either series or parallel configuration

Size 3

Last three digits

010

Secondary voltage

10V C.T.

The part numberfor the example used is 4-01-3-010, which is the part number for a Single Primary, Horizontal RC. Transformer, Size 3, with a 10V C.T. Secondary Voltage or 5V.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2561

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

TELEPHONE COUPLING TRANSFORMERS

FOR INTERCONNECT OF VOICE/ DATA MODEM TERMINALS TO TELEPHONE LINES

DESIGNED TO MEET FCC PART 68

Provides line isolation and matching — Prevents line imbalance —

Wide dynamic signal level capability — Low distortion — Permits

• Frequency Response: 300-3500 Hz ±0.5 dB • Longitudinal Balance: Per FCC 68.310

• Level: -45 dBm to +7 dBm • Distortion: 0.5% Max.

Optimum use of Voice-Grade Telephone Lines for Broadband Data
Signals

• Impedance Matching: ±
frequency range

• Return Loss: 26 dB Min.

10% over entire

TYPICAL HYBRID APPLICATIONS

prNnnn<v-v-j

• 60012
6 line i

r

2-WIRE VOICE PATH

4 WIRE VOICE PATH
'TRANSMIT LEG!

REQUEST
ENGINEERING
APPLICATION
BULLETIN F232

t; ~
Sr ;

1*2562

DELIVERY

Dept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue, Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

TELEPHONE COUPLING TRANSFORMERS

FOR INTERCONNECT OF VOICE/ DATA MODEM TERMINALS TO TELEPHONE LINES

| — — 52

WZA

Plug-in printed circuit
construction.

Vacuum varnish
impregnated. Wt. 4 Oz.

J 3 3 I

^le- rt'-~

fit

Plug-in printed circuit
construction.

Vacuum varnish
impregnated. Wt. .5 oz.

1“

—11—042

.

r i

, I"

L, t ,

L

FIG. C

\,7 ' v ! t . , . •' j

High-Q Toroid.
Microcrystalline
wax impregnated.
Supplied with 4"
#28 leads.

Wt. 0.5 oz.
FIG. E

: ia f i: J ^ 3

< 1 1 * * > , ’ * '*** z ^* r: ' -

rtr-Tr r r

Plug-in printed circuit
construction.

Vacuum varnish
impregnated.

— ilea GD ca)|

~J 20i goi —

Wt. 1 .2 oz.

trir* ir

I j-.7S.0Hj-

• 200-1 fI n

■ ) 2 3 4

.it ■

igj -

7 '""6: 5

.250-— I /hzj Li
/ L-.750-T l

S— .750-4 K250

TERM. 7 ELIMINATED
ON P/N T54I5

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
PROM DISTRIBUTORS

mw

Flat Profile.

Plug-in printed circuit
construction.

Vacuum varnish
impregnated. Wt. 2.5 Oz.

Ir 1 1 -lU,

.200 t-H f~,600~4 |— —J
I k 6 7 j

TTT 1

,00 ~i

Plug-in printed circuit

i (1233]

X 1 I I

construction.

Vf— ■+ +

Vacuum varnish

l.=======J

7 7 6 5 4

impregnated. Wt. 3.5 Oz.

1 !=rbs=EziD

200 typ — 1 — | — L-| —

trirs 1 .

J r l l Flat Profile.

Plug-in printed circuit

-J 4 S 0 L 1 I construction.

»~4 t-.«oo-l U 200 Vacuum varnish

^ pins z and 7 hoconn. impregnated. Wt. 5.5 Oz.

FIG. L

-Ii/ot — .0400IA
4 SPACES .250 EACH

zoo-, PHFF?
PH f 1 ftr
rttMXiv

EEM 1983

Dept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue. Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory 1 *2563

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

MINIATURIZED AUDIO TRANSFORMERS

MICROPHONE/TRANSDUCER INPUT TRANSFORMERS

FOR: PROFESSIONAL SOUND STUDIOS — BROADCAST MIXING CONSOLES —
CONTROL AND INSTRUMENT AMPLIFIERS

EQUIVALENT TO IMPORTED EUROPEAN STUDIO GRADE TRANSFORMERS

WIDE BANDWIDTH — BROAD • EASE OF MOUNTING AND ORIENTATION

FREQUENCY RESPONSE • POLARIZING VOLTAGE CONNECTION

EXTREMELY LOW DISTORTION FOR CONDENSER MICROPHONES

NEGLIGIBLE HUM PICK UP • LOW MICROPHONICS

SUBMINIATURE SIZE • ELECTROSTATIC SHIELDING

Part No.

Norn.

Nom.

Impedance Ratio

Typical
Open
Circuit
Primary
Impedance
@ 50 Hz|

Frequency

Response!

Fig.

Replaces
Beyer Part No.

R<

Pri

itio

:Sec

Primary

Secon-

dary

S101-S

1

20

12.5

5,000

100

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

I -s

TR-BV35704

S101-SP

1

20

12.5

5,000

100

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-SP

STR-BV37704

S105-S

1

15

200

45,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-s

351.015.006

S105-SP

1

15

200

45,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-SP

370.015.006

S107-S

1

15

200/50 split

45,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±ldB

-s

351.215.006

S107-SP

1

15

200/50 split

45,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-SP

370.215.006

S108-S

1

10

200

20,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-s

351.010.005

S108-SP

1

10 1

200

20,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-SP

370.010.005

Slll-S

1

7.1

200

10,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-S

351.007.004

Slll-SP

1

7.1

200

10,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-SP

370.007.004

S116-S

1

5

200

5,000

. 2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-s

351.005.003

S116-SP

1

5

200

5,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-SP

370.005.003

S118-S

1

5

200/50 split

5,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-S

351.205.003

S118-SP

1

5

200/50 split

5,000

2,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-SP

370.205.003

S126-S

1

1

600 CT

600

3,750

30-20,000 Hz ±.5 dB

-s

TR-145/BV35508

S126-SP

1

1

600 CT

600

3,750

30-20,000 Hz ±.5 dB

-SP

STR-145/BV37508

S130-S

1

1

10,000

10,000

100,000

30-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

-s

TR-145/BV35590

S130-SP

1

1

10,000

10,000

100,000

30-15,000 Hz ±=1 dB

-SP

STR-145/BV37590

S100-FB

1 Right'

angle mounting bracket for S100 -S series.

-FB

Fig. -S

SINGLE THREADED STUD
MOUNTING

Double Mu-metal shield-
ing. 3" color coded leads.
% 6 "D. stud provided with
nut. 5/s" D x %"H.

Fig. -SP

PRINTED CIRCUIT
MOUNTED

Double Mu-metal shielded.
%"D x lJf 6 "H. 7-. 040 pins
Vs" H.

Fig. -FB

RIGHT ANGLE MOUNTING
BRACKET

For mounting of -S series
transformers. M.C. %".

t Designed for optional bridging termination use to provide additional 6 dB output voltage gain.

X Frequency response measured with source equal to nominal primary impedance and with
unloaded secondary except 100K load on S105 and S107 series.

MINIATURE AUDIO TRANSFORMERS — M & MT SERIES

All items shown in charts below are available in any of the mechanical pack-
ages shown. These units can be used as input, interstage, output, isolation
and other impedance matching applications. Primary and secondary wind-
ings may be interchanged to obtain required impedance matching. Also
available in hermetic construction.

MOLDED M-M

To order add -M to Part No.
For plug-in printed circuit
applications. Epoxy resin
provides resistance to ex-
tremes of ambient. Weight

P/4 OZ.

OPEN FRAME WITH
CHANNEL M-FB

To order add -FB to Part
No. Leads 4" long. #28
PVC Weight 1.13 Oz.

OPEN FRAME PRINTED
CIRCUIT M-PC

To order add -PC to Part
No. Units with more than
6 pins have 7 or 8 — .025
x .015 pins on .150 centers.
Weight 1.2 Oz.

ALUMINUM CASED M-A

To order add -A to Part No.
Supplied with 2-56 screws.
Weight 1.25 Oz.

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
FROM DISTRIBUTORS

Part No.*

Primary

Impedance

Secondary

Impedance

Pri. DC
Unbal-
ance
mA

Oper-

ating

Level

dBm

Frequency
Response
±2 dB

M3-(>

7.5/30

50,000

0

5

20-20,000

M12-(*)

50/250 CT

50/250/600 CT

0

8

20-20,000

Ml-(>

50/250/600 CT

50,000

0

5

20-20,000

Ml-S

Same as Ml above

— with dual nickel alloy shield

M2-(>

50/250/600 CT

50,000 CT

0

5

20-20,000

M14-H

200

V 2 Megohm

0

9

80,3,000

M15-(*)

10,000

1 Megohm

0

11

100-2,500

M8-(*)

15,000

50/250/600 CT

0

8

20-20,000

M9-(*)

15,000

50/250/600 CT

4

21

150-20,000

M4-(*)

15,000

60,000

0

6

20-15,000

M5-(*)

15,000

60,000

4

14

200-20,000

M6-(*)

15,000

95,000 CT

0

5

20-15,000

M7-(*)

15,000

95,000 CT

4

11

200,20,000

Mio-n*

30,000 CT

50/250/600 CT

0

8

30-50,000

Mll-o

50,000

50/250/600 CT

0

5

20-20,000

M13-H

Reactor 300 hy. 0 DC 50 hy. @ 3 mA

60000 D.C.R.

M90

Magnetic Shield Mu-Metal slip on can for M-A Series 25 db shielding

MT2-(*)

100

10 CT/40 CT

100

27

200-20,000

MT30-H

250 CT

500

10

30

200-15,000

MT23-(*)

250 CT

1000

10

30

200-15,000

MT14-H

400

10

50

25

200-20,000

MT15-H

500 CT

210

30

27

300-20,000

MTl-(*)

600

600

10

23

200-15,000

MT35-(*)t

600

600 CT & 600 CT

0

5

40-20,000

MT36-(*)t

600 CT

600 CT

0

15

50-15,000

MT26-(*)

600 CT

600 CT

20

23

200-15,000

MT9-(*)

600 CT

1,200 CT

4

23

200-15,000

MT33-(*)

600/150 Split

600/150 Split

20

23

200-20,000

MT22-(*)

600/150 Split

1,200 CT

4

23

200-15,000

MT29-(*)

1600 CT

450

15

30

200-15,000

MT12-(*)

2,000

3.4

10

32

200-15,000

MT24-(*)

2,500

600 CT

10

32

200-15,000

MT13-(*)

4,000 CT

3.4

3

32

200-15,000

MTll-(*)

4,000 CT

600 CT

3

32

200-15,000

MT21-C*)

4,000 CT

600/150 Split

3

32

200-15,000

MT25-H

7,500 CT

600 CT

8

32

200-15,000

MT34 -(*)

10,000/2500 Split

2000/500 Split

4

20

200-20,000

MT10-O

25,000

600

3

22

200-15,000

MT7-(*)»

25,000

1,200 CT

3

22

200-15,000

MT18-0

25,000 CT

1,200 CT

6

22

200-15,000

MT5-(>

50,000

6

3

20

300-15,000

MT3-(*)

50,000

600

3

20

300-15,000

MT8-(>

50,000 CT

1,200 CT

3

20

300-15,000

MT20-O

50,000 CT

1200/300 Split

3

20

300-15,000

MT6-(>

100.000

1,200 CT

1.4

17

200-15,000

* Add -M, -PC, -A, or -FB to Part Number to designate construction.

• These items not available in -PC construction.

t For telephone line coupling or hybrid telephone line,
t Broadcast fidelity line matching transformer. Frequency response ±0.5 dB.

Dept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue, Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

1*2564

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

MINIATURIZED AUDIO TRANSFORMERS

SUB-MINIATURE TRANSFORMER^— SM & SMT SERIES

Primary and secondary windings may be interchanged to obtain
required impedance matching. These units can be used as input,
interstage, output, isolation and other impedance matching require-
ments. Also available in hermetic construction.

MOLDED SM-M

To order add -M to Part Number.
For plug-in printed circuit ap-
plications. Epoxy resin pro-
vides resistance to extremes
of ambient. Weight IV 2 Oz.

OPEN FRAME WITH
CHANNEL SM-FB

To order add -FB to Part Num-
ber. Weight 3/4 Oz. Leads #28
PVC 4" long.

n

: ~ _; sr j
—

Part No.

Primary

Impedance

Secondary

Impedance

Pri. DC
Unbal-
ance mA

Oper.

Level

DBM

Frequency
Response
±2 dB

sMi-n

200/50

250,000/62,500

0

6

80-10,000

SM3-(*)

10,000

200

3

21

150-10,000

SM2-C)

10,000

90,000

0

8

100-10,000

SM4-C)

30,000

50

1

21

150-10,000

SM6-C)

100,000

60

0.5

21

150-10,000

SM5-(*)

Reactor 50

hy at 1 mA DC 3,

000ft DC Res.

SMTl-n

600

600

9

23

200-15,000

SMT26-C)

600 CT

600 CT

18

23

200-15,000

SMT9-C)

600 CT

1,200 CT

18

23

200-15,000

SMT12-C)

2,OOQ

3.4

5

30

200-15,000

SMT19-(*)

2,500

2,500 CT

5

26

200-15,000

SMT36-C)

2,500 CT

2,500/625 Split

10

26

200-15,000

SMT13-C)

4,000 CT

3.4

5

30

200-15,000

SMT17-H

10,000 CT

200 CT

6

20

200-15,000

SMT16-(*)

10,000

1,500 CT

1

23

200-15,000

SMT10-(*)

25,000

600

2

20

200-15,000

SMT7-H

25,000

1,200 CT

1.5

20

200-15,000

SMT18-n

25,000 CT

1,200 CT

3

20

200-15,000

SMT5-H

50,000

6

1

20

300-15,000

SMT3-H

50,000

600

1

20

I 300-15,000

SMT4-C)

50,000 CT

600 CT

2

20

200-15,000

SMT8-(*)

50,000 CT

i 1.200 CT

2

I 20

1 200-15,000

* Add either -M or -FB to Part Number to designate construction.

MICRO-MINIATURE TRANSFORMERS — MM & MMT SERIES

Primary and secondary windings may be interchanged to obtain
required impedance matching. These units can be used as input,
interstage, output, isolation and other impedance matching require-
ments. Also available in hermetic construction.

The low profile design of this series makes them ideal for use on
plug-in printed circuit boards.

Part No.

Primary

Impedance

Secondary

Impedance

Pri. DC
Unbal-
ance mA

Oper.

Level

DBM

Frequency
Response
±2 dB

MM1-C)

200/50

250,000/62,500

0

4

200-10,000

MM3-(*)

10,000

200

3

20

150-10,000

MM2-(*)

10,000

90,000

0

4

150-10,000

MM4-(*)

30,000

50

1

20

150-10,000

MM7-H

30,000

1,200

0.5

20

200-10,000

MM6-H

100,000

60

0.5

20

250-10,000

MM5-D

1 Reactor 50 hy. @ 1 mA DC i 4,700 ft DC Res.

MMTl-H !

600

600

8

22

200-15,000

MMT26-C) 1

600 CT

600 CT

16

22

200-15,000

MMT33-C)

600 CT

600/150 Split

16

22

200-15,000

MMT9-H

600 CT

1,200 CT

16

22

200-15,000

MMT32-H

600 CT

1200/300 Split

16

22

200-15,000

MMT12-H

2,000

3 4

5

28

200-15,000

MMT31-H

2,000 CT

500 CT

10

28

200-15,000

MMT19-(‘)

2,500

2,500 CT |

2

23

200-15,000

MMT13-H

4,000 CT

3.4

5

28

200-15,000

MMT1H*)

4,000 CT

600 CT

5

28

200-15,000

MMT21-H

4,000 CT

600/150 split

5

28

200-15,000

MMT25-H

7,500 CT

600 CT

4

22

200-15,000

MMT30-H

7,500 CT

1,200 CT

4

22

200-15,000

MMT35-H

10,000 CT

150/37.5 split

2

20

200-15,000

MMT17-H

10,000 CT

200 CT

6

20

200-15,000

MMT16-(*)

10,000

1,500 CT

1

20

200-15,000

MMT28-C)

10,000 CT

1,500 CT

2

20

200-15,000

MMT29-D

10,000 CT

10,000 CT

2

20

1 200-15,000

MMT10-(*)

25,000

600

1

20

200-15,000

MMT27-C)

25,000 CT

600 CT

2

20

200-15,000

MMT7-H

25,000

1,200 CT

1

20

200-15,000

MMT18-C)

25,000 CT

1,200 CT

2

20

200-15,000

MMT5-(*)

50,000

6

1

20

200-15,000

MMT3-D

50,000

600

0.7

20

200-15,000

MMT4-C)

50,000 CT

600 CT

1.4

20

200-15,000

MMT8-(*)

| 50,000 CT

1,200 CT

1.4

20

| 200-15,000

MOLDED MM-M

To order add -M to Part Number
For plug-in printed circuit applica-
tions. Epoxy resin provides resist- !
ance to extremes of ambient.
Weight V 2 Oz.

* Add either -M or -FB to Part Number to designate construction.

DECI-MINIATURE TRANSFORMERS — DCM SERIES

FREQUENCY RESPONSE 200-15,000 Hz ±1 dB

OPEN FRAME WITH
CHANNEL MM-FB

To order add -FB to Part Number.
Leads #28 PVC 4" long. Weight
.36 Oz.

Part No.

Primary

Impedance

Secondary

Impedance

Pri. DC
Unbalance
mA

Operating

Level

DBM

DCM1-PC

25,000 CT

1,200 CT

2

18

DCM2-PC

15,000 CT

15,000 CT

3

19

DCM3-PC

15,000 CT

600 CT

3

19

DCM4-PC

10,000 CT

5000 CT

4

20

DCM5-PC

10,000

2,500/625 Split

2

20

DCM6-PC

10,000 CT

1,500 CT

4

20

DCM7-PC

5,000 CT

80,000 CT

6

15

DCM8-PC

4,000 CT

1,200 CT

6

20

DCM9-PC

4,000 CT

600 CT

6

20

DCM10-PC

4,000

600/150 Split

3

20

DCM11-PC

2,500 CT

1 2,500 CT

8

20

DCM12-PC

2,500

1 2,500/625 Split

4

20

DCM13-PC

2,500 CT

! 625 CT

8

20

DCM14-PC

2,500 CT

| 200 CT

8

20

DCM18-PC

600 CT

1 50,000 CT

16

20

DCM19-PC

600

8000/2000 Split

8

20

DCM20-PC

600 CT

200 CT

16

20

DCM21-PC

600 CT

600 CT

16

20

DCM22-PC

250 CT

1 600 CT

25

20

DCM51-PC

Choke

.Ohy. @ 0 mA DC 5 hy. @ 3 mA DC

300ft DCR

DCM52-PC

Choke

5hy. @ 0 mA DC 2 hy. @ 5 mA DC

155ft DCR

DCM53-PC

Choke 2.5 hy. @ 0 mA DC 1 hy. @ 7 mA DC

75ft DCR

PRINTED CIRCUIT — DCM SERIES

New Industrial/Commercial grade
miniature printed circuit trans-
formers. Rigid terminals provide
fixed mounting centers usually
found in expensive molded trans-
formers. Weight .5 Oz.

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
FROM DISTRIBUTORS

Dept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue, Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2565

MINIATURIZED AUDIO TRANSFORMERS

VERI-MINIATURE TRANSFORMERS — VM SERIES

FREQUENCY RESPONSE =t2 dB 200 TO 10,000 Hz

PLUG-IN TAB MOUNTED CHANNEL
-VM-FPB

To order add -FPB to Part Number,
i.e. VM2-FPB. 4" color coded leads.
Weight .2 Oz.

Part No.

Primary

Impedance

Secondary

Impedance

Unbal.

Pri.

DC mA

Pri.

DCR

Sec.

DCR

i

Level

mW

VMl-(*)

50

600

5.5

7

90

15

VM7-(*)

500

3.4

3.5

50

.5

15

VM16-(*)

500 CT

250 CT

7.5

50

25

15

VM14-P)

600 CT

600 CT

7.0

50

65

15

VM8-(*)

1,250

3.4

2.0

135

.5

15

VM9-(*)

1,250

50

2.0

135

6.5

15

VM10-P)

2,500

2,500 CT

1.5

225

215

3

VM17-P)

10,000 CT

5,000 CT

0

400

300

5

VM12-P)

20,000

1,000

0.16

625

85

5

VM13-P)

20,000

1,000 CT

0.16

625

85

5

VM3-P)

25,000

600

0.15

720

45

5

VM5-(*)

50,000

600

0.1

830

55

5

VM15-P)

50,000 CT

50,000 CT

0

2000

2600

5

VM6-P)

100,000

1,200 CT

0.07

2000

150

5

VM2-(*)

200,000

600

0.05

3000

110

2.5

VM4-P)

200,000

1,200

0.035

3100

165

5

VM11-P)

Choke 2

0 hy. (0 mA)

12 hy. (.5 mA)

1000

VM90

Magnetic Shield Mu-Metal slip-on can for VM-M Series.

I 20 dB shielding. .

* Add either -FPB, or -M to Part Number to designate construction. See Photos.

MOLDED VM-M

To order add -M to Part Number, i.e.
VM2-M, VM9-M. Epoxy molded. Weight
.25 Oz.

ULTRA-MINIATURE TRANSFORMERS — UM SERIES

The miniaturized design of this series offers a relatively high power
level for condensed module and printed circuit packaging.

Frequency Response ±2 dB 300 to 10,000 Hz
Measured at Level Stated for 300 Hz

MOLDED UM-M

To order add -M to Part Number,
i.e. UM22-M. Weight .14 Oz.

P| Part No.

Primary

Impedance

Secondary

Impedance

Unbal.

Pri.
DC mA

Pri.

DCR

Sec.

DCR

Level mW

@

300 Hz

Level mW

1 kHz

UM26-P)

400

11

3

35

1.5

15

500

Hr

400 CT

11

6

35

1.5

15

500

400

50

3

35

5

15

500

UM29-P)

600 CT

600 CT

7

45

60

5

400

UM24-P)

1,000

50

3

65

10

5

500

UM33-P)

1,000 CT

600

6

80

65

5

500

UM32-P)

1,500 CT

600

5

135

65

5

500

UM39-P)

2,500 CT

600 CT

2

250

50

5

500

UM34-P)

10,000 CT

600 CT

2

850

40

5

500

\ UM31-P)

10,000 Cl

1,200 CT

2

850

120

5

500

■Vst" UM37 -(*>

10,000

2,000 CT

1

850

200

5

500

. 3oo U M35-C*)

15,000 CT

15,000 CT

1

930

1210

5

300

/ UM36-P)

20,000 CT

800 CT

0.5

1100

80

5

500

•/ L UM22-P)

20,000

1,000

0.5

1100

100

5

300

' UM23-P)

20,000

1,200 CT

0.5

1100

110

5

300

UM21-P)

H UM30-P)

UM28-P)
UM90

100,000 1 l.oon 1 o 1 1900

Choke 1.5 hy. (0 mA) 0.7 hy. (2 mA

Choke 10 hy. (0 mA) 8 hy. (0.5 mA

Magnetic Shield Mu : Metal slip-on can
20 dB shielding.

135 1 5

100

650

for UM-M Series

70

k Add either -F, or -M to Part Number to designate construction. See Photos.
Power levels shown are for 7V2% maximum distortion.

OPEN FRAME UM-F

To order add -F to Part
UM22-F. 4" color coded
.08 Oz.

Number, i.e.
leads. Weight

PICO MINIATURE TRANSFORMERS — PM SERIES

Designed to provide maximum utilization of space in miniaturized
printed circuit board applications. .10 grid dimensions conform to P.C.
k design standards. Frequency Response ±2 dB 300 Hz to 100 kHz+

— I I50| J50 j—

MOLDED PM-M

To order add -M to Part Num-
ber. Epoxy molded. For
printed circuit applications.
Gold plated nickel alloy
leads .020 x Weight
.1 Oz.

Part No.

Primary

Impedance

Secondary

Impedance

Unbal.

Pri.

DC mA

Pri.

DCR

Sec.

DCR

Level

mW

PM37-P)

120 CT

3.2

10

16

0.75

50

PM38-(*j

300 CT

600

7

41

98

50

PM35-P)

500

50

3

60

8

50

PM36-P)

500

500/125 Split

3

72

85

50

PM34-P)

600 CT

600 CT

3

75

105

50

PM33-P)

1,500 CT

600

3

170

95

50

PM31-(*)

2,500

2,500 CT

1

250

325

50

PM29-0

10,000 CT

500 CT

1

1050

80

50

PM27-P)

10,000

1,200

0.5

1050

280

50

PM23-0

10,000 CT

1,200 CT

1

1050

280

50

PM25-(>

10,000

1200/300 Split

0.5

1050

280

50

PM19-(*)«

10,000 CT

2,000 CT

1

1000

300

50

PM21-(>

10,000

2000/500 Split

0.5

1000

300

50

PM17-0

10,000 CT

10,000 CT

1

1000

1300

50

PM15-P)

25,000

1,000

0.25

1700

110

40

PMll-O

25,000 CT

1,000 CT

0.5

1700

110

40

PM13-(>

25,000

1000/250 Split

0.25

1700

110

40

PM7-(*)«

50,000 CT

1,000 CT

0

3300

75

10

PM9-(*>

50,000

1000/250 Split

0

3300

75

10

PM5-(>

200,000

1,000

0

5300

110

10

PM3-(>

200,000 CT

1,000 CT

0

5300

110

10

| .406 MA>

i 1

^ — .150:

|-.250±020-j

PM41-D Audio Choke .3 hy. 4 43

PM40-H Audio Choke 3.5 hy. 2 700

PM30-H Audio Choke 6 hy. 2 1800

PM90 Magnetic Shield Mu-Metal slip-on can for PM-M series,

20 dB shielding

• These items not available in open frame construction.

* Add either -F, -M to Part Number. See photos figures PM-M & PM-F.

Power levels shown are for 15% max. distortion, PM35-20%, PM37-25%.
Frequency response measured as stated power level above.

t PM3 & PM5 — 45 kHz.

OPEN FRAME PM-F

To order add -F to Part Num-
ber. 4 inch #30 Plastic leads
color coded. Weight .05 Oz.

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
FROM DISTRIBUTORS

Dept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue, Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

1*2566

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

TOROIDAL INDUCTORS

QE SERIES

Ultra miniaturized with low height design. Exceptionally high "Q” and wide frequency range.
Frequency range of QEL Series 1 to 300 kHz; OEM, 3 to 500 kHz. Accuracy, ±2%. Molded in epoxy
resin with .020" x 2" gold-plated nickel alloy leads. Size, .450" dia. x .285".

QEL-M SERIES QEM-M SERIES

Part No.

Inductance

Typ. DCR
Ohms

Typ. Dist.
Cap., pF

Part No.

Inductance

Typ. DCR
Ohms

Typ. Dist.
Cap., pF

QEL1-M

1 mH

2.1

25

QEM05-M

0.5 mH

2.1

20

QEL2-M

2 mH

3.6

30

QEM1-M

1 mH

3.8

30

QEL5-M

5 mH

7.3

35

QEM2-M

2 mH

6.2

35

QEL10-M

10 mH

15.8

45

QEM5-M

5 mH

15.9

45

QEL15-M

15 mH

20

45

QEM10-M

10 mH

19

50

QEL25-M

25 mH

32

50

QEM15-M

15 mH

42

55

QEL50-M

50 mH

69

50

QEM25-M

25 mH

88

60

QEL100-M

100 mH

185

70

QEM50-M

50 mH

193

70

QG SERIES

Frequency range of QGL Series, to 20 kHz; QGM Series, 2 to 100 kHz. Accuracy, ±2%. QG-F: Open
frame, microcrystalline wax dipped with 4" #28 plastic leads. Size, %" dia. x % 2 ". QG-M: Molded in
high temperature epoxy resin with .020" x 2" gold plated nickel alloy leads. Leads may be bent
downward for plug-in printed circuit use. Size, %" dia. x W.

QGL SERIES QGM SERIES

QGL5-

5 mH

2.5

30

QGM1-

1 mH

1.4

22

QGL10-

10 mH

5

33

QGM2-

2 mH

2.5

25

QGL15-

15 mH

8

34

QGM5-

5 mH

6

28

QGL30-

30 mH

17

37

QGM10-

10 mH

12

31

QGL50-

50 mH

28

40

QGM15-

15 mH

18

32

QGL100-

100 mH

50

42

QGM25-

25 mH

30

35

QGL250-

250 mH

130

46

QGM50-

50 mH

52

37

QGL500-

500 mH

290

48

' QGM100-

100 mH

115

39

QGL1000-

1.0 H

530

51

QGL1500-

1.5 H

825

53

1

Ql SERIES

Frequency range to 20 kHz; accuracy, ±2%. QIL-M: Molded in high temperature epoxy with silver
plated turret lugs. Size, dia. x 1 / 2 ". QIL-H: Hermetically sealed in metal case with Teflon
terminals. Size, V/ } f 6 " x 1 / 2 " x 1% 2 ".QIL-F: Open frame. Microcrystalline wax dipped with 4" #28
plastic leads. Size, 1" dia. x %".

QIL SERIES

QIL3-

3 mH

.73

36

QIL150-

150 mH

34

50

QIL5-

5 mH

1.1

38

QIL250-

250 mH

55

53

QIL10-

10 mH

2.1

40

QIL500-

500 mH

95

55

QIL15-

15 mH

3.3

42

QIL1000-

1.0 H

210

57

QIL25-

25 mH

5.3

45

QIL1500-

1.5 H

335

59

QIL50-

50 mH

11

47

QIL2500-

2.5 H

550

61

QIL100-

100 mH

22

49

QK SERIES

Frequency range of QKL Series, to 10 kHz; QKM Series, 5 to 50 kHz. Accuracy, ±2%. QK-F: Open
frame, microcrystalline wax dipped; 4" #28 plastic leads. Size, IV4" dia. x s/s". QK-H: Hermetic
with Teflon terminals. Size, 1 %" x %" x 1%". QK-M: Molded in high temperature epoxy resin;
silver plated turret lugs. Size, l%" dia. x 3/4"; #8 clearance hole.

QKL SERIES

QKL5-

5 mH

.62

60

QKL250-

250 mH

28

87

QKL10-

10 mH

1.1

66

QKL500-

500 mH

63

91

QKL15-

15 mH

1.7

68

QKL1000-

1.0 H

110

96

QKL25-

25 mH

2.8

72

QKL1500-

1.5 H

175

98

QKL50-

50 mH

6

76

QKL2500-

2.5 H

275

103

QKL100-

100 mH

11

81

QKL5000-

5 H

645

106

QKL150-

150 mH

17

83

QKL10,000-

10 H

1175

112

QKM SERIES

QKM2-

2 mH

.45

52

QKM100-

100 mH

25

79

QKM5-

5 mH

1.1

58

QKM250-

250 mH

65

87

QKM 10-

10 mH

2.5

62

QKM500-

500 mH

115

92

QKM25-

25 mH

6.5

70

QKM1000-

1.0 H

250

97

QKM50-

50 mH

11

74

QP SERIES

Frequency range to 10 kHz; accuracy, ±2%. QPL-F: Open frame, microcrystalline wax dipped; 4"
#24 leads. Size, 1%" x QPL-H: Hermetically sealed with Teflon terminals. Size, 1 %" x V/ yb "
x 2 % 2 ". QPL-M: Molded in high temperature epoxy resin; silver plated turret lugs. Size, 2" dia. x 1".

QPL SERIES

QPL25-

25 mH

1.5

100

QPL2500-

2.5 H

150

133

QPL50-

50 mH

2.5

105

QPL5000-

5.0 H

350

138

QPL100-

100 mH

6

110

QPL7500-

7.5 H

525

140

QPL250-

250 mH

15

115

QPL10,000-

10 H

600

142

QPL500-

500 mH

25

120

QPL15,000-

15 H

900

146

QPL1000-

1.0 H

60

125

QP 125,000-

25 H

1500

150

QPL1500-

1.5 H

90

130

QT SERIES

Frequency range to 15kHz; accuracy, ±2%. QTL-F: Open frame, microcrystalline wax dipped; 4" #24
leads. Size, 2K 6 " dia. x 1". QTL-H: Hermetic, Teflon terminals. Size, iy u " x x 2 %"• QTL-M;
Molded in epoxy resin. Size, 2%" x 1%".

QTL SERIES

QTL25-

25 mH

0.85

127

QTL1500-

1.5 H

40

177

QTL50-

50 mH

1.5

136

QTL2500-

2.5 H

70

184

QTL100-

100 mH

2.8

144

QTL5000-

5 H

140

192

QTL150-

150 mH

3.9

149

QTL10,000-

10 H

270

200

QTL250-

250 mH

7

156

QTL15,000-

15 H

430

205

QTL500-

500 mH

15

164

QTL25.000-

25 H

850

212

QTL1000-

1.0 H

27

173

QTL50,000- 1

50 H

1500 |

221

QE-M Molded

Ql-M, QK-M, QPL-M, QTL-M Molded

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
FROM DISTRIBUTORS

Dept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue, Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2567

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

P.C. 50/60 Hz POWER TRANSFORMERS

FLATSTACK® LOW PROFILE PLUG-IN PRINTED CIRCUIT POWER TRANSFORMERS

For Low Height P.C. Board Solid-State Power, Control, and Instrumentation Applications

• 2 SIZES: 6 VA Types 0.85" High for 1" Card Spacing

12 VA Types 1.065" High for VA" Card Spacing

• SPLIT BOBBIN — Primaries and Secondaries Wound Side by Side
1500 V Hipot

High Isolation for Low Leakage Applications
Low Capacity Coupling Minimizes Line Noise and False Triggering

• HUM-BUCKING SEMI-TOROIDAL CONSTRUCTION

Balanced Windings Reduce Magnetic Field Radiation

• PRECISION SPACED MOLDED-IN TERMINALS

• DUAL PRIMARIES: 115/230V, 50/60 Hz

NEW

LOW PROFILE
CONSTRUCTION

PF SERIES FOR POWER SUPPLIES, INSTRUMENTS, CONTROL EQUIPMENT

Part No.

SECONDARY

! Parallel Connected j

Series Connected

| AC Volts |

| RMS Amps |

| AC Volts |

| RMS Amps

PF6 Series <

• 115/230V Primary • 6 VA

PF6-10

5.0

1.200

10.0 CT

.600

PF6-12

6.3

.900

12.6 CT

.450

PF6-16

8.0

.700

16.0 CT

.350

PF6-24

12.0

.500

24.0 CT

.250

PF6-34

17.0

.340

34.0 CT

.170

PF6-56

28.0

.200

56.0 CT

.100

PF12 Series <

► 115/230V Primary • 12 VA

PF 12-10

5.0

2.400

10.0 CT

1.200

PF12-12

6.3

1.800

12.6 CT

.900

PF12-16

8.0

1.400

16.0 CT

.700

PF 12-24

12.0

1.000

24.0 CT

.500

PF12-34

17.0

.680

34.0 CT

.340

PF12-56

28.0

.400

56.0 CT

.200

PFT SERIES FOR TRIPLE OUTPUT REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES

500

“I —

500

■I -

500

PFT SERIES

PFT12 Series * 115/230V Primary * 12 VA

- 2.50 1

Secondary#!

[ Secondary #2 |

| DC output #1 !

| DC Output #2

<

2 1

AC

RMS I

AC

RMS

C.T.F.W.

Cur.

C.T.F.W.

Cur.

1

PFT12 SERIES

Part No.

Volts

Amps

Volts

Amps

DC Volts

mA DC

DC Volts

mA DC

H

1 — ±

— j- WEIGHT: 11 OZ.

PFT12-35

16.0 CT

.360

35.0 CT

.150

+8.75t

300

±22 1

85

t +8.75 and ±22 DC output volts are for inputs to +5V and ±12V or ±15V
1C voltage regulators. See PFT schematic. Line input 115/230V, ±10%.

PLUG-IN PRINTED CIRCUIT POWER TRANSFORMERS

• COMPACT DESIGN FOR MINIATURIZED SOLID STATE CIRCUITRY

• FOR POWER SUPPLIES, INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROL APPLICATIONS

• DUAL SECONDARIES MAY BE PARALLEL OR SERIES CONNECTED

Top lugs on PC2000 series provide for 115/230V primary voltage options without
changes in PC board. PC3000 series has 8 PC pins. 50/60 Hz.

Primary

115V

115/230V

Parallel

Connected

Series

Connected

Part No.

Fig.

Part No.

Fig.

Part No.

Fig.

AC

Volts

RMS

Amps

AC

Volts

RMS

Amps

PC6506

A

PC2506

C

PC3506

A

6.3 CT

.250 1

(Single Secondary)

PC6512

A

PC2512

C

PC3512

A

12.6

.120

25.2 CT

.060

PC6524

A

PC2524

C

PC3524

A

40.0

.040

80.0 CT

.020

PC6528

A

PC2528

C

PC3528

A

58.0

.026

116.0 CT

.013

PC6608

B

PC2608

D

PC3608

B

6.3

.700

12.6 CT

.350

PC6616

B

PC2616

D

PC3616

B

28.0

.156

56.0 CT

.078

PC6624

B

PC2624

D

PC3624

B

40.0

.110

80.0 CT

.055

PC 6628

B

PC2628

D

PC3628 |

B

58.0

.066

116.0 CT

.033

PC6632

B

PC2632

D

PC3632

B

115.0V @ .020A & 12.6V @

.150A

PC6708

B

PC2708

D

PC3708

B

6.3

1.200

12.6 CT

.600

PC6712

B

PC2712

D

PC3712

B

12.6

.600

25.2 CT

.300

PC6715

B

PC2715

D

PC3715

B

20.0

.370

40.0 CT

.185

PC6716

B

PC2716

D

PC3716

B

28.0

.270

56.0 CT

.135

PC6724

B

PC2724

D

PC3724

B

40.0

.180

80.0 CT

.090

PC6728

B

PC2728

D

PC3728

B

58.0

.130

116.0 CT

.065

PC6732

B

PC2732

D

[ PC3732

B

| 115.0V @ .025A & . 12.6V @

.250A

Secondary

Series

Watts

W

D

H

Wt. Oz.

PC2500/PC3500/PC6500

PC2600/PC3600/PC6600f

PC2700/PC3700/PC6700*

1V2

41/2

71/2

1%

1%

l 5 Ai

11/4

1%

1%

1%

m

3.2

6.5

9.5

SEC

PC3000 SERIES

PRI SEC

PC2000 SERIES

FIG. A

t Channel mounting 2" M.C. } 2 %" M.C.

FIG. B

FIG. D

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
FROM DISTRIBUTORS

Oept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue, Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

1*2568

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

P.C, 50/60 Hz POWER SUPPLY TRANSFORMERS

PLUG-IN PRINTED CIRCUIT POWER TRANSFORMERS FOR DC POWER SUPPLIES

For Microprocessor Logic and OP AMP Power Supplies. For construc-
tion of low cost, miniaturized, regulated and unregulated DC power
supplies for latest solid-state digital and linear circuitry. Permits
packaging flexibility unobtainable with prepackaged power supplies.

Low-profile, miniaturized construction permits close stacking of P.C.

TRANSFORMERS FOR +5V DC
UNREGULATED AND REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES

boards. Precision spaced molded-in terminals. All primaries 115 V
50/60 Hz except PCL6600 Series. 115 230V 50/60 Hz. Transformers
supplied with engineering bulletin providing schematics and suggested
components.

T u

-n—

#1 — UNREGULATED

Part No.

| SECONDARY j

DC OUTPUT

Parallel

Connected

Series

Connected

C.T.F.W.
DC Volts

Current
mA DC

Schematic

No.

Fig.

AC

Volts

RMS

Amps

AC

Volts

RMS

Amps

PC6205

4.50

0.18

9.0'CT

0.09

+5

75

1

A

PC6505

4.50

0.36

9.0 CT

0.18

+5

150

1

B

PC6605

4.50

1.10

9.0 CT

0.55'

+5

450

1

D

PCL6605

4.50

1.10

9.0 CT

0.55

+5

450

1

C

PC6705

4.50

2.00

9.0 CT

1.00

+5

825

1

D

PC6905

4.50

5.00

9.0 CT

2.50

+5

2000

1

A

PC6210

7.75

0.12

15.5 CT

0.06

+8.5f

50

2

A

PC6510

7.75

0.22

15.5 CT

0.11

+8.5t

90

2

B

PC6610

7.75

0.64

15.5 CT

0.32

+8.5f

265

2

D

PCL6610

7.75

0.64

15.5 CT

0.32

+8.5f

265

2

C

PC6710

7.75

1.20

15.5 CT

0.60

+8.5f

500

2

D

PC6910

7.75

3.10

15.5 CT

1.55

+8.5f

1300

2

A

#3 — UNREGULATED

H / -

h y' f

a

o

cr

>

L /A'

If

—

Part No.

SECONDARY S

DC OUTPUT

Parallel

Connected

Series

Connected

C.T.F.W.
DC Volts

Current I
mA DC

Schematic

No.

Fig.

AC

Volts

RMS

Amps

AC

Volts

RMS

Amps

PC6211

12.0

0.07

24.0 CT

0.035

±15

22

3

A

PC6511

12.0

0.13

24.0 CT

0.065

±15

40

3

B

PC6611

12.0

0.40

24.0 CT

0.200

±15

120

3

D

PCL6611

12.0

0.40

24.0 CT

0.200

±15

120

3

C

t/ PC6711

12.0

0.76

24.0 CT

0.380

±15

220

3

D

/ PC6911

12.0

1.90

24.0 CT

0.950

±15

550

3

A

PC6214

16.0

0.05

32.0 CT

0.025

±20f

15

4

A

o PC6514

16.0

0.10

32.0 CT

0.050

±20t

30

4

B

* PC6614

16.0

0.30

32.0 CT

0.150

±20f

90

4

D

n PCL6614

16.0

0.30

32.0 CT

0.150

±20t

90

4

C

v PC6714

16.0

0.56

32.0 CT

0.280

±20f

165

4

D

PC6914

16.0

1.40

32.0 CT

0.700

±20f

410

4

A

#4 -REGULATED

t ±20 DC output volts for input to ±15V
Schematic - Regulated.

TRANSFORMERS FOR +5V AND ±15V DC TRIPLE OUTPUT
UNREGULATED AND REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES

T o

#5 — UNREGULATED

Part No.

SECONDARY

#1

SECONDARY

#2

DC OUTPUT
#1

DC OUTPUT
#2

Fig.

AC

Volts

RMS

Amps

AC

Volts

RMS

Amps

C.T.F.W.
DC Volts

Cur.
mA DC

C.T.F.W.
DC Volts

Cur.
mA DC

Sche-

matic

No.

PCT6230

9.0 CT

0.048

24.0 CT

0.020

+5

40

±15

12

5

A

PCT6530

9.0 CT

0.072

24.0 CT

0.032

+5

60

±15

20

5

B

PCT6630

9.0 CT

0.240

24.0 CT

0.080

+5

200

±15

50

5

D

PCL6630

9.0 CT

0.240

24.0 CT

0.080

+5

200

±15

50

5

C

PCT6730

9.0 CT

0.480

24.0 CT

0.160

+5

400

±15

100

5

D

PCT6930

9.0 CT

1.200

24.0 CT

0.440

+5

1000

±15

275

5

A

PCT6531

15.5 CT

0.048

32.0 CT

0.020

+8.5f

40

±20t

12

6

B

PCT6631

15.5 CT

0.140

32.0 CT

0.058

+8.5t

115

±20f

35

6

D

PCL6631

15.5 CT

0.140

32.0 CT

0.058

+8.5t

115

±20t

35

6

C

PCT6731

15.5 CT

0.300

32.0 CT

0.100

+8.5f

250

±20t

60

6

D

PCT6931

15.5 CT

0.690

32.0 CT

0.298

+8.5f

575

±20f

175

6

A

t +8.5 and ±20 DC output volts are for inputs to -^V and ±15V 1C Voltage Regulator,
see Typical Schematic - Regulated.

DIMENSIONAL CHART

Series

Watts

W (Inches) 1

D (Inches)

H (inches)

Wt. Oz.

PC6200/PCT6200

1

1&

13/8

%

2.3

PC6500/PCT6500

1+2

1 %

l 5 Ai

1%

3.2

PC6600/PCT6600f

4+2

1+4

1%

6.5

PCL6600

1 4+2

1%

1%

1^6

6.6

PC6700/PCT6700f

7+2

1%

1%

1%

9.5

PC6900/PCT6900

| 24

1%

2+4

1%

12.0

t Channel mounting 2" M.C. f 23/ 8 " M.C.

PCB200/PCT6200 SERIES
PC6900/PCT6900 SERIES
FIG. A

:

f+8.5 DC output volts for input to +5V 1C Voltage Regulator, see Typical Schematic
Regulated.

TRANSFORMERS FOR ±15V DC DUAL OUTPUT
UNREGULATED AND REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES

PC6500/PCT6500 SERIES
FIG. B

PCL6600 SERIES
FIG. C

1C Voltage Regulator, see Typical

PC6600/PCT6600 SERIES
PC6700/PCT6700 SERIES
FIG. D

SLIP-ON BRACKET

For PC6900 Series

Order as Part Number PC6900-FB

Max. Height 1%"

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
FROM DISTRIBUTORS

Dept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue, Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2569

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

P.C. 50/60 Hz POWER TRANSFORMERS

INTERNATIONAL SERIES PLUG-IN PRINTED CIRCUIT POWER TRANSFORMERS

• For Solid-State Power, Control, and Instrumentation
Applications

• UL Recognized — Meets IEC-65 Safety Requirements
for Worldwide Usage

• Physical Barriers Between Primary and Secondary —
Double Protection System — 4,000 Volt Hipot

PW SERIES -FOR CONTROL AND
POWER SUPPLY APPLICATIONS

TO

11 5/ 230V

50/60 Hz Primary

Secondary

Parallel Connected

Series Connected

Part No.

AC Volts |RMSAmps

AC Volts |RMS Amps

Schematic

Fig.

PW28 SERIES • 0.5 VA

PW28-10

10.0 C.T.

.050

(Single Secondary)

It

A

PW28-16

16.0 C.T.

.031

(Single Secondary)

It

A

PW28-24

24.0 C.T.

.021

(Single Secondary)

It

A

PW35-10

10.0 C.T.

.110

(Single Secondary)

1

A

PW35-12

12.6 C.T.

.090

(Single Secondary)

1

A

PW35-16

16.0 C.T.

.070

(Single Secondary)

1

A

PW35-24

24.0 C.T.

.046

(Single Secondary)

1

A

PW35-36

36.0 C.T.

.031

(Single Secondary)

1

A

PW41 SERIES • 3.5 VA

PW41-10

10.0 C.T.

.350

(Single Secondary)

1

B

PW41-12

12.6 C.T.

.280

(Single Secondary)
(Single Secondary)

1

B

PW41-16

16.0 C.T.

.220

1

B |

PW41-24

24.0 C.T.

.150

(Single Secondary)

1

B

PW41-36

36.0 C.T.

.100

(Single Secondary)

1

B

PW48 SERIES • 9.5 VA

PWT SERIES -FOR TRIPLE OUTPUT REGULATED AND
UNREGULATED POWER SUPPLIES
1 T5/230V 50/60 Hz Primary

Secondary#!

| Secondary #2 j

| DC Output #1

| DC Output #2 |

Part No.

AC

Volts

RMS

Amps

AC I
Volts

RMS

Amps

C.T.F.W.
DC Volts

Cur.
mA OC

C.T.F.W.
DC Volts

Cur.
mA DC

Sche-

matic

Fig.

PWT54-1024

9.0 C.T.

.800

24.0 C.T.

.300

+ 5

670

±15

170

3

C

PWT54-1633

16.0 C.T.

.550

33.0 C.T. |

.180

+ 9**

470

±21**

120

4

C

DIMENSIONS

Inches [mm]

Series

L

W

H

MC

A

B

C

D

E

F

Oz.

[Gm.l

PW28

1.16

[29.5]

1.32

[33.5]

1.10

[28]

1.12

[28.5]

0.50

[12.5]

0.984

[25]

0.197

[5]

0.20

rsj

—

2.5

T701

PW35

1.44

[36.5]

1.69

[43]

1.26

[32]

1.40

[35.5]

0.61

[15.5]

1.380

[35]

0.295

[7.5]

0.24

[6]

—

4.5

U301

PW41

1.67

[42.5]

1.91

[48.5]

1.42

[36]

2.05

[52]

2.36

[60]

0.85

[21.5]

1.575

[40]

0.394

[10]

—

0.138x0.177

[3.5x4.51

8.0

[230]

PW48 1

--

1.99

[50.5]

2.05

[52]

1.69

[43]

2.32

[59]

2.72

[69]

1.08

[27.5]

1.772

[45]

0.295

[7.5]

—

0.177x0.256

[4.5x6.51

14.0

[400]

PW54

2.22

[56.5]

2.09
| [53]

1.93

[49]

2.72

[69]

3.15

[80]

1.08

[27.5]

1.772

[45]

0.295

[7.5]

—

0.177x0.256

[4.5x6.51

18.0

[510]

Recognized Component
Underwriters Labs Inc.

t PW28 Series has 115V primary only. 230V primary available on special order.
Order as PW28-10-230, etc.

PW35 SERIES • 1.1 VA

SCHEMATIC 1

PW48-10

5.0

1.900

10.0 C.T.

.950

2

B

PW48-12

6.3

1.500

12.6 C.T.

.750

2

B

PW48-16

8.0

1.200

16.0 C.T.

.600

2

B

PW48-24

12.0

.800

24.0 C.T.

.400

2

B i : ,

PW48-36

18.0

.520

36.0 C.T.

.260

2

B

PW48-56

28.0

.340

56.0 C.T.

.170

2

B

PW54 SERIES • 12.5 VA

PW54-10

5.0

2.500

10.0 C.T.

1.250

2

C

PW54-12

6.3

2.000

12.6 C.T.

1.000

2

C %

PW54-16

8.0

1.560

16.0 C.T.

.780

2

C

PW54-24

12.0

1.040

24.0 C.T.

.520

2

C

PW54-36

17.0

.700

36.0 C.T.

.350

2

C

PW54-56

28.0

.446

56.0 C.T.

.223

2

c

DC

115/230 V. v »6

50/60 Hz. ■ 7

DC

SCHEMATIC 2

FIG. B

* +9 and ±21 DC output volts are for inputs to +5V and ±15V 1C Voltage Regulators; see
Schematic #4.

PWT54 and PW54 have same dimensions.

rRQ M M D ms T fRiBu L !a E R R s Y Dept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue, Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

1*2570

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

SPLIT BOBBIN PC 50/60 HZ POWER TRANSFORMERS

SPLITFORM® PRINTED CIRCUIT POWER TRANSFORMERS

For Compact P.C. Board Solid-State Power,

Control and Instrumentation Applications

• SPLIT BOBBIN CONSTRUCTION — Center Flange Insulation Barrier
2500V RMS Hipot

High Isolation for Low Leakage Applications

Low Capacitive Coupling Minimizes Line Noise and False Triggering

• 115V SINGLE OR 115/230V DUAL PRIMARY

• DUAL SECONDARIES MAY BE EITHER PARALLEL OR SERIES CONNECTED

• PRECISION SPACED MOLDED-IN TERMINALS
Terminal Numbers are Molded on Bobbin

• CLASS SI 30° C INSULATION

• ATTRACTIVE PRICING

Recognized Component
Underwriters Labs Inc.

PART NUMBER

SECONDARY RMS RATING

Single Pri.
115V

Dual Pri.
115/230V

Parallel Connected

Series Connected

6 Pin

8 Pin

AC Volts

RMS Amps

AC Volts

RMS Amps

PSS2-10

PSD2-10

5.0

0.22

10.0 C.T.

0.11

PSS3-10

PSD3-10

5.0

0.5

10.0 C.T.

0.25

PSS4-10

PSD4-10

5.0

1.2

10.0 C.T.

0.6

PSS5-10

PSD5-10

5.0

2.4

10.0 C.T.

1.2

PSS2-12

PSD2-12

6.3

0.18

12.6 C.T.

0.09

PSS3-12

PSD3-12

6.3

0.4

12.6 C.T.

0.2

PSS4-12

PSD4-12

6.3

1.0

12.6 C.T.

0.5

PSS5-12

PSD5-12

6.3

2.0

12.6 C.T.

1.0

PSS2-16

PSD2-16

8.0

0.14

16.0 C.T.

0.07

PSS3-16

PSD3-16

8.0

0.3

16.0 C.T.

0.15

PSS4-16

PSD4-16

8.0

0.8

16.0 C.T.

0.4

PSS5-16

PSD5-16

8.0

1.6

16.0 C.T.

0.8

PSS 2-20

PSD2-20

10.0

0.11

20.0 C.T.

0.055

PSS 3-20

PSD3-20

10.0

0.24

20.0 C.T.

0.12

PSS4-20

PSD4-20

10.0

0.6

20.0 C.T.

0.3

PSS5-20

PSD5-20

10.0

1.2

20.0 C.T.

0.6

PSS2-24

PSD2-24

12.0

0.09

24.0 C.T.

0.045

PSS3-24

PSD3-24

12.0

0.2

24.0 C.T.

0.1

PSS4-24

PSD4-24

12.0

0.5

24.0 C.T.

0.25

PSS5-24

PSD5-24

12.0

1.0

24.0 C.T.

0.5

PSS2-28

PSD2-28

14.0

0.08

28.0 C.T.

0.04

PSS3-28

PSD3-28

14.0

0.17

28.0 C.T.

0.085

PSS4-28

PSD4-28

14.0

0.4

28.0 C.T.

0.2

PSS5-28

PSD5-28

14.0

0.84

28.0 C.T.

0.42

PSS2-36

PSD2-36

18.0

0.06

36.0 C.T.

0.03

PSS3-36

PSD3-36

18.0

0.13

36.0 C.T.

0.065

PSS 4-3 6

PSD4-36

18.0

0.34

36.0 C.T.

0.17

PSS5-36

PSD5-36

18.0

0.7

36.0 C.T.

0.35

PSS2-48

PSD2-48

24.0

0.046

48.0 C.T.

0.023

PSS3-48

PSD3-48

24.0

0.1

48.0 C.T.

0.05

PSS4-48

PSD4-48

24.0

0.25

48.0 C.T.

0.125

PSS5-48

PSD5-48

24.0

0.5

48.0 C.T.

0.25

PSS2-56

PSD2-56

28.0

0.04

56.0 C.T.

0.02

PSS3-56

. PSD3-56

28.0

0.09

56.0 C.T.

0.045

PSS4-56

PSD4-56

28.0

0.22

56.0 C.T.

0.11

PSS5-56

PSD5-56

28.0

| 0.44

56.0 C.T.

0.22

PSS2-120

PSD2-120

60.0

0.02

120.0 C.T.

0.01

PSS3-120

PSD3-120

60.0

0.04

120.0 C.T.

0.02

PSS4-120

PSD4-120

60.0

0.1

120.0 C.T.

0.05

PSS5-120

PSD5-120

60.0

0.2

120.0 C.T.

0.1

PSS, PSD
Series

VA

| DIMENSIONS Inches [mm]

L

W

H

MC

A

B

C

Lb.

[Gm.]

2

1.1

1.375

[35.0]

1.125

[28.6]

.937

[23.8]

I

.250

[6.35]

.250

[6.35]

1.200

[30.5]

0.17

[77.4]

3

2.4

1.375

[35.0]

1.125

[28.6]

1.187

[30.2]

—

.250

[6.35]

.250

[6.35]

1.200

[30.5]

0.25

[114]

1 4

6

1.625

[41.3]

1.312

[33.3]

1.312

[33.3]

1.0625*

[27.0]*

.250

[6.35]

.350

[8.9]

1.280

[32.5]

0.44

[200]

5

12

1.875

[47.6]

1.562

[39.7]

1.437

[36.5]

1.250*

[31.8]*

.300

[7.62]

.400

[10.16]

1.410

[35.8]

0.70

[319]

6 Pin

PSS Series

PSD Series

irrr

"IHnHi

TT

I I

| |

1~

* Clearance hole for 4-40 x 1 %" nylon mtg. screw. Order screw as P/N
| PS-S and nut as P/N PS-N.

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
FROM DISTRIBUTORS

Dept. EM / 145 E. Mineola Avenue. Valley Stream, NY / (516) 561-6050 / TWX: 510-225-8412

EEM 1983

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2571

1*2572

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

HOW TO ORDER:

Order Magnetico Standard Units directly
by using the Magnetico Part Number.

VA RATING SECONDARY VOLTAGE

Catalog Number 6.0 thru 300 (VRMS)

SCHEMATIC SHIELD

X — No Tap N — No Shield

T — Center Tap S — Electrostatic
EXAMPLE: shield

To order a 115 V 400 Hz to 26 V center
tapped, 6 VA power transformer with no
shield. Order Magnetico Number: 9602-
26-T-N.

VA RATING: 9602 SCHEMATIC: T

SECONDARY VOLTAGE: 26 SHIELD: N

SCOTT T TRANSFORMERS

SYNCHRO TO RESOLVER CONVERTER TRANSFORMERS

FEATURES:

• PRECISION/INTERCHANGEABILITY

• REPEATABILITY

» STABILITY/NO AGING

• NO SYSTEM TRIMMING REQUIRED

Part

No.

Input

Voltage

(L-L)

Output
RMS Sine
& Cosine

Frequency

Hz

Input Z

kt>

Typical

Load

k<>

Accuracy

Arc

Seconds

Size Inches

52975

11.8

1

400

20

100

4 min.

7 / 8 X 1/2 X 7 /u

10472

11.8

6

400

10

10

5 min.

% X 11/2 X 3/g

11870

90

6 CT

60

500

100

60

1.1 X 2.1 X 1.1

12094

90

6 CT

60 & 400

500

100

2 min.

1.1 X 2.1 X 1.1

50460

90

6

400

60

10

60

7/a x 1% x %

50642

11.8

6

400

30

10

60

7/8 X 15/ 8 X %

50726

90

6 CT

400

500

100

60

% x 11/2 X 5/8

9652

11.8

5

400

100

10

30

13/ 8 X 23/ 4 X 7/ 8

9514

90

4.25

400

1000

10

30

13/a X 23/ 4 X 7/s

52910

11.8

1

400

10

100

4 min.

1/2 X 7/q X .31

52450

90

6

400

100

100

5 min.

5/s X H/4 X 1/2

52290

11.8

3.2

400

20

10

3 min.

7/8 X 1/2 X

52569

90

2 CT

400

80

100

5 min.

% x 7/ a x

13084

11.8

6 CT

400

100

100

1 min.

3/ 4 X 1V 2 X 3/s

13530

11.8

1

400

10

50

1 min.

5/8 X U/ 4 X .3

RESOLVER TO SYNCHRO CONVERTER TRANSFORMERS

No. I 4 Wire | (L-L) | Hz ] (L-L) 1 Ohms | Minutes [ Size Inches

10084 11.8 11.8 400 150 1.5K 2 1 x 2 x .65 H

10086 6.0 11.8 400 150 IK 2 1 x 2 x .65 H

10088 9.0 11.8 400 150 2K 1.5 13/ a x 23/ 4 x .65 H

10090 9.0 90 400 2500 IK 1 13/ 8 x 23/ 4 x 7/e H

11999 7.0 11.8 400 30 500 1 2 x 4 x 1 H

50749 7.2 90 60 8000 700 2 H/ 2 x 33/ 8 x VA H

12186 7.0 90 60 4000 250 1 2 x 4 xli/ 2 H

52020 9 11.8 400 14 100 3.5 V/ 2 x 2i/ 2 x li/ 4

52021 9 90 400 800 100 3.5 2 x 4 x li/ 4

52449 6 90 400 2500 150 3 lx IWa x %

52164 6 90 400 2500 100 2 H/ 2 x 3 x li/ 8

12945 6 11.8 400 300 IK 5 3/ 4 x V/ 2 x V u

STANDARD MINIATURE 400 Hz POWER TRANSFORMERS

CONDENSED PERFORMANCE DATA— PRIMARY VOLTAGE 115 VRMS. All Units Designed to Meet MIL-T-27D.

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY FOR PROTOTYPE QUANTITIES.

Catalog

Number

VA

Rating

Secondary
Voltage (RMS)

O.D.

Height

±\ii ■ :

Nominal

Weight

Nom.

Reg.

Nom,*
Temp. Rise

9600

2

6-300 V

1"

%"

1 oz/ 30 gm

18%

10°C

9601

4

6-300 V

1"

%"

1.2 oz/ 35 gm

15%

12°C

9602

6

6-300 V

1"

7/8"

1.6 oz/ 45 gm

10 %

18°C

9603

9

6-300 V

1"

w

2.1 oz/ 60 gm

8%

20°C

9604

30

6-300 V

1%"

11/2"

5.3 oz/150 gm

7%

23°C

10648

75

10-300 V

2"

w

10 oz

±3%

30°C

10649

150

10-300 V

21/4"

W

18 oz

±3%

40°C

Example: To order a 115 V 400 Hz to 26 V center tapped, 6 VA transformer with no shield ■
9602-26-T-N

VA Rating: 9602 Secondary Voltage: 26 Schematic T: Shield: N.

order Magnetico

SWITCHING TRANSFORMERS, 20 KHz

13962 — Input 160 VDC —

Output (2) 5V @ 4A, (2) 15V @ 1 / 2 A —
Rated 55VA — 1.5 D x .8 Hi

13963 — Input 160 VDC —

Output ( 4 ) 5 V @ 4A, ( 2 ) 15V @ .66A —
Rated 140 Watts — 1.75 D x .8 Hi
53248 — Input 160 VDC —

Output (2) 12V @ 65A —

Rated 650 Watts — 3" x 2W f x 3" Hi

CUSTOM DESIGNS —
Multiple Outputs —

QUICK RESPONSE

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

lV/Amp for Switching Applications
PC mount 13960 Series
lV/Amp for 400 Hz Power,
at 001V/Amp for 3000 Amp

| Transmitter Monitor

f Custom/Standard— _

V QUICK RESPONSE (|§|

SPECIALS ARE STANDARD WITH US ^ *

MAGNETICO

Laminated* Telephone
Matching • Precision
Inductors
High Voltage

MAGNETICO INC.

182 MORRIS AVENUE, HOLTSV1LLE, N.Y. 11742 TELEPHONE: (516) 654-1 1 66 1

Toroidal Winding
Scott-T • Inverter
Current • Wideband
Pulse

LET MAGNETICO QUOTE “ALL” YOUR REQUIREMENTS • THE BEST IN TRANSFORMERS • FILTERS • AUDIO HYBRIDS • POWER SUPPLIES

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2573

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

MULTI PRODUCTS INTERNATIONAL

218 LITTLE FALLS RD., P.O. BOX 238, CEDAR GROVE, N.J. 07009

MPI is one of the most reliable suppliers, on a large
scale, of transformer and magnetic components to
the computer, data processing, communications &
medical and recreational electronics OEMS. All units
meet MPI’s stringent QC standards and are UL CSA
& VDE listed as required.

The product categories below provide general
specification information for our basic product lines.
However, our ability to design and manufacture
custom components, to your specs, makes us the
industry’s true “super source”.

Call today!- (201) 239-8183 • Telex 130430

tl

AUDIO/MATCHING TRANSFORMERS.

m

4 i

m

Test Voltage .... 1500, 2100 & 3500 VDE

Frequency 300 Hz-3500Hz special to

Response 50,000 Hz

Power Level .... -50dbm +30dbm
Long Balance . . . 45db to 75db

Impedence input to 40,000 OHMS

output 100,000 OHMS

Return Loss . .
Insertion Loss
D.C. Current .
Distortion
Size

26db typical
.1 to 3.5db
0 to 100 MA DC
50db typical
Metric size El-14, El-16,
El-19, El-24, El-28,

& El-35

POWER TRANSFORMERS

Typical
Input
For All

Transformers

100- 120V
220 - 240V
50 - 60Hz

METRIC

METRIC

SIZE

OUTPUT SIZE

OUTPUT

El-24

0.5VA E 1-66

50VA

El-28

1 VA El-76

80VA

El-35

1.8VA El-86

150VA

El-41

5. OVA El-96

200VA

El-48

12 VA El-105

300VA

El-54

15 VA El-115

400VA

El-57

25 VA E 1-133

1000VA

WALL PLUG-IN UNITS

INPUT: 115V60 Hz, Also Available — 120-240V 50-60Kz

AC/AC

6.0V, 0-500 MA
9.0V, 0-500 MA
12.0V, 0-500 MA
15.0V, 0-300 MA
18.0V, 0-300 MA
20.0V, 0-300 MA

AC/DC

3.0V, 0-100 MA
6.0V, 0-600 MA
9.0V, 0-600 MA
12.0V, 0-500 MA
15.0V, 0-500 MA
18.0V, 0-500 MA

UNIVERSAL

DC 3.0, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 9.0V Co) 300 MA
DC 6.0, 7.5, 9.0V, (w 300 MA
DC 3.0, 4.5, 6.0V, <M00 MA
DC 6.0, 7.5, 9.0V, (w 400 MA
DC 3.0, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 9.0V, (w 400 MA

SPECIALTY ITEMS

• IF and RF Transformers

• Antenna Coils and Assemblies

• Pin cushion Transformers

• Switch Mode Transformers

• Pulse Transformers

• Ballast Transformers

• Deflection Yokes

• Flyback Transformers

• PC. Board Assemblies

• Delay Lines

• Coil Windings

• Ignition Coils

INDUCTORS

PEAKING COIL AL TYPE

Style Axial lead

Temperature rise 20°C

Ambient temperature. . 80°C

Temperature range -20°Cto +100°C

Terminal tensile strength 2.5kg.

Inductance range 0.22 (xH-1000(aH

PEAKING COIL EL TYPE

Style Radial lead

Temperature rise 20°C

Ambient temp 80°C

Temperature range -20°Cto +100°C

Terminal tensile strength 1.5Kg.

Inductance range — 0.22p.H-1000p,H

1*2574

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

high voltage

components

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC.

Miniature Flyback Transformers

For 14"-20" color TV and data display

FEATURES

• Integral HV multiplier
circuitry

o Small size

© HV resistant epoxy moldings
o Up to 25 KV output

Subminiature Flyback Transformers

For 1.5" to 3" black and white TVs, Viewfinders

FEATURES

o Just 49mm x 28mm x 19mm
o Integral HV multiplier
o 5 to 6 KV output
o HV resistant epoxy moldings

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Items

Units

MSH-S305

MSH-S477

Input Voltage

V

112

123

mA

360

480

Output Voltage

KV

21.0

mA

1.0 .

HV Regulation

under 1 .4

under 14

WJ 1 144 M 1 J44 !1UJ I HJ 1 J

890

1000 |

Secondary Voltage

V DC

(V,) 12.5

Secondary Voltage

V DC

(V 2 ) 176.6

V DC

—

Heater Voltage

V rms

6.20

■■Hil

mS

11.6

mH

2.3

PF

9520

JJL H

2600

3300

TYPICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Items

Units

MSH-D618

MSH-T616

Input Voltage

V

5.9

9

Input Current

mA

172

138

Input Power

W

1.01

—

Output Voltage

KV

6.90

5.0

HV Regulation

KV

under 0.7

0.3

Collector Voltage

V

47

79

Collector Pulse Width

(JL S'

12.1

10.4

HV Ringing Ratio

%

under 25

25

Output Current

jx A

20

5

G 2 Voltage

V DC

298

700

Video Voltage

V DC

39.5

—

-B Voltage

V DC

-12.0

—

Miniature High Voltage Power Supplies

FEATURES

® Up to 17 KV output
o High, 40 KHz conversion
frequency reduces size
o Provision for small-signal output
control

® Built-in HV output stabilization
o Automatic overload protection
® Low output ripple

® Special epoxy resin for high reliability

CERATROH

Ceramic Electron Multipliers

These units are completely solid-state
and may be substituted for standard
vacuum-type electron multipliers in a
variety of applications including ion,
gamma ray, electron, photon and soft
x-ray detection. They offer high gains to
10 6 min. and are extremely linear at up to
1 microamp. Noise figures are very low.

MURATA ERIE NORTH AMERICA, INC. 1148 Franklin Rd., S.E., Marietta, Georgia 30067 Tel: (404) 952-9777 Telex: 54-2329 TWX: 810-766-1531

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2575

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

WIDEBAND TRANSFORMERS

UNBALANCED TO BALANCED TRANSFORMERS

Balanced secondaries center-tapped and dc-isolated from pri-
maries. Mid-band insertion loss less than 0.5 dB. Bandwidth
defined at low frequency end by 3 dB drop from mid-band
response, at high end by max. VSWR of 1.25.

LOW POWER SERIES (1W)

Series

Radio Frequency

Medium Frequency

Video

Cases

BA, BB, HB

BA

, BB

LA, LB

Unb./Bal.

(0)

Type No.

Bandwidth

MHz

Type No

Bandwidth

MHz

Type No.

Bandwidth

MHz

50:50

0001

.1-125

0010

.01-80

0009

.001-25

50:75

0101

.1-125

0111

.01-80

0104

.001-25

50:90

0200

.1-125

0202

.01-60

0203

.001-20

50:100

0300

.1-100

0301

.01-60

0311

.001-20

50:124

0307

.1-100

0302

.01-60

0306

.001-20

50:135

0310

.1-100

0312

.01-60

0303

.001-18

50*150

0400

.1-100

0401

.01-60

0415

.001-15

50:200

0500

.1-100

0520

.01-60

0511

.001-15

50:300

0501

.1-100

0521

.01-50

0517

.001-12

50:450

0600

.1-65

0602

.01-40

.001-10

50:600

0700

.1-65

0703

.01-32

50:800

0800

.1-60

0801

.01-25

50:1200

0900

.1-30

0902

.01-15

0904

.001-6

75:50

1000

.1-100

1001

.01-60

1002

.001-25

75*75

1100

.1-100

1112

.01-60

1102

.001-25

75:90

1200

.1-100

1201

.01-60

1202

.001-20

75:100

1300

.1-100

1310

.01-60

1314

.001-20

75:124

1302

.1-100

1311

.01-60

1301

.001-20

MK|8 Up

1317

.1-100

1315

.01-60

.001-20

W S § f 13 ! :

1400

.1-100

1405

.01-60

.001-16

1500

.1-100

1513

.01-60

.001-15

1501

.1-100

1514

.01-60

1502

.001-15

1600

.1-60

1601

.01-40

1602

.001-12

1700

.1-60

1707

.01-32

1704

.001-10

1800

.1-30

75:1200

1900

.1-30

75:1850

1906

.1-15

1901

.01-8

1903

.001-6

EXTENDED VIDEO SERIES Response down to 20 Hz

Type No.

Hnh/Ral.

Rartrfu/irith

Hflco Cfvfoe

0014

50:50

20 Hz-6 MHz

PB

0113

50:75

20 Hz-6 MHz

PB

0315

50:100

20 Hz-6 MHz

PB

0316

50:124

20 Hz-6 MHz

PB

0522

50:200

20 Hz-4 MHz

PB

1003

75:50

20 Hz-6 MHz

PB

1111

75:75

20 Hz-6 MHz

LA, LB

1307

75:110

20 Hz-6 MHz

PB

1309

75:124

20 Hz-9 MHz

PB

1408

75:150

20 Hz-6 MHz

PB

1520 .

75:300

20 Hz-4 MHz

PB

HIGH POWER SERIES

Power Level

10 W

25 W

100 w

; ikw

Cases

HB

BA, BB

BA, BB

KA

MHz Range

.1-30

.1-30

.5-30

2-32

Unb./Bal. (O)

Type No.

Type No.

Type No.

Type No.

50:50

0008

0011

0012

0013

50:75

0108

0109

0105

0107

50:100

0309

0308

0304

0314

50:150

0406

0402

0404

0407

50:200

0519

0512

0516

0515

50:300

0514

0518

0506

0513

50:450

0604

0605

0606

0601

50:600

0705

0701

0704

0702

75:75

1105

1110

1118

1108

75:100

1306

1304

1305

1316

75:150

1406

1401

1403

1407

75:200

1517

1519

1512

1518

75:300

1515

1510

1505

1511

75:450

1603

1604

1605

1606

75:600 |

1709

1703

1708

1705

Worth Hills

ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS

UNBALANCED TO UNBALANCED

Ground Isolation in 50 and 75ft Coaxial Systems

• Flat frequency, linear phase
response.

% • Insulated BNC connectors.

• 140 dB isolation at power
cc, pa frequencies.

Type No

impedance

Unb/Unb(Q)

Bandwidth

0005-CC

50:50

1 kHz - 25 MHz

1103-CC

75:75

1 kHz - 25 MHz

0112-CC

50:75

1 kHz - 25 MHz

0017-CC

50:50

10 Hz- 5 MHz

1117-CC

75:75

10 Hz- 5 MHz

0016-PA

50:50

20 Hz -20 MHz

1116-PA

75:75

20 Hz - 20 MHz

1121-TC

75:75

3.5 Hz- 8 MHz

10 KV Isolation for Public Utility Data Transmission

1 kHz to 6 MHz bandwidths.

1115-CD: 75ft coax to 75ft coax.

1313-CD: 75ft coax to 124ft balanced line.

HUMBUCKING CHOKES

75:75 ohms, Insulated
BNC connectors

Type

Bandwidth

Rejection at 60 Hz

1119- PA

1120- CC |

DC to 15 MHz
DC to 20 MHz

50 dB min.

40 dB min.

ULTRA-WIDE COAXIAL MATCHING TRANSFORMERS

Unbalanced to unbalanced. BNC male and female input and
output connectors in all combinations. Low VSWR.

0003-JA

50:50

.05-300 MHz

Phase Reversing

0102-JA

50:75

0114-JA

50:75

0201-JA

50:90

1106-JA

75:75

.05-300 MHz

Phase Reversing

1203-JA

75:90

.05-300 MHz

Impedance Adapter

SUBMINIATURE SERIES

NA molded case.
0.1-300 MHz
bandwidth.

.6 x .6 x .4"

0003-NA

1106-NA

2200-NA

50: 50

75: 75

90: 90

Unbalanced to Unbalanced
Phase Reversing

DC Coupled

0007-NA

1107-NA

2201-NA

50: 50

75: 75

90: 90

Unbalanced to Unbalanced
Phase Reversing

DC Isolated

0002-NA

0508-NA

1506-NA

50: 12.5

50:200

75:300

Unbalanced to Unbalanced
Non-Inverting

DC Coupled

0004-NA

0509-NA

1101-NA

1507-NA

2202-NA

50: 50
50:200

75: 75
75:300
100:100

Unbalanced to Balanced

DC Coupled

0510-NA

1508-NA

50:200

75:300

Balanced to Balanced

DC Coupled

CASE STYLES

BB, LB, PB

OVERALL DIMENSIONS (Inches)

Case

L

W

H

BA

2.3

1.3

1.2

BB

2.6

1.3

1.2

CC

3.5

1.7

1.6

HB

0.9

0.9

0.7

KA

5.4

4.6

5.5

LA

2.9

1.7

1.3

LB

3.2

1.7

1.3

PA

3.0

4.0

2.0

PB

3.0

3.6

2.0

MANY VARIATIONS AND CUSTOM DESIGNS
TO 1 GHz ALSO AVAILABLE

Worth Hills Electronics, inc.

GLEN COVE, N.Y. 11542 • 516-671-5700

1*2576

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

.the source for

industrial and

transformers

Heating transformers for
resistance and induction furnaces

Oil-filled, high voltage
Transformer/Rectifier Sets

High power and high current
*S water cooled transformers

Current limiting reactors

Since 1929, NWL has consistently been
in the forefront of transformer design
and manufacture.

High voltage, high frequency and high
current transformers are particular
strengths at NWL — whether for proto-
type, standard or special applications.

There’s another reason you should look
to NWL for solutions to your specific
transformer problems. We’ve never
hesitated to tackle the tough design
problems head-on. In fact, NWL’s
technological superiority is a recognized
fact in the precipitator, furnace,
desalting, nuclear, and other fields
requiring high technology.

WML ...the

source for:

TRANSFORMERS • Furnace •
Filament ® Heating e Lighting

• SCR Controls • Plate • High
Frequency 9 Instrument • Phase
Changing • Welding • High Voltage

• Testing e High Reactance

• Output

PLUS • Saturable Core Reactors •
Chokes • Packaged Controls • AC
Reactors • Air Core Reactors

15 KV Class, 3,000 KVA-equivalent
multiple-tapped oil-filled transformer

MANUFACTURING RANGE

Up to 150 KV
1 ma to 50,000 AMP
4 Hz to 20 kHz
5 KVA to 6,000 KVA
Dry, Oil-Filled, Silicone Fluid-Filled,
Water Cooled, and Epoxy Cast Units
Available.

UU\__JLb TRANSFORMERS

Rising Sun Road • P.O. Box 358
Bordentown, N.J. 08505

(609) 298-7300 • TWX: 510-685-3645
Call us for quote or specs

NWL also designs and manufactures custom built
AC/DC power supplies, laboratory and industrial types.
See our ad under DC POWER SOURCES.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2577

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

BT

RANSFORMER CORP.

Dept. EM / 64D NANCY ST. / WEST BABYLON, NY 11704 / (516) 491-3300

OUR SPECIALTY 1 WEEK DELIVERY FOR CUSTOM PROTOTYPES

LOW PROFILE SPLIT BOBBIN

PRINTED CIRCUIT POWER TRANSFORMERS

• Low profile — allows closer printed
circuit board stacking

• Split bobbin construction — center
flange insulation barrier provides 2500
VRMs Hipot — non concentric coil
winding results in low interwinding
capacitance, eliminates need for
electro-static shielding.

• Class S (130°C) insulation system

• Single 115V and dual 115V/230V
primaries are standard.

• Dual secondaries for variety of
utilization

• 12 pin bobbin design increases
available options for multi-winding
special orders

• Low regulation

• Units are inspected and tested 100%

• Low prices — no minimum quantity
requirements ^

PRIMARY 50/60HZ

R.M.S. SECONDARY RATINGS

Single 115V

Dual 115V/230V

Series

Parallel

SIZE

VA

LPC3- 12

LDPC3- 12

12.6VCT @ 105MA

6.3V @ 210MA

3

1.25

LPC3- 16

LDPC3- 16

16 VCT @ 80MA

8 V @ 160MA '

3

1.25

LPC3- 20

LDPC3- 20

20 VCT @ 65MA

10 V @ 130MA

3

1.25

LPC3- 24

LDPC3- 24

24 VCT @ 55MA

12 V @ 110MA

3

1.25

LPC3- 34

LDPC3- 34

34 VCT @ 35MA

17 V@ 70MA

3

1.25

LPC3- 40

LDPC3- 40

40 VCT @ 30MA

20 V @ 60MA

3

1.25

LPC3- 56

LDPC3- 56

56 VCT @ 20MA

28 V@ 40MA

3

1.25

LPC3-120

LDPC3-120

120 VCT @ 1 0MA

60 V @ 20MA

3

1.25

LPC4- 12

LDPC4- 12

12.6VCT @ 360MA

6.3V @ 720MA

4

4.50

LPC4- 16

LDPC4- 16

16 VCT @ 280MA

8 V @ 560MA

4

4.50

LPC4- 20

LDPC4- 20

20 VCT @ 225MA

10 V @ 450MA

4

4.50

LPC4- 24

LDPC4- 24

24 VCT @ 185MA

12 V @ 370MA

4

4.50

LPC4- 34

LDPC4- 34

34 VCT @ 130MA

17 V @ 260MA

4

4.50

LPC4- 40

LDPC4- 40

40 VCT @11 0MA

20 V @ 220MA

4

4.50

LPC4- 56

LDPC4- 56

56 VCT @ SOMA

28 V @ 160MA

4

4.50

LPC4-120

LDPC4-120

120 VCT @ 40MA

60 V @ 80MA

4

4.50

LPC5- 12

LDPC5- 12

12.6VCT @ 795MA

6.3V @ 1.59A

5

10.0

LPC5- 16

LDPC5- 16

16 VCT @ 625MA

8 V @ 1.25A

5

10.0

LPC 5- 20

LDPC5- 20

20 VCT @ 500MA

10 V @ 1.00A

5

10.0

LPC5- 24

LDPC5- 24

24 VCT @ 415MA

12 V @ 930MA

5

10.0

LPC5- 34

LDPC5- 34

34 VCT @ 295MA

17 V @ 590MA

5

10.0

LPC5- 40

LDPC5- 40

40 VCT @ 250MA

20 V @ 500MA

5

10.0

LPC5- 56

LDPC5- 56

56 VCT @ 180MA

28 >V @ 360MA

5

10.0

LPC5-120

LDPC5-120

120 VCT @ 85MA

60 V @ 170MA

5

10.0

LPC6- 12

LDPC6- 12

12.6VCT @ 1 .9A

6.3V @ 3.8A

6

24.0

LPC6- 16

LDPC6- 16

16 VCT @ 1.5A

8 V @ 3.0A

6

24.0

LPC6- 20

LDPC6- 20

20 VCT @ 1.2A

10 V @ 2.4A

6

24.0

LPC6- 24

LDPC6- 24

24 VCT @ 1 .0A

12 V @ 2.0A

6

24.0

LPC6- 34

LDPC6- 34

34 VCT @ 705MA

17 V @ 1.4A

6

24.0

LPC6- 40

LDPC6- 40

40 VCT @ 600MA

20 V @ 1 .2A

6

24.0

LPC6- 56

LDPC6- 56

56 VCT @ 430MA

28 V @ 860MA

6

24.0

LPC6-120

LDPC6-120

120 VCT @ 200MA

60 V @ 400MA

6

24.0

LPC, LDPC
SIZE

VA

L"

W"

H"

P-1

P-2

B

WT.

(oz.)

3

1.25

13/8

1X6

.150

.200

.862

3

4

4.50

1%

13/8

1X6

.200

.250

.950

5

5

10.0

1%

15/8

1X6

.200

.300

1.100

9

6

24.0

21/4

17/8

1X6

.200

.300

1.300

14

LPC

BASIC SCHEMATIC

SERIES CONNECTED

1*2578

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

BT.

RANSFORMER CORP.

Dept. EM / 64 D NANCY ST. / WEST BABYLON, NY 11704 / (516) 491-3300

OUR SPECIALTY 1 WEEK DELIVERY FOR CUSTOM PROTOTYPES

PlUG-iN PRINTED CIRCUIT
AUDIO TRANSFORMERS

Designed for Input, Interstage, Output and
Isolation Circuits. ±2db 200 Hz-15,000 Hz
Frequency Response and 20dbm Power Rating
for Entire Series.

P/N

PRI z

Idc

Schematic

APC1-1

6000

6000

8mA

1

APC1-2

6000 C.T.

600fl C.T.

16mA

2

APC1-3

6000

8000/20000 Split

8mA

4

APC1-4

25000

6000

4mA

1

APC1-5

25000 C.T.

6000 C.T.

8mA

2

APC1-6

25000 C.T.

25000 C.T.

8mA

2

APC1-7

40000

6000/1500 Split

3mA

4

APC1-8

40000 C.T.

6000 C.T.

6mA

2

APC1-9

40000 C.T.

12000 C.T.

6mA

2

PLUG-IN PRINTED CIRCUIT
TELEPHONE COUPLING TRANSFORMERS

Designed for Interconnection of

Voice/Data Modem Terminals to Telephone Lines.

• Frequency response ±0.5dB
300Hz-3500Hz

® Power level -45dbmto +7dbm
® Longitudinal balance — per
FCC Part 68

© Distortion — 0.5% max.

o Impedance matching ±10% over
frequency range
© Return loss — 26dB min.

© Units are inspected and tested 100%
© Low prices — no minimum quantity
requirements

P/N

PRI z

Sec Z

Application

Schematic

TPC1-1

6000

6000

Coupling

1

TPC1-2

6000 C.T.

60012 C.T.

Coupling

2

TPC1-3

6000

9000

Coupling

1

TPC1-4

9000

9000

Coupling

1

TPC1-5

9000/6000

6000

Coupling

3

TPC1-6

40000

6000

Bridging

1

TPC1-7

6000 (4W)

6000/6000

Hybrid
(2) Req’d

5

APC & TPC SCHEMATICS AND MECHANICAL LAYOUT

PC-6 PINS

L

W

H

P

C

Wt. (oz.)

%

%

3 /4

.187

.420

.5

Other ratings and configurations are available on special order for
your custom requirements.

OVER 25 YEARS OF DESIGN EXPERTISE IS AVAILABLE TO ASSIST YOU
WITH YOUR CUSTOM DESIGN AND APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS.

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2579

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

PEARSON ELECTRONICS, INC.

Wide Band, Precision

Current Monitor
Transformers

With a Pearson current monitor and an oscilloscope, you can measure
pulse or ac currents from milliamperes to kiloamperes, in any conductor
or beam of charged particles, at any voltage level up to a million volts, at
frequencies up to 250 MHz or down to below 1 Hz.

The monitor is physically isolated from the circuit. It is a current trans-
former capable of highly precise measurement of pulse amplitude and wave-
shape. The one shown above, for example, offers pulse-amplitude accuracy
of + 1%, — 0% (typical of all Pearson current monitors), 20 nanosecond
rise time, and droop of only 0.5% per millisecond. Three db bandwidth is
1 Hz to 35 MHz. Whether you wish to measure current in a conductor, an
electron device or a particle accelerator, it is likely that one of our off-the-
shelf models (ranging from Vfc" to 1 0 3 A" ID) will do the job. In addition to our
standard models, we build many custom designed current transformers to
meet special needs and applications.

Very High Voltage &

Very High Current

Pulse

Transformers

Pearson Electronics specializes in the
development, design and manufacture
of high and super high voltage pulse
transformers. Typical of the applications
for which we have designed and manu-
factured pulse transformers are units
for supplying beam power to high power
microwave tubes such as klystrons
and traveling wave tubes, units provid-
ing pulse voltage to particle accelerator
injection systems, pulsed x-ray tubes
and high power lasers.

Pearson Current Monitor Transformers

Model

Number

Output f
(volts/amp.)

Hole Dia.
(inches)

Maximum
Peak Curr.
(amps)

Maximum
RMS Curr.
(amps)

Droop

(%/microsec.)

Useable
Rise Time
(nanosec.)

IT Max.
(amp-sec.)

Approx. Low
Freq.3db pt.
(Hz)

l/f

(peak amps/
Hz)

Connector

2877

1.0

0.25

100

2.5

0.2

20

0.0004

320

0.0025

SMA

4100

1.0

0.5

500

5

0.09

10

0.002**

140

0.006

UG-290A/U

2100

1.0

2

500

7.5

0.08

20

0.005**

125

0.017

UG-290A/U

3100

1.0

3.5

500

12

0.02

50

0.03**

40

0.096

SO-239

150

0.5

2

1.000

15

0.02

20

0.02**

40

0.067

UG-290A/U

325

0.25

3.5

2.000

60

0.1

30

0.09

160

0.58

SO-239

2878

0.1

0.25

400

10

0.02

5

32

0.025

410

0.1

0.5

5.000

50

20

0.27

120

1.7

UG-290A/U

411

0.1

0.5

5.000

50

20

0.19**

• 1

0.59

UG-290A/U

110

0.1

2

5.000

65

20

0.49**

1

1.5

UG-290A/U

1 10A

0.1

2

10.000

65

BiXfilililslHBi

20

0.49**

. 1

1.5

UG-568/U

310*

0.1

3.5

5.000

140

0.02

40

0.58

40

3.6

SO-239

1010*

0.1

10.75

5.000

1 20

0.25

50

0.7

4.4

SO-239

1025

0.025

2

20.000

0.1

100

0.5

160

3.1

UG-290A/U

3025*

0.025

3.5

20.000

325

100

3.2

7

20

SO-239

2879

0.01

0.25

2.000

25

0.002

0.04

3

0.25

SMA

301 X*

0.01

3.5

50.000

400

0.003

200

22.

5

138

SO-239

t Initial pulse response with one megohm in parallel with 20 pF load impedance. A 50 ohm termination will cut the output in half.

* Double shielded. ** May need small bias current through secondary for maximum rating.

Contact us and we will send you engineering data.

PEARSON ELECTRONICS, INC.

I860 Embarcadero Road. Palo Alto, California 94303 U.S.A. Telephone (41 5)494-6444 Telex 171-412

1*2580

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

TTC SERIES

COUPLING TRANSFORMERS - HYBRID TRANSFORMERS - HOLDING COILS

The TTC SERIES has been developed to meet telephone interconnect, coupling, matching and bridging require-
ments for use in voice, instrumentation and modem applications. This series meets FCC PART 68 requirements.

p*w

MINIATURE ENCAPSULATED TRANSFORMERS

6

For details see page 1*2583

DP SERIES

ENCAPSULATED AUDIO TRANSFORMERS

The DP SERIES is cost effective for applications involving severe environments.
This series is tested to the requirements of MIL-T-27 and several
part numbers meet FCC PART 68.

For details see page 1*2582

f#& 3F SERIES

jSj 3-FLANGE BOBBIN POWER TRANSFORMERS

The SERIES offers 2500V RMS dielectric breakdown testing primary-to-
jjlp , secondary (side-by-side winding type). They are available with single
p’ ' and dual primary connections for 115V, or 115/230V, 50/60 Hz circuits.

For details see page 1*2585

PEP SERIES

. -:v.\ UL-1411 RECOGNIZED POWER TRANSFORMERS

This series complies with the safety requirements of most
L WORLDWIDE AGENCIES (UL, CSA, Europe-IEC 65 and

Japan-M ITI) including 4000V RMS dielectric
£ breakdown testing primary-to-secondary.

nmam ‘ For details see page 1*2584

TO

FILE NUMBER
E59673
TAMRADIO

STT SERIES

ajtefr ENCAPSULATED SCR AND TRIAC TRIGGER TRANSFORMERS

\ iii /'jMh The STT SERIES provides line isolation in SCR and Tri^c controlled circuits.

STT TRIGGER transformers pass 2600V RMS dielectric breakdown testing and
are completely encapsulated for applications involving severe environments.

1 For details see page 1*2582

POWER AND NOISE ABSORBING INDUCTORS

The SKC SERIES of toroidal power inductors are gapped for energy storage
circuits with DC ratings from 5 to 50A DC.

The SKL SERIES is functionally gapped for circuits requiring
high “L” at low DC amps and nominal “L” at rated DC amps.

The SKP SERIES is designed on powered iron toroidal cores for
For details see page 1*2586. RFI and EMI filtering and noise absorbing applications.

C WALL PLUG-IN AC TO DC POWER SOURCES

This series of wall plug-in AC-to-DC battery chargers,
battery eliminators and power supplies are available file numbers

in a complete variety of input plug-in styles and UL E82180

comply with worldwide safety agency requirements. CSA LR36236

AC-to-AC Wall Plug-in Transformers Are Available VDE T f'™? n ' 331

For details see page 1*2587 TAMRADIO

• PROFESSIONAL AUDIO TRANSFORMER SERIES

, . This series is widely used in high performance applications and meets

most requirements of communications, broadcasting, recording and
fi- measuring apparatus. Available in solder lug, lead and printed

M circuit mounting styles; these transformers are metal cased.

Several part numbers are electrostatic and MU-metal shielded.

^ ATT SERIES

£ AUDIO TRANSFORMERS

S; . These cost effective, volume produced transformers are available
P'. for impedance matching circuits and sound distribution systems,
f They are available as printed circuit, solder lug and lead styles.

Small Size 0.310" x 0.410" X 0.465"

Gold Plated Leads 0.020" Nickel

Response ±2dB, 300 Hz to 100 KHz

Impedance Range 3.2 to 200K Ohms

Meets Requirements of MIL-T-27 as TF5S21ZZ

TRANSFORMERS-MET SERIES

DCMA (Max)
Primary

| MATCHING IMPEDANCE |

Primary

Secondary

200KCT

1KCT

100KCT

1KCT

50KCT

1KCT

50K

1KCT or 250*

25KCT

1KCT

25K

1KCT or 250*

25KCT

600CT

20KCT

800CT

10KCT

10KCT

10KCT

4KCT

10KCT

2KCT

10K

2KCT or 500*

10KCT

1.5CT

10KCT

1.2KCT

10K

1.2KCT or 300*

10KCT

600CT

10KCT

500CT

10KCT

4.0

10K

3.2

8KCT

3.2

5KCT

2KCT

2.5KCT

2.5KCT

1.6KCT

3.2

1.5KCT

600

1.2KCT

3.2

1KCT

1KCT

1KCT

600CT

IK

50

900CT

600

800CT

3.2

600CT

600CT

- 600

600CT or 150*

600CT

250CT

600CT

12

600CT

8

600CT

3.2

500CT

600

500

500CT or 125*

500

50

320CT

3.2

300CT

600

150

12

120CT

3.2

300CT

12.0

10K

10KCT or 2.5K*

- 600

600

200K

IK

MET-30

MET-31 + 600CT 600CT

MET-32 + 600 600CT or 150*

MET-33 600CT 250CT

MET-34 600CT 12

MET-35 600CT 8

MET-36 600CT 3.2

MET-37 500CT- 600

MET-38 500 500CTor125*

MET-39 500 50

MET-40 320CT 3.2

MET-41 300CT 600

MET-42 150 12

MET-43 120CT 3.2

MET-44 300CT 12.0

MET-45 10K 10KCT or 2.5K

MET-46+ 600 600

MET-48 200K IK

M ETC-99 Mu-Metal Magnetic Shield

*As parallel or split winding connection

f Meets FCC PART 68 requirements and 1000V RMS Pri to
Sec Hipot Test

INDUCTORS-MEI SERIES

Quality magnetic components at competitive prices . . . including COILS, POWER &
AUDIO TRANSFORMERS, INDUCTORS, PULSE TRANSFORMERS, NOISE SUPPRES-
SION COILS, DC-DC CONVERTER TRANSFORMERS, PLUG-IN BATTERY CHARGERS
and SWITCH-MODE POWER SUPPLY TRANSFORMERS & INDUCTORS. Our diversified
manufacturing facilities are located in Taiwan, Malaysia and Japan. For details on stand-
ard and special requirement products, pricing and delivery— contact our headquarters.

H m PAN-MAGNETICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Hi 455-A CARSON PLAZA DRIVE, CARSON, CA 90746 • (213) 532-1790 • TELEX: 664759 (PAN-MAG CRSN)

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2581

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

Stt SERIES

ENCAPSULATED SCR & TRIAC TRIGGER TRANSFORMERS

The STT SERIES TRIGGER TRANSFORMERS are designed for low cost source isolation in half and
full wave SCR or TRIAC control circuits. The STT TRIGGER TRANSFORMERS are encapsulated for
environmental protection and pass 2600 V RMS dielectric breakdown testing.

PART

TURNS

PRIMARY

LEAKAGE

WDG.

E.T.

D.C.R.

DIA.

NUMBER

RATIO

“L” MH

“L” fiH

“C” PF

V-/lSEC

OHMS (Max.)

NO.

STT-101

1:1

> 1.0

< 15

80

> 9b

2.5/2. 5

1

STT-102

1:1

> 5.0

< 50

80

>200

5. 0/5.0

1

STT-103

1:1

>10.0

<100

80

>280

7. 0/7.0

1

STT-104

1:1:1

> 1.0

< 25

80

> 90

2.5/2. 5/2.5

2

STM 05

1:1:1

> 5,0

<100

80

>200

5. 0/5. 0/5.0

2

STM 06

1:1:1

>10.0

<200

80

>280

7.0/7. 0/7.0

2

STM 07

2:1

> 1.0

< 20

80

> 90

2.5/1. 5

1

STM 08

2:1

> 5.0

< 60

80

>200

5.0/2. 5

1

STM 09

2:1

>10.0

<130

80

>280

7.0/3. 5

1

STM 10

2:1:1

> 1.0

< 30

80

> 90

2.5/1. 5/1. 5

2

STM 11

2:1:1

> 5.0

<130

80

>200

5.0/2. 5/2. 5

2

STM 12

2:1:1

>10.0

<200

80

>280

7. 0/3. 5/3. 5

2

.968

DIMENSIONS IN

24.6

.600

17 ‘

INCH

MM

(4 X 44

rt CD CO

1

— 1 1

O r-* LO|f>.

I

4 -4 4-

~ S 2

V T j

* J

1

DIAGRAM 1

1 3

.775

MAX. HT. = — -
19.7

DIAGRAM 2

1 3 5

DP SERIES ENCAPSULATED AUDIO TRANSFORMERS

The DP SERIES of encapsulated audio transformers are cost effective for applications involving severe environments. Completely encapsulated, these small
audio transformers eliminate environmental and board washing problems associated with open style transformers. The environmental quality of the DP
SERIES is established through testing for humidity, immersion, solvent resistance and temperature cycling to the exacting reqirements of MIL-T-27.
Several part numbers meet the requirements of FCC PART 68 for telephone or modem applications. All DP SERIES audio transformers have frequency
response characteristics within ±2dB from 200 Hz to 20 KHz.

El 19 DP SERIES

+ Meets requirements of

FCC PART 68

•Insertion loss 0.9db typical
and frequency response
±0.1db, 300 to 3400 Hz and
with electrostatic shield.

El 28 DP SERIES

PART

IMPEDANCE (12)

D.C.R

. (12)

NUMBER

PRI

SEC

PRI

SEC

DP-101 +

600CT

600CT

38

48

DP-1 03+

600CT

1.2KCT

38

84

DP-1 05 +

4KCT

600CT

277

35

DP-107

300

600CT

19

48

DP-1 08 +

600

600CT

38

48

DP-111

IK

2KCT

53

152

DP-114

2.5K

2.5KCT

172

220

DP-116

4K

2KCT

277

160

DP-118

8K

2KCT

500

143

DP-119

10K

600CT

370

90

DP-122

10K

10KCT

695

900

DP-124

20K

4KCT

1900

305

DP-126

1KCT

8

55

0.62

DP-1 28 +

600

600CTx2

37

42x2

DP-1 29 + *

600CT

6000T

26

34

DCMA REFER
(MAX.) FIG | DIA

PART

IMPEDANCE (12)

D.C.R. (12) LEVEL

DCMA

1 REFER

NUMBER

PRI SEC

PRI SEC (MAX.)

(MAX.)

FIG

DIA

DP-204 +

600 600CT

36 50 28dbm

10

C

2

DP-208

4K 2KCT

250 145 28dbm

3

C

2

600CT

1.3K

500/125

4, 8, 16
600/150
500/125

32

72

19x2

0.4, 0.5, 0.7
19x2
22x2

600/150

600/150

19x2

22x2

4K/1K

600/150

63x2

20x2

600

600CTx2

41

36x2

10 | C

c

0 I c

DP SERIES MECHANICAL DIAGRAMS

-4+4+41 3 f

° ! ° s'
o, ! o

1

12

■

-f+-

151

f+4

if?

B

-H-+-

ilk

f+4

B

C h—

+—

79

SCHEMATIC

DIAGRAMS

PRI. SEC.

ate

ate

at

D- FAN-MAGNETICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

JH Jl jfl 455-A CARSON PLAZA DRIVE, CARSON, CA 90746 • (213) 532-1790 • TELEX: 664759 (PAN-MAG CRSN)

1*2582

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

TTC SERIES — MEETS FCC PART 68
COUPLING TRANSFORMERS - HYBRID TRANSFORMERS

HOLDING COILS

TTC SERIES transformers and holding coils are designed to meet the performance requirements of
telephone connected apparatus. They are widely used in the voice, data, isolation, bridging, matching, balancing, hybrid, and
holding coil circuits of central office, PABX, subscriber telephone, modem and computer terminal equipments.

TTC Series transformers provide optimum insertion loss, frequency response, longitudinal balance, distortion, return loss,

impedance matching and isolation characteristics.

THESE TRANSFORMERS MEET REQUIREMENTS OF FCC PART 68

SCHEMATIC

DIAGRAMS

I L

i — r

FIGURE 1.

LJ

nr

FIGURE 2.

UJ.

rrr

FIGURE 3.

L_J.

HT!

FIGURE 4.

n

FIGURE 5.

Fnr

FIGURE 6.

u.u .

nn

FIGURE 7.

■???????

rrrr

FIGURE 8.

SCHEMATIC
FIG. NO.

MET-46

TTC-02

TTC-118

TTC-105

TTC-108-1

TTC-109

TTC-110

TTC-114

TTC-111

TTC-126-2

HC-130

TTC-131

TTC-106

TTC-122

TTC-125

MET-32

TTC-103

TTC-113

TTC-105-1

TTC-108-2

TTC-109-1

TTC-109-2

HC-126-1

nc -121

TTC-124

MET-31

TTC-03

nc-09

TTC-100

TTC-108

TTC-126

TTC-127

MET-29

HC-04

TTC-107

TTC-112

TTC-10

nc-ioi

nc-ii5

TTC-05

nc-i3

DRY COUPLING
DRY COUPLING

DRY COUPLING

90 MADC COUPLING
LOW COST COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING
DRY COUPLING
LOW COST COUPLING
WIDE BAND MATCHING
90 MADC COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING
80 MADC COUPLING
80 MADC COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING
DRY COUPLING
LOW COST COUPLING
DRY COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING
LOW COST COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING
75 MADC COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING

DRY COUPLING

DRY COUPLING
DRY COUPLING
DRY COUPLING
DRY COUPLING
90 MADC COUPLING
80 MADC COUPLING
DRY COUPLING
DRY COUPLING
LOW COST COUPLING
DRY COUPLING
HYBRID

HYBRID

LOW COST HYBRID

BRIDGING

BRIDGING

CENTRAL OFFICE
LINE MATCHING

HOLDING COIL

HOLDING COIL

600 600
600 600
600 600

900CT 600

900 600

900 600

900 600

600 600/600

600 600/600

600 600/600

4000 600

4000 600

PRI-1200-600-150CT
SEC-600CT

PRI-600CT/600CT
SEC-600CT

1.3HY @ 100 MADC

1.4HY @ 120 MADC

9H

1

9H

1

9H .

1

1 1 H

1

1 1 H

1

LP

7

1

4

5

4

6

2

6

2

6

2

6H

2

6H

4

9H

2

1 1 H

4

LP

8

1

3

TYPICAL CROSS REF.
OR (COMMENTS)**

TRIAD SP-70

MICROTRAN Til 04
(For Smart Modem)

(For Smart Modem)
PREM SPT-128

(40 to 20,000 Hz)

(300 to 4000 Hz)
(1200 Baud Modem)
(w/Shield for Europe)

(Min. Crosstalk-Type)
PREM SPT-109
PREM SPT-101
STANCOR PCT-27

(Plus electrostatic shield)

(Low Profile)

(Low Profile)

(300 to 4000 Hz)
MICROTRAN T5114
PREM SPT-125
MICROTRAN PM34-M

TRIAD TY304P
(Pri. as in Fig. 3)
TRIAD TY145P
(300 to 4000 Hz)

(Low Cost TTC-112)
TRIAD TY301P
MICROTRAN T2220
TRIAD TY302P
(with PC Frame)

TRIAD TY303P

(Interconnected on PCB)

TRIAD TY350P

MICROTRAN T5415

FIGURE 8. ^Windings can be connected as 600 ohm with CT or as 2 isolated 150 ohm windings.

**Cross referenced part numbers are offered as equivalents, but user should first determine complete suitability for the particular application.

|*_ PAN-MAGNETICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

JH .H JS 455-A CARSON PLAZA DRIVE, CARSON, CA 90746 • (213) 532-1790 • TELEX: 664759 (PAN-MAG CRSN)

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2583

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD POWER TRANSFORMERS
THAT MEET INTERNATIONAL AND U.S. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

PEP Series

CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS

DIMENSIONS

*1

FILE NO.
TAMRADIO
E59673

i UL Recognized — Meets
IEC-65 Safety Standards.

i Physical Barriers Between
Primary and Secondary.

i Double Protection System
4000V Hipot.

'Hnrr'Tn^r

CIRCUIT 1

MC — -I G

- — B

~nii. E r

r 0 •r-t— r

jfii
D F C

PEP Series • 115V/230V • 50/60Hz Primary

FOR USE IN CONTROL AND POWER SUPPLY APPLICATIONS

PART

PARALLEL CONNECTED

| SERIES CONNECTED |

CIRCUIT

NO.

V AC | A RMS

| V AC 1

| ARMS |

NO.

PEP28 x 0.7 VA SERIES

10A006

10.0 CT

.050

1-1 15V*

10A009

10.0 CT

.050

1-230V*

10A007

(Single Secondary)

16.0 CT

.031

1-115V*

10A010

16.0 CT

.031

1-230V*

10A008

24.0 CT

.021

1-115V*

10A011

24.0 CT

.021

1-230V*

* PEP28 Series is not available in Dual Primary versions.

PEP35 x 2.0 VA SERIES

10B004

10.0 CT

.110

10B005

12.6 CT

.090

10B006

(Single Secondary)

16.0 CT

.070

1

11B001H

24.0 CT

.046

11B002H

36.0 CT

.031

PEP41 x 5.0 VA SERIES

10C00S

10.0 CT

.350

10C010

12.6 CT

.280

10C011

(Single Secondary)

16.0 CT

.220

1

10C012

24.0 CT

: 1 50

11C005H

36.0 CT

.100

PEP48 x 9.5 VA SERIES

5.0

1.900

10.0

CT

.950

6.3

1.500

12.6

CT

.750

8.0

1.200

16.0

CT

.600

12.0

.800

24.0

CT

.400

18.0

.520

36.0

CT

.260

28.0

.340

56.0

CT

.170

PEP54 x 15 VA SERIES

2.500

10.0

CT

1.250

2.000

12.6

CT

1.000

1.560

16.0

CT

.780

1.040

24.0

CT

.520

.700

36.0

CT

.350

.446

56.0

CT

.223

PEP54 SERIES FOR 3’OUTPUT
REGULATED AND UNREGULATED POWER SUPPLIES

SECONDARY 1 SECONDARY 2

DC OUTPUT 1

CTFW I
Vdc mAdi

I CTFW
mAdc Vdc

DC OUTPUT 2

:tfw I

t + 9Vdc and ±21 Vdc outputs are tor input to +5 Vdc and ±15 Vdc 1C Voltage Regulation
(See Circuit 4)

FIGURE A

1 1 5/230V v • 6

50/60 Hz a « 7

2* s >

CIRCUIT 2

1 1 5/230V
50/60 Hz

-H DFC

FIGURE B

CifiCUiT 3

1 1 5/230V
50/60 Hz

0040D JL

[too]

— N

h* MC

Heieieieieh

CIRCUIT 4

FIGURE C

► Inches (mm)

WT

• Oz. (Gm)

MC

D

E

F

G ( N

WT.

1.12

0.50

.197

0.984

0.20

2.5

(28.5)

(125)

(5)

(25)

(5)

(70)

1.40

0.61

.295

1.380

0.24

4.5

(35.5)

(15.5)

(7.5)

(35)

(6)

(130)

2.05

0.85

.394

1.575

2.36

8

(52)

(215)

(10)

(40)

(60)

(230)

2.32

1.08

.295

1.772

2.72

16

(59)

(27.5)

(7.5)

(45)

(69)

(450)

2.72

1.08

.295

1.772

3.15

19

(69)

(27.5)

(7.5)

(45)

(80)

(540)

Note: d = PEP41 Series; 0.138 x 0.177 (3.5 x 4.5)

d = PEP48 and PEP54 Series; 0.177 x 0.256 (4.5 x 6.5)

■ 2 - PAN-MAGNETICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

.H 455-A CARSON PLAZA DRIVE, CARSON, CA 90746 • (213) 532-1790 • TELEX: 664759 (PAN-MAG CRSN)

1*2584

For manufacturers' sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

3F SERIES — 3 FLANGE BOBBIN
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD POWER TRANSFORMERS

The 3F SERIES POWER TRANSFORMERS are designed to include the most desirable
features required for printed circuit board mounted applications. The 3F Series is con-
structed on a three flanged bobbin which is molded with UL listed material providing
low capacitive coupling without electro-static shielding.

2500 VAC HIPOT, PRIMARY TO SECONDARY ISOLATION

• 115V SINGLE OR 115/230V DUAL PRIMARY

• TERMINAL NUMBERS ARE MOLDED ON BOBBIN

• COMPLIES WITH MOST UL SAFETY STANDARDS

Pin Dimensions
.018 x .041

SCHEMATIC S SCHEMATIC D
115V 50/60HZ 115/230V 50/60Hz

4—5 (T 7 3— •) (*— 7

C Q 4 J C 8

Note:

Pins 2 & 3 Omitted

NOTE: #4 Clearance Hole — 2 Places

PART

NUMBER

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

WT

3F(*)-2XX

1.38

35.0

1.16

29.5

0.94

23.9

1.200

30.48

0.250

6.350

0.250

6.350

N/A

0.17LB

77.4GM

3F(*)-3XX

1.38

35.0

1.16

29.5

1.18

30.0

1.200

30.48

0.250

6.350

0.25

6.35

N/A

0.25LB

114GM

3F(*)-4XX

1.62

41.0

1.31

33.0

1.31

33.3

1.280
. 32.51

0.250

6.350

0.350

8.890

1.062

26.97

0.44LB

200GM

3F(*)-5XX

1.89

48.0

1.58

40.0

1.44

36.6

1.410

35.81

0.300

7.62

0.400

10.16

1.250

31.75

0.70LB

319GM

PART

SECONDARY RATINGS - R.M.S.

NUMBER

SERIES

PARALLEL

3F(‘)-210
3F(*)-310
3F(*)-41 0
3F(*)-510

10.0VCT @ 0.11 OA
10.0VCT @ 0.250A
10.0VCT @ 0.600A
10.0VCT @ 1.200A

5.0V @ 0.220A
5.0V @ 0.500A
5.0V @ 1.200A
5.0V @ 2.400A

3F(*)-212

3FH-312

3F(*)-412

3FO-512

12.6VCT @ 0.090A
12.6VCT @ 0.200A
12.6VCT @ 0.500A
12.6VCT @ 1.000A

6.3V @0.180A
6.3V @ 0.400A
6.3V @ 1.000A
6.3V @ 2.000A

3F(*)-216

3F(*)-316

3F(*)-416

3F(*)-516

16.0VCT @ 0.070A
16.0VCT @ 0.1 50A
16.0VCT @ 0.400A
16.0VCT @ 0.800A

8.0V @ 0.140A
8.0V @ 0.300A
8.0V @ 0.800A
8.0V @ 1.600A

.3F(*)-220

3F(*)-320

3F(*)-420

3F(*)-520

20.0VCT @ 0.055A
20.0VCT @ 0.1 20A
20.0VCT @ 0.300 A
20.0VCT @ 0.600A

10.0V @ 0.1 10A
10.0V @ 0.240A
10.0V @ 0.600A
10.0V @ 1.200A

3F(*)-224

3F(*)-324

3F(*)-424

3FD-524

24.0VCT @ 0.045A
24.0VCT @ 0.100A
24.0VCT @ 0.250A
24.0VCT @ 0.500A

12.0V @ 0.090A
12.0V @ 0.200A
12.0V @ 0.500A
12.0V @ 1.Q00A

3F(*)-228

3F(*)-328

3FD-428

3FH-528

28.0VCT @ 0.040A
28.0VCT @ 0.085A
28.0VCT @ 0.200A
28.0VCT @ 0.420A

14.0V @ 0.080A
14.0V @ 0.170A
14.0V @ 0.400A
14.0V @ 0.840A

3F(*)-236

3F(*)-336

3F(*)-436

3F(*)-536

36.0VCT @ 0.030A
36.0VCT @ 0.065A
36.0VCT @ 0.170A
36.0VCT @ 0.350A

18.0V @ 0.060A
18.0V @ 0.130A
18.0V @ 0.340A
18.0V @ 0.700A

3F(*)-248

3F(*)-348

3F(*)-448

3FH-548

48.0VCT @ 0.023A
48.0VCT @ 0.050A
48.0VCT @ 0.125A
48.0VCT @ 0.250A

24.0V @ 0.046A
24.0V @ 0.100A
24.0V @ 0.250A
24.0V @ 0.500A

3F(*)-256

3F(*)-356

3F(*)-456

3FO-556

56.0VCT @ 0.020A
56.0VCT @ 0.045A
56.0VCT @0.11 0 A
56.0VCT @ 0.220A

28.0V @ 0.040A
28.0V @ 0.090A
28.0V @ 0.220A
28.0V @ 0.440A

3F(*)-2120

3F(*)-3120

3F(*)-4120

3F(*)-5120

120.0VCT @ 0.010A
120.0VCT @ 0.020A
120.0VCT @ 0.050A
120.0VCT @ 0.100A

60.0V @ 0.020A
60.0V @ 0.040A
60.0V @ 0.100A
60.0V @ 0.200A

DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN:

NOTE (*) Insert Slor Single Primary 3F Series Transformer
Insert D for Double Primary 3F Series Transformer

3 FLANGE BOBBIN TRANSFORMER FOR UNREGULATED & REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES
The LPP SERIES LOW-PROFILE PLUG-IN POWER TRANSFORMERS offer the circuit designer a variety of options including dual output which may be
connected in series or parallel, secondary voltages for unregulated or regulated power supplies, and dual output voltages.

PART

! SECONDARY RATINGS - R.M.S. |

DC OUTPUT

NUMBER

SERIES

PARALLEL

VDC

mADC

LPP-401

9.00VCT @ 0.50A

4.5V @ 1.00A

+ 5.0

600*

LPP-402

15.5V @0.33A

7.75VCT @ 0.66A

+ 5.0

380**

LPP-403

27.00VCT @ 0.19A

13.5V @ 0.38 A

±15.0

115*

LPP-404

36.00VCT @ 0.14A

18.0V @0.28A

±15.0

70**

LPP-405

9.00VCT @ 0.24A

—

+ 5.0

200*

24.00VCT @ 0.08A

—

±15.0

50*

LPP-406

15.50VCT @ 0.14A

—

+ 5.0

100**

34.00VCT @ 0.06A

—

±15.0

25**

LPP-408f

15.5V @0.33A

7.75VCT @ 0.66A

—

—

LPP-411*

11.00V @0.15A

(Single Secondary)

-

-

LPP-4264

26.00V @ 0.10A

Single Secondary)

—

—

•Unregulated DC Output "Regulated DC Output (MADC, typ. . depends on regulator efficiency).
t115/230V-Series/Parallel Primary Winding.

$1 15V input-connect line to Primary 1 with Primary 2 Open.

J230V input-connect line across Primary 1 and 2 with Primary 1 and 2 in series.

{These part numbers have thermal fuse internally connected to Primary 1.

TYPICAL SCHEMATIC FOR LPP-406

PRIMARY
115V ±10%
50/60HZ

Hf-o 4 15V

V. R -f-oCOM
|—i-o - 15V

If _ PAN-MAGNETICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

Ji 455-A CARSON PLAZA DRIVE, CARSON, CA 90746 • (213) 532-1790 • TELEX: 664759 (PAN-MAG CRSN)

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2585

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

INDUCTORS FOR SWITCH-MODE POWER
REGULATOR, CONTROL AND NOISE FILTERING CIRCUITS

The SKC SERIES INDUCTORS are designed on gapped toroidal tape wound cores for DC switching power supply, regulator and energy storage cir-
cuits — DC current ratings 5 to 50 AMPS DC.

The SKL SERIES INDUCTORS are designed on functional gapped toroidal tape wound cores for power circuits requiring high inductance at low DC
currents and nominal inductance at rated DC amps.

The SKP SERIES INDUCTORS are designed on powered iron toroidal cores for RFI and EMI filtering and other noise absorbing applications. Also,
SKP SERIES INDUCTORS are most useful in DC circuit applications, available in a wide range of “L” values and DC current ratings to 40 AMPS DC.

SKC SERIES POWER INDUCTORS FOR DC SWITCH-MODE CIRCUITS

0.009

0.011

0.017

0.023

PART

AMPS

WKBSBSMM,

■TlfTlIiTil TTMI

DCR

NUMBER

(DC)

(OHMS)

SKL-103

SKL-105

■9

100

200

450

1000

0.017

0.025

SKL-203

10

100

500

0.011

SKL-205

10

200

1000

0.015

SKL-303

15

100

500

0.008

SKL-305

15

200

1000

0.011

SKL-403

20

100

500

0.008

SKL-404

20

150

750

0.009

SKP SERIES NOISE ABSORBING INDUCTORS
AMPS I "L” I OCR I P

"L”

DCR

DIMENSIONS

(mH)

(OHMS)

OD (max.)

30

0.039

.62/16

55

0.050

.62/16

80

0.061

.62/16

50

0.051

.62/16

90

0.066

.62/16

130

0.082

.62/16

40

0.028

.83/21

80

0.037

.83/21

120

0.045

.85/21.5

65

0.023

.98/25

100

0.028

1.02/26

100

0.033

1.08/27.5

150

0.041

1.10/28

NOTE: SKP SERIES “L” with DC is approximately 50%. of value shown.

DIMENSIONS

|f- PAN-MAGNETICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

MMm 455-A CARSON PLAZA DRIVE, CARSON, CA 90746 • (213) 532-1790 • TELEX: 664759 (PAN-MAG CRSN)

1*2586

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

UL, CSA AND VDE LISTED WALL PLUG-IN
AC-TO-DC BATTERY CHARGERS AND ELIMINATORS

UL FILE No. E82180*
CSA FILE No. LR38236*

216A SERIES

These AC-to-DC plug-in power sources are useful as battery chargers, battery eliminators and
DC power supplies. They are available in direct plug-in and desk top styles with a variety of
output connectors. Most have capacitor filtered outputs. A complete variety of worldwide input
plug-in styles are available and each style meets the respective safety agency requirements.
Special order options include:

Multiple listing and your logo; multiple or regulated outputs; UL-1244 for instruments
floating above ground; and AC-to-AC direct plug-in transformers,
indicates File Numbers under TAMRADIO name.

UL FILE No. E50290*
CSA FILE No. LR38236*

EUROPE

VDE FILE No. F-7969-331*

521A SERIES

26D SERIES

INPUT

OUTPUT

PART NO.

INPUT

1 OUTPUT

(VAC)

(Vdc)

(mAdc)

(VAC)

(Vdc)

(mAdc)

120

9.0

800

26D3853

220

3.0

150

120

9.0

1200

26D3860

220

3.5

200

120

12.0

600

26D3856

220

4.5

200

120

12.0

1000

26D3611

220

6.0

200

600

1000

Complies with VDE Requirements

■2. PAN-MAGNETICS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

MMM 455-A CARSON PLAZA DRIVE, CARSON, CA 90746 • (213) 532-1 790 • TELEX: 664759 (PAN-MAG CRSN)

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1*2587

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

PERKIN-ELMER

PRECISION TOROIDAL TRANSFORMERS

INPUT SCOTT T
REFERENCE ISOLATION

• OUTPUT SCOTT T

• DIGITALLY TAPPED

The Electronic Products Department of the Perkin-Elmer Corporation is in a
unique position to provide Custom Precision Signal Transformers as a result of
20 years of experience designing and manufacturing very special transformers
for the Vernistat® a.c. potentiometer and allied products. High Performance
in small size has always been a successful objective. Our State of The Art
Winding Equipment and Techniques enable close control of turns and taps for
close matching of windings and repeatibility of product.

Perkin-Elmer can provide Custom Signal Transformers with high accuracies
over the full MIL temperature range. For example, exponential function units
with 80 taps to an accuracy of ±0.003% can be provided. SCOTT T Transformers
have been built to an accuracy of 5 seconds of arc with a null of 0.1 millivolt.
The transformers are fully encapsulated toroidal units and are available with

COMBINATION
PRECISION RATIO

• RESOLVER ISOLATION

• CUSTOM DESIGNS

contact pins for PC board mounting. They are manufactured in accordance
with MIL-T-27C Grade 5. High input impedance and low output impedance can
be matched to specifications. Operating frequency can also be per specifications.

SCOTT T TRANSFORMERS

The SCOTT T input transformers converts 3 wire synchro inputs to 4 wire
resolver outputs (sin 9 and cos 9 ) with high transformation accuracy and
minimum quadrature. SCOTT T Transformers for converting 4 wire resolver
inputs to 3 wire synchro outputs can also be supplied. Our output SCOTT T
Transformers maintain high accuracies" even "under heavy load conditions. These
units are useful in solid state synchro to digital and digital to synchro converter
applications and are particularly applicable in multiplexed conversion systems.

INPUT SCOTT T TRANSFORMERS (SYNCHRO TO RESOLVER)

QUADRATURE (mv)

60 '120 -^180 240 >300 .-360

/ V-^ANGLE (DEGREES) \

Sc, c

COMBINATION INPUT SCOTT T TRANSFORMERS

2xlx.8

PC 2x4-40

403-2042

2.94xl.06x.8

PC 2x4-40

403-2048

COMBINATION SCOTT T / RESOLVER ISOLATION

20

30

1.0

20 |

30

1.0

E9HH1

PC 2x4-40 403-2070

OUTPUT SCOTT T TRANSFORMERS (RESOLVER TO SYNCHRO)

1 I | | Trans. I Output I

11.8

H 1

150

150

100

mm

25

90

6000

6000

Trans.
Accuracy
Arc. Min.

■rfflirvMi

■ UlnUhMMit-M i

■BQQEOII

F.B. = Feedback winding.

RESOLVER ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS

Output

Input

Load

Trans.

Accuracy

V rms L-L

V rms L-L

K fi L-L

Arc. Sec.

n rn 1 1 ii i

Operating Temperature Range -55°C to -f 125°C. Manufactured in accordance with MIL-T-27 Grade 5.

Frequencies 400 Hz except as otherwise stated. Specified transformation accuracies are with stated load.

For information on price, delivery and other standard or custom designed transformers call or write

THE PERKIN-ELMER CORPORATION • ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS DEPT. • Main Avenue, Norwalk, Connecticut 06856 • Telephone (203) 762-6574 or 762-4786

Contact us about our VERNISTAT® a.c. Potentiometers, Adjustable Function Generators and Digital Converters.

1-2588

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

rnnnuivc

TRANSFORMER

SPECIALISTS.

PARALINE SS SERIES

PARALINE DS SERIES

THE PARALINE SS SERIES PROVIDES YOU WITH A WIDE RANGE OF SELEC-
TION IN SMALL 117V PRIMARY POWER TRANSFORMERS (50-60 Hz) FROM
SHELF STOCK.

AVAILABLE VOLTAGES CENTER TAPPED AND CURRENT RATINGS IN AMPS
OF ALL SERIES SS TRANSFORMERS

VOLTS

AMPERES |

C/T

SIZE 3

SIZE 4

SIZE 5

SIZE 6

SIZE 7

SIZE 8

SIZE 9

4

.100

.50

1.2

2.8

5.2

10

14

6.3

.060

.32

.80

1.7

3.5

7.0

10

8

.050

.28

.60

1.4

2.8

5.0

7.0

10

.045

.20

.50

1.0

2.0

4.0

5.6

12.6

.040

.17

.40

.90

1.7

3.6

4.5

14

.040

.15

.35

.80

1.5

3.2

4.0

16

.038

.13

.32

.70

1.3

3.0

3.7

18

.035

.12

.30

.60

1.2

2.8

3.5

20

.032

.11

.27

.55

1.1

2.6

3.2

22

.030

.10

.25

.50

1.0

2.4

3.0

24

.027

.095

.22

.45

.95

2.2

2.7

26

.025

.090

.20

.40

.90

2.0

2.5

28

.022

.080

.18

.38

.85

1.8

2.2

30

.020

.070

.17

.36

.80

1.7

2.0

32

.018

.065

.16

.34

.75

1.6

1.9

34

.017

.060

.15

.32

.70

1.5

1.8

36

.016

.055

.14

.30

.65

1.4

1.7

40

.015

.050

.13

.27

.55

1.3

1.6

44

.014

.050

.12

.25

.50

1.2

1.5

48

.013

.045

.11

.22

.47

1.1

1.3

52

.012

.040

.10

.20

.45

1.0

1.2

56

.011

.040

.09

.19

.42

.90

1.1

60

.010

.035

.08

.18

.40

.80

1.0

66

.009

.030

.077

.17

.37

.75

.90

72

.008

.027

.070

.15

.35

.70

.85

80

.007

.025

.066

.14 1

.28

.65

.80

88

.007

.024

.060

.13

.25

.60

.70

96

.006

.022

.055

.11

.23

.55

.65

104

.006 j

.020

.050

.10

.22

.50

.60

120

.005

.017

.040

.09

.20

.40

.50

140

.014

.035

.08

.17

.35

.40

160

.012

.030

.07

. .14

.30

.35

180

.011

.260

.06

.12

.26

.30

200

.010

.022

.05

.11

.22

.28

230

.010

.020

.05

.10

.20

.26

Case A Available in sizes 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 & 9 (Lead Wires)

Case B Available in sizes 4, 5 & 6 (Lugs) .

Case C Available in sizes 3, 4, 5 & 6 (6 Pin P.C.)

Case D Available in sizes 4, 5 & 6 (Lugs)

SS SERIES DIMENSIONAL DATA

CASE

SIZE

WIDTH

(A)

LENGTH

(B)

HEIGHT

(C)

MOUNTING
CENTERS (D)

PIN CENTERS
(JXK)

A

4

1.20

2.10

1.19

1.75

A

5

1.37

2.38

1.38

2.00

A

6

1.42

2.83

1.63

2.38

A

7

1.70

3.25

1.94

2.83

A

8

2.00

3.88

2.25

3.13

B

4

1.07

1.83

1.42

1.50

B

5

1.25

2.00

1.68

1.72

B

6

1.38

2.38

1.93

2.00

C

3

0.93

1.10

0.88

.78 X .40

C

4

1.15

1.38

1.19

l.Ox.63

C

5

1.25

1.63

1.38

l . lx .80

C

6

1.44

1.88

1.63 ;

1.3 X .80

D

4

1.07

2.10

1.19

1.75

D

5

1.25

2.38

1.38

2.00

D

I

1.38

2.83

1.63

2.38

REFER TO SS SERIES TRANSFORMERS BY PART NUMBERS. CASES ARE ILLUSTRATED
ON LAST PAGE.

SAMPLE: SS-A-4-12.6

THE PARALINE DS SERIES PROVIDES YOU WITH GOOD OFF THE SHELF
SELECTION OF 115/230 VOLT 50-60 Hz POWER TRANSFORMERS WITH DUAL
SECONDARIES.

AVAILABLE TOTAL SERIES VOLTAGES AND CURRENT RATINGS OF
SECONDARIES

VOLTS

(SERIES)

AMPERES |

SIZE 8

SIZE 9

SIZE 10

SIZE 11

SIZE 12

SIZE 13

8

6.0

8.5

12

17

24

30

10

5.0

7.0

10

14

20

24

12.6

4.0

5.6

8.0

11

16

19

14

3.5

5.0

7.0

10

14

17

16

3.0

4.4

6.2

8.7

12

15

18

2.8

3.9

5.5

7.7

11

13

20

2.5

3.5

5.0

7.0

10

12

22

2.3

3.2

4.5

6.3

9.0

11

24

2.0

2.9

4.1

5.8

8.3

10

26

1.9

2.7

3.8

5.4

7.8

9.2

28

1.8

2.5

3.6

5.0

7.1

8.5

30

1.7

2.3

3.3

4.6

6.6

8.0

32

1.6

2.2

3.1

4.3

6.2

7.5

34

1.5

2.0

2.9

4.1

5.8

7.0

36

1.4

1.9

2.7

3.8

5.5

6.6

40

1.3

1.7

2.5

3.5

5.0

6.0

44

1.1

1.6

2.2

3.1

4.5

5.4

48

1.0

1.4

2.1

2.9

4.1

5.0

52

1.0

1.3

1.9

2.7

3.8

4.6

56

.90

1.2

1.8

2.5

3.5

4.2

60

.80

1.1

1.7

2.3

3.3

4.0

66

.75

1.0

1.5

2.1

3.0

3.6

72

.70

1.0

1.4

1.9

2.7

3.3

80

.63

.90

1.2

1.7

2.5

3.0

88

.56

.80

1.1

1.6

2.2

2.7

96

.52

.70

1.0

1.4

2.0

2.5

104

.48

.66

.95

1.3

1.9

2.3

120

.42

.58

.83

1.1

1.6

2.0

140

.36

.50

.71

1.0

1.4

1.7

160

.31

.43

.62

.87

1.2

1.5

180

.28

.38

.55

.77

1.1

1.3

200

.25

.35

.50

.70

1.0

1.2

230

.22

.30

.43

.60

.86

1.0

DS SERIES TRANSFORMER SIZES 8 AND 9 ARE AVAILABLE IN STYLES:

“A” (with lead wires)

“B” (with lugs)

“D” (with lugs)

DS SERIES TRANSFORMER SIZES 10 THRU 13 ARE AVAILABLE IN STYLES:
“F” (with lead wires)

"G” (with lugs)

“H” (with lugs)

DS SERIES DIMENSIONAL DATA

CASE

SIZE

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

A

8

2.00

3.70

2.25

3.13

2.70

.19

A

9

2.30

4.00

2.56

3.56

3.06

.19

B

8

2.00

3.13

2.70

2.81

2.27

.19

B

9

2.30

3.56

3.06

3.13

2.56

.19

D

8

2.00

3.70

2.25

3.13

2.70

.19

D

9

2.30

4.00

2.56

3.56

3.06

.19

F

10

3.38

2.50

2.81

2.81

2.13

2.69

.2 X .37

F

11

3.75

2.80

3.13

3.13

2.25

2.81

.2 X .37

F

12

4.13

3.00

3.44

3.44

2.38

2.94

.2 X .37

F

13

4.50

3.30

3.75

3.75

2.50

3.06

.2 X .37

G

10

2.81>

2.50

3.38

2.25

2.13

2.69

.2 X .37

G

11

3.13

2.80

3.75

2.50

2.25

2.81

.2 X .37

G

12

3.44

3.00

4.13

2.75

2.38

2.94

.2 X .37

G

13

3.75

3.30

4.50

3.00

2.50

3.06

.2 X .37

H

10

3.38

2.50

2.81

2.81

2.13

2.69

.2 X .37

H

11

3.75

2.80

3.13

3.13

2.25

2.81

.2 X .37

H

12

4.13

3.00

3.44

3.44

2.38

2.94

.2 X .37

H

1 13

4.50

3.30

3.75

3.75

2.50

3.06

.2 X .37

SCHEMATICS

SCHEMATICS

PARALINE, 511 South Palm Avenue, Alhambra, CA 91803 • Telephone (213) 281-0222

5 6 7 8

LUGS & PC PINS

EEM 1983

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

1-2589

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

TRANSFORMER SPECIALISTS

PARALINE DS SERIES

THE PARALINE DS SERIES IS AVAILABLE IN SIZES 4, 5, & 6 WITH DUAL
PRIMARY AND DUAL SECONDARY 8 PIN PRINTED CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION.

AVAILABLE TOTAL SERIES VOLTAGES AND CURRENT RATINGS OF
SECONDARIES.

VOLTS

(SERIES)

AMPERES j

SIZE 4

SIZE 5

SIZE 6

4

.50

1.2

2.8

6.3

.32

.80

1.7

B

.28

.60

1.4

10

.20

.50

1.0

12.6

.17

.40

.90

14

.15

.35

.80

16

.13

.32

.70

18

.12

.30

.60

20

.11

.27

.55

22

.10

.25

.50

24

.095

.22

.45

26

.090

.20

.40

28

.080

.18

.38

30

.070

.17

.36

32

.065

.16

.34

34

.060

.15

.32

36

.055

.14

.30

40

.050

.13

.27

44

.050

.12

.25

48

.045

.11

.22

52

.040

.10

.20

56

.040

.09

.19

60

.035

.08

.18

66

.030

.077

.17

72

.027

.070

.15

80

.025

.066

.14

88

.024

.060

.13

96

.022

.055

.11

104

.020

.050

.10

120

.017

.040

.09

140

.014

.035

.08

160

.012

.030

.07

180

.011

.026

.06

200

.010

.022

.05

230

.010

.020

.05

DS SERIES DIMENSIONAL DATA

CASE

SIZE

A 1

C

F

H

J

C

4

1.15

1.19

1.38

.20

1.0

C

5

1.25

1.38

1.63

.25

1.1

C

6

1.44

1.63

1.88

.25

1.3

.75

PARALINE CS SERIES

THE PARALINE CS SERIES WITH STANDARD 117V (50-60 Hz) PRIMARIES IS
AVAILABLE FROM STOCK WITH SINGLE PRIMARY AND DUAL SECONDARY
6 PIN PRINTED CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION.

AVAILABLE TOTAL SERIES VOLTAGES AND CURRENT RATINGS OF
SECONDARIES

VOLTS

(SERIES)

AMPERES |

SIZE 4

SIZE 5

SIZE 6

4

.50

1.2

2.8

6.3

.32

.80

1.7

8

.28

.60

1.4

10

.20

.50

1.0

12.6

.17

.40

.90

14

.15

.35

.80

16

.13

.32

.70

18

.12

.30

.60

20

.11

.27

.55

22

.10

.25

.50

24

.095

.22

.45

26

.090

.20

.40

28

.080

.18

.38

30

.070

.17

.36

32

.065

.16

.34

34

.060

.15

.32

36

.055

.14

.30

40

.050

.13

.27

44

.050

.12

.25

48

.045

.11

.22

52

.040

.10

.20

56

.040

.09

.19

60

.035

.08

.18

66

.030

.077

.17

72

.027

.070

.15

80

.025

.066

.14

88

.024

.060

.13

96

.022

.055

.11

104

.020

.050

.10

120

.017

.040

.09

140

.014

.035

.08

160

.012

.030

.07

180

.011

.026

.06

200

.010

.022

.05

230

.010

.020

.05

CS SERIES DIMENSIONAL DATA

SIZE

A

C

F

H

J

K

4

1.15

1.19

1.38

.31

1.0

.63

5

1.25

1.38

1.63

.40

1.1

.80

c

6

1.44

1.63

1.88

.40

1.3

.80

REFER TO DS SERIES TRANSFORMERS BY PART NUMBERS.

REFER TO CS SERIES TRANSFORMERS BY PART NUMBERS.

SAMPLE:

SERIES -
STYLE -

DS — C — 4 — 12.6

J"

SAMPLE:

CS — C — 4 -

Total series volts

SERIES

T 1

J

SIZE

STYLE

L

- 12.6

Total series volts

SIZE

PINS LOCATOR

4 3 2 1

p Q Q --S

BOTTOM

W o o d

5 6 7 8

Paraline manufactures a wide variety of power transformers. They
are stocked in 11 different sizes with 32 available secondary volt-
ages totaling over 1600 different types.

There are five general series designations, each series designed
to suit the requirements of your particular application.

A brief description of each series is as follows:

• The “SS" series has a single 115V primary and a single center-
tapped secondary. Also available with a 230V primary.

• The “CS" series has a single 115V primary and two identical
and separate secondaries. Also available with a 230V primary.

• The “DS” series has dual primaries for 115V or 230V operation
and two identical and separate secondaries.

• The “MS" series has dual primaries for 115V or 230V operation
and two center-tapped secondaries designed for 5V and 15V
logic and OP amp power supplies.

• The “TT" series includes a number of coupling transformers,
holding coils, and telephone associated devices for use in inter-
connective data modem terminals.

All Paraline stock power transformers may be used for 50 Hz or
60 Hz applications.

SCHEMATIC

PARALINE, 511 South Palm Avenue, Alhambra, CA 91803 • Telephone (213) 281-0222

4 3 1

BOTTOM

* o o — d

6 5 2

PINS LOCATOR

1*2590

For manufacturers’ sales offices refer to Manufacturers & Sales Offices Directory

EEM 1983

5600

TRANSFORMERS

5600

nanai imc
rnnnuivc

PARALINE MS SERIES

PARALINE TT SERIES

8 PIN P.C. WITH SINGLE 120V PRIMARY. (Fig. 1)

12 PIN P.C. LOW PROFILE DUAL 120V PRIMARIES WITH 100V TAPS. (Fig. 2)

PART NUMBER

SEC. #1 V/CT

MA.

SEC. #2 V/CT

MA.

MSL4-9024

9.0

70

24

28

MSL5-9024

9.0

240

24

70

MSL6-9024

9.0

480

24

150

MSL7-9024

9.0

800

24

280

MSL4-16032

16

50

32

18

MSL5-16032

16

140

32

55

MSL6-16032

16

280

32

100

MSL7-16032

16

500

32

180

12 LUGS CASE «H’ DUAL 120V PRIMARIES WITH 100V TAPS. (Fig. 3)

PART NUMBER

SEC. #1 V/CT

AMPS

SEC. #2 V/CT

AMPS

MSH1 0-1 6032

16

3.8

32

1.2

MSH1 1-1 6032

16

5.0

32

1.8

MSH1 2-1 6032

16

7.0

32

2.5